117132 Catalog

: Pdf 117132-Catalog 117132-Catalog 785901 Batch12 unilog

Open the PDF directly: View PDF .
Page Count: 982

Download
Open PDF In Browser	View PDF

2012

Digest 176

Have questions? Need technical
support or on-site service?
Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the
information you need.
1-888-778-2733

$12

2012

Digest 176

Global Specialist in Energy Management

Power
Management

Process & Machines
Management

Customer Care Center
The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where
qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical
support questions.

IT/Server Room
Management

Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers
anywhere in the United States.

Building
Management

Schneider Electric Services

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.
1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Tel: 847-397-2600
Fax: 847-925-7500
www.schneider-electric.us
Document Number 0100PL1201

This document has been
printed on recycled paper

© 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A

Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and
control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your
system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of
your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance.
Any brand. Any industry. Any time.

Security
Management

The only good watt
is a negawatt.
Mining

Generation

100 energy units

Transmission

35 energy units

Point of use

33 energy units

Due to intrinsic inefficiencies, 33 units of energy consumed at the point of use
require 100 units of primary energy.

What’s a negawatt? The one you didn’t use.
Energy saved is money saved.
Yes, the smart grid is coming and we are actively implementing intelligence and
innovations to help make it a reality. But we need a solution that will save energy and
drive efficiency today as we are building the smarter grids of tomorrow.

30% 30% 30%

Introducing EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from
Power Plant to Plug™.

EcoStruxure solutions cut energy costs today.

Right now, EcoStruxure™ solutions from Schneider Electric™ can reduce your energy
se
t 0
hile c tting c it l nd er ti n l c sts. End- se e icienc
is where our focus needs to be! The percentage of revenue spent on energy by
companies could reach 30% by 2020. And there is an urgent need to reduce CO2
emissions, especially as energy demand escalates. Energy management is the key
– the fastest and most effective solution to curb greenhouse gas emissions while
improving business performance. In fact, by 2030, energy efficiency and behavior
change will offset more CO2 than all the new wind, solar, and other alternative energy
generation methods combined.*

As energy prices continue to climb, every unit
of energy you save matters. One unit saved at
the point of use means three units of primary
energy not consumed. Today, only EcoStruxure
Active Energy Management architecture can
deliver up to 30% energy savings across your
buildings, industrial plants, and data centers.
You deserve an Efficient Enterprise™!

Get smarter about energy

Download this White Paper, “Growing a Green
Corporation,” a $199 value, for FREE.
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to
Plug, and Efficient Enterprise are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies. 35 rue Joseph Monier,
S 0 2 95506 R eil
l is n ede
r nce • 998- 259_US
*Source: World Energy Outlook 2009, IEA/OECD

How to Use Digest 176
Welcome to the first full color version of the
Schneider Electric Digest!
Digest 176 is organized into 29 product
sections listed at the right, with color-coded
tabs to help you quickly find major product
categories. We’ve added two new sections:
Section 28 Universal Enclosures, and
Section 29 Advanced Products, with new
product offerings that include: Electric Vehicle
Charging Stations, Efficient Homes, and
Residential Solar Power Solutions.
To aid navigation, a detailed Table of Contents
is provided for each section, as well as two
indexes in the back of the book: an
alphabetical listing and an alphanumeric
listing.

Access a mobilefriendly version of our
website, from the web
browser on your
mobile device. We
have developed a
specially formatted
version of our most
popular web content,
including the Digest,
for mobile devices.
A mobile version
of Schneider
Electric’s MYSE
for distributors is
also available

The first 32 pages of this Digest highlight a
winning lineup of Schneider Electric products,
services, and solutions, followed by a two page
listing of What’s New in each product section.

mobile.schneider-electric.us

For the most up-to-date Product Information,
visit:

Energy Efficiency

www.schneider-electric.us

Customer Services

Enfeficrgieyncy
E

1-800-392-8781

Customer Training
Schneider Electric offers performance-based
training for Square D™ and Telemecanique™
products. Whether you have purchased
equipment to modernize an operation, or
are equipping a new site with the most
advanced automation solutions, distribution
and power equipment, we have the training
to meet your needs.
For more information, select
Customer Training from the Support
and Resources area:

www.schneider-electric.us
1-866-507-0894

Have questions?
Need technical support or onsite service?
Now there’s one toll-free number
to get all the information you need.
1-888-778-2733
The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single
point of contact where qualified personnel
answer your customer service and technical
support questions. Serving all Schneider
Electric authorized distributors and customers
anywhere in the United States.

Schneider Electric Services provides you
with power, automation and control, and energy
management services to support the lifecycle
of your system, process or installation. Our
solutions help you get the most out of your
investment and keep your facility at peak
operational performance. Any brand. Any
industry. Any time.

Section Listing

1

Load Centers

2

Metering Equipment

3

Safety Switches

4

Power Monitoring and Control

5

Lighting Control and
Integrated Home Systems

6

Surge Protective Devices

7

Miniature and Molded Case
Circuit Breakers

8

Operator Mechanisms and
Disconnect Switches

9

Panelboards

10

Integrated Power and Control Solutions
(IPaCS) Equipment

11

Switchboards and Switchgear

Leading the way in
Energy Efficiency:

12

Busway

Schneider Electric provides integrated
solutions for residential market,
buildings, industry and infrastructure,
and data centers. Now, you can build a
long lasting energy strategy for a
growing performance while preserving
the environment.

13

Wire Management

14

Transformers

15

Medical Products

SolutionOne

16

NEMA Contactors and Starters

17

Motor Control Centers

18

IEC Contactors and Starters

19

Push Buttons and
Operator Interface

20

Electronic Sensors and
Machine Cabling

21

Limit Switches

22

Pressure, Vacuum,
and Float Switches

23

Relays and Timers

24

Terminal Blocks

25

Machine Safeguarding Products

26

AC Drives and Soft Starts

27

Automation Products

28

Enclosures

29

Advanced Products

Customer Literature Center
To obtain literature for product or application
needs, contact the Schneider Electric
Customer Literature Center. When requesting
additional technical catalog information, refer
to the catalog section listed at the top of
the Digest pages.

Product Index

Schneider Mobile

An internet based tool that will allow
communications with multiple product
configurators within Schneider Electric
North America to create a “Customer
Solution” project bill of material.

Questions?
Send an email to:
SolutionOne@SchneiderElectric.com

Seismic Qualification and
Capabilities
Seismic Equipment Ratings
Schneider Electric self certifies
seismic equipment ratings to meet the
most stringent requirements.
Please contact your local field sales
engineer for assistance.

Selective Coordination
NEC Requirements for Selective
Coordination
Schneider Electric is providing our
customers with valuable selective
coordination solutions. Contact your
local sales office to learn more.

Product Locator Index

Schneider Electric brands that
deliver the solutions you demand.
Square D power solutions –
ready for the future.

Stamped steel version of
the enclosed safety switch
with the Detroit Fuse and
Manufacturing Company’s
new trademark – the capital
“D” in a square (circa 1915).

Taking lighting technology
to a new level.

Square D™ by Schneider Electric brand
NEMA power and control solutions
have been trusted over 100 years for
performance, reliability, and energy
saving design. From residential load
centers and metering products to
commercial panelboards, energy
conserving transformers and safety
switches, Square D brand products
provide you with quality solutions
for distributing and monitoring
electrical power. It’s more than an
electrical system. It’s the backbone
of today’s energy demanding homes
and businesses.

Juno™
Schneider Electric is le ding
n ct rer energ efficient commercial and residential lighting solutions and advanced
system controls. Since 1976, we have been serving customers
throughout North America, including electrical distributors, lighting
showrooms, contractors, architects, engineers, lighting designers,
nd c
erci l est lish ents
ering the highlit
inn v tive r d cts designed nd engineered in the United St tes.
The Juno Lighting Group product family includes over 50,000 items
for commercial and residential construction, and includes a rapidly
e
nding line ec - riendl E
t res r td r recessed
track, decorative, and under cabinet applications.

TM

Delivering the best image
quality in video security.

Committed to data center
critical power and cooling.

Pelco™ by Schneider Electric is a world leader in the design,
development, and manufacture of video and security systems ideal
for any industry. From megapixel cameras to video management
and recording to display, Pelco solutions deliver the best image
quality in video security.

APC by Schneider Electric™ is a global leader in critical power and
cooling, providing industry leading hardware, software, and services
designed to ensure availability and higher energy efficiency across
the residential, business network, data center, and manufacturing
environments. The position of APC on the cutting edge of Data
Center thought leadership for over two decades has changed
the way the world designs, installs, operates, and maintains data
centers. APC has unparalleled commitment to innovation and the
world’s leading R&D investment (more than $90 million annually)
dedicated to critical power and cooling issues.

www.pelco.com

TM

TM

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, Square D, Juno, Pelco, and APC are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.

PowerPact with Micrologic
molded case circuit breakers
Direct access to energy management

PowerPact™ with Micrologic 15-3000 A
New-generation circuit breakers with industry
leading performance and protection.
Smart – A meter in every breaker
Safe – Combines safety and performance
with Micrologic™ reliability
Simple – Easy to select, install, and use

Increased energy
availability
Safety and
protection
Energy measurement
and control

TM

©2011 Schneider Electric. Schneider Electric, PowerPact, Micrologic, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.

TeSys

Motor starters and IEC contactors
TeSys™ U self-protected combination
motor starters
Used in single c
in ti n t
er
lic ti ns r
0.15 A thr gh 2 A 1

ses nd ve se r te c ntr l
h t 20 h t 80

d les c ver ll

t r c ntr l

• NEMA® rated for motor control
• U 508

e E certi ed

• 65 A S

R r ting t 80

• Incredible energy savings!

» 75 percent less than traditional NEMA
motor starters
» 50 percent less then traditional IEC

TeSys D IEC contactors
he est-selling line c nt ct rs nd st rters in the
rld
ering high reli
electric l li e. Av il le in 11 c nt ct r r tings r
9A
t 150 ll-l d
to 200 A resistive loads.
•

v il

nent high- lt sh rt circ it c rrent r tings
le id-2012

» 9 A to 32 A: 65 kA
» 40 A to 150 A: 100 kA
• Energy efficient
» 50 percent less than traditional NEMA
motor starters
•
l
nting ti ns
nel nd
-r il

•

ilit ith l ng ech nic l nd
s r ind ctive l ds nd

20 nger-s e scre

c nnecti ns ter in ls

• Wiring connection flexibility, including spring,

ring t ng e sli - n

nd scre

cl

ter in ls

• Everlink® termination technology

n 0-65 A r d cts
• E s -t -inst ll ccess ries re c

for entire line

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and TeSys are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
companies. All other trademarks are property of their respective owners.

n

Engineering Services
Schneider Electric Engineering Services offers power system design and upgrade, as well as
studies and assessments to promote safety and to help ensure reliable and continuous power.
With over 40 years of experience and over 100 professional engineers strategically located throughout the
U.S. the Engineering Services te
h s the n ledge nd e erience t get the
d ne.

Power system design and
upgrade projects

Power system studies and
assessments

• Turnkey Solutions, including Solar and
r n eld r ects

• Power System Assessments and Code Audits

• Electric l esign

• Circuit Loading Study

r Rel

U gr des

• Design for Generator and Synchronous Motor
Exciter Packages
• Grounding System Evaluation and Design

• Arc Flash Analysis
• Harmonics Assessment
• Power Factor Analysis
• Power Quality Analysis
• Short Circuit Study
•

i e-c rrent

rdin ti n St d

Industrial Repair Services
Schneider Electric Industrial Repair Services is the leader in industrial electronic repair
management, repairing over 120,000 different products from more than 2,500 manufacturers.
ith ver 0 e rs ind str e
Services te
r vides de end

erience nd ver 0 highl -tr ined technici ns the nd stri l Re
le c st-e ective re irs.

ir

Testing and repair services
• PLCs
• I/O Modules

And more!

• AC and DC Drives
• Stepper Drives
• Servo Motors and Amplifiers
• HMI/Operator Interfaces
• Clutch Controls

• Certified, Remanufactured Electronics for sale
or exchange
• Engineered Replacement Boards
• Integrated Manufacturing Service Solutions (IMSS)
• Schneider Electric™ A t

• Power Supplies

ti n r d ct U gr des

• Counters and Timers
•

chine-s eci c

ntr ls

For more information on Schneider Electric Services, visit: www.schneider-electric.us/go/services
.schneider-electric.c

5

Digest 176

Electrical Distribution Services
Schneider Electric offers a broad range of electrical distribution services
to support the life cycle of any manufacturer’s equipment.
Whether you are concerned with providing a safe workplace, increasing electrical reliability, boosting
productivity, or reducing operating costs, you can count on our nationwide network of professional
engineers and qualified service representatives to address your specific requirements.

Our full-range of electrical distribution services include:
Engineering Services

Modernization and Upgrade

The power system engineering team from
Schneider Electric™ has the knowledge and
experience to help facilities manage their energy
and solve complex power system issues that
may involve equipment, automation, the electrical
system, or the utility.
Our engineering services include:

Modernization solutions from Schneider Electric
Services will upgrade your existing switchgear or
motor control centers to current technology.
These engineered solutions are available for
st
r r nds nd re designed t
ini i e
downtime, improve reliability, and extend the life of
your equipment.

• Power System Assessment and Design Services

Our modernization and upgrade solutions include:

• Power Quality Correction

• Direct Replacement and Retrofill Solutions for
nd
S itchge r

• Power System Analysis including Arc Flash
Studies (NFPA 70E Compliance)

Reduce risk and help ensure reliable installation
and equipment performance.
Our new equipment services include:
nd

irect Re l ce ent Units
Control Centers

r

t r

• Circuit Breaker Reconditioning

New Installation Services

• St rt-

•

Want to extend the life of your
existing switchgear?
Register to download our FREE white paper to
discover the right solution for your application!
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key
code b653v.

issi ning

• Turnkey Solutions
• Extended Warranty
• Customer Training

emergency
services
6

.schneider-electric.c

hours
a day

days
a week

Maintenance and Testing
If your power system isn’t performing, your facility
isn’t performing. To help ensure the reliable operation
of your electrical equipment, periodic maintenance,
cleaning, and lubrication is needed. Failure to do so
could result in costly downtime.
Our maintenance and testing services include:
• Preventive Maintenance
• Maintenance Record Services
• Service Agreements

Is your maintenance program
meeting your expectations?

Additional Schneider Electric service teams include:

Register to download our FREE White Paper
“Understanding Maintenance Contracts and
Requirements for Low Voltage Power Distribution
Equipment.” Visit www.SEreply.com and
enter key code b653v.

Substation Solutions
Schneider Electric sets the standard in quality for
the electric ind str nd serves tilities ith highl reliable products and services.
Our substation solutions include:
•

esign nd

• PowerSub

™

nstr cti n Services t
c

S

65

st ti n re

ers

• Substation Service & Repair

Automation and Control Services
Our services support the latest innovations in industrial automation.
In addition, they ensure our legacy products function at modern
performance levels.

Building Lifecycle and Energy Services
r c sed
r ch integr tes
lti le s ste s t chieve enter risewide facilities management that uses less energy, tightens security,
speeds response times, and maintains optimal occupant comfort while
reducing overall operating costs.

Critical Power & Cooling Services
Whether you are planning, building, or operating a data center, we have
the expertise and services to support you through the many phases of the
d t center li ec cle nd ee
r issi n-critic l
lic ti ns er ting
at optimum performance.

Energy Sustainability Consultation Services
Custom Solutions
Do you have unique product requirements or
complex power issues? Regardless of the application
or location, our engineering, manufacturing, field
service nd r ect
n ge ent te s c n
ev l te
r sit ti n nd r
se c st-e ective
s l ti n th t ini i es d nti e r le d-ti es.
Our custom solutions include:
• Special Application Switchgear
• Solar Power Systems
• Turnkey Installations

r energ e erts
r n-site ith n ledge le l nt ers nnel t
devel
l ng-ter Energ Acti n l n th t serves s the l e rint r
ongoing energy savings.

Power Monitoring Services
Our power monitoring services increase the reliability and efficiency of
your installation by providing detailed reporting, testing, and analysis
capabilities for your systems and related components.

Projects and Engineering Center
r r ects nd Engineering enter r vides ll-service c ntr ct nd
r ect
n ge ent c
ilities t ssist ith c
le r high-ris
r ects res lting in stre lined reli le r ect s l ti n.

For more information call 1-888-778-2733 or visit
www.schneider-electric.us/go/services
.schneider-electric.c

7

Energy and Sustainability
Consultation

Energy Monitoring
Gain visibility to analysis of your
facility’s energy performance —
even hen
re -site.

Our experts develop your
blueprint for energy savings.

Energy Savings Projects
Realize energy savings
and reduce utility bills by
up to 30%.

Your building’s energy: See it, manage it,
and save it with our life cycle services.
Why spend tomorrow what you can save today?
How much did you spend on your building’s energy today?

Schneider Electric is your ideal energy manager,
energy expert, and green partner with specialized
services for these facilities and more:
Healthcare

As regulations tighten and rates rise, businesses are learning that wasted energy is
wasted money. Fortunately, the right partner will show you how much energy your building
consumes, and more importantly, where energy — and money — can be saved.

Provide superior patient care while controlling costs,
eliminating waste, and doing more with less.

Our energy services deliver immediate value to your business.

Hotels

Efficiency improvements reduce the total cost of energy per square foot over the life cycle
of your facility. And only we provide the expertise of a Certified Energy Architect, scalable
EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™ architecture, and much more that can deliver
energy savings of up to 30%, starting today.

30% energy savings is just the beginning.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management , we are the only provider of
comprehensive services and open system architecture that guarantee compatibility
among the energy management domains of Power, IT Room, Process & Machine,
Building, and Security, allowing businesses to scale up the savings and efficiency from
the building to the enterprise level.
™

It is no wonder that about 75% of Fortune 500 companies choose Schneider Electric™
t
eet their energ needs. ith s vings
rt nit li e this t re-re d c
nies
n
th t e icienc initi tives the c ldn t
rd t i le ent in the st re r ects
they can’t afford to put off another day.

Maximize guest delight while reducing OpEx,
improving your carbon footprint, and offering a
safe hotel stay.

Retail

Reduce costs and keep customers safe and
comfortable while complying with environmental
efforts and regulations.

Office Buildings

Provide a flexible and productive atmosphere while
ret ining l ng-ter inc e nd sset v l e nder
tightening environmental regulations.

Education

Make buildings and campuses safe and efficient
while providing a greener, more productive learning
environment.

Life Sciences

Create a sustainable business while meeting
regulations, reducing time to market, and
enhancing the security of employees and assets.
Reducing the Impact of
Energy Costs on Business

Download this FREE white paper today for
insight on improving facility performance
and finding permanent savings
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, The global specialist in energy management, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS
r its ili ted c
nies. • 998- 881 • Schneider Electric USA 1650 est r s R d
rrillt n
5006 USA 9 2 2 -1111

30%* off your building’s
energy bill is just the beginning.
Imagine what we could do for the rest of your enterprise.
Managing complex building environments while meeting your energy efficiency targets is no
small task. Our EcoStruxure™ energy management architecture achieves this elegantly through
intelligent integration of building systems on a single IP platform.

The savings go far beyond buildings.

Active Energy Management
Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™

Today, only EcoStruxure energy management architecture by Schneider Electric™ delivers up
t 0 energ s vings niting energ -intensive s ste s li e
A
ccess c ntr l vide
security management, and lighting control across your entire enterprise. Saving up to 30%
of a building’s energy is a great beginning, and thanks to EcoStruxure energy management
architecture, the savings don’t have to end there.

Data centers
From the rack to the row to the room to the
building, energy use and availability of these
interconnected environments are closely
nit red nd d sted in re l ti e.

Industrial plants
en st nd rd r t c ls ll
r s ste - ide
management of automated processes with
minimized downtime, increased throughput,
and maximized energy efficiency.

Learn about saving energy from the experts!
Download this white paper, a $200 value, for FREE!
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code b653v Call 800-274-5551

Buildings
Intelligent integration of security, power, lighting,
electric l distri ti n ire s et
A
nd
telecommunications across the enterprise allows
for reduced training, operating, maintenance,
and energy costs.

30%
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, EcoStruxure, and Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug
re tr de r s
ned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c
nies. 1 2 irgr nds R d est ingst n R 02892 USA • 998-2 58_US
*EcoStruxure architecture reduces energy consumption by up to 30%.

Digest 176

There’s more than the “tip of
the iceberg”
Typically, we think of them as huge peaks rising above
the water. In reality, the majority of an iceberg is actually
under the water, out of view. Utility savings at most
facilities can be thought of in much the same way.

Look below
the surface
for energy savings with energy
solutions by Schneider Electric

Think of your utility bills as being the peak, easy to see every month. By simply
installing different light bulbs or a PowerLogic™ power monitoring system, you
c n re li e 1
ercent s vings
t th t s st the ti
the ice erg in
terms of your potential savings.
he
rit
s vings sing Schneider Electric™ energy solutions, can be
derived by looking beyond a utility bill — or below the surface. An additional
2 – 5 percent can be saved through better equipment utilization and energy
monitoring tools. Another 10 percent can be found by improving power system
reliability, and the savings that derive can be utilized towards the capital
purchase with a performance contract.
At Schneider Electric, we pride ourselves on reliable Square D™ by
Schneider Electric products, innovative solutions, expert engineering services,
nd r ilit t r vide single-s rce
er
n ge ent s l ti ns. t s
n t st c nce t t s it s leg c nd
r ise. e re the Energ
Management specialists, striving to help you Make the Most of Your EnergySM.
r
re in r ti n c nt ct
r re resent tive r g t
.schneiderelectric.com.

Medical complexes
• Experience outstanding quality and reliability
•

eri

tilit

ills nd eli in te err rs

S
re
er gic s ste s er end-t -end dv nced s l ti ns
for a high return on investment in achieved energy savings.

• Improve power system uptime

Commercial/retail centers

• Reduce expenses

• Attr ct high-

lit l ng-ter

ten nts

• Implement in a nationwide chain or one site
• Allocate costs according to actual energy used

Education campuses
• Provide environmental leadership
• Gain insights into how to reduce energy use in
common areas

Upgrade payback
Aver ge
techn l g

c eri d nd R
r ects

Technology

.schneider-electric.c

Average
Payback Period

Average
ROI

Meters and Monitors

.5

200%

Lighting

2.2

45%

Controls

2.3

43%

Motors and Drives

2.4

42%

3.6

28

Onsite Power

4.3

23%

Building Automation

5.9

17%

A

10

single-

Three dimensions of energy and power management savings
Reduce energy costs
• Access automatic meter reading
eading from revenue, piped utility pulses,
nd s - etering
• eri

nd rec ncile tilit

ills t c tch err rs

ficiencies and waste
• Reveal energy inefficiencies
• All c te r s

- ill energ c sts

• Optimize procurement
ocurement through forecasting, load aggregation, and rate analysis
•

le ent
er ct r c rrecti n lighting c ntr l
reduction strategies

nd

ct-

sed

• Reduce demand through load scheduling, load control, or generator control
• Respond to utility curtailment signals
ficiency decisions by combining your experience with ours
• Make smart energy efficiency
for Total Energy Control strategies that result in an actionable energy plan with
quick payback

Optimize equipment utilization
• Maximize use of existing equipment capacity to defer capital expenses
• Benchmark, profile,
ofile, and compare the performance of facilities or processes
• Document emergency power system testing results
• Prolong
olong equipment life by identifying transformer and other equipment stresses
ds, and other power equipment
• Balance loads on substations, panelboards,
• Perform proactive
oactive equipment maintenance and equipment monitoring of
transformers, MCCs, switchgear, switchboards, circuit breaker status, protective
e i ent c
cit rs gener t rs
nel
rds
U U S nd ther i ed tilities

Improve reliability and uptime
• Get early warning and remote alarm notification of impending problems
• s l te r

le

s

rces

ic l

sing re l-ti e hist ric l

nd event d t

• Pinpoint root cause with precise GPS time and event sequence recording
• eri

reli

le e

i

ent

er ti n nd identi

v lner

ilities

• Diagnose transients, disturbances, power quality, and harmonics
• Determine appropriate corrective measures based on accurate data
• Automate power system throw over and load preservation schemes
• Leverage Energy Solutions’ Engineering Services as your single source energy
and power management solution provider — product, implementation,
consulting, assessment, and support services

.schneider-electric.c

11

Our energy expertise will help
sustain America’s bright future.
Laboratories

Data Centers

Defense Installations

Federal Buildings

Hospitals

Together, we will meet your facility’s energy management challenges
of today and tomorrow.
Your energy expert and green partner

The global specialist in energy management™

Our experience with government facilities and campuses allows you to realize customized,
integrated solutions with up to 30% energy savings, starting today.

Schneider Electric has a proven, 100-year long record of
supporting government facilities and helps make them more
secure, productive, and sustainable. We take the lessons of
the past century to help you meet your responsibilities to
mandates, missions, and taxpayers throughout the next one.

Schneider Electric™ specializes in these critical domains of government facilities:
> Power Management: Experience efficient power use, reliable power supply, low equipment
failure rates, and minimized downtime with our proven solutions.

> IT Room Management: Optimize data center availability and efficiency through monitoring,
automation, planning, and implementation.

We combine the expertise of brands you know and trust
to make your energy safe, reliable, efficient, productive,
and green.

> Building Management: Leverage existing investments to achieve reduced energy costs,
improved comfort, and increased productivity with our integrated building systems.
TM

> Process and Machine Management: Eliminate downtime and optimize your systems’
performance with our specialized solutions.
> Security Management: Reduce risks with our integrated security solutions that create the most
secure environment possible.

TM

EcoStruxure: Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug™
EcoStruxure architecture, our approach to integration, saves CapEx and OpEx over your facility’s
li e c cle r
stre lined r c re ent thr gh l ng-ter
inten nce nd s
rt. his
innovation optimizes energy measurement, management, reliability, efficiency, and security across
your entire enterprise.

Make the most of your energy

Enacting an Energy
Management Lifecycle
Approach in Federal Facilities
by Ellen Kotzbauer, BEP
Government Segment Manager
and
Cassandra Quaintance, MAS, CEM, LEED AP
Energy Market Segment Manager
Schneider Electric USA, Inc.

Make the most of your energy

SM

Cycle

Visit our NEW Government Knowledge Portal for
FREE white papers, like this one: “Enacting a Life
Cycle Approach in Federal Facilities.”
Go to www.SEreply.com • Key Code b653v • Call 866-822-4636

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, EcoStruxure, Active Energy Management Architecture from Power Plant to Plug, The global specialist in energy management,
Pelco, Juno Lighting Group, Make the most of your energy, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric. • 998- 52_US

SM

SoMachine

©

Sc

hn

ei

de

rE

le

ct

Software

r ic
In
du
str

V2.0

ies
SA
S201
0

Flexible Machine
Control:
100 percent flexibility of your
machines with a single software
suite, SoMachine, plus multiple
hardware control platforms.

Tested, Validated
Architectures
and Functions:
Predefined and dedicated
to your specific needs for
optimum results.

Co-Engineering
Services:
Design optimal machine
solutions with innovative
help from our experts.

cuts time to
market by up to 50 percent.
TM

New integrated machine building solution features single software, proven
architectures, and design experts.
Machines today need to be faster, more flexible, and must be able to solve more
complex automation functions than ever before. As a machine builder you must
c nst ntl l
t inn v tive
st
ild
re energ -e icient
chines red ce
development costs, and get your machines to market much faster.
Our new MachineStruxureTM solution is designed to answer these challenges and
to help you take complexity out of the business through use of:
Flexible Machine Control: SoMachineTM is a single software suite that runs
on multiple hardware control platforms to achieve 100 percent machine flexibility:
HMI, motion, drive, and logic controllers. With SoMachine, you need only one
software, one cable, and one download to design, commission, and service
your machines from a single point.
Tested, Validated Architectures and Functions: Build a strong automation
l t r thr gh the se
r re d -t - se r ven nd ll tr ns rent
automation architectures and application function libraries implemented with
FDT/DTM technology. Our architectures are predefined and dedicated to your
specific needs for optimum results.
Co-engineering Services: Design the optimal solutions for your customers
with innovative help from our experts! We implement the latest technological
ev l ti ns nd r vide
ni e h nds- n ind str
lic ti n n ledge th t
helps you stay ahead of the competition.

“SoMachine offers optimal flexibility when
implemented on a standard machine, and
it has huge potential in terms of system
implementation.”
Fabrizio Ghiro, software designer and machine developer
at Costa Levigatrici in Italy

Make the most of your energy

Download our “On the road to green machines”
White Paper today — it’s FREE and available right now!
Visit www.SEreply.com Key Code h903v
©2011 Schneider Electric Industries SAS, All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, MachineStruxure, SoMachine, and Make the most of your energy are owned by Schneider Electric,
r its ili ted c
nies in the United St tes nd ther c ntries. • 35 rue Joseph Monier, CS 30323, 95506 Rueil Malmaison Cedex (France) • 998-2 05

SM

Digest 176

A lighting control solution
for every need…
Powerlink intelligent panelboards, Relay Panels, C-Bus network lighting control, and Occupancy
Sensors from Schneider Electric create one of the most comprehensive energy-saving offers
in the industry. They combine automated and web-enabled control with occupancy-based
solutions and dimming capabilities.

Powerlink Intelligent
Lighting Panel

Powerlink

C-Bus

t t es
re th n st energ -e cient lighting t
significantly reduce your energy costs. Powerlink™
lighting control systems reduce energy costs as
much as 30 percent by automatically turning off
lighting during unoccupied periods. Retrofit is
also easy with Powerlink lighting control systems,
with payback periods often less than two years.
Compared with other energy savings technologies,
a Powerlink control system can provide both a lower
initial capital outlay and greater energy savings.

- s™ Network Lighting and Whole Home Controls
provide a vast array of capabilities, scalable for
virt ll n si e
r
single r
t n entire
network. Eliminate wall clutter with programmable
lti- ncti n t ch screens nd e
ds. i
lights c ntr l lighting scenes
A
nd di
while integrating with third party devices using the
same touch screen or keypad.

• Eliminate unnecessary energy consumption by
s itching lights
d ring n n- cc ied eri ds
• Reduce demand by shedding lights during peak
demand periods
• Improve productivity by controlling and monitoring
panels from remote locations
• Reduce potential lost time and liability by
receiving instant alerts to important occurrences
with remote email alarming
• Gain important insights into lighting system
performance with integral metering
Relay Panels

Relay panel
The Lighting Control Relay Panel family offers both
standalone and integrated customized solutions that
combines ease of use, versatility, and durability.
Each system offers an energy saving solution as
unique as your needs.

C-Bus Lighting Control

• LPS Standalone panel
• LPB panel with BACnet capabilities
•

n

r s c ns le-

er ted

nel

Three solutions that adapt to your particular
configuration needs.

Occupancy Sensors

14

.schneider-electric.c

Occupancy sensors
Occupancy sensors help building owners achieve
energy savings and energy code compliance
with sensors that are easy to select, install, and
commission. Automatically turn lights on/off based
n cc
nc . Use sens rs r
light
rvesting
t d st light levels sed n n t r l lighting in
re s ith l rge ind s r s lights. Use either
ssive in r red R ltr s nic r d l-techn l g
models for ultimate detection capability.

Service and support
Reliable lighting control systems deserve reliable
support to match. With Schneider Electric™
lighting controls, you can always count on our
Schneider Electric eld s les engineers nd ct r trained experts for help when you need it — before,
during, or after installation. Whether that means local
s
rt tr
lesh ting r n-site c
issi ning.
From smaller residential lighting control
installations, to entire facility-wide control,
Schneider Electric Lighting and Whole Home
Controls has the precise solution to meet
your needs.

For more information visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v.

Diversify your offer with the
EcoXpert certification program.
Developed specifically for electrical contractors to grow their business and
incre se reven e. he Schneider Electric Ec
ert™ program helps you to
advise, sell, and install r d r nge
re-engineered energ s l ti ns
cr ss c
erci l ind stri l nd high-end residenti l
lic ti ns.

Program benefits:
• Accreditation: gain knowledge and skills to improve your professional
recognition and marketability
• Specialized training: access to ongoing technical, installation, and best
practices curriculum courses
• Marketing collateral: enhance your ability to market your business with
customizable materials
• Communication strategies: includes: how to sell, who to speak to, key
questions to ask, and much more
• Technical expertise: 24/7 access to tools that help facilitate site
assessments and ROI estimates
• Pre-engineered solutions: ability to sell a broad range of energy efficient
and renewable energy solutions

Certification Paths:
Energy Efficiency

Lighting and
Lighting
Controls

Power
Distribution

Renewable Energy

Secure Power

HVAC Controls

Energy
Monitoring

Electric Vehicle
Charging

Solar

Get started!
Become our energy partner today, visit: www.SEreply.com and enter key code e595v.
.schneider-electric.c

15

Digest 176

Driving energy efficient solutions
from Power Plant to Plug™.
Schneider Electric™ is committed to developing energy efficient solutions that
s
rt s st in le devel
ent nd r electric vehicle E ch rgers re
n e ce ti n. E lin ™ charging solutions promote a greener, more economical
transportation option while helping to reduce the world’s global footprint.
Schneider Electric ers
ide r nge E lin ch rging st ti ns th t ll
users to recharge where they live, work, and play.

The total package from one provider
• Compatibility: U listed nd SAE 1 2 c
li nce ens res c
ith n l g-in h rid r electric vehicle entering the
r et.

ti ilit

• Support: nst ll ti n nd
inten nce r vided
certi ed Ec
ert
c ntr ct rs h h ve een tr ined t inst ll E lin s l ti ns nd re le t
offer an extended warranty option.
• Efficiency: S rt-grid c nnectivit ll s r
i
energ
management capabilities, assisting with energy control and efficiency.
• User friendly: Status indicator lights identify when the charger is ready to
charge, if the vehicle is charging, or if the charger requires attention.
• Safety: An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5mA provides protection
if a fault is detected from a power outage or lost connectivity. Automatic
recovery and restart functionality ensures charging will resume following a
power loss or ground fault detection.

16

.schneider-electric.c

Learn more about
the global impact
of EVs
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code b653v.

Exclusive for
US electrical
contractors

Empower your operations with
the Schneider Electric Advantage.
Get FREE business, marketing, training, and product resources developed
exclusively for electrical contractors.
t

re th n ever
need re l- rld s l ti ns t gr
r siness nd eet c st er needs.
need
int
r et-le ding siness
r eting nd electric l ind str e ertise t enh nce
r er ti ns.

rtner

h c n hel

The Schneider Electric Advantage gives you access to:

Marketing tools
Market your business and improve customer relations with
new tools including radio scripts, customizable collateral, and
promotional items.

Training and education
Get ahead with a broad range of educational courses designed
s eci c ll
r electric l c ntr ct rs thr gh e - sed c rric l
nd instr ct r-led tr ining.

Access our FREE online training
when you register for
The Schneider Electric

Advantage
isit advantage.schneider-electric.us/

Product information
Find the latest product, service, and solution information for
Schneider Electric™ brands including troubleshooting, technical
documents, and online tools.

Make the most of your energy

© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
c
nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

SM

Digest 176

Building a smarter grid with
reliable, efficient energy
How Schneider Electric smart grid-ready products and solutions
help balance your grid equation
he electricit
r et is ch nging. And ever d end- sers e ect ti ns
increase in terms of reliability and quality, and they gain greater awareness of
energy’s environmental impact.
It’s an evolution. But as our reliance on electricity grows globally, the ways in
which we produce, distribute, and use energy must also evolve. The solution
will not only involve smarter demand, but also smarter supply — and as such, a
smarter grid is at the heart of the issue.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management,™ Schneider Electric™ is smart
grid-ready, enabling the products and solutions that support and connect the
five key domains of a smarter grid:
• Flexible distribution
• Smart generation
•

e

nd-side

n ge ent

• Efficient Home™ (including electric vehicles)
• Efficient Enterprise™ (buildings, industrial facilities, and data centers)
r visi n isn t st t c nnect r c st ers t the s rt grid
t ls t
connect them with each other, facilitating smarter interactions and leading to
increased energy management capabilities.

Our smart grid solutions include:
• HV/MV Substations
» Substation automation and protection systems
c
li nt ith E 61850
»
s-ins l ted s itchge r
» St ti n re ers r
15
t 8
» Capacitor banks and control
» Power quality and grid revenue metering
» Phasor measurement units
• Feeder Automation
»
lt r
n ge ent
» Automated load break switches
» Reclosers and sectionalizers
» Communicating faulted circuit indicators
» Private license and public mesh network radios
• Renewable Energy Connectivity
» Switchgear
» Protection and control
» Power quality and revenue metering
» Harmonic filtering
» rid-tie s st ti ns
»
rn e r ect design nd
n ge ent
» Smart solar inverters for residential through utility
sc le r ects
» re- ric ted inverter nd tr ns r er st ti ns
» Remote SCADA software
• Electric vehicle load management
» Smart charging stations for residential and
commercial applications
» Charging station infrastructure management
software and services
» Communications and integration with
other systems
• Demand Response Consulting
• Energy Management Services
» Power system assessments
» Equipment upgrades and retrofits
» Maintenance and testing
» Asset management
» Design services
» r ect
n ge ent

18

.schneider-electric.c

One-way energy grid

Two-way energy and data smart grid

Backup
storage

Renewable
• Energy efficiency
• Carbon trading
• Micro network
management

MV/LV

HV/MV

888kWh
kWh

Residential

Electric vehicles
and energy storage

Intelligent meters
Commercial

Industrial

Energy producers

Intelligent
transmission

Flexible
distribution

Active consumers

Communication and software at all levels of the smart grid

HV/MV substations
lete grid-c nnecti n t rn e r ect
management including design, engineering,
installation, and maintenance to increase service
c ntin it thr gh tr
le- ree nd reli le er ti ns.

Demand response programs
Energy auditing services and consultation to assess
the best load reduction strategy, including estimating
the financial opportunity of Demand Response
activities. Comprehensive offer including energy
meters and software tools for control, metering, and
data management.

Renewable energy connectivity
Solar and Wind solutions compliant with local
regulations enabling uninterrupted connectivity of
inter ittent s rces thr gh end-t -end electric l
er ti n c nversi n tr ns r ers
net r
grid connection, control, supervision, monitoring,
and security). Packaged solutions allow for
maximum return on investment, driving the cost of
renewable energy to grid parity.

SCADA distribution
management systems
Efficient solutions for underground and overhead
network management through status updates,
complex switching assistance, multitasking
control, monitoring functions, and network
evolution planning.

Feeder automation
Flexible, scalable, and simple solutions to reduce
outage duration and operate distribution networks
more efficiently.

Energy management services
reventi n- nd redicti n- c sed sset
productivity management based on maintenance
and retrofitting solutions, system assessments,
and uptime audits as well as network planning
and demand response consulting.

.schneider-electric.c

19

Welcome to the 2020 home.
It might have been built in 1925, but it’s the most contemporary home in
the neighborhood. Thanks to the Wiser™ energy management system from
Schneider Electric™ n h e c n e r ght int the ent - irst ent r .
The addition of a Wiser energy management system not only improves a
home’s energy efficiency, but adds up to significant savings on utility bills that
can even offset the cost of other remodeling upgrades. The Wiser system
hel s h es se less
er nd l er tilit ills
e l ing ser- riendl
technology that’s easy for homeowners to understand, manage, and control,
even remotely, anytime from anywhere. The Wiser systems’ smart thermostat,
in-h e dis l
nd energ d sh
rd r vide re l-ti e energ in r ti n
to homeowners, alerting them when a home’s energy usage is high, so
d st ents c n e
de cc rdingl s ving the r
ing higher r tes
during peak demand times.
The great news is that any home, no matter its age or architectural style, can
be retrofitted and benefit from the Wiser energy management system. Just
knowing a home is environmentally friendly and energy efficient is not only a
r ttr cti n t t d s h e ners
t dds gre t e it in h e.

The Wiser energy management system
enables innovative energy conservation that helps
homeowners use less power while significantly
lowering utility bills.

Green: Low (least expensive)

Blue: Medium

Orange: High

Red: Warning, extremely high
(most expensive)

ind t st h
simple and cost effective installing
the Wiser energy management system can be, and how
it will continue to significantly impact energy bills in the
years ahead.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j566v for more information.
© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, and Wiser are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated
c
nies. 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

ntr l
r
A
s ste - sed n the
pricing you program
into Wiser EMS’
smart thermostat. The
backlit feature visibly
dis l s re l-ti e
energy output and
costs incurred, then
alerts you with unique
c l r-c ded
rning
screens when energy
output is high and
needs t e d sted.

A home is more than rooms of a house.
It is a refuge, a place of comfort designed to provide an environment where
memories can be made, relationships built, lives nurtured, and dreams realized.
Additionally, a home is an investment vehicle where the returns are counted as
appreciation in value, but also in the monthly energy savings you generate. At
Schneider Electric™ we help you create quality, efficient, and productive homes
with smart, next generation residential energy technology that takes a home to
an unprecedented level.
Adding energy efficient solutions through installing Juno™ by Schneider Electric
LED fixtures, reliable Square D™ by Schneider Electric power distribution
products, advanced APC by Schneider Electric™ power protection devices,
st te- -the rt s l r inverters r electric vehicle ch rging st ti ns c ldn t e
easier and comes without sacrificing comfort or convenience.
Our active energy monitoring technology empowers you to minimize wasted
energy and take control of your home’s energy usage and output without
sacrificing comfort or convenience. From the home office to the bedroom,
from the kitchen to the home theater and garage, Schneider Electric transforms
every room of a house into the type of efficient, model environment homeowners
seek today.

Looking to upgrade a residential service
while saving time and effort?
Make your life easier with the Square D
Service Upgrade Load Centers. Its
inventive design makes challenging
flush-mount service upgrade jobs faster,
easier, and cleaner.
The uniquely designed load center endplate features four removable end plates
with four feed-through points, which allow
the enclosure to be positioned in the wall
in as little as five minutes. The lengthier
cover and door eliminate any need for
drywall repairs.

Thanks Schneider Electric! The Square D Service
Upgrade Load Center is a fantastic product! It makes
my life easier and reduces installation time!
– Mike Fletcher,
Residential Wireman West Side Electric,
rtl nd reg n e er
E
c l 8

Learn about the complete residential solutions
of Schneider Electric, visit www.SEreply.com
and enter key code j562v for more information.
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, APC, Juno, and Square D are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.
1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

How can Schneider Electric
help your designs meet
today’s demands?

Smart intelligent designs
Make your designs smart from the very beginning of conception, to the
final design.

Design solutions
The task of designing has never been more difficult — new codes, standards, and
evolving technology, such as Building Information Management (BIM), all impact
a building’s design, speed, and efficiency. With teams
n-st
r essi n l
engineers and regulatory experts, Schneider Electric™ provides the support you
need t cc
lish
r r ects n-ti e ith intelligence incl ded.

Energy management solutions

New web site

As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™, Schneider Electric focuses
heavily on solutions and strategies around sustainable design and energy
management. Codes and standards such as NEC® 2011 and ASHRAE 90.1
are under continuous maintenance, as well as the constant evolution of federal
nd st te energ reg l ti ns.
r energ e erts c n hel
st
-t -d te.
d
r ect designs re ire
re c s n energ e cienc . Schneider Electric
can provide the insight to help your next design exceed its energy goals.

Schneider Electric is committed to providing
consulting engineers access to comprehensive
engineering information that can help you throughout
your design process. The consulting engineer website
of Schneider Electric is built for you.

Safety solutions
Safety is a critical component of any design, and safety regulations must be
kept in order to maintain maximum protection against dangerous hazards. Our
experts can provide the design information and recommendations you need to
understand the dangers of arc flash and how to mitigate risks while complying
with current guidelines. Your designs need to be safe and reliable in order to
protect and save lives for years to come. Get Schneider Electric involved early in
the design r cess t ins re ng ing s et is ilt-in.

Easy access to:
• Design/application guides
• Product specifications
• Technical white papers
• Codes and standards
• Product data bulletins
• Calculators and online tools

Make the most of your energy

SM

7400DB1001

04/2010
Nashville, TN USA

Data Bulletin

Low Voltage Transformer Through-Fault Protection:
A System Approach
Introduction

Power system modeling and analysis software packages plot ANSI/IEEE
through-fault curves for low voltage, dry-type transformers. The use of this
plotting feature has led to application issues when evaluating the ability of
circuit breakers to protect transformers, specifically the ability of certain
thermal-magnetic trip, primary circuit breakers to provide the apparent
required through-fault protection. This paper discusses the protection criteria
for low voltage transformers and describes a system approach to evaluating
ANSI through-fault protection curves and low voltage circuit breakers.

Low Voltage Transformer
Protection Criteria

Discussion of low voltage, dry-type transformer overcurrent protection
begins with the published standards and guides:

•

NEC® Article 450, Transformers and Transformer Vaults (Including
Secondary Ties), (NFPA 70®, 2008 Edition) contains installation
requirements for overload protection of low voltage transformers

•

NEMA ST 20-1992 (R1997), Dry Type Transformers for General
Applications, contains short-circuit withstand and testing requirements
for low voltage transformer designs
ANSI/IEEE C57.12.01-2005, IEEE Standard General Requirements for
Dry-Type Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992
refers for prototype short-circuit withstand requirements

•
•
•
NEC Article 450
Transformers and Transformer Vaults
(Including Secondary Ties)

ANSI/IEEE C57.12.91-2001, IEEE Standard Test Code for Dry-Type
Distribution and Power Transformers, to which NEMA ST 20-1992 refers
for prototype testing requirements
ANSI/IEEE C57.12.59-2001, IEEE Guide for Dry-Type Transformer
Through-Fault Current Duration

Section 450.4, Autotransformers 600 Volts, Nominal, or Less, of NEC Article
450 provides primary and, when necessary, secondary overcurrent
protective device trip levels. It defines transformer overload protection
requirements in percentages of the transformer's rated currents and applies
the requirements in terms of protective device continuous current ratings.
The “Primary only protection” limits in NEC Table 450.3(B) (reproduced
below) are not typically used since the equipment fed by the transformer,
such as secondary conductors, may require overcurrent protection.

NEC Table 450.3(B) Maximum Rating or Setting of Overcurrent Protection for Transformers 600 Volts and Less
(as a Percentage of Transformer-Rated Current)
Secondary Protection 2

Primary Protection
Protection Method

Currents Less Than
2 Amperes

Currents of
9 Amperes or More

Currents Less Than
9 Amperes

Primary only protection

125% 1

167%

300%

Not required

Not required

Primary and secondary
protection

250% 3

250% 3

250% 3

125% 2

167%

1
2

Currents of
9 Amperes or More

Currents Less Than
9 Amperes

Where 125 percent of this current does not correspond to a standard rating of a fuse or nonadjustable circuit breaker, a higher rating that does not exceed the next higher
standard rating shall be permitted.
Where secondary overcurrent protection is required, the secondary overcurrent device shall be permitted to consist of not more than six circuit breakers or six sets
of fuses grouped in one location. Where multiple overcurrent devices are utilized, the total of all the device ratings shall not exceed the allowed value of a single
overcurrent device.

3 A transformer equipped with coordinated thermal overload protection by the manufacturer and arranged to interrupt the primary current shall be permitted to have
primary overcurrent protection rated or set at a current value that is not more than six times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having not more
than 6% impedance and not more than four times the rated current of the transformer for transformers having more than 6 percent but not more than 10%
impedance.

© 2010 Schneider Electric All Rights Reserved

Evaluating system through-fault protection designs?
Register to download our “LV Transformer Throughfault Protection” White Paper.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code b653v.

©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric, The global specialist in energy management, and Make the most of your energy are trademarks owned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS r its ili ted c
nies. All ther tr de r s re r ert
their res ective
ners. • 998- 560_US
1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8 - 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

Square D Integrated Power
and Control Solutions (IPaCS)
Innovative solutions that save space, labor and time
For over 30 years, Square D by Schneider Electric™ IPaCS™ business has been
providing integrated electrical solutions for retail construction, commercial, and
ind stri l r ects.

Solutions available from
Square D IPaCS
Modular Panel System (MPS)

The Square D IPaCS family combines electrical distribution equipment,
ilding c ntr ls nd t
ti n int
single ct r - sse led nd rewired enclosure. These innovative solutions save valuable floor space, shorten
construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs.

Tailored to customer specifications and
typically includes panels, lighting control,
and equipment spaces.

Why specify solutions from Square D IPaCS?

For more complex applications, including
A c ntr ls lighting c ntr ls
er
quality and power conditioning products,
SS
ilding
n ge ent s ste s nd
power metering/monitoring solutions, as well
as electrical distribution equipment.

Minimize space requirements.
Electric l nels nd tr ns r ers re st c ed in
valuable floor and wall space.

d l r line-

hich s ves

Reduce contractor labor risks.
Because the contractor is swapping a variable cost (labor) for a fixed cost
r d ct their ris n the ver ll r ect is red ced.

Reduce material handling.
c

e er ite s t receive invent r nd
ve r nd the
site ec se
nents re ct r -inst lled nd re- ired int
single line
r encl s re.

Save design time.
For designs with multiple locations, standardized designs can be created to
provide consistency between sites.

Shorten construction cycle times.
re- sse led c nstr cti n e ns less ti e re
the overall construction cycle.

ired n-site t inst ll red cing

Integrated Power Center (IPC™)

Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™)
Features include those found in the IPC and
re r vided in ree-st nding encl s re
that can be front and rear aligned when
transformers are included. IPC2 is seismically
qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA® 1,
NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R.

Standby Power Connection
Solutions (SPQ)
Provides the ability to quickly connect
to a portable standby power generator.
S it le r - R
td r inst ll ti ns.

Single point of responsibility.
hird- rt c ntr ls c
nents c n e inst lled ired nd tested in
S
integrated equipment at the factory to assure it works like it’s supposed to when
it gets t the
site.

MPS

IPC2

IPC2 transformer
combo

SPQ

Integrated power center
ith third- rt c ntr ls

.schneider-electric.c

23

Are you overlooking an enormous market?
With the demand for energy skyrocketing, customers will require more
sustainable energy solutions. Schneider Electric™ E lin ™ charging stations were
developed with this key factor in mind, providing a greener, more economical
tr ns rt ti n ti n hile hel ing t red ce the
rld s gl
l
t rint. E lin
electric vehicle E ch rging s l ti ns re designed t
eet the needs
n
customer, while providing the safety you demand from a partner you trust.
• All ch rging st ti ns re designed nd
Schneider Electric
• U listed nd SAE 1 2 c
E entering the
r et t d

n

ct red in-h

li nt t ens re c

ti ilit

se
ith n

E s re n
rt ever d
transportation. Download a FREE E
ct
sheet to learn how you can get involved
t d . isit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code b653v.

Make the most of your energy

SM

• An integral ground fault interrupter set at 5 mA provides superior
protection to users if a fault is detected

© 2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric
e the
r its ili ted c
nies. • 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006 • el 8

Learn more!

st
r energ
nd E lin re tr de r s
ned
Schneider Electric nd stries SAS
- 9 -2600 •
8 -925- 500 •
.schneider-electric. s

Schneider Electric makes the connections.
> Power
> Cooling

> Rack Systems

> Physical Security

> Services
> Management

Maximum efficiency and availability
from rack to row to room to building
Making the connection between IT and facilities
With today’s technology challenges, Schneider Electric™ understands that data centers
must be viewed as interconnected environments — from rack to row to room to building.
We call this integration the data center physical infrastructure or DCPI. The only clear
path to the highest availability and maximum efficiency, DCPI comprises power, cooling,
physical security, and rack systems and is monitored and managed via software solutions
and professional services.

Making the connection between efficiency and availability
Today, maximized energy efficiency and guaranteed availability must work hand in hand.
So Schneider Electric offers integrated cooling strategies across the DCPI. This hybrid
approach delivers true energy savings — but never at the expense of availability. And
we further optimize availability and efficiency with an integrated software platform that
en les end-t -end
nit ring nd
n ge ent
ll
d
ins. his h listic
solution provides visibility and interoperability across the DCPI.

Making the connection with key industry partners
Data centers can’t be built without constant communication and coordination with
vendors and other key players. Only Schneider Electric has the consulting and services
net r
ers n l rel ti nshi s nd re l- rld e erience t give
the single int
contact you need to take your integrated data center from envisioned to online.

Implementing Energy
Efficient Data Centers

Integrated architectures for Active
Energy Management™
> Power

The power domain connects it all – from
gener t rs t U Ss t
Us
r cr ss-vend r
interoperability.

> Cooling

Our highly efficient integrated solutions
combine chillers, perimeter cooling, hot aisle
c nt in ent nd r - sed ti ns t
i i e
efficiency and guarantee availability.

> Physical Security

r single- ne vie incl des
access control and surveillance across one or
multiple facilities.

> Rack Systems

nterc nnected n - vend rcompatible rack enclosures, accessories, and air
containment solutions support HD processing needs.

> Services

The professional services of Schneider
Electric provide provide one point of contact for data
center planning, building, and operation.

> Management

Our exclusive integrated software
rchitect re re ves
n ge ent sil s r
greater energy awareness and efficiency and
higher availability across the entire DCPI.

Download the FREE White Paper,

“Tackling Today’s Data Center Energy Efficiency Challenges.”
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j754v Call 888-778-2733
©2011 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. Schneider Electric and Active Energy Management are trademarks owned by Schneider Electric Industries SAS or its affiliated companies.
e il es
rt
c.c
Schneider Electric
rth A eric n
er ting ivisi n 1 15 S. R selle R d
l tine
6006
8 - 9 -2600
.schneider-electric. s
t- s r nds 998-2598_

A

Digest 176

Seeing is believing
Visit
Schneider
Electric
Center of
Excellence
Want to know
more? Be our
guest at one
of Schneider
Electric Centers of
Excellence located
on the East Coast,
West Coast, and in
the Midwest. For
more information,
contact your local
Schneider Electric
representative
or Square D™ by
Schneider Electric
distributor and
ask to schedule
a visit.

26

When you’re trying to solve a business or engineering challenge, you
need a team of industry experts with extensive knowledge of your
industry, as well as the willingness to go anywhere, work with any
supplier, to find the most cost-effective, complete solution for you.
As The Global Specialist in Energy Management™
and sustainable manufacturing, we’re always coming
up with new ways to help businesses work better,
faster, more efficiently, and profitably.
That’s why we have developed the Schneider Electric™
Centers of Excellence and Innovation Centers. To
simplify your understanding of the broadest range
of power, control, automation, safety, security, and
energy management solutions, and how they can
benefit your business.

.schneider-electric.c

These facilities give you the ability to see and touch
live demonstrations of the innovative solutions for
both OEM manufacturers and industrial facilities. You
ls get ccess t the
lti-disci lined te s th t
can configure and customize your solutions to meet
your specific needs and further minimize your future
ris . hese e erts h ve ccess t
ll -e i ed
laboratories, numerous technical experts and the
resources of the global Schneider Electric organization
all with the sole purpose of demonstrating to you the
c
it ent Schneider Electric t delivering estin-cl ss s l ti ns t
r siness ch llenges.

MachineStruxure solutions
Automation solutions for industrial machines that can save you up to 50% of design and
implementation time.
MachineStruxure™ hel s
design integr ted energ -e cient nd c st-e ective
chines hile
i i ing er r nce nd red cing
design ti e nd ti e t
r et. sed n ested
lid ted nd
c ented Architect res
A
chineStr
re inc r r tes e i le
and scalable hardware platforms with SoMachine,™ a comprehensive single software suite with application function block libraries. Plus, our
hardware control platforms optimize control through embedded intelligence in drives, HMI, motion, and logic controllers.

Stay one step ahead.

Services and
support
Tested, Validated, and
Documented Architectures
and function blocks

However complex your machine, you can rely on our team of dedicated
experts and our international presence to assist you and achieve
excellence at every stage of the machine’s lifecycle.

Save up to 50% of design and implementation time.
Flexible machine
control system

Use the s lid se
ested
lid ted nd
c ented Architect res
and function blocks to quickly build your automation solutions. Optimized
cost, footprint, and performance — all you need to do is adapt them to
your applications.

100% flexibility and optimization of your machines.
Our different machine control platforms include embedded intelligence.
Now you can integrate control that is perfectly suited for your machine
requirements. By utilizing SoMachine software, you can move from one
application to another capitalizing on your developments.

Power
Management

White Space
Management

Process and
Machine
Management

MachineStruxure, one of the mainstays of
EcoStruxure
EcoStruxure™ is a system based on Active Energy Management™ architectures,
from an electrical power plant to a single electrical socket. EcoStruxure enables
you to benefit from intelligent and simplified energy management systems, to
reduce your investment and operational costs, and reduce waste resulting in
energy savings up to 30%.

Building
Comfort
Management

Security
Management

Learn more about MachineStruxure, visit
www.SEreply.com and enter key code j546v.
.schneider-electric.c

27

Digest 176

Plantstruxture solutions
As the foundation of the Schneider Electric™ EcoStruxure Active Energy Management™
architecture for industrial customers, the PlantStruxure™ collaborative automation
solution enables the achievement of both energy and productivity objectives.
This scalable solution delivers a single environment
to measure energy use, process data, asset
utilization, and machine performance by:

What makes PlantStruxure unique?

• Reducing engineering, operations, and
maintenance costs

From tens of I/O to hundreds of thousands, the scalability of our system means
that you can start out small and grow as your requirements change.

• Maximizing plant and production efficiency

Flexible because your process is unique

• Improving production quality

Scalable for changing times

Our system supports the architectures that you need for your application. Single
site, multiple sites, distributed control, local control, discrete, process, safety, and
batch all within one system.

• Protecting people, plant assets, and
the environment
• Supporting production and business decisions

Integrated to reduce risk
The entire system, from the manufacturing execution system (MES) to
component devices to functionality, are designed to work together with your
chosen technology partners.

Collaborative to increase efficiency
Our system is open to exchange information with other plant and business
software, and fosters an environment of collaboration by delivering the process
information you need in the way that you like to see it.
ERP System

SoCollaborative
Software

Historian & Reporting

SoCollaborative
Software

MES

SoCollaborative
Software

Batch

SoCollaborative
Engineering Software
Control
Unity Pro

SoCollaborative
Software

SoCollaborative
Software

SoCollaborative
Software

Operating
& Monitoring

Visualization

VijeoTM Citect
servers

Vijeo Citect

Web services
Web Designer

System Design

SoCollaborative
Software

Engineering

UAG/sg2

Communication
OPC Factory Server

Ethernet

Infrastructure

SoMachine Software
Logic Controller
Motion Controller

Machine
HMI

HMI Controller
Drives Controller

Machine
HMI

CANopen

M258
Modicon™M258
Logic Controller

Preventa
Safety
Controller

Preventa™
Safety
Controller
Lexium
Servo Drive
Altivar™Variable
Variable
Speed Drive

Lexium™
Integrated
Servo Drive

SERCOS III
Integrated Safety

TeSys™TT
Tesys
Motor
Starter

Modicon TM
Distributed IO

CANopen
Profibus

HMI
Magelis™HMI
Plant Floor

Lexium
Multiaxes
Servo
Drive

Modicon
Hot-Standby
Controller

Modicon
QuantumTMSIL3
SIL3
Safety Controller
Remote IO

Remote IO

Modicon STB
Distributed IO
Modicon STB
Distributed IO
Altivar Variable
Speed Drive

Lexium
Servo Drive

TesysTMT T
TeSys

Motor Starter

Process

.schneider-electric.c

Process
Safety

Remote IO

Modicon TM
Distributed IO
Lexium
Integrated
Servo Drive

High
Availability

PacDrive

Altivar Variable
Speed Drive

Machine

28

Modicon
Controller

TeSyS U
Motor
Protection

Remote Site
MotorSys™IPMCC
IPMCC

PowerLogicTM PM800
Power Meter

Smart instrumentation

Smart instrumentation

Modicon

Simplify your machine designs
with Schneider Electric 2-D and 3-D CAD library.
Schneider Electric™ has simplified the design and development of your
chines nd
lic ti ns
lishing gr ing list 2- nd A
files for your use. With a broad line of power, control and automation products,
Schneider Electric i r r is the er ect l ce t nd det iled r d ct
models and specifications.
ilt ith c
ti ilit t
r design t ls in ind the 2- nd A li r r
allows you to simply pick your format, download the file, and insert it into your
design. he c t l g delivers dv nced 2- nd - vie ing techn l g th t
enables users to pan, zoom, and rotate.

Learn more about 2D and 3D CAD library, visit
www.SEreply.com and enter key code j564v.
.schneider-electric.c

29

Digest 176

Automation & Control
Excellence (ACE)
Need help developing a solution
and improving the performance of
your facility?
Your Local Schneider Electric™ ACE Distributor is there to provide the answers
and deliver the solutions you need. This exclusive group of Schneider Electric
distributors has distinguished themselves as Schneider Electric best source of
service and support for the unique challenges of the automation and control
markets. They specialize in offering:

The right inventory – when and where you need it
ACE distributors have a wider array of available automation and control inventory
on their shelves in your local market. They are your fastest and best source for
Schneider Electric products to meet your automation and control needs.

Unparalleled technical capability
ACE distributors set the standard for Automation & Control Excellence.
he
er dec des e erience
r ing ith le ding-edge t
ti n nd
control solutions.

Become an ACE distributor
The ACE program provides its members
ith n
er e cl sive int
r et
development activities, including local
trade shows, sales support tools and
resources, marketing programs, and
advertising campaigns to help you reach
out to customers and prospects in your
local market.
Becoming an automation and control expert
requires a significant investment in training
and resources by knowledgeable personnel.
The Automation & Control Excellence
program not only promotes development of
these capabilities, but also provides a number
of resources to make it simple.
For more information on becoming an
Automation & Control Excellence Distributor,
visit www.schneider-electric.us/go/ACE
or email se-ace@schneider-electric.com.

A thorough understanding of your business
You can count on our ACE distributors to keep pulse of advancing technology
and best practices. ACE distributors have access to Schneider Electric vast array
of product, segment, and solution specialists who assist them in understanding
which products and solutions are tailored to your business.

Register to win a free trip to the
Innovation Center in Raleigh, NC.
Visit www.SEreply.com and enter
key code j565v.

30

.schneider-electric.c

Tested, validated,
documented architectures
Improving your machine and business performance.
Our new MachineStruxure™ s l ti n is designed t hel
chieve ster l er ris
nd
re energ e cient nd c st-e ective designs nd inst ll ti ns thr gh the se
r ven nd inn v tive tested
validated, documented architectures that shorten time to market. MachineStruxure incorporates flexible and
scalable hardware platforms and a comprehensive software suite with application function libraries.

Increase machine performance
and innovation
• Speed up machine concept to design and adapt
the t
r needs sing r est-in-cl ss
product offer, predefined machine architectures
and application function blocks.

Reduce total cost of ownership
• Using r intern ti n l ers e erience
presence, and international post sales support.

Shorten time to market
• Save up to 50 percent in control system design
and installation time with tested, validated, and
d c ented rchitect res re d -t - se ncti n
blocks, predefined CAD panel designs and wiring
di gr s ll -d c ented s ste
ser g ides.

Compact/Hardwired/Logic Controller/Modicon™ M258
Circuit breaker PowerPact™

Display unit Magelis XBTGT/GK/GH

Switch mode power supply
Phaseo™ ABL 8

Tower light Harmony™ XVM

Modular circuit breaker Compact Multi 9™

Push buttons and switches
Harmony XB4/5

Motion controller Modicon LMC058

Emergency stop Harmony XALK

Servo drive Lexium 32

Servo motor BSH

Stepper drive Lexium SD328

Stepper motor BRS 3

Machine safety Preventa™ XPS

Sensors OsiSense™ XC/XS/XU/XM/XX

Variable speed drive Altivar 32

Integrated drive Lexium ILE

Variable speed drive Altivar 71

Integrated drive Lexium ILA

Motor starter TeSys U

Enclosure Himel™

• Select the control solution to meet your machine
requirements with our flexible and scalable
machine control platform.

2

1

4

3

12

11

• Choose the appropriate controller with embedded
intelligence in drives, HMI displays, motion and
logic control products.

13

• Simplify and speed up control system programming
nd c
issi ning ith n e s -t - se single
software suite, providing one tool, one connection,
ne r ect le nd ne d nl d ith c
lete
openness and transparency.

Performance automation tested, validated,
documented architecture
An excellent solution using simple controls
architecture dedicated to machines requiring
performance and robustness. This architecture
combines the new Modicon™ 258 l gic c ntr ller
SoMachine™ software, Altivar™ 312 variable speed
drive, TeSys™ U
t r st rters e i ™ 32 servo
drive, and a Magelis™
dis l
nit
with traditional hardwired cabling.

8

20

7

6

5

14

10

9

15

16
19

18

17

.schneider-electric.c

31

Digest 176

OEM Technology and Solutions Center
Complete Development and Support Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle

OEM Technology and
Solutions Center
Complete Development and Support
Services Throughout Your Project Lifecycle

Machines today are characterized by a growing need to perform faster and have greater flexibility to solve
more complex automation challenges than ever before. In addition, engineering costs have an increasingly
important impact across the lifecycle of the machine, from concept and design to installation, maintenance,
and service. The ability to reduce the time to market and the total cost of the machine, while achieving
innovation and increased performance, is a machine builder’s continuous challenge.
Make the most of your energy

What’s more, we take it one step further with our OEM Technology and Solutions Center — removing
the c
le it
chine ilding
ering st rt-t - nish r ect li ec cle e ertise incl ding r ect
n ge ent electric l nel design
lic ti n c -design int
r eting testing tr ining nd
services resources.

SM

OEM Technology and
Solutions Center

At Schneider Electric, we are more than a component supplier. We are
your partner for a full range of technical and support solutions.
OEM Knowledge Base – Dedicated support for your success
r viding e ert r ect
n ge ent s ills t
nd
rc
n is ne the E
echn l g nd
Solutions Center’s greatest values. We’re totally committed to our mission of giving you a leg up over the
c
etiti n nd s ving
ti e nd dget
tili ing r c
rehensive r ect
n ge ent services
t ens re
r r ect s s ccess l e ec ti n. e re
r s l ti ns rtners thr gh t the entire r ect
lifecycle, providing a single point of contact, while developing and managing customized solutions, and
r viding cle r c
nic ti n nd r ect re rting. hether it s rec
ending r d ctivit sting
efficient designs and innovative solutions, or assisting with conversions or codes and standards issues, our
lti-disci lined te s re re red t
eet
r s eci c needs.

Dedicated support for
your success

Engineered Panel Solutions
Expand your engineering services without the additional cost through the OEM Technology and Solutions
Center. This includes Schneider Electric Engineered Panel Solutions business line that provides original
e i ent nel design nd
n ct ring r cess services r
lic ti n- sed s l ti ns. e serve s n
extension of your engineering arm without the overhead costs, thereby freeing up your engineering resources
nd ll ing
t
c s n
r
r et ering. e er
lic ti n c ns lting t rn- e engineered
s l ti ns s eci li ed encl s re
n ct ring nd t rn- e
t r c ntr l
chine s l ti ns.

Solutions Testing and Training Center
Learn how to simply and easily build and commission flexible machines that reduce costs and time to
r et
ll
the ti e
c
lete tr ining. e er sic nd dv nced tr ining cl sses h nds- n
testing nd de nstr ti n ered thr gh the E
echn l g nd S l ti ns enter. e ls
er ndemand training, schedule at your request and customized to your specific machine and application needs.

Learn more about the OEM Technology and Solutions Center,
visit www.SEreply.com and enter key code j554v.
32

.schneider-electric.c

OEM Solutions Testing
and Training Center

New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176
Section 1: Load Centers
Main Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-9
Meter Mains, 100–200. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-19
Enclosed Solar Ready CSED Devices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1-25

Section 2: Metering Equipment
1 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-10
3 Phase Main Devices. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2-12

Micrologic Electronic Trip Units for PowerPact H-, J-, and
L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Micrologic Trip Unit Accessories for Powerpact H-, J-, and
L-frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

Section 8: Operator Mechanisms and Disconnect
Switches

Special Application Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-7
Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-8
1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-22

MD Motor Disconnect Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-7
30–60 A Compact LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch . . . . . . . 8-8
100–400 A LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switch. . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-8
GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-9
3 in. Handle Assembly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-19
PowerPact D&L, MG and NSJ cable mechs
(bottom half of the table) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8-22

Section 4: Power Monitoring and Control

Section 9: Panelboards

Section 3: Safety Switches

Power Monitoring Software
Remote Energy Management . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-4
PowerLogic™ Metering
DM6200 Panel Meter. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-10
Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System
Vamp 221 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4-26, 4-27

Section 5: Lighting Control and Home Integrated
Systems
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color Touch Screen. . . . . . . . . . 5-7
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
Touch Screen (Desktop Model). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-7
C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories
Spectrum Touch Screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
Wiser™ Home Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-8
8-Channel Low Voltage Relay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-14
Occupancy Sensors
Fluorescent High Bay Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22
UL 924 Emergency Control Device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-22

Section 6: Surge Protective Devices
EMA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
(25 new catalog numbers and new options) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-2
Options for L-L Enhanced SPDs and EBA SPDs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-3
Replacement Modules for EMA SPDs
(15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-4
Type 1 SPD option for I-Line Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-5
Surgelogic™ OEM / Assembler Kits (15 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . 6-6
SDSA3650 600 V 3-phase, 3-wire, Delta SPD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-6
HWA Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
(9 new catalog numbers) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
SDSA1175T Surge Protective Device (SPD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
Flush Mount Kit for XR and HWA Surge Protective Devices . . . . . . . . . . 6-7
XR Nipple Mounted Surge Protective Devices (SPDs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
Whole House SPDs (NEMA 1 Basic, NEMA 3R Basic). . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8
HEPD80 Home Electronics Protective Device and
Replacement Kit. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6-8

Section 7: Circuit Breakers
PowerPact™ H-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23
PowerPact J-Frame Circuit Breakers—now available with
Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-4, 7-23
New R Interrupting for PowerPact H and
J-Frame rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-4, 7-22, 7-23
400 A PowerPact L-Frame Circuit Breakers with
Micrologic Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-5, 7-25
PowerPact L-Frame Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-31
PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-34
Masterpact™ NW DC Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-36
Accessories for L-frame
(mixed in with other accessories) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39 thru 7-44

NQ 14-inch-wide Merchandised Panelboards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-8

Section 10: IPaCS Equipment
Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Boxes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4
Submetering Integrated Power Center. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10-4

Section 11: Switchboards & Switchgear
DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Types EOX and VOX Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . .
Automatic Circuit Recloser . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ADVC Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11-15
11-17
11-19
11-20
11-20
11-20

Section 12: Busway
PowerPact H-, J-, and M-Frame Plug-in Units
with Electronic Trip . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-12
PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-13

Section 14: Transformers
NEMA Premium Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .14-3, 14-7
Transformer Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-9
1201–15,000 V Indoor Transformers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14-20

Section 15: Medical Products
Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized. . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IG2000P Remote Alarm Indicator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGR and IGRD Nurses’ Station
Indicators/Alarm Annunciators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGT Dual Clock/Timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Iso-Gard IGT1550 Remote Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

15-4
15-4
15-5
15-5
15-5

Section 16: NEMA Contactors & Starters
TeSys™ T Motor Management System
(NEMA Sizes 1–6). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16-18, 16-46, 16-87

Section 17: Motor Control Centers
Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17

Section 18: IEC Contactors and Starters
TeSys™ F1700, F2100 Contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-5
Mechanical Interlock and Power Connection Kit for
TeSys D Reversing Contactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-14
TeSys D Overload Relay Mounting Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-16
Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18-33

Section 19: Push Buttons and Operator Interface
22 mm Push Buttons
XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless,
Batteryless Push Buttons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-63 thru 19-64
XB5S Biometric Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-65 thru 19-66
Double and Triple-Headed Push Buttons
XB4 Two Button/Three Button Push Buttons,
Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-23
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

New and Enhanced Products in Digest 176 (cont’d)
ZB4 Two Head/Three Head Operators,
Momentary. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-27 thru 19-28
ZB4 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-33
XB5 Two Button/Three Button, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-42
ZB5 Two Head/Three Head Operator. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-47
ZB5 Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-54
30 mm Push Buttons
Momentary Action, Metal Mushroom Head
Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-67 thru 19-68
Two-Position, Push-Pull Action Metal Mushroom Head
Push Button Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-68
Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . 19-68
Non-Illuminated Multifunction Turn-to-Release
Mushroom Operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-78
Control Stations and Enclosures
Guarded Enclosures (Empty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-105
Assembled Guarded Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-106
Tower Lights and Beacons
Rotating Mirror Beacons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-107
XVC Pre-Assembled and Pre-Wired
Tower Lights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-108 thru 19-109
XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19-116

Section 20: Electronic Sensors & Machine Cabling
XU•M Metal Body Photoelectric Sensors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-2
XUVR / XUVA Optical Fork Photoelectric Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-3
XS Inductive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-5 thru 20-9
XT Capacitive Proximity Sensors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20-9

Section 21: Limit Switches
Osisense™ XCKM and XCKL limit switches, classic,
metal, variable composition. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-20 thru 21-21
Osisense™ XCKJ limit switches, standard, industrial
format, EN 50041, metal, fixed or plug-in body . . . . . . 21-24 thru 21-25
9007C limit switches, heavy duty industrial, plug-in
body, metal, adaptable subassemblies. . . . . . . . . . . . . 21-30 thru 21-31

Section 22: Pressure, Vacuum, Temp, and Float
Switches
XMLK Pressure Transmitters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22-6 thru 22-7

Section 26: AC Drives & Soft Starts
Altivar™ 212 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-6
S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26-16

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Section 27: Automation Products
HMI
Magelis™ STO/STU Small HMI. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3
Magelis XBT GH Handheld HMI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-3
Magelis Smart+ iPC Industrial PC (without moving parts) . . . . . . . 27-4
Distributed I/O
Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O . . . . . . . . 27-5
Modicon TM7 Expansion Modules and Distributed I/O. . . . . . . . . . 27-5
OEM Controller/Machine Solutions
Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon 238 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon 258 Logic Controller. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-8
Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
Altivar IMC Integrated Controller Card (for Altivar 61 and
Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-9
SoMachine Software Suite . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27-10

Section 28: Enclosures
All new section featuring:
Spacial.pro Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
ProClima Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref Software. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-3
Spacial™ Steel Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-4
Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-7
ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28-8

Section 29: Advanced Products
All new section featuring:
EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations (Overview)
Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications) . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-3
Outdoor Charging Stations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-4
Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions (Overview). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-6
In-Home Display (IHD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6
Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT). . . . . . . . . . . . 29-6
Smart Plug . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Load Control Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Large Load Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-7
Ethernet Gateway . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29-8
Conext™ Series Grid Tie Solar Inverters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .29-9

Table of Contents

Section 1

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers

1-2

Accessories

1-4

QO Load Centers
QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers, Page 1-2

HOM 1P, Page 1-14

1-5

Indoor, 1Ø Main Circuit Breaker

1-6

Rainproof 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-7

3Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-8
1-9

Special Applications

1-10

QO Load Center Accessories

1-11

Homeline™ Circuit Breakers

1-14

Homeline Load Centers

1-15

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breaker

1-15

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs, Main Circuit Breakers

1-16

QO and Homeline Load Centers

1-17

Load Center Value Packs

1-11

Load Center Mounted Surge Protection Devices

1-12

QO and Homeline Accessories

1-12

Indoor Load Centers, Dimensions, Knockouts

1-17

Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts, Bolt-on Hubs

1-18

Combination Service Entrance Devices (CSED)

Homeline Load Center, Page 1-15

1-5

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs

Backup Power Solutions and Manual Transfer Accessories

QO Load Center, Page 1-5

1-2

1-19

Meter Mains, 100—200 A

1-19

All-In-Ones, 100—225 A

1-20

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones, 300—400 A

1-21

Circuit Breakers, Accessories, Hubs

1-22

Dimensions

1-23

Solar Ready CSED

1-24

Enclosed Devices

1-25

Servicepak™ Power Outlet Panels

1-26

QO™ Load Centers

1-27

QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Centers

1-27

Combination Service
Entrance Devices, Page 1-19

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1-1

1

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

LOAD CENTERS

Load Centers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Square D brand QO miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD and NQ panelboards, NQOD and NQ OEM interiors or Speed-D™ switchboard distribution panels.
Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD and NQ panelboards or interiors.a
The Square D exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers.

Table 1.1:
Amperes
Rating b

LOAD CENTERS

QO 1P
1 Space Required

QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required

Plug-On Circuit Breakers

Table 1.2:

1P—120/240 Vac

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

QO110
QO115 de
QO120 de
QO125 d
QO130 d

35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A

QO135 d
QO140 d
QO145 d
QO150 d
QO160 d
QO170 d
—
—
—
—
—

150 A

—

$ Price
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
67.00
—
—
—
—
—
—

175 A
—
—
200 A
—
—
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240
Vac
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240
Vac

2P—240 Vac c
Common Trip

$ Price

QO210
QO215d
QO220 d
QO225d
QO230d
QO235d
QO240 d
QO245d
QO250d
QO260d
QO270d
QO280d
QO290d
QO2100d
QO2110d
QO2125d

Cat. No.

67.00
—
67.00 QO215H
67.00 QO220H
67.00 QO225H
67.00 QO230H
67.00
—
67.00 QO240H
67.00
—
67.00 QO250H
67.00 QO260H
134.00 QO270H
189.00 QO280H
189.00 QO290H
189.00 QO2100H
428.00
—
428.00
—

3P—240 Vac
Common Trip

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

—
200.00
200.00
200.00
200.00
—
200.00
—
200.00
200.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
—

QO310
QO315d
QO320d
QO325d
QO330d
QO335d
QO340d
QO345d
QO350d
QO360d
QO370d
QO380d
QO390d
QO3100d
—
—

248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
315.00
366.00
366.00
366.00
—
—

QO2150dfk

491.00

—

—

—

—

QO2175 dfk
QO2200dfk

491.00
491.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

QO200

70.00

—

—

—

—

QO2000i 200.00

QO2200 2P 200 A
4 Spaces Required

QO 3P
3 Spaces Required

Ampere Rating

Poles

Suffix

10–30 A
35–60 A
35–50 A
70–110 A
60–100 A

1, 2, 3
1,2
3
2
3

5237

Table 1.3:

5238
5273

Wire Sizesb

Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating
Type
10–30 A
QO
10–30 A
1P
35–70 A
10–30 A
10–30 A
QO
35–70 A
2P
80–125 A
150–200 A
QO
3P

10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A

QO300

248.00

QOB-VH

110–150 A

4–300 Al/Cu

366.00

QOT

15–20 A

12–8 Al 14–8 Cu

15–30 A

12–8 Al 14–8 Cu

40, 50, 60 A
10–60 A

12–4 Al 14–6 Cu
12–2 Al 14–2 Cu

15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

QO115VH e
QO120VH e
QO125VH
QO130VH

63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00

QO215VHg
QO220VHg
QO225VHg
QO230VHg

146.00
146.00
146.00
146.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

QO315VHg
QO320VHg
QO325VHg
QO330VHg

371.00
371.00
371.00
371.00

40 A

QO140VH

73.00

QO240VHg

146.00

—

—

QO340VHg

371.00

50 A

QO150VH

73.00

QO250VHg

146.00

—

—

QO350VHg

371.00

g

QO260VH

146.00

—

—

g

QO360VH

371.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

QO370VHg
QO380VHg
QO390VHg

477.00
530.00
530.00

QO-AFI, QO-GFI
or QO-EPD
QO-PL

Table 1.4:
Ampere Ratingb

QOT Tandem Circuit
Breakers
Cat. No.d

QO160VH

73.00

70 A
80 A
90 A

QO170VH
—
—

112.00
—
—

QO270VHg
QO280VHg
QO290VHg

224.00
315.00
315.00

100 A

—

—

QO2100VHgh

315.00

—

—

110 A
125 A

—
—

—
—

QO2110VHgh 1034.00
QO2125VHgh 1034.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

150 A

—

—

QO2150VHfgk 1061.00

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

Table 1.5:

For use in Old Style Non-Class CTL
QO Load Centers—10 k AIR
Ampere Ratingb
Cat. No.d

QO2175VHf k 1061.00
QO2200VHfgk 1061.00

QO3100VH g 530.00

175 A
200 A
42 k AIRd
40 A
45 A
50 A

—
—

—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

QOH240 i
QOH245 i
QOH250i

317.00
317.00
317.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

QOH260 i
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110 i

317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

125 A

—

—

QOH2125

1389.00

—

—

—

—

d

$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac

60 A

g

Wire Size
(AWG/kcmil)
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10
Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu

QO3000i

22 k AIRd

QO 2P
2 Spaces Required

QO/QOB Ring Terminal

(20% $ Price Adder)—Factory-installed only

15 A and 15 A
QOT1515
15 A and 20 A
QOT1520
20 A and 20 A
QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip

58.00
58.00
58.00

Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and
handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two
poles.

Replacement Tandem
Circuit Breakers
$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 A and 15 A
QO1515
73.00
15 A and 20 A
QO1520
73.00
20 A and 20 A
QO2020
73.00
20 A and 30 A
QO2030
73.00
30 A and 20 A
QO3020
73.00
Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces
Required

65 k AIR
15 A and 15 A
15 A
QH115e
117.00
QH215
293.00
—
—
QH315d
507.00
15 A and 20 A
20 A
QH120e
117.00
QH220
293.00
—
—
QH320
507.00
20 A and 20 A
117.00
QH225 i
293.00
—
—
QH325i
507.00
20 A and 30 A
25 A
QH125i
30 A
QH130
117.00
QH230
293.00
—
—
QH330
507.00
30 A and 20 A
a
See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
QOT Tandem
b
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit breakers
are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
c
UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
d
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment haing motor
group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
e
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
f
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
g
UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QOT, QO-AFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR circuit breakers
to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
h
100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
i
Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
Pan Rail Slot
j
Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
k
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit
breakers and handle tie QOTHT
—
QO20303020j
—

Mounting Cam
Rail Bead

—
134.00
—
Current limiting QOT
tandem circuit
breakers have a
mounting cam as
shown. Installation
into a QO load
center can only be
made in those
positions having a
mounting pan rail
slot. Meets
Paragraph 408.15 of
the NEC®. UL Listed
as Class CTL

Interupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

1-2

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog: 0730CT9801

QO Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker

QO-SWN

QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series
and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local
code adoption, and comply with UL1699.

Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC® 514.11

1P
QO-CAFI

1P
QO-DF

QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa

One- Pole
1P 120 Vac
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating
1 Space Required
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Combination Arc-fault
15
QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00
Interrupter
20
QO120CAFI 282.00 QO120VHCAFI 534.00
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
15
QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00
Combination Arc-fault
20
QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00
Interrupter
Two- Pole
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating
2 Space Required
2 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Combination Arc-fault
15
QO215CAFIf 636.00 QO215VHCAFIf 1068.00
Interrupter
20
QO220CAFIf 636.00 QO220VHCAFIf 1068.00
(Pigtail Neutral)

QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short
circuit protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in
accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and UL943.
Table 1.7:

QO-Dual Function Arc Fault Circuit
Breakersa

Circuit Breaker Type Ampere
Rating

Two-wire
QO-SWN

Combination Arc-fault
and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-fault
and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter

1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

1P 120 Vac
22 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

15

QO115DF

326.00

QO115VHDF

578.00

20

QO120DF

326.00

QO120VHDF

578.00

15

QO115PDF

326.00

QO115VHPDF

578.00

20

QO120PDF

326.00

QO120VHPDF

578.00

QO-GFI
Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit
protection, combined with Class A ground fault protection.
Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip
when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for people
protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load
conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance
tripping.

2P
QO-GFI

Table 1.8:

QO-GFI Circuit Breakers

Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip
1P 120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
3 Spaces
1 Space Required 1 Space Required 2 Spaces Required
Required
$
$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price
15 QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791.
20 QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791.
25 QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413.
—
—
30 QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791.
40
—
—
—
—
QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791.
50
—
—
—
—
QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791.
60
—
—
—
— QO260GFId 413.
—
—
Ampere Ratingc

1P
QO-GFI

QO-EPD/EPE
QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault protection.
They are designed to provide ground fault protection of
equipment at a 30 mA level (EPD) or 100 mA level (EPE). They
are not designed to protect people from electrical shock.
Ampere Ratingc

Table 1.9:

QO
1P
With Shunt Trip

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1P
120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space
Required

QO-EPD Circuit Breakers
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price
15 QO115EPD 410. QO215EPD 660. QO315EPDe 1077.
20 QO120EPD 410. QO220EPD 660. QO320EPDe 1077.
25 QO125EPD 410. QO225EPD 660.
—
—
30 QO130EPD 410. QO230EPD 660. QO330EPDe 1077.
40
—
— QO240EPD 660. QO340EPDe 1077.
50
—
— QO250EPD 660. QO350EPDe 1077.
60
—
— QO260EPDd 660.
—
—

DE2A

QO-SWN Circuit Breakers
2 Wire 120 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO210SWN
95.00
QO215SWN
95.00
QO220SWN
95.00
QO225SWN
95.00
QO230SWN
95.00
QO240SWN
95.00
QO250SWN
95.00

Ampere
Ratingc
10
15
20
25
30
40
50

3 Wire 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO310SWN
143.00
QO315SWN
143.00
QO320SWN
143.00
QO325SWN
143.00
QO330SWN
143.00
QO340SWN
143.00
QO350SWN
143.00

QO-HID
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding fluorescent
and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting systems such as
mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These
circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QO circuit
breakers.
Table 1.11:

QO-HID Circuit Breakers
1P 120/240 Vac

QO-Dual Function Circuit Breaker

Three-wire
QO-SWN

Table 1.10:

Ampere
Ratingc
15
20
25
30
40
50

10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
38.10
QO115HIDb
QO120HIDb
38.10
QO125HID
38.10
QO130HID
38.10
QO140HID
38.10
QO150HID
38.10

2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO215HID
87.00
QO220HID
87.00
QO225HID
87.00
QO230HID
87.00
QO240HID
87.00
QO250HID
87.00

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO315HID 300.00
QO320HID 300.00
QO325HID 300.00
QO330HID 300.00
—
—
—
—

NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 1-27.

QO-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for
applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
Table 1.12:
QO-HM Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR
Ampere
Ratingc
15 A
20 A

1P
Cat. No
QO115HMab
QO120HMab

$ Price
30.60
30.60

Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical
packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only when
the handle is switched to the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection or
short circuit protection. They must not be used on systems that
have an available fault current greater than the values listed in
the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and are
CSA certified.
Table 1.13:
QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches,
240 Vac 10 kA
2P
3P
Ampere
Rating
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
60
QO200
70.00
QO300
248.00
100
QO2000
200.00
QO3000
366.00
a
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration
equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR
type circuit breakers.
b
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac
fluorescent lighting loads.
c
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors.
35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
d
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not
contain load neutral connection.
e
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or
QON prefix.
f
For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54

$
Price
QO315EPEe 1077.
QO320EPEe 1077.
—
—
QO330EPEe 1077.
QO340EPEe 1077.
QO350EPEe 1077.
—
—
Cat. No.

Discount
Schedule

1-3

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.6:

1

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

Accessories
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Table 1.14:

Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Description

Handle Attachments
Handle Tie
Handle Clamp

LOAD CENTERS

Handle Padlock Attachment for
Padlocking in ON or OFF position

Handle Padlock Attachment for
Padlocking in OFF position

Cat. No.

Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position
Clamp for holding QO or Q1 either 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI circuit breakers in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment.
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position.
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI, QO-DF and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed
attachment.
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI, QO-CAFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.

Ring Terminal
Sub-feed Lugs

Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option.
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu)
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu)
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted
Mechanical Interlock Attachment
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU)
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed
With Retaining Kit
circuit breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO
circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers.
a
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

$ Price

Schedule

QO1HT
QOTHT
QO1LO
HLO1

3.80
3.80
3.80
9.90

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOHPL
QO1PA
QOTHPA
GFI2PA

9.90
10.70
11.10
9.20

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2A

QO1HPL
QO1PL
QO1PAF
QO2PAF

10.70
10.70
43.50
25.80

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOGFI1PAF

51.00

DE2E

QOGFI2PAF

38.40

DE2E

+20% Price Adder
47.10
137.00
308.00
137.00

DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE3

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

See page 7-10
QO60SL
QO2125SL
QO2225SLa
QO3125SL

QO1HT
QO1PA

HLO1

QO1PL

QO1PAF

QO1LO
QOGFI2PAF
QO2DTI
QOTHPA

QO1HPL

QOHPL

QO2PAF

Factory-Installed Accessories for use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and
QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available
for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will
accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI or QO-CAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150, QO2175, or
QO2200 circuit breakers.
Table 1.15:
Accessory

Factory-Installed Accessories
Description

Rated
Voltage

Trips the circuit breaker from a
remote location by means of a trip
coil energized from a separate
12 Vac/Vdc
circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will
operate at 55% or more of rated 24 Vac/Vdc
voltage. All other shunt trips will
operate at 75% or more of rated
voltage.

Coil
Cat. No.
Burden Suffix

$ Price
Adder

Accessory

Description
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and
provides a remote signal indicating the circuit
breaker contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.

60 VA
168 VA

-1042

189.00

Auxiliary
Switches

Application

•
•

Shunt Trip
Application
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button.
• Not available on QO-GFI,
QO-EPD.
• Shunt trip terminals accept
(2) 0.14– 0.12 AWG Cu.

120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vax

72 VA
228 VA
288 VA

-1021

189.00

Alarm
Switches

DE2

DE2A

DE2E

Auxiliary switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
Leads (EH): Yellow for “A’’, Blue for
“B’’, Striped common 18 AWG Cu.

Used with control circuits and is actuated only
when the circuit breaker has tripped. Standard
construction includes a normally-open
contact.

1A
1B

120 Vac
120 Vac

5A
5A

-1200
-1201

132.00
132.00

1A

120 Vac

5A

-2100

132.00

Application

•

1-4

Contact
Max.
Max. Cat. No. $ Price
Comb. Voltage Load Suffix Adder

DE3

Leads: Alarm switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs
Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb
30 A
2
2
0
41.70
QO2L30Scd
70 A
2
4
2
69.00
QO24L70F/Sef
6
12
6
87.00
QO612L100F/Seg
6
12
6
90.00
QO612L100DF/Seg
8
16
8
131.00
QO816L100F/Seg
100 A
8
16
8
143.00
QO816L100DF/Seg
6
12
6
111.00 QO612L100DFCU/SCUegh
8
16
8
174.00 QO816L100DFCU/SCUegh
125 A
4
8
4
93.00
QO148L125GF/Sei

I
N
D
O
O
R

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior

Flush
Cat. No.

41.70
69.00
87.00
90.00
131.00
143.00
111.00
174.00
93.00

Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar Box No.
AWG/kcmil
Kit (Order Separately) See Page
1-17
$ Price
Al
Cu
Cat. No.
$ Price

Surface
Cat. No.

Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—Without Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—With Door
Cover Included—Without Door

12–10 14–10
12–3 14–4

8–1

12–2/0 14–2/0

PK3GTA1
PK4GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA

11.40
10.80
11.70
11.70

1
2
4
4

PK7GTA

11.70

4

PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTAl

4
4
21

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj
12
12
0
196.70
QO112L125G
159.00 QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70
PK9GTAl
12
24
12
235.70
QO11224L125G
198.00 QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70
PK15GTAl
16
16
0
255.70
QO116L125G
218.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK12GTAl
16
24
8
300.70
QO11624L125G
263.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
125 A
6–2/0
20
20
0
271.70
QO120L125G
234.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
20
24
4
370.70
QO12024L125G
333.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
24
24
0
381.70
QO124L125G
344.00 QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70
PK15GTAl
32
32
0
434.60
QO132L125G
395.00 QOC32UF Use Flush
39.60
PK23GTA, LK100ANl

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating—Convertible To Main Circuit Breaker—Cu Busbj
20
30
10
419.00
QO12030L150G
332.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
150 A
24
24
0
431.00
QO124L150G
344.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
6–250
PK15GTAl
30
30
0
437.00
QO130L150G
350.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
12
12
0
353.00
QO112L200G
266.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK15GTAl
24
36
12
819.00
QO12436L200TFTk
732.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
30
30
0
494.00
QO130L200G
407.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
200 A
30
40
10
554.00
QO13040L200G
467.00 QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
6–250
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
40
40
0
746.00
QO140L200G
659.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
40
60
20
944.00
QO14060L200G
857.00 QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
(2) PK15GTAl
42
52
10
921.00
QO14252L200G
810.00 QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
(2) PK15GTAl
225 A
42
42
0
828.00
QO142L225G
717.00 QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
6–300
PK23GTA, LK100ANl
Fixed Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingbj
QONQ30LS400 (Int)
1080.00
30
30
0
1641.00
NC50NQVF NC50NQVS
486.00
PK27GTAn
33.80
MH50 (box)o
75.00
(1) 1/0–750
400 A
or
or (2) 1/0–300 PK15GTA6
QONQ42LS400 (Int)m
1185.00
53.00
42
42
0
1746.00
NC50NQVF NC50NQVS
486.00
MH50 (box)
75.00
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
c
Will not accept QO-EPD or Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breakers.
d
Mains rated 25 A when Al wire is used.
e
Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
f
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
g
70 A Max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
h
CU indicates copper bus.
i
Copper bus.
j
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
k
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.
l
Factory-included.
m
Interior only, order box separately.
n
PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu lug.
QO816L100F or S
o
PE1A Discount Schedule.

QO120L125G

6
6
7
7
7
7
7
8
9
9
9
9
10
9
9
10
10
11
11

15
15

without cover

1Ø, Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker Kits
Table 1.17:

Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only
QOM1 Frame Size

QOM1 Frame Size
50–125 Amperes

p
q
r

QOM2 Frame Size
100–225 Amperes

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

s

QOM2 Frame Sizes

22 k AIRq
Lug Wire Sizer
Lug Wire Sizer
Main Circuit
Main Circuit
AWG/kcmil
AWG/kcmil
$
Price
$ Price
Breaker
Breaker
50 A
100–125
QOM50VH
140.00
100 A
150–225
QOM2100VH
468.00
60 A
100–125
QOM60VH
140.00
125 A
150–225
QOM2125VH
468.00
70 A
100–125
QOM70VH
140.00
150 A
150–225
QOM2150VH
468.00
4–300 Al or Cu
80 A
100–125
QOM80VH
201.00
175 A
200–225
QOM2175VH
468.00
12–2/0 Al or Cu
90 A
100–125
QOM90VH
201.00
200 A
200–225
QOM2200VH
468.00
100 A
100–125
QOM100VH
201.00
225 A
225
QOM2225VH
468.00
110 A
125
QOM110VH
468.00
—
—
—
—
—
125 A
125
QOM125VH
468.00
—
—
—
—
—
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems
with up to 22 kA available fault current.
Wire range listed for QOM circuit breaker kits is the wire range of that circuit breaker. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center
per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size.
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt trip.

Main Circuit
Breaker
Ratingp

Convertible
Load Center
Mains Rating

22 k AIRq

DE3A

PE1A

Main Circuit
Breaker
Ratingp

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Max. 1P
Rating Spaces Circuitsa

1

Table 1.16:

Convertible
Load Center
Mains Rating

1-5

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.18:
Mains
Rating

Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Flush
Cat. No.

LOAD CENTERS

Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating,
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),b
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
12
12
0
339.70
QO112M100
302.00
QOC12UF
16
16
0
379.70
QO116M100
342.00 QOC20U100F
100 A
20
20
0
433.70
QO120M100
396.00 QOC20U100F
24
24
0
553.70
QO124M100
516.00
QOC24UF
32
32
0
726.70
QO132M100
689.00
QOC32UF
24
24
0
819.70
QO124M125
782.00
QOC24UF
125 A
32
32
0
1041.60
QO132M125
1002.00
QOC32UF

I
N
D
O
O
R

Surface
Cat. No.

$ Price

QOC12US
QOC20U100S
QOC20U100S
QOC24US
Use Flush
QOC24US
Use Flush

37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
37.70
39.60

QOC30US
QOC30US
QOC30US
QOC40US
QOC30US
QOC30US

87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00

Convertible Mains —Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) b
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
20
30
10
821.00
QO12030M150
734.00
QOC30UF
24
24
0
849.00
QO124M150
762.00
QOC30UF
150 A
30
30
0
854.00
QO130M150
767.00
QOC30UF
32
32
0
969.00
QO132M150
882.00
QOC40UF
20
40
20
821.00
QO12040M200
734.00
QOC30UF
24
24
0
866.00
QO124M200
779.00
QOC30UF
24

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al or Cu

Cat. No.

PK9GTA
PK12GTA
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA

13.40
15.80
17.10
17.10
18.80
17.10
18.80

5
6
6
7
8
7
8

PK18GTA
PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA and
LK100ANg
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
17.10
18.80
18.80
21.30
17.10

9
9
9
10
9
9

6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page
1-17

36
12
1287.00 QO12436M200TFTh 1200.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
10
4–250
30
30
0
879.00
QO130M200
792.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
18.80
9
200 A
30
40
10
957.00
QO13040M200
870.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00
21.30
9
87.00
21.30
10
40
40
0
1121.00
QO140M200
1034.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
40
60
20
1431.00
QO14060M200
1344.00
QOC40UF
QOC40US
87.00
21.30
10
42
42
0
1220.00
QO142M200
1109.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
42
52
10
1382.00
QO14252M200
1271.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
4–300
40
40
0
1196.00
QO140M225
1085.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
225 A
42
42
0
1253.00
QO142M225
1142.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00
21.30
11
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed LAL Main Circuit Breaker, 42 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingc
QONQ42MS300
4243.00
(1) 4–500
(int)d
300 A
42
42
0
4909.00
NC62NQVF
NC62NQVS
591.00
16
PK27GTAe
33.80
MH62 (box)f
75.00
or (2) 4–3/0
or
QONQ42MS400
PK15GTA6
53.00
4243.00
(1) 4–500
(int)d
400 A
42
42
0
4909.00
NC62NQVF
NC62NQVS
591.00
16
MH62 (box)f
75.00
or (2) 4–250
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
c
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed. Also, UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H
circuit breakers only.
d
Interior only, order box separately.
e
PK27GTA includes a 6–2/0 Al/Cu lug.
f
PE1A Discount Schedule.
g
Factory included.
h
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.

1Ø, Field-Installed Main Lugs Kits
Table 1.19:

Use with Convertible Main Load Centers Only

Use on
Lug Wire Sizej
Convertible Load Center
Cat. No.
$ Price
AWG/kcmil
with Mains Rating
Al or Cu
125 A
100–125 A
QOL125k
44.10
6–2/0
225 A
150–225 A
QOL225k
104.00
6–300
i
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
j
Wire range listed for QOL lug kits is the wire range of that lug. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular
load center per UL, see pages 1-5 through 1-11 under main wire size.
k
If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from
page 1-13.
Main Lugs
Ratingi

QOL125

QOL225

QO140M200

1-6

DE3A

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Mains
Rating

Main Lugs (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single Pole
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Al

Cu

Cat. No.

$ Price

102.00

14–4

14–4

Factory-installed

113.00
131.00
143.00
158.00
231.00
174.00
279.00
152.00

12–6
12–3

14–6
14–4

PK3GTA1
PK4GTA
PK7GTA
Factory-installed
PK7GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA
PK7GTA Factory-included

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

Non-Metallic Enclosure
Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
60 A
2
4
2
102.00
QO24L60NRNM

—

1NM

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
40 A
2
2
0
113.00
QO2L40RBb
70 A
2
4
2
131.00
QO24L70RBb
6
12
6
143.00
QO612L100RBc
6
12
6
158.00
QO612L100TRBc
100 A
8
16
8
231.00
QO816L100RBc
6
12
6
174.00
QO612L100RBCUcd
8
16
8
279.00
QO816L100RBCUcd
125 A
4
8
4
152.00
QO148L125GRBd
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus
12
12
0
285.00
QO112L125GRB
12
24
12
365.00
QO11224L125GRB
125 A
16
24
8
435.00
QO11624L125GRB
24
24
0
522.00
QO124L125GRB
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—65 kA Short Circuit Currentefg
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus
150 A
30
30
0
587.00
QO130L150GRB
12
12
0
480.00
QO112L200GRB
30
30
0
666.00
QO130L200GRB
30
40
10
714.00
QO13040L200GRB
200 A
40
40
0
971.00
QO140L200GRB
40
60
20
1262.00
QO14060L200GRB
42
52
10
1194.00
QO14252L200GRB
225 A
42
42
0
1310.00
QO142L225GRB

Table 1.21:
Mains
Rating

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

285.00
365.00
435.00
522.00

587.00
480.00
666.00
714.00
971.00
1262.00
1194.00
1310.00

8–1

12–2/0

14–2/0

6–2/0

4–250

4–250

4–300

11.40
10.80
11.70
—
11.70
11.70
11.70

1R
1R
2R
2R
2R
2R
2R
15R

—
—
—
—

3R
3R
4R
4R

PK9GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included
PK15GTA Factory-included

PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK9GTA Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included
(2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included
(2) PK15GTA, (1) LK100AN Factory-included
PK23GTA, LK100AN Factory-included

1

Metallic Enclosure

6R
5R
6R
6R
7R
7R
8R
8R

Main Circuit Breaker (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Spaces

Max.
Single Pole
Circuits a

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
12
12
0
461.00
QO112M100RB
100 A
16
16
0
504.00
QO116M100RB
20
20
0
552.00
QO120M100RB
125 A
24
24
0
954.00
QO124M125RB
Convertible Mains —Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5)hg
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
20
30
10
953.00
QO12030M150RB
150 A
30
30
0
1122.00
QO130M150RB
20
40
20
954.00
QO12040M200RB
30
30
0
1154.00
QO130M200RB
30
40
10
1179.00
QO13040M200GRB
200 A
40
40
0
1397.00
QO140M200RB
40
60
20
1815.00
QO14060M200RB
42
42
0
1469.00
QO142M200RB
42
52
10
1718.00
QO14252M200RB
225 A
42
42
0
1631.00
QO142M225RB
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible to Main Lugs (see page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (see page 1-5) hg h
QOM1 or QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size—Copper Bus
125 A
6
12
6
620.00
QO1612M125FTRBi
150 A
8
16
8
863.00
QO1816M150FTRBi
200 A
8
16
8
863.00
QO1816M200FTRB i

$ Price

461.00
504.00
552.00
954.00

953.00
1122.00
954.00
1154.00
1179.00
1397.00
1815.00
1469.00
1718.00
1631.00

620.00
863.00
863.00

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al or Cu

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

PK9GTA
PK12GTA
PK15GTA
PK15GTA

13.40
15.80
17.10
17.10

3R
4R
4R
4R

4–300

PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
18.80
21.30
18.80
21.30
21.30
17.10
21.30
17.10
21.30

5R
6R
5R
6R
6R
7R
7R
8R
8R
8R

4–2/0
4–250
4–250

PK12GTA
PK15GTA-L
PK15GTA-L

15.80
35.00
35.00

3R
6R
6R

6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

4–250

Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for AFI and GFI circuit breaker.
c
70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
d
Copper bus.
e
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breakers installed.
f
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
g
Side hinge door device; allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
h
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QOPL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems up to 22
kA available fault current.
i
QO1612M125FTRB provided with QOM1 frame main circuit breaker. QO1816M150FTRB and QO1816M200FTRB provided with QOM2 frame main circuit breaker.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.20:

1-7

QO™ Load Centers

3Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

3Ø4W—208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W—240/120 Vac Delta and 3Ø3W—240 Vac Delta—UL Listed
Table 1.22:
Mains
Rating

LOAD CENTERS

I
N
D
O
O
R

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Main Lugs and Main Breakers (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Max.
Number
of 1P QO
circuit
breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box and Interior
Cat. No.

Flush
Cat. No.

$ Price

Surface
Cat. No.

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
$ Price

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating a
60 A
3
107.00
QO403L60NF/S
107.00 Cover Included With Load Center (No Door)
12
369.70
QO312L125Gh
332.00
QOC16UF
QOC16US
37.70 i
125 A
20
508.70
QO320L125Gh
471.00
QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70 i
24
577.70
QO324L125Gh
540.00
QOC24UF
QOC24US
37.70 i
18
530.00
QO318L200Gh
443.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
200 A
30
707.00
QO330L200Gh
620.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
225 A
42
953.00
QO342L225Gh
842.00
QOC42UF
QOC42US
111.00 i

Box No.
See
Pages
1-17,
1-18
$ Pricej

Al

Cu

Cat. No.

—

10–6

6–2/0

6–2/0

PK4GTA
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.g
Factory-incl.f
Factory-incl.f
Factory-incl.f

7.20
—
—
—
—
—
—

13
6
7
7
9
9
11

PK15GTA
PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

17.10
18.80
18.80
21.30
18.80
21.30
21.30

9
12
12
12
12
12
12

PK4GTA
Factory Incl.g
Factory Incl.g
Factory Incl.f
Factory Incl.f
Factory Incl.f

10.80
—
—
—
—
—

10R
3R
4R
6R
6R
8R

6–250

6–250

6–300

6–300

Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Rating b
100 A
27
1058.00
QO327M100c
971.00
QOC30UF
QOC30US
87.00 i
4–2/0
125 A
30
1931.00 QO330MQ125dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
4–300
30
1931.00 QO330MQ150dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
150 A
4–300
42
2119.00 QO342MQ150dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
30
1931.00 QO330MQ200dh
1839.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
200 A
4–300
42
2119.00 QO342MQ200dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
225 A
42
2119.00 QO342MQ225dh
2027.00 QOC342MQF QOC342MQS
92.00
4–300

Fixed Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs—Copper Bus—65 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingae
60 A
3
177.00
QO403L60NRB
177.00
12
485.00 QO312L125GRB
485.00
125 A
20
629.00 QO320L125GRB
629.00
Cover Included
18
618.00 QO318L200GRB
618.00
200 A
30
839.00 QO330L200GRB
839.00
225 A
42
1494.00 QO342L225GRB
1494.00

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

4–2/0
4–300
4–300
4–300
4–300

—

10–6

6–2/0

6–2/0

6–250

6–250

6–300

6–300

Convertible Mains—Factory-installed QDL Main Circuit Breaker—Copper Bus—25 kA Short Circuit Current Ratingb e
100 A
27
1185.00 QO327M100RBc
1185.00
4–2/0
4–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
6R
125 A
30
2147.00 QO330MQ125RBd
2147.00
4–300
4–300
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
150 A
30
2147.00 QO330MQ150RBd
2147.00
4–300
4–300
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
Cover Included
30
2147.00 QO330MQ200RBd
2147.00
PK18GTA
18.80
14R
200 A
4–300
4–300
42
2333.00 QO342MQ200RBd
2333.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
225 A
42
2333.00 QO342MQ225RBd
2333.00
4–300
4–300
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115C as Type 1, Class 2.
a
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
b
25 kA short circuit current rating SSCR maximum with Square D Type QDL main circuit breaker, or 22 kA SCCR maximum with back-fed Type QO-VH main circuit breaker, feeding QO 10
k AIR branch circuit breakers.
c
Includes factory-installed back fed QO3100VH main circuit breaker.
d
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating maximum with field-installed Square D type QGL 65 k AIR minimum main circuit breaker feeding QO and Q1 10 k AIR minimum branch circuit breakers.
e
Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
f
PK23GTA and LK100AN.
g
PK15GTA.
h
For Certification to IEC 60439-1 contact the local Square D sales office; otherwise panels are NOT CE marked. (For use on 415Y/240 Vac 3-phase 4-wire, 3,000 Short Circuit Current Rating
when QODX...branch circuit breakers are used and 10,000 Short Circuit Current Rating when QO...VS branch circuit breakers are used).
i
DE3A Discount Schedule
j
DE2 Discount Schedule

Table 1.23:

3Ø, Main Circuit Breakers

Field-installed alternate main circuit breakers for QO 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers rated 70–225 A. Do not exceed the
load center main rating.

k

Amperage
25 k AIR
65 k AIR
100 k AIRk
70 A
QDL32070
QGL32070
QJL32070
80 A
QDL32080
QGL32080
QJL32080
90 A
QDL32090
QGL32090
QJL32090
100 A
QDL32100
QGL32100
QJL32100
110 A
QDL32110
QGL32110
QJL32110
125 A
QDL32125
QGL32125
QJL32125
150 A
QDL32150
QGL32150
QJL32150
175 A
QDL32175
QGL32175
QJL32175
200 A
QDL32200
QGL32200
QJL32200
225 A
QDL32225
QGL32225
QJL32225
$ Price (DE2)
1784.00
2442.00
2796.00
When these 3P circuit breakers are used as the main circuit breaker of a 3Ø load center, the maximum AIR rating
is 65 kA at 240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac.

Table 1.24:

3Ø, Main Lugs Kits

Field-installed main lugs for convertible 3Ø main circuit breaker load centers.

QO342MQ200

1-8

QO312L125G

Main Lugs
Amperage Rating
125 A
225 A

DE3

DE3A

DE2

Cat. No.
QOL3125
QOL3225

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
67.00
158.00

Lug Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
6–2/0 Cu/Al
6–300 Cu/Al

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers
www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Backup Power Solutions (Accept Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

Mains
Max. Single
Rating Spaces
Pole
(A)
Circuits a

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover
Cat. No.

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Generator Panels—Manual Transfer for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 1 (Indoor)
Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
30
4
8
4
QO48M30DSGP
563.00
60

4

8

4

563.00

QO48M60DSGP

Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page
1-17, 1-18

14–8

14–8

4

8–2

8–2

4

Equipment Grounding Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

PK7GTA

11.70

Generator Panels—Manual Transfer with Generator Power Inlet Plug for Sub-Feed Applications NEMA 3R (Outdoor)
Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breakers with Mechanical Interlock—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
4
8
4
QO1DM10020TRBR
848.00
4
8
4
QO1DM10030TRBR
848.00
Factory-Installed
100
4
8
4
QO1DM10050TRBR
1148.00

—
—

2R
2R
8–2

—

2R

1

I
N
D
O
O
R

Max.
Tandem Circuit
Breakers

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.25:

1Ø, Backup Power Solutions
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

Generator Panel—Automatic Transfer Switch (Contact your local Square D Field Sales office for more information.) b
Factory- or Field-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
150
38
42
42
QO13842MX150
1349.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
12
200
38
42
42
QO13842MX200
1499.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
12
38
42
42
QO13842MX225
1649.00
4–250
4–250
12
PK23GTA
225
21.30
38
42
42
QO13842UX225 c
1199.00
4–250
4–250
12
QOC38MXUF (Cover)
149.00
—
150
14
28
28
QO11428MX150FTRBde
1349.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
3R
14
28
28
QO11428MX200FTRBde
1499.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
200
14
28
28
QO11428UX200FTRBcde
1199.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
4–250
7R
QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories
Cat. No.
$ Price
Schedule
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
QO2DTI
24.90
DE2E
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual
63.00
DE2E
power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers. QO2DTIM
two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4LA
Manual Transfer Equipment Kit Secures
102.00
DE3A
up power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back- PK4DTIM4HA
102.00
DE3A
up power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up PK4DTIM4LAL
102.00
DE3A
power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P QOCRBGK1
105.00
DE3A
main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
Generator Circuit Breaker
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main
QOCGK2
105.00
DE3A
circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
Interlock Kit
For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) QORBGK2
105.00
DE3A
with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
One main circuit breaker is included with panel. NEMA 1 indoor device requires cover ordered separately. Alternate source main circuit breaker (QO 125 A max.) ordered separately. Automatic
Transfer Switch and Generator for secondary power source are ordered through a Kohler authorized dealer or contractor.
c
Universal mains – No factory-installed main circuit breaker or main lugs. QOM2 frame size, field-install 22 k AIR. Main circuit breaker or main lugs (see pages 1-5 or 1-6).
d
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.
e
Device is rated NEMA 3R and can be used for indoor or outdoor applications.
I
N
D
O
O
R

QO2DTI Installed

QO2DTI

ON

OFF

ON

OFF

1
3
5

ON

OFF

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ON

OFF

PK4DTIM4HA

QOCGK2 Installed

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

1-9

QO™ Load Centers

1Ø, Special Applications
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø2W—120Vac—1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.26:

QO Special Application (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)
Short
Circuit
Current
Rating

Mains
Rating

Max. 1P
Circuits a

Spaces

Max. Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center b
Box, Interior, and Cover
Cat. No.

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

LOAD CENTERS

Manufactured Housing:
1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
30 Ac
10 kA
2
0
QO2L30TTSd
51.00
2
Factory-installed
4
50 A
10 kA
2
2
QO24L50TTSe
78.00
1Ø2W 120 Vac—Main Circuit Breaker—CSA Certified
30 A
10 kA
3
5
2
QO35FM30TTF/S
83.00
Factory-installed
1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—Main Lugs Only—CSA Certified
70 A
10 kA
2
4
2
QO24L70TSe
78.00
6
12
6
QO612L100TF/Sg
86.00
Factory
6
12
6
QO612L100DTF/Sg
101.00
Installed
100 A
10 kA
8
16
8
QO816L100TF/Sg
137.00
8
16
8
QO816L100DTF/Sg
159.00
Load Center with Cover: 1Ø3W 120/240 Vac—UL Listed Complete QO Load Center—Box, Interior and Combination Cover in One Package

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

12–10
—

14–10
14–6

1
2

f

3

12–3

14–4

2
4
4
4
4

4–1

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus
65 kA
12
0
QO112L125GC
188.00
PK12GTA Incl.
6–2/0
6
12
I
125 A
65 kA
12
24
12
QO11224L125GC
249.00
PK15GTA Incl.
6–2/0
6
N
20
65 kA
20
0
QO120L125GC
284.00
PK15GTA Incl.
6–2/0
7
D
O Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs i—QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus
O
150 A
65 kA
30
30
0
QO130L150TC
452.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Installed
6–250
9
R
200 A
65 kA
30
40
10
QO13040L200GC
575.00 PK23GTA, LK100AN Incl.
6–250
9
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j
22 kA
12
12
0
QO112M100C
351.00
PK9GTA
13.40
4–1/0
5
22 kA
12
20
8
QO11220M100C
413.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4–1/0
5
100 A
22 kA
16
16
0
QO116M100C
395.00
PK12GTA
15.80
4–1/0
6
22 kA
20
20
0
QO120M100C
446.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4–1/0
6
125 A
22 kA
32
32
0
QO132M125C
1041.00
PK18GTA
18.80
6–2/0
8
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker—
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)—Copper Bus j
22 kA
20
30
10
QO12030M150C
843.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
150 A
22 kA
30
30
0
QO130M150C
870.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
22 kA
20
40
20
QO12040M200C
843.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
9
22 kA
30
30
0
QO130M200C
896.00
PK18GTA
18.80
4–250
9
200 A
22 kA
30
40
10
QO13040M200C
974.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
9
22 kA
40
40
0
QO140M200C
1137.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
10
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
b
Order F for flush device or S for surface device.
c
Mains rating 25 A when Al wire is used.
d
Will not accept Qwik-Gard™ QO-GFI or QO-AFI circuit breaker.
e
Use 10 AWG maximum size wire for GFI and AFI circuit breakers.
f
Main circuit breaker is a field-installed standard QO single pole circuit breaker. Order separately from page 1-2.
g
70 A max. branch circuit breaker and 70 A max. back fed main circuit breaker.
h
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
i
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
j
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QOT and QO-PL 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22,000 A available fault current.

Table 1.27:

Service Upgrade Load Centers: 1Ø3W 120/240Vac—UL Listed Load Center with Removable End Walls

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Breaker—22KA
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs (See page1-6) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)j
I
N
D
O
O
R
k
l
m

Mains
Rating

Spaces

Max. 1P
Circuitsa

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

$ Price
(Interior,
Box and
Cover)

Load Center
Box and Interior

Extra Long Cover with Door
(Order Separately)

Flush
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
959.00 HOM3040M200CEPk 959.00 HOMC30UFL
1,137.00
QO140M200EPm 1137.00 QOC40UFL

30
40
10
200 A
40
40
0
Ships with standard length cover
Blank Endwall Plates (4) Available Order: EWPLATE $36.00
Copper Bus, order cover separately QOC40UF/S or QOC40UFL

Table 1.28:

Surface
Cat. No.
—
—

Main Wire Size Equipment Ground Bar
AWG / kcmil
Kit (Order Separately)

$ Price
111.00
111.00

Al

Cu
4-250

Cat. No
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

$ Price

Box No.
See Page
1–17

21.30
21.30

10
10

Auxiliary Gutter

UL Listed for use with standard 1Ø and 3Ø load centers for riser applicationsn. For auxiliary gutter-load center compatibility, see catalog number 1100CT0501

n
o

Cat. No.
$ Price
SDAG26
338.00
One tap kit required for each riser wire.
When used with B300 bolt-on hubs.

Table 1.29:

Cover
Flush

Width
13.50

Height
26.12

Depth
3.75

Tap Kits 120/240 Vac—UL Listed for use with Auxiliary Gutter SDAG26

Cat. N0.

$ Price

Use with Auxiliary
Gutter Cat. No.

SDGT30020
SDGT300300

81.00
120.00

SDAG26
SDAG26

SDGT300C10C

49.70

SDAG26

SDGT300C300C

70.00

SDAG26

QOGL20 Grounding Terminals

40.70

SDAG26

1-10

Conduit Riser Size
1-3/4, 2, 2-1/2 or o3

Riser Wire
Lug Type
Mechanical (Included)
Mechanical (Included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
Mechanical (Included)

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

Tap Off Wire
Al/Cu Wire Size
(2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
(2) 6–2/0 AWG

Lug Type
Mechanical (Included)
Mechanical (Included)
Anderson VCEL02114S1
(Not Included)
Anderson VCEL030516H1
(Not included)
—

Al/Cu Wire Size
(1) 6–2/0 AWG
(1) 6 AWG–300 kcmil
(1) 8–1/0 AWG
(1) 4 AWG–300 kcmil
—

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers and Circuit Breakers

1Ø, Value Packs and Riser Panels

Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)

Load Center
Box, Interior, Cover and Branch Circuit Breakers
Cat. No.

Included Load Center/Circuit Breakers

$ Price

Cat. No.

QO (Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers) QO—Copper Bus
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs (See page 1-6) or QOM Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5)
100 A
32
32
0
QOVP2
(1) QO132M100C, (5) QO120
839.00 PK18GTA
30
40
10
QOVP1
(1) QO13040M200C, (5) QO120
1103.00 PK23GTA
200 A
30
40
10
QOVP10
(1) QO13040M200C, (10) QO120
1328.00 PK23GTA
Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs,
10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to appropriate QOM 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
125 A
12
24
12
HOMVPL2 (1) HOM1224L125TC, (5) HOM120
353.00
Included
200 A
30
40
10
HOMVPL1 (1) HOM3040L200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
962.00
Included
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible appropriate to Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
20
20
0
HOMVP4
(1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM115
528.00
100 A
20
20
0
HOMVP5
(1) HOM20M100C, (5) HOM120
528.00
150 A
30
30
0
HOMVP12 (1) HOM30M150C, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
983.00
20
40
20
HOMVP16 (1) HOM2040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
965.00
30
40
10
HOMVP1
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM120, (1) HOM230
1083.00
30
40
10
HOMVP2
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (5) HOM115, (1) HOM230
1083.00
200 A
30
40
10
HOMVP9
(1) HOM3040M200TC, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
1328.00
30
40
10
HOMVP14 (1) HOM3040M200TC, (12) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250
1328.00
40
40
0
HOMVP15 (1) HOM40M200C, (10) HOM120
1346.00
Homeline (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker,
22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)

200 A

20

40

20

HOMVPRB1 (1) HOM2040M200RB, (6) HOM115, (6) HOM120, (1) HOM230, (1) HOM250

1253.00

Main
Box No.
Wire Size
See
AWG/kcmil Pages
Al/Cu
1-17,
1-18
$ Price

18.80
21.30
21.30

—
—

4–2/0
4–250

6–2/0
4–250

8
9
9

6
10

1

I
N
D
O
O
R

Max.
Max.
Tandem
1P
Circuit
Circuitsc Breakers

PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
Included
Included
Included
Included
Included
PK23GTA

17.10
17.10
21.30
—
—
—
—
—
21.30

PK23GTA

21.30

4–2/0
4–250

4–250

4–250

7
7
10
9
10
10
10
10
12

6R

QO Riser Panels
Table 1.31:

Mains
Rating

Offset Interior for Wide Gutter—30 A Maximum Branch Circuit Breaker on left side of interiorab
(Accepts Only QO Plug-On Circuit Breakers)
Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuitsc

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center Box and Interior
Cat. No.

$ Price

Load Center Cover
Cat. No.

$ Price

Equipment
Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Main
Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
Al

Cu

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Lugs,
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM1 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
12
24
12
QO11224L125WG
338.00 QOC20UFWG
53.00
PK15GTA
17.10
14
125 A
6–2/0
I
20
30
10
QO12030L125WG
465.00 QOC20UFWG
53.00
PK15GTA
17.10
14
N
D Convertible Mains-Factory—Installed Main Lugs,
O 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to QOM2 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
O
200 A
30
40
10
QO13040L200WG
701.00 QOC30UFWG
102.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
23
R
Convertible Mains—Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Convertible to Main Lugs (See page 1-6)
or Lower Amperage QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5) when used with QOC cover below—Copper Bus
200 A
24
24
0
QO124M200WG125d
683.00 QOC30UFWG
102.00
PK23GTA
21.30
4–250
23
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
UL short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.
b
UL Listed 5000 A short circuit current rating for corner grounded Delta systems. Use QO-H circuit breakers only.
c
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing QO and/or QOT circuit breakers.
d
Comes with 125 A main circuit breaker factory installed.

Panelboard-style Covers for Riser Panels
Mono-Flat™ Front available for riser panels as an alternative to standard load center cover listed above. Provides a low-profile, aesthetically pleasing
solution for high-traffic areas in upscale multi-family applications. Deadfront included. Lock kit not provided. Cover NQC30FWG CANNOT be used
when panel has been converted to a main circuit breaker panel. e

e

Mains Rating of Load Center
Cat. No.
125 A
NQC20FWG
200 A
NQC30FWG
Order catalog number PK4FL for field-installed lock kit.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price
117.00
180.00

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

Value Packs Contains Complete Load Center (Box, Interior and Cover) with Selected Branch Circuit Breaker
Spaces

Table 1.30:

1-11

Load Center Accessories

QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories / Surge Protection
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Table 1.32:

QO Load Center Accessories

LOAD CENTERS

Cover Sealing Strap

Description
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main. For QO612L100F/S, RB,
QO612L100DF/S, QO816L100F/S, RB, QO816L100DF/S and QO148L125GF/S, GRB load centers
Secures 3P circuit breaker without accessories to left side of interior when used as a back-fed main. For 3Ø load centers
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main for 2P QO 150–200 A circuit breakers
Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02
Secures ONE circuit breaker with or without electrical accessories to right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02
Provides means of sealing trim mounting screws on QO load center covers

Replacement Cover Directory Label

1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers

LSDL

0.54

DE5

Circuit Identification Stickers

Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits

PSDS

0.75

DE5

Retaining Kit for Breakers
Used as Back-fed Mains

Cat. No.

$ Price Schedule

PK2MB

7.20

DE3A

PK3MB
PK5RK

14.70
14.70

DE3A
DE3A

PK4MB2LA

14.70

DE3A

PK4MB2HA

14.70

DE3A

QO1SE

3.60

DE3A

QO Load Center Manual Power Transfer Accessories

Manual Transfer Equipment Kit

Generator Circuit Breaker Interlock Kit

Table 1.33:

For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit breakers in dual
power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2P or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers in QO816L100 load centers.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to right side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for backup power supply applications. For 1Ø 150–225 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
Secures two 2P circuit breakers to left side of interior when used as back-fed mains, a QO2DTI Kit included for back-up
power supply applications. For 1Ø 100–125 ampere convertible main load centers. Series S01 and S02.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G”, “S1” and “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P
main circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker.
Includes a retaining kit.
For use on “G” and “S” Series NEMA 1 and “G” and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main
circuit breaker of a load center (150–225 A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
For use on “S2” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a load center (150–225
A) with a QO 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker. Includes a retaining kit.
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-by-side so that
only one circuit breaker can be “ON’’ at a time.

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

PK4DTIM4LA

102.00

DE3A

PK4DTIM4HA

102.00

DE3A

PK4DTIM4LAL

102.00

DE3A

QOCRBGK1

105.00

DE3A

QOCGK2

105.00

DE3A

QORBGK2

105.00

DE3A

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

92.00
248.00
159.00
159.00

DE1B
DE1B
DE1B
DE1B

11.40

DE3A

Load Center and CSED Surge Protection Devices

Surge Arresters

Surge Arrester Mounting Kit

For use on 1Ø3W, 150 Vac maximum
SDSA1175
For use on 3Ø4W, 650 Vac maximum
SDSA3650
QO Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum
QO2175SB
HOM2175SB
Homeline Surgebreaker CULUS Listed Secondary Surge Arrester 150 Vac line-to-ground maximum
UL Listed for mounting SDSA1175 surge arrester into ground bar mounting holes on 1Ø convertible main circuit breaker
QOSAMK
load centers

PK2MB
QOSAMK
PK3MB

1-12

DE1B

DE2E

DE3A

DE5

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Load Center Accessories

QO and Homeline Load Center Accessories
Class 1130, 6610 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

Filler Plates

Door Lock Kits

Neutral / Ground Lugs

Ground Bar Kits

Handle Padlock Attachment
a

Description
Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error
Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers100–125 A
Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load center covers150–225 A
Fills main circuit breaker opening in 3Ø load center covers (S01 and S02 Series)
Fills main circuit breaker opening in “Q” style 3Ø load center covers (S03 Series)
Use with QO612L100DF/S, QO612L100DFCU/SCU, QO612L100DTF/S, QO816L100DF/S,
QO816L100DFCU/SCU, QO816L100DTF/S, QO48M30DSGP, or QO48M60DSGP
Use with convertible mains, 1Ø and 3Ø 100–225 A, and fixed mains,
3Ø 125–225 A indoor load centers
Use with 300 and 400 ampere indoor load centers
Field-installed for 12– 2 Al or 14–4 Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 6–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 14–2/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 2–3/0 Al/Cu AWG wire
Field-installed for 4 AWG to 300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S,
150–225 A QO or HOM load center
Standard PK15GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Standard PK18GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Standard PK23GTA with a 1–4/0 Al/Cu Lug
Insulator Kit for PK7GTA through PK27GTA

Cat. No.
QOFP
QOM1FP
QOM2FP
KFP
Q2FP

50–125 A
100–225 A

For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load centers OFF

$ Price Schedule
3.60 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A

PK8FLa

98.00

DE3A

PK6FL

93.00

DE3A

PK4FL
LK70AN
LK100AN
LK125AN
LK150AN

90.00
10.10
10.80
22.10
32.40

PE1A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A

LK225AN

33.20

DE3A

PK15GTAL
PK18GTAL
PK23GTAL
PKGTAB
QOM1PA
QOM2PA

35.00
37.80
40.70
43.80
11.00
11.00

DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A
DE2E
DE2E

QO403L60NF/S does not have provisions for a field-installed lock.

QOFP

PKGTAB
PK4FL

PK6FL and PK8FL

Table 1.35:

Homeline Load Center Accessories
Description

Handle Padlock Attachment

50–125 A
100–225 A

For padlocking main circuit breakers in convertible load center, “OFF”
Fills opening in covers if twistout is removed in error

Filler Plates

Neutral Lugs

Retaining Kit for Breakers
Used as Back-fed Mains

100–125 A
150–225 A

Fills main circuit breaker opening in convertible load centers

Field-installed for 14–2 AWG Al or 14–4 AWG Cu wire
Field-installed for 6–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire
Field-installed for 14–2/0 AWG Al/Cu wire
Field-installed for 4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu wire. Use in Series S, 150–225 A QO or HOM load center
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main.
For HOM612L100F/S, RB and HOM48L125GC, GRB load centers
Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 100–125 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02
Secures ONE circuit breaker right side of interior when used as a back-fed main
For 150–225 A convertible main load centers, Series S01 and S02
Secures circuit breaker to interior when used as a back-fed main
For 2P 150–200 A circuit breakers

Cat. No.
QOM1PA
QOM2PA
HOMFP
QOM1FP
QOM2FP
LK70AN
LK100AN
LK125AN
LK225AN

$ Price Schedule
11.00 DE2E
11.00 DE2E
3.20 DE3C
20.30 DE3A
20.30 DE3A
10.10 DE3B
10.80 DE3B
22.10 DE3B
33.20 DE3A

HOM1RK

6.50

DE3C

HOM4RK2LA

14.70

DE3C

HOM4RK2HA

14.70

DE3C

HOM5RK

14.70

DE3C

Door Lock Kit

Use with convertible indoor load center covers (Series S-1)

PK6FL

93.00

DE3A

Replacement Cover Directory Label

1 through 42 numbered universal replacement directory label for load center covers

LSDL

0.54

DE5

Circuit Identification Stickers

Circuit identification stickers for use on cover directory labels to identify branch circuits
For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM1 2P main
circuit breaker of a load center (100–125 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker
For use on “S” Series NEMA 1 and “S1” Series NEMA 3R load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker
of a load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker
For use on “S2” and “S3” Series NEMA 3R QOM2 load centers. Interlocks a QOM2 2P main circuit breaker of a
load center (150–225 A) with a Homeline 2P (15–125 A) branch circuit breaker

PSDS

0.75

Generator Circuit
Breaker Interlock Kit

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2E

DE3A

DE3B

DE3C

DE3D

DE3E

DE5

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

DE5

HOMCRBGK1

105.00

DE3D

HOMCGK2

105.00

DE3D

HOMRBGK2

105.00

DE3D

1-13

LOAD CENTERS

QO Load Center Accessories

1

Table 1.34:

Homeline™ Circuit Breakers

Plug-On Circuit Breakers
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

The Square D Homeline circuit breakers are in a 1 in. wide
format for 1-pole circuit breakers. They are designed to
plug into Homeline load centers.

Table 1.42:

HOMT Tandem Circuit Breakers

Ampere Ratingd

Table 1.36:
LOAD CENTERS

HOM 1P
1 Space Required

HOM 2P
2 Spaces Required

HOMT 1P
1 Space Required

Ampere
Rating

AIR

15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A

10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA

Table 1.37:

HOM
1P—120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
HOM115 ab
HOM120 ab
HOM125 b
HOM130 b
—
HOM140 b
—
HOM150 b
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2P—120/240 Vac Common Trip

$ Price
26.30
26.30
26.30
26.30
—
26.30
—
26.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
HOM215 b
HOM220 b
HOM225 b
HOM230 b
HOM235 b
HOM240 b
HOM245 b
HOM250 b
HOM260 b
HOM270 b
HOM280 b
HOM290 b
HOM2100 b
HOM2110 b
HOM2125 b
HOM2150BB bc
HOM2175BB bc
HOM2200BB bc

$ Price
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
123.00
168.00
168.00
168.00
369.00
369.00
428.00
428.00
428.00

HOM-HM

High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for applications
where high initial inrush current may occur.
1P—120/240 Vac

Amperes

Cat. No.
HOM115HMb
HOM120HMb

15 A
20 A

HOM2200BB
Branch Circuit Breaker
4 Spaces Required

Table 1.38:

HOM-CAFI

One-Pole
Combination Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-Fault
Interrupter
Two-Pole
Combination Arc-Fault
Circuit Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral

Table 1.39:

HOM 1P CAFI

HOM 1P GFI
(With Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter)
1 Space Required

HOM 2P GFI
(With Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter)
2 Spaces Required

1-14

10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA
10 kA

Table 1.41:

Table 1.44:

Circuit Breaker Wire Sizese

1

HOM115CAFIb

267.00

HOM
1P

15–30 A

15 A
20 A

1

HOM120CAFIb

267.00

15 A

1

HOM115PCAFIb

267.00

20 A

1

HOM120PCAFIb

267.00

15 A

2

HOM215CAFIbi

595.00

20 A

2

HOM220CAFIbi

595.00

20 A

1

15 A

1

HOM115PDFb 312.00

HOM120DFb

312.00

20 A

1

HOM120PDFb 312.00

HOM-GFI

1 Space Required
Cat. No.
HOM115GFI
HOM120GFI
—
—
—

$ Price
212.00
212.00
—
—
—

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
HOM215GFI
HOM220GFI
HOM230GFI
HOM240GFI
HOM250GFI

$ Price
413.00
413.00
413.00
413.00
413.00

HOM-EPD—10 k AIR

Homeline Equipment Protection Device—Circuit Breakers with 30 mA
Equipment Ground Fault Protection (UL Listed)
2P—120/240 Vac
1P—120 Vac
Common Trip
Amperes
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A
HOM115EPD
374.00
HOM215EPD
660.00
20 A
HOM120EPD
374.00
HOM220EPD
660.00
25 A
—
—
HOM225EPD
660.00
30 A
—
—
HOM230EPD
660.00
40 A
—
—
HOM240EPD
660.00
50 A
—
—
HOM250EPD
660.00

DE3D

DE3C

DE2E

Discount
Schedule

40–50 A
15–30 A

HOM
2P
HOMT and Quad
Quad Only
HOM-GFI - 1P
HOM-GFI - 2P

Table 1.45:

Ampere Poles
Cat. No.
$ Price
Rating 120 Vac
15 A
1
HOM115DFb 312.00

2P Tandem—120/240 Vac (Two Spaces
Required)

1P
2P
Cat. No.
$ Price
(2) 15 A
15 A
10 kA
HOMT1515215 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
20 A
10 kA
HOMT1515220 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
25 A
10 kA
HOMT1515225 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
30 A
10 kA
HOMT1515230 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
40 A
10 kA
HOMT1515240 b
120.00
(2) 15 A
50 A
10 kA
HOMT1515250 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
20 A
10 kA
HOMT2020220 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
25 A
10 kA
HOMT2020225 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
30 A
10 kA
HOMT2020230 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
40 A
10 kA
HOMT2020240 b
120.00
(2) 20 A
50 A
10 kA
HOMT2020250 b
120.00
Note: Typical catalog number (e.g. HOMT 1515230) represents two 1P, outer
poles (two 15 A 1P CBs) and one 2P inner circuit breaker with common
trip (one 30 A 2P CB).

Ampere
Rating

1P—120 Vac

15 A
20 A
30 A
40 A
50 A

AIR

Breaker Type

HOM-GFI circuit breakers provide overload and short circuit protection,
combined with Class A ground fault protection. Class A denotes a
ground fault circuit interrupter that will trip when a fault current to
ground is 6 milliamperes or more.

AIR

Ampere Rating d

$ Price

Combination Arc-Fault and
Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
with Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral Combination
Arc-Fault and Ground Fault
Circuit Interrupter

Ampere
Rating

HOMT Quad Tandem Circuit Breakers

Cat. No.

Homeline Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit Interrupters
(Dual Function)—Provide overload and short circuit protection, plus arc
fault and ground fault protection in a single device in accordance with
the NEC, UL1699 and UL943.

Table 1.40:

Table 1.43:

Poles
120 Vac

HOM-DF

1P Tandem—120/240 Vac (One Space
Required)

Cat. No.
$ Price
15 and 15 A
10 kA
HOMT1515 b
52.00
15 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT1520 b
52.00
20 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT2020 b
52.00
30 and 15 A
10 kA
HOMT3015 b
52.00
30 and 20 A
10 kA
HOMT3020 b
52.00
a
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120
Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
b
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and
refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked
for use with HACR type circuit breakers.

Ampere
Rating

Circuit Breaker Type

HOM 1P DF

—
—
—

Homeline Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—Provide overload
and short circuit protection, plus arc fault protection in accordance with
the NEC and UL1699.
Circuit Breaker Type

HOMT Quad
Circuit Breaker
2 Spaces Required

2Ps
$ Price
27.60
27.60

AIR

35–70 A
80–125 A
150–200 A
15–30 A
40–50 A
15–20 A
15–50 A

Wire Size (AWG/kcmil)
Aluminum
Copper
14–8 AWG or
14–8 AWG
(2) 14–10 AWG
8–2 AWG
8–2 AWG
14–8 AWG or
14–8 AWG
(2) 14–10 AWG
8–2 AWG
8–2 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil 4 AWG–300 kcmil
14–8 AWG
14–8 AWG
6–12 AWG
6–14 AWG
14–10 AWG
14–10 AWG
12–4 AWG
14–6 AWG

Accessories

Description
Cat. No.
$ Price
Handle Attachments
Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac
HOM1HTg
3.50
single HOM circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle Tie: Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac
1P side-by-side HOMT circuit breakers to
HOMTHTg
3.80
independent trip 2P
Handle Clamp: Clamp for holding HOM 1P handle in
QO1LOh
3.80
the ON or OFF position
Handle Blocking Device: Attaches to standard HOM
2P circuit breakers for holding the handle in the OFF HOM2HBDg
10.70
position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P
HOM1PAg
9.90
Standard HOM breakers in the ON or OFF position
15–70 A
HOM2PALAg
9.90
Handle Padlock Attachment: For
padlocking 2P Standard HOM circuit
80–125 A HOM2PAHAg
9.90
breakers in ON or OFF position
150–200 A HOM2PAVHAg 50.00
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 1P CAFI,
DF, GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF
HOMELEC1PA 48.00
position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking 2P CAFI, HOMELEC2PALA 84.00
GFI, and EPD HOM breakers in ON or OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For padlocking center
HOMQPA
9.90
poles of Homeline Quad breakers in the OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: For
50–125 A QOM1PAfh
11.00
padlocking main circuit breakers in
11.00
convertible load center in OFF position 100–225 A QOM2PAfh
Sub-Feed Lugs
125 A 2P plug-on—2 spaces required
HOML2125
47.60
225 A 2P plug-on—4 spaces required
HOML2225c 296.00
c
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu). Use only in 1Ø panel
rated 150 A or greater.
d
15–20 A tandem or quad tandem circuit breakers are suitable for use
with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 25–50 A tandem or quad tandem circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors only.
e
15–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC
conductors. 40–125 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75oC
conductors.
f
50–125 A QOM1 frame size; 100–225 A QOM2 frame size.
g
DE3C Discount Schedule.
h
DE2E Discount Schedule.
i
For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Homeline™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breaker
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed

Spaces

Max.
Single
Pole
Circuits a

Max.
Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover b

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price
(DE3C)

Cat. No.

Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating Order HOM Circuit Breakers (See page 1-14)
Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs
70 A
2
4
2
HOM24L70F/Sdc
59.00
78.00
100 A
6
12
6
HOM612L100F/Sce
125 A
4
8
4
HOM48L125GC
86.00
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
8
16
8
HOM816L125C
8
16
8
HOM816L125TC
12
12
0
HOM12L125C
12
24
12
HOM1224L125TC
125 A
16
24
8
HOM1624L125C
20
20
0
HOM20L125C
20
24
4
HOM2024L125TC
24
24
0
HOM24L125TC
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Lugs
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
30
30
0
HOM30L150C
150 A
30
30
0
HOM30L150TC
16
32
16
HOM1632L200TC
200 A
16
32
16
HOM1632L200TCFTf
20
40
20
HOM2040L200TC
30
30
0
HOM30L200C
30
30
0
HOM30L200TC
30
40
10
HOM3040L200TC
200 A
40
40
0
HOM40L200C
40
40
0
HOM40L200TC
40
60
20
HOM4060L200TC
42
52
10
HOM4252L200TC
225 A
42
42
0
HOM42L225C
I
N
D
O
O
R

Al

Cu

12–3

14–4
8–1

12–2/0

132.00
150.00
174.00
204.00
260.00
237.00
288.00
344.00

375.00
396.00
357.00
575.00
417.00
420.00
464.00
479.00
618.00
671.00
839.00
804.00
732.00

14–2/0

6–2/0

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No.

$ Price
(DE3A)

PK3GTA1
11.40
PK7GTA
11.70
PK7GTA Factory-included

PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed

17.10
—
17.10
—
17.10
17.10
—
—

4–250
4–250

PK23GTA
Factory-installed

—

4–250

Factory-installed

—

4–250

6–250

PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA

21.30

21.30
—
—
21.30
—
—
—
21.30

Box No.
See
Page 1-17

2
4
21

6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8

10
10
9
10
9
10
10
10
12
12
12
12
12

Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker
QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
8
16
8
HOM816M100C
315.00
8
16
8
HOM816M100TC
333.00
12
12
0
HOM12M100C
294.00
100 A
12
24
12
HOM1224M100TC
384.00
20
20
0
HOM20M100C
396.00
24
24
0
HOM24M100C
513.00
30
30
0
HOM30M100C
672.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M125C
606.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M125TC
620.00
125 A
24
24
0
HOM24M125C
710.00
30
30
0
HOM30M125C
812.00
Convertible Mains—Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-16)
16
32
16
HOM1632M150TC
636.00
150 A
20
30
10
HOM2030M150TC
750.00
30
30
0
HOM30M150C
776.00
12
24
12
HOM1224M200TC
572.00
16
32
16
HOM1632M200TC
675.00
20
40
20
HOM2040M200C
711.00
20
40
20
HOM2040M200TC
764.00
30
30
0
HOM30M200C
798.00
200 A
30
40
10
HOM3040M200TC
891.00
40
40
0
HOM40M200C
1019.00
40
60
20
HOM4060M200C
1367.00
42
42
0
HOM42M200C
1094.00
42
52
10
HOM4252M200C
1313.00
225 A
42
42
0
HOM42M225C
1116.00

6–1
6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0
6–1
6–2/0
6–2/0
6–2/0

4–250

4–250

4–250

Universal Mains—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See page 1-16)
16
32
16
HOM1632U200TC
293.00
200 A
20
40
20
HOM2040U200TC
357.00
4–250
30
40
10
HOM3040U200TC
530.00
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
b
C at end of catalog number indicates combination flush/surface cover included with device.
c
F/S at end of catalog number indicates to order F for flush device or S for surface device. The cover does not have a door.
d
HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
e
70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.
f
Supplied with feed-thru lugs.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

DE3C

Discount
Schedule

PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK15GTA
PK23GTA
PK15GTA
Factory-installed
PK15GTA
PK23GTA

Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
Factory-installed
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA
PK23GTA

Factory-installed
Factory-installed
Factory-installed

17.10
—
17.10
—
17.10
17.10
21.30
17.10
—
17.10
21.30

—
—
21.30
—
—
21.30
—
21.30
—
21.30
21.30
21.30
21.30
21.30

—
—
—

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

1

Table 1.46:

5
5
6
6
7
8
10
6
6
8
10

9
9
10
9
9
9
9
10
10
12
12
12
12
12

9
9
10

1-15

Homeline™ Load
Centers

Rainproof, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Circuit Breakers
Class 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

1

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—UL Listed
Table 1.47:

Convertible Main Load Centers (Accepts Only HOM Plug-On Circuit Breakers.)

Mains Rating

Spaces

Max. Single
Pole
Circuits a

Max. Tandem
Circuit
Breakers

Load Center
Box, Interior and Cover
Cat. No. (DE3C)

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil
$ Price

Al

Cu

Equipment Ground Bar Kit
(Order Separately)
Cat. No. (DE3A)

$ Price

Box No.
See
Page 1-18

Main Lugs—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
LOAD CENTERS

R
A
I
N
P
R
O
O
F

Factory-installed Fixed Main Lugs, 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
70 A
2
4
2
HOM24L70RBb
111.00
12–3
14–4
PK4GTA
10.80
1R
100 A
6
12
6
HOM612L100RBf
129.00
8–1
PK7GTA
11.70
2R
125 A
4
8
4
HOM48L125GRB
137.00
12–2/0
14–2/0
PK7GTA Factory-included
15R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
8
16
8
HOM816L125RB
248.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
12
12
0
HOM12L125RB
234.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
125 A
6–2/0
12
24
12
HOM1224L125RB
278.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
20
20
0
HOM20L125RB
383.00
PK15GTA
17.10
4R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Lugs c, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
12
12
0
HOM12L200RB
423.00
PK23GTA
21.30
5R
20
40
20
HOM2040L200RB
560.00
PK23GTA
21.30
6R
30
30
0
HOM30L200RB
587.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
200 A
30
40
10
HOM3040L200RB
759.00
4–250
—
—
—
40
40
0
HOM40L200RB
911.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
40
60
20
HOM4060L200RB
1139.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
42
52
10
HOM4252L200RB
1092.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Main Circuit Breaker—22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
Convertible Mains with Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM1 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) d
8
16
8
HOM816M100RB
429.00
6–1
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
12
12
0
HOM12M100RB
416.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
100 A
20
20
0
HOM20M100RB
531.00
6–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
4R
24
24
0
HOM24M100RB
606.00
PK15GTA
17.10
6R
8
16
8
HOM816M125RB
716.00
PK15GTA
17.10
3R
125 A
6–2/0
24
24
0
HOM24M125RB
858.00
PK15GTA
17.10
6R

Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker, QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below)
150 A
30
30
0
HOM30M150RB
978.00
4–250
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
R
20
40
20
HOM2040M200RB
872.00
PK23GTA
21.30
6R
A
30
30
0
HOM30M200RB
1004.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
I
30
40
10
HOM3040M200RB
1152.00
PK23GTA
21.30
7R
N
200 A
4–250
P
40
40
0
HOM40M200RB
1277.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
R
40
60
20
HOM4060M200RB
1596.00
PK23GTA
14.20
14R
O
42
52
10
HOM4252M200RB
1532.00
PK23GTA
14.20
14R
O
F
16
24
8
HOM1624M225RB
1182.00
PK15GTA
17.10
7R
225 A
4–250
42
42
0
HOM42M225RB
1323.00
PK23GTA
21.30
14R
Convertible Mains with Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker with Feed-thru Lugs,
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See Below) c
150 A
8
16
8
HOM816M150FTRB
785.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
200 A e
8
16
8
HOM816M200FTRB
785.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
Universal Main with Feed-thru Lugs—No Factory-installed Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs c
QOM2 Main Frame Size—Field-install Main Circuit Breaker or Main Lugs (See Kits Below)
200 A
8
16
8
HOM816U200FTRB
446.00
4–250
PK15GTAL
35.00
6R
Above listings through 200 A mains rating meet Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2.
a
Maximum single pole branch circuits utilizing HOM and/or HOMT circuit breakers.
b
HOM-GFI and HOM-AFI branch circuit breakers are limited to number 10 maximum wire.
c
Side hinge door device allow 1-1/4 in. on left side for door to open.
d
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with up to 22 kA available fault current.
e
Rated 200 A when using copper wire. Reference NEC® Table 310.15(B)(6) when using Al wire.
f
70 A maximum branch circuit breaker, 100 A maximum back feed main circuit breaker.

1Ø, Field-Installed Mains Kits
Table 1.48:
Main Lug Kit

QOL125

QOL225

1-16

For Convertible Load Centers Only

Main g
Use on Convertible Load
$ Price
Lug Wire Size j
Cat. No.
Ampere Rating
Center with Mains Rating
(DE3A)
AWG/kcmil
125 A
100–125 A
QOL125
44.10
6–2/0 Al or Cu
Main Lugs h
—
225 A
150–225 A
QOL225
104.00
6–300 Al or Cu
50 A
100–125 A
QOM50VH
140.00
60 A
100–125 A
QOM60VH
140.00
70 A
100–125 A
QOM70VH
140.00
80 A
100–125 A
QOM80VH
201.00
QOM1
12–2/0 Al or Cu
90 A
100–125 A
QOM90VH
201.00
100 A
100–125 A
QOM100VH
201.00
110 A
125 A
QOM110VH
468.00
Main Circuit
Breaker i
125 A
125 A
QOM125VH
468.00
100 A
150–225 A
QOM2100VH
468.00
125 A
150–225 A
QOM2125VH
468.00
150 A
150–225 A
QOM2150VH
468.00
QOM2k
4–300 Al or Cu
175 A
200–225 A
QOM2175VH
468.00
200 A
200–225 A
QOM2200VH
468.00
225 A
225 A
QOM2225VH
468.00
g
Do not exceed the load center mains rating.
h
If main circuit breaker knockout has been removed from the load center’s trim, order appropriate filler plate from page 1-13.
i
22 k AIR main circuit breaker UL Listed for use ahead of HOM and HOMT 10 k AIR branch circuit breakers to permit their application on systems with
up to 22 kA available fault current.
j
Wire range listed for main device kits is the wire range of that device. To find out maximum wire size permitted in a particular load center per UL, see
pages 1-5 through 1-11 under Main Wire Size.
k
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208, 240 Vac shunt trip.
Field-Installed
Main Type

Frame Size

DE3A

DE3C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers

Indoor, Dimensions and Knockouts
Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

Indoor Knockout Information and Enclosure Dimensions

A,B,C,D

A,B,C

A,B,C

A

Table 1.49:

A,B,C

A

A,B,C

Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions

A

A,B

A

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

B,C,D,E

A,B
A
A
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

mm
97
122
122
226
362
362
362
362
362
362
362
362

Table 1.50:

C,D,E,F,G

mm
171
236
236
319
379
455
531
661
758
858
965
1000

in.
3.00
3.19
3.19
3.80
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75
3.75

W

Box
No.

mm
76
81
81
97
95
95
95
95
95
95
95
95

in.
5.88
14.25
20.00
20.00
20.00
5.88
7.56
9.62
8.88
8.55
14.25

13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23

H
mm
149
362
508
508
508
149
192
244
226
217
362

in.
13.12
20.92
50.00
62.00
53.00
16.12
23.12
26.12
14.80
23.92
29.86

D
mm
333
531
1270
1727
1346
409
587
663
376
608
758

in.
3.38
3.75
5.75
5.75
5.75
3.38
4.25
4.75
3.80
3.95
3.75

mm
86
95
146
146
146
86
108
121
97
100
95

Knockout Information
Knockouts

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size

1/2

3/4

1

B,C,D,E
A A,B
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

A A,B

D

in.
6.72
9.30
9.30
12.57
14.92
17.92
20.92
26.04
29.86
33.78
37.98
39.37

Box 5

Box 4

Dimensions

H

in.
3.81
4.81
4.81
8.88
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25
14.25

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Box 3

Box 1

B,C,D,E

A

A,B

W

Box
No.

1

A

C,D,E,F,G

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

C,D,E,F,G

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F

A A,B

D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F
A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C
A,B

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

A,B
A,B

A

A,B
A
A
A

A,B,C,D

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D

B,C,D,E
C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

A A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

D,E,F,G

B,C

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

Box 9

Box 7

Box 10

A A,B
C,D,E,F
D,E,F,G

A,B

D,E,F,G,H

D,E,F,G,H,I

C,D,E,F

B,C
A

A,B

A,B,C

D,E,F,G
A,B

B,C,D,E
A,B

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F
A,B,C,D

A

A,B

A

A

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D
B,C,D,E

A,B,C,D
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

Box 14

Box 13

Box 11

A
C,D,E,F
D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D

A,B,C

D,E,F,G
A,B
B,C,D,E
D,E,F,G

B,C

C,D,E,F E,F,G,H

C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B

D,E,F,G

A

B,C,D,E

A,B

B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A
A
A,B
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E
B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G

A,B,C,D
C,D,E,F

Box 19

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LOAD CENTERS

A

1-17

QO™ and Homeline™ Load Centers

Rainproof, Dimensions, Knockouts and Bolt-on Hubs
Class 1130, 1170 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501
www.schneider-electric.us

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

1

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

Table 1.51:

Enclosure Dimensions
Dimensions
W

H
in.
mm
in.
1NM
6.52
166
8.79
1Ra
4.88
124
9.38
2R
8.88
226
12.65
3R
14.75
375
18.92
4R
14.75
375
22.06
5R
14.75
375
26.04
6R
14.75
375
29.86
7R
14.75
375
33.78
8R
14.75
375
37.98
9R
4.56
116
6.50
10R
6.92
176
13.18
11R
7.56
192
23.24
12R
9.62
244
26.24
13R
6.92
176
16.18
14R
14.75
375
39.37
15R
8.88
226
14.80
16R
8.55
217
24.75
17R
8.88
226
12.65
HOME250SPA and QO260NATR top endwall has no hub opening.
Box No.

B,C

A,B

A
A,B

A,B,C,D

LOAD CENTERS

Box 1NM

B,C,D,E A

B,C,D,E

Box 1R

A,B

B,C,D,E

Box 2R

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F

Box 3R, 4R

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

C,D,E,F

Box 5R
a

Table 1.52:

D
mm
223
238
321
481
560
661
758
858
965
165
335
590
666
411
1000
376
629
321

in.
3.90
4.00
4.27
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
4.52
3.88
4.12
4.75
5.50
4.12
4.52
4.27
4.16
4.27

mm
99
102
108
115
115
115
115
115
115
99
105
121
140
105
115
108
106
108

Knockout Information
Knockouts

C,D,E,F,G
A,B,C

Symbol

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Conduit Size

1/2 in.

3/4 in.

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

2-1/2 in.

3 in.

Box 9R
C,D,E,F

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

Box 6R, 7R, 8R
2 1 2" Hub Maximum
2 1 2" Hub Maximum
B,C,D,E

B,C,D,E

A

D,E,F,G

Box 11R
C,D,E,F

Box 15R

B,C,D,E

2 2" Hub Maximum
1

A,B,C,D

A,B

B,C,D,E

C,D,E,F,G

2 1 2" Hub Maximum

B,C,D,E

B, C, D, E

Box 10R, 13R

B, C, D, E
A
Power lnlet

B, C, D, E

17R
A,B
C,D,E,F

D,E,F,G
E,F

E,F,G,H

A,B,C
A A,B C,D,E,F,G

C,D,E,F
C,D,E,F

Box 14R

Box 12R

Box 16R

Bolt-On Hubs
Square D equipment with “R’’ or “RB’’ suffix, designated NEMA 3R rainproof construction,
utilizes bolt-on hubs listed below. “RB’’ devices will accept 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on
hubs without the use of reducers. Off-center conduit thread openings and elongated
mounting holes provide quick and easy adjustment to eliminate costly conduit offsets and
bends. Catalog suffix “R’’ devices require 3 in. through 4 in. field cut opening. Hubs are
suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.
Table 1.53:

Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for “RB” Devicesb

Conduit Size

3/4 in.

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

2-1/2 in.

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

$ Price
b

33.30

33.30

61.35

102.00

Bolt-On Hubs UL Listed for Mounting in Field-Cut Opening

Conduit Size

3 in.

3-1/2 in.

4 in.

Hub Cat. No.

B300

B350

B400

$ Price

1-18

33.30

Closing cap (Cat. No. BCAP) is provided factory-installed on each device having “RB’’ suffix.
Price if ordered separately; $2.50

Table 1.54:
“RB’’ Hub

33.30

DE1A

186.00

Discount
Schedule

300.00

Designed for mounting in field cut opening.
Includes gasket and four mounting bolts and nuts.

368.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Rainproof, Meter Mains
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 1.55:

Meter Mains

Ringless

QO

200 A

Homeline
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

OH/UG

10 kA
22 kA

C125RB
CM200S

368.00
1022.00

22 kA

C2M200S

1083.00

Type
2P
separately Ampere
Circuits (Order
from
1-22 Rating
(Max.) exceptpage
as noted) (Max.)

1
1
1
1
2

QOM1-VH
QOM2-VH
QOM2-VH
QO-VH
QO

OH/UG
10 kA
C4L200S
1143.00
Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC8L125S
846.00
4
HOM
200 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC12L200S
1419.00
6
HOM
Semiflush Mount only
125 A
None
OH/UG OH/UG 10 kA
SC8L125F
846.00
4
HOM
None
OHd/UG OHd/UG 10 kA
SC12L200F
1419.00
6
HOM
200 A
None
OHd/UG OHd/UG 22 kA
SC816F200Fe
1187.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
OH/UG 22 kA
SC816F150S e
1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A
None
OH/UG
—
SC816D150Ce f
1
HOM2150a
10 kA
1250.00
HOM
UG
SU816D150Ce f
1
OH/UG 22 kA
SC816F200S e
1187.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A
None
OH/UG
—
SC816D200Cef
1250.00
1
HOM2200a
10 kA
UG
SU816D200C ef
1250.00
1
HOM
Surface Mount Only
None
22 kA
RC200Sg
1022.00
1
QOM2-VH
Lever
10 kA
RCM200SLgi
1950.00
1
QOM2-VH
None
RC2M200Sg
1083.00
1
QOM2-VH
22 kA
1
QO-VH
Horn
RC2M200SHg
1136.00
200 A
OH/UG
—
1
QOM2-VH
Lever
10 kA
RC2M200SLgi
2090.00
1
QO-VH
None
22 kA
QC12L200Spgi
1562.00
6
QO-VH
None
22 kA
QC12L200Cg
1562.00
6
QO-VH
Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F100SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F100CHegi 1356.00
1
QOM2100VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F125Segi
1304.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F125Ceg
1304.00
1
QOM2125VHa
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F125SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2125VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150Spegip 1304.00
1
QOM2150VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F150Ceg
1304.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2150VHa
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F150SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2150-VHa
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200Spegi 1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200SHpegi 1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA
QC816F200CHeg
1356.00
1
QOM2200VHa
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA QC816F200SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2200-VHa
Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG
—
10 kA
RC8L125So
846.00
4
HOM
200 A
None
OH/UG
—
10 kA
RC12L200Spgi
1419.00
6
HOM
200 A

a
b

None

—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

None

OH/UG

—

22 kA

QC12L200Cg

1419.00

6

HOM

125 A
200 A
200 A
50 A
100 A

Line
Hub
Side
Type
Main
(Order
Max. Quantity
Lugs
Ampere separately AWG/
1P
from
Rating
kcmil
page
1-17)
(Max.)
(Al/Cu)
Circuits Tandems

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

A

4–250

(2) 8–2/0 27, 20

A

4–250

(2) 8–2/0 27, 28

125 Ab —
200 Am —

—
—

—
—

—
—

A
A–L

6–2/0
4–250

6–2/0
8–2/0

31, 24
40, 10

110 A —
200 Aj —
200 A 8

—
—
16

—
—
8

—
A or B300
—
A–L
200 Aj
A–L

6–2/0
4–250
4–250

6–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

37, 20
47, 10
51, 10

8

16

8

150 An

A–L

4–250

8–2/0

40, 10

8

16

8

100 Al

A or A–L

6–300

8–1/0

48, 18

8

16

8

200 Am

A–L

4–250

8–2/0

40, 10

8

16

8

100 Al

A or A–L

6–300

8–1/0

48, 18

A
A
A
A

6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350

26, 24
60 / 14
27, 20
27, 20

A

6–350

A
A

6–350
6–350

(2)8–2/0
8-1/0
(2)8–2/0
(2)8–2/0
8-1/0
8-1/0
8–2/0
12-2/0

43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
74 / 12

150 A
150 A
50 A
200 A
200 A
50 A

200 A
200 A
200 A
50 A
—
200 A
50 A
200 A
200 Aj
100 A
100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

—

—

—

B
A

4–1/0
4–250

Service Weight
Ground Each
Lug
(Lbs)
AWG/
and
kcmil
Pallet
(Al/Cu)
Qty.

8–1/0 15, 54
(2) 8–2/0 26, 24

60 / 14
43, 21
40, 21

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8
8

100
100
100
100
100
150 Ak
150 Ak
150 Ak
150 A
200 Aj
200 Aj
200 Aj
200 A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–350

8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
12-2/0
8–2/0
8-2/0
8–2/0

43, 21

12-2/0
8–2/0

40, 21
74 / 12

125 Ab —
200 Aj —

—
—

—
—

—
—

A
A

6–2/0
6–350

6–2/0
8–2/0

27, 32
43, 21

200 Aj —

—

—

—

A

6–350

12-2/0

40, 21

Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F100SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A 8
16
8
100 A
8–2/0 43, 21
100 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F100CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2100VHa
100 A 8
16
8
100 A
12-2/0 40, 21
125 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F125SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A 8
16
8
100 A
8–2/0 43, 21
125 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F125CHeg
1227.00
1
QOM2125VHa
125 A 8
16
8
100 A
12-2/0 40, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F150Speg 1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
8–2/0 43, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F150Ceg
1187.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
12-2/0 40, 21
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
8–2/0 43, 21
150 A
A
6–350
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2150VHa
150 A 8
16
8
150 Ak
12-2/0 40, 21
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F150SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2150-VHa 200 A 8
16
8
150 A
8-2/0 72 / 12
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200Spegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
8–2/0 43, 21
None
OH/UG
—
22 kA
RC816F200Ceg
1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
12-2/0 40, 21
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200SHpegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
8–2/0 43, 21
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200CHegi 1227.00
1
QOM2200VHa
200 A 8
16
8
200 Aj
12-2/0 40, 21
Lever
OH/UG
—
22 kA RC816F200SLqig 2690.00
1
QOM2200-VHa 200 A 8
16
8
200 A
8-2/0 72 / 12
1
HOM2200 a
200 A 8
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
—
10 kA RC816D200CHefoi 1292.00
16
8
100 Al A or B300 6–300
6–1/0 48, 18
1
HOM
50 A
Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
j
Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other positions k
Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
are limited to 100 A max.
l
A 100 A circuit breaker can be installed in bottom position only, all other positions are limited
UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit breaker
to 70 A max.
installed.
m
Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A breakers.
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit SCTK20. Order separately.
n
Use only 15–110 A and 150 A breakers.
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
o
Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page
Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
1-22).
Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
p
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
—
q
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories
5th jaw factory-installed.
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

1-19

LOAD CENTERS

Surface Mount Only
125 A
None
OH/UG
OH/UG

UL and
EUSERC

Cat. No.

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers (Order
separately Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-4)

1

Ring Type
Homeline™

QO™

UL

Service Disconnect(s)

Spaces

Service
(Type of Feed)

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Meets Federal Spec. W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R enclosure

Combination Service Entrance Devices
100 to 225 A Maximum

Rainproof, All-In-Ones
Class 4120
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
• Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available
• UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
• Meets EUSERC standards

•
•
•

List
$ Price

Max. Quantity
1P

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Service
Ground
Lug
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Weight
Each
(Lbs)
and
Pallet
Qty.

6–2/0

6–2/0

32, 24

4–250
6–300
6–300

6–2/0
8–1/0
8–1/0

45, 10
47, 18
47, 18

A or
B300

6–2/0

6–2/0

44, 20

A-L

4–250

8–2/0

51, 10

A-L

4–250

8–2/0

56, 10

A
A

6–1
6–350
4–250
4–250

8–4
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

20, 42
43, 21
50, 10
52, 10

6–300

12–1/0

60, 15

6–2/0

6–2/0

32, 24

Circuits

Cat. No.
(DE3A)

Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-22)

Service Disconnect(s)

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Spaces

Service
(Type
of Feed)
UL and
EUSERC

Short Circuit
Current Rating

All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Table 1.56:

Tandems

100 A
None
OH/UG
125 A
None
OH/UG
200 A
None
OH/UG
200 A
None
OH/UGf
200 A
None
UG
Semiflush Mount Only

10 kA
10 kA
22 kA
10 kA
10 kA

SC1624M100S
SC1624M125S
SC2040M200S
SC2040M200C b
SU2040M200Cb

744.00
1518.00
1671.00
1799.00
1799.00

1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2200VH
HOM2200
HOM2200

100 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

16
16
20
20
20

24
24
40
40
40

8
8
20
20
20

100 A
A
125 Aa
200 Ak
A-L
100 A A or A-L
100 A A or A-L

100 A

None

125 A

None

OH/UG
OH/UG
OHc/UG
OHc/UG

10 kA
10 kA
22 kA
22 kA

200 A

None

OHe/UG

22 kA

SC1624M100F
SC1624M125F
SC2040M125F
SC2040M200F
SC2636M200FPVd

744.00
1518.00
1671.00
1671.00
2244.00

1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2125VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A

16
16
20
20
26

24
24
40
40
36

8
8
20
20
10

100 A
110 A
110 A
200 Ak
100 A

225 A

None

OHe/UG

22 kA

SC3040M200F
2064.00
SC3040M225F
2280.00
SC2636M225FPVd 2520.00

1
1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2225VH
QOM2225VH

200 A
225 A
225 A

30
30
26

40
40
36

10
10
10

200 A
200 A
100 A

1
1
1
1

HOM2100
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

10
20
30
40

20
40
40
40

10
20
10
0

80 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

200 Ak

2P
Circuits
(Max.)

Type
(Factory Installed)

Ampere
Rating
(Max.)

Ring Type

Homeline™

Surface Mount Only

Surface Mount Only
100 A
200 A

None
None

OHf
OHf

10 kA
22 kA

200 A

None

OH/UG

22 kA

SO1020M100S
SO2040M200S
SC3040M200S
SC40M200S

443.00
1161.00
2010.00
2432.00

A-L

REVERSE All-In-One—Semiflush Mount with Service Disconnect (outdoor access) and Load Center (indoor access)
200 A
225 A

None
None

UG
UG

10 kA
10 kA

None

OH/UGf

10 kA

Horn
Horn
Horn
Horn
Lever
None
None
Horn

OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UG
OH/UGf
OH/UGf
OH/UGf

22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA

Horn
OH/UGf
Lever
OH/UG
None
OH/UGf
Surface Mount Only

22 kA
22 kA
22 kA

SU3040M200R
SU3040M225R

2223.00
2646.00

1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2225VH

200 A
225 A

RC1624M100S
744.00
RC1624M125S
1518.00
RC2040M125SHlg 1601.00
RC2040M125CHgh 1601.00
RC2040M150SHlg 1713.00
RC2040M150CHgh 1713.00
RC3040M150SLm 4900.00
RC2040M200Slg 1713.00
RC2040M200Cg
1713.00
RC2040M200SHlg 1713.00

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

HOM2100
HOM2125
QOM2125VH
QOM2125VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VHa
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

1
1
1

QOM2200VH
QOM2200VHa
QOM2200VH

200 A
200 A
200 A

30

40

10

16

24

8

20
20
20
20
30
20
20
20

40
40
40
40
40
40
40
40

20
20
20
20
10
20
20
20

100 A
125 Aa
125 A
125 A
150 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

20
30
20

40
40
40

20
10
20

200 A
200 A
200 A

A or
B300

Surface Mount Only

Ringless

Homeline

100 A
125 A
125 A
125 A
150 A

200 A

a
b
c
d
e
f

1-20

RC2040M200CHg
RC3040M200SLm
RC2040M200SGP

1713.00
4900.00
2602.00

Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M150SHlg 1905.00
1
None
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC2442M200Slg 1905.00
1
None
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC2442M200Cg 1905.00
1
200 A
Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M200SHlg 1905.00
1
Horn
OH/UGf
22 kA QC2442M200CHgh 1905.00
1
200 A
Hom
OH/UGf
22 kA
QC3040M200SHl 2120.00
1
125 A Homeline™ 2P circuit breaker can be installed in top position only. All other
positions are limited to 100 A max.
Convertible to semiflush with SC200F flange kit (order separately).
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK20). Order separately.
For use with Photovoltaic Systems. Provisions for field-installed CT. If required by
adopted code, order retaining kit PK2SCPV separately. See page 1-22.
Suitable for OH service with addition of tunnel kit (SCTK30). Order separately.
Device does not meet EUSERC Specifications.
150 A

QO

LOAD CENTERS

•

Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except
where noted
Semiflush-reverse design available, supplied with load center
(indoor access)
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals
may be used for equipment grounding wires.
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2

A
6–350

8–2/0

43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
76 / 12
43, 21
40, 21
43, 21
40, 21
76 / 12
48 / 21

QOM2150VH
150 A
24 42
18
150 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
40, 21
A
6–350
8–2/0
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
43, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
24 42
18
200 A
40, 21
QOM2200VH
200 A
30 40
10
200 A
40, 21
g
Device supplied with barrel lock provisions factory-installed.
h
5th jaw factory-installed.
i
Use only 15–100 A and 150 A circuit breakers.
j
Use only 15–100 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
k
Use only 15–110 A and 150–200 A circuit breakers.
l
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
m
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL, see accessories
p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices
300—400 A Devices

Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

Meter Mains and All-in-Ones

•
•

Ring or ringless type meter socket designs available
UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
Meets EUSERC standards where indicated.

Table 1.57:

•

Service disconnects are supplied factory-installed, except where noted
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals; all unused terminals may be used for
equipment grounding wires
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2

Meter Mains

Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-22)

List
$ Price

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

115, 4

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

—
—
—

—
—
—

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

16

8

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

98, 4

1P
Circuits

Cat. No.

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Max. Quantity

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Service Disconnect(s) a

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Spaces

Service
(Type
of Feed)

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Tandems

3975.00

1
1
4
1
1
4
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200 d

200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A

—
—
—
—
—
—
8

—
—
—
—
—
—
16

—
—
—
—
—
—
8

—
—
—
—
—
—
200 A

CU816D400CB cik

4151.00

1

QDL22200 d

200 A

8

16

8

65 kAa

CUM400CB ck

8688.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

1

QDL22200 d

200 A

—

—

—

—

25 kA

QU12L400SL gk

3810.00

1

QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

8

16

8

—
—
—

—
—
—

8

Type
2P
separately
Circuits (Order
from
page
1-22
(Max.) except as noted)

UL and
UL EUSERC

Ampere
Rating
(Max.)

Service Weight
Ground Each
Lug
(Lbs)
AWG/
and
kcmil
Pallet
(Al/Cu)
Qty.

1

Bypass
Type

Ampere
Rating

Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2, UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment, 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W, NEMA 3R Enclosure

Surface and Semiflush Mount b

Ring Type

400 A

400 A

None

4007.00

CU12L400CB ck

3986.00

CU12L400FB ck

4182.00

25 kA

CU816D400CN ci

—

25 kA

—

—

25 kA

Class 320
Manual UG
Bypass

—

25 kA

UG

None
UG
Class 320
400 A Manual UG
Bypass

QO™

3810.00

CU12L400FN c

UG

400 A

400 A

CU12L400CN c
UG

Class 320
Manual UG
Bypass
Class
320
Lever

400 A

UG

4

QO, QO-VH or QOHm 125 A h

Surface Mount Only, Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
l

Ringless Type

400 A

UG

—

25 kA

1
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
200 A

4007.00
4065.00
4262.00

1
1
4
1
1

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QO, QO-VH or QOH
QDL22200d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
200 A
125 A h
200 A
200 A

QU816D400SLigk
QU816D400CK ik

4065.00

QU12L400CLgjk

3810.00

QU12L400FLgjk
QU816D400CLgjik
QU816D400FLgjik

Surface and Semiflush Mount b
400 A

UG

—

25 kA

Class 320
Lever
400 A

UG

—

25 kA

320 UG
400 A Class
Lever

—

65 kAa

QUM400CLgk

10000.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

120, 4

—

65kAa

QUM400CKck

11175.00

1

DGP36400E20LHd

400 A

— 2f

—

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

123, 4

QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe
QDL22200 d
QDL, QGL, QJLe

200 A
100 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

30

40

10

200 A

A–L

(2) Studs

4–250

100, 4

K-4 BoltNone

400 A

Table 1.58:

UG

All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devices

Ringless
a
b
c
d
e

Homeline™

Ring Type

Surface and Semiflush Mount b
300 A
400 A

Class 320
Manual UG

25 kA

UG

UG

25 kA

Class 320
400 A Manual UG

—

25 kA

Class 320
UG
Lever

—

25 kA

—

25 kA

400 A

None

—

K-4 Bolt400 A
on

UG

SU3040D300CB cjk
SU3040D300FB cjk
SU3040D400CN cj
SU3040D400FN cj
SU3040D400CBcjk
SU3040D400FB cjk
RU3040D400CL gjk
RU3040D400FL gjk
RU3040D400CK jk
RU3040D400FK jk

6600.00
6797.00
7050.00
7247.00
7167.00
7364.00
6993.00
7190.00
6993.00
7190.00

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

UL short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any circuit
breaker installed.
For 400 A device with suffix CB, CK, CL, or CN, surface-mount convertible to semiflush
with FK400 flange kit (order kit separately). Devices wtih suffix FB, FL, FN or FK are
semiflush only, with the top endwall factory-installed and flanges factory-included.
For use only on 120/240 Vac 1Ø3W system (4-jaw meter socket).
Service disconnect supplied factory-installed.
Additional service disconnect for field-installation: order prefix QBL at 10 kA, QDL at 25
kA, QGL at 65 kA, or QJL at 100 kA. Order separately. For complete circuit breaker
catalog number, see Section 7.

f

g
h
i
j
k
l
m

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LOAD CENTERS

•
•
•

Option for field installation of two Q-frame, 200 A max. 2-pole branch circuit breakers used as
mains for two downstream load centers. Purchase installation kit BMK2Q400 and two
Q-frame circuit breakers separately. Order QBL prefix at 10 kA, QDL prefix at 25 kA, or QGL
prefix at 65 kA.
Fifth jaw factory-installed.
QO panel is rated 200 A maximum.
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs for 6 AWG–250 kcmil (Al/Cu) conductors.
Knockout provided in cover for use with barrel lock kit SCBRLLOCK (see Accessories, page 122).
Device configuration is not included in EUSERC standards. Consult applicable utility for
acceptance.
Device with suffix L has Class 320 lever bypass and device with suffix K has a K-4 bolt-on, no
bypass.
Order two pole circuit breakers for field installation: order catalog designation QO for 10 kA, QOVH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA short circuit current rating. See page 1-22 or 1-2.

1-21

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Circuit Breakers, Accessories and Hubs
Class 4119, 4120
www.schneider-electric.us

1

Table 1.59:
Ampere
Rating
a

LOAD CENTERS

10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
125
150
175
200

Circuit Breakers for use with Meter Mains and All-In-One Devices
Type: HOM, 1P
Cat. No.
(DE3D)
—
HOM115
HOM120
HOM125
HOM130
—
HOM140
—
HOM150
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
26.30
26.30
26.30
26.30
—
26.30
—
26.30
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: HOM, 2P
Cat. No.
(DE3D)
—
—
—
—
HOM230
HOM235
HOM240
HOM245
HOM250
HOM260
HOM270
HOM280
HOM290
HOM2100
HOM2110
HOM2125
HOM2150BB
HOM2175BB
HOM2200BB

Type: QO, 1P

$ Price
—
—
—
—
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
123.00
168.00
168.00
168.00
369.00
369.00
428.00
428.00
428.00

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
QO110
QO115
QO120
QO125
QO130
QO135
QO140
QO145
QO150
QO160
QO170
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: QO, 2P

$ Price
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
29.10
67.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
—
—
—
QO230
QO235
QO240
QO245
QO250
QO260
QO270
QO280
QO290
QO2100
QO2110
QO2125
QO2150
QO2175
QO2200

Type: QO-VH, 1P

$ Price
—
—
—
—
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
134.00
189.00
189.00
189.00
428.00
428.00
491.00
491.00
491.00

Ampere
Type: QOM1-VH, 2P
Type: QOM2-VH, 2P
Rating
Cat. No. (DE3D)
$ Price
Cat. No. (DE3D)
$ Price
a
50
QOM50VHb
140.00
—
—
60
QOM60VH
140.00
—
—
70
QOM70VH
140.00
—
—
80
QOM80VH
201.00
—
—
90
QOM90VH
201.00
—
—
100
QOM100VH
201.00
QOM2100VH
468.00
110
QOM110VH
468.00
—
—
125
QOM125VH
468.00
QOM2125VH
468.00
150
—
—
QOM2150VH
468.00
175
—
—
QOM2175VH
468.00
200
—
—
QOM2200VH
468.00
225
—
—
QOM2225VH
468.00
a
Do not exceed mains rating of device
b
Reference National Electrical Code Article 230-79.
c
For additional interrupting rating circuit breakers, order circuit breaker prefix QBL at 10 kA, QGL at 65 kA or QJL at 100 kA.

Table 1.60:

$ Price
—
63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Type: QO-VH, 2P
Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
—
—
—
QO230VH
—
QO240VH
—
QO250VH
QO260VH
QO270VH
QO280VH
QO290VH
QO2100VH
QO2110VH
QO2125VH
QO2150VH
QO2175VH
QO2200VH

$ Price
—
—
—
—
146.00
—
146.00
—
146.00
146.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
1034.00
1034.00
1061.00
1061.00
1061.00

Type: QDL, 2Pc
Cat. No. (DE2A)

$ Price

—
—
QDL22070
QDL22080
QDL22090
QDL22100
QDL22110
QDL22125
QDL22150
QDL22175
QDL22200
—

—
—
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
—

Accessories, Hubs and Closing Plates

Accessories
Description

Hubs and Closing Plates
Cat. No.

$ Price

Disc.
Sch.

Generator Kit: Interlocks main service disconnect and generator circuit breaker (order
separately). For :
• Homeline™ CSED Devices RC816F-, RC2040M-, SO2040M• QO CSED Devices QC816F-, QC2442MBackfed inverter circuit breaker retaining kit for SC2636M200FPV and SC2636M225FPV
Meter Main Types: C, RC, SC, QC
Fifth Jaw Kit for:
All-In-One Types: SC, SU (100–225 A), QC, RC, SO
Bypass (Horn Type) for Ringless Type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (100–200 A)
(except for RC8L125S, RC1624M100S and RC1624M125S–use RCHB).
Lexan Meter Socket Cover Plate for:
• Ring and Ringless Type Meter Mains
• Ring and Ringless Type All-In-Ones
Meter Socket Sealing Rings for Ring Type Meter Mains and All-In Ones:
• Snap Type Aluminum (Std.)
• Screw Type Aluminum
• Snap Type Stainless Steel
Anti-Inversion Kit . For use ONLY on 400 A Meter Mains and All-In-Ones with lever bypass.
Trim Kit for 2 in. X 6 in. stud wall, used with Reverse All-In-Ones, SU3040M200R, and
SU3040M225R

2920910001
29008W
ARP00026
MMLRK

7.95
20.10
16.70
12.00

DE5
DE4
DE4
DE4

SU2X6TRIM

266.00

DE4

Barrel Lock Kit (Barrel Lock not included), supplied with bracket and mounting screw, refer to
listings for where used.

SCBRLLOCK

53.00

DE4

SC200F

31.80

DE4

FK400

197.00

DE4

R400L

266.00

DE4

CMELK4

137.00

DE4

BMK2Q400

153.00

DE4

OCK400
PK49SP
PK15GTA
QOFP
HOMFP

567.00
39.00
17.10
3.60
3.20

DE4
DE1
DE3A
DE3A
DE3A

LK100AN

10.80

DE3A

OHBS
OHBL

86.00
94.00

DE4
DE4

Mains: SC816D150/200C and RC816D200CH
Semiflush Flange Kit for: Meter
All-In-Ones: SC2040M200C
Semiflush Flange Kit for ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones (400 A Only)
Ringless Type Utility Cover for RU3040D400CL/FL, QU12L400CL/FL, and QU816D400CL/FL.
Includes one piece meter socket and pull box cover with handles and closing plate.
Lug Kit includes (4) lugs, for use with 2 AWG–600 kcmil Al/Cu conductors. Lugs are for standard
2-Hole mounting. Meter Main and All-In-One units supplied with (2) studs per phase and neutral
will accept one lug per phase and neutral. Not for use on 400 A devices with “K” suffix.
Branch Circuit Breaker Field Installation Kit for two Q-Frame Circuit Breakers (QBL, QDL, or
QGL, order separately). For CUM400CB, QUM400CL or QUM400CK - includes (2) mounting
pans, (4) wires.
Overhead Feed Trough for 400 A ring- and ringless-type Meter Mains and All-In-Ones.
Touch-Up Paint (ASA49 Gray)
Ground Bar Kit, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones QC, RC, and SC (100–225 A)
Filler Plate for:
Meter Main Types: QC, CU All-In-One Types: QC
Filler Plate for:
Meter Main Types: RC, SC All-In-One Types: SC, RC, SU
Neutral Lug (6-2/0 AWG)
Meter Main Types: RC, SC, QC All-In-One Types: SC, SU, QC, RC
for:
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Ringless & Horn Bypass in RC/QC Devices
Overhead Barrier Tunnel Kit for Lever Bypass RC/QC Devices

1-22

Cat. No.
(DE2A)
—
QO115VH
QO120VH
QO125VH
QO130VH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

RCGK2
QCGK3
PK2SCPV

245.00
245.00
47.40

DE4
DE4
DE4

5J

18.30

DE4

MMHB

16.70

DE4

29007

10.10

DE4

Hub
Conduit Size
Series
(inches)
Closing Plate for “A” Hub opening
1.00
1.25
1.50
A

Cat. No.
ACP
A100
A125
A150

$ Price
13.40
33.90
33.90
33.90

2.00
A200
47.90
2.50
A250
61.00
Adapter plate to allow use of “A”
AAP
33.80
Hubs on “A-L” size hub openings
Closing Plate for “A-L” Hub
ACPL
18.30
opening
2.00
A200L d
83.00
2.50
A250L
87.00
A-L
3.00
A300L
111.00
3.50
A350L
114.00
4.00
A400L
119.00
Closing Plate for “B” Hub opening
BCAP
3.80
0.75
B075
33.30
1.00
B100
33.30
1.25
B125
33.30
B
1.50
B150
33.30
2.00
B200
61.35
2.50
B250
102.00
B300
3.00
B300
186.00
d
Supplied with AAP adapter plate and “A” hub.

Disc.
Sch.
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE4
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A
DE1A

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Service Entrance Devices

Dimensions
Class 4119, 4120

www.schneider-electric.us

28.28
718

7.14

B,C,D
A

C,D,F

181

b
7.50

Drip Hood

191

c

Semi-Flush End Wall

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size (in.)

1/2

3/4

1

4.60

4.56

117

117

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

1-1/4 1-1/2

B lank End W all

191

19.58

351

E

7.50

116

13.82

D

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

“ A” H ub

“ B ” H ub

4.60

Knockouts

LOAD CENTERS

“A” Hub

380

Table 1.61:

Driphood supplied factory-installed and is required
for surface mount installation.
For semi-flush installation, remove driphood and
install flange kit SC200F (order separately).
Unit supplied with blank top endwall (factoryinstalled) for surface mount installation. For semiflush installation, install flange kit FK400 (order
separately). Kit includes replacement top endwall
(with knockouts) and flanges.
Unit supplied with semi-flush top endwall factory
installed and semi-flush flanges factory included.

a

14.97

13.46

497

28.25

342

7.44
189

10.70

12.80

718

6.44

8.00

164

203

272

18.23

20.79

463

1

325

528

A, B

C , D, E, F

41.25

E, F , G , H

A, B

1048

C , D, E, F

C125RB (Shown)
CQRB100

A
B ,C

D, F , G

Ring Type:
CM200S
C2M200S (Shown)
C4L200S

Ringless Type:
RC200S
RC2M200S
RC2M200SH

SO1020M100S

21/2" Max “ A” H ub
A

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

135

A, B
B ,C

C , D, F
A

CU12L400CNc
CU12L400CBc
QU12L400CLc
QU12L400SL
CU12L400FNf
CU12L400FBf
CU816D400FNf
CU816D400FBf
QU816D400CKc
QU12L400FLf
QU816D400FLf

466

3.39

Surf ace

C , D, F

18.35

119

122

G ,H ,I,J
“ A- L” H ub

5.32

4.67

4.80

A, B

86

14.37
365

14.77
375

10.94

14.50

12.57

278

368

10.04

319

255

10.87
276

10.87
276

40.93

48.62

1040

25.12

1235

35.13

638

892

B ,C

CU816D400CBc
CU816D400CNc
QU816D400CLc
QU816D400SL (Shown)
21/2" Max “ A” H ub
D, F , G
B ,C
C , D, F

6.95
176

25.12

14.50

638

368

Lever ByPass Devices
A

14.81

21/2" Max
“ A” H ub
D, F , G
C , D, F

C , D, F

QC12L200C
QC816F100CH
QC816F125C
QC816F150C
QC816F200C
QC816F200CH
RC12L200C
RC816F100CH
RC816F125CH
RC816F150C
RC816F150CH

A, B , C
C , D, E, F

SC8L125F (Shown)
SC1624M100F
SC1624M125F

C , D, E, F

RC816F200C
RC816F200CH
RC2040M125CH
RC2040M150CH
RC2040M200C
RC2040M200CH
QC2442M200C
QC2442M200CH

C , D, E, F
A, B
A

3.40
86

B ,C

14.62

7.90

371

A, B

E, F , G , H

A, B , C

A

A, B

D, F , G
21/2" Max
“ A” H ub or
B 300

A, B

D, E, F , G

SC8L125S (Shown)
RC8L125S
SC1624M100S
SC1624M125S
RC1624M100S
RC1624M125S

376

B ,C

A, B

A

A, B
B ,C

RC816F100SH
C , D, E, F
RC816F125SH
RC816F150SL
RC816F150S,SH
RC816F200SL
RC816F200S,SH
RC12L200S
RC2040M125SH
RC2040M150SH
RC2040M200S,SH
RC3040M150SL
RC3040M200SL

A
C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub

191

SU816D150Cq
SU816D200Cq
SU2040M200Cq
RC816D200CH q
SC816D150C q
SC816D200C q (Shown)

B lank End W all

28.25
718

21/2" Max “ A” H ub

203

1006

899

686

8.00

39.60

35.40

27.00

B ,C

C , D, E, F

7.50

B ,C
A, B

377

CL
Top
B ranch
C ircuit
B reak er
803

819

14.85

201

31.61

32.23

QC816F100SH
QC816F125SH
QC816F150S,SH (Shown)
QC816F150SL
QC816F200SL
QC816F200S,SH
QC12L200S
QC2442M150SH
QC2442M200S,SH
SO2040M200S
QC3040M200SH

5.80
147

48.00

21.50

1219

546

262

CL
Meter
Sock et

C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub
B ,C

D, F , G

4.40

A
B

“ A” H ub or
B 300 H ub
B

3.50
89

B

C ,D

SU3040M200R (Shown)
SU3040M225R

B

A

35.40
899

39.60

SC816F200F
SC12L200F
SC2040M125F
SC2040M200F (Shown)
SC3040M200F
SC3040M2225F
SC2636M200FPV
SC2636M225FPV

11.10
282

29.50
749

32.30
820

37.30

C , D, E, F

112

1006

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1048

SC 40M200S

B ,C

41.25
SC 3040M200S

10.30

A

947

G ,H ,I,J
“ A- L” H ub
C , D, E, F
C , D, F

B ,C

SU3040D400CBc (Shown) SU3040D300CBc
RU3040D400CLc
SU3040D400CNc
RU3040D400CKc
RU3040D400FLf
SU3040D300FBf
RU3040D400FK f
SU3040D400FBf
CUM400CB c
SU3040D400FNf
QUM400CL c
QUM400CK c

C , E, F , G , H
21/2" Max
“ A- L” H ub

A
B ,C

B

SC12L200S
SC816F150S
SC816F200S

SC40M200S
SC2040M200S (Shown)
SC3040M200S

1-23

RC/QC Solar Ready CSED Devices
150 to 200 A Maximum

Rainproof, Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
Class 4120
www.schneider-electric.us

All-In-One Combination Service Entrance Devices
Hub Type (Order
Separately page 1-18)

8
8
8
8

16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A

A

350

8–2/0

Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F150SSbf
1270.00
1
QOM2150VH
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F150SLSbg
2878.00
1
QOM2150VH
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SSbf
1270.00
1
QOM2200VH
200 A
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SHSbdf
1313.00
1
QOM2200VH
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC816F200SLSbg
2878.00
1
QOM2200VH

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

8

16
16
16
16
16

8
8
8
8
8

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

A
A
A
A
A

6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350

8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

42
42
40
40
40
40
40
40

18
18
20
10
20
20
20
10

200 A
200 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A

6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350
6-350

8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0
8–2/0

Bypass
Type

Service Disconnect(s)
List
$ Price

Cat. No.

Max. Quantity
2P
Type
Circuits
(Factory Installed
(Max.) except where noted)

1P

Ampere
Rating (Max.)

Spaces

150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A

Short Circuit
Current Rating

Surface Mount—Supplied with Feed-Thru Lugs and Provisions for Branch Circuit Breakers
None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F150SSbf
1408.00
1
QOM2150VH
150 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F150SLSbg
2905.00
1
QOM2150VH
None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F200SSbf
1408.00
1
QOM2200VH
200 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
QC816F200SLSbg
2905.00
1
QOM2200VH

Service
Type

Tandems

Line
Side
Main
Lugs
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Ampere
Rating

Ampere
Rating

Circuits

Load Center and Branch
Circuit Breakers
(Order Separately
Pages 1-2, 1-3, 1-14)

Service
Ground
Lug
AWG/
kcmil
(Al/Cu)

Meter Mainsh

QO

Surface Mount Only

Homeline

LOAD CENTERS

Table 1.62:

socket with no provisions for barrel lock to secure the meter cover.
UL Listed, suitable only for use as service equipment
Service disconnect(s) are supplied factory-installed, except where noted
Supplied with 100% branch neutrals, all unused terminals may be used for equipment grounding wires.
Meets Federal Specification W-P-115c as Type 1, Class 2
Solar Ready kit SR69064A fits All Devices Below, order from Table 1.70
All devices have a 3" KO in the bottom endwall.
Provisions for Field Installed CTs All Devices

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

150 A

8
8

All-in-One Combination Service Entrance Devicesh
Surface Mount Only
QO

None
OH/UG
22 kA
QC2442M200SSf
2057.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
QC2442M200SHSdf
2057.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M150SHSdf
1833.00
1
150 A
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC3040M150SLSg
2226.00
1
None
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M200SSf
1833.00
1
Horn
OH/UG
22 kA
RC2040M200SHSdf
1833.00
1
200 A
None
OH
22 kA
SO2040M200SSf
1242.00
1
Lever
OH/UG
22 kA
RC3040M200SLSg
2226.00
1
* Kit is to be installed between meter socket and Main Disconnect. May be used with Solar PV, Wind,
fuel generators, and other power generation sources up to 80% of Mains Rating Maximum 160 A.
a
Order two pole QO, QO-VH or QOH circuit breakers separately from page 1-22 or 1-2.
The short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest interrupting rating of any
circuit breaker installed.
b
Supplied with load side feed-thru lugs, for 4AWG-250 kcmil Al/Cu conductors.
c
Ring style device. Barrel lock provisions not provided.
d
Device supplied with horn bypass and 5th jaw factory installed
e
Order two pole Homeline circuit breakers separately from page 1-22.
f
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBS.
See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
g
Suitable for load wires to exit top endwall with addition of Tunnel Kit OHBL.
See accessories p 1-22, check with local utility for approval.
h
Solar Ready Kit Part Number SR69064A * (This Kit Fits All Solar Ready Devices)
List Price: $78.00
200 A

Homeline

1

Meter Mains and All-In-Ones
• Ringless Meter Sockets with barrel lock provisions factory installed except for Cat. No. SO2040M200SS which is a Ring Style meter

SC/SU SOLAR READY
CSED Devices Coming
Soon—See On-Line
Digest Updates for
Availability

QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2150VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH
QOM2200VH

200 A
200 A
150 A
150 A
200 A
200 A
200 A
200 A

21/2" Max “A” Hub

5.32
135

18.35
466

10.94

12.57

278

319

40.93

48.62

1040

Table 1.63:

24
24
20
30
20
20
20
30

1235

Knockouts

Symbol

A

B

C

Conduit
Size (in.)

1/2

3/4

1

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Lever ByPass Devices

RC816F150SS
RC816F200SS
RC816F200SHS
QC816F150SS
QC816F200SS
RC2040M150SHS
RC2040M200SS
RC2040M200SHS
SO2040M200SS
QC2442M200SS
QC2442M200SHS
QC816F150SLS
RC816F150SLS
RC3040M150SLS
QC816F200SLS
RC816F200SLS
RC3040M200SLS

A,B

E,F,G,H

A,B,C
C,D,E,F

1-24

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed Devices
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø3W—120/240 Vac—240 Vac—UL Listed

Cat. No.
QO260NATS

240 Vac

60 Aab

120/240 Vac

100 Ad

QO2000NS

Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

QO200TR
161.00
161.00 QO200TRNM 191.00
QO260NATR 168.00

2, 9Rc
1NM
1R

276.00 QO2000NRB

13, 10R

338.00

Housing Bracket

Description
Bracket used with QO200TR for stucco, aluminum and vinyl siding.
Order quantity multiples of 10.

Cat. No.

$ Price

PKHB

6.30

Enclosed GFCI Circuit Breakers, GFCI Circuit Breaker
Included—10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating

120/240 Vac

Table 1.67:

QO3100BNF
With Cover Removed

Ampere
Rating

QO250GFI
HOM250GFI

1NM (Nonmetallic)
1R (Metallic)

General Purpose e
Cat. No.

Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

100 A
125 A

QO2100BNF/S
QO2125BNF/S

83.00 QO2100BNRB
108.00 QO2125BNRB

135.00
158.00

13, 10R
18, 13R

240 Vac

100 A

QO3100BNF/S

149.00 QO3100BNRB

207.00

13, 10R

60A Max. Circuit Breaker Enclosures—10 kA Short
Circuit Current Rating

Circuit breaker not included. Order separately from page 1-2. Will not accept QO-GFI
circuit breaker nor QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories.
60 A a

—

—

QO2TR

95.00

9R c

Q Frame Enclosures and Q Frame Circuit Breakers
Type 1—General Purpose e
Cat. No.

Circuit Breaker (Order Separately)

Type 3R—Rainproof

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See Page
1-17

2P 240 Vac
Maximum

Q22200NS h
or
Q23225NF/S

176.00 Q22200NRBh
or
218.00 Q23225NRB

380.00

19, 11R

417.00

20, 12R

3P 240 Vac

Q23225NF/S

218.00

278.00

20, 12R

Table 1.70:

528.00
473.00

Box. No.
See Page
1-17

120/240
Vac

Enclosure Only g
Service

QOE250GFINM
HOME250SPA

Circuit Breaker
Included

2-Pole Circuit Circuit Breaker Enclosures—22 kA
Short Circuit Current Rating

240 Vac

Table 1.69:

$ Price

Not for use with one pole QO or QOVH breakers. Circuit breakers not included. Order
QO™, QOVH, QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-EPD and QO-PL circuit breakers separately from pages
1-2 and 1-3. Accepts QO circuit breakers with factory-installed accessories. Order
equipment ground bar PKOGTA2, if required.

Table 1.68:
QO200TRNM

Cat. No.

50 A

Service

PKHB
Housing
Bracket

Type 3R—Rainproof

Ampere
Rating

Service

Q23225NRB

10 k AIR

25 k AIR

65 k AIR

100 k AIR

Ampere
Rating

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A

QBL22070
QBL22080
QBL22090
QBL22100
QBL22110
QBL22125
QBL22150
QBL22175
QBL22200
QBL22225
QBL32070
QBL32080
QBL32090
QBL32100
QBL32110
QBL32125
QBL32150
QBL32175
QBL32200
QBL32225

474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
474.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00
1248.00

QDL22070
QDL22080
QDL22090
QDL22100
QDL22110
QDL22125
QDL22150
QDL22175
QDL22200
QDL22225
QDL32070
QDL32080
QDL32090
QDL32100
QDL32110
QDL32125
QDL32150
QDL32175
QDL32200
QDL32225

1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1143.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00
1784.00

QGL22070
QGL22080
QGL22090
QGL22100
QGL22110
QGL22125
QGL22150
QGL22175
QGL22200
QGL22225
QGL32070
QGL32080
QGL32090
QGL32100
QGL32110
QGL32125
QGL32150
QGL32175
QGL32200
QGL32225

1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00
2442.00

QJL22070
QJL22080
QJL22090
QJL22100
QJL22110
QJL22125
QJL22150
QJL22175
QJL22200
QJL22225
QJL32070j
QJL32080j
QJL32090j
QJL32100j
QJL32110j
QJL32125j
QJL32150j
QJL32175j
QJL32200j
QJL32225j

1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00

QOM2 Enclosures and QOM2 Circuit Breakers
QOM2 Circuit Breaker
(Order Separately) i

Enclosure Onlyf
Service

Type 1
General Purposee
Cat. No.

QOM22225NS
With Cover Removed

Q22200NS
With Cover Removed

Q23225NF

(Order Q-Frame circuit breaker separately)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price

Type 3R
Rainproof
Cat. No.

$ Price

Box No.
See
Pages
1-17

Ampere
Rating

22 k AIR
Cat. No.k

$ Price

100 A
QOM2100VH 468.00
125 A
QOM2125VH 468.00
150 A
QOM2150VH 468.00
QOM22225NF/S 234.00 QOM22225NRB 440.00 22, 16R
175 A
QOM2175VH 468.00
2P 240 Vac
Maximum
200 A
QOM2200VH 468.00
225 A
QOM2225VH 468.00
a
Not suitable for service equipment.
h
Accepts 200 A max. 2P Q Frame circuit breakers.
b
Maximum 10 hp 240 Vac.
i
Add suffix 1021 for 120, 208 or 240 Vac shunt
trip. Add $126.
c
Top endwall has no hub opening.
j
When these 3P circuit breakers are mounted in
d
Maximum 20 hp 240 Vac.
an enclosure, the maximum AIR rating is 65 kA at
e
Order F for flush, S for surface.
240 Vac and 100 kA at 208 Vac.
f
Equipment ground bar kit PKOGTA2
k
DE3A Discount Schedule.
factory-included.
g
Factory-installed groundable neutral assembly
includes (2) ground lugs and (2) neutral lugs.
Equipment ground kit PKOGTA2 also included.

DE2A

DE3A

LOAD CENTERS

General Purpose

Ampere
Rating

Service

Table 1.65:

Table 1.66:

Enclosed Molded Case Switch, Switch Included,
Does NOT provide overcurrent protection

Discount
Schedule

1-25

1

Table 1.64:

Servicepak™ Power
Outlet Panels

Class 1140
www.schneider-electric.us

1

(For Dimensions/Drawings go to Supplemental
Digest, hardcopy or on-line version.)

T

LOAD CENTERS

T

T

1C
T

T

•
•
•
•
•

T

2C
T

T

3C
T

T

For Construction Sites
• Provide temporary power at construction sites.
• Each receptacle protected by QO-GFI circuit breaker in compliance with NEC®
requirements.
Each enclosure is rainproof.
10 kA short circuit current rating.
UL Listed as suitable for use as temporary site service equipment.
Provided with neutral bonding provisions.
Boxes have provisions for type “B’’ hubs to be field-installed.

T

Table 1.71:
4C

T

T

5C

T

T

T

6C

T
T

7C

T

10C

T

T

11C

12C

T

13C

T

9C

8C

T

T

T

14C

Construction Site Panels

Power
Outlet
Configuration

Service
a

Mains
Ampere
Rating

1C
2C
2C

1Ø2W
1Ø2W
1Ø2W

40 A
40 A
40 A

3C

1Ø3W

70 A

4C

1Ø3W

70 A

5C

1Ø3W

70 A

6C

1Ø3W

70 A

7C

1Ø3W

70 A

8C

1Ø3W

70 A

9C

1Ø3W

100 A

Circuit Breaker
(Included)
(1) QO120GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO230GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO220GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO220GFI
(2) QO120GFI
(1) QO250GFI
(1) QO120GFI
(2) QO250GFI

20 A 125 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 5-20R

B

30 A 125 V 2W and Grd
ANSI 73.13

C

50 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd.
NEMA 14-50R

D

20 A 250 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 6-20R

Table 1.72:

E

30 A 125/250 V 3W and Grd.
NEMA 14-30R

Mains Circuit Breaker
Power Outlet Service Ampere
Configuration
a
(Included)
Rating

All non-pedestal devices have provisions to fieldinstall a Type “B’’ hub on the bottom endwall for
bottom feed from a conduit riser. Order Type “B’’
bolt-on hub (B250 Max.) and two mounting screws
(Cat. No. 8002505501) and two hex nuts (Cat. No.
2340102000).

C

D

1

E

1

1

1

1

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

$ Price

PAK10C1
PAK11Ce
PAK11C1

441.00
818.00
818.00

Cu
14–6
14–6
14–6

Al
12–6
12–6
12–6

F

1

1

PAK31CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK36C1GFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK51CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK55CGFI

974.00

8–1

8–1

PAK72CGFI

1323.00

8–1

8–1

PAK76CGFI

1323.00

8–1

8–1

PAK1004CGFI 1581.00

14–1

12–1

Recreational Vehicle Park Panels
Receptacles
(Included) b
A

50 A 250 V 2W and Grd.
NEMA 6-50R

A
1
2
2

Main Wire Size
AWG d

Cat. No. c

For Recreational Vehicle Parks
• Provide electrical power to individual recreational vehicle park sites.
• Each receptacle protected by appropriate GFI or Standard QO™ circuit breaker.
• All receptacles and circuit breakers included.
• 10 kA short circuit current rating.
• UL Listed.
• All enclosures are rainproof.
• No neutral bonding provisions.
• Loop-feed provisions.

A

F

Receptacles
(Included)

B

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil f
Cat. No.

$ Price

C

Underground or Overhead Loop-Feed Terminals—Non-Pedestal cg
11C
1Ø2W
40 A (2) QO120GFI
2
PAK11CTG
QO120GFI
12C
1Ø2W
50 A (1)
1
1
PAK41CTG h
(1) QO130
(2) QO130
(1) QO120GFI
PAK75CTG
14C
1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250
1
1
1
(Not Loop Feed) h
(1) QO130

Phase and Neutral
Cu

Al

14–6

12–6

795.00
564.00

12–1
669.00

14–1

12–1

Pedestal Mounted—Underground Loop-Feed Terminals ij
11C
1Ø2W
40 A (2) QO120GFI
2
PAK11PG
1035.00
QO120GFI
12C
1Ø2W
50 A (1)
1
1
PAK41PG h
852.00
(1) QO130
(1)
QO120GFI
13C
1Ø2W
75 A (2) QO130
1
2
PAK61PG h
914.00 (2)6–250 (2)6–250
(1) QO120GFI
14C
1Ø3W 100 A (1) QO250
1
1
1
PAK75PG h
1007.00
(1) QO130
a
(1Ø2W 120 Vac) (1Ø3W 120/240 Vac)
b
20 A receptacles protected by 20 A GFI circuit breaker.
c
Devices have a bolt-on factory-installed closing cap. Order type “B’’ bolt-on hub separately from page 1-18.
d
Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14 or 12 AWG Cu or (2) 12 or 10 AWG Al.
e
Receptacles in this device are in bottom endwall and are accessible with outer door padlocked.
“Order Only’’ from Lexington—Minimum order quantity is 50 devices.
f
Two wires each per phase, neutral, and equipment ground—for loop feed (except PAK75CTG).
g
Equipment ground terminal suitable for (2) 14–12 AWG Cu or (2) 12–10 Al.
h
GFI circuit breaker can be substituted for standard 30 A circuit breaker. For 30 ampere receptacles add $140.00 per
circuit breaker. Add suffix "FI’’ to catalog number. Example: PAK41CTGFI.
i
Stabilizer foot available for use in unstable ground, order HNPSF $27.50 list.
j
Equipment ground terminals suitable for (2) 10–2/0 AWG Cu or (2) 6–2/0 AWG Al.

1-26

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ Load Centers

Indoor, 1Ø, Main Lugs and Main Breaker
Class 736, 1130 / Refer to Catalog 1100CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

QO Plug-on Neutral Load Centers and CAFI Breakers connect are engineered for a quick Plug-on Neutral
connection on every unit.

Load Center Box and
Interior

$ Price
Max.
Max.
Spaces
1P
Tandem (Interior,
Box &
Circuits Breakers Cover)

Cat. No.

Equipment
Main Wire
Ground Bar Kit Box No.
Size
(Order
Separately
See
AWG/kcmil
If Priced)
Page
1-17
$ Price
Al/Cu
Cat. No. $ Price

Indoor Cover with Door
(Order Separately)
Flush
Cat. No.

$ Price

Surface
Cat No.

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM1 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
125 A
24
24
0
572.00 QO124L125PG
534.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70
6–2/0

I
N
D
O
O
R

QO154M200P

PK15GTA

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM2 Main Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker
200 A
30
30
0
684.00 QO130L200PG
597.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00
6–250 PK23GTA, LK100AN
42
42
0
1018.00 QO142L225PG
907.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00
(2) PK15GTA
225 A
6–300
54
54
0
1356.00 QO154L225PG 1177.00 QOC54UF
—
179.00
PK23GTA, LK100AN
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker
100 A
24
24
0
743.70 QO124M100P
706.00 QOC24UF QOC24US 37.70
6–2/0
PK15GTA
17.10
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaker — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Lugs or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker
30
30
0
1069.00 QO130M200P
982.00 QOC30UF QOC30US 87.00
PK18GTA
18.80
42
42
0
1410.00 QO142M200P 1299.00 QOC42UF QOC42US 111.00
PK23GTA
21.30
200 A
4–250
54
54
0
1720.00 QO154M200P 1541.00 QOC54UF
—
179.00
PK23GTA
21.30
60
60
0
1956.00 QO160M200PCa 1689.00 QOC60UFa
—
267.00
PK23GTA
21.30
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus
QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
125 A
24
24
0
712.00 QO124L125PGRB 712.00
—
—
—
6–2/0
PK15GTA

Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Lugs — 65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Cu Bus
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size, Convertible to Main Circuit Breaker — Equipment Ground Bar Included
30
30
0
856.00 QO130L200PGRB 856.00
—
—
—
6–250
O 200 A
U 225 A
42
42
0
1500.00 QO142L225PGRB 1500.00
—
—
—
6–300
T
D Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
O Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),
O QOM1 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size
R 100 A
24
24
0
1144.00 QO124M100PRB 1144.00
—
—
—
6–2/0
b
Convertible Mains — Factory-Installed Main Circuit Breaer — 22 kA Short Circuit Current Rating — Copper Bus
Convertible to Main Lugs (see below) or Lower Amperage Main Circuit Breaker (See page 1-5),
QOM2 Main Circuit Breaker Frame Size
150 A
30
30
0
1344.00 QO130M150PRB 1344.00
—
—
—
30
30
0
1344.00 QO130M200PRB 1344.00
—
—
—
4–250
200 A
42
42
0
1659.00 QO142M200PRB 1659.00
—
—
—
a
Door kit available separately Order QOCDK60 $237.00.
b
All OUTDOOR devices are available FACTORY ORDER only.

Table 1.74:

PK23GTA, LK100AN
(2) PK15GTA

7

9
11
12

7

9
11
12
24

4R

6R
8R

PK15GTA

17.10

4R

PK18GTA
PK18GTA
PK23GTA

18.80
21.30
21.30

6R
6R
8R

QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakers
1P 120 Vac

Circuit Breaker
Type

Ampere
Rating

Combination Arc-fault
Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Combination Arc-fault
Interrupter

15

1P 120 Vac

10 k AIR

22 k AIR

1 Space Required

1 Space Required

Cat. No.
QO115CAFI

$ Price
282.00

Cat. No.
QO115VHCAFI

$ Price
534.00

20

QO120CAFI

282.00

QO120VHCAFI

534.00

15

QO115PCAFI

282.00 QO115VHPCAFI

534.00

20

QO120PCAFI

282.00 QO120VHPCAFI

534.00

QO-K
Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in single-pole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole
space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a special
key (catalog number QOK10) included with the circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available
as shown in the table.
Table 1.75:

QO-K Circuit Breakers
120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required)

Ampere
Ratingc
10
15
20
25
30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Cat. No.

$ Price

QO110K
QO115K
QO120K
QO125K
QO130K

DE2A

DE3A

164.00
164.00
164.00
164.00
164.00

Discount
Schedule

LOAD CENTERS

Mains
Rating

QO Plug-on Neutral CAFI Load Center (accepts QO Circuit Breakers only)

1-27

1

Table 1.73:

www.schneider-electric.us

1
LOAD CENTERS

1-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 2
Metering Equipment
Meter Sockets
Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets

2-2

Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories

2-3

Dimensions

2-4

MP Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers
Individual Meter Socket
Page 2-2

Ring and Ringless Devices

2-5

Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories

2-6

Dimensions

2-7

2-8

Selection Information

2-9

1 Phase Main Devices

2-10

1 Phase Branch Devices

2-11

3 Phase Main Devices

2-12

3 Phase Branch Devices

2-13

3 Phase Branch Devices and Main Devices with Busway Taps

2-14

Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories

2-15

Dimensions

2-16

2

Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information

METERING EQUIPMENT

EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers

MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
Page 2-5

EZ Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
Page 2-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2-1

Meter Sockets

Ring and Ringless Type Individual Meter Sockets
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

•

Available single or three phase, 600 Vac max., with and without horn or lever bypass, overhead and underground
service feed.
• 10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval).
• UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure.
• Units supplied with bonded neutral.
• Units supplied with hub opening in top endwall require the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate.
• Units supplied with solid top are for underground feed only.
• Accessories, refer to page 2-3.
This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact
your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility.
Table 2.1:

Individual Meter Sockets
Lug Wire Range (Al/Cu)

UTRS101B

Ampere Jaw
Ratingj Qty.

Service
Type

Cat. No.a

$ Price

Line, Load,
and Neutral
(AWG/kcmil)

2

Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release
125
4
UG
UTZRS101Ad
123.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
UTRS101B
123.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
UATRS101B
137.00
8–2/0
125
4
OH
URS101BCPL
135.00
8–2/0
125
5
OH/UG
1003880Ae
161.00
8–2/0
200
4
OH
UTRS202B
177.00
8–250
200
4
OH
UATRS202B
195.00
8–250
200
4
UG
UTRS213Ad
212.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
UTRS213Be
212.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
UATRS213Be
225.00
1/0–350
200
4
OH/UG
U92197CCCPLg
240.00
1/0–350

METERING EQUIPMENT

UTRS202B
(cover not shown)

UTH5203T
(cover not shown)

Enclosure Information
Top Endwall Conf.

Wire
Binding

Gnd.
(AWG)

Material

Hub
Openingb

Closing
Plate b

1/2 in. Hex
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
Slotted
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex
1/2 in. Hex

14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2
14–2

Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel
Steel
Aluminum
Steel

Solid Topd
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Series A
Solid Topd
Series A
Series A
(2)Series A

—
ACP
ACPA
ACP
ACP
ACP
ACPA
—
ACP
ACPA
(2)ACPg

Box No.
see
page 2-4

1R
1R
1R
1R
1R
3R
3R
5R
5R
5R
7R

Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Horn Bypass, Without Jaw Release
125
4
OH/UG
UHTRS101B
161.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
125
5
OH
UGHTRS101Lc
161.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
A125 c
—
1R
125
4
OH
URS101BDQh
138.00
8–2/0
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
125
5
OH/UG
UGHTRS111Cf
207.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP f
4R
200
4
OH/UG
UBHMRS212Be
210.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Series A
ACP
4R
200
4
OH
UHTRS202B
206.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
3R
200
4
OH/UG
UHTRS212Be
206.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
4R
200
4
OH/UG
UHTRS213Be
213.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
5R
200
4
UG
UHTRS223Ad
272.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Solid Topd
—
2R
200
4
UG
URS212ADQdh
203.00
8–250
1/2 in. Hex
None
Steel
Solid Topd
—
4R
Ringless Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release
200
4
OH
UTH4203T
465.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
8R
200
4
OH/UG
UTH4213Te
479.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
200
5
OH
UTH5203T
494.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
8R
200
5
OH/UG
UTH5213Te
564.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
320
4
OH/UG
UTH4330Tei
749.00 Studs Only
3/8 in. dia. studs 14–1/0
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
11R
Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., With Lever Bypass and Jaw Release
200
7
OH/UG
UTH7213Te
666.00
6–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
9R
320
7
OH
UTH7300Ti
830.00 Studs Only 3/8 in. dia. studs
14–1/0
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
10R
Ringless Type, 3Ø4W 600 Vac Max., Bolt-On Socket Without Bypass
1/2 in.–20
1/2 in.–20
400
7
OH/UG
UK7T ei
2423.00 Studs Only
Steel
Series A-L
ACPL
12R
dia. studs
dia. studs
1/2 in.–20
1/2 in.–20 Aluminum
400
7
OH/UG
UAK7Tei
2678.00 Studs Only
Series
A-L
ACPLA
12R
dia. studs
dia. studs
Ring Type, 1Ø3W 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release
125
4
OH/UG
URTRS101Be
123.00
8–2/0
Slotted
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
1R
200
4
OH/UG
URTRS213Be
212.00
1/0–350
1/2 in. Hex
14–2
Steel
Series A
ACP
5R
a
Device requires approval from the serving utility, consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
b
Order appropriate bolt-on hub or closing plate separately and install on TOP endwall.
c
Device supplied with 1-1/4 in. bolt-on hub (Cat.No. A125) mounted on TOP endwall.
d
Device supplied with solid top endwall (without hub opening).
e
When unit is installed for underground feed, the appropriate closing plate must be ordered separately and installed over hub opening in TOP endwall of
device.
f
Device supplied with closing plate ACP mounted on TOP endwall.
g
Device supplied with two closing plates ACP mounted in TOP endwall.
h
Contains “Duquesne Light Co.” approved label.
i
Order lugs separately, refer to accessories, page 2-3.
j
Rating is continuous.

URTRS213B

2-2

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Meter Sockets

Horizontal Ganged, Test Block Bypass Sockets and Accessories
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Horizontal Ganged Meter Sockets

•

1Ø, 600 Vac max., main lugs only, 2 through 6 meter positions, with and without
horn or lever bypass, end or center feed, overhead and underground service feeds.
10 kA short circuit current rating (or higher with utility approval).
UL Listed, NEMA 3R enclosure.
Supplied with ground lugs.
Supplied with hub opening in top endwall, requires the use of a bolt-on hub, or closing plate.

•
•
•
•

This metering is generally utility specific. Always check with local utility company before installing. Contact
your nearest Field Sales Office for additional catalog numbers, if required by utility.
Ringless Type, 1Ø3W, 600 Vac Max., Without Bypass or Jaw Release

Branch Ratings
Socket Service
No. of
Amperesc Positions
Jaw
Type
Qty.b

100 A

200 A

2
3
4
5
6
2
4

4

5

4

OH/UG

OH/UG

6
a
b
c

Mains
Rating
(A)

Cat. No.

200
205
205
250
300
205
360

UT2R1121B
UT3R1121B
UT4R1131B
UT5R1131B
UT6R1131B
UT2R2122B
UT4R2352T

453.00
560.00
660.00
908.00
1157.00
647.00
1106.00

500

UT5R2392TU

1383.00

620

UT6R2392TU

1548.00

$ Price

Main Lugs
Phase and
Neutral
Al/Cu
(AWG/kcmil)

Branch Lugs
Phase and
Neutral
Al/Cu (AWG)

6–250
6–250
6–350
6–350
6–350
6–250
1/0–500
1/0–500 or
(2)1/0–350
1/0–500 or
(2)1/0–350

8–2/0

8–250

Top Endwalla
Hub Type Closing Plate Box No.
See Page 2-4
(Order
(Order
Separately) Separately)

Series A

ACP

Series A
Series A-L

ACP
ACPL

13R
13R1
14R
15R
16R
17R
18R

Series A-L

ACPL

19R

Series A-L

ACPL

20R

For hubs and closing plates, see Accessories table below.
Fifth jaw kit available to convert 4-jaw socket to a 5-jaw socket. See Accessories table below.
Rating is continuous.

Meter Mains with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements)
Table 2.3:

Ring Type, 1Ø3W and 3Ø4W, Meter Main with Test Block Bypass (Meets EUSERC Requirements)

Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Suitable for overhead or underground service. UL Listed File E6294.

EMT3225CB

d
e
f
g

System (Incoming)
Meter Ampere Short Circuit
Main Circuit Breaker Type
and
Socket Rating Current
Cat. No.f
$ Price
Rating
(Order Separately)d
Service (Outgoing)
Type
(Max.)
120/240 Vac 1Ø3W
5-Jaw
225 A
100 kA max.
EMT1225CB
4095.00
2P Type QB, QD, QG, QJ, QOe, QO-VHe or QOHe
208Y/120 Vac 3Ø4Wg
or
7-Jaw
225 A
65 kA max.
EMT3225CB
5355.00
3P Type QB, QD, QG or QJ
240/120 Vac 3Ø4W Delta
Refer to page 2-15 to select main circuit breaker.
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately), when using QO (40 A–125 A, 2-pole) 10 kA max. SCCR, QO-VH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 22 kA
max. SCCR, or QOH (40 A–60 A, 2-pole) 42 kA max. SCCR. Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
Refer to page 2-4 for box dimensions.
100 kA max.

Table 2.4:

EMT Terminal Wire Size h

Line Phase Lug
Line Neutral Lug
Service Ground Lug
6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu
6 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu
h
Refer to circuit breaker listings for usable load lug wire sizes.

Equipment Ground Lug
6 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu

Load Neutral Lug
4 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu

Meter Socket Accessories
Table 2.5:
EMT1225CB
Without Covers

Meter Socket Accessories
Accessory

Fifth-Jaw Kit
Closing Plates
(to seal hub openings)

Series A
Hubs
(listed by conduit size)
Series A-L

Series B
Adapter Plate

Lug Kits

Sealing Ring
i

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Description
Cat. No.
Converts a 4-jaw meter socket to a 5-jaw meter socket.
A5J
For use on meter sockets supplied without lever bypass or jaw release only.
For Series A (steel)
ACP
For Series A (aluminum)
ACPA
For Series A-L (steel)
ACPL
For Series A-L (aluminum)
ACPLA
1.00 inch
A100
1.25 inch
A125
1.50 inch
A150
2.00 inch
A200
2.50 inch
A250
2.00 inch
A200L
2.50 inch
A250L
3.00 inch
A300L
3.50 inch
A350L
4.00 inch
A400L
3.00 inch
B300i
To allow the use of a Series A Hub on a device that is setup for a series A-L Hub.
AAP
For use on meter sockets supplied with Line, Load, and Neutral Studs only. Be sure
to order enough lugs for each device (a typical 1Ø device requires 6 lugs).
Includes one, two-barrel lug (6-250 kcmil)
ARP00118
Includes one, single barrel lug (4-600 kcmil)
ARP00129
Includes three, two-barrel lugs (6-350 kcmil)
ARP00427
Snap-on Aluminum (Standard)
2920910001
Snap-on Stainless Steel (Non-standard)
ARP00026
Screw Type Aluminum (Non-standard)
29008W

$ Price
14.90
13.40
11.90
18.30
16.50
33.90
33.90
33.90
47.90
61.00
83.00
87.00
111.00
114.00
119.00
186.00
33.80

38.10
55.00
135.00
8.00
16.70
20.10

DE1A Discount.

DE4

DE1A

Discount
Schedule

2-3

METERING EQUIPMENT

Table 2.2:

2

UT2R1121B

Meter Sockets

Dimensions
Class 4131 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

D

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

W

D

Solid
Top

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket
H

H

E,F,G

S
A,B,C,D C,D,E,F A,B,C,D

S A

A

2R

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

D

3R, 6R
Hub
Opening

W

D

W

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket

Meter
Socket
Offset

H

C,D,E,F,G
S

S

C,D,E,F,G

F,G,H

1R
D

H

D,E,F,G

A

S

H

F,G,H

A,B

A

A,B

S

2

D,E,F,G

A

F,G,H

F,G,H

4R, 5R

8R

7R
D

W

METERING EQUIPMENT

Hub
Opening

Meter
Socket
A,B

D

W

D

Hub
Opening

S

H
F,G,H,I

A,B

A

Enclosure Dimensions

Hub
Opening

F,G,H,I

9R

10R

Box
Hub Opening
H
W
D
No.
(Max. Conduit Size) a
1R
10.88
8.00
3.50
Series A
2R
13.00
13.00
4.94
Solid Top
3R
14.00
8.00
4.38
Series A
4R
14.00
11.00
4.38
Series A
5R
15.00
11.00
4.38
Series A
6R
15.50
8.00
4.36
Series A
7R
17.13
13.00
4.94
(2) Series A
8R
19.00
10.50
4.94
Series A-L
9R
19.00
13.00
4.94
Series A-L
10R
34.50
15.00
5.68
Series A-L
11R
36.62
15.00
5.68
Series A-L
12R
43.00
20.25
6.00
Series A-L
13R
14.12
24.31
4.50
Series A
13R1
14.12
32.50
4.50
Series A
14R
14.12
40.62
4.50
Series A
15R
14.12
48.75
4.50
Series A
16R
14.12
57.00
4.50
Series A
17R
14.12
24.31
5.38
Series A
18R
14.12
40.62
5.38
Series A-L
19R
14.12
54.75
5.38
(2) Series A-L
20R
14.12
63.00
5.38
(2) Series A-L
aRefer to page 2-3 for closing plates and hubs.

Table 2.7:

Knockouts
Symbol
S
A
B
C
D
E
Conduit 5/16
1/2 3/4
1 1-1/4 1-1/2
Size (in.) b
bKnockout for grounding conductor.

S

A

Knockout Information

H

F,G,H,I

H

S

A

F,G,H

D

W

Meter
Socket
Offset

Meter
Socket
F,G,H

Table 2.6:

Dimensions (Inches)

Meter
Socket
Offset

H

A,B,C,D,E

D

F,G,H,I

Hub
Opening

G,H,I,J

H

Meter
Socket

Main
Lugs
S

C,D,E,F,G
(13R, 17R)

A,B

12R

Meter
Socket

H

S

A

C,D,E,F,G (13R)
F,G,H (17R)

C,D,E,F,G
(13R, 17R)

C,D,E,F,G
(14R, 18R)

D
Main
Lugs

H

A

C,D,E,F,G (14R)
F,G,H (18R)

Meter Socket
Left position omitted on
5-Gang unit (15R)
W

C,D,E,F,G
(14R, 18R)

Hub Opening

H

A

Main
Lugs
S

C,D,E,F,G

4

14R and 18R

W

S

J

3-1/2

Main
Lugs

13R and 17R

Meter
Socket

I

3

Hub Opening

Hub Opening
D

H

2-1/2

W

D

W

D

Meter
Socket

G

2

11R

Hub Opening

W

F

C,D,E,F,G

H

A

C,D,E,F,G

13R1
C,D,E,F,G

7.50
191

22.44
570

Supplied with (2)
ACP Closing Plates.
Order A-Hubs
separately for
overhead service
feed.

C,D,E,F,G

15R and 16R

D

Meter Socket
Left position omitted on
5-Gang unit (19R)
W

Hub Opening (2 Locations)

Main
Lugs

30.00
762

C,D,E,F,G

S

C,D,E (3 Locations)

H

A

E,F,G,H (8 Locations)
C,D,E,F,G
(19R, 20R)

F,G,H
(19R, 20R)

C,D,E,F,G
(19R, 20R)

19R and 20R
A,B

EMT1225CB and EMT3225CB

2-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Ring and Ringless Devices
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Ring and Ringless Type Devices

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

MP44125

Ring Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kA Maximum SCCR) or
200 A (22 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions
Cat. No.

200

MP22125 b

977.00

3

300

300

MP33125 c

1187.00

4

400

400

MP44125 c

1730.00

5

500

MP55125 c

2079.00

6

400 Al
500 Cu
400 Al
500 Cu

600

MP66125 c

2415.00

2

400

400

MP42200 c

1274.00

3

400

400

MP43200 c

2151.00

4

400

600

MP64200 c

2814.00

5
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MP85200 c
6
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MP86200 c
For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9.
Meets EUSERC standards.
Meets EUSERC standards with addition of lug landing kit, MMSK2.

3377.00
4040.00

No. of
Poles

125

Line Lug Wire
Size Al/Cu
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

(1) 4–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 3/0–500

200

a
b
c

Table 2.9:

200

No. Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Horn
Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Lever
Bypass
Cat. No.

QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH

Semi-Flush
Flange Kit

Wt Lbs

Box No.

A/B300

MPSF12

46

1R

A-L

MPSF14

95

2R

A-L

MPSF14

97

2R

(4) A-L

MPSF16

130

3R

MPSF16

132

3R

MPSF23

99

4R

(4) A-L

$ Price

MPR22125

995.00

MPH22125

1002.00

—

—

3

300

300

MPR33125

1220.00

MPH33125

1253.00

—

—

4

400

400

MPR44125

1781.00

MPH44125

1830.00

—

—

5

500

MPR55125

2246.00

MPH55125

2330.00

—

—

600

MPR66125

2615.00

MPH66125

2715.00

—

—

2
3
4
2
3

400 Al
500 Cu
400 Al
500 Cu
400
400
400
350
400

400
400
600
350
500

MPR42200
MPR43200
MPR64200
—
—

1290.00
2186.00
2865.00
—
—

MPH42200
MPH43200
MPH64200
—
—

1299.00
2219.00
2916.00
—
—

4

400

600

—

6

QO,
QO-VH,
QOH

Hub Prov.a

MPSF23

99

4R

MPSF24

135

5R

MPSF26
MPSF26

173
173

6R
6R

(4) A-L

Ringless Type MP Meter-Pak Metering Equipment with 125 A (42 kAMaximum SCCR) or
200 A Type MPR, MPH (22 kA Maximum SCCR) or 225 A Type MPL (100 kA Maximum SCCR) Meter Socket Positions

Factory-Installed
Amperes No.
Main Lugs
Main Bus
Per of Pos.
Ampacity
Pos.
(See page 2-6 for Ampacity
alternate lugs)
2
200
200

125

Circuit
Breaker Type
(2P)

—

—

MPL32225
MPL53225

1739.00
2741.00

MPL64225

3656.00

—
—

—
—

225
—

—

—

5
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MPR85200
3545.00 MPH85200
3627.00
200
6
600 Al, 750 Cu
800
MPR86200
4241.00 MPH86200
4341.00
d
For A and A-L Hubs see page 2-3, for B Hubs see page 3-9.
e
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to oage 2-15 for pricing.

Line Lug
Wire Size
Al/Cu
AWG/kcmil
(1) 4–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250

(1) 1/0–600 or
(2) 1/0–250
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 3/0–500

Circuit Breaker
Type
Hub
(2P)
Prov. d
(See page 2-6)
A/B300

QO,
QO-VH,
QOH

Semi-Flush
Flange Kit

Wt
Lbs

Box
No.

MPSF12

46

1R

MPSF14

95

2R

MPSF14

97

2R

MPSF16

130

3R

MPSF16

132

3R

MPSF23
MPSF23
MPSF24
N/A
N/A

99
99
135
105
147

4R
4R
5R
7R
8R

N/A

200

9R

MPSF26
MPSF26

173
173

6R
6R

A-L

(2) A-L

QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH
QBP-TM,
QDP-TM,
QGP-TM or (2) A-L
QJ-TM
QOe, QO-VHe
or QOHe
QOM2-MM,
QOM2-MVH

UL Listed short circuit current rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE4

Discount
Schedule

METERING EQUIPMENT

Main Bus
Ampacity
(A)

2

Factory-Installed
Main Lug Ampacity
(See page 2-6 for
alternate lugs)
200

Amperes
per Pole

2-5

2

Table 2.8:

Consult local utility for approval before installation.
120/240 Vac 1Ø3W.
Main lugs only—two to six meter sockets.
Enclosures are indoor/rainproof NEMA 3R construction.
Suitable only for use as service equipment.
Swingable mounting feet supplied at bottom of device.
Factory-installed mechanical lugs, alternate lugs and NEMA/EUSERC lug landing kits available.
Surface mount, convertible to semi-flush with field installed flange kit.
Ring type devices supplied with 4-jaw meter sockets (5th jaw kits available, order separately).
Ringless type devices supplied with 5-jaw meter sockets, available with and without horn or lever bypass.
Provisions for mounting 2-pole circuit breaker for each meter socket position (order circuit breakers separately).
Mounting channel supplied, except for box 1R (125 A, 2-position).
Combination overhead/underground feed.

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Tenant Circuit Breakers and Accessories
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

Tenant Circuit Breakers
UL Listed Short Circuit Current Rating depends on lowest interrupting rating of circuit breaker installed. (Refer to the
table on the bottom of page 2-9 for Square D certified ratings for downstream panelboards and load centers.)
Table 2.10:
Amperes

QO2100VH
2P, Plug-on Type
Circuit Breaker

2
QDP22200TM
2P, Bolt-on Type
Circuit Breaker

Tenant Circuit Breakers
10 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

22 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

42 k AIR
120/240 Vac

For use in 125 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
40
QO240
67.00
QO240VHa
146.00
50
QO250
67.00
QO250VHa
146.00
60
QO260
67.00
QO260VH
146.00
70
QO270
134.00
QO270VH
224.00
80
QO280
189.00
QO280VH
315.00
90
QO290
189.00
QO290VH
315.00
100
QO2100
189.00
QO2100VH
315.00
125
QO2125
428.00
QO2125VH
1034.00

QOH240
QOH250a
QOH260a
QOH270a
QOH280a
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2125

For use in 200 A Max. Type MP, MPR and MPH Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
100
QOM2100MM
474.00
QOM2100MVH
1143.00
125
QOM2125MM
474.00
QOM2125MVH
1143.00
150
QOM2150MM
474.00
QOM2150MVH
1143.00
175
QOM2175MM
474.00
QOM2175MVH
1143.00
200
QOM2200MM
474.00
QOM2200MVH
1143.00
10 k AIR
$ Price
25 k AIR
$ Price
Amperes
120/240 Vac
(DE2A)
120/240 Vac
(DE2A)

—
—
—
—
—
65 k AIR
120/240 Vac

METERING EQUIPMENT

For use in 225 A MPL Lever Bypass Meter-Pak Metering Equipment
40
QO240b
67.00
QO240VHacb
146.00
QOH240bd
50
QO250b
67.00
QO250VHacb
146.00
QOH250bda
60
QO260b
67.00
QO260VHacb
146.00
QOH260bda
70
QBP22070TM
474.00
QDP22070TM
1143.00
QGP22070TM
80
QBP22080TM
474.00
QDP22080TM
1143.00
QGP22080TM
90
QBP22090TM
474.00
QDP22090TM
1143.00
QGP22090TM
100
QBP22100TM
474.00
QDP22100TM
1143.00
QGP22100TM
110
QBP22110TM
474.00
QDP22110TM
1143.00
QGP22110TM
125
QBP22125TM
474.00
QDP22125TM
1143.00
QGP22125TM
150
QBP22150TM
474.00
QDP22150TM
1143.00
QGP22150TM
175
QBP22175TM
474.00
QDP22175TM
1143.00
QGP22175TM
200
QBP22200TM
474.00
QDP22200TM
1143.00
QGP22200TM
225
QBP22225TM
474.00
QDP22225TM
1143.00
QGP22225TM
a
Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order Point: Lincoln.
b
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
c
QO-VH tenant circuit breakers are rated 22 kAIR at 120/240 Vac.
d
QOH tenant circuit breakers are rated 42 k AIR at 120/240 Vac.

$ Price
(DE2A)
317.00
317.00
317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
—
—
—
—
—
$ Price
(DE2A)
317.00
317.00
317.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00
1521.00

100 k AIR
120/240 Vac

$ Price
(DE2A)

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
100 k AIR
120/240 Vac

—
—
—
—
—
$ Price
(DE2A)

—
—
—
QJP22070TM
QJP22080TM
QJP22090TM
QJP22100TM
QJP22110TM
QJP22125TM
QJP22150TM
QJP22175TM
QJP22200TM
QJP22225TM

—
—
—
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00

QOM2200MVH

Accessories
Table 2.11:

Accessories

Accessory

Description
Cat. No.
Fifth Jaw Kit
5J
For MPR and MPH only
MMHB
For Bolt-on Q2M tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A, 2P)
EZM125QOA
125 A Ring Style 2 Position Top Meter (Only)
MM125MBe
Slider Type Manual Circuit Closing:
125 and 200 A Ring Style
MM200MBe
Snap-on Aluminum
2920910001
Sealing Rings:
Screw Type Aluminum
29008W
Snap-on Type Stainless Steel
ARP00026
™
™
Meter Cover-Lexan
Meter Cover-Lexan
29007
(1) 1/0–600 AWG/kcmil or
MMLK250fg
(2) 1/0–250 AWG/kcmil per phase
Optional Lug Kits:
(2) 3/0–500 AWG/kcmil per phase
MMLK500g
(2) 2–600 AWG/kcmil per phase
MMLK600g
125 A 2 Position
MPSF12
125 A 3–4 Position
MPSF14
125 A 5–6 Position
MPSF16
Semiflush Kits:
200 A 2–3 Position
MPSF23
200 A 4 Position
MPSF24
200 A 5–6 Position
MPSF26
For 3 through 6 position 125 A and 200 A devices. Each pad rated 600 A maximum and
NEMA/EUSERC Lug Landing Kit:
MMSK2g
includes (2) 1/2-13 studs and mounting hardware.
For use ONLY on MPL43225, MPL53225 and MPL64225 with optional lugs. See wiring
NEMA Lug Landing Kit:
MMSK4
diagram of each device for optional lugs.
125 A 2 Position ONLY
MP43X8PED
125 A 3–6 Position
MP43X11PED
200 A 2–6 Position
MP43X11PED
MP Meter-Pak Wireway:
(Wall Mount Pedestal)
MPL32-225
MP35X11PEDh
MPL53-225
MP43X11PED
MPL64-225
MP35X11PEDh
Used ONLY with MP43X8PED
MP12X8PEDEXTh
MP Meter-Pak Wireway Extensions:
Used with MP43X11PED and MP35X11PED
MP12X11PEDEXTh
e
The meter center short circuit current rating is 10 kA when manual circuit closing is used. Not rated for continuous duty.
f
Standard lug for 3 through 6 position 125 A and 2 through 4 position 200 A devices.
g
Cannot be installed on 2 position 125 A device.
h
Order only. Not stocked in PDS. Order point: Lexington.
Fifth Jaw Kit
Horn Bypass Kit
QO Adapter

MMLK500

$ Price
18.30
16.70
273.00
171.00
171.00
8.00
20.10
16.70
10.10
150.00
200.00
233.00
101.00
134.00
218.00
144.00
171.00
255.00
185.00
276.00
441.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
504.00
102.00
126.00

For hubs and closing plates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-3

2-6

DE4

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MP Meter-PakTM Meter Centers

Dimensions
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions and Knockouts
A Hub Opening Supplied
with ACP Closing Plate

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plate

7.28

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

7.28

7.28

185

185

185

12.28

Mounting Holes
(4) Locations
(Supplied without
Mounting Channel)

36.46

24.34

312

926

618

Top Position
Omitted on
3-Gang Unit

Top Left
Position
Omitted on
5-Gang Unit

37.50
953

9.00

9.00

229
Typ.

9.00

229
Typ.

229

48.12

42.37

1222

1076

18.50
470

11.19

C,D,F

284

C,D,F

11.19

C,D,F

284

C,D,F

A,B

D,F,G and A or
B300 Hub Provision
A

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,F

Box 1R

A

Box 3R
A,B

Box 2R

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

8.28
210

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

METERING EQUIPMENT

C,D,F

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

8.28
210

8.28
210

29.44

46.68

748

1186

29.44
748

Top Position
Omitted on
2-Gang Unit

Top Left
Position
Omitted on
5-Gang Unit

9.00
229
Typ.

9.00

9.00

229
Typ.

229
Typ.

43.41

43.41

1103

2

1103

52.00
1321

12.22

12.22

310

C,D,F

310

C,D,F

12.22

C,D,F

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

E,F,G,H,I,J and A-L Hub Provision

310

C,D,E,F

C,D,E,F

Box 4R

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

A,B

A,B,C

C,D,E,F

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

Box 5R

9.62
244

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

A,B

A-L Hub Opening Supplied
with ACPL Closing Plates

19.43

9.62
244

35.37

9.62

494

Box 6R

898

244

35.37
898

14.00
356

60.25

53.12

1530

67.37

1349

34.00

1711

14.00

864

14.00

356
Typ.

356
Typ.

C,D,E,F

13.43

C,D,E,F

341

C,D,E,F

13.43
341

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

Box 7R

E,F,G,H,I,J and
A-L Hub Provision

C,D,E,F

A,B
A,B

Box 8R

Box 9R

A,B

Knockouts
Symbol
Conduit Size
(in.)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

A

B

C

1/2

3/4

1

D

E

1-1/4 1-1/2

F

G

H

I

J

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

2-7

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Indoor/Rainproof EZM General Information
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA 3R Construction

Branch Units

240 Vac Maximum, for use on AC systems, suitable for
use as Service Equipment.
Utility Company Requirements Review local utility
requirements to ensure that metering equipment
meets their standards.

•

in ring type or ringless type construction and are supplied with
800 A continuous aluminum horizontal cross bus as standard
(Example: EZM314125). For optional 1200 A continuous
copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical
connectors, add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example:
EZM314125X). For optional 1200 A continuous all-copper
bussing, add suffix “CUX” to catalog number (Example:
EZM314125CUX). NOTE: 5-gang 225 A EZM, EZMR and
EZMH residential branch units are supplied with 1200 A
continuous Cross Bus as standard, do not add suffix “X” or
“CUX” to these units (Examples: EZMR315225 or
EZMR315225CU). Plug-in style residential meter sockets are
available as ring type EZM without bypass, ringless type
EZMR without bypass, and ringless type EZMH with horn
bypass.

EZ Meter-Pak meter center enclosures meet NEC wire
bending requirements, and are designed for wall mounting
only (not suitable for floor mounting). All unmetered
conductor compartments may be sealed by the utility
company.
EZ Meter-Pak meter centers have UL Listed short circuit
current ratings up to 100 kA at 240 Vac when properly
applied. For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin
4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22.
Suitable incoming services for an EZM main device
and available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream
panelboards from EZM branch section(s)—

2

Incoming Service to Main Device 120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

•
METERING EQUIPMENT

120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers).

Incoming Service to Main Device 240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W
Delta

•

Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

•

•

120/240 Vac, 1Ø3W (Fed from transformer’s “A-Phase” and
“C-Phase” only.) NOTE: Connection to High-Leg “B-Phase”
not permitted for this service
(4-jaw ring type meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
(5-jaw ringless meter sockets, two-pole circuit breakers)
Standard 3Ø IN/1Ø OUT branch units are not suitable for
use on this Delta System. Special branch units are
available for this System by adding suffix: “CA” to catalog
number (Typical Examples: EZM313125CA,
EZM313125XCA, EZM313125CUXCA, EZM314225CA,
EZM314225XCA, EZM314225CUXCA, EZM315225CA,
EZM314225CUCA, etc.).
240/120 Vac, 3Ø4W Delta (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole
circuit breakers).

Incoming Service to Main Device 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W
Available outgoing feeder(s) to downstream panelboards:

•
•

120/208 Vac, 1Ø3W (5-jaw meter sockets, two-pole circuit
breakers)
208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W (7-jaw meter sockets, three-pole circuit
breakers).

•
•

mounted.

•
•

2000 A main disconnect must be center mounted and
requires use of branch units having 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
400, 800 and 1200 A Type EZM-TBU terminal boxes supplied
with lug landings to meet EUSERC requirements.

Main Circuit Breaker ratings: 400, 600, 800, 1000, 1200,
1600 and 2000 A
Main Fusible Switch ratings: 400, 600, 800, and 1200 A
(1Ø3W only)
Main Lugs Terminal Box ratings:
225, 400, 600, 800, 1200, 1600, and 2000 A

2-8

Tenant circuit breakers must be ordered separately for these
branch units. 125 A max. units make use of Type QO, QO-VH
or QO-H two-pole tenant circuit breakers (40–125 A). 225 A
max. units make use of Type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGP-TM
and QJP-TM two-pole tenant circuit breakers (70–225 A), and
may also make use of two-pole Type QO (40–125 A at 10 kA
max.), two-pole Type QO-VH (40–60 A at 100 kA max.), or
two-pole Type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA max.) tenant circuit
breakers.
225 A commercial branch units are available in ring type
or ringless type construction and are supplied with 1200 A
copper horizontal cross bus with aluminum vertical
connectors as standard (Example: EZML314225). For
optional 1200 A continuous all-copper bussing, add suffix
“CU” to catalog number (Example: EZML314225CU). Plugin style commercial meter sockets are available as ring type
EZMT with test block bypass (meets EUSERC
requirements), ringless type EZMR without bypass, and
ringless type EZML with lever bypass.
225 A max. units make use of type QDP-TM, QBP-TM, QGPTM and QJP-TM two-pole or three-pole tenant circuit breakers
(70– 225 A), and may also make use of two-pole type QO
(40–125 A at 10 kA max.), two-pole type QO-VH (40–60 A at
100 kA max.), or two-pole type QO-H (40–60 A at 100 kA
max.) tenant circuit breakers.

Note: QO, QO-VH and QO-H tenant circuit breakers used
in 225 A branch units require the use of adapter
EZM125QOA (purchased separately). Refer to page 2-15
for pricing.
• 400 A branch units are available in ringless type

Main Devices
• 400, 600 and 800 A main disconnects may be end mounted
with branch units having 800 A or 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
1000 and 1200 A main disconnect or terminal box must be
center mounted when used with branch devices with main
bus rated 800 A continuous.
1600 A main disconnect or terminal box must be center

125 A and 225 A residential branch units are available

•
•

construction only, and are supplied with 1200 A continuous
all-copper bussing as standard (Example: EZML332400).
These branch units are supplied with factory-installed type
DJM tenant circuit breakers that have a field adjustable
ampere rating trip setting from 160 A min. to 400 A max.
A tamper-evident seal kit is available where needed, order
seal kit 29375 (refer to NEC 240-6 [c]). 400 A branch units
are available as Type EZML with plug-in style lever bypass
type meter sockets, or Type EZMK with bolt-on style with
manual bypass type meter sockets.
Units having 800 A continuous horizontal cross bus
WILL CONNECT with units having 1200 A continuous
horizontal cross bus.
Single phase units (three bus bars in horizontal cross bus)
WILL NOT CONNECT with three phase units (four bus
bars in horizontal cross bus).

For Load Center Three-Tiered Series Ratings used
downstream from Metering Equipment, refer to Data
Bulletins : 4100DB0301 and 2700DB9901.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Selection Information
Class 4141 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

•

Review local utility requirements to ensure that metering
equipment meets their standards.
Check local utility to determine available fault current at the
meter center.

•

•

Using the SCCR table:
—

—
—
—

Table 2.12:

Select meter center configuration, main lugs only (Six
Disconnect Rule), or remote main, main circuit breaker, or
main fusible switch.
Read down to select SCCR equal to, or greater than desired
rating.
Read across to select branch unit tenant circuit breaker type.
Continue reading across to select EZM main device type.

UL Listed Meter Center Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

Tenant circuit breakers of same frame size having higher AIR values may replace tenant circuit breakers as listed in tables below and maintain the series rating.

EZM Branch Units

Load
Centers
(Main Lugs)

f

Service
Disconnects
(6 Max.)
T ransformer

EZM Main Lugs
Terminal Box

Figure 1

EZ Meter-Pak (Six Disconnect Rule Applications)—See Figure 1
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
QB (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A )
22 kA
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
25 kA
QD (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
42 kA
QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
65 kA
QG (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QJ (225 A, 2P or 3P, 70–225 A) c
100 kA
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec

EZM Main Device with Integral Mounted Main,
Remote Mounted Main or without an Upstream Mounted Main
(Six Disconnect Rule)

400–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box
(Tenant Circuit Breakers used as Service Disconnects—6 maximum)

EZ Meter-Pak 225–2000 A Main Lugs Terminal Box Applications Protected by Remote Main—See Figure 2
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 10 k AIR
10 kA
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
minimum
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 22 k AIR
22 kA
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
minimum
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
25 kA

EZM Main Lugs Terminal Box
EZM Branch Units

42 kA

Transformer

Tenant
Circuit
Breakers

Load
Centers
(Main Lugs)

f

Upstream Disconnection
Means and Overcurrent
Protection as required

65 kA

Figure 2

100 kA

QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QOH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QOH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QG (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e
QJ (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A )c
DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)ec
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160-400 A)e
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c

Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 25 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 42 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LA (400 A max.) or MA
(1000 A max.) Rated 42 k AIR minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 65 k AIR minimum
Must be protected by a Square D circuit breaker Type LH (400 A max.), MG (800
A max.), MH (1000 A max.), PG (1200 A max.) or RG (2000 A max.) rated 65 k
AIR minimum.
Must be protected by an upstream disconnecting means rated 100 k AIR
minimum
Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A
Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or
Class L (1200 A Max.).
Must be protected by an upstream disconnection means with Class R (600 A
Max.); Class J (600 A Max); Class T6 (800 A Max.); Class T3 (1200 A Max.) or
Class L (1200 A Max.) fuses or by a Square D circuit breaker Type MJ (800 A
Max.); PJ (1200 A Max.); or RJ (2000 A Max.) rated 100 k AIR minimum.

EZ Meter-Pak—Main Circuit Breaker Applications—See Figure 3
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
400-2000 A EZM Main Device with Type LH (400 A Max.); MH (1000 A Max.); PG
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
or PJ (1200 A Max.); RG or RJ (2000 A Max.)
QO-VH
(225
A,
2P,
40–60
A)d
65 kA
QD (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
1000 A Main Device with catalog number suffix "CBU" supplied with
EZM Circuit Breaker Main
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
Type MHF circuit breaker.
or EZM Main Fusible Switch
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
EZM Branch Units
100 kA
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
QD (225 A 2P only, 70–225 A)
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
1200–2000 A EZM Main Device with Type PJ (1200 A Max.) or RJ (2000 A Max.)
DJM (400 A 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
EZ Meter-Pak—Main Fusible Switch Applications—See Figure 3
Transformer
QO (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Tenant
Load
Circuit
Centers
10 kA
QO (225 A, 2P, 40–125 A)d
400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed.
Breakers
(Main Lugs)f
QB (225 A 2P or 3P, 70–225 A)
QO-VH (125 A, 2P, 40–125 A)
Figure 3
QO-VH (225 A, 2P, 40–60 A)d
100 kA
QD (225 A 2P, only, 70–225 A)
400–1200 A EZM Main Device (1Ø or 3Ø) with Class T (300 Vac) fuses installed.
QD (225 A 3P only, 70–225 A)c
DJM (400 A, 2P or 3P, 160–400 A)e
a
Meter center short circuit current rating is equal to the lowest short circuit current rating given in table for any circuit breaker installed in any meter panelboard in the meter center.
b
Short circuit current rating is measured at the LINE SIDE terminals of the integral mounted or remote mounted main providing overcurrent protection for the EZM metering equipment lineup.
c
3P only tenant circuit breaker(s) are limited to: 100 kA Max. at 208Y/120 Vac or 65 kA Max at 240/120 Vac.
d
Requires use of EZM125QOA adapter (order separately). Refer to page 2-15 for pricing.
e
Supplied with factory-installed circuit breaker(s), with an adjustable trip range of 160–400 A.
f
For three-tier series ratings refer to Data Bulletin 4100DB0301 and Instruction Bulletin 80043-303-22.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

METERING EQUIPMENT

Figures

EZM Meter Center Overcurrent Protection Devices
EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breaker
Types Available (Branch Unit Amperes max.,
Number of Poles, Tenant Circuit Breaker
Amperes Rating Range)

2-9

2

Short Circuit
Current Rating
(240 Vac
Maximum)ab

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Indoor/Rainproof 1 Phase Main Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

1Ø 3W 120/240 Vac EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—1Ø, Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed
1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable
Service Entrance Endwalls
Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make
the following selections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Select EZM 1Ø main device from Table 2.13 or 2.14, below, with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application.
Select EZM 1Ø branch units from Tables 2.15, 2.16 or 2.17.
Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains
in branch unit from Table 2.24, page 2-15.
Select accessories as required from Table 2.25, page 2-15.
Dimensions; page 2-16.

Select Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.13:

Main Devices, Overhead/Underground Feed

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Width
(in.)

Cat. No.f

Factory-Installed Line Side Lug
(Conductors per Phase and Neutral)
Wire Size (AWG/kcmil)

2

Main Circuit Breaker (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)

METERING EQUIPMENT

EZM1800CB

65 kA
$ Price
100kA
$ Price
400 400 A Al
EZM1400CBa
6180.00
—
—
18.66
600 600 A Al
EZM1600CBa
8573.00
—
—
18.66
800 800 A Al
EZM1800CBa
11364.00
—
—
18.66
1000 1000 A Al
EZM11000CBa
15767.00
—
—
18.66
1200 1200 A Al
EZM11200GCBTbj
20366.00 EZM11200JCBTbj
23563.00
23.69
1600 1200 A Al/Cu
EZM11600GCBCcb
29904.00 EZM11600JCBCcb
34650.00
30.19
2000 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM12000CBc
54518.00
30.19
Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 400 A Al
—
—
EZM1400FS
3989.00
18.66
600 600 A Al
—
—
EZM1600FS
6978.00
18.66
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800FS
8972.00
18.66
1200 1200 A Al
—
—
EZM11200FSTj
11564.00
23.69
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
225 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1225TBd
798.00
11.66
400 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1400TBg
915.00
17.15
600 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1600TBg
998.00
17.15
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800TBg
1236.00
18.66
800 800 A Cu
—
—
EZM1800TBCUhg
1658.00
24.08
1600 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM11600TBchg
3588.00
22.48
2000 1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM12000TBg
9600.00
30.19

Table 2.14:

(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(1) 4–300
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
(4) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0–500
(6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Devices, Underground Feed Only

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Factory-Installed Lug Landings
for use with Crimp-Type Lugs
(2-Hole Mounting)
Qty. per Phase and Neutral, except
non-EUSERC 1200A device. e

20.46
26.19
26.19
34.19
23.69
32.39
30.19
30.19

1 (Order Lugs Separately)
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
(4) 3/0-500
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Circuit Breakers (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e
400
600
800
1000
1200
1200
1600
2000

EZM1800CBU

2-10

400 A Al
600 A Al
800 A Al
1000 A Al/Cu
1200 A Al
1200 A Al
1200 A Al/Cu
1200 A Al/Cu

65 kA
EZM1400CBUa
EZM1600CBUa
EZM1800CBUa
—
EZM11200GCBUifb
EZM11200GCBEb
EZM11600GCBUcfb
—

$ Price
100 kA
6380.00
—
9171.00
—
11762.00
—
—
EZM11000CBUc
17590.00 EZM11200JCBUifb
18550.00 EZM11200JCBEb
31658.00 EZM11600JCBUcfb
—
EZM12000CBUfc

$ Price
—
—
—
16547.00
20372.00
21332.00
36404.00
52755.00

Main Fusible Switches (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)e Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400 400 A Al
—
—
EZM1400FSU
6180.00
20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600 600 A Al
—
—
EZM1600FSU
9369.00
20.46
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800FSU
11564.00
20.46
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 1200 A Al
—
—
EZM11200FSBi
13194.00
23.69
(4) 3/0-500
1200 1200 A Al
—
—
EZM11200FSE
14154.00
32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing)
400 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1400TBUg
1544.00
17.16
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
800 800 A Al
—
—
EZM1800TBUg
1827.00
25.16
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200 1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM11200TBUg
3725.00
33.16
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
a
Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult local Field Office (allow 6 weeks for delivery).
b
Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
c
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
d
225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded Not suitable for use on the LINE side of service equipment.
e
For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For
crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
f
Does not meet EUSERC Standards.
g
Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use
as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings.
h
Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15.
i
For field installed Lug Landing Kit Order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately.
j
Top feed only.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

1 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4161 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Branch Units—1Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing
Width
(in.)

Ring Type
4-Jaw Meter Socketm
without Bypassa

Number Horizontal Cross
of Meter Bus Rating and
Sockets Bus Bar Material

Cat. No.

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypass

$ Price

125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately) b
800 A Al
EZM113125c
1436.00
3
1200 A Cu
EZM113125CUX
2282.00
800 A Al
EZM114125c
1914.00
1Ø3W
4
1200 A Cu
EZM114125CUX
3043.00
120/240 Vac
12.25
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM115125c
2354.00
5
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM115125CUX
3742.00
800 A Al
EZM116125c
2792.00
6
1200 A Cu
EZM116125CUX
4438.00

EZMH114125

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

EZMR113125c
EZMR113125CUX
EZMR114125c
EZMR114125CUX
EZMR115125c
EZMR115125CUX
EZMR116125c
EZMR116125CUX

1436.00
2282.00
1914.00
3043.00
2354.00
3742.00
2792.00
4438.00

EZMH113125c
EZMH113125CUX
EZMH114125c
EZMH114125CUX
EZMH115125c
EZMH115125CUX
EZMH116125c
EZMH116125CUX

1755.00
2282.00
2153.00
3043.00
2910.00
3742.00
3549.00
4438.00

225 A Maximum Branch Units (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately) d
800 A Al
EZM112225c
2273.00
EZMR112225c
2273.00
EZMH112225c
2474.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZM112225CUX
3615.00 EZMR112225CUX
3615.00 EZMH112225CUX 3615.00
800 A Al
EZM113225c
2792.00
EZMR113225c
2792.00
EZMH113225c
3069.00
1Ø3W
3
1200 A Cu
EZM113225CUX
4438.00 EZMR113225CUX
4438.00 EZMH113225CUX 4438.00
120/240 Vac
17.38
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM114225c
3588.00
EZMR114225c
3588.00
EZMH114225c
4028.00
4
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM114225CUX
5705.00 EZMR114225CUX
5705.00 EZMH114225CUX 5705.00
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM115225
4715.00
EZMR115225
4715.00
EZMH115225
4715.00
5
1200 A Cu
EZM115225CU
7090.00 EZMR115225CU
7090.00 EZMH115225CU
7090.00
a
Snap-on aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard.
b
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
c
For 1200 A main cross bus add suffix “X” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125X). Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery.
d
Type QO, QO-VH and QOH branch circuit breakers (40–60 A) may be installed with use of EZM125QOA adapter kits, refer to page 2-15.

Table 2.16:

Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial
(Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately, see page 2-15)e
Number
of Meter
Sockets

System
Type

EZML113225
e
f
g
h

1Ø3W
120/240 Vac
2P Branch
Circuit Breakers
i
j

Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Ring Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Test Block Bypass.
Meets EUSERC Requirements

$ Price

Cat. No.

Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial

System
Type

EZMT111225

Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release

Horizontal Cross Bus
Ratingand Bus Bar
Material

Width
$ Price
(in.)
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML111225
2453.00
EZMT111225f
22.42
3387.00
1
1200 A Cu
EZML111225CU
19.44
3901.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML111225Dg
2576.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML112225
4466.00
EZMT112225f
22.42
6143.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZML112225CU
19.44
7101.00
—
—
—
1Ø3W
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML112225Dg
4689.00
—
—
—
120/240 Vac
2P Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML113225
6579.00
EZMT113225fh
22.42
9215.00
Circuit Breakers
3
1200 A Cu
EZML113225CU
19.44
10461.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML113225Dg
6908.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML114225
8813.00
—
—
—
4
1200 A Cu
EZML114225CU
19.44
14013.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
EZML114225Dg
9254.00
—
—
—
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.
Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications
to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above
ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum.

Table 2.17:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Horn Bypass

Number
of Meter
Sockets

Main
Cross Bus
Rating
and Bus Bar
Material

Ringless Type 5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release.
Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM
Circuit Breaker ij
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

Ringless Type K Bolt-on
4-Jaw Meter Socket with Manual Bypass.
Includes Factory-Installed 400 A Type DJM
Circuit Breaker i
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

1

1200 A Cu

EZML111400

23.21

5981.00

EZMK111400

27.56

7424.00

2

1200 A Cu

EZML112400

23.21

11963.00

EZMK112400

27.56

14531.00

DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. Use seal kit 29375, if required. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit 32508 factoryinstalled and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker is available,
see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DJ circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35.
Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Utilizes anti-inversion clip kit MMLRK, if required, refer to page 2-15.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

2-11

METERING EQUIPMENT

System
Type

2

Table 2.15:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

3 Phase Main Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

3Ø4W 208Y/120 Vac or 240/120 Vac Delta EZ Meter-Pak Meter Centers—
3Ø Indoor/Rainproof, UL Listed
1200 A Main CB/Fusible Switch Devices come Standard with 2-STEP Removable Service Entrance Endwalls
Select EZM meter center short circuit current rating from Table 2.12 on page 2-9. Using this table as a reference, make
the following selections:
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

Select 3Ø EZM main device below with an equal or higher short circuit rating than the application from Tables 2.18 and 2.19.
Select EZM 3Ø branch units from Tables 2.20, 2.21 and 2.22.
Select proper 2P type QO, QO-VH, QOH, QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM or 3P QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM
branch circuit breakers for use as tenant mains in branch unit; from Table 2.24.
Select accessories as required, from Table 2.25.
Dimensions, page 2-16.

Main Devices—NEMA 3R Construction
Table 2.18:

Main Device, Overhead/Underground Feed

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Width
(in.)

Cat. No.f

Factory-Installed Line Side Lug
(Conductors per Phase and
Neutral) Wire Size (AWG–kcmil)

Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
65 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (400–1600 A Max.), 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating (2000 A Max.)

2
METERING EQUIPMENT

Short Circuit Rating
400
400 A Al
600
600 A Al
800
800 A Al
1000
1000 A Al
1200
1200 A Al
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
2000
1200 A Al/Cu

65 kA
EZM3400CBa
EZM3600CBa
EZM3800CBa
EZM31000CBa
EZM31200GCBTbk
EZM31600GCBCc
—

$Price
6620.00
10247.00
13650.00
17027.00
23127.00
35288.00
—

100 kA
—
—
—
—
EZM31200JCBTbk
EZM31600JCBCc
EZM32000CBc

$Price
—
—
—
—
26237.00
40034.00
57518.00

18.66
18.66
18.66
18.66
23.69
30.19
30.19

Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400FS
4466.00 18.66
600
600 A Al
—
—
EZM3600FS
8373.00 18.66
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800FS
11565.00 18.66
1200
1200 A Al
—
—
EZM31200FSTk
14906.00 23.69
Main Lug Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
225
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3225TBd
1013.00 11.66
400
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3400TBg
1113.00 17.15
600
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3600TBg
1196.00 17.15
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800TBg
1442.00 18.66
800
800 A Cu
—
—
EZM3800TBCUhg
3545.00 24.08
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM31600TBchg
4028.00 22.48
2000
1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM32000TBg
11820.00 30.19

EZM3600FS

Table 2.19:

(1) 1–600 or (2) 1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(6) 1/0–750 or (12) 1/0–250
(1) 1–600 or (2 )1–250
(3) 3/0–500
(3) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0-500
(1) 4–300
(2) 3/0–500
(2) 1/0–750 or (4) 1/0–300
(4) 3/0–500
(4) 3/0–500
(6) 1/0-750 or (12) 1/0-300
6 (Order Lugs Separately)

Main Device, Underground Feed Only

Cross
Ampere Horizontal
Bus Rating and
Rating Bus
Bar Material

Cat. No.

Factory-Installed Lug Landings
For use with Crimp-Type Lugs
Width (2-Hole
Mounting) Qty. per Phase
(in.) and Neutral,
except non-EUSERC
1200A device.e

Main Circuit Breakers (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)

EZM31600CB

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k

2-12

Short Circuit Rating
65 kA
$ Price
100 kA
$Price
400
400 A Al
EZM3400CBUa
7178.00
—
—
20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600
600 A Al
EZM3600CBUa
10806.00
—
—
26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
EZM3800CBUa
14115.00
—
—
26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1000
1000 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM31000CBUc
17943.00 34.19
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200 A Al
EZM31200GCBUifb
20609.00 EZM31200JCBUifb
23363.00 23.69
(4) 3/0-500
1200
1200 A Al
EZM31200GCBEb
21569.00
EZM31200JCBEb
24323.00 32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1600
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM31600GCBUcfb
37170.00 EZM31600JCBUcfb
41916.00 30.19
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
2000
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZM32000CBUcf
57255.00 30.19
6 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Fusible Switches (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing) Requires 300 Vac Class T Fuses (Order Separately)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400FSU
6978.00 20.46
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
600
600 A Al
—
—
EZM3600FSU
11364.00 26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800FSU
15152.00 26.19
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200A Al
—
—
EZM31200FSBif
17586.00 23.69
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200A Al
—
—
EZM31200FSE
18546.00 32.39
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Main Lugs Terminal Boxes (3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing)
400
400 A Al
—
—
EZM3400TBUg
1838.00 17.16
1 (Order Lugs Separately)
800
800 A Al
—
—
EZM3800TBUg
2100.00 25.16
2 (Order Lugs Separately)
1200
1200 A Cu
—
—
EZM31200TBUg
4463.00 33.16
3 (Order Lugs Separately)
Available by special order with main circuit breaker supplied with other standard ampere ratings, consult your nearest Field Sales Office (allow 6 weeks
for delivery).
Ampere rating of the circuit breaker supplied with this device can be changed to a LOWER value in the field by changing the setting on the circuit breaker.
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
225 A terminal box supplied with isolated neutral that cannot be bonded.
For mechanical lugs (3/0 AWG–600 kcmil) order kit CMELK4, Price $91.00. Kit includes 4 lugs only. Multiple kits may be required, consult factory. For
crimp-type lugs refer to Anderson Electrical Connector Products Catalog AEC-40R.
Does not meet EUSERC requirements.
Terminal box is suitable for use on LINE or LOAD side of service equipment. Supplied with isolated neutral and provided with neutral bonding kit for use
as required. Refer to page 2-9 for appropriate short circuit current ratings.
Feed-thru lug kit available, see Accessories, page 2-15.
For field installed Lug Landing Kit order catalog number EZM1200ULL, List Price $460.00, order lugs separately.
Does not meet EUSERC requirements.
Top feed only.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

3 Phase Branch Devices
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction

Width
(in.)

Number
of
Meter
Sockets

Horizontal
Cross Bus
Ratinga
and Bus Bar
Material

Ring Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypassb
Cat. No.

$ Price

125 A Maximum (Order Type QO, QO-VH or QOH Circuit Breakers Separately)cd
800 A Al
EZM313125a
1554.00
3
800 A Al
EZM313125M10e
4253.00
1200 A Cu
EZM313125CUX
2473.00
800 A Al
EZM314125a
2034.00
3Ø4W
4
800 A Al
EZM314125M10e
5670.00
208Y/120 Vac
5-Jaw-Meter Socket
12.25
1200 A Cu
EZM314125CUX
3234.00
2P Branch
800 A Al
EZM315125a
2592.00
Circuit Breakers
5
800 A Al
EZM315125M10e
7088.00
1200 A Cu
EZM315125CUX
4121.00
800 A Al
EZM316125a
2991.00
6
1200 A Cu
EZM316125CUX
4756.00

EZML313225

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
without Bypass
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

EZMR313125a
—
EZMR313125CUX
EZMR314125a
—
EZMR314125CUX
EZMR315125a
—
EZMR315125CUX
EZMR316125a
EZMR316125CUX

1554.00
—
2473.00
2039.00
—
3234.00
2592.00
—
4121.00
2991.00
4756.00

EZMH313125a
—
EZMH313125CUX
EZMH314125a
—
EZMH314125CUX
EZMH315125a
—
EZMH315125CUX
EZMH316125a
EZMH316125CUX

1875.00
—
2980.00
2474.00
—
3933.00
3111.00
—
4947.00
3788.00
6023.00

225 A Maximum (Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM Circuit Breakers Separately)cf
800 A Al
EZM312225a
2273.00
EZMR312225a
2273.00
EZMH312225a
2474.00
2
1200 A Cu
EZM312225CUX
3615.00 EZMR312225CUX 3615.00 EZMH312225CUX
2473.00
3Ø4W
800 A Al
EZM313225a
2792.00
EZMR313225a
2792.00
EZMH313225a
3111.00
3
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Cu
EZM313225CUX
4438.00 EZMR313225CUX 4438.00 EZMH313225CUX
4947.00
5-Jaw-Meter Socket
17.38
800 A Al
EZM314225a
3749.00
EZMR314225a
3749.00
EZMH314225a
4148.00
2P Branch
4
Circuit Breakers
1200 A Cu
EZM314225CUX
5961.00 EZMR314225CUX 5961.00 EZMH314225CUX
6595.00
1200 A Al/Cu
EZM315225
4920.00
EZMR315225
5457.00
EZMH315225
5718.00
5
1200 A Cu
EZM315225CU
7409.00 EZMR315225CU
7409.00 EZMH315225CU
8154.00
a
For 1200 A main cross bus, add suffix “X” to catalog number. Example: EZMR313125X. Add 3% adder to list per device. Allow 6 weeks for delivery.
b
Snap-On aluminum sealing rings supplied as standard.
c
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains
the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery).
d
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
e
Distance between meter sockets as measured from centerline to centerline is 10 inches.
f
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.

Table 2.21:

Branch Units—225 A Maximum Commercial

EZMT311225
System
Type

Horizontal
Number Cross
Bus
of
Meter andRating
Bus
Bar
Sockets Material

Ringless Type
Meter Socket
without Bypass
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

Ringless Type Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass
and Jaw Release
$ Price

Cat. No.

3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing g
(Order Type QBP-TM, QDP-TM,QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately) h
1
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225
3Ø4W
2
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225CU
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML312225Dj
5-Jaw
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225
Meter Sockets
2P
3
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225CU
Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML313225Dj
Circuit
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225
Breakers
4
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225CU
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML314225Dj

EZMT311225
Without Cover

Ringless Type
5-Jaw Meter Socket
with Horn Bypass

Width
(in.)

—

$ Price

Ring Type Meter Socket
with Test Block Bypass.
Meets EUSERC
Requirements
Cat. No.

—
EZMT311225i
4266.00 EZMT312225i
19.44 6785.00
—
4479.00
—
6420.00 EZMT313225ik
19.44 10208.00
—
6741.00
—
8732.00
—
19.44 13884.00
—
9168.00
—

Width
(in.)

$ Price

22.42
22.42
—
—
22.42
—
—

3545.00
6695.00
—
—
10041.00
—
—
—
—
—

—

3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing (Order QBP-TM, QDP-TM, QGP-TM or QJP-TM circuit breakers separately, see page 2-15)
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225
2792.00 EZMT331225i
22.42
3938.00
1
1200 A Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225CU 19.44 4438.00
—
—
—
3Ø4W
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
—
EZML331225Dj
2931.00
—
—
—
240/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR332225
4686.00
EZML332225
5105.00 EZMT332225i
22.42
6957.00
Delta
or
2
1200 A Cu
EZMR332225CU
19.44
7451.00 EZML332225CU 19.44 8117.00
—
—
—
208Y/120 Vac
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML332225Dj
5360.00
—
—
—
7-Jaw
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR333225
7337.00
EZML333225
7794.00 EZMT333225ik 22.42 10304.00
Meter Socket
3P
3
1200 A Cu
EZMR333225CU
19.44 11664.00 EZML333225CU 19.44 12395.00
—
—
—
Branch
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML333225Dj
8184.00
—
—
—
Circuit
1200 A Al/Cu
EZMR334225
10169.00
EZML334225
10667.00
—
—
Breakers
4
1200 A Cu
EZMR334225CU
19.44 16167.00 EZML334225CU 19.44 16959.00
—
—
—
1200 A Al/Cu
—
—
EZML334225Dj
11214.00
—
—
g
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZM314125CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price remains
the same as the base catalog number. Order only branch units, not stocked in PDS (6-week delivery).
h
2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter center SCCR) or QO-VH and QO-H (40–60 A, 100 kA max. meter center SCCR) may be installed using
EZM125QOA adapter kit, refer to page 2-15.
i
Supplied with bondable neutral, suitable for use as service equipment. Use main lugs terminal box type EZM-TBU for Six Disconnect Rule applications
to feed this device. Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
j
Supplied with removable drip hood and equipped with an indoor top endwall with knockouts provided.
k
Does not meet EUSERC 48 in. minImum / 75 in. maximum meter height requirements for outdoor installations. The bottom meter socket is 37 inches above
ground when the device is mounted with the top meter socket at 75 inches above ground. EUSERC indoor requirements are 36 in. minimum / 75 in. maximum.
400 A maximum Commercial Branch Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 2-14.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE4

Discount
Schedule

METERING EQUIPMENT

System
Type

Branch Units—3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing

2-13

2

Table 2.20:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

EZM 3 Phase Branch and Main Devices with Busway Taps
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

Branch Devices—NEMA 3R Construction (Continued)
Table 2.22:

Branch Units—400 A Maximum Commercial

System
Type

Number
of Meter
Sockets

3Ø Incoming and 1Ø Outgoing c
3Ø4W
208Y/120 Vac
5-Jaw Meter Socket
2P Branch Circuit Breakers

Horizontal
Cross Bus
Rating

Ringless Type Meter Socket
with Lever Bypass and Jaw Release—
IncludesFactory-Installed
400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. ab
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

Ringless Type K Bolt-on Meter Socket
with Manual Bypass—
Includes Factory-Installed
400 A Type DJM Circuit Breaker. a
Cat. No.

Width
(in.)

$ Price

1

1200 A Cu

EZML311400

23.21

5981.00

EZMK311400

27.56

8924.00

2

1200 A Cu

EZML312400

23.21

11963.00

EZMK312400

27.56

17534.00

2

3Ø Incoming and 3Ø Outgoing
3Ø4W
1
1200 A Cu
EZML331400
23.21
6978.00
EZMK331400
27.56
10515.00
240/120 Vac Delta
or 208Y/120 Vac
2
1200 A Cu
EZML332400
23.21
13956.00
EZMK332400
27.56
20715.00
7-Jaw Meter Socket
3P Branch Circuit Breakers
a
DJM circuit breaker has adjustable trip settings from 160–400 A. If required, order seal kit, catalog number 29375. DJM circuit breaker terminal lug kit
32508 factory-installed and accomodates (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu per phase. Alternate lug kit 32510 for DJM circuit breaker
is available, see Accessories, page 2-15. Additional field-installed DB circuit breaker accessories are available, see page 7-35.
b
Supplied with Class 320 lever bypass meter socket. Use anti-inversion clip kit, catalog number MMLRK, if required. Order from page 2-15.
c
For 240/120 Vac Delta Systems add Suffix “CA” to catalog number (Example: EZML312400CA). All meter sockets are phased A and C only. Price
remains the same as the base catalog number. “Order only” branch units, not stocked in PDS (4–6 week delivery). Order point Lexington.

EZM Main with Busway Tap
METERING EQUIPMENT

EZMK311400

EZ Meter-Pak metering equipment is available for use in high rise applications for connection to 800–5000 A I-Line™ or
I-Line II plug-in busway installed as a vertical riser. Three phase only EZM main devices in the form of a main circuit
breaker or main fusible switch are available with an integral busway tap extending from the right or left side of the main
device and phased to align with the busway for either neutral front or neutral back installations.

Busway Mains, 3Ø only (Indoor only) ordering instructions:

Wall

5.75

146
CL of
Busway

Plan View Detail

Step 1: Determine height to center line of busway plug-in opening, check local utility requirements for minimum and
maximum meter socket heights.
Step 2: Determine side of EZM main section for busway tap to extend from (busway tap is an integral part of the main
and extends to the left or right on the EZM device as viewed from the front).
Step 3: Check phasing of busway riser to insure that it matches phasing of busway tap on main section (indicated as
neutral front or neutral back as viewed from the front).
Step 4: Select Cat. No. from tables below.
Step 5: Busway main devices are build to order specials and require 4 to 6 weeks for delivery (order point Lexington).

Width
Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel
(See Note)

EZM
Bus Tap

Table 2.23:

1200 A EZM Mains with Busway Tap (Three Phase Only—Note positioning left or right below)

Horizontal
Ampere Width Cross
Bus
Rating (in.) Rating

Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap d
Neutral Front

Neutral Back

Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap e
$ Price

Neutral Front

Neutral Back

Busway to Right of metering equipment lineup
56.11
400 18.66 400 A Al
EZM3400CBNFBTR
EZM3400CBNBBTR
8886.00
EZM3400FSNFBTR
EZM3400FSNBBTR
1425
CL of Busway
600 18.66 600 A Al
EZM3600CBNFBTR
EZM3600CBNBBTR
12513.00
EZM3600FSNFBTR
EZM3600FSNBBTR
Plug-in Opening
800 18.66 800 A Al
EZM3800CBNFBTR
EZM3800CBNBBTR
15744.00
EZM3800FSNFBTR
EZM3800FSNBBTR
31.11
790
1000 18.66 1000 A Al
EZM31000CBNFBTRg
EZM31000CBNBBTRg
19292.00
—
—
4.11
104
Busway to Left of metering equipment lineup
Floor Level
400 18.66 400 A Al
EZM3400CBNFBTL
EZM3400CBNBBTL
8886.00
EZM3400FSNFBTL
EZM3400FSNBBTL
600 18.66 600 A Al
EZM3600CBNFBTL
EZM3600CBNBBTL
12513.00
EZM3600FSNFBTL
EZM3600FSNBBTL
EZM3800CBNFBTR
800 18.66 800 A Al
EZM3800CBNFBTL
EZM3800CBNBBTL
15744.00
EZM3800FSNFBTL
EZM3800FSNBBTL
1000 18.66 1000 A Al
EZM31000CBNFBTLg
EZM31000CBNBBTLg
19292.00
—
—
Main Circuit Breaker with Busway Tap
Width
Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup
1200 23.36 1200 A AI EZM31200GBNFTBRfgd EZM31200GBNFBTRdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTRhfg EZM31200JBNBBTRhfg
Top of EZM
Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup
Mounting
Channel
1200 23.36 1200 A AI EZM31200GBNFTBLfgd EZM31200GBNFBTLdfg 25394.00 EZM31200JBNFBTLhfg EZM31200JBNBBTLhfg
EZM
Bus Tap

(See Note)

56.11
1425

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

31.11
790

4.11
104

Floor Level

EZM3800FSNBBTL

2-14

$ Price
6732.00
10640.00
13830.00
—
6732.00
10640.00
13830.00
—

29108.00
29108.00

Main Fusible Switch with Busway Tap
Busway to Right of Metering Equipment Lineup
1200 23.36 1200 A AI
—
—
— EZM31200FSNFBTRefg EZM31200FSNBBTRefg 23480.00
Busway to Left of Metering Equipment Lineup
1200 23.36 1200 A AI
—
—
— EZM31200FSNFBTLefg EZM31200FSNBBTLefg 23480.00
d
Has a maximum 65 kA short circuit current rating.
e
Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating. Requires Class T ( 300 Vac) fuses, order separately.
f
Supplied with copper horizontal bus bars and aluminum vertical bus bars.
g
Requires use of branch units supplied with 1200 A horizontal cross bus.
h
Has a 100 kA short circuit current rating.
Note: Dimensions shown will position the centerline of top meter socket of a 125 A, 5-Gang or 6-Gang branch unit at 72" above floor level. Check with utility
to meet local requirements.

DE4

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Tenant Circuit Breakers and EZM Accessories
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Tenant Circuit Breakers
Ampere
Rating

10 k AIR
Cat. No.

22 k AIR
$ Price

125 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers
40
QO240
67.00
50
QO250
67.00
60
QO260
67.00
70
QO270
134.00
2
80
QO280
189.00
90
QO290
189.00
100
QO2100
189.00
110
QO2110
428.00
125
QO2125
428.00

QO2100VH
2P, Plug-on Type
Circuit Breaker

QDP22200TM

Poles

Ampere
Rating

10 k AIR

Description
1Ø3W Bus Extension (6 in.wide)
1200 A Bus
1Ø3W Bus Extension (12 in.wide)
Extension (Indoor/
3Ø4W Bus Extension (6 in. wide)
Outdoor Cu bus)
3Ø4W Bus Extension (12 in. wide)
1Ø3W Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide)
1200 A Bussed
1Ø3W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide)
Corner Sections
Inside Corner (14.75 in. wide)
(Indoor Cu bus only) 3Ø4W
3Ø4W Outside Corner (6.20 in. wide)
1200 A Transition
Add right of old style 1Ø EZM lineup
Sections—
Add right of old style 3Ø EZM lineup
Old to New
Add left of old style 1Ø EZM lineup
(10.7 in. wide Cu
Add left of old style 3Ø EZM lineup
bus)
Mounting Channel
Secondary Surge
Arrester Mounting kit
Stud Kit for EZM-TB
400–600 A terminal
box

Anti-inversion Clip
QO Adapter for bolton Q-frame tenant
circuit breakers
DJM Circuit Breaker
Alternate Lug (DE2)
DJM Circuit Breaker
Seal Kit
Meter Socket Closing
Plates

146.00
146.00
146.00
224.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
1034.00
1034.00

72" long
For use with 1 or 2-SDSA1175 or 1-SDSA3650
(order surge arrester separately)
Includes (2) 1/2 in.-13 studs per pad and mounting
hardware. Four pads per kit.

Cat. No.
EZM1EXT6
EZM1EXT
EZM3EXT6
EZM3EXT
EZM1CORNER
EZM1ELBOW
EZM3CORNER
EZM3ELBOW

$ Price
767.00
767.00
966.00
966.00
1788.00
1788.00
2217.00
2217.00

EZM1TRANR
EZM3TRANR
EZM1TRANL
EZM3TRANL

237.00
252.00
315.00
332.00

EZM72MC

63.00

MMSAMKe

80.00

EZMSK2

246.00
150.00
200.00
233.00
480.00

(24) additional lugs, 600 kcmil Al/Cu, (6) per phase EZM1600FTLK3 915.00
and neutral.
1 per kit
5J f
Use with Type EZMR 1Ø meter socket only
MMHB
For (1) 125–225 A ring-type socket only—
MM200MBgh
indoor/outdoor
Rejects 100 A and 200 A watt-hour meters in Class
MMLRK
320 meter sockets in Type EZML branch units.
For 2P Type QO (40–125 A, 10 kA max. meter
center SCCR) or QO-VH and QOH (40–60 A, 100 EZM125QOA
kA max. meter center SCCR)
Kit includes (3) 2-barrel lugs for (2) 2/0 AWG–350
32510
kcmil AL/Cu or (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil AL per lug.
Tamper-evident kit to seal DJM trip dial cover, (1)
29375
per circuit breaker, if required. Meets NEC 240-6 [c]
Lexan Closing Plate—EZM, EZMR, EZMH, EZMT
29007
Metal Closing plate—EZMR, EZMH, EZML
RSG4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Cat. No.

QO240VHba
QO250VHba
QO260VHba
QDP22070TM
QDP22080TM
QDP22090TM
QDP22100TM
QDP22110TM
QDP22125TM
QDP22150TM
QDP22175TM
QDP22200TM
QDP22225TM
QDP32070TM
QDP32080TM
QDP32090TM
QDP32100TM
QDP32110TM
QDP32125TM
QDP32150TM
QDP32175TM
QDP32200TM
QDP32225TM

100 k AIR
$ Price

QOH240
QOH250
QOH260
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110
QOH2125

Cat. No.

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

317.00
317.00
317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
1389.00

65 k AIR

100 k AIR

146.00
QOH240ca
317.00
—
—
146.00
QOH250ca
317.00
—
—
146.00
QOH260ca
317.00
—
—
1143.00
QGP22070TM
1521.00
QJP22070TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22080TM
1521.00
QJP22080TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22090TM
1521.00
QJP22090TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22100TM
1521.00
QJP22100TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22110TM
1521.00
QJP22110TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22125TM
1521.00
QJP22125TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22150TM
1521.00
QJP22150TM
1890.00
1521.00
QJP22175TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22175TM
1143.00
QGP22200TM
1521.00
QJP22200TM
1890.00
1143.00
QGP22225TM
1521.00
QJP22225TM
1890.00
1784.00
QGP32070TM
2442.00
QJP32070TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32080TM
2442.00
QJP32080TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32090TM
2442.00
QJP32090TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32100TM
2442.00
QJP32100TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32110TM
2442.00
QJP32110TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32125TM
2442.00
QJP32125TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32150TM
2442.00
QJP32150TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32175TM
2442.00
QJP32175TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32200TM
2442.00
QJP32200TMd
2796.00
1784.00
QGP32225TM
2442.00
QJP32225TMd
2796.00
c
QOH tenant circuit breaker is rated 42 k AIR max.
d
3-pole QJP tenant circuit breaker is rated 65 k AIR max. at 240/120 Vac,
3Ø4W High Leg Delta, or 100 k AIR max. at 208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W.

Accessories (continued)

Accessory

(1) 1/0–600 kcmil or (2) 1/0–250 kcmil per lug
MMLK250
Al/Cu Lug Kits
(Each kit includes
(2) 3/0–500 kcmil per lug
MMLK500
three, 2-barrel lugs.) (2) 2–600 kcmil per lug
MMLK600
Feed -Thru for
(4) 750 kcmil Al/Cu lugs per phase and neutral. Al EZM600FTLK3
EZM-TBCU 800 A
wire 600 A max. Cu wire 800 A max.
Terminal Box
Feed-Thru for
EZM-TB 1600 A
Terminal Box
Fifth jaw Kit
Horn Bypass Kit
Slider Type Manual
Circuit Closer

QO240VH
QO250VH
QO260VH
QO270VH
QO280VH
QO290VH
QO2100VH
QO2110VH
QO2125VH

Table 2.25:
Accessories

Accessory

42 k AIR
$ Price

25 k AIR

225 A Max. EZM Branch Unit Tenant Circuit Breakers
40
QO240a
67.00
50
QO250a
67.00
60
QO260a
67.00
70
QBP22070TM
474.00
80
QBP22080TM
474.00
90
QBP22090TM
474.00
2
100
QBP22100TM
474.00
110
QBP22110TM
474.00
125
QBP22125TM
474.00
150
QBP22150TM
474.00
175
QBP22175TM
474.00
200
QBP22200TM
474.00
225
QBP22225TM
474.00
70
QBP32070TM
1248.00
80
QBP32080TM
1248.00
90
QBP32090TM
1248.00
100
QBP32100TM
1248.00
110
QBP32110TM
1248.00
3
125
QBP32125TM
1248.00
150
QBP32150TM
1248.00
175
QBP32175TM
1248.00
200
QBP32200TM
1248.00
225
QBP32225TM
1248.00
a
Must use EZM125QOA adapter.
b
QO-VH tenant circuit breaker is rated 22 k AIR max.

Accessories
Table 2.25:

Cat. No.

18.30
16.70

Description
Cat. No.
$ Price
Snap-on (Stainless Steel)
ARP00026
16.70
Sealing Rings
Screw-Type (Aluminum)
29008W
20.10
Latch-Type (Aluminum)-standard
2920910001
8.00
For use on ringless EZM or MP branch unit covers,
Barrel Lock Kit
includes 6 each of head protectors, lock nuts and
MMBLC
66.00
sealing caps. (Barrel lock not included.)
Tenant Circuit
125 A Branches—2P Type QO (2 per opening)
QOFP
3.60
Breaker Filler Plates 225 A Branches—2P and 3P Q-Frame
EZMPCP
26.00
e
Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for details.
f
All sockets include 5th Jaw factory-installed except EZM11__ devices.
g
Meter center short circuit current rating is 10,000 RMS symmetrical amperes with manual
circuit closers installed (bypass is not designed for use as continuous duty).
h
For use on ring type meter sockets only.

Busway Transition Section
EZM busway transition section provides no overcurrent protection for
the downstream EZM branch units. Tenant main circuit breakers in
these branch units must be selected as “fully rated” equipment.
(Examples: QO for 10 kA, QO-VH for 22 kA or QOH for 42 kA.)
Table 2.26:

EZM Busway Transition Sections (3Ø only)

Ampere
I-Line™ Busway location
Rating
1200 RIGHT of EZM Transition Section
1200 LEFT of EZM Transition Section

Neutral Front

Neutral Back

EZM3BUSRF
EZM3BUSLF

EZM3BUSRB
EZM3BUSLB

16.11

273.00

4.11

4.11

—

10.10
122.00

104

EZM
Bus Tap
Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel

EZM
Bus Tap

1.00

1.00

55.11

55.11

25

Top of EZM
Mounting
Channel

25

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

CL of Busway
Plug-in Opening

56.11

—

2625.00
2625.00

409
Width

104

12.00

$ Price

16.11

409
Width

171.00

Width
(in.)
12.00
12.00

1425

1400

Floor Level

EZM3BUSRF and EZM3BUSRB

1400

56.11
1425

Floor Level

EZM3BUSLF and EZM3BUSLB

2-15

METERING EQUIPMENT

Poles

2

Table 2.24:

EZ Meter-Pak™ Meter Centers

Dimensions
Class 4162 / Refer to Catalog 4100CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions

W

Table 2.27:

Main Devices Dimensions (in.)
Height

MC (Mounting Channel)

Cat. No.

H

Main Device
W
T

METERING EQUIPMENT

B

MC (Mounting Channel)

2
H

Branch Device

a
b
c

Table 2.28:

53.97
70.05
46.90
66.20
46.90
66.20
65.30
65.30
44.71
68.70
68.70
55.09
68.70
68.70
71.09
21.81
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
35.71
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
53.97
51.76
39.96
19.34
19.34
19.50

18.66
34.19
23.69
32.39
23.69
32.39
23.69
23.69
33.16
30.19
30.19
22.48
30.19
30.19
30.19
11.66
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
17.16
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
18.66
22.48
25.16
11.66
6.00
14.40

Depth
11.50
18.33
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
11.68
18.33
18.33
13.00
18.33
18.33
21.46
6.37
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
8.00
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
11.68
6.37
6.37
8.02

MC

Cat. No.

34.30
46.99
13.75
50.09
13.75
50.09
49.11
49.11
31.17
38.13
49.12
27.92
44.25
44.25
37.62
13.00 b
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
27.17
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
34.30
28.01
31.17
11.85 b
11.85 b
11.85 b

Height

Width

Depth

MC

19.50
53.97
70.05
46.90
66.20
44.71
65.30
65.30
46.90
66.20
68.70
68.70
55.09
68.70
68.70
71.09
21.81
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
35.71
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
30.46
53.97
69.03
53.97
69.03
53.97
51.76
39.96
19.34
19.34
19.50

14.52
18.66
34.19
23.69
32.39
33.16
23.69
23.69
23.69
32.39
30.19
30.19
22.48
30.19
30.19
30.19
11.66
18.66
20.46
18.66
20.46
17.15
17.16
18.66
26.19
18.66
26.19
17.15
18.66
26.19
18.66
26.19
18.66
22.48
25.16
11.66
6.00
14.40

8.01
11.50
18.33
13.69
13.69
11.68
13.69
13.69
13.69
13.69
18.33
18.33
13.00
18.33
18.33
21.46
6.37
11.50
11.50
11.50
11.50
7.09
8.00
11.50
11.65
11.50
11.65
7.09
11.50
11.65
11.50
11.65
11.50
7.09
11.68
6.37
6.37
8.02

11.85 b
34.30
46.99
13.75
50.09
31.17
49.11
49.11
13.75
50.09
38.13
49.12
27.92
44.25
44.25
37.62
13.00 b
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
27.17
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
16.29
34.30
49.37
34.30
49.37
34.30
28.01
31.17
11.85 b
11.85 b
11.85 b

Branch Device Dimensions (in.)d
Cat. No.

Single Phase
EZM112225 [X, CUX]
EZM113125 [X, CUX]
EZM113225 [X, CUX]
EZM114125 [X, CUX]
EZM114225 [X, CUX]
EZM115125 [X, CUX]
EZM115225 [CU]
EZM116125 [X, CUX]
EZMH112225 [X, CUX]
EZMH113125 [X, CUX]
EZMH113225 [X, CUX]
EZMH114125 [X, CUX]
EZMH114225 [X, CUX]
EZMH115125 [X, CUX]
EZMH115225 [CU]
EZMH116125 [X, CUX]
EZMK111400
EZMK112400
EZML111225 [CU]
EZML111225D
Three Phase
EZM312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM313125M10
EZM313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM314125M10
EZM314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZM315125M10
EZM315225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZM316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA, CUXCA]
EZMH312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMH315225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZMH316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
EZMK311400 [CA]
EZMK312400 [CA]
EZMK331400
EZMK332400
EZML311400 [CA]
EZML311225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML312225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML312225D [CA]
EZML312400 [CA]
EZML313225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
EZML313225D [CA]

2-16

Width

EZM1ELBOW (indoor only) a
EZM31000CB
EZM31000CBU
EZM31200G/JCBT
EZM31200G/JCBE
EZM31200TBU
EZM31200G/JCBU
EZM31200FSB
EZM31200FST
EZM31200FSE
EZM31600G/JCBC
EZM31600G/JCBU
EZM31600TB
EZM32000CB
EZM32000CBU
EZM32000TB
EZM3225TB
EZM3400CB
EZM3400CBU
EZM3400FS
EZM3400FSU
EZM3400TB
EZM3400TBU
EZM3600CB
EZM3600CBU
EZM3600FS
EZM3600FSU
EZM3600TB
EZM3800CB
EZM3800CBU
EZM3800FS
EZM3800FSU
EZM3800TB
EZM3800TBCU
EZM3800TBU
EZM3EXT
EZM3EXT6
EZM3CORNER (indoor only)
Each leg of elbow section measures 6.17 in. corner of wall to start of next enclosure.
Device supplied without mounting channel, secure to wall by use of swingable mounting feet.
Each leg of this corner section measures 14.72 in. from wall to start of next enclosure.

EZM11000CB
EZM11000CBU
EZM11200G/JCBT
EZM11200G/JCBE
EZM11200FST
EZM11200FSE
EZM11200G/JCBU
EZM11200FSB
EZM11200TBU
EZM11600G/JCBC
EZM11600G/JCBU
EZM11600TB
EZM12000CB
EZM12000CBU
EZM12000TB
EZM1225TB
EZM1400CB
EZM1400CBU
EZM1400FS
EZM1400FSU
EZM1400TB
EZM1400TBU
EZM1600CB
EZM1600CBU
EZM1600FS
EZM1600FSU
EZM1600TB
EZM1800CB
EZM1800CBU
EZM1800FS
EZM1800FSU
EZM1800TB
EZM1800TBCU
EZM1800TBU
EZM1EXT
EZM1EXT6
EZM1CORNER (indoor only) c

Height

Width

Depth

MC

Top

Bottom

Cat. No.

Height

Width

Depth

MC

Top

Bottom

43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
45.55
72.99
39.06
39.06

17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
27.56
27.56
19.44
19.44

8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.74
9.74
9.44
9.44

32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
37.81
37.81
25.51
25.51

22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
24.51
22.26
25.67
25.67

12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
21.04
21.04
13.39
13.39

EZML111400
EZML112225 [CU]
EZML112225D
EZML112400
EZML113225 [CU]
EZML113225D
EZML114225 [CU]
EZML114225D
EZMR112225 [X, CUX]
EZMR113125 [X, CUX]
EZMR113225 [X, CUX]
EZMR114125 [X, CUX]
EZMR114225 [X, CUX]
EZMR115125 [X, CUX]
EZMR115225 [CU]
EZMR116125 [X, CUX]
EZMT111225
EZMT112225
EZMT113225

44.55
39.06
39.06
69.61
53.06
53.06
67.06
67.06
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
25.45
60.56
79.56

23.21
19.44
19.44
23.21
19.44
19.44
19.44
19.44
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
22.42
22.42
22.42

9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.38
9.38
9.38

37.81
25.51
25.51
37.81
39.51
39.51
39.51
39.51
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
16.19
43.63
48.25

24.02
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67
11.67
11.67
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
4.67
12.67
12.67

21.53
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
20.45
28.89
28.89

43.41
42.37
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.12
52.00
57.12
62.12
61.00
66.12
43.41
42.37
43.41
48.12
52.00
57.12
61.00
66.12
45.55
72.99
45.55
72.99
45.55
39.06
39.06
39.06
69.61
53.06
53.06

17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
17.38
12.25
27.56
27.56
27.56
27.56
23.21
19.44
19.44
19.44
23.21
19.44
19.44

8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
8.09
7.09
9.74
9.74
9.74
9.74
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44
9.44

32.34
31.30
24.29
32.34
31.30
34.29
32.34
31.30
34.29
32.35
40.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
30.60
37.81
30.60
37.81
37.81
25.51
25.51
25.51
37.82
39.51
39.51

22.18
13.18
10.18
13.18
9.93
9.93
12.77
9.93
9.93
12.77
9.93
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
24.51
22.26
24.51
22.26
24.02
25.67
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67

12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
21.04
21.04
21.04
21.04
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39

EZML314225 [CU, CA, CUCA]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML314225D [CA]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331225D
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML331400
45.55
23.21
9.44
EZML332225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML332225D
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZML332400 [CU]
69.61
23.21
9.44
EZML333225 [CU]
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZML333225D
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZML334225 [CU]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZML334225D
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR312225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
43.41
17.38
8.09
EZMR313125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
42.37
12.25
8.09
EZMR313225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
43.41
17.38
8.09
EZMR314125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
48.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR314225 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
52.00
17.38
8.09
EZMR315125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
57.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR315225 [CU, CA, CUXCA]
61.00
17.38
8.09
EZMR316125 [X, CUX, CA, XCA]
66.12
12.25
7.09
EZMR332225 [CU]
39.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR333225 [CU]
53.06
19.44
9.44
EZMR334225 [CU]
67.06
19.44
9.44
EZMT311225 [CA]
25.45
22.42
9.38
EZMT312225 [CA]
60.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT313225 [CA]
79.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT331225
25.12
22.42
9.38
EZMT332225
60.56
22.42
9.38
EZMT333225
79.56
22.42
9.38
d
Standard branch units are available without suffix added.

39.51
39.51
25.51
25.51
37.81
35.51
35.51
37.82
39.51
39.51
39.51
39.51
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.34
31.30
32.35
40.30
25.51
39.51
39.51
16.19
43.63
48.25
16.19
43.63
48.25

11.67
11.67
25.67
25.67
24.02
11.67
11.67
20.64
11.67
11.67
11.67
11.67
22.18
13.18
13.18
9.93
12.77
9.93
12.77
9.93
11.67
11.67
11.67
4.67
12.67
12.67
4.67
12.67
12.67

13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
21.53
13.39
13.39
13.39
13.39
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
12.23
11.19
13.39
13.39
13.39
20.45
28.89
28.89
20.45
28.89
28.89

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 3
Safety Switches
Light Duty
Fusible

3-2

Application Data and Dimensions

3-3

Standards:
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under File E2875.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches.

General Duty
Light Duty, p. 3-2

Fusible and Non-Fusible

3-2

Application Data and Dimensions

3-3

Standards:
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under File E2875.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1. Enclosed Switches.

Heavy Duty
Fusible

3-4

Non-Fusible

3-6

Special Application Enclosures

3-7

Motor Disconnect and Receptacle Switches
General Duty, p. 3-2

3-8

Accessories

3-11

Application Data and Dimensions

3-13

Standards:
•
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under files E2875, E154828, E233505 and E317818.
UL 508 Industrial Control Equipment, file E 164864.
NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (UL98 Switches Only).

Fusible and Non-Fusible

3-15

Accessories

3-18

Standards:
•
•
Heavy Duty, p. 3-4

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches.
UL Listed under files E2875 (unless otherwise noted).
NEMA Standards Publication KS1 Enclosed Switches (applies to Type DT and
DTU series F only).

Application Data and Dimensions

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty
Disconnect Switch

3-19
3-22

3

Standards:
•
•
•
•
•
•

UL 98 Enclosed and Dead Front Switches
UL Listed under file E343347
IEC 60947 - 1 Electrical
IEC 60947 - 3 Mechanical
NEMA standard. Publication KS-1 Enclosed Switches
IP 63 and NEMA 3 Enclosure

Stainless Steel Heavy Duty, p. 3-7

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

SAFETY SWITCHES

Double Throw

3-1

General Duty Safety Switches

Light Duty
Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Light Duty—Visible Blades 10 kA Short Circuit Current Rating
The Square D light duty enclosed switch is ideal for home applications in disconnecting power to workshops, hobby rooms,
furnaces, and garages.
Table 3.1:
System

L221N

Fusible

Amperes Fuse

NEMA 1 Indoor

Cat. No.
$ Price
2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac

30

a

Plug

L111N

Horsepower Ratings
Std.

Max.

1/2

2

$54.00

System

NEMA 1 Indoor

Amperes Fuse

Horsepower Ratings

Cat. No.
$ Price
Std.
3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac

Max.

30

Plug

L211N

72.00

1-1/2a

3a

30

Cart.

L221N

98.00

1-1/2a

3a

For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles.

General Duty—Up To 100 kA Short Circuit Current Rating With Proper Current Limiting Fusing
General duty safety switches are designed for residential and commercial applications where durability and economy are
prime considerations. Typical loads are lighting, air conditioning, and appliances. They are suitable for use as service
equipment when equipped with a factory- or field-installed neutral assembly or a field-installed service grounding kit, (see
Table 3.6) as applicable.
General duty safety switches are UL Listed, File E2875, and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1.
D223N

Table 3.2:

Fusible

UL Listed Short Circuit
Withstand Rating
Short
Circuit
Rating
Plug
10 kA
H
10 kA
K
10 kA
Fusible
J
100 kA
R
100 kA
T
100 kA
H
10 kA
K
10 kA
NonJ
100 kA
Fusiblea
R
100 kAb
T
100 kA
a
The UL Listed short-circuit
current rating for
Square D general duty,
not fusible switches is
based on the switch being
used in conjunction with
fuses. Evaluation of nonfusible switches in
conjunction with molded
case circuit breakers
above 10,000 amps has
not been performed. For
applications requiring
greater protection,
consider using a heavy
duty safety switch. Refer
to UL Listed Maximum
Short Circuit Current
Ratings—AC only—on
page 3-6. If a UL Listed
short-circuit current rating
is required, this nonfusible switch must be
replaced with a Square D
general duty fusible safety
switch equipped with the
appropriate class and size
fusing. Consult the wiring
diagram of the switch to
verify the UL Listed shortcircuit current rating.
b
50 kA for 60 A non-fusible
switch.
Switch
Type

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-2

Fuse
Class

NEMA 1
Indoor
System

Amperes

NEMA 3Ra
Rainproof

Class R Fuse Kits
Field-Installedb

Fuse
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

2 Wire (1 Blade and Fuseholder, 1 Neutral)—120 Vac
30
Plug
Use Light Duty Device for this Application (see below)
30

Cart.

Use three-wire devices for this application.

Horsepower Ratings
Std. (Fast Acting
One-Time Fuses)

Max. (Dual Element
Time-Delay Fuses)

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

3 Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—120/240 Vac (Plug), 240 Vac (Cart.) Maximum
30
Plug
D211N
90.00 D211NRB
177.00
—
—
1-1/2
—
3
—
30
Cart.
D221N
122.00 D221NRB
188.00
DRK30
25.65
1-1/2
3c
3
7-1/2c
60
Cart.
D222N
206.00 D222NRB
326.00 RFK03H
25.50
3
7-1/2c
10
15c
100
Cart.
D223N
426.00 D223NRB
480.00
RFK10
47.70
7-1/2
15 c
15
30c
200
Cart.
D224Ne
884.00 D224NRBe 1200.00 HRK1020
47.70
15
25 c
—
60c
400
Cart.
D225N
2555.00
D225NR
3459.00
DRK40
111.00
—
—
—
—
600g
Cart.
D226N
5109.00
D226NR
6569.00 DRK600
111.00
—
—
—
—
4 Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac Maximum
30
Cart.
D321N
188.00 D321NRB
293.00
DRK30
25.65
1-1/2
3
3
7-1/2
60
Cart.
D322N
326.00 D322NRB
441.00 RFK03H
25.50
3
7-1/2d
10
15d
100
Cart.
D323N
564.00 D323NRB
816.00
RFK10
47.70
7-1/2
15d
15
30d
200
Cart.
D324Ne
1202.00 D324NRBe 1461.00 HRK1020
47.70
15
25d
—
60d
400
Cart.
D325N
3113.00
D325NR
3893.00
DRK40
111.00
—
50
—
125
400f
Class T D325NT
2994.00 D325NTR
3741.00
—
—
—
50
—
—
600g
Cart.
D326N
5823.00
D326NR
7877.00 DRK600
111.00
—
75
—
150
600f
Class T D326NT
5598.00 D326NTR
7569.00
—
—
—
75
—
—
800f
Class T
T327N
9722.00
T327NR
12438.00
—
—
—
100
—
—
a
Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10.
b
When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses.
c
For corner grounded delta systems only. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors. See data bulletin 2700DB0202 for additional information.
d
If corner grounded delta, use outer switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
e
For 200% neutral, order (1) additional neutral kit SN20A and (1) neutral jumper kit SN20NI.
f
Class T 400–800 A general duty safety switches use 300 Vac Class T fuses and are UL Listed for use on systems with up to 100 kA available fault current.
g
Order Class J fuse kit: GDJK600 for Class J fuses.

Table 3.3:
System

Non-Fusible
Amperes

NEMA 3R Rainproof h

NEMA 1 Indoor
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Horsepower Ratings (Max.)
1Ø

3Ø

2 Wire (2 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30
—
—
DU221RB
177.00
3
—
60
—
—
DU222RB
353.00
10
—
60
QO260NATSij
161.00
QO200TR ijk
161.00
10
—
100
QO2000NSij
276.00
QO2000NRBik
338.00
20
—
200
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
400p
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
600
Use 3P Switch
—
Use 3P Switch
—
—
—
3 Wire (3 Blades)—240 Vac Maximum
30
DU321
155.00
DU321RB
293.00
3
7-1/2
60
DU322
206.00
DU322RB
443.00
10
15
100
DU323l
477.00
DU323RBl
816.00
15
30
200
DU324m
884.00
DU324RBm
1461.00
15
60n
400p
DU325
2198.00
—
—
—
125
600
DU326n
4191.00
—
—
—
150
h
Bolt-on hubs—Refer to page 3-10.
i
Enclosed molded case switch—Refer to page 1-24.
j
Includes factory-installed grounding kit.
k
Not service entrance rated—Refer to page 1-19 for more information.
l
If a neutral assembly is required, order and field-install SN0610.
m
If a neutral assembly is required, order and field install a SN20A Neutral Assembly Kit. For a 200% neutral application, order and field install (2) SN20A
Neutral Assembly Kits and (1) SN20NI Neutral Jumper Kit.
n
If a neutral assembly is required, order part number D600SN. Available for field-installation.
o
For single phase hp rating, use two switching poles.
p
To accept J class fuses, move fuse bases to the embossed guide inside of the switch.

DE1A

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Duty Safety Switches

Accessories, Lug Data and Dimensions
Class 3130 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Terminal Lug Data a

Table 3.4:

Table 3.6:

Wire Range
Amperes Conductors
Per NEC Table 312.6
Per Phase Wire Bending Space
AWG/kcmil
30
60
100
200

1
1
1
1
1
or
2

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
10–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6 –300 (Al/Cu)
(1) 1/0 –750 (Al/Cu)
400
or
NEMA 1
(2) 1/0 –300 (Al/Cu)
(1) 1 –600 (Al/Cu)
400
2
1/0–250
(Al/Cu)
or
NEMA 3R
(2) 1/0 –250 (Al/Cu)
600
2
4 –500 (Al/Cu)
4 –600 (Al/Cu)
800
3
3/0 –500 (Al/Cu)
3/0 –500 (Al/Cu)
o
o
a
30–100 A switches suitable for 60 C or 75 C conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for
75oC conductors.

Cat. No.

30

PK3GTA1

11.40

60a

PK3GTA1

11.40

60b

GTK03

11.40

12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
10–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu)
12–1 (Al) or 14–1 (Cu)
6 –250 (Al/Cu)
1/0 –600 (Al/Cu)
or
1/0 –300 (Al/Cu)

a
b

NOTE: Field-installed lug kits are located in the Supplemental
Digest page 2.2.

Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3P, fusible, 60 and 100 A
general duty switch. Kits can be installed in 60 and 100 A Series F switches.
Table 3.5:
Fuse Puller Kits
Description

Cat. No.
FPK03
FPK0610

100
GTK0610
200
PKOGTA2
400
PKOGTA2
600
(Two Required)
800
PKOGTA3
Series E switch only.
Series F switch only.

$ Price

18.90
55.00
55.00
123.00

Wire Size (AWG)
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 12 Cu or
(2) 10 Al or
(1) 4 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 1/0 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max.
(2) 2/0 Al/Cu Max.
Per Lug
(6) 3/0 Al/Cu Max.

Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kits

Field-Installed Fuse Puller Kits

Series F 60 A Fuse Puller Kit
Series F 100 A Fuse Puller Kit

Field-Installed Service Grounding Kits

Amperes

$ Price
30.00
42.60

W

Electrical interlocks for Series F 100–200 A general duty safety switches
and Series F 60 A fusible general duty safety switches are available in
kit form for field installation. Each kit contains instructions for proper field
mounting. A pivot arm operates from switch mechanism, breaking the
control circuit before the main switch blades break. Switches with
electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed.
Table 3.7:
Electrical Interlock Kit
Switch’s
Amperes Rating

Electrical Interlock Kit
$ Price
Cat. No.a
EIK031
or
60
Fb
218.00
EIK032
EIK1
or
100–200
F
311.00
EIK2
a
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with -1 suffix indicates one normally open and one
normally closed contact; -2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts.
Kits are UL Listed.
b
Fusible series.
Series

H

W/H

H
W
W/H
D
Std.
Cat. No.
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm Pack
L111N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D325NTRc
L211N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D326Nc
L221N
E2
7.63
194
5.00 127
6.13 156 4.00 102
1
D326NTc
D211Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
D326NRc
D211NRBc
E2
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
D326NTRc
D221Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
DU221RBc
D221NRBc
E3
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
DU222RBc
D222N
F1
14.63
372
6.50 165
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
DU321c
D222NRB
F1
14.88
378
6.63 168
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
DU321RBc
D223N
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
DU322c
D223NRB
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
DU322RBc
D224N
F1
29.00
737 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
DU323
D224NRB
F1
29.25
743 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
DU323RB
D225N
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
DU324
D225NR
E1
30.63
778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
DU324RB
D226Nc
E3
49.13 1248 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
DU325c
D226NRc
E1
49.13 1248 24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
DU326c
D321Nc
E3
9.25
235
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
QO200TRc
D321NRBc
E3
9.63
245
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
QO260NATSc
D322N
F1
14.63
372
6.50 165
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
QO2000NRBc
D322NRB
F1
14.88
378
6.63 168
7.45 189
4.88 124
1
QO2000NSc
D323N
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
T327Nc
D323NRB
F3
17.50
445
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
T327NRc
D324N
F1
29.00
737 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
D324NRB
F1
29.25
743 17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
D325Nc
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
D325NTc
E3
45.12 1146 24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
D325NRc
E1
30.63
778 21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
c
30–100 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors. 200–800 A switches suitable for 75oC conductors.
Cat. No.

Series

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

Series
E1
E3
E3
E1
E1
E2
E1
E2
E2
E1
E1
F3
F3
F1
F1
E3
E3
G3
E2
E1
E1
E1
E1

H
in.
30.63
49.13
49.13
49.13
49.13
9.63
9.63
9.25
9.63
9.25
9.63
17.50
17.50
29.00
29.25
45.12
49.13
6.50
9.25
14.00
13.38
49.13
49.13

mm
778
1248
1248
1248
1246
245
245
235
245
235
245
445
445
737
743
1146
1248
165
235
356
340
1248
1248

W
W/H
D
Std.
in.
mm
in.
mm
in.
mm Pack
21.38 543 22.25 565 10.13 257
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
6.75 171
7.25 184
3.63
92
5
7.25 184
7.75 197
3.75
95
5
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
8.50 216 10.50 267
6.50 165
1
17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
17.25 438 19.00 483
8.25 210
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
4.63 118
—
—
3.88
99
5
4.88 124
—
—
3.25
83
1
7.75 197
—
—
4.50 114
1
6.13 156
—
—
3.50
89
1
24.00 610 24.88 632
8.88 226
1
24.75 629 25.13 638
8.88 226
1

3-3

SAFETY SWITCHES

Approximate Dimensions

3

Table 3.8:

D

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

240 Volt
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Visible blade heavy duty safety switches are designed for application where maximum
performance and continuity of service are required. All heavy duty safety switches
feature quick-make, quick-break operating mechanism, a dual cover interlock and a
color coded indicator handle. They are suitable for use as service equipment when
equipped with a field- or factory-installed neutral assembly or equipment grounding kit,
unless a 600Y/347 V or 480 Y/277 V, 1000 A or greater, solidly grounded WYE system
is used, per NEC 215-10. Heavy duty safety switches are UL Listed (except as noted),
File E2875 and 154828 and meet or exceed the NEMA Standard KS1. For UL Listed
short circuit current ratings, see page 3-6.

NEMA 3R NEMA 4, 4X and 5
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1

Table 3.9:

System

NEMA 12

240 Volt—Single Throw Fusible

Amperes

NEMA 1
Indoor

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, a
304 Stainless Steel (for
316 stainless, see
page 3-7) Dust tight,
Watertight, Corrosion
Resistant (Watertight
Hubs, page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12K
With
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA
12, 3R b
Without
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H221DS
1947.00 H221A
504.00
H221AWK
30
—
—
—
—
H2212AWKe
Use
three-wire
devices
60
H222DS
2337.00
—
—
H222AWK
For two-wire applications
100
H223DS
5094.00 H223A
1008.00
H223AWK
200
H224DS
6960.00 H224A
1737.00
H224AWK
400
H225
2729.00
H225R
3884.00
H225DS
14481.00
—
—
H225AWK
600
H226
5424.00
H226R
7281.00
H226DS
20772.00
—
—
H226AWK
800
H227
8459.00
H227Rf 11483.00
—
—
—
—
H227AWK
—
—
—
—
H228AWK
1200
H228 11682.00 H228Rf 15486.00
3-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H221N
236.00 H221NRB
447.00
Use two-wire devices,
60
H222N
471.00 H222NRB
842.00
Field-installed solid neutral assemblies
100
H223N
716.00 H223NRB
1086.00
Order separately See page 3-11.
200
H224N
1289.00 H224NRB
1562.00
400
H225N
3092.00
H225NR
4245.00 H225NDS 14787.00
—
—
H225NAWK
600
H226N
5819.00
H226NR
7677.00 H226NDS 21081.00
—
—
H226NAWK
800
H227N 10067.00 H227NRf 12216.00
—
—
—
—
H227NAWK
1200
H228N 12422.00 H228NRf 16665.00
—
—
—
—
H228NAWK
3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H321DS
2049.00 H321A
639.00
H321AWK
60
H322DS
2532.00 H322A
914.00
H322AWK
Use four-wire devices
For three-wire applications
100
H323DS
5346.00 H323A
1412.00
H323AWK
200
H324DS
7496.00 H324A
2040.00
H324AWK
400
H325
3425.00
H325R
3975.00
H325DS
14961.00
—
—
H325AWK
600
H326
6170.00
H326R
8286.00
H326DS
21399.00
—
—
H326AWK
800
H327 11456.00 H327Rf 14849.00
—
—
—
—
H327AWK
1200
H328 14517.00 H328Rf 18728.00
—
—
—
—
H328AWK
4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—240 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H321N
314.00 H321NRB
555.00
Use three-wire devices,
60
H322N
528.00 H322NRB
891.00
Field-installed solid neutral assemblies
100
H323N
842.00 H323NRB
1278.00
Order separately. See page 3-11
200
H324N
1451.00 H324NRB
1748.00
400
H325N
3788.00
H325NR
4322.00 H325NDS 15321.00
—
—
H325NAWK
600
H326N
6519.00
H326NR
8622.00 H326NDS 21759.00
—
—
H326NAWK
800
H327N 12189.00 H327NRf 15563.00
—
—
—
—
H327NAWK
1200
H328N 15314.00 H328NRf 19709.00
—
—
—
—
H328NAWK
4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)
30
60
100
Use 600 Vac devices. See page 3-5.
200
400
600
a
Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12. For NEMA 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
b
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
c
For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
d
For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
e
60 ampere switch with 30 ampere fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
f
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.

Horsepower Ratings
240 Vac
Std.
(Using Fast
Acting,
One Time Fuses)

Max.
(Using Dual
Element, Time 250 Vdcc
Delay Fuses)

$ Price

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

473.00
588.00
647.00
948.00
1643.00
4163.00
6543.00
10325.00
15815.00

1-1/2
1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3d
—
7-1/2 d
15 d
25 d
—
75 d
—
—

3
3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2d
—
15 d
30 d
60 d
—
200 d
—
—

5
5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

4304.00
6936.00
12338.00
17184.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3 d
7-1/2 d
15 d
25 d
50 d
75 d
—
—

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2 d
15 d
30 d
60 d
125 d
200 d
—
—

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

639.00
864.00
1331.00
1926.00
4253.00
7365.00
14528.00
17450.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3
7-1/2
15
25
50
75
100
100

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

4635.00
7757.00
15879.00
20015.00

1-1/2
3
7-1/2
15
—
—
50
50

3
7-1/2
15
25
50
75
100
100

3
10
15
—
—
—
50
50

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

5
10
20
40
50
50
50
50

Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12
Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-13
Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless and NEMA 12 . . . . . . . page 3-14

3-4

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

600 Volt
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.10:

600 Volts—Single Throw Fusible
Horsepower Ratings

System

NEMA 1
Indoor

Amperes

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs,
page 3-10)

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 4, 4X, 5a
304 Stainless Steel
NEMA 12K
(for 316 stainless, see
With Knockouts
page 3-7) Dust tight,
(Watertight
Hubs,
Watertight, Corrosion
page 3-10)
Resistant
(Watertight Hubs, page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

480 Vac
NEMA 12, 3Rb
Without Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)

Cat. No.

600 Vac

Max.
Std.
Max.
Std.
(Using (Using (Using
(Using
Dual
Fast
Dual
Fast
Acting, Element,
Acting, Element,
Time
One
Time
One Time Delay
Time
Delay
Fuses)
Fuses) Fuses) Fuses)

dcd

$ Price

3Ø

3Ø

3Ø

3Ø

250 600

5025.00
7341.00
15276.00
18044.00

—
—
—
—
100 c
150 c
—
—

—
—
—
—
250 c
400 c
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

5
5
15
25
50
100
150
200
200

15
15
30
60
125
250
400
500
500

7-1/2
7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

20
20
50
75
150
350
500
500
500

5
—
—
—
40
50
50
50
50

15
15
30
50
50
50
50
50
50

5
15
25
50
100
150
200
200

15
30
60
125
250
400
500
500

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200
250
250

20
50
75
150
350
500
500
500

—
—
—
40
50
50
50
50

15
30
50
50
50
50
50
50

2Ø
7-1/2
15
25
50
100
150
3Ø
25

2Ø
20
40
50
—
250
400
3Ø
60

2Ø
10
20
30
50
125
200
3Ø
30

2Ø
25
50
75
—
350
500
3Ø
75

5
10
20
40
50
50

15
30
30
50
50
50

—

—

2-Wire (2 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

Use three-wire devices
for two-wire applications
H265
H266
H267
H268

4206.00
6653.00
10365.00
14570.00

H265R
5424.00
H266R 10686.00
H267Rf 16385.00
H268Rf 17991.00

H265DS
H266DS
—
—

14961.00
21399.00
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

H265AWK
H266AWK
H267AWK
H268AWK

3-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc d
30
30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

H361
H361-2f
H362
H363
H364
H365
H366
H367
H368

528.00 H361RB
899.00
617.00 H3612RBe 1049.00
638.00 H362RB
1055.00
1188.00 H363RB
1644.00
1707.00 H364RB
2259.00
4551.00
H365R
5532.00
7649.00
H366R 10899.00
13319.00 H367R f 16500.00
17507.00 H368Rf 20009.00

H361DS
—
H362DS
H363DS
H364DS
H365DS
H366DS
—
—

2520.00
H361A
—
H361-2A e
2771.00
H362A
5493.00
H363A
7685.00
H364A
15321.00
—
21084.00
—
—
—
—
—

1014.00
H361AWK
956.00
1035.00 H3612AWKe
977.00
1047.00
H362AWK
984.00
1626.00
H363AWK
1539.00
2544.00
H364AWK
2400.00
—
H365AWK
5462.00
—
H366AWK
9203.00
—
H367AWK 16352.00
—
H368AWK 19706.00

4-Wire (3 Blades and Fuseholders, 1 Neutral)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcd
H361N
617.00 H361NRB
986.00
H362N
710.00 H362NRB 1134.00
H363N 1278.00 H363NRB 1737.00
H364N 1869.00 H364NRB 2408.00
H365N 4898.00 H365NR 5765.00
H366N 8019.00 H366NR 11054.00
H367N 14043.00 H367NRf 17205.00
H368N 18114.00 H368NRf 20993.00

Use three-wire devices field-installed solid neutral
assemblies. Order separately. See page 3-11.
H364NDS
H365NDS
H366NDS
—
—

7871.00
15668.00
22122.00
—
—

H364NA
—
—
—
—

2715.00
—
—
—
—

H364NAWK 2558.00
H365NAWK 5823.00
H366NAWK 9600.00
H367NAWK 17253.00
H368NAWK 20820.00

H461DS
H462DS
H463DS
H464DS
—
—

2937.00
3069.00
8345.00
12596.00
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

H461AWK
H462AWK
H463AWK
H464AWK
H465AWK
—

4-Wire (4 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac, 600 Vdcg
30
60
100
200
400
600

H461
H462
H463
H464
H465
H466

914.00
1065.00
1778.00
2957.00
6210.00
10104.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

1115.00
1257.00
1932.00
3222.00
6807.00
—

6-Wire (6 Blades and Fuseholders)—600 Vac g

a
b
c
d
e
f
g

100

—

—

—

—

H663DS

25964.00

—

—

H663AWK

200

—

—

—

—

H664DS

35393.00

—

—

H664AWK

5112.00

For applications requiring motor disconnect
12222.00 capability,
use electrical interlock. Refer to page 3-10.

Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12.
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
For corner grounded delta systems only and with neutral assembly installed. Use switching poles for ungrounded conductors.
For switching dc use two outside switching poles.
60 A switch with 30 A fuse spacing and clips. Must use 60 A enclosure accessories including electrical interlocks.
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.
Not suitable for use as service equipment.

Class H Fuse Provisions:
Fusible Square D 30 through 600 A heavy duty safety switches accept Class H fuses as standard. With Class H fuses
installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 10 kA available fault current.

SAFETY SWITCHES

30
60
100
200
400
600
800
1200

Fusible Square D 30–600 A heavy duty safety switches will accept Class R fuses as standard. A field-installed rejection
kit is available which, when installed, rejects all but Class R fuses. With the installation of the rejection kit and Class R
fuses, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. See Class R fuse kits on
page 3-10.

Class J Fuse Provisions:

Class R Fuse

Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 400 A 600 Volt, and 100 through 400 A 240 Volt,
fusible heavy duty safety switches. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating the load side fuse base
assembly from the standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position as marked in the enclosure. With Class J
fuses installed, the switch is UL Listed for use on systems with up to 200 kA available fault current. Switches rated
600 A, 240 or 600 Volt, require the addition of an adapter kit, H600J at $456. One kit per 3P switch.

Class L Fuse Provisions:
Fusible 800 A and 1200 A safety switches use Class L bolt-in fuses and are rated for use on systems with up to 200 kA
at 600 Vac maximum. 1200 A switches accept class L fuses from 601–1200 A, 800 A switches accept class L fuses
from 601–800 A.
Accessories: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 3-10 through 3-12
Dimensions: NEMA 1 and 3R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-13
Dimensions: NEMA 4, 4X and 5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-14

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-5

3

Class R Fuse Provisions:

Heavy Duty Safety Switches
Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.11:

System

600 Volt—Single Throw Non-Fusible

NEMA 1
Indoor

Amperes

Cat. No.

$ Price

2-Wire (2 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
60
100
200
400
HU265
2750.00
600
HU266
4896.00
800
HU267
7467.00
1200
HU268 10226.00

NEMA 4, 4X, 5 a
304 Stainless Steel
(for 316 stainless, see
page 3-7)
Dust tight, Watertight
Corrosion Resistant
(Watertight Hubs, page 3-10)

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
(Bolt-on Hubs, page 3-10)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12K
With
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12, 3Rb
Without
Knockouts
(Watertight Hubs,
page 3-10)
Cat. No.

$ Price

Use three-wire devices
for two-wire applications.
HU265R
HU266R
HU267Rd
HU268Rd

3764.00
7533.00
12884.00
17393.00

HU265DS
HU266DS
—
—

12812.00
18455.00
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

HU265AWK
HU266AWK
HU267AWK
HU268AWK

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-Wire (3 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc
30
HU361
279.00
HU361RB
488.00
HU361DS
2120.00
HU361A
689.00
HU361AWK
30 HU361EIe 638.00 HU361RBEIe
846.00 HU361DSEIe
2480.00 HU361AEIe 1047.00 HU361AWKEIe
30 HU3612f
369.00 HU3612RBf
638.00
—
— HU3612Af
710.00 HU3612AWKf
60
HU362
488.00
HU362RB
876.00
HU362DS
2520.00
HU362A
875.00
HU362AWK
60
—
—
—
—
HU362DSEIe
2972.00
—
—
—
100
HU363
783.00
HU363RB
1226.00
HU363DS
5102.00
HU363A
1265.00
HU363AWK
200
HU364
1209.00
HU364RB
1485.00
HU364DS
6960.00
HU364A
1697.00
HU364AWK
400
HU365
2804.00
HU365R
3840.00
HU365DS
14294.00
—
—
HU365AWK
600
HU366
4992.00
HU366R
7683.00
HU366DS
19062.00
—
—
HU366AWK
800
HU367
9978.00 HU367R d 13050.00
—
—
—
—
HU367AWK
1200
HU368 13421.00 HU368R d 17867.00
—
—
—
—
HU368AWK
4-Wire (4 Blades)—600 Vac, 600 Vdc j
30
HU461g
827.00
—
—
HU461DS
2586.00
—
—
HU461AWKh
60
HU462g
914.00
—
—
HU462DS
3027.00
—
—
HU462AWK
100
HU463g 1647.00
—
—
HU463DS
7401.00
—
—
HU463AWK
200
HU464g 2399.00
—
—
HU464DS
11244.00
—
—
HU464AWK
400
HU465
5201.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
HU465AWK
600
HU466
9072.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6-Wire (6 Blades)—600 Vacj
30
—
—
—
—
HU661DS
11903.00
—
—
HU661AWKk
60
—
—
—
—
HU662DS
13254.00
—
—
HU662AWKk
100
—
—
—
—
HU663DS
20643.00
—
—
HU663AWKk
200
—
—
—
—
HU664DS
28316.00
—
—
HU664AWKk
a
Complete rating is NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5 and 12.
b
Also suitable for NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
c
For switching dc, use two outside switching poles.
d
Suitable for NEMA 5 applications with drain screw installed.
e
Switches with EI suffix are stocked with factory-installed electrical interlocks with one normally-open and one normally-closed contact.
f
Use 60 A enclosure accessories, including electrical interlocks.
g
No knockouts are provided.
h
Requires 60 A accessories. See page 3-14 for series rating..
i
HU461AWK (Series F6) is rated 5 hp@250 Vdc, 10 hp@600 Vdc.
j
Not suitable for use as service equipment.
k
One enclosure for NEMA 1, 3, 3R or 12 applications. UL Listed.

3212.00
5408.00
12957.00
17522.00
647.00
1007.00
666.00
833.00
—
1194.00
1604.00
4023.00
6711.00
13097.00
17940.00

Horsepower Ratings
(Max.)
Volts ac
240

480

600

dcc

1Ø 3Ø

1Ø

3Ø 1Ø 3Ø 250 600

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
50

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

915.00
1008.00
1791.00
2832.00
5672.00
—

5
5
5
10
10
20
15
—
—
50
50
2Ø
10
20
30
50
—
—

3357.00
3884.00
4793.00
10538.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
50
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50
50
—
50

—
—
—
—
50
50
50
50

10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
10 7-1/2 20 10 30 5 15
20 25
50 30 60 10 30
20 25
50 30 60 10 30
40 40
75 40 100 20 50
60 50 125 50 150 40 50
125 — 250 — 350 50 50
200 — 400 — 500 50 50
250 50 500 50 500 50 50
250 50 500 50 500 50 50
3Ø 2Ø 3Ø 2Ø 3Ø
10 20
20 25 30 10i 15i
20 40
50 50 60 10 30
40 50
75 50 75 20 30
60 50 125 50 150 40 50
125 — 250 — 350 50 50
200 — 400 — 500 50 50
3Ø
3Ø
3Ø
10 —
20 — 30 — —
20 —
50 — 60 — —
40 —
75 — 75 — —
60 — 125 — 150 — —

UL Listed Maximum Short Circuit Current Ratings—AC only
NOTE: Consult the wiring diagram of the switch to verify the
UL Listed short circuit current rating.

Table 3.12:

Non-Fusible Safety Switches

Fusible Safety Switches

For the short circuit current rating, refer to the table below.
Heavy Duty
Safety Switch Type

l

UL Listed
UL Listed Short Circuit
Fuse Class
Current Ratings
H, K
10 kA
Fusible
R, J, L
200 kAl
On 600 V, 200 A switches, 100,000 A max. on corner grounded delta when protected by
Class J or R fuses.

Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the
switch may be used in conjunction with an non-fusible safety switch when
there is up to 10 kA short circuit current available (see table below).
Above 10 kA—When applied on systems with greater than 10 kA short
circuit current available, the UL Listed short circuit current rating for
Square D non-fusible switches is based upon the switch being used in
conjunction with fuses or Square D circuit breakers or Mag-Gard motor
circuit protectors.
Table 3.13:

Non-Fusible Safety Switches

Heavy Duty
Switch Rating
Safety Switch Type
(A) m

Fuse or Circuit
Breaker Typen

3-Phase

480 Vac
600 Vac
Any brand circuit
breaker
Up to 10 kA
All
H, K
R,T,J.L
200 kA
200 kA
200 kA
30–100
Ho
65 kA
35 kA
35 kA
Non-Fusible
Switches
30–100
FA
14 kA
14 kA
14 kA
30–100
FH
18 kA
18 kA
18 kA
200
H, J o
65 kA
35 kA
35 kA
400
LA
22 kA
22 kA
22 kA
400
LH
25 kA
25 kA
25 kA
m
Applies to NEMA 1, 3R, 4X stainless, 12 switches.
n
Ampere rating of fuse or circuit breaker not to exceed switch ampere rating.
o
All H and J circuit breakers are acceptable, but will only support the noted Short Circuit
Current Ratings.

3-6

DE1

Discount
Schedule

240 Vac

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety
Switches

Special Applications
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

316 Grade Stainless Steel—NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
Type 316 stainless steel enclosure safety switches offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals than
Type 304 stainless switches. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment and transportation
applications. Use watertight hubs from page 3-10. Equipment grounding lugs are supplied as standard.
(For Type 304 stainless switches see pages 3-4–3-6.)
Table 3.14:

3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa

Amperes

Cat. No

$ Price

480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

Fusible

H361SS

30
60
100
200
400
600
Non-Fusible
30
60
100
200
400
600

H361SS
H362SS
H363SS
H364SS
H365SS
H366SS

3444.00
3792.00
7562.00
10592.00
21622.00
30528.00

5
15
25
50
100
150

15
30
60
125
250
400

7-1/2
15
30
60
125
200

20
50
75
150
350
500

15
30
50
50
50
50

HU361SS
HU362SS
HU363SS
HU364SS
HU365SS
HU366SS

2898.00
3444.00
7029.00
9623.00
17758.00
26306.00

—
—
—
—
—
—

20
50
75
125
250
400

—
—
—
—
—
—

30
60
100
150
350
500

15
30
50
50
50
50

Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester Enclosures—NEMA 4X
Fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures are watertight, corrosion resistant, and impervious to windblown dust, rain, and
splashing liquid. The molded fiberglass is extremely stable in a wide range of operating temperatures and can withstand
heavy impact. Switches are furnished with hubs (page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed.
Table 3.15:
Amperes

H363DF

Fusible
30
60
100
200
Non-Fusible
30
60
100
200

3P 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

H361DF
H362DF
H363DF
H364DF

3570.00
3968.00
7613.00
9729.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10
HRK1020

HU361DF
HU362DF
HU363DF
HU364DF

3402.00
3782.00
7241.00
9695.00

—
—
—
—

Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa

Electrical Interlock Kits
Field-Installed Cat. No.

Class R Fuse Kits

480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

1 NO/1 NC Contacts

2 NO/2 NC Contacts

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10
9999R8

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20
9999R9

5
15
25
50

15
30
60
125

7-1/2
15
30
60

20
50
75
150

15
30
50
50

—
—
—
—

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10
9999R8

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20
9999R9

—
—
—
—

20
50
75
125

—
—
—
—

30
60
100
—

15
30
50
50

Krydon™ Enclosures—NEMA 4X
Krydon enclosures are compression molded of fiberglass reinforced polyester, specially formulated to withstand attack from
almost any corrosive atmosphere found in the toughest industrial application. Switches are furnished with hubs
(page 3-14) and equipment grounding lugs. UL Listed.

Amperes

3P, 600 Vac, 600 Vdc
Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

H361DX

Fusible
30
60
100
Non-Fusible
30
60
100

Electrical Interlock Kits
Field-Installed Cat. No.

Class R Fuse Kits

H361DX
H362DX
H363DX

4161.00
4626.00
8858.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10

HU361DX
HU362DX
HU363DX

3960.00
4406.00
8438.00

—
—
—

$ Price

Horsepower Ratings– 3Øa
480 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vdcb

1 NO/1 NC Contact

2 NO/2 NC Contacts

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

Max.

25.50
25.50
47.70

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20

5
15
25

15
30
60

7-1/2
15
30

20
50
75

15
30
50

—
—
—

9999TC10
9999TC10
9999TC10

9999TC20
9999TC20
9999TC20

—
—
—

20
50
75

—
—
—

30
60
100

15
30
50

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.16:

An enclosed automatic molded case switch for use in Divisions 1 and 2 of the following: Class I, Groups C and D; Class II,
Groups E, F and G; or Class III, Hazardous Locations as defined in NEC™ Article 500. Furnished with threaded conduit
openings in both top and bottom endwall (page 3-14). Suitable for use as service equipment and listed as “Raintight’’ for
outdoor applications. cULus Listed. Equipment grounding lugs supplied as standard.
Table 3.17:
Amperes

H60XFA
a
b
c
d
e
f

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3 Pole Molded Case Switch, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc Maximum, Short Circuit Current Rating 10 kA AIR
Enclosed Molded Case Switchc

Solid Neutral Assembly

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
60
H60XFA
2571.00
100SNA
60
H60XFA1212d
2886.00
100SNA
100
H100XFA
3045.00
100SNA
100
H100XFA1212d
3287.00
100SNA
225
H225XJGf
6387.00
225SNA
225
H225XJGAAdf
6701.00
225SNA
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
For switching dc use two switching poles.
Includes PKDB1, breather and drain kit, required for rainproof application—NEMA 7 only.
Includes auxiliary contacts.
For available options, contact customer service prior to placing an order.
Not UL listed or CSA Certified due to wire bending space.

DE1

Discount
Schedule

Horsepower Ratings—3Ø
$ Price
143.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
189.00
189.00

240 Vac
15
15
30
30
60
60

480 Vac
30
30
60
60
125
125

600 Vacb
50
50
75
75
150
150

3-7

3

NEMA 7 and 9

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

MD Motor Disconnect Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable For Motor Control (UL File
E164864). It is in a compact NEMA 4X enclosure suitable for use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4,
4X and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely small footprint, a more
economically efficient NEMA 4X solution and a handle interlock preventing cover removal
when the switch is in the ON position.
Table 3.18:

MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non Metallic NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X and
12 Enclosureabc
Maximum Horse Power Ratings

Amperes

a
b
c

Cat. No.

$ Price

Height
(in.)

220–240
440–480
600
30
MD3304X
7.5
20
25
121.00
6.38
60
MD3604X
20
40
40
161.00
8.27
See table 8.9 for accessories.
Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks.
Suitable for NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 enclosure applications.

Table 3.19:
D

Three Phase Vac

Cat. No.
MDSAN20
MDSAN11
MDS30P

Width
(in.)

Depth
(in.)

3.9
4.94

4.37
4.37

MD Motor Disconnect Accessories
Description
2 Normally open auxiliary contact module
1 normally open and 1 normally closed auxiliary contact module
30 Amp Add on power pole

$ Price
57.00
27.00
35.00

H

W

MD Motor Disconnect Switches

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-8
DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Receptacle Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Interlocked Receptacle Switches
Interlocked Receptacle Switches are furnished with a factory-installed three-phase four-wire Appleton
Powertite™, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Arktite™, or Hubbellock™ receptacle. The fourth wire is connected to the switch
equipment grounding terminal and is not a neutral termination. Interlocking linkage between the receptacle and
switch mechanism prevents insertion or removal of the plug while the switch is in the “ON’’ position or insertion of
any plug other than specified. Grounding lugs are included.

Appleton Powertite Receptacle

•
•
•

Devices are UL Listed and CSA Certified, suitable for use as service equipment.
Receptacles are epoxy powder coated over copper-free cast aluminum and NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X and 12 rated. Appleton receptacles
are UL Classified for use with the Crouse-Hinds plugs listed below.
Short circuit rating: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses.
NEMA
3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
304 Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1
Amperes
Cat. No.

H362AWA
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Appleton
Powertite Receptacle

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

Horsepower
Ratings–3Øb

Use with Plug a

NEMA 12, 3R

$ Price

Cat. No.

480 Vac

$ Price

600 Vac

250 Vdcc

Std. Max. Std. Max. Std. Max.

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
H361WA
2076.00
H361DSWA
4401.00
H361AWA
2289.00
ACP3034BC
1235.00
5
15 7-1/2 20
5
60
H362WA
2412.00
H362DSWA
4668.00
H362AWA
2508.00
ACP6034BC
1295.00 15
30
15
50
10
100
H363WA
3689.00
H363DSWA
8468.00
H363AWA
3758.00
ACP1034CD
1928.00 25
60
30
75
20
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
30
HU361WA 1893.00 HU361DSWA 4001.00 HU361AWA 2076.00
ACP3034BC
1235.00 —
20
—
30
—
60
HU362WA 2306.00 HU362DSWA 4412.00 HU362AWA 2357.00
ACP6034BC
1295.00 —
50
—
60
—
100
HU363WA 3153.00 HU363DSWA 8010.00 HU363AWA 3347.00
ACP1034CD
1928.00 —
75
—
100
—
a
Receptacle UL Listed for use with “Appleton ACP or CPH” plugs; UL Classified for use with Crouse-Hinds “APJ” Arktite plugs listed on this page.
b
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
c
For switching dc, use two switching poles.

—
—
—
5
10
20

Crouse-Hinds Arktite Receptacle

•
•

UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment.
Short circuit ratings: 10 kA when used in conjunction with Class H or K fuses; 200 kA when used in conjunction with Class R or J fuses.

Table 3.20:

Amperes
Cat. No.

H362AWC
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Crouse-Hinds
Arktite Receptacle

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12, 3R

Cat. No.

Horsepower
Ratings–3Ød

Use with Plug

$ Price

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
30
H361WC
2139.00
H361DSWC
6377.00
H361AWC
2355.00
60
H362WC
2751.00
H362DSWC
7749.00
H362AWC
2846.00
100
H363WC
6005.00
H363DSWC
14826.00
H363AWC
6087.00
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
30
HU361WC
1952.00 HU361DSWC
5888.00
HU361AWC
2136.00
60
HU362WC
2634.00 HU362DSWC
7374.00
HU362AWC
2678.00
100
HU363WC
5249.00 HU363DSWC
14025.00
HU363AWC
5444.00
d
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.

Cat. No.

$ Price

480 Vac

600 Vac

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487

1235.00
1295.00
1928.00

5
15
—

15
30
60

7-1/2
15
—

20
50
75

APJ3485
APJ6485
APJ10487

1235.00
1295.00
1928.00

—
—
—

20
50
60

—
—
—

30
60
100

Hubbellock Receptacle

•
•

UL Listed, suitable for use as service equipment.
Short circuit rating: 10 kA.

Note: The Hubbellock receptacle switch utilizes the Square D interlocked plug SD12781 available only from Square D.

SAFETY SWITCHES

NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
304 Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1

Table 3.21:

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 12
Cat. No.

$ Price

Use with Plug
Cat. No.

$ Price

Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
60
H362WH
2351.00 H362AWH
2459.00 SD12781f
609.00
Non-Fusible—3P, 600 Vac Maximum
60
HU362WH
2237.00 HU362AWH
2310.00 SD12781f
609.00
e
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
f
Hubbell plug is furnished with a Kellems grip for 1-1/2 in. to 1-21/64 in. cable diameter.

Horsepower Ratings—3Øe
480 Vac

600 Vac

3

NEMA 1
Amperes

Std.

Max.

Std.

Max.

15

30

15

50

—

50

—

60

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 3-10 through 3-12.

H362AWH
Interlocked Receptacle
Switch with Hubbell™
Hubbellock Receptacle

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-9

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosure
RB Hub

Conduit Size

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Closing Cap

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

B300

B350

B400

BCAP

$ Price Each
33.30
33.30
33.30
33.30
61.00
102.00
186.00
300.00
368.00
3.80
(DE1A)
Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with Cat. No. ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately
from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1•2 can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring threeinch or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on three-inch and larger hubs.
Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.

Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures
Conduit Trade Size

1/2

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Standard-Zinc
Hub Cat. No.

H050

H075

H100

H125

H150

H200

H250

H300

H350

H400

138.00

177.00

282.00

Zinc $ Price Each
Chrome Plated
Hub Cat. No.
Chrome Plated $ Price
Each

31.10

45.00

47.10

54.00

83.00

120.00

H050CP

H075CP

H100CP

H125CP

H150CP

H200CP

—

—

—

—

40.70

56.00

64.00

67.00

96.00

137.00

—

—

—

—

Electrical Interlock Kits

Table 3.24:

Electrical interlocks for heavy duty 30–1200 A safety switches are
available factory-installed or in kit form for field installation. Each kit
contains instructions for proper field mounting. A pivot arm operates
from switch mechanism, breaking the control circuit before the main
switch blades break. Switches with electrical interlocks installed are UL
Listed. For factory-installed electrical interlocks add EI (for one contact)
or EI2 (for two contacts) suffix to catalog number. See Supplemental
Digest page 2-3 for electrical interlock contact ratings.
Table 3.22:

Electrical Interlock Kit

a

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

Switch’s
Series Number
Electrical Interlock Kit $ Price Factory-Installed
Amperes Rating (See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.b
$ Price
EIK031c d
F1, F5–F7
218.00
359.00
EIK032c d
30
EIK1
F3
311.00
452.00
EIK2
EIK1
F1-F3
311.00
452.00
F5–F7 (600 V)
EIK2
60
EIK031e
F4
218.00
359.00
F5–F6 (240 V)
EIK032e
EIK1
100–200
F2–F7
311.00
452.00
EIK2
EIK40601
400–1200
E1–E4
533.00
674.00
EIK40602
a
See page 3-7 for electrical interlocks on NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester and
Krydon™.
b
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with 1 suffix indicates one normally open and one
normally closed contact; 2 indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts.
Kits are UL Listed.
c
HU461AWK uses EK3061 or EK3062.
d
The following Series F5–F7 devices use EIK-1, 2: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK,
H3612RB, H461, H461DS, H461AWK, HU461, HU461DS, HU661DS, HU661AWK,
H361AWA, H361AWC, HU361AWA and HU361AWC.
e
H362WA, HU362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, HU362AWA, H362AWC, HU362AWC, and
H2212AWK use EIK1 or EIK2 electric interlock.
f
Single-pole single-throw interlock kits are rated 1/2 hp @ 110 and 220 Vac.

Class R Fuse Kits
When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for
field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR’’ suffix to catalog
number.
Table 3.23:

Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (one kit per 3P switch)

Series Number
Class R Fuse Kit
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.
30
F5–F7
RFK03Lg
60
F1, F2, F3
RFK06
60
F4–F7
RFK03H
100
F2–F7
RFK10
200
F5–F6
HRK1020
400–600
E
HRK4060
g
H221-2AWK uses RFK06 Class R fuse kit.
Amperes

$ Price
25.50
25.50
25.50
47.70
47.70
111.00

Series Number
Class R Fuse Kit $ Price Factory-Installed
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
Cat. No.
$ Price
30h
F1, F5–F7
RFK03Hi
25.50
293.00
30 h
F3
RFK06
25.50
293.00
60 h
F1–F7
RFK06H i
25.50
293.00
100 h
F2–F7
RFK10
47.70
231.00
200
F5–F6
HRK1020
47.70
231.00
400–600
E2–E4
HRK4060
111.00
360.00
h
See page 3-7 for Class R Fuse Kits in NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and
Krydon switches.
i
The following Series F5–F7 devices use RFK06: H3612, H3612A, H3612AWK, H3612RB,
H461, H461DS, H461AWK, H361AWA and H361AWC.

Internal Barrier Kits
Internal Barrier Kits provide an additional barrier that helps prevent
accidental contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers do
not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers provide IEC529 IP2X
“finger safe” protection when door of enclosed disconnect switch is
open. Convenient door allows use of test probes without accessing
fuses and replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier can
also be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted Type 9422
disconnect.
Safety Switch Application
9422 Type T
(F Series Only)
Disconnect Application $ Price
240 / 600 Vac – 30 A
Interior Barrier for 30 A
SS03
NA
150.
Safety Switchj
240 Vac – 60 A
Interior Barrier for 60 A
600 Vac – 30 A
SS06
Safety Switch, 30 or
600 Vac – 60 A
165.
600 Vac – 60 A
60 A 9422 Switch
Interior Barrier for 100 A
SS10
Safety Switch or
240 / 600 Vac – 100 A
600 Vac – 100 A
195.
100 A 9422 Switch
Interior
Barrier
for
200
A
SS20
240 / 600 Vac – 200 A
NA
225.
Safety Switch
Skirt Kit to Enclose 30 or
600 Vac – 30 A
SS0306SK
60 A 9422 Switch
NA
225.
600 Vac – 60 A
(requires SS06)
Skirt Kit to Enclose 100 A
SS10SK
9422 Switch
NA
600 Vac – 100 A
255.
(requires SS10)
j
Requires arc shield on 240 V switches be changed to 600 V arc suppressor.
Cat. No.

Description

Fuse Puller Kits

Factory-Installed
$ Price
195.00
195.00
195.00
231.00
231.00
360.00

DE1

Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (one kit per 3P switch)

Amperes

Kit consists of three fuse pullers as required for a 3-pole fusible 240 V or
600 V heavy duty switch. Kits can be installed in switches manufactured
after February, 1980. Fuse pullers supplied as standard equipment on
NEMA 12, 12K, NEMA 4, 4X, 5 stainless steel, NEMA 4X fiberglass
reinforced polyester and KRYDON switches through 100 A.

k
l

3-10

381.00

DE1A

Amperes

Series Number

Fuse Puller Kit Cat. No.

$ Price

30
30

F1, F5–F7
F3

FPK03 k
FPK0610

30.00
42.60

60
60 l

F1, F2, F3, F5–F7 (600 V)
F4 l, F5–F7 (240 V)

FPK0610
FPK03 l

42.60
30.00

100

F2–F7

FPK0610

42.60

30 A 4- and 6-pole, H361-2 and H361-2RB Series F5 use FPK0610.
H362WA, H362WC, H362AWA, H362AWC, H362WH and H362AWH use FPK0610 fuse
puller kit.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories and Special Features
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Neutral Assemblies—Field-Installed Neutral Assemblies for Fusible and Non-Fusible 240 and 600 Volt Safety Switches
Series Number
Amperes (See
pages 3-13, 3-14)
30

F1, F5–F6
F1–F3,
F5–F6 (600 V)
F4,
F5–F6 (240 V)

60

Standard
Neutral Kit
Cat. No.
SN03a
SN0610
SN03a

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil

Copper Only
$ Price Optional
Neutral Kit Cat. No.

(3) 2 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 6 Max. Al/Cu
(3) 2 Max. Al/Cu

(3) 6 Max. Cu
(2) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 6 Max. Cu

102.00
114.00

83.00

SN03Ca

107.00

SN0610C

SN20A

200.00

SN20C

H600SN

(4) 750 Max. Al/Cu
(1) 300 Max. Al/Cu

327.00

H600SNC

753.00

—

—

—

1034.00

—

—

—

F2–F6

SN0610

200b

F5–F6

400 and
600

E1–E4

(6) 750 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu
(8) 750 Max. Al/Cu
1200
E2–E4
H1200SNE4
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu
Note: Neutrals cannot be installed in 4P, 6P, or 200 A NEMA 4X fiberglass reinforced polyester
safety switches.
a
The following Series F5–F6 devices use SN0610(C): H-361-2, H-361-2RB, H-361-2A and
H-361-2AWK.
b
For 200% neutral, order (2) neutral kits and (1) SN20NI neutral jumper kit.
(2) 350 Max. Al/Cu.
E2–E4

SN03C a
SN0610C

$ Price

(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 6 Max. Al/Cu
(2) 250 Max. Al/Cu
(1) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu

100

800

83.00
107.00

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil

H800SNE4

(3) 6 Max. Cu

102.00

(2) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 6 Max. Cu
(2) 250 Max. Cu
(1) 1/0 Max. Cu
(2) 600 Max. Cu
(2) 350 Max. Cu
(1) 250 Max. Cu

114.00
246.00
452.00

Equipment Grounding Kitsg
Equipment grounding kits are field-installed and UL Listed in 30–1200 A
heavy duty switches. For factory installation of equipment grounding kit, add
suffix GL to standard Cat. No. (Example: H361GL).
Price = Switch + Kit Price.
Equipment Grounding Kits—Field- or Factory-Installed Equipment Grounding Kits–240 and 600 V

30
60 d
60

Standard
Cat. No.
GTK03 c
GTK0610 d
GTK03

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil
(2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu

Optional Copper Only
Cat. No.
11.40
GTK03C c

Terminal Data
AWG/kcmil
(1) 6 Max. Cu

(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu

18.90

GTK0610Cd

(2) 4 Max. Cu

22.70

(2) 12 Cu or (2) 10 Al or (1) 4 Max. Al/Cu

11.40

GTK03C

(1) 6 Max. Cu

13.40

$ Price

$ Price
13.40

GTK0610
(2) 1/0 Max. Al/Cu
18.90
GTK0610C
(2) 4 Max. Cu
22.70
PKOGTA2
(2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu
55.00
PKOGTC2
(2) 4 Max. Cu
58.00
PKOGTA2e
PKOGTC3
400 and 600
E2–E4
(2) 2/0 Max. Al/Cu
55.00
(3) 1/0 Max. Cu
107.00f
(2 Required)
800
E2–E4
PKOGTA7
(4) 350 Max. Al/Cu
198.00f
—
—
—
1200
E2–E4
PKOGTA8
(8) 350 Max. Al/Cu
203.00f
—
—
—
c
The following Series F5–F6 devices use GTK0610(C): H-361-2 and H-361-2RB.
d
4- and 6-pole 30 A F Series.
e
Two required if grounding conductors are run in parallel.
f
PE1A Discount Schedule
g
Equipment Ground Kits are factory-installed standard in 30–200 A series F NEMA 4-4X-5 (stainless) and 12. Equipment Ground Kits are standard on all NEMA Types, Series F 30–200 A
4 and 6 pole switches.

Table 3.25:

Square D Gray Paint

Description
16 oz. Aerosol Paint Can, Square D Gray Paint
Note: Shipped in quantities of 6.

Price Adder Each Switch
Cat. No.
PK49SP

$ Price
39.00 ea.

Quantity

$ Price
30 A
242.00

10

60 A
278.00

100 A
434.00

200 A
479.00

400 A
1137.00

Special Paint

Lock-Off Guard Kitsd

UL Listed heavy duty switches are available painted with special safety
colors. To order safety colored switches add suffixes as noted in
Table 3.26 to the standard switch commercial reference number.
All colors comply with OSHA Standard 1910.144 and ANSI Specification
Z535.1 for marking physical hazards.

Available factory- or field-installed the
lock-off guard works by covering the
lockout/tagout opening whenever the switch
is in the ON position. This prevents a
padlock from being inadvertantly inserted
into the switch lockplate. The device is
designed to help prevent accidental
misapplication of a lockout device. These
kits are marked cURus (UL Component
Recognized) for field or factory installation.

Table 3.26:

Safety Colors

Safety Color
Suffix
Black
SP0
Red
SP2
Orange
SP3
Yellow
SP4
Green
SP5
Blue
SP6
Purple
SP7
Gray
SP8
Gray ANSI 61
SP861a
White
SP9
a
Standard Square D ANSI 49 grey paint, when selecting this suffix, switches will receive
additional coat of paint.

A minimum quantity of 10 is required. Not available for NEMA Type 7/9
or stainless steel products.

Amperesc
30 A
60 A 240 V
60 A 600 V
100 and 200 A
b
c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

PE1A

600 A
2801.00

800 A
3501.00

1200 A
4376.00

3

100
200

Series Number
(See pages 3-13, 3-14)
F1, F5–F7
F1–F3d,
F5–F7 (600 V)
F4,
F5–F6 (240 V)
F2–F7
F5–F7

FactoryInstalled
$ Price

Kit Cat.
No.

Field-Installed
$ Price

LOGK1

44.30

146.00

LOGK2

45.00

177.00

For factory installation, add suffix “LOG” to the switch
catalog number.
For use with 30–200 Ampere Series F NEMA 1, 3R,
12 and 12K switches only.
Factory install and kits are available for NEMA 1, 3R,
12 and 12K switch enclosures only.

Discount
Schedule

SAFETY SWITCHES

Amperes

3-11

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

Accessories and Special Features
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Key Interlock Systems
Factory-installed only on heavy duty safety
switches and double throw safety switches.
Interlocks are used to prevent the authorized
operator from making an unauthorized operation.
Not available on hazardous location devices
(NEMA 7/9) or fiberglass reinforced polyester
(NEMA 4X).
The key interlock system is a simple and easy
method of applying individual key interlock units
and assemblies to the above equipment so as to
require operation in a predetermined sequence.
UL Listed.

Copper Only Lug Kits
Heavy duty safety switches are supplied standard with Al lugs, which
accept both Cu and Al wires. For field installation of copper-only lug kits,
order kits below. For factory installation of copper only lugs, add suffix
SLC to standard Cat. No. Note: 30 through 200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K
and stainless steel switches with factory-installed lugs bear the UL
Marine Listed manifest for use on vessels over 65 feet long. 30 through
200 Amperes NEMA 12, 12K and stainless steel switches using fieldinstalled copper only lug kits are UL Marine Listed, but do not bear the
marine manifest.
Table 3.30:

Quoting:
Contact Schneider Electric for catalog number, availability, and pricing prior
to quoting a job.
Detailed information is required before an order can be processed.
Please see Supplemental Digest Section 2 for further information.
Use these suffixes on switch catalog numbers:

•
•
•

Double Lug Kits

KI = 1 lock per switch
KI2 = 1 lock with 2 cylinders (2 keys) per switch
KIKI = 2 separate locks per switch

Table 3.27:

a

Price Adder Per Lock a

Switch Type
$ Price
30–1200 A Heavy Duty
2055.00
30–600 A Double Throw
1988.00
Prices do not apply when more than three devices are interlocked, as these schemes
normally require more than one key assembly per device.

Al/Cu to Cu Only

Lug Kitc
Cat. No.

Amperes

Lock-On Provisions
Lock-off provisions are standard on all heavy duty safety switches.
Provision for one 3•8-inch hasp padlock is available factory-installed on
NEMA 1, 3R, 4-4X-5 stainless steel and 12 switches. This modification
will allow the switch to be locked in the “ON’’ position. UL Listed.
Table 3.28:

Price Adder Per Each Switch

3

Safety Switch
Rating
To order, add suffix SPLO to standard
catalog number. Example: H364-SPLO

$ Price

30–1200 A

155.00

Cover Viewing Window
SAFETY SWITCHES

Optional cover viewing window is positioned over the
blades to allow visual verification of “ON-OFF’’ status.
Available on 30 through 1200 A heavy duty switches, all
NEMA Types. (Not available on NEMA 4X fiberglass
reinforced polyester, Krydon™ enclosures, or NEMA 7
and 9 devices.)
Factory-installed only: add “VW’’ suffix to the Cat. No.
See table below for price adder.
Table 3.29:
Class
Heavy Duty
Heavy Duty
Double Throw

Price Adder Per Switch—UL Listed
Amperes
30–100 A
400–1200 A
30–100 A

2- and 3-Pole
38.00
2297.00
255.00

4- and 6-Pole
75.00
—
510.00

Kit $ Priced

200 A heavy duty F-series switches
are supplied standard with lugs listed
on page 3-13 (one wire per phase).
For lugs that accept two wires per
phase and neutral, order the following
kit:

Lug wire range
per phase and neutral
AWG/kcmil
(2) 6 –300 Cu/Al

Field maintenance lubricant is available for servicing blade and jaw
components in switches 600 V and below. Catalog number SWLUB (list
price $24.14) consists of one tube of BG20 High Performance Synthetic
Grease manufactured by Dow Corning®. SWLUB is available in
warehouse stock, shipped individually or in multiples of 12 units per
carton.

Table 3.31:

800 and 1200 A Compression Lug Kits–
Field- Installed (See page 3-13 for 100–600 A Switches)
Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are equipped as standard
with mechanical lugs. Alternate compression lug kits are available for
field installation and are UL Listed. Each kit consists of VCEL07512H1
Versa-Crimp™ Compression Lugs and lug landing connectors capable
of converting line and load side of one switch pole or neutral.
Order one field-installed kit per pole or neutral per table below.
Example: Three-pole three-wire requires three kits; three-pole, four-wire
requires four kits.
Lug Kit
Cat. No.
800
H8LKE2
1200
H12LKE2
Note: For terminal lug data, refer to table below.
Amperes

Amperes

System

2 Wire
800
3 Wire
4 Wire
2 Wire
1200
3 Wire
4 Wire
Note: For terminal Lug data refer to table below.

Amperes
800

1200

DE5

$ Price Per
Pole or Neutral
893.00
1109.00

Table 3.32:
Factory-Installed
Series E4 800 and 1200 A safety switches are available with factoryinstalled VCEL-075-12H1 Versa-Crimp compression lug kits (above).
For factory installation, add suffix LK to standard Cat. No. (Example:
H367LK) and use price adder from table below based on system type.

Table 3.33:

DE1

Switch wire range
per phase and neutral
AWG/kcmil
(2) 6 –250 Cu/Al

200
AL20DTF
159.00
c
Not UL Listed.
d
Kit contains 3 lugs. For double lugs for line and load, order 2 kits.

Switch Lubricant

3-12

Kits–Wire size (pp 3-13)

Lug Kit
Kit
Factory-Installed
Amperes Cat.
No.b $ Price
Adder per Switch
30
CL0306F
69.00
224.00
60
CL0306F
69.00
224.00
100
CL10F
159.00
431.00
200
CL20F
264.00
717.00
400
CL40F
549.00
1490.00
600
CL60F
893.00
2426.00
800
—
—
—
1200
—
—
—
bOne kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3pole switch.

Discount
Schedule

Factory-Installed
$ Price Adder Per Switch
2106.00
2972.00
3839.00
2591.00
3696.00
4806.00

Terminal Lug Data—800 and 1200 A Compression Lugs
Conductors
Per Phase
(3) Line
and
(3) Load
(4) Line
and
(4) Load

Compression Lug (VCEL-075-12H1)
Wire Range
500–750 kcmil (Al)
or
500 kcmil (Cu)
500–750 kcmil (Al)
or
500 kcmil (Cu)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

NEMA Type 1 and 3R—Dimensions, Lug Data
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.34:
Rating
(A)

W

30c
60d
100
200e

D

W/H

W/H

D

Typical NEMA 3R

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.
H221N
H221NRB
H222N
H222NRB
H223N
H223NRB
H224N
H224NRB
H225, N
H225NR, R
H226, N
H226NR, R
H227, N
H227NR, R
H228, N
H228NR, R
H265
H265R
H266
H266R
H267
H267R
H268
H268R
H321N
H321NRB
H322N
H322NRB
H323N
H323NRB
H324N
H324NRB
H325, N
H325R, NR
H326, N
H326R, NR
H327, N
H327R, NR
H328, N
H328R, NR
H361, N
H361-2
H361NRB, RB
H361WA
H361WC
H362, N
H362NRB, RB
H362WA
H362WC
H362WH
H363, N
H363NRB, RB
H363WA
H363WC

Series
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

H
in.
14.60
14.88
14.60
14.88
21.25
21.25
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.88
14.60
14.88
21.25
21.25
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
17.50
14.88
18.19
18.19
17.50
17.50
18.19
16.75
18.19
21.25
21.25
21.85
21.85

W
mm
371
378
371
378
540
540
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
378
371
378
540
540
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
445
378
462
462
445
445
462
425
462
540
540
462
555

in.
6.50
6.63
6.50
6.63
8.50
8.50
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
6.63
6.50
6.63
8.50
8.50
17.13
17.25
27.88
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
9.00
6.63
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.50
8.50
9.00
9.00

in.
4.88
4.88
4.88
4.88
6.38
6.38
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
4.88
4.88
4.88
6.38
6.38
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
6.38
4.88
6.81
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
7.00
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
6.81

12–2 (Al)
or
14–2 (Cu)
12–2 (Al) or 14–2 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6–300 (Al/Cu)

—

—

Approximate Dimensions

D
mm
165
168
165
168
216
216
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
168
165
168
216
216
435
438
708
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
229
168
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
216
216
229
229

Optional Versa-Crimp™
Compression Lug
Field-Installedb

VCEL02114S1
VCEL030516H1
VCEL07512H1
1
1/0–750 (Al/Cu)f
1/0–750 (Al/Cu)
or
400
or
or
and
VCEL030516H1g
2
1/0–300 (Al/Cu)
1/0–300 (Al/Cu)
and
VCEL05012H1
600
2
3/0–500 (Al/Cu)
3/0–500 (Al/Cu)
VCEL05012H1
800
3
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
H8LKE2h
1200
4
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
3/0–750 (Al/Cu)
H12LKE2 h
o
a
30–100 A switches suitable for 60°C or 75°C conductors. 200–1200 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors.
b
For NEMA 1 and 3R only.
c
HU461AWK— 14–3 AWG (Al or Cu).
d
H60XFA— 14–6 AWG (Cu).
e
H225XKA— 4 AWG–300 kcmil (Cu).
f
Max. wire range is (1) 600 kcmil or (2) 300 kcmil Al/Cu on NEMA 4X Stainless and NEMA 12.
g
Order two PK516KN mounting kits when installing VCEL030516H1 lugs.
Only one kit is required on 2-Pole switches.
h
See page 3-12, 800 and 1200 A compression lug kits for additional information.

H

Typical NEMA 1

1
1
1

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

W/H
mm
124
124
124
124
162
162
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
124
124
124
162
162
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
162
124
173
173
162
162
173
178
173
162
162
173
173

in.
7.55
7.55
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
7.55
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.88
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
10.50
7.55
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50

Cat. No.
mm
192
192
192
192
267
267
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
192
192
192
267
267
470
473
708
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
267
192
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267

H364, N
H364RB, NRB
H365, N
H365R, NR
H366, N
H366NR, R
H367, N
H367NR, R
H368, N
H368NR, R
H461
H462
H463
H464
H465
H466
HU265
HU265R
HU266
HU266R
HU267
HU267R
HU268
HU268R
HU361
HU361RB
HU361WA
HU361WC
HU362
HU362RB
HU362WA
HU362WC
HU362WH
HU363
HU363RB
HU363WA
HU363WC
HU364
HU364RB
HU365
HU365R
HU366
HU366R
HU367
HU367R
HU368
HU368R
HU461
HU462
HU463
HU464
HU465
HU466

Series
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E4
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
E4
E5
E4
E5
E4
E4
E4
E4
F5
F5
F5
F5
E4
E4

H
in.
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.50
20.50
29.00
50.25
50.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.88
18.19
18.19
17.50
17.50
18.19
16.75
18.19
21.25
21.25
21.85
21.85
29.00
29.25
50.25
50.31
50.25
50.31
69.13
69.13
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.50
20.50
29.00
50.25
50.25

W
mm
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
521
521
521
737
1276
1276
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
371
378
462
462
445
445
462
425
462
540
540
462
555
737
743
1276
1278
1276
1278
1756
1756
1756
1756
521
521
521
737
1276
1276

in.
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
14.75
14.75
14.75
23.25
33.88
33.88
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
6.50
6.63
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.50
8.50
9.00
9.00
17.13
17.25
27.63
27.76
27.63
27.76
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
14.75
14.75
14.75
23.25
33.88
33.88

D
mm
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
375
375
375
591
861
861
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
165
168
229
229
229
229
229
229
229
216
216
229
229
435
438
702
705
702
705
930
930
930
930
375
375
375
591
861
861

in.
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
6.85
6.85
6.85
8.75
10.13
10.13
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
4.88
4.88
6.81
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
7.00
6.81
6.38
6.38
6.81
6.81
8.25
8.50
10.13
9.53
10.13
9.53
17.75
17.75
17.75
17.75
6.85
6.85
6.85
8.75
10.13
10.13

W/H
mm
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
174
174
174
222
257
257
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
124
124
173
173
162
162
173
178
173
162
162
173
173
210
216
257
242
257
242
451
451
451
451
174
174
174
222
257
257

in.
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.13
16.13
24.88
33.88
33.88
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
7.55
7.55
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
18.50
18.63
27.63
27.88
27.63
27.88
36.62
36.62
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.13
16.13
24.88
33.88
33.88

mm
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
410
410
410
632
861
861
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
192
192
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
267
470
473
702
708
702
708
930
930
930
930
410
410
410
632
861
861

3-13

SAFETY SWITCHES

H

2

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 312.6
AWG/kcmil
12–6 (Al) or 14–6 (Cu)
14–10 (Cu) solid or 14–10 (Cu)
stranded
14–3 (Al) or 14–3 (Cu)
12–1/0 (Al) or 14–1/0 (Cu)
6–250 (Al/Cu)

3

W

Terminal Lug Data (NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12)a

Conductors
Per Phase
and Neutral
1

Heavy Duty Safety Switches

NEMA Types 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9, 12 and 12K Dimensions
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12
W

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.

W

D

H

H

H

W/H
D
Typical NEMA 4X
Typical NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12,
Fiberglass Reinforced
12K (Stainless has flat front)
Polyester and Krydon™

Table 3.35:

W

D

Typical NEMA 7, 9

Optional Copper Only Lug Kits

(See page 3-12 for pricing. See page 3-13 for terminal lug data for the series switches listed in the
dimension table below.)
Amperes
Optional Lug Kit Cat. No.a
Lug Wire Range Per Phase AWG/kcmil
30–60
CL0306F
(1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–4 Cu strand
100
CL10F
(1) 14–8 Cu solid or 14–1/0 Cu strand
200
CL20F
(1) 6–250 Cu
400
CL40F
(1) 1–600 Cu plus (1) 6–250 Cu
600
CL60F
(2) 4–350 Cu
a
One kit includes all phase line/load lugs for a 3-pole switch.

Table 3.36:

Conduit Provisions

(NEMA 4X Fiberglass Reinforced Polyester and Krydon, NEMA 7 and 9.)
Top and Bottom Endwall
Amperes

b
c

NEMA 4X Fiberglass
Reinforced Polyester and Krydonb
30
3/4 in.
60
1-1/4 in.
100
2 in.
200
2-1/2 in.
Hubs and hub drilling templates are provided for field-installation.
Threaded conduit opening.

NEMA 7 and 9c
—
3/4 in.
1-1/4 in.
2-1/2 in.

Approximate Dimensions
Cat. No.

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

H60XFA
H100XFA
H221AWK, A
H221DS
H221-2AWK
H222AWK, A
H222DS
H223AWK, A
H223DS
H224A,AWK
H224DS
H225AWK, DS
H225NAWK, NDS
H225XJG
H226AWK, DS
H226NAWK, NDS
H227AWK, NAWK
H228AWK, NAWK
H265AWK, DS
H266AWK, A, DS
H267AWK, NAWK
H268AWK, NAWK
H321AWK, A
H321DS
H322AWK, A
H322DS
H323AWK, A
H323DS
H324A,AWK
H324DS
H325AWK, DS
H325NAWK, NDS
H326AWK, DS
H326NAWK, NDS
H327AWK, NAWK
H328AWK, NAWK
H361AWA
H361AWC
H361AWK, A
H361DS
H361DSWA
H361DSWC
H361DF
H361DX
H361SS
H361-2AWK, A
H362AWA
H362AWC
H362AWH
H362AWK, A
H362DS

3-14

Series
E1
E1
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
C2
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
15.93
15.93
14.60
14.93
16.50
14.60
14.93
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
22.56
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
14.60
14.93
14.60
14.93
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
16.50
16.50
14.60
14.93
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
14.93
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.87

W
mm
405
405
371
379
419
371
379
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
573
1175
1175
1756
1756
1175
1175
1756
1756
371
379
371
379
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
1175
1175
1756
1756
419
419
371
379
428
428
419
493
379
419
419
419
419
419
428

in.
9.87
9.87
6.63
7.22
9.00
6.63
7.22
9.00
9.36
17.25
17.75
26.25
26.25
10.88
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
6.63
7.22
6.63
7.22
9.00
9.36
17.25
17.75
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
9.00
9.00
6.63
7.22
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
7.22
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.92

D
mm
251
251
168
183
229
168
183
229
238
438
451
667
667
276
667
667
930
930
667
667
930
930
168
183
168
183
229
238
438
451
667
667
667
667
930
930
229
229
168
183
227
227
279
290
183
229
229
229
229
229
227

in.
6.96
6.96
4.96
5.11
7.00
4.96
5.11
7.00
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
7.75
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
4.96
5.11
4.96
5.11
7.00
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
7.00
7.00
4.96
5.11
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
5.11
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97

W/H
mm
177
177
125
130
178
125
130
178
177
216
226
259
259
197
259
259
451
451
259
259
451
451
125
130
125
130
178
177
216
226
259
259
259
259
451
451
178
178
125
130
130
130
224
218
130
178
178
178
178
178
177

in.
9.87
9.87
7.55
8.67
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.50
11.25
18.63
19.25
26.25
26.25
10.88
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
7.55
8.67
7.55
8.67
10.50
11.25
18.63
19.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
10.50
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
8.67
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.81

mm
251
251
192
220
267
192
220
267
286
473
489
667
667
276
667
667
930
930
667
667
930
930
192
220
192
220
267
286
473
489
667
667
667
667
930
930
267
267
192
220
275
274
279
290
220
267
267
267
267
267
275

H362DSWA
H362DSWC
H362DF
H362DX
H362SS
H363AWA
H363AWC
H363AWK, A
H363DS
H363DSWA
H363DSWC
H363DF
H363DX
H363SS
H364A,AWK
H364DS,NDS
H364NA,NAWK
H364DF
H364SS
H365AWK, DS, SS
H365NAWK, NDS
H366AWK, DS
H366NAWK, NDS, SS
H367AWK, NAWK
H368AWK, NAWK
H461AWK
H461DS
H462AWK
H462DS
H463AWK
H463 DS
H464AWK
H464DS
H465AWK
H663AWK
H663DS
H664AWK
H664DS
HU265AWK, DS
HU266AWK, DS
HU267AWK
HU268AWK
HU361AWA
HU361AWC
HU361AWK, A
HU361DS
HU361DSWA
HU361DSWC
HU361DF
HU361DX
HU361SS
HU362AWA
HU362AWC
HU362AWH
HU362AWK, A
HU362DS
HU362DSWA
HU362DSWC
HU362DF
HU362DX
HU362SS
HU363AWA
HU363AWC
HU363AWK, A
HU363DS
HU363DSWA
HU363DSWC
HU363DF
HU363DX
HU363SS
HU364A,AWK
HU364DF
HU364DS
HU364SS
HU365AWK, DS, SS
HU366AWK, DS, SS
HU367AWK
HU368AWK
HU461AWK
HU461DS
HU462AWK
HU462DS
HU463AWK
HU463DS
HU464AWK
HU464DS
HU465AWK
HU661AWK
HU661DS
HU662AWK
HU662DS
HU663AWK
HU663DS
HU664AWK
HU664DS

Series
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
F6
F6
E1
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F7
F7
F6
F6
F7
F7
F1
F1
F6
F6
E1
F6
F6
E4
E4
E4
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
E4
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
16.87
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.82
20.82
20.82
24.80
25.25
20.82
29.00
29.00
29.00
31.30
29.00
46.25
46.25
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
16.50
16.50
14.60
14.93
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
14.93
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.87
16.87
16.87
16.50
19.40
16.87
20.50
20.50
20.50
20.82
20.82
20.82
24.80
25.25
20.82
29.00
31.30
29.00
29.00
46.25
46.25
69.13
69.13
20.50
20.82
21.25
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00
46.25
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
20.50
20.82
29.00
29.00

W
mm
428
428
419
493
428
521
521
521
529
529
529
630
641
529
737
737
737
795
737
1175
1175
1175
1175
1756
1756
521
529
521
529
521
529
737
737
1175
521
529
737
737
1175
1175
1756
1756
419
419
371
379
428
428
419
493
379
419
419
419
419
428
428
428
419
493
428
521
521
521
529
529
529
630
641
529
737
795
737
737
1175
1175
1756
1756
521
529
540
529
521
529
737
737
1175
521
529
521
529
521
529
737
737

in.
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
8.92
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.36
9.36
9.36
13.70
11.40
9.36
17.25
17.75
17.25
26.30
17.75
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
32.50
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
9.00
9.00
6.63
7.22
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
7.22
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
8.92
8.92
8.92
11.00
11.40
8.92
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.36
9.36
9.36
13.70
11.40
9.36
17.25
26.30
17.75
17.75
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
14.75
15.08
16.13
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75
32.50
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
14.75
15.08
23.25
23.75

D
mm
227
227
279
290
227
229
229
229
238
238
238
348
290
238
438
451
438
668
451
667
667
667
667
930
930
375
383
375
383
375
383
591
603
826
375
383
591
603
667
667
930
930
229
229
168
183
227
227
279
290
183
229
229
229
229
227
227
227
279
290
227
229
229
229
238
238
238
348
290
238
438
668
451
451
667
667
930
930
375
383
410
383
375
383
591
603
826
375
383
375
383
375
383
591
603

in.
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
6.97
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
6.97
6.97
12.00
8.60
6.97
8.75
8.88
8.75
11.80
8.88
10.13
10.13
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
7.00
7.00
4.96
5.11
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
5.11
7.00
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
5.11
5.11
8.80
8.60
6.97
7.00
7.00
7.00
6.97
6.97
6.97
12.00
8.60
6.97
8.75
11.80
8.88
8.88
10.13
10.13
17.75
17.75
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88
10.13
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
6.80
6.97
8.75
8.88

W/H
mm
130
130
224
218
177
178
178
178
177
177
177
305
218
177
216
226
216
300
226
259
259
259
259
451
451
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226
259
173
177
222
226
259
259
451
451
178
178
125
130
130
130
224
218
130
178
178
178
178
177
130
130
224
218
177
178
178
178
177
177
177
305
218
177
216
300
226
226
259
259
451
451
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226
259
173
177
173
177
173
177
222
226

in.
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
10.81
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.25
11.25
11.25
13.70
11.40
11.25
18.63
19.25
18.63
26.30
19.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
32.50
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
10.50
10.50
7.55
8.67
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
8.67
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.50
10.81
10.81
10.79
11.00
11.40
10.81
10.50
10.50
10.50
11.25
11.25
11.25
13.70
11.40
11.25
18.63
26.30
19.25
19.25
26.25
26.25
36.62
36.62
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25
32.50
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
16.13
16.85
24.88
25.25

mm
275
274
279
290
275
267
267
267
286
286
286
348
290
286
473
489
473
668
489
667
667
667
667
930
930
410
428
410
428
410
428
632
641
826
410
428
632
641
667
667
930
930
267
267
192
220
275
274
279
290
220
267
267
267
267
275
275
274
279
290
275
267
267
267
286
286
286
348
290
286
473
668
489
489
667
667
930
930
411
428
410
428
410
428
632
641
826
410
428
410
428
410
428
632
641

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Fusible and Non-Fusible
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30–100 A Types DT, DTU (Series F)
•Fusible (DT) and non-fusible (DTU) switches available
•Manually-operated switch suitable for use in accordance with article 702 of the NEC, ANSI/NFPA 70
•Standards: UL 98, NEMA KS1, CSA, and NOM
•Modular design—switch handle, lock-plate, switch mechanism; line and load bases are field replaceable
•UL Listed short circuit current ratings up to 200 kA (using Class R, J, or T fuses—see table for rating)
•Load make/break rated
•Meets NEMA hp ratings
•Dual cover interlock
•May be padlocked ON (I) or OFF (O)
•Lock-off accepts up to three padlocks
•Side-opening door
•Quick make / quick break mechanism
•Meets NEMA requirements as heavy duty switch
•Field-installed electrical interlock kits
•Field-installed neutral assembly kits (2P and 3P switches)
•UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment
•Supplied as standard for switching one load between two power sources, and may be field-converted to switch on power
source between two loads.

30 (Series T4), 200–600 A Types 82,000 and 200 A DTU (Series E, A)
•Non-fusible
•Designed for manual transfer of loads from one supply to another
•UL Listed switches are suitable for use in accordance with Article 702 of the National Electrical Code, ANSI / NFPA 70
•All 82,000 and DTU double throw switches are continuous duty rated for their nameplate ampere rating
•The 82,000 and DTU (Series E, A) switches are load make/break rated
•UL Listed as suitable for use as service equipment
•Horsepower rated only as footnoted.
Field-Installed Accessories:

SAFETY SWITCHES

—Neutral
—Electrical Interlock
—Grounding Terminals

3

30–100 A DT, DTU (Series F)
NEMA 1

82,000 Line
NEMA 1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3-15

Double Throw Safety
Switches

240 Volt
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.37:

240 V Double Throw Safety Switches
Horsepower Ratings ab

System

Amperes Current
Series

NEMA 1

NEMA 4,4X,5
304 Stainless Steel

NEMA 3R

NEMA 12
Gasketed

240 Vac
Std.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Max.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

250 Vdcc

Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

F

DT223

2379.00

DT223RB

3056.00

—

—

—

—

7.5

15 d

15

30 d

20

30
60

F
F

DT321
DT322

1646.00
1970.00

DT321RB
DT322RB

2216.00
2612.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

1.5 e
3e

3d
7.5 d

3e
10 e

7.5 d
15 d

5
10

100

F

DT323

3104.00

DT323RB

3725.00

—

—

—

—

7.5 e

15 d

15 e

30 d

20

—
DTU223RB

—
1347.00

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

10
15

—
—

10 f
20 f

100

Line

Load
Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

Line

Load
Non-Fusible—2P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

DTU222
DTU223

962.00
1371.00

30
200
—
400

T4
E
—
A

92251 g
82254 k
—
82255 g

585.00
—
1815.00 DTU224NRB ghk
—
—
5850.00
82255R g

—
2177.00
—
8715.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
H82254
—
H82255 g

—
4671.00
—
10335.00

—
15
15
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

804.00
1119.00
1764.00

—
—
1953.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

3d
—
—

5e
10 e
15 e

10 d
15 d
30 d

5f
10 f
20 f

687.00
—
—
2564.00 DTU324NRB gh 3005.00
2798.00
—
—
8040.00
82355R g
13038.00
12555.00
DTU326R
13890.00

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
15
15
—
125

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
50

Load

3

Non-Fusible—3P, 240 Vac—250 Vdc

Line

SAFETY SWITCHES

30
60
100

F
F
F

DTU321
DTU322
DTU323

30
200
200
400
600
Non-Fusible—4P, 240 Vac
30
200
400

T4
E
E
A
A

92351 g
82354 g
DTU324N gh
82355 g
DTU326

T4
E
A

92451
82454 k
82455

953.00
5184.00
11505.00

—
82454R k
82455R

—
7517.00
16200.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
H82454 j
H82455

—
6779.00
15975.00

—
—
—

—
15 j
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

600

A

DTU426

20355.00

DTU426R

20595.00

—

—

—

—

—

125

—

—

50

Line

—
—
DTU323RB

Load

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k

—
—
H82354 gi 5408.00
—
—
H82355 g 11715.00
—
—

Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay
characteristics.
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay fuses.
For switching dc, use two switching poles.
If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded conductors.
Use outer switching poles.
Maximum rating.
240 Vac only.
Neutral included with device.
Suitable for use as service equipment.
Hp rating applies only to H82454.
250 V dc rated.

600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

3-16

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

600 Volt
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.38:

600 V Double Throw Safety Switches
Horsepower Ratings ao
NEMA 1

Amperes Current
Series

System

NEMA 4,4X,5
304 Stainless Steel

NEMA 3R

NEMA 12
Gasketed

240 Vac
std

max

480 Vac
std

600 Vac

max

std

max

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

3Ø

3Ø 3Ø b 3Øb

3Ø

3Ø

DT361
DT362
DT363

2016.00
2111.00
3686.00

DT361RB
DT362RB
DT363RB

2678.00
3135.00
4427.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

7.5
15
30

20
50
75

Vdcb
250 600

Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

30
60
100

Line

F
F
F

5
15
25

15
30
60

5
—
—

15
30
50

10
30
40

30
5
60 g 10
75 h 20

15
30
50

—
—
50

—
—
—

Load
1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø b 1Ø d 3Ø

Non-Fusible 3P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

30
60
100

F
F
F

200
400
600

E
A
A

DTU361
DTU362
DTU363

879.00 DTU361RB
1254.00 DTU362RB
2036.00 DTU363RB

1544.00
—
2045.00 DTU362DS
3425.00 DTU363DS

—
—
—
6306.00 DTU362AWK p 3635.00
9414.00 DTU363AWK p 3894.00

5
10
20

10
20e
40h

7.5
20
25
50 g
40 75 hi

82344jn 2783.00 82344RB jn 5868.00 82344DSjr 11415.00 H82344ljq 7503.00
82345 n
8213.00 82345R n 13140.00 82345DS n 15675.00
H82345 n
12105.00
DTU366 ns 13890.00 DTU366R ns 19800.00
—
—
DTU366AWKns 21675.00

—
—
—

—
—
125

—
—
—

15 k
—
250

—
—
—

—
—
350

2Ø

3Ø

2Ø

3Ø

2Ø

3Ø

20
30

20
40

40
50

50
75

50
50

60
75

10
20

30
30

—
—
—

—
—
125

—
—
—

—
—
250

—
—
—

—
—
350

—
—
50

—
—
—

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

—
—

20
40

—
—

50
75

—
—

60
75

10
20

30
50

Load

Non-Fusible 4P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

200
400
600

E
A
A

DTU462
DTU463

3035.00
Use NEMA 12
3851.00

—
—

DTU462DS
DTU463DS

6683.00 DTU462AWK p 4184.00
9978.00 DTU463AWK p 6123.00

82444 n
6143.00 82444R n 8130.00 82444DS n 15105.00
82445 n 12578.00 82445Rn 16800.00
—
—
DTU466 n 20355.00 DTU466R n 23475.00
—
—

H82444 ljn 7143.00
H82445n
16845.00
—
—

Non-Fusible 6P, 600 Vac—600 Vdc

Line

Line

60
100

F
F

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

DTU662AWK p 8474.00
DTU663AWK p 12735.00

—
—

SAFETY SWITCHES

Load

3

Load

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

Refer to page 7-31 for additional motor application data. The starting current of motors or more than
standard horsepower may require the use of fuses with appropriate time delay characteristics.
If used on corner grounded delta systems, install neutral and use outer switching pole for ungrounded
conductors.
For switching dc, use two switching poles.
Use outer switching poles.
Maximum Hp is 15 for corner grounded delta systems.
Maximum Hp is 30 for corner grounded delta systems.
Use 75oC #4 Cu or #2 Al conductors only.
Use 75oC #1 Cu conductors only.

i
j
k
l
m
n
o
p
q
r
s

Maximum Hp is 60 for corner grounded delta systems.
480 Vac maximum only, 250Vdc.
Standard Hp rating.
Not suitable for use as service equipment.
600 Vac max.
250 V dc rated.
Std.—Using fast acting one time fuses. Max.—Using dual element time delay
fuses.
(Non-fusible switches have max rating unless noted.)
Complete rating on switch is NEMA 3R or 12.
For 3R applications, remove drain screw from bottom endwall.
H82 ... and H92 ... devices are NEMA 12 only, intended for use indoors only.
Not UL Listed.
Copper lugs not listed or available.

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-17

Double Throw Safety Switches

Accessories
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.38:

Neutral Assembly

Field-Installed
Terminal
Field-Installed
Terminal
Standard Neutral Kit
Data
$ Price
Copper only
Data
$ Price
Cat. No.
AWG/kcmil
Neutral Kit Cat. No. AWG/kcmil
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) (2- and 3-pole switches only)
SN0310
14–1/0 Al/Cu 114.00
SN0310C
14–1/0 Cu 120.00
30 A (Series T4) (2- and 3-pole switches only)
a
a
908.00
—
—
—
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) b
a
a
1110.00
—
—
—
(1) 4–600kcmil or 105.00
400 A Type 82000
DT400N
—
—
—
(2) 1/0–250kcmil
600 A Type DTU (Series A)
DT600NKD
250–500kcmil 452.00
—
—
—
a
For Type 82,000 switches, neutral is available factory-installed on 2P and 3P double throw switches. Not UL Listed. To order, add suffix N to the standard
catalog number and add the above price to the list price of the switch. For DTU switches, neutral is factory-installed in standard device and is UL Listed.
b
Neutral assembly catalog number DT200N can be added to 4P Type 82000 switches in the field.
Switch

Table 3.39:

Electrical Interlocks (For Electrical Interlock Contact Ratings, see Supplemental Digest page 2-4.)

Factory-Installed
Field-Installed Electrical Interlock Kit Cat. No. c
$ Price $ Price
Adder Per Switch
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)
EIK1, EIK2 dh
311.00
905.00e
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E) f
g
—
1113.00e
400 A Type 82000
EK400DTU2
260.00
1533.00
600 A Type DTU (Series A)
DS200EK2D
438.00
—
c
Electrical interlock kit catalog numbers with “1” suffix indicate one normally open and normally closed contact; “2” indicates two normally open and two
normally closed contacts. See page 3-10 for electrical interlock ratings.
d
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches contain (2) separate switching mechanisms. Each mechanism will accept an electrical interlock. Some
applications may therefore require (2) electrical interlocks.
e
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F) switches with factory-installed electrical interlocks installed are UL Listed and interlocks are furnished with 2 N.O. /2
N.C. contacts installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard catalog number.
f
Electrical interlock EK400DTU2 can be added to 4-pole Type 82000 switches in the field.
g
Type 82000 and DTU switches are available with electrical interlock factory-installed only. Not UL listed. Electrical interlocks are furnished with 2
N.O./N.C. contacts and are installed in both “ON” positions. To order, add suffix EI to standard switch catalog number.
h
Double throw switches 92251, 92351, and 92451 are not available with factory or field installed electrical interlocks.
Switch

Table 3.40:

Service Grounding Kit (Required for service equipment use.)

Switch
30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)
30 A Type 92,000
200 A Type 82000 and DTU (Series E)

Field-Installed Service Grounding Lug Kit Cat. No.
Included
DT30SG
DT100SG
PKOGTA2
(2 required)
DS468GKD

400 A Type 82000
600 A Type 82000 (Series A)

Table 3.41:

Terminal Data AWG/kcmil
Included
(4) 14–4 Cu/Al
(3) 14–1/0 Cu/Al
(4) 10–2/0 Cu or
(4) 6–2/0 Al
6–250kcmil

$ Price
std.
29.40
30.00
55.00
309.00

Class R Fuse Kits

When installed, this kit rejects all but Class R fuses. Kits are available for field installation. For factory installation, add “CLR” suffix to catalog number.
Switch

Series Number

Class R Fuse Kit Cat. No.

3

Class R Fuse Kits—240 V (two kits per 3P switch)
30 A
F5
60 A
F5
100 A
F5
Class R Fuse Kits—600 V (two kits per 3P switch)
30 A
F5
60 A
F5
100 A
F5

$ Price

Factory-Installed

$ Price

RFK03
RFK06
RFK10

24.50
25.50
47.70

390.00
390.00
390.00

RFK06
RFK06H
RFK10

25.50
25.50
47.70

390.00
390.00
390.00

SAFETY SWITCHES

Viewing Windows
See Table 3.29 for list price. Accessory available on 30–100 A DTU switches only.
Key Interlock Systems
For factory-installed key interlocks, refer to page 3-12.
Phenolic Legend Plate
For factory-installed phenolic legend plates, refer to Supplemental Digest page 2.3.
Lock-On Provisions—UL Listed
Standard and feature on 30–100 A type DT and DTU (Series F), 82,000 (400 A only) and type 92,000 switches.
Feature available as facatory installed option for Type 82,000 (200 A only) and 200 A DTU (Series E) switches. Add the
suffix SPLO to the catalog number and add $410. to the switches list price.
Table 3.42:

“RB Hub”

Rainproof Bolt-On Hubs—for use on NEMA 3R Enclosures

Conduit Size

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Closing
Cap

Hub Cat. No.

B075

B100

B125

B150

B200

B250

B300

B350

B400

BCAP

$ Price Eachi
33.30
33.30
33.30
33.30
61.00
102.00
186.00
300.00
368.00
3.80
Note: NEMA 3R rainproof enclosures with catalog number ending in RB have a bolt-on closing cap factory-installed. Order bolt-on hubs separately
from table above. For more details see page 1-13. Hubs through size 2-1/2 in. can be directly installed on RB devices. Devices requiring 3
in. or larger hubs must have holes cut in the field. Gaskets are provided on 3 in. and larger hubs.
Note: All hubs are UL Listed for indoor and rainproof applications and suitable for use with conduit having ANSI standard taper pipe thread.
i
See Discount Schedule.

Table 3.43:

Watertight Hubs—for use on NEMA 4, 4X and 5 Stainless Steel and NEMA 12 Enclosures

Conduit Trade Size

1/2

3/4

1

1-1/4

1-1/2

2

2-1/2

3

3-1/2

4

Standard-Zinc Hub Cat. No.

H050

H075

H100

H125

H150

H200

H250

H300

H350

H400

120.00

138.00

177.00

282.00

381.00

Zinc $ Price Each
Chrome Plated Hub Cat. No.
Chrome Plated $ Price Each

31.10
H050CP

45.00
H075CP

40.70

47.10
H100CP

56.00

64.00

54.00
H125CP
67.00

83.00
H150CP
96.00

H200CP
137.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

3-18

DE1

DE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Application Data
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30–100 A Type DT
(Series F):
Select DT switches from
pages 3-16, 3-17, which
have provisions for
accepting fuses.
30 A, 200–600 A Type
82,000 (Series E, T4, A),
all DTU devices:
Use the non-fusible
double throw switches
from pages 3-16, 3-17 in
conjunction with standard
fusible devices, and
install them according to
diagram 1 or 2, below.
Line
Non-Fusible
Double Throw
Switch
Line

Table 3.44:

UL Listed Short Circuit Current Ratings

Switch Type
Type DT
(Series F)
DTU b

Type
(Series F)
DTU224NRB and
DTU324NRB
(Series E)
DTU324N
(Series E)

Voltage
Rating

UL Listed
Fuse Class

30–100 A

240 V or
600 V

30–100 A

240 V or
600 V

H, K
R, J
H or K
R, J or T

Short Circuit
Current Rating a
(A)
10,000
200,000
10,000 c
200,000

200 A

240 V

H, K

10,000 c

H, K
10,000 c
R, J
100,000
H, K
10,000 c
240 V
Type 82,000
all
R, J
100,000 d
600 V
H, K
10,000 c
H, K
10,000
Type DTU (A series)
600 A
240 V or 600 V
R, J, T
100,000
a
Rating applies to AC only. The UL Listed short circuit current rating for non-fusible switches is based on the switch being used in conjunction with the
corresponding fuse type. Evaluation of non-fusible switches in conjunction with molded case circuit breakers has not been performed.
b
The DTU361 and DTU361RB are also suitable for use on a circuit capable of delivering not more than
(A) 18 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FH circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum or
(B) 14 kA, 600 Vac maximum when protected by Type FA circuit breaker rated 30 A maximum.
c
Any brand of circuit breaker or fuse not exceeding the ampere rating of the switch may be used ahead of a non-fusible safety switch when there is up to
10 kA short circuit current available.
d
400 A 82,000 switch is only 10 kA.

Table 3.45:

200 A

240 V

Terminal Lug Data for Type DT, DTU (Series F) Double Throw Safety Switches
NEMA 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

Wires
per
Phase

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 373-6
AWG/kcmil
30–60 A
12–2 Al
Type DT, DTU
1
or
(Series F)
14–2 Cu
100 A
12–1/0 Al
Type DT, DTU
1
or
(Series F)
14–1/0 Cu
e
Thomas and Betts catalog numbers.
f
Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers.
Switch Type

Fusible Single
Throw Switch
or Circuit
Breaker

Amperes

Table 3.46:
Load

Standard Lug
Wire Range
AWG/kcmil
12–2 Al
or
14–2 Cu
12–1/0 Al
or
14–1/0 Cu

Amperes

Wires per
Phase

Wire Range Wire Bending Space
Per NEC Table 373-6
AWG/kcmil

30 A (Series T4) h

1

14–8 Al/Cu

Line
200

Non-Fusible
Double
Throw
Switch

Load

1
1
or
2
600
2
o
200–600 A switches suitable for 75 C conductors.
30 A switches suitable for 60oC or 75oC conductors.
Hubbell Versa-Crimp™ catalog numbers.
400

g
h
i

VCEL02114S1 f

Optional Copper Only Lug

See pages 3-12 and 3-14 for appropriate
kit.
Order two kits per switch.

Terminal Lug Data for Types 82,000 and for A and E-Series DTU devices

Diagram 1

Fusible
Single Throw
Switch or
Circuit
Breaker

Optional
Compression Lug
Field-Installed
C10-14,
D8-14,
or E6-14 e

6–300 Al/Cu
1/0–600 Al/Cu
or
1/0–300 Al/Cu
250–500 Al/Cu

Lug Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

g
Optional Compression Lugs
Field-Installed

12–2 Al
or
14–2 Cu
6–300 Al/Cu

VCEL030516H1 i

1/0–600 Al/Cu

—

250–500 Al/Cu

—

—

SAFETY SWITCHES

Situations Requiring
Fuses

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-18
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-20
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 3-21

3

Fusible
Single Throw
Switch or
Circuit
Breaker
Line

Diagram 2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1

Discount
Schedule

3-19

Double Throw Safety Switches

Dimensions—Series F Devices
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 3.47:

W

H

D

W/H

NEMA 1
W

H

3
W/H

D

30–100 A Type DT, DTU (Series F)—Approximate Dimensions

Cat. No.

Series

DT223
DT223RB
DT321
DT321RB
DT322
DT322RB
DT323
DT323RB
DT361
DT361RB
DT362
DT362RB
DT363
DT363RB
DTU222
DTU223
DTU223RB
DTU321
DTU322
DTU323
DTU323RB
DTU361
DTU361RB
DTU362
DTU362AWK
DTU362DS
DTU362RB
DTU363
DTU363AWK
DTU363DS
DTU363RB
DTU462
DTU462AWK
DTU462DS
DTU463
DTU463AWK
DTU463DS
DTU662AWK
DTU663AWK

F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F5
F6
F6
F5
F6
F6
F6
F6

H
in.
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
29.94
29.94
30.50
29.94
29.94
29.94
30.50
29.94
30.50
29.94
29.94
30.26
30.50
29.94
29.94
30.26
30.50
29.94
30.26
30.26
29.94
30.26
30.26
30.26
30.26

W
mm
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
965
760
760
775
760
760
760
775
760
775
760
760
769
775
760
760
769
775
760
769
769
760
769
769
769
769

in.
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
9.88
6.87
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
10.25
15.50
15.50
10.25
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50

W/H
mm
251
174
260
260
260
260
251
174
260
260
260
260
251
174
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
260
394
394
260
394
394
394
394

in.
11.13
8.12
11.50
11.80
11.50
11.80
11.13
8.12
11.50
11.80
11.50
11.80
11.13
8.12
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.50
11.96
11.96
11.96
11.50
11.96
11.96
16.75
16.75
11.96
16.75
16.75
16.75
16.75

D
mm
283
206
292
300
292
300
283
206
292
300
292
300
283
206
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
304
292
304
304
304
292
304
304
425
425
304
425
425
425
425

in.
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.75
6.60
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
6.93
7.12
6.93
6.93
6.93
7.12
6.93
6.93
7.12
7.12
6.93
7.12
7.12
7.12
7.12

mm
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
171
168
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
176
181
176
176
176
181
176
176
181
181
176
181
181
181
181

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-19
Dimensions: 30, 200–600 A (Series E, T4, A) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-21

NEMA 3R
SAFETY SWITCHES

W

H

W/H

D

NEMA 4, 4X, 5 and 12

3-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Double Throw Safety Switches

Dimensions—Series A, E, and T4 Devices
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

30, 200–600 A Types 82,000 and E-Series DTU devices, NEMA 1 and
3R—Approximate Dimensions

Cat. No.

W/H
W

D

H

NEMA 1

W/H
W

D

H

DTU—200 A
NEMA 3R

DTU224NRB a
82254 a
82254NW a
82344 a
82344RB a
82354
92251
82344DS
DTU324N
DTU324NRB
H82344
H82444 a
H82454
82454
82444
82454R a
82444R
H82254
H82354
82444DS a
82255 a
82255R
82345a
82345DSa
82345Ra
82355 a
82355R a
82445
82445R
82455 a
82455R
H82255
H82345
H82355
H82445
H82455
DTU326
DTU426
DTU366
DTU466
DTU326R
DTU426R
DTU366R
DTU466R
DTU366AWK
a
250 V dc rated.

Series
E1
E1
E1
E2
E1
E1
T4
E1
E1
E1
E2
E2
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1

H
in.
32.50
30.88
30.88
30.88
32.50
30.88
10.00
30.88
32.50
32.50
32.50
32.50
32.50
38.00
38.00
38.00
38.00
32.50
32.50
38.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
39.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
38.50
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
39.00
63.31
63.31
63.31
63.31
63.76
63.76
63.76
63.76
63.76

W
mm
826
784
784
784
826
784
254
784
826
826
826
826
826
965
965
965
965
826
826
965
978
991
978
991
991
978
991
978
991
978
991
991
991
991
991
991
1608
1608
1608
1608
1619
1619
1619
1619
1619

in.
20.63
15.75
20.00
20.00
20.63
20.00
8.00
20.00
24.50
24.50
24.50
30.21
30.21
29.62
29.62
29.62
29.62
24.50
24.50
29.62
26.10
26.62
26.10
26.62
26.62
26.10
26.62
30.10
30.21
30.10
30.21
26.62
26.62
26.62
30.21
30.21
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66
27.00
23.66

W/H
mm
524
400
508
508
524
508
203
508
622
622
622
767
767
753
753
753
753
622
622
753
663
676
663
676
676
663
676
765
767
765
767
676
676
676
767
767
601
686
601
686
601
686
601
686
601

in.
24.00
19.63
23.88
23.88
24.00
23.88
9.75
23.88
26.25
26.25
26.25
33.61
33.61
33.02
33.02
33.02
33.02
26.25
26.25
33.02
29.51
30.02
29.51
30.02
30.02
29.51
30.02
33.50
33.61
33.50
33.61
30.02
30.02
30.02
33.61
33.61
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46
27.80
24.46

D
mm
610
499
607
607
610
607
248
607
667
667
667
854
854
839
839
839
839
667
667
839
750
763
750
763
763
750
763
851
854
851
854
763
763
763
854
854
621
706
621
706
621
706
621
706
621

in.
10.63
9.75
11.75
11.75
10.63
11.75
4.75
11.75
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
10.63
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88
8.88

mm
270
248
298
298
270
298
121
298
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
270
226
226
226
226
226
226
226
226
226

3

240 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-16
600 V Double Throw . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-17
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-18
Application Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20
Dimensions: 30–100 A (Series F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 3-20

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.48:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

3-21

Dimensions

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty
Disconnect Switch

Class 3110
www.schneider-electric.us

Put over 100 years of Schneider Electric’s experience as
a global specialist in energy management to work on your
photovoltaic (PV) project. The Square D™ 1000 Vdc
disconnect switch is the perfect solution for your 1000 Vdc

PV disconnect applications. It is compact and available in
both a 100 and 200 amp non-fusible versions. IEC 609471 and 3 certified (file 136861) and UL 98 certified (file
E343341).

Extended Life Expectancy

Designed for Harsh PV Environments

Exceeds IEC 60947-3 mechanical endurance
requirements by factor of 18
Exceeds IEC 60947-1 electrical endurance requirements
by factor of 10
Exceeds NEMA KS-1 mechanical endurance
requirements by factor of 3.

NEMA Type 3 and IP63 enclosure

•
•

Resists windblown dirt/dust
Exceeds NEMA Type 1, 3R and 12

Operating range of -37°C to 50°C
Specially designed PV paint reduces solar gain up to 35%
over standard grey enclosures

Easy to Install
Preconfigured solar solution
Familiar enclosed safety switch design
Suitable for both grounded and ungrounded PV
Table 3.49:

1000 Vdc Photovoltaic Heavy Duty Disconnect Switch Pricing and Accessories
Factory Installed Accessories
NEMA 1, 3R, 12, 3
and IP63

System

Amperes

Cat. No.

Electrical Interlock Electrical Interlock
Single Contacta
Two Contactsb

Viewing
Windows

Terminal Blocks
(Copper)c

3 Wire
Ground
Lugd

Price No. Suffix $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price No. $ Price
$ Price No. Suffix $Adder
Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder Suffix Adder

Height Width
(in.)
(in.)

Depth
(in.)

3 Pole Groundede
Three-Pole (Grounded System)

Connector

Line

Connector

100

REHU393IP 1672.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

150.00

TBC

409.00

GL

263.00

22.13

18.63

8.75

200

REHU394IP 2246.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

175.00

TBC

409.00

GL

263.00

22.13

18.63

8.75

100

REHU493IP 2507.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

150.00

—

—

GL

263.00

29.00

18.63

8.75

200

REHU494IP 3965.00

EI

452.00

EI2

496.00

VW

175.00

—

—

GL

263.00

29.00

18.63

8.75

Load

PE
Protective earth terminal

3

4 Pole Ungrounded
Four-Pole (Ungrounded System)

SAFETY SWITCHES

Load

Line

Load

Line

Connector

PE
Protective earth terminal

a
b
c

Order EIK1PV for single contact field-installed kit $311.00.
Order EIK2PV for double contact field-installed kit $355.00.
Accommodates (2) 250 max Cu or (1) 1/0 max Cu wiring; Order

d
e

SN20CPV for field-installed kit $246.00.
Order REHGND KIT for field installable kit $100.00.
Terminal blocks standard with 3 pole switches; accommodates (2) 1/0
max Al/Cu or (2) 6 max Al/Cu wiring.

Schneider Electric gives the Photovoltaic market place the most comprehensive one stop shop
for Residential and Light Commercial Photovoltaic Balance of System components. Schneider
Electric's Inverters, and Square D brand DC and AC disconnect switches and Load Centers are
ideal solutions to your Balance of Systems requirements. See the Balance of System solution
chart below for your single phase PV system.
Table 3.50:

200 A Enclosed Switch Dimensions (inches)

PV Balance of System Solution Package—Grid Tie

System Voltage

Kilowatts

Amps

DC Disconnect

Inverter

250 Vdc

2.8

30

HU361RB

878-2801

D221NRB

250 Vdc

3.3

60

HU362RB

878-3301

D222NRB

QO140M225

250 Vdc

3.3

100

HU363RB

878-3301

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

600 Vdc

3.8

30

HU361RB

878-3801

D221NRB

QO130M200

600 Vdc

5.0

60

HU362RB

878-5001

D222NRB

QO140M225

600 Vdc

5.0

100

HU363RB

878-5001

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

For internal 600 Vdc PV combiner box switches please see our offering of 9422
switches 600 Vdc UL98 listed in digest pages 8-14.

3-22

DE1

Discount
Schedule

AC Disconnect Load Center Product
QO130M200

For our 600 Vdc PV switch offering please see digest pages 3-5–3-6.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

String Combiner Boxes

Dimensions
Class 3140 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D PV string combiner boxes are used to integrate multiple PV strings into one output
circuit. Its tough exterior and safety features protect wiring from weather and overcurrent. The
exterior coating ensures low operating temperatures and longer life of internal components.
The specially engineered enclosure is designed to provide dust tight and rain tight protection;
it meets or exceeds NEMA® 3R, 12, and 4 requirements. Traditional Square D visible blade
switch architecture confirms disconnection, while touch-safe interior shielding protects
against accidental contact with live components.

Features
Flexible

•
•
•

Vertical, horizontal, and angled mounting options
Flexible installation with top, bottom, and side entry
Substantial wire-bending space

Robust

•
•
•

Dust tight and rain tight engineered enclosure for outdoor use
UV-resistant white exterior coating to reduce solar gain by 35%
Meets or exceeds NEMA 3R, 12, and 4 requirements

Safe

•
•
•
•

Square D traditional visible blade switch architecture for confirmation of disconnect
Touch-safe interior shielding guards against accidental contact with current-carrying components
Seismic-certified 100–400 amp string combiner boxes for earthquake safety
Optional integrated 2.5 kV surge arrestor to protect PV electronics from lightning strikes

Listings
• UL 1741
• Switches tested to UL98B
• CSA C22.2 Spec 107.1
600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes

Maximum
Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only)
Continuous Maximum Continuous
Output
DC Output PV Module
Input
List
Input Output Circuit Number
of
Ground
Current
Isc Rating
Current
Price $
Circuit
(+
and
-)
Conductors
In
(Max.)
(Amps)
Per String
(+ and -)
(+ or -)
(Amps)
REHSC126100
12
100
838.00 #12–#6
#6–1/0
1
REHSC166200
16
200
1067.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM
1
#14–4 Or
10.4
13
2X #14–#12
REHSC246300
24
300
1378.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
REHSC326400
32
400
2226.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
a
For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number.
Catalog
Numbera

Table 3.52:

Number
Input
Circuits
(Max.)

Width

Depth

Ground
Out

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0

20.78
27.78
35.78
35.78

528
706
909
909

14.50
20.25
20.25
20.25

368
514
514
514

6.13
6.13
6.13
6.13

156
156
156
156

600 Vdc Photovoltaic Combiner Boxes With Disconnects

Maximum
Wire Range (AWG/kcmil—Copper Only)
Continuous Maximum Continuous
Output
DC Output PV Module
Input
List
Input Output Circuit Number
of
Ground
Current
Isc Rating
Current
Price $
Circuit
(+
and
-)
Conductors
In
(Max.)
(Amps)
Per String
(+ and -)
(+ or -)
(Amps)
REHSC126100DU
12
100
1438.00 #12–#6
#6–1/0
1
REHSC166200DU
16
200
1899.00 #12–#6 #6–300 MCM
1
#14–4 Or
10.4
13
2X #14–#12
REHSC246300DU
24
300
3035.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
REHSC326400DU
32
400
3883.00 #12–#6
1/0–300
2
a
For factory installed surge protection device add the suffix “S” to the catalog number.
Catalog
Numbera

Outside Dimmensions
Height

Number
Input
Circuits
(Max.)

Outside Dimmensions
Height

Width

Depth

Ground
Out

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0
#6–2/0

31.00
31.00
41.00
41.00

787
787
1041
1041

19.00
25.00
25.00
25.00

483
635
635
635

9.00
9.00
10.50
10.50

229
229
267
267

SAFETY SWITCHES

Table 3.51:

The 600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device (SPD) is for medium risk PV applications. The
SPD when installed in a Square D combiner box protects solar modules, power tracking and
blocking diodes from physical damage resulting from lightning induced transients. The SPD
device uses Metal Oxide Varistor (MOV)/Gas-Filled Spark Gap (GSP) protection circuits for
longer life and no current leakage. The devices are UL1449 ed 2 compliant Low Voltage
TVSS. The SP are available as factory installed by adding the suffix “S” to the combiner box
catalog number or as kits a kit: REHTYPE2SP.
Table 3.53:

Typical String Combination Box Dimensions

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

600 Vdc Type 2 Surge Protection Device

Catalog
Number

Network
Voltage

Nominal
Discharge
Current
per 20
micro sec

Maximum
Discharge
Current
per 20
micro sec

Operating
Current

Operating
Temperature;
Celsius

List Price $

REHTYPE2SP

600 Vdc

20kA

40kA

<0.1nA

-40 to +85

Kit
337.00

Factory
Installed
490.00

3-23

3

Surge Protection Device

www.schneider-electric.us

3
SAFETY SWITCHES

3-24

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 4
Power Monitoring and Control
PowerLogic™ Energy and Power Management Systems

StrucureWare Energy
Operation
Power Monitoring software

CM4000

ION7650

Sepam series 80
HDM4 Panel

Introduction
Power Monitoring Software
StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert
StruxureWare PowerMonitoring Expert for Data
Centers
StruxureWare PowerMonitoring Expert for
Healthcare
StruxureWare Power SCADA Expert
PowerLogic ION EEM Enterprise Energy
Management Software
PowerLogic Metering
ION8650
ION7550/7650
ION7350/7330/7300
ION6200
PowerLogic ION Meter Selection
DM6200 Panel Meter
PM1200 Multifunctional Power Meter
Series 800 Power Meter
Series 3500 Power Meter
Series 4000 Circuit Monitor
Series 5000 Power Meter
Submetering
Tenant Metering Software
PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter
High Density Meter Enclosures (HDM)
Multi Circuit Energy Meters
Energy Meter
Enercept™ Meter
Split Core Current Transformers
Branch Circuit Power Meter
Branch Current Monitor
Multi-Circuit Meter
Submeter Display
Communications
CommX 200 Data Logger
Ethernet Gateways
Web Page Generator
Engineering Services
Consulting & Analysis
Industrial Energy Efficiency
Power Monitoring Applications
Power System Control Applications
System Integration
Factory Assembled Enclosures
Technical Support
Power Management University

4-2, 4-3
4-4
4-4
4-4
4-5
4-6

4-7
4-7
4-8
4-8
4-9
4-10
4-10
4-10
4-11
4-11
4-12
4-13
4-13
4-14
4-14
4-15
4-15
4-15
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-16
4-17
4-18
4-18
4-19
4-19
4-20
4-20
4-20
4-21
4-22
4-22

Sepam Digital Protective Relays
Series 80, 60, 40 & 20 Features
Series 80, 60, 40, 20 & 10 Applications

4-23
4-24

Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation Systems
4-25

Active Harmonic
Filter

Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions
Low Voltage Fixed Capacitor
Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks
LV Transient Free Reactive Compensation Banks
Medium Voltage Capacitors
Accusine™ PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)

4-27
4-28
4-30
4-31
4-32
4-33
4-35

4

Low Voltage
Automatic Capacitor
Bank

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

VAMP 221

ReactiVar™ Reactive Power Compensation and
Harmonic Mitigation Solutions

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-1

PowerLogic™
www.powerlogic.com

Go Beyond Traditional Energy Management
Monitor and control your energy and resource consumption from top floor to shop floor.
Behind every good solution is a great product
Power Management Solutions from Schneider Electric are some of the world's largest and
most advanced systems. These systems include a range of software and power meters
providing thousands of energy suppliers and consumers a unique level of insight into every
energy-related cost, risk and opportunity that spans the entire Energy Management Lifecycle.
Leading the way in power quality and reliability
Backed by over a century of expertise in energy management, our engineers can work with
you to design or upgrade existing systems that are cost-effective, fit seamlessly into existing
workflows and integrate tightly with other Schneider Electric or third-party power and
automation solutions, including the StruxureWare platform of applications.
At Schneider Electric, our suite of energy and sustainability solutions and services are
available to support any industry. From data centers to healthcare, industrial facilities to
education, government or other commercial buildings – we enable our customers to maintain
power quality, ensure reliability and reduce energy costs.

COST
Management
Reduce your Energy Cost
•
•
•
•
•

Cost allocaon
Energy usage and opmizaon
Regulatory compliance
Revenue metering
EE assessments

ASSET
Management
Maintain reliability
• Equipment use opmizaon
• Equipment lifeme esmaon
• Condion based monitoring
for proacve maintenance

NETWORK
Management
Ensure Power Quality

4

• Network protecon
• Power monitoring

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

• Root cause analysis
• Power quality monitoring
to regulatory standards

4-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™
www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.1:
Data Presentment & Management

Data Acquisition, Alarms & Monitoring

Enterprise

Online
Energy
Analysis

Data Centers;
Industrial Buildings, Property
Management, Utilities

Utilities

For products see DIGEST section:

4–6

4–17

4–5

4–4 thru 4–12

4–13 thru 4–16

For services see DIGEST section:

4–20

4–20

4–21

4–21

4–22

Automatic Meter Reading

•

••••

••

Revenue Metering

•

••••

••

Supervisory Control &
Data Acquisition

Power Monitoring System

Tenant Submetering

Water/Wastewater, Heavy
Industrial, large
Commercial Buildings,
Process Industry, Data
commercial buildings, Government Buildings,
Centers, Critical Power Military Bases, Healthcare
Military Bases

Meter Application

WAGES Utility Pulses
Sub-billing

•••
•••

•••

••••

••

••••

•••

•

••

••

•••

•

•

•••

•

••

•••

•••

•••

•••

Commissioning & Troubleshooting

•••

••••

Equipment Monitoring: transformers, MCCs,
switchgear, switchboards, circuit breaker status,
protective equipment, capacitors, generators,
panelboards, PDU, UPS, etc.

•••

••••

Measurement & Verification

••••
•••

Cost Allocation & Utility Billing
Energy Usage Analysis
Cost
Management

Procurement Optimization
Allocate Energy Costs

•

Interval Benchmarking & Profiling

••••

Total Load Aggregation

••••

•

•

Energy Efficiency
Emissions Tracking

••

•••

Power Factor Correction

•

•

Peak Demand Reduction

••

•

•••

Demand Response & Curtailment
Improve Maintenance Practices

Ensure
Power
Quality

Facility Planning
Identify Equipment Capacity

•••

Determine Transformer Stress
Equipment Asset Optimization

•••
••

••

•••

Improve Efficiency
Balance Circuit Loading

•••

Balance Generator Usage

•••

Optimize Chiller & Mechanical Equipment

•

System Monitoring & Analysis
Transient Voltage Detection

••••

Sag/Swell Disturbance Monitoring

••••

Power Quality & Harmonic Analysis
Network
Management

Power Quality Compliance

••••
••••

•

•••

•

•••

••••

Alarm & System Diagnositics
Electrical Distribution Alarm & Event Analysis
Waveform capture viewing

••••

Remote alarm notification

••••

•••

Energy Services
••••

see section
4–20 for
Engineering
Services
••••

Peak Shaving/Generator Control
Load Management/Shedding

•••

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

••••

WAGES

••

see section 4–20 for
Engineering Services

••
•••

Advanced Reliability Services
Engineering
Services

Auto Throw Over (ATO)

••••

Emergency Power Supply System Test Reporting
Sequence of Events Recording (1ms time/stamp)
GPS Time Stamping

••
••••

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

••••

•••

••••

•••

Power System Control

••••

•

Network Protection

••••

••

see section 4–20 for
Engineering Services

Consulting Services
System Studies (SC/TCC/Arc Flash)

see section 4–20 for Engineering Services

4

Power System Assessments

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Total Energy Control Services

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-3

PowerLogic™

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Software
www.powerlogic.com

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert Software
StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert is an operations-level
supervisory software that provides a complete power management
solution for industry, large commercial and institutional buildings,
data centers, healthcare facilities, and utilities. Engineering and
management personnel can cut energy-related costs, avoid
downtime, and optimize equipment operations by using the
information provided by SWPME
StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert software also enables
tracking of real-time power conditions,analysis of power quality and
reliability, and quick response to alarms to avoid critical situations.
The software forms a layer of energy intelligence across your
facility, campus or service area, acting as a unified interface to all
electrical and piped utilities.

Typical applications

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Monitor the facility electrical network and verify reliable operation
Improve response to power-related events and restore operations quickly
Analyze and isolate the source of power quality problems
Analyze energy use to identify waste and reduce cost
Estimate utility bills to verify accuracy and identify errors
Allocate energy costs to departments to drive accountability and
awareness
Reduce peak demand surcharges and power factor penalties
Identify excess capacity in existing infrastructure and avoid over-building
Support proactive maintenance to prolong asset life.

Scalable, flexible architecture
Functional components
Provides operators with a rich environment to view and navigate
real-time displays of measurements and status indicators; perform
power quality and reliability analysis; historical trending; alarms; and
manual control.
Table 4.2:

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert software
Description

PME Bundle (10L)
PME Bundle (100DL)
PME Bundle (200DL)
PME (UNLTD DL)
Cost Allocation and Bill Estimation Module
SQL Server 2008 R2 Standard Edition
PME (UNLTD DL) Expansion from PME (50 DL)
PME (10 DL) Upgrade
PME (100 DL) Upgrade
PME (200 DL) Upgrade
PME 5 DL Add-On Pack Upgrade

Catalog No.

$ Price

IE7BANCZZSPEZZ
IE7BENCZZSPEZZ
IE7BGNCZZSPEZZ
IE7BZNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MBNCZZSPEZZ
IE7SQL2008R2
IE7BZNPDZSPEZZ
IE7BAUCZZSPEZZ
IE7BEUCZZSPEZZ
IE7BGUCZZSPEZZ
IE7D5UCZZSPEZZ

5499.00
21739.00
34109.00
38398.00
2195.00
6510.00
25339.00
2750.00
10870.00
17055.00
630.00

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert for Data Centers
Specialized and focused power management software that provides
power system intelligence for the entire power distribution
infrastructure of your data center.
Table 4.3:

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert For Data
Centers

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert Software Data
Center Edition

Catalog No.

$ Price

IE7XJNCZZSPEZZ

35814.00

IE7MRNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MGNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MUNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MTNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MWNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MPNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MSNCZZSPEZZ

2995.00
2995.00
2995.00
2995.00
1495.00
2195.00
5995.00

Base
PME4DC (200L)

4

Optional
Power Loading &
Balancing

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Equipment Maintenance
Power Distribution
Efficiency
Energy Billing Support

Branch Circuit Power Mode
Generator Power Module
UPS Power Module
Generator Test Module
PUE Module
Power Losses Module
Branch Circuit Energy Module

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert for Healthcare
Specialized and focused power management software that provides
power system intelligence for the entire power distribution
infrastructure of your hospital or healthcare facility.
Table 4.4:

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Expert
Healthcare
Description

PME4HC (50DL)
EPSS Test Module

4-4

PM1

PL1

Discount
Schedule

Catalog No.
IE7CNCZZSPEZZ
IE7MENCZZSPEZZ

$ Price
15740.00
2195.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

StruxureWare Power Monitoring Software

www.powerlogic.com

StruxureWare Power SCADA Expert

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

StruxureWare Power SCADA Expert software was created to meet the requirement for real-time monitoring and control
of electrical distribution systems, including fast response times and high reliability through redundancy. StruxureWare
Power SCADA Expert is powered by Citect™ SCADA technology but is specifically designed for electrical power
systems applications. The complete supervisory control and data acquisition (SCADA) solution includes a dynamic
graphical user interface, enhanced alarm management, one second response times for control operation and status,
transparent redundancy, and reliable communications (through hardware components and network topology). The
system also features Sequence of Events Recorder (SER) logs with time stamps of 1ms resolution. StruxureWare
Power SCADA Expert software includes a web-based client for remote viewing capability. The graphical user interface
consists of animated objects which change according to status information. The flexible graphics editor includes both
ANSI and IEC electrical symbols to facilitate easy one-line diagram creation. Real-time and historical trending is also
supported.
For pricing information, please contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-5

PowerLogic™

ION EEM Enterprise Energy Management Software
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic ION EEM is a complete enterprise energy management solution that unites business and energy
strategies across your entire enterprise by unifying and extending the benefits of your existing energy-related data
resources. Stakeholders from management to operations will be empowered by actionable energy intelligence to reveal
opportunities, isolate problems and drive cost and risk reduction strategies.

Personalized dashboards
help management and
operations personnel
monitor all aspects of
energy use and respond to
opportunities or threats.

PowerLogic ION EEM automatically acquires data from power monitoring and control systems, building and process
automation systems, utility information systems, weather services, spot-market energy pricing feeds, and enterprise
business applications, cleanses and warehouses it. Personalized, browser-based dashboards and innovative
visualization and modeling tools then make the information available to whomever needs it, so you can accurately
monitor, validate, predict and control energy-related expenses.
From operational cost reductions to procurement support through cost allocation, benchmarking and budgeting, key
performance indicators and advanced analytics, PowerLogic ION EEM helps you manage energy in financial terms. It
also helps you gain unique insight into the impacts of power quality on your business and all energy assets. From the
service entrance to the boardroom, PowerLogic ION EEM software allows energy to be managed as a variable cost.

Key features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

True enterprise-level software architecture: data quality assurance, data warehouse, web framework
Web portal: personalized dashboards, key performance indicators, charts, trends, real-time conditions
Reporting: rich and customized content, support for complex data and graphics, scheduled distribution
Trending: advanced visualization, dimensional analysis, prediction, statistical rollups
Modeling: regression analysis, normalization, correlation, integration of all relevant drivers and contextual data
Billing: built-in rate engine and rate wizard
Power quality analysis: wide-area event monitoring, classification, filtering, correlation
Alarms and events: triggering on complex conditions, notification, logging
Integration: data acquisition systems, weather and pricing feeds, other enterprise applications (e.g. BAC, ERP)
Greenhouse Gas Emissions (CO2) Report

Typical applications
Produce aggregate billing,
load profile, cost allocation,
power quality, forecasting or
budget reports to help inform
stakeholders and track
results against goals.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Manage all utilities (electricity, gas, water, etc.) and emissions through a single, unified interface
Benchmark facility performance across an entire enterprise to identify energy inefficiencies
Measure and verify savings from energy conservation projects or performance contracts
Reduce operational costs, improve processes, and prolong asset life
Meet corporate environmental stewardship goals or mandated impact targets
Manage demand control schemes, load shedding, peak shaving, base loading or on-site generation
Enable participation in real-time pricing and load curtailment programs
Optimize procurement by forecasting and budgeting for energy needs and comparing utility rates
Identify utility billing errors and validate contract compliance
Allocate and recover utilities costs from tenants, departments, processes, etc.
Maximize the use of existing infrastructure capacity and avoid overbuilding
Identify and reduce risks to uptime

Other web-base content

Personalized access thr ough enterprise-wide web portal

Data Presentations

Use advanced billing
functions to support energy
procurement and manage
load or generation assets in
response to curtailment or
pricing signals.
Reporting
Engine

Trend
Analysis

Energy
Modeling

Bill
Analysis

Emissions
Reporting

Cost
Allocation

Power Quality
Analysis

Business Applications

4

Data Quality
Data Sharing

Data W arehouse

Data management

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Monitor power quality risk
factors, benchmark
performance, determine
impacts, validate contract
compliance, isolate problem
sources, and confirm your
return-on-investment.

4-6

Power management
and metering systems

Building Automation
Sytems P roduction

Energy Billing And
Pricing Systems

Business And
Accounting Systems

Data presentation tier
Web portal delivers enterprise-wide
access through personalized
dashboards, reports, detailed analytics,
and integration of views from third-party
systems. Schedule information and
report distribution to the people who
need it, for use on their desktop or
mobile devices.
Business applications tier
Standard and optional modules tailor
functionality to specific needs.
Advanced analytics and reporting on
every driver and relationship affecting
energy cost and reliability.
Data management tier
Integration of data from many sources:
power monitoring and control systems
(PowerLogic or third party), utility
metering systems (water, air, gas etc.),
Internet weather, real-time energy
pricing feeds, manual input, energy
assets (power distribution and reliability
equipment, generators), line-of-business
systems (BAC, DCS, ERP, EAM,
accounting). Data quality module
assures complete and reliable data from
all inputs.
For price and ordering information,
contact your local PowerLogic Sales
Specialist or PowerLogic
Inside Sales at 615-287-3535.

Other Energy-Relevant Inputs
Weather, Occupancy , A rea

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters

www.powerlogic.com

ION8650/7550/7650 Power and Energy Meters
The web-enabled PowerLogic ION8650 is used to monitor electric distribution networks, service entrances and substations. It enables businesses
to manage complex energy supply contracts that include power quality guarantees. Low-range current accuracy makes it ideal for independent
power producers and cogeneration applications that require the accurate bi-directional measurement of energy. It is well suited to load curtailment,
equipment monitoring and control and energy pulsing and totalization applications. Integrate it with Power Management Software applications.

PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Features
Feature set C includes:
•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•

Table 4.5:

9S, 35S, 36S socket and switchboard cases
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, power and meets stringent ANSI
revenue metering standards including ANSI C12.20 0.2 and Class 2,
10, & 20
Power quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics to the
31st and symmetrical components
32MB log/event memory, min/max for any parameter, historical logs up
to 64 channels, timestamp resolution to 0.001 seconds and GPS time
synchronization
Transformer/line loss compensation and Instrument transformer
correction
Communications: Ethernet, Serial, Modem, Internet and Ethernet to
serial gateway and ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU, Modbus TCP, MV-90
protocols, IEC 61850
Dial-out capability when memory is near full
Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized access to
sensitive data for up to 16 users
Data push capability through SMTP (email)
65 setpoints — math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas

•
•

Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection
Built-in I/O: 4 KYZ digital outs and 3 form A digital ins, 4 KYZ
digital outs and 1 form A digital out and 1 form A digital in, an
optional external I/O expander provides additional I/O
Feature set B adds the following to feature set C:
• Harmonics—individual, total even, total odd up to the 63rd
• 64MB standard memory
• Historical logs up to 320 channels
• Modbus RTU Master on serial ports
• Cycle setpoint minimum response time
Feature set A adds the following to feature sets C and B:
•

•
•
•
•

Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle, PQ compliance
monitoring, flicker to EN50160, IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also
configurable to IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI) CBEMA/ITIC
Transient detection to 6517µs at 60Hz;
Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 50th
128MB standard memory
Max 96 cycles of waveform logs and 800 channels of historical
logs

Typical PowerLogic ION8650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

Description
ION8650, feature set A, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 127–177 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10BaseT, RS-232/485, RS-485,
Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set A, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 10MB memory, 120–480 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: 10Base T, RS-232/485, RS-485,
Optical port, 4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set C, 9S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port,
4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs
ION8650, feature set C, 35S socket base, 5 A nominal current inputs, 2MB memory, 120–277 Vac, 60 Hz, communications card with: RS-232/485, RS-485, Optical port,
4 Digital Outputs, 3 Digital Inputs

Catalog No.

$ Price

S8650A0C0E6E1B0A

7077.00

S8650A1C0E6E1B0A

7077.00

S8650C0C0E6A0B0A

2889.00

S8650C1C0E6A0B0A

2889.00

PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meters
Used at key distribution points and sensitive loads, the web-enabled PowerLogic ION7550 and PowerLogic ION7650 meters combine a wealth of
advanced features from power quality analysis capabilities, revenue accuracy and multiple communications options, through web compatibility, and
control capabilities. Both are compatible with PowerLogic Power Management Software applications and can be integrated with other energy
management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and protocols.
The meters are ideal for compliance monitoring, disturbance analysis, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor control and equipment
monitoring and control. The meters have a high visibility, adjustable front panel display that can depict TOU, harmonics, event logs, phasers, and
instantaneous power parameters. They meet stringent ANSI C12.20 0.2, Class 10 & 20 revenue metering standards.

PowerLogic ION7550 and ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Features
The PowerLogic ION7550 includes:
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

Multi-user, multi-level security with control and customized
access to sensitive data for up to 16 users
• 65 configurable 1/2 cycle setpoints for single, multi-condition and
dial out on alarm and math, logic, trig, log, linearization formulas
• Password protection and anti-tamper seal protection enhance
meter security
• Extensive standard I/O includes: 8 digital inputs, 4 digital outputs
and 3 onboard relays
The ION7650 has all the features of the ION7550 and adds:
•
•
•
•
•
•

Waveform capture up to 1024 samples/cycle
Transient detection to 17µs at 60Hz
Harmonics: magnitude, phase and inter-harmonics to the 40th
Flicker to EN50160 and IEC 61000-4-7/4-15 (also configurable
for IEEE 519-1992, IEEE159, SEMI), plus CBEMA/ITIC
Symmetrical components
Power quality measurements per IEC 61000-4-30 Class A, Ed. 2

Typical PowerLogic ION7550/7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Typical PowerLogic ION7550 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 256 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port), standard I/O

S7550A0C0B6E0A0A

6318.00

S7550A0C0B6A0A0A

5589.00

S7650B1C0B6E0A0E

9279.00

S7650A0C0B6E0A0A

7869.00

S7650A0C0B6C1A0A

8409.00

S7650A0C0B6A0A0A

7140.00

S7650B1C0B6E0A0A

9279.00

Typical PowerLogic ION7650 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

4

Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type
2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O, EN50160 compliance monitoring
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port) plus Ethernet and 56k modem, standard I/O
Integrated display, with 512 samples/cycle, 5 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type 2
optical port), standard I/O
Integrated display, with 1024 samples/cycle, 10 MB logging memory, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms. (1 RS232/RS485 port, 1 RS485, 1 Type
2 optical port) plus Ethernet, standard I/O
Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Table 4.6:

•

3.5” x 4.5” (87 x 112 mm) backlit LCD display
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that meets stringent ANSI
C12.20 0.2, Class 2, 10, & 20
Power quality: sag/swell, harmonics - individual, even, odd, total to the
63rd, waveform capture at 256 samples/cycle
5MB log/event memory (10MB optional), waveform logging up to 96
cycles, up to 800 channels historical, min/max, timestamp resolution to
0.001 seconds, GPS time synchronization and historical trends through
front panel
Communications: fiber, Ethernet, serial, internal modem, optical port, and
a gateway functionality, ION, DNP 3.0, Modbus RTU - master & slave,
Modbus TCP, MV-90, and IEC 61850. IEC 61850 only available with 5MB
memory and Ethernet options
Dial-out capability when memory is near full
Data push capability through SMTP (email)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PM1

Discount
Schedule

4-7

PowerLogic™

ION7350/7330/7300/6200 Power and Energy Meters
www.powerlogic.com

Used in diverse applications such as feeder monitoring and sub-metering, the PowerLogic ION7300 series meters are also
suitable for high-accuracy power and energy metering, bill verification, cost allocation and billing, demand and power factor
control, load studies, circuit optimization, equipment monitoring and control and preventative maintenance. They are ideal
replacements for analog meters, with a multitude of power and energy measurements, analog and digital I/O,
communication ports and industry-standard protocols. The ION7330 meter adds on-board data storage, emails of logged
data and an optional modem. The ION7350 meter is further augmented by more sophisticated power quality analysis,
alarms and a call-back-on-alarm feature. They are compatible with Power Management Software applications or can be
integrated with other energy management or building control systems through multiple communication channels and
protocols.

PowerLogic ION7350, ION7330 and ION7300 Power and Energy Meter Features
The PowerLogic ION7300 includes:
•
•
•
•

•

•
•

Multiple form factors: transducer integrated and
remote display models
True RMS 3-phase voltage, current, and power that
meets stringent ANSI C12.16, Class 10
Power quality: harmonics—individual, even, odd, total
to the 15th, maximum 32 samples/cycle
Communications: 1 RS-485 port, 1 optional Ethernet
port, 1 ANSI Type 2 infrared optical port, 1 PROFIBUS
DP port (ION7300 only), onboard web server
Supported protocols include : ION, Modbus RTU slave
on serial, modem, I/R ports, Modbus TCP through
Ethernet
Extensive standard I/O includes: 4 analog inputs,
4 analog outputs, 4 digital relay outputs
Minimum/maximum recording

-

The ION7330 adds the following features:
• Time of use - multi-year scheduling, hourly activity profiles
• 4 digital inputs for status monitoring and pulse counting
• Communications: a second RS-485 port, internal modem, DNP 3.0
through serial, modem and I/R ports, EtherGate and ModemGate,
data/alarms via e-mail and MV-90 on serial and Ethernet ports
• 12, one second setpoints for single, multi-condition alarms, plus math,
logic, trig, log, and linearization formulas
• Non-volatile onboard memory capacity of 300kb, min/max logging,
min/max logging, up to 32 channels of historical logs, timestamp
resolution to 0.001 seconds
The ION7350 includes the following additional features:
•
•
•

Power Quality: sag/swell, individual, even, odd, total harmonics up to
31st , maximum 64 samples/cycle
Up to 96 channels of logs and up to 48 cycles of waveform logs
Alarm notifications via e-mail

-

Table 4.7:

Typical PowerLogic ION7350/7330/7300 Power and Energy Ordering Configurations
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Typical PowerLogic ION7350 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7350A0B0B0E0A0A 3567.00
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports)
S7350A0B0B0A0A0A 2906.00

Typical PowerLogic ION7330 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports) plus 10BaseT Ethernet S7330A0B0B0E0A0A 2800.00
Integrated display with optical port, 5 A inputs, standard power supply, standard comms, (two RS-485 ports)
S7330A0B0B0A0A0A 2159.00

The modular PowerLogic ION6200 is a low-cost, ultra-compact meter that offers outstanding versatility and
functionality. It is simple to use, and has a big, bright LED display. It offers four-quadrant power, demand, energy,
power factor and frequency measurements, and is available in a variety of flexible configurations. It is available as a
low-cost base model to which enhanced functionality can be added over the long term. The PowerLogic ION6200 is
ideal for customers who need revenue-accurate and/or certified measurements and want easy integration with power
distribution assemblies and building automation systems. A Megawatt version is available for applications requiring
readings in megawatts and kilovolts. It is well suited for sub-metering, energy cost tracking load profiling, and
substation panel metering and is an ideal replacement for analog meters. It can be used for stand-alone metering in
custom panels, switchboards, switchgear, gensets, motor control centers and UPS systems.
The meter consists of a base unit with options card and a power supply pack, with a remote display being optional.

PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Features
•

•
•

4

•
•
•
•

Only two inches deep, and fits a standard
ANSI four-inch switchboard cutout, or as a
TRAN model with no display and can be
fastened to a flat surface with a 4” (10cm)
ANSI bolt pattern or mounted to a DIN rail.
A remote display module (RMD) can be
ordered for the TRAN and mounted through
an ANSI 4” (10cm) and DIN 96 cutout.
LED display with twelve 3/4” (19mm) high
digits that display all basic power parameters
Pulse Outputs: optional kWh, kVARh and/or
kVAh pulsing
Via two Form A outputs
Communications: optional RS-485 port with
Modbus RTU and ION compatible
64 samples per cycle true RMS
3-phase voltage and current inputs

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

-

Table 4.8:

The standard ION6200 is available with the following parameters:
Voltage L-N average and per phase, Voltage L-L average and per phase,
Current average and per phase
Option EP#1, includes the standard measurements and provides the
following additional parameters:
I4, kW/mW total, kWh/mWh total, kW/mW peak, Current demand
average and per phase, Current peak demand average and per phase,
Power factor total
Optional Enhanced Package, includes the standard measurements
and provides the following additional parameters:
kW/mW per phase, kVAR/mVAR total and per phase, kVA/mVA total and
per phase, kWh/mWh and del/rec per phase, kVARh/mVARh total and
del/rec per phase, kVAh/mVAh total and per phase, kW/mW demand,
kVAR/mVAR demand and peak, kVA/mVA demand and peak, Power
Factor per phase, Voltage THD per phase, Current THD per phase

-

Typical PowerLogic ION6200 Power and Energy Meter Ordering Configurations

Description
Catalog No.
Integrated display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, Enhanced
S6200A0A0B0A0B0R
Package #2
TRAN Model, with remote display, 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs, S6200R1A0B0A0B0R
Enhanced Package #2
TRAN Model, (no display), 10 A inputs, standard 100–240 Vac power supply, RS485 port (Modbus RTU), 2 pulse outputs,
S6200T1A0B0A0B0R
Enhanced Package #2
Note: Please refer to powerlogic.com for the most complete and up-to-date list of feature availability. Some features are optional.

4-8

PM1

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
1021.00
1055.00
831.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection

www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.9:

PowerLogic ION Power and Energy Meter Selection
Featurese

ION8650

ION7650

ION7550

ION7350

ION7330

ION7300

ION6200

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•/•
16,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
16,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
4,4 / 4,4
AC/DC

•/•
0,2 /
AC/DC

•
•
•/•
0.2

•
•
•/•
0.2

•
•
•/•
0.5
•

•
•
•/
0.5
•

•
•/
0.5
•

•

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•

•
•
•/•
0.5
•

•

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
63 rd
•

•
•
63 rd
•

•
31st
•

15th

15th

THD

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•
•
•
0.001

•
•
•
0.001

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/•
•
•

•/
•
•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

A

B

C

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•/•
8,8 / 3,4
AC/DC

•
•
•/•
0.2
•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•

•

63 rd
•

63 rd

31st

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•
0.001
•

•/•
•
•

Inputs, outputs and control power
3-phase / single-phase
Digital in and out / analog in and out
Power supply options
Power and energy measurements
V, I, F, PF
Power, demand
Energy / time-of-use (energy per shift)
ANSI energy accuracy class (% of reading)
Measurement Canada Approval
Loss compensation
Power quality analysis
Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160)
Flicker measurement
Transient disturbance capture
Sag and swell monitoring
Disturbance direction detection
Harmonics measurement
Waveform capture
Data and event logging
Trend / snapshot
Min/max
Events
Timestamp resolution (seconds)
GPS sync
Setpoints, alarms and control
Annunciation / call out on alarm
Trigger logging
Trigger relay or digital output control
Special features
Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean,
object-oriented
Downloadable firmware
Communications

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Ethernet port / web / email
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/
•/ /
Telephone modem port
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Infrared port
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
RS485 / RS232 ports
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/•
•/
•/
•/
•/
Modbus / DNP / MV-90 protocols
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/•/•
•/ /
•/ /
IEC 61850 protocol
•
•
•
•
•
e
Specifications represent maximum capabilities with all options installed. Some options are not available concurrently. This is not a complete feature list,
please refer to detailed product specifications.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-9

PowerLogic™

Metering
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic DM6200 Panel Meter and PowerLogic PM1200 Multifunction Power Meter
The PowerLogic DM6200 digital panel meter and the PM1200 multifunction power meter provide all the basic features
needed to monitor an electrical panel or circuit affordably. Rugged enough to withstand industrial and commercial
environments, these meters will help save on energy and installation costs, are easy to use, and adapts to various circuit
requirements onsite.
DM6200
Panel Meter

DM6200 Features

PM1200 Features

•
•

•

•
•
•

Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF).
Used for equipment monitoring, preventative maintenance scheduling,
monitoring load locally, and replacing multiple analog meters.
Onsite configuration of CT and PT ratios and various other set points.
Configurable analog bar for at-a-glance check of lad on feeders.
Standard modbus output fo remote monitoring and data logging.

•

Measures basic measurements (V, A, Hz & PF) PLUS
energy, power, demand, and THD.
Used for energy and power monitoring, demand monitoring,
load studies and circuit optimization, energy balancing and
optimization, etc.

Table 4.10:
PM1200
Multifunction
Power Meter

Description

Catalog No.

Basic V, A, F, PF meter w/display, Modbus RS 485 comm port
Power Meter w/display basic readings, THD, demand, Modbus RS 485 comm port

$ Price

METSEDM6200
METSEPM1200

400.00
550.00

PowerLogic PM5000 series power meters
The PowerLogic PM5000 series power meters are the new benchmark in affordable, precision metering. It is the ideal fit for
high-end cost management applications, providing the measurement capabilities needed to allocate energy usage, perform
tenant metering and sub-billing, pin-point energy savings, optimize equipment efficiency and utilization, and perform a high
level assessment of the power quality in an electrical network.
Table 4.11:

Series 5000 Power Meters
Description

PM5000 series
power meter

Catalog No.

Basic Power Meter, CI 0.5 Serial Port
Power Meter, CI 0.5 Serial Port
Power Meter, CI 0.5 Ethernet Port
Power Meter with Integrated Display with I/O
PM5350 Demo Meter
PM5350 Demo Kit
Intermediate Power Meter CI 0.2 Ethernet
Meter without display CI 0.2 Ethernet Po

•
•

$ Price

METSEPM5110
METSEPM5330
METSEPM5340
METSEPM5350
METSEPM5350DM
METSEPM5350DMKT
METSEPM5560
METSEPM5563

•
•

Panel instrumentation (OEMs)
Sub-billing and cost allocation

550.00
750.00
950.00
750.00
900.00
900.00
1450.00
1150.00

Remote monitoring of an electrical installation
Harmonic monitoring (THD)

PowerLogic Series 800 Power Meters
The PowerLogic PM800 series Power Meter is a high-performance power-monitoring unit able to provide advanced power
measurement capabilities in a compact 96x96 mm unit. Its large, easy to read display allows you to monitor all three phases
and neutral simultaneously. With its easy to use intuitive interface and self guiding menus, the large anti-glare and back lit
display makes this meter the easiest yet to navigate and use. The modular design allows for flexibility with an easy upgrade
path to grow the meter's capabilities with the addition of Communication and I/O Modules.

Series 800
Power Meter

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Monitor current, voltage, power and energy simultaneously
Trending/Forecasting Curves functionality (PM850/870)
128 samples/cycle-zero blind metering
Waveform capture (PM850), configurable waveform capture (PM870)
Onboard logging (80k in PM820, 800k in PM850/PM870)
Detection of sub-cycle sags/swells on both voltage and current (PM870 Only)
V & I individual harmonics up to 31st (PM820) or up to the 63rd for the PM850 and
PM870.
Five input metering channels WAGES
PQ Advanced Evaluation (EN50160, ITI/CBEMA, SEMI F-47) for the PM850 and PM870
Type 12 Remote Display Compliant

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Complies with ANSI C37.90 for Surge Withstand
Capability (SWC) and IEC 61000-4-12 for Surge
Immunity
Available with 2 standard Digital I/O
Field installable Digital and Analog I/O
THD measurement
Meets ANSI 12.20 Class 0.2 and IEC 62053-22
Class 0.5S accuracy for active energy.
Optional field installable Ethernet communications
card with standard and custom web pages
GPS Time Synchronization

Table 4.12:
Description

Catalog No. $ Price

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Series 800 Power Meters
PM820 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging
PM850 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture
PM870 Power Meter with integrated display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Waveform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection
PM820RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 80 kb Logging
PM850RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, Waveform Capture
PM870RD Power Meter with remote display, THD, Alarming, 800 kb Logging, configurable Wafeform Capture, Sag/Swell Detection
PM820 Meter unit only without display
PM850 Meter unit only without display
PM870 Meter unit only without display

PM820
PM850
PM870
PM820RD
PM850RD
PM870RD
PM820U
PM850U
PM870U

2390.00
3889.00
4799.00
2550.00
4058.00
4958.00
2050.00
3529.00
4460.00

Series 800 Power Meter Accessories
PM800 Display for integrated meter unit
PM8D
443.00
PM800 remote display and adapter with 12’ cable
PM8RD
584.00
PM800 remote display adapter only
PM8RDA
428.00
PM800 Module, 2 digital outputs (relays), 6 digital inputs
PM8M26
635.00
PM800 Module, 2 digital out, 2 digital in, 2 analog out, 2 analog in
PM8M2222 856.00
PM800 Mounting adapter for CM2000
PM8MA
267.00
PM8ECC Ethernet Communications Card; provides a 10/100 Base Tx UTP port, an RS-485 Modbus serial master port, Ethernet-to-serial line gateway functionality, and an embedded
web server that is fully compliant with Transparent Ready—Level 1 (TRe1) systems. The PM8ECC supports a private host PM8ECC MIB. Use of this MIB allows the reading of Basic PM8ECC 1150.00
Metering Data, Configuration and Status of I/Os and Configuration and Status of Alarms, plus SNMP Trap generation in response to any PM8 on-board alarms.

4-10

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Metering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic EM3500 series DIN Rail meter
The EM3500 series DIN Rail meter combinges exceptional performance and easy installation to deliver a cost-effective
solution for power monitoring applications. The EM3500 series can be installed on standard DIN rail or surface
mounted, and has bi-directional monitoring designed expressly for renewable energy applications.

•
•
•
EM3500 series
DIN Rail meter

Pulse output and phase alarms
Data logging capability in some models
Modbus and BACnet output options

Table 4.13:

Series 3500 Circuit Monitors
Description

Catalog No.

Power Meter, DIN-rail, Pulse Output Only, for LVCTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail Pulse Output Only, for U018 Rope CTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail Modbus Output for LVCTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail, Modbus Output, for U018 Rope CTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail Modbus Output Bi-Directional, Logging for LVCTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail, BACnet Output, Logging for LVCTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail, BACnet Output, Logging for U018 Rope CTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail, BACnet Output, for LVCTs
Power Meter, DIN-rail, BACnet Output, for U018 Rope CTs

METSEEM3502
METSEEM3502A
METSEEM3550
METSEEM3550A
METSEEM3555
METSEEM3560
METSEEM3560A
METSEEM3561
METSEEM3561A

$ Price
433.00
433.00
486.00
486.00
486.00
614.00
614.00
658.00
658.00

PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor
The award winning, Web-enabled PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor (CM4250) is the most advanced
permanently mounted circuit monitor in the industry today. Designed for critical power and large energy users who
cannot afford to be shut down, the CM4250 provides the ability to monitor, troubleshoot and preempt power quality
problems. Transients (disturbances lasting less than one cycle) are particularly difficult to detect, due to their short
duration. The CM4000T detects and captures oscillatory and impulsive transients (up to 10,000V peak, line-to-line at 5
MHz per channel) as short as one microsecond in duration. The CM4000T automatically performs a high-speed
transient waveform capture and a longer disturbance capture to show the conditions surrounding an event. The
CM4000T maintains a complete historical record of the number of transients per phase, along with the magnitude,
duration and time of occurrence of each. It also performs a stress calculation to determine the circuits that have
received the greatest stress from transient overvoltages.

•
•
•
•
•
CM4000T with VFD Display

•
•
•
•
•

Waveform capture with up to 512 samples/cycle
Built-in Trending and Forecasting functionality allows you to
forecast energy usage up to 4 days in advance
Sag/Swell disturbance monitoring
Two option card slots for field installable cards
Optional field installable Ethernet communications card with
standard and custom web pages
Alarm Setpoint Learning feature allowing optimum threshold setting
(patent pending)
Multiple alarms including standard, digital, Boolean, high-speed,
and disturbance alarms
Waveshape alarm monitoring
High speed transient voltage detection at 5 MHz per channel with
field installable CVMT current/voltage module
True RMS Metering through the 255th harmonic

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Extended waveform capture (up to 110 seconds)
Field installable Digital/Analog I/O cards and flexible I/O
extender modules
Harmonic powerflows up to the 40th harmonic
Standard KYZ pulse output
Standard 32 MB of non-volatile memory
Integrated power quality standards including EN50160,
IEC 61000-4-15 (Flicker)
Sequence of events recording using GPS synchronization
technology
Oscillatory transient detection and recording
UL Listed, CSA Approved, CE Marking, NOM Approved,
FCC compliant

PowerLogic Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Optional Displays

•
•

High visibility remote VF (vacuum fluorescence) display
Displays metering data, min/max values, alarms, inputs

Table 4.14:

•
•

Remote LC (liquid crystal) display with backlighting also available
Optional user configurable display screens

Series 4000 Circuit Monitors
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Series 4000 Circuit Monitors
Instrumentation, On-board Data Logging, Waveform Capture, Disturbance Recording, Configurable I/O, 0.04% Accuracy
Same as CM4250 plus Impulsive Transient Detection and Flicker (IEC 61000-4-15)

CM4000T

8474.00

Field installable I/O card with 3 relay outputs, 1 pulse output (KYZ) and 4 status inputs
I/O Extender module with 4 DC status inputs, 2 DC digital outputs, 1 analog input and 1 analog output
I/O Extender module with 4 status inputs and 4 analog inputs (4–20 mA)
I/O Extender module with 8 status inputs

IOC44
IOX2411
IOX0404
IOX08

796.00
1253.00
1650.00
703.00

I/O Extender module with no pre-installed I/O a
Ethernet Communications Card; 100 MB Fiber or 10/100 MB UTP Ethernet port and 1 RS-485 master port
Current/Voltage module
Current/Voltage module with high speed transient detectionb

IOX
ECC21
CVM42
CVMT

459.00
1948.00
2251.00
5393.00

4-line x 20—character liquid crystal display with backlighting
4-line x 20—character vacuum fluorescent display with proximity sensor
4 foot display cable
12 foot display cable
30 foot display cable
a
Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for additional I/O options.
b
CM4250 is field upgradeable to provide additional features of specified module.

CMDLC
CMDVF
CAB4
CAB12
CAB30

688.00
1207.00
53.00
89.00
161.00

Table 4.15:

SER Time Synchronization
Description

IOC44 I/O Card

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic Satellite Time System, Circuit Monitor and SEPAM GPS Time Synchronization, 100 microsecond accuracy
Satellite Time Reference Module
CyTime Sequence of Events Recorder, 24 Vdc power / 24 Vdc inputs, 32 inputs, web server
SER 3200 EZ connector for IRIG-B signal
Smart Antenna Module
Smart Antenna Module Interface Cable—200 FT
Power Supply, 24DC/50W, DIN-mountable

PL1

Discount
Schedule

Catalog No.
STS3000
STRM
9788SER3200
9788EZCIRIGB
SAM
SAIF200
PS080

$ Price
5348.00
2827.00
2700.00
115.00
2292.00
611.00
558.00

4-11

4

ECC21

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Series 4000 Circuit Monitor Accessories

PowerLogic™

Submetering
www.powerlogic.com

Table 4.16:

PowerLogic Circuit Monitor and Power Meter Selection
Features

CM4000T

PM870

PM850

PM820

PM5100

PM5300

PM5500

PM1200

DM6200
•/•

Inputs, outputs and control power
3-phase / single-phase

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

Digital in and out / analog in and out

24 / 4

18 / 8

18 / 8

18 / 8

2/

2/

24 / 4

4/

Power supply options

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

AC/DC

V, I, F, PF

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Power, demand

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•/•

Energy / energy per shift (time-of-use)

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

0.2

Energy accuracy (%)

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.2

0.5

0.5

0.2

•/•

Standards compliance to ANSI / IEC

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•

Compliance monitoring (e.g. EN50160)

•

•

•

Flicker measurement
High-speed transient disturbance capture
(200 ns)
Transient disturbance capture

•

Disturbance direction detection

•
•

THD

THD

Power and energy measurements

Power quality analysis

•
•

sag/swell

Sag/swell monitoring

•

•

Harmonics measurement

•

•

•

Uptime (number of 9's) calculation

•

Waveform capture

•

•

•

Waveshape alarm

•

•

Data and event logging
Trend / billing

•/

•/•

•/•

Minimum and maximum

•

•

•

•

•

•/•

•/

•/

•/

•/

0.001

1

1

1

•

•

•

•

Events / maintenance
Timestamp resolution (seconds)
GPS sync

/•

Setpoints, alarms and control
•/•

•/

•/

•/

•//

Trigger logging

Annunciation / call out on alarm

•

•

•

•

•

Trigger relay or digital ouput control

•

•

•

•

•

Special features
Custom programming: arithmetic, boolean

•

Downloadable firmware

•

•

•

•

•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•/•

•/•

•/•

•/•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•/•/•

//

•/•/•

•/•

•/

•/•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Communications
Ethernet port / web / email
RS485 / RS232 ports
Modbus protocol

•

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-12

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Submetering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Submetering
In today's increasingly competitive commercial property market, attracting and retaining
high-quality, long-term tenants by offering exceptional value is the primary goal. Balancing
these premium services and reliable infrastructure vs. the financial exposure to volatile
utility costs is the challenge.
Minimizing energy costs requires information on how energy usage translates into money
spent. PowerLogic energy sub-metering systems are specifically engineered to address the
measurement, verification and billing needs of multi-tenant properties.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Residential high-rise and low-rise
Campuses
Shopping centers
Malls / food courts
Offices
Commercial buildings

PowerLogic energy management and
metering systems are ideal for multi-tenant
buildings providing:

•
•
•
•

Metering & Verification tools to assure
compliance to Energy Policy Act 2005
Integrated approach from simple energy
allocation requirements to high-end power
quality
Monitor energy usage and efficiency to
accurately recover the costs while providing
tenants with energy and a reliable
infrastructure
Implement energy efficiency initiatives
essential to obtaining LEED certification

PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter
The E5600 is a cost effective socket meter that combines high accuracy, superior quality
and wide-ranging capability in a device that is simple to install. The PowerLogic E5600
socket meter can help reduce electrical costs, increase property values and attract good
tenants by providing the information needed to manage energy costs. Track and allocate
costs by circuit or suite, accurately bill tenants for energy used, and verify energy
conservation efforts. It is a foundational component for LEED and Energy Star certification
as a part of green buildings. Green buildings enjoy higher tenant retention, higher tenant
quality, and recognition by the community while typically allowing property managers to
charge more for rent.
Unlike traditional sub-metering solutions, which must be manually read or may lack
software for effective sub-billing or comprehensive energy management, the PowerLogic
E5600 enables businesses to utilize their existing S-based socket infrastructure with a
low-cost meter that is part of an end-to-end solution for tenant sub-metering.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real, reactive, and apparent energy values.
Onboard interval data logging (load profiles).
Revenue grade accuracy – ANSI C12.20 0.2% / 0.5%.
Automatic configuration of service type and voltage.
Onboard diagnostics continually monitors for equipment failures, improper installation wiring, poor
load conditions, poor power quality conditions and tampering.
S-base meter socket compatible.

Table 4.17:
Catalog No.
E5600020SQD
E5600090SQD
E5600120SQD
E5600160SQD
E5600360SQD
E5600450SQD
OPTICALPROBEUSB

$ Price
960.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
1080.00
719.00

4

PowerLogic E5600 Socket Meter

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Description
Form 2S, Single-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 9S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Form 12S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 16S, 3-Phase, Class 200, S Based Meter
Form 36S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Form 45S, 3-Phase, Class 20, S Based Meter
Optional USB Optical Communications Probe

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-13

PowerLogic™

Submetering
www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic High Density Metering
High Density Metering (HDM) is engineered to answer the metering and billing needs of multi-tenant
properties:

Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

HDM comes standard with the PowerLogic PM5000 series, PM820 or ION6200 meters.
Lockable, 16 gauge NEMA Type 1 enclosure provides tamper-resistant security.
NEMA Type 3R also available. Please consult factory.
Mounting channel and surface-mount flanges simplify installation.
Factory installed cover plates are included to cover empty meter spaces.
Factory installed wiring harness simplifies installation of additional meters and provides future system expansion.
Each High Density Metering cabinet is provided with standard RS485 Modbus®, and optional Modbus Ethernet TCP
communications are availalbe. For wireless communications, please consult factory.
Available in the following configurations: 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta, 48 = 480 Y/277 V wye (PM210, PM750, and
PM820), and with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer) 480 Y/277 V wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200,
PM210, PM750 or PM820).
CTs required. Must select separately.

Table 4.18:

High Density Metering Cabinet

Meter Voltage Phasing Enclosure
#
Enclosure
Category Series
Size
Meters Rating

High Density Metering factory assembled
enclosure for multi-tenant properties

HDM

ION6200 12, 4Ta

3

1 or 4

1-4b

Rc or 1

Description
1 or 4 High Density Meter Enclosure with ION6200 meters; ideal for
outdoor as well as indoor applications at all voltage levels including
600V delta and 347/600 V wye systems
8 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM5xxx series meters; ideal for
single or three phase indoor commercial building applications
8 or 16 High Density Meter Enclosure with PM750 meters; ideal for
3 phase indoor commercial building applications

48, 1 or 3
HDM
PM5xxx 12,
1, 4 or 8 1-8b
1
4Ta
12,
48,
1, 4, 8 or 1-16b
HDM
PM820
3
1
4Ta
16
a
Voltage Ordering Notes:
12 = 208 Y/120 V wye; 240 V delta. 48 = 480 Y/277 wye
4T = with provided 2.5:1 CPT (control power transformer); 480 Y/277 wye (6200); 480 V delta (6200)
b
Meters Ordering Notes: Please indicate the number of meters to be pre-installed when placing your order. You may order any number
of meters in the enclosure between one and the maximum number of meters each cabinet will hold.
c
Please enter R as the last digit for Type 3R outdoor on 1 or 4 HDM enclosure with the 6200 series meter.

High Density Meter System includes:

•
•
•
•
•

Enclosure
Power Meters, installed
Installation bulletin for Enclosure
Wall hanging bracket
Installation bulletin for Meters

Table 4.19:
8 meter configuration

Accessories and Options

Description
Catalog No.
$ Price
Auxiliary Wiring Harness for installation of additional meters
HDMPMHKIT27
221.00
(includes connectors and shorting terminal blocks)
Cover plate for empty meter base
HDMCVRPLT
5.90
Water and Gas Meters
Consult factory for details
50 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT050S1
51.00
100 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT100S1
51.00
125 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT125S1
73.00
150 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT150S1
62.00
200 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT200S1
62.00
250 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT250S1
62.00
400 Amp HDM Solid Core Current Transformer, 1.13” window size
HDMCT400S1
62.00
Power Meter with display, basic readings, Modbus RS485 communications porta
PM210
550.00
a
To order all other loose meters, please visit metering sections within digest related to particular meter.

Multi Circuit Energy Meters

16 meter configuration

The PowerLogic EM4800 multi-circuit energy meter combines accurate electricity sub-metering with
advanced communications technology. They are ideal for multi-tenant or departmental metering
applications within office towers, condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers and other multipoint environments, metering up to 24 individual circuits from the same meter. The EM4800 series has an
accuracy of Class 0.5% for power and energy. Each meter is available separately or as part of a Scquare D
integrated power center (IPC) for use in building retrofits or new construction.
Table 4.20:

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Description
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 80mA low-power CTs (solid-core)
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with 333mV low-power CTs (solid-core or split-core)
Energy measurement for 24 (1CT) or 12 (2CT) single-phase circuits or 8 (3CT) 3-phase circuits; Ethernet;
modem; onboard interval logging; compatible with standard 5A CTs (solid-core or split-core)
200 A current transformer (CT), 80 mA secondary, solid-core (1 CT)
50 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 0.75 in Window Size
100 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
150 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 1.25 in Window Size
200 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
400 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 2.00 in Window Size
600 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size
800 A .333 V Split Core Current Transformer with 3 x 5 in Window Size

4-14

PL1

Discount
Schedule

Catalog No.

$ Price

METSQEM488016

3980.00

METSQEM483316

3980.00

METSQEM480516

5350.00

METSECT802000
ECT075050SC
ECT075100SC
ECT075150SC
ECT075200SC
ECT125100SC
ECT125150SC
ECT125200SC
ECT125400SC
ECT200200SC
ECT200400SC
ECT200600SC
ECT300600SC
ECT300800SC

38.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
141.00
141.00
141.00
141.00
171.00
171.00
171.00
241.00
241.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Submetering

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Energy Meter
The Energy Meter is ideal for stand-alone and systems-based submetering applications. It is easy to install and provides
exceptional metering accuracy. Available in Basic and Extended Range models. The Basic model is designed for metering
of 120/240 and 208Y/120 volt services. The Extended Range model will meter 120/240 volt up to 480 volt Wye connected
services. Extended Range meters come with pulse output and phase loss output not available on the Basic unit. Optional
Modbus™ RS-485 serial communications are provided with the Energy Meter Comms Board, EMCB. Optional kW demand
is also provided by the EMCB.
Meter up to 3 individual services with one Energy Meter. The Energy Meter will allow the addition of up to 3 sets of parallel
CTs for metering multiple electric loads. Additional sets of CTs can be ordered separately. Please refer to the multiple CT
application notes in the Energy Meter instruction bulletin for the proper installation procedures.

Energy Meter
Energy Meter

Table 4.21:
Catalog No.
EMB1010
EMB1021
EMB1032
EMB2010
EMB2021
EMB2032
EMB2043
EMB2083
EMB3010
EMB3021
EMB3032
EMB3043
EMB3083
EMB3084
EMB3164

Table 4.22:

Table 4.23:

Basic 120/240 V to 208Y/120 V
Description
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
Basic 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs
Basic 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
Basic 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs

$ Price
426.00
440.00
482.00
438.00
464.00
480.00
505.00
517.00
750.00
766.00
799.00
825.00
855.00
903.00
903.00

Catalog No.
EME1010
EME1021
EME1032
EME2010
EME2021
EME2032
EME2043
EME2083
EME3010
EME3021
EME3032
EME3043
EME3083
EME3084
EME3164

Table 4.24:

Additional CT Sets

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
EMCT010
100 A, .518” x 1.28” ID, 1 CT
92.00
EMCT021
200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
99.00
EMCT032
300 A, .90” x 1.90” ID, 1 CT
106.00
EMCT043
400 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT
106.00
EMCT083
800 A, 2.45” x 2.89” ID, 1 CT
123.00
EMCT084
800 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT
130.00
EMCT164
1600 A, 2.45” x 5.50” ID, 1 CT
130.00
Note: CT quantity and amperage must match meter model. Total of combined
loads must not exceed rating of meter. All additional CTs shipped with 6
ft. white and black color-coded wire leads.

Extended Range 120/240 V to 480Y/277 V
Description
$ Price
Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 1 CT
471.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 1 CT
483.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 1 CT
518.00
Extended Range 100 A, n.518"x1.28" ID, 2 CTs
511.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 2 CTs
536.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 2 CTs
550.00
Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
567.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 2 CTs
585.00
Extended Range 100 A, .518"x1.28" ID, 3 CTs
811.00
Extended Range 200 A, 0.75” x 1.10” ID, 3 CTs
829.00
Extended Range 300 A, .90"x1.90" ID, 3 CTs
864.00
Extended Range 400 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
880.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x2.89" ID, 3 CTs
921.00
Extended Range 800 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
971.00
Extended Range 1600 A, 2.45"x5.50" ID, 3 CTs
971.00

Energy Meter Accessories

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
EMCB
Energy Meter Communication Boarda
267.00
EMFP1
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 1
47.00
EMFP2
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 2
94.00
EMFP3
Energy Meter Fuse Pack, Set of 3
142.00
EMBOND
Energy Meter Bonding Kit
117.00
a
Energy Meter communication board (EMCB) can be used with all
models of the Energy Meter. Order one EMCB for each Energy Meter
where either kW demand and/or communication is specified.

PowerLogic Enercept™ Meter

Table 4.25:

Enercept Meter

Table 4.26:

Catalog No.
Description
3020B012b
Basic 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020B032b
Basic 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020B043b
Basic 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020B083b
Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020B084b
Basic 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020B164b
Basic 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020B244b
Basic 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E012
Enhanced 100 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020E032
Enhanced 300 A, 1.25" x 1.51" ID
3020E043
Enhanced 400 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020E083
Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 2.89" ID
3020E084
Enhanced 800 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E164
Enhanced 1600 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
3020E244
Enhanced 2400 A, 2.45" x 5.50" ID
b
See Handout / Instruction Bulletin for derating properties.

$ Price
776.00
800.00
823.00
847.00
869.00
893.00
916.00
1035.00
1066.00
1097.00
1128.00
1159.00
1190.00
1221.00

Catalog No.
SMD
SMD OPN
30502W485C
3050EMBK-3
3090PS24

Table 4.27:

Accessories
Description
Submeter display mounted in enclosure
Open style submeter display, no enclosure
2-Wire 232–485 Conv
Enercept Mounting Brackets (Set of 3)
24 Vdc Power Supply (for use with EDI or ENA)

$ Price
725.00
595.00
78.00
75.00
157.00

Enercept Metering Quantities

Basicb

Enhanced•

kWh, energy usage
kW, real power

kWh, kW per phase and total, min kW, max kW, kWd,
kVAR, kVA, PF per phase and total voltage- V, L-L, L-N
per phase and avg. Current - A, per phase and average

PowerLogic Split Core Current Transformers-Instrument Grade 5 Amp Split-Core Current Transformers

SA Split-Core Current
Transformers

The 3090 SCCT series of split-core current transformers provide secondary amperage proportional to the primary (sensed)
current. For use with Circuit Monitors, Power Meters, data loggers, chart recorders and other instruments the 3090 SCCT
series provides a cost-effective means to transform electrical service amperages to a 0–5A level compatible with monitoring
equipment.
Note: Max. Voltage without additional insulation 600 Vac. Do
Table 4.28:
not apply 600 V Class current transformers to circuits having
Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
a phase-to-phase voltage greater than 600 V, unless
adequate additional insulation is applied between the primary
3090SCCT022 Split Core CT—200 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51
120.00
3090SCCT032 Split Core CT—300 A (sz.2): 1.25" x 1.51
120.00
conductor and the current transformers. Square D assumes
3090SCCT043 Split Core CT—400 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
no responsibility for damage of equipment or personal injury
3090SCCT063 Split Core CT—600 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
caused by transformers operated on circuits above their
3090SCCT083 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.3): 2.45" x 2.89
129.00
3090SCCT084 Split Core CT—800 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.05
137.00
published ratings.
Split Core CT—1200 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50
Split Core CT—1600 A (sz.4): 2.45" x 5.50

160.00
165.00

4

3090SCCT124
3090SCCT164

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Enercept Meter

The Enercept Meter is the ideal solution for submetering electric loads where space is at a premium. The compact design
consists of three interconnected split-core CTs with the metering and communication electronics built into the CT housing.
Simply snap on the CTs, connect the voltage inputs, the communication lines, and installation is complete. Both versions
can be connected to either three-phase or single-phase circuits.
Enercept meters employ the Modbus™ RTU 2-wire communication protocol, and can utilize the same communication
network and PowerLogic System Manager™ software as other PowerLogic devices. Data from the Enercept meters can be
presented in tabular or graphical format, used for alarming and historical logging and trending, and to produce reports.
Optional Submeter display (SMD) acts as a stand-alone operator interface supporting up to 32 meters (63 with a repeater).
In addition, the Submeter display (SMD) can act as a network adapter allowing Enercept meters to be incorporated into a
network.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PL1

Discount
Schedule

4-15

PowerLogic™

Submetering
Class 3030

www.powerlogic.com

PowerLogic Branch Circuit Power Meter

BCPM Solid Core CT
Power Meter

The Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM) is ideal for data center customers who are focused on eliminating costly downtime,
managing existing capacity efficiently, and reducing energy cost. The BCPM helps data center managers by providing alarms that
signify potential issues within the power system and supplying power and energy data down to the circuit level. This data can
indicate areas wither over-used or under-used within the facility. It can also be used to effectively control energy cost.
The BCPM can monitor up to 84 circuits and fits any Power Distribution Unit (PDU) or Remote Power Panel (RPP) with minimal
space requirements. It has a wide monitoring range allowing customers to monitor circuit current from 0.25 A to 100 A with high
accuracy (3% for current 0.25 A to 2 A and 2% for current 2 A to 100 A. It can also measure power and energy readings at the
circuit level as well as the incoming main. This eliminates the need for two different meters. The BCPM also has a flexible
numbering scheme which allows customers to match that of the PDU or RPP and field configuration adds ease to either a new or
a retrofit installation.

Key features:

•
•
•

Full PDU monitoring
Flexible configuration
Split core version for retrofit installations

•
•
•

Wide monitoring range
Low current monitoring
Advanced alarming

•
•

Cost effective communications
Easily integrates into a PowerLogic system or other
existing networks using Modbus™ communications

Table 4.29:
Catalog No.

BCPM Split Core CT
Power Meter

BCPMA042D
BCPMB042D
BCPMC042D
BCPMA142D
BCPMB142D
BCPMC142D
BCPMA084D
BCPMB084D
BCPMC084D
BCPMA184D
BCPMB184D
BCPMC184D

Description

$ Price

Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
3569.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 2901.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
2331.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
3569.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 2901.00
Solid Core CT, 42 circuit current meter. Includes 2 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
2331.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
5748.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing. 4627.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 3/4” CT spacing.
3495.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit power and energy meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
5748.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit meter, measures power and energy on the mains, current per circuit. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing. 4627.00
Solid Core CT, 84 circuit current meter. Includes 4 CT strips, 21 CTs per strip, 1” CT spacing.
3495.00

Table 4.30:
Catalog No.

Typical BCPMSC
panelboard installation

4

3-phase, 4-wire
(with neutral current
wiring)

Description

BCPMSCA42D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCA84D Split Core BCPM, Advanced Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCB42D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCB84D Split Core BCPM, Intermediate Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCC42D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 2 adapter boards, 42 50 A CTs, 2 mounting kits
BCPMSCC84D Split Core BCPM, Basic Feature Set, 4 adapter boards, 84 50 A CTs, 4 mounting kits
BCPMSCADPBDD Adapter board for use with Split Core BCPM
BCPMSCCT0
Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 6 ft leads
BCPMSCCT0R20 Qty 6 x 50 A Split Core CTs for use wtih Split Core BCPM, 20 ft leads
BCPMSCCT1
Qty 6 x 100 A Split Core CTs for use with Split Core BCPM, 6 ft leads
BCPMSCA1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCA2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Advanced Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMSCB1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCB2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Intermediate Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMSCC1D
Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 2 adapter boards
BCPMSCC2D
Split Core BCPM meter, Basic Feature Set plus 4 adapter boards
BCPMCOVERD Clear cover bor BCPM printed circuit board, compatible with Solid Core and Split Core versions
Note: CT hole size accommodates up to #6 THHN insulated conductor.

$ Price
4418.00
6694.00
3592.00
5867.00
2887.00
5163.00
897.00
197.00
240.00
492.00
3260.00
4270.00
2392.00
3402.00
1652.00
2662.00
100.00

PowerLogic Multi-Circuit Meter
Designed for OEM style placement in electrical distribution equipment the MCM8364 is configurable to meter 1 or 3 phases
of up to eight individual loads, six loads if neutral monitoring is required. The MCM will monitor up to 10,000 amps per
service using standard 5 Amp CTs. All of the metered circuits must share a common voltage source. The MCM8364 is a
great solution for monitoring critical power distribution equipment and provides 24 different electrical metering quantities
plus an additional nine Modbus register alarms.
With one RS-485 connection, the multi-circuit meter provides Modbus RTU communications output that communicates to each
individual metered circuit. Up to 30 multi-circuit meters can be addressed on the same Modbus network. The multi-circuit meter
can provide warnings to the central monitoring computer via its Modbus output using the MNode software provided or can be
integrated into PowerLogic SMS software. The MCM also works with the submeter display as shown below.
Electrical Data:
Energy Consumption (kWHr), Real Power (kW), Reactive Power (kVAR), Apparent Power (kVA), Power Factor Total,
Voltage, L-L, avg. of 3 phases, Voltage, L-N, avg. of 3 phases, Current, average of 3 phases, Real Power (kW) phase A, B,
& C, Power Factor, phase A, B,&C, Line to Line Voltage, phase A-B, B-C, A-C, Line to Neutral Voltage, phase
A-N, B-N, C-N, Current, phase A, B, & C, Frequency (measured from phase A) (Hz).
Modbus Alarms:
Over Voltage, Under Voltage, Over Current, Under Current, Over kVA, Under kVA, Phase Loss A, Phase Loss B, Phase Loss C
Table 4.31:
Catalog No.
MCM8364

Description
Multi-Circuit Meter 8364

$ Price
1863.00

PowerLogic Submeter Display
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

The PowerLogic Submeter Display (SMD) is a comprehensive electrical submetering display that provides a view of
electrical parameters from multiple metering products with one networked LCD. In addition to viewing system data on the
display itself, you can also view data on a remote PC via a network connection. Touch pad buttons provide a convenient
way to view downstream devices on the power-monitoring network. The display is RS-485 Modbus RTU compatible. It has
additional RS-485 and RS-232 Modbus ports for networking to additional displays or to a master PC. The submeter display
is compatible with the following metering devices: BCM, MCM, & Enercept™ meters.
Table 4.32:

Submeter Display

4-16

Catalog No.
SMD
SMD OPN

Description
Submeter display mounted in enclosure
Open style submeter display, no enclosure

PL1

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
725.00
595.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Data Logger

www.powerlogic.com

Energy Server Com’X200 Data Logger
Energy Server Com’X 200 surpasses conventional data loggers by incorporating
multiple capabilities into one compact device. It is possible to install the Energy
Server Com’X 200, plug in the metering devices, and test and commission the data
acquisition in less than 1 hour. A tested, validated, and document architecture, the
Energy Server Com’X 200 logs all the essential WAGES and environmental
readings. It is enriched with a broad range of upstream and downstream data feeds.
Ethernet and Wi-Fi ready, it leverages on the building’s existing IT infrastructure to
reduce cost. Its GPRS capability makes it ideal for sites with no access to IT
networks. Configuration and commissioning is made easy by automatic device
detection, and IP address setting and allocation. No additional software is needed for
the intuitive, web-based configuration pages. A device library enables quick
reference for Modbus connected devices and pre-configured parameters.
Configuration via Wi-Fi lets technicians use tablets or notebooks to work comfortably
away from switchboard rooms.
Table 4.33:

Energy Server Com’X200

Description
Com’X200 Ethernet data logger
Wi-Fi USB stick
GPRS modem with SIM card
GPRS modem without SIM card
External GPRS antenna

Catalog Number
EBX 200
EBXA-USB-WiFi
EBXA-CPRS-SIM
EBXA-CPRS
EBXA-ANT-SIM

4

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

CommX200 Data Logger

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-17

PowerLogic™

Web-Enabled Network Components
Class 3030

www.powerlogic.com

Communications for high-speed access to critical information
From a single building to a multi-site enterprise, PowerLogic Web-Enabled Network
Components provide fast, reliable serial to Ethernet connectivity in the most demanding
applications:

•
•
•
•
EGX100 Ethernet
Gateway

Energy management
Power distribution
Building automation
Factory automation

PowerLogic Ethernet Gateways are available in two models-EGX100 and provide direct
connection to Ethernet-Modbus™/TCP networks to make energy and power monitoring
information available over local and wide area networks.

•
•

The EGX100 provides low-cost, reliable, Ethernet to serial-line connectivity in a compact, DIN-rail
mounted package. Enabled by Power over Ethernet (PoE IEEE 802.3af), the EGX100 simplifies
installation by eliminating the need for power supplies plus provides a Web-based interface for
configuration and diagnostics.
The EGX300 is an integrated gateway-server that is web based with 1 serial port and has the ability
to connect to an additional 32 devices remotely through Ethernet, plus log/trend historical data
allowing electrical distribution systems to be better managed by utilizing Ethernet and Internet
technologies.

Advantages

•
•
•
•
•
•
EGX100 lets the Administrator assign access to
setup pages by user groups

•
•
•

Easy to install—easy DIN rail mounting solution.
Easy to setup—No special software required. Configuration via Microsoft Internet Explorer or
Hyperterminal.
Easy to troubleshoot—Detailed diagnostics for communication ports through a
Web interface.
Easy to maintain—Field upgradable firmware lets you add new features while reducing costly
downtime.
Secure-Customizable, password-protected access to configuration.
Cost-effective, high-speed communications—Use existing LAN infrastructure to reduce
communications wiring and network management costs.
Open platform provides broad connectivity—Modbus TCP/IP over Ethernet allows transparent
access via intranet/internet. Each gateway supports up to 32 Modbus or PowerLogic protocol
devices.
Subnet initiated communications—The gateway supports a slave mode for connecting a serial-line
based system to Ethernet. For example, a building management system with a Modbus serial
interface can route to 16 remote Modbus TCP/IP interfaces supporting up to 128 serial-line devices.
Extended temperature range— -25 to 70°C enables operation in harsh environments.

Built in tabs provide easy Table 4.34:
DIN rail mounting solution.

EGX100
Type

Part
No.

EGX300

$ Price
950.00

1895.00

Control Power
24 Vdc / 7W DIN mount power supply (SOLD SEPARATE)
Power Over Ethernet Injector Kit (SOLD SEPARATE)

3090PS24
TCSEAV0100

157.00
185.00

157.00
185.00

Protocols
Ethernet: HTTP, FTP, Modbus TCP/IP, SMTP, SNMP (MIB2), SNTP, TCP, UDP, ICMP,
ARP

x

x

Serial: Modbus RTU, Modbus ASCII (EGX100 only), JBUS, PowerLogic (SY/MAX)

x

x

1
1

1
1
1
1

Ports
Serial: RS485
Serial: RS232/485 configurable
Ethernet UTP (10/100)
Fiber (100 Mb)
Integral web server

4
EGX300 Ethernet Gateway offers you a “window” into your
power equipment

Web page generation tool
Maintenance/diagnostics
Gateway administration setup
Comprehensive meter reading
Interval logging/trends
User defined custom pages

x
x

x
x
x
x
32 devices
x

Historical Data Logging

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Interval data
Transfer files on an interval and periodic scheduled basis
Export to Excel via web query
Export files by e-mail, FTP, or HTTP

x
email
x
x

PowerLogic WebPageGenerator
The PowerLogic WebPageGenerator (WPG) creates and downloads application specific
web pages to PowerLogic Ethernet gateways (EGX300, ECC21, PM8ECC) with minimal
user intervention. The user simply identifies the serial devices connected to the Ethernet
gateway in this wizard-based software utility. The utility takes care of the rest. This utility is
available for download from www.powerlogic.com.

4-18

PL1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services

www.powerlogic.com

Consulting & Analysis
Power System Engineering
The Square D Power System Engineering team offers a wide range of engineering services to improve the safety,
efficiency and reliability of your power distribution system. The team is comprised of registered professional engineers,
safety trained and equipped, to perform a variety of engineering functions.

Power System Studies
The Square D Power System Engineering Team provides expertise for a variety of electrical power system studies.
Some of the more common system studies include…

•
•
•
•
•

Short-circuit analysis
Time-current coordination
Motor starting/voltage drop
Motor starting/torque-speed
Safe motor re-energization

•
•
•
•

Harmonic analysis
Transient analysis
Power factor correction analysis
Other system specific analysis

Arc Flash Analysis
Square D offers on-site services to perform arc flash analysis for a facility, complex, office, or campus. An Arc flash
analysis is used to determine …

•
•
•

Flash Protection Boundary
Incident Energy Value
Hazard/Risk Category

•
•

Appropriate Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)
Low cost arc flash reduction methods

Features of Square D arc flash analysis include…

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Time current coordination analysis showing both existing and recommended over/current device settings
Short-circuit study to ensure adequacy of equipment
Onsite verification and documentation of equipment
Arc flash labels (populated with the results of the arc flash analysis)
Arc flash label affixation
NFPA 70E—Safe Workplace Practices Training provided by OSHA authorized outreach instructors
Recommendations and solutions to reduce potential arc flash hazards

Power Quality Studies
Square D offers onsite power quality engineering studies and solutions to eliminate process disruptions, power system
shutdowns, and equipment damage due to electrical power system disturbances. A power quality study is used to...

•
•
•
•
•

Determine compliance with the IEEE 519-Recommended Practices and Requirements for Harmonic Control in Electrical
Power Systems guidelines
Identify most cost-effective solution to power quality problems
Solve process disruptions due to power disturbances
Reduce economic effects of poor power quality
Identify disturbances originating on electric utility system and improvements to reduce the number and severity

Power System Assessment
Square D offers engineering services to meet a variety of power system needs …

•
•
•
•
•
•

Basic codes and standards compliance
Protective coordination assessment
Maintenance program review
Recommendations for power system optimization
Power quality troubleshooting and analysis
Power factor and harmonics analysis

•
•
•
•
•

Electrical safety hazards
Short-circuit withstand overview
Single-line documentation of power system
Power monitoring recommendations
Loading measurements

Power System Improvement Projects
Square D offers engineering services for …
New equipment installation
Existing equipment modification
Ground Fault Schemes for multiple source distribution systems
High Resistance Grounding (HRG) Conversion
Automatic Transfer Control Schemes & Generator Operations

Square D professional engineers - safety trained and equipped - will listen to your concerns and goals, define the
problem or enhancement, and engineer the solution that best satisfies your needs.
For additional information on power system engineering services and pricing, contact your nearest
Square D/Schneider Electric office.

Industrial Energy Efficiency
Schneider Electric Certified Energy Managers (CEM’s) work on-site with knowledgeable plant personnel to develop a
long-term, comprehensive, “Energy Action Plan”, that serves as the blueprint for energy savings. Unlike performance
contracts or one-time energy audits, the Total Energy ControlSM program offers a strategic partnership for energyintensive industrials who want to improve energy efficiency.

•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Total Energy Control – Comprehensive integration of all three areas affecting energy efficiency
— Procurement (electricity and gas)
— Demand management
— Optimization of process and plant utilities
Program deliverables:
— Long-term Energy Action Plan
— Energy efficiency projects
— Ongoing accountability for results

4

•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•
•
•
•

4-19

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services
www.powerlogic.com

Engineered Solutions
Schneider Electric provides an engineered solution approach to your specific power system
applications. Our total solutions for power monitoring and power system controls allow
greater safety, reliability, and energy efficiency of your power systems. As a long standing
industry leader in Power Monitoring and Control Systems, we understand your power
system requirements and needs.
All of our Engineered Solutions are tailored to your specific system requirements. Schneider
Electric is your total Solution provider.

Power Monitoring Applications
Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency
Increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency are key results produced from our Power
Monitoring Applications. Schneider Electric power monitoring applications provide detailed
reporting, testing and analysis capabilities for your systems and related components.

•
•
•
•

EPSS Emergency Power Supply Systems – The PowerLogic EPSS Test Report provides
information regarding the health and status of the emergency power supply system, including
automatic transfer switches and generators.
SER Sequence of Events Recording – The PowerLogic Sequence of Events Recorder (SER)
Module is a root-cause analysis tool for rapid response for problem resolution that is ideal for
pinpointing the cause of a service disruption in very large complex power systems.
WAGES Water, Air Gas, Electric, Steam – PowerLogic energy and power management systems
can provide instantaneous readings, alarm notifications, and graphical diagrams for monitoring
electrical and piped utilities (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam).
ENM Event Notification Module – The PowerLogic Event Notification Module allows automatic
paging to alphanumeric pagers, cell phones and PCs.

Power System Control Applications
Automated solutions for increased Reliability and Energy Efficiency
Schneider Electric engineers provide Power System Control Applications with automated
solutions for addressing your system reliability and efficiency control needs. Our offer
covers Automatic Throwover Schemes, Load Shedding/Peak Shaving, and Load
Preservation and Mircrogrids.

•
•
•
PowerLogic Engineers provide graphic solutions
for realtime monitoring of power systems.

Automatic Throwover Systems – Automatic selection of available utility or generator sources to
maintain service continuity to connected loads.
Load Shedding/Peak Shaving – Control peak demand levels or ensure service continuity to critical
load or operate breakers in accordance with user specified sequences and time delays such as
bringing large motors online across several billing kw demand periods to avoid demand penalties.
Load Preservation – Fast acting sophisticated control systems designed to stabilize critical power
systems to the greatest extend possible by monitoring frequency and power sources from utility plus
generator capacity versus total circuit load.

System Integration
System Design and Engineering
Our Square D Engineering Services solution specialists can work with you to design or
upgrade your existing system to best achieve your energy and power management
objectives and informational needs. With expertise in electrical systems, communications,
and automatic control systems, we can integrate, install, and commission your system for
optimal performance.

PowerLogic Engineers specialize in the
design and setup of Emergency Power
Supply Systems (EPSS).

4

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

System Design and Bill of Material Recommendations
Power Monitoring and Control
WAGES (Water, Air, Gas, Electric, Steam)
Enterprise web-based monitoring
Specification development, drawings, documentation
Enclosure panel design and build
Metering Connection Verification/Testing
Power distribution automation
On-Site Installation Assistance, Component Configuration & Startup
Turn-key project management
Third Party Device and communication interfaces
Configured Workstations, User Software Interfaces
Interactive Graphic Design to mimic facility layout, one-lines, equipment status
Custom Software, Reports & Applications – Billing and Event Notification

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

For additional information, contact your nearest Square D / Schneider Electric office.

PowerLogic Engineers design power
control systems that meet your
operational requirements.

4-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services

www.powerlogic.com

Factory Assembled Equipment
Square D™ PowerLogic™ Factory Assembled Equipment offers a wide range of designs for
metering, communications, and control applications to simplify retrofit installations. Our equipment
is designed to order as a free-standing or wallmounted system. With PowerLogic™ Factory
Assembled Equipment, you’ll receive professionally crafted, factory tested, pre-wired equipment
that will greatly improve the speed of your system startup. All backed by the Square D™ quality
standard of excellence.

•
•

Assemblies include meters & devices wired to terminal blocks, disconnects, and shorting blocks or test
switches
Tailored to any system voltage :
—
—
—

•
•
•
•
•

208/120 V, 480/277 V & 600/347 V Wye
240 V, 480 V & 600 V Delta
Utilization of PT's required for higher voltage levels

Wall mountable and easy to install using concealed holes in the back of the enclosure.
Complete with necessary documentation and mounting hardware for quick and easy installation
Carbon steel construction, with industry standard ANSI 61 gray powder coat finish
Equipped with concealed hinged door, and universal pad-lockable latch.
Custom engraved nameplates available for all units.

Table 4.35:

Industrial Enclosure Types 1*, 12, & 4, UL & CUL 508A Listed

Available Meter Types
PM 810, 820, 850 & 870
CM 4250 & 4000T
ION 6200
ION 7300, 7330 & 7350
ION 7550 & 7650*

•
•
•

Digital Inputs
Up to 11 / Meter
Up to 8 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 16 / Meter

Digital Outputs
Up to 7 / Meter
Up to 7 / Meter
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 7 / Meter

Analog Inputs
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 1 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter

Analog Outputs
Up to 2 / Meter
Up to 1 / Meter
N/A
Up to 4 / Meter
Up to 4 / Meter

Supports Single or Multiple Voltage Sources for Indoor (Typse 1 and 12) & Outdoor (Type 4) applications
Available with 1–4 meters per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications are options for all units
EGX & ION RTU Communication Enclosures with 1–4 devices per panel also available

Light Industrial Enclosure Type 1, UL & CUL 508A Listed

•
•
•
•

Available for the following meter types: PM820 (with ethernet), and ION6200
Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor (Type 1) applications.
Available with 1–12 meters per panel. Serial Communications are standard for all units.
No Digital or Analog I/O is available for this option.

Service Entrance/Utility Socket Enclosure Type 3R, UL & CUL 508A Listed

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Available for ION8600 only, with up to 3 Digital Inputs and 4 Digital Outputs and ION5600 2 Digital Inputs
and 2 Digital Outputs.
Supports Single Voltage Source only for Indoor & Outdoor (Type 3R) applications.
Units are Ring Type with removable cover.
Available with 1 meter per panel. Serial & Ethernet Communications options available.
Supports Form 9S, 35S, 36S, 39S and 76S configurations for ION8600 and forms 9S and 36S for ION5600.
Options available for remote mounted CTs
Options available for integrated, bar type CTs
Optional Test Switch.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Switchgear Transfer Control Panels
Generator Control Panels
Load Shed Control Panels
Sequence of Events Recording (SER) Panels
Control System Mimic Panels
Lighting Control Interface Panels
Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) Control Panels (Hot Standby, Relay Control, Data Concentration etc. ...)
Emergency Power Supply Systems (EPSS) Control Panels
Water, Air, Gas, Electrical, and Steam (WAGES) Monitoring Panels
Input Status Monitoring & Alarming Panels
Remote Annunciator Control Panels
Remote Operator Control Panels
Serial, Ethernet, and Cellular Wireless Systems
Server Rack and Network Equipment (Servers, Switches, UPS’s) for Energy Management Systems.
Industrialized PC’s, Touch Screens (Magelis), and Human Machine Interfaces (HMI’s) with Custom System
Graphics.
Designed to fit any environment – Indoor (Type 1 & 12) & Outdoor (Type 3R & 4) applications

For additional information and pricing please contact your local PowerLogic sales
specialist or PowerLogic Inside Sales Support at 615-287-3535. Equipment pricing and
literature available for download on our website at
www.powerlogic.com/products/enclosures.
To better serve you please have the following information on hand when calling.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosure type (Indoor or Outdoor) and Environment details (Corrosive or Non-Corrosive)
Power System Voltage Level and Type (Direct Current (DC) or Alternating Current (AC))
Digital & Analog Input and Output requirements
Device Type and Quantity per enclosure
Ethernet and Serial Communication Requirements
For Drawout Retrofits, need existing cradle type (i.e. GE, Westinghouse, etc.)

4

•
•
•
•
•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Additional engineered to order products are available for a wide variety of design
solutions.

4-21

PowerLogic™

Engineering Services
www.powerlogic.com

Technical Engineering Support Services
No power management system is complete without it. Technical support should go beyond basic
troubleshooting. Continued optimization and maintenance extends the life of your system and
ensures it’s working efficiently and effectively. Our number one priority is to help you protect your
investment and get the most out of it.

•
•
•
•

Proactive diagnostics and maintenance
Access to our self-help web portal and knowledge base
Email, telephone, and remote VPN troubleshooting assistance
On-demand and in-person training

A variety of service levels available based on your needs and budget, plus options add-ons such as
onsite maintenance or 24x7 support, allows you to build the support that’s right for your system.
Premium +
Our most comprehensive service level is ideal for large organizations with mission critical systems,
multiple locations and/or in-house energy management expertise.
Premium
Great for the experienced manager with complex power management systems and/or multiple
locations, you can choose Premium support and partner with a dedicated engineer to help you drive
improved system performance.
Priority
Sign up for Priority support and benefit from the expertise of our senior technical engineers. They
can remotely connect to your system and resolve issues while you observe or work on other tasks.
Standard
We stand behind our products. If you have the time and knowledge to do-it-yourself, then we’re
happy to assist you with troubleshooting or answer your questions at no extra cost.Priority Support:
Excellent Service, Free Software Upgrades, Training Discounts & More!

Energy Performance Services
Unleash Your System’s True Potential with the Power of Partnership
Energy Performance Services helps you improve and sustain energy performance, reduce costs,
and support compliance efforts. From facility insight to optimization solutions, let us customize an
energy management program that’s right for you. Contact your representative and ask them about
power quality analysis oran energy health check.

Solutions to fit your needs:

•
•

Facility Insight Solutions—These core energy health checks designed to evaluate your existing systems
Optimization Solutions—Let our team of experts monitor or fine-tune your systems to maximize energy
savings, efficiency and power quality.

Choose from remote or onsite solutions to ensure sustained results year over year. Vvrious funding
options available. Visit www.schneider-electric.com/eps or contact us at 615-287-3535.

Power Management University
Our training centers offer a variety of training courses designed to improve your total energy
management skills. Our instructor led courses are 70% hands-on, with each student having their
own lab workstation. We have two main training centers located in Nashville, TN and Victoria, BC
and offer training at a variety of Square D sites across the US and Canada.
Table 4.36:
Course Description

4

Webinars and Online
Webinar Training (for any webinar)
OnDemand Training (12 month access)
PowerLogic SMS Systems (Factory and Regional Courses)
Regional SMS Overview — etrainer subscription
PowerLogic ION Systems (Factory and Regional Courses)
PowerLogic PM Fundamentals Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
PowerLogic PM Programmer
PowerLogic PM Administrator
Regional ION Overview 3 Day
Regional PM Overview Bundle (includes 3000PMUDEMAND12)
Regional ION Utility Meter Programmer
Custom Onsite Training
Customer Onsite Training

New Course No.

US $ Tuition

3000PLUCWEBCP01
3000PMUDEMAND12

1240.00

3000PMUSMSTRAINER

800.00

3000PMUFUNDSPMCK
3000PMUPROG
3000PMUADMINSPM
3000PMUSPM
3000PMU35PMER
3000PMUMTRPRG

2950.00
2350.00
2350.00
1800.00
2400.00
1200.00

3000PMUSITE

by Quote

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-22

PL1T

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

The Sepam family of protective relays, Series 20, 40 and 80, are the
newest generation of Sepam relay, a time tested product with a 29-year
worldwide history. Modular relay design allows quick and easy future
upgrades to communications, digital I/O, analog output or temperature
acquisition. The 64x128 bit, graphic LCD display and keypad permit
relay setting of Series 20 and 40 without a PC. Comprehensive selftesting provides assurance of readiness to protect. The Sepam family
also has exceptional withstand to environmental electromagnetic
disturbances. An optional 128x240 LCD display for the Series 80 relay
can show an animated one-line with front panel control. The Sepam
Relays and remote modules come with a 10 year warranty and
conformal coating for harsh environment as standard.

Sepam Series 60 and 80 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard footprint for enhanced protection of Mains/Feeders, Transformer,
Motor, Generator, Capacitor, Bus Applications
Differential protection of transformer or machine transformer units
Differential protection of motors and generators
Protection for mains and ties and important feeders including preprogrammed or customized ATS/ATO Schemes
42 programmable logic inputs and 23 relay outputs
Increased accuracy metering capabilities, I, V, E, P, PF, THD, vector diagram
Expanded logic equation capabilities (an option for Logipam PLC ladder logic)
Setting Software (SF2841) with graphical assistance, optional mimic-based
display
Battery backup for historical and fault waveform data retention, 24–250 Vdc
control power
2 independent RS485 (2 or 4 wire) communication ports: connection of each
to port 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks ModBus™ , ModBus TCP/IP,
IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC61850 communication protocol with GOOSE
messaging.
Software tools: Sepam parameter and protection setting and control function
customization programming of specific functions (Logipam-Series 80)
recovery and display of disturbance recording data local or remote operation
via an E-LAN
Synch-check option
Includes all Series 20 and Series 40 features

Sepam Series 40 Relay Features

•
•
•

Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for enhanced protection of
Mains/Feeders, Transformer, Motor, General Applications
Directional overcurrent protection for dual mains and ties and closed loop
feeders
10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Current and voltage inputs I, V, E, P, PF
Setting software with Boolean logic equation assistance for customized
protections and ATS/ATO schemes
CT/VT and Trip Circuit supervision
Sixteen seconds of fault recording, last 5 trip reports, and last 200 time-tagged
alarms
Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks
ModBus™, Modbus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850
communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber
optic network
Temperature data from 16 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100, or Ni120
Includes all Series 20 features

Sepam Series 20 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Backlit LCD graphic bitmap display
Compact standard footprint (< 4” deep) for basic protection of Mains/Feeders,
Transformer, Motor, Bus (Voltage) Applications
Current or voltage inputs I, or V
10 programmable logic inputs and 8 relay outputs
16 inverse time overcurrent characteristic curves and customized protection
curves (Series 80)
Two 86 cycle records of fault recording, last trip fault values, and last 64 timetagged alarms retained
Provides trip diagnostic information for analysis of faults
Self-test diagnostic ensures correct operation of relay and integrity of
protection
Wide range of control power inputs
Application specific design for Main/Feeder, Transformer, Motor, Bus
(Voltage) zones
Zone selective interlocking (ZSI) improved protection coordination as a cost
effective alternate to Buss Differential (87B) application
Rear communication port connection to 1 or 2 S-LAN and/or E-LAN networks
ModBus, ModBus TCP/IP, IEC60870-5-103, DNP3 and IEC 61850
communication protocols TCP/IP redundancy RS 485 (2 or 4 wire) or fiber
optic network.
Temperature data from 8 RTD’s, Pt100, Ni100 or Ni120.
1 programmable analog output, 0–1, 0–10 mA, 4–20 mA or 0–20 mA
Modular architecture
Breaker maintenance diagnostics
Two groups of current protection settings (logic input selectable) with built in
breaker failure (50BF) to allow reduced arc-flash hazard and PPE rating
during maintenance operation

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Series 20, 40, 60 and 80

Series: 10, 20, 40/50, 60 and 80

4

www.powerlogic.com

Sepam™ Protective
Relays

4-23

Sepam™ Protective Relays

Protection Configurations
www.powerlogic.com

Three relay series with increasing protection capabilities for six types of applications to provide all possible protection configurations
Table 4.37:

Protection Configurations
Series 20

Series 40

Series 60

Series 80

Applications

Rotation
Speed

Temperature

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Temperature

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Frequency

Voltage

Current

Temperature

Busbars

Frequency

Generators

Voltage

Motors

Current

Transformers

Temperature

Substations

Capacitors
+ directional protection

+ directional protection

+ directional protection

25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32R,
32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS,
50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67,
67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86,
94/69, 21FL, 46BC, CPLU 50/51, CPLU
50N/51N

25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 32P,
32Q/40, 37, 38/49T, 46, 47, 48, 49RMS,
50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 66, 67,
67N/67NC, 68, 79, 81H, 81L, 81R, 86,
94/69

12, 14, 21B, 24, 25, 26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30,
32P, 32Q/40, 37, 37P, 38/49T, 40, 46, 47, 48,
49RMS, 50/27, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G, 50N/51N,
50V/51V, 51C, 51LR, 59, 59N, 60/60FL, 64G,
64REF, a 66, 67, 67N/67NC, 68, 74, 78PS, 79,
81H, 81L, 81R, 86, 87M, 87T, 94/96

Protection Functions
26/63, 27/27S, 27D, 27R, 30, 37, 38/49T,
46, 48, 49RMS, 50/51, 50BF, 50G/51G,
50N/51N, 51LR, 59, 59N, 66, 68, 79, 81H,
81L, 81R, 86, 94/69, CPLU 50/51, CPLU
50N/51N
Characteristics
Logic
input/outputs

Inputs 0–10

Inputs 0–10

Inputs 0–28

Inputs 0–42

Outputs 4–8

Outputs 4–8

Outputs 4–16

Outputs 5–23

Temperature
sensors
Channels

Communication
Ports

0–8

0–16

0–16

0–16

Current 3I + Io

Current 3I + Io

Current 3I + Io

Current 2x 3I + 2x Io

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 3 V + Vo

Voltage 2x 3 V + Vo

LPCTa

LPCTa

LPCTa

LPCTa

1–2

1–2

1–2

2–4

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

ModBus, IEC 103, DNP3, IEC 61850

Redundancy
Matrixb

Control

Redundancy

Redundancy

Goose Message

Goose Message

Matrixb

Matrixb

Matrixb

Logic equation editor

Logic equation editor

Logic equation editor

Front memory cartridge with settings

Front memory cartridge with settings

Backup lithium batteryd

Backup lithium batteryd

Logipamc
Other
a
b
c
d

Backup 48 hours (capacitor)
LPCT: low-power current transducer complying with standard IEC 60044-8.
Control matrix for simple assignment of information from th eprotection, control and monitoring functions.
Logipam ladder language (PC programming environment) to make full use of Sepam Series 80 functions.
Standard lithium battery 1/2 AA format 3,6 V front face exchangeable.

Table 4.38:

ANSI Codes

Code

Code

Overspeed (2 set points)

50N/51N

14

Underspeed (2 set points)

50V/51V

21B
21FL

Definition
Ground fault
Voltage restrained overcurrent

Underimpedance

51C

Capacitor bank unbalance

Fault Locator

51LR

Locked rotor

24

Overfluxing (V/Hz)

59

Overvoltage (L-L or L-N)

25

Synch-check

59

Overvoltage (L-L)

26/63

Thermostat / Buchholz

59N

27/27S

Undervoltage (L-L/L-N)

60/60FL

27D

Positive-sequence undervoltage

27R

Remanent undervoltage

30

4

32P
32Q/40
37

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

37P
38/49T
40
46

64G
64REF

Annunciation

66

Directional real overpower

67

Directional reactive overpower

67N/67NC

Neutral voltage displacement
CT/VT supervision
100% stator earth fault
Restricted earth fault
Starts per hour
Directional phase overcurrent
Directonal ground fault

Phase undercurrent

68

Logic discrimination / zone selective interlocking

Directional active underpower

74

Circuit connnection supervision

Temperature mounting
Field loss (underimpedance)

78PS
79

Pole slip
Recloser (4 cycles)

Unbalance/negative sequence

81H

Overfrequency

Broken conductor detection

81L

Underfrequency

47

Negative sequence overvoltage

81R

Rate of change of frequency (df/dt)

48

Excessive starting time

46BC

49RMS

Thermal overload

50/27

Inadvertent energization

50/51

Phase overcurrent

50BF

Breaker failure

50G/51G

4-24

Definition

12

Ground sensitive

86

Latching / acknowledgement

87M

Machine differential

87T

Two-winding transformer differential

94/69
CLPU 50/51
CLPU 50N/51N

Circuit breaker / contactor control
Cold load pick-up with phase overcurrent protection
Cold load pick-up with earth fault protection

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

VAMP 221

Arc Flash Protection and Mitigation System

www.schneider-electric.us

VAMP 221 System Highlights

•

VAMP 221 is a flexible and easily adaptable arc flash protection system for the protection of electrical distribution
systems.

•

VAMP 221 significantly reduces damage to electrical power equipment in the event of an arc fault and through this the risk of
potential personal injury, and production losses.
VAMP 221 is a modular system consisting of central units, I/O untis, arc sensors and contact multiplying relays. The system can be
easily used from the simplest to the most complicated applications.
The VAMP 221 arc flash protection system is suitable for both low and medium voltages in any metal enclosed, metal clad or arc
resistant switchgear. It is applicable in any new or existing switchgear where an arch flash hazard exists and reduction of fault level
is seen as beneficial.

•
•

System Features

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Current light tripping criteria (optional of tripping by light only)
Operating time 7 ms or less (electromechanical contact)
Accurate location of arc fault utilizing point sensors
Four selective protection zones per central unit
Can be used as an alternative to bus differential and ZSI schemes
Self supervision of the entire system
Easy interconnect utilizing prefabricated (CAT6) cables
Phase current measuring
Ground fault current measuring
Personal protector option
Panel or rail mount I/O units
Circuit breaker fail protection (50BF)

4

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-25

VAMP 221

Sensors and Accessories
www.schneider-electric.us

Point sensor VA1EH-x (pipe)
Installed typically in the tube or next to the comartment windo.

VA1EH-x

Point sensor VA1DA-x (surface)
Compartment wall or mounting plate installation.

VA1DA-x

Arc SLm-x
Used when a large number of compartments are to be monitored.

Arc SLm-x

Point sensor VA1DP
The snap-in connection to the VAMP arc flash protection system improves work safety.

Device Track Record

•
•

VA1DP

•
•

Schneider Electric’s VAMP Range specializes in arc flash protection and mitigation relays for power system.
Schneider Electric VAMP’s arc flash fault protection functionality enhances the safety of both people and property
and has made Schneider Electric VAMP a pioneer in the field of arc flash protection with more than 10,000 arc
flash systems and units with over 150,000 arc detecting sensors inservice worldwide.
All Schneider Electric VAMP products meet the latest international standards and regulations.
Our success is based on competitive standard products, constant development by our designers possessing
experience from arc flash relay generations.

•

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-26

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Reactive Power Compensation and Harmonic Mitigation Solutions

www.reactivar.com

How can reactive power compensation and harmonic mitigation solutions be part of your energy
efficiency programs?

Power factor is a measure of how efficiently you are using electricity. In an electric power system, a load with low power
factor draws more current than a load with a high power factor for the same amount of real power transferred. Utility
customers with a low power factor could realize an increase or penalty in their electric bill. Over time, these penalties
may reach into thousands of dollars, depending upon the utility’s rate structure.
Harmonics may disrupt normal operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic
harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors and cables, thermal tripping of protective devices, logic
faults of digital devices and drives.
Harmonics can cause vibrations and noise in electrical machines (motors, transformers, reactors).
The life span of many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature.
Schneider Electric provides different solutions to meet different application requirements.

Product Description

LV

MV

Application

Product Features

ReactiVar Fixed Power Factor Capacitors

X

X

Power Factor correction

Suited for applications where the load does not change or
where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on
the load side of a motor contactor.

ReactiVar Standard Automatic Power Factor
Capacitor Banks
(AV5000/MV5000)

X

X

Power Factor correction

Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications
where plant loading is constantly changing, resulting in the
need for varying amounts of reactive power. Designed for
electrical networks with little or no harmonic content.

ReactiVar Anti-Resonant Automatic Power Factor
Capacitor Banks
(AV6000/MV6000)

X

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Suited for centralized power factor correction in applications
containing harmonic energies that would otherwise
damage standard fixed or automatic capacitor banks.

ReactiVar Harmonic Filtering Automatic Power
Factor Capacitor Banks
(AV7000/MV7000)

X

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Provides power factor correction as well as harmonic
filtering with specific harmonic order (5th) in industrial
networks.

ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation
Systems
(AT6000/AT7000)

X

Power Factor Correction and
Harmonics Filtering

Enhanced technology utilizing solid state switching
elements that replace standard electromechanical
contactors. Provides quicker response to load fluctuations
with transient free capacitor switching.

AccuSine™ (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter

X

Xa

Active Harmonic Filtering

Monitors a distorted electrical signal and determines the
frequency and magnitude of harmonics in the signal.
Cancels the harmonic content with the dynamic injection of
opposing phase current in the distribution system or
individual load.

ReactiVar Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)

X

Xa

With transformer.

4

a

real-time reactive power compensation, and
Reactive Power Compensation Provides
voltage support in networks with highly cyclical load
(Real-time)
profiles.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Table 4.39:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-27

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors
www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors
ReacatiVar low voltage fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction applications where the load does
not change or where the capacitor is switched with the load, such as on the load side of a motor starter. ReactiVar fixed
capacitors are best suited for applications where there are no harmonic currents or voltages present.

Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Heavy edge, slope metallizations and wave-cut profile to ensure high inrush current capabilities.
Special resistivity and profile metallization for better self-healing and enhanced life (up to 130,000 hours).
Unique safety feature which disconnects the capacitors at the end of their useful life electrically.
Less than 0.5w/kVAR losses, including discharage resistors.
Constructed with a dry type metalized polypropylene capacitor element with no liquid dielectrics.
Can be easily mounted inside panels or in a stand alone configuration.

Table 4.40:
kVAR rating

Unfused 208 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended
copper wire sizea

@ 208 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 208 V
AWG
2
PFCD1002
959.00
6.3
14
5
PFCD1005
1187.00
13.6
10
6
PFCD1006
1364.00
17.7
10
7.5
PFCD1007
1538.00
20.9
8
10
PFCD1010
1924.00
27.1
8
13
PFCD1013
2376.00
35.4
6
15
PFCD1015
2633.00
41.7
4
17
PFCD1017
2957.00
48
4
21
PFCD1021
3101.00
59.4
3
25
PFCD1025
5330.00
68.8
2
27
PFCD1027
5430.00
75.1
2
30
PFCD1030
6243.00
83.4
1
34
PFCD1033
7608.00
93.8
1/0
37.5
PFCD1037
9251.00
104.3
2/0
41
PFCD1040
9618.00
114.7
2/0
45
PFCD1045
9984.00
125.1
3/0
49
PFCD1048
10245.00
135.5
4/0
53
PFCD1053
10505.00
147
4/0
60
PFCD1060
11026.00
168.9
300 kcmil
70
PFCD1070
11786.00
198.1
350 kcmil
80
PFCD1080
12437.00
222
500 kcmil
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Table 4.41:
kVAR rating

Fuse
15
30
40
45
60
75
90
100
125
150
150
175
200
225
250
250
300
300
350
450
450

Circuit breaker
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
70
90
100
110
125
150
150
175
175
200
225
250
300
350

Unfused 240 V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended
copper wire sizea

4

@ 240 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 240 V
AWG
3
PFCD2003
959
7.2
14
6
PFCD2006
1187.00
15.6
10
8
PFCD2008
1364.00
20.5
8
10
PFCD2010
1538.00
24.1
8
13
PFCD2013
1924.00
31.3
6
15
PFCD2015
2117.00
36.1
6
17.5
PFCD2017
2376.00
40.9
6
20
PFCD2020
2633.00
48.1
4
22.5
PFCD2023
2957.00
55.3
3
25
PFCD2025
3101.00
61.4
3
27.5
PFCD2028
4181.00
68.6
2
30
PFCD2030
5045.00
72.2
2
32.5
PFCD2033
5330.00
79.4
1
37.5
PFCD2036
5430.00
86.6
1
40
PFCD2040
6243.00
96.2
1/0
45
PFCD2045
7608.00
108.3
2/0
50
PFCD2050
9251.00
120.3
2/0
60
PFCD2060
9984.00
144.4
4/0
70
PFCD2070
10499.00
169.6
300 kcmil
80
PFCD2080
11026.00
194.9
350 kcmil
90
PFCD2090
11557.00
218.9
400 kcmil
100
PFCD2100
12072.00
239.4
500 kcmil
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-28

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb
Fuse
15
35
45
50
70
75
90
100
125
125
150
150
175
175
200
225
250
300
350
400
450
500

Circuit breaker
15
25
30
35
45
50
60
70
80
90
100
100
110
125
150
150
175
200
250
300
300
350

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors

www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Fixed Capacitors

kVAR rating

Unfused 480V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended copper
wire sizea

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

@ 480 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 480 V
AWG
Fuse
6
PFCD4006
929.00
7.2
14
15
8
PFCD4008
1022.00
10.2
12
20
10
PFCD4010
1077.00
12
12
25
12.5
PFCD4012
1215.00
15
10
30
15
PFCD4015
1329.00
18
10
40
17
PFCD4017
1374.00
19.8
8
40
20
PFCD4020
1479.00
24
8
50
25
PFCD4025
1655.00
30
6
60
27.5
PFCD4027
1754.00
33
6
70
30
PFCD4030
1851.00
36
6
75
33
PFCD4033
1953.00
39.6
6
80
35
PFCD4035
2102.00
42
4
90
40
PFCD4040
2358.00
48
4
100
45
PFCD4045
2519.00
54
4
110
50
PFCD4050
2676.00
60
3
125
60
PFCD4060
3975.00
72
2
150
65
PFCD4065
4200.00
78
1
175
70
PFCD4070
4280.00
84
1
175
75
PFCD4075
4434.00
90
1/0
200
80
PFCD4080
4695.00
96
1/0
200
90
PFCD4090
5217.00
108
2/0
225
100
PFCD4100
5738.00
120
2/0
250
125
PFCD4125
7148.00
150
250
300
150
PFCD4150
8556.00
180
300
400
175
PFCD4175
9561.00
210
400
450
240
500
500
200
PFCD4200
10565.00
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Table 4.43:
kVAR rating

Circuit breaker
15
15
20
25
30
30
35
45
50
50
60
60
70
75
90
100
110
125
125
150
150
175
225
250
300
350

Unfused 600V 3 phase/ 60Hz unit
Regular duty Indoor NEMA 1 unit

Rated Current (A)

Recommended copper
wire sizea

Recommended circuit protection
device ratingb

600 V
Catalog Number
$ Price
@ 600 V
AWG
Fuse
10
PFCD6010
1077.00
9.6
12
20
15
PFCD6015
1329.00
14.4
10
30
20
PFCD6020
1479.00
19.2
10
40
23
PFCD6022
1550.00
22.1
8
50
25
PFCD6025
1655.00
24
8
50
27
PFCD6027
1754.00
26
8
50
30
PFCD6030
1851.00
28.8
8
60
35
PFCD6035
2102.00
33.6
6
70
40
PFCD6040
2358.00
38.4
6
80
45
PFCD6045
2519.00
43.2
4
90
50
PFCD6050
2676.00
48
4
100
60
PFCD6060
3975.00
57.6
3
125
70
PFCD6070
4280.00
67.2
3
150
75
PFCD6075
4434.00
72
2
150
80
PFCD6080
4695.00
76.8
1
150
90
PFCD6090
5217.00
86.4
1
175
100
PFCD6100
5738.00
96
1/0
200
125
PFCD6125
7148.00
120
3/0
250
150
PFCD6150
8556.00
144
4/0
300
175
PFCD6175
9561.00
168
300 kcmil
350
a
Conductor should be copper and rated 90 °C min. Refer to local electrical codes for proper wire size
b
Consult local electrical codes for proper sizing of molded case circuit breaker frame or disconnect switch rating
Note: For fused unit, add suffix “F” to the existing part number. Consult Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Circuit Breaker
15
20
30
35
35
40
45
50
60
60
70
80
100
100
110
125
150
175
200
250

4

Application Note: Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable frequency
drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other electronic equipment. These harmonic
currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt
capacitors coupled with system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages in
the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or damage to electrical equipment
including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power factor correction is required in the network where harmonic
is present, please contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Table 4.42:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4-29

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Automatic Capacitor Banks
www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Standard Automatic Capacitor Banks
The AV5000 standard automatic power factor correction
banks are designed for centralized power factor correction to
supply varying amounts of reactive power required to
compensate for changing load conditions. The AV5000
banks are ideally suited for facility electrical distribution
systems with TDD (total harmonic current distortion) < = 5%
and THD(V) (total harmonic voltage distortion) < = 5%. An
advanced power factor controller measures plant power
factor via a single remote CT. Plus, it switches capacitor
modules in and out of service to maintain a user selected
target power factor.

Main Features:

•
•
•
The AV5000 is
suitable for use where
harmonic generating
loads are less than
15% of the total
connected load
(AV5000 shown here).

•
•
•
•
•
•

Modular construction; free standing QED switchboard enclosures
(30wx36dx90h) and allow for easy future expansion
Rugged design — units are constructed with removable steel
panels over heavy gauge steel frame
Standard offering available up to 400 kVAR at 208 Vac, 1000
kVAR at 480 or 600 Vac
Main lugs or main breaker section at your choice
Dry capacitor element design eliminates risk of fluid leakage,
environmental hazard and drip pans
Capacitor rated contactors are designed specifically for the
switching of capacitive currents and feature a patented capacitor
precharge circuit that exceeds air-core reactor transient dampening
Different power factor controller options provide a choice in
functionality and control sophistication
Backlit display on controller displays actual power factor (PF),
alarms, number of steps energized and much more
Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures

Low Voltage Anti-Resonant and Filtering
Automatic Capacitor Banks

AV6000 Capacitor
Bank

ReactiVar AV6000 anti-resonant and AV7000 harmonic
filtering automatic switched capacitor banks are specifically
designed for networks containing harmonic energies which
would otherwise damage standard fixed or automatic
capacitor banks.
The problem: Harmonics are caused by non-linear loads
such as variable frequency drives, motor soft starters,
welders, uninterruptable power supplies, robotics, PLCs and
other electronic devices. Harmonics are higher-than-60 Hz
current and voltage components in the electrical distribution
system. Capacitors are a low impedance path for these
higher frequency components and thus will absorb these
harmonic energies. Combinations of capacitors and system
inductances (motors and transformers) can form series and
parallel tuned circuits which can resonate at certain
frequencies. The harmonics caused by non-linear loads can
excite a standard capacitor bank into resonance. The
resonance can magnify currents and voltages, causing
system wide damage and equipment failure. This problem is
growing in prevalence in today's distribution systems.

The Solution:
Anti-Resonant Automatic Capacitor Banks
The AV6000 anti-resonance capacitor bank's primary
function is power factor correction. Iron core reactors are
added in series with the capacitor modules. The 3 phase
reactors are custom designed and manufactured under tight
tolerance specifically for the AV6000. The reactors tune the
bank below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th, or
300 Hz). Below the tuning point, the system appears
capacitive and thus corrects power factor. Above the tuning
point, the system appears Inductive and thus resonance is
minimized. The AV6000 design has the added advantage of
removing up to 50% of the 5th harmonic to reduce overall
voltage distortion.
Harmonic Filtering Automatic Capacitor Banks
Although the AV7000 looks identical to the AV6000, its
primary function is harmonic mitigation, with power factor
correction being a secondary benefit. The distinction
between an AV6000 and an AV7000 is the tuning point. By
definition, if the tuning point of the capacitor/reactor
combination is within ±10% of the target harmonic it is
intended to absorb, it is referred to as a filter. If the tuning
point is outside the ±10% limit, it is referred to as an antiresonant system. Schneider Electric power quality solution
experts should be consulted prior to recommending AV7000
to customers.

Main Features:

•
•
•

Standard offering available up to 480 kVAR at 208 V, 1200 kVAR
at 480 or 600 Vac
Capacitor modules are designed with higher than standard
voltage and current ratings to provide long life on systems with
high harmonic energies. Reactors are designed to operate at 115
°C rise over a maximum 40 °C ambient temperature.
In addition to the standard features provided in the AV5000
systems, the reactors in the AV6000 and AV7000 have an
embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut
down and annunciate if the reactor is overheated, usually a result
of excessive harmonic energies

Application Assistance:
Schneider Electric power quality experts can provide
engineering assistance for the application of capacitors in
harmonic rich environments. Specialists can assess the
likelihood of application problems and arrange for more
detailed study if required. Solutions can include computer
modeling and system simulation. Our application engineers
can arrange for systems studies, provide custom engineering
proposal, perform installation and commissioning, as
required by the application. Please contact Schneider
Electric power quality experts or email us at
pqc@squared.com.

CT Selection Table
Main Transformer
Main Breaker

4

External Current
Transformer
Ratio XXXX/5

The current transformer is located on a phase A bus or cable at
the main service entrance as illustrated in Diagram 1.
CT catalog number: TRAI••••SCc c where •••• is current
rate code of bus/cable and c c is window size code. Codes
are listed in table 4.42.
e.g. TRAI1000SC07 is a CT for 1000 A bus with 7"x4" window.
Table 4.44:
Current Rating of Bus/Cable

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Sub 600 kVAR Sub
Feed Automatic Feed
Capacitor
Bank

Sub
Feed

Single Line (Typical)
Diagram 1

4-30

Sub
Feed

Amperes

Rating Code

300
400
500
600
750
800
1000
1200
1500
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
6000

0300
0400
0500
0600
0750
0800
1000
1200
1500
1600
2000
2500
3000
3500
4000
5000
6000

••••

Window Size
7" x 4" Size Code 11" x 4" Size Code
c c
c c
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
07
11
N/A
11
N/A
11

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ReactiVar™

Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks

www.reactivar.com

Low Voltage Transient Free Reactive Compensation Capacitor Banks
Square D™ ReactiVar Transient Free Reactive Compensation (TFRC) anti-resonant
(AT/BT6000) systems and filtering system (AT/BT7000) are ideally suited for use on
electrical systems where connected equipment is extremely sensitive to variations in the
supply voltage.
The problem: Capacitor systems featuring electromechanical contactors could generate
voltage transients on the electrical network when they switch capacitor stages on/off, even
when current limiting or tuning reactors are employed. Transients can impair the operation
of sensitive equipment, including programmable logic controllers, variable speed drives,
computers and UPS systems. In sensitive networks such as hospitals, data processing
centers, airports and many manufacturing environments, any transient, however slight, may
not be acceptable.
The solution: TFRC systems feature an advanced controller to precisely activate
electronic switching elements to connect capacitor stages and avoid the creation of
transients. Transient free switching also reduces wear on capacitors due to switching and
will result in longer life for the overall capacitor system. With a response time of less than
ten seconds to load changes, TFRC systems can reduce the kVAR or kVA demand quickly.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard offering up to 1350 kVAR at 480 Vac
Transient free switching of capacitor steps
Electronic switching elements yield an unlimited number of switching operations
Different power factor controller options provide a choice in functionality and control sophistication
Backlit display on controller displays actual PF, alarms, number of steps energized and much more
Heavy duty dry capacitor element design provides no risk of fluid leakage, no environmental
pollution and no need for drip pans
The reactors have an embedded thermistor temperature detector. The stage will shut down and
annunciate if the reactor is overheated which is usually a result of excessive harmonic energies
Units are constructed with removable heavy duty steel panels over heavy gauge steel frame.
Available in NEMA 1 and NEMA 3R enclosures.

Low Voltage Capacitor Bank General Specification:
Voltage:

AT6000 Transient Free Capacitor Bank

208, 240, 480, 600 Vac standard, other voltages available

Ambient temperature:

-5 °C to 40 °C

Average temperature limit:

<=40 °C within 24 hours, <35 °C over 1 year

Elevation:

<=1800 meter (6000 feet)

Humidity:

0–95% non-condensing

Overvoltage limit:

110% maximum (continuously)

Dielectric withstand test level:

2.15 times rated voltage or 1000 V, whichever is higher for 10s

Overcurrent limit:

135% maximum (continuously)

Incoming:

Top (standard), bottom.

Main lug:

Copper mechanical standard, compression optional

Main breaker (BT):

PowerPact™ with Micrologic™ trip unit. LI standard, LSI available

Enclosure rating:

NEMA 1 standard, N3R available

Color:

ANSI 49 standard, ANSI 61, ANSI 70 optional

Standards:

CSA C22.2 No. 190, UL810

6" MINIMUM, IF SURFACE IS FLAMMABLE 24" MINIMUM

12" OR 24"
PULL BOX

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

70"/88" APPROX.

REMOVABLE LIFTING LUGS

91.50

30.000

ADDITIONAL SECTIONS AS REQUIRED

36.000

WIDTH

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4

Typical low voltage capacitor bank dimension
(reference only, subject to change without notice)

4-31

ReactiVar™

Medium Voltage Capacitors
www.reactivar.com

ReactiVar Medium Voltage Fixed Capacitors
The ReactiVar MVC fixed capacitors are ideally suited for power factor correction in
applications where the load does not change or where the capacitor is switched with the
load, such as the load side of a motor contactor. ReactiVar capacitor sizes are available up
to 300 kVAR as individual units, and up to 900 kVAR in banks.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Standard rating up to 900 kVAR, 4800 V (for specials, consult factory)
Extra low dielectric loss (<0.15w/kVAR), including discharge resistors
Internally mounted discharge resistors
Internally delta connected capacitor elements
Built to applicable NEMA, IEEE, and IEC standards
Available in indoor (Type 1/12) and outdoor (Type 3R) enclosures
Painted ASA 70 gray

Application Note:

MVC systems are suitable for
power factor correction of steady
and harmonic-free motor loads.

Capacitors are low impedance path for the harmonic currents produced by variable
frequency drives, motor soft starters, welders, computers, PLCs, robotics and other
electronic equipment. These harmonic currents can cause the capacitor to overheat, and
shorten its life. Furthermore, the resonant circuit formed by shunt capacitors coupled with
system inductances (motors and transformers) can amplify harmonic currents and voltages
in the electrical network. This amplification can cause nuisance fuse operation and/or
damage to electrical equipment including capacitors and other electronic devices. If power
factor correction is required in the network where harmonic is present, please contact your
nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for assistance.

Medium Voltage Metal Enclosed Capacitor Systems
The medium voltage capacitor systems are ideally suited for centralized power factor
correction and/or harmonic filtering in applications. Various equipment topologies are
available, from fixed stage to fully automatic—to cover project specific application, load
characteristic and installation needs. ReactiVar brand covers metal enclosed systems built
in North America (5/15 kV class). Global =S= Brand can be used for expanded voltage
range.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•

4

MV5000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads are less than 15% of
the total connected load.
MV6000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads are less than 50% of
the total connected load.
MV7000 systems are suitable for use where
harmonic generating loads exceed 50% of the
total connected load.
MVHVC High-Speed compensation systems are
designed for reactive power compensation of
rapidly fluctuating loads

•
•
•
•
•
•

High Voltage Reactive Power Compensation Systems
The high voltage reactive power compensation systems are ideally suited for installation at
utility distribution and transmission grids. Various equipment topologies are available to
cover project specific utility application, and installation needs. Typically these
compensation systems are open style, rack mounted, installed in utility substation areas.

Main Features:

•
•
•

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

•
•

4-32

Designed and built per applicable ANSI/NEMA/IEEE and/or IEC standards
Standard metal enclosures available up to 20 mVAR, up to 34.5 kV, 50/60 Hz
Steel or Aluminum based enclosure bays
Externally or internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small
temperature rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand.
Current limiting capacitor fuses with blown fuse pop-up indicators
Inrush current limiting reactors or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) iron core reactors
Key interlocking system forces sequential operation of the controls,
Fully rated three- or four-pole grounding switches
Schneider Electric NRC12 Power factor controller provides user with friendly interface, superior
performance, simplified installation and set-up procedure, and real time monitoring and protection
features for the capacitor system.
Available in Type 1 indoor and 3R outdoor enclosure types

Custom designed and built per requested applicable standards
Systems rated up to 230 kV, 50/60 Hz
Internally fused capacitors with excellent life due to high temperature withstand, small temperature
rise, chemical stability, overvoltage and overcurrent withstand.
Double wye ungrounded configuration with neutral CT protection
Inrush current limiting or tuned (anti-resonant or filtered) air core, open style reactors

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AccuSine™

PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Class 5820

www.reactivar.com

AccuSine (PCS) Active Harmonic Filter (AHF) injects harmonic current to cancel harmonic
current in the electrical distribution system. This reduced harmonic level results in improved
electrical network reliability and reduced operating cost. AccuSine PCS is simple to size,
install, set up and operate. In addition, AccuSine PCS eliminates the complex harmonic
compliance limit calculations and removes nuisance harmonics from the electrical network.

The problem:
Power electronic devices that have rapid and frequent load variations have become
abundant today due to their many process control related and energy saving benefits.
However, they also bring a few major drawbacks to electrical distribution systems;
harmonics and rapid change of reactive power requirement. Harmonics may disrupt normal
operation of other devices and increase operating costs. Symptoms of problematic
harmonic levels include overheating of transformers, motors, drives, cables, thermal
tripping of protective devices and logic faults of digital devices. In addition, the life span of
many devices can be reduced by elevated operating temperature.

The solution:
The AccuSine PCS AHF provides the simplest and most effective means to mitigate
harmonics, to reduce process related voltage fluctuations. The AccuSine PCS AHF actively
injects opposite harmonics current on the source side of the load and it:

•
•
•
•
•

Decreases harmonic related overheating of cables, switchgear and transformers
Reduces downtime caused by nuisance thermal tripping of protective devices
Increases electrical network reliability and reduces operating costs
Corrects to the 50th harmonic, reduce harmonics level to meet IEEE 519, IEC 61000 3-4, and UK
G5/4-1 standards.
Compensates entire network or specific loads depending on installation point

Standard features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time dynamic current injection for harmonic cancellation and VAR compensation (lead or lag
power factor)
Independent phase compensation
Load balancing capability
Parallel connection (up to 99 units) allows for easy retrofit and installation of multiple units for large
networks
Response to load fluctuations within 2 cycles
Full color touch screen HMI (Human Machine Interface)
NEMA 1, NEMA 12, IP30 AND IP54 enclosure
Seismic rated per ICC IBC and ASCE 7
UL, CE, ABS, and CSA certified

Accusine PCS Sizing
For proper sizing of AccuSine units, contact the Schneider Electric sales office or e-mail
pqc@squared.com. To expedite the product selection process, please have a single line
diagram and/or details of the application including sizes of transformers, non-linear and
linear loads, and any existing filters and capacitors.
AccuSine PCS 208–480 V, 50/60 Hz

Rated
Max Reactive
Current Power output (kVAR)
A(ms)

208 V 400 V 480 V
18

Enclosure Information
Catalog
Number

List Price
(US$)

Rating

Exterior Dimensions
H

W

Weight
lbs (kg)

D

Wall Mountab/Bottom

In
48

mm
1219

In
20.7

mm
526

In
18.5

mm
470

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

31.5

800

23.8

605

Wall Mountab/Bottom

64.9

1648

20.7

526

18.5

470

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

31.5

800

23.8

605

31.5

800

19.6

497

39.4

1000

31.7

806

250 (114)
661 (300)

Watts Losses
(watts)
208/240 V
900

705 (320)
661 (300)
350 (159)
771 (350)

1500

849 (386)
771 (350)

Floor Standing/Top or Bottom

75

1905

775 (352)
1212 (550)
1390 (632)
1212 (550)

4500

480 V
1800
2250
2250
2250
2250
2250
3000
3750
3750
3750
3750
3750
9000
10000
10000
10000
10000
10000

4

PCS050D5N1
34904.00
NEMA 1
PCS050D5N12
53738.00
NEMA 12
PCS050D5CE30c 59516.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
50
34.6
41.6
N/A
PCS050D5CE54c 62770.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS050D5IP30
54299.00
IP30
PCS050D5IP54
57553.00
IP54
36
PCS100D5N1
55131.00
NEMA 1
PCS100D5N12
66777.00
NEMA 12
PCS100D5CE30c 74449.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
100
69.2
83.1
N/A
PCS100D5CE54c 78679.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS100D5IP30
67479.00
IP30
PCS100D5IP54
71585.00
IP54
108
PCS300D5N1
110301.00
NEMA 1
PCS300D5N12
132341.00
NEMA 12
PCS300D5CE30c 144502.00 IP30 (CE Certified)
300
207.8 249.4
N/A
PCS300D5CE54c 161035.00 IP54 (CE Certified)
PCS300D5IP30
133670.00
IP30
PCS300D5IP54
142628.00
IP54
a
Floor stand available. order Catalog Number — FSPCS100D5N1
b
Wall mounted units do not include a power disconnect.
c
CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC.

Style/Cable Entry

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Table 4.45:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

4-33

AccuSine™

PCS Active Harmonic Filter
Class 5820
Table 4.46:

www.reactivar.com

AccuSine PCS 600 Vb, 50/60 Hz

Rated
Current

Max
Reactive
Power
output
(kVAR)

A(ms)

600 V

Enclosure Information
Catalog
Number

List Price
(US$)

Exterior Dimensions
H

Style/Cable
Entry

Rating

In

PCS039D6N1
94423.00
NEMA 1
PCS039D6N12
100088.00
NEMA 12
PCS039D6CE30
111199.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
39
41
PCS039D6CE54
117805.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS039D6IP30
101090.00
IP30
PCS039D6IP54
107096.00
IP54
PCS078D6N1
115031.00
NEMA 1
PCS078D6N12
121933.00
NEMA 12
PCS078D6CE30
135469.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
78
81
PCS078D6CE54
143517.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS078D6IP30
123154.00
IP30
PCS078D6IP54
130470.00
IP54
PCS235D6N1
202406.00
NEMA 1
PCS235D6N12
214550.00
NEMA 12
PCS235D6CE30
238365.00 IP30 (CE Certified)a
235
244
PCS235D6CE54
252525.00 IP54 (CE Certified)a
PCS235D6IP30
216696.00
IP30
PCS235D6IP54
229569.00
IP54
a
CE Certified units meet EMC Directive 89/336 EEC.
b
Contact Schneider Electric sales office for other voltage models.

W

mm

In

mm

Weight
lbs (kg)

D

Watts
Losses
(watts)

In mm

600 V
1322 (600)

Floor
Standing/Top
or Bottom

1366 (621)

2850

1322 (600)
55.1 1400 23.6 600
1542 (700)
Floor
Standing/Top 77.7 1972
or Bottom

1620 (736)

4610

1542 (700)
2424 (1102)
Floor
Standing/Top
or Bottom

70.9 1800 31.5 800 2602 (1183)

12750

2424 (1102)

Round Split-Core Current Transformer (CT) Selection:
Two remote current transformers (CT) are required for three phase loads. Three CT’s are required for networks
with line to neutral loads.
Table 4.47:

Round Split-Core CT—UL Recognized

Ampacity

Catalog
Number

1000
3000
5000

CT1000SC
CT3000SC
CTFCL500058

Dimensions
A
in
4
6
8

B
mm
101
152
203

in
1.25
1.25
1.25

C
mm
32
32
32

in
1.5
1.5
1.5

Weight

D
mm
38
38
38

in
6.5
8.5
10.5

mm
165
216
267

lbs
3.5
4.25
5.5

kg
1.75
1.90
2.50

Burden Secondary
Accuracy Capacity
Class
Current
(VA)
1
1
1

10
45
45

5
5
5

D

B

A

C

Round Solid-Core Current Transformer (AUX CT) Selection:
For installations requiring parallel connection of multiple AccuSine units for increased capacity, additional
auxiliary CT’s may be required. Please contact Schneider Electric sales office for the correct AUX CT part number
to use.
Table 4.48:
Ampacity

4

600
1000

Round Solid-Core Auxiliary CT—UL Recognized
Catalog
Number
CT7RL6011
CT7RL1021

Dimensions
ID
in
2.5
2.5

Weight (lb)

OD
mm
63
63

in
4.58
4.58

mm
116
116

lbs
1.5
1.5

kg
0.68
0.68

Accuracy
Class

Burden
Capacity
(VA)

Secondary
Current

1
1

30
35

1
1

1.10

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

X1

4.58

4-34

H1

2.50 DIA

DE2C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AccuSine™ PFV

Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)
Class 5890

www.reactivar.com

Main
Breaker
(Optional)

The Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC) is ideally suited for industrial facilities with power
quality or production problems caused by rapidly changing reactive power demands
typically associating with highly cyclical loads such as welders, mining conveyors and
heavy stamping machines.

The problem:
Rapid reactive power changes demand timely reactive power (VAR) compensation. Lack of
timely and adequate VAR compensation can lead to voltage fluctuations in the electrical
distribution system, impacting equipment operation, as well as product quality.
Traditional capacitor systems have a minimum response time of five to thirty seconds for
load fluctuations. As a result of this limitation, uncompensated reactive power demand by
cyclical loads can produce voltage instability, cause flicker, increase losses, and result poor
power factor which reduces the electric supply capacity. Problems can include:

AccuSine
PFV

•
•
•
•
•
•

Poor weld quality or reduced weld line productivity (due to restrikes or interlock weld controls)
Failure to start motor loads (due to voltage sag on startup)
Undervoltage tripping of sensitive loads (Robots, PLCs, VFDs)
Lighting flicker and/or HID lighting shutdown
Overloaded distribution equipment (cyclical current pulses may exceed the rated current of the
distribution equipment)
Poor power factor and associated utility demand charges

The Solution:
100 kVAR

100 kVAR

100 kVAR

PASSIVE

HVC Topology (Typical)

300 Ampere
ACTIVE

The Hybrid VAR Compensator is ideally suited for ultra fast reactive power compensation in
many low and medium voltage distribution networks containing highly transient loads where
conventional systems are not suitable.
The HVC employs a fixed or automatic capacitor bank to provide reactive power at all
times, while AccuSine PFV adjusts the output to meet system reactive power requirement
in timely manner. AccuSine PFV features a 100 microsecond response time to provide
dynamic VAR injection to meet reactive power requirement within 1 cycle, reduce voltage
sags created by inductive load switching, welding operation, etc.

Main Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time reactive power compensation for transient or cyclical loads
Infinite VAR resolution
Independently compensates each phase
Transient free compensation
Improves voltage stability, reduces flicker
Constructed with 12 gauge steel frame

HVC systems can alleviate most of the problems created by cyclical loads that require large
amount of reactive power for short duration. HVC system can be applied in the low voltage
and medium voltage system from 480 V up to 33 kV.

4

The ReactiVar HVC is a custom engineered product designed for specific reactive power
compensation requirements. It consists of both passive and active components. The
passive component may consist of capacitors only or include tuned reactors. Depending on
the application, the passive portion may include contactor or solid state switching device to
permit some adjustment of the passive elements. The active component is provided by
Schneider Electric’s AccuSine PFV unit. HVC systems also can prevent resonance by
including custom designed iron core reactors in series with each three phase capacitor
module when required. The series reactor/capacitor combinations prevent resonance by
turning the network below the first dominant harmonic (usually the 5th and 300 Hz). In doing
so, HVC can also reduce harmonic voltage distortion, which further improves overall
network conditions.
The HVC employs a fixed capacitor bank to inject leading reactive current (leading kVAR)
into the network at all times, and an AccuSine PFV unit to precisely adjust the total output of
the HVC according to the load reactive power demand profile. When load reactive demand
is zero, the AccuSine PFV injects lagging reactive current to cancel the leading reactive
current of the fixed capacitor bank such that the total output of the HVC is minimized. As the
load kVAR demand increases, the AccuSine PVF adjusts its output such that the total
output of the HVC precisely matches the load demand. If load demand increases above the
fixed capacitor bank capability, then the AccuSine PFV injects leading reactive current. This
continues until the full leading kVAR capacity of the AccuSine PFV is met. Thus, the HVC
total output provides leading kVAR compensation to match load demand.
To optimize system design, Schneider Electric expert will normally need to take real-time
measurements on the network site. Please contact Schneider Electric power quality experts
or email us at pqc@squared.com.

POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

Unique, cost-effective construction:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4-35

AccuSine™ PFV

Hybrid VAR Compensator (HVC)
Class 5890

www.reactivar.com

4
POWER MONITORING AND
CONTROL

4-36

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 5
Lighting Control Product Overview
One Line Overview

5-2, 5-3

Neo Keypads

5-4

Saturn Keypads

5-5

DLT Keypads

5-5

Decorator Keypads

5-6

Touch Screens

5-7

Multi Room Audio
C-Bus Controls, page 5-4

5-9

Hand Held Remote Controls

5-11

Thermostats

5-11

Sensors

5-12

Input Units

5-12

Relays

5-13

Dimmers

5-14

System Units

5-15

Enclosures

5-17

Area Lighting Panels

5-18

Software

5-19

Occupancy Sensors
Dual Tech Ceiling Mount, page 5-21

Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

5-20

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors

5-21

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

5-21

Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls

5-22

Powerlink Integrated Control Systems
Overview

5-23

Components

5-24

Device Power Supply

5-25

Device Router

5-25

Factory Assembled Panels
Powerlink Lighting Control Panelboards, page 5-24

5-26

Powerlink Energy Management

5-27

Relay Panels

5-28

Cassia Energy Management System

5-30

Relay Panel Family, page 5-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

5-1

17605001.fm

C-Bus™ Keypads, Touch Screens and Accessories

5

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Lighting Controls

Overview

Lighting Control
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Schneider Electric Occupancy Sensors, Powerlink and C-Bus™ control systems can be used independently or
combined to provide the optimal lighting control solution for your home or business

LIGHTING CONTROLS

5-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Overview

Lighting Control

5

LIGHTING CONTROLS

www.schneider-electric.us

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

5-3

C-Bus™

Lighting Control
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Neo™ Keypads
Neo Keypads offer localized finger-tip control of lighting and other electrical devices. With over 1,000 custom color
combinations available, these elegant keypads compliment any decor. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box
with minimum internal width of 2.05”.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple keypads
Independent timers available for each button
Standard built-in infrared receiver permits keypad control at a distance with an optional infrared handheld remote
Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both, indicating when a controlled device
is ON or OFF
Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last key press
Locator LEDs can illuminate the top and bottom of the button area in cool blue, helping a user find the keypad in dim light or help the
installer find the correct keypad when commissioning
Clean-lined low-profile keypads are wall mounted without external fittings
Optional button covers have ID windows, enabling quick identification of lighting scenes or controlled devices
Distinctively designed multi-layer cover plate consists of button covers, an outer surround, and an inner surround
Color schemes are easily customized and modified to suit personal taste or the décor

Standard Neo Keypads
Includes keypad, button covers, inner and outer surrounds.
White: SLC505( )NLWE
Cream: SLC505( )NLCM
Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505( )NLGB
( ) designates space for button configuration
Table 5.1:
Catalog No.
SLC5052NLGB
SLC5052NLWE
SLC5052NLCM
SLC5054NLGB
SLC5054NLWE
SLC5054NLCM
SLC5058NLGB
SLC5058NLWE
SLC5058NLCM

Standard Neo Keypad Assemblies
Catalog Description
Neo, 2 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 2 button key input solid white
Neo, 2 button key input solid cream
Neo, 4 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 4 button key input solid white
Neo, 4 button key input solid cream
Neo, 8 button key input brushed aluminum
Neo, 8 button key input solid white
Neo, 8 button key input solid cream

$ Price
460.00
460.00
460.00
500.00
500.00
500.00
560.00
560.00
560.00

2 Button Keypad
4 Button Keypad
Brushed Aluminum w/Slate: SLC505(2)NLGB Cream: SLC505(4)NLCM

8 Button Keypad
White: SLC505(8)NLWE

Custom Neo Keypad Assemblies
To order custom Neo Keypad assemblies indicate the number of buttons desired on the keypad and the color of each
customizable component (inner surround, outer surround, and botton cover).
For example, in the diagram below, SLC505(8)NL(2)(8)(2) represents a Neo Keypad with eight buttons, a white (#2)
outer surround, a brushed aluminum (#8) inner surround, and white (#2) button covers.
Table 5.2:

Color Chart

Name

Color Number
Slate
1
White
2
Cream
3
Soft Gray
4
Desert Sand
5
Black
6
Brown
7
Brushed Aluminuma
8
Golda
9
a
Only the inner surround is available
in Brushed Aluminum and Gold.

Table 5.3:

Neo Keypad Accessories

Catalog No.
Catalog Description
$ Price
SLC5050IS( )
Neo, inner surround, (5pk)
152.00
SLC5050OS( )
Neo, outer surround, (5pk)
46.00
SLC5052NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5052L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5054NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5054L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5058NRP( )
Neo, button covers, 5058L, (5pk)
60.00
SLC5052NRI( )
Neo, button covers, with ID window, (10pk)
82.00
Note: Accessories have unique catalog numbers. To specify colors for them,
(see Table 5.1) add the color number to the end of the catalog number
(Table 5.3). For example, SLC5052NR2 is the catalog number for a white button cover.

5-4

DE-8

Discount
Shedule

Neo button cover with
ID window
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
Saturn 2 Button Keypad

•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Scene control includes up to forty group addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple
keypads
Independent timers available for each button
Dual-color LED windows on each button can glow in cool blue, orange, or combinations of both,
indicating when a controlled device is ON or OFF
Auto “fallback” can dim button LEDs at a set time after the last button press
Locator LED can illuminate the keypad, helping a user find it in dim light
Clean-lined keypads are wall mounted without external fittings
Low-profile design extends only 0.5 in. out from the wall
Optional button covers with labels, enabling quick identification of lighting
scenes or controlled devices

Saturn Keypads
Table 5.4:

Complete Saturn Keypads

Catalog No.

Saturn 4 Button Keypad

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5082NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 2 button

634.00

SLC5084NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 4 button

668.00

SLC5086NL( )

Saturn Full Plate, 6 button

700.00

Note: Color codes are: White (WE), Black (BK), Mocha (BR), Cream (CM). The catalog
number for a two-button keypad in mocha would be SLC5082NLBR

Table 5.5:

Saturn Keypad Accessories

Catalog No.
SLC5080LC8

Catalog Description
Saturn Button Labels

$ Price
74.00

SLC5082NLFSS

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084NLFSS

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 4 button

112.00

Saturn Cover Plate Stainless Steel, 6 button

128.00

SLC5086NLFSS
SLC5082FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086FGF

Saturn Cover Plate White, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F30

Saturn Cover Plate Cream, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F60

Saturn Cover Plate Black, 6 button

128.00

SLC5082F70

Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 2 button

96.00

SLC5084F70

Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 4 button

112.00

SLC5086F70
Saturn Cover Plate Brown, 6 button
Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW).

128.00

Saturn 6 Button Keypad

DLT Keypads
Saturn™ Dynamic Labeling Technology™ (DLT) Keypads combine a programmable keypad button, and easily
customized labels on a backlit LCD screen that eliminates the need for custom labels. By virtue of the variety of
button configurations available, one compact DLT keypad can take the place of many single-operation switches,
ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. The five keypad buttons incorporate blue LEDs which complements the
keypad’s sleek lines while showing the status of controlled devices.
Saturn Style Keypad

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, and scene settings
Keypads have five physical buttons—four control buttons, and one scroll/page
button—combined with two screens of labels, for a total of eight control buttons and two scroll/page buttons
Scene control includes up to forty addresses per keypad. Larger scenes are possible by sharing memory among multiple
keypads.
Independent timers available for each button
Button LEDs can be used as locator lights in the dark
64 x 128 pixel LCD screen with a white backlight
Editable LCD labels, available for each button or control group, can display text, symbols, and graphics.
Dynamic graphic displays, such as bar graphs, can be enabled or disabled
Bitmaps can be downloaded for each group address or scene
Low-profile design, wall mounted without external fittings

Neo Style Keypad
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-5

5

Saturn Keypads incorporate a unique glass cover plate that creates a distinctive appearance. By virtue of the
variety of button configurations available, one compact Saturn keypad can take the place of many single
operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers. Available in two-, four-, or six-button keypads,
Saturn’s modern style is complemented by orange and blue LEDs that can instantly show the status of controlled
devices. Requires plaster mud ring or single gang box with minimum internal width of 2.05”.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Saturn™ Keypads

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Table 5.6:

Saturn and Neo Style DLT Keypads

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

LIGHTING CONTROLS

SLC5085DLWE

Saturn DLT White

966.00

SLC5085DLBK

Saturn DLT Black

966.00

SLC5085DLCM

Saturn DLT Cream

966.00

SLC5085DLBR

Saturn DLT Mocha

966.00

SLC5055DLGB

Neo DLT Brushed Aluminum

898.00

SLC5055DLWE

Neo DLT White

898.00

SLC5055DLBK

Neo DLT Black

898.00

SLC5055DLSG

Neo DLT Soft Grey

898.00

SLC5055DLCM

Neo DLT Cream

898.00

SLC5055DLDS

Neo DLT Desert Sand

898.00

Table 5.7:
Catalog No.

DLT Keypad Accessories
Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5085DLFSS

Saturn DLT cover plate, Stainless Steel

110.00

SLC5085DLFCM

Saturn DLT cover plate, Cream

110.00

SLC5085DLFBK

Saturn DLT cover plate, Black

110.00

SLC5085DLFBR

Saturn DLT cover plate, Mocha

110.00

SLC5085DLFWE

Saturn DLT cover plate, White

110.00

SLC5055DLFGB

Neo DLT cover plate, Brushed Aluminum and Slate

12.00

SLC5055DLFBR

Neo DLT cover plate, Brown

12.00

SLC5055DLFCM

Neo DLT cover plate, Cream

12.00

SLC5055DLFBK

Neo DLT cover plate, Black

12.00

SLC5055DLFSG

Neo DLT cover plate, Soft Gray

12.00

SLC5055DLFDS

Neo DLT cover plate, Desert Sand

SLC5055DLFWE Neo DLT cover plate, White
Note: Color options for faceplates: Pure White (PW).

12.00
12.00

Neo™ Decorator Keypads
Neo Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to
conserve horizontal wall space.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control
LED indicator reflects status of each button
Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus handheld remote control
Distinctive Neo styling designed to match standard Neo keypads and touchscreens
Custom color combinations available on request
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.8:

Neo Decorator Keypad

Neo Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Neo Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5051NLM(XX)
1 button decorator keypad
386.00
Neo Decorator 2 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5052NLM(XX)
2 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
408.00
Neo Decorator 3 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5053NLM(XX)
3 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
430.00
Neo Decorator 4 button keypad (order cover plate separately)
SLC5054NLM(XX)
4 button decorator keypad brushed aluminum
452.00
Neo Decorator Blanking Plate (order cover plate separately)
SLC5850BP(XX)
Neo blanking plate
14.00
Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Neo style decorator keypads.
GB – Brushed, WE – White, CM – Cream, SG – Soft Grey, DS – Desert Sand, BK – Black, BR – Brown, LA – Light Almond, VY – Ivory.

Saturn™ Decorator Keypads
Saturn Style Decorator Keypads provide the same features of a standard C-Bus keypad in a format designed to
conserve horizontal wall space.

•
•
•
•
•

Button configurations include multi-point switching, dimming, and scene control
LED indicator reflect status of each button
Built-in infrared receiver to allow operation from C-Bus remote controllers
Distinctive Saturn styling designed to match standard Saturn keypads and touchscreens
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.9:

Saturn Decorator Keypad

5-6

Saturn Decorator Keypad Assembly (order face plates separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Saturn Decorator 1 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5081NLM(XX) 1 button deco Saturn keypad, White
526.00
Saturn Decorator 2 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5082NLM(XX) 2 button deco Saturn keypad, White
538.00
Saturn Decorator 3 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5083NLM(XX) 3 button deco Saturn keypad, White
548.00
Saturn Decorator 4 button keypad (XX) Designates Color. (order cover plate separately)
SLC5084NLM(XX) 4 button deco Saturn keypad, White
556.00
Blanking Plates
SLC5880BPPG(XX) Saturn Blanking Plate
24.00
Note: Designate colors (XX), when placing order for Saturn style decorator keypads.
WE – White, PW – Pure White, CM – Cream, BK – Black, BR – Brown.

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Keypads, Touchscreens and Accessories
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Neo and Saturn Style Decorator Face Plates

Sleek, smooth contemporary architectural styling enhances fine decor
Screwless design for easy placement
Two piece kit allows easy retrofit
Meets NEMA Standards WD-1, WD-6

Table 5.10:

Neo Decorator Style Cover Plate

Neo Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately)

Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 1 ganga
SLC5051GA(XX)
1 gang wallplate
14.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 2 ganga
SLC5052GA(XX)
2 gang wallplate
18.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 3 ganga
SLC5053GA(XX)
3 gang wallplate
22.00
Neo Decorator Cover Plate 4 ganga
SLC5054GA(XX)
4 gang wallplate
26.00
a
Cover plate assembly includes inner and outer surrounds. Wall plate ordering (Order keypads separately). Order numbers
for the Neo decorator style wall plates indicate the gang number desired on the wall plate and the color of the wall plate
itself. Color codes are: Slate (1), White (2), Cream (3), Soft gray (4), Desert sand (5), Black (6),
Brown (7), Brushed aluminum (8), and Gold (9). For example, SLC505(1)GA(51) represents an order fo a Neo decorator
style wall plate in one gang configuration, with a Desert sand outer surround and a slate inner surround.

Table 5.11:

Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plates (order keypad assemblies separately)

Catalog No.
Description
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 1 gangb
SLC5081GAPG(XX)
1 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 2 gangb
SLC5082GAPG(XX)
2 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 3 gangb
SLC5083GAPG(XX)
3 gang wallplate
Saturn Decorator Cover Plate 4 gangb
SLC5084GAPG(XX)
4 gang wallplate
b
To specify color, add corresponding alpha codes. Black = BK, White = WE, Cream = CM, Mocha = BR.
Example SLC5081GAPG(WE) = Saturn Decorator 1 gang, White

$ Price
24.00
28.00
38.00
45.00

Touch screens
2 Gang Saturn Decorator Style Cover Plate

C-Bus Touch screens are unified wall-mounted panels for controlling lighting systems and
accessories with the touch of a finger. They come in both monochromatic (Mark II) and color
screen versions. Compact yet powerful, touch screens offer an attractive alternative to multiple
single operation switches, ON/OFF toggles, dimmers, and timers which can clutter up even the
nicest wall.

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
touch screen with Cream Saturn style cover plate

Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and
scenes with multiple loads.
Preset scenes and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures.
RS-232 port for third party device integration through the built in Logic Engine
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings
Infrared receiver for remote control
Stores up to 250 scenes with 100 group addresses each. Scenes can be triggered directly from the touch
screen or any other device on C-Bus

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color touch screen (desktop model)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Screen swivels and pivots for optimal viewing
Control screens support multi-point switching and dimming, master ON/OFF switching, scheduling, and
scenes wtih multiple loads.
Preset screens and functions automate the task of adjusting lighting levels to different lamps and fixtures.
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Infrared receiver for remote control

Mark II Black and White and Spectrum Color
touch screen desktop model
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-7

5

•
•
•
•

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus decorator style wall plates add a touch of flair to any décor. Available in either Neo or
Saturn styling.

C-Bus™

Lighting Control
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Table 5.12:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Mark II B/W Touch Screen
SLC5050CTL2xx
Mark II w/Neo Style Cover Plate
2439.00
SLC5080CTL2xx
Mark II w/Saturn Style Cover Plate
2499.00
SLC5000CTL2SS
Mark II w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate
2499.00
Mark II Touch Screen Desktop Model
SLC5000CTD2xx
Mark II Desktop Touch Screen
1920.00
xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black
Spectrum Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCL2
Spectrum Base Unit Only
2106.47
SLC5000CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/non-stylized plastic Cover Plate
2374.45
SLC5050CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/Neo Style Cover Plate
2341.17
SLC5080CTCL2xx
Spectrum w/Saturn Style Cover Plate
2386.69
SLCBS5000CTCL2
Spectrum w/Stainless Steel Cover Plate
2232.47
SLCBB5000CTCL2
Spectrum w/Brass Cover Plate
2265.22
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb.
Spectrum Desktop Model
SLC5000CTCD2xx
Spectrum Desktop Touch Screen
2365.61
xx = color code / WE–White, BK–Black
Accessories
Mark II / Spectrum Accessories
SLC5000CT2WB
Wall box for Mark II / Spectrum Touch Screen
68.00
SLC5080CT2Fxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style
280.22
SLC5000CT2FSS
Replacement Cover Plate, Stainless Steel
126.00
SLC5050CT2Fxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style
187.76
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab, PW – Pure Whiteb.
a
Neo only.
b
Saturn only.

Color touch screen

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Built-in RJ-45 Ethernet and C-Bus network, RS-232, and USB terminals
Touch sensitive 6.4 inch (640 x 480) color LCD panel
Control screens support multi-point switching
Standard real-time and astronomical clock permits time scheduling of lighting and other tasks
Variable dimming fade rates can be configured according to load or lighting zone
Locator option can be configured to help users find the screen in dim light
Clean-lined low-profile touch screen can be wall-mounted without external fittings
Infrared receiver for remote control

Table 5.13:
Color touchscreen in Neo style Brushed
Aluminum and Slate

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

Color Touch Screen
SLC5050CTCxx
Color touch screen w/Neo style Cover Plate
SLC5080CTC2xx
Color Touch Screen w/Saturn style Cover Plate
Color Touch Screen Accessories
SLC5000CTCRM
Plasterboard Bracket for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCNA
Nail Bracket for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCWB
Wall box for Color Touch Screen
SLC5000CTCPS
Power supply for Color Touch Screen
SLC5080CTCFxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Saturn style
SLC5050CTCFxx
Replacement Cover Plate, Neo style
xx = color code / GB – Brushed Aluminum and Slatea, WE – White, BK – Black, CM – Cream, BR – Mochab.
a
Neo only.
b
Saturn only.

8480.00
8480.00
90.00
60.00
68.00
263.00
356.00
29.00

Wiser™ Home Controller
The Wiser Home Controller is the missing piece of the smart home puzzle, enhancing the
capabilities and connectivity of the C-Bus network. Its easy-to-use graphical user interface (GUI)
provides access to the home C-Bus network and all of your electrical, multimedia, and
telecommunication needs. This same GUI can be installed across multiple control devices, such
as mobile phones, TVs with Microsoft® Windows® Media® Center, personal computers, and web
tablets, in addition to the C-Bus range of touch screens and keypads. No matter where you are,
the Wiser Home Controller allows you to monitor and control your home environment locally or
remotely over the internet.
Wiser Home Controller

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Ethernet and Wi-Fi based controller for your C-Bus system
Built-in Ethernet router and Wi-Fi access point
Support for lighting, air-conditioning, multi-room audio, alarms, cameras, and other equipment
Built-in scene, scheduling, and logic programming modules
Allows remote reprogramming from outside the home/building by installers
Common, intuitive interface for all devices
Mobile phone and web-enabled device control

Table 5.14:

5-8

Order Information

Description

Catalog Number

Wiser Home Controller

WHC-5918

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
1505.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

5

Extend the capabilities of a C-Bus system by incorporating award winning multi-room audio into your next project.
Multi-room audio augments a C-Bus lighting control system, providing high quality sound throughout a home or
business.
C-Bus multi-room audio readily integrates with other C-Bus controls, providing a single source for audio and lighting
from a single keypad or touch screen. Sound is distributed throughout the home through the Matrix Switcher and
routed to local amplifiers.
A typical C-Bus Multi Room Audio system distributes up to four analog audio inputs, five if an Audio Distribution Unit
is used, and one optical input. These inputs are distributed up to 8 zones, each consisting of one or more amplifier.
Additionally, each amplifier is capable of accepting a local analog audio input, providing up to six stereo audio
channels for each amplifier.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus Multi Room Audio

Matrix Switcher

Matrix Switcher

The C-Bus™ Audio Matrix Switcher provides a revolutionary means for distributing audio throughout a home. This Matrix
Switcher provides up to eight zones of audio output from four source inputs. The C-Bus Matrix Switcher allows you to
send streaming audio programs to the audio zones from a variety of sources, including a local area network (LAN), or a
USB memory stick (Model: SLC5608842E). In addition, it will also allow connection of a portable music player directly to
the Matrix Switcher’s front audio panel. Audio sources can be selected from the front panel or by any C-Bus™ input
device such as touch screens or keypads. The Matrix Switcher is ideally suited for multi-room audio and structured wiring
systems. Keypads and other C-Bus™ devices connect to the Matrix Switcher via CAT-5 modular jacks. Outputs to
remote and desktop amplifiers are made with low voltage wiring. In addition to the six source inputs, two mono broadcast
annunciation inputs are provided for connection to intercoms or other systems. Broadcast annunciation input can be
given priority over other source inputs and features fully adjustment volume and over-stepping mute features.

•
•
•
Low Power Amplifier

•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Suitable for 19” Rack Mount with rack mount ears provided.
Each Matrix Switcher can distribute digital audio to up to 8 MRA amplifiers. You can install up to 3 Matrix Switchers on a C-Bus
network.
The Matrix Switcher can provide power for the attached amplifiers via the Digital Audio cables. You can connect an external power
supply to an amplifier to increase its audio power output.
The choice of the audio program for an amplifier can be made at the Matrix Switcher or in the audio zone. You can use C-Bus input
devices to choose the source and to adjust volume, tone and muting.
The Dual AM/FM tuners inside the Matrix Switcher can distribute preset station choices to any of the audio zones.
Distributes streaming audio from several sources using the C-Bus Ripple software application running on a networked PC.
You can connect up to 4 stereo analogue line-level inputs to the Matrix Switcher. If you need to add another source input, you can
install an MRA Distribution Unit and power supply.
Compatible with C-Bus devices.

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-9

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Remote Amplifiers

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Desktop Amplifier

C-Bus Multi Room Amplifiers provide efficient, high fidelity audio to individual rooms. Available in either desktop or
remote mount versions, these amplifiers are specifically designed to operate on the C-Bus network as an extension of
a lighting control system, without third party gateways or custom integration. This means the ability to control amplifiers
with the same keypad or touch screen used to control lighting levels.
When combined with the C-Bus Matrix Switcher, these amplifiers deliver excellent stereo sound. Connections are
provided for up to two sets of 8 ohm speakers. Both desktop and remote amplifiers provide a local input connection for
attaching to CD or mp3 players, etc. In addition, the desktop amplifier will accept remote commands via its infrared
receiver. Infrared remote included.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

10 Watt digital efficient stereo amplifier, 25 Watts when connected to local power supply (optional)
Super quiet design
On board 8 ohm loudspeaker connections
Local source input — RCA jack
C-Bus connection (connects with CAT-5 cable)
Volume control (desktop model)
On-board IR receiver (desktop model)
Stereo headphone connection (desktop model)
Infrared remote included (desktop model only)

Audio Distribution Unit

Audio Distribution Unit

The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit is an optional device that can be used in conjunction with the C-Bus Multi Room
Audio System to further enhance C-Bus enabled audio product family.
The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit distributes a single digitized stereo audio input source to multiple locations via
amplifiers wired in a parallel format. Functions such as Volume, Bass, Treble and Balance can be adjusted from a
C-Bus input device at any of the audio output locations. The C-Bus Audio Distribution Unit converts a single analog
stereo audio input to a digital audio output. That output can then be connected to the Matrix Switcher as an additional
input or to the C-Bus Desktop or Remote Amplifier as a stand-alone configuration.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Distributes a single stereo audio source to C-Bus Audio Amplifiers via a digitized signal over Cat-5 cable
Does not require any C-Bus programming (hardware only)
One stereo analog audio source input (2 X RCA)
One digital audio output
Output can be looped between C-Bus Audio Amplifiers
IR emitter port

Table 5.15:

C-Bus Multi Room Audio Components

Catalog No.
SLC560110R
SLC5608842

Indoor Ceiling Mount
Speakers

Catalog Description
$ Price
Low Power Amplifier, rack mountable
TBD
Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Up to 8 MRA Zones.
4599.00
Matrix Switcher w/4 stereo analog inputs, 2 internal AM/FM tuners, IR input and target connections. Audio streaming using a LAN or 4274.10
SLC5608842E
USB source. Up to 8 MRA Zones.
SLC560125D
Desktop Amplifier
1908.15
SLC560125R
Remote Amplifier
1609.79
SLC560011
Audio Distribution Unit
790.41
SLC5600P24500S Amp External Power Supply (only needed if Audio distribution unit is used to provide an additional digital input for the Matrix Switcher) 53.22
Accessories
SLC5600P241250 Low Power Amplifier Power Supply
TBD
SLC560110E
Low Power Amplifier Enclosure (used for linking up to 4 amplifiers/enclosures together for mounting in a 19” rack)
TBD
SLC560110MB
Low Power Amplifier Wall Mounting Bracket
TBD
SLC5600P243750T Audio Amplifier Power Supply
445.93
SLC560125MB
Remote Amplifier Mounting Bracket
42.24

Audio Speakers
C-Bus Audio Speakers are available as indoor or outdoor models and are designed to be used with home theater,
multi-room, and outdoor audio applications.
The indoor speakers come in wall or ceiling mount versions that are installed with the front of the speaker flush with the
mounting surface.
The indoor/outdoor speakers are available in black or white and can be placed on a shelf or hung on a surface by using
the included bracket.

Indoor Wall Mount
Speakers

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Flush-mount, shelf-mount, and surface-mount models
Indoor and outdoor models
High-impact plastic components and powder coated metal grills produce a long-lasting unit suitable for indoor and outdoor use
8 ohm impedance
Available with Kevlar™ (indoor units only) or polypropylene drivers (indoor and outdoor units) for high-quality sound in all
applications
All models are off the floor, saving floor space
Indoor/Outdoor Speakers have a pre-installed, removable mounting bracket
Indoor/Outdoor Speakers can be placed on a shelf or hung from a surface by their bracket (included)
Tracing/painting template included

Table 5.16:

Indoor/Outdoor Speakers

5-10

Catalog No.
SLC5600IWP
SLC5600IWK
SLC5600ICP
SLC5600ICK
SLC5600ODPBK
SLC5600ODPWE

Multi-Room Audio Speakers
Catalog Description
In-Wall Polypropylene speakers
In-Wall Kevlar speakers
In-Ceiling Polypropylene speakers
In-Ceiling Kevlar speakers
Outdoor Black speakers
Outdoor White speakers

DE-8

$ Price
429.58
560.00
408.53
521.09
468.30
468.30

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Multi Room Audio and Thermostats
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

C-Bus remote controls are designed for use with C-Bus keypads, multi-sensors, and touch
screens. available in both four and eight button versions, these remotes have a range up to
50 feet (line of sight).
The universal remote control unit allows a single remote control unit to replace various
other remotes including VCRs, CD players, DVRs, and TVs. Up to sixteen remote control
codes are supported.
Table 5.17:

Handheld Remote Controls

Catalog No.
SLC5084TX
SLC5088TX
SLC5030URC

Catalog Description
Handheld infrared remote 4 button
Handheld infrared remote 8 button
Handheld universal remote control

$ Price
200.00
400.00
440.00

5

Universal
remote control

8 button
remote control

Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats
C-Bus Thermostats are used to regulate the air temperature of zones by controlling
heating-ventilation-air conditioning (HVAC) equipment. The air temperature is monitored
by the unit’s temperature sensor or optionally via an external C-Bus temperature sensor.
C-Bus single and programmable 4 Zone Thermostats may operate as stand alone devices,
or be controlled via other C-Bus devices such as wall switches or touch screens.
Programmable 4 Zone Thermostats can schedule up to four set points during a day, and
unique schedules can be programmed for each day of the week.
Both models include setback mode, (saves power by using a wider acceptable
temperature range within which heating or cooling is not performed) and temperature
guard, (ensures the temperature is maintained within a specified temperature range).

4 Zone Thermostat

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Easy to read, large LCD display
Control by keypads and other devices on the C-Bus network
Available in black, white and stainless steel fascias
Setback mode
Temperature guard mode
Internal Timer
Daily schedule set points (4 Zone model)
Display temperature in Celsius or Fahrenheit
RWG interface (relay models only)
Easily configured by using the Clipsal Toolkit software program

Table 5.18:

Single and 4 Zone Network Thermostats

Catalog No.

Single Zone Thermostat

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Hand Held Remote Controls

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLC5070THBWE

Single Zone, White, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPWE

4 Zone, White, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBBK

Single Zone, Black, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPBK

4 Zone, Black, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBSS

Single Zone, Stainless, no relay

649.00

SLC5070THPSS

4 Zone, Stainless, no relay

799.00

SLC5070THBRWE

Single Zone w/relay, White

724.00

SLC5070THPRWE

4 Zone w/relay, White

899.00

SLC5070THBRBK

Single Zone w/relay, Black

724.00

SLC5070THPRBK

4 Zone w/relay, Black

899.00

SLC5070THBRSS

Single Zone w/relay, Stainless

724.00

SLC5070THPRSS

4 Zone w/relay, Stainless

899.00

Remote Temperature Sensor

298.00

SLC5031RDTSL

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-11

C-Bus™

Sensors
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Light Level Sensor

LIGHTING CONTROLS

The C-Bus Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues ON,
OFF, or ramp commands over a C-Bus network. The light-level sensor can control relays,
dimmers, or remotely operated circuit breakers, changing their status according to pre-set
ambient lighting targets. The C-Bus light-level sensor has a dynamic range between 5-150
foot candles, and compensates for noise and rapid light intensity fluctuations.

Outdoor Light Level Sensor

Light Level Sensor

360o Indoor PIR Sensor

C-Bus Outdoor Light-Level Sensor measures ambient light levels and automatically issues
ON/OFF or ramp commands over a C-Bus network to maintain outdoor lighting levels.
Primarily designed for outdoor use, this light-level sensor is also suitable for indoor setting
in which a water resistant casing is desirable.
The light-level sensor can control up to two C-Bus group addresses: one address controls
ON/OFF switching of a lamp circuit according to a pre-determined ambient light level, while
the other is used to continuously regulate the light-level output of any number of lampsl
The target light level, the margin, and other sensor options are easily configured by using
the C-Bus Toolkit software.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Outdoor use, wall- and ceiling-mounted low-profile unit
Can maintain a constant illumination level of 5-150 footcandles
Adjustable lumin setpoint
Control of up two C-Bus group addresses
Sensors receive data and power over a single C-Bus twisted-pair cable, so they do not require
power packs or line-voltage connections
180° field of view

Table 5.19:

C-Bus Light Level Sensor

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5031PE
SLC5031PEWP

$ Price

Light level sensor, 0–150 Foot-candles, Indoor

208.00

Light Level Sensor, 5–150 Foot-candles, Outdoor

278.00

Occupancy Sensors
C-Bus occupancy sensors are available for both indoor and outdoor applications. All C-Bus
sensors incorporate reliable passive infrared detection (PIR) circuits for occupancy
detection along with integral light level sensors to prevent switching of lights if sufficient
ambient light is present. Sensors feature programmable adjustments for sensitivity and
time delay, walk test LED for commissioning and optical bandpass filtering with dual
element detectors to minimize false triggering.

•
•
Outdoor PIR Sensor

90o Indoor PIR Sensor

•

•

90° Indoor sensors are intended for wall or ceiling mounting. These sensors have a continuous
detection field of 400 square feet and a 90° field of view.
360° Indoor sensors are intended for flush mounting in drop ceilings. They have a minor motion
detection field of 800 square feet making them ideal for use in offices, copier rooms, closets, and
restrooms where it can be mounted in the center of the detection area.
360° Multi-Sensors combine a passive infrared receiver (PIR) for occupancy sensing, a light-level
sensor, and an infrared remote receiver into a small, highly versatile unit. The multi-sensor’s 2.8 inch
face diameter makes it unobtrusive and ideally suited for flush mounting on the ceiling with effective
IR coverage up to 800 square feet. The built-in IR receiver accepts commands from an optional
handheld remote controller, making the sensor ideal for classrooms and conference room areas.
Outdoor PIR Motion Sensor combines reliable thermal-radiation-based control of lighting with
rugged construction suitable for outdoor requirements. The unit’s advanced circuits and flat multisegmented lens provide coverage of up to 3000 square feet in a 110° field of view.

Table 5.20:

C-Bus Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5750WPL

283.00

Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 90 deg

227.00

SLC5753L

Occupancy sensor, PIR, indoor, 360 deg

213.00

SLC5753PEIRL

Occupancy sensor, multi, indoor, 360 deg

268.00

SLC5751L

360o PIR Multi Sensor

$ Price

Occupancy sensor, multi, outdoor, 110 deg

Auxiliary Input Unit
C-Bus Four-Channel Auxiliary Input Units increase the versatility of the C-Bus network by
facilitating remote access with any dry-contact switch mechanism. DIN-rail mounted for
quick installation, the auxiliary unit can be configured with standard C-Bus control functions
such as remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Provides four isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches
Control options include remote scene triggering, ON/OFF, toggle, dimmer, or timer operations
LEDs indicate operational status of each channel
Standard built-in C-Bus network connectors: (2) RJ-45
Non-volatile memory stores operating status for recovery from a power outage
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller

Four-Channel Auxiliary Input unit

5-12

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Input Units and Relays
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Four-Channel General Input Units measure TTL digital and real-world analog quantities and
generate messages about the measurements to the C-Bus network. By acting as an
interface with various external sensors, the general input unit enables integration of the
C-Bus network with a variety of system types, such as those for HVAC and for power
monitoring. Configuration options include selectable input types, eight adjustable decision
thresholds per channel, definable actions, selectable filtering, broadcast rates, and a
separate hysteresis value per channel.

•
•
General Input unit

•
•

5

•
•
•

Measures TTL digital quantities including voltage, current, or resistance from external sensors such
as light level, pressure, and temperature
Four channels of input, each with an adjustable hysteresis value, eight decision thresholds, and a
software-selectable input value transformation in the form y =ax +b
Input channels are compatible with a range of third-party sensors
Control functions include load switching, dimming, trigger applications, enable control applications,
and measurement applications
Includes 120 V/24 Vdc power pack
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller

LIGHTING CONTROLS

General Input Unit

Bus Couplers

CLIPSAL
5104BCL
Bus Coupler
1

2

3

4

Bus Couplers provide an interface between dry-contact mechanical switches and the C-Bus
network. Available in two-and four-channel models, the bus coupler is small enough to be
used in restricted spaces such as wall boxes with existing switches. Configuration options
include standard control functions such as ON/OFF, toggle, dimmers, and timers.

•
•
•
Four-Channel Bus Coupler

•
•
•

Provides two or four non-isolated inputs for external voltage-free mechanical switches. Two-channel
units feature independent remote LED outputs
Two-way removable terminal block for the C-Bus connection
Receives data and power over a network, so it does not require power packs or line voltage
connections
Scene capabilities
2.2”(L) x 1.9”(W) x 0.7”(H)
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink NF3000G3C controller

Table 5.21:

Input Units

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLCLE5504AUX

4 Channel auxiliary input unit

544.00

SLCE5504TGI

4 Channel general input unit

1194.00

SLC5102BCLEDL

2 Channel bus coupler

212.00

SLC5104BCL

4 Channel bus coupler

243.00

Relays
C-Bus Relay Units are intended for switching resistive, inductive, fluorescent and
incandescent low-voltage loads. Relay units are designed to be mounted in suitable DIN
style enclosures. Relay units feature:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Local toggle buttons to allow individual channels to be toggled
Remote ON and OFF facilities permitting all channels to be turned ON or OFF without C-Bus
Network communications
Two (2) Convenient built-in C-Bus network connectors (RJ-45)
LED Indicators to show the status of the network and the unit
Units available both with and without a 200ma power supply on-board.
Compatible with all Clipsal devices and the Square D Powerlink™ NF3000G3C controller

Changeover Relay
C-Bus 2A Changeover Relays are designed to operate three-speed motors and two-way
motor control devices. Some of their most common applications include operating
motorized blinds, shutters, curtains and skylights (open/closed) where they provide a much
simpler alternative to traditional and obtrusive relay interlocking systems.

•
•
•
•

Four (4) isolated independently operating relay channels
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
2A motor rating
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85mm) tall

Table 5.22:
Changeover Relay

Changeover Relays

Catalog No.
SLC5504TRVFC

$ Price
1100.00

SLC5504TRVFCP

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, without power supply

1010.00

SLC5504HRVFC

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, with power supply

1100.00

4 Channel Changeover Relay, 277 V, without power supply

1010.00

SLC5504HRVFCP

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog Description
4 Channel Changeover Relay, 125 V, with power supply

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-13

C-Bus™

Relay Units and Dimmers
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

10 Amp Relay
C-Bus 10A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for
switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•

Four (4) or twelve (12) independently operating voltage free relay contacts
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
10 A rating
Dimensions: 5.67 in. (144 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

Table 5.23:

10 Amp Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5512TRVF

4-Channel 10 A Relay

SLC5512TRVFP
SLC5504TRVF

$ Price

12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A with power supply

2168.00

12 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply

1973.00

4 Channel Relay, 120 V,10 A with power supply

1043.00

SLC5504TRVFP

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 10 A without power supply

SLC5512HRVF

12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A with power supply

2168.00

12 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply

1973.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V,10 A with power supply

1043.00

SLC5512HRVFP
SLC5504HRVF
SLC5504HRVFP

843.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 10 A without power supply

843.00

20 Amp Relay
C-Bus 20 A Relays feature a zero crossing magnetically latching relay designed for
switching the harsh electrical loads associated with today’s high efficiency lighting systems.

•
•
•
•
4-Channel 20 A Relay

Four (4) independently operating voltage free relay contacts
120 Vac and 277 Vac units
20 A rating
Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

Table 5.24:

20 Amp Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5504TRVF20

$ Price

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A with power supply

1320.00

SLC5504TRVF20P

4 Channel Relay, 120 V, 20 A without power supply

1142.00

SLC5504HRVF20

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A with power supply

1320.00

4 Channel Relay, 277 V, 20 A without power supply

1142.00

SLC5504HRVF20P

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay
The C-Bus 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay is a C-Bus output device that controls up to eight
low voltage relay channels. The unit is powered from C-Bus and requires no other power
source. The 8-Channel Low Voltage Relay can be used in many low voltage applications
including controlling irrigation solenoids and low voltage damper solenoids for HVAC
control. The unit can also be used in integrating 3rd party equipment through pulse signal
controls.

•
•
•
8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

8 channels of 2 A switched loads @ 30 Vac/dc
8 channels are all isolated change over relays
Control of 3rd party products

Table 5.25:

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLC5108RELVP

$ Price

8-Channel Low Voltage Relay

298.00

Phase Angle Dimmers
C-Bus Phase Angle Dimmers are intended for controlling incandescent and compatible lowvoltage and florescent lighting. Each of the unit’s channels can independently control loads
to create dynamic lighting scenes. These dimmer units automatically compensate for
voltage and frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to
reduce flicker and increase lamp life.

•
Phase Angle Dimmer
with Power Supply

5-14

•
•
•

Four (4) independent channels supporting up to 4 A continuous load per channel, eight (8)
independent channels supporting up to 2 A continuous load per channel
Units available both with and without a 200 mA power supply on-board.
120 Vac
Dimensions: 8.46 in. (215 mm) wide x 2.60 in. (66 mm) deep x 3.35 in. (85 mm) tall

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Dimmer Units and System Units
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

C-Bus Professional Dimmers can control incandescent and compatible low-voltage and florescent lighting. These
dimmers are ideal for larger heavily loaded circuits. Each channel provides independent dimming and incorporates
thermal overload and over-current protection. These dimmer units automatically compensate for voltage and
frequency fluctuations and employ advanced phase-control techniques to reduce flicker and increase lamp life.
An optional terminal box is available for conduit connections. Configuration options include network monitoring of
the channel load and network voltages, adjustable delays for dimming levels, and master override.
Specialized dimming modes—soft turn on/off and linear brightness control
Built-in power supply sources 60 mA to the C-Bus network
Individual channels can be turned On/Off at the unit or via C-Bus commands
LEDs indicate the status of the network at the unit and the status of the unit’s load and power
Optional terminal box for connecting conduit
120 Vac
Dimensions: 7.5 in. (190 mm) wide x 3.0 in. (75 mm) deep x 7.7 in. (195 mm) tall

Table 5.26:

C-Bus Dimmers

Catalog No.
SLC5504TD4A
SLC5504TD4AP
SLC5508TD2A
SLC5508TD2AP

Professional Dimmer

SLC5104TD5
SLC5102TD10
SLC5101TD20
SLCU5100TB

Catalog Description

$ Price

4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, with power supply
4 x 4 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 4 A, without power supply
8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, with power supply
8 x 2 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, 2 A, without power supply

1024.00
800.00
1024.00
800.00

4 x 5 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
2 x 10 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
1 x 20 A dimmer, incan/mag,125 V, with power supply
Termination box for SLCLU510X Series dimmer units

1926.00
1926.00
1926.00
78.00

5

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

0–10 V Dimming Unit
The C-Bus Analog Output Unit provides four channels of analog 0–10 Vdc for controlling electronically
dimmable fluorescent lighting ballasts.

•
•
•
•

Produces four independently controllable channels of 0–10 Vdc for controlling dimmable flourescent lighting ballasts, or
other 0–10 V controllable loads
Individual channels can be turned ON/OFF at unit, via C-Bus commands, and through a remote override option
120 V or 277 Vac models available
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Table 5.27:
Catalog No.

4 Channel
0–10 V Dimmer Unit

SLCLE5504TAMP
SLCLE5504HAMP

Catalog Description
4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 120 V
4 Channel 0–10 V Output, 277 V

$ Price
624.00
624.00

DALI Gateway
The C-Bus Digital Addressable Lighting Interface (DALI) Gateway provides an isolated two-way
communications path between a C-Bus network and two DALI networks, making it possible to use C-Bus
devices to control DALI ballasts.

•
•
•
•

Provides two-way communications between C-Bus and DALI networks, routing selected messages from one to the other
Unit is transparent and invisible to DALI ballasts
Receives data and power over the network, so the unit does not require power packs or line-voltage connections
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Table 5.28:
Catalog No.

DALI Gateway

SLC5502DAL

Catalog Description
2 Channel DALI Gateway

$ Price
1014.00

DMX Gateway
The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a DIN rail mounted unit that maps C-Bus Group Addresses and levels to a DMX512 A interface.
The C-Bus DMX Gateway is a one way device. It permits C-Bus input devices such as keypads, DLTs and
PIRs to control lighting devices with DMX interface capabilities. These include many manufacturers of LED
fixtures and theatrical lighting equipment.

•
•
•
•

Includes DMX interface (bootlace connnectors to 5-pin female XLR)
DMX Master device
Receives data and power over the C-Bus network, so the unit does not require a line voltage connection
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4” (L) x 2.8” (W) x 2.6” (H)

Table 5.29:
Catalog No.
SLC5500DMX

Catalog Description
C-Bus to DMX Gateway

$ Price
936.00

Network Bridge
The C-Bus Network Bridge provides a communication channel between C-Bus units on separate networks,
expanding the total number of units that can be configured, controlled, and monitored.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Increases transmission distances by acting as a repeater station for data transmission
Expands the total number of C-Bus devices that can operate on the system by isolating devices to individual networks
Indicates each network’s status level
Uses built-in connectors to connect to a C-Bus network
Compatible with Powerlink G3 3000C controller and all C-Bus components, including keypads, sensors, and dimmers
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

Network Bridge
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Professional Dimmer

5-15

C-Bus™

System Units
Class 1250
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Power Supply
The C-Bus Power Supply is specifically designed to operate with the C-Bus network as a power source for passive
C-Bus devices. Up to five power supplies can be connected to a single C-Bus network.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•
Power Supply

Available in 120 and 277 Vac models
Regulating power supply compensates for line voltage and frequency variations, so there is constant output
Sources up to 350 mA to the C-Bus network
UL listed to operate in parallel with other Clipsal power supplies, up to five on a single C-Bus network
Incorporates short circuit and reverse polarity protection
DIN style construction 4M wide: 3.4”(L) x 2.8”(W) x 2.6”(H)

PC Interface
The C-Bus PC Interface (PCI) expands options for configuring, controlling, and monitoring C-Bus networks by providing
an interface between the network and a personal computer (PC). The C-Bus PCI module easily mounts to a DIN rail
and connects to the C-Bus network. Power to the unit is provided through the C-Bus network.
Serial

•
•
•
•

Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions
Three RS-232 serial connectors for connecting to a PC or to external devices: (1) 9-pin D-type serial connector (female) and
(2) 8-pin RJ-45 connectors
Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets
Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer, including DB9 connectors

USB

PC Interface

•
•
•
•

Unit/Comms LED shows the status of the unit’s power and of any data transmissions
Two C-Bus network connector ports: RJ-45 sockets
USB PC connection
Data cable for connecting PCI and personal computer

Pascal Automation Controller
C-Bus Pascal Automation Controller (PAC) provides extended conditional and real-time event programming to C-Bus
systems. The PAC supports a full range of programming commands including conditional logic, flow control variables
and scheduling.
Systems integrators will appreciate the built-in scheduling tools, scene tools, and wizards for creating basic logic
programs. Full programming capabilities can be achieved utilizing the free-form script editor based off the pascal
programming language.

•
•
•
•
•

Connects directly to C-Bus network
Powered from the C-Bus network
USB port for connection to personal computer
(2) RS232 ports for third party device control
Real time, astronomical and C-Bus system clock included with 24 hour internal capacitor backup and external 12 Vdc battery
terminals

Programming capabilities including: i.e. Conditional logic (if, then, and, or, not, etc.), Flow Control (for, repeat, while),
Variables (integer, real, Boolean, character, string), Control and monitoring of group addresses, Control and monitoring
of scenes.

Ethernet Network Interface
The C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit is a C-Bus system device designed to provide an isolated communications
path between an Ethernet 10Base-T Network and a C-Bus Network. This allows high-speed control and monitoring of a
C-Bus installation via the TCP/IP protocols used in computer networks and by the Internet. System integrators and
installers will also benefit from having remote access to the system. With the C-Bus Ethernet Network Interface unit,
access to a single or multiple networks can be as close as the nearest Ethernet connection.

•
•
•
•
•

Remote access to Clipsal systems
Bridge multiple C-Bus networks together over LAN or WAN
Fully supports all Clipsal commands
Small size, mounts in standard DIN enclosure (4M wide)
Includes 12 Vdc power supply

Ethernet Network Interface

Telephone Interface Unit
C-Bus Telephone Interface Unit offers a dial-in and dial-out capability for control of a C-Bus system. Remote location
override, monitoring, diagnostics and configuration of a C-Bus system is possible with this unit. The C-Bus Telephone
Interface Unit is programmed using a connection to a PC running TICA (Telephone Interface Commissioning
Application) configuration software. The interface can also act as a C-Bus PC Interface. The Telephone Interface Unit
can be installed in a C-Bus 36 or 60M enclosure or as a wall mountable stand-alone item with connection to C-Bus.

Telephone Interface Unit

5-16

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Remote location override
Voice prompts and confirmation
Password protected
32 supported devices
Automatic dial out on present conditions
Local or remote site access to C-Bus system
Audio Out

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

System Units and Enclosures
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

Bar Code Reader

Network Analyzer
The C-Bus Analyzer is a C-Bus device designed to help an installer quickly analyze, detect, and troubleshoot potential
problems on a C-Bus network. The device analyzes the network parameters and prompts the user for appropriate
actions via its front LED (Light Emitting Diode) indicators.
System Units

Catalog No.
SLC5500NB
SLC5500TPS
SLC5500HPS
SLC5500PC
SLC5500PCU
SLC5500PACA
SLC5500CN
SLC5100TUS

Catalog Description

$ Price

Network bridge
120 V Power supply, 350 mA
277 V Power supply, 350 mA
RS-232 PC Interface
USB PC Interface
Pascal Automation Controller
Ethernet Network Interface
Telephone Interface Unit

663.00
500.00
500.00
488.00
488.00
586.00
664.00
898.00

Bar Code Reader
C-Bus Network Analyzer

604.00
328.00

5

Table 5.30:

Accessories
SLC5100BCS
SLC5100NA

8M Enclosure
The 8M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications. Suitable for surface mounting, the 8M enclosure
consists of a box with a cover and a DIN rail for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus units. The enclosure also has
provisions for mounting neutral and ground bars.

8M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 8M or two 4M C-Bus DIN modules

12M Enclosure
The 12M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN
units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 12M enclosure consists of a box with
a cover and a DIN rail for mounting three 4M C-Bus units, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit or one 12M unit. The enclosure
also has factory mounted neutral and ground bars.

12M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting one 12M or three 4M C-Bus DIN modules

24M Enclosure
The 24M enclosure is specifically designed for distributed applications that require physical proximity between DIN
units and keypads, sensors or controlled loads. Suitable for surface mounting, the 24M enclosure consists of a box with
a cover and two rows for mounting C-Bus DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus
one 4M unit, or three 4M untis. The enclosure also has provisions for additional neutral and ground bars.

24M Enclosure

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
DIN rail, suitable for mounting Clipsal DIN-mounted C-Bus units. Each row can hold one 12M unit, one 8M unit plus one 4M unit, or
three 4M units

36M and 36MS Enclosure
The 36M and 36MS enclosures provide a multi-purpose means for housing various C-Bus DIN-mounted devices.
Suitable for flush or surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The
box is to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
3 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units
Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage (36M only)
The 36MS offers a reduced footprint than the 36M

36M Enclosure
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

LIGHTING CONTROLS

The C-Bus Bar Code Reader allows installers and integrators to quickly scan C-Bus devices with serial numbers and
import them into C-Bus Toolkit software. Using a USB connection to a PC, users can easily identify and track C-Bus
Unit locations on a floorplan/network.

5-17

C-Bus™

Enclosures and System Devices
www.schneider-electric.us

5

60M Enclosure
The 60M enclosure provides a means for housing DIN style relays and dimmers. Suitable for flush or
surface mounting, the enclosure consists of a mounting pan assembly, and a cover assembly. The box is
to be ordered separately, allowing for its installation with the rough-in of field wiring. Enclosures feature:

LIGHTING CONTROLS

•
•
•
•
•
•

NEMA 1 enclosure suitable for flush or surface mounting
Welded sheet steel with knockouts
Gray baked enamel paint, electrodeposited over cleaned, phosphatized steel
Triple-lead cover screws for fast installation of cover
5 DIN mounting rails, each accommodating up to one 12M unit, one 8M unit with one 4M unit, or three 4M units
Complete with barriers for separation of Class 2 circuits from line voltage

Table 5.31:

Enclosures and Accessories

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

8M Enclosure
SLC8M
12M Enclosure
SLC12MSG
24M Enclosure
SLC24MSG
36MS Enclosure
SLC36SC
SLC36MSFG
SLC36MSFW
SLC36MSSG
36M Enclosure
SLC36C
SLC36MFG
SLC36MFW
SLC36MSG
60M Enclosure
SLC36C
SLC60MFG
SLC60MFW
SLC60MSG
Accessories
PK7GTA
PKGTAB
SLC4CSF8

$ Price

C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount

110.00

C-Bus single row enclosure, surface mount

120.00

C-Bus dual row enclosure, surface mount

240.00

C-Bus box for small three row interior
C-Bus small three row interior with flush gray cover
C-Bus small three row interior with flush white cover
C-Bus small three row interior surface mount gray cover

120.00
690.00
690.00
690.00

C-Bus box for three and five row interiors
C-Bus three row interior with gray cover, flush mount
C-Bus three row interior with white cover, flush mount
C-Bus three row interior surface gray

136.00
740.00
740.00
740.00

C-Bus box for three and five row interiors
C-Bus five row interior with gray cover, flush mount
C-Bus five row interior with white cover, flush mount
C-Bus five row interior surface gray

136.00
1233.00
1233.00
1233.00

Ground/Neutral Bar
Neutral Insulator Kit
Filler Plate, 4M

7.80
29.20
18.00

Area Lighting Panels
C-Bus Area lighting Panels are ideally suited to meet lighting control energy code requirements in
classrooms, offices and other small spaces. Area Lighting Panels are designed to be used with C-Bus
input units, including: keypads, sensors (occupancy and light level detection) and touch screens. A
simple CAT-5 cable is all that is required for connecting of these devices.
C-Bus Area Lighting Panels provide on/off switching, stepped dimming or continuous dimming. All relays
feature rugged 20 A rated contacts for switching electronic ballast loads. Models with continuous dimming
capabilities are available with phase angle or 0–10 V control. C-Bus Area Lighting Panels can operate
independently or as part of an entire facility wide lighting control system. Enclosures can easily be mounted
in electrical closets or in ceiling spaces. They include all necessary connections and are UL® Listed. Area
Lighting Panels can also be used in conjunction with Powerlink™ panels.

Area Lighting Panel

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Relay models: Four (4) or Eight (8) channel relay outputs, rated 20 A
Phase Angle Dimmer Model: Four (4) channels of 4 A outputs for incandescent lighting loads.
0–10 V outputs available for control of compatible 0–10 V dimmable fluorescent ballasts, or LED drivers
Integral neutral and ground bar terminal strips
Meets NEC 300.22 requirements to be installed above ceilings and other spaces that handle environmental air
Bypass mode to facilitate quick start up
Meets NEC Article 409
UL Listed 508 A

Table 5.32:

C-Bus Area Lighting Panels

Catalog No.

Description

$ Price

4 Channel 20 A Relay Models
SLCZ042000T
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya
SLCZ042000H
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya
SLCZ042000TP
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply
SLCZ042000HP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply

1769.00
1769.00
1675.00
1675.00

8 Channel 20 A Relay Models
SLCZ082000T
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supplya
SLCZ082000H
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supplya
SLCZ082000TP
8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply
SLCZ082000HP 8 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply
4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with 0-10 V Output Units
SLCZ04204AT
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita
SLCZ04204AH
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V with power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unita
SLCZ04204ATP
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit
SLCZ04204AHP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 277 V without power supply and 4 Channel 0–10 V Output Unit
4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer Models
SLCZ00004DT
4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V with C-Bus power supplya
SLCZ00004DTP 4 Channel 20 A Phase Angle Dimmer @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply
4 Channel 20 A Relay Models with Phase Angle Dimmer Units
SLCZ04204DT
4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V with C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unita
SLCZ04204DTP 4 Channel 20 A Relay @ 120 V without C-Bus power supply and 4 Ch. Phase Angle Dimmer Unit
a
For stand-alone applications order unit with power supply.

5-18

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

2646.00
2646.00
2462.00
2462.00
2492.00
2492.00
2308.00
2308.00
1144.00
920.00
2630.00
2182.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

C-Bus™

Software Packages
Class 1250

www.schneider-electric.us

The C-Bus Toolkit Software includes the C-Bus Installation and programming Software,
Project Manager, and C-Bus Calculator. The software works under Windows™ 98, ME,
2000 and XP and supports a unique barcode scanning feature. This allows the installer to
scan the C-Bus packaging of each new unit to add the unit to the database. The software
prints adhesive labels that can be affixed to building plans. These labels include the Unit
Address and the physical location that the unit is to be installed. Labels are duplicated so
that one label can be affixed to the unit and one to the electrical plan for the installation. The
labels have barcodes on them so that units can be easily re-identified if required.
NOTE: C-Bus Toolkit Software is a free download from
http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lighting-and-whole-home-control/

LIGHTING CONTROLS

C-Bus Toolkit Software

C-Bus Schedule Plus Version 4 includes a number of major features, including enhanced
scheduling features, support for monitoring load run times, load power and energy
consumed, support for fully customizable multilevel, password protected, access level
control, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for daylight saving times, support for
128 bit encrypted secure Internet connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web
Browser. The software also includes a graphic display as well as a fully featured
programmable logic engine. The USB Code Key works under Windows XP Home, XP
Professional, Server 2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise.
NOTE: An evaluation version of Schedule Plus is available
for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left
column.

Schedule Plus Software Screen Captures

HomeGate Software V.4
Residential application PC control of a C-Bus Control System. C-Bus HomeGate Version 4
includes a number of major features, including support for 128 bit encrypted secure Internet
connectivity allowing control and monitoring via any Web Browser, irrigation system control
feature, enhanced scheduling features, support for sunrise and sunset times, support for
daylight saving times. The software also includes a fully featured programmable logic
engine. The C-Bus USB Key works under Windows XP Home, XP Professional, Server
2003, Vista Ultimate, Vista Business and Vista Enterprise.
NOTE: An evaluation version of HomeGate is available
for download by going to http://www.schneider-electric.us/solutions/lightingand-whole-home-control/ and clicking Software Downloads in the far-left
column.

Installer License Key
The C-Bus Software Installer License Key is a valuable tool for installers to
create/commission projects using C-Bus Version 4 Schedule Plus & HomeGate software.
This code key is time restricted and allows the software to operate in ‘normal’ mode for
anywhere between 48 to 72 hours per use (the software then returns to evaluation/demo
mode).
NOTE: The installer code key will also be compatible with future software releases.
Table 5.33:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

Schedule PlusV. 4
SLC5000SDSP24

License Key for 2 Networks

792.00

SLC5000SDSP104

License Key for 10 Networks

1680.00

SLC5000SDSPU4

License Key for Unlimited Networks

2665.00

HomeGate V. 4
SLC5000SDHG24

License Key for 2 Networks

352.00

SLC5000SDHG104

License Key for 10 Networks

680.00

Installer key for Schedule Plus or Homegate (unlimited networks)

389.00

SLC5000SDSP24

HomeGate Software Screen Captures

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

Discount
Schedule

5-19

5

Schedule Plus Software V.4

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall Switch
Occupancy
Sensor

Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors are ideally used in
commercial buildings to save energy that would otherwise
be wasted to light unoccupied rooms or spaces. These
Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors employ the latest in
passive infrared (PIR) sensing technology to accurately
sense when a room or space is occupied, then turn lights
on. When the room is unoccupied, the sensor turns lights
off after a time delay of up to 30 minutes as determined by
the user. Auto-ON and Manual-ON models available with
decorator wall plate in White, Ivory or Light Almond.
Simply mount the sensor in place of existing single gang
switch — no neutral connection required. Special multisegmented lens creates a coverage pattern that
accurately detects major motion in rooms up to 1000 sq. ft.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Commercial Grade
Wall Switch

Blank Cover Plate
with decorator style opening

Input: 120/277 Vac 60 Hz
Output: 1000W Max. Load @ 120 V (1000 VA@120 V
1800 VA@277 V)
1/4 HP Max. Motor Load
UL and cUL Listed
For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts
CEC Title 24 Certified

Table 5.34:
Catalog No.

Catalog Description

Auto-ON/Auto-OFF
SLSPWS1277AL Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277AW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277AI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor

SLSPWS1277ML Light Almond Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277MW White Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor
SLSPWS1277MI Ivory Wall Switch Occupancy Sensor

The Residential Vacancy Sensor directly replaces standard
light switches in bathrooms, garages, laundry rooms and
utility rooms in accordance with Title 24 2005 requirements
for residential lighting (Sections 119(d) and 150 (k)).
Vacancy Sensors from Schneider Electric operate just like a
standard light switch, requiring a button press to turn lights
on. Lights may be turned off with a button press or the
sensor will turn off lighting automatically when the area is
unoccupied.

•
•
•
•
•

No user time delay and sensitivity adjustments necessary
Available in White, Ivory or Light Almond
Furnished with cover plate
Manual On/Manual Off or Automatic Off operation
No neutral or minimum load required

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

62.00
62.00
62.00

Residential Vacancy Sensor
SLSPWS120VL Wall switch vacancy sensor, light almond
SLSPWS120VI Wall switch vacancy sensor, ivory
SLSPWS120VW Wall switch vacancy sensor, white

SLSPWS1277UW
SLSPWS1277UI
SLSPWS1277UG
SLSPWS1277UL
SLSPWS1277UB

Available in white, ivory, gray, light almond and black with
matching cover plate (included)
Color matching multi-segmented lens
Audible alert
Selectable auto-on and manual-on modes
Red LED motion indicator
For use with electronic and magnetic ballasts
1000 VA@120 V, 1800 VA@277 V
User adjustable light level, time delay, and sensitivity
30 second grace period in the manual-on mode

81.00
81.00
81.00

Manual-ON/Auto-OFF

Maximum energy savings in a format that will complement
any decor. Low profile sensors are available in white,
ivory, gray, light almond and black with color-matched
segmented lens.
Light Level Sensor Mode: Each sensor includes an
adjusatble light level sensor to hold off artificial lighting
when adequate natural light is present.
Walk-Through Mode: To maximize energy savings, the
sensor detects when areas are briefly occupied as a result
of a person walking through and turns off lighting based
on a shorter time delay. Walk-Through Mode is available
on single and dual circuit units.
Lamp Saver Mode: When the lamp saver feature is
enabled, the sensor automatically alternates which load
responds to motion. The result is more predictable lamp
life and reduced maintenance. (Dual circuit only)
Adaptive Technology: Commercial Grade dual
technology and ultrasonic wall switch occupancy sensors
feature a patented adaptive technology that significantly
reduces the learning period typically associated with
adaptive sensors. Adaptive Sensors from Schneider
Electric reduce the occurrence of nuisance on and
nuisance off while at the same time extending lamp life
and reducing maintenance.

•

$ Price

Basic Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy Sensors

Residential Wall Switch Vacancy Sensors

5-20

Rated for both 120 V incandescent and fluorescent lighting
Title 24 2005 Residential Lighting requirements, Sec. 150(k)
No override on
Manual-on only (no auto-on mode)
30 minute time delay

Commercial Grade Wall Switch Occupancy
Sensors

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Toggle Cover Plate
with decorator style opening

•
•
•
•
•

42.00
42.00
42.00

Single Circuit PIR
White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00
90.00

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00
117.00

Dual Circuit PIR
SLSPWD1277UW
SLSPWD1277UI
SLSPWD1277UG
SLSPWD1277UL
SLSPWD1277UB

Single Circuit Ultrasonic
SLSUWS1277UW
SLSUWS1277UI
SLSUWS1277UG
SLSUWS1277UL
SLSUWS1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

142.00
142.00
142.00
142.00
142.00

Dual Circuit Ultrasonic
SLSUWD1277UW
SLSUWD1277UI
SLSUWD1277UG
SLSUWD1277UL
SLSUWD1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00
165.00

Single Circuit Dual Technology
SLSDWS1277UW
SLSDWS1277UI
SLSDWS1277UG
SLSDWS1277UL
SLSDWS1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

187.00
187.00
187.00
187.00
187.00

Dual Circuit Dual Technology
SLSDWD1277UW
SLSDWD1277UI
SLSDWD1277UG
SLSDWD1277UL
SLSDWD1277UB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

210.00
210.00
210.00
210.00
210.00

Blank Cover Plates
SLSWP2DBW
SLSWP2DBI
SLSWP2DBG
SLSWP2DBL
SLSWP2DBB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50

Toggle Cover Plates
SLSWP2DTW
SLSWP2DTI
SLSWP2DTG
SLSWP2DTL
SLSWP2DTB

White
Ivory
Gray
Light Almond
Black

7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50
7.50

Buttonless Cover Plates
SLSBCW
SLSBCI
SLSBCG
SLSBCL
SLSBCB

Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, White
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Ivory
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Gray
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Light Almond
Buttonless Adjustment Access Covers, Black

15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00
15.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200

www.schneider-electric.us

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors from Schneider Electric accurately detect occupancy and
automatically switch lighting on and off as needed. These sensors are wall or ceiling
mounted for superior motion detection. Sensors employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and
Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features combined PIR and Ultrasonic
detection for the ultimate performance. The PIR Occupancy Sensor has 3 interchangeable
lenses for custom coverage patterns. Wide Angle, Long Range and High Bay. Wall mount
sensors also incorporate an integral light level sensor, and features an isolated relay for use
with building automation, security and HVAC systems.
Adjustable Sensitivity
Adjustable time delay
UL and cUL Listed
CEC Title 24 Certified
FCC Part 15, Class B
ASHRAE/IES 90.1

Table 5.35:

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Dual Technology Wall Mount

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLSWPS1500

PIR occupancy sensor

161.00

SLSWUS1500

Ultrasonic occupancy sensor

191.00

SLSWDS1500

Dual Technology occupancy sensor

221.00

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors
Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors are ideal for offices, conference rooms, class rooms and
other shared areas to automatically turn lights on and off based on occupancy. Sensors
employ Passive Infrared (PIR) and Ultrasonic technology. Dual Technology model features
combined PIR and Ultrasonic detection for the ultimate performance. Requires power pack.
Set of normally closed and normally opened auxiliary contacts for use with building
automation and security systems.

Dual Technology Ceiling Mount

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Input: 24 Vdc
Output: +24 Vdc
Adjustable Sensitivity
Low Profile Housing
Adjustable Light Level Sensor
UL and cUL Listed
CEC Title 24 Certified
FCC Part 15, Class B
ASHRAE/IES 90.1

Table 5.36:

Ceiling Mount Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

$ Price

SLSCPS1000

PIR occupancy sensor

134.00

SLSCUS2000

Ultrasonic occupancy sensor

197.00

SLSCDS2000

Dual Technology occupancy sensor

231.00

SLSCUS800

180 Degree Ultrasonic sensor

129.54

SLSCDS800

180 Degree Dual Technology Sensor (PIR and Ultrasonic Sensors combined)

141.76

Power Pack
For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to supply power to sensor and switch the load
when the sensor detects occupancy. May supply power to multiple sensors and auxiliary
relays up to 100 mA nominal load.

•
•
•
•

Input: 120/277 Vac 50/60 Hz
Output: 24 Vdc/100 mA Nom.
Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V)
UL cUL Listed

In Canada:

•
•
•
•

Input: 347 Vac60 Hz
Output: 24 Vdc/150 mA Nominal
Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac (15 A Max. at 5200 watts)
UL cUL Listed

Auxiliary Relay
For use with wall and ceiling mount sensors to turn lights on when an area is occupied or off
when it is not. Requires power pack to supply input power to operate relay.
Power Pack

•
•
•

Input: 24 Vdc/36 mA Nom.
Relay rating: 20 A Max. Ballast Load at 120 Vac (20 A Max. at 277 V)
UL cUL Listed

In Canada:

•
•

Input: 24 Vdc/2 mA Nominal
Relay rating: 15 A Max. Ballast Load at 347 Vac

Table 5.37:

Power Pack and Auxiliary Relay

Catalog No.
SLSPP1277
SLSSP24
SLSPP1347
SLSSP24347
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

Catalog Description
120–277 Vac Power Pack
120–277 Vac Auxiliary Relay
347 Vac Power Pack
347 Vac Auxiliary Relay

$ Price
46.50
36.00
47.50
36.00

5-21

5

•
•
•
•
•
•

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall Mount Occupancy Sensors

Occupancy Sensors

Lighting Control
Class 1200
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Fixture Mounted Sensors and Controls

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Schneider Electric extends its occupancy-sensing capability with a range of line voltage sensors based on
passive infrared (PIR) technology. These sensors feature rugged housings that resist moisture and dust typical
of manufacturing and shipping dock areas. Sensors incorporate universal power supply, relay and PIR element
in a single housing ready for direct attachment to popular high-bay and low-bay luminaires.
Sensors are available either as stand alone sensor-per-fixture devices or equipped with connectors for low-cost
plastic optical fiber cable. Plastic optical fiber connectivity between sensors allows implementation of control
zones within aisles and work areas without back-pulling signaling wire in conduit. Each sensor acts as a
network repeater, allowing 200 foot spacing between sensors. Plastic fiber can be cut and terminated without
special tools or installer training.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Indoor Occupancy Sensor

•
•

All sensors feature oversized Fresnel lenses and premium, low-noise pyroelectric elements for reliable PIR sensing at
mounting heights up to 45 feet.
Both area- and aisle-sensing Fresnel lenses ship with each sensor. Color-coded snap-out lenses can be swapped in the
field.
Switch packs open and close based on fiber optic commands from fiber sensors
Universal power supply design adapts to 120–480 Vac, 50/60 Hz without jumpers or taps.
Single-pole/close-on-motion relays sized for switching dry contact, magnetic HID or electronic ballast loads.
Mounts directly to reflector with included pinch bracket or to ballast housing with ” NPT threaded pipe nipple.
Built-in manual override test switch and diagnostic LED to assist in installation. Diagnostic LED can be seen at distance to
assist in walk test.
Fifteen minute power ON warm-up timer assures rated lamp life even if the fiber network is broken.
User adjustable sensitivity and delay time settings (0–15 minutes)

Table 5.38:

Table Line Voltage Occupancy Sensors

Catalog No.

Catalog Description

SLSPIP210
SLSPIP210CT
SLSPIP210EB
SLSPIP210EBCT
SLSPIP211
SLSPIP212
SLSPSP101
SLSPSP102
SLSPCW001
SLSPIPBRACKET

Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber connectivity
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, cold temperature
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, no fiber, electronic ballast cold temperature
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, one fiber input, one fiber output
Occupancy sensor, indoor PIR, two fiber inputs
Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, one fiber in, one fiber output
Fiber optic switch pack, indoor, two fiber inputs
Fixture-mounted counterweight for HID
Bracket for off-fixture mounting

$ Price
141.00
174.00
141.00
174.00
166.00
166.00
141.00
141.00
13.00
11.00

Fluorescent High Bay Sensors
The SLSFPS1347 and SLSFPS1480 Occupancy Sensors are Class 1, fixture mounted, 360° high bay
occupancy sensors. They are designed to operate directly with T5 and T8 fluorescent fixtures that use
single or multiple electronic ballasts. Motion is detected using passive infrared technology (PIR). The
operation voltage range for the SLSFPS1347 Sensor is 120–347 V. The SLSFPS1480 Sensor operates at
480 V.

Features

Fluorescent High Bay Sensor

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity.
Includes a user-adjustable time dial to set the length of time the luminaires stay on from 15 seconds to 30 minutes.
Includes a user-adjustable range dial to customize PIR sensitivity.
90 degree rotating lens for a variety of aisle-way applications.
High bay area, low bay area, and high bay aisle lenses provided.
18 minutes time-out preset for maximum energy to lamp life savings.

Table 5.39:

Specificiations

Catalog No.
SLSFPS1347
SLSFPS1480

Catalog Description
120–347 Vac High bay Occupancy Sensor
480 Vac High Bay Occupancy Sensor

$ Price
78.00
89.00

UL 924 Emergency Control Devices
Schneider Electric UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Devices provide the ability to use and control standard
fixtures for emergency and standard lighting. The use of UL 924 emergency lighting control device, under
normal operating power the devices turn on and off emergency lighting along with standard lighting in an area.
In the event of normal power loss the UL 924 emergency lighting control devices detect the power loss, and will
automatically transfer emergency power to the fixtures. This provides emergency lighting through standard
fixtures. Schneider Electric provides a wide selection of UL 924 emergency lighting control devices that work
with occupancy and dimming based lighting control.
UL 924 Emergency Control Device

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•

Saves energy by controlling Emergency Lighting
Multiple mounting methods
Convenient test switch
Works with occupancy or dimmer controls
Visible Power LED
Easy to install

Table 5.40:
Catalog No.
SLSEDC120
SLSEDC277
SLSEPMC120
SLSEPMC277
SLSERC1277

5-22

Specificiations
Catalog Description
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 120 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Dimmer Control 277 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 120 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay Panel Mount 277 Vac
UL 924 Emergency Lighting Control Relay 120/277 Vac

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

$ Price
700.00
700.00
300.00
300.00
300.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products
Class 1210

BACnet Capability
The Building Automation and Control network (BACnet) communication protocol is
incorporated into the Powerlink™ G3 controller design. The addition of the BACnet protocol
allows Powerlink panels to be easily integrated into a Building Automation System (BAS)
employing this open communication standard without the need for communication bridges
or gateways.

Controller Models
The following Powerlink G3 controller models support ‘native’ BACnet communications:

•
•
•

NF2000G3 — Ethernet communications, shared remote inputs, network time synchronization
NF3000G3 — Email upon alarm, onboard web pages for status/control/configuration
NF3000G3C — C-Bus communications (ability to interface with a Clipsal™ lighting control network)

Factory Assembled System
The following factory engineered pricing procedure may be used to price either 240 V or
480Y/277 V Powerlink G3 systems:

•
•
•
Powerlink available in
column width design

•
•
•

Select system type and interior size from Table 5.43 on 5-24. All Powerlink G3 panels are furnished
with either 1 or 2 control bus strips.
Select panelboard base price from Table 5.44. All Powerlink G3 panels use NF type panelboard
interiors, boxes, and trims and are suitable for either 240 V or 480Y/277 V systems.
Select branch circuit breaker requirements from Table 5.45. Powerlink G3 panels can accommodate
both ECB-G3 remotely operated circuit breakers and EDB, EGB and EJB standard branch circuit
breakers.
Refer to panelboard section for additional panelboard accessories.
For complete price, order by description.
Apply appropriate discount schedule.

240 V Factory Assembled System Example:
500 level system with 225 A MLO panelboard rated for 208Y/120 V, 3Ø4W, 10kAIR,
Type 1, surface mount with ground bar and (12) 20 A 1-pole bolt-on remote operated circuit
breakers.
Table 5.41:
Item
System Type: 500 controller with 12 ckt bus
Panel type: 250 A MLO
Branch circuit breakers: (12) 20 A 1-pole
Ground bar
Total price

Page No.
5-24
5-26
5-26
5-26

$ Price
5074.00
864.00
2628.00
28.50
8594.50

Table 5.42:
Feature

Up to eight panels can
be controlled from a single
controller.

Inputs
2 - wire
2 - wire with status feedback
3 - wire
Time Scheduler
7 day, each configurable
Daily on/off periods
Holiday events
Automatic daylight savings
Sunrise/sunset tracking

System Level
500

1000

2000

3000

8
8
8

16
8
8

16
8
8

16
8
8

—
—
—
—
—

16
24
32
X
X

16
24
32
X
X

16
24
32
X
X

X
—
—
—
—
—

X
—
Xa
X
—
—

X
X
—
X
—
X

X
X
—
X
Xb
X

Networking
Modbus™ ASCII/RTU
Modbus TCP
Johnson Controls N2
DMX
C-Bus
BACnet MSTP/IP
a
Specify N2 suffix
b
Specify C suffix
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

5-23

5

Powerlink G3 systems are ideally suited for controlling lighting and other loads in
commercial, institutional, and industrial facilities. Such systems are typically used to lower
utility cost by switching branch circuits OFF during non-occupied periods when lighting is
unnecessary or during peak demand periods when a partial reduction in load can save
significant money.
These systems utilize remotely operated circuit breakers to switch branch circuits ON and
OFF via a time schedule or by an externally generated signal (typically a low voltage wall
switch, photocell, access system, fire alarm or building management system). All Powerlink
components mount inside a standard lighting panelboard to provide a compact, space
saving installation.
Powerlink G3 systems feature a powerful microprocessor based controller that provides
system intelligence for 168 remotely operated branch circuits. Master panelboards contain
the control electronics, power supply, and control bus strips for up to 42 branch circuit
breakers. Slave panels extend the capability of the system by allowing remotely operated
branch circuit breakers to be operated from the master controller via a simple, 4-wire,
sub-net connection.
All Powerlink G3 systems have the capability of being networked together and operated
from a central workstation or via a remote modem connection. Powerlink software allows
users to remotely configure the system, change time schedules, monitor circuit breaker or
input status, and override zones and breakers.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

www.schneider-electric.us

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products
Class 1210
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Table 5.43:

ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers Bolt-On Remotely Operated
One-Pole
27 7 Vac – 14,000 AIR
120 Vac – 65,000 AIR

Ampere
Rating

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Catalog
Number
ECB14015G3c
ECB14020G3c
ECB14030G3

15
20
30

Table 5.44:

Two-Pole
480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR
120/240 Vac – 65,000 AIR
240 Vac – 14,000 AIR Ground B Phase

$ Price
237.00

558.00

$ Price
890.00

One-Pole 480 Y/277 – 14,000 AIR 240 V – 65,000 AIR

Catalog No.
$ Price
20
ECB142020G3EL
558.00
Note: All are listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and
marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers. UL listed as HID rated for use with high intensity discharge lighting systems.
(1) #12–8 Al or (1) #10–8 Cu. Suitable for use with 75°C conductors.
c
UL listed as SWD (switching duty) rated.
d
Rated for 240 Vac only – 42,000 AIR

Table 5.45:

Control Bus

Max. No. of Control
Circuits
12
12
18
18
21
21

Table 5.46:

Required
Interior Size
30
30
42
42
54
54

Table 5.47:

Panel Orientation

Catalog No.

Left
Right
Left
Right
Left
Right

NF12SBLG3
NF12SBRG3
NF18SBLG3
NF18SBRG3
NF21SBLG3
NF21SBRG3

$ Price
851.00
1065.00
1163.00

Power Supply

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V

Control Bus

Catalog
Number
ECB34015G3c
ECB34020G3c
ECB32030G3d

$ Price

ECB-G3 Circuit Breakers for Emergency Lighting
(requires 2-pole spaces)
Ampere Rating

ECB-G3 Circuit Breaker

Catalog
Number
ECB24015G3c
ECB24020G3c
ECB24030G3

Three-Pole
480Y/277 Vac – 14,000 AIR
240 Vac – 42,000 AIR

Primary Source
Panel Bus
Panel Bus
Panel Bus
External
External
External

Catalog No.
NF120PSG3
NF240PSG3
NF277PSG3
NF120PSG3L
NF240PSG3L
NF277PSG3L

$ Price
791.00
899.00

Controller
Description

Catalog No.

500
1000
1000N2 (N2 protocol)
2000
3000
3000C (C-bus

$ Price

NF500G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3N2
NF2000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3C

1946.00
3968.00
8288.00
7107.00
9741.00
9741.00

Table 5.48:
Remote Source Controller (for additional inputs)—
Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, source controller and power supply
Power Supply

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V

Table 5.49:

NF3000G3 Controller

Catalog No.
RSC16G3120
RSC16G3240
RSC16G3277

Cables & Accessories

Description
Catalog No.
Control bus cables
Harness standard panel
NF2HG3
Sub-net accessories & cables
Slave address selectore
NFSELG3
6’ sub-net cable
NFSN06
10’ sub-net cable
NFSN10
25’ sub-net cable
NFSN25
50’ sub-net cable
NFSN50
Serial cables
Controller front panel cable
NFFPCG3
e
One slave address selector required for each slave panel.

Table 5.50:

Powerlink Software

5-24

$ Price
89.00
173.00
75.00
105.00
234.00
405.00
102.00

Miscellaneous Hardware

Description
Circuit Breaker Handle Padlock (Lock On or Off)
Fixed Barrier
Remote Mounting Adapter
f
DE2 Discount

Table 5.51:

$ Price
3045.00
3045.00
3045.00

Catalog No.
HPAFD f
NFASBKG3
NFADAPTERG3

$ Price
25.50
177.00
102.00

Software

Description
Catalog No.
LCSAdvanced Software
LCSADVANCED
LCSBasic Software
LCSBasic
Powerlink Controller Softwareg
PCS101
g
N2 supported controllers. All other controllers use LCSAdvanced or LCSBasic.

DE-8A

DE2

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
4000.00
1500.00
1523.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Gen 3 Products
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

Voltage
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V
120 V
240 V
277 V

Remote Mount Controller

Catalog No.
RMC500G3120
RMC500G3240
RMC500G3277
RMC1000N2G3120
RMC1000N2G3240
RMC1000N2G3277
RMC1000G3120
RMC1000G3240
RMC1000G3277
RMC2000G3120
RMC2000G3240
RMC2000G3277
RMC3000G3120
RMC3000G3240
RMC3000G3277
RMC3000G3C120
RMC3000G3C240
RMC3000G3C277

Controller Type
NF500G3
NF500G3
NF500G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000N2G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3
NF1000G3
NF2000G3
NF2000G3
NF2000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3
NF3000G3C
NF3000G3C
NF3000G3C

$ Price
4272.00
4272.00
4272.00
10615.00
10615.00
10615.00
6990.00
6990.00
6990.00
9860.00
9860.00
9860.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00
12680.00

Device Power Supply
The Powerlink Device Power Supply is used to distribute power on a C-Bus™ network.
Placed at critical points on the network, device power supplies will provide the current
necessary for operating a variety of passive C-Bus devices. A Powerlink Device
Power Supply consists of an 8M enclosure containing one or two 4M Power Supplies
(120 or 277 Vac).

•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover
Unit and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of the line voltage and the network
Sources up to 700 mA (dual power supplies) to the C-Bus network
120 V or 277 Vac models available
Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 (319mm) tall

Device Router

Device Power Supply

The Powerlink Device Router allows the exchange of data between a Powerlink
NF3000G3C controller and C-Bus devices. This device router receives data from C-Bus
input devices such as keypads and touchscreens and sends data to the Powerlink system
and isa versa. The device router consists of a C-Bus 8M enclosure containing a C-Bus PC
Interface and a C-Bus Power Supply (120 Vac or 277 Vac). Communication between the
device router and the NF3000G3C controller is made with the included 50-foot serial cable.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Surface-mount NEMA 1 enclosure, with cover
Unit, Unit/Comms, and C-Bus LEDs indicate the status of data transmission and power to the unit
and the network
System network clock for synchronizing communications data
Network power source, supplying up to 350 mA
120 Vac or 277 Vac models available
Dimensions: 8.9 in. (226mm) wide x 3.8 in. (97mm) deep x 12.57 in. (319mm) tall

Table 5.53:

Powerlink Device Routersa

Description
120 V Device Router
277 V Device Router
a
Required for interface to Clipsal units.
b
DE-8 Discount.

Table 5.54:
Powerlink Device Router

Catalog No.
NFDR120G3Cb
NFDR277G3Cb

$ Price
1632.00
1632.00

Powerlink Device Power Suppliesc

Description
Single Supply 120 V
Dual Supply 120 V
Single Supply 277 V
Dual Supply 277 V
Filler Plate
c
Extends C-Bus power to Clipsal devices.
d
DE-8 Discount.

Catalog No.
NFDP1120G3Cd
NFDP2120G3Cd
NFDP1277G3Cd
NFDP2277G3Cd
SLC4CSF8

$ Price
900.00
1650.00
900.00
1650.00
27.00

Catalog No.
6382RS485G3KIT

$ Price
526.50

Powerlink Network Accessories
Table 5.55:

Powerlink Network Accessories

Description
RS232/485 Converter

Table 5.56:

Powerlink Remote Modem Supporte

Description
Catalog No.
$ Price
Modem Kit (for G3 Controllers)
6382G3MODEM
876.00
e
Requires 2000 and 3000 controller and either Analog or Ethernet modem connection to each master panel.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE-8

DE-8A Discount
Schedule

5-25

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Remote Mount Controller (for externally mounted electronics
Includes NEMA 1 enclosure, controller, and power supply

5

Table 5.52:

Powerlink™ Lighting
Control Systems

Class 1210
www.schneider-electric.us

5

G3 NF Panelboards 240 V and 480 Y/277 V Factory
Assembled Systems
Maximum Voltage 480 Y/277 Vac

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Table 5.57:

Powerlink G3 System Price
30 ckt Interior

List
System Type

12 ckt
bus

42 ckt Interior

24 ckt
bus

18 ckt
bus

54 ckt Interior

36 ckt
bus

21 ckt
bus

42 ckt
bus

Slave Panel

1650.00

3450.00

2025.00

4200.00

2370.00

4890.00

NF500G3

6753.00

8553.00

7128.00

9303.00

7473.00

10143.00

NF1000G3d

10728.00

12528.00

11103.00

13278.00

11448.00

14118.00

NF2000G3

17298.00

19098.00

17673.00

19848.00

18018.00

20688.00

NF3000G3

21072.00

22872.00

21447.00

23622.00

21792.00

24462.00

NOTE: Powerlink EM option BCPM list price adder.
Table 5.58:
Panelboard Base Price (including solid neutral)
Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupting Rating—6-2 through 6-8)ae

Mains
Rating

Main Lugs
Standard IC
2-pole

100 A

—

125 A

Circuit
Bkr.

3-pole
—

1269.00

1458.00

HIC

2-pole

3-pole

Circuit
Bkr.

Extra HIC

2-pole

3-pole

Circuit
Bkr.

EDb

2454.00

2823.00

EGb

3150.00

3624.00

HJ

EDb

5058.00

5643.00

EGb

6486.00

7464.00

—

I-Limiter™

2-pole

3-pole

4872.00

5397.00

—

—

Circuit
Bkr.
FI

2-pole

3-pole

6375.00

7326.00

—

—
—

—

150 A

—

—

HD

4905.00

5430.00

HG

6072.00

6597.00

HJ

6105.00

6630.00

—

225 A

—

—

JD

6180.00

6570.00

JG

7605.00

8100.00

JJ

9930.00

10995.00

KI

10899.00

12528.00

—

250 A

1503.00

1728.00

JD

6750.00

7710.00

JG

8985.00

9270.00

JJ

10785.00

12675.00

KI

13731.00

15783.00

400 A

1989.00

2286.00

LA

7995.00

9189.00

LH

11568.00

13296.00

LC

12759.00

14664.00

LI

14025.00

16119.00

600 Ac

3549.00

3933.00

—

14331.00

16326.00

LI

20460.00

23517.00

—

—

—

800 Ac
5325.00
5850.00
—
—
—
—
a
HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers.
b
Backfed Main Circuit Breaker—54 circuit only.
c
Copper Bus Only.
d
For N2 protocol, add $3819.
e
Contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for MICROLOGIC™ trip
main circuit breakers

Table 5.59:

—

—

LC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Branch Circuit Breaker – Price Per Circuit Breaker
Standard Breakers—EDB Bolt-On
18 kA AIR 1-pole,
25 kA AIR 2 & 3-pole @ 240 V,
18 kA AIR@480 Y/277

Powerlink G3—ECB Bolt-On
65 kA AIR@240 Vac,
14 kA AIR@480 Y/277
Voltage

Ampere
Rating

240
Vac

15–20

438.

1215.

1929.

30

438.

1215.

1929.

480Y/277
Vac

15–20

438.

1215.

1929.

30

438.

1215.

—

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

Voltage

Ampere
Rating

Standard Breakers HIC—EGB Bolt-On
65 kA AIR@240 Vac,
35 kA AIR@480 Y/277
Ampere
Rating

2-pole

3-pole

15–60

288.

663.

1122.

15–60

486.

1119.

1896.

15–60

777.

1767.

3036.

70

513.

1308.

1569.

70

867.

2211.

2565.

70

1386.

3540.

4245.

80–100

—

1308.

1569.

80–100

—

2211.

2655.

80–100

—

3540.

4245.

110–125

—

3825.

4845.

110–125

—

6171.

7131.

110–125

—

7950.

9450.

Space Only
63.
126.
189.
Space Only
63.
126.
Note: All EC, ED, EG and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type.

189.

126.

189.

126.

189.

480Y/
277
Vac

Space Only

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole Voltage

Ampere
Rating

1-pole

480Y/
277
Vac

Voltage

Standard Breakers Extra HIC—EJB Bolt-On
100 kA AIR@240 Vac,
65 kA AIR@480 Y/277

63.

480Y/
277
Vac

1-pole 2-pole 3-pole

Space Only

63.

Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker

•

Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 125–800 A main lugs or 125–600 A main circuit breaker
interiors
One sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard
Two sub-feed JD, JG, JJ or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboardf

•
•
f

LC and JJ may not be combined.

Table 5.60:
No. of Poles
2
g

Sub-Feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A)
JD

JG

JJg

JL

LA

LH

LCg

Space

2265.00 3165.00 3844.50 4230.00 2985.00 4150.50 6475.50

619.50

3
2527.50 3825.00 4665.00 5296.50 3687.00 4882.50 7617.00
JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together.

619.50

Table 5.61:

Sub-Feed Breaker Cabinet Data
Box Height (20" W x 5.75" D)

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces (Does
not include sub-feed
breaker spaces)

h
i
j
k

5-26

250 A

400 A LA/LH

600 A

800 A

Main
Lugs

Main
Circuit
Breaker

Main
Lugs

Main
Circuit
Breaker

Main
Lugsj

Main
Circuit
Breaker
i

30

56

68

68

80

68

80h

68

42

62

74

74

86

74

86h

74

54

68

80

80

92

80

92h

80

Main
Lugsk

To obtain pricing for the following Special Features please refer to the
Supplemental Digest.

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

PowerLogic™ metering
Customer equipment space
Increased box depth
Box extensions top, bottom and side
Drip hoods
Non-standard paint
NEMA 1 gasketed
NEMA 4 Stainless steel enclosure
NEMA 4X Fiberglass enclosure (NQOD and NF)
Stainless steel trim front (NQOD, NF and I-LINE)
Padlockable hasp
Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best)
Equal height boxes
Common trip to cover two equal height boxes
Panelboard skirthides conduits feeding a panelboard
Panelboard wireway for terminating conduit in wireway endwall
Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes

Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels.
600 A main lug panelboards require an 8" deep, 26” wide box.
600 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75" deep box.
800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75” deep, 26” wide box.

PE-1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Powerlink™ Energy
Management (EM)

Lighting Control System, Relay Panels, and Switches
Class 1210

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Powerlink Energy Management
(EM) Lighting Control System

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Integral individual and optional mains metering to provide utmost flexibility in assurng a sustainable metering and
verification program
Monitors current, voltage, energy consumption, demand, and power factor for complete energy profiling
Accumulated metering information transmitted via Modbus communications interface
Data updates occurring within seconds to provide timely preventative maintenance information
Optional EGX web interface for storing and reporting data via standard web browser (suggested for applications without
Energy Management System [EMS] software)
Alarm indication when parameters approach user-configured thresholds
16 hard-wired inputs available for connection to devices with physical dry-contacts
64 communication inputs available for network connection
16 independent time schedules, each can be configured into 24 distinct periods
7-day repeating clock with changeable automatic daylight savings time
Automatic sunrise/sunset tracking with offsets
32 special event periods
32 remote sources for sharing input status, time schedules, or zone status between controllers
Full custom logic capabilities, including full Boolean functions and synchronization services
RS232 and RS485
Serial communications using Modbus ASCII/RTU, BACnet MS/TP and DMX512 protocols (metering Modbus only)
Ethernet 10BaseT communications using Modbus TCP and BACnet/IP protocols

Table 5.62:
Characteristics
Operating Temperature
-5° to 40°C (23° to 104°F) (95%RH, non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-20° to 85°C (-4° to 185°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing)
Regulatory/Standards Compliance
• UL Listed 916, Energy Management Equip
• FCC Part 15, Class A
• NEC Class 1 and Class 2 Control Circuits
• ESD Immunity: IEC 1000, level 4
• RF Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3
• Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3
• Electrical Surge Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 4 (power line)
• Electrical Fast Transient Susceptibility: IEC 1000, level 3 (interconnection lines)
BCPM Specifications
General
Control Power
90–277 Vac
Frequency
50/60 Hz
Sampling Frequency
2560 Hz
Update Rate
1.6 seconds per panelboard
Overload Capability
10 kAIC
Ribbon Cable Support
Up to 20 ft.
Operating Temperature
0° to 60°C (32°C to 122°F) (<95%RH, non-condensing)
Storage Temperature
-40° to 70°C (-40° to 158°F)
Accurancy
Current Monitoring
0.25 A to 100A: 3% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 2% of reading from 2 A to 100 A
Auxiliary Inputs
2% of reading from 1% to 10% of rated current; 1% of reading from 10% to 100% of rated current (0 to 0.333 Vac)
Voltage Input
90–277 Vac; 1% of reading from 90–277 L-N (models BCPMA and BCPMB only)
Power
4% of reading from 0.25 A to 2 A; 3% of reading 2 A to 100 Aa (models BCPMA and BCPM only)
Network Communications
Serial
Modbus™ RTU
Ethernet
TCP/IP
a
Recommended for application where EMS software monitoring is not provided.

5-27

5

The Powerlink Energy Management (EM) Lighting Control System incorporates the same features found in the
Powerlink G3 3000 level system, in addition to integral branch circuit and optional main metering for energy
monitoring and verification of the lighting system. Integral metering is accomplished using the PowerLogic™
Branch Circuit Power Meter (BCPM), which is a highly accurate, full-featured multi-branch circuit power meter that
provides unrivalled low-current monitoring.
The Powerlink G3 system reduces electrical energy consumption associated with lighting and other loads by
automatically switching loads off during non-occupied periods. The Powerlink G3 system is often ideal for reducing
th epeak demand by switching unnecessary lights off in response to an automated response signal or when high
time-of-day energy tariffs occur.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

www.schneider-electric.us

Relay Panels

LPS, LPB, LPL
Class 1210
www.schneider-electric.us

5

Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting
energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller,
power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover.
Schneider Electric LPS Lighting Control Relay Panels offer a practical design for meeting
energy codes requirements in smaller commercial spaces. Panels are available preassembled with 8, 16, or 32 relays. They consist of relays, time scheduler, panel controller,
power supply, and NEMA 1 cabinet and cover.

LIGHTING CONTROLS

LPS-Standalone Relay Panel
LPS reduces energy use by automatically shutting off lights in response to a scheduled time
event from its built-in time controller or in response to an external control device, such as a
keypad switch, occupancy sensor, or photocell. These panels are ideal for use in smaller
commercial applications, such as small strip retail and office spaces, where a centralized
building management system is not practical.

Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Relay Panels Family

Stand-alone lighting control system meets ASHRAE90.1 and CA Title 24
Individual heavy duty, mechanically latching, 20A relays
Built-in time controller supports 8 independent zones
Time retained during power outages for up to 30 days; nonvolatile program memory
Two universal switch inputs
Individual relay overrides can directly control each relay
Easy to program interface
2-wire relay used for monitoring and control
Manual operation lever with ON/OFF indicator built-in for easy maintenance
Screw terminals on load and control sides
UL 916 listed
Full 365-day, 7-day repeating clock with event priorities
Multi-group relay assignment
Inegral power supply (120 / 277 / 347 Vac)
Standard sizes: (LPS) 8, 16, 32; (LPB/LPL) 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64

LPB Additional Features

•
•
•

Application controller with the BACnet protocol
Heavy duty plug-in relays and electronic cards
Movable protection plate between high and low voltage sections

LPL Additional Features

•

Application controller with the LonWorks protocol

Available options include:

•

Multi-voltage separator (120/277/347 VAC)

Software provides a graphic interface that is simple and intuitive, providing the
following:

•

System configuration, programming, and operation: Scheduler and Data logger

LPB-Bacnet Protocol
The Schneider Electric LPB Lighting Control Relay Panel with Native BACnet Protocol offers
cost effective and code compliant lighting control. Panels are pre-packaged for ease of
ordering and installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, 48, or 64
relays.
Relays come in a heavy duty, high intensity discharge (HID) version that carries up to 20A
full load and are rated for over 120,000 mechanical operations. Heavy duty relays are
recommended for high inrush loads or where higher short circuit current ratings are required.
LPBs are designed to operate on a BACnet network where control intelligence is provided
through a BACnet building automation system. These panels are ideal for smaller
commercial or retail spaces where a low cost way to achieve automatic shut-off is required.
These simple to install and commission panels include full feature schedule control. Switch
overrides and photocells are easily added for complete control.

LPL-LonWorks Protocol
The Schneider Electric LPL Lighting Control Relay Panel with LonWorks® Protocol offers cost
effective and code compliant lighting control. The LPL is pre-packaged for ease of ordering and
installation. Standard configurations are available with 8, 16, 32, or 64 relays.
Whether from a stand-alone system, a soft-wired networked panels system, or a fully
programmable network system, the LPL offers engineers and facilities managers all the flexibility
they need to meet their lighting control requirements. LPL software scheduling and event
programming capabilities easily support all common sequences encountered in lighting control.
The LPL was developed using open LonWorks technology from the Echelon® Corporation. By
adopting LonTalk® communication protocols and incorporating Neuron® microprocessors, the
LPL panel complies with LonMark(tm) Interoperability Guidelines and is ready to interoperate in
highly functional, flexible, and open building systems.
The Schneider Electric Lighting Control Relay Switches provide manual ON/OFF operation of
lighting in zones. The switches are equipped with a switch based device using reversible polarity
pulse technology. The switches are fully compatible with Lighting Control Relay Panels by
Schneider Electric.

5-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Relay Panels

Switches
Class 1210

www.schneider-electric.us

Key Switch (SERPKWS)

Rocker Switch (SERPRWS)

•
•
•
•
•
•

Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket
(SERPWSMB)
LED ON/OFF indication
Operates up to 8 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay
Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP)
3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

Push Button Switch (SERPWS) (Individual switch)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Wall mountable to any standard wall box (1-gang requires mounting bracket
SERPWSMB; 3-gang comes ready to mount)
Switch input from common terminal
LED ON/OFF indication
Clear plastic labeling cap
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay
Optional filler plate (SERPWSFP) may be required
1.5 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

Push Button Switch (SERPWS)
(Assembled switch)

•
•
•
•
•
•

Factory assembled
Includes mounting bracket, switch(es), cover plate
LED ON/OFF indication
Clear plastic labeling cap
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 LED switches per relay

NOTE: Refer to 1290HO1101 Relay Switches handout for cover
plate dimension

Relay Switches
SERPKWS, SERPWS, SERPRWS, SERPWS

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table 5.63:
Cat. No.
SERP8NHS
SERP16NHS
SERP32NHS
SERP8HS
SERP16HS
SERP32HS
SERPB8HS
SERPB16HS
SERPB32HS
SERPB48HS
SERPB64HS
SERPL8HS
SERPL16HS
SERPL32HS
SERPL48HS
SERPL64HS
SERPFLC16
SERPFLC32
SERPFLC48
SERPR1
SERPR2
SERPTC411
SERPRC401
SERPBC601
SERPTC811
SERPLIC
SERPLOC
SERPLUSB
SERPLS
SERPPBWS
SERPKWS
SERPRWS
SERPWSMB
SERPWS1G1B
SERPWS1G2B
SERPWS1G3B
SERPWS2G4B
SERPWS2G6B
SERPWS3G9B
SERPWS3G12B
SERPWS5G15B
SERPWS6G18B
SERPWSFP
SERPWP1G1B
SERPWP1G2B
SERPWP1G3B
SERPWP2G4B
SERPWP2G6B
SERPWP3G9B
SERPWP3G12B
SERPWP5G15B
SERPWP6G18B

Relay Panels, Switches and Plates
Description
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 NON-HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES BACnet RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 8 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 16 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 32 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 48 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES LonWorks RELAY PANEL 64 HID RELAYS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 16 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 32 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES FLUSH COVER FOR 48 AND 64 RELAY PANELS
SE SERIES 1 POLE 20A HID RELAY 120–347 V
SE SERIES 2 POLE 20A HID RELAY 208–480 V
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER
MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL SEQUENCER MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL BACnet Controller
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL TIME CLOCK CONTROLLER
LonWorks MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL INPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks
MODULE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL OUTPUT CONTROLLER LonWorks
MODULE
SE SERIES FT—10 NETWORK INTERFACE USB
SE SERIES Lon SOFTWARE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH WITH BRACKET
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE KEY OPERATED
SWITCH
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL LOW VOLTAGE ROCKER WALL
SWITCH
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH MOUNTING
BRACKET
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 1 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 2 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 1 GANG 3 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 4 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 2 GANG 6 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 3 GANG 9 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 4 GANG 12 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 5 GANG 15 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH 6 GANG 18 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL SWITCH FILER PLATE
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 1 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 2 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 1 GANG 3 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 4 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 2 GANG 6 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 3 GANG 9 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 4 GANG 12 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL PLATE 5 GANG 15 BUTTON
SE SERIES RELAY PANEL WALL GANG 6 GANG 18 BUTTON

Price
1556.13
3334.58
6545.67
2726.58
4829.59
8385.48
4559.36
5322.60
9521.71
13078.59
16684.88
3555.23
4897.76
8785.62
11932.49
15800.60
239.00
325.00
415.00
255.95
389.00
1037.42
1025.08
1051.16
730.00
645.00
957.00
950.00
1050.00
85.90
85.57
50.40
9.69
95.57
149.88
194.29
259.14
367.97
531.64
695.31
859.42
1003.53
8.07
30.00
30.00
30.00
45.00
45.00
60.00
70.00
80.00
90.00

5-29

LIGHTING CONTROLS

Wall mountable to any standard wall box
Key operated (ON—turn right; OFF—turn left)
Operates up to 4 relays per switch
6 switches per relay
3 Amp, 24 Vdc, Reversible polarity Impulse

5

•
•
•
•
•

Cassia™

Energy Management System
Class 1210
www.schneider-electric.us

5

The Cassia energy management system (EMS) from Schneider Electric is a revolutionary wireless in-room
solution that can have a dramatic impact on all key aspects contributing to your bottom line, from delighting
your guests and reducing your carbon footprint, to enjoying a rapid return on investment and helping to
maximize energy savings.

Thermostat
LIGHTING CONTROLS

The Cassia thermostat controls heating and cooling equipment in guest rooms. Each thermostat uses two
independent Zigbee radios for the local Room Area Network (RAN) within the room and the Hotel Area
Network (HAN).

Motion Sensor (PIR)
The Cassia wireless motion sensor uses a Passive Infrared (PIR) sensor to detect heat patterns in the room.
Motion will be signaled to the thermostat if the heat pattern changes.

Door Sensor
The Cassia wireless door sensor consists of a base and magnet. It sends a signal to the RAN indicating
when the door is opened or closed.

Lighting Control
Cassia System Components

The Cassia Lighting Control System, including switches (1000 W), dimmers (800 W), and plug modules
(Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay types), uses ZigBee wireless technology that provides dimming and/or
on/off functions.
Wall switches and dimmers are available in black, white, cream or light almond, with one and three button
options.

Plug Modules
Leading Edge Dimmer and Relay Plug Modules are designed to work as part of a Cassia EMS network
installation and can be controlled by other devices on a Cassia EMS network. The modules may be placed
into any standard 120 V wall outlet.
Plug modules are available in white.

Group Coordinator (GC)
The Cassia EMS Group Coordinator is a Zigbee® wireless gateway that can support up to 75 thermostats
and provides communication between a Room Area Network (RAN) Hotel Area Network (HAN) as well as a
Property Management System (PMS).

Server
The EMS Server receives temperature, door events, motion events, and other data from the rooms. Data
flows across the Ethernet network between the Thermostats, Group Coordinators and the EMS server.
Contact your Schneider Electric representative for more information about the Cassia Energy
Management System.

5-30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 6
Surge Protective Devices (SPDs)
Commercial Applications

EMA/EBA SPDs,
pages 6-2, 6-3, & 6-4

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
External Modular SPDs—EMA SPDs

6-2

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs

6-3

External Brick Assembly SPDs—EBA SPDs

6-3

Replacement Modules

6-4

Internally Mounted SPDs—New Construction/Factory Assembled
Panelboards—Refer to 9-1
Switchboards and Switchgear—Refer to 11-1
Model 6 Motor Control Centers—Refer to 17-1

Internally Mounted SPDs—Retrofit/Ready to Install

Panelboards &
Switchboards, page 6-7

Retrofit,
page 6-7

Surgelogic SurgeLoc, page 6-8

Residential & Light
Commercial Applications

Internally Mounted SPD—Retrofit

6-7

Surgelogic SurgeLoc for NQ Panelboards

6-8

OEM/Assembler Kits

6-8

Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices
SDSA3650 SPDs

6-5

HWA SPDs

6-5

SDSA1175 SPDs

6-6

Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits

6-5

XR SPDs

6-5

Residential Whole House Surge Protective Devices
Whole House SPDs

6-9

Whole House Accessories

6-9

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Loadcenter SPDs

6-9

Nipple Mounted SPDs,
page 6-5

Whole House SPDs,
page 6-9
QO/HOM SPDs,
page 6-9

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

6-1

6

Busway 12-1

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

IPaCS—Refer to 10-1

Surge Protective
Devices

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Class 1310 / Refer to Catalog 1310CT0202
www.schneider-electric.us

Externally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Surgelogic™ offers a full range of externally mounted SPDs. These units are designed to provide surge suppression from service entrance panels to
point-of-use equipment.
US and Canadian UL® Listed to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2
No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.

•
•
•

10 year product warranty
10 modes of protection
200 kA SCCR

•
•

EMI/RFI filtering
Audible alarm with enable/disable switch,
dry contacts, and surge counter standard

•
•

Indicator LEDs; normal (green) and fault condition (red) for each phase
UL 1449 Type 2 (or Type 1 with optional suffix in catalog number)

External SPD Options:

•
•
•
•
•

Sine Wave Tracking Module. Sine Wave Tracking (SWT) circuitry provides enhanced EMI/RFI filtering of -54 dB at 100 kHz and establishes the power surge
clamping window relative to the sine wave voltage to increase performance at distribution and branch panel applications.
Type 1. UL 1449 Type 1 SPDs can be located at any point in the electrical system, on the line or load side of the equipment overcurrent device.
Integral Switch. The integral switch provides a mechanical means to electrically isolate the entire surge suppressor before opening the enclosure door to facilitate
servicing of the unit’s components.
Remote Monitor. This option displays the alarm status of the surge protective device up to 1000 feet from the unit.
Flush Mount Kits. Flush mounting kits can be used on 120–240 kA EMA and EBA series devices. Devices with integral switch require a 20 inch flush mounting collar.

External Modular Assembly (EMA) SPDs

6

EMA SPD products feature a design based on individual phase modules for a flexible, cost effective way to achieve superior surge suppression at every
level of the electrical distribution system. Modularity results in lower life cycle costs and fast, easy service or replacement.
Table 6.1:

EMA SPDs

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Peak Surge Current
NEMA 3R
4X Stainless
$ Price NEMA
Rating per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
Steel Cat. No.
120
TVS1EMA12A( )
4547.00 TVS1EMA12S( )
160
TVS1EMA16A( )
4997.00 TVS1EMA16S( )
120/240 V, 1-phase,
240
TVS1EMA24A( )
7421.00 TVS1EMA24S( )
3-wire + groundd
320
TVS1EMA32A( )
9962.00 TVS1EMA32S( )
480
TVS1EMA48A( )
14798.00 TVS1EMA48S( )
120
TVS2EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS2EMA12S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS2EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS2EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground abd
240
TVS2EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS2EMA24S( )
320
TVS2EMA32A( )
10431.00 TVS2EMA32S( )
Wye
480
TVS2EMA48A( )
15522.00 TVS2EMA48S( )
120
TVS3EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS3EMA12S( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS3EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS3EMA16S( )
4-wire + groundd
240
TVS3EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS3EMA24S( )
320
TVS3EMA32A( )
10431.00
—
High-leg Delta
480
TVS3EMA48A( )
15522.00
—
100
TVS6EMA10A( )
4289.00 TVS6EMA10S( )
120
TVS6EMA12A( )
4760.00 TVS6EMA12S( )
240 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS6EMA16A( )
5231.00 TVS6EMA16S( )
3-wire + ground
200
TVS6EMA20A( )
6505.00 TVS6EMA20S( )
240
TVS6EMA24A( )
7782.00 TVS6EMA24S( )
Delta
320
TVS6EMA32A( )
10431.00 TVS6EMA32S( )
480
TVS6EMA48A( )
15522.00 TVS6EMA48S( )
120
TVS4EMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS4EMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS4EMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS4EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground bcd
240
TVS4EMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS4EMA24S( )
Wye
320
TVS4EMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS4EMA32S( )
480
TVS4EMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS4EMA48S( )
100
TVS4HEMA10A( )
4478.00 TVS4HEMA10S( )
120
TVS4HEMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS4HEMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS4HEMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS4HEMA16S( )
3-wire + groundd
200
TVS4HEMA20A( )
6807.50 TVS4HEMA20S( )
High-Resistance Ground
240
TVS4HEMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS4HEMA24S( )
320
TVS4HEMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS4HEMA32S( )
480
TVS4HEMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS4HEMA48S( )
100
TVS5EMA10A( )
4478.00 TVS5EMA10S( )
120
TVS5EMA12A( )
4973.00 TVS5EMA12S( )
480 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS5EMA16A( )
5468.00 TVS5EMA16S( )
3-wire + ground,
200
TVS5EMA20A( )
6808.00 TVS5EMA20S( )
Delta
240
TVS5EMA24A( )
8147.00 TVS5EMA24S( )
320
TVS5EMA32A( )
10904.00 TVS5EMA32S( )
480
TVS5EMA48A( )
16250.00 TVS5EMA48S( )
120
TVS8EMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS8EMA12S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS8EMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS8EMA16S( )
4-wire + ground bd
240
TVS8EMA24A( )
8528.00 TVS8EMA24S( )
Wye
320
TVS8EMA32A( )
11399.00 TVS8EMA32S( )
480
TVS8EMA48A( )
17012.00 TVS8EMA48S( )
100
TVS8HEMA10A( )
4726.00 TVS8HEMA10S( )
120
TVS8HEMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS8HEMA12S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS8HEMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS8HEMA16S( )
3-wire + groundd
180
TVS8HEMA18A( )
8528.00 TVS8HEMA18S( )
High-Resistance Ground
200
TVS8HEMA20A( )
8528.00 TVS8HEMA20S( )
240
TVS8HEMA24A( )
11399.00 TVS8HEMA24S( )
320
TVS8HEMA32A( )
17012.00 TVS8HEMA32S( )
100
TVS9EMA10A( )
4726.00 TVS9EMA10S( )
120
TVS9EMA12A( )
5220.00 TVS9EMA12S( )
160
TVS9EMA16A( )
5714.00 TVS9EMA16S( )
600 V, 3-phase,
180
TVS9EMA18A( )
8528.00 TVS9EMA18S( )
3-wire + ground,
200
TVS9EMA20A( )
8528.00 TVS9EMA20S( )
Delta
240
TVS9EMA24A( )
11399.00 TVS9EMA24S( )
320
TVS9EMA32A( )
17012.00 TVS9EMA32S( )
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
d
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded.
Service Voltage

External Modular SPD
with Integral Switch

External Modular SPD
with Sine Wave Tracking Module

External Modular
High-Resistance Ground SPD

6-2

External Modular Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(I) e Integral Switch
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(I1) e UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(ISWT) e Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
(ISWT1) e UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta or HRG)
Accessory Description
Cat. No.
Remote Monitor
TVS12RMU
12-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS12FMK
20-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS20FMK
e
Not available in stainless steel for 320 and 480 kA

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
5964.00
6414.00
8838.00
11379.00
16215.00
6177.00
6648.00
9200.00
11849.00
16940.00
6177.00
6648.00
9200.00
—
—
5706.00
6177.00
6648.00
7924.00
9200.00
11849.00
16940.00
6390.00
6885.00
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
5895.00
6390.00
6885.00
8224.50
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
5895.00
6390.00
6885.00
8224.50
9564.00
12321.00
17667.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00
6145.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00
6145.00
6638.00
7131.00
9945.00
9945.00
12816.00
18429.00

$ Price
0.00
738.00
750.00
738.00
750.00
1488.00
1488.00
$ Price
788.00
945.00
1103.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

External Surge Protective Device
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPDs
External modular Line-to-Line (L-L) Enhanced SPDs are parallel systems that provide 10
modes of protection and enhanced, discrete L-L suppression paths.
L-L Enhanced SPDs

Peak Surge
NEMA 4X
NEMA 3R
Current Rating
$ Price
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
120
TVS2MEMA12A( )
8810.00 TVS2MEMA12S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
TVS2MEMA18A( )
10790.00 TVS2MEMA18S( )
4-wire + ground fh
270
TVS2MEMA27A( )
13760.00 TVS2MEMA27S( )
Wye
360
TVS2MEMA36A( )
16730.00 TVS2MEMA36S( )
120
TVS4MEMA12A( )
9023.00 TVS4MEMA12S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
TVS4MEMA18A(
)
11003.00
TVS4MEMA18S( )
4-wire + ground gh
270
TVS4MEMA27A(
)
13973.00
TVS4MEMA27S( )
Wye
360
TVS4MEMA36A( )
16943.00 TVS4MEMA36S( )
f
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
g
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
h
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded.
Service
Voltage

External Modular L-L Enhanced Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module
Accessory Description
Remote Monitor
20-inch Flush Mount Kit

$ Price

Cat. No.
TVS12RMU
TVS20FMK

0.00
750.00
750.00
$ Price
788.00
1103.00

External Brick Assembly SPDs
External Brick Assembly (EBA) SPD products consist of a consolidation of phase modules into
one solid brick casting and offered at a competitive price for those who want superior surge
suppression on a limited budget.
Table 6.3:

EBA SPDs

Peak Surge
NEMA 4X
NEMA 3R
Current Rating
$ Price
Stainless Steel
Cat. No.
per Phase (kA)
Cat. No.
120/240 V,1-phase,
120
TVS1EBA12A( )
3467.00
TVS1EBA12S( )
3-wire + groundd
160
TVS1EBA16A( )
4208.00
TVS1EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS1EBA24A( )
6290.00
TVS1EBA24S( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS2EBA12A( )
3588.00
TVS2EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground abd
160
TVS2EBA16A( )
4388.00
TVS2EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS2EBA24A( )
6525.00
TVS2EBA24S( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS3EBA12A( )
3588.00
TVS3EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground d
160
TVS3EBA16A( )
4388.00
TVS3EBA16S( )
High-leg Delta
240
TVS3EBA24A( )
6525.00
TVS3EBA24S( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS4EBA12A( )
3743.00
TVS4EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground bcd
160
TVS4EBA16A( )
4581.00
TVS4EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS4EBA24A( )
6827.00
TVS4EBA24S( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
120
TVS8EBA12A( )
3905.00
TVS8EBA12S( )
4-wire + ground bd
160
TVS8EBA16A( )
4787.00
TVS8EBA16S( )
Wye
240
TVS8EBA24A( )
7143.00
TVS8EBA24S( )
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
d
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems mst be solidly grounded.
Service
Voltage

External Brick Assembly SPD
with Integral Switch

Remote Monitor

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

External Brick Assembly Options ( )
(1) UL 1449 Type 1
(I) Integral Switch
(SWT) Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(I1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Integral Switch
(SWT1) UL 1449 Type 1 and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(ISWT) Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
(ISWT1) UL 1449 Type 1, Integral Switch and Sine Wave Tracking Module (not applicable for Delta)
Accessory Description
Cat. No.
Remote Monitor
TVS12RMU
12-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS12FMK
20-inch Flush Mount Kit
TVS20FMK

PE4

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
4884.00
5625.00
7707.00
5006.00
5805.00
7943.00
5006.00
5805.00
7943.00
5160.00
5999.00
8244.00
5322.00
6204.00
8561.00

$ Price
0.00
738.00
750.00
738.00
750.00
1,488.00
1,488.00
$ Price
788.00
945.00
1103.00

6-3

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

External Modular L-L Enhanced SPD
with Sine Wave Tracking Module

$ Price
10010.00
12657.00
15627.00
18597.00
10890.00
12870.00
15840.00
18810.00

6

Table 6.2:

Surge Protective
Devices

Replacement Modules
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Replacement Modules
All modules and brick assemblies are US and
Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd
Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition.
Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285
and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.
e

For UL 1449 Type 1 Modules, add suffix (1).
Example: MA1IMA121

6

MA Replacement
Module

HRG Replacement
Module

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

Delta Replacement
Module

Table 6.4:

EMA Replacement Modules

Catalog Numbers
Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA1IMA12
575.00
—
—
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
MA1IMA16
625.00
—
—
3-wire + ground
240
MA1IMA24
950.00
—
—
120
MA1IMA12
575.00 MA1IMA12
575.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground a
160
MA1IMA16
625.00 MA1IMA16
625.00
Wye
240
MA1IMA24
950.00 MA1IMA24
950.00
120
MA1IMA12
575.00 MA3IMA12
600.00
120/240 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
MA1IMA16
625.00 MA3IMA16
675.00
High-Leg Delta
240
MA1IMA24
950.00 MA3IMA24
975.00
100
MA6IMA10
600.00 MA6IMA10
600.00
120
MA6IMA12
700.00 MA6IMA12
700.00
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA6IMA16
800.00 MA6IMA16
800.00
Delta
200
MA6IMA20
850.00 MA6IMA20
850.00
240
MA6IMA24
975.00 MA6IMA24
975.00
120
MA4IMA12
600.00 MA4IMA12
600.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground c
160
MA4IMA16
675.00 MA4IMA16
675.00
Wye
240
MA4IMA24
975.00 MA4IMA24
975.00
100
MA4IMA10H
550.00 MA4IMA10H
550.00
120
MA4IMA12H
600.00 MA4IMA12H
600.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground c
160
MA4IMA16H
675.00 MA4IMA16H
675.00
High-Resistance Ground
200
MA4IMA20H
800.00 MA4IMA20H
800.00
240
MA4IMA24H
975.00 MA4IMA24H
975.00
100
MA5IMA10
600.00 MA5IMA10
600.00
120
MA5IMA12
700.00 MA5IMA12
700.00
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
MA5IMA16
800.00 MA5IMA16
800.00
Delta
200
MA5IMA20
850.00 MA5IMA20
850.00
240
MA5IMA24
975.00 MA5IMA24
975.00
120
MA8IMA12
600.00 MA8IMA12
600.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
MA8IMA16
675.00 MA8IMA16
675.00
Wye
240
MA8IMA24
975.00 MA8IMA24
975.00
100
MA8IMA10H
550.00 MA8IMA10H
550.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
120
MA8IMA12H
600.00 MA8IMA12H
600.00
3-wire + ground
160
MA8IMA16H
675.00 MA8IMA16H
675.00
High-Resistance Ground
180
MA8IMA18H
850.00 MA8IMA18H
850.00
100
MA9IMA10
550.00 MA9IMA10
550.00
600 V, 3-phase,
120
MA9IMA12
600.00 MA9IMA12
600.00
3-wire + ground
160
MA9IMA16
675.00 MA9IMA16
675.00
Delta
180
MA9IMA18
850.00 MA9IMA18
850.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules).
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
System
Voltage

Table 6.5:

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

Phase C
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA6IMA10
MA6IMA12
MA6IMA16
MA6IMA20
MA6IMA24
MA4IMA12
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA24
MA4IMA10H
MA4IMA12H
MA4IMA16H
MA4IMA20H
MA4IMA24H
MA5IMA10
MA5IMA12
MA5IMA16
MA5IMA20
MA5IMA24
MA8IMA12
MA8IMA16
MA8IMA24
MA8IMA10H
MA8IMA12H
MA8IMA16H
MA8IMA18H
MA9IMA10
MA9IMA12
MA9IMA16
MA9IMA18

EBA Replacement Modules

Peak Surge
Catalog Numbers
Current Rating (kA)
120
MA1IBA12
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
MA1IBA16
3-wire + ground
240
MA1IBA24
120
MA2IBA12
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
160
MA2IBA16
4-wire + ground a
240
MA2IBA24
120
MA3IBA12
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
MA3IBA16
High-leg Delta
240
MA3IBA24
120
MA4IBA12
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground c
160
MA4IBA16
Wye
240
MA4IBA24
120
MA8IBA12
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
MA8IBA16
Wye
240
MA8IBA24
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
High-leg delta (Phase B modules are different than Phase A and Phase C modules).
c
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
System Voltage

EBA Replacement Module

Table 6.6:

Catalog Numbers
Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA1IMA12
575.00 MA1IMA12
575.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
MA1IMA16
625.00 MA1IMA16
625.00
4-wire + ground a
270
MA1IMA16
625.00
MA1IMA16
625.00
Wye
360
MA1IMA24
950.00 MA1IMA24
950.00
120
MA4IMA12
600.00 MA4IMA12
600.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
MA4IMA16
675.00 MA4IMA16
675.00
4-wire + ground b
270
MA4IMA16
675.00
MA4IMA16
675.00
Wye
360
MA4IMA24
975.00 MA4IMA24
975.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

Table 6.7:

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

6-4

Peak Surge
Current Rating (kA)

Phase C
MA1IMA12
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA16
MA1IMA24
MA4IMA12
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA16
MA4IMA24

$ Price
575.00
625.00
625.00
950.00
600.00
675.00
675.00
975.00

Phase C
MA2IMA40LL
MA2IMA60LL
MA2IMA90LL
MA2IMA12LL
MA4IMA40LL
MA4IMA60LL
MA4IMA90LL
MA4IMA12LL

$ Price
650.00
700.00
800.00
900.00
650.00
700.00
800.00
900.00

Catalog Numbers

Phase A
$ Price
Phase B
$ Price
120
MA2IMA40LL
650.00 MA2IMA40LL
650.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
180
MA2IMA60LL
700.00 MA2IMA60LL
700.00
4-wire + ground a
270
MA2IMA90LL
800.00 MA2IMA90LL
800.00
Wye
360
MA2IMA12LL
900.00 MA2IMA12LL
900.00
120
MA4IMA40LL
650.00 MA4IMA40LL
650.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
180
MA4IMA60LL
700.00 MA4IMA60LL
700.00
4-wire + ground b
270
MA4IMA90LL
800.00 MA4IMA90LL
800.00
Wye
360
MA4IMA12LL
900.00 MA4IMA12LL
900.00
a
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
b
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

PE4

975.00
1175.00
1775.00
1025.00
1625.00
1850.00
1025.00
1625.00
1850.00
1025.00
1625.00
1850.00
1025.00
1625.00
1850.00

L-L Enhanced (L-L) Replacement Modules

System
Voltage

L-L Enhanced
Replacement Module

$ Price

L-L Enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) Replacement Modules

System
Voltage

MA Replacement
Module

$ Price
575.00
625.00
950.00
575.00
625.00
950.00
575.00
625.00
950.00
600.00
700.00
800.00
850.00
975.00
600.00
675.00
975.00
550.00
600.00
675.00
800.00
975.00
600.00
700.00
800.00
850.00
975.00
600.00
675.00
975.00
550.00
600.00
675.00
850.00
550.00
600.00
675.00
850.00

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

Nipple Mounted SPDs
Class 6671 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

HWA Surge Protective Devices
Surgelogic™ HWA surge protective devices are compact, nipple-mounted parallel-connected surge suppressors
that come in a variety of voltage configurations, including Delta. A surge suppression path is provided for each
mode, and the product is rated NEMA Type 4X. Internal diagnostics continuously monitor the device status.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as a Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A 12th
Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.
LEDs indicate operational status
Short circuit current rating 200 kA
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type
4X rated)
Convenient side-nipple mounting
Compact design provides easy mounting inside or outside
the equipment cabinets

Table 6.8:

HWA Surge Protective Devices

Service Voltage

Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA)

NEMA 4X Cat. No.

$ Price

50

TVS1HWA50X

2385.00
2660.00

120/240 V, 1-phase,
3-wire + groundd

208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground abd
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + groundd
High-leg Delta
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
Delta
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground acd
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
Delta
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + groundd
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
Delta
a
b
c
d

•
•

-54 dB EMI/RFI filtering
Sine wave tracking
Audible alarm indicates loss of suppression (does not
contain alarm enable/disable switch)
Dry contacts
Optional flush-mount kit TVSHWAFMK

80

TVS1HWA80X

100

TVS1HWA10X

3401.00

50

TVS2HWA50X

2544.00

80

TVS2HWA80X

2810.00

100

TVS2HWA10X

3611.00

50

TVS3HWA50X

2544.00

80

TVS3HWA80X

2810.00

100

TVS3HWA10X

3611.00

50

TVS6HWA50X

2583.00

80

TVS6HWA80X

2924.00

100

TVS6HWA10X

3606.00

50

TVS4HWA50X

2640.00

80

TVS4HWA80X

2907.00

100

TVS4HWA10X

3853.00

50

TVS5HWA50X

3052.00

80

TVS5HWA80X

3393.00

100

TVS5HWA10X

4075.00

50

TVS8HWA50X

2915.00
3171.00

80

TVS8HWA80X

100

TVS8HWA10X

3853.00

50

TVS9HWA50X

3052.00

80

TVS9HWA80X

3393.00

100

TVS9HWA10X

4075.00

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

•
•

•
•
•

6

HWA Series

•
•
•

Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded.

Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices
XR Surge Protective Devices
The XR SPD provides high-quality surge suppression in a compact and versatile package. This product is ideal for
panel builders as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and
residential applications for single-phase power systems.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article
285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.
XR Series

•
•
•

•
•

LEDs indicate operational status
Short circuit current rating 25 kA
Convenient side nipple mounting

Table 6.9:

Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated)
Optional flush mount kit TVSXRFMK

XR Nipple-Mounted Surge Protective Devices

System Voltage

Peak Surge Current Rating per Phase (kA)

Cat. No.

120/240 V, 1-phase,
3-wire + ground

50

TVS120XR50S

$ Price
315.00

80

TVS120XR80S

515.00

Mounting Brackets and Flush Mount Kits
QOSAMK

TVSXRFMK

The nipple products shown in this catalog provide a convenient means of incorporating surge suppression within
a new or existing cabinet. The mounting bracket and flush-mount kits are designed for easy mounting of nipple
products.
Table 6.10:

Mounting Bracket for Enclosures

Description

Cat. No.

Mounting bracket for QO™ and Homeline™ load centers and other enclosures
Flush-mount kit for XR SPDs
Flush-mount kif for HWA SPDs
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

QOSAMK

$ Price
11.40

TVSXRFMK

58.00

TVSHWAFMK

180.00

6-5

Surge Protective
Devices

SDSA1175 and SDSA3650 SPDs
Class 6671 / Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

SDSA1175 and SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices

SDSA1175

SDSA1175 are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for single-phase
three-wire 120/240 Vac or two-wire 120 Vac 60 Hz electrical services. This product is ideal for panel builders
as well as manufacturers and integrators of instrumentation cabinets for industrial, commercial, and
residential applications for single-phase power systems. Two SDSA1175 surge protection devices can be
installed to provide suppression for 208Y/120 Vac three-phase four-wire services.
SDSA3650 SPDs are designed and listed for indoor or outdoor installation and surge suppression for threephase grounded electrical services up to 600 Vac, including delta services (SDSA3650D). The SDSA3650
series is used extensively in service entrance panels to provide an efficient and economical means of surge
suppression.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article
285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.

•
•
•
•

LED indicates operational status
Short circuit current rating 25 kA
Suitable for indoor and outdoor applications (NEMA Type 4X rated)
Convenient back-nipple mounting

Table 6.11:

SDSA1175 and SDSA3650 Surge Protective Devices

6

System Voltage

SDSA3650

Peak Surge
Current Rating
per Phase (kA)

Cat. No.

$ Price

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

SDSA1175
120/240 V, 1-phase, 3-wire

36

SDSA1175 a

92.00

120 V, 1-phase, 2-wire

36

SDSA1175T a

92.00

600 Vac Maximum,
3-phase, 4-wireb

40

SDSA3650 c

248.00

600 Vac Maximum,
3-phase, 3-wire Delta

40

SDSA3650D c

248.00

SDSA3650

SDSA3650D

6-6

a
b
c

See Table 6.10 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers.
Do not use on ungrounded systems. Systems must be solidly grounded.
See Table 6.10 for QOSAMK mounting kit for installation in QO™ load centers.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Internally Mounted Surge Protective Devices
Internally mounted surge protective devices are installed integrally to systems for service entrance and branch panel surge suppression. Internally
mounted SPDs installed next to supply busses provide maximum performance inside Square D™ systems. Built-in performance is the best way to
ensure cost effective power quality (especially important for critical power facilities).
US and Canadian UL® Recognized as a Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number) SPD Component Assembly to UL 1449 3rd Edition
and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies with UL 96A
12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.

Internally Mounted—New Construction / Factory Assembled
Factory installed integral/internal Surgelogic™ SPD products make adding surge suppression to new construction projects easy. Refer to the
sections listed below to identify the correct product for your application or contact Surgelogic™ TAG at 1-800-577-7353 for assistance.

NQ

PZ4

QED

Motor Control
Centers
Refer to Section 17

MCC

Integrated Power and
Control Centers
Refer to Section 10

IPAC2

Busway—Refer to Section 12

Internally Mounted—Retrofit/Ready to Install
To ensure high-performance surge suppression at critical power locations, a variety of Surgelogic™ products have
been designed specifically for retrofitting into commonly used Square D™ systems. The QMB fusible switch, 6 in. MCC
bucket, I-Line and Busway plug-on units come with the SPD factory-installed. Retrofitting SPD units into I-Line, QMB,
MCC, and Busway applications is simple.
• Audible alarm with enable/disable switch, dry contacts, and surge counter standard.
• 200 kA SCCR
• Indicator LEDs
• EMI/RFI filtering
Table 6.12:
I-Line™ Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

QMB Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

Busway Surgelogic™
SPD Unit

MCC Surgelogic™
SPD Unit
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Internally Mounted—Retrofit / Ready To Install

Surge
I-Line Branch Units a
QMB Branch Units b
Busway Units
Model 6 MCC Units c
Current
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Pricee
Cat. No.
$ Priced
Rating
120 kA HL1IMA12C( ) 9518.00 FI1IMA12C( ) 10185.00 QMB1IMA12 6663.00
—
—
—
—
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160 kA HL1IMA16C( ) 10455.00 FI1IMA16C( ) 11199.00 QMB1IMA16 7340.00
—
—
—
—
3-wire + ground
240 kA HL1IMA24C( ) 14100.00 FI1IMA24C( ) 15525.00 QMB1IMA24 10055.00
—
—
—
—
—
— MCC2IMA12 6700.00
208Y/120 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL2IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI2IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB2IMA12 6899.00
4-wire + ground fg
160 kA HL2IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI2IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB2IMA16 7602.00 PIU2IMA16 4472.00 MCC2IMA16 8700.00
Wye
240 kA HL2IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI2IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB2IMA24 10460.00 PIU2IMA24 6407.00 MCC2IMA24 12200.00
120 kA HL3IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI3IMA12C( ) 10562.00 QMB3IMA12 6899.00
—
— MCC3IMA12 6700.00
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160 kA HL3IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI3IMA16C( ) 11616.00 QMB3IMA16 7602.00 PIU3IMA16 4472.00 MCC3IMA16 8700.00
High-leg Delta
240 kA HL3IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI3IMA24C( ) 16170.00 QMB3IMA24 10460.00 PIU3IMA24 6407.00 MCC3IMA24 12200.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA HL6IMA12C( ) 9893.00 FI6IMA12C( ) 10562.00
240 V, 3-phase,
160 kA HL6IMA16C( ) 10872.00 FI6IMA16C( ) 11616.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
3-wire + ground,
Delta
240 kA HL6IMA24C( ) 15423.00 FI6IMA24C( ) 16170.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— MCC4IMA12 7200.00
480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4IMA12C( ) 10944.00 QMB4IMA12 7137.00
4-wire + ground fh
160 kA HL4IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4IMA16C( ) 12039.00 QMB4IMA16 7868.00 PIU4IMA16 4740.00 MCC4IMA16 9200.00
Wye
240 kA HL4IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4IMA24C( ) 16818.00 QMB4IMA24 10868.00 PIU4IMA24 6792.00 MCC4IMA24 13200.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
480Y/277 V, 3-phase, 120 kA HL4HIMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI4HIMA12C( ) 10944.00
3-wire + ground h
160 kA HL4HIMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI4HIMA16C( ) 12039.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
High-Resistance Ground 240 kA HL4HIMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI4HIMA24C( ) 16818.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA HL5IMA12C( ) 10271.00 FI5IMA12C( ) 10944.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground,
160 kA HL5IMA16C( ) 11292.00 FI5IMA16C( ) 12039.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
Delta
240 kA HL5IMA24C( ) 16070.00 FI5IMA24C( ) 16818.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
— FI8IMA12C( ) 11342.00 QMB8IMA12 7388.00
—
— MCC8IMA12 7700.00
600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA
4-wire + ground f
160 kA
—
— FI8IMA16C( ) 12482.00 QMB8IMA16 8145.00 PIU8IMA16 4919.00 MCC8IMA16 9700.00
Wye
240 kA
—
— FI8IMA24C( ) 16692.00 QMB8IMA24 11295.00 PIU8IMA24 7048.00 MCC8IMA24 14200.00
—
— FI8HIMA12C( ) 11342.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
600Y/347 V, 3-phase, 120 kA
3-wire + ground,
160 kA
—
— FI8HIMA16C( ) 12482.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
High-Resistance Ground 180 kA
—
— FI8HIMA18C( ) 16692.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
120 kA
—
— FI9IMA12C( ) 11342.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
600V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground,
160 kA
—
— FI9IMA16C( ) 12482.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
Delta
180 kA
—
— FI9IMA18C( ) 16692.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
a
Requires 13.5-inch mounting height.
d
PE4 Discount Schedule.
g
208Y/120 series also applies to the following
voltage 220Y/127.
b
Requires 9-inch mounting height.
e
PE7 Discount Schedule.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages
c
Requires 6-inch mounting height.
f
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded h
380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.
neutral system.
( ) For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number.
Voltage

PE4

PE7

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

6-7

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

NF

Switchboards and Switchgear
Refer to Section 11

6

Panelboards
Refer to Section 9

Surge Protective
Devices

Surgelogic™ Surge Protective Devices
Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Surgelogic SurgeLoc for NQ Panelboards
Table 6.13:

Internally Mounted—Retrofit / Ready to Install
Voltage

Surge Current Rating

120/240 V, 1-phase,
3-wire + ground

208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + groundab
Wye

240Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
High-leg Delta

6
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

a
b
c

NQ Panelboard Units—SurgLocc

80 kA
100 kA
120 kA
160 kA
200 kA
240 kA
80 kA
100 kA
120 kA
160 kA
200 kA
240 kA
80 kA
100 kA
120 kA
160 kA
200 kA
240 kA

Cat. No.
SSP01BIA08PBQ1
SSP01BIA10PBQ1
SSP01BIA12PBQ1
SSP01BIA16PBQ1
SSP01BIA20PBQ1
SSP01BIA24PBQ1
SSP02BIA08PBQ1
SSP02BIA10PBQ1
SSP02BIA12PBQ1
SSP02BIA16PBQ1
SSP02BIA20PBQ1
SSP02BIA24PBQ1
SSP03BIA08PBQ1
SSP03BIA10PBQ1
SSP03BIA12PBQ1
SSP03BIA16PBQ1
SSP03BIA20PBQ1
SSP03BIA24PBQ1

$ Price
4200.00
4500.00
4800.00
5300.00
6500.00
7900.00
4400.00
4700.00
5100.00
5550.00
7000.00
8250.00
4400.00
4700.00
5100.00
5550.00
7000.00
8250.00

Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
208/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
Requires 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting spaces per side).

OEM/Assembler Kits
Surgelogic™ OEM/assembler kits allow manufacturers to add industry-leading surge
suppression directly to customized equipment. Manufacturers benefit from shorter wire
lengths that optimize the clamping voltage of the SPD. Products come with a backplanemounted SPD, mounting hardware and diagnostic display with 36-inch cables. Audible alarm,
silence switch, remote monitoring contacts, and surge counter are standard. Available as UL
1449 Type 2 (or 1 with optional suffix in catalog number).
US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 1449 3rd Edition and UL 1283 5th Edition. Complies
with requirements of NEC® Article 285 and CSA 22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate. Complies
with UL 96A 12th Edition Master Label requirements for Lightning Protection Systems.
Table 6.14:

OEM/Assembler Kits
Service
Voltage

OEM Kit

()
a
b
c
d

6-8

Peak Surge Current Rating
Cat. No. a
per Phase (kA)
120
TVS1IMA12O( )
120/240 V, 1-phase,
160
TVS1IMA16O( )
3-wire + ground
240
TVS1IMA24O( )
120
TVS2IMA12O( )
208Y/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground bc
160
TVS2IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS2IMA24O( )
120
TVS3IMA12O( )
240/120 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground
160
TVS3IMA16O( )
High-leg Delta
240
TVS3IMA24O( )
120
TVS6IMA12O( )
240 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground bd
160
TVS6IMA16O( )
Delta
240
TVS6IMA24O( )
120
TVS4IMA12O( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground bd
160
TVS4IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS4IMA24O( )
120
TVS4HIMA12O( )
480Y/277 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground bd
160
TVS4HIMA16O( )
High-Resistance Ground
240
TVS4HIMA24O( )
120
TVS5IMA12O( )
480 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
TVS5IMA16O( )
Delta
240
TVS5IMA24O( )
120
TVS8IMA12O( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
4-wire + ground b
160
TVS8IMA16O( )
Wye
240
TVS8IMA24O( )
120
TVS8HIMA12O( )
600Y/347 V, 3-phase,
160
TVS8HIMA16O( )
3-wire + ground b
High Resistance Ground
180
TVS8HIMA18O( )
120
TVS9IMA12O( )
600 V, 3-phase,
3-wire + ground
160
TVS9IMA16O( )
Delta
180
TVS9IMA18O( )
For a Type 1 SPD, add a “1” suffix to the catalog number.
Note the last character of the catalog number is the letter “O”, not a zero.
Can be used on 4-wire or 3-wire grounded neutral system.
208Y/120 series also applies to the following voltage 220Y/127.
480Y/277 series applies to the following voltages 380Y/220, 400Y/230, and 415Y/240.

OE1A

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
4137.00
4547.00
6753.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4331.00
4760.00
7082.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4526.00
4976.00
7413.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00
4751.00
5199.00
7760.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Surge Protective
Devices

Residential SPDs
Class 6671 Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Residential Whole House Surge
Protective Devices
Whole House Surge Protective Devices
Whole House devices are designed to deliver surge suppression that addresses the entire
home. AC modules are connected to the circuit breaker load center and provide
suppression for all equipment connected to the power system. Whole House systems
incorporate AC modules as well as modules for other metallic lines coming into the home
including telephone/DSL and coaxial video/data.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.
Telephone and coaxial video modules US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th
Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition.

Table 6.15:

Whole House Surge Protective Devices

Description
Whole House NEMA 1 Basic
Whole House NEMA 1
Whole House NEMA 3R Basic
Whole House NEMA 3R
Home Electronics Protective Device

Included Modules
AC
AC, Telephone, Coax (1)
AC
AC, Telephone, Coax (1)
AC

Cat. No.
SDSB1175CB
SDSB1175C
SDSB1175RB
SDSB1175R
HEPD80

$ Price
439.00
630.00
546.00
737.00
185.00

Whole House Accessories
Add additional surge suppression or replace existing modules in Whole House products.
Coaxial and telephone modules: US and Canadian UL® Recognized to UL 497A 4th
Edition and UL 497B 4th Edition.
AC Module: US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 1 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies
with requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as
appropriate.
Table 6.16:
Accessories

HEPD80

Description
4-Line telephone surge suppressor with tool-less IDC terminations
Coaxial video surge suppressor
Flush Mount Kit for HEPD80

Cat. No.
SDSA4P
SDSA2V
TVSXRFMK

$ Price
101.00
90.00
58.00

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices
SDSA2V

SDSA4P

Square D™ load center surge protective devices are easy to install plug-in units that install
as quickly as a standard circuit breaker. The surge suppressors use two pole spaces in a
QO™ or Homeline™ load center, or NQ panelboard.
US and Canadian UL® Listed as Type 2 SPD to UL 1449 3rd Edition. Complies with
requirements of NEC® Article 285, CSA 233.1-87, and CSA C22.2 No. 8-M1986 as appropriate.

•

TVSXRFMK

•

QO2175SB for QO™ load centers,
combination devices, and NQ panelboards
HOM2175SB for Homeline™ load centers and
combination devices

Table 6.17:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Plug-on design requires two pole spaces
LED indicates operational status
22.5 kA per phase

QO™, NQ, and Homeline™ Load Center Surge Protective Devices

Description
QO™ Surgebreaker for QO and NQ
Homeline™ Surgebreaker

QO2175SB

•
•
•

Cat. No.
QO2175SB
HOM2175SB

$ Price
159.00
159.00

HOM2175SB

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

6-9

SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

•
SDSB1175R

SDSB1175C

120/240 Vac, 80 kA/phase AC surge suppression
LED status indicators for AC surge suppression
Telephone surge suppression module supports four lines with tool-less Insulation Displacement
Connectors (IDC)
Coaxial surge suppression module supports one line of video/data

6

•
•
•

Surge Protective
Devices

Residential SPDs
Class 6671 Refer to Catalog 6671CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

6
SURGE PROTECTIVE DEVICES

6-10

DE1B

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 7
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers

QO™ and QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers

J-Frame

L-Frame

M-Frame

7-10

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

7-10

QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories

7-12

QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases

7-13

QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers and QYU Supplementary Protectors

7-14

QOU Accessories

7-15

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit Breakers

7-16

PowerPact™ Molded Case Circuit Breakers

7-21

PowerPact Family

7-21

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-22

Q-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-24

L-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-25

M-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-26

P-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-27

R-Frame Circuit Breakers

7-28

Motor Circuit Protectors

7-29

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors

7-29

H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector

7-30

Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers

7-31

H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection

7-32

Motor Protection Selection Tables

7-33

Automatic Switches

7-34

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

7-35

Mission Critical Circuit Breakers

7-37

PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories

7-39

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units

7-46

Masterpact™ Universal Power Circuit Breakers

7-50

Ground-Fault Protection

7-51

Dimensions and Shipping Weights

7-54

Circuit Breaker Enclosures

7-56

Photovoltaic Circuit Breakers and Switches

7-59

7

H-Frame

7-2

P-Frame

R-Frame

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Selection Information

7-1

Selection Information

Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
www.schneider-electric.us

HOM Circuit Breakers

—

—

X X X X

X

X

— — —

—

—

—

—

1

1

1

1

2

3

—

—

—

— — — —

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

X
—

3

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22 22 65 65
22 22 65 65
— — — —
— 22e — 65
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —
— — — —

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

15–30

10 10
10 10
— —
10 10
— —
— —
5f —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —
— —

2

15–50

— — — —

X

—

1

15–60

—

X

—

1, 2

15–30

—

X

—

1, 2

15–30

— —

—

1

15–50

10
10
—
—
—
—
5f
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

3

15–60

10
10
—
—
—
—
5f
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

15–20

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

1 2, 3 a 1,2

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3

QOB-EPD
QOB-EPE

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2

QOBQOB-GFI VHGFI

15–20

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1

QOB- QOB- QOB- QOBCAFI VHCAFI DF VHDF

QO-EPD
QO-EPE

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

— — — —

2

—

QOVHGFI

15–30

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
3

15–100

10–70

2

QHB

QO-GFI

15–150

—
1

10–200m

1
15–50b

—

1 2 1 2
15–20
15–50
15–20
15–50

— — — —

1
15–20

—

15–20

—
1, 2

QOB- — — — QOB-VH
H

QOB

15–50

Current Range

2

—

15–200m

1

— — — —

QOQOQO- QOVHQOT CAFI
VHCAFI DF
DF

15–70

— —

—

QH

15–100

Unit Mount
Number of Poles

—

QO-VH

15–70

— —

QO-H

10–100

Bolt-on

QO

15–125

HOM- HOM- HOMHOM HOMCAFI DF GFI EPD HOMT

Plug-on
Circuit
Breaker
Type

QO™ Circuit Breakers

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA
Rating
(kA)
(50/60 Hz)

DC Ratings

120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120
240 Vac d
277 Vac
480Y/277 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
125 Vdc
250 Vdc

IEC 60947-2
(50/60 Hz)g

IEC
(Icu)

10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN

X

HACR h
NOM

Other Standard

7

HACRi
NOM

HACR h

— — —
HACR i

—

—

—

X

—

—

—

—

X

—

X

X

—

— — —

—

X —

—

—

HACR
i

—

—

—

—

X

—

HACR HACR NOM
i
i

—

NOM

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip j
Undervoltage Trip
Auxiliary Switches j
Alarm Switch j
Handle Operators
Handle Padlock
Attachment

X X X
— — —
X X X
X X X
— — —

X
—
X
X
—

X X X
— — —
X X X
X X X
— — —

X Xk
— —
X Xk
X Xk
— —

X X
— —
X X
X X
— —

X
—
X
X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

—
—
X
X
—

— — — — Xl

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X X X X
— — — —

X
X

X
X

X
X

X
—

X X X X
— — — —

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X X X
— — —

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

4.75
(121)

4.75
(121)

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

X

X

X

X

X X
— —

X
—

X
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

X

X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
Molded Case Switch

X
—

Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

3.13 (79)

3.5 (89) a

4.75 (121)

4.12 (103)

1.00 (25)
0.75 (19) a
2.98 (76)
2.92 (74) a
Pages
Page 1-13
Pages 7-10, 7-11
a
See page 7-54 for dimensions for: QOB2150VH, QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH and QOB3150VH.
b
HOMT tandem is 30 A maximum. HOMT quad tandem has 20 A maximum on outside poles, and 50 A maximum on the inside poles.
c
AFI, EPD and GFI products are rated 60 Hz only.
d
See the Supplemental Digest Page 3-22 for 3Ø corner grounded systems.
e
22 kA @ 240 Vac for 3P only.
f
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
g
See the Supplemental Digest Section 10 for circuit breakers with IEC ratings.
h
HACR on HOM 1P 15–50 A and 2P 15–100 A
i
HACR on QO, QOB 1P 10–70 A, 2P 15–100 A, 3P 10–100 A; QOB-VH 1P 15–70 A, 2P 15–125 A, 3P 15–100 A
j
Factory-installed option only
k
Factory-installed accessories are not available on QOB-VH 2P150 A and 3P 110–150 A
l
Handle padlock attachment available for HOMT quad tandem only.
m
2P 150–200 A requires 4P width.

7-2

Width
Depth

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600

www.schneider-electric.us

Circuit
Breaker
Type

QOM1 and QOM2 Main
Circuit Breakers

Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers and
Supplementary Protectors

EDB Circuit Breakers

Plug-on

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Bolt-on

—

—

QOM1-VH

QOM2-VH

—

—

EDB

EGB

EJB

QOU

QYUa

—

—

UL 489
C60

UL1077
C60b

1

2

2

Unit Mount

C60H-DC

—

—

—

Current Range

15–125

15–70

15–125

2, 3

15–70

1

15–125

2, 3

15–70

1

0.5–40

2, 3

0.5–40

1

1–63

2

1–63

1

0.5–63

3,4

0.5–35

2

0.5–35

1

0.5–35

3

100–225

2

50–125

1

10–30

3
10–100

2
10–125

1
10–100

Number of Poles

Interrupting Ratings
120 Vac
UL/CSA
120/240 Vac
Rating
240 Vacc
(kA RMS)
277 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
480Y/277 Vac
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
65 Vdc
DC Ratings
125 Vdc
250 Vdc
500 Vdc
IEC 60947-2
240 Vac
(50/60 Hz)
415 Vac
Icu

10
10
—
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
—
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
10
—
—
5d
5e
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

22
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
5
5
—
10
—
10
—
—
—
—
20

—
10
10
—
10
—
10
—
10
—
—
20

—
10
10
—
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
20

10
10
10
5
—
10
—
10
—
—
—
10

10
10
10
5
5
10
—
10
10
—
—
10

10
10
10
5
5
—
—
—
—
—
—
10

—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
—
20

—
—
—
—
—
5
5
5
5
5
5k
10

25
18
18
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20

25
25
25
18
18
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

65
35
35
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

65
65
65
35
35
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

100
65
65
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

100
100
100
65
65
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

10

10

—

5

5

—

—

10

—

—

—

—

—

Xl

Xl

Xl

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

g

—

—

—

—

HACR f

Accessories and Modifications
Shunt Trip
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
X h
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X h
Undervoltage Trip
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
Auxiliary Switches
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xh
Alarm Switch
Xh
Xh
Xh
Xh
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Xh
Handle Operators
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
—
Handle Padlock
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Attachment
Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Molded Case Switch
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Dimensions (1P Unit Mount)
Height
4.05 (103)
5.09 (129)i 5.60 (142)i
4.21 (107)j
3.19 (81)
3.19 (81)
Dimensions
(1P Unit Mount)
Width
0.75 (19)
5.00 (127)i 5.07 (129)i
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18)
0.71 (18) 1.42 (36)
in. (mm)
Depth
2.92 (74)
3.47 (88)i 3.60 (91)i
2.76 (70)
2.76 (70)
2.56 (65)
Pages
Pages 7-14
Pages 1-2
Pages 7-16 through 7-19
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
QYU is a UL 1077 supplementary protector.
b
C60 are recognized components per UL 1077.
c
For information regarding 3Ø corner grounded systems see the Supplemental Digest. Page 3-22
d
1P and 2P, 10–70 A and 3P 10–60 A only.
e
QOU is UL Listed for 60 Vdc per pole 80–100 A, 1P; 80–125 A, 2P; and 70–100 A, 3P.
f
HACR on QOU 1P and 3P 15–100 A, 2P 15–125 A;
g
UL 489A for DC Telecom applications (1-pole only).
h
Factory-installed option only
i
QOM1 and QOM2 dimensions are for 2-pole unit.
j
480 V C60 height is 5.56 in. (141 mm).
k
2 poles must be wired in series for 500 Vdc.
l
15–70 A 1P and 2P, 15–60 A 3P

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HACR
X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X h
—
Xh
Xh
—

X

X

X

X

X

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

X
—

5.66 (144)
0.98 (25)
4.05 (103)
Page 9-17

7

Special Ratings
CCC
Fed. Specs
W-C-375B/GEN
Other Standard

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QOU
Circuit Breakers

7-3

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact™
150 A H-Frame

PowerPact 250 A J-Frame

Electronic
Trip
Version

Electronic
Trip
Version

Circuit Breaker Type

HD

HG

HJ

HL

HR

JD

JG

JJ

JL

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3a

2, 3a

3

2, 3a

2, 3a

2, 3a

2, 3a

3

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

15–150 A

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

70–250 Ab

Current Range

JR

Interrupting Ratings
240 Vac

25

65

100

125

200

25

65

100

125

200

480Y/277 Vac

18

35

65

100

200

18

35

65

100

200

480 Vac

18

35

65

100

200

18

35

65

100

200

600Y/347 Vac

14

18

25

50

100

14

18

25

50

100

600 Vac

14

18

25

50

100

14

18

25

50

100

250 Vdcc

20

20

20

20

—

20

20

20

20

—

500 Vdcc

—

—

—

—

—

—

20

—

—

—

240 Vac

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

415 Vac

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

CCC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X
X

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz
Special Ratings

Connections/Terminations

7

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Padlock Attachment

Xe

Xe

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

Xf

Xf

Xf

—

Xf

Xf

X

X

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Electronic
Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

6.4 (163)

7.5 (191)

Width

4.1 (104)

4.1 (104)

Depth

3.4 (86)

3.4 (86)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34/9-25
Pages 7-22, 7-23, 7-29, 7-34, 7-35/9-25
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
2P in a 3P module.
b
70–250 A with electronic trip system
c
Not available with electronic trip units
d
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest. Section 10
e
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
f
3P only.

7-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact 250 A Q-Frame

PowerPact 600 A L-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

QB

QD

QG

QJ

LD

LG

LJ

LL

LR

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

3, 4

70–250b

70–250b

70–250b

70–250b

70–600

70–600

70–600

70–600

70–600

Current Range
Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

10

25

65

100

25

65

100

125

200

480Y/277 Vac

—

—

—

—

18

35

65

100

200

480 Vac

—

—

—

—

18

35

65

100

200

600Y/347 Vac

—

—

—

—

14

18

25

50

100

DC Ratings

600 Vac

—

—

—

—

14

18

25

50

100

250 Vdci

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdcci

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

10/5

10/5

10/5

10/5

25/25

65/65

100/100

125/125

125/125

415 Vac

10/5

10/5

10/5

10/5

18/18

35/35

65/65

100/100

100/100

IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz
Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

—

X

X

X

X

X

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
X

Connections/Terminations

Shunt Trip

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3Pf)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protectione

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
—

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

—

—

—

—

X

—

X

X

Electronic

—

—

—

—

X

X

X

X

X
—

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Note:
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

Height

6.47 (164)

13.38 (340)

Width

4.5 (114)

5.51 (140)

Depth

3.93 (100)

4.33 (110)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Pages 7-24/9-24
Pages 7-25/7-33
All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
2P in a 3P module
I-Line Q-frame circuit breakers are available 70–225 A only. 250 A Q-frame unit-mount circuit breakers are limited to Cu conductors only.
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35. Special DC J-Frame only.
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
Requires factory-installed “G” shunt trip and 3P module.
Factory-installed option only.
3P only.
70–250 A with electronic trip system
Not available with electronic trip units

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-5

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 612, 800
www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact 800 A M-Frame

PowerPact 1200 A P-Frame

PowerPact 3000 A R-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

MG

MJ

PG

PJ

PK

PL

RG

RJ

RK

RL

Number of Poles

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

2, 3, 4

300–800

300–800

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

240–3000

240–3000

240–3000

240–3000

Current Range
Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

65

100

65

100

65

125

65

100

65

125

480Y/277 Vac

35

65

35

65

50

100

35

65

65

100

480 Vac

35

65

35

65

50

100

35

65

65

100

600Y/347 Vac

18

25

18

25

50

25

18

25

65

50

600 Vac

18

25

18

25

50

25

18

25

65

50

DC Ratings
IEC
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
IEC 50/60 Hz

250 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdca

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

50/25

65/35

50/25

65/35

50/25

125/65

50/25

65/35

85/65

125/65

415 Vac

35/20

50/25

35/20

50/25

50/25

85/45

35/20

50/25

70/55

85/45

Special Ratings
CCC

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

Xe

Xe

Xe

Xe

Rear Connection

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Drawout

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

7

Accessories and Modifications

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Handle Operators

—

—

Xd

Xd

Xd

Xd

—

—

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Electronic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)

Height–in. (mm)

12.80 (325)

16.20 (413)

15 (381)

Width—in. (mm)

8.30 (210)

8.30 (210)

16.50 (420)

Depth—in. (mm)

8.10 (205)

8.10 (205)

Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Page 7-26/9-28
Page 7-27, 7-31, 7-34/9-29
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
b
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
c
Requires breaker with WB suffix
d
65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450–600 A ratings.
e
1000 A and 1200 A only..

7-6

14.40 (366)
Page 7-28, 7-34/9-30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Insulated Case Circuit Breakers
Class 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

Masterpact 1200 A

Masterpact 6000 A

Circuit Breaker Type

NT-N

NT-H

NT-L1

NT-L

NT-LF a

NW-N

NW-H

NW-L

NW-LF a

NW-H

NW-L

NW-H

NW-L

Number of Poles

3, 4

3, 4

3

3

3

3, 4

3, 4

3

3

3, 4

3

3, 4

3

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–1200

100–2000

100–2000

100–2000

100–2000

640–3000

Current Range

640–3000 1200–6000 1200–6000

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

50

65

100

200

200

65

100

200

200

100

200

100

200

480Y/277 Vac

50

50

65

100

100

65

100

150

150

100

150

100

150

480 Vac

50

50

65

100

100

65

100

150

150

100

150

100

150

600Y/347 Vac

35

50

—

—

—

50

85

100

100

85

100

85

100
100

600 Vac

35

50

—

—

—

50

85

100

100

85

100

85

250 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

500 Vdc

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

240 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CCC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

DC Ratings
IECb
(kA RMS)
Icu/Ics
Special Ratings

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Rear Connection

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Drawout

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Optional Lugs

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
X

Shunt Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Handle Operators

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional GF Protection

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Thermal-magnetic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Electronic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

General Purpose (NEMA 1)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

12.67 (322)

17.28 (439)

17.28 (439)

17.28 (439)

Width

11.25 (286)

17.74 (450)

17.74 (450)

30.94 (786)

Depth

13.00 (331)

18.38 (467)

18.38 (467)

18.38 (467)

Pages
Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as reference by NFPA70E.
b
See Catalog 0613CT0001 for additional ratings and other information.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Page 7-50 and Catalog 0613CT0001

7-7

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600, 800
www.schneider-electric.us

100 A Frame

Circuit Breaker Type

FA (240 V)

FA

100 A F-Frame

FH

FHb

FH

FI

Number of Poles

1, 2, 3

1

2, 3

1

1

2, 3

2, 3

FY
1

Current Range

15–100

15–100

15–100

15–30

35–100

15–100

20–100

15–30

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

10k

25k

25

65

25

65

200

14

480Y/277 Vac

—

18

18

65

25

25

200

14

480 Vac

—

—

18

—

—

25

200

—

600Y/347 Vac

—

—

14

—

—

18

100

—

600 Vac

—

—

14

—

—

18

100

—

250 Vdcl

5c

10c

10

10c

10c

50

—

—

500 Vdcal

—

—

—

—

—

20

—

—

240 Vac

—

18/9

—

18/9

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

10/2.5

DC Ratings
IEC Rating
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsd
IEC 50/60 Hz

For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.

6/1.5
—
For additional IEC ratings, see the

Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

HACR (2P, 3P)

X

—

X

—

—

—

—

—

Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

Drawout

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Shunt Trip

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Undervoltage Trip

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Auxiliary Switches

Xfe

—

Xf

—

—

Xf

Xf

—

Alarm Switch

Xfe

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

Xf

—

—

—

X

—

—

X

X

—

Handle Operators

X

—

X

X

X

X

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3Pf)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Optional GF Protectiong

—

—

X

—

—

X

X

—

Connections/Terminations

Accessories and Modifications

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Motor Operator

Trip System Type
Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

X

—

—

X

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

—

—

—

X

—

—

Electronic

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)

X

X

X

X

X

X

—

Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

—

Height

6 (152)

6 (152)

8 (203)

Width

4.5 (114)

4.5 (114)

4.5 (114)

4.13 (105)
4.13 (105)
4.75 (121)
Supplemental Digest Section 3 /
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Supplemental
Digest
Section
3/Page
9-24
Supplemental
Digest
Section 3/Pages 9-24
Pages 9-23
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
f
Factory-installed option only.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
g
Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip and 3P module.
b
65 kA @120 Vac
h
Not available in HD and HG 2P rating (2P module).
c
1Ø 125 Vdc rating only.
i
2P in a 3P module.
d
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see j
3P only.
the Supplemental Digest. Section 10
k
1P FA is 120 Vac.
e
Not available on 1P FA (240 V).
l
Not available with electronic trip units

7-8

Depth

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information

Molded Case Circuit Breaker
Class 500, 600, 800

www.schneider-electric.us

250 A K-Frame

Circuit Breaker Type
Number of Poles
Current Range

400 A L-Frame

600 A L-Frame

KI

Q4

LA

LH

LI

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

2, 3

LXI
3

110–250

250–400

125–400

125–400

300–600

100–600

Interrupting Ratings

UL/CSA/NOM
Rating
(kA RMS)
(50/60 Hz)

240 Vac

200

25

42

65

200

200

480Y/277 Vac

200

—

30

35

200

200

480 Vac

200

—

30

35

200

200

600Y/347 Vac

100

—

22

25

100

100

600 Vac

100

—

22

25

100

100

250 Vdc

—

—

10

50

—

—

500 Vdca

—

—

—

20

—

—

240 Vac

—

—

—

—

—

—

415 Vac

130/65

—

20/5

20/5

—

—

—

DC Ratings
IEC 60947-2
(kA RMS)
Icu/lcsb
IEC 50/60 Hz

For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest Section 10.

Special Ratings
CCC

—

—

—

—

—

Fed. Specs W-C-375B/GEN

X

X

X

X

X

X

HACR (2P, 3P)

—

—

X

X

—

—

Connections/Terminations
Unit Mount

X

X

X

X

X

X

I-Line™

X

X

X

X

X

X

Rear Connection

—

X

X

X

—

—

Drawout

—

—

—

—

—

—

Optional Lugs

X

X

X

X

X

X

Shunt Trip

Xc

X

X

X

X

Undervoltage Trip

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Auxiliary Switches

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Alarm Switch

Xc

X

X

X

X

X

Motor Operator

X

X

X

X

—

—

Handle Operators

—

X

X

X

—

—

Mechanical Interlocks (3P)

—

—

Xd

Xd

—

—

Handle Padlock Attachment

X

X

X

X

X

X

Cylinder Lock (3P)

—

X

X

X

—

—

Xec

—

—

—

—

Xd

Optional GF Protection

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Accessories and Modifications

Thermal-magnetic

X

X

X

X

X

Instantaneous-only (MCP)

—

—

X

X

—

—

Molded Case Switch (Automatic)

—

—

—

X

—

—

Electronic

—

—

—

—

—

X

7

Trip System Type

Enclosures (Pages 7-56–7-58)
General Purpose (NEMA 1)

—

X

X

X

—

Raintight (NEMA 3R)

X

X

X

X

—

Dust-tight (NEMA 12)

X

X

X

X

X

X

Watertight (NEMA 4, 4X, 5)

X

X

X

X

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Explosion Proof (NEMA 7, 9)
Dimensions
(3P Unit Mount)
in. (mm)

Height

8 (203)

11 (279)

Width

4.5 (114)

6 (152)

4.75 (121)
5.84 (148)
Supplemental Digest Section 3 /
Pages (Unit Mount)/(I-Line)
Supplemental
Digest
Section 3 / Pages 9-27
Pages 9-26
Note: All circuit breakers on this chart are UL Listed and CSA Certified unless otherwise noted.
a
Ungrounded UPS systems only. See page 7-35.
b
Dual UL and IEC ratings and CE markings on circuit breakers. For additional IEC ratings, see the Supplemental Digest, Section 10.
c
Factory-installed option only.
d
Requires circuit breaker with WB suffix .
e
Requires factory-installed “G” Shunt trip. Available only for 3P.
f
65/50 kA Icu/Ics for 450 A–600 A ratings

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Depth

—

—
11.86 (301)
7.5 (190)
6.74 (171)

Supplemental Digest Section 3 / Pages 9-27

7-9

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 730, 731, 733 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ miniature circuit breakers are plug-on products for use in QO load centers, NQOD panelboards, NQOD OEM interiors or Speed-D™
switchboard distribution panels. Bolt-on QOB circuit breakers are for use in NQOD panelboards or interiors.a
The QO exclusive Qwik-Open™ mechanism, with a trip reaction within 1/60th of a second, is standard on all 1P 15 A and 20 A QO circuit breakers.
Table 7.1:
Amperes
Rating b

Plug-On Circuit Breakers
1P—120/240 Vac
Cat. No.

QO 1P
1 Space Required

QOT 1P Tandem
1 Space Required

$ Price

Table 7.2:

2P—120/240 Vac
Common Trip
Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
QO110
29.10
QO210
15 A
QO115 de
29.10
QO215d
20 A
QO120 de
29.10
QO220 d
25 A
QO125 d
29.10
QO225d
30 A
QO130 d
29.10
QO230d
35 A
QO135 d
29.10
QO235d
40 A
QO140 d
29.10
QO240 d
45 A
QO145 d
29.10
QO245d
50 A
QO150 d
29.10
QO250d
60 A
QO160 d
29.10
QO260d
70 A
QO170 d
67.00
QO270d
80 A
—
—
QO280d
90 A
—
—
QO290d
100 A
—
—
QO2100d
110 A
—
—
QO2110d
125 A
—
—
QO2125d
150 A
—
—
QO2150dfk
175 A
—
—
QO2175 dfk
200 A
—
—
QO2200dfk
Molded Case Switch 60 A max.–240 Vac
—
Molded Case Switch 100 A max.–240 Vac
—

2P—240 Vac c
Common Trip

$ Price Cat. No. $ Price
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
67.00
134.00
189.00
189.00
189.00
428.00
428.00
491.00
491.00
491.00
—
—

—
—
QO215H 200.00
QO220H 200.00
QO225H 200.00
QO230H 200.00
—
—
QO240H 200.00
—
—
QO250H 200.00
QO260H 200.00
QO270H 224.00
QO280H 315.00
QO290H 315.00
QO2100H 315.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QO200 70.00
QO2000i 200.00

3P—240 Vac
Common Trip
Cat. No.

$ Price

QO310
QO315d
QO320d
QO325d
QO330d
QO335d
QO340d
QO345d
QO350d
QO360d
QO370d
QO380d
QO390d
QO3100d
—
—
—
—
—
QO300
QO3000i

248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
248.00
315.00
366.00
366.00
366.00
—
—
—
—
—
248.00
366.00
371.00
371.00
371.00
371.00

AIRd

QO 2P
2 Spaces Required

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QO2200 2P 200 A
4 Spaces Required

QO 3P
3 Spaces Required

22 k
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

Ampere Rating

Poles

Suffix

10–30 A
35–60 A
35–50 A
70–110 A
60–100 A

1, 2, 3
1,2
3
2
3

5237

Table 7.3:
Circuit Breaker
Type
QO
1P

QO
2P

QO
3P
QOB-VH
QOT
QO-AFI, QO-GFI
& QO-EPD

QO115VHe
QO120VHe
QO125VH
QO130VH

63.00
63.00
73.00
73.00

QO215VHg
QO220VHg
QO225VHg
QO230VH g

146.00
146.00
146.00
146.00

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

QO315VHg
QO320VHg
QO325VHg
QO330VHg

40 A

QO140VH

73.00

QO240VHg

146.00

—

—

QO340VHg 371.00

50 A

QO150VH

73.00

QO250VHg

QO350VHg 371.00 Ampere Ratingb

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
42 k AIRd
40 A
45 A
50 A

QO160VH
QO170VH
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO-QOB Ring Terminal
(20% $ Price Adder)—
Factory Installed Only

QO-PL

Table 7.4:

5238
5273

Wire Sizesb
Ampere
Rating
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
10–30 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
150–200 A
10–30 A
35–70 A
80–125 A
110–150 A
15–20 A
15–30 A
40, 50, 60 A
10–60 A

Wire Size
(AWG/kcmil)
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu
(2) 14–10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
14–8 Al/Cu, (2) 14-10 Cu
8–2 Al/Cu
4–2/0 Al/Cu
4–300 Al/Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–8 Al 14–8 Cu
12–4 Al 14–6 Cu
12–2 Al 14–2 Cu

QOT Tandem Circuit
Breakers
Cat. No.d

$ Price

1P—120/240 Vac
15 A & 15 A
QOT1515
15 A & 20 A
QOT1520
20 A & 20 A
QOT2020
2P—120/240 Vac

58.00
58.00
58.00

146.00

—

—

73.00
QO260VHg
146.00
112.00
QO270VHg
224.00
—
QO280VHg
315.00
315.00
—
QO290VHg
—
QO2100VHgh 315.00
—
QO2110VHgh 1034.00
—
QO2125VHgh 1034.00
—
QO2150VHfgk 1061.00
—
QO2175VHfgk 1061.00
—
QO2200VHfgk 1061.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO360VHg
QO370VHg
QO380VHg
QO390VHg
QO3100VH g
—
—
—
—
—

371.00
477.00
530.00
530.00
530.00
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

QOH240i
QOH245i
QOH250i

317.00
317.00
317.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

For Use in Old Style Non-Class CTL
QO Load Centers—10 k AIR
Ampere Ratingb Cat. No.d

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QOH260 i
QOH270
QOH280
QOH290
QOH2100
QOH2110 i
QOH2125

317.00
528.00
651.00
651.00
651.00
1389.00
1389.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1P—120/240 Vac—1 Space Required
15 &A 15 A
QO1515
73.00
15 A & 20 A
QO1520
73.00
20 A & 20 A
QO2020
73.00
20 A & 30 A
QO2030
73.00
30 A & 20 A
QO3020
73.00
Two 1P Individual Trip—120/240 Vac—2 Spaces Required

65 k AIRd

Order two QOT1515 or QOT2020 circuit breakers and
handle tie QOTHT for common switching of center two poles.

Table 7.5:

15 A & 15 A

15 A
QH115e
117.00
QH215
293.00
—
—
QH315d 507.00
20 A
QH120e
117.00
QH220
293.00
—
—
QH320
507.00
25 A
QH125i
117.00
QH225 i
293.00
—
—
QH325i 507.00
117.00
QH230
293.00
—
—
QH330
507.00
30 A
QH130
a
See Digest Section 1 for load centers, and Section 9 for panelboards and interiors.
b
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60oC or 75oC conductors. 35–125 A circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75oC conductors.
c
UL Listed 5 k AIR on corner grounded Delta systems.
d
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and refrigeration equipment having
motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
e
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting loads.
f
Requires four spaces (1 AWG–300 kcmil Al/Cu.) Suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent lighting
loads.
g
UL Listed for use ahead of QO, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-AFI, QOT,QOCAFI, and QO-PL 10 k AIR
circuit breakers to permit their application at 22 kA fault level.
h
100 A maximum branch mounted opposite.
i
Order only. Contact your local Field Office.
j
Includes two circuit breakers (one QO2030 and one QO3020) and handle tie QOTHT.
k
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

15 A & 20 A
20 A & 20 A
20 A & 30 A
30 A & 20 A

Replacement Tandem
Circuit Breakers
$ Price

Order Two QO1515 or QO2020 circuit
breakers and handle tie QOTHT for
common switching of center two poles.
—
—
QO20303020j
134.00
—
—

QOT Tandem

Pan Rail Slot

Circuit limiting QOT
tandem circuit
breakers have a
mounting cam as
shown. Installation
into a QO load center
can only be made in
those positions
having a mounting
Mounting Cam pan rail slot. Meets
Rail Bead
Paragraph 408.15 of
the NEC®. UL Listed
as Class CTL

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12
DimensionsPage 7-54

7-10

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

1P
QO-PCAFI

Circuit Breaker
Type
Combination
Arc-fault Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)
Plug-On Neutral
Arc-Fault Interrupter

Circuit Breaker
Type
Combination
Arc-Fault Interrupter
(Pigtail Neutral)

1P
QO-DF

1P
QO-PDF

Circuit Breaker
Type

Two-wire
QO-SWN

Three-wire
QO-SWN

Combination
Arc-fault and Ground
Fault Circuit
Interrupter with
Pigtail Neutral
Plug-On Neutral
Combination
Arc-fault and Ground
Fault Circuit
Interrupter

2P
QO-GFI

3P
QO-GFI

Ampere Ratingc (A)

1P
QO-GFI

15
20
25
30
40
50
60

QO120CAFI

282.00 QO120VHCAFI

Two-Pole
2P 120/240 Vac
2P 120/240 Vac
Ampere
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Rating 2 Space Required
2 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A QO215CAFIf 636.00 QO215VHCAFIf 1068.00
20 A

QO220CAFIf 636.00 QO220VHCAFIf 1068.00

QO Dual Function Circuit Breakers
1P 120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

Ampere
Rating

1P 120 Vac
22 k AIR
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price

15 A

QO115DF

326.00

QO115VHDF

578.00

20 A

QO120DF

326.00

QO120VHDF

578.00

15 A

QO115PDF

326.00 QO115VHPDF

578.00

20 A

QO120PDF

326.00 QO120VHPDF

578.00

QO-GFI Circuit Breakers

1P
120 Vac
10 k AIR
1 Space
Required
$
Cat. No. Price

15 QO115EPD 410.
20 QO120EPD 410.
25 QO125EPD 410.
30 QO130EPD 410.
40
—
—
50
—
—
60
—
—

2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac
10 k AIR

3P Common Trip
240 Vac
10 k AIR

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

Cat. No.

$
Price

QO215EPD 660.
QO220EPD 660.
QO225EPD 660.
QO230EPD 660.
QO240EPD 660.
QO250EPD 660.
QO260EPDd 660.

Cat. No.

$
Price

QO315EPDe 1077.
QO320EPDe 1077.
—
—
QO330EPDe 1077.
QO340EPDe 1077.
QO350EPDe 1077.
—
—

DE2A

10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A

Cat. No.

Table 7.11:

QO-HID Circuit Breakers
2P Common Trip
120/240 Vac

1P 120/240 Vac
Ampere
Ratingc

3P Common Trip
240 Vac

10 k AIR

10 k AIR

10 k AIR

1 Space Required

2 Spaces Required

3 Spaces Required

Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Price
15 A
QO115HIDb
38.10 QO215HID
87.00
20 A
QO120HIDb
38.10 QO220HID
87.00
25 A
QO125HID
38.10 QO225HID
87.00
30 A
QO130HID
38.10 QO230HID
87.00
40 A
QO140HID
38.10 QO240HID
87.00
50 A
QO150HID
38.10 QO250HID
87.00
NOTE: QO-K Circuit Breakers are on page 7-63.

Cat. No. $ Price
QO315HID 300.00
QO320HID 300.00
QO325HID 300.00
QO330HID 300.00
—
—
—
—

QO-HM
High magnetic trip circuit breakers are recommended for
applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
Table 7.12:
QO-HM Circuit Breakers
Ampere Ratingc
120 Vac—10 k AIR
15 A
20 A

1P
Cat. No
QO115HMab
QO120HMab

$ Price
30.60
30.60

Non-automatic (Standard) Miniature Switches
Miniature non-automatic switches have the same physical
packaging as miniature circuit breakers, but open only
when the handle is switched to the OFF position.
Non-automatic switches provide no overcurrent protection
or short circuit protection. They must not be used on
systems that have an available fault current greater than
the values listed in the table.
Non-automatic switches are UL Listed per UL 1087 and
are CSA certified.
Table 7.13:
QO Non-Automatic Miniature Switches,
240 Vac 10 kA
Ampere
Rating

a
b
c

e
f

$
Price

3 Wire 120/240 Vac
10 k AIR
3 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
—
—
QO315SWN
143.00
QO320SWN
143.00
—
—
QO330SWN
143.00
QO340SWN
143.00
QO350SWN
143.00

QO-HID
HID circuit breakers are for use on circuits feeding
fluorescent and high intensity discharge (HID) lighting
systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high
pressure sodium. These circuit breakers are physically
interchangeable with QO circuit breakers.

d

QO-EPD Circuit Breakers

QO-SWN Circuit Breakers
2 Wire 120 Vac
10 k AIR
2 Spaces Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
QO210SWN
95.00
QO215SWN
95.00
QO220SWN
95.00
QO225SWN
95.00
QO230SWN
95.00
QO240SWN
95.00
QO250SWN
95.00

Ampere
Ratingc

534.00

QO115PCAFI 282.00 QO115VHPCAFI 534.00
QO120PCAFI 282.00 QO120VHPCAFI 534.00

QO-EPD/EPE
QO-EPD/EPE circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection combined with Class B ground fault
protection. They are designed to provide ground fault
protection of equipment at a 30 milliampere level (EPD) or
100 milliamp level (EPE). They are not designed to protect
people from electrical shock.
Ampere Ratingc (A)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

15 A
20 A

Qwik-Gard Circuit Breakers With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter
2P Common Trip 3P Common Trip
1P 120 Vac
120/240 Vac
208Y/120 Vac
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
1 Space
3 Spaces
1
Space
Required
2
Spaces
Required
Required
Required
$
$
$
$
Cat. No. Price
Cat. No.
Price Cat. No. Price Cat. No. Price
QO115GFI 233. QO115VHGFI 482. QO215GFI 413. QO315GFI 791.
QO120GFI 233. QO120VHGFI 482. QO220GFI 413. QO320GFI 791.
QO125GFI 233. QO125VHGFI 482. QO225GFI 413.
—
—
QO130GFI 233. QO130VHGFI 482. QO230GFI 413. QO330GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO240GFI 413. QO340GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO250GFI 413. QO350GFI 791.
—
—
—
— QO260GFId 413.
—
—

Table 7.9:

QO 1P
With Shunt Trip

20 A

QO-GFI
Qwik-Gard™ circuit breakers provide overload and short
circuit protection, combined with Class A ground fault
protection. Class A denotes a ground fault circuit interrupter
that will trip when a fault current to ground is 6 mA or more, for
people protection. Do not connect to more than 250 feet of
load conductor for the total one-way run to prevent nuisance
tripping.
Table 7.8:

Table 7.10:

One-Pole
1P 120 Vac
1P 120 Vac
Ampere
10 k AIR
22 k AIR
Rating
1 Space Required
1 Space Required
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
15 A
QO115CAFI 282.00 QO115VHCAFI 534.00

QO™ Dual Function Circuit Breaker
QO Combination Arc Fault and Ground Fault Circuit
Interrupters (Dual Function) provide overload and short circuit
protection, plus arc fault and ground fault protection in a
single device in accordance with the NEC, UL1699 and
UL943.
Table 7.7:

QO-SWN
Switch Neutral Common Trip 2008 NEC™ 514.11

2P

3P

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
60 A
QO200
70.00
QO300
248.00
100 A
QO2000
200.00
QO3000
366.00
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating and
refrigeration equipment having motor group combinations and marked
for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated. Suitable for switching 120 Vac
fluorescent lighting loads.
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60° C or 75° C
conductors. 35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75° C
conductors.
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not
contain load neutral connection.
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a
QO403 or QON prefix.
For 120/240 V only, not for 208Y/120 V.

Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-2
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54

QO315EPEe1077.
QO320EPEe1077.
—
—
QO330EPEe1077.
QO340EPEe1077.
QO350EPEe1077.
—
—
Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

1P
QO-CAFI

QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breaker
(Pigtail and Plug-On Neutral)
QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide protection for Series
and Parallel Type Arcing as required by the NEC and local
code adoption, and comply with UL1699.
Table 7.6:
QO Arc Fault Circuit Breakersa

7-11

7

www.schneider-electric.us

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers
Table 7.14:

QO™ Circuit Breaker Accessories
Class 1130 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories for Use with QO™ and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers

Handle Attachments

Description
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P QO circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle Tie:
Converts any two adjacent 120/240 Vac 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breakers to independent trip 2P
Handle tie and lock-off for three 1P QO, QOB circuit breakers
Clamp for holding QO 1P handle in ON or OFF position
Handle Clamp:
Clamp for holding QO or Q1 1P, 2P or 3P circuit breaker handles in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P side-by-side QOT circuit breaker in ON or OFF position
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
Padlocking in ON or OFF position
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE in either ON or OFF position, fixed attachment.
For 2P and 3P QO and Q1 standard circuit breakers which require padlocking in either ON or OFF position.
Loose attachment
Fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment.
Handle Padlock Attachment: for
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position
Padlocking in OFF position
only, fixed attachment.
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO-GFI, QO-EPD, and QO-EPE circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed
attachment.
Ring Terminal
Ring terminals are available as a factory-installed option.
Sub-Feed Lugs
60 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (6–2 Al/Cu)
125 A 2P plug-on – 2 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
225 A 2P plug-on – 4 spaces required (4–300 Al/Cu)
125 A 3P plug-on – 3 spaces required (12–2/0 Al/Cu)
For interlocking the handles of two 2P or one 2P and one 1P QO and Q1 circuit breakers mounted side-byMechanical Interlock Attachment
side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time (Not QOU)
QO2DTI mechanical interlock attachment with retaining kits for securing two adjacent back-fed circuit
With Retaining Kit:
breakers in dual power supply applications. Can be used with (2) 2Ps or (1) 2P and (1) 1P QO circuit breakers
in QO816L100 load centers.
a
Not suitable for use in 3Ø panels. Use only in 1Ø panel rated 150 A or greater.

QO1PL

QO1PA

Cat. No.
QO1HT
QOTHT
QO3HT
QO1LO
HLO1

$ Price Schedule
3.80
DE2E
3.80
DE2E
13.40
DE2E
3.80
DE2E
9.90
DE2E

QOHPL
QO1PA
QOTHPA
GFI2PA

9.50
10.70
11.10
9.20

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2A

QO1HPL
QO1PL
QO1PAF
QO2PAF

10.70
10.70
43.50
25.80

DE2E
DE2E
DE2E
DE2E

QOGFI1PAF

51.00

DE2E

QOGFI2PAF

38.40

DE2E

+20% Price Adder
47.10
137.00
308.00
137.00

DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE2A
DE3

QO2DTI

24.90

DE2E

QO2DTIM

63.00

DE2E

See Page 7-10
QO60SL
QO2125SL
QO2225SLa
QO3125SL

QO1PAF

QO1LO

QO1HT

HLO1

QO2DTI
QO2PAF

7

QO1HPL

QOGFI2PAF

QOTHPA

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QOHPL

Factory-Installed Accessories for Use with QO and QOB Miniature Circuit Breakers
Factory-installed electrical accessories take up an additional pole space on QO™, QO-GFI, QO-EPD, QO-SWN and
QOU circuit breakers. All AC electrical accessories shown below are rated for 50/60 Hz. Accessories are not available
for QOB-VH (2P 150 A and 3P 110–150 A) circuit breakers or QO, QOU molded case switches. QO circuit breakers will
accept only one accessory per circuit breaker. Undervoltage trip is not available on miniature circuit breakers. Factoryinstalled accessories are not available for QO-AFI, QO-CAFI or OQ-PCAFI Arc Fault Circuit Breakers or on QO2150,
QO2175, or QO2200 circuit breakers.
Table 7.15:
Accessory

Factory-Installed Accessories
Description

Rated
Voltage

Trips the circuit breaker from a
remote location by means of a trip AC/DC
coil energized from a separate
circuit. A 120 Vac shunt trip will
AC
operate at 55% or more of rated
voltage. All other shunt trips will
operate at 75% or more of rated
voltage.
Shunt Trip

7-12

12
24
120
208
240

Coil Cat. No.
Burden Suffix
60 VA
168 VA
72 VA
228 VA
288 VA

$ Price
Accessory
Adder

-1042

189.00

-1021

189.00

Auxiliary
Switches

Description
Monitors circuit breaker contact status and
provides a remote signal indicating the
circuit breaker contacts are OPEN or
CLOSED.
Application

Contact Max.
Comb. Voltage

Max.
Load

Cat. No.
Suffix

$ Price
Adder

1A
1B

AC 120
AC 120

5A
5A

-1200
-1201

132.00
132.00

1A

AC 120

5A

-2100

132.00

•

Application
• For use with momentary or
maintained push button.
• Not available on QO-GFI,
QO-EPD, QO-AFI,
QO-CAFI, QO-PCAFI.
• Shunt trip terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu.

Alarm
Switches

Auxiliary switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.
Used with control circuits and is actuated
only when the circuit breaker has tripped.
Standard construction includes a normallyopen contact.
Application

•

DE2A

DE2E

DE3

Alarm switch terminals accept
(2) 14–12 AWG Cu leads.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ and Multi 9™ Mounting Bases
Class 652 / Catalog 0730CT9801, 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

QO OEM Mounting Bases—UL Recognized Components
Main Lug
Rating

Voltage System

Max. No.
1P

Mounting Bases
Cat. No.

QON2L40

QON120L125I

Solid Neutral Assemblies

Main Lug
Rating

Number of Branch
Neutral Terminals

Cat. No.

$ Price

125 A
125 A
200 A
200 A
225 A

12
20
12
30
42

SN12125
SN20
SN12200
SN30
SN42

36.30
39.50
40.70
54.00
63.00

Table 7.18:
Description

One-conductor
Mounting Base

Two-conductor
Mounting Base

Three-conductor
Mounting Base

Table 7.19:

Main Neutral Lug Wire Size
Cu/Al
4–2/0 AWG
4–2/0 AWG
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil
4 AWG–300 kcmil

Branch Neutral Terminal Wire Size
Cu
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG
14–4 AWG

Al
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG
12–4 AWG

7

Table 7.17:

Multi-9 Mounting Bases for UL489 C60, 240 Vac max.
Poles
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60
12
24
36
48
60

Amperes

200 A

150 A
200 A
100 A
200 A

Length
in.
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5
10.4
14.4
19
23
27.5

mm
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699
264
366
483
584
699

Cat. No.e

$ Price

US11220018
US12420018
US13620018
US14820018
US16020018
US21215018
US22420018
US23620018
US24820018
US26020018
US31210018
US32420018
US33620018
US34820018
US36020018

330.00
476.00
632.00
810.00
972.00
429.00
645.00
887.00
1140.00
1359.00
467.00
701.00
960.00
1245.00
1547.00

Accessories for US Mounting Base for UL489 C60

Description
Main lug kit for US mounting bases, 1 lug per kit, for 6 AWG to 300 kcmil cable
Terminal cover for US mounting base; provides IP20 ingress protection per IEC 60529; suitable for jumper bars or cable
e
DE2 Discount Schedule
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Main Wire Size
AWG/kcmil

$ Price

QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI, QO-AFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
2
2
QON2L70
27.30
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
125 A
4
4
SK9948BW
75.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
125 A
4
4
SK9842
78.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
6
6
SK9795
84.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
125 A
6
6
SK9801
108.00
12–1/0 Cu/Al
150 A
6
6
SK9796BW
131.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
150 A
8
8
SK9797
140.00
8–3/0 Cu/Al
40 A
2
2
QON2L40
35.00
14–6 Cu, 12–6 Al
70 A
2
4
QON24L70
50.00
14–4 Cu, 12–3 Al
100 A
6
12
QON612L100
70.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
8
16
QON816L100
92.00
8–1/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100
113.00
12–2/0 Cu/Al
100 A
12
12
QON12L100SFb
161.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON112L125I
120.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
12
24
QON11224L125I
168.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
16
QON116L125I
131.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
16
24
QON11624L125I
191.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
1Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
125 A
20
20
QON120L125I
225.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON124L125I
263.00
6–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
32
32
QON132L125I
360.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
24
QON12024L125I
263.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
150 A
24
24
QON124L150I
263.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
12
12
QON12L200FTLc
500.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200I
339.00
4–250 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON124L200DLd
500.00
(2) 4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON130L200I
417.00
4–250 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON142L225I
599.00
4–300 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125
251.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125
380.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125
395.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
200
A
18
18
QON318L200
327.00
4–300
Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assy.)
200 A
24
24
QON324L200
402.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200
477.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225
674.00
4–300 Cu/Al
60 A
3
3
QON403L60N
49.80
12–6 Cu/Al
125 A
12
12
QON312L125I
281.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
20
20
QON320L125I a
441.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
125 A
24
24
QON324L125I
461.00
4–2/0 Cu/Al
3Ø4W 240 Vac Max.
10 k AIC
200 A
18
18
QON318L200I
426.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
24
24
QON324L200I
468.00
4–300 Cu/Al
200 A
30
30
QON330L200I a
528.00
4–300 Cu/Al
225 A
42
42
QON342L225I
716.00
4–300 Cu/Al
QO Plug-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QO, QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers
70 A
1
1
QOMB1
29.60
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
1Ø2W 240 Vac Max. 10 k AIC
70 A
2
2
QOMB2
59.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
70 A
3
3
QOMB3
87.00
14–4 Cu 12–2 Al
QOB Bolt-On Mounting Bases—For unit mounting QOB, QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD circuit breakers
3Ø3W 240 Vac Max.10 k AIC
100 A
3
3
QON3B
56.00
12–1 Cu/Al
(Without Neutral Assembly)
a
Also IEC rated and CE marked for IEC 60439-1. Use only Square D brand Type QOXC, QOXD, QOHX and QOE circuit
breakers for 415Y/240 Vac max. systems.
b
Device comes with factory-installed sub-feed lugs.
c
Device comes with factory-installed feed-thru lugs.
d
Device comes with factory-installed dual-line lugs.

SN12125

US Mounting Base
for UL489 C60
(3 conductor shown)

1P
Spaces

DE3A

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.16:

Cat. No.e
USMBLK
USMBTC

$ Price
24.00
49.50

7-13

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers / QYU Supplementary Protectors
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Low Ampere QOU Miniature Circuit Breakers
QOU unit mount miniature circuit breakers (cable-in/cable-out) are ideal for OEM applications. They have the Square D™
circuit breaker’s unique Visi-Trip™ feature and can be DIN rail-mounted or surface- or flush-mounted using mounting feet.
General Specifications Common to All Low Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers

•
Low Ampere QOU

•
•
•
•

For convenient flush mount, surface mount or DIN mount
(symmetrical rail 35 x 7.5 DIN/EN 50 022)
Single handle with internal common trip
Terminal lug wire size (1) 14–2 AWG Cu or Al
Reversible line and load lugs
Field-installable quick connectors

Table 7.20:
Ampere
Rating

7

Ampere
Rating

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

15 A
20 A

Table 7.22:
Ampere
Rating
10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A

High Ampere QOU

UL Listed 48 Vdc (5 k AIR)
UL Listed as HACR Type: 10–70 A
High magnetic trip circuit breakers (QOU-HM) are recommended
for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for
individual dimmer applications.
For DIN mounting rails, see IEC Starters and Relays, Section 18.

•

QOU Low Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers
1P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.

10 k AIR
10 A
QOU110
15 A
QOU115
20 A
QOU120
25 A
QOU125
30 A
QOU130
40.20
35 A
QOU135
40 A
QOU140
45 A
QOU145
50 A
QOU150
60 A
QOU160
70 A
QOU170
78.00
22 k AIR
15 A
QOU115VH
20 A
QOU120VH
25 A
QOU125VH
30 A
QOU130VH
35 A
QOU135VH
101.00
40 A
QOU140VH
45 A
QOU145VH
50 A
QOU150VH
60 A
QOU160VH
a
QOU-H interrupting rating is 10 kA at 240 Vac.

Table 7.21:

•
•
•

2P 240 Vac
$ Price

QOU210
QOU215
QOU220
QOU225
QOU230
QOU235
QOU240
QOU245
QOU250
QOU260
QOU270

87.00

171.00

QOU215VH
QOU220VH
QOU225VH
QOU230VH
QOU235VH
QOU240VH
QOU245VH
QOU250VH
QOU260VH

3P 240 Vac

Cat. No.a

$ Price

Cat. No.

—
QOU215H
QOU220H
QOU225H
QOU230H
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

QOU310
QOU315
QOU320
QOU325
QOU330
QOU335
QOU340
QOU345
QOU350
QOU360
QOU370

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QOU315VH
QOU320VH
QOU325VH
QOU330VH
—
—
—
—
—

189.00

168.00

$ Price

285.00

363.00

426.00
—
—
—
—
—

QOU-HM Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
1P 120/240 Vac

2P 120/240 Vac

Cat. No.
QOU115HM
QOU120HM

$ Price

Cat. No.
—
—

40.20

2P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—

Cat. No.
—
—

3P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—

Cat. No.
—
—

$ Price
—
—

QYU UL1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (5 k AIR)
1P 277 Vac
Cat. No.
QYU110
QYU115
QYU120
QYU125
QYU130

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

122.00

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

2P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
—
—

High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers
General Specifications Common to All High Ampere QOU Circuit Breakers

•
•
•
•
•

Flush mount, surface mount, and DIN rail mount.
Internal common trip.
Non-reversible line and load lugs.
Terminal lug wire size (1) 12– 2/0 AWG Cu or Al.
UL Listed 60 Vdc per pole (5 k AIR). (Note: except switches)

Table 7.23:
Ampere
Rating
80 A
90 A
100 A
125 A

Table 7.24:
Ampere
Rating
60 A
100 A
125 A

•
•

UL Listed as HACR type, 80–125 A.
Non-automatic switches have the same physical packaging
as miniature circuit breakers, but provide no overcurrent or
short circuit protection. They are UL Listed per UL1087 and
are CSA certified.

QOU High Ampere Miniature Circuit Breakers (10 k AIR)
1P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU180
QOU190
QOU1100
—

2P 120/240 Vac
$ Price

Cat. No.
QOU280
QOU290
QOU2100
QOU2125

176.00
—

2P 240 Vac
$ Price
246.00
452.00

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—

3P 240 Vac
$ Price
—
—
—
—

Cat. No.
QOU380
QOU390
QOU3100
—

$ Price
416.00
—

QOU Non-Automatic Switches
1P 120 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—

$ Price

2P 120/240 Vac
Cat. No.
—
—
—

—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—

2P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU200
QOU2000
QOU20001

$ Price
87.00
246.00
452.00

3P 240 Vac
Cat. No.
QOU300
QOU3000
QOU30001

$ Price
285.00
416.00
716.00

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-12, 7-15
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

7-14

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QOU Accessories
Class 720 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Cover and Cover Screw

QOU14100JBAF

QOURT
Field-installable
Ring Tongue Terminal
Connector

Description

Order
Qty.

Cat. No.

Unit $ Price

Factory-installed ring tongue terminal, 10–32 screw, for 1P, 2P, 3P QOU, 10–60 A
Hex drive 5/32 in. wire binding screw for QOU
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON position
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF or ON
position
For padlocking 1P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P low ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
For padlocking 2P and 3P high ampere QOU circuit breaker in OFF position only
Handle lock-out, ON or OFF position
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/right side wiring with base, cover and screw
4P 100 A Jumper bar assy. w/left side wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 4P, 100 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
4P Jumper bar cover
Mounting screw for jumper bar cover
6P 150 A Jumper bar assy. w/front wiring with base, cover and screw
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with front wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with left side wiring
1Ø, 6P, 150 A Jumper bar base with right side wiring
6P jumper bar cover

—
—
—

Suffix -5283
Suffix -5280
QOU1PA

Add 20% to price
Add 20% to price
10.10

Vertical rainproof cover 2P and 3P QO, QOU, FA and KA
Horizontal rainproof cover 2P QO, QOU, and 3P Q2, EH

QOUEC Fieldinstallable
Quick Connector

Crimp connectors are
not included with
Square D brand connectors

1P Fingersafe™ cover for high ampere QOU circuit breaker
1P Fingersafe cover for low ampere QOU circuit breaker

2P DIN Mounted QOU Circuit Breakers

Cover plate for one 2P QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for one 3P QOU circuit breaker
Cover plate for two 2P QOU circuit breakers
Cover plate for three 2P QOU circuit breakers
Field-installable ring tongue terminal adaptor

Mounting Foot
QOUMF1

Quick connector end connection wiring
Quick connector forward or reverse wiring
1P QOU mounting foot
2P QOU mounting foot
3P QOU mounting foot

Tapped Mounting Foot
Suffix–3100

Tapped mounting foot for QOU, 1P and 2P 10–70 A, 3P 10–60 A
Packaged with circuit breaker
Individually packaged
Bulk packed
Mechanical interlock attachment: Used to interlock two circuit breakers mounted
side-by-side so that only one circuit breaker can be ON at a time. A 1P or 2P
circuit breaker can be mounted on the left and interlocked with a 2P or 3P circuit
breaker on the right.
a
For use on low and high ampere QOU.
b
10–70 A 1P and 2P, 10–60 A 3P.
c
DE2E Discount Schedule

—
—
—
—
—
1
1
1
40
40
40
40
40
1
40
40
40
40

QOU1PL

10.10

QOU1PAFLAc
43.50
QOU2PAFLAc
25.80
Suffix -7100
Add 20% to price
HLO1c
9.90
QOU14100JBAF
73.00
QOU14100JBAR
73.00
QOU14100JBAL
73.00
QOU14100BAFB
53.00
QOU14100BALB
53.00
QOU14100BARB
53.00
QOU14100CAB
13.20
QOU1CMSB
0.35
QOU16150JBAF
99.00
QOU16150BAFB
69.00
QOU16150BALB
69.00
QOU16150BARB
69.00
QOU16150CAB
17.10

1
10
1
10
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
40
1
80
1
40
1
24

BCVac
BCVBac
BCHac
BCHBac
QOUHFSC1
QOUHFSC1B
QOULFSC1
QOULFSC1B
QOUCP2
QOUCP2B
QOUCP3
QOUCP3B
QOUCP4
QOUCP4B
QOUCP6
QOUCP6B
QOURT
QOURTB
QOUEC
QOUECB
QOUFR
QOUFRB
QOUMF1a
QOUMF1Ba
QOUMF2a
QOUMF2Ba
QOUMF3a
QOUMF3Ba

30.80
30.80
30.80
30.80
2.60
2.10
2.60
2.10
8.30
6.60
15.80
12.80
9.90
7.90
15.60
12.20
5.70
4.40
5.70
4.40
5.70
4.40
0.71
0.54
1.40
1.10
2.30
1.70

1
80

Suffix -3100
QOUMFS1
QOUMFS1B

Add 20% to price
2.40
2.30

1

QOU2DTILA b

24.90

7

4P Jumper Bar
Assembly Base

Accessories for QOU Low Ampere Circuit Breakers (Except as Noted)

For QOUQ Low Ampere Circuit Breakers with Four-Point Quick-Connect
Terminals
QOUQ low ampere circuit breakers with four-point quick-connect terminals are provided
with permanent factory-installed terminals which are affixed to the Load or OFF end of the
circuit breaker. This special terminal will accommodate up to four 1/4-inch insulated female
quick connect wire terminations. Total ampacity of these connections must not exceed the
rating of the circuit breaker.
Table 7.26:

QOUQ Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals

Four-Point Quick-Connect Terminals

Poles

Order Qty.

Cat. No.

1
2
3

1
1
1

Change QOU to
QOUQ

Unit $ Price Adder
8.90
17.70
26.40

Electrical Accessories for QOU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2A

DE2E

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.25:

7-15

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit
Breakers

UL 489 C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 240 V Miniature
Circuit Breakers

•
•

•

•

UL 489 Listed and CSA 22.2 No. 5.1 for branch
circuit protection
Eliminates concerns and uncertainty of using a UL 1077
device where a UL 489 device is required
Replaces fuses in low-ampere range; 17 ratings up to 35 A

•
•

Trip Curve

1P C60

2P C60

Use

•
•
•
•

Magnetic Release

C

For typical loads

7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)

D

For high inrush

10–14 x ampere rating

Table 7.27:

•

www.schneider-electric.us

10 k AIR (1P @ 120 Vac; 2P and 3P @ 240 Vac)
60 Vdc for 1P and 125 Vdc for 2P (on C-curve circuit breakers
only, see table below)
Increased installation flexibility with standard box lugs or
optional ring terminals
Allows easy front-mounting and rear wiring when using ring
terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

UL 489 Circuit Breakers (120/240 V)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)

Rating (A)

1Pa
Cat. No.

2Pb

D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating

3P

1P

2P

3P

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
120.00
120.00

60134
60135
60136
60137
60138
60139
60140
60141
60142
60143
60144
60145
60146
60147
60148
60149
60150

269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
257.00
257.00

—
60168
60169
60170
60171
60172
60173
60174
60175
60176
60177
60178
60179
60180
60181
60182
60183

—
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
372.00
372.00

60117
60118
60119
60120
60121
60122
60123
60124
60125
60126
60127
60128
60129
60130
60131
60132
60133

125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
114.00
120.00
120.00

60151
60152
60153
60154
60155
60156
60157
60158
60159
60160
60161
60162
60163
60164
60165
60166
60167

269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
269.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
246.00
257.00
257.00

—
60184
60185
60186
60187
60188
60189
60190
60191
60192
60193
60194
60195
60196
60197
60198
60199

—
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
387.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
356.00
372.00
372.00

131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00

60234
60235
60236
60237
60238
60239
60240

282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00

—
60268
60269
60270
60271
60272
60273

—
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00

60217
60218
60219
60220
60221
60222
60223

131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00

60251
60252
60253
60254
60255
60256
60257

282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00
282.00

—
60284
60285
60286
60287
60288
60289

—
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00
410.00

6
60207
122.00
122.00
7
60208
8
60209
122.00
10
60210
122.00
13
60211
122.00
15
60212
122.00
20
60213
122.00
25
60214
122.00
30
60215
126.00
35
60216
126.00
1P dual rated 120 Vac/60 Vdc.
2P dual rated 240 Vac/125 Vdc.

60241
60242
60243
60244
60245
60246
60247
60248
60249
60250

261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
273.00
273.00

60274
60275
60276
60277
60278
60279
60280
60281
60282
60283

378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
395.00
395.00

60224
60225
60226
60227
60228
60229
60230
60231
60232
60233

122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
122.00
126.00
126.00

60258
60259
60260
60261
60262
60263
60264
60265
60266
60267

261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
261.00
273.00
273.00

60290
60291
60292
60293
60294
60295
60296
60297
60298
60299

378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
378.00
395.00
395.00

Box Lug/Box Lug
0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
10
13
15
20
25
30
35

3P C60

60100
60101
60102
60103
60104
60105
60106
60107
60108
60109
60110
60111
60112
60113
60114
60115
60116

Ring Tongue/Ring Tongue

7

0.5
1
1.5
2
3
4
5

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Box Lug C60

a
b

60200
60201
60202
60203
60204
60205
60206

Interrupting ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54
Mounting Bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-13
DIN Mounting Rail . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Section 18

Ring Tongue C60

Box/Ring C60

7-16

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Multi 9™ Miniature Circuit
Breakers

UL 489 C60 480 Vac and UL489A C60 Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Multi 9 C60 UL 489 Listed 480V Miniature Circuit Breakers

•
•
•
•

UL 489 Listed, CSA C22.2 No. 5.1; Also IEC 60947-2; CE marked
480Y/277 Vac @ 10 kA (2P and 3P), 277 Vac @ 10 kA (1P)
0.5 A through 20 A
1P, 2P, 3P, 18 mm wide per pole
Trip Curve

1P
UL489 C60

Use

Magnetic Release

C

For typical loads

7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)

D

For high inrush

10–14 x ampere rating

•
•
•
•
•
•

UL 486B Listed single-barrel lug: (2) 18–10 AWG (1-25 mm2) cables, Cu only
Optional ring tongue terminals
A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Suitable for reverse feeding
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

Table 7.28:

UL 489 Circuit Breakers (480Y/277 Vac)
C Curve—7–10 Times Ampere Rating (7–14 DC)

Rating
(A)

1P
Cat. No.

2P
$ Price

Cat. No.

D Curve—10–14 Times Ampere Rating

3P
$ Price

1P

Cat. No.

2P

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

3P
$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Single-Barrel Wire Lug

2P
UL489 C60

0.5

MGN61300

168.00

—

—

—

—

MGN61333

168.00

—

—

—

—

1

MGN61301

168.00

MGN61312

357.00

MGN61323

519.00

MGN61334

168.00

MGN61345

357.00

MGN61356

519.00

2

MGN61302

168.00

MGN61313

357.00

MGN61324

519.00

MGN61335

168.00

MGN61346

357.00

MGN61357

519.00

3

MGN61303

168.00

MGN61314

357.00

MGN61325

519.00

MGN61336

168.00

MGN61347

357.00

MGN61358

519.00

4

MGN61304

168.00

MGN61315

357.00

MGN61326

519.00

MGN61337

168.00

MGN61348

357.00

MGN61359

519.00

5

MGN61305

168.00

MGN61316

357.00

MGN61327

519.00

MGN61338

168.00

MGN61349

357.00

MGN61360

519.00

6

MGN61306

168.00

MGN61317

357.00

MGN61328

519.00

MGN61339

168.00

MGN61350

357.00

MGN61361

519.00

8

MGN61307

168.00

MGN61318

357.00

MGN61329

519.00

MGN61340

168.00

MGN61351

357.00

MGN61362

519.00

10

MGN61308

168.00

MGN61319

357.00

MGN61330

519.00

MGN61341

168.00

MGN61352

357.00

MGN61363

519.00

15

MGN61309

168.00

MGN61320

357.00

MGN61331

519.00

MGN61342

168.00

MGN61353

357.00

MGN61364

519.00

20

MGN61310

168.00

MGN61321

357.00

MGN61332

519.00

MGN61343

168.00

MGN61354

357.00

MGN61365

519.00

3P
UL489 C60

0.5

MGN61366

168.00

—

—

—

—

MGN61399

168.00

—

—

—

—

1

MGN61367

168.00

MGN61378

357.00

MGN61389

519.00

MGN61400

168.00

MGN61411

357.00

MGN61422

519.00

2

MGN61368

168.00

MGN61379

357.00

MGN61390

519.00

MGN61401

168.00

MGN61412

357.00

MGN61423

519.00

3

MGN61369

168.00

MGN61380

357.00

MGN61391

519.00

MGN61402

168.00

MGN61413

357.00

MGN61424

519.00

4

MGN61370

168.00

MGN61381

357.00

MGN61392

519.00

MGN61403

168.00

MGN61414

357.00

MGN61425

519.00

5

MGN61371

168.00

MGN61382

357.00

MGN61393

519.00

MGN61404

168.00

MGN61415

357.00

MGN61426

519.00

6

MGN61372

168.00

MGN61383

357.00

MGN61394

519.00

MGN61405

168.00

MGN61416

357.00

MGN61427

519.00

8

MGN61373

168.00

MGN61384

357.00

MGN61395

519.00

MGN61406

168.00

MGN61417

357.00

MGN61428

519.00

10

MGN61374

168.00

MGN61385

357.00

MGN61396

519.00

MGN61407

168.00

MGN61418

357.00

MGN61429

519.00

15

MGN61375

168.00

MGN61386

357.00

MGN61397

519.00

MGN61408

168.00

MGN61419

357.00

MGN61430

519.00

20

MGN61376

168.00

MGN61387

357.00

MGN61398

519.00

MGN61409

168.00

MGN61420

357.00

MGN61431

519.00

Multi 9 C60 UL 489A Listed Miniature Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunication Applications
A limited range of C60 products are UL Listed as UL 489A circuit breakers for protection of DC telecommunications circuits.

UL 489A Circuit Breakers for DC Telecommunications Applications
(1P, 2 Modules, C curve)

Rating (A)

Cat. No.

$ Price

Rating (A)

Cat. No.

$ Price

0.5

60406

120.00

10

60414

101.00

1

60407

101.00

13

60415

101.00

2

60408

101.00

15

60416

101.00

3

60409

101.00

20

60417

101.00

4

60410

101.00

30

60418

101.00

5

60411

101.00

40

60419

111.00

6

60412

101.00

50

60420

117.00

8

60413

101.00

60

60421

123.00

7

Table 7.29:

Interrupting Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Ring Tongue Terminal

7-17

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

UL1077 C60H Circuit Breakers, UL1053 Ground Fault Protectors
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us

Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors (250 and 500 Vdc)
The C60H-DC supplementary protectors are used in direct current circuits (industrial control and automation, transport,
renewable energy, etc.). They provide overcurrent protection within appliances or electrical equipment.

•
•
•
•
•
•

Range from 0.5–40 A
5 k AIR at 250 Vdc (1-pole) and 5 k AIR at 500 Vdc (2-pole, wired in series)
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect
C-Curve: 7 to14 times ampere rating
UL 1077, IEC 60947-2, EN 60947-2, GB 14048.2, CCC and CE mark

.

Table 7.30:

Multi 9 C60H-DC UL 1077 Recognized Supplementary Protectors

1P C60H-DC

1-Pole
24–250 Vdc

2-Pole
24–500 Vdc

Current (A)a
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
0.5
MGN61500
182.00
MGN61520
392.00
1
MGN61501
182.00
MGN61521
392.00
2
MGN61502
182.00
MGN61522
392.00
3
MGN61503
182.00
MGN61523
392.00
4
MGN61504
182.00
MGN61524
392.00
5
MGN61505
182.00
MGN61525
392.00
6
MGN61506
182.00
MGN61526
392.00
10
MGN61508
182.00
MGN61528
392.00
13
MGN61509
182.00
MGN61529
392.00
15
MGN61510
182.00
MGN61530
392.00
16
MGN61511
182.00
MGN61531
392.00
20
MGN61512
182.00
MGN61532
392.00
25
MGN61513
182.00
MGN61533
392.00
30
MGN61514
182.00
MGN61534
392.00
32
MGN61515
182.00
MGN61535
392.00
40
MGN61517
200.00
MGN61537
412.00
a
At 25°C/77°F, for other temperatures see temperature derating table in Multi 9 Catalog 0860CT0201R1/08

2P C60H-DC

Multi 9 UL1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors

•
•
•
•
•
•

Provides ground fault protection for electrical circuits.
Available in 2P (2-wire) and 4P (3- or 4-wire) versions
Provides no thermal or magnetic protection. The circuit must be protected by an upstream device.
Contains Si Technology to increase immunity to noise and to minimize the potential for nuisance tripping in noisy electrical
environments.
Tripped condition due to a ground fault is displayed on the front face by a red mechanical indicator.
DIN rail mounting for easy installation.

7
.

Table 7.31:

Multi 9 UL 1053 Listed GFP Ground Fault Protectors

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

2P

2P GFP

4P

UL1053
UL1053
120/240 Vac, 240 Vac, 60 Hz 277 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz
IEC 61008
230 Vac, 240 Vac, 50 Hz

4P GFP (3- or 4-wire)

Current
Maximum
(A)
Sensitivity (mA)
30
25
100
300
30
40
100
300
30
63
100
300
80
300
100
300

Tripping Range
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
22.1 to 29.9 mA
73.1 to 98.9 mA
221 to 299 mA
221 to 299 mA
221 to 299 mA

UL1053
240 Vac, 480Y/277 Vac, 60 Hz

IEC 61008
IEC 61008
230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz 230/400 Vac, 240/415 Vac, 50 Hz

Family

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 30
GFP 100
GFP 300
GFP 300
GFP 300

60949
60950
60951
60952
60953
60954
60955
60956
60957
60958
60959

633.00
570.00
444.00
666.00
600.00
467.00
1001.00
900.00
701.00
933.00
1097.00

60969
60970
60971
60972
60973
60974
60975
60976
60977
60978
60979

696.00
627.00
488.00
734.00
660.00
513.00
1100.00
990.00
770.00
1026.00
1206.00

60989
60990
60991
60992
60993
60994
60995
60996
60997
60998
60999

720.00
648.00
504.00
758.00
683.00
531.00
1136.00
1023.00
795.00
1272.00
1496.00

Interrupting Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-3
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-20
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54

7-18

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

UL 1077 C60 Supplementary Protectors
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Intended for use within equipment where branch circuit
protection is already provided or not needed

Table 7.32:
Rating (A)

1P
UL 1077 C60

2P
UL 1077 C60

3P
UL 1077 C60

4P
UL 1077 C60

Trip Curve
B
C
D

Use
For sensitive equipment
For typical loads
For high inrush

Magnetic Release
3.2–4.8 x ampere rating
7–10 x ampere rating (7–14 for DC)
10–14 x ampere rating

UL 1077 Supplementary Protectors
1P

$ Price

2P

B Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 3.2 and 4.8 Times Ampere Rating
1
MG24110
101.00
MG24125
1.2
MG17402
101.00
MG17432
1.5
MG17403
101.00
MG17433
2
MG24111
101.00
MG24126
3
MG24112
101.00
MG24127
4
MG24113
101.00
MG24128
5
MG17404
101.00
MG17434
6
MG24114
101.00
MG24129
7
MG17405
101.00
MG17435
8
MG24115
101.00
MG24130
10
MG24116
101.00
MG24131
13
MG24117
101.00
MG24132
15
MG17406
101.00
MG17436
16
MG24118
101.00
MG24133
20
MG24119
101.00
MG24134
25
MG24120
101.00
MG24135
30
MG17407
101.00
MG17437
32
MG24121
101.00
MG24136
35
MG17408
101.00
MG17438
40
MG24122
111.00
MG24137
50
MG24123
117.00
MG24138
60
MG17409
123.00
MG17439
63
MG24124
123.00
MG24139
C Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 7 and 10 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17411
120.00
—
1
MG24425
101.00
MG24442
1.2
MG17412
101.00
MG17442
1.5
MG17413
101.00
MG17443
2
MG24426
101.00
MG24443
3
MG24427
101.00
MG24444
4
MG24428
101.00
MG24445
5
MG17414
101.00
MG17444
6
MG24430
101.00
MG24447
7
MG17415
101.00
MG17445
8
MG24431
101.00
MG24448
10
MG24432
101.00
MG24449
13
MG24433
101.00
MG24450
101.00
MG17446
15
MG17416
16
MG24434
101.00
MG24451
20
MG24435
101.00
MG24452
25
MG24436
101.00
MG24453
30
MG17417
101.00
MG17447
32
MG24437
101.00
MG24454
35
MG17418
101.00
MG17448
40
MG24438
111.00
MG24455
50
MG24439
117.00
MG24456
60
MG17419
123.00
MG17449
63
MG24440
123.00
MG24457
D Curve—Magnetic Setting Between 10 and 14 Times Ampere Rating
0.5
MG17421
120.00
—
1
MG24500
101.00
MG24516
1.2
MG17422
101.00
MG17452
1.5
MG17423
101.00
MG17453
2
MG24501
101.00
MG24517
3
MG24502
101.00
MG24518
4
MG24503
101.00
MG24519
5
MG17424
101.00
MG17454
6
MG24504
101.00
MG24520
7
MG17425
101.00
MG17455
8
MG24505
101.00
MG24521
10
MG24506
101.00
MG24522
13
MG24507
101.00
MG24523
15
MG17426
101.00
MG17456
16
MG24508
101.00
MG24524
20
MG24509
101.00
MG24525
25
MG24510
101.00
MG24526
30
MG17427
101.00
MG17457
32
MG24511
101.00
MG24527
35
MG17428
101.00
MG17458
40
MG24512
111.00
MG24528
50
MG24513
117.00
MG24529
60
MG17429
123.00
MG17459
63
MG24514
123.00
MG24530

$ Price

3P

$ Price

4P

$ Price

218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

MG24140
—
—
MG24141
MG24142
MG24143
—
MG24144
—
MG24145
MG24146
MG24147
MG17461
MG24148
MG24149
MG24150
MG17462
MG24151
MG17463
MG24152
MG24153
MG17464
MG24154

315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

MG24155
—
—
MG24156
MG24157
MG24158
—
MG24159
—
MG24160
MG24161
MG24162
—
MG24163
MG24164
MG24165
—
MG24166
—
MG24167
MG24168
—
MG24169

416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

—
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

—
MG24459
—
—
MG24460
MG24461
MG24462
—
MG24464
—
MG24465
MG24466
MG24467
MG17466
MG24468
MG24469
MG24470
MG17467
MG24471
MG17468
MG24472
MG24473
MG17469
MG24474

—
315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

—
MG24476
—
—
MG24477
MG24478
MG24479
—
MG24481
—
MG24482
MG24483
MG24484
—
MG24485
MG24486
MG24487
—
MG24488
—
MG24489
MG24490
—
MG24491

—
416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

—
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
218.00
224.00
240.00
252.00
252.00

—
MG24532
—
—
MG24533
MG24534
MG24535
—
MG24536
—
MG24537
MG24538
MG24539
MG17471
MG24540
MG24541
MG24542
MG17472
MG24543
MG17473
MG24544
MG24545
MG17474
MG24546

—
315.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
—
315.00
—
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
315.00
324.00
338.00
353.00
353.00

—
MG24548
—
—
MG24549
MG24550
MG24551
—
MG24552
—
MG24553
MG24554
MG24555
—
MG24556
MG24557
MG24558
—
MG24559
—
MG24560
MG24561
—
MG24562

—
416.00
—
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
416.00
416.00
—
416.00
—
420.00
438.00
—
450.00

Interrupting Ratings. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-3
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-54
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-19

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

•
•
•

Range from 0.5 to 63 A
10 k AIR @ 120/240 Vac; 5 k AIR at 480Y/277; 10 k AIR @ 60
Vdc (1P) and 125 Vdc (2P)
Suitable for reverse feeding
DIN mounting for easy installation
Suitable for reverse feeding

A wide range of electrical and mechanical accessories
Trip-free mechanism
Positive indication of contact disconnect

7

•
•

•
•
•

Multi 9™ Miniature
Circuit Breakers

C60 Accessories
Class 860 / Refer to Catalog 0860CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Electrical Accessories for C60 Circuit Breakers and Supplementary Protectors
Possible Combinations
Mounted to the left of the circuit breaker with a maximum width of 54 mm.

+

+

+

+

Spacer
Ring Tongue
Terminal Kit
Terminal
Screw Shield

Max. 54 mm
SD
Alarm Switch

Table 7.33:
C60 Padlock
Attachment

Control Voltage
Vac
12–277
12–277
24
48
110–240–277
24
48
120
240

MN Undervoltage Release

Multi-9 GFP UL 1053 Listed
Ground Fault Protectors

Table 7.34:

Width in 9 mm
modules

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Front Mounting Kit for C60
1P, 2P, 3P, 4P
(1 per circuit breaker)

C60

Bag of 10

MG27150

51.00

Terminal Screw Shield (Not UL Recognized)

Bag of two
4P shields
1P
2P
3P
4P
1Ø
2Ø
3Ø

MG26981

51.00

Tooth Caps for UL Comb Bus Bar, Bag of 20
Rotary Handle for C60 (Non UL Recognized)
Operating Subassembly
Door Interlock Handle
Fixed Handle (Front or Lateral)
Multi-pole Front Mounting Kit
Rail Support (20 of 9 mm modules)
Hinged Transparent Cover
a
b

Multi-pole
Front Mounting Kit

7-20

201.00

Label holders for 2, 3 or 4P C60
(Not UL Recognized)

Comb Bus Bar Kit for UL1077 C60, 12 poles, Fixed Length

Comb Bus Bar

140.00

1P
2P
3P
4P

Ring tongue terminal kit for UL1077 C60
Spacer for DIN rail, Not UL Recognized
Padlock Attachment (1 per for 1P, 2P, 3P or 4P)
Heavy-duty Padlock Attachment for C60, Locks OFF only
Padlocking Device Left Side Mount, Locks OFF onlya
Padlocking Device Right Side Mount, Locks OFF onlyb

Terminal cover (Not UL Recognized)

MGN26381 Locking Device
Right Side Mount

$ Price
60.00
60.00

Cat. No.
17400
MG27062
MG26970
M9PAF
MGN26380
MGN26381
MG26983
MG26984
MG26985
MG26989

Front Mounting Kit

MGN26380 Locking
Device Left Side Mount

C60
UL/IEC

Multi 9 C60 Mechanical Accessories
Descriptions

Label Holders for
2, 3 or 4P C60

C60

Vdc
Cat. No.
12–125
1
MG26925
12–125
1
MG26928
24
2
27118
48
2
27110
125
2
27109
24
2
27108
48
2
27106
—
2
27107
—
2
27105
120 to 480Y/277 Vac; 30, 100, and 300 mA; 2P and 4Ps.
See page 7-18 Handout, 0860HO0602 or Catalog 0860CT0201

OF Auxiliary Switch (1a1b)
SD Alarm Switch (1a1b)
MX Shunt Trip + OF Auxiliary
Switch (1a1b)

Rotary Handle

MN
Undervoltage
Release

Multi 9 C60 Electrical Accessories

Descriptions

Heavy-duty Padlock
Attachment

MX
Shunt trip + Aux
Switch

OF
Auxiliary Switch

For one pole
9 mm wide
2 per pack
2 per pack
1 per pack

2P/3P/4P

$ Price
15.80
9.30
33.20
60.00
37.50
37.50
16.80
16.80
16.80
16.80

MG26975
26.10
MG26976
51.00
MG26975+MG26976
MG26978
102.00
MG10285
63.00
MG10286
69.00
MG10287
80.00
60488
37.80
MG27046
MG27047
MG27048

129.00
107.00
117.00

14211
14210

54.00
158.00

Left-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with accessories SD, OF, MX or MN. Use rightside mounted padlocking device when accessories are required.
Right-side mounted padlocking device cannot be used in conjunction with VIGI module. Use left-side mounted
padlocking device when VIGI Module is required..

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Molded
Case Circuit Breakers

PowerPact Family
Class 611

www.schneider-electric.us

The PowerPact Advantage
• Proven Performance: Industry-leading circuit breaker innovation and protection for heavy-duty commercial and industrial
applications.
Smart: Integrated metering options provide a cost-effective solution to reduce energy consumption, optimize energy costs, and
improve energy availablility for your facilities.
Flexible: Full range of thermal-magnetic and electronic trip molded case circuit breakers from 15 A to 3000 A, delivering the ratings,
configurations, and operators for your unique applications.
Simple: Common catalog numbers, standardized ratings, and a full range of field-installable accessories make product selection,
installation and maintenance easier than ever.
Common Design Features: Mounting holes, door trim, and handle accessories

•
•
•
•
H-Frame
150 A

Electronic
Trip Version

J-Frame
250 A

Q-Frame
250 A

L-Frame
600 A

M-Frame
800 A

P-Frame
1200 A

R-Frame
3000 A

Electronic
Trip Version

Table 7.35:

PowerPact Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating

Voltage
240 Vac

B

D

G

J

K

L

R

10 kA

25 kA

65 kA

100 kA

65 kA

125 kA

200 kA

18 kA

35 kA

65 kA

65 kA a

100 kA

200 kA

18 kA

25 kA

65 kA a

50 kAb

100 kA

480 Vac

Voltage

L

3

6

1

5

0

A

B

S

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Poles

G

Suffix
Code

Termination

H

Suffix
Code

Rating

Common Catalog Numbering System

Frame

Table 7.36:

Amperage
c

a
b

600 Vac
14 kA
P-frame K interrupting is 50 kA at 480 and 600 Vac.
P-frame L interrupting is 25 kA at 600 Vac.

A
110 Vac Shunt Trip
2A/2B Auxiliary Switch

Frame Designation

Interrupting Rating
Terminations
240 Vac
480 Vac
600Vac
A I-Line
H 150 A Frame
B
10 kA
L Lugs on Both Ends
J 250 A Frame
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA
F Bus Bar (No Lugs)
Q 250 A Frame
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA
M Lugs Line Side Only
L 600 A Frame
J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA
P Lugs Load End Only
M 800 A Frame
K
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
N Plug-in
P 1200 A Frame
L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA
D Drawout
R 3000 A Frame
R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA
S Rear Connected Studs
c
For amperage of M-, P- or R-frame circuit breakers, add a zero to the three amperage digits; for example, 120 = 1200 A.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7

Description. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-22
H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-23
Q-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-24
L-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-25
P-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-27
R-Frame Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-28
PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors . . . . . 7-29
Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . 7-31
Automatic Switches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-34
500 Vdc Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-35
Mission Critical Circuit Breakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7-37
PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-39
Motor Operators and Rotary Handles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-40
Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Mechanical Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-41
Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC). . . . . . . . 7-43
Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories . . . . . 7-44
Plug-In and Drawout Mountings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-45
Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-46
Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7-48

7-21

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Table 7.37:

Hold

HD and HG 2P
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit
(2P HJ, HL in 3P module)

H-Frame
Thermal-Magnetic Trip Unit

7

Table 7.38:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Current
Rating @
40oC

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
D

Cat. No.bc

Trip

G

Jd

Ld
Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated

H-Frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
15 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26015(C)
870.00
20 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26020(C)
870.00
25 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26025(C)
870.00
30 A
350 A 750 A H( )L26030(C)
870.00
35 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26035(C)
870.00
40 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26040(C)
870.00
45 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26045(C)
870.00
50 A
400 A 850 A H( )L26050(C)
870.00
60 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26060(C)
870.00
70 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26070(C)
1062.00
80 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26080(C)
1062.00
90 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L26090(C)
1062.00
100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L26100(C)
1062.00
110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26110(C)
2072.00
125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26125(C)
2072.00
150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L26150(C)
2072.00
H-Frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
15 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36015(C)
1088.00
20 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36020(C)
1088.00
25 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36025(C)
1088.00
30 A
350 A 750 A H( )L36030(C)
1088.00
35 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36035(C)
1088.00
40 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36040(C)
1088.00
45 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36045(C)
1088.00
50 A
400 A 850 A H( )L36050(C)
1088.00
60 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36060(C)
1088.00
70 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36070(C)
1328.00
80 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36080(C)
1328.00
90 A
800 A 1450 A H( )L36090(C)
1328.00
100 A 800 A 1700 A H( )L36100(C)
1328.00
110 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36110(C)
2600.00
125 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36125(C)
2600.00
150 A 900 A 1700 A H( )L36150(C)
2600.00

1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1044.00
1274.00
1274.00
1274.00
1274.00
2486.00
2486.00
2486.00

1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1269.00
1497.00
1497.00
1497.00
1497.00
3059.00
3059.00
3059.00

1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1523.00
1797.00
1797.00
1797.00
1797.00
3671.00
3671.00
3671.00

1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1559.00
1721.00
1721.00
1721.00
1721.00
4449.00
4449.00
4449.00

1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
1871.00
2066.00
2066.00
2066.00
2066.00
5339.00
5339.00
5339.00

2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2364.00
2613.00
2613.00
2613.00
2613.00
5534.00
5534.00
5534.00

2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
2837.00
3137.00
3137.00
3137.00
3137.00
6641.00
6641.00
6641.00

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1305.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
1592.00
3120.00
3120.00
3120.00

1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1493.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
1701.00
3599.00
3599.00
3599.00

1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
1791.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
2042.00
4319.00
4319.00
4319.00

1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
1949.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
2099.00
5174.00
5174.00
5174.00

2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2339.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
2519.00
6209.00
6209.00
6209.00

2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
2849.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
3149.00
6749.00
6749.00
6749.00

3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3419.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
8099.00
8099.00
8099.00

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

J-Frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unit
Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Adjustable AC
Magnetic
Trip
Low

H-Frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitingd Circuit Breakers(600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With
Factory Sealed Trip Unit Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Fixed AC
Magnetic
Trip

Current
Rating @
40o C

www.schneider-electric.us

High

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
D

Cat. No.bc

G

Jd

Ld

Rd

Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price
80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated

J-Frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
150 A
750 A 1500 A J( )L26150(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
175 A
875 A 1750 A J( )L26175(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L26200(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L26225(C)
2175.00
2610.00
3212.00
3854.00
4671.00
5606.00
250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L26250(C)
2988.00
3585.00
4251.00
5102.00
6225.00
7469.00
J-Frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
150 A
750 A 1500 A J( )L36150(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
175 A
875 A 1750 A J( )L36175(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
200 A 1000 A 2000 A J( )L36200(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
225 A 1125 A 2250 A J( )L36225(C)
2730.00
3276.00
3779.00
4535.00
5432.00
6519.00
250 A 1250 A 2500 A J( )L36250(C)
3749.00
4499.00
5001.00
6002.00
7238.00
8685.00
a
See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field interchangeable trip units.
b
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L).
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HDL26015C or JDL26150C).
100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
d
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting..

Table 7.39:

5811.00
5811.00
5811.00
5811.00
7194.00

6972.00
6972.00
6972.00
6972.00
8633.00

7086.00
7086.00
7086.00
7086.00
8993.00

8504.00
8504.00
8504.00
8504.00
10791.00

—
—
—
—
—
9212.00
9212.00
9212.00
9212.00
11169.00

—
—
—
—
—

AL175JD
4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
AL250JD
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu

11055.00
AL175JD
11055.00 4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
11055.00
AL250JD
11055.00 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu
13402.00

H- and J-Frame Termination Options

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in e
HGL36100
D = Drawout e
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected e
Rear Connected
Plug-in
Drawout
e
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

Table 7.40:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

7-22

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

Interrupting Rating
J
L
100 kA
125 kA
65 kA
100 kA
25 kA
50 kA

DE2

Discount
Schedule

R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page 7-39
Page 7-42
Page 7-55
Page 7-56

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Electronic Trip
Version

Table 7.41:

H-Frame 150 A and J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers
(600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection g

Electronic Trip Unit

Type

Trip
Function Unit

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Sensor
Rating

D

G

Ja

Cat. No.c

La

Ra
Terminal

$ Price
80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
60 A H( )L36060(C)U31X
1247.00
1455.00
1652.00
1928.00
2108.00
2460.00
3008.00
3510.00
3971.00
4633.00
100 A H( )L36100(C)U31X
1487.00
1735.00
1860.00
2171.00
2258.00
2635.00
3308.00
3860.00
4367.00
5095.00 AL150HDd
150 A H( )L36150(C)U31X
2759.00
3220.00
3758.00
4386.00
5333.00
6224.00
6908.00
8062.00
9119.00 10642.00
250 A J( )L36250(C)U31X
2957.00
3451.00
4006.00
4675.00
5659.00
6604.00
7313.00
8534.00
9653.00 11265.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U33X
1433.00
1641.00
1838.00
2113.00
2294.00
2646.00
3194.00
3696.00
4216.00
4879.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U33X
1673.00
1921.00
2046.00
2356.00
2444.00
2821.00
3494.00
4046.00
4612.00
5341.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
3.2Sf 150 A H( )L36150(C)U33X
2945.00
3405.00
3944.00
4571.00
5519.00
6409.00
7094.00
8247.00
9364.00 10886.00
Standard
250 A J( )L36250(C)U33X
3221.00
3715.00
4270.00
4939.00
5923.00
6868.00
7577.00
8798.00 10002.00 11613.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U43X
2031.00
2240.00
2436.00
2712.00
2892.00
3244.00
3792.00
4295.00
5005.00
5669.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U43X
2271.00
2520.00
2644.00
2955.00
3042.00
3419.00
4092.00
4645.00
5401.00
6131.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U43X
3543.00
4004.00
4542.00
5170.00
6117.00
7008.00
7692.00
8846.00 10153.00 11677.00
Ammeter
250 A J( )L36250(C)U43X
4075.00
4569.00
5124.00
5793.00
6777.00
7722.00
8431.00
9653.00 11129.00 12742.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U53X
2391.00
2599.00
2796.00
3072.00
3252.00
3604.00
4152.00
4654.00
5481.00
6143.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U53X
2631.00
2879.00
3004.00
3314.00
3402.00
3779.00
4452.00
5004.00
5877.00
6605.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic
LSI
5.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U53X
3903.00
4363.00
4902.00
5529.00
6477.00
7367.00
8052.00
9205.00 10629.00 12151.00
Energy
250 A J( )L36250(C)U53X
4588.00
5082.00
5637.00
6306.00
7290.00
8235.00
8944.00 10165.00 11806.00 13418.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U44X
2751.00
2960.00
3156.00
3432.00
3612.00
3964.00
4512.00
5015.00
5956.00
6620.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U44X
2991.00
3240.00
3364.00
3675.00
3762.00
4139.00
4812.00
5365.00
6352.00
7082.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic LSIG
6.2A 150 A H( )L36150(C)U44X
4263.00
4724.00
5262.00
5890.00
6837.00
7728.00
8412.00
9566.00 11104.00 12627.00
Ammeter
250 A J( )L36250(C)U44X
5100.00
5594.00
6149.00
6818.00
7802.00
8747.00
9456.00 10678.00 12482.00 14095.00 AL250JDe
60 A H( )L36060(C)U54X
3111.00
3319.00
3516.00
3792.00
3972.00
4324.00
4872.00
5374.00
6431.00
7094.00
100
A
H(
)L36100(C)U54X
3351.00
3599.00
3724.00
4034.00
4122.00
4499.00
5172.00
5724.00
6827.00
7556.00 AL150HDd
Micrologic LSIG
6.2E 150 A H( )L36150(C)U54X
4623.00
5083.00
5622.00
6249.00
7197.00
8087.00
8772.00
9925.00 11579.00 13101.00
Energy
250 A J( )L36250(C)U54X
5613.00
6107.00
6662.00
7331.00
8315.00
9260.00
9969.00 11190.00 13159.00 14771.00 AL250JDe
a
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
b
See Supplemental Digest page 3-2 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers, add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, HGL36150CU31X, JGL36250CU43X)
100% rated H- and J-frame circuit breakers have copper lugs and can only be used with copper wire.
d
AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
e
AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.
f
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
g
For applications requiring communications see page 7-49.
Micrologic
Standard

LI

3.2f

Table 7.42:

H- and J-Frame Termination Options

H-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit

Table 7.43:
Voltage

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 KA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

R
200 kA
200 kA
100 kA

0
>11

% Ir

.9 4

.9 5 .9 6
.9 7

.9 3

.9 8

.9 2
.9

1

Ir 4( x

3

Io )
5
6

2 .5

8

2
1 .5

x
Is d(

J-Frame
Micrologic™ Trip Unit

10

Ir )

M icor lo g ic

>30
A
>30

5 .2 E

7

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Termination Letter
A - I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
N = Plug-in h
HDL36015T
D = Drawout h
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected h
h
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add
termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

H-Frame Circuit Breaker with
Optional FDM and IFM Modules

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-23

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker

Q-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 0734 / Refer to Catalogs: 0734CT0201
Table 7.44:
Ampere
Rating

PowerPact Q-Framea250 A Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breaker (240 Vac)

QBL 3P
70–250 A

Interrupting Rating

Fixed AC
Magnetic Trip
Hold

QBL 2P
70–250 A

Trip

B
Cat. No.

D
$ Price

Cat. No.

G
$ Price

Cat. No.

Q-Frame Termination Options

$ Price

Table 7.46:

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
E = Bolt-on I-Line (See Section 9)
F = No lugs
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, studs on OFF end

$ Price

QJL22070
QJL22080
QJL22090
QJL22100
QJL22110
QJL22125
QJL22150
QJL22175
QJL22200
QJL22225
QJL22250

1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
- 300 kcmil
1890.00 #4 AWG
Al/Cu
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
1890.00
2348.00

QJL32070
QJL32080
QJL32090
QJL32100
QJL32110
QJL32125
QJL32150
QJL32175
QJL32200
QJL32225
QJL32250

2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
- 300 kcmil
2796.00 #4 AWG
Al/Cu
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
2796.00
3465.00

Q-Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating

B
D
G
J
240 Vacc
10 kA
25 kA
65 kA
100 kAd
c
Q-frame circuit breakers are 240 Vac only.
d
3P QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only.

QGL32200

P = Lugs OFF end, studs on ON end
e

Cat. No.

Voltage

For factory-installed termination,
place termination letter in the
third block of the circuit breaker
catalog number.

Terminal Wire
Range

J

2P, 240 Vac
70 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22070
474.00 QDL22070
1143.00 QGL22070
1521.00
80 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22080
474.00 QDL22080
1143.00 QGL22080
1521.00
90 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL22090
474.00 QDL22090
1143.00 QGL22090
1521.00
100 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22100
474.00 QDL22100
1143.00 QGL22100
1521.00
110 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22110
474.00 QDL22110
1143.00 QGL22110
1521.00
125 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22125
474.00 QDL22125
1143.00 QGL22125
1521.00
150 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22150
474.00 QDL22150
1143.00 QGL22150
1521.00
175 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22175
474.00 QDL22175
1143.00 QGL22175
1521.00
200 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22200
474.00 QDL22200
1143.00 QGL22200
1521.00
225 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22225
474.00 QDL22225
1143.00 QGL22225
1521.00
250 Ab
1200 A
2400 A
QBL22250
693.00 QDL22250
1544.00 QGL22250
1970.00
3P, 240 Vac
70 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32070
1248.00 QDL32070
1784.00 QGL32070
2442.00
80 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32080
1248.00 QDL32080
1784.00 QGL32080
2442.00
90 A
1000 A
1800 A
QBL32090
1248.00 QDL32090
1784.00 QGL32090
2442.00
100 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32100
1248.00 QDL32100
1784.00 QGL32100
2442.00
110 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32110
1248.00 QDL32110
1784.00 QGL32110
2442.00
125 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32125
1248.00 QDL32125
1784.00 QGL32125
2442.00
150 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32150
1248.00 QDL32150
1784.00 QGL32150
2442.00
175 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32175
1248.00 QDL32175
1784.00 QGL32175
2442.00
200 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32200
1248.00 QDL32200
1784.00 QGL32200
2442.00
225 A
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32225
1248.00 QDL32225
1784.00 QGL32225
2442.00
250 Ab
1200 A
2400 A
QBL32250
1812.00 QDL32250
2442.00 QGL32250
3150.00
a
Replacement lugs and electrical accessories are not available for PowerPact Q-frame circuit breakers.
b
250 A requires the use of copper cables only.
250 A lugs are suitable for copper conductors only

Table 7.45:

www.schneider-electric.us

Termination Letter

7

Add TS suffix for studs on both ends without
nuts and washers. See Catalog 0734CT0201
for additional information.

DimensionsPage 7-55
EnclosuresPage 7-56

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-24

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 611 / Refer to Catalogs: 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.47:

L-Frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectionfl
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)

Electronic Trip Unit
D
Sensor
Rating
Type

Jh

G

Lh

Rh
Terminal

Cat. No.g

$ Price

Trip
Function Unit

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

80%
Rated

100%
Rated

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
250 A L( )L36250(C)U31X

4827.00

5648.00

5081.00

5945.00

8478.00

9919.00

9918.00

11604.00

11406.00

13345.00

400 A L( )L36400(C)U31X
600 A
L( )L36600U31X

4827.00
7109.00

5648.00
—

5081.00
7484.00

5945.00
—

8478.00
10541.00

9919.00
—

9918.00
11837.00

11604.00
—

11406.00
13613.00

13345.00 AL600LS52K3k
—

250 A L( )L36250(C)U33X
3.3Si 400 A L( )L36400(C)U33X
600 A
L( )L36600U33X

5391.00

6211.00

5674.00

6538.00

9071.00

10513.00

10511.00

12198.00

12088.00

14028.00

5391.00
7673.00

6211.00
—

5674.00
8077.00

6538.00
—

9071.00
11134.00

10513.00
—

10511.00
12430.00

12198.00
—

12088.00
14295.00

14028.00 AL600LS52K3k
—

5.3A

400 A L( )L36400(C)U43X
600 A
L( )L36600U43X

6253.00
8535.00

7073.00
—

6582.00
8984.00

7445.00
—

9979.00
12041.00

11420.00
—

11419.00
13337.00

13105.00
—

13132.00
15338.00

15071.00
—

LSI

5.3E

400 A L( )L36400(C)U53X
600 A
L( )L36600U53X

7200.00
9483.00

8021.00
—

7579.00
9982.00

8443.00
—

10976.00
13039.00

12418.00
—

12416.00
14335.00

14103.00
—

14278.00
16485.00

16218.00
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A

400 A L( )L36400(C)U44X
600 A
L( )L36600U44X

8149.00
10431.00

8969.00
—

8578.00
10980.00

9441.00
—

11975.00
14037.00

13416.00
—

13415.00
15333.00

15101.00
—

15427.00
17633.00

17366.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSIG

6.3E

400 A L( )L36400(C)U54X
600 A
L( )L36600U54X

9097.00
11379.00

9917.00
—

9575.00
11978.00

10439.00
—

12972.00
15035.00

14414.00
—

14412.00
16331.00

16099.00
—

16574.00
18781.00

18514.00
—

Micrologic
Standard

LI

Micrologic
Standard

LSI

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSI

Micrologic
Energy

3.3i

AL400L61K3j

AL400L61K3j

AL600LS52K3k

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
Micrologic
Standard

250 A L( )L46250(C)U31X

5327.00

6233.00

5581.00

6530.00

8978.00

10501.00

10418.00

12189.00

11981.00

14017.00

LI

3.3

400 A L( )L46400(C)U31X
600 A
L( )L46600U31X

6227.00
8509.00

6233.00
—

6481.00
8884.00

7583.00
—

9878.00
11941.00

11557.00
—

11318.00
13237.00

13242.00
—

13016.00
15223.00

15228.00 AL600LS52K4k
—

Micrologic
Standard

250 A L( )L46250(C)U33X

5891.00

6796.00

6174.00

7123.00

9571.00

11098.00

11011.00

12783.00

12663.00

14700.00

LSI

3.3S

400 A L( )L46400(C)U33X
600 A
L( )L46600U33X

6791.00
9073.00

7849.00
—

7074.00
9477.00

8176.00
—

10471.00
12534.00

12151.00
—

11911.00
13830.00

13836.00
—

13698.00
15905.00

15911.00 AL600LS52K4k
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSI

5.3A

400 A L( )L46400(C)U43X
600 A
L( )L46600U43X

7653.00
9935.00

8711.00
—

7982.00
10384.00

9083.00
—

11379.00
13441.00

13058.00
—

12819.00
14737.00

14743.00
—

14742.00
16948.00

16954.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSI

5.3E

400 A L( )L46400(C)U53X
600 A
L( )L46600U53X

8600.00
10883.00

9659.00
—

8979.00
11382.00

10081.00
—

12376.00
14439.00

14056.00
—

13816.00
15735.00

15741.00
—

15888.00
18095.00

18102.00
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A

400 A L( )L46400(C)U44X
600 A
L( )L46600U44X

9549.00
11831.00

10607.00
—

9978.00
12380.00

11079.00
—

13375.00
15437.00

15054.00
—

14815.00
16733.00

16739.00
—

17037.00
19243.00

19250.00
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSIG

6.3E

400 A L( )L46400(C)U54X
600 A
L( )L46600U54X

10497.00
12779.00

11555.00
—

10975.00
13378.00

12077.00
—

14372.00
16435.00

16052.00
—

15812.00
17731.00

17791.00
—

18184.00
20391.00

20460.00
—

AL400L61K4j

See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LGL36400CU31X)
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or 1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu.
For applications requiring communicatins see page 7-49.

Table 7.48:

Termination Options

Termination
Letter

L-Frame Circuit Breaker

Table 7.49:

Interrupting Ratings

Termination Option

Interrupting Rating
Voltage

A

I-Line (See Section 9)

F

No lugs

D

G

J

L

R

240 Vac

25 kA

65 kA

100 kA

125 kA

200 kA

L

Lugs both ends

480 Vac

18 kA

35 kA

65 kA

100 kA

200 kA

M

Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end

600 Vac

14 kA

18 kA

25 kA

50 kA

100 kA

P

Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end

Nm

Plug In

Dm

Drawout

Sm

Rear Connected

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter
in the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

LGL36600U44X
Termination Letter
m

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

AL600LS52K4k

7

f
g
h
i
j
k
l

AL400L61K4j

For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For
S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 7-56

7-25

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

M-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalogs: 0612CT0101
Table 7.50:

M-Frame 800 A, Basic Electronic Trip System Type ET 1.0n Factory-Sealed Trip Unit

Electronic Trip Unit
Type

www.schneider-electric.us

Interrupting Rating
Sensor
Rating

Function

G

Terminal Wire Range
(AWG/kcmil)

J

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

MGL26300
MGL26350
MGL26400
MGL26450
MGL26500
MGL26600
MGL26700
MGL26800

5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
5960.00
7719.00
7719.00

MJL26300
MJL26350
MJL26400
MJL26450
MJL26500
MJL26600
MJL26700
MJL26800

7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
7829.00
9657.00
9657.00

2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

Basic

Fixed
Long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous
Trip

M-Frame Circuit Breaker

300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A

AL800M23K
(3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu

3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz

n

300 A
MGL36300
7560.00
MJL36300
9456.00
350 A
MGL36350
7560.00
MJL36350
9456.00
Fixed
400 A
MGL36400
7560.00
MJL36400
9456.00
Long-time,
450 A
MGL36450
7560.00
MJL36450
9456.00
AL800M23K
Basic
Adjustable
(3) 3/0–500 Al/Cu
500 A
MGL36500
7560.00
MJL36500
9456.00
Instantaneous
Trip
600 A
MGL36600
7560.00
MJL36600
9456.00
700 A
MGL36700
9927.00
MJL36700
11882.00
800 A
MGL36800
9927.00
MJL36800
11882.00
The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermalmagnetic circuit breaker.

Table 7.51:
Termination
Letter
A
F
L
M
P

Termination Options

Table 7.52:

Termination Option

Voltage

I-Line (See Section 9)
No lugs
Lugs both ends
Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

For factory-installed termination, place termination letter in
the third block of the circuit breaker catalog number.

MGL36400
Termination Letter

Frame Interrupting Ratings
Interrupting Rating
D
25 kA
18 kA
14 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-42
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 7-56

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-26

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers

P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

P-Frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
$ Price

Type

Function

Trip
Unit

Sensor
Rating

Gb

Cat. No.bc
80%
Rated

Jb

100%
Ratedc
—
—
—
—

80%
Rated

Kb
100%
Ratedc
—
—
—
—

80%
Rated

100%
Rated c
—
—
—
—

Lbd
80%
Rated

Terminal
Wire Range
100%
Ratedc
—
AL800M23K
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
—
—
AL1200P25K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
—

600 A
P( )L36060
Basic Electronic Fixed long13905.00
14783.00
14783.00
15660.00
800 A
P( )L36080
Trip Unit
time,
ET1.0I
(Not
Adjustable
1000 A
P( )L36100
19049.00
20250.00
20250.00
21452.00
Interchangeable) Instantaneous
1200 A
P( )L36120
250 A P( )L36025(C)U31A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U31A
AL800M23K
14693.00 21510.00 15570.00 22868.00 15570.00 22868.00 16448.00 24224.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U31A
LI
3.0
800 A P( )L36080(C)U31A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U31A
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
19836.00 30239.00 21038.00 32147.00 21038.00 32147.00 22239.00 34052.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U31A
Interchangeable
Standard
250 A P( )L36025(C)U33A
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U33A
AL800M23K
15032.00 21812.00 15909.00 23187.00 15909.00 23187.00 16787.00 24564.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U33A
LSI
5.0
800 A P( )L36080(C)U33A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U33A
AL1200P25K
20177.00 30540.00 21378.00 32466.00 21378.00 32466.00 22580.00 34392.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U33A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U41A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U41A
AL800M23K
15543.00 22266.00 16421.00 23670.00 16421.00 23670.00 17298.00 25076.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U41A
LI
3.0A
800 A P( )L36080(C)U41A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U41A
AL1200P25K
20688.00 30995.00 21890.00 32949.00 21890.00 32949.00 23091.00 34904.00
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U41A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U43A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U43A
AL800M23K
Micrologic
17043.00 23597.00 17921.00 25085.00 17921.00 25085.00 18798.00 26574.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U43A
Interchangeable
LSI
5.0A
Ammeter
800 A P( )L36080(C)U43A
Trip Unit
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U43A
AL1200P25K
22185.00 32324.00 23387.00 34364.00 23387.00 34364.00 24590.00 36402.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U43A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U44A
400 A P( )L36040(C)U44A
AL800M23K
18909.00 25256.00 19787.00 26849.00 19787.00 26849.00 20664.00 28442.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U44A
LSIG
6.0A
800 A P( )L36080(C)U44A
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U44A
AL1200P25K
24054.00 33983.00 25256.00 36128.00 25256.00 36128.00 26457.00 38270.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U44A
250 A P( )L36025(C)U63AE1
400 A P( )L36040(C)U63AE1
AL800M23K
21455.00 27516.00 22332.00 29252.00 22332.00 29252.00 23210.00 30986.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U63AE1
LSI
5.0P
800 A P( )L36080(C)U63AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U63AE1
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
26597.00 36243.00 27800.00 38529.00 27800.00 38529.00 29001.00 40814.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U63AE1
Interchangeable
Power
250 A P( )L36025(C)U64AE1
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U64AE1
AL800M23K
22536.00 28476.00 23414.00 30272.00 23414.00 30272.00 24291.00 32067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U64AE1
LSIG
6.0P
800 A P( )L36080(C)U64AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U64AE1
AL1200P25K
27680.00 37203.00 28881.00 39551.00 28881.00 39551.00 30083.00 41895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U64AE1
250 A P( )L36025(C)U73AE1
400 A P( )L36040(C)U73AE1
AL800M23K
25538.00 31140.00 26415.00 33104.00 26415.00 33104.00 27291.00 35067.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U73AE1
LSI
5.0H
800 A P( )L36080(C)U73AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U73AE1
AL1200P25K
Micrologic
30680.00 39867.00 31881.00 42381.00 31881.00 42381.00 33083.00 44895.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U73AE1
Interchangeable
Harmonic
250 A P( )L36025(C)U74AE1
Trip Unit
400 A P( )L36040(C)U74AE1
AL800M23K
26619.00 32100.00 27497.00 34125.00 27497.00 34125.00 28374.00 36150.00 (3) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
600 A P( )L36060(C)U74AE1
LSIG
6.0H
800 A P( )L36080(C)U74AE1
1000 A P( )L36100(C)U74AE1
AL1200P25K
31761.00 40829.00 32963.00 43404.00 32963.00 43404.00 34166.00 45978.00 (4) 3/0 AWG–500
kcmil Al or Cu
1200 A P( )L36120(C)U74AE1
a
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
b
To complete the catalog number, replace the ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L).
c
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% trip unit with LI trip functions at 250A would be PGL36025CU31A.
d
For all L interrupting rating, change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600V) to a 4 (480V); for example, PLL34025U31A. The 480V AIR is standard 100 kA.

Table 7.54:

P-Frame Termination Options

Table 7.55:

Termination Letter
F = No Lugs (Includes terminal nut kit on both ends)
L = Lugs both ends
M = Lugs ON end, terminal nut kit OFF end
P = Lugs OFF end, terminal nut kit ON end
D = Drawouta
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
a
For D pricing add termination pricing on page 7-45.

Voltage

For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of
the circuit breaker catalog number.

PGL36040U41A

240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

P-Frame and R-Frame Interrupting Ratings

P-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

K
65 kA
50 kA
50 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
25 kA

R-Frame Interrupting Rating
G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

J
100 kA
65 kA
25 kA

K
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

Termination Letter
R-frame catalog numbers and pricing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Trip Unit Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-47
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Alternate Rating Plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-48
Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-27

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Electronic Trip Unit

7

Table 7.53:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breakers
Table 7.56:

R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

R-Frame 3000 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3Pa Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
$ Price

Electronic Trip Unit
Type

Function

Basic Electronic
Trip Unit
(Not
Interchangeable)

Fixed
long-time,
Adjustable
Instantaneous

Sensor
Rating

Gbd
80% Rated

Jbd

Kbd

100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated 80% Rated 100% Rated
—
—
—
22373.00
23549.00
23549.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
35639.00
—
37512.00
—
37512.00
—

Lbd

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

100% Rated
1200 A
R( )F36120
—
24723.00
1600 A
R( )F36160
—
ET1.0I
2000 A
R( )F36200
—
2500 A
R( )F36250
39383.00
—
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U31A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U31A
27759.00
29301.00
29301.00
30843.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U31A
23160.00
24336.00
24336.00
25511.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U31A
LI
3.0
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U31A
29775.00
31430.00
31430.00
33083.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U31A
35042.00
36989.00
36989.00
38936.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U31A
36426.00
57075.00 38300.00
60248.00
38300.00
60248.00
40170.00
63417.00
Micrologic
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U31A
54027.00
62451.00 57236.00
65738.00
57236.00
65738.00
60246.00
69024.00
Interchangeable
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U33A
Standard Trip Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U33A
28065.00
29624.00
29624.00
31184.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U33A
23501.00
24675.00
24675.00
25851.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U33A
LSI
5.0
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U33A
30081.00
31752.00
31752.00
33423.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U33A
35348.00
37313.00
37313.00
39276.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U33A
36767.00
57383.00 38640.00
60570.00
38640.00
60570.00
40511.00
63758.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U33A
54513.00
62757.00 57542.00
66060.00
57542.00
66060.00
60570.00
69363.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U41A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U41A
28493.00
30075.00
30075.00
31658.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U41A
24012.00
25188.00
25188.00
26363.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U41A
LI
3.0A
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U41A
30509.00
32202.00
32202.00
33897.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U41A
35775.00
37763.00
37763.00
39750.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U41A
37278.00
57809.00 39152.00
61020.00
39152.00
61020.00
41022.00
64232.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U41A
54918.00
63185.00 57969.00
66510.00
57969.00
66510.00
61020.00
69836.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U43A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U43A
29874.00
31533.00
31533.00
33194.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U43A
Micrologic
25511.00
26685.00
26685.00
27860.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U43A
Interchangeable
LSI
5.0A
Ammeter
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U43A
31889.00
33662.00
33662.00
35433.00
Trip Unit
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U43A
37158.00
39221.00
39221.00
41286.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U43A
38777.00
59190.00 40649.00
62478.00
40649.00
62478.00
42521.00
65768.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U43A
56231.00
64569.00 59354.00
67968.00
59354.00
67968.00
62480.00
71367.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U44A
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U44A
31556.00
33308.00
33308.00
35061.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U44A
27378.00
28553.00
28553.00
29729.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U44A
LSIG
6.0A
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U44A
33570.00
35436.00
35436.00
37301.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U44A
38838.00
40995.00
40995.00
43154.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U44A
40644.00
60870.00 43368.00
64253.00
43368.00
64253.00
44388.00
67635.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U44A
57827.00
66255.00 60965.00
69743.00
60965.00
69743.00
64254.00
73230.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U63AE1
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U63AE1
33845.00
35724.00
35724.00
37605.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U63AE1
29922.00
31097.00
31097.00
32273.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U63AE1
LSI
5.0P
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U63AE1
35859.00
37853.00
37853.00
39845.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U63AE1
41129.00
43413.00
43413.00
45698.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U63AE1
43188.00
63161.00 45062.00
66671.00
45062.00
66671.00
46932.00
70179.00
Micrologic
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U63AE1
60003.00
68553.00 63338.00
72161.00
63338.00
72161.00
66671.00
75858.00
Interchangeable
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U64AE1
Power Trip Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U64AE1
34818.00
36753.00
36753.00
38687.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U64AE1
31004.00
32180.00
32180.00
33354.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U64AE1
LSIG
6.0P
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U64AE1
36834.00
38880.00
38880.00
40926.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U64AE1
42102.00
44441.00
44441.00
46779.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U64AE1
44270.00
64136.00 46143.00
67698.00
46143.00
67698.00
48014.00
71261.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U64AE1
60929.00
69528.00 64313.00
73188.00
64313.00
73188.00
67698.00
76848.00
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U73AE1
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U73AE1
37518.00
39603.00
39603.00
41687.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U73AE1
34005.00
35180.00
35180.00
36354.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U73AE1
LSI
5.0H
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U73AE1
39534.00
41730.00
41730.00
43928.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U73AE1
44801.00
47291.00
47291.00
49779.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U73AE1
47271.00
66836.00 49143.00
70548.00
49143.00
70548.00
51015.00
74262.00
Micrologic
72236.00 67020.00
76038.00
67020.00
76038.00
70550.00
79841.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U73AE1
63494.00
Interchangeable
Harmonic Trip
600 A
R( )F36060(C)U74AE1
Unit
800 A
R( )F36080(C)U74AE1
38493.00
40631.00
40631.00
42770.00
1000 A
R( )F36100(C)U74AE1
35087.00
36261.00
36261.00
37436.00
1200 A
R( )F36120(C)U74AE1
LSIG
6.0H
1600 A
R( )F36160(C)U74AE1
40509.00
42758.00
42758.00
45009.00
2000 A
R( )F36200(C)U74AE1
45776.00
48320.00
48320.00
50862.00
2500 A
R( )F36250(C)U74AE1
48353.00
67809.00 50225.00
71576.00
50225.00
71576.00
52097.00
75344.00
3000 A
R( )F36300(C)U74AE1
64419.00
73212.00 67997.00
77066.00
67997.00
77066.00
71577.00
80919.00
Note: R-frame circuit breakers can be bus- or cable-connected. For cable connections, optional terminal pad kit RLTB or equivalent bus structure is required. Each RLTB kit contains terminal pads
for one end of the circuit breaker only and has provisions for mounting a maximum of 8 lugs per phase (9 lugs for 3000 A). RLTB kits are included with 2500 A 100% rated circuit breakers.
The RL3TB kits are included with the 3000 A, 80% and 100% rated circuit breakers. For other circuit breakers, order terminal pad kit (RLTB) and optional lugs separately. See pages 7-42–7-44.
a
For 2P and 4P information see Catalog 0612CT0101.
b
To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupting rating (G, J, K or L).
c
Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit
with LI trip functions at 2500A would be RGF36250CU31A.
d
See page 7-27 for interrupting ratings table.

7-28

Trip Unit

Cat. No.bc

DE2

Discount
Schedule

80% Rated

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protectors

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

PowerPact H- and J-frame electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are magnetic-only
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers. They are designed to offer short circuit protection and
are National Electrical Code (NEC) compliant when installed as part of a combination
controller having motor overload protection. MCP circuit breakers accept the same
accessories and terminals as the equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers.
Determine the hp rating from the nameplate of the motor. Select a MCP with an ampere
rating recommended for the hp and voltage involved. When using the automatic settings the
MCP microprocessor automatically adjusts the trip settings for both current and time to
align with the start-up characteristic for the motor type, whether it is a standard or energyefficient motor. This includes a dampening means to accommodate a transient motor inrush current without nuisance tripping of the circuit breaker.
Table 7.57:

H- and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)
Interrupting Rating

Frame

dard
Stan
ient
Effic ace
rgy
Energie Efficiente
Energia Efic
Ene

Sensor
Rating

Full Load
Amperes
Range

Adjustable
Instantaneous
Trip Range

Suffix

30 A
50 A
100 A
150 A
250 A

1.5–25 A
14–42 A
30–80 A
58–130 A
114–217 A

9–325 A
84–546 A
180–1040 A
348–1690 A
684–2500 A

M71
M72
M73
M74
M75

H-Frame
J-Frame

Standard
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente

Table 7.58:

J
(See SCCR Table Below)

L
(See SCCR Table Below)

Cat. No.
HJL36030M71
HJL36050M72
HJL36100M73
HJL36150M74
JJL36250M75

Cat. No.
HLL36030M71
HLL36050M72
HLL36100M73
HLL36150M74
JLL36250M75

$ Price
1089.00
1385.00
1646.00
2069.00
2393.00

$ Price
1223.00
1553.00
1827.00
2306.00
2673.00

Maximum Rating or Setting of Motor Protective Devicesa
Percentage of Full-load Current
Type of Motor

a
b

Not to Exceedb

A, B, C, D

Standard

800%

1300%

B, E

Energy Efficient

1100%

1700%

Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.52.
See NEC Exception No. 1 to Table 430.52. The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for instantaneous
trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type reduced
voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.”

Table 7.59:

I

MCP Selection by HP Ratingsc of Induction-type Squirrel-Cage and
Wound-rotor Motorsd
3Ø 60 Hz Voltagese

Motor Type / Tipo de Motor / Type de Moteur

Full-Load Amperes
Standard
Energy Efficient
Energie Efficace
Energia Eficiente

c
d
e

200 Vac

230 Vac

460 Vac

Suffix

575 Vac

.5–5

.5–7.5

.75–15

1–20

1.5–25

M71

5–10

5–15

10–30

15–40

14–42

M72

10–25

15–30

25–60

30–75

30–80

M73

20–40

25–50

50–100

60–125

58–130

M74

40–60

50–75

100–150

125–200

114–217

M75

Based on 2005 NEC Table 430.250.
Per NEC 430.3, part-winding motors should select two circuit breakers, each at not more than one-half the allowable
trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a disconnecting
means per NEC 430.103.
Listed voltages are rated motor voltages. Corresponding system voltages are 200 Vac, 220–240 Vac, 440–480 Vac
and 550–600 Vac. Select wire and circuit breakers based on horsepower rather than nameplate full-load current per
NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor applications.

Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
Tested to meet NEC and UL508A requirements for short circuit current ratings as part of an
approved combination controller.
Table 7.60:

Short Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

t

Setting

J

7

Interrupting Rating
Contactor/Starter

L

200–240 Vac

480 Vac

600 Vac

200–240 Vac

480 Vac

Tesys D-line and F-line

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

125 kA

100 kA

600 Vac
50 kA

NEMA Type S

100 kA

65 kA

25 kA

125 kA

100 kA

50 kA

See www.us.schneider-electric.us for specific ratings and combination ID numbers.
Accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC
Article 430, refer to pages 16-35—16-37.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-29

Motor Circuit Protectors

H-Frame and J-Frame MCP Selector
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001

Table 7.61:

Application of PowerPact™ H-Frame and J-Frame Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP)

Horsepower Rating of Induction-type Squirrel-cage and Wound-rotor Motors 3Ø 60 Hz
Starter Size

200 Vac

230 Vac

480 Vac

575 Vac
1/2

1/2
3/4
1

3/4
1

1/2
1-1/2
1/2
2
1-1/2
00

3/4
2
3/4
3
1
1
3
1-1/2
5
2
1-1/2
5
2

0

7-1/2
3
3

7-1/2
10

10

5
15
1

5
15
7-1/2

20

7-1/2
20

25

10

2

30
10
25
30

7

40
15
15

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

40

3

50

20
20

60
50
25
60

75

25
30
30
75

4

100
40
40
100
125
50
150
50

5

60
125
60
150
75

200

75
200
100
Shaded area is not covered by J-frame electronic motor circuit protector.

7-30

www.schneider-electric.us

NEC Full Load
Amperes
0.9 A
1.1 A
1.3 A
1.7 A
2.1 A
2.2 A
2.4 A
2.5 A
2.7 A
3A
3.2 A
3.4 A
3.7 A
3.9 A
4.2 A
4.8 A
4.8 A
6A
6.1 A
6.8 A
6.9 A
7.6 A
7.8 A
9A
9.6 A
11 A
14 A
15.2 A
17 A
17.5 A
21 A
22 A
25.3 A
27 A
28 A
32 A
32.2 A
34 A
40 A
41 A
42 A
48.3 A
52 A
54 A
62 A
65 A
68 A
77 A
78.2 A
80 A
92 A
96 A
99 A
104 A
120 A
124 A
125 A
130 A
144 A
150 A
154 A
156 A
177.1 A
180 A
192 A
221 A
240 A
248 A

PowerPact H-Frame and
J-Frame Electronic MCP

HJL36030M71
and
HLL36030M71
1/2–10 hp

HJL36050M72
and
HLL36050M72
10–25 hp

HJL36100M73
and
HLL36100M73
15–50 hp

HJL36150M74
and
HLL36150M74
30–100 hp

JJL36250M75
and
JLL36250M75
50–150 hp

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Protectors

Motor Circuit Protectors and Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
Class 580, 585, 680, 685

www.schneider-electric.us

Motor Circuit Protectors
Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) are instantaneous-trip magnetic-only circuit breakers. They have a single
adjustment which simultaneously sets the magnetic trip level of each individual pole. Mag-Gard™ circuit breakers
comply with NEC requirements for providing motor circuit protection when installed as part of a UL Listed combination
controller having motor overload protection. Interrupting ratings are established for these UL Recognized Components
only when they are used in combination with motor starters with properly sized overload relays and contactors.
All Mag-Gard circuit breakers will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent circuit breakers. Mag-Gard
circuit breakers are available with I-Line construction.i High-interruption (H) construction Mag-Gard circuit breakers
(LHL) are also available.
Table 7.62:

Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg
Trip
Unit

Ampere Rating

Motor Circuit Protector
LAL

400

Adjustablef
Trip Range (A)
500–1000 A
750–1600 A
1000–2000 A
1125–2250 A
1250–2500 A
1500–3000 A
1750–3500 A
2000–4000 A

250 Vdc Multiplier

Cat. No.

$ Price

High = 1.2
Low = 1.4

LAL3640022M
LAL3640028M
LAL3640030M
LAL3640031M
LAL3640032M
LAL3640033M
LAL3640035M
LAL3640036M

4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00
4619.00

For PowerPact L- and P-Frames, an instantaneous-only version of the electronic trip circuti breaker is also available for
motor circuit protection. These MCPs comply with NEC® requirements for providing short-circuit protection when
installed as part of a Listed combination controller having motor overload protection.
Table 7.63:

Magnetic Only 3 Pole, 600 Vac, 50/60 Hzi—Three Device Solutionsg
Interrupting Rating

Sensor Rating

Motor Protector Circuit
Breaker

Trip Adjustablef
Unit Trip Range (A)

G

J

L

R

Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
400
500–1200% LGL36400M37X 4619.00 LJL36400M37X 4727.00 LLL36400M37X 5007.00 LRL36400M37X
PowerPact
1.3 M
L-Framei
600
500–1200% LGL36600M37X 6790.00 LJL36600M37X 6949.00 LLL36600M37X 7360.00 LRL36600M37X
600
1200–10000 A
—
—
PJL36060M68
7560.00 PLL34060M68 8006.00
—
800
1200–10000 A
—
—
PJL36080M68
9927.00 PLL34080M68 10514.00
—
PowerPact
PJL, PLLi 1000
1500–10000 A
—
—
PJL36100M69 12705.00 PLL34100M69 13455.00
—
1200
1800–10000 A
—
—
PJL36120M70 16517.00 PLL34120M70 17492.00
—
f
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
g
Three-device solutions are the traditional solutionss: motor circuit protector plus motor starter plus overload relay.
h
250 Vdc ratings are available. No UL component recognition
i
These electronic magnetic only motor circuit protectors are available with I-Line constructions. Consult the factory.

$ Price
5307.00
7802.00
—
—
—
—

Table 7.64:

Electronic
Trip Unit
Type

H-Frame (150 A), J-Frame (250 A) and L-Frame (600 A) Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers (UL Ratings)—
Two Device Solutionsj

Frame

Sensor
Rating

Trip
Unit

30
H-Frame
Standardk
J-Frame
L-Frame
j
k

50
100

2.2 M

Full Load
Amperes
Range
(FLA)

Interrupting Rating
Isd (x
FLA)

G

J

Cat. No.

L

R

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

$ Price

1608.00

HJL36030M38X

1658.00

HLL36030M38X

1812.00

HRL36030M38X

1993.00

14–25

5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X

14–42

5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X

1938.00

HJL36050M38X

1998.00

HLL36050M38X

2191.00

HRL36050M38X

2410.00

30–80

5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X

2229.00

HJL36100M38X

2298.00

HLL36100M38X

2506.00

HRL36100M38X

2757.00

150

58–130

5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X

2701.00

HJL36150M38X

2785.00

HLL36150M38X

3057.00

HRL36150M38X

3363.00

250

114–217

5-13 x FLA

JGL36250M38X

3105.00

JJL36250M38X

3201.00

JLL36250M38X

3523.00

JRL36250M38X

3875.00

400

190–348

5-13 x FLA

LGL36400M38X

6041.00

LJL36400M38X

6160.00

LLL36400M38X

6468.00

LRL36400M38X

7115.00

312–520

5-13 x FLA

LGL36600M38X

8429.00

LJL36600M38X

8604.00

LLL36600M38X

9156.00

LRL36600M38X

10072.00

600

2.3 M

Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection)
—1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M plus
—1 contactor
The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10 and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.

Accessories . . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . .Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56

To select combination starters and motor controllers using MCP’s meeting NEC Article 430, refer to
pages 16-35—16-37.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-31

7

Motor protection circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor
feeder solutions to provide protection against short-circuits, overloads, and phase unbalance.

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Motor Protector Circuit Breakers

Motor Circuit Protectors

H-, J-, and LA-Frame MCP Selection
Class 680
www.schneider-electric.us

Adjustable instantaneous-trip circuit breakers are intended
for use in combination with motor starters with overload
relays for the protection of motor circuits from short circuits.
Other specific applications include rectifiers and resistance
welders. These circuit breakers contain a magnetic trip
element in each pole with the trip point adjustable from the
front. Interrupting ratings are determined by testing the
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers in combination with a
contactor and overload relay.

1.

For other motors order a special thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker with magnetic trip settings for the specific motor—
specify motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full-load
current and code letter or locked rotor current.

2.
3.

Determine motor hp rating from the motor nameplate.
Refer to the tables and select an instantaneous-trip circuit
breaker with an ampere rating recommended for the hp and
voltage involved.
Select an adjustable trip setting of at least 800%, not to
exceed 1300%, of the motor full-load amperes (FLA) for other
than Design E motors. For Design E motors, select an
adjustable trip setting of at least 1100% not to exceed 1700%
of FLA.
The NEC 1300% maximum setting may be inadequate for
instantaneous-trip circuit breakers to withstand current surges
typical of the magnetization current of autotransformer type
reduced voltage starters, or open transition wye-delta starters
during transfer from “start” to “run,” constant hp multi-speed
motors, and motors labeled “high efficiency.” Select thermalmagnetic circuit breakers from page 7-33 for those applications.
Part-winding motors, per NEC 430.3, should have two circuit
breakers selected from the above at not more than one half
the allowable trip setting for the horsepower rating. The two
circuit breakers should operate simultaneously as a
disconnecting means per NEC 430.103.
Based on NEC 430.52 and NEC Table 430.150. See page 7-31
for available Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip Circuit Breakers.

4.

Select instantaneous-trip circuit breakers as follows:
This selection table is suitable for motors, other than
NEMA Design E, with locked-rotor indicating code letters
per NEC® Table 430.7 (b) as follows:
Table 7.65:

5.

Locked-Rotor Indicating Codes

Horsepower

Motor Code letter

1/2 or less
3/4 to 1-1/2
2 to 3
5 to 25
30 to 125
150 or more

A–L
A–K
A–J
A–H
A–G
A–F

6.

7.

Table 7.66:

PowerPact H-Frame and L-Frame Motor
Protector Circuit Breaker

Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz
200
Vac

230
Vac

460
Vac
10

575
Vac

5

7

15
5
15

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-1/2

20

7-1/2
20

25

10
30
10
25
30
40
15
15
40

50

20
20

60
50

75
200
250
100
100
300
250
125
350
125
150
300
400
150

350
500
400
200

7-32

PowerPact Family
Full
Motor Protector
Load
Breaker
Amperesa Circuit
Cat. No.b

Magnetic Trip
Settingsc

MIN
14
15..2
17
17.5
21
22
25.3
27
28
32
32.2
34
40
41
42
48.3
52
54
62
65
221
240
242
248
285
289
302
312
336
359
360
361
382
414
472
477
480

H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36030M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36050M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
H( )L36100M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36400M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X
L( )L36600M38X

Table 7.67:

Hp Ratings of Induction Type
Squirrel-Cage and
Wound Rotor Motors
3Ø 60 Hz

MAX
200
Vac
75

500%

1300%

LAL Adjustable Instantaneous-Trip
Circuit Breakers for Single Motor
Circuit Protection

230
Vac

460
Vac

575
Vac

Full
Mag-Gard
Load
Circuit Breaker
Amperesa
Cat. No.

Magnetic Trip
Settingsc

MIN

MAX

221
LAL3640033M
700% 1400%
200
240
LAL3640035M
700% 1500%
250
242
LAL3640035M
700% 1400%
100
248
LAL3640035M
700% 1400%
100
285
LAL3640036M
700% 1400%
300
289
LAL3640036M
700% 1400%
250
302
LAL3640036M
700% 1300%
125
312
LAL3640036M
600% 1300%
a
Motor full-load currents are taken from NEC Table 430.150. Select
wire and circuit breakers on basis of horsepower rather than
nameplate full-load current per NEC 430.6 (A) for general motor
applications. Do not use these values to select overload relay thermal
units. See Digest pages 14-129–14-152 for selection of thermal units
when actual full load current is not known. The voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding nominal system voltages are 200–208,
220–240, 440–480 and 550–600 V.
b
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate
rating (G, J, or L). M38X is for standard trip units. For advanced trip
units (LCD display, metering and communication, replace with M58X).
c
Only MIN and MAX settings are shown, intermediate settings are
available on all circuit breakers.
d
See NEC 430.52(A) for circuit breaker settings above 800%.
e
If due to motor starting characteristics, trip settings at the 1300%
maximum permitted level are needed, the next size Mag-Gard circuit
breaker should be chosen.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor Circuit Protectors

Motor Protection Selection Tables
Class 601

www.schneider-electric.us

Horsepower Ratings
Squirrel-Cage and WoundRotor Motors with Norm.
1Ø
Torque Characteritics
10 Hz ac
Operating at usual Speeds
3Ø 60 Hz
200 230
460 575 115 200 230
Vacb Vac Vac Vac Vac Vacb Vac
3/4
1/3
5
2
3/4
1

120
Vdc

240
Vdc

3.4

2
7-1/2
1
1
3
1/2
1-1/2
3

7-1/2

10
1-1/2
2
3
1-1/2
3/4

2

10
5
1
15

3

2

5
3
1-1/2

5

15
7-1/2
2
3
7-1/2
20

25

10

5
7-1/2
30

10
25

3
10
7-1/2

5

15
7--1/2
15
10
40

50

20
15
5
10
7-1/2
60
20
50
25
20
10
60

75

25
30

7-1/2
25

30
75
100
10
40
30
40
100
125
50
40
150
50
60
125
50
60
150
75

200

75
200
250
100
100
300
250
125
350
125
150
300
400
150

350
500
400
200

200
500
250

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Average Direct
Current Motors
Full
Operating at
Load
Base Speed Amperagef

6.9 A
7.2 A
7.6 A
7.8 A
7.9 A
8.0 A
8.5 A
9.0 A
9.2 A
9.5 A
9.6 A
9.8 A
10.0 A
11.0 A
11.5 A
12.0 A
12.2 A
13.2 A
13.8 A
14.0 A
15.2 A
16.0 A
17.0 A
17.5 A
19.6 A
20.0 A
21.0 A
22.0 A
24.0 A
25.0 A
25.3 A
27.0 A
28.0 A
29.0 A
32.0 A
32.2 A
34.0 A
38.0 A
40.0 A
41.0 A
42.0 A
46.0 A
48.3 A
50.0 A
52.0 A
54.0 A
55.0 A
56.0 A
57.5 A
58.0 A
62.0 A
62.1 A
65.0 A
68.0 A
72.0 A
76.0 A
77.0 A
78.2 A
80.0 A
89.0 A
92.0 A
96.0 A
99.0 A
100.0 A
104.0 A
106.0 A
120.0 A
124.0 A
125.0 A
130.0 A
140.0 A
144.0 A
150.0 A
154.0 A
156.0 A
173.0 A
177.0 A
180.0 A
192.0 A
221.0 A
240.0 A
242.0 A
248.0 A
285.0 A
289.0 A
302.0 A
312.0 A
336.0 A
359.0 A
360.0 A
361.0 A
382.0 A
414.0 A
472.0 A
477.0 A
480.0 A
552.0 A
590.0 A
602.0 A

Amperage of ThermalMinimum Size metallic
QMB
Magnetichj Inverse Time Circuit
Conduit 75° C, C Wire Fieldand
Breaker
Heavy Installed Sized for 125% FLAe
Duty
For Motor Code
For
Conduit 3 W
Switch
Letter B to E
Motor
with
AWG
Code
Heavy
Service
THHN
Time
kcmil
Ordinary
Energy Letter F Delay
THWN
THW
Servicec and
to Vi Fusesg
Efficientd
XHHW
15 A
20 A
15 A
20 A
25 A

20 A

30 A

14

1/2 in.

N/A

12

1/2 in.

N/A

10

1/2 in.

N/A

8

1/2 in.a

N/A

6

3/4 in.

1 in.

4

1 in.

1 in.

3

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

2

1 in.

1-1/4 in.

1

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

1/0

1-1/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

2/0

1-1/2 in.

1-1/2 in.

3/0

1-1/2 in.

2 in.

30 A

25 A
25 A

30 A

35 A
40 A
35 A
45 A

35 A
40 A
40 A
45 A

45 A

50 A
60 A

50 A

50 A

70 A
60 A
80 A

60 A

70 A

90 A

80 A

100 A

90 A

110 A

60 A

80 A

125 A
110 A
90 A
150 A
125 A
100 A

175 A

100 A

150 A
110 A
125 A
200 A
110 A

175 A
225 A

125 A
200 A

250 A

150 A
225 A
175 A

300 A

250 A
250 A

200 A
350 A

200 A
300 A
225 A
250 A

400 A
350 A
400 A

300 A

450 A

350 A

500 A

400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A

600 A
700 A

900 A

400 A

600 A
800 A
700 A

2 in.

2 in.

250
300

2 in.
2 in.

2 in.
2-1/2 in.

350

2-1/2 in.

2-1/2 in.

500

3 in.

3 in.

(2) 3/0 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2 in.
900 A

800 A

1000 A
1200 A

(2) 4/0 (2) 2 in.

(2) 2 in.

(2)300 (2) 2 in.

(2) 2-1/2 in.

1000 A
600 A

900 A
800 A

4/0
500 A

1200 A

1600 A

(2) 350 (2) 2-1/2 in. (2) 2-1/2 in.
—

(3) 300 (3) 2 in.

(3) 2-1/2 in.

7-33

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

a 8 XHHW requires 3/4 in. conduit for
3W.
b200 V motors are commonly used
on 208 V services.
cOrdinary service for normal
starting duty only, acceleration time
of 10 sec. or less.
dHeavy service is jogging or plugging
duty or cycling load with over 25
starts per hour or over 5 starts per
minute. Energy efficient motors are
polyphase motors defined in NEMA
Standard MG1 and exhibit high
starting current.
eNEC 430.22 for Single Motor,
Smaller conductors may be
permitted for light duty-cycle service
per 430.22 (B) Exception No. 1. DC
motors operating from rectified 1Ø
power supply will require larger
conductors per 430.22 (A) Exception
No. 1. For motor-generator arc
welders, see 630.11.
fMotor full load currents thru 200 hp
are taken from NEC Tables 430.147,
148 and 150. Above 200 hp from UL
98. Select wire size, circuit breakers,
or fuses on basis of hp rather than
nameplate full load current per NEC
430.6. Do not use these values to
select overload relay thermal
units. See Digest pages 16-129—
16-152 for selection of thermal units
when actual full load current is not
known. Voltages listed are rated
motor voltages. Corresponding
nominal system voltages are 110–
120 V, 200–208 V, 220–240 V, 440–
480 V and 550–600 V.
gSwitch size only is shown in table.
Selected fuses should not exceed
maximum percent of full-load current
as given in NEC Table 430.52.
Above 50 hp dc switches are not hp
rated by UL as Motor Circuit
Switches, but as General Use
Switches only and are not
necessarily capable of interrupting
the max. operating overload current
of a motor. See NEC 100 for
definition of General Use Switch.
When protecting a 3Ø, Design E
energy efficient motor, the switch is
required by NEC 430.109 to have a
hp rating of not less than 1.4 times
that of a motor rated 3–100 hp, or not
less than 1.3 times that of a motor
rated over 100 hp. Switches shown in
this table do not necessarily comply
with that requirement.
hThermal-magnetic circuit breaker
ampere ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions,
based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Table 430.52. Under some
conditions, the next size larger switch
or circuit breaker rating may be
necessary to accommodate the
motor starting current and is
permitted by NEC 430.52(C)(1)
Exception 2. High starting currents
are anticipated with Design E and
other energy efficient motors. For
explanation of Code letter markings,
see NEC 430.7(B). For Busway Plugin units, see page 9-7.
iThermal-magnetic breaker ampere
ratings recommended are
approximate for average conditions
and based on trip characteristics of
Square D circuit breakers and NEC
Tables 430.7(B) and 430.52.
jType LC, LI, LX, LXI, and LE circuit
breakers are NOT recommended
for use on single motor branch
circuits.
Contact your local Field Office for
circuit breaker selection on
constant horsepower multi-speed
motors.

Selection Tables for Conductors, Safety Switches and Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Breakers
Based on 2005 NEC® Tables 430.147, 430.148 & 430.150

7

Table 7.68:

Automatic Switches
Class 600 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Automatic molded case switches open instantaneously at a factory preset magnetic trip point, calibrated to protect only
the molded case switch itself, when it is subjected to high fault currents. The trip point is nonadjustable and provides no
overload or low level fault protection.
Molded case switches open when the handle is switched to the OFF position or in response to an auxiliary tripping
device such as a shunt trip.
All molded case switches will accept the same lugs and accessories as equivalent thermal-magnetic circuit breakers,
with the exception of Q-frame switches which do not have electrical accessories available.
Automatic molded case switches are UL Listed per UL 489 and are CSA Certified.

J-Frame
Switch

L-Frame
Switch

Table 7.69:

H-Frame, J-Frame, and L-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac

Circuit
Ampere
Breaker Poles Rating
2
H-Frame
J-Frame
3
3
L-Frame
4

150 A
175 A
250 A
150 A
175 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
400 A
600 A

G Withstand

L Withstand

Table 7.70:
Circuit
Breaker

Poles

Frame

Poles

7

2

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

P
3

2
R
3

Cat. No.
—
—
—
—
JRL36000S17
JRL36000S25
LRL36000S40X
LRL36000S60X
LRL46000S40X
LRL46000S60X

$ Price Trip Point
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2673.00
3125 A
2673.00
3125 A
5370.00
4800 A
5902.00
6600 A
6882.00
4800 A
7414.00
6600 A

Terminal

Wire Range

AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD

14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K3
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K4
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Q-Frame (240 Vac) PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switches
J Withstand

Ampere
Rating

Wire Range

Cat. No.
2
225 A
QBL22000S22c
Q-Frameb
3
225 A
QBL32000S22c
b
Withstand rating of 10 kA at 240 Vac.
c
DE2A discount schedule.

Table 7.71:

R Withstand

Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
HGL26000S15a 1349.00 2250A
HLL26000S15
1590.00
2250 A
JGL26000S17
1827.00 3125 A
JLL26000S17
1980.00
3125 A
JGL26000S25
1827.00 3125 A
JLL26000S25
1980.00
3125 A
HGL36000S15
1799.00 2250 A HLL36000S15
1988.00
2250 A
JGL36000S17
2286.00 3125 A
JLL36000S17
2475.00
3125 A
JGL36000S25
2286.00 3125 A
JLL36000S25
2475.00
3125 A
LGL36000S40X 4572.00 4800 A LLL36000S40X
4972.00
4800 A
LGL36000S60X 5065.00 6600A LLL36000S60X
5465.00
6600 A
LGL46000S40X 5972.00 4800 A LLL46000S40X
6372.00
4800 A
LGL46000S60X 6465.00 6600A LLL46000S60X
6865.00
6600 A
a
True 2P device. Others are a 2P in a 3P module.

$ Price
440.00
1193.00

Trip Point
4500 A
4500 A

4 AWG–300 kcmil

P-Frame and R-Frame PowerPact™ Automatic Molded Case Switchese, 600 Vac
Ampere
Rating
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A

J Withstand

K Withstand

L Withstand

Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
PJL26000S60
5340.00
10 kA
PKL26000S60
5340.00
24 kA
PLL24000S60d
PJL26000S80
5991.00
10 kA
PKL26000S80
5991.00
24 kA
PLL24000S80d
PJL26000S10
7469.00
10 kA
PKL26000S10
7469.00
24 kA
PLL24000S10d
PJL26000S12
11744.00
10 kA
PKL26000S12
11744.00
24 kA
PLL24000S12d
PJL36000S60
6584.00
10 kA
PKL36000S60
6584.00
24 kA
PLL34000S60d
PJL36000S80
7236.00
10 kA
PKL36000S80
7236.00
24 kA
PLL34000S80d
PJL36000S10
9287.00
10 kA
PKL36000S10
9287.00
24 kA
PLL34000S10d
PJL36000S12
11867.00
10 kA
PKL36000S12
11867.00
24 kA
PLL34000S12d
—
—
—
RKF26000S12
12213.00
57 kA
RLF26000S12
—
—
—
RKF26000S16
14685.00
57 kA
RLF26000S16
—
—
—
RKF26000S20
15687.00
57 kA
RLF26000S20
—
—
—
RKF26000S25
24948.00
57 kA
RLF26000S25
—
—
—
RKF36000S12
13602.00
57 kA
RLF36000S12
—
—
—
RKF36000S16
15911.00
57 kA
RLF36000S16
—
—
—
RKF36000S20
19374.00
57 kA
RLF36000S20
—
—
—
RKF36000S25
30836.00
57 kA
RLF36000S25
—
—
—
RKF36000S30
41104.00
57 kA
RLF36000S30
d
P-frame L-interrupting is available in 480 Vac only.
e
UL magnetic trip tolerances are -20% / +30% from the nominal values shown.

Table 7.72:

$ Price Trip Point
5715.00
10 kA
6414.00
10 kA
7995.00
10 kA
10887.00
10 kA
6974.00
10 kA
7667.00
10 kA
9837.00
10 kA
12570.00
10 kA
12855.00
48 kA
14825.00
48 kA
15837.00
48 kA
25185.00
48 kA
14318.00
48 kA
16062.00
48 kA
19559.00
48 kA
31130.00
48 kA
41496.00
48 kA

Terminal

Wire Range

AL800M23K

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL1200P25K

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL800M23K

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

AL1200P25K

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu

R-frame circuit breakers can be
bus-connected or cable-connected.
For cable connections, RLTB kit or
equivalent bus structure is required.
Kit is included with 3000 A switches.
For all others, see page 7-44.

H-, J-, L- P-, and R-Frame Withstand Ratingsf
Withstand

Voltage

G
J
K
L
R
240 Vac
65 kA
100 kA
65 kA
125 kA
200 kA
480 Vac
35 kA
65 kA
50 kAg
100 kA
200 kA
600 Vac
18 kA
25 kA
50 kAg
50 kA
100 kA
f
The withstand rating is the fault current at rated voltage that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal continuous current rating.
g
R-frame withstand is 65 kA.

Accessories . . . . . . . Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-54 and 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58

7-34

DE2

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

UL Listed 500 Vdc Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600

www.schneider-electric.us

The UL Listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers shown below are specifically
designed for use on ungrounded dc systems having a maximum short-circuit voltage of 500
Vdc or a maximum floating (unloaded) voltage of 600 Vdc. The circuit breakers are suitable
for use only with UPS (uninterruptable power supplies) and ungrounded systems.
This two-level voltage rating allows these circuit breakers to be applied to battery sources
having a short-circuit availability of 20,000 amperes for LH, and MH circuit breakers and
25,000 amperes for PAF circuit breakers at 500 Vdc.
LH and MH circuit breakers are provided with an adjustable magnetic trip that is readily
accessible by means of a single adjustment on the face of the circuit breaker. PAF circuit
breakers have a fixed magnetic trip range.
These circuit breakers are UL Listed for the interrupting ratings shown only if applied with
three poles connected in series (series connection is external to circuit breaker). See
diagram below.
NOTE: Due to external series connection, I-Line™ circuit breakers are not available for
this application.
Table 7.73:
Ampere Rating

Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Francher seulement comme suit:
300 V
300 V
600 V MAX.
or
MAX.
MAX.
o
ou
Load/Carga/
Charge

100 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A
250 A
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
900 A
1000 A
1200 A

Load/Carga/
Charge

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
DC Circuit Breaker Label

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION
Connect only as shown/Conectar solo asi/
Brancher seulement comme suit:

+

600 V MAX.

+

Load/Carga/
Charge

600 V MAX.

-

or
o
ou

-

Load/Carga/
Charge

600 V MAX.

Source = 600 Vdc max. (floating)
500 Vdc max. (loaded)
MHL–DCH Breaker Only

a
b

DC Molded Case Circuit Breakers
Adjustable Magnetic Trip Range—DC
Interrupting Rating
Amperesa
@ 500 Vdc
Low
High
JGL37100D81
400
600
JGL37125D81
400
600
20 k AIR
JGL37150D81
400
600
JGL37175D81
400
600
JGL37200D82
500
850
JGL37225D82
500
850
20 k AIR
JGL37250D82
500
850
LHL3625025DC
625
1250
LHL3630026DC
750
1500
20 k AIR
LHL3635029DC
875
1750
LHL3640030DC
1000
2000
MHL3645031DC
1125
2250
MHL3650032DC
1250
2500
MHL3660033DC
1500
3000
MHL3670035DC
1750
3500
20 k AIR
MHL3680036DC
2000
4000
MHL3690039DC
2500
5000
MHL36100040DC
2500
5000
MHL36120040DCb
2500
5000
25 k AIR
MHL3645031DCH
1125
2250
MHL3650032DCH
1250
2500
MHL3660033DCH
1500
3000
MHL3670035DCH
1750
3500
50 k AIR
MHL3680036DCH
2000
4000
MHL3690039DCH
2500
5000
MHL36100040DCH
2500
5000
MHL36120040DCHb
2500
5000
50 k AIR
Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

$ Price
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
3779.00
5001.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
7598.00
9456.00
9456.00
9456.00
11882.00
11882.00
14078.00
14078.00
16758.00
12506.00
12506.00
12506.00
14932.00
14932.00
17128.00
17128.00
19808.00

Magnetic trip tolerances are -20%/+30% from the nominal values shown.
Suitable for use only in a ventilated enclosure. Minimum enclosure dimensions are 38" h x 20" w x 7" d with a
minimum of 300 square inches of ventilation near the top and bottom of the enclosure.

Ampere Rating

PAF361200DC
PAF361600DC
PAF362000DC
PCF362500DC

Fixed Magnetic Trip Range—DC
Amperesa
Hold
1200
1600
2000
2500

Trip
1620
2160
2700
3375

Interrupting Rating
@ 500 Vdc

25 k AIR
25 k AIR

$ Price
24726.00
24726.00
24726.00
39365.00

7

1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

CAUTION/PRECAUCION/
ATTENTION

Accessories. . . . . . . .Page 7-39 and Supplemental Digest Pages 3-24–3-31
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-42 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-29
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-55 and Supplemental Digest Page 3-33
Enclosures. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Pages 7-56–7-58

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-35

500 Vdc Circuit Breakers

UL Listed 500 Vdc NW Circuit Breakers
Class 500, 600
www.schneider-electric.us

Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breaker

Table 7.74:

Masterpact NW DC Circuit Breakers

Ampere Rating

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.

Interrupting Rating 500 Vdc
(max 600 Vdc unloaded)

800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A

NW08NDC
NW12NDC
NW16NDC
NW20NDC
NW25NDC
NW30NDC
NW40NDC
NW08HDC
NW12HDC
NW16HDC
NW20HDC
NW25HDC
NW30HDC
NW40HDC

35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
35 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA
85 kA

$ Price Fixed Circuit Breaker
Version C
42214.00
42214.00
42214.00
42214.00
56158.00
70100.00
84044.00
46858.00
46858.00
46858.00
46858.00
62335.00
77811.00
93289.00

Version C1
42746.00
42746.00
42746.00
42746.00
56690.00
70632.00
84576.00
47448.00
47448.00
47448.00
47448.00
62926.00
78402.00
93879.00

$ Price Drawout Circuit Breaker
Version C
39824.00
39824.00
39824.00
39824.00
56662.00
73500.00
90338.00
44205.00
44205.00
44205.00
44205.00
64076.00
81585.00
100275.00

Version C1
40888.00
40888.00
40888.00
40888.00
57726.00
74564.00
90142.00
45386.00
45386.00
45386.00
45386.00
64076.00
82766.00
100058.00

$ Price Cradle
Version C
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00
11778.00

Version C1
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00
12842.00

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-36

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Mission Critical Circuit
Breakers

Selective Coordination

www.schneider-electric.us

Designed for selectively coordinated systems, mission critical circuit breakers maximize continuity of the electrical
service by allowing the branch circuit breaker to clear the fault.
PowerPact D-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker
Mission critical circuit breakers are engineered with technology that optimizes current, time and energy selectivity
so the fault is cleared by the circuit breaker immediately upstream of the occurrence. This technology (see figure
below) allows the remaining areas of the electrical system to continue operation without disruption. In addition to
QO 20 A 1P
Load
unique design attributes, Square D mission critical circuit breakers have also undergone rigorous testing
procedures to certify the coordination with downstream circuit breakers—combining innovative engineering with
FAULT
validated test results.
QO 100 A 2P
Apply Square D mission critical circuit breakers in emergency power distribution systems, data centers, hospitals
Load
or anywhere continuity of service is desired.
The PowerPact™ J- and L-Frame Mission Critical circuit breakers deliver high levels of selective coordination in a flexible design that can be easily
configured for a variety of applications. Tested to be selectively coordinated with the QO™ family of miniature circuit breakers and the ED, EG, and EJ
circuit breakers, this solution provides peace of mind when power availability is critical.
An electronic trip unit provides adjustable long-time settings in four sensor sizes, allowing coverage from 70 A through 600 A on a 120–240, 208Y/120,
240, 480Y/277, and 480 V systems.
06163051

208 Y/120 V 3 Phase Panel

Table 7.75:

PowerPact J- and L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers

Ratings

Available Configurations
I-Line mounting
Main circuit breaker in NQ and NF panelboards
Unit mount for OEM users
Plug-in base for OEM users
Drawout base ofr OEM users

UL 489 Listed
CSA Certified
Voltage: 480 V

Table 7.76:

J-Frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Electronic Trip
Trip
D Interrupting
Trip Unit Continuous
Unit Type
Function
Current
Cat. No.
$ Price
Standard
LI
3.2 W
250
JDL34250WU31X
3489.
Standard
LSI
3.2S-W
250
JDL34250WU33X
3801.
High Perf. Ammerter
LSI
5.2A-W
250
JDL34250WU43X
4809.
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.2E-W
250
JDL34250WU53X
5414.
High Perf. Ammerter
LSIG
6.2A-W
250
JDL34250WU44X
6018.
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.2E-W
250
JDL34250WU54X
6623.
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

Table 7.77:

G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JGL34250WU31X
4727.
JGL34250WU33X
5039.
JGL34250WU43X
6046.
JGL34250WU53X
6652.
JGL34250WU44X
7256.
JGL34250WU54X
7861.

J Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JJL34250WU31X
6678.
JJL34250WU33X
6989.
JJL34250WU43X
7997.
JJL34250WU53X
8602.
JJL34250WU44X
9206.
JJL34250WU54X
9812.

L Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price
JLL34250WU31X
8629.
JLL34250WU33X
8941.
JLL34250WU43X
9949.
JLL34250WU53X
10554.
JLL34250WU44X
11158.
JLL34250WU54X
11763.

Terminal
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb

L-Frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac)
with Factory Sealed Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona

Electronic Trip
Unit Type

Trip
Trip Unit Continuous
Function
Current

D Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

G Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

J Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

L Interrupting
Cat. No.
$ Price

Terminal

480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
LJL34250WU31X
LJL34400WU31X
LJL34600WU31X
LJL34250WU33X
LJL34400WU33X
LJL34600WU33X
LJL34400WU43X
LJL34600WU43X
LJL34400WU53X
LJL34600WU53X
LJL34400WU44X
LJL34600WU44X
LJL34400WU54X
LJL34600WU54X

10004.
10004.
12438.
10704.
10704.
13138.
11775.
14208.
12952.
15386.
14131.
16844.
15307.
17741.

LLL34250WU31X
LLL34400WU31X
LLL34300WU31X
LLL34250WU33X
LLL34400WU33X
LLL34300WU33X
LLL34400WU43X
LLL34300WU43X
LLL34400WU53X
LLL34300WU53X
LLL34400WU44X
LLL34300WU44X
LLL34400WU54X
LLL34300WU54X

11703.
11703.
13968.
12403.
12403.
14667.
13474.
15738.
14651.
16915.
15830.
18093.
17006.
19271.

250
LDL44250WU31X
6196. LGL44250WU31X
400
LDL44400WU31X
7096. LGL44400WU31X
600
LDL44600WU31X
9789. LGL44600WU31X
250
LDL44250WU33X
6861. LGL44250WU33X
Standard
LSI
3.3S-W
400
LDL44400WU33X
7761. LGL44400WU33X
600
LDL44600WU33X 10454. LGL44600WU33X
400
LDL44400WU43X
8779. LGL44400WU43X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSI
5.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU43X 11471. LGL44600WU43X
400
LDL44400WU53X
9896. LGL44400WU53X
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU53X 12590. LGL44600WU53X
400
LDL44400WU44X
11016.
LGL44400WU44X
High Perf. Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A-W
600
LDL44600WU44X 13709. LGL44600WU44X
400
LDL44400WU54X
12134.
LGL44400WU54X
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.3E-W
600
LDL44600WU54X 14827. LGL44600WU54X
a
Standard rating (100%) for 250 A and 400 A only. Standard rating 80% for 600 A.
b
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or (1) #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu.
c
AL600LS52K3 terminal wire ranges are (2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu.

6496.
7396.
10231.
7195.
8095.
10931.
9167.
12001.
10343.
13179.
11522.
14356.
12699.
15534.

LJL44250WU31X
LJL44400WU31X
LJL44600WU31X
LJL44250WU33X
LJL44400WU33X
LJL44600WU33X
LJL44400WU43X
LJL44600WU43X
LJL44400WU53X
LJL44600WU53X
LJL44400WU44X
LJL44600WU44X
LJL44400WU54X
LJL44600WU54X

10504.
11404.
13838.
11204.
12104.
14538.
13175.
15608.
14352.
16786.
15531.
18244.
16707.
19141.

LLL44250WU31X
LLL44400WU31X
LLL44300WU31X
LLL44250WU33X
LLL44400WU33X
LLL44300WU33X
LLL44400WU43X
LLL44300WU43X
LLL44400WU53X
LLL44300WU53X
LLL44400WU44X
LLL44300WU44X
LLL44400WU54X
LLL44300WU54X

12203.
13103.
15368.
12903.
13803.
16067.
14874.
17138.
16051.
18315.
17230.
19493.
18406.
20671.

3.3 W

Standard

LSI

3.3S-W

High Perf. Ammeter

LSI

5.3A-W

High Perf. Energy

LSI

5.3E-W

High Perf. Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A-W

High Perf. Energy

LSIG

6.3E-W

250
400
600
250
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600
400
600

LDL34250WU31X
LDL34400WU31X
LDL34600WU31X
LDL34250WU33X
LDL34400WU33X
LDL34600WU33X
LDL34400WU43X
LDL34600WU43X
LDL34400WU53X
LDL34600WU53X
LDL34400WU44X
LDL34600WU44X
LDL34400WU54X
LDL34600WU54X

5696.
5696.
8389.
6361.
6361.
9054.
7379.
10071.
8496.
11190.
9616.
12309.
10734.
13427.

AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL400L61K3b
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c
AL600LS52K3c

480/277 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 4P
Standard

Table 7.78:

LI

3.3 W

AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL400L61K4b
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c
AL600LS52K4c

J-Frame Termination Options

Termination Letter
A = I-Line (See Section 9)
For factory-installed
F = No Lugs (includes terminal nut kit on both ends)a
termination, place termination
L = Lugs both ends
letter in the third block of the
M = Lugs ON end Terminal Nut Kit OFF end
circuit breaker catalog number.
P = Lugs OFF end Terminal Nut Kit ON end
HGL36100
N = Plug-in b
D = Drawout b
Termination Letter
S = Rear Connected b
Rear Connected
Plug-in
Drawout
a
Add TS suffix for circuit breaker without terminal nut kit.
b
For N and D pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-45 to price. For S pricing, add termination pricing on page 7-41 to price.

Table 7.79:
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac

H- and J-Frame Interrupting Ratings
D
25 kA
18 kA

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Interrupting Rating
G
J
65 kA
100 kA
35 kA
65 kA

L
125 kA
100 kA

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-39
Optional Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-42
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-55
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Page 7-56

DE2

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

5996.
5996.
8831.
6695.
6695.
9531.
7767.
10601.
8943.
11779.
10122.
12956.
11299.
14134.

LI

7-37

7

LGL34250WU31X
LGL34400WU31X
LGL34600WU31X
LGL34250WU33X
LGL34400WU33X
LGL34600WU33X
LGL34400WU43X
LGL34600WU43X
LGL34400WU53X
LGL34600WU53X
LGL34400WU44X
LGL34600WU44X
LGL34400WU54X
LGL34600WU54X

Standard

Mission Critical Circuit
Breakers

Selective Coordination
www.schneider-electric.us

LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times
handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating).
The high magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear
the fault.
Table 7.80:

Ampere
Rating

L-Frame—400 A, Thermal-Magnetic, High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breakers For Mission
Critical Loads
AC Magnetic Level
Factory Set

Standard Interrupting

Hold

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

LAL34200MC
LAL34225MC
LAL34250MC

4962.00
4962.00
5355.00

LHL34200MC
LHL34225MC
LHL34250MC

7941.00
7941.00 AL250LAMC
8336.00

(1) 250–350 kcmil Al
(1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu

LAL34400MC

6615.00

LHL34400MC

9596.00

(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

Trip

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
3400 A
4000 A
225 A
3825 A
4500 A
250 A
4250 A
5000 A
400 A

Table 7.81:

6000 A

7200 A

High Interrupting
$ Price

Terminal
Cat. No.

AL400LA

Wire Range

L-Frame Interrupting Table
LAL

LHL

240 Vac

42 kA

65 kA

480 Vac

30 kA

35 kA

PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers with Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
The advantages of being able to adjust the trip curve of a circuit breaker equipped with an electronic trip system are
obvious. There are other advantages, such as being able to adjust or turn off the instantaneous trip function on some
circuit beakers and models of trip units.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Supplemental Digest Pages 3-29–3-30
Compression and PDC Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest Page 3-30
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-54
Enclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-56

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-38

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Electrical Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Electrical Accessories

Accessory

Auxiliary and
Alarm Switches
(OF, SD, SDE)

Description

Standard
Min
Load =
10mA with
Provides circuit
24V
breaker
contact status.
Note: The
location of the
accessory in
the circuit
breaker
determines its
function.

H-, J-, L-, M-, P,
and R-Frame

Low Level
Min
Load =
1mA with
24V

Shunt Trip (MX)

Trips the circuit breaker from
a remote location by means
of a trip coil energized from a
separate supply voltage
circuit.

H-, J-, and
L-Frame

Undervoltage Trip (MN)
Instantaneously opens the
circuit breaker when the
under-voltage trip supply
voltage drops to a value
between 35% and 70% of its
rated voltage. Closing is
allowed when the supply
voltage of the undervoltage
trip reaches 85% of rated
voltage.
H-, J-, and
L-Frame

Time Delay Unit

Undervoltage trip with
externally mounted
adjustable time delay unit for
UVR of 0.5, 0.9, 1.5, 3.0
seconds before circuit
breaker trips
Undervoltage trip with
externally mounted nonadjustable time delay unit of
0.25 sec before circuit
breaker trips.

a
b
c
d
e

FactoryFieldInstalled
Cat. Suffix Installable $ Price
Cat. No.
1 auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
AA
S29450 297.00
2 auxiliary switch (OF) 2a2b
AB
2x S29450 594.00
3 auxiliary switch (OF) 3a3b
AC
—
—
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
BC
S29450 297.00
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
BD
—
338.00
OF Switch
—
S29450 297.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
BE
—
635.00
OF Switch
—
2x S29450 594.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch/Adapter
—
—
—
(OF/SD/SDE) Kit
One auxiliary switch (OF) 1a1b
AE
S29452 372.00
Two auxiliary switches (OF) 2a2b
AF
2x S29452 744.00
3 auxiliary switches (OF) 3a3b
AG
—
—
Alarm Switch (SD) 1a1b
BH
S29452 372.00
Overcurrent trip switch (SDE) 1a1b
BJ
—
413.00
OF Switch
—
S29452 372.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapter
—
S29451
40.00
Alarm switch and Overcurrent trip switch
BK
—
785.00
OF Switch
—
2x S29452 744.00
Consisting of:
SDE Adapterd
—
S29451
40.00
24
SK
S29384
48
SL
S29385
110–130
SA
S29386
AC
220–240
—
—
717.00
208–277
SD
S29387
380–480
SH
S29388
525–600
SJ
S29389
12
SN
S29382
24
SO
S29390
30
SU
S29391
48
SP
S29392 717.00
DC
60
SV
S29383
125
SR
S29393
250
SS
S29394
24
UK
S29404
48
UL
S29405
110–130
UA
S29406
AC
220–240
—
—
717.00
208–277
UD
S29407
380–480
UH
S29408
525–600
UJ
S29409
12
UN
S29402
24
UO
S29410
30
UU
S29411
DC
48
UP
S29412 717.00
60
UV
S29403
125
UR
S29413
250
US
S29414
48
—
S33680
100–130
—
S33681 1140.00
AC/DC
220–250
—
S33682
Rated Voltage

M-, P-, and R-Frame
L-Frame

FieldInstallable
Cat. No.
S29450
2x S29450
3x S29450
S29450
S29450
—
—
2x S29450
—
—

2x
3x

2x

Factory
Installed
$ Price Cat. Suffix
297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—

AA
AB
AC
BC
BD
—
—
BE
—
—

—

—

—

S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
S29452
—
—
S29384
S29385
S29386
—
S29387
S29388
S29389
S29382
S29390
S29391
S29392
S29383
S29393
S29394
S29404
S29405
S29406
—
S29407
S29408
S29409
S29402
S29410
S29411
S29412
S29403
S29413
S29414
S33680
S33681
S33682

372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—

AE
AF
AG
BH
BJ e
—
—
BKe
—
—
SK
SL
SA
SC
SD
SH
—
SN
SK
SK
SL
SL
SA
SC
UK
UL
UA
UC
—
UH
—
—
UK
UK
UL
UL
UA
UC
—
—
—

—

380–480

—

—

—

—

48

—

S29426

930.00

S29426

100–130

—

—

—

—

200–250

—

—

—

—

220–240

—

S29427

930.00

S29427

717.00

717.00

717.00

717.00

1140.00

FieldInstallable
Cat. No.

$ Price

S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
S29450
—
—
S29450
—
—

297.00
594.00
891.00
297.00
297.00
—
—
594.00
—
—

S33801c

297.00

2x
3x

2x

S29452
2x S29452
3x S29452
S29452
S29452
—
—
2x S29452
—
—
S33659
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33663
S33664
—
S33658
S33659
S33659
S33660
S33660
S33661
S33662
S33668
S33669
S33670
S33671
—
S33673
—
—
S33668
S33668
S33669
S33669
S33670
S33671
S33680ab
S33681ab
S33682ab

—

S33683ab

—

—

—

—

S33684ab

—

—

S33685ab

—

—

930.00

AC/DC

372.00
744.00
1116.00
372.00
372.00
—
—
744.00
—
—

755.00

755.00

755.00

755.00

1140.00

930.00

930.00

Field-installable kit includes time delay module only. Order undervoltage trip separately.
Discount schedule DE2F.
P-frame drawout circuit breaker only.
SDE Adapter used for H- and J-frame only.
Not available on electrically operated P-frame.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-, J-, and L-Frame
H- and J-Frame

7

Table 7.82:

7-39

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories
Table 7.83:

Motor Operators and Rotary Handles
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

Motor Operators for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

AC

DC
Communicating motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakerse

Motor Operator

AC

J-Frame

L-Frame 600 A

$ Price

Cat. No.
S31548
S31540

$ Price

Cat. No.
S432639
S432640

$ Price

ML
MA

Cat. No.
S29440
S29433

1161.00

S31541

3123.00

S432641

3395.00

MD

S29434

MF
MH
MO
MV
MR
MS

—
S29435
S29436
S29437
S29438
S29439

220–240

NC

S429441

1509.00

S431549

4060.00

S432652

4414.00

—
—
—

—
S41940
S42888

—
146.00
146.00

—
S41940
S42888

—
146.00
146.00

S32649
S41940
S42888

59.00
146.00
146.00

—

S429449

155.00

S429449

155.00

—

—
—

—
S37420

—
119.00

—
S37420

—
119.00

S32648
—

Operations counter
Adapter for I-Line circuit breaker

Table 7.84:

H-Framea

48–60
110–130
208–277
220–240
380–415
440–480
24–30
48–60
110–130
250

Mounting hardware
Ronis lock
Profalux lock
Mounting hardware plus
Ronis lock

Locking device

Field--Installable Kit

Factory
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix

Rated Voltage

Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakersd

—
S31542
S31543
S31544
S31545
S31546

1161.00

S432642
S432647
S432643
S432644
S432645
S432646

3123.00

3545.00

—
225.00
—

Spring-Charging Motors for Electrically-Operated P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

Standard motor for electricallyoperated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes
motor and opening/closing
coils.

Spring-charging
Motor

7

Table 7.85:

Communicating motor
mechanism for electrically
operated circuit breakers.
Factory-installed includes
motor
and opening/closing coils.

Rated Voltage

AC

DC

AC

DC

48
100–130
220–240
380–415
24–30
48–60
110–130
200–250
48
100–130
220–240
380–415
24–30
48–60
110–130
200–250

Factory Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
ML
MA
MC
MF
MO
MV
MR
MS
NL
NA
NC
NF
NO
NV
NR
NS

P-Frame (For Field-replacement Only)

$ Price Spring Charging Motor Cat. No.
S47391
S47395
5090.00
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
5090.00
S47392
S47393
S47391
S47395
5090.00
S47396
S47398
S47390
S47391
5090.00
S47392
S47393

Replacement Coils

$ Price c Opening/Closing Coil Cat. No.
S33660
S33661
3580.00
S33662
S33664
S33659
S33660
3580.00
S33661
S33662
S33034
S33035
3580.00
S33036
S33038
S33033
S33034
3580.00
S33035
S33036

$ Price
755.00

755.00

755.00

755.00

Rotary Operated Handles
H- and J-Framea

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Device

Description

Standard black handle

Handle only
Two early-break and two early make
switches
Standard black handle with One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
Direct
Mounted
Handle only
Red handle on yellow bezel One early-break switch
Two early-make switches
MCC conversion accessory
CNOMO conversion accessory
Standard black handle
Handle only
Two early-break and two early make
Door
Standard black handle
switches
Mounted
with:
Two early make switches
Red handle on yellow bezel Handle only
Rotary Handle Replacement Kit
Telescoping
Key lock adapter
Ronis 1351.500
Profalux KS5 B24 D4Z
Key locks
Accessories
2 Ronis keylocks with 1 key
2 Profalux keylocks with 1 key
One early-break switch
Indication Auxiliary Switch
Two early-make switches

e

Direct-Mounted
handle

L-Frame

Factory
Field Installable $ Price Factory Installed Field Installable
Installed
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Suffix
Cat. No.
Cat. No. Suffix
RD10
S29337
225.00
RD10
S32597

a
b
c
d

7-40

www.schneider-electric.us

—

—

—

—

—

RD12
RD13
RD20
RD22
RD23
—
—
RE10

S29337 + S29345
S29337 + S29346
S29339
S29339 + S29345
S29339 + S29346
S429341
—
S29338

345.00
404.00
234.00
354.00
413.00
102.00
—
383.00

RD12
RD13
RD20
RD22
RD23
—
—
RE10

S32597 + S32605
S32597 + S29346
S32599
S32599 + S32605
S32599 + S29346
S32606
S32602
S32598

—

—

—

—

—

P-Frame
Factory
$ Price
Installed
Cat. No. Suffix
366.00
RD10
—
486.00
545.00
407.00
527.00
586.00
102.00
102.00
557.00
—

$ Price
539.00

RD16

822.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
RE10

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
971.00

RE16

1268.00

RE13
S29338 + S29346 503.00
RE13
S32598 + S29346
736.00
—
—
RE20
S29340
399.00
RE20
S32600
597.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S33875
795.00
RT10
S29343
492.00
RT10
S32603
617.00
—
—
—
S429344
58.00
—
S32604
58.00
—
—
—
S41940
146.00
—
S41940
146.00
—
—
—
S42888
146.00
—
S42888
146.00
—
—
—
S41950
185.00
—
S41950
185.00
—
—
—
S42878
185.00
—
S42878
185.00
—
—
—
S29445
120.00
—
S32605
120.00
—
—
—
S29346
179.00
—
S29346
179.00
—
—
Not available in H-frame 2P modules.
CP1 discount schedule.
DE2F discount schedule.
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for H- and J-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch
and SDE adapter (both included).
Factory and field-installed standard motor operators for L-frame circuit breakers require the SDE switch
(included).
Installation requires BSCM with NSX Cord. SeeTable 7.118, page 7-49 for ordering information.

Door-Mounted
Handle

DE2F

CP1

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Locks, Installation Accessories, and Rear Connections
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Locks, Interlocking
H- and J-Frame

Q-Frame

L-Frame

Factory
FieldFieldFieldInstalled Installed
$ Price Installed
Cat. No. Cat. No. $ Price Installed
Cat.
No.
Cat.
No.
Suffix
—
S29370
50.00
S29370
YP
S29371
77.00 QBPA
77.00 S32631
YQ
S37422 122.00 QBPAF
77.00 NJPAF
YQ
H2PHLA 122.00
—
—
—

Description

Removable (lock OFF only)
Fixed (lock OFF or ON)
Fixed (lock OFF only)a
Fixed (lock OFF only)–2P
Mechanical for circuit breakers with rotary
—
S29369 494.00
Interlocking
handlesa
(Not UL listed)
Mechanical for circuit breakers with togglesa
—
S29354 494.00
Provision only, vertical
Kirk
—
—
—
mount, 1 or 2 locks
Provisions only, vertical
mounting one key interlock
Kirk
—
—
—
including padlock provision,
open position only.
Provision only, horizontal
Kirk
—
—
—
mount
Ronis
—
—
—
1 lock, M- and P-frame
Profalux
—
—
—
1 or 2 locks, R-frame
Provision and 1 lock, vertical
Kirk
—
—
—
mount
Key Locking
Kirk
—
—
—
Provision and 1 lock,
Ronis
—
—
—
horizontal mount
Profalux
—
—
—
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Kirk
—
—
—
alike
Provision and 2 locks keyed
Kirk
—
—
—
differently
a
Not available in M frame or HD and HG 2P modules.
b
Not available on M-frame.
c
Not available for M, P or P frame drawout. Only available on P frame electronic.
d
Not available on I-Line.
Handle
Padlocking
Device

—
QBMIK

Table 7.87:

$ Price
50.00
122.00
122.00
—

M- and P-Frame
Factory
FieldInstalled Installed
Cat. No. Cat. No.
Suffix
—
S44936
YP
S32631
YQ
MPRPAF
—
—

R-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

$ Price

50.00
122.00
122.00
—

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix
—
YP
YQ
—

S33996
S32631
MPRPAF
—

50.00
122.00
122.00
—

$ Price

—

S32621

494.00

—

S33890

1220.00

—

—

—

90.00

S32614

494.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

JA

—

323.00

—

—

—

—

—

JEbd

—

445.00

JEd

—

445.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

JK
JBc
JDc

—
—
—

323.00
323.00
323.00

JK
JB
JD

—
—
—

323.00
323.00
323.00

—

—

—

—

JG

—

1796.00

—

—

—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

JL
JCc
JFc

—
—
—

1796.00
2285.00
2285.00

JL
JC
JF

—
—
—

1796.00
2285.00
2285.00

—

—

—

—

JN

—

2285.00

JN

—

2285.00

—

—

—

—

JP

—

3269.00

JP

—

3269.00

Installation Accessories fo H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
H- and J-Frame

Description

Handle Rubber Boot

Door Escutcheon

Front Panel Escutcheon for Toggle Breakers
Front Panel Escutcheon for Rotary Handle, Motor Operator, or extended
escutcheon
Phase Barriers (set of 6)
Handle Rubber Boote
Sealing Accessories (for front cover screws)
DIN rail mounting kit (requires 15 mm depth on a 35 mm DIN rail)e
DIN rail adapter
Handle Extensions (set of 5)
e
Not available in HD and HG 2P modules.

Table 7.88:

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29315

48.00

S29317

63.00

S32558

74.00

S29329
S29319
S29375
S29305
—
S29313

53.00
135.00
42.00
188.00
—
140.00

32570
S32560
S29375
—
—
S432553

72.00
171.00
42.00
—
—
165.00

$ Price

Description

Rear Connection

Toggle Handle
Drawout
Short lug cover 3P
Short lug cover 4P
Long lug cover 3P
Long lug cover 4P
Standard
Standard Short
Long

Terminal Covers

Replacement Handle
f

Table 7.89:

M-, P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
P-Frame
P-Frame
R-Frame
M-, P-Frame
M-, P-Frame

55.00

$ Price
176.00
176.00
47.00
308.00
165.00
216.00
216.00
281.00
111.00
44.00
44.00

DE2F discount schedule.

Rear Connections
H-Frame

J-Frame

FactoryFactoryFieldFieldInstalled
Installed
Poles Termination
Installable
$ Price Poles Termination
Installed
$ Price Poles
Cat.
No.
Cat.
No.
No.
No.
2
S
—
—
2
S
—
—
3
Mixed Rear
Connection Kitg
3
S
S37432
381.00
3
S
S37437
381.00
4
Short rear connections (set of 2)
—
2x S37433h
84.00
—
2x S37438h
84.00
2 or 3
2 or 3
3
Long rear connections (set of 2)
—
S37434
105.00
—
S37439i 105.00
Consisting of:
Short terminal cover (3P)
3
—
S37436
119.00
3
—
S37440
119.00
3
Short terminal cover (4P)
4
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
g
Kit contains 4 short rear connections, 2 long rear connections (4 long rear connections for 4P), hardware, and 2 terminal covers..
h
Price shown is for quantity one.
i
For use with 3P circuit breakers only.
Device

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S33718f
S33929
S33717
S33857f
S33932
S33933
S33934
S33935
S33997
S46998
S46996

Frame

Accessory Cover
Door Escutcheon

Fixed Padlock
Attachment

$ Price

Installation Accessories for M-, P-, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers

Terminal Covers

Removable Padlock
Attachment

L-Frame
FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
32556

Description

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

L-Frame
FactoryInstalled
Termination
No.
S
S
—
—
—
—

Field-Installed
Cat. No.

$ Price

S32477
S32478
S432475h
S432476h
S32562h
S32563h

1059.00
1344.00
219.00
261.00
149.00
161.00

2x
2x
2x
2x

7-41

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Device

7

Table 7.86:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Mechanical Lugs
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 7.90:

Mechanical Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakersa
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

J-Frame Lug

Standard
Ampere Rating
Optional
HD, HG, HJ, HL
15–150 A
Al Lugs for Use with Al JD, JG, JJ, JL
150–175 A
or Cu Wire
JD, JG, JJ, JL
200–250 A
JD,JG,JJ,JL
HD,HG,HJ,HL
Cu Lugs for Use with
Cu Wire Only
JD,JG,JJ,JL
Control Wire Terminal for H-frame lug kit
Control Wire Terminal for J-frame lug kit
a
See page 7-44 for terminal nuts/bus bar connections.

Table 7.91:

Ampere
Rating

Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range

Kit Cat. No.

Qty
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

150–175 A
15–150 A
150–250 A

(1) 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 4-4/0 AWG Al or Cu
(1) 3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 14–2/0 AWG Cu
(1) 1/0–300 kcmil Cu

AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
CU150HD
CU250JD
S37423
S37424

3
3
3
3
3
2
2

75.00
113.00
113.00
156.00
314.00
53.00
53.00

Number of Wires
Per Lug and Wire Range

Kit Cat. No.

Qty
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

(1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu

AL400L61K3
AL400L61K4
AL600LS52K3
AL600LS52K4
AL600LF52K3
CU400L61K3
CU400L61K4
CU600LS52K3
CU600LS52K4
CU600LF52K3

3
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3

143.00
176.00
341.00
449.00
831.00
755.00
983.00
1832.00
2385.00
2395.00

Mechanical Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

Ampere
Rating
250

Al Lugs for Use with Al
or Cu Wire

L-Frame Lugs

400/600
400/600
250/400

Cu Lugs for Use with
Cu Wire Only

400/600
400/600

Table 7.92:

Poles

Unit Mount

I-Line

3
4
3
4
3
3
4
3
4
3

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
—
—
—
X
X
—
—
—
X

(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu
(2) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Cu

Mechanical Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame and R-Frame Circuit Breakerse
Circuit Breaker Application

Description

M- and P-Frame Lugs
(800 A and below)

Standard

M-, P-Frame

Al Lugs
for AL or Cu Wire

Wires per Lug
and Wire Range

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Rating

Optional

Ampere
Rating

800 A

—

800 A

(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

1200 A

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(2) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL, MG, MJ

800 A

(2) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only

1200 A

PG ,PJ, PL

800 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

—

PG, PJ,P L

800–1200 A

(3) 350-600 kcmil

—

PG, PJ, PL

1200 A

1200 A
2500 A
—

I-Line
Unit Mount
PJ

—
—
100–150 A

(3) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
750 kcmil: compact AL only
(4) 3/0 AWG-600 kcmil
(1) 3/0 AWG-750 kcmil
(1) 1-1/0 AWG

P-Frame

PG,PJ,PL
R-Frame

M-, P-Frame

800 A

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL

—

(3) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

1200 A

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL

800–1200 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

P-Frame

1200 A

PG, PJ, PL

800–1200 A

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

R-Frame

1200 A

I-Line

—

(4) 3/0 AWG-500 kcmil

Cu Lugs
for Cu Wire Onlyg

P-Frame Lugs
(Above 800 A)
b
c
d
e
f
g

7-42

www.schneider-electric.us

Cat. No.

Lugs
Per Kit

$ Price
Per Kit

AL800M23K
AL800M23K4
AL1200P24Kb
AL800P6Kb
AL800P6K4b
AL800P7Kb
AL800P7K4b
AL1200P25Kc
AL1200P25K4c
AL1200P6KUc
AL1200P6KU4c
AL1200P7KUc
AL1200P7KU4c
AL1200R53K
AL2500RKd
CU250P1Kf
CU800M23K
CU800M23K4
CU1200P24Kb
CU1200P25Kc
CU1200P25K4
CU1200R53K

3
4
1
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
3
4
1
2
3
3
4
1
3
4
1

284.00
378.00
155.00
416.00
554.00
464.00
602.00
378.00
504.00
786.00
1038.00
1233.00
1635.00
215.00
132.00
990.00
1647.00
2190.00
569.00
4886.00
6503.00
548.00

Does not fit onto ON end of unit-mount P-frame circuit breakers.
For unit-mount circuit breaker only.
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44.
For lug with a tapped hole for control wire, add a “T” before the “K” in the catalog number (for example, AL800P6TK).
This lug can only be used on low amp PJ frame breakers where the Instantaneous setting must not be turned OFF. The cables must be laced with rope
per lug instructions.
Not available with tapped hole for control wire.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Compression Lugs and Power Distribution Connectors (PDC)
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Circuit
Breaker Type

Ampere
Rating

System Range

Mounting
Type

Dimension A
(in)

Max. Lugs per
Terminal

Compression Lug Kits for H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
60 A
6–2 AWG Al or Cu
1.2
1
H-frame
Aluminum
150 A
1/0–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
2.5
1
Compression
150 A
1–3/0 AWG Al or Cu
1.2
1
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
2.5
1
Unit/I-linec
60 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
1.0
1
H-frame
Copper
150 A
4–2/0 AWG Cu
1.2
1
Compression
150 A
6–1/0 AWG Cu
0.7
1
Lug Kits
J-frame
250 A
2/0–300 kcmil Cu
1.1
1
J-Frame Compression Lugs
Compression Lug Kits for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
250 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
1.2
1
400 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
2.5
2
250 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
2
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
1
Aluminum
500 kcmil Cu
Compression
L-frame
Unit/I-linec
250 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
1
Lug Kits
400 A
4-300 kcmil Al/Cu
2
250 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1
600 A
2/0-500 kcmil Al/Cu
1.2
2
500-750 kcmil Al
400 A
2.5
1
500 kcmil Cu
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
1.2
1
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
2.5
2
250 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
1
Copper
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
2
Compression
L-frame
Unit/I-linec
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
1
Lug Kits
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil Cu
2
250 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
1
600 A
250-500 kcmil Cu
2
Compression Lug Kits for M-Frame, P-Frame, and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
250 A
2/0-300 kcmil
3.7
2
300 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.9
2
400 A
2/0-300 kcmil
4.3
2
M-, P-frame
Unit/I-linec
400 A
500-750 kcmil
3.7
2
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.9
2
Aluminum
800 A
500-750 kcmil
4.3
2
P-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression
1200 A
2/0-300 kcmil
3.8
4
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
I-linec
4.0
4
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
4.4
4
R-framea
2000 A
2/0-300 kcmil
a
8
2000 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Unitc
a
8
2500 A
500-750 kcmil
a
8b
400 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.3
2
M-, P-frame
600 A
4/0-500 kcmil
Unitc
3.3
2
Copper
800 A
500-750 kcmil
3.6
2
R-Frame Compression Lug Kit Compression
Lug Kits
1200 A
4/0-500 kcmil
3.5
4
R-frame
I-Linec
1200 A
500-750 kcmil
3.8
4
a
All unit-mount R-frame circuit breakers require terminal pads for mounting lugs of any type. See page 7-44.
b
9 lugs for 3000 A circuit breakers
c
Not for use on I-Line™ circuit breakers unless wire bending space is adequate.

Table 7.94:
PDC6HD6

PDC3HD2

PDC6JD4

PDC3JD20

Use with Circuit
Breaker Type

PDC12P4

PDC6P20

Crimp lug or PDC connectors
extension past end or circuit
breaker “A” See Table

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

$ Price
Per Kit

YA060HD
YA150HD
YA150JD
YA250J35
CYA060HD
CYA150HD
CYA150JD
CYA250J3

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

194.00
294.00
237.00
305.00
194.00
194.00
194.00
194.00

YA400L31K3
YA600L32K3
YA400L51K3
YA600L52K3

3
6
3
6

294.00
540.00
361.00
718.00

YA400L71K3

3

425.00

YA400L31K4
YA600L32K4
YA400L51K4
YA600L52K4

4
8
4
8

383.00
709.00
474.00
950.00

YA400L71K4

4

560.00

CYA400L31K3
CYA600L32K3
CYA400L51K3
CYA600L52K3
CYA400L31K4
CYA600L32K4
CYA400L51K4
CYA600L52K4

3
6
3
6
4
8
4
8

461.00
873.00
384.00
764.00
606.00
1147.00
505.00
1011.00

YA250P3
YA300P5
YA400P3
YA400P7
YA600P5
YA800P7
YA1200R3
YA1200R5
YA1200R7
YA2000R3
YA2000R5
YA2500R7
CYA400P5
CYA600P5
CYA800P7
CYA1200R5
CYA1200R7

1
1
2
1
2
2
4
4
4
2
2
2
1
2
2
4
4

663.00
519.00
542.00
747.00
788.00
845.00
663.00
707.00
888.00
317.00
291.00
350.00
651.00
753.00
554.00
987.00
920.00

$ Price
Per Kit
443.00
434.00
305.00
594.00
387.00
387.00

Dimension A (in.)

Cat. No.

Qty.
Per Kit

1.0
1.2
1.0
1.5
1.28f
1.31f

PDC6HD6
PDC3HD2
PDC6JD4
PDC3JD20
PDC5DG20L3
PDC12DG4L3

3
3
3
3
3
3

Power Distribution Connectors for M-Frame and P-Frame Circuit Breakerse

Use for multiple load connections on one circuit breaker in place of
standard distribution block to save space and time.
• Use on load end of circuit breaker only
• Use in UL508 Industrial Control applications only.
• Use in UL1995/CSA C22.2 No. 236 heating and cooling equipment.
• For Cu wire only.
e
f

Qty.
Per Kit

Power Distribution Connectors for H-Frame, J-Frame and L-Frame Circuit Breakers

Wires Per Terminal &
Wire Range
15–150
(6) 14–6 AWG Cu
HD, HG, HJ, HLd
15–150
(3) 14–2 AWG Cu
150–250
(6) 14–4 AWG Cu
JD, JG, JJ, JLd
150–250
(2) 14–1 AWG and (1) 3–2/0 AWG Cu
150–600
(3) 14–1 AWG and (2) 3–2/0 AWG
LD, LG, LJ, LL
150–600
(12) 14–4 AWG
d
OFF end only when OFF end is the load end.

Table 7.95:

Cat. No.

Ampere Rating

(Wires Per Terminal)
Wire Range

250–1200 A

(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu
(6) 12–2/0 AWG Cu

250–1200 A

(12) 10–4 AWG Cu

Cat. No.

Qty Per Kit

PDC6P20
PDC6P204
PDC12P4
PDC12P44

3
4
3
4

$ Price
Per Kit
573.00
756.00
866.00
929.00

Not for use with I-Line™ circuit breakers.
Kit includes long terminal shield and cover, which adds 1.65 inches to standard lug with short terminal shield.

Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs

“A” See Table
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-43

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Description

Compression Lug Kits for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers

7

Table 7.93:

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Terminal Nuts, Terminal Pads, Terminal Shields and Accessories
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
Table 7.96:

Terminal Nuts for Bus Bar Connection of H-Frame and J-Frame Circuit
Breakers

Description

Terminal Nut Insert

Frame

Tap

Cat. No.

$ Price
Per Kit

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

HD/HG/HJ/HL

1/4-20

S37425

2

53.00

HD/HG/HJ/HL

1/4-20

S37444

3

75.00

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric

HD/HG/HJ/HL

M6

S37426

2

53.00

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

JD/JG/JJ/JL

1/4-20

S37427

2

75.00

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

JD/JG/JJ/JL

1/4-20

S37445

3

113.00

JD/JG/JJ/JL

M8

S37428

2

75.00

Control Wire Terminal for H-Frame Terminal Nut

HD/HG/HJ/HL

S37429

2

53.00

Control Wire Terminal for J-Frame Terminal Nut

JD/JG/JJ/JL

S37430

2

53.00

Table 7.97:

Bus Bar Connections Hardware for L-Frame, M-Frame and P-Frame
Circuit Breakers

Frame

Description

L-Frame

Set of 4 terminal screws and washers for one side

M- and P-Frame

Bus Connector Kit for one pole, one end

Table 7.98:

Term. No.

Poles

Cat. No.

$ Price

F

4

S36967

31.00

1

S33928

28.00

Terminal Pad Kits for R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Terminal Pad Kit

R-Frame
Circuit Breaker

RLTB Terminal Pad Kit

Qty Per Kit

H-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–English

J-Frame Terminal Nut Insert–Metric

H-Frame Lug With
Terminal Nut

www.schneider-electric.us

Usage

3000 A, 100% Rated

Required for cable or bus

3000 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for cable or bus

2500 A, 100% Rated

Field-Installable Kits
Lugs per 3P Kit (One End Only) 4P Kit (One End Only)
Phase
Cat. No.
$ Price. Cat. No.
$ Price
9

RL3TB

1440.00

RL3TB4

2016.00

8

RLTB

914.00

RLTB4

1280.00

Required for cable or bus

2500 A, Standard (80% Rated)

Required for cable, optional
for bus

cable, optional
All Other R-Frame CIrcuit Breakers Required for
for bus

For cable connection to RLTB, use AL2500RK lug. See page 7-43.
Table 7.99:

Terminal Shields and Phase Barriers

7

Used With

Dimension B Cat. No.
(in.)

Description
Frame

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-Frame Short Lug
Shield

J-Frame Short Lug
Shield

Short Lug
Shielda

H-Frame 60 A

3 AWG

0.50

S37446

1

149.00

H-Frame 150 A

3/0 AWG

0.50

S37447

1

149.00

J-Frame

350 kcmil

0.24

S37448

1

149.00

2.24

S37449

1

209.00

1.68

S37450

1

209.00

PDC
H- and J-Frame
Power Distribution
Connectors and
Compression Lugs

R-Frame Phase Barrier

Compression Lugs
Aluminum

Copper

PDC6HD6

YA060HD

CYA060HD

PDC3HD2

YA150HD

CYA150HD

J-Frame Long Lug PDC6JD4
Shield
PDC3JD2

YA150JD

CYA150JD

b

CYA250J3

H-Frame Long
Lug Shield

M-, P-Frame

S33646
47.00
Phase Barriers
3
R-Frame
S33998
47.00
a
Short lug shields provide IP20 protection for mechanical lugs and are compatible with control wire terminals.
b
J-frame terminal shield is not compatible with the YA250J35 compression terminal.

Table 7.100:

Miscellaneous H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breaker Accessories

“B” See Table
Accessory

Description
Bag of screws for accessory cover, L-frame

Spare Parts

1 spare toggle extension, L-frame
Set of 10 identification labels

c

7-44

$ Price

Max. Wire Size

Compatible with:

Phase barrier or
terminal shield
extension past end
of circuit breaker
“B” See Table

Extremity
of
Molded Case
w/Mechanical
Lugs

H- and J-Frame
Mechanical Lugs

Qty Per
Kit

Field-Installed
Cat. No,

$ Price

S432552

63.00

32595

342.00

LV429226

82.00

DE5A Discount Schedule

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerPact™ Circuit
Breaker Accessories

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings
Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.101:

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for H- and J-Frame Circuit Breakers
(3P or 2P in a 3P module)
Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N

Description
Complete Factory-Assembled Plug-in base shipped with circuit breaker
Circuit Breakers
Drawout cradle shipped with circuit breaker
Circuit breaker Only
Plug-in base kit
Circuit breaker only
Plug-in base kit
Drawout Cradle Cradle side plates (fixed part of chassis)
Circuit breaker side plates (moving part of
chassis)
H-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
J-Frame Shutter Kit (set of two)
Fixed part 9-wire connector (mounted on
base)
Secondary
Disconnect
Moving part 9-wire connector (mounted on
Blocks
circuit breaker)
Support for 2-moving connectors
Extended escutcheon with extended toggle handle
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)

H-Frame and J-Frame
Drawout Mounting

Accessories for Plug-In and
Drawout

Table 7.102:

S29278
S29282

290.00
348.00
485.00
348.00
587.00

S29283

195.00

S37442
S37443

48.00
48.00

S29273

95.00

S29274

60.00

S29275
S29284
S29287

33.00
77.00
207.00

H-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P

S37436

119.00

J-Frame Short Terminal Cover (3P)

S37440

119.00

HJ00
S29278
HJ00

Plug-In and Drawout Mountings for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Plug-in Mounting

Description

Poles
3
4
3
4

Kit (stationary and moving parts)
Plug-in base

Stationary Part

L-Frame Plug-In
Mounting

L-Frame Drawout
Mounting

Short terminal covers
a

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
N
N

Fixed part of chassis
Circuit breaker only
Moving part of chassis

Moving Part

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

S32514
S32515
HJ00

3
4

Drawout Mounting
$ Price
1542.00
2082.00
1065.00
1439.00
710.00

2x
2x

S32562
S32563

Factory
Installed
Cat. No.
D
D

S32514
S32515
S32532
HJ00

149.00
161.00

S32533
2x S32562
2x S32563

$ Price
2466.00
3281.00
1065.00
1439.00
693.00
710.00
231.00
149.00
161.00

Plug-In and Drawout Accessories for L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description
Fixed Part

Secondary Disconnecting Blocks
Shutters

L-Frame Locking
Device

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

Price shown is for quantity of 1.

Table 7.103:

L-Frame Disconnecting
Blocks

1419.00

Chassis Accessories

Table 7.104:

9-wire connector
9-wire connector
Support for 3 moving connectors
Fixed + Moving
9-wire manual auxiliary connector
Two shutters for plug-in base
Extended escutcheon for toggle
Locking device (key lock is not included)
Two position indicating switches (connected/disconnected)
Moving Part

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.
S29273
S32523
S32525
S29272
32521
S32534
S29286
29287

$ Price
95.00
60.00
43.00
480.00
81.00
104.00
164.00
207.00

Termination Options

Termination Letter
N = Plug-in
D = Drawout

For factory-installed termination, place
termination letter in the third block of the
circuit breaker catalog number.

LGL36400U31X

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

H-Frame and J-Frame
Plug-in Mounting

$ Price
638.00

D

Plug-In Base
Special Order Options for
Plug-In and Drawout Circuit
Breakers

FieldInstalled
Cat. No.

Table 7.105:

Drawout Cradle and Accessories for P-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

Cat. No.
Product Selector
Front Connected Flat (FCF)
SFCF12bc
Rear Connected T Horizontal/Vertical (RCTH/RCTV)
SRCTV12bc
Modbus™ cradle communication module
S33852
Safety shutters
S48933c
Secondary disconnects terminal shield
S33763c
Cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C— Connected/test/disconnected
S33170c
Low level cradle position switch 1a/1b Form C—Connected/test/disconnected
S33171c
Cell keying kit
S33767c
Disconnected position key locking—provision for Kirk or Federal Pioneer Lock
S33772c
Cradle
Door interlock kit
S33786c
Accessories
Racking interior kit
S33788c
Door escutcheon (for replacement only, included with circuit breaker)
S33857c
Transparent cover
S33859c
Push-in terminal kit (3 wires)
S33098c
Push-in terminal kit (6 wires)
S33099c
Finger cluster
S33166c
Cluster grease (12 oz. tube)
S48899c
b
Needs 2 kits per cradle.
c
Discount Schedule DE2F
Drawout Cradle
Cradle
Connectors

P-Frame Drawout Cradle Connections

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

7

Termination No.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
6400.00
716.00
408.00
2237.00
342.00
220.00
148.00
216.00
97.00
908.00
330.00
358.00
308.00
1290.00
120.00
240.00
164.00
132.00

7-45

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001
Table 7.106:
PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Micrologic™ Trip Units

Micrologic Trip Unitsi for PowerPact H-, J-, and
L-Frame Circuit breakers
x– Standard Feature

Micrologic Ammeter and
Energy Trip Unit

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame molded case circuit breakers may be
specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.

Micrologic Standard 3.2/3.3 Trip Units

•
•
•
•
•
•

True RMS sensing
LI, LSI trip configurations
Field-interchangeable trip units
LED long-time pickup and trip indication
Test kits available
Thermal imaging

Micrologic Ammeter 5.2A/5.3A/6.2A/6.3A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

7

•
•
•
•

Advanced user interface
Neutral protection
Incremental fine tuning of settings
Up to 12 alarms
Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only)
Phase loading bar graph
Maintenance indicators including contact wear, number of operations,
operating hours, and load profiles
Cause of trip information for troubleshooting assistance
LCD Display
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible

Table 7.107:
Model

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

•
•
•

Trip Unit

LI

3.2

LSI

3.2S

LSI

5.2A

LSIG

6.2A

LSI

5.2E

LSIG

6.2E

Ammeter

Energy

Table 7.108:
Model

Ampere Setting
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15-20-25-30-35-40-45-50-60
35-40-45-50-60-70-80-90-100
50-60-70-80-90-100-110-125-150
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250
15–60
35–100
50–150
70–250

Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for L-Frame

Trip Function

Trip Unit

LI

3.3

LSI

3.3S

LSI

5.3A

LSIG

6.3A

LSI

5.3E

LSIG

6.3E

Standard

Ammeter

Energy

7-46

Energy

Micrologic Trip Unit Settings for H- and J-Frame

Trip Function

Standard

Includes all features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:
Ground-fault trip with programmable ground fault alarm (available on
6.2E/6.3E only)
Power and energy measurement
Power quality measurements
Current demand and power demand measurements

Ammeter

3.2/3/3 3.2S/3.3S 5.2A/5.3A 6.2A/6.3A 5.2E/5.3E 6.2E/6.3E
LI
x
LSId
x
x
x
LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripe
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm/Tripe
x
x
Current Setting Directly in Amperes
x
x
x
x
x
x
True RMS Sensing
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL Listed
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermal Imaging
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Long-time Pickup
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Trip Indication
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Green “Ready”
x
x
x
x
x
x
Up to 12 Alarms Used Together
x
x
x
x
Digital Ammeter
x
x
x
x
Zone-selective Interlockingf
x
x
x
x
Communications
o
o
o
o
o
o
LCD Display
x
x
x
x
Front Display Module FDM121
o
o
o
o
Advanced User Interface
x
x
x
x
Neutral Protectione
x
x
x
x
Contact Wear Indicationg
x
x
x
x
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
x
x
x
x
Load Profileg,h
x
x
x
x
Power Measurement
x
x
Power Quality Measurements
x
x
d
The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.
e
Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads
f
ZSI for H/J frames in only OUT. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT.
g
Indication available using the communication system only.
h
% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In.
i
DC not available with electronic trip units.

Micrologic Energy 5.2E/5.3E/6.2E/6.3E Trip Units

•

o – Available Option

Standard

Features

Micrologic Standard
Trip Unit

www.schneider-electric.us

Ampere Setting
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
70-80-100-125-150-175-200-225-250
125-150-175-200-225-250-300-350-400
200-225-250-300-350-400-450-500-600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600
125–400
200–600

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Micrologic™ Electronic Trip Units
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.109:

PowerPact P- and R-Frame Micrologic Trip Units

Rating
Plug
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Long-time Pickup Settings
Long-time Pickup Settings

.40
.40
.42
.40
.60
.84
.66
.48

Table 7.110:

.45
.44
.50
.48
.70
.86
.68
.50

.50
.50
.53
.64
.75
.88
.70
.52

.60
.56
.58
.70
.80
.90
.72
.54

.63
.63
.67
.80
.85
.92
.74
.56

.70
.75
.75
.90
.90
.94
.76
.58

PowerPact™ P- and R-frame molded case circuit breakers may be
specified with any of the following Micrologic Electronic Trip Units.

Micrologic (Standard) 3.0 and 5.0 Trip Units

•
•
•
•
•
•

True RMS sensing
LI, LSI trip configurations
Field-interchangeable long-time rating plugs
LED long-time pickup indication
Test kits available
Thermal imaging

Micrologic (Ammeter) 3.0A, 5.0A and 6.0A Trip Units
Includes all features listed for Micrologic standard trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•

LSIG trip configurations
Digital ammeter—phase and neutral (4-pole only)
Phase loading bar graph
LED trip indication
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) (short-time & ground-fault)
Optional Modbus™ communications—PowerLogic™ compatible

Micrologic (Power) 5.0P and 6.0P Trip Units
Power measurement and advanced protection features includes all
features listed for Micrologic ammeter trip unit, as well as:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Table 7.111:

LSI trip configuration with programmable ground fault alarm
LSIG (Ground-fault trip) with programmable ground fault alarm
Incremental “fine tuning” of L, S, I, and G pickup and delay settings
LCD dot matrix display and LED trip indication
Advanced user interface
Advanced protection IDMTL—selectable long-time delay bands
Neutral protection
Power measurement
Contact wear indication
Modbus communications—PowerLogic compatible
Local and remote settings

Power quality measurement and advanced protection features. Includes
all features listed for the Micrologic power trip unit, as well as:

•
•

Enhanced power measurements functions
Power quality measurements

Adjustable Rating Plugs for PowerPact™ P-Frame and R-Frame and
Masterpact™ NT and NW Circuit Breakers—Selection
To provide maximum design flexibility, system protection, and field
upgradeability, each Micrologic™ trip unit is equipped with an
interchangeable long-time rating plug. Each trip unit requires an
adjustable rating plug to determine the long-time pickup range of the
circuit breaker. These plugs are factory installed on new trip units, or can
be ordered separately for field-installable upgrades.
Adjustable rating plugs are offered in eight different ranges of long-time
pickup adjustments. The following chart show the ranges of
adjustments. Each adjustment times the sensor rating (lr X In) of the
circuit breaker sets the long-time pickup value of the circuit breaker.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2F

Power

Harmonic

5.0

Micrologic Trip Unit and Options

Kit $ Price /
Field-Installable Circuit
Breaker
Cat. No.c
$ Price Adder
2.0 (IEC only)
LSO
S132R
2920.00
3.0 (UL/ANSI only) LI
None
S131A
2920.00
5.0
LSI
S133A
4176.00
2.0A (IEC only)
LSO
S142Rd
4554.00
3.0A (UL/ANSI only) LI
S141Ad
4554.00
Ammeter
5.0A
LSI
S143Ad
5812.00
6.0A
LSIG
S144Ad
7418.00
5.0P
LSI
S163Ade
8720.00
Metering, Adv. Protection
6.0P
LSIG
S164Ade
10324.00
5.0H
LSI
S173Ade
14770.00
Metering, Adv. Protection
& Harmonic Analysis
6.0H
LSIG
S174Ade
16374.00
c
The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the “A” rating plug. To specify an
alternative adjustable rating plug, please add the letter designation to the end of the
catalog number. Please refer to page 7-48 for a complete listing of adjustable settings
available with each plug. (Example: S143B would specify a “B” rating plug instead of the
standard "A" plug.) Use suffix “N” if no rating plug is required, deduct $200.00 from the
complete trip unit kit price.
d
When replacing a standard trip unit with Type A (Ammeter), P (Power metering) or H
(Harmonic analysis) trip unit, order the 12-pin connector kit S33101 for the Masterpact NW
and NT and the PowerPact P-frame drawout circuit breakers or kit S33100 for PowerPact
P-frame and R-frame unit-mount and I-Line circuit breakers. See page 7-48.
e
Requires Circuit Breaker Communications Module.
f
The LSI with 3.2S/3.3S trip units have fixed short time and long time delays.
g
Requires neutral current transformer on the three-phase four-wire loads
h
ZSI for H/J frames in only IN. for L-frame ZSI is In and OUT.
i
Indication available using the communication system only.
j
% of hours in 4 current ranges: 0–49%, 50–79%, 80–89%, and >90% In.
Model

Micrologic (Harmonic) 5.0H and 6.0H Trip Units

3.0
x

Ammeter

3.0A 5.0A 6.0A 5.0P 6.0P 5.0H 6.0H
LI
x
LSI (Instantaneous can be turned off)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LSIG / Ground-Fault Tripa
x
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm (No Trip) ab
x
x
Ground-Fault Alarm and Trip a
x
x
Adjustable Rating Plugs
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
True RMS Sensing
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL Listed
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Thermal Imaging
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Phase Loading Bar Graph
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Long-time Pickup
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
LED for Trip Indication
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Digital Ammeter
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Zone-selective Interlocking
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Communications
o
o
o
x
x
x
x
LCD Dot Matrix Display
x
x
x
x
Advanced User Interface
x
x
x
x
Protective Relay Functions
x
x
x
x
Neutral Protection
x
x
x
x
Contact Wear Indication
x
x
x
x
Incremental Fine Tuning of Settings
x
x
x
x
Selectable Long-time Delay Bands
x
x
x
x
Power Measurement
x
x
x
x
Power Quality Measurements
x
x
Waveform Capture
x
x
a
Requires neutral current transformer in 3Ø4W systems.
b
Requires M2C or M6C Programmable Contact Module.

Adjustable
Rating Plug

Table 7.112:

Protection

Additional Features

Special Options

Description

Factory-Installed
Suffix

Field-Installable
Cat. No.

Ship circuit breaker in closed
position
CT Characterization
(Calibrated trip system)

YK

N/A

N/C

Q

N/A

3308.00

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

7-47

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Harmonic
Trip Unit

7

Power
Trip Unit

1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
1.0
.82
.64

o – Available Option

Standard

Features

Ammeter
Trip Unit

.90
.95
.95
.95
.95
.98
.80
.62

Micrologic Trip Units
x– Standard Feature

Standard
Trip Unit

.80
.88
.83
.93
.93
.96
.78
.60

Micrologic™ Electronic
Trip Unit

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 612, 612/ Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

Adjustable rating plug "A" is installed as standard on all
Micrologic trip unit orders. However, an alternative
selection may be specified from the "Assembled" table
below, and factory installed with your trip unit order at no
additional charge. To order, please attach the appropriate
catalog suffix to the end of the trip unit Cat. No. (after
specifying trip unit options). Adjustable rating plugs may
also be purchased as field-installable components from
the table below.
Table 7.113:

Factory-Installed

Full Function Test Kit

a

Trip Unit Seal

b

Neutral Current Transformers

For Use with
Circuit Breaker

Sensor Plug
c
d

Field-Installable

Cat. Suffix
$ Price Adder
Cat. No.b
$ Price
A (standard)
N/C
S48818
200.00
B
N/C
S48819
200.00
C
N/C
S48820
200.00
D
N/C
S48836
200.00
E
N/C
S48837
200.00
F
N/C
S48838
200.00
G
N/C
S48839
200.00
H
N/C
S48840
200.00
Long-time pickup amperes (Ir) = Sensor Rating (In) X Setting of rating
plug. “Fine adjustment tuning” is included on Micrologic Power and
Harmonic trip units, allowing for incremental settings of 1 A between
the plug setting and.40 X Sensor Rating.
DE2F Discount Schedule

Table 7.114:

Cat. No.

S429521
H-Frame
S430562
J-Frame
S430563
L-Frame
S432575
S33575c,d
P-Frame
S33576c,d
S48916c,d
S34036c,d
R-Frame
S48896c,d
S48182c,d
All
NCTWIRING
DE2F Discount Schedule
Includes NCTWIRING kit.

Sensor

$ Price

60–100
150
250
400–600
250
400–1600
250
400–1600
2000
3000
All

588.00
588.00
588.00
647.00
1914.00
1914.00
2014.00
2014.00
2044.00
2208.00
204.00

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.116:
Circuit
Breaker

Frame
Cat. No.h
$ Price
Pocket Tester
S434206
1000.00
UTA Tester
STRV00910
16365.00
Spare UTA Tester
STRV00911
6000.00
H/J/L
BLuetooth/Modbus for UTA Tester
SVW3A8114
2800.00
Spare Power Supply for UTA Tester
TRV00915
771.00
110–120 Vac
Micrologic Cord for UTA Tester
TRV00917
1210.00
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S429478
19.00
H/J
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S429481
41.00
Micrologic 5/6 Cover, Transparent
S432459
36.00
L
Micrologic 2/3 Cover, Transparent
S432461
156.00
LCD Display for Micrologic 5
S429483
575.00
H/J/L
LCD Display for Micrologic 6
S429484
575.00
Hand-held Test Kit
S33594
5386.00
Primary Injection Test Adaptor
S33937
252.00
Full-function Adapter Kit
S48981
19699.00
Full-function Test Kit
S33595
33792.00
P/R
Seven-pin Test Cable (for connection
S48907
1488.00
between test kit and trip unit)e
Two-pin Test Cable (for connection
S48908
784.00
between test kit and trip unit)f
230 Vac Filtered Power Cordg
S48856
166.00
120 Vac Filtered Power Cordg
P/R
S48855
61.00
Trip Unit Battery for Trip Indicator Lights
S33593
438.00
Power supply with:
24–30 Vdc input
685823
48/60 Vdc input
685824
125 Vdc input
685825
H/J/L/P/R
1130.00
110–130 Vac input
685826
200–240 Vac input
685827
380–415 Vac input
685829
Micrologic A Trip Unit Cover, clear
S33592
16.00
P/R
Micrologic P/H Trip Unit Cover,
S47067
16.00
opaque gray
Trip Unit Seal (6 pieces)
H/J/L/P/R MICROTUSEAL
60.00
for compliance with NEC 240.6(c)
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
S33101
228.00
NT/NW Masterpact Circuit Breakers
12-pin Trip Unit Connector for
P/R
S33100i
255.00
P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Battery Back-up (12 Hours)
685831
3570.00
e
Used for testing Micrologic trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
f
Used for testing STR trip units. Included in the price of the Handheld/Full-function Test Kits. Kit for replacement only.
g
Included in the price of the Full-function Test Kit. Kit for replacement
only.
h
DE2F Discount Schedule.
i
DE2 Discount Schedule.

Sensor Plugs for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakersjm

Sensor Plug
Range

P-Frame Circuit Breaker

Sensor Plug
Catalog No.

Circuit Breaker Frames Accepting Sensor Plug
250 A

400 A

600 A

250 A
S47052
X
400 A
S47053
X
X
600 A
S48823
X
UL
800 A
S33092
1000 A
S33093
1200 A
S48824
630 A
S33091
800 A
S33092
IEC
1000 A
S33093
1250 A
S33094
1600 A
S33095
R-Frame Circuit Breaker
600 A
800 A
1000 A
600 A
S48823
X
X
X
800 A
S33092
X
X
1000 A
S33093
X
1200 A
S48824
UL
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
2500 A
S33983
3000 A
S48825
1600 A
S33095
2000 A
S33982
IEC
2500 A
S33983
3200 A
S33984
j
For use only with circuit breakers with date codes later than 07011.
k
DE2F Discount Schedule.
l
IEC Only.
m
See rating plug for long-time pickup range on page 7-47.

7-48

Trip Unit Accessories

Device

Rating Plugs

Rating
Pluga
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H

Table 7.115:

www.schneider-electric.us

DE2

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

630 Al

800 A
X
X
X

1000 A

X
X
X

X

X
X

X
X
X

1200 A
X
X
X
X

1600 A

2000 A

X
X
X
X

X

X
X
X
X

X
X

1200 A

$ Pricek
1250 Al

1600 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
2500 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

3000 A

X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X
X
X
X
3200 A

X
X
X
X

1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00
1040.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Micrologic™ Electronic
Trip Unit

Micrologic™ Trip Unit Accessories
Class 611, 612 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1001, 0612CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for P- and R-Frame Circuit Breakers
Factory-Installed
Cat. No.
Suffix

Circuit Breaker Communication Module (BCM) (Modbus)
Two Programmable Contacts Module (M2C)
Six Programmable Contacts Module (M6C)
External Voltage Sensing (EVS)

E1
V
W
YV

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.

$ Price
Adder Unit Mount
1778.00
1248.00
1599.00
290.00

S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203

Table 7.118:

P-Frame
I-Line
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64203

Motor
Operated
S64207
S64273
S64204
S64210

Modbus Interface
Module (IFM)

NSX Cord b
(for Modbus Communication)
BSCM (Breaker Status and Control
Module) with NSX Cordb
Replacement BSCM

NSX Cord for
Modbus Communications

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208

2805.00
1248.00
1665.00
330.00

Factory-Installed

—
—
—
—
—
—
L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
L=3m

EA
EB
EGf
EHf
—
ED
EE
EKf
ELf
EN
V
V

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Cat. No.

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—

STRV00210
TRV00217
STRV00121
TRV00128
STRV00211
S434212

1000.00
946.00
1500.00
26.00
1508.00
975.00

576.00
600.00
1776.00
1800.00
—
2880.00
3000.00
4080.00
4200.00
480.00
1114.00
1820.00

S434201
S434202
S434201BS
S434202BS
S434205
S434204
S434303
S434204BS
S434303BS
S434210
S429424
S429532

480.00
500.00
1480.00
1500.00
1000.00
2400.00
2500.00
3400.00
3500.00
400.00
928.00
1517.00

Wire Harnessg and ULP Cords for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit Breakers
Description

ZSI Interface Module
(Connects PowerPact H/J/L
circuit breakers to
PowerPact P/R and
Masterpact NT/NW circuit
breakers)

S64205
S64273
S64201
S64208

$ Price

L = 1.3 m
L=3m
L = 1.3 m
BSCM with NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb
L=3m
24 Vdc Terminal Block
SDTAM 24/415 Vac/dc Modulec
SDX Module 24/415 Vac/dcd
a
Require NSX Cord
b
Installation requires IFM (STRV00210) for Modbus communication and/or FDM (STRV00121) for external display
c
Remote indication relay for motor applications
d
Remote indication relay
e
For proper selection, see catalog 0611CT1001.
f
If using with motor operator requires communicating motor operator (suffix NC).

Table 7.119:

SDTAM Module
(Remote indication relay
for motor applications)

I-Line

Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adder

External Accessories
Modbus Interface Module IFMa
Stacking Connections for IFM (10)
Front Display Module FDM121a
FDM Mounting Accessory (Dia. 22 mm)
Isolated Modbus Repeater Module
ZSI Interface Module
Internal Accessories

NSX Cord for V > 480 Vacb

Front Display Module
(FDM)

S64206
S64273
S64202
S64209

Unit Mount

Trip Unit Field-Installable Accessories for H-, J-, and L-Frame Circuit
Breakerse
Description

Breaker Status and
Control Module (BSCM)

R-Frame
With Rotary
Handle
S64205
S64273
S64204
S64210

Drawout

Factory-Installed

Cat. No. Suffix $ Price Adderh
ZSI Wire Harness, H/J Frame
YH3
237.00
ZSI Wire Harness, L-Frame
YH3
237.00
ENCT Wire Harness
YH2
237.00
OF Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
SD/SDE Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
SDx/SDTAM Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
MN Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
MX Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
24 Vdc Terminal Block Wire Harnessi
YH1
237.00
Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
Communicating Motor Operator Wire Harness
YH1
237.00
NSX Wire Harnessi
YH1
237.00
ENCT and ZSI Wire Harness
YH4
237.00
10 RJ45 Connectors female/female
—
—
10 ULP Line Terminations
—
—
L = 0.3 m
—
—
10 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L = 0.6 m
—
—
L=1m
—
—
5 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cords
L=2m
—
—
L = 3m
—
—
1 RJ45/RJ45 Male Cord
L=5m
—
—
g
Wire harness is required for I-Line applications, optional for unit-mount applications
YH1 = all installed accessories but ZSI and ENCT
YH2 = ENCT and all installed accessories
YH3 = ZSI and all installed accessories
YH4 = ZSI, ENCT and all installed accessories
h
Price adder is for each accessory ordered.
i
I-Line wire harness is included for communication network accessories.
Optional wire harness for unit mount requires YH1 suffix.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

Field-Installable Kit Cat. No.
Cat. No.
S434300
S434301
S434302
S434500
S434501
S434502
S434503
S434504
S434505
S434506
S434507
S434508
—
TRV00870
TRV00880
TRV00803
TRV00806
TRV00810
TRV00820
TRV00830
TRV00850

$ Price
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
197.00
—
195.00
130.00
200.00
320.00
195.00
300.00
500.00
155.00

7-49

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Description

7

Table 7.117:

Masterpact™ Universal
Power Circuit Breakers

Masterpact™ NT/NW Circuit Breakers
Class 613 / Refer to Catalog 0613CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

The Masterpact universal power circuit breaker offers a family of circuit protection products
meeting the most common world standards, ANSI, UL and IEC. The basic design platform
for each is common. The final result is UL, ANSI and IEC circuit breakers with the same
basic external dimensions, features and accessories.

Full-Featured Performance

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Masterpact NT

Masterpact NW

Complete product offering up to 200 k AIR without fuses
Circuit breakers tested to show arc flash hazard risk category as referenced by NFPA70E
800 A to 6000 A frames, fixed and draw-out
Rated for AC voltage systems through 600 V (635 V ANSI)
Short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA
Cradle position indicator: connected, test and disconnected
Simple, visual contact wear indicators
Full complement of field-installable accessories common to all standards
Four interchangeable Micrologic trip units to choose from
Available PowerLogic™ based power metering and monitoring capabilities
Available protective relay functions as defined by ANSI C37.2 and C37.90

The following charts show the Masterpact NW and NT ratings for ANSI and UL 489. See
Pricing Guide 0613PL0001 and Catalog 0613CT0001.
Table 7.120:

Masterpact NW Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard

ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed

Frame Rating

800–1600 A

Interrupting Code
240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override
(kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time

N1
42
42
42
42

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

c

c

H3
100
100
85
85

L1g
200
200
130
30

2000 A
L1Fg
200
200
130
22

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

H3
100
100
85
85

UL 489 Listed

3200/4000 Af

L1g
200
200
130
30

L1Fg
200
200
130
22

H1
65
65
65
65

H2
85
85
85
85

H3
100
100
85
85

L1g
200
200
130
100

4000/5000 A

800/1200/1600/2000 A 2500/3000 A 4000/5000/6000 A

H2 H3 L1g N
H
Lg
85 100 200 65 100 200
85 100 200 65 100 150
85 85 130 50 85
100
85 85 100 42a 65a 30ab

LFg H
200 100
150 100
100 85
22
65

Lg
200
150
100
100

c

85

35c

24

— —

85

35

24

— —

85

117 —

—

117

40

40

65

65

75

75

40

25

22

65 40

40

25

22

65 40

40

40

85

75

40

40

40

25d

22

40

40

40

40

— — —

—

—

Yes

— —

—

—

Yes

— —

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

35ab 24

25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L1, L1F, L and LF)
70 ms
100–250 A
400–800 A
2000–4000 A
1000–2000 A
1600–3200 A
600–1200 A
2500–5000 A
800–1600 A
1000–2000 A
10,000
10,000
5k
5,000
12,500e
1,000
1,000
1k
1,000
2800e

100–250 A
400–800 A
800–1600 A

1200–2500 A
1600–3000 A

2000–4000 A
2500–5000 A
3000–6000 A

10,000
1,000

5,000
1,000

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

12,500
Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles) Mechanical
With No Maintenance
Electrical
2800
a
24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
b
65 kA RMS for 2000 A.
c
None except 24 kA RMS for 800 A circuit breaker frame with 100 A or 250 A sensor.
d
40 kA RMS for 2000 A.
e
The endurance rating for 2000 A, N/H/L/LF is 10,000 for mechanical and 1000 for electrical.
f
4000 A standard width circuit breaker is not available in L1 interrupting rating code or drawout construction (fixed mounting only).
g
Drawout mounted only.

Masterpact NT Circuit Breaker Ratings
Standard

ANSI C37 Certified/UL 1066 Listed

Frame Rating

800 A

Interrupting Code

N1
42
42
—
42
—
40

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
—
10
10
10

L
200
100
—
10
10
10

LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
—
10
10
10

L
200
100
—
10
10
10

LFi
200
100
—
10
10
10

N
50
50
35
35
40
25

H
65
50
50
35
40
25

L1
100
65
N/A
10
10
10

L
200
100
N/A
10
10
10

—

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

Yes

—

—

—

—

240 Vac
Interrupting Current
480 Vac
(kA RMS) 50/60 Hz
600 Vac
Short-time Withstand Current (kA RMS)
Built-in Instantaneous Override (kA RMS ±10%)
Close and latch rating (kA RMS)
Tested to show the arc flash hazard risk
category as referenced by NFPA70E
Breaking time
Closing time

Endurance Rating (C/O Cycles)
With No Maintenance
h
Fixed-mounted only.
i
Drawout mounted only.

UL 489 Listed
800 A

1200 A

25–30 ms with no intentional delay

Sensor Rating
Mechanical
Electrical

100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800

1600 Ah

25–30 ms with no intentional delay (9 ms for L and LF)
< 50 ms
600–1200 A
—
12,500
2800

100–250 A
400–800 A
12,500
2800

Table 7.122:

Description

NWMPRRT

800–1600 A
12,500
2800

Masterpact NW/NT Circuit Breaker Remote Racking

Masterpact NW/NT Remote Racking Devicesj

Cat. No.

$ Price

NWNTMPRRT

32000.00

Masterpact NW Remote Racking Devicej

NWMPRRT

21500.00

Masterpact NT Remote Rackign Devicej

NTMPRRT

21500.00

Mounting Bracket Kit for NW Remote Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k

S47100

Mounting Bracket Kit for NT Remove Racking (contains 10 mounting brackets)k

S47104

215.00

Control Unit for NW Remote Rackingk

S47101

3650.00

30 ft Control Cable for NW Remote Rackingk

S47102

620.00

Drive Shaft for NW Remote Rackingk

S47103

290.00

Drive Shaft for NT Remote Rackingk

S47105

290.00

j
k

7-50

H
100
100
85
85

42 65 40

Sensor Rating

Table 7.121:

Lg
200
150
100
65

215.00

Unit comes with 10 mounting brackets included.
For replacement only.

DE2F

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ground-Fault Protection

GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 940, 960

www.schneider-electric.us

GC-200 Ground-Fault Relay System
The GC-200 Ground-fault relay system protects a grounded distribution system from lowlevel arcing ground faults. The system includes the GC-200 relay, a sensor (current
transformer), and optional GC DSP display and is used with a bolted pressure switch or
circuit breaker to open a circuit upon detection of a ground fault. (Replaces GC-100 relay.)

GC-200 Relay Features

•
•
•
•
•
•

Five models with sensitivities suitable for main, feeder, or branch circuits
Ten adjustable pickup settings for each model
Small, non-metallic enclosure mounts on DIN rail
10 A and 5 A output contacts for trip and alarm
Zone-selective interlocking (ZSI) to optimize coordinated systems
I2t inverse time characteristics

GCDSP Display (Optional)
GC-200 Relay

•
•
•
•
•
•

Real-time display of ground-fault values
Also recalls ground-fault at last trip or at maximum since reset
Allows remote testing or resetting of the relay
LCD back-lit display
Surface mounts over panel meter cutout
Fine adjust pickup settings (D and E versions only)

Sensors

•
•
•

Zero sequence sensing current transformers for all phases and neutral
Several sizes of toroids and rectangular CTs
Many are split-core or open frame for ease of installation

Table 7.123:

Ground-Fault Relay

Cat. No.
GC200C
GC200D
GC200E
GCDSP
VW3A1104R10
VW3A1104R30
VW3A1104R50

Description
Ground-fault relay

1m
3m
5m

Display cable b

45.00

GC-200 Relay Settings
3
30
120

Relay Cat.
No.

GC200C
GC200D

GT912 Rectangular Sensor

GC200E

59.00

6
90
240

9
90
360

Adjustable Pickup Settings (in Amperes)
12
15
18
21
120
150
180
210
480
600
720
840

27
270
1080

30
300
1200

GC-200 Sensors
Sensor
Cat. No.

Type

T2A
Toroid
T3A
Toroid
T6A
Toroid
T6AS
Toroid, split-core
T9A
Toroid
R713A
R417A
Rectangular
R826A
All "A" type sensors above, plus:
RZ511
RZ521
Rectangular, Open Frame
RZ531
RZ535
RZ1011
RZ1021
Rectangular, Open Frame
RZ1031
GT912
GT918
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT930
GT1218
GT1224
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT1230
GT1327
Rectangular, Open Frame
GT1330
GT1530
Rectangular, Open Frame

DE2

24
240
960

Discount
Schedule

CT
Ratio

1000:1

1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
1000:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1
600:1

Window Dimensions

$ Price

in
1.875 dia.
2.75 dia.
5.75 dia.
5.75 dia.
8.75 dia.
7.5 x 13.5
4.25 x 17.625
8 x 26.5

mm
48 dia.
70 dia.
146 dia.
146 dia.
222 dia.
191 x 343
108 x 448
203 x 674

704.00
774.00
774.00
1326.00
1106.00
3063.00
3650.00
4446.00

4.5. x 11
4.5 x 21
4.5 x 31
4.5 x 35
10.5 x 11
10.5 x 21
10.5 x 31
5.5 x 8.5
5.5 x 14.5
5.5 x 26.5
8.5 x 14.5
8.5 x 20.5
8.5 x 26.5
9.5 x 24
9.5 x 27
11.5 x 26.5

114 x 280
114 x 534
114 x 788
114 x 890
267 x 280
267 x 514
114 x 788
140 x 216
140 x 368
140 x 673
216 x 368
216 x 521
292 x 673
241 x 610
241 x 686
292 x 673

1914.00
2255.00
2706.00
2834.00
2450.00
3075.00
4233.00
1769.00
2058.00
2766.00
2645.00
2901.00
3246.00
2844.00
3219.00
3726.00

7-51

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Cat. No.
GC200C
GC200D
GC200E

Table 7.125:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

10 m

GC2ADAPTER
Adapter plate
To replace GSDSP with GC2DSP
One GC12 twelve foot cable is included with GCDSP display modules.
Discount schedule CP4C

Table 7.124:
T3B Toroid Sensor

$ Price
2960.00
2960.00
2960.00
948.00
35.00
35.00
35.00

Display module

VW3A1104R100
a
b

Specifications
3.0 A–30.0 A
30.0 A–300 A
120 A–1200 A

7

GCDSP Display

Ground-Fault Protection

Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
Class 931, 840, 960
www.schneider-electric.us

Vigirex™ Ground-Fault Relay System
The Vigirex ground-fault relays, with associated sensors (current transformers), measure
the residual current in an electrical installation to detect levels which may be damaging.
When used for protection, they cause an associated circuit breaker or switch to interrupt the
supply of power to the protected system. They may also be used for monitoring only, with
output to an alarm. The product line includes fixed sensitivities from 30 mA to 1 A and
adjustable sensitivities up to 30 A.
The Vigirex relays may be easily mounted on DIN rail or may be panel mounted in a meter
cutout. Sensors for conductors range from a little more than an inch diameter toroids, to
large rectangular sensors measuring 6 x 18 inches. The compact size of the relay and its
sensor make it ideal for protection of OEM equipment as well as branch circuits.
Table 7.126:
Model

Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays (UL 1053 Listed)
Delay

Reset

Control Voltage

Sensitivity

Cat. No.

$ Price

DIN Rail Mounted
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A

RH99M
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc

RH10M

Instantaneous

Manual

110–130 Vac

220–240 Vac

RH21M

Instantaneous
or 60 msec
(2 settings)

RH99M

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec

RH99P

Manual

Manual

Automatic

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

30 mAa or 300 mA
(2 settings)

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

Adjustable,
(9 settings):
0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1,
3, 5, 10, 30 A

56300
56302
56305
56306
56307
56320
56322
56325
56326
56327
56330
56332
56335
56336
56337
56360
56362
56363
56370TD
56372TD
56373TD
56390TD
56392TD
56393TD

1988.00

1988.00

1988.00

2363.00

2700.00

2700.00

Panel Mounted
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1 Amp
30 mA
100 mA
300 mA
500 mA
1A

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc

7

RH10P

Instantaneous

Manual

110–130 Vac

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

220–240 Vac

PA50

RH21P

Instantaneous
or 60 msec
(2 settings)

RH99P

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0, 0.06, 0.15,
0.23, 0.31, 0.5,
0.8, 1.0, 4.5 sec

a

Closed Toroids, Type A

Vigirex Sensor Iron Rings
(Optional)
Split toroids, Type OA

7-52

Automatic

30 mAa or 300 mA
(2 settings)

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac
12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

Adjustable
(9 settings):
0.03a, 0.1, 0.3, 0.5, 1,
3, 5, 10, 30 A

56470TD
56472TD
56473TD
56490TD
56492TD
56493TD

2063.00

2063.00

2438.00

2813.00

2813.00

Sensors for Vigirex Ground-Fault Relays

Sensors

Rectangular Sensors
b
c

Manual

12–24 Vac/12–48 Vdc
110–130 Vac
220–240 Vac

2063.00

30 mA is instantaneous only, except for RH99M and RH99P models. Their suffix TD indicates time delay at 30 mA.
For models with no time delay (IEC compliant) consult catalog 0972CT0401.

Table 7.127:

SA200

Manual

56400
56402
56405
56406
56407
56420
56422
56425
56426
56427
56430
56432
56435
56436
56437
56460
56462
56463

Inside Diameter

Type

Maximum
Currentc

in.

mm

TA30
PA50
IA80
MA120
SA200
GA300
TA30
PA50
IA80
MA120

65 A
85 A
160 A
250 A
400 A
630 A
65 A
85 A
160 A
250 A

1.18
1.97
3.15
4.72
7.87
11.81
0.79
1.58
2.76
4.33

POAb
GOAb
280 x 115
470 x 160

85 A
250 A
1600 A
3200 A

1.81
4.33
11.02 x 4.53
18.50 x 6.30

Cat. No.

$ Price

30
50
80
120
200
300
20
40
70
110

50437
50438
50439
50440
50441
50442
56055
56056
56057
56058

375.00
488.00
615.00
833.00
1253.00
2295.00
56.00
59.00
62.00
83.00

46
110
280 x 115
470 x 160

50485
50486
56053
56054

1718.00
3015.00
5333.00
7088.00

POA and GOA are not UL recognized
Use as a guideline for sizing wire through sensor.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ground-Fault Protection
Equipment

Add-On Ground-Fault and Earth-Leakage Modules
Class 931, 940, 960

www.schneider-electric.us

Micrologic™ Add-on Ground-Fault Module (GFM)
The Micrologic Ground-Fault Module (GFM) is a UL Listed/CSA Certified circuit breaker
accessory which protects equipment from damage caused by ground faults. It is an add-on
module which, when connected to a PowerPact H- or J-frame thermal-magnetic circuit
breaker only, provides ground-fault sensing and ground-fault relay functions.
HD/JD ground-fault modules feature:
Optional GFM25CT
GFM250

•
•
•
•
•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels
Adjustable ground-fault time delays
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature
Ground-fault indicator (mechanical for local, contacts for remote)
All GFMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting as standard, easily convertible to unit mount by
removing the I-Line bracket
Fault-powered (through the sensing current transformer) for electronics, shunt trip, and integral test
feature. Meets NEC 230.95(C)
A 12 Vdc shunt trip module (Catalog No. S29382) is required in the circuit breaker. This may be field
installed or factory installed when the circuit breaker is ordered with an -SN suffix.
UL 1053 — Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

•
•
•

The GFM system requires the following:

•
•
•
•

H-frame (15–150 A) or J-frame (150–250 A) molded case circuit breaker
Shunt trip is required for the function of the GFM (may be factory-installed or field-installed)
Bus bar connection (terminal nut inserts) for OFF end of circuit breaker
Optional neutral current transformer, catalog number GFM25CT (must be ordered for 4-wire
applications)

NOTE: Ground-fault modules cannot be used for alarming only.
Table 7.128:

Module/Enclosure Selection Charta

Companion Circuit
I-Line
Ground-fault Pickup
Cat. No.b
Breaker Prefix
Switchboard
Adjustment Range
HD, HG, HJ, HL
GFM150HD
LA
20–100 A
JD, JG, JJ, JL
GFM250JD
LA
40–200 A
Accessories
H&J
GFM25CT
Optional Neutral Current Transformer (required for 4-wire loads)
a
At 250 A, the GFM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
b
See Supplemental Digest page 3-37 for additional GFMs.

GFM $ Price
4250.00
4250.00
375.00

•
•

Adjustable ground-fault pickup levels as low as 30 mA
Adjustable ground-fault time delays from instantaneous to 500 msec
(Time delay can be applied to the 30 mA setting)
Integral ground fault push-to-test feature
Ground-fault indicator (LED for local status; contacts for remote indication)
All ELMs are supplied for I-Line™ mounting and are easily convertible to unit-mount by removing the
I-Line brackets
Three poles; 240 to 600 Vac maximum: 3-wire applications only (no neutral)
Line-power obtained through internal bus to provide power for electronics, shunt trip, and integral
test feature.
A shunt trip is required in the circuit breaker; it may be field-installed or factory-installed in the
PowerPact H and J circuit breakers.
UL 1053 – Ground-fault Sensing and Relaying Equipment

•
•
•
I-Line™ J-Frame with ELM installed

•
•
•
•

Table 7.129:

ELM Selection Chartc

Companion Circuit Breakerd
Prefix

Size

Enclosure Space
Required I-Line
Switchboard

Pick-Up Adjustment
Range

Catalog Number

$ Price

HD, HG, HJ, HL
JD, JG, JJ, JL

15–150 A
150–250 A

LA
LA

30 mA–3 A
30 mA–3 A

ELM150HD
ELM250JD

4500.00
4650.00

c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

At 250 A, the ELM250JD can be used with 80% rated circuit breakers only.
For Factory Installation of ELM Module: For termination designation (3rd letter of catalog number) use ONLY “M”.
Add factory installed 48 Vdc shunt trip (suffix SP) to breaker plus suffix VL or VM.
SP – $717. adder.
Use VL for H frame – $4736. adder.
Use VM for J frame – $4886. adder.
Plus the List Price of the H or J breaker.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

7-53

7

The Earth Leakage Module (ELM) is an add-on module which, when connected to a
PowerPact H- or J-frame MCCB, provides low-level ground-fault sensing and ground-fault
relay functions.
Because these ELMs are highly sensitive (30 mA to 3 A), they provide much greater
protection than GFMs (20 Amps to 200 Amps sensitivity). The ELMs provide greater
protection of control circuits and other sensitive equipment. The associated circuit breaker
must have a 48 Vdc shunt trip, which may be field-installed (kit S29392) or factory-installed
(suffix –SP) in the H- or J-Frame circuit breaker.
Add-on Earth Leakage Module (ELM) Features:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Earth Leakage Module (ELM) for PowerPact H- and J-Frame MCCBs

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Miniature and Molded Case Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us

Figure 2

Figure 1

B E

Figure 5

A
G

Figure 6

E

Figure 8

Figure 7

D
C

E

B

D
C

D
C

A

B E

B E

Figure 9
QO-PLPS

QOU, QYU
Low Ampere

A
G

A
G

A
G

B E

QO-GFI, QO-PL
QO-EPD

A
G

B

F

Figure 11

A

D
C

B F

7

Figure 13

Figure 14

Figure 15

A

A

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

B

B

C60

Figure 16

A

A

B

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix

Figure 18

A

D

C

Table 7.132:

B

Figure 19

Figure 20

A

A

A

Frame Size

C120
D

B E

Figure 22

Figure 21
E

B

B

B

B
G

E

B

C

D

C

E

F

G

2.25
2.25
2.25
3.78
3.78
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
1.77
1.77
1.77
1.77
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5.00d
5.00d
5.00f
6.78
6.78
6.78
—
—
—
—
—

0.59
1.34
2.09
2.85
4.35
0.59
1.34
2.09
0.62
1.37
2.12
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QB, QD, QG, QJ, Q4, FA, FI, KI, LA, LI, LX, LXI Circuit
Breakers
Poles

Dimensions—Inches

Fig.
No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

4.25
4.25
5.13
5.13
5.13
7.13
9.25
10.75

—
1.50
1.50
—
1.50
1.50
2.00
2.50

—
0.75
—
—
0.75
0.75
1.00

Shipping Weightsh
Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)

Frame Size

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)

FAL, FHL 1P

2

KIL

9

FAL, FHL 2P

3

LAL, LHL

15

FAL, FHL 3P

5

LIL LXIL

25

FIL

8

Q4L

15

QB, QD, QG, QJ

B

A

2
22
6.47
3.00
3.02 3.93
g
3
23
6.47
4.50
3.02 3.93
g
1
21
6.00
1.50
3.16 4.13 0.44
FAL, FHL
2
22
6.00
3.00
3.16 4.13 0.44
3
23
6.00
4.50
3.16 4.13 0.44
FIL, KIL
2&3
23
8.00
4.50
3.66 4.75 0.44
Q4L, LAL, LHL
2&3
23
11.00 6.00
4.06 5.84 0.88
LIL, LXIL
2&3
24
11.86 7.50
5.48 6.74 0.55
g
Dimensions E are 1.59 in at ON end and 0.63 in at OFF end.

E

Figure 17

Dimensions—Inches

Fig.
No.

QB, QD,
QG, QJ

B E

B E

B E

QOU
High Ampere

Figure 12

A

A

Poles

1
1
0.75 3.00a 2.31
2.91
QO, QOB
2
2
1.50 3.00a 2.31
2.91
3
3
2.25 3.00a 2.31
2.91
2
2
3.0
5.72
2.53
4.90
QOB-VH 150 A
QOB-VH 110–150 A
3
3
4.50
5.72
2.53
4.90
1
4
0.75 4.12b 2.31
2.91
QO-PL
QO-GFI
2
5
1.50 4.12b 2.31
2.91
QO-EPD
3
5
2.25 4.12b 2.31
2.91
1
6
0.75 4.05c 2.38
2.98
QOU
QYU
2
7
1.50 4.05c 2.38
2.98
Low Ampere
3
8
2.25 4.05d 2.38
2.98
1
10
0.75
4.45
2.37
2.96
QOU
2
11
1.50
4.45
2.37
2.96
High Ampere
3
12
2.25
4.45
2.37
2.96
1
13
0.71
3.19
1.73
2.76
2
14
1.42
3.19
1.73
2.76
Multi 9™ C60
3
15
2.13
3.19
1.73
2.76
4
16
2.84
3.19
1.73
2.76
QO-PLPS Power Supply
2
9
1.45
4.35
2.42
3.11
a
35–70 A is 3.12 in; 80–100 A 2P and 70–100 A 3P are 3.50 in.
b
QO-PL is 4.55 in.
c
80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 4.45 in
d
80–100 A 1P and 80–125 A 2P are 6.78 in.
e
70–100 A 4.45 in.
f
70–100 A is 6.78 in.

Table 7.131:
Figure 10

QO™, QOU, Multi 9™ Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix

B E

Figure 4

B

D
C

A
G

B E

Table 7.130:

QO, QOB

Figure 3

A
G

A
G

h

4

All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.

Figure 23

B
E

B
G
HH

D
C

C/L
C/L

A F

A F

A F

E

E

E

Figure 24
B
G

D
C

E

A F

E

7-54

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Molded Case Circuit Breakers
www.schneider-electric.us

Figure 26

Table 7.133:

B
G

B

F

A

E

F

A

Circuit Breaker No. of
Dimensions — Inches
Cat. No.
Poles Fig. No.
A
B
C
D
E
F
Prefix
2a
25
6.40
2.74
2.87
4.36
0.74
4.92
HD, HG, HJ,
HL, HR
3
26
6.40
4.12
2.87
4.36
0.74
4.92
JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR
3
27
7.52
4.12
2.87
5.00
1.30
4.92
LG, LJ, LL, LR
3
28
13.38
5.51
3.75
6.61
2.22
7.87
a
Only HD and HG are in 2P module, HJ, HL and HR 2P are in 3P module.

D

E

C

Table 7.134:
Figure 27
B

G

D

F

A

Figure 28

G

A

B

B

E

A

E

29
30
31
32

C

D

E

0.98
1.96
2.94
3.54

5.66
5.66
5.66
4.72

3.09
3.09
3.09
2.76

4.05
4.05
4.05
3.94

3.32
3.32
3.32
2.20

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, RG, RJ and RL Circuit Breakers
Dimensions — Inches

No. of
Poles

Fig.
No.

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

2, 3

33

12.86

8.27

5.77

8.05

2.49

7.87

7.83

2, 3

33

16.16

8.27

5.77

8.05

4.19

7.87

7.83

2, 3

34

16.24

16.54

6.63

14.49

8.73

14.25

15.35

Shipping Weightsa

HD, HG, HJ, HL 2P
HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR 3P

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
4
5

JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR
LD, LG, LJ, LL, LR

ED, EG, EJ 1P

2

MG, MJ

Frame Size

Frame Size

Approx. Shipping
Weight (Lbs.)
5
14
29
32
52

B

A

A

Figure 32

E

1
2
3
3

B

Figure 31

Figure 30

B

ED, EG, EJ
ED, EG, EJ
ED, EG, EJ
GJ

Dimensions — Inches
A

ED, EG, EJ 2P
3
PG, PJ, PK, PL
ED, EG, EJ 3P
4
RG, RJ, RK, RL (Without RLTB)
a
All weights are for 3P circuit breakers unless otherwise noted.

D

E

Fig. No.

Table 7.136:
F

Figure 29

No. of
Poles

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix
MG, MJ
(800 A and below)
PG, PJ, PK, PL
(1000–1200 A)
RG, RJ, RL

E

G
—
1.38
1.38
1.77

ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No.
Prefix

Table 7.135:

C

C

HD, HG, HJ, HL, HR, JD, JG, JJ, JL, JR, LG, LJ, LL,
and LR Circuit Breakers

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Figure 25

C
D

B
G

Figure 33
D

C

E

B

AF
A

C
D

7

E

Figure 34
B
G
F

D

C

AE

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-55

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures

Enclosures
Class 610
www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
•

Circuit breaker enclosures are UL Listed, CSA Certified and are suitable for use as service equipment except as footnoted.
The short circuit rating of an enclosed circuit breaker is equal to the rating of the circuit breaker installed, except as footnoted.
Circuit breakers are ordered and shipped separately for field installation.
For enclosure accessories and dimensions refer to page 7-58.
See Supplemental Digest page 3-35 for NEMA 7 and 9 enclosures for FAL circuit breakers.

Table 7.137:

Circuit Breaker Enclosures

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
Rating
FAL, FHL, FCL
QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL

FA100S

HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
HDL
JDL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
LAL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl

Poles

15–100 A
100–200 A
100–225 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
15–100 A
150–250 A
125–400 A
125–400 A
300–800 A
250–1200 A

Cat. No.

NEMA 1 Flush
FA100F
189.00
—
—
Q23225NFb
218.00

1, 2, 3
2
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3
3
2, 3
3
2, 3
2, 3

J250Fcde

285.00

—
—
LA400F
—
—
—

—
—
356.00
—
—
—

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 3, 3R Stainless
Steel (Hubs—See page 3-9)

FA100RB

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

FA100DS

FAL, FHL, FCL
HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
KILq, KCL
LAL, LHL, Q4L
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
LGL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLl

15–100 A
15–150 A
150–250 A
110–250 A
125–400 A
250–600 A
250–600 A
400–600 A
300–800
600–1200

1, 2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3
3
3
3
2, 3
2, 3

Enclosure
Cat. No.

$ Price

FA100DS

1431.00

J250DScde

3405.00

$ Price

NEMA 1 Surface
FA100S
189.00
Q22200NSb
176.00
Q23225NSb
218.00
J250Scde

285.00

Cat. No.

$ Price

NEMA 3Ra
FA100RB
500.00
Q22200NRBb
380.00
Q23225NRBb
417.00
J250Rcde

840.00

HD100Sfgcei
285.00
—
—
JD250Sigfce
285.00
—
—
LA400S
356.00
LA400R
1655.00
LA400LSgiw
356.00
—
—
M800Sjk
783.00
M800Rjm
2159.00
P1200Sk
1260.00
P1200Rm
2790.00
NEMA 12/3R, 12K (Hubs—See page 3-9)
Without Knockoutsn
With Knockouts (NEMA 12K)
(NEMA 12/3R, 5)
FA100A
351.00
FA100AWK
335.00
—

—

J250AWKcde

582.00

IK250DS
5238.00
—
—
IK250AWK
878.00
LA400DS
5673.00
—
—
LA400AWK
903.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKx
3728.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKVWy
3928.00
—
—
—
—
L600AWKMCz
3728.00
M800DSo
10125.00
—
—
M800AWKo
2459.00
—
—
—
—
P1200AWKo
5700.00
Nema 7r Cast Aluminum
Nema 9u Cast Aluminum
JDL, JGLstv
150–250 A
2, 3
J225X
4083.00
J225Y
2834.00
a
Enclosures with NRB or RB suffix have provisions for 3/4 in. through 2-1/2 in. bolt-on hubs in top endwall. Enclosures with R suffix have blank endwalls
and require field cut opening. For details and hub catalog numbers see page 3-9.
b
Not CSA Certified.
c
Accepts standard rated 80% breakers. Not rated at 100%.
d
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR at 600 Vac, 65 kAIR at 480 Vac, 125 kAIR at 240 Vac.
e
Earth Leakage Module and Ground Fault Module are not compatible with these enclosures.
f
Maximum short circuit rating is 25 kAIR, 240 Vac.
g
Order service ground kit PKOGTA2 if required.
h
Maximum short circuit rating is 18 kAIR, 480 Vac and 240 Vac.
i
Copper wire only.
j
When using a CT in the M800S and R enclosure the unit will no longer accommodate a 200% neutral solution.
k
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP20D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
l
Accepts MGL or MJL standard rated (80%) breakers. Accepts PGL, PJL or PLL circuit breakers rated 80% (1200 A maximum) or
100% rated breakers, (800A maximum).
m
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP24D, PE type TN-C or TN-S
n
Suitable for rainproof NEMA 3R application by removing drain screw from bottom endwall.
o
CE certified per IEC60439-1, IP56, PE type TN-C or TN-S
p
LEL 100% rated circuit breaker except for 600 A sensor.
q
Short circuit rating is 100 k AIR at 480 Vac maximum.
r
NEMA 7—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class I, Groups C and D; Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
s
80% rated circuit breakers only; SCCR 65 kA @ 240 Vac, 25 kA @ 480 Vac, 18 kA @ 600 Vac.
t
Not UL Listed due to wire bending space.
u
NEMA 9—Indoor Hazardous Locations—Division 1 and 2, Class II, Groups E, F,and G; Class III.
v
Has a tapped 2-1/2 in. conduit opening on top and bottom end wall
w
Short circuit current rating is 30 k AIR at 480 Vac.
x
Product also accepts PowerPact L Frame Motor Protector Circuit Breakers with suffix M38X.
y
Viewing Window factory installed.
z
Product accepts PowerPact L-Frame Automatic Molded Case Switches.

316 Grade Stainless Steel Circuit Breaker Enclosures—NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12
Type 316 stainless steel circuit breaker enclosures offer superior corrosion resistance to a wider range of chemicals
than Type 304 stainless steel enclosures. Type 316 better resists chloride and is often used in marine, waste treatment
and transportation applications. Use watertight hubs from Section 3 page 10 of Digest 176. For other accessories
reference Table 7.142 and Table 7.143. For dimensional information, reference Table 7.144.
Table 7.138:

316 Grade Stainless Steel CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures

Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix
HDL, HGL, HJL, HLL
JDL, JGL, JJL, JLL
MGL, MJL, PGL, PJL
PKL, PLL

Table 7.139:

Circuit Breakerab
Ampere Rating
15–150 A
150–250 A
300–800 A

Poles
2, 3
2, 3
2, 3

NEMA 3, 3R, 4X, 5 and 12
Enclosure Cat. No.

$ Price

J250SS

4698.00

M800SS

13972.00

DC CIrcuit Breaker Enclosures for MA and MH DC-Rated Circuit Breakers
Circuit Breakerab

NEMA 1 Surface Enclosureaa

Cat. No. Prefix...Suffix
Ampere Rating
MAL, MHL
125–1000 A
aa UL Listed Only
ab Use 500 Vdc or 250 Vdc rated circuit breakers only.

Poles
2, 3

Enclosure Cat. No.
MA1200S

$ Price
1355.00

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 7-58

7-56

DE1

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures

Enclosed Circuit Breaker Special Applications
Class 610

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.140:

Enclosures for Walking Beam Manually Operated Mechanical Interlock
Circuit Breakers (UL Listed)a
Circuit Breaker

a
b
c

NEMA 1 Surfaceb

NEMA 3R bc

Cat. No.
Ampere
Enclosure
Enclosure
Poles
$ Price
$ Price
Prefix...Suffix
Rating
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
FAL...WB, FHL...WB
15–250 A
2, 3
KA250SWB
1040.00
KA250RWB
1827.00
Catalog number in table is enclosure only. For complete installation, the following must be ordered separately: WB Circuit Breakers (qty. 2, Supplemental
Digest page 3-27), Walking Beam Assembly (Supplemental Digest page 3-27), Mounting Pan (Supplemental Digest) page 3-27, Neutral (page 7-56) and
Service Ground Kit (page 7-58).
Enclosure has blank top endwall.
For applications above 200 A requiring a neutral, use copper wire only.

Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers
For information on Enclosed Motor-Operated Molded Case Circuit Breakers see the Supplemental Digest page 3-35.

Enclosed Molded Case Switches
For ordering information on molded case switches see page 7-34. For ordering information on enclosed molded case
switches, see Supplemental Digest 175 Section 3-36.

Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock
NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.
Industrial molded case circuit breakers with walking beam mechanical interlocks are available in NEMA 1 and 3R
construction as completely enclosed device. Walking beam mechanical interlock is available manually operated or
electrically operated using (2) 120 Vac motor operators. Not UL Listed.
Enclosed walking beam mechanically interlocked circuit breaker.

•
•
•
•

Specify circuit breaker catalog numbers
Specify manually or electrically operated (electrically operated factory installed only)
Specify enclosure type (NEMA 1 or 3R)
Specify if neutrals are required. (Same price)

Table 7.141:

Enclosed Walking Beam Mechanical Interlock

Circuit Breaker
Cat. No. Prefix
(Standard ThermalMagnetic Only)
FAL—240 V 100 A
FAL—480 V 100 A
FAL—600 V 100 A

$ Pricea
Manually Operated
NEMA 1

NEMA 3R

—
—
—

—
—
—

Electrically Operated
NEMA 1
5783.00
6311.00
6879.00

NEMA 3R
3675.00
6896.00
7446.00

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

FHL—600 V 100 A
—
—
8691.00
9407.00
a
Price includes (2) walking beam 3P circuit breakers, walking beam operator and mounting pan, (2) neutrals (if specified), and
(2) motor operators (if specified) factory assembled in specified enclosure.
b
Not available factory assembled. Refer to page 7-56 for merchandise enclosure.

7

NOTE: Contact local Field Office for catalog number prior to quoting or placing an order.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-57

Circuit Breaker
Enclosures

Enclosure Accessories and Dimensions
Class 610
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.142:

Insulated Groundable Neutral Assembly

Circuit Breaker

Neutral Assembly For Use With
NEMA 1 & 3R

NEMA 4, 4X, 5, 12 & 12K

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

100

SN100FA

72.00

SN100FA

72.00

—

FAL, FHL, FIL
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL
JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL

100
15–100
125-150
150–250

—
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA

—
72.00
251.00
251.00

100SNA
—
225SNA
—

FAL...WB, FHL...WB

200

—
SN100FA
SN400LA
SN400LA
Requires (2) SN20A
plus (1) SN20NI link

FAL, FHL, FCL

—
72.00
251.00
251.00
(2) @$200.00 ea
plus (1) @$27.60 ea

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–400

—

—

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–600

—

—

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL

250–600

—

—

Price

—

Cat. No.

—

SN400LA
SNC400LX
SN800LX
SN1000MA
SNC600LXCT
SN600LXCT
SNC800LXc
AL800SN
SN1200

Terminal Lug Data—Total Available
(Line plus Load)
AWG/kcmil

NEMA 7 & 9

Ampere
Rating

Cat. No. Prefix

$ Price
—
150.00
—
198.00
—

—

251.00
1152.00
1506.00
365.00
2506.00
1065.00
1506.00
365.00
1034.00

(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
FA060X/Y—(1) 14– 6 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
FA100X/Y—(1) 14– 3 Cu, plus (1) 14–4 Cu
(4) 14–1/0 Cu or (4) 12–1/0 Al
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(4) 6–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 14–1/0 Al/Cu
(2) 1–600 or (4) 1–250 Al/Cu, plus (2) 4–300 Al/Cu
(2) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (1) 1–4/0 Al/Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Cu
(4) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 2–4/0 Al/Cu
(4) 2–600 Cu, plus (1) 2–4/0 Cu
(6) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 6–250 Al/Cu
(8) 3/0–500 Al/Cu, plus (2) 350 4–300 Al/Cu

LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
250–600
—
—
—
—
MGL, MJLd
300–800
AL800SN
365.00
—
—
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLLe
250–1200
SN1200
1034.00
—
—
c
All Cu neutral assembly.
d
For NEMA 1 and 3R 200% neutral applications order Jumper kit SN800SNI and 2 of kit SN1200. (No 200% neutral is available for NEMA 4X or 12 devices.)
e
For applications with integral ground fault protection order Neutral Mounting Kit S33576MK and Neutral CT S33576 (400–1200 A only).

NEMA Type 1
Q2, FA, J, SWB
LA, MG, PG

Table 7.143:

Service Ground Kits

Circuit Breaker Cat. No. Prefix

H
H

W
W

D
WB enclosure
uses 2 circuit breakers

NEMA Type 3R
Q2, FA, LA, MG, J, PG, RWB
(uses side hinge cover)

Table 7.144:

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

D
WB enclosure uses
2 circuit breakers

NEMA Type 7, Type 9
FA, JDL, JGL

2

1

2

1

4

1

$ Price

Wire Range
AWG/kcmil

Field-Installable

10–2/0 Cu or 6–2/0 Al

FA100A, AWK
FA100DS
FA100F
FA100RB
FA100S
IK250AWK
IK250DS
HD100S
J250F
J250S
J250R
J250DS
J250SS
J250AWK
JD250S
J225X
J225Y
KA250SWB
KA250RWB
L600AWK
L600AWKVW
L600AWKMC

Factory-Installed

56.00

191.00

6–300 Al/Cu

75.00

195.00

6–250 Al or Cu

213.00

263.00

Dimensions
Approximate Dimension

7
W

Number of Conductors
Terminals Per Terminal

QBL, QDL, QGL, QJL
FAL, FHL, FCL, FIL, FAL...WB, FHL...WB
PKOGTA2f
KCL, KIL, LAL, LHL, Q4L
HDL,HGL,HJL,HLL,JDL,JGL,JJL,JLL
PKOGTJ250
LDL, LGL, LJL, LLL, LRL
MGL, MJL
PKOGTA4
PGL, PJL, PKL, PLL
f
Quantity (2) required if ground wires are run in parallel.

Cat. No.

H

Ground Bar
Cat. No.

Series
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
A1
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A01
A1
A1
A1
E2
E2
A01
A01
A01

H
in.
19.50
19.50
19.50
18.00
18.13
42.25
42.25
17.00
32.40
31.36
31.05
32.26
32.26
32.26
26.40
22.70
22.70
20.00
20.25
57.50
57.50
57.50

Approximate Dimension

W
mm
495
495
495
457
461
1073
1073
431.8
823
797
789
819
819
819
670.6
577
577
508
514
1461
1461
1461

in.
9.13
9.13
9.88
8.88
8.63
13.88
13.88
7.90
15.40
14.36
14.47
9.72
9.72
9.72
8.90
10.93
10.93
19.00
19.00
20.38
20.38
20.38

D
mm
232
232
251
226
219
353
353
200.7
391
365
368
247
247
247
226.1
278
278
483
483
518
518
518

in.
4.88
4.88
4.13
4.88
4.13
7.50
7.50
4.75
6.00
6.00
6.28
7.94
7.94
7.94
5.50
7.70
7.70
5.63
7.12
8.25
8.25
8.25

Cat. No.
mm
124
124
105
124
105
191
191
120.7
152
152
160
202
202
202
139.7
196
196
143
181
210
210
210

LA400AWK
LA400DS
LA400F
LA400R
LA400S
LA400LS
M800S
M800R
M800DS
M800SS
M800AWK
P1200S
P1200R
P1200AWK
Q22200NRB
Q22200NS
Q23225NF
Q23225NRB
Q23225NS

Series
E2
E2
E2
E2
E2
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
A1
E3
E3
E3
E3
E3

H
in.
42.25
42.25
45.63
44.00
44.50
27.40
40-3/8
40-3/8
40-7/8
40-7/8
40-7/8
52-1/8
52-1/8
53
23.38
23.13
26.25
26.25
26.25

mm
1073
1073
1159
1118
1130
696.0
1025.52
1025.52
1036.96
1036.96
1036.96
1323.98
1323.98
1346.20
594
588
667
667
667

W
in.
13.75
13.75
16.50
15.38
15.38
15.40
21
21
20-3/4
20-3/4
20-3/4
21
21
20-3/4
7.63
7.63
9.88
9.88
9.88

D
mm
349
349
419
391
391
391.2
533.4
533.4
527.05
527.05
527.05
533.4
533.4
527.05
194
194
251
251
251

in.
7.25
7.25
6.50
7.88
6.50
6.625
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
9-1/2
9-1/2
9-3/4
9-3/4
9-1/2
4.75
4.25
4.75
5.50
4.75

mm
184
184
165
200
165
168.3
247.65
247.65
241.3
241.3
241.3
247.65
247.65
241.3
121
108
121
140
121

H

See Supplemental Digest 3-37 and 3-38 for:

W

D

NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 12, 12K
IK, FA, J, LA, LX, MG, PG

•
•
•
•
•
•

Special paint
Stainlee steel fronts
Pilot lights, push buttons
Lock-on SPL0
Key interlock systems
Legend plates

H

W

7-58

D

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Photovoltaic Circuit
Breakers and Switches

600 Vdc and 1000 Vdc PV Circuit Breakers and Switches
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302

www.schneider-electric.us

The UL listed thermal-magnetic molded case circuit breakers and switches shown below are specifically designed for use
in PV applications, rated at 50°C, offering grounded or ungrounded configurations.
The products are fully tested and calibrated under the PV UL489B standard.
The products come ready to install, including specially designed serial connectors for optimal thermal response, and
adapted terminal covers for optimal isolation. Circuit Breakers come 100% rated for ease of use and selection.
These two new frames are fully compatible with the current line of PowerPact accessories, from aux contacts and shunt
trips to motor operators and rotary handles.
PV Molded Case Circuit Breakers

600 Vdc (3 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
50
TGL36050L
911.00
TGL36050K
984.00
60
TGL36060L
911.00
TGL36060K
984.00
70
TGL36070L
1013.00
TGL36070K
1094.00
80
TGL36080L
1013.00
TGL36080K
1094.00
100
TGL36100L
1125.00
TGL36100K
1215.00
125
TGL36125L
1250.00
TGL36125K
1350.00
150
TGL36150L
1250.00
TGL36150K
1350.00
175
TGL36175L
1438.00
TGL36175K
1553.00
200
TGL36200L
1438.00
TGL36200K
1553.00
225
UGL36225L
1703.00
UGL36225K
1839.00
250
UGL36250L
1892.00
UGL36250K
2043.00
300
UGL36300L
2270.00
UGL36300K
2451.00
350
UGL36350L
2270.00
UGL36350K
2451.00
400
UGL36400L
2306.00
UGL36400K
2490.00
450
UGL36450L
2536.00
UGL36450K
2739.00
500a
N/A
...
UGL36500G
2739.00
500 A 80% rated.

1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
TBL41050L
1212.00
TBL41050K
1309.00
TBL41060L
1212.00
TBL41060K
1309.00
TBL41070L
1212.00
TBL41070K
1309.00
TBL41080L
1212.00
TBL41080K
1309.00
TBL41100L
1347.00
TBL41100K
1455.00
TBL41125L
1496.00
TBL41125K
1616.00
TBL41150L
1496.00
TBL41150K
1616.00
TBL41175L
1721.00
TBL41175K
1859.00
TBL41200L
1721.00
TBL41200K
1859.00
UCL41225L
2044.00
UCL41225K
2207.00
UCL41250L
2271.00
UCL41250K
2453.00
UCL41300L
2611.00
UCL41300K
2820.00
UCL41350L
2611.00
UCL41350K
2820.00
UCL41400L
2765.00
UCL41400K
2986.00
UCL41450L
3041.00
UCL41450K
3284.00
UCL41500J
3041.00
UCL41500G
3284.00

Ampere
Rating

a

Table 7.146:

PV Circuit Breaker Max. Interrupting Ratings

Frame
T-Frame
U-Frame

Table 7.147:
Brand

600 Vdc
10 kA
10 kA

1000 Vdc
3 kA
5 kA

Circuit Breaker Numbering

Frame

Rating

Termination

Poles

Voltage

T

G

L

3

6

Poles
3: 3P
4: 4P

Voltage
6: 600 Vdc
1: 1000 Vdc

Frame
T: T-Frame
U: U-Frame
Brand
Blank:
Schneider
Electric

Amperage
0

5

Amperage
050: 50 A
060: 60 A
070: 70 A
080: 80 A
100: 100 A
125: 125 A
150: 150 A
175: 175 A
200: 200 A
225: 225 A
250: 250 A
300: 300 A
350: 350 A
400: 400 A
450: 450 A
500: 500 A

Terminations
L: Lugs Line/Load Side
F: Bus Bar
S: Rear Connected

Table 7.149:

Brand

A

Accessory Suffix Cells
(See Table 7.151 to
Table 7.155)

Grounding
G: Grounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
J: Ungrounded, 80% rated (500 A Only)
K: Grounded, 100% rated
L: Ungrounded, 100% rated

1000 Vdc (4 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
TBL41000JZ10
1048.00 TBL41000GZ10
1122.00
TBL41000JZ15
1156.00 TBL41000GZ15
1237.00
TBL41000JZ20
1332.00 TBL41000GZ20
1426.00
UDL41000JZ25
1748.00 UDL41000GZ25
1870.00
UDL41000JZ30
2012.00 UDL41000GZ30
2153.00
UDL41000JZ40
2254.00 UDL41000GZ40
2412.00
UDL41000JZ50
2711.00 UDL41000GZ50
2901.00

600/1000 Vdc
3 kA
7.5 kA

Switch Numbering

Frame
T

Rating Termination Poles
D

L

Voltage

3

6

Amperage
0

0

0

Grounding
G

Poles
Voltage
3: 3P 6: 600 Vdc
4: 4P 1: 1000 Vdc

Frame
T: T-Frame
U: U-Frame
Brand
Blank:
Schneider
Electric only

S

PV Switches Withstand Ratings

Frame
T-Frame
U-Frame

Table 7.150:

Suffix Code
B

7

100
150
200
250
300
400
500

A

PV Molded Case Non-Automatic Switches
600 Vdc (3 poles)
Ungrounded
Grounded
Part Number
$ Price
Part Number
$ Price
TBL36000JZ10
872.00 TBL36000GZ10
934.00
TBL36000JZ15
960.00 TBL36000GZ15
1028.00
TBL36000JZ20
1104.00 TBL36000GZ20
1182.00
UDL36000JZ25
1455.00 UDL36000GZ25
1557.00
UDL36000JZ30
1676.00 UDL36000GZ30
1794.00
UDL36000JZ40
1876.00 UDL36000GZ40
2007.00
UDL36000JZ50
2401.00 UDL36000GZ50
2569.00

Ampere
Rating

Suffix Code

G

Accessory Suffix Cells
(See Table 7.151 to
Table 7.155)

Ratings
B: 3 kA
C: 5 kA
G: 10 kA

Table 7.148:

Grounding
0

Ratings
B: 3 kA
D: 7.5 kA

Terminations
L: Lugs Line/Load Side
F: Bus Bar
S: Rear Connected

Trip System
Z

1

0

Suffix Code
A

B

Suffix Code
S

A

Accessory Suffix Cells Accessory Suffix Cells
(See Table 7.151 to
(See Table 7.151 to
Table 7.155)
Table 7.155)
Amperage
000: Switch

Trip System—##
(Z: Non-Automatic Switch)
(##: Amerage Rating)
Z10: 100 A
Z15: 150 A
Z20: 200 A
Z25: 250 A
Z30: 300 A
Z40: 400 A
Z50: 500 A
Grounding
G: Grounded, 80% rated
J: Ungrounded, 80% rated

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.145:

Discount
Schedule

7-59

Photovoltaic Circuit
Breakers and Switches

AA

S29450

1

297.00

2A/2B Standard

AB

S29450

2

594.00

3A/3B Standarda

AC

S29450

3

891.00

1A/1B Low-Level (Gold)

AE

S29452

1

372.00

2A/2B Low-Level (Gold)

AF

S29452

2

744.00

3A/3B Low-Level (Gold)a

AG

S29452

3

1116.00

U-Frame only.

Alarm/Overcurrent Trip Switches

Suffix

Switch

Kit No.

Kit Qty.

$ Price

Alarm Switch

S29450

1

297.00
372.00

PowerPact T-Frame
BC
BH

Alarm Switch, Low-Level

S29452

1

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

S29450

1

SDE Actuator

S29451

1

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

S29452

1

SDE Actuator

S29451

1

Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

S29450

2

SDE Actuators

S29451

2

Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

S29452

2

SDE Actuators

S29451

2

Alarm Switch

S29450

1

297.00

BH

Alarm Switch, Low-Level

S29452

1

372.00

BD

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

S29450

1

297.00

BJ

Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

S29452

1

372.00

BE

Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Standard

S29450

2

594.00

BK

Alarm Switch and Overcurrent Trip Switch, Low-Level

S29452

2

744.00

BD
BJ
BE
BK

338.00

Table 7.153:

635.00
785.00

Shunt Trip (MX)

7

120 Vac

SA

S29386

717.00

24 Vdc

SO

S29390

717.00

48 Vdc

SP

S29392

717.00

125 Vdc

SR

S29393

717.00

$ Price

Descriptionc
Short Terminal Cover (3P)
Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Short Terminal Cover (4P)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC)
Short Rear Connector (set of 2)a
Long Rear Connector (set of 2)a
Short Terminal Cover (3P)
Extended Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Short Terminal Cover (4P)
Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC)
Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC)
Short Rear Connector (set of 2)ab
Long Rear Connector (set of 2)ab

3
3
4
4
4
3, 4
3, 4
3
3
4
4
4
3, 4
3, 4

Standard
Handle Black

Handle Only

RD10

S29337

255.00

S32597

366.00

Door
Mounted

Standard
Black Handle

Handle Only

RE10

S29338

383.00

S32598

557.00

Handle Padlock,
ON or OFF

YP

X

X

U-Frame

$ Price

77.00

X

X
X

Configuration

Field
Installable $ Price
Catalog
No.
Top Bottom Top Bottom
Ungrounded

Grounded

X
X
X

X

S29515
S35169
S29516
S35170
S35178
S29235
S29236
S32562
S35171
S32563
S35172
S38293
S432475
S432476

X
X

X

X
X
X

X

X
X
X

X

X
X

X

X
X
X

X

Cat. No.

121.00
145.00
141.00
162.00
162.00
162.00
206.00
149.00
205.00
161.00
215.00
215.00
219.00
261.00

$ Price

S30554

Description

150.00

Field
Installable
Kit No.

$ Price

S32631

122.00

NOTE: For a complete list of Field installable accessories and
details, including also motor operator (electrical only) and
locks, refer to accessories information for the PowerPact,
J-Frame (compatible with T-Frame) and L-Frame
(Compatible with U-Frame). Or consult Photovoltaic offer
catalog 0611CT1302.

Cat. No.

$ Price

S36967

31.00

Mechancal Lug Kits for T- and U-Frame Circuit
Breakers and Switches
Conductor

Frame

Field
Installable
Kit No.
S29371

X
X

Set of 4 M10 x 25 terminal screws and washers for one side

Description

Lug(2) T-Frame,
12–4 AWG, Al/Cu
T-Frame

Handle
Padlocking
Device

X
X

Table 7.159: PV U-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware
Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Screws and Washers, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)

Table 7.160:

Description

X

145.00
145.00
162.00
162.00
162.00
185.00
205.00
198.00
215.00
215.00

Table 7.158: PV T-Frame Bus Bar and Rear Connections Hardware
Choose termination “F” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Terminal Nuts, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)

Locks
T-Frame

S35175
S35176
S35177
S35178
S35179
S32593
S38291
S32594
S38293
S38294

X

U-Frame

Direct
Mounted

Device

X

T-Frame Term Nut Insert-Metric/M8 (12)

Factory
Description Installed
Field
Field
Suffix
Installable $ Price Installable $ Price
Kit No.
Kit No.

Factory
Installed
Suffix

X

Description

Rotary Operated Handles
T-Frame

Table 7.155:

X
X

The ungrounded configurations (3P or 4P) need 2 short and 2 long rear connectors. The
grounded configurations only use 2 short rear connectors.
Parts only, no hardware is included. See Table 7.159 U-Frame, below.
P: Poles, SC: Serial connector.

b
c

Lugs(2) T-Frame,
4–4/0 AWG, Al/Cu
Lug(2) T-Frame,
250–350 kcmil,
Al/Cu

U-Frame

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Field-Installable
Kit No.

Device

X

$ Price

P: Poles, SC: Serial connector.

a
Factory-Installed
Suffix

Table 7.154:

3
3
4
4
4
3
3
4
4
4

Field
Installable
Catalog
No.
Top Bottom Top Bottom
Grounded

Table 7.157: PV Rear Connection Terminal Covers and Connectors
Choose termination “S” for having the termination kit included with the
breaker (Rear Connectors, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)

Shunt Trips

Voltage

Long Terminal Cover (3P)
Long Terminal Cover (3P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/2SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (3P)
Extended Term Cover (3P/1SC)
Long Terminal Cover (4P)
Extended Term Cover (4P/2SC)
Extended Term Cover (4P/1SC)

Configuration

Ungrounded

413.00

PowerPact U-Frame
BC

a

Descriptiona

Poles

Table 7.152:

Frame

a

$ Price

T-Frame

Contacts

Poles

Kit Qty.

1A/1B Standard

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.156: PV Unit Mount Terminal Covers
Choose termination “L” for having the termination kit factory installed
with the breaker (Lugs, Term Covers, Serial Connectors)
Frame

Field-Installable
Kit No.

T-Frame

Factory-Installed
Suffix

U-Frame

Auxiliary Switches

U-Frame

Table 7.151:

Factory Installed Accessories
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302

Lug(2) U-Frame,
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil,
Al/Cu

No.
Type Per
Lug
Al

1

Cu

1

Al/Cu

1

Al

1

Cu

1

Al

2

Cu

2

Size

Current

Cat.
No.

#12–#4 AWG
(4–25 mm2)
50–60 A S35167
#14–#4 AWG
(2.5–25 mm2)
#4–#4/0 AWG
70–150 A S29255
(25–95 mm2)
#250–350 AWG
(120–185 mm2)
175–200 A S35168
#2/0–350 AWG
(70–185 mm2)
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(70–240 mm2)
225–500 A S35180
2/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(70–240 mm2)

Qty.
Per $ Price
Kit

2

86.00

2

86.00

2

86.00

2

225.00

NOTE: For availability dates of field installable accessories in
Tables 7.156. 7.157, 7.158 and 7.160 contact Schneider
Electric.
7-60

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Photovoltaic Circuit
Breakers and Switches

T-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.161:

PV T-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions
A2
7.40
188

in
mm

A3
11.42
290

B1
4.13
105

B2
5.51
140

C2
3.39
86

C3
4.96
126

A3
A2

C2

B1

B2

C3
A2: Short
A3: Long

Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration

Wiring Configuration
3P Ungrounded
3P Grounded
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded

Table 7.163:
T-Frames

Terminal Cover Configuration

Rear Connected
X
X

X
X

X
X

X

Top
Long
Short
Long
Long
Long
Long

Bottom
Long
Long
Long
Long
Short
Long

Approximate Weights
Product Weight
(lbs)
5
5.5
6.3
6.7

Shipping Weights
(lbs)
8
8.5
9.3
9.7

7

3P Ungrounded
3P Grounded
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded

Connection Type
Unit Mount/Bus
X

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Table 7.162:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7-61

Photovoltaic Circuit
Breakers and Switches

U-Frame Dimensions and Shipping Weights
Class 611 / Refer to Catalog 0611CT1302

Table 7.164:

PV U-Frame Circuit Breaker and Switches Dimensions
A2
11.2
285

in
mm

www.schneider-electric.us

A3
15.7
400

A4
19.1
484

B1
5.5
140

B2
7.2
183

C2
4.3
110

C3
6.6
168

A2: Short
A3: Long
A4: Extended

7
Table 7.165:

Terminal Cover Configuration According to Wiring Configuration

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

Wiring Configuration
3P Ungrounded

Connection Type
Unit Mount/Bus
X

3P Grounded

4P Grounded

Table 7.166:
U-Frames
3P Ungrounded
3P Grounded
4P Ungrounded
4P Grounded

Table 7.167:

X
X

X
X

4P Ungrounded

Terminal Cover Configuration

Rear Connected

Bottom
Extended
Long
Short
Extended

Extended

X
X

X

Top
Long
Short

Approximate Weights
Product Weight
(lbs)
15
17
21
23

Shipping Weights
(lbs)
19.5
21.5
25.5
27.5

PV T- and U-Frame Circuit Breakers and Switches Wiring Configurations
600 Vdc (3 Poles)

Grounded

1000 Vdc (3 Poles)
Ungrounded

Grounded

Ungrounded

Load /
Charge / Carga

PV Source /
FV Fuente

GND

PV Source /
FV Fuente
Load /
Charge / Carga

7-62

PV Source /
FV Fuente

Load /
Charge / Carga

Load /
Charge / Carga
PV Source /
FV Fuente

GND

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO™ and QOU Miniature
Circuit Breakers

QO™ Miniature Circuit Breakers
Class 685, 690, 730, 912, 950 / Refer to Catalog 0730CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 7.168:

QO-K Circuit Breakers

120 Vac—10 k AIR (1 Space Required)
Ampere Rating c
10 A
15 A
20 A
30 A

Cat. No.
QO110K
QO115K
QO120K
QO130K

$ Price
164.00
164.00
164.00
164.00

7

MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

QO-K
Key operated QO circuit breakers are available in singlepole construction and can be mounted in any single-pole
space which will accept a standard QO. These circuit
breakers can be turned ON or OFF or to RESET with a
special key (catalog number QOK10) included with the
circuit breaker. These circuit breakers are UL Listed and
available as shown in the table.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

7-63

www.schneider-electric.us

7
MINIATURE AND MOLDED CASE
CIRCUIT BREAKERS

7-64

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 8
Operating Mechanisms and
Disconnect Switches
Operating Mechanisms and Disconnect Switches
Selection Guide

8-2

UL508 Motor Disconnect Switches

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switch (p. 8-7)

UL98 Fusible Switch
(p. 8-9)

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches

8-3

Mini-Vario and Vario Switches

8-4

Mini-Vario and Vario Accessories

8-6

MD Motor Disconnect Switches

8-7

UL98 IEC Style Disconnect Switches
LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches

8-8

Accessories, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible

8-10

Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible

8-11

Flange-Mounted and Cable-Operated Disconnect Switches
UL98 Style Flange Handle
Disconnect Switch (p. 8-15)

9421 Type L
Circuit Breaker
Mechanism (p. 8-19)

Disconnect Switches

8-15

Accessories, Disconnect Switches

8-16

Dimensions, Disconnect Switches

8-17

Operating Mechanisms for Circuit Breakers
Door Mounted

8-19

Flexible Cable Mechanisms

8-21

Dimensions, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth

8-23

Operating Mechanisms, Accessories
Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers

8-24

9422 Type R Circuit Breaker Mechanism (p. 8-23)

Door Closing Mechanisms
8-26

Single and Multi-Door Enclosures

8-27

Types M5, M6, M1, and M8

8-28

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-25

Types M5, M6, M1, and M8

9423 Door Closing
Mechanisms (p. 8-25)

8

9422 Type C Circuit Breaker
Cable Operator (p. 8-21)

Introduction

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

8-1

Operating Mechanisms
and Disconnect Switches

Selection Guide
www.schneider-electric.us

Class

Vario

LK4

GS2

Type

Manual motor control
switches

Nonfusible IEC style
disconnect switches

Fusible IEC style
disconnect switches

UL Rating

UL508

UL98

UL98

Handle Type

Rotary

Rotary

Rotary

Mounting

Door or panel

—

Flange with cable
mechanism panel

Load Voltage
(maximum)

600 Vac

600 Vac

Current Ratings

10–115

Horsepower
Ratings
(maximum)
Enclosure Type

9422

9421

9422

9423

NEMA style fused or
nonfusible disconnect
switches
UL98

Circuit breaker
operating mechanisms

Circuit breaker
operating mechanisms

Door closing
mechanisms

—

—

—

Flange
Adjustable rod or cable
mechanism
Panel or bracket mount

Rotary
Panel

Flange
Adjustable rod or cable
mechanism
Panel

Rotary, works in
conjunction with 9422
handle mechanisms
—

600 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vac

600 Vac

—

30–1200

30–800

30–400

Circuit breaker frame
sizes 100–1200

Circuit breaker frame
sizes 100–1200

—

2–60

7.5–500

7.5–500

7.5–350

—

—

—

Metallic:
NEMA Type 1, 12, 4, 4X
Plastic:
IP55, NEMA Type 4X
Power poles and
auxiliary contacts

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4,
4X, 12

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4,
4X, 12

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4,
4X, 12

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4,
4X, 12

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4,
4X, 12

Handle ratings:
NEMA Type 4 and 12
sheet steel or stainless

Auxiliary contacts and
power lugs

Auxiliary contacts and
power lugs

Auxiliary contacts

Auxiliary contacts

Auxiliary contacts

Right or left-hand
operation

Approvals

UL File E164864 NLRV
CSA File LR 81630
Class 3211 05

UL File E62922 DIHS2
CSA LR44199
Class 3211 07

—

8-3

UL File E191098 WP2X /
WP2X7
CSA 703149
Class 4652 04
8-9

UL File E52639 WHTY2 UL File E62922 DIHS2
CSA LR44199
CSA LR44199
Class 4652-04
Class 3211 07

Page

UL File E191098 WP2X /
WP2X7
CSA 703149
Class 4652 04
8-8

8-15

8-21

8-25

Accessories

8-19

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-2

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

The Mini-Vario and Vario motor disconnect switch catalog
numbers can be identified as described in Table 8.1.

Table 8.1:

Identification System
V

CF

N12

GE

Model (V-Vario, K-Operator)

VCFN12GE

VN12

Operator Type/ Accessory Designation
CD
Single hole Red & Yellow
CF
Four hole Red & Yellow

BD
BF

1
2
3
4
5
6

Vario 20/32 A
Vario 25/40 A
Vario 45/63 A
Vario 63/80 A
Vario 100/125 A
Vario 115/175 A

CCD

Single hole Red & Yellow w/extension shaft

VE

CCF

Four hole Red & Yellow w/ extension shaft

VD

Blank
No operator or accessory
Switch Typea
Blank
N12
Mini-Vario 10/12 A
N20
Mini-Vario 16/20 A
02
Vario 10/12 A
01
Vario 16/20 A
0
Vario 20/25 A
Enclosure Type (if applicable)
Blank
No Enclosure
Mini-Vario IP55
GE
Non-Metallic
a

Z

Single hole Black and Gray
Four hole Black and Gray
Switch with Red handle installed on unit
(one padlock only)
Switch with Black handle installed on unit
(no padlock provision)
Accessory, power pole, neutral or ground

G30, A30, W30 Type 1/12/4/4X Metallic (Class 9421)
GU

Vario IP55 Non-Metallic

Switches/contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC).

Mini-Vario
Assembled Switches—Degree of Protection IP65, Type 1 and 12

Red/Yellow (Single Hole)

VN12/KCC1YZ

UL
10
16

IEC
12
20

Table 8.3:

Catalog Number
VCDN12
VCDN20

Black/Gray (Single Hole)

$ Price
90.00
135.00

Catalog Number
VBDN12
VBDN20

Red/Yellow Mounted In Sealable Enclosure,
Non-UL Listed, Non-NEMA Rated
Catalog Number
VCFN12GE
VCFN20GE

Table 8.4:
Catalog
Number
VN12a
VN20a
VZN12a
VZN20a

VCDN12

$ Price
90.00
135.00

Table 8.5:

Enclosed Switches

Complete Switches Mounted in IP55 Non-Metallic Enclosure

VBDN12

Complete Switches for Rear Mounting,
Includes Extension Shaft (3-Padlock)

Complete Switches for Door Mounting (3-Padlock)

Rating (A)

$ Price
179.00
189.00

Catalog
Number
KCC1YZ
KCD1PZ
KAD1PZ
VZN17
VZN30
KZ32
KZ83

Red/Yellow (Single Hole)
Catalog Number
VCCDN12
VCCDN20

$ Price
134.00
161.00

Operators and Accessories
Description
45 x 45 mm Red & Yellow operator
60 x 60 mm Red & Yellow operator
60 x 60 mm Black & Gray operator
300–340 mm shaft extension
400–430 mm shaft extension
Door interlocking plate for 45 or 60 mm operator
Door mounting plate for 45 or 60 mm operator

$ Price
39.20
39.20
39.20
22.50
27.00
20.30
20.30

Component Parts
Description

$ Price

10/12 A switch only
16/20 A switch only
Add on power pole for 10/12 A switch
Add on power pole for 16/20 A switch
Neutral Pole with early make, late break for VN12 or
VZN11
VN20 switch
VZN14
Grounding module for VN12 or VN20
VZN05
N.O. late make auxiliary contactb
VZN06
N.C. early break auxiliary contactb
VZN26
Single-pole shroud for auxiliary contacts
VZN08
Three-pole shroud for VN12 or VN20
a
Switches/contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC).
b
Auxiliary contacts are dual rated (UL/IEC 10/12 A).

52.00
63.00
26.00
31.50
29.30
29.30
27.00
27.00
5.90
7.70

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Table 8.2:

8

VCCDN20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8-3

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Assembled and Enclosed Switches

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Vario
Table 8.6:
Rating (A)
UL
10
16
20
20
25
45
63
100
115

IEC
12
20
25
32
40
63
80
125
175

NEMA Type 1 and 12 Assembled Switches for Door Mounting
Complete Switches (Switch and Handle) for Door Mounting (3-padlock)
Red/Yellow (Four Hole)

Black/Gray (Four Hole)

Catalog No.
VCF02
VCF01
VCF0
VCF1
VCF2
VCF3
VCF4
VCF5
VCF6

Catalog No.
VBF02
VBF01
VBF0
VBF1
VBF2
VBF3
VBF4
VBF5
VBF6

Table 8.7:

$ Price
125.00
147.00
174.00
185.00
237.00
282.00
329.00
401.00
612.00

Red/Yellow (Single Hole) Black/Gray (Single Hole)

$ Price
125.00
147.00
174.00
185.00
237.00
282.00
329.00
401.00
612.00

Catalog No.
VCD02
VCD01
VCD0
VCD1
VCD2
—
—
—
—

$ Price
134.00
161.00
206.00
219.00
252.00
—
—
—
—

Complete Switches for Rear Mounting
with Extension Shaft (3-Padlock)a

Switches with Handles Installed
on Unit, DIN Rail Mount Only

Red/Yellow (Four Hole) Red/Yellow (Single Hole) Red/Yellow (1-Padlock)

.25

Legend
Plate
Holder

d a

c
f

Non-Metallic Enclosure

The Vario Motor Disconnect Switch is also offered as an enclosed switch. The 3-pole
version makes the Vario switch ideal for manual motor control applications. They are
compact, easy to wire and connect, and come undrilled to allow aable cable entry positions.
NOTE: VCGUN enclosures are UL approved.
Table 8.8:

Non-Metallic Enclosed Switchab
IP55-PVC 3-Pole, NEMA Type 1 & 12

Ampere Size
UL/IEC

Catalog No.
$ Price
20/32
VC1GUN
239.00
25/40
VC2GUN
287.00
45/63
VC3GUN
345.00
63/80
VC4GUN
381.00
100/125
VC5GUN
548.00
115/175
VC6GUN
845.00
Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle.
Refer to Table 8.11 and Table 8.12 for horsepower ratings.

a
b

Table 8.9:
Type
VC1GUN
VC2GUN
VC3GUN
VC4GUN
VC5GUN
VC6GUN

Metallic Enclosure
Metallic Enclosed Switch Dimensions

6.88

.31
8

5.38

175

$ Price
—
—
149.00
156.00
180.00
212.00
300.00
—
—

Non-Metallic Enclosed Switches

e
b

76

Black/Gray (No-Padlock)

UL
IEC
Catalog No.
$ Price Catalog No.
$ Price Catalog No.
$ Price Catalog No.
10
12
VCCF02
162.00
VCCD02
162.00
—
—
—
16
20
VCCF01
185.00
VCCD01
185.00
—
—
—
20
25
VCCF0
197.00
VCCD0
197.00
VVE0
149.00
VVD0
20
32
VCCF1
206.00
VCCD1
206.00
VVE1
156.00
VVD1
25
40
VCCF2
252.00
VCCD2
252.00
VVE2
180.00
VVD2
45
63
VCCF3
320.00
—
—
VVE3
212.00
VVD3
63
80
VCCF4
356.00
—
—
VVE4
300.00
VVD4
100
125
VCCF5
464.00
—
—
—
—
—
115
175
VCCF6
606.00
—
—
—
—
—
a
Complete switch includes handle operator, shaft, door interlock plate, and line terminal shroud.

Ø 6.2

$ Price
134.00
161.00
206.00
219.00
252.00
—
—
—
—

NEMA Type 1 and 12 Assembled Switches for Rear Mounting

Rating (A)

3.00

Catalog No.
VBD02
VBD01
VBD0
VBD1
VBD2
—
—
—
—

Dimensions
No. of Poles

a

b

c

d

e

f

3

6.5 (164)

4.8 (121)

3.4 (87)

5.6 (141)

3.9 (98)

5.2 (132)

3

7.6 (193)

6.5 (164)

3.4 (87)

6.7 (170)

5.6 (141)

5.2 (132)

3

11.5 (291)

9.5 (241)

5.0 (128)

10.6 (269)

8.6 (219)

7.5 (191)

The V1 and V2 come in metallic enclosures (NEMA Type 1, 4, 4X, and 12). The NEMA
Type 1 comes with conduit knockouts top and bottom. To factory install a VZ7 auxiliary
contact in these metallic enclosures, add Form X11 to the end of the catalog number (for
example, 9421V1G30X11). To factory install a VZ20 auxiliary contact in these enclosures,
add Form X20 to the end of the catalog number (for example, 9421V1W30X20). Price
adder: $42.00

137

Table 8.10:

8

Rating (A)

4.25

5.63

108

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

143

UL

5.88
149

Class 9421 NEMA Type 1 V1G30, V2G30
3.00
76

IEC

Rating (A)
IEC

6.75

187

171

5.50
140

4.50
114

6.25
159

240 V

480 V

600 V

NEMA Type 1
Catalog No.

NEMA Type 12

$ Price Catalog No.

$ Price

NEMA Type 4/4Xb
Catalog No.

$ Price

20
32
5
10
10
9421V1G30
333.00 9421V1A30
548.00 9421V1W30
783.00
25
40
5
10
15
9421V2G30
381.00 9421V2A30
594.00 9421V2W30
831.00
a
Assembled, includes switches mounted in enclosure with handle.
b
For indoor use only. The NEMA Type 4/4X enclosure is made of #304 stainless steel with 3/4 in. T&B stainless steel
hubs on the top and bottom.

Table 8.11:
7.38

Metallic Enclosed Switches a b
Horsepower Ratings

12
20
25
32
40
63
80
125
175

Vario Manual Motor Control Switches, IEC
230 V
3
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
15
18.5
22
30

kW Rating
240 V
400 V
3
4
4
5.5
5.5
7.5
5.5
11
7.5
15
15
22
18.5
30
22
37
30
45

415 V
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
22
30
37
45

3-Pole Switch Body
500 V
690 V
5.5
7.5
7.5
11
11
15
11
15
18.5
15
30
22
37
30
45
37
55
45

Class 9421 NEMA Type 4, 4X, 12
V1W30, V2W30, V1A30, V2A30

8-4

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Switches

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Vario Manual Motor Control Switches
Vario switches meet UL508 requirements as open manual motor controllers. They are also marked “Suitable as Motor
Disconnect” allowing installation on the load side of the motor branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection. If
motor branch circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protection is needed, use a GS1 or 9422 fusible switch or circuit breaker
meeting NEC 430.52 requirements.
Table 8.12:

Vario Manual Motor Control Switches

Rating (A)

Table 8.14:

480 V
5
7.5
10
10
10
20
30
50
50

Red/Yellow Single Hole
45 x 45 mm

No. of
Padlocks
0
1

Table 8.15:
Four-Hole Operator
(All except KDF3PZ
and KBF3PZ)

3-Pole Switch Body
Shaft Size
mm
UL
IEC
Type
$ Price
10
12
6
V02
62.00
16
20
6
V01
74.00
20
25
6
V0
84.00
20
32
6
V1
95.00
25
40
6
V2
143.00
45
63
8
V3
179.00
63
80
8
V4
215.00
100
125
8
V5
287.00
115
175
8
V6
428.00
a
Refer to Table 8.10 and Table 8.12 for horsepower ratings.

Catalog No.

Red/Yellow Four Hole
45 x 45 mm

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

KCC1LZ
39.20
KCE1LZ
39.20
KCC1YZ
39.20
KCE1YZ
39.20
Red/Yellow Single Hole
Red/Yellow Four Hole
Operator Type
60 x 60 mm
60 x 60 mm
V02–V2
0
KDD1PZ
39.20
KDF1PZ
39.20
V3–V4
0
—
—
KDF2PZ
39.20
V02–V2
3
KCD1PZ
39.20
KCF1PZ
39.20
V3–V4
3
—
—
KCF2PZ
39.20
Red/Yellow Four Hole
Black/Gray Four Hole
Operator Type
90 x 90 mm
90 x 90 mm
V5–V6
0
KDF3PZ
107.00
KBF3PZ
107.00
V5–V6
3
KCF3PZ
107.00
KAF3PZ
107.00
a
When using these handles for replacements on the non-metallic enclosed switches,
the handle shaft that comes with the enclosure must be reused.
See Section 17 of the Supplemental Digest.

V02–V2
V02–V2

Single-Hole Operator

Type
V02
V01
V0
V1
V2
V3
V4
V5
V6

Red/Yellow Single Hole
60 x 60 mm

No. of
Padlocks
3
3

Catalog No.

Red/Yellow Four Hole
60 x 60 mm

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

KCD1YZ
39.20
KCF1YZ
39.20
—
—
KCF2YZ
39.20
Red/Yellow Four Hole
Black/Gray Four Hole
Operator Type
90 x 90 mm
90 x 90 mm
V5–V6
3
KCG2YZ
72.00
KAG2XZ
72.00
a
When using these handles for replacements on the non-metallic enclosed switches,
the handle shaft that comes with the enclosure must be reused.
See Section 17 of the Supplemental Digest.

Table 8.16:

$ Price

Black/Gray Single Hole
60 x 60

Black/Gray Four Hole
60 x 60 mm

Catalog No.

$ Price

Catalog No.

KADIXZ
—

39.20
—

KAF1XZ
KAF2XZ

$ Price
39.20
39.20

$ Price Each
5.90
12.00
12.00
15.60
0.51
13.0

2.67
68

0.22
5.5

2.67
68

1.89
48

Four-Hole 60 x 60
Mounting Dimensions a

Four-Hole 90 x 90
Mounting Dimensions a

The door interlock plate included with VCC Kits has the same drilling as the handle operators.

Table 8.17:
Type

V02 to V2
V3 to V4
V5 to V6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog No.

KAE1BZ
39.20
—
—
Black/Gray Four Hole
60 x 60 mm
KBF1PZ
39.20
KBF2PZ
39.20
KAF1PZ
39.20
KAF2PZ
39.20

0.51
13.0

0.22
5.5

0.5
12.7

0.88
22.5
Single-Hole
Mounting Dimensions

Low-Profile Handle
KCD1YZ

$ Price

KAC1BZ
39.20
—
—
Black/Gray Single Hole
60 x 60 mm
KBD1PZ
39.20
—
—
KAD1PZ
39.20
—
—

Description
45 x 45 mm gasket for V02-V2 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)—IP65
60 x 60 mm gasket for V02-V2 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)
60 x 60 mm gasket for V3-V4 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)
90 x 90 mm gasket for V5-V6 for 4-hole type handles (order in quantities of 5)—IP65

0.12
3.0

a

Black/Gray Four Hole
45 x 45 mm

Gasket Kits

Catalog No.
KZ65
KZ66
KZ62
KZ67

Four-Hole Operator
KDF3PZ and KBF3PZ

Catalog No.

1.89
48

V02–V2
V3–V4

Black/Gray Single Hole
45 x 45 mm

Low Profile Handle Operatorsa

Operator Type
Switches

Switch Bodya

Rating (A)

NEMA Type 1 and 12 Handle Operators: V02–V2 (6 mm Shaft), V3–V6 (8 mm Shaft) a

Operator Type
Switches

mm
6
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8

600 V
5
7.5
10
10
15
30
40
50
60

Table 8.13:

Rear/Panel Mounting Switch Body Dimensions
Shaft
Extension
VZ17
VZ30
VZ18
VZ31
VZ18
VZ31

Dimensions
a
in.
5.5–13.0
5.5–16.9
5.5–12.6
5.5–16.5
6.5–13.8
6.5–17.7

1.5

b
mm
140–330
140–430
140–320
140–420
165–350
165–450

CP1

c

dia. d

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

0.60

15

2.4

60

0.17

4.2

0.79

20

2.4

60

0.20

5.2

1.20

30

3.9 100 0.28

7.0

Discount
Schedule

b

d

c

1.73
44

a

8

Manual Motor
Control Switch

240 V
2
3
5
5
5
10
15
25
30

3-Pole Switch
Body

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

UL
10
16
20
20
25
45
63
100
115

Horsepower Rating

Shaft
Size

8-5

Mini-Vario and Vario™ Accessories

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches
1.5-6

Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301
.512
13

.217

2.68

48

b

Door Mounting Switch Body Dimensions

Switch Type

68

1.89
a

Table 8.18:

68

Switch Type
V02 to V2
V3, V4
V5, V6
V02 to V2
V3, V4
V5, V6

Door Interlock Plate
KZ32

Table 8.20:
Switch Type
V02 to V2
V3, V4
V5, V6

Table 8.21:
Switch Type

Shaft Extension Kit

a
b

b

Switch
Type
V02–V2
V3–V4
V5–V6

Maximum
Panel Depth
in.
13.0
12.6
13.8
16.9
16.5
17.7

Shaft
Extension
Kit

mm
330
320
351
429
419
450

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Switch Type

Terminal Shroud
for Auxiliary Contact
VZ29

$ Price

V02–V2
V3–V4
V5–V6
—

Table 8.25:

Door
Interlock
Plate

28.70
35.60
35.60
35.60
42.80
42.80

VZ17
VZ18
VZ18
VZ30
VZ31
VZ31

Line Side
Terminal Shroud
For Main Switch
VZ8
VZ9
VZ10

mm
74
74
83
125

8.40
8.40
12.00

20.30
39.20
39.20
20.30
39.20
39.20

Main Pole
Module

Terminal Shroud
for Auxiliary
Contact
VZ29
VZ29
VZ29

$ Price
5.90
5.90
9.50

$ Price
5.90
5.90
5.90

Auxiliary Contacts

Ampere
Rating
UL/IEC

Main
Pole

$ Price

1 N.O. &
1 N.C. a

2 N.O.

VZ7b

VZ20b

31.50
32.90
34.20
35.60
55.00
66.00
82.00
—
—

10/12
16/20
20/25
20/32
25/40
45/63
63/80
—
—

Grounding
Module

$ Price

42.80

Auxiliary Contacts

$ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No.
Description
$ Price
42.80
VZ14
42.80
VZ7
1 Late Make N.O. & 1 Early Break N.C. 42.80
54.00
VZ15
54.00
VZ20
2 N.O. Contacts
42.80
70.00
VZ16
70.00
—
—
—

Labeling Accessories
Catalog No.
KZ13
KZ15
KZ103

Nameplate Holder Only

$ Price
4.80
4.80
7.80

Catalog No.
KZ14
KZ16
KZ101

$ Price
4.40
4.40
6.80

Nameplate Only
Use With
KZ14
KZ16
KZ1010

Catalog No.
KZ76
KZ77
KZ100

$ Price
3.50
3.50
3.50

Shrouds
3-Pole Shroud
Catalog No.
VZ8
VZ9
VZ10
—

Single-Pole Shroud
$ Price
8.40
8.40
12.00
—

For Add-On Power Pole
VZ02-VZ2, VZ11 & VZ14
VZ23, VZ4, VZ12 & VZ15
VZ13 & VZ16
For 2-Pole Aux. Contact

Catalog No.
VZ26
VZ27
VZ28
VZ29

$ Price
5.90
6.90
9.50
5.90

Main Pole Module Dimensions
Dimensions

V02 to VZ2
VZ3 to VZ4

20.30
39.20
39.20
20.30
39.20
39.20

KZ83
KZ81
KZ81
KZ83
KZ81
KZ81

Add-On Contact Modules

Switch Type

c

$ Price

Add-On Contact Modules

b

a

0.44
0.44
1.10
2.00

Door
Mounting
Plate

$ Price

KZ32
KZ74
KZ74
KZ32
KZ74
KZ74

Terminal Shroud
for Add-on
Power Pole
VZ26
VZ27
VZ28

$ Price

Nameplate Holder with Nameplate

Table 8.24:

in.
2.91
2.91
3.27
4.92

Accessories

Catalog No.
VZ11
VZ12
VZ13

Size
45 x 45 mm
60 x 60 mm
90 x 90 mm

mm
55
55
60
90

Shaft Extension and Door Interlock

Neutral Modules Early
Make/Late Break

Table 8.23:

Weight
Approx. lbs.

c

in.
2.17
2.17
2.36
3.54

V02
VZ02
VZ02
V01
VZ01
VZ01
V0
VZ0
VZ0
V1
VZ1
VZ1
V2
VZ2
VZ2
V3
VZ3
VZ3
V4
VZ4
VZ4
V5
—
—
V6
—
—
Early Break, Late Make.
Auxiliary contacts are rated UL/IEC 10/12 A.

Table 8.22:

Add-On Contact Modules

a

in.
mm
V02 to V2a
2.83
72
V02 to V2
2.36
60
V3 to V4
2.56
65
V5 to V6
3.54
90
a
Dimensions for single-hole mounting.

Table 8.19:

Terminal Shroud for
Main Switch
VZ8

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions

2.68

c 1.89
48

44

13

5.5

5.5

1.73

.217

.512

a
in.
0.63
0.79

b
mm
16
20

in.
2.9
3.3

c
mm
74
83

in.
1.38
1.80

mm
35
46

Weight
Approx. lbs.
0.10
0.22

Main Pole Module

8-6

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

UL508 Motor Disconnect
Switches

MD Motor Disconnect Switches
Class 3110 / Refer to Catalog 3100CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

The MD motor disconnect switch is listed UL508 Suitable for Motor Control (UL File E164864)
and conforms to IEC standard 60947-3. It is in a compact NEMA Type 4X enclosure suitable for
use in NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 applications. The MD's key benefits are an extremely
small footprint, a more economically efficient NEMA Type 4X solution and a handle interlock
preventing cover removal when the switch is in the ON position.
Table 8.26:

MD Motor Disconnect Switch—Non-Metallic NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X,
and 12 Enclosureabc
Maximum Horsepower Ratings

Amperes

a
b
c

Cat. No.

Three Phase Vac

$ Price

Height
(in.)

220–240
440–480
600
30
MD3304X
7.5
20
25
121.00
6.38
60
MD3604X
20
40
40
161.00
8.27
See Table 8.20 for accessories.
Complies with OSHA lockout/tagout requirements—accepts up to three 8 mm padlocks.
Suitable for NEMA Type 1, 3R, 4, 4X, and 12 enclosure applications.

Table 8.27:

Width
(in.)

Depth
(in.)

3.9
4.94

4.37
4.37

MD Motor Disconnect Accessories

Cat. No.
MDSAN20
MDSAN11
MDS30P

Description
2 N.O. auxiliary contact module
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact module
30 A add on power pole

$ Price
57.00
27.00
35.00

D

H

W

8

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

MD Motor Disconnect Switches

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8-7

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Example of the parts to order to build a complete GS or LK switch:
Choose a Switch

+

Shaft

600 A, LK4SU3N

+

Handle Assembly

Shaft 320 mm, GS2AE6

+

Lugs if needed

Black Handle, GS2AH150

Lugs Kit, GS1AW503

Example:
LK4SU3N (600 A nonfusible switch, use 15x12 shaft) + GS2AE6 (320 mm Type S shaft) + GS2AH150 (black/ black, lockable)
To add auxiliary contacts:
For front-mounted contacts order LK4AD30N (front-mounted auxiliary contact holder) + GS2AM110.

Table 8.28:
Pole

30–100 A Compact

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

LK Nonfusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

Rating
(A)

Catalog Number

30
60
100
100
200
400
600
800
1000
1200

LK4DU3CN
LK4GU3CN
LK4JU3CN
LK4JU3N
LK4MU3N
LK4QU3N
LK4SU3N
LK4TU3N
LK4UU3N
LK4WU3N

Table 8.29:

GS2AH130

240 V
10
20
20
30
75
125
200
200
200
200

480 V
20
40
50
75
150
250
400
500
500
500

600 V
30
50
50
100
200
350
350
500
500
500

250 Vdc
—
—
N/A
15
15
50
50
—
—
—

Shaft:
12.6/320 in./mm

Handle

Catalog No.
Type
Color
$ Price Catalog No.
30–100 LK4AH110CNb 1, 3R, 12
Black
62.00
30–100 LK4AH120CNb 1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow
62.00
LK4AE12CN
30–100 LK4AH410CNb
4, 4X
Black
70.00
30–100 LK4AH420CNb
4, 4X Red/Yellow
70.00
100–400
GS2AH130
1, 3R, 12
Black
70.00
100–400
GS2AH140
1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow
70.00
GS2AE2
100–400
GS2AH430
4, 4X
Black
78.00
100–400
GS2AH440
4, 4X Red/Yellow
78.00
600
GS2AH150
4, 4X
Black
263.00
600
GS2AH160
4, 4X Red/Yellow 263.00
GS2AE6
800–1200
GS2AH170
4, 4X
Black
296.00
800–1200
GS2AH180
4, 4X Red/Yellow 296.00
a
Optional on shafts for LK4DU3CN, LK4GU3CN and LK4JU3CN.
b
For use on switches ending with CN only.

Shaft:
15.7/400 in./mm

$ Price Catalog Number

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

GS2AH150

Switch
Amperes
30–60
30–60
100–400
100–400
600–1200
600–1200
600–1200

Shaft
Sty;e

SCCR kA
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
100
100
100

AL
AL
AL
B
B
B
D
D
D
D

Auxiliary Contacts for LK Switches
Catalog
Number
MDSAN11
MDSAN20
LK4AD10N
LK4AD20N
LK4AD30N
GS2AM110
GS2AM101

Description
Aux Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
Aux Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C.
Aux Contact 1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
Aux Contact 2 N.O. and 2 N.C.
Aux Contact Holder
Aux Contact 1 N.O.
Aux Contact 1 N.C.

$ Price
14.70
27.50
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70
14.70

Shaft Guidea

Shaft
Style

$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

—

LK4AEAH12CN

15.50

AL

18.60

—

20.30

GS2AE21

25.00

—

—

B

32.60

GS2AE61

40.40

—

—

D

Table 8.31:
Table 8.30:

Fuse
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
L
L
L

Handles and Shafts for LK Switches

Rating
(A)

100–400 A

218.00
263.00
458.00
458.00
1010.00
1910.00
2873.00
4301.00
5372.00
6450.00

Short Circuit Current Rating
600 Vac

Maximum Horsepower Rating

$ Price

Terminal Shrouds for LK Switches

Switch
Amperes
30–60
100–200

Catalog
Number
LK4AP3CN
LK4AP33TN

100–200

LK4AP33BN

400
400
600a

LK4AP53TN
LK4AP53BN
LK4AP63N

800–1200a

LK4AP83N

a

Description
Shroud Top and Bottom, 3-Pole
Shroud Top LK4, 3-Pole, 100/200 A
Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole,
100/200 A
Shroud Top LK4, 3-Pole, 400 A
Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 400 A
Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole, 600 A
Shroud Bottom LK4, 3-Pole,
800–1200 A

$ Price
79.00
101.00
101.00
140.00
140.00
280.00
280.00

600–1200 A standard with top shroud.

GS2AH170

8-8

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible Disconnect Switches
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 8.32:
Pole

GS2GU3N

GS Fusible IEC Style Disconnect Switches

Rating
(A)

Catalog
Number

$ Price

30
30
30
30
60
100
200
400
600
800

GS1DDU3
GS1DU3
GS2EEU3
GS2EU3N
GS2GU3N
GS2JU3N
GS2MU3N
GS2QU3N
GS2SU3
GS2TU3

237.00
260.00
237.00
260.00
336.00
536.00
1181.00
2252.00
3378.00
5061.00

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Table 8.33:
GS2AH110
Suggested for
30–60 A

Rating
(A)

GS2AH150

GS2AH130
100–400 A
Optional
30–60 A

Short Circuit Current Rating
600 Vac

Maximum Horsepower Rating
240 V
7.5
7.5
7.5
7.5
15
30
60
125
200
200

480 V
15
15
15
15
30
60
125
250
500
500

600 V
20
20
20
20
50
75
150
350
500
500

250 Vdc
5
5
5
5
10
20
40
50
—
—

Fuse
CC
J
CC
J
J
J
J
J
J
J

SCCR kA
100
100
100
100
100
200
200
200
200
200

Shaft
Style
AG
AG
B
B
B
B
B
B
C
C

Handles and Shafts for GS Switchesa
Shaft:
12.6 in. (320 mm)

Handle

Catalog No.
Type
Color
$ Price Catalog No.
30–60
GS2AH110
1, 3R, 12
Black
62.00
30–60
GS2AH120
1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow
62.00
GS2AE8
30–60
GS2AH410
4, 4X
Black
70.00
30–60
GS2AH420
4, 4X
Red/Yellow
70.00
30–400
GS2AH130
1, 3R, 12
Black
70.00
30–400
GS2AH140
1, 3R, 12 Red/Yellow
70.00
GS2AE2
30–400
GS2AH430
4, 4X
Black
78.00
30–400
GS2AH440
4, 4X
Red/Yellow
78.00
600–800 GS2AH150
4, 4X
Black
263.00
GS2AE5
600–800 GS2AH160
4, 4X
Red/Yellow 263.00
a
GS2AH100TO200–GS1 to GS2 Handle Adapter if using GS1 holes.

$ Price

Shaft:
15.7 in. (400 mm)
Catalog No.

Shaft Guide

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

15.50

Shaft
Style

18.60

GS2AE81

22.30

LKN4AEAH12C

AG

20.30

GS2AE21

25.00

—

—

B

32.60

GS2AE51

40.40

—

—

C

NOTE: Hole adapter kit for GS1 to GS2 Handles: GS2AH100TO200 $17.43.

Table 8.34:

Auxiliary Contacts for GS Switchesa

Switch
Catalog
Description
$ Price
Amperes
Number
30–800
GS1AM110
Aux Contact 1 N.O.
14.70
30–800
GS1AM101
Aux Contact 1 N.C.
14.70
30
GS1AD10
Aux Contact Holder
46.70
a
GS1DU3 and GS1DDU3 switches allow up to 4 auxiliary contacts without adding contact
holder GS1AD10. For more than 4 contacts, GS1AD10 is required.

Table 8.35:
For use on
GS2, 60 A
GS2, 100 A
GS2, 200 A
GS2, 400 A
GS2, 600–800 A

Table 8.36:

Auxiliary Contacts
GS1AD10 + GS2AM110

Shorting Links
Shorting Links
per Kit
3
3
3
3
3

Catalog No.

$ Price

GS1AU203
GS1AU303
GS1AU403
GS1AU503
GS1AU803

29.60
41.90
62.10
93.00
156.00

Terminal Shrouds for GS Switches, Line or Loada

Flange Handle
Cable Operator Kit

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Switch
Catalog
Description
$ Price
Amperes
Number
30–100
—
Standard on product
—
200
GS2AP43
GS2, 3-Pole, 200 A
101.00
400
GS2AP53
GS2, 3-Pole, 400 A
101.00
600–800
GS2AP73
GS2, 3-Pole, 600–800 A
140.00
a
Order one terminal shroud per side. For example, order one terminal shroud for
either the line side or load side; order two terminal shrouds for both the line side
and load side.

Shorting Links

Flange Handle Cable Operator Kits for GS2 Switchesa

Catalog
Description
Number
GS2AH36F
Flange Handle and 36 in. Cable Operator Kit
GS2AH60F
Flange Handle and 60 in. Cable Operator Kit
GS2AH120F
Flange Handle and 120 in. Cable Operator Kit
a
Compatible with 30 through 200 Amp switches (Not GS100430, GS1063).

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
417.00
432.00
476.00

8

Table 8.37:

8-9

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

Accessories, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories
Table 8.38:

Terminal Lugs

Terminal Lugs

For Use On

Rating

LK4DU3CN
LK4GU3CN
LK4JU3N
LK4MU3N

30
60
100
200

LK4QU3N

400

LK4SU3N
LK4TU3N
LK4UU3N
LK4WU3N
GS1DDU3
GS1DU3
GS2EEU3
GS2EU3N
GS2GU3N
GS2JU3N
GS2MU3N

600
800
1000
1200
30
30
30
30
60
100
200

GS2QU3N

400

GS2SU3
GS2TU3

600
800

Table 8.39:
For Use On

No. of Wires No. of Lugs
per Lug
per Terminal
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
1
2
2
2

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Lug Size
(AWG)
#12–2/0
#12–2/0
6–300 kcmil
6–300 kcmil
350 MCM—6
600 MCM—4
250 MCM—1/0
2 x 2–600 kcmil
2 x 2–600 kcmil
2 x 2–600 kcmil
2 x 2–600 kcmil
#14–#10
#14–#10
#14–#10
#14–#6
#10–#6
#12–#1
6–300 kcmil
350 MCM—6
600 MCM—4
250 MCM—1/0
2 x 2–600 kcmil
2 x 2–600 kcmil

Wire Type

Lugs
per Kit

Cu
Cu
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al

—
—
6
6
6

Lug Kit
Catalog
Number
Standard
Standard
GS1AW403
GS1AW403
GS1AW603

Cu/Al

6

GS1AW606

Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu/Al
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu/Al
Cu/Al

6
12
12
12
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
6

GS1AW503
GS1AW903
GS1AW903
GS1AW903
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
GS1AW403
GS1AW603

Cu/Al

6

GS1AW606

Cu/Al
Cu/Al

6
6

GS1AW503
GS1AW503

Power Distribution Lugs GS1 or GS2 Only
Rating

No. of Wires
per Lug

GS1JU3
100
6
GS2MU3N
200
12
GS2QU3N
400
GS2MU3N
200
6
GS2QU3N
400
a
Cannot be used on GS2JU3N.

Lug Size
(AWG)

Wire Type

Lugs
per Kit

Lug Kit
Catalog Number

#14–#6

Cu

3

GS1AW306a

#14–#4

Cu

3

GS1AW406

#12–2/0

Cu

3

GS1AW506

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-10

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

LK4DU3CN and LK4GU3CN, 30–100 A Compact Nonfusible Disconnect Switches
3.133
79.6
2.53
64.3

0.543
13.8

1.02 1.02
26 26
4

5.169
131.3

2.078
52.8

Handle for 30–100 A Compact Nonfusible Disconnect Switches
Right-side or
front operation

Handle Part No.
LK4AH110CN
LK4AH120CN
LK4AH410CN
LK4AH420CN

Door drilling
with 4 fixing screws

Door drilling
with fixing nut

LK4JU3N / LK4MU3N / LK4QU3N, 100–400 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions
E

Handle Part No.
1.74
(44.2)

GS2AH130
GS2AH140
GS2AH430
GS2AH440

3.07
(78)
3.07
Ø
(78)

1.57
(40)
1.22
Ø
(31)

1.10
(28)
0.27
(7)

4x Ø
4.925
(125.1)

D

Rating (A)
100–200
400

A

C

Dimensions = in. (mm)
A
3.72 (94.6)
4.92 (128)

B
10.1 (256)
16 (406)

C
7.09 (1.80)
9.05 (230)

D
1.97 (50)
2.56 (65)

E
6.3 (160)
8.26 (210)

F
6.3 (160)
10.2 (260)

Dimensions:
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

B

in.
mm

8-11

8

F

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

LK4SU3N, 600 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions

Rating (A)
600

Dimensions = in. (mm)
AC
18.12 (460)

F
11 (280)

H
5.5 (140)

J
5.0 (127.5)

M
10.03 (255)

N
6.88 (175)

N1
2.34 (59.5)

AA
12.6 (320)

Z
1.85 (47)

Handle for 600 A and 800 A Fusible Disconnect Switches
Handle Part No.

Front operation

GS2AH150
GS2AH160

Door drilling template

Direction of operation

LK4TU3N / LK4UU3N / LK4WU3N, 800–1200 A Nonfusible Disconnect Switches—Dimensions

8

Dimensions = in. (mm)

Rating (A)

AC
18.12 (460)

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

800–1200

F
14.64 (372)

H
5.5 (140)

J
6.83 (173.5)

M
13.66 (347)

N
6.88 (175)

N1
2.34 (59.5)

Z
1.85 (47)

Handle for 800–1200 A Fusible Disconnect Switches
Handle Part No.
GS2AH170
GS2AH180

Dimensions:

8-12

Front operation
Direction of operation

Door drilling template

in.
mm

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Handle for 30 A and 60 A Fusible
Disconnect Switches

GS1DDU3, 30 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class CC Fuses and
GS1DU3, 30 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses—Dimensions

Handle Part No.
GS2AH110
GS2AH120
GS2AH410
GS2AH420

Example:
GS1DU3

Rating (A)

Front operation
Door drilling
template

Direction of
operation

30 / CC
30 / J

Dimensions = in. (mm)
F
3.78 (96)
4.13 (105)

H
3.28 (83.5)
3.89 (99)

J
1.47 (37.5)
1.47 (37.5)

J1
0.59 (15)
0.59 (15)

N
3.13 (79.5)
3.13 (79.5)

N1
1 (25.5)
1 (25.5)

AA
4.56 (116)
4.56 (116)

Z
1.12 (28.5)
1.12 (28.5)

GS2GU3N, 60 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses

Side operation
Door drilling
template

Direction of
operation

Handle for 100 A, 200 A, and 400 A
Fusible Disconnect Switches
Handle Part No.
GS2AH130
GS2AH140
GS2AH430
GS2AH440

GS2JU3N, 100 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses

Front operation

Side operation
Direction of
operation

Door drilling
template

Dimensions:
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

in.
mm

8-13

8

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Door drilling
template

Direction of
operation

UL98 IEC Style
Disconnect Switches

Dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 Fusible
Refer to Catalog 9421CT0301

Handle for 100 A, 200 A, and 400 A
Fusible Disconnect Switches

www.schneider-electric.us

GS2MU3N, 200 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses

Handle Part No.
GS2AH130
GS2AH140
GS2AH430
GS2AH440

Front operation
Door drilling
template

Direction of
operation

GS2QU3N, 400 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses

Side operation
Door drilling
template

Direction of
operation

Handle for 600 A and 800 A Fusible
Disconnect Switches

GS2SU3, 600 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses
GS2TU3, 800 A Fusible Disconnect Switches, Class J Fuses

Handle Part No.
GS2AH150
GS2AH160

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Front operation
Direction of
operation

8-14

Door drilling
template

Dimensions:

in.
mm

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Flange Mounted and
Cable Operated

Disconnect Switches
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

The 9422 disconnect switches are the ideal selections for the PV string combiner box’s internal disconnect switch and control
panel applications. These switches are designed for variable depth, flange mounting, traditional side mounting and bracket
mounting applications providing complete flexibility in the PV string combiner box designs. The switches are compatible with
9422A handle operators and 9423 door mechanisms and are UL98 recognized (E52369 Vol. 1, Sec. 18) and CSA certified.
See pages 8-16, 8-17, and 8-18 for dimensional information.
Table 8.40:

9422 Disconnect Switches, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth
for Use With
Fuse Clip Rating Switch and Operating Switch
Cable Operators
(Amperes)
Mechanism
Only—
ONLY—
Non-Interchangeable Does Not Include
Does Not Include
Type For Class
Handle Mechanism Handle Mechanism or
H, J, K or R Fuses
Cable Operatori

Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Variable
Disconnect
Depth
Switch
Min.–Max.
Size
(in.)

AC Systems Volts
(Motor Volts)

Fuse
Type

Vdc

208
240
480
600
(200) (230) (460) (575)

250

600

30 A

6.625–18

7.5

7.5

15

20

5

15

60 A

6.625–18

—

15

30

50

10

30

100 A

6.625–18

25

30

60

75

20

50

200 A

9.12–19.25a

40

60

125

150

40

50

250 V

600 V

Cat. No.c

$ Price

Cat. No.c

—
30
60
—
60
—
—
100
—
200
—

—
—
30
—
30
60
—
100
—
200
400

TCN30
TCF30
TCF33
TDN60
TDF60
TDF63
TEN10
TEF10
TF1
TF2
TF3d

329.00
372.00
399.00
386.00
458.00
485.00
570.00
783.00
1247.00
1389.00
2052.00

TCN30C
TCF30C
TCF33C
TDN60C
TDF60C
TDF63C
TEN10C
TEF10C
—
—
—

—

TG1fg

2672.00

—

—

400

TG2fg

3027.00

—

—

None
H, J,
K, R
None
H, J,
K, R
None
H, J, K, R
None
H, J,
K, R

400 A
11.38
None
—
Fixed
(A5 or A6
Depthb
Handle)
75
125
250
350
50
50
400 A
15.87–19
H, J,
400
Variable
(A7 or A8
K, R
Depthb
Handle)e
a
9422 R2 will extend maximum mounting depth 7 inches, see page 8-17 for information.
b
Switches are fixed-depth or adjustable depending on handle selection.
c
For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order TCN30 using catalog number 9422TCN30.
d
Accommodates Class J fuses only.
e
Variable in increments of 0.63 inches.

Switch and Operating Mechanism
and Handle Mechanism—Overpackedh
Includes Type A1
Handle Mechanism

$ Price Cat. No.c
315.00
359.00
386.00
372.00
444.00
471.00
557.00
770.00
—
—
—

ATCN301
ATCF301
ATCF331
ATDN601
ATDF601
ATDF631
ATEN101
ATEF101
ATF11
ATF12
ATF13d

Includes Type A2
Handle Mechanism

$ Price Cat. No.c
471.00
513.00
543.00
527.00
599.00
629.00
714.00
926.00
1389.00
1530.00
2195.00

ATCN302
ATCF302
ATCF332
ATDN602
ATDF602
ATDF632
ATEN102
ATEF102
ATF21
ATF22
ATF23d

$ Price
585.00
629.00
660.00
642.00
714.00
741.00
827.00
1040.00
1503.00
1646.00
2307.00

For handle selection, see Table 8.42.

f
g
h
i

Commercially available enclosures may not accept 9422TG1 and 2 operating mechanisms.
Contact enclosure manufacturer for availability of enclosures for use with these switches.
Right hand flange mounting only and requires a special enclosure.
Variable depth only — no cable operator.
See Table 8.46 for ordering information for the cable operator.

The 9422 Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is designed for combiner boxes and control panel applications. The
Bracket Mount Disconnect Switch is shipped with the switch and external handle assembled to a bracket, ready for
quick installation. A protective trim plate is provided to prevent any mounting screws from being accessible from the
front. The trim plate also provides an attractive installation feature. The switches are fully compatible with the 9423
closing mechanisms.
Table 8.41:

9422 Bracket Mounted Disconnect Switches
Maximum Horsepower Rating

Disconnect
Switch Size

AC Systems Volts (Motor Volts)

Vdc

208 (200) 240 (230) 480 (460) 600 (575)

250

Fuse Type

Fuse Clip Rating (Amperes)
Non-Interchangeable Type
For Class H, J, K or R Fuses

600

250 V
—
30
60
60
—
60
—
—
—
100
100
—
200
—

None
30 A

7.5

7.5

15

20

5

15

H, J, K, R
Ja
None

60 A

29

50

10

30

25

30

60

75

20

50

200 A

40

60

125

150

40

50

5.69
144

RESET

1.06
27

Table 8.42:
9422 Disconnect Switch and Circuit Breaker Handle Mechanisms
The Handle Mechanism kit contains all parts needed to mount the handle to the flange of the enclosure. Two flange
mounting methods are offered. For right or left hand flange mounting use Types A1–A4 and Types A9–A10 kits. For
right-hand mounting only, use Type A5–A8 handles. The type AP1 and AP2 handles are used exclusively on the
PowerPact™ M and P operating mechanisms, 9422 RM1 and 9422 CMP. The dimensions are identical to 9422 A1.
NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R, 4, 12
Enclosures

NEMA Type 4, 4X Stainless
Steel Enclosures

Type A1
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ja
None
H, J, K, R
Ja
None
H, J, K, R
Ja

Handle Information

Cat. No.c
$ Price
Cat. No.c
$ Price
4a
A3
143.00
A4
257.00
6a
A1
143.00
A2
257.00
6ad
AP1
188.00
AP2
338.00
10b
A9
158.00
A10
270.00
12ef
A7
300.00
A8
372.00
a
Use with 30–200 A 9422 switches and all circuit breaker mechanisms.
b
Use with Type D2 remote or dual adapter kit listed on page 8-24.
c
For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order A2 using catalog
number 9422A2.
d
Use only with 9422 RM1, 9422 CMP and PowerPact M and P
operating mechanisms.
e
Use only with 400 A 9422TG1 and 9422TG2 disconnect switch.
f
Adjustable depth.

ON

H, J, K, R

$ Price
471.00
543.00
543.00
543.00
527.00
585.00
629.00
629.00
714.00
926.00
926.00
1488.00
1610.00
2264.00

Space saving design—Type J fuses mounted on the non-fused bracket.
For ordering use the suffix 9422, e.g., order BTCN30 using catalog number 9422BTCN30.

Handle
Depth (in.)

OFF

30

Catalog No.b
BTCN30
BTCF30
BTCF33
BTCF32
BTDN60
BTDF60
BTDF63
BTDF62
BTEN10
BTEF10
BTEF11
TFB1
TFB2
TFB3

CP1

Discount
Schedule

Enclosure
Flange

Max. “On”
3.50
89

0.88
22

6.13 (9422 A1 and A2)
156
4.50 (9422 A3 and A4)
114

10.13 (9422 A9 and A10)

Stiffener
Bracket

257

C
L of Operating Mechanism
Door Interlock Hook
Door Interlock
Defeater Screw
Door

2.16
55

9422 A1, A2, A3, A4, A9,
and A10 Handles

Rod used only on the
variable-depth mechanism.

8-15

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

1.13

15

100 A

a
b

Bracket Mounted
Disconnect Switch

15

600 V
—
—
30
30
—
30
60
60
—
100
100
—
200
400

Switch and Operating
Mechanism Only — Does Not
Include Handle Mechanism

8

9422 TCN30

Flange Mounted and
Cable Operated

Accessories, Disconnect Switches
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Accessories

Table 8.47:

Class R Fuse Kits
When installed, this kit rejects all fuses except Class R. The kits are
available for field installation. With rejection kit and Class R fuses
installed, the switch is UL component recognized for use on systems
with fault current up to 200,000 RMS symmetrical amperes.
Table 8.43:

Class R Fuse Kits

Disconnect
Switch Type

Switch
Type

Switch
Type

30 A

TCF30
TCN30
TCF33

250 Va
600 V
TCF30
30
—
TCF33
60
30
TDF60
60
30
60 A
TDF63
—
60
100 A
TEF10
100
100
TF2
200
200
200 A
TF3
200
200
400 A
TG2
400
400
a
Use Discount Schedule DE1 for price, not CP1.

Cat No.
RFK03a
RFK06a
RFK06a
RFK06Ha
RFK10a
9999SR4
9999SR4
9999SR5

$ Price
24.50
25.50
25.50
25.50
47.70
47.60
47.60
104.00

Table 8.48:
Disconnect
Switch
Size
30–60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A

BTCF, BTCN, BTDF, BTDN, BTEF, BTEN

Cat No.c
TC10a
TC20b
TC11a
TC21b
R8a
R9b
R35a
R36b

$ Price
120.00
239.00
120.00
239.00
83.00
243.00
275.00
521.00

60

30

TC33

71.00

60
—

30
60

TC33
TD63

71.00
99.00

Lug Kits Copper

Al

Cat No.

#14–#2
#10–#0
#6–600 kcmil
#4–500 kcmil

#10–#2
#6–#0
#6–#600 kcmil
—

CL0306F
CL10F
—
—

Lug Kits Al

$ Price

Cat No.

69.00
159.00
—
—

36.90
77.00
—
—

Maximum Voltage

Fuse Type

Dimension A

Dimension B

30 A, 250 V
30 A, 600 V
30 A, 600 V
60 A, 250 V
60 A, 600 V
60 A, 600 V
100 A, 250 V
100 A, 600 V
100 A, 600 V

H, K, R
H, K, R
J
H, K, R
H, K, R
J
H, K, R
H, K, R
J

1.625
4.25
1.625
2.25
4.75
1.625

—

—

3.25
5.25
3.25

100 A

1.41

1.41
4.00"

30 A
= 3.50
60 A

Provides an additional barrier that helps prevent accidental
contact with live parts. Field-installed transparent barriers
do not restrict visual inspection of the switch. Barriers
provide IEC529 IP2X “finger safe” protection when door of
enclosed disconnect switch is open. A convenient door
allows use of test probes without accessing fuses and
replacement of fuses without removing barrier. Barrier
must be used with the skirt kit to enclose a panel mounted
9422 disconnect.

$ Price

AL0306F
AL10F
—
—

Dimensions 30 A, 60 A, and 100 A Class 9422
Disconnect Switches

Internal Barrier Kits

Table 8.45:

600 V
—

Cu

30 A
60 A

TF, ATF
TF, ATF
TG
400 A
TG
1 N.C. or N.O. Contact depending on wiring.
2 N.C. or N.O. or 1 N.O. or 1 N.C. Contact depending on wiring.
For ordering use the suffix 9999, e.g., order TC10 using catalog number 9999TC10.

a
b
c

250 V
30

Wire Size (Min-Max)

Switch
Type

Electrical Interlocks

TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN,
TEF, TEN

200 A

H, K, J, R

Line and Load Fuse Clip Kit
(includes load base
and fuse pullers)
Type
$ Price
TC30
42.80

Lug Data

Table 8.49:

Switch Type

30 A
60 A
100 A

H, K, J, R

TDN60

Electrical Interlocks

Disconnect
Switch Size

Fuse Clip Rating
(Amperes)

Fuse Type

Class R Kit

30 A

Table 8.44:

Class 9422 Replacement/Refrofit Fuse Clip Kits

Disconnect
Switch
Size

60 A

Fuse Clip Rating

www.schneider-electric.us

100 A = 5.75
1.00

1.00

4.50

A
8.80"

B
0.30

Internal Barrier Kits
1.50*

Barrier

Disconnect
Switch Size

Skirt

Cat. No.
$ Pricea
30 A
SS06
165.00
60 A
SS06
165.00
100 A
SS10
195.00
Use Discount Schedule DE1 for price, not CP1.

a

Table 8.46:

Cat No.
SS0306SK
SS0306SK
SS10SK

$ Pricea
225.00
225.00
255.00

Switch Type

$ Price

8

417.00
—
432.00
476.00

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Dimensions

0.38

D

A
in. (mm)

C
in. (mm)

D
in. (mm)

CP1

Min. Enclosure Deptha
in. (mm)

Discount
Schedule

F

10

Fusible Device

F
in. (mm)
E in. (mm)
BTCN, BTDN, BTEN
—
—
6.56 (167)
8.00 (203)
—
—
BTCF, BTDF, BTEF
9.50 (241) 1.88 (48) 8.56 (217)
10.00 (254)
11.88 (302)
6.38 (162)
TFB1
11.50 (292)
—
3.88 (99) 9.50 (241)
12.00 (305)
13.19 (335)
TFB2, TFB3
20.00 (508)
20.00b(508)
a
The minimum enclosure depth is greater than Dimension D since additional space is needed when mounting
the mechanism.
b
Fuses and fuse base assembly do not extend beyond bracket.
Note: Back panel support is recommended for Types TFB1, 2, & 3. Other devices may also require support if the
flange is not sufficiently rigid.
Type

8-16

100A = 5.10"
D
D = Distance from handle mechanism
mounting surface to disconnect switch
surface. D min. = 6 5/8" D max. = 18"

Cable Mechanisms with
A1 Handle for NEMA Type 1, 3, 3R,
4, and 12 Enclosures

Cable
Length
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
(inches)
36
9422CFT30
273.00
9422CFT31
TCN30C, TCF30C,
48
9422CFT40
291.00
—
TCF33C, TDN60C,
TDF60C, TDF63C,
60
9422CFT50
291.00
9422CFT51
TEN10C, TEF10C
120
9422CFT10
333.00
9422CFT11
a
Purchase handle mechanism separately (9422A1, A2, A3, or A4).

Disconnect
Device

4.00
5.50
6.20

Cable Operators for 9422 Disconnect Switches
Cable Mechanismsa

Table 8.50:

*0.30 for 100 A
Class J fuses

C

0.38
10

Disconnect
Device

ON

A E
OFF

0.38
10

Non Fused
and Circuit
Breaker

Fused

(2) 0.38

Dia. Mounting Holes
10
(For back panel support if necessary.)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Flange Mounted and
Cable Operated

Dimensions, Disconnect Switches
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions
Table 8.51:
Type
TF1
TF2
TF2
TF2
TF3
a

Dimensions (in. / mm) for 200 A Type TF Disconnect Switches

Switch Size

Da
E
F
Min.–Max.
13.33
9.38
1.64
9.12–19.25
2.33
8.00
200 None
339
238
42
232 489
59
203
J
13.33
9.38
1.64
9.12–19.25
2.33
8.00
200 Class
200 A 600 V
339
238
42
232 489
59
203
H, K, R
13.33
9.38
1.64
9.12–19.25
2.33
8.00
200 Class
200 A 250 V
339
238
42
232 489
59
203
H, K, R
13.33
9.38
1.64
9.12–19.25
2.33
8.00
200 Class
200 A 600 V
339
238
42
232 489
59
203
J
13.33
9.38
1.64
9.12–19.25
2.33
8.00
200 Class
400 A 600 V
339
238
42
232 489
59
203
The dimensions shown may be extended 7 in. by using 9422R2 (two required per switch).
(A)

Fuse Clips

A

B

C

G

H

—
0.09
3
0.09
3
0.09
3
0.09
3

J

K

L

M

—

—

—

—

6.50
165
6.50
165
6.50
165
6.50
165
6.50
165

9.53
242

2.77
70
4.14
105
6.64
169
2.77
70

9.44
240
9.44
240
9.44
240
9.44
240
9.44
240

—

14.11
358
15.48
393
17.98
457
18.53
471

—
—
—

—
—
9.53
242

N

P

Q

R

S

T

—

—

—

9.63
245
9.63
245
9.63
245
9.63
245

3.14
80
3.14
80
3.14
80
3.14
80
3.14
80

1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26
1.03
26

0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19
0.75
19

—
—
—

L

A
T

R

B
C

K

B = Minimum to wall or
barrier, right or left
hand mounting to
insure adequate wire
bending space to lug
surface when maximum
wire size is used. Refer
to NEC Article 430-10.

E

S

S

F

F

M

N

G

Vertical CL Flange
Mt’d Oper. Mech.

100 A – For (4) 1/4-20 Tap
H
200 A – For (4) 5/16 -18 Tap
B
200 A
100 A
Enclosure Flange
(2) 1/4-20 Tap
Enclosure Door

Q

Distance from outside
of flange to disconnect
switch mounting surface.

8

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

P

D

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

8-17

Flange Mounted and
Cable Operated

Dimensions, Disconnect Switches
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Disconnect Switches—400 A Type TG
Outline Dimensions and General Location
400 A Disconnect Switches Nonfusible and Non-Interchangeable Fuse Clip Type Fusible Switches

Table 8.52:

Handle Mechanism—Type A7 and A8
NOTE: Commercially available enclosures may not accept type TG
operating mechanisms. Contact the enclosure manufacturer
for availability of enclosures for use with these switches.
3.75 Max.

1.44

95 "On"

37

Enclosure
Flange

Switch
Type

B

X

TG1, 2

11.28
286

16.06
408

3.00
76

13.00
11.50 330

B

X

292

11.69

Note: B and X = Minimum to wall or
barrier to ensure adequate
wire bending space to lug
surface when maximum wire
size is used.
Refer to NEC Article 430.10.

297

1.88
48

4.78
121

1.50
0.75

38

4.88
124

19

24.00
610

0.38
10

4.25

Operating
Link

0.50

108

13

8.50
216

CL of Operating
Handle

CL of Operating
Mechanism
Door Hook

9.88
251

191

23.81
605

Door
(2) 0.34 Dia.
9 Holes

(2) Switch Mtg.
Brackets

Defeater
Guide
for
Class 9423
Type M1 Kit

3.63

Figure 2

92

(2) Mtg. Holes
in Switch Mtg.
Surface

Figure 1

Table 8.53:

7.50

D30064-973 B

Figure 3

Nonfusible and Fusible Switches
*D

5.50
140

1.86
47

13.54

Dimension D = Distance from outside of flange to
disconnect switch mounting surface.
For Type TG1 or TG2 with:
Type A7 or A8 adjustable
depth handle mechanism

1.40

12.14

36

344

308

0.86
22

0.60
D=

In steps of

15.87
403
0.63
16

to

15

19
483

B

Weld

Note: Copper lugs are standard on all Type TG
disconnect switches.

C
L of Operating
Mechanism

23.80

* D = Mounting depth measured from the switch mounting
surface to the surface of flange.

25.00

604

635

24.00
610

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8.38
213
6.97
177
3.97
101

Weld
Class J Fuse
400 A 600 Volt

8.13
206

Class H, K, R Fuses
400 A 250 Volt
Class H, K, R Fuses
400 A 600 Volt

Figure 5

Figure 4
Dim. =

8-18

Enclosure
Provision for (2) 5/16 Mtg. Screws

in.
mm

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Operating Mechanisms
for Circuit Breakers

Door Mounted
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Type L Circuit Breaker Mechanisms
Type L door-mounted, variable depth operating mechanisms feature heavy duty, all metal construction with trip indication. All
mechanisms can be padlocked in the “OFF” position when the enclosure door is open. Further, the handle assemblies can be
locked “OFF” with up to three padlocks, which also locks the enclosure when the door is closed. (The 3” handle accepts one
padlock.) Complete kits are rated for NEMA Type 1, 3R, and 12 enclosures. They include a handle assembly, operating
mechanism, and shaft assembly.

Table 8.54:

Complete Kits

Complete Kit
Does Not Include Circuit Breaker
Use With

9421 Type L Circuit
Breaker Mechanism

Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Standard Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price
Depth a
Min. – Max.

Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Standard 6 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price
Depth a
Min. – Max.

Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type

No.
of
Poles

Frame
Size
(A)

NSF, PowerPact™ H and J

2–3

250

LJ1

171.00

5-1/2–10-3/4

LJ4

189.00

5-1/2–21-3/8

PowerPact D and L

2–3

600

LD1

242.00

7-1/4–12-1/16

LD4

255.00

7-1/4–22-5/8

Includes:
Operating Mechanism
Short 3 in. Handle
Long Shaft Kit
Mounting
Type
$ Price
Depth a
Min. – Max.
LJ3

230.00 5-1/2–21-3/8

3 in. handles are not recommended
for use with these circuit breakers.

PowerPact M and Pc
3
1200
LW1b
242.00
9.00–12.50
LW4b
255.00
9.00–23.50
a
Mounting depth measured in inches from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.
b
Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle.
c
These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9421LHP** or LCP** handles only.

Table 8.55:

Component Parts
3 in. Handle Standard Handle
Assemblies
Assemblies
Type 1, 3R, 12 Type 1, 3R, 12

Use With
No.
of
Poles

Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type

Frame
Size
(A)

Type $ Price

NSF, PowerPact H & J

2–3

250

LH3e

PowerPact D & L

2–3

600

d

Type

Mounting
Depth a
Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

Mounting
Depth a
Min. – Max.

Type $ Price

LJ7

105.00 5-1/2–10-1/4

LS8

21.50

5-1/2–21-3/8

LS13

35.60

LD7

170.00 7-1/4–12-1/16

LS8

21.50

7-1/4–22-5/8

LS13

35.60

PowerPact M & Pc
3
1200
d
—
LHP8e
50.00 LW7
170.00 7-3/16–11-5/8 LS8
21.50 7-3/16–22-1/4
a
Mounting depth measured in inches from circuit breaker mounting surface (control panel) to outside of enclosure door.
b
Type LW1 and LW4 include an 8 in. handle (9421LHP8) rather than a 6 in. handle.
c
These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9421LHP** or LCP** handles only.
d
3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these circuit breakers.
e
For a red handle and yellow bezel, add suffix RY to catalog number, e.g., 9421LH6RY.

LS10

35.60

LH6e

NEMA Type 4 and 4X Handle Assemblies
Standard Handle Assemblies
NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
(Painted)

Special 3 in. Version

NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 12
(Chrome Plated)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 12
(Painted)

NEMA Type 1, 3R,
4, 4X, 12
(Chrome Plated)

No.
of
Poles

Frame
Size
(A)

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NSF, PowerPact H and J

2–3

250

LH46

90.00

LC46

149.00

LH43

165.00

LC43

233.00

PowerPact D and L

2–3

600

LH46

90.00

LC46

PowerPact M and P

3

1200

LHP48

90.00

LCP48

149.00 3 in. handles are not recommended for use with these
149.00 circuit breakers.

Circuit Breaker or
Interrupter Type

Table 8.57:

Auxiliary and Alarm Switches for PowerPact™ Circuit Breakers a

Description
H- and J-Frame
$ Price D- and L-Frame
1 Auxiliary Switch 1a 1b
S29450
297.00
S29450
2 Auxiliary Switch 2a 2b
2 x S29450
594.00
2 x S29450
3 Auxiliary Switch 3a 3b
—
—
3 x S29450
a
Discount Schedule: DE2
NOTE: The location of the accessory in the circuit breaker determines its function.

$ Price
297.00
594.00
891.00

D- and L-Frame
S29450
2 x S29450
3 x S29450

$ Price
297.00
594.00
891.00

8

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Standard
Handle
Assembly

$ Price

Long Shaft
(Support Bracket Included)

50.00

—

Use With

3 in. Handle
Assembly

$ Price Type

Standard Shaft
(Support Bracket Not
Required)

50.00

Table 8.56:

90.00 LH6e

Operating
Mechanism
Includes
Lockout

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8-19

Operating Mechanisms
for Circuit Breakers

Door Mounted
Class 9421 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Panel Drilling for PowerPact™ H and J Circuit Breaker
Operating Mechanisms: 9421LJ1, 9421LJ4, and 9421LJ7

Electrical Clearance/Wire Bending Space

W/standard 6-inch handle

W/standard 6-inch handle

Minimum to wall

6.33
(151)

X

3.06
(78)

3.50
(89)
1.37
(35)

1.99
(51)

1.32
(34)

1.77
(45)

6.00
(152)

3.50
(89)

www.schneider-electric.us

Panel Drilling for PowerPact D and L Circuit Breaker
Operating Mechanisms: 9421LD1, 9421LD4, and 9421LD7

4.92
(125)

9.00
(229)

0.83
(21)

1.63 R
(41)

1.63 R
(41)

X

(2) 0.25/(6) DIA
clearance holes

0.70
(18)

X: Minimum to wall or barrier to insure adequate wire bending space to lug
surface when the maximum wire size is used. Refer to NEC 430-10.

(2) 0.25/(6) DIA
clearance holes

C/L handle &
circuit breaker toggle

Dimensions:

12.37
(314)

CL of Handle

Panel Drilling for PowerPact M and P Circuit Breaker
Operating Mechanisms: 9421LW1, 9421LW4, and 9421LW7

800 A
12.86
(32) 9.20
(234)
1200 A
16.26
(413)

28 DIA (3)
7
1.38 DIA
35

1.25
32

in.
mm

7.87
(200)
1.63R
(41)

1.08
27

0.68
16
1.08
27

3.02
(77)

Door Drilling Dimensions

Hole for
padlock

C/L handle &
circuit breaker
toggle

10.48
(266)

8

2.38
(61)

Table 8.58:

1.38
(35)

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Shaft
support
bracket

Shaft Cutting Dimensions

Class

Type

9421

LJ1, LJ4, LJ7

9421

LD1, LD4, LD7

9421

LW1, LW4, LW7

Shaft Length
Formula
L = H – 3.00
76
L = H – 4.25
108
L = H – 4.89
124

H = Standard Shaft
Min.
5.5
138
7.25
184
7.19
183

Max.
10.75
273
12.06
306
11.63
295

H = Long Shaft
Min.
5.5
138
7.25
184
7.19
183

Max.
21.63
543
22.63
575
22.25
565

L
0.28 Max. door thickness
(7)
H
Side View with 6 in. Handle

8-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Operating Mechanisms
for Circuit Breakers

Flexible Cable Mechanisms
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 8.59:

Flexible Cable Mechanisms for Use with Schneider Electric™ (formerly
Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ 3-Pole Circuit Breakers

For use with Class 9422 A handle operators especially designed for tall, deep enclosures
where placement flexibility is required.
Circuit Breaker
Type

No. of
Poles

Cable Mechanism

Frame Size
A

Length

36 in.
60 in.
2-3
250
84 in.
120 in.
36 in.
MG-NSF
4
250
60 in.
120 in.
36 in.
MG-NSJ
3
600
60 in.
PowerPact D and L
120 in.
36 in.
MG-NSJ
4
600
60 in.
PowerPact D and L
120 in.
48 in.
PowerPact
3
1200
50 in.
M- and P-Framea
120 in.
a
Must use 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 Handle with this operating mechanism.
MG-NSF
PowerPact
H- and J-Frame

Flexible Cable Mechanism
9422CSJ30

NOTE: Refer to NEC Article 430-10 for minimum

16.38
(416)
11.12
(282)

than 6 inches. Electrical clearances must

3.00
(76)

be maintained between cable and live

288.00
305.00
323.00
347.00
297.00
314.00
356.00
486.00
504.00
548.00
500.00
516.00
558.00
759.00
785.00
857.00

Distance from the outside of flange to
the circuit breaker mounting surface.
10.50 (267) MIN
18.90 (480) MAX

mounting hole to wall or barrier to ensure

NOTE: Bend radius in cable must never be less

$ Price

9422CMP

Electrical Clearance/Wire Bending Space

dimension X from circuit breaker top
adequate wire bending space.

Type
CSF30
CSF50
CSF70
CSF10
CSF304
CSF504
CSF104
CSJ30
CSJ50
CSJ10
CSJ304
CSJ504
CSJ104
CMP40
CMP50
CMP10

1.45
(37)
3.34
(85)

0.78
(20)

electrical parts.

5.47
(139)

8.08
(205)

1.88
(48)

9422CSF 3-Pole

4.69
(119)

X

1.60
(41)

1.19
(30)

4.90
6.88 (124)
(175)

0.44
(11)

9.13
(232)

13.56
(345)

OFF
LO HI

MAGNETIC TRIP ADJUSTMENT

0.40
(10)

9.69
(246)
12.56
(319)

X

9422CSJ 3-Pole

3.00 / (76) MIN.
2.74 (70)
1.77 (45)
0.50 (13)

4.13 (105)
0.94 (24)

C

4.69 (119)

7.00 (178)
7.85 (199)

9.50 (241)

4.69 (119)
9.13 (232)
Ø.31 (Ø8)

0.57 (15)
6.13 (156)

Ø.25 (Ø6)

1.44 (37)
4.98
(127)

4.25 (108)

Dimensions:

5.13
(130)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

in.
mm

8-21

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

1.38
(35)

11.34
(288)

8

.89
(23)

MTG

ON

10.69
(272)

5.08
(129)

Operating Mechanisms
for Circuit Breakers

Flexible Cable Mechanisms
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms for Square D™ Circuit Breakers

Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms are designed for use with Square D brand PowerPact™
D, H, J, and L circuit breakers through 600 A frame sizes. The cable mechanisms allow for a
single handle operator, Class 9422Ax, to operate both circuit breakers. The cable mechanism
is designed especially for tall, deep enclosures where placement flexibility is required. There
are numerous cable arrangements to choose from to accommodate many applications.

Features

•
•
•
•
•

Separate cables for each circuit breaker
Rugged metal flange handle operator
Maximized flexibility of circuit breaker placement for existing and new applications
Control panel can be fed from two separate supply voltages (if required)
Dual mechanism allows both separate supply voltages to be controlled by a single
handle to improve security features

Table 8.60:

Dual Cable Operating Mechanisms Selection

Cable Length
Catalog
in. / mm
Number
(quantity)
120 in. / 3048 mm (2)
9422CSFD1
36 in. / 914 mm (1)
9422CSFD35
60 in. / 1524 mm (1)
60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF 3 pole)
9422CSFD345
60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF 4 pole)
PowerPact H & J
36
in.
/
914
mm
(1)
MG NSF
9422CSFD31
120 in. / 3048 mm (1)
36 in. / 914 mm (2)
9422CSFD33
60 in. / 1524 mm (1)
9422CSFD51
120 in. / 3048 mm (1)
60 in. / 1524 mm (2)
9422CSFD55
60 in. / 1524 mm (2-CSJ)
9422CSJD50a
120 in. / 3048 mm (2-CSJ)
9422CSJD10a
60 in. / 1524 mm and
PowerPact D & L
9422CSJD51a
120
in.
/
3048
mm
(2-CSJ)
MG NSJ
120 in. / 3048 mm (1-CSF) and
9422CSFJD10
120 in. / 3048 mm (1-CSJ)
60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSF)
9422CSFJD50
60 in. / 1524 mm (1-CSJ)
Must use the 9422AP1 or 9422AP2 operating handle with this operating mechanism.

Circuit Breaker Type

9422CSFD33

a

Frame Size
(max.)

$ Price
693.00
648.00
672.00

250 A

680.00
640.00
687.00
656.00
1008.00
1096.00

600 A

1052.00
894.00

250 A
and
600 A

809.00

Handle Mechanisms
These handle mechanism kits are used with the circuit breaker variable depth and cable
operating mechanisms. The kits contain all parts necessary for mounting the handle to the
flange of the enclosure. Types A1/AP1 to A4 are suitable for right or left-hand flange mounting.
Table 8.61:

Handle Mechanisms

Type of Handle

NEMA Type Enclosure
Type
1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12
A1
4, 4X (stainless)a
A2
1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12
AP1
6 in.b
4, 4X (stainless)a
AP2
1, 3, 3R, 4 (sheet steel), 12
A3
4 in.
4, 4X (stainless)a
A4
a
All external metal parts are either stainless steel or a chrome-plated non-ferrous die casting.
b
Must be used with 9422 RM1, 9422CMP, and 9422CSJD (dual cable mechanism) only.
NOTE: See page 8-14 for dimensional information.

$ Price
143.00
257.00
188.00
338.00
143.00
257.00

6 in.

9422Ax

9422APx

Handle Mechanisms

Flange-Mounted, Variable-Depth Operating Mechanisms
Designed for installation in custom built control enclosures where main or branch circuit
protective devices are required. All circuit breaker operating mechanisms are suitable for either
right- or left-hand flange mounting, convertible on the job. Selection of a 9422Ax handle is
required to complete the operating mechanism.
Table 8.62:

8

Variable-Depth Operating Mechanisms for Use with
Schneider Electric™ (formerly Merlin Gerin™) Circuit Breakers

Use with

Operating Mechanism

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Circuit Breaker Frame Size

9422 Type R
Circuit Breaker Mechanism

Frame
Size
A

Operating Mechanism Only—
Does Not Include Handle
Mechanism
Type

$ Price

Schneider Electric (formerly Merlin Gerin) Circuit Breakers and PowerPact™ Frame 3-Pole Circuit Breakers
MG-NSF PowerPact H- and J-Frame
2–3
250
5.88–17.75
RQ1
185.00
MG-NSJ PowerPact D and L
3
600
9.00–17.75
RS1
383.00
PowerPact M- and P-Frameb
3
1200
10.50–18.38
RM1
513.00
a
Class 9422 Type R2 will extend mounting depth 7 inches—not recommended for use with the 9422RM1 operating
mechanism (see page 8-15).
b
These circuit breaker operating mechanisms must use the 9422APx handles.

Table 8.63:

Electrical Interlocks—Class 9999

Description
Single Pole, Double Throw
Double Pole, Double Throw

8-22

No. of
Poles

Variable Depth
Mtg. Range
Min.-Max.
(Inches)a

CP1

Discount
Schedule

Class
9999
9999

Type
R26
R27

$ Price
131.00
243.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Operating Mechanisms
for Circuit Breakers

Dimensions, Flange Mounted and Variable Depth
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

9422RQ1

Minimum to wall or barrier
to insure adequate wire
bending space to lug surface
when the maximum wire size
is used with standard lugs.
Refer to NEC 430-10.
Dimensions:

in.
mm

5.08
(129)
1.38
(35)

Distance from outside of flange
to circuit breaker mounting surface
6.51 (165) MIN, 17.88 (454) MAX

1.60
(41)
0.89
(23)

6.88
(175)

4.90
(124)

4.98
(127)
5.13
(130)

9422RS1
Electrical
14.69 Clearance/Wire
(373) Bending Space
0.77
(20)

8.47
(215)
2.84
(72)

1.77
(45)

6.12
(156)

Distance from outside of flange
to circuit breaker mounting surface
7.44 (189) MIN, 18.25 (464) MAX

6.49
(165)

0.94
(24)

0.50
(13)

0.62
(16)
7.00
(178)

9.50
(241)

9.50
(241)

0.05
(1)
0.66
(17)

2.84
(72)

1.77
(45)

7.46
(190)

9422RM1
Distance from outside of flange
to circuit breaker mounting surface
10.50 (267) MIN, 18.90 (480) MAX

Electrical
16.38 Clearance/Wire
(416) Bending Space

3.00
(76)

10.69
(272)
0.69
(18)

1.19
(30)
0.44
(11)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16.26
(413)

(4) 1/4-20
mounting screws
(4) 0.50 (13) DIA.
clearance holes

9.69
(246)

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8

4.63
(118)

8.08
(205)

4.63
(118)
3.34
(85)

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

11.12
(282)

8-23

Operating Mechanisms,
Accessories

Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers
Class 9422 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Remote or Dual Adapter Kit
Switch
or
Breaker

For the remote or dual operation of 30, 60, 100, and 200 A disconnect switches.
Remote Operation—permits mounting the Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism at a lower level than the
disconnect device it controls. This arrangement is often required where the disconnect device is mounted too high for
personnel to easily reach a conventional operator.
Dual Operation—permits controlling two disconnect devices, one in line with and one remote from a single Class 9422
Type A9 or A10 handle mechanism.
NOTE: A Class 9422 Type A9 or A10 handle (page 8-15) and the preferred mounting method must be used.
Table 8.64:

Disconnect Device

Disconnect Device

Remote operation shown
(handle mechanism not
included in kit)

Disconnect Switch
30 A Type TCF/TCN
60 A Type TDF/TDN
100 A Type TEF/TEN
200 A Type TF

Table 8.65:

Alternate Mounting Kit

Channel/Flange Support Kit

Auxiliary Lock Plate

Channel/Flange
Support Kit

Special Lugs for
Disconnect Switches

Operating Rods

Min.

Max.

10.63
10.63
12.13
13.13

19.50
19.50
20.25
20.81

Type

$ Price

D2

251.00

Other Accessories

Accessory

Alternate Mounting Kit

Enclosure Mounting
Depth

Description
Permits mounting Class 9422 Type A1 or A2 handle mechanisms in
enclosures with flange thickness of 16 gauge to 0.5 in.
Auxiliary kit recommended for use with 30 and 60 A disconnect switches and
PowerPact™, NSF, and NSJ circuit breaker mechanisms when
these devices are to be mounted on the center channel of a multi-door
enclosure or when extra rigidity for the flange is required. Supplied as
standard with 100 and 200 A disconnect switches.
Auxiliary kit recommended for use with the Class 9422 Type A-1 flange
handle to facilitate padlocking the handle in the “OFF” position. Primarily
used when the handle is mounted on the center channel of a multi-door
enclosure. Also in any case where the enclosure doors interfere with the
normal padlock slot in the flange handle. Meets both the Automotive and
NFPA 79 specifications.
Copper Lugs only—Specify Form Y157
Tin Plated Aluminum Lugs for 400 A Type TG Switch—Specify Form Y1572
(000–750 kcmil Cu/Al wire)
Anderson Type VCEL Compression Lugs—Specify Form Y1574
Exceptions: None of the 30 A or 60 A disconnect switches are available with
compression lugs.
Standard operating rod for use with Class 9422 variable depth mechanisms.
Included as standard in each kit.
Extra long operating rod for use with Class 9422 variable depth mechanisms.
Can be used as a substitute for the standard rod included in each kit to
increase the maximum mounting depth 7 in. (Two are required for Types ARR,
RR, ART, RT, ATE, TE, ATF, TF).

Class

Type

$ Price

9422

AM2

14.30

9422

C1

42.80

9422

L1

36.00

—

—

No Charge

—

—

No Charge

—

—

No Charge

9422

R1

28.70

9422

R2

50.00

Auxiliary Lock Plate

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-24

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Door Closing
Mechanisms

Introduction
Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9423 door closing mechanisms cover a range of enclosures with door openings up to a maximum of 91 in. high.
The door closing mechanisms are designed to be used on control enclosures and interlocked with a Class 9422
disconnect device, although they all can be used independently. Three different systems are available, and their use is
as recommended below. A complete system is available for interlocking all the doors of a multi-door enclosure with the
master door when using the 6 in. or 8 in. vault handle mechanism.

9422 TCN30

Note that the “Master Door” is defined to be the door of a single or multi-door enclosure which is interlocked directly
with the disconnect device. The master door can be hinged on either the right or left hand side. It can be located in any
position on a multi-door enclosure. An “Auxiliary Door” is defined to be any remaining doors of a multi-door enclosure
which are interlocked with the master door by means of the overhead interlocking system as illustrated on pages 8-26
and 8-27.

Selection Procedure
Step 1.
Determine enclosure construction (number of doors, door height, hinge location, etc.).
Step 2.
Determine Class 9422 disconnect device to be used—either a disconnect switch or a circuit breaker mechanism.
Step 3.
Determine the location of the disconnect device and handle mechanism (right- or left-hand flange or center channel).
Step 4.
Select the door closing mechanism required.
Step 5.
Select the auxiliary door closing mechanisms and multi-door interlocking hardware, if required. (A complete system for
interlocking all auxiliary doors of a multi-door enclosure with center channel is available for the medium and large
enclosures.)
Table 8.66:

Door Closing Mechanism

60 in. Maximum Door
Opening
(Recommended)

•
•
•

46–60 in. Door
Opening
(Recommended)

•

2 Point Locking is
Standard
A Third Roller Latch Kit is
Available for 3 Point
Locking
For 3/4 in. Door Depths

•
•
•

•
•
•

For use on Single or Multi-Door
Enclosures
For use with Doors Hinged on
Right or Left Side
Referred to as the 8 in. Vault
Handle Mechanism
For 1-1/8 in. Door Depths

The door closing mechanisms listed below are for use on small to medium size single door control enclosures. They
are designed to be used in conjunction with Class 9422 flange-mounted disconnect switches and circuit breaker
operating mechanisms; however, they can be used independently as well. When used on properly designed and
gasketed NEMA Type 12 enclosures, they meet NFPA 79 standards.
Table 8.67:

Single Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 4 or 12 with 60 in. High Maximum Opening

Description

Two point, roller latch, door
closing mechanism for use
on enclosures with doors
hinged on the left hand side.
Two point, roller latch, door
closing mechanism for use
on enclosures with doors
hinged on the right hand side.

For Use On
(Enclosure Type)

Use In
Conjunction
With

NEMA Type 4 and 12
Sheet Steel
NEMA Type 4 and 12
Stainless Steel
NEMA Type 4 and 12
Sheet Steel

Door Latch
Handle
Length

Suggested
Maximum
Door Opening

Door
Depth

Type

$ Price

Class 9422
Types A1, A3, A9

4 in.
4 in.
6 in.

Less than 39 in.
Less than 39 in.
60 in.

a

M4
M10
M9

228.00
314.00
243.00

Class 9422 Types
A2, A4, A10

4 in.

Less than 39 in.

M24

300.00

Class 9422
Types A1, A3, A9

4 in.
4 in.
6 in.

Less than 39 in.
Less than 39 in.
60 in.

M4L
M10L
M9L

228.00
314.00
243.00

4 in.

Less than 39 in.

M24L

300.00

—

—

M3

50.00

—

—

M23

57.00

NEMA Type 4 and 12
Stainless Steel

Class 9422 Types
A2, A4, A10
Class 9423
NEMA Type 4 and 12
Third roller latch kit for 3
Types
M4, M9,
Sheet Steel
point locking; for use where
M4L, M9L
3 point locking is desired or
Class 9423
where the door opening is
NEMA Type 4 and 12
Types M24,
39 in. or more.
Stainless Steel
M24L
a
Suitable for door depths of 1-1/8 in., 1-1/4 in., 1-3/8 in. and 1-1/2 in.

a

8

Circuit Breaker
Operating Mechanism

•

For use on Single or
Multi-Door Enclosures
For use with Doors Hinged
on Right or Left Side
Referred to as the 6 in.
Vault Handle Mechanism
For 3/4 in. Door Depths

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Type M4
Latch bar not included, but most
prepunched enclosures that
accept Square D™ operating
mechanisms supply a predrilled
latch bar.

61–91 in. Door
Opening
(Recommended)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8-25

Door Closing
Mechanisms

Types M5, M6, M1, and M8
Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Vault Type for Single and Multi-Door Enclosures
Table 8.68 shows the requirements for the door closing
mechanism, the locking bar kit, and the mechanical
interlock kit, if used.
Table 8.68:

Single or Multi-Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 12 with 40 in. to 60 in. Door Opening
Single-Door Enclosure

Multi-Door Enclosure

Without Interlocking

With Interlocking

Without Interlocking

With Interlocking

1—M6 door closing mechanism
1—Type M660 locking bar kit

1—M6 door closing mechanism
1—Type M660 locking bar kit
1—Type M5 (use with 9422A handles)

For each door:
1—M6 door closing mechanism
1—Type M660 locking bar kit

For Master door:
1—M6 door closing mechanism
1—Type M660 locking bar kit
1—Type M5 (for use with 9422A handles)

NOTE: All mechanisms listed on this page are
suitable for either left or right hand mounting.

View from Inside the Enclosure

Table 8.69:

1/4" Dia. Rod (Supplied By User)

Locking
Bar

Locking
Bar

A

B
Door
Opening

C

Auxiliary Door

Type M6

Type M5

Door Interlocks

Type M6 Door Closing Mechanism
The Class 9423 Type M6 door closing mechanism is designed
to close and seal 0.75 in. deep doors of single or multi-door
NEMA Type 12 enclosures. The Type M6 can be used on
doors hinged on either the left or right hand side.
Recommended door openings are from 40–60 in. Vault type
handle length is 6 in.
Type M660 Locking Bar Kits
The lock bar kit for the Type M6 door closing mechanism
contains two lock bars and is available from stock. The bars can
be cut to fit door openings through 60 in. One lock bar kit is
required for each Type M6 ordered.
Type M5
The Class 9423 Type M5 mechanical interlock kit is designed
to interlock a Class 9422 handle mechanism with the Type M6
door closing mechanism. This kit prevents the opening of the
master door (or single door) with the disconnect handle in the
“ON” position, making it mandatory to use a screwdriver to gain
entry to the enclosure at any time, regardless of the disconnect
handle position.

Table 8.70:

Locking
Bar

For each Auxiliary door:
1—M6 door closing mechanism
1—Type M660 locking bar kit
Necessary quantities of Types M2 and
M7 for each door (see below)

257.00

86.00

215.00

Required Accessories for
Auxiliary Doors

Type M2
One Type M2 kit is required for each auxiliary door. This kit is
required to interlock any auxiliary door(s) with the master door.
Type M7
The first auxiliary door requires 2 Type M7 kits. Additional
auxiliary doors require only 1 Type M7 kit. The 0.25 in. diameter
rod used to interconnect the M7 kits is furnished by the user. If
the distance between any two Type M7 kits exceeds 36 in., an
additional Type M7 kit should be installed to prevent the rod
from buckling.

Locking
Bar

$ Price

$ Price
257.00

71.00

Master Door
(Single Door)

Type M7

Type M2

8

Note: A - Interlocking lever extension of the flange-mounted handle
mechanism.
Note: B - Actual enclosure opening—not door height.
Note: C - Screwdriver interlock assembly can be ordered separately.
Class 9423 Type CEQ2493. $45.00

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-26

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Door Closing
Mechanisms

Single and Multi-Door Enclosures
Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Vault Type for Single and Multi-Door Enclosures
Table 8.71 shows the requirements for the door closing
mechanism, the locking bar kit, and the mechanical
interlock kit, if used.
Table 8.71:

Single Or Multi-Door Enclosures—NEMA Type 12 with 61 in. to 91 in. Door Openings
Single-Door Enclosure

Multi-Door Enclosure

Without Interlocking

With Interlocking

Without Interlocking

With Interlocking

1—M8 door closing mechanism
1—Type M891 locking bar kit

1—M8 door closing mechanism
For each door:
1—Type M891 locking bar kit
1—M8 door closing mechanism
1—Type M1 (for use with 9422A handles) 1—Type M891 locking bar kit

For Master door:
1—M8 door closing mechanism
1—Type M891 locking bar kit
1—Type M1 (for use with 9422A handles)

For each Auxiliary door:
1—M8 door closing mechanism
1—Type M891 locking bar kit
Necessary quantities of Types M2 and
M7 for each door (see below)

NOTE: All mechanisms listed on this page are suitable
for either left or right hand mounting.

View from Inside the Enclosure

Table 8.72:

1/4" Dia. Rod (supplied by user)

Door Interlocks

Type M8 Door Closing Mechanism
The Class 9423 Type M8 door closing mechanism is designed
to close and seal 1.125 in. deep doors of single or multi-door
NEMA Type 12 enclosures. The Type M8 can be used on doors
hinged on either the left or right hand side. Recommended door
openings are from 61–91 in. Vault type handle length is 8 in.
Type M891 Locking Bar Kits

Locking
Bar

Locking
Bar

A

B
Door
Opening

The lock bar kit for the Type M8 door closing mechanism
contains two lock bars and is available from stock. The bars can
be cut to fit door openings through 91 in.. One lock bar kit is
required for each Type M8 ordered.
Type M1
The Class 9423 Type M1 mechanical interlock kit is designed to
interlock a Class 9422 handle mechanism with the Type M8
door closing mechanism. This kit prevents the opening of the
master door (or single door) with the disconnect handle in the
“ON” position, making it mandatory to use a screwdriver to gain
entry to the enclosure at any time, regardless of the disconnect
handle position.

Table 8.73:

Locking
Bar

Auxiliary Door

Type M8

Type M1

Locking
Bar

500.00

86.00

428.00

Required Accessories for
Auxiliary Doors

Type M2
One Type M2 kit is required for each auxiliary door. This kit is
required to interlock any auxiliary door(s) with the master door.
Type M7
The first auxiliary door requires 2 Type M7 kits. Additional
auxiliary doors require only 1 Type M7 kit. The 0.25 in. diameter
rod used to interconnect the M7 kits is furnished by the user. If
the distance between any two Type M7 kits exceeds 36 in., an
additional Type M7 kit should be installed to prevent the rod
from buckling.

C

$ Price

$ Price
257.00

71.00

Master Door
(Single Door)

Type M7

Type M2

8

OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

Note: A - Interlocking lever extension of the flange-mounted handle
mechanism.
Note: B - Actual enclosure opening—not door height.
Note: C - Screwdriver interlock assembly can be ordered separately.
Class 9423 Type CEQ2493. $45.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

8-27

Door Closing
Mechanisms

Types M5, M6, M1, and M8
Class 9423 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

Reference

0.25

2.25 Minimum
57

1.50

6

38

A
Flange
B Drilling
See Class
9422
Digest
Section

Enclosure Door
Enclosure
Door Opening Recommended
40 Inches Minimum
60 Inches Maximum
C

0.2 Dia.

17.69 Minimum

5

0.33 Dia.
8
0.69
18

449

33.69 Minimum

1.63

856

41

2.00
51

0.7 Dia.

2.63

18

67

CL
of Door

0.88 Dia.
22

0.2
5

Dia.
(2 Holes)

3.00 Minimum

Reference

0.50

Enclosure Door
Enclosure

B

Door Opening Recommended
61 Inches Minimum
91 Inches Maximum
C

0.2 Dia.
5

18

Dimension B (Minimums)

Type

Disconnect
Device

TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TD

If A = 1
Minimum B =

If A = 4½
Minimum B =

C

60 A Disconnect Switch

3-/16

2-1/2

3-3/16

TE, TEF, TEN

100 A Disconnect Switch

5-1/4

2-1/2

3-3/16

TF

200 A Disconnect Switch

11-5/8

8-1/8

3-3/16

TG

400 A Disconnect Switch

15-1/16

11-9/16

6-3/4

RN1

FAL, FHL,
Circuit Breaker

4-27/32

2-1/2

3-3/16

RP1

KAL, KHL
Circuit Breaker

11-5/32

7-21/32

3-3/16

RR2

ILL Circuit Breaker

17-31/32

14-15/32

3-3/16

RT1

MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL
Circuit Breaker

18-5/8

15-1/8

3-3/16

38

A

0.33 Dia.
8
0.69

Single door enclosures: A minimum = 1 in.
Multi-Door enclosures without overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 1 in.
Multi-Door enclosures with overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 4½ in.
Overhead interlocking system consists of the required number of Class 9423 Type M2 and M7 kits for interlocking
the auxiliary doors with the master door. See page 8-26.

76

1.50

13

Note:
Note:
Note:
Note:

Table 8.74:

94

89

Dimension A

25

71

3.69
3.50

Drilling and location information below is complete for a single door enclosure with door
hinged on left side, incorporating a Type M6, M5, and Class 9422 handle mechanism.
Transpose all horizontal dimensions for doors hinged on right side.

1.00

2.81

48

3.75
95

1.00
25

121

89

0.7 Dia.
18

Dimension A

2.25

Note:
Note:
Note:
Note:

57

CL
of Door

+.010
-.000
1.00 Dia.
25

Drilling and location information below is complete for a single door enclosure with the door
hinged on the left side, incorporating a Type M8, M1, and Class 9422 handle mechanism.
Transpose all horizontal dimensions for doors hinged on the right side.

856

4.75
3.50

Enclosure Construction and General Location Information
For Types M1 and M8

17.69 Minimum
449

2.50

Flange
Drilling
See Class
9422
Digest
Section

33.69 Minimum

1.88
64

Single door enclosures: A minimum = 1½ in.
Multi-Door enclosures without overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 1½ in.
Multi-Door enclosures with overhead interlocking system: A minimum = 4½ in.
Overhead interlocking system consists of the required number of Class 9423 Type M2 and M7 kits for interlocking
the auxiliary doors with the master door. See page 8-26.

Table 8.75:
0.2
5

Dia.
(2 Holes)

Dimension B (Minimums)
Disconnect
Device

Type

TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN, TD 60 A Disconnect Switch

8
OPERATING MECHANISMS AND
DISCONNECT SWITCHES

8-28

www.schneider-electric.us

Enclosure Construction and General Location Information
For Types M5 and M6

If A = 1½
Minimum B =

If A = 4½
Minimum B =

C

2-15/16

2-1/2

3-3/16

TE, TEF, TEN

100 A Disconnect Switch

4-3/4

2-1/2

3-3/16

TF

200 A Disconnect Switch

11-1/8

8-1/8

3-3/16

TG

400 A Disconnect Switch

14-9/16

11-9/16

5-7/8

RN1

FAL, FHL
Circuit Breaker

4-11/32

2-1/2

3-3/16

RP1

KAL, KHL
Circuit Breaker

10-21/32

7-21/32

3-3/16

RR2

ILL Circuit Breaker

17-15/32

14-15/32

3-3/16

RT1

MAL, MHL, MEL, MXL
Circuit Breaker

18-1/8

15-1/8

3-3/16

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 9
Panelboards

NQ
NF
I-Line™

9-2, 9-42
9-3
9-3

Lighting and Appliance Panelboards
NQ/NF
NQ

NQ Panelboards
Page 9-5

NF Panelboards
Page 9-13

Pricing Procedure
Merchandised Main Lug Panelboards
Merchandised Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards
Merchandised 14-inch-wide Panelboards
Merchandised Accessories
QOB Branch Circuit Breakers
Factory Assembled Panelboards and Circuit Breakers
Factory Assembled Common Features
NF
Merchandised Main Lugs Panelboards
Merchandised Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards
Merchandised Main Lug and Main Circuit Breaker Panelboards with
Merchandised Accessories
EDB, EGB, EJB Branch Circuit Breakers
Factory Assembled Panelboards
Factory Assembled Common Features
NQ/NF
Merchandised Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards
Column Width Factory Assembled Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards

9-5
9-6
9-7
9-8
9-9
9-10
9-11
9-12
9-13
9-13
9-13
9-14
9-15
9-16
9-17
9-18
9-19

Power Distribution Panelboards—Circuit Breaker Type
I-Line/QMB
I-Line

I-Line Panelboards
Page 9-20

Pricing Procedure
Merchandised Panelboards (HCN, HCM, HCP-SU)
Merchandised Panelboards (HCP, HCR-U)
Merchandised Accessories
Circuit Breakers
F-frame Circuit Breakers
Q-frame Circuit Breakers
H-frame and J-frame Circuit Breakers
K-frame Circuit Breakers
L-frame Circuit Breakers
M-frame Circuit Breakers
P-frame and R-frame Circuit Breakers
Factory Assembled Pricing
Factory Assembled Branch Circuit Breakers
Factory Assembled Common Features

9-20
9-21
9-22
9-23
9-24
9-24
9-25
9-26
9-27
9-28
9-29
9-30
9-31
9-32
9-34

Power Distribution Panelboards—Fusible Type
QMB

Replacement Switches
Factory Assembled Pricing
Factory Assembled SPD Units

9-35
9-36
9-37

Panelboard Special Features

QMB Panelboards
Page 9-35

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Factory Assembled Modifications
Terminal Data

9-38
9-39

9-1

9

Series Rated / Fully Rated Tables

PANELBOARDS

,x

Series Ratings

NQ Panelboards
Class 1640
www.schneider-electric.us

9

This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for
panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the
same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure.
Table 9.1:

NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)

PANELBOARDS

Square D™ Brand
Maximum Maximum
Short
Integral or Remote
System
Circuit Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage Current
and Remote Main
AC ab
Rating
Fuses

Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere
Ranges cdef
Type

1 Pole

2 Pole

3 Pole

NOTE: Table 9.1 NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings
table has moved to page 9-42 and page 9-43.

9-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Series Ratings

NF and I-Line™ Panelboards
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701

Table 9.2:

NF Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)

Max.
Maximum Short
System Circuit
Voltage, Current
AC a Rating

Square D™ Brand
Integral or Remote
Main Circuit Breakers and
Remote Main Fuses

Square D™ Brand
Branch Circuit Breaker Catalog
Designation and Allowable
Ampere Ranges

EG, FH, FG, KH, LH, MH, MX, HG, JG, DG
LG
EG
EJ, FC, FJ, KC, LC, HJ, JJ
120
100,000
DJ, LJ
120/240
EJ, FC, KC, HJ, JJ
240
125,000
HL, JL
FI, KI, LI, LXI, HR, JR, LR
200,000
FI, KI, HR, JR
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses
EG, FG, KH, LH, HG, JG, DG, LG
35,000
EG, HG, JG
EJ, FC, FJ, KC, LC, LX, HJ, JJ, DJ
EJ, FC, KC, HJ, JJ
65,000
LJ
65,000

277
480Y/277
100,000
200,000
18,000
25,000
600Y/347 35,000
50,000
65,000
200,000

EDB, EDB-EPD
EDB
ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB
EDB, EGB
ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB
ECB-G3
ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD
ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB
ECB-G3
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB,
EGB-EPD
LL
EDB-EPD, EGB-EPD
HL, JL
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB
DL, LL
EDB, EGB, EJB
400 A Max Fuses
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB
FI, KI, LI, LXI, HR, JR, LR
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB
FI, KI, HR, JR
ECB-G3
200 A Max Fuses
EDB, EDB-EPD, EGB, EJB, ECB-G3
HG, JG, MG,
EDB
LG
EDB (15–110 A)
EJ, FI, KH, KI, LC, LE, LX, LI, LXI, HJ, JJ
EDB, EGB
EDB (15–110 A),
LJ
EGB (15–110 A)
LH
(15–70 A) EDB, EGB
LC, LE, LX
EDB, EGB, EJB
HL, JL,
EDB, EGB, EJB
EDB
(15–110 A), EGB
LL
(15–110 A),EJB (15–110 A)
FI, KI, HR, JR
EDB, EGB, EJB
LI, LXI, LR
EJB
Class J or T (600 V) 200 A Max Fuses
EDB, EGB, EJB

.

Table 9.3:

I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings
(RMS Symmetrical)

Max. Short
Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers
Maximum Circuit
Integral or Remote
System Current
2- or 3-pole Main
Voltage
Rating
Designation
Poles
Circuit Breaker
AC a
(RMS
Symm.)
42k
MG
FY
65k
QG, LH
FA, FDb
FJb,
QJ
FDb
120
1
100k
QJ, LC
FA
LJ
FH
200k
LR
FH, FY
QJ
FA, FDb
208Y/120
100k
2, 3
QJ, PH, PJ, RJ
QD, QG
35k
MG
FA
1
KA
FDb
1, 2, 3
42k
LA, MA
HD, JD, QD
2, 3
MG
FA
50k
MG
FA (25 A Max.)
1
HG, JG
FA, HD
JG
JD, QD
2, 3
QG
FA, FDb, QD
LH, MH, PA, PG, RG
HD, JD, QD
FGb, FH, MH, MX, PJ
FDb
65k
FC, KC, KH, LC, LH
FDb, FGb
1, 2, 3
LH
FA
LH
LA
MG
HD, JD, KA
LG
HD, JD, KA, LA, LD, MA
2, 3
DG
FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA
85k
RL
FH, KH
240
FC, KC, LC, LX
FDb, FGb, FJ
1
PH, PJ, RJ
QD, QG
2, 3
QJ
FDb
2
FJb
FDb
FC, KC
FA, FH, FDb, FGb, FJb
LC, LX
FH, FDb, FGb, FJb
2, 3
KC, LC, LX
KA
KC, LC
KH
LC
LA, LH, MG
100k
LC
FA
1, 2, 3
HJ, JJ
FA, FH, HD, HG
JJ
JD, JG
LC, LX, MJ, PJ, RJ
HD, HG, JD, JG
MJ
LA, LH
LJ
FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, LD, LG, MA, MG 2, 3
DJ
FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA, MG
RL
RG
HL, JL
HD, HG, HJ, FA, H
JL
JD, JG, JJ
PC, PH, PL, RL
HD, HG, JD, JG
240
125k
PC, PL, RL
HH, JJ
2, 3
FI, KI, LI, LXI
HD, HG, HJ
KI, LI, LXI
JD, JG, JJ

Table 9.3:

I-Line Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings
(RMS Symmetrical) (continued)

Max. Short
Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers
Maximum Circuit
Integral or Remote
System Current
2- or 3-pole Main
Voltage
Rating
Designation
Poles
Circuit Breaker
AC a
(RMS
Symm.)
FI, KI, LI, LXI
FDb, FGb, FJ
1
FI, KI
FA, FH, FC, FDb, FGb, FJb
LI, LXI
FH, FDb, FGb, FJb
240
200k
LI
FC
2, 3
KI, LI, LXI
KA, QD, QG, QJ
LI
KC
LR
FH, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, LA, LH, QD, QG, QJ
18k
LD
FY
25k
FH, KA
FDb
FGb, KH, LH
FDb
35k
DG
FH, FY
LG
FH, FY
FJb
FDb
FC, KC
FA, FH, FY, FDb, FGb
LC, LX (400 A Max.)
FH
65k
LC, LX (600 A Max.)
FY, FDb, FGb
LJ
FH, FY
277
1
DJ
FH, FY
LL
FY
DL
FH, FJb
100k
LL
FH, FJb
FI, KI
FA, FH, FY, FDb, FGb, FJb
HR
FA, FJb, FY
JR
FA, FJb, FY
200k
LI, LXI (400 A Max.)
FH
LI, LXI (600 A Max.)
FY, FDb, FGb, FJb
LR
FH, FY
22k
MG
FA
KH, LA, MA, MX, PA,
FH
PC, PX, PJ
30k
LA, MA, PA, PC, PX
KA
LA, MA, PA
HD, JD
MG
FA (25 A Max.), FH, KA
MH, MX, PA
HD, JD
HG, JG
FA, HD
JG
JD
35k
LH, MG, PG, RG
HD, JD
LG
FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, LD, MA
DG
FH, HD, JD, KA, LA, MA
MJ
FH (25 A Max.)
42k
RL
RG
50k
MJ
KA, KH
FC, KC
FA, FH
HJ, JJ
FA, FH, HD, HG
JJ
JD, JG
LC, LI, LX, LXI
HD, HG, JD, JG
65k
LC,
LX
(400
A
Max.)
FH
480
KC, LC, LX
KA
LC, LX
LA
LJ
FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, LD, LG, MA
2, 3
DJ
FH, HD, HG, JD, JG, KA, LA, MA
HL, JL
FA, FH, HD, HG, HJ
JL
JD, JG, JJ
JR
FA
LI, LXI (600 A Max.)
KA
100k
FH,
HD,
HG,
HJ,
JD,
JG, JJ, KA, LA, LD, LG,
LL
LJ, MA
DL
FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, KA, LA, MA
PC, PH, PL, RL
HJ, JJ
RL
RG
FI, KI
FA, FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ
HR
FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL
JR
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
200k
KI
JD, JG, JJ, KA
LI
FC, KA, KC, LA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL
LR
FH, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, LA, LH
LXI
KA, HJ, HL, JJ, JL
25k
FH, KA
FDb
35k
FGb, KH, LH
FDb
FJb
FDb
480Y/277
65k
FC, KC
FDb, FGb
LC, LX (600 A Max.)
FDb, FGb
FI, KI
FDb, FGb, FJb
200k
LI, LXI (600 A Max.)
FDb, FGb, FJb
HG, JG
FA, HD
JG
JD
18k
LG
HD, JD, LD
MG, PG, RG
HD, JD
MG
FA
HJ, JJ
FA, HD, HG
JJ
JD
25k
LJ
HD, HG, JD, JG, LD, LG, MA
PJ, RJ
MG
35k
LC
FH, HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, LA
600
2, 3
HL, JL
FA, HD, HG, HJ
JL
JD,
JG,
JJ
50k
LL
HD, HG, HJ, JD, JG, JJ, LD, LG, LJ, MA
PK
HJ, JJ, MJ
FI, KI
HD, HG, HJ
HR
FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL
JR
FA, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
100k
KI
JD, JG, JJ
KI, LI
FH
LI
LA
18k
MG
FA (25 A max.)
600Y/347
25k
MJ
FA (30 A max.)
1
50k
HL, JL
FJ
a
Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the
panelboard.
b
Obsolete. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for the
replacement circuit breaker.

NOTE: LD, LG, LH, and LL breakers are only available in 3 pole
configurations.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

9-3

PANELBOARDS

This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for
panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the
same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure.

9

www.schneider-electric.us

Series Ratings

I-Line™ Panelboards
Class 2110
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.4:

Fuse/I-Line Circuit Breaker Series Connected Ratings

Short Circuit
Maximum System Max.
Current Rating
Voltage AC
(RMS Symm.)

PANELBOARDS

120/240 1Ø
208Y/120

100,000

240

65,000

Remote Main Fuse
Maximum
Amperage
1200 A
800 A
600 A
1200 A
800 A
600 A
1200 A
800 A
600 A

240

100,000
800 A
1200 A
1600/2000 A
4000 A

Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breakers

Fuse Class

Designation a

L, T (300 V)
T (600 V)
J, RK5
L, T (300 V)
T (600 V)
J, RK5
L, T (300 V)
T (600 V)
J, RK5
L, T (600 V)
RK5
J
T (600 V)
T (300 V)
L
L
T (600 V)
L
L

QD, QG
QD, QG
QD, QG
QD
QD
QD
QD, QG (2-pole)
QD, QG (2-pole)
QD, QG (2-pole)
FA, FH, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
FH, KA, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
PG
FH,KA,KH,LA,LH,MA,MH,MX,PG
FH, KH, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, PG
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
KH, MA, MH, MX, PG
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
FA( 3-pole only), FH, FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC,
MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
FH, FC, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL KH, KC, LA, LH, LC,
MA, MH, MX, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
FH, FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
PG, PJ, PL
FH,FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
FC, KH, KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
NA, NC, NX, PJ, PL
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
HJ, HL, JJ, JL
FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
FC, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
HJ, HL, JJ, JL
KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, PG, PJ
KC, LC, MH,MG, MJ, MX, NA, PG, PJ
HJ, HL, JJ, JL
HJ, HL
FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC,
MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
FA, FH, FC, HJ, HL, JJ, JL, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX
FC, KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX
KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NC, NX, PG, PJ,
PG, PJ, PL
KA, KH, KC, LA, LH, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
KC, LA, LH, LC, MA, MH, MX, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
KC, LC, MA, MH, MX, MG, MJ, NA, NC, NX, PG, PJ, PL
NA, NC, NX
HG, JG ( molded case switches )
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL
HJ, HL, JJ, JL
MG, MJ
MG, MJ
MG, MJ
MG, MJ

J, T (600 V)
600 A

240

200,000

800 A
1200 A
1600/2000 A
4000 A
400 A
600 A

480

100,000

800 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
4000 A
200 A
400 A

480

200,000

600 A

800 A

a

600

100,000

600

200,000

1200 A
1600/2000 A
30 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
1200 A
600 A
800 A

RK5
J
T (600 V)
T (300 V)
L
L
T (600 V)
L
L
J, T (600 V)
J, RK5
J, T (600 V)
RK5
L, T (600 V)
L
T (600 V)
L
L
L
RK5
J
T(600V)
J
T (600V)
RK5
T (300 V)
T (600 V)
L
L
L
CC
J
J, T (600 V)
R
L
J
T (600 V)

Series rating valid for 2-pole or 3-pole circuit breakers.

Note:
• The fuse used in this UL test is an envelope (umbrella) fuse. This fuse is designed as a “worst case’’ fuse. Thus, no matter what manufacturer’s fuse is used,
the Square D™ brand circuit breaker is protected.
• The line side fused switch may be in a separate enclosure or in the same enclosure as the loadside circuit breaker. A line side fused switch may be a
submain, integral main, or remote main. A load side circuit breaker may be a branch, submain, or an integral main used on the load side of a remote main.
This series combination short circuit current rating shall not exceed that of the line side fused switch. The charts apply to Square D™ brand load side circuit
breakers only. However, the line side fuse ratings are independent of the fuse manufacturer.
• Not applicable to Corner Grounded Systems.
• Limiters used in Square D™ brand DSL and DSL II fused power circuit breakers are not class L fuses and do not have series ratings.

9-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NQ and NF Panelboards

Pricing Procedure and Examples

www.schneider-electric.us

NQ and NF Factory Assembled Pricing Procedure

1.

List circuit breakers required, either plug-on or bolt-on. See the
appropriate Digest pages for catalog numbers.

1.

Select Base Price for main lugs or main circuit breaker from the Base
Price Table. Include equipment ground bar when required.

2.

Determine equivalent number of pole spaces required.

2.

3.

Select proper main lug interior (from page 9-6) or main lug interior and
main circuit breaker adapter kit (from page 9-7) based on equivalent
number of poles and ampere rating. Interiors include solid neutral and
are field convertible to top-feed.

List Branch Circuit Breakers (either plug-on or bolt-on) and determine
total spaces required. Select price from the Branch Circuit Breakers
Table. Include space-only charge for future requirements.

3.

If total spaces required exceeds the maximum listed, price as two or
more panelboards and add price for sub-feed or feed-through lugs so
installer can cable between sections.

4.

Add price for special features from appropriate page. Contact your local
Schneider Electric representative or distributor for additional special
features.

5.

For complete price, add all prices. Order by description.

4.

Select enclosure from appropriate page.
Type 1—Select box and front catalog number corresponding to interior
catalog number.
Type 3R, 5, 12—Select enclosure. Interior trim kit for Type 3R, 5, 12 is
included with the enclosure.

5.

For complete price, add the component prices. Include panelboard
accessories.

6.

Apply appropriate discount schedule.

NOTE: Additional special price adders can be found in the
Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
6.

Apply appropriate discount schedule.

NQ Merchandised Pricing Example

NQ Factory Assembled Pricing Example

Table 9.5:

Table 9.7:

208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kA SCCR, 225 A, MLO, Type-1,
surface-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers,
main sub-feed lugs

Branches

Page No.

Catalog Number

Spaces

(20) 20/1
two 40/2
two 30/3

9-10
9-10
9-10

(20) QOB120
two QOB240
two QOB330

20
4
6
Total 30

795.
177.
585.

225 A MLO Interior
Box
Cover
Sub-feed Lugs

9-6
9-6
9-6
9-6

NQ430L2
MH32
NC32S
NQSFL2

–
–
–
–

1215.
113.
527.
203.

Total Price

3615.

$ Price

208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W, 10 kA SCCR, 225 A, MLO, Type-1,
surface-mount, bolt-on, branch circuit breakers,
main sub-feed lugs
Item

Page No.

225 A MLO Base Price
(20) 20/1 Bolt-on
two 40/2 Bolt-on
two 30/3 Bolt-on
Sub-feed Lugs

9-11
9-11
9-11
9-11
9-12

928.
1360.
268.
704.
128.

Total Price

3388.

NF Merchandised Pricing Example

NF Factory Assembled Pricing Example

Table 9.6:

Table 9.8:

480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W, 25 kA SCCR, fully rated, copper bus, 100 A,
main circuit breaker, Type 1, flush-mount, bolt-on,
branch circuit breakers

Branches

Page No.

Catalog No.

Spaces

(13) 20/1
one 40/2
one 50/3

9-15
9-15
9-15

EGB14020
EGB24040
EGB34050

13
2
3
Total 18

3315.
776.
1131.

Main circuit breaker adapter kit
(less circuit breaker)
Main circuit breaker
125 A MLO Cu Bus Int.
Box
Cover

9-13

N150MH

–

780.

7-28
9-13
9-13
9-13

HGL36100
NF418L1C
MH38
NC38F

–
–
–
–

1701.
1838.
113.
549.

Total Price

10203.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

9

NQ and NF Merchandised Pricing Procedure

Example pricing only

$ Price

480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W, 25 kA SCCR, fully rated, copper bus, 250 A,
main circuit breaker, Type 1, flush-mount, bolt-on,
branch circuit breakers
Item

Page No.

250 A Main Circuit Breaker Base Price
Copper bus adder
(13) 20/1
one 40/2
one 50/3

9-16
9-17
9-16
9-16
9-16

6180.
458.
4212.
746.
1264.

Total Price

12860.

$ Price

Discount
Schedule

PANELBOARDS

Classes 1640 and 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801

$ Price

9-5

NQ Merchandised
Panelboards

NQ Main Lug Interiors—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.9:

Pole
Spaces

Main Lug Interiors—Accepts plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers

Mains
Rating

Total Price Interior
Front and Enclosure

Type 1

Type 3R,
5,12

Catalog No. a

Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f

Type 1 Enclosure

Interior Only
(Order Branch Circuit
Breakers Separately)

Box
20 in. W x 5.75 in. D b

$Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

Mono-Flat™ Front c
Catalog No.

Enclosure
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D

Hinged Front

Catalog No.

Height
(In.)

PANELBOARDS

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

$ Price

NC26 ( )

497.

NC26( )HR

620.

MH26WP

2192.

26

MH32

NC32 ( )

527.

NC32( )HR

657.

MH32WP

2204.

32

MH32

NC32 ( )

527.

NC32( )HR

657.

MH32WP

2204.

32

NC38 ( )

549.

NC38( )HR

687.

MH38WP

2216.

38

MH44

NC44 ( )

663.

NC44( )HR

830.

MH44WP

2603.

44

MH50

NC50 ( )

729.

NC50( )HR

912.

MH50WP

2609.

50

NC50V ( )

729.

NC50V( )HR

912.

MH50WP

2609.

50

20-inch-wide Cabinet g—Single Phase 3-Wire
18
100
30
30
42
225
72d
84d
30
400

42

1395.

2977.

NQ18L1

785.

1474.

3056.

NQ18L1C

864.

1585.

3149.

NQ30L1

945.

1675.

3239.

NQ30L1C

1035.

1744.

3308.

NQ30L2

1104.

1819.

3383.

NQ30L2C

1179.

2002.

3556.

NQ42L2

1340.

2080.

3634.

NQ42L2C

1418.

3073.

4900.

NQ72L2

2297.

3206.

5033.

NQ72L2C

2430.

3521

5288.

NQ84L2

2679.

3677.

5444.

NQ84L2C

2835.

2462.

4229.

NQ30L4

1620.

2579.

4346.

NQ30L4C

1737.

2620.

4387.

NQ42L4

1778.
1896.

2738.

4505.

NQ42L4C

84d

4853.

6534.

NQ84L4C

3792.

30

2705.

4548.

NQ30L6C

1863.

2861.

4704.

NQ42L6C

2019.

5099.

6873.

NQ84L6C

4038.

42

600

84d

MH26
113.

MH38
113.

MH50

113.

MH68

NC68V ( )

948.

NC68V( )HR

1185.

MH68WP

2742.

68

MH50

NC50V ( )

729.

NC50V( )HR

912.

MH62WPe

2685.

50/62

NC68V ( )

948.

NC68V( )HR

1185.

MH80WPe

2835.

68/80

NC26 ( )

497.

NC26( )HR

620.

MH26WP

2192.

26

MH32

NC32 ( )

527.

NC32( )HR

657.

MH32WP

2204.

32

MH32

NC32 ( )

527.

NC32( )HR

657.

MH32WP

2204.

32

NC38 ( )

549.

NC38( )HR

687.

MH38WP

2216.

38

MH44

NC44 ( )

663.

NC44( )HR

830.

MH44WP

2603.

44

MH50

NC50 ( )

729.

NC50( )HR

912.

MH50WP

2609.

50

MH50

NC50V ( )

729.

NC50V( )HR

912.

MH50WP

2609.

50

MH62

NC62V ( )

887.

NC62V( )HR

1109.

MH62WP

2685.

62

MH68

NC68V ( )

948.

NC68V( )HR

1185

MH68WP

2742.

68

NC50V ( )

729.

NC50V( )HR

912.

MH62WPe

2685.

50/62

NC68V ( )

948.

NC68V( )HR

1185.

MH80WPe

2835.

68/80

113.

MH68

20-inch-wide Cabinet g —Three Phase 4-Wire
18
100
30
30
42
54

225

72d
84d
30
42

400

72d

1486.

3068.

NQ418L1

876.

1561.

3143.

NQ418L1C

951.

1752.

3316.

NQ430L1

1112.

1831.

3395.

NQ430L1C

1191.

1855.

3419.

NQ430L2

1215.

1932.

3496.

NQ430L2C

1292.

2138.

3692.

NQ442L2

1476.

2213.

3767.

NQ442L2C

1551.

2559.

4113.

NQ454L2

1898.

2655.

4209.

NQ454L2C

1994.

3307.

5134.

NQ472L2

2531.

3436.

5263.

NQ472L2C

2660.

3794.

5561.

NQ484L2

2952.

3944.

5711.

NQ484L2C

3102.

2704.

4471.

NQ430L4

1862.

2822.

4589.

NQ430L4C

1980.

2854.

4621.

NQ442L4

2012.

2975.

4742.

NQ442L4C

2133.

4449.

6134.

NQ472L4

3449.

4657.

6342.

NQ472L4C

3657.

84d

5327.

7008.

NQ484L4C

4266.

30

2983.

4826.

NQ430L6C

2141.

3116.

4959.

NQ442L6C

2274.

5609.

7383.

NQ484L6C

4548.

42

600

84d
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

9-6

MH26
113.

MH38
113.

113.

MH50

113.

MH68

“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25-inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.
When NEMA 3R, 5, or 12 enclosures are selected, an NQ12RDE kit should also be selected. See Table 9.19.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
For the NQ14-inch-wide panelboard offer, See Digest page 9-8.

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NQ Merchandised
Panelboards

NQ Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801

www.schneider-electric.us

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Will accept plug-on and bolt-on circuit breakers
Type 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure e
Enclosure
20 in. W x 6.5in. D Height
(In.)
Catalog $ Price
No.

20-inch-wide Cabinet h—Single Phase 3-Wire
16k
28k
18

1395.
100 1474.
backfed 1585.
1675.
100

30

100

30

225

42

225

72d

225

84d

225

30

400

42

400

84d

400

2977.

NQ18L1

785.

—

—

3056.

NQ18L1C

864.

—

—

MH26

113.

NC26 ( )

497. NC26( )HR

620. MH26WP

2192.

26

MH32

113.

NC32 ( )

527. NC32( )HR

657. MH32WP

2204.

32

MH38

113.

NC38 ( )

549. NC38( )HR

687. MH38WP

2216.

38

780.

MH44

113.

NC44 ( )

663. NC44( )HR

830. MH44WP

2603.

44

780.

MH44

113.

NC44 ( )

663. NC44( )HR

830. MH44WP

2603.

44

MH50

113.

NC50 ( )

729. NC50( )HR

912. MH50WP

2609.

50

MH56

113.

NC56 ( )

786. NC56( )HR

983. MH56WP

2652.

56

MH62

113.

NC62 ( )

887. NC62( )HR

1109. MH62WP

2685.

62

3149.

NQ30L1

945.

—

—

3239.

NQ30L1C

1035.

—

—

NQMB2HJ

780.

2227.

3781.

NQ18L1

785.

2306.

3860.

NQ18L1C

864.

2501.

4328.

NQ30L1

945.

2591.

4418.

NQ30L1C

1035.

2660.

4487.

NQ30L2

1104.

2735.

4562.

NQ30L2C

1179.

2962.

4729.

NQ42L2

3040.

4807.

NQ42L2C

HD, HG, HJ, HLl
100A maximum
NQMB2HJ

1340. NQMB2HJ
1418.

3976.

5729.

NQ72L2

2297.

4109.

5862.

NQ72L2C

2430.

4459.

6144.

NQ84L2

2679.

4615.

6300.

NQ84L2C

2835.

3400.

5085.

NQ30L4

1620.

3517.

5202.

NQ30L4C

1737.

3558.

5243.

NQ42L4

1778.

3676.

5361.

NQ42L4C

1896.

5686.

7407.

NQ84L4C

Select
QOB 2-pole or
QOB-VHi

HD, HG, HJ, HLl
780. or JD, JG, JJ, JL

NQMB2Q
NQMB2KI

QB,QD,QG,QJ
780.

KI

780.
NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH62

113. NC62V ( )

887. NC62V( )HR

1109. MH62WP

2685.

62

NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH62

113. NC62V ( )

887. NC62V( )HR

1109. MH62WP

2685.

62

3792. NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH80

113. NC80V ( )

1001. NC80V( )HR

1245. MH80WP

2835.

80

MH26

113.

NC26 ( )

497. NC26( )HR

620. MH26WP

2192.

26

MH32

113.

NC32 ( )

527. NC32( )HR

657. MH32WP

2204.

32

MH38

113.

NC38 ( )

549. NC38( )HR

687. MH38WP

2216.

38

MH44

113.

NC44 ( )

663. NC44( )HR

830. MH44WP

2603.

44

MH44

113.

NC44 ( )

663. NC44( )HR

830. MH44WP

2603.

44

MH50

113.

NC50 ( )

729. NC50( )HR

912. MH50WP

2609.

50

MH56

113.

NC56 ( )

786. NC56( )HR

983. MH56WP

2652.

56

MH62

113.

NC62 ( )

887. NC62( )HR

1109. MH62WP

2685.

62

20-inch-wide Cabinet h—Three Phase 4-Wire
15k
27k

1395.
100 1474.
backfed 1585.
1675.

18
100
30
30
42
54

225

72d
84d
30
42
72d
84d
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m

400

2977.

NQ418L1

785.

—

—

3056.

NQ418L1C

864.

—

—

3149.

NQ430L1

945.

—

—

3239.

NQ430L1C

1035.

—

—

2318.

3872.

NQ418L1

876.

2393.

3947.

NQ418L1C

951.

2668.

4495.

NQ430L1

1112.

2747.

4574.

NQ430L1C

1191.

2771.

4598.

NQ430L2

1215.

2848.

4675.

NQ430L2C

1292.

3098.

4865.

NQ442L2

1476.

3173.

4940.

NQ442L2C

1551.

3519.

5286.

NQ454L2

1898.

3615.

5382.

NQ454L2C

1994.

4210.

5963.

NQ472L2

4339.

6092.

NQ472L2C

4732.

6417.

NQ484L2

2952.

4882.

6567.

NQ484L2C

3102.

3642.

5327.

NQ430L4

1862.

3760.

5445.

NQ430L4C

1980.

3792.

5477.

NQ442L4

2012.

3913.

5598.

NQ442L4C

2133.

5314.

6986.

NQ472L4

3449.

5522.

7194.

NQ472L4C

3657.

6160.

7881.

NQ484L4C

NQMB2HJ

Select
QOB 3-pole or
QOB-VHj

HD, HG, HJ, HL
780. 100A maximum

780.

NQMB2HJ

780.

NQMB2Q

2531. NQMB2KI
2660.

HD, HG, HJ, HL or
JD, JG, JJ, JL
QB,QD,QG,QJ

780.

KI

780.

NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH62

113. NC62V ( )

887. NC62V( )HR

1109. MH62WP

2685.

62

NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH74

113. NC74V ( )

972. NC74V( )HR

1215. MH74WP

2757.

74

4266. NQMB4LA

780.

LA/LHm

MH80

113. NC80V ( )

1001. NC80V( )HR

1245. MH80WP

2835.

80

“C’’ suffix indicates copper bussing.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25 inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from the tables starting on Digest page 7-22 and add the circuit breaker price to the total price of the panelboard.
Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, See the tables starting on Digest page 7-22.
For the NQ14-inch-wide panelboard offer, See Digest page 9-8.
QOB2150VH takes four pole spaces; all other QOB two pole circuit breakers take two pole spaces.
QOB3110VH to QOB3150VH take six pole spaces; all other QOB three pole circuit breakers take three pole spaces.
Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back fed main breaker.
For single phase applications, order a 3-pole breaker. Example: HDL36100.
For 400A applications, order short handle circuit breaker (LAL36400MB).

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PANELBOARDS

Total $ Price
Type 1 Enclosure
Interior Only
Interior, Front, (Order
Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit
Branch Circuit Main(Less
Box
and
Circuit
Breaker)
f
Box
Pole Mains
Breakers Separately)
Hinged Front
20 in. W x 5.75 in. D b Mono-Flat™ Front
Spaces Rating Adapter Kit f
3R,
Circuit Breaker
Catalog
Type 1 Type
$ Price Catalog No. $ Price
5, 12 Catalog No. a $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Frame Size g Catalog No. $ Price No. c

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

9-7

9

Table 9.10:

NQ Merchandised
Panelboards

NQ 14-inch-wide Panelboards
Class 1640
www.schneider-electric.us

9

NQ 14-inch-wide—240 Vac, 48 Vdc
14-inch-wide NQ panelboards are now available for those customers whose equipment space is limited. Developed with
customer input, Square D™ brand NQ panelboards are built to last, featuring innovations for ease of installation and durability.

Features
PANELBOARDS

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

240 Vac, 48 Vdc maximum
225 A maximum main circuit breaker or main lugs
60 A maximum branch circuit breakers
Visi-Trip™ indication on branch circuit breakers
10,000–65,000 A Short Circuit Current Rating (SCCR)
Interiors supplied with tin plated copper bus as standard
Interiors accept bolt-on and plug-on branch circuit breakers

Table 9.11:

14-inch-wide NQ
Panelboard Main Lug

•

Three-phase, four-wire, and single-phase, three-wire
interiors available
Panelboards available with Mono-Flat™ front
Suitable for use as service entrance equipment
Branch circuit filler plates provide fast and easy
installation
Both fully and series-rated systems are available

•
•
•
•

Main Lug Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch Breakers

Max. Number
of Breakers

Main
Ratings

Total $ Price
Interior, Front, Box
and Adapter Kit
Type 1

Interior Only (Order
Branch Circuit Breakers
Seperately)

Type 3R,
5, 12

Cat. No.

$ Price

Type 1 Enclosure
Box 14"W x 5.75" Db
Cat. No.

$ Price

Mono Flat Front
Cat. No. b

$ Price

Hinged Front
Cat. No.

$ Price

14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
18

100 A

30
30

225 A

42

1407.

—

NQ18L1C14

951.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

1647.

—

NQ30L1C14

1191.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

1748.

—

NQ30L2C14

1292.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

2028.

—

NQ42L2C14

1151.

NQB538

118.

NQC38

338.

N/A

—

14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
18

100 A

30
30

225 A

42

Table 9.12:

1407.

—

NQ418L1C14

951.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

1647.

—

NQ430L1C14

1191.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

1748.

—

NQ430L2C14

1292.

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

2028.

—

NQ442L2C14

1151.

NQB538

118.

NQC38

338.

N/A

—

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Accepts Plug-On and Bolt-On Branch Breakers

Max.
Number
Main
of
Ratings
Breakers

Total $ Price
Interior, Front,
Box and
Adapter Kit
Type 1

Interior Only (Order Main Circuit Breaker Adapter Kit
Branch Circuit
(Less Circuit Breaker)
Box 14"W x 5.75"
Breakers Seperately)
Db

Type
3R, 5,
12

Cat. No.

$
Cat. No.c Price

Type 1 Enclosure
Mono Flat Front

Hinged Front

$
Price

Cat. No

$
Price

Cat. No

Select QOB
2-pole or
QOB-VH

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

HD, HG, HJ,
HL, OR JD,
JG, JJ, JL,
QB , QD,
QG, QJ

NQB544

118.

NQC44

338.

N/A

—

NQB550

118.

NQC50

359.

N/A

—

Select QOB
3-pole or
QOB-VH

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

NQB532

118.

NQC32

338.

N/A

—

HD, HG, HJ,
HL, OR JD,
JG, JJ, JL,
QB , QD,
QG, QJ

NQB544

118.

NQC44

338.

N/A

—

NQB550

118.

NQC50

359.

N/A

—

Cat. No. b

$
$
Price Cat. No. Price

14-inch-wide Cabinet—Single Phase 3-Wire
16 a
100

28 a

Main Breaker Panelboard

30
225

42

1407.

—

NQ18L1C14

951.

—

—

1647.

—

NQ30L1C14

1191.

—

—

1748.

—

NQ30L2C14

1292.

2028.

—

NQ42L2C14

780.

1151.

NQMB2HJ14
or
NQMB2Q14

78.

14-inch-wide Cabinet—Three Phase 4-Wire
15 a
100

27 a
30

225

42
a
b
c

1407.

—

NQ418L1C14

951.

—

—

1647.

—

NQ430L1C14 1191.

—

—

1748.

—

NQ430L2C14 1292.

2028.

—

NQ442L2C14 1151.

780.
NQMB2HJ14
or
NQMB2Q14

78.

Pole spaces shown are available for branch circuits, with spaces deducted for the back-fed main breaker.
Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
All 14” W boxes come with blank endwalls.

Table 9.13:

NQ Accessories
Description

Catalog No.

$ Price

Schedule

Equipment Ground Bars

Main Lug Panelboard

Aluminum

PK27GTA

33.80

PK23GTA+ #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu lug

PK23GTAL

40.70

PK27GTACU

84.00

PE-1A

Copper
Ground Bar Insulator Kit
Filler plate (15 per package)

DE3A

PKGTAB

43.80

DE3A

NQFP15d

68.00

PE1A

HLO1

9.90

Handle Attachments—Branch Circuit Breakers
Handle lock-off
Handle tie - (QO and QOB only)

QO1HT

3.80

Handle padlock attachment—1-pole

QO1PA

10.70

2- and 3-pole

QO1PL

10.70

Handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB)

QO3HT

13.40

d

9-8

DE2A

Filler Plates are $3.00 each and must be ordered in packages of 15.

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NQ Merchandised
Panelboards

NQ Merchandised Accessories
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801

www.schneider-electric.us

NQ Merchandised Neutrals
200% Neutral Kit

Mains
Ampacity

Catalog No.
NQNL1
NQNL2 or NQNL2ACCYb
NQNL4a

100
225
400
600
a
b

Copper 100% Neutral Kit

$ Price
315.
426.
639.

Box Add

Schedule

no adder

PE-1A

no adder

PE-1A

Catalog No.
NQN1CU
NQN2CU
NQN6CU
NQN6CUa

Not Available

$ Price

Box Add

Schedule

192.

no adder

PE-1A

585.

no adder

PE-1A

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.14:

Not to be used with SFL, FTL, or SFB. These combinations are factory assembled only.
For 225A panel with SFL, FTL, or SFB, use NQNL2ACCY (enclosure size increases by 6 inches). Otherwise, use NQNL2.

NQ Merchandised Sub-feed Lugs, Feed-through Lugs and Sub-feed Breakers
Sub-feed Lugs (N/A in MCB Interiors)

Mains
Ampacity
100 A

Catalog No.
NQSFL1

225 A

NQSFL2

400 A

$ Price
155.
203.

NQSFL4

600 A

260.

Schedule
PE-1A
PE-1A
PE-1A

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Kits (breaker not incl.)

Feed-through Lugs
Catalog No.
100 A not available;
NQFTL2Lc
NQFTL2Hd
NQFTL4Lc
NQFTL4Hd

$ Price
—

Single SFB
Schedule
—

476.
507.

Catalog No.
—
NQSFB2Q or
NQSFB2HJ

PE-1A
PE-1A

$ Price

Two SFB
Schedule
—

—
1029.

Use the 2 SFB kit

Use FTL

Catalog No.
—

$ Price
—

Schedule
—

PE-1A

—

—

—

—

NQSFB4Q or
NQSFB4HJ

1290.

PE-1A

Factory Assembled Only

9

Table 9.15:

Note: See Table 9.16 and Table 9.17 for box selection table.
c
The final character L indicates the kit is used for Low circuit count interiors 30 and 42.
d
The final character H indicates the kit is used for High circuit count interiors 54, 72, and 84.

e

MH26 —
— Use FTL
MH32 MH38 MH50 Use FTL
— MH44 MH50 Use FTL
— MH50 MH62 Use FTL
— MH56 MH68 Use FTL

Sub-feed Circuit Breakers
400 A 600 A
(two) (two)
—
MH74
MH74
MH86
e

100 A

18
30
42
72
84

—
—
—
—
—

AL Compression Lug Kit

400 A

—

—
MH62
MH68
MH80
MH80

MH50
MH62
MH68

Sub-feed Circuit Breakers
600 A

100 A
—
—
—
—
—

CU Mechanical Lug Kit

100
225

Catalog No.
NQALV1
NQALV2

Lug Wire Range
one #8–1/0 AWG
one #4–300 kcmil

$ Price
117.00
33.00

Catalog No.
NQCUM1
NQCUM2

400

NQALV4

two 2/0–500 kcmil

663.00

NQCUM4

600

NQALV6

two 2/0–500 kcmil

1208.00

NQCUM6

Lug Wire Range
one #6–2/0 AWG
one #6–250 kcmil
one 1/0–750 kcmil
two 1/0–350 kcmil
one 1/0–750 kcmil
two 1/0–350 kcmil

225 A
(one)
—
MH62
MH68
MH74
MH80

400 A
(two)
—
MH86
MH86
f
f

600 A
(two)

CU Compression Kit
$ Price

Catalog No.
NQCUV1
NCQUV2

Lug Wire Range
one #6–1/0 AWG
one 2/0–300 kcmil

636.00

NQCUV4

one 400–700 kcmil

767.00

1139.00

NQCUV6

two 250–500 kcmil

1364.00

347.00

$ Price
345.00
417.00

NQ Accessories
Description

Catalog No.

Sub-feed (Bolt-on)
2-pole
3-pole
Equipment Ground Bars
Aluminum
PK23GTA+ #1 to #4/0 Al or Cu lug
Copper
Ground Bar Insulator Kit
Filler plate (15 per package)
Circuit I.D. Number Strips
1–102 odd/even (left side numbered 1,3,5 ...101)
103–204 odd/even (left side numbered 103,105,107 ... 203)
1–102 sequential (left side numbered 1,2,3 ... 102)
103–204 sequential (left side numbered 103,104,105 ... 204)
6 in. Extension
12 in. Extension
Rail and Deadfront Extensions
18 in. Extension
24 in. Extension
Touch-up paint USAS #49 Gray (Aerosol can)
Handle Attachments—Branch Circuit Breakers
Handle lock-off
Handle tie - (QO and QOB only)
Handle padlock attachment—1-pole
2- and 3-pole
Handle tie and lock-off for three 1-pole (QO, QOB)
Handle tie for two 10–30 A single pole QO(B) circuit breaker
Handle tie for three 10–30 A single pole QO(B) circuit breaker
Handle Padlock Attachment for Padlocking in OFF position
For padlocking 1P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment
For padlocking 2P and 3P QO circuit breaker in OFF position only, fixed attachment
For padlocking 1P QO-GFI, QO-AFI, QO-CAFI, and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment
For padlocking 2P QO-GFI and QO-EPD circuit breakers in OFF position only, fixed attachment
Neutral or Ground Lugs
#10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu
#4 to #1/0 Al or Cu
#1 to #4/0 Al or Cu
Endwalls for MH Enclosures
Blank (one per package)
With Knockouts (one per package)
g

225 A

NQ Optional Lugs

Ampacity

Table 9.19:

Feed-through Lugs

Feature
Circuits

f
(c) Requires box longer than available box offer.
NOTE: NQ SurgeLogic SurgeLoc Plug-on SPD appears on page 9-44.

(c) Requires box longer than available box offer.

Table 9.18:

Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Vertically Mounted Main
Breaker Panelboards w/ Accessories

Factory
Asssembled
Only

18
30
42
72
84

Feed-through Lugs

A
100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A 100 A 225
(one)
—
—
—
—
—
MH38 MH50
— MH50
Use MH38 MH56
— MH56
225A
— MH62
Interior MH50 MH68
MH56 MH68
— MH68

Factory
Asssembled
Only

Sub-feed Lugs
Feature
Circuits 100 A 225 A 400 A 600 A

Table 9.17:

Factory
Asssembled
Only

Box Selection Table: Merchandised NQ Main Lug Panelboards
with Accessories

Factory
Asssembled
Only

Table 9.16:

$ Price

Schedule

QOB2125SL
QOB3125SL

176.00
176.00

PK27GTA
PK23GTAL
PK27GTACU
PKGTAB
NQFP15g

33.80
40.70
84.00
43.80
68.00

NQ102OE
NQ204OE
NQ102S
NQ204S
NQ6RDE
NQ12RDE
NQ18RDE
NQ24RDE
PK49SP

7.90
7.90
7.90
7.90
252.00
283.00
343.00
397.00
39.00

HLO1
QO1HT
QO1PA
QO1PL
QO3HT
QOHT2
QOHT3

9.90
3.80
10.70
10.70
13.40
10.90
12.80

QO1PAF
QO2PAF
QOGFI1PAF
QOGFI2PAF

43.50
25.80
51.00
38.40

DE2E

QO70AN
Q1100AN
Q1150AN

9.90
11.10
32.40

DE3A

8011010501
8011010401

41.10
41.10

PE1A

DE2A

DE3A
PE-1A
DE3A
PE1A

PE1A

DE1

DE2A

DE2

Filler Plates are $4.50 each and must be ordered in packages of 15.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1A

DE2A

DE2E

DE3A

Discount
Schedule

9-9

QOB Bolt-On
Circuit Breakers

With Visi-Trip™ Indicator for NQ Panelboards
l

Class 690, 730, 910, 950
www.schneider-electric.us

QOB-GFI, QOB-EPD, and QOB-EPE Circuit Breakers

Table 9.21:

Two-pole—
Three-pole—Common Trip
Common Trip
$ Catalog No. $
$
$
Catalog No. Price
Catalog
No. Price
Catalog No. Price
Price
QOB-GFI—QOB Qwik-Gard™ Circuit Breaker With Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter—
UL Class A 4–6 mA People Protection. b
120/240 Vac—
208Y/120 Vac—
120 Vac—10 k AIR
10 k AIR
10 k AIR
15 A QOB115GFI 248. QOB215GFI 444. QOB315GFI 791.
20 A QOB120GFI 248. QOB220GFI 444. QOB320GFI 791.
25 A QOB125GFI 248. QOB225GFI 444.
—
—
30 A QOB130GFI 248. QOB230GFI 444. QOB330GFI 791.
40 A
—
— QOB240GFI 444. QOB340GFI 791.
50 A
—
— QOB250GFI 444. QOB350GFI 791.
60 A
—
— QOB260GFI c 444.
—
—
QOB-VHGFI d
120 Vac—22 k AIR
15 A QOB115VHGFI 497.
20 A QOB120VHGFI 497.
25 A QOB125VHGFI 497.
30 A QOB130VHGFI 497.
QOB-EPD—QOB Equipment protection circuit breakers
with UL Listed 30 mA (EPD) or 100 mA (EPE) equipment protection.
120/240 Vac—
120 Vac—10 k AIR
240 Vac—10 k AIR
10 k AIR
15 A QOB115EPD 417. QOB215EPD 671. QOB315EPDm1077. QOB315EPEm1077.
20 A QOB120EPD 417. QOB220EPD 671. QOB320EPDm1077. QOB320EPE 1077.
25 A QOB125EPD 417. QOB225EPD 671.
—
—
—
—
30 A QOB130EPD 417. QOB230EPD 671. QOB330EPDm1077. QOB330EPEm1077.
40 A
—
— QOB240EPD 671. QOB340EPDm1077. QOB340EPEm1077.
50 A
—
— QOB250EPD 671. QOB350EPDm1077. QOB350EPEm1077.
60 A
—
— QOB260EPD 671.
—
—
—
—
QOB-VHEPD
120 Vac—22 k AIR
15 A QOB115VHEPD 772.
20 A QOB120VHEPD 772.
25 A QOB125VHEPD 772.
30 A QOB130VHEPD 772.
QOB-HM—High magnetic trip circuit breakers
15 A QOB115HMe
39.80
20 A QOB120HMe
QOB-K—Key operated QOB circuit breakers f
120 Vac—10 k AIR
10 A
QOB110K
168.
15 A
QOB115K
168.
20 A
QOB120K
168.
25 A
QOB125K
168.
30 A
QOB130K
168.
(Footnotes for Tables 9.20, 9.21, and 9.22)
a
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A
circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors.
b
Do not connect to more than 250 feet of load conductor for the total one-way run to
prevent nuisance tripping.
c
Suitable only for feeding 240 Vac and 208 Vac two-wire loads. Does not contain load
neutral connection.
d
Recommended for applications where high initial inrush may occur and for individual
dimmer applications.
e
UL Listed as SWD (switching duty) rated suitable for switching 120 Vac fluorescent
lighting loads.
f
Available in single pole construction and can be mounted in any single pole space
which will accept a standard QOB. These circuit breakers can be turned ON or OFF or
RESET with a special key (Catalog No. QOK10) included with the circuit breaker.
These circuit breakers are UL Listed and available as shown in the table.
g
UL Listed for use on circuit feeding fluorescent and High Intensity Discharge (HID)
lighting systems such as mercury vapor, metal halide, or high pressure sodium. These
circuit breakers are physically interchangeable with QOB circuit breakers.
h
UL Listed 5,000 AIR on 3Ø corner grounded delta systems.
i
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration
equipment having motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type
circuit breakers.
j
DC Rating is not available on indicated products.
k
QOB2150VH uses 4 pole spaces. QOB3110VH, QOB3125VH, and QOB3150VH
each use 6 pole spaces. 40A maximum circuit breaker mounted opposite. Use with
75 °C wire only.
l
For QO plug-on circuit breaker pricing, see the tables starting on Digest page 1–2.
m
See note in Instruction Bulletin when using in an enclosure with a QO403 or QON
prefix.
Ampere
Rating a

9

Table 9.20:

One-pole

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.23:

QO/QOB Circuit Breaker Wire Sizes

Breaker Type

Ampere Rating n

Two-pole—Common
Trip

One-pole

Two-pole—
Common Trip h

Three-pole—
Common Trip

Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

QOB Bolt-On
120 Vac—10 k AIR
48 Vdc—5 k AIR
10 A
QOB110
39.80
15 A
QOB115 ie 39.80
20 A
QOB120 ie 39.80
25 A
QOB125 i
39.80
30 A
QOB130 i
39.80
35 A
QOB135 i
39.80
40 A
QOB140 i
39.80
45 A
QOB145 i
39.80
50 A
QOB150 i
39.80
60 A
QOB160 i
39.80
70 A
QOB170 i
78.
80 A
—
—
90 A
—
—
100 A
—
—
110 A
—
—
125 A
—
—
Molded Case Switch 60 A max—
240 Vac
Molded Case Switch 100 A max—
240 Vac

Table 9.22:
Ampere
Rating a

120/240 Vac—10 k AIR
240 Vac—
48 Vdc—5 k AIR j
10 k AIR
QOB210
89.
—
QOB215 i
89. QOB215H
QOB220 i
89. QOB220H
QOB225 i
89. QOB225H
QOB230 i
89. QOB230H
QOB235 i
89.
—
QOB240 i
89. QOB240H
QOB245 i
89.
—
QOB250i
89. QOB250H
QOB260 i
89. QOB260H
QOB270 i
168. QOB270H
QOB280 ij
240. QOB280H
QOB290 ij
240. QOB290H
QOB2100 ij
240. QOB2100H
QOB2110 ij
501.
—
QOB2125 ij
501.
—

—
240.
240.
240.
240.
—
240.
—
240.
240.
308.
366.
366.
366.
—
—

240 Vac—10 k AIR
48 Vdc—5 k AIR j
QOB310
293.
QOB315 i
293.
QOB320 i
293.
QOB325 i
293.
QOB330 i
293.
QOB335 i
293.
QOB340 i
293.
QOB345 i
293.
QOB350 i
293.
QOB360 i
293.
QOB370 ij
369.
QOB380 ij
419.
QOB390 ij
419.
QOB3100 ij
419.
—
—
—
—

QOB200

89.

—

—

QOB300

293.

QOB2000

234.

—

—

QOB3000

507.

High Interrupting QOB and Specialty Circuit Breakers
One-pole
Catalog No.

Two-pole—Common Trip
$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

Three-pole—Common Trip
Catalog No.

$ Price

QOB-VH
120 Vac—22 k AIR
QOB115VHie
72.
QOB120VHie
72.
QOB125VHi
72.
QOB130VHi
72.
QOB140VH
86.
QOB150VH
86.
QOB160VH
86.
QOB170VH
137.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

120/240 Vac —22 k AIR
QOB215VHi
171.
QOB220VHi
171.
QOB225VHi
171.
QOB230VHi
171.
QOB240VHi
171.
QOB250VHi
171.
QOB260VHi
171.
QOB270VHi
273.
QOB280VHi
384.
QOB290VHi
384.
QOB2100VHi
384.
QOB2110VHi
1110.
QOB2125VHi
1110.
QOB2150VH k
1223.

240 Vac—22 k AIR
QOB315VHi
440.
QOB320VHi
440.
QOB325VHi
440.
QOB330VHi
440.
QOB340VHi
440.
QOB350VHi
440.
QOB360VHi
440.
QOB370VHi
560.
QOB380VHi
629.
QOB390VHi
629.
QOB3100VHi
629.
QOB3110VH k
1809.
QOB3125VH k
1809.
QOB3150VH k
1809.

120 Vac—65 k AIR
15 A
QHB115i e
122.
20 A
QHB120i e
122.
25 A
QHB125i
122.
30 A
QHB130i
122.
QOB-HID—HID circuit breakers g

120 Vac/240 Vac—65 k AIR
QHB215i
342.
QHB220i
342.
QHB225i
342.
QHB230i
342.

240 Vac—65 k AIR
QHB315i
596.
QHB320i
596.
QHB325i
596.
QHB330i
596.

120 Vac—10 k AIR
120/240 Vac—10 k AIR
15 A
QOB115HIDe
49.50
QOB215HID
108.
20 A
QOB120HID e
49.50
QOB220HID
108.
25 A
QOB125HID
49.50
QOB225HID
108.
30 A
QOB130HID
49.50
QOB230HID
108.
40 A
QOB140HID
49.50
QOB240HID
108.
50 A
QOB150HID
49.50
QOB250HID
108.
QOB-SWN—Switch Neutral—Common Trip—NEC 514.11

240 Vac—10 k AIR
QOB315HID
327.
QOB320HID
327.
QOB325HID
327.
QOB330HID
327.
—
—
—
—

1-pole—2-Wire
2 Spaces —120 Vac
QOB210SWN
116.
QOB215SWN
116.
QOB220SWN
116.
QOB225SWN
116.
QOB230SWN
116.
QOB240SWN
116.
QOB250SWN
116.

2-pole—3-Wire
3 Spaces—120/240 Vac
QOB310SWN
170.
QOB315SWN
170.
QOB320SWN
170.
QOB325SWN
170.
QOB330SWN
170.
QOB340SWN
170.
QOB350SWN
170.

15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
80 A
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
QHB

10 A
15 A
20 A
25 A
30 A
40 A
50 A

Table 9.24:

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO™ Arc-Fault Circuit Breakers o p

Wire Size (AWG)

Al
Cu
10–30 A
#14–8
#14–8
QOB
10–30 A
—
two #14–10
1-pole
35–70 A
#8–2
#8–2
10–30 A
#14–8
#14–8
10–30 A
—
two #14–10
QOB
35–70 A
#8–2
#8–2
2-pole
80–125 A
#4–2/0
#4–2/0
150–200 A
#4–300 kcmil
#4–300 kcmil
10–30 A
#14–8
#14–8
QOB
35–70 A
#8–2
#8–2
3-pole
80–125 A
#4–2/0
#4–2/0
QOB-VH
110–150 A
#4–300 kcmil
#4–300 kcmil
15–30 A
#12–8
#14–8
QOB-GFI and
QOB-EPD
40, 50, or 60 A
#12–4
#14–6
n
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors.
35–60 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors.

9-10

Ampere
Rating a

Standard Interrupting QOB 10,000 AIR Circuit Breakers

Circuit Breaker Type

Ampere
Rating q

1P 120 Vac
10 kAIR
1 Space Required

1P 120 Vac
22 kAIR
1 Space Required

Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
Combination
15 A
QOB115CAFI
306. QOB115VHCAFI
612.
Arc-Fault
20 A
QOB120CAFI
306. QOB120VHCAFI
612.
Interupter
Note: See Digest page 7-12 for accessories.
o
UL Listed as HACR type for use with air conditioning, heating, and refrigeration equipment having
motor group combinations and marked for use with HACR type circuit breakers.
p
QO arc-fault circuit breakers provide branch feeder protection (for example, QO115AFI) or
combination protection (for example, QO115CAFI) as required by the NEC and local code
adoption, and comply with UL 1699.
q
10–30 A circuit breakers are suitable for use with 60 °C or 75 °C conductors. 35–60 A circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75 °C conductors.

DE2A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NQ Factory Assembled
Panelboards

240 Vac, 48 Vdc
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801

www.schneider-electric.us

Base Price (With Solid Neutral)
Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—pages 6-2 through 6-8) a

Main Lugs
Mains
Rating

60 A
100 A
150 Ac
225 Ac
250 Ac
400 Ac
600 Abc

$ Price
2-pole
—
720.
720.
720.
—

3-pole
—
832.
832.
832.
—

772.

928.

—
1422.
2082.

—
1634.
2326.

Circuit
Breaker

HIC

QOB

2-pole
1192.

3-pole
1464.

QOB

1254.

HD
HD
QB
JD
QD
JD
LA
—

2030.
3180.
2450.
3980.
3084.
4390.
5366.
—

Extra HIC
$ Price

Circuit
Breaker
QOB-VH

2-pole
1258.

3-pole
1586.

1562.

QOB-VH

1382.

1712.

2380.
3530.
2800.
4300.
3434.
4640.
6106.
—

HG
HG

2700.
3840.

3050.
4190.

QG
JG

3740.
4510.

4090.
5100.

JG
LH
—

5040.
7708.
—

6020.
8834.
—

Circuit
Breaker

I-Limiter™

$ Price

HJa

2-pole
2950.
2950.
2950.
2950.
4000.

3-pole
3300.
3300.
3300.
3300.
4350.

QJ
JJa

3970.
6450.

JJa
LJ
LJ

7100.
10624.
12930.

HJa
HJa

$ Price

Circuit
Breaker
FI
FI
FI
FI
—

2-pole
4088.
4088.
4088.
4088.
—

3-pole
4858.
4858.
4858.
4858.
—

4320.
7280.

KI

7436.

8680.

8020.
10624.
12930.

KI
LR
LR

8264.
13552.
16002.

9672.
13552.
16002.

Equipment Ground Bar—38.
QL, HJ, HL, JJ, and JL circuit breakers are also available.
Copper bus standard
Prices are for 54-circuit and fewer interiors. See the Product Selector for 72- and 84-circuit interior pricing.

Table 9.26:

Branch Circuit Breakers

9

Note:
a
b
c

Standard IC

Table 9.27:

Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers

Plug-On or Bolt-On
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Plug-On or Bolt-On

$ Price
1-pole
2-pole
120 Vac 120/240 Vac

2-pole
240 Vac

3-pole
240 Vac

3-pole
208Y/120
Vac

Space Only
All Space Only
28.
58.
58.
86.
—
except below
QOB–VH, Space
—
116.
—
174.
—
Only (125–150 A)
10,000 AIR—Branch Circuit Breakers—QO™, QOB, QO-H, QOB-H
15–60 A
68.
134.
260. d
352.
—
70 A
100.
208.
296. d
396.
—
80–100 A
—
262.
380. d
458.
—
110–125 A
—
482.
—
—
—
10,000 AIR—Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—QO-CAFI,
QOB-CAFI
15–20 A
470.
—
—
—
—
10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard™—Class A—QO-GFI, QOB-GFI
Provided with a 5 mA setting on ground fault sensor
15–30 A
272.
488.
—
—
920.
40–50 A
—
488.
—
—
920.
60 A
—
488.
—
—
—
10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard—Class A—QO-EPD, QOB-EPD
Provided with a 30 mA setting on ground fault sensor
15–30 A
462.
828.
—
1210.
—
40–50 A
—
828.
—
1210.
—
60 A
—
828.
—
—
—
10,000 AIR—Qwik–Gard—Class A—QO-EPE, QOB-EPE
Provided with a 100 mA setting on ground fault sensor
15–30 A
—
—
—
1210.
—
40–50 A
—
—
—
1210.
(High Interrupting Capacity)
22,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QO-VH, QOB-VH
15–30 A
92.
212.
—
462.
—
35–60 A
—
212.
—
462.
—
70 A
—
292.
—
556.
—
80–100 A
—
378.
—
606.
—
110–125 A
—
1022.
—
—
1746.e
150 A
—
1140. e
—
—
22,000 AIR—Combination Arc Fault Circuit Interrupters—QO-VHCAFI,
QOB-VHCAFI
15–20 A
680.
—
—
—
—
22,000 AIR—Qwik-Gard—Class A—QO-VHGFI, QOB-VHGFI
15–30 A
575.
—
—
—
42,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QOH
35–60 A
—
368. f
—
—
70 A
—
596. f
—
—
80–100 A
—
688. f
—
—
110–125 A
—
1402. f
—
—
65,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QH, QHB
15–30 A
144.
348.
—
596.

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

$ Price
1-pole
120 Vac

2-pole
120/240 Vac

2-pole
240 Vac

3-pole
240 Vac

Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers (10,000 AIR)
For High Intensity Discharge Lighting—QO-HID, QOB-HID
15–30 A
78.
148.
—
376.
40–50 A
78.
148.
—
—
Switch Neutral—QO-SWN, QOB-SWN
1-pole
2-pole
—
2-wire
—
3-wire
15–50 A
(2 spaces)
(3 spaces)
—
154.
—
220.
High Magnetic Trip (For applications subject to high initial inrush)—
QO-HM, QOB-HM
15–20 A
68.
—
—
—

Sub-feed Circuit Breakers
Main lugs or main circuit breaker interior—1Ø or 3Ø.
Maximum 1 circuit breaker per 225 A main lug or 250 A main
circuit breaker panelboard, 2 circuit breakers per 400–600 A
panelboard.
Table 9.28:

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker (110–225 A)
(SeeTable 9.29 for correct box size.)

No. of
Poles
2
3
Space
g

Ampacity

QD

QG

1762.
2296.
826.

3812.
4608.
826.

HD
2456.
2872.
826.

HG

JD

3500.
3798.
826.

JG

3020.
3370.
826.

4220.
5100.
826.

QJ, HJ, HL, JJ, and JL circuit breakers are also available.

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Cabinet Data

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces
(Does not include
sub-feed
circuit breaker
spaces)
30
42
54
72
84
h

QB

110–225 A 1218.
110–225 A 1848.
110–225 A 826.

Table 9.29:

—
—
—
—
—

Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
225 A

250 A

Main
Lug

Main
Circuit
Breaker
62
68
68
74
80

50
56
56
62
68

400 A
Main
Lug
74
74
80
86
—

Main
Circuit
Breaker
86
86
—
—
—

600 A
Main
Lug

Main
Circuit
Breaker

74
80
80
86
—

Not
available
with MCB

Not Available in Type 3R, 5, 12 if subfeed breaker is over 150 A.

—

Note: Shunt Trip, Auxiliary Switch, and Alarm Switch—accessories for circuit
breakers—add $ Price from page 7-12.
d
UL Listed for use on 3Ø, grounded BØ systems, (5,000 AIR for this
application).
e
Bolt-on only; 2-pole requires 4 vertical spaces, 3-pole requires 6 vertical
spaces.
f
Plug-on only.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1

Discount
Schedule

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.25:

9-11

NQ Factory Assembled
Panelboards

Common Features
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1640CT0801
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Sub-feed Lugs

Table 9.39:

NOTE: Available on main lug interiors only, 1Ø or 3Ø.

Table 9.30:

Panelboard
Ampacity

Sub-feed Wire Range Per Phase

PANELBOARDS

Mains
Rating

Incoming

Outgoing

Price
per
Panel

100
225
400

one #6-2/0 Al or Cu
one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only

one #6-2/0 Al or Cu
one 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0-750 kcmil Cu only

$128.
$128.
$164.

Table 9.31:

Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data
100 A

225 A

400 A

18
30
42
54
72
84

MH26
MH32
—
—
—
—

—
MH38
MH44
MH44
MH50
MH56

—
MH50
MH50
MH50
MH62
MH68

Table 9.41:

100 A
225 A
400 A
600 A

one #6-2/0 Al or Cu
one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0–750 kcmil or two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
two 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu

$ Price
344.
344.
826.
826.

a

38
38
50
56

50
50
62
68

50
56
68
68

62
62
74
80

68
80
—
—

$ Price Adder
38.
52.
86.

$ Price
Adder

Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite,
1 in. x 3.5 in., adhesive backed or screw mountable with
screws in a bag assembly (price includes engraving)

Table 9.45:
78.

128.
388.
Standard

80 kA
100 kA
120 kA
160 kA
200 kA
240 kA

148.
168.
168.

Price Per Pole Adder
H Frame

J Frame LA Frame LC Frame

58.
70.
70.

98.
108.
108.

148.
148.
148.

148.
168.
168.

b

Voltage
120 / 240 V

208 Y / 120 V

6170.
6540.
7370.
8430.
9720.
10840.

240 / 120 HLD

6540.
7370.
7870.
8620.
9770.
12370.

6540.
7370.
7870.
8620.
9770.
12370.

SurgeLogic units occupy 12 circuit positions (6 adjacent mounting
spaces per side.)

132.

200% Rated Neutrals

one #6-2/0 kcmil Al or Cu per lug
one #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu per lug
one #1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu per lug or
two 1/0-300 kcmil per lug

Surgelogic SPD Options

Description

Panelboards with 200% rated neutrals are not available
Add Per Panel
with 250 A J- and K-frame main circuit breakers or
$ Price
integral lighting contactors

9-12

600A

148.
148.
148.

Surgelogic™ SurgeLoc Plug-On SPD b

Surge Current
Rating kA

Table 9.46:

$ Price
Adder

100–600 A

a

400A

Copper Neutrals

Copper Neutrals

400 Aa

58.
108.
108.

Optional Factory Assembled Lugs
for Main Circuit Breaker Interiors

Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs

$ Price
Adder

Copper Bus Bars

100 Aa
225 Aa

225A

58.
70.
70.

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors:

Copper Bus Bars

100 A, 225 A, 250 A
400 A
600 A

Table 9.38:

Price Per Pole Adder
100A

Note: Optional lugs are not available for Q frame main or QOB
circuit breakers

Name Plates

Name Plates

Table 9.37:

1516.

Optional Factory Assembled Lugs
for Main Lug Interiors

Main Lug Interiors:

Table 9.44:

Equipment Ground Bar
Copper Ground Bar (add to Equipment Ground Bar price)
Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar
(add to Equipment Ground Bar price)

Table 9.36:

$ Price Adder

Ground Bars

Ground Bars

Table 9.35:

Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12

Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs

8.75 in. deep box, ship fully assembled only.

Table 9.34:

836.

400 and 600 A NQ panelboards with sub-feed circuit breakers are
not available with a weatherproof enclosure (Use I-Line).

600 A

62
68
80
80

646.

Note: 600 A L-Frame main circuit breaker NQ panelboards are
not available with a weatherproof enclosure (Use I-Line)

Table 9.43:

400 A

Main
Main
Main
Main Lugs Circuit Main Lugs Circuit Main Lugs Circuit
Breaker
Breaker
Breaker a

30
42
72
84

Add Per Panel
$ Price

400 A NQ panelboards are available with a subfeed breaker up to
150 A. See Table 9.29 on page 9-11.

Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
250 A

Hinged Door-in-Door Trims

Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets

Feed-through Lug Cabinet Data
225 A

140.

Hinged Door-in-Door Trim has piano hinge down one side.
Inner door has a lock, outer door is retained with screws
Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock in place of screws

ó

Max. No.
of Branch
Spaces

$ Price Adder

Hinged Door-in-Door Trim

Table 9.42:

Feed-Through Wire Range Per Phase

Metal Directory Frames

Replaces standard plastic stick-on directory pouch

Feed-through Lugs

Table 9.33:

(2) 1/0 Cu or Al
(2) #4-300kcmil
(2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al
(2) #4-300 kcmil
(4) 3/0 Cu or
(4)
250
kcmil
Al
(2) 1/0-300 kcmil or
400 A
(2) 600 kcmil Cu
(1) 750 kcmil
(2) 750 kcmil Al
Note: Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above.

Metal Directory Frame

Feed-through Lugs
Mains
Rating

Actual Lug Wire
Range

Neutral Conductors Required

100/125
225

Table 9.40:

Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces

Table 9.32:

NQ Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size
and Quantity

Surge Counter
Dry Contacts
Remote Monitor

$ Price
Standard
Standard
2588.

Note: Additional factory modifications, See Digest page 9-38.

586.
763.
950.

Two incoming neutral lugs per panel

PE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NF Merchandised
Panelboards

20-inch Wide Enclosures 480Y/277 Vac Max.
Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA 1 Enclosure
$ Total Price a

Mains
Rating

Interior Only b

Box
20 in. W x 5.75 in. D d

NEMA
NEMA 1
Catalog No. c $ Price Catalog No.
3R, 5, 12
(Single Phase 3-Wire: Factory Assembled Only) Three Phase 4-Wire
2056.
3638.
NF418L1
1446.
MH26
18
125
2448.
4030.
NF418L1C
1838.
MH26
2406.
3970.
NF430L1
1766.
MH32
30
125
2802.
4366.
NF430L1C
2162.
MH32
2881.
4435.
NF430L2
2219.
MH38
30
250
3286.
4840.
NF430L2C
2624.
MH38
3194.
5021.
NF442L2
2418.
MH44
42
250
3602.
5429.
NF442L2C
2826.
MH44
4370.
6067.
NF454L2
2616.
MH50
54
250
4775.
6472.
NF454L2C
3021.
MH50
4800.
6485.
NF466L2
3800.
MH62
66g
250
5442.
7127.
NF466L2C
4442.
MH62
3308.
5075.
NF430L4
2466.
MH50
30
400
3716.
5483.
NF430L4C
2874.
MH50
3572.
5325.
NF442L4
2673.
MH56
42
400
3895.
5648.
NF442L4C
2996.
MH56
5285.
6957.
NF466L4
4200.
MH74
66g
400
5792.
7464.
NF466L4C
4707.
MH74
6524.
8261.
NF484L4
5346.
MH86
84g
400
7169.
8906.
NF484L4C
5991.
MH86
30
600
3838.
—
NF430L6C
2996.
MH50
42
600
4087.
—
NF442L6C
3188.
MH56
66g
600
6094.
—
NF466L6C
5009.
MH74
84g
600
7553.
—
NF484L6C
6375.
MH86
800

Table 9.48:

Catalog No.

$ Price

NC26( )
NC26( )
NC32( )
113.
NC32( )
NC38( )
113.
NC38( )
NC44( )
113.
NC44( )
NC50( )
113.
NC50( )
NC62( )
113.
NC62( )
NC50V( )
113.
NC50V( )
NC56V( )
113.
NC56V( )
NC74V( )
113.
NC74V( )
NC86V( )
113.
NC86V( )
113. NC50V( )
113. NC56V( )
113. NC74V( )
113. NC86V( )
Factory Assembled Only
113.

497.
527.
549.
663.
729.
887.
729.
786.
972.
1065.
729.
786.
972.
1065.

Hinged Front
Catalog No.
NC26( )HR
NC26( )HR
NC32( )HR
NC32( )HR
NC38( )HR
NC38( )HR
NC44( )HR
NC44( )HR
NC50( )HR
NC50( )HR
NC62( )HR
NC62( )HR
NC50V( )HR
NC50V( )HR
NC56V( )HR
NC56V( )HR
NC74V( )HR
NC74V( )HR
NC86V( )HR
NC86V( )HR
NC50V( )HR
NC56V( )HR
NC74V( )HR
NC86V( )HR

$ Price

620.
657.
687.
830.
912.
887.
912.
983.
1215.
1430.
912.
983.
1215.
1430.

NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f
Enclosure
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D
Height (In.)
Catalog No.
$ Price
MH26WP
2192.
MH26WP
MH32WP
2204.
MH32WP
MH38WP
2216.
MH38WP
MH44WP
2603.
MH44WP
MH50WP
2609.
MH50WP
MH62WP
2685.
MH62WP
MH50WP
2609.
MH50WP
MH56WP
2652.
MH56WP
MH74WP
2757.
MH74WP
MH86WP
2915.
MH86WP
Factory
Assembled
Only
—
—

26
32
38
44
56
62
50
56
74
86
50
56
74
—

NF Main Circuit Breaker Interiors—Use I-Line Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta Applications

Max. No. of
$ Total Price a
One-pole Mains
EDB
Circuit Rating
NEMA
NEMA 1
Breakers
3R, 5, 12

NEMA 1 Enclosure
NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure f
Main Circuit
Main
Interior Only b
Box
Mono-Flat™
Enclosure
Breaker Adapter Kit Circuit
Hinged
Front
20 in. W x 5.75in. D d
Front e
20 in. W x 6.5 in. D Height
Breaker
(In.)
Kit
$ Price Frame Catalog No. c $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price Catalog No. $ Price

(Single Phase 3-Wire: Factory Assembled Only) Three Phase 4-Wire
2056.
3638.
15
125
—
2448.
4030. Back-fed
EDB, EGB
Main
or EJB
2406.
3970. Breakerh
27
125
—
2802.
4366.
18

125

30

125

30

250

42

250

54

250

66g

250

30

400

42

400

66g

400

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

$ Price

Mono-Flat™ Front e

2888.
3280.
3322.
3718.
3841.
4246.
4097.
4505.
5278.
5683.
5665.
6307.
4246.
4654.
4514.
4837.
6158.
6665.

4442.
4834. N150MH
or
5149. N100MFIi
5545.
5608.
6013.
5850.
6258. N250MJ
or
6947. N250MKCi
7352.
7337.
7979.
5931.
N400Mi
6339.
6195.
N400Mi
6518.
7895.
N400Mi
8402.

HD/HG/
780. HJ/HL
or FI
780.
780.
780.

JD/JG/
JJ/JL
or KI

780.
780.
780.
780.

LA/LH

NF418L1
NF418L1C
NF430L1
NF430L1C
NF418L1
NF418L1C
NF430L1
NF430L1C
NF430L2
NF430L2C
NF442L2
NF442L2C
NF454L2
NF454L2C
NF466L2
NF466L2C
NF430L4
NF430L4C
NF442L4
NF442L4C
NF466L4
NF466L4C

1446.
1838.
1766.
2162.
1446.
1838.
1766.
2162.
2219.
2624.
2418.
2826.
2616.
3021.
3800.
4442.
2466.
2874.
2673.
2996.
4200.
4707.

MH26
MH26
MH32
MH32
MH38
MH38
MH44
MH44
MH50
MH50
MH56
MH56
MH62
MH62
MH74
MH74
MH62
MH62
MH68
MH68
MH86
MH86

113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.
113.

NC26( )
NC26( )
NC32( )
NC32( )
NC38( )
NC38( )
NC44( )
NC44( )
NC50( )
NC50( )
NC56( )
NC56( )
NC62( )
NC62( )
NC74( )
NC74( )
NC62V( )
NC62V( )
NC68V( )
NC68V( )
NC86V( )
NC86V( )

497.
527.
549.
663.
729.
786.
786.
972.
887.
948.
1065.

NC26( )HR
NC26( )HR
NC32( )HR
NC32( )HR
NC38( )HR
NC38( )HR
NC44( )HR
NC44( )HR
NC50( )HR
NC50( )HR
NC56( )HR
NC56( )HR
NC62( )HR
NC62( )HR
NC74( )HR
NC74( )HR
NC62V( )HR
NC62V( )HR
NC68V( )HR
NC68V( )HR
NC86V( )HR
NC86V( )HR

620.
657.
687.
830.
912.
983.
983.
1215.
1109.
1185.
1430.

MH26WP
MH26WP
MH32WP
MH32WP
MH38WP
MH38WP
MH44WP
MH44WP
MH50WP
MH50WP
MH56WP
MH56WP
MH62WP
MH62WP
MH74WP
MH74WP
MH62WP
MH62WP
MH68WP
MH68WP
MH86WP
MH86WP

2192.

26

2204.

32

2216.

38

2603.

44

2609.

50

2652.

56

2652.

56

2757.

74

2685.

62

2742.

68

2915.

86

Total Price includes: interior, front, main circuit breaker adapter kit, and enclosure.
Order branch circuit breakers separately.
“C” suffix indicates copper bussing.
Embossed mounting holes add a 0.25-inch standoff to back of MH box.
Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
Enclosure includes trim kit.
Use only if the Local Jurisdiction where this panelboard interior is being applied has adopted the 2008 NEC, which allows single panelboard interiors greater than 42 circuits.
Back-fed EDB 125 A 3 pole main circuit breaker must be ordered separately and field installed. Maximum breaker rating opposite is 20A.
Select the appropriate main circuit breaker from pages starting on 7-21 and add the circuit breaker Price to the total Price of the panelboard.

Table 9.49:

NF Merchandised SPD Box Selection Table
Main Lug Panelboard Box Requirements

Mains
Rating

Max.
Breaker
Spaces

250A
400 A

42
42

NEMA 1
Enclosure
Box
MH56
MH68

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price
113.

Front
$ Price
Hinged
$ Price
NC56( )
887. NC56( )HR
1109.
NC68V( )
972. NC68V( )HR 1215.

Main Circuit Breaker Panelboard Box Requirements

NEMA 3R, 5, 12 Enclosure
Enclosure
MH56WP
MH68WP

PE1A

$ Price
2685.
2757.

Discount
Schedule

NEMA 1 Enclosure
Box
MH68
MH80

$ Price
113.

Front
NC68( )
NC80( )

PANELBOARDS

Max No. of
Single Pole
EDB Circuit
Breakers

NF Main Lug Interiors—Use I-Line™ Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta Applications

NEMA 3R, 5, 12
Enclosure

$ Price
Hinged
$ Price Enclosure $ Price
972.
NC68( )HR
1215. MH68WP
2742.
1722. M/B NC80V( )HR 1430. MH80WP
2915.

9-13

9

Table 9.47:

NF Merchandised
Panelboards

Accessories
Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.50:

NF Merchandised Neutrals

Mains
Ampacity
125
250
400
600

PANELBOARDS

a

200% Neutral Kit
$ Price
Box Add
1029.
No Adder
1277.
1914.
No Adder
Factory Assembled Only

Catalog No.
NFNL1
NFNL2
NFNL4a

Schedule

Copper 100% Neutral Kit
$ Price
Box Add

Catalog No.
NFN1CU
NFN2CU
NFN6CU
NFN6CUa

PE-1A
PE-1A

Schedule

405.

No Adder

PE-1A

1148.

No Adder

PE-1A

Not to be used with SFL, FTL, or SFB. These combinations are factory assembled only.

Table 9.51:

Modifications (Single- or Three-phase)
Sub-feed Lugs b c

Mains
Ampacity
125
250
400
600
800
Note:
b
c
d
e
f

Catalog No.

$ Price Schedule Catalog No.

NF125SFL
NF250SFL
NF400SFL e

167.
213.
356.
—
—

f

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Kits b
(circuit breaker not Included) d
Single Sub-feed
Twin Sub-feed
Circuit Breaker
Circuit Breakers
Catalog No.
$ Price Schedule Catalog No.
$ Price
NF250SFBH/NF250SFBJ
1029. PE-1A
—
—
—
—
—
NF600SFBH
1290.
—
—
—
NF600SFBJ

Feed-through Lugs b c

PE-1A
PE-1A
PE-1A
—
—

$ Price Schedule

NF125FTL
NF250FTL
NF400FTL

336.
476.
507.
—
—

f

Mains
Ampacity

PE-1A
PE-1A
PE-1A
—
—

250
400
600

FACTORY ASSEMBLED ONLY

800

FACTORY ASSEMBLED ONLY

Schedule

—
PE1A

NF250SFBH and NF600SFBH are for use with HDL, HGL, HJL, and HLL circuit breakers. NF600SFBJ are for use with JDL, JGL, JJL, and JLL circuit breakers.
Available factory assembled only on non-linear panelboards.
Select box from the Box Selection Table.
Order appropriate circuit breaker.
Use copper wire only.
Available factory assembled only.

Table 9.52:

Special Features Box Selection Table—Standard Mechanical Lugs Only
Main Lugs Only

Feature

Sub-feed Lugs

Feed-through Lugs

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker

No. of Circuits

18

30

42

66

84

18

30

42

66

84

30

42

66

Ampacity
100/125
250
400
600
800

Cat. No.
MH26
—
—

Cat. No.
MH32
MH38
MH50

Cat. No.
—
MH44
MH56

Cat No.
—
MH62
MH74

Cat No.
—
—
MH86

Cat. No.
MH32
—
—

Cat. No.
MH38
MH50
MH56

Cat. No.
—
MH56
MH62

Cat. No.
—
MH74
MH80

Cat. No.
—
—
MH92

Cat. No.
—
MH56
MH68

Cat. No.
—
MH62
MH74

Cat. No.
—
MH80
—

—

g

g

g

g

—

g

g

g

g

g

g

g

g

Available factory assembled only.

Table 9.53:

Special Features Box Selection Table—Standard Mechanical Lugs Only (continued)

Feature
No. of Circuits
Ampacity
100/125
250
400h
600
h

Ampacity

CU Mechanical Lug Kit
CU Compression Lug Kit i
Lug Wire Range
$ Price Schedule Catalog No.
Lug Wire Range $ Price Schedule
#6–2/0 AWG
NFCUV1 k
one #6–1/0
345.
347. PE-1A
PE-1A
#6–250 kcmil
NFCUV2 k
one 2/0–300 kcmil
417.
one
1/0–750
kcmil,
PE-1A
NFCUM4
987. PE-1A
NFCUV4
one 400–750 kcmil
767. PE-1A
two 1/0–350 kcmil
PE-1A
NFCUM6
two 1/0–750 kcmil
2236. PE-1A
NFCUV6
two 250–500 kcmil
1364. PE-1A
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor

AL Compression Lug Kit
Lug Wire Range $ Price Schedule
one #4–300 kcmil
177.
PE-1A
one 250–350 kcmil
333.

125
250
400

NFALV4

two 2/0–500 kcmil

1122.

600
800

NFALV6

two 2/0–500 kcmil

1206.

Catalog No.
NFCUM1
NFCUM2

Use copper wire only.
Use of this kit requires an additional 6 in. added to box height.
Use of this kit to terminate larger than standard wire size requires an additional 6 in. added to box height.

NF Accessories

Description
Aluminum Equipment Ground Bar
Copper Equipment Ground Bar
Large Aluminum Lug for Equipment Ground Bar
Equipment Ground Bar Insulator Kit
Circuit I.D. number strips
1–102 odd/even (left side numbered 1, 3, 5...101)
103–204 odd/even (left side numbered 103, 105, 107...203)
1–102 sequential (left side numbered 1, 2, 3 ...102)
103–204 sequential (left side numbered 103, 104, 105... 204)
Rail and Deadfront Extensions
6 in. Extension
12 in. Extension
18 in. Extension

9-14

Back-fed Main Circuit Breaker
Feed-through Lugs
18
30
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
MH32
MH38
MH38
MH44
—
—
—
—

Optional Main Lug Kits for Main Lug Panelboards
Catalog No.
NFALV1 j
NFALV2

Table 9.55:

l

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker
30
42
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
—
—
MH68
MH74
MH80
MH86

400 A dimension for LA/LH main circuit breakers only.

Table 9.54:

i
j
k

18
Cat. No.
MH44
—
—

Vertical Main Circuit Breaker h
Feed-through Lugs
30
42
66
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
MH50
—
—
MH62
MH68
MH86
MH68
MH74
MH92
Available factory assembled only.

Catalog No.
PK27GTA
PK27GTACU
PK23GTAL
PKGTAB

$ Price Schedule
33.80 DE-3A
84.00 PE-1A
40.70
DE-3A
43.80

NF102OE
NF204OE
NF102S
NF204S

7.90

NF6RDE
NF12RDE
NF18RDE

252.00
284.00
344.00

PE-1A

Description
Filler plate (15 per package)
EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock ON/OFF
for ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers 1, 2, or 3 poles
EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock OFF only
for ED, EG, and EJ Circuit Breakers 1, 2, or 3 poles
Oversized Lugs for Neutral or Ground Bar
#10 to #2 Al or #14 to #4 Cu
#4 to #1/0 Al or Cu
#1 to #4/0 Al or Cu
Drip Hood for 20 in. wide enclosures

Catalog No. $ Price Schedule
NFFP15
113.00l PE-1A
EDPA

26.00

DE-2

EDPAF

30.00

DE-2

QO70AN
Q1100AN
Q1150AN
MHT2DH20

9.90
11.10
32.40
315.00

DE-3A
PE-1A

PE-1A

Filler plates are $7.50 each and must be ordered in packages of 15.

PE1A

DE3A

DE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breakers

For NF Merchandised Panelboards
Class 515

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.56:

E-frame—125 A, Thermal-magnetic (480Y/277 Vac)

ED, EG, EJ
“D” Interrupting Level
“G” Interrupting Level
“J” Interrupting Level
Terminal
(480Y/277 Vac)
18 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
35 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
65 kA @ 480Y/277 Vac
Wire Range
Hold
Trip
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
1-pole, 277 Vac
15 A
EDB14015ab
EGB14015ab
EJB14015ab
AL30FD
20 A
EDB14020ab
EGB14020ab
EJB14020ab
270
875
150.
255.
408.
#14–#6
25 A
EDB14025b
EGB14025b
EJB14025b
Al or Cu
30 A
EDB14030b
EGB14030b
EJB14030b
35 A
EDB14035b
EGB14035b
EJB14035b
40 A
EDB14040b
EGB14040b
EJB14040b
AL100FD
45 A
EDB14045b
150.
EGB14045b
225.
EJB14045b
408.
630
1800
#14–2/0
50 A
EDB14050b
EGB14050b
EJB14050b
Al or Cu
60 A
EDB14060
EGB14060
EJB14060
70 A
EDB14070
302.
EGB14070
507.
EJB14070
812.
2-pole, 480Y/277 Vac c
15 A
EDB24015b
EGB24015b
EJB24015b
AL30FD
20 A
EDB24020b
EGB24020b
EJB24020b
270
875
536.
776.
1241.
#14–#6
25 A
EDB24025b
EGB24025b
EJB24025b
Al or Cu
30 A
EDB24030b
EGB24030b
EJB24030b
35 A
EDB24035b
EGB24035b
EJB24035b
40 A
EDB24040b
EGB24040b
EJB24040b
AL100FD
536.
776.
1241.
45 A
EDB24045b
EGB24045b
EJB24045b
630
1800
#14–2/0
50 A
EDB24050b
EGB24050b
EJB24050b
Al or Cu
60 A
EDB24060
EGB24060
EJB24060
70 A
EDB24070
756.
EGB24070
1280.
EJB24070
2048.
80 A
EDB24080
EGB24080
EJB24080
756.
1280.
2135.
90 A
EDB24090
EGB24090
EJB24090
AL100FD
100 A
1000
2300
EDB24100
EGB24100
EJB24100
#14–2/0
Al or Cu
110 A
EDB24110
EGB24110
EJB24110
1946.
2586.
3879.
125 A
EDB24125
EGB24125
EJB24125
3-pole, 480Y/277 Vac
15 A
EDB34015b
EGB34015b
EJB34015b
AL30FD
20 A
EDB34020b
EGB34020b
EJB34020b
270
875
669.
1131.
1358.
#14–#6
25 A
EDB34025b
EGB34025b
EJB34025b
Al or Cu
30 A
EDB34030b
EGB34030b
EJB34030b
35 A
EDB34035b
EGB34035b
EJB34035b
40 A
EDB34040b
EGB34040b
EJB34040b
AL100FD
45 A
EDB34045b
669.
EGB34045b
1131.
EJB34045b
1358.
630
1800
#14–2/0
50 A
EDB34050b
EGB34050b
EJB34050b
Al or Cu
60 A
EDB34060
EGB34060
EJB34060
70 A
EDB34070
911.
EGB34070
1292.
EJB34070
2562.
80 A
EDB34080
EGB34080
EJB34080
911.
1292.
2562.
90 A
EDB34090
EGB34090
EJB34090
AL100FD
100 A
1000
2300
EDB34100
EGB34100
EJB34100
#14–2/0
Al or Cu
110 A
EDB34110
EGB34110
EJB34110
2421.
3216.
4826.
EGB34125
EJB34125
125 A
EDB34125
EPDs (Equipment Protection Devices), 1-pole, 277 Vac, Thermal-magnetic with 30 mA ground-fault protectiond
15 A
EDB14015EPDab
EGB14015EPDab
EJB14015EPDab
20 A
270
875
EDB14020EPDab
1151. EGB14020EPDab
1256.
EJB14020EPDab
1409.
#14–#6 Cu
30 A
EDB14030EPDb
EGB14030EPDb
EJB14030EPDb
or
#12–#4 Al
40 A
EDB14040EPDb
EGB14040EPDb
EJB14040EPDb
630
1800
1151.
1256.
1409.
50 A
EDB14050EPDb
EGB14050EPDb
EJB14050EPDb
Note: All EDB, EGB, and EJB circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR Type. For 50 oC calibration, use a CA suffix. NF branch circuit breakers are fungus proof as standard.
a
UL Listed as SWD (Switching duty rated).
b
UL Listed as HID (High Intensity Discharge rated).
c
UL Listed for use on 240 V Corner-grounded Delta Systems (Grounded B Phase). See data bulletin 2700DB0202.
d
All EPDs occupy two spaces, with or without Alarm Switch option. For alarm switch, add 158 list Price and the suffix BA.

EDB, EGB, EJB
3-pole
15–125 A

Table 9.57:

EDB, EGB, EJB
1-pole
15–70 A

Factory installed Electrical Accessories
Alarm Switch (NO)

Monitors circuit breaker contact status and provides
a remote signal indicating the circuit breaker
contacts are OPEN or CLOSED.
Application
Max Load = 10 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire

Used with control circuits and is actuated
only when the circuit breaker has tripped.

Table 9.58:

Accessory Package
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm Switch Packageef
Shunt Trip Packageef
Auxiliary Switch/Alarm
Switch/Shunt Trip Packageef
Alarm Switch (N.O.) Package for EPDs only
e
f

Application
Max Load = 7 A @ 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire.

Factory Installed Electrical Accessory Packages for
ED, EG, EJ Circuit Breakers
Suffix
AABA
SA

$ Price
312.
755.

AABASA

1067.

BA

237.

Accessory package takes an additional pole space.
Not available for EPD.

Table 9.59:

Terminal Nut Insert Kit

Circuit Breaker Type
ED, EG, EJ

Qty. per Kit
3

Catalog No.
TIKFD

$ Price
17.40

Minimum Recommended
Supply Transformer (VA)
288
50
Shunt Trip—Trips the circuit breaker from a remote location by means
of a coil energized from a separate circuit. A 120 V shunt trip will
operate at 55% or more of rated voltage.
Application
For use with momentary or maintained push button. 120 Vac 50/60 Hz
Terminals for #14 AWG Cu wire.
Coil Burden Max. (VA)

Auxiliary Switch (1A/1B)

Table 9.60:

Table 9.61:
120 V
240 V
480Y/277 V

Table 9.62:

Circuit Breaker Application
Ampere Rating
Optional

Ampere Rating

15–30 A

—

—

35–125 A

EDB, EGB, EJB

15–30 A g

—

EDB, EGB, EJB

15–125 A

EDB, EGB, EJB
—
g

$ Price
39.00
45.00
25.50
16.80
17.85

Interrupt Ratings (kA)
EDB
25
18 (1P), 25
18

EGB
65
35 (1P), 65
35

EJB
100
65 (1P), 100
65

Mechanical Lug Kit Information (Al lugs for use with Al or Cu wire)

Standard

EDB, EGB, EJB
2-pole
15–125 A

Handle Accessories

Circuit Breaker Type
No. of Poles
Catalog No.
EXB Fixed Padlock Attachment, Lock ON/OFF
ED, EG, EJ
1, 2, or 3
EDPA
EXB Fixed padlock attachment, Lock OFF only
ED, EG, EJ
1, 2, or 3
EDPAF
EXB Removable padlock attachment, Lock OFF only
ED, EG, EJ
1, 2, or 3
HPAFD
EXB Handle Ties
Ties 2 – 1P
ECB2HT
ED, EG, EJ
Ties 3 – 1P
ECB3HT

Number of Wires Per Lug
and Wire Range
one #12—#6 AWG Al or
one #14—#6 AWG Cu
one #12—2/0 AWG Al or
one #14—2/0 AWG Cu
one #14—1/0 AWG Cu

Catalog Number

Lugs
Per Kit

AL30FD

3

AL100FD

3

CU100FD

3

$ price
Per Kit

41.30

Factory installed only. Use suffix “LH”

E-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

9-15

9

EDB-EPD
1-pole
with Alarm Switch

PANELBOARDS

Ampere
Rating

NF Factory Assembled
Panelboards a

Maximum 480Y/277 Vac
Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Factory Assembled Pricing
a

Use I-Line™ Panelboards on 480 V 3Ø3W Delta applications.

Table 9.63:

Base $ Price (including solid neutral)

PANELBOARDS

2-pole
100 A
100 A
125 A
150 A
225 A d
250 A d
400 A d
600 A de
800 A e
a
b
c
d
e

Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—7-2 through 7-8) a b

Main Lugs

Mains
Rating

—
—
846.
—
—
1002
1326.
2366.
3550.

Standard IC

3-pole
—
—
972.
—
—
1152.
1524.
2622.
3900.

Circuit
Breaker
ED c
—
ED c
HD
JD
JD
LA
—
—

2-pole

HIC
3-pole

1636.
—
3372.
3270.
4120.
4500.
5330.
—
—

1882.
—
3762.
3620.
4380.
5140.
6126.
—
—

Circuit
Breaker
EG c
—
EG c
HG
JG
JG
LH
—
—

Extra HIC

2-pole

3-pole

2100.
—
4324.
4048.
5070.
6180.
7712.
—
—

2416.
—
4976.
4398.
5400.
6180.
8864.
—
—

Circuit
Breaker
—
HJ
—
HJ
JJ
JJ
LC
LC
—

2-pole

I-Limiter™
3-pole

—
3248.
—
4070.
6620.
7190.
8506.
9554.
—

—
3598.
—
4420.
7330.
8450.
9776.
10884.
—

Circuit
Breaker
—
FI
—
—
KI
KI
LI
LI
—

2-pole

3-pole

—
4250.
—
—
7266.
9154.
9350.
13640.
—

—
4884.
—
—
8352.
10522.
10746.
15678.
—

HL and JL frame circuit breakers are also available as main circuit breakers.
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for Micrologic™ trip main circuit breaker pricing.
Back-fed main circuit breaker.
Prices are for 54-circuit and fewer interiors. See the Product Selector for 66- and 84-circuit interior pricing.
Copper bus only.

Table 9.64:

Branch Circuit Breakers—$ Price per circuit breaker
Standard Interrupting
25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
18,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
ED Bolt-on Branch

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

High Interrupting
65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
35,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
EG Bolt-on Branch

Extra High Interrupting
100,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
EJ Bolt-on Branch

1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price
324.
15–60 A
192.
442.
748.
746.
1264.
518.
1196.
2024.
70 A
342.
872.
1046.
578.
1474.
1710.
924.
2120.
2540.
80–100 A
—
872.
1046.
—
1474.
1710.
—
2120.
2540.
110–125 A
—
2210.
2724.
—
4114.
4754.
—
5300.
6300.
Space Only
42.
84.
126.
42.
84.
126.
42.
84.
126.
Note: All ED, EG, and EJ branch circuit breakers are UL Listed as HACR type.

Table 9.65:

EDB-EPD Equipment Protection Device Branch Circuit Breakers f g
Standard Interrupting
25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
18,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
ED Bolt-on Branch

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Extra High Interrupting
100,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
65,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
EJ Bolt-on Branch

1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price 1-pole $ Price 2-pole $ Price 3-pole $ Price
1472.
—
—
1596.
—
—
1788.
—
—

15–60 A
f
g

High Interrupting
65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac,
35,000 AIR @ 480Y/277 Vac
EG Bolt-on Branch

All 1-pole EDB-EPD branches use 2 poles of mounting space.
For bell alarm in EDB-EPD branch breaker, add 158. to branch breaker price.

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker
Available on 1Ø or 3Ø, 250–800 A main lugs or 250–600 A main circuit breaker interiors
• One sub-feed HD, HG, HJ, or HL or JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breaker per 250 A panelboard
• Two sub-feed HD, HG, HJ, or HL or two JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breakers per 400 A panelboard (do not mix H and J in a Panel)
• One sub-feed LA, LH, or LC circuit breaker (400 A max.) and one JD, JG, JJ, or JL circuit breaker or two sub-feed JD, JG,
JJ, or JL circuit breakers per 600 A or 800 A panelboard (JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together).
Table 9.66:

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker (150–400 A)

No. of
Poles
2
3
h

HD

HG
2456.
2872.

LA
4220.
5100.

LC h

LH
3980.
4916.

5534.
6510.

Space

8634.
10156.

826.
826.

Sub-feed Circuit Breaker Cabinet Data

Max. No. of Branch Spaces
(Does not include sub-feed
circuit breaker spaces)
30
42
54
66
84

9-16

JG
3020.
3370.

JJ and LC sub-feed circuit breakers cannot be used together.

Table 9.67:

i
j
k

JD
3500.
3798.

Box Height (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
250 A
Main Lugs
56
62
68
80

400 A LA/LH

Main Breaker
68
74
80

Main Lugs
68
74
80

600 A

Main Breaker
80
86
92

Main Lugs
74
80
86
N/A

800 A

Main Breaker i
80k
86k
92k

Main Lugs j
68
74
80

N/A

600 A main circuit breaker panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box.
800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box.
Dimensions also for 400 A LC/LI main circuit breaker panels.

PE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NF Factory Assembled
Panelboards

Common Features
Class 1670 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701

www.schneider-electric.us

Sub-feed (Double) Lugs (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs)

Table 9.76:

An additional mains end termination point that can be used to feed out to
another panelboard or device from the incoming service lines.
NOTE: Available on main lug interiors only.
Sub-feed Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6
two #6–2/0 Al or Cu
two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
two 1/0–600 kcmil Cu
(4) 4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(6) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

Mains Rating
125 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

250 A
—
38
44
50

400 A
—
50
56
62

Neutral Conductors Required c

Actual Lug Wire Range

125
250

(2) 1/0 Cu or (2) 1/0 Al
(2) 4/0 Cu or (2) 300 kcmil Al
(4) 250 kcmil Al or
(4) 3/0 Cuor (2) 600 kcmil Al
(4) 500 kcmil Al or (4) 350 kcmil Cu

(2) #6-2/0
(2) #6-350 kcmil
(2) 1/0-300 kcmil or
(1) 1/0-750 kcmil
(2) 1/0-750 kcmil

400 A

800 A a
—
74
80
86

600 A
—
74
80
86

600

Note: Neutral conductors must be of size and quantity per table above.

800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep and 26 in. wide box.

Table 9.78:

Feed-through Lugs (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs)

A second set of lugs assembled at the opposite end from the mains of the
panelboard. Often used to connect another panelboard or device to the
incoming lines. Available on main lugs and main circuit breaker panelboards.
Mains Rating

Feed-through Wire Range Wire Bending Space per NEC
Table 373-6

125 A
250 A

one #6–2/0 kcmil Al or Cu
one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0–750 kcmil or
two 1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu
two 1/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A
600 A

Table 9.79:
344.
344.
826.

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces
18
30
42
54
b
c

100/125 A

250 A

400 A LA/LH

Equipment Ground Bar
Copper Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar Price)
Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar Price)

Table 9.73:

600 A

Hinged Door-in-Door Trim has piano hinge down one side.
Inner door has a lock, outer door is retained with screws
Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock in place of screws

Table 9.74:

Main
Lugs
c

—
74
80
86

—
56
62
68

Table 9.81:

Copper Bus Bars

Table 9.82:

100–600 A
800 A

1516.

$ Price Per Pole Adder
100 A
58.
70.
70.

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors
$ Price Adder
38.
52.
86.

Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs

Table 9.83:

78.

$ Price Adder
458.
624.
Standard

100
120
160
200
240
d

400 A
90.
148.
148.

800 A
200.
196.
316.

$ Price Per Pole Adder
H Frame
59.
70.
70.

J Frame
98.
108.
108.

LA Frame
128.
148.
148.

LC Frame
262.
168.
168.

Voltage
208Y/120 V
3Ø4W
11970.
12548.
13807.
17992.
20583.

240/120 V
3Ø4W High Leg
11970.
15654.
13807.
17992.
20583.

480Y/277 V
3Ø4W
12890.
13340.
14623.
20508.
23598.

Panelboard box height with SPD unit—Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative or distributor.

Surgelogic SPD Options
Surgelogic SPD Options

$ Price Adder
132.
176.

600 A
118.
168.
168.

Surgelogic™ Hard Bus SPD—Model IMA d

Surge Current
Rating kA

$ Price Adder

225 A
58.
108.
108.

Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Circuit Breaker
Interiors

Copper Neutral
Copper Neutral

$ Price Adder

Optional Factory Assembled Lugs for Main Lug Interiors

Aluminum Compression Lugs
Copper Mechanical Lugs
Copper Compression Lugs

Table 9.84:
Table 9.75:

836.

Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets (Type 3R, 5, 12)

Main Lug Interiors

Copper Bus Bars

100 A, 250 A
400 A
600 A, 800 A

646.

800 A

Main
Breaker
b

Name Plates

Name Plates
Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in.,
adhesive-backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly
(Price includes engraving)

Add Per Panel
$ Price

Hinged Door-in-Door Trim

Ground Bars
Ground Bars

Hinged Door-in-Door Trim

Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets —Type 3R, 5, 12
(Not available with panelboards having
LC/LE/LI/LX/LXI main circuit breakers)

600 A main circuit breaker panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box.
800 A main lug panelboards require an 8.75 in. deep, 26 in. wide box.

Table 9.72:

140.

826.

Feed-through Lug Cabinet Data (Standard Aluminum
Mechanical Lugs)

Main
Breaker Main Main Main Main Main Main
Main
(back-fed Lugs Breaker Lugs Breaker Lugs Breaker Lugs
only)
38
32
44
—
—
—
—
—
44
38
50
50
62
56
68
62
50
—
—
56
68
62
74
68
—
—
—
62
74
68
80
74

$ Price Adder

$ Price

Box Height in Inches (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
125 A

Metal Directory Frame

Metal Directory Frame
Not available with LC/LI main circuit breaker
(Replaces standard plastic stick-on directory pouch)

Table 9.80:
Table 9.71:

NF Main Neutral Conductors—Required Size and Quantity

Panelboard
Ampacity
Main Lugs Box Height in Inches (20 in. W x 5.75 in. D)
125 A
26
32
—
—

18
30
42
54

Table 9.70:

Table 9.77:

Sub-feed Lug Cabinet Data (Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs)

Max. No. of
Branch Spaces

a

128.
128.
344.
344.
522.

Add Per Panel
$ Price
769.
950.
1262.
1894.

9

Table 9.69:

$ Price

200% Rated Neutrals

Panelboards with 200% rated neutrals are available with sub-feed lugs,
feed-through lugs, and main circuit breakers
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

Surge Counter
Dry Contacts
Remote Monitor

$ Price
Standard
Standard
2588.

NOTE: For additional factory modifications, See Digest page 9-38.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.68:

Discount
Schedule

9-17

NQ/NF Merchandised Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801
www.schneider-electric.us

9
PANELBOARDS

NQ Single-Row (Column-width)—240 Vac Bolt-on

NF Single-Row (Column-width)—480Y/277 Vac Bolt-on

(60 A Max. Branch Circuit Breaker)
NQ Application Data

(60 A Max. Branch Circuit Breaker)
NF Application Data

Application: For use on ac only. Meet Federal Specification W-P-115c,
Type 1, Class 1. UL Listed.
Service: 1Ø3W, 3Ø3W, 3Ø4W,
3 Grd. “B” Ø—240 Vac max.
AIR: See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2.
Mains: Type NQ—Bolt-on main lugs: 100 A, 225 A
• Main circuit breaker: 100 A—QOU, 225 A—QB
• See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2 for main circuit breaker
interrupt ratings. See catalog for terminal lug data.
• Main circuit breakers with higher interrupt ratings are available as factory
assembled panelboards.
Branches: Bolt-on QOB, 60 A maximum. QOB 10-60 A 1-, 2- and 3-pole.
See Digest page 9-10 for branch circuit breaker terminal data. QOB-VH and
QHB branch circuit breakers are also available as factory assembled.
Cabinet: Front—Screw cover. Box—galvanized steel with removable endwalls.
Gutters:
• 100 A—4 in. min. mains end, 3 in. min. opposite mains
• 225 A—10 in. min. mains end, 5 in. min. opposite mains

Application: For use on ac only. Meet Federal Specification W-P-115c, Type
1, Class 1. UL Listed.
Service: 480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W
AIR: See the tables starting on Digest page 7-2
Mains: Type NF–Bolt-on main lugs: 125 A, 225 A
• Main circuit breaker: 100 A—FA, 100 A—HD, 225 A—JD. See the tables
starting on Digest page 7-2 for main circuit breaker interrupt rating. See
the catalog section for terminal lug data.
• Main circuit breakers with higher interrupt ratings are available as factory
assembled panelboards.

Table 9.85:

Table 9.87:

Max.
No. of
Poles

NQ Single-Row (Column-width)—240 Vac Bolt-on a

Mains
Rating

Total
Box and Interior with Solid Neutral
Front
$ Price
(8.625 in. W. x 5 in. D.)
(Box
(Order branch circuit breakers separately) (Surface Mount)
Interior
Box Height Catalog $ Price
and
Catalog Number $ Price
(In.)
Number
Front)

1 Phase 3-Wire Main Lugs Only
30
225
1669.
NQ830L2C
Main Circuit Breaker—2-pole
20
100
1818.
NQ820B1C
3 Phase 4-Wire Main Lugs Only
30
100
1608. NQ8430L1C
42
225
1938. NQ8442L2C
Main Circuit Breaker—3-pole
30
100
2363. NQ8430B1C
42
225
4961. NQ8442B2C
a

NF Single-Row (Column-width)—480Y/277 Vac Bolt-on

Max. No. Mains
of Poles Rating

1298.

45

LX45TS

371.

1452.

40

LX40TS

366.

1242.
1458.

40
58

LX40TS
LX58TS

366.
480.

1992.
4416.

45
62

LX45TS
LX62TS

371.
545.

Total $ Price
(Box Interior
and Front)

Box and Interior with S/N
(8.625 in. W. x 5.625 in. D.)
Catalog
Number

Main Lugs Only—3 Phase 4-Wire
30
125
2410.
NF8430L1C
42
225
3281.
NF8442L2C
Main Circuit Breaker—3-pole
NF8430M1C
30
100
3767.
NF8430M1HDC
42
225
6660. NF8442M2JDC

Front
(Surface Mount)

Box
Height
(In.)

Catalog
Number

$ Price

2009.
2759.

59
71

NC59TS
NC71TS

401.
522.

3246.

65

NC65TS

521.

6042.

85

NC85TS

618.

$ Price

60 A Maximum Branch—Copper Bus Standard.

Table 9.86:

Table 9.88:

Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes

Cable Troughs (L=Length) b
L
(In.)
36
48
56
66
b

Branches: EDB, EDG, or EDJ, 60 A maximum. See Digest page 9-15 for
branch circuit breaker catalog numbers, List Prices and terminal data.
Cabinet: Front—Screw cover. Box—galvanized steel with removable
endwalls.
Gutters:
• 100 A—4 in. min. mains end, 3 in. min.opposite mains
• 225 A—10 in. min. mains end, 5 in. min. opposite mains

8.625 in. x 5 in.
Catalog Number
MTX836
MTX848
MTX856
MTX866

$ Price

S/N
Terminals

Catalog
Number

42

MPX81542

590.
651.
753.
753.

Cable Troughs and Pull Boxes

Cable Troughs (L=Length) c

Pull Boxes with Solid Neutral
$ Price

8.625 in. x
5.625 in.
Catalog
Number d
NTX836
NTX848
NTX856
NTX866

L
(In.)

479.

36
48
56
66

Cable troughs are standard with a trough barrier.
c
d

Pull Boxes with Solid Neutral

$ Price
590.
651.
753.
753.

S/N
Terminals

Catalog
Number

42

MPX81542

$ Price

479.

Cable troughs are standard with a trough barrier.
Box width = 8.625 in.; width at front, including flange, is 9.625 in..

20 in.

15 in.

Cable
Trough
Length

Solid
Neutral
Bar

Pull Box
(Cover Removed)
Cable
Trough

Panel
Height
Column
Width
Lighting
Panelboard
8 5⁄8 in.

9-18

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NQ/NF Factory Assembled Single Row (Column Width) Panelboards
Class 1640 / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801

www.schneider-electric.us

NQ Single Row (Column-Width)—240 Vac Bolt-On Factory Assembled Pricing
Table 9.89:

Base Price with Solid Neutral
$ Price
Main Lugs
2-Pole

Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating—see Digest pages 7-2 through 7-5

3-Pole

100 A

720.

832.

225 A

772.

912.

Circuit Breaker

2-Pole

QOB
QB
QD
QB
QD

3-Pole

1254.

Circuit Breaker

2-Pole

—
—
QG
—
QG

—
—
—
—
—

1562.
2800.
3434.
2800.
3434.

—
—
—
—

PANELBOARDS

Mains Rating

3-Pole
—
—
4090.
—
4090.

Note: Copper bus —standard.
Equipment Ground Bar $ Price adder—$38.00.
Copper Equipment Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price) $ Price adder—$52.00.

Branch Circuit Breakers (price per breaker)
$ Price

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

1-Pole 120 Vac

2-Pole 120/240 Vac

Space Only
All Space Only Except Below
28.
10,000 AIR—Branch Circuit Breakers—QOB, QOB-H
15–60 A
68.
10,000 AIR—Qwik-Guard™—Class A—QOB-GFI
15–30 A
272.
40–60 A
—
Specialty Branch Circuit Breakers (10,000 AIR)
For High Intensity Discharge Lighting—QO-HID, QOB-HID
15–30 A
78.
40–50 A
78.
High Magnetic Trip (For applications subject to high initial inrush)—QO-HM, QOB-HN
15–20 A
68.
—
Provides 30 mA Equipment Protection—QO-EPD, QOB-EPD
15–30 A
462.
(High Interrupting Capacity)
22,000 AIR Branch Circuit Breakers—QO-VH, QOB-VH
15–30 A
92.
35–60 A
—
22,000 AIR—Qwik-Guard—Class A—QO-VHGFI, QOB-VHGFI
15–30 A
294.
—

2-Pole 240 Vac

9

Table 9.90:

3-Pole 240 Vac

58.

58.

86.

134.

260.

352.

488.
488.

—
—

—
—

148.
148.

—
—

—

—

—

828.

—

—

212.
212.

—
—

376.

462.
462.

—

—

NF Single Row (Column-Width)—480Y/277 Vac 3Ø4W Bolt-on Factory Assembly Pricing
Table 9.91:

Base Price with Solid Neutral
Main Circuit Breaker (Circuit Breaker Interrupt Rating —see Digest pages 7-3 through 7-4

Main Lugs

Standard IC

Mains
Rating
2-Pole

3-Pole

Circuit Breaker

HIC

$ Price
2-Pole

3-Pole

Extra HIC
$ Price

Circuit
Breaker

2-Pole

3-Pole

—
FA
—
2184.
FH
—
100 A
—
1074.
—
2842.
—
HD
HG
125 A
—
—
3222.
—
150 A
—
HD
—
3222.
HG
—
1272.
225 A
—
JD
—
4784.
JG
—
Note: Copper bus—standard.
Copper Neutral $ Price adder—$132.00.
Equipment Ground Bar $ Price adder—$38.00.
Copper Equipment Ground Bar (Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price) $ Price adder—$52.00.

Table 9.92:

3044.
3792.
4172.
4172.
5982.

I-Limiter™

$ Price

Circuit
Breaker

2-Pole

—

3-Pole

—
—
—
—
—

HJ
HJ
JJ

—
4374.
4754.
4754.
8902.

Circuit
Breaker
—
FI
KI

$ Price
2-Pole

3-Pole

—
—
—
—
—

KI

—
7392.
13150.
13150.

Branch Circuit Breakers (price per breaker)
$ Price

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR
@480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole

15–60 A
Space Only

Table 9.93:

2-Pole
192.
42.

3-Pole
442.
84.

High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR
@480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole

748.
126.

2-Pole
324.
42.

3-Pole
746.
84.

Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 65,000 AIR @
480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole

1264.
126.

2-Pole
518.
42.

3-Pole
1196.
84.

2024.
126.

EDB-EPD Equipment Protection Device Branch Circuit Breakers
$ Price

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Standard Interrupting 25,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 18,000 AIR
@480Y/277 Vac ED Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole

15–60 A

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1472.

2-Pole

3-Pole

—

—

High Interrupting 65,000 AIR @ 240 Vac, 35,000 AIR
@480Y/277 Vac EG Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole
1596.

PE-1

Discount
Schedule

2-Pole

3-Pole

—

—

Extra High Interrupting 100,000 AIR @ 65,000 AIR @
480Y/277 Vac EJ Bolt-on Branch
1-Pole
1788.

2-Pole

3-Pole

—

—

9-19

I-Line™ and QMB
Panelboards

Pricing Procedure and Examples
Class 2110, 4620 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 4620CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

9

I-Line Merchandised Pricing Procedure

PANELBOARDS

1.

Select the appropriate branch circuit breakers and accessories based on the required ampacity and AIR ratings from
Digest pages 9-24 through 9-30.

2.

Determine the total mounting inches required by the branch circuit breakers. Pay close attention to the interior types and
any branch mounting restrictions by referring to panel layouts on Digest pages 9-21 and 9-22. For example, larger frame
circuit breakers may mount in only one side of the panel due to physical sizes. Therefore, for larger size branches, you may
only be able to consider one half of the total mounting inches available.

3.

Select proper main lug interior or main circuit breaker interior from Digest page 9-21 or 9-22 based on the mains ampacity
and branch requirements from step 2.

4.

Select blanks from the Accessories table on Digest page 9-23 as required to cover unused mounting space.

5.

Select appropriate box and front from Digest page 9-21 or 9-22 to accommodate panel interior selected in step 3.

6.

Apply appropriate discount schedule.

Table 9.94:

I-Line Merchandised Pricing Example

600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, MLO, 14k AIR, Type 1 enclosure, 4 piece surface trim without door.
Description

Catalog No.

Digest Page No.

400 Amp MLO Interior
4 Piece Surface Trim Without Door
Type 1 Enclosure
(8) 60/3
one 100/2
one 4.5 in. Blanks
one 1.5 in. Blank

HCM32734
HCM73TS
HC3273B
FA36060
FA26100AC
HNM4BL
HNM1BL

9-21
9-21
9-21
9-25
9-25
9-23
9-23

$ Price
2408.
699.
243.
7764.
947.
126.
44.

Total Price

12231.

I-Line Factory Assembled Pricing Procedure
1.

Select price for main lugs or main circuit breaker from Base Price tables on Digest page 9-31. Include solid neutral and
ground bar when required.

2.

List branch circuit breakers and determine total mounting inches required. Include space only charge and mounting inches
as required. Price branches from Digest page 9-32.

3.

If total space required exceeds the maximum listed, price as two or more panels and add price for sub-feed lugs, so
installer can cable between sections.

4.

Add price for special features from Digest page 9-34.

5.

For complete price, total all prices. Order panel by description.

6.

Apply appropriate discount schedule.

Table 9.95:

I-Line Factory Assembled Pricing Example

600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, MLO, 14k AIR, Type 1 enclosure, 4 piece surface trim without door.
Description

Digest Page No.

400 A MLO Base Price
(8) 60/3
one 100/2
(3) 250/3

9-31
9-32
9-32
9-32

$ Price
2799.
12072.
1446.
17100.

Total Price

33417.

QMB Factory Assembled
QMB Panelboards—Method of Pricing
1.

Make a sketch with main lugs or main switch at the top or bottom.

2.

List required branch devices (switches and circuit breaker units). Include ampere rating, number of poles, and unit
mounting height from the appropriate table on Digest pages 9-35 and 9-36.

3.

30–60 twin units are the same price as 600 V 60–60 twin units.

4.

30–100 and 60–100 twin units are the same price as 600 V 100–100 twin units.

5.

List solid neutral from Digest page 9-36 if required. No unit mounting height is required.

6.

List mains ampere rating, voltage, number of poles, and unit mounting space from the appropriate table on 9-36.

7.

If total unit mounting height of branch devices exceeds maximum mounting space of the mains, price as two or more
panelboards, adding sub-feed lugs or feed-thru lugs from the appropriate table on Digest page 9-36.

8.

Insert at the right of each item the price from the appropriate table, including any accessories. The sum will be the
complete panelboard price including the cabinet.

9.

Specify H, R, or J fuse clips.

Table 9.96:

QMB Factory Assembled Pricing Example

600 Vac, 3Ø3W, 400 A, Fusible 10k AIR, Type 1 Enclosure
Branches

Digest Page No.

400 A MLO Base Price
(4) 60/3
one 100/3
one 30/3

9-36
9-36
9-36
—
Total Price

9-20

Example pricing only

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
2016.
4338.
3411.
—
9765.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-Line™ Merchandised
Panelboards

600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.97:

TYPE HCN

1⁄2 Total
Breaker
Mounting
Space
Each
Side

600 A Max. Main Lugs
or
400 A Max. Main Breaker

S
N

Box Size:
26 in. Wide, 6.5 in. Deep

TYPE HCM
250 A max. branch circuit
breaker
FA, FH, FY, FI, QB, QD, QG, QJ,
HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL

QB, QD
QG, QJ

QB, QD
QG, QJ
FA, FH
FI, FY

FA, FH
FI, FY

HD, HG
HJ, HL

HD, HG
HJ, HL

JD, JG
JJ, JL

JD, JG
JJ, JL

1⁄2 Total
Breaker
Mounting
Space
Each
Side

S
N

800 A Max. Main Lugs
or
800 A Max. Main Breaker

Box Size:
32 in. Wide, 8.25 in. Deep

TYPE HCP-SUh
800 A max. main circuit breaker
600 A max. branch circuit
breaker
FY, FA, FH, FI, KI, LA, LD, LG,
LJ, LL, LH, LC, LX, LI, LXI, LE,
MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC,
PLCj, QB, QD, QG, QJ, HD,
HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL

FY, FA, FH, FI
HD, HG, HJ, HL
QB, QD, QG, QJ
JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI

MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL
PGC, PJC, PLC

S
N

800 A Max. Main Lugs
or
800 A Max. Main Breaker

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

j
k
l
m

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4 Piece Trim
Without Door b

Trim With Door

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

Catalog
Number

$
Price

$
Price

$
Price

NEMA
3R/5/12 d
(Includes Front)

Type 1

Catalog
Number

$
Price

Catalog
Number

$
Price

Box Height (In.)

Type
3R/
5/12
$ Price

Box c

HCN Main Lugs Only
3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i
225 A 2171. 4004.
HCN14522N
1593.
27 400 A 2195. 4028.
HCN14524
1617.
HCN52T( )
335.
HCN52T( )D
411. HC2652B
600 A 2392. 4225.
HCN14526
1814.
225 A 2674. 4402.
HCN23652N
1991.
45 400 A 2702. 4430.
HCN23654
2019.
HCN65T( )
440.
HCN65T( )D
530. HC2665B
600 A 2960. 4688.
HCN23656
2277.
225 A 3135. 4709.
HCN32742N
2298.
63 400 A 3156. 4730.
HCN32744
2319.
HCN74T( )
594.
HCN74T( )D
717. HC2674B
600 A 3396. 4970.
HCN32746
2559.
225 A 3548. 6233.
HCN41832N
2552.
81 400 A 3564. 6249.
HCN41834
2568.
HCN83T( )
753.
HCN83T( )D
890. HC2683B
600 A 3824. 6509.
HCN41836
2828.
225 A 4175. 6767.
HCN50922N
3086.
99 400 A 4341. 6933.
HCN92T( )
846.
HCN92T( )D
1001. HC2692B
HCN50924
3252.
600 A 4434. 7026.
HCN50926
3345.
HCN Main Circuit Breaker e k
Includes 3-pole, vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment
27 400 A 6649. 8377. HCN14654M
5966.
100 A 3860. 5588. HCN18651MN
3177.
HCN65T( )
440.
HCN65T( )D
530. HC2665B
36
225 A 5303. 7031. HCN18652MN
4620.
45 400 A 7287. 8861. HCN23744M
6450.
100 A 4323. 5897. HCN27741MN
3486.
HCN74T( )
594.
HCN74T( )D
717. HC2674B
54
225 A 5759. 7333. HCN27742MN
4922.
225 A 6068. 8753. HCN32832MN
5072.
63
HCN83T( )
753.
HCN83T( )D
890. HC2683B
400 A 7836. 10521. HCN32834M
6840.
81 400 A 8154. 10746. HCN41924M
7065.
HCN92T( )
846.
HCN92T( )D
1001. HC2692B
90 225 A 6590. 9182. HCN45922MN
5501.
HCM Main Lugs Only
3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i
225 A 2279. 4566. HCM14482N
1644.
400 A 2404. 4691.
HCM14484
1769.
27
HCM48T( )
392.
HCM48T( )D
483. HC3248B
600 A 3175. 5462.
HCM14486
2540.
800 A 3709. 5996.
HCM14488
3074.
225 A 2795. 5717. HCM23642N
2036.
400 A 2891. 5813.
HCM23644
2132.
45
HCM64T( )
516.
HCM64T( )D
633. HC3264B
600 A 3530. 6452.
HCM23646
2771.
800 A 4041. 6963.
HCM23648
3282.
225 A 3263. 6002. HCM32732N
2321.
400 A 3350. 6089.
HCM32734
2408.
63
HCM73T( )
699.
HCM73T( )D
864. HC3273B
600 A 3921. 6660.
HCM32736
2979.
800 A 4644. 7383.
HCM32738
3702.
225 A 4205. 7918. HCM50912N
2966.
400 A 4281. 7994.
HCM50914
3042.
99
HCM91T( )
996.
HCM91T( )D
1217. HC3291B
3347.
600 A 4586. 8299.
HCM50916
800 A 5321. 9034.
HCM50918
4082.
HCM Main Circuit Breaker e k
Includes 3-pole, vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment.
27 400 A 7563. 10485. HCM14644M
6804.
HCM64T( )
516.
HCM64T( )D
633. HC3264B
225 A 5582. 8504. HCM18642MN
4823.
36 600 A 11648. 10706. HCM18736MP 10706.
HCM73T( )
699.
HCM73T( )D
864. HC3273DB9m
800 A 14549. 13607. HCM18738MP 13607.
45 400 A 8007. 10746. HCM23734M
7065.
HCM73T( )
699.
HCM73T( )D
864. HC3273B
54 225 A 5969. 8708. HCM27732MN
5027.
600 A 12377. 11138. HCM36916MP 11138.
72
HCM91T( )
996.
HCM91T( )D
1217. HC3291DB9m
800 A 15431. 14192. HCM36918MP 14192.
81 400 A 9315. 13028. HCM41914M
8076.
HCM91T( )
996.
HCM91T( )D
1217. HC3291B
HCP-SU g Universal Single Row Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breaker k
3-pole—Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i
54
800
5858. 9466. HCP54868SU
4514. HC2686T( )4P 1101. HC2686T( )HRf 1658. HC2686DB

i

Box Size:
26 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep

Type 1
$ Price

Front a
Interior Assembly
(Less Branch
Circuit Breakers)

243. HC2652WP

2411. 52

243. HC2665WP

2411. 65

243. HC2674WP

2411. 74

243. HC2683WP

3681. 83

243. HC2692WP

3681. 92

243. HC2665WP

2411. 65

243. HC2674WP

2411. 74

243. HC2683WP

3681. 83

243. HC2692WP

3681. 92

243. HC3248WP

2922. 48

243. HC3264WP

3681. 64

243. HC3273WP

3681. 73

243. HC3291WP

4952. 91

243. HC3264WP

3681. 64

243.

Use HCP

243. HC3273WP
243.

Use HCP

—

—

3681. 73
—

—

243. HC3291WP

4952. 91

243. HC2886WP

4952. 86

Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
Add-on door kit available from Peru. Example: For HCM48TS surface trim kit, order HCM48DS door kit.
For Type 1 applications, order interior, front, and box. For Type 3R/5/12 applications, order interior and box only. The front is included with the box.
Remove drain screws for Type 3R rating.
Bottom feed standard.
Hinged trim with door.
For main lugs panel, order sub-feed lug kit and back-feed as main lugs.
For main circuit breaker panel, order plug-on I-Line type PG, PJ, PL, MG, or MJ circuit breakers from 9-28 through 9-30 and backfeed as the main breaker
(order solid neutral from 9-22).
Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided
and the panelboard is not used as a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.
PG, PJ, PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80%
and 100% rated. “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating.
Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2.
I-Line Surgelogic SPD not available.
DB9 box is 9.5 inches deep.

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

9-21

PANELBOARDS

FA, FH
FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL

Complete
Surface $ Price
(4 Piece Trim)
(Less Branch
Circuit
Breakers)

9

FA, FH
FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL

Mains Ampere Rating

QB, QD
QG, QJ

Total Circuit Breaker
Mounting Space (In.)

225 A max. (240 V max.) branch
circuit breaker QB, QD, QG, QJ
150 A max. branch circuit
breaker FA, FH, FY, HD, HG, HJ,
HL l

QB, QD
QG, QJ

Interiors, Boxes and Fronts

(100 A and 225 A interiors include solid neutral, all others without solid neutral. Order solid neutral from 9-23)

I-Line™ Merchandised
Panelboards

600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

TYPE HCP

PANELBOARDS

800 A max. branch
circuit breaker
FAa, FH, FI, FY, QB, QD, QG,
QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ,
JL, KI, LA, LD, LG, LJ, LL, LH,
LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE, MG, MJ,
PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLCb
QB, QD
QG, QJ
FA, FH, FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL
FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL

FA, FH, FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL
QB, QD
QG, QJ
FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL
LD, LG, LJ
LL, LA, LH
LC, LI, LX
LXI, LE
MG, MJ, PG,
PJ, PL, PK, PGC
PJC, PKC, PLC

1⁄2 Total
Breaker
Mounting
Space
Each
Side

S
N

1200 A Max. Main Lugs
or
800 A Max. Main Breaker

Box Size:
42 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep
a

FA and JDA circuit breakers
with field installable ground
fault kits may be mounted in
type HCP, HCP-SU, and
HCR-U panelboards as
shown, and require L-frame
mounting space.
PG, PJ, and PL circuit
breakers are available
with both thermalmagnetic equivalent and
Micrologic trip. The
Micrologic circuit breakers
are available 80% and
100% rated. “C” suffix
denotes a 100% rating.

b

TYPE HCR-U Universal
Mains
1200 A max. branch
circuit breaker
FAc, FH, FI, FY, QB, QD, QG,
QJ, HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ,
JL, KI, LA, LD, LG, LJ, LL, LH,
LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE, MG, MJ,
PG, PJ, PL, PGC, PJC, PLC,
RGC, RJC, RLCde

1⁄2

Total
Breaker
Mounting
Space
Each
Side

FA, FH, FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL

QB, QD
QG, QJ

QB, QD
QG, QJ

FA, FH, FY
HD, HG
HJ, HL

FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL

FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL

Total
Circuit
Breaker
Mtg.
Space
(In.)

(1200 A Interiors Include solid neutral, all others without solid neutral.
Order solid neutral from 9-23.)
Max.
No. of
LC, MJ,
PL, RL
Circuit
Breakers

Mains Amp.
Rating

9

Table 9.98:

1200 A Max. Main Lugs or
1200 A Max. Main Breaker

S/N

Box Size:
44 in. Wide, 9.5 in. Deep
c

d

e

9-22

FA and JDA circuit
breakers with field
installable ground fault kits
may be mounted in type
HCP, HCP-SU, and HCRU panelboards as shown,
and require L-frame
mounting space.
When RL main circuit
breakers with equipment
ground fault are applied on
a 3Ø4W system, order
solid neutral catalog
number HCR12SNCT.
The HCR12SNCT
includes a neutral current
transformer.
PG, PJ, and PL circuit
breakers are available
with both thermalmagnetic equivalent and
Micrologic trip. The
Micrologic circuit breakers
are available 80% and
100% rated. “C” suffix
denotes a 100% rating.

Catalog
Number

Type 1

$
Price

Box h

Box
Height
(In.)

4 Piece Trim
Without Door g

Trim With Door

Catalog
Number

$
Price

Catalog
Number

HCW50T( )

606.

HCW50T( )D

743. HC4250DB

243.

50

HCW59T( )

671.

HCW59T( )D

827. HC4259DB

243.

59

HCW68T( )

846.

HCW68T( )D

1052. HC4268DB

243.

68

HCW86T( )

1101.

HCW86T( )D

1344. HC4286DB

243.

86

HCW68T( )

846.

HCW68T( )D

1052. HC4268DB

243.

68

HCW86T( )

1101.

HCW86T( )D

1344. HC4286DB

243.

86

243.

86

$
Price

Catalog
Number

$
Price

HCR-U Universal Main Lugs or Main Circuit Breakerj—3-pole
Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker.
For Main Lugs panel, order sub-feed lug kit catalog number S33930 and back feed as main lugs.
For Main Circuit Breaker panel, order plug-on I-Line type PG, PJ, PL, RGC, RJC, or RLCk circuit breakers from pages 9-27 through 9-29,
and back feed as the main circuit breaker. (Order solid neutral separately)
108 l
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m

1200

6PL or 3RLC

12557.

HCR548612U

11213.

Table 9.99:

1101.

HCR86T( )D

1344. HC4486DB

Circuit Breaker / Sub-feed Lug Kit Mounting Space Requirement

FY
FA, FH
FA, FH
FA, FH, SL-100
FI
HD, HG
HD, HG
HJ, HL
QB, QD, QG, QJ

Maximum
Ampacity
30 A
100 A

150 A
225 A

No. of
Poles
1
1
2
3
2, 3
2
3
2, 3
2

Inch Mounting
Requirements
1.5
1.5
3
4.5
4.5
3
4.5
4.5
3

Type of Circuit Breaker
QB, QD, QG, QJ
JD, JG, JJ, JL, KI, SL250
LA, LH, SL400
LD, LG, LJ, LL
LC, LI, LXI
MG, MJ, MA, MH, SL800, PGC, PJC, PLC
PG, PJ, PL, S33931
RG, RJ, RL, RGC, RJC, RLC, S33930

Table 9.100: Main Circuit Breaker Interiors —Standard Frame
Types n
Main Circuit
Breaker Ampacity

Panelboard
Type

Factory Supplied
Main Circuit Breaker

100
225

HCN
HCN, HCM
HCN
HCM

FA36100
JDA36225
LAP36400MB
LAP36400MB
MGP36600
or
MGP36800

400
600
or
800
n

HCR86T( )m

Add “F” for flush mount, “S” for surface mount.
Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCW50TS trim kit, order HCW50D door kit.
See Digest page 9-23 for 42 in. wide weatherproof enclosures.
Suitable for use as service equipment if equipped with an integral main circuit breaker or when not more than six main disconnecting means are provided
and the panelboard is not used as a lighting and appliance branch circuit panelboard.
Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2.
When RL main circuit breakers with equipment ground fault are applied on a 3Ø4W system, order solid neutral catalog number HCR12SNCT.
The HCR12SNCT includes a neutral current transformer.
15 in. of mounting space is taken up by the back fed main lug kit or RG, RJ, RL main circuit breaker, leaving 93 in. of branch circuit breaker mounting space.
Add-on door kit available. Example: For HCR86TS trim kit, order HCW86D door kit.

Type of Circuit Breaker

MG, MJ
PG, PJ, PK,
PL, PGC, PJC,
PKC, PLC
RG, RJ, RK,
RL, RGC, RJC
RKC, RLC

Front f
Interior Assembly
(Less Branch Circuit Breakers)

HCP Main Lugs Only—3-pole
Suitable for use as service equipment when provided with a main circuit breaker. i
400
2751.
HCP14504
1902.
600
3513.
HCP14506
2664.
27
1PL
800
4521.
HCP14508
3672.
1200
6365.
HCP145012N
5516.
400
3212.
HCP23594
2298.
600
3860.
HCP23596
2946.
45
2PL
800
4874.
HCP23598
3960.
1200
7133.
HCP235912N
6219.
400
3795.
HCP32684
2706.
600
4476.
HCP32686
3387.
63
3PL
800
5309.
HCP32688
4220.
1200
7763.
HCP326812N
6674.
400
4716.
HCP50864
3372.
600
5208.
HCP50866
3864.
99
5PL
800
6194.
HCP50868
4850.
1200
8529.
HCP508612N
7185.
HCP Main Circuit Breakerj—Includes 3-pole
Vertically mounted main circuit breaker—Suitable for use as service equipment.
600
12179.
HCP18686M
11090.
36
2LC
800
15399.
HCP18688M
14310.
600
12987.
HCP36866M
11643.
72
4LC
800
16296.
HCP36868M
14952.

LD, LG, LJ
LL, LA, LH
LC, LI, LX
LXI, LE

Complete
Surface
$ Price
(4 Piece Trim)
(Less Branch
Breakers)

HCM, HCP

Maximum
Ampacity
225 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
600 A

No. of
Poles
3

2, 3

Inch Mounting
Requirements
4.5
4.5
6
6
7.5

800 A

9

1200 A
1200 A

15

Table 9.101: Standard Copper Bus Interiors
Type

Main Ampacity

HCN
HCM, HCP-SU
HCP, HCR-U

600
800
800 and Above

Note: Merchandised copper interiors are not available in all ampacities. For
example, if the application calls for a HCN 225 A copper bus interior,
order an HCN 600 A interior .

Circuit breaker interrupt ratings, starting on Digest page 7-2.

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-Line™ Merchandised
Panelboards

Accessories
Class 690, 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.102: I-Line Merchandised Panelboard Accessories

Equipment Ground Bar

800 A

Solid Neutral

1200 A
1200 A, for use with HCR-U universal panel only
1200 A, Including neutral CT for 3Ø4W systems
Equipment Ground Bar Kits—HCN
HCM, HCP, HCR-U
Blank Extensions (For replacement purposes)
1.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 3) e
4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e
1.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 3) e
4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e
4.5 in. for mounting on wide side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e
4.5 in. for mounting on narrow side of I-Line panelboard (minimum order 5) e
a
b
c
d
e

Table 9.103: Blank Extensions

All applications, except Powerpact H/J
with Micrologic trip unit 5/6
All applications, except Powerpact H/J
with Micrologic trip unit 5/6
Only Powerpact H/J circuit breakers
with Micrologic trip unit 5/6
Only Powerpact H/J circuit breakers
with Micrologic trip unit 5/6

HLW1BL
HLW4BL
HLN1BL
HLN4BL
HLW4EBL
HLN4EBL

252.00
333.00
464.00
717.00
1151.00
1269.00
843.00
1151.00
1269.00
33.80
104.00
14.30
25.20
14.30
25.20
25.20
25.20

Used on Type HCN, HCM.
Used on 400 A, 600 A, 800 A, and 1200 A HCP (main lugs), and 600 A and 800 A (main circuit breaker).
Used on Type HCP-SU.
Used on Type HCR-U.
Blank extension pricing is per unit. Multiply the list price by the quantity ordered. Note minimum order quantity.

Table 9.104: Panelboard Adapter Kits
Circuit
Breaker
Mounting
Ht.

Application

HC2SN
HC4SNa, HCW4SNb
HC6SNa, HCW6SNb
HC8SNa, HCW8SNb
HCPSU8SNc
HCPSU8SNCTc
HCW12SNb
HCWM12SNd
HCR12SNCTd
PK27GTA
PK32DGTA

$ Price
14.30
25.20

1.5 in.
4.5 in.
1.5 in.
4.5 in.

Branch
Circuit
Side

Catalog
Number

4.5 in.

HLW1BL
Wide Side
HLW4BL
HLN1BL
Narrow
Side
HLN4BL
Narrow HLN4EBL
Side

4.5 in.

Wide Side HLW4EBL

I-Line Panelboard Type

Crimp Lug Adapter Kits f

HCN
HCN400VCA
HCN600VCA
—
—

400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
f
g

HCP, HCR-U g
HCW400VCA
HCW600VCA
HCW800VCA
HCW1200VCA

HCM
HCM400VCA
HCM600VCA
HCM800VCA
—

$ Price
96.
197.
284.
491.

For use with MLO panel, order VCEL lugs seperately.
Not for use with P- or R-frame circuit breakers or sub-feed kits S33930 or S33931.

Table 9.105: Type 3R/5/12 Enclosures
Catalog Number

Interior Type

HC4250WP
HC4259WP
HC4268WP
HC4286WP
HC4486WP

HCP
HCP
HCP
HCP
HCR-U

Dimensions (In.)

$ Price

H
50
59
68
86
86

4952.
4952.
4952.
4952.
4952.

W
42
42
42
42
44

D
12.95
12.95
12.95
12.95
14.50

Table 9.106: Box Extensions
Catalog Number

Interior Type

Extension

HC2609DEX (F or S)

HCP-SU

9 in.

$ Price
552.

HC2609EX (F or S)

HCN

9 in.

552.

HC3209EX (F or S)

HCM

9 in.

552.

HC4212DEX (F or S)

HCP

12 in.

641.

HC4406DEX (F or S)

HCR-U

6 in.

552.

HC4412DEX (F or S)

HCR-U

12 in.

641.

Blank Extensions
Table 9.107: Sub-feed Lug Kits hi
Ampere
Rating
100 A
250 A
250 A
400 A

In. (mm)
4.5 114 SL100
4.5 114 SL250
4.5 114 SL250
6
152 SL400j
9

229

1200 A
1200 A

9
15

229 S33931
381 S33930

SL800

435.
435.
435.
585.
1731.
1731.
3500.
3500.

Max. Short Circuit System Ratings
RMS Symmetrical Amperes
240 Vac
65,000
125,000
200,000
65,000
65,000
125,000
100,000
125,000

480 Vac
25,000
100,000
200,000
35,000
65,000
100,000
65,000
100,000

600 Vac
18,000
50,000
100,000
25,000
25,000
50,000
25,000
50,000

Protected by
Circuit Breaker
FH
JL
KI
LH
MJ
LL
MJ, PJ
RL

For Use in I-Line
Panelboard Types
HCN, HCM, HCP, HCP-SU
HCM, HCP, HCP-SU
HCP, HCP-SU
HCM, HCP, HCP-SU
HCP, HCP-SU, HCR-U

Plug-on in same manner as a branch circuit breaker
For other ratings, See the I-Line Information Manual, #80043-309-xx.
SL400 cannot be used in HCM panelboards due to inadequate wire bending space.

Table 9.108: Sub-feed Lug kit terminal data
Catalog No.
(Prefix)
SL100
SL250
SL400
SL800
S33931
S33930

For Surgelogic™ I-Line plug-on SPD unit pricing and
information, see Digest pages 6-3 and 6-4.
For field-installable I-Line door kits, see the
Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest, Section 4.
k
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog
Number $ Price

800 A

h
i
j

Sub-feed Lug Kits

Height

No.
Poles
3
3
3
3
3
3

Ampere
Rating
100 A
250 A
400 A
800 A
1200 A
1200 A

Std. Lug Kit
Catalog No.
AL100FA
—
AL400LA
AL900MA
AL1200P24K
AL1200R53K

Standard Lug Wire Size k
#14–1/0 AWG Cu or #12–1/0 AWG Al
#4 AWG–300 kcmil
one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or two #1 AWG–250 kcmil
(3) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(4) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
(4) #3/0 AWG–600 kcmil

Unless otherwise specified, wire sizes apply to both aluminum and copper conductors.

9-23

PANELBOARDS

Blank Fillers

Catalog No.
HNM1BL
HNM4BL

9

Description
Blank Fillers—1.5 in. (minimum order 3) e
Blank Fillers—4.5 in. (minimum order 5) e
Solid Neutral Assemblies
225 A
400 A
600 A

Circuit Breakers

F-frame, PowerPact D-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 650, 651
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.109: QO™ Distribution Panel—240 Vac Max. Only Mounts in Type
HCN, HCM, HCP, HCP-SU, or HCR-U I-Line panelboards, 30 A
max. branch circuit breaker. Order QO plug-on circuit breakers
from page 9-34.
Maximum No. 1-pole Phase
QO Circuit Breakers Connection

PANELBOARDS

6
6
6
6
a

AB
BC
AC
ABC

Mounting
Height
In.
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5

2-pole
Catalog
Number

mm
114
114
114
114

3-pole
Catalog
Number

HQO206AB
HQO206BC
HQO206AC
—

Table 9.114: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (240 Vac)
Ampere
Rating

$ Price
a

—
—
—
HQO306

369.
369.
369.
369.

Includes (5) QO1DB dummy circuit breakers.

FA/FH, 1-pole
1.5 in (38 mm)
Mounting Height

FA/FH, 3-pole
4.5 in (114 mm)
Mounting Height

FA/FH, 2-pole
3 in (76 mm)
Mounting Height

Table 9.110: Example: FJA, 20 A 1-pole, 277 Vac and 70 A 2- and 3-pole QB 240
Vac. Use phase option number for HD, HG, HJ, HL, JD, JG, JJ, JL,
MG, and MJ.
Phase
Option
Number
1
3
5
1
2
3
4
5
6
Standard b
6
b

Phase
Connection

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

A
B
C
AB
AC
BA
BC
CA
CB
ABC
CBA

FJA140201
FJA140203
FJA140205
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
QBA220701
QBA220702
QBA220703
QBA220704
QBA220705
QBA220706
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
QBA32070
QBA320706

1-pole

2-pole

3-pole

—
—
—
FA24030AB
FA24030AC
FA24030BC
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
FA34030
FA34030CBA

Table 9.112: Interrupt Ratings (kA)
240 V
277 V
480 V
600 V

FA (240 V)
10
—
—
—

FA (480 V)
18 (1P), 25 (2, 3P)
18
18
—

FJ
65
65
—
—

F-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24
F-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54
F-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-51

PowerPact™ D-frame Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
When the D-frame Mission Critical circuit breaker is used as a main circuit
breaker with QO branch circuit breakers, the D-frame MC will remain closed
during any fault that occurs downstream of the QO circuit breaker up to 30kA
at 208Y/120 Vac.
Table 9.113: PowerPact D-frame, 150–600 A–Mission Critical
Circuit Breaker
Cat.alog Number c
DJA32150W
DJA32250W
DJA32400W
DJA32600W

Continuous Current
Rating
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A

Terminal Wire Range (AWG/kcmil) $ Price
#2-600 Cu or #2-500 Al
(2) 2/0-350 Cu or (2) 2/0-500Al

10867.
10867.
10867.
17148.

c
D-frame circuit breakers 400 A and below are 100% rated.
D-frame accessories, lugs . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-27
D-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55

9-24

600

850

1450
1700

600

850

1450
1700

Terminal
Wire
Range

Standard Interrupting
Catalog Number $ Price
FA22015(
FA22020(
FA22025(
FA22030(
FA22035(
FA22040(
FA22045(
FA22050(
FA22060(
FA22070(
FA22080(
FA22090(
FA22100(
FA32015
FA32020
FA32025
FA32030
FA32035
FA32040
FA32045
FA32050
FA32060
FA32070
FA32080
FA32090
FA32100

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al
398.

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al
617.

572.

AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al

572.

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al

572.
780.

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu
or #12–#1/0 AWG Al

780.

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu

1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase
connection letters as a suffix.

AC Magnetic Standard Interrupting Extra High Interrupting Terminal Wire Range
Ampere Trip Settings
Rating
Catalog
Catalog
FY/FA FJ/FC Lugs
Hold
Trip
$ Price Number
$ Price
Number
Lugs
1-pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc e
15 A
FY14015( )f
FJA14015( )
AL50FA
AL30FD
#14-#4
#12–#6
20 A
FY14020( )f
FJA14020( )
275
600
149.
651. AWG Cu, or AWG Al, or
25 A
FY14025( )f
FJA14025( )
#12-#4
#14–#6
30 A
FY14030( )f
FJA14030( )
AWG Al
AWG Cu
35 A
FA14035( )g
FJA14035( )
40 A
FA14040( )g
FJA14040( )
400
850
302.
651.
45 A
FA14045( )g
FJA14045( )
AL100FA AL100FD
50 A
FA14050( )g
FJA14050( )
#14–#1/0 #12–#2/0
AWG Al
60 A
FA14060( )g
FJA14060( )
651. AWG Cu or
or
800
1450 FA14070( )g
302. FJA14070( )
70 A
720. #12–#1/0 #14–#2/0
AWG Al
AWG Cu
80 A
FA14080( )g
—
—
90 A
FA14090( )g
—
—
900
1700
302.
100 A
FA14100( )g
—
—
2-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdc efg
15 A
FA24015( )
—
—
AL50FA CU30FA4
#14–#4
20 A
FA24020( )
—
—
one #14–
275
600
651.
AWG
Cu or #10 AWG
25 A
FA24025( )
—
—
#12–#4
Cu only
30 A
FA24030( )
—
—
AWG Al
35 A
FA24035( )
—
—
40 A
FA24040( )
—
—
400
850
651.
45 A
FA24045( )
—
—
AL100FA AL100FA4
#14–#3
50 A
FA24050( )
—
—
#14–#1/0 one
Cu
AWG Cu or AWG
60 A
FA24060( )
651.
—
—
or
#12–#1/0 one #12–#1
800
1450 FA24070( )
70 A
—
—
833.
AWG Al
AWG Al
80 A
FA24080( )
—
—
90 A
FA24090( )
—
—
900
1700
833.
100 A
FA24100( )
—
—
3-pole, 480 Vac, 250 Vdc e
15 A
FA34015
—
—
AL50FA CU30FA4
#14–#4
20 A
FA34020
—
—
one #14–
275
600
833.
AWG
Cu or #10 AWG
25 A
FA34025
—
—
#12–#4
Cu only
30 A
FA34030
—
—
AWG Al
35 A
FA34035
—
—
40 A
FA34040
—
—
400
850
833.
45 A
FA34045
—
—
AL100FA AL100FA4
50 A
FA34050
—
—
#14–#1/0 one #14–#3
Cu
AWG Cu or AWG
60 A
FA34060
833.
—
—
or
#12–#1/0 one #12–#1
800
1450
70 A
FA34070
—
—
996.
AWG Al
AWG Al
80 A
FA34080
—
—
90 A
FA34090
—
—
900
1700
996.
100 A
FA34100
—
—
e
f
g

DE2

Trip

Table 9.115: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (480 Vac)

Table 9.111: Example: FA, 30 A, 480 Vac. Use phase option letters for FH, FI, KI,
LA, LH, LC, and LI.

FA14035A
FA14035B
FA14035C
—
—
—
—
—

Hold
2-pole, 240 Vac d
15 A
20 A
275
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
400
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
800
80 A
90 A
900
100 A
3-pole, 240 Vac
15 A
20 A
275
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
400
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
800
80 A
90 A
900
100 A
d

The absence of a phase option number after a 3-pole catalog number will result in an ABC
phase connection.

Phase
Option Letter
A
B
C
AB
AC
BC
ABC
CBA

AC Magnetic
Trip Settings

Discount
Schedule

1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase
connection letters as a suffix.
Rated 277 Vac 15 and 20 A FY circuit breakers are rated for switching duty (SWD). 15, 20,
25, and 30 A FA I-Line circuit breakers are also available (no SWD rating).
Rated 277 Vac, 125 Vdc, except FY circuit breakers, which have no dc rating.
15–30 A circuit breakers suitable for use with 60 oC or 75 oC conductors. 35–100 A circuit
breakers are suitable for use with 75 oC conductors.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breakers

F-frame, PowerPact Q-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 650, 734, 820

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.116: F-frame—100 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac)
Standard Interrupting

FI36100
2- and 3-pole
4.5 in (114 mm)
Mounting Height

Catalog Number

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

850

1450
1700

Catalog Number
FH16015(
FH16020(
FH16025(
FH16030(
FH16035(
FH16040(
FH16045(
FH16050(
FH16060(
FH16070(
FH16080(
FH16090(
FH16100(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

FH26015(
FH26020(
FH26025(
FH26030(
FH26035(
FH26040(
FH26045(
FH26050(
FH26060(
FH26070(
FH26080(
FH26090(
FH26100(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

Terminal
Wire
Range

Current Limiting

$ Price

507.

507.
507.
563.
563.

Catalog Number

$ Price

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu or
#12–#1/0 AWG Al

a
600

850

1450
1700

600

850

1450
1700

FA26015(
FA26020(
FA26025(
FA26030(
FA26035(
FA26040(
FA26045(
FA26050(
FA26060(
FA26070(
FA26080(
FA26090(
FA26100(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

780.

780.
780.
947.
947.

FA36015
FA36020
FA36025
FA36030
FA36035
FA36040
FA36045
FA36050
FA36060
FA36070
FA36080
FA36090
FA36100

971.

971.
971.
1163.
1163.

1214.

1214.
1214.
1452.
1452.

FH36015
FH36020
FH36025
FH36030
FH36035
FH36040
FH36045
FH36050
FH36060
FH36070
FH36080
FH36090
FH36100

1446.

1446.
1446.
1632.
1632.

—
FI26020(
—
FI26030(
—
FI26040(
—
FI26050(
FI26060(
FI26070(
FI26080(
FI26090(
FI26100(

—
2763.
—
2763.
—
2763.
—
2763.

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

2763.

AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu or
#12–#1/0 AWG Al

2763.

—
FI36020
—
FI36030
—
FI36040
—
FI36050
FI36060
FI36070
FI36080
FI36090
FI36100

—
3459.
—
3459.
—
3459.
—
3459.
3459.

AL50FA
#14–#4 AWG Cu or
#12–#4 AWG Al

AL100FA
#14–#1/0 AWG Cu or
#12–#1/0 AWG Al

3459.

a
1- and 2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required connection letters as a suffix, See Digest page 9-24.
NOTE: As of January 1st, FI breakers will only fit on the wide side of I-Line panelboards.

Table 9.117: PowerPact™ Q-frame b— 225 A, Thermal-magnetic (240 Vac)
QB/QD/QG/QJ
Mounting Height:
2-pole—3 in (76 mm)
3-pole—4.5 in (114 mm)

AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Hold
Trip
2-pole, 240 Vac c
70 A
80 A
1000 1800
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
1200 2400
175 A
200 A
225 A
3-pole, 240 Vac d
70 A
80 A
1000 1800
90 A
100 A
110 A
125 A
150 A
1200 2400
175 A
200 A
225 A
Ampere
Rating

b
c
d

"B" Interrupting
Catalog Number
QBA22070(
QBA22080(
QBA22090(
QBA22100(
QBA22110(
QBA22125(
QBA22150(
QBA22175(
QBA22200(
QBA22225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

QBA32070(
QBA32080(
QBA32090(
QBA32100(
QBA32110(
QBA32125(
QBA32150(
QBA32175(
QBA32200(
QBA32225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

"D" Interrupting

$ Price

600.

600.

1913.

1913.

Catalog Number
QDA22070(
QDA22080(
QDA22090(
QDA22100(
QDA22110(
QDA22125(
QDA22150(
QDA22175(
QDA22200(
QDA22225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

QDA32070(
QDA32080(
QDA32090(
QDA32100(
QDA32110(
QDA32125(
QDA32150(
QDA32175(
QDA32200(
QDA32225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

"G" Interrupting

$ Price

1202.

1202.

2069.

2069.

Catalog Number
QGA22070(
QGA22080(
QGA22090(
QGA22100(
QGA22110(
QGA22125(
QGA22150(
QGA22175(
QGA22200(
QGA22225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

QGA32070(
QGA32080(
QGA32090(
QGA32100(
QGA32110(
QGA32125(
QGA32150(
QGA32175(
QGA32200(
QGA32225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

"J" Interrupting

$ Price

1593.

1593.

2835.

2835.

Catalog Number
QJA22070(
QJA22080(
QJA22090(
QJA22100(
QJA22110(
QJA22125(
QJA22150(
QJA22175(
QJA22200(
QJA22225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

QJA32070(
QJA32080(
QJA32090(
QJA32100(
QJA32110(
QJA32125(
QJA32150(
QJA32175(
QJA32200(
QJA32225(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

$ Price

1992.

1992.

3245.

3245.

Replacement lugs are not available on QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers. Lugs for QB, QD, QG, or QJ circuit breakers accept one #4 AWG–300 kcmil.
No accessories are available for PowerPact Q Frame breakers.
2-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers are completed by adding the required phasing numbers as indicated in the parentheses, See Digest page 9-24.
3-pole QB, QD, QG, and QJ circuit breakers for ABC phasing are complete without additional phasing number. For CBA phasing, complete the catalog
number by inserting the number “6” in the parentheses.

Table 9.118: Interrupt Ratings (kA)
240 V
480 V
600 V
e

FA
25
18
14

FH
25 (1P 35–100 A), 65 (1P 15–30 A, 2P, 3P)
25 (2, 3P)
18 (2, 3P)

100

QB
10
—
—

QD
25
—
—

QG
65
—
—

QJ e
100
—
—

3-pole QJ circuit breakers are rated at 208Y/120 Vac only.

F-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24
F-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-54
F-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-51

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

FI
200

DE2

Discount
Schedule

Q-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-38
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24
Q-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54
Q-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-29

9-25

9

30 A
35 A
40 A
400
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
800
80 A
90 A
900
100 A
2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
15 A
20 A
275
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
400
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
800
80 A
90 A
900
100 A
3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
15 A
20 A
275
25 A
30 A
35 A
40 A
400
45 A
50 A
60 A
70 A
800
80 A
90 A
900
100 A

High Interrupting

PANELBOARDS

AC Magnetic
Trip Settings
Hold
Trip
1-pole, 277 Vac, 125 Vdc a
15 A
20 A
275
600
25 A
Ampere
Rating

Circuit Breakers

H- and J-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 612
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.119: H-frame 150 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse
Connectionb
Current
Rating @
40o C

Fixed AC Magnetic
Trip

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
G
Ja
La
$ Price
80% Rated
80% Rated
80% Rated
80% Rated
D

Cat. No.c

PANELBOARDS

Hold
Trip
H-frame, 150A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdca
15 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A26015( )
899.
1338.
1589.
20 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A26020( )
899.
1338.
1589.
25 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A26025( )
899.
1338.
1589.
30 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A26030( )
899.
1338.
1589.
35 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A26035( )
899.
1338.
1589.
40 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A26040( )
899.
1338.
1589.
45 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A26045( )
899.
1338.
1589.
50 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A26050( )
899.
1338.
1589.
60 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A26060( )
899.
1338.
1589.
70 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A26070( )
1088.
1559.
1824.
80 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A26080( )
1088.
1559.
1824.
90 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A26090( )
1088.
1559.
1824.
100 A
800 A
1700 A
H( )A26100( )
1088.
1559.
1824.
110 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A26110( )
2195.
3212.
4671.
125 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A26125( )
2195.
3212.
4671.
150 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A26150( )
2195.
3212.
4671.
H-frame 150A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
15 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A36015
1124.
1575.
1988.
20 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A36020
1124.
1575.
1988.
25 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A36025
1124.
1575.
1988.
30 A
350 A
750 A
H( )A36030
1124.
1575.
1988.
35 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A36035
1124.
1575.
1988.
40 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A36040
1124.
1575.
1988.
45 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A36045
1124.
1575.
1988.
50 A
400 A
850 A
H( )A36050
1124.
1575.
1988.
60 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A36060
1124.
1575.
1988.
70 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A36070
1361.
1772.
2225.
80 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A36080
1361.
1772.
2225.
90 A
800 A
1450 A
H( )A36090
1361.
1772.
2225.
100 A
800 A
1700 A
H( )A36100
1361.
1772.
2225.
110 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A36110
2730.
3779.
5432.
125 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A36125
2730.
3779.
5432.
150 A
900 A
1700 A
H( )A36150
2730.
3779.
5432.
a
2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.128.

Terminal
Wire Range

2364.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2483.
2681.
2681.
2681.
2681.
5699.
5699.
5699.

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
2993.
3243.
3243.
3243.
3243.
6951.
6951.
6951.

AL150HD
14–3/0 AWG
Al or Cu

Table 9.120: J-frame 250 A Thermal-Magnetic UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers (600 Vac, 250 Vdc) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse
Connectionb
Current
Rating @
40oC

Adjustable AC Magnetic
Trip

D

Cat. No.c

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
G
Ja
La
$ Price
80% Rated
80% Rated
80% Rated

Low
High
80% Rated
J-frame 250A 2P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdca
150 A
750 A
1500 A
J( )A26150( )
2283.
3372.
4904.
5985.
175 A
875 A
1750 A
J( )A26175( )
2283.
3372.
4904.
5985.
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
J( )A26200( )
2283.
3372.
4904.
5985.
225 A
1125 A
2250 A
J( )A26225( )
2283.
3372.
4904.
5985.
250 A
1250 A
2500 A
J( )A26250( )
3138.
4463.
6536.
7338.
J-frame 250A 3P, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz, 250 Vdc
150 A
750 A
1500 A
J( )A36150
2867.
3968.
5705.
7299.
175 A
875 A
1750 A
J( )A36175
2867.
3968.
5705.
7299.
200 A
1000 A
2000 A
J( )A36200
2867.
3968.
5705.
7299.
225 A
1125 A
2250 A
J( )A36225
2867.
3968.
5705.
7299.
250 A
1250 A
2500 A
J( )A36250
3936.
5252.
7599.
9173.
a
2 pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix see Table 9.128.

Ra

Terminal
Wire Range

80% Rated
AL175JD
4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
AL250JD
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu

—
—
—
—
—

AL175JD
4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu
AL250JD
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil
Al or Cu

9676.
9676.
9676.
9676.
11729.

Table 9.121: H-frame 150 A and J-frame 250 A Electronic Trip UL Current-Limitinga Circuit Breakers
(600 Vac) With Factory Sealed Trip Unitb Suitable for Reverse Connection d
Electronic Trip Unit
Type

Function

Trip Unit

Sensor
Rating

D
Cat. No.c
80%
Rated

Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
G
Ja
La
$ Price
80%
80%
80%
Rated
Rated
Rated

Ra
Terminal
80%
Rated

600 Vac, 50/60 Hz, 3P
LI

3.2g

Micrologic
Standard

Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic
Energy
Micrologic
Ammeter
Micrologic
Energy
a
b
c
d
e
f
g

9-26

LSI

3.2Sg

LSI

5.2A

LSI

LSIG

LSIG

5.2E

6.2A

6.2E

60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A
60 A
100 A
150 A
250 A

H( )A36060U31X
H( )A36100U31X
H( )A36150U31X
J( )A36250U31X
H( )A36060U33X
H( )A36100U33X
H( )A36150U33X
J( )A36250U33X
H( )A36060U43X
H( )A36100U43X
H( )A36150U43X
J( )A36250U43X
H( )A36060U53X
H( )A36100U53X
H( )A36150U53X
J( )A36250U53X
H( )A36060U44X
H( )A36100U44X
H( )A36150U44X
J( )A36250U44X
H( )A36060U54X
H( )A36100U54X
H( )A36150U54X
J( )A36250U54X

1316.
1569.
2911.
3120.
1512.
1765.
3107.
3398.
2143.
2396.
3738.
4299.
2523.
2776.
4118.
4840.
2902.
3156.
4497.
5381.
3282.
3535.
4877.
5921.

1743.
1962.
3965.
4226.
1939.
2159.
4161.
4505.
2570.
2789.
4792.
5406.
2950.
3169.
5172.
5947.
3330.
3549.
5551.
6487.
3709.
3929.
5931.
7028.

2224.
2382.
5626.
5970.
2420.
2578.
5823.
6249.
3051.
3209.
6453.
7150.
3431.
3589.
6833.
7691.
3811.
3969.
7213.
8231.
4190.
4349.
7593.
8772.

3173.
3490.
7288.
7715.
3370.
3686.
7484.
7994.
4001.
4317.
8115.
8895.
4380.
4697.
8495.
9436.
4760.
5077.
8875.
9976.
5140.
5456.
9254.
10517.

4171.
4591.
9631.
10102.
4393.
4813.
9853.
10420.
5185.
5653.
10836.
11561.
5883.
6333.
11342.
12413.
6423.
6873.
11864.
13157.
6963.
7413.
12386.
13900.

AL150HDe
AL250JDf
AL150HDe
AL250JDf
AL150HDe
AL250JDf
AL150HDe
AL250JDf
AL150HDe
AL250JDf
AL150HDe
AL250JDf

Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
See Supplemental Digest pages 3-2 and 3-3 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units
To complete catalog number, replace the blank with the appropriate rating (D, G, J, L).
For applications requiring communications, see Digest page 7-49.
AL150HD wire range is 14–3/0 AWG Al or Cu.
AL250JD wire range is 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu. For smaller wire range (4–4/0 AWG Al or Cu), replace the lug’s wire binding screws with the larger binding screws provided.
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breakers

K-, PowerPact H-, J-, L-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 825, 0612

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.122: K-frame—250 A, Thermal-magnetic, Current Limiting (600 Vac)
Current Limiting

Low

High

2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc a
110 A
550
125 A
625
150 A
750
175 A
875
200 A
1000
225 A
1125
250 A
1250

1100
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500

KI26110(
KI26125(
KI26150(
KI26175(
KI26200(
KI26225(
KI26250(

3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
110 A
125 A
150 A
175 A
200 A
225 A
250 A

1100
1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500

KI36110
KI36125
KI36150
KI36175
KI36200
KI36225
KI36250

Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price

)
)
)
)
)
)
)

6633.
6633.
6633.
6633.
6633.
6633.
7704.

AL250KA
one #4 AWG–
350 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL250KI
one #1/0 AWG–
350 kcmil Al or Cu

8375.
8375.
8375.
8375.
8375.
8375.
9267.

AL250KA
one #4 AWG–
350 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL250KI
one #1/0 AWG–
350 kcmil Al or Cu

2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number. See Digest page 9-24.

9

a

550
625
750
875
1000
1125
1250

Catalog Number

PANELBOARDS

AC Magnetic Trip Settings

Ampere
Rating

KI36250
2- and 3-pole
4.5 in (114 mm)
Mounting Height

J-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker
Table 9.123: J-frame 250 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) With Factory Sealted Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona
Electronic Trip
Unit Type

Trip
Continuous
Function Trip Unit
Current

D Interrupting
Cat. No.
JDA34250WU31X
JDA34250WU33X
JDA34250WU43X
JDA34250WU53X
JDA34250WU44X
JDA34250WU54X

G Interrupting
$ Price
3619.
3931.
4939.
5544.
6148.
6753.

Standard
LI
3.2 W
250
Standard
LSI
3.2S-W
250
High Perf. Ammerter
LSI
5.2A-W
250
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.2E-W
250
High perf. Ammerter
LSIG
6.2A-W
250
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.2E-W
250
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL250JD terminal wire range is (1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al or Cu.

Cat. No.
JGA34250WU31X
JGA34250WU33X
JGA34250WU43X
JGA34250WU53X
JGA34250WU44X
JGA34250WU54X

J Interrupting

$ Price
4857.
5169.
6176.
6782.
7386.
7991.

Cat. No.
JJA34250WU31X
JJA34250WU33X
JJA34250WU43X
JJA34250WU53X
JJA34250WU44X
JJA34250WU54X

L Interrupting

$ Price
6808.
7119.
8127.
8732.
9336.
9942.

Cat. No.
JLA34250WU31X
JLA34250WU33X
JLA34250WU43X
JLA34250WU53X
JLA34250WU44X
JLA34250WU54X

$ Price
8759.
9071.
10079.
10684.
11288.
11893.

Terminal
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb
AL250JDb

L-Frame Mission Critical Circuit Breaker
Table 9.124: L-frame 600 A Electronic Trip Mission Critical Circuit Breakers (480/277 Vac) With Factory Sealted Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona
Electronic Trip
Unit Type

Trip
Continuous
Function Trip Unit
Current

D Interrupting
Cat. No.
LDA34250WU31X
LDA34400WU31X
LDA34600WU31X
LDA34250WU33X
LDA34400WU33X
LDA34600WU33X
LDA34400WU43X
LDA34600WU43X
LDA34400WU53X
LDA34600WU53X
LDA34400WU44X
LDA34600WU44X
LDA34400WU54X
LDA34600WU54X

G Interrupting

$ Price
5991.
5991.
8684.
6656.
6656.
9349.
7674.
10366.
8791.
11485.
9911.
12604.
11029.
13722.

Cat. No.
LGA34250WU31X
LGA34400WU31X
LGA34600WU31X
LGA34250WU33X
LGA34400WU33X
LGA34600WU33X
LGA34400WU43X
LGA34600WU43X
LGA34400WU53X
LGA34600WU53X
LGA34400WU44X
LGA34600WU44X
LGA34400WU54X
LGA34600WU54X

250
Standard
LI
3.3 W
400
600
250
Standard
LSI
3.3S-W
400
600
400
High Perf. Ammeter
LSI
5.3A-W
600
400
High Perf. Energy
LSI
5.3E-W
600
400
High Perf. Ammeter
LSIG
6.3A-W
600
400
High Perf. Energy
LSIG
6.3E-W
600
a
Standard rated (80%). Not available in 100% rated.
b
AL400L61K3 terminal wire range is (1) #2 AWG–500 kcmil Al or #2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu..
c
AL600LF52K3 terminal wire range is (2) #3/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al or Cu.

$ Price
6291.
6291.
9126.
6990.
6990.
9826.
8062.
10896.
9238.
12074.
10417.
13251.
11594.
14429.

J Interrupting

L Interrupting

Cat. No.
$ Price
LJA34250WU31X 10299.
LJA34400WU31X 10299.
LJA34600WU31X 12733.
LJA34250WU33X 10999.
LJA34400WU33X 10999.
LJA34600WU33X 13433.
LJA34400WU43X 12070.
LJA34600WU43X 14503.
LJA34400WU53X 13247.
LJA34600WU53X 15681.
LJA34400WU44X 14426.
LJA34600WU44X 17139.
LJA34400WU54X 15602.
LJA34600WU54X 18036.

Cat. No.
LLA34250WU31X
LLA34400WU31X
LLA34600WU31X
LLA34250WU33X
LLA34400WU33X
LLA34600WU33X
LLA34400WU43X
LLA34600WU43X
LLA34400WU53X
LLA34600WU53X
LLA34400WU44X
LLA34600WU44X
LLA34400WU54X
LLA34600WU54X

$ Price
11998.
11998.
14263.
12698.
12698.
14962.
13769.
16033.
14946.
17210.
16125.
18388.
17301.
19566.

Terminal
AL400L61K3b
AL600LF52K3c
AL400L61K3b
AL600LF52K3c
AL600LF52K3c
AL600LF52K3c
AL600LF52K3c
AL600LF52K3c

Table 9.125: PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-frame Automatic Molded Case Switches, 600 Vac
Circuit
Ampere
Breaker Poles Rating

G Withstand

L Withstand

R Withstand

Trip
Cat. No.
$ Price Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
Cat. No.
$ Price Trip Point
150 A
HGA26000S15( )
1349. 2250 A
HLA26000S15
1590. 2250 A
—
—
—
2a
175 A
JGA26000S17( )
1827. 3125 A
JLA26000S17
1980. 3125 A
—
—
—
250 A
JGA26000S25( )
1827. 3125 A
JLA26000S25
1980. 3125 A
—
—
—
H-frame
J-frame
150 A
HGA36000S15
1799. 2250 A
HLA36000S15
1988. 2250 A
HRA36000S15
2295. 2250 A
3
175 A
JGA36000S17
2286. 3125 A
JLA36000S17
2475. 3125 A
JRA36000S17
2860. 3125 A
250 A
JGA36000S25
2286. 3125 A
JLA36000S25
2475. 3125 A
JRA36000S25
2860. 3125 A
400 A
LGA36000S40X
4572. 4800 A LLA36000S40X
4972. 4800 A
LRA36000S40X
5688. 4800 A
L-frame
3
600 A
LGA36000S60X
5065. 6600A LLA36000S60X
5465. 6600 A
LRA36000S60X
6220. 6600 A
a
2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding the required phase connection number as a suffix, see Table 9.128.

Table 9.126: KI Interrupt Ratings (kA)
V
240
480
600

Table 9.127: Interrupt Ratings (kA)
KI
200
200
100

240 V
480 V

D
25
18

G
65
35

K-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-25
K-frame dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-33
K-frame optional lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Supplemental Digest page 3-28
H-, J-, and L-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Digest page 7-36
H-, J-, and L-frame dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . .starting on Digest page 7-54
H-, J-, and L-frame optional lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

Terminal

Wire Range

—
—
—
AL150HD
AL175JD
AL250JD
AL150HD
AL250JD

—
—
—
14 AWG–3/0 AWG Al/Cu
4–4/0 AWG Al/Cu
3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Al/Cu
AL600LS52K3
(2) 2/0 AWG–500 kcmil Al/Cu

Table 9.128: Phase Options—Example HDA26150( )
J
100
65

L
125
100

Phase
Option
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
Standard
6

Phase
Connection

2-pole

3-pole

AB
AC
BA
BC
CA
CB
ABC
CBA

HDA261501
HDA261502
HDA261503
HDA261504
HDA261505
HDA261506
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
JDA34250WU31X
JDA34250WU31X6

9-27

Circuit Breakers

LA Mission Critical for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 660, 665, 670, 830
www.schneider-electric.us

9

LA Mission Critical Circuit Breakers
The LA High Magnetic Withstand MC Circuit Breakers are designed to trip at a higher magnetic trip level (18–20 times
handle rating) than typical molded case circuit breakers (MCCBs) (which trip at 5–10 times the handle rating). The high
magnetic withstand value of these LA circuit breakers allow the downstream branch circuit breaker to clear the fault.
Table 9.129: L-frame—400 A, I-Line™ LA/LH MC High Magnetic Withstand Circuit Breaker For Mission Critical Loads

PANELBOARDS

Ampere
Rating

AC Magnetic Level
Factory Set a

Standard Interrupting

Hold

Cat. No.

Trip

LA/LH MC Circuit Breaker, 3P, 480 Vac
200 A
3400 A
4000 A
225 A
3825 A
4500 A
250 A
4250 A
5000 A
400 A
a

6000 A

7200 A

High Interrupting

$ Price

Cat. No.

LA34200MC
LA34225MC
LA34250MC

5571.
5571.
5681.

LH34200MC
LH34225MC
LH34250MC

LA34400MC

6941.

LH34400MC

Terminal

$ Price

Cat. No.

8771.
8771. AL250LAMC
8882.
10142.

AL400LA

Wire Range

(1) 250–350 kcmil Al
(1) 3/0 AWG–350 kcmil Cu
(1) 1 AWG–600 kcmil Al or
(2) 1 AWG–250 kcmil Al

AC magnetic setting tolerances are +0 -25% from maximum value shown.

Table 9.130: L-frame—400 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac)
Ampere
Rating

LA/LH
2- and 3-pole
6 in (152 mm)
Mounting Height

Low

2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc b
125 A
625
150 A
750
175 A
875
200 A
1000
225 A
1125
250 A
1250
300 A
1500
350 A
1750

High

Standard Interrupting
Catalog Number

High Interrupting

$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500

LA26125(
LA26150(
LA26175(
LA26200(
LA26225(
LA26250(
LA26300(
LA26350(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

4053.
4053.
4053.
4053.
4053.
4053.
4053.
4053.

LH26125(
LH26150(
LH26175(
LH26200(
LH26225(
LH26250(
LH26300(
LH26350(

)
)
)
)
)
)
)
)

6762.
6762.
6762.
6762.
6762.
6762.
6762.
6762.

2000

4000

LA26400( )

4053.

LH26400( )

6762.

3-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdc
125 A
625
150 A
750
175 A
875
200 A
1000
225 A
1125
250 A
1250
300 A
1500
350 A
1750
400 A
2000

1250
1500
1750
2000
2250
2500
3000
3500
4000

LA36125
LA36150
LA36175
LA36200
LA36225
LA36250
LA36300
LA36350
LA36400

4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.
4944.

LH36125
LH36150
LH36175
LH36200
LH36225
LH36250
LH36300
LH36350
LH36400

8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.
8145.

400 A

LI
2- and 3-pole
7.5 in (190 mm)
Mounting Height

AC Magnetic
Trip Settings

Terminal
Wire
Range

AL400LA
one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or
two #1 AWG–250 kcmil
AL or Cu

AL400LA
one #1 AWG–600 kcmil or
two #1 AWG–250 kcmil
AL or Cu

Table 9.131: L-frame—600 A, Thermal-magnetic (600 Vac)c
Ampere
Rating

LC
2- and 3-pole
7.5 in (190 mm)
Mounting Height

AC Magnetic Trip Settings
Low

2-pole, 600 Vac b
300 A
1500
350 A
1750
400 A
2000
450 A
2250
500 A
2500
600 A
3000
3-pole, 600 Vac
300 A
1500
350 A
1750
400 A
2000
450 A
2250
500 A
2500
600 A
3000
b
c

Extra High Interrupting
Catalog
Number

High

LC26300(
LC26350(
LC26400(
LC26450(
LC26500(
LC26600(

3200

4200

)
)
)
)
)
)

8312.

8691.

LC36300
LC36350
LC36400
LC36450
LC36500
LC36600

3200

4200

Current Limiting

$ Price

9234.

9657.

Catalog
Number
LI26300(
LI26350(
LI26400(
LI26450(
LI26500(
LI26600(
LI36300
LI36350
LI36400
LI36450
LI36500
LI36600

$ Price

)
)
)
)
)
)

Terminal
Wire
Range

9563.
AL600LI5
two #4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL or Cu
13949.

10673.
AL600LI5
two #4/0 AWG–500 kcmil
AL or Cu
15498.

2-pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix to catalog number. See Digest page 9-24.
Type LC and LI circuit breakers are NOT recommended for use on single-motor branch circuits.

L-frame acccessories. . . . . . . . . starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24
L-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-54
L-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-53

Table 9.132: Interrupt Ratings (kA)
240 V
480 V
600 V

9-28

LA

LH

LC

LI

42
30
22

65
35
25

100
65
35

200
200
100

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Circuit Breakers

L- and PowerPact M-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 612, 661

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.133: L-frame 600 A Circuit Breakers with Lugs and Factory-Sealed Electronic Trip Units Suitable for Reverse Connectiona
Interrupting Rating (2nd Letter of Catalog Number)
Electronic Trip Unit
Trip
Function Unit

Sensor
Rating

Jc

G

Catalog
Numberb

Lc

Rc
Terminal

$ Price
80%

100%

80%

100%

80%

100%

80%

100%

80%

100%

600 Vac, 53/60 Hz, 3P
250 A

L( )A36250U31X

5122.

5943.

5376.

6240.

8773.

10214.

10213.

11899.

11745.

13745.

400 A
600 A

L( )A36400U31X
L( )A36600U31X

5122.
7404.

5943.
—

5376.
7779.

6240.
—

8773.
10836.

10214.
—

10213.
12132.

11899.
—

11745.
13952.

13745. AL600LF52K3f
—

250 A
3.3Sd 400 A
600 A

L( )A36250U33X

5686.

6506.

5969.

6833.

9366.

10808.

10806.

12493.

12427.

14449.

L( )A36400U33X
L( )A36600U33X

5686.
7968.

6506.
—

5969.
8372.

6833.
—

9366.
11429.

10808.
—

10806.
12725.

12493.
—

12427.
14634.

14449.
—

5.3A

400 A
600 A

L( )A36400U43X
L( )A36600U43X

6548.
8830.

7368.
—

6877.
9279.

7740.
—

10274.
12336.

11715.
—

11714.
13632.

13400.
—

13471.
15677.

15523.
—

LSI

5.3E

400 A
600 A

L( )A36400U53X
L( )A36600U53X

7495.
9778.

8316.
—

7874.
10277.

8738.
—

11271.
13334.

12713.
—

12711.
14630.

14398.
—

14618.
16825.

16705. AL600LF52K3f
—

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSIG

6.3A

400 A
600 A

L( )A36400U44X
L( )A36600U44X

8444.
10726.

9264.
—

8873.
11275.

9736.
—

12270.
14332.

13711.
—

13710.
15628.

15396.
—

15767.
17972.

17887.
—

Micrologic
Energy

LSIG

6.3E

400 A
600 A

L( )A36400U54X
L( )A36600U54X

9392.
11674.

10212.
—

9870.
12273.

10734.
—

13267.
15329.

14709.
—

14707.
16626.

16394.
—

16913.
19120.

19069.
—

LI

Micrologic
Standard

LSI

Micrologic
Ammeter

LSI

Micrologic
Energy

Interrupt Ratings (kA)
G

J

Lh

65

100

125

480 V

35

65

100

600 V i

18

25

25

240 V

h

AL400L61K3e

L interrupting rating is not
available in M-frame.
600 V interrupt ratings
not available for D-frame.

Table 9.134: PowerPact M-frame: with ET1.0 Factory – sealed trip unit (not field adjustable)—800 A j
Ampere
Rating
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A
300 A
350 A
400 A
450 A
500 A
600 A
700 A
800 A

3-pole, 600 Vac,
50/60 Hz

i

AL400L61K3e

See Supplemental Digest page 3-4 for circuit breakers with field-interchangeable trip units.
For 100% rated circuit breakers (250 A and 400 A only), add a “C” in the 9th character place (for example, LRA36400CU31X).
Circuit breakers with J, L, and R interrupting ratings are UL certified as current limiting.
3P circuit breakers with this trip unit can be used for 2P applications.
AL400L61K3 terminal wire ranges are (1) 2 AWG–600 kcmil Cu or (1) 2 AWG–500 kcmil Al.
AL600LFS52K3 terminal wire range is (2) 3/0 –500 kcmil.
For applications requiring communications, see Digest page 7-43.

2-pole, 600 Vac,
50/60 Hz

a
b
c
d
e
f
g

3.3d

9

Micrologic
Standard

j
k
l

Adjustable Instantaneous Trip Range k
Low
High
600
3000
700
3500
800
4000
900
4500
1000
5000
1200
6000
1400
7000
1600
8000
600
3000
700
3500
800
4000
900
4500
1000
5000
1200
6000
1400
7000
1600
8000

G Interrupting
Catalog Number l
$ Price
MGA26300( )
MGA26350( )
MGA26400( )
6633.
MGA26450( )
MGA26500( )
MGA26600( )
MGA26700( )
8370.
MGA26800( )
MGA36300
MGA36350
MGA36400
8168.
MGA36450
MGA36500
MGA36600
MGA36700
10608.
MGA36800

J Interrupting
Catalog Number l
MJA26300( )
MJA26350( )
MJA26400( )
MJA26450( )
MJA26500( )
MJA26600( )
MJA26700( )
MJA26800( )
MJA36300
MJA36350
MJA36400
MJA36450
MJA36500
MJA36600
MJA36700
MJA36800

Terminal
Wire Range

$ Price

8253.

3–3/0
through 500
kcmil
Al or Cu

10104.

9929.

3–3/0
through 500
kcmil
Al or Cu

12630.

The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced, nor does it allow adjustment of the long-time trip point setting. It is considered an electronic equivalent of a thermal-magnet circuit breaker.
UL magnetic trip setting tolerances are ±10% from the nominal values shown.
Fill in parentheses with the following phase connection options: (2) for AC and (5) for CA.

L-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . .starting on Supplemental Digest page 3-24
L-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-54
L-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Digest page 7-53

M-frame accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36
M-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55
M-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39

Table 9.135: Automatic Molded Case Switches—600 Vac, 50/60 Hz
Ampere
Rating
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
m
n

2-pole
Catalog Number n $ Price
PJA26000S60( )
6675.
PJA26000S80( )
7347.
PJA26000S10( )
8088.
PJA26000S12( )
10895.

3-pole
Catalog Number
PJA36000S60
PJA36000S80
PJA36000S10
PJA36000S12

$ Price
7263.
7938.
8676.
11766.

Withstand Rating m
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25
100
65
25

Trip Point Amperes
AC
10000
10000
10000
10000

Terminal
Wire Range
3–3/0 through
500 kcmil Al or Cu
4–3/0 through
500 kcmil Al or Cu

The withstand rating is the fault current, at rated voltage, that the molded case switch will withstand without damage when protected by a circuit breaker
with an equal ampere rating.
Fill in parentheses with the following phase connection options: (2) for AC or (5) for CA.

Table 9.136: PowerPact P- and R-frame Interrupt Ratings
Voltage
240 Vac
480 Vac
600 Vac

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

P-frame Interrupt Rating
J
K
100 kA
65 kA
65 kA
50 kA
25 kA
50 kA

P- and R-frame accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36
P- and R-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

DE2

Discount
Schedule

L
125 kA
100 kA
25 kA

G
65 kA
35 kA
18 kA

R-frame Interrupt Rating
J
K
100 kA
65 kA
65 kA
65 kA
25 kA
65 kA

PANELBOARDS

Type

D

L
125 kA
100 kA
50 kA

P- and R-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39

9-29

Circuit Breakers

PowerPact P- and R-frame for I-Line™ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 612 / Refer to Catalog 0612CT0101
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.137: PowerPact P-frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Electronic Trip Unit
Type

Function

Code

PANELBOARDS

Basic Electronic Fixed long-time,
Trip Unit
Adjustable
ET1.0I
(Not
Interchangeable) Instantaneous

LI

3.0

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Standard
Trip Unit
LSI

LI

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Ammeter
Trip Unit

LSI

LSIG

LSI

5.0

3.0A

5.0A

6.0A

5.0P

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Power
Trip Unit
LSIG

LSI

6.0P

5.0H

Micrologic
Interchangeable
Harmonic
Trip Unit
LSIG

6.0H

Sensor
Rating

Cat. No.ab

600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1000 A
1200 A

P( )A36060
P( )A36080
P( )A36100
P( )A36120
P( )A36025(C)U31A
P( )A36040(C)U31A
P( )A36060(C)U31A
P( )A36080(C)U31A
P( )A36100U31A
P( )A36120U31A
P( )A36025(C)U33A
P( )A36040(C)U33A
P( )A36060(C)U33A
P( )A36080(C)U33A
P( )A36100U33A
P( )A36120U33A
P( )A36025(C)U41A
P( )A36040(C)U41A
P( )A36060(C)U41A
P( )A36080(C)U41A
P( )A36100U41A
P( )A36120U41A
P( )A36025(C)U43A
P( )A36040(C)U43A
P( )A36060(C)U43A
P( )A36080(C)U43A
P( )A36100U43A
P( )A36120U43A
P( )A36025(C)U44A
P( )A36040(C)U44A
P( )A36060(C)U44A
P( )A36080(C)U44A
P( )A36100U44A
P( )A36120U44A
P( )A36025(C)U63AE1
P( )A36040(C)U63AE1
P( )A36060(C)U63AE1
P( )A36080(C)U63AE1
P( )A36100U63AE1
P( )A36120U63AE1
P( )A36025(C)U64AE1
P( )A36040(C)U64AE1
P( )A36060(C)U64AE1
P( )A36080(C)U64AE1
P( )A36100U64AE1
P( )A36120U64AE1
P( )A36025(C)U73AE1
P( )A36040(C)U73AE1
P( )A36060(C)U73AE1
P( )A36080(C)U73AE1
P( )A36100U73AE1
P( )A36120U73AE1
P( )A36025(C)U74AE1
P( )A36040(C)U74AE1
P( )A36060(C)U74AE1
P( )A36080(C)U74AE1
P( )A36100U74AE1
P( )A36120U74AE1

G Interrupting a
80%
100%
Rated
Rated b

$ Price
J Interrupting a
K Interrupting a
80%
100%
80%
100%
Rated
Rated b
Rated
Rated b

L Interrupting ac
80%
100%
Rated
Rated b

Terminal
Wire Range
(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K
(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

14603.

—

15480.

—

15480.

—

16359.

—

20003.

—

21207.

—

21207.

—

22410.

—

15390.

22479.

16268.

23897.

16268.

23897.

17147.

25314.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

20790.

—

21995.

—

21995.

—

23198.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

15729.

22794.

16608.

24231.

16608.

24231.

17487.

25668.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

21131.

—

22334.

—

22334.

—

23538.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

16242.

23270.

17121.

24737.

17121.

24737.

17999.

26204.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

21642.

—

22845.

—

22845.

—

24051.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

17739.

24659.

18618.

26214.

18618.

26214.

19497.

27770.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

23141.

—

24345.

—

24345.

—

25548.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

19607.

26393.

20486.

28058.

20486.

28058.

21365.

29721.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

25008.

—

26211.

—

26211.

—

27416.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

22151.

28754.

23030.

30566.

23030.

30566

23909.

32379.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

27552.

—

28757.

—

28757.

—

29960.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

23234.

29757.

24111.

31634.

24111.

31634.

24990.

33510.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

28634.

—

29838.

—

29838.

—

31041.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

26234.

32541.

27113.

34593.

27113.

34593.

27992.

36645

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

31634.

—

32837.

—

32837.

—

34043.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

27315.

33545.

28194.

35661.

28194.

35661.

29073.

37776.

(3) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL800M23K

32717.

—

33921.

—

33921.

—

35124.

—

(4) 3/0 AWG–500 kcmil
Al or Cu
AL1200P24K

Table 9.138: PowerPact R-frame 1200 A (600 Vac, 50/60 Hz) 3P Circuit Breaker with Electronic Trip Unit
Electronic Trip Unit
Type

Function

Code

Sensor
Rating

G Interruptingac
80%
100%
Rated
Rated

Cat. No.

$ Price
J Interruptingac K Interruptingac L Interruptingacd
80%
100%
80%
100%
80%
100%
Rated
Rated
Rated
Rated
Rated
Rated

Terminal
Wire
Range

Basic Electronic Trip Unit
(Not Interchangeable)

Fixed Long-Time,
R( )A36120
27080.
—
28777.
—
28777.
—
30533.
—
Adjustable Instantaneous ET1.01 1200 A
1000 A
R( )A36100CU31A
LI
3.0
—
33945.
—
36111.
—
36111.
—
38418.
Micrologic
1200 A
R( )A36120CU31A
Interchangeable Standard
1000 A
R( )A36100CU33A
Trip Unit
LSI
5.0
—
34401.
—
36599.
—
36599.
—
38934.
1200 A
R( )A36120CU33A
1000 A
R( )A36100CU41A
LI
3.0A
—
35141.
—
37383.
—
37383.
—
39770.
1200 A
R( )A36120CU41A
Micrologic
1000 A
R( )A36100CU43A
Interchangeable Ammeter
LSI
5.0A
—
36581.
—
38916.
—
38916.
—
41400.
AL1200R53K
1200 A
R( )A36120CU43A
Trip Unit
(4) 3/0-600 kcmil
1000 A
R( )A36100CU44A
Al or Cu
LSI
6.0A
—
38378.
—
40829.
—
40829.
—
43434.
1200 A
R( )A36120CU44A
1000 A R( )A36100CU63AE1
LSI
5.0P
—
40826.
—
43431.
—
43431.
—
46205.
Micrologic
1200 A R( )A36120CU63AE1
Interchangeable Power
1000 A R( )A36100CU64AE1
Trip Unit
LSIG
6.0P
—
41867.
—
44540.
—
44540.
—
47382.
1200 A R( )A36120CU64AE1
1000 A R( )A36100CU73AE1
LSI
5.0H
—
44754.
—
47610.
—
47610.
—
50649.
Micrologic
1200 A R( )A36120CU73AE1
Interchangeable Harmonic
1000 A R( )A36100CU74AE1
Trip Unit
LSIG
6.0H
—
45795.
—
48719.
—
48719.
—
51827.
1200 A R( )A36120CU74AE1
a
To complete the catalog number, replace the blank ( ) with the appropriate interrupt rating (G, J, K, or L).
b
For 100% rated circuit breakers add a “C” in the 9th character place. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard-type trip unit with LI trip functions at 250 A would be PGA36025CU31A.
c
The L interrupt rating is supplied in 480 V only. Change the 5th character (voltage rating) from a 6 (600 V) to a 4 (480 V); for example, PLA34025U31A.
d
See Table 9.136 on Digest page 9-29 for interrupt ratings.
P- and R-frame accessories. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . starting on Digest page 7-36
P- and R-frame optional lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-39
P- and R-frame dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-55
P- and R-frame alternate rating plugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-45
P- and R-frame trip unit options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Digest page 7-44

9-30

DE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-Line™ Factory
Assembled Panelboards

600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 2110 / Refer To Catalog 2110CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Panel Type

225 A
1356.
—
—
—
—

HCN
HCM
HCP-SU
HCP
HCR-U
a

Table 9.140: Standard Solid Neutral
Main Lugs
600 A
2276.
2276.
2990.
2456.
—

400 A
1866.
1866.
—
—
—

800 A
—
2512.
3600.
3056.
—

Ampere Rating
100/225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

1200 A
—
—
—
3968.
4602.

$ Price
294.
384.
544.
764.
1366.

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.139: Base $ Price—Main Lugs a

When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Table 9.140.

Table 9.141: Base $ Price—Main Circuit Breaker b
Main Circuit Breaker

2
3
2
3

HCN
HCM

150 A
FI c HD c HG c
4642. 3360. 3860.
5864. 3770. 4210.
—
3360. 3860.
—
3770. 4210.

FA
2100.
2418.
—
—

FH
2100.
2958.
—
—

JD

JG

JJ

3956.
4440.
3956.
4440.
—
—

4146.
5550.
4146.
5550.
—
—

7126.
7466.
7126.
7466.
—
—

HJ c HL c
4540. 5550.
4890. 5900.
4540. 5550.
4890. 5900.

9

100 A

No.
Panel Type Poles

225 A
No.
Panel Type Poles
HCN
HCM
HCP, HCP-SU

2
3
2
3
2
3

400 A
LD

KI c

JL

LG

LJ

LL

600 A

LA

Electronic 100%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

7356. 8356.
—
—
8676. 10148.
—
—
7356. 8356.
—
—
8676. 10148.
—
—
—
—
11865. 12470. 14795. 15940.
—
—

LH

LC c

LD

LI c

LG

LJ

LL

LC c

Electronic 80%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LI c

MG

6132. 9126.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7136. 10666
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6132. 9126.
—
—
—
—
—
—
8880.
7136. 10666.
—
—
—
—
—
—
10770.
—
—
10366. 11610.
11176. 16504. 8880.
15425. 16215. 19235. 20725.
—
—
11888. 13354.
12678. 18090. 10770.

MJ
—
—
11260.
13400.
11260.
13400.

800 A d
No.
Panel Type Poles
HCN
HCM
HCP, HCP-SU

2
3
2
3
2
3

MG
—
—
11846.
14302.
11846.
14302.

PL b

MJ

PG c

PJ c

PL c PGC c PJC c PLC c

Micrologic™ 80%
Micrologic 100%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14778.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
17456.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14778. 19346. 15830. 16830. 21090. 16542. 18510. 24250.
17456. 23416. 18312. 20280. 24540. 20144. 22300. 28220.
1200 A cde

No.
Panel Type Poles
HCP, HCP-SU
HCR-U
b
c
d
e

2
3
2
3

PG

PJ

PL

22542.
24568.
22542.
24568.

24336.
26560.
24336.
26560.

26648.
29128.
26648.
29128.

PG

PJ

PL

Micrologic 80%
22380. 24980. 27980.
28710. 31310. 35570.
22380. 24980. 27980.
28710. 31310. 35570.

RGC

RJC

RLC

Micrologic 100%
24618. 24478. 32178.
31582. 34442. 40906.
24618. 24478. 32178.
31582. 34442. 40906.

When required, add the $ Price of a solid neutral from Table 9.140.
Standard construction back-fed main.
PG, PJ, PL circuit breakers are available with both thermal-magnetic equivalent and Micrologic trip. The Micrologic circuit breakers are available 80% and 100% rated. The “C” suffix denotes a 100% rating.
For 1200 A frame thermal magnetic circut breaker with 600 kcmil lugs, select an R-frame Thermal Magnetic circuit breaker in the Product Selector.

Table 9.142: Electronic Trip Units for H-frame Circuit Breakers
LI (3.0)
LSI (5.0)
LSIG (6.0) f

Standard $ Price
Standard
549.
—

Ammeter $ Price
—
2550.
4577.

Table 9.144: Electronic Trip Units (L-, P-, and R-frame Circuit Breakers)
Energy $ Price
—
3485.
5979.

Table 9.143: Electronic Trip Units for J-frame Circuit Breakers
LI (3.0)
LSI (5.0)
LSIG (6.0) f

Standard $ Price
Standard
785.
—

Ammeter $ Price
—
3643.
6538.

Energy $ Price
—
4978.
8542.

$ Price
LI (3.0)
LSI (5.0)
LSIG (6.0) f

Standard
Standard
1670.
—

Ammeter Energy Note:
—
—
4670.
7659.
9340.
13777.

Power
—
21600.
31000.

Harmonic
—
32330.
37000.

f

When adding G, requires current transformers and a box extension and is available
factory assembled only.
Note: Energy trip unit available for L-frame circuit breakers only.
PowerPact circuit breakers come with a standard LI trip unit. Use the above $ Price adder
for increase in trip functionality. See Digest page 7-43 for L- frame trip unit descriptions.
See Digest page 7-44 for P- and R- frame trip unit descriptions.

Table 9.145: I-Line 200% Rated Neutral—Standard Terminal Configuration g
Branch Space
Panel
Type

Ampacity

Type

Neutral Terminals Quantity and Size

In.

mm

Main

Branch

(35) 350 kcmil,
(9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4

HCM

600 A
600 A (MG, MJ)
800 A
800 A (MG, MJ)

MLO
M/B
MLO
M/B

72
72
72
72

1829
1829
1829
1829

(8) 750 kcmil
(8) 750 kcmil
(8) 750 kcmil
(8) 750 kcmil

HCR-Uh

1200A

M/B, MLO

108

2743

(8) 750 kcmil

600A

M/B, MLO

63

1600

(8) 750 kcmil

HCP

HCP-SUi
g
h
i

800A

M/B, MLO

99

2515

(8) 750 kcmil

800A

M/B, MLO

54

1371

(8) 750 kcmil

(8) 600 kcmil, (15) 350 kcmil
(9) #14-1/0, (17)#14-#4
(35) 350 kcmil,
(9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4
(35) 350 kcmil,
(9)#14-1/0, (17)#14-#4
(8) 750 kcmil, (21) 350 kcmil,
(9) #14-1/0, (17) #14-#4

Type 1 Enclosure
H
In.
91
91
91
91

W
mm
2311
2311
2311
2311

In.
32
32
32
32

D
mm
813
813
813
813

In.
8.25
9.50
8.25
9.50

mm
210
241
210
241

86

2184

44

1118

9.50

241

68

1727

42

1067

9.50

241

86

2184

42

1067

9.50

241

86

2184

26

660

9.5

241

Available in Type 1 enclosure only; for pricing, see Digest page 9-34.
6 in. enclosure extension is required for HCRU I-Line panelboard.
9 in. enclosure extension is required for HCP-SU I-Line panelboard.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1

Discount
Schedule

9-31

I-Line™ Factory
Assembled Panelboards

600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.146: Branch Circuit Breakers—Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breakers a
(See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for interrupt rating, voltage ratings, Fed. Specs, etc.)

PANELBOARDS

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Circuit
Breaker

15–60 A
70–100 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
20–100 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
110–150 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
110–150 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
110–150 A
15–60 A
70–100 A
110–150 A
70–225 A
70–225 A
70–225 A
70–225 A
150–225 A
250 A
150–225 A
250 A
150–225 A
250 A
150–225 A
250 A
150–225 A
250 A
300–400 A
300–400 A
300–400 A
450–600 A
300–400 A
450–600 A
300–600 A
700–800 A
300–600 A
700–800 A
600–800 A
600–1200 A
600–1200 A
1000–1200 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A

FA (FY-1P)
FA

1000–1200 A
a
b
c
d
e

9-32

FH
FJd
FI
HD

HG

HJ

HL
QB
QD
QG
QJ
JD
JG
JJ
JL
KI
LA
LH
LC
LI
MG
MJ
PL
PG
PJ /PK
PL
PLC (100%) e
RG (80%) e
RJ (80%) e
RL (80%) e

3-pole e
240 V
720.
832.
1100.
1300.
1300.
1500.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
1696.
2208.
2870.
3070.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5460.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

480 Vac
250 Vdc
882.
1142. b
—
—
2080.
2470.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20360.
—
—
24526.
16940.
22620.
24440.
—
—
—

600 V
1006.
1218.
1442.
1940.
—
—
4254.
1350.
1570.
2710.
1710.
2198.
3310.
2380.
2700.
4500.
3910.
4054.
5530.
—
—
—
—
2820.
3800.
3990.
4180.
6110.
6500.
7320.
8900.
7972.
9268.
4916.
5312.
10156.
10422.
11622.
15834.
8152.
10600.
10126.
13306.
—
19966.
21960.
—
—
—
—
24460.
26710.
32580.

2-pole e
Space
Only
98.
98.

H
(In.)
4.5
4.5

98.

4.5

98.

3

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.
98.
98.
98.

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.
252.

6
7.5

456.

7.5

662.

9

662.

9

662.
662.
662.
662.

9
9
9
9

662.

9

662.

15

520.
632.
1050.
1250.
1250.
1450.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
560.
1300. b
2800.
3000.
—
3600.
4600.
3900.
4000.
4300.
4300.
—
—
—
—
4550.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

4.5

456.

240 Vac

480 Vac
250 Vdc
708.
956.
—
—
1660.
1980.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5434.
6672.
5434.
6672.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
16290.
—
—
22046.
13550.
18100.
19560.
—
—
—

1-pole e

600 Vac
786.
964.
1218.
1620.
—
—
3466.
1150.
1370.
2370.
1352.
1508.
3110.
2002.
2364.
3980.
3250.
3402.
4600.
—
—
—
—
2600.
3430.
2790.
3620.
5770.
6450.
6000.
6800.
6216.
7262.
3980.
4500.
8634.
8920.
9878.
14248.
6322.
8180.
8536.
10944.
—
17940.
19724.
—
—
—
—
24460.
26710.
32580.

b

b
b

b
b

Space
Only

H
(In.)

82.

3

98.

3

98.

3

98.

4.5

98.

3

98.

3

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

82.
82.
82.
82.

3
3
3
3

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

98.

4.5

252.

6

456.

7.5

456.

7.5

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

15

120 V
—
354.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

277 V
—
384.
—
—
664.
832.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

277 Vac
125 Vdc
270. c
384. c
518.
650.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Space
Only
72.
72.
72.
72.
72.
72.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

H
(In.)
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
1.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for additional dc ratings.
ac only.
FA, 1P.
480Y/277 Volt rated circuit breaker—Do not use on 480 Volt 3Ø3W Delta systems.
See Table 9.144 on Digest page 9-31 for P- and R frame Micrologic trip unit price adders.

PE1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-Line™ Factory
Assembled Panelboards

600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.147: Branch Circuit Breakers—Electronic Trip Circuit Breakers a
(See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for interrupt rating, voltage ratings, Fed. Specs, etc.)

1000–1200 A
a
b
c
d
e

HD (80%) b
JD (80%) c
HG (80%) b
JG (80%) c
HJ (80%) b
JJ (80%) c
HL (80%) b
JL (80%) c
LD (80%) d

LG (80%) d

LJ (80%) d

LL (80%) d
LDC (100%) d
LLC (100%) d
LGC (100%) d
LJC (100%) d
DG (100%) e
DG (80%) e
DJ (100%) e
DJ (80%) e
DL (100%) e
DL (80%) e
PG (80%) d

PJ/PK (80%) d

PL (80%) d

PGC (100%) d
PJC/PKC (100%)
d
PLC (100%) d
RG (100%) d
RJ (100%) d
RL (100%) d

2-pole d

3-poled
240 V
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

480 Vac
250 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
5687.
8954.
9118.
12385.
10573.
13839.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
15400.
20570.
22220.
29850.
—
—
—
—
—
—
16940.
22620.
24440.
—
—
—

600 V
1790.
2102.
3756.
4013.
2110.
2380.
4848.
5082.
2703.
2898.
6895.
7231.
4027.
4263.
8943.
9381.
5378.
5378.
7775.
5645.
5645.
8167.
9212.
9212.
11378.
10724.
10724.
12738.
6991.
6991.
13941.
13941.
7338.
7338.
11975.
11975.
—
—
—
—
—
—
8900.
13310.
14730.
21240.
10400.
15570.
17220.
24850.
—
—
—
—
9790.
14642.
16200.
11960.
17900.
19800.
—
—
—
29317.
32159.
39389.

Space
Only
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
98.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.

H

240 Vac

4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
4.5
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6
6

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

15

480 Vac
250 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4550.
7163.
7295.
9908.
8458.
11071.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
12320.
16450.
17780.
23880.
—
—
—
—
—
—
13550.
18100.
19560.
—
—
—

600 Vac
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
7120.
10648.
12402.
16992.
9240.
12450.
13780.
19880.
—
—
—
—
7832.
11714.
13642.
9570.
14330.
15840.
—
—
—
29317.
32159.
39389.

1-pole d
Space
Only
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.
252.

H

120 V

277 V

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
6
6
6
6
6
6

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

9

662.

15

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

277 Vac
125 Vdc
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Space
Only
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

H
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

See Digest pages 7-4 through 7-8 for additional dc ratings.
See Table 9.142 on Digest page 9-31 for H-frame electronic trip unit price adders.
See Table 9.143 on Digest page 9-31 for J-frame electronic trip unit price adders.
See Table 9.144 on Digest page 9-31 for L-, P-, and R-frame electronic trip unit price adders.
See the Supplemental Digest for D-frame electronic trip unit price adders.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1

Discount
Schedule

9-33

PANELBOARDS

15–60 A
35–100 A
50–150 A
70–250 A
15–60 A
35–100 A
50–150 A
70–250 A
15–60 A
35–100 A
50–150 A
70–250 A
15–60 A
35–100 A
50–150 A
70–250 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
200–600 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
200–600 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
200–600 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
200–600 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
70–250 A
125–400 A
60–400 A
600 A
60–400 A
600 A
60–400 A
600 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A
1000–1200 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A
1000–1200 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A
1000–1200 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A
250–400 A
450–600 A
700–800 A

Circuit
Breaker

9

Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

I-Line™ Factory Assembled Panelboards

Common Feature Pricing
Class 2110 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.148: QO Plug-On Branch Circuit Breakers

Table 9.156: Door-in-Door Trim
$ Price

Transition Charge per 6 QO one-pole spaces
(H=4.5 in. per 6 one-pole spaces)
QO Branch circuit breakers

328.
See Digest page 7-10

Door-in-Door Trim
Trim has piano hinge down one side.
Door opens by single latch; Entire trim opens by removing screws.
Hinged Door-in-Door with Outer Door Lock Added

$ Price Adder
646.
836.

Table 9.157: Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12
PANELBOARDS

Table 9.149: Sub-feed/Feed-through Lugs a
Ampere Rating
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
a

$ Price
368.
600.
858.
1490.
1890.

Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets
Maximum 26 in. wide box
Maximum 28 in. wide box
Maximum 32 in. wide box
Maximum 42 in. wide box
Maximum 44 in. wide box

Table 9.158: Copper Mechanical Lugs

2 or 3-pole Branch Mounted; SL Kit used for both SFL and TFL.

Main Lug Interiors

Ampere Rating
$ Price
Equipment Ground Bar
Copper Ground Bar b

180.
148.
$ Price Additional
Neutral Assembly

b

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors
$ Price per Pole
70.
108.
148.
168.
196.
236.

Table 9.150: Ground Bars

Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar

$ Price Adder
2156.
3312.
3312.
3312.
3312.

100/125 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

70.
108.
148.
168.
196.
236.

Add to equipment ground bar $ Price.

Table 9.159: Copper Compression Lugs
Table 9.151: Name Plates
$ Price
Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in., adhesive backed
or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly ($ Price includes engraving)

78.

Table 9.152: Copper Bus Bars
Ampere Rating
225 A
400 A
600 A
600 A
800-1200 A

Type
HCN, HCM
HCN, HCM, HCP
HCN
HCM, HCP, HCR-U
HCP, HCR-U

$ Price
528.
720.
720.
1274.
1274.

Type
Copper Neutral
Copper Neutral
Copper Neutral
Copper Neutral

70.
108.
148.
168.
316.
—

Table 9.160: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL
Main Circuit Breaker Interiors c

Main Lug Interiors

Ampere Rating

$ Price Per Pole
29.00
N/A
29.00
45.00
59.00
100.00
118.00

100 A
150 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

$ Price Adder
868.
894.
1108.
1352.

29.00
29.00
49.00
74.00
131.00
—
—

Note: Additional factory modifications. See Digest page 9-38.
c
Compression lugs are not available on LC, LI, LE, LX, and LXI circuit breakers.

Table 9.154: 200% Rated Neutrals
Ampere Rating
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

Main Circuit Breaker Interiors
$ Price per Pole
70.
108.
148.
168.
316.
836.

100/125 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

Table 9.153: Neutrals
Ampere Rating
100–400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

Main Lug Interiors

Ampere Rating

Type
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Aluminum
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper
Copper

$ Price Adder
820.
940.
1340.
1350.
2020.
1210.
1300.
1980.
2500.
2900.

Surgelogic™ SPD
Surgelogic SPD unit in I-Line plug-on
construction: An integrally mounted surge
protection solution that mounts on to an
I-Line Panelboard bus stack just like a
J-Frame circuit breaker. Requires 13.5 in.
of mounting height. Available as factory
assembled and merchandised. For SPD
unit pricing and information, see Digest
pages 6-3 and 6-44.
I-Line Plug-On Unit with
Surgelogic SPD

Table 9.155: Metal Directory Frame
Metal Directory Frame
Frame attached to trim (not available on four piece trim)

$ Price Adder
140.

Table 9.161: Surgelogic SPD Options
Surgelogic SPD Options

$ Price
Standard

Dry Contacts
Remote Monitor

2588.

Note: Requires HCM interior minimum.

Table 9.162: Surgelogic Branch Mounted I-Line SPD—Model IMA
Surge Current Rating kA
Voltage
120/240 1P3W
208Y/120 3P4W
240/120 3P4W
480Y/277 3P4W
600Y/347 3P4W

9-34

100 kA
HL
18908.
19750.
19750.
20602.
—

120 kA
FI
20416.
21260.
21260.
22110.
23000.

HL
20088.
20984.
20984.
21898.
—

160 kA
FI
21692.
22588.
22588.
23492.
24438.

PE1

HL
23634.
24688.
24688.
25752.
—
Discount
Schedule

200 kA
FI
25520.
26574.
26574.
27638.
28750.

HL
29354.
30740.
30740.
32130.
—

240 kA
FI
30958.
32342
32342.
33734.
35198.

HL
34534.
36164.
36164.
37800.
—

FI
36420.
38050.
38050.
39686.
41400.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QMB Fusible Branch
Switches

For QMB/QMJ Panelboards and Switchboards
Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.163: QMB Branch Switch Units

2-pole, 240 Vac
30 A-30 A
4.5
30 A-Blank
4.5
60 A-60 A
4.5
60 A-Blank
4.5
100 A-100 A
6
100 A-Blank
6
200 A
9
15
400 A
9
600 A

Catalog
Number

$ Price

No.
Kits
Req’d.

QMB221TW
608.
2
QMB221HWb
425.
1
QMB222TW
608.
1
QMB222HWb
425.
QMB223TW
990.
1
QMB223HWb
695.
QMB224W
1200.
1
QMB225W
3072.
1
QMB225WT3c 2981. —
Use 3-pole devices
for 2-pole application.

3-pole, 240 Vac
30 A-30 A
4.5
QMB321TW
827.
2
30 A-Blank
4.5
QMB321HWb
587.
1
60 A-60 A
4.5
QMB322TW
827.
1
60 A-Blank
4.5
QMB322HWb
587.
100 A-100 A
6
QMB323TW
1265.
1
100 A-Blank
6
QMB323HWb
879.
200 A
9
QMB324W
1673.
1
15
QMB325W
4277.
1
400 A
9
QMB325WT3 c 4143. —
15
QMB326W
6249.
1
600 A
15
QMB326WT3 c 6249. —
800 A
15
QMB327WT3c 12140. —
2-pole, 600 Vac, 250 Vdcd
30 A-30 A
4.5
QMB261TW
1050.
1
30 A-Blank
4.5
QMB261HWb
702.
60 A-60 A
6
QMB262TW
1050.
1
60 A-Blank
6
QMB262HWb
738.
100 A-100 A
7.5
QMB263TW
1536.
2
100 A-Blank
7.5
QMB263HWb
1083.
1
200 A
9
QMB264W
1791.
1
400 A
Use 3-pole devices
for 2-pole application.
600 Ae
3-pole, 600 Vacd
4.5
30 A-30 A
4.5
30 A-Blank
4.5
6
60 A-60 A
6
60 A-Blank
6
6
60 A-30 A
6
7.5
100 A-100 A
6
7.5
100 A-Blank
6
7.5
100 A-30 A
7.5
7.5
100 A-60 A
7.5
200 A
9
200 A-200 A
7.5
200 A-Blank
7.5
400 Af
15
400 A
9
400 Af
9
600 Aef
15
60 A0
15
800 Ag
15
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

QMB361TW
QMJ361T
QMB361HWb
QMB362TW
QMJ362T
QMB362HWb

1241.
1293.
861.
1241.
1293.
861.

QMB362T21W

1241.

QMB363TW
QMJ363T
QMB363HWb
QMJ363Hb

1961.
2013.
1373.
1424.

QMB363T31W

1961.

QMB363T32W

1961.

QMB364W
2306.
QMJ364T
4712.
QMJ364Hb
2357.
QMB365W
5445.
QMJ365
5561.
QMB365WT6h 5276.
QMB366W
6735.
QMJ366
6704.
QMB367W
12140.

1
—
1
1
—
1

Electrical Interlock Kit

Horsepower Ratingsi
240 Vac

Catalog
Number

$ Price

Catalog
Number a

$ Price

Std.

480 Vac
Max.

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

Std.

600 Vac
Max.

Std.

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

1Ø

3Ø

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

5
5
10
10
20
20
40
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QMB100R

95.00 QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

7.5

15

15

30

HRK1020
QMB4060R
—

47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2)
111.00
—
—
—

357.
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

25
—
—
—
—

15
—
—
—
—

60
—
—
—
—

3
3
7.5
7.5
15
15
25
50
50
75
75
75

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

7.5
7.5
15
15
30
30
60
125
—
150
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3

5

7.5

15

3

5

15

20

30

10

25.50 QMB300EK(1 or 2)

357.

1.5

3

3

7.5

QMB36R

48.90 QMB300EK(1 or 2)

357.

3

7.5

10

15

—

QMB100R

95.00 QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

HRK1020
QMB4060R
—
QMB4060R
—
—

47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2)
111.00
—
—
—
111.00
—
—
—
—
—

357.
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QMB36R

48.90 QMB300EK(1 or 2)

357.

1.5

QMB60R

48.90

357.

3

HRK30
QMB36R

25.50

357.
QMB300EK(1 or 2)

48.90

357.

HRK1020

47.70

357.

7.5

HRK1020

47.70 QMB200EK(1 or 2)

357.

15

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3
—
3
7.5
—
7.5
—
—
15
—
15
—
—
—
—
—
25
25
—
—
50
—
—
75
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

7.5
—
7.5
15
—
15
—
—
30
—
30
—
—
—
—
—
60
60
—
—
125
—
—
150
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

5
—
5
15
—
15
—
—
25
—
25
—
—
—
—
—
50
50
—
100
100
—
150
—
150

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

15
—
15
30
—
30
—
—
60
—
60
—
—
—
—
—
125
125
—
250
250
—
400
—
400

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QMB36R
—
QMB36R
QMB60R
—
QMB60R
and
1 ea. QMB60R
QMB36R
2
HRK1020
—
—
1
HRK1020
—
—
and
1 ea. HRK1020
QMB36R

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

48.90
—
48.90
48.90
—
48.90
48.90
—
47.70
—
47.70
—
47.70
48.90
and 47.70
1 ea. HRK1020
QMB60R
48.90
1
HRK1020
47.70
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
QMB4060R 111.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
1
QMB4060R 111.00
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

QMB300EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB300EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB200EK(1 or 2)

357.

QMB610EK(1 or 2)

357.

—
QMB200EK(1 or 2)
—
—
—
—

—
357.
—
—
—

10

25

30

60

15

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

25

50

50

125

30

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3
10
15

250 Vdc

3Ø

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

HRK30

Max.

1Ø

50

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

—

—

7.5
—
7.5
15
—
15
—
—
30
—
30
—
—
—
—
—
60
60
—
125
125
—
250

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

20
20
20
50
—
50
—
—
75
—
75
—
—
—
—
—
150
150
—
350
350
—
500
—
500

—
5
—
—
10
—
—
—
—
20
—
20
—
—
—
—
—
40
—
50
50
—
—
—
—

250

10
25
40

5
10
20
40

“1’’ indicates one normally open and one normally closed contact.
“2’’ indicates two normally open and two normally closed contacts.
Blank units cannot be modified to accept a switch interior.
Use 300 Vac Class T fuses only.
Class J fuse provisions—to field modify switch, move load side fuse base to position indicated in switch. Not available on 100-30, 100-60, or 800 A switch units.
To adapt switch for 600 Vac Class T fuses, order kit Catalog Number QMB600T6, $ Price 194. (Use T6 fuses with standard horsepower ratings only).
250 Vdc rating.
To adapt switch for 600 Vac Class T fuses, order kit Catalog Number QMB800T6, $ Price 467. (Use T6 fuses with standard horsepower ratings only).
Use 600 Vac Class T fuses only.
Horsepower rating applicable to 480Y/277 V system only.

Note: See the Supplemental Digest for merchandised motor starter units, QMB RTI panelboards, and replacement switches for Series 1–4 and D2 QMB panelboards.
Note: For series E1 and E2, QMJ switches may be used in 400 A–1200 A interiors in a NEMA 1 without door only. QMJ switches cannot be used in series E1 and E2, 225 A panelboards. QMJ
switches cannot be used in NEMA 1 with door or any NEMA 3R/12 enclosure.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

9-35

PANELBOARDS

Unit
Height
(In.)

9

Class R Fuse Kits
Unit
Ampere
Rating

QMB Factory Assembled Panelboards

Fusible—600 Vac, 250 Vdc
Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.164: Base $ Price
Main Switch a

Main Lugs
Maximum
Mounting
Space
(In.)
—
—
60
60
60
60
45

Mains
Rating
(Amperes)

PANELBOARDS

—
—
225
400
600
800
1200
a
b
c
d
e

Base
$ Price
(2- or 3-pole)

Mains
Rating
(Amperes)

—
—

100
200
—
400
600
800b
—

1098.
1344.
2066.
2550.
3550.

240 Vac

Maximum
Mounting
Space
(In.)
51
51
—
45
45
45
—

Base $ Price
2-pole
2544.
2544.
—
4840.
7298.c
11098.
—

Solid Neutral
(Main Lugs and Main Switch)

600 Vac
Base $ Price

3-pole
3104.
3104.
—
6158.
8758.c
13704.c
—

2-pole
3026.
3026.
—
5906.
7968.de
11128.d
—

Ampere
Rating

3-pole
3632.
3632.
—
7300.
9338.d
13724.d
—

$ Price

100 A
200 A
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

294.
294.
294.
384.
556.
786.
912.

Pricing includes Class R or J Rejection Clips if requested at time of order. Class J fuses available only on 600 V switches.
800 A switch unit with provision for UL Class L fuses.
Switches for use with 300 V Class T fuses are also available at no additional cost.
For 600 Vac UL Class T fuse provision on main switch, add $ 321.00
250 Vdc rating.

Table 9.165: Branch Switch $ Price f
Unit Ampere
Rating

Switch
Type

Twin Mounted Branch Switches g
30 A-Blank
QMB
60 A-Blank
QMB
QMB
100 A-Blank
QMJ hm
200 A-Blank
QMJ hm
60 A-30 A
QMB
100 A-30 A
QMB
100 A-60 A
QMB
QMB
30 A-30 A
QMJ hm
QMB
60 A-60 A
QMJ hm
QMB
100 A-100 A
QMJ hm
200 A-200 A
Single Mounted Branch Switches
200 A
QMB
400 A
QMB
400 Ai
QMB
400 A
QMJ hm
600 A
QMB
600 A
QMJ hm
800 Al
QMB
f
g
h
i
j
k
l
m

240 Vac
2-pole
$ Price

3-pole
$ Price

592.

600 Vac

Space Only
$ Price

784.

898.

1104.

—
—
—

—
—
—

Unit Mounting Height
(In.)

2-pole
$ Price

3-pole
$ Price

Space Only
$ Price

2576.
1446.

294.
396.
462.
396.
462.
396.

4.5
6
7.5
6
7.5
6

2274.

462.

7.5

1446.

294.

4.5

1446.

396.

6

462.
396.
462.

7.5
6
7.5

580.
878.

9
15

580.

9

878.

15

294.

4.5

852.

392.

6
—
—
—

1276.

1592.

1984.
1216.
1822.

—
—
—

1012.

1822.

2274.

396.

6

826.

1120.

294.

4.5
—
4.5
—
6
—
—

1216.h
1216.
1216.h
1216.
1822.j
1822.
3970.

5154.

9
15
9
—
15
—
15

1984.h
4300.h
4098.hi
4098.
5264.hk
5264.
10682.k

2576.
5764.h
5552.hi
5552.
6962.hk
6962.
10682.k

—

—
826.

—
1120.

—

—
1282.

294.
—

1576.

—
—

—
—

1484.
3204.
3040.i
—
4888.j
—
10682.

2034.
4562.
4360.i
—
6374.hj
—
10682.j

396.
—
—
580.
878.
580.
—
878.
—
878.

Unit Mounting Height
(In.)

2274.

Pricing includes Class R or J Rejection Clips if requested at time of order. Class J fuses available only on 600 V switches.
$ Price is per twin switch.
250 Vdc rating.
For use with Class T fuses only. Use 300 V Class T fuses on 240 Vac max. systems and 600 V Class T fuses on 600 Vac max. systems.
Switches for use with 300 V Class T fuses are also available at no additional cost.
For 600 Vac UL Class T fuse provision on branch switch, add $ 307.00
800 A switch unit with provision for UL Class L fuses.
QMJ switches are available in NEMA 1 enclosures only.

Table 9.166: Accessories
Electrical Interlocks
Number of Contacts
Normally Open

1
2

n
o

Branch Switches
30–200 A $ Price

Normally Closed

1
2

472.

Mains Ampere
Rating

Sub-feed Lugs n
for Main Lugs Interior n

Feed-through Lugs for Main
Switch Interior

200 A
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

—

—
—

282.
466.
856.
1150.
1440.

Copper
Bus Bars
488.
488.
720.
1148.
1372.
1428.

872.o
1268.o
1512.o
—

No extra box height required.
Box height increases 6 in. Not available in Type 3R/5/12 construction.

Table 9.167: Circuit Breakers, Twin Mounted H-frame— $ Price Per Twin Unit
Circuit Breaker Ampere Rating

$ Price—3-pole

Left Unit

Right Unit

Unit Mounting Height
(In.)

15–150 A

15–150 A

6

240 V
HD
2914.

480 V
HG
3572.

HD
3324.

600 V
HG
3814.

HD
3674.

HG
4018.

Space Only
396.

Note: See the Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest for merchandised motor starter units, QMB RTI panelboards, and replacement switches for Series 1-4 and D2 QMB panelboards.

Table 9.168: Circuit Breaker, Single Mounted JD-LA— $ Price Each
$ Price—3-pole
Circuit Breaker
Ampere Rating

Unit Mounting Height
(In.)

150–250 A
225–400 A

6
7.5

600 V
JD

JG
3800.

—

5814.
—

Space Only

LA
—

396.
462.

5664.

Table 9.169: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Starter Size
0
1
2
3

9-36

Fusible Switch—600 V Max. (w/Class R or J Fuses) RMS Sym. Amps
100,000
100,000
100,000
100,000

PE1

Discount
Schedule

Thermal-magnetic Circuit Breaker 600 V Max. RMS Sym. Amps
5,000
5,000
5,000
5,000
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QMB Factory Assembled
Panelboards

Common Features
Class 4620 / Refer to Catalog 4620CT9601

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.175: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL—
Main or Branch Switches

Item
$ Price
Equipment Ground Bar
180.
Copper Ground Bar
148. a
Insulated/Isolated Ground Bar
ab
Name Plates
78. c
a
Add to Equipment Ground Bar $ Price.
b
$ Price an additional Neutral Assembly from Table 9.164 on Digest page
9-36 for Al insulated ground bar or from Table 9.171 for Cu insulated
ground bar.
c
Standard white face/black letter laminated bakelite, 1 in. x 3.5 in.
adhesive backed or screw mountable with screws in a bag assembly.
($ Price includes engraving.)

Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL
100 A #8–1/0 Al or Cu
200 A #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
400 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
600 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
800 A 2/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or 500 kcmil Cu or
500–750kcmil Al.

Copper Compression Lugs
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

Table 9.172: Copper Mechanical Lugs—Main Switch Interiors
Copper Mechanical Lugs
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

$ Price
108.
148.
168.
196.

Table 9.173: Copper Compression Lugs—Main Lug Interiors
$ Price
108.
148.
168.
316.
836.

Voltage
Surge
Current 120/240 V 208Y/120 V 240/120 Vac 480Y/277 Vac 600Y/347 Vac
Rating
3Ø4W
kA
1Ø3W
3Ø4W
3Ø4W
3Ø4W
High Leg
100
—
14310.
—
15410.
—
120
—
15654.
—
16754.
—
160
—
18586.
—
19686.
—
200
19196.
23596.
23596.
26896.
26896.
240
23760.
27440.
27440.
31460.
31460.
d
Requires 9 in. of mounting height.

Table 9.178: SPD Options
Surge Counter
Dry Contacts
Remote Monitor

$ Price
Standard
Standard
2588.

QMB Layout Information

Table 9.174: Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL—
Main Lug Interiors
Aluminum Compression Lugs VCEL
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

$ Price
108.
148.
168.
196.

Table 9.177: Surgelogic™ SPD for QMB d

Surgelogic SPD Options
Copper Compression Lugs
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

262.

9

$ Price
868.
894.
1108.
1352.
N/A
3054.
Standard

58.
98.
128.
246.

Table 9.176: Copper Compression Lugs—Main Switch Interiors

Table 9.171: Copper Neutral

Copper Neutral
125–400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A
Hinged Trim
Weatherproof or Dusttight Cabinets—Type 3R, 5, 12; 800 A Max.
Mechanical Lugs 225 A–1200 A

$ Price

$ Price
58.
90.
118.
200.
236.

Main Switch or
Main Lugs

100 A twin QMB
6" H @ 240 Volt

Maximum
Mounting
Space
for
Branch
Units

60 A twin QMB
6" H @ 600 Volt

30/30 @ 240 or 600 V
or 60/60 @ 240 V
are 4.5" high
Wiring Gutter

100 A twin QMB
7.5" H @ 600 Volt
100 A twin QMJ
6" H @ 600 Volt
200 A QMB
9" mounting height,
200 Amp twin QMJ
7.5" mounting height
400 A QMJ 9" H,
400 A Class T 9" H,
400, 600 or 800 A
QMB all require 15" H
38"

To maximize the quantity of branch switches, use QMJ
switches from Digest page 9-36. Class J fuses are available in
time delay construction suitable for motor and transformer
loads.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1

Discount
Schedule

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.170: Ground Bar and Name Plates

9-37

Modifications for Factory Assembled Panelboards
Class 1640, 1670, 2110, 4620, 6650 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 1640CT0801, 4620CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.179: NQ and NF Lighting Contactors—Mechanically Held

Table 9.181: NQ and NF Panelboard Split Bus Bars

(Furnish a one-line power and control voltage connection diagram.)

Maximum
Ampacity
MLO

Mechanically Held
Ampacity

Type

Minimum Additional
Box Height Required a
H (In.)

$ Price

PANELBOARDS

Square D™ Brand PB b
30 A 2P
PBM10B

3772.

18

60 A 2P

PBP10B

4634.

18

75 A 2P

PBN10B

4986.

18

100 A 2P

PBQ10B

5072.

18

150 A 2P

PBR10B

7156.

18

200 A 2P

PBV10B

8692.

18

225 A 2P

PBW10B

9830.

18

30 A 3P

PBM11B

3740.

18

60 A 3P

PBP11B

4754.

18

75 A 3P

PBN11B

5628.

18

100 A 3P

PBQ11B

6454.

18

150 A 3P

PBR11B

8078.

18

200 A 3P

PBV11B

8736.

18

225 A 3P

PBW11B

10062.

18

30 A 2P

9202030

4694.

18

60 A 2P

9202060

5954.

18

75 A 2P

9202075

5954.

18

100 A 2P

9202100

6194.

18

150 A 2P

9202150

9242.

18

200 A 2P

9202200

10882.

18

225 A 2P

9202225

11875.

18

30 A 3P

9203030

5436.

18

60 A 3P

9203060

7638.

18

9203075

7638.

18

9203100

9184.

18

150 A 3P

9203150

12998.

18

200 A 3P

9203200

14434.

18

225 A 3P

9203225

15750.

18

a
b
c

Ampacity
MLO

Tin or Silver Plating
100 A

1240.

510. e

1240.

610. e

400 A

2080.

830.

600 A

2080.

800 A
1200 A

125 A
225 A
250 A

d
e
f
g
h

44

56
62

2-pole

3-pole

560.
662.
786.
1094.
1320.

662.
858.
858.
1238.
1442.

Split Bus
7.5 in.
9 in.
12 in.
12 in.
18 in.

Main Circuit Breaker Without Overload Trip
(Automatic Molded Case Switch)

•

(Not UL Listed)
$ Price as standard main circuit breaker, no $ Price Adder.

Shunt Trip Circuit Breakers

•

See Digest page 7-35 for pricing.

Note: For molded case switch and automatic molded case switch short circuit current ratings,
See Digest page 7-33.

Special Features
For information on the following special features, please see the
Supplemental and Obsolescence Digest.
• Powerlogic™ metering k
• Customer equipment space (NQ and NF) k
• Increased box depth k
• Increased gutters–top, bottom, and sides k
• Non-standard paint k
• Welded base channel k
• Type 1 gasketed k
• Type 2 drip hood k
• Type 3R/4/4X/5/12 stainless steel enclosure k
• Type 4X fiberglass enclosure k
• Stainless steel trim front k
• Padlockable hasp k
• Special locks (Corbin, Yale, Best) k
• Equal height boxes k
• Common trim to cover two equal height boxes k
• Panelboard skirt—hides conduits feeding a panelboard k
• Panelboard wireway—for terminating conduit in wireway endwall k
• Keyed mechanical interlocking of two or more circuit breakers
(I-Line and QMB) k
• Motor operators (I-Line only)
• Panelboard interiors and special fronts to fit existing boxes
• A standard panelboard box has one blank endwall and one with
knockouts. Blank endwalls or knockouts in both endwalls are also
available k

750 A/in2 Al

340. f
456. f
572. f

1050. f

1080. fg

2080.

1490.

1244. g

2080.

1710.

1432. gh

Standard copper bus plating material
– NQ and NF: Silver plated bus/tin plated connectors
– I-Line and QMB: Tin.
NQ available in 42 circuit only.
Not available in NQ.
HCN 600 A and all 800–1200 A I-Line interiors available with copper bus only.
1200 A QMB with current density-rated bussing not available.

k

9-38

Box Height
(ft.)

Note: For applications with main circuit breaker panelboards, contact your local
Schneider Electric representative or distributor.
j
For I-Line panelboards, dimension includes height of “SL” sub-feed lug kit from Digest,
plus 3 in. from available branch mounting space.

Current Density Rated Bus
$ List Price Adder
1000 A/in2 Cu

Split

Additional Mounting Height
Required On Split Bus Section j

$ Price

225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

Table 9.180: Current Density Rated Panelboard Bus and
Special Plating for Copper Bus
Copper Bus Special
Plating
$ List Price Adder d

Main

Table 9.182: I-Line™ Panelboard Split Bus Bars

NF panels require 18 in. of additional box height regardless of contactor ampacity or
manufacturer.
If two-wire control is required—Square D™ brand. Add 708. (No additional width or
depth required)
If two-wire control is required—ASCO type. Add 1412. (No additional width or
depth required)

Ampacity

3-phase

When greater than 125 A lugs are required on the split section of the bus, contact your
local Schneider Electric representative or distributor for the box height.

ASCO Type 920 c

75 A 3P

1-phase

NQ Panelboards—125 A Maximum Lugs on Split Bus Section i
18
30
225 A
600.
900.
18
30
30
NF Panelboards—125 A Maximum Lugs on Split Bus Section i
18
30
250 A
—
900.
18
30
30
i

100 A 3P

Maximum Number of
Pole Spaces Available

$ List Price Adder

PE1

Discount
Schedule

Supported by the Panelboard Product Selector.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Panelboards

NQ and NF Terminal Data
Class 1640, 1670, / Refer to Catalog 1670CT0701, 1640CT0801

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.183: NQ Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs

NQ

Ampere Rating

Lug Wire Range

100 A

one #6-2/0 Al or Cu

225 A

one #6-350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A

one 1/0-750 kcmil or
two 1/0-350 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A

two 1/0-750 kcmil Al or Cu

PANELBOARDS

Panel Type

Panel Type

Ampere Rating
100 A

QOB

Lug Wire Range a
one #4–#2/0 Al or Cu

FI

one #14–#1/0 Al or Cu

150 A

HD, HG, HJ, HL

one #14–#3/0 Al or Cu

225 A

QB, QD, QG, QJ

one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu

JD, JG, JJ, JL

NQ
250 A

a

Circuit Breaker
Type

9

Table 9.184: NQ Standard Aluminum Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker

one #3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu a

DJ

one #2–600 Cu or #2–500 Al

KI

one #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A

LA, LH

one #1–600 kcmil Al or Cu or
two #1–250 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A

LC

two #4/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu

The lug range shown is for the highest amperage of the circuit breaker frame shown in the table.

Table 9.185: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs
Panel Type

Ampere Rating
125 A

NF

Lug Wire Range
one #6–2/0 Al or Cu

250 A

one #6–350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A

one #1/0–750 kcmil or two #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

600 A

two #1/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

800 A

three #4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 9.186: NF Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker
Panel Type

NF

b

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ampere Rating

Circuit Breaker Type

125 A

ED, EG, EJ

100 A

FI

150 A

HD, HG, HJ, HL
JD, JG, JJ, JL

250 A

Lug Wire Range b
one #14–#2/0 Al or Cu
one #14–#1/0 Cu or one #12–#1/0 Al
one #14–#3/0 Al or Cu
one #3/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu b

DJ

one #2–600 Cu or #2–500 Al

KI

one #1/0–350 kcmil Al or Cu

400 A

LA, LH

600 A

LC, LI, LE, LX, LXI

one #1–600 kcmil or two #1–250 kcmil Al or Cu
two #4/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

The lug range shown is for the highest amperage of the circuit breaker frame shown in the table.

9-39

I-Line™ and QMB

Terminal Data
Class 2110, 4620 / Refer to Catalog 2110CT9701, 4620CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.187: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs
Panel
Type

Ampere
Rating
100 A
225 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

I-Line

Lug Wire Range a

PANELBOARDS

—
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu
two #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a
—
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
one #2–600 kcmil Al or Cu
two #2–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 9.188: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Circuit Breaker
Panel
Type

I-Line

Ampere
Rating
100 A
150 A
225 A
250 A
400 A
600 A
800 A
1200 A

Circuit Breaker
Type
FA, FH, FI
HD, HG, HJ, HL
KI
JD, JG, JJ, JL
LX, LXI, LE
LA, LH
LC, LI, LX, LXI, LE
MG, MJ, PG, PJ, PL
PG, PJ, PL, RGC, RJC, RLC

Lug Wire Range a
one #14-1/0 Al or Cu
one #14-3/0 Al or Cu
one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu
one #1/0-#4/0 Al or Cu
two #1-350 kcmil Al or Cu
one #1-600 or two #1-250 kcmil Al or Cu
two 4/0-500kcmil Al or Cu
three 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu
four 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a
one #14-1/0 Al or Cu
one #14-3/0 Al or Cu
one #4-300 kcmil Al or Cu
one #1/0-300 kcmil Al or Cu
two #1-350 kcmil Al or Cu
one #1-600 kcmil Al or Cu
two 4/0-500kcmil Al or Cu
three 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu
four 3/0-500 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 9.189: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Lugs
Panel
Type

Mains
Ampere
Rating
225 A
400 A
600 A

QMB

800 A
1200 A
1600 A

Lug Wire Range a

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a

one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu and,
one 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu and,
one 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or
(4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu or
(4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
(4) 3/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
VCEL compression lugs Standard.

Table 9.190: Standard Mechanical Lugs—Main Switch
Panel
Type

QMB

Mains
Ampere
Rating
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

Lug Wire Range a

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a

#4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 9.191: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMB Branch Switch Units
Panel
Type

QMB

Switch
Ampere
Rating
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
600 A
800 A

Lug Wire Range a

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a

one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–1/0 Al or Cu
one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–1/0 Al or Cu
one #4–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu
(3) 3/0–500 kcmil Al or Cu

Table 9.192: Standard Mechanical Lugs—QMJ Branch Switch Units b
Panel
Type

QMJ

a
b

9-40

Switch
Ampere
Rating
30 A
60 A
100 A
200 A
400 A
400 A
600 A

Lug Wire Range a

Wire Range
Wire Bending Space per NEC Table 373-6 a

one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–1/0 Al or Cu
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
two 1/0–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–#2 Al or Cu
one #14–1/0 Al or Cu
one #6–300 kcmil Al or Cu
one 1/0–750 kcmil Al or Cu
two 1/0–300 kcmil Al or Cu
two 3/0–600 kcmil Al or Cu

(#) = Number of conductors per phase.
Use only 90 oC insulated conductors based on an ampacity of 75 oC conductors.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-Line™ Combo
Panelboard

Combination Panelboards

www.schneider-electric.us

Part Number

Panelboard
Ampacity

List
$ Price

Single/
Duplex

Lighting
Section
Type

Lighting Lighting
Section
Section
Amperage Circuits

Busing

Ground Bar

Box

4 Piece Trim
Without Door

Trim with Door

NEMA 3R/5/12
(Includes
Fromnt)

18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18
18

CP18864N3Q2C
CP18864N3Q2
CP18864N4Q2C
CP18864N4Q2
CP18864N3F2C
CP18864N3F2
CP18864N4F2C
CP18864N4F2
CP18866N3Q4C
CP18866N4Q4C
CP18866N3F4C
CP18866N4F4C

400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
600
600
600
600

7234.00
5355.00
7510.00
5632.00
12284.00
10324.00
12703.00
10772.00
10522.00
10800.00
14899.00
15304.00

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

NQ
NQ
NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NF
NF
NQ
NQ
NF
NF

225
225
225
225
250
250
250
250
400
400
400
400

30
30
42
42
30
30
42
42
30
42
30
42

Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu

PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU

HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB
HC2686DB

HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P
HC2686T( )4P

HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR
HC2686T( )HR

HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP
HC2686WP

22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5
22.5

CP23734N3Q2C
CP23734N3Q2
CP23734N3F2C
CP23734N3F2
CP23736N3Q4C
CP23736N3F4C
CP23914N4Q2C
CP23914N4Q2
CP23914N5Q2C
CP23914N5Q2
CP23914N4F2C
CP23914N4F2
CP23914N5F2C
CP23914N5F2
CP23916N4Q4C
CP23916N5Q4C
CP23916N4F4C
CP23916N5F4C
CP23916N44Q4C
CP23916N53Q4C

400
400
400
400
600
600
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
400
600
600
600
600
600
600

7480.00
5559.00
12645.00
10674.00
11311.00
15777.00
7764.00
5842.00
8123.00
6158.00
13070.00
11098.00
13539.00
11556.00
11594.00
11953.00
16202.00
16670.00
18222.00
18299.00

S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
D
D

NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NQ
NF
NQ
NQ
NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NF
NF
NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NQ
NQ

225
225
250
250
400
400
225
225
225
225
250
250
250
250
400
400
400
400
400
400

30
30
30
30
42
42
42
42
54
54
42
42
54
54
42
54
42
54
42/42
54/30

Cu
AL
Cu
AL
Cu
Cu
Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Al
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu

PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTA
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU

HC3273DB9
HC3273DB9
HC3273DB9
HC3273DB9
HC3273DB9
HC3273DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9
HC3291DB9

HCM73T( )V
HCM73T( )V
HCM73T( )V
HCM73T( )V
HCM73T( )V
HCM73T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V
HCM91T( )V

HCM73T( )VD
HCM73T( )VD
HCM73T( )VD
HCM73T( )VD
HCM73T( )VD
HCM73T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD
HCM91T( )VD

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5
31.5

CP32866N44Q4C
CP32866N53Q4C
CP32866N4BQ4C
CP32866N44F4C
CP32866N53F4C
CP32866N4BF4C
CP32868N44Q6C
CP32868N53Q6C
CP32868N3BQ6C
CP32868N4BQ6C
CP32868N5BQ6C
CP32868N44F6C
CP32868N53F6C
CP32868N3BF6C
CP32868N4BF6C
CP32868N5BF6C

600
600
600
600
600
600
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800
800

18246.00
18319.00
12853.00
27092.00
27134.00
17277.00
25513.00
25586.00
16118.00
16390.00
16310.00
27121.00
27164.00
16786.00
17194.00
17219.00

D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D
D

NQ
NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NF
NQ
NQ
NQ
NQ
NQ
NF
NF
NF
NF
NF

400
400
400
400
400
400
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600
600

42/42
54/30
42/O
42/42
54/30
42/O
42/42
54/30
30/O
42/O
54/O
42/42
54/30
30/O
42/O
54/O

Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu
Cu

PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU
PK32DGTACU

HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB
HC4486DB

HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )
HCR86T( )

HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D
HCR86T( )D

HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP
HC4486WP

9

I-Line
Mounting
Space

Table 9.194: RTI Cabled Lighting Section Kit for I-Line Combo Panelboard
Part Number

Description

MLO Panelboard
Ampacity

List
$ Price

Lighting
Section
Type

Lighting
Section
Circuits

NFICRT418L1C

NF Lighting Section Kit

125

1528.00

NF

18

NFICRT442L2C

NF Lighting Section Kit

250

1763.00

NF

42

NFICRT442L4C

NF Lighting Section Kit

400

2353.00

NF

42

NFICRT442L6C

NF Lighting Section Kit

600

2008.00

NF

42

NQICRT418L1C

NQ Lighting Section Kit

100

1564.00

NQ

18

NQICRT442L2C

NQ Lighting Section Kit

225

1373.00

NQ

42

NQICRT442L4C

NQ Lighting Section Kit

400

2156.00

NQ

42

NQICRT442L6C

NQ Lighting Section Kit

600

2332.00

NQ

42

NQICRT418C1C

Contactor with 18 Circuit NQ Lighting Section Kit

100

1225.00

NQ

18

NFICRT418C1C

Contactor with 18 Circuit NF Lighting Section Kit

125

1440.00

NF

18

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PANELBOARDS

Table 9.193: Interior Boxes and Fronts — Includes Solid Neutral

9-41

Series Ratings

NQ Panelboards
Class 1640
www.schneider-electric.us

9

This page contains UL Tested and Certified series combination ratings for
panelboards. These ratings apply to either an integral main located in the
same enclosure or a remote main located in a separate enclosure.
Table 9.195: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)

PANELBOARDS

Square D™ Brand
Maximum Maximum
Short
Integral or Remote
System
Circuit Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage Current
and Remote Main
AC ab
Rating
Fuses
22,000

25,000

Type

1 Pole

2 Pole

3 Pole

QO (B)

15–30 A

—

—

LD, HD, JD

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LG

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

LJ

QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD

15–30 A
15–30 A

40–60 A
40–60 A

—
—

HJ, JJ

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

QO (B)
QO(B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO(B) AFI
QO(B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
—
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–100 A
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

DJ 400 A

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
150 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

QJ

QO (B)
QO (B) AS
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–30 A
150 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

HL, JL

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
15–125 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
15–60 A
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

LA/LH (L) 34200MC
LA/LH (L) 34225MC
LA/LH (L) 34250MC
LA/LH (L) 34400MC

QO (B)

15–30 A

15–30 A

15–30 A

LD

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
15–30 A
—
—
—
—

DJ–W 150 A MC

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–20 A

15–100 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–60 A
—
—
—

DJ–W 250 A MC

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–20 A

15–100 A
—
—
15–150 A
15–60 A
—
—
—

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–20 A

15–100 A
—
—
15–150 A
15–60 A
—
—
—

65,000

120/240
1P/3W

LJ
100,000

125,000

18,000

25,000
208Y/120
3P/4W
240/120 V
3P/4W

30,000

DJ–W 600 A MC

Square D™ Brand
Maximum Maximum
Short
Integral or Remote
System
Circuit Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage Current
and Remote Main
AC ab
Rating
Fuses

100,000

240/120 V
3P/4W

240/120 V
3P/4W

a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

9-42

Type

1 Pole

LG

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
15–30 A
—
—
—
—

LJ

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
15–30 A
—
—
—
—

LL

QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE

—
—
—

DJ 400 A

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
—
15–150 A
15–60 A
—
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

QJ

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–30 A
—
15–150 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
—
—
—

LJ

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
—
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–30 A
—
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

QO (B) VH

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) PL
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

QD

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–30 A
—
35–150 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
—
—
—
—

ED, FD

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
—
—
—

KD

QO (B)
QO (B) AS
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–30 A 15–30 A
15–60 A
—
—
—

HD, JD

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
—
35–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
—
—
—
—

LD

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
15–30 A
—
—
—
—

65,000

208Y/120
3P/4W
240/120 V
3P/4W

22,000

Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere
Ranges cdef

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere
Ranges cdef

MG

HG, JG

Table 9.195: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)

25,000

2 Pole

—
—
—

3 Pole

15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A

For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short
circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker
Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the
panelboard.
Suffixes HID, and SWD may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit breakers
shown above. Suffix SWN may not be applied in combination with LC main breakers.
Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QOH (B)
circuit breakers may also be used.
Where QO (B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD and/or QO (B) EPE
circuit breakers may also be used. QO–EPE only comes in 3 pole construction.
Where QO (B) AFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) CAFI circuit breakers may
also be used.
To achieve selective coordination, the rating of the DJ main circuit breaker must be at
least two times greater than the ampere rating of any branch circuit breaker.
For complete series ratings for Delta Systems please reference NQ/NQM Panelboards
Information Manual 80043–712–06.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Series Ratings

NQ Panelboards
Class 1640

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 9.196: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)
Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere
Ranges cdef
Type

1 Pole

LA, MA

Q2L–H
QDL

—
—

100–225 A 100–225 A
70–225 A 70–225 A

LC400A

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–70 A
—
15–125A 15–100 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
—
—
—

LC600A

QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
—
—
—

MG

QO (B) VH

15–30 A

15–30 A

LC400A

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–30 A
—
15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–150 A
—
15–30 A
—
—
—
—

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A 15–125 A
—
—
—
15–150 A
—
15–100 A
—
15–70 A 15–150 A
—
—
110–125 A 15–150 A
15–30 A 15–60 A
—
15–20 A
—
—
15–20 A
—
—

42,000

LC600A

DJ400A

DJ_W

2 Pole

3 Pole

QO (B) EPD

—

EG, FG, KG

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

QG

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) PL
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–30 A
—
35–150 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
—
—
—

HG, JG

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) PL
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
—
35–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
—
—
—

FC_ or KC_22___
FC_ or KC_34___

QO (B)
QO (B) AS

15–70 A
15–30 A

15–100 A 15–100 A
15–30 A 15–30 A

LG

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
—
—
—
—

LJ

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—

15–125 A
40–60 A
40–60 A
—

—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A

LL

QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE

—
—

—
—

15–30 A
15–30 A

FC_ or KC_22___
FC_ or KC_34___

QO (B) GFI
QO (B) AFI

15–30 A
15–20 A

15–30 A
—

—
—

DJ400A

QO (B)
QO (B) H
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–100 A
—
—
15–150 A
15–60 A
—
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

240/120 V
3P/4W

EJ

QO (B)

15–70 A

15–125 A 15–100 A

LJ

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) H
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–70 A
—
—
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
15–125 A 15–150 A
15–100 A
—
15–30 A
—
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

HJ, JJ

QO (B)
QO (B) H
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–100 A
—
—
35–150 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
—
—
—

100,000

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

15–30 A

e
f

3 Pole

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A
—
15–60 A
—
—
—
—
—

200 A Max. Class T6,
J Fuses

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD

15–70 A
—
—

15–125 A
—
—

400 A Max. Class T3
Fuses

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) EPD

15–70 A
15–30 A
—
15–30 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A

42,000

400 A Max. Class T3
Fuses

QO (B) VH

15–30 A

15–125 A

—

50,000

400 A Max. Class T3
Fuses

QO (B) VH

—

—

15–30 A

400 A Max. Class J
Fuses

QO (B) VH
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–70 A
—
—
15–20 A
15–20 A

15–125 A
—
—
—
—

—
15–50 A
15–50 A
—
—

400 A Max. Class T6
Fuses

QO (B) VH
QO (B) AFI

15–70 A
15–20 A

15–125 A 15–150 A
—
—

200 A Max. Class
T3 Fuses

QO (B)
QO (B) VH
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI
QOT

15–70 A
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
—
15–20 A
15–20 A
15–30 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
—
15–30 A
15–60 A
—
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A
—
—
—
—
15–30 A
—

200 A Max. Class J or
T6 Fuses

QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE

—
—

400 A Max. Class T3
Fuses

QO (B)
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) EPE

15–70 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
—

200,000

200,000

d

2 Pole

FI, KI, HR, JR

100,000

c

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–100 A
—
—
35–150 A
15–60 A 15–30 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
—
—
—

200,000

240/120 V
3P/4W

b

1 Pole
15–70 A
—
—
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–30 A
15–20 A
15–20 A

HL, JL

65,000

a

Type

125,000
240/120 V
3P/4

208Y/120
3P/4W

Square D™ Brand Branch Circuit Breaker
Catalog Designation and Allowable Ampere
Ranges cdef

QO (B)
QO (B) H
QO (B) VH
QO (B) PL
QO (B) GFI
QO (B) EPD
QO (B) AFI
QO (B) CAFI

15–30 A

DJ, DG, DL 150–600 A

65,000

—

Square D™ Brand
Maximum Maximum
Short
Integral or Remote
System
Circuit Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage Current
and Remote Main
AC ab
Rating
Fuses

—
—

—
15–50 A
15–50 A

15–50 A
15–50 A

15–125 A 15–100 A
15–60 A
—
15–60 A 15–50 A
—
15–50 A

For shown circuit breakers rated less than this maximum voltage, the indicated short
circuit current rating also applies, but at the voltage rating of the circuit breaker.
Short circuit tests are conducted at 100–105% of the maximum rated voltage of the
panelboard.
Suffixes HID, SWD, and SWN may also be applied to the applicable branch circuit
breakers shown above. Suffix SWN may not be applied in combination with LC main
breakers.
Where QO (B) circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) H, QO (B) VH, and QH (B)
circuit breakers may also be used.
Where QO (B) GFI circuit breakers are shown above, QO (B) EPD circuit breakers may
also be used.
To acheive selective coordiantion, the rating of the DJ main circuit breaker must be at
least two times greater than the ampere rating of any branch circuit breaker.

This page last modified
10/22/14

PANELBOARDS

Square D™ Brand
Maximum Maximum
Short
Integral or Remote
System
Circuit Main Circuit Breakers
Voltage Current
and Remote Main
AC ab
Rating
Fuses

9-43

9

Table 9.196: NQ Series Connected Circuit Breaker Ratings (RMS Symmetrical)

NQ Merchandised
Panelboards

NQ Merchandised Accessories
Class 1640
www.schneider-electric.us

9

Table 9.197: NQ SurgeLogic SurgeLoc Plug-on SPDab
Voltage

Part Number

List
$ Price

Poles Occupied

PANELBOARDS

80 kA
SSP01BIA08PBQ1
4200.
100 kA
SSP01BIA10PBQ1
4500.
120 kA
SSP01BIA12PBQ1
4800.
120 / 240 V
12
160 kA
SSP01BIA16PBQ1
5300.
200 kA
SSP01BIA20PBQ1
6500.
240 kA
SSP01BIA24PBQ1
7900.
80 kA
SSP02BIA08PBQ1
4400.
100 kA
SSP02BIA10PBQ1
4700.
120 kA
SSP02BIA12PBQ1
5100.
208 Y / 120 V
12
160 kA
SSP02BIA16PBQ1
5550.
200 kA
SSP02BIA20PBQ1
7000.
240 kA
SSP02BIA24PBQ1
8250.
80 kA
SSP03BIA08PBQ1
4400.
100 kA
SSP03BIA10PBQ1
4700.
120 kA
SSP03BIA12PBQ1
5100.
240 / 120 HLD
12
160 kA
SSP03BIA16PBQ1
5550.
200 kA
SSP03BIA20PBQ1
7000.
240 kA
SSP03BIA24PBQ1
8250.
a
When selecting a panelboard with SurgeLoc SPD, an additional 12 circuit positions (6
adjacent mounting spaces per side) are occupied. For example, if the desired number of
circuits is 30, refer to Digest Table 9.9 on page 6 and Table 9.10 on page 7 to select the
NQ442L2/NQ442L2C interior and corresponding Box and Trim.
b
SPD is only available up to 72 desired circuit counts.

9-44

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 10

10-2

Modular Panelboard System

10-3

Integrated Power Center

10-3

Standby Power Connection Solutions

10-4

Submetering Integrated Power Center

10-4

Integrated Power Center 2

10-4

Integrated Power Center 2

10-4

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo

10-5

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo
Merchandise Specifications

10-5

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo
Merchandise Configurations

10-6

10

MPS, see page 10-3

IPaCS™ Equipment Overview

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

Integrated Power and Control Solutions
(IPaCS) Equipment

IPC, see page 10-3

IPC2, see page 10-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

10-1

IPaCS Equipment

Overview
Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601, and 2735CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Integrated Power and Control Solutions Equipment Overview
For over 30 years, the Schneider Electric Integrated Power and Control Solutions (IPaCS™) business has been providing integrated equipment
solutions for retail construction, commercial, and industrial projects. The Square D™ brand IPaCS family of integrated equipment combines
electrical distribution, building controls, and automation into a single, factory-assembled and pre-wired enclosure/lineup. Our innovative,
cost-effective, integrated solutions save valuable floor space, shorten construction cycle times, and reduce installation and material handling costs.

Modular Panelboard System—Pre-Engineered Solution
The Modular Panelboard System (MPS) is tailored to customer specifications and may include panels, transformers, and lighting control equipment.
Special Powerlink™ lighting control and column-width panel interiors are available. Additional options include power and control cable wiring,
contactors, terminal blocks, surge protective devices (SPDs), equipment spaces, and power metering/monitoring solutions. Seismically qualified
MPS sections are also available.
Tailored to customer specifications, MPS sections are:

•
•
•

86 in. (2184 mm) high,
9.5 in. (241 mm) deep, and
vary in width depending on customer specifications

Integrated Power Center—Custom-Designed Solution

10

For more complex applications, the Integrated Power Center (IPC) allows for the integration of a variety of components, including electrical distribution
equipment, HVAC controls, lighting controls, power quality and power conditioning products, SPDs, building management systems and power
metering/monitoring solutions. As with all IPaCS integrated solutions, the IPC is designed to meet applicable codes and standards and is available as
seismically qualified. Factory-assembled, pre-wired (based on shipping splits), and tested in a controlled environment, IPC sections are:

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

•
•
•

84 in. (2134 mm) high,
10.5 in. (267 mm) deep, and
vary in width depending on customer specifications

Standby Power Connection Solutions—UL Listed
The new family of Standby Power Connection Solutions are designed, tested, manufactured and listed to the UL standards providing you with a
reliable solution to quickly and safely connect to a portable generator for standby power. The SPQ cam-lock (SPQCL) tap box design incorporates
cam-lock receptacles for generator connection and the capabilities to be wired back to the standby power disconnect in the electrical distribution
equipment. The SPQ lug-lug (SPQTB) tap box provides the capabilities to connect to a portable generator and the generator breaker cables using
mechanical lugs in lieu of the cam-lock connectors.
The SPQ Cam-Lock Box is:

The SPQ Lug-Lug Box is:

•
•
•

•
•
•

36 in. (915 mm) high
30 in. (762 mm) wide
16 in. (407 mm) deep

36 in. (915 mm) high
30 in. (762 mm) wide
13 in. (330 mm) deep

Submetering Integrated Power Center
The Submetering Integrated Power Center (IPC) is an ideal solution for multi-tenant or departmental metering applications within office towers,
condominiums, apartment buildings, shopping centers, and other multi-user environments. The Submetering IPC combines the panel with
breakers, the PowerLogic E4800 multi-circuit energy meter and the associated CTs in a factory-assembled and pre-wired solution saving significant
space and on-site installation time. Submetering IPC sections are:

•
•

10.5 in. (267 mm) deep, and
vary in width and height depending on the application

Integrated Power Center 2
The newest addition to the family of Integrated solutions, the Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) provides maximum flexibility to meet customers'
specifications. Features include those found in the IPC and are provided in a free-standing enclosure that can be front and rear aligned when
transformers are included. The IPC2 family is available as seismically-qualified. Enclosure options include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and
NEMA 3R. IPC2 sections are:

•
•

91.5 in. (2324 mm) high, and
vary in width and depth depending on customer specifications

NOTE: Additional depths are available. Contact the Schneider Electric Integrated Power and Control Solutions business (1-800-868-9662) for
more information.)

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo
Ideally suited for projects having both 480Y/277V and 208Y/120V requirements. Available as a stand-alone solution or can be incorporated into an
MPS, IPC or IPC2 lineup. The standard 42" wide x 24" deep footprint will decrease space requirements by 40% or more. A typical IPC2 Transformer
Combo includes two panels in the upper cells and a transformer in the bottom cell. Other upper cell options include contactors, individually mounted
circuit breakers, ATS's, equipment spaces and power metering/monitoring solutions. The IPC2 Transformer Combo is available as seismically
qualified.Enclosure options include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood and NEMA 3R. IPC2 Transformer Combo sections are:

•
•

91.5 in. (2324 mm) high, and
vary in width and depth depending on the transformer kVA

Additional savings are realized on installation, material costs and material handling, as shown in the table below.
Table 10.1:

IPC2 Transformer Combo—Estimated Savings a

Estimated Installation Hours
Materials
No. of Pieces Handled
a

Stick-Built

Transformer Combo

26–32

3–6

Savings Realized
23–26

Associated pipe, wire and fittings

—

Associated pipe, wire and fittings

20–30

1

19–29

Based on an NF 480 V panel, 75 kVA transformer, NQ 240 V panel installation.

The IPC2 Transformer Combo has been recognized by the electrical industry by winning the following awards:

•
•

2006 INNOVATION Award given by the Electrical Contracting Products magazine
2006 Product of the Year Gold Medal Award given by the Consulting/Specifying Engineer magazine

10-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

IPaCS Equipment

Modular Panelboard System and Integrated Power Center
Class 2210, 2220 / Refer to Documents 2010CT0001 and 2735CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Modular Panelboard System
The pre-engineered Modular Panelboard System (MPS) bundles electrical distribution
equipment into a single factory-assembled and wired integrated system. This approach
replaces the traditional method of independently mounting each panelboard and lighting
control system. MPS allows for the integration of a variety of components including:
• Panelboards: I-Line, NF, NQ, and Column-width
• Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted
• Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors
• Monitoring/Metering: Powerlogic™ power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit
monitoring, and system display meters
Equipment spaces including factory-installed lighting contactors are available in three configurations:

Typical applications for MPS equipment include:
Restaurants / Food service
Office buildings / Public buildings
Warehouses
Schools / Universities

•
•
•
•

Integrated Power Center

MPS Interior

The custom-designed Integrated Power Center (IPC) combines electrical distribution
equipment and building management controls into a single factory-assembled and wired
integrated system. IPC has much greater design flexibility for producing a fully customized
solution integrating a variety of distribution and control components, including:
• Panelboards: I-Line, NF, NQ, and Column-width
• Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted
• Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors
• Monitoring/Metering: Powerlogic™ power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit
monitoring, and system display meters
• Power quality and power conditioning
• Building automation
• HVAC controls
Equipment spaces including factory-installed lighting contactors are available in three configurations:
1. Unwired: Mounted in cell only
2. Line side wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker
3. Fully wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker, load side of each
pole is wired to a terminal block
Integrated Power Centers are NEMA 1 rated and meet the requirements of UL 891. As with
all integrated solutions, IPCs are shipped to the site fully assembled, completely pre-tested
and ready-to-install. Individual IPC configurations include panel sections in full height,
stacked, or side-by-side arrangements. IPC sections measure:
• 84 in. (2134 mm) High
• 10.25 (260 mm) Deep
• Widths vary, depending upon customer specifications

Integrated Power Center

Typical applications for IPC equipment include:
Retail stores / Grocery stores
Office buildings / Public buildings
Shopping malls / Strip malls
Schools/Universities
Restaurants / Food service
Hotels/Motels
Warehouses
Equipment rooms

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

MPS and IPC Layout, Lead Time, and Pricing
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.

MPS and IPC Shipping
IPC Interior
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MPS and IPC lineups are shipped factory-assembled and pre-wired. Customers may
specify single- or multiple-section shipping splits (some limitations apply). In addition,
lineups may be ordered with or without factory-installed power cables.
10-3

10

Modular Panelboard System

Built on a panelboard platform, Modular Panelboard System sections are NEMA 1-rated
and meet the requirements of UL 67. Individual MPS configurations include panel sections
in full-height, stacked or side-by-side arrangements. Individual sections measure:
• 86 in. (2184 mm) high
• 10–44 in. (254–1118 mm) wide
• 9.5 in. (241 mm) deep

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

1. Unwired: Mounted in cell only
2. Line side wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker
3. Fully wired: Line side of each pole is wired to a branch circuit breaker, load side of each
pole is wired to a terminal block

IPaCS Equipment

Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™)
Class 2230 / Refer to Document 2230DB0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Standby Power Connection Solutions
The Standby Power Quick-Connect (SPQ) Tap Box provides a reliable solution to quickly and
safely connect to a portable standby power generator. Two versions of the SPQ Tap Box have
been designed and tested to the required UL standard and offer a wider range of solutions for
our customers. All SPQ Tap Boxes are NEMA 3R-rated.

SPQ Cam-Lock Tap Box

•
•

SPQ Cam-Lock Tap Box

•
•
•
•
•
•

UL listed - UL 1008 SB
NEMA Type 3R enclosure
(can be used for NEMA Type 1 installations)
Lockable door for safety and control access
Mechanical lugs to standby power disconnect
Color-coded cam-lock connectors for generator connection
Hinged bottom access door for cam-lock connection
Barriers over mechanical lugs for safety
Application:
—
—
—

400 A and 600 A available
240 V and 480 V versions available
Three-phase + neutral + ground

•

SPQCL204RS – 400 A, 208Y/120 V
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

•

SPQCL404RS – 400 A, 480Y/277 V
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

•

SPQCL206RS – 600 A, 208Y/120 V
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

•

SPQCL406RS – 600 A, 480Y/277 V
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

•

SPQTB604RS – 400 A, 600 V max.
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

•

SPQTB608RS – 800 A, 600 V max.
3-phase, 4-wire + ground wire

SPQ Lug-Lug Tap Box

10

•
•

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

•
•
•
•

UL listed—UL 1773 (cUL listed also)
NEMA Type 3R enclosure
(can be used for NEMA Type 1 installations)
Lockable door for safety and control access
Mechanical lugs to standby power disconnect
Generator connection lugs rated for Type W cable
Application:
—
—
—

400 A and 800 A available
600 V maximum
Three-phase + neutral + ground

Submetering Integrated Power Center

SPQ Lug-Lug Tap Box

The Submetering Integrated Power Center (IPC) is an ideal solution for multi-tenant or
departmental metering applications. It combines the ability to meter multiple feeder breakers
inside a pre-wired enclosure. The Submetering IPC offers significant space and labor
savings by replacing individually enclosed, mounted, and wired panels and metering
components and providing an integrated solution in one enclosure/lineup including:

•
•
•
•

Panelboards
PowerLogic™ E4800 Multi-Circuit Energy Meters and associated CTs
Surge Suppression
Factory-installed wiring between components

Submetering IPC width and height dimensions vary depending on the application.
All sections are 10.5 in. (266.7 mm) deep.
Typical applications for Submetering IPC equipment include:

•
•
•
•

Office towers
Condominiums
Apartment buildings
Shopping centers

•
•

Other multi-user environments
Configurations with 2-PowerLogic E4800 meters plus Ethernet
switch when required based on the number of metered points

Integrated Power Center 2
The Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™) provides maximum design flexibility. In addition to
the features found in the Integrated Power Center (IPC), IPC2 lineups are free-standing
enclosures that can be front and rear-aligned. IPC2 has the ability to incorporate:

•
•

Submetering Integrated Power Center

•
•
•
•
•
•

Panelboards: I-Line, NF, and NQ
Transformers: 300 Kva (max), EE

— K-rated and HMT also available; may limit max kVA size of transformer
Individually mounted circuit breakers
Surge Suppression: SPD integral to panel and/or separately mounted
Automatic Transfer Switch: Open type 400 A 3-pole maximum including a variety of options
Lighting Controls: Powerlink™ or lighting contactors
PowerLogic™ Monitoring / Metering: power meters, circuit monitors, branch circuit monitoring,
and system display meters
Building Management Systems

As a stand-alone solution, the IPC2 family provides the flexibility to enter and/or exit the
section from either the top or bottom. IPC2 is offered in a variety of widths and depths:

•
•

24–48 in. (610–1219 mm) Wide
24–36 in. (610–915 mm) Deep

Typical applications for IPC2 equipment include:

•
•
•
•

Schools/Universities
Office buildings
Data centers
Industrial facilities

•
•
•

Casinos
Hotels
Any project with panels and transformers

ICP2 Layout, Lead Time, and Pricing
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.

IPC2 Shipping
Integrated Power Center 2

10-4

IPC2 lineups are shipped fully assembled and ready-to-install. Customers may specify
single- or multiple-section shipping splits (some limitations apply). In addition, lineups may
be ordered with or without factory-installed power cables.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

IPaCS Equipment

Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2™)
Class 2230 / Refer to Documents 2230HO0601 and 2230DB0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo
For projects having both 480Y/277 V and 208Y/120 V requirements, the Integrated Power Center 2 (IPC2)
Transformer Combo is the perfect solution. One of the most popular members of the IPC2 product family, the
IPC2 Transformer Combo has been recognized by the industry multiple times for its innovative design.
As a stand-alone solution, the IPC2 Transformer Combo is appropriate when panelboards and transformers are
installed in close proximity to each other. It provides the flexibility to enter and/or exit the section from either the top or
the bottom. Catalog numbers have been created for some of the more typical configurations (see Table 10.2).
All IPC2 sections can be close-coupled to QED switchboard, MPS, and IPC products. Enclosure options for IPC2
include NEMA 1, NEMA 1 with driphood, and NEMA 3R-rated, and all meet the requirements of UL 891. These
sections are also seismically qualified to meet IBC and ASCE7 requirements.

IPC2 Transformer
Combo

Table 10.2:

IPC2 Transformer Combo Merchandise Configuration Specifications

Catalog No. IPC2TC-1EE

NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
400 A MLO 18 k AIC
1–125/3 (Transformer)
39-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-3EE

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
FT Lugs

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225 A MLO 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
75 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
75 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
75 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

10

NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 18 k AIC
1–125/3 (Transformer)
39-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-2EE

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

Catalog No. IPC2TC-4EE
NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
400 A MLO 18 k AIC
1–175/3 (Transformer)
30-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-5EE

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
400/3 MB 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•

NF Panelboard
480Y/277V 3Ø 4W
400/3 MB 18k AIC
1-125/3 (Transformer)
27-1PSO
Copper Bus/Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-6EE

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 10k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus/Ground Bus

•
•
•
•
•
•

NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 18 k AIC
1–125/3 (Transformer)
39-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-7EE

•
•
•
•
•
•

NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
125 A MLO 18 k AIC
1–60/3 (Transformer)
15-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE
Catalog No. IPC2TC-8EE

•
•
•
•
•
•

NF Panelboard
480Y/277 V 3Ø 4W
125 A MLO 18 k AIC
1–40/3 (Transformer)
15-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
SUSE

•
•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

•
•
•
•

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225/3 MB 10 k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus
FT Lugs

•
•
•
•
•

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
225 A MLO 10k AIC
42-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
125/3 MB 10 k AIC
12-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•

NQ Panelboard
208Y/120 V 3Ø 4W
100/3 MB 10 k AIC
15-1PSO
Copper Bus / Ground Bus

•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
112½ kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480V-208Y/120V 3Ø
75kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
75 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
45 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer
480 V–208Y/120 V 3Ø
30 kVA
Energy Efficient transformers in compliance with the 2005 Energy Act
150 °C Temp Rise
Aluminum Windings
6-2.5% Taps; 2+ 4-

•
•
•
•
•
•

10-5

IPaCS Equipment

Sample Lineups
Class 2200 / Refer to Documents 2230DB0601 and 2010CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Integrated Power Center 2 Transformer Combo Standard Merchandise Configurations
The IPC2™ Transformer Combo is available in eight standard merchandise configurations, as shown below (additional configurations are available;
contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor).
42 in.

42 in.

2

1

1

2

1

42 in.

42 in.

2

2

1

91.5 in.

91.5 in.

91.5 in.

24 in.

24 in.

24 in.

24 in.

10

91.5 in.

INTEGRATED POWER AND
CONTROL SOLUTIONS (IPACS)
EQUIPMENT

IPC2TC-1EE

IPC2TC-2EE

48 in.

42 in.

1

IPC2TC-4EE

IPC2TC-3EE

24 in.

24 in.

1

1

2
3

91.5 in.

91.5 in.

24 in.

24 in.

IPC2TC-5EE

1

2

91.5 in.

2

24 in.

IPC2TC-6EE

91.5 in.

2

24 in.

IPC2TC-7EE

IPC2TC-8EE

NOTE: All sections have both top and bottom conduit entry/exit points.

10-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 11
Switchboards and Switchgear
Power-Style™ Switchboards
QED-2 Switchboard (UL Listed)

11-2

QED-6 Switchboard (UL Listed)

11-3

Commercial Multi-Metering Switchboards

11-3

Speed-D™ Switchboards
Speed-D SB/SF Switchboards (UL Listed)

11-4, 11-5

Low Voltage Switchgear

QED-2 Switchboard
see page 11-2

Power-Zone™ 4 Low Voltage Switchgear with Masterpact™
Circuit Breakers

11-6

Micrologic™ Trip Units

11-6

Medium Voltage Switchgear
MiniBreak™ Compact Height Switches— 5.5 kV—200 A
HVL/cc Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range
HVL/cc Switchgear—Quick Ship Program—5–15 kV, 600 A

11-8
11-9, 11-10

HVL Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter Switchgear—Full Range

11-11

HVL Switchgear—Quick Ship Program— 5 kV–15 kV, 600 A
Features

11-11

HVL Switches for Power-Dry II ™, Power-Cast II ™, and
Uni-Cast II ™ Transformer Connections

Metalclad and HVL/cc Switchgear
see pages11-8 and 11-16

11-7

11-12, 11-13

Square D™ brand DIN/E Fuse Selection Tables—HVL

11-14

Fuse Selection Tables Boric Acid Fuses—HVL

11-14

DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications

11-15

Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Metalclad™ Switchgear (UL Listed)

11-16

Arc Terminator™ Arc Extinguishing System

11-16

Unit Substations

11-17

Power-Zone™ Model III Package Unit Substations

11-17

MV Controllers and Substation Circuit Breakers
11-19

Vacuum Substation Circuit Breaker—Types FVR, EOX, and VOX
(Not UL Listed)

11-19

MV Overhead Distribution
Automatic Circuit Recloser

11-20

Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer

11-20

ADVC Controller Range

11-20

Transparent Ready™ Equipment

Model III Package Unit Substation
see page 11-17

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Switchboards and switchgear with Powerlogic™ circuit monitors and Web-enabled
ethernet communication devices are part of the Transparent Ready power equipment
family from Schneider Electric.
When specified as Transparent Ready, the power equipment is provided with a
factory- configured “plug and play” communications system that allows the authorized
user access to equipment status and monitoring information using only a standard
Web browser. Ask your local Schneider Electric representative for details about
Transparent Ready power distribution equipment.

11-1

11

Unit Substation
see page 11-17

Motorpact™ Medium Voltage Motor Controllers (UL Listed)

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Unit Substations

Power-Style™
Switchboards

QED-2 (UL Listed)
Classes 2741, 2742 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101

www.schneider-electric.us

Power-Style QED-2 Switchboards (UL Listed)
For solutions that bring people, products, and information together, Square D™ brand
Power-Style QED-2 low voltage switchboards from Schneider Electric are built to last and
feature design innovations that make these products easier to install and maintain.
Supported by one of the largest distributor, sales, and service organizations in the industry,
QED-2 switchboards are readily available to meet the needs of contractors, consultants,
and end-users.
Q = Quality—Built to Last
As one of the most trusted names in electrical distribution, Square D™ brand QED-2
switchboards are designed with the highest standards of quality. From sturdy frames,
securely fastened thread-forming screws, and standard bolted, base channels, users will
see the difference during installation, operation, maintenance, and expansion projects.
E = Efficient and Innovative Designs
In 2010, Schneider Electric launched QED-2, Series 2 switchboard designs. Series 2
designs represent the next generation of our QED-2 switchboard offering, with new features
based on extensive customer feedback. From improved branch neutral and ground bar
access, to enhanced instrument compartments, Series 2 designs provide easier access for
performing equipment installation and maintenance procedures.
QED-2 switchboards feature Schneider Electric's unique I-Line™ plug-on connections in
group-mounted construction. With the I-Line design, a screwdriver is the only tool required
to firmly ratchet the line end of a molded-case circuit breaker directly onto the I-Line bus
assembly. This plug-on design allows quick installation and mounting flexibility of circuit
breakers up to 1200 A.
QED-2 Switchboard

D = Delivery—Ready When You Are
To meet tight project schedules and budgets, our Square D™ brand QED-2 switchboard
offering brings together standard designs for the most frequently requested ratings and
options, providing immediate pricing for quick shipments from 11 to 30 business days.

Features

11

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

11-2

QED-2 Switchboards are designed, listed, and built to UL 891
Switchboard ratings through 6000 A, 200 kA; higher amperages available
Front accessible load connections
Front and rear alignment standard
Cable, busway, transformer, or remote QED switchboard incoming fed
Hot or cold sequence utility metering
Thermal-magnetic, PowerPact™ electronic, or Masterpact™ NW stored energy fixed or
drawout circuit breakers used as mains and feeders
Group-mounted circuit breaker and fusible switch mains and feeders
Fixed-mounted fusible swThe itch mains and feeders
Powerlogic customer metering, including option for custom communications capability
and interwiring
Networked communications capabilities provide direct access to energy management
at main and feeder level
Internally-mounted Surgelogic™ surge protective devices
Quick Connect Generator option available
Main devices in six sub-division or single main configurations
Main and branch devices in single section configuration
Multiple individual devices in single section configurations
Custom engineering, including main-tie-mains, multiple sets of thru-bus, reduced
heights, and engineered houses

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Power-Style™
Switchboards
www.schneider-electric.us

QED-6 (UL Listed); Commercial Multi-Metering (UL Listed)
Classes 2746, 2755, 2756 / Refer to Catalogs 2746CT0101, 2755CT9501, 2756CT9601

Power-Style QED-6 Switchboards (UL Listed)

Table 11.1: Circuit
Breaker
Selection
Rating (A)
(Frame)
150–250
400–600
800–1200
800–6000

Circuit Breakers
PowerPact H, J
PowerPact D
Masterpact NT
Masterpact NW

QED-6 switchboards are reliable power protection
equipment when working with telecommunication facilities,
e-business servers, or mainframes that perform critical
business transactions. These types of facilities cannot
afford downtime.
QED-6 rear-connected switchboards are designed as
standalone switchboards or as an integral part of the low
voltage equipment lineup in a user’s power unit substation.

Specify QED-6 Switchboards
When drawout construction is required for quick circuit
breaker changeout; system requirements call for circuit
breakers to close within five cycles; stored energy circuit
breakers are required; front access to control wires is
desired; ease of installation, maintenance, and upgrade of
circuit breaker compartmentalization is required; system
integrity and segregation of circuit breaker compartments
from bus and cable compartments is required; equipment
isolation is required.

Benefits/Values of Circuit Breaker Performance
Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers are designed to
provide maximum protection and reliable operation with a
long service life. They exceed all UL 489 endurance testing
requirements and are certified to a minimum of 10,000
operations through the 3000 A frame.
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Short-time ratings are high, giving users excellent system
coordination and selectivity with downstream breakers.

High Short-Circuit Current Ratings (SCCR)
Up to 200 k AIR at 240 V, 150 k AIR at 480 V, and
100 k AIR at 600 V, which allows customers to design
systems with high fault current and paralleling schemes.

Arc Flash Limiting (LF) Feeder Breakers
High speed operation of Masterpact NW and NT circuit
breakers (150 k AIR at 480 V) helps reduce arc flash
incident energy (cal/cm2) on downstream equipment.

Ease of Installation and Maintenance
Thru-the-door construction, an easy to operate drawout
mechanism, and front access to all control wiring make this
equipment easy to install, maintain, and upgrade. Load
connections in the cable compartment are easily accessible in
the rear of the switchboard. Remote racking of the Masterpact
NW circuit breaker is also available with the optional remote
racking tool, which, if required, is field installable.

Ability to Upgrade
UL Listed, field-installable accessories include: motor
operators, shunt trips, under voltage devices, trip units, and
communication modules for trip units. Manually operated
circuit breakers are field convertible to electrical operation.

Open Communication System
The Micrologic trip units in Masterpact NW and NT circuit
breakers use the Modbus™ protocol. This is a widely
accepted protocol, which allows QED-6 to be integrated into
new or many existing communication systems.

Adaptable
Drawout and bolt-in circuit breakers, front access control
wiring, and expandable lineups are quickly adaptable to
changing load and control requirements.

Expandable
Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers have many control
termination points, giving the equipment extensive flexibility
and expandability for sophisticated control schemes.

Power-Style Commercial Multi-Metering
Switchboards (UL Listed)
• Designed, built, and listed to UL 891
• Lever bypass and EUSERC non-lever bypass
• Hot or cold sequence metering—EUSERC, NEMA, LOCAL
• Front and rear alignment standard
• Switchboard ratings through 4000 A, 100 kA
• Meter sections in either three- or six-socket section
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

configuration
Tenant mains either circuit breaker or fusible
60–200 A without lever bypass with self-contained
meter sockets, 5- or 7-jaw, ring type and test block
where required
60–200 A lever bypass
Lever Bypass
EUSERC
with self-contained meter
sockets, 7-jaw, ringless
Factory-installed devices
with completely wired from
meter socket to disconnect
Provisions for adding
future tenants available,
as well as future sections
Sections in either NEMA 1
or NEMA 3R construction
For use on 120/240 V,
120/208 V, and 277/480 V
systems
Integrated, front-accessible
wireway for top exiting load
cables
Customer access area for
top exiting load cables
Classes 2755, 2756

11-3

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

QED-6 Switchboard
(Class 2746)

The QED-6 switchboard is designed to provide excellent
distribution, protection, and power quality management in
commercial electrical equipment. The circuit protection
components of the switchboard are the Masterpact NW
circuit breakers in 800–6000 A frame sizes, Masterpact NT
circuit breakers in 800–1200 A frame sizes, and
PowerPact H, J, and D circuit breakers in 15–600 A frame
sizes. These circuit breakers deliver maximum system
uptime, system selectivity, ease of maintenance, and
reliable circuit protection.
QED-6 switchboard features include: Masterpact NW UL
489 Listed circuit breakers for main and feeder devices,
Masterpact NT UL 489 Listed circuit breakers for feeder
devices, PowerPact H, J, and D UL 489 Listed circuit
breakers for feeder devices, and a wide range of designs
and options. Highly flexible drawout/plug-in circuit breakers
can meet a wide variety of power distribution requirements.
Choices include plug-in or drawout construction in
PowerPact H, J, and D circuit breakers, and optional
prepared drawout or plug-in spaces that are equipped with
all specified control functions. This capability allows quick
additions for load upgrades.
• QED-6 switchboards are designed, listed, and built to
UL 891; Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers
are designed, listed, and built to UL 489
• Circuit breakers are individually mounted, rear
connected; Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers are
drawout; PowerPact H, J, and D breakers are plug-in
as standard, drawout as an option
• Family of field installable and upgradeable
Micrologic™ trip units with optional Powerlogic™ data
communications features
• Switchboard ratings up to 150 kA short-circuit current
rating for services 1600–6000 A at 480 V and 100 kA
at 600 V
• Up to (12) 250 A PowerPact H and J circuit breakers in
a single 30-inch wide section
• Up to (8) 600 A frame PowerPact D or
(8) 1200 A frame Masterpact NT circuit breakers in a
single 30-inch wide section
• Flexible branch circuit breaker locations: Masterpact
NW and NT and PowerPact H, J, and D circuit
breakers can be mixed in a single 30-inch wide section
(15–2000 A)
• Compartmentalization: separate compartments for
circuit breakers, bussing, and load cabling
• Available in 54-, 60-, 72-, and 80-inch deep construction
• Available in NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in enclosures
• Masterpact and PowerPact circuit breakers are field
maintainable

System Coordination

11

Masterpact™ NW and NT, and PowerPact™ H, J,
and D Circuit Breakers

Speed-D™ Switchboards
Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101

Speed-D SB/SF Switchboards (UL Listed)
• UL Listed
• Hot sequence utility compartment per EUSERC requirements
• Two types:

•
•

600

System

Service
Voltage

120/240

11

600

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Application
Suitable for use as service entrance equipment on ac systems. Sections
contain metering compartment, barriers, main disconnects, distribution
panel, neutral bus, and grounding provisions.

Metering
C/T compartment with two 15-inch blank meter doors. (Order doors with
meter socket from Table 11.6 on page 11-5.) Incoming cable lugs are for
top feed with one twin conductor 2 AWG–600 kcmil lug per phase and
neutral, suitable for aluminum or copper cables. Optional single conductor
lug is available. Refer to Table 11.7 on page 11-5.
Main circuit breaker types are either LH or MJ. Main fusible device is supplied
with Class T fuses. Multiple main devices use plug-on fusible switches.

System

Branches
NQ distribution bus is rated 400 A and provides mounting space for
QO™/QOB Type (150 A maximum) circuit breakers. Panel provides
space for mounting 42 single pole circuit breakers. One or two individually
mounted 225 A maximum circuit breakers can be added with bus
connectors. (Order subfeed circuit breakers from
Table 11.8 on page 11-5.)
I-Line™ distribution bus is rated 400, 600, or 800 A and will accept
27 inches of I-Line circuit breakers on the left side with a maximum
frame size of “J” . The right side will accept either a QO plug-on
distribution panel (240 V only) or LA or LH I-Line circuit breaker.

Enclosure
Totally enclosed front accessible with ANSI 49 gray baked enamel
finish. Dimensions are 90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 14 in. (D) for indoor and
90 in. (H) x 36 in. (W) x 24.5 in. (D) for outdoor enclosures.
11-4

PE1A

SCCR
240 V
Max.
SCCR
480 V

$ Price
10645.00
11450.00
9430.00
13726.00
10766.00

NQ
I-Line
None
I-Line
None

65
100
200
100
200

—
—
—
—
—

Fusible Disconnect
Indoor

Outdoor

Catalog
Catalog
$ Price
No.
No.
SF124QS 8150.00 SF124QR
SF124IS
8995.00 SF124IR
SF124WS 6935.00 SF124WR
SF126IS 11906.00 SF126IR
SF126WS 8946.00 SF126WR

$ Price
10900.00
11705.00
9685.00
14656.00
11696.00

208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
400
NQ
65 — SF324QS 8929.00 SF324QR 11679.00
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
400
None
200 — SF324WS 7559.00 SF324WR 10309.00
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
400
I-Line
100
65 SF344IS
9682.00 SF344IR 12432.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
400
None
200 200 SF344WS 7662.00 SF344WR 10412.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
600
I-Line
100
65 SF346IS 14453.00 SF346IR 17203.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
600
None
200 200 SF346WS 11493.00 SF346WR 14243.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wb 240/120
800
I-Line
100
65 SF348IS 25401.00 SF348IR 28782.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
800
None
200 200 SF348WS 24501.00 SF348WR 27881.00
3Ø4Wb 240/120
480Y/277
b
Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta).

Table 11.4:

Mains

Outdoor

Catalog
Catalog
$ Price
No.
No.
SB124QS 7895.00 SB124QR
SB124IS
8700.00 SB124IR
SB124WS 6680.00 SB124WR
SB126IS 10975.00 SB126IR
SB126WS 8016.00 SB126WR

Single Main Fusible Disconnect with Distribution
(Series E4)

400
1Ø3W

EUSERC UCT,
Fusible Multiple Mains

—
—
—
—
—

Indoor

208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
400
NQ
65
— SB324QS 8651.00 SB324QR 11401.00
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
400
None
65
— SB324WS 7281.00 SB324WR 10031.00
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
400
I-Line
65
35 SB344IS
9673.00 SB344IR 12423.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
400
None
65
35 SB344WS 7653.00 SB344WR 10403.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
600
I-Line
65
50 SB346IS 12820.00 SB346IR 15570.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
600
None
65
65 SB346WS 9860.00 SB346WR 13229.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
800
I-Line
65
50 SB348IS 19569.00 SB348IR 22038.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
3Ø4Wa 240/120
800
None
65
65 SB348WS 18669.00 SB348WR 21137.00
480Y/277
a
Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta).

Table 11.3:

EUSERC UCT,
Single Main Circuit Breaker with
I-Line Distribution Panel

Distribution
Interior

Mains
Ratings
(A)

120/240

65
65
65
65
65

SCCR
480 V

•

400
1Ø3W

NQ
I-Line
None
I-Line
None

Circuit Breaker

SCCR
240 V

•

Service
Voltage

Distribution
Interior

•

— Utility–Service disconnect–distribution
— Utility–Up to six service disconnects
Single service disconnect, either circuit breaker or fusible rated 400,
600, or 800 A with either type of distribution interiors, NQ up to 240
Vac, I-Line™ through 480 Vac
Six service disconnects, group-mounted fusible, QMB/QMJ,
30–400 A; utility compartment—400, 600, and 800 A
Meter doors can be 15 inches high with one meter socket and test
block, or 30 inches high with two meter sockets and test block
Meter sockets can be 6-, 8-, 13-, or 15-jaw meter sockets with test
block, based on application
Accessories include:
— Underground pull sections with and without lug landing
— Loadside wireway
— Bus links for donut-type current transformers
— Double padlock hasp attachments
— Plug-on distribution panel
— Subfeed circuit breakers
Full height add-on I-Line distribution section
Stand-alone I-Line distribution section

Single Main Circuit Breaker with Distribution
(Series E4)

Mains
Ratings
(A)

•

Table 11.2:

System

•

www.schneider-electric.us

EUSERC Utility Metering, Main Disconnects and Distribution
Panel (UL Listed)

Multiple Mains—Fusible (Series E4)c
Service
Voltage

Mains
Rating
(A)

240 V
or
480 V
Max.
d

Multiple Mains (6) Fusible
Indoor
Catalog
No.
SF124FS
SF126FS

Outdoor

$ Price

Catalog
No.
SF124FR
SF126FR

$ Price

120/240
400
200
5565.00
8478.00
120/240
600
200
6678.00
8966.00
208Y/120
240/120
3Ø4We
400
200
SF344FS
7025.00 SF344FR 10050.00
408Y/277
208Y/120
240/120
3Ø4We
600
200
SF346FS
7319.00 SF346FR 10233.00
480Y/277
208Y/120
240/120
3Ø4We
800
200
SF348FS
8283.00 SF348FR 11199.00
480Y/277
c
Multiple mains—provisions for mounting 30 inches of fusible devices. No more than six
main devices permitted per NEC.
d
QMB/QMJ fusible switches, maximum 400 A, SCCR based on Class J, R, or T fuses. QMB
plug-in circuit breaker rating is equal to the lowest rating of the circuit breaker.
e
Can be used on 3Ø3W Delta voltage systems (for example, 240 V Delta or 480 V Delta).
1Ø3W
1Ø3W

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Speed-D™ Switchboards

Merchandised, Service Selection
Class 2710 / Refer to Catalog 2700CT1101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 11.5:
System

3Ø4W
3Ø4W

I-Line™ Distribution Section (Series E4)

Service
Voltage

Mains
Ratings
(A)

208Y/120
240/120
480Y/277
208Y/120
240/120
480Y/277

Table 11.6:

Distribution
Interior

SCCR
240 V
Max.

Indoor

SCCR
480 V
Max.

800

I-Line

65 k

65 k

800

I-Line

125 k

100 k

Distribution Type
Add-on distribution section, must be connected to an SB UCT and main
section without distribution panel, such as SB348WS. An I-Line plug-on
subfeed lug kit must be ordered to terminate the distribution section.
Stand-alone distribution section not connected to an SB section. A back-fed
main circuit breaker or I-Line plug-on subfeed lug kit must be ordered to
terminate the distribution section. (Non-ULSE)

$ Price

SBAD800

10260.00

15-inch High Door With One Meter
Socket and Test Block

$ Price

SBAD800R 13305.00

SBSAD800 10620.00 SBSAD800R 13770.00

30-inch High Door With Two Meter
Sockets and Test Blocks

Catalog No.
$ Price
6a
SBA15D6MS
923.00
8
SBA15D8MS
984.00
13
SBA15D13MS
1230.00
15
SBA15D15MS
1358.00
Blank
SBA15DBC
495.00
b
SBA15DMS
617.00
a
6-jaw meter socket can also be used on 4- and 5-jaw applications.
b
Door with provisions for mounting meter socket.
Note: To order structure with meter door factory-installed, add door catalog number as suffix to structure (e.g. SF344IS-15D13MS).

Catalog No.
—
—
SBA30D13MS
SBA30D15MS
—
—

$ Price
—
—
2093.00
2217.00
—
—

Accessories

Description
Indoor underground pull section (w/o lug landing)—26-in. (W)
Order separate SA8LL lug kit below if required.
Outdoor (3R) underground pull section (w/o lug landing)—26 in. (W) x 24.5 in. (D)
Order separate SA8LL lug landing kit below when required.
Lug landing kit—800 A max. For terminating utility service cables in indoor or outdoor underground pull sections.
Single barrel lug kit —Kit provides single barrel lugs and pad in lieu of twin barrel lug provided with service section.
Mechanical lugs provided are sized to fit 1-3/0–750 kcmil cable. Two lugs per phase are supplied.
Loadside wireway—11.5 in. (W) x 14 in. (D)—indoor only
Bus link kit—800 A max.—Order one kit per phase for 400, 600, and 800 A.
Double padlock hasp attachment—For mounting two padlocks on door handle of rainproof enclosure. Padlocks not included.
Plug-On Distribution Panel—mounts on right side of I-Line interior. Cannot be used with LA/LH branch circuit breaker.
Panel rated 225 A for 240 V applications. For QO™ type plug-on circuit breakers only.

Catalog No.

System

Phase

Pole
Spaces

1Ø
3Ø
3Ø

AC
ABC
AB

12

$ Price

SA26PS

2217.00

SA26PSR

4559.00

SA8LLc

753.00

SA7PL

395.00

SA10LW
SA10BL
SS2PL

1052.00
246.00
113.00

SS212AC
SS312
SS212ABd

2339.00
2957.00
2339.00

All EUSERC Utilities (except Arizona Public Service and Salt River Project) require a lug landing kit SA8LL.
To be used on 120/240 V, 3Ø4W delta applications.

Subfeed Circuit Breakers (Series E4) e
2-Polef
Description

Rating
(A)

Catalog No.

3-Pole
$ Price

Catalog No.

Left
Right
Left
100
SASFBH100L( )
SASFBH100R( )
1480.00
SASFBH100L
110
SASFBH110L( )
SASFBH110R( )
1480.00
SASFBH110L
Subfeed Circuit Breaker Kit—
125
SASFBH125L( )
SASFBH125R( )
1480.00
SASFBH125L
Price includes circuit breaker, connectors and mounting
hardware. The complete kit, mounting hardware, circuit
150
SASFBH150L( )
SASFBH150R( )
1480.00
SASFBH150L
breaker and connectors will be shipped direct from plant.
175
SASFBJ175L( )
SASFBJ175R( )
1644.00
SASFBJ175L
Delivery is stock to three days.
200
SASFBJ200L( )
SASFBJ200R( )
1644.00
SASFBJ200L
225
SASFBJ225L( )
SASFBJ225R( )
1644.00
SASFBJ225L
e
Cannot use subfeed circuit breaker kit with multiple mains service section switchboards.
f
Two pole circuit breaker catalog numbers are completed by adding required phase connection letters as suffix (for example, SASFBH100LAC).

Right
SASFBH100R
SASFBH110R
SASFBH125R
SASFBH150R
SASFBJ175R
SASFBJ200R
SASFBJ225R

$ Price
1850.00
1850.00
1850.00
1850.00
2055.00
2055.00
2055.00

Ordering Information
1. Service section: Order service section from either Table 11.2 on page 11-4 (single main circuit breaker with
distribution), Table 11.3 on page 11-4 (single main fusible with distribution), or Table 11.4 on page 11-4 (multiple
mains fusible), as determined by mains rating, voltage, and system.
2. Meter doors: Order meter door from Table 11.6 (meter door selection) as determined by the height and utility
metering requirements.
3. Accessories and subfeeds: Order as required from Table 11.7 (accessories) and/or Table 11.8 (subfeed circuit
breakers).
4. Circuit breakers and switches: Order devices from pages listed below as determined by voltage, trip rating, AIR, and
mounting space.
Multiple Mains and Branch Devices
QO, QOB, QO-VH, QOB-VH: pages 7-10 and 9-10
I-Line: pages 9-24 to 9-30
QMB Switches: page 9-35

•
•
•

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE1A

Discount
Schedule

11-5

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Table 11.8:

11

c
d

Catalog
No.

Meter Door Selection

Meter
Socket
Jaws

Table 11.7:

Outdoor

Catalog
No.

Low Voltage Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed Drawout
Class 6037 / Refer to Catalog 6037CT9901

Power-Zone™ 4 Low Voltage Switchgear
with Masterpact™ Circuit Breakers

Power-Zone 4 Low
Voltage Switchgear
(Class 6037)

11
SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Square D™ brand Power-Zone™ 4 low voltage,
metal-enclosed, drawout switchgear is designed to provide
superior electrical distribution, protection, and power quality
management. The prime components of the switchgear are
the Masterpact™ NW and NT ANSI rated circuit breaker.
Power-Zone 4 switchgear is designed to maximize the
functionality of the Masterpact circuit breakers, which, in
turn, deliver maximum uptime, system selectivity, ease of
maintenance, and reliable circuit protection. All of these
features are packed into the smallest footprint available for
low voltage drawout switchgear.
• Power-Zone 4 is designed and built to ANSI®
C37.20.1 and is Listed to UL 1558
• Masterpact NW and NT drawout low voltage power
circuit breakers are designed and built to ANSI
C37.13 and C37.16. Listed to UL 1066
• Short-circuit current rating up to 200 kA at 240 V and
480 V without fuses
• High short-time withstand ratings up to 100 kA for
1 second, minimum
• Arc flash limiting (L1F) Masterpact NW feeder
breakers available in 800, 1600, and 2000 A ratings
• Family of field installable and upgradeable
Micrologic™ trip units with optional Powerlogic™ data
communications features
• Power-Zone 4 switchgear can offer optional data
communications capability
• Smallest equipment footprint available in this product
class
• Front access to all control and communications wire
connections
• Bolted copper bus provided as standard
(up to 6000 A maximum)
• Large rear cable compartment pull area allowing
maximum room for power cables
• Horizontal bus provision for future equipment expansion
• System designed for maximum uptime with low
maintenance
• Modular circuit breaker designed for easy addition of
control accessories
• Available in NEMA 3R outdoor walk-in enclosures
Masterpact NW circuit breakers are available in various
levels of interrupting ratings from 42–200 kA at 480 V and
130 kA at 600 V.
The Masterpact NT circuit breaker is available in an
800 A frame size and 42 kA at 480 V interrupting
rating. Up to 8 Masterpact NT circuit breakers can be
mounted in a 30-inch wide section. (Not available for
600 V.)
Circuit breakers of like frame sizes and interrupting ratings
are interchangeable.

Table 11.9:
Rating (A)

www.schneider-electric.us

Micrologic™ Trip Units
A modern family of field-installable trip units is available
with Masterpact NW and NT circuit breakers. The circuit
breaker overcurrent protection consists of a
microprocessor-based tripping device that requires no
external power source. The complete tripping system has
three main components: the air-core sensors, the trip
device (with rating plug), and the trip actuator. The
microprocessor-based trip unit uses true RMS current level
sensing.
The Metering and Communications system is used in
conjunction with Micrologic Type A, Type P, and Type H trip
units (see Digest pages 7-47 and 7-48) for the Masterpact
NW and NT circuit breakers. Modbus™ industry standard
data communications allow this system to replace discrete
meters, multiple transducers, analog wires, and analog-todigital conversion equipment. Extensive information can be
transmitted over a single communications cable to a
Powerlogic system display, a personal computer,
programmable logic controller, or other host system.
Basic circuit information, such as amperes, can be
monitored using Micrologic Type A trip unit. Circuit breaker
remote operation is available using the Micrologic Type P
and Type H trip units with Powerlogic functionality. In
addition to its metering capabilities, the Micrologic trip unit
system is available with optional status inputs and relay
outputs for monitoring discrete contacts and remote control
of devices by way of the data communications channel.
Micrologic trip unit metering functions include:
• Amperes and volts
• Frequency
• Power
• Power demand
• Energy
• Energy demand
• Power factor
• Power quality measurements
• Communications
• Waveform capture
• Data logging
• Programmable contacts
• Current unbalance
• Over/under voltage
• Over/under frequency
• Voltage unbalance
• Phase sequence
• Reverse power
• Long time imaging
• Contact wear indicator
• Masterpact circuit breaker maintenance information

Masterpact Circuit Breaker Selection
Catalog No.

Rating (A)

Catalog No.

4000

NW40H2
NW40H3
NW40L1

5000

NW50H2
NW50H3
NW50L1

6000

NW60H2
NW60H3
NW60L1

Masterpact NW

800

1600

2000

3200
Masterpact NT
800

11-6

NW08N1
NW08H1
NW08H2
NW08H3
NW08L1
NW08L1F
NW16N1
NW16H1
NW16H2
NW16H3
NW16L1
NW16L1F
NW20H1
NW20H2
NW20H3
NW20L1
NW20L1F
NW32H1
NW32H2
NW32H3
NW32L1
NT08N1

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—MiniBreak™
Class 6042 / Refer to Brochure 6042BR9401

www.schneider-electric.us

MiniBreak™ Compact Height Switches—
5.5 kV, 200 A

Table 11.10:

5.5

BIL (kV)

60

Frequency (Hz)

60

Continuous amperes

200

Interrupting amperes

200

Momentary (amperes asymmetrical)

20,000

Fault close (amperes asymmetrical)

20,000

MiniBreak Switch
Interior Showing Fuses
(Class 6042)

341.00
1150.00
1772.00
1618.00
1926.00

Price one (1), 5 kV, 200 A switch with 65E
current-limiting fuses. Provide one auxiliary switch
with 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. contact and with provision for
installing a “lock open” key interlock on the switch
operating mechanism.
Catalog No.
HVMB305200
HVMX1
HVMK1
5GS065

$ Price
11844.00
152.00
340.00
1980.00

Total Price

Capacitor switching (kVAR)

None

Short time, 2 seconds (amperes symmetrical)

12,500

Low frequency withstand (kV)

19

25.15
2.20

14316.00

25.20

639

640

56

63,000

Ordering Information

66.00
1677

Table 11.11:

5 kV—200 A Switch

47.52
1207

Switch
Catalog No.
HVMB305200U
HVMB305200

Type
Unfused
Fused

Listed Metal-enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear

$ Price
152.00

Pricing Example

Order:
Switch with enclosure
Auxiliary switch
Key interlock adapter
Fuses (set of three, from page 11-14)

Ratings

Max. design voltage (kV)

Fuse integrated (symmetrical)
NOTE: 1200 hp maximum.

Factory Modifications

Catalog No.
Description
HVMX1
Auxiliary switch, 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. contacts
Provisions for lock open only key interlock (does not
HVMK1
include the key cylinder—order separately)
HVMH1
Strip heater 100 W @ 120 V
HVMH2
Strip heater with thermostat 100 W @ 120 V
Distribution class surge arrester
HVMSA3
(set of three arresters) 3 kV, 2.55 MCOVc
Distribution class surge arrester
HVMSA6
(set of three arresters) 6 kV, 5.10 MCOVc
c
Arresters are line side connected.

$ Price
29.00

10274.00
11844.00

1. Select switch catalog number based on fused
or unfused.
2. Select catalog numbers for modifications from Factory
Modifications table.
3. If fused, select 5 kV, 200 A maximum current-limiting
fuse from table below.
4. Price switch and fuses separately. Switches are
furnished with provisions only for fuses.
5. Weight 450 lbs (204 kg).

737

Section view
(unfused)

Front view

25.20

25.15

640

639

2.20
56

20.75
527

23.78
604

18.38

Continuous
Current

Fuse Mounting Clip
Size

Centers

Catalog Numbera

2.70
69

$ Priceb

47.52
1207

5 kV Fuse
10E
5GS010
15E
5GS015
D
12”
954.00
20E
5GS020
25E
5GS025
30E
5GS030
40E
5GS040
50E
5GS050
D
12”
1980.00
65E
5GS065
80E
5GS080
100E
5GS100
125E
5GS125
150E
5GS150
D
12”
3326.00
175E
5GS175
200E
5GS200
a
Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock
quantities.
b
Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

467

Current-Limiting Fuses, Non-Disconnect
Type (Extended Travel Blown Fuse
Indicator)

PE5A

Discount
Schedule

15.35

Top view
selected area
recommended
(bottom conduit
entrance)

11

Table 11.12:

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

MiniBreak™ Switch
Enclosure with Door
(Class 6042)

The Square D™ brand MiniBreak compact height switch
enclosure is only 66-inches high and contains a single 3pole load interrupter switch, rated 5.5 kV and 200 A.
Enclosures are free-standing and suitable for both indoor
(NEMA 1) and outdoor (NEMA 3R) applications. These
switches are available unfused or with provisions for
Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses rated from 10E A
to 200E A. Factory-installed accessories include an
auxiliary switch, strip heaters, and provisions for a “lock
open” only key interlock. The door is mechanically
interlocked with the switch operating handle. Set screw
cable lugs for #14 solid—2/0 stranded aluminum or copper
cable are provided for two line and one load connections.
Fuses are not furnished with this equipment. For fuse
information and pricing, see Table 11.12. The Fused
switches and many of the fuses listed in Table 11.12
are available from stock.

Table 11.13:

390

Section view
(fused)

11-7

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed —HVL/cc™
Class 6045 / Refer to Product Data 6040PD9601

HVL/cc Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter
Switchgear—Full Range

Front
Optional
low voltage
compartment

Square D™ brand HVL/cc metal-enclosed load interrupter
switchgear provides switching, metering, and interrupting
capabilities for medium voltage electrical power
distribution systems and is designed and tested per
applicable ANSI/IEEE and NEMA standards.

Main bus
compartment
Switch with
enclosure
Mechanism
compartment

Made up of modular units, the HVL/cc is easy to expand.
Two main bus positions allow future extensions and
connections to existing equipment.

Fuse cable
compartment
Fuse/cable
access
panel

HVL/cc switchgear is available in either single or multiple
bay units. The design is compact, with front accessibility.
37.25
946

Right Side
View

90.00
2286

•
•

HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switches—
Full Range 600/1200 A Ratings

Switch (kV)—
maximum design

Plan
View

17.5

17.5

25.8

38

60

95

110

125

150

Frequency (Hz)

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

Front
View

Withstand (kV)

19

11
SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Closed Position

BIL (kV)

5.5

375

To
Ground
Bus

•

The HVL/cc enclosure is designed for front access only
and can be positioned against walls, in small rooms or in
pre-fabricated buildings. The small footprint can result in
considerable cost savings from the reduction of building or
room sizes.
Table 11.14:

14.75

Switchgear Standard Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

946

W

Fuselogic is a protection system that provides the ultimate
in medium voltage fuse protection. This patented system
utilizes Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses with
mechanical sensors that function without any auxiliary
power requirements. Several combinations of Fuselogic
functions can be combined to provide simple blown fuse
indication contacts with mechanical lockout to anti-single
phasing protection. Anti-single phasing requires the
optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). Fuselogic is
available on both HVL/cc and HVL switches.

The HVL/cc switch can be equipped with either an overtoggle mechanism (OTM), which is standard, or an
optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). An option with
both mechanisms is the Fuselogic™ system. The
Fuselogic system offers fuse tripping (with SEM) to
provide protection against single phasing loads when a
fuse has blown. It also has a mechanical interlock to
prevent inadvertent switching until fuses have been
installed or blown fuses have been replaced.

37.25

36

36

50

80

Continuous current (A) 600/1200

600/1200

600/1200

600

600

Interrupting current (A) 600/1200

600/1200

600/1200

600

600

Fault close
(kA asymmetrical)

40

40

40

32

32

Momentary current
(kA asymmetrical)

40

40

40

32

32

Short time current
(kA symmetrical)

25

25

25

25

25

100/600 A 100/600 A 100/600 A
Electrical endurance
(number of operations 26/1200 A 26/1200 A 26/1200 A
at 80% P.F.)

100

100

Mechanical endurance
(number of operations)

1000

1000

1000

1000

1000

www.schneider-electric.us

Fuselogic™

Compartments: Switch, bus, fuse/cable, mechanism,
and optional low voltage/control
11 gauge steel enclosure
Epoxy insulators
Fuse/cable access panel interlocked with switch
Front access only
Animated mechanism mimic bus
Padlocking open or closed provision
Top or bottom cable entry
UL/CUL Listed
Live line indicators on all incoming switch bays and
outgoing feeder circuits
Cable lugs included for one cable per phase
Tin plated copper bus for lineups

Table 11.15:

Surge Arresters

System L-L Voltage kV
Nominal

Maximum

2.4
4.16
4.8
6.9
12.0
12.47
13.2
13.8

2.54
4.4
5.08
7.26
12.7
13.2
13.97
14.52

Arrester MCOV-kV
Effectively
Impedance Grounded
Grounded
and Ungrounded
Neutral Circuits
Circuits
—
2.55
2.55
5.1
—
5.1
—
7.65
7.65
12.70
7.65
12.70
8.4
—
8.4
—

Switch Standard Features

•

To
Ground
Bus
Open Position

To
Ground
Bus

•

View ports to show switch blade position

Options
Grounded Position

Switch Contact Positions

Listed Metal-enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear

11-8

•
•
•
•

Switch Positions: Closed, open, and internally grounded
(optional) (connects switch contacts to ground)
Enclosure: Epoxy
Medium: Sulphur hexalfluoride
Maintenance: Maintenance free sealed for life
Pressure:
— 5.8 PSI (≤17.5 kV)
— 22 PSI (25.8–38 kV)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Internal ground switch: Has full fault making capability
Fuselogic™ system
Infrared viewing windows
Class I, Division 2
Fast auto transfers
Duplex configurations
Protective relaying
Powerlogic™ metering
20-inch or 29.5-inch wide enclosures

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed —HVL/cc™
Class 6045 / Refer to Catalog 6045CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: Cable entry and
exit must be opposite to
maintain the minimum
sections shown.

HVL/cc Switchgear—Quick Ship Program—
5–15 kV, 600 A
The HVL/cc quick ship program provides basic fused and
unfused load interrupter switch configurations for standalone
or transformer primary applications. The Quick Ship
program offers faster delivery, but with fewer options.

Three-pole, 600 A individual HVL/cc switches are available
in free-standing indoor (NEMA 1) enclosures. These
M
switches are available unfused or with provisions for
90.00 450E
Square D™ brand current-limiting DIN/E fuses. Factory
2286
M
optional accessories include auxiliary bays, main bus,
auxiliary switches, extra cable terminating lugs, and
distribution class surge arresters. The fuse access panel is
mechanically interlocked with the switch mechanism. Key
37.25
interlocks are not an available option with Digest-listed
946
14.75
375
HVL/cc switches. (1) Set screw type lugs for (2) #2–350
kcmil copper or aluminum cables are provided for line and
5 kV Indoor N1
Top Cable In/Bottom Cable load connections. Fuses are not furnished with this
Out Switch in Position A
equipment. For fuse information and pricing refer to
page 11-10.

600 A Incoming Line Auxiliary Bay
For top incoming cable to application A (bottom cable exit)
switch(es), order 600 A tin plated Cu main bus to adjacent
section from bus table. Includes (1) set screw lug for (2)
#2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductor per phase.
Table 11.18:

Bays for Top Entry/Exit Cables

Catalog
No.

kV
Rating

Fuse
Range

Application

HVLCCA14A
HVLCCA20A

4.76/15
4.76/15

—
—

A
A

Width
in
14.75
20.00

$ Price

mm
375
508

1968.00
2492.00

For bottom incoming cable to application B (top cable exit)
switch(es), order 600 A tin plated Cu main bus to adjacent
section from main bus kits table. Includes (1) set screw lug
for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al conductor per phase.
Table 11.19:

Bays for Bottom Entry/Exit Cables

Catalog
No.

kV
Rating

Fuse
Range

Application

HVLCCB14A
HVLCCB20A

4.76/15
4.76/15

—
—

B
B

Width
in
14.75
20.00

mm
375
508

$ Price
1968.00
2492.00

600 A Tin Plated Copper Main Bus Kits

Manual over-toggle mechanism, no grounding switch
Includes (1) set screw for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al
conductors per phase
Application A = Top entry (incoming—cable or main bus),
bottom exit (load—cable or main bus)
Application B = Bottom entry (incoming—cable or main
bus), top exit (load—cable or main bus)

M

90.00
2286

Table 11.16:

450E

Unfused Switch Selection

M

14.75
375

37.25
946

5 kV Indoor N1
Top Cable In/Bottom Cable
Out Switch in Position B

Catalog
No.

kV
Rating

Fuse
Range

Application

HVLCCA14305N
HVLCCA20305N
HVLCCA14315N
HVLCCA20315N
HVLCCB14305N
HVLCCB20305N
HVLCCB14315N
HVLCCB20315N

4.76
4.76
15
15
4.76
4.76
15
15

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B

Width
in
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00

mm
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508

$ Price
17500.00
18024.00
19244.00
19770.00
17500.00
18024.00
19244.00
19770.00

HVLCCMBA14A14
HVLCCMBA14A20
HVLCCMBA20A14
HVLCCMBA20A20
HVLCCMBB14B14
HVLCCMBB14B20
HVLCCMBB20B14
HVLCCMBB20B20

A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B

Width
in

mm

14.75
14.75
20.00
20.00
14.75
14.75
20.00
20.00

375
375
508
508
375
375
508
508

A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B

Width
in

mm

14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00

375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508

$ Price
882.00
946.00
946.00
1008.00
882.00
946.00
946.00
1008.00

Ratings
HVL/cc Switch with manually operated type OTM
mechanism in cubicle enclosure (does not include internal
ground switch). Ratings are based on an X/R ratio of 1.6.
Table 11.21:

HVL/cc Switch Ratings

Switch (kV)—maximum design

5.5

BIL (kV)

60

95

50/60

50/60

Frequency (Hertz)

17.5

Withstand (kV)

19

36

Continuous current (amperes)

600

600

600

600

600 A Single Switch Fused

Interrupting current (amperes)
Fault close (amperes asymmetrical)

40,000

40,000

(Provisions only for Square D™ brand current-limiting
DIN/E fuses—order fuses separately)
Manual over-toggle mechanism, no grounding switch
Includes (1) set screw lug for (2) #2–350 kcmil Cu or Al
conductor per phase
Application A = Top entry (incoming—cable or main bus),
bottom exit (load—cable or main bus)
Application B = Bottom entry (incoming—cable or main
bus), top exit (load—cable or main bus)

Integrated switch and fuse rating (amperes

65,000

65,000

Momentary current (amperes asymmetrical)

40,000

40,000

Short time current, 2 seconds (amperes symmetrical)

25,000

25,000

Table 11.17:

Fused Switch Selection

Catalog
No.

kV
Rating

Fuse
Range

Application

HVLCCA14305D
HVLCCA20305D
HVLCCA14315D
HVLCCA20315D
HVLCCB14305D
HVLCCB20305D
HVLCCB14315D
HVLCCB20315D

4.76
4.76
15
15
4.76
4.76
15
15

10–450E
10–450E
10–200E
10–200E
10–450E
10–450E
10–200E
10–200E

A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B

Width
in
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00

mm
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508

Operations at Full Load

100

100

Mechanical Endurance (number of operations)
a
50,000 for 630 A fuse.

1000

1000

Factory Modifications
Table 11.22:
Catalog No.
HVLCC-X3

19392.00
19916.00
19858.00
20382.00
19392.00
19916.00
19858.00
20382.00

Description
Auxiliary switch 2 N.O.–2 N.C. contact

$ Price
762.00

Distribution Class Surge Arresters
(One Set of Three) Switch Load Side Connected or
Incoming Line Bay)
Table 11.23:
Catalog
No.
HVLCCDSA3
HVLCCDSA6
HVLCCDSA9
HVLCCDSA10
HVLCCDSA12
HVLCCDSA15
HVLCCDSA18

PE5A

Factory Modifications

$ Price

Listed Metal-enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog
No.

Discount
Schedule

Surge Arresters
kV Rating
3 kV, 2.55 kV MCOV
6 kV, 5.10 kV MCOV
9 kV, 7.65 kV MCOV
10 kV, 8.40 kV MCOV
12 kV, 10.20 kV MCOV
15 kV, 12.70 kV MVOV
18 kV, 15.3 kV MCOV

Section Width
Minimum Required
in
14.75
14.75
14.75
14.75
14.75
20.00
20.00

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

600 A Single Switch Unfused

Bus Kits

11

NOTE: Mechanical
interlock is standard
on switches.

Table 11.20:

Right (To)
Application

All “single” HVL/cc switches have provisions for future
expansion on either side.
Order main bus kits for copper 600 A bus. Include sketch
for factory-assembled parts or lineups.

Mechanical interlock
between switch and
fuse access panel.

Left (From)
Application

Provisions for Future Expansion

mm
375
375
375
375
375
508
508

$ Price
1618.00
1926.00
2248.00
2446.00
2836.00
3424.00
3948.00

11-9

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—HVL/cc™
Class 6045 / Refer to Catalog 6045CT9801

200E

2286

M

14.75
375

14.75
375

Table 11.24:
37.25
946

Listed Metal-enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear

Catalog
No.

600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch Selection
kV
Rating

Fuse
Range

Width
in

mm

RH /
LH

Table 11.26:
$ Price

General Purpose E-Rated Current-Limiting
Fuses:Type DIN/E for HVL/cc Switches

11

Integrated rating for 600 A HVL/cc switches with
Square D™ brand DIN/E fuses listed below is 65 kA rms
symmetrical amperes. (50 kA rms for 630 A fuse.)
Current-limiting fuses increase the integrated short-circuit
current rating because of their energy-limiting capabilities.
To increase the short-circuit current rating of the entire
lineup of switchgear, current-limiting fuses must be used
in the entrance sections.

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Catalog
No.

Fuse Selection

kV
Fuse
Set of Fuse
Rating Rating Fuses a Size

Section
Width Required

$ Price
in
mm
55DE010
5.5
10E
1
Actual 14.75
375
954.00
55DE015
5.5
15E
1
Actual 14.75
375
954.00
55DE020
5.5
20E
1
Actual 14.75
375
954.00
55DE025
5.5
25E
1
Actual 14.75
375
954.00
55DE030
5.5
30E
1
Actual 14.75
375
1980.00
55DE040
5.5
40E
1
Actual 14.75
375
1980.00
55DE050
5.5
50E
1
Actual 14.75
375
1980.00
55DE065
5.5
65E
1
Actual 14.75
375
1980.00
55DE080
5.5
80E
1
Actual 14.75
375
1980.00
55DE100
5.5
100E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3326.00
55DE125
5.5
125E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3326.00
55DE150
5.5
150E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3326.00
55DE175
5.5
175E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3326.00
55DE200
5.5
200E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3326.00
55DE250
5.5
250E
1
Actual 14.75
375
5742.00
55DE300
5.5
300E
1
Actual 14.75
375
5742.00
55DE350
5.5
350E
1
Actual 14.75
375
5742.00
55DE400
5.5
400E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6430.00
55DE450
5.5
450E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6430.00
175DE010 15.5
10E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3214.00
175DE015 15.5
15E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3214.00
175DE020 15.5
20E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3214.00
175DE025 15.5
25E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3214.00
175DE030 15.5
30E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3290.00
175DE040 15.5
40E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3290.00
175DE050 15.5
50E
1
Actual 14.75
375
3290.00
175DE065 15.5
65E
1
Actual 14.75
375
4446.00
175DE080 15.5
80E
1
Actual 14.75
375
4446.00
175DE100 15.5
100E
1
Actual 14.75
375
4446.00
175DE125 15.5
125E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6878.00
175DE150 15.5
150E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6878.00
155DE175 15.5
175E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6878.00
155DE200 15.5
200E
1
Actual 14.75
375
6878.00
a
Each (1) set of fuses contains three fuses. (E.g., (2) sets of fuses yield
a total of six fuses.)

11-10

600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch
Selection
Width

HVLCCA14405DGR 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375 RH 20134.00
HVLCCA20405DGR 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508 RH 20660.00
HVLCCA14405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 14.75 375
LH 20134.00
HVLCCA20405DGL 4.76 10–450E A 20.00 508
LH 20660.00
HVLCCA14415DGR
15
10–200E A 14.75 375 RH 20614.00
HVLCCA20415DGR
15
10–200E A 20.00 508 RH 21138.00
HVLCCA14415DGL
15
10–200E A 14.75 375
LH 20614.00
HVLCCA20415DGL
15
10–200E A 20.00 508
LH 21138.00
HVLCCB14405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375 RH 20134.00
HVLCCB20405DGR 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508 RH 20660.00
HVLCCB14405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 14.75 375
LH 20134.00
HVLCCB20405DGL 4.76 10–450E B 20.00 508
LH 20660.00
HVLCCB14415DGR
15
10–200E B 14.75 375 RH 20614.00
HVLCCB20415DGR
15
10–200E B 20.00 508 RH 21138.00
HVLCCB14415DGL
15
10–200E B 14.75 375
LH 20614.00
HVLCCB20415DGL
15
10–200E B 20.00 508
LH 21138.00
NOTE: Switches with transformer connections are painted ANSI 49.
Standalone switches are painted ANSI 61. Transformer connections in
HVL/cc switches are based on standard Square D™ brand transformer
connections. If these switches are used to connect to other
manufacturers' transformers, then connections must match standard
Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable connections are
furnished with the transformer.)

Table 11.25:

www.schneider-electric.us

600 A “Duplex” HVL/cc Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™ brand
Current-Limiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for
Cable Connection to Power-Dry, Power-Cast, and
Uni-Cast Transformers
(FLC = 300 A MAXIMUM)
RH—Transformer on Right,
LH—Transformer on Left Includes Mechanical Interlock to
Prevent Paralleling of Sources
Application A = Top Entry (Incoming Cables)
Application B = Bottom Entry (Incoming Cables)

PE5A

Discount
Schedule

Catalog
No.

HVLCCA14505DGR
HVLCCA20505DGR
HVLCCA14505DGL
HVLCCA20505DGL
HVLCCA14515DGR
HVLCCA20515DGR
HVLCCA14515DGL
HVLCCA20515DGL
HVLCCB14505DGR
HVLCCB20505DGR
HVLCCB14505DGL
HVLCCB20505DGL
HVLCCB14515DGR
HVLCCB20515DGR
HVLCCB14515DGL
HVLCCB20515DGL

kV
Fuse
Rating Range

4.76
4.76
4.76
4.76
15
15
15
15
4.76
4.76
4.76
4.76
15
15
15
15

10–450E
10–450E
10–450E
10–450E
10–200E
10–200E
10–200E
10–200E
10–450E
10–450E
10–450E
10–450E
10–200E
10–200E
10–200E
10–200E

Application

M

90.00

Application

600 A
tin plated
copper bus

600 A “Single” HVL/cc Switch with PROVISIONS ONLY
for Square D™ brand Current-Limiting,
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable Connection to
Power-Dry™, Power-Cast™, and Uni-Cast™
Transformers
(FLC = 300 A MAXIMUM)
RH—Transformer on right, LH—Transformer on Left
Application A = Top Entry (Incoming Cables)
Application B = Bottom Entry (Incoming Cables)

in

mm

RH /
LH

$ Price

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00
14.75
20.00

375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508
375
508

RH
RH
LH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH

54174.00
56068.00
54174.00
56068.00
57428.00
59322.00
57428.00
59322.00
54174.00
56068.00
54174.00
56068.00
57428.00
59322.00
57428.00
59322.00

Ordering Information
1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or
unfused and cable entry locations (top or bottom) from
Table 11.16 or Table 11.17 on page 9.
2. Select incoming line auxiliary bay from Table 11.18 or
Table 11.19 on page 9, if required.
3. Select main bus from Table 11.20 on page 9, if
required.
4. Select catalog numbers for factory modifications from
Table 11.22 on page 9, if required.
5. If fused, select DIN/E fuses from Table 11.25.

Pricing Example
Order indoor 600 A, 5 kV, HVL/cc switch with bottom
incoming and bottom outgoing cables (1) #2 AWG per
phase, (1) set 200E fuses, and (1) set 6 kV surge arresters.
Order:
Catalog. No.
Switch w/fuse provisions and
HVLCCA14305D
bottom exit load cables
600 incoming line auxiliary bay
HVLCCA14A
(Application A—bottom entry)
Main Bus
(Application A—14 in. to Application A–14 in.) HVLCCMBA14A14
6 kV LAs
HVLCCDSA6
Set 200E fuses
55DE200

$ Price
19392.00
1968.00
882.00
1926.00
3326.00

Total Price 13747.00

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—HVL
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201

www.schneider-electric.us

HVL Metal-Enclosed Load Interrupter
Switchgear—Full Range

Front view

Recommended power
cable conduit area
2.00
51

4.00
102
Conduit

D

38.00
965

2.00
51

34 x 6
864 x 152
34 x 6
864 x 152
Control
Conduit Area
2x4
51 x 102

D1

6.36
162

1.13

35.74

908
29
.875 Mounting Hole
(4 Places for .75 Anchor Bolts)

Table 11.27:
Maximum design
voltage (kV)
BIL (kV)

Listed Metal-enclosed
Interrupter Switchgear

Frequency (Hz)

Ratings
4.76

15

17

25.8

29

38

60

95

95

125

125

150

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

50/60

Continuous
amperes

600/1200 600/1200

600

Interrupting
amperes

600/1200 600/1200

600

600

400

400

40/61/80

61

40/61

40/61

40

Momentary
40/61/80
(kA asymmetrical)

600/1200 600/1200

600

Fault close
(kA asymmetrical)

40/61

40/61

40

40

40

20

Capacitor
switching (kVAR)

2400

2400

–

–

–

–

Short time rating
2 seconds
(kA symmetrical)
Low frequency
withstand (kV)

25/38/50

25/38/50

25

25

25

25

19

36

36

60

60

60

11 gauge steel enclosure
Direct drive mechanism
Permanently attached operating handle
Visible isolation viewing window
Mechanical interlocked fuse access door
Provision for padlock and key interlock
Highly flexible design
ANSI 61 paint

Options

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HVL Switchgear—Quick Ship Program—
5 kV–15 kV, 600 A Features
The HVL quick ship program provides basic fused and
unfused load interrupter switch configurations for
stand-alone or transformer primary applications. The
Quick Ship program offers faster delivery, but with
fewer options.
Three-pole, 600 A individual HVL switches are available
in free-standing indoor (NEMA 1) or outdoor (NEMA
3R) enclosures. The switches used in these enclosures
are UL Recognized and are listed under Category
WIQG2 in File E140591(M). These switches are
available unfused or with provisions for 3-inch diameter
Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses or for boric acid
fuses. Factory optional accessories include auxiliary
switches, extra cable terminating lugs and distribution
class surge arresters. The door is mechanically
interlocked with the switch operating handle and
provisions for key interlocks are standard. Set screw
type lugs for one #2 solid—600 kcmil copper or
aluminum cables are provided for line and load
connections. Other standard features include a bolted
enclosure with a viewing window, ground pad, and
space heater (NEMA 3R only). Control power for heater
must be from external source. Fuses are not
furnished with this equipment. For fuse information
and pricing, refer to page 11-14. Switches are listed
on pages 11-11 and 11-12, and many of the fuses
listed on page 11-14 are available from stock.
Table 11.28:
Catalog No.
HVL305NG
HVL305NW
HVL315NG
HVL315NW

Table 11.29:

Standard Features

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Fuselogic is a protection system that provides the ultimate
in medium voltage fuse protection. This patented system
utilizes the Square D™ brand current-limiting fuses with
mechanical sensors that function without any auxiliary
power requirements. Several combinations of Fuselogic
functions can be combined to provide simple blown fuse
indication contacts with mechanical lockout to anti-single
phasing protection. Anti-single phasing requires the
optional stored energy mechanism (SEM). Fuselogic is
available on both HVL/cc™ and HVL switches.

Catalog No.
HVL305DEG
HVL305DEW
HVL315DEG1
HVL315DEG2
HVL315DEW1
HVL315DEW2

Table 11.30:

Outdoor construction
Square D™ brand DIN-style current-limiting fuses
Boric acid fuses
Silver or tin plated copper bus
600, 1200, or 2000 A main bus
Heat shrink insulated bus
Motor operator
Shunt trip
Fuselogic™ tripping system
Automatic load transfer schemes
Roof bushings
Key interlocks
Surge arresters
Utility metering bays
Line selector switch
Duplex switch
Transformer connections
Infrared windows for thermal scanning of connections

PE5A

Discount
Schedule

Catalog No.
HVL305BG
HVL305BW
HVL315BG
HVL315BW
HVL317BG
HVL317BW

600 A “Single” Switch Unfused
kV Rating
4.76
4.76
15
15

Fuse Range
—
—
—
—

Enclosure Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R

$ Price
17500.00
21524.00
19244.00
23478.00

600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS
ONLY for Square D™ brand CurrentLimiting, Non-Disconnect Type Fuses
kV Rating
4.76
4.76
15
15
15
15

Fuse Range
10–450E
10–450E
10–100E
125–200E
10–100E
125-200E

Enclosure Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R

$ Price
19392.00
21636.00
19858.00
19858.00
23978.00
23978.00

600 A “Single” Switch with PROVISIONS
ONLY for S&C Boric Acid
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses
kV Rating
4.76
4.76
15
15
17
17

Fuse Range
10E–400E
10E–400E
10E–400E
10E–400E
10E–400E
10E–400E

Enclosure Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R

$ Price
24936.00
28606.00
26650.00
30688.00
29610.00
34098.00

11-11

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

W

D

Side view

HVL™ 5–38 kV Load Interrupter is the most popular ANSIrated switchgear in its class in America. Among medium
voltage interrupter switchgear, both the switch and the
enclosure stand as industry benchmarks in the areas of
design, manufacturing, and performance. Load interrupter
switchgear must perform a number of critical functions in a
unit substation - protecting equipment and disconnecting
faulted lines and transformers. Designed and tested to the
latest applicable standards, HVL has been engineered to
provide superior protection for your distribution system.
HVL switchgear is available for various applications and
configurations, including:
• Individual service entrance bays
• Multiple-bay lineups incorporating HVL load
interrupters and optional Visi/Vac™ circuit interrupters
• Substation primaries
Square D™ brand metal-enclosed switchgear has become
an industry standard for its better system performance,
lower maintenance cost, easier system expansion, and
reduced system expense.
A full range of ratings and options are available but not listed
in this publication. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor.

11

H

Fuselogic™

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—HVL
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201 or Brochure 6040BR9401
Table 11.31:

Table 11.34:

Ratings

Max. Design Voltage (kV)

4.76

BIL (kV)

15.0

60

95

50/60

50/60

Continuous amperes

600

600

Interrupting amperes

600

600

Momentary (amperes asymmetrical)

40,000

40,000

Fault close (amperes asymmetrical)

40,000

40,000

Capacitor switching (kVAR)

2,400

2,400

Short-time rating, 2 seconds
(amperes symmetrical)

25,000

25,000

19

36

Frequency (Hz)

Low frequency withstand (kV)

Table 11.32:

Arrester MCOV-kV

Nominal

Maximum

2.4
4.16
4.8
6.9
12.0
12.47
13.2
13.8

2.54
4.4
5.08
7.26
12.7
13.2
13.97
14.52

Type
Indoor
Outdoor

Table 11.35:

Distribution Class Surge Arresters

System L-L Voltage kV

Table 11.33:

Catalog
No.
HVL415DEWL2H

Effectively
Grounded
Neutral Circuits
—
2.55
—
—
7.65
7.65
8.4
8.4

Impedance Grounded
and Ungrounded
Circuits
2.55
5.1
5.1
7.65
12.70
12.70
—
—

Enclosure Type
W
in
38.00
38.00

D
mm
965
965

in
54.50
60.00

H
mm
1384
1524

in
90.00
97.50

Weight
mm
2286
2477

lbs
1200
1400

kg
545
636

Provisions for Future Expansion
All “single” Digest switches have provisions for future
expansion on either side. Order kits HVMB for top crossover
copper 600 A bus and HVLC for line connections to the top
bus. (Refer to the Factory Modifications table on page 1113.) Include sketch for factory-assembled parts or lineups.

Catalog
No.
HVL505DEGR
HVL505DEGL
HVL505DEWRH
HVL505DEWLH
HVL515DEGR1
HVL515DEGR2
HVL515DEGL1
HVL515DEGL2
HVL515DEWR1H
HVL515DEWR2H
HVL515DEWL1H
HVL515DEWL2H

Table 11.36:

11

HVL Switches for Power-Dry II ™,
Power-Cast II ™, and Uni-Cast II ™
Transformer Connections

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

HVL switches can be configured for close coupling cable
connections to listed dry type transformers for primary main
switches of unit substations. These are listed in the tables
below with current-limiting or boric acid fuses. Both single
and duplex switch mains are included in this selection.
Transformers are listed on page 14-20 and may not be
suitable for close coupling. For transformer availability and
specific configurations, contact your local Schneider Electric
sales office. All connections in this digest are based on
standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. If
these switches are used to connect to other manufacturers’
transformers, then connections must coordinate with
standard Square D™ brand transformer connections. (Cable
connections are furnished with the transformer.)

Catalog
No.
HVL405DEGR
HVL405DEGL
HVL405DEWRH
HVL405DEWLH
HVL415DEGR1
HVL415DEGR2
HVL415DEGL1
HVL415DEGL2
HVL415DEWR1H
HVL415DEWR2H
HVL415DEWL1H

11-12

600 A “Single” Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™
brand Current-Limiting,
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable
Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast
II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on
Right, LH—Transformer on Left
kV
Rating Fuse Range
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
15
10–100E
15
125–200E
15
10–100E
15
125–200E
15
10–100E
15
125-200E
15
10–100E

Enclosure
Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R

PE5A

RH / LH

$ Price

RH
LH
RH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH
RH
RH
LH

20134.00
20134.00
25322.00
25322.00
20614.00
20614.00
20614.00
20614.00
28070.00
28070.00
28070.00

Discount
Schedule

kV
Enclosure
Rating Fuse Range
Type
15
125-200E NEMA 3R

RH / LH

$ Price

LH

28070.00

600 A “Duplex” Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™
brand Current-Limiting,
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable
Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast
II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on
Right, LH—Transformer on Left
kV
Rating Fuse Range
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
4.76
10–450E
15
10–100E
15
125–200E
15
10–100E
15
125–200E
15
10–100E
15
125–200E
15
10–100E
15
125-200E

Enclosure
Type
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 1
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R
NEMA 3R

RH / LH

$ Price

RH
LH
RH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH
RH
RH
LH
LH

42028.00
42028.00
49484.00
49484.00
43084.00
43084.00
43084.00
43084.00
54904.00
54904.00
54904.00
54904.00

600 A “Single” Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable
Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast
II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers b
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on
Right, LH—Transformer on Left

Catalog
kV
Enclosure RH / LH $ Price
No.
Rating Fuse Range
Type
HVL405BGR
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 1
RH
25666.00
HVL405BGL
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 1
LH
25666.00
HVL405BWRH
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 3R
RH
30674.00
HVL405BWLH
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 3R
LH
30674.00
HVL415BGR
15
10E–400E NEMA 1
RH
27390.00
HVL415BGL
15
10E–400E NEMA 1
LH
27390.00
HVL415BWRH
15
10E–400E NEMA 3R
RH
32476.00
HVL415BWLH
15
10E–400E NEMA 3R
LH
32476.00
a
Includes fuse holder only. See table on page 11-14 for fuse refills.

Table 11.37:
Table 11.34:

www.schneider-electric.us

600 A “Single” Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for Square D™
brand Current-Limiting,
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable
Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast
II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on
Right, LH—Transformer on Left

600 A “Duplex” Switch with
PROVISIONS ONLY for S&C Boric Acid
Non-Disconnect Type Fuses for Cable
Connection to Power-Dry II, Power-Cast
II, and Uni-Cast II Transformers b
(FLC = 300 A max.) RH—Transformer on
Right, LH—Transformer on Left

Catalog
kV
Enclosure RH / LH $ Price
No.
Rating Fuse Range
Type
HVL505BGR
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 1
RH
47470.00
HVL505BGL
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 1
LH
47470.00
HVL505BWRH
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 3R
RH
57742.00
HVL505BWLH
4.76
10E–400E NEMA 3R
LH
57742.00
HVL515BGR
15
10E–400E NEMA 1
RH
49540.00
HVL515BGL
15
10E–400E NEMA 1
LH
49540.00
HVL515BWRH
15
10E–400E NEMA 3R
RH
60514.00
HVL515BWLH
15
10E–400E NEMA 3R
LH
60514.00
b
Includes fuse holder only. See table on page 11-14 for fuse refills.
NOTE: Switches with transformer connections are painted ANSI 49.
Standalone switches are painted ANSI 61.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—HVL
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201

www.schneider-electric.us

Fuse Selection
The rule of thumb method for selecting fuses for transformer
protection is 1.33 times the self-cooled full load current of
the transformer or the next higher fuse rating. Selection of
the fuse is the customer’s responsibility and should be
based on transformer and system characteristics.
• Maximum Fuse Size:
Maximum fuse size should be determined by comparing
the fuse total clearing curve to the transformer damage
curve. Contact Schneider Electric for transformer
overload and short-circuit withstand capability.
• Minimum Fuse Size:
Minimum fuse size shall carry the transformer
magnetizing inrush current of 12 times full load
amperes for 0.1 second.
Table 11.38:

Factory Modifications

Catalog
No.
HVMB

Description

$ Price

Main Bus Kit, 600 A copper
Line side connector kit (main bus) 600 A
with 2–1/0=500 MCM lugs (bottom entry only)
HVLC
Provisions for key interlocks (does not include key
cylinders—order separately
HVLX3
Auxiliary switch 2 N.O.—2 N.C. contact
HVLC2
Set screw type lugs 1/0—500 kcmil (qty. 3)
Distribution Class Surge Arresters a
HVDSA3
3 kV, 2.55 MCOV
HVDSA6
6 kV, 5.10 MCOV
HVDSA9
9 kV, 7.65 MCOV
HVDSA10 10 kV, 8.40 MCOV
HVDSA12 12 kV, 10.20 MCOV
HVDSA15 15 kV, 12.70 MCOV
a
Load side connected

2288.00
1282.00
0.00
762.00
196.00
1618.00
1926.00
2248.00
2446.00
2836.00
3424.00

Standard Features

•
•
•
•

Switches for transformer primaries are cable
connected only.
Key interlocks must be ordered and coordinated by
customer.
Standard color is ANSI 61 for standalone units;
ANSI 49 for switches connecting to transformers.
If switches are purchased to coordinate with
Square D™ brand transformers, composite drawings
and shipment coordination will not be available.
Switches are not designed for any special dimensions
for retrofit purposes. For dimensions other than shown,
contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or
your local Schneider Electric distributor.

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

•

Ordering Information
1. Select switch catalog number based on fused or
unfused and enclosure type.
2. Select catalog numbers for factory modifications from
the table above.
3. If fused, select fuse from table on page 11-14.
4. Price switch and fuses separately. Switches are
furnished with provisions only for current-limiting fuse
or boric acid fuse.

11

Pricing Example
Price one (1) indoor (NEMA 1), 15 kV, 600 A switch with
80E SM-5S boric acid fuses and 10 kV distribution class
surge arresters for a 7.62/13.2 kV grounded wye system.
Order:
Switch with indoor enclosure
Surge arrester, 10 kV
Boric acid fuse (set of three, from page 11-14

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog No.
HVL315BG
HVDSA10
15SM5080

$ Price
26650.00
2446.00
1508.00

Total Price

30634.00

PE5A

Discount
Schedule

11-13

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—HVL
Class 6040 / Refer to Catalog 6040CT9201

Table 11.39:

Continuous
Current
5 kV Fuse
10E
15E
20E
25E
30E
40E
50E
65E
80E
100E
125E
150E
175E
200E
250E
300E
350E
400E
450E

DIN/E Current-Limiting Fuses,
Non-Disconnecting Type abc
(Extended Travel Blown Fuse Indicator)
Fuse Mounting Clip d
Centers
(in)

Diameter
(mm)

17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4
17.4

51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
51
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76
76

Catalog
No. e

$ Price f

55DE010
55DE015
55DE020
55DE025
55DE030
55DE040
55DE050
55DE065
55DE080
55DE100
55DE125
55DE150
55DE175
55DE200
55DE250
55DE300
55DE350
55DE400
55DE450

954.00

1980.00

3326.00

5742.00
6430.00

11

15 kV Fuse
10E
17.4
51
175DE010
15E
17.4
51
175DE015
3214.00
20E
17.4
51
175DE020
25E
17.4
51
175DE025
30E
17.4
51
175DE030
40E
17.4
76
175DE040
3290.00
50E
17.4
76
175DE050
65E
17.4
76
175DE065
80E
17.4
76
175DE080
4446.00
100E
17.4
88
175DE100
125E
21.14
88
175DE125
150E
21.14
88
175DE150
6878.00
175E
21.14
88
155DE175
200E
21.14
88
155DE200
a
Square D™ brand DIN/E fuses are shown in this table. For fuses
produced by other manufacturers, contact your nearest Schneider
Electric sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor.
b
Current-limiting fuses will increase the integrated short-circuit ratings
beyond the non-fusible units. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric
sales office or your local Schneider Electric distributor.
c
Caution—These fuses will not work for the MiniBreak. See page 11-7
for the appropriate MiniBreak fuses.
d
All fuses are single barrel arrangement with ferrule diameters per
the chart.
e
Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock
quantities.
f
Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box.

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

11-14

PE5A

Discount
Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

Boric Acid Fuse Selection Tablesg—HVL
Table 11.40:
Continuous
Current

Square D™ Brand DIN/E Fuse Selection
Tables—HVL

Fuse
Typeh

Boric Acid Fuses
Catalog
No.

$ Price FuseiType

Catalog
No. j

$ Price k

5 kV Fuse Refill
10E
SM-5S
5SM5010
RBA400 405WBAF010
15E
SM-5S
5SM5015
RBA400 405WBAF015
20E
SM-5S
5SM5020
RBA400 405WBAF020
25E
SM-5S
5SM5025
RBA400 405WBAF025
30E
SM-5S
5SM5030
RBA400 405WBAF030
40E
SM-5S
5SM5040
RBA400 405WBAF040
50E
SM-5S
5SM5050 1472.00 RBA400 405WBAF050 1692.00
65E
SM-5S
5SM5065
RBA400 405WBAF065
80E
SM-5S
5SM5080
RBA400 405WBAF080
100E SM-5S
5SM5100
RBA400 405WBAF100
125E SM-5S
5SM5125
RBA400 405WBAF125
150E SM-5S
5SM5150
RBA400 405WBAF150
175E SM-5S
5SM5175
—
—
200E SM-5S
5SM5200
RBA400 405WBAF200
250E SM-5S
5SM5250 1528.00 RBA400 405WBAF250 1758.00
300E SM-5S
5SM5300
RBA400 405WBAF300
400E SM-5S
5SM5400
RBA400 405WBAF400
15 kV Fuse Refill
10E
SM-5S 15SM5010
RBA400 415WBAF010
15E
SM-5S 15SM5015
RBA400 415WBAF015
20E
SM-5S 15SM5020
RBA400 415WBAF020
25E
SM-5S 15SM5025
RBA400 415WBAF025
30E
SM-5S 15SM5030
RBA400 415WBAF030
40E
SM-5S 15SM5040
RBA400 415WBAF040
50E
SM-5S 15SM5050 1508.00 RBA400 415WBAF050 1732.00
65E
SM-5S 15SM5065
RBA400 415WBAF065
80E
SM-5S 15SM5080
RBA400 415WBAF080
100E SM-5S 15SM5100
RBA400 415WBAF100
125E SM-5S 15SM5125
RBA400 415WBAF125
150E SM-5S 15SM5150
RBA400 415WBAF150
175E SM-5S 15SM5175
—
—
200E SM-5S 15SM5200
RBA400 415WBAF200
250E SM-5S 15SM5250 1554.00 RBA400 415WBAF250 1788.00
300E SM-5S 15SM5300
RBA400 415WBAF300
400E SM-5S 15SM5400
RBA400 415WBAF400
g
S&C Boric Acid Fuses
Type SM-5S fuses are manufactured by the S&C Electric Company.
SM-5S has a 25.0 kA symmetrical short-circuit rating from 2.4 kV to
17.0 kV. For 16.5 kV ratings, only S&C boric acid fuses can be used.
h
Cutler-Hammer - Westinghouse Fuses
Type RBA-400 fuses are manufactured by Cutler-Hammer EATON Corporation. RBA-400 has a 37.5 kA symmetrical ampere
short-circuit rating from 2.4 kV to 4.8 kV and 29.4 kA symmetrical
from 12 kV to 13.8 kV.
i
Caution—These fuses will not work for the MiniBreak. See page 11-7
for the appropriate MiniBreak fuses.
j
Contact your Schneider Electric representative for current stock
quantities.
k
Price includes one set of three fuses, packed in a single box.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Metal-Enclosed—DVCAS

www.schneider-electric.us

DVCAS Switchgear for Wind Farm Applications
DVCAS medium voltage (MV) switchgear from Schneider Electric is designed to meet the
electrical switching, protection, and connection needs of wind farm applications up to 38 kV.
Three different modules are available:
• Transformer protection module D
• Outgoing line module O
• Incoming line module I
For standard wind power applications, a maximum of four modules can be connected in
various configurations to provide the most commonly used wind power functions.
DVCAS switchgear is designed, manufactured, and tested in accordance with the following
standards:
• C37.20.3
• C37.54
• CAN/CSA C22.2 No.31-M89

I

O

D

VIP

Transformer Protection Module D
DVCAS switchgear module D provides transformer
protection. Construction features include:
• Metal base frame
• Operating mechanism and relay compartment
— disconnector operating mechanism
— operating mechanism of the circuit breaker
— protection relay VIP
— zero sequence current transformer CSH 30
• MV cable compartment
— bushings for cable connection
— Three CRc current sensors per phase
• Stainless steel, gas-tight tank
— busbar system
— three position disconnector
— circuit breaker

-

YO 1

VIP

Mitop

CSH 30

Module D

Outgoing Line Module O

DVCAS switchgear module O functions as an outgoing line to a downstream wind
generator. There are two medium voltage cables per phase. Construction features include:
• Metal base frame
• Voltage presence indicator
• MV cable compartment
— bushings for cable connection
— clamps for MV cable connection

D+O

Transformer protection + Outgoing line

(I + D + O)

Incoming line + Transformer protection +
Outgoing line

(I + I + D + O)

Two Incoming lines + Transformer
protection + Outgoing line

Incoming Line Module I
DVCAS switchgear module I is a three-position
switch-disconnector. It is recommended for the
incoming line function from an upstream wind generator
for the following reasons:
• Reduces downtime caused by faults
• Helps with fault detection
• Reduces interruptions due to maintenance work
• Improves energization works
Module I is always connected to module D on the right
with single-phase, coupling bushings. Construction
features include:
• Metal base frame
• Operating mechanism compartment
— operating mechanism of the
switch-disconnector
— motor for the operating mechanism (optional)
• MV cable compartment
— bushings for cable connection
• Stainless steel, gas-tight tank
— busbar system
— three position disconnector
Table 11.41:

Remote
control

Motor power supply

-

M
Flair

Module I

Ratings

Type
Frequency (Hz)
Rated voltage (kV)
Insulation level
Power frequency withstand voltage (kV)
Lightning impulse withstand voltage, peak (kV)
Rated current of the main busbar (A)
Short time withstand current (kA/s)
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Remote
operation

11

Recommended Configurations

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Typical IDO Configuration

Rating
Type
50/60 Short circuit breaking current capacity (kA)
38
Short circuit making capacity, peak (kA)
Internal arc withstand IAC AFL (kA/1s)
70
Degree of protection (NEMA/IP)
170
HV compartment
600
LV and operating mechanism compartment
20/3
SF6 gas pressure at 20 ºC (PSI/bar)

Rating
20
50
20
6/67
6P/3X
4.35/0.3

11-15

Medium Voltage
Switchgear

Masterclad™ Metalclad; Arc Terminator™; Arc Resistant
Class 6055 / Refer to Catalog 6055CT9901 or Handouts 6055HO0901, 6000HO1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Metalclad Switchgear (UL Listed)
The Reliability of a Quality Design
The quality of Square D™ brand Masterclad medium voltage metalclad
switchgear stems from a design and manufacturing process that
focuses on long-term switchgear performance with the highest degree
of reliability.
Based on specific customer application needs, Schneider Electric
engineers and technicians select the appropriate standard sections and
bus configurations, with the ability to customize where needed. After the
specified circuit breakers, instrument and control power transformers,
relays, meters and other components are selected and approved.
All are factory-assembled, wired, and tested as a complete assembly.
Two-high, Masterclad 5–27 kV
Indoor, Metalclad Switchgear

Table 11.42:

Listed Metalclad
Switchgear

Ratings

Nominal voltage (kV)

4.16

7.2

13.8

24.9

Maximum voltage (kV)

4.76

8.25

15.0

27.0

60

95

95

125

BIL (kV)
Frequency (Hz)

50/60

Continuous amperes (A)

1200–3000

1200–2000

MVA (reference only)

250

350

500

500

500

750

1000

1500

1250

Short-time rating (kA) 3 seconds

40

50

63

50

25

40

50

63

25

2000
40

Close and latch rating (kA) (peak)

104

130

164

130

65

104

130

164

68

108

Type VR Vacuum Circuit Breaker

Vacuum VR Circuit Breaker for
Masterclad Switchgear

The VR breaker is a horizontal drawout type designed to provide long life, reduced
maintenance, and ease of handling. The Type RI advanced design motor-charged stored
energy mechanism is a model of reliability with simplicity-with an operating life exceeding
ANSI requirements. The VR circuit breaker is UL labeled and includes a permanently
mounted manual charging handle.

Switchgear Construction

11

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Floor mounted breaker racking mechanism
Standard epoxy supports or optional porcelain supports
Aluminum or copper main bus
Indoor NEMA 1
Outdoor NEMA 3R
Walk-in
Non walk-in

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Masterclad 27 kV, Outdoor,
Non Walk-in, Metalclad Switchgear

Active, Arc-Resistant
Arc Terminator™ Arc Extinguishing System
Active system detects and controls the effects of internal arcing faults. It complies with
ANSI C37.20.7 requirements for arc-resistant switchgear for Type 1, Type 2B, and Type 2C
enclosures.

Benefits

Arc-Terminator™ Arc
Extinguishing System

•
•
•
•
•
•

Prevents pressure buildup
Reduces release of toxic materials
Eliminates need for reinforced switchgear
Elimnates special requirements for buildings or plenums
Minimizes equipment damage
Reduces operating downtime

Passive, Arc-Resistant
Masterclad™ Medium Voltage Switchgear
This switchgear and all its components meet the IEEE C37.20.7 arc-resistant test guideline
for Type 2B enclosures as well as all other applicable ANSI, UL, and CSA standards for
metalclad switchgear.

Benefits

•
•
•
•

50 kA arc containment for 0.5 seconds
Voltage ratings from 2.4 kV to 15 kV up to 3,000 A
Type 2B construction, one- and two-high structures
Custom exhaust plenum available

Two-high, Masterclad 5-15 kV
Metalclad, Arc-Resistant Switchgear

11-16

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Unit Substations

Power-Zone Load Center; Power-Zone™ Model III
Classes 6010, 6020 / Refer to Catalog 6020CT9401 or Data Bulletin 6010DB1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Power-Zone Load Center Unit Substations
Table 11.42:

Complete Close Coupled Unit Substations Available
Product Type

Primary Section
Medium voltage load interrupter switchgear
Metalclad switchgear
Low voltage Power-Style™ QED switchboard
Air terminal chamber
Transformer Section
Open, ventilated dry—Power-Dry™
Open, ventilated dry/cast resin combination—Uni-Cast™
Open, ventilated cast resin—Power-Cast™
Mineral oil or high fire point fluid—liquid

Unit Substation

Secondary Section
Medium voltage load interrupter switchgear
Metalclad switchgear
Medium voltage motor control center
Low voltage Power-Style QED switchboard
Air terminal chamber
Low voltage drawout switchgear
Low voltage Model 6 motor control centers

Class Nos.

Product Section No.

6040, 6045
6055
2741-2744
7421-23, 7310, 7240, 7320

11-1

7421-23
7320
7310
7240

14-1

6040
6055
8198
2741-2744
7421,23, 7310, 7240, 7320
6037
8998

11-1

17-1

Power-Zone Model III Package Unit Substations
General
Power-Zone Model III package unit substations combine a primary switch, dry-type transformer,
and I-Line™ distribution section into a single, compact unit. All components are engineered,
manufactured, and tested by Schneider Electric. The substation is available with a UL listing.
The Model III is only 49 inches deep and 90 inches high, which allows the entire substation
to pass through standard size doorways and narrow hallways.
The Model III is front accessible; the transformer taps are accessible from the side. For proper
ventilation, a minimum distance of 12 inches should be maintained on the transformer side of
the equipment.
Model III package unit substations are ideal for renovations and high rise applications
requiring increased customer electrical demand as well as new construction requiring multiple
zones and a small footprint.

Available with primary voltages of 2400–13800 V. Forced air cooling (AA/FA) provides an
additional 33%. Features 220 °C insulation and 150 °C, 115 °C, or 80 °C temperature rise.
Largest 80 °C or 115 °C rise unit available is 750 kVA.

Model III Package Unit Substation
with HVL/cc Load Interrupter Switch (on left)

The secondary circuit breaker distribution section may be equipped with an individually
mounted secondary main breaker or an I-Line distribution panelboard. Branch circuit breakers
from 15 A FY to PowerPact RLC 1200 A may be installed. PowerPact™ molded case circuit
breakers M, P, and R frame are available with electronic trip units.
Additional options include CM 3000 and CM 4000 series circuit monitors, PM-800 series
power meters, surge arresters, and I-Line plug-on unit with a Surgelogic™ Surge Protective
Device (SPD).

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

75–1000 kVA at 480 V; 75–500 kVA at 240 V

Most Model IIIs are supplied with a Square D™ brand fused HVL/cc 600 A load interrupter
switch. The HVL/cc offers the smallest footprint in the industry and is an exclusive sealed
interruption type compartmentalized switch. Where switching and overcurrent protection
are provided elsewhere, a full-height air-filled terminal chamber can be provided in place of
the switch.
Table 11.43:

Primary Switch Ratings, Type HVL/cc

Nominal Voltage

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4.16

13.8

BIL

60

95

Continuous amperes

600

600

Interrupting amperes

600

600

Fault close (kA asymmetrical)

40

40

Momentary current (kA asymmetrical 10 cycles)

40

40

Duty-cycle-fault-close (number of operations)

4

4

Grounding switch fault close (kA asymmetrical)

40

40

Short-time rating (kA asymmetrical 2 seconds)

25

25

Dielectric withstand (kV 1 minute)

19

36

Electrical endurance (close-open)

100

100

Mechanical endurance (close-open)

1000

1000

11-17

11

Incoming Line Section

Unit Substations

Power-Zone™ Model III; Distribution Section
Class 6010 / Refer to Catalog 6020CT9401

www.schneider-electric.us

Transformer Section
Special barrel wound dry-type transformers employing resin encapsulated VPI (Vacuum
Pressure Impregnation) techniques are used to achieve the low-loss, compact design
necessary for the space-saving package substation concept. Class H, 220 °C insulation is
used throughout. Temperature rise is 150 °C as standard, although 80°C or 115 °C low
temperature premium transformers are available through 750 kVA. Aluminum windings are
standard with copper as an option. Four full capacity 2-1/2 percent taps are provided-two
above nominal voltage and two below.
HVL/cc™ switch,
top feed
Removable
cover

I-Line panelboard
Nameplate

5.45
(138)

Fan cooling is optional. When selected, it increases the capacity rating of the transformer
an additional 33 percent. The Model 98 digital controller is employed. This system provides
precision control through the use of three high accuracy thermocouple type sensors—one
in each phase of the windings.
The controller has a membrane front panel for displaying the temperature of all three
phases with individual readings. The hottest phase is automatically displayed. The
Model 98 digital controller features simple three-button operation with fan, alarm and trip
function settings and is Powerlogic™ compatible.
Table 11.44:

Transformer Basic Insulation Levels

KV Class
1.2
2.5
5.0
7.2
8.7
15.0

85.0
(2159)

80.00
(2032)

Primary Voltages
< 600 V Secondary
2400
4160, 4800
6900, 7200
8320
12, 12.47, 13.2, 13.8

BIL
10
20
30
30
45
60

600 Hz Test
4 kV
10 kV
12 kV
12 kV
19 kV
31 kV

Distribution Section
I-Line™ Mounted Molded Case Circuit Breakers

14.75

A

(375)

Lifting jacks

Power-Zone Model III
Front View

11

Dimensions shown
in Inches (mm). See
Table 11.45 for A, B,
C, D, E dimensions.

Molded case circuit breakers are group mounted in an I-Line panelboard section offering
the inherent ease of installation for which the plug-on I-Line circuit breaker has become
known. All circuit breakers are quick-make, quick-break, thermal magnetic, permanent trip
type and are factory-calibrated and sealed for accurate overcurrent response and maximum
short-circuit strength. PowerPact™ P and R circuit breakers are available with solid-state
Micrologic™ trip units. Current limiting high interrupting capacity FI, KI, and LI circuit
breakers are also available. Circuit breakers may be safely back-fed for use as main circuit
breakers. All circuit breakers are UL listed and carry integrated equipment rating when used
exclusively with other Square D™ brand circuit breakers in intended assemblies.
I-Line panel is available in 1200 A. Maximum mounting space is 108 inches.
Tin-plated copper bus is standard.
8.0

19.9
A

D

E

(505)
(typical)

(203)
(typical)

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

4.0

(102)

13.9

(353) 17.7
(450)
C
L

29.3
(744)

(552)

7.0

4.8
14.0

(41)

(356)

(123)

B
1.5
(38)

C
Low voltage
conduit areas
(top entry)

7.5

1.5

(178)

Low voltage conduit
provision; 2 places;
1.6
1.125 (29) dia.

40.0
(1016)

21.75
1.5

(38)

Medium voltage
conduit area
(bottom entry)

1.2
1.5 (30)
(38)

Low voltage
conduit area
(bottom entry)

0.5
(13)

10.25

½ Total
Breaker
Mounting
Space
Each
Side

FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL

Q4, LA, LH
LC, LI, LX
LXI, LE
MG, MJ

PG, PJ, PL
PGC, PJC, PLC
RGC, RJC, RLC

1200 A Max. Main Lugs or
1200 A Max. Main Breaker

11-18

kVA

FA,FH,FY
HD,HG
HJ, HL

SN

HCR-U 1200 A
I-Line panelboards
can be used for up
to 600 Vac. They
are UL Listed
under File E33139.

0.63 (16) dia.
bolt-down
(4 places)
0.50 (13) dia.
bolt-down
(4 places)

(236)

4.0

9.3

(84) (236)

(102)

Low voltage
conduit area
(bottom entry)

Bottom Conduit Entrances

Table 11.45:
QB, QD
QG, QJ

3.3

9.3
6.0
(152)

(260)

Top Conduit Entrances

FA,FH,FY
HD,HG
HJ, HL
QB, QD
QG, QJ
FI, KI, JD
JG, JJ, JL

(191)

(38)

75
112.5
150
225
300
500
500
750
1000

Substation Dimensions and Approximate Weights

Temperature
Rise ° C

Dimensions (for above drawings)
A

B

C

D

E

48

11.0

23.0

13.5

32.0

80, 115, 150

Estimated
Weight
3600

80, 115, 150

4500

150
80, 115
80, 115, 150
150

6000
6200
6700
7500

60

18.5

27.0

18.75

44.0

Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for pricing assistance.
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

www.schneider-electric.us

MV Controllers and
Substation Circuit
Breakers

Motorpact™; Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers
Classes 8198, 6065 / Refer to Documents 8198CT0201, 8198HO0201, 1910BR0902

Motorpact™ Medium Voltage Motor Controllers (UL Listed)
Square D™ brand Motorpact medium voltage motor controllers from Schneider Electric are
designed and manufactured to tackle the toughest power and process control challenges.
Our motor controllers feature industry-first innovations that provide unmatched
performance, high reliability, low maintenance and exclusive technologies. Motorpact
medium voltage motor controllers are designed to provide the most efficient means to
control and protect a wide range of applications and may be configured for motor starting,
transformer feeders, capacitor feeders, or future spaces. The design has fewer losses
inside the controller, providing more efficient use of power for the connected load.
Motorpact controllers are designed to meet or exceed the standards for NEMA ICS3 Part 2,
UL Standard 347, and IEC 60470. UL and cULus labels are standard.
Starting application for squirrel cage induction motors:
• Full voltage non-reversing
• Full voltage reversing
• 2-speed, 2-winding, 2-speed, 1-winding
• Reduced voltage non-reversing
— Auto transformers
— Solid state soft start
— Sequential soft start (S3) multi-motor starting
Enclosures are available in NEMA Type 1, 1A, and 3R and feature the smallest footprint in
the industry at 14.75 inches wide. Enclosures that are 20 inches and 29.5 inches wide are
also available for FVNR.
Optional arc resistant enclosures are available that meet IEEE C37.20.7.
Units are designed as one-high construction for ease of use with a optimum height for the
operator controls and isolation switch disconnect handle.
Full front and or front and rear accessibility are provided. A full height cable pulling area is
standard.
Controller voltage ratings range from 2.3–7.2 kV vacuum contactors feature a drawout
design and have ratings of 200, 400, 450, and 720 A.
Options include live line indicators, blown fuse tripping, solid state protective relays, power
factor correction capacitors, surge arresters, surge capacitors and a cable grounding switch.
Listed Controllers

By combining the latest developments in circuit breaker technology with world-renowned
quality, vacuum substation circuit breakers from Schneider Electric are the most advanced
medium voltage circuit breakers available. Type FVR Powersub™ circuit breakers include
arc-resistant construction and are built to comply with ANSI standards. Type EOX
substation circuit breakers are available with a magnetic or spring actuator. Type VOX
includes a vacuum circuit breaker housed in a tank filled with SF6 (sulfur hexafluoride) for
added environmental benefits and reduced space requirements.
Table 11.46:
Type
EOX a
FVR
EOX c
FVR
VOX
FVR

Type FVR

Voltage (kV)
15
27
38

Amperage (A)
1200, 2000
600–4000
1200, 2000
1200, 2000
1200, 2000
1200, 2000
1200

BIL
110
110
125 (150)
125 (150)
150 (200)
150
200

Short-time Rating kA (3 seconds)
12–31.5 b
12–40
25–31.5
12–25@125; 31.5@150
12–40
12–31.5
12–25

Spring- and magnetic-actuated.
31.5 for spring-actuated; maximum magnetic-actuated = 25.
Spring- actuated.

The arc-resistant design of Type FVR circuit breakers takes safety to the next level. In the
event of an arc, the arc-resistant construction provides increased safety for personnel
working in proximity of the breaker by venting resultant arc by-products and ionized gases
upward and away from exterior panels that otherwise may not remain intact and in place.
Type FVR circuit breakers also provide superior protection as a result of their high speed
operation. You can expect long life from the product as the vacuum interrupter contacts are
protected from corroding elements and contamination.
Type EOX magnetic circuit breakers contain a magnetic actuator, electronic controller, and
capacitors to store energy for circuit breaker operation. Our innovative design uses only
one coil for opening and closing the circuit breaker. There are no critical friction parts, which
increases the reliability and life of the mechanism. The tripping energy required is also
lower than that of other products available on the market. In emergency situations, the
circuit breaker can be easily tripped mechanically.
Type VOX circuit breaker vacuum interrupters are housed in a fully welded, sealed-for-life,
stainless steel tank, providing a controlled gas insulated environment totally immune to
external ambient conditions. A spring-charged mechanism provides manual or motorized
circuit breaker operation.
Type EOX
© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Type VOX

11-19

11

a
b
c

Vacuum Substation Circuit Breaker Ratings

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Vacuum Substation Circuit Breakers—Types FVR, EOX, VOX
(Not UL Listed)

Medium Voltage
Overhead Distribution

Recloser; Sectionalizer; Controller
www.schneider-electric.us

Automatic Circuit Recloser
Overview
The Automatic Circuit Recloser combines state-of-the-art vacuum arc interruption with
integrated voltage and current measurement. These features are encased in a fully welded
and sealed, 316 grade, stainless steel tank. Three types of reclosers are available: N-series
(three-phase), U-series (three-phase), and W-series (single phase).

Applications

•
•
•
•
•
N-series

Feeder automatic circuit recloser
Substation automatic circuit recloser
Loop automation
Automatic change-over
Smart grid

W-series
U-series

Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer
Overview
The RL-series Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer is a switch used in conjunction with an
upstream recloser or circuit breaker. It counts the interruptions created by a recloser during
a fault sequence. On a preset count, the sectionalizer trips during the dead time of the up
stream recloser and isolates the faulty network section.

Applications

RL-series

•
•
•
•

Manual load-break switch
Motorized load-break switch
Fully automated sectionalizer
Normally-open tie point

Table 11.47:

Ratings

11

Automatic Circuit Recloser

Load Break Switch/Sectionalizer

Attribute
N-series
Phases
Nominal Voltage (kV)

SWITCHBOARDS AND
SWITCHGEAR

Continuous amperes (A)
Short-time rating (kA)
Insulation
Interruption
Operations (elec/mech)

U-series
3

W-series

RL-series

1

3

15, 27

15, 24

15, 27, 38

800

630

400

630

12.5/16

12.5

6

12.5/16

Epoxy

Epoxy

Gas

15, 27, 38

Gas

Vacuum

Gas

10000/10000

600/5000

ADVC Controller
Overview
The ADVC controller offers advanced protection, measurement, diagnostic, and
communication features in a reliable package. Designed around the user, the controller
offers flexibility and choice. Users have a choice of two cubicle sizes (ULTRA and
COMPACT) and two operator interfaces (flexVUE and setVUE).
All the protection, monitoring, communication, diagnostic, and automation features are
included as standard in all models:
• ULTRA—large 316SS controller cubicle with two accessory mounting areas
• COMPACT—smaller 304SS controller cubicle with one accessory mounting area
• flexVUE—interface with 20 configurable status lamps and 12 quick action keys
• setVUE—large 4 x 40 LCD with familiar menu-driven operation

Applications

ADVC ULTRA Controller

11-20

The ADVC controller interfaces with the following:
• N-series recloser
• U-series recloser
• W-series recloser
• RL-series load break switch/sectionalizer

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 12
Busway
Powerbus™ Busway

Powerbus 100–400 A pp. 12-2

400 Ampere—600 Volt

12-2

225 Ampere—600 Volt

12-2

100 Ampere—600 Volt

12-2

Powerbus Plug-In Units

12-3, 12-20

I-Line™/ I-Line II Busway
I-Line Busway Standard Components

12-4

I-Line II Busway Standard Components
I-Line II Pricing Instructions

12-5
12-6, 12-7

Accessories

12-8

Plug-In Units (Fusible and Circuit Breaker Types)

I-Line Plug-in Busway 225–600 A pp. 12-4
Plug-in Style

12-9, 12-10

PowerPact™ H- and J-Frame Plug-in Units

12-11

PowerPact™ H-, J-, and L-Frame Plug-in Units with
Electronic Trip

12-12

PowerPact™ M-Frame Plug-in Units

12-13

™

PowerPact P-Frame Plug-in Units

12-14

PowerPact™ R-Frame Plug-in Units

12-15

Power-Zone™ Busway
Non-Segregated Busway

12-16

Footage and Fittings

12-17

Options and Accessories

12-18

Feeder Style

Distinct service advantages make your Busway installation “hassle-free”

•

Missing Link program guarantees shipment in a maximum of 5 working days of a small quantity
of indoor feeder straight lengths and fittings. Orders for outdoor busway or for international
destinations may require 2 extra days for processing.

•

Measurement Services are offered for your critical and complex projects. Schneider Electric
will assist with field measurement and assume responsibility for the layout and exact fit of all
components. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for exact details.

I-Line II Busway 800–5000 A pp. 12-5

•

Emergency Service; we are on call 24 hours a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year. For
emergencies, call 1-888-SquareD (1-888-778-2733).

•

Quick Ship program provides product availability for time sensitive orders. The program is
available through the product selectors and offers a limited selection of I-Line busway footage and
fittings. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for exact details.

BUSWAY

I-Line Plug-In Units pp. 12-9

12

Power-Zone Busway pp.12-16

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

12-1

PowerbusTM Busway
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Powerbus Busway
Construction
Powerbus busway construction consists of a light-weight electrical grade all-aluminum housing with up to five (5) silver-plated copper conductor
bars for maximum electrical efficiency. The total product offer includes straight sections, fittings, accessories, and plug-in units for a total
installation. This busway is available in 400 A, 225 A and 100 A ratings. A 50% integral ground is standard.

Straight Sections
Straight sections of busway are available in 10 ft. and 4 ft. lenghts in a painted black finish. The Enhanced busway offer includes 10 plug-in
openings on each side of a 10 ft. section and 3 plug-in openings on each side of a 4 ft. section.

Metering and Communications Options
Powerbus busway tap boxes and plug-in units are available with optional metering and communication capabilities, which include an integrated
display and the ability to remotely monitor the busway.

NOTE: Single phase sysstems are also available. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative.

Table 12.1:

3Ø3W—Powerbus Straight Lengths and Fittingsa—600 V Maximum

Amperage

100 A

225 A

400 A

Table 12.2:

Component
Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterbc
Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterb
Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterb

Configuration 3A
Catalog No.
PBCE3A100AST120B
PBCE3A100AST48B
PBCF3A100ALLB
PBCF3A100ALRB
PBCF3A100ACRB
PBCF3A100ATBB
PBCF3A100ATBM( )B
PBCE3A225AST120B
PBCE3A225AST48B
PBCF3A225ALLB
PBCF3A225ALRB
PBCF3A225ACRB
PBCF3A225ATBB
PBCF3A225ATBM( )B
PBCE3A400AST120B
PBCE3A400AST48B
PBCF3A400ALLB
PBCF3A400ALRB
PBCF3A400ACRB
PBCF3A400ATBB
PBCF3A400ATBM( )B

Configuration 4B
$ Price
1556.00
887.00
1344.00
1344.00
1574.00
1962.00
5207.00
2896.00
1208.00
2044.00
2044.00
2510.00
2600.00
5845.00
4690.00
1976.00
2867.00
2867.00
3760.00
4275.00
7520.00

Catalog No.
PBCE4B100AST120B
PBCE4B100AST48B
PBCF4B100ALLB
PBCF4B100ALRB
PBCF4B100ACRB
PBCF4B100ATBB
PBCF4B100ATBM( )B
PBCE4B225AST120B
PBCE4B225AST48B
PBCF4B225ALLB
PBCF4B225ALRB
PBCF4B225ACRB
PBCF4B225ATBB
PBCF4B225ATBM( )B
PBCE4B400AST120B
PBCE4B400AST48B
PBCF4B400ALLB
PBCF4B400ALRB
PBCF4B400ACRB
PBCF4B400ATBB
PBCF4B400ATBM( )B

$ Price
1860.00
1105.00
1406.00
1406.00
1660.00
2152.00
5397.00
3570.00
1475.00
2490.00
2490.00
3060.00
2954.00
6199.00
5850.00
2340.00
3595.00
3595.00
4694.00
4750.00
7995.00

3Ø4W—Straight Lengths and Fittingsa—600 V Maximum

Amperage

Component

Configuration 4A

12

Catalog No.
PBCE4A100AST120B
PBCE4A100AST48B
PBCF4A100ALLB
PBCF4A100ALRB
PBCF4A100ACRB
PBCF4A100ATBB
PBCF4A100ATBM( )B
PBCE4A225AST120B
PBCE4A225AST48B
PBCF4A225ALLB
PBCF4A225ALRB
PBCF4A225ACRB
PBCF4A225ATBB
PBCF4A225ATBM( )B
PBCE4A400AST120B
PBCE4A400AST48B
PBCF4A400ALLB
PBCF4A400ALRB
PBCF4A400ACRB
PBCF4A400ATBB
PBCF4A400ATBM( )B

Configuration 5A
$ Price
1860.00
1105.00
1406.00
1406.00
1660.00
2152.00
5397.00
3570.00
1475.00
2490.00
2490.00
3060.00
2954.00
6199.00
5850.00
2340.00
3595.00
3595.00
4694.00
4750.00
7995.00

Catalog No.
PBCE5A100AST120B
PBCE5A100AST48B
PBCF5A100ALLB
PBCF5A100ALRB
PBCF5A100ACRB
PBCF5A100ATBB
PBCF5A100ATBM( )B
PBCE5A225AST120B
PBCE5A225AST48B
PBCF5A225ALLB
PBCF5A225ALRB
PBCF5A225ACRB
PBCF5A225ATBB
PBCF5A225ATBM( )B
PBCE5A400AST120B
PBCE5A400AST48B
PBCF5A400ALLB
PBCF5A400ALRB
PBCF5A400ACRB
PBCF5A400ATBB
PBCF5A400ATBM( )B

Configuration 5B
$ Price
2319.00
1219.00
2212.00
2212.00
2984.00
2502.00
5747.00
4650.00
2456.00
3920.00
3920.00
5408.00
4570.00
7815.00
7150.00
2860.00
5145.00
5145.00
6565.00
6705.00
9950.00

Catalog No.
PBCE5B100AST120B
PBCE5B100AST48B
PBCF5B100ALLB
PBCF5B100ALRB
PBCF5B100ACRB
PBCF5B100ATBB
PBCF5B100ATBM( )B
PBCE5B225AST120B
PBCE5B225AST48B
PBCF5B225ALLB
PBCF5B225ALRB
PBCF5B225ACRB
PBCF5B225ATBB
PBCF5B225ATBM( )B
PBCE5B400AST120B
PBCE5B400AST48B
PBCF5B400ALLB
PBCF5B400ALRB
PBCF5B400ACRB
PBCF5B400ATBB
PBCF5B400ATBM( )B

BUSWAY

Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
100 A
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterbc
Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
225 A
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterb
Enhanced Straight 10 ft.
Enhanced Straight 4 ft.
Elbow – Left
400 A
Elbow – Right
Cross Fitting
Tap Box
Tap Box w/Meterb
Note: Also suitable for DC applications.
a
Busway catalog numbers shown include a black painted finish. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for a natural aluminum finish option.
b
Replace the ( ) in the Tap Box w/Meter catalog number with the meter suffix number in the table below. The meter will be configured based on the system voltage.
c
For 100 A busway only, add an additional (L) for top cable access or a (U) for bottom cable access.

Table 12.3:

Accessories

Description
Standard Hanger
Side Mount Hanger
Vertical Sway Brace
End Closure
Wall Flange
Plug-in Opening Cover

12-2

$ Price
2319.00
1219.00
2212.00
2212.00
2984.00
2502.00
5747.00
4650.00
2456.00
3920.00
3920.00
5408.00
4570.00
7815.00
7150.00
2860.00
5145.00
5145.00
6565.00
6705.00
9950.00

100 A
Catalog No.
PB100FH
PB100HFW
PB100VSB
PB100AEC
PB100WF
PBPIOCVR

225 A
$ Price
50.00
120.00
50.00
120.00
140.00
60.00

Catalog No.
PB225FH
PB225HFW
PB225VSB
PB225AEC
PB225WF
PBPIOCVR

400 A
$ Price
80.00
120.00
80.00
226.00
196.00
60.00

Catalog No.
PB400FH
PB400HFW
PB400VSB
PB400AEC
PB400WF
PBPIOCVR

PE8

$ Price
100.00
120.00
100.00
298.00
244.00
60.00

Discount
Schedule

Meter Suffix
1
2
4
5

System Voltage
208Y/120 V 3Ø4W
240 V 3Ø3W
415/240 V 3Ø4W
480Y/277 V 3Ø4W

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerbusTM Busway

Plug-In Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Powerbus Plug-in Units
Powerbus plug-in units are rated maximum 100 A and may be offered as field installable or factory assembled units. All units
conform to NEMA type 1. An optional kit is available for FA and QO units to raise the protection to IP54. This kit raises the
QOR unit to moisture protection of IPX3.

Busbar
Configuration

Table 12.4:

Plug-In Units— Circuit breakers not included
Space for One (1)
3 Phase FA Circuit Breaker

3 Spaces for
QO/QOB Circuit Breakers

FA Unit

QO Unit

Tap Box

3 Spaces for QO/QOB Circuit Breakers
3 Openings for ReceptaclesNote:

QOR Unit

Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
3A
PBPTB3A100
614.00
PBPFA3A100
832.00
PBPQO3A100
424.00
4B
PBPTB4B100
670.00
PBPFA4B100
870.00
PBPQO4B100
452.00
4A
PBPTB4A100
670.00
PBPFA4A100
870.00
PBPQO4A100
452.00
5A
PBPTB5A100
782.00
PBPFA5A100
946.00
PBPQO5A100
466.00
Note: Plug-in tap box to be installed on 100 A and 225 A busways only.
a
Certain NEMA receptacles can be field installed in this unit. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.

Table 12.5:
Circuit Breaker
Rating
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100

Catalog Number
PBPQOR3A100
PBPQOR4B100
PBPQOR4A100
PBPQOR5A100

$ Price
566.00
586.00
586.00
604.00

Factory Assembled Units with FA Circuit Breakers—600 V max
3A Configuration
Catalog Number
PBPFA3A100A015
PBPFA3A100A020
PBPFA3A100A030
PBPFA3A100A040
PBPFA3A100A050
PBPFA3A100A060
PBPFA3A100A070
PBPFA3A100A080
PBPFA3A100A090
PBPFA3A100A100

4A Configurationa

$ Price
1780.00
1780.00
1780.00
1780.00
1780.00
1780.00
1912.00
1912.00
1912.00
1912.00

Catalog Number
PBPFA4A100A015
PBPFA4A100A020
PBPFA4A100A030
PBPFA4A100A040
PBPFA4A100A050
PBPFA4A100A060
PBPFA4A100A070
PBPFA4A100A080
PBPFA4A100A090
PBPFA4A100A100

5A Configuration

$ Price
1820.00
1820.00
1820.00
1820.00
1820.00
1820.00
1954.00
1954.00
1954.00
1954.00

Catalog Number
PBPFA5A100A015
PBPFA5A100A020
PBPFA5A100A030
PBPFA5A100A040
PBPFA5A100A050
PBPFA5A100A060
PBPFA5A100A070
PBPFA5A100A080
PBPFA5A100A090
PBPFA5A100A100

5B Configuration
$ Price
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
2124.00
2124.00
2124.00
2124.00

Catalog Number
PBPFA5B100A015
PBPFA5B100A020
PBPFA5B100A030
PBPFA5B100A040
PBPFA5B100A050
PBPFA5B100A060
PBPFA5B100A070
PBPFA5B100A080
PBPFA5B100A090
PBPFA5B100A100

$ Price
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
1978.00
2124.00
2124.00
2124.00
2124.00

Note: See Digest Section 7 for FA circuit breaker information.
a
The 4B configuration catalog numbers are also available and are priced the same as the 4A configuration.

Table 12.6:

120 V Factory Assembled Units

1-pole QO/QOB circuit breakers with NEMA 5-15R or 5-20R receptaclesa
Circuit Breaker
Rating

Type

4A Configuration
Catalog Number

5A Configuration
$ Price

Catalog Number

5B Configuration
$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 1
(3 circuit breakers w. 3 duplex receptacles)
15
QO
PBPQOR4A100M115
850.00
PBPQOR5A100M115
950.00
PBPQOR5B100M115
950.00
15
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M115B
886.00
PBPQOR5A100M115B
986.00
PBPQOR5B100M115B
986.00
20
QO
PBPQOR4A100M120
850.00
PBPQOR5A100M120
950.00
PBPQORBA100M120
950.00
20
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M120B
886.00
PBPQOR5A100M120B
986.00
PBPQOR5B100M120B
986.00
Type 2
(3 circuit breakers w. 2 duplex/1 locking recpt.)
15
QO
PBPQOR4A100M215
862.00
PBPQOR5A100M215
962.00
PBPQOR5B100M215
962.00
15
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M215B
898.00
PBPQOR5A100M215B
998.00
PBPQOR5B100M215B
998.00
20
QO
PBPQOR4A100M220
862.00
PBPQOR5A100M220
962.00
PBPQOR5B100M220
962.00
20
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M220B
898.00
PBPQOR5A100M220B
998.00
PBPQOR5B100M220B
998.00
Type 3
(3 circuit breakers w. 1 duplex/2 locking recpt.)
15
QO
PBPQOR4A100M315
874.00
PBPQOR5A100M315
974.00
PBPQOR5B100M315
974.00
15
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M315B
910.00
PBPQOR5A100M315B
1010.00
PBPQOR5B100M315B
1010.00
20
QO
PBPQOR4A100M320
874.00
PBPQOR5A100M320
974.00
PBPQOR5B100M320
974.00
20
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M320B
910.00
PBPQOR5A100M320B
1010.00
PBPQOR5B100M320B
1010.00
Type 4
(3 circuit breakers w. 3 locking receptacles)
15
QO
PBPQOR4A100M415
886.00
PBPQOR5A100M415
986.00
PBPQOR5B100M415
986.00
15
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M415B
922.00
PBPQOR5A100M415B
1022.00
PBPQOR5B100M415B
1022.00
20
QO
PBPQOR4A100M420
886.00
PBPQOR5A100M420
986.00
PBPQOR5B100M420
986.00
20
QOB
PBPQOR4A100M420B
922.00
PBPQOR5A100M420B
1022.00
PBPQOR5B100M420B
1022.00
Note: See Digest Section 7 for QOU circuit breaker information.
a
Many more factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA receptacles. Maximum of 3 breaker
spacess available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.

Table 12.7:

Factory Assembled Units

One (1) QOU circuit breaker and one (1) drop cord with connectora

12

4A Configuration
5A Configuration
5B Configuration
NEMA
Drop Cord
Rating Poles Connector Length (ft)
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
15 A
1
L5-15
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL515
886.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL515
986.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL515
986.00
20 A
1
L5-20
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL520
886.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL520
986.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL520
986.00
30 A
1
L5-30
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL530
896.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL530
996.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL530
996.00
15 A
2
L6-15
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL615
948.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL615 1048.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL615 1048.00
20 A
2
L6-20
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL620
948.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL620 1048.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL620 1048.00
30 A
2
L6-30
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL630
958.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL630 1058.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL630 1058.00
20 A
3
L21-20
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL2120 1152.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL2120 1252.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL2120 1252.00
30 A
3
L21-30
3
PBPQOU4A100COOL2130 1162.00 PBPQOU5A100COOL2130 1262.00 PBPQOU5B100COOL2130 1262.00
15 A
1
L5-15
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL515
946.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL515 1046.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL515 1046.00
20 A
1
L5-20
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL520
946.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL520 1046.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL520 1046.00
30 A
1
L5-30
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL530
956.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL530 1056.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL530 1056.00
15 A
2
L6-15
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL615 1008.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL615 1108.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL615 1108.00
20 A
2
L6-20
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL620 1008.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL620 1108.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL620 1108.00
30 A
2
L6-30
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL630 1018.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL630 1118.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL630 1118.00
20 A
3
L21-20
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL2120 1212.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL2120 1312.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL2120 1312.00
30 A
3
L21-30
6
PBPQOU4A100FOOL2130 1222.00 PBPQOU5A100FOOL2130 1322.00 PBPQOU5B100FOOL2130 1322.00
Note: See Digest Section 7 for QOU circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover and the drop cord in
the left position in the base of the unit. Other combinations are available.
a
Factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop
cords with six breaker spaces available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.

NOTE: Factory Assembled Units with Metering for Powerbus has been moved to page 12-20.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

Discount
Schedule

BUSWAY

Circuit Breaker

12-3

I-LineTM Busway

Standard Components
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.8:

Standard Components—Aluminum

Aluminum
G
PH
PH
PH
N

Top

Front

Number
of Poles
and Voltage

$ Price

225
400
600
225
400
600
225
400
600
225
400
600

AP30210
AP30410
AP30610
AP50210
AP50410
AP50610
AP302G10
AP304G10
AP306G10
AP502G10
AP504G10
AP506G10

1900.00
2320.00
2920.00
2320.00
2920.00
3980.00
2520.00
2940.00
3580.00
2940.00
3540.00
4640.00

3Ø3W
+ Integral Ground Bus
3Ø4W
+ Integral Ground Bus

Catalog No.

Front

G
PH
PH
PH
N

1140.00
1392.00
1752.00
1392.00
1752.00
2388.00
1512.00
1764.00
2148.00
1764.00
2124.00
2784.00

Catalog No.

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Front

1'-6"
1'-6"

Front Elbowa

$ Price

AP3026
AP3046
AP3066
AP5026
AP5046
AP5066
AP302G6
AP304G6
AP306G6
AP502G6
AP504G6
AP506G6

Top
1'-6"

1'-6"

6'-0" Length

Catalog No.

3Ø4W

6'-0"

Front

10'-0" Length

Rating
(A)

3Ø3W

Table 12.9:

10'-0"

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Top

10"

Top Elbowa

G
PH
PH
PH
N

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Plug-In Tee

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

2048.00
2174.00
2354.00
2496.00
2676.00
2994.00
2234.00
2360.00
2552.00
2682.00
2862.00
3192.00

AP302LT( )
AP304LT( )
AP306LT( )
AP502LT( )
AP504LT( )
AP506LT( )
AP302GLT( )
AP304GLT( )
AP306GLT( )
AP502GLT( )
AP504GLT( )
AP506GLT( )

2048.00
2174.00
2354.00
2496.00
2676.00
2994.00
2234.00
2360.00
2552.00
2682.00
2862.00
3192.00

AP302LF( )
AP304LF( )
AP306LF( )
AP502LF( )
AP504LF( )
AP506LF( )
AP302GLF( )
AP304GLF( )
AP306GLF( )
AP502GLF( )
AP504GLF( )
AP506GLF( )

1'-3"

Top

Catalog No.
PTT23WG
PTT33WG
PTT43WG
PTT24WG
PTT34WG
PTT44WG
PTT23WG
PTT33WG
PTT43WG
PTT24WG
PTT34WG
PTT44WG

Plug-In Tap Box

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

3060.00
3060.00
3060.00
3726.00
3726.00
3726.00
3060.00
3060.00
3060.00
3726.00
3726.00
3726.00

PTB302G
PBTB306G
PBTB306G
PTB502G
PBTB506G
PBTB506G
PTB302G
PBTB306G
PBTB306G
PTB502G
PBTB506G
PBTB506G

2134.00
4036.00
4036.00
2588.00
4566.00
4566.00
2134.00
4036.00
4036.00
2588.00
4566.00
4566.00

Standard Components—Copper

Aluminum
G
PH
PH
PH
N

Top

Front

Number
of Poles
and Voltage

Rating
(A)

10'-0"

Catalog No.

Front

G
PH
PH
PH
N

1368.00
2076.00
2676.00
1836.00
3048.00
3468.00
1956.00
2664.00
3288.00
2424.00
3636.00
4080.00

Catalog No.
CP302LF ( )
CP304LF ( )
CP306LF ( )
CP502LF ( )
CP504LF ( )
CP506LF ( )
CP302GLF ( )
CP304GLF ( )
CP306GLF ( )
CP502GLF ( )
CP504GLF ( )
CP506GLF ( )

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Front

1'-6"
1'-6"

Front Elbowa

$ Price

CP3026
CP3046
CP3066
CP5026
CP5046
CP5066
CP302G6
CP304G6
CP306G6
CP502G6
CP504G6
CP506G6

Top
1'-6"

1'-6"

6'-0" Length

$ Price

225
CP30210
2280.00
3Ø3W
400
CP30410
3460.00
600
CP30610
4460.00
225
CP50210
3060.00
3Ø4W
400
CP50410
5080.00
600
CP50610
5780.00
3Ø3W
225
CP302G10
3260.00
+ Integral Ground
400
CP304G10
4440.00
Bus
600
CP306G10
5480.00
3Ø4W
225
CP502G10
4040.00
+ Integral Ground
400
CP504G10
6060.00
Bus
600
CP506G10
6800.00
a
Add “I” for inside elbow; add “O” for outside elbow.

Table 12.10:

6'-0"

Front

10'-0" Length
Catalog No.

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Top

10"

Top Elbowa

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

2162.00
2516.00
2816.00
2718.00
3324.00
3468.00
2456.00
2810.00
3122.00
3012.00
3618.00
3840.00

CP302LT( )
CP304LT( )
CP306LT( )
CP502LT( )
CP504LT( )
CP506LT( )
CP302GLT( )
CP304GLT( )
CP306GLT( )
CP502GLT( )
CP504GLT( )
CP506GLT( )

2162.00
2516.00
2816.00
2718.00
3324.00
3534.00
2456.00
2810.00
3122.00
3012.00
3618.00
3840.00

1'-3"

Top

G
PH
PH
PH
N

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Plug-In Tee
Catalog No.
PTT23WG
PTT33WG
PTT33WG
PTT24WG
PTT34WG
PTT34WG
PTT23WG
PTT33WG
PTT33WG
PTT24WG
PTT34WG
PTT34WG

Plug-In Tap Box

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

3060.00
3060.00
3060.00
3726.00
3726.00
3726.00
3060.00
3060.00
3060.00
3726.00
3726.00
3726.00

PTB302G
PBTB306G
PBTB306G
PTB502G
PBTB506G
PBTB506G
PTB302G
PBTB306G
PBTB306G
PTB502G
PBTB506G
PBTB506G

2134.00
4036.00
4036.00
2588.00
4566.00
4566.00
2134.00
4036.00
4036.00
2588.00
4566.00
4566.00

Common Accessories

Ampere Rating

Hanger

End Closure

Wall Flange

Floor Flange

Aluminum
Copper
Flatwise
Vertical
Edgewise
$ Price
Seismica
$ Price
Catalog No. $ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price Catalog No.
225
225
HP2F
HP2V
HP3E
64.00
HP2SH
96.00 ACP2EC
446.00 ACP2WF
418.00 ACP2FF
400
400
HP3F
HP3V
HP3E
64.00
HP3SH
96.00 ACP3EC
446.00 ACP3WF
418.00 ACP3FF
—
600
HP3F
HP3V
HP3E
64.00
HP3SH
96.00 ACP3EC
446.00 ACP3WF
418.00 ACP3FF
600
—
HP5F
HP4V
HP5E
64.00
HP5SH
96.00 ACP4EC
446.00 ACP4WF
418.00 ACP4FF
a
For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers.

$ Price
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00

“Footage and Fittings” Method of Pricing
NOTE: For fast estimates not requiring catalog numbers, use these charts.
Table 12.11:

Footage
Aluminum Busway Footage

Number of Poles
and Voltage

Ampere
Rating
225
400
600
225
400
600

3Ø3W
600 V
3Ø4W
277/480 V

12
Table 12.12:

3Ø3W
600 V

225
400
600
225
400
600

BUSWAY

Ampere
Rating

12-4

High Short Circuit

$ Price Per Foot
190.00
232.00
292.00
232.00
292.00
398.00

Copper Busway Footage
Ground Bus

Standard

$ Price Per Foot
$ Price Per Foot Adder
—
62.00
292.00
62.00
346.00
66.00
—
62.00
346.00
62.00
446.00
66.00

$ Price Per Foot
228.00
346.00
446.00
306.00
508.00
578.00

High Short Circuit

Ground Bus

$ Price Per Foot
$ Price Per Foot Adder
—
98.00
404.00
98.00
500.00
102.00
—
98.00
582.00
98.00
630.00
102.00

Fittings

Number of Poles
and Voltage

3Ø4W
277/480 V

Standard

Flanged
End
$ Price
Labor Only
954.00
1098.00
1408.00
982.00
1128.00
1454.00

Elbow
Right Angle
$ Price
Labor Only
1478.00
1478.00
1478.00
1800.00
1800.00
1800.00

Tap Box
$ Price
Labor Only
2134.00
4036.00
4036.00
2588.00
4566.00
4566.00

PE8

Tee
$ Price
Labor Only
1800.00
1800.00
1800.00
2098.00
2098.00
2098.00

Discount
Schedule

Unfused
Reducer
$ Price
Labor Only
—
930.00
1024.00
—
1288.00
1404.00

Expansion
Fitting
$ Price
Labor Only
2486.00
2800.00
3038.00
2936.00
3186.00
3634.00

Adapter Cubicle
C/B or Fus.
$ Price
Each
10432.00
12312.00
18298.00
10882.00
12700.00
18890.00

End
Closures
$ Price
Each
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00

Fire
Barriers
$ Price
Each
764.00
764.00
764.00
764.00
764.00
764.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-LineTM II Busway

800 A–5000 A Busway
Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.13:

Straight Lengths (10 ft.) and Plug-in Tap Box

Number
of Poles

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Aluminum

10'0"

Ampere
Rating

Both Aluminum and Copper

Top

10'0"

G
PH
PH
PH
N

10'0" Length
Feeder Stylea

Catalog No.
PTB316G ( )
PTB316G ( )
PTB316G ( )
PTB316G ( )
PTB316G ( )
—
—
—
—
—
PTB516G ( )
PTB516G( )
PTB516G ( )
PTB516G ( )
PTB516G ( )
—
—
—
—
—

10'0" Length

$ Price
4664.00
4664.00
4664.00
4664.00
4664.00
—
—
—
—
—
5324.00
5324.00
5324.00
5324.00
5324.00
—
—
—
—
—

Catalog No.
CF2308G10ST
CF2310G10ST
CF2312G10ST
CF2313G10ST
CF2316G10ST
CF2320G10ST
CF2325G10ST
CF2330G10ST
CF2340G10ST
CF2350G10ST
CF2508G10ST
CF2510G10ST
CF2512G10ST
CF2513G10ST
CF2516G10ST
CF2520G10ST
CF2525G10ST
CF2530G10ST
CF2540G10ST
CF2550G10ST

Catalog No.
CP2308G10ST
CP2310G10ST
CP2312G10ST
CP2313G10ST
CP2316G10ST
CP2320G10ST
CP2325G10ST
CP2330G10ST
CP2340G10ST
CP2350G10ST
CP2508G10ST
CP2510G10ST
CP2512G10ST
CP2513G10ST
CP2516G10ST
CP2520G10ST
CP2525G10ST
CP2530G10ST
CP2540G10ST
CP2550G10ST

$ Price
6440.00
6820.00
8840.00
10320.00
11860.00
15140.00
19220.00
22880.00
29600.00
35700.00
8340.00
9860.00
11800.00
13180.00
15940.00
19620.00
24040.00
30620.00
38720.00
46900.00

Copper

Ampere
Rating
Edgewise Elbow

Catalog No.
$ Price
AF2308GETBMB 4744.00
AF2310GETBMB 4919.00
AF2312GETBMB 5253.00
AF2313GETBMB 5444.00
AF2316GETBMB 5786.00
AF2320GETBMB 6257.00
AF2325GETBMB 7430.00
AF2330GETBMB 8003.00
AF2340GETBMB 9371.00
—
—
AF2508GETBMB 5408.00
AF2510GETBMB 5712.00
AF2512GETBMB 6052.00
AF2513GETBMB 6286.00
AF2516GETBMB 6679.00
AF2520GETBMB 7412.00
AF2525GETBMB 9006.00
AF2530GETBMB 9921.00
AF2540GETBMB 11628.00
—
—

800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
4000
5000
800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
4000
5000

Table 12.15:

Catalog No.
AF2308GLEM11
AF2310GLEM11
AF2312GLEM11
AF2313GLEM11
AF2316GLEM11
AF2320GLEM11
AF2325GLEM11
AF2330GLEM11
AF2340GLEM11
—
AF2508GLEM11
AF2510GLEM11
AF2512GLEM11
AF2513GLEM11
AF2516GLEM11
AF2520GLEM11
AF2525GLEM11
AF2530GLEM11
AF2540GLEM11
—

Flatwise Elbow

$ Price
2186.00
2271.00
3051.00
3216.00
3502.00
3807.00
4206.00
4529.00
5983.00
—
2668.00
2852.00
3802.00
3992.00
4311.00
4718.00
5228.00
5675.00
7212.00
—

End Tap Box

Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
AF2308GLFM11 2186.00 CF2308GETBMB
AF2310GLFM12 2344.00 CF2310GETBMB
AF2312GLFM12 3150.00 CF2312GETBMB
AF2313GLFM13 3444.00 CF2313GETBMB
AF2316GLFM13 3782.00 CF2316GETBMB
AF2320GLFM15 4476.00 CF2320GETBMB
AF2325GLFM17 5428.00 CF2325GETBMB
AF2330GLFM18 6160.00 CF2330GETBMB
AF2340GLFM22 9489.00 CF2340GETBMB
—
—
CF2350GETBMB
AF2508GLFM11 2668.00 CF2508GETBMB
AF2510GLFM12 2948.00 CF2510GETBMB
AF2512GLFM12 3922.00 CF2512GETBMB
AF2513GLFM13 4268.00 CF2513GETBMB
AF2516GLFM13 4645.00 CF2516GETBMB
AF2520GLFM15 5533.00 CF2520GETBMB
AF2525GLFM17 6728.00 CF2525GETBMB
AF2530GLFM18 7710.00 CF2530GETBMB
AF2540GLFM22 11505.00 CF2540GETBMB
—
—
CF2550GETBMB

Edgewise Elbow

$ Price
4953.00
5120.00
5497.00
5736.00
6076.00
6682.00
8014.00
8745.00
10260.00
12869.00
5705.00
6052.00
6433.00
6696.00
7174.00
8029.00
9759.00
11020.00
12903.00
14952.00

Flatters Elbow

Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
CF2308GLEM11 2645.00 CF2308GLFM11
CF2310GLEM11 2714.00 CF2310GLFM11
CF2312GLEM11 3587.00 CF2312GLFM12
CF2313GLEM11 3858.00 CF2313GLFM12
CF2316GLEM11 4140.00 CF2316GLFM12
CF2320GLEM11 4742.00 CF2320GLFM13
CF2325GLEM11 5490.00 CF2325GLFM15
CF2330GLEM11 6161.00 CF2330GLFM16
CF2340GLEM11 7938.00 CF2340GLFM21
CF2350GLEM11 9023.00 CF2350GLFM21
CF2508GLEM11 3321.00 CF2508GLFM11
CF2510GLEM11 3600.00 CF2510GLFM11
CF2512GLEM11 4641.00 CF2512GLFM12
CF2513GLEM11 4894.00 CF2513GLFM12
CF2516GLEM11 5400.00 CF2516GLFM12
CF2520GLEM11 6075.00 CF2520GLFM13
CF2525GLEM11 6885.00 CF2525GLFM15
CF2530GLEM11 8092.00 CF2530GLFM16
CF2540GLEM11 10017.00 CF2540GLFM21
CF2550GLEM11 11516.00 CF2550GLFM21

$ Price
2645.00
2714.00
3734.00
4030.00
4338.00
5246.00
6771.00
8067.00
12901.00
14973.00
3321.00
3600.00
4838.00
5114.00
5666.00
6729.00
8488.00
10643.00
16470.00
19333.00

Accessories

Ampere Rating
Al

Cu

—
800
1000
—
1200
—
1350
—
1600
2000
—
2500
3000
4000
—
—

800
1000
1200
1350
—
1600
—
2000
—
2500
3000
3200
—
—
4000
5000

Hangers
Horizontal Mount Busway
Flatwise
HF38F
HF43F
HF53F
HF58F
HF63F
HF67F
HF73F
HF78F
HF88F
HF13F
HF15F
HF16F
HF19F
HF26F
HF24F
HF25F

Edgewise
HF43E
HF43E
HF58E
HF58E
HF67E
HF67E
HF78E
HF78E
HF88E
HF13E
HF15E
HF16E
HF19E
HF26E
HF24E
HF26E

End Closure

Vertical Mount Busway
Fixed
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV
HFV

$ Price

Spring

See Table 12.18 on
page 12-8

64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00

Seismica
HF38SH
HF43SH
HF53SH
HF58SH
HF63SH
HF67SH
HF73SH
HF78SH
HF88SH
HF13SH
HF15SH
HF16SH
HF19SH
HF26SH
HF24SH
HF25SH

$ Price
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00
96.00

Catalog No.
ACF38EC
ACF43EC
ACF53EC
ACF58EC
ACF63EC
ACF67EC
ACF73EC
ACF78EC
ACF88EC
ACF13EC
ACF15EC
ACF17EC
ACF19EC
ACF26EC
ACF24EC
ACF25EC

Wall Flange

$ Price
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
446.00
578.00
578.00
578.00
578.00
732.00
732.00
732.00

Catalog No.
ACF38WF
ACF43WF
ACF53WF
ACF58WF
ACF63WF
ACF67WF
ACF73WF
ACF78WF
ACF88WF
ACF13WF
ACF15WF
ACF17WF
ACF19WF
ACF26WF
ACF24WF
ACF25WF

$ Price
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
418.00
606.00
606.00
606.00
606.00

For seismic applications, seismic hangers must be used with horizontal mount flatwise or edgewise busway. Vertical mount busway may use standard fixed or spring hangers.

12

a

Plug-In Styleb

$ Price
6440.00
6820.00
8840.00
10320.00
11860.00
15140.00
19220.00
22880.00
29600.00
35700.00
8340.00
9860.00
11800.00
13180.00
15940.00
19620.00
24040.00
30620.00
38720.00
46900.00

BUSWAY

3Ø4W
with Integral
Ground Bus

G
PH
PH
PH
N

Fittings (All Feeder Style)

End Tap Box

3Ø3W
with Integral
Ground Bus

Top

Feeder Stylea

Aluminum

Number
of Poles

G
PH
PH
PH
N

10'0"

Plug-In Tap Boxcd

Plug-In Styleb

Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
800
AF2308G10ST
3940.00
AP2308G10ST
3940.00
1000
AF2310G10ST
4400.00
AP2310G10ST
4400.00
1200
AF2312G10ST
5920.00
AP2312G10ST
5920.00
1350
AF2313G10ST
6820.00
AP2313G10ST
6820.00
3Ø3W
1600
AF2316G10ST
8380.00
AP2316G10ST
8380.00
+ Integral
2000
AF2320G10ST
10040.00
AP2320G10ST
10040.00
Ground Bus
2500
AF2325G10ST
12220.00
AP2325G10ST
12220.00
3000
AF2330G10ST
13980.00
AP2330G10ST
13980.00
4000
AF2340G10ST
19120.00
AP2340G10ST
19120.00
5000
—
—
—
—
800
AF2508G10ST
4780.00
AP2508G10ST
4780.00
1000
AF2510G10ST
5780.00
AP2510G10ST
5780.00
1200
AF2512G10ST
7220.00
AP2512G10ST
7220.00
1350
AF2513G10ST
8260.00
AP2513G10ST
8260.00
3Ø4W
1600
AF2516G10ST
10000.00
AP2516G10ST
10000.00
+ Integral
2000
AF2520G10ST
12220.00
AP2520G10ST
12220.00
Ground Bus
2500
AF2525G10ST
15000.00
AP2525G10ST
15000.00
3000
AF2530G10ST
17440.00
AP2530G10ST
17440.00
4000
AF2540G10ST
23420.00
AP2540G10ST
23420.00
5000
—
—
—
—
a
Feeder style also available in lengths from 16 to 119 inches.
b
Plug-in style also available in 4, 6, and 8 foot lengths.
c
Add “(H)” or “(V)” to catalog number based on horizontal or vertical mounting arrangement.
d
Cannot be used for 800 A copper busway.

Table 12.14:

Copper

G
PH
PH
PH
N

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

Discount
Schedule

12-5

I-LineTM II Busway

800 A–5000 A Pricing Instructions
Class 5615 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.16:

Footage
Aluminum Busway

Number
of
Poles
and
Voltage

3Ø3W
600 V
50%
Integral
Ground

3Ø4W
277/480 V
50%
Integral
Ground

Indoor Feeder/
Plug-In/Riser
Ampere
Rating

800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
3200
4000
5000
800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
3200
4000
5000

Standard
Short
Circuit

High
Short
Circuit

$ Price
Per Foot
394.00
440.00
592.00
682.00
838.00
1004.00
1222.00
1398.00
1748.00
1912.00
—
478.00
578.00
722.00
826.00
1000.00
1222.00
1500.00
1744.00
—
2342.00
—

$ Price
Per Foot
440.00
496.00
644.00
732.00
894.00
1062.00
1282.00
1464.00
1830.00
2008.00
—
528.00
628.00
772.00
884.00
1046.00
1282.00
1546.00
1810.00
—
2430.00
—

Drip Resistant Feeder/
Plug-in/Riser
Standard
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
428.00
488.00
654.00
752.00
926.00
1100.00
1350.00
1540.00
1925.00
2106.00
—
520.00
632.00
796.00
914.00
1094.00
1350.00
1648.00
1914.00
—
2572.00
—

High
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
478.00
548.00
710.00
808.00
990.00
1164.00
1416.00
1612.00
2015.00
2212.00
—
584.00
686.00
852.00
978.00
1144.00
1416.00
1698.00
1986.00
—
2672.00
—

Copper Busway
Outdoor Feeder
Standard
Short
Circuit

High
Short
Circuit

$ Price
Per Foot
462.00
536.00
714.00
822.00
1014.00
1194.00
1478.00
1682.00
2103.00
2300.00
—
562.00
686.00
870.00
1000.00
1186.00
1478.00
1796.00
2084.00
—
2802.00
—

$ Price
Per Foot
514.00
598.00
774.00
884.00
1084.00
1264.00
1550.00
1760.00
2200.00
2416.00
—
640.00
744.00
930.00
1070.00
1240.00
1550.00
1848.00
2162.00
—
2912.00
—

Indoor Feeder/
Plug-in Riser
Standard
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
644.00
682.00
884.00
1032.00
1186.00
1514.00
1922.00
2288.00
2608.00
2978.00
3570.00
834.00
986.00
1180.00
1318.00
1594.00
1962.00
2404.00
3062.00
3491.00
3872.00
4690.00

High
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
708.00
736.00
942.00
1088.00
1282.00
1594.00
1972.00
2362.00
2692.00
3070.00
3686.00
918.00
1046.00
1252.00
1394.00
1680.00
2024.00
2482.00
3124.00
3561.00
3950.00
4784.00

Drip Resistant Feeder/
Plug-in/Riser
Standard
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
712.00
754.00
974.00
1118.00
1310.00
1670.00
2112.00
2520.00
2872.00
3274.00
3928.00
932.00
1084.00
1298.00
1452.00
1754.00
2162.00
2648.00
3368.00
3840.00
4256.00
5156.00

High
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
784.00
814.00
1036.00
1182.00
1416.00
1756.00
2168.00
2602.00
2966.00
3376.00
4054.00
1024.00
1152.00
1378.00
1538.00
1846.00
2230.00
2734.00
3436.00
3917.00
4340.00
5258.00

Outdoor Feeder
Standard
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
778.00
826.00
1062.00
1204.00
1434.00
1824.00
2300.00
2752.00
3137.00
3570.00
4284.00
1028.00
1182.00
1416.00
1584.00
1912.00
2362.00
2892.00
3672.00
4186.00
4640.00
5622.00

High
Short
Circuit
$ Price
Per Foot
860.00
892.00
1130.00
1274.00
1550.00
1916.00
2362.00
2842.00
3240.00
3682.00
4420.00
1130.00
1256.00
1504.00
1680.00
2012.00
2434.00
2986.00
3746.00
4270.00
4730.00
5732.00

Pricing Instructions For “Factory Assembled” Busway Systems (or Components)
Standard Straight Lengths
The basic component of a busway system is a straight section with a “joint pak” factory-affixed to one end. Plug-in busway
is available in standard lengths of 4, 6, 8, and 10 feet. Feeder busway is available in lengths from 16” to 120” in
increments of 1”.

Riser Busway
We also offer a “Riser” Plug-In busway with openings on one side only for riser installations. This busway offers the
same short circuit ratings as our standard plug-in busway.

Indoor Drip Resistant and IP54 Splash Resistant Busway
These water resistant features are available as an option for indoor plug-in and feeder busway. Price the drip resistant
busway using the appropriate per foot price. Price the IP54 splash resistant busway using the outdoor per foot price.

Outdoor Construction (Feeder Busway Only)
Besides the additional charge for outdoor busway, you must also add a charge for a weather seal if the busway passes
through a building wall or roof from an interior to an exterior space (found under Miscellaneous Additions and
Accessories on page 12-8). Please indicate the thickness of the wall, roof or floor when entering order. Add the “labor
only” price for fittings and special features per general pricing instruction.

High Short Circuit Bracing
I-Line busway is available with either standard short circuit bracing or high short circuit bracing. Table 12.19 on 12-8 lists
maximum short circuit ratings for each busway type and rating.

General Pricing Instructions

•

12

•
•
•
•
•

Prepare a layout sketch of the busway run showing:
— All dimensions in feet and inches
— All wall and floor locations and thicknesses
— All fittings (use top of page 12-7 as a checklist)
Add all dimensions together. Round up to the next foot.
Multiply this total by the appropriate price per foot according to the tables above.
To this, add the “labor only” charges for all fittings from page 12-7.
Add hangers per page 12-8 (quantities explained below)
Add for any other unit price items such as end closures, wall flanges, or special lug requirements from page 12-8.

Hangers
Hangers for the I-Line II busway should be priced from the table on page 12-8. Indoor horizontal busway requires one
hanger for every 10 feet of busway. Vertical indoor busway requires one hanger for every 16 feet. Outdoor feeder
busway requires one hanger for every 5 feet in either vertical or horizontal mounting.
BUSWAY

Elbows
The elbow “labor only” charge applies to all types of 90o elbows within a particular rating of busway. The charge does
not include any busway footage (i.e. a charge for the appropriate amount of busway footage would have to be added to
the “labor only” charge to obtain a “complete device” charge). If elbow is other than 90o, double the labor only charge.

Tee
The labor charge for tees shown in applies to all factory assembled types of 90° tee fittings within a given rating.
Dimensions and catalog number suffix of flatwise tee fittings will be found in the Class 5600 Manual. Refer to factory for
edgewise tee dimensions. Crosses are also available.

12-6

PE8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-LineTM II Busway

800 A–5000 A Pricing Instructions
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.17:

Fittings
“Labor Only” Charges for Each Component (Copper or Aluminum)

Number of
Poles and
Voltage

3Ø3W
600 V
50%
Ground

3Ø4W
277/480 V
50%
Ground

Ampere
Rating

800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
3200
4000
5000
800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000
3200
4000
5000

Elbow Right Elbow Other
Angle
Than 90o
1464.00
1464.00
1966.00
1966.00
1966.00
1966.00
1966.00
1966.00
2478.00
2478.00
2478.00
1792.00
1792.00
2478.00
2478.00
2478.00
2478.00
2478.00
2478.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00

2928.00
2928.00
3932.00
3932.00
3932.00
3932.00
3932.00
3932.00
4956.00
4956.00
4956.00
3584.00
3584.00
4956.00
4956.00
4956.00
4956.00
4956.00
4956.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00

Tee
1792.00
1792.00
2482.00
2482.00
2482.00
2482.00
2482.00
2482.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00
2084.00
2084.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00
2918.00
3412.00
3412.00
3412.00

Cross
3584.00
3584.00
4964.00
4964.00
4964.00
4964.00
4964.00
4964.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00
4168.00
4168.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00
5836.00
6824.00
6824.00
6824.00

Flanged
End

Tap Box or
Service
Head

1512.00
1722.00
1900.00
2016.00
2202.00
2624.00
3134.00
3706.00
4447.00
4606.00
5384.00
1598.00
1908.00
2046.00
2144.00
2482.00
2880.00
3486.00
4130.00
4956.00
5136.00
6416.00

Transformer Taps
Unfused
Reducer

4416.00
4552.00
4760.00
4876.00
5088.00
5420.00
6412.00
6838.00
7612.00
7778.00
9894.00
5010.00
5230.00
5450.00
5598.00
5846.00
6394.00
7756.00
8468.00
9463.00
9676.00
11044.00

1334.00
1512.00
2514.00
3256.00
3610.00
4578.00
4768.00
7094.00
8512.00
8954.00
11084.00
1722.00
2024.00
3454.00
4404.00
4778.00
6422.00
7932.00
9538.00
11445.00
12754.00
14984.00

Fused or Expansion
C/B Cubicle
FTG.
20826.00
24108.00
28938.00
—
35192.00
41174.00
—
—
—
—
—
21232.00
24854.00
30526.00
—
37208.00
43144.00
—
—
—
—
—

3950.00
4214.00
4330.00
4396.00
5926.00
6468.00
6944.00
8704.00
10229.00
10556.00
11092.00
4358.00
4958.00
5916.00
6552.00
7944.00
8436.00
9126.00
11978.00
13457.00
13774.00
14484.00

Phase
Bussed
Transition XFMR Conn.
10890.00
11158.00
11274.00
11340.00
12872.00
13404.00
13886.00
15646.00
17172.00
17500.00
18030.00
11296.00
11902.00
12858.00
13496.00
14882.00
15380.00
16070.00
18922.00
20397.00
20714.00
21428.00

11164.00
12112.00
13270.00
13690.00
14654.00
15816.00
17594.00
19562.00
23474.00
25188.00
32432.00
12514.00
13700.00
15076.00
15566.00
16890.00
17996.00
20380.00
22350.00
26820.00
29248.00
36712.00

One 3Ø
Three 1Ø
XFMR
XFMRS
Y or a
Y or a
1968.00
6440.00
2284.00
6636.00
2492.00
6944.00
2636.00
7112.00
2918.00
7420.00
3342.00
7904.00
3966.00
9144.00
4652.00 10602.00
5304.00 11891.00
5444.00 12168.00
5950.00 14072.00
2066.00
6684.00
2458.00
6982.00
2668.00
7278.00
2806.00
7470.00
3186.00
7802.00
3606.00
8532.00
4326.00
9960.00
5074.00 11622.00
5795.00 13139.00
5950.00 13464.00
7420.00 15216.00

Indoor Tap Boxes
Feeder cable tap boxes are used at the end (-ETBMB) or center (-CTB) of a busway run and incorporate a short
section of busway into their construction. See Catalog Class 5600 for the length of the tap box then add the “labor only”
charges shown above to complete the price.
Plug-in cable tap boxes are plugged into the side of the busway (at any opening except the very last opening of a run).
The price shown in the table on page 12-5 is the complete device price. No “labor only” charge is required.
Lugs other than standard mechanical lugs may be selected from the table on page 12-8.

Service Heads
Service heads are of outdoor construction and include Square D™ brand standard lugs. Price footage to end of busway
run including dimension of service head. Add service head labor charge.

Unfused Reducer
Unfused reducers are used to reduce from a higher amperage busway to a lower amperage. Price each rating of
busway to the centerline of reducer and include the “labor only” price of the higher rating.
NOTE: The National Electric Code does not allow the use of unfused reducers in vertical riser installations. Refer
to the NEC for restrictions in industrial installations.

Fused or Circuit Breaker Cubicle
These are used as in-line overcurrent protection devices. They can be used in conjunction with an unfused reducer to
offer a device which reduces a run of busway in ampacity and offers overcurrent protection.

I-Line to I-Line II Adapter
This adapter is used to join I-Line II busway (800 A–5000 A) to existing installations of original I-Line busway. If
connecting to an existing “slot end” of original I-Line, use a “bolt end” adapter (-12B), and vice versa. Price as four feet
of busway for 800 through 5000 A busway.

Expansion Fittings
Expansion fitting labor only charge does not include busway footage. The expansion fitting is built into a 3 ft. – 4 in.
straight length for 800 A–5000 A and a 5 feet – 0 inch straight length for 225 A–600 A. Limit of expansion or contraction
is ±1-1/2 inches. Not available in outdoor construction.

Bussed Transformer Connection
A bussed transformer connection is used when the busway physically attaches (other than cable) to a three phase
transformer. Price busway footage to the edge of transformer L.V. or H.V. terminal. To this, add labor only charge for a
“bussed transformer connection.” For power company vault termination charges, consult the factory.

Transformer Taps
Transformer taps are used to make cable connection to transformers. Calculate footage price to end of busway. Use
standard dimensions. Price of taps includes lugs; if lugs other than standard Square D brand lugs are required, add
charges from page 12-8. Note that taps need NOT be located directly above transformers for cable connections.
This feature provides improved protection from accidental contact with live parts during insertion and removal of plug-in
units. This feature meets the IP2X rating as defined by IEC529 standard. (Pricing on page 12-8.)

Connection to Competitive Busway

12

Consult your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.

BUSWAY

Finger Protection to IP2X

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

Discount
Schedule

12-7

I-LineTM II Busway

Additions, Accessories, and Electrical Data
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Miscellaneous Additions and Accessories
Table 12.18:

Additions and Accessories

Description

$ Price

Integral Weather Seal Vapor Barrier
(Required when busway passes through an exterior wall or roof)

764.00

Roof Collar
(Required when busway penetrates an exterior roof)

870.00

Roof Flange Kit
(Optional when busway penetrates an exterior roof)

2346.00

Hanger, Horizontal Flatwise and Edgewise
(See "Table 12.15: Accessories" on page 5.)

64.00

Hangers, Vertical Fixed (HF-V)

64.00

Hangers, Vertical Spring
Aluminum Busway
• 800 A through 1200 A
• 2000 A through 2500 A
• 3000 A through 4000 A

Copper Busway
• 800 A through 1200 A
• 1350 A through 2000 A
• 2500 A through 5000 A

HFVS1
HFVS2
HFVS8

148.00
292.00
292.00

Lugs – Other than Square D Standard

each lug

70.00

Lugs – Square D Standard added to flanged end

each lug

70.00

Sway Brace Collar HP1SBC

82.00

Assembly Tool AT2

N/C

Finger Protection to IP2X
(For each plug-in opening) Plug-in Busway only

per foot

17.00

Note: Finger protection can be ordered on I-Line II (800–5000 A) plug-in busway only.

Electrical Data for I-Line II Busway
Standards:

UL857 (File Number E22182); CSA C22.2 No. 27-1994 (File Number LL-61778); IEC 439 Part 2

Systems:

AC–3Ø3W, 3Ø4W, 1Ø2W, 1Ø3W. DC–2-pole. All neutrals are 100% capacity.

Voltage:

600 volts AC/DC, 50 Hz and 60 Hz

Integral Ground:

50% capacity as standard for 800 A to 5000 A, as an option on 225 A to 600 A

Enclosure:

Indoor, indoor drip resistant and outdoor (indoor drip resistant and outdoor are available in I-Line II [800–5000 A] busway only)

Table 12.19:
Ampere
Rating
225
400
600
800
1000
1200
1350
1600
2000
2500
3000

12

a

Short Circuit Ratings: UL 3 CycleaTest (KA, RMS Symmetrical)
Aluminum
AOF2
AF2
—
—
—
50
50
50
50
50
100
100
100

AOFH2
AFH2
—
—
—
85
100
100
100
100
100
150
150

Copper

AP
AP2/AR2
22
22
22
50
50
50
50
50
125
125
125

APH
APH2/ARH2
—
42
42
75
100
100
100
100
150
150
150

3200
—
—
—
—
4000
150
200
200
—
5000
—
—
—
—
6 cycle and 30 cycle ratings are available. Please reference Catalog 5600CT9101.

COF2
CF2
—
—
—
50
50
50
50
50
50
100
100

COFH2
CFH2
—
—
—
85
85
100
100
100
100
150
150

CP
CP2/CR2
22
22
22
50
50
50
50
50
65
125
125

CPH
CPH2/CRH2
—
42
42
75
75
100
100
100
100
150
150

100
150
150

150
200
200

125
200
200

150
—
—

BUSWAY

12-8

PE8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-LineTM II Busway

Plug-In Units
Class 5615, 5630 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.20:
Ampere
Rating

“Hook-Swing” Mounting

Fusible Plug-In Units
240 Vac
3-Pole, 3 Fuse + G

Type of
Connection

120/208 Vac, (240 Vac Max.)
4-Pole, 3 Fuse + G

277/480 Vac, (600 Vac Max.)
4-Pole, 3 Fuse + G

Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
30
PQ3203G
972.00
PQ4203G
1136.00
PQ3603G
1042.00
PQ4603G
1182.00
60
PQ3206G
1042.00
PQ4206G
1182.00
PQ3606G
1110.00
PQ4606G
1230.00
100
PQ3210G
1478.00
PQ4210G
1604.00
PQ3610G
1512.00
PQ4610G
1734.00
200
Plug-in
PQ3220G
2462.00
PQ4220G
2728.00
PQ3620G
2566.00
PQ4620G
2866.00
200a
PS3220G a
2462.00
PS4220G a
2728.00
PS3620G a
2566.00
PS4620G a
2866.00
400
PBQ3640G b
6442.00
PBQ4640G b
6996.00
PBQ3640G b
6442.00
PBQ4640G b
6996.00
600
PBQ3660G b
9224.00
PBQ4660G b
10090.00
PBQ3660G b
9224.00
PBQ4660G b
10090.00
800
—
—
—
—
PTQ36080G ( ) c
16014.00 PTQ46080G ( ) c
19312.00
1000
Bolt-on
—
—
—
—
PTQ36100G ( ) c
18810.00 PTQ46100G( ) c
19436.00
1200
—
—
—
—
PTQ36120G( ) c
30042.00 PTQ46120G( ) c
30168.00
Class J Fuses – Provisions for installing Class J fuses are included in 30 through 600 A fusible devices. Conversion to Class J fuse spacing requires relocating
the load side fuse base assembly from standard Class H fuse location to an alternate position in the enclosure.
a
For use on vertical riser applications only.
b
For vertical riser applications order auxiliary mounting kit—Catalog Number PBQ4060RMK. (Price $300.)
c
This device uses bolt-on connection. It may be used only on plug-in busway with same number of poles. Add suffix (H) for horizontal applications and
suffix (V) for vertical applications. Not for use on 800 A copper busway.
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add “M54” suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%.

Table 12.21:

Class R Fuse Kitsd
Switch Size (A)
30
60

High Ampere
Plug-In Connection

High Ampere Bolt-On
Connection

600 Vac
3-Pole, 3 Fuse + G

Kit d Catalog No.
QMB30R
QMB36R
QMB36R
QMB60R

Voltage Rating
250 Ve
600 Ve
250 Ve
600 V e

100
All
200
400
All
600
Class R Fuse Kits when installed reject all but class R fuses.
d
Kit must be field installed.
e
Contains parts to convert two units.

$ Price
31.20
32.60
32.60
32.60

HRK1020

31.80

QMB4060R

74.00

Low Ampere Plug-In
Connection

Table 12.22:

Hooksticks

Length
8'

Catalog No.
515608

$ Price
452.00

Length
14'

Catalog No.
515614

$ Price
778.00

Surge Protective Device Plug-In Units
All Busway SPD Plug-In Units include as standard:
• Individually Fused Modules
• Circuit Breaker Disconnect
• Cover Mounted Diagnostic Panel
• EMI/RFI Filter
• Audible Alarm with Test/Disable/Enable
Table 12.23:

Surge Capacity

System Voltage

60,000 Amperes Per Phase

240,000 Amperes Per Phase

Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
208Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd.
PIU2IMA16
4472.00
PIU2IMA24
6407.00
240Y/120 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd.
PIU3IMA16
4472.00
PIU3IMA24
6407.00
480Y/277 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd.
PIU4IMA16
4740.00
PIU4IMA24
6792.00
600Y/347 Vac, 3Ø4W/Grd.
PIU8IMA16
4919.00
PIU8IMA24
7048.00
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%.

Options

Description

When Required Add Suffix to Catalog
Number
—
M

$ Price
STD.
788.00

12

Surge Counter and Dry Contacts
Remote Monitor with Dry Contacts

BUSWAY

Table 12.24:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE7

Discount
Schedule

12-9

I-LineTM II Busway

PowerPactTM H-, and J-Frame Plug-in Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.25:
Trip Rating
Ampere

H-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W
D Interrupting
Catalog No.

3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
15
PHD36015G
20
PHD36020G
30
PHD36030G
40
PHD36040G
50
PHD36050G
60
PHD36060G
70
PHD36070G
80
PHD36080G
90
PHD36090G
100
PHD36100G
125
PHD36125G
150
PHD36150G

Table 12.26:
Trip Rating
Ampere

G Interrupting

$ Price
1930.00
1930.00
1930.00
1930.00
1930.00
1930.00
2132.00
2132.00
2132.00
2132.00
4246.00
4246.00

Trip Rating
Ampere

Trip Rating
Ampere

PHG36015G
PHG36020G
PHG36030G
PHG36040G
PHG36050G
PHG36060G
PHG36070G
PHG36080G
PHG36090G
PHG36100G
PHG36125G
PHG36150G

D Interrupting
Catalog No.

2394.00
2394.00
2394.00
2394.00
2394.00
2394.00
2582.00
2582.00
2582.00
2582.00
6031.00
6031.00

G Interrupting

$ Price

Catalog No.
PHJ36015G
PHJ36020G
PHJ36030G
PHJ36040G
PHJ36050G
PHJ36060G
PHJ36070G
PHJ36080G
PHJ36090G
PHJ36100G
PHJ36125G
PHJ36150G

Catalog No.

3184.00
3184.00
3184.00
3184.00
3184.00
3184.00
3718.00
3718.00
3718.00
3718.00
8266.00
8266.00

J Interrupting

$ Price

PHG36015GN
PHG36020GN
PHG36030GN
PHG36040GN
PHG36050GN
PHG36060GN
PHG36070GN
PHG36080GN
PHG36090GN
PHG36100GN
PHG36125GN
PHG36150GN

2578.00
2578.00
2578.00
2578.00
2578.00
2578.00
2784.00
2784.00
2784.00
2784.00
6267.00
6267.00

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

$ Price

PHL36015G
PHL36020G
PHL36030G
PHL36040G
PHL36050G
PHL36060G
PHL36070G
PHL36080G
PHL36090G
PHL36100G
PHL36125G
PHL36150G

5171.00
5171.00
5171.00
5171.00
5171.00
5171.00
5715.00
5715.00
5715.00
5715.00
9987.00
9987.00

L Interrupting

$ Price

PHJ36015GN
PHJ36020GN
PHJ36030GN
PHJ36040GN
PHJ36050GN
PHJ36060GN
PHJ36070GN
PHJ36080GN
PHJ36090GN
PHJ36100GN
PHJ36125GN
PHJ36150GN

D Interrupting
Catalog No.

G Interrupting

$ Price
4618.00
4618.00
4618.00
6380.00

Catalog No.

3428.00
3428.00
3428.00
3428.00
3428.00
3428.00
4008.00
4008.00
4008.00
4008.00
8510.00
8510.00

J Interrupting

$ Price

PJG36175G
PJG36200G
PJG36225G
PJG36250G

8056.00
8056.00
8056.00
9834.00

Catalog No.

Catalog No.

$ Price

PHL36015GN
PHL36020GN
PHL36030GN
PHL36040GN
PHL36050GN
PHL36060GN
PHL36070GN
PHL36080GN
PHL36090GN
PHL36100GN
PHL36125GN
PHL36150GN

5318.00
5318.00
5318.00
5318.00
5318.00
5318.00
5878.00
5878.00
5878.00
5878.00
10254.00
10254.00

L Interrupting

$ Price

PJJ36175G
PJJ36200G
PJJ36225G
PJJ36250G

9424.00
9424.00
9424.00
10816.00

Catalog No.

$ Price

PJL36175G
PJL36200G
PJL36225G
PJL36250G

11581.00
11581.00
11581.00
13292.00

J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W
D Interrupting
Catalog No.

G Interrupting

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

J Interrupting
Catalog No.

3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz
175
PJD36175GN
4950.00
PJG36175GN
8366.00
PJJ36175GN
200
PJD36200GN
4950.00
PJG36200GN
8366.00
PJJ36200GN
225
PJD36225GN
4950.00
PJG36225GN
8366.00
PJJ36225GN
250
PJD36250GN
6712.00
PJG36250GN
10144.00
PJJ36250GN
a
All these devices use plug-in connections.
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%.

Table 12.29:

L Interrupting

$ Price

J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W

3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
175
PJD36175G
200
PJD36200G
225
PJD36225G
250
PJD36250G

Table 12.28:

J Interrupting

$ Price

H-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W

3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz
15
PHD36015GN
2111.00
20
PHD36020GN
2111.00
30
PHD36030GN
2111.00
40
PHD36040GN
2111.00
50
PHD36050GN
2111.00
60
PHD36060GN
2111.00
70
PHD36070GN
2317.00
80
PHD36080GN
2317.00
90
PHD36090GN
2317.00
100
PHD36100GN
2317.00
125
PHD36125GN
4478.00
150
PHD36150GN
4478.00

Table 12.27:

Catalog No.

L Interrupting

$ Price
9788.00
9788.00
9788.00
11158.00

Catalog No.
PJL36175GN
PJL36200GN
PJL36225GN
PJL36250GN

$ Price
11910.00
11910.00
11910.00
13669.00

Circuit Breaker Interrupting Ratings

Interrupting Ratings (kA)
240 V
480 V
600 V

D
25
18
14

G
65
35
18

J
100
65
25

L
125
100
50

12
BUSWAY

12-10

PE7

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-LineTM II Busway

PowerPactTM H-, J-, and L-Frame Plug-in Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.30:
Trip Rating
Ampere

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W

Trip
Functiona Trip Unit

D Interrupting
Catalog Numberb

G Interrupting
$ Price

J Interrupting

L Interrupting

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60
100
LI
3.2
150
250
60
100
LSI
3.2 S
150
250
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

PHD36060GU31X
PHD36100GU31X
PHD36150GU31X
PJD36250GU31X
PHD36060GU33X
PHD36100GU33X
PHD36150GU33X
PJD36250GU33X

2113.00
2315.00
4429.00
6641.00
2309.00
2511.00
4625.00
6920.00

PHG36060GU31X
PHG36100GU31X
PHG36150GU31X
PJG36250GU31X
PHG36060GU33X
PHG36100GU33X
PHG36150GU33X
PJG36250GU33X

2577.00
2765.00
6214.00
10095.00
2773.00
2961.00
6410.00
10374.00

PHJ36060GU31X
PHJ36100GU31X
PHJ36150GU31X
PJJ36250GU31X
PHJ36060GU33X
PHJ36100GU33X
PHJ36150GU33X
PJJ36250GU33X

3367.00
3901.00
8449.00
11077.00
3563.00
4097.00
8645.00
11356.00

PHL36060GU31X
PHL36100GU31X
PHL36150GU31X
PJL36250GU31X
PHL36060GU33X
PHL36100GU33X
PHL36150GU33X
PJL36250GU33X

5354.00
5898.00
10170.00
13553.00
5550.00
6094.00
10366.00
13832.00

PHD36060GU43X
PHD36100GU43X
PHD36150GU43X
PJD36250GU43X

2968.00 PHG36060GU43X
3170.00 PHG36100GU43X
5284.00 PHG36150GU43X
7860.00 PJG36250GU43X

3432.00
3620.00
7069.00
11314.00

PHJ36060GU43X
PHJ36100GU43X
PHJ36150GU43X
PJJ36250GU43X

4222.00
4756.00
9304.00
12296.00

PHL36060GU43X
PHL36100GU43X
PHL36150GU43X
PJL36250GU43X

6209.00
6753.00
11025.00
14772.00

3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60
100
150
250

Table 12.31:

LSI

5.2 A

H- and J-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W

Trip Rating
Trip
Ampere
Function a Trip Unit

D Interrupting
Catalog Numberb

G Interrupting
$ Price

J Interrupting

L Interrupting

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

PHG36060GNU31X
PHG36100GNU31X
PHG36150GNU31X
PJG36250GNU31X
PHG36060GNU33X
PHG36100GNU33X
PHG36150GNU33X
PJG36250GNU33X

2761.00
2967.00
6450.00
10405.00
2957.00
3163.00
6646.00
10684.00

PHJ36060GNU31X
PHJ36100GNU31X
PHJ36150GNU31X
PJJ36250GNU31X
PHJ36060GNU33X
PHJ36100GNU33X
PHJ36150GNU33X
PJJ36250GNU33X

3611.00
4191.00
8693.00
11419.00
3807.00
4387.00
8889.00
11698.00

PHL36060GNU31X
PHL36100GNU31X
PHL36150GNU31X
PJL36250GNU31X
PHL36060GNU33X
PHL36100GNU33X
PHL36150GNU33X
PJL36250GNU33X

5501.00
6061.00
10437.00
13930.00
5697.00
6257.00
10633.00
14209.00

PHJ36060GNU43X
PHJ36100GNU43X
PHJ36150GNU43X
PJJ36250GNU43X

4466.00
5046.00
9548.00
12638.00

PHL36060GNU43X
PHL36100GNU43X
PHL36150GNU43X
PJL36250GNU43X

6356.00
6916.00
11292.00
15149.00

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60
100
LI
3.2
150
250
60
100
LSI
3.2 S
150
250
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

PHD36060GNU31X
PHD36100GNU31X
PHD36150GNU31X
PJD36250GNU31X
PHD36060GNU33X
PHD36100GNU33X
PHD36150GNU33X
PJD36250GNU33X

2294.00
2500.00
4661.00
6973.00
2490.00
2696.00
4857.00
7252.00

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
60
PHD36060GNU43X
3149.00 PHG36060GNU43X
3616.00
100
PHD36100GNU43X
3355.00 PHG36100GNU43X
3822.00
LSI
5.2 A
150
PHD36150GNU43X
5516.00 PHG36150GNU43X
7305.00
250
PJD36250GNU43X
8192.00 PJG36250GNU43X
11624.00
a
If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing.
b
All these devices use plug-in connections.
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%.

Table 12.32:

L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø3W

Trip Rating
Trip
Ampere
Functiona

Trip Unit

D Interrupting
Catalog Numberb

G Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

J Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

L Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
LI
3.3
600
400
LSI
3.3
S
600
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
LSI
600
400
LSIG
600

Table 12.33:

5.3 A
6.3 A

PBLD36400GU31X
PBLD36600GU31X
PBLD36400GU33X
PBLD36600GU33X

9398.00
13840.00
10496.00
14939.00

PBLG36400GU31X
PBLG36600GU31X
PBLG36400GU33X
PBLG36600GU33X

12846.00
16975.00
14345.00
18320.00

PBLJ36400GU31X
PBLJ36600GU31X
PBLJ36400GU33X
PBLJ36600GU33X

14958.00
18600.00
16676.00
21093.00

PBLL36400GU31X
PBLL36600GU31X
PBLL36400GU33X
PBLL36600GU33X

17030.00
21326.00
18049.00
22344.00

PBLD36400GU43X
PBLD36600GU43X
PBLD36400GU44X
PBLD36600GU44X

12174.00
16617.00
15865.00
20309.00

PBLG36400GU43X
PBLG36600GU43X
PBLG36400GU44X
PBLG36600GU44X

15640.00
19377.00
19686.00
23904.00

PBLJ36400GU43X
PBLJ36600GU43X
PBLJ36400GU44X
PBLJ36600GU44X

17605.00
21128.00
21247.00
24770.00

PBLL36400GU43X
PBLL36600GU43X
PBLL36400GU44X
PBLL36600GU44X

19608.00
23902.00
23536.00
27329.00

L-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Electronic Trip—Standard (80%) Rated—3Ø4W

Trip Rating
Trip
Ampere
Functiona

Trip Unit

D Interrupting
Catalog Numberb

G Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

J Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

L Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberb

$ Price

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
LI
3.3
600
400
LSI
3.3 S
600
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

PBLD36400GNU31X
PBLD36600GNU31X
PBLD36400GNU33X
PBLD36600GNU33X

9890.00
14555.00
10885.00
15490.00

PBLG36400GNU31X
PBLG36600GNU31X
PBLG36400GNU33X
PBLG36600GNU33X

13509.00
17851.00
14875.00
18996.00

PBLJ36400GNU31X
PBLJ36600GNU31X
PBLJ36400GNU33X
PBLJ36600GNU33X

PBLL36400GNU31X
PBLL36600GNU31X
PBLL36400GNU33X
PBLL36600GNU33X

17910.00
22375.00
18716.00
23130.00

18256.00
21908.00
22030.00
25677.00

PBLL36400GNU43X
PBLL36600GNU43X
PBLL36400GNU44X
PBLL36600GNU44X

20334.00
24748.00
24385.00
28294.00

12

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
PBLD36400GNU43X
12625.00 PBLG36400GNU43X
15956.00 PBLJ36400GNU43X
LSI
5.3 A
600
PBLD36600GNU43X
17232.00 PBLG36600GNU43X
19830.00 PBLJ36600GNU43X
400
PBLD36400GNU44X
16450.00
PBLG36400GNU44X
20485.00 PBLJ36400GNU44X
LSIG
6.3
A
600
PBLD36600GNU44X
21055.00 PBLG36600GNU44X
24216.00 PBLJ36600GNU44X
a
If alternate trip functions are required, contact your local Schneider Electric field office for pricing.
b
All these devices use plug-in connections.
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add an "M54" suffix. The IP54 price adder is 15%.
The 250 A with Standard Trip Unit is also available. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information.

15730.00
19560.00
16942.00
20870.00

BUSWAY

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE7

Discount
Schedule

12-11

I-LineTM II Busway

PowerPactTM M-Frame Plug-in Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.34:

M-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Basic Electronic Trip Unit (ET 1.0)—3Ø3W

Trip Rating Ampere
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
300
350
400
450
500
600
700
800

Table 12.35:

G Interrupting
Catalog Numberabc
PTMG36300G( )
PTMG36350G( )
PTMG36400G( )
PTMG36450G( )
PTMG36500G( )
PTMG36600G( )
PTMG36700G( )
PTMG36800G( )

J Interrupting
$ Price
16014.00
16014.00
16014.00
16014.00
16014.00
16014.00
18810.00
18810.00

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price

PTMJ36300G( )
PTMJ36350G( )
PTMJ36400G( )
PTMJ36450G( )
PTMJ36500G( )
PTMJ36600G( )
PTMJ36700G( )
PTMJ36800G( )

17918.00
17918.00
17918.00
17918.00
17918.00
17918.00
20368.00
20368.00

M-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units with Basic Electronic Trip Unit (ET 1.0)—3Ø4W

Trip Rating Ampere

G Interrupting
Catalog Numberabc

J Interrupting
$ Price

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
300
PTMG36300GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36300GN( )
18536.00
350
PTMG36350GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36350GN( )
18536.00
400
PTMG36400GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36400GN( )
18536.00
450
PTMG36450GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36450GN( )
18536.00
500
PTMG36500GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36500GN( )
18536.00
600
PTMG36600GN( )
16640.00
PTMJ36600GN( )
18536.00
700
PTMG36700GN( )
19436.00
PTMJ36700GN( )
22082.00
800
PTMG36800GN( )
19436.00
PTMJ36800GN( )
22082.00
a
The ET 1.0 trip unit cannot be field replaced or have the long-time trip point setting adjusted.
b
All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway.
c
To complete the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
Note: For IP54 splash resistant construction, add "M54" suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%.

12
BUSWAY

12-12

PE7

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I-LineTM Busway

PowerPactTM P-Frame Plug-in Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.36:

P-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø3W
Interrupting Rating

Trip
Trip Rating Ampere Function

G

Trip
Unit

J
$ Price

Catalog Numberabc

80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price
80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
600
800
LI
1000
1200
400
600
800
LSI
1000
1200
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
600
800
LI
1000
1200
400
600
800
LSI
1000
1200
400
600
800
LSIG
1000
1200

Table 12.37:

3.0

5.0

3.0 A

5.0 A

6.0 A

PTPG36040G( )U31A
PTPG36060G( )U31A
PTPG36080G( )U31A
PTPG36100G( )U31A
PTPG36120G( )U31A
PTPG36040G( )U33A
PTPG36060G( )U33A
PTPG36080G( )U33A
PTPG36100G( )U33A
PTPG36120G( )U33A

26760.00
26760.00
26760.00
34637.00
34637.00
27300.00
27300.00
27300.00
35064.00
35064.00

37560.00
37560.00
37560.00
45366.00
—
37900.00
37900.00
37900.00
46168.00
—

PTPJ36040G( )U31A
PTPJ36060G( )U31A
PTPJ36080G( )U31A
PTPJ36100G( )U31A
PTPJ36120G( )U31A
PTPJ36040G( )U33A
PTPJ36060G( )U33A
PTPJ36080G( )U33A
PTPJ36100G( )U33A
PTPJ36120G( )U33A

27995.00
27995.00
27995.00
35929.00
35929.00
28532.00
28532.00
28532.00
36328.00
36328.00

38745.00
38745.00
38745.00
46502.00
—
39400.00
39400.00
39400.00
47934.00
—

PTPG36040G( )U41A
PTPG36060G( )U41A
PTPG36080G( )U41A
PTPG36100G( )U41A
PTPG36120G( )U41A
PTPG36040G( )U43A
PTPG36060G( )U43A
PTPG36080G( )U43A
PTPG36100G( )U43A
PTPG36120G( )U43A
PTPG36040G( )U44A
PTPG36060G( )U44A
PTPG36080G( )U44A
PTPG36100G( )U44A
PTPG36120G( )U44A

28072.00
28072.00
28072.00
35826.00
35826.00
30300.00
30300.00
30300.00
38010.00
38010.00
33052.00
33052.00
33052.00
40725.00
40725.00

38560.00
38560.00
38560.00
46435.00
—
40430.00
40430.00
40430.00
49424.00
—
42760.00
42760.00
42760.00
50824.00
—

PTPJ36040G( )U41A
PTPJ36060G( )U41A
PTPJ36080G( )U41A
PTPJ36100G( )U41A
PTPJ36120G( )U41A
PTPJ36040G( )U43A
PTPJ36060G( )U43A
PTPJ36080G( )U43A
PTPJ36100G( )U43A
PTPJ36120G( )U43A
PTPJ36040G( )U44A
PTPJ36060G( )U44A
PTPJ36080G( )U44A
PTPJ36100G( )U44A
PTPJ36120G( )U44A

29295.00
29295.00
29295.00
37055.00
37055.00
31520.00
31520.00
31520.00
39124.00
39124.00
34250.00
34250.00
34250.00
41700.00
41700.00

40068.00
40068.00
40068.00
48856.00
—
41695.00
41695.00
41695.00
50342.00
—
44330.00
44330.00
44330.00
51910.00
—

P-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø4W
Interrupting Rating

Trip
Trip Rating Ampere Function

G

Trip
Unit
Catalog Numberabc

J
$ Price

80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price
80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit

3.0

5.0

PTPG36040GN( )U31A
PTPG36060GN( )U31A
PTPG36080GN( )U31A
PTPG36100GN( )U31A
PTPG36120GN( )U31A
PTPG36040GN( )U33A
PTPG36060GN( )U33A
PTPG36080GN( )U33A
PTPG36100GN( )U33A
PTPG36120GN( )U33A

27760.00
27760.00
27760.00
35637.00
35637.00
28300.00
28300.00
28300.00
36064.00
36064.00

38560.00
38560.00
38560.00
46366.00
—
38900.00
38900.00
38900.00
47168.00
—

PTPJ36040GN( )U31A
PTPJ36060GN( )U31A
PTPJ36080GN( )U31A
PTPJ36100GN( )U31A
PTPJ36120GN( )U31A
PTPJ36040GN( )U33A
PTPJ36060GN( )U33A
PTPJ36080GN( )U33A
PTPJ36100GN( )U33A
PTPJ36120GN( )U33A

28995.00
28995.00
28995.00
36929.00
36929.00
29532.00
29532.00
29532.00
37328.00
37328.00

39745.00
39745.00
39745.00
47502.00
—
40400.00
40400.00
40400.00
48934.00
—

12

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
PTPG36040GN( )U41A
29072.00
39560.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U41A
30295.00
41068.00
600
PTPG36060GN( )U41A
29072.00
39560.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U41A
30295.00
41068.00
800
LI
3.0 A
PTPG36080GN( )U41A
29072.00
39560.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U41A
30295.00
41068.00
1000
PTPG36100GN( )U41A
36826.00
47435.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U41A
38055.00
49856.00
1200
PTPG36120GN( )U41A
36826.00
— PTPJ36120GN( )U41A
38055.00
—
400
PTPG36040GN( )U43A
31300.00
41430.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U43A
32520.00
42695.00
600
PTPG36060GN( )U43A
31300.00
41430.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U43A
32520.00
42695.00
800
LSI
5.0 A
PTPG36080GN( )U43A
31300.00
41430.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U43A
32520.00
42695.00
1000
PTPG36100GN( )U43A
39010.00
50424.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U43A
40124.00
51342.00
1200
PTPG36120GN( )U43A
39010.00
— PTPJ36120GN( )U43A
40124.00
—
400
PTPG36040GN( )U44A
34052.00
43760.00 PTPJ36040GN( )U44A
35250.00
45330.00
600
PTPG36060GN( )U44A
34052.00
43760.00 PTPJ36060GN( )U44A
35250.00
45330.00
800
LSIG
6.0 A
PTPG36080GN( )U44A
34052.00
43760.00 PTPJ36080GN( )U44A
35250.00
45330.00
1000
PTPG36100GN( )U44A
41725.00
51824.00 PTPJ36100GN( )U44A
42700.00
52910.00
1200
PTPG36120GN( )U44A
41725.00
— PTPJ36120GN( )U44A
42700.00
—
a
The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog
number with the applicable suffix letter. See the chart on page 7-45 for rating plug catalog suffix letters.
b
All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete
the catalog number, replace the blank with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
c
Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and
“VC” for vertical applications. For example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal
application would be PTPG36080GHCU31A.
Notes:
• For IP54 splash resistant construction, add a “M54” suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%.
• The 250 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information.

BUSWAY

3Ø4W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
400
600
800
LI
1000
1200
400
600
800
LSI
1000
1200
Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

PE7

Discount
Schedule

12-13

I-LineTM Busway

PowerPactTM R-Frame Plug-in Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 12.38:

R-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø3W
Interrupting Rating

Trip Rating
Ampere

G

Trip
Function Trip Unit
Catalog Numberabc

J
$ Price

80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

L
$ Price

80 % Rated 100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price
80 % Rated 100 % Rated

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
800
1000
LI
3.0
1200
1600
800
1000
LSI
5.0
1200
1600

PTRG36080G( )U31A
PTRG36100G( )U31A
PTRG36120G( )U31A
PTRG36160G( )U31A
PTRG36080G( )U33A
PTRG36100G( )U33A
PTRG36120G( )U33A
PTRG36160G( )U33A

42232.00
42232.00
42232.00
42232.00
42686.00
42686.00
42686.00
42686.00

48472.00
48472.00
48472.00
—
48772.00
48772.00
48772.00
—

PTRJ36080G( )U31A
PTRJ36100G( )U31A
PTRJ36120G( )U31A
PTRJ36160G( )U31A
PTRJ36080G( )U33A
PTRJ36100G( )U33A
PTRJ36120G( )U33A
PTRJ36160G( )U33A

43800.00
43800.00
43800.00
43800.00
44254.00
44254.00
44254.00
44254.00

50040.00
50040.00
50040.00
—
50340.00
50340.00
50340.00
—

PTRL36080G( )U31A
PTRL36100G( )U31A
PTRL36120G( )U31A
PTRL36160G( )U31A
PTRL36080G( )U33A
PTRL36100G( )U33A
PTRL36120G( )U33A
PTRL36160G( )U33A

45366.00
45366.00
45366.00
45366.00
45820.00
45820.00
45820.00
45820.00

51606.00
51606.00
51606.00
—
51906.00
51906.00
51906.00
—

PTRG36080G( )U41A
PTRG36100G( )U41A
PTRG36120G( )U41A
PTRG36160G( )U41A
PTRG36080G( )U43A
PTRG36100G( )U43A
PTRG36120G( )U43A
PTRG36160G( )U43A
PTRG36080G( )U44A
PTRG36100G( )U44A
PTRG36120G( )U44A
PTRG36160G( )U44A

43368.00
43368.00
43368.00
43368.00
45366.00
45366.00
45366.00
45366.00
47856.00
47856.00
47856.00
47856.00

49342.00
49342.00
49342.00
—
51184.00
51184.00
51184.00
—
53426.00
53426.00
53426.00
—

PTRJ36080G( )U41A
PTRJ36100G( )U41A
PTRJ36120G( )U41A
PTRJ36160G( )U41A
PTRJ36080G( )U43A
PTRJ36100G( )U43A
PTRJ36120G( )U43A
PTRJ36160G( )U43A
PTRJ36080G( )U44A
PTRJ36100G( )U44A
PTRJ36120G( )U44A
PTRJ36160G( )U44A

44936.00
44936.00
44936.00
44936.00
46934.00
46934.00
46934.00
46934.00
49424.00
49424.00
49424.00
49424.00

50910.00
50910.00
50910.00
—
52752.00
52752.00
52752.00
—
54994.00
54994.00
54994.00
—

PTRL36080G( )U41A
PTRL36100G( )U41A
PTRL36120G( )U41A
PTRL36160G( )U41A
PTRL36080G( )U43A
PTRL36100G( )U43A
PTRL36120G( )U43A
PTRL36160G( )U43A
PTRL36080G( )U44A
PTRL36100G( )U44A
PTRL36120G( )U44A
PTRL36160G( )U44A

46502.00
46502.00
46502.00
46502.00
48500.00
48500.00
48500.00
48500.00
50990.00
50990.00
50990.00
50990.00

52476.00
52476.00
52476.00
—
54318.00
54318.00
54318.00
—
56560.00
56560.00
56560.00
—

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit
3Ø3W + G, 600 Vac 50/60 Hz
800
1000
LI
3.0 A
1200
1600
800
1000
LSI
5.0 A
1200
1600
800
1000
LSIG
6.0 A
1200
1600

Table 12.39:

R-Frame Circuit Breaker Plug-in Units—3Ø4W
Interrupting Rating

Trip Rating
Ampere

G

Trip
Function Trip Unit
Catalog Numberabc

J
$ Price

80 % Rated

100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

L
$ Price

80 % Rated 100 % Rated

Catalog Numberabc

$ Price
80 % Rated 100 % Rated

Micrologic Standard Trip Unit
3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz
800
PTRG36080GN( )U31A
1000
PTRG36100GN( )U31A
LI
3.0
1200
PTRG36120GN( )U31A
1600
PTRG36160GN( )U31A
PTRG36080GN( )U33A
800
1000
PTRG36100GN( )U33A
LSI
5.0
1200
PTRG36120GN( )U33A
1600
PTRG36160GN( )U33A

43232.00
43232.00
43232.00
43232.00
43686.00
43686.00
43686.00
43686.00

49472.00
49472.00
49472.00
—
49772.00
49772.00
49772.00
—

PTRJ36080GN( )U31A
PTRJ36100GN( )U31A
PTRJ36120GN( )U31A
PTRJ36160GN( )U31A
PTRJ36080GN( )U33A
PTRJ36100GN( )U33A
PTRJ36120GN( )U33A
PTRJ36160GN( )U33A

44800.00
44800.00
44800.00
44800.00
45254.00
45254.00
45254.00
45254.00

51040.00
51040.00
51040.00
—
51340.00
51340.00
51340.00
—

PTRL36080GN( )U31A
PTRL36100GN( )U31A
PTRL36120GN( )U31A
PTRL36160GN( )U31A
PTRL36080GN( )U33A
PTRL36100GN( )U33A
PTRL36120GN( )U33A
PTRL36160GN( )U33A

46366.00
46366.00
46366.00
46366.00
46820.00
46820.00
46820.00
46820.00

52606.00
52606.00
52606.00
—
52906.00
52906.00
52906.00
—

Micrologic Ammeter Trip Unit

12

3Ø4W + G, 277/480 Vac (600 Vac Max.) 50/60 Hz
800
PTRG36080GN( )U41A
44368.00
50342.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U41A
45936.00
51910.00 PTRL36080GN( )U41A
47502.00
53476.00
1000
PTRG36100GN( )U41A
44368.00
50342.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U41A
45936.00
51910.00 PTRL36100GN( )U41A
47502.00
53476.00
LI
3.0 A
1200
PTRG36120GN( )U41A
44368.00
50342.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U41A
45936.00
51910.00 PTRL36120GN( )U41A
47502.00
53476.00
1600
PTRG36160GN( )U41A
44368.00
— PTRJ36160GN( )U41A
45936.00
— PTRL36160GN( )U41A
47502.00
—
800
PTRG36080GN( )U43A
46366.00
52184.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U43A
47934.00
53752.00 PTRL36080GN( )U43A
49500.00
55318.00
1000
PTRG36100GN( )U43A
46366.00
52184.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U43A
47934.00
53752.00 PTRL36100GN( )U43A
49500.00
55318.00
LSI
5.0 A
1200
PTRG36120GN( )U43A
46366.00
52184.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U43A
47934.00
53752.00 PTRL36120GN( )U43A
49500.00
55318.00
1600
PTRG36160GN( )U43A
46366.00
— PTRJ36160GN( )U43A
47934.00
— PTRL36160GN( )U43A
49500.00
—
800
PTRG36080GN( )U44A
48856.00
54426.00 PTRJ36080GN( )U44A
50424.00
55994.00 PTRL36080GN( )U44A
51990.00
57560.00
1000
PTRG36100GN( )U44A
48856.00
54426.00 PTRJ36100GN( )U44A
50424.00
55994.00 PTRL36100GN( )U44A
51990.00
57560.00
LSIG
6.0 A
1200
PTRG36120GN( )U44A
48856.00
54426.00 PTRJ36120GN( )U44A
50424.00
55994.00 PTRL36120GN( )U44A
51990.00
57560.00
1600
PTRG36160GN( )U44A
48856.00
— PTRJ36160GN( )U44A
50424.00
— PTRL36160GN( )U44A
51990.00
—
a
The standard rating plug supplied with a trip unit will be the "A" rating plug. To specify an alternative rating plug, replace the "A" at the end of the catalog number with the applicable suffix
letter. See the chart on page 7-45 for rating plug catalog suffix letters.
b
All these devices use bolt-on connection. It may be used only on busway with same number of poles. Not for use on 800 A copper busway. To complete the catalog number, replace the blank
with an “H” for horizontal applications and “V” for vertical applications.
c
Listed catalog numbers are for 80% rated circuit breakers. For 100% rated circuit breakers, replace the blank with an “HC” for horizontal applications and “VC” for vertical applications. For
example, the catalog number for a 100% standard trip unit with standard LI trip functions at 800 A 3Ø3W for a horizontal application would be PTRG36080GHCU31A.
Notes:
• For IP54 splash resistant construction, add a "M54" suffix. IP54 price adder is 15%.
• The 600 A is available as a special device. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office for ordering information.

BUSWAY

12-14

PE8

PE7

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Power-ZoneTM Busway

Non-Segregated Bus
Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
•
•

Transformer/Generator Connection – This type of
termination should be priced whenever the bus is
connecting to a transformer, generator, motor, switch or
any connection where the bus bars are connecting to
porcelain mounted equipment terminals. It will include
the same components as a flanged end plus one set of
flexible braid type connectors and a terminal box (if
required).
Bushing Box (Weatherhead) – A bushing box is used
on service entrance run where the cable connection to
the bus must be made via porcelain bushings. It is
comprised of the same components as a transformer
connection plus 3 through stud type apparatus bushings,
bushing stud connectors (lug pads) and a strip heater.
Ground Bus – The bus housing is designed and
constructed to provide an electrically continuous ground
path. The side rails of the bus housings are capable of
carrying the full rated phase current continuously and,
under short circuit conditions, are capable of carrying up
to 60 kA RMS asymmetrical fault current for 3 seconds.
Consequently, a separate ground bus is not necessary
unless specified.
Wall Entrance Seal – A wall entrance seal consists of a
wall throat, wall flange (one side of wall only), and a
barrier which prevents air or vapor from passing from
one room to another or from outdoors to indoors. It also
carries a 1/2 hour fire rating. Consult factory for higher
fire ratings. If additional wall flanges are required, they
should be added at the prices given on page 12-18.
Equipment Entrance Seal – An equipment entrance
seal should be priced whenever a barrier is required to
prevent the passing of flame and/or gasses between the
bus housing and the terminating equipment.
Expansion Fittings – An expansion fitting is used to
counteract the strain placed on the bus due to the
expansion and contraction of the building or the bus
itself. One should be priced whenever the bus run
crosses a building expansion joint and whenever a
straight run of bus exceeds 60 feet.
Flexible Housing (Misalignment) Collar – Required at
terminations or wall penetrations when vibrations due to
seismic forces may cause damage to the bus. It may
also be used to adjust for the “settling” of terminating
equipment after installation.

1
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

12

BUSWAY

Non-segregated phase bus
600 V through 15 kV (1200 A–4000 A) 1
Aluminum, steel or stainless steel housing
Aluminum or copper bus bars
Insulated with fluidized bed epoxy (5 kV–15 kV)
Complete line of fittings provides for any
configuration
• Indoor trapeze and outdoor column supports
• For use in utilities, industrial and commercial
facilities
Power-Zone bus is custom designed, manufactured and
tested per ANSI C37.23 standards to meet customer
specifications. The 600 V product is also UL Listed. It is
a completely coordinated package of equipment with all
the auxiliary material and supports for connecting
transformers, switchgear, MCCs, and motors, in all types
of utility, industrial, and commercial facilities.
General Pricing Instruction – Prepare a layout sketch
(if applicable) of the run(s) showing all dimensions in feet
and inches, all wall and floor locations and thicknesses
and all fittings such as elbows, tees, flanged ends, cable
tap boxes, expansion fittings, transformer connections,
etc. Add all dimensions together using the center line of
the bus and adjust the total to the higher whole foot.
Multiply this total by the per foot price as determined by
the type (indoor or weatherproof) (aluminum or copper)
and the number of poles and any optional accessories
(aluminum or steel enclosures, fiberglass or porcelain
conductor supports, etc.). To this add the charges for
each of the elbows, tees, flanged ends, cable tap boxes,
expansion fittings, transformer connections, etc. The
sum of these items plus the sum of any optional
accessory is the price of the entire bus run. NOTE:
Because the bus run is custom designed and built there
are no “Complete Device” prices.
Bus Footage – The per foot price of the bus may be a
combination of several prices depending on the job
specifications and requirements. Some of these options
are special momentary rating, special housing material
and/or finish, special conductor supports, heaters and
thermostats, and ground bus. The prices for these
options are shown on page 12-16. They should be
added to the per foot prices shown on page 12-16.
Weatherproof Bus – Priced the same as indoor. In
addition, all weatherproof runs must be equipped with
strip heaters to eliminate condensation and, if applicable,
a thermostat. A heater should be priced for every seven
(7) foot of bus and no more than 20 heaters can be
controlled by one thermostat. Also, each bus run should
have its own thermostat. The heaters are rated 240 V,
500 watts and operate at 120 V, 125 watts.
Flanged Ends – A flanged end is used to terminate the
bus into switchgear, motor control centers, switchboards,
or any rigid bus-to-bus connection. It consists of a
gasketed equipment flange, up to 1'-0" of 3Ø3W
conductor (3Ø4W as applicable), necessary insulation
tapes, and required bolting hardware. If additional
conductor length is required, add to the footage price on
a per foot basis.
Cable Tap Box – A cable tap box includes a gasketed
and accessible termination box, lugs, necessary
insulation tape (between bus and lugs only), and
required bolting hardware. Lug sizes and quantity should
be specified by purchaser.

For additional ratings, contact the factory.

12-15

Power-ZoneTM Busway

Non-Segregated Bus
Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Supporting Steel (Hangers) – Supports are not included in the “per foot” price of the bus and should be added on the
basis of one for every 10 ft. for indoor and one for every 12 ft. for outdoor. Indoor supports are a trapeze type hanger
while outdoor supports are a single or double column type support. Consult factory for other type supports.
Hazardous or Seismic Locations – Consult factory for bus runs which are to be installed in a location which is
classified as hazardous or in a seismic location.
Standard Construction – The prices on this page are based on standard Power-Zone construction. Page 12-18 should
be used to add any options or accessories. Standard construction is as follows:
• Conductor (plating): Copper (silver) or Aluminum (tin)
• Conductor Insulation (5 kV and 15 kV only): epoxy
• Conductor Supports: Glass reinforced polyester blocks
• Housing Material: Extruded Aluminum (1/8-inch Nominal)
• Housing Construction: Totally Enclosed Non-ventilated
• Joint Insulation: EPR and PVC tape
• BIL Rating: 25 kV (600 V), 60 kV (5 kV) and 95 kV (15 kV)
• Momentary (Short Circuit) Rating: 75 kA (600 V) and 60 kA (5 kV, 15 kV)
• Ground Conductor: Housing (100% rated)
Table 12.40:
Cond.
Mtl.

Footage and Fittings

No. of Poles,
Wires

Current
Rtg.

$ Price
Per
Foot a

Flanged
End

Vert.
Elb.

Horz.
Elb.

Cable
Tap
Box

Vert.
Tee

Horz.
Tee

Indr.
Exp.
Ftg.

Outdr.
Exp.
Ftg.

Wall
Entr.
Seal

Equip.
Entr.
Seal

Phase
Phase
Trans.

Xfrm
Conn.

Porc.
Bshg.
Box

600 V
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
4000 A
5000 A
6000 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3200 A
4000 A
5000 A
6000 A

1235.
1315.
1485.
1635.
1845.
1605.
1710.
1930.
2125.
2399.
1785.
1985.
2665.
2950.
4125.
5970.
6470.
7335.
2320.
2580.
3464.
3835.
5362.
7760.
8411.
9535.

4430.
4535.
4905.
5120.
5310.
5759.
5895.
6376.
6656.
6903.
5115.
5320.
6190.
6645.
8995.
10680.
11585.
13895.
6650.
6916.
8047.
8639.
11694.
13884.
15061.
18064.

4885.
5005.
5160.
5420.
5470.
6351.
6507.
6708.
7046.
7111.
5030.
5192.
5355.
5455.
6172.
6890.
7570.
9815.
6539.
6750.
6962.
7092.
7779.
9153.
9841.
12760.

4195.
4265.
4340.
4390.
4435.
5454.
5545.
5642.
5707.
5766.
4195.
4230.
4265.
4340.
4390.
4435.
4620.
4590.
5454.
5501.
5595.
5642.
5707.
5766.
6006.
6246.

14348.
14838.
17165.
17777.
18736.
18652.
19290.
22315.
23110.
24357.
15101.
15702.
18579.
19454.
22789.
26693.
29178.
33649.
19632.
20413.
24153.
25291.
29626.
34701.
37932.
43744.

6740.
6760.
7020.
7190.
7195.
8762.
8788.
9126.
9347.
9354.
6885.
7007.
7130.
7320.
8007.
8695.
9330.
11060.
8951.
9110.
9269.
9516.
11492.
11810.
12129.
14378.

6740.
6760.
7020.
7190.
7195.
8762.
8788.
9126.
9347.
9354.
6885.
7007.
7130.
7320.
8007.
8695.
9330.
11060.
8951.
9110.
9269.
9516.
11492.
11810.
12129.
14378.

6595.
8075.
8635.
10895.
12835.
8574.
10498.
11226.
14164.
16686.
6890.
8310.
8815.
11160.
16120.
19690.
24950.
32305.
8957.
10803.
11460.
14508.
20956.
25597.
32435.
41997.

13905.
15610.
16395.
18950.
20885.
18077.
20293.
21314.
24635.
27151.
14200.
15615.
16350.
18920.
24175.
28680.
34705.
42055.
18460.
20300.
21255.
24596.
31428.
37284.
45117.
54672.

5400.
5410.
5435.
5450.
5475.
7020.
7033.
7066.
7085.
7104.
5400.
5410.
5435.
5450.
5475.
5527.
5580.
5610.
7020.
7033.
7066.
7085.
7104.
7129.
7254.
7293.

3970.
3975.
3985.
3995.
4005.
5161.
5168.
5181.
5194.
5207.
3970.
3975.
3985.
3995.
4005.
4050.
4190.
4235.
5161.
5168.
5181.
5194.
5207.
5265.
5447.
5506.

8825.
9150.
9840.
10145.
10525.
11473.
11895.
12792.
13189.
13683.
10085.
10505.
12205.
13105.
16740.
20215.
22400.
25960.
13111.
13657.
15867.
17037.
21762.
26280.
29120.
33748.

15725.
17265.
19450.
21755.
23880.
20443.
22445.
25285.
28282.
31044.
16555.
18180.
20840.
23410.
29205.
35905.
42035.
50735.
21522.
23634.
27092.
30433.
37967.
46677.
54646.
65956.

34275.
37510.
42687.
47865.
54800.
44558.
48763.
53417.
62225.
71240.
34960.
38250.
41220.
49420.
59385.
72125.
80380.
96635.
45448.
49725.
53586.
64246.
77201.
93763.
104494.
125626.

1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
5000 A
6000 A

1410.
1500.
1690.
1840.
2120.
1815.
2185.
2870.
3165.
4340.
6375.
6965.
8175.

4550.
4655.
5020.
5185.
5505.
5025.
5445.
6300.
6755.
9180.
10875.
11825.
14275.

4495.
4570.
4640.
4690.
4760.
4495.
4532.
4570.
4640.
4715.
6340.
7435.
10095.

4175.
4275.
4405.
4505.
4685.
4325.
4330.
4615.
4695.
5493.
6426.
7519.
8797.

14480.
14971.
17292.
17849.
18951.
15003.
15840.
18700.
19576.
22993.
26908.
29448.
34068.

6730.
6760.
7020.
7080.
7195.
6885.
7000.
7115.
7320.
8840.
9085.
9330.
11065.

6730.
6760.
7020.
7080.
7195.
6885.
7000.
7115.
7320.
8840.
9085.
9330.
11065.

6635.
8105.
8635.
10680.
12835.
6940.
8360.
8825.
11160.
16120.
19690.
24950.
32315.

14690.
16635.
17625.
19205.
21825.
14995.
16415.
17350.
20150.
25110.
28680.
34705.
42065.

5500.
5515.
5525.
5540.
5590.
5500.
5515.
5525.
5540.
5590.
5640.
5740.
5840.

4265.
4285.
4315.
4370.
4425.
4265.
4285.
4310.
4370.
4425.
4471.
4590.
4610.

9385.
9575.
10065.
10355.
10910.
10230.
11070.
12620.
13325.
17115.
20605.
22880.
26715.

15835.
17385.
19560.
21715.
24070.
16465.
18305.
20935.
23525.
29395.
36100.
42280.
51120.

52874.
56289.
62104.
68579.
76874.
53499.
57384.
62494.
71284.
83604.
98519.
110539.
133414.

1200 A
1445.
4655.
4495.
4175.
14596.
1600 A
1550.
4765.
4570.
4275.
15092.
3P, 3Wb
2000 A
1745.
5190.
4640.
4405.
17479.
2500 A
1900.
5445.
4690.
4505.
17772.
3000 A
2205.
5700.
4760.
4685.
19165.
1200 A
1850.
5130.
4495.
4325.
15118.
1600 A
2225.
5555.
4570.
4330.
15961.
2000 A
2915.
6415.
4640.
4615.
18827.
2500 A
3220.
6925.
4690.
4695.
19763.
3P, 3Wb
3000 A
4385.
9380.
4760.
5493.
23213.
4000 A
6435.
11075.
6340.
6426.
27128.
5000 A
7305.
12065.
7435.
7519.
29712.
6000 A
8955.
14575.
10095.
8797.
34398.
Hangers, supports and heater prices not included. See page 12-17 for pricing.
Add 30% for 3Ø4W (half-neutral): add 45% for 3Ø4W (full-neutral).

6820.
6850.
7160.
7245.
7330.
6975.
7092.
7210.
7455.
8975.
9232.
9490.
11250.

6820.
6850.
7160.
7245.
7330.
6975.
7092.
7210.
7455.
8975.
9232.
9490.
11250.

6815.
8290.
8910.
10445.
13105.
7125.
8545.
9005.
11430.
16395.
19960.
25270.
32680.

14870.
16815.
17900.
18970.
22095.
15180.
16600.
17535.
20420.
25385.
28950.
35025.
42430.

5500.
5515.
5525.
5540.
5590.
5500.
5515.
5525.
5540.
5590.
5640.
5740.
5840.

4280.
4305.
4345.
4410.
4485.
4280.
4305.
4345.
4410.
4485.
4685.
4900.
6540.

9510.
9710.
10265.
10325.
11170.
10350.
11195.
12756.
13525.
17370.
20860.
23195.
27135.

16035.
17590.
19865.
21525.
24405.
16660.
18505.
21140.
23825.
29725.
36435.
42680.
51605.

70042.
74618.
82879.
89639.
102938.
70854.
76139.
83152.
95223.
111960.
132968.
150018.
181627.

Aluminum

3P, 3W

3P, 4W
100%
Neutral

Copper

3P, 3W

3P, 4W
100%
Neutral

Aluminum

3P, 3Wb

Copper

5 kV

3P, 3Wb

BUSWAY

Copper

Aluminum

12

15 kV

a
b

12-16

PE8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Power-ZoneTM Busway

Non-Segregated Bus
Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Space Heaters/Thermostats
Space heaters must be priced for all weatherproof applications. One heater should be priced for every 7 feet of outdoor
bus. If a thermostat is specified to control the heaters, at least one should be priced for each bus run. No more than 20
heaters can be controlled by each thermostat.
Table 12.41:

Thermostats/Space Heaters

Description
Thermostat
120 V, 125 W space heater (240 V, 500 W rated)

$ Price Each
800.00
680.00

Hangers/Supports
Hangers and supports are not included in prices on page 12-16. Price one indoor hanger for every 10 feet (maximum)
of indoor bus and one outdoor support for every 12 feet (maximum) of outdoor bus (if required).
Table 12.42:

Hangers/Supports

Support Description
Indoor Trapeze Hanger

Maximum Height
—
6 feet
8 feet
10 feet
12 feet
14 feet
16 feet
18 feet
20 feet
22 feet

Outdoor, Single
Column Support

Outdoor, Double
Column Support

$ Price Each
820.00
5709.00
6524.00
7340.00
8155.00
14995.00
16495.00
17994.00
19494.00
20993.00

Construction Options
Table 12.43:

Momentary (Asymmetrical Short Circuit) Ratings
$ Price Per Foot c Multiplier
Standard
1.25
1.50
Standard
1.05
1.25
Standard
1.05
1.25
1.50

Voltage Class

c

Amperes
75 KA
600 V
100 KA
150 KA
60 KA
5 kV
80 KA
100 KA
60 KA
80 KA
15 kV
100 KA
150 KA
Include base price (page 12-17) plus all options.

Table 12.44:

Bus Enclosures
Per Foot
$ Price Adder
Standard

Material and Finish
Painted Aluminum (1/8” Nominal)
Painted 14 Gauge Steel
Painted 11 Gauge Steel
Unpainted 14 Gauge 304 Stainless Steel
Unpainted 14 Gauge 316 Stainless Steel

12

BUSWAY

680.00
800.00
1600.00
2160.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

Discount
Schedule

12-17

Power-Zone™ Busway

Non-Segregated Bus
Class 6090 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

Miscellaneous Terminating Accessories
Miscellaneous terminating accessory prices should be added only if not already included in the price of the termination
(see pricing instruction for further information).
Table 12.45:

d

Bushing Stud Connectors (Lug Pads)d

Amperes
1200 A
1600 A
2000 A
2500 A
3000 A
4000 A
If not included on terminating equipment.

Table 12.46:

5607.00
5904.00
6315.00
7221.00
8202.00
9528.00

Flexible Connectors
$ Price Per Three Phase Connectione

Voltage
Class

1200 A

600 V
5 kV
15 kV
e

$ Price Each

1600 A

7550.00
7706.00
7922.00

2000 A

9175.00
9300.00
9405.00

2500 A

10045.00
10155.00
10265.00

12425.00
12535.00
12705.00

3000 A

4000 A

16705.00
16890.00
17085.00

22245.00
22440.00
22635.00

Add 45% for 3Ø4W (100%) connection. Add 30% for 3Ø4W (50%).

Table 12.47:

Terminal Boxes

Box Size

11 Gauge Steel

3' x 2' x 3'
3' x 3' x 4'
4' x 3' x 4'
4' x 4' x 5'
5' x 4' x 5'
5' x 5' x 5'

Table 12.48:

3/16” Aluminum
8350.00
9895.00
11195.00
11935.00
12740.00
14020.00

11690.00
13853.00
15673.00
16709.00
17836.00
19628.00

Miscellaneous Additions

Description
PVC insulating boots: (optional)a
Splice (joint) (3Ø3W)
Termination (3Ø3W)
Wall Flange: (optional) (in addition to wall entrance seal)
Aluminum
14 Gauge Steel
14 Gauge 304 Stainless Steel
14 Gauge 316 Stainless Steel
Optional Conductor Support
High Alumina Porcelainb
Flexible Housing (Misalignment) Collar (optional)
a
Add 45% for 3Ø4W (100%) connection. Add 30% for 3Ø4W (50%).
b
Per foot

$ Price
2000.00
2000.00
1750.00
1250.00
2000.00
2600.00
1150.00
3560.00

12
BUSWAY

12-18

PE8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PowerbusTM Busway

Plug-In Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101

www.schneider-electric.us

Powerbus Plug-in Units With Metering
Powerbus plug-in units with metering are rated maximum 100 A and are offered as factory assembled units. All units conform to NEMA type 1.
Table 12.49:

Factory Assembled Units with Metering

One (1) ED circuit breaker, one (1) drop cord with connectora, and one (1) PM5350 meter
Circuit Breaker
4A Configuration
5A Configuration
5B Configuration
NEMA
Drop Cord
Connector Length (ft)
Rating
Poles
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
Catalog Number
$ Price
15 A
1
L5-15
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL515M( )
1961.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL515M( )
2061.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL515M( )
2061.00
20 A
1
L5-20
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL520M( )
1971.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL520M( )
2071.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL520M( )
2071.00
30 A
1
L5-30
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL530M( )
1986.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL530M( )
2086.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL530M( )
2086.00
15 A
2
L6-15
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL615M( )
2268.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL615M( )
2368.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL615M( )
2368.00
20 A
2
L6-20
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL620M( )
2278.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL620M( )
2378.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL620M( )
2378.00
30 A
2
L6-30
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL630M( )
2293.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL630M( )
2393.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL630M( )
2393.00
20 A
3
L21-20
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL2120M( )
2482.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL2120M( )
2582.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL2120M( )
2582.00
30 A
3
L21-30
3
PBPEDU4A100COOL2130M( )
2497.00 PBPEDU5A100COOL2130M( )
2597.00 PBPEDU5B100COOL2130M( )
2597.00
15 A
1
L5-15
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL515M( )
2021.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL515M( )
2121.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL515M( )
2121.00
20 A
1
L5-20
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL520M( )
2031.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL520M( )
2131.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL520M( )
2131.00
30 A
1
L5-30
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL530M( )
2046.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL530M( )
2146.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL530M( )
2146.00
15 A
2
L6-15
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL615M( )
2328.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL615M( )
2428.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL615M( )
2428.00
20 A
2
L6-20
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL620M( )
2338.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL620M( )
2438.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL620M( )
2438.00
30 A
2
L6-30
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL630M( )
2353.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL630M( )
2453.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL630M( )
2453.00
20 A
3
L21-20
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL2120M( )
2542.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL2120M( )
2642.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL2120M( )
2642.00
30 A
3
L21-30
6
PBPEDU4A100FOOL2130M( )
2557.00 PBPEDU5A100FOOL2130M( )
2657.00 PBPEDU5B100FOOL2130M( )
2657.00
Note: See Digest Section 9 for ED circuit breaker information. Catalog numbers shown have the breaker in the top slot in the front cover and the drop cord in the left position in the base of the unit.
Other combinations are available. The Power Meter display will be located below the breaker specs.
For remote monitoring capabilities, an EGX gateway is required. The EGX is located in the tap box with metering or in a separate EGX plug-in unit listed below. The units with metering can
be daisy-chained together back to the EGX gateway. A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one EGX.
a
Factory assembled units are availalbe using combinations of 1P/2P/3P circuit breakers with other NEMA and IEC type receptacles. Maximum of three drop cords with three breaker spaces
available. Consult your local Schneider Electric representative.

Table 12.50:

EGX Plug-in Unit (480 V Max)

4A Configuration

5A Configuration

5B Configuration

Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
Catalog No.
$ Price
PBPEGX4A100T
2687.00
PBPEGX5A100T
2787.00
PBPEGX5B100T
2787.00
Note: For remote monitoring capabilities, an EGX gateway is required. The EGX is located in the tap box with metering or in a
separate EGX plug-in unit listed above. Units with metering can be daisy-chained together back to the EGX gateway.
A maximum of 30 units should be daisy-chained together to one EGX.

Table 12.51:

NEMA Receptacles and Connectors

Wring

Voltage

NEMA Non-Locking

NEMA Locking

15 A
20 A
2-pole, 3-wire grounding
120
5–15
5–20
2-pole, 3-wire grounding
240
6–15
6–20
3-pole, 4-wire grounding
120/240
14–15
14–20
3-pole, 4-wire grounding
3Ø 240
15–15
15–20
4-pole, 5-wire grounding
3ØY 120/208
—
—
Note: Additional NEMA and IEC type receptacles and connectors are available.

30 A
5–30
6–30
14–30
15–30
—

15 A
L5–15
L6–15
—
—
—

20 A
L5–20
L6–20
L14–20
L15–20
L21–20

30 A
L5–30
L6–20
L14–30
L15–30
L21–30

12

BUSWAY

Meter Suffix
System Voltage
1
208Y/120 V 3Ø4W
2
240 V 3Ø3W
4
415/240 V 3Ø4W
5
480Y/277 V 3Ø4W
Note: Replace ( ) in above table with the appropriate
meter suffix number. Connectors must be rated
for appropriate voltages.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE8

Discount
Schedule

12-19

PowerbusTM Busway

Plug-In Units
Class 5600 / Refer to Catalog 5600CT9101
www.schneider-electric.us

12
BUSWAY

12-20

PE8

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 13
Wireway
General Purpose Wireway

13-2

Oiltight Wireway

13-3

Raintight Wireways

13-3

Raintight Troughs

13-3

WIRE MANAGEMENT

Wire Management

Wall Duct
General Description
Components and Accessories

13-4
13-4, 13-5

Trench Duct
General Description

13-5

Straight Sections and Fittings

13-6

Accessories and Components

13-6

Wall Duct pp. 13-4

Trench Duct pp. 13-5

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

13-1

13

Wireway pp. 13-2

Wireway
Class 5100 / Refer to Catalog 5100CT0101
www.schneider-electric.us

13

General Purpose—NEMA Type 1
Standards
Square-Duct wireway is Underwriters Laboratories listed as steel
enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. CSA listing is also available.

WIRE MANAGEMENT

Sizes
2-1/2”, 4”, and 6” sizes are manufactured from 16 gauge steel. Straight
lengths are available with or without knockouts. Knockouts are of
various sizes in sides and bottom of wireway. 8”, 10”, and 12” sizes are
made of 14 gauge steel and are furnished without knockouts.
Table 13.1:

(Connectors not supplied; order separatelya)
2-1/2" x 2-1/2"

Component

1' Length
2' Length
3' Length
4' Length
5' Length
6' Length
10' Length
90o L
90o Sweep L
45o L
Tee
Junction Box
Telescope Ftg.
Connectora
Drop/Brkt Hgr.
Support Hanger
Closing Plate
Panel Adapter
Open Adapter
Reducer

Painted Hinge-Coverd
Type LDB—ANSI 49 Gray
Polyester Powder Finish

Catalog Number

4" x 4"

6" x 6"

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

8" x 8"

10" x 10"

Cat. No.

$ Price
$ Price
$ Price
With
Without
With
Without
With
Without $ Price
Without
Without
Knockouts Knockouts
Knockouts Knockouts
Knockouts Knockouts
Knockouts
Knockouts
LDB21KO
LDB21
24.00 LDB41KO
LDB41
26.10 LDB61KO
LDB61
48.20 LDB81
76.00
LDB101
LDB22KO
LDB22
34.80 LDB42KO
LDB42
38.50 LDB62KO
LDB62
59.00 LDB82
116.00
LDB102
LDB23KO
LDB23
44.20 LDB43KO
LDB43
54.00 LDB63KO
LDB63
84.00 LDB83
177.00
LDB103
LDB24KO
LDB24
61.00 LDB44KO
LDB44
75.00 LDB64KO
LDB64
111.00 LDB84
215.00
LDB104
LDB25KO
LDB25
75.00 LDB45KO
LDB45
80.00 LDB65KO
LDB65
120.00 LDB85
240.00
LDB105
—
—
— LDB46KO
LDB46
96.00 LDB66KO
LDB66
151.00 LDB86
284.00
LDB106
LDB210KO
LDB210
151.00 LDB410KO
LDB410
167.00 LDB610KO LDB610
284.00 LDB810
507.00 LDB1010
—
LDB290L
54.00
—
LDB490L
61.00
—
LDB690L
69.00 LDB890L
111.00 LDB1090L
—
LDB290LS
95.00
—
LDB490LS 107.00
—
LDB690LS 155.00 LDB890LS
200.00 LDB1090LS
—
LDB245L
54.00
—
LDB445L
66.00
—
LDB645L
69.00 LDB845L
111.00 LDB1045L
—
LDB2T
62.00
—
LDB4T
75.00
—
LDB6T
84.00 LDB8T
155.00
LDB10T
—
LDB2J
69.00
—
LDB4J
84.00
—
LDB6J
104.00 LDB8J
164.00
LDB10J
—
LDB2TF
101.00
—
LDB4TF
111.00
—
LDB6TF
131.00 LDB8TF
218.00 LDB10TF
—
LDB2C
7.70
—
LDB4C
9.50
—
LDB6C
11.40 LDB8C
23.10
LDB10C
—
LDB2H
14.80
—
LDB4H
17.10
—
LDB6H
30.80 LDB8H
44.60
LDB10H
—
LDB2SH
9.20
—
LDB4SH
12.60
—
LDB6SH
22.10 LDB8SH
31.50 LDB10SH
LDB2CPKO LDB2CP
7.70 LDB4CPKO LDB4CP
9.50 LDB6CPKO LDB6CP
11.40 LDB8CPb
15.50 LDB10CPb
—
LDB2A
23.00
—
LDB4A
27.10
—
LDB6A
35.40 LDB8A
48.20
LDB10A
—
LDB2OA
30.50
—
LDB4OA
45.20
—
LDB6OA
59.00 LDB8OA
74.00 LDB10OA
—
—
—
—
LDB42R
39.80
—
LDB64R
69.00 LDB86R
80.00 LDB108R
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Adapter
—
LDB2GASK
23.00
—
LDB4GAS
29.10
—
LDB6GAS
36.50 LDB8GASK
to “LD”c
Barrier Kit—5 ft.
—
—
—
—
LJB45B
34.80
—
LJB65B
70.00
LJB85B
long w/hardware
5 pc. Barrier
—
—
—
—
LJB45BKM
79.00
—
LJB65BKM 120.00
—
Pack—5 ft. long
5 pc. Barrier
Bracket—
—
—
—
—
LJB4BB2C
23.10
—
LJB6BB2C
80.00
—
2 compartment
5 pc. Barrier
Bracket—
—
—
—
—
LJB4BB3C
49.40
—
LJB6BB3C
96.00
—
3 compartment
a
Add connectors for all lengths and fittings, except closing plates, reducers, and adapters.
b
These closing plates also available with knockout. Add "KO" to cat #; price is the same.
c
Adapters to competitors’ wireways also available. Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office for price and availability.
d
Painted 12" x 12" wireway is not furnished with hinge-cover (screw-cover only).

12" x 12"d

Cat. No.

Cat. No.
$ Price
97.00
160.00
226.00
294.00
362.00
428.00
693.00
158.00
308.00
158.00
206.00
208.00
271.00
33.60
75.00
43.10
25.20
71.00
108.00
100.00
—

$ Price
Without
Knockouts
LDB121
107.00
LDB122
206.00
LDB123
308.00
LDB124
371.00
LDB125
427.00
—
—
LDB1210
882.00
LDB1290L 202.00
LDB1290LS 410.00
LDB1245L 202.00
LDB12T
292.00
LDB12J
292.00
LDB12TF
317.00
LDB12C
46.30
LDB12H
118.00
LDB12SH
58.00
LDB12CPb
34.80
LDB12A
80.00
LDB12OA
142.00
LDB1210R 109.00
LDB128R
116.00

44.20 LDB10GASK

88.00

—

—

87.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

NOTE: For wireway fill information, see NEC 376.

13-2

PE9

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Wireway
Lengths and fittings are made of 14 gauge steel with 10 gauge end
flanges. Straight lengths and fittings have hinged covers with oil resistant
gasket all around and are held closed with pull-down latches. All lengths
and fittings are without knockouts. Type LJB lay-in Wireway is finished
with ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant
phosphate preparation. All Type LJB oiltight wireway is UL listed as steel
enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter. Conforms to NEMA Type 12.

Type LJB Oiltight lay-in wireway is fully
gasketed and used to protect runs of
electrical wiring from oil, water, coolants,
dirt, or dust as well as physical damage.
This wireway is manufactured to exceed
oiltight and NFPA standards for industrial
control equipment.
Table 13.2:
Type LJB Lay-inb
2-1/2" x 2-1/2"

Description

4" x 4"

Catalog No.
$ Price
1" Nipple
LJB201
74.00
2" Nipple
LJB202
80.00
3" Nipple
LJB203
84.00
6" Length
LJB206
92.00
1' Length
LJB21
99.00
2' Length
LJB22
129.00
3' Length
LJB23
147.00
4' Length
LJB24
186.00
5' Length
LJB25
201.00
10' Lengtha
LJB210
352.00
o
45 Top Opening
LJB245LT
201.00
o Inside Opening
LJB245LI
159.00
45
o
LJB245LO
159.00
45 Outside Opening
o
90 Inside Opening
LJB290LI
159.00
o Outside Opening
LJB290LO
159.00
90
o
90 Outside Top Opening
—
—
o
90 Top Opening
LJB290LT
159.00
Tee—Top Opening
LJB2TT
188.00
Tee—Outside Opening
LJB2TO
221.00
Cross
LJB2X
259.00
Junction Box
LJB2JB
247.00
Telescopic Fitting
LJB2TF
144.00
Closing Plate
LJB2CP
29.70
Panel Adapter
LJB2A
29.00
Bracket Hanger
LJB2BH
15.50
Drop Hanger
LJB2DH
19.20
Extra Connector Kitb
LJB2C
21.20
90o Connector
LJB290C
21.20
Reducer to 2"
—
—
Reducer to 4"
—
—
Reducer to 6"
—
—
Cut-off fitting—not Lay-in
LJB2CF
84.00
Cut-off fitting—Lay-in
LJB2CFL
150.00
Transposition Fitting—CCW (Str)
LJB21CCW
159.00
Transposition Fitting—CW (Str)
LJB21CW
140.00
Transposition Elbow—CCW
LJB290LCCW
159.00
Transposition Elbow—CW
LJB290LCW
159.00
Swivel fitting—Wireway to Wireway
LJB2S
171.00
Swivel fitting—Wireway to Box
LJB2SB
171.00
Flex Fitting—Feed Through
LJB2FF
212.00
Barrier Kit—5 ft. long w/hardware
—
—
5 pc. Barrier Pack—5 ft. long
—
—
5 pc. Barrier Bracket—2 compartment
—
—
5 pc. Barrier Bracket—3 compartment
—
—
a
10 foot straight lengths UL listed for up to 10 foot hanger spacing.
b
Connector kit furnished with each length and fitting.

Catalog No.
LJB401
LJB402
LJB403
LJB406
LJB41
LJB42
LJB43
LJB44
LJB45
LJB410
LJB445LT
LJB445LI
LJB445LO
LJB490LI
LJB490LO
LJB490LOT
LJB490LT
LJB4TT
LJB4TO
LJB4X
LJB4JB
LJB4TF
LJB4CP
LJB4A
LJB4BH
LJB4DH
LJB4C
LJB490C
LJB42R
—
—
LJB4CF
LJB4CFL
LJB41CCW
LJB41CW
LJB490LCCW
LJB490LCW
LJB4S
LJB4SB
LJB4FF
LJB45B
LJB45BKM
LJB4BB2C
LJB4BB3C

6" x 6"
$ Price
76.00
81.00
85.00
99.00
110.00
135.00
168.00
201.00
227.00
439.00
182.00
182.00
182.00
182.00
182.00
182.00
182.00
238.00
273.00
318.00
289.00
155.00
32.80
39.80
18.80
25.10
27.10
27.10
97.00
—
—
100.00
166.00
177.00
177.00
182.00
182.00
184.00
184.00
299.00
34.80
79.00
23.10
49.40

Catalog No.
LJB601
LJB602
LJB603
LJB606
LJB61
LJB62
LJB63
LJB64
LJB65
LJB610
LJB645LT
LJB645LI
LJB645LO
LJB690LI
LJB690LO
LJB690LOT
LJB690LT
LJB6TT
LJB6TO
LJB6X
LJB6JB
LJB6TF
LJB6CP
LJB6A
LJB6BH
LJB6DH
LJB6C
LJB690C
—
LJB64R
—
LJB6CF
LJB6CFL
LJB61CCW
LJB61CW
LJB690LCCW
LJB690LCW
LJB6S
LJB6SB
LJB6FF
LJB65B
LJB65BKM
LJB6BB2C
LJB6BB3C

8" x 8"
$ Price
95.00
100.00
106.00
123.00
135.00
184.00
230.00
280.00
332.00
637.00
234.00
234.00
234.00
234.00
234.00
234.00
234.00
285.00
328.00
383.00
351.00
177.00
43.40
47.80
25.10
39.50
29.10
29.10
—
132.00
—
124.00
190.00
234.00
211.00
234.00
234.00
254.00
254.00
385.00
70.00
120.00
80.00
99.00

Catalog No.
—
—
—
LJB806
LJB81
LJB82
LJB83
LJB84
LJB85
LJB810
LJB845LT
LJB845LI
LJB845LO
LJB890LI
LJB890LO
LJB890LOT
LJB890LT
LJB8TT
LJB8TO
LJB8X
LJB8JB
LJB8TF
LJB8CP
LJB8A
LJB8BH
LJB8DH
LJB8C
LJB890C
—
—
LJB86R
LJB8CF
LJB8CFL
—
—
LJB890LCCW
LJB890LCW
LJB8S
LJB8SB
LJB8FF
LJB85B
—
—
—

12" x 6"
$ Price
—
—
—
170.00
202.00
271.00
330.00
391.00
452.00
842.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
332.00
365.00
421.00
530.00
431.00
257.00
61.00
76.00
66.00
75.00
38.50
38.50
—
—
167.00
181.00
266.00
—
—
315.00
315.00
340.00
340.00
418.00
87.00
—
—
—

Catalog No.
—
—
—
LJB12606
LJB1261
LJB1262
LJB1263
LJB1264
LJB1265
LJB12610
LJB12645LT
—
—
LJB12690LI
LJB12690LO
—
LJB12690LT
LJB126TT
—
LJB126X
—
LJB126TF
LJB126CP
LJB126A
—
—
LJB126C
LJB12690C
—
LJB1264R
LJB1266R
LJB126CF
LJB126CFL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LJB65B
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
251.00
325.00
518.00
624.00
741.00
846.00
1523.00
410.00
—
—
410.00
410.00
—
410.00
572.00
—
683.00
—
464.00
81.00
107.00
—
—
46.30
79.00
—
144.00
144.00
211.00
318.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
70.00
—
—
—

Raintight Wireway—NEMA Type 3R

Raintight Trough—NEMA Type 3R

Outdoor raintight wireway is used to protect electrical wiring against rain,
sleet, and physical damage. Unique drip shield cover protects wiring from
weather and maintains the “lay-in” feature for ease of wiring installation.
Lengths and fittings are constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel with
ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant phosphate
preparation. Underwriters Laboratories Listed as steel enclosed wireway
and auxiliary gutter (horizontal mounting only). Conforms to
NEMA Type 3R.

Raintight trough is designed for ganging meter devices, panelboards,
switches, and circuit breaker enclosures. Each length is a completely
enclosed section with a removable cover that has provisions for sealing.
Design: 4” and 6” wireway is constructed of 16 gauge galvanized steel.
8”, 10”, and 12” wireway is constructed of 14 gauge galvanized steel. All
raintight troughs conform to NEMA Type 3R.
Finish: ANSI-49 gray polyester powder finish over a corrosion resistant
phosphate preparation. All raintight troughs are Underwriters
Laboratories listed as steel enclosed wireway and auxiliary gutter
(horizontal mounting only).

Raintight Wireway
4" x 4"

Descriptiona

6" x 6"

Catalog
Catalog
$ Price
Number
Number
1' Length
LDRB41M
99.00 LDRB61M
5' Length
LDRB45M
198.00 LDRB65M
10' Length
LDRB410M
487.00 LDRB610M
90o L
LDRB490L
148.00 LDRB690L
30o Sweep L
LDRB430SE
302.00 LDRB630SE
Tee
LDRB4T
186.00
LDRB6T
Junction Box
LDRB4J
257.00
LDRB6J
Panel Adapter
LDRB44A
87.00 LDRB66A
Connectora
LDRB4C
21.00
LDRB6C
Closing Plate
LDRB4CP
48.20 LDRB6CP
Drop Hanger
LDRB4DH
23.10 LDRB6DH
Wall Hanger
LDRB4WH
53.00 LDRB6WH
Reducer
—
—
LDRB64R
a
Add connectors for all lengths and fittings.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

8" x 8"
$ Price
150.00
291.00
641.00
198.00
431.00
347.00
296.00
88.00
31.50
58.00
32.60
84.00
132.00

Catalog
Number
LDRB81M
LDRB85M
LDRB810M
LDRB890L
LDRB830SE
LDRB8T
LDRB8J
LDRB88A
LDRB8C
LDRB8CP
LDRB8DH
LDRB8WH
LDRB86R

PE9

$ Price
226.00
474.00
641.00
278.00
546.00
317.00
439.00
126.00
42.00
67.00
63.00
116.00
164.00

Discount
Schedule

Table 13.4:
Length

Table 13.3:

1'
2'
3'
4'
5'
6'

Raintight Trough

4" x 4"
Cat. No.
RDB41
RDB42
RDB43
RDB44
RDB45
—

$ Price
84.00
120.00
151.00
188.00
224.00
—

6" x 6"
Cat. No.
RDB61
RDB62
RDB63
RDB64
RDB65
RDB66

$ Price
109.00
162.00
212.00
266.00
318.00
372.00

8" x 8"
Cat. No.
—
RDB82
RDB83
RDB84
RDB85
RDB86

$ Price
—
215.00
287.00
360.00
427.00
589.00

10" x 10"
Cat. No.
—
RDB102
RDB103
—
RDB105
RDB106

$ Price
—
289.00
382.00
—
527.00
632.00

12" x 12"
Cat. No.
—
RDB122
RDB123
—
RDB125
RDB126

$ Price
—
366.00
440.00
—
626.00
673.00

13-3

13

Oiltight—NEMA Type 12

WIRE MANAGEMENT

Class 5100 / Refer to Catalog 5100CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

Wall Duct
Class 5250 / Refer to Catalog 5250CT9201
www.schneider-electric.us

13

Class 5250—Wall Duct

General Notes:

UL Listed, File E65247, for Enclosure of Wiring to
X-Ray Machines. Also available in aluminum for MRI application.

1.

WIRE MANAGEMENT

2.
3.
4.
5.
6.

Wall duct is used as the continuation for standard trench duct in the
floor. Wall duct can be routed up the wall and across the ceiling or under
the finished floor (in ceiling space below) to provide a continuous lay-in
raceway system from control consoles and floor equipment to overhead
apparatus. Devices are furnished complete with covers and are
available for either flush or surface mounted installations.

With SURFACE Covers
(Matching Width)
6 x 31⁄2"

Standard construction is 14 gauge steel with gray electrodeposition paint.
Alternate construction is painted aluminum.
Covers and coupling devices are furnished with each device.
Wire retainers are furnished with each device.
Straight lengths are field cut to length.
Partitions and tunnels are to be field modified and installed where required.
Hangers or other mounting devices to be furnished by others.

Lay-In
Wall Duct

With FLUSH Covers
(2" Oversize)

10 x 31⁄2"

6 x 31⁄2"

10 x 31⁄2"

18 x 31⁄2"

Trench Duct

18 x 31⁄2"

Components and Accessories

Horizontal
Elbow

Flush
Mounted

Edgewise
Elbow

Tee

Wall Duct
Flanged
Dust Cover
Cabinet
Connector

Sweep
Edgewise
Tee Kit

Edgewise
Tee Kit

Reverse Ceiling Drop-out
Sweep Edgewise
Edgewise
(Depth Adj.
Elbow Cabinet
Elbow
4" to 7")
Connector

18" to 10"
Reducer

Cabinet
Connector

Flush to
Surface Adaptor

End Cap

Floor Trench
Split Cover
Vertical Elbow with Grommet

Lay-In Wall Duct Components
Component

5'–0" Straight Length With Cover 6"W
10"W
18"W
1'–6" Straight Length With Cover 6"W
10"W
18"W
Horizontal Elbow With Cover—90o 6"W
10"W
18"W

Flush Cover
Catalog Number
RWT06S60
RWT10S60
RWT18S60
RWT06S18
RWT10S18
RWT18S18
RWT06HE
RWT10HE
RWT18HE

$ Price
668.00
668.00
836.00
334.00
334.00
418.00
534.00
534.00
668.00

Surface Cover
Weight Lbs.
22.5
39.2
62.2

Catalog Number
RWT06S60S
RWT10S60S
RWT18S60S

12.6
16.4
23.3
6.5
9.3
24.9

RWT06S18S
RWT10S18S
RWT18S18S
RWT06HES
RWT10HES
RWT18HES

Horizontal Elbow With Cover—45o 6"W
—
—
—
RWT06HE45S
10"W
—
—
—
RWT10HE45S
18"W
—
—
—
RWT18HE45S
Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W
RWT06EE
534.00
5.5
RWT06EES
10"W
RWT10EE
534.00
7.5
RWT10EES
18"W
RWT18EE
668.00
11.1
RWT18EES
Tee With Cover 6"W
RWT06TE
534.00
6.2
RWT06TES
10"W
RWT10TE
534.00
8.5
RWT10TES
18"W
RWT18TE
668.00
24.1
RWT18TES
Cross With Cover 10"W
RWT10XE
534.00
1.3
RWT10XES
18"W
RWT18XE
668.00
1.8
RWT18XES
Flanged Cabinet Connector With Cover 10"W
RWT10CUC
334.00
8.0
RWT10CUCS
Reverse Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W
RWT06REE
534.00
5.8
RWT06REES
10"W
RWT10REE
534.00
7.5
RWT10REES
18"W
RWT18REE
668.00
11.1
RWT18REES
Sweep Edgewise Elbow With Cover 6"W
—
10.0
RWT06SSEES
10"W
RWT10SFEE
534.00
12.0
RWT10SSEES
18"W
RWT18SFEE
668.00
16.5
RWT18SSEES
Sweep Edgewise Elbow Cabinet Connector 10"W
—
—
—
RWT10SWEECC
18"W
—
—
—
RWT18SWEECC
Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

13-4

Sweep
Wall Duct
To Trench
Duct
Adaptor

Surface
Mounted
Sweep
Edgewise Elbow

Table 13.5:

Cross

PE9

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
668.00
668.00
836.00

Weight Lbs.
20.4
36.4
59.4

334.00
334.00
418.00
534.00
534.00
668.00

12.6
16.3
23.3
6.0
8.1
23.7

534.00
534.00
668.00
534.00
534.00
668.00
534.00
534.00
668.00
534.00
668.00
334.00
534.00
534.00
668.00
534.00
534.00
668.00
668.00
878.00

6.0
8.1
23.7
5.5
7.4
11.0
5.9
7.3
22.9
6.2
21.8
7.8
5.7
7.4
11.0
4.8
11.8
16.3
14.0
20.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Wall Duct / Trench Duct
Class 5230 / Refer to Catalogs 5250CT9201, 5230CT9601

www.schneider-electric.us

Lay-In Wall Duct Accessories
Accessories

Catalog Number

1.
Weight
Lbs.
5.4

$ Price

5'–0" Partition
RWTP60
100.00
Straight through tunnel
for tees a 10"W
RWT10ST
100.00
2.9
18"W
RWT18ST
124.00
3.8
o Elbow tunnel for crosses a 10"W
RWT10ET
150.00
3.2
90
18"W
RWT18ET
222.00
5.1
3 compartment tunnel for tees 10"W
RWT10PTE
368.00
5.0
18"W
RWT18PTE
420.00
6.0
3 compartment tunnel for crosses 10"W
RWT10PXE
526.00
8.0
18"W
RWT18PXE
630.00
9.0
Edgewise Tee Kit 10"W
RWT10ETK
150.00
1.3
18"W
RWT18ETK
222.00
2.1
Sweep Edgewise Tee Kit 10"W
RWT10SWET
822.00
8.0
18"W
RWT18SWET
990.00
8.0
Flush to Surface Adaptor 10"W
RWT10FS
418.00
11.9
18"W
RWT18FS
522.00
16.4
Ceiling Drop-Out
12x12 Flush Cover 8"x8"
RWTCDO
584.00
15.0
Extra Coupling Device 10"W
RWT10COUP
40.80
.4
18"W
RWT18COUP
64.00
.5
Extra Straight Cover—30" long
(Order 2 pcs. for 5 ft. of duct.)
Flush 10"W
RWT10SCOV
100.00
7.2
18"W
RWT18SCOV
130.00
13.0
Surface 10"W
RWT10SCOVS
69.00
6.1
18"W
RWT18SCOVS
130.00
11.8
a
Tunnels form a 3" wide compartment.
Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your
local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

Table 13.7:

STANDARD LENGTH of trench duct is 10 ft. Gasketed cover plates are
ordered and shipped separately.
FEATURES of trench duct:
—Trench duct width is cover plate width.
—Tub width is trench duct width less 1.8".
—Overall width (bottom flange to flange) is 3" wider than trench duct width.
—Standard depth is adjustable from 2-3/8" to 3-3/8". Also available as
standard is depth adjustable from 3" to 4". To order, change “2” to “3”. Ex.
RSV063100120. Applies to trench duct, elbows, crosses, tees, and
reducers. Same price as standard device. Other depths available.
—Tees, crosses, horizontal elbows, and reducers are shipped complete with
cover plates assembled.
—Grey vinyl tile trim is furnished as standard. Aluminum is available when
requested.
—All compartments over 17" wide must be supported with dividers or posts.
PRICES for additions and special features:
—For each foot of adjustable partition, add $64.00 per foot of partition.
—For each 1" of depth beyond range of 3" to 4", add $32.00 per foot of
trench duct.
—For double tile trim on two sides of cover plate, ONLY add $120.00 per
foot of trench duct.
—For double tile trim on all four sides of cover plate, add $400.00 per foot of
trench duct.
—For support post, add $64.00 per foot of trench duct for each row of posts
required.

2.

3.

Wall Duct Accessories
Accessories

Reducer Coupling— 18" to 10"
10" to 6"
Cabinet Connector 6"W
10"W
18"W
End Cap 6"W
10"W
18"W
Vertical Elbows for:
6" Trench to 6" Wall Duct
12" Trench to 10" Wall Duct
12" Trench to 18" Wall Duct
18" Trench to 10" Wall Duct
18" Trench to 18" Wall Duct
Sweep Trench Duct to Wall Duct Adapter
(available in surface cover only)
12" Trench to 10" Wall Duct
18" Trench to 18" Wall Duct
Split Cover with Grommet
12" long–3"x 8" Opening
Flush 6"W
10"W
18"W

RWTRC
RWT06RC
RWT06CC
RWT10CC
RWT18CC
RWT06EC
RWT10EC
RWT18EC

150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
222.00
84.00
84.00
104.00

Weight
Lbs.
2.1
1.6
1.0
1.3
2.4
1.0
1.3
1.8

RWT06FTVE06
RWT10FTVE12
RWT18FTVE12

160.00
160.00
280.00

1.1
1.2

RWT10FTVE18
RWT18FTVE18

200.00
250.00

1.2
1.3

RWT10SWFTVE12
RWT18SWFTVE18

348.00
522.00

10.0
14.0

RWT06ACP
RWT10ACP
RWT18ACP

94.00
94.00
104.00

2.6
3.1
4.8

Catalog Number

$ Price

W (width)

Standard
Depth

W + 3"

Table 13.8:

Surface 6"W
RWT06ACPS
74.00
2.0
10"W
RWT10ACPS
74.00
2.7
18"W
RWT18ACPS
93.00
4.0
Dust Cover—5 ft. long
RWTDCOV60
150.00
5.5
Grommet—100 ft. roll
RWTBG100
440.00
Note: All devices available in aluminum. Add “A” suffix to the catalog number. Contact your
local Schneider Electric sales office for pricing.

PE10

Discount
Schedule

Assembled Trench Duct

All part numbers listed below are for 2 3/8"–3 3/8" deep, one compartment trench with vinyl tile trims.
Straight
Sections

Trench Duct
Length

Width

Catalog Number

Complete Device
$ Price

6"
RSV062100120
1840.00
9"
RSV092100120
1840.00
12"
RSV122100120
2220.00
10'-0"
18"
RSV182100120
2640.00
24"
RSV242100120
3160.00
30"
RSV302100120
3800.00
Covers Only (5 Plates per 10' Length)b
Full Length
6"
RCP0624
280.00
9"
RCP0924
280.00
12"
RCP1224
340.00
24"
18"
RCP1824
420.00
24"
RCP2424
500.00
30"
RCP3024
660.00
12"
RCP1212
268.00
12"
18"
RCP1812
334.00
6'-0"L
12"
RSV122100072
1654.00
4'-3-1/2"L
12"
RSV122100051.5
1102.00
3'-3-1/2"L
12"
RSV122100039.5
1102.00
2'-0"L
12"
RSV122100024
550.00
1'-0"L
12"
RSV122100012
550.00
12"
RSV122100003.5
268.00
Factory Cut-to- 0'-3-1/2"L
Length
(12" Wide Only) 3–24" Long Coversc
2–24" Long Covers & 1 – Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc
1–24" & 1–12" Long Cover & 1—Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc
1–24" Long Coverc
1–12" Long Coverc
1–Wall Duct Vertical Elbowc
b
c

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2 3/8 - 3 3/8"
or
3 - 4"

Width Less 1.8"

Per 10'
Length Per Foot
3240.00
324.00
3240.00
324.00
3920.00
392.00
4740.00
474.00
5660.00
566.00
7100.00
710.00
3240.00
3240.00
3920.00
4740.00
5660.00
7100.00
—
—

—

324.00
324.00
392.00
474.00
566.00
710.00
—
—

—

All
ordered
separately

Straight length cover plates are shipped separately and must be ORDERED SEPARATELY.
Covers and/or vertical elbows for connecting trench duct to lay-in wall duct—ORDER
SEPARATELY.

13-5

WIRE MANAGEMENT

Table 13.6:

Trench Duct

13

Wall Duct Accessories

Trench Duct

Straight Sections and Fittings
Class 5200 / Refer to Catalog 5230CT9601

13

Table 13.9:

Trench Duct Fittings
Item

Table 13.10:

WIRE MANAGEMENT

Width

Catalog No.

End Closuresa

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

REC06
REC09
REC12
REC18
REC24
REC30

116.00
116.00
140.00
168.00
202.00
242.00

Vertical Elbows

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RVE06
RVE09
RVE12
RVE18
RVE24
RVE30

398.00
398.00
440.00
570.00
646.00
762.00

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RRC06
RRC09
RRC12
RRC18
RRC24
RRC30

500.00
500.00
602.00
722.00
866.00
1038.00

Riser and Cabinet
Connector
(Removable Front)

$ Price

RZD60

Trench Duct Elbows, Tees, and Crosses
Complete Device

Item
90o Horizontala
Elbows

252.00

Width

Catalog Number

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RHV062100009
RHV092100012
RHV122100015
RHV182100021
RHV242100027
RHV302100033

$ Price
1168.00
1168.00
1462.00
1670.00
2284.00
2854.00

45o Horizontal Elbowa
Teesa

12"

RHV12245

1446.00

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RTV062100011
RTV092100014
RTV122100017
RTV182100023
RTV242100029
RTV302100035

1168.00
1168.00
1462.00
1828.00
2284.00
2854.00

Crossesa

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RXV062100012
RXV092100015
RXV122100018
RXV182100024
RXV242100030
RXV302100036

1670.00
1670.00
2086.00
2610.00
3262.00
4076.00

a
Z-Divider 5'-0"a
Adjustable Barrier and
Support Strip

www.schneider-electric.us

Includes cover; shipped attached.

Tee

Tape for Trench Duct (180 ft. rolls)
G1414
132.00
Marker for Cellular Floor
G1426
20.60
a
For 3" to 4" trench duct, add a “3” to end of catalog number.
Note: All devices through 18" width are available in aluminum. Height is factory-set to customer
specifications from 2-1/2 to 4 inches. (Non-Adjustable)
Note: All cover plate corner notches are 1-1/2" deep.

Accessories and Components
Table 13.11:

Trench Duct Accessories
Item/Catalog Number

12"

12"

Right Hand
Reducer
18" to 12"
Cover Included

Left Hand
Reducer
18" to 12"
Cover Included

$ Price

Item/Catalog Number

U-Compartment
RRV182100012RR

RRV182100012LR

1670.00

Reducing Tee
18" to 12"
Cover Included

RTV182100017

5'-0" Long x 3 -1/2" Wide with
Adjustable Height Sides

RUC60

500.00

9" and 12" wide trench
18" and 24" wide trench
30" wide trench

G1500T12
G1500T24
G1500T36

84.00
84.00
84.00

Leveling Legs Not Included
5/16 x 18 x 3"

G19103

17.00

Cover Lifter
(Suction Cup Device)

G1735S

836.00

90o tunnel for 12" trench
90o tunnel for 18" trench
Straight tunnel for 12" trench
Straight tunnel for 18" trench

RSV122ET
RSV182ET
RSV122ST
RSV182ST

200.00
280.00
116.00
118.00

Support
Channel

1670.00
Leveling
Legs

15"

$ Price

1754.00

Tunnels for Trench Duct Elbows
(Tee or Cross)
Spacer Bar and
Barrier Adjustment
Gage

Table 13.12:

RSB06
RSB09
RSB12
RSB18
RSB24
RSB30

200.00
200.00
252.00
312.00
392.00
470.00

Straight through
tunnel

90° elbow
tunnel

Grommets

Grommet Material (50 ft. rolls)

13-6

6"
9"
12"
18"
24"
30"

RG50

152.00

PE10

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 14
Transformers
,

General Purpose Transformer, see page 14-2

Overview

14-2

EE Three-Phase Transformers

14-4

EE Single-Phase Transformers

14-5

EE Single- and Three-Phase, Watchdog™ Low Temperature Rise
Transformers

14-5

EE NL and NLP Series Transformers

14-6

NEMA Premium Transformers

14-7

Sealed Single- and Three-Phase Transformers

14-8

Sealed Single-Phase, Export Model Transformers

14-8

Sealed Single-Phase, Buck and Boost Transformers

14-8

Sealed Single- and Three-Phase, Stainless Steel Enclosed
Transformers

14-9

Non-Ventilated Single- and Three-Phase Transformers

14-9

Transformer Enclosures

14-9

Miscellaneous

Sealed Transformer,
see page 14-8

Industrial Control Transformer,
see page 14-14

Enclosures and Accessories

14-10

Lug and Terminal Block Cover Kits; Weathershields; Wall and
Ceiling Mounting Brackets

14-11

Unit Substation, 600 Volts and Below
Sealed, Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substations

14-12

14

Industrial Control
Type T and Type TF Transformers

14-14

MultiTap™ Transformers

14-15

Accessories

14-17

Transformer Disconnects
NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures

14-18

Instrument, 600 Volt Class
Voltage and Current Transformers

14-19

Energy Efficient, Dry Type, 2.4, 5, and 15 kV
Mini Power-Zone™
Unit Substation,
see page 14-12

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Transformer Disconnect,
see page 14-18

TRANSFORMERS

General Purpose, Dry Type, 600 Volts and Below

1201–15,000 V, Three-Phase, Indoor Transformers

14-20

1201–15,000 V, Single-Phase, Indoor Transformers

14-20

14-1

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

Overview
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Public Law 109-58 of the Energy Policy Act of 2005
requires the manufacturing of energy efficient
transformers after January 1, 2007 for all low-voltage
distribution transformers.
According to Department of Energy Federal Registry Final
Rule 10 CFR Part 429, 430, and 431, Low-Voltage
Dry-Type Distribution Transformers, the efficiency of a
low-voltage, dry-type, distribution transformer
manufactured on or after January 1, 2007, shall be no less
than that required for its kVA rating in the table below.

The following products are not included in the definition of
Low Voltage, Dry-Type Distribution Transformers and are
not required to comply with the efficiency table.
Sealed, General Purpose, Three-Phase (3–30 kVA) and
Single-Phase (.050–25 kVA)

Table 14.1:

Non-Ventilated, Three-Phase (15–500 kVA) and
Single-Phase (15–250 kVA)

Required Efficiency Ratings of
Low-Voltage Distribution Transformers

Single-Phase

14

kVA
15
25
37.5
50
75
100
167
250
333

TRANSFORMERS

a

Efficiency (%) a
97.7
98
98.2
98.3
98.5
98.6
98.7
98.8
98.9

Three-Phase
kVA
15
30
45
75
112.5
150
225
300
500
750
1000

Efficiency (%) a
97
97.5
97.7
98
98.2
98.3
98.5
98.6
98.7
98.8
98.9

Efficiencies are determined at the following reference conditions:
(1) for no-load losses, at the temperature of 20 °C;
(2) for load-losses, at the temperature of 75 °C and 35 percent of
nameplate load.
(Source: Table 4–2 of National Electrical Manufacturers Association
(NEMA) Standard TP–1–2002, Guide for Determining Energy
Efficiency for Distribution Transformers.)

The following family of products meets these requirements.
General Purpose, Three-Phase (15–2000 kVA) and
Single-Phase (15–333 kVA)
General Purpose transformers provide the most
economical solution.
• Aluminum or copper windings
• Isolation transformer
• 150 °C rise design on 220 °C insulation systems.
Watchdog, Three-Phase (15–1500 kVA) and
Single-Phase (15–333 kVA)
Watchdog transformers, by design, reduce energy
consumption at loads greater than 50% loading, giving
fewer BTUs/hour at those loading levels. The life
expectancy is greater than that of 150 °C rise General
Purpose units.
• Aluminum or copper windings
• Isolation transformer
• Two temperature rise options:
— 115 °C rise on 220 °C insulation systems
(15% continuous emergency overload
capacity)
— 80 °C rise on 220 °C insulation systems (30%
continuous emergency overload capacity)
K-Rated, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA)

Core and coils encapsulated in a sand and resin mixture
allows for a more compact design.
• Copper windings
• Isolation transformer

Non-Ventilated transformers are designed to operate in
harsh environmental conditions: dust, airborne
contaminants, metal particles, or where weather
conditions make ventilated openings impractical.
Drive Isolation Transformers
Square D™ brand drive isolation transformers from
Schneider Electric meet the special requirements for both
adjustable frequency drives and dc motor drive power
isolation. They cover the allowance for high surges,
harmonics, and offset currents.
Drive isolation transformers are not shielded isolation
transformers, but act to lessen transient generation into
the supply power and act as a buffer for SCR current
surges.
Available Voltages:
• Primary: 230 Delta, 460 Delta, 575 Delta
• Secondary: 230Y/133, 460Y/265, 5575Y/332
Available kVA:
• 7.5, 11, 15, 20, 27, 34, 40, 51, 63, 75, 93,118, 145,
175, 220, 275, 330, 440, 550 kVA
For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental
Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.
Motor Starting Auto Transformers
Auto transformers’ design matches starter requirements.
Open core and coil available
Two-winding and three-winding
Available in the following voltages:
— 208, 240, 480, or 600 V
• Available in the following horsepower:
— 10, 20, 30, 50, 75, 100, 125, 150, 200, 250,
300, 400 hp

•
•
•

For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental
Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.
IP00 Core and Coil Transformers
All Type 2 distribution devices are available as IP00 Core
and Coil. These units are compliant with the 2005 Energy
Act, as well as the excluded items.
For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental
Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.

K-rated transformers mitigate Triplen harmonics via a
Delta-Wye configuration.
• Aluminum or copper windings
• Isolation transformer with electrostatic shield
• K-4 and K-13 levels
Harmonic Mitigating, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA)
Harmonic Mitigating transformers mitigate Triplen
harmonics via electromagnetic phase relations. They
remove 5th and 7th harmonics when using dual devices
with a 0° and a +30° phase shift. They further reduce 11th
and 13th harmonics when a +15° or -15° shift is added to
the dual devices. Available with:
• Aluminum or copper windings
• Isolation transformer

14-2

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

Overview
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA Premium
NEMA Premium is the only third-party standard that
defines a complete range of efficiency levels that exceeds
2005 Energy Act requirements.
As a partner in the NEMA Premium Transformer Program,
Schneider Electric has determined that this product meets
the NEMA Premium efficiency specifications for premium
energy efficiency.

Features of Distribution and NEMA Premium
Transformers

•
•
•

NOTE: NEMA Premium is a trademark of the National Electrical Manufacturers
Association.

Efficiency Ratings of NEMA Premium
Transformers

Single phase
kVA
15
25
37.5
50
75
100
167
250
333

Efficiency (%)
98.39
98.60
98.74
98.81
98.95
99.02
99.09
99.16
99.23

Three phase
kVA
15
30
45
75
112.5
150
225
300
500
750
1000

Efficiency (%)
97.90
98.25
98.39
98.60
98.74
98.81
98.95
99.02
99.09
99.16
99.23

•

TRANSFORMERS

Table 14.2:

Provide an adequate wire bending radius for multiple
cable options, per NEC 312.6(A) (called out in NEC
450.12 Terminal Wire Space)
200% cable landing on all X0 or H0 terminals
Required ventilation clearance marked on all units in
accordance with NEC Section 450.9.
— All ventilated transformers from
Schneider Electric require only a three-inch
clearance—50% smaller than the industry
average
Terminals are sized for overcurrent and wire size, not
for nameplate current rating
— Primary terminals are sized to accept lugs up
to 250% of nameplate current rating
— Secondary terminals are sized to accept lugs
up to 125% of nameplate current rating

Schneider Electric Premium 30 Transformers Family

•
•
•

K-rated, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA). Available with:
— Copper windings
— K-9 and K-13 levels
Harmonic Mitigating, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA)
Watchdog, Three-Phase (15–1000 kVA) and
Single-Phase (15–333 kVA)

14

Square D™ brand transformers from Schneider Electric
feature the largest terminals in the industry.

Sound Levels
Square D™ brand transformers meet the NEMA standards
for sound level shown in Table 14.3.
Table 14.3:

NEMA Standards for Sound Levels
kVA Rating
0–9
10–50
51–150
151–300
301–500
501–700
701–1000

Sound Level
40 dB
45 dB
50 dB
55 dB
60 dB
62 dB
64 dB

For an additional charge, any Square D™ brand
transformer can be built with a sound level that is
3 or 6 dB below the NEMA standard.
For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental
Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

14-3

Energy Efficient Three-Phase
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Degree
Full Capacity
C
Weight
Taps
Temp. (lbs) a
Rise

Table 14.5:

14
TRANSFORMERS

480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T3H
3941.00 6–2.5%2+4–
30
EE30T3H
5181.00 6–2.5%2+4–
45
EE45T3H
6234.00 6–2.5%2+4–
75
EE75T3H
9393.00 6–2.5%2+4–
112.5
EE112T3H
12513.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
EE150T3H
16334.00 6–2.5%2+4–
225
EE225T3H
21776.00 6–2.5%2+4–
300
EE300T3H
27924.00 6–2.5%2+4–
500
EE500T68H
39052.00 4–2.5%2+2–
750
EE750T68H
75516.00 4–2.5%2+2–
1000
EE1000T77H
121263.00
2–5%1+1–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

220
260
368
585
620
835
1110
1350
1875
2965
5200

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
c

600 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T65H
5011.00 6–2.5%2+4–
30
EE30T65H
6586.00 6–2.5%2+4–
45
EE45T65H
7925.00 6–2.5%2+4–
75
EE75T65H
11941.00 6–2.5%2+4–
112.5
EE112T65H
15907.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
EE150T65H
20765.00 6–2.5%2+4–
225
EE225T65H
27683.00 6–2.5%2+4–
300
EE300T65H
35498.00 6–2.5%2+4–
500
EE500T79H
49645.00 4–2.5%2+2–
750
EE750T79H
96000.00 4–2.5%2+2–
1000
EE1000T79H
154157.00 4–2.5%2+2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

240
290
372
585
712
790
945
1305
1870
2990
5800

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
c

208 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T211H
5011.00
3–5%1+2–
30
EE30T211H
6586.00
3–5%1+2–
45
EE45T211H
7925.00
3–5%1+2–
75
EE75T211H
11941.00
3–5%1+2–
112.5
EE112T211H
15907.00
3–5%1+2–
150
EE150T211H
20765.00
3–5%1+2–
225
EE225T211H
27683.00
3–5%1+2–
300
EE300T211H
35498.00
3–5%1+2–
500
EE500T211H
49645.00
3–5%1+2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

210
210
374
575
604
795
1000
1425
1870

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D

240 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T67H
5011.00 6–2.5%2+4–
30
EE30T67H
6586.00 6–2.5%2+4–
45
EE45T67H
7925.00 6–2.5%2+4–
75
EE75T67H
11941.00 6–2.5%2+4–
112.5
EE112T67H
15907.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
EE150T67H
20765.00 6–2.5%2+4–
225
EE225T67H
27683.00 6–2.5%2+4–
300
EE300T239H
35498.00
3–5%1+2–
500
EE500T239H
49645.00
3–5%1+2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

240
260
379
590
620
805
972
1360
1900

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
25D

480 V Delta Primary, Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HCU
6306.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
30
EE30T3HCU
8290.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
45
EE45T3HCU
9974.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
75
EE75T3HCU
15029.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
112.5 EE112T3HCU
20021.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
EE150T3HCU
26134.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
225
EE225T3HCU
34842.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
300
EE300T3HCU
44679.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
500 EE500T68HCU
62483.00 4–2.5%2 + 2–
750 EE750T68HCU
120826.00 4–2.5%2 + 2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535
2350
3485

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D

kVA

www.schneider-electric.us

EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz;
480Y/277 Secondary; cULus Listed

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Enclosure ab

kVA

EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz;
208Y/120 Secondary; cULus Listed
Enclosure ab

Table 14.4:

C Weight
Full Capacity Deg.
Temp. (lbs)
Taps
a
Rise

208 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T212H
5011.00 3–5%1+2–
30
EE30T212H
6586.00 3–5%1+2–
45
EE45T212H
7925.00 3–5%1+2–
75
EE75T212H
11941.00 3–5%1+2–
112.5
EE112T212H
15907.00 3–5%1+2–
150
EE150T212H
20765.00 3–5%1+2–
225
EE225T212H
27683.00 3–5%1+2–
300
EE300T212H
35498.00 3–5%1+2–
500
EE500T212H
49645.00 3–5%1+2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

230
260
375
550
615
800
991
1425
1919

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D

480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T1814H
5011.00 6–2.5%2+4–
30
EE30T1814H
6586.00 6–2.5%2+4–
45
EE45T1814H
7925.00 6–2.5%2+4–
75
EE75T1814H
11941.00 6–2.5%2+4–
112.5 EE112T1814H
15907.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
EE150T1814H
20765.00 6–2.5%2+4–
225
EE225T1814H
27683.00 6–2.5%2+4–
300
EE300T1814H
35498.00 6–2.5%2+4–
500
EE500T76H
49645.00 4–2.5%2+2–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

215
260
385
660
615
820
998
1500
2040

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D

Table 14.6:

kVA

EE Three-Phase Transformers; 60 Hz;
240 Delta Secondary; cULus Listed

Catalog
No.

$ Price

C Weight
Full Capacity Deg.
Temp. (lbs)
Taps
a
Rise

480 V Delta Primary, Aluminum Windings
15
EE15T6H
5011.00 6–2.5%2+4–
30
EE30T6H
6586.00 6–2.5%2+4–
45
EE45T6H
7925.00 6–2.5%2+4–
75
EE75T6H
11941.00 6–2.5%2+4–
112.5
EE112T6H
15907.00 6–2.5%2+4–
150
EE150T6H
20765.00 6–2.5%2+4–
225
EE225T6H
27683.00 6–2.5%2+4–
300
EE300T6H
35498.00 6–2.5%2+4–
500
EE500T63H
49645.00 4–2.5%2+2–
750
EE750T63H
96000.00 4–2.5%2+2–
1000
EE1000T78H
154157.00 2–5%1+1–

150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150
150

220
260
368
585
620
835
1110
1350
1875
2965
5200

Enclosure ab

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D
c

480 V Primary with 120 Center Tap, Aluminum Windings
240 Delta with 120 center taps have historically been limited to 5% capacity on the
center tap. The units from Schneider Electric offer greater limits on 120 V center
tap. Limits are determined by the total transformer loading and the following
formula used to size new 120 V center tap units:
(240 V balanced loads) + 2.5 x (120 V loads) = kVA required
15
EE15T151HCT
5117.00
2–5%–
150
220
17D
30
EE30T151HCT
6726.00
2–5%–
150
295
17D
45
EE45T151HCT
8093.00
2–5%–
150
385
18D
75
EE75T151HCT
12193.00
2–5%–
150
590
19D
112.5 EE112T151HCT
16243.00
2–5%–
150
635
21D
150
EE150T151HCT
21202.00
2–5%–
150
783
22D
225
EE225T151HCT
28266.00
2–5%–
150
1080 24D
300
EE300T151HCT
36247.00
2–5%–
150
1355 25D
500
EE500T151HCT
50691.00
2–5%–
150
2137 30D
750
EE750T151HCT
98020.00
2–5%–
150
2982 31D
1000 EE1000T151HCT 149905.00
2–5%–
150
5800
c
a
b
c

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.
Contact factory.

NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal
Lugs are furnished by customer
Refer to www.squared.com/eexfmr for additional information.
Other Primary and Secondary combinations are available via the
Schneider Electric Product Configurator. Contact your local
Schneider Electric representative for more information.

14-4

PE2E

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Energy Efficient Single-Phase; Watchdog™
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0601

kVA

Catalog
No.

EE Single-Phase Transformers

$ Price

C
Full Capacity Degree
Temp. Weight
Taps
(lbs) a
Rise

Enclosure ab

Table 14.7:

Single-Phase—240 X 480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed through 167 kVA
15
EE15S3H
3072.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
215
25
EE25S3H
4151.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
275
37.5
EE37S3H
5534.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
340
50
EE50S3H
6731.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
395
75
EE75S3H
9128.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
619
100
EE100S3H
15091.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
682
167
EE167S3H
17333.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
982
250
EE250S3H
35837.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
1060
333
EE333S3H
44586.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
1854

17D
17H
18H
18H
21D
22D
24D
25D
31D

Single-Phase—600 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed through 167 kVA
15
EE15S3534H
3733.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
215
25
EE25S3534H
5044.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
275
37.5 EE37S3534H
6723.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
400
50
EE50S3534H
8177.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
450
75
EE75S3534H 11089.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
605
100 EE100S3534H 18332.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
795
167 EE167S3534H 21056.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
985
250 EE250S3534H 43535.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
1065
333 EE333S3534H 50383.00 6–2.5%2+4–c
150
1865

17D
17H
18H
18H
21D
22D
24D
25D
31D

Single-Phase—208 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed through 167 kVA
15
EE15S60H
4506.00
2-5%FCBN
150
25
EE25S60H
5866.00
2-5%FCBN
150
37.5
EE37S60H
7818.00
2-5%FCBN
150
50
EE50S60H
9508.00
2-5%FCBN
150
75
EE75S60H
12890.00
2-5%FCBN
150
100
EE100S60H 19613.00
2-5%FCBN
150
167
EE167S60H 24484.00
2-5%FCBN
150

200
275
397
420
621
795
985

17D
17H
18H
18H
21D
22D
24D

Single-Phase—277 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed through 167 kVA
15
EE15S61H
4506.00
2-5%FCBN
150
25
EE25S61H
5866.00
2-5%FCBN
150
37.5
EE37S61H
7818.00
2-5%FCBN
150
50
EE50S61H
9508.00
2-5%FCBN
150
75
EE75S61H
12890.00
2-5%FCBN
150
100
EE100S61H 19613.00
2-5%FCBN
150
167
EE167S61H 24484.00
2-5%FCBN
150

225
285
410
460
630
695
995

17D
17H
18H
18H
21D
22D
24D

EE Three- and Single-Phase Watchdog Low
Temperature Rise Transformers
Designed to maximize energy efficiency, supplies highest
efficient levels for 24 hour loading greater than 50%. Extra
long life expectancy using 220 °C insulation system
designed for full load operation at a maximum temperature
rise of 115 °C or 80 °C instead of 150 °C. Continuous
emergency overload capability of 15% on 115 °C rise and
30% on 80 °C rise.
Table 14.8:
kVA

EE Watchdog Transformers

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Full Capacity
Taps

Weight Enclosure
(lbs) a
ab

115 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary;
60 Hz; cULus Listed
15
EE15T3HF
4861.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
220
17D
30
EE30T3HF
7292.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
368
18D
45
EE45T3HF
8777.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
585
20D
75
EE75T3HF
13222.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
620
21D
112.5
EE112T3HF
17614.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
835
22D
150
EE150T3HF
22993.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
980
24D
225
EE225T3HF
30652.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1349
25D
300
EE300T68HF
39094.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
2050
30D
500
EE500T68HF
54673.00
6–2.5%2 + 2–
2330
30D
115 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary;
60 Hz; cULus Listed. Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HFCU
7778.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
260
17D
30
EE30T3HFCU
11667.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
420
18D
45
EE45T3HFCU
14043.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
642
20D
75
EE75T3HFCU
21155.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
675
20D
112.5 EE112T3HFCU 28182.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
741
21D
150
EE150T3HFCU 36789.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1050
22D
225
EE225T3HFCU 49043.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1220
24D
300 EE300T68HFCU 62551.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
2300
30D
500 EE500T68HFCU 87477.00
6–2.5%2 + 2–
2409
30D
80 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary;
60 Hz; cULus Listed
15
EE15T3HB
5304.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
220
17D
30
EE30T3HB
7956.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
368
18D
45
EE45T3HB
9574.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
585
20D
75
EE75T3HB
14424.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
620
21D
112.5
EE112T3HB
19215.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
835
22D
150
EE150T3HB
24641.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
980
24D
225
EE225T3HB
33438.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1349
25D
300
EE300T68HB
43282.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
2400
30D
500
EE500T68HB
60531.00
6–2.5%2 + 2–
2964
31D
80 °C Rise Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary;
60 Hz; cULus Listed. Copper Windings
15
EE15T3HBCU
8486.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
260
17D
30
EE30T3HBCU
12730.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
418
18D
45
EE45T3HBCU
15318.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
642
20D
75
EE75T3HBCU
23078.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
725
21D
112.5 EE112T3HBCU 30744.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
910
21D
150
EE150T3HBCU 39426.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1125
24D
225
EE225T3HBCU 53501.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
1425
24D
300 EE300T68HBCU 69251.00
6–2.5%2 + 4–
2400
30D
500 EE500T68HBCU 96850.00
6–2.5%2 + 2–
2578
30D
115 °C Rise Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60
Hz; cULus Listed
15
EE15S3HF
4453.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
275
17H
25
EE25S3HF
5797.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
340
18H
37.5
EE37S3HF
7726.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
395
18H
50
EE50S3HF
9396.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
620
21D
75
EE75S3HF
12738.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
685
22D
100
EE100S3HF
19381.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
985
24D
80 °C Rise Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary;
60 Hz; cULus Listed
15
EE15S3HB
4918.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
280
17H
25
EE25S3HB
6403.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
345
18H
37.5
EE37S3HB
8533.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
400
18H
50
EE50S3HB
10378.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
625
21D
75
EE75S3HB
14069.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
690
22D
100
EE100S3HB
21406.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
995
24D
a
b
c

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.
When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below.

NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal
Lugs are furnished by customer
Refer to www.squared.com/eexfmr for additional information.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE2E

Discount
Schedule

14-5

TRANSFORMERS

www.schneider-electric.us

14

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

Transformers for Non-Linear Loads
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT0601, 7400CT0301

EE NL and NLP Series Transformers
• Three-phase dry type transformers,

•

Table 14.9:

kVA

480 Delta Primary, 208Y/120 Primary
Catalog
No.

$ Price

Taps

Weight
(lbs)
a

14
TRANSFORMERS

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service; K-4 Rated;
Aluminum Windings; 115 °C Rise
15
EE15T3HFISNL
5834.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
256
30
EE30T3HFISNL
8751.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
320
45
EE45T3HFISNL
10533.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
515
75
EE75T3HFISNL
15866.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
535
112.5
EE112T3HFISNL
21137.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
800
150
EE150T3HFISNL
27592.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1110
225
EE225T3HFISNL
38389.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1349
300
EE300T68HFISNL
53179.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
1750
500
EE500T68HFISNL
73483.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
2295

17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D
30D
31D

NL Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service; K-4 Rated;
Copper Windings; 115 °C Rise
15
EE15T3HFISCUNL
9334.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
260
30
EE30T3HFISCUNL
14002.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
395
45
EE45T3HFISCUNL
16853.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
730
75
EE75T3HFISCUNL
25386.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
640
112.5 EE112T3HFISCUNL
33819.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
935
150
EE150T3HFISCUNL
44147.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1300
225
EE225T3HFISCUNL
61422.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1450
300
EE300T68HFISCUNL 85086.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
2450

17D
18D
20D
20D
22D
24D
25D
25D

NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service; K-13 Rated;
Aluminum Windings; 115 °C Rise
15
EE15T3HFISNLP
6636.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
256
17D
30
EE30T3HFISNLP
9954.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
375
18D
45
EE45T3HFISNLP
11981.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
500
20D
75
EE75T3HFISNLP
18048.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
560
21D
112.5
EE112T3HFISNLP
24043.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
800
22D
150
EE150T3HFISNLP
31386.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1110 24D
225
EE225T3HFISNLP
42764.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1335 25D
300
EE300T68HFISNLP
56966.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
2350 30D
500
EE500T68HFISNLP
79157.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
3200 31D
NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service; K-13 Rated;
Copper Windings; 115 °C Rise
15
EE15T3HFISCUNLP
10618.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
260
17D
30
EE30T3HFISCUNLP
15926.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
430
18D
45
EE45T3HFISCUNLP
19170.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
730
20D
75
EE75T3HFISCUNLP
28877.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
640
20D
112.5 EE112T3HFISCUNLP 38469.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
985
22D
150 EE150T3HFISCUNLP 50218.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1135 24D
225 EE225T3HFISCUNLP 68422.00 6–2.5% 2+4–
1477 25D
300 EE300T68HFISCUNLP 91146.00 4–2.5% 2+2–
2650 30D

14-6

PE2E

Discount
Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

Harmonic Mitigating, 480 Primary to
208zz/120 Secondary—UL Listed
Weight
(lbs)
a

Enclosure ab

•

480 Delta to 208Y/120
Aluminum or copper windings
Electrostatic shield
Class 220 insulation
Double size neutral terminal for additional customer
neutral cables
Additional coil capacity to compensate for higher
non-linear load loss
cULus Listed
Enclosure ab

•
•
•
•

Table 14.10:

0° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise
15
HM15T208NCU
12670.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
30
HM30T208NCU
19416.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
45
HM45T208NCU
23364.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
75
HM75T208NCU
35204.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
112.5
HM112T208NCU
46900.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
150
HM150T208NCU
61226.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
225
HM225T208NCU
81616.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
300
HM300T208NCU
104664.00
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

30° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise
15
HM15T255NCU
12670.00
3-5%1+230
HM30T255NCU
19416.00
3-5%1+245
HM45T255NCU
23364.00
3-5%1+275
HM75T255NCU
35204.00
3-5%1+2112.5
HM112T255NCU
46900.00
3-5%1+2150
HM150T255NCU
61226.00
3-5%1+2225
HM225T255NCU
81616.00
3-5%1+2300
HM300T255NCU
104664.00
3-5%1+2-

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

+15° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise
15
HM15T251NCU
12670.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
30
HM30T251NCU
19416.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
45
HM45T251NCU
23364.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
75
HM75T251NCU
35204.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
112.5
HM112T251NCU
46900.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
150
HM150T251NCU
61226.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
225
HM225T251NCU
81616.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
300
HM300T251NCU
104664.00
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

15° Phase Shift; Copper Windings; 130 °C Rise
15
HM15T259NCU
12670.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
30
HM30T259NCU
19416.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
45
HM45T259NCU
23364.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
75
HM75T259NCU
35204.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
112.5
HM112T259NCU
46900.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
150
HM150T259NCU
61226.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
225
HM225T259NCU
81616.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
300
HM300T259NCU
104664.00
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

kVA

a
b

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Taps

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.

Additional temperature rises are available; for part
numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see
the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

NEMA Premium
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT1001

$ Price

Taps

Weight
(lbs)
a

NP Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service— K-9 Rated—Copper
Windings; 130 °C Rise
15
EP15T3HNISCUNP
16395.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
310
17D
30
EP30T3HNISCUNP
24925.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
340
18D
45
EP45T3HNISCUNP
28425.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
418
20D
75
EP75T3HNISCUNP
44590.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
642
21D
112.5 EP112T3HNISCUNP
57863.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
725
22D
150 EP150T3HNISCUNP
74683.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
915
24D
225 EP225T3HNISCUNP 104646.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
1125
25D
300 EP300T3HNISCUNP 136718.00
4–2.5% 2+2–
1535
30D
NP Series for Typical Non-Linear Load Service— K-9Rated—Copper
Windings; 115 °C Rise
15
EP15T3HFISCUNP
21313.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
310
17D
30
EP30T3HFISCUNP
32402.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
340
18D
45
EP45T3HFISCUNP
36952.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
418
20D
75
EP75T3HFISCUNP
57967.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
642
20D
112.5 EP112T3HFISCUNP
75222.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
725
22D
150 EP150T3HFISCUNP
97088.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
915
24D
225 EP225T3HFISCUNP 136040.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
1125
25D
300 EP300T3HFISCUNP 177733.00
4–2.5% 2+2–
1535
25D
NLP Series for More Severe Non-Linear Load Service—K-13 Rated—
Copper Windings; 150 °C Rise
15
EP15T3HISCUNLP
17451.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
260
17D
30
EP30T3HISCUNLP
26527.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
430
18D
45
EP45T3HISCUNLP
30253.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
730
20D
75
EP75T3HISCUNLP
47459.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
640
20D
112.5 EP112T3HISCUNLP
61585.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
985
22D
150 EP150T3HISCUNLP
79488.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
1135
24D
225 EP225T3HISCUNLP 110288.00
6–2.5% 2+4–
1477
25D
300 EP300T68HISCUNLP 141419.00
4–2.5% 2+2–
2650
30D

Harmonic Mitigating, 480 Primary to
208zz/120 Secondary; Copper Windings

Taps

Weight
(lbs)
a

0° Phase Shift
15
HM15T208HNCUEP
20822.00
30
HM30T208HNCUEP
32341.00
45
HM45T208HNCUEP
36872.00
75
HM75T208HNCUEP
57857.00
112.5 HM112T208HNCUEP
75082.00
150 HM150T208HNCUEP
96912.00
225 HM225T208HNCUEP 131554.00
300 HM300T208HNCUEP 162393.00

6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

30° Phase Shift
15
HM15T255HNCUEP
20822.00
30
HM30T255HNCUEP
32341.00
45
HM45T255HNCUEP
36872.00
75
HM75T255HNCUEP
57857.00
112.5 HM112T255HNCUEP
75082.00
150 HM150T255HNCUEP
96912.00
225 HM225T255HNCUEP 131554.00
300 HM300T255HNCUEP 162393.00

3-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+23-5%1+2-

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

+15° Phase Shift
15
HM15T251HNCUEP
20822.00
30
HM30T251HNCUEP
32341.00
45
HM45T251HNCUEP
36872.00
75
HM75T251HNCUEP
57857.00
112.5 HM112T251HNCUEP
75082.00
150 HM150T251HNCUEP
96912.00
225 HM225T251HNCUEP 131554.00
300 HM300T251HNCUEP 162393.00

6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

-15° Phase Shift
15
HM15T259HNCUEP
20822.00
30
HM30T259HNCUEP
32341.00
45
HM45T259HNCUEP
36872.00
75
HM75T259HNCUEP
57857.00
112.5 HM112T259HNCUEP
75082.00
150 HM150T259HNCUEP
96912.00
225 HM225T259HNCUEP 131554.00
300 HM300T259HNCUEP 162393.00

6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–
6–2.5% 2+4–

310
340
418
642
725
915
1125
1535

17D
17D
18D
20D
21D
22D
24D
25D

kVA

a
b

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.

Additional temperature rises are available; for part
numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see
the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE2E

Discount
Schedule

14-7

TRANSFORMERS

As a partner in the NEMA
Premium Transformer Program,
Schneider Electric has
determined that this product
meets the NEMA Premium
Efficiency specifications for
premium energy efficiency.

Catalog
No.

Table 14.12:

Enclosure ab

kVA

480 V Delta Primary, 208Y/120
Secondary
Enclosure ab

Table 14.11:

14

www.schneider-electric.us

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

Sealed Three- and Single-Phase; Export Model; Buck and Boost
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalogs 7400CT9601, 7414CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Sealed Three- and Single-Phase
Transformers

Sealed Single-Phase Export Model
Transformers

Table 14.13:

These general purpose transformers accommodate
voltage systems worldwide. Export model transformers 10
kVA and smaller, certified by TUV (File no. E9571881.01)
to meet EN61558-1, are CE marked in addition to being
cULus Listed. For CE marked transformers in other
ratings, contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for CE marked transformers up to 300 kVA,
single and three phase. See page 14-11 for optional
Fingersafe™ terminal block cover kit.

C
Full Capacity Degree
Temp.
Taps
Rise

Weight
(lbs) a

Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; Copper Windings
3
3T2F
2016.00 2–5%FCBN
115
120
6
6T2F
2310.00 2–5%FCBN
115
145
9
9T2F
3088.00 2–5%FCBN
115
235
15
15T2F
4644.00 2–5%FCBN
115
300
30
30T2F
8536.00 2–5%FCBN
115
660

12C
12C
14C
14C
16C

Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 240 V Delta Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; Copper Windings
3
3T5F
2016.00 2–5%FCBN
115
120
12C
6
6T5F
2310.00 2–5%FCBN
115
145
12C
9
9T75F
3088.00 4–2.5%FCBN
115
235
14C
15
15T75F
4644.00 4–2.5%FCBN
115
300
14C
30
30T75F
8536.00 4–2.5%FCBN
115
660
16C

14
TRANSFORMERS

Single-Phase—240 X 480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed
0.05
50SV1A
182.00
None
55
4.2
0.10
100SV1A
214.00
None
55
4.5
0.15
150SV1A
254.00
None
55
6.2
0.25
250SV1B
270.00
None
80
10.5
0.50
500SV1B
386.00
None
80
13.8
0.75
750SV1F
460.00
None
115
15.5
1
1S1F
602.00
None
115
21.2
1.5
1.5S1F
724.00
None
115
30.1
2
2S1F
896.00
None
115
39.1
3
3S1F
1144.00
None
115
60
5
5S1F
1556.00
None
115
115
7.5
7S1F
2188.00
None
115
135
10
10S1F
2712.00
None
115
165

1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Single-Phase—600 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed
0.05
50SV51A
182.00
None
55
4.2
0.10 100SV51A
214.00
None
55
4.5
0.15 150SV51A
262.00
None
55
6.2
0.25 250SV51B
290.00
None
80
10.5
0.50 500SV51B
408.00
None
80
13.8
0.75 750SV51F
486.00
None
115
15.5
1
1S51F
634.00
None
115
21.2
1.5
1.5S51F
758.00
None
115
30.1
2
2S51F
940.00
None
115
39.1
3
3S4F
1240.00 2–5%FCBN
115
60
5
5S4F
1676.00 2–5%FCBN
115
115
7.5
7S4F
2348.00 2–5%FCBN
115
135
10
10S4F
2922.00 2–5%FCBN
115
165

1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Single-Phase—120x240 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed
1
1S6F
1090.00
None
115
21.2
1.5
1.5S6F
1558.00
None
115
30.1
2
2S6F
1746.00
None
115
39.1
3
3S6F
1892.00
None
115
60
5
5S6F
2418.00
None
115
110
7.5
7S6F
3216.00
None
115
135
10
10S6F
3992.00
None
115
150

7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Single-Phase—208 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed
1
1S7F
1090.00
None
115
21.2
1.5
1.5S7F
1558.00
None
115
30.1
2
2S7F
1746.00
None
115
39.1
3
3S7F
1892.00
None
115
60
5
5S7F
2418.00
None
115
110
7.5
7S7F
3216.00
None
115
135
10
10S7F
3992.00
None
115
150

7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Single-Phase—277 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed
1
1S8F
1090.00
None
115
21.2
1.5
1.5S8F
1558.00
None
115
30.1
2
2S8F
1746.00
None
115
39.1
3
3S8F
1892.00
None
115
60
5
5S8F
2418.00
None
115
110
7.5
7S8F
3216.00
None
115
135
10
10S8F
3992.00
None
115
150

7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Table 14.14:
kVA

Sealed Export Model Transformers

Catalog No.

$ Price

Deg. C
Temp. Rise

Weight
(lbs) a

Enclosure
ab

Single-Phase—190/200/208/220/380/400/416/440 V Primary;
110/220 V Secondary; 50/60 Hz; cULus Listed d
1
1S67F
1180.00
115
21.2
2
2S67F
1716.00
115
39.1
3
3S67F
2290.00
115
55.2
5
5S67F
2554.00
115
135
7.5
7S67F
3314.00
115
165
10
10S67F
4004.00
115
165

7A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B

Sealed Single-Phase Buck and Boost
Transformers—cULus Listed
When buck and boost transformers are interconnected as
an autotransformer, they can supply small changes in
voltage. Wiring diagrams and sizing are available from
catalog 7414CT0201 or www.buckboostcalculator.com.
Units can also be used as isolation transformers for
120 x 240 to 12/24 or 16/32 by connecting using the
directions located on the transformer’s name plate.
NOTE: When used to supply a 3-phase, 4-wire load,
the source must be 3-phase, 4-wire.
Table 14.15:

Sealed Buck and Boost Transformers

120 x 240 V Primary 60 Hz
kVA

.05
.10
.15
.25
.50
.75
1.0
1.5
2.0
3.0
a
b
c
d

240 x 480 V Primary
60 Hz

12/24 V
16/32 V
24/48 V
Secondary Secondary $ Price Secondary $ Price
50SV43A
100SV43A
150SV43A
250SV43B
500SV43B
750SV43F
1S43F
1.5S43F
2S43F
3S43F

50SV46A 206.00
100SV46A 246.00
150SV46A 276.00
250SV46B 328.00
500SV46B 420.00
750SV46F 552.00
1S46F
676.00
1.5S46F
830.00
2S46F
1072.00
3S46F
1480.00

50SV82A
284.00 55
100SV82A 344.00 55
150SV82A 386.00 55
250SV82B 460.00 80
500SV82B 588.00 80
750SV82F 774.00 115
1S82F
948.00 115
1.5S82F 1162.00 115
2S82F
1500.00 115
3S82F
2072.00 115

4.2
4.5
6.2
10.5
13.8
15.5
21.2
30.1
39.1
60

Enclosure ab

$ Price

Degree C
Temp. Rise
Weight
(lbs) a

Catalog No.

Enclosure
ab

kVA

Sealed Transformers

1A
2A
3A
4A
5A
6A
7A
8A
9A
c

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.
Dimensions: 14.50 (H) x 8.60 (W) x 6.50 (D).
May be used for 240 x 480 to 120/240 at 60 Hz only.

NOTE: Refer to www.us.squared.com/buckboost for additional information.

NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal

14-8

PE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Dry
Type 600 Volts and Below

Stainless Steel Enclosed; Non-Ventilated; Transformer Houses
Class 7432

www.schneider-electric.us

Stainless Steel Enclosed

Non-Ventilated

The transformers listed below have an epoxy-resin
encapsulated core and coil assembly inside a
non-ventilated, #316 stainless steel enclosure that meets
NEMA Type 3R or Type 4X requirements. All units are
painted ANSI 49 gray to give an extra layer of protection
and improve the cosmetic appearance of the device.

Non-ventilated enclosures meet the IP55 protection code
(dust and jetting water protection) per the IEC 60529
standard. This makes the product ideal for environments
where large quantities of dust, airborne contaminants,
spraying water, or any other environmental conditions (for
example, drifting snow) that a ventilated Type 3R enclosed
device would be impractical.

Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R
3
3T2FSS
4116.00 2–5% FCBN
115
120
6
6T2FSS
4924.00 2–5% FCBN
115
145
9
9T2FSS
6072.00 2–5% FCBN
115
234
15
15T2FSS
7726.00 2–5% FCBN
115
300
30
30T2FSS
13022.00 2–5% FCBN
115
660

12C
12C
14C
14C
16C

Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X
3
4X3T2FSS
13377.00 2–5% FCBN
115
165
6
4X6T2FSS
16003.00 2–5% FCBN
115
195
9
4X9T2FSS
19734.00 2–5% FCBN
115
290
15
4X15T2FSS
25110.00 2–5% FCBN
115
350
30
4X30T2FSS
42322.00 2–5% FCBN
115
850

54X
54X
54X
54X
55X

Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R
1
1S1FSS
1274.00
None
115
21
1.5
1.5S1FSS
1778.00
None
115
30
2
2S1FSS
1914.00
None
115
39
3
3S1FSS
2684.00
None
115
60
5
5S1FSS
3880.00
None
115
110
7.5
7S1FSS
4164.00
None
115
135
10
10S1FSS
4764.00
None
115
150
15
15S1FSS
7036.00
None
115
225
25
25S1FSS
9606.00
None
115
300

7A
8A
9A
10A
13B
13B
13B
15B
15B

51X
51X
51X
52X
52X
52X
52X
53X
53X

Single-Phase—480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 3R
3
3S40FSS
2684.00 2–5% FCBN
115
5
5S40FSS
3880.00 2–5% FCBN
115
7.5
7S40FSS
4164.00 2–5% FCBN
115
10
10S40FSS
4764.00 2–5% FCBN
115
15
15S40FSS
7036.00 2–5% FCBN
115
25
25S40FSS
9606.00 2–5% FCBN
115

10A
13B
13B
13B
15B
15B

Single-Phase—480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X
3
4X3S40FSS
14762.00 2–5% FCBN
115
5
4X5S40FSS
12610.00 2–5% FCBN
115
7.5
4X7S40FSS
13533.00 2–5% FCBN
115
10 4X10S40FSS 15483.00 2–5% FCBN
115
15 4X15S40FSS 22867.00 2–5% FCBN
115
25 4X25S40FSS 31220.00 2–5% FCBN
115

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE2

NET

75
125
150
180
390
450

kVA

Non-Ventilated Transformers

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Full
Capacity
Taps

Degree C Weight
Temp.
(lbs)
Rise
a

Three-Phase—480 V Delta Primary; 208Y/120 V Secondary; 60 Hz
30
30T3HNV
8090.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
340
45
45T3HNV
12396.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
510
75
75T3HNV
19118.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
1025
112.5 112T3HNV
25848.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
1250
150 150T3HNV
33348.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
2000
225 225T3HNV
50238.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
2100
300 300T3HNV
55152.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–
150
3950

19E
19E
22E
24E
25E
30E
31E

Single-Phase—240X480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz
15
15S3HNV
5042.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
230
25
25S3HNV
7562.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
310
37.5 37S3HNV
11248.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
350
50
50S3HNV
14384.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
450
75
75S3HNV
17600.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
880
100 100S3HNV
22286.00 6–2.5%2 + 4–c
150
975

17E
18E
18E
21E
24E
25E

a
b
c

Not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for certified prints.
For enclosure styles, see Table 14.19 on page 14-10.
When 240 V tap is used, there will be 3–5% taps: 1 above and 2 below.

NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal
Lugs are furnished by customer

Transformer Enclosures

Single-Phase—240x480 V Primary; 120/240 V Secondary; 60 Hz;
cULus Listed; NEMA Type 4X
1
4X1S1FSS
9555.00
None
115
48
1.5 4X1.5S1FSS
9779.00
None
115
55
2
4X2S1FSS
10527.00
None
115
55
3
4X3S1FSS
14762.00
None
115
75
5
4X5S1FSS
12610.00
None
115
125
7.5
4X7S1FSS
13533.00
None
115
150
10
4X10S1FSS
15483.00
None
115
180
15
4X15S1FSS
22867.00
None
115
390
25
4X25S1FSS
31220.00
None
115
450

60
110
135
150
225
300

Table 14.17:

TRANSFORMERS

Degree C Weight
Temp.
(lbs)
Rise
a

Designed to allow energy efficient products to be installed
in environments requiring more protection. These are
Type 3R enclosures constructed of #304 stainless steel for
corrosive protection.
Transformer enclosures are shipped separately from
transformers so they can be pre-installed on the job site.
Three standard enclosures are available for installation of
enclosure types D, H, or F.
Table 14.18:

Transformer Enclosures

Catalog No.
7400SS3R18D22D

$ Price

Enclosure ab

8444.00 18D, 18H, 19D, 20D, 21D, 22D

7400SS3R24D38D

15118.00

7400SS3R31D35F

24622.00

24D, 25D, 26D, 28D, 29D,
30D, 31D, 36D, 37D, 38D
31D, 32F, 33F, 34F,
35F, 36D, 37D, 38D

52X
52X
52X
52X
53X
53X

Discount
Schedule

14-9

14

$ Price

Full
Capacity
Taps

Enclosure
ab

kVA

Catalog
No.

Stainless Steel Enclosed Transformers
Enclosure
ab

Table 14.16:

Miscellaneous

Enclosures; Accessories
Class 7400

www.schneider-electric.us

Enclosures and Accessories

Enclosure
Number/
Style

Style A—NEMA 3R Rated

Style B—NEMA 3R Rated

14
Style C—NEMA 3R Rated

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17

TRANSFORMERS

18
19
20
21
22
23
24

Styles D and H—NEMA 2 Rated
Converts to NEMA 3R with Weathershield

25
26
28
29
30
31

Style E—IP55 Rated

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
51
52
53
54
55
61
62
63
a
b
c
d
e
f

A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
A
C
B
C
B
C
D
E
H
D
E
H
D
E
D
E
D
E
D
E
E
D
E
D
E
D
D
E
D
D
E
D
E
F
F
F
F
D
D
D
F
F
F
F
F
F
D
X
X
X
X
X
HX
HX
HX

Width

Depth

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

5.00
5.50
5.00
5.50
6.19
6.69
8.13
8.25
9.56
10.50
12.56
13.50
14.75
14.75
20.00
22.00
27.00
27.00
37.00
30.00
30.00
37.00
30.00
30.00
37.00
37.00
37.00
37.00
43.75
43.75
48
49.5
49.5
49.5
49.5
57.5
60
60
68
71
71
74
74
91.5
94
94
94
40.5
51.5
66
90
90
100
108
90
90
80
9.5
12
24
23
31.5

127
140
127
140
157
170
270
210
243
267
319
343
375
375
508
559
686
686
940
762
762
940
762
762
940
940
940
940
1111
1111
1219
1257
1257
1257
1257
1461
1524
1524
1727
1803
1803
1880
1880
2388
2388
2388
2388
1031
1310
1679
2290
2290
2545
2748
2290
2290
2036
24
30
61
58
80

4.47
4.47
4.85
5.23
6.19
6.19
6.94
8.68
8.68
8.62
8.62
14.75
9.75
19.10
15.00
25.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
32.00
32.00
48
35
35
41
41
41
56
56
56
48
48
56
56
56
72
84
96
36.5
40.5
50.5
80
90
100
108
64
72
64
10
13.75
21.5
25.5
31.5

114
114
123
133
157
157
176
220
220
219
219
375
248
485
381
635
508
508
508
508
508
508
762
762
762
762
762
762
813
813
1219
889
889
1041
1041
1041
1422
1422
1422
1219
1219
1422
1422
1422
1829
2134
2438
916
1031
1285
2036
2290
2545
2748
1628
1832
1628
25
35
55
65
80

3.44
3.44
3.75
4.06
4.69
4.69
5.31
6.56
6.56
6.50
6.50
9.00
11.75
12.25
13.50
13.50
16.00
16.00
16.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
24.00
24.00
27.00
27.00
29.5
28.5
28.5
32
32
32
36
36
36
36
36
40.5
40.5
54
54
54
54
21.75
26.5
32
50
50
60
60
44
50
44
7.75
13.75
16.38
13.75
16.25

87
87
95
103
119
119
135
167
167
165
165
229
298
311
343
343
406
406
406
508
508
508
508
508
508
508
610
610
686
686
749
724
724
813
813
813
914
914
914
914
914
1029
1029
1372
1372
1372
1372
553
674
814
1272
1272
1527
1527
1120
1272
1120
20
35
42
35
41

Weathershield

Enclosure Dimensions and Accessories a

Height

Mounting

Table 14.19:

Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Floor
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall
Wall

b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
b
WS363
e
WS363
WS363
e
WS363
WS364
e
WS364
e
WS364
e
WS380
e
e
WS381
Note 5
WS382
e
WS382
WS370A
e
WS370A
WS383
e
WS384
e
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
d
f
f
f
f
f

Ceiling
Wall Mounting Mounting
Bracket
Bracket
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
c
WMB361362
WMB361362
WMB361362
WMB363364
WMB363364
WMB363364
WMB363364
WMB363364
WMB363364
WMB363364
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
c
c
c
c
c

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CMB363
CMB363
CMB363
CMB363
CMB363
CMB363
CMB364
CMB364
CMB364
CMB364
CMB364
CMB364
CMB380
CMB380
—
CMB381
CMB381
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Insulation
Class oC

105
105
105
130
130
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
180
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
220
180
180
180
180
180

Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for details.

These dimensions are not for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.
Transformer is NEMA Type 3R Standard. Weathershield not required for outdoor use.
Wall mounting brackets are a standard part of transformer enclosure. Accessory not required.
Special outdoor construction required for NEMA Type 3R applications. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for details.
Indoor/outdoor enclosure standard. Weathershield not required.
Transformer is NEMA Type 4X Standard. Weathershield not required.

NOTE: Wall mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 700 lbs.
Ceiling mounting brackets are used with units weighing no more than 1200 lbs.
Weathershields are available for units 600 Volts and below. For 2.4, 5, and 15 kV units suitable for outdoor use,
contact the factory.

Style F—NEMA 1 Rated

14-10

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Miscellaneous

Lugs; Terminal Block Covers; Weathershields; Mounting Brackets
Class 7400 / Refer to Catalog 7400CT0501

www.schneider-electric.us

Lugs are not supplied with transformer units. They must be purchased separately.
Table 14.20:
Catalog No. a

Mechanical Lug Kits
$ Price
Per Kit

Lugs
Per Kit

Grounding
Cap Screws Current Range Lugs
per Kit

Wire Range

Wire Range

Bonding
Lugs per Kit

Wire Range

Not
applicable

Not
applicable

1
1

2 to 14 STR
2 to 14 STR

Single-Phase Primary, Single-Phase Secondary, Three-Phase Delta Primary, Three-Phase Delta Secondary
DASKP100
28.00
3
1/0–14 STR.
1/4 x 1 in
Up to 100 A
DASKP250
51.00
3
350 kcmil–6 STR.
3/8 x 2 in
101 to 250 A
600 kcmil–4 STR.
DASKP400
91.00
3
201 to 400 A
(2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in
Not
Not
applicable
applicable
600
kcmil–4
STR.
DASKP600
182.00
6
601 to 800 A
(2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in
DASKP1000
DASKP1200

272.00
363.00

9
12

600 kcmil–2 STR.
600 kcmil–2 STR.

3/8 x 2 in
3/8 x 2 in

601 to 800 A
801 to 1200 A

Single-Phase Primary and Secondary, Three-Phase Wye Secondary, Three-Phase Delta with Center Tap
DASKGS100
79.00
5
1/0–14 STR.
1/4 x 1 in
Up to 100 A
1
(4) 2/0 to 14 STR
DASKGS250
118.00
5
350 kcmil–6 STR.
3/8 x 2 in
101 to 250 A
1
(4) 2/0 to 14 STR
600 kcmil–4 STR.
DASKGS400
184.00
5
201 to 400 A
1
(4) 2/0 to 14 STR
(2) 250 kcmil–1/0 STR. 3/8 x 2 in
DASKGS600
370.00
10
600 kcmil–2 STR.
3/8 x 2 in
601 to 800 A
1
(4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR.
DASKGS1000 521.00
15
600 kcmil–2 STR.
3/8 x 2 in
601 to 800 A
1
(4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR.
DASKGS1200 672.00
20
600 kcmil–2 STR.
3/8 x 2 in
801 to 1200 A
1
(4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR.
DASKGS2000 824.00
25
600 kcmil–2 STR.
3/8 x 2 in 1201 to 2000 A
1
(4) 350 kcmil to 6 STR.

1/0 to 14 STR

1
1
1
1

250 kcmil to 6 STR.
250 kcmil to 6 STR.
250 kcmil to 6 STR.
250 kcmil to 6 STR.

Subject to minimum billing and freight charges when not ordered with transformer.

Compression Lug Kits
Terminal Lugs

Transformer kVA Sizes Kit Catalog No.
15–37 ½ 1Ø
15–45 3Ø
50–75 1Ø
75–112 ½ 3 Ø

$ Price Per Kit

VCELSK1

261.00

Qty.
8
5

VCELSK2

424.00

13

100–167 1Ø
150–300 3Ø

VCELSK3

2407.00

3
26

500 3Ø

VCELSK4

2619.00

34

Catalog No.
VCEL02114S1
VCEL030516H1

Aluminum or Copper
Conductor Range (AWG
or kcmil)
#8–1/0
#4–300 kcmil

VCEL030516H1

#4–300 kcmil

VCEL030516H1

#4–300 kcmil
500–750 kcmil Al
500 kcmil Cu
500–750 kcmil Al
500 kcmil Cu

VCEL07512H1
VCEL07512H1

Hardware Included
Qty.
8
1
8
8
3

Cap Screws
1/4 x 1 in
1/4 x 2 in
1/4 x 1 in
1/4 x 2 in
1/4 x 3/4 in

16

3/8 x 2 in

21

3/8 x 2 in

Fingersafe™ terminal block cover kits for encapsulated transformers can be used to meet touch-safe requirements of
EN60-204.
Table 14.22:

Fingersafe Terminal Block Cover Kits

Fits Enclosure
7A (1 kVA)
9A (2 kVA)
10A (3 kVA)
13B (5–10 kVA)

Table 14.23:

Kit Catalog No.
7400ENT9
7400ENT11
7400ENT11
7400ENT13

Weathershields; Wall and Ceiling Mounting Brackets

Weathershields
Catalog No.
WS363
WS364
WS370A
WS380
WS381
WS382
WS383
WS384
b
c

$ Price
200.00
200.00
200.00
284.00

$ Price
299.00
299.00
2325.00
682.00
682.00
1160.00
2184.00
2464.00

Ceiling Mounting Brackets c
Catalog No.
CMB363
CMB364
CMB380
CMB381

$ Price
300.00
300.00
748.00
748.00

Wall Mounting Brackets b
Catalog No.
WMB361362
WMB363364

$ Price
663.00
663.00

Wall mounting brackets may be prohibited in some California areas requiring 12-inch spacing from wall. Wall mounting
brackets can only be used with units weighing no more than 700 lbs.
Base channels are supplied for ceiling mounting; trapeze hangers must be furnished by customer. Ceiling mounting
brackets can only be used with units weighing no more than 1200 lbs.

All ventilated units are now available with factory-installed, thermo-viewing windows. The windows allow completion of
yearly maintenance requirements without removing the front cover and accessing the transformers.
Available on all enclosures 17D through 35D. For more information, refer to Data Bulletin 7400DB1101 or contact your
local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE2E

PE2

Discount
Schedule

14-11

TRANSFORMERS

Table 14.21:

14

a

1

Unit Substation
600 Volts and Below

Mini Power-Zone™
Class 7440 / Refer to Catalog 7440CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Sealed, Mini Power-Zone™ Unit Substation
The Square D™ brand Mini Power-Zone™ unit substation from Schneider Electric provides the answer to requirements
for a portable, compact power supply for small loads. This complete package yields considerable savings in installation
time and costs. Its NEMA Type 3R enclosure is suitable for both indoor and outdoor use. The transformer is 115 °C rise
and epoxy-resin encapsulated. The panel section uses Square D™ brand QO™ style circuit breakers.
NOTE: Mini Power-Zone unit substations are UL 1062 File E92978 Listed.
Mini Power-Zone unit substations include factory-installed primary main and secondary main circuit breakers. Circuit
breaker ratings are selected to meet National Electrical Code requirements and coordinate with transformer
magnetizing inrush current. Order feeder circuit breakers (QO™ plug-on type) from your local Schneider Electric
distributor. Use Qwik-Gard™ breakers for required ground fault protection. Tandem breakers are not permitted.
If bolt-on circuit breakers are required instead of plug-on, change the Mini Power-Zone part number from MPZ to
MPZB. The MPZB product line leverages the NQ interior for application requirements.
The Mini Power-Zone unit substation uses a separate transformer and panel section. This allows the panel section to
be removed and wired first if desired. Also the transformer can be replaced without disturbing the panel section and
associated wiring. The new transformer simply slides into the top of the panel section and primary and secondary leads
are reconnected to the main circuit breakers.

14

Table 14.24:
kVA

Standard Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R)

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Full
Capacity
Taps

Input
Voltage

Dimensions a
Weight
(lbs)

H
In.

W
mm

In.

D
mm

In.

Primary
Secondary
Main Circuit Main Circuit
Breaker
Breaker
mm Rating (A) Rating (A)

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120

TRANSFORMERS

15
22.5
30

MPZ15T2F
MPZ22T2F
MPZ30T2F

10088.00
12502.00
15338.00

480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

510
725
755

44.6
44.6
44.6

1133
1133
1133

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

MPZ3S40F
MPZ5S40F
MPZ7S40F
MPZ10S40F
MPZ15S40F
MPZ25S40F

3565.00
3890.00
4542.00
4938.00
6410.00
9560.00

480
480
480
480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

32.7
32.7
32.7
32.7
42.9
42.9

831
831
831
831
1090
1090

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

MPZ15T2F25K 12395.00
MPZ22T2F25K 14809.00
MPZ30T2F25K 17645.00

480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

710
725
755

44.6
44.6
44.6

1133
1133
1133

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

MPZ3S40F25K 5872.00
MPZ5S40F25K 6197.00
MPZ7S40F25K 6849.00
MPZ10S40F25K 7245.00
MPZ15S40F25K 8717.00
MPZ25S40F25K 11867.00

480
480
480
480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

32.7
32.7
32.7
32.7
42.9
42.9

831
831
831
831
1090
1090

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

MPZB15T2F
MPZB22T2F
MPZB30T2F

12610.00
15624.00
19176.00

480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

510
725
755

48.6
48.6
48.6

1234
1234
1234

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

a

MPZB3S40F
MPZB5S40F
MPZB7S40F
MPZB10S40F
MPZB15S40F
MPZB25S40F

4535.00
4860.00
5680.00
6170.00
8010.00
11950.00

480
480
480
480
480
480

10 or 5

28 or 13

24 or 8
Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
5
7.5
10
15
25

24 or 8

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120
15
22.5
30

28 or 13

Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240—Interrupting Rating 25 AIC
3
5
7.5
10
15
25

10 or 5

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120—Interrupting Rating 25 AIC
15
22.5
30

24 or 8
Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
5
7.5
10
15
25

Feeder Breakers

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
51.0
51.0

1041
1041
1041
1041
1295
1295

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

10 or 5

28 or 13

Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100
Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100
Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100

Dimensions: DO NOT use for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.

NOTE: Other input voltages are available. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for part numbers and quotations.
Available input voltages: 600, 240, and 208, single- and three-phase.
FCBN = full capacity below normal

14-12

PE2

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Unit Substation
600 Volts and Below

Mini Power-Zone™
Class 7440 / Refer to Catalog 7440CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R) (continued)

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Full
Capacity
Taps

Weight
(lbs)

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

Input
Voltage

H

W

D

Secondary
Primary
Main
Main Circuit
Circuit
Breaker
Breaker
mm Rating (A) Rating (A)

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

710
725
755

48.6
48.6
48.6

1234
1234
1234

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

175
175
200
215
390
390

41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
51.0
51.0

1041
1041
1041
1041
1295
1295

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

710
725
755

48.6
48.6
48.6

1234
1234
1234

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
51.0
51.0

1041
1041
1041
1041
1295
1295

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120
15 MPZB15T2F25K 14917.00
22.5 MPZB22T2F25K 17931.00
30 MPZB30T2F25K 21483.00

480
480
480

480
480
480
480
480
480

480
480
480

Table 14.26:

480
480
480
480
480
480

Catalog
No.

$ Price

Full
Capacity
Taps

Input
Voltage

Weight
(lbs)

H

W

D

Secondary
Primary
Main
Main Circuit
Circuit
Breaker
Breaker
mm Rating (A) Rating (A)

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

710
725
755

44.6
44.6
44.6

1133
1133
1133

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

345
345
345

40
70
90

60
80
100

MPZ15T2FSS
MPZ22T2FSS
MPZ30T2FSS

20108.00
23122.00
24376.00

480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

32.7
32.7
32.7
32.7
42.9
42.9

831
831
831
831
1090
1090

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
302
302
302
343
343

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

MPZ3S40FSS
MPZ5S40FSS
MPZ7S40FSS
MPZ10S40FSS
MPZ15S40FSS
MPZ25S40FSS

10705.00
11030.00
12428.00
12920.00
14758.00
17266.00

480
480
480
480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

710
725
755

48.6
48.6
48.6

1234
1234
1234

27.4
27.4
27.4

696
696
696

13.6
13.6
13.6

48.6
48.6
48.6

40
70
90

60
80
100

MPZB15T2FSS 25135.00
MPZB22T2FSS 28896.00
MPZB30T2FSS 30476.00

480
480
480

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

175
175
200
215
390
390

41.0
41.0
41.0
41.0
51.0
51.0

1041
1041
1041
1041
1295
1295

12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
17.4
17.4

305
305
305
305
442
442

11.9
11.9
11.9
11.9
13.5
13.5

302
41.0
41.0
41.0
51.0
51.0

10
15
20
30
60
100

20
30
40
60
80
125

a

MPZB3S40FSS
MPZB5S40FSS
MPZB7S40FSS
MPZB10S40FSS
MPZB15S40FSS
MPZB25S40FSS

13455.00
13780.00
15542.00
16159.00
18442.00
21583.00

480
480
480
480
480
480

24 or 8

10 or 5

28 or 13

24 or 8
Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
5
7.5
10
15
25

Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100
Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100

Feeder Breakers

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120
15
22.5
30

28 or 13

Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
5
7.5
10
15
25

10 or 5

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120
15
22.5
30

24 or 8

Max.
A
40
60
80

Painted 316 Stainless Steel Enclosure (NEMA Type 3R)
Dimensions a

kVA

28 or 13

Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
MPZB3S40F65K 7564.00
5
MPZB5S40F65K 7889.00
7.5 MPZB7S40F65K 8708.00
10 MPZB10S40F65K 9799.00
15 MPZB15S40F65K 11038.00
25 MPZB25S40F65K 14978.00

10 or 5

Max. No.
1- or 3-Pole

Output Three-Phase Panel Rated 208Y/120
15 MPZB15T2F65K 15638.00
22.5 MPZB22T2F65K 18652.00
30 MPZB30T2F65K 22204.00

24 or 8
Max. No.
1- or 2-Pole

Output Single-Phase Panel Rated 120/240
3
MPZB3S40F25K 6843.00
5
MPZB5S40F25K 7168.00
7.5 MPZB7S40F25K 7987.00
10 MPZB10S40F25K 8478.00
15 MPZB15S40F25K 10317.00
25 MPZB25S40F25K 14257.00

Feeder Breakers

2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN
2–5% FCBN

10 or 5

28 or 13

Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100
Max.
A
40
60
80
Max.
A
20
20
30
40
60
100

Dimensions: DO NOT use for construction. Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for certified prints.

NOTE: FCBN = full capacity below normal

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE2

Discount
Schedule

TRANSFORMERS

Dimensions a
kVA

14-13

14

Table 14.25:

Industrial Control

Type T and Type TF
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

Type T transformers are designed with low impedance windings for
excellent voltage regulation and can accommodate the high inrush current
associated with contactors, starters, solenoids, and relays. Type T
transformers are manufactured using the most advanced insulating
materials and are the best choice if size and cost are of concern.
Type TF transformers include factory-installed primary and secondary fuse
blocks. Type TF transformers consist of two primary fuse blocks and one
secondary fuse block. The primary includes rejection-style clips to increase
the AIC ratings for the fuses. Since the fuse blocks are mounted on the top
of the transformer, Type TF transformers are interchangeable with Type T
transformers except for their increased height.
Table 14.27:
VA

VA

UL/CSA/
NOM

CE

Type T and TF Transformers
Type T Transformers
Catalog No.

$ Price

Type TF Transformers
Catalog No.

$ Price

Weight (lbs)

14
TRANSFORMERS

240 V x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 230 V x 460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary;
220 V x 440 V Primary, 110 V Secondary
25
25
9070T25D1
111.00
9070TF25D1
160.00
2.5
50
50
9070T50D1
116.00
9070TF50D1
165.00
2.5
75
75
9070T75D1
138.00
9070TF75D1
185.00
3.8
100
100
9070T100D1
155.00 9070TF100D1
201.00
3.8
150
150
9070T150D1
165.00 9070TF150D1
213.00
5.5
200
200
9070T200D1
204.00 9070TF200D1
255.00
5.5
250
160
9070T250D1
239.00 9070TF250D1
287.00
7.1
300
200
9070T300D1
264.00 9070TF300D1
312.00
8.5
350
250
9070T350D1
281.00 9070TF350D1
330.00
10.5
500
300
9070T500D1
350.00 9070TF500D1
395.00
11.9
750
500
9070T750D1
483.00 9070TF750D1
531.00
11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D1
585.00 9070TF1000D1
639.00
20.6
1500
1000
9070T1500D1
837.00 9070TF1500D1
884.00
34.0
2000
1500
9070T2000D1
1017.00 9070TF2000D1
1065.00
47.0
3000
2000
9070T3000D1
1412.00
—
—
60.0
5000
3000
9070T5000D1
2373.00
—
—
89.0
208 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D3
75
75
9070T75D3
100
100
9070T100D3
150
150
9070T150D3
200
200
9070T200D3
250
160
9070T250D3
300
200
9070T300D3
350
250
9070T350D3
500
300
9070T500D3
750
500
9070T750D3
1000
630
9070T1000D3
1500
1000
9070T1500D3
2000
1500
9070T2000D3
3000
2000
9070T3000D3
5000
3000
9070T5000D3

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00
1170.00
1358.00
1914.00
3015.00

9070TF50D3
9070TF75D3
9070TF100D3
9070TF150D3
9070TF200D3
9070TF250D3
9070TF300D3
9070TF350D3
9070TF500D3
9070TF750D3
9070TF1000D3
9070TF1500D3
9070TF2000D3
—
—

185.00
230.00
276.00
287.00
347.00
417.00
426.00
522.00
696.00
716.00
906.00
1221.00
1409.00
—
—

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0

600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary; 550 V Primary,
110 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D5
135.00
9070TF50D5
185.00
2.5
75
75
9070T75D5
162.00
9070TF75D5
230.00
3.8
100
100
9070T100D5
182.00 9070TF100D5
276.00
3.8
150
150
9070T150D5
230.00 9070TF150D5
287.00
5.5
200
200
9070T200D5
293.00 9070TF200D5
347.00
5.5
250
160
9070T250D5
363.00 9070TF250D5
417.00
7.1
300
200
9070T300D5
372.00 9070TF300D5
426.00
8.5
350
250
9070T350D5
432.00 9070TF350D5
522.00
10.5
500
300
9070T500D5
471.00 9070TF500D5
696.00
11.9
750
500
9070T750D5
665.00 9070TF750D5
716.00
11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D5
837.00 9070TF1000D5
906.00
20.6
1500
1000
9070T1500D5
1170.00 9070TF1500D5
1221.00
34.0
2000
1500
9070T2000D5
1358.00 9070TF2000D5
1409.00
47.0
3000
2000
9070T3000D5
1914.00
—
—
60.0
5000
3000
9070T5000D5
3015.00
—
—
89.0
277 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D4
75
75
9070T75D4
100
100
9070T100D4
150
150
9070T150D4
200
200
9070T200D4
250
160
9070T250D4
300
200
9070T300D4
350
250
9070T350D4
500
300
9070T500D4
750
500
9070T750D4
1000
630
9070T1000D4
1500
1000
9070T1500D4
2000
1500
9070T2000D4
3000
2000
9070T3000D4
5000
3000
9070T5000D4

14-14

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00
1170.00
1358.00
1914.00
3015.00

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

VA

VA

UL/CSA/
NOM

CE

Type T Transformers
Catalog No.

$ Price

www.schneider-electric.us

Type TF Transformers
Catalog No.

$ Price

Weight (lbs)

240 V x 480 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 230 V x 460 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary;
220 V x 440 V Primary, 110/220 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D31
188.00 9070TF50D31
372.00
2.5
75
75
9070T75D31
197.00 9070TF75D31
384.00
3.8
100
100
9070T100D31
207.00 9070TF100D31
394.00
3.8
150
150
9070T150D31
273.00 9070TF150D31
452.00
5.5
200
200
9070T200D31
353.00 9070TF200D31
498.00
5.5
250
160
9070T250D31
381.00 9070TF250D31
564.00
7.1
300
200
9070T300D31
435.00 9070TF300D31
570.00
8.5
350
250
9070T350D31
455.00 9070TF350D31
630.00
10.5
500
300
9070T500D31
509.00 9070TF500D31
638.00
11.9
750
500
9070T750D31
710.00 9070TF750D31
795.00
11.0
1000
630
9070T1000D31
837.00 9070TF1000D31
920.00
20.6
1500
1000
9070T1500D31
1224.00 9070TF1500D31
1524.00
34.0
2000
1500
9070T2000D31
1854.00 9070TF2000D31
2154.00
47.0
3000
2000
9070T3000D31
2741.00
—
—
60.0
5000
3000
9070T5000D31
3368.00
—
—
89.0
600 V Primary, 120/240 V Secondary; 575 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D37
135.00 9070TF50D37
372.00
75
75
9070T75D37
162.00 9070TF75D37
384.00
100
100
9070T100D37
182.00 9070TF100D37
394.00
150
150
9070T150D37
230.00 9070TF150D37
452.00
200
200
9070T200D37
293.00 9070TF200D37
498.00
250
160
9070T250D37
363.00 9070TF250D37
564.00
300
200
9070T300D37
372.00 9070TF300D37
570.00
350
250
9070T350D37
432.00 9070TF350D37
630.00
500
300
9070T500D37
471.00 9070TF500D37
638.00
750
500
9070T750D37
665.00 9070TF750D37
795.00
1000
630
9070T1000D37
837.00 9070TF1000D37
920.00
1500
1000
9070T1500D37
1170.00 9070TF1500D37
1524.00
2000
1500
9070T2000D37
1358.00 9070TF2000D37
2154.00
3000
2000
9070T3000D37
1914.00
—
—
5000
3000
9070T5000D37
3015.00
—
—

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0

380/400/415 V Primary, 115/230 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D33
188.00
75
75
9070T75D33
197.00
100
100
9070T100D33
207.00
150
150
9070T150D33
273.00
200
200
9070T200D33
353.00
250
160
9070T250D33
381.00
300
200
9070T300D33
435.00
350
250
9070T350D33
455.00
500
300
9070T500D33
509.00
750
500
9070T750D33
710.00
1000
630
9070T1000D33
837.00
1500
1000
9070T1500D33
1224.00
2000
1500
9070T2000D33
1854.00
3000
2000
9070T3000D33
2741.00
5000
3000
9070T5000D33
3368.00

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0

9070TF50D33
9070TF75D33
9070TF100D33
9070TF150D33
9070TF200D33
9070TF250D33
9070TF300D33
9070TF350D33
9070TF500D33
9070TF750D33
9070TF1000D33
9070TF1500D33
9070TF2000D33
—
—

372.00
384.00
394.00
452.00
498.00
564.00
570.00
630.00
638.00
795.00
920.00
1524.00
2154.00
—
—

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0

CP8

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Control

Type T and Type TF
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

UL/CSA/
NOM

CE

Table 14.29:

Type T and TF Transformers (continued)

VA

Type T Transformers
Catalog No.

$ Price

208/230/460 V Primary, 115 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D20
188.00
75
75
9070T75D20
197.00
100
100
9070T100D20
207.00
150
150
9070T150D20
273.00
200
200
9070T200D20
353.00
250
160
9070T250D20
381.00
300
200
9070T300D20
435.00
350
250
9070T350D20
455.00
500
300
9070T500D20
509.00
750
500
9070T750D20
710.00
1000
630
9070T1000D20
837.00
1500
1000
9070T1500D20
1224.00
2000
1500
9070T2000D20
1854.00
3000
2000
9070T3000D20
2741.00

Type TF Transformers
Catalog No.

9070TF50D20
9070TF75D20
9070TF100D20
9070TF150D20
9070TF200D20
9070TF250D20
9070TF300D20
9070TF350D20
9070TF500D20
9070TF750D20
9070TF1000D20
9070TF1500D20
9070TF2000D20
—

$ Price

Weight (lbs)

270.00
293.00
360.00
443.00
497.00
548.00
563.00
585.00
608.00
951.00
1320.00
1524.00
2154.00
—

4
5.5
5.5
5.5
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11
20.6
34
47
60
89

240/480/600 V Primary, 120 V Secondary; 230/460/575 V Primary, 115 V Secondary;
220/440/550 V Primary, 110 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D32
188.00 9070TF50D32
372.00
3.8
75
75
9070T75D32
197.00 9070TF75D32
384.00
3.8
100
100
9070T100D32
207.00 9070TF100D32
394.00
5.5
150
150
9070T150D32
273.00 9070TF150D32
452.00
5.5
200
200
9070T200D32
353.00 9070TF200D32
498.00
7.1
250
160
9070T250D32
381.00 9070TF250D32
564.00
8.5
300
200
9070T300D32
435.00 9070TF300D32
570.00
10.5
350
250
9070T350D32
455.00 9070TF350D32
630.00
11.9
500
300
9070T500D32
509.00 9070TF500D32
638.00
11.0
750
500
9070T750D32
710.00 9070TF750D32
795.00
20.6
1000
630
9070T1000D32
837.00 9070TF1000D32
920.00
34.0
1500
1000
9070T1500D32
1224.00 9070TF1500D32
1524.00
47.0
2000
1500
9070T2000D32
1854.00 9070TF2000D32
2154.00
60.0
3000
2000
9070T3000D32
2741.00
—
—
89.0
240/416/480/600 V Primary, 99/120/130 V Secondary; 230/400/460/575 V Primary,
95/115/125 V Secondary; 220/380/440/550 V Primary, 90/110/120 V Secondary;
208/360/416/520 V Primary, 85/104/115 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D50
315.00 9070TF50D50
502.00
75
75
9070T75D50
341.00 9070TF75D50
528.00
100
100
9070T100D50
350.00 9070TF100D50
537.00
150
150
9070T150D50
366.00 9070TF150D50
553.00
200
200
9070T200D50
417.00 9070TF200D50
604.00
250
160
9070T250D50
455.00 9070TF250D50
642.00
300
200
9070T300D50
497.00 9070TF300D50
684.00
350
250
9070T350D50
512.00 9070TF350D50
699.00
500
300
9070T500D50
656.00 9070TF500D50
843.00
750
500
9070T750D50
761.00 9070TF750D50
948.00
1000
630
9070T1000D50
996.00 9070TF1000D50
1183.00
1500
1000
9070T1500D50
1352.00 9070TF1500D50
1524.00
2000
1500
9070T2000D50
1854.00 9070TF2000D50
2154.00
3000
2000
9070T3000D50
2741.00
—
—

4
7.2
7.1
8.5
10.5
10.5
11.9
11
11
20.6
34
47.0
60.0
89.0

240 V X 480 V Primary, 24/120 V Secondary (24 V limited to 20% Capacity)
50
50
9070T50D15
135.00
—
—
75
75
9070T75D15
162.00
—
—
100
100
9070T100D15
207.00
—
—
150
150
9070T150D15
230.00
—
—
200
200
9070T200D15
293.00
—
—
250
160
9070T250D15
381.00
—
—
300
200
9070T300D15
435.00
—
—
350
250
9070T350D15
455.00
—
—
500
300
9070T500D15
509.00
—
—
750
500
9070T750D15
710.00
—
—
1000
630
9070T1000D15
837.00
—
—
1500
1000
9070T1500D15
1224.00
—
—
2000
1500
9070T2000D15
1854.00
—
—
3000
2000
9070T3000D15
2229.00
—
—
5000
3000
9070T5000D15
3015.00
—
—

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0
47.0
60.0
89.0

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP8

Type T Transformers

VA

VA

UL/CSA/ NOM

CE

Catalog No.

$ Price

Weight (lbs)

240 V x 480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D2
75
75
9070T75D2
100
100
9070T100D2
150
150
9070T150D2
200
200
9070T200D2
250
160
9070T250D2
300
200
9070T300D2
350
250
9070T350D2
500
300
9070T500D2
750
500
9070T750D2
1000
630
9070T1000D2

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6

208 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
50
50
75
75
100
100
150
150
200
200
250
160
300
200
350
250
500
300
750
500
1000
630

9070T50D14
9070T75D14
9070T100D14
9070T150D14
9070T200D14
9070T250D14
9070T300D14
9070T350D14
9070T500D14
9070T750D14
9070T1000D14

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6

120 V x 240 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D23
75
75
9070T75D23
100
100
9070T100D23
150
150
9070T150D23
200
200
9070T200D23
250
160
9070T250D23
300
200
9070T300D23
350
250
9070T350D23
500
300
9070T500D23
750
500
9070T750D23
1000
630
9070T1000D23

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6

120 V Primary, 12/24 V Secondary
50
50
75
75
100
100
150
150
200
200
250
160
300
200
350
250
500
300
750
500
1000
630

9070T50D13
9070T75D13
9070T100D13
9070T150D13
9070T200D13
9070T250D13
9070T300D13
9070T350D13
9070T500D13
9070T750D13
9070T1000D13

135.00
162.00
182.00
230.00
293.00
363.00
372.00
432.00
471.00
665.00
837.00

2.5
3.8
3.8
5.5
5.5
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.0
20.6

MultiTap 24 Volt Control Primary
208/240/277/380/480 V Primary, 24 V Secondary
50
50
9070T50D19
75
75
9070T75D19
100
100
9070T100D19
150
150
9070T150D19
200
200
9070T200D19
250
160
9070T250D19
300
200
9070T300D19
350
250
9070T350D19
500
300
9070T500D19
750
500
9070T750D19
1000
630
9070T1000D19

188.00
197.00
207.00
273.00
353.00
381.00
435.00
455.00
509.00
710.00
837.00

4.0
7.2
7.2
7.1
8.5
10.5
11.9
11.9
11.0
20.6
34.0

Discount
Schedule

14-15

TRANSFORMERS

VA

14

Table 14.28:

Industrial Control

Type T and Type TF
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

Table 14.30:
Type

Voltage Code

T25

D1
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D20, D32
D19, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37,
D20, D32
D19, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D20, D32
D19, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37,
D20
D19, D32
D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D20
D19, D32
D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D20
D19, D32, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D19, D20
D32, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D19, D20, D32
D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D19, D20, D32, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D19, D20, D32, D50
D1, D5, D2, D23, D14, D13,
D15, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37
D19, D20, D32, D50
D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31,
D33, D37
D20, D32, D50
D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31,
D33, D37
D20, D32, D50
D3, D4, D15, D31, D33, D37
D20
D1, D5,
D32, D50
D3, D4, D15, D31, D33, D37
D1, D5,
D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31,
D33, D37
D20, D32, D50

T50

T75

T100

T150

14

T200

T250

TRANSFORMERS

T300

T350

T500

T750

T1000

T1500

T2000

T3000

T5000
TF2000

14-16

Table 14.31:

Type T Dimensions
Height

Width

Depth

Accessory
Key

In.
2.58

mm
66

In.
3.00

mm
76

In.
3.09

mm
79

2.58

66

3.00

76

3.09

79

2.89
2.89

73
73

3.38
3.38

86
86

3.34
85
4.43 113.0

2.58

66

3.00

76

3.09

79

I

3.20

81

3.75

95

4.7

119.4

III, IV

2.89

73

3.38

86

3.34

85

3.20
3.20

81
81

3.75
3.75

95
95

3.59
91
4.7 119.4

3.20

81

3.75

95

3.59

3.20
3.84

81
98.0

3.20

81

3.20
3.84
3.84

81
98.0
98.0

3.21

82

3.84
3.84

98.0
98.0

91

3.75
95
4.7 119.4
4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4
3.75

95

3.59

91

3.75
95
4.7 119.4
4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4
4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8
3.75

95

5.30

135

4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4
4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8

I
I
II
III, IV

I
II
III, IV
I
II
III, IV
I
II
II
III, IV
I
II
III, IV

3.84

98.0

4.50 114.3 4.74 120.4

I

3.84
3.84

98.0
98.0

4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8
4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4

II
III, IV

3.84

98.0

4.50 114.3 5.11 129.8

3.84 98.0 4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4
4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5
3.84

98.0

4.50 114.3 5.49 139.4

4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5

I
II
III, IV
I
III, IV

4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 5.61 142.5

I

4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 6.30 160.0

III, IV

4.51 114.6 5.25 133.4 6.30 160.0

I

6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4

III, IV

6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4

I

6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1

III, IV

6.17 156.7 7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1

I

7.63 193.8 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1
7.63 193.8 9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1
7.63 194 9.00 229 8.31 211
8.75 222 9.00 229 7.24 184
8.75 222 9.00 229 9.15 232
7.63 194 9.00 229 8.31 211
8.75 222 9.00 229 9.15 232

III, IV
I
II
I
III, IV
I
I

7.46 189.5

7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1

I

9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1

III, IV

CP8

Type

Voltage Code

Height

In.
TF25
D1
4
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4
TF50
D20, D32
4.25
D50
4.25
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33,
4.25
D37, D20, D32
TF75
D50
4.55
D1, D5,D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.25
TF100
D20, D32
4.55
D50
4.55
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33,
4.55
D37, D20
TF150
D32
4.55
D50
5.1
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.55
D20
5.1
TF200
D32
5.1
D50
5.1
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 4.55
TF250
D20
5.1
D32, D50
5.1
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1
TF300
D20
5.1
D32, D50
5.1
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1
TF350
D20, D32
5.1
D50
5.73
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.1
TF500
D20, D32, D50
5.73
D1, D5,D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.73
TF750
D20, D32, D50
5.73
D1, D5, D3, D4, D31, D33, D37 5.73
TF1000
D20, D32, D50
7.46
D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31,
7.46
D33,
D37
TF1500
D20, D32, D50
7.46
D1, D5, D15, D3, D4, D31,
7.46
D33, D37
TF2000
D20, D32, D50

Discount
Schedule

www.schneider-electric.us

Type TF Dimensions
Width

Depth
In.
mm
3.09
79
3.09
79
3.34
85
4.43 113.0

Accessory
Key

mm
101.6
101.6
107.9
107.9

In.
3.00
3.00
3.38
3.38

mm
76
76
86
86

107.9

3.00

76

3.09

115.6
107.9
115.6
115.6

3.75
3.38
3.75
3.75

95
86
95
95

4.7 119.4
3.34
85
3.59
91
4.7 119.4

115.6

3.75

95

3.59

91

I

115.6
129.6
115.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
115.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
129.6
145.6
129.6
145.6
145.6
145.6
145.6
189.5

3.75
4.50
3.75
3.75
4.50
4.50
3.75
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
5.25
4.50
5.25
5.25
5.25
5.25
7.06

95
114.3
95
95
114.3
114.3
95
114.3
114.3
114.3
114.3
114.3
114.3
114.3
133.4
114.3
133.4
133.4
133.4
133.4
179.3

4.7
4.74
3.59
4.7
4.74
5.11
5.30
4.74
5.11
4.74
5.11
5.49
5.11
5.49
5.61
5.49
5.61
5.61
6.30
6.30
5.92

119.4
120.4
91
119.4
120.4
129.8
135
120.4
129.8
120.4
129.8
139.4
129.8
139.4
142.5
139.4
142.5
142.5
160.0
160.0
150.4

II
III, IV
I
II
II
III, IV
I
II
III, IV
I
II
III, IV
I
II
III, IV
I
III, IV
I
III, IV
I
III, IV

189.5

7.06 179.3 5.92 150.4

I

189.5

7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1

III, IV

189.5

7.06 179.3 7.17 182.1

I

9.00 228.6 6.38 162.1

III, IV

79

I
I
II
III, IV
I
III, IV
I
II
III, IV

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Control

Type T and Type TF
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

21.00
30.00
30.00

10
10
10

SF25A

25–200

25–150

—

210.00
300.00
300.00

SF25B

250–2000

200–2000

25–2000

SF41A b

25–200

25–150

—

200–2000

25–2000

Kits must be ordered separately. Also supplied in bulk packages of 100 individual covers.
Add “B” to Type number (available only on FSC1B and FSC2B).

Table 14.33:

Separate NEMA Type 1 Enclosures for Transformers

Class 9991 Type
UE7

For Use With
EO1, EO17, T50
EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15, EO16, EO18, EO19, T75, T100, T150, T200, T250,
T300, T350, T500
EO51, EO61, T750, T1000, EO71

LG1
SDG4

SF41B b 250–2000

FB1A

25–200

25–150

—

FB1B

250–2000

200–2000

25–2000

NOTE: User must drill mounting holes. See pages 16-106 and 16-107 for dimensions.

I

II

III, IV

Description

Two jumpers
per bag
Minimum order
3003302754 T250–T5000 T200–T3000 T25–T3000
of 50 kits

3003302753

T25–T200

T25–T150

—

Order
Qty.

Type Accessory Key

Catalog
No.

Order
$ Price

Jumper Kits
$ Price
Each

Table 14.34:

b

8.00

50

400.00

5.00

50

250.00

NOTE: Jumpers are supplied with voltage codes that require them. If additional kits are required,
order per above chart.

Table 14.35:

Fuse Pullers (For Use on TF and FB Accessory)
$ Price
Each
33.00

Catalog No.
9070FP1

Order
Qty.
10

Order
$ Price
330.00

Field Installed Fuse Options

Table 14.37:
Type

—

200–2000 25–2000

87.00

1

87.00

87.00

1

87.00

Primary Fusing

Type Accessory Key
I

Order
$ Price

25–150

Description
Three pole fuse block for
primary and secondary
fusing, accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget
fuse (2 rejection and
1 non-rejection)
Three pole fuse block for
primary and secondary
fusing, accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget
fuse (2 rejection and
1 non-rejection)

Order
$ Price

250–2000

III, IV

Order
Qty.

25–200

II

Order
Qty.

FB3B

I

$ Price
Each

Type

FB3A

Primary and Secondary Fusing

Type Accessory Key

II

III, IV

Description

Two pole fuse block for
primary fusing,
FB2A 25–200
25–150
—
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse
(2 rejection)
Two pole fuse block for
primary fusing,
FB2B 250–2000 200–2000 25–2000
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch midget fuse
(2 rejection)

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

$ Price
Each

Table 14.36:

Secondary fuse block
accommodates
1-1/4 x 1/4 inch fuse
Secondary fuse block
accommodates
1-1/4 x 1/4 inch fuse
Secondary fuse clip
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch
midget fuse
Secondary fuse clip
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch
midget fuse
One pole fuse block
for secondary fusing,
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch
midget fuse
(1 non-rejection)
One pole fuse block
for secondary fusing,
accommodates
1-1/2 x 13/32 inch
midget fuse
(1 non-rejection)

75.00

75.00

1

75.00

CP8

210.00

21.00

10

210.00

18.00

10

180.00

18.00

10

180.00

53.00

1

53.00

53.00

1

53.00

Selection Guide
1. Determine the inrush and sealed VA of each coil in the control circuit
and the VA of all other components.
2. Total the sealed VA of all operating coils and the VA of all other
loads. (This determines the minimum VA size required for the
circuit.)
3. Total the inrush VA of all coils that are starting at the same time and
all loads and coils that are running.
4. Locate a value in the VA column of Table 14.39 that is equal to or
greater than the value calculated in step 2.
5. In the VA row selected in step 4, find the inrush value under the
appropriate voltage regulation column of Table 14.39. If this value is
greater than the calculated value from step 3, this is the correct
transformer VA rating.
If the inrush value on the selected VA row is not greater than the
calculated value from step 3, use the next higher transformer VA
rating, that is, the rating on the next row.
If your supply voltage is stable and fluctuates less than 5%, Schneider
Electric recommends you use the 90% secondary voltage column. If
your supply voltage is not stable and fluctuates more than 10% we
recommend you use the 95% secondary voltage column. We
recommend that you never use the 85% secondary voltage column
since magnetic devices lose life expectancy if they are continuously
started at 85% of rated voltage.
Regulation Chart for Type T

Inrush VA @ 20% power factor
1

10

SF41 can be installed on the following voltage codes: D1, D5, D24, D3, D4, D51, D2,
D23, D14, D25, D20, D95, D19, D22, D36.
I = voltage codes D1, D2, D3, D4, D5, D12, D13, D14, D15, D23, D24, D25, D31, D32, D33,
D36, D5
II = voltage codes D18, D20
III, IV= voltage codes D19, D50

c

Table 14.39:

75.00

21.00

VA
50
75
100
150
200
250
300
350
500
750
1000
1500
2000
3000
5000

Discount
Schedule

95%
Secondary
Voltage
193
271
339
666
588
1416
1634
1894
3197
3770
6587
19324
31384
26539
53111

90%
Secondary
Voltage
266
396
499
893
815
1910
2184
2592
4104
5515
9079
23983
38777
39934
85265

85%
Secondary
Voltage
339
20
659
1120
1041
2388
2709
3261
4981
7231
11430
28607
6161
52713
116277

Inrush VA @ 40% power factor
95%
Secondary
Voltage
151
210
266
529
459
1057
1194
1392
2374
2887
4706
15066
24794
19355
39368

90%
Secondary
Voltage
215
318
404
731
659
1494
1681
2005
3195
4391
6886
19361
31630
30721
66309

85%
Secondary
Voltage
282
430
549
942
866
1936
2169
621
4019
5945
9051
23756
38667
42216
93882

14-17

TRANSFORMERS

2 covers per kit
2 covers per kit
2 covers per kit

Description

III, IV

14

Description

II

Order
$ Price

a

III, IV
—
—
T25–T5000

Order
Qty.

FSC1
FSC2
FSC23

I
II
T25–T200
T25–T150
T250–T5000 T250–T5000
—
—

$ Price
Each

Type Accessory Key a

Type

I

Fingersafe™ Covers (Not Supplied with Unit)

Order
$ Price

Type

Table 14.32:

Field-Installable Secondary Fuse Clips
Type Accessory Key c

Order
Qty.

Table 14.38:

The Type T control transformers offer multiple field installable accessories:

$ Price
Each

Accessories

Transformer Disconnects

NEMA Type 1and Type 12 Enclosures
Class 9070 / Refer to Catalog 9070CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Transformer Disconnects for NEMA Type 1 and Type 12 Enclosures
Square D™ brand transformer disconnects mount inside or outside a control system
enclosure. The transformer disconnect being connected directly to the 480 V system
controls power for auxiliary, single-phase loads when the main three-phase disconnect is
either ON or OFF. The transformer disconnect is normally wired to the line side of the
control panel's main disconnect.
This convenient source of 120 V power can be used for auxiliary or isolated loads, such as
panel lighting, portable power tools, and programmable controller equipment.
Units consist of copper-wound transformers, a disconnect switch, and primary and
secondary fuse blocks. All blocks are installed in NEMA Type 1 or Type 12 enclosures.
Transformer disconnects are UL Listed. Use Square D™ brand Type TF industrial control
transformers and Square D™ brand disconnect switches.
Multiple enclosure options and accessories are available. See catalog 9070CT0301 or
contact your local Schneider Electric representative or distributor.
Transformer disconnects are available in NEMA Type 1
Standard, NEMA Type 12 Standard, and NEMA Type 1 Mini.

14

Table 14.40:
VA

•
•
•
•

Standard NEMA Type 1
Mini NEMA Type 1
Compact NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 12

Transformer Disconnects
Catalog
No.

$ Price

Without Outlet

Catalog
No.

$ Price

H

Enclosure

With Outlet

W

D

In.

mm

In.

mm

In.

mm

Weight
(lbs)

TRANSFORMERS

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary (Compact Design)
100
9070MN100G0D1
1338.00
9070MN100G0D1G13
250
9070MN250G0D1
1488.00
9070MN250G0D1G13
500
9070MN500G0D1
1640.00
9070MN500G0D1G13
750
9070SK750G3D1
1721.00
9070SK750G3D1G13
1000
9070SK1000G3D1
2259.00 9070SK1000G3D1G13
1500
9070SK1500G3D1
3351.00 9070SK1500G3D1G13
2000
9070SK2000G3D1
4257.00 9070SK2000G3D1G13
3000
9070SK3000G3D1
5696.00 9070SK3000G3D1G13

1551.00
1701.00
1853.00
1934.00
2472.00
3564.00
4470.00
5909.00

G0
G0
G0
G3
G3
G3
G3
G3

7.00
7.00
7.00
13.40
13.40
13.40
13.40
13.40

178
178
178
340
340
340
340
340

11.30
11.30
11.30
14.80
14.80
14.80
14.80
14.80

287
287
287
376
376
376
376
376

7.81
7.81
7.81
10.21
10.21
10.21
10.21
10.21

198
198
198
259
259
259
259
259

16
21
24
47
51
65
71
85

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
250
9070SK250G1D1
1353.00
9070SK250G1D1G13
500
9070SK500G1D1
1488.00
9070SK500G1D1G13
750
9070SK750G1D1
1674.00
9070SK750G1D1G13
1000
9070SK1000G1D1
2199.00 9070SK1000G1D1G13
1500
9070SK1500G2D1
3255.00 9070SK1500G2D1G13
2000
9070SK2000G2D1
3699.00 9070SK2000G2D1G13
3000
9070SK3000G2D1
4955.00 9070SK3000G2D1G13

1566.00
1701.00
1887.00
2412.00
3468.00
3912.00
5168.00

G1
G1
G1
G1
G2
G2
G2

9.40
9.40
9.40
9.40
13.40
13.40
13.40

239
239
239
239
340
340
340

11.80
11.80
11.80
11.80
14.80
14.80
14.80

300
300
300
300
376
376
376

8.96
8.96
8.96
8.96
12.21
12.21
12.21

228
228
228
228
310
310
310

26
28
33
37
67
73
87

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure, 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
5000
9070SK5000G4D9
7748.00

9070SK5000G4D9G13

7961.00

G4

16.90

429

18.20

462

14.50

368

125

NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary
250
9070SK250A2D1
3281.00
9070SK250A2D1G13
500
9070SK500A2D1
3417.00
9070SK500A2D1G13
750
9070SK750A2D1
3621.00
9070SK750A2D1G13
1000
9070SK1000A2D1
3723.00 9070SK1000A2D1G13
1500
9070SK1500A2D1
4095.00 9070SK1500A2D1G13
2000
9070SK2000A2D1
4364.00 9070SK2000A2D1G13
3000
9070SK3000A2D1
5448.00 9070SK3000A2D1G13

3494.00
3630.00
3834.00
3936.00
4308.00
4577.00
5661.00

A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2
A2

16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50
16.50

419
419
419
419
419
419
419

14.50
14.50
14.50
14.50
14.50
14.50
14.50

368
368
368
368
368
368
368

13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50
13.50

343
343
343
343
343
343
343

46
49
53
58
79
85
99

NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, 240 x 480 V Primary, 120 V Secondary, Flange Switch
250
9070SK250A3D1
3281.00
9070SK250A3D1G13
500
9070SK500A3D1
3417.00
9070SK500A3D1G13
750
9070SK750A3D1
3621.00
9070SK750A3D1G13
1000
9070SK1000A3D1
3723.00 9070SK1000A3D1G13
1500
9070SK1500A3D1
4095.00 9070SK1500A3D1G13
2000
9070SK2000A3D1
4364.00 9070SK2000A3D1G13

3494.00
3630.00
3834.00
3936.00
4308.00
4577.00

A3
A3
A3
A3
A3
A3

15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50
15.50

394
394
394
394
394
394

17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00
17.00

432
432
432
432
432
432

10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00

254
254
254
254
254
254

48
53
57
61
75
86

14-18

CP8

Discount
Schedule

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Instrument, 600 Volt
Class

Voltage and Current Transformers
Class 4210 / Refer to Catalog 4210CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Voltage Transformers
Schneider Electric offers three models of voltage transformers, each suited for a particular application:
• Model 450R
— Applications requiring accurate voltage measurement within the 0.3% accuracy class
— Switchboards with 1% instrumentation
• Model 460R
— Applications with less critical accuracy and low burden requirements
— Transducers and other panelboard monitoring
• Model E470
— Extremely accurate voltage measurement
— Low burden applications, such as PLC modules and similar, high-impedance electronic devices
Table 14.41:

Voltage Transformers

Application

Model Number

Accuracy/Burden and Thermal Rating

Large Burden
Small Burden
Small Burden

450R
460R
470R

0.3 W, X, M, Y; 500 VA Thermal
0.6 W, 1.2X; 150 VA Thermal
0.3W, 1.2X; 150 VA Thermal

Primary Voltages
(120 V Secondary)
120–600 V
120–600 V
120–600 V

Current Transformers

Current Transformers

Window Diameter
In.
1.3

28

1.56

40

1.94

49

2.25

57

2.34

59

2.50

63

3.50

89

4.00

102

4.25

108

4.50

114

5.25
5.75
6.25

133
146
159

6.88

175

8.13
2.12 x 4.25
3.50 x 6.25
3.56 x 8.81
7.45 x 3.75

206
54 x 108
89 x 159
90 x 224
189 x 95

a
b

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

mm

Usual Application
Model Number
2NR
5NR
54R
64R
66R
7RL

Metering

Metering or
Control Relaying

High Output
Relaying

X
X
X
X
X

7RT
74R
76R
74RFT
180R
200R
201R
100R
110R
170R
312R
202R
203R
120R
210R
151R
152R
140R
260R
273
270R
560R

X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X

X
X

X
X
X
X

Primary Range in Amperes a UL Recognized
Product
50–300
100–600
100–600
100–750
100–750
50–1500
50–1500
150–1500 b
200–1500
200–1500
—
100–1500
100–600
100–800
200–2000
200–2000
200–2000
600–4000
100–1000
100–3000
200–3000
200–3000
600–4000
50–4000
50–6000
100–4000
200–4000
400–5000
400–5000

Yes

With a 5 A secondary.
With a 1 A secondary.

14-19

14

Table 14.42:

TRANSFORMERS

Current transformers are low cost, compact units that offer good electrical performance in a general purpose
transformer.
• They are very easy to mount on the conductors.
• All current transformers feature permanent polarity marks molded into the case.
The following types of current transformers are available:
• General purpose
• Toroidal (single ratio)
• Rectangle window (single ratio)
• Split core
• Bushing (single ratio) (multi-ratio)
For part numbers, see Section 6 of the Supplemental Digest or see the Schneider Electric Product Configurator.
Contact your local Schneider Electric representative for other available features.

Energy Efficient, Dry Type
2.4, 5, and 15 kV

Ordering
Information
To complete the threeor single-phase
catalog numbers on
this page:

14
TRANSFORMERS

1. In Table 14.44 or
Table 14.46, find
your required
voltage rating.
2. Note the voltage
code for that
rating.
3. In Table 14.43 or
Table 14.45, find
the transformer
with the required
voltage rating.
4. Replace the ( ) in
the catalog
number of that
transformer with
the voltage code
noted in step 2.
Example 1: 1000 kVA, 3Ø,
60 Hz, 150 °C temp. rise,
60 kV BIL, NEMA sound level,
ventilated indoor enclosure,
13.2 kV delta 480Y/277, 2-2.5%
full capacity taps. 2AN and 2BN
= catalog no. EE1000T51H.
Example 2: 750 kVA 3Ø, 60 Hz,
80 °C temp. rise, 60 kV BIL,
NEMA sound level, ventilated
indoor enclosure, 4160 V Delta,
480Y/277, 2-2.5% full capacity
taps. 2AN and 2BN = catalog
no. EE750T19HB. Add 20% to
listed price.
Example 3: 167 kVA,
2400/4160Y-120/240, 1Ø,
60 Hz = catalog no.
EE167S13H. The unit would be
supplied with 2–2.5% above
and 2–2.5% full capacity below
normal taps on the primary.

Three- and Single-Phase; 1201–15,000 Volts
Class 7432

1201–15,000 V, Single-Phase, Indoor
Transformers

All transformers are built with 220 oC insulation and
150 oC temperature rise. For 115 oC rise add 10% to
price and F to catalog number. For 80 oC rise add 20% to
price and B to catalog number. Check with your local
Schneider Electric representative to verify dimensional
changes and weights and for copper windings.
Standard high voltage taps: 4-2.5%, 2AN and 2BN. For
4-2.5% FCBN, add BN to catalog number.

All transformers are built with 220 oC insulation and
150 oC temperature rise. For 115 oC rise add 10% to price
and F to catalog number. For 80 oC rise add 20% to price
and B to catalog number, and check with your local
Schneider Electric representative for dimensional changes.
Standard high voltage taps: 4–2.5%, 2AN and 2BN. For
4-2.5% FCBN, add BN to catalog number.

Table 14.43:
kVA

Three-Phase Transformers

Catalog No.

$ Price

Enclosure a

Weight (lbs)

36D
37D
37D
38D
38D
39F
40F
40F
41F
42F

15 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz,150 °C Rise
112.5
EE112T( )H
58586.00
150
EE150T( )H
72309.00
225
EE225T( )H
98125.00
300
EE300T( )H
137445.00
500
EE500T( )H
139650.00
750 b
EE750T( )H
165870.00
1000 b
EE1000T( )H
210915.00
1500 b
EE1500T( )H
241298.00
2000 b
EE2000T( )H
282852.00
2500 b
EE2500T( )H
327549.00
3000 b
EE3000T( )H
421833.00

38D
38D
45D
45D
44F
39F
40F
40F
41F
42F
42F

a

b

Table 14.45:

2200
2420
3080
3630
5500
6600
8140
9900
11990
13420
16940

Single-Phase Transformers
Weight (lbs)

Enclosure c

2.4 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise
167
EE167S( )H
45444.00
250
EE250S( )H
59253.00
333
EE333S( )H
72783.00

1650
2420
3300

38D
38D
45D

5 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise
167
EE167S( )H
48777.00
250
EE250S( )H
63312.00
333
EE333S( )H
77478.00

1650
2420
3520

38D
38D
45D

15 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise
167
EE167S( )H
56136.00
250
EE250S( )H
72705.00
333
EE333S( )H
86835.00

2640
3740
5500

38D
45D
45D

kVA

2.4 kV and 5 kV Voltage Class, 60 Hz, 150 °C Rise
112.5
EE112T( )H
51125.00
1540
150
EE150T( )H
62805.00
1760
225
EE225T( )H
84500.00
2090
300
EE300T( )H
101965.00
2310
500
EE500T( )H
119077.00
3520
750 b
EE750T( )H
149110.00
4290
1000 b
EE1000T( )H
185080.00
8140
1500 b
EE1500T( )H
222440.00
9900
2000 b
EE2000T( )H
255265.00
11990
2500 b
EE2500T( )H
308692.00
13420

c

Catalog No.

Table 14.44:
kV Class
2.4
30 kV BIL

5
30 kV BIL

Three-Phase Voltage Codes
Code
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62

Primary
2400 Delta
2400 Delta
2400 Delta
2400 Delta
2400 Delta
4160 Delta
4160 Delta
4160 Delta
4160 Delta
4160 Delta
4160Y/2400
4160Y/2400
4160/2400
4800 Delta
4800 Delta
4800 Delta
4800 Delta
4800 Delta
7200 Delta
7200 Delta
7200 Delta
7200 Delta
7200 Delta
12000 Delta
12000 Delta
12000 Delta
12000 Delta
12000 Delta
12470 Delta
12470 Delta
12470 Delta
12470 Delta
12470 Delta
12470Y/7200
12470Y/7200
12470Y/7200
13200 Delta
13200 Delta
13200 Delta
13200 Delta
13200 Delta
13200Y/7620
13200Y/7620
13200Y/7620
13800 Delta
13800 Delta
13800 Delta
13800 Delta
13800 Delta

PE6D

Secondary
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta
208Y/120
480Y/277
240 Delta
480 Delta
600 Delta

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

See 14-10 for enclosures. Enclosures are for indoor use only.
Transformers suitable for outdoor use are available on special order.
Adding a weather shield will not make medium voltage transformer
suitable for outdoor use.

Table 14.46:

Single-Phase Voltage Codes

kV Class
2.4
30 kV BIL
5
30 kV BIL

See 14-10 for enclosures. Enclosures are for indoor use only.
Transformers suitable for outdoor use are available on special order.
Adding a weather shield will not make medium voltage transformer
suitable for outdoor use.
Dimensions and prices listed for 480 volt secondary only. For 240 V or
208 V, contact your local Schneider Electric representative.

15
60 kV BIL

14-20

www.schneider-electric.us

1201–15,000 V, Three-Phase, Indoor
Transformers

15
60 kV BIL

Code
14
25
13
15
16
24
26
27
17
18
28
29
19
20
21
22
23
30
31
32
33
34

Primary
2400 Delta
2400 Delta
2400/4160Y
4800 Delta
4160 Delta
2400/4160Y
4800 Delta
4160 Delta
4160/7200Y
7200
4160/7200Y
7200
4160/12470Y
7620/13200Y
12470
13200
13800
4160/12470Y
7620/13200Y
12470
13200
13800

Secondary
120/240
277
120/240
20/240
20/240
277
277
277
120/240
120/240
277
277
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
120/240
277
277
277
277
277

Special Notes
1. Distribution class lightning arresters are recommended
as good practice, but are not included in the above
prices. Arrester addition may affect dimensions. Contact
your local Schneider Electric representative.
2. For 15 kV transformers requiring bottom entrance or
exit, a separate compartment is required for adequate
termination space and clearance. Transformers
1500 kVA and above with top entrance or exit may
require a separate compartment to provide adequate
wiring space. Contact your local Schneider Electric
representative for special requirements.
3. If the transformer requires a 94-inch high enclosure for a
switchgear line-up, or if a special enclosure is required,
contact your local Schneider Electric representative.
4. For 95 kV BIL, consult your local Schneider Electric
representative. (May affect dimensions.)

© 2011 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 15
Medical Products
Operating Room Isolated Power Panel
(see page 15-2)

Isolated Power Panels
Operating Room Panels

15-2

ICU/CCU Panels

15-2

Controlled Panels

15-3

X-ray and Laser Receptacles

15-3

Duplex Panels

15-3

Dual Output Voltage Panels

15-3

Line Isolation Monitor (LIM)
Iso-Gard™ Series 6

Remote Indicators/Displays

15-4
15-4
15-4

Remote Alarm Indicators

15-4

Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciator

15-5

IGT Dual Clock/Timer

15-5

IGT1550 Remote Control

15-5

Accessories

Iso-Gard Series 6 LIM
(see page 15-4)

15-2

15-6

Power/Ground Modules

15-6

Hospital Ground Cords and Jacks

15-6

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

All Square D™ brand Isolated Power Panels meet or exceed UL® 1022 and 1047 and are
cUL Listed.
All products listed in this section are available through standard ordering procedures from
authorized Schneider Electric distributors. For more information, contact your nearest
Schneider Electric sales office or distributor. Call 1-888-778-2733 or visit
www.schneider-electric.us.

15

Iso-Gard IGR Nurses’ Station Indicator
(see page 15-5)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

15-1

Medical Products

Isolated Power Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

Life Safety from Schneider Electric Medical Products
Schneider Electric has been deeply involved in isolated power systems since 1944. The
current Iso-Gard™ brand of isolated power panels has evolved over the years and will
continue to do so. With the ever-changing needs of the health care industry,
Schneider Electric is the leader in innovation and design.
Recent updates to some of our current panels include the ability to use bolt-on or plug-on
circuit breakers in all panels. With the growing need for X-ray and laser use, the controlled
power panel solves many difficult situations where both of these technologies are required,
but at different ampere ratings.
Mixing and matching components is easier today than ever before, with panels that can
serve up to 16 circuits. The Iso-Gard Series 6 line isolation monitor (LIM) has
communication capabilities and the ability to monitor the transformer temperature and
current flow.
Schneider Electric can work with facility managers, design engineers, contractors, or
anyone else trying to design an isolated power system. We can provide custom
configurations to fit your needs. Simply configure the panel desired by starting with the
basic operating room (OR) panel and adding the intensive care unit (ICU)/critical care unit
(CCU) or controlled power panel options you need.
• Panels are field expandable to 16 circuits for all panels by adding Square D™ brand
QO™ or QOB circuit breakers from Schneider Electric.
• Panels come with a main circuit breaker.
• Panels are 5 mA and field adjustable to 2mA.
• Six-inch deep panels are not available for all kVA ratings.
Orders can be automatically configured on the Schneider Electric brand ordering system
available from your nearest Schneider Electric distributor.
To request drawings and/or product design and availability information, send an e-mail to:
medical_products@us.schneider-electric.com

Operating Room Panels

15

First introduced in the 1960s, but newly redesigned in 2011, this standard unit is most often
used to supply 120 V service to the receptacles in an operating room. However, its use is
not restricted to that application; it can also be used in critical care areas. This panel
incorporates the following Schneider Electric components:
• Primary circuit breaker
• Isolation transformer
— low-leakage
— electrostatically shielded
— 180 °C insulat ion system
— 115 °C temperature rise
— 30 dB sound level
• Reference ground bus bar
• Iso-Gard LIM
• NQ panelboard interior

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

Operating room panels are non-ventilated and are supplied with a #304 stainless steel trim
with a brushed finish. Under continuous full load and normal hospital ambient conditions,
the surface temperature of the front trim panel will be no greater than 50 °C. The panels are
UL Listed under Section 1047, Isolated Power Systems Equipment
Table 15.1:

Operating Room Panel Ordering Information

Catalog No.

kVA Rating

Backbox Depth
(in inches)

3 and 5

6

7.5 and 10

8

SIP

Width/Height
(in inches)
24 W x 43 H

ICU/CCU Panels
Redesigned in 2011, these panels incorporate the same components and features as the
operating room panels, but have the added feature of eight power receptacles and six
approved grounding jacks connected to a ground bus for attaching fixed equipment and
building structural grounds.
The power receptacles are “hospital only,” locking-type receptacles. Duplex or single
receptacles are available on request. Although the panel is designed to serve the needs of
a coronary care or intensive care bed, it has been widely applied to provide power within
special procedure rooms, cardiovascular laboratories, and general operating rooms.
Table 15.2:

15-2

ICU/CCUPanel Ordering Information

Catalog No.

kVA Rating

Backbox Depth
(in inches)

Width/Height
(in inches)

SIP

3, 5, 7.5 and 10

8

24 W x 45 H

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medical Products

Isolated Power Panels
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Controlled Panels
Controlled isolated power panels from Schneider Electric are designed to provide power for
portable equipment outlets. In the past, most equipment operated on 60 A circuits. Today,
these loads vary from 20 to 60 A and multiple pieces of equipment are being used. By
applying the proper kVA loading, a panel can now provide power to multiple rooms and
maintain safe operating conditions. All these panels are available in both one-phase and
three-phase configurations with 5 to 25 kVA ratings.
The type of controls applied depends on the need. Schneider Electric has a variety of
control schemes from push buttons to switches located in the operating room. The NEC
requires that an audible and visual indication of alarm be available wherever isolated power
is used. We use a receptacle module with a remote alarm indicator built into it for this
purpose. A receptacle module without a remote alarm indicator is also available. The
control of these circuits is important not only for the safety of turning them on and off, but
they also turn the remote alarm indicators on and off at the same time. This reduces any
confusion caused by an alarm going off in the operating room from circuits that don’t need
to be energized.
The basic control scheme is the mechanical interlock panel. The panel will serve various
locations within the hospital. Interlocking circuitry allows predetermined locations to be used
at any given time. Consequently, the line isolation monitor (LIM) monitors only the wiring and
its inherent leakage to that receptacle. Remote indicator alarm stations must be located at the
receptacle location. A push button station located in the panel controls the interlocking
system. If the panel location is inaccessible or inconvenient for operating personnel, the push
button station is available in a separate module that can be installed at the nurses' station or
any other convenient location. This can be an inconvenience since this type of control system
requires someone to select which room will be turned on. It also poses a potential problem in
that someone could easily push a button to turn the power on in another room, thus turning off
the power in a room that may actually be usinga piece of equipment.
Table 15.3:

Controlled Panel Ordering Information

Catalog No.
SIP

kVA Rating

Backbox Depth
(in inches)

15

12

25

14

Width/Height
(in inches)
30 W x 51 H

Receptacle Modules for Controlled Panels
X-ray/laser power receptacle modules from Schneider Electric provide a convenient source
of power for portable X-ray and laser equipment. The receptacle provided in each module is
matched to the NEMA plug configuration of the equipment with which it will be used, and is
mounted behind the door on the stainless steel face plate. The door features a concealed
hinge and a touch latch.

The Duplex Isolation Power Panel is a single enclosure containing two complete hospital
isolation systems. A divider in the unit’s backbox separates the systems from top-to-bottom
and front-to-back.
Each system has its own set of equipment, all of which is manufactured by Schneider Electric:
• Primary circuit breaker
• Isolation transformer
• Reference ground bus bar
• Iso-Gard™ line isolation monitor (LIM)
• NQ panelboard interior

a

Duplex Isolation Panel Ordering Information

Catalog No.

kVA Rating a

Backbox Depth
(in inches)

Width/Height
(in inches)

SIX

3–10

8

34 W x 71 H

15

Table 15.4:

Panels are available in any combination of two kVA ratings.

Dual Output Voltage Panels
The dual output voltage, hospital isolated power panel is a single, ungrounded panel that
can supply two different output voltages simultaneously. Similar to a standard distribution
panel or load center, it can supply both 120/208 V or 120/240 V of ungrounded, isolated,
single-phase power using only one isolation transformer. Other hospital isolation panels
can supply only one output voltage.
Typically, the 208 or 240 V circuits of the dual output voltage panel supply power to
operating room equipment such as mobile X-ray machines or surgical lasers. At the same
time, the panel’s 120 V circuits can supply power to convenience receptacles, surgical
lights, X-ray film illuminators, sterilizers, and other 120 V appliances commonly found in
operating rooms. This panel is ideally suited as a power supply for power/ground modules
and X-ray indicator/receptacle modules.
Table 15.5:
Catalog No.
SIDV
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

Duplex Panels

Dual Output Panel Ordering Information
Output Voltage Rating
(in Vac)
120/208
120/240

Backbox Depth
(in inches)

Width/Height
(in inches)

14

34 W x 51 H

15-3

Medical Products

Line Isolation Monitor, Remote Alarm Indicators
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

Iso-Gard™ Series 6 Line Isolation Monitor—UL Recognized
The Square D brand, Iso-Gard Series 6, microprocessor-controlled, line isolation monitor (LIM) is included as standard
equipment in all Schneider Electric hospital isolation panels. This LIM is also available as a replacement unit for older
LIMs, is a direct replacement for all previous Schneider Electric LIMs, and is electrically compatible with all hospital
isolated power systems.

•
•
•
•
•

Automatic and manual self-test and self-calibration that reduces the frequency of required periodic testing
Digital and analog display
Unique audible alarm that will not be confused with other equipment
UL component recognized and CSA classified
Microprocessor-controlled circuitry for highest accuracy and stability

Table 15.6:

Iso-Gard LIM Ordering Information and Specifications

Catalog No.

Operating Voltage

Hazard Current Alarm Level

Mode

Monitor Hazard Current

IG6

85–265 Vac, 50 or 60 Hz

2 or 5 mA (selectable)

Single-phase

25 µA or less

15

Remote Alarm Indicators
The National Electrical Code® (NEC®) requires audible and visual alarm indication where isolation power is used
(NEC 517-160). Schneider Electric offers the IG2000P and RA1 remote alarm indicators for this purpose.

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

IG2000P

15-4

RA1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Medical Products

Nurses’ Station Indicators, Clock/Timer
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801

www.schneider-electric.us

Nurses’ Station Indicators/Alarm Annunciators
Nurses’ station indicators are available by combining the standard IG2000P remote onto a ganged plate or by using the
new IGR or IGRD indicators/alarm annunciators. The IGR unit can support up to 199 panels on a single, twisted-pair
connector. The IGRD unit has a larger capacity.
IGR
IGRD

Iso-Gard™ IGT Dual Clock/Timer
The IGT unit displays both time of day and elapsed time information. The top, four-digit display shows the current time.
It can operate in both 12- and 24-hour time modes. The bottom, four-digit display is an elapsed time counter controlled
by the Count/Reset and Hold/Resume buttons.
• Bright-red LED display for enhanced readability under the intense lighting conditions found in hospital operating
rooms
• 12/24 hour selectable mode
• Power outage backup for at least 24 hours without batteries
• Designed for flush wall mounting

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

A multi-display unit is available by combining the IGT unit into a four display unit and utilizing an IGT 1550 four-point
remote control.

Iso-Gard™ IGT1550 Remote Control
The IGT1550 remote control provides the ability to control a clock/elapsed timer, such as the IGT, from a more
convenient location.
IGT

15

IGT1550

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

15-5

Medical Products

Accessories
Class 4800 / Refer to Catalog 4800CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

Power/Ground Modules
When both ground jacks and power receptacles are required, these UL Listed modules offer convenience and save
labor in field wiring. The units include four power receptacles, four twist-to-lock ground jacks, and a ground bus with a
generous number of lugs for external ground connections.
The main ground connection in the module accommodates up to a #1/0 cable. The units are completely factory wired;
only field power connections and ground connections are necessary. They are furnished with Type 304, brushed
stainless steel face plates.
4 Red Duplex Receptacles
and 4 Ground Jacks

4 Locking Receptacles
and 4 Ground Jacks

Hospital Ground Cords and Jacks

15

Schneider Electric provides hospital-grade devices for the supply and grounding of portable equipment.
• Hospital ground cords
— Highly flexible wire with a heavy duty lug or clip end
— Ground cord with lug end is UL Listed (UL 467)
— Various lengths available
• Hospital ground jacks
Ground Cord with Lug End

Ground Jack

Ground Cord with Clip End

MEDICAL PRODUCTS

15-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 16
NEMA Contactors and Starters
NEMA AC Magnetic Contactors and Starters
Catalog Numbering System

16-13

Combination Starters—NEMA Style

Manual Starters and Switches (p. 16-4)

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters (p. 16-70)

Non-Reversing
Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8538
Fusible Disconnect Class 8538
Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8539
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8539
Reversing
Non-Fusible Disconnect Class 8738
Fusible Disconnect Class 8738, 8739
Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) Class 8739
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Class 8739

16-32, 16-34
16-31, 16-33, 16-34
16-35, 16-36, 16-37
16-38, 16-39
16-52
16-51, 16-52
16-53
16-55

Contactors—NEMA Style

NEMA Style Type S Contactors and Starters (p. 16-14)

Non-Reversing Class 8502
Reversing Class 8702
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8502
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Reversing Class 8702

16-14
16-44
16-28
16-50

Definite Purpose Contactors and Starters

16-70

Class 8910, 8965

Duplex Motor Starters Class 8941

16-78

Enclosures Class 9991

16-93

External Reset Mechanisms Class 9065

16-92

Factory Modifications (Forms)
Lighting Contactors Class 8903
Lighting Contactors (p. 16-59)

Panel Board (PB) Lighting Contactors

Manual Starters and Switches Class 2510, 2511, 2512
Multispeed Starters Class 8810

16-100
16-59
See Supplemental Digest

16-4
See Supplemental Digest

Overload Relays
Bimetallic Class 9065
Melting Alloy Class 9065
Motor Logic/Motor Logic Plus Class 9065
TeSys T Motor Management System

16-89
16-82
16-83
16-84

Pump Panels
Pump Panel (p. 16-75)

Combination Starters
(p. 16-31)

Full Voltage Class 8940

16-75

Reduced Voltage Starters
Electro-Mechanical Class 8600

See Supplemental Digest

Non-Reversing Class 8536
Reversing Class 8736
TeSys U Simple Motor Starter
Vacuum, Low Voltage, Non-Reversing Class 8536

16-18
16-46
16-12
16-29

Additional Products
Accessories Class 9998, 9999
Renewal Parts Class 9998
Thermal Units
Reversing Drum Switches Class 2601

TeSys N Contactors and Starters

See Supplemental Digest

16-139

16

NEMA Style TeSys N Contactors and Starters
(p. 16-139)

16-108
16-105
16-116

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Starters, Full Voltage—NEMA Style

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-1

Selection Information
www.schneider-electric.us

Class

2510, 2511, 2512

Type of Product

Manual Starters and Switches,
Non-Reversing, Reversing and
Two Speed

16-4
Page

Type F = N/A
NEMA Sizes

8502 & 8702

8536 & 8736

8538 & 8738

NEMA Style Full Voltage
NEMA Style Full Voltage
NEMA Style Full Voltage
Non-Reversing and Full Voltage
Non-Reversing and Full Voltage Non-Reversing and Full Voltage
Reversing Combination
Reversing Magnetic Contactors
Reversing Magnetic Starters
(Disconnect Switch)
Magnetic Starters

8539 & 8739

NEMA Style Full Voltage
Non-Reversing and Full Voltage
Reversing Combination
(PowerPact™ Circuit Breaker)
Magnetic Starters

8502 16-14

8536 16-18

8538 16-31

8539 16-35

8702 16-44

8736 16-46

8738 16-51

8739 16-53

00 to 7

00 to 7

8538 = 0 to 6

8539 = 0 to 7

8738 = 0 to 5

8739 = 0 to 6

600 Vac Max.

600 Vac Max.

Type K = N/A
Type M = 0 & 1

Load
Voltage

Current Ratings
(Continuous)

Type F = 277 V

600 Vac Max.

9A to 810 A

9 A to 810 A

Type F = 16 A
Types K & M = 30 A

Type F = 1
Horsepower
Ratings
(Maximum)

600 Vac Max.

Types K & M = 600 Vac

1/2 to 600

1/2 to 600

8538 = 18 A to 540 A

8539 = 18 A to 810 A

8738 = 18 A to 270 A

8739 = 18 A to 540 A

8538 =1/2 to 400

8539 = 1/2 to 600

8738 = 1/2 to 200

8739 = 1/2 to 400

Melting Alloy

Type K = 20
Type M = 10

Type F = Melting Alloy
Overload Relay

16

Enclosure Types

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Approvals

16-2

Melting Alloy

Melting Alloy

Type K = N/A

N/A

Bi-Metalic

Bi-Metalic

Bi-Metalic

Type M = Melting Alloy

Solid State

Solid State

Solid State

1, Flush Mount, 3R, 4, 4X, 7 & 9
and Open

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9
and Open

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R, 7 & 9
and Open

1, 4, 4X, 12/3R

1, 4, 4X, 12/3R

UL File E42243 NLRV

UL File E78351 NLDX

UL File E78351 NLDX

UL File E152395 NKJH7

UL File E152395 NKJH7

UR File E42243 NLRV2

CSA 60905 Class 3211-04

CSA 60905 Class 3211-04

CSA LR584 Class 3211 04

CSA LR584 Class 3211 04

CSA File LR 25490

CE IEC 947-4-1
Sizes 00–5 Only

CE IEC 947-4-1
Sizes 00–5 Only

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selection Information
www.schneider-electric.us

8903L & 8903S

8903

8910, 8911, 8965

8940

8941

Definite Purpose non- reversing
contactors available as compact 1 or 2
pole to 40 A and 2 to 4 pole to 90 A.
Reversing and Starter Configurations
also available.

Well-Guard Control™
Pumping Plant Panels available
with disconnect switches or
PowerPact™ circuit breakers.

NEMA Style AC Duplex Motor
Controllers available as a
combination starter or without
disconnecting means.

8910 16-70

16-75

16-78

Combination Devices

Multipole electrically held and
mechanically held contactors available
in 30 A configurations to 12 poles and
800 A configurations to 3 poles.

Type S lighting contactors electrically
held and mechanically held available
with disconnect switches or
PowerPact™ circuit breakers

16-59

16-61

8911 16-74
8965 16-81

N/A

N/A

N/A

1 to 7

1 to 4

600 Vac Max.

600 Vac Max.

600 Vac Max.

600 Vac Max.

600 Vac Max.

27 A to 810 A

27 A to 135 A

8903L to 30 A

300 A (Disconnect)

20 A to 40 A (Compact)

8903S to 800 A

600 A (Circuit Breaker)

20 A to 90 A

N/A

N/A

1/2 to 50

1/2 to 600

1/2 to 100

N/A

N/A

Melting Alloy (8911)

Melting Alloy

Melting Alloy

Bi-Metallic

Bi-Metallic

Solid State

Solid State

1, 4, 4X, 12/3R

1

3R

1, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open

UL File E78427 NRNT

UL File E16151 NRNT

UR E3190 NLDX2

UL/cUL 152395 NKJH

UL File E152395 NKJH7

CSA LR60905 Class 3231 01

cUL File E16151 NRNT

CSA LR25490 Class 3211 04

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12/3R and Open

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-3

Manual Starters

Type F—Fractional Horsepower
Class 2510, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Fractional Horsepower Manual Starters with Melting Alloy Type Thermal Overload Relay
Table 16.1:

Single-Unit Types—Class 2510—Rated 16 A — Thermal Units
Prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection
information.

Type of
Operator

NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Surface Mounting
No.
of
Poles

General Purpose Flush Mounting
(Without Pull Box)

Features
Standard

Type

Oversized

$ Price

Type

Standard
Stainless
Steel
Flush Plate

Gray
Flush
Plate

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

NEMA
Type 4a
Watertight
and
Dusttight
Enclosure

Jumbo
Stainless
Steel
Flush Plate

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA
Types 3R, 7 & 9
Hazardous
Locations
Div. 1 & 2
Class I Groups
B, C, & D &
Class II Groups
E, F & G
Enclosure
Type

$ Price

Type

Basic Starter—Class 2510
Standard
FG1
86.00 FGJ1
99.00 FF1
78.00 FS1
83.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
FO1
1
With Red Pilot Lightc FG1P 129.00 FGJ1P 143.00 FF1P 122.00 FS1P 129.00 FSJ1P 149.00
—
—
—
—
FO1P
Toggle
Standard
FG2
99.00
FGJ2
116.00
FF2
93.00
FS2
99.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
FO2
2
With Red Pilot Lightc FG2P 143.00 FGJ2P 158.00 FF2P 120.00 FS2P 143.00 FSJ2P 165.00
—
—
—
—
FO2P
Standard
FG3
116.00 FGJ3
129.00 FF3
107.00 FS3
114.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
FO3
1
With Red Pilot Lightc FG3P 158.00 FGJ3P 171.00 FF3P 149.00 FS3P 158.00 FSJ3P 179.00
—
—
—
—
FO3P
Key
Standard
FG4
129.00
FGJ4
143.00
FF4
122.00
FS4
129.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
FO4
2
With Red Pilot Lightc FG4P 171.00 FGJ4P 185.00 FF4P 165.00 FS4P 171.00 FSJ4P 192.00
—
—
—
—
FO4P
Starter with Handle Guard/Lock-Off—Class 2510
Standard
FG5
99.00 FGJ5
114.00
FW1
320.00 FR1
350.00
1
b
With Red Pilot Light c FG5P 143.00 FGJ5P 158.00
FW1P 435.00
—
—
Order basic starter plus
Toggle
separate handle guard kit.
Standard
FG6
116.00
FGJ6
129.00
FW2
336.00
FR2
363.00
2
b
With Red Pilot Lightc FG6P 158.00 FGJ6P 171.00
FW2P 449.00
—
—
a
Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $19.10 to price.
b
For replacement starter, order open type above. For NEMA 4 with pilot light, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device.

Table 16.2:
Type
of
Operator

Number
of
Thermal
Units
Required

Open
Type

$ Price
71.00
116.00
86.00
129.00
99.00
143.00
114.00
158.00

1
1
1
1

—
—
—
—

1
1

Duplex Units—Class 2510
No.
of
Poles

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure Surface
Mounting

Features

One Starter in Duplex Enclosure—Class 2510
Standard
Toggle
2
With Red Pilot Light c
Key
2
With Red Pilot Light c
Two Starters in One Enclosure—Class 2510
Standard
Toggle
2 Each Str.
With Red Pilot Light on Eachc
Key
2 Each Str.
With Red Pilot Light on Eachc
Starter and “AUTO-OFF-HAND” SPDT Selector Switch (AC Only)—Class 2510
Standard
1
With Red Pilot Light c
Toggle
Standard
2
With Red Pilot Lightc
Key
2
With Red Pilot Lightc

General Purpose Flush Mounting (Without Pull Box)
Gray Flush
Plate for Wall
or Cavity
Mounting
$ Price

Stainless Steel
Flush Plate for
Wall or Cavity
Mounting

Type

$ Price

Type

FG02
FG02P
FG04P

158.00
201.00
201.00

—
—
—

FG22
FG22P
FG44P

243.00
399.00
458.00

FF22
FF22P
FF44P

228.00
386.00
441.00

—
FS22P
FS44P

FG71
FG71P
FG72
FG72P
FG74P

221.00
264.00
234.00
278.00
306.00

FF71
FF71P
FF72
FF72P
FF74P

207.00
251.00
221.00
264.00
293.00

—
FS71P
—
FS72P
FS74P

—
—
—

Type
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—

Replacement Starter
Class 2510
Type

Number
of
Thermal
Units
Required

$ Price

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
399.00
458.00

—
—
—

—
—
—

2

—
264.00
—
278.00
306.00

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

1

1
1

2

1
1

Replacement Starter
Class 2510

Two Speed Starters (AC Only)—Class 2512
With Mechanical Interlock:
Standard
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc
With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch:
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc
Toggle
With Mechanical Interlock:
Standard
2
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc
With HIGH-OFF-LOW Selector Switch:
With 2 Red Pilot Lightsc
c
For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510FG2PG).
1

Table 16.3:

FG11
FG11P
—
FG22
FG22P
—

314.00
471.00
—
342.00
500.00
—

FF11
FF11P
—
FF22
FF22P
—

300.00
458.00
—
329.00
485.00
—

—
—
FS101P
—
—
FS202P

—
—
471.00
—
—
500.00

FO1T
FO1PT

86.00
129.00

FO1PT

129.00

FO2T
FO2PT

99.00
143.00

FO2PT

143.00

2

2

Horsepower Ratings Type F

16

Maximum Horsepower
Volts

AC Single Phase

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

1-Pole

2-Pole

DC
2-Pole Only

115–230

1

1

3/4

277

1

1

—

Note: Continuous current rating—16 A.

Table 16.4:
Type FG2P

Table 16.5:
•
•

16-4

Approvals—2510 Type F and K

Enclosed
Open
(UL Listed)
File E42243
(UL Component Recognized)
CCN NLRV
CSA Certified File LR25490 Class 3211-05

File E42243
CCN NLRV2

Type FO2

How to Order

To Order Specify:

Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Class

Type

2510

FG1

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Manual Switches

30 A, Reversing, Non-Reversing, Two Speed—Type K
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-Reversing—Class 2510

Type
of
Operator

NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Surface Mounting
No.
of
Poles

General Purpose Flush Mounting
(Without Pull Box)

Features
Standard

Standard
Stainless
Steel
Flush Plate

Gray
Flush
Plate

Oversized

NEMA
Types 3R, 7 & 9 a
Hazardous Locations
Div. 1 & 2
Class I Groups
B, C & D &
Class II Groups
E, F, and G
Enclosure

NEMA
Type 4 a
Watertight
and
Dusttight
Enclosure

Jumbo
Stainless
Steel
Flush Plate

Open
Type

Type
$ Price Type
$ Price Type $ Price Type
$ Price Type
$ Price Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Standard
KG1
66.00 KGJ1
81.00 KF1
59.00 KS1
66.00
—
—
KW1
314.00
KR1
342.00
With Pilot Lightc
2
115 Vac
KG1A
138.00 KGJ1A
153.00 KF1A
131.00 KS1A
138.00 KSJ1A
161.00 KW1A
428.00
—
—
230 Vac
KG1B
138.00 KGJ1B
153.00 KF1B
131.00 KS1B
138.00 KSJ1B
161.00 KW1B
428.00
—
—
Standard
KG2
149.00 KGJ2
165.00 KF2
143.00 KS2
149.00
—
— KW2
386.00
KR2
442.00
With
Pilot
Lightc
3
208-277 Vac
KG2B
221.00 KGJ2B
234.00 KF2B
215.00 KS2B
221.00 KSJ2B
243.00 KW2B
500.00
—
—
440-600 Vac
KG2C
221.00 KGJ2C
234.00 KF2C
215.00 KS2C
221.00 KSJ2C
243.00 KW2C
500.00
—
—
Toggle
Standard
KG5
78.00 KGJ5
93.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW5
327.00
—
—
With Pilot Lightc
—
2
115 Vac
KG5A
149.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW5A
440.00
—
—
230 Vac
KG5B
149.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW5B
440.00
—
—
Standard
KG6
162.00 KGJ6
176.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW6
396.00
—
—
With
Pilot
Lightc
3
208-277 Vac
KG6B
233.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW6B
512.00
—
—
440-600 Vac
KG6C
233.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
KW6C
512.00
—
—
Standard
KG3
95.00 KGJ3
110.00 KF3
89.00 KS3
95.00
—
—
—
—
—
With Pilot Lightc
2
115 Vac
KG3A
167.00 KGJ3A
179.00 KF3A
161.00 KS3A
167.00 KSJ3A
185.00
—
—
—
230 Vac
KG3B
167.00 KGJ3B
179.00 KF3B
161.00 KS3B
167.00 KSJ3B
185.00
—
—
—
—
Key
Standard
KG4
179.00 KGJ4
192.00 KF4
171.00 KS4
179.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
With
Pilot
Lightc
3
208-277 Vac
KG4B
251.00 KGJ4B
264.00 KF4B
243.00 KS4B
251.00 KSJ4B
270.00
—
—
—
—
440-600 Vac
KG4C
251.00 KGJ4C
264.00 KF4C
243.00 KS4C
251.00 KSJ4C
270.00
—
—
—
—
a
Furnished with one 3/4" pipe tap in bottom (reversible for top feed). To obtain 3/4" pipe tap top and bottom, add suffix letter “H” to type number and add $28.70 to price.
b
When replacing starter with pilot light in NEMA 4 enclosure, retain pilot light mounting bracket from original device.

Table 16.7:
Type
of
Operator

Type
of
Operator

Number
of
Poles

Motor Types
for Which Suitable

2

Single Ø
3-Lead
Repulsion-Induction

3

Three Ø; Also
Single Ø Capacitor,
Split Ø, or 4-Lead
Repulsion-Induction

Features
(Including Mechanical Interlock)

NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Surface Mounting

Standard
With Pilot Light:c
115 Vac
230 Vac
Standard
With Pilot Light:c
110–120 Vac
208–220 Vac
440–600 Vac

KO1A b
KO1B b
KO2

125.00
125.00
120.00

KO2B b
KO2C b
KO5

207.00
207.00
64.00

KO5Ab
KO5Bb
KO6

120.00
120.00
147.00

KO6Bb
KO6Cb
KO3

219.00
219.00
81.00

KO3A
KO3B
KO4

153.00
153.00
165.00

KO4B
KO4C

234.00
234.00

With Flush Plate for
Cavity Mounting
(Without Pull Box)

Replacement
Switch
Class 2510

Type
KG11

$ Price
287.00

Type
KF11

$ Price
270.00

Type
KO1T

$ Price
66.50

KG11A
KG11B
KG22

399.00
399.00
441.00

KF11A
KF11B
KF22

386.00
386.00
428.00

KO1AT
KO1BT
KO2T

138.00
138.00
149.00

KG22A
KG22B
KG22C

557.00
557.00
557.00

KF22A
KF22B
KF22C

543.00
543.00
543.00

KO2AT
KO2BT
KO2CT

221.00
221.00
221.00

Two Speed—Class 2512
Number
of
Poles

Motor Types
for Which Suitable

Features
(Including Mechanical Interlock)

NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Surface Mounting

Standard
With 2 Pilot Lights:c
2
115 Vac
230 Vac
Toggle
Standard
Three Ø
With
2 Pilot Lights:c
3
Separate Winding
208–240 Vac
(Wye-Connected)
440–600 Vac
For green pilot light, add the letter “G” to the catalog number (i.e. 2510KW2CG).
Single Ø
Two Winding
(3-Lead)

c

$ Price
52.00

Reversing—Class 2511

Toggle

Table 16.8:

Type
KO1

Table 16.9:

Class 2510 Horsepower Ratings
Maximum Hp

Motor
Type AC

KO1
KO3

2

Single Ø

2

2

3

3

1

2

1-1/2

KO2
KO4

3

Three Ø

2

7-1/2

10

10

1

2

1-1/2

KO5

2

Single Ø

2

3

7-1/2

10

1

2

1-1/2

KO6

3

115
230
460
575
90
115
230
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts

Three Ø

2

7-1/2

15

20

1

2

Note: Continuous current rating 30 A at 600 Vac maximum.

Table 16.10:

How to Order

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number

Type
KF11

$ Price
270.00

Type
KO1T

$ Price
66.50

KG11A
KG11B
KG22

513.00
513.00
441.00

KF11A
KF11B
KF22

500.00
500.00
428.00

KO1AT
KO1BT
KO2T

138.00
138.00
152.00

KG22B
KG22C

671.00
671.00

KF22B
KF22C

656.00
656.00

KO2BT
KO2CT

221.00
221.00

1-1/2

Device

Class
2511

Class
2512

Class 2511 and 2512 Horsepower
Ratings Type K
Maximum Hp

DC Ratings

No.
of
Poles

Motor Type
AC

2

Single Ø

2

2

3

1

2

1-1/2

3

Three Ø

2

7-1/2

10

1

2

1-1/2

2

Single Ø

2

2

3

1

2

1-1/2

2

7-1/2

10

1

2

1-1/2

2

7-1/2

10

1

2

1-1/2

3
3

3 Ø,
Constant or Variable
Torque
3 Ø,
Constant
Horsepower

115 230 460–575 90
115 230
Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts Volts

Catalog Number
Class
Type
2510
KO2

16

•
•

$ Price
287.00

DC Rating

No. of
Poles

Replacement
Switch
Class 2510

Type
KG11

Table 16.11:

Class
2510

With Flush Plate for
Cavity Mounting
(Without
Pull Box)

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.6:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-5

Manual Starters and
Switches

Type F and K—Approximate Dimensions
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Open Type

NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Flush Mount)

MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2)
PILOT LIGHT

MTG. HOLES FOR #6-32 SCREWS (2)
PILOT LIGHT
1.69
.84 43
21

OFF

OFF

1.69
43

.84
21

OFF

2.38
3.28 60
83 4.13
105

2.38
60

3.28
83
4.13
105

43

A

.75
.91 19
23

Types KO1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
Types KO5, 5A, 5B, 6, 6B, 6C
Motor Starting Switch

Device

(2) .22 DIA. MTG. HOLE
6

Type of
Operator

Toggle
Fractional
Hp
Starter

PILOT LIGHT
ON

OFF

3.75
95

Key

4.38
111

1.13
.31
29
8
CONDUIT CENTER LINE

Toggle

.28 DIA. PADLOCK HOLE
7

Motor
Starting
Switch

.78
20

3" 14 PIPE TAP

4

Key

Table 16.12:
Device
Fractional Hp Starter
Motor Starting Switch

Class
2510
2510

PILOT
LIGHT

Table 16.13:

4.56
116 4.25
108

3
76 2.75
1.13
70
29

1.78
45

D

.50
13 .66
17

1.69
43

NEMA 4 Watertight Die Cast Zinc Enclosure
.25
6

B

2.34
1.7060

2.22
56
1.59
40

Types FO1, 1P, 2
Fractional Hp Starter

2.56
65

C

D

Dimensions

Class 2510 Type

A

B

C

FF1, 1P, 2, 2P
FS1, 1P, 2, 2P

1-7/16

2-3/4

4-1/2

FSJ1P, 2P

1-7/16

3-1/2

5-1/4

FF3, 3P, 4, 4P
FS3, 3P, 4, 4P

1-7/16

2-3/4

4-1/2

FSJ3P, 4P

1-7/16

3-1/2

5-1/4

KF1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C
KS1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C

1-3/4

2-3/4

4-1/2

KSJ1A, 1B, 2B, 2C

1-3/4

3-1/2

5-1/4

KF3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C
KS3, 3A, 3B, 4, 4B, 4C

1-3/4

2-3/4

4-1/2

KSJ3A, 3B, 4B, 4C

1-3/4

3-1/2

5-1/4

Type
FW1, 1P, 2, 2P
KW1, 1A, 1B, 2, 2B, 2C

NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure (Surface Mount)
Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2)
6

3.00
76

OFF

Mtg. Holes .25 dia. (2)
6

4.25
108

3.00
76

OFF

4.25
108

4.86
123
1.63
41
2.44
62

2.75
70

16

2.88
73

Pilot
Light

2.88
73

0.56
14

3.28
83

Pilot
Light
4.35
110

OFF

0.56
14

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

0.41
10

2.20
56

0.69
17
1.06
27

1/2-3/4" Conduit
Knockout, Both Ends

Standard
(Class 2510 Types FG & KG, Single Unit)

16-6

1.63
41
2.88
73

2.75
70

0.71
18

1.06
27

Pilot Light

3.09
78

1/2-3/4" Conduit
Knockout, Both Ends

Oversized
(Class 2510 Types FGJ & KGJ, Single Unit)

Jumbo
(Class 9991Type KE2, see page 16-11)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters and
Switches

Approximate Dimensions—Type F and K
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for Hazardous
Locations

3.95
100

4.35
110

2X .30
8

1.37
35

OFF

OFF

C

2.56
65

6.36
161
ON

PILOT
LIGHT

A

5.75
146
OFF

.75
19
.91
23

D

.28 PADLOCK HOLE
7
CONDUIT CENTERLINE
2X .31 MTG. HOLES
8

Table 16.14:

1.37
35

3/4-14 PIPE TAP,
BOTTOM ONLY

.70
18

1.19
30

NEMA 3R, 7, and 9 Aluminum Enclosure for
Hazardous Locations
Device

Class
2510
2510

Fractional Hp Starter
Motor Starting Switch

Type
FR1, 2
KR1, 2

Key

.25
DIA. MTG. HOLES
6

.38
10

2.75
70
2.88
73

1.88
48

OFF

1.88
4.50 48
114

Type of
Operator

Class

.56
14

2.56
65 2.63
67

B

C

D

FF22, 22P

5-1/4

3-3/4 5-1/4

1-7/16

FS22P

4-9/16

3-1/2 4-1/2

1-7/16

FF44P

5-1/4

3-3/4 5-1/4

1-7/16

FS44P

4-9/16

3-1/2 4-1/2

1-7/16

2510
5-1/4

5-1/4

2

FS71P, 72P

4-9/16

3-1/2 4-1/2

2

FF74P

5-1/4

3-3/4 5-1/4

2

FS74P

4-9/16

3-1/2 4-1/2

2

KF11, 11A, 11B
KF22, 22A
KF22B, 22C

5-1/4

3-3/4 5-1/4

1-3/4

Two Speed
Toggle
2512
FF11, 11P, 22, 22P
5-1/4
3-3/4 5-1/4
Starter
Two Speed
KF11,
11A,
11B,
Toggle
2512
5-1/4
3-3/4 5-1/4
Switch
KF22, 22B, 22C
c
Dimensions include factory wired power connections.
d
Selector Switch is on left, extends 1-5/8" from mounting surface.

1-7/16

Reversing
Switch

3.81
97

Dimensionsc
A

FF71, 71P, 72, 72P

One
Starter
and One
Selector
Switchd

3.00
76 4.25
108

Type

2510

Two
Starters

PILOT
LIGHT

OFF

Device

General Purpose Flush Mounting Plate for
Duplex Devices

Toggle

Dimensions for Duplex Devices
(4)

Table 16.16:

B

Toggle

Key

Toggle

3/4

2510

2510

2511

1-3/4

1.06
27
1/2 - 3/4 CONDUIT KNOCKOUT, BOTH ENDS.

Table 16.15:

NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mount Enclosure
for Duplex Devices

Type of
Class
Type
Operator
Toggle
2510
FGO2, 02P
One Starter
Key
2510
FGO4P
Toggle
2510
FG22, 22P
Two Starters
Key
2510
FG44P
Toggle
2510
FG71, 71P, 72, 72P
One Starter and
One Selector Switcha
Key
2510
FG74P
Reversing Switchb
Toggle
2511
KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22A, 22B, 22C
Two Speed Starter
Toggle
2512
FG11, 11P, 22, 22P
Two Speed Switch
Toggle
2512
KG11, 11A, 11B, 22, 22B, 22C
a
Selector switch is on left, increases overall depth to 3-1/2".
b
Only one pilot light (located on right) is used on Class 2511 switches.

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Device

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-7

Manual Starters

Type M and T—Integral Horsepower
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Types M and T integral horsepower manual starters
provide convenient “On-Off” operation of small single
phase, polyphase or DC motors. Typical applications
include small machine tools, pumps, fans and conveyors.

•
•
•

Push button (M) or toggle (T) operators
Reliable overload protection
Pilot light and auxiliary contact available

Table 16.17: Integral Horsepower Manual Starters
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each; see page 16-116 for selection information.
Non-Reversing

No.
of
Poles

2Pole

NEMA
Size

b

Square
Toggle
P.B.
Operator Operator

M-0

115
230

—
—

1
2

MBG1

TBG1

264.00

MBW11b

M-1

115
230

—
—

2
3

MCG1

TCG1

336.00

M-1P

115
230

—
—

3
5

MCG2

TCG2

115
200-230
380-575
115
200-230
380-575

—
3
5
—
7-1/2
10

—
—
—
—
—
—

MBG2

M-1

a

Max. Hp
Single
Phase

M-0

Max. Voltage: 600 Vac

a
NEMA 4/4X
NEMA 4/4X
NEMA 7 & 9
Watertight,
Watertight and
For Hazardous
Dusttight
and
Dusttight Enclosure Corrosion-Resistant Locations Class I
Brushed
– Groups C, D
Glass-Polyester
Stainless Steel
Class II –
Enclosure
$ Price
Groups E, F & G

PolyPhase

3Pole

DC
2Pole

Motor
Voltage

Class 2510

NEMA 1
Surface Mounting

Ratings

Type

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

720.00 MBW1b

720.00

MCW11

891.00

MCW1

891.00

MCR1

1197.00

491.00

MCW12

1089.00

MCW2

1089.00

MCR2

1382.00

TBG2

314.00

MBW12b

MCG3

TCG3

386.00

NEMA 12
Dusttight
and Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Type

MBR1b 1004.00 MBA1b

Open Type
Square
Toggle
P.B.
Operator Operator

$ Price

$ Price

Type

363.00

MBO1

TBO1

234.00

MCA1

435.00

MCO1

TCO1

306.00

MCA2

593.00

MCO2

TCO2

309.00

414.00

MBO2

TBO2

287.00

770.00 MBW2b

770.00

MBR2b 1062.00 MBA2b

MCW13

941.00

MCW3

941.00

MCR3

1254.00

MCA3

485.00

MCO3

TCO3

356.00

M-0

115
230

1 hp–D.C.
1-1/2 hp–D.C.

MBG4

TBG4

264.00

MBW14

720.00

MBW4

720.00

—

—

MBA4

363.00

MBO4

TBO4

234.00

M-1

115
230

1-1/2 hp–D.C
2 hp–D.C.

MCG5

TCG5

336.00

MCW15

891.00

MCW5

891.00

MCR5

1188.00

MCA5

435.00

MCO5

TCO5

306.00

NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures are cast-iron. NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures (cast aluminum) are available for outdoor use; to order these type of enclosures, replace the “R” in the catalog number with a
“T”. For additional information, contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center.
Approved for group motor installations per NEC 430-53(c).

All Except NEMA 7 & 9
File E42243
CCN NLRV

File LR60905
Class 3211-05

NEMA 7 & 9 Only
Table 16.18:
File E58760
CCN NPXZ

File LR26817
Class 3218-04

How to Order

To Order Specify:

•
•

Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

2510

MCA1

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-8

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters

Integral Horsepower—Type M and T
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Reversing and Two Speed
Class 2511 reversing and Class 2512 two-speed manual
starters consist of two mechanically interlocked Class 2510
Types M or T manual starters.
.

Table 16.19:
Class

Reversing Class 2511

Description

Number
of
Poles

NEMA 1
Surface Mounting

Ratings
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
Hp

200-230

3

380-575

5

200-230

7-1/2

380-575

10

M-0
2511

Standard

Toggle
Operator

MBG1

MCG1

Description

Number
of
Poles

NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Constant
Hp

Constant
Torque or
Variable
Torque

200-230

2

3

380-575

3

5

Standard

TBG1

984.00

MBO1

TBO1

899.00

TCG1

1197.00

MCO1

TCO1

1112.00

200-230

5

7-1/2

380-575

7-1/2

10

Open Type

Square
P.B.
Operator

Toggle
Operator

$ Price

Square
P.B.
Operator

Toggle
Operator

$ Price

MBG1

TBG1

984.00

MBO1

TBO1

899.00

MCG1

TCG1

1197.00

MCO1

TCO1

1112.00

Thermal Units
Starters will not operate without properly installed thermal
units and device reset. Thermal unit must be installed so
that markings face the front of starter.

Operator–Available with a push button or toggle operator
in open and NEMA 1 versions. NEMA 4/4X (stainless) and
12 versions utilize a direct acting push button only.
NEMA 4/4X (polyester) and 7/9 versions utilize an external
toggle to actuate a push button device inside.

Application Data

Maintenance of Equipment

Size–Available in NEMA Sizes M-0, M-1, and M-1P.
Poles–Two poles single phase; three poles polyphase;
2 poles DC.
Voltage–600 volts AC max.; 250 volts DC max.
Overload Relays–Melting alloy thermal overload relays
have provisions for one Type B thermal unit for single
phase starters and three Type B thermal units for three
phase starters. All thermal units must be installed and
the device reset before the starter contacts will
operate. After overload relays have tripped, allow one or
two minutes for the alloy to solidify before resetting.

For proper performance, all equipment should be
periodically inspected and maintained. Replacement
contacts and interlocks are available in kit form to facilitate
servicing and stocking. In addition, the service bulletin
contains an exploded view of the device with components
clearly marked for easy identification by description and
part number.
Mechanism Lock Off–Both open devices and starters in
NEMA 1 surface and flush mounting, and NEMA 4, 4X,
7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can be locked in the OFF or
STOP position. The NEMA 1 surface mounting, 4, 4X,
7 & 9 and 12 enclosures can also be locked closed to
prevent unauthorized entry.

Terminal information and Replacement Contact Kits
Power Terminals

NEMA
Size

$ Price

3-Pole
M-1

Table 16.21:

Toggle
Operator

NEMA 1
Surface Mounting

M-0
2512

$ Price

Two Speed (Wye-Connected Separate Winding Motors Only) Class 2512
Ratings

Class

Open Type
Square
P.B.
Operator

3-Pole
M-1

Table 16.20:

Square
P.B.
Operator

Type of Lug

Wire Size
(Solid or Stranded Copper Wire)
Min.-Max.

Auxiliary Interlock Terminals
Type of Lug

Replacement Contact Kit

Wire Size
(Solid or Stranded Copper Wire)
Min.-Max.

Number of
Poles

Service
Bulletin

Class

Type

M-0

Pressure Wire

#14–#8

Pressure Wire

#16–#12

2 or 3

312AS

9998

ML1

M-1

Pressure Wire

#14–#8

Pressure Wire

#16–#12

2 or 3

312AS

9998

ML2

M-1P

Box Lug

#14–#6

Pressure Wire

#16–#12

2

312AS

9998

ML2

A unique red pilot light assembly that clips into place is
available factory installed on NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12 and flush
enclosures or as a field modification kit on the NEMA 1
surface or flush mounting enclosures. See page 16-11.
The color cap assembly snaps into a knockout in the
enclosure cover on the NEMA 1 enclosures. Pilot light kits
are available for use on Various voltages (110-600 volts).
Pilot light assemblies are not available for NEMA 7 & 9
enclosures.

16

One auxiliary contact, either N.O. or N.C. can easily be
added internally to any open or enclosed Type M or T
manual starter. It occupies the space provided in either the
upper right hand or left hand corners of the device. These
contacts are for AC loads only. For electrical ratings, refer
to page 16-110, Class 9999 Types SX11 or SX12.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Accessories and Modification Kits

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-9

Manual Starters

Type M and T—Integral Horsepower—Approximate Dimensions
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

.28

3.50
1.75 89

4.03

7

102

44

1.25
32

START

5.13
130

STOP
RESET

5.72

1.13

145

29

.69

NEMA 12
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use

NEMA 4/4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1
General Purpose Surface Mounting

START

STOP

STOP
RESET

29

11 Reset

3.97
101

Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1
and M-1P, Open Type
Approximate Shipping Weight—3 lb

.22

(3) .5 -.75 K.O.
Top and Bottom

.28 Dia.
Mtg. Holes

START

RESET

.44 Travel to

Prov. for
(3) #10
Mounting
Screws

1.13

18

6

9.34
237

4.25
108

7.88
200

7.25
184

8.94

.84

227

3.38
.94

1.69

24

.22

.88

86

22

.22

2.13
54

5.00

6

27

1.06

STOP
RESET

254

29

.22 Dia.
(3) Mounting
Holes

1.00

.94

4.13

24

1.00

25

105

25

(1) .50 - .75 K.O.
(2) .75 - 1.00 K.O.
Top and Bottom

6.00
152

3.00
5.00

6.50
.75

1.28
33

222

16

R ON
E
S
E
T
OFF

7.31 10.34
263

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

3.69
94

5.13
130

.72
18

.81
21

.34
9

4.69
119

6.13
156

.75 Conduit Hub
Top and Bottom

R ON
E
S
E
T

8.75

OFF

10.50
267

9.94
252

308

(4) .13 Wide
Mtg. Slots

1.69
43

1.41
36

Class 2510 Type M Size M-0 (AC–DC)
and Size M-1 (DC) NEMA 4/4X
Watertight Corrosion-Resistant
Glass Polyester Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb

16-10

152

17

12.13
(2) .31 Dia.
Mtg. Holes

18

6.00
.66

222

(2) .31 Dia.
Mtg. Holes

.72

146

43

8.75
186

5.76

Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
NEMA 4/4X Watertight Stainless Steel Enclosure
NEMA 12 Dusttight Industrial Use Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb

163

19

127

(2) .31 Wide Slots
NEMA 4 Only

73

26

6.41

.75

165

5.00

1.69

OFF

277

254

2.89

1.02

(2) .50 - .75 K.O.
Top and Bottom

76

Class 2510 Types M & T Sizes M-0 and M-1
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb

19

R
E ON
S
E
T

10.92

10.00

STOP

RESET

146

127

5.78
147

273

37

1.06
27

5.75

STOP

12

10.75
START

.50 - .75 K.O.
Each Side

219

RESET

.47

.31 Dia.
(2) Mounting
Holes

1.44
1.00
25

Class 2510 Type M & T Size M-1P
NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—5 lb

8.63

START

.22 Dia.
(4) Mounting
Holes

207

33

10

83

1.14

.50 - .75 K.O.
(2) Each Side

8.13

1.31

.38

3.25

32

25

START

.75 Conduit Hub
Top and Bottom

147

1.27

26

1.00
10.00

1.28
33

86

5.78

99

1.02

27

.50 - .75 K.O.
(2) Top Back

19

21

3.91

6

1.06

127

43

43

3.38

Classes 2511, 2512, Types M & T
Sizes M-0 and M-1 NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—9 lb

NEMA 7 & 9
Hazardous Locations
Cast Iron

NEMA 4/4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Glass Polyester

1.69

.75

2.19
56

.75 Conduit Hub
In Top and Bottom

Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-1 and M-1P (AC)
NEMA 4/4X Watertight Corrosion-Resistant
Glass Polyester Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—6 lb

2.34
59

(1) .75 Conduit Top and Bottom (Std.)
(1) 1.50 Conduit Top and Bottom (Max.)

Class 2510 Type M Sizes M-0, M-1 and M-1P
NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Location
Cast Iron Enclosure
Approximate Shipping Weight—18 lb

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Manual Starters and
Switches

Accessories and Modifications
Class 2510, 2511, 2512 / Refer to Catalog 2510CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.22:

Accessories—Class 2510
Types F and K

Description
Handle Guard Kit with Padlock Provisiona
Emergency Off Actuator
Additional Key for Key Operated Devices
a
Standard on Type K devices.

Table 16.24:

Table 16.23:

Class & Type
2510FL1
2510PB1
2510FK1

$ Price
14.30
35.60
4.80

Pilot Light Kits—Class 2510
Types F and K

Application

Red
Pilot Light

Voltage

Green
Pilot Light

$ Price
Class & Type Class & Type
110–120 Vac
9999PL11
9999PL11G
71.00
Type KF, KG, KWb
208–277 Vac
9999PL12
9999PL12G
71.00
440–600 Vac
9999PL13
9999PL13G
71.00
Type FF, FG, FWb 115–240 Vac/dc 9999PL10
9999PL10G
42.80
b
Lens cannot be replaced. Pilot light kits for NEMA 4 Enclosed Units are
for replacement purposes only.

Replacement Nameplates—Class 2510 Types F and K
Nameplate Type Number—Class 2510

Description

Nameplate
Marking

Application

1-3/4" x 2-13/16" Nameplate Standard commercial switch
with Embossed
box cover or flush plate,
Mounting Holes
including Square D
for #6 Oval Head Screws
stainless steel plates
1-29/32" x 3-27/32"
Flat Nameplate
with Mounting Holes
for #6 Pan Head Screws

Square D NEMA 1
surface mounted enclosure
or gray flush plate

For Type F Starter
(Includes “Reset” Indication)

For Type K Switch

(Blank)
(Special marking –
Specify marking desired.)
(Blank)
High
Low
Forward
Reverse
(Special marking—
Specify marking desired.)

$ Price

Without
Pilot
Light

With
Pilot
Light

Without
Pilot
Light

With
Pilot
Light

FN1

—

FN2

—

21.50

FN5
FN10
FN11
FN12
FN13
FN14

—
FN20
FN21
FN22
—
FN24

FN6
FN30
FN31
FN32
—
—

—
FN40
FN41
FN42
—
—

42.80
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50

FN15

FN25

FN35

FN45

42.80

Contact Kits
See page 16-107 for Class 9998 Replacement Contact Kits.
Table 16.25:
Description

Red
Pilot Lightc

Table 16.27:

Modifications (Types M & T only)

Factory Modifications and
Forms
Form
Number
P11f

Description

Field Modifications

Price
Addition

Kit
Class & Type
9999MP1 (110–120 V )
116.00 9999MP2 (208–240 V )
9999MP3 (440–600 V )
9999SX11 (N.O.)
158.00
9999SX12 (N.C.)

$ Price

Replacement Toggle Kits:
Type FW and KW (NEMA 4)
Type FR and KR (NEMA 7 & 9)

140.00

Replacement Handle Kits:
NEMA 12 (Ser. B) Type MBA, MCA
NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. A & B) Type MBW, MCW
NEMA 4/4X (Stainless) (Ser. C) Type MBW, MCW
NEMA 4/4X (Polyester) Type MBW, MCW
NEMA 7 and 9 Type MBR, MCR

Auxiliary
X1 (1 N.O.)
99.00
Contactsd X2 (1 N.C.)
Jumper
N/A
—
9998SO31
14.30
Straps e
Contactor
Y76
No Charge
N/A
—
only
c
May only be field-added to NEMA 1 enclosures. For green pilot light,
order 9999SPG1 additionally.
d
For proper operation, only one auxiliary contact kit per device may be
added.
e
Used to control a single phase motor utilizing a three phase starter.
f
P11 Pilot Light Voltage Codes:
120 V—V02
200/208 V—V08
230 V—V03
460 V—V06
575 V—V07
The pilot light Form P11 requires a voltage code.
Catalog number example: 2510MBG1V02P11.

Table 16.26:

How to Order

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9991

KE1

Internal Lever

Table 16.28:

Class and
Type

$ Price

9998HW1
9998HR2

29.30
30.90

9998HWA1
9998HWA1
31085-381-50
9998HWA1
9998HR3

57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00

9998IL1

14.30

Enclosures

For use with
Class 2510 Type
F and K
M–Sizes M0 & M1
M–Size M1P
FO1, FO1P, FO2,
FO2P, FO3, FO3P,
FO4, FO4P
KO1, KO1A, KO1B,
KO2, KO2B, KO2C,
KO3, KO3A, KO3B,
KO4, KO4B, KO4C,
KO5, KO5A, KO5B,
KO6, KO6B, KO6C

Catalog
Number
9991EN1
9991MG1
9991MG2

$ Price

NEMA 1 Oversized

9991FE1

42.80

NEMA 1 Oversized

9991KE1

42.80

NEMA 1 Jumbo

9991KE2

86.00

NEMA 3R

9991KE3

215.00

Enclosure
NEMA 1 Standard

29.30
57.00
57.00

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

•
•

Replacement Parts

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-11

Motor Starters

NEMA Style TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA style TeSys U motor starter is integrated, simple to choose and to install, consisting of a control unit snapped in
a powerbase. NEMA style TeSys U can be configured to fit specific applications as well. The NEMA style TeSys U uses
the same optional accessories: reverser, current limiter, predictive maintenance options and communication options as
the IEC TeSys U.
To get detailed information about TeSys U, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com.

Step 1
Power Base

Step 2
Control Unit

=

Step 3

NEMA TeSys™ U Motor Starter

Function Modules
Auxiliary Contacts

Selecting a NEMA TeSys U Motor Starter in Three Steps
Table 16.29:

Step 1. Select Power Base
Three Phase (HP max.)

Control
Connection

NEMA Size

With screw
terminations

1

Table 16.30:

Single Phase (HP max.)

Power Bases

200/208 V

220/240 V

460 V

575/600 V

240 V

Catalog
Number

$ Price

7.5

7.5

10

10

3

LUB32NR

488.00

Step 2. Select Control Unit b

Standard
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
3-phase
$ Price
3-phase
$ Price
single-phase
$ Price
3-phase
$ Price
Class 10 trip a
Class 10 trip a
Class 10 trip a
Class 20 trip a
0.15–0.6
LUCAX6••
120.00
LUCBX6••
150.00
LUCCX6••
150.00
LUCDX6••
150.00
120.00
LUCB1X••
150.00
LUCC1X••
150.00
LUCD1X••
150.00
0.3–1.4
LUCA1X••
1.25–5.0
LUCA05••
120.00
LUCB05••
150.00
LUCC05••
150.00
LUCD05••
150.00
3–12
LUCA12••
120.00
LUCB12••
150.00
LUCC12••
150.00
LUCD12••
150.00
120.00
LUCB18••
150.00
LUCC18••
150.00
LUCD18••
150.00
4.5–18
LUCA18••
8–32
LUCA32••
120.00
LUCB32••
150.00
LUCC32••
150.00
LUCD32••
150.00
a
Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU.
b
The control unit contains solid state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions,
and placement on the power base see page 18-29.
Setting Range
A

Power Base

Table 16.31:

Voltage Codes

Volts
24
48–72
110–240
DC
BLc
—
—
AC
B
—
—
DC or AC
—
ESd
FU
c
DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal.
d
48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac

Table 16.32:
Control Unit

Contact State for Each Modee
Terminals

Auxiliary Contact

Step 3. Select Auxiliary Contacts (optional)

Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Contact
Indicates

Ready condition
Fault condition
Ready condition
Screw
Fault condition
Auxiliary Contact Function Modules
Screw

Contact
Normal
Status

Off

Ready

Run

Short
Circuit
Trip

Overload
Trip
(Manual
Reset)

N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.

O
I
O
O

I
I
I
O

I
I
I
O

O
O
O
I

O
O
O
I

Overload
Trip
(Remote/
Auto
Reset)f
I
I
I
O

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

LR43364
Class 3211 08

16-12

$ Price

LUA1C11
LUA1C20

Screw

Power pole status

2 N.O.

—

—

—

—

—

—

LUFN20

Screw

Power pole status

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

—

—

—

—

—

—

LUFN11

—

—

LUFN02

Screw
Power pole status
2 N.C.
—
—
—
—
e
I–indicates closed contact; O–indicates open contact
f
Requires multifunction or advanced control unit plus fault differentiation module LUFDDA10.

E164862
CCN NLDX

Catalog
Number

34.50

34.50

Accessories for LUB32/LUB32NR
Quick Description
For details & selection, see pages:
Current Limiter
Increases the breaking capacity to 130kA @ 460 V
18-30
Reverser
Stacked or side mounted (LU6MB0•• a only)
18-30
Line phase barrier
Required for use as a self-protected combination starter (UL508E)
18-30
Multifunction Control Unit
Has functions for monitoring and predictive maintenance
18-30
Function modules
Fault differentiation, Thermal overload, Motor load indication
18-30
Communication modules
Integrates into existing networks, major protocols available
18-31
Soft Starter + TeSys U
Use Altistart U01Soft Starter with TeSys U
18-32
Powerbus
Use TeSys U with a prewired system
18-31
Configuration and connection accessories PowerSuite software, busbar, external handle
18-31
a
Complete catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below. For example: LUCAX6FU.
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-29 to 18-31
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-50

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NEMA AC Magnetic
Contactors and Starter

Catalog Numbering System
Class 8502, 8536, 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8536

Type S C G - 3 V02

Form S

General Classification

Numerals

8502

Contactor Page 16-14

8536

Starter Page 16-18

8538

Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-31

8539

Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker Page 16-35

Used to designate specific, physical
arrangements, such as number of
poles, fuse clip size, etc.; but the
numbering varies with Class of
equipment. Consult Digest listings
for specific device numbers.

8702

Reversing Contactor Page 16-44

8736

Reversing Starter Page 16-46

8738

Reversing Combination Starter with Disconnect Switch Page 16-54

8739

Reversing Combination Starter with Circuit Breaker

Voltage Code

8810

Two Speed Starter a

8903

Type S Lighting Contactors Page 16-60 a

8940

AC operated devices without control transformer
Code

Pumping Plant Panel a

8941

Duplex Controller Page 16-78 a

Voltage/Frequency

V01

24/60

V02

120/60 or

110/50

V06

480/60 or

440/50

V07

600/60 or

550/50

V08

208/60

V81 - 480V Primary, 120V Secondary for units
using a fused transformer control circuit
Form (F4T).
This is only a partial listing consult Digest pages
16-14 and 16-101 for more information.

Design
Type S NEMA Contactors and Starters

Common Forms (factory modifications) Page 16-100
8903 (only)

“Start-Stop” pushbuttons in the enclosure cover

Bb

Bimetallic overload relays

C

“Hand-Off-Auto” selector switch in the enclosure
cover

Size 00

B

Size 0

M

30 Amperes

C

Size 1

P

60 Amperes

D

Size 2

Q

100 Amperes

F4T

Fused transformer control circuit (primary fuses only)

E

Size 3

V

200 Amperes

FF4T

Fused transformer control circuit
(primary & secondary fuses)

F

Size 4

X

300 Amperes

H

Solid state overload relay

G

Size 5

Y

400 Amperes

P1

Red ON pilot light in the enclosure cover

H

Size 6

Z

600 Amperes

P2

Green OFF pilot light in cover

J

Size 7

J

800 Amperes

S

Separate control circuit

X01

One “normally closed” auxiliary contact N.C.

Enclosure

X10

One “normally open” auxiliary contact N.O.

A

NEMA 12 Industrial Use

F

NEMA 1 Flush Mounting General Purpose

Consult Digest pages 16-100 to 16-104 for additional form letters,
When more than one form is applied to a single device, arrange
Forms in alphabetical order.

G

NEMA 1 General Purpose Surface Mounting

a

H

NEMA 3R Rainproof

O

Open Style Device (no enclosure)

R

NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Spin Top

T

NEMA 7 & 9 Hazardous Environments, Bolted

W

NEMA 4 Watertight, 4X Corrosion Resistant

Table 16.33:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)
see pages
16-100–16-104

b

How to Order

To Order Specify:

•
•
•
•

A

A

Combination two speed starters will replace the “S” with a “C”,
“U” or “D”. Pumping plant panels have Various leading
characters. Not all use Type S contactors. Duplex controllers
use “N”, “C”, “U”, and “D”.
May also designate Motor Logic Plus overload relay

IMPORTANT - This information is intended for general interpretation of
catalog numbers. Do not use to create catalog numbers for this
product line.

Catalog Number
Class

Type

Voltage
Code

Form(s)

8539

SCG44

V06

AH20P1X11

Devices are wired from factory according to customer
preference as follows:

•
•
•

Common control
Separate control (Form S)
Control power transformer (CPT)

16

Note: Description: NEMA Size 1, (10 Hp) Electronic Motor Circuit Protector
(MCP) Combo Starter in a NEMA Type 1 enclosure with a 480V coil,
start/stop pushbutton (A), class 20 SSOLR (H20), red pilot light (P1),
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. auxiliary contact (X11)

Note: The terms Type and Form do not appear in the catalog number.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

NEMA Size

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-13

Full Voltage Contactors—
NEMA Style

General Information
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8502 Type S magnetic contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers, and electric motors
where overload protection is provided separately. Class 8502 contactors are available in NEMA sizes 00 through 7.
Type S contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz.
Table 16.34:
NEMA
Size

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Continuous
Current
Ratings

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless
Steel Enclosure
(Size 0-5)a

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type

Max.
Hp

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

SAO12b

329.00

SAG12b

360.00

Use Size 0

$ Price

00

9

200
230
460
575

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBO2b

414.00

SBG2b

446.00

SBW12b

945.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCO2b

485.00

SCG2b

518.00

SCW12b

1031.00

2

45

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDO2b

882.00

SDG2b

1031.00

SDW12b

1391.00

3

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

SEO2b

1425.00

SEG2b

1715.00

SEW12b

3167.00

4

135

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

SFO2b

3419.00

SFG2b

4022.00

SFW12b

6501.00

5

270

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

SGO2b

7451.00

SGG2b

8550.00

SGW12b

11685.00

6

540

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

SHO2b

20339.00

SHG2b

25172.00

SHW2b

32378.00

7

810

200
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

SJO2b

29028.00

SJG2b

33875.00

SJW2b

40995.00

Type SCO2
Size 1, 3-Pole Contactor

a
b

Motor
Voltage

Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product.
Refer to standard voltage codes shown below.

Table 16.35:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

16

24c
—
V01
No Charge
120d
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
c
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8502SBO2V01S).
d
120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control Form S must be specified
(i.e., order as 8502SCO2V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is
available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-14

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors—
NEMA Style

Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.36:

NEMA
Size

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight,
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester Enclosure

Bolted Type
Type

00

9

200
230
460
575

0

18

200
230
460
575

1

27

200
230
460
575

2

45

3

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

$ Price

Use Size 0

3
3
5
5

NEMA 12/3R a
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

NEMA 7 & 9
Hazardous Locations Div. 1 & 2
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F, & G
Cast
Aluminumd

Cast Ironb

$ Price

Use Size 0

SPIN TOP™
Type

$ Price

Use Size 0

Type

$ Price

Use Size 0

SBW22c

945.00

SBT2c

SBT42c

2070.00

SBR2c

2591.00

SBA2c

617.00

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCW22c

1031.00

SCT2c

SCT42c

2163.00

SCR2c

2705.00

SCA2c

689.00

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDW22c

2057.00

SDT2c

SDT42c

3482.00

SDR2c

4350.00

SDA2c

1344.00

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

SEW22c

3959.00

—

SET42c

5205.00

SER2c

2007.00

SEA2c

2084.00

4

135

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

SFW22c

8123.00

—

SFT42c

8415.00

SFR2c

10524.00

SFA2c

5247.00

5

270

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

—

—

—

SGT42c

18542.00

SGR2c

23178.00

SGA2c

11685.00

6

540

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

SHA2c

29016.00

7

810

200
230
460
575

–
300
600
600

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

SJA2c

37719.00

a
b
c
d

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Limited to one Pilot Light and a Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push Button.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown on page 16-14.
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.

Auxiliary Units
Auxiliary contacts and power poles can be added by the factory or in the field on all Type S starters and contactors. The
table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit contact) that can be
added to a given size starter or contactor. In addition, it is possible to add a second internal contact on NEMA Size 0, 1,
and 2 contactors and starters.
Table 16.37:
Maximum Number of External Auxiliary Units
(In addition to holding circuit contact)

NEMA Size

Type

No. of Poles of Basic Contactor

00

SA

2–3

0, 1 and 2

SB
SC
SD

1, 2 or 3
4 or 5

2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)

2–5 (Size 3 and 4)

3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)

3, 4 and 5

SE
SF
SG

6 and 7

SH
SJ

2–3

2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)

2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0-1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)
3 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) plus 1 NEMA Size 0–1 or Size 2 power pole adder (1 or 2 poles, N.O. or N.C.)

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

2–3 (Size 5)

4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.) if second internal auxiliary contact is not used.
4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-15

Full Voltage Contactors—NEMA Style
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.38:
NEMA
Size

600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 1
General Purpose Enclosure

Open Type

Max.
Hp
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X –Watertight,
Dusttight, Brushed Stainless Steel
Enclosure (Size 0-5)a
Type

$ Price

1-Pole Single Phase
1
2
2
3

SBO5b

329.00

SBG5b

360.00

SBW15b

860.00

27

115
230
115
230

SCO5b

399.00

SCG5b

432.00

SCW15b

945.00

00

9

115
230

1/3
1

SAO11b

287.00

SAG11b

318.00

Use Size 0

0

18

115
230

1
2

SBO1b

372.00

SBG1b

404.00

SBW11b

903.00

1

27

115
230

2
3

SCO1b

441.00

SCG1b

476.00

SCW11b

989.00

2

45

115
230

3
7-1/2

SDO1b

827.00

SDG1b

975.00

SDW11b

1998.00

3

90

—
—

—
—

SEO1b

1310.00

SEG1b

1601.00

SEW11b

3054.00

4

135

—

—

SFO1b

3162.00

SFG1b

3765.00

SFW11b

6245.00

5

270

—

—

SGO1b

6852.00

SGG1b

7952.00

SGW11b

11087.00

6

540

—

—

SHO1b

17433.00

SHG1b

22266.00

SHW1b

29388.00

7

810

—

—

SJO1b

25452.00

SJG1b

30285.00

SJW1b

37407.00

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBO3b

527.00

SBG3b

561.00

SBW13b

1074.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

SCO3b

599.00

SCG3b

633.00

SCW13b

1146.00

2

45

SDO3b

1139.00

SDG3b

1287.00

SDW13b

2712.00

3

90

SEO3b

1823.00

SEG3b

2114.00

SEW13b

3965.00

4

135

SFO3b

4757.00

SFG3b

5360.00

SFW13b

8864.00

0

18

1
2-Pole Single Phase

4-Pole Polyphase

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25
25
30
50
50
40
50
100
100

5-Pole Polyphase
0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBO4b

684.00

SBG4b

719.00

SBW14b

1229.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCO4b

755.00

SCG4b

788.00

SCW14b

1301.00

1857.00

SDW14b

3281.00

3024.00

SEW14b

4877.00

7182.00

SFW14b

10688.00

200
10
230
15
SDO4b
1710.00
SDG4b
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3
90
SEO4b
2735.00
SEG4b
460
50
575
50
200
40
230
50
4
135
SFO4b
6579.00
SFG4b
460
100
575
100
Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-14.
2

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a
b

45

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-16

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors—
NEMA Style

Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
\

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.39:

NEMA
Size

600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester Enclosure

Max.
Hp

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3R a
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

NEMA 7 & 9, Div. 1 & 2
Hazardous Locations
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Bolted Type
Cast Iron b

Cast Aluminumd

$ Price

SPIN TOP™
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

1-Pole Single Phase
0

18

1

27

115
230
115
230

1
2
2
3

—
—
—
—

—

SBT5c

SBT45c

1979.00

SBR5c

2475.00

SBA5c

531.00

—

SCT5c

SCT45c

2070.00

SCR5c

2591.00

SCA5c

603.00

2-Pole Single Phase
00

9

115
230

1/3
1

0

18

115
230

1
2

SBW21c

903.00

SBT1c

SBT41c

2021.00

SBR1c

2528.00

SBA1c

575.00

1

27

115
230

2
3

SCW21c

989.00

SCT1c

SCT41c

2100.00

SCR1c

2627.00

SCA1c

647.00

2

45

115
230

SDW21c

1998.00

SDT1c

SDT41c

3402.00

SDR1c

4257.00

SDA1c

1287.00

3

90

—
—

—
—

—
—

SET41c

5076.00

SER1c

6344.00

SEA1c

1971.00

4

135

—

—

—
—

SFT41c

8139.00

SFR1c

10175.00

SFA1c

4991.00

5

270

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—

SGR1c

22350.00

SGA1c

11087.00

6

540

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—

—

—

—

SHA1c

26112.00

7

810

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

SJA1c

34131.00

3
3
5
5

SBW23c

1074.00

SBT3c

2199.00

SBR3c

2748.00

SBA3c

732.00

SCW23c

1146.00

SCT3c

2291.00

SCR3c

2867.00

SCA3c

804.00

4199.00

SDR3c

5255.00

SDA3c

1601.00

—

SER3c

7604.00

SEA3c

2484.00

—

SFR3c

14283.00

SFA3c

7011.00

Use Size 0

3
7-1/2

Use Size 0

Consult
Schneider Electric CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

4-Pole Polyphase
0

18

200
230
460
575

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
19

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25
25
30
50
50
40
50
100
100

2

45

3

90

4

135

SDW23c

2712.00

SDT3c

Consult
Schneider Electric
CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)

Consult
Schneider Electric CCC
at (1-888-778-2733)

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

—

—

—

—

—

SBA4c

890.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

—

—

—

—

—

SCA4c

959.00

2

45

—

—

—

—

—

SDA4c

2169.00

3

90

—

—

—

—

—

SEA4c

3396.00

4

135

—

—

—

—

—

SFA4c

8837.00

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25
25
30
50
50
40
50
100
100
a
b
c
d

Consult
Schneider Electric CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Limited to 1 pilot light and a selector switch or Start-Stop push button.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-14.
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.

16

Coil Voltage Codes and page number reference for additional information are shown on page 16-14.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

5-Pole Polyphase

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-17

Full Voltage Starters—
NEMA Style

Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

General Information
Type S magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Motor overload
protection is provided via melting alloy type thermal overload relays. Type S starters are available in NEMA Sizes 00
through 7, and are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50 to 60 Hz.
™

Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic )

These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on Sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7. They provide
phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20 protection). For
more information about Motor Logic, see pages 16-83 and 16-102.

Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1)

Type SCO3
Size 1, 3-Pole Starter

The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA
Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be
ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been
determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
For more information see Table 16.269.

TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6)
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication
protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power
over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88
and page 16-103.

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal
units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.40:
NEMA
Size

Schneider Electric offers
express shipping for
factory modified NEMA
Type 1 and Type 12/3R
Enclosed Starters. When
you need them fast, our
Laser™ Delivery
program is the answer to
getting your product
when you need it most.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery,
then select the product
and the modifications you
need when you place
your order. It’s as easy
as that!

Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless Steel
Enclosure (Size 0-5)a
Type
$ Price

SAO12b

386.00

SAG12b

419.00

Use Size 0

Open Type

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight,
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester Enclosure
Type
$ Price

16

00

9

200
230
460
575

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBO2b

485.00

SBG2b

518.00

SBW12b

1017.00

SBW22b

1017.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCO3b

557.00

SCG3b

590.00

SCW13b

1103.00

SCW23b

1103.00

2

45

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDO1b

1013.00

SDG1b

1160.00

SDW11b

2186.00

SDW21b

2186.00

3

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

SEO1b

1638.00

SEG1b

1929.00

SEW11b

3380.00

SEW21b

4226.00

4

135

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

SFO1b

3747.00

SFG1b

4350.00

SFW11b

6827.00

SFW21b

8535.00

5

270

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

SGO1b

9152.00

SGG1b

10254.00

SGW11b

15795.00

—

—

6

540

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

SHO2b

21756.00

SHG2b

28881.00

SHW2b

36003.00

—

—

7

810

200
230
460
575

—
300
600
600

SJO2b

31256.00

SJG2b

38381.00

SJW2b

45503.00

—

—

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a
b

16-18

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Use Size 0

Size 6 and 7 are rated NEMA 4 only, painted sheet steel.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Starters—
NEMA Style

Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.41: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
page 16-116 for selection information.

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 7 & 9
For Hazardous
Locations Div. 1 & 2
Class I–Groups C, D
Class II–Groups E, F, & G

Max.
Hp
Bolted Type
Cast
Ironb

a
b
c
d

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

Cast
Aluminumd

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
SPIN TOP™
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

00

9

200
230
460
575

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBT2c

SBT42c

2150.00

SBR2c

2690.00

SBA2c

689.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCT3c

SCT43c

2241.00

SCR3c

2804.00

SCA3c

761.00

2

45

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDT1c

SDT41c

3623.00

SDR1c

4527.00

SDA1c

1472.00

3

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

—

SET43c

5439.00

SER3c

6800.00

SEA1c

2298.00

4

135

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

—

SFT41c

8778.00

SFR1c

10971.00

SFA1c

5574.00

5

270

200
230
460
575

75
100
200
200

—

SGT41c

20970.00

SGR1c

26211.00

SGA1c

13386.00

6

540

200
230
460
575

150
200
400
400

—

—

—

—

—

SHA2c

32727.00

7

810

200
230
460
575

–
300
600
600

—

—

—

—

—

SJA2c

42227.00

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection Table 16.41 shown on page 16-18.
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.

Table 16.42:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

60 Hz
24e
120f
208
240
277
480
600
Specify

50 Hz
—
110
—
220
—
440
550
Specify

Code

$ Price Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V07
V99

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60

e

24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S).
120 Volt Polyphase contactors are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control)
must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

f

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16

Schneider Electric offers
express shipping for
factory modified NEMA
Type 1 and Type 12/3R
Enclosed Starters. When
you need them fast, our
Laser™ Delivery
program is the answer to
getting your product
when you need it most. For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery,
then select the product
and the modifications
you need when you
place your order. It’s as
easy as that!

16-19

Full Voltage Starters
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Table 16.43:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type

Max.
Hp
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

1/3
1

SAO11a

386.00

SAG11a

419.00

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight,
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester Enclosure
Type

$ Price

00

9

115
230

0

18

115
230

1
2

SBO1a

435.00

SBG1a

468.00

SBW11a

966.00

SBW21a

966.00

1

27

115
230

2
3

SCO1a

507.00

SCG1a

539.00

SCW11a

1052.00

SCW21a

1052.00

1P

36

115
230

3
5

SCO2a

662.00

SCG2a

696.00

SCW12a

1209.00

SCW22a

1209.00

2

45

115
230

3
7-1/2

SDO6a

918.00

SDG6a

1067.00

SDW16a

2091.00

SDW26a

2091.00

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

4-Pole, 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Table 16.44:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.
NEMA
Size

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight,
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester Enclosure

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

SBO3a

629.00

SBG3a

675.00

SBW13a

1229.00

SBW23a

1229.00

0

18

200
230
460
575

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCO4a

714.00

SCG4a

761.00

SCW14a

1301.00

SCW24a

1301.00

2

45

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDO2a

1283.00

SDG2a

1430.00

SDW12a

2910.00

SDW22a

2910.00

3

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

SEO2a

2096.00

SEG2a

2357.00

SEW12a

4206.00

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

SFO2a

4

135

3
3
5
5

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless Steel
Enclosure

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type

Max.
Hp

a

Consult
Schneider Electric CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)
5142.00

SFG2a

5715.00

SFW12a

9221.00

Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.

Table 16.45:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

16

60 Hz

50 Hz

24b
120c
208
240
277
480
600
Specify

—
110
—
220
—
440
550
Specify

Code

$ Price Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V07
V99

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60

b

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SBO2V01S).
120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control. Form S (separate control)
must be specified (i.e., order as 8536SCO2V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
c

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-20

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Starters
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

2-Pole Single Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Table 16.46:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

NEMA 7 & 9
Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F, & G

Max.
Hp

Bolted Type
Cast
Ironc

Cast
Aluminuma

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

SPIN TOP™
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

00

9

115
230

1/3
1

0

18

115
230

1
2

SBT1d

SBT41

2091.00

SBR1d

2619.00

SBA1d

639.00

1

27

115
230

2
3

SCT1d

SCT41

2186.00

SCR1d

2732.00

SCA1d

710.00

1P

36

115
230

3
5

SCT2d

SCT42

2363.00

SCR2d

2952.00

SCA2d

867.00

2

45

115
230

SDT6d

SDT46

3513.00

SDR6d

4400.00

SDA6d

1380.00

a

Use Size 0

3
7-1/2

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

NEMA 7 and 9 bolted cast aluminum are not UL listed.

4-Pole 2-Phase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Table 16.47:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 2 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.

NEMA
Size

Continuous
Current
Ratings

Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp

NEMA 7 & 9
Hazardous Locations
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F, & G

Coil
Voltage

Bolted Type
Cast
Ironc

Cast
Aluminum

NEMA 12/3R b
Dusttight & Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

$ Price

SPIN TOP™
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

208
240
480
600

SBT3d

2348.00

SBR3d

2939.00

SBA3d

846.00

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

208
240
480
600

SCT4d

2433.00

SCR4d

3047.00

SCA4d

932.00

2

45

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

208
240
480
600

SDT2d

4797.00

SDR2d

6002.00

SDA2d

1742.00

3

90

200
230
460
575

25
30
50
50

208
240
480
600

—

SER2d

8679.00

SEA2d

2726.00

4

135

200
230
460
575

40
50
100
100

208
240
480
600

—

—

SFA2d

7370.00

b
c
d

Consult
Schneider
Electric
CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)

Consult
Schneider
Electric
CCC at
(1-888-778-2733)

—

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Limited to 1 Pilot Light and Selector Switch or Start-Stop Push-Button.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-20.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-21

Full Voltage Starters—
NEMA Style

Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Types SB–SD With Auxiliary Load Terminals
It is sometimes desirable to use capacitors in motor branch circuits to improve power factor. The Size 0–2 Type SB–SD
starters listed below include three auxiliary terminals to allow easy connection of power factor correction capacitors.
When capacitors are connected using these terminals, no adjustment to the selection of thermal units is necessary.
The auxiliary terminals accept #12–16 solid or stranded wire. NEMA Size 3 & 4 starters have provisions for auxiliary
connections. User must supply lugs as necessary.
The Type S starters with auxiliary load terminals may also be used to control two motors simultaneously from a single
starter. However, this application is tightly restricted by Section 430-53 of the National Electrical Code. Refer to the
NEC for restrictions regarding overload protection, size of controller and motor branch circuit protection.
Table 16.48: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA
Size

Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp

Open
Type

$ Price

0

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBTO2a

485.00

1

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCTO3a

557.00

2

200
230
460
575

10
15
25
25

SDTO1a

1011.00

Extra Capacity Single Phase Starters (Not NEMA Style)
2-Pole Single Phase—250 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Table 16.49:
Note that prices shown do not include thermal unit. Devices require 1 thermal unit. Standard trip thermal unit is $21.50
each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Open Type

Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp

115
230

5
10

115
230

7-1/2
15

a
b
c

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 3R
Rainproof,
Sleet Resistant,
Outdoor Use
Enclosure
Type

$ Price

Type

SDH8ab

1787.00

—

2091.00

SEW16a

Type

$ Price

Type

SDO8ab

1304.00

—

SEO6a

1431.00

SEG6a

$ Price
—

1722.00 SEH6a

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless
Steel Enclosure
$ Price
—
3176.00

NEMA 4X
Watertight
Corrosion Resistant
Glass-Polyester
Enclosure
Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3R c
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Type

—

—

—

SEW26a

3969.00

SEA6a

$ Price
—
2091.00

Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Uses a Size 3 overload relay.
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.

Table 16.50:

Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage

16

Code
$ Price Adder
60 Hz
50 Hz
24d
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils
are available, Form S (separate control) must be specified.
e
120 Volt Polyphase starters are wired for separate control and must be
ordered with Form S (i.e., 8536SCO2V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is
available for the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-24
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-22

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Application Data for Selection
Table 16.51:

Load
Voltage

Single
Phase

PolyPhase

Maximum
Hp
Rating—
Plugging
and
Jogging
Duty
a
Single
Phase

PolyPhase

c

d

3Ø
Rating for
Inrush Currents
Switching
(Worst Case Peak) Capacitors
> 20–40 Times Peak
e
of Continuous
Current Rating

Single
Phase

PolyPhase

Single
Phase

PolyPhase

Single
Phase

PolyPhase

KVAR

00

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

9
9
9
9
9
9

11
11
11
11
11
11

5
5
5
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

0

115
200
230
380
460
575

1
—
2
—
—
—

—
3
3
5
5
5

1/2
—
1
—
—
—

—
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

18
18
18
18
18
18

21
21
21
21
21
21

10
10
10
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

0.6
—
1.2
—
2.4
3.0

—
1.8
2.1
—
4.2
5.2

0.3
—
0.6
—
1.2
1.5

—
0.9
1.0
—
2.1
2.6

—
—
—
—
—
—

1

115
200
230
380
460
575

2
—
3
—
—
—

—
7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10
10

1
—
2
—
—
—

—
3
3
5
5
5

27
27
27
27
27
27

32
32
32
32
32
32

15
15
15
—
—
—

3
—
6
—
12
15

5
9.1
10
16.5
20
25

1.2
—
2.4
—
4.9
6.2

—
3.6
4.3
—
8.5
11.0

0.6
—
1.2
—
2.5
3.1

—
1.8
2.1
—
4.3
5.3

—
—
—
—
—
—

1P

115
230

3
5

—
—

1-1/2
3

—
—

36
36

42
42

24
24

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
—

—
7-1/2
10
15
15
15
—
15
20
30
30
30
25
30
50
60
60
60
75
125
150
150
125
150
250
300
300
—
—
—

45
45
45
45
45
45
90
90
90
90
90
90
135
135
135
135
135
270
270
270
270
270
540
540
540
540
540
810
810
810

52
52
52
52
52
52
104
104
104
104
104
104
156
156
156
156
156
311
311
311
311
311
621
621
621
621
621
932
932
932

Ratings shown are for applications requiring repeated interruptions of stalled motor
current or repeated closing of high transient currents encountered in rapid motor reversal,
involving more than five openings or closings per minute and more than ten in a tenminute period, such as plug-stop, plug-reverse or jogging duty. Ratings apply to single
speed and multi-speed controllers.
Per NEMA Standards paragraph ICS 2-321.20, the service-limit current represents the
maximum rms current, in Amperes, which the controller may be expected to carry for
protracted periods in normal service. At service-limit current ratings, temperature rises
may exceed those obtained by testing the controller at its continuous current rating. The
ultimate trip current of over-current (overload) relays or other motor protective devices
shall not exceed the service-limit current ratings of the controller.
FLUORESCENT LAMP LOADS—300 VOLTS AND LESS—The characteristics of
fluorescent lamps are such that it is not necessary to derate Class 8502 contactors below
their normal continuous current rating. Class 8903 contactors may also be used with
fluorescent lamp loads. For controlling tungsten and infrared lamp loads, and resistance
heating loads, Class 8903 AC lighting contactors are recommended. These contactors are
specifically designed for such loads and are applied at their full rating as listed in the
Class 8903 Section.
Ratings apply to contactors which are employed to switch the load at the utilization voltage
of the heat producing element with a duty which requires continuous operation of not more
than five openings per minute. Class 8903 Types L and S lighting contactors are rated for
resistance heating loads.
When discharged, a capacitor has essentially zero impedance. For repetitive switching by
a contactor, sufficient impedance should be connected in series to limit inrush current to
not more than 6 times the contactor rated continuous current. In many installations, the
impedance of connecting conductors may be sufficient for this purpose. When switching
to connect additional banks, the banks already on the line may be charged and can supply
additional available short-circuit current which should be considered when selecting the
impedance to limit the current.

30
5
8.5
2.1
—
1.0
—
—
30
—
15.4
—
6.3
—
3.1
—
30
10
17
4.1
7.2
2.1
3.6
8
—
—
28
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
34
8.3
14
4.2
7.2
16
—
25
43
10.0
18
5.2
8.9
20
60
10
17
4.1
—
2.0
—
—
60
—
31
—
12
—
6.1
—
60
20
34
8.1
14
4.1
7.0
27
—
—
56
—
—
—
—
—
—
40
68
16
28
8.1
14
53
—
50
86
20
35
10
18
67
120
—
45
—
20
—
10
—
120
30
52
14
23
6.8
12
40
—
—
86.7
—
—
—
—
—
—
60
105
27
47
14
23
80
—
75
130
34
59
17
29
100
240
—
91
—
41
—
20
—
240
60
105
27
47
14
24
80
—
—
173
—
—
—
—
—
—
120
210
54
94
27
47
160
—
150
260
68
117
34
59
200
480
—
182
—
81
—
41
—
480
120
210
54
94
27
47
160
—
—
342
—
—
—
—
—
—
240
415
108
188
54
94
320
—
300
515
135
234
68
117
400
—
180
315
—
—
—
—
240
—
360
625
—
—
—
—
480
—
450
775
—
—
—
—
600
The ratings for capacitor switching above assume the following maximum available fault
currents:
— NEMA Size 00–3: 5,000 A RMS Sym.
— NEMA Size 4–5: 10,000 A RMS Sym.
— NEMA Size 6: 18,000 A RMS Sym.
— NEMA Size 7: 30,000 A RMS Sym.
Note: If available fault current is greater than these values, connect sufficient impedance in
series as noted in the previous paragraph.
f
For NEMA Size 6 & 7, the operation rate is as follows: Continuous operation rate is 3
operations per minute maximum; Jogging or Plugging Duty operation rate is 15 operations
per minute for a maximum of three minutes.

The motor ratings in Table 16.51 are NEMA standard ratings and apply
only when the code letter of the motor is the same as or occurs earlier in
the alphabet than is shown in the Table 16.52. Motors having code
letters occurring later in the alphabet may require a larger controller.
Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Table 16.52:
Motor Hp Rating

Maximum Allowable Motor Code Letter

1-1/2–2
3–5
7-1/2 and above

L
K
H

16

e

Inrush Currents
(Worst Case Peak)
? 20 Times Peak
of Continuous
Current Rating

1/2
—
1
—
—
—

115
3
—
2
200
—
10
—
230
7-1/2
15
5
380
—
25
—
460
—
25
—
575
—
25
—
115
—
—
—
200
—
25
—
230
—
30
—
3
380
—
50
—
460
—
50
—
575
—
50
—
200
—
40
—
230
—
50
—
4
380
—
75
—
460
—
100
—
575
—
100
—
200
—
75
—
230
—
100
—
5
380
—
150
—
460
—
200
—
575
—
200
—
200
—
150
—
230
—
200
—
6f
380
—
300
—
460
—
400
—
575
—
400
—
230
—
300
—
7f
460
—
600
—
575
—
600
—
Tables and footnotes are taken from NEMA Standards.

b

Service—
Limit
Current
Rating,
(A)
b

KVA Rating for Switching
Transformer Primaries at
50 or 60 Cycles

115
200
230
380
460
575

2

a

Continuous
Current
Rating,
(A)
600 Volt
Max.

Resistance
Heating
Loads, KW—
other than
Infrared
Lamp Loads
d

Tungsten
and
Infrared
Lamp Load,
(A)
250 Volts
Max.
c

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

NEMA
Size

Maximum
Hp
Rating—
Nonplugging
and
Nonjogging
Duty

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-23

Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.53:

Dimensions for Class 8502 Open Type
Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure)

NEMA
Size

Type

No.
of
Poles

Fig. No.

A
IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

00

SAO

2–3

1

3-7/32

4-11/32

4-7/32

1-5/8

1-5/8

7/32

3-15/16

—

—

4

0

SBO

1–3

3-7/32

4-11/32

4-7/32

1-5/8

1-5/8

7/32

3-15/16

—

—

4

4-1/4

4-11/32

4-7/32

1-5/8

2-5/8

7/32

3-15/16

—

—

4-1/2

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Wt

I

(lb)

A
D

E

C

F

1
1

SCO

2

SDO

4–5
2–3

2–3
3

4

4-5/16

5-1/8

4-15/16

2-5/32

2-5/32

7/32

4-19/32

17/32

1-1/16

6-3/4

5-5/8

5-1/8

4-15/16

2-5/32 3-15/32

7/32

4-19/32

17/32

1-1/16

8-1/4

1-7/8

G B

1
4–5

5-15/32

7-3/32

6-1/2

3-17/32

5/16

6-1/32

3-1/4

4-3/4

14

4–5

9-3/4

7-7/8

6-1/2

3-15/16 5-13/16

5/16

7

4-17/32

9-1/16

22

2–3

6

8-3/16

6-1/2

2-1/16 3-15/16

5/16

7

3-19/32

5-5/16

18

9-3/4

8-3/16

6-1/2

3-15/16 5-13/16

5/16

7

4-17/32

9-1/16

22
45

SEO

1

SFO

H
I

Figure 1
Class 8502

1
4–5

5

SGO

2–3

1

8-2/3

12-5/16

8-3/4

5/8

11-1/8

4-3/4

7-1/4

6

SHO

2–3

1

10-35/64

28-1/16

9

3-17/32 7-1/32

3-1/4

5-13/16

5-1/16

18-9/16

4-3/4

7-1/4

80

7

SJO

2–3

1

10-35/64

37-1/4

10-7/8

3-17/32 7-1/32

7-7/32

22-3/8

4-3/4

7-1/4

135

A
F

Table 16.54:
NEMA
Size

Type

00, 0, 1,
1P
0, 1

SAO–
SCO
SBO–
SCO

2

SDO

Dimensions—Inches (Refer to Appropriate Figure)

No.
of
Poles

Fig. No.

2–3
4

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

IN

(lb)

2

3-1/2

6-49/64

4-7/32

1/2

1

1-39/64

13/64

6-1/4

3-31/32

5

2

4-17/32

6-49/64

4-7/32

1/2

1

2-2/3

13/64

6-1/4

3-31/32 5-1/2

4-5/16

7-13/16

4-15/16

1/2

1

2-5/32

13/64

7-11/32

4-1/16

7-3/4

5-5/8

7-13/16

4-15/16

1/2

1

3-15/32

13/64

7-11/32

4-1/16

9-1/4
17

2–3

5-15/32

11-3/32

6-1/2

7/8

1-3/4

3-19/32

5/16

10-3/16

5-3/4

4

9-3/4

12-1/8

6-1/2

1-13/16

1-3/4

5-13/16

5/16

11-3/16

5-3/4

25

3

6

12-7/8

6-1/2

1-13/16

1-3/4

3-15/16

5/16

11-3/16

5-3/4

22

9-3/4

12-7/8

6-1/2

1-13/16

1-3/4

5-29/32

5/16

11-3/16

5-3/4

25

8-3/4

4-3/4

7-1/4

5-12/32

5/8

16-3/8

6

62

SEO

RESET

I

D
E

Figure 2
Class 8536

2

SFO

2
4

5

SGO

3

2

8-9/16

17-9/16

6

SHO

3

2

12-11/32

28-1/16

9

4-3/4

7-1/4

5-25/32

5-1/16

18-9/16

8-11/16

85

7

SJO

3

2

12-11/32

37-1/4

10-7/8

4-3/4

7-1/4

5-25/32

7-7/32

22-3/8

9

140

Table 16.55:

H B

2
4

4

Wt

A

2–3

3

C

G

Dimensions for 8536 Open Type

K

D

A
L

C

E

K

F B

J

Pilot
Light

Dimensions for NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosure
RESET

NEMA
Size

Type

Dimensions—Inches

No.
of
Poles

Fig.
No.

A

B

6

10

G

C

D

E

F

G

5-9/16

3

7/8

8-1/8

1

8502

8536

5-9/32

H

I

J

K

L

5

—

—

I

H

Figure 3

00
0
1

SAG
SBG
SCG

All
All
All

3
3
3

2

SDG

All

3

7-13/16 12-11/16 6-1/32

6-5/16

—

1-3/32 10-1/2 1-3/32

3

SEG

All

3

11-7/16 21-13/16

8

8-3/8

—

1-17/32 18-3/4 1-17/32 1-17/32 8-3/8 7-3/4 1-17/32 8-3/8

9

9

25-5/32

H

15/16 4-1/8

1-3/32 5-5/8 5-3/4 1-3/32 5-5/8

4

SFG

All

5

11-1/4

8-19/32

1-1/4

1-1/4 22-5/16 1-7/16 7/16

5

SGG

All

5

17-7/32 44-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16

13

2-1/8

2-1/8

6

SHG

All

4

65-3/4

20-7/32

13-1/8

13-1/8

—

11

7

SJG

All

4

93

34-1/2

23-1/2

23-1/2

40

64-1/2 2-5/16

—

—

2-1/8

9/16

—

—

—

5-1/2

—

—

—

—

H

B
E

(3) Closing Plates

—

G
A

Floor Mounting

F

16

C

Figure 4

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes
H

A

B

G

RESET

E

F

D

Figure 5

16-24

C

H

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.56:
NEMA
Size

Class

0
and
1

8502
8536

NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosuresa
No.
of
Poles

Type
SBW
SCW
SBW
SCW

Bot.
Hub
Only

Dimensions—Inches
A

B

I

J

All

6-3/8

7-1/8

13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4

C

D

E

12

F

19/32 1-3/16

G

H

11-25/32

1-5/8

2-5/16 5/16

All

6-3/8 7-13/16 13-3/16 1-9/16 3-1/4

12

19/32

11-25/32

1-5/8

2-5/16 5/16

1-7/8

K

L

W

X

3/4'' Dia.
Hub

1''
Dia.
Hub

3/4'' Dia.
Hub

1-1/2''
Dia.
Hub

Dia.
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4''
Hub

2-1/2''
Dia.
Hub

SDW

All

8-1/8

7-7/8

16-3/16 1-9/16

5

15

1-3/32 1-15/16

14-3/4

2

2-5/8 5/16

8536

SDW

All

8-1/8

8-9/16 16-3/16 1-9/16

5

15

1-3/32

14-3/4

2

2-5/8 5/16

12

30-1/2

7/8

2-7/8

SEW
8502

All

18-5/32 8-3/4

32-7/32 3-5/64

3-11/16 26-23/32

SFW
All

18-5/32 9-9/16 32-7/32 3-5/64

12

30-1/2

7/8

4-1/2

26-23/32

Dia.
2-9/16 3-3/16 7/16 3/4"
Hub

2-1/2"
Dia.
Hub

All

17-7/32 12-5/8 47-7/32 4-1/8

9

46

5/8

4-19/32

28-5/16

3-1/8

Dia.
5-3/4 9/16 3/4"
Hub

3-1/2"
Dia.
Hub

Dia.
4-19/32 30-13/16 2-11/16 4-1/2 9/16 3/4"
Hub

(2) 3"
Dia.
Hub

SEW
8536
SFW
8502 & SGW
8536

5

8502 & SHW
8536

6a
7a
a

All

20-7/32 12-1/8 65-7/32 4-1/8

12

64

5/8

NEMA
Size

B

D
G

C

G
(4) "L" DIA. MTG.HOLES

I
W

X
J

H

Floor Mounting

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steel Watertight Enclosures with Form F4Tb

Class

Type

No.
of
Poles

A

B

All

12-5/8

7-1/8

All

12-5/8 7-13/16 14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2

All

14-7/8

7-9/16

16-5/16

2-9/16 9-3/4

15

21/32 3-3/16

20-7/8

2

2-5/8

5/16

14-7/8

8-1/4

16-5/16

2-9/16 9-3/4

15

21/32

20-7/8

2

2-5/8

5/16

SBW

8502

0
and
1

A
E

K

8502 & SJW
All
34-1/2 23-1/2
101
8536
Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only.

Table 16.57:

D

F

8502
2

3
and
4

Top &
Bot.
Hub

SCW
SBW

8536

SCW

8502

SDW

8536

SDW

All

SEW

2–3

SFW

2–3

SEW

2–3

SFW

2–3

Dimensions—Inches
C

D

E

F

14-11/16 2-9/16 7-1/2

G

H

I

J

K

L

13-1/2 19/32 3-3/16 18-13/16 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16
13-1/2 19/32

3-7/8

18-13/32 1-21/32 2-5/16 5/16

2

8502

3
and
4

8536

5

8502 & 8536

SGW

All

6b

8502 & 8536

SHW

All

3-7/8

Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
Same as Standard NEMA 4 dimensions, see above.
Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101.

7b
8502 & 8536
SJW
All
b
Size 6 and 7 are sheet steel enclosures, and are rated NEMA 4 only.

NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures

Size

Type

No.
of
Poles

C

D

E

F

0, 1

SBW
SCW

All

6-1/2 6-7/16

12-1/8

3/4

5

8-3/4

2

SDW

All

8-1/2 7-1/16

13-7/8

3/4

7

Dimensions—Inches (see the figure below)
A

B

A
D

E

G

H

I

J

K

Bot.
Hub
Only

Top &
Bot.
Hub

Weight
(lb)

L

W

X

1-11/16 3-11/32

10-1/16

1-5/16 2-1/8

5/16

3/4

1

17

10-1/2 1-11/16 3-29/32

11-15/16

1-5/8

5/16

3/4

1-1/2

22

2-3/8

B
D

SIZE 2
ONLY

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.58:

G

F
I
C

SIZE 2
ONLY

(2) "L" DIA. MTG.
HOLES (SIZE 1)
(4) "L" DIA. MTG.
HOLES (SIZE 2)

J

RESET

G

H

K

1" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 1
1 1/2" CONDUIT HUB TOP & BOTTOM - SIZE 2

16

3/4" CONDUIT HUB IN SIZE 1 & SIZE 2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-25

Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.59:

A

NEMA 4X—Watertight & Corrosion Resistant Glass Polyester Enclosures

E

NEMA
Size

No.
of
Poles

Type

Dimensions—Inches (see Figure 1)
A

B

C

E

F

SBW
0-2a
SCW
All
16-7/8
9-25/32
22-3/4
10-1/8
21-1/2
SDW
SEW
3-4b
All
25-13/16
11-15/16
33-1/2
18-1/2
32-1/4
SFW
a
With control power transformer (Form F4T).
b
Dimensions also for Form F4T.
Note: Devices with Form F4T may use larger enclosure. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for dimensions.

C

F

B

NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Iron

Figure 1
NEMA 4X

See Figure 2 for dimensions for NEMA size 0 and 1 (weight is 59 pounds).
See Figure 3 for NEMA size 2 (weight is 75 pounds).
11.00
279
9.75
248
9.25
235 4.90
125

.63
16
2.40
61

.63
16

(1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap
at Top Standard
7.00
.25
179
6

Optional
Mounting

.63
16
2.40
61

12.00
304
10.75
273
10.25
260 5.90
150

.63
16

(1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap
at Top Standard
7.50
.25
191
6

Optional
Mounting
13.25
7.90
337
201
12.00
305

12.70
322

8.25
210

(1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard

9.63
245
14.44
367

(4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes
10
(1) 1-11 1/2 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard

13.75 15.00
349 381

9.25
235

(1) 3/4 - 14 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard

Figure 3
Size 2

Figure 2
Size 0 and 1

Table 16.60:

(4) .42 Dia. Mtg. Holes
10
(1) 1 1/2 - 11 1/2 Pipe Tap
at Bottom Standard

NEMA 7 & 9—SPIN TOP™ Enclosure

Conduit Sizes
Loc. A, B, C & D
NEMA Size

Std.

0–1
2

Dimensions—Inches (See Figure 4)

1-1/4

Type
SBR
SCR

10-5/8

26

15-1/4

8

4-3/4

5-3/8

1-1/2

SDR

13-7/8

30-1/2

19-1/4

8

4-3/4

5-1/4

3–4

2-1/2

SER
SFR

13-3/8

39-1/2

20-1/4

8

4-3/4

7-1/2

5

4

SGR

19

53-1/2

27-3/4

—

—

11-1/4

Top View

E

F

G

H

J

K

L

S

T

Wt.
(lb)

M

N

P

Q

R

3-3/4

1-1/16

7-1/2

11

7-5/16

2-1/16

—

—

70

3-3/4

1-1/16

7

18

9-3/8

2-3/4

—

—

100

3-3/4

—

7-3/4

23

8-5/8

3

—

—

165
195

5-3/4

1/8

16

20-5/8

11-3/8

4-5/16

12

6-1/2

375

Rear View
Space Required to
Remove Top Cover
N

E
Q

Rear Seal

R
Threaded
Cover
Enclosure

G

A

C

B

D

F

H S

K
L

16

Overload
Reset

J
T

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Circuit Breaker Operator
Handle - Combination
Form Only
(Add 1 IN to overall width)

M
Mtg. Holes
and/or Slots (3)

P

Space Required to Remove
Bottom Cover

Figure 4
NEMA 7 & 9
SPIN TOP™ Enclosure

16-26

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8502, 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.61:

V U

Q

NEMA 7 & 9—Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum
Dimensions—Inches

NEMA
Size

Type
G

H

J

K

L

N

P

Q, R

S, T, U, V

Z
Dia.

Wt.
(lb)

0–1

SBT
SCT

14-1/4

17-1/4

9-1/2

12-1/4

8-7/8

4-1/2

11

2-3/8

3-1/8

1-1/2

75

2

SDT

13-5/8

27-5/8

9-1/2

12-1/4

19-1/4

9-5/8

11

2-3/8

3-1/8

1-1/2

115

3–4

SET
SFT

18-1/8

31-5/8

10

16-1/4

19-1/4

9-5/8

12-5/8

2-3/8

3-3/4

2-1/2

180

5

SGT

24-1/2

45-5/8

13-3/4

22-1/2

27-1/2

13-3/4

15-3/8

3-7/16

4

4

500

L
H
N

R

S

T
G
Circuit Breaker Handle
not supplied on
Class 8502 or 8536

J
P
Mtg. for 4 Bolts

Z
1/2" NPT for breather
and drain

K

NEMA 7 & 9
Bolted Cover, Cast Aluminum

Table 16.62:
NEMA
Size

NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure
Dimensions—Inches

No.
of
Poles

Type

0

SBA

All

1

SCA

All

2

SDA

All

3

SEA

All

4

SFA

All

5

SGA

6

SHA

7

SJA

All

A

B

6-3/8

8-17/32

8-1/8

9-9/32

C

D

12-3/4 1-9/16
16

1-9/16

Weight (lb)

E

F

G

H

I

J

Class
8502

Class
8536

3-1/4

12

3/8

3-9/16

12-1/4

5/16

15

16

5

15

1/2

3-9/16

15-3/8

5/16

22

23

65

68

69

73

D

A
E

D

G

F
18-5/32

9-9/16

31-1/2 3-5/64

12

30-1/2 1/2

4-1/2

All

17-7/32

13-7/16

47

4-1/8

9

46

1/2 5-13/32

28-5/16

9/16

160

177

All

20-7/32

13

65

4-1/8

12

64

1/2

30-7/8

11/16

228

233

34-1/2

23-1/2

93

—

—

6-7/16

26-23/32

7/16

Floor Mounting

C

G

B

(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes

NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight Enclosure With Form F4T

NEMA
Size

Type

No.
of
Poles

0

SBA

All

1

SCA

All

2

SDA

All

3

SEA

2–3

4

SFA

2–3

5

SGA

All

6

SHA

All

7

SJA

All

Table 16.64:
Size Type

No.
of
Poles

I

Dimensions—Inches
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

11-7/8

8

13-1/2

2-13/16

6-3/4

12-3/4

3/8

3-29/32

18-3/8

5/16

14-7/8

8-1/8

16

2-9/16

9-3/4

15

3/8

3-21/32

21-1/2

5/16

H

NEMA 12

Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above.
Same as Standard NEMA 12 dimensions, see above.
Form F4T is supplied as standard. Refer to page 16-101.

NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet Resistant Enclosures
Dimensions—Inches
A

B

C

D1

D2

E

F

G1

G2

H1

H2

J

K

L

M

N

P

K.O.
X

K.O.
Y
C

A
E

D1
P

SBH
0, 1 SCH

All

8-27/32 12-9/32 7-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 6 7-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 14-9/32 1-3/8

1-3/8

1-7/8

4-3/8 1-27/32

1/2
3/4
1

1/2
3/4
1
1/2

4-7/8 1-27/32

1
1-1/4
1-1/2

D2

N
G1

F B

2

SDH

All

9-27/32 16-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 7 11-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 16-25/32 1-5/16 1-3/4

2-1/8

G2

3/4
(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes
9
(3) Closing Plates

3

SEH

All

12-27/32 25-9/32 8-5/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 20-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 19-25/32 1-5/16 1-15/16 2-7/16 6-3/8 1-27/32

1
1-1/4
2
2-1/2

1/2
J

3/4

M
X

M

SFH

All

12-27/32 40-9/32 9-1/8 1-3/8 1-7/16 10 35-1/2 2-19/32 2-3/16 2-1/16 2-5/8 20-9/32 1-5/16 2-5/16 2-11/16 6-3/8 1-27/32

1/2
3/4

H1
H2

NEMA 3R

16

4

1
1-1/4
2
2-1/2

X
K L

Y

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.63:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-27

Full Voltage Vacuum
Contactors

600 Volt
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

General Information
Class 8502 Type W non-reversing vacuum contactors used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors
where overload protection is separately provided. Type W vacuum contactors are designed for operation at 600 Volts,
50/60 Hz. (See page 16-50 for Class 8702 Reversing Vacuum Contactors.)
Table 16.65:

Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors
Locked
Rotor
Current
(A)

Enclosed
Ampere
Rating

NEMA
Size

a

Table 16.66:

Type

4
5
6

3
3
3

91

$ Price

WFO3a

3965.00

WGO3a

8004.00

WHO3a

22383.00

240 V
220 V
240
240
240

480 V
440 V
480
480
480

$ Price
600 V
550 V
600
600
600

732.00
1724.00
1904.00

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

WX11

116.00

WCX11
WLX01

153.00
476.00

LUW5

261.00

LUW6

270.00

Class 9999—Vacuum Contactor Kits

Type
WF–WG
WH

Size
4–5
6

WF
WG–WH

4
5–6

WG

5

WH

6

Volts
50 Hz
60 Hz

120 V
110 V
120
120
120

9998WF
9998WG
9998WH

For Use With

Table 16.68:

Type

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of
Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)

Class
and
Type

Poles

WF
WG
WH

Table 16.67:

40
50
100
100
75
100
200
200
150
200
400
400

Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 Vacuum Contactors (Includes Rectifier)

Size

Auxiliary
Interlock

Max.
Hp

200
230
4
135
1080
460
575
200
230
5
270
2160
460
575
200
230
6
540
4320
460
575
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage
codes listed in selection table below.

Class 8502 Type WH

3.60

Open Type
Motor
Voltage

Kit Description
Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible
1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts
Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
1-N.O. & 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
1-N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included

Coil Voltage Codes

110
V02

120

220
V03

V02

440
V06

V03

7.00
178
5.00

Front View
Shown Without
Cover Plate
and Overtravel
Gauge

240

480

550
V07

V06

V07

6.13

2.67 2.67
68

600

68

156

5.22

127
Coil
Interlock

133
Line Term.

12.50

12.90
Overtravel
Gauge

328
Term.
Holes

16

1.44 1.44
37

37

4.63
118

3.72
94

33

2.50 2.50

5.09

1.28
2.63 2.63
67
67
7.90

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

201

Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WF Size 4

227

355

168

151

8.94

185

13.99

6.63

5.96

318

7.28

129
Load Term.

5.93
151

Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WH Size 6

1.45
37

64

64

7.90
201

Dimensions for Class 8502 Type WG Size 5

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-28

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Vacuum
Contactors

1500 Volt
Class 8502 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

General Information
The Class 8502 Type V vacuum contactor is a three-pole, 1500 V rated device which meets UL508 (1.5 kV) and CSA.
Vacuum technology offers long life and low maintenance in a compact, lightweight design. The contactor is suitable
for contaminated atmospheres because the main contacts are sealed in vacuum bottles. Also, since gravity is not
used to assist contactor operation, the Class 8502 contactor may be mounted in any plane without special
modifications. Type V vacuum contactors are designed for the control of inductive or non-inductive loads at voltages
between 200 and 1500 Vac.
Table 16.69:

Class 8502—Full Voltage 3 Pole Vacuum Contactors

Class 8502 Type VH

3.60

Overtravel
Gauge

91

a

Size

Type

4
5
6

3
3
3

Type
VF–VG
VH

Size
4–5
6

VF
VG–VH

4
5–6

VG

5

VH

6

4.63

Table 16.72:

Dimensions for Class 8502
Type VF Size 4

Volts
50 Hz
60 Hz

110
V02

240 Volts
220 Volts
240
240
240

480 Volts
440 Volts
480
480
480

Kit Description
Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
1 N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included

37

118

3965.00

8004.00

22383.00

$ Price

600 Volts
550 Volts
600
600
600

732.00
1724.00
1904.00

Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits

1.44 1.44
37

120 Volts
110 Volts
120
120
120

9998WF
9998WG
9998WH

For Use With

168

$ Price

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of
Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)

Class
and
Type

Poles

VF
VG
VH

Table 16.71:

6.63

Type

Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8502 and 8702 (Contains Rectifier)

149

Front View
Shown Without
Overtravel
Gauge

Max.
Hp

200
50
230
60
460
125
4
160
1080
575
150
VFO3a
800
200
1000
250
1500
400
200
100
230
125
460
250
5
320
2160
575
300
VGO3a
800
400
1000
—
1500
800
200
150
230
200
460
400
6
540
4320
575
400
VHO3a
800
—
1000
—
1500
1300
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below.

Table 16.70:

5.87

Open Type
Motor
Voltage

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

WX11

116.00

WCX11
WLX01

153.00
476.00

LUW5

261.00

LUW6

1715.00

Coil Voltage Codes
120

220
V03

240

V02

440
V06

V03

480

550
V07

600

V06

V07

Line Terminals:
Six 3/0 - 16
Tapped Holes

6.20
157
5.20 Line

7.00

132

178

14.00

1

8.00

Coil
Terminal A

8.94

203
Mtg.

2

227

Coil
Terminal C

5.05 Load
7.90

171

5.75

7.75
197

201

356

171
Mtg. Line and
Load
Terminals:
One .50 - 13
Tapped
Hole
Per
Terminal

Coil
Terminal A
2
Coil
Terminal C

Load Terminals:
Six 3/0 - 16
Tapped Holes

6.75 Mtg.

128

6.75

1

7.00

146
Std.

178

1

Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor.

1

Two Dual Circuit Auxiliary Contacts can be located on both sides of contactor.

2

Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor.

2

Coil Terminals B and D located on opposite side of contactor.

Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VG Size 5

Dimensions for Class 8502 Type VH Size 6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Recess for
Auxiliary
Contact

Locked
Rotor
Current
(A)

Enclosed
Ampere
Rating

NEMA
Size

16-29

Full Voltage Vacuum
Starters—NEMA Style

600 Volt
Class 8536 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

General Information
Class 8536 Type W non-reversing vacuum starters are used to switch electric motors where overload protection is
not separately provided.
Type W vacuum starters are designed for operation at 600 Volts, 50/60 Hz. Starters are available exclusively with
Motor Logic™ Feature Base Solid State Overload Relays.
Table 16.73:

Class 8536—Full Voltage Vacuum Starters
Enclosed
Ampere
Rating

NEMA
Size

Locked Rotor
Current
(A)

Motor
Voltage

Open Type

Max.
Hp

Type

$ Price

200
40
230
50
4
135
1080
WFO3a
460
100
575
100
200
75
230
100
5
270
2160
WGO3a
460
200
575
200
200
150
230
200
6
540
4320
WHO3a
460
400
575
400
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table at left.

a

Table 16.74:

Type

4
5
6

All
All
All

240 Volts
220 Volts
240
240
240

480 Volts
440 Volts
480
480
480

$ Price

600 Volts
550 Volts
600
600
600

732.00
1724.00
1904.00

Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits

Type
WF–WG
WH

Size
4–5
6

WF
WG–WH

4
5–6

WG

5

110
V02

120 Volts
110 Volts
120
120
120

9998WF
9998WG
9998WH

For Use With

Volts
50 Hz
60 Hz

24008.00

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of
Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)

Class
and
Type

Poles

WF
WG
WH

Table 16.76:

10125.00

Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8536 Vacuum Starters

Size

Table 16.75:

4433.00

Kit Description
Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
1 N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

WX11

122.00

WCX11
WLX01

114.00
503.00

LUW5

275.00

Coil Voltage Codes
120

220
V03

240

V02

440
V06

V03

480

550
V07

600

V06

V07

8.59
1.13
29

218

4.30
109

3.28
83

8.59
218

.94
24

1.13

5.21
132

9.07

4.30

29

230

109

6.47

2.60

164

66

19.96
507

26.25

18.56

.42
11

17.77
451

13.06
332

12.21

16.37

16

11.20

310

667

471

416

284

.24

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

6
(Reset
Travel)

Reset

Reset

.24

.88
1.75

22

6
(Reset
Travel)

.24

3.62

4.28
109

44

7.25

92

6
(Reset
Travel)

7.84
199

Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WF Size 4

8.74
222

184

Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WG Size 5

Dimensions for Class 8536 Type WH Size 6

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-30

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

General Information
Class 8538 and 8539 Type S combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit
protection into one package. These starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL Listed
(although some Form numbers may not be listed—contact Schneider Electric Customer Care Center for information).
Class 8538 and 8539 combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac maximum, 50 to 60 Hz—and are
supplied with melting alloy overload relays as standard.

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information. For class J fuse clip, use Form Y1072 (no charge).
Table 16.77:

Fusible Full Voltage Type (Class H Fuse Clips), with Melting Alloy Overload Relays

Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

NEMA
Size
0

7-1/2
10
20
25
40
75
150
3
5

1
2
3
4
5
6
0

7-1/2

1

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0-5)c

NEMA 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

Type

$ Price

30
30

SBG12a
SCG12a

1344.00
1416.00

SBW12a
SCW12a

2712.00
2781.00

SBW22a
SCW22a

3123.00
3195.00

SBA22a
SCA22a

SBA12a
SCA12a

1686.00
1758.00

60

SCG13a

1443.00

SCW13a

2811.00

SCW23a

3239.00

SCA23a

SCA13a

1785.00

60
100
200
200
400
600
30
30

SDG12a
SEG15a
SEG12a
SFG15a
SGG15a
SHG13a
SBG12a
SCG12a

2228.00
3752.00
4064.00
7199.00
16122.00
42305.00
1344.00
1416.00

SDW12a
SEW15a
SEW12a
SFW15a
SGW15a
SHW13a
SBW12a
SCW12a

4334.00
7425.00
7739.00
11898.00
28112.00
54077.00
2712.00
2781.00

SDW22a
SEW25a
—
—
—
—
SBW22a
SCW22a

4778.00
8166.00
—
—
—
—
3123.00
3195.00

SDA22a
SEA25a
SEA22a
SFA25a
SGA25a
SHA23a
SBA22a
SCA22a

SDA12a
SEA15a
SEA12a
SFA15a
SGA15a
SHA13a
SBA12a
SCA12a

2712.00
4377.00
4692.00
8936.00
20336.00
47219.00
1686.00
1758.00

60

SCG13a

1443.00

SCW13a

2811.00

SCW23a

3239.00

SCA23a

SCA13a

1785.00

15
2
60
SDG12a
2228.00 SDW12a
4334.00 SDW22a
4778.00
SDA22a
SDA12a
2712.00
230
25
100
SEG15a
3752.00 SEW15a
7425.00 SEW25a
8166.00
SEA25a
SEA15a
4377.00
(240)
3
30
200
SEG12a
4064.00 SEW12a
7739.00
—
—
SEA22a
SEA12a
4692.00
50
4
200
SFG15a
7199.00 SFW15a
11898.00
—
—
SFA25a
SFA15a
8936.00
100
5
400
SGG15a
16122.00 SGW15a
28112.00
—
—
SGA25a
SGA15a
20336.00
200
6
600
SHG13a
42305.00 SHW13a
54077.00
—
—
SHA23a
SHA13a
47219.00
5
0
30
SBG13a
1344.00 SBW13a
2712.00 SBW23a
3123.00
SBA23a
SBA13a
1686.00
10
1
30
SCG14a
1443.00 SCW14a
2811.00 SCW24a
3239.00
SCA24a
SCA14a
1785.00
15
30
SDG16a
2241.00 SDW16a
4350.00 SDW26a
4791.00
SDA26a
SDA16a
2712.00
2
25
60
SDG14a
2271.00 SDW14a
4377.00 SDW24a
4820.00
SDA24a
SDA14a
2754.00
460
(480)
50
3
100
SEG13a
3824.00 SEW13a
7497.00 SEW23a
8244.00
SEA23a
SEA13a
4449.00
100
4
200
SFG13a
7254.00 SFW13a
11955.00
—
—
SFA23a
SFA13a
8991.00
200
5
400
SGG13a
16122.00 SGW13a
28112.00
—
—
SGA23a
SGA13a
20336.00
400
6
600
SHG12a
42305.00 SHW12a
54077.00
—
—
SHA22a
SHA12a
47219.00
5
0
30
SBG13a
1344.00 SBW13a
2712.00 SBW23a
3123.00
SBA23a
SBA13a
1686.00
10
1
30
SCG14a
1443.00 SCW14a
2811.00 SCW24a
3239.00
SCA24a
SCA14a
1785.00
15
30
SDG16a
2241.00 SDW16a
4350.00 SDW26a
4791.00
SDA26a
SDA16a
2712.00
2
25
60
SDG14a
2271.00 SDW14a
4377.00 SDW24a
4820.00
SDA24a
SDA14a
2754.00
575
(600)
3
100
SEG13a
3824.00 SEW13a
7497.00 SEW23a
8244.00
SEA23a
SEA13a
4449.00
50
100
4
200
SFG13a
7254.00 SFW13a
11955.00
—
—
SFA23a
SFA13a
8991.00
200
5
400
SGG13a
16122.00 SGW13a
28112.00
—
—
SGA23a
SGA13a
20336.00
400
6
600
SHG12a
42305.00 SHW12a
54077.00
—
—
SHA22a
SHA12a
47219.00
a
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-32.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.78:

Motor
Voltage

Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class H Fuse Clips), Single Phaseef
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Fuse Clip
Max.
Coil NEMA
Size
Hp Voltage Size Poles
(A)

Type
120

240
d
e
f

1
2
3
2
3
7-1/2

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
Type

$ Price

NEMA 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion Resistant
Polyester
Enclosure
Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rd
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

120

0
1
2

2

30
30
60

SBG62V02
SCG62V02
SDG62V02

1344.
1416.
2228.

SBW62V02
SCW62V02
SDW62V02

2712.
2781.
4334.

SBW65V02
SCW65V02
SDW65V02

3123.
3195.
4778.

SBA65V02
SCA65V02
SDA65V02

SBA62V02
SCA62V02
SDA62V02

1686.
1758.
2712.

240

0
1
2

2

30
30
60

SBG62V03
SCG62V03
SDG62V03

1344.
1416.
2228.

SBW62V03
SCW62V03
SDW62V03

2712.
2781.
4334.

SBW65V03
SCW65V03
SDW65V03

3123.
3195.
4778.

SBA65V03
SCA65V03
SDA65V03

SBA62V03
SCA62V03
SDA62V03

1686.
1758.
2712.

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Schneider Electric offers
express shipping for
factory modified NEMA
Combo Starters. When
you need them fast, our
Laser™ Delivery
program is the answer to
getting your product
when you need it most.
Ask for Laser™ Delivery,
then select the product
and the modifications
you need when you
place your order. It’s as
easy as that!

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Type

3
5

200
(208)

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-31

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50-60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.79:

Non-Fusible Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays

Ratings
Max.
Hp
Polyphase
3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
150
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
200
5
10
25
50
100
200
400
5
10
25
50
100
200
400

230
(240)

460
(480)

575
(600)

120

240
a
b
c
d
e
Note:

Coil
Voltage

Max.
Hp

Motor
Voltage

Table 16.80:

1
2
3

Type
SBG11c
SCG11c
SDG11c
SEG11c
SFG11c
SGG11c
SHG11c
SBG11c
SCG11c
SDG11c
SEG11c
SFG11c
SGG11c
SHG11c
SBG11c
SCG11c
SDG11c
SEG11c
SFG11c
SGG11c
SHG11c
SBG11c
SCG11c
SDG11c
SEG11c
SFG11c
SGG11c
SHG11c

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
1
2
3
4
5
6

$ Price
1301.00
1373.00
2169.00
3609.00
6956.00
15609.00
41174.00
1301.00
1373.00
2169.00
3609.00
6956.00
15609.00
41174.00
1301.00
1373.00
2169.00
3609.00
6956.00
15609.00
41174.00
1301.00
1373.00
2169.00
3609.00
6956.00
15609.00
41174.00

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)b

NEMA 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Type
SBW11c
SCW11c
SDW11c
SEW11c
SFW11c
SGW11c
SHW11c
SBW11c
SCW11c
SDW11c
SEW11c
SFW11c
SGW11c
SHW11c
SBW11c
SCW11c
SDW11c
SEW11c
SFW11c
SGW11c
SHW11c
SBW11c
SCW11c
SDW11c
SEW11c
SFW11c
SGW11c
SHW11c

Type
SBW21c
SCW21c
SDW21c
SEW21c
—
—
—
SBW21c
SCW21c
SDW21c
SEW21c
—
—
—
SBW21c
SCW21c
SDW21c
SEW21c
—
—
—
SBW21c
SCW21c
SDW21c
SEW21c
—
—
—

$ Price
2669.00
2739.00
4278.00
7284.00
11655.00
27599.00
52568.00
2669.00
2739.00
4278.00
7284.00
11655.00
27599.00
52568.00
2669.00
2739.00
4278.00
7284.00
11655.00
27599.00
52568.00
2669.00
2739.00
4278.00
7284.00
11655.00
27599.00
52568.00

$ Price
3068.00
3153.00
4706.00
8010.00
—
—
—
3068.00
3153.00
4706.00
8010.00
—
—
—
3068.00
3153.00
4706.00
8010.00
—
—
—
3068.00
3153.00
4706.00
8010.00
—
—
—

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight Industrial
Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

$ Price

Type
SBA21c
SCA21c
SDA21c
SEA21c
SFA21c
SGA21c
SHA21c
SBA21c
SCA21c
SDA21c
SEA21c
SFA21c
SGA21c
SHA21c
SBA21c
SCA21c
SDA21c
SEA21c
SFA21c
SGA21c
SHA21c
SBA21c
SCA21c
SDA21c
SEA21c
SFA21c
SGA21c
SHA21c

Type
SBA11c
SCA11c
SDA11c
SEA11c
SFA11c
SGA11c
SHA11c
SBA11c
SCA11c
SDA11c
SEA11c
SFA11c
SGA11c
SHA11c
SBA11c
SCA11c
SDA11c
SEA11c
SFA11c
SGA11c
SHA11c
SBA11c
SCA11c
SDA11c
SEA11c
SFA11c
SGA11c
SHA11c

1643.00
1715.00
2654.00
4235.00
8693.00
19823.00
45710.00
1643.00
1715.00
2654.00
4235.00
8693.00
19823.00
45710.00
1643.00
1715.00
2654.00
4235.00
8693.00
19823.00
45710.00
1643.00
1715.00
2654.00
4235.00
8693.00
19823.00
45710.00

Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type, Single Phasede
NEMA
Size

200
(208)

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

NEMA
Size

Poles

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

120

0
1
2

2

2
3
240
7-1/2

0
1
2

2

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Enclosure
With
External Reset

Without
External Reset

$ Price

Type
SBG61V02
SCG61V02
SDG61V02

$ Price
1301.00
1373.00
2169.00

Type
SBW61V02
SCW61V02
SDW61V02

$ Price
2669.00
2739.00
4278.00

Type
SBW64V02
SCW64V02
SDW64V02

$ Price
3068.00
3153.00
4706.00

Type
SBA64V02
SCA64V02
SDA64V02

Type
SBA61V02
SCA61V02
SDA61V02

1643.00
1715.00
2654.00

SBG61V03
SCG61V03
SDG61V03

1301.00
1373.00
2169.00

SBW61V03
SCW61V03
SDW61V03

2669.00
2739.00
4278.00

SBW64V03
SCW64V03
SDW64V03

3068.00
3153.00
4706.00

SBA64V03
SCA64V03
SDA64V03

SBA61V03
SCA61V03
SDA61V03

1643.00
1715.00
2654.00

NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosure.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.81:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

60 Hz

50 Hz

24gf
120g
208
240
277
480
600
Specify

—
110
—
220
—
440
550
Specify

Code

$ Price Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V07
V99

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60

f

16

24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified(i.e., order as 8538SBG11V01S).
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge).
When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering
(i.e., order as 8538SCG11V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
g

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-32

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips
Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase – 600 Vac Maximum – 50-60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.82:

Fusible (with Class R Fuse Clips) Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing,
with Melting Alloy Overload Relays—(100,000 AIC Rated)

Fuse Clip
Size
(A)

NEMA Size

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Type

$ Price

Type

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and
Driptight Industrial
Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion
Resistant
Polyester
Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)c

$ Price

Type

$ Price

With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

3
0
30
SBG32b
1367.00
SBW32b
2732.00 SBW42b
3140.00 SBA42b
SBA32b
1709.00
1778.00
5
1
30
SCG32b
1436.00
SCW32b
2804.00 SCW42b
3225.00 SCA42b
SCA32b
1808.00
7-1/2
1
60
SCG33b
1466.00
SCW33b
2834.00 SCW43b
3252.00 SCA43b
SCA33b
2732.00
10
2
60
SDG32b
2249.00
SDW32b
4356.00 SDW42b
4791.00 SDA42b
SDA32b
200
4419.00
20
3
100
SEG35b
3794.00
SEW35b
7469.00 SEW45b
8216.00 SEA45b
SEA35b
(208)
4734.00
25
3
200
SEG32b
4108.00
SEW32b
7781.00
—
— SEA42b
SEA32b
8978.00
40
4
200
SFG35b
7241.00
SFW35b
11942.00
—
—
SFA45b
SFA35b
75
5
400
SGG35b
16221.00
SGW35b
28214.00
—
— SGA45b
SGA35b 20435.00
150
6
600
SHG33b
42782.00
SHW33b
54176.00
—
— SHA43b
SHA33b 47696.00
1709.00
3
0
30
SBG32b
1367.00
SBW32b
2732.00 SBW42b
3140.00 SBA42b
SBA32b
1778.00
5
1
30
SCG32b
1436.00
SCW32b
2804.00 SCW42b
3225.00 SCA42b
SCA32b
1808.00
7-1/2
1
60
SCG33b
1466.00
SCW33b
2834.00 SCW43b
3252.00 SCA43b
SCA33b
2732.00
15
2
60
SDG32b
2249.00
SDW32b
4356.00
SDW42b
4791.00
SDA42b
SDA32b
230
4419.00
25
3
100
SEG35b
3794.00
SEW35b
7469.00
SEW45b
8216.00
SEA45b
SEA35b
(240)
4734.00
30
3
200
SEG32b
4108.00
SEW32b
7781.00
—
— SEA42b
SEA32b
8978.00
50
4
200
SFG35b
7241.00
SFW35b
11942.00
—
—
SFA45b
SFA35b
SGA35b 20435.00
100
5
400
SGG35b
16221.00
SGW35b
28214.00
—
— SGA45b
SHA33b 47696.00
200
6
600
SHG33b
42782.00
SHW33b
54176.00
—
— SHA43b
5
0
30
SBG33b
1394.00
SBW33b
2762.00 SBW43b
3176.00 SBA43b
SBA33b
1736.00
10
1
30
SCG34b
1466.00
SCW34b
2834.00 SCW44b
3252.00 SCA44b
SCA34b
1808.00
15
2
30
SDG36b
2262.00
SDW36b
4370.00 SDW46b
4805.00 SDA46b
SDA36b
2748.00
460
25
2
60
SDG34b
2291.00
SDW34b
4400.00 SDW44b
4841.00 SDA44b
SDA34b
2775.00
(480)
50
3
100
SEG33b
3866.00
SEW33b
7541.00 SEW43b
8294.00 SEA43b
SEA33b
4491.00
100
4
200
SFG33b
7298.00
SFW33b
11997.00
—
—
SFA43b
SFA33b
9035.00
200
5
400
SGG33b
16221.00
SGW33b
28214.00
—
— SGA43b
SGA33b 20435.00
400
6
600
SHG32b
42782.00
SHW32b
54176.00
—
— SHA42b
SHA32b 47696.00
5
0
30
SBG33b
1394.00
SBW33b
2762.00 SBW43b
3176.00 SBA43b
SBA33b
1736.00
10
1
30
SCG34b
1466.00
SCW34b
2834.00 SCW44b
3252.00 SCA44b
SCA34b
1808.00
15
2
30
SDG36b
2262.00
SDW36b
4370.00 SDW46b
4805.00 SDA46b
SDA36b
2748.00
575
25
2
60
SDG34b
2291.00
SDW34b
4400.00 SDW44b
4841.00 SDA44b
SDA34b
2775.00
(600)
50
3
100
SEG33b
3866.00
SEW33b
7541.00 SEW43b
8294.00 SEA43b
SEA33b
4491.00
100
4
200
SFG33b
7298.00
SFW33b
11997.00
—
—
SFA43b
SFA33b
9035.00
200
5
400
SGG33b
16221.00
SGW33b
28214.00
—
— SGA43b
SGA33b 20435.00
400
6
600
SHG32b
42782.00
SHW32b
54176.00
—
— SHA42b
SHA32b 47696.00
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
b
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
c
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Fuse Clip
Size
(A)

Fusible Disconnect Switch Type (Class R Fuses), Single Phasede
Poles

Coil
Voltage

Max.
Hp

Motor
Voltage

Table 16.83:

NEMA Size

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

Motor Voltage
(Starter Voltage)

Ratings

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
Type

120

240
d
e

1
2
3

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel
Type

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

NEMA 12/3R
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
Without
External Reset External Reset

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

Type

$ Price

120

0
1
2

2

30
30
60

SBG63V02
SCG63V02
SDG63V02

1367.00 SBW63V02
1436.00 SCW63V02
2249.00 SDW63V02

2732.00
2804.00
4356.00

SBW66V02
SCW66V02
SDW66V02

3140.00
3225.00
4791.00

SBA66V02
SCA66V02
SDA66V02

SBA63V02
SCA63V02
SDA63V02

1709.00
1178.00
2732.00

2
3
240
7-1/2

0
1
2

2

30
30
60

SBG63V03
SCG63V03
SDG63V03

1367.00 SBW63V03
1436.00 SCW63V03
2249.00 SDW63V03

2732.00
2804.00
4356.00

SBW66V03
SCW66V03
SDW66V03

3140.00
3225.00
4791.00

SBA66V03
SCA66V03
SDA66V03

SBA63V03
SCA63V03
SDA63V03

1709.00
1178.00
2732.00

Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.

Table 16.84:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

24gf
—
V01
No Charge
120g
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
f
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG32V01S).
g
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge).
When specifying Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering
(i.e., order as 8538SCG32V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-33

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8538 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Full Voltage Type With Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units, standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116
for selection information.
Table 16.85:
Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

Type

3
0
N/A
7-1/2
1
N/A
15
2
N/A
5
0
N/A
460
10
1
N/A
(480)
25
2
N/A
5
0
N/A
575
10
1
N/A
(600)
25
2
N/A
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg
3
0
30

With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

$ Price

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

Type

SBG11S8c
SCG11S8c
SDG11S8c
SBG11S8c
SCG11S8c
SDG11S8c
SBG11S8c
SCG11S8c
SDG11S8c

1656.00
1728.00
2528.00
1656.00
1728.00
2528.00
1656.00
1728.00
2528.00
1656.00
1728.00
2528.00

SBW11S8c
SCW11S8c
SDW11S8c
SBW11S8c
SCW11S8c
SDW11S8c
SBW11S8c
SCW11S8c
SDW11S8c
SBW11S8c
SCW11S8c
SDW11S8c

3738.00
3807.00
3564.00
3738.00
3807.00
3564.00
3738.00
3807.00
3564.00
3738.00
3807.00
3564.00

SBA21S8c
SCA21S8c
SDA21S8c
SBA21S8c
SCA21S8c
SDA21S8c
SBA21S8c
SCA21S8c
SDA21S8c
SBA21S8c
SCA21S8c
SDA21S8c

SBA11S8c
SCA11S8c
SDA11S8c
SBA11S8c
SCA11S8c
SDA11S8c
SBA11S8c
SCA11S8c
SDA11S8c
SBA11S8c
SCA11S8c
SDA11S8c

2285.00
2327.00
2178.00
2285.00
2327.00
2178.00
2285.00
2327.00
2178.00
2285.00
2327.00
2178.00

Class 8538 Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—NEMA Size 0–2bg
3
0
N/A
SBG11S8c
200
7-1/2
1
N/A
SCG11S8c
(208)
10
2
N/A
SDG11S8c
230
(240)

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and
Dustight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

SBG12S8c

1700.00

SBW12S8c

3780.00

SBA22S8c

SBA12S8c

2327.00

1
1

30
60

SCG12S8c
SCG13S8c

1772.00
1800.00

SCW12S8c
SCW13S8c

3851.00
3879.00

SCA22S8c
SCA23S8c

SCA12S8c
SCA13S8c

2370.00
2399.00

10
3

2
0

60
30

SDG12S8c
SBG12S8c

2583.00
1700.00

SDW12S8c
SBW12S8c

5403.00
3780.00

SDA22S8c
SBA22S8c

SDA12S8c
SBA12S8c

3324.00
2327.00

5
7-1/2

1
1

30
60

SCG12S8c
SCG13S8c

1772.00
1800.00

SCW12S8c
SCW13S8c

3851.00
3879.00

SCA22S8c
SCA23S8c

SCA12S8c
SCA13S8c

2370.00
2399.00

15
2
60
SDG12S8c
2583.00
5
0
30
SBG13S8c
1728.00
460
10
1
30
SCG14S8c
1800.00
(480)
15
2
30
SDG16S8c
2597.00
25
2
60
SDG14S8c
2627.00
5
0
30
SBG13S8c
1728.00
575
10
1
30
SCG14S8c
1800.00
(600)
15
2
30
SDG16S8c
2597.00
25
2
60
SDG14S8c
2627.00
Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type with Class R Fuse Clips—NEMA Size 0–2bg
3
0
30
SBG32S8c
1722.00

SDW12S8c
SBW13S8c
SCW14S8c
SDW16S8c
SDW14S8c
SBW13S8c
SCW14S8c
SDW16S8c
SDW14S8c

5403.00
3807.00
3879.00
5418.00
5445.00
3807.00
3879.00
5418.00
5445.00

SDA22S8c
SBA23S8c
SCA24S8c
SDA26S8c
SDA24S8c
SBA23S8c
SCA24S8c
SDA26S8c
SDA24S8c

SDA12S8c
SBA13S8c
SCA14S8c
SDA16S8c
SDA14S8c
SBA13S8c
SCA14S8c
SDA16S8c
SDA14S8c

3324.00
2357.00
2399.00
3338.00
3366.00
2357.00
2399.00
3338.00
3366.00

200
(208)

5
7-1/2

230
(240)

200
(208)

230
(240)

SBW32S8c

3753.00

SBA42S8c

SBA32S8c

2348.00

5
7-1/2

1
1

30
60

SCG32S8c
SCG33S8c

1794.00
1821.00

SCW32S8c
SCW33S8c

3873.00
3900.00

SCA42S8c
SCA43S8c

SCA32S8c
SCA33S8c

2390.00
2420.00

10
3

2
0

60
30

SDG32S8c
SBG32S8c

2604.00
1722.00

SDW32S8c
SBW32S8c

5426.00
3753.00

SDA42S8c
SBA42S8c

SDA32S8c
SBA32S8c

3344.00
2348.00

5
7-1/2

1
1

30
60

SCG32S8c
SCG33S8c

1794.00
1821.00

SCW32S8c
SCW33S8c

3873.00
3900.00

SCA42S8c
SCA43S8c

SCA32S8c
SCA33S8c

2390.00
2420.00

SDA32S8c
SBA33S8c
SCA34S8c
SDA36S8c
SDA34S8c
SBA33S8c
SCA34S8c
SDA36S8c
SDA34S8c

3344.00
2376.00
2420.00
3360.00
3387.00
2376.00
2420.00
3360.00
3387.00

15
2
60
SDG32S8c
2604.00
SDW32S8c
5426.00
SDA42S8c
5
0
30
SBG33S8c
1751.00
SBW33S8c
3830.00
SBA43S8c
460
10
1
30
SCG34S8c
1821.00
SCW34S8c
3900.00
SCA44S8c
(480)
15
2
30
SDG36S8c
2619.00
SDW36S8c
5439.00
SDA46S8c
25
2
60
SDG34S8c
2646.00
SDW34S8c
5468.00
SDA44S8c
5
0
30
SBG33S8c
1751.00
SBW33S8c
3830.00
SBA43S8c
575
10
1
30
SCG34S8c
1821.00
SCW34S8c
3900.00
SCA44S8c
(600)
15
2
30
SDG36S8c
2619.00
SDW36S8c
5439.00
SDA46S8c
25
2
60
SDG34S8c
2646.00
SDW34S8c
5468.00
SDA44S8c
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
b
For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown to the right.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
.

16

Table 16.86:

Class 8538 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type for
Horizontal Mountingg

Table 16.87:

Voltage
Code

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max. Hp
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

200
(208)

2
7-1/2

1

230
(240)

2
7-1/2

1

60 Hz

With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

30
60

SCA22S1d
SCA23S1d

SCA12S1d
SCA13S1d

1754.00
1781.00

30
60

SCA22S1d
SCA23S1d

SCA12S1d
SCA13S1d

1754.00
1781.00

Fuse Clip
Size
(A)

$ Price

460
10
1
30
SCA24S1d
SCA14S1d
1781.00
(480)
575
10
1
30
SCA24S1d
SCA14S1d
1781.00
(600)
d
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage
codes listed in selection Table 16.87.

16-34

Coil Voltage Codes

CP1

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24fe
—
V01
No Charge
120f
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8538SBG1158V01S).
f
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8538SCG1158V02S).
g
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.88:

Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relay

Motor Voltage
(Starter Voltage)

Hp
Range
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)a

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Circuit Breaker
(See Page 7-32
for Breaker
Adjustment Range)

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
1814.00
SBW43c
3182.00
\SBW53c
3653.00
SBA53c
1/4–5
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
SCW44c
SCW54c
SCA54c
1
1886.00
3252.00
3738.00
7-1/2
HLL36050M72
SCG45c
SCW45c
SCW55c
SCA55c
1-1/2–5
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW52c
SDA52c
2
2669.00
4778.00
5255.00
7-1/2–10
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDW43c
SDW53c
SDA53c
200
15–25
3
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
3879.00
SEW42c
7554.00
SEW52c
8310.00
SEA52c
(208)
30–40
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
8508.00
SFW44c
13208.00
SFW54c
14534.00
SFA54c
50–60
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
SGW44c
—
SGA54c
5
19724.00
31716.00
—
70
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
100
LJL36400M36
SHG43c
SHW43c
—
SHA53c
6
42825.00
49946.00
—
125–150
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
SHA55c
1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
1814.00
SBW43c
3182.00
SBW53c
3653.00
SBA53c
1/4–7-1/2
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
1886.00
SCW44c
3182.00
SCW54c
3738.00
SCA54c
SDW52c
SDA52c
1-1/2–7-1/2
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW53c
5255.00
SDA53c
10
2
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
2669.00
SDW43c
4778.00
SDW54c
SDA54c
15
HLL36100M73
SDG44c
SDW44c
15–30
3
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
3879.00
SEW42c
7554.00
SEW52c
8310.00
SEA52c
230
(240)
40–50
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
8508.00
SFW44c
13208.00
SFW54c
14534.00
SFA54c
60
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
SGW44c
—
SGA54c
5
19724.00
31716.00
—
75–100
LJL36400M36
SGG46c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
125–150
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
SHA55c
6
42825.00
49946.00
—
200
PLL34080M68
SHG46c
SHW46c
—
SHA56c
250–300
7
PLL36100M69
SJA43c
57837.00
SJW43c
64958.00
—
—
SJA53c
a
NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.89:

SBA43c
SCA44c
SCA45c
SDA42c
SDA43c
SEA42c
SFA44c
SGA44c
SGA45c
SHA43c
SHA45c
SBA43c
SCA44c
SDA42c
SDA43c
SDA44c
SEA42c
SFA44c
SGA44c
SGA45c
SHA45c
SHA46c
—

$ Price

2156.00
2228.00
3153.00
4505.00
10245.00
22859.00
46670.00
2156.00
2228.00
3153.00
4505.00
10245.00
22859.00
46670.00
61682.00

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42
Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

NEMA Type 1 Enclosure
with 30 mm Operators

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-35

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00–6). Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.90:

Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Hp
Range
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

Circuit Breaker
(See Page 7-32
for Breaker
Adjustment Range)

Type

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)a

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type
SBA53c
SCA54c
SDA52c
SDA53c
SEA51c
SEA52c
SFA54c
SGA54c
SGA55c
SHA55c
SHA56c
SJA52c
SJA53c
SBA53c
SCA54c
SDA52c
SDA53c
SEA51c
SEA52c
SFA54c
SGA54c
SGA55c
SHA53c
SHA55c
SJA51c

Type
SBA43c
SCA44c
SDA42c
SDA43c
SEA41c
SEA42c
SFA44c
SGA44c
SGA45c
SHA45c
SHA46c
—
—
SBA43c
SCA44c
SDA42c
SDA43c
SEA41c
SEA42c
SFA44c
SGA44c
SGA45c
SHA43c
SHA45c
—

1/4–5
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
1814.
SBW43c
3182.
SBW53c
3653.
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
1886.
SCW44c
3252.
SCW54c
3738.
5–15
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW52c
2
2669.
4778.
5255.
20–25
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDW43c
SDW53c
20–25
HLL36050M72
SEG41c
SEW41c
SEW51c
3
3879.
7554.
8310.
30–50
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
SEW42c
SEW52c
460
60–100
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
8508.
SFW44c
13208.
SFW54c
14534.
(480)
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
SGW44c
—
125
5
19724.
31716.
—
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
150–200
250–350
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
6
42825.
49946.
—
400
PLL34080M68
SHG46c
SHW46c
—
500
PLL36080M68
SJA42c
SJW42c
—
7
57837.
64958.
—
600
PLL36100M69
SJA43c
SJW43c
—
1/4–5
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
1814.
SBW43c
3182.
SBW53c
3653.
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
1886.
SCW44c
3252.
SCW54c
3738.
5–20
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW52c
2
2669.
4778.
5255.
25
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDW43c
SDW53c
25–30
HLL36050M72
SEG41c
SEW41c
SEW51c
3
3879.
7554.
8310.
40–50
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
SEW42c
SEW52c
575
(600)
60–100
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
8508.
SFW44c
13208.
SFW54c
14534.
125–150
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
SGW44c
—
5
19724.
31716.
—
200
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
250
LJL36400M36
SHG43c
SHW43c
—
6
42825.
49946.
—
300–400
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
500–600
7
PLL34100M69
SJG41c
57837.
SJW41c
64958.
—
—
a
NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.91:

$ Price
2156.
2228.
3153.
4505.
10245.
22859.
46670.
61682.
2156.
2228.
3153.
4505.
10245.
22859.
46670.
61682.

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S,
please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-36

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

NEMA Size 0–2
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure
3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.92:

Electronic Motor Circuit Protectors (MCP) in Oversized Enclosure, NEMA Size 0–2bf
Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Hp
Range
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Circuit Breaker
(See Page 7-32
for Breaker
Adjustment Range)

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

$ Price

Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Type
1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43S8c
2169.00 SBW43S8c
4248.00 SBA53S8c
SBA43S8c
2798.00
1/4–5
HLL36030M71
SCG44S8c
SCW44S8c
SCA54S8c
SCA44S8c
200
1
2241.00
4320.00
2867.00
71/2
HLL36050M72
SCG45S8c
SCW45S8c
SCA55S8c
SCA45S8c
(208)
1-1/2–5
HLL36030M71
SDG42S8c
SDW42S8c
SDA52S8c
SDA42S8c
2
3024.00
5844.00
3794.00
71/2–10
HLL36050M72
SDG43S8c
SDW43S8c
SDA53S8c
SDA43S8c
1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43S8c
2169.00 SBW43S8c
4248.00 SBA53S8c
SBA43S8c
2798.00
1/4–7-1/2
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44S8c
2241.00 SCW44S8c
4320.00 SCA54S8c
SCA44S8c
3867.00
230
SDA52S8c
SDA42S8c
1-1/2–7-1/2
HLL36030M71
SDG42S8c
SDW42S8c
(240)
5844.00 SDA53S8c
SDA43S8c
3794.00
10
2
HLL36050M72
SDG43S8c
3024.00 SDW43S8c
SDA54S8c
SDA44S8c
15
HLL36100M73
SDG44S8c
SDW44S8c
1/4–5
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43S8c
2169.00 SBW43S8c
4248.00 SBA53S8c
SBA43S8c
2798.00
460
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44S8c
2241.00 SCW44S8c
4320.00 SCA54S8c
SCA44S8c
2867.00
(480)
5–15
HLL36030M71
SDG42S8c
SDW42S8c
SDA52S8c
SDA42S8c
2
3024.00
5855.00
3794.00
20–25
HLL36050M72
SDG43S8c
SDW43S8c
SDA53S8c
SDA43S8c
1/4–5
0
HLL36060M71
SBG43S8c
2169.00 SBW43S8c
4248.00 SBA53S8c
SBA43S8c
2798.00
575
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44S8c
2241.00 SCW44S8c
4320.00 SCA54S8c
SCA44S8c
3867.00
(600)
5–20
HLL36030M71
SDG42S8c
SDA42S8c
2
3024.00 SDW42S8c
5844.00 SDA52S8c
3794.00
25
HLL36050M72
SDG43S8c
SDW43S8c
SDA53S8c
SDA43S8c
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
b
For NEMA Size 3–5 starters in oversized NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, contact factory for pricing and TAG number.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.93:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG41S8V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying
Form S, please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG41S8V02S).
f
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-42
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-37

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 0-6). Standard trip thermal
units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.94:

Full Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

200
(208)

Circuit Breaker
Type
Type

2
3

NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight
Watertight,
and Dusttight
Dusttight
and
Enclosure
Resistant
Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion
Polyester
Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a

Ampere
Rating
15
20

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

0

HLL36015
HLL36020

1400.

SBW1c
SBW3c

2768.

SBW11c
SBW13c

3182.

SBA11c
SBA13c

SBA1c
SBA3c

1742.

5
7-1/2

1

HLL36035
HLL36050

35
50

SCG5c
SCG2c

1472.

SCW5c
SCW2c

2840.

SCW15c
SCW12c

3267.

SCA15c
SCA12c

SCA5c
SCA2c

1814.

10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60–75
100–125
150
2
3

2

60
100
125
150
200
250
250
400
600
800
15
20

SDG1c
SEG3c
SEG1c
SEG5c
SFG3c
SFG4c
SGG6c
SGG4c
SHG4c
SHG5c
SBG1c
SBG3c

2255.

3182.

SDA11c
SEA13c
SEA11c
SEA15c
SFA13c
SFA14c
SGA16c
SGA14c
SHA14c
SHA15c
SBA11c
SBA13c

SDA1c
SEA3c
SEA1c
SEA5c
SFA3c
SFA4c
SGA6c
SGA4c
SHA4c
SHA5c
SBA1c
SBA3c

2739.

2768.

SDW11c
SEW13c
SEW11c
SEW15c
SFW13c
SFW14c
—
—
—
—
SBW11c
SBW13c

4805.

1400.

SDW1c
SEW3c
SEW1c
SEW5c
SFW3c
SFW4c
SGW6c
SGW4c
SHW4c
SHW5c
SBW1c
SBW3c

4364.

0

HLL36060
HLL36100
HLL36125
HLL36150
JLL36200
JLL36250
JLL36250
LLL36400E20
LLL36600E20
MJL36800
HLL36015
HLL36020

5
7-1/2

1

HLL36035
HLL36045

35
45

SCG5c
SCG6c

1472.

SCW5c
SCW6c

2840.

SCW15c
SCW16c

3267.

SCA15c
SCA16c

SCA1c
SCA6c

3
4
5
6

SBG1c
SBG3c

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

3879.
8508.
19724.
42825.

7554.
13208.
31716.
49946.

8310.
14534.
—
—

4505.
10245.
22859.
46670.
1742.
1814.

10
HLL36060
60
SDG1c
SDA1c
2
2255. SDW1c
4364. SDW11c
4805. SDA11c
2739.
15
HLL36090
90
SDG7c
SDW7c
SDW17c
SDA17c
SDA7c
20
HLL36100
100
SEG3c
SEW3c
SEW13c
SEA13c
SEA3c
3
3879. SEW5c
7554. SEW15c
8310. SEA15c
4505.
230
25–30
HLL36150
150
SEG5c
SEA5c
(240)
40
JLL36225
225
SFG1c
SFW1c
SFW11c
SFA11c
SFA1c
4
8508.
13208.
14534.
10245.
50
JLL36250
250
SFG4c
SFW4c
SFW14c
SFA14c
SFA4c
60
JLL36250
250
SGG6c
SGW6c
—
SGA16c
SGA6c
75
5
LLL36400E20
400
SGG4c
19724. SGW4c
31716.
—
—
SGA14c
SGA4c
22859.
100
LLL36600E20
600
SGG2c
SGW2c
—
SGA12c
SGA2c
125
LLL36600E20
600
SHG4c
SHW4c
—
SHA14c
SHA4c
6
42825. SHW5c
49946.
—
46670.
150–200
MJL36800
800
SHG5c
—
SHA15c
SHA5c
250–300
7
PKL36100
1200
SJG3c
57837. SJW3c
64958.
—
—
SJA13c
—
61682.
a
NEMA Size 6 & 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.

Table 16.95:

Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

16

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8539SBG1V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge). When specifying Form S,
please supply motor voltage when ordering (i.e., order as 8539SCG5V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for
the control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-42
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-38

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Class 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units (Sizes 00-6). Standard trip thermal
units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.96:

Line Voltage Type, Non-Reversing, with Melting Alloy Overload Relays

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

460
(480)

575
(600)

Table 16.97:

0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7

NEMA
Size

1
2
3
2
3
7.5

0
1
2
0
1
2

240

Type

HLL36015
HLL36025
HLL36030
HLL36045
HLL36060
HLL36070
HLL36080
HLL36100
HLL36150
JLL36150
JLL36200
JLL36250
LLL36400E20
LLL36600E20
LLL36600E20
MJL36800
PLL36120
HLL36015
HLL36020
HLL36025
HLL36035
HLL36045
HLL36060
HLL36070
HLL36090
HLL36100
JLL36150
JLL36250
JLL36250
LLL36400E20
LLL36600E20
MJL36800
PKL36100

Ampere
Rating
15
25
30
45
60
70
80
100
150
150
200
250
400
600
600
800
1200
15
20
25
35
45
60
70
90
100
150
250
250
400
600
800
1200

SBG1c
SCG3c
SCG7c
SDG3c
SDG1c
SDG5c
SEG7c
SEG3c
SEG5c
SFG5c
SFG3c
SFG4c
SGG4c
SGG2c
SHG4c
SHG5c
SJG3c
SBG1c
SCG8c
SCG3c
SDG8c
SDG3c
SDG1c
SEG4c
SEG6c
SEG3c
SFG5c
SFG4c
SGG6c
SGG4c
SHG4c
SHG5c
SJG2c

$ Price

1400.
1472.
2255.
3879.
8508.
19724.
42825.
57837.
1400.
1472.
2255.
3879.
8508.
19724.
42825.
57837.

Type

SBW1c
SCW3c
SCW7c
SDW3c
SDW1c
SDW5c
SEW7c
SEW3c
SEW5c
SFW5c
SFW3c
SFW4c
SGW4c
SGW2c
SHW4c
SHW5c
SJW3c
SBW1c
SCW8c
SCW3c
SDW8c
SDW3c
SDW1c
SEW4c
SEW6c
SEW3c
SFW5c
SFW4c
SGW6c
SGW4c
SHW4c
SHW5c
SJW2c

$ Price

2768.
2840.
4364.
7554.
13208.
31716.
49946.
64958.
2768.
2840.
4364.
7554.
13208.
31716.
49946.
64958.

Type

SBW11c
SCW13c
SCW17c
SDW13c
SDW11c
SDW15c
SEW17c
SEW13c
SEW15c
SFW15c
SFW13c
SFW14c
—
—
—
—
—
SBW11c
SCW18c
SCW13c
SDW18c
SDW13c
SDW11c
SEW14c
SEW16c
SEW13c
SFW15c
SFW14c
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

3182.
3267.
4805.
8310.
14534.
—
—
—
3182.
3267.
4805.
8310.
14534.
—
—
—

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

SBA11c
SCA13c
SCA17c
SDA13c
SDA11c
SDA15c
SEA17c
SEA13c
SEA15c
SFA15c
SFA13c
SFA14c
SGA14c
SGA12c
SHA14c
SHA15c
SJA13c
SBA11c
SCA18c
SCA13c
SDA18c
SDA13c
SDA11c
SEA14c
SEA16c
SEA13c
SFA15c
SFA14c
SGA16c
SGA14c
SHA14c
SHA15c
SJA12c

SBA1c
SCA3c
SCA7c
SDA3c
SDA1c
SDA5c
SEA7c
SEA3c
SEA5c
SFA5c
SFA3c
SFA4c
SGA4c
SGA2c
SHA4c
SHA5c
—
SBA1c
SCA8c
SCA3c
SDA8c
SDA3c
SDA1c
SEA4c
SEA6c
SEA3c
SFA5c
SFA4c
SGA6c
SGA4c
SHA4c
SHA5c
—

$ Price

1742.
1814.
2739.
4505.
10245.
22859.
46670.
61682.
1742.
1814.
2739.
4505.
10245.
22859.
46670.
61682.

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type, Single Phasede

Motor Max.
Coil
Voltage Hp Voltage

120

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Circuit Breaker
Type

5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125–150
200
250
300–400
500–600
5
7-1/2
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60–75
100
125–150
200
250–350
400
500–600

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0–5)a

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

120
240

NEMA 12/3Rb
NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 4 & 4X
Dusttight and Driptight
Watertight and Dusttight Watertight,
Dusttight and
Industrial Use Enclosure
Enclosure
Ampere
Corrosion Resistant
Poles
Stainless Steel (304)
Rating
With
Without
Polyester Enclosure
(Sizes 0–2)
External Reset External Reset
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Type
HLL26030
30
SBG72V02
1400.00 SBW72V02
2768.00 SBW75V02
3182.00
SBA75V02
SBA72V02
1742.00
2
HLL26050
50
SCG72V02
1474.00 SCW72V02
2840.00 SCW75V02
3267.00
SCA75V02
SCA72V02
1814.00
HLL26080
80
SDG71V02
2255.00 SDW71V02
4364.00 SDW74V02
4805.00
SDA74V02
SDA71V02
2739.00
HLL26025
25
SBG71V03
1400.00 SBW71V03
2768.00 SBW74V03
3182.00
SBA74V03
SBA71V03
1742.00
2
HLL26035
35
SCG71V03
1474.00 SCW71V03
2840.00 SCW74V03
3267.00
SCA74V03
SCA71V03
1814.00
HLL26080
80
SDG71V03
2255.00 SDW71V03
4364.00 SDW74V03
4805.00
SDA74V03
SDA71V03
2739.00
a
NEMA Size 6 and 7 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-38.
d
Single phase units require one thermal unit and are not available with Form Hxx—Solid State Overload Relays.
e
Not included in Laser™ Delivery program.
Note: Some control transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
Circuit
Breaker
(Type)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

16

Refer to page 16-31 for details.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-39

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Application Data
Table 16.98:

Table 16.101: Class 8538—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings

Class 8539—UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Motor Circuit Protector Type

NEMA Size

Enclosure

0, 1

Standarda

100,000

2 thru 5

Standarda

6

Standarda

Table 16.99:

460 Vac

Class H or K

Standardc

5,000

Class R/J

Standardc

100,000

100,000

50,000

0–2

Class H or K

Oversize

5,000

65,000

18,000

0–2

Class R/J

Standard

100,000

30,000

4–5

Class H or K

Standardc

10,000

4–5

Class R/J

Standardc

100,000

6

Class H or K

Standardc

18,000

575 Vac

Full-Load
(A)

c
Suffix

Table 16.100: UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
Enclosure

AIC at 480 Vac (RMS)

Table 16.102: Table 2: Motor Code Letter Table
Motor Code Letters

1/2 or less

A-L

3/4–1-1/2

A-K

2–3

A-J

5–25

A-H

30–125

A-G

150 or more

A-F

Note: The combination starter selection tables on pages 16-36–16-37 are suitable for motors
with Locked-Rotor Current letters per NEC Table 430-7(b) as listed in Table 16.102. For
other motors a special thermal magnetic circuit breaker with adjustable magnetic trip
settings for the specific motor is required. When ordering for these special applications,
specify the motor horsepower, voltage, frequency, full load current and code letter (or
locked rotor current) to assure proper protection.

AIC at 600 Vac (RMS)

0, 1
Standardb
100,000
2 thru 5
Standardb
100,000
6
Standardb
65,000
7
Standardb
65,000
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R.

b

6
Class R/J
Standardc
100,000
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X Stainless, and 12.

Horsepower

.5–5
.5–7.5
.75–15
1–20
1.5–25
M71
5–10
5–15
10–30
15–40
14–42
M72
10–25
15–30
25–60
30–75
30–80
M73
20–40
25–50
50–100
60–125
58–130
M74
40–60
50–75
100–150
125–200
114–217
M75
Note: The MCP adjustable trip range is determined by the suffix of the circuit breaker catalog
number. Table 16.99 indicates the trip range which corresponds to a given suffix number.
The MCP Motor Circuit Protector should be adjusted to a level just above Locked-Rotor
Current of the motor. This setting will provide optimum overcurrent protection for the
motor. For more information on MCP instantaneous trip circuit breakers, refer to the MCP
circuit breaker section of this Catalog.

NEMA Size

Available Amperes
RMS Symmetrical

0–3

Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
Selection by HP Ratings of Induction-type
Squirrel-Cage Motors
230 Vac

Enclosure

0–3

3Ø 60 Hz Voltages
200 Vac

NEMA Fuse
Class

35,000

7
Standarda
65,000
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless and 12/3R.

a

NEMA Size

AIC at 480 Vac (RMS) AIC at 600 Vac (RMS)

35,000
50,000
18,000
30,000

Table 16.103: Terminals
Line Terminals on Disconnect
NEMA
Size

Type

Type of
Lug

Wire Range
Switch

Circuit Breaker

Power Terminals On Magnetic Starter
Type of
Lug

Wire Range

Wires Per
Terminal

Control Terminals On Magnetic Starter
Type of
Lug

Wire Range

Wires Per
Terminal

0&1

SB & SC

Box Lug

#14–1/0 Cu/Al

(1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu

Pressure Wire

#14–#8 Cu

1 or 2

Pressure Wire

#16–#12 Cu

2

2

SD

Box Lug

#14–1/0 Cu/Al

(1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu

Box Lug

#14–#4 Cu

1

Pressure Wire

#16–#12 Cu

2

3

SE

Box Lug

#14–1/0 Cu/Al

(1) 14-3/0 Al or Cu

Box Lug

#14–#0 Cu

1

Pressure Wire

#16–#12 Cu

2

Box Lug

#6–300 MCM
Cu/Al

(1) 4-4/0 Al or Cu ( JLL Breaker 150 A - 175 A )
(1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or Cu
( JLL Breaker 200 A - 250 A )

Box Lug

#8–250 MCM Cu

1

Pressure Wire

#16–#12 Cu

2

Box Lug

One #4–500
MCM Cu

(1) 2 - 500 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu
(DJL36400 Breaker)
(2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(DLL36600 Breaker)
(1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Al or (1) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(JLL36250 Breaker)

Box Lug

#4–500 MCM Cu

1

Pressure Wire

#16–#12 Cu

2

4

5

16

6

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

7
d
e

16-40

SF

SG

SH

Box Lug

—

(2) 2/0 - 500 MCM Al or (2) 2/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(DJL36600 Breaker, DLL Breaker)
(1) 2 - 600 MCM Al or (1) 2 - 350 MCM Cu
(DJL36400 Breaker)
(3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(MJL36800 Breaker )
(3) 3/0 - 500 MCM Al or (3) 3/0 - 350 MCM Cu
(PLL34080M68 Breaker)

SJ

Box Lug

—

(4) 3/0 - 300 MCM Al or CU (PJL, PKL, PLL Breaker) Parallel Groove

Parallel Groove 250–500 MCM Cud

250–500 MCM Cu

1 or 2

1–4

Pressure Wire #16–#12 Cue

2

Pressure Wire

2

#16–#12 Cu

Order Class 9999 Type SCU6 parts kit to convert power terminals to accept sizes 2/0–300 MCM wire.
Terminal block range limited to #16–#14.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories
Interlocks and Control Transformers
A one or two pole electrical interlock can be added to the disconnect
switch or circuit breaker. Thus, if a separate control circuit is used, the
magnetic starter can be de-energized when the disconnect is switched
to the OFF position. See Table 16.104 for proper interlock selection.
For electrical ratings of disconnect and circuit breaker interlocks, see
Table 16.105 below.

An electrical interlock may also be factory
installed in either a disconnect switch or
circuit breaker combination starter. Specify
Form Y74 for single pole, or Form Y75 for
two pole interlocks. For pricing see factory
modifications (Forms).

Table 16.104: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlocks
Class

SPDT (Y74)

Type

8538

a

DPDT (Y75)

Class 9999 Type
R6
R43
R45
R8
R41
R39
R35
R26
TC11
TC10
TC10
TC11
TC10
TC10
TC10

SBa, SCa, SDa (Series B)
SD (Series C)
SB, SC (Series C)
8538
SE, SF (Series A)
&
SE (Series B & C)
8738
SF (Series B & C)
SG
8539, 8739
SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG (Series K)
8538
SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series D and above)
8538
SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series D and above)
8738
SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8 (Series E and above)
8738
SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series E and above)
8538
SDA, SDAa, SDG, SDGa (Series D and above)
8738
SDA, SDG (Series E and above)
8538, 8738
SEA, SEG (Series D and above)
Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”.

$ Price
116.00
116.00
107.00
131.00
131.00
135.00
435.00
131.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00
120.00

Class 9999 Type
R7
R44
R46
R9
R42
R40
R36
R27
TC21
TC20
TC20
TC21
TC20
TC20
TC20

$ Price
221.00
221.00
207.00
243.00
243.00
243.00
521.00
243.00
239.00
239.00
239.00
239.00
239.00
239.00
239.00

Table 16.105: Disconnect Switch and Breaker Interlock Electrical Ratings
Class 9999 Type R6, 8, 26, 35, 39, 41, 43, 45, TC10, & TC11

Class 9999 Type R7, 9, 27, 36, 40, 42, 44, 46 & TC 20, 21

AC—50 or 60 Hz

AC—50 or 60 Hz

Volts

Make

Break

(A)

(A)

40
20
10
8

15
10
6
5

120
240
480
600

Maximum Current
Continuous
Carrying
Current
(A)
15
15
15
15

Make

Volts
(A)
120
240
480
600

30
15
7.5
6

Table 16.106: Control Transformer Selection

NEMA Size

Starter Type

Standardd
Capacity
(Form F4T)

50 VAd
Additional
Capacity
(Form F4T10)

100 VAd
Additional
Capacity
(Form F4T11)

200 VAd
Additional
Capacity
(Form F4T12)

3450
3450
3450
3450

(A)

VA

3
1.5
.75
.6

345
345
345
345

Continuous
Carrying
Current
(A)
10
10
10
10

Internal Auxiliary Switch—Circuit breakers can be supplied with a
factory installed auxiliary switch for remote indication of an open and/or
tripped or a closed breaker. One (specify Form Y741) or two (specify
Form Y751) auxiliary switches can be supplied. The switches are
supplied with normally open and normally closed circuits with a common
connection. Contacts must be used on the same polarity and are rated
15 A at 240 Vac. The auxiliary switches are located internally and are
furnished with 19-20 inch long leads.
Alarm Switch—The alarm switch only operates when the breaker is
tripped. It is used to actuate bell alarms and warning lights. The alarm
switch is factory installed only (specify Form Y742) and consists of a
single pole single throw switch which is normally open except when the
breaker is tripped. The contacts are rated 4 A at 240 Vac. This switch is
located in the breaker and is supplied with 19-20 inch long leads.
Transformer Selection—Space and drilling are provided in all
disconnect switch and circuit breaker combination starters in NEMA 1, 4
& 4X stainless and polyester, 12 and 7 & 9 bolted enclosures for the field
addition (or factory installation) of a Class 9070 control circuit
transformer and Class 9999 Type SFR4 fuse holder. This kit can be
either panel mounted or side mounted on the Type S starter. For
standard control transformer selection in combination starters, see
Table 16.106. Consult field office for transformer additions to NEMA 7 &
9 SPIN TOP™ enclosures. For secondary fuse holder order 9080PF1.
Fuse Block Mounting Brackets—The standard capacity transformer,
Class 9070 Type T100, for the Size 0 and 1 starters mounts to the right
of the magnetic starter.
Standards—Most combination starters and forms are UL Listed in file
E152395, Category NKJH, and CSA File CR 584.

16

Class 9070
Class 9070
Class 9070
Class 9070
Type
Type
Type
Type
0&1
SB & SC
TF100
TF150
TF200
TF300b
2
SD
TF100
TF150
TF200
TF300c
3
SE
TF150
TF200
TF300
TF500
4
SF
TF300
TF300
TF500
T500
TF100 and
TF100 and
TF150 and
TF300 and
5
SG
8501XO20
8501XO20
8501XO20
8501XO20
EO3S2 is
EO3FS2 and
EO3S2 and
6
SH
N/A
standard
T100
TF200
EO19S2 is
EO19S2 and
EO3S2 and
7
SJ
N/A
standard
TF100
TF200
Note: 9070TF transformers are now standard in Series K combination starters.
b
Requires oversized enclosure. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.)
c
Available in standard enclosure with Mag-Gard™ circuit breaker and non-fusible
disconnect switch. Requires oversized enclosure with thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
and fusible disconnect switches. (Size 2 reversing enclosure.)
d
Complete the contactor or starter Class and Type with Voltage Code,
see page 16-101.

Break
VA

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Maximum Current

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-41

Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.107: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 1
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

8538

SBG
SCG
SBG
SCG
SDG

0–1
8539
2

8538 & 8539

A

B

C

D

E

Dimensions in Inchesa
G
H
I

F

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

Top & Bottom
W
X

Sides
Y

Wt.
(lb)

9-1/2 22-1/2 8-11/32

6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16

3-1/4 2-3/16

1-1/4 7/8

—

1/2–3/4

1/2–3/4

1/2

38

9-1/2 22-1/2 9-27/32

6-3/8 20-1/2 14-21/32 1-13/16 1-11/16 3 2-5/16 1-1/16

3-1/4 2-3/16

1-1/4 7/8

—

1/2–3/4

1/2–3/4

1/2

38

7-3/8

3-1/4 2-3/16

1-1/4 7/8

—

1–1-1/4

1/2–3/4

1/2

54

Sides
Y

Wt.
(lb)

10-1/2

26

9-19/32

24

16-29/32

2-1/8

2

4 2-5/16 1-1/16

Table 16.108: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Figure 2
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

3b

8538 & 8539

Dimensions in Inchesa
G
H
I
J

A

B

C

D

E

F

SEG

15-1/4

42

10-19/32

9-1/4

3

22-23/32

1/2

—

8538

SFG

16

52-1/2

10-17/32

10

3

23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2

8539

SFG

16

52-1/2

10-17/32

10

3

8538

SGG

20

78

15-1/2

12

8539

SGG

20

66

13-23•32

8538 & 8539

SHG

36

90

21-1/32

N

O

Top & Bottom
W
X

L

M

2-53/64 3-17/32

5

2-11/16

5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32

1–1-1/4
2–2-1/2

1/2–3/4

1/2

102

—

2-53/64 3-17/32

5

2-11/16

5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32

2-1/2

1/2–3/4

1/2

163

23-21/32 51-1/2 1/2

—

2-53/64 3-17/32

5

2-11/16

5-3/8 1-9/32 29/32

2-1/2

1/2–3/4

1/2

163

4

29-13/32

77

1/2

—

3-33/64

4-39/64 9-1/4

3-3/16

—

1/2–3/4c

3

—

450

12

4

29-13/32

65

1/2

—

3-33/64

4-39/64

5

3-3/16

—

—

—

1/2–3/4

3

—

420

—

—

41-3/8

—

—

—

—

—

5

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

41

K

P

4
—

—

5
6e

Table 16.109: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Figure 3
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

8538

Dimensions in Inchesd
E
F

G

H

I

J

Wt.
(lb)

4-1/2

23-1/2

19/32

4-7/16

14-5/16

40

4-1/2

23-1/2

19/32

4-7/16

14-5/16

40

2-1/2

5-1/2

27

3/8

4-1/8

16-9/16

55

A

B

C

D

9-1/2

8-11/32

24

3-1/4

2-1/2

9-1/2

9-27/32

24

3-1/4

2-1/2

10-1/2

9-19/32

27-3/4

3-1/4

2

8538 & 8539

SBA
SCA
SBA
SCA
SDA

3b

8538 & 8539

SEA

15-1/4

10-19/32

42

5

3

9-1/4

41

1/2

5-1/16

22-5/16

111

8538

SFA

16

10-17/32

52-1/2

5

3

10

51-1/2

1/2

4-3/16

22-31/32

170

8539

SFA

16

10-17/32

52-1/2

5

3

10

51-1/2

1/2

5-3/16

22-31/32

170

8538

SGA

20

13-23/32

78

9-1/4

4

12

77

1/2

7-25/32

29-13/32

—

8539

SGA

20

13-23/32

66

5

4

12

65

1/2

7-25/32

27-13/32

440

8538 & 8539

SHA

36

17

90

5

—

—

—

—

—

47-3/8

—

0–1
8539

4

5
6e

Table 16.110: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Enclosures—Figure 4
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

8538

2

8538 & 8539

SBW
SCW
SBW
SCW
SDW

3b

8538 & 8539

SEW

0–1
8539

Dimensions in Inches a
F
G

A

B

C

D

E

9-1/2

8-11/32

24-1/16

3-1/4

2-1/2

4-1/2

9-1/2

9-27/32

24-1/16

3-1/4

2-1/2

4-1/2

10-1/2

9-19/32

27-3/4

3-1/4

2-1/2

15-1/4

10-19/32

42

5

3-3/16

Bottom Top & Bot.
W
X

Wt.
(lb)

14-9/32

3/4 Hub

1 Hub

40

14-9/32

3/4 Hub

1 Hub

40

2-5/8

16-17/32

3/4 Hub

1-1/2 Hub

55

3-3/16

223/16

3/4 Hub

2-1/2 Hub

111

H

I

J

K

L

23-1/2

19/32

3-1/32

1-5/16

2-5/16

23-1/2

19/32

3-1/32

1-5/16

2-5/16

5-1/2

27

19/32

3

2

10-1/4

40-1/2

19/32

3

2-9/16

8538

SFW

16

10-17/32

52-1/2

5

3-9/16

11

51

19/32

3

2-9/16

3-3/16

22-15/32

3/4 Hub

2-1/2 Hub

158

8539

SFW

16

10-17/32

52-1/2

3-1/4

2-1/2

11

51

19/32

3

2-9/16

3-3/16

22-15/32

3/4 Hub

2-1/2 Hub

120

8538

SGW

20

13-23/32

78

9-1/4

4

12

77

9/16

4-1/2

3

3-1/2

29-13/32

3/4 Hub

3-1/2 Hub

—

8539

SGW

20

13-23/32

66

5

4

12

65

9/16

4-1/2

3

3-1/2

29-13/32

3/4 Hub

3-1/2 Hub

440

8538 & 8539

SHW

36

17

90

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

47-7/8

—

—

—

4

5
6e
a

Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer). Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity) could require the use of an oversized enclosure.
Refer to control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
b
Class 8538 Size 3 devices with 200 A fuse clips use dimensions for Class 8538 Size 4.
c
Left side only.
d
Dimensions include space for control circuit transformers.
e
Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting.
Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.
f
(4) .31 in (8 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 0, 1, and 2, (4) .44 in (11 mm) dia. mtg. holes for sizes 3 and 4, (4) .56 in (14 mm) dia. mtg. holes located on external flanges for size 5.

16

A
D

Handle Swing
L
C

M

K

A
D

E

N
Y

A
F

C
O

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

f

Cover Open 90°

Cover Open 90°
L

J

F

W

K

X
J

W X W
J

Figure 1
NEMA 1 Enclosure

16-42

G C

f

f
Cover Open 90°

G

I

H

Y

Cover Open 90°

H

E

G C

G B

F
W X W

Handle Swing
D
B

A
F

H

P

Y

J

Handle Swing
B
D
E

Y
O

E B

f

Handle Swing
L
H

I

I

K
M
N

Figure 2
NEMA 1 Enclosure

Figure 3
NEMA 12 Enclosure

Figure 4
NEMAs 4 and 4X
Stainless Steel Enclosure
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Combination Starters—
NEMA Style

Approximate Dimensions
Class 8538, 8539 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.111: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure—Figure 1
NEMA
Size

A
E

Dimensions in Inches a

Class

Type
A
B
C
E
F
0, 1
8538
SBW
SCW
13.72
11.4
26.94
6.25
25.75
0, 1
8539
SDW
0, 1, & 2
8738, 8739
SBW
SCW
25.25
11.4
27.00
17.88
25.75
2
8538, 8539
SDW
8538,
8738
SEW
3–4
26.31
11.4
33.50
18.50
32.25
8539, 8739
SFW b
a
Dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer) and Form F4T10 (50 VA additional capacity). Other control
transformers may require the use of oversized enclosures. Refer to the control transformer selection table on page 16-41.
b
8539 Size 4 only.

C

F

B

Figure 1
NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure

Table 16.112: NEMA 1, 4, 4X Stainless, 12/3R Oversize Enclosure—Figure 2
NEMA
Size

0–2

Dimensions in Inches

Handle Swing
L

A

NEMA
Type
Encl.

Wide
A

High
B

Deep
C

Handle
L

D

E

1

15

28-1/3

9-19/32

3-1/4

11-5/8

26-1/4

4

15

30-1/32

9-19/32

3-1/4

10

29-3/4

12

15

31

10-31/32

3-1/4

9

30-1/4

Mounting

C

D

E

B

Information on Hubs
Hubs are supplied with each NEMA Type 4X combination starter
as shown in the table below.
Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures;
they are not installed in polyester enclosures.

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8

Figure 2
Class 8538 and 8539
in Oversize Enclosures —
NEMA 1, 4 & 4X Stainless and 12

Table 16.113: Hub Sizes
NEMA Size

Quantity
1
2
1
2
1
2

0&1
2
3&4

Hub Size
0.75"
1.00"
0.75"
1.50"
0.75"
2.50"

Note: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for
dimensional information only.

Table 16.114: Conduit Sizes LOC A, B, C and D
NEMA Size

Standard
1-1/4

2

1-1/2

3—4

2-1/2

5

4

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

0—1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-43

Full Voltage Reversing
Contactors—NEMA Style

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA Size

NEMA 00, 0, 1
Reversing Contactor

Continuous
Current Ratings

Class 8702 Type S reversing magnetic contactors are used for starting, stopping, and reversing AC motors where
overload protection is separately provided. Class 8702 reversing contactors consist of two Class 8502 contactors
mechanically and electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical
arrangements. Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices, Size 00–7, use horizontally
arranged components. Type S reversing contactors are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.
Table 16.115:
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type
Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp
Vertical Horizontal
Type
Type

00

9

200
230
460
575

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

1

27

200
230
460
575

—
—
—
—

SAO4b

SBO12b SBO4b

7-1/2
7-1/2 SCO7b
10
10

SCO8b

$ Price

Type

855.00 SAG4b

$ Price

917.00

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight
Brushed
Stainless Steel
Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a
Type

$ Price

Use Size 0

NEMA 7 & 9 c
Hazardous
Locations, Div. 1 & 2
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Bolted
Type
$ Price
Aluminum
Use Size 0

SPIN
TOP™
Type

NEMA 12/3Rd
Dusttight &
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

$ Price

Use Size 0

Type

$ Price

Use Size 0

1026.00 SBG4b 1088.00 SBW14b 1742.00 SBT49b 3716.00 SBR9b

4649.00 SBA4b 1344.00

1169.00 SCG8b 1259.00 SCW14b 2241.00 SCT49b 3900.00 SCR9b

4877.00 SCA4b 1515.00

200
10
230
15
SDO1b SDO2b 2222.00 SDG2b 2456.00 SDW11b 3936.00 SDT43b 6507.00 SDR3b 8139.00 SDA1b 2883.00
460
25
575
25
200
25
30
3 90 230
SEO1b SEO2b 3689.00 SEG2b 4094.00 SEW11b 6287.00
—
—
—
—
SEA1b 5034.00
460
50
575
50
200
40
—
—
50
—
—
4 135 230
SFO1b SFO3b 9201.00 SFG3b 9945.00 SFW11b 13820.00
—
—
SFA1b 11399.00
460
100
—
—
575
100
—
—
200
75
—
—
100
—
—
5 270 230
SGO1b SGO3b 16592.00 SGG3b 20885.00 SGW11b24017.00
—
—
SGA1b 24017.00
460
200
—
—
575
200
—
—
200
150
—
—
—
200
—
—
—
6 540 230
SHO1b 41489.00 SHG1b 48614.00 SHW1b 55736.00
—
—
SHA1b 52461.00
460
400
—
—
—
575
400
—
—
—
200
—
—
—
—
300
—
—
—
7 810 230
SJO1b 59372.00 SJG1b 66816.00 SJW1b 73619.00
—
—
SJA1b 70343.00
460
600
—
—
—
575
600
—
—
—
a
NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only.
b
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table below.
c
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
d
NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.

2

45

Table 16.116: Coil Voltage Codes

16

Voltage
Code
$ Price Adder
60 Hz
50 Hz
24ef
—
V01
No Charge
120f
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4-7. On Sizes 00-3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V01S).
f
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8702SAO4V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-48
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-44

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing
Contactors—NEMA Style

Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.117: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
NEMA Continuous
Motor
Current
Size
Voltage
Ratings

Max.
Hp

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type

Type of
Motor
Vertical
Type

Horizontal $ Price
Type

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless
Steel Enclosure
Type

$ Price

NEMA 7 & 9 b
Hazardous Locations, Div. 1 & 2
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Bolted
Type

NEMA 12/3Rc
Dusttight &
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

TOP™ $ Price
$ Price SPIN
Type

Type

$ Price

2-Pole Single Phase
00

9

0

18

1

27

115
230
115
230
115
230

1/3
1
1
2
2
3

Single
Phase
3-Wire

115
230

1/3
1

115
230
115
230
115
230
115
230
115
230

1/3
1
1
2
1
2
2
3
2
3

—
—

SAO1a

827.

SAG1a

887.

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

SBO9a

SBO1a

998.

SBG1a

1061.

SBW11a

1715.

SBT46a

3686.

SBR6a

4613.

SBA1a

1314.

SCO1a

SCO2a

1139.

SCG2a

1229.

SCW11a

2142.

SCT46a

3873.

SCR6a

4841.

SCA1a

1485.

4-Wire
Rep.-Ind.

—
—

SAO2a

855.

SAG2a

917.

4-Wire
Split Ph.
4-Wire
Rep.-Ind.
4-Wire
Split Ph.
4-Wire
Rep.Ind.
4-Wire
Split Ph.

—
—

SAO3a

855.

SAG3a

917.

SBO10a

SBO2a

1026.

SBG2a

1088.

SBO11a

SBO3a

1026.

SBG3a

SCO3a

SCO4a

1169.

SCG4a

SCO5a

SCO6a

1169.

SCG6a

3-Pole Single Phase

00

0

1

9

18

27

Use Size 0
Use Size 0
SBW12a

1742.

1088.

SBW13a

1259.

SCW12a

1259.

SCW13a

Use Size 0
Use Size 0
SBT47a

3716.

1742.

SBT48a

2169.

SCT47a

2169.

SCT48a

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

SBR7a

4649.

SBA2a

1344.

3716.

SBR8a

4649.

SBA3a

1344.

3900.

SCR7a

3227.

SCA2a

1515.

3900.

SCR8a

3227.

SCA3a

1515.

4-Pole Polyphase
0

18

1

27

2

45

3

90

4

135

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

3
3
SBO13a
SBO5a
1310.
SBG5a
1368. SBW15a
2028.
SBR10a
5040. SBA5a
1629.
5
5
7-1/2
Consult
7-1/2
Electric SCR10a
SCO9a
SCO10a
1497. SCG10a
1557. SCW15a
2469. Schneider
5297. SCA5a
1814.
10
CCC at
10
(1-888-778-2733)
10
—
15
2 Phase
—
SDO4a
2820.
SDG4a
3054. SDW12a
4620.
SDR4a
9071. SDA2a
3528.
25
4-Wire
—
25
—
25
—
—
—
30
—
—
—
SEO4a
4671.
SEG4a
5103. SEW12a
7238.
—
—
SEA2a
6017.
50
—
—
—
50
—
—
—
—
—
40
—
—
—
50
—
SFG4a 12653. SFW12a
16556.
—
—
SFA2a 14129.
SFO4a 11879.
—
—
100
—
—
—
100
—
a
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed in selection table on page 16-44.
b
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
c
NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.

Table 16.118: Auxiliary Units—Class 8702, 8736 and 8810
The table below shows the maximum number of auxiliary units (in addition to the holding circuit and interlocking
contacts) that can be added to either the forward or reverse contactor or starter.
NEMA Size (Type)

No. of Poles of
Basic Contactor

Maximum number of auxiliary units on each contactor, forward or reverse.
(In addition to internal holding circuit and interlocking contacts.)

00 (SA)

2 or 3

2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)

0, 1 and 2
(SB, SC and SD)

2 or 3

4 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)d

4

2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
3, 4, 5, 6, and 7 (SE, SF,
Any
2 single circuit auxiliary contacts (N.O. or N.C.)
SG, SH, and SJ)
d
When adding 4 external auxiliary contacts to one Size 0 or 1 contactor, remove one of the return springs.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-45

Full Voltage Reversing
Starters—NEMA Style

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8736 Type S reversing magnetic starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping, and reversing AC squirrel
cage motors. Class 8736 starters consist of one Class 8502 contactor and one Class 8536 starter mechanically and
electrically interlocked. Open type devices, Sizes 0–5, are available in either horizontal or vertical arrangements.
Sizes 00, 6, and 7 are available as horizontal only. Enclosed devices use horizontally arranged components. Type S
starters are designed for operation at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz.

Overload Relays

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1
Reversing Starter
(Horizontal Type)

Class 8736 Type S Size 00–6 reversing starters are provided with melting alloy thermal overload relay as standard.
Interchangeable thermal units are available in standard trip Sizes 00–6, as are bimetallic overload relays. Ambient
compensated and non-compensated versions are supplied with manual or automatic reset, trip current adjustment, and
an alarm contact on Sizes 0–2.
Quick trip is available on Sizes 00–4, and slow trip on Sizes 00–3.
Single phase starters use one thermal unit; three phase starters use three thermal units. See page 16-116 for selection
information.

Adapted Bimetal (NEMA Sizes 00–1)
The Adapted Bimetal motor starter consists of a specially designed adapter that attaches with bus bars to the NEMA
Type S contactor and holds the LRD or LR3D (IEC Style) bimetal overload relay. This starter configuration can be
ordered by adding Form E (adapater only) to the standard catalog number. Once the FLA of the motor has been
determined, the LRD or LR3D bimetal overload can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
For more information see Table 16.269.

Solid State Overload Relay Protection (Motor Logic™)
These ambient insensitive overload relays are available on three phase sizes 00 through 6 and standard on size 7.
They provide phase loss, phase unbalance protection. To order, add Form H30 (for selectable trip class 10 or 20
protection). For more information about Motor Logic overload relays, see pages 16-83 and 16-102.

TeSys T Motor Management System (NEMA Sizes 1–6)
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major communication
protocols. TeSys T can predict what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current, voltage, and power
over a wide range. For additional information about TeSys T Motor Management System, see pages 16-84 to 16-88
and page 16-103.

NEMA Sizes 00, 0, 1
Reversing Starter
(Vertical Type)

Continuous
Current Ratings

NEMA
Size

Table 16.119:
NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
NEMA 1
Brushed
General Purpose
Stainless Steel
Enclosure
Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a

Open Type
Motor
Voltage

Max.
Hp
Vertical Horizontal $ Price
Type
Type

Type

$ Price

Type

NEMA 7 & 9 c
Hazardous Locations
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G

SPIN$ Price Bolted
Type $ Price TOP™ $ Price
Type

NEMA 12/3Rd
Dusttight &
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure
Type $ Price

00

9

200
230
460
575

1-1/2
1-1/2
2
2

—
—
—
—

SAO16b

926. SAG16b

989.

Use
Size 0

0

18

200
230
460
575

3
3
5
5

SBO10b

SBO4b

1097. SBG4b

1160.

SBW14b

1814. SBT49b

3794. SBR9b

4742. SBA4b

1416.

1

27

200
230
460
575

7-1/2
7-1/2
10
10

SCO7b

SCO8b

1241. SCG8b

1331. SCW14b

2241. SCT49b

3978. SCR9b

4976. SCA4b

1587.

2

3

4

5

16
6

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

7
a
b
c
d

Use
Size 0

Use
Size 0

Use
Size 0

200
10
230
15
SDO1b SDO2b
2349. SDG2b
2583. SDW11b
4064. SDT43b 6642. SDR3b 8064. SDA1b 3011.
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3902. SEG2b
4307. SEW11b
6501.
—
—
—
—
SEA1b 5247.
90
SEO1b
SEO2b
460
50
575
50
200
40
—
—
230
50
—
—
135
SFO1b
SFO3b
9530. SFG3b 10274. SFW11b
14148.
—
—
SFA1b 11727.
460
100
—
—
575
100
—
—
200
75
—
—
230
100
—
—
270
SGO1b SGO3b 18309. SGG3b 22602. SGW11b
25734.
—
—
SGA1b 25734.
460
200
—
—
575
200
—
—
200
150
—
—
—
230
200
—
—
—
540
SHO1b 43205. SHG1b 50331. SHW1b
57452.
—
—
SHA1b 54176.
460
400
—
—
—
575
400
—
—
—
200
–
—
—
—
230
300
—
—
—
810
SJO1b 61250. SJG1b 68736. SJW1b
75497.
—
—
SJA1b 72221.
460
600
—
—
—
575
600
—
—
—
NEMA 4 and 4X stainless steel enclosures (sizes 0–5) have a brushed finish. Sizes 6 and 7 are painted sheet steel and are rated NEMA 4 only.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-47.
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.
45

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-46

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing
Starters—NEMA Style

Class 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.120: 600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that prices shown do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NEMA Continuous
Motor
Current
Size
Voltage
Ratings

Max.
Hp

Type of
Motor
Vertical
Type

2-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required
115
1/3
00
9
230
1
Single
115
1
0
18
Phase
230
2
3-Wire
115
2
1
27
230
3
3-Pole Single Phase—1 Thermal Unit Required
115
1/3
4-Wire
230
1
Rep.-Ind.
00
9
115
1/3
4-Wire
230
1
Split Ph.
115
1
4-Wire
230
2
Rep.-Ind.
0
18
115
1
4-Wire
230
2
Split Ph.
115
2
4-Wire
230
3
Rep.Ind.
1
27
115
2
4-Wire
230
3
Split Ph.
4-Pole Polyphase—2 Thermal Units Required
0

18

1

27

2

45

3

90

4

135

200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575
200
230
460
575

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Open Type

Horizontal $ Price
Type

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight
Brushed Stainless
Steel Enclosure
Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rc
Dusttight &
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

NEMA 7 & 9 b
Hazardous Locations
Class I, Groups C & D
Class II, Groups E, F & G
Bolted
Type

TOP™ $ Price
$ Price SPIN
Type

Type

$ Price

—
—

SAO13a

863.

SAG13a

923.

SBO7a

SBO1a

1034.

SBG1a

1094.

SBW11a

1751.

SBT46a

3722.

SBR6a

4656.

SBA1a

1350.

SCO1a

SCO2a

1175.

SCG2a

1265.

SCW11a

2177.

SCT46a

3909.

SCR6a

4883.

SCA1a

1521.

—
—
—
—

SAO14a

891.

SAG14a

953.

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

SAO15a

594.

SAG15a

635.

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

Use Size 0

SBO8a

SBO2a

1062.

SBG2a

1124.

SBW12a

1778.

SBT47a

3752.

SBR7a

4692.

SBA2a

1380.

SBO9a

SBO3a

1062.

SBG3a

1124.

SBW13a

1778.

SBT48a

3752.

SBR8a

4692.

SBA3a

1380.

SCO3a

SCO4a

1205.

SCG4a

1295.

SCW12a

2205.

SCT47a

3942.

SCR7a

4932.

SCA2a

1551.

SCO5a

SCO6a

1205.

SCG6a

1295.

SCW13a

2205.

SCT48a

3942.

SCR8a

4932.

SCA3a

1551.

3
Consult
3
Electric
SBO11a
SBO5a
1382. SBG5a
1443. SBW15a
2100. Schneider
SBR10a
5133. SBA5a
1670.
5
CCC at
5
(1-888-778-2733)
7-1/2
Consult
7-1/2
Electric
SCO9a
SCO10a
1566. SCG10a
1629. SCW15a
2541. Schneider
SCR10a
5396. SCA5a
1886.
10
CCC at
10
(1-888-778-2733)
10
Consult
15
2 Phase
Electric
—
SDO4a
2948. SDG4a
3182. SDW12a
4748. Schneider
SDR4a
9248. SDA2a
3609.
25
4-Wire
CCC at
25
(1-888-778-2733)
25
30
—
SEO4a
4886. SEG4a
5318. SEW12a
7482.
—
—
—
—
SEA2a
6228.
50
50
40
50
—
SFO4a
12207. SFG4a 12981. SFW12a 16883.
—
—
—
—
SFA2a 14462.
100
100
a
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.
b
NEMA 7 and 9 bolted are not UL listed.
c
NEMA 12 enclosure may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated application; see page 16-95 for more information.

Table 16.121: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available, Form S
(separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8736SCO1U01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8736SBO7V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-48
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Separate Enclosures (Class 9991). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-93
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-47

Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.122: Open Type—2 or 3-Pole Only
Class NEMA
Size

Type

Mounting

Dimensions—Inches

Figure
Number

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

Weight
(lb)

00

SAO

Horizontal

1

7-1/8

5

5-5/16

—

—

3-13/32

15/32

4-11/32

3/16

5-1/2

29/32

—

—

12

0, 1

SBO, SCO

Horizontal
Vertical

1
1a

7-1/8
5-15/32

5
9-7/32

5-5/16
5-5/16

—
5-1/2

—
7/32

3-13/32
—

15/32
39/64

4-11/32
8

3/16
39/64

5-1/2
5-1/32

29/32
7/32

—
—

—
—

12
12

2

SDO

Horizontal
Vertical

1
1a

9
6-3/4

6-7/8
11-3/8

6-1/32
6-1/32

—
6-1/4

—
1/4

4-1/2
—

3/8
1/2

5-5/8
10-3/8

1/4
1/2

6
1/4

1-1/2
1/4

—
—

—
—

16
16

3

SEO

Horizontal
Vertical

1
1a

12-23/32
7-13/64

7-31/32
19

7
7

11-3/4
6-1/4

31/64
31/64

—
—

31/64
1-1/64

7
17

31/64
63/64

11-3/4
6-1/4

31/64
31/64

—
—

—
—

35
35

4

SFO

Horizontal
Vertical

1
1a

14-1/4 11-11/16
7-31/32 23-29/32

7
7

13-1/4
7

1/2
31/64

—
—

1/2
1-13/16

8
20-1/4

1-27/32
1-3/16

13-1/4
7

1/2
31/64

—
—

—
—

45
45

5

SGO

Horizontal
Vertical

1
1a

19-5/16 16-3/16
10-3/4 34-13/32

9-3/8
9-3/8

18
9-1/2

21/32
5/8

—
—

1-1/32
1-1/4

14
32

1-5/32
1-5/32

18
9-1/2

21/32
5/8

—
—

—
—

98
98

6

SHO

Horizontal

1

22-3/8

28-3/64

9-33/64

18

40/64

—

3-53/64

21-3/16

3-1/32

18

49/64

—

—

195

7

SJO

Horizontal

1

24-1/4

37-1/4

13-13/16

19-3/4

1-33/64

—

—

30

—

—

—

—

—

310

00

SAO

Horizontal

2

7-1/8

6-29/32

5-5/16

—

—

3-13/32

15/32

4-11/32

6-7/32

4-17/32

5-1/16

21/32

—

13

0, 1

SBO, SCO

Horizontal
Vertical

2
2a

7-1/8 6-29/32
5-15/32 11-33/64

5-5/16
5-5/16

—
5-1/32

—
7/32

3-13/32
—

15/32
39/64

4-11/32
6-7/32
8
10-45/64

4-17/32
2-33/64

5-1/16
5-1/16

21/32
7/32

—
5-1/32

13
13

2

SDO

Horizontal
Vertical

2
2a

6-1/32
6-1/32

—
6-1/4

—
1/4

4-1/2
—

3/8
25/32

5-5/8
10-3/8

7-1/2
12-31/32

5
3-1/8

5-5/32
5-5/32

1-1/2
1/4

—
6

18
18

3

SEO

Horizontal
Vertical

2
2a

12-23/32 11-23/32
7-5/16 22-1/4

7
7

11-3/4
6-1/4

31/64
31/64

—
—

31/64
1-1/64

10-3/4
20-3/4

10-3/4
—

11-3/4
6-1/4

6-1/4
6-1/4

31/64
31/64

11-3/4
6-1/4

38
38

4

SFO

Horizontal
Vertical

2
2a

14-1/4 14-19/32
7-31/32 26-13/16

7
7

13-1/4
7

1/2
31/64

—
—

1-27/32
1-27/32

12-1/4
24-1/2

12-1/4
—

13-1/4
4-3/64

6-1/4
6-1/4

1/2
31/64

13-1/4
7

48
48

5

SGO

Horizontal
Vertical

2
2a

19-5/16 20-29/32
10-3/4 39-5/32

9-3/8
9-3/8

18
9-1/2

21/32
21/32

—
—

1-9/32
1-9/32

19
371/4

19
37-1/4

18
9-1/2

6-5/8
6-5/8

5/8
5/8

18
9-1/2

115
115

6

SHO

Horizontal

2

22-3/8

28-3/64

9-33/64

18

44/64

—

3-53/64

21-3/16

3-1/32

18

49/64

—

—

200

7

SJO

Horizontal

1

24-1/4

37-1/4

13-13/16

19-3/4

1-33/64

—

—

30

—

—

—

—

—

315

8702

9
6-3/4

8-1/2
13-31/64

8736

a

Vertical type design differs from that shown on the corresponding NEMA size horizontal type figure, but dimensions listed apply to that figure.

A
D

A
E

D

E

F

G

F

C

C

G

B

H
H

I

B

RESET

L

J
I

K

J

K

M

16

Figure 2 (Class 8736 Open Type)

Figure 1 (Class 8702 Open Type)

Table 16.123: NEMA 1 (Class 8702 and 8736)

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Weight
(lb)

Dimensions—Inches
NEMA
Size

A

B

11-7/8

2b

14-7/8

3c
4c

00, 0c
1b

b
c

D

E

F

G

9-3/4

1-1/16

1-1/16

9-3/4
12

8736

11-7/8

7-13/32

7-17/32

14-1/8

7-9/16

7-21/32 12-3/4

18-5/32 29-5/32

9-1/4

9-1/4

H

I

8702

8736

1-1/16 5/16

16

17
25

H

1-1/16

1-1/16

1-1/16 5/16

24

15-1/2

1-21/64

1-21/64 26-1/2

1-21/64 7/16

95

98

31

2-7/64

2-7/64

2-7/64 9/16

298

315

B

5

35-7/32 46-7/32 12-13/16 12-15/16

6

36-7/32 62-7/32

7

(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes

A

C
8702

42

19-15/32
400
405
Floor Mounting.
34-1/2
93
23-1/2
—
—
Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for
Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices.
3-Pole only.

G

RESET

H
E

D

F

C

Figure 3—NEMA 1

16-48

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Voltage Reversing Contactors and Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8702, 8736 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.124: NEMA 4 & 4X—Stainless Steelc
Hub Dia.
NEMA
Size

A

B

0a
1a

8702 & 8736 12-5/8

2a

8702 & 8736 14-7/8
8702

3b
4b

Weight
(lb)
X
Top
&
8702 8736
Bot.

Dimensions—Inches

Class
Number
C

D

7-13/16 14-11/16

18-5/32

E

F

G

2-9/16 7-1/2 13-1/2 19/32

8-1/4

15-3/4

2-9/16 9-3/4

8-3/4

32-7/32

3-5/64

15

3/8

12

30-1/2

7/8

H

I

J

3-7/8

18-13/32

1-21/32

3-7/8

20-7/8

1-23/32

2-5/8 5/16

3/4

1-1/2

33

2-9/16

3-3/16 7/16

3/4

2-1/2

96

3-11/16 26-23/32
4-1/2

K

W
Bot.
Only

L

2-5/16 5/16

3/4

1

25

G
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes

18-5/32

9-9/16

32-7/32

3-5/64

12

30-1/2

7/8

26-23/32

2-9/16

3-3/16 7/16

3/4

2-1/2

—

35-7/32

12-1/8

49-7/32

4-7/64

27

48

5/8

4-19/32 45-13/16

2-31/32

3-1/2 9/16

3/4

3-1/2

300

—

99

8736

35-7/32 12-15/16 49-7/32

4-7/64

27

48

5/8

5-13/32 45-13/16

2-31/32

3-1/2 9/16

3/4

3-1/2

—

317

500

505

—

—

I

W X

Floor Mounting
7

8702 & 8736 34-1/2

a
b
c

23-1/2

B

35

8702

70-1/8

G

F C

—

8736

8702 & 8736 36-7/32 19-15/32

D

26

5
6

A
E

D

J

101

H
K

Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices.
3-Pole only.
Size 6 & 7 are sheet steel enclosures and are rated NEMA 4 only.

NEMA 4 & 4X
Stainless Steel

Table 16.125: NEMA 7 and 9 Bolted Enclosure
See page 16-27 for drawing of enclosure.
NEMA
Size

Dimensions—Inchesd

Type

G

H

K

L

N

P

Q, R

S, T, U, V

Wt.
(lb)

12-1/4

19-1/4

9-5/8

11-1/2

2-3/8

3-1/8

115

22-1/2

27-1/2

13-3/4

15-3/8

3-7/16

4

180

J

SBT
SCT
14-1/4
27-5/8
9-1/2
SDT
SET
3–4
24-1/2
45-5/8
13-3/4
SFT
d
Dimensions shown for 2 or 3-Pole devices only.
0–2

Table 16.126: NEMA 7 & 9 SPIN TOP™ Enclosure
See page 16-26 for drawing of enclosure.
NEMA
Size

Type

0-1

SBR
SCR

2
3
e
f

Dimensions—Inches
A
12

Be

Bf

Ce

Cf

D

Ee

41-1/16 46-1/8 68-1/16 79-1/8 16-3/4

SDR 16-1/8 48-1/2 50-1/2 81-1/2

85

Ef

F

7-1/4 12-1/4

20-1/4 12-1/8

Gf

He

7-11/16 26-1/8 26-1/8

9-1/8

SER
Without control transformer.
With control transformer (Form F4T).

Ge

8-5/8

27-3/4 32-3/4

Wt.
(lb)

Hf

Je

Jf

K

L

M

N

P

R

3

9

24

24

8-1/2

2-1/16

9-3/8

5-1/4

1-1/2

3/8

70

8

4-1/2

25

30

12

2-5/8

11

5-1/2

2-1/2

3/8

100

Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733)

Table 16.127: NEMA 12/3R
Weight
(lb)

Dimensions—Inches

NEMA
Size

Class
Number

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

J

8702

8736

0g
1g

8702 & 8736

11-7/8

7-3/4

13-3/4

2-9/16

6-3/4

12-3/4

1/2

3-21/32 18-1/8

5/16

23

24

2g

8702 & 8736

14-7/8

7-7/8

16

2-9/16

9-3/4

15

1/2

3-21/32 21-1/4

5/16

31

32

3h
4h

8702

18-5/32

9-1/4

31-1/2

3-5/64

12

30-1/2

1/2

3-11/16 26-23/32

7/16

96

—

8736

18-5/32

9-9/16

31-1/2

3-5/64

12

30-1/2

1/2

4-1/2 26-23/32

7/16

—

99

8702

35-7/32

13-1/8

8736

35-7/32 13-15/16

H

I

49

4-1/8

27

48

1/2

5-5/16

45-7/8

9/16

302

—

49

4-1/8

27

48

1/2

6-1/8

45-7/8

9/16

—

319

490

495

—

—

D

8702 & 8736

36-7/32 19-15/32 62-7/32

D

G

F

C

G

5
6

A
E

B

(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes

Floor Mounting
7
g
h

8702 & 8736

34-1/2

23-1/2

93

I

Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0-2, except for Size 0 & 1 4-Pole devices.
3-Pole only.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

H

16

NEMA 12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-49

Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors—NEMA Style
Class 8702 / Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8702 Type W Reversing Vacuum Contactors are used to switch capacitors, transformers and electric motors
where overload protection is separately provided. Type W reversing vacuum contactors are designed for operation at
600 Volts, 50/60 Hz.
Auxiliary Contacts—An auxiliary contact block, Class 9999 Type WX11, with one normally open contact and one
normally closed contact, is used with Size 4, 5 and 6 vacuum contactors. Additional auxiliary contact units may be
added to the Size 4 and 5 reversing contactors in the field. A maximum of 2 units may be added to the Size 4; a
maximum of 1 unit may be added to the Size 5.
Termination Means—The Size 4 reversing vacuum contactor is supplied with line and load side lugs. The Size 5 and
6 reversing vacuum contactors are supplied without line and load side lugs.
Table 16.128: Class 8702 Full Voltage Reversing Vacuum Contactors (Horizontal Only) 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Enclosed
Ampere
Rating

NEMA
Size

a

4

135

5

270

6

540

Motor
Voltage

Maximum
Horsepower

200
230
380
460
575
200
230
380
460
575
200
230
380
460
575

40
50
75
100
100
75
100
150
200
200
150
200
300
400
400

Open Type
Type

$ Price

WFO3a

10659.00

WGO3a

18678.00

WHO3Va

45666.00

Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed on page 16-51. Replacement coils are listed on page 16-28.

Table 16.129: Class 9998—Replacement Coils for Class 8702 Reversing Contactors
Size

Type

Poles

Class
and
Type

4
5
6

WF
WG
WH

All
All
All

9998WF
9998WG
9998WH

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)
120 Volts
110 Volts
120
120
120

240 Volts
220 Volts
240
240
240

480 Volts
440 Volts
480
480
480

$ Price

600 Volts
550 Volts
600
600
600

732.00
1724.00
1904.00

Table 16.130: Class 9999—Vacuum Starter Kits
For Use With
Type
WF–WG
WH

Size
4–5
6

WF
WG–WH

4
5–6

WG

5

Kit Description

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

Auxiliary Contacts, Non-Convertible
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
Coil Circuit Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts, Delayed Break
1 N.C. Isolated Contact
Lug Kits
(6) lugs included

WX11

122.00

WCX11
WLX01

114.00
503.00

22.00
5.81

4.00

2.50

3.65
6.90

.60

LUW5

275.00
.86

2.75

Table 16.131: Coil Voltage Codes
Volts
50 Hz
60 Hz

110
V02

120

220
V03

V02

440
V06

V03

480

550
V07

V06

600
1
2
3
4
5
6

V07

7
8
9

14.00

0
1
2

Approximate Dimensions

18.00

1.5

Over travel
Gauge
Mechanical
Interlock

4.88
3.50
.281 dia
3 mtg. holes

.44

0.38

1.76

240

2.00

Name
Plate
2.48

Recess For
Auxiliary Interlock

3.98

3.75

4.20
2.50

1.89

9.56

1.40

4.26

8.80
max

6.00

6.88

overtravel
gauge

24.00

Size 5 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs
Class 8702 WG

16

4.40
2.70 2.70

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

7.00

Rear View
Drilling Plan

1.44 1.44

6.50

1.13
9.75

Front View

6.54

3.90

3.40

Side View

Size 4 Reversing Contactor Outline with Lugs
Class 8702 WF
16.40

5.00

14.00
18.00
1.50
7.75

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

Name
Plate

3.75

2.00

22.00
24.00

2.70 2.70
4.40

7.75

1.40

Size 6 Reversing Contactor Outline without Lugs
Class 8702 WH

16-50

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8738 and 8739 Type S reversing combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection into one
convenient package. Type S reversing combination starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards, and are UL Listed (although
some Form numbers may not be listed—contact your nearest Square D/Schneider Electric sales office for further information). Class 8738 and
8739 reversing combination starters are designed to operate at 600 Vac, 50–60 Hz—and are supplied with melting alloy overload relays as
standard. For Class J fuses, use form Y1072 (No Charge).

Class 8738 Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.132: Class 8738 Full-Voltage Type, Fusible (With Class H Fuse Clips) Reversing with
Melting Alloy Overload Relays—3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase
3
5
7-1/2

200
(208)

b

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

30

SBG12b

2169.00

SBW12b

3909.00

SBW22b

4491.00

SBA22b

SBA12b

2654.00

30

SCG12b

2313.00

SCW12b

4050.00

SCW22b

4656.00

SCA22b

SCA12b

2798.00
2825.00

60

SCG13b

2340.00

SCW13b

4077.00

SCW23b

4692.00

SCA23b

SCA13b

SDG12b

3851.00

SDW12b

6501.00

SDW22b

7149.00

SDA22b

SDA12b

4478.00

20

3

100

SEG15b

6357.00

SEW15b

11001.00

—

SEA25b

SEA15b

7182.00

40

4

200

SFG15b

13409.00

SFW15b

19277.00

—

—

SFA25b

SFA15b

15672.00

75

5

400

SGG15b

25605.00

SGW15b

40589.00

—

—

SGA25b

SGA15b

30990.00

3

0

30

SBG12b

2169.00

SBW12b

3909.00

SBW22b

4491.00

SBA22b

SBA12b

2654.00

30

SCG12b

2313.00

SCW12b

4050.00

SCW22b

4656.00

SCA22b

SCA12b

2798.00

60

SCG13b

2340.00

SCW13b

4077.00

SCW23b

4692.00

SCA23b

SCA13b

2825.00

7149.00

4478.00

1

—

15

2

60

SDG12b

3851.00

SDW12b

6501.00

SDW22b

SDA22b

SDA12b

25

3

100

SEG15b

6357.00

SEW15b

11001.00

—

—

SEA25b

SEA15b

7182.00

50

4

200

SFG15b

13409.00

SFW15b

19277.00

—

—

SFA25b

SFA15b

15672.00

100

5

400

SGG15b

25605.00

SGW15b

40589.00

—

—

SGA25b

SGA15b

30990.00

5

0

30

SBG13b

2199.00

SBW13b

3936.00

SBW23b

4527.00

SBA23b

SBA13b

2682.00

10

1

30

SCG14b

2340.00

SCW14b

4077.00

SCW24b

4692.00

SCA24b

SCA14b

2825.00

30

SDG16b

3873.00

SDW16b

6515.00

SDW26b

7163.00

SDA26b

SDA16b

4491.00

60

SDG14b

3893.00

SDW14b

6543.00

SDW24b

7199.00

SDA24b

SDA14b

4521.00

25

2

50

3

100

SEG13b

6443.00

SEW13b

11087.00

—

—

SEA23b

SEA13b

7268.00

100

4

200

SFG13b

13464.00

SFW13b

19332.00

—

—

SFA23b

SFA13b

15728.00

200

5

400

SGG13b

26204.00

SGW13b

41187.00

—

—

SGA23b

SGA13b

31589.00

5

0

30

SBG13b

2199.00

SBW13b

3936.00

SBW23b

4527.00

SBA23b

SBA13b

2682.00

10

1

30

SCG14b

2340.00

SCW14b

4077.00

SCW24b

4692.00

SCA24b

SCA14b

2825.00

30

SDG16b

3873.00

SDW16b

6515.00

SDW26b

7163.00

SDA26b

SDA16b

4491.00

7199.00

4521.00

15

a

$ Price

With
External
Reset

60

15

575
(600)

1

Type

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

2

7-1/2

460
(480)

0

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

10

5
230
(240)

NEMA
Size

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

25

2

60

SDG14b

3893.00

SDW14b

6543.00

SDW24b

SDA24b

SDA14b

50

3

100

SEG13b

6443.00

SEW13b

11087.00

—

—

SEA23b

SEA13b

7268.00

100

4

200

SFG13b

13464.00

SFW13b

19332.00

—

—

SFA23b

SFA13b

15728.00

200
5
400
SGG13b
26204.00
SGW13b
41187.00
—
—
SGA23b
SGA13b
31589.00
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information. For class J fuse clip, use
Form Y1072 (no charge).
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.

Table 16.133: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

24dc
—
V01
No Charge
120d
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
c
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8738SBG12V01S).
d
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8738SC13V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the control (coil) voltage.
Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57
Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

16

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-51

Reversing Combination
Starters—NEMA Style

Non-Fusible and Fusible Disconnect Switch Type
Class 8738 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.134: Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch Type—Full-Voltage Type Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

200
(208)

230
(240)

460
(480)

575
(600)

Max.
Hp
PolyPhase

NEMA
Size

3
7-1/2
10
25
40
75
3
7-1/2
15
30
50
100
5
10
25
50
100
200
5
10
25
50
100
200

0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
a
b

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester
Enclosure

NEMA 12/3Ra
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

$ Price

Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Type
None
SBG11b
2127.00
SBW11b
3866.00
SBW21b
4442.00
SBA21b
SBA11b
2613.00
None
SCG11b
2271.00
SCW11b
4008.00
SCW21b
4607.00
SCA21b
SCA11b
2754.00
None
SDG11b
3794.00
SDW11b
6443.00
SDW21b
7083.00
SDA21b
SDA11b
4419.00
None
SEG11b
6287.00
SEW11b
10929.00
—
—
SEA21b
SEA11b
7113.00
None
SFG11b
13166.00
SFW11b
19034.00
—
—
SFA21b
SFA11b
15431.00
None
SGG11b
25691.00
SGW11b
40674.00
—
—
SGA21b
SGA11b
31076.00
None
SBG11b
2127.00
SBW11b
3866.00
SBW21b
4442.00
SBA21b
SBA11b
2613.00
SCA11b
2754.00
None
SCG11b
2271.00
SCW11b
4008.00
SCW21b
4607.00
SCA21b
None
SDG11b
3794.00
SDW11b
6443.00
SDW21b
7083.00
SDA21b
SDA11b
4419.00
None
SEG11b
6287.00
SEW11b
10929.00
—
—
SEA21b
SEA11b
7113.00
None
SFG11b
13166.00
SFW11b
19034.00
—
—
SFA21b
SFA11b
15431.00
None
SGG11b
25691.00
SGW11b
40674.00
—
—
SGA21b
SGA11b
31076.00
None
SBG11b
2127.00
SBW11b
3866.00
SBW21b
4442.00
SBA21b
SBA11b
2613.00
None
SCG11b
2271.00
SCW11b
4008.00
SCW21b
4607.00
SCA21b
SCA11b
2754.00
None
SDG11b
3794.00
SDW11b
6443.00
SDW21b
7083.00
SDA21b
SDA11b
4419.00
None
SEG11b
6287.00
SEW11b
10929.00
—
—
SEA21b
SEA11b
7113.00
None
SFG11b
13166.00
SFW11b
19034.00
—
—
SFA21b
SFA11b
15431.00
None
SGG11b
25691.00
SGW11b
40674.00
—
—
SGA21b
SGA11b
31076.00
None
SBG11b
2127.00
SBW11b
3866.00
SBW21b
4442.00
SBA21b
SBA11b
2613.00
None
SCG11b
2271.00
SCW11b
4008.00
SCW21b
4607.00
SCA21b
SCA11b
2754.00
None
SDG11b
3794.00
SDW11b
6443.00
SDW21b
7083.00
SDA21b
SDA11b
4419.00
None
SEG11b
6287.00
SEW11b
10929.00
—
—
SEA21b
SEA11b
7113.00
None
SFG11b
13166.00
SFW11b
19034.00
—
—
SFA21b
SFA11b
15431.00
None
SGG11b
25691.00
SGW11b
40674.00
—
—
SGA21b
SGA11b
31076.00
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53.

Table 16.135: Fusible Disconnect Switch Type With Class R Fuse Clips—100,000 AIC Rating
Ratings
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

200
(208)

230
(240)

16

460
(480)

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

575
(600)

Max.
Hp
PolyPhase
3
5
7-1/2
10
20
40
75
3
5
7-1/2
15
25
50
100
5
10
15
25
50
100
200
5
10
15
25
50
100
200

NEMA
Size
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
0
1
2
3
4
5
c
d
e

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and Corrosion Resistant
Polyester
Enclosuree

NEMA 12/3Rc
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

$ Price

Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
Type
Type
30
SBG32d
2192.00
SBW32d
3929.00
SBW42d
4521.00
SBA42d
SBA32d
2676.00
30
SCG32d
2334.00
SCW32d
4071.00
SCW42d
4685.00
SCA42d
SCA32d
2817.00
60
SCG33d
2363.00
SCW33d
4100.00
SCW43d
4706.00
SCA43d
SCA33d
2847.00
60
SDG32d
3873.00
SDW32d
6521.00
SDW42d
7176.00
SDA42d
SDA32d
4499.00
100
SEG35d
6399.00
SEW35d
11043.00
—
—
SEA45d
SEA35d
7226.00
200
SFG35d
13451.00
SFW35d
19319.00
—
—
SFA45d
SFA35d
15714.00
400
SGG35d
25707.00
SGW35d
40689.00
—
—
SGA45d
SGA35d
31089.00
SBA32d
2676.00
30
SBG32d
2192.00
SBW32d
3929.00
SBW42d
4521.00
SBA42d
30
SCG32d
2334.00
SCW32d
4071.00
SCW42d
4685.00
SCA42d
SCA32d
2817.00
60
SCG33d
2363.00
SCW33d
4100.00
SCW43d
4706.00
SCA43d
SCA33d
2847.00
60
SDG32d
3873.00
SDW32d
6521.00
SDW42d
7176.00
SDA42d
SDA32d
4499.00
100
SEG35d
6399.00
SEW35d
11043.00
—
—
SEA45d
SEA35d
7226.00
200
SFG35d
13451.00
SFW35d
19319.00
—
—
SFA45d
SFA35d
15714.00
400
SGG35d
25707.00
SGW35d
40689.00
—
—
SGA45d
SGA35d
31089.00
30
SBG33d
2219.00
SBW33d
3959.00
SBW43d
4548.00
SBA43d
SBA33d
2705.00
30
SCG34d
2363.00
SCW34d
4100.00
SCW44d
4712.00
SCA44d
SCA34d
2847.00
30
SDG36d
3893.00
SDW36d
6534.00
SDW46d
7191.00
SDA46d
SDA36d
4514.00
60
SDG34d
3915.00
SDW34d
6564.00
SDW44d
7433.00
SDA44d
SDA34d
4541.00
100
SEG33d
6485.00
SEW33d
11129.00
—
—
SEA43d
SEA33d
7311.00
200
SFG33d
13508.00
SFW33d
19376.00
—
—
SFA43d
SFA33d
15771.00
400
SGG33d
26303.00
SGW33d
41288.00
—
—
SGA43d
SGA33d
31688.00
30
SBG33d
2219.00
SBW33d
3959.00
SBW43d
4548.00
SBA43d
SBA33d
2705.00
30
SCG34d
2363.00
SCW34d
4100.00
SCW44d
4712.00
SCA44d
SCA34d
2847.00
30
SDG36d
3893.00
SDW36d
6534.00
SDW46d
7191.00
SDA46d
SDA36d
4514.00
60
SDG34d
3915.00
SDW34d
6564.00
SDW44d
7433.00
SDA44d
SDA34d
4541.00
100
SEG33d
6485.00
SEW33d
11129.00
—
—
SEA43d
SEA33d
7311.00
200
SFG33d
13508.00
SFW33d
19376.00
—
—
SFA43d
SFA33d
15771.00
400
SGG33d
26303.00
SGW33d
41288.00
—
—
SGA43d
SGA33d
31688.00
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown on page 16-53.
5,000 AIC Rating

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-52

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Reversing Combination
Starters—NEMA Style

Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.136: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Hp
Range
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

Circuit Breaker
(See Page 7-32
for Breaker
Adjustment
Range)

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight
and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0-5)a

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
2555. SBW43c
4292. SBW53c
4932. SBA53c
SBA43c
3038.
1/4–5
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
SCA44c
1
2726. SCW44c
4463. SCW54c
5133. SCA54c
3209.
7-1/2
HLL36050M72
SCG45c
SCW45c
SCW55c
SCA55c
SCA45c
1-1/2–5
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW52c
SDA52c
SDA42c
2
4350. SDW43c
6998. SDW53c
7695. SDA53c
4976.
71/2–10
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDA43c
200
15–25
3
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
6501. SEW42c
11142. SEW52c
12254. SEA52c
SEA42c
7326.
(208)
30–40
4
JJL36250M75
SFG44c
14718. SFW44c
20586. SFW54c
22644. SFA54c
SFA44c
16982.
50–60
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
—
SGA54c
SGA44c 35190.
5
29808. SGW44c
44792.
—
75
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
SGA45c
100
LJL36400M36
SHG43c
SHW43c
—
SHA53c
SHA43c 68120.
6
64274.
71396.
—
125–150
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
SHA55c
SHA45c
1/4–3
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
2555. SBW43c
4292. SBW53c
4932. SBA53c
SBA43c
3038.
1/4–7-1/2
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
2726. SCW44c
4463. SCW54c
5133. SCA54c
SCA44c
3209.
1-1/2–7-1/2
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDW42c
SDW52c
SDA52c
SDA42c
10
2
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
4350. SDW43c
6998. SDW53c
7695. SDA53c
SDA43c
4976.
15
HLL36100M73
SDG44c
SDW44c
SDW54c
SDA54c
SDA44c
230
15–30
3
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
6501. SEW42c
11142. SEW52c
12254. SEA52c
SEA42c
7326.
(240)
40–50
4
JJL36250M75
SFG44c
14718. SFW44c
20586. SFW54c
22644. SFA54c
SFA44c
16982.
60
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
—
SGA54c
SGA44c 35190.
5
29808. SGW44c
44792.
—
75–100
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
SGA45c
125–150
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
SHA55c
SHA45c 68120.
6
64274.
71396.
—
200
PLL34080M68
SHG46c
SHW46c
—
SHA56c
SHA46c
a
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.

Table 16.137: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG41V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-53

Reversing Combination
Starters—NEMA Style

Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.138: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Hp
Range
Polyphase

NEMA
Size

Circuit Breaker
(See Page 7-32
for Breaker
Adjustment
Range)

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 4X
Watertight
Watertight,
and Dusttight
Dusttight
and
Enclosure
Resistant
Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion
Polyester
Enclosure
(Sizes 0–5)a

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

1/4–5
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
2555. SBW43c
4292. SBW53c
4932. SBA53c
SBA43c
3038.
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
2726. SCW44c
4463. SCW54c
5133. SCA54c
SCA44c
3209.
5–15
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDA42c
2
4350. SDW42c
6998. SDW52c
7695. SDA52c
4976.
20–25
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDW43c
SDW53c
SDA53c
SDA43c
20–25
HLL36050M72
SEG41c
SEW41c
SEW51c
SEA51c
SEA41c
460
3
6501. SEW42c
11142. SEW52c
12254. SEA52c
7326.
30–50
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
SEA42c
(480)
60–100
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
14718. SFW44c
20586. SFW54c
22644. SFA54c
SFA44c
16982.
125
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
—
SGA54c
SGA44c
5
29808. SGW44c
44792.
—
35190.
150–200
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
SGA45c
250–350
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
SHW45c
—
SHA55c
SHA45c
6
64274. SHW46c
71396.
—
68120.
400
PLL34080M68
SHG46c
—
SHA56c
SHA46c
1/4–5
0
HLL36030M71
SBG43c
2555. SBW43c
4292. SBW53c
4932. SBA53c
SBA43c
3038.
1/4–10
1
HLL36030M71
SCG44c
2726. SCW44c
4463. SCW54c
5133. SCA54c
SCA44c
3209.
5–20
HLL36030M71
SDG42c
SDA42c
2
4350. SDW42c
6998. SDW52c
7695. SDA52c
4976.
25
HLL36050M72
SDG43c
SDW43c
SDW53c
SDA53c
SDA43c
25–30
HLL36050M72
SEG41c
SEW41c
SEW51c
SEA51c
SEA41c
575
3
6501. SEW42c
11142. SEW52c
12254. SEA52c
7326.
40–50
HLL36100M73
SEG42c
SEA42c
(600)
60–100
4
JLL36250M75
SFG44c
14718. SFW44c
20586. SFW54c
22644. SFA54c
SFA44c
16982.
125–150
JLL36250M75
SGG44c
—
SGA54c
SGA44c
5
29808. SGW44c
44792.
—
35190.
200
LJL36400M36
SGG45c
SGW45c
—
SGA55c
SGA45c
250
LJL36400M36
SHG43c
SHW43c
—
SHA53c
SHA43c
68120.
6
64274. SHW45c
71396.
—
300–400
LJL36600M42
SHG45c
—
SHA55c
SHA45c
a
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes listed below.

Table 16.139: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG41V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG41V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-57
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-108

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-54

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Reversing Combination
Starters—NEMA Style

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.140: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

Circuit Breaker
Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

0

HLL36015
HLL36020

Ampere
Rating
15
20

2228.

SBW1c
SBW3c

3965.

SBW11c
SBW13c

4563.

SBA11c
SBA13c

SBA1c
SBA3c

2712.

5
7-1/2

1

HLL36035
HLL36050

35
50

SCG5c
SCG2c

2399.

SCW5c
SCW2c

4136.

SCW15c
SCW12c

4761.

SCA15c
SCA12c

SCA5c
SCA2c

2883.

10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60–75
100–125
150
2
3

2

60
100
125
150
200
250
250
400
600
800
15
20

SDG1c
SEG3c
SEG1c
SEG5c
SFG3c
SFG4c
SGG6c
SGG4c
SHG4c
SHG5c
SBG1c
SBG3c

4022.

4563.

SDA11c
SEA13c
SEA11c
SEA15c
SFA13c
SFA14c
SGA16c
SGA14c
SHA14c
SHA15c
SBA11c
SBA13c

SDA1c
SEA3c
SEA1c
SEA5c
SFA3c
SFA4c
SGA6c
SGA4c
SHA4c
SHA5c
SBA1c
SBA3c

4649.

3965.

SDW11c
SEW13c
SEW11c
SEW15c
SFW13c
SFW14c
—
—
—
—
SBW11c
SBW13c

7340.

2228.

SDW1c
SEW3c
SEW1c
SEW5c
SFW3c
SFW4c
SGW6c
SGW4c
SHW4c
SHW5c
SBW1c
SBW3c

6672.

0

HLL36060
HLL36100
HLL36125
HLL36150
JLL36200
JLL36250
JLL36250
LLL36400E20
LLL36600E20
MJL36800
HLL36015
HLL36020

1

HLL36035
HLL36045

35
45

SCG5c
SCG6c

2399.

SCW5c
SCW6c

4136.

SCW15c
SCW16c

4761.

SCA15c
SCA16c

SCA5c
SCA6c

2
3

200
(208)

NEMA
Size

NEMA 4 & 4X
NEMA 4X
Watertight
Watertight,
and Dusttight
Dusttight
and
Enclosure
Resistant
Stainless Steel (304) Corrosion
Polyester
Enclosure
(Sizes 0-5)a

5
7-1/2

Type

3
4
5
6

SBG1c
SBG3c

6501.
14718.
29808.
64274.

11142.
20586.
44792.
71396.

12254.
22644.
—
—

7326.
16982.
35190.
68120.
2712.
2883.

10
HLL36060
60
SDG1c
SDA1c
2
4022. SDW1c
6672. SDW11c
7340. SDA11c
4649.
15
HLL36090
90
SDG7c
SDW7c
SDW17c
SDA17c
SDA7c
20
HLL36100
100
SEG3c
SEW3c
SEW13c
SEA13c
SEA3c
3
6501. SEW5c
11142. SEW15c
12254. SEA15c
7326.
25–30
HLL36150
150
SEG5c
SEA5c
40
JLL36225
225
SFG1c
SFW1c
SFW11c
SFA11c
SFA1c
4
14718.
20586.
22644.
16982.
50
JLL36250
250
SFG4c
SFW4c
SFW14c
SFA14c
SFA4c
60
JLL36250
250
SGG6c
SGW6c
—
SGA16c
SGA6c
75
5
LLL36400E20
400
SGG4c
29808. SGW4c
44792.
—
—
SGA14c
SGA4c 35190.
100
LLL36600E20
600
SGG2c
SGW2c
—
SGA12c
SGA2c
125
LLL36600E20
600
SHG4c
SHW4c
—
SHA14c
SHA4c 68120.
6
64274.
71396.
—
150–200
MJL36800
800
SHG5c
SHW5c
—
SHA15c
SHA5c
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.

230
(240)

a
b
c

Table 16.141: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
277
—
V04
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
d
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG1V01S).
e
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as 8739SCG5V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-57
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-100
Replacement Parts (Class 9998) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-105
Type S Accessories (Class 9999). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-108

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-55

Reversing Combination
Starters—NEMA Style

Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker
Class 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum—50–60 Hz
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 3 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. See
page 16-116 for selection information.
Table 16.142: Full-Voltage Type, Reversing with Melting Alloy Overload Relays

Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel (304)
(Sizes 0 - 5)a

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Ratings

NEMA 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion Resistant
Polyester Enclosure

Circuit Breaker

NEMA
Size

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NEMA 12/3Rb
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure
With
External
Reset

Without
External
Reset

Type

Type

$ Price

0

HLL36015

Ampere
Rating
15

SBG1c

2228.

SBW1c

3965.

SBW11c

4563.

SBA11c

SBA1c

2712.

1

HLL36025
HLL36030

25
30

SCG3c
SCG7c

2399.

SCW3c
SCW7c

4136.

SCW13c
SCW17c

4761.

SCA13c
SCA17c

SCA3c
SCA7c

2883.

45
60
70
80
100
150
150
200
250
400
600
600
800
15

SDG3c
SDG1c
SDG5c
SEG6c
SEG3c
SEG5c
SFG5c
SFG3c
SFG4c
SGG4c
SGG2c
SHG4c
SHG5c
SBG1c

4563.

SDA13c
SDA11c
SDA15c
SEA16c
SEA13c
SEA15c
SFA15c
SFA13c
SFA14c
SGA14c
SGA12c
SHA14c
SHA15c
SBA11c

SDA3c
SDA1c
SDA5c
SEA6c
SEA3c
SEA5c
SFA5c
SFA3c
SFA4c
SGA4c
SGA2c
SHA4c
SHA5c
SBA1c

16982.

0

HLL36045
HLL36060
HLL36070
HLL36080
HLL36100
HLL36150
JJL36105
JJL36200
JJL36250
LLL36400E20
LLL36600E20
LLL36600E20
MJL36800
HLL36015

1

HLL36020
HLL36025

20
25

SCG8c
SCG3c

4761.

SCA18c
SCA13c

SCA8c
SCA3c

2883.

15
HLL36035
35
SDG8c
SDW8c
SDW18c
SDA18c
20
2
HLL36045
45
SDG3c
4022.
SDW3c
6672.
SDW13c
7340. SDA13c
25
HLL36060
60
SDG1c
SDW1c
SDW11c
SDA12c
30
HLL36070
70
SEG4c
SEW4c
SEW14c
SEA14c
575
40
3
HLL36090
90
SEG6c
6501.
SEW6c
11142.
SEW16c
12254. SEA16c
(600)
50
HLL36100
100
SEG3c
SEW3c
SEW13c
SEA13c
60–75
JLL36150
150
SFG5c
SFW5c
SFW15c
SFA15c
4
14718.
20586.
22644.
100
JLL36250
250
SFG4c
SFW4c
SFW14c
SFA14c
125–150
JLL36250
250
SGG6c
SGW6c
—
SGA16c
5
29808.
44792.
—
200
LLL36400E20
400
SGG4c
SGW4c
—
SGA14c
250–350
LLL36600E20
600
SHG4c
SHW4c
—
SHA14c
6
64274.
71396.
—
400
MJL36800
800
SHG5c
SHW5c
—
SHA15c
a
NEMA Size 6 starters are NEMA 4 painted sheet steel enclosures.
b
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard coil voltage codes shown below.

SDA8c
SDA3c
SDA1c
SEA4c
SEA6c
SEA3c
SFA5c
SFA4c
SGA6c
SGA4c
SHA4c
SHA5c

5
7-1/2
10

460
(480)

15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125–150
200
250
300–400
5
7-1/2
10

Type

2
3
4
5
6

20586.

2228.

SDW3c
SDW1c
SDW5c
SEW6c
SEW3c
SEW5c
SFW5c
SFW3c
SFW4c
SGW4c
SGW2c
SHW4c
SHW5c
SBW1c

3965.

SDW13c
SDW11c
SDW15c
SEW16c
SEW13c
SEW15c
SFW15c
SFW13c
SFW14c
—
—
—
—
SBW11c

2399.

SCW8c
SCW3c

4136.

SCW18c
SCW13c

4022.
6501.
14718.
29808.
64274.

Table 16.143: Class 8738 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings

d

Table 16.144: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code

$ Price Adder

50 Hz

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

24fe
—
V01
No Charge
120f
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
e
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified (i.e., order as 8739SBG2V01S).
f
These voltage codes must include Form S (supplied at no charge) (i.e., order as
8739SDG3V02S).
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
Form S (separate control) is used when a separate source of power is available for the
control (coil) voltage. Form S is supplied at no charge.

16-56

11142.

44792.
71396.

7340.
12254.
22644.
—
—

4649.
7326.

35190.
68120.
2712.

4649.
7326.
16982.
35190.
68120.

Table 16.145: Class 8739 UL Listed Short Circuit Ratings

NEMA
Fuse Clip
Ampere Interrupting
Enclosure
Size
Type
Capability Rating (AIC)
0-3
Standard
Standardd
5,000
0-3
Class R
Standardd
100,000
4-5
Standard
Standardd
10,000
4-5
Class R
Standardd
100,000
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R.

60 Hz

6672.

CP1

Motor Circuit Protector Type
NEMA
Size
0, 1
0, 1
2, 3, 4, 5
2, 3, 4, 5
6
6

Ampere Interrupting
Capability Rating (AIC)
480
Standardg
100,000
481 – 600
Standardg
35,000
480
Standardg
100,000
481 – 600
Standardg
50,000
480
Standardg
65,000
600
Standardg
18,000
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type
0, 1
480
Standardg
100,000
0, 1
481 – 600
Standardg
35,000
2, 3, 4, 5
480
Standardg
100,000
2, 3, 4, 5
481 – 600
Standardg
50,000
6
480
Standardg
65,000
6
600
Standardg
18,000
g
Standard enclosure includes: NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X stainless, and 12/3R.
Voltage

Enclosure

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Reversing Combination Starters—NEMA Style
Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.146: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 0–2) Figure 1
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

0–1

8738 & 8739

2

8738 & 8739

SBG
SCG
SDG

Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 1
A

B

13-3/4
15

C

23

D

8-11/32 10-5/8

E

F

G

H

21

18-29/32

1-7/8

1-7/8

28-3/4 9-19/32 11-5/8 26-1/4 21-15/32 2-3/16

I

Top & Bottom

J

K

L

M

N

O

3-3/4 2-5/16 1-1/16 3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4

2

4

2-9/16 1-1/4

P

7/8

—

3-1/4 2-3/16 1-1/4

29/32

—

L

O

P

W

Sides

X

1/2–3/4–1 1/2–3/4–1
1–1-1/4

Wt.
(lb)

Y

1–1-1/4

1/2

49

1/2

80

Table 16.147: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Size 3–6) Figure 2
NEMA
Size
3

Class

Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 2

Type

8738 & 8739 SEG
8738

A

B

18-1/2

44

SFG

21

C

D

E

10-19/32 12-1/2

51-1/2 10-17/32

15

F

G

H

I

J

Top & Bottom
K

M

N

SFG

18-1/2

44

10-19/32 12-1/2

8738

SGG

30

77

15-1/2

8739

SGG

30

65

13-23/32

8738 & 8739 SHG

36

90

17-1/32

X

Y

Wt.
(lb)

1–1-1/4
2–2-1/4

1/2–3/4

1/2

245

3

25-31/32 43-1/2

1/4

—

2-13/16 3-1/2

5

2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32

3

30-23/32

1/4

—

2-13/16 3-1/2

5

2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32

2-1/2

1/2–3/4

1/2

—

2-11/16 5-3/8 1-7/32 29/32

1–1-1/4
2–2-1/4

1/2–3/4

1/2

—

51

4
8739

Sides

W

3

25-31/32 43-1/2

1/4

—

2-13/16 3-1/2

5

22

4

39-13/32

76

1/2

—

3-1/2

6-9/32 9-1/4

3-3/16

—

—

—

1/2–3/4

3

—

—

22

4

39-13/32

64

1/2

—

3-1/2

6-9/32

5

3-3/16

—

—

—

1/2–3/4

3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5

6

Table 16.148: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure Figure 3
NEMA
Size

Class

Type

0–1

8738 & 8739

SBA
SCA

2

8738 & 8739

SDA

3

8738 & 8739

SEA

Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 3
A

B

C

D

E

F

13-3/4

10-3/32

15

10-31/32

18-1/2

G

24-3/4

3-1/4

2-1/2

8-3/4

24

31

3-1/4

3

9

30-1/4

10-19/32

45

5

3

12-1/2

44

I

J

Wt.
(lb)

3/8

3-3/4

20-5/16

52

3/8

3-3/4

23-7/16

95

1/2

3-3/4

25-19/32

255

H

8738

SFA

21

10-19/32

52-1/2

5

3

15

51-1/2

1/2

3-3/4

30-11/32

—

8739

SFA

18-1/2

10-19/32

45

3-1/4

3

12-1/2

44

1/2

3-3/4

25-19/32

—

8738

SGA

30

15-1/2

78

9-1/4

4

22

77

1/2

7-1/2

39-13/32

—

8739

SGA

30

15-1/2

66

—

4

22

65

1/2

7-1/2

37-7/8

—

8739

SHA

36

17-1/32

90

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4

5
6a
a

Size 6 enclosures are floor mounting.

Table 16.149: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosureb Figure 4
NEMA
Size

A
E

Dimensions (in inches)c—see Figure 4

Class

Type
A
B
C
E
F
SBW
0-2
SCW
25.25
11.4
27.00
17.88
25.75
SDW
SEW
3-4
8739
26.31
11.4
33.50
18.50
32.25
SFW
b
See page 16-58 for important information on hubs for NEMA 4X enclosures.
c
The dimensions shown in all tables above are also for Form F4T (standard control transformer),
Form F4T11 (100 VA extra-capacity), and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra-capacity).
8738 &
8739

F

C
B

Figure 4: NEMA 4X Polyester Enclosure

NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure;
they are intended for dimensional information only.

A

Handle
Swing
L

M

D

K

A
D

C

Handle
Swing
L

E

C

H

O

A
F

N

E

H

Y

Handle
Swing
D

B

P

Y
G B

E B

G
C

Y
Y
(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2)

(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 3 and 4)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (For Size 5)

Cover
Open 90º
F

F

K

I

Figure 1:
NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 0–2)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 0, 1, and 2)
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 3 and 4)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (For Size 5)

J

G
J
H

J

W X W

W X W

Cover
Open 90º

M
N

Figure 2:
NEMA 1 Enclosure (Sizes 3–6)

I

Figure 3:
NEMA 12 Enclosure

16

Cover
Open 90º

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

O

16-57

Reversing Combination Starters
Class 8738, 8739 / Refer to Catalog 8538CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.150: NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure Figure 1
Dimensions (in inches)a—see Figure 1

NEMA
Size

Class

Bottom

Top &
Bot.

Type
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

W

X
1 Hub

Wt.
(lb)

0–1

8738 & 8739

SBW
SCW

13-3/4

8-11/32

25-3/16

3-1/4

2-1/2

8-3/4

24

19/32

3

1-5/8

2-5/16

18-17/32

3/4 Hub

2

8738 & 8739

SDW

15

9-19/32

30-1/32

3-1/4

2-1/2

10

29-3/4

5/8

3

2

2-5/8

21-1/32

3/4 Hub 1-1/2 Hub

95

3

8738 & 8739

SEW

18-1/2

10-9/16

45-3/16

5

3

12-1/2

44

19/32

3-1/2

2-5/8

3-3/16

25-1/2

3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub

255
—

52

8738

SFW

21

10-17/32

52-11/16

5

3

15

51-1/2

19/32

3-1/2

2-5/8

3-3/16

30-1/4

3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub

8739

SFW

18-1/2

10-9/16

45-3/16

5

3

12-1/2

44

19/32

3-1/2

2-5/8

3-3/16

25-1/2

3/4 Hub 2-1/2 Hub

—

8738

SGW

30

15-1/2

78-3/32

9-1/4

4

22

77

9/16

6-3/32

3

3-1/2

39-13/32

3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub

—

8739

SGW

30

13-57/64

66-3/32

5

4

22

65

9/16

6-3/32

3

3-1/2

37-7/8

3/4 Hub 3-1/2 Hub

—

8739

SHW

36

17-1/32

98

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

4

5
6
a

—

—

—

Above dimensions also for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).

NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure; they are intended for dimensional information only.

Information on Hubs
Hubs are supplied with each NEMA 4X combination starter
as shown in the table below.
Note that hubs are only installed in stainless steel enclosures;
they are supplied but not installed in polyester enclosures.
Table 16.151:
NEMA Size

Quantity

Hub Size

0&1

1
2

0.75"
1.00"

2

1
2

0.75"
1.50"

3&4

1
2

0.75"
2.50"

A
F

H

E

Handle Swing
D
B

G C

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 0, 1, & 2)
8
Cover Open 90º (4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes (for Size 3 & 4)
11
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (for Size 5)
W X

L

J
I
K

Figure 1:
NEMA 4 & 4X Stainless Enclosure

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-58

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Multipole Lighting Contactors, Type L & LX
Features

•
•
•
•

30 A fluorescent lighting rating, 20 A tungsten lighting rating
Electrically and mechanically held
2 through 12-pole versions
Field-convertible contacts with N.O. and N.C. indicators
(8 N.C. contacts maximumd)
Silver-Cadmium-Oxide double break contacts

•

File E78427
CCN NRNT

Type L

File LR60905
Class 3211 07

Type LX

Table 16.152: Multipole Lighting Contactors (50–60 Hz)
Contact
Ampere
Ratings

No.
of
Poles

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
Type

NEMA 1
Flush Mounting
General Purpose
Enclosure with
Plaster Adjustment

$ Pricea

Type

$ Pricea

NEMA 3R
Rainproof
Enclosuree
Type

$ Pricea

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and CorrosionResistant GlassPolyester Enclosure
Type

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
Brushed Stainless
Steel Enclosure

$ Pricea

Type

$ Pricea

NEMA 12/3Rf
Dusttight and
Driptight Industrial
Use Enclosure
Type

$ Pricea

Open Typeb

Type

$ Pricea

Electrically Heldd
2
LG20c
446.00
LF20c
689.00
LH20c
860.00
LWW20c
1146.00
LW20c
917.00
LA20c
860.00
LO20c
404.00
3
LG30c
489.00
LF30c
732.00
LH30c
903.00
LWW30c
1197.00
LW30c
959.00
LA30c
903.00
LO30c
446.00
4
LG40c
617.00
LF40c
860.00
LH40c
1031.00
LWW40c
1358.00
LW40c
1088.00
LA40c
1031.00
LO40c
575.00
30c
6
LG60c
890.00
LF60c
1031.00
LH60c
1202.00
LWW60c
1571.00
LW60c
1259.00
LA60c
1202.00
LO60c
746.00
8
LG80c
1160.00
LF80c
1301.00
LH80c
1472.00
LWW80c
1908.00
LW80c
1529.00
LA80c
1472.00
LO80c
1017.00
10
LG1000c
1331.00 LF1000c
1472.00 LH1000c 1643.00 LWW1000c
2123.00
LW1000c
1700.00
LA1000c
1643.00
LO1000c
1188.00
12
LG1200c
1529.00 LF1200c
1673.00 LH1200c 1844.00 LWW1200c
2372.00
LW1200c
1899.00
LA1200c
1844.00
LO1200c
1386.00
Mechanically Heldeg
2
LXG20c
702.00
LXF20c
975.00
—
— LXWW20c
1728.00
LXW20c
1728.00
LXA20c
1017.00
LXO20c
590.00
3
LXG30c
738.00
LXF30c
1008.00
—
— LXWW30c
1764.00
LXW30c
1764.00
LXA30c
1052.00
LXO30c
624.00
4
LXG40c
761.00
LXF40c
1031.00
—
— LXWW40c
1785.00
LXW40c
1785.00
LXA40c
1074.00
LXO40c
647.00
LXO60c
1044.00
30c
6
LXG60c
1160.00
LXF60c
1430.00
—
— LXWW60c
2186.00
LXW60c
2186.00
LXA60c
1472.00
LXO80c
1173.00
8
LXG80c
1287.00
LXF80c
1557.00
—
— LXWW80c
2313.00
LXW80c
2313.00
LXA80c
1601.00
1742.00 LXO1000c
1314.00
10
LXG1000c
1430.00 LXF1000c 1700.00
—
— LXWW1000c 2456.00 LXW1000c 2456.00 LXA1000c
12
LXG1200c 1580.00 LXF1200c 1850.00
—
— LXWW1200c 2604.00 LXW1200c 2604.00 LXA1200c
1893.00 LXO1200c
1466.00
a
Price does not include holding circuit contact.
b
Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991 enclosure.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below. All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.
d
Factory conversion of N.O. contacts to N.C., order by catalog number and add $42.80 to price (i.e. For 6 N.O. and 2 N.C. poles on an 8 pole contactor, order as 8903LG62V02). Versions are
available from the factory with up to 12 N.C. poles electrically held or 2, 4, 6 and 12 N.C. poles mechanically held. For field conversion, there is a maximum of eight N.C. poles for Type L and
a maximum of six N.C. poles for Type LX contactors.
NOTE: For contactors with more than 8 poles, the catalog number configuration will be the number of normally open contacts followed by a 0 and then the number of normally closed contacts
(i.e. for 4 NO and 6 NC on a 10 pole contactor order 8903LG406V02).
e
f
g

Cannot support control transformer forms.
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.
When ordering Form C, Form R6 must be included.

Table 16.153: Power Poles for Type L or LX The kits below are used to add 30 Ampere power poles to existing Type L contactors when additional circuits are required. Type L lighting
contactors are supplied with mounting brackets, so that adder poles may be mounted from the front by a single captive screw. Adder poles are
supplied standard with N.O. contacts which are convertible to N.C.
Power Pole Adder Kith
Class 8903 Type

Can Only Be Added to Contactor Typei

$ Price

Single Pole
L1L
L1R

LO60
LXO60
LO80
LXO80
LO1000
LXO1000

86.00
86.00

Double Pole

h
i

L3L
171.00
L3R
171.00
8903LO (electrically held) devices can accommodate 10 or 12 N.C. contacts use only 120 V 60Hz coils.
LO60 & LXO60—add 1-pole kits only, 1 on each side, for converting to 8-pole. To maintain proper operation, it cannot be
converted to greater than 8-pole contactor. LO80 & LXO80—use single-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 10-pole
and use two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole. LO1000 & LXO1000—remove existing single pole kit and
install two-pole kits, 1 on each side, for converting to 12-pole.

Type L3L

Type LO80

Type L3R

Voltage
60 Hz

Code

$ Price
Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V99

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60

50 Hz

24
—
120
110
208
—
240
220
277
—
480
440
Specify
Specify
Factory Modifications (Forms). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-63
Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106
Replacement Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107

Type L1L

Type LO60

Type L1R

Table 16.155: How to Order
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog Number
Class

Type

Voltage Code

Form(s)

8903

LXG60

VO4

CF4R6

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16

To Order Specify:

•
•
•
•

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.154: Coil Voltage Codes

16-59

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Features
• Electrically and mechanically held
• 30–800 A lighting ratings
• 2- through 5-pole versions (5-poles through 200 A)

•
•
•

UL Listed short-circuit rating up to 100,000 Amperes
Factory wired controls and clearly marked termination points
Quick ship on most items in 5–7 days

Electrically Held

Mechanically Held

File E78427
CCN NRNT

File LR60905
(Open Devices Only)
Class 3231 01

No. of Poles

Contact
Ampere Ratings

Table 16.156: Multipole Lighting Contactors—Type S (50–60 Hz)
NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure
Type

$ Priceb

NEMA 1
Flush Mounting
General Purpose
Enclosure with
Plaster
Adjustment
Type

$ Priceb

NEMA
Type 3R
Rainproof
Enclosuref
Type

$ Priceb

NEMA 4 & 4X
Watertight,
Dusttight and
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester
Enclosure
Type

$ Priceb

NEMA
Type 4 & 4Xa
Watertight and
Dusttight
Enclosure

NEMA
Type 12 / 3Rh
Dusttight and
Driptight
Industrial Use
Enclosure

Type

Type

$ Priceb

Open Type

$ Priceb

Type

$ Priceb

Electrically Heldc
2 SMG1d
476. SMF1d
660. SMH1d
647. SMW21d
989. SMW1d
989. SMA1d
647.
SMO1de
446.
SMG2d
518. SMF2d
689. SMH2d
689. SMW22d
1031. SMW2d
1031. SMA2d
810.
SMO2de
488.
30 3
4 SMG3d
633. SMF3d
818. SMH3d
804. SMW23d
1146. SMW3d
1146. SMA3d
804.
SMO3de
603.
5 SMG4d
831. SMF4d
1017. SMH4d
1002. SMW24d
1344. SMW4d
1344. SMA4d
1002.
SMO4de
534.
2 SPG1d
975. SPF1d
1215. SPH1d
1287. SPW21d
1998. SPW1d
1998. SPA1d
1287.
SPO1de
831.
3
SPG2d
1031.
SPF2d
1272.
SPH2d
1344.
SPW22d
2057.
SPW2d
2057.
SPA2d
1344.
SPO2de
890.
60 4 SPG3d
1287. SPF3d
1529. SPH3d
1601. SPW23d
2712. SPW3d
2712. SPA3d
1601.
SPO3de
1146.
5 SPG4d
1857. SPF4d
2100. SPH4d
2142. SPW24d
3281. SPW4d
3281. SPA4d
2142.
SPO4de
1715.
1971.
SQO1de
1314.
2 SQG1d
1601. SQF1d
2015. SQH1d
1971. SQW21d
3815. SQW1d
3054. SQA1d
2084.
SQO2de
1430.
SQG2d
1715. SQF2d
2127. SQH2d
2084. SQW22d
3959. SQW2d
3167. SQA2d
100 3
2484.
SQO3de
1827.
4 SQG3d
2114.
—
— SQH3d
2484.
—
— SQW3d
3965. SQA3d
3396.
SQO4de
2739.
5 SQG4d
3024.
—
— SQH4d
3396.
—
— SQW4d
4877. SQA4d
2 SVG1d
3765.
—
— SVH1d
4991.
—
— SVW1d
6245. SVA1d
4991.
SVO1d
3167.
3
SVG2d
4022.
—
—
SVH2d
5247.
—
—
SVW2d
6501.
SVA2d
5247.
SVO2d
3423.
200 4 SVG3d
5285.
—
—
—
—
—
— SVW3d
8864. SVA3d
7011.
SVO3d
4761.
5 SVG4d
7127.
—
—
—
—
—
— SVW4d
10646. SVA4d
8793.
SVO4d
6543.
2
SXG1d
7952.
—
—
—
—
—
—
SXW1d
11087.
SXA1d
11087.
SXO1d
6857.
300 3 SXG2d
8550.
—
—
—
—
—
— SXW2d
11685. SXA2d 11685.
SXO2d
7455.
SYG1d
20813.
—
—
—
—
—
— SYW1d
27935. SYA1d 24659.
SYO1d
16299.
400g 2
3 SYG2d
23534.
—
—
—
—
—
— SYW2d
30654. SYA2d 27378.
SYO2d
19020.
SZG1d
25550.
—
—
—
—
—
— SZW1d
32670. SZA1d 29394.
SZO1d
20879.
600g 2
3 SZG2d
28704.
—
—
—
—
—
— SZW2d
35825. SZA2d 32549.
SZO2d
24026.
SJG1d
30285.
—
—
—
—
—
— SJW1d
37535. SJA1d 33845.
SJO1d
25457.
800g 2
3 SJG2d
33875.
—
—
—
—
—
— SJW2d
40995. SJA2d 37719.
SJO2d
29033.
Mechanically Heldc
2 SMG10d
738. SMF10d
923.
—
— SMW31d
1251. SMW10d
1251. SMA10d
912. SMO10de
710.
SMG11d
782. SMF11d
966.
—
— SMW32d
1295. SMW11d
1295. SMA11d
953. SMO11de
752.
30 3
4 SMG12d
824. SMF12d
1008.
—
— SMW33d
1337. SMW12d
1337. SMA12d
995. SMO12de
795.
5 SMG13d
1025. SMF13d
1209.
—
— SMW34d
1538. SMW13d
1538. SMA13d
1196. SMO13de
995.
2 SPG10d
1485. SPF10d
1758.
—
— SPW31d
2511. SPW10d
2511. SPA10d
1800. SPO10de
1373.
SPG11d
1544. SPF11d
1814.
—
— SPW32d
2570. SPW11d
2570. SPA11d
1857. SPO11de
1430.
60 3
4 SPG12d
1827. SPF12d
2100.
—
— SPW33d
3252. SPW12d
3252. SPA12d
2142. SPO12de
1715.
5 SPG13d
2399. SPF13d
2669.
—
— SPW34d
3824. SPW13d
3824. SPA13d
2712. SPO13de
2285.
2 SQG10d
2084. SQF10d
2241.
—
— SQW31d
4419. SQW10d
3537. SQA10d
2456. SQO10de
1827.
3
SQG11d
2199.
SQF11d
2357.
—
—
SQW32d
4563.
SQW11d
3653.
SQA11d
2570.
SQO11de
1943.
100 4 SQG12d
2627.
—
—
—
—
—
— SQW12d
4478. SQA12d
2996. SQO12de
2370.
5 SQG13d
3537.
—
—
—
—
—
— SQW13d
5390. SQA13d
3909. SQO13de
3281.
2 SVG10d
5333.
—
—
—
—
—
— SVW10d
7811. SVA10d
6557.
SVO10d
4505.
200 3 SVG11d
6015.
—
—
—
—
—
— SVW11d
8495. SVA11d
7241.
SVO11d
4877.
4 SVG12d
7353.
—
—
—
—
—
— SVW12d 10859. SVA12d
9008.
SVO12d
6215.
2
SXG13d
9320.
—
—
—
—
—
—
SXW13d
12455.
SXA13d
12455.
SXO13d
7554.
300 3 SXG14d 10232.
—
—
—
—
—
— SXW14d 13365. SXA14d 13365.
SXO14d
7811.
SYG16d 22593.
—
—
—
—
—
— SYW16d 29714. SYA16d 26441.
SYO16d
18080.
400 2
3 SYG17d 25316.
—
—
—
—
—
— SYW17d 32436. SYA17d 29160.
SYO17d
20799.
SZG18d 27329.
—
—
—
—
—
— SZW18d 34451. SZA18d 31175.
SZO18d
22658.
600 2
3 SZG19d 30483.
—
—
—
—
—
— SZW19d 37605. SZA19d 34329.
SZO19d
25806.
a
NEMA 4 & 4X enclosures are brush finished stainless steel for contactors sized 30 A through 300 A. Sizes 400–800 A are painted sheet steel.
b
Price does not include holding circuit contact.
c
All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard, except electrically held 400, 600 and 800 A devices. Electrically held 400, 600 and
800 A devices are provided with common control.
d
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes above left.
e
Separate enclosures are available for these devices. It may be possible to improve delivery by ordering an open type contactor and separate Class 9991
enclosure from pages 16-93 and 16-94.
f
Cannot support control transformer forms.
g
Form F4T is provided as standard; include line voltage when ordering. Control voltage is 120–60.
For 400, 600 and 800 ampere devices—must specify line voltage, not coil voltage.
h
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.

Poles for Type S Only

16

Table 16.157:
Coil Voltage Codesc
Voltage

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Price
Code Adder
60 Hz 50 Hz
24i
—
V01
N/C
120
110
V02
N/C
208
—
V08
N/C
240
220
V03
N/C
277
—
V04
N/C
480
440
V06
N/C
Specify Specify V99
35.60
i
24 volt coils are not
available for 200–800 A
devices.
Contact your nearest
Square D/Schneider
Electric sales office for
additional information.

16-60

A single-pole or double-pole kit can be added to any 2- or
3-pole 30 or 60 A Type S lighting contactor to make a 4- or
5-pole device. Factory assembled 4- and 5-pole
contactors utilize the basic 3-pole device with a single or
double-pole kit installed. Only one power pole can be
added per contactor. Sufficient room is provided in all
enclosure styles for the addition of a power pole kit.
For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

Table 16.158:
Ampere
Rating

Description

Class 9999 Type

$ Price

One N.O.
SB6
158.00
One N.C.
SB7
158.00
30
One N.O. and One N.C.
SB8
365.00
Two N.O.
SB9
365.00
Two N.C.
SB10
365.00
One N.O.
SB21j
306.00
One N.C.
SB22j
306.00
60
One N.O. and One N.C.
SB23j
656.00
Two N.O.
SB24j
656.00
Two N.C.
SB25j
656.00
j
When power pole is added to 60 Ampere contactor, a 4-pole coil is also
required. Order from Coil Table page 16-105. 60 A power poles are
suitable for use with copper or aluminum wire.
Factory Modifications (Forms) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-63
Replacement Coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-105, 16-106
Replacement Contacts. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-107

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors

Combination Lighting Contactors, Type S
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Features
The features include: disconnect switch and circuit breaker versions; rugged flange-mounted handle; easy installation;
occupation of less space; increased operator protection; room to spare for modifications; Class R fuse clips standard;
electrically and mechanically held; 30–600 Amperes.
It is desirable to install the branch-circuit protective device and lighting contactor, combining switching and over-current
protection, in one enclosure. Combination lighting contactors are well suited for industrial, highway and area lighting
applications, or where a lighting circuit may have to be disconnected for periodic maintenance. They may also be used
for resistance heating loads.
Table 16.159: Fusible or Non-Fusible Disconnect Switch (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz)
Contactor
Ampere
Rating

File E16151
CCN NRNT

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)

Fuse
Clip
Spacing
(V)

Electrically Heldc
None
30
30
30
None
60
60
60
None
100
100
100
None
200
200
200
None
300
400
400
Mechanically Heldc
None
30
30
30
None
60
60
60
None
100
100
100
None
200
200
200
None
300
400
400

NEMA 4 & 4X b
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 12/3Re
Dusttight, Oiltight Driptight,
Industrial Use Enclosure

Type

$ Pricea

Type

$ Pricea

Type

$ Pricea

—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250

SMG60d
SMG61d
SMG62d
SPG60d
SPG61d
SPG62d
SQG60d
SQG61d
SQG62d
SVG60d
SVG61d
SVG62d
SXG60d
SXG61d
SXG62d

1301.00
1373.00
1344.00
2042.00
2142.00
2100.00
3396.00
3609.00
3537.00
6629.00
6926.00
6870.00
13905.00
14418.00
14418.00

SMW60d
SMW61d
SMW62d
SPW60d
SPW61d
SPW62d
SQW60d
SQW61d
SQW62d
SVW60d
SVW61d
SVW62d
SXW60d
SXW61d
SXW62d

2669.00
2739.00
2712.00
4149.00
4248.00
4206.00
7070.00
7284.00
7212.00
11327.00
11627.00
11570.00
25898.00
26411.00
26411.00

SMA60d
SMA61d
SMA62d
SPA60d
SPA61d
SPA62d
SQA60d
SQA61d
SQA62d
SVA60d
SVA61d
SVA62d
SXA60d
SXA61d
SXA62d

1643.00
1715.00
1686.00
2528.00
2627.00
2583.00
4022.00
4235.00
4163.00
8366.00
8585.00
8607.00
18122.00
18635.00
18635.00

—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250
—
600
250

SMG70d
SMG71d
SMG72d
SPG70d
SPG71d
SPG72d
SQG70d
SQG71d
SQG72d
SVG70d
SVG71d
SVG72d
SXG70d
SXG71d
SXG72d

1458.00
1529.00
1502.00
2583.00
2682.00
2640.00
3909.00
4121.00
4050.00
8081.00
8379.00
8324.00
14261.00
14774.00
14774.00

SMW70d
SMW71d
SMW72d
SPW70d
SPW71d
SPW72d
SQW70d
SQW71d
SQW72d
SVW70d
SVW71d
SVW72d
SXW70d
SXW71d
SXW72d

2825.00
2897.00
2867.00
4692.00
4791.00
4748.00
7583.00
7797.00
7725.00
12780.00
13080.00
13023.00
26253.00
26766.00
26766.00

SMA70d
SMA71d
SMA72d
SPA70d
SPA71d
SPA72d
SQA70d
SQA71d
SQA72d
SVA70d
SVA71d
SVA72d
SXA70d
SXA71d
SXA72d

1800.00
1871.00
1844.00
3068.00
3167.00
3123.00
4535.00
4748.00
4676.00
9818.00
10116.00
10061.00
18477.00
18990.00
18990.00

Table 16.160: Circuit Breaker (3-Pole, 50–60 Hz)

Ampere
Rating

Maximum
Volts

Type

$ Pricea

NEMA 4 & 4Xb
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel
(30-300 A)
Type

$ Pricea

NEMA 12/3Re
Dusttight, Oiltight, Driptight,
Industrial Use Enclosure
Type

$ Pricea

Electrically Heldc
30
30
600
SMG81d
1814.00
SMW81d
3182.00
SMA81d
2156.00
60
60
600
SPG81d
2541.00
SPW81d
4649.00
SPA81d
3024.00
100
100
600
SQG81d
3666.00
SQW81d
7340.00
SQA81d
4292.00
200
200
600
SVG81d
8181.00
SVW81d
12879.00
SVA81d
9918.00
300
300
600
SXG81d
18023.00
SXW81d
30014.00
SXA81d
21155.00
400
400
600
SYG81d
40085.00
SYW81d
47205.00
SYA81d
43929.00
600
600
600
SZG81d
45090.00
SZW81d
52212.00
SZA81d
48936.00
Mechanically Heldc
30
30
600
SMG91d
1971.00
SMW91d
3338.00
SMA91d
2313.00
60
60
600
SPG91d
3081.00
SPW91d
5189.00
SPA91d
3567.00
100
100
600
SQG91d
4179.00
SQW91d
7853.00
SQA91d
4805.00
200
200
600
SVG91d
9633.00
SVW91d
14333.00
SVA91d
11970.00
300
300
600
SXG91d
18378.00
SXW91d
30371.00
SXA91d
21510.00
400
400
600
SYG91d
41864.00
SYW91d
48986.00
SYA91d
45710.00
600
600
600
SZG91d
46728.00
SZW91d
53991.00
SZA91d
50715.00
a
Price does not include holding circuit contact.
b
For NEMA 4 & 4X Watertight, Dusttight and Corrosion-Resistant Glass-Polyester enclosure pricing, multiply stainless steel enclosed price by 1.25 and
add Form G18 (limited to 100 A max.). 400 & 600 A enclosures are painted sheet steel (NEMA Type 4 & 4X).
c
Control/coil voltage must be specified.
d
Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes shown on page 16-60.
e
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service entrance rated applications. See page 16-95 for more information.

Table 16.161: Coil Voltage Codesc

16

f

Voltage
$ Price
Code
Adder
60 Hz
50 Hz
24f
—
V01
N/C
120
110
V02
N/C
208
—
V08
N/C
240
220
V03
N/C
277
—
V04
N/C
480
440
V06
N/C
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
24 volt coils are not available for 200 A or larger devices. Contact Schneider Electric CCC
for additional information.

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Contactor
Ampere
Rating

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Circuit Breaker

16-61

NIGHT-MASTER® Combination Lighting Contactors

Lighting Contactors

Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactors offer disconnecting means, overcurrent protection and a
lighting contactor in one NEMA 3R Rainproof enclosure. These combination units satisfy requirements of the National
Electrical Code and UL 508 for service entrance equipment.

Features:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Solid neutral standard
Grounding lug standard
Padlocking provisions
Short and long versions available
Electrically held Type S lighting contactor
Eliminates the need for separate mounted safety switches
Additional panel space eliminates the need for external mounting of time clocks

Table 16.162: Disconnect Switch Typeb (3-Pole)
Short Version

Long Version

Contactor
Ampere
Rating

Fuse Clip
Size
(A)

Fuse Clip
Spacing
(V)

Class 8903
Type 3R

$ Pricea

30

30
30
60
60
100
100
200
200

600
250
600
250
600
250
600
250

SMC61c
SMC62c
SPC61c
SPC62c
SQC61c
SQC62c
SVC61c
SVC62c

2015.00
1956.00
2664.00
2505.00
4571.00
4454.00
8171.00
7986.00

60
100
200

Class 8903
Type 3R
Stainless
Steel
SMH61c
SMH62c
SPH61c
SPH62c
SQH61c
SQH62c
SVH61c
SVH62c

Long Version
$ Pricea

Class 8903
Type 3R

$ Pricea

3263.00
3150.00
4275.00
4050.00
7425.00
7200.00
12525.00
12825.00

SMC63c
SMC64c
SPC63c
SPC64c
SQC63c
SQC64c
SVC63c
SVC64c

2199.00
2177.00
2933.00
2825.00
4797.00
4626.00
8949.00
8868.00

Class 8903
Type 3R
Stainless
Steel
SMH63c
SMH64c
SPH63c
SPH64c
SQH63c
SQH64c
SVH63c
SVH64c

$ Price a
3600.00
3488.00
4725.00
4500.00
7875.00
7650.00
13725.00
13725.00

Table 16.163: Circuit Breaker Typeb (3-Pole)
Circuit Breaker

Short Version

UL Approved for
Service Entrance
File E16151
CCN NRNT

Contactor
Ampere
Rating

Ampere
Rating

Maximum
Volts

Short Version
Class 8903
Type 3R

$ Pricea

Class 8903
Type 3R
Stainless
Steel
SMH81c
SPH81c
SQH81c
SVH81c

Long Version
$ Pricea

Class 8903
Type 3R

30
30
600
SMC81c
2475.00
4050.00
SMC83c
60
60
600
SPC81c
3159.00
5175.00
SPC83c
100
100
600
SQC81c
4544.00
7425.00
SQC83c
200
200
600
SVC81c
8711.00
14175.00
SVC83c
a
Price does not include holding circuit contact.
b
All lighting contactors are provided with separate control as standard.
c
Coil voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.

$ Pricea
2807.00
3320.00
4841.00
9909.00

Class 8903
Type 3R
Stainless
Steel
SMH83c
SPH83c
SQH83c
SVH83c

$ Price a
4500.00
5625.00
7875.00
14625.00

NIGHT-MASTER Combination Lighting Contactors
The Class 8903 NIGHT-MASTER Outdoor Combination Lighting Contactor is the only product on the market that is
UL Listed for Service Entrance. This allows the contactor to be pole mounted when used to control lighting in remote
locations such as parks, monuments, group sports facilities, and streets and highways.
Factory modifications such as photocells, time switches, key operated selector switches, and the combination of
photocells and time switches (photocell on, time switch off) allow the NIGHT-MASTER to be located in applications
where manual operation of lights is not practical.
NIGHT-MASTER comes in long and short versions in sizes 30 through 200 Amperes. Most common modifications can
be provided from the factory, or added in the field to the pre-drilled and pre-tapped panels.
Table 16.164: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

16

d

60 Hz

50 Hz

24d
120
208
240
277
480
Specify

—
110
—
220
—
440
Specify

Code

$ Price
Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V99

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
35.60

24 volt coils are not available for 200 A devices. Contact your nearest
Schneider Electric sales office for additional information.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-62

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors

Modifications (Forms)
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard Equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are added. Such cases should
be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are required.
NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733). Some Forms are not UL Listed.
Table 16.165:
NEMA
Enclosure
Type

A3
A3
A12
C

1
3R, 4, 12
Any
1

Used On
NIGHT- Type L
30 A
Elec. Mech. Elec. Mech. MASTER
a
Held Held Held Held
Std.

Combo

Y
Y

Y
Y

336.
336.
336.
336.

30 A

60 A

100 A

200 A

300 A

400,
600,
800 A

336.
336.
336.
336.

336.
336.
336.
336.

336.
336.
336.
336.

336.
336.
336.
336.

336.
336.
336.
336.

336.
336.
336.
336.

“ON-OFF” push button (with holding circuit interlock)
Y
Y
Y
“HAND–OFF–AUTO” selector switch. To substitute a
Y
Yj
Y
Yj
key operated selector switch, use Form C33 and specify
positions, legend marking, and key removal. This form
C
3R, 4, 12
Y
Yj
Y
Yj
Y
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
must be used with another selector switch form
(example: CC33). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C) = $490.
“ON-OFF” selector switch. To substitute a key operated
C6
1
Y
Y
Y
Y
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
selector switch, use Form C33 and specify positions,
legend marking, and key removal. This form must be
C6
3R, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
used with another selector switch form (example:
C33C6). Add $266. (C33) + $224. (C6) = $490.
Control circuit fuse (1 fuse)
F
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
Control circuit fuses (2 fuses)
F4
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
Control circuit transformer standard capacity 50/60 Hz
Fuses
Transformer
capacity
Primary
Secondary
2b
0
Std.
F4T
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
386.
386.
543.
797.
968.
1097. i 1097. c
2
1
Std.
FF4T
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
698.
698.
855.
1112.
1283.
1412. i 1412. c
2
1
100 VA Add. FF4T11 1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
975.
975.
1197.
1425.
1566. i 1710. i 1710. c
2
1
200 VA Add FF4T12 1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
1241.
1241.
1467.
1695. i 1839. i 1839. i 1839. c
2
1
300 VA Add FF4T13 1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
1481. i 1481. i 1737. i 1967. i 2109. i 2109. i 2109. c
Noise reduced enclosure and shock mounted panel
G4
Any
Y
1389.
1389.
1596.
1674.
2307.
2921.
3924.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle
G10 1d, 3R, 12 Y
Y
Y
185.
185.
185.
185.
185.
185.
185.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle with photo-cell
G101 1d, 3R, 12 Y
Y
Y
399.
399.
399.
399.
399.
399.
399.
912.
912.
1326.
1467.
1467.
Addition of photoelectric receptacle and relay (R6)e
G10R6
1d, 12
Y
Y
549.
912.
With photo-cell installed e
G101R6 1d, 12
Y
Y
509.
750.
750.
750.
1026.
1121.
1121.
Addition of terminal blocks (other than standard).
“xx” Represents the number of terminals needed.
Available in multiples of 5 only.
(PER TERMINAL PRICE)
WIRED
G56xx
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
116.
116.
116.
116.
116.
116.
116.
(PER TERMINAL PRICE)
UNWIRED
G50xx
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
57.
57.
57.
57.
57.
57.
57.
Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only)
K14
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
Addition of 24 hour time clock w/day omission (120-277 V) K141
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
1197.
Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V)
K142
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
1368.
1368.
1368.
1368.
1368.
1368.
1368.
Addition of 24 hour time clock (120-277 V only)
K14
3R
Y
N/A
783.
783.
783.
783.
N/A
N/A
Addition of 24 hr time clock w/skip day (120-277 V)
K141
3R
Y
N/A
783.
783.
783.
783.
N/A
N/A
Addition of 7 day time clock (120-277 V)
K142
3R
Y
N/A
954.
954.
954.
954.
N/A
N/A
Addition of solid neutral terminal block
N
1, 4, 12
Y
Y
Y
Y
Std.
116.
116.
116.
171.
342.
714.
855.
Red Pilot Light
P1
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
Two or more lights f (each)
P
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
336.
Red Push-To-Test Pilot Light
P21
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
435.
435.
435.
435.
435.
435.
435.
Interlock necessary for pilot light
g
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
h
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
one needed for each additional pilot light
Two Wire Interface for Mechanically Held e
R6
Any
Y
Y
363.
728.
728.
728.
1139.
1283.
1283.
Addition of under and overvoltage relay
R46
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
1463.
1463.
1463.
1463.
1463.
1463.
1463.
Three wire control for long distance applicationse
R62
Any
Y
Y
728.
1454.
1454.
1454.
2280.
2564.
2564.
Auxiliary contacts (specify number of N.O. + N.C.)
X
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
h
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
Addition of DC coil to Type L (7 poles max)
Y48
Any
Y
243.
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Auxiliary electrical interlock installed on disconnect switch
Y74
Any
Y
Y
Y
N/A
158.
158.
158.
158.
414.
414.
or circuit breaker operating mechanism
Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only)
Y145
Any
Y
Y
Y
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
158.
N/A
Coil Transient suppressor (120 Vac Only)
Y145
Any
Y
Y
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
314.
Addition of lightning arrestor
Y1532
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
570.
570.
570.
570.
570.
570.
570.
Substitute copper only lugs for standard
Y157
Any
Y
Y
Y
Y
Y
N/A
N/A
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
a
NIGHT-MASTER maximum 200 A, minimum 30 A.
b
Transformer Voltage Codes.
c
Mechanically held only. Electrically held device has a control circuit requiring a 120 V secondary, therefore, a transformer is supplied. The transformer comes wired to L1 and L2 unless Form
S is called for. It is supplied with two primary and one secondary fuse.
d
Photocell mounted on a NEMA 1 enclosure is designed for indoor areas which rely on natural light. Addition of the photocell does not make the enclosure suitable for outdoor (NEMA Type 3R)
installations.
e
Available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V, 277 V and 480 V applications only.
f
For electrically held enclosed devices, the first pilot is wired in parallel with the coil. Operating interlocks are required for all additional pilot lights. Mechanically held devices require operating
interlocks for all pilot lights.
g
DO NOT use Form X for any interlock which is wired in series with pilot light, but DO specify how pilot light and interlock are to be wired into the circuit.
h
Electrically held 20 A multipole contactors cannot add interlocks. Additional poles can be used for the same function, however. Mechanically held (Type LX) provide one double throw auxiliary
(or status) contact as standard.
i
Single primary voltage must be specified using the codes shown below:
j
Form R6 must be used with Form C on mechanically held devices.
Voltage 60 Hz
120–24
208–120
240–24
240–120
277–120
480–24
480–120
480–240
600–120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Code
V89
V84
V82
V80
V85
V83
V81
V87
V86

CP1

Discount
Schedule

Order Example
You have previously selected a Class 8903SMG2V02.
V02 means that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate
control. You would like to add form FF4T with the transformer voltages being 480
volt primary, 120 volt secondary.
The new and complete Class, Type, Voltage Code and Form number:

k

Class
Type
Voltage Code
Formk
8903
SMG2
V81
FF4T
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order.

16-63

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

“ON-OFF” (momentary contact) push button

Form
Letter

16

Description

Lighting Contactors

Field Modifications
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.166:
Types L & LX

Kit
Auxiliary Contacts
1 N.O. LH or RH Mounting
1 N.C. LH or RH Mounting
1 N.C. & 1 N.O. Isolated LH or RH
1 N.O. Overlapping LH or RH
1 N.C. Overlapping LH or RH
Control Circuit Fuse Holder
Single Fuse Unit
Two Fuse Unit

Type S

30 A

Description

—
—
—
—
—
9999LLX
and
9999SFR3
9999LLX
and
9999SFR4

30 A
$
Price

60 A
$
Price

86.00 9999SX6
86.00 9999SX7
116.00 9999SX8
116.00 9999SX9
116.00 9999SX10

9999SFR3
9999SFR4

Kit

— 9999SX6
— 9999SX7
— 9999SX8
— 9999SX9
— 9999SX10

$
Price

100 A

200 A

Kit

$
Price

86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00

9999SX6
9999SX7
9999SX8
9999SX9
9999SX10

64.00 9999SFR3

64.00

86.00 9999SFR4

Kit

300 A

Kit

$
Price

86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00

9999SX6
9999SX7
9999SX8
9999SX9
9999SX10

9999SFR3

64.00

86.00

9999SFR4

—

400, 600, 800 A
Kit

$
Price

86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00

9999SX6
9999SX7
9999SX8
9999SX9
9999SX10

86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00

9999SX6
9999SX7
9999SX8
9999SX9
9999SX10

86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00

X

9999SFR3

64.00

9999SFR3

64.00

9999SFR3

64.00

F

86.00

9999SFR4

86.00

9999SFR4

86.00

9999SFR4

86.00

F4

9070T150

—

9070T300

—

9070T500

—

9070T750

—

T

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

23.70
42.80
23.70

57.00
Transformers (For Prices
9070T50
—
See Class 9070 Section)
Oversized Enclosures (Non-Combo)
NEMA 1
9991SDG3 266.00
NEMA 4
9991SDW3 779.00
NEMA 12
9991SDA3 456.00
Standard Enclosures
NEMA 1–Surface Mount
9991LXG1 95.00
NEMA 3R
9991SDH1 323.00
NEMA 4–Standard
9991SDW1 779.00
NEMA 4–With 2 Cvr Mtd. Clsng 9991SDW11
798.00
Plts
9991SDW20 779.00
NEMA 4X–Glass Polyester
9991SDA11
323.00
NEMA 12
—
—
NEMA 1–Flushmount–Complete
—
—
NEMA 1–Flush Mount Parts
—
—
FLUSH PARTS
9991SDF13
114.00
Standard–Elec. held
9991SDF13 114.00
Standard–Mech. held
9991SDF2 66.00
Mounting Strap
9991SDF1 77.00
Pull Box
Internal Operator
3010215901
26.10
Mounting Bracket
Solid Neutral
9999SN1 89.00

9070T100

—

9070T100

9991SDG3 339.00 9991SDG3 339.00
9991SDW3 1169.00 9991SDW3 1169.00
9991SDA3 684.00 9991SDA3 684.00

9991SCG7a
9991SCH2
9991SCW1
9991SCW11
9991SCW20
9991SCA11
—
—
—
9991SCF11
9991SCF13
9991SCF2
9991SCF1
3010215901
9999SN1

57.00
372.00
684.00
714.00
684.00
372.00
—
—
—
57.00
201.00
71.00
86.00

9991SDG7a 143.00 9991SFG8 599.00
9991SDH1 485.00 9991SEH1 684.00
9991SDW1 1169.00
—
—
9991SDW11 1197.00 9991SEW11 1767.00
9991SDW20 1169.00
—
—
9991SDA11 485.00 9991SEA11 684.00
—
— 9991SEF11 882.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
9991SDF11 171.00
—
—
9991SDF13 171.00
—
—
9991SDF2
99.00
—
—
9991SDF1 116.00
—
—

39.20 3010215901
134.00

9999SN1

39.20 3010215901
134.00

9999SN1

9991SFG4
9991SFH1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

1259.00
1853.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

9991SGG8 1241.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

39.20

3010215901

39.20

3010215901

134.00

9999SN2

392.00

9999SN2

392.00

9999SN3b

624.00

9999R26
9999R27

131.00
243.00

9999R26
9999R27

131.00
243.00

9999R26
9999R27

131.00
243.00

9999R8
9999R9

131.00
243.00

9999R35
9999R36

435.00
521.00

9999R26
9999R27

131.00
243.00 Y74

SDSA1175

92.00

SDSA1175

92.00

SDSA1175

92.00

SDSA3650

248.00

SDSA3650

248.00

SDSA3650

248.00

Combination Lighting Contactor Disconnect Interlock Kit
Breaker Type
1-Pole
—
— 9999R26 131.00 9999R26
131.00
9999R26
131.00
2-Pole
—
— 9999R27 243.00 9999R27
243.00
9999R27
243.00
Disconnect Type
1-Pole
—
— 9999TC11 120.00 9999TC10 116.00 9999TC10
120.00
2-Pole
—
— 9999TC21 239.00 9999TC20 221.00 9999TC20
239.00
Lightning Arrestor
175 Vac to Ground Max
SDSA1175 92.00 SDSA1175
92.00 SDSA1175
92.00 SDSA1175
92.00
2 or 3 wire Grounded
650 Vac to Ground Max
SDSA3650
248.00
SDSA3650
248.00
SDSA3650
248.00
SDSA3650
248.00
3 or 4 wire Grounded
a
For electrically held only.
b
Limited to 400 and 600 A versions. 800 A is a factory modification only.

39.20 3010215901

39.20 G53

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS
CP1

Discount
Schedule

N

Y1532

16
16-64

Form
No.

Kit

$
Price

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors

Field Modifications
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.167: Mechanically Held
TYPE LX
Description

Form
No.

PUSH BUTTON
(ON-OFF)
NEMA 1 Enclosure
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
Enclosure
SELECTOR SWITCH
(2 POSITION)
NEMA 1 Enclosure
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
Enclosure
SELECTOR SWITCH
(3 POSITION)
NEMA 1 Enclosure
(MUST INCLUDE
TWO WIRE
CONTROL RELAY,
Form R6
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
Enclosure
TWO WIRE CONTROL
RELAY
(Form R6)f

A3

C6

C

TYPE S

30 A

30 A

60 A

Kit

$ Price

Kit

$ Price

9999BLX
9999LXPB

35.60
116.00

a

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

100 A

200 A

300 A

400, 600, 800 A

Kit

$ Price

Kit

$ Price

Kit

$ Price

Kit

$ Price

Kit

$ Price

—

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9001KA2
9999SA3b

21.50
215.00

9999BLX
9999LXS

35.60 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1

4.40
96.00

9001KN244
9001KS11BH1

4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1

4.40
96.00

9999BLX
9999SC2

35.60
116.00

9001KN260
4.40 9001KN260
4.40 9001KN260
4.40 9001KN260
4.40 9001KN260
4.40 9001KN260
4.40
9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00 9001KS46BH2 138.00

9001KN260
4.40
9001KS46BH2 138.00
R6

9999RLX
CA2SK11g

35.60
95.00

8501XO11

201.00

8501XO11

201.00

8501XO11

201.00

8501XO11

201.00

8501XO11

$ Price

Kit

201.00

8501XO11

201.00

Table 16.168: Electrically Held
TYPE L
Description

Form
No.

TYPE S

30 A
$ Price

Kit

60 A
$ Price

Kit

100 A
$ Price

Kit

200 A
$ Price

Kit

300 A

400, 600, 800 A
$ Price

Kit
$ Price
PILOT LIGHTS
(RED and GREEN)
c
d
d
NEMA 1 Enclosure
P1 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP2R 215.00 9999SP3R 215.00 9999SP14R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00 9999SP28R 215.00
Enclosure
PUSH BUTTONSe
9999BLX
35.60
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure
9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00 9999SA10 116.00
A12
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
9999SA3
215.00
Enclosure
SELECTOR SWITCH
9999BLX
35.60
9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40
(2 POSITION)
9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9999SC22 116.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure
C6
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
4.40 9001KN244
Enclosure
9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BM1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00 9001KS11BH1 96.00
SELECTOR SWITCH
9999BLX
35.60
(3 POSITION)
9999SC2 116.00
9999SC2
116.00
9999SC2
116.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC2
116.00
NEMA 1 Enclosure
C
NEMA 3R, 4 or 12
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8 215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
9999SC8
215.00
Enclosure
a
No field installed kit available.
b
Mechanically held contactors need two distinct signals to operate. An N.O. contact block must be added to the Class 9999 Type SA3 push button kit.
c
Selection for 2- or 3-Pole only; for 4- or 5-Pole use Class 9999SP15R $215.
d
The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one (1) Class 9001, Type KP1R6 120 V/60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to the Class 9001,
Type KP Control Section.
e
Requires holding circuit interlock for Type S or additional power pole on Type L devices.
f
Form R6 available for 24 V, 120 V, 240 V and 277 V only.
g
Insert CA2SK11( ) voltage code from page 23-21.

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Kit

30 A

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-65

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.169: Open Type
Electrically Held
Ampere
Rating

Type

Number
of Poles
2–4

30

LO

6
8–12
2–3

30

SMO
4–5
2–3

60

SPO
4–5
2–3

100

SQO
4–5
2–3

A
2.88
73
4.25
108
5.63
143
4.34
110
4.34
110
5.33
135
6.22
158
7.09
180
7.82
199
9.14
232
9.14
232
12.31
313

200

SVO

300

SXO

400
600

SYO
SZO

2–3

—

SJO

2–3

—

4 & 5a

800
a

2–3

Mechanically Held
Dimensions

B
5
127
5
127
5
127
3.22
82
4.25
108
4.31
110
5.61
142
5.45
138
9.75
248
6.00
152
9.75
248
8.66
220
12.33
313
12.33
313

C
4.62
117
4.62
117
4.62
117
4.22
107
4.22
107
4.94
125
4.94
125
6.50
165
6.50
165
6.50
165
6.50
165
8.74
222
9.00
229
11.94
303

E
3.12
79
3.12
79
3.12
79
3.50
89
3.50
89
5.50
140
5.50
140
7.26
184
7.26
184
9.14
232
9.14
232
12.25
311
27.78
706
42.70
1085

A

E

Dimensions

Type

A
2.88
73
4.25
108
5.63
143
7.15
182
7.15
182
8.25
210
8.70
221
10.13
257
10.56
268
11.35
288
11.55
293
12.31
313

LXO

B

C

—

—

—

—

—

—
4.68
119
4.68
119
5.23
133
5.23
133
6.72
171
6.72
171
6.72
171
6.72
171
10.50
267
10.50
267
—

SYO
SZO

—

3.79
96
4.54
115
4.61
117
5.90
150
5.94
151
9.75
248
6.00
152
9.75
248
8.66
220
8.66
220

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—

SVO

SXO

D
8.81
224
8.81
224
8.81
224

F
7.70
196
7.70
196
7.70
196

—

E
3.25
83
3.25
83
3.25
83
6.04
153
6.04
153
7.81
198
7.81
198
7.26
184
7.26
184
9.14
232
9.14
232
12.31
313
21.00
533

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

B
D

C
Mtg.
Mtg.
2.25
57

F
Mtg.

—
—
—

Open Type L & LX

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

A E

5-Pole, electrically held only.

Table 16.170: NEMA 1 Enclosure (Non-Combination)
Electrically and Mechanically Held
Ampere
Rating

Number
Type of
Poles

Form(s)

Dimensions

SVG

All

300

SXG

All

Width Height Depth
Standard, A3, A12, C, C6,
7.81
12.69
6.03
F, R6, Y48
198
322
153
11.88 11.88
7.44
P, T
302
302
189
16.00 22.00
7.13
K14, K141, K142
406
559
181
Electrically Held
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 6.00
10.00
5.28
152
254
134
Mechanically Held
Std., X
6.34
15.88
5.19
T
161
403
132
Electrically Held
N
14.88 14.12
7.56
378
359
192
T, N, R6
Mechanically Held
8.12
14.12
9.73
A3, C, C6, P
206
359
247
12.69
6.03
Electrically Held
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X 7.81
198
322
153
Electrically Held &
14.88 14.12
7.56
T,
N,
R6
Mechanically Held
378
359
192
8.12
14.12
9.73
Mechanically Held Std., A3, C, C6, P, X
206
359
247
Std., A12, C, C6, F,
Electrically Held
11.25
25.15
8.99
P, X, T
286
639
228
Mechanically Held
Std., F, X, T
Electrically Held
N, R6, T, T10-T13,b
18.15 29.15
9.24
A3, C, C6, N, R6, T,
461
740
235
Mechanically Held
T10-T13,b
Std.,
A12,
C,
C6,
F,
Electrically Held
11.25 25.15
8.99
P, X
286
639
228
Mechanically Held
Std., F, X
Electrically Held
b
18.15 29.15
9.24
461
740
235
Mechanically Held
A3, C, C6, b
Electrically Held
N, R6, T, T10-T13
22.15 39.15 10.24
563
994
260
Mechanically Held
N, R6, T, T10-T13
Electrically and
Standard and
22.15 39.15 10.24
Mechanically Held
All Forms
563
994
260
Electrically and
Standard and
17.21 44.21 12.83
Mechanically Held
All Forms
437
1123
326

400
and
600

SYG
&
SZG

All

Electrically and
Mechanically Held

SJG

2–3

30

LG,
LXG

Any

SMG

2–5

30

30

2–5
60

SPG

2–5
2–5

2&3

100

SQG

16

4&5

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

200

800
b

Standard and
All Forms

With or without any Forms

20.21
513

65.75
1670

13.10
333

34.50
876

93.00
2362

23.50
597

C

B

Open Type S

Table 16.171: NEMA 1 Flush Mounted
Ampere Type
Rating

30

30

60

100

LF
LXF

SMF

SPF

SQF

Dimensions

Form(s)
Standard, F, Y48, R6
A3, A12, C, C6,
T, P
Electrically
Std., A12,
Held
C, C6, P, X
Mechanically
Std., X
Held
Electrically
T, N
Held
Mechanically A3, C, C6,
Held
T, N, P, R6
Electrically
Std., A12,
Held
C, C6, P, X
Mechanically
Std., X
Held
Electrically
T, N
Held
Mechanically A3, C, C6,
Held
T, N, P, R6
With or without any Forms

H

A
15.19
386
24.00
610

B
8.94
227
17.50
445

C
7.63
194
15.00
381

D
12.88
327
19.25
489

E
F
G
5.44 10.94 5.13
138 278 130
7.12
—
—
181

13.44
341

7.19
183

5.88
149

11.13
283

4.75
121

24.00
610

17.50
445

15.00
381

19.25
489

5.75
146

15.19
386

8.94
227

7.63
194

12.88
327

5.44 10.94 5.13
138 278 130

24.00
610

17.50
445

15.00
381

19.25
489

5.75
146

—

—

31.00
787

16.75
425

14.25
362

26.25
667

8.00
203

—

—

E

F

D

B

Enclosure

—

—

G

H

All Type K Forms.

A

9.19 4.50
233 114

C

Saddle

NEMA 1 Flush Mounted

16-66

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.172: NEMA 3R
Ampere
Rating

Type

Number
of Poles

A

B

C

D1

D2

E

F

G1

G2

H1

H2

J

K

L

M

N

P

K.O.
X

K.O.
Y

30

SMH

All

8.83
224

12.30
312

7.12
181

1.39
35

1.44
37

6.00
152

7.50
191

2.64
67

2.16
55

2.08
53

2.62
66

14.28
363

1.37
35

1.37
35

1.88
48

4.38
111

1.83
46

1/2
3/4
1

1/2
3/4
1

30
60

LH
SPH

All

9.83
250

16.30
414

8.62
219

1.39
35

1.44
37

7.00
178

11.50
292

2.64
67

2.16
55

2.08
53

2.62
66

16.78
426

1.31
33

1.75
44

2.13
54

4.88
124

1.83
46

1/2
3/4

100

SQH

All

12.83
326

25.30
643

8.62
219

1.39
35

1.44
37

10.00
254

20.50
521

2.64
67

2.16
55

2.08
53

2.62
66

19.78
502

1.31
33

1.94
49

2.44
62

6.38
162

1.83
46

200

SVH

All

12.83
326

40.30
1024

9.12
232

1.39
35

1.44
37

10.00
254

35.50
902

2.64
67

2.16
55

2.08
53

2.62
66

20.28
515

1.31
33

2.31
59

2.69
68

6.38
162

1.83
46

1
1 1/4
1 1/2
1
1 1/4
2
2 1/2
1
1 1/4
2
2 1/2

1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4

Table 16.173: NEMA 4 and 4X Stainless Steel Onlyc
Ampere
Rating

30

30

60

Type

Number
of
Poles

Standard, F, R6, Y48

LW
LXW

Any
A3, A12, C, C6, P, T

SMW

Electrically Held
Mechanically Held

Std., A12, C, C6, P, X
Std., F, X

Electrically Held

T

Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held

N, R6
A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X
Std., A3, C, C6, P, X
T, N, R6
A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6
Std., A12, C, C6, F,
N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X
Std., A3, C, C6, F, N,
P, R6, T, T10-13, X
Std., A12, C, C6, F, P, b
Std., A3, C, C6, P, b
N, R6, T, T10-13
N, R6, T, T10-13
Standard and
All Forms
Standard and
All Forms
Standard and
All Forms

2–5

SPW

2–5

Electrically Held
2&3
Mechanically Held
100

SQW

200

SVW

All

300

SXW

All

Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically and
Mechanically Held
Electrically and
Mechanically Held

400 &
600

SYW
&
SZW

All

Electrically and
Mechanically Held

4&5

A
8.13
206
12.62
321
6.38
162
12.63
321
14.88
378

B
7.88
200
7.81
198
7.13
181
7.11
181
7.25
184

C
16.19
411
14.69
373
13.19
335
14.69
373
16.31
414

D
1.56
40
2.56
65
1.56
40
2.56
65
2.56
65

E
5.00
127
7.50
191
3.25
83
7.50
191
9.75
248

F
15.00
381
13.50
343
12.00
305
13.50
343
15.00
381

G
.60
15
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16

H
1.94
49
3.38
86
1.19
30
3.19
81
3.19
81

I
14.75
375
18.44
468
11.81
300
18.50
470
20.88
530

J
2.00
51
1.69
43
1.63
41
1.64
42
2.06
52

K
2.63
67
2.31
59
2.31
59
2.31
59
2.63
67

L
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8

8.13
206

7.88
200

16.19
411

1.56
40

5.00
127

15.00
381

.60
15

1.94
49

14.75
375

2.00
51

2.63
67

.31
8

14.88
378

7.25
184

16.31
414

2.56
65

9.75
248

15.00
381

.63
16

3.88
98

20.88
530

2.06
52

2.63
67

.31
8

18.15
461

8.77
223

32.21
818

3.08
78

12.00
305

30.50
775

.61
15

3.67
93

26.71
678

2.58
66

3.19
81

18.15
461

8.77
223

32.21
818

3.08
78

12.00
305

30.50
775

.61
15

3.67
93

26.71
678

2.58
66

22.15
563
22.15
563
17.21
437

9.77
248
9.77
248
12.63
321

42.21
1072
42.21
1072
47.21
1199

3.08
78
3.08
78
4.11
104

16.00
406
16.00
406
9.00
229

40.50
1029
40.50
1029
46.00
1168

.61
15
.61
15
.61
15

3.67
93
3.67
93
4.59
117

31.71
805
31.71
805
28.32
719

20.21
513

12.13
308

65.21
1656

4.11
104

12.00
305

64.00
1626

.61
15

4.59
117

30.82
783

Bottom
Hub
Only

Top &
Bottom
Hub

W

X

3/4"

1 1/2"

3/4"

1"

3/4"

1"

3/4"

1"

3/4"

1 1/2"

3/4"

1 1/2"

3/4"

1 1/2"

.44
11

3/4"

2 1/2"

3.19
81

.44
11

3/4"

2 1/2"

2.33
59
2.33
59
3.11
79

2.88
73
2.88
73
5.75
146

.44
11
.44
11
.56
14

3/4"

2 1/2"

3/4"

2 1/2"

3/4"

3 1/2"

2.67
68

4.50
114

.56
14

3/4"
a

Two
3"a

34.50 23.50 101.00
Floor Mounting
876
597
2565
X hub is 1/4" left of center. W hub shown is another X hub. K dimension is distance between two X hubs. Actual W hub is located 3-3/16" to the right of X hub shown.
All “K” forms.
For glass polyester (through 100A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25.

800
a
b
c

Dimensions for Stainless Steel Enclosures
For Glass Polyester (through 100 A), see Size 2 NEMA 4/4X dimensions on page 16-25.

Form(s)

SJW

2–3

With or without any Forms

A
E

D1

D2

D

C

A
E

D

G

B

P

N
G1

F C
F

B

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

G
G2

(4) L. Dia. Mtg. Holes

(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes
(3) Closing Plates
D30060-118-D

C30054-260-A
I

W X

J
M
M

X

J
X

Y

H
K

L

K

NEMA 4 and 4X
H1
H2

16

NEMA 3R

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-67

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.174: NEMA 12/3R
Ampere
Rating

30

Type

Number
of Poles

Standard, F, R6, Y48

LA
LXA

Any
A3, A12, C, C6, P, T
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held

30

60

SMA

2-5

SPA

Electrically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held

2-5

Electrically Held
2&3
Mechanically Held
100

SQA

200

SVA

All

300

SXA

All

Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically Held
Mechanically Held
Electrically and
Mechanically Held
Electrically and
Mechanically Held

400 &
600

SYA
&
SZA

All

Electrically and
Mechanically Held

800

SJA

2-3

4&5

a
b

Dimensionsa

Form(s)

Std., A12, C, C6, P, X
Std., F, P, X
T

A
8.13
206
11.88
302
6.38
162
11.88
302
14.88
378

B
8.50
216
7.75
197
8.53
217
7.75
197
7.88
200

C
15.75
400
13.50
343
12.75
324
13.50
343
16.00
406

D
1.56
40
3.81
97
1.56
40
2.56
65
2.56
65

E
5.00
127
4.25
108
3.25
83
6.75
171
9.75
248

F
15.00
381
12.75
324
12.00
305
12.75
324
15.00
381

G
.31
8
.38
10
.38
10
.38
10
.50
13

H
2.13
54
4.94
125
3.56
90
3.66
93
3.66
93

I
14.75
375
18.12
460
12.50
318
18.12
460
21.25
540

J
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8
.31
8

8.13
206

9.28
236

16.00
406

1.56
40

5.00
127

15.00
381

.50
13

3.66
93

15.38
391

.31
8

N, R6
A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6
Std., A12, C, C6, P, X
Std., A3, C, C6, P, X
T, N, R6
A3, C, C6, T, N, P, R6
Std., A12, C, C6, F,
N, R6, P, T, T10-13, X
Std., A3, C, C6, F, N,
P, R6, T, T10-13, X
Std., A12, C, C6, F, N, P, b
Std., A3, C, C6, P, b
N, R6, T, T10-13, b
N, R6, T, T10-13, b
Standard and
All Forms
Standard and
All Forms

14.88
378

7.88
200

15.75
400

2.56
65

9.75
248

15.00
381

.38
10

3.66
93

21.25
540

.31
8

18.15
461

9.24
235

31.50
800

3.08
78

12.00
305

30.50
775

.50
13

3.67
93

26.71
678

.44
11

22.15
563
22.15
563
17.21
437

10.24
260
10.24
260
13.33
339

41.50
1054
41.50
1054
47.00
1194

3.08
78
3.08
78
4.11
104

16.00
406
16.00
406
9.00
229

40.50
1029
40.50
1029
46.00
1168

.50
13
.50
13
.50
13

3.67
93
3.67
93
4.59
117

31.71
805
31.71
805
28.32
719

.44
11
.44
11
.56
14

Standard and
All Forms

20.21
513

13.00
330

65.00
1651

4.11
104

12.00
305

64.00
1626

.50
13

5.31
135

30.87
784

.69
18

93.00
2362

34.50
876

23.50
597

With or without any Forms

Floor Mounting

See Figure 1 for all dimensions except 800 A; for 800 A dimensions, see Figure 2.
All Type “K” Forms using Class 9001 Type K Control Units.

Table 16.175: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Short Version)—NEMA 3R
Ampere
Rating

Description

30

Disconnect Switch & Circuit
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch Type
Circuit Breaker Type

60
100
200

Type Number
SMC61, 62 & 81
SPC61, 62 & 81
SQC61, 62 & 81
SVC61 & 62
SVC81

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Jc

K

L

M

23.50
597

15.00
381

8.42
214

10.50
267

19.00
483

22.38
568

7.00
178

2.18
55

1.50
38

2.13
54

2.13
54

34.53
877
48.37
1229

20.00
508
19.00
483

8.42
214
9.12
232

10.50
267
10.53
267

30.04
763
44.00
1118

33.41
849
47.25
1200

7.00
178
7.00
178

2.18
55
2.18
55

2.0
51
2.50
64

2.68
68
2.68
68

Knockouts
N

P

Q

2.13
54

.50–
.75

1.–1.25
1.50

.50–
.75

2.68
68
2.68
68

3.44
87
3.44
87

.50–
.75
.50–
.75

1.–1.25
2.-2.50
1.–1.25
2.–2.50

1.–1.25
1.5-2.0
1.–1.25
1.5–2.0

Table 16.176: NIGHT-MASTER® Outdoor Lighting Contactors (Long Version)—NEMA 3R
Ampere
Rating

Description

Type Number

Disconnect Switch & Circuit
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
60
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch & Circuit
100
Breaker Types
Disconnect Switch Type
200
Circuit Breaker Type
c
Conduit size.
30

16

D

A
E

SMC63, 64 & 83
SPC63, 64 & 83
SQC63, 64 & 83
SVC63 & 64
SVC83

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Jc

K

L

M

38.88
987

15.00
381

8.42
214

10.42
265

34.38
873

37.76
959

7.00
178

2.18
55

1.50
38

2.13
54

2.13
54

42.53
1080
56.37
1432

20.00
508
19.00
483

8.42
214
9.12
232

10.42
265
10.53
267

38.04
966
52.00
1321

41.41
1052
55.25
1403

7.00
178
7.00
178

2.18
55
2.18
55

2.0
51
2.50
64

2.68
68
2.68
68

2.68
68
2.69
68

P

Q

2.13
54

.50–
.75

1.–1.25
1.50

.50–
.75

3.44
87
3.44
87

.50–
.75
.50–
.75

1.–1.25
2.–2.50
1.–1.25
2.–2.50

1.–1.25
1.5–2.0
1.–1.25
1.5–2.0

(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11
G

D

Knockouts
N

D

G

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

F

H
J

C
B

C

E

F
A

B
G
(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
A

I

B
K
L M

C
N

H

Figure 1: NEMA 12 (30–600 A)

16-68

Figure 2: NEMA 12 (800 A)

P

Q

Figure 3: NIGHT-MASTER

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Lighting Contactors
Class 8903 / Refer to Catalog 8903CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions

A
D

Table 16.177: Combination Lighting Contactors—NEMA 1 Enclosure
Ampere
Rating

Dimensionsa (see Figure 1)

Type
SMG6– & 8–
SMG7– & 9–

13.75 23.00
349
584

8.36 10.63 21.00 20.07 1.87
212 270
533
510
47

1.88
48

3.76
96

2.06
52

1.06
27

3.25
83

2.18
55

1.25
32

.87
22

SPG6– & 8–

10.50 26.00
267
660
15.00 28.75
381
730

9.62 7.37 24.00 17.00 2.12 2.00
244 187
610
432
54
51
9.62 11.62 26.25 21.50 2.18 2.00
244 295
667
546
55
51

4.00
102
4.00
102

2.06
52
2.56
65

1.06
27
1.31
33

3.25
83
3.25
83

2.18
55
2.18
55

1.25
32
1.25
32

.87
22
.87
22

30

60
SPG7– & 9–

B
22.50
572

C
8.37
213

D
6.38
162

Top & Bot.

A
9.50
241

E
F
G
20.50 14.68 1.81
521
373
46

H
1.69
43

I
3.37
86

J
3.38
86

K
1.06
27

L
3.25
83

M
2.18
55

N
1.25
32

O
.87
22

W
.50.75
.50.751.0
1.01.25
1.01.25

X
.50.75
.50.751.0
.50.75
.50.75

Handle
Swing
L

M

C
N

K

Y

Sides
Y

O

E B

.50
Y

.50

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)

Cover
Open 90

.50
F

.50
W X W
G
J
H
I

Figure 1
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Combination Devices

Table 16.178: NEMA 1 Enclosure
Ampere
Rating

Type

100

SQG6– & 7–
SQG81 & 91
SVG6– & 7–
SVG81 & 91

200

SXG6– & 7–
300
SXG81 & 91
400
600

SYG81 & 91
SZG81 & 91

Dimensionsa (see Figure 2)
A
15.25
387
16.00
406
20.00
508
20.00
508
36.00
914

B
39.50
1003
50.00
1270
75.00
1905
63.00
1600
90.00
2286

Top & Bot.

C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
K
10.60 9.25 3.00 22.68 41.00 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74
269
235
76
576 1041 68 137 72
95
10.68 10.00 3.00 23.68 51.50 2.69 5.38 2.83 3.74
271
254
76
601 1308 68 137 72
95
14.37 12.00 4.00 29.43 77.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00
365
305 102 748 1956 81
89 178
14.37 12.00 4.00 27.43 65.00 3.19 — 3.52 7.00
365
305 102 697 1651 81
89 178
17.00
Floor
Mounting
Enclosure
432

L
5.00
127
5.00
127
9.25
235
5.00
127

M
—
—

N
1.21
31
1.21
31

Sides

O
.90
23
.90
23

W
1.-1.25
2.-2.50

.50.75
.50.75

3.00

—

3.00

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

2.50

X
.50.75
.50.75

Handle
Swing
L

Y
A
D

.50

E

C
N
Y

.50
G

O

B

Y

Cover
Open 90

(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)

F
W X W
J
K
H

Table 16.179: NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure
Ampere
Rating

Type
SMW6–& 8–

30
SMW7– & 9–
SPW6– & 8–
60
SPW7– & 9–
100
200

SQW6– & 7–
SQW81 & 91
SVW6– & 7–
SVW81 & 91
SXW6– & 7–

300
SXW81 & 91
400
600

SYW81 & 91
SZW81 & 91

Figure 2
NEMA 1 Enclosure

Dimensionsa (see Figure 3)
A
9.50
241
13.75
349
10.50
267
15.00
381
15.25
387
16.00
406
20.00
508
20.00
508
36.00
914

B
8.36
212
8.36
212
9.61
244
9.61
244
10.60
269
10.56
268
14.21
361
14.21
361
17.71
450

C
24.76
629
25.26
642
28.26
718
31.01
788
41.76
1061
52.26
1327
78.12
1984
66.12
1679
98.00
2489

D
3.25
83
3.25
83
3.25
83
3.25
83
5.00
127
5.00
127
9.25
235
5.00
127

E
2.50
64
4.75
121
2.50
64
5.38
137
2.50
64
2.50
64
4.00
102
4.00
102

F
4.50
114
4.25
108
5.50
140
4.25
108
10.25
260
11.00
279
12.00
305
12.00
305

G
23.50
597
24.00
610
27.00
686
29.75
756
40.50
1029
51.00
1295
77.00
1956
65.00
1651

H
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16
.63
16
.56
14
.56
14

I
3.00
76
5.25
133
3.00
76
5.88
149
3.24
82
3.24
82
4.77
121
4.77
121

J
1.62
41
1.62
41
2.00
51
2.00
51
2.61
66
2.61
66
2.96
75
2.96
75

Floor Mounting Enclosure

I

K
2.31
59
2.31
59
2.63
67
2.63
67
3.19
81
3.19
81
3.50
89
3.50
89

L
14.31
363
20.14
512
16.56
421
21.06
535
22.18
563
23.00
584
29.43
748
27.43
697

W

X

.75 Hub

1.0 Hub

.75 Hub

1.0 Hub

.75 Hub

1.50 Hub

.75 Hub

1.50 Hub

.75 Hub

2.50 Hub

.75 Hub

2.50 Hub

Handle
Swing
D

A
F

E

B

H

G C

.75 Hub

3.50 Hub

.75 Hub

3.50 Hub

—

—

Cover
Open 90º

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)

L
W

X
J

I
K

Figure 3
NEMA 4 & 4X Enclosure

Table 16.180: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure
Ampere
Rating

Type

A
F

Dimensionsa (see Figure 4)

A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
I
J
9.50
8.36
24.26
3.25
2.50
4.50
23.50
.38
3.25
14.31
241
212
616
83
64
114
597
10
83
363
30
13.75
10.10
24.76
3.25
4.75
4.25
24.00
.38
5.50
22.00
SMA7– & 9–
349
257
629
83
121
108
610
10
140
559
10.50
9.61
27.76
3.25
2.50
5.50
27.00
.38
3.25
16.56
SPA6– & 8–
267
244
705
83
64
140
686
10
83
421
60
15.00
10.98
30.51
3.25
5.38
4.25
29.75
.38
6.13
23.43
SPA7– & 9–
381
279
775
83
137
108
756
10
156
595
22.31
SQA6– & 7–
15.25
10.59
42.00
5.00
3.00
9.25
41.00
.50
3.75
100
95
567
SQA81 & 91
387
269
1067
127
76
235
1041
13
SVA6– & 7–
16.00
10.52
52.50
5.00
3.00
10.00
51.50
.50
3.75
23.00
L
200
SVA81 & 91
406
267
1334
127
76
254
1308
13
95
584
20.00
14.21
78.00
9.25
4.00
12.00
77.00
.50
7.75
29.43
SXA6– & 7–
508
361
1981
235
102
305
1956
13
197
748
300
20.00
14.21
66.00
5.00
4.00
12.00
65.00
.50
7.75
27.43
SXA81 & 91
508
361
1676
127
102
305
1651
13
197
697
400
SYA81 & 91
36.00
17.71
90.00
Floor
Mounting
Enclosure
914
450
2286
600
SZA81 & 91
a
Dimensions are the same for Form F4T (standard control transformer), Form F4T11 (100 VA extra capacity) and Form F4T12 (200 VA extra capacity).

Handle
Swing
D
E

B

H

G C

Cover
Open 90º

(4) .31 Dia. Mtg. Holes
8 (For Sizes 30 & 60 A)
(4) .44 Dia. Mtg. Holes
11 (For Sizes 100 & 200 A)
(4) .56 Dia. Mtg. Holes Located on
14 External Flanges (For Size 300 A)

I

16

Figure 4
NEMA 12/3R Enclosure

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

SMA6– & 8–

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-69

Definite Purpose
Contactors

Types DP, DPA
Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
•
•

Compact Design
Industry Standard Mounting
Double Break Contacts
Low Coil VA
Straight-Through Wiring
Low Cost

Definite purpose contactors are ideal for heating, air
conditioning, refrigeration, data processing, and food
service equipment. New compact 1 and 2-Pole contactors
are available along with standard size 2, 3, and 4-Pole
devices.
They feature quick connect terminals and binder head
screws for easy wiring. Box lugs are standard on 40 A
contactors and larger. An exclusive DIN track mounting
option may reduce installation costs. Coils can be
changed on the Type DPA contactors (50 to 90 A) quickly
without a tool. Auxiliary contact modules snap on either
side of the Type DPA contactors.

Table 16.181: Compact 1-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum
Locked Rotor
(A)

Full
Load
(A)

277 V
120
150
150
240

20
25
30
40

8910DP22V09
Definite Purpose Contactor

460 V
100
125
125
200

575 V
80
100
100
160

Resistive
Load
(A)

N.O.
Poles

Type

30
35
40
50a

1
1
1
1

DP11c
DP21c
DP31c
DP41c

Resistive
Load
(A)

N.O.
Poles

Type

30
35
40
50

2
2
2
2

DP12c
DP22c
DP32c
DP42c

$ Price
32.80
38.20
45.90
54.00

Table 16.182: Compact 2-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb
Locked Rotor
(A)

Full
Load
(A)

277 V
120
150
150
240

20
25
30
40

8910DP42V14
Definite Purpose Contactor

460 V
100
125
125
200

575 V
80
100
100
160

$ Price
38.20
50.00
55.00
65.00

Table 16.183: 2, 3, and 4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximumb

8910DPA33V04
Definite Purpose Contactor

a
b
c

Locked Rotor
(A)

Full
Load
(A)

230 V

460 V

575 V

20

120

100

80

25

150

125

30

180

40

Resistive
Load
(A)

Horsepower Ratings
115 V
1Ø

230 V
1Ø

230 V
3Ø

460/575 V
3Ø

30

1.5

3

7-1/2

7-1/2

100

35

2

5

10

15/20

150

120

40

2

5

10

15/20

240

200

160

50

3

7-1/2

10

20/25

50

300

250

200

65

3

10

15

30

60

360

300

240

75

5

10

25

30

75

450

375

300

94

5

15

25

40

90

540

450

360

120

7-1/2

20

30

50

N.O.
Poles

Type

$ Price

2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3

DPA12c
DPA13c
DPA14c
DPA22c
DPA23c
DPA24c
DPA32c
DPA33c
DPA34c
DPA42c
DPA43c
DPA44c
DPA52c
DPA53c
DPA62c
DPA63c
DPA72c
DPA73c
DPA92c
DPA93c

53.00
61.00
76.00
58.00
67.00
86.00
71.00
75.00
99.00
79.00
88.00
114.00
164.00
174.00
185.00
193.00
221.00
247.00
286.00
311.00

16

50 A Resistive, maximum 277 V. All others rated 40 A Resistive
(above 277 V).
Above 240 V, all lines must be switched.
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes listed below.

Table 16.184: Coil Voltage Codes

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Voltage
60 Hz

d
e

16-70

50 Hz

Code
Type DP, DPA

24
24
V14
24
—
—
120
110
V02
208
—
—
208-240
220
V09
230-240
220
—
277
—
V04
480
440
V06d
600
550
V07e
Not available for Type DP11 through DP31 single-pole devices.
Not available for Type DP one- and two-pole devices.

CP1B

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Contactors
Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301

www.schneider-electric.us

Types DP, DPA Application Data
Table 16.185: 2 Normally Open & 2 Normally Closed
4-Pole Contactors—600 Vac Maximum

Table 16.190: Terminals

Full
Resistive
Class 8910
N.O.
N.C.
Load
Load
$ Price
Poles
Polesb
Type
Form
(A)
(A)
20
25
2
2
DPA14a
Y392
148.00
25
35
2
2
DPA24a
Y392
159.00
30
40
2
2
DPA34a
Y392
171.00
a
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes
below.
b
Above 240 volts, all lines must be switched.
Note: N.C. poles on outside. N.C. poles open before N.O. poles close.

Contact
Arrangement

20–40 A

50–90 A

DPA

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.O. & 1 N.C.
2 N.O.

DD10
DD01
DD11
DD20

D10
D01
D11
D20

Class 9999 Type
$ Price
16.40
16.40
29.50
29.50

Table 16.187: NEMA 1 General Purpose Enclosures
for Type DP, DPA Contactors
Class 8910
Type
DP
DPA

c

Full Load
(A)
20–40
20–40
50
DPA
20–40
DPA
60–75
DPA
90
CP1 discount schedule.

Poles
1&2
2&3
2&3
4
2&3
2&3

g

Type of Lug
20–30 A
Binder Head
40 A
Box Lug
50–60 A
Box Lug
75–90 A
Box Lug
Solid or stranded copper wire only.

Wire Rangeg
#14–#8
#14–#6
#14–#2
#14–#I/O

Table 16.191: Miscellaneous Parts
Class 9999
Type
DMB1
DPC1

Description
DIN mounting bracket attachment (Type DPA, 20 A to 60 A only)
Type DP Series B Cover

Table 16.186: Auxiliary Contacts, 5 A, 600 Vac Rated
For Use With
Class 8910
Type

Power Terminals

Full Load
(A)

Class 9991
Type
DPG1
DPG1

$ Price c
78.00
78.00

DPG2

99.00

DPG3
DPG4

143.00
287.00

$ Price
15.00
2.10

Table 16.192: Factory Modifications
Auxiliary contacts can be factory installed along with a DIN mounting
bracket option. Special terminations are also available.
Modification
Factory installed auxiliary contacts
Pressure wire connectors (20–30 A)

Type
—
DPA
DP
Box lugs (20–30 A)
DPA
DP
DIN mounting bracket attached (35 mm style)i
DPA
Contact cover for Type DP Series B
—
UL Listed label on device
DP
h
Contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
i
Available for 20 through 60 A only.

Form
h
Y122

$ Price
h
1.70 per pole

Y124

3.30 per pole

Y135

3.30
8.70
2.10
No Charge

Y248
U1

Table 16.188: Application Data
Mechanical Life:
500,000 operations
Electrical Life:
Type DP
100,000 operations
Type DPA
200,000 operations
Duty Cycle:
Continuous
Approvals:
UL Component Recognized
UL Listed (Form U1)
File E3190, CCN NLDX2
CSA Certified
File E3190, CCN NLDX
DPA is CE marked
File LR25490, Class 321104
Note: See page 16-107 for replacement contacts.

Coil Replacement

No tools required (DPA50–60A)

Table 16.189: Class 8910 Type DPA Replacement Coils
Poles

Class 9998
Type

Table 16.193: Type DPA Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage, 50 Hz

Voltage
Code

24
120
208–240
277
480
600

24
110
220
—
440
550

V14
V02
V09
V04
V06j
V07j

Available for Type DPA contactors only.

16

j

Voltage, 60 Hz

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Volt-Amperese
$ Pricef
Inrush
Sealed
50–60 A
2&3
DA2d
109
10
92.00
75–90 A
2&3
DA3d
214
19
114.00
d
Replace diamond with suffix from DPA Coil Table 16.193. Example: Coil for Class 8910
DPA53V02 120 V 60 Hz would be a Class 9998 Type DA2V02.
e
For Types DP11 through DP32: Inrush 30 VA; Sealed 5 VA.
f
CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
Full Load
(A)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1B

CP1

CP10

Discount
Schedule

16-71

Definite Purpose
Contactors

Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions
Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.schneider-electric.us

Type DP—1-Pole
20 through 40 Full Load Amperes

Type DP—2-Pole
20 through 40 Full Load Amperes

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole
20 through 40 Full Load Amperes

Type DPA—4-Pole
20 through 40 Full Load Amperes

16-72

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose
Contactors

Types DP, DPA Approximate Dimensions
Class 8910 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301

www.schneider-electric.us

.23
6

.51
13

2.11
1.54
39

3.27

.23
6

.07
2

.09

4.06

3.72

2

94

103

83

2.56
65

.26

2.87

.44

2.50

7

54

.24
Provisions for
(4) #10 or M5
Mounting Screws

93

6

.26

.06

7

2

4.63

5.20

64

4.44
113

118

3.39
86

5.12

132

130

4.37
Provisions for
#10 or M5
Mounting Screws

111

.39
10

Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole
75 and 90 Full Load Amperes

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Type DPA—2 and 3-Pole
50 and 60 Full Load Amperes

3.67

11

73

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-73

Definite Purpose Starters

Types DPS and H through M
Class 8911 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8911 definite purpose starters are inexpensive
starters for applications with relatively low duty cycles.
Typical applications include air compressors, agricultural
equipment, pumps, and HVAC equipment. Definite
purpose starters offer:

•
•
•
•
•
•

Low cost
Small size
Melting alloy overload block
Trip-free reset mechanism
Open type or enclosed
500,000 mechanical operations

Table 16.194: 2- and 3-Pole Starters—600 Vac Maximum
No. of
Poles

Horsepower Ratings

Full Load
(A)

Table 16.195: Cross Reference Existing/Replacement
Class 8911
Type DPSG23V02

Approximate
Dimensions

4.00
102

d
7.00
178
6.20
157

Existing Device
Replacement Device
HO33
DPSO13
HG33
DPSG13
JO33
DPSO23
JG33
DPSG23
KO33
DPSO33
KG33
DPSG33
KO43
d
KG43
d
LO33
DPSO43
LG33
DPSG43
MO33
DPSO53
MG33
DPSG53
MO43
d
MG43
d
Type DPS 4-Pole starter not available. Suggest 3-Pole device with
auxiliary contact.

0.5
13
1.50
38
Provisions for
(3) #10 or M5 Mounting Screws

6.00
152

.88
22

16

8.13
207

Poles

Class 9998
Type

Table 16.198: Coil Voltage Codes

Description
Class & Type
$ Price
Start-Stop push button kitef
8911DPB1
134.00
Hand-Off-Auto selector switch kite
8911DSS1
134.00
Standard N.C. overload relay contact
9998SO1
42.80
N.C. and N.O. isolated overload relay
9999SO4
116.00
alarm contacts
Overload relay jumper strap
9998SO31
14.30
e
Use for 20 to 40 A starters. For 50 A starters, use the 9999BLX bracket.
f
Does not include holding circuit interlock—order auxiliary contact.

Voltage, 60 Hz

Voltage, 50 Hz

Voltage
Code

24
120
208–240
277
480
600

24
110
220
—
440
550

V14
V02
V09
V04
V06
V07

Table 16.199: Auxiliary Contacts For Type DPS
Starters
20–40 A

Description

Class 9999 Type
1 N.O.
DD10
1 N.C.
DD01
1 N.O./1 N.C.
DD11
2 N.O.
DD20
i
CP1B discount schedule.

50 A
Class 9999 Type
D10
D01
D11
D20

$ Price i
16.40
16.40
29.50
29.50

NOTE: Auxiliary contacts must be field installed.

Table 16.200: Ratings—Overload Contacts and Auxiliary Contacts
Pilot Duty – AC Only
(35% Power Factor)

Volts
AC

Device
10.00
254

3

Volt A
$ Priceg
Inrush
Sealed
50 A
2&3
DA2h
109
10
92.00
See page 16-107 for replacement contacts for DPS devices.
g
CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
h
Replace with Voltage Code from the Coil Table shown below.
Full Load
(A)

Type DPSO—2 and 3-Pole
and
DSO 20–50 Full Load Amperes

3.00
76

1

Table 16.197: Class 8911 Type DPS
Replacement Parts

Table 16.196: Miscellaneous Parts and Kits

Reset

No. of
Thermal
Unitsa

115 V
230 V
230 V
460/575 V
Typeb
$ Pricea
Typeb
$ Pricea
1Ø
1Ø
3Ø
3Ø
20
1 1/2
3
—
—
DPSO12c
270.00
DPSG12c
332.00
2-Pole
25
2
5
—
—
DPSO22c
296.00
DPSG22c
354.00
Single
30
2
5
—
—
DPSO32c
333.00
DPSG32c
392.00
Phase
40
3
7 1/2
—
—
DPSO42c
365.00
DPSG42c
426.00
50
3
10
—
—
DPSO52c
482.00
DPSG52c
539.00
20
1 1/2
3
7 1/2
7 1/2
DPSO13c
297.00
DPSG13c
356.00
3-Pole
25
2
5
10
15/20
DPSO23c
320.00
DPSG23c
381.00
Poly30
2
5
10
15/20
DPSO33c
363.00
DPSG33c
423.00
Phase
40
3
7 1/2
10
20/25
DPSO43c
399.00
DPSG43c
459.00
50
3
10
15
30
DPSO53c
638.00
DPSG53c
696.00
a
Prices do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are priced at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
b
Holding circuit contacts are not provided as standard; refer to table below for kit.
c
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed below.

8911DPSO33V09
Definite Purpose Starter

3.50
89
1.60
41

NEMA 1
Enclosed

Open Type

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

9998 SO1
9999 SO4
9999 R20 & R21
9999 D10, D01,
D11 & D20

120 or Less

Make
30 A

Carry and Break
3A

120–600

3600 VA

360 VA

Continuous
Current Rating
5A
5A

Reset

Table 16.201: How to Order
.94
24

4.13
105

.94
24

1.00
25

Type DPSG—2 and 3-Pole
20–40 Full Load Amperes

16-74

To Order Specify:

•
•
•
•

Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
Form(s)

Catalog Number
Class

Typse

Coil Voltage
Code

8911

DPSG33

V02

CP1

CP1B

CP10

Form(s)

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

WELL-GUARD Control™
Pump Panels

Full Voltage Type, Type NS, SS, XS
Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: Motor Logic™SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload and phase
loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause
the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is recommended that bi-metallic overload
relays (Form B12) be used.
Class 8940 Type NS, SS, and XS panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for pumping applications.
Extra space is provided for field installation of auxiliary equipment.
• Type S Contactor provided as standard
• Approved for submersible pump applications
• Motor Logic™ Class 10/20 (Selectable) SSOLR through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only
(Includes rubber boot.)
• All prices include a START push button and a HAND-OFF-AUTO selector switch
• Adjustable trip current
• Phase failure sensitive through 200 hp–480 V, 100 hp–240 V, Type SS only
• Ambient temperature compensated overload
• All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
NOTE: Class 10 Motor Logic SSOLR does not protect for phase imbalance.
Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Fusible or Thermal Magnetic Breakera
Volts

240

Type SSD4030

480

Maximum Hp
Polyphase
3, 5, 7-1/2
10, 15
20, 25, 30
40, 50
75
100
100
200
250, 300
3, 5, 7-1/2, 10
15, 20, 25
30
40, 50
60, 75, 100
150
200
200
300, 350, 400
500, 600

Coil
Voltage

240–60
220–50

480–60
440–50

Fuse Clip
(A)c
30
60
100
200
LLL36400E20e
400
LLL36600E20e
MJL36800e
PLL34120e
30
60
60
100
200
LLL36400E20e
400
LLL36600E20e
MJL36800e
PLL34120e

Type

$ Price

SSC2007d
SSD2015d
SSE2030d
SSF2050d
XSG2075b
SSG2100d
XSG2100b
XSH2200b
XSJ2300b
SSC4010d
SSD4025d
SSD4030d
SSE4050d
SSF4100d
XSG4150b
SSG4200d
XSG4200b
XSH4400b
XSJ4600b

2003.00
2480.00
4194.00
7718.00
19890.00
16286.00
19890.00
43133.00
58145.00
2003.00
2480.00
3338.00
4194.00
7718.00
19890.00
16286.00
19890.00
43133.00
58145.00

Table 16.203: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)—Electronic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP)
Max. Hp
Coil
Circuit
Type
$ Price
Polyphase
Voltageb
Breakerf
30
HLL36100M73
XSE2030V03
4599.00
240–60
240
40
220–50
JLL36250M75
XSE2040V03
7650.00
50
JLL36250M75
XSF2050V03
8258.00
40
XSE4040V06
4599.00
HLL36100M73
50
XSE4050V06
4599.00
480–60
480
440–50
75
JLL36250M75
XSE4075V06
7650.00
100
JLL36250M75
XSF4100V06
8258.00
To substitute an IEC ambient compensated bimetallic overload relay (up to size 5) for the Motor Logic SSOLR, request Form B12 and state motor hp
(no charge). This applies to the above (SSx) devices only.
See page 16-76 for coil voltage codes and pricing.
Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.
Voltage code not required for 240 V or 480 V common control with 8940SS controllers.
Circuit breaker disconnect supplied. (See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range.)
See page 7-32 for circuit breaker adjustment range.
Volts

b
c
d
e
f

Table 16.206: Class 8940—UL Listed
Short Circuit Ratings

Table 16.204: Class 8940—UL Listed
Short Circuit Ratings
Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type

g

NEMA Size

NEMA
Available Amperes
Voltage
Enclosure
Size
RMS Symmetrical
0-5
0-480
Standard
100,000
6, 7
0-480
Standard
65,000
Standard enclosure includes non-oversize NEMAs 1, 4 & 4X
Stainless, and 12.

Table 16.205: Class 10 Pump Panel Replacement
Motor Logic SSOLR (with rubber boot)
Catalog Number
3116154764 (Size 1)
3116154883 (Size 2)
3116155158 (Size 3)
3116155368 (Size 4)
3116118474 (Size 5)
3116118476 (Size 6)
3116118477 (Size 7)
9999MRB12 (5 boots)
9999MRB34 (5 boots)

$ Price
$192.00
270.00
329.00
477.00
221.00
221.00
221.00
50.00
50.00

Enclosure
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard
Standard

Available Amperes
RMS Symmetrical
5,000
100,000
5,000
100,000
10,000
100,000
18,000
100,000

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16

Description
Pump Panel SSOLR 27A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 45A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 90A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 135A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 270A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 540A Special
Pump Panel SSOLR 810A Special
Replacement Boot Size 1 & 2
Replacement Boot Size 3 & 4

0–3
0–3
0–2
0–2
4–5
4–5
6
6

NEMA Fuse
Class
Class H or K
Class R
Class H or K
Class R
Class H or K
Class R
Class H or K
Class R

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a

Type SSE4050

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-75

WELL-GUARD Control™
Pump Panels

Full Voltage Type, Type “S2”
Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8940 “S2” Pumping Plant Panels in NEMA 3R enclosures are specifically designed for oil field applications. All
panels are supplied with an Electonic Motor Circuit Protector (MCP) or a visible blade, fused, disconnect switch. This
line of pumping plant panels features:
• Rugged spring latches for easy access without a tool
• Side mounted control units for convenient operation
• Door retainer available for windy areas
• Price includes Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
• UL Listed for use as service equipment for motors
• Extra panel space for additional electrical controls
• All devices are UL Listed, and marked “SUITABLE ONLY FOR USE AS SERVICE EQUIPMENT”
Thermal units must be ordered separately at $21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
NOTE: Overload relays are ambient temperature compensated.
Table 16.202: 3-Pole Polyphase—480 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)
Type WC3S2V06

Volts

Max. Hp
Polyphase

Coila
Voltage

Type

$ Price

Frame Size

Type

$ Price

1

30

WC1S2V03

2109.00

HLL36030M71

XC1S2V03

2228.00

2

60

WD1S2V03

2880.00

HLL36050M72

XD1S2V03

2997.00

HLL36100M73

XD2S2V03

2997.00

30

3

100

WE1S2V03

4649.00

HLL36100M73

XE1S2V03

4886.00

50

4

200

WF1S2V03

8724.00

JLL36250M75

XF2S2V03

8963.00

10

1

30

WC3S2V06

2109.00

HLL36030M71

XC4S2V06

2262.00

15

2

60

WD3S2V06

2919.00

HLL36030M71

XD3S2V06

3036.00

HLL36050M72

XD4S2V06

3036.00

100

WE3S2V06

4748.00

HLL36100M73

XE3S2V06

4986.00

100
4
200
WF3S2V06
8801.00
JLL36250M75
Coil voltage code must be supplied to order this product. See Coil Voltage Codes table to the left for codes.
Fuse clips are sized for use with dual-element time-delay fuses.

XF4S2V06

9036.00

10

480

15

25

240–60
220–50

480–60
440–50

2

50
a
b

Circuit Breaker Type

Fuse Clip
(A)b

7-1/2
240

Fusible Disconnect Type

NEMA
Size

3

Table 16.203: Factory Modifications (Forms)
Type XE3S2V02B12S

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Description
Form Letter
$ Price
Substitute Class 10 IEC overload relay – state motor hp (NEMA Sizes 0–4 only)
B12
No Charge
Control transformer with fused primary:
Types:
NPD, NPE, NPF, SSC, WC, XC (50 VA)
386.00
NPG, SSD, XD, WD (100 VA)
F4T
539.00
NPJ, SSE, XE, WE (150 VA)
797.00
SSF, XF, WF (300 VA)
968.00
SSG, NSG, XSG (50 VA and an interposing control relay)
1097.00
Factory installed door wind latch assembly in a standard 8940NPD, NPE, NPF, NPG, NPJ, SSC, SSD, SSE and SSF
G45
113.00
Elapsed time meter
G97
827.00
Substitute Class 10 Motor Logic™ SSOLRe
H10
64.00
ON Delay Timer
K25
1197.00
OFF Delay Timer
K26
1197.00
Program timer with day omission feature
K141
1197.00
Backspin timer (time delay upon energization)
K15
1112.00
Start Pushbutton (S2 panels only)
A28
No Charge
“Slim” panel (Types WC, WD, WE, XC, XD, XE only)
L8
No Charge
“Short” panel (Types SSE, SSF, XE-S2 and XF-S2 only)
L9
No Charge
Pilot light (specify lens color). Does not include auxiliary contact.
Pc
336.00
Separate control
S
No Charge
Auxiliary contacts (specify N.O. or N.C.)
Xd
158.00
Special UL panel label for modified UL Listed devices on non-standard panels, requires approval
Y1
267.00
by manufacturing plant
Lightning arrestor
Y1532
570.00
Phase failure, phase reversal relay with time delay including under and over voltage protection
R44
1463.00
Substitute standard trip melting alloy overload relays
Y61
No Charge
Substitute quick-trip melting alloy overload relay (Sizes 1 and 2 only) – Not available on IEC style contactors
Y611
No Charge
Substitution of Class R rejection fuse clips for standard fuse clip. (8940 RD, RE, RF, RG, MD, ME, MF, MG, SSC, SSD,
Y1071
No Charge
SSE, SSF, SSG, WC, WD, WE and WF)
c
Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green). See page 16-100, footnote f for more selections.
d
To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form,”
refer to tables in the Class 8536 section.
e
Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta
systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is
recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used.

Table 16.204: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

f
g

60 Hz

50 Hz

24fg
120g
208g
240
—
480
600g
Specify

—
110g
—
220
380
440
550g
Specify

Code

$ Price Adder

V01
V02
V08
V03
V05
V06
V07
V99

N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
N/C
35.60

24 V coils are not available on Size 4 starters. On Size 1–3, 24 V coils are available.
Form S must be used.
Form S required for separate control.

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
16-76

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

WELL-GUARD Control™ Pump Panels
Class 8940 / Refer to Catalog 8940CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.205: Replacement Overload Relay for
Square D Class 8940 Pump Panel with IEC Style
Bi-metallic Overload Relays Mounted on Current Transformers
Number
of
Form
Series
Typeh
Poles
40A-63A
3
B12
B
TJF40
63A-100A
3
B12
B
TJF63
100A-160A
3
B12
B
TJF100
160A-250A
3
B12
B
TJF160
h
A retro-fit reset kit is required for pre-series B pump panels. See page 16-92 for selection.
AMP Range

$ Price
428.00
428.00
468.00
468.00

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.206:
Type
NPD/E/F
SSC
SSD
NPG/J
SSE/F
XSE/F
WC—S2
WD—S2
XC—S2
XD—S2
WE—S2
WF—S2
XE—S2
XF—S2
SSG
XSG
XSH
XSJ

Fig.

A
IN

B
mm

IN

C
mm

IN

D
mm

IN

E
mm

IN

9.70 246 33.05

F
mm

IN

IN

H
mm

IN

J
mm

IN

K
mm

IN

L

M

mm Conduit IN

mm

Knockouts
R

S
1-1/4–
1-1/2

V
T

IN

mm

1

39.05 992 13.73 349

6.67 169

963

7.00 178 2.41 61 3.00 76 3.00 76

2-1/2

2.41 61 1/2–3/4

1

49.00 1245 19.15 486

8.81 224 10.37 263 44.07 1119 47.88 1216

7.00 178 2.17 55 2.69 68 3.44 87

2-1/2

1–1-1/4
2.57 65 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4
1–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.41 36

1

38.50 978 19.00 483

7.29 185

949

7.00 178 2.18 55 2.13 54 2.13 54

1-1/2

2.12 54 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4
1-1/2 1/2–3/4

1

56.50 1435 23.00 584

8.23 209 10.33 262 52.00 1321 55.38 1407

7.00 178 2.18 55 2.69 68 3.44 87

2

1

75.50 1892 22.00 559 13.80 351 17.55 446 73.00 1854 74.50

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A N/A

N/A

N/A

N/A

1.50 38

2
2

82.50 2096 36.00 914 20.00 508 23.25 591 80.00 2032 33.75 857 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
92.50 2350 34.00 864 20.00 508 23.25 591 90.00 2286 31.75 806 16.50 419 N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A N/A
N/A N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A

N/A N/A
N/A N/A

9.39 239 34.00

839 37.93

G
mm

864 37.38

13 14.00 356 N/A N/A .56

14

1/2–3/4 1.41 36

—

—

1–1-1/4
2.68 68 1/2–3/4 1–1-1/4
2–2-1/2 1-1/2–2 1.50 38

NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure;
they are intended for dimensional information only.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Figure 2

16

Figure 1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-77

AC Duplex Motor
Controllers

Class 8941
www.schneider-electric.us

Duplex Motor Controllers are used to control two motors, and consist of two starters in a common enclosure. Two
separate disconnect switches or circuit breakers with operators are included with all combination devices. Unless
Form Y68 is specified, an alternation circuit (a Class 8501 Type XO40 relay) is included, which alternately operates
first one motor and then the other on each successive closing of a pilot device. Both motors will be energized should a
second pilot device close. All devices incorporate a terminal block to simplify wiring of pilot devices A and B. Typical
applications include pump motors where a second pump is required for peak demand periods yet alternation is
desirable to equalize pump wear.
Table 16.207: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)
Non-Combination Type—Without Disconnect—With Electric Alternation
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.

NEMA
Size

0
1
2

3

4

NEMA 4/4X
Watertight and Dusttight
Enclosure
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Maximum Rating
Each Motor
Voltage

Hp
Polyphase

200–230
460–575
200–230
460–575
200
230
460–575
200
230
460–575
200
230
460–575

3
5
7-1/2
10
10
15
25
25
30
50
40
50
100

NEMA 12
(NEMA 3 and 3R)a
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

Open Type

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

NBG10b

2322.00

NBW10b

3105.00

NBA10b

2564.00

NBO10b

2138.00

NCG20b

2478.00

NCW20b

3290.00

NCA20b

2721.00

NCO20b

2294.00

NDG30b

3731.00

NDW30b

5427.00

NDA30b

4359.00

NDO30b

3290.00

NEG40b

5112.00

NEW40b

8303.00

NEA40b

5925.00

NEO40b

4487.00

NFG50b

10440.00

NFW50b

15881.00

NFA50b

13131.00

NFO50b

9116.00

Table 16.208: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz)
Combination Thermal Magnetic Circuit Breaker Type—With Electric Alternation
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Motor
Starter
Voltage

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

Coil
Voltage
b

2
3
5
7-1/2
200
(208)

10
15
20
25
30
40
2
3

208–60

NEMA
Size

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

Frame
Size

Ampere
Rating

Type

0

HLL36015
HLL36020

15
20

CBG06b
CBG08b

1

HLL36035
HLL36050

35
50

CCG12b
CCG15b

2

0

HLL36060
HLL36100
HLL36125
HLL36150
JLL36200
JLL36250
HLL36015
HLL36020

60
100
125
150
200
250
15
20

CDG22b
CEG32b
CEG36b
CEG38b
CFG41b
CFG44b
CBG06b
CBG08b

1

HLL36035
HLL36045

35
45

CCG14b
CCG16b

3
4

5
7-1/2
230
(240)

Circuit Breaker

240–60
220–50

NEMA 12
NEMA 4/4X
(NEMA 3 and 3R)a
Watertight and Dusttight Dusttight
and Driptight
Stainless Steel Enclosure Industrial Use
Enclosure

$ Price

Type

3945.00

CBW06b
CBW08b

4103.00

CCW12b
CCW15b

5826.00

3945.00

CDW22b
CEW32b
CEW36b
CEW38b
CFW41b
CFW44b
CBW06b
CBW08b

4103.00

CCW14b
CCW16b

9401.00
19584.00

16

10
HLL36060
60
CDG22b
CDW22b
2
5826.00
15
HLL36090
90
CDG24b
CDW24b
25
3
HLL36150
150
CEG38b
9401.00
CEW38b
30
40
JLL36225
225
CFG43b
CFW43b
4
50
JLL36250
250
CFG44b 19584.00
CFW44b
5
0
HLL36015
15
CBG10b
4859.00
CBW10b
7-1/2
HLL36025
25
CCG18b
CCW18b
1
5013.00
10
HLL36030
30
CCG20b
CCW20b
15
HLL36045
45
CDG26b
CDW26b
460
20
480–60
2
HLL36060
60
CDG28b
6737.00
CDW28b
(480)
25
440–50
HLL36070
70
CDG30b
CDW30b
30
HLL36080
80
CEG39b
CEW39b
3
9401.00
50
HLL36150
150
CEG40b
CEW40b
75
JLL36200
200
CFG45b
CFW45b
4
100
JLL36250
250
CFG47b 19584.00
CFW47b
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95.
b
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80.
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

$ Price

Type

$ Price

6951.00

CBA06b
CBA08b

4701.00

7109.00

CCA12b
CCA15b

4859.00

10470.00

6894.00

6951.00

CDA22b
CEA32b
CEA36b
CEA38b
CFA41b
CFA44 b
CBA06b
CBA08b

7109.00

CCA14b
CCA16b

4859.00

10470.00

CDA22b
CDA24b

6894.00

17490.00

CEA38b

10782.00

CFA43b
CFA44b
CBA10b
CCA18b
CCA20b
CDA26b
CDA28b
CDA30b
CEA39b
CEA40b
CFA45b
CFA47b

23400.00

17490.00
29924.00

29924.00
7862.00
8019.00
12881.00
17490.00
29924.00

10782.00
23400.00
4701.00

5612.00
5769.00
7806.00
10782.00
23400.00

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.

16-78

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Duplex Motor
Controllers

Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 8941

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.209: 3-Pole Polyphase—600 Vac Maximum (50–60 Hz) Combination Disconnect Switch Type—With
Electric Alternation
Note that the prices shown do not include thermal units. Devices require 6 thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are
$21.50 each. See page 16-116 for selection information.
Motor
Voltage
(Starter
Voltage)

Max.
Hp
Polyphase

Coil
Voltage
c

NEMA
Size

Fuse
Clip
Size
(A)b

NEMA 4/4X
Watertight and
Dusttight Enclosure
Stainless Steel

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

NEMA 12
(NEMA 3 and 3R)a
Dusttight and Driptight
Industrial Use Enclosure

Type
$ Price
Type
$ Price
None
UBG10c
3731.00
UBW10c
6737.00
30
DBG08c
3816.00
DBW08c
6822.00
None
UCG20c
3888.00 UCW20c
6894.00
7-1/2
1
60
DCG18c
3974.00 DCW18c
6980.00
200
208-60
(208)
None
UDG30c
5642.00
UDW30c
10283.00
10
2
60
DDG28c
5754.00
DDW28c
10398.00
None
UEG40c
8798.00
UEW40c
16892.00
25
3
200
DEG38c
9072.00
DEW38c
17163.00
None
UBG10c
3731.00
UBW10c
6737.00
3
0
30
DBG08c
3816.00
DBW08c
6822.00
None
UCG20c
3888.00
UCW20c
6894.00
7-1/2
1
60
DCG18c
3974.00 DCW18c
6980.00
230
240-60
(240)
220-50
None
UDG30c
5642.00
UDW30c
10283.00
15
2
60
DDG28c
5754.00
DDW28c
10398.00
None
UEG40c
8802.00
UEW40c
16892.00
30
3
200
DEG38c
9072.00
DEW38c
17163.00
None
UBG10c
3731.00
UBW10c
6737.00
5
0
30
DBG10c
3833.00
DBW10c
6836.00
None
UCG20c
3888.00
UCW20c
6894.00
480-60
10
1
30
DCG20c
3987.00 DCW20c
6993.00
460
440-50
(480)
575
None
UDG30c
5642.00
UDW30c
10283.00
25
2
(600)
60
DDG30c
5796.00
DDW30c
10440.00
None
UEG40c
8802.00
UEW40c
16892.00
50
3
100
DEG40c
9230.00
DEW40c
17319.00
a
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor applications. For details refer to Class 9991, page 16-95.
b
Hp rating applies only when dual element time delay fuses are used.
c
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed on page 16-80.
Note: For voltage codes used with control transformers, see page 16-101.
3

0

Type
UBA10c
DBA08c
UCA20c
DCA18c
UDA30c
DDA28c
UEA40c
DEA38c
UBA10c
DBA08c
UCA20c
DCA18c
UDA30c
DDA28c
UEA40c
DEA38c
UBA10c
DBA10c
UCA20c
DCA20c
UDA30c
DDA30c
UEA40c
DEA40c

$ Price
4487.00
4572.00
4644.00
4730.00
6708.00
6822.00
10184.00
10454.00
4487.00
4572.00
4644.00
4730.00
6708.00
6822.00
10184.00
10454.00
4487.00
4586.00
4644.00
4743.00
6708.00
6866.00
10184.00
10611.00

Table 16.210: Factory Modifications (Forms)

PILOT DEVICES IN COVERd
“START-STOP” push buttons—one supplied for each motor.
(Form C or Form Y68 required.)
“HAND-OFF-AUTO” selector switch—one supplied for each motor.
“NO. 1 LEAD—NO. 2 LEAD” selector switch for manual selection of lead pump.
(Form Y68 required.)
Red "ON" pilot light—one supplied for each motor.
Push-to-test red “ON” pilot light—one supplied for each motor.
Non-standard markings for pilot devices.
“TEST” push button for each starter.
CONTROL CIRCUIT MODIFICATIONS
Fused control circuit without transformer
One fuse
Two fuses
Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, with 600, 480, 240 or 208 V primary
and 120 V secondary –one supplied for each starter.
Fused control circuit transformer, two fuses in primary, one fuse in secondary—
one supplied for each starter.
100 VA additional capacity
200 VA additional capacity
Extra capacity control circuit transformer—two fuses in primary—one supplied for each
starter (See Table 16.211)
100 VA additional capacity
200 VA additional capacity
Elapsed time meter for each starter
Pressure switch for each starter (Square D pressure switch 9012GAW25)
Addition of 2 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole pilot devices.
Addition of 3 relays to modify controller for operation with single pole mercury float switches.
Control circuit wired for separate 120 V source.

Form

Price/NEMA Size
0–1

2

3

4
671.00

1, 4, 12

A

671.00

671.00

671.00

1, 4,12
Any

C

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

1, 4, 12
1, 4, 12
Any
Any

C13
P1

513.00
671.00

513.00
671.00

513.00
671.00

513.00
671.00

P21
G12
Y29

869.00
28.70
671.00

869.00
28.70
671.00

869.00
28.70
671.00

869.00
28.70
671.00

Any
Any

F
F4

627.00
627.00

627.00
627.00

627.00
627.00

627.00
627.00

F4T

770.00

1083.00 1596.00

1938.00

Any
Any
Any
Any

FF4T 1395.00
FF4T11 1994.00
FF4T12 2478.00

1710.00 2222.00
2564.00
2393.00 2849.00
3135.00 g
2934.00 3392.00 g 3675.00 g

Any
Any
Any
Any
Any
Any

F4T11
F4T12
G97

1446.00
1853.00
1652.00

1767.00 2222.00
2303.00 2763.00
1652.00 1652.00

— f
— f
1652.00

D
R7
R8

Any

S

755.00
1454.00
2178.00
No
Charge

755.00 755.00
1454.00 1454.00
2178.00 2178.00
No
No
Charge Charge

755.00
1454.00
2178.00
No
Charge

Addition of 1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter for use by customer.
(1 N.O. unwired interlock per starter is supplied as standard.)
Any
X10
315.00
315.00 315.00
315.00
Addition of 1 N.C. unwired interlock per starter for customer use.
Any
X01
315.00
315.00 315.00
315.00
Modified wiring for use with double pole mercury float switches.
Any
Y24
314.00
314.00 314.00
314.00
Deduct for omission of electrical alternating circuit.
Any
Y68
869.00
869.00 869.00
869.00
Additional Control circuit terminals—per wired terminal.
Any
G56e
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
(5 point terminal block is standard)
Any
G50e
57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
Unwired
d
Not available on open style devices.
e
Addition of terminal block 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. 5 point terminal block is provided as standard for custom connection. A wiring diagram must be
supplied for factory wiring.
f
Not available on this size. Use Form FF4T_ _.
g
Single primary voltage must be specified.
h
These Forms are most commonly used. Other Forms may be available. Consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733) for additional information.

Table 16.211:

0&1
2
3
4

Standard Capacity 100 VA Additional Capacity 200 VA Additional Capacity
(Form F4T)
(Form F4T11)
(Form F4T12)
Class 9070 Type
T100
T100
T150
T300

Class 9070 Type
T200
T200
T300
T500

Class 9070 Type
T300
T300
T500
T500

16

NEMA
Size

For How to Order Information, see page 16-13.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Enclosure
Type

Descriptionh

16-79

AC Duplex Motor Controllers
Class 8941
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.212: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 1)
Starter Size

A

B

C

D

0, 1, or 2

20-1/2

24-1/8

8-11/16

17-7/8

3 or 4

22-1/8

34

9-3/4

16

A

E

F

F

G

H

21-1/2

1-5/16

1-5/16

5/16 Dia.

35-1/2

3-1/16

3/4

7/16 Dia.

F

D

C

E

Table 16.213: NEMA 1 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 2)

B

Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
0, 1, or 2
(For FAL Circuit Breaker and
20-3/8
35
9-5/8
17
32-1/2
3-5/16
1-1/4
1-1/4
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch)
3 or 4
(For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker
32
44
10-3/4
24
46
a
1
2-1/2
and 100 A Disconnect Switch)
a
For FAL & KAL Circuit Breaker. Dimension F=3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch Dimension F=4-7/8

J

K

1-1/4

7/16 Dia.

2-1/2

9/16 Dia.

G
H

Figure 1

Table 16.214: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3)
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

J

0, 1, or 2

20-1/2

24

8

25

15-3/8

26

2-9/16

1/2

5/16

3 or 4

22

34

9-1/8

35

17

36

2-1/2

1/2

9/16

D

H

Handle
Swing
C

F

A

Starter Size

J

Table 16.215: NEMA 4 Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4)
Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
0, 1, or 2
(For FA Circuit Breaker and
20-1/2
35
9-9/16
36
15-3/8
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch)
3 or 4
(For FA and KA Circuit Breaker
32
44
10-11/16
46
26
and 100 A Disconnect Switch)
b
For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-1/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8

F

G

H

J

K

37

2-9/16

1/2

5/16

3-5/16

47

3

1/2

9/16

b

E
B

Table 16.216: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Non-Combination (Figure 3)
Starter Size

A

B

0, 1, or 2

20-1/2

24-1/4

3 or 4

22

34

C

D

E

8

25-1/2

9-1/8

35-1/2

K

F

G

H

J

14-3/8

26-1/2

3-1/16

1/2

7/16

16

36-1/2

3

1/2

7/16

G

Figure 2
G

H

G

E

J Mtg. Holes

Table 16.217: NEMA 12/3R Enclosure—Combination (Figure 4)
Starter Size
A
B
C
D
E
F
0, 1, or 2
(For FA Circuit Breaker and
20-1/2
35
9-9/16
36-1/2
14-3/8
37-1/2
30 A & 60 A Disconnect Switch)
3 or 4
(For FA and KA Circuit Breaker 32-1/4
44-1/4 10-11/16
46
24
47
and 100 A Disconnect Switch)
c
For FA or KA Circuit Breaker K = 3-5/16. For 100 A Disconnect Switch K = 4-7/8

G

H

J

K

3

1/2

7/16

3-5/16

4-1/8

1/2

9/16

c

D
B

F

Table 16.218: Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage
Code
60 Hz

d
e

$ Price Adder

H

24ed
—
V01
No Charge
120e
110
V02
No Charge
208
—
V08
No Charge
240
220
V03
No Charge
—
380
V05
No Charge
480
440
V06
No Charge
600
550
V07
No Charge
Specify
Specify
V99
35.60
24 V coil is not available on Size 4. On Sizes 00–3, where 24 V coils are available,
Form S (separate control) must be specified.
These voltage codes must include Form S (No additional charge).

C

A

50 Hz

Figure 3
G

H

E

G
J Mtg. Holes

D

16

NOTE: Illustrations may not represent the actual enclosure;
they are intended for dimensional information only.
Dimensions are in inches.

B

F

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

H

A

K

C
Handle
Swing

Figure 4

16-80

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose
Contactors

Reversing Hoist, Type DPR
Class 8965 / Refer to Catalog 8910CT9301

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8965 Type DPR reversing/hoist contactors are
designed for the control of motors in hoists, overhead
doors, small elevators, commercial laundry equipment,
and other related products which use reversing motors.
They are rated to perform in the short periods of jogging
experienced in hoist service.
8965DPR33V02
Hoist Contactor
600 Vac, 25 A
DPR, Angled

50 or 60 Hz only. Coils are easily replaced with external
base removed.
Auxiliary contacts may be easily field–added to any Class
8965 reversing contactor. Type DPR contactors accept
one auxiliary contact module with up to two isolated circuits
per side (two modules per device). When auxiliary contacts
are ordered separately, two modules are normally used for
each device; one for forward, one for reverse.

The coils are designed to operate on line voltages of
85% to 110% of rated voltage, and are for applications at

Table 16.219: Reversing/Hoist Contactors—600 Vac Maximum
Horsepower Ratingsa

No. of
Poles
3Pole
PolyPhase

115 V
1Ø
1
2
2
3

4-Pole
PolyPhase

1
2
2
3

a
b
c

Open Type

230 V
3Ø
5
7-1/2
10
15

460/575 V
3Ø
7-1/2
10
15
20

Type

$ Price

DPR13c
DPR23c
DPR33c
DPR43c

998.00
1139.00
1283.00
1425.00

Class 9998
Type
DA1c
DA1c
DA1c
DA1c

2
3
5
7-1/2

5
7-1/2
10
10

7-1/2
10
15
20

DPR14c
DPR24c
DPR34c
DPR44c

1070.00
1211.00
1353.00
1497.00

DA2c
DA2c
DA2c
DA2c

For rapid operation (jogging duty), use the next larger size contactor.
CP10 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes listed below.

Description
Class 9999 Type
1 N.O.
DD10
1 N.C.
DD01
1 N.O.–1 N.C.
DD11
2 N.O.
DD20
Order two modules for Type DPR, one for each side.

$ Price
35.60
24.60
64.00
44.30

68.00
68.00
68.00
68.00
92.00
92.00
92.00
92.00

Volts,
60 Hz

Volts,
50 Hz

Voltage
Code

24
120
208–240
277
480
600

24
110
220
—
440
550

V14
V02
V09
V04
V06
V07

Approvals
UL Component Recognized—File E42240, CCN NLDX
CSA Certified—File LR25490, Class 3211 04

Table 16.221: Factory Installed
Description
1 N.O. Each Side
1 N.C. Each Side
1 N.O.–1 N.C. Each Side
2 N.O. Each Side

$ Priceb

Table 16.222: Coil Voltage Codes

Table 16.220: Auxiliary Contacts Separate Moduled

d

Replacement Coil

230 V
1Ø
2
3
5
7-1/2

Form
X1010
X0101
X1111
X2020

$ Price
95.00
95.00
153.00
153.00

Approximate Dimensions
3.37
86

6.87
174

95

3.76

(Fastons)

3.86

(Box Lugs)

96

3.72 3.19
81

3.98

3.07

101

78

98

5.87
149

Type DPR13 through DPR43

4.39

111.60

2.64

6.03

67.10

3.73

3.27

94.70

2.98

82.10

75.70

3.12

3.25

79.20

82.60

5.08

129.00

16

Type DPR14 through DPR44

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

153.20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

CP10

Discount
Schedule

16-81

Thermal Overload
Relays—NEMA Style

Melting Alloy
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA-styled Thermal Overload Relays feature:

•
•
•
•

Exclusive One-Piece Thermal Unit
Inverse Time Delay Trip
Trip Free Reset Mechanism on Types G & S
Replaceable Contact Units on Types G & S

Note that the prices shown on this page do not include thermal units. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each. Slow
trip (Class 30) and quick trip (Class 10) melting alloy thermal units are available for all Size 1, 2, 5 and 6, and some
Size 3 and 4 applications.
Table 16.223: For Separate Mounting—Melting Alloy—600 Volts Maximum, AC or DCa
NEMA Size

Type CO1R

Maximum
Full Load
Current (A)

Open Type
for Separate Panel Mounting
Left Hand Type

Right Hand Type

For Terminal Block Channel Mounting Order
Open Type Relay and Bracket Kit Below
$ Price

Type

$ Price

Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)—1 Thermal Unit Required
1
25
CO1b
CO1Rb
64.00
—
—
2
45
TO1b
TO1b
100.00
—
—
3
86
UO1b
UO1b
122.00
—
—
Three Pole Construction (One Common N.C. Contact on Type S Only)—3 Thermal Units Required
1
25
SEO5
129.00
SM2
35.60
2
45
SEO8
185.00
SM2
35.60
3
86
SEO12
243.00
—
—
4
133
SEO15
386.00
—
—
5
266
Use 3 Type GO11R Relays Listed Above
—
—
a
Maximum power circuit rating for separate mounting overload relays, Types C, F, G, T and U, is 600 Vac or Vdc; Type S is 600 Vac only. Maximum
control circuit contact rating for Types C, F, G, T, U and SDO18 is 600 Vac and 250 Vdc; the remaining Type S versions are 600 Vac only
b
Not UL listed.

Table 16.224: Replacement Melting Alloy Overload Relays for Square D Class 8536 Starters
Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column

Order Class 9065 Overload Relay from this Column

Number
Number of
Type
Series
of
Type
$ Price Thermal Units
Poles
Required
2
SDO4
86.00
1
00
SA
A&B
3
SDO5
149.00
3
2
SDO4
86.00
1
0
SB
A
3–5
SDO5
149.00
3c
2
SDO4
86.00
1
1
SC
A
3–5
SDO5
149.00
3c
1P
SC
A
2
SDO10
116.00
1
2
SDO7
116.00
1
2
SD
A
3–5
SDO8
207.00
3c
2
SDO11
143.00
1
3
SDO12
264.00
3
3
SE
A
4
SDO13
264.00
2
5
SDO14
264.00
3
3
SDO15
414.00
3
4
SF
A
4
SDO16
414.00
2
5
SDO17
414.00
3
5
SG
A
3
Form Y500 and Series B use SEO5
129.00
3
6
SH
A&B
3
SEO5
129.00
3
For 4-pole starters used on two phase systems order two thermal units plus one Class 9998 Type SO31 jumper strap kit for every two starters. Each kit
includes two jumper straps.

NEMA
Size

Type SE05

c

Table 16.225: Special Features for Melting Alloy Types
Substitute 1-N.O. isolated alarm contact and 1-N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only)e
Substitute 2-N.C. contacts for standard N.C. contact per relay. (Type S starters only)
Modify Type SDO12 relays to accept Type FB quick trip or SB slow trip thermal units, and Type F and Type SDO15 relays to accept
Type FB quick trip thermal units. (Rejects Type CC standard trip units)
d
This form cannot be field modified.
e
Field modification possible. Order 9999S04 (for Form Y342) or 9999S05 (for Form Y344).

Form
Y342e
Y344e

$ Price
179.00
179.00

Y81d

No Charge

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-82

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Overload
Relays—NEMA Style

Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Motor Logic
Solid State Overload relays feature: 3 to 1 adjustment for trip current; phase loss and unbalance protection;
direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. They are ambient insensitive and self–powered. Switch selectable trip
class; Class II ground fault detection; and direct replacement for Type S melting alloy. Electrical remote reset is
also available.
NOTE: Motor Logic SSOLR are designed to protect 50/60 hertz three-phase AC motors from overload, phase
unbalance and phase loss conditions. Open Delta systems or grounded B-phase systems are difficult
to balance and could cause the Motor Logic SSOLR to trip. For applications of this nature, it is
recommended that bi-metallic overload relays (Form B12) be used.
Table 16.226: Class 10/20 (Selectable): For Separate Mounting Solid State Overload Relay 600 Vac
Maximum
Full Load
Current Range
(A)

NEMA Sizeg
(3-Pole)

f
g

Open Type
Trip Class 10/20

$ Price

00B
1.5–4.5f
SFB20
221.00
00C
3–9f
SFC20
221.00
0
6–18f
SF020
221.00
1
9–27f
SF120
221.00
2
15–45
SF220
309.00
3
30–90
SF320
378.00
4
45–135
SF420
545.00
Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires. Lugs are available. See
page 16-111.
NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA
Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.

Table 16.227: Class 10/20 (Selectable): Replacement SSOLR for Retrofit of Square D Type S Starter Solid
State Overload Relay 600 Vac Maximum
Locate 8536 Starter in this column

Order Class 9065 Overload Relay
from this column

Full Load
Open Type
Current Range
$ Price
Trip Class 10/20
(A)
00Bh
1.5–4.5
SFB20
221.00
00Ch
3–9
SFC20
221.00
0h
6–18
SF020
221.00
1h
9–27
SF120
221.00
2
15–45
ST220
288.00
3
30–90
ST320
351.00
4
45–135
ST420
516.00
5i
90–270
ST520
221.00
5j
90–270
SF520
1074.00
6i
180–540
ST620
221.00
7i
270–810
ST720
221.00
Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 are supplied without lugs. Lower amperage loads can be protected by looping of power wires.
Size 5, 6 and 7 Replacement Overloads are only for existing NEMA S starters with Motor Logic overload relay. External CTs and additional
components are not included.
Size 5 is a complete drop-in replacement for Square D NEMA S melting alloy, bimetallic, and Y500 overload relays only.
NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from the NEMA
Size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.
NEMA Sizek

h
i

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

j
k

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-83

Protection components

TeSys™ T Motor Management System
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys T is a motor management system that provides full motor monitoring, control, and protection when used
with short circuit protection and a contactor. TeSys T manages most critical processes while reducing
downtime and increasing productivity.
TeSys T is a flexible system that integrates seamlessly into your automation system through five major
communication protocols. TeSys T predicts what will happen in the process, as it accurately monitors current,
voltage, and power over a wide range.
TeSys T is a green motor management system with unique power monitoring capabilities for better energy
management.
TeSys T carries all appropriate and necessary third party certifications.
To get detailed information about TeSys T, visit our website at www.schneider-electric.us.com.

TeSys T detailed functionalities and possible configuration:
Communication:
TeSys T is a flexible motor management system that supports five major communication protocols: Modbus,
CANopen, DeviceNet, Profibus, and Ethernet Modbus TCP.
These communication protocols allow the TeSys T controller to integrate seamlessly into your automation
systems.
Ethernet Modbus TCP provides Faulty Device Replacement to reduce maintenance time to a minimum.
Protection functions:

Motor control modes:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

10 predefined motor control modes are incorporated
in the controller. Each listed mode is available as 2 or
3 wire control.

thermal overload
phase imbalance and phase failure
thermal motor protection via PTC probes
phase reversal
ground fault detection
long starting times and motor stalling
automatic load shedding and restarting
load fluctuations (current, voltage, power)
variations of Cos ϕ (power factor)

•
•
•
•

Metering functions:

•

—
—
—
—

•

•

Measurements (rms values):
current on the 3 phases
voltage on the 3 phases (shedding)
motor temperature
ground fault sensing

Values calculated:
—
—
—

average current
frequency
Power factor, power, power consumption

Motor control functions:
A motor managed by a TeSys T controller can be
controlled:

•
•

locally, using the logic inputs present on the product, or
via the human machine interface (HMI)
remotely, via the network

overload mode: monitoring of motors whose control is not
managed by the controller
independent mode: starting of full voltage non-reversing
motors
reverser mode: starting of full voltage reversing motors
2-step mode: 2-step starting of motors (star-delta, by
autotransformer and by resistor)
2-speed mode: 2-speed starting of motors (Dahlander,
pole changer)

A custom mode is available to allow the user to create
a specific motor control mode that is not predefined in
the controller.
Custom Logic has the basic functions of a small
programmable logic controller (PLC). Programming
can be done in Structured Text mode or in Block
Diagrams through PowerSuite V2.6 software. To
ensure consistency, the same software used to
commission the TeSys T controller is used for Custom
Logic programming.
Statistical and diagnostic functions:

•
•
•
•

history of the last five detected faults
motor statistics
controller operations
warning of pending faults

Standards and Certifications
Product Type
Conforming to standards
Product certifications

LTMR Controllers
LTMEV40 Expansion Modules
IEC/EN 60947-4-1, UL 508, UL E164353 NKCR, CSA 22-2 n°14, CSA LR43364 Class 3211 03, IACS E10
UL, CSA, BV, LROS, DNV, GL, RINA, ABS, RMRos, NOM, CCC, C-TIC’K, ATEX, GOST, KERI

Possible Configurations:
TeSys T controller is a flexible motor management system using PowerSuite V2.6 commissioning tool.
PowerSuite is the configuration software for the TeSys T controllers. See page 16-86 for details.

16

LTM CU

PLC (automation platform)

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Network or bus

TeSys T

PowerSuite
LTM CU

TeSys T

connector

PowerSuite
LTMR

PowerSuite

16-84

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Protection Components

TeSys™ T Motor Management System

www.schneider-electric.us

LTMR Controller:

LTME Expansion Module:

The controller is the central component in
the motor management system. It manages
the basic functions such as:

The expansion module adds the following
functionalities to the TeSys T controller:

•
•
•

•

measurement of 3-phase current via integral
current transformers from 0.4 to 100 A (up to
1000 A by external current transformers)
measurement of ground current internally or
LTMR27EBD
external ground sensors
measurement of motor temperature
inputs and outputs for the various motor control modes, detected fault
management, and other functions

•

Inputs

•
•

Table 16.229: Expansion Module

overload mode
independent mode
reverser mode
2-speed mode
2-step mode
Custom mode

Input Control
Voltage
24 Vdc
100–240 Vac

•

Current Range
(A)

Catalog Number

$ Price

®

0.4–8
0.4–8
1.35–27
1.35–27
5–100
5–100

LTMR08MBD
LTMR08MFM
LTMR27MBD
LTMR27MFM
LTMR100MBD
LTMR100MFM

675.00
675.00
675.00
675.00
765.00
765.00

0.4–8
0.4–8
1.35–27
1.35–27
5–100
5–100

LTMR08EBD
LTMR08EFM
LTMR27EBD
LTMR27EFM
LTMR100EBD
LTMR100EFM

825.00
825.00
825.00
825.00
935.00
935.00

0.4–8
0.4–8
1.35–27
1.35–27
5–100
5–100

LTMR08CBD
LTMR08CFM
LTMR27CBD
LTMR27CFM
LTMR100CBD
LTMR100CFM

750.00
750.00
750.00
750.00
850.00
850.00

24 Vdc
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100–240 Vac

0.4–8
0.4–8
1.35–27
1.35–27
5–100
5–100

LTMR08DBD
LTMR08DFM
LTMR27DBD
LTMR27DFM
LTMR100DBD
LTMR100DFM

750.00
750.00
750.00
750.00
850.00
850.00

24 Vdc
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100–240 Vac

0.4–8
0.4–8
1.35–27
1.35–27
5–100
5–100

LTMR08PBD
LTMR08PFM
LTMR27PBD
LTMR27PFM
LTMR100PBD
LTMR100PFM

750.00
750.00
750.00
750.00
850.00
850.00

For DeviceNet
8
27
100
For Probibus DP
8
27

300.00
300.00

Control/monitoring of a 1 to 1 LTMR controller
Control/monitoring of 1 to 8 LTMR controllers

Configure the parameters
Display information
Monitor the alarms and detected faults
Local control of the motor via the local control interface
(keys can be customized)
Three different languages can be loaded into the
LTMCU controller at the same time: English, French,
Spanish are the defaults.

LTM9KCU
(Holder Only)

A language download utility (LangTool), together
with all the other languages, are available on the
website www.schneider-electric.com.
LTMCU
This tool allows the languages present in the
LTMCU control until to be adapted.
The LTMCU HMI control unit has an additional front panel RJ45 port,
protected by a flexible cover.

Magelis Display:

Two applications have been predefined for the TeSys T controller.
Depending on the application loaded, the HMI terminal makes it
possible to:

•
•

Configure and monitor a motor starter (LTM_1T1_V1.dop)
Monitor and modify certain parameters up to 8 motor starters
(LTM_1T8_X_V1.dop)

Vijeo Designer programming software is needed for loading applications
into the XBT HMI terminal.
Table 16.230: HMI Modules and Software
Description
Operator Control unit
Holder for LTMCU
(with magnetic back)
Magelis compact display
Configuration software
Windows 99, 2000, XP

Supply Voltage
via the LTMR
controller

24 Vdc

Catalog Number

$ Price

LTMCU

265.00

LTM9KCU

30.00

XBTN410

300.00

VJD SND TMS V13M

161.00

16

100

•
•
•
•
•

24 Vdc
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
27
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100
100–240 Vac
For EtherNet Modbus TCP
24 Vdc
8
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
27
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100
100–240 Vac
For CANopen
24 Vdc
8
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
27
100–240 Vac
24 Vdc
100
100–240 Vac

via the LTMR
controller

LTMCU Compact Display:

Table 16.228: Controllers

8

$ Price

LTMEV40BD
LTMEV40FM

A Magelis XBTN410 terminal
—

connection for a thermistor probe
connections for a ground sensor

For Modbus

Catalog Number

The LTMCU operator control unit:
—

•

Measurements

Control Voltage
(V)

Supply to the
Electronics

Depending on the application, two types of HMI can be used with the
motor management system.

6 discrete logic inputs
3 relay logic outputs (1 N.O. contact each)
1 relay output for detected fault signalling
(1 N.O. + 1 N.C.) overload relay

Setting Range
(A)

Number of
Inputs
4
4

HMI — Human Machine Interface:

Inputs/Outputs

•
•

A 24 Vdc LTMR controller can be assembled with a 240 Vac expansion module
and vice versa

The LTMVE must be connected to the LTMR controller by a connecting
cable.

As standard, the controller manages the following:
Control Modes

•
•
•

LTMEV40FM

4 discrete logic inputs (isolated)
2 types of power for the inputs: 24 Vdc and 100 to
240 Vac
—

Characteristics

•
•
•
•
•
•

voltage measurement between phases up to 690 V
nominal
4 additional inputs

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

16-85

Protection Components

TeSys™ T Motor Management System
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.231: Current Transformers
Current Transformer Ratio a
Catalog Number
100:1
LT6CT1001
200:1
LT6CT2001
400:1
LT6CT4001
800:1
LT6CT8001
a
For use with LTMR08•• controllers. Three current transformers are required for 3-phase applications.

$ Price
300.00
300.00
700.00
1000.00

Table 16.232: Ground Fault Sensors
Rated Operational Current le (A)

LT6CT4001

Internal Toroid Ø (mm)

Catalog Number

$ Price

50437
50438
50439
50440
50441
50442

250.00
325.00
410.00
555.00
835.00
1530.00

50485
50486

1145.00
2010.00

Closed Toroids, Type A
65
30
85
50
160
80
250
120
400
200
630
300
Split Toroids, Type QA
85
46
250
110
Note: Dimensional drawings are in catalog DIA1ED2061002EN-US.

Table 16.233: PTC Thermistor Probes b
Nominal Operating
Temperature
Color
(NOT) °C
Triple Probes
90
Green/green
110
Brown/brown
120
Grey/grey
130
Blue/blue
140
White/blue
150
Black/black
160
Blue/red
170
White/green
b
PTC: Positive Temperature Coefficient.
c
Sold in lots of 10.
Description

DA1TT••

Catalog Number c

$ Price Each

DA1TT090
DA1TT110
DA1TT120
DA1TT130
DA1TT140
DA1TT150
DA1TT160
DA1TT170

3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30
3.30

Configuration with PowerSuite
The TeSys T configurator is incorporated in the PowerSuite software application,
versions 2.6 and higher.
PowerSuite software allows configuration, commissioning and maintenance of motor
starters protected by a TeSys T controller.
A library containing predefined motor control mode functions is available in order to:

•
•
•

allow standardization
avoid errors
reduce motor starter setup times

By using logic functions, a custom mode makes it possible to:

•
•

easily adapt these predefined motor control mode functions to the specific needs of your
applications
create new functions

The functions thus defined can be saved and used to build your function library for future
applications.
To create special functions, a logic editor is incorporated in the configurator and allows a
choice of 2 programming languages:

•
•

function block
structured text

Table 16.234: Configuration Tools
Description
Connection kit for PC serial port for
Modbus® PLC multidrop connection

Composition
1 x 3 m length cable
with two RJ45 connectors

Catalog Number
VW3A8106

$ Price

75.00

16

1 RS232/RS485 converter with one
9-pin female SUB-D connector and
one RJ45 connector.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

USB serial port adapterd for
connecting a TeSys T controller to
1 USB / serial port adapterd
your PC
USB serial port cable for connecting a 1 USB / serial port cable
TeSys T controller to your PC
d
Modbus (RS485) cable required, not included.

TSXCUSB485

250.00

TCSMCNAM3M002P

52.00

TeSys T and SMS PowerLogic:
TeSys T is integrated in PowerLogic SMS Version 4.0. and will address energy
management needs by fully utilizing the TeSys T power/energy management features. For
more information on PowerLogic products, see Power Monitor Control Section 4.

16-86

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Protection Components

TeSys™ T Motor Management System

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.235: Connecting Cables
Number and type of
connectors

Description

2 x RJ45
LTMCU control unit
XBTN410

SUB-D 25-pin female to RJ45
2 x RJ45

LTME expansion module
180 degree Ethernet
external connector

1 x RJ45

Length
m (ft)
1 (3)
3 (10)
5 (16)
2.5 (8)
0.04 (0.13)
0.3 (1)
1 (3)

Catalog Number

$ Price

VW3A1104R10
VW3A1104R30
VW3A1104R50
XBTZ938
LTMCC004
LU9R03
LU9R10

35.00
35.00
35.00
30.00
125.00
20.00
25.00

–

LTM9CE180T

20.00

Length
m (ft)

Catalog Number

$ Price

2 (7)
5 (16)
12 (39)
40 (131)
80 (263)

490NTW00002
490NTW00005
490NTW00012
490NTW00040
490NTW00080

48.60
58.00
77.00
150.00
266.00

2 (7)
5 (16)
12 (39)
40 (131)
80 (263)

490NTW00002U
490NTW00005U
490NTW00012U
490NTW00040U
490NTW00080U

48.00
57.00
75.00
159.00
258.00

0.3 (1)
1 (3)
3 (10)
0.3 (1)
1 (3)
—

VW3A8306R03
VW3A8306R10
VW3A8306R30
VW3A8306TF03
VW3A8306TF10
VW3A8306R

20.00
25.00
30.00
75.00
85.00
N/A

50 (164)
100 (328)
300 (984)
—

TSXCANCA50
TSXCANCA100
TSXCANCA300
TSXCANKCDF90T

112.00
467.00
1323.00
52.00
52.00

Table 16.236: Connection Accessories
Description
For EtherNet (Modbus TCP) connection
Shielded twisted pair cables to standard EIA/TIA568
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45
connectors for connection to
terminal equipment

Straight

Shielded twisted pair cables, UL and CA 22.1 approved
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45
connectors for connection to
terminal equipment

Straight

For Modbus® PLC connection
Cables fitted with 2 x RJ45 connectors

T-junctions
RS485 line terminator
For CANopen connection
Cables

8536SCO3V02H626
IP20 connectors
SUB-D 9-pin female
Line end adapter switch

Elbowed (90°)
Straight

—

TSXCANKCDF180T

Elbowed (90°)
SUB-D 9-pin connector
for connection to PC or
diagnostic tool

—

TSXCANKCDF90TP
78.00

For DeviceNet connection
Cables

50 (164)
100 (328)
300 (984)

TSXCANCA50
TSXCANCA100
TSXCANCA300

112.00
467.00
1323.00

100 (328)
400 (1313)
—
—
—

TSXPBSCA100
TSXPBSCA400
490NAD01103
490NAD01104
490NAD01105

826.00
2990.00
73.00
62.00

Sold in
lots of

Catalog Number

For Profibus DP connection

Connectors

With line terminator
Without line terminator
With line terminator and
terminal port

101.00

Table 16.237: Marking Accessories
Description

Composition

$ Price Each
0.52
0.52

16

Strips of 10 identical
25
AB1R•a
numbers (0 to 9)
Clip-in markers
(maximum of 5 per unit)
Strips of 10 identical
25
AB1G•a
capital letters (A to Z)
a
When ordering replace the • in the catalog number with the number or letter required.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Cables

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

16-87

Protection Components

TeSys™ T Motor Management System
www.schneider-electric.us

LTMR•• controllers

■

122.5 ▲
91

61

30.2

5.2

■

■

■

LTMEV40•• expansion modules
120.7 ▲
45

61

■

▲

30.2

5.5

LTMCU operator control unit
Panel mounting, cut-out

92

70

45

117

23

50
a
b

140 mm with RJ45 connector for connection to expansion module and to network, 166 mm with Profibus DP/CANopen connector.
Leave a gap around the device of: 9 mm at 45 °C, 9 to 40 mm from 45 to 50 °C, 40 mm at 60 °C.
HMI Terminal

LT6CT

XBTN410

42

Current Transformers

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

30

d

35
107

16
5

25

35

25 5

42,5

42,5

5

2,5

10 10
20

5

2,5

74

c

95

16-88

132

6
c
d

104 mm with mounting clips (supplied with the product).
58 mm with SUB-D 25-pin elbowed cable XBTZ9680 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs
or XBTZ998 for Advantys™ STB distributed I/O system.
104 mm with SUB-D 25-pin cable XBTZ68/Z9681 for Twido®, TSX Micro™ and Premium™ PLCs

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Overload
Relays—NEMA Style

Bimetallic
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 20 protection with automatic reset or hand reset and a trip-free
mechanism. There are ambient temperature-compensated versions. Note that thermal units are not included in the
shown prices. Standard trip thermal units are $21.50 each.
Table 16.238: For Separate Mounting—Bimetallic—600 V Maximum AC or DCa
Description

Size

Maximum
Full Load Current
(A)

Open Type

Bracket Kit for Terminal Block Channel
Mounting
Type

Single Pole Construction (One N.C. Contact)
00, 0, 1
25
2
60
Compensated
3
100
4
180

Class 9065
Type SEO6B2
Three Pole Construction
Non-Compensated

$ Price

DA2
GA2
HA2
JA2

107.00
149.00
261.00
306.00

—
—
—
—

$ Price
—
—
—
—

Number of
Thermal Units
Required

1

Three Pole Construction (One Common SPDT Contact on Type S)
1
26
SEO6B2
392.00
SM2
35.60
Non-Compensated
3
2
45
SEO9B2
441.00
SM2
35.60
1
26
SEO6B
441.00
SM2
35.60
3
Ambient Temperature2
45
SEO9B
441.00
SM2
35.60
Compensated
For additional selections see International Control Products.
a
Maximum power contact rating for separate mounting overload relays. Maximum control circuit contact rating for Type S versions is 600 Vac only.

Table 16.239: Replacement Overload Relay for
Square D Class 8536 Bimetallic Overload Relay on an Existing Starter
Order Class 9065 Overload Relay
from this Column

Locate Class 8536 Starter in this Column
NEMA
Size

Type

Series

Number
of
Poles

0

SB

A&B

Any

1

SC

A&B

Any

2

SD

A

Any

A
A
B
A
A
B

3

3e

4e

c
d
e

SF

Type

$ Price

Bb
B1b
B2b
Bb
B1b
B2b
Bb
B1b
B2b
Y59c

SDO6B
SDO5B1
SDO6B2
SDO6B
SDO5B1
SDO6B2
SDO9B
SDO8B1
SDO9B2
26005-11000

441.00
392.00
392.00
441.00
392.00
392.00
512.00
464.00
464.00
243.00

Number of
Thermal Units
Required
3
2
3
3
2
3
3
2
3
1

SHA01Y59

1089.00

3

Y59c

26005-11500

306.00

1

SJA01Y59

1431.00

3

3
3
3

B2d
SEO6B2
392.00
3
Bd
SEO6B
441.00
3
B
SEO6B
441.00
3
6
SH
A&B
3
B2
SEO6B2
392.00
3
B indicates ambient temperature-compensated bimetallic overload relay.
B1 indicates single phase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
B2 indicates polyphase non-ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
Y59 indicates single phase ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload relay.
B2Y500 indicates bimetallic overload relay with current transformer sensing. BY500 indicates ambient temperature compensated bimetallic overload
relay with current transformer sensing. This part number does not include the current transformer assembly.
Non-compensated Size 3 & 4 OLRs are no longer available. Select an ambient compensated OLR from appropriate table above.
5

b

SE

Form

SG

A&B

3

Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay Mounting Bracket Adapter
(NEMA Sizes 00–1)
The adapted bimetallic Type S starter incorporates a mounting bracket for use with a self-contained adjustable bimetal
overload relay. A separate mount version of the bracket is also available for use with contactors that do not offer the
same terminal configuration as the Type S or for applications with height restraints that demand mounting next to the
contactor rather than directly below as is typical for most starter configurations.
The bimetallic thermal overload relays feature Class 10 or Class 20 protection with automatic and hand reset and a tripfree mechanism. These overloads are ambient temperature compensated and are available with or without phase
imbalance protection. The component is available as a replacement on a starter or as a separately mounted overload
relay adapter. The overload relay (LRD or LR3D) can be purchased separately and installed in the field at a later date.
For more information see Table 16.269.
Table 16.240: Replacement
Catalog
Number

00, 0, 1

27

SADR751

89.00

00, 0, 1

27

SADR75

89.00

Sizes

Two Pole
Three Pole

List
$ Price

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Maximum Full Load Current (A)
of Overload Relay

Description

Table 16.241: Stand Alone
Description

Sizes

Maximum Full Load Current (A)
of Overload Relay

Catalog
Number

List
$ Price

Two Pole

00, 0, 1

27

SAD751

89.00

Three Pole

00, 0, 1

27

SAD75

89.00

16

NOTE: The LRD or LR3D bimetal overload relay must be purchased separately.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-89

Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.242: Melting Alloy Type NEMA Style

E

Dimensions (IN)
A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

SEO5 3-5/16

—

15/32 3-31/32 3-17/32 2-13/16 7/32 11/16 2-5/16 1/2

1/2

1/2

27/32

1

1-3/8 #10

1

SEO8 3-5/16

—

15/32 3-31/32

1/2

1/8

27/32

1

1-3/8 #10

1-1/4

3-1/2

2-13/16 3/16 11/16 2-5/16 1/2

SEO12

—

5-19/32

9/16

5-3/4

5-5/16

4-3/4

9/32 1-7/16 3-9/16 3/4 9/16

7/8

1-1/2 1-3/4

2

#1/4

3

SEO15

—

6-31/32

9/16

5-3/4

5-5/16

4-3/4

9/32

7/8

1-1/2 1-3/4

2

#1/4

4

2-1/8

3-9/16 3/4 9/16

F

Shipping
Weight
(lb)

Type

G
H

A
I
K

B

J
L

C

M

N

D

O

Prov for (4) - p - Mtg Screws

Type SEO
.28
7.1

.41
10.4

.25
6.4

1.38
35

(2) 8-32 Mtg
Screws

0.5
12.7

0.22
5.6

.44
11

2.0
50.8

.28
7

(2) 3/16 Dia
Mtg Holes

.6
15.2

6.19
157.23

0.38
9.7

4.75

0.22
5.59

RESET

.75
.77 19
19.6

Over Thermal
Unit

RESET

0.66
16.8

Over Thermal
Unit

.69
17.5

1.34
34

.27
6.86

0.31
7.9

0.38
9.65

Reset Travel

Tripped

Reset Travel

Tripped
3.25
82.5

1.0
25.4

1.0
25.4
2.75
69.85

5
Dia
16
Locating
Dowels

0.94

(2)

23.9

2.93
74.4

2.75
69.8

a

0.125
3.18

Type UO1a
Weight–11•2 lb

Type TO1a
Weight–1•2 lb

Type CO1
Weight–1•2 lb

3.25
82.5

0.94
23.8

3.25
82.5

2.75
69.8

Tripped

120.7

Reset
Travel

Dimensions shown for Types TO1 and UO1 do not apply when Form Y342 or Y34 is supplied.

2.13
54
1.06
27

1.06
27

4.06
103

Reset 0.44
Travel 11

1.41
36

1.41
36

4.94
125

0.38
10

3.13
79
9.13
232

Alarm

1.81
46
R
E
S
E
T

O.L. C
om

.

16

Prov for (3)
1/4 - 20
Mtg Screws

0.44 Reset
11 Travel

3.02
76

3.88
98

1.56
40

Terminal
Connections

6.03
153

2.63
67

R
E
S
E
T
1.81
46
Alarm
Com O.L.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Left
Hand
1.00
25

Right Hand

16-90

Dual Dim

In.
mm

1.00
25

Left Hand

Types GO11L and GO11R
Weight–5 lb

Prov for
(3)#10-24
Mtg Screws

Dual Dim

In
mm

Right
Hand

Terminal
Connections
0.47
12

0.47
12

Types FO1L and FO1R
Weight–2 lb

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Overload Relays—NEMA Style
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Bimetallic Overload Relays
3.75
95

.50
13

3.50
89

.50
13

2.81
71

2.81
71

3.34
85
2.30
58

3.59
91
2.30
58

Reset

Reset

.80
20

.80
20
.31
8
.31
Reset Travel
8
Prov. for (4)
#10 Mtg. Screws

.06
2
1.00
25

.89
23

.06
2
1.00
25

.89
23

3.94
100

.31
8
Reset Travel

.31
8
Prov. for (4)
#10 Mtg. Screws

3.94
100

Types SEO9B and SEO9B2
Weight—11•4 lb

Types SEO6B and SEO6B2
Weight—1lb

Table 16.243:
Mounting
Dimensions

Outline Dimensions

Class Ampere
9065 Rating

Reset
Dimensions

Mounting
Screw

A

B

C

D

E

K

L

G

Maximum
Wire Size

Approximate
Shipping
Weight (lb)
2

DA

25

3-1/2

7/8

3-3/16

3

1/2

3/8

1/8

10

8

GA

60

4-7/8

7/8

3-3/16

3

1/2

3/8

1/8

10

1

2

HA

100

4-7/8

1-1/4

3-3/16

3-1/2

1/16

1/2

1/8

10

00

3

JA

180

5-15/16

1-1/4

3-3/16

3-1/2

1/2

3/16

1/8

10

250 MCM

4

A

D

J

NOTE: Dimensions shown in inches.

Motor Logic™ Solid State Overload Relay
2.81
71

K

G
(2 Holes)

.31
8

L
Reset Travel

E

C

B

(2) Holes and (2) Slots
for 8-32 Mtg. Screws

2.23
57

2.69
68

RESET

.89
23

1.00
25
1.59
40
.36
9

.24
6
Reset Travel
3.90
99

.27
7 .28
7

3.26
83

NEMA Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Devices
Note: NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These
designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices from
the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.

3.91
99

4.28
109

1.70 1.84
43 47

3.51
89

2.19
56
3.24
82

RESET

1.24
31

Size 2 Devices
5.32
135

.29
7

1.50
38

3.25
83

5.32
135

4.74
120

.29
7

.30
8

1.50
38

3.25
83

4.74
120
4.53
115

.30
8

4.45
113
1.08
27

1.08
27
2.96
75

3.56
90

5.02
128

.31
8

2.96
75

3.56
90
2.26
57

4.16
106

2.26
57

5.92
150

.31
8

4.16
106

RESET

RESET

.24
6
Reset Travel

.38
10

1.57
40

3.80
97

1.57
40
5.33
135

Size 3 Devices
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

.32
8

.38
10

1.57
40

1.57
40
5.33
135

3.80
97

.32
8

16

.24
6
Reset Travel

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

.24
6
Reset Travel

1.24
31

Size 4 Devices

16-91

Thermal Overload
Relays—NEMA Style

Approximate Dimensions
Class 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

7.38
187

8.25
210

31161-184-51
SERIES B

PWR

A600
P300
AC 3 Ph

50-60HZ
TRIP

270
FLA

210

90

180
150

120

TRIP=125%
CLASS10

5.88
149

SQUARE D COMPANY

LISTEDIND.CONT.EQ.A159

MADE IN USA

Note: The dimensions are for reference only.

2.25
57

1.18

NEMA Size 5 Type S Device

30

7.75
197

External Reset Mechanisms
Class 9066

Type RB1

Type W1

Type RA kits provide a convenient external means for resetting overload relays mounted in control enclosures of
almost any depth. Designed for use on NEMA 1, 4 or 12 enclosures, they can be used with any Square D open type
magnetic starter or Class 9065 overload relay. All kits are individually packaged for easy stocking and include complete
installation instructions.
Only a single mounting hole is required in the enclosure door. Each kit contains one or more threaded reset rods,
grooved at intervals of 3/4" so they can be cut to the approximate length required without thread damage. Final
adjustment is easily made after installation by rotating a plunger and tightening the lock nut. Mechanisms with more
than one reset rod include a steel cross bar with mounting holes located at 1/2" intervals, providing a choice of rod
locations to suit any application. All steel parts are electrically isolated from the enclosure and the operator.
Type RB kits make it possible to field install external reset mechanisms to Type S combination starters in NEMA 12
enclosures. They may also be used to replace external reset mechanisms on Type S combination starters in NEMA 1,
4 and 12 enclosures.
Table 16.244:
Where Used

Type RA2 Series B

Type of Enclosure

Type
SC1

Type
RA1
RA2
RA3
RB1
RB2
W1

28.70

NEMA 1
with slip-on covers

SC1
SD1
SE1

7.20
12.00
14.30

NEMA 3R

Reset for use with 9065TJF Series B OLR

RTJF

42.80

OEM Kit
for commercial enclosures

NEMA
1, 12

Replacement on
8538, 8539 starters
On commercial enclosures or
Type S combination starters

NEMA
1, 12
NEMA
4

Replacement on
Class 8536 Type S starters
Retro-fit kit Class 8940 Pump Panel

Reset Mechanism Kit
Description
With 1 Rod
With 2 Rods
With 3 Rods
Size 0 and 1
Size 2
W1 is a boot only and must be used
with RA or RB Kit listed above
Size 00, 0 and 1
Size 2
Size 3

$ Price
57.00
71.00
86.00
42.80
42.80

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-92

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Separate Enclosures

NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12
Class 9991

www.schneider-electric.us

Separate enclosures can be used with open style devices for field assembly of enclosed controls. These enclosures,
plus the open style components, are equivalent to a factory-assembled device. Separate enclosures are to be used
only with the equipment listed below:

•
•

•

Type SCW21
NEMA 4X
Enclosure

NEMA 4 and 12 Class 9991 separate enclosures for Type S devices are supplied as standard with closing plates. See selection
chart below for specific number of closing plates on Various enclosures. For applications requiring enclosures without closing
plates, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
NEMA 3R enclosures for field assembly of equipment for outdoor applications are provided with three closing plates, a reset
mechanism and predrilled panel as standard. For conduit connection to the top of these enclosures, select watertight hubs from
listing on Digest page 3-10 in accordance with applicable code requirements. Square D’s NEMA 12 enclosures can also be
modified for outdoor use. For details, refer to NEMA 12 enclosure modification information on page 16-95. NOTE: Not for use in
high-corrosive outdoor locations or sea coast environments.
NEMA 4X enclosures for Type S devices, Sizes 0–2 and 30–60 Ampere, are provided as standard without closing plates. Cover
mounted control units for NEMA 4X separate enclosures are available as a factory modification only.

When closing plates are removed from NEMAs 4, 12 & 3R enclosure covers, the openings can be used for easy
installation of Class 9001 Type K or Type SK cover mounted control units. Convenient Class 9999 modification kits
containing Class 9001 Type K control kits can be found on page 16-109.
Table 16.245:
Enclosure Classification
For Use With

Class

Types (All Pole
Arrangements)

NEMA 4X
Watertight, Dusttight
and
Corrosion-Resistant
Glass-Polyester

NEMA
Size
or
Ampere
Rating

Type

$ Price

NEMA 4d
Watertight and Dusttight
Stainless Steel

NEMA 12/3R
Dusttight and Driptight

NEMA 3R
Rainproof,
Sleet Resistant,
Outdoor Use

Type

$ Price

Number of
Closing
Plates

Type

$ Price

Number of
Closing
Plates

Type

MW11

485.00

—

MA1

129.00

—

—

$ Price

Manual Starters
2510

Type SCA11
NEMA 12
Enclosure

Type SCW11
NEMA 4
Enclosure

MBO, MCO

MO
M1
M1P

MW1e

485.00

—

Magnetic Contactors
SAO, SBO, SCO
00, 0, 1
SCW20
684.00 SCW11
714.00
2
SCA11f
372.00
3
SCH2
372.00
SDO
2
SDW20
1169.00 SDW11
1197.00
2
SDA11f
485.00
3
SDH1
485.00
8502a
SEO
3
—
—
SEW11
1767.00
3
SEA11f
684.00
3
SEH1
684.00
SFO
4
—
—
SFW11
3119.00
3
SFA11f
1853.00
3
SFH1
1853.00
Magnetic Starters
SAO, SBO, SCO
00, 0, 1
SCW21
684.00 SCW11
714.00
2
SCA11f
372.00
3
SCH2
372.00
SDO
2
SDW21
1169.00 SDW11
1197.00
2
SDA11f
485.00
3
SDH1
485.00
8536
SEO
3
—
—
SEW11c
1767.00
3
SEA11cf
684.00
3
SEH1
684.00
SFO
4
—
—
SFW11c
3119.00
3
SFA11cf 1853.00
3
SFH1
1853.00
Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination, Electrically and Mechanically Held
LO, LXO
20 Amp
SDW20
1107.00 SDW11
1197.00
2
SDA11f
485.00
3
SDH1
485.00
SMO
30 Amp
SCW20b
684.00 SCW11
714.00
2
SCA11f
372.00
3
SCH2
372.00
8903a
SPO
60 Amp
SCW20b
1169.00 SDW11
1197.00
2
SDA11f
485.00
3
SDH1
485.00
SQO
100 Amp
—
—
SEW11c 1767.00
3
SEA11cf
684.00
3
SEH1
684.00
SVO
200 Amp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
SFH1
1853.00
Reversing and Two Speed Horizontally Arranged Contactors and Starters
8702a
SBO, SCO
0, 1
—
SCW12
1182.00
SCA12f
527.00
—
—
—
3
3
8736
SDO
2
—
SDW12
1754.00
SDA12f
728.00
—
—
8810
SBO & SCO
0, 1
—
—
SCW13
1610.00
3
SCA13f
714.00
3
—
—
a
For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate; for NEMA 4 use Class 9001 Type K52, for NEMAs 3R and 12 use Class 9001
Type K51. Class 9991 Types SCW20 and SDW20 are designed for contactors only, reset closing plates not required.
b
For electrically held devices only.
c
Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy and solid state overload relays only.
d
The standard cabinet has a brushed finish.
e
Type MBO, Size MO only.
f
NEMA 12 enclosures may be field modified for outdoor non-corrosive and non-service-entrance-rated applications; see page 16-95 for more information.

Table 16.246: How to Order
Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9991

SCW11

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

To Order Specify:

•
•

16

Type SCH2
NEMA 3R
Enclosure

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-93

Separate Enclosures
Class 9991
www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA Type 1 and Flush Mounting
Flush Mounting Selection Table
Flush Mounting General Purpose separate enclosures for Type S
Sizes 0–2, 30–60 ampere are provided with knock-outs in the cover for
field assembly of one Class 9999 push button or selector switch kit and
one Class 9999 pilot light kit. (Refer to Class 9999 for selection.) For
Type S Size 3, 100 ampere, three closing plates are provided for
installation of Class 9001 Type K oiltight control units. For enclosure
dimensions, refer to page 16-96.

NEMA 1 Selection Table
The NEMA 1 General Purpose separate enclosures listed below, when
used with open style components, are equivalent to a standard factory
assembled control device.
Table 16.248:

Table 16.247:

Class 9991
Flush Mounting General Purpose (Components)

For Use With

Class

2510

Types
(All Pole
Arrangements)
MBO &
MCO

NEMA
Size
or
Ampere
Rating
MO
M1
M1P

Magnetic Contactors
SBO &
0, 1
SCO
8502a
SDO
2
SEO
3

Mounting
Strap

Flush Plates
Standard

Stainless
Steelb

Pull Box
2510

Type $ Price Type $ Price

Type

$ Price

MF1

215.00

(with pullbox and plaster adjustment)

MF2

129.00

(without pullbox but with mounting strap)

SCF11

Type

Class

$ Price

57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2

71.00 SCF1

8501

86.00

SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 116.00
SEF11 882.00
(Enclosure Complete)

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Flush Mounting Starter With
Pull Box and Mounting Strap
Having Plaster Adjustment Feature

Type SCG8
NEMA 1
Enclosure

CP1

CP2

Type
F and K
M–Sizes M0 and M1
M–Size M1P
CO
XO
XDO

Magnetic Starters
SBO &
0, 1
SCF11
57.00 SCF12 201.00 SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00
SCO
8536
SDO
2
SDF11 171.00 SDF12 386.00 SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00
Lighting Contactors Non-Combination Electrically and Mechanically Held
LO, LXO
20 A
SDF13 171.00
—
—
SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00
SMO 1–4
30 A
SCF11
57.00
—
—
SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00
SMO 10–13 30 A
SCF13 201.00
—
—
SCF2 71.00 SCF1 86.00
8903a
SPO 1–4
60 A
SDF11 171.00
—
—
SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00
SPO 10–13 60 A
SDF13 171.00
—
—
SDF2 99.00 SDF1 86.00
SQO 1–13 100 A SEF11 882.00
(Enclosure Complete)
a
For contactors, replace reset assembly with proper closing plate. For Flush Mounting use
Class 9999 Type SG2 except for Class 9991 Type SDF11 which requires a Class 9001
Type K51 or K11 closing plate. Class 9991 Types SEF11 and LF1 are designed for
contactors only, reset closing plates not required.
b
The standard cabinet has a brushed finish.

16-94

NEMA 1
General Purpose
Enclosure

For Use With

No. of
Poles
All
All
All
All
2–12, 2–4
w/Attachments
2–8
w/o Attachments

Type

$ Price

EN1
MG1
MG2
UE1c

29.30
57.00
57.00
39.40

UE7

99.00

SAO, SBO,
2–4
SCG7
57.00
SCO
SDO
2–4
SDG7
143.00
8502
SEO
2–4
SEG7
287.00
SFO
2–4
SFG8
599.00
SAO, SBO,
2–4
SCG8
57.00
SCO
SDO
2–4
SDG8
143.00
8536
SEO
2–4
SEG8d
287.00
SFO
2–4
SFG8d
599.00
SGO
3
SGG8dg
1241.00
SAO, SBO, SCO
All
SCG9e
171.00
8702,
8736
SDO
All
SDG9e
372.00
LO, LXO
All
LXG1h
143.00
SMO
All
SCG7f
57.00
8903
SPO
All
SDG7f
143.00
SQO
All
SFG8
599.00
SVO
All
SFG4
1259.00
DP
1–2
DPG1
78.00
DPA12, 13, 22, 23,
2–3
DPG1
78.00
32, 33, 42, 43
DPA14, 24, 34, 44,
2–4
DPG2
99.00
52, 53
8910
2–3
DPG3
143.00
DPA62, 63
DPA72, 73, 92, 93,
2–3
DPG4
287.00
122, 123
H, J, K, L & M
All
UE6
99.00
DPSO13, 23, 33, 43
3
DPSG1
59.00
8911
DPSO53
3
DPSG2
102.00
DPSO63, 73, 93
3
SEG8
287.00
AO
All
UE6
99.00
(Single Head)
9050
HO
All
UE6
99.00
EO51, EO61,
EO71, K750,
—
SDG4
458.00
K1000
EO2, EO3, EO4,
EO15,
EO16
9070
EO18, EO19,
—
LG1
143.00
T75, T100, T150,
T200, T250, T300,
T350, T500
EO1, EO17, T50
—
UE7
99.00
c
CP2 Discount Schedule, not CP1.
d
Enclosure suitable for starter with melting alloy or solid state overload relay only.
e
For horizontally arranged Class 8702 contactors replace reset assembly with a
Class 9001 Type K51 closing plate.
f
For electrically held contactors only. See page 16-95 for mechanically held contactors.
g
Series B starter enclosure.
h
If cover mounted control units are required, select oversized enclosure listed on
page 16-95.

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Separate Enclosures

NEMA Types 1, 4, and Oversize
Class 9991

www.schneider-electric.us

NEMA 1, 4 and Oversized
For Addition of Control Circuit Transformer

Type SCW4
NEMA 4 Enclosure

The Class 9991 enclosures listed below accept an open type Class 8502 or 8536 Type S, NEMA Size 0, 1, 1P, or 2
contactor or starter along with a fused control circuit transformer (Form F4T) to allow field assembly of enclosed
controllers. In the cover of the Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure, knock-outs are provided for field addition of Class
9999 cover-mounted control units. All other Class 8502 & 8536 enclosures include a panel with space and drilling for
an open-type device and a fused control circuit transformer. In addition, three closing plates are included in each cover
for easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units.
Oversized enclosures for open type Class 8903 Type L & LX, 20 A and Type S, 30 and 60 A electrically and
mechanically held lighting contactors include a panel with space and drilling for an open- type contactor and fused
control circuit transformer (Form F4T) and/or an auxiliary relay for use with single pole pilot devices (Form R6). When
an auxiliary relay is required, use a Class 8501 Type XO11 relay. Three closing plates are provided as standard for
easy installation of Class 9001 Type K or SK control units. Note: A Class 9991 Type SCG1 NEMA 1 separate
enclosure can also be used for Class 8903 Type SMO, 30 A electrically held lighting contactor if Form F4T (control
transformer), with or without cover control units is required.
Table 16.249:
For Use With

Class

Type SCG1
With Starter, Transformer
and Fuse Block Installed

NEMA
Size or
Ampere
Rating

Type

No.
of
Poles

General
Purpose
NEMA 1
Type

$ Price

Magnetic Contactors and Starters
SAO,
1–3
d
SBO 00, 0 & 1
SCG1 270.00
8502
&
4–5
&
SCO
8536
SDO
2
2–5
SDG4 458.00
Lighting Contactors, Non-Combination
LO,
LXO
8903

a
b
c
d
e
f

Recommended Class 9070c
Transformer Selection

Class 9991 Enclosure

20 A

Watertight and
Dusttight
Stainless Steel
NEMA 4e

Dusttight and
Driptight
Industrial Use
NEMA 12b

Type

Type

$ Price

$ Price

Standard

Type

T50

100 VA

150 VA

300 VA

Type

Type

Type

50 VA

T100a

T150a

—

100 VA

—

T150a

—

705.00 T100

100 VA

—

T150

T300

T50
T50
684.00 T100a

50 VA
50 VA
100 VA

—
T100a
—

—
T150a
T150a

—
—
—

SCW4

827.00

SCA4

485.00

SDW4

1488.00

SDA4

All

VA

Fuse
Block

Extra Capacity

T100a

Class
9999
Type
SFR4

1–3
SDG3 399.00 SDW3 1169.00 SDA3
4–5
T100
100 VA
—
T150
T300
SPOf
60 A
2–5
For mounting in SCG1 enclosure, a Class 9991 Type S1 adapter bracket is also required — $44.00
NEMA 12 modified for outdoor use (see below).
For price list and complete description, see the Class 9070 section. Note: Class 9991 Type SCG1 enclosure is provided with a Class 9999 Type SF4
fuse block as standard.
For contactors (Class 8502), a separate closing plate is provided with each enclosure to replace the reset mechanism with the exception of
Class 9991 Type SCG1 which requires a separate reset closing plate.
Class 9999 Type SG2 — $14.30
The standard cabinet has a brushed finish.
Mechanically held.
SMOf

30 A

NEMA 12/3R Enclosures Modified for Outdoor Applications
(not to be used in salt air or corrosive environments)
Type SCA11
NEMA 12 Enclosure

Field Modifications for NEMA 3 dusttight, raintight and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows: Watertight
conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance shall be used.
Field Modifications for NEMA 3R rainproof and sleet resistant outdoor applications are as follows:
1.
2.

Watertight conduit hubs or equivalent provision for watertight connection at the conduit entrance, when the conduit enters at a level
higher than the lowest live part, shall be used.
Drain holes of 1/8 inch diameter shall be added to the bottom of the enclosure.

Class 9001 Type K oiltight/watertight control units can be easily installed in NEMAs 4, 12, and oversized NEMA 1
separate enclosures provided with closing plates. When installing control units simply remove the closing plates and
install the proper Class 9001 Type K components. Convenient control unit kits complete with assembled and pre-wired
operators for quick installation are available as Class 9999 user modification kits. See Table 16.250 for contents of
each control unit kit. Class 9001 Type SK NEMA 4X corrosion resistant control units may be used as an alternate.
Table 16.250: Control Unit Selection Table
Kit Contents
Control Function
Class and Type

Description
Start Operator
Stop Operator
Start Legend Plate
Stop Legend Plate
Contact Block

Start-Stop
Pushbutton

SC8

Hand-Off-Auto
Selector Switch

1-9001 KS43B
1-9001 KN260
1-9001 KA1

Selector Operator Switch
Hand-Off-Auto Legend Plate
Contact Block

SP28R

Pilot Light
(120 V)

1-9001 KP1R31

Red Pilot Light

16

SA3

1-9001 KR1B
1-9001 KR1R
1-9001 KN201
1-9001 KN202
2-9001 KA1

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Class
9999
Type

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-95

Separate Enclosures

Approximate Dimensions
Class 9991
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.251: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Standard)
For Use With

Dimensions (inches/millimeters)

Class
9991
Type

Class

Type

Size

No. of
Poles

Fig.
No.

Mounting
Screws (in.)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Weight
(lb)

LXG1

8903

LO, LXO

20 A

2–12

1

—

6.03
153
4.03
102

10.50
267
5.75
146

1.09
28
.531
13

1.09
28
.92
23

5.63
143
3.00
76

5.75
146
3.75
95

5.63
143

8

2.42
62

1.09
28
.109
3

1.09
28

(4)#10

12.69
322
8.5
216

—

1

7.81
198
4.85
123

—

—

2

3.00
76

.88
22

8.13
206

1.00
25

.94
24

4.13
105

5.00
127

—

—

4

—

1.09
28

10.50
267

1.09
28

1.09
28

5.63
143

5.75
146

1.09
28

5.63
143

8

—

1.53
39

18.75
476

1.53
39

1.53
39

8.38
213

7.75
197

1.53
39

8.38
213

23

8.99
228

8.60
218

1.25
32

1.25
32

22.31
567

1.42
36

.44
11

—

—

—

34

7.41
188

9.75
248

1.06
27

1.06
27

9.75
248

1.06
27

.31
8

—

—

—

16

7.56
192

12.75
324

1.06
27

1.06
27

12.00
305

1.06
27

.31
8

—

—

—

24

DPG1

8910
8903

SCG7

8502

SCG8

8536

DPG2
DPSG1

8910
8911
8903
8502
8536
8910
8911
8502
8536
8911

SDG7
SDG8
DPG3
DPSG2
SEG7
SEG8
DPG4

DP
DPA
SMO (E.H.)
SAO
SBO
SCO
SAO
SBO
SCO
DPA
DPS
SPO (E.H.)
SDO
SDO
DPA
DPS
SEO
SEO
DPSG63 to 93

8910

DPA

1–2
1–3
All
2–3

20–40 A
30 A
00
0
1
00
0
1
—
—
60 A
2
2
—
—
3
3
—

5.28
134

All
2–3

1

6.00
152

(3)#10

10.00
254

All
—
—
2–12
All
All
—
—
All
All
All

—

5.56
141

6.03
153
1

(4)1/4

7.81
198

12.69
322

1

(4)3/8

11.44
291

21.81
554

8.00
203
8.38
213

—

8502
8536

SFO
4
All
SFO
4
All
11.25 25.15
2
(4)7/16
286
639
SQO
8903
100 A
All
(E.H. & M.H.)
SBO,
8702a
0&1
SCO
11.88 11.88
SCG9
All
2
(4)5/16
302
302
ETBC20,
8922
—
ETBC36
8702a
SCO
2
14.88 14.13
SDG9
All
2
(4)5/16
378
359
8922
ETBC60
—
a
Standard enclosure has space for a fused control transformer, Form F4T, on Sizes 0–2.
SFG8

6.31
160

Table 16.252: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures (Oversize)
For Use With

Class
9991
Type

Class

SDG3

8903
8502
8536

SDG4

9070
8502
SCG1

8536
8903

Type

Size

No. of
Poles

LO, LXO
SMO (M.H.)
SPO
(Form F4T)
SDO
(Form F4T)
SDO
(Form F4T)
EO51, EO61,
EO71, T750,
T1000
SBO, SCO
(Form F4T)
SBO, SCO
(Form F4T)
SMO (E.H.)
(Form F4T)

20 A
30 A
60 A

All

2

All

Fig.
No.

Mounting
Screws (in.)

A

B

C

E

F

G

H

Weight
(lb)

I

15

7.56
192
2

14.88
378

(4)5/16

14.13
359

All

7.66
194

—

—

7.56
192

0, 1

All

0, 1

All

30 A

All

2

D

3

6.34
161

(4)9/32

15.88
403

5.19
132

12.75
324

1.06
27

1.06
27

12.00
305

1.06
27

.31
8
21

4.66
118

.84
21

14.38
365

.75
19

.28
7

.35
9

8

H
A
D

C

16

K

L

K

(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes

A
J

H

E
B

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Pilot
Light
F

G

B

G

B
RESET

RESET

H

G
H

I

E

H

Figure 1

16-96

D

F

Figure 2

C

E

D

C

A
(4) I Dia. Mtg. Holes

Figure 3

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Separate Enclosures

Approximate Dimensions
Class 9991

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.253: NEMA 1—General Purpose Enclosures
For Use With

Class
9991
Type

Class

UE1

Dimensions (See Figure 4)

Weight
(lb)

Type

No. of
Poles

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

8501

CO

All

3.63
92

5.28
134

3.31
84

1.88
48

3.63
92

1.06
27

1.50
38

1/4 in.a

8910

H, J, K
L&M
AO
(Single Head)
HO

All
4.91
125

5.75
146

5.53
140

3.50
89

4.38
111

1.56
40

2.00
51

9/32 in.

1.31
33

1.88
48

#10

1/2–3/4 in.

4

1.31
33

1.88
48

9/32 in.

1/2–3/4–1 in. b

10

UE6
9050

All
All
2–12, 2–4
w/Attachments
2–8

XO
4.87
7.79
7.53
3.50
6.38
XDO
124
198
191
89
162
EO1,
EO17
9070
—
T25, & T50
EO2, EO3, EO4, EO15,
EO16, EO18, EO19
7.53
9.78
5.91
6.13
8.38
LG1
9070
T75, T100, T150,
—
191
248
150
156
213
T200, T250, T300,
T350, & T500
a
Class 9991 UE1 has only (3) -H diameter mounting holes; 2 in the bottom as shown and 1 centered at the top.
b
Class 9999 LG1 has three knockouts, top and bottom.
8501

UE7

J

L
1/2–3/4 in.

1/2–3/4 in.
1–1-1/4 in.

2

1/2–3/4 in.

2

Table 16.254: NEMA 3R—Rainproof and Sleet-Resistant Enclosures
Class
9991
Type

For Use With
Class

Type

Size

8502
8536
8903
8502
8536

SBO,
SCO
SMO

30 A

SDO

2

SDH1

8903

20 A

SEO

3

SEH1

8903
8502
8536

LO
LXO
SPO

SCH2

8903
SFH1

SQO

Dimensions (see Figure 5)
No. of
Poles

A

B

C

D1

D2

E

F

G1

G2

H1

H2

J

K

L

M

N

P

All

8.83
224

12.30
312

7.12
181

1.39
35

1.44
37

6.00
152

7.50
191

2.61
66

2.19
56

2.08
53

2.62
66

14.28
363

1.37
35

1.37
35

1.88
48

4.38
111

1.83
46

All

9.83
250

16.30
414

8.62
219

1.39
35

1.44
37

7.00
178

11.50
292

2.61
66

2.19
56

2.08
53

2.62
66

16.78
426

1.31
33

1.75
44

2.13
54

4.88
124

1
1.83 1-1/4
46 1-1/2

All

12.63
321

25.30
643

8.62
219

1.39
35

1.44
37

10.00
254

20.60
523

2.61
66

2.19
56

2.08
53

2.62
66

19.78
502

1.31
33

2.31
59

2.69
68

6.38
162

12.63
321

40.30
1024

9.12
232

1.39
35

1.44
37

10.00
254

35.50
902

2.61
66

2.19
56

2.08
53

2.62
66

20.28
515

1.31
33

2.31
59

2.69
68

6.38
162

0, 1

K.O. K.O.
X
Y
1/2
3/4
1

1/2
3/4
1
1/2
3/4

60 A

100 A

8502
8536

SFO

4

All

8903

SVO

200 A

2-3

1
1.83 1-1/4
46
2
2-1/2
1
1.83 1-1/4
46
2
2-1/2

1/2
3/4
1/2
3/4

A
D1

E

D2

C

N

P
G1

A

F

B

G2
E

B

(4) .36 Dia. Mtg. Holes
9
(3) Closing Plates
(4) H Dia. Mtg. Holes

D

J
M

X

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

M
"J" KO Top and Bottom

X

"L" KO Top and Bottom

Y

K

L

C

H1
F

G

H2

Figure 5

G
2

16

Figure 4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-97

Separate Enclosures

Approximate Dimensions
Class 9991
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.255: NEMA 4X—Watertight and Corrosion Resistant Enclosures
Class
9991
Type

For Use With
Class

Type

Size

8903

SMO
(E.H.)
SBO,
SCO
SBO,
SCO
LO,
LXO
SPO
(E.H.)
SDO
SDO

30 A

All

0, 1

All

0, 1

All

20 A

All

60 A

All

2
2

All
All

SCW20
8502
SCW21

Dimensions (see Figure 6)
No. of
Poles

8536
8903

SDW20

8903

SDW21

8502
8536

Hub Dia.
Top &
Bot.
X

Weight
(lb)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Bot.
Only
W

6.50
165

6.44
164

12.13
308

.75
19

5.00
127

8.25
210

1.69
43

3.34
85

10.06
256

1.31
33

2.13
54

.31
8

3/4 in.

1 in.

7

8.50
216

7.06
179

13.88
352

.75
19

7.00
178

10.50
267

1.69
43

3.91
99

11.94
303

1.63
41

2.38
60

.31
8

3/4 in.

1-1/2
in.

13

Table 16.256: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Standard)
For Use With

Class
9991
Type

Class

Type

SCW11

8903
8502

SDW11

SEW11

SFW11

Dimensions (see Figure 6)

Hub Dia.
L

Bot.
Only
W

Top &
Bot.
X

Weight
(lb)

2.31
59
2.31
59

.31
8
.31
8

3/4 in.

1 in.

12

2.00
51

2.63
67

.31
8

3/4 in.

1-1/2 in.

18

26.71
678

2.00
51
2.58
66

2.63
67
3.19
81

.31
8
.44
11

26.71
678
26.71
678

2.58
66
2.58
66

3.19
81
3.19
81

.44
11
.44
11

3/4 in.

2-1/2 in.

51

Size

No. of
Poles

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

SMO
SBO, SCO

30 A
0, 1

All
All

8536

SBO, SCO

0, 1

All

6.38
162
6.38
162

7.13
181
7.81
198

13.19
335
13.19
335

1.56
40
1.56
40

3.25
83
3.25
83

12.00
305
12.00
305

.59
15
.59
15

1.88
48
1.88
48

11.78
299
11.78
299

1.63
41
1.63
41

8903
8903
8502

LO, LXO
SPO
SDO

20 A
60 A
2

All
All
All

8.13
206

7.88
200

16.19
411

1.56
40

5.00
127

15.00
381

1.09
28

1.94
49

14.75
375

8536

SDO

2

All

8.13
206

8.56
217

16.19
411

1.56
40

5.00
127

15.00
381

1.09
28

2.88
73

14.75
375

8903
8502
8536
8536

SQO
SEO
SEO
SFO

100 A
3
3
4

All
All
All
All

18.15
461

8.77
223

32.21
818

3.08
78

12.00
305

30.50
775

.86
22

3.67
93

8502

SFO

4

All

18.15
461
18.15
461

9.58
243
8.77
223

32.21
818
32.21
818

3.08
78
3.08
78

12.00
305
12.00
305

30.50
775
30.50
775

.86
22
.86
22

4.48
114
3.67
93

Table 16.257: NEMA 4—Watertight Enclosures (Oversize)
For Use With

Dimensions (see Figure 7)

Hub Dia.

Class
9991
Type

Class

Type

SCW2

8702
8736

SCO

1

All

SCW3

8810

0
1

All

SCW4

8502
8536
8702
8736

SBO
SCO
SBO, SCO
(Form F4T)

0, 1

All

24

SDO

2

All

25

LO, LXO
SMO, SPO
(Form F4T)
SDO
(Form F4T)

20 A
30 A
60 A

All

2

All

SDW2
SDW3

8903

SDW4

8502
8536

D

No. of
Poles

Size

A
E

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

K

L

Bot.
Only
W

12.63
321

7.81
198

14.69
373

2.56
65

7.50
191

13.50
343

.59
15

3.88
98

18.41
468

1.66
42

2.31
59

.31
8

3/4 in.

G

F

1 in.

Weight
(lb)
23

14.88
378

7.25
184

16.19
411

2.56
65

9.75
248

15.00
381

.38
10

3.88
98

20.88
530

1.72
44

2.63
67

.31
8

3/4 in. 1-1/2 in.

19

29
28

A
E

D

D

Top &
Bot.
X

D

G

B

B

F C

16

C

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

G
G
(4) L Dia. Mtg. Holes
I

I
W X

W X

J
H

H
K

Figure 6

16-98

J

K

Figure 7

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Separate Enclosures
Class 9991

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions
Table 16.258: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Standard)
For Use With

Class
9991
Type
SCA11

SDA11

SEA11

SFA11

D

Dimensions (see Figure 8)

Class

Type

Size

8502
8536
8903
8502
8536
8903
8903
8903
8502
8536
8536

SBO, SCO
SBO, SCO
SMO
SDO
SDO
LO, LXO
SPO
SQO
SEO
SEO
SFO

0, 1
0, 1
30 A
2
2
20 A
60 A
100 A
3
3
4

No. of
Poles
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All
All

8502

SFO

4

All

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

Weight
(lb)

6.38
162

8.53
217

12.75
324

1.56
40

3.25
83

12.00
305

.38
10

3.56
90

12.50
318

.31
8

10

8.13
206

9.28
236

16.00
406

1.56
40

5.00
127

15.00
381

.50
13

3.56
90

15.38
391

.31
8

15

18.15
461

9.24
235

31.50
800

3.08
78

12.0
305

30.50
775

.50
13

3.67
93

26.71
678

.44
11

18.15
461
18.15
461

9.58
243
9.24
235

31.50
800
31.50
800

3.08
78
3.08
78

12.0
305
12.0
305

30.50
775
30.50
775

.50
13
.50
13

4.48
114
3.67
93

26.71
678
26.71
678

.44
11
.44
11

A
E

D

G

F
C

G

B

(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
51

I

H

Figure 8

Table 16.259: NEMA 12/3R—Dusttight and Driptight Enclosures (Oversized)
For Use With

Dimensions (see Figure 9)

Class
9991
Type

Class

Type

SCA2

8702
8736

SCO

1

All

SCA3

8810

0
1

All

SCA4

8502
8536

SBO
SCO
SBO, SCO
(Form
F4T)

0, 1

All

19

SDA2

8702
8736

SDO

2

All

24

LO, LXO
SMO, SPO
(Form
F4T)
SDO
(Form
F4T)

20 A
30 A
60 A

All

2

All

SDA3

8903

SDA4

8502
8536

No. of
Poles

Size

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

11.88
302

7.75
197

13.5
343

2.56
65

6.75
171

12.75
324

.38
10

3.66
93

18.13
460

.31
8

D

Weight
(lb)

A
E

D

G

17

F

C

18

G

B

(4) J Dia. Mtg. Holes
14.88
378

7.88
200

16.00
406

2.56
65

9.75
248

15.00
381

.50
13

3.66
93

21.25
540

.31
8

27

I
27

H

Figure 9

Table 16.260: Flush Mounting General Purpose Enclosures

SDF13
(w/SDF1
& SDF2)
SCF11
(w/SDF1
& SDF2)
SDF11
(w/SDF1
& SDF2)

Type

Dimensions (see Figure 10)
Size

No. of
Poles

8903

LO, LXO

20 A

All

8502
8536

SBO, SCO
SBO, SCO
SMO
(E.H.)
SDO
SDO
SPO
(E.H.)
SEO
SQO

0, 1
0, 1

All
All

30 A

All

2
2

All
All

60 A

All

3
100 A

All
All

8903
8502
8536
8903
8502
8903

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

Weight
(lb)

C
15.19
386

8.94
227

7.63
194

12.88
327

5.44
138

10.94
278

5.13
130

.38
10

17

13.44
341

7.19
183

5.88
149

11.13
283

4.75
121

9.19
233

4.50
114

.38
10

10

15.19
386

8.94
227

7.63
194

12.88
327

5.44
138

10.94
278

5.13
130

.38
10

17

31.00
787

16.75
425

14.25
362

26.25
667

8.00
203

—

—

.18
5

48

H

H
E

A

G

D

F

B

Figure 10

16

SEF11

For Use With
Class

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Class
9991
Type

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-99

Factory Modifications
(Forms)

For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

Factory installed modifications are available for the classes of control equipment listed in the respective tables. Prices
shown are additions to standard equipment prices and are not to be used as separate selling prices. Kits are also
available for many field modifications and normal parts replacement on most control items. Refer to Classes 9998 and
9999 for complete listings.
Standard equipment dimensions and enclosure construction may not apply when certain special features are
added. Such cases should be referred to the factory with complete description when accurate dimensions are
required.
NOTE: If UL label is required, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Some Forms are not UL Listed.
Table 16.261: Full Voltage Starters
Factory Modifications

Enclosure Type

Form

1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
7&9
1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

A
A
A16

Start-Stop push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector switch

1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

On-Off

1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

NEMA Size
00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

—
—
—

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

336.00
599.00
378.00

AC

—

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

A3

—

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

A11

—

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
7&9
1g, 3R, 4, 4X, 12
7&9
1, 3R, 4, 12

C
C
C6
C6
G12d

—
—
—
—
—

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
30.00

1, 3R, 4, 12

G122

—

44.00

44.00

44.00

44.00

44.00

44.00

44.00

44.00

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

Xf

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

158.00

High-Low-Stop

1, 4, 4X, 12
7, 9
1, 4, 12

A1
A1
A2

— 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00
— 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00 1017.00
— 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00 570.00

Fast-Off-Slow

1, 4, 12

A9

—

570.00

570.00

570.00

570.00

570.00

570.00

570.00

570.00

High-Low push button and Hand-Off-Auto selector

1, 4, 12

A10C

—

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

1, 4, 4X, 12

A11

—

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

1g, 4, 4X, 12
7&9
1g, 4, 4X
7&9
1, 4, 12
1, 4, 4X, 12
7&9
1, 4, 12

C
C
C6
C6
C7

—
—
—
—
224.00

C14

—

CC17

—

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

336.00
599.00
336.00
599.00
336.00
336.00
599.00
671.00

Slow-Fast

1, 4, 4X, 12

C19

—

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

Forward-Reverse

1, 4, 4X, 12

C20

—

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

336.00

High-Low-Off-Auto

1, 4, 12

C25

—

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

671.00

Push Buttons a
Start-Stop
PILOT
DEVICES
IN
COVER
Full
Voltage
NonReversing
Controllers
Only
Classes
8502
8536
8538
8539

Start-Stop (maintained contact)e

Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking)
Selector Switches
Hand-Off-Auto
On-Off
NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices
Addition of padlock attachment to Class 9001 operators
Pilot Lights (specify color/type) b See Table 16.262 below.
With Operating Interlock:
Add price of each interlock per light
Push Buttons a
Forward-Reverse-Stop

PILOT
DEVICES
IN
COVER
Full
Voltage
Reversing
and
Multi-Speed
Controllers
Only
Classes
8702
8736
8738
8739
8810
8811
8812

a
b
c
d
e
f

16

g

Single Oiltight Pushbutton (specify marking)
Selector Switches
Hand-Off-Auto
On-Off
High-Off-Low
Forward-Off-Reverse
High-Low and Hand-Off-Auto

NON-STANDARD markings for Pilot Devices
Any
G12d
—
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
30.00
Pilot Lights b
With Operating Interlock:
1, 4, 4X, 12
Xf
158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00 158.00
Add price of each interlock per light
All push buttons are momentary contact unless specified otherwise.
Indicate pilot light color as Form P1 (red) or Form P2 (green), etc. as shown in the table below. Unless otherwise requested, standard practice is to wire red pilot light to indicate device is
energized. No additional auxiliary contact is required. Also, standard practice is to wire green pilot light to indicate device is de-energized. An additional normally closed auxiliary contact is
supplied. A wiring diagram must be supplied for other pilot light colors and/or arrangements.
Pilot lights available at 120 to 600 V only.
Specify marking and/or Class 9001 Type KN or Type SKN legend plate required.
Specify appropriate Class 9001 Type K or SK operator required.
To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on
page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-52 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult
Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
Various form combinations selected may force the use of a larger enclosure.

Table 16.262: Pilot Light Forms

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Standard
Red ON
Red OFF
Red Unwired
Green ON
Green OFF
Green Unwired
Amber
Clear
Yellow
Blue
White
Red LOW - Green HI
Green LOW - Red HI
Red OFF - Green FWD/REV
Green OFF - Red FWD/REV

16-100

Form
P1
P71
P38
P72
P2
P39
P3
P4
P35
P36
P37
P73
P74
P75
P76

Ty 1/4/12
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
336.00
672.00
672.00
1008.00
1008.00

Push-to-Test
Ty 7/9
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
1197.00
1197.00
1796.00
1796.00

Form
P21
P81
P28
P82
P22
P29
P23
P24
P25
P26
P27
P83
P84
P85
P86

Ty 1/4/12
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
435.00
870.00
870.00
1305.00
1305.00

LED
Ty 7/9
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
1197.00
1197.00
1796.00
1796.00

Form
P51
P91
P58
P92
P52
P59
P53
P54
P55
P56
P57
P93
P94
P95
P96

Ty 1/4/12
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
383.00
765.00
765.00
1184.00
1184.00

LED-Push-to-Test
Ty 7/9
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
1197.00
1197.00
1796.00
1796.00

Form
P42
P43
P44
P45
P46
P47
P63
P64
P48
P66
P67
P77
P78
P79
P80

Ty 1/4/12
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
482.00
963.00
963.00
1445.00
1445.00

Ty 7/9
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
599.00
1197.00
1197.00
1796.00
1796.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 8536

www.schneider-electric.us

For Full Voltage Contactors and Starters
Table 16.263: Full Voltage Controllers Only
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
NEMA SIZE

Enclosure
Type

Factory Modifications
Separate Control Circuit—
(specify voltage and frequency)

Form
00

Any

Sa

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

No
Charge

Fused Control Circuit
(without control transformer)

CONTROL
CIRCUIT
Full Voltage
and
Multi-Speed
Controllers
Only
Classes
8502
8536
8538
8539
8702
8736
8738
8739
8810
8811
8812

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 12

F

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

—

—

1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12

F4

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

314.00

—

—

Control Circuit Transformersb—Standard capacity (50 or 60 Hz) Note: All orders requesting Form FT will be supplied as Form F4T.
FUSES
Primary

Secondary

2

1

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T

698.00

698.00

698.00

855.00

1112.00

1283.00

1412.00 c 1412.00

1412.00

2

1

7&9

FF4T

755.00

755.00

755.00

1053.00

1353.00

1640.00

1839.00 c 1839.00

1839.00

2

2

1, 4, 4X, 12

F4F10T

698.00

698.00

698.00

855.00

1112.00

1283.00

1412.00 c

998.00

—

—

Additional Capacity (50 or 60 Hz)
Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary
100 VA additional capacity

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T11

998.00

998.00

1197.00

1425.00

1566.00 c 1710.00 c 1710.00

100 VA additional capacity

7&9

FF4T11

1053.00 1053.00

1053.00

1395.00

1668.00

1925.00 c 2138.00 c

—

—

200 VA additional capacity

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T12

1241.00 1241.00

1241.00

1467.00

1695.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00 c 1839.00

1839.00
2109.00

1710.00

300 VA additional capacity

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T13

1481.00 1481.00 c 1481.00 c 1737.00 c 1967.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00 c 2109.00

400 VA additional capacity

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T14

1967.00 1967.00 c 1967.00 c 2280.00 c 2507.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c 2793.00 c

500 VA additional capacity

1, 4, 4X, 12

FF4T15

2250.00 2250.00 c 2250.00 c 2564.00 c 2793.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c 3077.00 c

All combination style devices such as 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739, that use Form S should also use Form Y74 (auxiliary contact installed on disconnect switch) per NEC Article 430-74.
Table 16.266 at right.
Single primary voltage must be specified.

bSelection of Control Circuit Transformers

Table 16.264: Marine Control
Factory
Modification

Class
8502
8536
8538
8539
8702
8736
8738
8739
8810
8941

Enclosure
Type

Form

The standard primary/secondary voltages for control circuit transformers
are indicated in the following table.

$ Price

Table 16.266:
Modification of standard device for use
as marine control per UL508

12/3R
4/4X (S.S. only)

AC-OPERATED DEVICES
With Control Transformers
M10

See Below

Voltage
60 Hz (Primary–Secondary)

Table 16.265:
Form

NEMA Sized
00e

0e

1

2

M10
—
—
338.00
450.00
d
Not available for NEMA Size 7.
e
Cannot be used with Marine controls.

3
720.00

4

5

6

1260.00

3015.00

4725.00
f

120–12f
120–24f
208–120
240–24f
240–120
277–120
480–24f
480–120
480–240
600–120
Specify
12 V coils are not available on Sizes 3–7.
24 V coils are not available on Sizes 4–7.

Code
V88
V89
V84
V82
V80
V85
V83
V81
V87
V86
V99

To order, select the desired device with the appropriate transformer
Form designation. Then convert the previously selected voltage code
(V• •) to reflect the desired primary/secondary voltage for the
transformer. The secondary voltage should equal the previously
selected coil voltage of the device.
Example:
You have previously selected a Class 8536SDG1V02S. V02S means
that you need a coil voltage of 120-60/110-50 wired for separate control.
You would like to add Form FF4T with the transformer voltages being
480 volt primary, 120 volt secondary with Solid State Overload Relay
Protection Class 20 Trip Class (H20).
The new and complete class, type, voltage code and form number
will be:

16

g

Class
Type
Voltage Code
Form g
8536
SDG1
V81
FF4H20T
Form numbers should always be shown in alphabetical order. Each letter indicates the
beginning of a new form and may be followed by one or more numbers.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a
b
c

One fuse
Two fuses

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-101

Factory Modifications
(Forms)

For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters and Solid State Overload
Relays
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812

Solid State Overload Relay Factory Modifications (Forms)
The solid state overload relay is available on NEMA Size 00–7.
For Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810 devices.
H

Form Description
Type S Starter with MOTOR LOGIC™
Solid State Overload Relay
3—MOTOR LOGIC, Class 10/20 (Selectable)

#

#

#

0—No additional modifications
1—N.O. Auxiliary Contact (Field Convertible to N.C.)
Special Overload/Contactor Size Combinations (Base Unit & Feature Units):
(Must Be Specified On Size 00 Starter Orders)
Blank -Overload Matched to Starter Size (i.e., Size 1 contactor & 9-27 A overload)
0—A 6–18 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
1—A 9–27 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
2—A 15–45 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
3—A 30–90 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
4—A 45–135 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
8—A 1.5–4.5 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number (only offered on Feature Units)
9—A 3–9 A overload on a starter size as indicated by the Starter Catalog Number
SPECIAL NOTE for Class 8810 devices:
You MUST SPECIFY TWO SEPARATE FORM NUMBERS TO GET MOTOR LOGIC OVERLOADS ON TWO SPEED STARTERS. The catalog number will be alphanumeric.
EXAMPLE: Open Style, Size 4 Two Speed Starter with MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relays Required.
Single Winding, 460 V, Constant or Variable Torque
High Speed FLA = 96 A
Low Speed FLA = 27 A (use Size 2 Overload)
Catalog Number to Order: 8810SF01V02H20H202S
Where: Form H20 is a Size 4 Contactor with a 45-135 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay for the High Speed and form H202 is a 15–45 A MOTOR LOGIC Overload Relay on the low speed contactor.

Table 16.267: Classes 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738, 8739 and 8810
NEMA Size (Overload Current Range)
Factory Modifications
Motor Logic Solid
State Overload Relay
Motor Logic Solid
State Overload Relay
with Auxiliary Contact

Form

00

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

3–9 A

6–18 A

9–27 A

15–45 A

30–90 A

45–135 A

90–270 A

180–540 A

270–810 A

Class 10/20 (Selectable)

H30

93.00

93.00

93.00

102.00

116.00

131.00

215.00

215.00

Std.

Class 10/20 (Selectable)

H31

149.00

149.00

149.00

161.00

171.00

188.00

270.00

270.00

56.00

Table 16.268: Special Starter Combinations with Motor Logic Overload Relay Protection
NEMA
Solid State Overload Relay Size
Contactor
00B
00C
0
1
2
Size
00
h
Std
0
h
h
Std
1
h
h
h
Std
h
Possible factory starter combinations available.

3

NEMA
Contactor
Size
2
3
4

4

Solid State Overload Relay Size
00B

00C

0

1

2

3

4

h
n/a
n/a

h
n/a
n/a

h
n/a
n/a

h
n/a
n/a

Std
n/a
n/a

Std
h

Std

Table 16.269:
Adapted Bimetal Overload Relay for NEMA Type S Starter
This bimetallic overload relay is available on NEMA Sizes 00, 0 & 1 for Class 8536, 8538, 8539, 8736, 8738 and 8739 devices. To order a astarter
with the adapter ONLY add Form E to the catalog number (8536SBG2V02ES). When ordering with the adapter and bimetallic overload relay
installed, please use the following table as a guide.
E

Form Description
Bimetal Overload Relay

X

YY

Z

1—Class 10 Balanced Loads (with single phase sensitivity)
2—Class 20 Balanced Loads (with single phase sensitivity)
3—Class 10 Unbalanced Loads (without single phase sensitivity)
4—Class 20 Unbalanced Loads (without single phase sensitivity)
YY—Numbers (suffix from O/L table below
i.e. 4 to 6 FLA use suffix 10
Z—0 for Screw Terminal and 6 for Ring Tongue Terminals

16

Sample Catalog Number: 8536SCO3V02E2160S
NEMA Size 1 Starter controlling a 7.5 hp motor (FA 11)
Bimetal would be: LRD16L (9 to 13 FLA)

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.270: TeSys D Overload Relays for Type S Size ØØ–1, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters
Current Setting
Range Amperes

Class 20 with Single
Phase
Sensitivity

Class 20 without
Single Phase
Sensitivity

Screw Termination Screw Termination
0.40 to 0.63
0.63 to 1
1 to 1.6
1.6 to 2.5
2.5 to 4
4 to 6
5.5 to 8
7 to 10
9 to 13
12 to 18
17 to 24
23 to 32

16-102

LRD04L
LRD05L
LRD06L
LRD07L
LRD08L
LRD10L
LRD12L
LRD14L
LRD16L
LRD21L
LRD22L
LRD32L

LR3D04L
LR3D05L
LR3D06L
LR3D07L
LR3D08L
LR3D10L
LR3D12L
LR3D14L
LR3D16L
LR3D21L
LR3D22L
LR3D32L

Class 20 with Single
Phase
Sensitivity

Class 20 without
Single Phase
Sensitivity

Ring Tongue
Connector

Ring Tongue
Connector

LRD04L6
LRD05L6
LRD06L6
LRD07L6
LRD08L6
LRD10L6
LRD12L6
LRD14L6
LRD16L6
LRD21L6
LRD22L6
LRD32L6

LR3D04L6
LR3D05L6
LR3D06L6
LR3D07L6
LR3D08L6
LR3D10L6
LR3D12L6
LR3D14L6
LR3D16L6
LR3D21L6
LR3D22L6
LR3D32L6

CP1

Discount
Schedule

Adder
CP1
List
$ Price
85.28
85.28
85.28
85.28
85.28
85.28
87.46
87.46
87.46
87.46
87.46
87.46

Factory Installed
Catalog Number
Suffix
04
05
06
07
08
10
12
14
16
21
22
32

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Factory Modifications
(Forms)

For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.271: TeSys T Motor Management System Modifications - H6xx or H7xx for use with Class 8536 and 8736 (Open Starters)
NOTE: Product Configurator Must Be Used To Order TeSys T Open Starters.
Used on Size

Control Voltage
100-240 Vac
Form

Range

Control Voltage
24 Vdc
Form

Code

Communication Type

List Price
Adder

1

0.4–8 A

H61Xa

H71Xa

2

Modbus

$2,295.00

1

1.35–27 A

H62Xa

H72Xa

3

ProfiBus

$2,550.00

2, 3

5.0–100 A

H63Xa

H73Xa

4

CANopen

$2,550.00

4

8–160 (CT 300:5 3 turns)

H65Xa

H75Xa

5

DeviceNet

$2,550.00

5

24–480 A (CT 300:5 1 turn)

H66Xa

H76Xa

6

Ethernet

$2,805.00

6

48–960 A (CT 600:5 1 turn)

H67Xa

H77Xa

or

a

Where X is the communication option per table (i.e.H612)

NOTE: Auxiliary contact for control of starter coil has a maximum rating of 240V AC.

Table 16.272: Full Voltage Controllers Only
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811 and 8812
Factory Modifications

Enclosure
Type

Form

NEMA Size
00

0

1

2

3
4
5
6
7
Addition of one NEMA Size 1,
—
30 A single pole N.O. unit
Any
Y428
287.00
287.00 287.00 b
287.00
287.00
287.00
287.00
287.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 1,
—
30 A single pole N.C. unit
Any
Y429
287.00
287.00 287.00 b
287.00
287.00
287.00
287.00
287.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 1,
—
30 A double pole N.O./N.O. unit
Any
Y430
441.00
441.00 441.00 b
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 1,
—
30 A double pole N.C./N.C. unit
Any
Y434
441.00
441.00 441.00 b
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 1,
—
30 A double pole N.O./N.C. unit
Any
Y435
441.00
441.00 441.00 b
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
441.00
Power
Poles
Addition of one NEMA Size 2
—
—
—
single pole N.O. unit
Any
Y436
414.00 b
414.00
414.00
414.00
414.00
414.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 2
—
—
—
single pole N.C. unit
Any
Y437
414.00 b
414.00
414.00
414.00
414.00
414.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 2
—
—
—
double pole N.O./N.O. unit
Any
Y438
698.00 b
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 2
—
—
—
double pole N.C./N.C. unit
Any
Y439
698.00 b
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
Addition of one NEMA Size 2
—
—
—
double pole N.O./N.C. unit
Any
Y440
698.00 b
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
698.00
Coil transient suppressor (120 Volt only). Per Coil.
Any
Y145
158.00
158.00
158.00 158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
of terminal blocks (specify wired or unwired).
Miscellaneous Addition
Wired, per terminal. Each
1, 4, 12
G56a
—
116.00
116.00 116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
Unwired, per terminal. Each
1, 4, 12
G50a
—
57.00
57.00 57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
57.00
a
Addition of terminal block type 9080CA or 9080GR6 only. Number of circuits is same as ending of form number. (Ex.: G505 is 5 un-wired terminal block.) Available in groups of 5 only.
b
When adding a power pole to a Size 2 device, also specify Form Y118 and add $140.00.

Table 16.273: Reversing Full Voltage Starters Onlyc
Class 8810
Form

NEMA Size
1
2010.00
2862.00
2037.00
1340.00
2172.00
1368.00
1566.00
2421.00
1596.00
1566.00
2421.00
1596.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

2
2451.00
3533.00
2564.00
1710.00
2646.00
1823.00
—
—
—
1823.00
2885.00
1938.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

3
2664.00
4886.00
2862.00
2165.00
4388.00
2366.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
1336.00
4559.00
2537.00
2885.00
5129.00
3105.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

4
5
6
7
4872.00
9471.00 13944.00 19328.00
7092.00 11808.00 18216.00 23601.00
5079.00 10839.00 14990.00 20397.00
2165.00
5355.00
—
—
5327.00
7691.00
—
—
4815.00
5925.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
3596.00
—
—
—
5840.00
—
—
—
5327.00
—
—
—
—
5868.00 11039.00
—
—
8204.00 15354.00
—
—
6438.00 12861.00
—
—
—
13802.00
—
—
—
18075.00
—
—
—
14871.00
—
—
—
15425.00 15425.00
—
—
19697.00 19697.00
—
—
17562.00 17562.00
—
—
12293.00 13004.00
—
—
16565.00 17276.00
—
—
13361.00 14072.00

16

0
1
Y791
2010.00
Molded case circuit breaker
4, 7d, 9d
Y791
2862.00
12
Y791
2037.00
1
Y792
1340.00
Non–fusible disconnect switch
4, 9d
Y792
2172.00
12
Y792
1368.00
1
Y793
1566.00
Fusible switch with 30 A fuse clips
4
Y793
2421.00
12
Y793
1596.00
1
Y794
—
Fusible switch with 60 A fuse clips
4
Y794
—
12
Y794
—
1
Y795
—
Fusible switch with 100 A fuse clips
4
Y795
—
Circuit Breaker
12
Y795
—
or
1
Y796
—
Disconnect Switch
Fusible switch with 200 A fuse clips
4
Y796
—
12
Y796
—
1
Y797
—
Fusible switch with 400 A fuse clips
4
Y797
—
12
Y797
—
1
Y798
—
Automatic molded case switch with 600 A fuse clips
4
Y798
—
12
Y798
—
1
Y799
—
Automatic molded case switch with 1200 A or less fuse clips
4
Y799
—
12
Y799
—
1
Y7910
—
Automatic molded case switch
4
Y7910
—
12
Y7910
—
c
For non-reversing 2-speed starters with disconnect switch or circuit breaker, see pages 16-60–16-64.
d
NEMA 7 & 9 adders apply to 8810 non-reversing devices Sizes 0, 1 and 2 only.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Factory Modifications

Enclosure
Type

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-103

Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810
www.schneider-electric.us

For Full Voltage Contactors & Starters
Table 16.274: Full Voltage Controllersf
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, and 8810
NEMA Size
Factory Modifications

Control relay (4 & 8 poles)

Enclosure
Type

Form

1, 12
4, 4Xb
7, 9
1, 12
4, 4Xb
7, 9

R174
R174
R174
R178
R178
R178

$ 485.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
1112.00
1112.00

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
1 PW
2 PW
3 PW
4 PW
5 PW
6 PW
7 PW
1 YD
2 YD
3 YD
4 YD
5 YD
6 YD
7 YD
$ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00 $ 485.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
—
—
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
741.00
1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00
1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00 1112.00
—
—

1
3R, 4, 4Xb, 12
7, 9
1
3R, 4, 4Xb, 12
7, 9
1, 3R, 4, 12
4Xb, 7, 9
1, 3R, 4, 12
4Xb, 7, 9

K25
K25
K25
K26
K26
K26
K37
K37
K38
K38

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

0

Pneumatic Timing Relay – specify Class 9050 Type A or B
0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—On delay
0.1 seconds to 1.0 minute—Off delay
1.0 to 3.0 minute—On delay
1.0 to 3.0 minute—Off delay

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1566.00
1566.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00
1197.00

1197.00
1566.00
—
1197.00
1566.00
—
1197.00
—
1197.00
—

1197.00
1566.00
—
1197.00
1566.00
—
1197.00
—
1197.00
—

Solid State Timing Relay (specify timing range) and timer
1, 4, 4X, 7, 9, 12
K1070
449.00
449.00
449.00
449.00
449.00
449.00
449.00
449.00
(120 V control required)
Motor driven timing relayac
1, 4, 12
K5
2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00 2507.00
Phase failure and phase reversal relay with time delay option including
under and over voltage protection. Addition of a protective relay with
options of Phase Failure with Time Delay, Phase Reversal and Under/ 1, 3R, 4, 4X, 7/9, 12 R44
1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00 1463.00
Over Voltage Protection. (RM3TR1). Both motor voltage and control
voltage (V8• voltage code) must be specified with device even if Form S
is specified. Form replaces Forms Y444, Y445, Y447, Y448 and Y449.
For multispeed controllers:
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R1
941.00
941.00
941.00
941.00
941.00
941.00
941.00
941.00
Compelling relay (requires motor to be started in low speed)
Accelerating relay (provides timed acceleration to selected speed):
For Class 8810
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R2
2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00
For Class 8811
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R2
4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00
For Class 8812
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R2
6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00
Decelerating relay (imposes a timing delay during transfer
from a higher to a lower speed):
For Class 8810
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R3
2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00 2195.00
For Class 8811
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R3
4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00 4388.00
For Class 8812
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R3
6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00 6579.00
Antiplugging timers and relays
1, 4, 7, 9, 12
R10
3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00 3846.00
Ammeter in cover (includes current transformer if required)
1, 12
G91
1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 1994.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00
Ammeter and switch with two current transformers
1, 12
G92
— 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00
d
Ammeter
and
switch
with
three
current
transformers
1,
12
G93
— 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00 5270.00
Meters
Voltmeter
mounted
1,
12
G94
— 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00 2820.00
and
Voltmeter
and
switch
mounted
1,
12
G95
— 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00 4274.00
Metering
Elapsed time meter
1, 12
G97
827.00
827.00
827.00
827.00
827.00
827.00
827.00
827.00
Operation counter
1, 12
G99
1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00 1425.00
Additional starter (contactor) auxiliary contacts
(Specify number of additional N.O. or N.C. contacts required
Any
Xe
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
158.00
per contactor.) Each will be X_ _ (2 digits) i.e. X01
Auxiliary contacts installed on disconnect switch or circuit
breaker operating mechanism.
Auxiliary
Contacts
SPDT
1, 4, 4X, 12
Y74
192.00
192.00
192.00
221.00
221.00
413.00
413.00
413.00
DPDT
1, 4, 4X, 12
Y75
386.00
386.00
386.00
441.00
441.00
570.00
570.00
570.00
(Note: Above contacts do not switch with automatic tripping of circuit
breaker. If such operation is required, consult your nearest
Schneider Electric Sales Office.)
Space heater with N.C. auxiliary contact
1, 4, 4X, 12
G51
386.00
386.00
684.00 1097.00 1767.00 2622.00 3987.00 3987.00
Function identification plate, with marking as specified
Any
G11
42.80
42.80
42.80
42.80
42.80
42.80
42.80
42.80
Drain and breather installed
7 & 9g
Y41
372.00
372.00
372.00
372.00
372.00
372.00
372.00
—
Cover gaskets added to NEMA 1 enclosures:
For Classes 8538 and 8539
1
Y47
143.00
143.00
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
—
—
For Classes 8738 and 8739
1
Y47
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std.
—
—
Enclosures
For other full voltage controllers
1
Y47
143.00
143.00
215.00
320.00
534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00
For reduced voltage controllers
1
Y47
143.00
143.00
215.00
320.00
534.00 1070.00 1710.00 1710.00
Brushed stainless steel watertight device (add to catalog price of
sheet steel watertight device):
Class 8606
—
Y56
—
—
1710.00 2138.00 3419.00 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00
Classes 8630 and 8640
—
Y56
—
Std.
Std.
Std.
Std. 4773.00 8546.00 8546.00
a
If controller has a control transformer, price that transformer with additional capacity for the relay provided.
b
This adder, used with a NEMA 4X enclosure, applies only to Classes 8538, 8539, 8738, 8739 and 8810 non-reversing.
c
Specify control and line voltage.
d
Motor hp and voltage required when placing order. Meters will be panel mounted in NEMA 12 enclosures.
e
To determine the maximum number of auxiliary contacts which can be added to each Type S device and for the appropriate “X Form”, refer to the tables in the Class 8536 section on
page 16-15 (for non-reversing single-speed devices) or the Class 8736 section on page 16-45 (for reversing or two-speed devices). For Class 8600 Reduced Voltage controllers, consult
Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
f
NEMA Type 7 & 9 enclosures not available with Class 8600 devices.
g
Available only on SPIN TOP™ and cast aluminum NEMA 7/9 enclosures.
Auxiliary
Relays

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-104

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Magnetic Coils
Class 9998

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.275: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Contactors and Starters
(Refer to Table 16.277 on page 16-106 for listing of mechanically held unlatch coils.)

Poles

Coil
Prefix
or Class
and Type

2–6

9998L

8–12

9998LH

2–4

9998L

Equipment To Be Serviced
Device

Size

Type

a
b
c

Hz

Coil VA
$ Price

24
V
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
24
23
—

110-115
V
—
44
—
44
—
44
—
44
a
45

120
V
44
45
44
45
44
45
44
45
45
—

208
V
50
52
50
—
50
52
50
—
52
—

220
V
a
53
a
53
—
53
—
53
a
54

240
V
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
54
—

277
V
55
—
55
—
55
—
55
—
55
—

380
V
—
60
—
60
—
60
—
60
59
—

440
V
—
62
—
62
—
62
—
62
a
62

480
V
62
63
62
—
62
63
62
—
62
—

550
V
—
65
—
65
—
65
—
65
a
65

600
V
65
66
65
—
65
66
65
—
65
—

Inrush
150
140
180
170
150
140
180
170
165
—

Sealed
30
30
35
35
—
—
—
—
33
—

85.00
98.00

6–12

9998LH

00

SAb
(Series B)

All

9998SAC

60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50

00
0, 1,
1–P & 30 A

SA (Series A)
SB, SC & SM

All

31041-400

60
50

20
22

a
42

42
43

48
—

a
51

51
53

52
—

56
57

58
60

60
a

61
62

62
64

245
232

27
26

2&3

31063-409

2 & 60 A

SD & SP
4&5

31063-400

2&3

31074-400

4&5

31091-400

All

31091-400

All

31096-400

All

31096-320

60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50
60
50

16
17
16
17
16
17
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

a
38
a
38
a
38
a
38
a
38
a
09
50
50

38
39
38
39
38
39
38
39
38
39
09
10
50
50

44
—
44
—
44
—
44
—
44
—
15
—
51
—

a
47
a
47
a
47
a
47
a
47
a
18
52
52

47
48
47
48
47
48
47
48
47
48
18
—
52
52

49
—
49
—
49
—
49
—
49
—
19
—
53
—

53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
53
54
21
22
54
54

a
57
a
57
a
57
a
57
a
57
a
24
55
55

57
—
57
—
57
—
57
58
57
58
24
—
55
55

a
60
a
60
a
60
a
60
a
60
a
29
—
—

60
61
60
61
60
61
60
61
60
61
29
30
—
—

311
296
438
429
700
678
1185
1260
1185
1260
2970
2970
1300
—
1780

37
36
38
37
46
47
85
89
85
89
212
250
14
—
48

1960

59

1530
1250

—
—

L
Coils
for
Present
Design
Magnetic
Contactors
and
Starters
Classes
8502,
8536,
8538,
8539,
8606,
8630,
8640,
8647,
8650,
8651,
8702,
8736,
8738,
8739,
8810,
8811,
8812,
8903,
8910c
and
8940 (except NP)

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class
and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)

30 A
LX
(Latch)

3 & 100 A

DPA12_,
SE, SQ & SYD138

SF, SV &
4 & 200 A
SYD230
SG, SX &
SYD368 Series A
5 & 300 A
SG, SX &
SYD368 Series B
6&7
SH & SJ
SY, SZ, SJ
(Elect. Held)
400, 600
& 800 A
SY, SZ, SJ
(Mech. Held)
Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil.
Use on Type S Series B devices only.
For 8910DPA1x to DPA9x, see page 16-71.

2–3
2–3

Coil Part Number 3110440050 (All System Voltages)
31104-418

60
50

a
09

—
—

09
—

15
—

a
18

18
—

19
—

—
—

a
24

24
—

a
29

29
—

85.00
85.00
85.00
85.00

128.00
128.00
254.00
254.00
254.00
354.00
600.00
860.00
860.00

NEMA S Size 5 E-Coil Modification Kit
Classes 8502, 8536, 8538, 8539, 8606, 8630, 8640, 8647, 8650, 8651,
8702, 8736, 8738, 8739, 8810, 8811, 8812, 8910 and 8903
Consisting of:
• E-Coil
• Armature
• 15 A, 600 V Fuse and Holder (Class 9999SFR)
• Bottom Magnet
• Instruction Material
Table 16.276:
Description
Coil Modification Kit 120 V
Coil Modification Kit 480 V
Coil Modification Kit 277 V
Coil Modification Kit 208 V
Coil Modification Kit 240 V
Coil Modification Kit 380 V

$ Price
1506.00
1506.00
1506.00
1506.00
1506.00
1506.00

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Catalog Number
9998SG120
9998SG480
9998SG277
9998SG208
9998SG240
9998SG380

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP10

Discount
Schedule

16-105

Magnetic Coils
Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.277: Replacement AC Magnet Coils for Relays, Timers and Contactors
Equipment
To Be Serviced
Poles

Coil
Prefix
or Class
and Type

All

9998-Xa

A

All

2959-S49-

Bb

All

31017-400-

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number)

Hz

Coil VA
$ Price

208 V

220 V

240 V

277 V

380 V

440 V

480 V

550 V

600 V

Inrush

Sealed

51
52
W34A
W34B
61
—

52
53
W34B
W35A
61
63

53
—
W35A
W35B
63
64

55
—
W35B
W36A
65
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
62
W37B
W38A
70
72

62
—
W38A
W38B
72
73

—
65
W38B
W39A
73
75

65
—
W39A
W39B
75
76

148
143
74
68
165
155

23
25
17
17
27
27

Mechanically Held Unlatch Coils—Classes 8508 and 8903
Note: A latch coil is also used with mechanically held devices. For selection of latch coils for mechanically held relays, refer to page 16-105.
60
23
—
44
51
—
53
55
—
—
62
LX
All
9998LX
50
—
44
—
—
53
—
—
—
62
—
60
W23B
c
W30B
W33A
c
W33B
W34A
—
c
W36B
SM, SP
All
2959-S13
8903
50 W24B
W30B
W31B
—
W33B W34B
—
W36A W36B
—
(Lighting
SQ, SV, SX,
60
03
c
09
15
c
18
20
—
c
24
Contactors)
All
31096-416
SY, SZ
50
—
09
—
—
18
—
—
22
24
—
60
03
c
09
15
c
18
20
—
c
24
SJ
All
31123-403
50
—
09
—
—
18
—
—
22
24
—

—
65
c
W37B
c
28
c
28

65
—
W37B
—
28
—
28
—

25
—
80
—
550
—
2100
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Device

Type

Classes 8501 and 9050
8501
X
(Relays)
9050
(Timer)

24 V

60
50
60
50
60
50

23
24
W25A
W25B
33
34

110–115 V 120 V

—
44
W31B
W32A
—
—

44
—
W32A
W32B
54
55

69.00
132.00
98.00

118.00
202.00
202.00
202.00

Table 16.278: Replacement DC Magnet Coils for Magnetic Relays and Timers
Equipment To Be Serviced
Class
8501
(Relays)
9050
(Timers)

Type

Poles

XD
XDL
XUD
C
H

All
—
All

Suffix Number
(Complete Coil Number Consists of Prefix or Class and Type Followed by Suffix Number.)

Coil
Prefix
or Class
and Type

6V

12 V

18 V

24 V

32 V

48 V

64 V

72 V

90 V

110 V

9998 XD
9998 XDL
9998 XUD
31018-4004491S1

19
19
19
22
W21

28
28
28
31
W24

34
34B
—
—
—

37
37B
37
40
W27

40
40B
—
—
—

46
46B
46
49
W30

49
49B
—
—
—

52
52B
—
—
—

55
55B
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

115/
125 V 220 V
58
—
58B
—
58d
—
61
—
W34
—

230/
250 V
67
67B
67d
70
W37

Coil
Burden
Watts

$ Price

18
50
16
14
14

168.00
216.00
168.00
312.00
210.00

Table 16.279: Replacement Coil for 8903 Panel Board Lighting Contactors
Replacement
Catalog Number
$ Price e
Solenoid
120 V
9998PBV02
428.00
208 V
9998PBV08
428.00
8903
PB
240/277 V
9998PBV39
428.00
480 V
9998PBV28
428.00
To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number.
Example: For a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B.
Price for the 9998 Type XL coil series is $114.00.
Series C (Double Pole) and Series E (Single Pole).
Use next higher voltage, 60 Hz coil.
Not dual rated. 125 Vdc or 250 Vdc only.
CP1 discount schedule.
Class

a
b
c
d
e

Type

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-106

CP10

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Replacement Parts Kits
Class 9998

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9998 replacement parts kits are
available for servicing Square D relays,
contactors, and starters as well as
pressure, vacuum, and float switches.
Each kit contains the necessary movable
and stationary contacts, contact springs
(when required—NEMA Size 3 and above
do not include contact springs, and
springs are not available), and additional
hardware required to service the devices listed below. When servicing
devices having more poles than contained in the corresponding kit, it
may be necessary to order an additional kit.

Table 16.282: Class 8965 Replacement Contact Kits
Device
Device
Type
Series
DPR53
A
DPR63
A
RO10
A&B
RO11
A&B
RO12
A&B
RO13
A&B
b
Single pole kits.

Class

Type
SA-, (Series B)
SB-

8502
8536
8538
8539
8547
8549
8606
8630
8640
8647
8702
8736
8738
8739
8810
8811
8812
8940

SB-, SC-(Power Pole Adder)
SCSDSD-(Power Pole Adder)
SESFSGSHSJ-

8903

No. of Class 9998
NEMA Size
Poles Parts Kit
or
in Kit Type No.
Ampere Rating
00
3
SJ1
3
SL2
0
4
SL12
0&1
1
SL22
1 & 1P
3
SL3
1
4
SL13
3
SL4
2
4
SL14
2
1
SL24
2
SL6
3
3
SL7
2
SL8
4
3
SL9
2
SL10
5
3
SL11
2
SL25
6
3
SL26
2
SL30
7
3
SL31

L (Series C) &
LX (Series B)

30 A

SM-

30 A

SP-

60 A

SQ-

100 A

SV-

200 A

SX-

300 A

SY-

400 A

SZ-

600 A

SJ-

800 A

PBM, PBP
PBN, PBQ
PBM, PBP
PBN, PBQ
PBR, PBV, PBW
PBR, PBV, PBW

30, 60 A
75, 100 A
30, 60 A
75, 100 A
150, 200, 225 A
150, 200, 225 A

4

RA5B

Equipment To Be Serviced
Class

Class
8502 &
8536a

Type
SA-, (Series A)

2510
Manual
Starters

$ Price
90.00
130.00
176.00
63.00
188.00
246.00
370.00
494.00
124.00
442.00
662.00
848.00
1270.00
2104.00
3120.00
3762.00
5606.00
5454.00
8162.00

Type
M-, T-

Class 9998
Kit Type

$ Price

—

—

C
C
C
C

RA14
RA15
RA16
RA17

52.00
59.00
202.00
202.00
236.00
236.00

3
4
3
4
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3
2
3

SL3
SL13
SL4
SL14
SL6
SL7
SL8
SL9
SL10
SL11
SL25
SL26
SL32
SL33
SL30
SL31

188.00
246.00
370.00
494.00
442.00
662.00
848.00
1270.00
2104.00
3120.00
3762.00
5606.00
3762.00
5606.00
5454.00
8162.00

2

PB2

520.00

3

PB3

780.00

2
3

PB14
PB15

850.00
1276.00

No. of
Class 9998
NEMA Poles in Parts Kit Type $ Price
Kit
No.
Size
M-0
3
ML1
90.00
M-1 &
3
ML2
106.00
M-1P

Table 16.284: Replacement Control Transformers (150 VA)
Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 6
Voltage
60 Hz
240/480–120
208–120
277–120
—
600–120
120–120
240–120

50 Hz
220/440–110
—
—
380–110
550–110
110–110
220–110

Part Number

$ Price

3110451250
3110451252
3110451253
3110451254
3110451251
3110451255
3110451256

188.00

Table 16.285: Replacement Control Transformers (200 VA)
Class 8502, 8536 Type S Size 7
Voltage

174.00

Table 16.281: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits
for Obsolete Designs
Equipment To Be Serviced

Device
Series

Table 16.283: Manual Starter Contact Kits

Table 16.280: Magnetic Contactor and Starter Contact Kits
for Present Designs
Equipment To Be Serviced

Class 9998
Kit Type
DRC5b
DRC6b
RA10
RA11
RA12
RA13

60 Hz
240/480–120
208–120
277–120
—
600–120
120–120
240–120

50 Hz
220/440–110
—
—
380–110
550–110
110–110
220–110

Part Number

$ Price

3112350150
3112350152
3112350153
3112350154
3112350151
3112350155
3112350156

236.00

Table 16.286: Class 8910, 8911 & 8965 Replacement Contact Kits
Device To Be Serviced
Class 8910
Type
SYD138
SYD230
SYD368
DPA_50A
DPA_60A
DPA_75A
DPA_90A

Class 8911
Type
—
—
—
DPSO5_
—
—
—

Class 9998
Series
—
—
—
A, B
A, B
A
A

1-Pole
Type
—
—
—
DRC5
DRC6
DRC7
DRC9

$ Price

3-Pole
Type
SL27
SL28
SL29
—
—
—
—

662.00
1270.00
3120.00
52.00
59.00
100.00
132.00

Table 16.287: How to Order
To Order Specify:

NEMA
Size

No. of
Poles
in Kit

Class 9998
Parts Kit
Type No.

$ Price

00

3
4

SL2
SL12

130.00
176.00

•
•

Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9998

SL6

LL, L (Series A, B) &
20 A
4
RA5
174.00
LX (Series A)
Includes reversing, two speed and similar devices. Select coil based on NEMA size of
basic starter or contactor.

16

a

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

8903

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP10

Discount
Schedule

16-107

Replacement Parts Kits

Starter Accessories
Class 9998, 9999
www.schneider-electric.us

Contact Units for Melting Alloy Type Overload Relays
One normally closed contact, Class 9998 Type SO1, is provided in each overload relay block on Type S starters
Sizes 00-6. The Class 9998 Type SO1 contact unit listed below is provided as standard in each Class 9065 melting
alloy overload relay. Contact modules can be easily replaced and are identified in the table below. Isolated overload
relay alarm circuit contacts are available as an optional feature. A pilot light or alarm bell can be wired in series with this
contact to indicate that the overload relay has tripped. For further information on isolated alarm contacts refer to
Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 (page 16-113).
Table 16.288:
Class 9998 Type SO1

Magnetic Starter
NEMA
Size
00–4
&6
5
a
b

Type

Series

SA–SF
SH

A&B

SG

Description a
Standard N.C. contact unit
Standard N.C. contact unit
N.C. and N.O. alarm (three point) contact unit

A

Parts Kit
Number

$ Price

Class 9998 Type SO1b

39.40

3110251450
3110251451

134.00
196.00

Refer to page 16-110 for contact ratings.
The Type SO1 is also the replacement contact unit for Class 9065 Type M melting alloy overload relays.

Class 9998 Type UB Universal Baseplate

Overload Contact Unit
Part No. 31102-514-50.
Used on Size 5 Starter
(8536SGO) with Melting Alloy
Overload Relay.

L1

L1

L2

Table 16.289:
Competitor Starter
Allen Bradley 509
Allen Bradley 709
Cutler Hammer Freedom Series
Furnas ESP100
Furnas INNOVA
General Electric CR306
Telemecanique “A” Line and Pre-type “S”

NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate NEMA Size Baseplate
0, 1
2
3
4
1
2
3
4
00, 0, 1
2
3
4
UB01
UB02
UB03
UB04
0, 1
2
3
4
0, 1
2
3
4
00, 0, 1
2
3
4
0, 1
UB11
2
UB12
3
UB13
4
UB14

$ Price

No charge

Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits

L2

Disconnecting Means, Provided
by User, or with Controller

1

A universal baseplate may be used to retrofit a Square D Type S NEMA starter into an application which is currently
using a competitive NEMA starter. The universal baseplate is a metal plate which attaches to the panel in the location
of the starter to be replaced. The Type S starter then mounts to the baseplate. It is available for NEMA Sizes 00
through 4, and mounting screws are provided with each plate.
The universal baseplate adapter allows the Type S starter to replace the following competitive starters:

L3

Jumper strap kits are for use on three-phase manual or magnetic starters with melting alloy overload relays only, where
a three-phase starter is used to control a single-phase motor. These kits will include two jumper straps, a wiring
diagram showing how to wire a three-phase starter to control a single-phase motor, and single-phase (one thermal unit)
selection tables.
Table 16.290: Melting Alloy Overload Relay Jumper Strap Kits

T1

T2
T1

T3

For Starter

Class

Size
00, 0, 1, 2
and M0 & M1
3,4
5

T2
Three Phase Starter
Motor Wired to Control a
Single Phase Motor

Melting Alloy Overload Relay
Jumper Strap Kits

ALL
c

Type
SA, SB, SC, SD and
M & T (Manual)
SE, SF
SG

Class 9998
Kit Type

$ Price c

SO31

14.30

SO32
None Available

50.00

CP1 discount schedule.

How to Order
Table 16.291: How to Order
To Order Specify:

•
•

Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Class

Type

9998

UB01

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-108

CP10

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories
Class 9999

www.schneider-electric.us

Cover-Mounted Control Units
Class 9999 push button, selector switch and pilot light cover-mounted control unit kits can be easily field installed in a NEMA 1, 3R, 4 or 12 Type S
contactor or starter enclosure cover. Knockouts or removable closing plates are furnished with many enclosure covers for convenient field
installation of control units. Kits are supplied with leads and clearly illustrated instructions. The Class 9999 cover mounted control unit kits are
identical to the units which are factory installed.
Table 16.292:
NEMA 1 Kit
8538, 8539 and 8903 Pre-Series K
Description

For Use With

Push
Button

Red or Green Pilot Lightb
Type

NEMA
No.
Size
of
or Ampere Poles
Rating

Voltage

Class

With Control
Transformer
(Form F4T)
Type

SA, SB & 00, 0, 1 & 1P
SC
SD
2
8502
&
SE
3
8536

8538
8539
8702
8736

All

Standard

OnOff

$
Hand- On- Price
OffOff
Auto

120 V
60 Hz

Type

Type Type

Type

SA10

SC2

SA3

SC8

SA10

SC2

Price

Type

Price Type

SP2R

215.

SF
SG–SJ
SB & SC
SD
SE
SF
SG–SJ

4
5–7
0&1
2
3
4
5–7

L

20 A

All

215. SP3R 215. SA2
215. SP4R 215.
215. SP5R 215.
215. SP28Rc 215.
SA3
215. SP28Rc 215.
215. SP12R 215.
215. SP13R 215.
SA2
215. SP14R 215.
215. SP15R 215.
215. SP28Rc 215. SA3

SP28Rc 215.

—

Red or Green
Pilot
Light

Selector
Switch

StartStop

SP28Rc 215.

All
SP28Rc
2–3
SP28Rc
4–5
SP28Rc
All
SP28Rc
All
SP28Rc
All
SP12R
All 6–600 SP13R
Volts
All
SP14R
All 50–60
SP15R
Hz
All
SP28Rc

NEMAs 1, 3R & 12 Kit
8538, 8539 and 8903 Series K and Later
Descriptiond

—

—

SA3

SC8

SA10e

—

Push
Button

Selector
Switch

NEMA 4/4X Kit
(Stainless)
Descriptiond
Red or Green Push Selector
Pilot
Button Switch
Light

$
StartStart-Stop Hand-Off- Price
or
120 V 60 Hz Stop
Auto
or
On-Off
On-Off
Type

Type

Type

$
Hand- Price
OffAuto

Type

Type

SP29Rcb
(incandescent)
SPL29R
215. (LED–Red) SA13
SPL29G
(LED–Green)

SC9

SC22 116.

—

215.

SP28Rcb
SC22 116. (incandescent)
SPL28R
(LED–Red)
SPL28G
—
215. (LED–Green)
SC22 116.
e

SA3a

SC8

215.

f
SM
30 A
All
SP28Rc 215. SP2R 215.
SA2a SA10a SC2 SC22 116.
8903
SP
60 A
All
SP28Rc 215. SP3R 215.
(ElecSQ
100 A
All
SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8
—
215.
trically
Held) SJ, SV,
SX
200–800 A
All
SP28Rc 215. SP28Rc 215. SA3a SA3a SC8
—
215.
SY, SZ
a
Also requires N.O. auxiliary contact for holding circuit contact when used on Class 8903 electrically held lighting contactors.
b
Each pilot light kit contains 1 red and 1green lens cap.
c
The coil voltage must be the same as the pilot light rating. Kit contains one Class 9001 Type KP1R31120V, 60 Hz red pilot light control unit. For other voltages, refer to Class 9001 Type KP.
d
User made openings are required in order to field install these modification kits on standard 8502, 8536 Type S Sizes 0–2, and 8903 Sizes 30–60 A NEMAs 4 and 12 enclosures.
e
To mount control unit in a NEMA 1 enclosure, a Class 9999 Type BLX bracket is also required, $35.60.
f
For Class 8903 (mechanically held contactor) control unit kits, refer to the Class 8903 section, page 16-65.
Note: There are no field modification kits available for the polyester enclosures.

Table 16.293: NEMA 1 Enclosure Closing Plates
For Use With
Class

Type

NEMA Size
or
Ampere Rating

8502,
8536,
8903

SA–SE
or
SM–SP

00–3
or
30–60A

SB–SF

0–4

8538
&
8539
Pre-series “K”
8538 & 8539
Series J and later
8903

SB–SF

0–4

SM–SV

30–400 A

Description
For Pilot Light or Reset—
Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
For Push Button or Selector Switch—
Slip-on Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
For Push Button or Selector Switch—
Hinged Cover NEMA 1 Enclosure
For Pilot Light—Hinged Cover
NEMA 1 Enclosure
Pushbutton or Pilog Light
NEMA Combination Starter
Combination Lighting Contactor

Type

$ Price

SG2

29.00

SG3

29.00

SG1

29.00

SG2

14.30

9001K51

14.30

9001K51

14.30

Table 16.294: How to Order
Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Type

9999

SP29R

Class 9999 Type SA2
Push Button Kit

Class 9999 Type SC2
Selector Switch Kit

Class 9999 Type SA3
Push Button Kit

16

Class 9999 Type SP2R
Pilot Light Kit

Class

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

To Order Specify:

•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-109

Accessories

Auxiliary Contacts
Class 9999
www.schneider-electric.us

Auxiliary Contacts for Manual and
Magnetic Contactors and Starters
Internal Contacts

External Contacts

Class 9999 Type SX11 internal contact
kit is a replacement unit for the N.O.
holding circuit contact supplied as
standard on Type S Sizes 00–2 three
phase starters and contactors. The
Class 9999 Type SX12 is a replacement
unit for the N.C. electrical contact which
is furnished as standard on Type S,
Internal Auxiliary
Sizes 00–2 mechanically interlocked
Contact
devices (e.g., Class 8736 reversing
starters). Internal contacts are also used on Class 2510
Types M & T manual starters. The internal contacts can
be used for other applications as long as the electrical
rating is not exceeded. See table below for electrical
ratings.

Class 9999 Type SX6
external auxiliary contact is
supplied as standard for the
N.O. holding circuit contact
on Type S Sizes 3–7 starters
and contactors. Additional
auxiliary contacts can be
added to Type S contactors,
External Single Circuit
starters and lighting
Auxiliary Contact
contactors. These contacts
mount on either side of the
basic contactor and are available with convertible or nonconvertible contacts. The contacts of the convertible
version can be changed from N.O. to N.C. or vice versa in
the field. The non-convertible version has fixed contacts,
either N.O. or N.C.
To determine the number of auxiliary contacts which can
be added to each Type S contactor or starter, refer to the
Class 8536 or Class 8736 section.
See table below for electrical ratings.

Table 16.295: Maximum Ratings for Type S Auxiliary Contacts and Timers
Contact Ratings

Contact Ratings
Class
9999
Type

AC Only
(35% Power Factor)

Volts
AC

SX11, SX12

Make
30 A
3600 VA

120 or Less
120-600

Continuous

Break
3A
360 VA

3A
3A

Table 16.296: Class 8502, 8536 and 8903 Type S
For Use With
Type

NEMA
Size

Ordering Information
Kit Description

Class
9999
Type
SX6-SX10
SX13-SX17

Device To Be
Serviced

$ Price

External—Field Convertible
1-N.O. Contact
SX6
86.00
1-N.C. Contact
SX7
86.00
SA-SJ
00–7 1-N.O. and 1-N.C. Isolated Contacts
SX8
116.00
1-N.O. Overlapping Contact
SX9a
116.00
1-N.C. Overlapping Contact
SX10a
116.00
External—Non-Convertible
1-N.O. Contact
SX13
99.00
1-N.C. Contact
SX14
99.00
SA-SJ
00–7 1-N.O. & 1 N.C. Isolated Contacts
SX15
134.00
1-N.O. Overlapping Contact
SX16a
134.00
1-N.C. Overlapping Contact
SX17a
134.00
Internal—Non-Convertible
Contact
SX11b
99.00
SA-SD
00–2 1-N.O.
1-N.C. Contact
SX12b
99.00
a
Types SX9 and SX10 or Types SX16 and SX17 must be used together
and mounted on the same side of the contactor. They are suitable for
applications where it is necessary for a normally open contact to
overlap a normally closed contact.
b
Types SX11 and SX12 are not applicable for use on NEMA Sizes 3 or
larger. Internal contacts can also be used on Class 2510 Types M and
T manual starters.

120 or Less
120–600

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Device To Be
Serviced

16-110

Continuous

Break
6A
720 VA

10 A
10 A

Auxiliary Contact Kit

Class 8965 Type

Contact
Arrangement

Type of
Connector

Class 9999
Type

DPR

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.O./1 N.C.
2 N.O.

Screw/
Quick-Connect

D10
D01
D11
D20

RO2 & RG2
RO10 Form X1
RO11 Form X1
RO3 & RG3
RO10 Form X2
RO11 Form X2
RO5 & RG5
RO12 Form X1
RO13 Form X1
RO6 & RG6
RO12 Form X2
RO13 Form X2

1 N.O.
each side

$ Price
Each
35.60
64.00

R10

50.00

R11

75.00

R12

50.00

R13

75.00

Slip-on
1 N.C.
each side
1 N.O.
each side
Screw
1 N.C.
each side

Table 16.299: How to Order
To Order Specify:

Table 16.297: Class 8910 and 8911 Definite Purpose
Contactors and Starters – Auxiliary
Contacts

Make
60 A
7200 VA

Table 16.298: Class 8965 Reversing/Hoist Contactors
–Auxiliary Contacts

Class 9999
Type

AC Only
(35% Power Factor)

Volts
AC

•
•

Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9999

SX6

Auxiliary Contact Kit

Class 8910 or
8911 Type

Contact
Arrangement

DPA
DPS

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.O./1 N.C.
2 N.O.

Class 9999
Series B
(20-90 A)
D10
D01
D11
D20

CP1

Series C
(20-40 A)
DD10
DD01
DD11
DD20

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
Each
24.60
44.30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories

Solid State Overload Relay, Motor Logic™
Class 9999, 9065 / Refer to Catalog 9065CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Motor Logic—Class 9999
Isolated Auxiliary Contacts for Motor Logic
Overload Relays
Overload relay auxiliary contacts are available factory
installed or in kit form for field installation on Motor Logic
overload relays. These contacts may be used for isolated
alarm contact applications.
Table 16.300:
For Use With
Class & Type
8536 SA-SJ

NEMA Sizec
00B through 7

9065 SS, SR, SF, ST

Parts Kit
Description

Class 9999 $ Price
Type

N.O. or N.C.
Auxiliary Contact
00B through 7 (Field Convertible)

AC04

57.00

DIN Adapter
The DIN adapter provides a method to mount the Motor
Logic overload relay to a 35 mm DIN rail.
Table 16.301:
For Use With
Class & Type
9065 SS or SF

NEMA Sizec
00B, 00C, 0, and 1

Parts Kit
Description

Class 9999
Type

DIN Adapter

DA01

$ Price
23.90

Lug-Lug and Lug-Extender Kits
A Class 9999 LL0 Lug-Lug Kit can be field installed on
separately mounted overload relays. The standard Size
00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Class 9065 Type SS and SF overload
relays are supplied without lugs. A Class 9999 LB0 LugExtender Kit is designed for Size 00B, 00C, 0, and 1
Retrofit Starter Applications. This kit allows the lugs to be
in the same location as the Class 9065 melting alloy
overload relay, eliminating the need for additional wire
length.
Table 16.302:
For Use With
Class & Type

NEMA Sizec

Parts Kit
Description

Class 9999
Type

Kit for
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 Lug-Lug
separate mounting
Lug-Extender Kit for
9065 SS or SF 00B, 00C, 0, and 1 retrofitting existing
NEMA S starters

$ Price

LL0

42.80

LB0

35.60

Remote Reset Module
The Remote Reset Module can be easily field installed on
solid state overload relays. This module will allow the
overload relay to be reset from a remote location.
Table 16.303:

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

For Use With
Parts Kit
Class 9999 $ Price
Description
Type
Class and Type
NEMA Sizec
536 SA-SJ
00B through 7 Remote Reset
RR04b
162.00
Module
9065 SS, SR, SF, ST 00B through 7
8536 SE-SF
3 and 4
Top Mounting
RB34ab
100.00
Bracket
9065 SS, SR, SF, ST
3 and 4
a
To be used to mount the remote reset module on the top of the overload
relay.
b
120 Vac power required.
c
NEMA Size 00B and 00C are not actual NEMA sizes. These
designations are used to differentiate the lower FLA of these devices
from the NEMA size 00 Motor Logic Solid State Overload Relay.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-111

Accessories
Class 9999
www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9999 Type
SB9 Double
Power Pole Adder

Power Pole Adders

Control Circuit Fuse Holder

One single or double circuit power pole kit may be field
added to a basic 2 or 3-Pole Type S contactor or starter
Sizes 0, 1 and 2, or 30–60 A lighting contactors. See table
below for selection. The ratings for these power pole
adders correspond to the NEMA contact ratings found on
page 16-105. A two or three pole contactor or starter
accepts only one single or double circuit unit. A power
pole cannot be used on four or five pole devices or
devices which are mechanically interlocked.

The control circuit fuse holder is designed to be used on
Type S contactors and starters, Sizes 00–7, when either
one or two control circuit fuses, 600 V maximum, are
required. The Type SF3 and SF4 fuse holders will accept
standard 600 V Bussmann Type KTK or equivalent
fuses (13/32" x 1-1/2"); 6 A maximum. The SFR3 and
SFR4 will accept Class CC 600 V Bussmann Type KTK-R
or equivalent fuses only.
Table 16.305:

To add a power pole to a Size 0 and 1 device, remove
return springs.
When adding a power pole to a Size 2 or 60 A device, a
coil change is required. Select a 4- and 5-Pole coil from
the coil selection table on page 16-105, or specify Form
Y118 as noted in the footnote below.

Class 9999

Descriptionb

Type
SF3
SFR3
SF4
SFR4

Single Fuse Unit
Single Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuse
Two Fuse Unit
Two Fuse Unit for Class CC Fuses
b
Fuses not included.

$ Price
64.00
64.00
86.00
86.00

When adding Sizes 0–2 power pole kits to a Size 3–7 or
100–800 A device, an adapter bracket (9999 SBT1) is
required. The Class 9999 Types SB6 through SB15 power
pole kits are suitable for copper wire only. Types SB21
through 25 are supplied with lugs suitable for copper and
aluminum wire.
Table 16.304:
For Use With

Class 9999 Type
SB9 Double
Power Pole Adder

Class 9999 Type
SB6 Single Power
Pole Adder

Type

Size

Class 9999 Type SF4
Fuse Kit

Power Pole Adder Kit
Description

Class 9999
Type
SB6
SB11a
SB21a
SB7
SB12a
SB22a
SB8
SB13a
SB23a
SB9
SB14a
SB24a
SB10
SB15a
SB25a

$ Price

SB, SC & SM
0, 1 & 30 A
158.00
One N.O. power pole
SD
2
adder
287.00
SP
60 A
SB, SC & SM
0, 1 & 30 A
158.00
One N.C. power pole
SD
2
adder
287.00
SP
60 A
SB, SC & SM
0, 1 & 30 A
365.00
One N.O. and one
SD
2
N.C.
656.00
power pole adder
SP
60 A
SB, SC & SM
0, 1 & 30 A
365.00
Two N.O. power pole
SD
2
adders
656.00
SP
60 A
SB, SC & SM
0, 1 & 30 A
365.00
Two N.C. power pole
SD
2
adders
656.00
SP
60 A
SE-SJ
3-7
&
&
Adapter Bracket
SBT1
100.00
SQ-SZ & SJ
100-800 A
a
To order a Size 2 or 60 A power pole kit complete with a new starter
coil, specify Form Y118, voltage and frequency and add $140.00 to the
price of the kit (e.g., Class 9999 Type SB11 Form Y118, 120 volts, 60
cycles. Priced at $426.00).

Transient Suppression Module
The transient suppression module is designed to be used
where the transient voltage, generated when opening the
coil circuit, interferes with the proper operation of nearby
integrated or solid state control circuits. The module
consists of an RC circuit and is designed to suppress the
coil voltage transients to approximately 200% of peak coil
supply voltage. The module is wired across the coil for
Type S, Sizes 00–5 and is designed for coil voltages of
120 volts only.
Table 16.306:
Class 9999

Description

Type
ST1
ST2

For Sizes 00-2
For Sizes 3-5

$ Price
62.00
62.00

Class 9999 Type ST1
Transient Suppression Module

Table 16.307: How to Order
To Order Specify:

•
•

Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9999

SM1

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-112

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories
Class 9999

www.schneider-electric.us

Isolated Alarm Contacts For Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Isolated overload relay alarm contacts are available factory installed or in kit form for field installation in Type S,
NEMA Size 00–6a starters and Class 9065 Types M and S melting alloy overload relays. Type S, NEMA Size 7,
utilizes a solid state overload relay which has isolated alarm contacts as a standard feature. The alarm contacts allow
the starter to be used in applications which require isolated contacts, such as inputs to a computer.
Class 9999 Types SO4 and SO5 modules are interchangeable with the standard module (Class 9998 Type SO1) and
may be installed on starters already in service. The case is made of clear plastic (polycarbonate) to allow for visual
inspection of contacts.
Table 16.308: Contact Unit For Melting Alloy Overload Relays
Magnetic Starter
NEMA
Size

Type SO4

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

N.O. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus
SO4
Standard N.C. Overload Contact
116.00
N.C. Isolated Alarm Contact Plus
SO5
Standard N.C. Overload Contact
Isolated alarm contacts cannot be added in the field to the Type S Size 5 starter. Current transformers and a Size 1 overload block must be used. For
factory installation specify Form Y342.
00-6a

a

Parts Kit Description

Type

SA-SH

Solid Neutral
The Class 9999 Type SN kit can be used on Class 8903 Type S lighting contactors and other controllers where field
addition of a solid neutral is required. Each kit has lugs suitable for both copper and aluminum wire, and mounts with
two screws.
Table 16.309:
Number of
Lugs

Wire Capacity
Per Lug (Cu/Al)

4
3

14–2/0
(1) 4–600 MCM or
(2) 1/0–250 MCM
(2) 2–600 MCM
(2) 6–350 MCM

3 (Dual)
2 (Dual)

Class 9999
Type
SN1

$ Price
134.00

SN2

392.00

SN3
SN4

624.00
392.00

Tie Point Terminal Block
The tie point terminal block provides easy wiring of a Hand-Off-Auto selector switch or Start-Stop push buttons with
separate control. The T7 terminal block requires no panel space. It simply snaps on Type S Sizes 00–4 contactors and
starters by two tabs and is secured to the left hand coil terminal.
Table 16.310:
Tie Point Terminal Block

Magnetic
Contactor or Starter
NEMA Size
00–4

Type
SA-SF

Class 9999
Type

$ Price

T7

33.30

Table 16.311: How to Order
To Order Specify:

Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Class

Type

9999

SO4

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-113

Accessories

Mechanical Interlocks
Class 9999
www.schneider-electric.us

Mechanical Interlock
General: Type S contactors or starters can be mechanically interlocked so that only one device is energized at a time.
The mechanical interlock is an interference (non-jamming) type, locking at the beginning of the stroke of any starter or
contactor.

Type SM1

Type S Sizes 00, 0, 1 and 2—The mechanical interlock is mounted on the underside of the reversing baseplate. Two
pins extend from the mechanical interlock through openings in the baseplate and engage the contact carrier of each
contactor. Two styles of mechanical interlocks are used: one version for three pole contactors, a different version for
four or five pole contactors. When adding a power pole to the left-hand side of an existing Size 0, 1, or 2 threepole reversing contactor, a new mechanical interlock must also be installed. When added to the right-hand
side only, the power pole will not be mechanically interlocked with the left-hand contactor.
Type S Sizes 3 and 4—The mechanical interlock is separate from the mounting pan on Sizes 3 and 4. Cams on the
mechanical interlocks are operated by the contact carrier of each contactor. The mechanical interlock is attached to the
underside of the two contactor baseplates on Sizes 3 and 4.
Table 16.312: Mechanical Interlock for Two Contactors
The following mechanical interlock kits can be used to interlock 2–5 pole contactors. Mechanical interlocks for
horizontal and vertical arrangement are listed in Various pole arrangements.

Horizontal
Type SM1 for Size 00–1
Type SM6 for Size 2
Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4

Horizontal
Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a
Type SM7 for Size 2
Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4

Vertical
Type SM2 for Size 0 or 1a
Type SM10 for Size 2
Type SM11 for Size 3
Type SM13 for Size 4

Contactor
NEMA
Size

Class
9999
Type

$ Price

00, 0, 1

SM1

116.00

0, 1

SM2

116.00

0, 1

SM3

116.00

0, 1

SM4

116.00

0, 1

SM5

116.00

2

SM6

257.00

2

SM7

257.00

2

SM8

257.00

2

SM9

257.00

2

SM10

257.00

3

SM11

257.00
Vertical
Vertical
3,
4
SM12
257.00
Type SM4 for Size 0 or 1
Type SM5 for Size 0 or 1
Type SM9 for Size 2
Type SM11 for Size 3
4
SM13
257.00
Type SM11 for Size 3
Type SM13 for Size 4
Type SM13 for Size 4
The Type SM2 interlock is factory assembled for horizontal mounting, but can easily be converted to vertical mounting. Conversion instructions are
included.
Horizontal
Type SM3 for Size 0 or 1
Type SM8 for Size 2
Type SM12 for Sizes 3 & 4

a

Overload Relay
Mounting Bracket

Table 16.313: Overload Relay Mounting Bracket
Mechanical interlock Types SM1 through SM10 for Sizes 00-2 devices use
overload relay mounting brackets to support the overload relay portion of the starter.
Class
9999
Type

Kit Description
Bracket for one overload relay used with horizontal mechanical
interlocks, Types SM1 through SM10
Bracket for two overload relays used with vertical mechanical interlocks,
Types SM2, SM4, SM5, SM9 and SM10

$ Price

SO11

14.30

SO12

42.80

Table 16.314: How to Order
To Order Specify:

16

•
•

Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Class

Type

9999

SM1

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Type SM12

16-114

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories

Fuse Block Replacement Parts Kits
Class 9422, 9999 / Refer to Catalog 9420CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 8538 (Series D and newer), Class 8738 (Series E and newer), and Class 8903 (Series C and newer) Type S
non-fusible combination starters and lighting contactors (sizes 0–2, 30 to 60 A) can be converted to the fusible type by
installing a Class 9422 Fuse Clip Kit. Both fusible and non-fusible combination devices have the same size enclosure in
NEMAs 1, 4, and 12 construction, which permits this conversion. The 9422 Fuse Clip Kits contain line and load fuse
clips, load base, and fuse pullers.
Table 16.315: Class 9422 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits
NEMA Class H, K, J, R Fuses
Device
Used on

Disconnect
Ampere
Rating

Fuse Clip Ratings
(A)

Size or
Ampere Rating

Class 9422 TC33
Fuse Block

a
b

Class R
Fuse Clip Kits

$ Price
Class & Type

250 V
Max.

$ Price

600 V
Max.

0, 1 & 30 A

30

0–30

—

9422TC30a

42.80

RFK03b

0, 1 & 30 A

30

31–60

0–30

9422TC33a

71.00

RFK06b

32.60
34.00

2 & 60 A

60

31–60

0–30

9422TC33

71.00

RFK06b

36.50

2 & 60 A

60

—

31–60

9422TD63

99.00

RFK06Hb

34.00

When using with a 9422FTCN or FTCF disconnect switch in 8538 or 8738 combination starters, remove and discard metal base plate.
No Class Number required Discount Schedule DE1.

Table 16.316: Class 9999 Replacement Fuse Clip Kits (8538 Pre-Series D, 8738 Pre-Series E)
NEMA Class H Fuses
Device
Used on

Disconnect
Ampere
Rating

250 V
Max.

600 V
Max.

NEMA Class J Fuses

Fuse Clip Ratings
(A)
Type

Size or
Ampere Rating

Class 9999 Type S2
Interchangeable Fuse Clips

NEMA Class R Fuses

Fuse Clip Ratings
(A)
$ Price

250 V
Max.

600 V
Max.

Type

$ Price

Fuse Clip
Ratings
(A)
600 V
Max.

Type

$ Price

0, 1 & 30 A

30

0–30
—
31–60

—
0–30
0–30

S1
S2
S2

35.60
35.60
35.60

0–30
—
31–60

—
0–30
0–30

SR1
SR2
SR2

35.60
47.60
47.60

—
0–30
0–30

—
SJ2
SJ2

—
105.00
105.00

2 & 60 A

60

31–60
—

0–30
31–60

S2
S3

35.60
50.00

31–60
—

0–30
31–60

SR2
SR3

47.60
64.00

0–30
31–60

SJ2
SJ3

105.00
125.00

3 & 100 A

100

61–100
101–200

61–100
—

S4d
S5d

144.00
270.00

61–100
101–200

61–100
—

SR4c
SR4c

47.60
47.60

61–100
—

SJ4
—

201.00
—

4 & 200 A

200

101–200

101–200

S5d

270.00

101–200

101–200

SR4c

47.60

—

—

—

5 & 300 A

400

—

—

—

—

201–400

201–400

SR5c

107.00

—

—

—

600
—
—
—
— 401–600
401–600
SR5c
107.00
—
—
6 & 400, 600 A
Fuse clips are not provided in the Type SR4 and SR5 kits. On new installations Class 9999 Type S fuse clips must also be purchased. Three
non-removable pins are supplied and can be installed only in the latest production devices, which have a hole in the lower fuse clips.
d
Cannot be used in Series B or newer 8538 devices.

—

c

Table 16.317: Class 9999 Auxiliary Contact Kits for Disconnect Switches and Circuit Breakers
Class

DPDT

Class

Type

Type $ Price

Type

$ Price

8538, 8738 SB, SC (Series C)

R45

71.00

R46

207.00

8539, 8739 SB, SC, SD, SE, SF, SG

R26

131.00

R27

243.00

9422

8538

SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K)

TC11

120.00

TC21

239.00

9422

BTCF, BTCN, BTDF,
BTEF, BTEN
TCF, TCN, TDF, TDN,
TEF, TEN

8738

SBA, SCA, SBG, SCG (Series K)

TC10

120.00

TC20

239.00

9422

TF

8538

SBe, SCe, SDe (Series B)

8538

SBAS8, SCAS8, SBGS8, SCGS8,
(Series K)

SPDT

DPDT

Type $ Price

Type $ Price

TC11 120.00

TC21

239.00

TC10 120.00

Disconnect Switches

TC11

239.00

R8

87.00

R9

243.00

Circuit Breaker Operating Mechanisms

R6

113.00

R7

221.00

TC10

120.00

TC20

239.00

9421

LF, LK, LL, LM, LN, LP, LR,
LT, LW

R47

131.00

R48

221.00

R43

116.00

R44

221.00

9422

RM, RN, RP, RQ, RR, RT

R26

131.00

R27

243.00

8538

SDA, SDAe, SDG, SDGe
(Series K)

TC10

120.00

TC20

239.00

9422

CFA, CKA, CLA, CSF, CMP

R26

131.00

R27

243.00

8738

SDA, SDG (Series K)

TC10

120.00

TC20

239.00

8538, 8738 SE (Series B & C)

R41

131.00

R42

243.00

8538, 8738 SE, SF (Series A)

R8

131.00

R9

243.00

8538, 8738 SF (Series B & C)

R39

135.00

R40

243.00

8538, 8738 SG

R35

435.00

R36

521.00

8538, 8738 SD (Series C)

e

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Class 9999 Type TC10

SPDT

Type

Class 8538 type numbers ending in suffix “S8”.

Table 16.318: How to Order
To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number

Type

9999

R6

16

•
•

Catalog Number
Class

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

DE1

Discount
Schedule

16-115

Thermal Unit Selection
www.schneider-electric.us

General
All tables are based on the operation of the motor and controller in the
same ambient temperature, 40oC (104oF) or less. Always be certain the
correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the
motor. Each thermal unit shall be installed such that its catalog number
is visible. See page 16-120, Figure 1 for complete thermal unit
installation instructions. On melting alloy thermal units the ratchet wheel
must engage the pawl assembly.

Selection Procedure
1.

Determine motor data:
a.

Full load current rating

b.

Service factor
NOTE: If motor full load current (FLC) is not known, a tentative thermal unit selection could be made, based on
horsepower and voltage. Refer to page 16-120.

2.

Motor and controller in same ambient temperature:
a.

b.

3.

For 1.0 service factor motors use 90% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.

Class 8198 only:
1.

For 1.0 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.

2.

For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 110% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.

Multiply motor FLC by the multiplier in Table A. Use the resultant full load current for thermal unit selection.

Locate proper selection table from index, pages 16-117 and 16-118.
a.

5.

For 1.15 to 1.25 service factor motors use 100% of motor FLC for thermal unit selection.

2.

Motor and controller in different ambient temperatures:
a.

4.

All starter classes, except Class 8198:
1.

The proper thermal unit number will be found adjacent, to the right of the range of full load currents in which the motor FLC
or resultant full load current falls.

See page 16-119 for calculation of trip current rating.

Table A: Selection of Thermal Units for Special Applications

Slow Trip Thermal Unit Selection
To select Type SB slow trip thermal units, the selection table for a
standard Type B thermal unit may be used with the following
modifications: For continuous rated motors having service factors of
1.15 to 1.25, select thermal units from the standard Type B table using
93% (102% for Class 8198) of the full load current shown on the motor
nameplate and then substitute an SB for the B in the thermal unit type
number.
Example: A motor with a full load current of 12 A controlled by an
8536SCG3 would require B22 thermal units for standard trip
applications and SB19.5 thermal units for slow trip applications. The SB
is selected by multiplying 12 A times 93% for 11.16 A and using this
value to select B19.5. Then add the S prefix to arrive at SB19.5.
For continuous rated motors having a service factor of 1.0, select
thermal units in the same manner using 84% (93% for Class 8198) of full
load current shown on the motor nameplate.
NOTE: SB thermal units are used on Size 0, 1, 2 and only some
Size 3 applications. Check thermal unit tables for current
ranges.

Class
of
Controller

Continuous
Duty
Motor
Service
Factor

Ambient Temperature of Motor

Same as
Controller
Ambient

Constant
10oC
(18oF)
Higher
Than
Controller
Ambient

Class
8198

1.15 to
1.25

1.0

1.0

0.9

1.15 to
1.25
1.0

1.1
1.0

0.9

0.9

Constant
40oC
(104oF)
or less,
for Any
Controller
Ambient

1.05

1.0

0.8

.95

0.9

1.0

1.15

1.1

1.05

1.0

Table 16.382: Thermal Unit Prices
Melting Alloy

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Standard

Quick
Slow

CP1

Constant
10o C
(18oF)
Lower
Than
Controller
Ambient

Full Load Current Multiplier
All
Classes,
Except
8198

Type of
Trip

16-116

Ambient
Temp.Comp.
Relays

Melting Alloy and
Non-Compensated
Bimetallic Relays

Discount
Schedule

Thermal
Unit Type
A
B
C
CC
DD
FB
SB

Bimetallic
$ Price
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50
35.60
57.00

Type of
Trip

Standard

Thermal
Unit Type
AR
AF
AU
E

$ Price
21.50
21.50
21.50
21.50

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices,
consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).

Table 16.383: Thermal Unit Selection
Thermal Unit Selection Table Number

Controller

Hand Reset Melting Alloy

Starter Type

Class

Type

Seriesa

Manual
Starters
FHP
Manual Starters
(Small
Enclosure)
Manual
Starters
(Large
Enclosure)
DC
Magnetic
Starters
EC & M Crane
Control Product

2510
2512
8908

F

A

FHP

AC
Magnetic
Starters
(Small
Enclosure)

Size

Standard Trip
(20)

Bimetallic

Quick Trip
(10)

Slow Trip
(30)

Non-Compensated

43h

—

—

—

—

1
1
1

72
72
72

j
j
j

—
—
—

—
—
—

2
2
2

73
73
73

j
j
j

—
—
—

—
—
—

Compensated

2510

M, T

A

M–0
M–1
M–1P

2510
2511
2512
8925

M, T

A

M–0
M–1
M–1P

—
—
—
—

1, 2
3
4
5

65
9
10
12

—
—
—
—

j
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

8536
8904b
(Starter
In Own
Enclosure)

C, D
E
F
G
A
(8536
only)
SA
SB

B, C

00

17h

—

—

—

—

8933

SC

8998
8999
(Model 3
Control Center)
I-LINE®
and QMB
Motor
Starter
Centers

SD

SH

A, B
A
A
A
A
A
B
A
B
A
Bl
A, B

33

A

j
j
j
j
j
134ij
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
134ij
133ij
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

64

SD

—
74
74
—
75
76i
—
77i
—
—
83
—
74
74
75
75
76i
76i
—
77i
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
33
33
—
70
37g
—
29g
—
46
42
47

A

13
13
13
41
56
18
—
54
—
49
59
21
66
15
67
58f
16
68f
—
61
—
24
20
109
104
110
111
112
113
103
114
135
145
146

—
8
8
—
62
63
142g
11
144g
38
23
39

SC

00
0
1
1P
2
3
3
4
4
5
5
6
1 Fusible
1 Circuit Breaker
2 Fusible
2 Circuit Breaker
3 Small Enclosure
3 Large Enclosure
3
4
4
5
6
1
1 COMPAC 6
2
3
4
5
5 CT
6
20–30 A
40 A
50 A

7135
7136
7735
7736

8998
8999
(Model 4
Control Center)

SE
SF
SG

SE

SG
SH
SCk

A

SDk
SEk
SFk

A
A
A
A
B
A

SF

8998
(Model 5 and
Model 6 MCCs)

SGk
SHk
8911

A
B
A
B
A
A

DPSG

C

A
Table continued on the next page; see page 16-118 for Footnotes.

57

70

51

37g

141g
35
143g
52
48
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
29f
—
46
47
97
—
98
99g
100g
101
—
102
—
—
—

NOTE: For thermal unit selection tables for other devices including obsolete devices,
consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Thermal Unit Prices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-116.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-117

Thermal Unit Selection
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.384: Thermal Unit Selection
Thermal Unit Selection Table Number

Controller

Hand Reset Melting Alloy

Bimetallic

Standard Trip
Quick Trip
Slow Trip
Non-Compensated
Compensated
(20)
(10)
(30)
8198
G, S
—
—
5
—
j
—
6
A (8536 only)
B, C
00
14h
—
—
—
—
8536
SA
A, B
00
53
—
j
55
25
(Starter Used in
SB, NB
A
0
15
78
j
64
33
Multi-Motor Panel)
8538
8904e
SC, NC
A
1
15
78
j
64
33
8539
8906
SD, ND
A
2
58
79
j
57
70
8606
8907
A
3
16
80i
133ij
51
37g
8630c
8920
SE,
NE
8640d
8922
B
3
—
—
—
141g
—
9089
8924
A
4
61
81i
—
35
29g
8647
8925
SF, NF
B
4
—
—
—
143g
—
8650
8930
8736
8941
A
5
24
—
—
52
46
SG
8738
Bl
5
59
83
—
23
42
8739
SH
A, B
6
20
—
j
48
47
CB, DB, SB, UB
A
0
15
78
j
64
33
CC, DC, SC, UC
A
1
15
78
j
64
33
AC
CD, DD, SD, UD
A
2
58
79
j
57
70
Magnetic
Starters
CE, DE, SE, UE
A
3
16
80i
133ij
51
37g
8810
(Large
CF, DF, SF, UF
A
4
61
81i
—
35
29g
8811
Enclosure)
SE
B
3
—
—
—
141g
—
8812
SF
B
4
—
—
—
143g
—
A
5
24
—
—
52
46
CG, DG, SG, UG
Bl
5
59
83
—
23
42
CH, DH, SH, UH
A
6
20
—
j
48
47
WC, XC
A
1
13
78
—
—
33
WD, XD, MD, RD,
A
2
56
79
—
—
70
WE, XE, ME, RE,
A
3
18
80i
—
—
37g
8940
™
WELL-GUARD
PF, WF, XF, MF, RF,
A
4
54
81i
—
—
29g
Control
A
5
—
—
—
—
46
XSG, NSG,
MG,RG, VGh
Bl
5
—
—
—
—
42
XSH, VH
A
6
—
—
—
—
47
20–30 A
136
—
—
—
—
C
8911
DPSO
40 A
147
—
—
—
—
A
50 A
148
—
—
—
—
SCk
A
1
127
—
—
—
121
SDk
A
2
128
—
—
—
122
AC
8998
SEk
A
3
129
—
—
—
123g
Magnetic
(Model 5 and
PartSF
A
4
105
—
—
—
117g
Model 6 MCCs)
Winding
A
5
115
—
—
—
118
SG
Bl
5 CT
116
—
—
—
—
AF
B
4(133 A)
—
—
—
30
—
AG
A
5(266 A)
—
—
—
36
—
AR
A
1(25 A)
—
—
—
32
—
AT
A
2(45 A)
—
—
—
60
—
AU
—
3(86 A)
—
—
—
50
—
DA2
A
1(25 A)
—
—
—
—
140g
GA2
A
2(60 A)
—
—
—
—
139g
HA2
A
3(100 A)
—
—
—
—
138g
Separately
JA2
A
4(180 A)
—
—
—
—
137g
Mounted
9065
C
A
1(25 A)
44
82
j
—
—
Overload
F
B
4(133
A)
19
85i
—
—
—
Relays
G
A
5(266 A)
22
—
—
—
—
MEO
A
(32 A)
86
—
—
—
—
1(26 A)
59
83
j
23
42
2(45 A)
69
84
j
27
71
S
A
3(86 A)
34
—
—
—
—
4(133 A)
28
—
—
—
—
T
A
2(45 A)
31
—
j
—
—
U
—
3(86 A)
40
—
—
—
—
a
Series letters listed refer to the marking on the nameplate of the basic open type starter. When the starter is supplied in a controller containing other devices, the controller may have a different
series letter marked on the enclosure nameplate.
b
Small enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 non-combination and non-reversing starters. For combination and reversing Class 8904 starters refer to the large enclosure selections, index
above.
c
For Class 8630 starters divide the delta connected motor full load current by 1.73, and use this quotient to select thermal units.
d
For Class 8640 and Class 8940 (MD, PD, ME, PE, MF, PF, MG and PG) starters use the full load current of each motor winding as a basis for thermal unit selection—normally one-half total
motor current.
e
Large enclosure tables apply for Class 8904 combination and reversing starters. For non-combination and non-reversing Class 8904 starters refer to small enclosure selections, page 16-117.
f
Use for Autotransformer Starters (Fusible and Circuit Breaker).
g
Order Type E thermal units by number from Schneider Electric, Furnas Electric Company, Batavia, Illinois or a Furnas distributor at $13.50 each, subject to motor control discounts.
h
Type A thermal units for full load currents lower than those listed in this table are available. For complete information, consult Schneider Electric CCC at (1-888-778-2733).
i
Form Y81 must be specified to use quick trip (Class 10) or slow trip (Class 30) thermal units on Size 3 starters and quick trip (Class 10) thermal units on Size 4 starters.
j
This device will accept Type SB slow trip (Class 30) thermal units. For selection, see page 16-116.
k
Refers to type number of starter in MCC, not actual type number of MCC.
l
Divide the motor FLC by 60 and use this quotient to select the appropriate thermal units.
Starter Type

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-118

Class

Type

Seriesa

Size

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
www.schneider-electric.us

Calculation of Trip Current Rating
Trip Current Rating—Trip current rating is a nominal value which approximates the minimum current to trip an overload relay in an ambient
temperature, outside of the enclosure, of 40oC (104oF). In all selection tables except Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.25 times the minimum
full load current shown for the thermal unit selected. For Class 8198, the trip current rating is 1.15 times the minimum full load current. This applies
to bimetallic overload relays with the trip adjustment set at 100 percent.

Calculation Procedure
1. Use the selection table for the specific controller involved.
2. Find the minimum motor full load current listed for the thermal unit in question.
3. Multiply that current by 1.25 (1.15 for Class 8198). The result is the trip current rating.
Example 1: Determine the thermal unit selection and trip current rating for thermal units in a Class 8536 Type SCG3 Size 1 magnetic starter used
to control a three-phase, 1.15 service factor motor with a full load current of 17.0 Amperes, where the motor and controller are both located in a
40oC (104oF) ambient temperature.
1. From Table 13 the proper selection is B32.
2. The minimum motor full load current is 16. 0 Amperes.
3. Trip current rating is 16.0 x 1.25= 20.0 Amperes.
Protection Level is the relationship between trip current rating and full load current. Protection level, in percent, is the trip current rating divided by
the motor full load current times 100. In Example 1 the protection level for the B32 thermal unit is: 20.0/17.0 x 100=118%.
National Electrical Code, Section 430-32, allows a maximum protection level of 125% for the motor in the above example.
Minimum Trip Current (also called ultimate current) may vary from the trip current rating value, since ratings are established under standardized
test conditions. Factors which influence variations include: the number of thermal units installed, enclosure size, proximity to heat producing
devices, size of conductors installed, ambient (room) temperature, and others.
Except for ambient temperature-compensated overload relays, an ambient temperature higher than 40oC would lower the trip current, and a lower
temperature would increase it. This variation is not a factor in selecting thermal units for the average application, since most motor ratings are
based on an ambient temperature of 40oC, and motor capacity varies with temperature in about the same proportion as the change in trip current.
Temperature-compensated relays maintain a nearly constant trip current over a wide range of ambient temperature, and are intended for use where
the relay, because of its location, cannot sense changes in the motor ambient temperature.

Calculation of Trip Current For Ambient Temperatures Other Than 40oC
For a controller ambient temperature other than 40oC (104oF) trip current can be calculated by applying a correction factor from the curve in
Figure 1. The approximate trip current for a particular ambient temperature is the product of (1) the multiplier M corresponding to the temperature
and (2) the 40oC trip current rating.
NOTE: Ambient temperature is the temperature surrounding the starter enclosure. Normal temperature rise inside the enclosure has been
taken into account in preparing the thermal unit selection tables.
Example 2: Determine the trip current for the motor and controller in Example 1, except the controller is in a 30oC (86oF) ambient temperature.
From the curve in Figure 1 the multiplier M is 1.1 at 30oC. Approximate Trip Current is 16.0 x 1.25 x 1.1=22 Amperes

212
194
176
158
140
122
104
86
68
50
32
14
-4

Ambient Temperature Correction
Curve for
Thermal Overload Relays

100
Ambient Temp - Degrees Centigrade

Ambient Temp - Equiv. Degrees Farenheit

.

80
60

40

20
0
-20
0.2

0.4

0.6

0.8

1.0

1.2

1.4

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-119

Thermal Unit Selection
www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Thermal Unit Selection Based On Horsepower and Voltage
General—Thermal units selected using approximate full load currents from the table below will provide a trip current between 101% and 125% of
full load current for many 4-pole, single speed, normal torque, 60 Hz motors. Since full load current rating of different makes and types of motors
vary so widely, these selections may not be suitable.
Thermal units should be selected on the basis of motor nameplate full load current and service factor. Thermal unit sizes originally selected on an
approximate basis should always be rechecked and corrected at the time of installation if required.

Instructions:
1.
2.
3.

Locate motor horsepower and voltage.
Determine approximate full load current from the table below.
Use approximate full load current in place of actual nameplate full load current and follow instructions on page 16-116.

Only Use This Table When Motor Full Load Current Is Not Known
Table 16.385:
Motor Full Load Current
Motor
Horsepower

Three Ø

Single Ø

200 V

230 V

460 V

575 V

115 V

230 V

1/6

—

—

—

—

4.4

2.2

1/4

—

—

—

—

5.8

2.9

1/3

—

—

—

—

7.2

3.6

1/2

2.5

2.2

1.1

0.9

9.8

4.9

3/4

3.7

3.2

1.6

1.3

13.8

6.9

1

4.8

4.2

2.1

1.7

16

8

1-1/2

6.9

6.0

3.0

2.4

20

10

2

7.8

6.8

3.4

2.7

24

12

3

11.0

9.6

4.8

3.9

34

17

5

17.5

15.2

7.6

6.1

56

28

7-1/2

25.3

22

11

9

80

40

10

32.2

28

14

11

—

50

15

48.3

42

21

17

—

—

20

62.1

54

27

22

—

—

25

78.2

68

34

27

—

—

30

92

80

40

32

—

—

40

120

104

52

41

—

—

50

150

130

65

52

—

—

60

177

154

77

62

—

—

75

221

192

96

77

—

—

100

285

248

124

99

—

—

125

359

312

156

125

—

—

150

414

360

180

144

—

—

200

552

480

240

192

—

—

NOTE: These currents should not be used for selection of fuses, circuit breakers or wire sizes. See NEC tables 430-248 through 430-250. For
motors rated 208-220 volts, use 230 V column. For motors rated 440 to 550 volts, use 460 and 575 V columns, respectively.

Mounting Thermal Units

16

Always be certain the correct thermal units are installed in the starter before operating the motor. Thermal units should always be
mounted so that their type designation can be read from the front of the starter (see Figure 1). Melting alloy thermal units should
be mounted so that the tooth of the pawl assembly can engage the teeth of the ratchet wheel when the reset button is pushed.
Mounting surfaces of starter and thermal units should be clean and care should be taken to insure that thermal unit mounting
screws are fastened securely.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Figure 1

16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 1–6
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 1

Table 2

Motor FLC (A)
1 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.33–0.36
0.37–0.40
0.41–0.45
0.46–0.52
0.53–0.59
0.60–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.91
0.92–1.02
1.03–1.14
1.15–1.29
1.20–1.42
1.43–1.64
1.65–1.80
1.81–2.10
2.11–2.30
2.31–2.61
2.62–2.99
3.00–3.37
3.38–3.94
3.95–4.24
4.25–4.54
4.55–5.29
5.30–5.73
5.74–6.35
6.36–7.08
7.09–7.83
7.84–8.47
8.48–9.83
9.84–10.5
10.6–11.4
11.5–12.8
12.9–13.9
14.0–16.1
16.2–18.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0

0.29–0.32
0.33–0.36
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.47
0.48–0.56
0.57–0.63
0.64–0.69
0.70–0.77
0.78–0.86
0.87–0.96
0.97–1.11
1.12–1.23
1.24–1.37
1.38–1.55
1.56–1.75
1.76–1.92
1.93–2.16
2.17–2.50
2.51–2.81
2.82–3.16
3.17–3.40
3.41–3.76
3.77–4.00
4.01–4.68
4.69–5.18
5.19–5.51
5.52–6.19
6.20–7.12
7.13–8.15
8.16–8.60
8.61–9.21
9.22–10.1
10.2–11.2
11.3–12.0
—
—
Following Selections
for Size M-1 & M-1P Only.
—
11.3–12.1
—
12.2–13.6
16.2–17.6
13.7–15.3
17.7–20.6
15.4–17.3
20.7–23.1
17.4–19.1
23.2–26.0
19.2–21.7
—
21.8–24.2
—
24.3–26.0
Following Selections
for Size M-1P Only
23.2–27.1
—
27.2–29.2
—
29.3–33.0
—
33.1–36.0
—

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

19.5
22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0

B
B
B
B

36.0
40.0
45.0
50.0

Table 3

Motor FLC (A)
1 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.35–0.38
0.30–0.32
0.39–0.43
0.33–0.37
0.44–0.48
0.38–0.39
0.49–0.56
0.40–0.48
0.57–0.63
0.49–0.57
0.64–0.71
0.58–0.64
0.72–0.78
0.65–0.70
0.79–0.88
0.71–0.78
0.89–0.99
0.79–0.87
1.00–1.15
0.88–0.98
1.16–1.23
0.99–1.13
1.24–1.43
1.14–1.25
1.44–1.51
1.26–1.40
1.52–1.75
1.41–1.58
1.76–1.93
1.59–1.79
1.94–2.25
1.80–1.91
2.26–2.47
1.92–2.20
2.48–2.81
2.21–2.55
2.82–3.20
2.56–2.87
3.21–3.63
2.88–3.24
3.64–4.19
3.25–3.48
4.20–4.53
3.49–3.85
4.54–4.89
3.86–4.10
4.90–5.68
4.11–4.79
5.69–6.27
4.80–5.31
6.28–6.85
5.32–5.65
6.86–7.73
5.66–6.35
7.74–8.50
6.36–7.31
8.51–9.29
7.32–8.34
9.30–10.4
8.35–8.84
10.5–11.3
8.85–9.47
11.4–12.3
9.48–10.4
12.4–13.9
10.5–11.5
14.0–15.0
11.6–12.0
15.1–18.0
—
Following Selections
for Size M-1 & M-1P Only.
—
11.6–12.4
15.1–17.4
12.5–14.0
17.5–19.2
14.1–15.8
19.3–22.0
15.9–17.8
22.1–24.6
17.9–19.7
24.7–26.0
19.8–22.4
—
22.5–25.1
—
25.1–26.0
Following Selections
for Size M-1P Only.
24.7–29.1
—
29.2–31.7
—
31.8–36.0
—

Thermal
Unit
Number
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

0.44
0.51
0.57
0.63
0.71
0.81
0.92
1.03
1.16
1.30
1.45
1.67
1.88
2.10
2.40
2.65
3.00
3.30
3.70
4.15
4.85
5.50
6.25
6.90
7.70
8.20
9.10
10.2
11.5
12.8
14.0
15.5
17.5
19.5
22.0

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

19.5
22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0

Table 4

Motor FLC (A)
1 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.29–0.31
0.28–0.29
0.32–0.36
0.30–0.33
0.37–0.39
0.34–0.36
0.40–0.47
0.37–0.44
0.48–0.56
0.45–0.52
0.57–0.63
0.53–0.59
0.64–0.69
0.60–0.64
0.70–0.77
0.65–0.71
0.78–0.86
0.72–0.80
0.87–0.97
0.81–0.90
0.98–1.12
0.91–1.03
1.13–1.24
1.04–1.14
1.25–1.39
1.15–1.27
1.40–1.57
1.28–1.44
1.58–1.78
1.45–1.63
1.79–1.96
1.64–1.79
1.97–2.20
1.80–2.01
2.21–2.41
2.02–2.19
2.42–2.75
2.20–2.52
2.76–3.25
2.53–2.95
3.26–3.50
2.96–3.17
3.51–3.87
3.18–3.50
3.88–4.13
3.51–3.73
4.14–4.69
3.74–4.22
4.70–5.20
4.23–4.68
5.21–5.53
4.69–4.98
5.54–6.23
4.99–5.59
6.24–7.18
5.60–6.43
7.19–8.20
6.44–7.41
8.21–8.98
7.42–8.02
8.99–9.63
8.03–8.59
9.64–10.6
8.60–9.52
10.7–11.8
9.53–10.5
11.9–12.7
10.6–11.2
12.8–14.3
11.3–12.0
14.4–16.1
—
16.2–18.0
—
Following Selections
for Size M-1 & M-1P Only.
—
11.3–12.7
—
12.8–14.3
16.2–18.3
14.4–16.1
18.4–20.2
16.2–17.8
20.3–23.0
17.9–20.1
23.1–26.0
20.2–22.6
—
22.7–25.5
—
25.6–26.0
Following Selections
for Size M-1P Only
25.9–29.0
—
29.1–30.8
—
30.9–32.7
—
32.8–36.0
—

B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0

B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

B
B
B
B

22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0
50.0

45.0
50.0
56.0
62.0

Motor FLC (A)
1 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.32–0.33
0.34–0.38
0.39–0.41
0.42–0.50
0.51–0.61
0.62–0.68
0.69–0.74
0.75–0.83
0.84–0.93
0.94–1.05
1.06–1.21
1.22–1.34
1.35–1.50
1.51–1.70
1.71–1.93
1.94–2.12
2.13–2.38
2.39–2.61
2.62–2.99
3.00–3.53
3.54–3.80
3.81–4.21
4.22–4.49
4.50–5.10
5.11–5.66
5.67–6.03
6.04–6.79
6.80–7.84
7.85–8.96
8.97–9.82
9.83–10.4
10.5–11.6
11.7–12.9
13.0–13.9
14.0–15.7
15.8–18.0

0.29–0.30
0.31–0.35
0.36–0.37
0.38–0.45
0.46–0.54
0.55–0.61
0.62–0.66
0.67–0.74
0.75–0.83
0.84–0.93
0.94–1.07
1.08–1.19
1.20–1.33
1.34–1.51
1.52–1.70
1.71–1.87
1.88–2.10
2.11–2.29
2.30–2.63
2.64–3.09
3.10–3.32
3.33–3.67
3.68–3.91
3.92–4.43
4.44–4.91
4.92–5.23
5.24–5.88
5.89–6.77
6.78–7.90
7.91–8.44
8.45–9.05
9.06–9.99
10.0–11.0
11.1–11.9
12.0–12.0
—
Following Selections
for Size M-1 & M-1P Only.
—
12.0–13.4
—
13.5–15.1
17.8–20.1
15.2–17.0
20.2–22.2
17.1–18.9
22.3–25.3
19.0–21.4
25.4–26.0
21.5–24.0
—
24.1–26.0
Following Selections
for Size M-1P Only.
25.4–28.4
—
28.5–33.1
—
33.2–36.0
—

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0

B
B
B
B
B
B
B

22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0

B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0

Table 5
Current Transformer Ratio
25/5

50/5

75/5

100/5

10.6–11.7
11.8–13.2
13.3–14.8
14.9–17.2
17.3–19.6
19.7–22.3

21.1–23.6
23.7–26.5
26.6–29.6
29.7–34.5
34.6–39.2
39.3–44.6

31.7–35.4
35.5–39.8
39.9–44.5
44.6–51.8
51.9–58.9
59.0–67.0

42.3–47.2
47.3–53.1
53.2–59.4
59.5–69.2
69.3–78.6
78.7–89.3

25/5

50/5

75/5

100/5

10.6–11.9
12.0–13.4
13.5–15.0
15.1–16.6
16.7–18.7
18.8–20.7
20.8–22.8

21.2–23.9
24.0–26.9
27.0–30.0
30.1–33.4
33.5–37.5
37.6–41.4
41.5–45.7

31.8–35.9
36.0–40.3
40.4–45.1
45.2–50.1
50.2–56.3
56.4–62.2
62.3–68.5

42.4–47.9
48.0–53.8
53.9–60.1
60.2–66.9
67.0–75.1
75.2–82.9
83.0–91.4

150/5

200/5

Motor FLC
63.4–70.9
84.5–94.6
71.0–79.7
94.7–105.
79.8–89.1
106.–118.
89.2–103.
119.–138.
104.–117.
139.–156.
118.–133.
157.–178.

Thermal
Unit
Number

250/5

300/5

400/5

500/5

106.–117.
118.–132.
133.–148.
149.–172.
173.–196.
197.–223.

127.–141.
142.–159.
160.–177.
178.–207.
208.–235.
236.–267.

169.–188.
189.–212.
213.–237.
238.–276.
277.–314.
315.–357.

211.–236.
237.–265.
266.–296.
297.–345.
346.–360.
—

250/5

300/5

400/5

500/5

Thermal
Unit
Number

106.–119.
120.–134.
135.–150.
151.–166.
167.–187.
188.–207.
208.–228.

127.–143.
144.–161.
162.–180.
181.–200.
201.–225.
226.–248.
249.–274.

170.–191.
192.–215.
216.–240.
241.–267.
268.–300.
301.–331.
332.–365.

212.–239.
240.–269.
270.–300.
301.–334.
335.–360.
—
—

AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4

B
B
B
B
B
B

3.00
3.30
3.70
4.15
4.85
5.50

Current Transformer Ratio
150/5

200/5

16

Motor FLC
63.6–72.0
84.8–96.0
72.1–80.8
96.1–107.
80.9–90.2
108.–119.
90.3–99.9
120.–133.
100.–112.
134.–149.
113.–124.
150.–165.
125.–136.
166.–182.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-121

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 8–12
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 8

Table 9
Motor FLC (A)

2.T.U.1Ø
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.42
0.43–0.46
0.47–0.50
0.51–0.54
0.55–0.59
0.60–0.65
0.66–0.71
0.72–0.78
0.79–0.86
0.87–0.94
0.95–1.04
1.05–1.14
1.15–1.25
1.26–1.42
1.43–1.62
1.63–1.75
1.76–1.91
1.92–2.07
2.08–2.25
2.26–2.47
2.48–2.73
2.74–2.99
3.00–3.31
3.32–3.71
3.72–4.15
4.16–4.65
4.66–5.11
5.12–5.68
5.69–6.24
6.25–7.15
7.16–7.84
7.85–8.56
8.57–9.40
9.41–10.2
10.3–10.7
10.8–12.2
12.3–14.1
14.2–15.9
16.0–18.0
—
—
—
16.0–18.1
18.2–20.8
20.9–23.6
23.7–26.0
—
—

2 T.U.2Ø

3 T.U.

0.37–0.39
0.30–0.31
0.40–0.42
0.32–0.34
0.43–0.46
0.35–0.37
0.47–0.50
0.38–0.41
0.51–0.54
0.42–0.45
0.55–0.59
0.46–0.49
0.60–0.65
0.50–0.54
0.66–0.71
0.55–0.56
0.72–0.78
0.57–0.62
0.79–0.86
0.63–0.68
0.87–0.94
0.69–0.75
0.95–1.04
0.76–0.82
1.05–1.14
0.83–0.91
1.15–1.25
0.92–1.00
1.26–1.42
1.01–1.18
1.43–1.62
1.19–1.30
1.63–1.75
1.31–1.41
1.76–1.91
1.42–1.53
1.92–2.07
1.54–1.69
2.08–2.25
1.70–1.79
2.26–2.47
1.80–2.02
2.48–2.73
2.03–2.19
2.74–2.99
2.20–2.43
3.00–3.31
2.44–2.81
3.32–3.71
2.82–3.12
3.72–4.15
3.13–3.47
4.16–4.65
3.48–3.89
4.66–5.11
3.90–4.30
5.12–5.68
4.31–4.69
5.69–6.24
4.70–5.19
6.25–7.15
5.20–5.93
7.16–7.84
5.94–6.45
7.85–8.56
6.46–7.08
8.57–9.40
7.09–7.71
9.41–10.2
7.72–8.39
10.3–10.7
8.40–8.64
10.8–12.2
8.65–9.74
—
9.75–11.0
—
11.1–12.0
—
—
Following Selections for Size 1 Only
10.8–12.2
—
12.3–14.1
—
14.2–15.9
11.1–12.4
16.0–18.1
12.5–13.9
18.2–20.8
14.0–15.9
20.9–23.6
16.0–17.7
23.7–26.0
17.8–20.3
—
20.4–22.8
—
22.9–26.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR
AR

13.6
15.4
17.6
20.5
23.0
27.0
30.0
35.0
40.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
C 20.0
C 22.0
C 26.0
C 30.0
C 34.0
C 40.0
C 42.0
C 45.0
C 51.0
C 58.0
C 66.0
C 75.0
C 83.0
C 90.0
C 103.0
C 114.0

Motor FLC (A)
15.3–16.7
16.8–19.8
19.9–22.8
22.9–25.8
25.9–30.4
30.5–31.9
32.0–34.2
34.3–38.8
38.9–44.2
44.3–50.2
50.3–57.1
57.2–63.2
63.3–68.6
68.7–78.6
78.7–86.9
87.0–100.0

Table 10
Thermal
Unit
Number
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0

Motor FLC (A)
43.6–47.3
47.4–51.3
51.4–54.6
54.7–59.7
59.8–65.1
65.2–70.1
70.2–75.1
75.2–82.2
82.3–89.2
89.3–96.5
96.6–104.
105.–113.
114.–123.
124.–132.
133.–150.

Table 11
Motor FLC (A)
2 T.U.

3 T.U.

33.0–36.1
36.2–40.2
40.3–44.5
45.6–51.3
51.4–58.5
58.6–62.6
62.7–71.3
71.4–77.1
77.2–86.9
87.0–93.3
93.4–102.
103.–107.
108.–112.
113.–121.
122.–123.
124.–133.
———

30.5–33.4
33.5–37.1
37.2–42.0
42.1–47.0
47.1–53.5
53.6–57.5
57.6–64.4
64.5–69.4
69.5–77.4
77.5–83.6
83.7–92.9
93.0–100.
101.–104.
105.–115.
116.–119.
120.–123.
124.–133.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0
AU 123.0
AU 135.0
AU 152.0
AU 169.0
AU 183.0
AU 198.0
AU 217.0
AU 235.0

Table 12
Motor FLC (A)

16

92.–100.
101.–109.
110.–119.
120.–131.
132.–139.
140.–156.
157.–166.
167.–180.
181.–189.
190.–209.
210.–225.
226.–238.
239.–263.
264.–300.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-122

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

Thermal
Unit
Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 213.0
DD 220.0
DD 230.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 280.0
DD 300.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 13–18
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 15
Motor FLC (A)

1.T.U.

2 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.29–0.31
0.29–0.31
0.28–0.30
0.32–0.34
0.32–0.34
0.31–0.34
0.35–0.38
0.35–0.38
0.35–0.37
0.39–0.45
0.39–0.45
0.38–0.44
0.46–0.54
0.46–0.54
0.45–0.53
0.55–0.61
0.55–0.61
0.54–0.59
0.62–0.66
0.62–0.66
0.60–0.64
0.67–0.73
0.67–0.73
0.65–0.72
0.74–0.81
0.74–0.81
0.73–0.80
0.82–0.94
0.82–0.94
0.81–0.90
0.95–1.05
0.95–1.05
0.91–1.03
1.06–1.22
1.06–1.22
1.04–1.14
1.23–1.34
1.23–1.34
1.15–1.27
1.35–1.51
1.35–1.51
1.28–1.43
1.52–1.71
1.52–1.71
1.44–1.62
1.72–1.93
1.72–1.93
1.63–1.77
1.94–2.14
1.94–2.14
1.78–1.97
2.15–2.40
2.15–2.40
1.98–2.32
2.41–2.72
2.41–2.72
2.33–2.51
2.73–3.15
2.73–3.15
2.52–2.99
3.16–3.55
3.16–3.55
3.00–3.42
3.56–4.00
3.56–4.00
3.43–3.75
4.01–4.40
4.01–4.40
3.76–3.98
4.41–4.88
4.41–4.88
3.99–4.48
4.89–5.19
4.89–5.19
4.49–4.93
5.20–5.73
5.20–5.73
4.94–5.21
5.74–6.39
5.74–6.39
5.22–5.84
6.40–7.13
6.40–7.13
5.85–6.67
7.14–7.90
7.14–7.90
6.68–7.54
7.91–8.55
7.91–8.55
7.55–8.14
8.56–9.53
8.56–9.53
8.15–8.72
9.54–10.6
9.54–10.6
8.73–9.66
10.7–11.8
10.7–11.8
9.67–10.5
11.9–13.2
11.9–12.0
10.6–11.3
13.3–14.9
—
11.4–12.0
15.0–16.6
—
—
16.7–18.0
—
—
Following Selections for Size 1 Only
—
11.9–13.2
—
—
13.3–14.9
11.4–12.7
—
15.0–16.6
12.8–14.1
16.7–18.9
16.7–18.9
14.2–15.9
19.0–21.2
19.0–21.2
16.0–17.5
21.3–23.0
21.3–23.0
17.6–19.7
23.1–25.5
23.1–25.5
19.8–21.9
25.6–26.0
25.6–26.0
22.0–24.4
—
—
24.5–26.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

19.5
22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0
50.0

Table 17
Motor FLC (A)

1.T.U.

2 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.31–0.33
0.31–0.33
0.29–0.31
0.34–0.36
0.34–0.36
0.32–0.36
0.37–0.40
0.37–0.40
0.37–0.38
0.41–0.48
0.41–0.48
0.39–0.46
0.49–0.57
0.49–0.57
0.47–0.55
0.58–0.64
0.58–0.64
0.56–0.61
0.65–0.70
0.65–0.70
0.62–0.66
0.71–0.77
0.71–0.77
0.67–0.75
0.78–0.85
0.78–0.85
0.76–0.83
0.86–0.99
0.86–0.99
0.84–0.93
1.00–1.10
1.00–1.10
0.94–1.06
1.11–1.28
1.11–1.28
1.07–1.18
1.29–1.41
1.29–1.41
1.19–1.31
1.42–1.58
1.42–1.58
1.32–1.47
1.59–1.80
1.59–1.80
1.48–1.67
1.81–2.03
1.81–2.03
1.68–1.83
2.04–2.25
2.04–2.25
1.84–2.04
2.26–2.51
2.26–2.51
2.05–2.38
2.52–2.83
2.52–2.83
2.39–2.60
2.84–3.29
2.84–3.29
2.61–3.13
3.30–3.75
3.30–3.75
3.14–3.59
3.76–4.22
3.76–4.22
3.60–3.94
4.23–4.65
4.23–4.65
3.95–4.19
4.66–5.16
4.66–5.16
4.20–4.72
5.17–5.53
5.17–5.53
4.73–5.21
5.54–6.09
5.54–6.09
5.22–5.51
6.10–6.80
6.10–6.80
5.52–6.17
6.81–7.60
6.81–7.60
6.18–7.07
7.61–8.35
7.61–8.35
7.08–8.05
8.36–9.04
8.36–9.04
8.06–8.69
9.05–9.99
9.05–9.99
8.70–9.32
10.0–11.1
10.0–11.1
9.33–10.2
11.2–12.3
11.2–12.0
10.3–11.3
12.4–13.7
—
11.4–12.0
13.8–15.4
—
—
15.5–18.0
—
—
Following Selections for Size 1 Only
—
11.2–12.3
—
—
12.4–13.7
11.4–12.1
—
13.8–15.4
12.2–13.7
15.5–17.2
15.5–17.2
13.8–15.2
17.3–19.4
17.3–19.4
15.3–17.2
19.5–21.7
19.5–21.7
17.3–18.9
21.8–23.9
21.8–23.9
19.0–21.4
24.0–26.0
24.0–26.0
21.5–23.7
—
—
23.8–26.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B
B

17.5
19.5
22.0
25.0
28.0
32.0
36.0
40.0
45.0

Table 16

Table 14

Motor FLC (A)
Motor FLC (A)
2 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.41–0.45
0.46–0.50
0.51–0.55
0.56–0.62
0.63–0.67
0.68–0.72
0.73–0.81
0.82–0.88
0.89–0.97
0.98–1.08
1.09–1.18
1.19–1.32
1.33–1.40
1.41–1.48
1.49–1.60
1.61–1.72
1.73–1.84
1.85–2.00
2.01–2.22
2.23–2.45
2.46–2.82
2.83–3.08
3.09–3.39
3.40–3.75
3.76–4.16
4.17–4.51
4.52–4.83
4.84–5.49
5.50–5.67
5.68–6.16
6.17–6.75
6.76–7.00
—
—

0.40–0.41
0.42–0.46
0.47–0.51
0.52–0.57
0.58–0.62
0.63–0.67
0.68–0.75
0.76–0.80
0.81–0.89
0.90–1.02
1.03–1.09
1.10–1.21
1.22–1.29
1.30–1.37
1.38–1.48
1.49–1.58
1.59–1.72
1.73–1.85
1.86–2.05
2.06–2.29
2.30–2.62
2.63–2.84
2.85–3.10
3.11–3.46
3.47–3.85
3.86–4.16
4.17–4.46
4.47–5.08
5.09–5.35
5.36–5.82
5.83–6.34
6.35–6.95
6.96–7.00
—

1.T.U.

2 T.U.

3 T.U.

16.2–17.5
17.6–18.8
18.9–20.5
20.6–22.2
22.3–23.7
23.8–25.4
25.5–27.3
27.4–29.3
29.4–31.5
31.6–33.9
34.0–36.2
36.3–39.3
39.4–42.3
42.4–45.3
45.4–48.3
48.4–52.0
52.1–54.9
55.0–59.7
59.8–65.4
65.5–69.6
69.7–74.8
74.9–79.7
79.8–83.1
83.2–86.0
—
—
—
—

15.1–16.2
16.3–17.3
17.4–19.5
19.6–20.7
20.8–22.3
22.4–24.0
24.1–25.7
25.8–27.5
27.6–29.6
29.7–31.7
31.8–33.9
34.0–36.6
36.7–39.3
39.4–42.3
42.4–44.9
45.0–48.3
48.4–50.9
51.0–55.5
55.6–59.9
60.0–64.2
64.3–68.7
68.8–71.4
71.5–74.8
74.9–78.0
78.1–80.7
80.8–86.0
—
—

14.3–15.4
15.5–16.4
16.5–18.5
18.6–19.6
19.7–21.1
21.2–22.7
22.8–24.4
24.5–26.1
26.2–28.1
28.2–30.0
30.1–32.1
32.2–34.7
34.8–37.3
37.4–40.1
40.2–42.6
42.7–45.8
45.9–48.3
48.4–52.6
52.7–56.8
56.9–60.9
61.0–65.1
65.2–67.7
67.8–70.9
71.0–73.9
74.0–76.5
76.6–80.2
80.3–83.1
83.2–86.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0

2 T.U.

3 T.U.

0.42–0.46
0.47–0.50
0.51–0.55
0.56–0.62
0.63–0.67
0.68–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.89
0.90–0.98
0.99–1.12
1.13–1.20
1.21–1.34
1.35–1.41
1.42–1.51
1.52–1.62
1.63–1.73
1.74–1.86
1.87–2.02
2.03–2.25
2.26–2.46
2.47–2.77
2.78–2.99
3.00–3.26
3.27–3.59
3.60–3.99
4.00–4.42
4.43–4.61
4.62–5.23
5.24–5.39
5.40–5.88
5.89–6.56
6.57–7.18
7.19–7.80
7.81–9.00

0.39–0.43
0.44–0.47
0.48–0.52
0.53–0.58
0.59–0.64
0.65–0.68
0.69–0.77
0.78–0.84
0.85–0.93
0.94–1.05
1.06–1.13
1.14–1.25
1.26–1.33
1.34–1.42
1.43–1.52
1.53–1.63
1.64–1.75
1.76–1.90
1.91–2.13
2.14–2.33
2.34–2.73
2.74–2.86
2.87–3.14
3.15–3.47
3.48–3.83
3.84–4.16
4.17–4.43
4.44–5.00
5.01–5.16
5.17–5.56
5.57–6.22
6.23–6.89
6.90–7.00
—

0.38–0.40
0.41–0.44
0.45–0.49
0.50–0.55
0.56–0.60
0.61–0.65
0.66–0.72
0.73–0.79
0.80–0.88
0.89–0.98
0.99–1.07
1.08–1.17
1.18–1.25
1.26–1.33
1.34–1.44
1.45–1.53
1.54–1.65
1.66–1.79
1.80–1.99
2.00–2.18
2.19–2.45
2.46–2.65
2.66–2.90
2.91–3.19
3.20–3.56
3.57–3.83
3.84–4.08
4.09–4.64
4.65–5.00
5.01–5.36
5.37–5.87
5.88–6.43
6.44–6.79
6.80–7.00

Thermal
Unit
Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.54
A 1.63
A 1.75
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0

Table 18
Motor FLC (A)
1.T.U.

2 T.U.

3 T.U.

15.5–16.4
16.5–17.6
17.7–19.1
19.2–20.4
20.5–22.1
22.2–23.4
23.5–25.6
25.7–27.3
27.4–29.4
29.5–31.5
31.6–33.7
33.8–36.5
36.6–39.1
39.2–41.7
41.8–44.8
44.9–48.0
48.1–50.7
50.8–54.9
55.0–59.9
60.0–63.3
63.4–67.2
67.3–72.4
72.5–74.9
75.0–77.4
77.5–80.7
80.8–83.1
83.2–86.0
—
—

14.4–15.3
15.4–16.4
16.5–18.4
18.5–19.6
19.7–21.0
21.1–22.7
22.8–24.2
24.3–25.9
26.0–27.8
27.9–29.8
29.9–31.7
31.8–34.2
34.3–36.9
37.0–39.8
39.9–42.3
42.4–45.3
45.4–47.9
48.0–51.9
52.0–56.5
56.6–60.7
60.8–64.8
64.9–67.1
67.2–70.1
70.2–72.9
73.0–74.9
75.0–77.9
78.0–80.9
81.0–82.9
83.0–86.0

13.6–14.5
14.6–15.5
15.6–17.4
17.5–18.5
18.6–19.9
20.0–21.5
21.6–22.9
23.0–24.5
24.6–26.3
26.4–28.2
28.3–30.0
30.1–32.3
32.4–34.9
35.0–37.6
37.7–40.0
40.1–42.8
42.9–45.3
45.4–49.1
49.2–53.4
53.5–57.4
57.5–61.3
61.4–63.5
63.6–66.3
66.4–69.0
69.1–70.9
71.0–73.7
73.8–76.5
76.6–78.4
78.5–86.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0

16

1.T.U.
0.43–0.47
0.48–0.51
0.52–0.56
0.57–0.64
0.65–0.69
0.70–0.76
0.77–0.84
0.85–0.91
0.92–1.01
1.02–1.15
1.16–1.23
1.24–1.37
1.38–1.45
1.46–1.56
1.57–1.67
1.68–1.77
1.78–1.92
1.93–2.09
2.10–2.31
2.32–2.56
2.57–2.92
2.93–3.16
3.17–3.48
3.49–3.83
3.84–4.24
4.25–4.62
4.63–4.92
4.93–5.61
5.62–5.85
5.86–6.36
6.37–6.99
7.00–7.67
7.68–8.15
8.16–9.00

Thermal
Unit
Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.54
A 1.63
A 1.75
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0

Motor FLC (A)
1.T.U.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 13

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-123

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 19–27
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19
Motor FLC (A)
43.6–47.3
47.4–51.3
51.4–54.6
54.7–59.7
59.8–65.1
65.2–70.1
70.2–75.1
75.2–82.2
82.3–89.2
89.3–96.5
96.6–104.
105.–113.
114.–123.
124.–133.

Table 23
Thermal Unit Number
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0

Table 20
Motor FLC (A)
133.–148.
149.–174.
175.–195.
196.–219.
220.–239.
240.–271.
272.–308.
309.–348.
349.–397.
398.–429.
430.–495.
496.–520.

Thermal Unit Number
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85

Table 21
Motor FLC (A)
128.–140.
141.–163.
164.–179.
180.–201.
202.–227.
228.–251.
252.–278.
279.–308.
309.–346.
347.–380.
381.–426.
427.–454.
455.–489.
490.–520.

Thermal Unit Load
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25

Table 22
Motor FLC (A)
92.0–100.
101.–109.
110.–119.
120.–131.
132.–139.
140.–156.
157.–166.
167.–180.
181.–189.
190.–209.
210.–225.
226.–238.
239.–266.

Thermal Unit Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 213.0
DD 220.0
DD 230.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 280.0

Table 25

Motor FLC (A) 2 or 3 T.U.
Large Enclosure
0.31–0.32
0.33–0.36
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.43
0.44–0.47
0.48–0.52
0.53–0.58
0.59–0.60
0.61–0.62
0.63–0.69
0.70–0.76
0.77–0.84
0.85–0.93
0.94–1.03
1.04–1.23
1.24–1.35
1.36–1.47
1.48–1.61
1.62–1.76
1.77–1.93
1.94–2.12
2.13–2.35
2.36–2.61
2.62–2.79
2.80–3.14
3.15–3.48
3.49–3.89
3.90–4.30
4.31–4.73
4.74–5.20
5.21–5.95
5.96–6.49
6.50–7.08
7.09–7.77
7.78–8.48
8.49–9.15
9.16–10.3
10.4–11.9
12.0–13.4
13.5–15.4
15.5–17.5
17.6–19.8
19.9–22.5
22.6–26.0
—

Small Enclosure
0.29–0.30
0.31–0.33
0.34–0.37
0.38–0.41
0.42–0.45
0.46–0.50
0.51–0.55
0.56–0.57
0.58–0.60
0.61–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.90
0.91–0.99
1.00–1.18
1.19–1.30
1.31–1.42
1.43–1.49
1.50–1.69
1.70–1.85
1.86–2.03
2.04–2.25
2.26–2.50
2.51–2.68
2.69–3.01
3.02–3.35
3.36–3.74
3.75–4.14
4.15–4.57
4.58–5.03
5.04–5.76
5.77–6.29
6.30–6.87
6.88–7.54
7.55–8.25
8.26–8.60
8.61–9.63
9.64–11.1
11.2–12.5
12.6–14.3
14.4–16.1
16.2–18.2
18.3–20.6
20.7–23.4
23.5–26.0

Thermal Unit
Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0

Table 24
Motor FLC (A)
88.2–95.1
95.2–101.
102.–111.
112.–119.
120.–131.
132.–149.
150.–170.
171.–180.
181.–197.
198.–204.
205.–213.
214.–237.
238.–243.
244.–266.

Thermal Unit Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 220.0
DD 240.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 280.0
DD 300.0
DD 320.0

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-124

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

Motor FLC (A)
0.28–0.30
0.31–0.33
0.34–0.36
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.42
0.43–0.46
0.47–0.50
0.51–0.52
0.53–0.56
0.57–0.60
0.61–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.90
0.91–1.05
1.06–1.15
1.16–1.25
1.26–1.35
1.36–1.47
1.48–1.58
1.59–1.74
1.75–1.94
1.95–2.20
2.21–2.47
2.48–2.76
2.77–3.07
3.08–3.45
3.46–3.81
3.82–4.20
4.21–4.65
4.66–5.29
5.30–5.84
5.85–6.27
6.28–7.00

Thermal Unit Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2

Table 26
Size 7 Type J

Size 8 Type K
2000/5

Thermal
Unit
Number

277.–312.
313.–352.
353.–388.
389.–445.
446.–503.
504.–561.
562.–640.
641.–708.
709.–777.
778.–870.
871.–978.
979.–1093.
1094.–1215.

B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15

Current Transformer Ratio
120/5
Motor FLC
166.–187.
188.–211.
212.–232.
233.–267.
268.–301.
302.–336.
337.–383.
384.–425.
426.–466.
467.–522.
523.–587.
588.–656.
657.–764.

Table 27
Motor FLC (A)
2 or 3 T.U.
Large Enclosure
4.32–4.93
4.94–5.40
5.41–5.95
5.96–6.13
6.14–6.81
6.82–7.84
7.85–8.97
8.98–10.1
10.2–11.6
11.7–13.2
13.3–15.0
15.1–17.1
17.2–19.6
19.7–21.9
22.0–23.8
23.9–25.6
25.7–27.9
28.0–30.5
30.6–33.0
33.1–35.7
35.8–39.5
39.6–41.5
41.6–45.0
—

Small Enclosure
4.14–4.71
4.72–5.18
5.19–5.74
5.75–5.98
5.99–6.47
6.48–7.42
7.43–8.46
8.47–9.56
9.57–10.9
11.0–12.3
12.4–14.0
14.1–15.9
16.0–18.1
18.2–20.3
20.4–22.0
22.1–23.6
23.7–25.5
25.6–27.8
27.9–30.0
30.1–32.4
32.5–35.7
35.8–38.3
38.4–40.9
41.0–45.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0
AR 94.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 28–42
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 31

Motor FLC (A)
Thermal
Unit
Number

2 or 3 T.U.

Large
Small
Enclosure Enclosure
45.3–48.2 40.3–42.8 CC 64.3
48.3–52.4 42.9–46.2 CC 68.5
52.5–56.4 46.3–49.8 CC 74.6
56.5–61.2 49.9–54.9 CC 81.5
61.3–66.1 55.0–57.9 CC 87.7
66.2–71.4 58.0–62.5 CC 94.0
71.5–77.0 62.6–67.3 CC 103.0
77.1–80.7 67.4–73.4 CC 112.0
80.8–87.7 73.5–78.9 CC 121.0
87.8–94.9 79.0–84.9 CC 132.0
95.0–102. 85.0–91.0 CC 143.0
103.–110. 91.1–97.2 CC 156.0
111.–117. 97.3–104. CC 167.0
118.–133. 105.–121. CC 180.0
—
122.–133. CC 196.0

Table 29
Motor FLC (A)
50.0–55.9
56.0–60.9
61.0–65.9
66.0–69.9
70.0–75.9
76.0–81.9
82.0–86.9
87.0–92.9
93.0–97.9
98.0–107.9
108.0–113.9
114.0–125.9

Thermal
Unit
Number
E 88
E 89
E 91
E 92
E 93
E 94
E 96
E 97
E 98
E 99
E 101
E 102

Table 30
Motor FLC (A)
Small
Enclosure
37.0–40.8
40.9–45.6
45.7–51.8
51.9–58.8
58.9–67.4
67.5–70.4
70.5–79.4
79.5–86.3
86.4–96.7
96.8–105.
106.–117.
118.–133.

AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0
AU 123.0
AU 135.0
AU 152.0

0.31–0.35
0.36–0.39
0.40–0.44
0.45–0.50
0.51–0.61
0.62–0.68
0.69–0.73
0.74–0.82
0.83–0.92
0.93–1.03
1.04–1.19
1.20–1.34
1.35–1.50
1.51–1.74
1.75–1.97
1.98–2.14
2.15–2.47
2.48–2.91
2.92–3.31
3.32–3.75
3.76–4.05
4.06–4.94
4.95–5.52
5.53–6.11
6.12–6.52
6.53–7.31
7.32–8.43
8.44–9.83
9.84–10.7
10.8–11.6
11.7–12.9
13.0–14.3
14.4–15.7
15.8–17.8
17.9–20.3
20.4–23.3
23.4–26.6
26.7–30.3
30.4–35.3
35.4–41.5
41.6–45

Table 32
Motor FLC (A)
0.33–0.35
0.36–0.39
0.40–0.42
0.43–0.46
0.47–0.51
0.52–0.56
0.57–0.62
0.63–0.68
0.69–0.75
0.76–0.83
0.84–0.91
0.92–1.00
1.01–1.10
1.11–1.21
1.22–1.33
1.34–1.47
1.48–1.62
1.63–1.77
1.78–1.96
1.97–2.16
2.17–2.37
2.38–2.62
2.63–2.88
2.89–3.17
3.18–3.48
3.49–3.83
3.84–4.20
4.21–4.62
4.63–5.08
5.09–5.57
5.58–6.13
6.14–6.83
6.84–7.41
7.42–8.05
8.06–8.98
8.99–9.93
9.94–10.9
11.0–12.4
12.5–14.3
14.4–15.8
15.9–17.9
18.0–20.0
20.1–22.4
22.5–25.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0

Table 36

Thermal
Motor FLC (A)
Unit
Number
0.28–0.30
AR .45
0.31–0.33
AR .49
0.34–0.36
AR .54
0.37–0.39
AR .59
0.40–0.42
AR .65
0.43–0.46
AR .71
0.47–0.50
AR .78
0.51–0.52
AR .86
0.53–0.56
AR .95
0.57–0.60
AR 1.05
0.61–0.66
AR 1.15
0.67–0.73
AR 1.26
0.74–0.81
AR 1.39
0.82–0.90
AR 1.53
0.91–1.05
AR 1.68
1.06–1.15
AR 1.85
1.16–1.25
AR 2.04
1.26–1.35
AR 2.24
1.36–1.47
AR 2.46
1.48–1.58
AR 2.71
1.59–1.74
AR 2.98
1.75–1.94
AR 3.28
1.95–2.20
AR 3.62
2.21–2.47
AR 3.98
2.48–2.76
AR 4.37
2.77–3.07
AR 4.80
3.08–3.45
AR 5.3
3.46–3.81
AR 5.8
3.82–4.20
AR 6.4
4.21–4.65
AR 7.0
4.66–5.29
AR 7.7
5.30–5.84
AR 8.5
5.85–6.27
AR 9.3
6.28–6.97
AR 10.2
6.98–7.59
AR 11.2
7.60–7.89
AR 12.4
7.90–8.95
AR 13.6
8.96–10.3
AR 15.4
10.4–11.7
AR 17.6
11.8–12.0
AR 20.5
Following Selections
for Size 1 Only
11.8–13.3
AR 20.5
13.4–15.2
AR 23.0
15.3–17.2
AR 27.0
17.3–19.7
AR 30.0
19.8–22.4
AR 35.0
22.5–26.0
AR 40.0

Motor FLC (A)
90.6–97.4
97.5–111.
112.–129.
130.–149.
150.–163.
164.–189.
190.–213.
214.–240.
241.–266.

Table 37
Motor FLC (A)
27.1–30.0
30.1–33.2
33.3–35.7
35.8–39.4
39.5–43.4
43.5–46.9
47.0–51.5
51.6–57.0
57.1–62.8
62.9–69.1
69.2–75.0
75.1–83.3

Motor FLC (A)
85.0–95.9
96.0–108.
109.–127.
128.–136.
137.–147.
148.–162.
163.–185.
186.–202.
203.–219.
220.–233.
234.–266.

15.1–16.2
16.3–17.5
17.6–19.1
19.2–20.7
20.8–22.2
22.3–24.0
24.1–25.7
25.8–27.8
27.9–30.1
30.2–32.5
32.6–35.1
35.2–38.0
38.1–41.1
41.2–44.0
44.1–47.2
47.3–51.1
51.2–55.8
55.9–59.5
59.6–64.5
64.6–69.5
69.6–75.0
75.1–78.1
78.2–82.3
82.4–86.0

148.–173.
174.–189.
190.–205.
206.–222.
223.–243.
244.–261.
262.–289.
290.–324.
325.–367.
368.–389.
390.–404.
405.–451.
452.–495.
496.–520.

Motor FLC (A)
3 T.U.

Thermal
Unit
Number

36.3–39.9
40.0–44.1
44.2–50.0
50.1–56.4
56.5–64.4
64.5–68.4
68.5–77.7
77.8–84.2
84.3–94.8
94.9–101.
102.–115.
116.–122.
123.–133.
—

34.7–37.1
37.2–41.5
41.6–47.1
47.2–53.4
53.5–60.7
60.8–64.9
65.0–73.4
73.5–79.5
79.6–89.0
89.1–96.9
97.0–108.
109.–115.
116.–120.
121.–133.

AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0
AU 123.0
AU 135.0
AU 152.0
AU 169.0
AU 183.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8

Table 40

Table 35
2 T.U.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AF 123.0
AF 135.0
AF 150.0
AF 159.0
AF 168.0
AF 188.0
AF 205.0
AF 220.0
AF 240.0
AF 260.0
AF 308.0

Table 39
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal
Unit
Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
E 67
E 69
E 70
E 71
E 72
E 73
E 74
E 76
E 77
E 78
E 79
E 80

Table 38

Table 34
Motor FLC (A)

Table 41
Thermal
Unit
Number
AF 110.0
AF 123.0
AF 135.0
AF 150.0
AF 159.0
AF 168.0
AF 188.0
AF 205.0
AF 220.0

Motor FLC (A)
15.3–16.7
16.8–19.8
19.9–22.8
22.9–25.8
25.9–30.4
30.5–31.9
32.0–34.2
34.3–38.8
38.9–44.2
44.3–50.2
50.3–57.1
57.2–63.2
63.3–68.6
68.7–78.6
78.7–86.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
C 20.0
C 22.0
C 26.0
C 30.0
C 34.0
C 40.0
C 42.0
C 45.0
C 51.0
C 58.0
C 66.0
C 75.0
C 83.0
C 90.0
C 103.0

Motor FLC (A)
0.81–0.92
0.93–1.07
1.08–1.14
1.15–1.26
1.27–1.49
1.50–1.73
1.74–1.89
1.90–2.16
2.17–2.37
2.38–2.66
2.67–2.99
3.00–3.40
3.41–3.94
3.95–4.15
4.16–4.49
4.50–5.15
5.16–5.77
5.78–6.61
6.62–7.14
7.15–7.97
7.98–8.15
8.16–9.32
9.33–9.97
9.98–10.7
10.8–12.0
12.1–13.9
14.0–15.7
15.8–18.4
18.5–21.6
21.7–24.0
24.1–28.6
28.7–30.7
30.8–33.5
33.6–36.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0

Table 42
Motor FLC (A)
0.28–0.30
0.31–0.33
0.34–0.36
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.42
0.43–0.46
0.47–0.50
0.51–0.52
0.53–0.56
0.57–0.60
0.61–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.90
0.91–1.05
1.06–1.15
1.16–1.25
1.26–1.35
1.36–1.47
1.48–1.58
1.59–1.74
1.75–1.94
1.95–2.20
2.21–2.47
2.48–2.76
2.77–3.07
3.08–3.45
3.46–3.81
3.82–4.20
4.21–4.65
4.66–5.29
5.30–5.84
5.85–6.27
6.28–6.97
6.98–7.59
7.60–7.89
7.90–8.95
8.96–10.3
10.4–11.7
11.8–13.3
13.4–15.2
15.3–17.2
17.3–19.7
19.8–22.4
22.5–26.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0

16

Large
Enclosure
39.0–42.9
43.0–48.0
48.1–54.7
54.8–62.2
62.3–71.3
71.4–76.0
76.1–85.5
85.6–92.4
92.5–103.
104.–111.
112.–123.
124.–133.

Thermal
Unit
Number

Motor FLC (A)

Table 33
Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-125

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 43–58
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 43
Motor FLC (A)
0.41–0.44
0.45–0.49
0.50–0.53
0.54–0.58
0.59–0.65
0.66–0.71
0.72–0.78
0.79–0.85
0.86–0.96
0.97–1.04
1.05–1.16
1.17–1.29
1.30–1.37
1.38–1.47
1.48–1.56
1.57–1.65
1.66–1.79
1.80–1.95
1.96–2.15
2.16–2.38
2.39–2.75
2.76–2.84
2.85–3.06
3.07–3.45
3.46–3.70
3.71–4.07
4.08–4.32
4.33–4.90
4.91–5.35
5.36–5.85
5.86–6.41
6.42–6.79
6.80–7.57
7.58–8.15
8.16–8.98
8.99–9.67
9.68–9.95
9.96–10.8
10.9–12.1
12.2–13.1
13.2–13.9
14.0–15.0
15.1–16.0

Table 45
Thermal
Unit
Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.54
A 1.63
A 1.75
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 13.2
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9
A 19.8
A 21.3
A 25.2

Table 49

Size 7

Size 8

Type J

Type K

Current Transformer
Ratio
1200/5

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

0.34–0.38
0.39–0.43
0.44–0.48
0.49–0.53
0.54–0.62
0.63–0.69
0.70–0.78
0.79–0.88
0.89–0.99
1.00–1.10
1.11–1.26
1.27–1.43
1.44–1.59
1.60–1.81
1.82–2.00
2.01–2.28
2.29–2.52
2.53–2.87
2.88–3.28
3.29–3.75
3.76–4.27
4.28–4.77
4.78–5.27
5.28–5.91
5.92–6.25
6.26–6.83
6.84–7.65
7.66–8.55
8.56–9.56
9.57–10.3
10.4–11.3
11.4–12.4
12.5–14.1
14.2–15.7
15.8–17.9
18.0–20.1
20.2–22.5
22.6–25.0

16-126

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.65
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0

Thermal
Unit
Number

2000/5

Motor FLC (A)
Non-Compensated
136.–150. 227.–251.
AR 1.05
151.–165. 252.–276.
AR 1.15
166.–183. 277.–305.
AR 1.26
184.–202. 306.–337.
AR 1.39
203.–224. 338.–373.
AR 1.53
225.–267. 374.–445.
AR 1.68
268.–293. 446.–489.
AR 1.85
294.–319. 490.–532.
AR 2.04
320.–349. 533.–582.
AR 2.24
350.–381. 583.–636.
AR 2.46
382.–418. 637.–697.
AR 2.71
419.–459. 698.–766.
AR 2.98
460.–509. 767.–849.
AR 3.28
510.–565. 850.–942.
AR 3.62
566.–604. 943.–1007. AR 3.98
605.–697. 1008.–1133. AR 4.37
698.–753.
—
AR 4.80
Compensated
161.–177. 268.–295.
AR 1.26
178.–196. 296.–327.
AR 1.39
197.–217. 328.–363.
AR 1.53
218.–253. 364.–423.
AR 1.68
254.–277. 424.–463.
AR 1.85
278.–301. 464.–503.
AR 2.04
302.–325. 504.–543.
AR 2.24
326.–354. 544.–592.
AR 2.46
355.–381. 592.–635.
AR 2.71
382.–419. 636.–699.
AR 2.98
420.–467. 700.–779.
AR 3.28
468.–529. 780.–883.
AR 3.62
530.–594. 884.–991.
AR 3.98
595.–664. 992.–1107. AR 4.37
665.–738. 1108.–1231. AR 4.80
739.–829.
—
AR 5.3

Table 46

Table 44
Motor FLC (A)

Motor FLC (A)

Motor FLC (A)
105.–116.
117.–132.
133.–148.
149.–165.
166.–184.
185.–207.
208.–229.
230.–266.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4

Table 47
Motor FLC (A)
146.–169.
170.–185.
186.–201.
202.–217.
218.–236.
237.–253.
254.–279.
280.–311.
312.–353.
354.–396.
397.–442.
443.–492.
493.–520.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3

Table 48
Motor FLC (A)
158.–187.
188.–206.
207.–224.
225.–244.
245.–267.
268.–289.
290.–324.
325.–361.
362.–406.
407.–445.
446.–463.
464.–520.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80

82.5–88.2
88.3–95.9
96.0–102.
103.–109.
110.–121.
122.–139.
140.–154.
155.–163.
164.–175.
176.–184.
185.–195.
196.–215.
216.–224.
225.–243.
244.–266.

Table 53
Thermal
Unit
Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 220.0
DD 240.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 280.0
DD 300.0
DD 320.0
DD 340.0

Table 50
Motor FLC (A)
14.4–16.1
16.2–18.6
18.7–20.5
20.6–23.4
23.5–26.9
27.0–28.3
28.4–30.8
30.9–35.0
35.1–38.8
38.9–44.3
44.4–49.3
49.4–55.5
55.6–61.0
61.1–68.6
68.7–76.3
76.4–86.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AU 20.0
AU 23.0
AU 26.0
AU 29.0
AU 33.0
AU 38.0
AU 40.0
AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0

Table 51
Motor FLC (A)
15.7–17.7
17.8–19.9
20.0–22.7
22.8–25.7
25.8–29.1
29.2–30.8
30.9–34.3
34.4–38.3
38.4–42.3
42.4–47.5
47.6–53.0
53.1–60.5
60.6–64.9
65.0–71.5
71.6–77.3
77.4–86.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AU 20.0
AU 23.0
AU 26.0
AU 29.0
AU 33.0
AU 38.0
AU 40.0
AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0

Table 52
Motor FLC (A)
92.0–103.
104.–116.
117.–139.
140.–150.
151.–167.
168.–177.
178.–205.
206.–222.
223.–232.
233.–247.
248.–266.

Thermal
Unit
Number
AF 123.0
AF 135.0
AF 150.0
AF 159.0
AF 168.0
AF 188.0
AF 205.0
AF 220.0
AF 240.0
AF 260.0
AF 308.0

Table 56

Motor FLC (A)
1 T. U.

3 T. U.

0.31–0.33
0.34–0.36
0.37–0.40
0.41–0.48
0.49–0.57
0.58–0.64
0.65–0.70
0.71–0.77
0.78–0.85
0.86–0.99
1.00–1.10
1.11–1.28
1.29–1.41
1.42–1.58
1.59–1.80
1.81–2.03
2.04–2.25
2.26–2.51
2.52–2.83
2.84–3.29
3.30–3.75
3.76–4.22
4.23–4.65
4.66–5.16
5.17–5.53
5.54–6.09
6.10–6.80
6.81–7.60
7.61–8.35
8.36–9.00

0.29–0.31
0.32–0.36
0.37–0.38
0.39–0.46
0.47–0.55
0.56–0.61
0.62–0.66
0.67–0.75
0.76–0.83
0.84–0.93
0.94–1.06
1.07–1.18
1.19–1.31
1.32–1.47
1.48–1.67
1.68–1.83
1.84–2.04
2.05–2.38
2.39–2.60
2.61–3.13
3.14–3.59
3.60–3.94
3.95–4.19
4.20–4.72
4.73–5.21
5.22–5.51
5.52–6.17
6.18–7.00
—
—

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8

3 T. U.

3.29–3.74
3.75–4.23
4.24–4.68
4.69–5.22
5.23–5.67
5.68–6.13
6.14–6.91
6.92–7.70
7.71–8.56
8.57–9.39
9.40–10.4
10.5–11.6
11.7–12.9
13.0–14.6
14.7–16.5
16.6–18.5
18.6–21.0
21.1–23.6
23.7–26.3
26.4–29.3
29.4–35.1
35.2–36.1
36.2–39.1
39.2–41.5
41.6–45.0
—
—

3.18–3.40
3.41–3.76
3.77–4.00
4.01–4.57
4.58–5.03
5.04–5.32
5.33–5.97
5.98–6.88
6.89–7.82
7.83–8.47
8.48–9.15
9.16–10.1
10.2–11.2
11.3–12.0
12.1–13.6
13.7–15.2
15.3–17.1
17.2–19.0
19.1–21.5
21.6–24.1
24.2–27.0
27.1–28.7
28.8–30.4
30.5–32.2
32.3–35.4
35.5–38.2
38.3–45.0

2 T. U.

Motor FLC (A)
3 T. U.

Thermal
Unit
Number

43.6–45.5
45.6–49.6
49.7–53.1
53.2–57.6
57.7–62.4
62.5–67.5
67.6–71.1
71.2–75.9
76.0–81.9
82.0–84.6
84.7–90.7
90.8–98.4
98.5–105.
106.–117.
118.–123.
124.–133.
—

41.1–43.5
43.6–46.8
46.9–50.0
50.1–54.9
55.0–57.5
57.6–61.8
61.9–66.2
66.3–72.4
72.5–78.1
78.2–80.7
80.8–86.5
86.6–93.9
94.0–100.
101.–112.
113.–117.
118.–123.
124.–133.

CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0
CC 208.0
CC 219.0

Table 55
Motor FLC (A)
2 T. U.

3 T. U.

0.38–0.40
0.41–0.43
0.44–0.48
0.49–0.52
0.53–0.56
0.57–0.61
0.62–0.67
0.68–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.89
0.90–0.97
0.98–1.07
1.08–1.17
1.18–1.31
1.32–1.49
1.50–1.69
1.70–1.83
1.84–2.00
2.01–2.17
2.18–2.35
2.36–2.60
2.61–2.87
2.88–3.14
3.15–3.47
3.48–3.90
3.91–4.36
4.37–4.88
4.89–5.37
5.38–5.97
5.98–6.55
6.56–7.50
7.51–8.23
8.24–9.00

0.31–0.33
0.34–0.36
0.37–0.39
0.40–0.43
0.44–0.47
0.48–0.51
0.52–0.56
0.57–0.58
0.59–0.64
0.65–0.70
0.71–0.77
0.78–0.85
0.86–0.94
0.95–1.03
1.04–1.22
1.23–1.34
1.35–1.46
1.47–1.58
1.59–1.76
1.77–1.85
1.86–2.08
2.09–2.27
2.28–2.51
2.52–2.90
2.91–3.23
3.24–3.58
3.59–4.02
4.03–4.43
4.44–4.86
4.87–5.37
5.38–6.12
6.13–6.65
6.66–7.00

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR .45
AR .49
AR .54
AR .59
AR .65
AR .71
AR .78
AR .86
AR .95
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

Table 57
Motor FLC (A))

Table 54

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

Motor FLC (A)
1 or 2 T. U.

2 T. U.

3 T. U.

5.09–5.59
5.60–6.11
6.12–6.72
6.73–7.37
7.38–7.67
7.68–8.68
8.69–9.94
9.95–11.1
11.2–12.9
13.0–14.7
14.8–16.9
17.0–19.2
19.3–21.9
22.0–24.4
24.5–26.3
26.4–28.0
28.1–30.3
30.4–32.2
32.3–34.4
34.5–36.6
36.7–39.5
39.6–45.0
—

5.15–5.97
5.98–6.50
6.51–7.04
7.05–7.59
7.60–7.93
7.94–9.04
9.05–10.2
10.3–11.5
11.6–13.2
13.3–14.9
15.0–16.9
17.0–19.3
19.4–21.7
21.8–25.0
25.1–27.0
27.1–29.1
29.2–30.8
30.9–32.9
33.0–35.0
35.1–37.1
37.2–39.1
39.2–41.5
41.6–45.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0

Table 58
Motor FLC (A)
1 or 2 T. U.

3 T. U.

3.37–3.82
3.83–4.33
4.34–4.79
4.80–5.33
5.34–5.79
5.80–6.27
6.28–7.03
7.04–7.88
7.89–8.73
8.74–9.55
9.56–10.6
10.7–11.8
11.9–13.1
13.2–14.9
15.0–16.9
17.0–18.8
18.9–21.5
21.6–24.1
24.2–26.8
26.9–29.9
30.0–35.5
35.6–36.5
36.6–39.6
39.7–41.5
41.6–45.0
—

3.28–3.51
3.52–3.89
3.90–4.14
4.15–4.73
4.74–5.22
5.23–5.53
5.54–6.21
6.22–7.17
7.18–8.19
8.20–8.90
8.91–9.57
9.58–10.6
10.7–11.8
11.9–12.7
12.8–14.4
14.5–16.1
16.2–18.2
18.3–20.2
20.3–22.8
22.9–25.6
25.7–28.8
28.9–30.6
30.7–32.4
32.5–34.6
34.7–38.6
38.7–45.0

Thermal
Unit
Number
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 59–66
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 62

Motor FLC (A)
1 or 2 T. U.
0.34–0.38
0.39–0.43
0.44–0.47
0.48–0.53
0.54–0.60
0.61–0.68
0.69–0.76
0.77–0.86
0.87–0.97
0.98–1.07
1.08–1.23
1.24–1.39
1.40–1.55
1.56–1.77
1.78–1.96
1.97–2.15
2.16–2.41
2.42–2.71
2.72–3.03
3.04–3.53
3.54–4.01
4.02–4.56
4.57–5.03
5.04–5.59
5.60–5.95
5.96–6.58
6.59–7.31
7.32–8.15
8.16–9.13
9.14–9.91
9.92–10.7
10.8–12.1
12.2–13.5
13.6–15.1
15.2–17.0
17.1–18.9
19.0–21.5
21.6–24.0
24.1–26.0
—

3 T. U.
0.29–0.31
0.32–0.35
0.36–0.38
0.39–0.46
0.47–0.55
0.56–0.62
0.63–0.67
0.68–0.75
0.76–0.84
0.85–0.95
0.96–1.09
1.10–1.21
1.22–1.35
1.36–1.53
1.54–1.73
1.74–1.90
1.91–2.14
2.15–2.34
2.35–2.67
2.68–3.22
3.23–3.48
3.49–3.87
3.88–4.14
4.15–4.73
4.74–5.28
5.29–5.64
5.65–6.39
6.40–7.43
7.44–8.55
8.56–9.40
9.41–10.0
10.1–11.2
11.3–12.5
12.6–13.5
13.6–15.4
15.5–17.5
17.6–19.9
20.0–22.2
22.3–25.5
25.6–26.0

Thermal Unit
Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0

Table 60
Motor FLC (A)
6.84–7.49
7.50–8.05
8.06–9.10
9.11–9.99
10.0–11.1
11.2–12.7
12.8–14.8
14.9–16.6
16.7–19.3
19.4–21.4
21.5–25.1
25.2–28.3
28.4–31.2
31.3–33.3
33.4–35.7
35.8–38.5
38.6–41.5
41.6–45.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0

Table 64

Motor FLC (A)
2 T. U.
4.83–5.33
5.34–5.84
5.85–6.43
6.44–7.03
7.04–7.30
7.31–8.29
8.30–9.49
9.50–10.7
10.8–12.3
12.4–14.0
14.1–16.0
16.1–18.4
18.5–21.0
21.1–23.0
23.1–25.5
25.6–26.7
26.8–28.3
28.4–30.3
30.4–32.5
32.6–34.5
34.6–37.6
37.7–39.7
39.8–41.4
41.5–45.0

3 T. U.
4.90–5.68
5.69–6.19
6.20–6.71
6.72–7.14
7.15–7.49
7.50–8.48
8.49–9.66
9.67–10.8
10.9–12.4
12.5–13.9
14.0–15.7
15.8–18.1
18.2–20.3
20.4–23.0
23.1–25.2
25.3–26.6
26.7–28.2
28.3–30.2
30.3–32.3
32.4–34.3
34.4–36.7
36.8–39.3
39.4–45.0
—

Thermal Unit
Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0
AR 94.0

Table 63
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit Number

1 or 2 T. U.

3 T. U.

15.1–17.0
17.1–19.1
19.2–21.8
21.9–24.5
24.6–27.9
28.0–29.5
29.6–32.9
33.0–36.6
36.7–40.3
40.4–45.1
45.2–50.4
50.5–57.3
57.4–62.4
62.5–68.3
68.4–73.9
74.0–80.6
80.7–86.0

AU 20.0
AU 23.0
AU 26.0
AU 29.0
AU 33.0
AU 38.0
AU 40.0
AU 44.0
AU 50.0
AU 56.0
AU 64.0
AU 72.0
AU 81.0
AU 88.0
AU 99.0
AU 110.0
AU 123.0

Motor FLC (A)

2 T. U.
2 T. U.
3 T. U.
1Ø
2Ø
0.38–0.40 0.38–0.40 0.31–0.33 AR .45
0.41–0.43 0.41–0.43 0.34–0.36 AR .49
0.44–0.48 0.44–0.48 0.37–0.39 AR .54
0.49–0.52 0.49–0.52 0.40–0.43 AR .59
0.53–0.56 0.53–0.56 0.44–0.47 AR .65
0.57–0.61 0.57–0.61 0.48–0.51 AR .71
0.62–0.67 0.62–0.67 0.52–0.56 AR .78
0.68–0.73 0.68–0.73 0.57–0.58 AR .86
0.74–0.81 0.74–0.81 0.59–0.64 AR .95
0.82–0.89 0.82–0.89 0.65–0.70 AR 1.05
0.90–0.97 0.90–0.97 0.71–0.77 AR 1.15
0.98–1.07 0.98–1.07 0.78–0.85 AR 1.26
1.08–1.17 1.08–1.17 0.86–0.94 AR 1.39
1.18–1.31 1.18–1.31 0.95–1.03 AR 1.53
1.32–1.49 1.32–1.49 1.04–1.22 AR 1.68
1.50–1.69 1.50–1.69 1.23–1.34 AR 1.85
1.70–1.83 1.70–1.83 1.35–1.46 AR 2.04
1.84–2.00 1.84–2.00 1.47–1.58 AR 2.24
2.01–2.17 2.01–2.17 1.59–1.76 AR 2.46
2.18–2.35 2.18–2.35 1.77–1.85 AR 2.71
2.36–2.60 2.36–2.60 1.86–2.08 AR 2.98
2.61–2.87 2.61–2.87 2.09–2.27 AR 3.28
2.88–3.14 2.88–3.14 2.28–2.51 AR 3.62
3.15–3.47 3.15–3.47 2.52–2.90 AR 3.98
3.48–3.90 3.48–3.90 2.91–3.23 AR 4.37
3.91–4.36 3.91–4.36 3.24–3.58 AR 4.80
4.37–4.88 4.37–4.88 3.59–4.02 AR 5.3
4.89–5.37 4.89–5.37 4.03–4.43 AR 5.8
5.38–5.97 5.38–5.97 4.44–4.86 AR 6.4
5.98–6.55 5.98–6.55 4.87–5.37 AR 7.0
6.56–7.50 6.56–7.50 5.38–6.12 AR 7.7
7.51–8.23 7.51–8.23 6.13–6.65 AR 8.5
8.24–8.99 8.24–8.99 6.66–7.31 AR 9.3
9.00–9.86 9.00–9.86 7.32–7.96 AR 10.2
9.87–10.7 9.87–10.7 7.97–8.69 AR 11.2
10.8–11.2 10.8–11.2 8.70–8.99 AR 12.4
11.3–12.8 11.3–12.0 9.00–10.1 AR 13.6
12.9–14.8
—
10.2–11.5 AR 15.4
14.9–16.7
—
11.6–12.0 AR 17.6
16.8–18.0
—
—
AR 20.5
Following Selections for Size 1 Only.
—
11.3–12.8
—
AR 13.6
—
12.9–14.8
—
AR 15.4
—
14.9–16.7 11.6–13.0 AR 17.6
16.8–19.0 16.8–19.0 13.1–14.6 AR 20.5
19.1–22.0 19.1–22.0 14.7–16.5 AR 23.0
22.1–24.9 22.1–24.9 16.6–18.5 AR 27.0
25.0–26.0 25.0–26.0 18.6–21.0 AR 30.0
—
—
21.1–23.6 AR 35.0
—
—
23.7–26.0 AR 40.0

Table 61
Motor FLC (A)
3 T. U.
45.3–48.2
48.3–52.4
52.5–56.4
56.5–61.2
61.3–66.1
66.2–71.4
71.5–77.0
77.1–79.0
79.1–84.7
84.8–91.1
91.2–98.1
98.2–104.
105.–113.
114.–123.
124.–133.

Thermal Unit
Number
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0

Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
0.31–0.35
B 0.44
0.36–0.39
B 0.51
0.40–0.44
B 0.57
0.45–0.50
B 0.63
0.51–0.58
B 0.71
0.59–0.65
B 0.81
0.66–0.73
B 0.92
0.74–0.82
B 1.03
0.83–0.92
B 1.16
0.93–1.03
B 1.30
1.04–1.19
B 1.45
1.20–1.34
B 1.67
1.35–1.50
B 1.88
1.51–1.67
B 2.10
1.68–1.89
B 2.40
1.90–2.14
B 2.65
2.15–2.36
B 3.00
2.37–2.65
B 3.30
2.66–2.97
B 3.70
2.98–3.47
B 4.15
3.48–3.94
B 4.85
3.95–4.44
B 5.50
4.45–4.94
B 6.25
4.95–5.52
B 6.90
5.53–5.88
B 7.70
5.89–6.52
B 8.20
6.53–7.31
B 9.10
7.32–8.21
B 10.2
8.22–9.18
B 11.5
9.19–9.90
B 12.8
10.0–11.0
B 14.0
11.1–12.4
B 15.5
12.5–13.9
B 17.5
14.0–15.7
B 19.5
15.8–17.8
B 22.0
17.9–20.0
B 25.0
20.1–22.9
B 28.0
23.0–25.0
B 32.0
Following Selections
for Size 2 Only.
23.0–25.7
B 32.0
25.8–28.6
B 36.0
28.7–32.2
B 40.0
32.3–35.8
B 45.0
35.9–40.1
B 50.0
40.2–44.4
B 56.0
44.5–50.0
B 62.0

Table 66
Motor FLC (A)
0.31–0.32
0.33–0.36
0.37–0.41
0.42–0.49
0.50–0.54
0.55–0.61
0.62–0.67
0.68–0.76
0.77–0.87
0.88–0.98
0.99–1.05
1.06–1.25
1.26–1.33
1.34–1.56
1.57–1.71
1.72–1.97
1.98–2.15
2.16–2.42
2.43–2.78
2.79–3.28
3.29–3.88
3.89–4.13
4.14–4.43
4.44–4.96
4.97–5.35
5.36–5.91
5.92–6.79
6.80–7.56
7.57–7.83
7.84–8.09
8.10–9.51
9.52–10.1
10.2–11.3
11.4–13.1
13.2–14.9
15.0–16.1
16.2–17.8
17.9–19.1
19.2–22.4
22.5–23.5
23.6–26.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 0.44
B 0.51
B 0.57
B 0.63
B 0.71
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.5
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0

16

2 T. U.
46.8–50.0
50.1–54.2
54.3–58.3
58.4–63.6
63.7–68.5
68.6–74.0
74.1–79.8
79.9–83.0
83.1–88.9
89.0–95.6
95.7–102.
103.–109.
110.–119.
120.–133.
—

Table 65
Thermal
Unit
No.

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 59

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-127

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 67–73
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 67

Table 72

Table 70

Motor FLC (A)
3.79–4.14
4.15–4.44
4.45–5.22
5.23–5.29
5.30–5.99
6.00–6.82
6.83–7.68
7.69–7.92
7.93–8.47
8.48–9.99
10.0–10.8
10.9–12.3
12.4–12.9
13.0–15.1
15.2–16.7
16.8–17.9
18.0–20.1
20.2–23.8
23.9–25.8
25.9–28.3
28.4–29.6
29.7–32.1
32.2–34.4
34.5–38.3
38.4–39.9
40.0–45.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

Table 68
Motor FLC (A)
14.9–16.1
16.2–17.3
17.4–19.5
19.6–20.7
20.8–22.4
22.5–23.9
24.0–25.8
25.9–27.6
27.7–29.7
29.8–31.8
31.9–34.2
34.3–37.0
37.1–39.6
39.7–42.5
42.6–45.0
45.1–48.6
48.7–51.2
51.3–56.0
56.1–60.1
60.2–64.3
64.4–68.9
69.0–71.9
72.0–75.4
75.5–78.9
79.0–82.1
82.2–86.0

Thermal Unit Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0

Motor FLC (A)
4.24–4.62
4.63–5.05
5.06–5.54
5.55–6.13
6.14–6.44
6.45–7.48
7.49–8.55
8.56–9.74
9.75–11.1
11.2–12.7
12.8–14.4
14.5–16.4
16.5–18.9
19.0–21.6
21.7–23.3
23.4–24.9
25.0–26.9
27.0–29.1
29.2–31.3
31.4–33.5
33.6–36.9
37.0–39.1
39.2–40.9
41.0–45.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0
AR 94.0

Table 71
Motor FLC (A)
3.98–4.53
4.54–5.03
5.04–5.46
5.47–6.01
6.02–6.31
6.32–7.19
7.20–8.29
8.30–9.49
9.50–11.0
11.1–12.6
12.7–14.3
14.4–16.5
16.6–19.2
19.3–21.9
22.0–23.8
23.9–25.5
25.6–27.7
27.8–30.1
30.2–32.5
32.6–34.8
34.9–38.5
38.6–41.5
41.6–45.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0

Motor FLC (A)

Table 73
Thermal Unit
Number

1 T. U.
3 T. U.
2.38–2.62
2.38–2.62
FB 3.33
2.63–2.94
2.63–2.94
FB 3.71
2.95–3.31
2.95–3.31
FB 4.1
3.32–3.43
3.32–3.43
FB 4.5
3.44–3.81
3.44–3.81
FB 4.75
3.82–4.32
3.82–4.32
FB 5.3
4.33–4.75
4.33–4.75
FB 6.1
4.76–5.38
4.76–5.38
FB 6.75
5.39–5.75
5.39–5.75
FB 7.45
5.76–5.97
5.76–5.97
FB 7.8
5.98–6.30
5.98–6.30
FB 8.21
6.31–6.55
6.31–6.55
FB 8.6
6.56–6.89
6.56–6.89
FB 9.0
6.90–7.14
6.90–7.14
FB 9.5
7.15–7.36
7.15–7.36
FB 10.0
7.37–8.30
7.37–8.30
FB 10.6
8.31–8.59
8.31–8.59
FB 11.2
8.60–9.01
8.60–9.01
FB 12.1
9.02–9.68
9.02–9.68
FB 13.1
9.69–9.99
9.69–9.99
FB 13.9
10.0–10.9
10.0–10.9
FB 14.8
11.0–11.3
11.0–11.3
FB 15.6
11.4–12.4
11.4–12.0
FB 16.4
12.5–12.9
—
FB 17.6
13.0–14.0
—
FB 18.4
14.1–14.5
—
FB 19.4
14.6–15.7
—
FB 21.1
15.8–16.6
—
FB 22.6
16.7–18.0
—
FB 23.6
Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only.
—
11.4–12.4
FB 16.4
—
12.5–12.9
FB 17.6
—
13.0–14.0
FB 18.4
—
14.1–14.5
FB 19.4
—
14.6–15.7
FB 21.1
—
15.8–16.6
FB 22.6
16.7–17.6
16.7–17.6
FB 23.6
17.7–18.3
17.7–18.3
FB 24.8
18.4–19.4
18.4–19.4
FB 26.7
19.5–20.5
19.5–20.5
FB 28.3
20.6–21.7
20.6–21.7
FB 29.6
21.8–22.8
21.8–22.8
FB 30.5
22.9–24.3
22.9–24.3
FB 32.5
24.4–24.7
24.4–24.7
FB 34.1
24.8–25.4
24.8–25.4
FB 35.0
25.5–26.0
25.5–26.0
FB 36.6
Following Selections for Size M–1P Only.
26.1–27.7
—
FB 38.3
27.8–28.9
—
FB 40.2
29.0–30.6
—
FB 42.0
30.7–32.5
—
FB 44.0
32.6–36.0
—
FB 46.0

Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
1 T. U.
3 T. U.
2.42–2.67
2.42–2.67
FB 3.33
2.68–3.00
2.68–3.00
FB 3.71
3.01–3.36
3.01–3.36
FB 4.1
3.37–3.53
3.37–3.53
FB 4.5
3.54–3.91
3.54–3.91
FB 4.75
3.92–4.41
3.92–4.41
FB 5.3
4.42–4.83
4.42–4.83
FB 6.1
4.84–5.45
4.84–5.45
FB 6.75
5.46–5.89
5.46–5.89
FB 7.45
5.90–6.04
5.90–6.04
FB 7.8
6.05–6.55
6.05–6.55
FB 8.21
6.56–6.72
6.56–6.72
FB 8.6
6.73–7.00
6.73–7.00
FB 9.0
7.01–7.39
7.01–7.39
FB 9.5
7.40–7.54
7.40–7.54
FB 10.0
7.55–8.41
7.55–8.41
FB 10.6
8.42–8.91
8.42–8.91
FB 11.2
8.92–9.16
8.92–9.16
FB 12.1
9.17–10.0
9.17–10.0
FB 13.1
10.1–10.3
10.1–10.3
FB 13.9
10.4–11.4
10.4–11.4
FB 14.8
11.5–11.8
11.5–11.8
FB 15.6
11.9–12.9
11.9–12.9
FB 16.4
13.0–13.4
—
FB 17.6
13.5–14.2
—
FB 18.4
14.3–15.1
—
FB 19.4
15.2–18.0
—
FB 21.1
Following Selections for Size M–1 & M–1P Only.
—
11.5–11.8
FB 15.6
—
11.9–12.9
FB 16.4
—
13.0–13.4
FB 17.6
—
13.5–14.2
FB 18.4
—
14.3–15.1
FB 19.4
15.2–17.1
15.2–17.1
FB 21.1
17.2–18.0
17.2–18.0
FB 22.6
18.1–18.9
18.1–18.9
FB 23.6
19.0–19.7
19.0–19.7
FB 24.8
19.8–20.9
19.8–20.9
FB 26.7
21.0–21.9
21.0–21.9
FB 28.3
22.0–23.1
22.0–23.1
FB 29.6
23.2–24.3
23.2–24.3
FB 30.5
24.4–25.5
24.4–25.5
FB 32.6
25.6–26.0
25.6–26.0
FB 34.1
Following Selections for Size M–1P Only.
26.1–26.8
—
FB 35.0
26.9–27.3
—
FB 36.6
27.4–28.7
—
FB 38.3
28.8–30.2
—
FB 40.2
30.3–31.9
—
FB 42.0
32.0–36.0
—
FB 44.0

Table 69
Motor FLC (A)

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

1 or 2 T. U.
3.46–3.90
3.91–4.44
4.45–4.91
4.92–5.51
5.52–5.84
5.85–6.54
6.55–7.33
7.34–8.31
8.32–9.22
9.23–10.0
10.1–11.2
11.3–12.5
12.6–14.2
14.3–16.1
16.2–18.4
18.5–20.5
20.6–23.2
23.3–26.6
26.7–29.6
29.7–33.5
33.6–37.2
37.3–41.5
41.6–45.0
—

16-128

3 T. U.
3.38–3.65
3.66–4.07
4.08–4.36
4.37–5.19
5.20–5.59
5.60–5.98
5.99–6.78
6.79–7.91
7.92–9.12
9.13–10.0
10.1–10.7
10.8–12.0
12.1–13.5
13.6–14.6
14.7–16.7
16.8–18.9
19.0–21.6
21.7–24.1
24.2–27.6
27.7–31.2
31.3–35.5
35.6–37.8
37.9–41.5
41.6–45.0

Thermal Unit
Number
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 74–83
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 76

Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

1 T. U.
3 T. U.
2.23–2.47
2.23–2.47
FB 3.33
2.48–2.76
2.48–2.76
FB 3.71
2.77–3.04
2.77–3.04
FB 4.1
3.05–3.24
3.05–3.24
FB 4.5
3.25–3.61
3.25–3.61
FB 4.75
3.62–4.19
3.62–4.19
FB 5.3
4.20–4.62
4.20–4.62
FB 6.1
4.63–5.14
4.63–5.14
FB 6.75
5.15–5.39
5.15–5.39
FB 7.45
5.40–5.69
5.40–5.69
FB 7.8
5.70–5.99
5.70–5.99
FB 8.21
6.00–6.29
6.00–6.29
FB 8.6
6.30–6.64
6.30–6.64
FB 9.0
6.65–6.99
6.65–6.99
FB 9.5
7.00–7.39
7.00–7.39
FB 10.0
7.40–7.79
7.40–7.79
FB 10.6
7.80–7.94
7.80–7.94
FB 11.2
7.95–8.49
7.95–8.49
FB 12.1
8.50–8.99
8.50–8.99
FB 13.1
9.00–9.59
9.00–9.59
FB 13.9
9.60–10.1
9.60–10.1
FB 14.8
10.2–10.6
10.2–10.6
FB 15.6
10.7–11.3
10.7–11.3
FB 16.4
11.4–12.0
11.4–12.0
FB 17.6
12.0–12.6
—
FB 18.4
12.7–13.8
—
FB 19.4
13.9–14.7
—
FB 21.1
14.8–15.2
—
FB 22.6
15.3–16.2
—
FB 23.6
16.3–18.0
—
FB 24.8
Following Selections for Size 1 Only.
—
12.0–12.6
FB 18.4
—
12.7–13.8
FB 19.4
13.9–14.7
13.9–14.7
FB 21.1
14.8–15.2
14.8–15.2
FB 22.6
15.3–16.2
15.3–16.2
FB 23.6
16.3–17.4
16.3–17.4
FB 24.8
17.5–18.5
17.5–18.5
FB 26.7
18.6–19.6
18.6–19.6
FB 28.3
19.7–20.2
19.7–20.2
FB 29.6
20.3–21.5
20.3–21.5
FB 30.5
21.6–22.4
21.6–22.4
FB 32.6
22.5–23.2
22.5–23.2
FB 34.1
23.3–24.3
23.3–24.3
FB 35.0
24.4–25.4
24.4–25.4
FB 36.6
25.5–26.0
25.5–26.0
FB 38.3

Table 75
Thermal Unit Number
FB 4.75
FB 5.3
FB 6.1
FB 6.75
FB 7.45
FB 7.8
FB 8.21
FB 8.6
FB 9.0
FB 9.5
FB 10.0
FB 10.6
FB 11.2
FB 12.1
FB 13.1
FB 13.9
FB 14.8
FB 15.6
FB 16.4
FB 17.6
FB 18.4
FB 19.4
FB 21.1
FB 22.6
FB 23.6
FB 24.8
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5
FB 32.6
FB 34.1
FB 35.0
FB 36.6
FB 38.3
FB 40.2
FB 42.0
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5

Table 79
Thermal Unit Number
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5
FB 32.6
FB 34.1
FB 38.3
FB 40.2
FB 42.0
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5
FB 58.0
FB 60.0
FB 63.5
FB 69.0
FB 77.0
FB 84.0
FB 92.0

Table 77
Motor FLC (A)
48.0–50.9
51.0–53.7
53.8–57.0
57.1–60.4
60.5–64.0
64.1–71.9
72.0–83.9
84.0–93.1
93.2–104
105–109
110–123
124–133

Thermal Unit Number
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5
FB 58.0
FB 60.0
FB 63.5
FB 69.0
FB 77.0
FB 84.0
FB 92.0
FB 105.0
FB 115.0

Table 78
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit
2 T. U. or
Number
3 T. U.
2.26–2.51
2.26–2.51
FB 3.33
2.52–2.82
2.52–2.82
FB 3.71
2.83–3.09
2.83–3.09
FB 4.1
3.10–3.30
3.10–3.30
FB 4.5
3.31–3.69
3.31–3.69
FB 4.75
3.70–4.27
3.70–4.27
FB 5.3
4.28–4.72
4.28–4.72
FB 6.1
4.73–5.25
4.73–5.25
FB 6.75
5.26–5.53
5.26–5.53
FB 7.45
5.54–5.81
5.54–5.81
FB 7.8
5.82–6.14
5.82–6.14
FB 8.21
6.15–6.44
6.15–6.44
FB 8.6
6.45–6.81
FB 9.0
6.45–6.81
6.82–7.19
6.82–7.19
FB 9.5
7.20–7.59
7.20–7.59
FB 10.0
7.60–7.99
7.60–7.99
FB 10.6
8.00–8.17
8.00–8.17
FB 11.2
8.18–8.74
8.18–8.74
FB 12.1
8.75–9.31
8.75–9.31
FB 13.1
9.32–9.94
9.32–9.94
FB 13.9
9.95–10.5
9.95–10.5
FB 14.8
10.6–11.1
10.6–11.1
FB 15.6
11.2–11.9
11.2–12.0
FB 16.4
12.0–12.4
—
FB 17.6
12.5–13.1
—
FB 18.4
13.2–14.3
—
FB 19.4
14.4–15.3
—
FB 21.1
15.4–15.9
—
FB 22.6
16.0–18.0
—
FB 23.6
Following Selections for Size 1 Only.
—
12.0–12.4
FB 17.6
—
12.5–13.1
FB 18.4
—
13.2–14.3
FB 19.4
14.4–15.3
14.4–15.3
FB 21.1
15.4–15.9
15.4–15.9
FB 22.6
16.0–16.9
16.0–16.9
FB 23.6
17.0–18.3
17.0–18.3
FB 24.8
18.4–19.5
18.4–19.5
FB 26.7
19.6–20.5
19.6–20.5
FB 28.3
20.6–21.1
20.6–21.1
FB 29.6
21.2–22.6
21.2–22.6
FB 30.5
22.7–23.7
22.7–23.7
FB 32.6
23.8–24.3
23.8–24.3
FB 35.0
24.4–26.0
24.4–26.0
1 T. U.

Motor FLC (A)
3.31–3.67
3.68–4.23
4.24–4.69
4.70–5.21
5.22–5.49
5.50–5.74
5.75–6.07
6.08–6.35
6.36–6.71
6.72–7.03
7.04–7.53
7.54–7.91
7.92–8.53
8.54–9.14
9.15–9.71
9.72–10.2
10.3–10.8
10.9–11.5
11.6–12.3
12.4–13.0
13.1–13.9
14.0–15.1
15.2–16.1
16.2–16.9
17.0–17.9
18.0–19.4
19.5–20.7
20.8–21.7
21.8–22.3
22.4–23.9
24.0–25.1
25.2–25.9
26.0–27.1
27.2–28.6
28.7–30.1
30.2–31.7
31.8–33.3
33.4–34.5
34.6–36.5
36.6–38.5
38.6–39.9
40.0–45.0

Table 81
Thermal Unit Number
FB 4.75
FB 5.3
FB 6.1
FB 6.75
FB 7.45
FB 7.8
FB 8.21
FB 8.6
FB 9.0
FB 9.5
FB 10.0
FB 10.6
FB 11.2
FB 12.1
FB 13.1
FB 13.9
FB 14.8
FB 15.6
FB 16.4
FB 17.6
FB 18.4
FB 19.4
FB 21.1
FB 22.6
FB 23.6
FB 24.8
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5
FB 32.6
FB 34.1
FB 35.0
FB 36.6
FB 38.3
FB 40.2
FB 42.0
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0
FB 50.5
FB 52.5

Table 80
Motor FLC (A)
20.5–21.7
21.8–23.1
23.2–24.8
24.9–26.5
26.6–28.4
28.5–30.4
30.5–32.8
32.9–34.9
35.0–37.3
37.4–39.8
39.9–42.5
42.6–45.8
45.9–48.2
48.3–50.6
50.7–53.1
53.2–56.5
56.6–59.4
59.5–63.4
63.5–71.0
71.1–78.8
78.9–86.0

Thermal Unit Number
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5
FB 32.6
FB 34.1
FB 38.3
FB 40.2
FB 42.0
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5
FB 58.0
FB 60.0
FB 63.5
FB 69.0
FB 77.0
FB 84.0

Motor FLC (A)
52.2–55.6
55.7–58.8
58.9–62.5
62.6–66.0
66.1–70.1
70.2–78.6
78.7–92.0
92.1–102
103–114
115–123
124–133

Thermal Unit Number
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5
FB 58.0
FB 60.0
FB 63.5
FB 69.0
FB 77.0
FB 84.0
FB 92.0
FB 105.0

Table 82
Motor FLC (A)
2.36–2.63
2.64–2.96
2.97–3.23
3.24–3.45
3.46–3.86
3.87–4.44
4.45–4.95
4.96–5.47
5.48–5.75
5.76–6.09
6.10–6.42
6.43–6.75
6.76–7.16
7.17–7.43
7.44–7.99
8.00–8.46
8.47–9.19
9.20–9.74
9.75–10.3
10.4–10.8
10.9–11.6
11.7–12.2
12.3–13.1
13.2–13.7
13.8–14.3
14.4–15.5
15.6–16.7
16.8–17.6
17.7–18.6
18.7–19.9
20.0–21.1
21.2–25.0

Thermal Unit Number
FB 3.33
FB 3.71
FB 4.1
FB 4.5
FB 4.75
FB 5.3
FB 6.1
FB 6.75
FB 7.45
FB 7.8
FB 8.21
FB 8.6
FB 9.0
FB 9.5
FB 10.0
FB 10.6
FB 11.2
FB 12.1
FB 13.1
FB 13.9
FB 14.8
FB 15.6
FB 16.4
FB 17.6
FB 18.4
FB 19.4
FB 21.1
FB 22.6
FB 23.6
FB 24.8
FB 92.0
FB 105.0

Table 83
Motor FLC (A)
2.30–2.60
2.61–2.87
2.88–3.17
3.18–3.37
3.38–3.76
3.77–4.29
4.30–4.75
4.76–5.26
5.27–5.51
5.52–5.78
5.79–6.13
6.14–6.41
6.42–6.75
6.76–7.09
7.10–7.57
7.58–7.90
7.91–8.81
8.82–9.47
9.48–10.0
10.1–10.7
10.8–11.4
11.5–12.1
12.2–13.1
13.2–13.7
13.8–14.7
14.8–16.0
16.1–17.3
17.4–18.2
18.3–19.4
19.5–20.7
20.8–22.3
22.4–23.5
23.6–24.2
24.3–26.0

Thermal Unit Number
FB 3.33
FB 3.71
FB 4.1
FB 4.5
FB 4.75
FB 5.3
FB 6.1
FB 6.75
FB 7.45
FB 7.8
FB 8.21
FB 8.6
FB 9.0
FB 9.5
FB 10.0
FB 10.6
FB 11.2
FB 12.1
FB 13.1
FB 13.9
FB 14.8
FB 15.6
FB 16.4
FB 17.6
FB 18.4
FB 19.4
FB 21.1
FB 22.6
FB 23.6
FB 24.8
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5

16

Motor FLC (A)
3.22–3.57
3.58–4.14
4.15–4.56
4.57–5.10
5.11–5.39
5.40–5.64
5.65–5.96
5.97–6.25
6.26–6.58
6.59–6.91
6.92–7.41
7.42–7.82
7.83–8.32
8.33–8.89
8.90–9.47
9.48–10.0
10.1–10.5
10.6–11.1
11.2–12.0
12.1–12.7
12.8–13.5
13.6–14.6
14.7–15.7
15.8–16.5
16.6–17.4
17.5–18.8
18.9–20.1
20.2–21.0
21.1–21.6
21.7–23.3
23.4–24.3
24.4–25.0
25.1–26.3
26.4–27.6
27.7–29.1
29.2–30.4
30.5–32.0
32.1–33.3
33.4–35.2
35.3–37.0
37.1–38.5
38.6–40.7
40.8–45.0

Motor FLC (A)
19.9–20.8
20.9–22.2
22.3–23.8
23.9–25.4
25.5–27.2
27.3–29.2
29.3–31.9
32.0–33.8
33.9–36.1
36.2–38.5
38.6–41.4
41.5–43.6
43.7–45.9
46.0–48.2
48.3–50.7
50.8–53.9
54.0–56.7
56.8–60.8
60.9–67.6
67.7–73.6
73.7–82.9
83.0–86.0

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 74

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-129

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 84–93
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 84
Motor FLC (A)
3.38–3.78
3.79–4.37
4.38–4.87
4.88–5.51
5.52–5.73
5.74–6.09
6.10–6.44
6.45–6.75
6.76–7.15
7.16–7.57
7.58–8.07
8.08–8.47
8.48–8.81
8.82–9.46
9.47–10.1
10.2–10.8
10.9–11.4
11.5–12.1
12.2–13.1
13.2–13.8
13.9–14.8
14.9–16.1
16.2–17.4
17.5–18.3
18.4–19.5
19.6–21.0
21.1–22.5
22.6–23.7
23.8–24.5
24.6–26.4
26.5–27.7
27.8–28.7
28.8–29.9
30.0–31.8
31.9–33.5
33.6–35.1
35.2–37.1
37.2–38.8
38.9–41.1
41.2–45.0

Table 86
Thermal Unit Number
FB 4.75
FB 5.3
FB 6.1
FB 6.75
FB 7.45
FB 7.8
FB 8.21
FB 8.6
FB 9.0
FB 9.5
FB 10.0
FB 10.6
FB 11.2
FB 12.1
FB 13.1
FB 13.9
FB 14.8
FB 15.6
FB 16.4
FB 17.6
FB 18.4
FB 19.4
FB 21.1
FB 22.6
FB 23.6
FB 24.8
FB 26.7
FB 28.3
FB 29.6
FB 30.5
FB 32.6
FB 34.1
FB 35.0
FB 36.6
FB 38.3
FB 40.2
FB 42.0
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0

Table 85
Motor FLC (A)
42.9–45.4
45.6–48.3
48.4–52.4
52.5–55.9
56.0–59.8
59.9–63.8
63.9–67.9
68.0–72.6
72.7–83.2
83.3–94.7
94.8–105
106–116
117–121
122–133

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-130

Thermal Unit Number
FB 44.0
FB 46.0
FB 48.0
FB 50.5
FB 52.5
FB 55.5
FB 58.0
FB 60.0
FB 63.5
FB 69.0
FB 77.0
FB 84.0
FB 92.0
FB 105.0

Motor FLC (A)
0.43–0.44
0.45–0.47
0.48–0.53
0.54–0.61
0.62–0.65
0.66–0.71
0.72–0.79
0.80–0.86
0.87–0.96
0.97–1.04
1.05–1.17
1.18–1.31
1.32–1.38
1.39–1.47
1.48–1.57
1.58–1.65
1.66–1.77
1.78–1.93
1.94–2.18
2.19–2.46
2.47–2.68
2.69–2.87
2.88–3.07
3.08–3.59
3.60–3.79
3.80–4.27
4.28–4.59
4.60–4.90
4.91–5.06
5.07–5.44
5.45–6.24
6.25–7.21
7.22–7.69
7.70–8.24
8.25–8.81
8.82–9.32
9.33–9.99
10.0–10.5
10.6–11.5
11.6–12.2
12.3–13.3
13.4–15.8
15.9–18.4
18.5–20.5
20.6–21.5
21.6–23.9
24.0–26.8
26.9–28.2
28.3–29.8
29.9–32.0

Table 88
Thermal Unit Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.54
A 1.63
A 1.75
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 132
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9
A 21.3
A 25.2
A 27.1
A 29.5
A 31.9
A 33.8
A 35.9
A 40.0
A 42.3
A 44.7

Table 87
Motor FLC (A)
0.40–0.41
0.42–0.45
0.46–0.51
0.52–0.58
0.59–0.63
0.64–0.68
0.69–0.76
0.77–0.83
0.84–0.93
0.94–1.01
1.02–1.14
1.15–1.28
1.29–1.34
1.35–1.44
1.45–1.55
1.56–1.61
1.62–1.71
1.72–1.85
1.86–2.04
2.05–2.38
2.39–2.60
2.61–2.77
2.78–2.98
2.99–3.40
3.41–3.64
3.65–4.08
4.09–4.38
4.39–4.68
4.69–4.79
4.80–5.11
5.12–5.84
5.85–6.70
6.71–7.18
7.19–7.70
7.71–8.14
8.15–8.56
8.57–9.15
9.16–9.80
9.81–10.6
10.7–11.0

Thermal Unit Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.54
A 1.63
A 1.75
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 13.2
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9

Motor FLC (A)
0.39–0.40
0.41–0.44
0.45–0.49
0.50–0.57
0.58–0.61
0.62–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.80
0.81–0.90
0.91–0.97
0.98–1.09
1.10–1.23
1.24–1.57
1.58–1.66
1.67–1.79
1.80–1.99
2.00–2.31
2.32–2.50
2.51–2.66
2.67–2.85
2.86–3.26
3.27–3.49
3.50–3.92
3.93–4.20
4.21–4.49
4.50–4.64
4.65–4.94
4.95–5.62
5.63–6.39
6.40–6.82
6.83–7.27
7.28–7.71
7.72–8.13
8.14–8.64
8.65–9.15
9.16–9.97
9.98–11.0

Table 91
Thermal Unit Number
A .49
A .54
A .59
A .65
A .71
A .78
A .86
A .95
A 1.02
A 1.16
A 1.25
A 1.39
A 1.86
A 1.99
A 2.15
A 2.31
A 2.57
A 2.81
A 3.61
A 3.95
A 4.32
A 4.79
A 5.30
A 5.78
A 6.20
A 6.99
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 13.2
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9

Table 89
Motor FLC (A)
10.0–11.1
11.2–12.0
12.1–13.3
13.4–15.1
15.2–17.1
17.2–18.6
18.7–21.4
21.5–25.7
25.8–28.2
28.3–29.7
29.8–31.2
31.3–32.1
32.2–35.7
35.8–40.7
40.8–48.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

Table 90
Motor FLC (A)
4.88–5.13
5.14–5.85
5.86–6.67
6.68–7.09
7.10–7.62
7.63–8.04
8.05–8.46
8.47–9.11
9.12–9.69
9.70–10.5
10.6–11.6
11.7–12.3
12.4–14.6
14.7–16.8
16.9–17.9
18.0–18.7
18.8–19.8
19.9–21.4
21.5–22.8
22.9–23.8
23.9–26.0

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

Thermal Unit Number
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 13.2
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9
A 21.3
A 25.2
A 27.1
A 29.5
A 31.9
A 33.8
A 35.9
A 40.0
A 42.3
A 44.7

Motor FLC (A)
4.80–5.07
5.08–5.73
5.74–6.48
6.49–6.90
6.91–7.25
7.26–7.81
7.82–8.29
8.30–8.81
8.82–9.40
9.41–10.0
10.1–11.1
11.2–11.7
11.8–13.7
13.8–16.0
16.1–16.9
17.0–17.7
17.8–18.7
18.8–20.2
20.3–21.4
21.5–22.5
22.6–23.8
23.9–26.0

Thermal Unit Number
A 7.65
A 8.38
A 9.25
A 9.85
A 11.0
A 11.9
A 13.2
A 14.1
A 14.8
A 16.2
A 17.9
A 21.3
A 25.2
A 27.1
A 29.5
A 31.9
A 33.8
A 35.9
A 40.0
A 42.3
A 44.7
A 48.0

Table 92
Motor FLC (A)
10.5–11.7
11.8–12.5
12.6–14.0
14.1–15.8
15.9–18.0
18.1–19.6
19.7–23.5
23.6–27.4
27.5–30.5
30.6–32.2
32.3–34.0
34.1–35.2
35.3–39.5
39.6–43.9
44.0–48.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

Table 93
Motor FLC (A)
23.8–25.2
25.3–26.8
26.9–28.4
28.5–30.3
30.4–32.1
32.2–34.2
34.3–36.3
36.4–40.2
40.3–43.1
43.2–45.9
46.0–49.2
49.3–51.6
51.7–54.2
54.3–55.7
55.8–60.3
60.4–63.5
63.6–67.1
67.2–70.3
70.4–74.1
74.2–78.3
78.4–83.3
83.4–86.0

Thermal Unit Number
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 94–102
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 94
Motor FLC (A)
25.8–27.5
27.6–29.4
29.5–31.4
31.5–33.2
33.3–36.2
36.3–38.8
38.9–41.6
41.7–44.7
44.8–47.9
48.0–50.9
51.0–54.4
54.5–57.4
57.5–60.6
60.7–63.9
64.0–68.4
68.5–73.4
73.5–78.7
78.8–83.8
83.9–86.0

Table 95
Motor FLC (A)
42.5–44.7
44.8–47.9
48.0–51.2
51.3–55.2
55.3–59.4
59.5–63.8
63.9–68.8
68.9–73.8
73.9–77.7
77.8–82.5
82.6–86.6
86.7–91.9
92.0–97.2
97.3–104
105–114
115–123
124–150

Thermal Unit Number
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0
CC 208.0
CC 219.0

Table 96
Thermal Unit Number
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0
CC 208.0
CC 219.0

Motor FLC (A)
0.57–0.60
0.61–0.66
0.67–0.73
0.74–0.81
0.82–0.90
0.91–1.05
1.06–1.15
1.16–1.25
1.26–1.35
1.36–1.47
1.48–1.58
1.59–1.74
1.75–1.94
1.95–2.20
2.21–2.47
2.48–2.76
2.77–3.07
3.08–3.45
3.46–3.81
3.82–4.20
4.21–4.65
4.66–5.29
5.30–5.84
5.85–6.27
6.28–6.97
6.98–7.59
7.60–7.89
7.90–8.95
8.96–10.3
10.4–11.7
11.8–13.3
13.4–15.2
15.3–17.2
17.3–19.7
19.8–22.4
22.5–26.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0

Table 98
Motor FLC (A)
4.24–4.62
4.63–5.05
5.06–5.54
5.55–6.13
6.14–6.44
6.45–7.48
7.49–8.55
8.56–9.74
9.75–11.1
11.2–12.7
12.8–14.4
14.5–16.4
16.5–18.9
19.0–21.6
21.7–23.3
23.4–24.9
25.0–26.9
27.0–29.1
29.2–31.3
31.4–33.5
33.6–36.9
37.0–39.1
39.2–40.9
41.0–45.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0
AR 94.0

Motor FLC (A)
27.1–30.0
30.1–33.2
33.3–35.7
35.8–39.4
39.5–43.4
43.5–46.9
47.0–51.5
51.6–57.0
57.1–62.8
62.9–69.1
69.2–75.0
75.1–83.3

Thermal Unit Number
E 67
E 69
E 70
E 71
E 72
E 73
E 74
E 76
E 77
E 78
E 79
E 80

Table 100
Motor FLC (A)
50–55.9
56–60.9
91–65.9
66–69.9
70–75.9
76–81.9
82–86.9
87–92.9
93–97.9
98–107.9
108–113.9
114–125.9

Thermal Unit Number
E 88
E 89
E 91
E 92
E 93
E 94
E 96
E 97
E 98
E 99
E 101
E 102

Table 101
Motor FLC (A)
105–116
117–132
133–148
149–165
166–184
185–207
208–229
230–266

Thermal Unit Number
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4

Table 102
Motor FLC (A)
146–169
170–185
186–201
202–217
218–236
237–253
254–279
280–311
312–353
354–396
397–442
443–492
493–520

Thermal Unit Number
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Motor FLC (A)
49.5–52.0
52.1–54.8
54.9–58.7
58.8–63.3
63.4–68.3
68.4–73.6
73.7–79.4
79.5–85.5
85.6–89.7
89.8–94.8
94.9–99.9
100–105
106–111
112–126
127–131
132–141
142–150

Table 99

Table 97
Thermal Unit Number
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-131

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 103–110
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 103

Table 105

Motor FLC (A)
40.8–45.5
45.6–49.9
51.0–57.5
57.6–65.9
66.0–73.1
73.2–81.5
81.6–92.3
92.4–104
105–114
115–128
129–140
141–160
161–193
194–209
210–232
233–248
249–266

Thermal Unit Number
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90

Table 104
Motor FLC
(A)
0.65–0.73
0.74–0.82
0.93–0.91
0.92–1.04
1.05–1.16
1.17–1.26
1.27–1.47
1.48–1.65
1.66–1.89
1.90–2.17
2.18–2.49
2.50–2.79
2.80–3.13
3.14–3.36
3.37–3.69
3.70–3.92
3.93–4.42
4.43–4.99
5.00–5.27
5.28–5.84
5.85–6.61
6.62–7.42
7.43–8.02
8.03–8.53
8.54–9.34
9.35–10.1
10.2–10.8
10.9–12.0
12.1–13.0
13.1–15.5

15.6–17.9
18.0–21.4
21.5–25.1
25.2–27.0

Thermal Unit
Number
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0

B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
1.50
1.50
1.60
2.00
2.00
2.25
2.60
3.00
3.50
4.00
4.50
5.00
5.60
6.00
7.00
7.00
8.00
9.00
10.0
12.0
12.0
15.0
15.0
15.0
17.5
17.5
20.0
25.0
25.0
30.0
600 V
Max.
30
30
30
30

250 V
Max.
30
40
40
40

Motor FLC (A)
105–112
113–122
123–131
132–142
143–153
154–157
158–169
170–181
182–195
196–209
210–227
228–247
248–266

Thermal Unit Number
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0
CC 196.0

Table 109
Motor FLC (A)
0.56–0.63
0.64–0.68
0.69–0.77
0.78–0.85
0.86–0.97
0.98–1.09
1.10–1.21
1.22–1.33
1.34–1.53
1.54–1.73
1.74–1.89
1.90–2.17
2.18–2.53
2.54–2.87
2.88–3.22
3.23–3.49
3.50–3.85
3.86–4.11
4.12–4.70
4.71–5.21
5.22–5.53
5.54–6.17
6.18–7.02
7.03–7.92
7.93–8.61
8.62–9.17
9.18–10.0
10.1–11.0
11.1–11.8
11.9–13.5
13.6–15.3
15.4–17.4
17.5–19.4
19.5–22.2
22.3–25.1
25.2–27.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0

Table 110

16

Motor FLC (A)
3.94–4.45
4.46–4.97
4.98–5.28
5.29–5.97
5.98–6.89
6.90–7.92
7.93–8.71
8.72–9.27
9.28–10.2
10.3–11.4
11.5–12.3
12.4–13.9
14.0–15.8
15.9–17.9
18.0–19.9
20.0–22.8
22.9–25.4
25.5–28.9
29.0–30.8
30.9–32.5
32.6–34.9
35.0–39.7
39.8–44.7

Thermal Unit Number
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-132

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 111–116
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 111
Motor FLC (A)
14.0–14.9
15.0–16.2
16.3–17.2
17.3–18.7
18.8–20.2
20.3–21.7
21.8–23.3
23.4–25.2
25.3–27.1
27.2–29.4
29.5–31.6
31.7–34.0
34.1–36.8
36.9–39.8
39.9–42.3
42.4–45.7
45.8–49.2
49.3–52.8
52.9–56.8
56.9–61.2
61.3–66.1
66.2–71.2
71.3–76.7
76.8–82.9
83.0–90.0

Table 114
Thermal Unit Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0

Table 112
Motor FLC (A)
44.0–46.8
46.9–50.6
50.7–54.5
54.6–58.4
58.5–62.9
63.0–67.7
67.8–72.9
73.0–78.1
78.2–83.9
84.0–91.1
91.2–97.5
97.6–104
105–113
114–133

Thermal Unit Number
CC 64.3
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0
CC 156.0
CC 167.0
CC 180.0

Table 113
Thermal Unit Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 220.0
DD 240.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 280.0
DD 300.0
DD 320.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85

Table 115
Motor FLC (A)
176–190
191–203
203–223
224–239
240–253
254–299
300–341
342–361
362–395
396–409
410–427
428–475
476–487
488–532

Thermal Unit Number
DD 112.0
DD 121.0
DD 128.0
DD 140.0
DD 150.0
DD 160.0
DD 185.0
DD 220.0
DD 240.0
DD 250.0
DD 265.0
DD 289.0
DD 300.0
DD 320.0

Table 116
Motor FLC (A))
81.6–91.1
91.2–101
102–115
116–131
132–146
147–163
164–184
185–209
210–229
230–257
258–281
282–321
322–387
388–419
420–465
466–497
496–532

Thermal Unit Number
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.35
B 5.60
B 6.25
B 6.90

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Motor FLC (A)
88.2–95.1
95.2–101
102–111
112–119
120–131
132–149
150–170
171–180
181–197
198–204
205–213
214–237
238–243
244–266

Motor FLC (A)
133–148
149–174
175–195
196–219
220–239
240–271
272–308
309–348
349–397
398–429
430–495
496–520

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-133

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 117–127
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 117
Motor FLC (A)
100–111.9
112–121.9
122–131.9
132–139.9
140–151.9
152–163.9
164–173.9
174–185.9
186–195.9
196–215.9
216–227.9
228–251.9

Table 122
Thermal Unit Number
E 88
E 89
E 91
E 92
E 93
E 94
E 96
E 97
E 98
E 99
E 101
E 102

Table 118
Motor FLC (A)
210–233
234–265
266–297
298–331
332–369
370–415
416–459
460–532

Thermal Unit Number
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.8
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4

Table 121
Motor FLC (A)
1.14–1.21
1.22–1.33
1.34–1.47
1.48–1.63
1.64–1.81
1.82–2.11
2.12–2.31
2.32–2.51
2.52–2.71
2.72–2.95
2.96–3.17
3.18–3.49
3.50–3.89
3.90–4.41
4.42–4.95
4.96–5.53
5.54–6.15
6.16–6.91
6.92–7.63
7.64–8.41
8.42–9.31
9.32–10.59
10.60–11.69
11.70–12.55
12.56–13.95
13.96–15.19
15.20–15.79
15.80–17.91
17.92–20.7
20.8–23.5
23.6–26.7
26.8–30.5
30.6–34.5
34.6–39.5
39.6–44.9
45.0–52.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 1.05
AR 1.15
AR 1.26
AR 1.39
AR 1.53
AR 1.68
AR 1.85
AR 2.04
AR 2.24
AR 2.46
AR 2.71
AR 2.98
AR 3.28
AR 3.62
AR 3.98
AR 4.37
AR 4.80
AR 5.3
AR 5.8
AR 6.4
AR 7.0
AR 7.7
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0

Motor FLC (A)
8.48–9.25
9.26–10.11
10.12–11.09
11.10–12.27
12.28–12.89
12.90–14.97
14.98–17.11
17.12–19.49
19.50–22.3
22.4–22.5
22.6–28.9
29.0–32.9
33.0–37.9
38.0–43.3
43.4–46.7
46.8–49.9
50.0–53.9
54.0–58.3
58.4–62.7
62.8–67.1
67.2–73.8
74.0–78.3
78.4–81.9
82.0–90.0

Thermal Unit Number
AR 8.5
AR 9.3
AR 10.2
AR 11.2
AR 12.4
AR 13.6
AR 15.4
AR 17.6
AR 20.5
AR 23.0
AR 27.0
AR 30.0
AR 35.0
AR 40.0
AR 44.0
AR 47.0
AR 51.0
AR 55.0
AR 60.0
AR 66.0
AR 72.0
AR 79.0
AR 86.0
AR 94.0

Table 123
Motor FLC (A)
54.2–60.1
60.2–66.5
66.6–71.5
71.6–78.9
79.0–86.9
87.0–93.9
94.0–103.1
103.2–114.1
114.2–125.7
125.8–138.3
138.4–150.1
150.2–166.6

Thermal Unit Number
E 67
E 69
E 70
E 71
E 72
E 73
E 74
E 76
E 77
E 78
E 79
E 80

Table 127

16

Motor FLC (A)
1.12–1.27
1.28–1.37
1.38–1.55
1.56–1.71
1.72–1.95
1.96–2.19
2.20–2.43
2.44–2.67
2.68–3.07
3.08–3.47
3.48–3.79
3.80–4.35
4.36–5.07
5.08–5.75
5.76–6.45
6.46–6.99
7.00–7.71
7.72–8.23
8.24–9.41
9.42–10.43
10.44–11.07
11.08–12.35
12.36–14.05
14.06–15.85
15.86–17.23
17.24–18.35
18.36–20.1
20.2–22.1
22.2–23.7
23.8–27.1
27.2–30.7
30.8–34.9
35.0–38.9
39.0–44.5
44.6–50.3
50.4–54.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 0.81
B 0.92
B 1.03
B 1.16
B 1.30
B 1.45
B 1.67
B 1.88
B 2.10
B 2.40
B 2.65
B 3.00
B 3.30
B 3.70
B 4.15
B 4.85
B 5.50
B 6.25
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-134

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 128–134
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 128
Motor FLC (A)
7.88–8.91
8.92–9.95
9.96–10.57
10.58–11.95
11.96–13.79
13.80–15.85
15.86–17.43
17.44–18.55
18.56–20.5
20.6–22.9
23.0–24.7
24.8–27.9
28.0–31.7
31.8–35.9
36.0–39.9
40.0–45.7
45.8–50.9
51.0–61.7
61.8–65.1
65.2–69.9
70.0–79.5
79.6–89.4

Table 133
Thermal Unit Number
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0

Table 129
Thermal Unit Number
CC 20.9
CC 22.8
CC 24.6
CC 26.3
CC 28.8
CC 31.0
CC 33.3
CC 36.4
CC 39.6
CC 42.7
CC 46.6
CC 50.1
CC 54.5
CC 59.4
CC 64.5
CC 68.5
CC 74.6
CC 81.5
CC 87.7
CC 94.0
CC 103.0
CC 112.0
CC 121.0
CC 132.0
CC 143.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

Table 134
Motor FLC (A)
4.30–4.98
4.99–5.57
5.58–5.94
5.95–6.71
6.72–7.79
7.80–8.93
8.94–9.77
9.78–10.5
10.6–11.7
11.8–13.0
13.1–14.0
14.1–15.0
15.1–17.2
17.3–19.9
20.0–22.3
22.4–26.0
26.1–29.8
29.9–34.0
34.1–36.7
36.8–39.5
39.6–42.1
42.2–46.6
46.7–51.5
51.6–54.0

Thermal Unit Number
B 6.90
B 7.70
B 8.20
B 9.10
B 10.2
B 11.5
B 12.8
B 14.0
B 15.5
B 17.5
B 19.5
B 22.0
B 25.0
B 28.0
B 32.0
B 36.0
B 40.0
B 45.0
B 50.0
B 56.0
B 62.0
B 70.0
B 79.0
B 88.0

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Motor FLC (A)
28.0–29.9
30.0–32.5
32.6–34.5
34.6–37.5
37.6–40.5
40.6–43.5
43.6–46.7
46.8–50.5
50.6–54.3
54.4–58.9
59.0–63.3
63.4–68.1
68.2–73.7
73.8–79.7
79.8–84.7
84.8–91.5
91.6–98.5
98.6–105.7
105.8–113.7
113.8–122.5
122.6–132.3
132.4–142.5
142.6–153.5
153.6–165.9
166.0–180.0

Motor FLC (A)
4.60–5.23
5.24–5.86
5.87–6.25
6.26–7.09
7.10–8.25
8.26–9.49
9.50–10.3
10.4–11.2
11.3–12.5
12.6–13.8
13.9–15.0
15.1–16.9
17.0–19.1
19.2–22.0
22.1–24.4
24.5–28.0
28.1–31.8
31.9–36.0
36.1–38.5
38.6–41.2
41.3–44.4
44.5–50.3
50.4–56.9
57.0–59.0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-135

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 135–139
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 135

Table 137
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit Number
1 T. U.
3 T. U.
0.77–0.88
0.85–0.95
B 1.30
0.89–1.02
0.96–1.09
B 1.45
1.03–1.19
1.10–1.21
B 1.67
1.20–1.37
1.22–1.35
B 1.88
1.38–1.62
1.36–1.56
B 2.10
1.63–1.90
1.57–1.76
B 2.40
1.91–2.12
1.77–1.94
B 2.65
2.13–2.46
1.95–2.22
B 3.00
2.47–2.83
2.23–2.57
B 3.30
2.84–3.19
2.58–2.87
B 3.70
3.20–3.61
2.88–3.21
B 4.15
3.62–3.89
3.22–3.50
B 4.85
3.90–4.32
3.51–3.79
B 5.50
4.33–4.57
3.80–4.04
B 6.25
4.58–5.19
4.05–4.53
B 6.90
5.20–5.79
4.54–5.03
B 7.70
5.80–6.16
5.04–5.36
B 8.20
6.17–6.94
5.37–5.97
B 9.10
6.95–7.99
5.98–6.89
B 10.2
7.80–8.99
6.90–7.79
B 11.5
9.00–9.98
7.80–8.53
B 12.8
9.99–10.6
8.54–9.09
B 14.0
10.7–11.6
9.10–9.99
B 15.5
11.7–13.1
10.0–10.9
B 17.5
13.2–14.2
11.0–11.7
B 19.5
14.3–15.4
11.8–13.4
B 22.0
15.5–17.6
13.5–15.4
B 25.0
17.7–20.0
15.5–17.9
B 28.0
–
18.0–20.0
B 32.0
For Type DPSG12 & DPSG13, 20 A Starter.
Select Thermal Units from above.
20.1–22.7
18.0–20.2
B 32.0
22.8–25.0
20.3–23.2
B 36.0
–
23.3–25.0
B 40.0
For Type DPSG22 & DPSG23, 25 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
22.8–26.1
–
B 36.0
26.2–29.6
23.3–25.8
B 40.0
29.7–30.0
25.9–28.6
B 45.0
For Type DPSG32 & DPSG33, 30 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

Table 136

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit Number
1 T. U.
3 T. U.
0.98–1.09
0.88–0.98
B 1.30
1.10–1.24
0.99–1.13
B 1.45
1.25–1.41
1.14–1.26
B 1.67
1.42–1.59
1.27–1.38
B 1.88
1.60–1.81
1.39–1.62
B 2.10
1.82–2.04
1.63–1.82
B 2.40
2.05–2.19
1.83–2.04
B 2.65
2.20–2.52
2.05–2.36
B 3.00
2.53–2.90
2.37–2.72
B 3.30
2.91–3.29
2.73–3.07
B 3.70
3.30–3.69
3.08–3.44
B 4.15
3.70–3.99
3.45–3.69
B 4.85
4.00–4.42
3.70–4.11
B 5.50
4.43–4.69
4.12–4.34
B 6.25
4.70–5.37
4.35–4.89
B 6.90
5.38–5.94
4.90–5.44
B 7.70
5.95–6.34
5.45–5.80
B 8.20
6.35–7.05
5.81–6.47
B 9.10
7.06–8.14
6.48–7.45
B 10.2
8.15–9.39
7.46–8.49
B 11.5
9.40–10.3
8.50–9.29
B 12.8
10.4–11.1
9.30–9.99
B 14.0
11.2–12.2
10.0–10.8
B 15.5
12.3–13.5
10.9–12.1
B 17.5
13.6–14.7
12.2–13.1
B 19.5
14.8–16.1
13.2–14.6
B 22.0
16.2–18.3
14.7–16.4
B 25.0
18.4–20.0
16.5–18.9
B 28.0
–
19.0–20.0
B 32.0
For Type DPSO12 & DPSO13, 20 A Starter.
Select Thermal Units from above.
18.4–20.9
–
B 28.0
21.0–23.6
19.0–20.9
B 32.0
23.7–25.0
21.0–24.1
B 36.0
–
24.2–25.0
B 40.0
For Type DPSO22 & DPSO23, 25 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.
–
B 36.0
23.7–27.2
24.2–27.2
B 40.0
27.3–30.0
27.3–30.0
B 45.0

Motor FLC (A)
50–55.9
56–60.9
61–65.9
66–69.9
70–75.9
76–81.9
82–86.9
87–92.9
93–97.9
98–107
108–113
114–125
126–138
139–153
154–163
164–180

Thermal Unit Number
E 88
E 89
E 91
E 92
E 93
E 94
E 96
E 97
E 98
E 99
E 101
E 102
E 103
E 104
E 106
E 107

Table 138
Motor FLC (A)
22.6–25.5
25.6–26.4
26.5–28.9
29.0–31.9
32.0–34.5
34.6–36.9
37.0–40.6
40.7–44.0
44.1–47.4
47.5–53.1
53.2–58.3
58.4–63.5
63.6–69.9
70.0–77.1
77.2–83.3
83.4–86.9
87.0–92.9
93.0–100

Thermal Unit Number
E 62
E 65
E 66
E 67
E 69
E 70
E 71
E 72
E 73
E 74
E 76
E 77
E 78
E 79
E 80
E 96
E 97
E 98

Table 139
Motor FLC (A)
13.7–15.2
15.3–16.8
16.9–18.7
18.8–20.0
20.1–22.5
22.6–23.3
23.4–25.5
25.6–27.9
28.0–30.8
30.9–33.2
33.3–36.6
36.7–38.9
39.0–43.1
43.2–47.4
47.5–50.0
50.1–55.2
55.3–60.0

Thermal Unit Number
E 57
E 59
E 60
E 61
E 62
E 65
E 66
E 67
E 69
E 70
E 71
E 72
E 73
E 74
E 76
E 77
E 78

For Type DPSO32 & DPSO33, 30 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

16-136

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 140–143
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 142

Motor FLC (A)
0.34–0.36
0.37–0.40
0.41–0.43
0.44–0.47
0.48–0.51
0.52–0.56
0.57–0.62
0.63–0.67
0.68–0.73
0.74–0.77
0.78–0.84
0.85–0.93
0.94–1.00
1.01–1.08
1.09–1.15
1.16–1.27
1.28–1.45
1.46–1.61
1.62–1.81
1.82–2.00
2.01–2.12
2.13–2.29
2.30–2.43
2.44–2.66
2.67–2.98
2.99–3.16
3.17–3.39
3.40–3.69
3.70–4.00
4.01–4.48
4.49–5.00
5.01–5.44
5.45–5.99
6.00–6.60
6.61–6.96
6.97–7.26
7.27–7.99
8.00–8.89
8.90–9.74
9.75–10.50
10.6–11.5
11.6–12.3
12.4–13.4
13.5–15.2
15.3–17.2
17.3–18.4
18.5–20.6
20.7–21.3
21.4–23.4
23.5–24.0

Thermal Unit Number
E3
E4
E5
E6
E7
E8
E9
E 11
E 12
E 13
E 14
E 16
E 17
E 18
E 19
E 23
E 24
E 26
E 27
E 28
E 29
E 31
E 32
E 33
E 34
E 36
E 37
E 38
E 39
E 41
E 42
E 44
E 46
E 47
E 48
E 49
E 50
E 51
E 52
E 53
E 54
E 55
E 56
E 57
E 60
E 61
E 62
E 65
E 66
E 67

Table 141
Motor
FLC
(A)
12.2–14.4
14.5–17.8
17.9–18.8
18.9–21.4
21.5–23.0
23.1–25.7
25.8–28.0
28.1–31.0
31.1–32.7
32.8–35.5
35.6–38.2
38.3–43.3
43.4–46.9
47.0–50.1

Thermal Unit
Number

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)

E56
E57
E60

25
30
40

E61
E62
E65
E66
E67
E69
E70
E71
E73
E73A
E74

40
45
50
50
60
60
70
80
80
90
100

E76

54.1–58.0
58.1–60.0
60.1–67.0
67.1–70.5
70.6–75.9
76.0–82.0
82.1–86.0

E77
E78
E79
E80
E94
E96
E97

100
100
100
100
100
100
100

250 V
Max.
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
125

Thermal Unit
Number
E56
E57
E60
E61
E62
E65

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
25
30
35
40
40
45

24.3–26.2
26.3–29.2
29.3–32.0
32.1–34.3
34.4–36.2
36.3–39.9
40.0–43.8
43.9–46.2
46.3–50.0

E66
E67
E69
E70
E71
E73
E73A
E74
E76

50
50
60
70
70
80

50.1–53.9
54.0–56.0
56.1–61.0
61.1–65.9
66.0–72.0
72.1–75.9
76.0–79.9
80.0–86.0

E77
E78
E79
E80
E94
E96
E98
E101

90
90
100
600 V
Max.
100
100
100
100
100
100
100
100

250 V
Max.
110
110
125
125
125
125
125
125

Table 143
Motor FLC
(A)
18.9–20.0
20.1–22.8
22.9–24.7
24.8–26.9
27.0–29.2
29.3–32.8
32.9–34.9
35.0–37.5
37.6–39.6
39.7–46.1
46.2–49.9
50.0–56.3
56.4–61.0
61.1–64.0
64.1–66.0
66.1–72.4
72.5–78.2
78.3–83.9
84.0–86.0
86.1–92.8
92.9–97.9
98.0–105.0
105.1–117.0
117.1–133.0

Thermal Unit
Number
E60
E61
E62
E65
E66
E67
E69
E70
E72
E73
E73A
E74
E76
E77
E78
E79
E80
E94
E96
E97
E98
E101
E102
E103

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
40
45
50
50
60
60
70
70
80
80
100
110
125
125
125
125
150
175
175
175
200
200
200
200

16

50.2–54.0

600 V
Max.
100

Motor FLC
(A)
11.7–13.5
13.6–16.7
16.8–18.1
18.2–20.0
20.1–21.9
22.0–24.2

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 140

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

16-137

Thermal Unit Selection
Tables 144–148
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 144

Table 146

Motor FLC
(A)
18.2–19.1
19.2–22.1
22.2–23.1
23.2–25.7
25.8–27.7
27.8–31.3
31.4–33.3
33.4–35.9
36.0–38.4
38.5–44.2
44.3–46.8
46.9–52.6
52.7–56.0
56.1–58.4
58.5–61.9
62.0–67.1
67.2–72.3
72.4–75.9
76.0–85.6
85.7–91.2
91.3–100.0
100.1–108.9
109.0–119.9
120.0–133.0

Thermal Unit
Number
E60
E61
E62
E65
E66
E67
E69
E70
E71
E73
E73A
E74
E76
E77
E78
E79
E80
E94
E96
E98
E101
E102
E103
E104

Max. Fuse
Rating (A)
40
40
45
50
50
60
70
70
80
80
90
100
110
125
125
125
150
150
150
175
200
200
200
200

Table 145
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

1 T.U.
3 T.U.
1.00–1.11
0.91–1.02
B1.30
1.12–1.27
1.03–1.15
B1.45
1.28–1.36
1.16–1.27
B1.67
1.37–1.53
1.28–1.39
B1.88
1.54–1.78
1.40–1.61
B2.10
1.79–2.02
1.62–1.84
B2.40
2.03–2.20
1.85–2.03
B2.65
2.21–2.52
2.04–2.34
B3.00
2.53–2.94
2.35–2.69
B3.30
2.95–3.30
2.70–3.02
B3.70
3.31–3.70
3.03–3.39
B4.15
3.71–4.02
3.40–3.65
B4.85
4.03–4.46
3.66–4.04
B5.50
4.47–4.69
4.05–4.28
B6.25
4.70–5.37
4.29–4.85
B6.90
5.38–5.94
4.86–5.38
B7.70
5.95–6.34
5.39–5.71
B8.20
6.35–7.09
5.72–6.39
B9.10
7.10–8.46
6.40–7.53
B10.2
8.47–9.32
7.54–8.34
B11.5
9.33–10.2
8.35–9.14
B12.8
10.3–10.9
9.15–9.74
B14.0
11.0–12.1
9.75–10.7
B15.5
12.2–13.4
10.8–11.8
B17.5
13.5–14.2
11.9–12.2
B19.5
14.3–16.0
12.3–14.4
B22.0
16.1–18.1
14.5–16.4
B25.0
18.2–20.5
16.5–18.9
B28.0
20.6–23.5
19.0–21.3
B32.0
23.6–27.2
21.4–23.3
B36.0
27.3–30.8
23.4–27.9
B40.0
30.9–35.0
28.0–31.4
B45.0
35.1–37.2
B50.0
37.3–40.0
B56.0
For Type DPSG42 & DPSG43, 40 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

Table 148
Motor FLC (A)

Thermal Unit
Number

1 T.U.
3 T.U.
3.90–4.22
3.60–3.89
B5.50
4.23–4.49
3.90–4.15
B6.25
4.50–5.14
4.16–4.76
B6.90
5.15–5.78
4.77–5.30
B7.70
5.79–6.23
5.31–5.70
B8.20
6.24–7.03
5.71–6.46
B9.10
7.04–8.23
6.47–7.65
B10.2
8.24–9.31
7.66–8.55
B11.5
9.32–10.1
8.56–9.36
B12.8
10.2–10.7
9.37–9.9
B14.0
10.8–11.9
10.0–10.9
B15.5
12.0–13.1
11.0–12.0
B17.5
13.2–13.9
12.1–12.8
B19.5
14.0–15.9
12.9–14.2
B22.0
16.0–18.0
14.3–16.0
B25.0
18.1–20.8
16.1–18.5
B28.0
20.9–23.1
18.6–21.2
B32.0
23.2–26.9
21.3–24.9
B36.0
27.0–31.4
25.0–28.0
B40.0
31.5–36.0
28.1–31.7
B45.0
36.1–38.8
31.8–34.6
B50.0
38.9–41.7
34.7–37.4
B56.0
41.8–46.3
37.5–40.0
B62.0
46.4–50.0
40.1–46.4
B70.0
—
46.5–50.0
B79.0
For Type DPSG52 & DPSG53, 50 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

Motor FLC (A)
Thermal
Unit Number
1 T.U.
3 T.U.
4.14–4.45
3.70–4.09
B5.50
4.46–4.88
4.10–4.35
B6.25
4.89–5.44
4.36–5.07
B6.90
5.45–6.08
5.08–5.79
B7.70
6.09–6.42
5.80–6.27
B8.20
6.43–7.28
6.28–7.16
B9.10
7.29–8.42
7.17–8.58
B10.2
8.43–9.64
8.59–9.55
B11.5
9.65–10.4
9.56–10.2
B12.8
10.5–11.2
10.3–10.9
B14.0
11.3–12.3
11.0–11.9
B15.5
12.4–13.7
12.0–13.1
B17.5
13.8–14.8
13.2–14.0
B19.5
14.9–16.5
14.1–14.8
B22.0
16.6–18.7
14.9–17.0
B25.0
18.8–21.4
17.1–19.6
B28.0
21.5–24.3
19.7–22.1
B32.0
24.4–28.0
22.2–26.0
B36.0
28.1–33.3
26.1–29.4
B40.0
33.4–37.6
29.5–34.0
B45.0
37.7–41.1
34.1–36.4
B50.0
41.2–44.1
36.5–39.2
B56.0
44.2–47.8
39.3–42.4
B62.0
47.9–50.0
42.5–49.3
B70.0
—
49.4–50.0
B79.0
For Type DPSO52 & DPSO53, 50 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

Table 147
Motor FLC (A)
Thermal Unit
Number
1 T.U.
3 T.U.
1.04–1.14
0.93–1.04
B1.30
1.15–1.29
1.05–1.18
B1.45
1.30–1.43
1.19–1.33
B1.67
1.44–1.56
1.34–1.43
B1.88
1.57–1.79
1.44–1.67
B2.10
1.80–2.03
1.68–1.88
B2.40
2.04–2.26
1.89–2.09
B2.65
2.27–2.51
2.10–2.41
B3.00
2.52–3.03
2.42–2.79
B3.30
3.04–3.31
2.80–3.15
B3.70
3.32–3.73
3.16–3.54
B4.15
3.74–4.07
3.55–3.75
B4.85
4.08–4.49
3.76–4.22
B5.50
4.50–4.76
4.23–4.46
B5.25
4.77–5.44
4.47–5.09
B6.90
5.45–6.04
5.10–5.61
B7.70
6.05–6.46
5.62–5.99
B8.20
6.47–7.24
6.00–6.70
B9.10
7.25–8.64
6.71–8.19
B10.20
8.65–9.59
8.20–8.79
B11.5
9.60–10.5
8.80–9.66
B12.8
10.6–11.3
9.67–10.2
B14.0
11.4–12.6
10.3–11.4
B15.5
12.7–13.9
11.5–12.6
B17.5
14.0–14.9
12.7–13.5
B19.5
15.0–16.5
13.6–15.1
B22.0
16.6–18.9
15.2–17.2
B25.0
19.0–22.2
17.3–19.9
B28.0
22.3–24.6
20.0–22.5
B32.0
24.7–28.6
22.6–26.2
B36.0
28.7–32.4
26.3–29.9
B40.0
32.5–37.3
B45.0
37.4–39.5
B50.0
39.6–40.0
B56.0
For Type DPSO42 & DPSO43, 40 A Starter.
Select any of the Thermal Units from above.

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-138

Index and Instructions: pages 16-116—16-120

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog Number System

TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.386: TeSys N Catalog Numbering System
T
Product Family
T — TeSys N
Device Type
02 — Contactor
36 — Starter
40 — Self-Protected Combination Starter
NEMA Size

40

C

A

1

3

V80

M

Forms
Most Common Forms
S — Separate control circuit
P51 — Red LED Light ON
P52 — Green LED Light OFF
A — Start-Stop pushbutton
C — Hand-Off-Auto selector switch
CP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form C + Form P51m
AP1 — Abbreviated Forms: Form A + Form P51m
This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for
more information.

T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only)
A — Size 00
A — Size 00
B — Size 0
B — Size 0
C — Size 1
C — Size 1
D — Size 2
E — Size 3
F — Size 4
G — Size 5
H — Size 6a
J — Size 7a
a
Not available for reversing type T36 devices

When more than one form is applied to a single
device, arrange forms in alphabetical order.

Enclosure Type
T02 and T36 devices T40 devices (only)
N—No enclosure
A — NEMA Type 12/3R Industrial Use
G — NEMA Type 1 General Purpose
Surface Mounting
W — NEMA Type 4/4X Stainless Steel

M — Modbus
C — CANopen
D — DeviceNet
P — Profibus
N — No communication

Direction
1 — Non-reversing
2 — Reversing
Numerals
Used to define specific, physical arrangements such as
number of poles for devices type T02 or protection type for
devices type T36 and T40. Numbering varies with type of
device. Consult Digest listings for specific device numbers.

m

Abbreviated Forms cannot be used with
other forms (with the exception of Form
S). To use other forms, non-abbreviated
forms must be used. E.g: CP51P68

Communication Code
Mandatory for T40 devices
This field is not applicable to T02 and T36 devices

This only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for
more information.
Voltage Code
B7 — 24 Vac, 50/60 Hz
G7 — 120 Vac, 50/60 Hz
LE7 — 208 Vac, 50/60 Hz
U7 — 240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
T7 — 480 Vac, 50/60 Hz
BD — 24 Vdc coil
V81 — 480/120 Vac Control Power Transformer
V83 — 480/24 Vac Control Power Transformer
V89 — 120/24 Vac Control Power Transformer
BD4 — 480 Vac/24 Vdc Power Supply

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

CPT includes fuse protection on primary and secondary as
standard. This is only a partial listing. Consult Digest pages for
more information.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-139

Contactors and Starters

TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys N Contactors
TeSys N contactors are used to switch heating loads, capacitors, transformers and electric motors where overload
protection is provided separately. TeSys N contactors are available in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market
segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil & Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals.
Table 16.387: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

TeSys N non-reversing contactor,
Size 1

TeSys N non-reversing contactor,
Size 3

a
b

Continuous Current
Rating (A)

Motor Voltage

Open

Max HP

Catalog Number

200
1.5
230
1.5
00
9
460
2
575
2
200
3
230
3
0
18
460
5
575
5
200
7.5
230
7.5
1
27
460
10
575
10
200
10
230
15
2
45
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3
90
460
50
575
50
200
40
230
50
4
135
460
100
575
100
200
75
230
100
5
270
460
200
575
200
200
150
230
200
6
540
460
400
575
400
200
—
230
300
7
810
460
600
575
600
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146.

$ Price

T02AN13a

296.00

T02BN13a

373.00

T02CN13a

437.00

T02DN13a

795.00

T02EN13ab

1285.00

T02FN13ab

3080.00

T02GN13ab

6705.00

T02HN13ab

18305.00

T02JN13ab

26125.00

Table 16.388: TeSys N Non-Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

Continuous Current
Rating (A)

Open

Max HP

Catalog Number

115
1/3
230
1
115
1
0
18
230
2
115
2
1
27
230
3
115
3
2
45
230
7.5
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
00

a

Motor Voltage

9

$ Price

T02AN13a

296.00

T02BN13a

373.00

T02CN13a

437.00

T02DN13a

795.00

Table 16.389: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage

16

24 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vac
480 Vac

Voltage Code by NEMA Size
Size 00
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 0
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 1
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 2
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 3
B6
BD
G6
L6
U6
Q5

Size 4
B6
BD
G6
L6
U6
Q5

Size 5

G7
L7
U7
S7

Size 6
n/a
n/a
F7
L7
U7
N7

Size 7

$ Price
Adder

F7
L7
U7
N7

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151
TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146
Lugs. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 16-146

16-140

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors and Starters

TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys N Reversing Contactors
TeSys N reversing contactors are used for starting, stopping and reversing AC motors where overload protection is
provided separately. TeSys N reversing contactors are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available
in NEMA Sizes 00 through 7. Target market segments include Hospitals, Retail, Food & Beverage, Marine, Oil &
Gas and Mining, Metals & Minerals.
Table 16.390: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

TeSys N reversing contactor,
Size 00

TeSys N reversing contactor,
Size 4

a
b

Continuous Current
Rating (A)

Motor Voltage

Open

Max HP

Catalog Number

200
1.5
230
1.5
00
9
460
2
575
2
200
3
230
3
0
18
460
5
575
5
200
7.5
230
7.5
1
27
460
10
575
10
200
10
230
15
2
45
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3
90
460
50
575
50
200
40
230
50
4
135
460
100
575
100
200
75
230
100
5
270
460
200
575
200
200
150
230
200
6
540
460
400
575
400
200
—
230
300
7
810
460
600
575
600
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
Lugs ordered separately. See Table 16.410 on page 16-146.

$ Price

T02AN23a

770.00

T02BN23a

923.00

T02CN23a

1052.00

T02DN23a

2000.00

T02EN23ab

3320.00

T02FN23ab

8280.00

T02GN23ab

14935.00

T02HN23ab

37340.00

T02JN23ab

53435.00

Table 16.391: TeSys N Reversing Contactors, 3-Pole Single Phase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

a

Continuous
Current
Rating (A)

00

9

0

18

1

27

2

45

Open
Motor Voltage

Max HP

115
230
115
230
115
230
115
230

1/3
1
1
2
2
3
3
7.5

Catalog Number

$ Price

T02AN23a

770.00

T02BN23a

923.00

T02CN23a

1052.00

T02DN23a

2000.00

Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.

Voltage
24 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vac
480 Vac

Voltage Code by NEMA Size
Size 00
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 0
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 1
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 2
B7
BD
G7
LE7
U7
T7

Size 3
B6
BD
G6
L6
U6
Q5

Size 4
B6
BD
G6
L6
U6
Q5

Size 5

G7
L7
U7
S7

Size 6
n/a
n/a
F7
L7
U7
N7

Size 7

$ Price
Adder

F7
L7
U7
N7

No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge
No Charge

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Table 16.392: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes

16

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151
TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146
Lugs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-146

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-141

Contactors and Starters

TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys N Starters
TeSys N starters are used for full-voltage starting and stopping of AC squirrel cage motors. Starters are available in
NEMA Sizes 00 through 7 and come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload relays.
Starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N contactors and TeSys D overload relays.
For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 below.
Table 16.393: TeSys N Non-Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

TeSys N non-reversing starter,
Size 1

TeSys N non-reversing starter,
Size 3

a
b

Continuous Current
Rating (A)

Motor Voltage

Open

Max HP

Catalog Number

$ Price
200
1.5
230
1.5
00
9
T36AN13a
431.00
460
2
575
2
200
3
230
3
0
18
T36BN13a
520.00
460
5
575
5
200
7.5
230
7.5
1b
27
T36CN13a
585.00
460
10
575
10
200
10
230
15
2
45
T36DN13a
1005.00
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3
90
T36EN13a
1580.00
460
50
575
50
200
40
230
50
4
135
T36FN13a
3490.00
460
100
575
100
200
75
230
100
5
270
T36GN13a
8430.00
460
200
575
200
200
150
230
200
6
540
T36HN13a
19775.00
460
400
575
400
200
—
230
300
7
810
T36JN13a
28130.00
460
600
575
600
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0 overload
(6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN130G7).

Table 16.394: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage Code by NEMA Size
$ Price
Adder
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
Size 6
Size 7
24 Vacb
B7
B7
B7
B7
B6
B6
n/a
No Charge
24 Vdca
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
n/a
No Charge
120 Vacb
G7
G7
G7
G7
G6
G6
G7
F7
F7
No Charge
208 Vac
LE7
LE7
LE7
LE7
L6
L6
L7
L7
L7
No Charge
240 Vac
U7
U7
U7
U7
U6
U6
U7
U7
U7
No Charge
480 Vac
T7
T7
T7
T7
Q5
Q5
S7
N7
N7
No Charge
a
24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13BDS).
b
24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S).
Voltage

Table 16.395: TeSys D Overload Relays—Ambient Compensated, Bimetallic, Direct Mounting
Current Setting
Range (A)

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

TeSys N Size 1 Contactor +
TeSys D Bimetal Overload Relay

0.10–0.16
0.16–0.25
0.25–0.40
0.40–0.63
0.63–1
1–1.6
1.6–2.5
2.5–4
4–6
5.5–8
7–10
9–13
12–18
16–24
17–25
23–32
23–28
25–32
9-13
12-18
16-25
23-32
30-40
37-50

For Direct
Mounting
to TeSys N
contactors

Size 00–1

Size 00–1
Size 00–1
Size 0–1
Size 0–1
Size 0–1
Size 0–1
Size 1

Size 2

Class 10 with
Single-Phase
Sensitivity

Class 10 without
Single-Phase
Sensitivity

Class 20 with
Single-Phase
Sensitivity

Class 20 without
Single-Phase
Sensitivity

LRD01
LRD02
LRD03
LRD04
LRD05
LRD06
LRD07
LRD08
LRD10
LRD12
LRD14
LRD16
LRD21
LRD22
—
LRD32
—
—
LRD313
LRD318
LRD325
LRD332
LRD340
LRD350

LR3D01
LR3D02
LR3D03
LR3D04
LR3D05
LR3D06
LR3D07
LR3D08
LR3D10
LR3D12
LR3D14
LR3D16
LR3D21
LR3D22
—
LR3D32
—
—
LR3D313
LR3D318
LR3D325
LR3D332
LR3D340
LR3D350

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LRD1508
LRD1510
LRD1512
LRD1514
LRD1516
LRD1521
—
LRD1522
—
LRD1530
LRD1532
LRD313L
LRD318L
LRD325L
LRD332L
LRD340L
LRD350L

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LR3D1508A1
LR3D1510A1
LR3D1512A1
LR3D1514A1
LR3D1516A1
LR3D1521A1
—
LR3D1522A1
—
LR3D1530A1
LR3D1532A1
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

60.00

62.00

73.00

107.00

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151
TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-144 to 16-146

16-142

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors and Starters

TeSys™ N Contactors and Starters

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys N Reversing Starters
TeSys N reversing starters are used for full-voltage starting, stopping and reversing of AC squirrel cage
motors. Reversing starters are mechanically and electrically interlocked and are available in NEMA
Sizes 00 through 5. Starters come standard with Motor Logic Class 10/20 selectable solid state overload
relays. Reversing starters with bimetal overload protection can be assembled from TeSys N reversing
contactors and TeSys D overload relays. For more information on TeSys D relays, see Table 16.395 on
page 16-142.
Table 16.396: TeSys N Reversing Starters, 3-Pole Polyphase, 600 Vac Max.
NEMA Size

TeSys N reversing starter,
Size 00

a
b

TeSys N reversing starter,
Size 4

Continuous Current
Rating (A)

Motor Voltage

Max HP

Open
Catalog Number

$ Price
200
1.5
230
1.5
00
9
T36AN23a
1019.00
460
2
575
2
200
3
230
3
0
18
T36BN23a
1190.00
460
5
575
5
200
7.5
230
7.5
1b
27
T36CN23a
1335.00
460
10
575
10
200
10
230
15
2
45
T36DN23a
2450.00
460
25
575
25
200
25
230
30
3
90
T36EN23a
4020.00
460
50
575
50
200
40
230
50
4
135
T36FN23a
9660.00
460
100
575
100
200
75
230
100
5
270
T36GN23a
18525.00
460
200
575
200
Coil voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to voltage codes shown below.
Special contactor/Motor Logic overload relay size combinations available: Add ‘0’ to catalog number before coil voltage for Size 0
overload (6–18 A), ‘9’ for Size 00C overload (3–9 A), and ‘8’ for Size 00B overload (1.5–4.5 A). (i.e. T36CN230G7).

Table 16.397: TeSys N Coil Voltage Codes
Voltage Code by NEMA Size
$ Price
Adder
Size 00
Size 0
Size 1
Size 2
Size 3
Size 4
Size 5
24 Vacb
B7
B7
B7
B7
B6
B6
n/a
No Charge
24 Vdca
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
BD
n/a
No Charge
120 Vacb
G7
G7
G7
G7
G6
G6
G7
No Charge
208 Vac
LE7
LE7
LE7
LE7
L6
L6
L7
No Charge
240 Vac
U7
U7
U7
U7
U6
U6
U7
No Charge
480 Vac
T7
T7
T7
T7
Q5
Q5
S7
No Charge
a
24 Vdc coil requires separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN23BDS).
b
24 and 120 Vac coils available with optional separate control, add Form S to catalog number (ie. T36AN13B7S).

E164862
CCN NLDX

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Voltage

Dimensions. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-147 to 16-151
TeSys N Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 16-144 to 16-146

16

LR43364
Class 3211 04

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-143

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ N Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.398: Standard, Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Composition
Catalog Number
$ Price
N.O.
N.C.
2
2
LADN22 a
41.50
1
3
LADN13 a
41.50
4
0
LADN40 a
41.50
To front of
4
0
4
LADN04 a
41.50
Size 00–2
or
3
1
LADN31 a
41.50
To right side of
2b
2b
LADC22 ab
41.50
Size 3–7
1
1
LADN11 a
20.70
2
2
0
LADN20 a
20.70
0
2
LADN02a
20.70
1
0
LADN10
13.10
To left side of
1
Size 3–7
0
1
LADN01
13.10
1
1
LAD8N11 c
20.70
To side of
2
Size 00–2
2
0
LAD8N20 c
20.70
For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN223).
There is no charge for this modification. For slip-on versions, add 9 to the end of the catalog number (for example,
LADN229).
Including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break overlapping contacts.
1 block may be added to the left side of Size 00–1, AC coils only; only 1 block may be added to either side of the
Size 2 contactor, AC coil only. Cannot be installed on Size 00–2 contactors with DC coils.
Snap-On
Mounting

Front Mounted
Auxiliary Blocks
a
b
c

Number of
Contacts

Table 16.399: Instantaneous Blocks with Dust-Tight Auxiliary Contacts (IP54)
NEMA 12
Standard Contacts

Snap-On
Mounting

d

Dust-Tight Contacts

N.O.
N.C.
To front of
—
—
Size 00–2
2
—
or
1
1
To right side of
Size 3–7
—
—
Device supplied with 4 ground terminal points.

N.O.
2
2
2
2

N.C.
—
—
—
—

Catalog Number

$ Price

LA1DX20
LA1DZ40
LA1DZ31
LA1DY20d

65.00
82.00
82.00
77.00

Catalog
Number f

$ Price

Table 16.400: Pneumatic Time Delay Contact Blocks
Time Delay
Contacts

Snap-On
Mounting

N.O.

f
g

Range of
Time Delay

0.1 to 3 se
LADT0
131.00
0.1 to 30 s
LADT2
131.00
10 to 180 s
LADT4
131.00
1 to 30 sg
LADS2
131.00
0.1 to 3 se
LADR0
131.00
On
de-energization
1
1
0.1 to 30 s
LADR2
131.00
(off-delay)
10 to 180 s
LADR4
131.00
Scale range is expanded between 0.1 and 0.6 seconds on the dial for more accurate settings at the lower end of
the range.
For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADT23). There
is no charge for this modification.
Switching time between the opening of the N.C. contact and the closing of the N.O. contact: 40 ms ± 15 ms .

To front of
Size 00–2
or
To right side of
Size 3–7
e

Type

N.C.

1

On energization
(on delay)

1

Table 16.401: Mechanical Latch Blocks with Manual or Electrical Unlatch
Front snap-on
mounting onto

h
i

Application

Catalog Number

For silent operation and
Size 00–2
LAD6K10hi
energy conservation
Does not include internal coil clearing contact.
Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code (for example, LAD6K10F).

$ Price
77.00

Table 16.402: Coil Voltage Codes for LA6DK Mechanical Latch Blocks

j

Volts

24

120

208

240

480

AC or DCj

B

F

L

M

R

DC available at 24 V only.

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-144

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ N Coil Suppressors, Cabling Accessories

www.schneider-electric.us

RC Coil Suppressor

•
•

Limitation of transient voltage to 300% of nominal voltage maximum.
Oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times normal).

Table 16.403: Resistor/Capacitor Circuit (RC) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils
Installed by

LA4DA1U

Mounting on

Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk

Size 00–1

Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the
contactor coil terminals

Size 2

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
24 V
120 V
120–240 V
24 V
120 V
120-240 V

Catalog Number
LAD4RCE
LAD4RCG
LAD4RCU
LAD4RC3E
LAD4RC3G
LAD4RC3U

$ Price
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20

Varistor Coil Suppressor

•
•

Limitation of transient voltage value to 200% of nominal voltage maximum.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times normal).

Table 16.404: Varistor (Peak Limiting) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils
Installed by

Mounting on

Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsk

Size 00–1

Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the
contactor coil terminals

Size 2

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
24 V
120 V
120–240 V
24 V
120 V
120-240 V

Catalog Number
LAD4VE
LAD4VG
LAD4VU
LAD4V3E
LAD4V3G
LAD4V3U

$ Price
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20

Diode Coil Suppressor

•
•

No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Polarized component. Increased drop-out time (6–10 times normal).

Table 16.405: Diode for Reduction of Electrical Noise in DC Contactor Coils
Installed on the upper part by
Snap-on mounting and connection w/o tools to the contactor coil terminals
Clip-on front mounting

Mounting on
Size 00–1
Size 2

Operating Voltage, DC
24 Vdc
24 Vdc

Catalog Number
LAD4DDL
LAD4D3U

$ Price
26.20
26.20

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz and DC Catalog Number
24 (AC only)
LAD4TB
24 V
LAD4T3B
Clip-on front mounting and connection without tools
Size 2
120 V
LAD4T3G
to the contactor coil terminals l
208–240 V
LAD4T3U
k
Installing the suppressor into the cavity makes the electrical connection. Overall width of the contactor remains the same.
l
For Size 00–2 with DC coils, 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in bidirectional diode suppression as standard.

$ Price
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20

Bidirectional Diode Coil Suppressor

•
•

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks

Table 16.406: Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode
Installed by
Snapping into the cavity on the right side of the contactor k

Mounting on
Size 00–1l

LAD4T3B

Table 16.407: Cabling Accessories
Usage

Mounting on

For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with
top-mounting accessory.

Size 00–1, AC only

For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with
top-mounting accessory

Size 2, AC only

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
Without coil suppression
24 V
With coil
suppression
120 V
(varistor)
120-240 V
—

Catalog Number
LAD4BB
LAD4BBVE
LAD4BBVG
LAD4BBVU
LAD4BB3

$ Price
23.00
23.00
23.00
23.00
26.20

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

LAD4BB• •

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

16-145

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ N Electronic Timers and Interface Modules
www.schneider-electric.us

The following accessories require use of cabling accessories (LAD4BB●●) for proper mounting. See page 16-145 for
illustration.
Table 16.408: Electronic Serial Timer Modules
These solid state modules delay the energizing of the contactor coil, and feature built-in varistor surge suppression.
Operational Voltage

Type

Time Delay

24–250 Vac

On-delay

0.1–2 s
1.5–30 s
25–500 s

Size 00–2

Catalog Number
LA4DT0U
LA4DT2U
LA4DT4U

$ Price
82.
82.
82.

Table 16.409: Interface Modules a
These modules allow the contactor coils to be energized from low voltage and low current level signals. They come in
mechanical relay and solid state versions. The relay plus manual operation versions include a lever for manually
turning the contactor on and off. When a module receives a low level signal, it allows the separate-sourced control
voltage to flow to the contactor coil. It saves space and wiring time compared to conventional interposing relays.
Operational Voltage

Interface Type

LA4DFB
a

Input Voltage

Catalog Number

24 Vdc

LA4DFB

55.

Size 00–2

24 Vdc

LA4DLB

71.

Size 00–2

24 Vdc

LA4DWB

71.

24–250 Vac
Size 00–2

Relay
Relay Plus
Manual Operation
Solid State

$ Price

Adapter required, see Table 16.407 on page 16-145.

Table 16.410: Lugs and Lug Kitsa
Lugs
Lug Kitsb
Cable size AWG range
Line Size
Load Side
Size 3
3 each DZ2FF1
3 each DZ2FF1
DZ2FF6
14 to 2/0
Size 4
3 each DZ2FG1
3 each DZ2FG1
DZ2FG6
6 to 3/0
Size 5
3 each DZ2FJ1
3 each DZ2FJ1
DZ2FJ6
4 to 500 MCM
Size 6
3 each DZ2FK1
3 each DZ2FK1
DZ2FK6
2 x 2 to 600 MCM
1 each DZ2FL1
1 each DZ2FL1
Size 7
DZ2FL2
DZ2FL2
DZ2FL6
3 x 2 to 600 MCM
DZ2FL3
DZ2FL3
Mounting hardware (screws, washers and nuts) are provided with the contactors, not the lugs. Starters Sizes 3–7 supplied with lugs. See Table 16.411
for pricing.
Lug kits incude 6 lugs.

TeSys N
Contactor

a
b

Table 16.411: Lug Pricing
Lug Catalog Number
DZ2FF1
DZ2FG1
DZ2FJ1
DZ2FK1
DZ2FL1
DZ2FL2
DZ2FL3

$ Price
6.50
11.00
11.00
21.80
27.30
27.30
27.30

Lug Kit Catalog Number
DZ2FF6
DZ2FG6
DZ2FJ6
DZ2FK6
DZ2FL6

$ Price
39.30
65.00
65.00
131.00
164.00

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-146

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ N Contactors

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.412: TeSys N Contactors, Size 00–1, Non-Reversinga
Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram

Dimension
b

Minimum electrical clearance

b

b1
c
c1
c2

c

.39
10

c1
1.77
45

c2

c3

c3

Description

AC Coil

Without add-on accessories
With LAD4BB
With LA4D•2
With LA4DF, DT
With LA4DR, DW, DL
Without cover or add-on blocks
With cover, without add-on blocks
With LADN or LADC
With LAD6K10
With LADT, R, S

In
3.35
3.86
4.49
4.84
5.12
3.54
3.62
4.84
5.31
5.63

mm
85
98
114
123
130
90
92
123
135
143

DC Coil
In
mm
3.35
85
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
3.90
99
3.98
101
5.20
132
5.67
144
5.98
152

With LADT, R, S and sealing cover

5.79

147

6.14

156

DIN rail and panel mountable.

a

Table 16.413: TeSys N Contactors, Size 2, Non-Reversinga
Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram

Dimension

AC or DC Coils

With LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3
With LA4 DF, DT
With LA4 DM, DW, DL
Without cover or add-on blocks
With cover, without add-on blocks
With LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)
With LAD 6K10 or LA6 DK
With LAD T, R, S

In
2.17
5.35
6.18
6.54
4.65
4.72
5.91
6.42
6.73

mm
55
136
157
166
118
120
150
163
171

With LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

6.89

175

a

Minimum electrical clearance

4.61
117

4.80
122

b1

b1

0.47
12

Description

c
c1
c2

c

c1

0.49
12.5
(LAD 8N)

c2

0.49
12.5
(LAD 8N)

a

c3

c3

DIN rail and panel mountable.

a

Table 16.414: TeSys N Contactors, Size 3–7, Non-Reversing
Dimensions
Dimension

Ø

S

X1

b1

M

H M b
X1

P

P

Q

Q1

L
f

a

c

Dimensional Diagram, Size 6
S

Dimension

Ø

X1

M

b1

H M b
X1

Q

P

Q1

P
a

L
c

f

Dimensional Diagram, Size 7
S

X1

b1

H M b
X1

Q

P

P

Q1
f

L
c

mm
163.5
37
29.5
60
20

M6
5.2
131
6.4
162
5.4
137
5.8
147
4.9
124
6.7
171
4.2
107
0.4
10
T02HN13
In
9.2
2.2
1.8
3
1.2

T02GN13

mm
163.5
40
26
57.5
20

In
8.4
1.9
1.7
2.9
1

131
170
137
150
124
171
107
10

5.8
8.1
5.7
7.1
6.2
8.6
5.7
0.4

M8
5.2
6.7
5.4
5.9
4.9
6.7
4.2
0.4

mm
213
48
43
74
25
M10
147
206
145
181
158
219
145
10

mm
233
55
46
77
30

5.9
9.4
8.2
8.2
6.8
9.1
5.7

150
238
209
208
172
232
146

X1 220–500 V

0.6

15

a
P
Q
Q1
S
ø
f
b
b1
M
H
c
L
X1 220–500 V

T02FN13
In
6.4
1.6
1
2.3
0.8

M10

T02JN13
In
12.2
3.2
2.4
3.5
1.6

mm
309
80
60
89
40
M12

7.1
12
11
10.4
8
10
6.1
0.8

181
304
280
264
202
255
155
20

16

a

In
6.4
1.5
1.2
2.4
0.8

a
P
Q
Q1
S
ø
f
b
b1
M
H
c
L

Dimension

Ø

M

a
P
Q
Q1
S
ø
f
b
b1
M
H
c
L
X1 220–500 V

T02EN13

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Dimensional Diagram, Size 3–5

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-147

Dimensions

TeSys™ N Reversing Contactors
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 16.415: TeSys N Size 00–1, Reversing Contactorsa
Dimensions
Dimension

b

60/70

e1

2xM4

=

G

=

e2

c

Description

AC Coil

DC Coil

In

mm

In

mm

a

Without side-mount accessories

3.54

90

3.54

90

b

Contactor base

3.35

85

3.35

85

c

With cover, without add-on blocks

3.62

92

3.98

101

e1

0.35

9

0.35

9

e2

0.20

5

0.20

5

3.15

80

3.15

80

=

Dimensional Diagram

=

a

G

Mounting holes

DIN rail and panel mountable.

a

Table 16.416: TeSys N Size 2, Reversing Contactorsa
Dimensions
Dimensional Diagram

26,5 37,5

120

6xM4

AC and DC Coils
In

mm

Width

4.69

119

Height

4.80

122

Depth with cover, without add-on blocks

4.72

120

Load side mounting hole width

2.52

64

Line side mounting hole width

3.40

101.5

Mounting hole height

5.04

128

128

122

37,5

Description

18,7

64

18,7

119
DIN rail and panel mountable.

a

Table 16.417: TeSys N Size 3–7, Reversing Contactors
Dimensional Diagram

D

W

L

Dimension

R

N

H
M

16

X

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-148

X

T02EN23
In
mm

T02FN23
In
mm

Dimensions
T02GN23
In
mm

T02HN23
In
mm

T02JN23
In
mm

D

0.38

9, 7

0.38

9, 7

0.56

14, 2

0.56

14, 2

0.56

14, 2

H

7.96

202, 2

7.96

202, 2

15.27

387, 9

15.27

387, 9

22.25

565, 2

L

11.75

298, 5

11.75

298, 5

18

457, 2

18

457, 2

30

762, 0

M

7

177, 8

7

177, 8

14

355, 6

14

355, 6

19.75

501, 7

N

0.49

12, 5

0.49

12, 5

0.62

15, 8

0.62

15, 8

1.25

31, 8

R

0.49

12, 5

0.49

12, 5

0.62

15, 8

0.62

15, 8

0.69

17, 5

W

12.71

322, 8

12.71

322, 8

19.27

489, 5

19.27

489, 5

31.38

797, 0

X

5.16

131, 0

5.16

131, 0

5.79

147, 0

5.91

150, 0

7.13

181, 0

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 00–2

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-reversing
T36AN13 / T36BN13 / T36CN13 / T36DN13

A

Reversing
T36AN23 / T36BN23 / T36CN23 / T36DN23

A

G

F

J

G

F

B

H

Depth

H

B

R
K
D

D

E

E

Table 16.418: TeSys N Size 00–2, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters
Non-Reversing
Dimension

Size 00
T36AN13

Size 0
T36BN13

Reversing

Size 1
T36CN13

Size 2
T36DN13

Size 00
T36AN23

Size 0
T36BN23

Size 1
T36CN23

Size 2
T36DN23

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

A

3.19

81, 0

3.19

81, 0

3.19

81, 0

3.19

81, 0

43.9

111, 5

43.9

111, 5

43.9

111, 5

5.19

131, 8

B

6.64

168, 7

6.64

168, 7

6.64

168, 7

8.61

218, 7

6.64

168, 7

6.64

168, 7

6.64

168, 7

8.61

218, 7

D

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

0.5

12, 7

E

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

1.0

25, 4

F

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

1.59

40, 5

G

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

0.20

5, 2

H

6.16

156, 5

6.16

156, 5

6.16

156, 5

8.22

208, 8

6.16

156, 5

6.16

156, 5

6.16

156, 5

8.22

208, 8

4.94

125, 4

4.17

105, 9

4.17

105, 9

4.17

104, 9

4.52

114, 9

4.52

114, 9

4.52

114, 9

J (AC Coil)

4.17

105, 9

4.17

105, 9

4.17

105, 9

J (DC Coil)

4.52

114, 9

4.52

114, 9

4.52

114, 9

4.94

125, 4

K

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

3.90

99, 0

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a

Ra
0.24
Reset travel.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-149

Dimensions

TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 3–4
www.schneider-electric.us

Non-Reversing
T36EN13 / T36FN13

Reversing
T36EN23 / T36FN23

A

G

G

A/2

F

Depth

N

A
E
X

M

J

P

F
X

H

B
H
B

K

X
M

L
RESET

RESET

O
T

D

O

D

E

R

N

Table 16.419: TeSys N Size 3–4, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters
Non-Reversing
Size 3
T36EN13

Dimension

a
b

Reversing
Size 4
T36FN13

Size 3
T36EN23

Size 4
T36FN23

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

A

5.31

134, 9

5.31

134, 9

12.71

322, 8

12.71

322, 8

B

10.82

274, 8

10.82

274, 8

11.71

297, 4

11.71

297, 4

D

0.88

22, 4

0.88

22, 4

6.0

152, 4

6.0

152, 4

E

1.75

44, 5

1.75

44, 5

11.75

298, 5

11.75

298, 5

F

1.78

45, 0

1.78

45, 0

0.48

12, 2

0.48

12, 2

G

0.32

8, 1

0.32

8, 1

0.48

12, 2

0.48

12, 2

H

10.19

258, 8

10.19

258, 8

10.75

273, 1

10.75

273, 1

J

6.03

153, 2

6.03

153, 2

—

—

—

—

K

0.59

15, 0

0.59

15, 0

—

—

—

—

L

0.22

5, 6

0.22

5, 6

—

—

—

—

M

11.91

302, 4

11.91

302, 4

11.96

303, 8

11.96

303, 8

N

6.57

166, 8

6.57

166, 8

13.58

344, 9

13.58

344, 9

O

0.375

9, 5

0.375

9, 5

0.375

9, 5

0.375

9, 5

P

6.96

176, 7

6.96

176, 7

7.18

182, 4

7.18

182, 4

R

3.8

97

3.8

97

3.8

97

3.8

97

Ta

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

0.24

6.1

5.16

131, 0

5.16

131, 0

5.16

131, 0

Xb
5.16
131, 0
Reset travel.
Minimum distance for coil removal.

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

16-150

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ N Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters — Size 5–7

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-reversing
T36GN13 / T36HN13 / T36JN13

Reversing
T36GN23

A

G

A

G

F

Depth

G

F

P

X

X

X

H

B
H

B

RESET
RESET

K
K
J

D

T
R

D

E
E

Table 16.420: TeSys N Size 5–7, Non-Reversing and Reversing Starters
Non-Reversing
Size 5
T36GN13

Dimension

Size 7
T36JN13

Size 5
T36GN23

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

In

mm

A

8.58

217, 9

8.58

217, 9

8.58

217, 9

19.3

489, 4

B

17.56

446, 0

19.75

501, 7

23.58

598, 9

20.3

514, 8

D

4.75

120, 7

4.75

120, 7

4.75

120, 7

4.75

120, 7

E

7.25

184, 2

7.25

184, 2

7.25

184, 2

7.25

184, 2

F

3.17

80, 4

3.17

80, 4

3.17

80, 4

18.0

457, 2

G

0.63

16, 0

0.63

16, 0

0.63

16, 0

0.63

16, 1

H

16.37

415, 8

18.56

463, 6

22.38

565, 9

19.0

482, 6

J

9.91

251, 6

9.91

251, 6

9.91

251, 6

—

—

K

0.56

14, 2

0.56

14, 2

0.56

14, 2

0.56

14, 2

P

9.32

236, 8

9.32

236, 8

9.32

236, 8

9.95

252, 7

R

7.38

187, 0

9.16

232, 7

8.07

205, 0

7.38

187, 0

Ta

0.24

6, 1

0.24

6, 1

0.24

6, 1

0.24

6, 1

5.91

150, 1

7.13

181, 1

5.79

147, 1

Xb
5.79
147 1
Reset travel.
Minimum distance for coil removal.

16

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

a
b

Reversing

Size 6
T36HN13

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16-151

TeSys N
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys N Self-Protected combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one smaller package.
These next-generation starters are manufactured in accordance with NEMA standards and are UL listed. They offer superior performance and
efficiency and are easier to install and maintain.
In order to select a TeSys N Self-Protected combination starter, follow the 5-step process described below.

1. Choose a base configuration
Table 16.421: Base Configurations
Ratings

Type 1 enclosure

Max. HP
Motor
Voltage
(V)

Single
phase

115

1/3

230

1

Non-reversing starter

Threephase

200

1.5

230

1.5

460

2

575

NEMA
Size

Type 12/3R enclosure

Reversing starter

Non-reversing starter

Type 4/4X enclosure

Reversing starter

Non-reversing starter

Reversing starter

Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Base
Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price Configuration $ Price
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number
Number

00

T40AG1

1575.

T40AG2

2331.

T40AA1

1883.

T40AA2

2639.

T40AW1

2805.

T40AW2

3561.

0

T40BG1

1575.

T40BG2

2331.

T40BA1

1883.

T40BA2

2639.

T40BW1

2805.

T40BW2

3561.

1

T40CG1

1575.

T40CG2

2331.

T40CA1

1883.

T40CA2

2639.

T40CW1

2805.

T40CW2

3561.

2

115

1

230

2

200

3

230

3

460

5

575

5

115

2

230

3

200

7.5

230

7.5

460

10

575

10

Type 1 enclosure

2. Choose Thermal Overload Relay
(Plug-in Control Unit)

2.1 Choose the thermal overload protection type.

The thermal overload relay is a control unit
that plugs into the TeSys U starter. No tool is
needed to install or remove the control unit.
If you do not wish to select the thermal
overload relay at this time, select Thermal
Overload Relay Type codes N1 or N3 in
function of the motor configuration (single
phase or 3-phase) in Table 16.422. A thermal
overload relay can be selected and ordered
later on independently before installation.
In order to select a thermal overload relay,
you must follow the next 2 steps. First,
select the thermal overload protection type
code in Table 16.422. Secondly, select the
full load amperage code in Table 16.423 on
page 16-153.

Table 16.422: Thermal Overload Protection Types
Advanced Control
Unit

Multifunction
Control Unit

No Control Unit
(Ordered later on
independently)

Single
Phase

$ Price
Thermal Overload Protection
Type Code

180.00
4a

1a

2a

3-Phase

738.00

—

3a

180.00

Protection Type
Single phase, Class 10

b
b

3-phase, Class 10

b

3-phase, Class 20

b

3-phase, Selectable Class 5–30
Protection Functions

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Short circuit

b

b

b

b

Over current

b

b

b

b

Thermal overload

b

b

b

b

Phase loss

b

b

b

Phase imbalance

b

b

b

Ground fault

b

b

b

b

Underload, long start, jam

c

c

c

b

Automatic or local/remote reset

c

c

c

b

Fault differentiation

c

c

c

b

Thermal alarm

c

c

c

b

Motor load display

c

c

c

Control Functions

b

Alarm threshold adjustment
Tripping test
a
b
c

16-152

CP1

Discount
Schedule

b
b

Fault history
b

b

b

b

Complete the Thermal Overload Relay Selection by adding the full load amperage code
after the thermal overload protection type code.
Built-in Control Unit.
Available when combined with appropriate Function module.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

TeSys N
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

4 Choose Communication Type

2.2 Choose the Motor Full Load Amperage

If you do not need communication capabilities, select communication
code N.
If a Communication protocol is selected, Control Voltage must be
24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, BD4 or BD6 only. Refer
to Table 16.424)

Table 16.423: Full Load Amperage Code
Full Load Amperage Setting Range (A)

Full Load Amperage Code

0.15–0.6

5

0.3–1.4

6

1.25–5.0

9
8
0

8–27

1

Communication Protocol

3 Choose the Power Source
Table 16.424: Control Power Source Code
Control
Circuit
Source

Common
Control

Motor Voltage
System
Type

262.00

E

712.00

CANopen

C

262.00

DeviceNet

D

262.00

Beckoff

B

262.00

Profibus

P

262.00

Advantys STB

A

262.00

AS-interface

J

226.00

Voltage

Single
Phase

120

AC

120

AC

G7

—

AS-interface V2

K

226.00

240

AC

240

AC

U7

—

No Communication

N

—

ThreePhase

208

AC

208

AC

LE7

—

240

AC

240

AC

U7

—

120

AC

24

AC

B7a

—

120

AC

24

DC

BDa

—

120

AC

120

AC

G7a

—

240

AC

24

AC

B7a

—

5.1 Abbreviated Forms

240

AC

24

DC

BDa

—

240

AC

120

AC

G7a

—

208

AC

24

AC

B7a

—

208

AC

24

DC

BDa

—

208

AC

120

AC

G7a

—

240

AC

24

AC

B7a

—

240

AC

24

DC

BDa

—

240

AC

120

AC

G7a

—

480

AC

24

AC

B7a

—

480

AC

24

DC

BDa

—

480

AC

120

AC

G7a

—

Abbreviated forms are defined combinations of the most commonly
ordered standard forms and are part of the profiled configurations with
short lead time. For example, abbreviated form CP1 is a combination of
standard forms C and P51.
Abbreviated forms cannot be mixed with other standard forms, with the
exceptions of forms S and S6. If your combination of forms is not
available as an abbreviated form, use only standard forms and arrange
them in alphabetical order. For example, T40CG1CFG7NCP1S is a
valid catalog number with the abbreviated form CP1. If you want to add
Form P68, the valid catalog number is T40CG1CFG7NCP51P68S.
T40CG1GFG7NCP1P68S is invalid because abbreviated form CP1
cannot be used with standard form P68.

600

AC

24

AC

B7b

—

600

AC

24

DC

BDb

—

600

AC

120

AC

G7b

—

Single
Phase

ThreePhase

Single
Phase

ThreePhase

5 Choose Factory Modifications
When choosing Factory modifications, the Form code must be added at
the end of the catalog number. If several forms are selected, they must
be arranged in alphabetical order. There are two types of Forms
available: abbreviated forms and standard forms.

Table 16.426: Abbreviated Forms
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

CP1

672.00

120

AC

24

AC

V89

698.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

240

AC

120

AC

V80

698.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

CP2

672.00

240

AC

24

AC

V82

698.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green
OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

C12

1008.00
1008.00

208

AC

24

AC

V90

698.00

208

AC

120

AC

V84

698.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red
OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

C21

240

AC

24

AC

V82

698.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

AP1

672.00

240

AC

120

AC

V80

698.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

AP2

672.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED
Standard Pilot Light

480

AC

24

AC

V83

698.00

480

AC

120

AC

V81

698.00

A12

1008.00

600

AC

24

AC

V91

698.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED
Standard Pilot Light

A21

1008.00

600

AC

120

AC

V86

698.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

C61

672.00

120

AC

24

DC

BD1

698.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

C62

672.00

240

AC

24

DC

BD1

698.00

208

AC

24

DC

BD1

698.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF
LED Standard Pilot Light

C66

1008.00

240

AC

24

DC

BD1

698.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF
LED Standard Pilot Light

C67

1008.00

480

AC

24

DC

BD4

867.00

Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

P12

672.00

600

AC

24

DC

BD6

1072.00

Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

P21

672.00

Form S must be added at the end of the catalog number.
Form S6 must be added at the end of the catalog number. Current limiter is provided and
factory installed.
Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary provided as standard.
Fuse holder with 2 fuses provided as standard.

16

c
d

M

Modbus TCP/IP

Voltage

ThreePhase

a
b

$ Price

Modbus

Voltage
Type

Separate
Control

Factory
Installed
Power
Supply d

Control
Power
Source Code

$ Price

Voltage
Type

Single
Phase

Factory
Installed
Control
Power
Transformer
c

Control Voltage

Communication
Code

NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

3–12
4.5–18

Table 16.425: Communication Code

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

16-153

TeSys N
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

5.2 Standard Forms

Table 16.431: Separate Control Forms

Table 16.427: Push Button Forms
Factory Modifications

Factory Modifications
Form

$ Price
336.00

Form
S

—

Separate Control for starters with line voltage equalt to 600 V — Current Limiter
is factory installed.

S6

205.00

Start/Stop

A

Forward/Reverse/Stop

A1

570.00

ON/OFF

A3

336.00

Table 16.432: Additional Capacity Forms

Miscellaneous

A11

336.00

NOTE: Fuses are provided. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary.

Stop

A13

336.00

Start Push Button + Stop Mushroom Head

A22

336.00

Emergency Stop Mushroom Head

A31

336.00

Turn-To-Release Emergency Stop Mushroom Head

A32

336.00

Form

$ Price

50VA additional capacity

Factory Modifications

T10

215.00

100VA additional capacity

T11

372.00

Table 16.433: Auxiliary Contact Forms

Table 16.428: Selector Switch Forms
Factory Modifications

Form

Factory Modifications

$ Price

Hand/Off/Auto

C

336.00

Start/Stop

C1

336.00

ON/Auto

C2

336.00

ON/OFF

C6

336.00

Hand/Auto

C8

336.00

Forward/OFF/Reverse

C14

336.00

Forward/Reverse

C20

336.00

Three position

C34

336.00

Two position

C35

336.00

Keyed Hand/Off/Auto

C36

735.00

Keyed Start/Stop

C37

735.00

Keyed ON/Auto

C38

735.00

Keyed ON/OFF

C39

735.00

Keyed Forward/Off/Reverse

C43

735.00

Keyed Forward/Reverse

C47

735.00

U8

41.00

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

U9

41.00

2 N.C.

U10

41.00

1 N.C. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state

U6

41.00

1 N.O. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state

U7

41.00

Table 16.434: Auxiliary Relay Forms
NOTE: Auxiliary Relays are not factory wired.
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay —
4 N.O.

R1740

485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay —
3 N.O. and 1 N.C.

R1731

485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay —
2 N.O. and 2 N.C.

R1722

485.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
741.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures

Programmable Timer Relay

K1070

449.00

Factory Modifications
Form

Form $ Price

2 N.O.

Table 16.435: Enclosure Forms

Table 16.429: 30mm Standard LED Pilot Light Forms
Factory Modifications

$ Price

Red ON

P51

336.00

Green OFF

P52

336.00

White — Not Factory wired

P54

336.00

Blue — Not Factory wired

P56

336.00

Amber Overload Trip

P68

336.00

Yellow SSC Trip

P69

336.00

Red OFF

P91

336.00

Green ON

P92

336.00

Green Forward/Reverse

P95

672.00

Red Forward/Reverse

P96

672.00

Factory Modify Type 12/3R
enclosure for Type 3R application

Form

$ Price

G26

—

Oversized enclosure

G28

$425.00 for Type 1 and 12/3R enclosures
$690.00 for Type 4/4X enclosures

Plain Blank Door — No covered
pre-stamped holes

G30

TAG

Table 16.436: Miscellaneous Forms
Factory Modifications

Table 16.430: 30mm Push-To-Test LED Pilot Light Forms
Factory Modifications

Form
P42

$ Price
435.00

Red OFF

P43

435.00

Green ON

P45

435.00

16
NEMA/DEFINITE PURPOSE TYPE
CONTACTORS AND STARTERS

Green OFF

P46

435.00

Blue — Not Factory wired

P66

435.00

White — Not Factory wired

P67

435.00

Green Forward/Reverse

P79

870.00

Red Forward/Reverse

P80

870.00

Amber Overload Trip

P88

435.00

Yellow SSC Trip

P89

435.00

Form

$ Price

Function Nameplate

G11

43.00

Non-standard control unit marking

G12

30.00

Unwired Terminal Block

G50a

57.00

G56ab

116.00

Space Heater - thermostat control

G55

770.00

Wire markers

G105

675.00

Padlock attachment

G122

75.00

Transient suppressor

U11

47.00

Special factory orders

SPL

TAG

Custom control wiring

Y217

Wired Terminal Block

Red ON

$ Price

Separate Control for starters with line voltage less or equal to 480 V

Solid neutral Terminal Block
a
b

N

TAG
116.00

Add number of terminal block points required. Number must be in increments of 5.
Wiring diagram must be provided by customer.

Table 16.437: Increase Short Circuit Current Rating Forms
Factory Modifications
130 kA @480 V — Current Limiter factory installed

Form
Y1261

$ Price
205.00

Table 16.438: Starter Status Indication Forms
Factory Modifications

16-154

CP1

Form

$ Price

Fault Differentiation Module — Manual Reset

U1

Fault Differentiation Module — Automatic or remote reset

U2

187.00

Thermal Overload Alarm Module

U3

187.00

Motor Load Indication Module

U4

226.00

Discount
Schedule

187.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Motor Control Centers
Model 6 Motor Control Centers
17-2

Merchandised Units General Information

17-2

Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects

17-3

Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects

17-4

Compac™ 6 Combination Starters

17-5

Branch Feeder Units

17-6

17

Structure and Unit Features

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Section 17

Overview
Designed and manufactured to tackle the toughest power and process control challenges,
the Model 6 Motor Control Center features industry-finest innovations that provide
unmatched performance, high reliability, and low maintenance. The Model 6 Motor
Control Center has integrated industry-leading components into the smallest and most
flexible footprint possible to meet your power, control, and automation needs. The
Model 6 provides superior performance, as well as long, reliable operation with enhanced
safety features.

Model 6 Unit

Model 6 Motor Control Center

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

17-1

Model 6 MCC

Features, Merchandised Units
Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

17

Model 6 Structure Features
• Horizontal main bus uses captive splice bar assembly; allows splicing without removing units
• Horizontal bus is located at the top of the structure for easy installation, inspection and maintenance

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Available ampacity 600 A, 800 A, 1200 A, 2000 A, and 2500 A
Sliding non-conductive bus barrier
300 A and 600 A vertical bus
Vertical bus openings built on 3-inch centers
Optional automatic vertical bus shutters are available
Mounting channel includes leveling notches for ease of alignment
Full depth vertical wireway available, either 4-inch or 9-inch width
Vertical ground bus is standard

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Model 6
Motor Control Center

Model 6 Unit Features
• Cast metal handle, color coded for clear indication of disconnect position (including “Tripped”)
• Twin-handle cam (“Butterfly”) mechanism standard on all plug-on units (except Compac™ 6)
• Rugged unit construction features solid rear, side and hinged bottom plates
• Forward tilted pull-apart control terminal blocks standard with NEMA Type B or C wiring
• Starter units available with Class 8536 Type S NEMA or D-Line IEC
• Available overload relays on starter include: melting alloy, bimetallic, Motor Logic™, and TeSys T ™
• Control station plate for pilot devices is mounted on front of unit (no cables across door hinge)
• Easily accessible control transformer
• Starter mounted on right-hand side of unit, adjacent to wireway, for ease of cable termination
Available units include:
—
—
—
—
—
—

Automation equipment
Altivar™ AC drives
Altistart™ soft starts
Surge Protection Device (SPD)
units
PowerLogic™ circuit monitor
and power meter
Compac 6 starters and branch
feeders

—
—
—
—
—
—

Reduced voltage starters
Distribution transformers and
panelboards
Empty mounting units
Masterpact™ drawout main
circuit breakers
Master terminal compartments
Automatic transfer switches

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Full voltage non-reversing
Full voltage reversing
Circuit breaker branch feeders
Fusible switch branch feeders
Full voltage 2-speed
Programmable logic controllers
Incoming devices
Tie breakers

Model 6

Intelligent Motor Control Center—Model 6 iMCC
Streamline troubleshooting and maximize uptime by incorporating “intelligent” components and cabling solutions into
your motor control center.
Access the information you need in real time—anywhere, anytime. Designed to work on open network protocols, the
Square D™ brand Model 6 iMCC allows you to monitor AC drive parameters, view full voltage starter status, spot
abnormal conditions immediately and quickly diagnose equipment failures from any networked computer.
Communication protocols available: CANopen, DeviceNet™, Ethernet, Modbus™, and PROFIBUS. Connect to your
network control system and communcate with every unit in the iMCC regardless of your communication protocol.
Monitor each motor and load so you can know what’s going on at all times and take action before problems arise.

Merchandised Units (shipment in 3 days)
Model 6 Industrial Package units (white) are available for ordering by catalog number. A listing of types available by
quick shipment may be found on the following pages. This limited offering includes popular combinations of types and
options. Catalog numbers consist of class number (8998), disconnect and device types, horsepower or ampacity
ratings and options (for example, 8998SBA001XFTMA). See table below. All units are UL Listed.

Combination Starters Catalog Numbering System
Units rated as follows:

•
•

Model 6 Industrial Package, 480 V, 60 Hz, NEMA 12 enclosure
Type 1B wiring, 100,000 AIR rating, 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary interlock on each contactor

Table 17.1:

Numbering System

First
8998

Second
S

Third
B

Class

Type

Disconnect

8998

S- Standard Size
H- High Density
(Compac 6)a

a
b
c
d

B- Circuit Breaker
(PowerPact™ MCP)
F- Fusible
(Class R except
Compac 6 Class J)

Fourth
A

Fifth
Sixth
005
A
Motor
Pilot Device
Device
Hp
Function
001=1 hp
002=2 hp
003=3 hp
005=5 hp
007=7.5 hp
010=10
hp
X=None
A-FVNR
hpb A=Start-Stop PB, On/Off Lightsc
C-FVRb 015=15
025=25 hpb C=HOA Sel.Switch, On/Off Lightsa
040=40 hpb
050=50 hpb
060=60 hpb
075=75 hpb
100=100 hpb

Seventh
FT
Control Power

Eighth
MA
Overload
Relay

FT- 480-120 V CPTd

MA-Melting Alloy
(Thermal Units
not Included)

FS- 120 V Fused
Separate Ctl w/intlk

SS-Motor Logic
SSOL
(Class 20 Base Unit)

Not available with FVR
Not available with Compac 6
Includes forward, reverse and stop push-buttons; and forward and reverse pilot lights with FVR starters
Includes extra 50 VA CPT on Sz 1 FVNR (T1)

For more information, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office.
Complete Model 6 Motor Control Centers are available from the factory.
17-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Model 6 MCC

Combination Starters
Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 17.2:

FVNR Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects
Control Transformer

Ratings

No Pilot Devices

Fused Separate Control

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights

HOA
Red On/Green Off
Lights

NEMA Max. Space Catalog Number $ Price Catalog Number $ Price
Size
Hp
(IN)

Catalog Number

No Pilot Devices

$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog Number

Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
SBA001XFTMA
SBA001AFTMA
SBA001CFTMA
SBA001XFSMA
SBA001AFSMA
2
SBA002XFTMA
SBA002AFTMA
SBA002CFTMA
SBA002XFSMA
SBA002AFSMA
3
SBA003XFTMA
SBA003AFTMA
SBA003CFTMA
SBA003XFSMA
BA003AFSMA
1
12
2988.00
3530.00
3530.00
2672.00
5
SBA005XFTMA
SBA005AFTMA
SBA005CFTMA
SBA005XFSMA
SBA005AFSMA
7.5
SBA007XFTMA
SBA007AFTMA
SBA007CFTMA
SBA007XFSMA
SBA007AFSMA
10
SBA010XFTMA
SBA010AFTMA
SBA010CFTMA
SBA010XFSMA
SBA010AFSMA
15
SBA015XFTMA
SBA015AFTMA
SBA015CFTMA
SBA015XFSMA
SBA015AFSMA
2
12
3322.00
3864.00
3864.00
3006.00
25
SBA025XFTMA
SBA025AFTMA
SBA025CFTMA
SBA025XFSMA
SBA025AFSMA
40
SBA040XFTMA
SBA040AFTMA
SBA040CFTMA
SBA040XFSMA
SBA040AFSMA
3
18
4798.00
5340.00
5340.00
4362.00
50
SBA050XFTMA
SBA050AFTMA
SBA050CFTMA
SBA050XFSMA
SBA050AFSMA
60
SBA060XFTMA
SBA060AFTMA
SBA060CFTMA
SBA060XFSMA
SBA060AFSMA
4
75
21
SBA075XFTMA 6644.00 SBA075AFTMA 7186.00 SBA075CFTMA 7186.00 SBA075XFSMA 6086.00 SBA075AFSMA
100
SBA100XFTMA
SBA100AFTMA
SBA100CFTMA
SBA100XFSMA
SBA100AFSMA
Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™)
1
SBA001XFTSS
SBA001AFTSS
SBA001CFTSS
SBA001XFSSS
SBA001AFSSS
2
SBA002XFTSS
SBA002AFTSS
SBA002CFTSS
SBA002XFSSS
SBA002AFSSS
3
SBA003XFTSS
SBA003AFTSS
SBA003CFTSS
SBA003XFSSS
SBA003AFSSS
1
12
3184.00
3726.00
3726.00
2868.00
5
SBA005XFTSS
SBA005AFTSS
SBA005CFTSS
SBA005XFSSS
SBA005AFSSS
7.5
SBA007XFTSS
SBA007AFTSS
SBA007CFTSS
SBA007XFSSS
SBA007AFSSS
10
SBA010XFTSS
SBA010AFTSS
SBA010CFTSS
SBA010XFSSS
SBA010AFSSS
15
SBA015XFTSS
SBA015AFTSS
SBA015CFTSS
SBA015XFSSS
SBA015AFSSS
2
12
3518.00
4060.00
4060.00
3202.00
25
SBA025XFTSS
SBA025AFTSS
SBA025CFTSS
SBA025XFSSS
SBA025AFSSS
40
SBA040XFTSS
SBA040AFTSS
SBA040CFTSS
SBA040XFSSS
SBA040AFSSS
3
18
5074.00
5616.00
5616.00
4638.00
50
SBA050XFTSS
SBA050AFTSS
SBA050CFTSS
SBA050XFSSS
SBA050AFSSS
60
SBA060XFTSS
SBA060AFTSS
SBA060CFTSS
SBA060XFSSS
SBA060AFSSS
4
75
21
SBA075XFTSS 6920.00 SBA075AFTSS 7462.00 SBA075CFTSS 7462.00 SBA075XFSSS 6362.00 SBA075AFSSS
100
SBA100XFTSS
SBA100AFTSS
SBA100CFTSS
SBA100XFSSS
SBA100AFSSS

Table 17.3:

Control Transformer

Max.
Hp

$ Price

3214.00

3548.00
4904.00
6628.00

3410.00

3744.00
5180.00
6904.00

Catalog Number

SBA001CFSMA
SBA002CFSMA
SBA003CFSMA
SBA005CFSMA
SBA007CFSMA
SBA010CFSMA
SBA015CFSMA
SBA025CFSMA
SBA040CFSMA
SBA050CFSMA
SBA060CFSMA
SBA075CFSMA
SBA100CFSMA
SBA001CFSSS
SBA002CFSSS
SBA003CFSSS
SBA005CFSSS
SBA007CFSSS
SBA010CFSSS
SBA015CFSSS
SBA025CFSSS
SBA040CFSSS
SBA050CFSSS
SBA060CFSSS
SBA075CFSSS
SBA100CFSSS

$ Price

3214.00

3548.00
4904.00
6628.00

3410.00

3744.00
5180.00
6904.00

FVR Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects

Ratings
NEMA
Size

HOA
Red On/Green Off
Lights

Space
(IN)

Catalog Number

Fused Separate Control

Forward-Rev.-Stop PB,
Forward/Reverse Lights

No Pilot Devices
$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

Catalog Number

Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
SBC001XFTMA
SBC001AFTMA
SBC001XFSMA
2
SBC002XFTMA
SBC002AFTMA
SBC002XFSMA
3
SBC003XFTMA
SBC003AFTMA
SBC003XFSMA
1
18
3884.00
4494.00
5
SBC005XFTMA
SBC005AFTMA
SBC005XFSMA
7.5
SBC007XFTMA
SBC007AFTMA
SBC007XFSMA
10
SBC010XFTMA
SBC010AFTMA
SBC010XFSMA
15
SBC015XFTMA
SBC015AFTMA
SBC015XFSMA
2
18
4760.00
5370.00
25
SBC025XFTMA
SBC025AFTMA
SBC025XFSMA
40
SBC040XFTMA
SBC040AFTMA
SBC040XFSMA
3
27
6246.00
6856.00
50
SBC050XFTMA
SBC050AFTMA
SBC050XFSMA
60
SBC060XFTMA
SBC060AFTMA
SBC060XFSMA
4
75
33
SBC075XFTMA
9826.00
SBC075AFTMA
10436.00
SBC075XFSMA
100
SBC100XFTMA
SBC100AFTMA
SBC100XFSMA
Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic)
1
SBC001XFTSS
SBC001AFTSS
SBC001XFSSS
2
SBC002XFTSS
SBC002AFTSS
SBC002XFSSS
3
SBC003XFTSS
SBC003AFTSS
SBC003XFSSS
1
18
4160.00
4690.00
5
SBC005XFTSS
SBC005AFTSS
SBC005XFSSS
7.5
SBC007XFTSS
SBC007AFTSS
SBC007XFSSS
10
SBC010XFTSS
SBC010AFTSS
SBC010XFSSS
15
SBC015XFTSS
SBC015AFTSS
SBC015XFSSS
2
18
5116.00
5566.00
25
SBC025XFTSS
SBC025AFTSS
SBC025XFSSS
40
SBC040XFTSS
SBC040AFTSS
SBC040XFSSS
3
27
6682.00
7132.00
50
SBC050XFTSS
SBC050AFTSS
SBC050XFSSS
60
SBC060XFTSS
SBC060AFTSS
SBC060XFSSS
4
75
33
SBC075XFTSS
10102.00
SBC075AFTSS
10712.00
SBC075XFSSS
100
SBC100XFTSS
SBC100AFTSS
SBC100XFSSS

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE4A

Discount
Schedule

Forward-Rev.-Stop PB,
Forward/Reverse Lights

No Pilot Devices
$ Price

3568.00

4484.00
5810.00
9268.00

3764.00

4640.00
6086.00
9544.00

Catalog Number

SBC001AFSMA
SBC002AFSMA
SBC003AFSMA
SBC005AFSMA
SBC007AFSMA
SBC010AFSMA
SBC015AFSMA
SBC025AFSMA
SBC040AFSMA
SBC050AFSMA
SBC060AFSMA
SBC075AFSMA
SBC100AFSMA
SBC001AFSSS
SBC002AFSSS
SBC003AFSSS
SBC005AFSSS
SBC007AFSSS
SBC010AFSSS
SBC015AFSSS
SBC025AFSSS
SBC040AFSSS
SBC050AFSSS
SBC060AFSSS
SBC075AFSSS
SBC100AFSSS

$ Price

4178.00

5054.00
6420.00
9878.00

4374.00

5250.00
6696.00
10154.00

17-3

17

Model 6 NEMA-rated FVNR combination starters use PowerPact™ Motor Circuit Protectors.
Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type.
Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for five 22 mm devices.
Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads.

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects

Model 6 MCC

Combination Starters
Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

17

Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Model 6 NEMA-rated FVNR combination starters listed below use fusible switches with Class R fuse clips (fuses not included).
Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type.
Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for five 22 mm devices.
Thermal units are not included with melting alloy overloads.
Table 17.4:

FVNR Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects
Control Transformer

Ratings

No Pilot Devices

NEMA Max. Space
Size
Hp
(IN)

Catalog No.

$ Price

Fused Separate Control

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog No.

HOA
Red On/Green Off
Lights

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
SFA001XFTMA
SFA001AFTMA
SFA001CFTMA
SFA001XFSMA
2
SFA002XFTMA
SFA002AFTMA
SFA002CFTMA
SFA002XFSMA
3
SFA003XFTMA
SFA003AFTMA
SFA003CFTMA
SFA003XFSMA
1
12
2330.00
2872.00
2872.00
2014.00
5
SFA005XFTMA
SFA005AFTMA
SFA005CFTMA
SFA005XFSMA
7.5
SFA007XFTMA
SFA007AFTMA
SFA007CFTMA
SFA007XFSMA
10
SFA010XFTMA
SFA010AFTMA
SFA010CFTMA
SFA010XFSMA
15
SFA015XFTMA
SFA015AFTMA
SFA015CFTMA
SFA015XFSMA
2
12
2750.00
3292.00
3292.00
2434.00
25
SFA025XFTMA
SFA025AFTMA
SFA025CFTMA
SFA025XFSMA
40
SFA040XFTMA
SFA040AFTMA
SFA040CFTMA
SFA040XFSMA
3
18
3960.00
4502.00
4502.00
3524.00
50
SFA050XFTMA
SFA050AFTMA
SFA050CFTMA
SFA050XFSMA
60
SFA060XFTMA
SFA060AFTMA
SFA060CFTMA
SFA060XFSMA
4
75
30
SFA075XFTMA 6344.00 SFA075AFTMA 6886.00 SFA075CFTMA 6886.00 SFA075XFSMA 5786.00
100
SFA100XFTMA
SFA100AFTMA
SFA100CFTMA
SFA100XFSMA
Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™)
1
SFA001XFTSS
SFA001AFTSS
SFA001CFTSS
SFA001XFSSS
2
SFA002XFTSS
SFA002AFTSS
SFA002CFTSS
SFA002XFSSS
3
SFA003XFTSS
SFA003AFTSS
SFA003CFTSS
SFA003XFSSS
1
12
2526.00
3068.00
3068.00
2210.00
5
SFA005XFTSS
SFA005AFTSS
SFA005CFTSS
SFA005XFSSS
7.5
SFA007XFTSS
SFA007AFTSS
SFA007CFTSS
SFA007XFSSS
10
SFA010XFTSS
SFA010AFTSS
SFA010CFTSS
SFA010XFSSS
15
SFA015XFTSS
SFA015AFTSS
SFA015CFTSS
SFA015XFSSS
2
12
2946.00
3488.00
3488.00
2630.00
25
SFA025XFTSS
SFA025AFTSS
SFA025CFTSS
SFA025XFSSS
40
SFA040XFTSS
SFA040AFTSS
SFA040CFTSS
SFA040XFSSS
3
18
4236.00
4778.00
4778.00
3800.00
50
SFA050XFTSS
SFA050AFTSS
SFA050CFTSS
SFA050XFSSS
60
SFA060XFTSS
SFA060AFTSS
SFA060CFTSS
SFA060XFSSS
4
75
30
SFA075XFTSS 6620.00 SFA075AFTSS 7162.00 SFA075CFTSS 7162.00 SFA075XFSSS 6062.00
100
SFA100XFTSS
SFA100AFTSS
SFA100CFTSS
SFA100XFSSS

Table 17.5:

Control Transformer

Max.
Hp

SFA001AFSMA
SFA002AFSMA
SFA003AFSMA
SFA005AFSMA
SFA007AFSMA
SFA010AFSMA
SFA015AFSMA
SFA025AFSMA
SFA040AFSMA
SFA050AFSMA
SFA060AFSMA
SFA075AFSMA
SFA100AFSMA
SFA001AFSSS
SFA002AFSSS
SFA003AFSSS
SFA005AFSSS
SFA007AFSSS
SFA010AFSSS
SFA015AFSSS
SFA025AFSSS
SFA040AFSSS
SFA050AFSSS
SFA060AFSSS
SFA075AFSSS
SFA100AFSSS

$ Price

2556.00

2976.00
4066.00
6328.00

2752.00

3172.00
4342.00
6604.00

Catalog No.

SFA001CFSMA
SFA002CFSMA
SFA003CFSMA
SFA005CFSMA
SFA007CFSMA
SFA010CFSMA
SFA015CFSMA
SFA025CFSMA
SFA040CFSMA
SFA050CFSMA
SFA060CFSMA
SFA075CFSMA
SFA100CFSMA
SFA001CFSSS
SFA002CFSSS
SFA003CFSSS
SFA005CFSSS
SFA007CFSSS
SFA010CFSSS
SFA015CFSSS
SFA025CFSSS
SFA040CFSSS
SFA050CFSSS
SFA060CFSSS
SFA075CFSSS
SFA100CFSSS

$ Price

2556.00

2976.00
4066.00
6328.00

2752.00

3172.00
4342.00
6604.00

Space
(IN)

Catalog No.

Fused Separate Control

Forward-Rev.-Stop PB,
Forward/Reverse Lights

No Pilot Devices
$ Price

Catalog No.

$ Price

PE4A

Discount
Schedule

Forward-Rev.-Stop PB,
Forward/Reverse Lights

No Pilot Devices
Catalog No.

Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
SFC001XFTMA
SFC001AFTMA
SFC001XFSMA
2
SFC002XFTMA
SFC002AFTMA
SFC002XFSMA
3
SFC003XFTMA
SFC003AFTMA
SFC003XFSMA
1
18
3322.00
3932.00
5
SFC005XFTMA
SFC005AFTMA
SFC005XFSMA
7.5
SFC007XFTMA
SFC007AFTMA
SFC007XFSMA
10
SFC010XFTMA
SFC010AFTMA
SFC010XFSMA
15
SFC015XFTMA
SFC015AFTMA
SFC015XFSMA
2
18
4460.00
5070.00
25
SFC025XFTMA
SFC025AFTMA
SFC025XFSMA
40
SFC040XFTMA
SFC040AFTMA
SFC040XFSMA
3
27
6328.00
6938.00
50
SFC050XFTMA
SFC050AFTMA
SFC050XFSMA
60
SFC060XFTMA
SFC060AFTMA
SFC060XFSMA
4
75
39
SFC075XFTMA
10358.00
SFC075AFTMA
10968.00
SFC075XFSMA
100
SFC100XFTMA
SFC100AFTMA
SFC100XFSMA
Full Voltage Reversing (FVR) Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic)
1
SFC001XFTSS
SFC001AFTSS
SFC001XFSSS
2
SFC002XFTSS
SFC002AFTSS
SFC002XFSSS
3
SFC003XFTSS
SFC003AFTSS
SFC003XFSSS
1
18
3518.00
4128.00
5
SFC005XFTSS
SFC005AFTSS
SFC005XFSSS
7.5
SFC007XFTSS
SFC007AFTSS
SFC007XFSSS
10
SFC010XFTSS
SFC010AFTSS
SFC010XFSSS
15
SFC015XFTSS
SFC015AFTSS
SFC015XFSSS
2
18
4656.00
5266.00
25
SFC025XFTSS
SFC025AFTSS
SFC025XFSSS
40
SFC040XFTSS
SFC040AFTSS
SFC040XFSSS
3
27
6604.00
7214.00
50
SFC050XFTSS
SFC050AFTSS
SFC050XFSSS
60
SFC060XFTSS
SFC060AFTSS
SFC060XFSSS
4
75
39
SFC075XFTSS
10634.00
SFC075AFTSS
11244.00
SFC075XFSSS
100
SFC100XFTSS
SFC100AFTSS
SFC100XFSSS

17-4

Catalog No.

HOA
Red On/Green Off
Lights

FVR Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects

Ratings
NEMA
Size

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights

No Pilot Devices

$ Price

3006.00

4144.00
5892.00
9800.00

3202.00

4340.00
6168.00
10076.00

Catalog No.

SFC001AFSMA
SFC002AFSMA
SFC003AFSMA
SFC005AFSMA
SFC007AFSMA
SFC010AFSMA
SFC015AFSMA
SFC025AFSMA
SFC040AFSMA
SFC050AFSMA
SFC060AFSMA
SFC075AFSMA
SFC100AFSMA
SFC001AFSSS
SFC002AFSSS
SFC003AFSSS
SFC005AFSSS
SFC007AFSSS
SFC010AFSSS
SFC015AFSSS
SFC025AFSSS
SFC040AFSSS
SFC050AFSSS
SFC060AFSSS
SFC075AFSSS
SFC100AFSSS

$ Price

3616.00

4754.00
6502.00
10410.00

3812.00

4950.00
6778.00
10686.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Model 6 MCC

Compac™ 6 Combination Starters
Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 17.6:

Compac 6 Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects
Control Transformer

Ratings

No Pilot Devices

NEMA Max. Space
Size
Hp
(IN)

Catalog No.

$ Price

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

Fused Separate Control
HOA,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

No Pilot Devices
Catalog No.

$ Price

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
HBA001XFTMA
HBA001AFTMA
HBA001CFTMA
HBA001XFSMA
HBA001AFSMA
2
HBA002XFTMA
HBA002AFTMA
HBA002CFTMA
HBA002XFSMA
HBA002AFSMA
3
HBA003XFTMA
HBA003AFTMA
HBA003CFTMA
HBA003XFSMA
HBA003AFSMA
1
6
2860.00
3402.00
3402.00
2544.00
3086.00
5
HBA005XFTMA
HBA005AFTMA
HBA005CFTMA
HBA005XFSMA
HBA005AFSMA
7.5
HBA007XFTMA
HBA007AFTMA
HBA007CFTMA
HBA007XFSMA
HBA007AFSMA
10
HBA010XFTMA
HBA010AFTMA
HBA010CFTMA
HBA010XFSMA
HBA010AFSMA
Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Motor Circuit Protector Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic™)
1
HBA001XFTSS
HBA001AFTSS
HBA001CFTSS
HBA001XFSSS
HBA001AFSSS
2
HBA002XFTSS
HBA002AFTSS
HBA002CFTSS
HBA002XFSSS
HBA002AFSSS
3
HBA003XFTSS
HBA003AFTSS
HBA003CFTSS
HBA003XFSSS
HBA003AFSSS
1
6
3056.00
3598.00
3598.00
2740.00
3282.00
5
HBA005XFTSS
HBA005AFTSS
HBA005CFTSS
HBA005XFSSS
HBA005AFSSS
7.5
HBA007XFTSS
HBA007AFTSS
HBA007CFTSS
HBA007XFSSS
HBA007AFSSS
10
HBA010XFTSS
HBA010AFTSS
HBA010CFTSS
HBA010XFSSS
HBA010AFSSS

HOA,
Red On/Green Off
Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

HBA001CFSMA
HBA002CFSMA
HBA003CFSMA
3086.00
HBA005CFSMA
HBA007CFSMA
HBA010CFSMA
HBA001CFSSS
HBA002CFSSS
HBA003CFSSS
HBA005CFSSS
HBA007CFSSS
HBA010CFSSS

3282.00

Compac 6 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects
NEMA-rated Compac 6, half-height FVNR combination starters listed below use fusible switches with Class J fuse clips (fuses not included).
Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts.
Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type. Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for four 22 mm devices. Thermal units are
not included with melting alloy overloads.
Table 17.7:

Compac 6 Combination Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnects
Control Transformer

Ratings
NEMA Max. Space
Size
Hp
(IN)

No Pilot Devices
Catalog No.

$ Price

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

Fused Separate Control
HOA,
Red On/Green Off Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

No Pilot Devices
Catalog No.

$ Price

Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters with Fusible Switch Disconnect and Melting Alloy Overload Relay
1
HFA001XFTMA
HFA001AFTMA
HFA001CFTMA
HFA001XFSMA
2
HFA002XFTMA
HFA002AFTMA
HFA002CFTMA
HFA002XFSMA
3
HFA003XFTMA
HFA003AFTMA
HFA003CFTMA
HFA003XFSMA
1
6
2492.00
3034.00
3034.00
2176.00
5
HFA005XFTMA
HFA005AFTMA
HFA005CFTMA
HFA005XFSMA
7.5
HFA007XFTMA
HFA007AFTMA
HFA007CFTMA
HFA007XFSMA
10
HFA010XFTMA
HFA010AFTMA
HFA010CFTMA
HFA010XFSMA
Full Voltage Non-Reversing (FVNR) Starters With Fusible Switch Disconnect and Solid State Overload Relay (Motor Logic)
1
HFA001XFTSS
HFA001AFTSS
HFA001CFTSS
HFA001XFSSS
2
HFA002XFTSS
HFA002AFTSS
HFA002CFTSS
HFA002XFSSS
3
HFA003XFTSS
HFA003AFTSS
HFA003CFTSS
HFA003XFSSS
1
6
2688.00
3230.00
3230.00
2372.00
5
HFA005XFTSS
HFA005AFTSS
HFA005CFTSS
HFA005XFSSS
7.5
HFA007XFTSS
HFA007AFTSS
HFA007CFTSS
HFA007XFSSS
10
HFA010XFTSS
HFA010AFTSS
HFA010CFTSS
HFA010XFSSS

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PE4A

Discount
Schedule

Start-Stop PB,
Red On/Green Off Lights
Catalog No.

HFA001AFSMA
HFA002AFSMA
HFA003AFSMA
HFA005AFSMA
HFA007AFSMA
HFA010AFSMA
HFA001AFSSS
HFA002AFSSS
HFA003AFSSS
HFA005AFSSS
HFA007AFSSS
HFA010AFSSS

$ Price

HOA,
Red On/Green Off Lights
Catalog No.

$ Price

2718.00

HFA001CFSMA
HFA002CFSMA
HFA003CFSMA
2718.00
HFA005CFSMA
HFA007CFSMA
HFA010CFSMA

2914.00

HFA001CFSSS
HFA002CFSSS
HFA003CFSSS
HFA005CFSSS
HFA007CFSSS
HFA010CFSSS

2914.00

17-5

17

NEMA-rated Compac 6, half-height FVNR combination starters use GJ frame Mag-Gard™ Motor Circuit Protectors.
Ratings: 480 V, NEMA 12, Type 1B-D wiring, 100,000 AIR. Units include 1 N.O./1 N.C. auxiliary contacts. Units with pilot devices use 22 mm type.
Units without pilot devices include a station plate with knockouts for four 22 mm devices. Thermal units are not included with melting alloy
overloads.

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Compac™ 6 Combination Starters with Motor Circuit Protector Disconnects

Model 6 MCC

Branch Feeder Units
Class 8998 / Refer to Catalog 8998CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

17

Branch Feeder Units Catalog Numbering System

MOTOR CONTROL CENTERS

Units rated as follows:
• 480 V, 60 Hz, NEMA Type 12 Enclosure, Industrial Package
• Short Circuit rating: 100,000 AIR
Table 17.8:

Circuit Breaker Branch Feeder Units

First
Position

Second
Position

Fourth
Position

Fifth
Position

8998

S

B

F

015

Class

Type

Disconnect

Device

8998

S- Standard Size
H- Compac™ 6

B- Breaker
(Thermal-Mag)

F- Feeder

Amps
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
125
150
200
250
15
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
100
125
150
200
250

Breaker Frame

Space (IN)

Catalog No.
HBF015
HBF020
HBF030
HBF040
HBF050
HBF060
HBF070
HBF080
HBF100
HBF125
HBF150
HBF200
HBF250
SBF015
SBF020
SBF030
SBF040
SBF050
SBF060
SBF070
SBF080
SBF100
SBF125
SBF150
SBF200
SBF250

Feeder Amps
015
080
020
100
030
125
040
150
050
200
060
250
070
$ Price

Table 17.9:

HL
6

JL

HL

JL

12

18

2300.00

2650.00
4850.00
4950.00
6400.00

2200.00

2550.00
4370.00
4800.00
5510.00

Fusible Branch Feeder Units

First
Position

Second
Position

Third
Position

Fourth
Position

8998

S

F

F

015

Class

Type

Disconnect

Device

8998

S- Standard Size
H- Compac 6

F- Fusiblea

F- Feeder

Fuse Clips

Space (IN)

Class J

6
(Compac 6)

Catalog No.
HFF030
HFF060
HFF100
SFF030
SFF060
SFF100
SFF200

Feeder Amps
030
060
100
200 b
$ Price

Amps
30
60
100
30
60
100
200
a
b

Third
Position

Class R

12
24

Fifth
Position

1272.00
1746.00
1160.00
1592.00
1960.00

Class R except Compac 6, fuses not included.
Not available with Compac 6.

Model 6 Blank Doors
These doors may be used to cover an unused space in the MCC. A blank door will be
required when placing a new unit in an existing space that is larger than the new unit.
Table 17.10:

Model 6 Blank Doors

Catalog Number
8998CP03
8998CP06
8998CP09
8998CP12
8998CP15
8998CP18
8998CP24

17-6

Description
3 Inch High Blank Cover Plate
6 Inch High Blank Door
9 Inch High Blank Door
12 Inch High Blank Door
15 Inch High Blank Door
18 Inch High Blank Door
24 Inch High Blank Door

PE4A

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
58.00
58.00
70.00
82.00
96.00
112.00
140.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 18
TeSys™ IEC Contactors and Starters
Contactors
TeSys D

18-4

TeSys D Reversing

18-6

TeSys F

18-5

TeSys D and F Accessories
TeSys D Contactors (p. 18-4)

18-8

TeSys K

18-24

TeSys K Accessories

18-27

18-28

GV2, GV3, GV7 Manual Motor Protectors

18-33

Enclosed D-Line

18-21

GV Accessories

18-34

LS1D Fuse Block

18-36

TeSys F Contactors (p. 18-5)

Overload Relays
TeSys D

18-4

TeSys F

18-5

TeSys D and F Accessories

18-16

TeSys K

18-24

TeSys K Accessories
TeSys T Motor Management System

18-27
Section 16

Soft Start Module ATS01
GV7 Manual Motor Starters
and Protectors (p. 18-35)

18-32

Replacement Parts
TeSys D Coils

18-17

TeSys F Coils

18-20

TeSys F Contact Tips, etc.

18-13

Wiring Systems
GV-Line Bus Bars

18-37

TeSys D Quickfit

18-38

AK5

18-39

Dimensions
Dimensions
GV3P (p.18-33)

LUB•2 (p. 18-28)

18-40

GV2P21 (p.18-33)

For more information on lighting, definite purpose (DP), and elevator ratings for TeSys D
and TeSys F contactors, refer to catalog 8502CT9901.
For more information on machine safety applications using TeSys D and TeSys F
contactors, refer to catalog MKTED208051EN-US.
See our website, www.schneider-electric.us, for UL 508A short circuit ratings (SCCR).

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

18-1

18

TeSys
F1700, F2100

TeSys U

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Motor Starters and Protectors

3-Pole Contactors

TeSys™ D AC and DC Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.1:

TeSys D Contactors—Interpretation of the Catalog Number
LC

D

_____

Full Voltage, Non-Reversing

1

Full Voltage, Reversing

2

_____

_____

_____

_____

TeSys D 3 Pole Contactors, 9–150 A
Contactor AC-3 Full Load Amperes (FLA)

18

9 A FLA
12 A FLA
18 A FLA
25 A FLA
32 A FLA

09
12
18
25
32

40 A FLA
50 A FLA
65 A FLA
80 A FLA

40
50
65
80

115 A FLA
150 A FLA

115
150

Everlink Power Connection (40–65 A only)

A

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

No Everlink Power Connection (9–32 A, 80–150 A)

Blank

Termination Options (choose one)
Screw Termination
Spring Terminations s
Ring Tongue Terminations t
Slip-on Terminations (9–12 A only)

Blank
3
6
9

Coil Voltage (choose one)
AC Coils (50/60 Hz)

DC Coils (standard)

12 V
21 V
24 V
36 V
42 V

12 V
21 V
24 V
36 V
48 V
60

48 V

E7

60 V
100 V
110 V
115 V
120 V
127 V
200 V
208 V
220 V
230 V
240 V
277 V
380 V
400 V
415 V
440 V
480 V
500 V
575 V
600 V

EE7
K7
F7
FE7
G7
FC7
L7
LE7
M7
P7
U7
W7
Q7
V7
N7
R7
T7
S7
SC7
X7
Y5
(50 Hz only)

660 V
s
t

J7
Z7
B7
C7
D7

72 V
110 V
125 V
220 V
250 V
440 V

JD
ZD
BD
CD
ED

DC Coils
low consumption available
for 9–38 A only
5V
AL
12 V
JL
21 V
ZL
24 V
BL
48 V
EL

ND

72 V

SL

SD
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD

96 V
110 V
220 V
250 V

DL
FL
ML
UL

For spring terminal versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A, add 3 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D12G7 becomes
LC1D123G7, and LC1D40AG7 becomes LC1D40A3G7. Note that 40–65 A spring terminals are only on the control terminations and not on power
terminations). There is no charge for this modification.
For ring tongue versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A and LC1DT20–LC1DT80A, add 6 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code
(for example, LC1D09G7 becomes LC1D096G7, and LC1D50AG7 becomes LC1D50A6G7). There is no charge for this modification.

Note: Use this table only to interpret current catalog numbers. Some combinations are not available.

18-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2, 3, and 4 Pole
Contactors

TeSys™ F AC and DC Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.2:

TeSys F Contactors—Interpretation of the Catalog Number
LC

_____

Full Voltage, Non-Reversing

1

Full Voltage, Reversing

2

F

_____

_____

_____

_____

TeSys F 2, 3, and 4 Pole Contactors 115–800 A
Contactor AC-3 Full Load Amperes (FLA)
115 A FLA
150 A FLA
185 A FLA
225 A FLA
265 A FLA
330 A FLA
400 A FLA
500 A FLA
630 A FLA
780 A FLA
800 A FLA

115
150
185
225
265
330
400
500
630
780
800

Number of Poles
2 Poles (400 A, 500 A, and 630 A only)

2

3 Poles (all sizes)
4 Poles (all sizes except 800 A)

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Blank
4

Termination Options—Purchase Lugs Separately

Blank

Coil Voltage (choose one, noting the contactor size it can be used on)

24 V (50 Hz)
24 V (60 Hz)
24 V (40-400 Hz)
42 V (50 Hz)
48 V (50 Hz)
48 V (60 Hz)
48 V (40-400 Hz)
110 V (50 Hz)
110 V (60 Hz)
110 V
110 V (40-400 Hz)
115 V (50 Hz)
115 V (40-400 Hz)
120 V (60 Hz)
120 V
120 V (40-400 Hz)
120 V (40-400 Hz)
127 V (60 Hz)
127 V (40-400 Hz)
200/208 V (60 Hz)
200/208 V (40-400 Hz)
208 V (40-400 Hz)
220 V (50 Hz)
220 V (60 Hz)
220 V (40-400 Hz)
220 V
230 V (50 Hz)
230 V (40-400 Hz)

B5
B6
B7
D5
E5
E6
E7
F5
F6
F7
F7
FE5
FE7
G6
G7
G7
F7
G6
G7
L6
L7
L7
M5
M6
M7
M7
P5
P7

DC Coils
24 V
48 V
110 V
110 V
110 V
125 V
125 V
220 V
250 V
220/240 V
250 V
380/400 V
440 V
440 V

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

For use on:

AC Coils

LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F225–F400
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F630
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F400
LC1F500–F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F265–F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F800

230 V
240 V (50 Hz)
240 V (60 Hz)
240 V (40-400 Hz)
240 V
277 V (50 Hz)
277 V (40-400 Hz)
277 V
380 V (50 Hz)
380 V (60 Hz)
380 V (40-400 Hz)
380 V
400 V (50 Hz)
400 V (40-400 Hz)
400 V
415 V (50 Hz)
415 V (40-400 Hz)
415 V
440 V (50 Hz)
440 V (40-400 Hz)
440 V
460/480 V (60 Hz)
480 V (40-400 Hz)
500 V (50 Hz)
500 V (40-400 Hz)
500 V
600 V (40-400 Hz)
660 V (60 Hz)

For use on:
P7
U5
U6
U7
U7
W5
W7
W7
Q5
Q6
Q7
Q7
V5
V7
V7
N5
N7
N7
R5
R7
R7
Q6
N7
S5
S7
S7
X7
Y6

LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F800
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F225
LC1F780
LC1F115–F225
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F500–F630
LC1F115–F225

18

AC Coils

For use on:
BD
ED
FD
FD
FW
GD
GD
MD
UD
MW
UD
QW
RD
RD

LC1F115–F400
LC1F115–F630
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F800
LC1F115–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F265–F780
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F800
LC1F115–F780
LC1F800
LC1F1700, F2100
LC1F115–F780

18-3

Contactors &
Overload Relays

TeSys™ D Non-reversing
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.3:

TeSys D Contactors—3 or 4 Pole, Screw Terminal Connections
Maximum Current
Utilization
Categories

Maximum Horsepower Ratings

18

LC1D093

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

LC1D40A

Table 18.4:

LRD22

LRD3
E164862
CCN NLDX
LR43364
Class 3211 04

18-4

Three-Phase

TeSys D Overload Relays—Ambient Compensated, Bimetallic, Direct Mounting

Class 10 with
Class 10 without
Single-Phase
Single-Phase
Sensitivity
Sensitivity
0.10–0.16
LRD01
LR3D01
0.16–0.25
LRD02
LR3D02
0.25–0.40
LRD03
LR3D03
0.40–0.63
LRD04
LR3D04
0.63–1
D09–D32
LRD05
LR3D05
1–1.6
LRD06
LR3D06
1.6–2.5
LRD07
LR3D07
2.5–4
LRD08
LR3D08
4–6
LRD10
LR3D10
5.5–8
D09–D32
LRD12
LR3D12
7–10
D09–D32
LRD14
LR3D14
9–13
D12–D32
LRD16
LR3D16
12–18
D18–D32
LRD21
LR3D21
17–24
D25–D32
—
—
23–32
D25–D32
LRD32
LR3D32
30–38
D32
LRD35
LR3D35
9-13
D40A-D65A f
LRD313
LR3D313
12-18
D40A-D65A f
LRD318
LR3D318
16-25
D40A-D65A f
LRD325
LR3D325
23-32
D40A-D65A f
LRD332
LR3D332
30-40
D40A-D65A f
LRD340
LR3D340
37-50
D40A-D65A f
LRD350
LR3D350
48-65
D40A-D65A f
LRD365
LR3D365
17-25
D40-D80 g
LRD3322
LR3D3322
23-32
D40-D80 g
LRD3353
LR3D3353
30-40
D40-D80 g
LRD3355
LR3D3355
37-50
D50-D80 g
LRD3357
LR3D3357
48-65
D50-D80 g
LRD3359
LR3D3359
55–70
D65–D80
LRD3361
LR3D3361
63–80
D65–D80
LRD3363
LR3D3363
80–104
D80
LRD3365
—
80–104
D115–D150
LRD4365
—
95–120
D115–D150
LRD4367
—
—
110–140
D150
LRD4369
f
Overload relays with Everlink termination—direct mount to D40A to D65A only.
g
Direct mount to old D2 style D40 to D65 (no Everlink terminations) and to D80 only.
NOTE: For Stand Alone Adapter order LAD7B205.
Current Setting
Range (A)

LC1D115

Instantaneous
Auxiliary
Contacts

$ Price
Catalog
Number a
Inductive Resistive
AC3
AC1
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp
AC Coils DC Coils
(A)
(A)
94.00
119.00
0.5
1
2
2
5
7.5
9
3
LC1D09 cde
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
LC1DT20 c
94.00
119.00
20
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
LC1D098 c
94.00
119.00
119.00
149.00
1
2
3
3
7.5
10
12
3
LC1D12 cde
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
LC1DT25 c
25
1
1
119.00
149.00
119.00
149.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
LC1D128 c
1
3
5
5
10
15
18
3
LC1D18 cd
136.00
160.00
0
32
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
LC1DT32 c
149.00
183.00
149.00
183.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
LC1D188 c
2
3
7.5
7.5
15
20
25
3
LC1D25 cd
151.00
181.00
0
40
1
1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
LC1DT40 c
193.00
240.00
193.00
240.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
LC1D258 c
2
5
10
10
20
30
32
50
3
0
1
1
LC1D32 cd
172.00
213.00
3
5
10
10
30
30
40
3
1
1
LC1D40A c
218.00
275.00
60
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
0
0
LC1DT60Ac
296.00
353.00
3
7.5
15
15
40
40
50
3
LC1D50A c
234.00
291.00
0
1
1
5
10
20
20
40
50
65
80
3
LC1D65A c
322.00
379.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
0
0
0
LC1DT80Ac
446.00
503.00
7.5
15
25
30
60
60
80
3
1
1
LC1D80
363.00
420.00
0
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
125
4
LC1D80004 b
489.00
524.00
0
0
489.00
524.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2
2
LC1D80008 b
—
—
30
40
75
100
115
3
LC1D115
479.00
479.00
1
1
—
—
40
50
100
125
150
200
3
0
LC1D150
696.00
696.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
0
0
LC1D115004
630.00
630.00
a
Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code from Table 18.11 on page 18-6 (for example, LC1D09G7).
b
For DC version of these devices, replace the C with a P (for example, LC1D80004•• becomes LP1D80004••). This applies only to 80 A, 4-pole devices.
c
For ring tongue versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A and LC1DT20–LC1DT80A, add 6 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code
(for example, LC1D09G7 becomes LC1D096G7 and LC1D50AG7 becomes LC1D50A6G7). There is no charge for this modification.
d
For spring terminals versions of LC1D09–LC1D65A, add 3 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D12G7 becomes
LC1D123G7 and LC1D40AG7 becomes LC1D40A3G7. Note that 40–65 A spring terminals are only on the control terminations and not on power
terminations). Ring tongue terminations have a 10% adder to list price.
e
For slip-on connector versions of LC1D09 and LC1D12 only, add 9 to the catalog number prior to adding the voltage code (for example, LC1D09G7
becomes LC1D099G7). There is no charge for this modification.
Single-Phase

LC1D09

No. of Poles

For Direct Mounting
to LC1...

Class 20 with
Single-Phase
Sensitivity
—
—
—
LRD04L
LRD05L
LRD06L
LRD07L
LRD08L
LRD10L
LRD12L
LRD14L
LRD16L
LRD21L
LRD22L
LRD32L
—
LRD313L
LRD318L
LRD325L
LRD332L
LRD340L
LRD350L
LRD365L
LR2D3522
LR2D3553
LR2D3555
LR2D3557
LR2D3559
LR2D3561
LR2D3563
—
—
—
—

Class 20 without
Single-Phase
Sensitivity
—
—
—
LR3D04L
LR3D05L
LR3D06L
LR3D07L
LRD08L
LRD10L
LR3D12L
LR3D14L
LR3D21L
LR3D21L
LR3D22L
LR3D32L
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LR3D3522
LR3D3553
LR3D3555
LR3D3557
LR3D3559
LR3D3561
LR3D3563
—
—
—
—

$ Price

60.00

62.00

73.00

107.00

107.00

127.00

362.00

NOTE: To add ring tongue terminations, add ‘6’ to end of part number. Only devices 0.4 A–32 A.
TeSys D contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-8 to 18-11
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46
TeSys T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-91

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors &
Overload Relays

TeSys™ F Non-reversing
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys D Overload Relays—Solid State

Current Setting Range (A)
60–100
90–150

Maximum Current

200 V / 208 V

220 V / 240 V

460 V / 480 V

575 V / 600 V

AC-3

AC-1

HP

HP

HP

HP

A

A

LC1F115

a

Class 20
LR9D5567
LR9D5569

$ Price
298.00
298.00

TeSys F Contactors—2, 3, and 4 Pole

Standard power ratings of 3-phase motors 50/60 Hz in category AC-3

Catalog Number a
Number of
Poles

$ Price

Panel Mounting
with Screws

3
LC1F115
479.00
4
LC1F1154
630.00
3
LC1F150
696.00
40
50
100
125
150
250
4
LC1F1504
825.00
3
LC1F185
938.00
50
60
125
150
185
275
4
LC1F1854
1439.00
3
LC1F225
1059.00
Current Rated
225
315
4
LC1F2254
1935.00
3
LC1F265
1179.00
60
75
150
175
265
350
4
LC1F2654
1646.00
3
LC1F330
1621.00
75
100
200
250
330
400
4
LC1F3304
1846.00
2
LC1F4002
1521.00
100
125
250
300
400
500
3
LC1F400
1874.00
4
LC1F4004
2133.00
2
LC1F5002
4324.00
150
200
400
500
500
700
3
LC1F500
4970.00
4
LC1F5004
5617.00
2
LC1F6302
5917.00
250
300
600
800
630
1000
3
LC1F630
6474.00
4
LC1F6304
7582.00
3
LC1F780
7788.00
Current Rated
780
1600
4
LC1F7804
9940.00
—
450
800
900
800
1000
3
LC1F800
6676.00
1700
3
LC1F1700
10,000.00
Current Rated
2100
3
LC1F2100
12,050.00
Complete the part number by adding the coil voltage code from Table 18.8 (for example, LC1F115G7). All contactors except F780 include 1 N.O. coil interlock
contact.
30

LC1F1700, F2100

Class 10
LR9D5367
LR9D5369

40

Table 18.7:

75

100

115

200

TeSys F 3-Phase Overload Relays—Solid State, Separate Mounting b

Current Setting Range
For Direct Mounting to Contactor
Class 10 Trip c
Class 20 c
$ Price
A
LC1●●●●
Catalog Number
Catalog Number
30–50
F115–F185
LR9F5357
LR9F5557
298.00
48–80
F115–F185
LR9F5363
LR9F5563
298.00
60–100
F115–F185
LR9F5367
LR9F5567
298.00
90–150
F115–F185
LR9F5369
LR9F5569
298.00
132–220
F185 d –F265
LR9F5371
LR9F5571
298.00
200–330
F265–F500
LR9F7375b
LR9F7575b
333.00
300–500
F265–F500
LR9F7379b
LR9F7579b
737.00
380–630
F400–F630
LR9F7381b
LR9F7581b
905.00
b
When mounting overload relays LR9F5●57–LR9F5●71 directly beneath the contactor, supporting the relays with a mounting plate is recommended.
With overload relays LR9F7●75–LR9F7●81, use of a support mounting plate is mandatory.
c
IEC standard 60947-4 specifies the following trip times when the overload relay senses 7.2 times the setting current:
Class 10—between 4 and 10 seconds; Class 20—between 6 and 20 seconds.
d
Interconnection kit LA7F407 is required to mount an LR9F●71 to an LC1F185.

Table 18.8:

Coil Voltage Codes h

Contactor
D09–D150
LC1D80–LC1D150 only
F115, F150, and F185
F265, and F330
F400— F780
F1700— F2100
Contactor

e
f
g
h
i
j

LR43364
Class 3211 04

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

24 V

50/60
60
50
50
60
40–400
40–400
40–400
Hz

48 V

B7
B6
B5
B5
B6
B7
—
—
24 V

E7
E6
E5
E5
E6
E7
E7
—
48 V

110 V

120 V

208 V

220 V

240 V

440 V

480 V

500 V

600 V

F7
F6
F5
F5
F6
F7
F7
F7
110 V

AC
G7
G6
—
—
G6
G7
G7
G7
125 V

LE7
L6
—
—
L6
L7
L7
—
220 V

M7
M6
M5 e
M5
M6
M7
M7
M7
250 V

U7
U6
U5
U5
U6
U7
U7
U7
440 V

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
R7

T7 e
T6
—
—
Q5
S7i
N7
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S7

X7 ef
X6 f
—
—
S7
X7
X7 g
—

DC j
D09-D32, DT20-D258
—
BL
EL
FL
—
ML
UL
—
Low Consumption
D09–D150
—
BD
ED
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
F115-F330
—
BD
ED
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
F400–F780
—
—
ED
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
F1700— F2100
—
—
—
FD
GD
MD
UD
RD
Not available for LC1D80.
Not available for LC1D115 or LC1D150.
Not available for LC1F780. The 600 V coils for LC1F400–LC1F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits.
For additional voltage codes refer to the IEC Contactor and Starter Catalog 8502CT9901.
For use with F265–F330 only.
DC coils 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in surge suppression as standard.

Table 18.9:
E164862
CCN NLDX

Hz

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Voltages for F800 (includes built-in surge suppressor)

Vac/Vdc
50/60 HZ

110
FW

120
FW

127
FW

220
MW

240
MW

380
QW

415
QW

440
QW

TeSys F contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-11
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-49

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-5

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.6:

For Direct Mounting Beneath Contactor LC1
D115–D150
D115–D150

18

Table 18.5:

Contactors

TeSys™ D 3- and 4-Pole Reversing, AC or DC Operating Coil
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Each 3-pole device is prewired with line and load side power wiring for reversing applications.
Each 4-pole device is prewired with load side power wiring.
Table 18.10:

3-Pole and 4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors
Maximum Horsepower Ratings

Built In Auxiliary
$ Price
No. of N.O.
Catalog
Contacts
Power
Number
(per
contactor)
Inductive
Resistive
AC
DC
Poles
ab
AC3 (A)
AC1 (A)
Control Control
115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp
N.O.
N.C.
0.5
1
2
2
5
7.5
9
3
1
1
LC2D09c
234.00 317.00
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1
1
LC2DT20
234.00 317.00
1
2
3
3
7.5
10
12
3
1
1
LC2D12c
317.00 368.00
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1
1
LC2DT25
317.00 368.00
1
3
5
5
10
15
18
35
3
1
1
LC2D18c
344.00 400.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
32
4
1
1
LC2DT32
419.00 443.00
2
3
7.5
7.5
15
20
25
3
1
1
LC2D25c
374.00 436.00
40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
1
1
LC2DT40
456.00 477.00
2
5
10
10
20
30
32
50
3
1
1
LC2D32c
415.00 503.00
3
5
10
10
30
30
40
60
3
1
1
LC2D40A
565.00 650.00
3
7.5
15
15
40
40
50
70
3
1
1
LC2D50A
596.00 680.00
5
10
20
20
50
50
65
80
3
1
1
LC2D65A
778.00 857.00
7.5
15
30
30
60
60
80
3
1
1
d
—
125
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
—
d
—
—
—
30
40
75
100
115
3
1
1
LC2D115 e 1165.00 1165.00
200
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
4
—
— LC2D115004 e 1391.00 1391.00
—
—
40
50
100
125
150
200
3
1
1
LC2D150e 1598.00 1598.00
a
Use voltage codes from Table 18.11 to complete the catalog number (for example, LC2D09G7).
b
Includes mechanical interlock without electrical contacts. Installer to complete wiring for electronically interlocking contactor operating coils by using a
N.C. auxiliary contact integrated in the contactor or optional LADN or LAD8N auxiliary contact block.
c
For LC2D09–LC2D32, electrical interlock can be included by adding a V to the end of the catalog number (for example LC2DO9B7V).
List price adder: $5.00.
d
For these items, order two non-reversing contactors and one mechanical interlock separately. See page 18-4 and 18-14 for selection.
e
Includes mechanical interlock (LA9D11502) with prewired electrical contacts for interlocking contactor operating coils.
Single Phase

LC2D09

18
IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.11:

Maximum Current

Three Phase

Coil Voltage Codes i

Contactor

Hz

D09–D150

50/60
50
60
50 Hz
F115, F150, F185
60 Hz
F265, F330
40–400 Hz
F400–F780
40–400 Hz

LC1D80–LC1D150

24 V
B7
B5
B6
B5
B6
B7
—

48 V
E7
E5
E6
E5
E6
E7
E7

110 V

120 V

125 V

208 V

220 V

240 V

250 V

440 V

480 V

600 V

G7
—
G6
—
G6
G7
F7

AC
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
DC

LE7
—
L6
—
L6
L7
L7

M7
M5 f
M6
M5
M6
M7
M7

U7
U5
U6
U5
U6
U7
U7

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—

T7 f
—
T6
—
Q5
S7 j
N7

X7 f
—
X6 gf
—
SC
X7
X7 h

—

—

—

RD
RD
RD

—
—
—

—
—
—

F7
F5
F6
F5
F6
F7
F7

D09-D32,
DT20-D258
—
BL
EL
FL
—
—
—
ML
—
UL
Low Consumption
D09–D150
—
BD
ED
FD
—
GD
—
MD
—
UD
F115–F330
—
BD
ED
FD
—
GD
—
MD
—
UD
F400–F780
—
—
ED
FD
—
GD
—
MD
—
UD
f
Not available for LC1D80–LC1D150.
g
Not available for LC1D115 or LC1D150.
h
Not available for LC1F780. The 600 V coils for LC1F400–LC1F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits.
i
For additional voltage codes refer to the IEC Contactor and Starter catalog, 8502CT9901.
j
For use with F265–F330 only.

Table 18.12:
Vac/Vdc
50/60 Hz

Coil Voltage Codes for AC and DC Coil Voltages for F800 (includes built-in surge suppressor)
24
—

48
—

110
FW

120
FW

127
FW

208
—

220
MW

240
MW

277
—

380
QW

415
QW

440
QW

480
—

575
—

600
—

660
—

TeSys D contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-8 to 18-11
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

E164862
CCN NLDX
LR43364
Class 3211 04

18-6

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors

TeSys™ F 3-Pole Reversing, AC or DC Operating Coil
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

How to Order:
Components are available for customer assembly of TeSys F reversing contactors. For
example, the following components must be ordered to build a reversing contactor, 75 hp @
460 V, with a 120 V / 60 Hz coil:
Example of Components

Description
Contactors
Lugs (page 18-12)
Auxiliary contacts
Power connections
Mechanical interlock

3-Pole Contactors

Maximum Horsepower Ratings

LC1F265

Catalog Number
LC1F115G6
DZ2FF1
LADN11
LA9FF976
LA9FF970

Three Phase

Maximum Current
Inductive
AC3
(A)

Holding Circuit
Contact Built
Into Coil

Resistive
AC1
(A)

Catalog
Numbera

$ Price
230 V
460 V
575 V
N.O.
N.C.
hp
hp
hp
40
75
100
115
200
1
0
LC1F115
479.00
50
100
125
150
250
1
0
LC1F150
696.00
60
125
150
185
275
1
0
LC1F185
938.00
75
150
200
265
350
1
0
LC1F265
1179.00
100
200
250
330
400
1
0
LC1F330
1621.00
125
250
300
400
500
1
0
LC1F400
1874.00
200
400
500
500
700
1
0
LC1F500
4970.00
300
600
800
630
1000
1
0
LC1F630
6872.00
Current rated
780
1600
0
0
LC1F780
7788.00
—
450
800
900
800
1000
0
0
LC1F800
6676.00
a
Use coil voltage codes from the Voltage Codes table on page 18-6 to complete the contactor catalog number.
200 V
hp
30
40
50
60
75
100
150
250

Table 18.15:

Auxiliary Contact (Electrical Interlocking)—2 must be purchased

For use with

Number of
Contacts

Maximum Number
of Blocks
Per Contactor

1

1

2

2

4

2

LC1F
to be ordered
separately

b

1
—
1
2
2
1
4
—
3
2

Catalog Number

—
1
1
2
3
—
4
1
2b

$ Price

LADN10
LADN01
LADN11
LADN20
LADN22
LADN13
LADN40
LADN04
LADN31
LADC22

13.10
13.10
20.70
20.70
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50

including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break

Table 18.16:

Accessories—For the Assembly of 3-Pole Reversing Contactors
(Horizontal Mounting)

With 2 Identical
Contactors c

c

Contact Arrangement

Set of Power Connections
Catalog Number

LC1F115
LA9FF976
LC1F150
LA9F15076
LC1F185
LA9FG976
LC1F265
LA9FH976
LC1F330
LA9FJ976
LC1F400
LA9FJ976
LC1F500
LA9FK976
LC1F630, F800
LA9FL976
For two contactors of different size, refer to pages 18-15.

$ Price
106.00
96.00
113.00
151.00
225.00
198.00
306.00
568.00

Horizontal Mounting
Mechanical Interlock Kit
Catalog Number
LA9FF970
LA9FF970
LA9FG970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FL970

$ Price
53.00
53.00
53.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00

TeSys F contactor accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-11
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-42

Table 18.17:

E164862
CCN NLDX
LR43364
Class 3211 04

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Definite Purpose Ratings, 3-Phase, Breaking All Lines
(Hermetic Refrigeration Compressor)

Device

FLA

LC1D09 (AC coil only)
LC1D12 (AC coil only)
LC1D18 (AC coil only)
LC1D25 (AC coil only)
LC1D32 (AC coil only)
LC1D40A
LC1D50A
LC1D65A
LC1D80
LC1D95
LC1D115
LC1D150

9
12
18
25
32
40
50
65
75
—
115
150

I12

Discount
Schedule

LRA
240V
54
72
108
150
192
240
300
390
450
—
690
900

480V
45
60
90
125
160
200
250
325
375
—
575
750

600V
36
48
72
100
128
160
200
260
300
—
460
600

18-7

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.14:

Quantity
2
6
2
1
1

18

Table 18.13:

Contactor
Accessories

TeSys™ D & F Auxiliary Contacts, Time Delay, Mechanical Latch
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.18:

Standard, Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Snap-On
Mounting

Composition

Number of
Contacts

To front of
LC● DT20–D258 (4P),
LC●D09–D150a
or
To right side of
LC ● F

4a

2
To front of
LC ●D80 and D115
or
To left side of
LC●F

1

To side of
LC●D09 to D150 only
(not for use on TeSys F)

2

Front Mounted
Auxiliary Blocks

18

a
b
c
d

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

e

Standard Contacts
N.O.
—
2
1

To front of
LP● D40–D80, LC ● DT20–D258 (4P),
LC ● D09 to D80
or
To right side of
—
LC ●F
f
Device supplied with 4 ground terminal points.

Table 18.20:

0
1

$ Price

LADN22 b
LADN13 b
LADN40 b
LADN04 b
LADN31 b
LADC22 bc
LADN11 b
LADN20 b
LADN02b

41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
20.70
20.70
20.70

LADN10 d
LADN01 d

13.10
13.10

Dust-Tight Contacts

N.C.
—
—
1

N.O.
2
2
2

N.C.
—
—
—

—

2

—

Catalog Number

$ Price

LA1DX20
LA1DZ40
LA1DZ31

65.00
82.00
82.00

LA1DY20f

77.00

Catalog
Number h

$ Price

Pneumatic Time Delay Contact Blocks
Time Delay
Contacts

Snap-On
Mounting

N.O.

Type

N.C.

Range of
Time Delay

0.1 to 3 sg
LADT0
131.00
0.1 to 30 s
LADT2
131.00
10 to 180 s
LADT4
131.00
1 to 30 si
LADS2
131.00
0.1 to 3 sg
LADR0
131.00
On
de-energization
1
1
0.1 to 30 s
LADR2
131.00
(off-delay)
10 to 180 s
LADR4
131.00
Scale range is expanded between 0.1 and 0.6 seconds on the dial for more accurate settings at the lower end of
the range.
For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADT23). There
is no charge for this modification.
Switching time between the opening of the N.C. contact and the closing of the N.O. contact: 40 ms ± 15 ms .

To front of
LP● D40–D80,
LC● DT20–D258 (4P),
LC ● D09 to D150
or
To right side of
LC● F

i

1
0

Catalog Number a

Instantaneous Blocks with Dust-Tight Auxiliary Contacts (IP54)
NEMA 12

Snap-On
Mounting

h

N.C.
2
3
0
4
1
2c
1
0
2

1
1
LAD8N11 e
20.70
2
0
LAD8N20 e
20.70
For low consumption coils (LC1D09–D32 only), only one front-mounted two-contact block allowed. No sidemounted contact blocks allowed.
For spring terminal versions of these blocks, add a 3 to the end of the catalog number (for example, LADN223).
There is no charge for this modification. For slip-on versions, add 9 to the end of the catalog number (for example,
LADN229).
Including 1 N.O. + 1 N.C. make-before-break overlapping contacts.
This block cannot be added to the LC1D 09–D32 contactors; a maximum of 2 blocks can be mounted on the
LC1D40A–LC1/LP1D80 contactors only.
1 block may be added to the left side of LC1D09–D32, AC coils only; only 1 block may be added to either side of
the LC1D40A–D80 contactors, AC coils only. Cannot be installed on TeSys D contactors with DC coils.

Table 18.19:

g

N.O.
2
1
4
0
3
2c
1
2
0

Table 18.21:

1

On energization
(on delay)

1

Mechanical Latch Blocks with Manual or Electrical Unlatch
(TeSys D only)

Front snap-on
mounting onto

Catalog Number k

Application

$ Price

For silent operation and
LC●D09 to D65A
LAD6K10jkl
77.00
energy conservation
For silent operation and
LC1 D80 to D150 LP1 D80
LA6DK20jk
77.00
energy conservation
j
Does not include internal coil clearing contact.
k
Complete the catalog number by adding the coil voltage code (for example, LAD6K10F).
l
Low consumption DC contactors (and relays) (code coil xL) are not compatible with the LAD6K10x mechanical
latching blocks.

Table 18.22:

E164862
CCN NLDX

Coil Voltage Codes for LA6DK Mechanical Latch Blocks

Volts

12

24

32/36

42/48

60/72

100

110/
127

200/
208

220/
240

380/
415

440/
480

500/
600

AC or DC

J

B

C

E

EN

K

F

L

M

Q

R

S

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

LR43364
Class 3211 04

18-8

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ D Coil Suppressors, Cabling Accessories
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

RC Coil Suppressor

•
•

Limitation of transient voltage to 300% of nominal voltage maximum.
Oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times normal).

Table 18.23:

Resistor/Capacitor Circuit (RC) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils

Installed by

LA4DA1U

Mounting on

Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsm

Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the
contactor coil terminals

Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
24–28 V
50–127 V
110–240 V
24-48 V
LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P), 50-127 V
LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A
110-240 V
(4P)
380-415 V
24–48 V
LC●D80 to D150 (3P or 4P) 50–127 V
LC●D80 to D115 (4P)
110–240 V
380–415 V

Catalog Number
LAD4RCE
LAD4RCG
LAD4RCU
LAD4RC3E
LAD4RC3G
LAD4RC3U
LAD4RC3N
LA4DA2E
LA4DA2G
LA4DA2U
LA4DA2N

LC1D09 to LC1D32 (3P)
LC●DT20 to DT40 (4P),

$ Price
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20

Varistor Coil Suppressor
Limitation of transient voltage value to 200% of nominal voltage maximum.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks. Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times normal).

Table 18.24:

Varistor (Peak Limiting) for Reduction of Electrical Noise in AC Contactor Coils

Installed by

Mounting on

Snapping into the cavity on the right side without toolsm

Snap-on mounting, and connection without tools to the
contactor coil terminals

Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals

Screw connection to the contactor coil terminals

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
24–48 V
50–127 V
110–250 V
LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P), 24-48 V
LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A 50-127 V
(4P)
110-250 V
24–48 Vac
LC●D80 to D115 (3P or 4P)
50–127 Vac
LC●D12, D25 (4P)
110–250 Vac
24–48 Vdc
LC●D80 (3P or 4P)
50–127 Vdc
110–250 Vdc

Catalog Number
LAD4VE
LAD4VG
LAD4VU
LAD4V3E
LAD4V3G
LAD4V3U
LA4DE2E
LA4DE2G
LA4DE2U
LA4DE3E
LA4DE3G
LA4DE3U

LC●D09 to D32
TeSys D contactors

$ Price
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20
26.20

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

•
•

Diode Coil Suppressor
No overvoltage or oscillating frequency.
Polarized component. Increased drop-out time (6–10 times normal).

Table 18.25:

Diode for Reduction of Electrical Noise in DC Contactor Coils

Installed on the upper part by
Snap-on mounting and connection w/o tools to the contactor coil terminals

LA4DC3U

18

•
•

Clip-on front mounting
Screw connection of wire to the contactor coil terminals

Mounting on
LC●D09–D32
LC●D40A to D65,
D65A to DT80A
D80 (3P)
D80 (4P)

Operating Voltage, DC
24–250 Vdc

Catalog Number
LAD4DDL

$ Price
26.20

24–250 Vdc

LAD4D3U

26.20

24–250 Vdc

LA4DC3U

26.20

Bidirectional Diode Coil Suppressor

•
•

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage to 2 Uc max.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks

Table 18.26:

Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode

Installed by

Mounting on

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz and DC Catalog Number
$ Price
24 (AC only)
LAD4TB
26.20
72 (AC only)
LAD4TS
26.20
12–24 V
LAD4T3B
26.20
25–72 V
LAD4T3S
26.20
LC1D40A to LC1D65A (3P),
Clip-on front mounting and connection without tools
LC1DT60A to LC1DT80A
73–125 V
LAD4T3G
26.20
to the contactor coil terminals n
(4P)
126–250 V
LAD4T3U
26.20
251–440 V
LAD4T3R
26.20
24 (AC only)
LA4DB2B
56.00
72 (AC only)
LA4DB2S
26.20
Screw mounting o
LC●D80
24 (DC only)
LA4DB3B
56.00
72 (DC only)
LA4DB3S
56.00
m
Installing the suppressor into the cavity makes the electrical connection. Overall width of the contactor remains the same.
n
For LC●D09–LC●D65A with DC or low consumption DC coils, 3-pole contactors are fitted with built-in bidirectional diode suppression as standard.
o
Mounting at the top of the contactor on coil terminals A1 and A2.

D09 to LC●D32 (3P)n
Snapping into the cavity on the right side of the contactor m LC●DT20
to DT40 (4P)

LAD4T3B

Table 18.27:

Cabling Accessories

Usage

Mounting on

For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with
top-mounting accessory.

LC1D09 to D38
LC1DT20 to DT60
AC only

For adapting existing wiring to a new product or for use with LC1D40A to LC1D65A
top-mounting accessory
(with no coil suppressor)

LAD4BB• •

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Operating Voltage 50/60 Hz
Without coil suppression
24-48 V
With coil
suppression
50-127 V
(varistor)
110-250 V
—

Catalog Number
LAD4BB
LAD4BBVE
LAD4BBVG
LAD4BBVU
LAD4BB3

$ Price
23.00
23.00
23.00
23.00
26.20

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-9

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ D Electronic Timers and Interface Modules
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

The following accessories require use of cabling accessories (LAD4BB●●) for proper mounting. See page 18-9 for illustration.
Table 18.28: Electronic Serial Timer Modules
These solid state modules delay the energizing of the contactor coil, and feature built-in varistor surge suppression.
Operational Voltage a

Type

Catalog Number

$ Price

0.1–2 s
LA4DT0U
On-delay
LC1D09–D65A
LC1D80–D150
1.5–30 s
LA4DT2U
25–500 s
LA4DT4U
a
For 24 V operation, the contactor must be fitted with a 21 V coil: coil voltage code Z5 for 50 Hz; Z6 for 60 Hz; and ZD for DC.

82.
82.
82.

24–250 Vac

100–250 Vac

Time Delay

Table 18.29: Interface Modules b
These modules allow the contactor coils to be energized from low voltage and low current level signals. They come in
mechanical relay and solid state versions. The relay plus manual operation versions include a lever for manually
turning the contactor on and off. When a module receives a low level signal, it allows the separate-sourced control
voltage to flow to the contactor coil. It saves space and wiring time compared to conventional interposing relays.
Interface Type

18

Relay
Relay Plus
Manual Operation
Solid State

LA4DFB
IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

b

Operational Voltage
24–250 Vac
LC1D09–D150
LC1D09–D150
LC1D09–D150
LC1D09–D150
LC1D09–D65

100–250 Vac
—
—
—
—
LC1D80–D115

Input Voltage

Catalog Number

24 Vdc
48 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
24 Vdc

LA4DFB
LA4DFE
LA4DLB
LA4DLE
LA4DWB

$ Price
55.
55.
71.
71.
71.

Adapter required for D09–D65A, see table 18.27.

Table 18.30: Automatic-Manual-Stop Control Modules
These modules allow for local and/or remote operation of the contactor coil. Each module includes a lever to switch
from automatic to manual operation and a dial to turn the contactor on and off.
Operational Voltage
24–100 Vac
LC1D09–D150

18-10

100–250 Vac
—

I12

Discount
Schedule

Catalog Number
LA4DMK

$ Price
35.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ D and F Accessories
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

For Power Pole or Control Connection
For use with
contactors
LC1/LP1

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

D09, D12
D09–D32

1
1

LAD92560
LA9D3260

8.70
12.00

D40A–D65A

1

LAD96560

10.00

D09–D32
D40A–D65A
D80
F115
F150, F185
F265, F330, F400
F500
F630, F800
D09–D32
D40A-D65A
D80
F115
F150, F185
F265, F330, F400
F500
F630, F800
DT20, DT25
D80
LP1D40–D80
D115, D150
D80
D115, D150
D115, D150

10
1
2
4
4
4
4
4
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
2
2
10
10
10
3
1

LA9D2561
LAD9P32
LA9D80961
LA9FF602
LA9FG602
LA9FH602
LA9FK602
LA9FL602
LAD9P3
LAD9P33
LA9D80962
LA9FF601
LA9FG601
LA9FH601
LA9FK601
LA9FL601
LA9D1263
LA9D80963
LA9D09966
LA9D11567
LA9D8067
GV7AC03
LA9D115603

26.20
6.00
6.50
55.00
65.00
169.00
228.00
278.00
10.00
25.00
6.50
6.80
8.20
12.00
21.80
38.20
8.70
17.50
2.20
4.00
5.50
31.10
55.00

For use with
contactors
LC1/LP1
4-pole contactors
D80–D115
D09-D65A, DT20-DT80A,
LADN, LADT, LADR
For holder LA9D92

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

$ Price each

100

LA9D92

.06

Description

LA9D3260
LAD92560

Connectors for
larger cable sizes

4 poles
3 poles

Everlink™ terminal
block

3 poles

#8 AWG (10 mm2)
#4 AWG (25 mm2)

2 poles

Links
for the parallel
connection of:
3 poles
(wye-delta
shorting strap)

LA9D2561

4 poles
Second coil connection
Control circuit take-off from main pole
Spreaders for increasing pole pitch to 45 mm
Replacement power terminal block

Table 18.32:

For Marking
Description

LA9D80962
Reference label holder snap-on 8 x 22 mm
Reference label holder snap-on 8 x 18 mm 3 poles

Set of shims for mounting LAD8N and LA8DN
Retrofit plate for replacement of LC1D40-D65 with
LC1D40A-D65A
35 mm DIN Rail – 2 meters long

LA9D11567

.06

LA9D93

4.30

For use with
contactors
LC1/LP1
D80

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

$ Price each

1

LA9D511

9.80

D40A-D65A

1

LAD7X3

25.00

LC1D09 to D80

10

AM1DP200

5.20

$ Price

3 poles
3 poles
4 poles

Catalog
Number
LA5D1158031
LA5D150803
LA5D115804

$ Price

3 poles
3 poles
4 poles

Catalog
Number
LA5D11550
LA5D15050
LA5D115450

Replacement Contacts
For use with
contactors
LC1D115
LC1D150
LC1D115

Three-pole
Four-pole

Table 18.35:

LAD90

1

For Mounting
Description

Table 18.34:

100

18

Sheet of 300 labels self adhesive 7 x 21 mm

Table 18.33:

$ Price each

239.00
239.00
318.00

Arc Chambers
For use with
contactors
LC1D115
LC1D150
LC1D115

Three-pole
Four-pole

90.00
90.00
119.00

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-18 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-47
TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20

LA9D511

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.31:

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-11

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ F Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.36:
LA9D09981

Suppressor Blocks

Operating limit: up to 220 V, 50/60 Hz coils
Description

For Use
Catalog Number
With coils LX1FF, FG, FH, F115, F150, F185, F225, F265, F330
LA9F980
FK, FL, FX, F400, F500, F630, F780, LX9FF, FG, FH, F115, F150, F185, F225,
With coils LX1FJ,
LA9D09980
F265, F330
Mounting bracket (for 35 mm DIN rail or panel mounting) for suppressor block
LA9D09981

$ Price
21.80

Suppressor block
(clip-on mounting to coil)

Table 18.37:

LA9F980

20.70
5.50

Lugs and Lug Kits a

Lug Kit
Contactor
Cable Size AWG
Catalog Number
Type LC1
range
Contactor Only

Overload Relay

Directly
mounted to
contactor

Lugs Required

Cable size AWG range

—

—

—

F115
F150, F185
—
F225, F265,
F330
F400
F500

DZ2FF6
DZ2FG6
—

14 to 2/0
6 to 3/0
—

Line side of
Load side of
Line side of
LC1•
contactor
overload
contactor
LR9F5•57 to F5•69 F115
3 each DZ2FF1 3 each DZ2FG1 14 to 2/0
LR9F5•57 to F5•71 F150 to F185 1 each DZ2FG6
6 to 3/0
F225, F265 1 each DZ2FH6
6 to 300 MCM
LR9F5•71

Load side of
overload
6 to 3/0

DZ2FH6

6 to 300 MCM

LR9F7•75 to F7•79 F265 or F330 3 each DZ2FH1 —

4 to 500 MCM

DZ2FJ6
DZ2FK6

4 to 500 MCM
2 x 2 to 600 MCM

LR9F7•75 to F7•81 F400
LR9F7•75 to F7•81 F500

—

6 to 300 MCM

18

3 each DZ2FJ1 —
4 to 500 MCM
4 to 500 MCM
3 each DZ2FK1 —
2x2 to 600 MCM 4 to 500 MCM
1 each DZ2FL1
F630, F800 DZ2FL6
3 x 2 to 600 MCM
LR9F7•81
F630
DZ2FL2
1 each DZ2FR1 3x2 to 600 MCM 4 to 500 MCM
DZ2FL3
F780
DZ2FX6
4 x 1/0 to 750 MCM —
—
—
—
—
—
a
Lug kits ending in the number 6 include 6 identical lugs. In some cases the LR9F overload relay mounted directly on the load side of an LC1F contactor
will require a different size lug for your choice of contactor and overload. If the two sizes are different, order 3 of each size lug. Mounting hardware (screws,
washers, and nuts) are provided with the contactors and overload relays, not with the lugs. See Table 18.39 for pricing.

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.38:

Lugs, 2- and 4-Pole c
Lug Kit
Catalog Number

Contactor Type LC1

b
c

Qty. Required
2-Pole
4
4
4
4
4
b
4

AL/CU
Cable Size

4-Pole
8
8
8
8
8
b
8

F115
DZ2FF1
14 to 2/0
F150, F185
DZ2FG1
6 to 3/0
F225, F265, F330
DZ2FH1
6 to 300 MCM
F400
DZ2FJ1
4 to 500 MCM
F500
DZ2FK1
2 X 2 to 600 MCM
F630
DZ2FLb
3 X 2 to 600 MCM
F780
DZ2FX1
4 X 1/0 to 750 MCM
For 2-pole F630 contactors, order two DZ2FL1 (L1 and T2), and two DZ2FL3 (L2 and T1).
For 4-pole F6304, order two DZ2FL1 (L1 and T4), four DZ2FL2 (L2, T2, L3, T3) and two DZ2FL3 (L4 and T1).
Lugs for LC1F contactors and overload relays must be ordered separately. Each kit consists of one lug. Mounting hardware (screws, washers, nuts) are
provided with the contactors, not the lugs. See Table 18.39 for pricing.

Table 18.39:

Lugs Pricing

Lug Catalog Number
DZ2FF6
DZ2FG6
DZ2FH6
DZ2FJ6
DZ2FK6
DZ2FL6
DZ2FX6
DZ2FF1
DZ2FG1

$ Price
39.30
65.00
65.00
65.00
131.00
164.00
163.80
6.50
11.00

Lug Catalog Number
DZ2FH1
DZ2FJ1
DZ2FK1
DZ2FL1
DZ2FL2
DZ2FL3
DZ2FR1
DZ2FX1

$ Price
11.00
11.00
21.80
27.30
55.00
27.30
173.30
27.30

These clear plastic protective shrouds are an effective means to meet international touch-safe requirements for power
terminals. They are designed to be used with power cables that have been bolted to the terminal.
NOTE: The protection shrouds do not attach to contactors or overloads using DZ2F lug kits.
Table 18.40:

Power Terminal Protection Shrouds

For Use With 2-, 3-, And 4-pole Contactors

LA9F70

LC1F115
LC1F150, F185
LC1F225, F265, F330, F400 and F4002, F500 and F5002
LC1F630, F6302 and F800
LC1F1154
LC1F1504 and F1854
LC1F2254, F2654, F3304, F4004, F5004
LC1F6304

Number of Shrouds
Per Set
6
6
6
6
8
8
8
8

Catalog Number

$ Price

LA9F701
LA9F702
LA9F703
LA9F704
LA9F706
LA9F707
LA9F708
LA9F709

42.40
61.00
82.00
93.00
58.00
80.00
111.00
120.00

For contactors LC1F115, LC1F150, and LC1F185, an available touch-safe terminal block may be used in place of lugs
for power connections.
Table 18.41:

Insulated Terminal Blocks

For contactor type LC1
F115, F150, F185

For overload relay LR9
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69

Maximum Cable Size
300 MCM

Catalog Number
LA9F103

$ Price
55.00

TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18, 18-18, 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-47

18-12

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Replacement Parts

TeSys™ F Contact Kits, Arc Chambers
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Replacement Contact Sets a
Catalog Number
LA5F400802
LA5F500802
LA5F630802
LA5FF431
LA5FG431
LA5FH431
LA5F400803
LA5F500803
LA5F630803
LA5F780801d
LA5F800803
LA5FF441
LA5FG441
LA5FH441
LA5F400804
LA5F500804
LA5F630804
LA5F780801d

$ Price
717.
1111.
1651.
239.
418.
793.
1076.
1589.
2488.
1651.
2488.
318.
549.
966.
1435.
2461.
3304.
1651.

For use on contactors
Number of Poles
Catalog Number
LC1F4002
2 poles
LA5F400250
Two-pole
LC1F5002
2 poles
LA5F500250
LC1F6302
2 poles
LA5F630250
LC1F115
3 poles
LA5F11550
LC1F150
3 poles
LA5F15050
LC1F185
3 poles
LA5F18550
LC1F265
3 poles
LA5F26550
LC1F330
3 poles
LA5F33050
Three-pole
LC1F400
3 poles
LA5F40050
LC1F500
3 poles
LA5F50050
LC1F630
3 poles
LA5F63050
LC1F780
1 pole
LA5F780150d
LC1F800
3 poles
LA5F80050
LC1F1154
4 poles
LA5F115450
LC1F1504
4 poles
LA5F150450
LC1F1854
4 poles
LA5F185450
LC1F2654
4 poles
LA5F265450
Four-pole
LC1F3304
4 poles
LA5F330450
LC1F4004
4 poles
LA5F400450c
LC1F5004
4 poles
LA5F500450c
LC1F6304
4 poles
LA5F630450b
LC1F7804
1 pole
LA5F780150d
Supplied per pole are: 2 fixed contacts, 1 moving contact, 2 deflectors, 1 backplate, mounting screws and washers.
Comprises single-pole components.
Comprises 2-pole components.
2 identical components per pole are supplied.

$ Price
280.
305.
431.
90.
101.
179.
269.
287.
305.
341.
646.
431.
750.
119.
131.
248.
299.
414.
573.
610.
861.
431.

Two-pole

Three-pole

LA5FG431

Four-pole

LA5F11550
a
b
c
d

NUmber of Poles
2 poles
2 poles
2 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
3 poles
1 pole
3 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
4 poles
1 pole

Arc Chambers

TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . pages 18-13, 18-18, 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-47

Table 18.44:

AC and DC Coil Part Numbers for LC1F1700 and LC1F2100

Control Circuit Voltage of the
Contactor

Voltage Code

Spare Coil Part Number

Quantity

LX1FK065
LX1FK070
LX1FK110
LX1FK110
LX1FK127
LX1FK140
LX1FK200
LX1FK200
LX1FK220
LX1FK220
LX1FK240

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

LX4FK055
LX4FK065
LX4FK110
LX4FK125
LX4FK220

2
2
2
2
2

AC Coils
110 V
120 V
220 V
230 V
240 V
277 V
380 V
400 V
415 V
440 V
500 V

F7
G7
M7
P7
U7
W7
Q7
V7
N7
R7
S7

110 V
125 V
220 V
250 V
440 V

FD
GD
MD
UD
RD

DC Coils

Note: These coills are standard parts included when a voltage code is added to the contactor part number LC1F1700 or LC1F2100.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-13

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.43:

For use on contactors
LC1F4002
LC1F5002
LC1F6302
LC1F115, F150
LC1F185
LC1F265
LC1F330, F400
LC1F500
LC1F630
LC1F780
LC1F800
LC1F1504, F1154
LC1F1854
LC1F2654
LC1F3304, F400, F4004
LC1F5004
LC1F6304
LC1F7804

18

Table 18.42:

Contactors Accessories

TeSys™ D Reversing Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.45:

Contactors

Reversing contactors comprising two identical,
horizontally mounted contactors:

Mechanical interlock
Without electrical
interlock

Catalog
Number

Set of power connections

With incorporated electrical
interlock (2 N.C. contacts)

$ Price Catalog Number
32.10

Reversing contactors
for motor control

$ Price Catalog Number

LAD9R1a

LC1DT20, LC1DT25, LC1DT32, LC1DT40

LADT9R1a
36.90
LADT9R1Va
45.50
a
Kit including mechanical interlock and wiring.

LAD9R1Va

45.50

LC1D40, LC1D50, LC1D/LP1D65

LA9D50978

LC1D40A, D50A, D65A

LAD4CM
45.00
—
LAD9R3 b
65.00
—
b
Kit combines both LAD4CM and LA9D65A69

$ Price Catalog Number

$ Price

Included with kit

—

—

Included with kit

18

LC1D09, LC1D12, LC1D18, LC1D25, LC1D32

Four pole contactors

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

31.70

LA9D4002

45.90

LA9D6569

53.00

LA9D65A69

75.00

LA9D6570

63.00
—
—

—

LC1D80 AC coil

LA9D50978

31.70

LA9D4002

45.90

LA9D8069

65.00

LA9D8070

79.00

LC1D80 DC coil

LA9D80978

31.70

LA9D8002

65.00

LA9D8069

65.00

LA9D8070

79.00

LA9D11502

78.00

LA9D11569

129.00

LA9D11571
(3P)
LA9D11570
(4P) (D115 only)

53.00

LC1D115 and LC1D150

Not Available

—

53.00

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

18-14

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Accessories

TeSys™ F Reversing Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

With 2 Identical
Contactors a

Set of Power Connections
Catalog Number

Horizontal Mounting
LC1F115
LC1F150
LC1F185
LC1F265
LC1F330
LC1F400
LC1F500
LC1F630 or F800

LA9FF976
LA9F15076
LA9FG976
LA9FH976
LA9FJ976
LA9FJ976
LA9FK976
LA9FL976

Vertical Mounting
LC1F115 or F150
LC1F185
LC1F265
LC1F330
LC1F400
LC1F500
LC1F630 or F800
LC1F780

LA9F•976

Table 18.47:

d
d
d
d
d
d
d
b

Horizontal Mounting
LC1F115/4
LC1F150/4
LC1F185/4
LC1F265/4
LC1F330/4
LC1F400/4
LC1F500/4
LC1F630/4
Vertical Mounting
LC1F115/4
LC1F185/4
LC1F265/4
LC1F330/4
LC1F400/4
LC1F500/4
LC1F630/4
LC1F780/4

Table 18.48:
Upper Contactor

LA9FX970
L1

L2

L3

A1

A2

A1
1

3

5

1

3

5

2

4

6

2

4

6

U

V

A2

W

Reversing (motors) Application

A1

A2

1L1

2L1
2L3
2L2
2N

1

3

5

7

1

3

5

7

2

4

6

8

2

4

6

8

A1

A2

LA9FF970
LA9FF970
LA9FG970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FL970

53.00
53.00
53.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00

LA9FF4F
LA9FG4G
LA9FH4H
LA9FJ4J
LA9FJ4J
LA9FK4K
LA9FL4L
LA9FX970 b

97.00
113.00
126.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
508.00

Three-Pole

Four-Pole

LA9FF982
LA9F15082
LA9FG982
LA9FH982
LA9FJ982
LA9FJ982
LA9FK982
LA9FL982

LA9FF977
LA9F15077
LA9FG977
LA9FH977
LA9FJ977
LA9FJ977
LA9FK977
LA9FL977

d
d
d
d
d
d
d
b

d
d
d
d
d
d
d
c

Mechanical
Interlock Kit
Catalog Number

$ Price

53.00
53.00
53.00
83.00
113.00
113.00
154.00
233.00
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

LA9FF970
LA9FF970
LA9FG970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FJ970
LA9FL970

53.00
53.00
53.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00
76.00

LA9FF4F
LA9FG4G
LA9FH4H
LA9FJ4J
LA9FJ4J
LA9FK4K
LA9FL4L
LA9FX970 c

97.00
113.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
149.00
508.00

Vertical Mounting of 2 Contactors of Different Ratings a
Lower Contactor e

LC1F185 or 1854
LC1F265 or 2654
LC1F330 or 3304

1L2

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ Price

Component Parts for the Assembly of TeSys F 3-pole or 4-pole
Transfer Contactors

Horizontal Mounting

LA9F•4•

1L3

106.00
96.00
113.00
151.00
225.00
225.00
306.00
568.00

Set of Power Connections

LA9F•977

1N

Mechanical Interlock Kit
Catalog Number

$ Price

Mechanical Interlock Kit
Catalog Number
LA9FG4F
LA9FH4F
LA9FH4G
LA9FJ4F
LA9FJ4G
LA9FJ4H
LA9FK4F
LA9FK4G
LA9FK4H
LA9FK4J
LA9FL4F
LA9FL4G
LA9FL4H
LA9FL4J
LA9FL4K

LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504
LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504
LC1F185/1854 or 265/265A
LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504
LC1F400 or 4004
LC1F185 or 1854
LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A
LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504
LC1F185 or 1854
LC1F500 or 5004
LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A
LC1F400 or 4004
LC1F115/150 or 1154/1504
LC1F185 or 1854
LC1F630, 6304 or
LC1F265/2654 or 330/330A
LC1F800
LC1F400 or 4004
LC1F500 or 5004
a
With identical or different numbers of poles.
b
Double mechanical interlock with 2 mechanical links and 3 power connection bars.
c
Double mechanical interlock with 2 mechanical links and 4 power connection bars.
d
Power connection to be assembled by the customer, except for contactors LC1F780 and F7804.
e
Lower contactor must have equal or lower current rating.

$ Price
113.00
126.00
126.00
126.00
126.00
149.00
149.00
126.00
149.00
149.00
116.00
126.00
149.00
149.00
149.00

TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18 to 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-42 to 18-47

L1 L2 L3 N

Transfer/Changeover Applications

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-15

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

LA9F•970

Component Parts for the Assembly of F-Line 3-pole Reversing
Contactors

18

Table 18.46:

Overload Relays

TeSys™ D and F Overload Relay Accessories
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys D Overload Relay Accessories
Table 18.49:

Mounting Kits and Platesa

Description

LA7D901

For use with overload relays:
LRD01–35 and LR3D01–35
LRD01–35 and LRD01–35 for ring tongue terminals
Separate mounting kits
for mounting to 35 mm DIN rail
LRD15••
or for panel mounting with screws
LR2D15••, LR3D15
LR2D25••
LRD3•••, LR3D3•••, LR2D35••
LRD01–35, LR3D01–35, LR2D15••
Mounting plates for screw mounting
LR2D25••
at 110 mm (4.3 in.) centers
LRD3•••, LR3D3••, LR2D35••
a
When using mounting plates, separate mounting kits are also required.

Table 18.50:

Catalog Number
LAD7B10
LAD7B106
LAD7B105
LA7D1064
LA7D2064
LA7D3064
DX1AP25
DX1AP26
LA7D902

Accessories

Description

Standard
Packaging
10
10
10
1
1
1

For use with

18

Prewiring kit allows direct connection of the N.C. contact LC1D09 through D18
of relay LRD01–D32 or LR3D01–D32 to the contactor
LC1D25, D32
Stop button locking device
All relays except LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D32 and LR9D
LRD01-D32, LRD3, LR3D01-D32, LR3D3
Remote stop/tripping or electrical resetc
All relays except LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D31
Reset by flexible cable 500 mm (19.6 in.)
LRD01-D32, LRD3, LR3D3
b
Part number to be completed by adding coil voltage code, (for example, LAD703F).

Table 18.51:
IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

LA7D03

c
d

$ Price
8.70
8.70
10.40
8.70
13.10
17.50
11.00
12.00
16.40

Catalog Number

$ Price

LAD7C1
LAD7C2
LA7D901
LAD703b
LA7D03b
LAD7305

8.70
8.70
2.20
43.70
43.70
100.00

Control Circuit Voltages for LA7D03 and LAD703

Volts

12

24

48

110

220/230

380/400

415/440

AC 50/60 Hz

Jd

B

E

F

M

Q

N

DC
J
B
E
F
M
—
—
The time that the LA7D03 can remain energized depends on its rest time; 1 s pulse with 9 s rest time; 5 s pulse with 30 s rest time; 10 s pulse with 90 s
rest time; maximum pulse duration of 20 s with rest time of 300 s. Consumption on inrush and sealed: < 100 VA
Not available for LRD01–D32, LR3D01–D32.

TeSys F Overload Relay Accessories
Table 18.52:

Mounting Plate for Overload Relay

For use with relays
LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69 and F5•71
LR9F7•75, F7•79 and F7•81

Catalog Number
LA7F901
LA7F902

$ Price
27.30
38.20

LA7F90•

These clear plastic protective shrouds are an effective means to meet international finger-safe requirements for power
terminals. They are designed to be used with power cables that have been bolted to the terminal.
NOTE: The protection shrouds do not attach to contactors or overloads utilizing DZ2F lug kits.
Table 18.53:

Power Terminal Protection Shrouds, Single-Pole

For use with relays
LR9F5•57
LR9F5•63, F5 67, F5•69
LR9F5•71
LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81

t

Table 18.54:

LA9F70•

For relays
LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
LR9F5•57, F5 63
LR9F5•71
LR9F7•75, F7 •• 79
LR9F7•81
LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81
LR9F7•81
e
Mounting plate required.

t

Table 18.56:

Catalog Number
LA7F701
LA7F702
LA7F703

$ Price
27.30
38.20
49.20

Connection Accessories (for Mounting Overload Relays Beneath Reversing Contactors)e

Application

LA7F701

$ Price
42.40
61.00
86.00
82.00

Power Terminal Protection Shrouds, 3-Pole

For use with relays
LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
LR9F5•71
LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81

Table 18.55:

Catalog Number
LA9F701
LA9F702
LA9F705
LA9F703

For contactor
LC1F115
LC1F150 and F185
LC1F265
LC1F265...F400
LC1F400
LC1F500
LC1F630

Set of 3 Bars
Catalog Number
LA7F401
LA7F402
LA7F403
LA7F404
LA7F404
LA7F405
LA7F406

$ Price
19.70
21.80
27.30
30.50
30.50
38.20
43.70

Marking Accessories

Description
Marker holder, snap-in

Sold in units of:
100

Catalog Number
LA7D903

$ Price
0.03 each

Main overload selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-2, 18-3
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-45 to 18-47
TeSys T . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 16-91

18-16

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Repair Parts

TeSys™ D and Old D2 AC Coils
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Rated Nominal Voltage

LX1D2

Catalog Number 50/60 Hz

12
21a
24
32
36
42
48
60
100
110
115
120
127
200
208
220/230
230
230/240
277
380/400
400
415
440
480
575
600

LXD1J7
LXD1Z7
LXD1B7
LXD1C7
LXD1CC7
LXD1D7
LXD1E7
LXD1EE7
LXD1K7
LXD1F7
LXD1FE7
LXD1G7
LXD1FC7
LXD1L7
LXD1LE7
LXD1M7
LXD1P7
LXD1U7
LXD1W7
LXD1Q7
LXD1V7
LXD1N7
LXD1R7
LXD1T7
LXD1SC7
LXD1X7

Specifications
Average consumption
- Inrush (inductance 0.75)
- Sealed (inductance 0.3)

$ Price

For LC1D09, D12, D18—For old D2 style
contactors where the catalog number
includes the auxiliary contact arrangement

Rated Nominal
Voltage V
26.20

26.20

26.20

26.20

26.20

26.20

50/60 Hz

70 VA
7 VA
80–110% of nominal @ 50 Hz,
oC
Operating range@ 60
85–110% of nominal @ 60 Hz
a
Voltage for special coils fitted in contactors with serial timer modules,
with 24 V supply.

Table 18.59:

Table 18.58:

21 b
24
32
42
48
110
120
127
208
220
230
240
256
277
380
400
415
440
480
500
575
600
660
Specifications

R

Catalog
Number
50 Hz
LX1D2Z5
LX1D2B5
LX1D2C5
LX1D2D5
LX1D2E5
LX1D2F5
—
LX1D2G5
—
LX1D2M5
LX1D2P5
LX1D2U5
LX1D2W5
—
LX1D2Q5
LX1D2V5
LX1D2N5
LX1D2R5
—
LX1D2S5
—
—
LX1D2Y5
50 Hz

Catalog
Number
60 Hz
LX1D2Z6
LX1D2B6
—
—
LX1D2E6
LX1D2F6
LX1D2G6
—
LX1D2L6
LX1D2M6
—
LX1D2U6
—
LX1D2W6
LX1D2Q6
—
—
LX1D2R6
LX1D2T6
—
LX1D2S6
LX1D2X6
—
60 Hz

Catalog
Number
$ Price
50/60 Hz
LX1D2Z7
LX1D2B7
—
52.40
LX1D2D7
LX1D2E7
LX1D2F7
LX1D2G7
—
52.40
—
LX1D2M7
LX1D2P7
LX1D2U7
—
52.40
—
LX1D2Q7
LX1D2V7
LX1D2N7
LX1D2R7
52.40
—
—
—
—
52.40
—
50/60 Hz

60 VA

70 VA

70 VA at 50 or 60 Hz

ts
c
u
d
k
o
oc Pr
t
S ys
d
ite TeS
m
Li by
ed
c
la
p
e

Average
consumption
Inrush
(inductance .75)

Sealed
7 VA
7.5 VA
(inductance .3)
Operating range
80–110 % of
80–110% of
at   55oC / 131oF nominal voltage nominal voltage

8 VA at 50 or 60 Hz
85–110% of
nominal voltage

For LC1D25, D32—For old D2 style contactors where the catalog number includes the auxiliary contact
arrangement

Rated Nominal Voltage (V)
21b
24
32
42
48
110
120
127
208
220
230
240
256
277
380
400
415
440
480
500
575
600
660

Catalog Number 50 Hz

Catalog Number 60 Hz

Catalog Number 50/60 Hz

LX1D4Z5
LX1D4B5
LX1D4C5
LX1D4D5
LX1D4E5
LX1D4F5
—
LX1D4G5
—
LX1D4M5
LX1D4P5
LX1D4U5
LX1D4W5
—
LX1D4Q5
LX1D4V5
LX1D4N5
LX1D4R5
—
LX1D4S5
—
—
LX1D4Y5

LX1D4Z6
LX1D4B6
—
—
LX1D4E6
LX1D4F6
LX1D4G6
—
LX1D4L6
LX1D4M6
—
LX1D4U6
—
LX1D4W6
LX1D4Q6
—
—
LX1D4R6
LX1D4T6
—
LX1D4S6
LX1D4X6
—

LX1D4Z7
LX1D4B7
—
LX1D4D7
LX1D4E7
LX1D4F7
LX1D4G7
—
—
LX1D4M7
LX1D4P7
LX1D4U7
—
—
LX1D4Q7
LX1D4V7
LX1D4N7
LX1D4R7
—
—
—
—
—

ct
u
k od
c
r
o
St s P
d y
ite TeS
m
Li by
ed
c
la
p
Re

s

$ Price

72.00

72.00

72.00

72.00

72.00

Specifications
50 Hz
60 Hz
Average consumption
- Inrush (inductance .75)
90 VA
100 VA
- Sealed (inductance .3)
7.5 VA
8.5 VA
80–110% of
80–110% of
Operating range
nominal voltage
nominal voltage
at   55 °C / 131 °F
b
For use in 24 V applications involving serial timer modules refer to page 18-10.

50/60 Hz
100 VA at 50 or 60 Hz
8.5 VA at 50 or 60 Hz
85–110% of
nominal voltage

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

18-17

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

For LC1D09–D32, LC1DT20–40
(TeSys D) Contactors and CAD Relays

18

Table 18.57:

Contactor Repair Parts

TeSys™ D, Old D2, and F AC Coils
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.60:

18
IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Rated
Nominal
Voltage V
24
32
42
48
110
120
127
208
220
230
240
256
277
380
400
415
440
480
500
575
600
660

For Old D2 Style LC1D40,
D50, D65, D80

Catalog
Number
50 Hz
LX1D6B5
LX1D6C5
LX1D6D5
LX1D6E5
LX1D6F5
—
LX1D6G5
—
LX1D6M5
LX1D6P5
LX1D6U5
LX1D6W5
—
LX1D6Q5
LX1D6V5
LX1D6N5
LX1D6R5
—
LX1D6S5
—
—
LX1D6Y5

Catalog
Number
60 Hz
LX1D6B6
—
—
LX1D6E6
LX1D6F6
LX1D6G6
—
LX1D6L6
LX1D6M6
—
LX1D6U6
—
LX1D6W6
LX1D6Q6
—
—
LX1D6R6
LX1D6T6
—
LX1D6S6
LX1D6X6
—

Catalog
Number
50/60 Hz
LX1D6B7
—
LX1D6D7
LX1D6E7
LX1D6F7
LX1D6G7
—
LX1D6LE7
LX1D6M7
LX1D6P7
LX1D6U7
—
—
LX1D6Q7
LX1D6V7
LX1D6N7
LX1D6R7
—
—
—
—
—

Table 18.61:

$ Price
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
170.00
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
170.00
41.50
41.50
41.50

For old style and new TeSys style contactors where the catalog
number may or may not include the auxiliary contact
arrangement.

Specification
Average consumption:
-inrush (inductance 0.75)
-sealed (inductance 0.3)
Operating range
at   55oC / 131oF

50 Hz

60 Hz

200 VA 220 VA
20 VA 22 VA
80–110% of
nominal voltage

50/60 Hz
245 VA
26 VA
85–110% of
nominal voltage

Table 18.63:

Rated
Nominal
Voltage V
12
24
32
42
48
100
110
115
120
127
200
208
220
230
240
277
380
400
415
440
480
500
575
600
660
690

For TeSys D LC1D40A,
D50A, D65A, DT60A, DT80A

Catalog
Number
50 Hz
LXD3J5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Specification
Average consumption:
-inrush (inductance 0.3)
-sealed (inductance 0.3)
Operating range at
  55 °C / 131 °F

Catalog
Number
60 Hz
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
50 Hz

Catalog
Number
50/60 Hz
—
LXD3B7
LXD3C7
LXD3D7
LXD3E7
LXD3K7
LXD3F7
LXD3FE7
LXD3G7
LXD3FC7
LXD3L7
LXD3LE7
LXD3M7
LXD3P7
LXD3U7
LXD3W7
LXD3Q7
LXD3V7
LXD3N7
LXD3R7
LXD3T7
LXD3S7
LXD3SC7
LXD3X7
LXD3YC7
LXD3Y7

60 Hz

160 VA 140 VA
7.0 VA 7.5 VA
85–110% of
nominal voltage

Table 18.62:
Rated
Nominal
Voltage V
24
32
42
48
110
115
120
127
208
220/230
230
240
277
380/400
400
415
440
480
500

$ Price
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50

For TeSys D LC1D115, D150

Catalog
Number
50 Hz
LX1D8B5
LX1D8C5
LX1D8D5
LX1D8E5
LX1D8F5
LX1D8FE5
—
LX1D8FC5
—
LX1D8M5
LX1D8P5
LX1D8U5
—
LX1D8Q5
LX1D8V5
LX1D8N5
LX1D8R5
—
LX1D8S5

Catalog
Number
60 Hz
LX1D8B6
—
—
LX1D8E6
LX1D8F6
—
LX1D8G6
—
LX1D8L6
LX1D8M6
—
LX1D8U6
LX1D8W6
LX1D8Q6
—
—
LX1D8R6
LX1D8T6
—

Catalog
Number
50/60 Hz
LX1D8B7
LX1D8C7
LX1D8D7
LX1D8E7
LX1D8F7
LX1D8FE7
LX1D8G7
LX1D8FC7
LX1D8L7
LX1D8M7
LX1D8P7
LX1D8U7
LX1D8W7
LX1D8Q7
LX1D8V7
LX1D8N7
LX1D8R7
LX1D8T7
LX1D8S6

$ Price
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00

For old style and new TeSys style contactors where the catalog
number may or may not include the auxiliary contact arrangement.

50/60 Hz
140 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
7.5 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
80–115% of
nominal voltage

Specification
50 Hz 60 Hz
Average consumption:
-inrush (inductance 0.8) 300 VA 300 VA
-sealed (inductance 0.3) 22 VA 22 VA
Operating range at
85–110% of
  55 °C / 131 °F
nominal voltage

50/60 Hz
350 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
18 VA (Inductance: 0.9)
80–115% of
nominal voltage

For LC1F115, F150, F185, F265, F330, F400, F500, F630, F780, F800

LX1 coils are the standard coils that are included when a voltage code is added to the contactor part number. The LX9 coils may be ordered separately for special
applications. LX9 coils do not include a built-in normally open holding circuit contact; a separate auxiliary contact block with a N.O. contact should be added to the
contactor. Both the LX1 and LX9 coils can be used on the previous F-line contactors.
Device
Type

LX1D6

Hz

Catalog Number Suffixg

Catalog
Number

24 V
48 V
110 V 120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 415 V 440 V 480 V 600 V
$ Price
50
LX1FF•
024
048
110
127
200
220
240
264
380
415
415
500
600
78.00
F115–F150
60
LX1FF•
020
040
092
095
162
184
187
220
316
340
360
380
475
78.00
—
048
110
127
200
220
220
260
380
415
415
500
—
78.00
40–400
LX9FF•
50
LX1FG•
024
048
110
127
200
220
240
264
380
415
415
450
600
108.00
F185
60
LX1FG•
020
040
092
095
162
184
187
220
316
340
360
380
475
108.00
F225
—
048
110
127
200
220
220
260
380
415
415
500
—
108.00
40–400
LX9FG•
40–400
LX1FH•
0242
0482
1102
1272
2002
2202
2402
2772
3802
3802
4402
5002
6002
138.00
F265–F330
40–400
LX9FH•
—
0482
1102
1272
2002
2202
2402
2772
3802
3802
...
5002
—
138.00
—
048
110
110
200
220
240
280
380
415
415
415
600
287.00
40–400
LX1FJ•
F400d
40–400 LX9FJ• f
910
917
925
925
930
931
932
932
936
936
937
937
—
287.00
40–400
LX1FK•
—
048
110
110
200
220
240
280
380
415
415
415
600
360.00
F500d
40–400 LX9FK• f
910
917
925
925
930
931
932
932
936
936
937
937
—
360.00
40–400
LX1FL•
—
048
110
110
200
220
240
260
380
415
415
415
600
398.00
F630d
40–400 LX9FL• f
910
917
924
925
930
930
931
932
935
936
936
937
—
483.00
—
—
110
110
200
220
220
280
380
415
415
415
—
795.00
F780, FX c 40–400
LX1FX•
F800
50/60
LX4F8• e
—
—
FW
FW
—
MW
MW
—
QW
QW
QW
—
—
725.00
c
LC1F780 contactors operate on 2 coils as a set. The LX1FX part number includes both coils.
d
The 600 V coils for the F400, F500 and F630 do not include an auxiliary contact for holding circuits. If required, select appropriate contacts from page 18-8.
e
Also requires rectifier DR5TE4U for 110–240 V coils, DR5TE4S for 380–440 V coils. See Table 18.64 for pricing.
f
Coil circuit requires a separately mounted rectifier. Order from Table 18.64.
g
Complete the catalog number by adding the suffix (for example, LX1FF024).

Application Note on Contactor Drop-out Times:
Contactors using LX1, FH, FJ, FK, FL, and FX coils have
longer drop-out times. For critical applications such as
emergency stop functions:

•
•
•

Select a fast drop-out coil (LX9), or
Use a maintained contact Stop button, or
Use an interposing relay.

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-17 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-40 to 18-47

18-18

I12

Discount
Schedule

Table 18.64:
Coil
LX9F•910
LX9F•917
LX9F•925
LX9F•926
LX9F•931
LX9F•936
LX9F•937
LX9F•938

Rectifier Table
Rectifier Catalog Number
DR5TF4V
DR5TF4V
DR5TE4U
DR5TE4U
DR5TE4U
DR5TE4S
DR5TE4S
DR5TE4S

$ Price
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactor Repair Parts

TeSys™ D, and Old D2 DC Coils
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

For Old D2 LP1D09, D12, D18 ac

Rated
Nominal Voltage
V

Catalog Number

Catalog Number
Wide Range

12
21b
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
220
250
440
600

LX4D2JD
LX4D2ZD
LX4D2BD
LX4D2CD
LX4D2ED
LX4D2ND
LX4D2SD
LX4D2FD
LX4D2GD
LX4D2MD
LX4D2UD
LX4D2RD
LX4D2XD

LX4D2JW
—
LX4D2BW
LX4D2CW
LX4D2EW
—
LX4D2SW
LX4D2FW
—
LX4D2MW
—
—
—

Table 18.67:
$ Price

ced

a
ep l
R
k— ducts
c
o
t
o
e d S ys P r
t
i
L i m y T eS
b

79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00
79.00

For Old D2 LP1D40, D50, D65 ac

Rated
Nominal Voltage
V

Catalog
Number

Catalog Number
Wide Range

12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
220
250
440
600

LX4D6JD
LX4D6BD
LX4D6CD
LX4D6ED
LX4D6ND
LX4D6SD
LX4D6FD
LX4D6GD
LX4D6MD
LX4D6UD
LX4D6RD
LX4D6XD

LX4D6JW
LX4D6BW
LX4D6CW
LX4D6EW
—
LX4D6SW
LX4D6FW
—
LX4D6MW
—
—
—

ce
a
l
p
Re ts
—
k
toc roduc
S
ited Sys P
m
i
L
Te
by

Specifications

Table 18.66:

12
21 b
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
220
250
440
600

124.00

124.00

124.00

Specifications

9W
80–110% of
nominal voltage

11 W
70–125% of nominal
voltage

For Old D2 LP1D25, D32 ac

Rated
Nominal Voltage
V

d

Table 18.68:

Catalog Number

Catalog Number
Wide Range

$ Price

LX4D4JD
LX4D4ZD
LX4D4BD
LX4D4CD
LX4D4ED
LX4D4ND
LX4D4SD
LX4D4FD
LX4D4GD
LX4D4MD
LX4D4UD
LX4D4RD
LX4D4XD

LX4D4JW
—
LX4D4BW
LX4D4CW
LX4D4EW
—
LX4D4SW
LX4D4FW
—
LX4D4MW
—
—
—

110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00

d
ace
l
p
Re ts
—
k
toc roduc
S
ited eSys P
m
i
L
T
by
Specifications

Average consumption
11 W
13 W
Operating range at
80–110% of nominal
70–125% of nominal
< 55 °C / 131 °F
voltage
voltage
a
For old style contactors where the catalog number includes the auxiliary
contact arrangement (for example, LP1D2510). The new style TeSys
DC controlled contactors (for example, LC1D25BD) do not have
replaceable coils.
b
For use in 24 V applications with serial timer modules.
Refer to page 18-10.
c
No replacement DC coils for TeSys D contactors.
TeSys DC Coil Specifications
Average consumption
Operating range
Inrush 5.4 W
70–125% @ 60oC
Sealed 5.4 W
Inrush 19 W
LCID••A
75–125% @ 60oC
Sealed 7.4 W
Low consumption
Inrush 2.4 W
LC1D09-D32,
70–125% @ 60oC
LC1DT20–LC1DT40
Sealed 2.4 W
Note: DC coils for LC1D09–D32, LC1DT20–LC1DT40, and LCID••A
contactors are not replaceable.
LC1D09-D32,
LC1DT20–LC1DT40

Average consumption
Operating range at
 < 55 °C /131 °F

22 W
80–110%
of nominal voltage

23 W
75–120%
of nominal voltage

For Old D2 LP1D80 and LC1D80a

Rated
Nominal Voltage
V

Catalog Number

Catalog Number
Wide Range d

12
24
36
48
60
72
110
125
220
250
440
600

LX4D7JD
LX4D7BD
LX4D7CD
LX4D7ED
LX4D7ND
LX4D7SD
LX4D7FD
LX4D7GD
LX4D7MD
LX4D7UD
LX4D7RD
LX4D7XD

LX4D7JW
LX4D7BW
LX4D7CW
LX4D7EW
—
LX4D7SW
LX4D7FW
—
LX4D7MW
—
—
—

$ Price

134.00

134.00

134.00

Specifications
Average consumption
22 W
23 W
Operating range
80–110%
70–120%
at  < 55 °C / 131 °F
nominal voltage
nominal voltage
d
Wide range coils cannot be used with contactors using both front- and
side-mounting auxiliaries.

Table 18.69:

For TeSys D LC1D115, 150

Rated Nominal Voltage
V

Catalog Number

24
48
60
72
110
125
220
250
440

LX4D8BD
LX4D8ED
LX4D8ND
LX4D8SD
LX4D8FD
LX4D8GD
LX4D8MD
LX4D8UD
LX4D8RD

Average Consumption
Operating range at  < 55 °C / 131 °F

$ Price

78.00

78.00

Inrush 365 W, Sealed 5 W
70%–120% of nominal voltage

TeSys D contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-4, 18-6
TeSys D overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-16
TeSys D replacement coils . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-17 to 18-19
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-40 to 18-46

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I12

Discount
Schedule

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Average consumption
Operating range at
–55 °C / 131 °F

$ Price

18-19

18

Table 18.65:

Contactor Repair Parts

TeSys™ F DC Coils
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys F DC Coils
LX4 coils are the standard coils when a voltage code is added to the part number. The LX9 coils may be ordered
separately for special applications. LX9 coils do not include a built-in normally open holding circuit contact; a separate
auxiliary contact block with a N.O. contact should be added to the contactor. Both the LX4 and LX9 coils can be used
on previous F-line devices.
Table 18.70:
Device
Type

LX4 Coils for LC1F115, F150, F185, F265, F400, F500, F630, F780, F800

•

Catalog
Number

24 V

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

F115, F150
F185, F225
F265, F330

36V

48 V

60 V

72 V

Catalog Number Suffix
110 V

125 V

18

LX4FF
024
035
048
060
070
110
125
LX4FG
024
035
048
060
070
110
125
024
035
048
060
070
110
125
LX4FH
LX4FJ
—
—
048
060
070
110
125
F400
LX9FJ c
—
—
918
—
—
926
927
—
—
048
060
070
110
125
LX4FK
F500
LX9FK c
—
—
918
—
—
926
927
—
—
048
060
070
110
125
LX4FL
F630
—
—
918
—
—
926
927
LX9FK c
F780
LX4FX a
—
—
—
—
—
110
125
F800
LX4F8 b
—
—
—
—
—
FW
FW
a
LC1F780 contactors operate on 2 coils as a set. The LX4FX part number includes both coils.
b
Also requires rectifier DR5TE4U, $72.00 list price.
c
Coil circuit requires a separately mounted resistor. Order from Table 18.71 below.

Table 18.71:

220 V

250 V

440 V

220
220
220
220
932
220
932
220
932
220
MW

250
250
250
250
—
250
—
250
—
250
—

440
440
440
440
938
440
938
440
938
440
QW

$ Price
78.00
108.00
138.00
287.00
287.00
360.00
360.00
398.00
398.00
795.00
725.00

LX9 Coils and Resistors

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Coil

Resistor
Catalog
Number

LX9FJ918
LX9FJ926
LX9FJ927
LX9FJ932
LX9FJ938

DR2SC0047
DR2SC0030
DR2SC0390
DR2SC1200
DR2SC4700

Qty.
Required $ Price
1
1
1
1
1

13.70
13.80
13.70
13.70
13.70

Coil

Resistor
Catalog
Number

Qty.
Required

LX9FK918
LX9FK926
LX9FK927
LX9FK932
LX9FK938

DR2SC0039
DR2SC0220
DR2SC0330
DR2SC1000
DR2SC3300

1
1
1
1
1

$ Price
13.70
13.70
13.70
13.70
13.70

Coil

Resistor
Catalog
Number

Qty.
Required

LX9FL918
LX9FL925
LX9FL926
LX9FL931
LX9FL937

DR2SC0047
DR2SC0270
DR2SC0330
DR2SC1000
DR2SC3900

2
2
2
2
2

$ Price
13.70
13.70
13.70
13.70
13.70

TeSys F contactors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-5, 18-7
TeSys F overload relay accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-16
TeSys F replacement coils and parts . . . . . . . . . .pages 18-18, 18-18, 18-20
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-42 to 18-47

18-20

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed Starters

TeSys™ D in Metal Enclosures
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys D enclosed full-voltage starters are available in Type 1 and Type 12/3R enclosures through 50 hp at 460 V. The
enclosed D-line accepts standard D-Line accessories and all Insta-Kits™ control units and control power transformer
kits. Standard capacity control power transformers with built-in fuse block can be installed in the standard enclosure. For
extra capacity, please refer to your local distributor or Schneider Electric sales office.
Table 18.72: Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Starters
Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)
1 Phase

3 Phase

115

230

200 V

230 V

460 V

575V

0.333

1
2
3
3
5
5
7.5
10
15

2
3
5
5
7.5
10
12
20
30

2
3
5
7.5
10
10
15
20
30

5
7.5
10
15
20
30
40
40
60

7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60

Table 18.73:

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Auxiliary Contacts
On Each Contactor

200V

230 V

460 V

575 V

N.O.

N.C.

2
3
5
5
7.5
10
12
20
30

2
3
5
7.5
10
10
15
20
30

5
7.5
10
15
20
30
40
40
60

7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

9
12
18
25
32
40
50
65
80

LE1D093A62 O G 7 1 07

Wiring Method
Control Power Transformer f
Contactor/Starter Coil Voltage g
Coil Frequency h
Overload Relay Type j
Overload Relay Range i
fControl

Power Transformer
Add price from page 18-23. Select letter for primary
voltage of CPT:
No Transformer used

208

240

480

600

Code
Oa
L
M
T
X
a
Letter O, not zero.
Note: If control transformer is used, the only options available are 24 or 120 V
as the secondary of the transformer. Also, DC voltages are not
available when control power transformer is used.
gContactor/Starter

Coil Voltage
Select coil voltage from table:
Voltage

24

120

208

240

480

AC

B

G

L

U

T

X

DC

B

—

—

—

—

—

600

Frequency

Select:
7 = dual frequency coils (50/60 Hz.)
6 = 60 Hz.
D=DC
Note: For 9 to 65 A contactors, only dual frequency coils are available; 80 A
contactors, the 24–240 V coils are dual frequency only (50/60 Hz.).
The 480–600 V coils are 60 Hz. only. See catalog 8502CT9901 for
other restrictions.
jOverload

109.
137.
153.
170.
191.
273.
300.
393.
473.

$ Price

LE2D093A62•••••
LE2D123A62•••••
LE2D183A62•••••
LE2D253A62•••••
LE2D323A62•••••
LE2D403A62•••••
LE2D503A62•••••
LE2D653A62•••••
LE2D803A62•••••

Table 18.75:

Base Catalog Number

hCoil

LE1D093A62•••••
LE1D123A62•••••
LE1D183A62•••••
LE1D253A62•••••
LE1D323A62•••••
LE1D403A62•••••
LE1D503A62•••••
LE1D653A62•••••
LE1D803A62•••••

Current Rating Catalog Number
of Contactor
Type 1

Catalog Number Nomenclature

Catalog Number Example:

Voltage

$ Price

Type 12/3R
LE1D093A72•••••
LE1D123A72•••••
LE1D183A72•••••
LE1D253A72•••••
LE1D323A72•••••
LE1D403A72•••••
LE1D503A72•••••
LE1D653A72•••••
LE1D803A72•••••

175.
202.
219.
235.
245.
393.
420.
514.
610.

Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3) 3 Phase

Table 18.74:

9
12
18
25
32
40
50
65
80

Catalog Number

Code
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
10
12
13
14
16
18
21

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 12/3R
305.
355.
385.
415.
464.
655.
710.
900.
1248.

LE2D093A72•••••
LE2D123A72•••••
LE2D183A72•••••
LE2D253A72•••••
LE2D323A72•••••
LE2D403A72•••••
LE2D503A72•••••
LE2D653A72•••••
LE2D803A72•••••

382.
453.
483.
513.
573.
819.
874.
1030.
1412.

iOverload

Relay Range
(Select code from the table below)
Range

For use on
Contactors
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32b
D09–D32
D09–D32
D09–D32
D40, D50, D65
D09–D32
D12–D32
D40, D50, D65
D18–D32
D25–D32b
D25–D32c
D80
D40, D50, D65
D25–D32c
D25–D32
D40, D50, D65
D40, D50, D65
D40, D50, D65
D80
D80
D80
D80
D65–D80
D65–D80
D40, D50, D65

$ Price Adder

0.1–0.16
60.
0.16–0.25
60.
0.25–0.40
60.
0.40–0.63
60.
0.63–1.0
60.
1.0–1.6
60.
1.6–2.5
60.
2.5–4
60.
4–6
60.
5.5–8
60.
9–13
107.
7–10
62.
9–13
62.
12–18
107.
12–18
62.
62.
16–24
17–25
62.
22
17–25
107.
25
17–25
107.
30
23-28
73.
32
23–32
73.
32
23–32
107.
40
30–40
107.
50
37–50
107.
53
30–38
107.
55
30–40
107.
57
37–50
107.
59
48–65
107.
61
55–70
107.
63
63–80
107.
65
48–65
107.
b
Available for Class 10 only.
c
Available for Class 20 only.
Note: If no overload relay is required, leave this portion of the catalog blank.
Add appropriate price adder to the base price of the starter.
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-48

relay type

Select:
0 = No overload relay
1 = Class 10 Trip
2 = Class 20 Trip

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

1
2
2
3
3
5
7.5

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

$ Price

18-21

18

0.5

Auxiliary Contacts Current Rating Catalog Number
of Contactor
N.O.
N.C.
Type 1

Enclosed Combination
Starters

TeSys™ D Fusible Disconnect Switch or Circuit Breaker
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

IEC combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short circuit protection in one convenient
compact package. All devices provide Type 2 Coordination through 30 hp at 460 V. Devices are available in Type 1 and
Type 12/3R enclosures. The IEC combination starter line accepts standard TeSys D accessories and all Insta-Kits™
pilot devices and control power transformer kits. Standard capacity control power transformers with built-in fuse block
can be installed in the standard enclosure. For extra capacity, please refer to your local distributor or nearest
Square D/Schneider Electric sales office.
NOTE: Use tables and notes from page 18-21 to complete the catalog numbers.
Table 18.76:

Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Fusible Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)

Fuse Clip Rating

3 Phase
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

18

Table 18.77:

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

Amperes
30 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
60 A
60 A

Fuse Clip Rating

3 Phase

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

Table 18.78:

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

Amperes
30 A
30 A
30 A
30 A
60 A
60 A

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

426.
468.
484.
500.
653.
708.

Type 12/3R
LE1D096B72•••••
LE1D126B72•••••
LE1D186B72•••••
LE1D256B72•••••
LE1D326C72•••••
LE1D406C72•••••

$ Price
551.
592.
607.
623.
829.
877.

Aux. Contacts
Each Contactor
N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Current
Rating of
Contactor
9
12
18
25
32
40

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 1
LE2D096B62•••••
LE2D126B62•••••
LE2D186B62•••••
LE2D256B62•••••
LE2D326C62•••••
LE2D406C62•••••

712.
778.
808.
833.
1089.
1179.

Catalog Number
Type 12/3R
LE2D096B72•••••
LE2D126B72•••••
LE2D186B72•••••
LE2D256B72•••••
LE2D326C72•••••
LE2D406C72•••••

$ Price
837.
915.
950.
980.
1281.
1371.

Circuit Breaker
Maximum
Current Rating

Current
Rating of
Contactor

15 A
15 A
30 A
30 A
50 A
50 A

9
12
18
25
32
40

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 1
LE1D097D62•••••
LE1D127D62•••••
LE1D187E62•••••
LE1D257E62•••••
LE1D327F62•••••
LE1D407F62•••••

569.
622.
647.
668.
870.
944.

Catalog Number
Type 12/3R
LE1D097D72•••••
LE1D127D72•••••
LE1D187E72•••••
LE1D257E72•••••
LE1D327F72•••••
LE1D407F72•••••

$ Price
730.
789.
808.
834.
1088.
1179.

N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Circuit Breaker
Maximum
Current Rating

Current
Rating of
Contactor

15 A
15 A
30 A
30 A
50 A
50 A

9
12
18
25
32
40

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 1
LE2D097D62•••••
LE2D127D62•••••
LE2D187E62•••••
LE2D257E62•••••
LE2D327F62•••••
LE2D407F62•••••

836.
944.
1010.
1075.
1403.
1522.

Catalog Number
Type 12/3R
LE2D097D72•••••
LE2D127D72•••••
LE2D187E72•••••
LE2D257E72•••••
LE2D327F72•••••
LE2D407F72•••••

$ Price
972.
1096.
1174.
1251.
1631.
1770.

N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Current
Rating of
Contactor
9
12
18
25
32
40

Catalog Number
Type 1
LE1D096A62•••••
LE1D126A62•••••
LE1D186A62•••••
LE1D256A62•••••
LE1D326A62•••••
LE1D406A62•••••

$ Price
416.
458.
474.
490.
643.
698.

Catalog Number
Type 12/3R
LE1D096A72•••••
LE1D126A72•••••
LE1D186A72•••••
LE1D256A72•••••
LE1D326A72•••••
LE1D406A72•••••

$ Price
541.
532.
597.
613.
819.
867.

Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Non-Fused Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)

Aux. Contacts
Each Contactor

3 Phase
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Auxiliary
Contacts

3 Phase

Table 18.81:

Type 1
LE1D096B62•••••
LE1D126B62•••••
LE1D186B62•••••
LE1D256B62•••••
LE1D326C62•••••
LE1D406C62•••••

Catalog Number

Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Non-Fused Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Auxiliary Contacts
Each Contactor

3 Phase

Table 18.80:

9
12
18
25
32
40

$ Price

Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

UL Class
CC
CC
J
J
J
J

Auxiliary
Contacts

3 Phase

Table 18.79:

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Catalog Number

Enclosed Full Voltage Non-Reversing Circuit Breaker Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Current
Rating of
Contactor

Enclosed Full Voltage Reversing Fusible Combination Starters

Max. Horsepower Ratings (AC3)
200 V
2
3
5
5
7.5
10

UL Class
CC
CC
J
J
J
J

Auxiliary
Contacts

230 V
2
3
5
7.5
10
10

460 V
5
7.5
10
15
20
30

575 V
7.5
10
15
20
25
30

N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Current
Rating of
Contactor
9
12
18
25
32
40

Catalog Number
Type 1
LE2D096A62•••••
LE2D126A62•••••
LE2D186A62•••••
LE2D256A62•••••
LE2D326A62•••••
LE2D406A62•••••

$ Price
702.
768.
798.
823.
1079.
1169.

Catalog Number
Type 12/3R
LE2D096A72•••••
LE2D126A72•••••
LE2D186A72•••••
LE2D256A72•••••
LE2D326A72•••••
LE2D406A72•••••

$ Price
827.
905.
940.
970.
1271.
1361.

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-48

18-22

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed Combination
Starters

Enclosure Modifications/Insta-Kits™/Overload Relay
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Factory Modifications and Insta-Kits™ Selection
Add the factory modification code to the end of the catalog number created from page
18-21. With the use of Insta-Kits™, only one operator scheme is allowed. Only the
combinations of operators and pilot lights shown below can be ordered.

L2

13

OLR
95 96

B

Pilot lights will be at the coil voltage indicated in the catalog number for the starter.

M

Table 18.82:

14

Start/Stop

Control Units Only
For-Rev-Stop Push Button
Start/Stop Push Button
I/O (Start/Stop) Push Button
I/O Push Button (double touch)
Emergency Stop
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch
On/Off Selector Switch
Start/Mushroom Head Stop Push Button
Pilot Lights only
LED Pilot light, 24, 120 or 240 V
Green-Red Pilot Light, Direct Supply, 24 or 120 V b
Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light, 120, 208/240, 480 or
600 V b
Available Combination of Control Units and Pilot Lights
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/24, 120, or 240 V LED
Pilot Light
Start/Stop Push Button w/ 24, 120 or 240 V LED Pilot
Light
On/Off Selector w/ 24, 120 or 240 V LED Pilot Light
Start/Stop Push Button w/ Green-Red Transformer Pilot
Light
Start/Stop Push Button w/Green-Red Pilot Light
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/Green-Red Pilot Light
Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch w/Green-Red
Transformer Pilot Light
On/Off Selector w/Green-Red Pilot Light
On/Off Selector w/Green-Red Transformer Pilot Light

L2
ON

X1

X2
OLR
B 95 96

PL
1

23

4 A

61

M

62

X1

X2
PL

On-Off Selector Switch
L1

L2

OFF

X1

HAND AUTO
3
4

3

PL

X2
95 96

M

4
61

62

X1

PL

X2

Remote by Customer Connection

HOA Selector Switch

L1

L2

L3
13

M A
14
98

96

97

95

T2

Table 18.83:

T3

D-Line AC Magnetic Starter
2-3 Poll
d

L1 L2 L3

21

+

21

+

B
R A

95

98

96

A06L
A06G
N/A
A06I
N/A
A06E
A06D
A06X

131.
65.
—
83.
—
65.
65.
65.

LA9CA06LT
LA9CA06GT
N/A
LA9CA06IO
N/A
LA9CA06ET
LA9CA06DT
LA9CA06XT

71.00
32.80
—
41.50
—
32.80
41.50
63.00

A16S
A06S

134.
112.

LA9CA16STd
LA9CA06STd

66.00
62.00

A06F

207.

LA9CA06FTd

113.00

A16U

213.

LA9CA16UTd

177.00

A16V

213.

LA9CA16VTd

177.00

A16W

213.

LA9CA16WTd

177.00

A06N

177.

LA9CA06NTd

95.00

A06V
A06U

177.
273.

LA9CA06VT
LA9CA06UT

95.00
97.00

A06J

273.

LA9CA06JTd

147.00

A06W
A06H

177.
273.

LA9CA06WT
LA9CA06HTd

95.00
147.00

Insta-Kits™ Selection

Voltage Codes for Pilot Lights
24

120

208/240

480

600

Code

B

G

M

T

X

Table 18.85:

Voltage Codes for Control Power Transformers
120

208

240

480

600

208

240

24

480

600

T

X

120

+

Secondary Voltage
Code

97

$ Price

Voltage (Vac)

Primary Voltage
22

+

22

Insta-Kits
(for field
installation)

Total VA
Insta-Kits™ Catalog Number
$ Price
50
LA9TFD32d
140.00
100
LA9TFD80d
246.00
150
LA9TFD15d
343.00
Complete the part number for the Insta-Kits™ by selecting the voltage code from the appropriate tables below.

Table 18.84:

B
F A

$ Price

Control Power Transformer
Standard VA, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary
A206P
260.
c
—
50 VA extra, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary
A207P
456.
c
—
100 VA extra, 2 Fuses in Primary, 1 Fuse in Secondary
A208P
634.
c
—
a
Add these forms to the catalog number selected on page 18-21. The numbers as shown are for use in NEMA 1
Enclosures. For uses in NEMA 12/3R change the 6 to a 7 (ex A06U becomes A07U). Price remains the same. The
change DOES NOT apply to control power transformer forms.
b
Pilot lights are wired such that the light is on when the contactor is energized. For non-LED type pilot lights, a green
lens is installed on the unit when shipped. A red lens is included for use as applicable.
c
Select Insta-Kits™ from table below.

B

T1

Factory
Modification
Codea

Description

L1
OFF

Factory Modifications

E

D

C

B

A

L

M

"C"

T1 T2 T3

D-Line AC Magnetic Reversing Starter
3-Pole

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-23

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

START
STOP
1
23
4 A

18

L1

Contactors

TeSys™ K 3-Pole Non-Reversing Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Non-Reversing Mini-Contactors
Table 18.86:

AC Operating Coils

Maximum Horsepower Ratings
1Ø

Maximum Current

Auxiliary
Contacts

Type of
Connection

3Ø

Inductive Resistive
AC1 (A)
115 V hp 230 V hp 200 V hp 230 V hp 460 V hp 575 V hp AC3 (A)
0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

3

3

6

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

LC1K09●

Table 18.87:

Catalog
Number

N.O.

N.C.

1
—
1
—
1
—

—
1
—
1
—
1

$ Price

LC1K0610 a b
LC1K0601 ab
LC1K0910 ab
LC1K0901 ab
LC1K1210 ab
LC1K1201 ab

57.
57.
75.
75.
86.
86.

Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors
Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required (for
example, J72). Price adder $10.00.

Vac 50/60 Hz

12

24

42

48

110

120

127

200/
208

220/
230

230

230/
240

277

380/
400

400/
415

440

480

660/
690

Code

J7

B7

D7

E7

F7

G7

FC7

L7

M7

P7

U7

UE7

Q7

N7

R7

T7

Y7

18

Table 18.88:

DC Operating Coils

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

3

3

6

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

a

1
—
1
—
1
—

LP1K0610 ab
LP1K0601 ab
LP1K0910 ab
LP1K0901 ab
LP1K1210 ab
LP1K1201 ab

—
1
—
1
—
1

75.
75.
92.
92.
106.
106.

See Table 18.89:
For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K06103G7).
For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09105B7).
For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K12107M7).
Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7).

b

Table 18.89:

Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors
Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required (for example, JD3). Price
adder $10.00 a

Vdc
Code
3 W inrush.

a

12

20

24

36

48

60

72

100

110

125

200

220

230

240

250

JD

ZD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

KD

FD

GD

LD

MD

MPD

MUD

UD

,

Table 18.90:

DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression)

LP4K09●
0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

3

3

6

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

0.5
a

b

LR2K0316

E164862
CCN NLDX
(screw terminals)
LR43364
Class 3211 04

E164862
CCN NLDX2
(slip-on &
solder-pin
terminals)

18-24

—
1
—
1
—
1

LP4K0610
LP4K0601
LP4K0910
LP4K0901
LP4K1210
LP4K1201

ab
ab
ab
ab
ab
ab

92.
92.
110.
110.
126.
126.

See Table 18.91:
For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K06103G7).
For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09105B7).
For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K12107M7).
Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7).

Table 18.91:

a

1
—
1
—
1
—

Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors—Low Consumption a
Vdc

12

24

48

72

Code

JW3

BW3

EW3

SW3

1.8 inrush sealed.

Table 18.92:

Overload Relays for 3-Pole Contactors with Screw-Clamp Terminals

Class 10, Relay setting range–A

Catalog Number

0.1 to 0.16
0.16 to 0.23
0.23 to 0.36
0.36 to 0.54
0.54 to 0.8
0.8 to 1.2
1.2 to 1.8
1.8 to 2.6
2.6 to 3.7
3.8 to 5.5
5.5 to 8
8 to 11.5
10 to 14

LR2K0301
LR2K0302
LR2K0303
LR2K0304
LR2K0305
LR2K0306
LR2K0307
LR2K0308
LR2K0310
LR2K0312
LR2K0314
LR2K0316
LR2K0321

$ Price
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.
59.

LR2K overload relays:

•
•
•
•
•
•

AC or DC protection
Ambient compensated bimetallic
Class 10
Single phase sensitivity
Manual or auto reset
Full load current dial

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-27
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-49

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors

TeSys™ K 3-Pole Reversing Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

3-Pole Reversing Mini-Contactors
AC Operating Coils

Maximum Horsepower Ratings
1Ø

Maximum Current

3Ø

115V
hp

230V
hp

200V
hp

230V
hp

460V
hp

575V
hp

0.5

1.5

1.5

1.5

3

3

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

Inductive Resistive
AC3
AC1
A
A

Auxiliary
Contacts

Type of
Connection

6

15

Screw-clamp

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

LC2K09107

Vac
50/60 Hz
Code

Table 18.95:

12

24

42

48

110

120

127

J7

B7

D7

E7

F7

G7

FC7

200/
208
L7

220/
230
M7

230
P7

1.5

1.5

3

3

6

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

12
JD

20
ZD

24
BD

36
CD

48
ED

60
ND

72
SD

100
KD

110
FD

1.5

1.5

1.5

3

3

6

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

20

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

Screw-clamp

a
b

130.
130.
167.
167.
191.
191.

230/
240
U7

380/
400
Q7

277
UE7

400/
415
N7

440

480

R7

T7

660/
690
Y7

1
—
1
—
1
—

LP2K0610 ab
LP2K0601 ab
LP2K0910 ab
LP2K0901 ab
LP2K1210 ab
LP2K1201 ab

—
1
—
1
—
1

167.
167.
202.
202.
232.
232.

125
GD

200
LD

220
MD

230
MPD

240
MUD

250
UD

DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression)

0.5

Table 18.98:

LC2K0610 ab
LC2K0601 ab
LC2K0910 ab
LC2K0901 ab
LC2K1210 ab
LC2K1201 ab

Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors
Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3. Price adder
$20.00.

Vdc
Code

Table 18.97:

—
1
—
1
—
1

DC Operating Coils

1.5

LP2K0910

1
—
1
—
1
—

$ Price

Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors
Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required.
Example: J72. Price adder $20.00.

0.5

Table 18.96:

N.C.

1
—
1
—
1
—

—
1
—
1
—
1

LP5K0610 ab
LP5K0601 ab
LP5K0910 ab
LP5K0901 ab
LP5K1210 ab
LP5K1201 ab

202.
202.
238.
238.
274.
274.

Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors—Low Consumption

Vdc
12
24
48
Code
JW3
BW3
EW3
For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP2K09103BD).
For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP5K09105BW3).
For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC2K06107B7).
Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7).

72
SW3

Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-24
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-27
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 18-49

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-25

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.94:

Catalog Number

N.O.

18

Table 18.93:

Contactors

TeSys™ K 4-Pole Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.99:

AC Operating Coils
Maximum Horsepower Ratings

1Ø
115 V
hp

Maximum Current

3Ø
230 V
hp

Inductive Resistive
AC3
AC1
(A)
(A)

Type of Connection

200 V
hp

230 V
hp

460 V
hp

575 V
hp

2

3

5

5

9

15

Screw-clamp

10

12

20

5
10

9
12

20
20

Power
Poles

Catalog
Number

$ Price

N.O.

N.C.

Screw-clamp

4
2
4

—
2
—

LC1K09004 ab
LC1K09008 ab
LC1K12004 ab

75.
81.
86.

Screw-clamp
Screw-clamp

4
4

—
—

LC2K09004 ab
LC2K12004 ab

167.
191.

4-Pole Mini Contactor
0.5

LC2K090045

1.5

0.5
1.5
3
3
7.5
4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors
0.5
1.5
2
3
5
0.5
1.5
3
3
7.5

Table 18.100: Coil Voltage Codes for AC Contactors
Up to and including 240 V coil with integral suppression device available. Add 2 to the code required.
Example: J72. Price adder $10.00 ($20.00 for mechanically interlocked contactors)
Vac 50/60 Hz
Code

12
J7

24
B7

42
D7

48
E7

110
F7

120
G7

127 200/208 220/230
FC7
L7
M7

230
P7

230/ 240 277 380/400 400/415
U7
UE7
Q7
N7

440
R7

480
T7

660/690
Y7

Table 18.101: DC Operating Coils

18

4-Pole Mini Contactor

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Screw-clamp

4
2
4

—
2
—

LP1K09004 ab
LP1K09008 ab
LP1K12004 ab

92.
98.
106.

Screw-clamp
Screw-clamp

4
4

—
—

LP2K09004 ab
LP2K12004 ab

202.
232.

0.5

1.5

2

3

5

5

9

15

Screw-clamp

0.5

1.5

3

3

7.5

10

12

20

4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors
0.5
1.5
2
3
5
0.5
1.5
3
3
7.5

5
10

9
12

20
20

Table 18.102: Coil Voltage Codes for DC Contactors
Coil with integral suppression device available. Add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3. Price adder
$10.00 ($20.00 for mechanically interlocked contactors)
Vdc

12

20

24

36

48

60

72

100

110

125

200

220

230

240

250

Code

JD

ZD

BD

CD

ED

ND

SD

KD

FD

GD

LD

MD

MPD

MUD

UD

Table 18.103: DC–Low Consumption Operating Coils (devices have built-in transient suppression)
4-Pole Mini Contactor
0.5

Screw-clamp

4
2
4

—
2
—

LP4K09004 ab
LP4K09008 ab
LP4K12004 ab

110.
116.
126.

Screw-clamp
Screw-clamp

4
4

—
—

LP5K09004 ab
LP5K12004 ab

238.
274.

Vdc
12
24
48
Code
JW3
BW3
EW3
For TeSys K contactors with spring terminal clamps, add a 3 before the coil voltage code (for example, LC1K09103L7).
For TeSys K contactors with solder pin terminals, add a 5 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP4K06015JW3).
For TeSys K contactors with slip-on terminals, add a 7 before the coil voltage code (for example, LP2K090047BD).
Complete the catalog number with the appropriate coil voltage code (for example, LC1K0610G7).

72
SW3

1.5

2

3

5

0.5
1.5
3
3
7.5
4-Pole Mechanically Interlocked Contactors
0.5
1.5
2
3
5
0.5
1.5
3
3
7.5

5

9

15

Screw-clamp

10

12

20

5
10

9
12

20
20

Table 18.104: Coil Voltages for DC Contactors—Low Consumption

a
b

Overload Relays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-24
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-27
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-49

18-26

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Contactors and
Accessories

TeSys™ K Contactors and Accessories
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.105: Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor and 2 blocks per pair of mechanically interlocked contactors.
Auxiliary Contacts

Type of connection

LA1KN11

N.O.
2
—
1
4
Screw clamp
3
2
1
—
2
—
1
4
Slip-on 1 x 0.250 in. or 2 x 0.110 in.
3
2
1
—
a
Block of 4 contacts cannot be used with LP4K or LP5K contactors.

Catalog
Number

N.C.
—
2
1
—
1
2
3
4
—
2
1
—
1
2
3
4

$ Price

LA1KN20
LA1KN02
LA1KN11
LA1KN40 a
LA1KN31 a
LA1KN22 a
LA1KN13 a
LA1KN04 a
LA1KN207
LA1KN027
LA1KN117
LA1KN407 a
LA1KN317 a
LA1KN227 a
LA1KN137a
LA1KN047 a

14.20
14.20
14.20
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
14.20
14.20
14.20
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30

Table 18.106: Electronic Time Delay Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Timing Range
(S)

Type

24–48 Vac or Vdc
On-delay
1–30
110–240 Vac
On-delay
1–30
Note: Relay outputs, with single pole double throw, 240 Vac/Vdc, 2 A max.
Maximum switching capacity 250 VA / 150 W
Operating temperature: –10 to + 60°C (14 to 140°F)
Reset time: 1.5 s during time delay, 0.5 after time delay

Contacts

Catalog
Number

$ Price

SPDT
SPDT

LA2KT2E
LA2KT2U

32.80
32.80

Table 18.107: Suppressor Module with Incorporated LED Indicator
Clip-on front mounting
$ Price
each
12–24 Vac/Vdc
Varistor
5
LA4KE1B b
9.80
32–48 Vac/Vdc
Varistor
5
LA4KE1E b
9.80
50–129 Vac/Vdc
Varistor
5
LA4KE1FC b
9.80
130–250 Vac/Vdc
Varistor
5
LA4KE1UG b
9.80
12–24 Vdc
Diode + Zener
5
LA4KC1B c
9.80
32–48 Vdc
Diode + Zener
5
LA4KC1E c
9.80
220–250 Vac
RC
5
LA4KA1U d
9.80
b
Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of the transient voltage peaks. Slight time delay on drop-out
(1.1–1.5 times normal).
c
No overvoltage or oscillation frequency. Polarized component. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1–1.5 times normal).
d
Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 3 Uc maximum and limitation of the oscillation frequency. Slight time delay on drop-out
(1.2 times normal).
Voltage range

LA2KT2U

Type

Table 18.108: Paralleling Links

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

Table 18.109: Power Connectors

Description

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

For 2 poles with screw-clamp terminals
For 4 poles with screw-clamp terminals

4
2

LA9E01
LA9E02

$ Price
each
2.20
3.50

$ Price
each

Description

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

Set of 6 power connections for reversing
contactors with screw-clamp terminals
Set of 4 power connections for changeover
contactors with screw-clamp terminals

100

LA9K0969

6.20

100

LA9K0970

6.20

Table 18.110: Marking Strips
Description

Sold in
lots of

Catalog
Number

Clips onto front of the contactor

100

LA9D90

$ Price
each
.06

Table 18.111: Accessories for Overload Relays
Description
Terminal block for separate clip-on mounting of the overload relay onto 35 mm
omega rail (AM1DP200)

Type of Connection

Catalog Number

Screw-clamp

LA7K0064

$ Price
11.90

E164862
CCN NLDX
LR43364
Class 3211 04

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-27

18

Voltage (V)

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per contactor and 2 blocks per pair of mechanically interlocked contactors.

LA1KN22

Motor Starters

TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us

The TeSys U motor starter is integrated, making it simple to choose and install. It consists of a control unit snapped in
a power base. TeSys U can be configured to fit specific applications as well. Optional accessories include a reverser, a
current limiter, predictive maintenance options, and communication options.
For detailed information about TeSys U, visit our website.
1

Power Base

2

+

Function Modules
3

Control Unit

TeSys U Motor Starter

=

Auxiliary Contacts

Selecting TeSys U Motor Starters in Three Steps
Table 18.112: Step 1. Select Power Base (Only two different bases up to 32 A)

18

Control
Connection

Max. Current
(A)

Three Phase (HP max.)
200/208 V

220/240 V

Single Phase (HP max.)

460 V

575/600 V

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

12
3
3
7.5
With screw terminations
32
10
10
20
12
3
3
7.5
Without screw terminations
32
10
10
20
• For use with reversng modules or communication modules with prewired connector

10
25
10
25

120 V

240 V

1.5
2
1.5
2

2
5
2
5

Self-Protected Power Base
Catalog
Number
LUB12
LUB32
LUB120•
LUB320•

$ Price
246.00
345.00
276.00
375.00

Table 18.113: Step 2. Select Control Unit g
Standard
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
3-phase
$ Price
3-phase
$ Price
single-phase
$ Price
3-phase
$ Price
Class 10 trip e
Class 10 trip e
Class 10 trip e
Class 20 trip e
0.15–0.6
LUCAX6••
120.00
LUCBX6••
150.00
LUCCX6••
150.00
LUCDX6••
150.00
0.3–1.4
LUCA1X••
120.00
LUCB1X••
150.00
LUCC1X••
150.00
LUCD1X••
150.00
1.25–5.0
LUCA05••
120.00
LUCB05••
150.00
LUCC05••
150.00
LUCD05••
150.00
120.00
LUCB12••
150.00
LUCC12••
150.00
LUCD12••
150.00
3–12
LUCA12••
4.5–18
LUCA18••
120.00
LUCB18••
150.00
LUCC18••
150.00
LUCD18••
150.00
8–32
LUCA32••
120.00
LUCB32••
150.00
LUCC32••
150.00
LUCD32••
150.00
e
Complete the catalog number by adding appropriate code from voltage code table below (for example, LUCAX6FU).
f
The control unit contains solid-state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U. For more details on the different control units, their functions,
and placement on the power base, see 18-29
Setting Range
(A)

Power Base

Table 18.114: Voltage Codes

Control Unit

Volts
24
48–72
110–240
DC
BLg
—
—
AC
B
—
—
DC or AC
—
ESh
FU
g
DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal.
h
48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac

Table 18.115: Step 3. Select Auxiliary Contacts (optional)
Contact State for Each Modea
Terminals

Auxiliary Contact

Contact
Indicates

Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Ready condition
Screw
Fault condition
Ready condition
Screw
Fault condition
Auxiliary Contact Function Modules

Contact
Normal
Status

Off

Ready

Run

Short
Circuit
Trip

Overload
Trip
(Manual
Reset)

Overload
Trip
(Remote/
Auto
Reset)b

N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.O.

O
I
O
O

I
I
I
O

I
I
I
O

O
O
O
I

O
O
O
I

I
I
I
O

Screw

Pole state

2 N.O.

Screw

Pole state

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

O
O

O
I

O

I
I

I

O
O

O

O
I

O

Screw
Pole state
2 N.C.
1
I
O
I
a
I indicates closed contact; O indicates open contact
b
Requires multifunction or advanced control unit plus fault differentiation module LUFDA10.

$ Price

LUA1C11
LUA1C20

34.5

LUFN20
I

I

Catalog
Number

LUFN11

34.5

LUFN02

Table 18.116: Accessories

E164862
CCN NLDX
LR43364
Class 3211 08

18-28

Accessory
Current limiter
Reverser
Line phase barrier
Multifunction control unit
Function modules
Communication modules
Soft starter + Tesys U
Powerbus
Configuration and connection accessories

Quick Description
Increases the breaking capacity to 130kA @ 460 V
Stacked or side mounted (LU6MB0••• only)
Required for use as a self-protected combination starter (UL508E)
Has functions for monitoring and predictive maintenance
Fault differentiation, thermal overload, motor load indication
Integrates into existing networks, major portocols are available
Use Altistart U01soft starter with TeSys U
Use TeSys U with a prewired system
PowerSuite software, busbar, external handle

For details & selection, see:
Table 18.123
Table 18.119
Table 18.118
Table 18.124
Table 18.125
Table 18.126
Table 18.132
Table 18.128
Table 18.129

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-29 to 18-31
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 18-50

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control Units

TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.117: Control Units and Functions

Standard
Reference

Advanced

LUCA

LUCB

Multifunction

LUCC

LUCD

LUCM

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Protection type
Class 10
Class 20
Class 5–30
Single Phase: LUCC Class 10 only
Protection functions
Short circuit
Over current
Thermal overload
Phase loss
Phase imbalance
Ground fault
Underload, long start, jam
Control functions
Manual reset
Automatic or local/remote reset
Fault differentiation
Thermal alarm
Motor load display
Fault history
Alarm threshold adjustment
Tripping test

18

= built-in the control unit
= works with the related function modules (see Table 18.119 on page 30)

Power Base and Plug-in Accessories
See below where to install accessories on the power base. Only one accessory can be installed in each location.
b
e
j
m

b j




Control Unit or
mMultifunction Control

Line Phase Barrier
Reverser Unit mounts under power base
Current Limiter attaches above power base
Multifunction Control Unit

Control Circuit
Contact Block

Auxiliary
Function or Communication Module



Auxiliary Contact Block

e
Power Base (Front View)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Side View

18-29

Accessories

TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.118: Line Phase Barrier (optional) a
Catalog
Number
LU9SP0

Description

Line Phase Barrier

Incoming line phase barrier to allow the TeSys U to be used as a self protected combination starter according to UL508E
a
See page 18-29 for placement on the power base.

$ Price
15.00

Table 18.119: Reverser
Max. Current
(A)

Control Connection

Self-Protected
Starter Base

200/208 V

220/240 V

460 V

575 V

3
10

3
10

7.5
20

10
25

12
32

With screw terminations
b

Three Phase
(HP max.)

Catalog
Number
LU2B12b
LU2B32b

$ Price
488.00
720.00

Voltage code required.

Table 18.120: Select Control Unit Optionsde
Standard
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
3-phase
$ Price
3-phase
$ Price
single-phase
$ Price
3-phase
Class 10 trip c
Class 10 trip c
Class 10 trip c
Class 20 trip c
0.15–0.6
LUCAX6••
120.00
LUCBX6••
150.00
LUCCX6••
150.00
LUCDX6••
120.00
LUCB1X••
150.00
LUCC1X••
150.00
LUCD1X••
0.3–1.4
LUCA1X••
1.25–5.0
LUCA05••
120.00
LUCB05••
150.00
LUCC05••
150.00
LUCD05••
3–12
LUCA12••
120.00
LUCB12••
150.00
LUCC12••
150.00
LUCD12••
120.00
LUCB18••
150.00
LUCC18••
150.00
LUCD18••
4.5–18 c
LUCA18••
120.00
LUCB32••
150.00
LUCC32••
150.00
LUCD32••
8–32 c
LUCA32••
c
Complete the catalog number by adding the appropriate code from Table 18.121 (for example, LUCAX6FU).
d
Control units for 4.5–18 and 8–32 can be used only with 32 A rated power bases (LUB32 / LU2B32).
e
The control unit contains solid-state overload relay and control power source for TeSys U.
For more details on the different control units, their functions, and placement on the power base see page 18-29.

Setting Range
(A)

18

Reverser Unit Assembled
under the Power Base

$ Price
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00
150.00

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.121: Voltage Codes

f
g
h

Volts
24
DC
BLfg
AC
B
DC or AC
—
Voltage code to use for a power base with a communication module.
DC voltage with range of 0.90 to 1.10 of nominal.
48–72 Vdc; 48 Vac

48–72
—
—
ESh

110–240
—
—
FU

Table 18.122: Reversing Modules for Field Addition
Mounting
Beneath
Beside

Catalog No.
LU2MB0
LU6MB0

$ Price
192.00
222.00

Wiring Adapter
LU9MR1C
LU9MR1

$ Price
31.50
15.00

Note: For LU2MB0 and LU6MB0, voltage code
required; must match control unit.

Table 18.123: Current Limiter ij
Application

Technical Data

Mounting

Catalog
Number

$ Price

Current limiter/isolator

Additional current limiting aspects for
the starter

Direct mounting to LUB• and
LU2B•

LUALB1

171.00

Limiter cartridge

Replacement cartridge for LUALB1

130 kA at 460 V
60 kA at 575 V
130 kA at 460 V
65 kA at 575 V

—

LUALF1

78.00

Accessory

i
j

Increases the breaking capacity of the motor starter.
See page 18-29 for placement on the power base.

Table 18.124: Control Unit Multifunction kl

Control Unit
Multifunction

k
l

Setting Range (A)
Multifunction programmable
0.15–0.6
LUCMX6BL
0.3–1.4
LUCM1XBL
1.25–5.0
LUCM05BL
3–12
LUCM12BL
4.5–18
LUCM18BL
8–32
LUCM32BL
Offers motor management system capabilities. For more details see the LUCM on page 18-31.
See page 18-29 for placement on the power base.

$ Price

615.00

Table 18.125: Function Modules mn
Module

Alarm Differentiation

Parallel Wiring

Fault differentiation with
manual reset
(thermal overload)
Fault differentiation with
auto reset
Thermal overload
pre-alarm

Description

Provides indication between an overload trip
and a short circuit trip.

Signals when the motor current reaches 1.05 of
the full load setting on the control unit.
Provides a signal proportional to the average
currents in the three phases divided by the full
Motor load indication
load current setting of the control unit. The
output corresponds to a load status of 0–2
times the full load setting of the control unit.
Provides a convenient way to reduce control
wiring and allow for connecting starters to a
Parallel wiring
communications network by providing 24 Vdc
for the starters.
m
Offers customization for specific application requirements.
n
See page 18-29 for placement on the power base.

For use with:

Operation
Requirements

Advanced control units only

24–250 Vac or Vdc
(power from control unit)

Advanced control units only

24–250 Vac or Vdc
(power from control unit)

Advanced or multi-function
control units

4–20 mA
(requires separate 24
Vdc power supply)

Advanced or multi-function LU9G02
control units(24 Vdc only)
box and PLC
and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC splitter
network
prewired connector

Catalog
Number

$ Price

LUFDH11

156.00

LUFDA10

156.00

LUFW10

156.00

LUFV2

188.00

LUFC00

57.00

Motor Load Indicator

18-30

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories

TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

AS-Interface

Modbus

DeviceNet

Profibus

Description

Catalog
Number

$ Price

ASILUFC5

188.00

ASILUFC51

188.00

LULC033

218.00

LULC15

218.00

LULC08

218.00

LULC14

218.00

LULC07

218.00

LULC09

218.00

Configuration and Connection Accessories
\

Table 18.127: Control Circuit Accessories q
Accessory

Application

Technical Data

Mounting

Catalog
Number

$ Price

Control circuit contact block

Switches control circuit power via
LUB• handle
(NEC430-74 compliance)

5 A at 600 Vac
5 A at 250 Vdc

Side mounting to LUB•
and LU2B• only

LUA8E20

71.00

Kit

LU9APN21

140.00

Use to enclose TeSys LUB• only.

NEMA 1, 12
Black
w/ trip indication
NEMA 1, 12
Red/Yellow
w/ trip indication
NEMA 3R, 4, 4X
Red/Yellow
without trip indication

Kit

LU9APN22

140.00

Kit

LU9APN24

161.00

LUA4F11
LUA4F12
GVAPK12

39.30
39.30
19.00

CANopen

Through-the-door operating
mechanism

Use with electronic or triac output
controllers
Angle bracket
Support shaft, for use with LUB•
q
See page 29 for placement on the power base.
Control circuit filters

Up to 150 Vac max.

Directly to coil terminals

—

—

Non-reversing
Reversing

Table 18.128: PowerSuite Configuration Software and Accessories
Item a
Catalog Number
PowerSuite software
VW3A8104
PC connection kit
VW3A8106
Pocket PC connection kit
VW3A8111
a
For complete details on all components included with each item, refer to catalog 8502CT0201.
b
Items under discount schedule CP4C.

$ Price b
225.00
113.00
143.00

Powerbus
Table 18.129: GV2 Cabling Accessories—Bus Bars
Description

Application
For feeding 2 GV2 starters or
TeSys U controllers

3-Pole, 63 A Bus Bar

For feeding 3 GV2 starters or
TeSys U controllers
For feeding 4 GV2 starters or
TeSys U controllers
For feeding 5 GV2 starters or
TeSys U controllers

Pitch
45
54
72
45
54
45
54
72

Standard Pack
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

Catalog Number
GV2G245
GV2G254
GV2G272
GV2G345
GV2G354
GV2G445
GV2G454
GV2G472

54

1

GV2G554

$ Price Each
23.30
23.30
23.30
28.70
28.70
34.20
34.20
34.20
34.20

Additional accessories and components are available, including:

•
•
•
•

Mounting accessories
Gateways
Cabling accessories
Magelis™ remote display unit

For the complete line of TeSys U-Line motor starter accessories and all technical details (specifications,
wiring diagrams, etc.) pertaining to the product line, refer to Catalog 8502CT0201.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-31

18

Operation
For use with:
Requirements
Advanced
or
multi-function
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
AS-Interface
directly to the network using AS-Interface
supply and AS-Interface
Communication
and LU9BN11C or LU9MRC power
protocols.
network
prewired connector
or multi-function Requires separate 24 Vdc
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected Advanced
AS-Interface V2
units (24 Vdc only)
directly to the network using AS-Interface V2 control
supply and AS-Interface
Communication
and
LU9BN11C
or LU9MRC power
protocols.
V2 network
prewired connector
or multi-function
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected Advanced
Modbus™
control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
to the network using
Communication Protocol directly
and
LU9BN11C
or LU9MRC power supply
Modbus protocols.
prewired connector
or multi-function
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to Advanced
Advantys™ STB
control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
the network using the Advantsys STB
Communication
and
LU9BN11L
or LU9MRL power supply
protocol
prewired connector
Advanced or multi-function
CANopen
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
Communication
the network using the CANopen protocol
and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply
prewired connector
Advanced or multi-function
the TeSys Ustarter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
Beckoff Communication Allows
the network using the Beckoff protocol
and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply
prewired connector
Advanced or multi-function
the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
Profibus Communication Allows
the network using the Profibus protocol
and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply
prewired connector
Advanced or multi-function
DeviceNet™
Allows the TeSys U starter to be connected to control units (24 Vdc only)
Requires separate 24 Vdc
Communication
the network using the Device Net protocol
and LU9BN11L or LU9MRL power supply
prewired connector
o
Communication capabilities can be integrated into existing automation architecture via a variety of protocols.
p
See 18-29 for placement on the power base.
Module

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.126: Communication Modules op

Soft Starters

ATSU01 Altistart™ Drive and TeSys™ U Simple Motor Starter
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Altistart Drive and TeSys U Motor Starter
Table 18.130: Soft Start / Soft Stop Unit for 0.75 to 15 kW Motors (can be combined with the TeSys U starter)
Motor

Starter

Motor Powera
230 V

460 V

HP

HP

Nominal Current

Catalog Number

$ Price

ATSU01N206LT

133.00

ATSU01N209LT
ATSU01N212LT

152.00
175.00

ATSU01N222LT

219.00

ATSU01N232LT

300.00

A

3-phase supply voltage: 200 ... 480 V 50/60 Hz
1
2
6
1.5
3
2
5
9
3
7.5
12
5
10
22
7.5
15
10
20
32
a
Standard motor power ratings, HP power ratings indicated according to standard UL 508.

Table 18.131: Accessories

18

Description
Power connector between
ATSU 01N2••LT and TeSys U

Used for Starter

Catalog Number

ATSU01N2••T

VW3G4104

$ Price
10.00

Table 18.132: TeSys U Starter and Soft Start Unit Combinations
Motor Power

TeSys U

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Voltage
200 V

ATSU01••

b

Soft Starter

460 V

Power Base

Control Unit b

HP
HP
1
2
ATSU01N206LT
LUC•05BL
1.5
3
ATSU01N206LT
LUC•12BL
2
5
ATSU01N209LT
LUC•12BL
LUB 12
3
—
ATSU01N212LT
LUC•12BL
—
7.5
ATSU01N212LT
LUC •18BL
5
10
ATSU01N222LT
LUC•18BL
7.5
15
ATSU01N222LT
LUC•32BL
LUB 32
10
20
ATSU01N232LT
LUC•32BL
Depending on the configuration of the chosen TeSys U starter, replace the • with A for standard, B for advanced, and M for multifunction. See page
18-28 for a complete list of available control units. Control voltage must be 24 Vdc.

E231693
CCN NLDX
LR96921
Class 3211 06

18-32

CP1G

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Starters

TeSys™ GV2, GV3, and GV7 Manual Starter and Protector
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

The GV family of products are 3-pole, horsepower rated, UL 508 listed manual starters. They include a manual disconnect,
class 10 ambient-compensated thermal overload relay, and instantaneous, magnetic trip mechanism in one compact unit.
Any GV manual starter can be used alone for local manual control of a motor with individual full-load currents up to
220 A. The GV products may also be used in group motor installations in accordance with National Electric Code article
430-53. Group motor installations give you greater panel density for smaller size and require fewer parts and less
wiring for installation when compared to conventional panel designs.
The GV2P and GV3P products also have an additional UL 508 type E rating as a stand-alone, self-protected manual
combination starter. The UL 508 type E rating requires the addition of line side insulating barrier GV2GH7 for the
GV2P, or GV3G66 for the GV3P. The GV2P and GV3P self-protected manual combination starters may also be
combined with specific size contactors from the LC1D product family for a UL 508 Type F combination starter
construction. These products have a UL-listed short circuit current rating from 10–100 kA depending on application size
and voltage. See the Schneider Electric website for more information.

How to Order
GV2ME

To order a basic motor starter, select the model number (GV2ME••, GV2P••, or GV3P••) with the appropriate thermal setting
from the table below. The thermal trip range and setting should be determined from the motor nameplate full-load current.
Table 18.133: GV2, GV3
Group Motor
Applications

3Ø

GV2/3M push button

GV2/3P rotary handle

120 V
208 V
240 V
120 V
208 V
240 V
480 V
600 V
Max. Fuse or
Catalog
Catalog
$ Price
$ Price
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
hp
Circuit Breaker
Number
Number
0.11–0.16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450 A
GV2ME01a
159.
GV2P01
212.
0.16–0.25
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450 A
GV2ME02a
159.
GV2P02
212.
0.25–0.40
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450 A
GV2ME03a
159.
GV2P03
212.
0.40–0.63
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
450 A
GV2ME04a
180.
GV2P04
233.
0.63–1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
0.5
450 A
GV2ME05a
180.
GV2P05
233.
1–1.6
—
—
1/10
—
—
—
0.75
0.75
450 A
GV2ME06a
180.
GV2P06
233.
1.6–2.5
—
1/6
1/6
—
0.5
0.5
1
1.5
450 A
GV2ME07a
180.
GV2P07
233.
2.5–4
1/8
0.25
1/3
—
0.75
0.75
2
3
450 A
GV2ME08a
180.
GV2P08
233.
4–6.3
0.25
0.5
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
3
5
450 A
GV2ME10a
180.
GV2P10
233.
6–10
0.5
1
1.5
1
2
3
5
7.5
450 A
GV2ME14a
180.
GV2P14
233.
9–14
0.75
2
2
2
3
3
10
10
450 A
GV2ME16a
224.
GV2P16
278.
13–18
1
2
3
2
5
5
10
15
450 A
GV2ME20a
224.
GV2P20
278.
17–23
1.5
3
3
3
5
7.5
15
20
450 A
GV2ME21a
224.
GV2P21
278.
20–25
2
—
—
—
7.5
7.5
15
20
450 A
GV2ME22a
224.
GV2P22
278.
24–32
2
5
5
5
7.5
10
20
25
450 A
GV2ME32
224.
GV2P32
278.
9–13
0.5
—
1.5
—
3
3
7.5
10
—
—
—
GV3P13
404.
12–18
0.75
—
2
—
5
5
10
15
—
—
—
GV3P18
404.
17–25
1.5
—
3
—
5
7.5
15
20
—
—
—
GV3P25
404.
23–32
2
—
5
—
7.5
10
20
25
—
—
—
GV3P32
404.
30–40
3
—
—
—
10
—
25
30
—
—
—
GV3P40
504.
37–50
—
—
7.5
—
10
15
30
40
—
—
—
GV3P50
504.
48–65
5
—
10
—
15
20
40
50
—
—
—
GV3P65
504.
a
For spring terminals add 3 to the catalog number (for example, GV2ME013). GV2ME32 is not available with spring terminals. For ring terminals, add 6.

Table 18.134: GV7
Maximum Horsepower Ratings

GV3P

Thermal
Setting
(A)

1Ø

115 V
230 V
hp
hp
12–20
—
—
15–25
—
—
25–40
—
—
30–50
—
—
48–80
—
—
60–100
—
—
90–150
—
—
132–220
—
—
Specifications: page 18-36
Accessories: pages 18-34 to 18-35
Dimensions: pages 18-52 to 18-55

GV7RE20

Toggle Operator

3Ø
200 V
hp
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

230 V
hp
5
7.5
10
15
30
30
50
75

Standard Interrupt
460 V
hp
10
15
30
30
60
75
100
150

575 V
hp
15
20
30
40
75
100
150
200

Catalog
Number
GV7RE20
GV7RE25
GV7RE40
GV7RE50
GV7RE80
GV7RE100
GV7RE150
GV7RE220

High Interrupt

$ Price
417.
417.
417.
417.
417.
456.
502.
502.

Catalog
Number
GV7RS20
GV7RS25
GV7RS40
GV7RS50
GV7RS80
GV7RS100
GV7RS150
GV7RS220

$ Price
813.
813.
813.
813.
813.
891.
978.
978.

Motor Protector Circuit Breakers
Motor protector circuit breakers provide built-in thermal and magnetic protection. They are used in two-device motor
feeder solutions to provide protection against short circuits, overloads, and phase imbalance.
Table 18.135: Two-Device Solutions—Electronic Motor Protector Circuit Breakers with UL Ratings:
H-Frame (150A), J-Frame (250 A), and L-Frame (600 A)b (refer to discount schedule DE2)
Electronic
Trip Unit
Type

E164864
CCN NLRV
LR81630
Class 3211 05

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Full Load
G Interrupting
J Interrupting
Isd
Ampere
(x FLA)
Cat. No.
$ Price
Cat. No.
$ Price
Rating (FLA)
30
14-25
5-13 x FLA HGL36030M38X
1608. HJL36030M38X 1658.
50
14-42
5-13 x FLA HGL36050M38X
1938. HJL36050M38X 1998.
H-Frame
100
2.2 M
30-80
5-13 x FLA HGL36100M38X
2229. HJL36100M38X 2298.
Standardc
150
58-130
5-13 x FLA HGL36150M38X
2701. HJL36150M38X 2785.
J-Frame
250
114-217
5-13 x FLA JGL36250M38X
3105. JJL36250M38X
3201.
400
190-348
5-13 x FLA LGL36400M38X
6041. LJL36400M38X
6160.
L-Frame
2.3 M
600
312-520
5-13 x FLA LGL36600M38X
8429. LJL36600M38X
8604.
b
Two-device solutions (these electronic motor protector circuit breakers include short circuit and overload protection):
—1 contactor, plus
—1 electronic motor circuit protector with a Micrologic 2.2 M
c
The standard trip unit offers Class 5, 10, and 20 and phase unbalance or phase loss protection.
Sensor
Rating

Frame

Trip
Unit

.

I11

Discount
Schedule

L Interrupting
Cat. No.
HLL36030M38X
HLL36050M38X
HLL36100M38X
HLL36150M38X
JLL36250M38X
LLL36400M38X
LLL36600M38X

$ Price
1812.
2191.
2506.
3057.
3253.
6468.
9156.

18-33

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

GV2P21 with
GV2GH7 installed

1Ø

18

Maximum Horsepower Ratings
Thermal
Setting
(A)

Starter Accessories

TeSys™ GV2 and GV3 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.136: Voltage Trips
Only one trip or fault signaling contact can be installed per GV2/GV3 device.
Description

Characteristics

Voltage

Frequency
50 Hz
60 Hz
50 Hz
48 V
60 Hz
100–110 V
50/60 Hz
50 Hz
110–115 V
60 Hz
120–127 V
50 Hz
127 V
60 Hz
Undervoltage or
200 V
50 Hz
Voltage trips
Shunt trip
200–220 V
60 Hz
GV2 & GV3P
(external mounting,
50 Hz
1 block right side only)
220–240 V
60 Hz
50 Hz
380–400 V
60 Hz
415–440 V
50 Hz
415 V
60 Hz
440 V
60 Hz
480 V
60 Hz
500 V
50 Hz
600 V
60 Hz
a
To order an undervoltage trip: replace the bullet ( •) with a U (for example, GVAU025).
To order a shunt trip: replace the bullet ( •) with an S (for example, GVAS025).

Catalog Numbera
GVA•025
GVA•026
GVA•055
GVA•056
GVA•107
GVA•115
GVA•116
GVA•125
GVA•115
GVA•207
GVA•207
GVA•225
GVA•226
GVA•385
GVA•386
GVA•415
GVA•416
GVA•385
GVA•415

24 V

GVAU116

$ Price

81.00

18

GVA•505

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.137: Auxiliary Contact Blocks
Description

GVAE11

Instantaneous auxiliary contacts
GV2 + GV3P

Fault signaling contact +
instantaneous auxiliary contact
GV2 + GV3P

Mounting
Location

Max. No. of
Blocks

Frontbg

1

Left Hand Side

2

Left Hand Sided

1

Contact Type

Sold in lots of

Catalog Number

N.O. or N.C.c
N.O. + N.C.
N.O. + N.O.
N.O. + N.C.
N.O. + N.O.
N.O. (fault) + N.O.
N.O. (fault) + N.C.
N.C. (fault) + N.O.
N.C. (fault) + N.C.

1
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

GVAE1
GVAE11e
GVAE20e
GVAN11e
GVAN20e
GVAD1010
GVAD1001
GVAD0110
GVAD0101

21.80
35.70
35.70
35.70
35.70
54.00
54.00
54.00
54.00

GVAM11

35.70

Short circuit signaling contact
Left Hand Side
1
SPDT
1
GV2 + GV3P
b
Mounting of a GVAE contact block or a GV2AK00 visible isolation block on GV2P.
c
Choice of N.C. or N.O. contact operation, depending on which way the reversible block is mounted.
d
The GVAD is always mounted next to the starter.
e
For spring terminals, add 3 to the catalog number (for example, GVAE113).
f
One trip or one fault signaling can be fitted per GV3.
g
Cannot be used with GV2GH7 insulator.

$ Price

Table 18.138: Voltage Trips–Technical Data (GV2AU, GV2AS)
Rated Voltage—660 Vac

GVAD0101

h

Model
Inrush
Sealed
Pick-Up Voltage
GVAU
12 VA / 8 W
3.5 VA / 1.1 W
0.8—1.1
GVAS
14 VA / 10.5 W
5 VA / 1.6 W
0.7—1.1
From the loss of voltage at the trip terminals to the opening of the starter contacts.

Drop-Out Voltage
0.35—0.7
0.2—0.75

Operating Timeh
10—15 ms
10—15 ms

Catalog Number
GV3APN01

$ Price
136.00

GV3APN02

136.00

GV3APN04

149.00

GVAPK12
GVAPH03
GV3G264
GV3G364

19.00
30.00
25.00
45.00

GV3P••

GV3G66

18.00

GV3P••

LAD96570

12.00

GV3P••
GV3P•••

GV2V03

15.00

Table 18.139: GV3P Accessories
Accessory

Through-the-door operating mechanism (Qty: 1)

Angle bracket (Qty: 1)
Hard bracket (Qty: 1)
Set of 3-pole 115 A busbars (tap-offs: 2, pitch: 64 mm)
Set of 3-pole 115 A busbars (tap-offs: 3, pitch: 64 mm)
Cover “Larger Spacing” UL 508 type E
(Only one cover required on supply side)
IP 20 cover
(Two covers required per starter)
Padlocking device
For use with up to 4 padlocks (not supplied)
Ø 6 mm shank maximum

Application / Use With
NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication, for use with GV3P
NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow, with trip indication,
for use with GV3P
NEMA 3R, 4, 4X Red/Yellow without trip indication,
for use with GV3P
Support shaft, for use with GV2P and GV3P
—
GV3P••
GV3P••

GVAN11

18-34

CP10

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Starter Accessories

TeSys™ GV2, GV3, GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.140: Auxiliary Contact Blocks (auxiliary contact functions depends on location inside the device)
Description

Mounting Location

Max. No. of Blocks

Contact Type

2 per device

N.O. + N.C.

1 per device

N.O. + N.C.

1 per device

N.O. + N.C.

2 per device

N.O. + N.C.

1 per device

N.O. + N.C.

1 per device

N.O. + N.C.

Catalog Number

$ Price

Standard
Instantaneous
Trip Indication

Inside Device

Fault Indication

GV7AE11

35.70

GV7AB11

35.70

Low Level
Instantaneous
Trip Indication

Inside Device

Fault Indication

GV7AC01

Table 18.141: Voltage Trips
Max. No. of Blocks

Voltage
48 Vac

Undervoltage Trip

Shunt Trip

Inside Device

1 per device

Inside Device

1 per device

GV7RE20

GV7AU055

110–130 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AU107

200–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AU207

380–440/480 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AU387

525 Vac

50 Hz

GV7AU525

48 Vac

50 Hz

GV7AS055

110–130 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AS107

200–240 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AS207

380–440/480 Vac

50/60 Hz

GV7AS387

525 Vac
Fault Indication

Inside Device

1 per device

Catalog Number
50 Hz

50 Hz

$ Price

64.00

64.00

GV7AS525

24–130

GV7AD111

110–415

GV7AD112

72.00

Table 18.142: Wiring Accessories
Description

Catalog Number

$ Price

GV7AC021

19.70 each

Sold in lots of 3 for GV7R•220i

GV7AC022

24.90 each

Terminal Extension Kit

Increases center distance between phases to 45 mm

GV7AC03

46.70

Terminal Shroud Kit

Covers terminal connections for touch safe protection

GV7AC01

41.90

Phase Barriers

Provides maximum phase separation at connection points

GV7AC04

31.10

Insulating Barriers

Provides insulation between connectors and backplate

GV7AC05

24.90

Connect to LC1F115–185 contactor

GV7AC06

46.70

Connect to LC1F225–265 contactor

GV7AC07

46.70

Black rotary operating handle with black legend plate (mounts directly on device)

GV7AP03

86.00

Red rotary operating handle with yellow legend plate (mounts directly on device)

GV7AP04

86.00

Conversion accessory to mount the device directly on panel door

GV7AP05

14.00

Black rotary operating handle with black legend plate and extension kit (185–600 mm)

GV7AP01

102.00

Red rotary operating handle with yellow legend plate and extension kit (185–600 mm)

GV7AP02

102.00

GV7V01

14.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

Box Lugs

GV7AD111

Application
Sold in lots of 3 for GV7R•20–150i

Phase Barriers, Bus Bars & Shrouds

Busbars and Covers
Operating Handles and Accessories

GV7AS055

Padlocking device for toggle handle (max. 38 mm padlocks)
i

GV7AP03

Wire size: GV7AC021 = 14 to 3/0 AWG; GV7AC022 = 14 AWG to 350 kcmil.

Table 18.143: Operating Handles
For use with GV2, GV3, and TeSys U through-the-door operating mechanisms
Accessory

Description

Operating Handle (Qty: 1)

NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication

GVAPB54

31.00

NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow, with trip indication

GVAPR54

31.00

NEMA 3R, 4, 4X Red/Yellow without trip indication

GVAPR65

37.00

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 18-52 to 18-55

GVAPB54

GVAPR54
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

GV7AC021

GV7V01
I11

GV7AE11
Discount
Schedule

18-35

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Mounting Location

18

Description

Starter Accessories

TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors LS1 Fuseholders
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•
•
•

45 mm wide (same dimensions as GV2ME)
Available with screw clamp and spring type terminals
Mounts directly to LC1D09–D32 contactors (with use of GV2AF3 or GV2AF4)
Meets application needs for fusible starter
Uses GV2AE instantaneous contact blocks to open control circuits
DIN rail mounted

Table 18.144: LS1 Fuseholders
Description

Dimensions

Fuse Type

in.
mm
Spring terminals, 3-pole
CC, KTK-R
0.41 x 1.5
10.3 x 38
Screw clamp terminals, 3-pole
CC, KTK-R
0.41 x 1.5
10.3 x 38
Spring terminals, 3-pole
aM, gG
0.39 x 1.5
10 x 38
Screw clamp terminals, 3-pole
aM, gG
0.39 x 1.5
10 x 38
Auxiliary main pole adder
aM, gG
0.39 x 1.5
10 x 38
a
Can be mounted on left-hand or right-hand side of the 3-pole LS1D32 block.

Use In

Catalog Number

US Markets
US Markets
European Markets
European Markets
European Markets

LS1D303
LS1D30
LS1D323
LS1D32
LA8D324a

$ Price
86.
86.
101.
86.
65.

Table 18.145: Specifications

18

LS1D30

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Type

LS1D30, LS1D303

Max. voltage

600 V 3 Phase

Max. current

Product approvals

30 A
IEC 60947-1, 60947-2, 60947-4-1, EN60204, BS4841, UL 508,
CSA 222.2 No. 14, NFC 63-650, 63-120, 79-130, VDE 0113, 0660
UL, CSA
BV

Protective treatment

“TH”

Ambient air temperature—operation

-58 to 158o F (-50 to +70o C)

Wiring

Number of conductors and cross sectional area (c.s.a.)

Conforming to standards

LS1D32, LS1D323, LS1DT32

“TH”

Solid cable

2 x 16–8 AWG (1–6 mm2)

Flexible cable without cable end

2 x 14–8 AWG (1–6 mm2)

Flexible cable with cable end

2 x 16–10 AWG (1–4 mm2)

Resistance to mechanical impact conforming to IEC 60947-1 §7-1-6

0.5 J

Tightening torque

15 in-lb (1.7 N•m)

Sensitivity to phase failure

No

30

90

90

30
Operating Positions

Rated voltage—600 V

600 V

Rated thermal current

25 A (GV2), 63 A (GV3)

Mechanical life (varies by application)

GV2: 100,000 operations

Table 18.146: Environmental Specifications and Approvals
Shock resistance
Vibration resistance

30 g (conforming to IEC 600 68-2-27)
5 g (5 to 150 Hz) (IEC 600 68-2-26)
–40 to 176 °F (–40 to +80 °C) for storage
–4 to 140 °F (–20 to +60 °C) open operation
–4 to 104 °F (–20 to +40 °C) enclosed operation
25 operations per hour
Approximately 13 times the maximum thermal trip (non-adjustable setting)

Ambient temperature
Maximum operating rate
Operating current of magnetic trip

File LR81630
Class 3211 05

File E164864
CNN NLRV

18-36

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Starter Accessories

TeSys™ GV2 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.147: GV2 Mounting Accessories
Description

7.5 mm compensation plate

Application
For GV2 plus any 3-pole LC1D09 thru LC1D25 contactor.
(supplied with GV1G02 connector)
For screw mounting of GV2M
Interconnect for GV2 plus any 3-pole LC1K or LP1K contactor
Interconnect GV2 and LC1D09 thru D32
Interconnect GV2 and LC1D09 thru D32 mounted on LAD31
To allow mounting of GV2M and GV2P on a common bus bar

Mounting plate

For mounting GV2ME or GV2P and contactor LC1D09 thru D32

Common mounting plate
Adapter plate
Combination block

GV2GH7

Standard Pack b Catalog Number
1

GK2AF01

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

GV2AF02
GV2AF01
GV2AF3
GV2AF4
GV1F03
LAD31
LAD311

$ Price
21.60
7.10
14.00
3.20
3.20
5.40
6.20
12.30

Table 18.148: GV2 Cabling Accessories—Bus Bars
Description

Application

Pitch
45
54
72
45
54
45
54
72
54

For feeding 2 GV2 starters

3-Pole, 63 A Bus Bar

For feeding 3 GV2 starters
For feeding 4 GV2 starters
For feeding 5 GV2 starters

Standard Pack b Catalog Number
1
GV2G245
1
GV2G254
1
GV2G272
1
GV2G345
1
GV2G354
1
GV2G445
1
GV2G454
1
GV2G472
1
GV2G554

$ Price
23.30
23.30
23.30
28.70
28.70
34.20
34.20
34.20
34.20

LAD31

Application
Top feed for use with bus bars
Terminal blocks
Bottom feed, to be used with bus bars; can be fitted with GV1L3
current limiter
Protective end cover
To cover unused bus bar outlets
3-pole flexible connector
For connecting a GV2 to an LC1D09 thru D25 contactor
Conduit adapter (1/2" NPT)
—
Incoming line insulator
For GV2P when used in UL 508 Type E applicationsa
a
Cannot be used with front-mounted auxiliary contact block.

Standard Pack b Catalog Number
1
GV1G09

$ Price
34.20

1

GV2G05

34.20

5
10
1
10

GV1G10
GV1G02
GV2AK1
GV2GH7

3.60
14.30
16.20
15.00

Table 18.150: GV2 Other Accessories
Description
Visible isolation block—GV2P
Current limiter—GV2M
Through-the-door operating
mechanism
Angle bracket
Hard bracket

Application
Front mounting, 3-pole visible isolation on incoming side of GV2P
Increases interrupt capacity when attached to GV2M
NEMA 1, 12, Black with trip indication, for use with GV2P
NEMA 1, 12, Red/Yellow with trip indication, for use with GV2P
NEMA 3R, 4, 4X, Red/Yellow without trip indication,
for use with GV2P
Support shaft, for use with GV2P
—

Standard Pack b Catalog Number
1
GV2AK00
1
GV1L3
1
GV2APN01
1
GV2APN02

$ Price
71.40
117.00
131.00
131.00

1

GV2APN04

144.00

1
1

GVAPK11
GVAPH02

19.00
30.00

Rating
NEMA 1, IP41
IP55
NEMA 1, IP41
IP55
NEMA 1, IP41
IP55

Catalog Number
GV2MC01
GV2MC02
GV2MP01
GV2MP02
GV2MP03
GV2MP04

$ Price
54.00
78.00
31.10
54.00
27.90
49.70

Standard Packb

Catalog Number

$ Price

Table 18.151: GV2 Enclosures
Description
Enclosures for GV2M
with or without accessories
(maximum of 1 accessory
on right and left)
Enclosures are not UL or CSA
listed.

Mounting
Surface mounting
Flush mounting
Flush mounting reduced width (max. of 1 accessory on right)

Table 18.152: GV2 Enclosures Accessories
LAD311

Description
Padlocking device for GV2M
(when padlocked, starter is
automatically in Off position)

Type
—
Spring return

Mushroom head stop push
button
(40 mm, red) c

GV2AF3 / GV2AF4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Key release (Ronis key no. 455)
Turn to Release
Latching / Padlockable Turn to Release
Sealing kit
For enclosures GV2MC01 and GV2MP01
110 V
Green
110 V
Red
110 V
Orange
110 V
White
220/240 V
Green
220/240 V
Red
Pilot Light (neon)
220/240 V
Orange
220/240 V
White
380/440 V
Green
380/440 V
Red
380/440 V
Orange
380/440 V
White
b
Orders must specify multiples of quantities listed.
c
Supplied with IP55 sealing kit.
Latching

I11

Discount
Schedule

1

GV2V01

26.90

1
1
1
1
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

GV2K011
GV2K021
GV2K031
GV2K04
GV2E01
GV2SN13
GV2SN14
GV2SN15
GV2SN17
GV2SN23
GV2SN24
GV2SN25
GV2SN27
GV2SN33
GV2SN34
GV2SN35
GV2SN37

35.90
104.00
52.00
117.00
18.00

26.90

18-37

18

Description

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.149: GV2 Other Cabling Accessories

Wiring, Communications,
and Busbar System

TeSys™ Contactors and Motor Protectors witH Spring Terminals
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0101
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.153: Splitter Boxes
A total of up to eight starters is permissible after extensions. Use multiple quantities of the same catalog number to
create the desired line-up.
Description

APP2R4H1

Type of Control-Command
Connection on
Control System Side

50 A power splitter box

No. of I/O per
Starter

—

$ Price

LAD322
LAD324
APP2R4H1
APP2R4H2
APP2R2E
APP2R4E
APP2R2AS
APP2R4AS

52.00
93.00
124.00
124.00
124.00
124.00
124.00
124.00

1I/1O
2I/1O

via module APP1C••• a

—
2I/1O
1I/1O

AS-Interface
a

Catalog Number

2
4
4
4
2
4
2
4

—

1 x HE10 8I/8O
1 x HE10 16I and 1 x HE10 8O
50 A power and control splitter box

No. of Starters
per Unit

Connection to an APP1C••• module via APP2CX adapter (LAD35).

Table 18.154: Power Connection Components for One Starter

18

LAD35

Description
Kit Consists Of:
Catalog Number
Assembly and power connection kit
One LAD31 plate for GV2ME and two LAD34 power connection modules
LAD351
Reversing kit b
One set of bus bars and one mechanical interlock
LAD32
b
To create a TeSys D reverser, use two LC1D contactors, one assembly and power connection kit, and one reversing kit.

$ Price
21.00
20.70

Table 18.155: Power Connection Accessories for One Starter
Description

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Upstream terminal block (50 A max)
Downstream terminal block (50 A max)

Max. Connection
Cross-Section
16 mm2 (6 AWG)
6 mm2 (10 AWG)

Use

Catalog Number

Power supply for one or two power splitter boxes
Connection of motor cables

LAD3B
LAD331

$ Price
83.00
5.00

Table 18.156: Control Connection Module for One Starter
Description

LAD3B
Control connection module
(integrating contact block GVAE20)
c
d

LAD33

D-Line
Coil Voltage
12–240 Vac or
24–125 Vdc
24–48 Vdc

Type of Coil Control
Relay
Electromechanical c
Without relay d

Type of Starter

Catalog Number

Non-reversing
Reversing
Non-reversing
Reversing

APP2D1
APP2D2
APP2D1D
APP2D2D

$ Price
41.40
72.00
31.10
31.10

Relay supplied mounted on the front panel of the control connection.
The use of TeSys D low consumption contactors is recommended.

Table 18.157: Spare or Replacement Parts
Type of Control-Command
Connection on Control
System Side

No. of I/O
per Starter

—

—

Power connection module

—
1 x HE10 8I/8O
1 x HE10 16I and 1 x HE10 8O

—
1I/1O
2I/1O

Control-command splitter box (single, for
mounting on a power splitter box)

Per module APP1C••• e

Description
Plate for mounting a GV2ME manual starter

AS-Interface
Replacement electromechanical relay (for control connection module)
e
Connection to an APP1C••• module via APP2CX adapter (LAD35).

—
2I/1O
1I/1O
—

No. of
Starters

Sold in
Lots of

Catalog Number

1
1
1
4
4
2
4
2
4
1

10
10
10
1
1
1
1
1
1
10

LAD31
LAD311
LAD341
APP2R4H3
APP2R4H4
APP2R2C
APP2R4C
APP2R2A
APP2R4A
APP2ER

$ Price
6.20
12.30
7.50
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
7.50

APP2D1•

18-38

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Busbar Accessories

TeSys™ AK5 Panel Busbar System
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

The AK5 pre-fabricated bus bar system provides a quick and easy method of mounting control devices. All components
are finger safe, UL Listed, CSA approved and CE marked. Although the AK5 system can be screw mounted onto any
type of support, it must be mounted on the AM1DL201 DIN rail when component mounting plates incorporating a tapoff are used. When using tap-offs, the nominal operating current of the bus bar (160 A @ 35°) must not be exceeded.
Table 18.158: 160 A, 3-Phase Busbar System
Maximum number of mounting plates
Length
Tap-off
1.42 in.

AK5JB143

Standard Width Plate

36 mm

2.13 in.

54 mm

Extension Plate
2.80 in.

71 mm

in.

mm

Catalog Number

$ Price

6

4

2

13.39

344

AK5JB143

210.00

9

6

3

17.64

452

AK5JB144

266.00

12

8

4

21.85

560

AK5JB145

286.00

15

10

5

26.05

668

AK5JB146

345.00

24

16

8

38.69

992

AK5JB149

393.00

27

18

9

42.90

1100

AK5JB1410

540.00

Table 18.159: Mounting Plate Tap-off (plugs into busbar mounted on AM1DL201 DIN rail)

AK5PA231

mm

Thermal
Current Amperes

2.13

54

25 A

2.13

54

25 A

4.25

108

25 A

Application

GV2 with

Catalog Number

$ Price

LUS or LUB 12 and 32

AK5PA231

98.00

contactor

AK5PA232

120.00

AK5PA232S

206.00

reversing contactor

Table 18.160: Bus Tap-off (plugs into busbar for wiring to a separately mounted device)
Width

AK5PA232S

Length of Leads

in.

mm

Thermal
Current Amperes

1.42

36

32 A

9.84

250

AK5 PC33

23.00

1.42

36

32 A

39.37

1000

AK5 PC33L

37.80

Catalog Number
in.

$ Price

mm

Table 18.161: Extension Plates
Used to mount wider components. Bolt to standard mounting plates (after DIN rails are removed).

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Width
in.

Width
mm

2.80

71

Application

Catalog Number

$ Price

GV & Reversing contactor

AK5PE27

26.30

$ Price

Table 18.162: Mounting Rail (must be used for mounting plates with tap-offs)
Depth

Length

mm

mm

Catalog
Number

15

2000

AM1DL201

Description
75 mm Omega Rail

41.10

AM1DL201

Table 18.163: Approvals: IEC 439, UL, CSA, DNV, LROS

File E161251
CCN NMTR

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

File LR 89150
Class 6228-01

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-39

18

AK5PC33

in.

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Contactors, AC Coil
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.164: TeSys D Contactors AC Control Circuits
LC1D09 to D18 (3-pole) and LC1DT12 to LC1DT40 (4 pole)

LC1D25 to D38 (3-pole)

Minimum electrical clearance

Minimum electrical clearance

Minimum electrical clearance

1.73
44

Minimum electrical clearance

b

b
b1

b

b

LA4

c

.39
10

b1

18
c

c2

c3

c3

c2

c3
a
b

.51
13
(LAD8)

c

.39
10

1.77
45

c

.39
10

c1

c1

c2

c2

c3

c3

1.77
45

DC Coil

AC coil, without add-on accessories
3.03 (77)
DC coil
—
AC coil, with LAD4BB b
3.70 (94)
AC coil, with LA4D*2 b
4.33 (110) a
AC coil, with LA4DF, DT b
4.68 (119) a
AC coil, with LA4DR, DW, DL b
4.96 (126) a
AC coil, without cover or add-on blocks
3.30 (84)
AC coil, with cover, without add-on blocks
3.38 (86)
DC coil, without cover or add-on blocks
3.66 (93)
DC coil, with cover, without add-on blocks
3.76 (95)
AC coil, with LADN or C (two or four contacts) 4.60 (117)
DC coil, with LADN or C (two or four contacts) 4.96 (126)
AC coil, with LAD6K10
5.07 (129)
DC coil, with LAD6K10
5.43 (138)
AC coil, with LADT,R,S
5.39 (137)
AC coil, with LADT,R,S and sealing cover
5.55 (141)
DC coil with LADT,R,S
5.76 (146)
DC coil with LADT,R,S and sealing cover
5.90 (150)
Including LAD4BB
Not applicable to devices with DC coils

3.89 (99)
3.14 (80)
3.36 (85)
—
—
—
4.21 (107)
3.75 (95.5)
3.85 (98)
4.84 (123) a 4.30 (111.5) a 4.48 (114) a
5.19 (132) a 4.76 (120.5) a 4.84 (123) a
5.67 (139) a 5.0 (127.5) a 5.11 (130) a
3.30 (84)
3.30 (84)
3.54 (90)
3.38 (86)
3.38 (86)
3.62 (92)
3.66 (93)
3.66 (93)
3.89 (99)
3.76 (95)
3.76 (95)
3.97 (101)
4.60 (117)
4.60 (117)
4.84 (123)
4.96 (126)
4.96 (126)
5.19 (132)
5.07 (129)
5.07 (129)
5.31 (135)
5.43 (138)
5.43 (138)
5.66 (144)
5.39 (137)
5.39 (137)
5.62 (143)
5.55 (141)
5.55 (141)
5.78 (147)
5.76 (146)
5.76 (146)
5.98 (152)
5.76 (146)
5.76 (146)
6.14 (156)

3.89 (99)
—
4.21 (107)
4.84 (123) a
5.19 (132) a
5.47 (139) a
3.54 (90)
3.62 (92)
3.89 (99)
3.97 (101)
4.84 (123)
5.19 (132)
5.31 (135)
5.66 (144)
5.62 (143)
5.78 (147)
5.98 (152)
6.14 (156)

3.34 (85)
—
3.85 (98)
4.48 (114)
5.02 (129)
7.48 (190)
3.54 (90)
3.62 (92)
—
3.90 (99)
4.84 (123)
4.84 (123)
5.31 (135)
5.31 (135)
5.62 (143)
5.78 (147)
5.62 (143)
5.78 (147)

3.89 (99)
—
—
—
—
—
3.54 (90)
3.62 (92)
—
3.90 (99)
4.84 (123)
4.84 (123)
5.31 (135)
5.31 (135)
5.62 (143)
5.78 (147)
5.62 (143)
5.78 (147)

3.58 (91)
—
—
—
—
—
3.85 (98)
3.93 (100)
—
4.21 (107)
5.15 (131)
5.15 (131)
5.62 (143)
5.62 (143)
5.94 (151)
6.10 (155)
5.94 (151)
6.10 (155)

4.13 (105)
—
—
—
—
—
3.85 (98)
3.93 (100)
—
4.21 (107)
5.15 (131)
5.15 (131)
5.62 (143)
5.62 (143)
5.94 (151)
6.10 (155)
5.94 (151)
6.10 (155)

Table 18.165: AC Coil
LC1D80004 (4P)

5.75* (LA1)
146

.51
13
(LA8)

6.50** (LA2, LA3, LA6 DK1)
165

2.95 (3P) 3.34 (4P)
85
75

4.92
125

5.00
127

5.00
127

5.20 (LA4 DA2, DE2)
132
5.59 (LA4 DF, DT)
142
5.91 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ)
150

4.49
114

6.02* (LA1)
153

.51
13
(LA8)

*except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136
** +4 mm with lead sealing device

6.77** (LA2, LA3, LA6 DK2)
172

Minimum electrical clearance

b1

b1

18-40

4.61
117

c

c1

c

c3

.51
13
(LA8)

DT60A–DT80A

D40008

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

in. (mm)

2.17 (55)

2.76 (70)

3.35 (85)

—

—

5.31 (135)

with LA4 DB3 or LAD 4BB3

5.35 (136)

—

—

with LA4 DF, DT

6.18 (157)

—

5.59 (142)

with LA4 DM, DW, DL

6.54 (166)

—

5.91 (150)

without cover or add-on blocks

4.65 (118)

4.65 (118)

4.92 (125)

with cover, without add-on blocks

4.72 (120)

4.72 (120)

—

—

—

5.47 (139)

with LA4 D•2

c2

3.34 (3P) 3.78 (4P)
96
85

D40A–D65A

LC1
a

c1

.51
13
(LA8)

*except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136
** +4 mm with lead sealing device

LC1 D40A–D65A (3P), LC1 DT60A–DT80A (4P) AC OR DC

0.47
12

5.51 (LA4 DA2, DE2)
140
5.79 (LA4 DF, DT)
147
6.18 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ)
157

LC1D40, D50, D65 (3P), LC1D65004 (4P)

4.80
122

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

c1

c1

c2

AC Coil

b

c

.39
10

c1

0.49
12.5
(LAD 8N)

a

0.49
12.5
(LAD 8N)

with LAD N (1 contact)
with LAD N or C (2 or 4 contacts)

5.91 (150)

5.91 (150)

5.79 (147)

6.42 (163)

6.42 (163)

6.26 (159)

with LAD T, R, S

6.73 (171)

6.73 (171)

6.57 (167)

with LAD T, R, S and sealing cover

6.89 (175)

6.89 (175)

6.73 (171)

c2 with LAD 6K10 or LA6 DK
c3

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Contactors, DC Coil
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.166: DC Coil
LC1D40, D50, D65 (3P), LC1D650004, (4P)

LC1D80 (3P), LC1D800004(4P)

Minimum electrical clearance

2.95(3P) 3.34(4P)
75
85

8.03* (LA1)
204
8.78d (LA6 DK2, LA2, LA3)
223

7.13
181

4.96
126

4.96
126

5.20 (LA4 DC3)
132
5.47 (LA4 DF, DT)
139
5.75 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ)
146

6.73
171

.47
12

5.51 (LA4 DC3)
140
5.79 (LA4 DF, DT)
147
6.06 (LA4 DM, DR, DW, DZ)
154

Minimum electrical clearance

.47
12

8.27* (LA1)
210
9.02d (LA6 DK3, LA2, LA3)
223

3.34 (3P) 3.78(4P)
85
96

*except LA1DN10, DN01 = 143
d + 4 mm with lead sealing device

*except LA1DN10, DN01 = 136
d + 4 mm with lead sealing device

D115

D1156

D150

D1506

c

5.12 (132)

4.53 (115)

5.12 (132)

4.53 (115)

G (3-poles)

3.78/4.33 (96/110)

3.78/4.33 (96/110)

3.78/4.33 (96/110)

3.78/4.33 (96/110)

G (4-poles)

5.12/5.67 (130/144)

5.12/5.67 (130/144)

—

—

=
c

=

G

=

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

LC1

5.12
130

6.22
158

=

LC1D115, D150

6.61c (LA2, LA3)
168

6.85 (LA4D•2, D•3)
174
7.28 (DF, DT)
185
7.40 (DM, DR, DW, DL)
188

LA4

6.22
158

LA8

c

LC1

C

A

D115, D150
D115004
D1156, D1506
D1150046

5.12 (132)
5.12 (132)
4.53 (115)
4.53 (115)

4.72 (120)
6.10 (155)
4.72 (120)
6.10 (155)

18

LC1D115, D150

a

5.91q (LA1)
150 6.10 (LA6-DK20)
155

a
b

With 2 or 4 contacts.
+ 4 mm with sealing cover.

LR9D solid-state overload relay
Direct mounting beneath contactors
LC1D115 and D150

5.20
132

d

35 mm DIN rail dimensions
AM1DP200 and DR200
d
0.10 (2.5)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

10.04
255

4.72
120
AM1DE••• and ED•••
.41 (10.5)

5.20
132

d

35 mm DIN rail dimensions
AM1DP200 and DR200
d
0.10 (2.5)
Note: All dimensions are in Inches (mm).

5.35
136

6.85
174

5.91
150

7.44
189

10.51
267

LR2D4 bimetallic overload relay
Direct mounting beneath contactors
LC1D115 and D150

4.72
120

AM1DE••• and ED•••
.41 (10.5)

18-41

Dimensions

TeSys™ F Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

All dimensions shown in mm.
To convert to inches, divide by 25.4.

LC1F115 to F330

S

a

Table 18.167: LC1F115–F330 Dimensions

s1

=

F115

X1

M

b

b2

c

=

X1

(see Table 18.168)

L

18

c
a

F150

F185

F265

F330

LC1

Q

P

Q1

P
a

f

=

J
J1

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

b1

=

Protective cover Type
LA9F70•.

G1

=

=

G

Z

Y

34343434Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole Pole
a
163.5 200.5 163.5 200.5 168.5 208.5 201.5 243.5
b
162 162 170 170 174 174 203 203
b1
137 137 137 137 137 137 145 145
b2
265 265 301 301 305 305 370 370
c
165b 165b 165b 165b 176 176 207 207
f
131 131 131 131 130 130 147 147
G
106 143 106 143 111 151 142 190
G1
80
80
80
80
80
80
96
96
J
106 106 106 106 106 106 106 106
J1
120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
L
107 107 107 107 113.5 113.5 141 141
M
147 147 150 150 154 154 178 178
P
37
37
40
40
40
40
48
48
Q
29.5 29.5 26.5
26
29
29
39
34
Q1
60
60
57.5 55.5 59.5 59.5 66.5 66.5
S
15
15
20
20
20
20
25
25
S1
27
27
34
34
34
34
38
38
Y
44
44
44
44
44
44
38
38
Z
13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 13.5 21.5 21.5
b
+6 mm with time delay block (for F115 and F150).
c
Optimal terminal shroud
f = minimum distance required for coil removal.

3Pole
213
206
145
375
219
147
154.5
96
106
120
145
181
48
43
74
25
44.5
38
20.5

4Pole
261
206
145
375
219
147
202.5
96
106
120
145
181
48
43
74
25
44.5
38
20.5

Table 18.168: LC1F115–F330 Voltage
220/380 V
415/440 V
500 V
660 V
1000 V
LC1F115, F150
20
25
30
40
20
LC1F185
20
25
30
40
30
LC1F265
20
25
40
50
40
LC1F330
25
35
40
50
50
X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking
capacity.

Table 18.169: LC1F400–F500 Dimensions
LC1F400 to F500

LC1

2.20
56

S

1.49
38

X1

=

M10 X 30 dia.

M

b2

=

X1

(see Table 18.170)

b

8.23
209

e

c

Q

L

P

Q1

P
a

f

=
7.09
180

F500
2-Pole
233
238
400
226
141
80
66
120
170
156
210
39.5
146
208
55
76
102
30

3-Pole
233
238
400
226
141
80
66
120
170
156
210
39.5
146
208
55
46
77
30

4-Pole
288
238
400
226
141
140
66
175
230
156
265
34.5
146
208
55
46
77
30

Table 18.170: LC1F400–F500 Voltage
220/230 V
415/440 V
500 V
660 V
1000 V
LC1F400
30
40
40
50
60
LC1F500
40
45
50
60
60
X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking
capacity.

=

=

4.7
120

=

8 X 8.5 dia.

F400

2-Pole
3-Pole
4-Pole
a
213
213
261
b
206
206
206
b2
375
375
375
c
213
213
213
f
119
119
119
Gd
80
80
80
G min.
66
66
66
G max.
102
102
150
G1d
170
170
170
G1 min.
156
156
156
G1 max.
192
192
240
J
19.5
19.5
67.5
L
145
145
145
M
181
181
181
P
48
48
48
Q
69
43
43
Q1
96
74
74
S
25
25
25
d
Supplied
e
Protective cover
f = Minimum distance required for coil removal.

G
.92
23.5

G1

Dual Dimensions:

18-42

J

INCHES
Millimeters

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ F Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.171: LC1F Dimensions
LC1F630 and LC1F800

2.52
64

1.57
40

2.83
72

Dual Dimensions:

6 x M12 x 45

INCHES
Millimeters

c

7.09
180

10.39
264

18.28
464
=

=

X1

11.02
280

11.97
304

X1

=

=

4 x Dia. 10.5 mm

3.15
80

G supplied

G min.

G max.

J1

Q

Q1

LC1F630
* = minimum distance
required for coil removal.
c Protective terminal
cover.

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

in.

mm

2P

12.17

309

7.09

180

3.94

100

7.68

195

2.70

68.5

4.02

102

5.00

127

3P

12.17

309

7.09

180

3.94

100

7.68

195

2.70

68.5

2.36

60

3.50

89

4P

15.31

389

9.45

240

5.91

J1

7.13*
181

a

a

G

2.38
60

Q1

150 10.83

275

2.70

68.5

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

7.76
197

3.15
80

2.36

60

3.50

LC1F780, F7804

X1:Minimum clearance according to the
operational voltage and the breaking capacity.

89

Voltage (V)

380

415/440

X1 in mm

60

60

500 660 1000
60

70

80

12 x M14 x 45
1.02
26

=

X1

15.74
400

13.70
348

17.08
434

11.02
280

.86
22

18

X1

=

2.36
60

1.02
26

9.84
250

Q

6.10
155

6.50
165
9.84
250

6.30
160

7.52
191
27.64f
702

7.20*
183

380

415/440

660

1000

X1 in mm

90

100

120

120

7.20*
183

a Overall length (4 poles)
*minimum distance required for coil removal.

LC1F7804 mounting

5.00
127

5.00
127

LC1F780 mounting

7.52
191

f Overall length (3 poles)

X1: Minimum clearance according to the operational voltage and the breaking
capacity.
Voltage (V)

6.30
160
33.93a
862

8 x Dia. 10.5 mm

5.00
127

5.00
127

7.09
180

7.09
180

6 x Dia. 10.5 mm

3.50
90

9.45
240

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

9.45
240

5.20
132

3.50
90

9.45
240

7.48
190

9.45
240

4.00
102

18-43

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Reversing Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.172: Reversing Contactor Dimensions
LC2D09–D32
LC2DT20–DT60
2 x LC1DT20–DT60

2 x LP1D40, D65, D80, D95

=

.31
8

G1

=

=

=

G

=

e2

c

3.94
100

b

2.36
60

b

4.33
110

2.76
70

2xM0.16
2xM4

e1

6xØ0.26
6xØ6.5

=

a

b

c

G

in. (mm)
3.34 (85)
3.58 (91)

in. (mm)
3.54 (90)
3.85 (98)

in. (mm)
3.14 (80)
3.14 (80)

a

LC2 or 2 x LC1

b

c

G

e1

e2

a

1.57
40
G

=

G1

in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm) in. (mm)
D40 to D65
7.16 (182) 5.0 (127) 7.4 (190) 1.19 (5) 0.43 (11) 2.2 (57) 3.8 (97)
D80 and D95 8.14 (207) 5.0 (127) 8.4 (215) 0.51 (13) 0.78 (20) 3.7 (96) 4.3 (111)
c, e1 and e2: includes cabling.

LC2D115 and D150
2 x LC1D115 and D150
Panel mounted with 1/4 in. screw

=

5.12
130

6.22
158

=

e1

Dimensions shown in millimeters
(mm ÷ 25.4 = inches)

e2

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

in. (mm)
DT20 and DT25
3.54 (90)
DT32 to DT60
3.54 (90)
c, e2: includes cabling.

1.57
40

.51
13

18

a

LC2 or 2 x LC1

=

e2

c

=

G

c
LC2 or 2 x LC1 (3-pole)
D115, D150
LC2 or 2 x LC1 (4-pole)
D115
c, e1 and e2 includes cabling

=

a
a

c

e1

e2

G

266
a
334

148
c
148

56
e1
—

18
e2
60

242/256
G
310/324

NOTE: For dimensions of TeSys F reversing contactors, please refer to catalog 8502CT9901.

18-44

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Overload Relays
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.173: TeSys D Overload Relay Dimensions
LRD-01-35
Independent mounting on 50 mm centers or on rail AM1DP200 or DE200

1.38
35

Independent mounting on 110 mm centers

.39
10

1.81
46
=

=

LAD7B106

1.77
45

=
4.33
110

4.92
125

.08
2

.24
6

3.15
80

.20
5

1.50
38

1.97
50

3.15
80

.59
15

LAD7B106

=

Remote tripping or electrical reset

LAD703 a

DX1AP25

3.54
90

2xØ0.26
2xØ6.5

LRD, LR2D and LR9D
Reset by flexible cable LA7D305 and LAD7305
Mounting with cable straight

Mounting with cable bent

e

Can only be mounted on RH side of relay LRD-01 to 35

e

c: up to 21.6 in. (550 mm)
e: up to 0.79 in. (20 mm)

LRD3tt
Beneath LC1DttA contactor

Separate mounting

LC1D pp A

2.17
55

4.57
116

4.84
123

2.17
55

LA7-D2064

2xØ0.18
2xØ4.5

3.54
90

0.31
8
0.67
17

3.86
98

LR2D1, LR3D1
Separate mounting at 110 mm (4.33 in.) centers

d

=

2xØ0.18
2xØ4.5

0.51
0.87 13
22

LR2D2, LR3D2
Separate mounting at 110 mm (4.33 in.) centers
2.24
57

=

=
LA7D2064

=

1.81
46

=
DX1AP25

2.17
55
1.57
40

=

1.97/2.56
50/65

=

1.97/2.56
50/65

0.16
4

1.48
43.5

3.11
79

1.77
45
1.38
35

1.71
43.5

=

LA7-D1064

LR2D2, LR3D2
Separate mounting at 50 mm (1.97 in.) centers or on AM1DP200 or DE200 rail

0.12
3

LR2D1, LR3D1
Separate mounting at 50 mm (1.97 in.) centers or on AM1DP200 or DE200 rail

d

LA7D1064

DX1AP25

=

Mounting
Holes
1.97
50

=

=

4.33
110

4.92
125

4.33
110

4.92
125

1.97
50

Mounting
Holes

4.25
108

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

18

3.43
87

7.28
185

3.86
98

M10x0.04
M10x1

=

a

c

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

1.26
32

2 x Ø6.5 mm
Screws

4.25
108

2 x Ø6.5 mm
Screws

18-45

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Thermal Overload Relays
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.174: TeSys D Thermal Overload Relay Dimensions, in. (mm)
LRD-01-35
Direct mounting beneath contactors with screw

18

LC1•
b
c

LRD-013-353
Direct mounting beneath contactors with spring terminal connections

LC1•
b

D09–D18
D25–D38
4.84 (123)
5.39 (137)
See Catalog 8502CT9901
pages 122, 123.

D093–383
4.84 (123)
See Catalog 8502CT9901
pages 122, 123.

c

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

LRD-3•••
Direct mounting beneath contactors
LC1-D40 to D95 and LP1-D40 to D80
AM1•

DL201

d

LRD4•••
Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150

a

AM1DL200 and DR200
AM1DE200 and ED•••
d
0.10 (2.5)
0.41 (10.5)
For additional specifications and selection information, see catalog 8502CT9901

18-46

0.28 (7)

DL200
0.67 (17)
b

g(3P)

g(4P)

LC1D80
LC1D95

AC Control Circuit
4.55 (115.5) 4.88 (124) 3.03 (76.9)
4.55 (115.5) 4.88 (124) 3.03 (76.9)

c

e

0.37 (9.5)
0.37 (9.5)

0.87 (22)
—

LC1D40, LP1D40
LC1D50
LC1D65, LP1D65
LC1D80, D95, LP1D80

DC Control Circuit
4.37 (111)
6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4)
4.37 (111)
6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4)
4.37 (111)
6.93 (176) 2.85 (72.4)
4.55 (115.5) 7.06 (179.4) 3.03 (76.9)

0.18 (4.5)
0.18 (4.5)
0.18 (4.5)
0.37 (9.5)

0.51(13)
—
0.51(13)
0.87(22)

LR9D
Direct mounting beneath contactors LC1D115 and D150

d

AM1DP200 and DR200
0.10 (2.5)

AM1DE200 and ED•••
0.41 (10.5)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ F Overload Relays
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.175: TeSys F Overload Relay Dimensions
LR9F5•71

LR9F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69

Common side view

1.97
50

LR9F7•75, F7•79, F7•81

LR9F7•81

Common side view

(for mounting beneath LC1F630)
P1

P2
Ø11

1.18
30

4xØ5.5

2.36
60

Ø13

3.15
80

2.44
62

1.57
40

3.23
82

5.39
137

.24
6

.87
22
2.76
70

5.94
151

7.44
189

.98
25
2.05
52
2.60
66

9.02
229

1.77
45

4.29
109

2.05
52
2.60
66

.24
6

LR9F7•75
LR9F7•79, F7•81
Terminal shroud LA9-F70•

7.87
200

.79
20

3.15
80

4xØ5.5

.79
20

18

1.65
42

.55
14

5.04
128

c

2.80
71

4.53
115

1.85
.11
47
3
Terminal shroud LA9F70•
6.5 x 13.5 for LR9F5•57 and 8.5 x 13.5 for LR9F5•63, F5•67, F5•69

cf

1.97
50
1.57
40

2.99
76

2.80
71

2.36
60

2.99
76

4xØ5.5

4.53
115

a
b

1.97
50

1.97
50
1.57
40

bc

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

.98
25

4.72
120

3.78
96

Ø11

1.89
48

.22
6

1.89
48

.22
6

2.24
57

1.77
45

.11
3

3.98
101

4.88
124

aq

1.57
40

P1
48
55

P2
48
55

3.03
77

3.03
77

Direct mounting beneath reversing contactors or star-delta contactors

b

H3

H3

Direct mounting beneath contactor LC1F

7.60
193

b
H4
H2

H2

H1

LA7F40 e
LA7F40p
Bus
Bar
Busbar

d
LC1 contactors
F115
F150
F185
F225

d
e

With LR9 relays
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•71
F7•75, F7•79
F265
F5•71
F7•75, F7•79
F330
F7•75, F7•79
F400
F7•75, F7•79, F7•81
F500
F7•75, F7•79, F7•81
F630
F7•81
Relay mounting plate, see page 18-16.
Connection accessories, see page 18-16.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

b
240
246
250
273
308
279
314
317
317
346
510

H1
30
30
30
40
50
40
60
60
60
70
110

H2
76
76
76
76
108.8
76
108.8
108.8
108.8
108.8
108.8

H3
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
180
180
180

LC1 contactors
F115
F150
F185
F225
F265
F330
F400
F500
F630

With LR9 relays
F5•57, F5 • 63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•57, F5•63, F5•67, F5•69
F5•71
F7•75, F7•79
F5•71
F7•75, F7•79
F7•75, F7•79
F7•75, F7•79, F7•81
F7•75, F7•79, F7•81
F7•81

b
279
283
285
319
360
332
363
364
364
390
509

H4
60
60
60
80
100
90
100
100
100
110
120

H2
76
76
76
76
108.8
76
108.8
108.8
108.8
108.8
108.8

H3
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
120
180
180
180

18-47

Dimensions

TeSys™ D Combination and Non-combination Starters
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.176: TeSys D Combination Starter Dimensions, Reversing and Non-Reversing
NEMA 1
D09–25 (FVNR)

D09–40 (FVR); D32-40 (FVNR)

10.00
254

5.00

7.50

127

191

3.00

7.50

76

191

18.00

203

419

16.50

14.02

R

318

12.52

18

18

356

.69

457

8.00

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

R

Provision for 1/4" Screw

Provision for 1/4" Screw

NEMA 12/3R
D09–25 (FVNR)

D09–40 (FVR); D32–-40 (FVNR)

10.00
254

5.00

7.75

127

197

8.00
3.00

7.75

457

18.00

499

19.63

356

14.00

378

18.88

197

397

15.63

14.88

76

480

203

R

R

Provision for 1/4" Screw

Provision for 1/4" Screw

Table 18.177: Non-Combination Starter Dimensions

A

13

.50

Non-Combination Starters

.75

E

B

19

J
K

C

R

F

56

14

D/2
D

G

H

Provision for 1/4" Screw

Type 1
Non-Reversing
Reversing
D09-32
—
D40-65
D09-32
D80
D40-80
Note: All dimensions in inches.

18-48

A
6.77
8.66
10.63

B
10.04
10.83
13.98

C
6.25
7.21
7.21

D
5.38
7.25
9.22

E
9.00
9.75
12.94

F
G
1–1.25 0.5–0.75
1.25–1.5 0.5–0.75
1.25–1.5 0.5–0.75

Type 12/3R
H
—
1–1.25
1–1.25

J
1–0.25
1–0.25
1–1.25

K
0.5–0.75
0.5–0.75
0.5–0.75

D
5.38
5.38
5.38

E
11.37
12.15
15.30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ K Contactors
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.178: TeSys K Contactor Dimensions
LR2K
Direct mounting under the contactor

Separate mounting with LA7-K0064 terminal block on 35 mm rail
(AM1DP200 or AM1DE200)

1.38
35

4.57
116
2.28
58

2.56
65

3.15
80

1.50
38

4 x Ø4

1.97
50

.31
8

1.77
45

1.77
45

13

A1

13

5

3

Wiring Scheme

1

Three-phase

2.95
75
3.09 (DP200)
78
3.38 (DE200)
86

A
H

95

Internal
Links

96

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

14

A2

6

4

A2

96

Test

LC1, LP1, LP4K
Mini-contactors
On baseplate

96

98
6

95
4

2

97

A1

– KM1

Reset/Stop

LC2, LC8, LP2, LP5K
Reversing mini-contactors
On baseplate

8 x Ø4

1.97
50

2.28
58

1.38
35
1.77
45

2.24
57

2.24
57

1.22
31

3.15
80

3.54
90

On AM1DP200 or DE200 rail (35 mm)

2.28
58

2.28
58

On AM1DP200 or DE200 rail (35 mm)

2.24
57

2.24
57

1.77
45

3.54
90

On printed circuit board for reversing contactors or 2 mini-contactors side-by-side

On printed circuit board

1.77
45

.34
A1 9
A1

2.28
58

1.97
50
2.05
52

2.28
58
10 x Ø.051
10 x Ø1.3

.34
9

A1

.34
9

A2

20 x Ø.051
20 x Ø1.3

A2

LA2KT
Electronic time delay contact blocks

1.97
50
2.05
52

1.22
31

LA1-K

2.28
58

4 x Ø4

1.97
50

LA1-K

1.77
45

1.77
45

A2

On mini-contactors or reversing mini-contactors

1.34
34
Dual Dimensions:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2.28
58

1.06
27

LA2-KT

1.50
38
INCHES
Millimeters

1.34
34

2.24
57

18-49

18

2

97

95
96

95

O

98

5

3

6

4

2

1

14

– KM1

Dimensions

TeSys™ U Motor Starters
Refer to Catalog 8502CT0201
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.179: TeSys U Starter Dimensions
Starter Controllers
Reversing

Rail Mounting

Screw Mounting

126
4.96

1.18

Ø4
.15

1.14

163
6.42

224
8.82

73
2.87
154
6.06

X1

45 X2
1.77

Screw Mounting

29

30

X2

135a
5.31

Rail Mounting

135a
5.31

120/125
4.72/4.92

X1

126
4.96

Ø4
.15

233
9.17

Non-Reversing

45
1.77

18

Note: Minimum electrical clearance:
X1: 35 mm for Ue = 440 V; and 70 mm for Ue = 500 and 690 V
X2: 0
a
Maximum depth (with Modbus™ communication module)
Reversing Block for Mounting Separately from Power Base
Rail Mounting

Screw Mounting

104
4.09

115
4.53

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Ø4
.15

113
4.45

113
4.45

45
1.77

36
1.41

154
6.06

93
3.66

Limiter Disconnector LUALB1

135a
5.31
a

45
1.77

Maximum depth (with Modbus communication module)

Door interlock Mechanisms
LU9AP00

Door Cut-out

= =
54
2.12

55
2.16

230
9.06

Ø43
1.69
= =
54
2.12

4xØ3.5
.13

Dual Dimensions:

508
20.01

18-50

11.5
.45

8
.31

INCHES
Millimeters

Ø7
.27

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

Altistart™ U01 and TeSys™ U Soft Starters
Refer to Catalog 8502CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.180: Altistart U01 and TeSys U Soft Starters
TeSys U Combination
(non-reversing or reversing power base) and
ATSU01N2206LT to ATSU01N212LT
Side-by-side mounting

TeSys U Combination
(non-reversing power base) and
ATSU01N212LT
Mounting on (35mm) rail with VW3 G4104 connector

135
5.31

99
3.9

284
11.18

150
5.91

124
4.88

154
6.06

72.2
2.84

45
1.77

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

9
0.354

9
0.354
TeSys U Combination
(non-reversing power base) and
ATSU01N222LT to ATSU01N232LT
Mounting on (35mm) rail with VW3G4104 connector

TeSys U Combination
(non-reversing or reversing power base) and
ATSU01N222LT to ATSU01N232LT
Side-by-side mounting

135
5.31

99
3.9

154
6.06

18

72.2
2.84

45
1.77

314
12.36

170
6.69

9
0.354

VW3G4104 Power Connector

46.6
1.83

9
0.354

44.8
1.76
6
0.24
28
1.10

20
0.79

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

18-51

Dimensions

TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.181: TeSys GV2 and GV3 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions
GV2AD, AM, AN, AU, AS, AX

GV2AE

Block GV2AD, AM, AN
Block GV2AU, AS, AX

Mounting of GV2M
On 35 mm
rail
C = 78.5 mm (3.09") on AM1DP200 (35 x 7.5 mm)
C = 86 mm (3.39") on AM1DE200, ED200 (35 x 15 mm)

16
44
.63 1.73
66
2.60

44.5
1.75

44.5
1.75

9.3
.37

GV2P

9.3
.37
81
3.19

18
.71
c

GV2AD, AM, AN, AU, AS, AX
14
.55

On 35 mm
rail
C = 98.5 mm (3.88") on AM1DP200
(35 x 7.5 mm)
C = 106 mm (4.17") on AM1DE200, ED200
(35 x 15 mm)

98
3.86
32
1.26

=

Block GV2AD, AM, AN
Block GV2AU, AS, AX

Mounting of GV2P

44.5
1.75

9.3
.37

9.3
.37
81
3.19

18
.71

44.5
1.75

GV2AF4 + LAD31

GV2P + GV2GH7

GV2P + GV2GH7 + TeSys D contactor
for UL 508 Type E application

b

b
c1

45
1.77

c

c1

d1

3.6 (91.4)
3.6 (91.4)
3.8 (96.52)
3.8 (96.52)

44
1.73

45
1.77

c

13.5
.53

for UL 508 Type E application

103
4.07

Combination GV2P + TeSys D range
contactor

d

GV2ME +
b
c1
c
d1
d

LC2D09 to D18
7.4 (188.6)
3.6 (92.7)
3.9 (98.2)
3.9 (98.3)
4.1 (103.8)

LC2D25 and D32
7.8 (199)
3.9 (99)
4.11 (104.5)
3.9 (98.3)
1.4 (103.8)

GV2P +
b
c1
c
—
—

•

LC2D25 and D32
7.9 (199.5)
4.6 (116.8)
4.8 (122.3)
—
—

Flush mounting enclosure GV2MP0
=

a

LC2D09 to D18
6.61 (168.1)
4.6 (116.8)
4.8 (122.3)
—
—

• (bracket cut-out)

Surface mounting enclosure GV2MC0

130
5.12
=

84
3.31

93
3.66

a

=

13
0.51

=

1...6 /0.04...0.24
84
3.31

=

93.5
3.68
106.5
4.19

=

71
2.8

6.5
0.25

92.8
3.65

4 knock-outs for 16 mm
plastic cable glands or
no. 16 conduit.

GV2
MP01, MP02
MP03, MP04

18-52

b

b1

=

2xØ5.3x6.3

147
5.79

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Combination GV2ME + TeSys D range contactor

c

191
7.50

50
1.97
82
3.23

=

18

26
1.02
15
.59

44.5
1.75

=

44.5
1.75

45
1.77
61
2.40

89
3.50

GV2AK00

84
3.31

11
.43

44.5
1.75

=

89
3.5

45
1.77

=

15
.59

10
.39

GV2M

b
in.
5.51
5.24

b1
mm
140
133

in.
5.00
4.61

mm
127
117

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.182: TeSys GV2 and GV3 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d)
GV2M with GK2AF01 and LC1K

GV2M with GV2AF01 and LC1K

GV2M with GV2AF01 and LC2K

Adapter Plate GK2AF01

5
.2

35
1.38

Dimensions (mm)

4xØ3.5 Ø43
0.14
1.7

50/60
1.97/2.36

=
54
2.13
=
=
54
2.13

5.2
0.21
= =

Sets of bus bars with terminal block
GV1G09

Sets of bus bars
GV2G245, GV2G254, GV2G272

p

l

1.2
30

l

18

2.5
63

.71
18

.12
3

35
1.38

13
0.51

35
1.38

80
3.15

Sets of bus bars, GV2G445, GV2G454, GV2G472
with terminal block GV2G05

7.5 mm height compensation plate
GV1F03

4.2
.17

=

1.5...5/0.06...0.20
min.=150
max.=290
5.91
11.42

35
1.38

GV2M on panel
with GV2AF02 adapter plate

Door cut-out

7
.276
53
2.1

54
2.13

9.5
.37

39
1.54

Mounting external operator
GV2AP0•

65
2.56

24
.94

90
3.54

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

45
1.77

79
3.11

105 ± 5
4.13 ± .2

135
5.31

45
1.77

45
1.77

152
6.0

152
6.0

55
2.17

Ø5.5
.22

1.8
45

GV2G445
GV2G454
GV2G472

0.16 x 1.8 in. (4 x 45 mm)
0.16 x 2.1 in. (4 x 54 mm)
0.16 x 1.8 in. (4 x 45 mm)

I
7.0 in. (179 mm)
8.1 in. (206 mm)
10.2 in. (260 mm)

P
1.8 in. (45 mm)
2.1 in. (54 mm)
2.8 in. (72 mm)

GV2G245
GV2G254
GV2G272
GV2G354

I
3.5 in. (89 mm)
3.9 in. (98 mm)
4.6 in. (116 mm)
6.0 in. (152 mm)

0.08 x 1.8 in. (2 x 45 mm)
0.08 x 2.1 in. (2 x 54 mm)
0.08 x 2.8 in.(2 x 72 mm)
0.12 x 2.1 in. (3 x 54 mm)

GV3P
Dimensions

Mounting on rail AM1 DE200 or AM1 ED201

X1

(1)

64

64

132

68

68

(2)

144

55

X1

136

9

X1 = Electrical clearance (ISC max)
40 mm for Ue < 500 V; 50 mm for Ue < 690 V
Mounting on panel, using M4 screws

18

Blocks GV AN••, GV AD••, GV AM11
Block GV3 AU•• and GV3 AS••
Mounting on pre-slotted mounting plate AM1PA

16

183

3xØ4

136

37,5

137,5

137,5

AF1 EA4

136

18,7 18,7

Note: Leave a space of 9 mm between 2 manual motor protectors: either an empty space or side-mounting add-on contact blocks.
Horizontal mounting is possible: please consult your regional sales office.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

18-53

Dimensions

TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.183: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions
1 GV7R
Panel Mounting

Flush Mounting

Side by Side

4.25
108

=

=
4.25
108

=

=

4.92
125

1.85
3.0 47
76

=

2xØ0.24
2xØ6

=

1.14
29
3.46
88

==
1.14
29

3.27
83

Minimum Clearance

18

Painted or insulated metal plate, insulation or insulated bar
U <440V
440 V < U < 600 V

=
=
4.25
108

x1

x2

in. (mm)
0 (0)
0.20 (5)
0.39 (10)

in. (mm)
1.18 (30)
1.38 (35)
1.38 (35)

0.79 (20)

1.38 (35)

x2

1.38 1.38 1.38
35 35 35

x1

x1

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

U > 600 V

x2

Bare metal plate

Note: Minimum distance between 2 units mounted side by side = 0.

21

22

24

82

84
81

92

94
91

11

14

12

Add-on Auxiliary Contacts, GV7AE11, GV7AB11

5/L3

3/L2

1/L1

Motor Controllers GV7R

6/T3

4/T2

2/T1

Note: A self-adhesive label, supplied with the contact, can be affixed to the front face of the starter
to allow personalized marking according to the function of the contact or contacts.

GV7AS•••

GV7AD111, AD112

50 ms

98
97

50 ms

13

97

D4

C2

97

D1

C1

GV7AU•••

50 ms

21

23

98

14

98

– KA1

18-54

A1

– KM1

A2

– KA1
A2

– KA1

B1

A1

22

24

– KA1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimensions

TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.184: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d)
GV7AC03
Spreaders

1.61
41

4.49
114
1.77 1.77
45
45

1.18
30

Smooth Terminals
a

Connectors
Z
0.75
19

Z

X

X

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

X

a (in./mm)
0.77/19.5
0.85/21.5

•
•

GV7R
GV7R 220

2.76
70

2.76
70

Z

0.41
10.5

Cabling

GV7AP03, GV7A04

60

0

1.10
28

6.10
155

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4.76
121

3.58
91

2.17
55

1.42
36

1.14
29
3.5
89

=

=

18

DD

73

1.77
2.87 45

I

60

Flush Mounting

1.85
3.0 47
76

Direct Rotary Handle

3.82
97

18-55

Dimensions

TeSys™ GV7 Manual Starters and Protectors
Refer to Catalog 2520CT0001
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 18.185: TeSys GV7 Manual Starter and Protector Dimensions (cont’d)
GV7AP03 or GV7AP04, GV7AP05
Direct Rotary Handle

Front Fuse Center

Enclosure Vewed from Top

0.36
9.25

=

0.35
9

3.94
100

4.72
120

2.32
59

=

h

e

1.61
41

4.92
125

4.72
120

2.72
69

=

2.0
51

=

d

Door cutouts require a minimum distance between the center
of the manual motor protector and the door hinge point (h) of
d ≥ 3.94 in (100 mm) + (h x 5)

3.94
100

GV7AP01, GV7AP02
Extended Rotary Handle

0.35
9

60

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

=

=

I

2.95
75

18

0.36
9.25

0

60
L

=

=

2.95
75

L: 7.28 in. (185 mm) minimum, 23.62 in. (600 mm) maximum.
The shaft of the extended rotary handle GV7AP01 or GV7AP02 must be cut to length: L – 4.96 in. (126 mm)

18-56

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

TeSys U
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys U Self-Protected combination starters combine the requirements of motor overload and short-circuit protection into one compact package.
These next-generation starters offer superior performance, efficiency, and a unique modular design to fit your needs with optional communication
and predictive maintenance capabilities. They are UL listed, easy to install and maintain.
In order to select a TeSys U Self-Protected combination starter, follow the 5-step process described below.

1. Choose a base configuration
Table 18.186: Base Configurations
Ratings

Type 1/12/3R enclosure

Max. HP
Motor Voltage
(V)

Single phase

115

1.5

230

2

Non-reversing starter

Three-phase

200

Max. Current
Base
(A)
Configuration
Number

3

230

3

460

7.5

Base
Configuration
Number

$ Price

Non-reversing starter
Base
Configuration
Number

$ Price

$ Price

Reversing starter
Base Configuration Number
$ Price

12

LE1U16

1917.00

LE2U16

2673.00

LE1U19

2112.00

LE2U19

2868.00

32

LE1U36

2115.00

LE2U36

2871.00

LE1U39

2310.00

LE2U39

3066.00

2

230

5

200

10

230

10

460

20

575

25

2. Choose Thermal Overload Relay (Plug-in Control Unit)
The thermal overload relay is a control unit that plugs into the TeSys U
starter. No tool is needed to install or remove the control unit.
If you do not wish to select the thermal overload relay at this time, select
Thermal Overload Relay Type codes N1 or N3 in function of the motor
configuration (single phase or 3-phase) in Table 18.187. A thermal
overload relay can be selected and ordered later on independently
before installation.
In order to select a thermal overload relay, you must follow the next 2
steps. First, select the thermal overload protection type code in
Table 18.187. Secondly, select the full load amperage code in
Table 18.188.

Type 4/4Xenclosure

Type 1/12/3R enclosure

2.1 Choose the thermal overload protection type.

2.2 Choose the Motor Full Load Amperage

Table 18.187: Thermal Overload Protection Types
Advanced Control
Unit

Multifunction
Control Unit

Table 18.188: Full Load Amperage Code
No Control Unit
(Ordered later on
independently)

Single
Phase

$ Price
Thermal Overload Protection
Type Code

180.00
Aa

Ba

738.00
Ca

Da

3-Phase

Full Load Amperage Setting Range (A)

Full Load Amperage Code

0.15–0.6

A

0.3–1.4

B

1.25–5.0

C

3–12

D

4.5–18

E

8–32

F

—
N1

N3

Protection Type
Single phase, Class 10
3-phase, Class 10
3-phase, Class 20
3-phase, Selectable Class 5–30

b
b
b
b

Protection Functions
Short circuit
Over current
Thermal overload
Phase loss
Phase imbalance
Ground fault
Underload, long start, jam

b
b
b

b
c

b
b
b
b
b
b
c

b
b
b
b
b
b
c

b
b
b
b
b
b
b

Control Functions
Automatic or local/remote reset
c
c
c
b
Fault differentiation
c
c
c
b
Thermal alarm
c
c
c
b
Motor load display
c
c
c
b
Fault history
b
Alarm threshold adjustment
b
Tripping test
b
b
b
b
a
Complete the Thermal Overload Relay Selection by adding the full load amperage code
after the thermal overload protection type code.
b
Built-in Control Unit.
c
Available when combined with appropriate Function module.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

18-57

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

10

115

18

575

Type 4/4X enclosure

Reversing starter

TeSys U
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

3 Choose the Control Power Source

5 Choose Factory Modifications

Table 18.189: Control Power Source Code
Control
Circuit
Source
Common
Control

System
Type
Single
Phase
ThreePhase

Single
Phase

Separate
Control

18

ThreePhase

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Single
Phase
Factory
Installed
Control
Power
Transformer
c

Factory
Installed
Power
Supply d
a
b
c
d

ThreePhase

Single
Phase
ThreePhase

Motor Voltage
Voltage
120
240
208
240
120
120
120
240
240
240
208
208
208
240
240
240
480
480
480
600
600
600
120
240
240
208
208
240
240
480
480
600
600
120
240
208
240
480
600

Voltage
Type
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC

Control Voltage
Voltage
120
240
208
240
24
24
120
24
24
120
24
24
120
24
24
120
24
24
120
24
24
120
24
120
24
24
120
24
120
24
120
24
120
24
24
24
24
24
24

Voltage
Type
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
DC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
AC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC
DC

Control
$
Power
Source Code Price
G7
U7
LE7
U7
B7a
BDa
G7a
B7a
BDa
G7a
B7a
BDa
G7a
B7a
BDa
G7a
B7a
BDa
G7a
B7b
BDb
G7b
V89
V80
V82
V90
V84
V82
V80
V83
V81
V91
V86
BD1
BD2
BD2
BD2
BD2
BD6

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
698.
827.
827.
827.
827.
1072.

Form S must be added at the end of the catalog number.
Form S6 must be added at the end of the catalog number. Current limiter is provided and
factory installed.
Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary provided as standard.
Fuse holder with 2 fuses provided as standard.

When choosing Factory modifications, the Form code must be added at
the end of the catalog number. If several forms are selected, they must
be arranged in alphabetical order. There are two types of Forms
available: abbreviated forms and standard forms.

5.1 Abbreviated Forms
Abbreviated forms are defined combinations of the most commonly
ordered standard forms and are part of the profiled configurations with
short lead time. For example, abbreviated form CP1 is a combination of
standard forms C and P51.
Abbreviated forms cannot be mixed with other standard forms, with the
exceptions of forms S and S6. If your combination of forms is not
available as an abbreviated form, use only standard forms and arrange
them in alphabetical order. For example, LE1U16BDG7NCP1S is a valid
catalog number with the abbreviated form CP1. If you want to add
standard Form P68, the valid catalog number becomes
LE1U16BDG7NCP51P68S. LE1U16BDG7NCP1P68S is invalid
because abbreviated form CP1 cannot be used with standard form P68.
Table 18.191: Abbreviated Forms
Form

$ Price

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

Factory Modifications

CP1

344.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

CP2

344.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green
OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

C12

516.00

Hand/Off/Auto Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red
OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

C21

516.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

AP1

344.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

AP2

344.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED
Standard Pilot Light

A12

516.00

Start/Stop Push Buttons + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED
Standard Pilot Light

A21

516.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light

C61

344.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light

C62

344.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF
LED Standard Pilot Light

C66

516.00

ON/OFF Selector Switch + Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF
LED Standard Pilot Light

C67

516.00

Red ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Green OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

P12

344.00

Green ON LED Standard Pilot Light + Red OFF LED Standard Pilot Light

P21

344.00

5.2 Standard Forms
Table 18.192: Push Button Forms
Factory Modifications

4 Choose Communication Type
If you do not need communication capabilities, select communication
code N.
If a Communication protocol is selected, Control Voltage must be
24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, BD2 or BD6 only. Refer
to Table 18.189).
If additional I/O is needed with communication, select communication
code N in Table 18.190 and choose between Forms W10, W11, W12,
W13 and W14 in Table 18.204.
Table 18.190: Communication Code
Communication Protocol

Form

$ Price

Start/Stop

A

172.00

Forward/Reverse/Stop

A1

172.00

ON/OFF

A3

172.00

Miscellaneous

A11

172.00

Stop

A13

172.00

Start Push Button + Stop Mushroom Head

A22

172.00

Emergency Stop Mushroom Head

A31

172.00

Turn-To-Release Emergency Stop Mushroom Head

A32

172.00

Table 18.193: Selector Switch Forms
Communication
Code

$ Price

Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

Modbus

M

262.00

Hand/Off/Auto

C

172.00

Modbus TCP/IP

E

712.00

Start/Stop

C1

172.00

CANopen

C

262.00

ON/Auto

C2

172.00

DeviceNet

D

262.00

ON/OFF

C6

172.00

Beckoff

B

262.00

Hand/Auto

C8

172.00

Profibus

P

262.00

Forward/OFF/Reverse

C14

172.00

Advantys STB

A

262.00

Forward/Reverse

C20

172.00

AS-interface

J

226.00

Three position

C34

172.00

AS-interface V2

K

226.00

Two position

C35

172.00

No Communication

N

—

Keyed Hand/Off/Auto

C36

376.00

Keyed Start/Stop

C37

376.00

Keyed ON/Auto

C38

376.00

Keyed ON/OFF

C39

376.00

Keyed Forward/Off/Reverse

C43

376.00

Keyed Forward/Reverse

C47

376.00

18-58

I11

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

TeSys U
Self-Protected Combination Starters
www.schneider-electric.us

Factory Modifications

Table 18.201: Miscellaneous Forms

Form

$ Price

Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

Red ON

P51

172.00

Nameplate — 2”x1/2” screwed

A241

Green OFF

P52

172.00

Nameplate — 3”x1” screwed

A242

43.00
43.00

White — Not Factory wired

P54

172.00

Unwired Terminal Block

G50a

57.00

Blue — Not Factory wired

P56

172.00

Wired Terminal Block

G56ab

116.00

Amber Overload Trip

P68

172.00

Wire markers

G105

675.00

Yellow SSC Trip

P69

172.00

Padlock attachment

G122

75.00

Red OFF

P91

172.00

Transient suppressor

U11

47.00

Green ON

P92

172.00

Black IP65 Through the door Rotary Disconnect Handle

G40

50.00

Green Forward/Reverse

P95

344.00

Special factory orders

SPL

TAG

Red Forward/Reverse

P96

344.00

Custom control wiring

Y217

Solid neutral Terminal Block

Table 18.195: 22mm Push-To-Test LED Pilot Light Forms
Form

a
b

$ Price

Red ON

P42

223.00

Red OFF

P43

223.00

Green ON

P45

223.00

Green OFF

P46

223.00

Blue — Not Factory wired

P66

223.00

White — Not Factory wired

P67

223.00

Green Forward/Reverse

P79

446.00

Red Forward/Reverse

P80

446.00

Amber Overload Trip

P88

223.00

Yellow SSC Trip

P89

223.00

Table 18.196: Separate Control Forms
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

Separate Control for starters with line voltage less or equal to 480 V

S

—

Separate Control for starters with line voltage equalt to 600 V — Current Limiter
is factory installed.

S6

205.00

116.00

Add number of terminal block points required. Number must be in increments of 5.
Wiring diagram must be provided by customer.

Table 18.202: Increase Short Circuit Current Rating Forms
Factory Modifications
130 kA @480 V — Current Limiter factory installed

Form

$ Price

Y1261

205.00

Table 18.203: Soft Starter Forms
NOTE: Motor Voltage must be equal to or less than 480 Vac and Control Voltage must be
24 Vdc (Control Power Source Codes BD, BD1, or BD2 only. Refer to
Table 18.189).
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

Motor FLA < 6A

H1

160.00

6 < Motor FLA < 9A

H2

182.00

9 < Motor FLA < 12A

H3

210.00

12 < Motor FLA < 22A

H4

263.00

22 < Motor FLA < 32A

H5

360.00

Table 18.204: Distributed 6 Input/6 Output Modicon STB with
communication Forms

Table 18.197: Additional Capacity Forms

18

Factory Modifications

TAG

N

NOTE: Distributed I/O Modicon STB is factory wired.

NOTE: Fuses are provided. Two fuses in primary and one fuse in secondary.
Form

$ Price

Form

$ Price

50VA additional capacity

T10

215.00

DeviceNet Bus

W10

1340.00

100VA additional capacity

T11

372.00

Modbus TCP Bus

W11

1417.00

Ethernet IP Bus

W12

1503.00

CANOpen Bus

W13

1298.00

Profibus Bus

W14

1251.00

Form

$ Price

Factory Modifications

Table 18.198: Auxiliary Contact Forms
Factory Modifications

Form $ Price

2 N.O.

U8

41.00

1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

U9

41.00

2 N.C.

U10

41.00

Factory Modifications

Table 18.205: Starter Status Indication Forms
Factory Modifications

1 N.C. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state

U6

41.00

Fault Differentiation Module — Manual Reset

1 N.O. fault signaling contact and 1 N.O. contact indicating starter is in "ready" state

U7

41.00

Fault Differentiation Module — Automatic or remote reset

Table 18.199: Auxiliary Relay Forms

U1

187.00

U2

187.00

Thermal Overload Alarm Module

U3

187.00

Motor Load Indication Module

U4

226.00

NOTE: Auxiliary Relays are not factory wired.
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 4 N.O.

R1740

485.00

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 3 N.O. and 1 N.C.

R1731

485.00

4 poles screw clamp Control Relay — 2 N.O. and 2 N.C.

R1722

485.00

Programmable Timer Relay

K1070

449.00

Table 18.200: Enclosure Forms
Factory Modifications

Form

$ Price

Oversized enclosure — Only available for Type 1/12/3R

G28

$425.00

Plain Blank Door — No covered pre-stamped holes

G30

TAG

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I11

Discount
Schedule

IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

Table 18.194: 22mm Standard LED Pilot Light Forms

18-59

www.schneider-electric.us

18
IEC CONTACTORS AND
STARTERS

18-60

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 19
Push Buttons and Operator Interface
Product Panorama
Type O Compact Light
(p. 19-11)

XVL Compact Light
(p. 19-11)

Push Buttons
Control Stations
Pendant Stations
Tower Lights

19-2
19-4
19-5
19-6

22 and 30 mm Most Common Complete Operators
16 mm XB6
(p. 19-12)

Type J Compact Light
(p. 19-10)

XB4, XB5 (22 mm) and Class 9001 Type K, SK (30 mm) most common complete
operators assembled with contact blocks and and light modules. Start-Stop,
Hand-Off-Auto, and other configurations are offered in this simplified quick selector.

19-8

Compact Pilot Lights
The Compact Pilot Light ranges include the XVL miniature LED type; the Type O lowcost incandescent; and the Type J incandescent, push-to-test types.

19-10

16 mm Push Buttons
22 mm XB4
(p. 19-23)

22 mm XB5
(p. 19-42)

XB6 16 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a plastic bezel are
intended for high density panels such as laboratory and test fixtures.

19-12

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5R Wireless, Batteryless
Push Button (p. 19-63)

XB5S Biometric Switch
(p. 19-65)

XB4 22 mm Push Buttons, selector switches, and pilot lights with a metal bezel are
designed for industrial applications, and combine ease of installation and robustness.
XB5 22 mm Push Buttons, the plastic version of the XB4 unit, is particularly suited to
applications requiring a resistance to chemical agents and/or double electrical insulation.
XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons
XB5S Biometric Switches

19-23
19-42
19-63
19-65

30 mm Push Buttons

30 mm Type KX
(p. 19-94)

19-77
19-94

Control Stations and Enclosures

Type KY Enclosure
(p. 19-105)

Type B Wall Station
(p. 19-103)

19-100
XAL control stations are available pre-assembled or custom assembled. These
control stations use push buttons and pilot lights from the XB5 22 mm range. XAP
enclosures are available in glass reinforced polyester, die cast metal and flush mount.
Type B Standard Duty Control Stations in 1, 2, and 3 button configurations are
19-103
available as predetermined complete stations.
Class 9001 Type KY/SKY Heavy Duty Control Stations are ideally suited for
19-105
commercial and industrial applications. Available in die cast metal, stainless steel,
painted sheet steel, and reinforced polyester.

Tower Lights
Tower Lights and Beacons. XVB, XVC, XVE, and XVP tower lights and beacons
provide long distance indication of the operation status or sequences of a machine
with with lights or buzzers.

19-107

Pendant Stations
Our full line of pendant stations for most crane and hoist applications range from the 19-117
light to medium duty BW and XAC pendants to the heavy duty SKYP pendants.

Foot Switches
Pendant Stations
(p. 19-117)

Tower Lights
(p. 19-107)

The Type A foot switch is a heavy duty industrial foot switch which can be used in a
variety of industrial applications.

19-124

Rotary Cam Switches
K2 and K30–K150 Rotary Cam Switches. Miniature, Custom, and Power Switching 19-126
Cam Switches provide an inexpensive and versatile means of switching from 10 A
logic control through 150 A power switching.
Type A Foot Switch
(p. 19-124)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Rotary Cam Switch
(p. 19-126)

19-1

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

30 mm Type SK
(p. 19-77)

19-67

19

30 mm Type K
(p. 19-67)

Class 9001 Type K Chrome-Plated Oiltight/Watertight Push Buttons are intended
primarily for machine tool and heavy-duty industrial applications.
Class 9001 Type SK Non-Metallic Watertight operators are designed for use in highly
corrosive areas.
Class 9001 Type KX operators are Square-Shaped Multifunction Control Units that
mount in a Type K mounting hole. This highly versatile line saves space by combining
push buttons and pilot lights into one common operator.

Push Buttons and Pilot
Lights
Family

Selection Guide
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102
XVL

Type O

Type J

XB6

www.schneider-electric.us

XVLA1••

XVLA2••

XVLA3••
Type of Product

Mini Pilot Light

Compact Pilot Light

Compact Pilot Light

16 mm Push Button (plastic)

Mounting Hole Diameter

8 mm / 12 mm

17.5 mm (0.68 in)

17.5 mm (0.68 in)

16.2 mm

UL Recognized File E164353,
CCN NKCR

UL Recognized File E179183,
CCN NKCR

UL File E78403, CCN NKCR

UL File E164353, CCN NKCR

CSA File LR44078,
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR25490,
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR25490, Class 3211-03

CSA File LR44087
Class 3211-03

Approvals

Conforming to Standards

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant
IEC337-2
NF C 63-140
VDE 0660-200

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant
EN/IEC 60947-1, EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-5
EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger action
and mechanical latching
Emergency Stop push buttons)
JIS C 4520 and 853
UL 508 and CSA C22-2 no. 14
Gost
CCC

Degree of Protection

IP40
(IP65 with seal)

NEMA 13

NEMA 4, 13

IP65
NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 12

Electric Shock Protection
Electrical Consumption
LED

6-30 Vac/Vdc: 15 mA
48–120 Vac: 20 mA

25 mA

19

AC-15; B300
Ue = 240 Vac and le = 1.5A
Ue = 120 Vac and le = 3 A
Continuous 5 A

Rated Operational
Characteristics

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Connection Type

DC-13; R300
Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.22 A
XVLA1** and XVLA2** =
2.8mm x 0.5mm Faston

Faston

Screw Terminal
—

19-10

19-11

Quick Connect/ Solder Tabs
0.11 x 0.02 in. (2.8 x 0.5 mm)

XVLA3** = Screw Terminals
Cable Size

1 x 1.5 mm² max.

Digest Page

19-10

19-2

2 x 14 AWG (copper only)
19-13

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Push Buttons and Pilot
Lights

Selection Guide

www.schneider-electric.us

Family

XB4

XB5

9001K

9001SK

9001KX

Type of Product

*22 mm Push Button
(metal)

*22 mm Push Button
(plastic)

**30 mm Push Button
(metal)

**30 mm Push Button
(plastic)

**30 mm Push Button
(metal, square)

Mounting Hole Diameter

22.5 mm

22.5 mm

31 mm
(1.22 in)

31 mm
(1.22 in)

31 mm
(1.22 in)

UL Listed File E164353,
CCN NKCR

UL Listed File E164353,
CCN NKCR
UL File E78403. CCN NKCR

UL File E78403. CCN NKCR

UL File E78403. CCN NKCR

UL Recognized File E164353.
CCN NKCR2

UL Recognized File E164353.,
CCN NKCR2

CSA File LR44087.
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR44087.
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR25490.
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR25490.
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR25490.
Class 3211-03

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

CE Marked
RoHS Compliant

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,
EN/IEC 60947-5-5

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,
EN/IEC 60947-5-5

EN/IEC 60947-1

EN/IEC 60947-1

EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger
action and mechanical latching
emergency stop push buttons)

EN/IEC 60204-1 and
EN/ISO 13850: 2006 (trigger
action and mechanical latching
emergency stop push button).

EN/IEC60947-5-1

EN/IEC60947-5-1

EN/IEC 60364-5-53
(emergency switching of
mechanical latching push
buttons)

EN/IEC 60364-5-53
(emergency switching of
mechanical latching push
buttons)

EN/IEC60947-5-4

EN/IEC60947-5-4

—

EN81-1 (emergency stop
trigger action and mechanical
latching push buttons with
mechanical state indicator)
JIS C 4520 and 852

Approvals

Conforming to Standards

Degree of Protection

Electric Shock Protection

JIS C 4520

JIS C 4520

JIS C 4520 and 852

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

CSA C22.2 No.14

CSA C22.-2 No.14

CSA C22.2 No.14

CSA C22.2 No.14

GOST

GOST

CCC

CCC

IP65

IP65

IP66

IP66

IP66 for booted

IP66 for booted

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13 NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 12, 13

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 12, 13

NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Class I

Class I

Class II

Class II

Incandescent and LED bulbs
see ratings on page 19-86

Incandescent and LED bulbs
see ratings on page 19-86

IP66

Class II

Electrical Consumption

Rated Operational
Characteristics

Connection Type

24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA

24 Vac/Vdc: 18 mA

120 Vac: 14 mA

120 Vac: 14 mA

240 Vac: 14 mA

240 Vac: 14 mA

AC-15; B600
Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A
Ue = 240 Vac and
le = 3A
Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6A
Continuous 10 A

AC-15; B600
Ue = 600 Vac and le = 1.2 A
Ue = 240 Vac and le = 3 A
Ue = 120 Vac and le = 6 A
Continuous 10 A

AC-15; A600
Continuous 10 A

AC-15; A600
Continuous 10 A

AC-15; A600
Continuous 10 A

DC-13; Q600
Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

DC-13; Q600
Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 250Vdc and
le = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

DC-13; Q600
Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

DC-13; Q600
Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

DC-13; Q600
Ue = 600 Vdc and le = 0.1 A
Ue = 250 Vdc and le = 0.27 A
Ue = 125 Vdc and le = 0.55 A

19

LED

IP20 Fingersafe Screw or Spring Terminal

IP20 Fingersafe Screw Terminal

Screw Terminal:

Spring Terminal:

Cable Size

1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min.
2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max.
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max.

1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min.
2 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm²) max.
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max.

1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min.
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max

1 x 24 AWG (0.22 mm²) min.
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max

1 x 24 AWG (0.2 2mm²) min.
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²) max

Digest Page

19-23

19-42

19-67

19-77

19-94

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Refer to Catalogs DIA4ED2060507BEN-US* and 9001CT1103**

19-3

Control Stations

Selection Guide
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

Family

XAL

XAP

9001B

www.schneider-electric.us

9001KY/SKY

NEMA 1
Surface Mounting
9001BG••

NEMA 1
Flush Mounting
9001BF••

9001KYSS3

9001KY3

XAPA1100

NEMA 4
9001BW••

XAPA1104

XALD02

NEMA 7 and 9
9001BR••

9001SKY2

9001KYAF3

XALD—Polycarbonate
XALK—Polycarbonate

XAPA—glass filled polyester
XAPG—die cast zinc
XAPE—anodized aluminum

9001BG—plastic cover
9001BF—stainless steel
9001BW—die cast zinc
9001BR—cast aluminum

9001KYAF—sheet steel
9001KYSS—stainless steel
9001KY—die cast zinc
9001KZ—die cast zinc
9001SKY—Polyester

Number of holes

1 to 3

0 to 16

1 to 3

1 to 6

Type of Operators

XB5 (22mm)

XB5 (22mm)

Built in

9001K/SK (30mm)

Available without
Operators

Yes

Yes

No

Yes

Available with Operators

Yes

No

Yes

Yes

UL File E164353
CCN NKCR

UL File E164353
CCN NKCR

UL File E78403
CCN NKCR

UL File E78403
CCN NKCR

CSA File LR 44087
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR 44087
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR 25490
Class 3211-03

CSA File LR 25490
Class 3211-03

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,

EN/IEC 60947-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60947-5-4,

19

Type of Product/Material

Approvals

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Conforming to Standards

JIS C 4520

JIS C 4520

JIS C 4520

JIS C 4520

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

CSA C22.2 No.14

CSA C22.2 No.14

CSA C22.2 No.14

CSA C22.2 No.14
9001KYAF—customer provided
9001KYSS—G conduit hub
9001KY—customer provided
9001KZ—1/2 & 3/4 knockout
9001SKY—G conduit hub
19-105

Cable Entry

No. 13 knock out

XAPA—undrilled
XAPG—Tapped 3/4NPT
XAPE—flush mount (n/a)

9001BG—1/2 &3/4 knockout
9001BF—N/A
9001BW—1/2-14NPT
9001BR—1/2-14NPT

Digest Page

19-100

19-100

19-103

19-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pendant Stations

Selection Guide

Family

9001BW

XACA2

XACA0

9001SKYP

Type of Product

2-Button Pendant

2-Button Pistol Grip Pendant

General Purpose Pendant

Heavy Duty Pendant

Number of operators

2

2

2, 3, 4, 6, 8, 12

2, 4, 6, 8, 10

Approvals

UL File E78403
CNN NKCR
CSA File LR25490
Class 3211-03

UL File E164353
CNN NKCR
CSA File LR 44087
Class 3211-03

UL File E164353
CNN NKCR
CSA File LR 44087
Class 3211-03

UL File E78403
CNN NKCR
CSA File LR25490
Class 3211-03

Conforming to
Standards

CE Marked

EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60204-32,
EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and
EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with
trigger action emergency stop)
UL 508
CSA C22-2 No. 14
RoHS compliant

EN/IEC 60947-5-1,
EN/IEC 60204-32,
EN/IEC 60947-5-5, and
EN/ISO 13850 (for versions with
trigger action emergency stop)
UL 508
CSA C22-2 No. 14
RoHS compliant

CE Marked

Degree of Protection

NEMA 1, 3, 3R, 4, 4X

NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5
IP65
IK08

NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 5
IP65
IK08

NEMA 1,2, 3, 4, 4X, 12, 13

Housing Material

Polycarbonate / PET Polyester
Blend

Yellow Polypropylene

Yellow Polypropylene

Yellow Polycarbonate

AC - B600

AC-15: A600
or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A
or Ue = 240V, le = 3A

AC-15: A600
or Ue = 600V, le = 1.2A
or Ue = 240V, le = 3A

SKRU2-SKRU5
AC - B300
DC - P600

DC - P600

DC-13: Q600
or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A
or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A

DC-13: Q600
or Ue = 600V. le = 0.1A
or Ue = 250V, le = 0.27A

SKRU1, 10, 11
AC - A600
DC - P600

Thermal Current

Continuous 5A

Continuous 10A

Continuous 10A

—

Connection Type

1/2 in. NPT
screw clamp terminals

8–26 mm cable entry
screw clamp terminals

8–26 mm cable entry
screw clamp terminals

NPT threaded conduit entry
screw clamp terminals

Cable Size

—

1 x 0.5 mm² (20AWG) min.
2 x 1.5 mm² (16AWG) max.
1 x 2.5 mm² (14AWG) max.

1 x 14 AWG (copper only)

—

Digest Page

19-117

19-118

19-118

19-121

Rated Operational
Characteristics a

a

19

www.schneider-electric.us

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

OSHA Section 1910.179, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits voltage at pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc max.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

19-5

Tower Lights and
Beacons

Selection Guide
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Family

XVB L

XVB C

XVP

XVE

Type of Product

Beacon

Tower Light

Tower Light

Tower Light and Beacon

Diameter

70mm

70 mm

50 mm

70 mm

Features

Product for Customer Configuration

Product for Customer Configuration

Product for Customer Configuration

Product for Customer Configuration

Approvals

Conforming to Standards

UL File E164353

CCN NKCR

UL File E164353

CCN NKCR

UL File E164353

CCN NKCR

UL File E164353

CCN NKCR

19

CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03

CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03

CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03

CSA File LR 44087 Class 3211 03

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

IEC/EN 60947-5-1

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

CSA 22.2 No 14

CSA 22.2 No 14

CSA 22.2 No 14

CSA 22.2 No 14

Degree of Protection

IP65

IP65

IP65

IP42

Light Source

LED / Incandescent

LED / Incandescent

LED / Incandescent

LED / Incandescent

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Electrical Consumption
LED Steady

LED Flashing
with Buzzer

Strobe (Energized)

Audible Sounders

24 Vac/dc: < 30 mA

24 Vac/dc: < 80 mA

24V ac/dc: < 25mA

120–230 Vac: < 30 mA

120–230 Vac: < 30mA

120–230 Vac: |< 25 mA

24 Vac/dc: < 40 mA

24 V ac/dc: < 40mA

24 V ac/dc: < 30mA

120–230 Vac: < 15mA

120–230 Vac: < 15 mA

120–230Vac: < 25 mA

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

24 Vdc:
5 Joules unit < 430 mA; 10 J unit: < 850 mA

24 Vdc: ≤40mA

24 Vdc: ≤85 mA

120 Vac:
5 Joules unit: < 130 mA; 10 J unit: < 260 mA

120 Vac: ≤20mA

120 Vac: ≤35 mA

230 Vac:
5 Joules unit: < 105 mA; 10 J unit: < 210 mA

230 Vac: ≤11mA

230 Vac: ≤25 mA

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

1 Hz (1 flash per second)

12–48 Vac/dc: < 20 mA

24 Vdc: ≤15 mA

85 decibels at 1 meter

120–230 Vac: < 50 mA

120 Vac: ≤15 mA

—

90 decibels at 1 meter

230 Vac: ≤12mA

—

55 to 85 decibels at 1 meter

—

Connection Type

—
Screw Clamp

Screw Clamp

Screw Clamp

Screw Clamp

Cable Size

1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²)
With Cable End

1 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²)
With Cable End

2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²)
With Cable End

2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm²)
With Cable End

Digest Page

19-110

19-111

19-114

19-113

19-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and
Beacons

Selection Guide
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

XVC 4

XVC 6

XVC 1

XVS

XVR

Type of Product

Tower Light

Tower Light

Tower Light

Siren and Electronic Alarm

Rotating Mirror Beacon

Diameter

40 mm

60 mm

100 mm

—

84/106/120/130 mm

Features

All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired

Adjustable Tones
XVS14BMW, 0 to 105 decibels,
43 tones
XVS72BM••, 0 to 90
decibels, 16 tones

All devices are pre-assembled and pre-wired.
XVR12••• S includes buzzer: 70 to 90 decibels

Approvals

UL Recognized E164353
CNN NKCR

UL Recognized E164353
CNN NKCR

UL Recognized E164353
CNN NKCR

UL Recognized E164353
CNN UCST

UL Recognized E164353
CNN NKCR

CSA LR44087
Class 3211-03

CSA LR44087
Class 3211-03

CSA LR44087
Class 3211-03

CSA LR44087
Class 3211-03

CSA LR44087
Class 3211-03

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

CE Marked

EN61000-6-2

EN61000-6-2

EN61000-6-2

—

EN61000-6-2

EN61000-6-3

EN61000-6-3

EN61000-6-3

—

EN61000-6-4

—

EN61000-6-4

EN61000-6-4

—

—

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

UL 508

CSA 22.2 No. 14

CSA 22.2 No. 14

CSA 22.2 No. 14

CSA 22.2 No. 14

CSA 22.2 No. 14

Degree of Protection

IP54

IP54

IP54

IP53 / IP54

IP23 / IP65 / IP66

Light Source

LED

LED

LED

—

LED

Conforming to Standards

Electrical Consumption
24 V:
1 unit = 40mA;
2 unit = 80mA;
3 unit = 120mA
4 unit = 160mA;
5 unit = 200mA

24 V:
1 unit = 100mA;
2 unit = 200mA;
3 unit = 300mA
4 unit = 400mA;
5 unit = 500mA

—

XVR08, XVR10, XVR12, and XVR13 (without
buzzer)
12 Vac/dc: 360mA
24 Vac/dc: 180mA

LED Flashing
** with Buzzer

**24 V:
1 unit = 90 mA;
2 unit = 130 mA;
3 unit = 170 mA
4 unit = 210 mA;
5 unit = 250 mA
0.7 to 3 Hz (1 flash per 0.7 to 3 seconds)

24 V:
1 unit = 150mA;
2 unit = 250mA;
3 unit = 350mA
4 unit = 450mA;
5 unit = 550mA
3 to 3.5 Hz (1 flash per 3 to
3.5 seconds)

—

XVR12 with buzzer:
12 Vac/dc: 400 mA
24 Vac/dc: 230 mA
3 Hz (1 flash per 3 seconds)

Strobe (Energized)

—

—

—

—

70 to 85 decibels at 1
meter

60 to 85 decibels at 1
meter

XVS14BMW
12 Vdc: 350mA
24 Vdc: 400 mA
105 decibels at 1 meter

—

—

—

XVS72BM
12 Vdc: 280 mA
24 Vdc: 190 mA
90 decibels at 1 meter

—

Pre-Wired,
Color-Coded Wires
cable length:
600mm XVC6••
850mm XVC6•• K
550mm XVC6•• 5S
850mm XVC6•• 5SK

Pre-Wired,
Color-Coded Wires
cable length:
500mm XVC1•• K
500mm XVC1•• SK
550mm XVC6•• 5S
850mm XVC6•• 5SK

—

70 to 85 decibels at 1
meter
Audible Sounders

Connection Type

Pre-Wired,
Color-Coded Wires
cable length:
600mm XVC4••
900mm XVC4•• K
500mm XVC4•• 5S

XVS14BMW
Pre-Wired, Color-Coded Wires
cable length:
500mm XVS14
XVS72BM••
Not Pre-Wired

19

LED Steady

Pre-Wired
cable length:
500mm XVR08•••
400mm XVR10•••
400mm XVR12•••
400mm XVR13•••

Cable Size

22 AWG (0.33 mm²)

22 AWG (0.33 mm²)

22 AWG (0.33 mm²)

—

18 AWG (0.75 mm²)

Digest Page

19-111

19-109

19-109

19-116

19-107

For Tower Lights catalog numbers:
first dot denotes voltage selection
second dot denotes color selection
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Family

19-7

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4–XB5 Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US
Table 19.1:
Operator
Style

BLACK—Start Push Buttons
(flush head)

Description

Contact
Block

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

Type

XB4BA21

$ Price

Legend
Plate

Table 19.5:
$ Price

38.50 ZBY2303

3.40

Operator
Style

RED—Stop Push Buttons
(extended head)

Description

38.50 ZBY2303

3.40

XB5
Double
Insulated

1 N.O.

Operator
Style

Description

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

Type

XB4BD21

$ Price

Legend
Plate

Table 19.6:
$ Price

51.00 ZBY2367

3.40

1 N.O.

XB5
Double
Insulated

XB5AD21

51.00 ZBY2367

3.40

Operator
Style

Operator
Style

Contact
Block

XB4BL42

38.50 ZBY2304

3.40

XB5AL42

38.50 ZBY2304

3.40

Description

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

Contact
Block

Type

$ Price

Legend $ Price
Plate

XB4BD33

68.00 ZBY2387

3.40

XB5AD33

68.00 ZBY2387

3.40

2 N.O.

XB5
Double
Insulated
2 N.O.

RED—120 Vac LED—On Pilot Light

Description

Legend $ Price
Plate

Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch

1 N.O.

Table 19.3:

$ Price

1 N.C.

BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch
Contact
Block

Type

1 N.C.

XB5AA21

Table 19.2:

Contact
Block

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

1 N.O.

XB5
Double
Insulated

www.schneider-electric.us

Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate

Table 19.7:

$ Price

Operator
Style

GREEN—120 Vac LED—Off Pilot Light

Description

Contact
Block

Type

$ Price

Legend $ Price
Plate

19

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

120 Vac
Red LED XB4BVG4

72.00 ZBY2311

3.40

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

120 Vac
Green
LED

XB4BVG3

72.00 ZBY2312

3.40

XB5
Double
Insulated

120 Vac XB5AVG4
Red LED

72.00 ZBY2311

3.40

XB5
Double
Insulated

120 Vac
Green
LED

XB5AVG3

72.00 ZBY2312

3.40

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.4:
Operator
Style

RED—40 mm Mushroom Stop
(Push-Pull)

Description

Contact
Block

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

Type

XB4BT42

Table 19.8:

Legend
Plate

$ Price

68.00 ZBY9330

3.40

$ Price

Operator
Style

RED—40 mm Mushroom Emergency
Stop (Trigger Action, Turn-to-Release)

Description

Contact
Block

XB4 Die
Cast
Chrome

1 N.C.

Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate
60 mm $ Price
Round

XB4BS8445 165.00 ZBY9330

3.40

XB5AS8445 165.00 ZBY9330

3.40

1 N.O. /
1 N.C.

XB5
Double
Insulated

XB5AT42

68.00 ZBY9330

3.40
XB5
Double
Insulated

1 N.C.

1 N.O./
1 N.C.

When ordering, please specify:

•
•

19-8

Quantity
Type or Catalog Number

I

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, SK Common Operators, Complete with Contact Blocks
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

BLACK—Start Push Buttons
Contact
Block

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

KR1BH13

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

Table 19.10:

Type

Table 19.13:

$ Price Legend
Plate $ Price

89.00

KN201

SKR1BH13 89.00 KN101SP

4.40

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

4.40

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

BLACK—Off-On Selector Switch

Operator Description
Style

Contact
Sequence
(Contact
Block
Included)

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

Type

KS11BH13 106.00

KN244

2.90

Table 19.11:
Operator
Style

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

Table 19.12:
Operator
Style

2.90

RED—120 Vac—On Pilot Light

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate

KP1R31

153.00

KN203

SKP1R31 153.00 KN103SP

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

KN202

4.40

4.40

BLACK—Hand-Off-Auto Selector Switch

Operator Description
Style

Contact
Sequence
(Contact
Block
Included)

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

Type

$ Price Legend
Plate $ Price

KS43BH13 106.00

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

KN260

4.40

$ Price

4.40

4.40

Operator
Style

4.40

GREEN—120 Vac—Off Pilot Light
Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate

$ Price

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

KP1G31

153.00

KN204

4.40

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

SKP1G31

153.00

KN104SP

4.40

Description

Table 19.16:
Operator
Style

Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate

$ Price

KT1R31

197.00

KN203

4.40

30 mm
Industrial
(Metal)

4.40

30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

SKT1R31 197.00 KN103SP

SKS43BH13 106.00 KN160SP

Table 19.15:

RED—120 Vac—On Push-To-Test
Pilot Light
Description

89.00

1 0 0
0 0 1
SKS11BH13 106.00 KN144SP

Description

$ Price Legend
Plate $ Price

Type

SKR1RH13 89.00 KN102RP

1 0
0 1
30 mm
Corrosion
Resistant
(NonMetallic)

Contact
Block

KR1RH13

Table 19.14:

$ Price Legend
Plate $ Price

RED—Stop Push Buttons

Operator Description
Style

GREEN—120 Vac—Off Push-To-Test
Pilot Light
Description

Type

$ Price

Legend
Plate

$ Price

KT1G31

197.00

KN204

4.40

SKT1G31 197.00 KN104RP

4.40

When ordering, please specify:

•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Quantity
Class Number (if appropriate)
Type or Catalog Number

CS1

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Operator Description
Style

19

Table 19.9:

19-9

Compact Pilot Lights

Type XVL and Type O
www.schneider-electric.us

XVL Miniature LED
Table 19.17:
XVLA1••

Specifications

Conforming to standards

IEC 337-2, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660-200

Degree of protection

IP40 (IP65 with seal) conforming to IEC 529 and NF C 20-010

Current consumption

25 mA
XVLA1••, XVLA2••: tags for 2.8 x 0.5 mm Faston connectors, also for soldered connections.
XVLA3••: threaded connectors, clamping, capacity: min. 1 x 0.2 mm2, max. 1 x 1.5 mm2

Cabling

Table 19.18:

With Black Bezel, Raised LED
Description

Supply Voltage DC

Ø 8 mm a
with integral ballast resistor
and reverse polarity protection diode
Degree of protection IP40
LED pilot lights Ø 8 mm, with black bezel,
visible LED XVLA1••

XVLA2••

Table 19.19:

XVLA3••

12 V
24 V

a
b

Catalog Number
XVLA123
XVLA124
XVLA125
XVLA133
XVLA134
XVLA135

$ Price Each

Catalog Number
XVLA223
XVLA224
XVLA225
XVLA233
XVLA234
XVLA235
XVLA323
XVLA324
XVLA325
XVLA333
XVLA334
XVLA335

$ Price Each

32.80

With Integral Lens Cap, Covered LED
Description

Supply Voltage DC

Ø 8 mma
with integral ballast resistor
and reverse polarity protection diode
Degree of protection IP40
Ø 8 mm, with lens incorporated,
LED XVLA2

12 V

Color
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber

24 V

Ø 12 mm b
with integral ballast resistor
and reverse polarity protection diode
Degree of protection IP40
Ø 12 mm, with lens incorporated,
LED XVLA3

XVLX••

Color
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber

12 V

24 V

32.80

52.00

Quick connects (2.8 x 0.5 mm).
Screw termination.

Table 19.20:

Accessories
Tightening tools
(Sold singly)

Seals (IP65)
(Sold in lots of 10)

XVLZ91•

Description
For Ø 8 mm pilot lights
For Ø 12 mm pilot lights
For Ø 8 mm pilot lights
For Ø 12 mm pilot lights

Catalog Number
XVLX08
XVLX12
XVLZ911
XVLZ912

$ Price Each
18.60
24.00
0.65

19

Class 9001 Type O, NEMA 13 Pilot Lights
Table 19.21:

Red
Green
Amber
Lens
Lens
Lens
Typec
Typec
Typec
12
.170
OR12
OG12
OA12
24
.073
OR24
OG24
OA24
120
.025
OR120
OG120
OA120
c
To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Voltage
Vac/Vdc

Type O

Instrument Type Incandescent Pilot Lights—Type O NEMA 13

Avg. Current
(A)

Table 19.22:

Yellow
Lens
Typec
OY12
OY24
OY120

White
Lens
Typec
OW12
OW24
OW120

Fluted
Blue Lens
Typec
—
FB24
FB120

$ Price

28.70

Replacement Lamps—Class 9001, Type O
Sylvania
Lamp Number
12PSB
24PSB
120PSB

Voltage
12 V
24 V
120 V

19-10

Clear
Lens
Typec
OC12
OC24
OC120

CP1

CS1

CS2

Discount
Schedule

Square D
Part Number
2550105003
2550105004
2550105005

$ Price
16.50

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Compact Pilot Lights

Type J Compact Pilot Lights

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard, Push-To-Test, and Remote Test Pilot Lights
Class 9001 Type J compact pilot lights are designed to be mounted in a 0.69 in. (11•16 in. or 17.5 mm) diameter
mounting hole. Each terminal accepts up to two 14 AWG wires (CU only). Type J compact pilot lights meet NEMA 4
(watertight) and NEMA 13 (oiltight). Type JT push-to-test pilot lights have contacts built into the encapsulated body.
Type JTR remote test pilot lights have dual inputs for one push remote testing—all you need is a push button with a
current rating equal to or greater than the total lamp draw. Type JTR remote test pilot lights can also be energized from
two separate input signals of the same voltage and polarity. This is done by wiring the Test terminal to the second input
signal.
Standard Pilot Light a

Style/Voltage

Color Capb
None

$ Price

Red

Green

$ Price

Transformer,
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

JP1

143.00

JP1R29

JP1G29

JP1Y29

153.00

Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc

JP38

116.00

JP38R29

JP38G29

JP38Y29

126.00

Incandescent, 24–28 Vac/Vdc
LED, 24–28 Vac
LED, 24–28 Vdc
LED, 120 Vac
Red
Replacement LED,
Yellow
120 Vac
Green

JP35
—
—
—
—
—
—

116.00
—
—
—
—
—
—

JP35R29
JP35LRR29
JP35DRR29
JP38LRR29
—
—
—

JP35G29
JP35LGG29
JP35DGG29
JP38LGG29
—
—
—

JP35Y29
JP35LYY29
JP35DYY29
JP38LYY29
—
—
—

126.00
153.00
153.00
153.00
—
—
—

Table 19.24:

Transformer,
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Incandescent, 120 Vac/Vdc
Incandescent, 24-28 Vac/Vdc
LED, 24–28 Vac
LED, 24–28 Vdc
LED, 120 Vac
Red
Replacement LED,
Yellow
120 Vac
Green

Table 19.25:
Color
Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White
Yellow

Table 19.26:

Color Capb
None

$ Price

JT1
JT38
JT35
—
—
—
—
—
—

185.00
158.00
158.00
—
—
—
—
—
—

Red

Green

Yellow

$ Price

JT1R29
JT38R29
JT35R29
JT35LRR29
JT35DRR29
JT38LRR29
—
—
—

JT1G29
JT38G29
JT35G29
JT35LGG29
JT35DGG29
JT38LGG29
—
—
—

JT1Y29
JT38Y29
JT35Y29
JT35LYY29
JT35DYY29
JT38LYY29
—
—
—

195.00
168.00
168.00
195.00
195.00
195.00
—
—
—

Replacement
Lamp

6.3 V, 0.15 A
120 V, 0.015
A
28 V, 0.040 A
28 V, 0.03 A
28 V, 0.03 A
28 V, 0.03 A
—
—
—

2550101020

12.50

2550101040

12.50

2550101024
—
—
—
6508805207
6508805208
6508805209

12.50
—
—
—
43.00
43.00
43.00

$ Price

Lamp
6.3 V, 0.15 A
120 V, 0.015 A
28 V, 0.040 A
28 V, 0.03 A
28 V, 0.03 A
28 V, 0.03 A
—
—
—

Replacement
Lamp
2550101020
2550101040
2550101024
—
—
6508805207
6508805208
6508805209

$ Price
12.50
12.50
12.50
—
—
—
43.00
43.00
43.00

Color Caps, Class 9001 Type J
Replacement Color Caps
Plasticb
R29
G29
A29
L29
W29
Y29

$ Price

9.90

Legend Plates
Maximum Number
of Lines

Description

Maximum
Number of
Characters

Black Field
Red Field

Blank
Special Marking
(Specify Marking)

Black Field
Red Field

Blank

Aluminum Field

Special Marking
(Specify Marking)
a
b

Lamp

Push-To-Test Pilot Light a

Style/Voltage

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Yellow

Aluminum Field

2

2

8

16

Catalog
Numberb

$ Price

JN100
JN100R

4.40

JN199
JN199R

18.50

JN700

4.40

JN799

18.50

Other voltages are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.
To order, add prefix 9001 to the beginning of the catalog number.

CS1

I

Discount
Schedule

19-11

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Type JP1R29

19

Table 19.23:

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102
Table 19.27:

Type of Operator

Illuminated Push Buttons (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included)
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs
Type of Contact

N.O.

XB6DW•••B
Flush,
spring return

XB6CE•••B

Flush, maintained

Extended,
spring return

19

Type of Operator

1

—

—

1

1

1

1

—

—

1

1

1

1

—

—

1

1

1

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Flush, maintained

Extended,
spring return

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

XB6DW1B1B
XB6DW3B1B
XB6DW5B1B
XB6DW6B1B
XB6DW4B2B
XB6DW1B5B
XB6DW3B5B
XB6DW4B5B
XB6DW5B5B
XB6DW6B5B
XB6DF1B1B
XB6DF3B1B
XB6DF5B1B
XB6DF6B1B
XB6DF4B2B
XB6DF1B5B
XB6DF3B5B
XB6DF4B5B
XB6DF5B5B
XB6DF6B5B
XB6DE1B1B
XB6DE3B1B
XB6DE5B1B
XB6DE6B1B
XB6DE4B2B
XB6DE1B5B
XB6DE3B5B
XB6DE4B5B
XB6DE5B5B
XB6DE6B5B

Catalog Number
XB6CW1B1B
XB6CW3B1B
XB6CW5B1B
XB6CW6B1B
XB6CW4B2B
XB6CW1B5B
XB6CW3B5B
XB6CW4B5B
XB6CW5B5B
XB6CW6B5B
XB6CF1B1B
XB6CF3B1B
XB6CF5B1B
XB6CF6B1B
XB6CF4B2B
XB6CF1B5B
XB6CF3B5B
XB6CF4B5B
XB6CF5B5B
XB6CF6B5B
XB6CE1B1B
XB6CE3B1B
XB6CE5B1B
XB6CE6B1B
XB6CE4B2B
XB6CE1B5B
XB6CE3B5B
XB6CE4B5B
XB6CE5B5B
XB6CE6B5B

XB6AW1B1B
XB6AW3B1B
XB6AW5B1B
XB6AW6B1B
XB6AW4B2B
XB6AW1B5B
XB6AW3B5B
XB6AW4B5B
XB6AW5B5B
XB6AW6B5B
XB6AF1B1B
XB6AF3B1B
XB6AF5B1B
XB6AF6B1B
XB6AF4B2B
XB6AF1B5B
XB6AF3B5B
XB6AF4B5B
XB6AF5B5B
XB6AF6B5B
XB6AE1B1B
XB6AE3B1B
XB6AE5B1B
XB6AE6B1B
XB6AE4B2B
XB6AE1B5B
XB6AE3B5B
XB6AE4B5B
XB6AE5B5B
XB6AE6B5B

44.40
44.40

52.00

44.40
44.40

52.00

44.40
44.40

52.00

Illuminated Push Buttons (120 Vac LED included)
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs
Type of Contact

N.O.

Flush,
spring return

Color

N.C.

XB6AF•••B

Table 19.28:

www.schneider-electric.us

Color

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

XB6DW1G1B
XB6DW3G1B
XB6DW5G1B
XB6DW6G1B
XB6DW4G2B
XB6DW1G5B
XB6DW3G5B
XB6DW4G5B
XB6DW5G5B
XB6DW6G5B
XB6DF1G1B
XB6DF3G1B
XB6DF5G1B
XB6DF6G1B
XB6DF4G2B
XB6DF1G5B
XB6DF3G5B
XB6DF4G5B
XB6DF5G5B
XB6DF6G5B
XB6DE1G1B
XB6DE3G1B
XB6DE5G1B
XB6DE6G1B
XB6DE4G2B
XB6DE1G5B
XB6DE3G5B
XB6DE4G5B
XB6DE5G5B
XB6DE6G5B

Catalog Number
XB6CW1G1B
XB6CW3G1B
XB6CW5G1B
XB6CW6G1B
XB6CW4G2B
XB6CW1G5B
XB6CW3G5B
XB6CW4G5B
XB6CW5G5B
XB6CW6G5B
XB6CF1G1B
XB6CF3G1B
XB6CF5G1B
XB6CF6G1B
XB6CF4G2B
XB6CF1G5B
XB6CF3G5B
XB6CF4G5B
XB6CF5G5B
XB6CF6G5B
XB6CE1G1B
XB6CE3G1B
XB6CE5G1B
XB6CE6G1B
XB6CE4G2B
XB6CE1G5B
XB6CE3G5B
XB6CE4G5B
XB6CE5G5B
XB6CE6G5B

XB6AW1G1B
XB6AW3G1B
XB6AW5G1B
XB6AW6G1B
XB6AW4G2B
XB6AW1G5B
XB6AW3G5B
XB6AW4G5B
XB6AW5G5B
XB6AW6G5B
XB6AF1G1B
XB6AF3G1B
XB6AF5G1B
XB6AF6G1B
XB6AF4G2B
XB6AF1G5B
XB6AF3G5B
XB6AF4G5B
XB6AF5G5B
XB6AF6G5B
XB6AE1G1B
XB6AE3G1B
XB6AE5G1B
XB6AE6G1B
XB6AE4G2B
XB6AE1G5B
XB6AE3G5B
XB6AE4G5B
XB6AE5G5B
XB6AE6G5B

N.C.

1

—

—

1

1

1

1

—

—

1

1

1

1

—

—

1

1

1

White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

44.40
44.40

52.00

44.40
44.40

52.00

44.40
44.40

52.00

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

19-12

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.29:

Pilot Lights (12–24 Vac/Vdc LED included)
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Color

XB6DV••B

$ Price

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Rectangular

Square

Round

XB6DV1BB
XB6DV3BB
XB6DV4BB
XB6DV5BB
XB6DV6BB

Catalog Number
XB6CV1BB
XB6CV3BB
XB6CV4BB
XB6CV5BB
XB6CV6BB

XB6AV1BB
XB6AV3BB
XB6AV4BB
XB6AV5BB
XB6AV6BB

27.30

XB6CV••B

Pilot Lights (120 Vac LED)
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

$ Price

Color

XB6AV••B

Rectangular

Square

Round

XB6DV1GB
XB6DV3GB
XB6DV4GB
XB6DV5GB
XB6DV6GB

Catalog Number
XB6CV1GB
XB6CV3GB
XB6CV4GB
XB6CV5GB
XB6CV6GB

XB6AV1GB
XB6AV3GB
XB6AV4GB
XB6AV5GB
XB6AV6GB

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Table 19.31:

Push Buttons (Non-Illuminated)
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs
Type of Contact

Type of Push

Color

$ Price

XB6DA••B
N.O.

Flush, spring return

Square

Round

XB6DA11B
XB6DA21B
XB6DA31B
XB6DA51B
XB6DA61B
XB6DA22B
XB6DA42B
XB6DA15B
XB6DA25B
XB6DA35B
XB6DA45B
XB6DA55B
XB6DA65B

Catalog Number
XB6CA11B
XB6CA21B
XB6CA31B
XB6CA51B
XB6CA61B
XB6CA22B
XB6CA42B
XB6CA15B
XB6CA25B
XB6CA35B
XB6CA45B
XB6CA55B
XB6CA65B

XB6AA11B
XB6AA21B
XB6AA31B
XB6AA51B
XB6AA61B
XB6AA22B
XB6AA42B
XB6AA15B
XB6AA25B
XB6AA35B
XB6AA45B
XB6AA55B
XB6AA65B

1

—

—

1

1

1

White
Black
Green
Yellow
Blue
Black
Red
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

26.20

26.20

34.10

Trigger Action Emergency Stop Mushroom Head Push Buttons (Color Red)a

Shape of Head

Type of Push

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

Diameter
of Head (mm)

Catalog Number

—

1

30

XB6AS8342B

65.00

1

1

30

XB6AS8345B

73.00

—

1

30

XB6AS9342Bb

78.00

1

1

30

XB6AS9345Bb

87.00

$ Price

19

Table 19.32:

Rectangular
N.C.

XB6CA••B

XB6AA••B

27.30

Turn-to-release

XB6AS8345B
Key release

a
b

XB6AS9345B

Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22)
Ronis 200 key

Table 19.33:

Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description

Color

Circular legends, 45 mm

Yellow

Text
Blank
Emergency stop

Catalog Number
ZB6Y7001
ZB6Y7330

$ Price
3.40

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

ZB6Y7330
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.30:

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-13

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102
o

Table 19.34:

Type of
Operator

Selector Switches (Switching Angle: Handle: 60 , Key: 70 )
Complete Units with Quick Connectors/Solder Tabs

Type of Contact

Number and Type of
Positions

$ Price
Rectangular

XB6DD•••B

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

1

1

Handle

www.schneider-electric.us

o

Square

Round

Catalog Number
2-maintained

XB6DD221B

XB6CD221B

XB6AD221B

29.70

2-maintained

XB6DD225B

XB6CD225B

XB6AD225B

37.60

3-maintained

XB6DD235B

XB6CD235B

XB6AD235B

37.60

3-maintained

XB6DD233B

XB6CD233B

XB6AD233B

37.60

Rectangular

Square

Round

XB6CD•••B
2

Type of
Operator

—

Type of Contact

N.O.

Number and Type of
Positions

$ Price

N.C.

XB6AD•••B

1

1

Catalog Number
2-maintained

XB6DGC5B

XB6CGC5B

XB6AGC5B

68.00

2-maintained

XB6DGB5B

XB6CGB5B

XB6AGB5B

68.00

3-maintained

XB6DGH5B

XB6CGH5B

XB6AGH5B

68.00

3-maintained

XB6DGH3B

XB6CGH3B

XB6AGH3B

68.00

Key

2

XB6DG••B

Note:

—

Indicates key withdrawal position.

Table 19.35:

Selector Switch Sequence

19

2 Position Selector Switch
Contact block guide a

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

XB6CG••B

O
X
O

X
O
X

X

O

1 N.O. (left or right)
1 N.C. (left or right)
1 N.O.
and
1 N.C.

3 Position Selector Switch
Contact block guide a

XB6AG••B
O
X
X
O
X
O
a

O
O
O
X
X
X

X
X
O
X
O
O

1 N.O. (left)
2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side)
1 N.O. (right)
1 N.C. (right)
1 N.C. (left)
2 N.C. wired in series (side by side)

As viewed from the front of the panel.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

19-14

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Electrical Components
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.36:

Contact Blocks and Light Modules for Illuminated Push Buttonsa

Description

Type of Contact

Supply Voltage

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

—

1

1

1

1

—

—

1

1

1

1
—
1

—
1
1

Color of Light
Source

Catalog Number

White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
—
—
—

ZB6ZB11B
ZB6ZB31B
ZB6ZB51B
ZB6ZB61B
ZB6ZB42B
ZB6ZB52B
ZB6ZB15B
ZB6ZB35B
ZB6ZB45B
ZB6ZB55B
ZB6ZB65B
ZB6ZG11B
ZB6ZG31B
ZB6ZG51B
ZB6ZG61B
ZB6ZG42B
ZB6ZG52B
ZB6ZG15B
ZB6ZG35B
ZB6ZG45B
ZB6ZG55B
ZB6ZG65B
ZB6ZH01B
ZB6ZH02B
ZB6ZH05B

$ Price

Quick connectors/solder tabs

ZB6ZB••B
12–24 Vac/Vdc

Integral LED b

ZB6ZH••B
120 Vac

Direct for incandescent bulb
(not included)d

Table 19.37:

< 24 Vac/Vdc

28.00
28.00

35.20

28.00
28.00

35.20
23.80
23.80
31.00

Contact Blocks for Push Buttons and Selector Switches
Type of Contact

Description

Catalog Number

$ Price

N.O.

N.C.

1
—
2
—
1

—
1
—
2
1

ZB6Z1B
ZB6Z2B
ZB6Z3B
ZB6Z4B
ZB6Z5B

9.40
9.40
16.60
16.60
16.60

Supply Voltage

Color of Light Source

Catalog Number

$ Price

110 Vac
230 Vac

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
—
—

ZB6EB1B
ZB6EB3B
ZB6EB4B
ZB6EB5B
ZB6EB6B
ZB6EG1B
ZB6EG3B
ZB6EG4B
ZB6EG5B
ZB6EG6B
ZB6EG0B
ZB6EM0B

< 24 Vac/Vdc

—

ZB6EH0B

Quick connectors/solder tabs

ZB6Z•B

Contact blocks with mounting base

Table 19.38:

Light Modules for Pilot Lights

Description
Quick connectors/solder tabsf

120 Vac

With resistor for 95 V neon bulb (not included) de

ZB6E•0B

Direct supply for 0.6 W max. incandescent bulb
(not included)d

Table 19.39:

14.40

Type of Contact
Catalog Number
$ Price
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
ZB6E1B
7.20
Silver alloy
Quick connectors/solder tabs
—
1
ZB6E2B
7.20
1
—
ZB6E1E
12.40
Gold flashed
Quick connectors/solder tabs
—
1
ZB6E2E
12.40
a
Illuminated selector switches can be assembled by using a contact block/light module assembly in conjunction with a selector switch head, supplied
without handle, and a transparent handle. See page 19-16.
b
The LED must be the same color as the push button cap.
c
The LED must be the same color as the lens.
d
Order bulbs separately. See page 19-22.
e
Neon bulb can only be used with a red, yellow, or white cap.
f
Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. See page 19-22.

Table 19.40:

ZB6Y010

15.60
15.60

Separate Contact Blocks (Maximum of 3 contacts per mounting base.)

Contact Material

ZB6E•B

16.60

For use with mounting base

Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations

Description

for use with

Plug-in Socket Adapter

contact blocks and light modules

Catalog Number
ZB6Y010

Body Bracket

plug-in socket adapter

ZB6Y011

ZB6Y011

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-15

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Integral LEDc

16.60

19

12–24 Vac/Vdc

ZB6E••B

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

Table 19.41:

Heads for Illuminated Push Buttons
(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15)

Type of Push

Color

$ Price
Rectangular

ZB6DW•

ZB6CE•

ZB6AF•
a

Square
Catalog Number
White
ZB6DW1
ZB6CW1
Green
ZB6DW3
ZB6CW3
Red
ZB6DW4
ZB6CW4
Flush, spring return
Yellow
ZB6DW5
ZB6CW5
Blue
ZB6DW6
ZB6CW6
5 colors a
ZB6DW9
ZB6CW9
White
ZB6DF1
ZB6CF1
Green
ZB6DF3
ZB6CF3
Red
ZB6DF4
ZB6CF4
Flush, maintained
Yellow
ZB6DF5
ZB6CF5
Blue
ZB6DF6
ZB6CF6
5 colors a
ZB6DF9
ZB6CF9
White
ZB6DE1
ZB6CE1
Green
ZB6DE3
ZB6CE3
Red
ZB6DE4
ZB6CE4
Extended, spring return
Yellow
ZB6DE5
ZB6CE5
Blue
ZB6DE6
ZB6CE6
5 colorsa
ZB6DE9
ZB6CE9
Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

Table 19.42:

ZB6DV•

Round
ZB6AW1
ZB6AW3
ZB6AW4
ZB6AW5
ZB6AW6
ZB6AW9
ZB6AF1
ZB6AF3
ZB6AF4
ZB6AF5
ZB6AF6
ZB6AF9
ZB6AE1
ZB6AE3
ZB6AE4
ZB6AE5
ZB6AE6
ZB6AE9

16.40

14.40

16.40

14.40

16.40

$ Price
Rectangular

19

b

14.40

Heads for Pilot Lights
(To combine with light modules, see page 19-15.)

Color

ZB6CV•

www.schneider-electric.us

Square
Catalog Number
White
ZB6DV1
ZB6CV1
Green
ZB6DV3
ZB6CV3
Red
ZB6DV4
ZB6CV4
Yellow
ZB6DV5
ZB6CV5
Blue
ZB6DV6
ZB6CV6
5 colors b
ZB6DV9
ZB6CV9
Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

Round
ZB6AV1
ZB6AV3
ZB6AV4
ZB6AV5
ZB6AV6
ZB6AV9

8.20

10.20

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB6AV•

19-16

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Non-Illuminated Operators and Selector Switches
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-Illuminated Operators
Table 19.43:

Heads for Push Buttons
(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.)

Type of Push

Color

$ Price
Rectangular

ZB6DA•

Square

Round

Catalog Number
White

ZB6DA1

ZB6CA1

Black

ZB6DA2

ZB6CA2

ZB6AA1
ZB6AA2

Green

ZB6DA3

ZB6CA3

ZB6AA3

Red

ZB6DA4

ZB6CA4

ZB6AA4

Yellow

ZB6DA5

ZB6CA5

ZB6AA5

Blue

ZB6DA6

ZB6CA6

ZB6AA6

6 colorsa

ZB6DA9

ZB6CA9

ZB6AA9

14.40

ZB6CA•

Flush, spring return

a

16.40

Five different color caps included with head (white, green, red, yellow, and blue).

ZB6AA•

Table 19.44:

Mushroom Heads for Trigger Action Push Buttons (30 mm)b

Shape of Head

Type of Push

Cap Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Turn-to-release

Red

ZB6AS834

49.60

Key release

Red

ZB6AS934c

62.60

ZB6AS834

Table 19.45:
ZB6AS934

Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description

Color

Circular legends, 45 mm
b
c

Text

Catalog Number

Blank

ZB6Y7001

Emergency stop

ZB6Y7330

$ Price

Yellow

3.40

Complies with EN418/ISO13850 standards for Emergency Stop push buttons when used with circular Legend Plate ZB6Y7330 (see page 19-22)
Ronis 200 key

ZB6Y7330

Table 19.46:

Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac
(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.)

Number and Type of Positions

Color of
Handle

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

Catalog Number

ZB6DD••

ZB6CD••

ZB6AD••

2-maintained

Black

ZB6DD22

ZB6CD22

ZB6AD22

2-maintained

Black

ZB6DD28b

ZB6CD28b

ZB6AD28b

3-maintained

Black

ZB6DD23

ZB6CD23

ZB6AD23

2-spring return to center

Black

ZB6DD24

ZB6CD24

ZB6AD24

3-spring return to center

Black

ZB6DD25

ZB6CD25

ZB6AD25

3-spring return from right to center

Black

ZB6DD26

ZB6CD26

ZB6AD26

3-spring return from left to center

Black

ZB6DD27

ZB6CD27

ZB6AD27

a
b
c

19

Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45°

17.60

For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum.
Switching angle: maintained positions 90o.
See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-19.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Non-Illuminated Selector Switches

19-17

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Selector Switches
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

Table 19.47:

www.schneider-electric.us

Heads for Non-Illuminated Selector Switchesac
(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.)

Number and Type of Positions

Color of
Handle

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

Catalog Number
Switching angle: maintained positions 60°, spring return positions 45°
2-maintained

Black

ZB6DD22

ZB6CD22

ZB6AD22

2-maintained

Black

ZB6DD28b

ZB6CD28b

ZB6AD28b

3-maintained

Black

ZB6DD23

ZB6CD23

ZB6AD23

2-spring return to center

Black

ZB6DD24

ZB6CD24

ZB6AD24

3-spring return to center

Black

ZB6DD25

ZB6CD25

ZB6AD25

3-spring return from right to center

Black

ZB6DD26

ZB6CD26

ZB6AD26

3-spring return from left to center

Black

ZB6DD27

ZB6CD27

ZB6AD27

ZB6DD••

17.60

ZB6CD••

ZB6AD••

a
b
c

For bodies with 2 contact blocks, maximum.
Switching angle: maintained positions 90o.
See selector switch sequence charts on page 19-14.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

19-18

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Keyed Selector Switches
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.48:

Heads for Ronis Key Operated Selector Switches a
(To combine with complete bodies and contact blocks, see page 19-15.)

Number and Type of Positions

Key Withdrawal

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

Catalog Number
Switching angle: maintained positions 70o, spring return positions 45o

2-maintained

Right-hand position

ZB6DGA

ZB6CGA

ZB6AGA

Center position

ZB6DGB

ZB6CGB

ZB6AGB

Both positions

ZB6DGC

ZB6CGC

ZB6AGC

Center position

ZB6DGL

ZB6CGL

ZB6AGL

Left-hand position

ZB6DGD

ZB6CGD

ZB6AGD

Center position

ZB6DGE

ZB6CGE

ZB6AGE

Left-hand and center positions

ZB6DGF

ZB6CGF

ZB6AGF

Right-hand position

ZB6DGG

ZB6CGG

ZB6AGG

All 3 positions

ZB6DGH

ZB6CGH

ZB6AGH

Left-hand and right-hand positions

ZB6DGJ

ZB6CGJ

ZB6AGJ

Right-hand and center positions

ZB6DGK

ZB6CGK

ZB6AGK

Left-hand position

ZB6DGQ

ZB6CGQ

ZB6AGQ

Center position

ZB6DGR

ZB6CGR

ZB6AGR

Left-hand and center positions

ZB6DGS

ZB6CGS

ZB6AGS

Center position

ZB6DGT

ZB6CGT

ZB6AGT

ZB6DG•
2-spring return from right to center

3-maintained

ZB6CG•

3-spring return from right to center

ZB6AG•

3-spring return to center

45.60

Table 19.49:

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Note:
Indicates key withdrawal position.
a
Ronis 200 key standard.

Selector Switch Sequence (using contact block assemblies, page 19-15)
2 Position Selector Switch
Contact block guide b
X
O
X

X

O

1 N.O. (left or right)
1 N.C. (left or right)
1 N.O.
and
1 N.C.

19

O
X
O

3 Position Selector Switch
Contact block guide b

b

O
O
X
X
O
X
X
O
O
O
X
X
X
X
O
O
X
O
As viewed from the front of the panel.

1 N.O. (left)
2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side)
1 N.O. (right)
1 N.C. (right)
1 N.C. (left)
2 N.C. wired in series (side by side)

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-20 and 19-22

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-19

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102
Table 19.50:

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a

Description
Without legend insert
With blank legend insert

Background Color of Legend
—
White or yellow
Black or red

Catalog Number
ZB6YD20
ZB6YD21
ZB6YD22

$ Price
2.00
3.40
3.40

ZB6YD20

Table 19.51:

8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a

Color

ZB6Y2178

P

STO

ZB6Y2304

Marking
Catalog Number
O-I
ZB6Y2178
I-II
ZB6Y2179
International
I-O-II
ZB6Y2186
O
ZB6Y2190
HAND-O-AUTO
ZB6Y2387
CLOSE
ZB6Y2314
DOWN
ZB6Y2308
FORWARD
ZB6Y2305
FAULT
ZB6Y2334
White Text
Red Background (Stop and Fault)
LEFT
ZB6Y2310
Black Background (all others)
OFF
ZB6Y2312
English
ON
ZB6Y2303
OPEN
ZB6Y2313
RESET
ZB6Y2323
REVERSE
ZB6Y2306
RIGHT
ZB6Y2309
RUN
ZB6Y2311
STOP
ZB6Y2304
UP
ZB6Y2307
a
Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT1102.

$ Price

1.60

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

19-20

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.52:

Push Button Caps—Marked

Ink Marking Color:
White on colored cap
Black on white cap

Color

$ Price
Rectangular

Square

Round

Catalog Number
For non-illuminated push buttons

1
2
3
4

ZB6YC•10
5
6
7

ZB6YA•10

8
9
ON
OFF

ZB6YD•17

I
O
R
START

ZB6YD•19
STOP
II
III

ZB6YC•19

+
UP
DOWN

ZB6YA•19

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CLOSE

CS2

ZB6YD100
ZB6YD200
ZB6YD101
ZB6YD201
ZB6YD102
ZB6YD202
ZB6YD103
ZB6YD203
ZB6YD104
ZB6YD204
ZB6YD105
ZB6YD205
ZB6YD106
ZB6YD206
ZB6YD107
ZB6YD207
ZB6YD108
ZB6YD208
ZB6YD109
ZB6YD209
ZB6YD117
ZB6YD317
ZB6YD224
ZB6YD424
ZB6YD111
ZB6YD311
ZB6YD210
ZB6YD410
ZB6YD226
ZB6YD626
ZB6YD140
ZB6YD340
ZB6YD241
ZB6YD441
ZB6YD112
ZB6YD212
ZB6YD113
ZB6YD213
ZB6YD114
ZB6YD214
ZB6YD115
ZB6YD215
ZB6YD127
ZB6YD227
ZB6YD128
ZB6YD228
ZB6YD132
ZB6YD232
ZB6YD119
ZB6YD219
ZB6YD120
ZB6YD220
ZB6YD121
ZB6YD221
ZB6YD122
ZB6YD222

Discount
Schedule

ZB6YC100
ZB6YC200
ZB6YC101
ZB6YC201
ZB6YC102
ZB6YC202
ZB6YC103
ZB6YC203
ZB6YC104
ZB6YC204
ZB6YC105
ZB6YC205
ZB6YC106
ZB6YC206
ZB6YC107
ZB6YC207
ZB6YC108
ZB6YC208
ZB6YC109
ZB6YC209
ZB6YC117
ZB6YC317
ZB6YC224
ZB6YC424
ZB6YC111
ZB6YC311
ZB6YC210
ZB6YC410
ZB6YC226
ZB6YC626
ZB6YC140
ZB6YC340
ZB6YC241
ZB6YC441
ZB6YC112
ZB6YC212
ZB6YC113
ZB6YC213
ZB6YC114
ZB6YC214
ZB6YC115
ZB6YC215
ZB6YC127
ZB6YC227
ZB6YC128
ZB6YC228
ZB6YC132
ZB6YC232
ZB6YC119
ZB6YC219
ZB6YC120
ZB6YC220
ZB6YC121
ZB6YC221
ZB6YC122
ZB6YC222

ZB6YA100
ZB6YA200
ZB6YA101
ZB6YA201
ZB6YA102
ZB6YA202
ZB6YA103
ZB6YA203
ZB6YA104
ZB6YA204
ZB6YA105
ZB6YA205
ZB6YA106
ZB6YA206
ZB6YA107
ZB6YA207
ZB6YA108
ZB6YA208
ZB6YA109
ZB6YA209
ZB6YA117
ZB6YA317
ZB6YA224
ZB6YA424
ZB6YA111
ZB6YA311
ZB6YA210
ZB6YA410
ZB6YA226
ZB6YA626
ZB6YA140
ZB6YA340
ZB6YA241
ZB6YA441
ZB6YA112
ZB6YA212
ZB6YA113
ZB6YA213
ZB6YA114
ZB6YA214
ZB6YA115
ZB6YA215
ZB6YA127
ZB6YA227
ZB6YA128
ZB6YA228
ZB6YA132
ZB6YA232
ZB6YA119
ZB6YA219
ZB6YA120
ZB6YA220
ZB6YA121
ZB6YA221
ZB6YA122
ZB6YA222

4.20

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB6YD•10

White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Green
Black
Red
White
Green
Black
Red
Black
Blue
White
Green
Black
Red
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black

19

0

19-21

16 mm Push Buttons

XB6 Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1102
Table 19.53:

ZB6Y002
ZB6Y009

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories

Description

Application

Body

Fitting contact blocks

ZB6Y009

2.00

Bezel tightening tool + bulb extractor

Fixing the switch and changing bulbs

ZB6Y905

4.20

Three piece tool kit

—

ZB6Y019

12.40

Nut

Fixing head to panel

ZB6Y002

2.00

Adaptor

Flush mounting a circular head push button or
pilot light in Ø 22 mm cut-out

ZB6YA002

6.20

Shroud

Protecting contacts against touching

ZB6Y001

3.40

Protective cover

Catalog Number

$ Price

Circular and square head push buttons and
switches

ZB6YA001

16.60

Rectangular head push buttons and switches

ZB6YD001

16.60

Female Quick connector/Solder tab

Sold in lots of 100 pieces

ZB6Y004

0.42

Blanking plug

Plugging an unused knockout

ZB6Y005

4.20

Ronis key, 2 pieces

Key operated selector switches and
emergency stop mushroom

ZB6Y007

6.20

6V

ZB6YA006

2.00

12 V

ZB6YJ012

2.00

28 Va

ZB6YB028

2.00

110/230 V b

ZB6YG095

4.20

ZB6Y905

Incandescent bulbs, bayonet T1 1/4

ZB6Y005
ZB6Y007

ZB6Y001

Neon bulbs
a
b

28 V bulb supplied, for use on 24 V.
95 V bulb supplied, for use on 110/230 V.

Table 19.54:

ZB6YA001

Standard Legend Plate (24 X 28 mm) for 8 X 21 mm Legend a

Description
Without legend insert

ZB6YD001

ZB6YD20

With blank legend insert

Table 19.55:

Background Color of Legend
—
White or yellow
Black or red

Catalog Number
ZB6YD20
ZB6YD21
ZB6YD22

8 x 21 mm Marked Legends (for 24 x 28 mm legend holder ZB6YD20) a

Color

19

ZB6Y2178

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

P
STO
ZB6Y2304

Marking
Catalog Number
O-I
ZB6Y2178
I-II
ZB6Y2179
International
I-O-II
ZB6Y2186
O
ZB6Y2190
HAND-O-AUTO
ZB6Y2387
CLOSE
ZB6Y2314
DOWN
ZB6Y2308
FORWARD
ZB6Y2305
FAULT
ZB6Y2334
White Text
Red Background (Stop and Fault)
LEFT
ZB6Y2310
Black Background (all others)
OFF
ZB6Y2312
English
ON
ZB6Y2303
OPEN
ZB6Y2313
RESET
ZB6Y2323
REVERSE
ZB6Y2306
RIGHT
ZB6Y2309
RUN
ZB6Y2311
STOP
ZB6Y2304
UP
ZB6Y2307
a
Additional legend plate sizes and markings are available in Catalog 9001CT0001.

Table 19.56:
ZB6Y7330

ZB6Y010

$ Price

1.60

Circular Legends, 45 mm

Description

Color

Text

Catalog Number

Circular legends, 45 mm

Yellow

Blank
Emergency stop

ZB6Y7001
ZB6Y7330

Table 19.57:

$ Price
2.00
3.40
3.40

$ Price
3.40

Accessories for Printed Circuit Board Installations

Description

for use with

Plug-in Socket Adapter

contact blocks and light modules

Catalog Number
ZB6Y010

Body Bracket

plug-in socket adapter

ZB6Y011

ZB6Y011

19-22

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.58:
Shape of
Head

Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Push

Type of Contact

Marking

Cap Color

Catalog Number

Black
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

XB4BA21
XB4BA31
XB4BA51
XB4BA61
XB4BA42
XB4BA25
XB4BA35
XB4BA45
XB4BA55
XB4BA65

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA2)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA3)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA5)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA6)
(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA4)
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA2)
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA3)
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA4)
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA5)
(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BA6)

“I”
(white)

Green

XB4BA3311

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BA331)

44.70

1

“O”
(white)

Red

XB4BA4322

(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BA432)

44.70

1

—

—

—
—

1
1

—
—

Black
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Red

XB4BP21
XB4BP31
XB4BP51
XB4BP61
XB4BP42
XB4BL42

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP2)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP3)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP5)
(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BP6)
(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BP4)
(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BL4)

1

1

—

Red

XB4BL45

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL4)

56.00

1

—

—

Black

XB4BC21

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BC2)

56.00

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

—

—

1

—

1

1

—

Flush

1

—

Flush

—

XB4BA31
Flush

XB4BA4322

Flush with clear
silicone boot
(color of pusher
unobscured)

XB4BP51

Extended

Mushroom head
Ø 40 mm

Components

$ Price

38.50
38.50

56.00

53.00
53.00
38.50

XB4BL42

Shape of
Head

Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Push
One flush
green push*
One extended
red push**

XB4BC21

Table 19.60:
Shape of
Head

N.O.

N.C.

1

1

Marking

Degree of Protection Catalog Number

*“I” (white)
**“O” (white)

IP66
IP69K

XB4BL73415

Components

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BL7341)

$ Price

69.00

Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light
(screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Push

XB4BL73415

Type of Contact

One flush
green push*
One extended
red push**

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

1

1

Marking

Degree of ProtectionPilot Light Voltage Catalog Number

*“I” (white)
**“O” (white)

IP66
IP69K

24

XB4BW73731B5

120

XB4BW73731G5

240

XB4BW73731M5

$ Price

130.00

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.59:

19

One white central
pilot light block

XB4BL73731p5

Table 19.61:
Shape of
Head

Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Push
Two flush
pushes
+ one central
projecting
red push*

Type of Contact
N.O.

2

N.C.

1

Degree of
Protection

IP66
IP69K

Marking and Cap Color

Catalog Number

White “I” on green background
White “II” on green background
*White “Stop” on red background

XB4BA731327

Black “V” on white background
White “B” on black background
*White “Stop” on red background

XB4BA711237

$ Price

120.00

XB4BA731327
Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39
Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-23

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.62:
Shape of
Head

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm,
Red (screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Push

Type of Contact

Catalog Number Components

$ Price

N.O.

N.C.

1

1

XB4BT845

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BT84)

1

1

XB4BS8445

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS844)

1

2

XB4BS84441

(ZB4BZ141 + ZB4BS844)

Trigger action
Key release a
(No. 455)

1

1

XB4BS9445

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BS944)

Push-pull

—

1

XB4BT42

(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BT4)

68.00

Turn-to-release

—

1

XB4BS542

(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS54)

110.00

Key release
(No. 455)

—

1

XB4BS142

(ZB4BZ102 + ZB4BS14)

147.00

Trigger action
push-pulla

101.00

XB4BT845
Trigger action
turn-to-releasea

165.00

165.00

XB4BS9445

XB4BS542
a

Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop
applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850).

Table 19.63:
Shape of
Head

Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections)b
Type of Operator

Type of Contact

Number and Type of
Positions

Catalog Number Components

$ Price

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

2-maintained

XB4BD21

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BD2)

51.00

1

1

2-maintained

XB4BD25

(ZB4BZ105 + ZB4BD2)

68.00

3-maintained

XB4BD33

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD3)

68.00

2

—
3-momentary to
center

XB4BD53

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BD5)

75.00

2-maintained

XB4BJ21

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BJ2)

51.00

3-maintained

XB4BJ33

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ3)

68.00

3-momentary to
center

XB4BJ53

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BJ5)

75.00

XB4BG21

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG2)

123.00

XB4BG41

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG4)

123.00

XB4BG61

(ZB4BZ101 + ZB4BG6)

123.00

XB4BG03

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG0)

141.00

XB4BG33

(ZB4BZ103 + ZB4BG3)

141.00

Standard lever, black

19

XB4BD33

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

1

—

2

—

Extended lever, black

XB4BJ33
2-maintained
1

—
2-momentary to
left

Key (No. 455)

2

—

3-maintained

XB4BG33
Note: The symbol
indicates key withdrawal position(s).
b
See page 19-29 for contact configurations.

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

19-24

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.64:

Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head

Supply Voltage

24 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac

XB4BVB5

Table 19.65:

Catalog Number
XB4BVB1
XB4BVB3
XB4BVB4
XB4BVB5
XB4BVB6
XB4BVG1
XB4BVG3
XB4BVG4
XB4BVG5
XB4BVG6

Components
(ZB4BVB1 + ZB4BV013)
(ZB4BVB3 + ZB4BV033)
(ZB4BVB4 + ZB4BV043)
(ZB4BVB5 + ZB4BV053)
(ZB4BVB6 + ZB4BV063)
(ZB4BVG1 + ZB4BV013)
(ZB4BVG3 + ZB4BV033)
(ZB4BVG4 + ZB4BV043)
(ZB4BVG5 + ZB4BV053)
(ZB4BVG6 + ZB4BV063)

$ Price

72.00

72.00

Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections)

Shape of Head

XB4BV64

Color
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Supply Voltage

Color

Catalog Number Components

Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included)
White
XB4BV61
Green
XB4BV63
< 250 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB4BV64
Yellow
XB4BV65
Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included
White
XB4BV31
Green
XB4BV33
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
Red
XB4BV34
Yellow
XB4BV35

$ Price

(ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV01)
(ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV03)
(ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV04)
(ZB4BV6 + ZB4BV05)

51.00

(ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV01)
(ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV03)
(ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV04)
(ZB4BV3 + ZB4BV05)

117.00

XB4BV33

Table 19.66:

Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a

Shape of Head

Description

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

Supply Voltage Color of Push

Catalog Number Components

$ Price

Flush

XB4BW33B5

1

1
110–120 Vac

Direct supply
for BA9s
2.4 W max.
bulb not
included

1

1

XB4BW3465
Transformer
type
1.2 VA, 6 V secondary.
BA9s incandescent
bulb
included

< 250 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
1

1
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz

XB4BW31B5
XB4BW33B5
XB4BW34B5
XB4BW35B5
XB4BW36B5
XB4BW31G5
XB4BW33G5
XB4BW34G5
XB4BW35G5
XB4BW36G5
XB4BW3165
XB4BW3365
XB4BW3465
XB4BW3565
XB4BW3135
XB4BW3335
XB4BW3435
XB4BW3535
XB4BW3145
XB4BW3345
XB4BW3445
XB4BW3545

(ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW313)
(ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW333)
(ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW343)
(ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW353)
(ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW363)
(ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW313)
(ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW333)
(ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW343)
(ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW353)
(ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW363)
(ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW31)
(ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW33)
(ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW34)
(ZB4BW065 + ZB4BW35)
(ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW31)
(ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW33)
(ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW34)
(ZB4BW035 + ZB4BW35)
(ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW31)
(ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW33)
(ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW34)
(ZB4BW045 + ZB4BW35)

119.00

119.00

99.00

163.00

163.00

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

24 Vac/Vdc

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow

XB4BW3545

a

White
XB4BW11B5
(ZB4BW0B15 + ZB4BW113)
Green
XB4BW13B5
(ZB4BW0B35 + ZB4BW133)
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB4BW14B5
(ZB4BW0B45 + ZB4BW143)
113.00
Yellow
XB4BW15B5
(ZB4BW0B55 + ZB4BW153)
Blue
XB4BW16B5
(ZB4BW0B65 + ZB4BW163)
1
1
White
XB4BW11G5
(ZB4BW0G15 + ZB4BW113)
Green
XB4BW13G5
(ZB4BW0G35 + ZB4BW133)
110–120 Vac
Red
XB4BW14G5
(ZB4BW0G45 + ZB4BW143)
113.00
Yellow
XB4BW15G5
(ZB4BW0G55 + ZB4BW153)
Blue
XB4BW16G5
(ZB4BW0G65 + ZB4BW163)
For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, XB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes XB4BVM1 (240 V—AC only).

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-25

19

Extended

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.67:

Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked

Shape of Head

Type of Push

Cap Color

Catalog Number

Flush, without color cap a

—

ZB4BA0

11.00

ZB4BA9

13.00

Flush, with set of 6 color caps

ZB4BA0

Flush

ZB4BA4
Flush with transparent cap,
for insertion of legend b

ZB4BA38
Booted Flush (clear silicone)
Cap color unobscured

Booted Extended (clear silicone)
Cap color unobscured

ZB4BP18

Booted (colored silicone)
Cap color unobscured

ZB4BL1

Booted (clear silicone)
for insertion of legend b
Cap color unobscured

19
Extended

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB4BA36

Guarded Head

a
b

Shape of Head

ZB4BL432
c

ZB4BA1
ZB4BA2
ZB4BA3
ZB4BA4
ZB4BA5
ZB4BA6
ZB4BA8
ZB4BA18
ZB4BA38
ZB4BA48
ZB4BA58
ZB4BA68
ZB4BPA1
ZB4BPA2
ZB4BPA3
ZB4BPA4
ZB4BPA5
ZB4BPA6
ZB4BP1
ZB4BP2
ZB4BP3
ZB4BP4
ZB4BP5
ZB4BP6
ZB4BP1S
ZB4BP2S
ZB4BP3S
ZB4BP4S
ZB4BP5S
ZB4BP6S
ZB4BP18
ZB4BP38
ZB4BP48
ZB4BP58
ZB4BP68
ZB4BL1
ZB4BL2
ZB4BL3
ZB4BL4
ZB4BL5
ZB4BL6
ZB4BA16
ZB4BA26
ZB4BA36
ZB4BA46
ZB4BA56
ZB4BA66

13.00

16.00

25.80

25.80

25.80

29.00

13.00

35.00

Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked
Type of Push

Marking Text

Cap Color
Green
White
Green
START
White
Green
ON
White
RESET
Black
JOG
Black
Flush
Red
O
White
Black
Red
STOP
White
Black
Red
OFF
White
Black
Black
White
c
White
Black
Red
O
White
Black
Red
Extended
STOP
White
Black
Red
OFF
White
Black
Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:
I

ZB4BA334

White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Gray
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

$ Price

Color cap to be ordered separately, see page 19-39.
For legend ordering information, see page 19-39.

Table 19.68:

ZB4BA331

www.schneider-electric.us

Marking Color
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White
White

Catalog Number
ZB4BA331
ZB4BA131
ZB4BA333
ZB4BA133
ZB4BA341
ZB4BA141
ZB4BA222
ZB4BA245
ZB4BA432
ZB4BA232
ZB4BA434
ZB4BA234
ZB4BA435
ZB4BA235
ZB4BA334
ZB4BA335
ZB4BL432
ZB4BL232
ZB4BL434
ZB4BL234
ZB4BL435
ZB4BL235

$ Price

18.60

18.60

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

19-26

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.69:

Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators

Shape of Head

Type of Push

Color of Push
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Flush

ZB4BH02

Extended

Table 19.70:

Catalog Number
ZB4BH01
ZB4BH02
ZB4BH03
ZB4BH04
ZB4BH05
ZB4BH06
ZB4BH1
ZB4BH2
ZB4BH3
ZB4BH4
ZB4BH5
ZB4BH6

$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

17.60

17.60

Three Head Operators, Momentary

Shape of Head
Premarked

Description

ZB4BA73133
Two flush
+ one central
projecting red push
marked “Stop”

Two flush

Marking

Cap Color

Degree of Protection

“I”
“II”
“X”
“V”
“A”
“E”
“+”
“-”
“+”
“-”
“X”
“V”
“A”
“E”
“A”
“E”

Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
White
White
White
Black
White
Black
Black
Black

IP66
IP69K

—

—

IP66
IP69K

ZB4BA73132
ZB4BA73133
ZB4BA73134
ZB4BA73135
ZB4BA71115

60.00

ZB4BA71123
ZB4BA71124
ZB4BA72124

Without caps
Two flush
without caps

ZB4BA71124

51.00

Two Head Operators, Momentary

Shape of Head
No Marking

Description

Marking

Cap Color

—

Green
Red

—

White
Black

Two flush

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number
ZB4BA7340
ZB4BA7120

IP66
IP69K
One flush
One extended

$ Price

37.20

—

Green
Red

ZB4BL7340

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

ZB4BA7341

“I”
“O”

White
Black

ZB4BA7121
Premarked

Two flush

ZB4BA7121
IP66
IP69K

One flush
One extended

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

Two flush
without caps

—

—

41.40
ZB4BL7341

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.71:

ZB4BA791

ZB4BL7341

19

Without caps

IP66
IP69K

ZB4BA79

35.00

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39
Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-27

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Operators and Emergency Stop Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.72:

Mushroom Heads, Momentary

Shape of Head

Diameter of Head

ZB4BC24

Color of Head
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

30 mm

40 mm

ZB4BC2
60 mm

Table 19.73:

www.schneider-electric.us

Catalog Number
ZB4BC24
ZB4BC34
ZB4BC44
ZB4BC54
ZB4BC64
ZB4BC2
ZB4BC3
ZB4BC4
ZB4BC5
ZB4BC6
ZB4BR2
ZB4BR3
ZB4BR4
ZB4BR5
ZB4BR6

$ Price

29.40

29.40

35.00

Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons

Shape of Head

ZB4BR2

Type of Push

Diameter of Head

Color

Catalog Number

Trigger action
Push-pull a

40 mm

Red

ZB4BT84

54.00

30 mm

Red

ZB4BS834

112.00

60 mm

Red
Red marked “EMO”
Red

ZB4BS844
ZB4BS84430
ZB4BS864

112.00
118.00
112.00

30 mm

Red

ZB4BS934

112.00

40 mm

Red

ZB4BS944 b

112.00

60 mm

Red
Black
Red
Black

ZB4BS964
ZB4BT2
ZB4BT4
ZB4BX2

112.00

Red

ZB4BX4

Trigger action
Turn-to-release a

40 mm

ZB4BS834
Trigger action
Key release
(No. 455) a

40 mm
Push-pull
60 mm

ZB4BT4

$ Price

40.40
46.00

Black
ZB4BS42
78.00
Red
ZB4BS44
Black
ZB4BS52
78.00
Red
ZB4BS54
Red
marked
“EMO”
ZB4BS5430
85.00
Turn-to-release
40 mm
Yellow
ZB4BS55
78.00
Yellow marked
ZB4BS5550
85.00
“Robot Stop”
Black
ZB4BS62
60 mm
90.00
Red
ZB4BS64
Black
ZB4BS72
30 mm
112.00
Red
ZB4BS74
Black
ZB4BS12
Key release
40 mm
112.00
(No. 455)
Red
ZB4BS14 b
Black
ZB4BS22
60 mm
112.00
Red
ZB4BS24
Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop
applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850).
Other key numbers:
—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.
—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.
—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.
—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.
Example: The catalog number for a head with key No. 421E for a 2 position maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal from the left-hand
position, becomes: ZB4BG212.
30 mm

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB4BS64

a
b

ZB4BS74

Table 19.74:

Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background)

Diameter
60 mm
90 mm

Text
Blank
EMERGENCY STOP
Blank
EMERGENCY STOP

Catalog Number
ZBY9101
ZBY9330
ZBY8101
ZBY8330

$ Price

3.40

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39

ZBY9330

19-28

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Selector Switches
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.75:

Non-Illuminated Selector Switches b

Color

Number and Type of Positions

$ Price
Standard Lever a

Extended Lever

Catalog Number

ZB4BD4
Standard Lever

ZB4BJ3
Extended Lever
a

Black

2-maintained

ZB4BD2

ZB4BJ2

24.00

Black

2-momentary from
right to left

ZB4BD4

ZB4BJ4

29.40

Black

3-maintained

ZB4BD3

ZB4BJ3

24.00

Black

3-momentary to center

ZB4BD5

ZB4BJ5

29.40

Black

3-momentary from
left to center

ZB4BD7

ZB4BJ7

29.40

Black

3-momentary from
right to center

ZB4BD8

ZB4BJ8

29.40

For colored lever, add the following code to the end of part number: 01–white, 03–green, 04–red, 05–yellow, 06–blue (Example: ZB4BD204).

Table 19.76:

Non-Illuminated Key Switches b

Type of Operator

Number and Type of Positions

Catalog Number

$ Price

ZB4BG2
ZB4BG02

2-maintained

ZB4BG4
Key (No. 455) c
Note:
The symbol

2-momentary from
right to left

ZB4BG6

indicates the key withdrawal position(s).
ZB4BG0
ZB4BG3

90.00

ZB4BG03

ZB4BG8
3-maintained

ZB4BG04
ZB4BG5

ZB4BG09
b
c

See Table 19.77 for contact configurations.
Other key numbers:

ZB4BG1
3-momentary from
left to center

—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog
number.

ZB4BG01

3-momentary to center

ZB4BG7
116.00
ZB4BG8

3-momentary from right to
center

ZB4BG05

Example: For a head with key no. 421E for a 2 position
maintained, lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal
from the left-hand position, order ZB4BG212.

ZB4BG08

19

Table 19.77:

Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies
Selector Switches

Unit Type

2-position

3-position

45°

315°

Note:
L=Left, C=Center, R=Right,
O=Open, X=Closed

0°

315°

45°

Up
Operator Plunger Position
Down
Contact Block Location
Contacts

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

N/O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

O

X

R
X

N/C

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39
Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB4BG9

Discount
Schedule

19-29

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Specialty Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.78:

www.schneider-electric.us

Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar)

Shape of Head

Description

Application

Catalog Number

For shaft Ø 1/4 in. (6.35 mm)

ZB4BD922

For potentiometer with
shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in.
(45 to 50 mm)
(potentiometer not included)

142.00
For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm)

ZB4BD922

Table 19.79:

Contact Operation

2 direction

Action

Catalog Number

Maintained

XD4PA12

Momentary

XD4PA22

Maintained

XD4PA14

Momentary

XD4PA24

Color
Black one side
Red reverse
White one side
Yellow reverse
Black one side
Red reverse
White one side
Yellow reverse

Catalog Number

Color

Type of Positions

Catalog Number

Black

Maintained

ZB4BD28

Black

Momentary

ZB4BD48

1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction

4 direction

•

$ Price

250.00

1 step 1 N.O. contact per direction

316.00

•

Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10 (single) or ZBE20 (double).

Table 19.80:

Legends for Joysticks

Description

XD4PA12

ZB4BD912

Joysticks (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) a

Description

a

$ Price

For use with

Legends
30 x 48 mm for customer engraving

2 direction

Legends
48 x 48 mm for customer engraving

4 direction

$ Price

ZBG2201
ZBG2401
3.40
ZBG4201
ZBG4401

19
Table 19.81:

Two Position Toggle Switch

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Shape of Head

$ Price

46.60

ZB4BD28

Table 19.82:

Reset Operators, Flush, Adjustable Shaft

Shape of Head

Travel
in.

0.39

Actuation Distance
mm

in.

mm

0.24–0.63

6–16

0.63–1.02

16–26

1.18–5.12

30–130

5.12–10.12

130–257

10

XB4BA8•1
0.55

14

Color

Catalog Number

Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue
Black
Red
Blue

XB4BA821
XB4BA841
XB4BA861
XB4BA822
XB4BA842
XB4BA862
XB4BA921
XB4BA941
XB4BA961
XB4BA922
XB4BA942
XB4BA962

$ Price

30.10

30.10

36.10

45.10

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

19-30

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Pilot Lights
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.83:

Pilot Light Heads

Shape of Head

For Use with Body
Comprising Light
Module Type

Protected LED™ only

ZB4BV063
Protected LED only
Fresnel (jeweled) lens a

For BA9s incandescent
bulb, neon or LED only b

ZB4BV04
For BA9s incandescent
bulb, neon or LED
Fresnel (jeweled) lens b

Direct supply
Direct supply

Transformer type
1.2 VA, 6 V secondary

7.60

Light Source

Supply Voltage (V)

Catalog Number

BA9s bulb 2.4 W max.
Not included b
BA9s incandescent
bulb included
BA9s incandescent
bulb included

<250

ZB4BV6

38.60

BA9s incandescent
bulb included

Supply Voltage

$ Price

24 v 2 Watt

ZB4BV624

49.20

120 v 2.4 Watt

ZB4BV6120

49.20

110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz
400–50 Hz
440–480 Vac
60 Hz
550–600 Vac
60 Hz

ZB4BV3
ZB4BV4
ZB4BV5

98.00

ZB4BV8
ZB4BV9

Color of Light Source

Catalog Number

White
ZB4BVJ1
Green
ZB4BVJ3
Red
ZB4BVJ4
Yellow
ZB4BVJ5
Blue
ZB4BVJ6
White
ZB4BVB1
Green
ZB4BVB3
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB4BVB4
Yellow
ZB4BVB5
Blue
ZB4BVB6
White
ZB4BVBG1
Green
ZB4BVBG3
24–120 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB4BVBG4
Yellow
ZB4BVBG5
Blue
ZB4BVBG6
White
ZB4BVG1
Green
ZB4BVG3
110–120 Vac
Red
ZB4BVG4
Yellow
ZB4BVG5
Blue
ZB4BVG6
White
ZB4BV18B1
Green
ZB4BV18B3
Flashing
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB4BV18B4
Yellow
ZB4BV18B5
Blue
ZB4BV18B6
White
ZB4BV18G1
Green
ZB4BV18G3
110–120 Vac
Red
ZB4BV18G4
Yellow
ZB4BV18G5
Blue
ZB4BV18G6
For 240 V LED, replace the last “B” or “G” in the catalog number with an “M”. For example, ZB4BVB1 (24 V) becomes ZB4BVM1 (240 V).
For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 1/40" or 2 x 0.110").
12 Vac/Vdc

c
d

7.60

Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) c

Light Source
Screw clamp terminal connections d

ZB4BV••

7.60

Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120.

Table 19.85:

ZB4BV•

7.60

Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED)

Direct supply

b

$ Price

For use in bright ambient conditions, for example, in sunlight.

Table 19.84:

Description
Screw clamp terminal connections

ZB4BV6

ZB4BV013
ZB4BV033
ZB4BV043
ZB4BV053
ZB4BV063
ZB4BV013S
ZB4BV033S
ZB4BV043S
ZB4BV053S
ZB4BV063S
ZB4BV01
ZB4BV03
ZB4BV04
ZB4BV05
ZB4BV06
ZB4BV07
ZB4BV01S
ZB4BV03S
ZB4BV04S
ZB4BV05S
ZB4BV06S
ZB4BV07S

$ Price

57.00

57.00

57.00

57.00

66.00

66.00

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB4BV043S

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear

19

a

Color of Lens

19-31

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.86:

www.schneider-electric.us

Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head

Type of Push

Color

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB4BW313
ZB4BW333
ZB4BW343
ZB4BW353
ZB4BW363
ZB4BW513
ZB4BW533
ZB4BW543
ZB4BW553
ZB4BW563
ZB4BA18
ZB4BA38
ZB4BA48
ZB4BA58
ZB4BA68
ZB4BW113
ZB4BW133
ZB4BW143
ZB4BW153
ZB4BW163
ZB4BW413
ZB4BW433
ZB4BW443
ZB4BW453
ZB4BW463

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear

ZB4BW31
ZB4BW33
ZB4BW34
ZB4BW35
ZB4BW36
ZB4BW37
ZB4BW11
ZB4BW13
ZB4BW14
ZB4BW15
ZB4BW16
ZB4BW17

Type of Push

Color of Lens

Catalog Number

Push/Pull Mushroom (40 mm)

Clear
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB4BW613
ZB4BW633
ZB4BW643
ZB4BW653
ZB4BW663

Color of Lens

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB4BH013
ZB4BH033
ZB4BH043
ZB4BH053
ZB4BH063
ZB4BH13
ZB4BH33
ZB4BH43
ZB4BH53
ZB4BH63

$ Price

Only use with Protected LED™ light modules

Flush

ZB4BW333

Flush with clear silicone boot

Flush for insertion of legend

ZB4BW563
Extended

ZB4BW113

Mushroom (40 mm)

18.60

31.00

16.00

13.00

29.40

Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED

Flush

ZB4BW33
Extended

19

Table 19.87:

18.60

13.00

Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons

Shape of Head

$ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

ZB4BW14
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.88:
ZB4BW643

46.00

Illuminated Push-On/Push-Off Operators

Shape of Head

Type of Push

$ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Flush

ZB4BH033
Extended

ZB4BH63

19-32

24.80

19.60

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.89:

Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary

Shape of Head
No Marking

Description

Marking

Cap Color

—

Green
Red

—

White
Black

Two flush

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number

$ Price

ZB4BW7A3740
ZB4BW7A1720
IP66
IP69K

One flush
One extended

48.00

—

Green
Red

ZB4BW7L3740

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

ZB4BW7A3741

“I”
“O”

White
Black

ZB4BW7A1721

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

ZB4BW7l3741

ZB4BW7A3741
Premarked

Two flush

One flush
One extended

ZB4BW7A1721

IP66
IP69K

52.00

Two flush

“A”
“E”

White
Black

ZB4BW7A1724

Two flush

“+”
“-”

White
Black

ZB4BW7A1715

Two flush
without caps

—

—

Without caps

Table 19.90:

IP66
IP69K

ZB4BW7A9

35.00

Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever

Shape of Head

Catalog Number e

Number and Type of Positions

$ Price

2-maintained

ZB4BK12•3

35.00

2-momentary from right to left

ZB4BK14•3

51.00

3-maintained

ZB4BK13•3

35.00

3-momentary to center

ZB4BK15•3

51.00

3-momentary from right to center

ZB4BK18•3

51.00

3-momentary from left to center

ZB4BK17•3

51.00

ZB4BK1343

e

Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue.

Table 19.91:

Sequence of Contacts on Illuminated Selector Switch Bodies
Selector Switches

Unit Type

2-position

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Only use with Protected LED light modules

3-position

45°

0°

315°

45°

19

315°

Up
Operator Plunger Position
Down
Contact Block Location
N/O

Contacts

N/C
Note: L=Left, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

R

L

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O

2 Position Selector Switch

3 Position Selector Switch

Contact block guide
O
X
O

X
O
X

X

O

R

Contact block guide

1 N.O. (left or right)
1 N.C. (left or right)
1 N.O.
and
1 N.C.

O
X
X
O
X
O

O
O
O
X
X
X

X
X
O
X
O
O

1 N.O. (left)
2 N.O. wired in parallel (side by side)
1 N.O. (right)
1 N.C. (right)
1 N.C. (left)
2 N.C. wired in series (side by side)

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-37 to 19-39
Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page19-39
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-33

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Electrical Components
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.92:

www.schneider-electric.us

Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks)

Type of Contact
Catalog Number
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
ZB4BZ101
—
1
ZB4BZ102
2
—
ZB4BZ103
Screw clamp terminal connections
—
2
ZB4BZ104
1
1
ZB4BZ105
1
2
ZB4BZ141
For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB4BZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").
For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB4BZ1029).
Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.
Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.
Description

ZB4BZ101

Table 19.93:

22.00
22.00
38.20
38.20
38.20
55.00

Complete Bodies
(Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™)
Type of Contact f

Light Source

$ Price

N.O.

Supply Voltage g
Color

N.C.

24 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac

$ Price

Catalog Number

Screw clamp terminal connections

ZB4BW0••3

ZB4BW06•

f
g

White
ZB4BW0B11
ZB4BW0G11
Green
ZB4BW0B31
ZB4BW0G31
1
—
Red
ZB4BW0B41
ZB4BW0G41
Yellow
ZB4BW0B51
ZB4BW0G51
Blue
ZB4BW0B61
ZB4BW0G61
White
ZB4BW0B12
ZB4BW0G12
Green
ZB4BW0B32
ZB4BW0G32
—
1
Red
ZB4BW0B42
ZB4BW0G42
Yellow
ZB4BW0B52
ZB4BW0G52
Blue
ZB4BW0B62
ZB4BW0G62
White
ZB4BW0B13
ZB4BW0G13
Green
ZB4BW0B33
ZB4BW0G33
2
—
Red
ZB4BW0B43
ZB4BW0G43
Yellow
ZB4BW0B53
ZB4BW0G53
Blue
ZB4BW0B63
ZB4BW0G63
White
ZB4BW0B15
ZB4BW0G15
Green
ZB4BW0B35
ZB4BW0G35
1
1
Red
ZB4BW0B45
ZB4BW0G45
Yellow
ZB4BW0B55
ZB4BW0G55
Blue
ZB4BW0B65
ZB4BW0G65
Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35.
For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB4BW0B11 (24V) to ZB4BW0M11 (240V))

19

Table 19.94:
Supply

73.00

73.00

90.00

90.00

Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) h
Light Source

Supply Voltage

Type of Contact h
N.O.

N.C.

Color of Light
Source

Catalog Number

$ Price

1
—
2
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

—
1
—
1
—
1
—
1
—
1

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

ZB4BW061
ZB4BW062
ZB4BW063
ZB4BW065
ZB4BW031
ZB4BW035
ZB4BW041
ZB4BW045
ZB4BW081
ZB4BW085

55.00
55.00
71.00
71.00
114.00
130.00
114.00
130.00
114.00
130.00

Screw clamp terminal connections

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Direct supply

BA9s
2.4 W max. bulb
Not included h

Transformer type
1.2 VA, 6 V
secondary

BA9s
incandescent
bulb included

< 250 Vac/Vdc
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz
440–480 Vac
60 Hz

h
i

Order bulb separately, see page 19-40.
Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-35.

ZB4BW0•5

19-34

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Electrical Components
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Body/Mounting Collar

For use with
Electrical block (contact or light module)

Catalog Number
ZB4BZ009

Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de

Table 19.96:

Type of Contact

Description

N.O.
1
—
2
—
1
1
—
1
—

ZB4BZ009
Standard single contact blocksab
Standard double contact blocksab
Special contact blocks for low power switching c

N.C.
—
1
—
2
1
—
1
—
1

Catalog Number
ZBE101
ZBE102
ZBE203
ZBE204
ZBE205
ZBE1016
ZBE1026
ZBE1016P
ZBE1026P

Dusty environment c
(IP5X, 50 µm dust)
Early make
1
–
ZBE201
N/O
Late break
—
1
ZBE202
N/C
Staggered contacts
Overlapping
1
1
ZB4BZ106
N/O+N/C
Staggered
—
2
ZB4BZ107
N/O+N/O
a
For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZBE1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").
b
For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029).
c
Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks.
Low-power switching

ZBE101

Table 19.97:

$ Price
5.40

$ Price
16.40
16.40
33.20
33.20
33.20
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
16.40
16.40
32.80
32.80

Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections) de

Description

Supply Voltage

ZBE203
12 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac

24–120 Vac/Vdc

230–240 Vac

ZBVB•

Color of Light Source
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Catalog Number
ZBVJ1
ZBVJ3
ZBVJ4
ZBVJ5
ZBVJ6
ZBVB1
ZBVB3
ZBVB4
ZBVB5
ZBVB6
ZBVG1
ZBVG3
ZBVG4
ZBVG5
ZBVG6
ZBVBG1
ZBVBG3
ZBVBG4
ZBVBG5
ZBVBG6
ZBVM1
ZBVM3
ZBVM4
ZBVM5
ZBVM6

52.00

52.00

52.00

52.00

52.00

33.20

19

Direct supply for BA9s
—
ZBV6
2.4 W max. bulb
< 250 Vac/Vdc
Not included f
d
Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.
e
Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.
f
See page 19-40 for bulb information.

$ Price

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.95:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-35

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Spring Terminal Products
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

Table 19.98:

www.schneider-electric.us

Spring Terminal Products for XB4 22 mm Push Buttons

Body/Mounting Collar
For use with

Catalog Number

Contact block or light module

ZB4BZ009

ZB4BZ009

$ Price
5.40

Contact Blocks a
Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications

Description

Type of contact

Catalog Number
N/O

Single

Contact blocks
Single with
body/mounting collar

ZBE1015

$ Price

N/C

1

–

ZBE1015

18.00

–

1

ZBE1025

18.00

1

–

ZB4BZ1015

24.00

–

1

ZB4BZ1025

24.00

2

–

ZB4BZ1035

42.00

–

2

ZB4BZ1045

42.00

1

1

ZB4BZ1055

42.00

Light Modules a
Spring Terminal Connections
Description

Supply voltage

Color of light source

12 Vac/Vdc

ZB4BZ1015
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)

24 Vac/Vdc

19
110–120 Vac

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

230–240 Vac

a

19-36

Catalog Number

$ Price

White

ZBVJ15

Green

ZBVJ35

57.00
57.00

Red

ZBVJ45

57.00

Orange

ZBVJ55

57.00

Blue

ZBVJ65

57.00

White

ZBVB15

57.00

Green

ZBVB35

57.00

Red

ZBVB45

57.00

Orange

ZBVB55

57.00

Blue

ZBVB65

57.00

White

ZBVG15

57.00

Green

ZBVG35

57.00

Red

ZBVG45

57.00

Orange

ZBVG55

57.00

Blue

ZBVG65

57.00

White

ZBVM15

57.00

Green

ZBVM35

57.00

Red

ZBVM45

57.00

Orange

ZBVM55

57.00

Blue

ZBVM65

57.00

Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules. However, spring terminal contact blocks can be mounted
behind screw terminal contact blocks.

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Legend Holders
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends

Description

ZBZ32

Legend
Color

Without legend a
With blank legend
(for engraving)
Custom Legend
(Specify Engraving)
2 lines of 11 characters
(including spaces)
maximum per line

—
Black or red background
White or yellow background
Black background
Red background
White background
Yellow background

With legend marked with
international language

Black or red background b

ZBY•101

Black or red backgroundb

ZBY2303
With legend marked with
English language

ZBZ33

ZBY610•

a
b

Text
—
—
—
White
White
Black
Black
O (black background)
O (red background)
I
II
O-I
I-II
I-O-II
AUTO
AUTO-HAND
AUTO-O-HAND
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERGENCY STOP
FAST
FORWARD
FOR-REV
HAND
HAND-OFF-AUTO
INCH
JOG
LEFT
OFF
OFF-ON
ON
OPEN
POWER ON
RESET (red background)
RESET (black background)
REVERSE
RIGHT
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP
STOP-START
UP

Catalog Number
ZBZ32
ZBY2101
ZBY4101
ZBY2002
ZBY2004
ZBY4001
ZBY4005
ZBY2146
ZBY2931
ZBY2147
ZBY2148
ZBY2178
ZBY2179
ZBY2186
ZBY2115
ZBY2364
ZBY2385
ZBY2314
ZBY2308
ZBY2330
ZBY2328
ZBY2305
ZBY2371
ZBY2316
ZBY2387
ZBY2321
ZBY2382
ZBY2310
ZBY2312
ZBY2367
ZBY2311
ZBY2313
ZBY2326
ZBY2323
ZBY2322
ZBY2306
ZBY2309
ZBY2334
ZBY2327
ZBY2303
ZBY2304
ZBY2366
ZBY2307

$ Price
2.00
3.40

14.20

3.40

3.40

For marked legends, see page 19-38.
Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

Table 19.100: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends
Description c
Without legend insert

Color
—
Black or red background
White or yellow background

With blank legend insert

Catalog Number
ZBZ33
ZBY6101
ZBY6102

$ Price
2.00
3.40

Table 19.101: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends
ZB Y• H101

Description c
Without legend

Color
—
Black or red background
White or yellow background

With blank legend

Catalog Number
ZBZ34
ZBY2H101
ZBY4H101

$ Price
2.00
3.40
3.40

19

ZB Z3 4

Table 19.102: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends
Description c
Without legend
With blank legend

ZB Z3 5

Color
—
Black or red background
White or yellow background

Catalog Number
ZBZ35
ZBY6H101
ZBY6H102

$ Price
4.20
5.40
5.40

ZB Y6H10•
c

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

For custom Legends, see page 19-38.

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.99:

19-37

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Legend Inserts Only
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.103: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32)
Color

ZBY02178

ZBY02303

Marking

Text
Catalog Number
O (black background)
ZBY02146
O (red background)
ZBY02931
I
ZBY02147
International
II
ZBY02148
O-I
ZBY02178
I-II
ZBY02179
I-O-II
ZBY02186
AUTO
ZBY02115
AUTO-HAND
ZBY02364
AUTO-O-HAND
ZBY02385
CLOSE
ZBY02314
DOWN
ZBY02308
EMERGENCY STOP
ZBY02330
English
FAST
ZBY02328
FORWARD
ZBY02305
FOR-REV
ZBY02371
HAND
ZBY02316
HAND-OFF-AUTO
ZBY02387
Black or red background a
INCH
ZBY02321
JOG
ZBY02382
LEFT
ZBY02310
OFF
ZBY02312
OFF-ON
ZBY02367
ON
ZBY02311
OPEN
ZBY02313
POWER ON
ZBY02326
RESET (red background)
ZBY02323
RESET (black background)
ZBY02322
REVERSE
ZBY02306
RIGHT
ZBY02309
RUN
ZBY02334
SLOW
ZBY02327
START
ZBY02303
STOP
ZBY02304
STOP-START
ZBY02366
UP
ZBY02307
a
Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

$ Price

1.70

1.70

19

Table 19.104: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only)
Description

For use with

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

8 x 27 mm

30 x 40 mm legend holders

18 x 27 mm

30 x 50 mm legend holders

Color
Black or red background
White or yellow background
Black or red background
White or yellow background

Text Color
White
Black
White
Black

Catalog Number
ZBY0101
ZBY0102
ZBY5101
ZBY5102

$ Price

Text Color
White
White
Black
Black
White
White
Black
Black

Catalog Number
ZBY01002
ZBY01004
ZBY01001
ZBY01005
ZBY05002
ZBY05004
ZBY05001
ZBY05005

$ Price

1.70

Table 19.105: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only)
Description

19-38

For use with

8 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify
Engraving) 2 lines of 11 characters (including
spaces) maximum per line
(Example: ZBY01002 marked “Robot”)

30 x 40 mm
legend holders

18 x 27 mm Custom Legend/Insert Only (Specify
Engraving) 3 lines of 11 characters (including
spaces) maximum per line
(Example: ZBY05002 marked “Robot”)

30 x 50 mm
legend holders

CS2

Discount
Schedule

Color
Black background
Red background
White background
Yellow background
Black background
Red background
White background
Yellow background

12.20

12.20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.106: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights
Description

Marking
Blank

Text
O
I
II
III
STOP

International
Sheets of 66 circular peel-off
transparent self-adhesive legends

10.40

ZBY1316
ZBY1312
ZBY1311
ZBY1303
XBY2U

10.40
104.00

Table 19.107: Push Button Caps—Unmarked
For use with

Type of Push

Color
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
6 colors a
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
6 colors a

Catalog Number
ZBA1
ZBA2
ZBA3
ZBA4
ZBA5
ZBA6
ZBA9
ZBL1
ZBL2
ZBL3
ZBL4
ZBL5
ZBL6
ZBL9

$ Price

Cap Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
White

ZBA331
ZBA131
ZBA333
ZBA133
ZBA341
ZBA141
ZBA343

White

Black

ZBA344

White

Green

ZBA345

White

Black

ZBA245

White

Green

ZBA346

Flush

ZBA•
ZB4BA0
push button heads

Extended

ZBL•

$ Price
6.20

ZBY1912
HAND
OFF
English
ON
START
Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian

SiS Label Software

ZBY1101

Catalog Number
ZBY1101
ZBY1146
ZBY1147
ZBY1148
ZBY1149
ZBY1304

a

2.00

4.20

2.00

4.20

Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue.

For use with

Type of Push

Marking
Text b
Ic
START c
ON
UP c
DOWN c
c

ZBA•33

Color
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
Black

c
ZB4BA0
push button heads

Flush

4.20

White
ZBA334 d
Black
ZBA335 d
Red
ZBA432
Oc
White
Black
ZBA232
Red
ZBA434
STOP c
White
Black
ZBA234
Red
ZBA435
OFF
White
Black
ZBA235
Rc
White
Blue
ZBA639
Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified).
Double injection molded marking.
Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

b
c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19

Black
White

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.108: Push Button Caps—Marked

19-39

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.109: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsa
For use with

ZBA7235

Type of Push

Marking
Unmarked
“I” black
“V” black
“+” black
Unmarked
“O” white
“+” white
“V” white
“I” white
Unmarked
“I” white
“+” white
“A” white
“II” white
Unmarked
“O” white
Unmarked
Unmarked
Assorted

ZBA7331

ZBA7432
Double push button heads
Tripe push button heads
ZB4RZA0
ZB5RZA0

ZBA79

a
b

Flush

Cap Color

Catalog Number
ZBA71
ZBA7131
ZBA7134
ZBA7138
ZBA72
ZBA7232
ZBA7233
ZBA7235
ZBA7237
ZBA73
ZBA7331
ZBA7333
ZBA7335
ZBA7336
ZBA74
ZBA7432
ZBA75
ZBA76
ZBA79

White

Black

Green

Red
Yellow
Blue
10 colorsb

$ Price
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
4.00
4.00
3.00

Sold in lots of 10.
Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background,
white “O” on black background.

Table 19.110: Accessories
m
imu
min um
mm
xim
Ø 6 m ma
m
Ø8

ZBZ3605

Description

Padlocking kit
Conforming to EN/ISO 13850 e
(See legends below)

Ø6

Metal guards
Padlockable

ZBZ160•

Metal guard

19

Plastic guardsd

ZBZ1800

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB4BZ6•

Application
For Emergency Stop function only, with the following
Ø 40 trigger-action push buttons:
XB4BT8•
XB4BS8•
XB4BS9•
ZB4BT8•
ZB4BS8•
ZB4BS9•
For Emergency Stop function only with the
following Ø 40 mm trigger-action push buttons:
XB4BT8•
XB4BS8•
XB4BS9•
ZB4BT8• (except ZB5AT8643M)
ZB4BS8•
ZB4BS9•
For XB4 illuminated push buttons
Round Guard for ZB4BS5430, 2.5” dia
EMO Mushroom Operators
Narrow Flange Guard for ZB4BS5430 or
ZB4BS84430 EMO Mushroom Operatorsf
Trigger Action Guard for ZB4BS84430, 3” dia
EMO Mushroom Operators

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Yellow

ZBZ3605

108.00

Chromium Plated
Black
Red
Yellow

ZBZ1600
ZBZ1602
ZBZ1604
ZBZ1605

108.00

Blue

ZBZ1606

Chromium-plated

ZBZ1800

Yellow

ZB4BZ1905

Yellow

ZB4BZ2005

Yellow

ZB4BZ2105

Black
Red

ZB4BZ62
ZB4BZ64

32.80

ZB4BZ011

16.60

ZB4SZ3

11.00

Padlockable flaps

For push buttons

Mounting kit

For push buttons ZB4B• with flush mounting bezel head
For 30 mm mounting hole. Minimum quantity 10

Metal blanking plug, round chromium
plated c
Plastic blanking plug, round black with
mounting nut

For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units
For Ø 22 mm control and signalling units

Description

Marking
Color
Without
Yellow
Ø 60 mm Legend
for padlocking device ZBZ3605
EMERGENCY STOP
Yellow
c
Requires a ZB4BZ009 body/mounting collar for mounting, see page 19-35.
d
For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06.
e
Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above.
f
Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm.

108.00

25.80

ZB5SZ3

11.00

Catalog Number
ZBY9101T
ZBY9330T

$ Price

Characteristics
6 V, 1.2 W
12 V, 2 W
24 V, 2 W
120–130 V, 2.4 W
120–130 V, 1.8 mA
230–240 V, 1,8 mA
—
Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Catalog Number
DL1CB006
DL1CE012
DL1CE024
DL1CE130
DL1CF110
DL1CF220
XBFX13
ZBZ8

$ Price

Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1)

ZB4BZ905

52.00

ZBZ41

10.40

3.40

ZB4BZ011

Table 19.111: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories
Description

DL1CE•••

DL1CF•••

Replacement bulbs
(Type BA9s)
Incandescent
Neon bulbs

XBFX13

19-40

ZBZ8

Bulb extractor
Lens cap tightening tool
Power driver bits for mounting and wiring
(package of 5)
Mounting Adapter

For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm KO

CS2

Discount
Schedule

11.00

15.20
11.00
6.20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB4 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.112: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a
Description

For use with

Bellows seals for harsh environments
(Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning)

Any Harmony XB4 metal,
mushroom head push button d,
Ø 40 mm or Ø 60 mm (except ZB4BR•16)

ZBZ•8
a

Color &
Material
Red
Silicone
Black
EPDM
Yellow
EPDM

Sold in
Lots of

Catalog Number

2

ZBZ48

2

ZBZ28

2

ZBZ58

$ Price

12.40

Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T.

Table 19.113: Boot for Standard Selector Switch Handle
Description
Boot for standard handle

For use with
ZB4BD••

Catalog Number
ZBD D2

$ Price
12.40

ZBDD2

Table 19.114: Replacement Keys
Description

Key Number
455
421E
458A
520E
3131A
455
421E
458A
520E
3131A

Set of 2 keys

Set of 2 keys,
One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot)

ZBG455

ZBG455P

Catalog Number
ZBG455
ZBG421E
ZBG458A
ZBG520E
ZBG3131A
ZBG455P
ZBG421EP
ZBG458AP
ZBG520EP
ZBG3131AP

$ Price

11.00

23.40

Table 19.115: Clear Boots
Description
Single boots
Double boots

ZBP0

Triple boot

For use with
Booted push buttons with circular head
Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications
Double-headed push buttons, two flush
Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting
Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting

Material

Catalog Number
ZBP0
ZBP0A
ZBA708
ZBA709
ZBA710

$ Price
12.40
12.40
10.80
10.80
10.80

Color
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Catalog Number
ZB2 BP012
ZB2 BP013
ZB2 BP014
ZB2 BP015
ZB2 BP016

$ Price

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZBV0113
ZBV0133
ZBV0143
ZBV0153
ZBV0163
ZBW9113
ZBW9133
ZBW9143
ZBW9153
ZBW9163
ZBW9313
ZBW9333
ZBW9343
ZBW9353
ZBW9363

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear

ZBV011
ZBV013
ZBV014
ZBV015
ZBV016
ZBV017
ZBW911
ZBW913
ZBW914
ZBW915
ZBW916
ZBW917
ZBW931
ZBW933
ZBW934
ZBW935
ZBW936
ZBW937

Silicone

Table 19.116: Colored boots

13.00

Table 19.117: Lens Caps
For use with

ZBA709

Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules

Pilot lights

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

5.40

5.40

5.40

Lens caps for BA9 light modules

ZBV01•3
Pilot lights

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

ZBV01•

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

5.40

5.40

5.40

19-41

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Single boot
(can be replaced without dismantling the head)

19

Description

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.118: Non-Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
Shape of Head Type of Push

XB5AA31

Type of Contact

Marking

Cap Color

Catalog Number

Black
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

XB5AA21
XB5AA31
XB5AA51
XB5AA61
XB5AA42
XB5AA25
XB5AA35
XB5AA45
XB5AA55
XB5AA65

“I”
(white)

Green

XB5AA3311

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA331)

44.70

1

“O”
(white)

Red

XB5AA4322

(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA432)

44.70

1

—

—

—
—

1
1

—
—

Black
Green
Yellow
Blue
Red
Red

XB5AP21
XB5AP31
XB5AP51
XB5AP61
XB5AP42
XB5AL42

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP2)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP3)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP5)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AP6)
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AP4)
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AL4)

1

1

—

Red

XB5AL45

(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL4)

38.50

1

—

—

Black

XB5AC21

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AC2)

56.00

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

—

—

1

—

1

1

—

Flush

1

—

Flush

—

Flush

Components

$ Price

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA2)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA3)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA5)
(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AA6)
(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AA4)
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA2)
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA3)
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA4)
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA5)
(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AA6)

38.50
38.50

56.00

XB5AA4322

Flush with clear
silicone boot
(color of pusher
unobscured)

XB5AP51
Extended

Mushroom head
Ø 40 mm

XB5AL42

53.00
53.00
38.50

Table 19.119: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
Shape of Head

Type of Push
One flush
green push*
One extended
red push**

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

1

1

Marking

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number

*“I” (white)
**“O” (white)

IP66
IP69K

XB5AL73415

Components

$ Price

(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AL7341)

80.75

19

XB5AC21

Table 19.120: Two Button Push Buttons, Momentary + one white central pilot light
(screw clamp terminal connections)
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Shape of Head

Type of Push

One flush
green push*
One extended
red push**

XB5AL73415

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

1

1

Marking

Degree of Protection Pilot Light Voltage Catalog Number

*“I” (white)
**“O” (white)

IP66
IP69K

$ Price

24

XB5AW73731B5

120

XB5AW73731G5

240

XB5AW73731M5

123.50

One white central
pilot light block

Table 19.121: Three Button Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections)
XB5AW73731p5

Shape of Head

Type of Push
Two flush
pushes
+ one central
projecting
red push*

XB5AA731327

19-42

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

2

1

Degree of
Protection

IP66
IP69K

Marking and Cap Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

White “I” on green background
White “II” on green background
*White “Stop” on red background

XB5AA731327

Black “V” on white background
White “B” on black background
*White “Stop” on red background

XB5AA711237

114.00

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-39

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.122: Non-Illuminated Emergency Stop and Emergency Off Mushroom Head Push Buttons, Ø 40 mm (Red)
(screw clamp terminal connections)
Type of Contact
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Catalog Number

Components

$ Price

(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AT84)

101.00

N.O.

N.C.

1

1

XB5AT845

1

1

XB5AS8445

(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AS844)

—

2

XB5AS8444

(ZB5AZ104 + ZB5AS844)

Trigger action Key release
(No. 455)a

1

1

XB5AS9445

(ZB5AZ105+ ZB5AS944)

Push-pull

—

1

XB5AT42

Turn-to-release

—

1

XB5AS542

(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS54)

110.00

Key release (No. 455)

—

1

XB5AS142

(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AS14)

147.00

XB5AS9445
Trigger action push-pulla

Trigger action turn-to-releasea

165.00

XB5AT42

XB5AS542

a

(ZB5AZ102 + ZB5AT4)

165.00

68.00

Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop
applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850).

Table 19.123: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches and Key Switches (screw clamp terminal connections) b
Shape of
Head

Type of Contact
Type of Operator

XB5AD33

Number and Type of Positions

Catalog Number

Components

$ Price

N.O.

N.C.

1

—

2-maintained

XB5AD21

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AD2)

51.00

1

1

2-maintained

XB5AD25

(ZB5AZ105 + ZB5AD2)

68.00

3-maintained

XB5AD33

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD3)

68.00

2

—
3-momentary to
center

XB5AD53

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AD5)

75.00

2-maintained

XB5AJ21

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AJ2)

51.00

3-maintained

XB5AJ33

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ3)

68.00

3-momentary to
center

XB5AJ53

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AJ5)

75.00

XB5AG21

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG2)

123.00

XB5AG41

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG4)

123.00

XB5AG61

(ZB5AZ101 + ZB5AG6)

123.00

XB5AG03

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG0)

141.00

XB5AG33

(ZB5AZ103 + ZB5AG3)

141.00

1

—

2

—

Extended lever, black

XB5AJ33

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Standard lever, black

1

—
2-momentary to
left

Key (No. 455)

XB5AG33

2

—

3-maintained

b
See 19-49 for contact configurations.
Note: The symbol
indicates key withdrawal position(s)
Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-43

19

2-maintained

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Complete Devices
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.124: Pilot Lights with Protected LED™ (screw clamp terminal connections) a
Shape of Head

Supply Voltage

Color
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

24 Vac/Vdc

XB5AVB1
110–120 Vac

Catalog Number
XB5AVB1
XB5AVB3
XB5AVB4
XB5AVB5
XB5AVB6
XB5AVG1
XB5AVG3
XB5AVG4
XB5AVG5
XB5AVG6

Components
(ZB5AVB1 + ZB5AV013)
(ZB5AVB3 + ZB5AV033)
(ZB5AVB4 + ZB5AV043)
(ZB5AVB5 + ZB5AV053)
(ZB5AVB6 + ZB5AV063)
(ZB5AVG1 + ZB5AV013)
(ZB5AVG3 + ZB5AV033)
(ZB5AVG4 + ZB5AV043)
(ZB5AVG5 + ZB5AV053)
(ZB5AVG6 + ZB5AV063)

$ Price

72.00

72.00

Table 19.125: Pilot Lights for BA9s Bulb (screw clamp terminal connections)
Shape of Head

XB5AV63

Supply Voltage

Color

Catalog Number

Direct supply, for BA9s (incandescent, LED, neon) V < 250 V, 2.4 W bulb (bulb not included) b
White
XB5AV61
Green
XB5AV63
< 250 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB5AV64
Yellow
XB5AV65
Transformer type with 1.2 VA, 6 V secondary. BA9s incandescent bulb included
White
XB5AV31
Green
XB5AV33
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
Red
XB5AV34
Yellow
XB5AV35

Components

$ Price

(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV01)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV03)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV04)
(ZB5AV6 + ZB5AV05)

51.00

(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV01)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV03)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV04)
(ZB5AV3 + ZB5AV05)

117.00

Table 19.126: Illuminated Push Buttons, Momentary (screw clamp terminal connections) a
XB5AV34

Shape of Head

Description

Type of Contact
N.O.

N.C.

Supply Voltage

Color of Push

Catalog Number Components

$ Price

Flush

24 Vac/Vdc
1

1
110–120 Vac

XB5AW31B5

19

Direct supply for
BA9s
2.4 W max. bulb
not included

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Transformer type
1.2 VA, 6 V
secondary.
BA9s
incandescent
bulb included

XB5AW3465

1

1

< 250 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
1

1
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Yellow

XB5AW31B5
XB5AW33B5
XB5AW34B5
XB5AW35B5
XB5AW36B5
XB5AW31G5
XB5AW33G5
XB5AW34G5
XB5AW35G5
XB5AW36G5
XB5AW3165
XB5AW3365
XB5AW3465
XB5AW3565
XB5AW3135
XB5AW3335
XB5AW3435
XB5AW3535
XB5AW3145
XB5AW3345
XB5AW3445
XB5AW3545

(ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW313)
(ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW333)
(ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW343)
(ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW353)
(ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW363)
(ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW313)
(ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW333)
(ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW343)
(ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW353)
(ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW363)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW065 + ZB5AW35)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW035 + ZB5AW35)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW31)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW33)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW34)
(ZB5AW045 + ZB5AW35)

119.00

119.00

99.00

163.00

163.00

Extended

XB5AW3335

a
b

White
XB5AW11B5
(ZB5AW0B15 + ZB5AW113)
Green
XB5AW13B5
(ZB5AW0B35 + ZB5AW133)
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
XB5AW14B5
(ZB5AW0B45 + ZB5AW143)
Yellow
XB5AW15B5
(ZB5AW0B55 + ZB5AW153)
Blue
XB5AW16B5
(ZB5AW0B65 + ZB5AW163)
1
1
White
XB5AW11G5 (ZB5AW0G15 + ZB5AW113)
Green
XB5AW13G5 (ZB5AW0G35 + ZB5AW133)
110–120 Vac
Red
XB5AW14G5 (ZB5AW0G45 + ZB5AW143)
Yellow
XB5AW15G5 (ZB5AW0G55 + ZB5AW153)
Blue
XB5AW16G5 (ZB5AW0G65 + ZB5AW163)
For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: XB5APVB1 (24 V) to XB5APVM1 (240 Vac only))
For bulb information, refer to page 19-61

113.00

113.00

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

19-44

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.127: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Unmarked
Type of Push

Cap Color

Catalog Number

Flush, without color cap a

—

ZB5AA0

11.00

Flush, with set of 6 color caps

6 colors b

ZB5AA9

13.00

White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Gray
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AA1
ZB5AA2
ZB5AA3
ZB5AA4
ZB5AA5
ZB5AA6
ZB5AA8
ZB5AA18
ZB5AA38
ZB5AA48
ZB5AA58
ZB5AA68
ZB5AL1
ZB5AL2
ZB5AL3
ZB5AL4
ZB5AL5
ZB5AL6
ZB5APA1
ZB5APA2
ZB5APA3
ZB5APA4
ZB5APA5
ZB5APA6
ZB5AP1
ZB5AP2
ZB5AP3
ZB5AP4
ZB5AP5
ZB5AP6
ZB5AP1S
ZB5AP2S
ZB5AP3S
ZB5AP4S
ZB5AP5S
ZB5AP6S
ZB5AP18
ZB5AP38
ZB5AP48
ZB5AP58
ZB5AP68
ZB5AA14
ZB5AA24
ZB5AA34
ZB5AA44
ZB5AA54
ZB5AA64
ZB5CA1
ZB5CA2
ZB5CA3
ZB5CA4
ZB5CA5
ZB5CA6
ZB5CL1
ZB5CL2
ZB5CL3
ZB5CL4
ZB5CL5
ZB5CL6
ZB5 AA16
ZB5 AA26
ZB5 AA36
ZB5 AA46
ZB5 AA56
ZB5 AA66
ZB5 CA16
ZB5 CA26
ZB5 CA36
ZB5 CA46
ZB5 CA56
ZB5 CA66

Flush

Flush with transparent cap,
for insertion of legend c

ZB5AA5
Extended

Booted Flush (clear)
Cap color unobscured

ZB5AL3
Booted Extended (clear)
Cap color unobscured

Booted (colored)
Cap color unobscured

Booted (clear)
for insertion of legend c
Cap color unobscured

ZB5AP1

Flush Plunger
(with high guard)

Flush

ZB5CA2

Extended

Heads only
Recessed (high guard)

Heads only
Recessed (high guard)

a
b
c

13.00

16.00

13.00

25.80

25.80

25.80

29.00

32.20

27.00

27.00

32.20

Order color cap separately, see page 19-60.
Six colored caps included with head (white, black, green, red, yellow, blue).
For legend ordering information see page 19-60.

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB5AA0

$ Price

19

Shape of Head

19-45

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.128: Non-Illuminated Operators, Momentary—Premarked
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Marking
Text

T

Color
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
White

O

White

STOP

White

OFF

White

I
START
ON

ZB5AA331

Flush

ZB5AA432

Extended

a

Catalog Number

Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
Green
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
White

ZB5AA331
ZB5AA131
ZB5AA333
ZB5AA133
ZB5AA341
ZB5AA141
ZB5AA345
ZB5AA432
ZB5AA232
ZB5AA434
ZB5AA234
ZB5AA435
ZB5AA235
ZB5AA343
ZB5AA344
ZB5AA334
ZB5AA335
ZB5AL432
ZB5AL232
ZB5AL434
ZB5AL234
ZB5AL435
ZB5AL235
ZB5CA331
ZB5CA432

32.00

Catalog Number
ZB5AC24
ZB5AC34
ZB5AC44
ZB5AC54
ZB5AC64
ZB5AC2
ZB5AC3
ZB5AC4
ZB5AC5
ZB5AC6
ZB5AR2
ZB5AR3
ZB5AR4
ZB5AR5
ZB5AR6

$ Price

UP

Black

DOWN
a

White
Black
White

O

White

STOP

White

OFF

White

I

White

Black
White
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Green

O

White

Red

ZB5AL232
Flush

Cap Color

$ Price

18.60

18.60

32.00

Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

Table 19.129: Mushroom Heads, Momentary
ZB5AC24

Shape of Head

Diameter of Head

30 mm

19

40 mm

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB5AC2

60 mm

Color of Head
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

29.40

29.40

35.00

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

ZB5AR4

19-46

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Non-Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.130: Non-Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Color of Push
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Flush

ZB5AH04
Extended

Flush

Catalog Number
ZB5AH01
ZB5AH02
ZB5AH03
ZB5AH04
ZB5AH05
ZB5AH06
ZB5AH1
ZB5AH2
ZB5AH3
ZB5AH4
ZB5AH5
ZB5AH6
ZB5CH01
ZB5CH02
ZB5CH03
ZB5CH04
ZB5CH05
ZB5CH06

$ Price

17.60

17.60

35.20

Table 19.131: Two Head Operators, Momentary
Shape of Head
No Marking

Description

Marking

Cap Color

—

Green
Red

—

White
Black

Two flush

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number
ZB5AA7340
ZB5AA7120

IP66
IP69K
One flush
One extended

$ Price

35.50

—

Green
Red

ZB5AL7340

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

ZB5AA7341

“I”
“O”

White
Black

ZB5AL7341
Premarked

ZB5AA7121
IP66
IP69K

ZB5AA7121

39.50

One flush
One extended

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

Two flush
without caps

—

—

IP66
IP69K

ZB5AA79

Marking

Cap Color

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number

“I”
“II”
“X”
“V”
“A”
“E”
“+”
“-”
“+”
“-”
“X”
“V”
“A”
“E”
“A”
“E”

Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
Green
White
White
White
Black
White
Black
Black
Black

IP66
IP69K

—

—

IP66
IP69K

ZB5AL7341

Without caps

33.25

Table 19.132: Three Head Operators, Momentary

ZB5AA73133

Two flush
+ one central
projecting red push
marked “Stop”

Description

Two flush

$ Price

ZB5AA73132
ZB5AA73133
ZB5AA73134

19

Shape of Head
Premarked

ZB5AA73135
ZB5AA71115

57.00

ZB5AA71123
ZB5AA71124
ZB5AA72124

Without caps
Two flush
without caps

ZB5AA71124

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ZB5AA791

48.50

Caps. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-60

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Two flush

19-47

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Emergency Stop Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.133: Mushroom Heads for Maintained Push Buttons
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Diameter of Head

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Trigger action
Push-pull b

40 mm

Red

ZB5AT84

54.00

30 mm

Red

ZB5AS834

112.00

40 mm

Red

ZB5AS844

112.00

30 mm

Red

ZB5AS934

112.00

40 mm

Red

ZB5AS944 a

112.00
112.00

ZB5AS844

Trigger action
Turn-to-release b

Trigger action
Key release
(No. 455) b

ZB5AS934

60 mm
30 mm
Push-pull

40 mm
60 mm

ZB5AT4

30 mm
Turn-to-release

40 mm
60 mm
30 mm

ZB5AS54

Key release
(No. 455)

40 mm
60 mm

a

19

b

Red

ZB5AS964

Black

ZB5AT24

Red

ZB5AT44

Black

ZB5AT2

Red

ZB5AT4

Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Yellow
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Red

ZB5AX2
ZB5AX4
ZB5AS42
ZB5AS44
ZB5AS52
ZB5AS54
ZB5AS55
ZB5AS62
ZB5AS64
ZB5AS72
ZB5AS74
ZB5AS12
ZB5AS14 a
ZB5AS22
ZB5AS24

40.40
40.40
46.00
78.00
78.00
90.00
112.00
112.00
112.00

Other key numbers:
—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog number.
—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog number.
—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog number.
—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the catalog number.
Example: The catalog number for a Ø 40 mm red mushroom head for a trigger action, maintained push button, with release by
key no. 421E becomes: ZB5AS94412.
Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator. For emergency stop
applications, always use a trigger action push button (per EN/IEC 13850).

ZB5AS64

Table 19.134: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom Heads (yellow background)
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Diameter

Text
Blank
EMERGENCY STOP
Blank
EMERGENCY STOP

60 mm
90 mm

Catalog Number
ZBY9101
ZBY9330
ZBY8101
ZBY8330

$ Price

3.40

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

ZBY9330

19-48

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Selector Switches
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.135: Non-Illuminated Selector Switches

Color

Number and Type of Positions

$ Price
Standard Lever a
Extended Lever
Catalog Number

ZB5AD•
Standard Lever

ZB5AJX•
Extended Lever

a

Black

2-maintained

ZB5AD2

ZB5AJ2

24.00

Black

2-momentary from
right to left

ZB5AD4

ZB5AJ4

29.40

Black

3-maintained

ZB5AD3

ZB5AJ3

24.00

Black

3-momentary to center

ZB5AD5

ZB5AJ5

29.40

Black

3-momentary from
left to center

ZB5AD7

ZB5AJ7

29.40

Black

3-momentary from
right to center

ZB5AD8

ZB5AJ8

29.40

For colored lever, add the following code to the end of catalog number: 01—white, 03—green, 04—red, 05—yellow, 06—blue (Example: ZB5AD204).

Table 19.136: Non-Illuminated Key Switches
Type of Operator

Catalog Number b

Number and Type of Positions

$ Price

ZB5AG2
Key (No. 455)

2-maintained

ZB5AG4
ZB5AG02

ZB5AG•
2-momentary from
right to left

ZB5AG6
ZB5AG0

90.00

ZB5AG3
3-maintained

ZB5AG9
ZB5AG09
3-momentary from
left to center

ZB5AG1

3-momentary to center

ZB5AG7

ZB5AG8
3-momentary from right to
center

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Note: The symbol
indicates key withdrawal
position(s).
b
Other key numbers:
—key no. 421E: add the suffix 12 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 458A: add the suffix 10 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 520E: add the suffix 14 to the catalog
number.
—key no. 3131A: add the suffix 20 to the
catalog number.
—key no. 8D1: add the suffix D to the catalog
number.
Example: The catalog number for a head with
key no. 421E for a 2 position maintained,
lockable selector switch, with key withdrawal
from the left-hand position, becomes:
ZB5AG212

ZB5AG5

116.00

ZB5AG08
ZB5AG05

19

Table 19.137: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies
Selector Switches

Unit Type

2-position

3-position

315°

45°

315°

45°

0°

Up
Operator Plunger Position
Down
Contact Block Location
Contacts

N/O

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

R

L

C

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

O

O

O

O

O

X

X

X

X

X

O

O

N/C
X
Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed

R

Selector Switch Sequence (Table 19.91) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-33

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-49

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Specialty Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.138: Reset Operators
Shape of Head
Flush

Actuation Distance
in

Text

mm

Color

Catalog Number

O
R

Green
Red
Blue
Red
Blue
Green
Red
Blue
Red
Blue

XB5AA831
XB5AA841
XB5AA861
XB5AA84101
XB5AA86102
XB5AA832
XB5AA842
XB5AA862
XB5AA84201
XB5AA86202

$ Price

Adjustable Shafta
Without
0.67–4.72

17–120
O
R
Without

4.72–10.12

120–257

XB5AA

37.60
45.40
45.40
43.40
50.00
50.00

Extended

a

0.67–4.72

17–120

O

Red

XB5AL84101

45.40

4.72–10.12

120–257

O

Red

XB5AL84201

50.00

Shaft only (short) is W40437632 (Price = $20.00)

Table 19.139: Potentiometer Operator (with Mounting Collar)
Shape of Head

Description
For potentiometer with
shaft length 1.73 to 1.97 in.
(44 to 50 mm)
(potentiometer not included)

Application

Catalog Number

For shaft Ø 0.25 in. (6.35 mm)

ZB5AD922

For shaft Ø 0.24 in. (6 mm)

ZB5AD912

$ Price

142.00

Table 19.140: Joystick (54 mm, Extended Operating Shaft) b
Description

Contact Operation

2 direction

1 step 1 N.O. contact
per direction

4 direction

b

Action

Catalog Number

Maintained

XD5PA12

Momentary

XD5PA22

Maintained

XD5PA14

Momentary

XD5PA24

$ Price

250.00

1 step 1 N.O. contact
per direction

316.00

Do not use standard contact blocks ZBE10• (single) or ZBE20• (double)

19

Table 19.141: Legends for Joystick
Description

For use with

Catalog Number
Black one side
Red reverse
White one side
Yellow reverse
Black one side
Red reverse
White one side
Yellow reverse

XD5PA12
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Legends
30 x 48 mm for engraving

2 direction

Legends
48 x 48 mm for engraving

4 direction

$ Price

ZBG2201
ZBG2401
3.40
ZBG4201
ZBG4401

Table 19.142: Hour Counters c
Characteristics

XB5DS•

Indication 0–9999.9
(IP40 NEMA 1)

Supply Voltage
12–24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz
120 Vac, 60 Hz
230–240 Vac, 50 Hz

Catalog Number
XB5DSB
XB5DSG
XB5DSM

$ Price

Supply Voltage
24 Vdc or Vac, 50/60 Hz
120 Vac, 60 Hz
230–240 Vac, 50 Hz

Catalog Number
XB5KSB
XB5KSG
XB5KSM

$ Price

$ Price

383.00

Table 19.143: Buzzer c
Characteristics
85 db buzzer:4kHz, continuous or intermittent
(IP40 NEMA 1)

XB5KS•
c

183.00

UR E191025, XHNR2 and XHNR8.

Table 19.144: Two Position Toggle Switch
Shape of Head

Color

Type of Positions

Catalog Number

Black

Maintained

ZB5AD28

Black

Momentary

ZB5AD48

46.60

ZB5AD28

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

19-50

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Pilot Lights
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.145: Pilot Light Heads
Shape of Head

For use with Body Comprising Light Module Type

Protected LED™ only

ZB5AV053
Protected LED only Fresnel (jeweled) lens a

For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED only b

ZB5AV01
For BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED Fresnel (jeweled)
lens b

Protected LED only

ZB5CV063

a
b

Color of Lens

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AV013
ZB5AV033
ZB5AV043
ZB5AV053
ZB5AV063
ZB5AV013S
ZB5AV033S
ZB5AV043S
ZB5AV053S
ZB5AV063S
ZB5AV01
ZB5AV03
ZB5AV04
ZB5AV05
ZB5AV06
ZB5AV07
ZB5AV01S
ZB5AV03S
ZB5AV04S
ZB5AV05S
ZB5AV06S
ZB5AV07S
ZB5CV013
ZB5CV033
ZB5CV043
ZB5CV053
ZB5CV063

$ Price

7.60

7.60

7.60

7.60

27.00

For use in bright ambient conditions (i.e., sunlight).
Order bulb separately; see page 19-40. For BA9 LED, see page 19-120.

19

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-51

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Pilot Lights
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.146: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module for BA9s Incandescent Bulb, Neon or LED)
Description

Light Source

Supply Voltage (V)

Catalog Number

$ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections
Direct supply
Direct supply
Direct supply

BA9s bulb 2.4 W max.
Not included a
BA9s incandescent
bulb included
BA9s incandescent
bulb included

ZB5AV6
Transformer type
1.2 VA, 6 V secondary

a

BA9s incandescent
bulb included

<250

ZB5AV6

38.60

24 V 2 W

ZB5AV624

49.20

120 V 2.4 W

ZB5AV6120

49.20

110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
230–240 Vac
50/60 Hz
400–50 Hz
440–480 Vac
60 Hz
550–600 Vac
60 Hz

ZB5AV3
ZB5AV4
ZB5AV5

98.00

ZB5AV8
ZB5AV9

Order bulb separately, see page 19-61.

Table 19.147: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Light Module with Protected LED™) bc
Light Source

ZB5AV3

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZB5AV••

19-52

Supply Voltage

Color of Light Source

Catalog Number

$ Price

Screw clamp terminal connections
White
ZB5AVJ1
Green
ZB5AVJ3
12 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB5AVJ4
Yellow
ZB5AVJ5
Blue
ZB5AVJ6
White
ZB5AVB1
Green
ZB5AVB3
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB5AVB4
Yellow
ZB5AVB5
Blue
ZB5AVB6
White
ZB5AVBG1
Green
ZB5AVBG3
24–120 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB5AVBG4
Yellow
ZB5AVBG5
Blue
ZB5AVBG6
White
ZB5AVG1
Green
ZB5AVG3
110–120 Vac
Red
ZB5AVG4
Yellow
ZB5AVG5
Blue
ZB5AVG6
White
ZB5AV18B1
Green
ZB5AV18B3
Flashing
24 Vac/Vdc
Red
ZB5AV18B4
Yellow
ZB5AV18B5
Blue
ZB5AV18B6
White
ZB5AV18G1
Green
ZB5AV18G3
110–120 Vac
Red
ZB5AV18G4
Yellow
ZB5AV18G5
Blue
ZB5AV18G6
b
For Quick-Connect version, add “3” to the end of the catalog number Example: ZB5AVJ13 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").
c
For 240 V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: ZB5AVB1 (24V) to ZB5AVM1 (240V))

CS2

Discount
Schedule

57.00

57.00

57.00

57.00

66.00

66.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.148: Heads for Momentary Illuminated Push Buttons
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Color

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AW313
ZB5AW333
ZB5AW343
ZB5AW353
ZB5AW363
ZB5AW513
ZB5AW533
ZB5AW543
ZB5AW553
ZB5AW563
ZB5AA18
ZB5AA38
ZB5AA48
ZB5AA58
ZB5AA68
ZB5AW113
ZB5AW133
ZB5AW143
ZB5AW153
ZB5AW163
ZB5CW313
ZB5CW333
ZB5CW343
ZB5CW353
ZB5CW363
ZB5CW113
ZB5CW133
ZB5CW143
ZB5CW153
ZB5CW163

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear

ZB5AW31
ZB5AW33
ZB5AW34
ZB5AW35
ZB5AW36
ZB5AW37
ZB5AW11
ZB5AW13
ZB5AW14
ZB5AW15
ZB5AW16
ZB5AW17

Color of Lens

Catalog Number

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AH013
ZB5AH033
ZB5AH043
ZB5AH053
ZB5AH063
ZB5AH13
ZB5AH33
ZB5AH43
ZB5AH53
ZB5AH63

$ Price

Only use with Protected LED™ light modules

Flush

ZB5AW313

Flush with clear boot

Flush for insertion of legend

ZB5AW363
Extended

Flush for insertion of legend

ZB5AW143
Extended

18.60

31.00

16.00

13.00

27.00

27.00

Only use with light modules for a BA9s incandescent bulb, neon or LED

ZB5CW313
Extended

18.60

13.00

Table 19.149: Illuminated Push-on/Push-off Operators
Shape of Head

Type of Push

$ Price

Only use with Protected LED light modules

ZB5AW33
Flush

19.60

19

Extended

24.80

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Flush

Legends. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-53

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Illuminated Operators
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.150: Two Button with Clear Pilot Light, Momentary
Shape of Head

Description

Marking

Cap Color

Degree of Protection

Catalog Number

—

Green
Red

—

White
Black

—

Green
Red

ZB5AW7L3740

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

ZB5AW7A3741

“I”
“O”

White
Black

ZB5AW7A1721

“I”
“O”

Green
Red

$ Price

No Marking
Two flush

One flush
One extended

ZB5AW7A3740
ZB5AW7A1720

IP66
IP69K

45.60

Premarked
Two flush

One flush
One extended

ZB5AW7A3741

ZB5AW7l3741
IP66
IP69K

ZB5AW7A1721

49.50

Two flush

“A”
“E”

White
Black

ZB5AW7A1724

Two flush

“+”
“-”

White
Black

ZB5AW7A1715

Two flush
without caps

—

—

Without caps
IP66
IP69K

ZB5AW7A9

42.75

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AW713
ZB5AW733
ZB5AW743
ZB5AW753
ZB5AW763

Table 19.151: Heads for Maintained Illuminated Push Buttons
Shape of Head

Type of Push

Only use with Protected LED light modules

Turn-to-Release Mushroom (40 mm)

63.00

19

Table 19.152: Emergency Stop, Trigger Action and Mechanical Latching Push Button with Mechanical State
Indicator for Elevator Inspection Box Applications—Heads Only
Shape of Head

ZB5AW7•
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Type of Reset

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Push-pull (40 mm)

Red

ZB5AT8643M

124.00

Catalog Number d

$ Price

NOTE: ZB5AT8643M not to be used with ZBZ16* guard.

Table 19.153: Illuminated Selector Switches, Standard Lever
Shape of Head

Number and Type of Positions

Only use with Protected LED light modules

ZB 5AT8643M

ZB5AK1213
d

2-maintained

ZB5AK12d3

35.00

2-momentary from right to left

ZB5AK14d3

51.00

3-maintained

ZB5AK13d3

35.00

3-momentary to center

ZB5AK15d3

51.00

3-momentary from right to center

ZB5AK18d3

51.00

3-momentary from left to center

ZB5AK17d3

51.00

Designate color as follows: 1—white, 3—green, 4—red, 5—yellow, 6—blue

Table 19.154: Sequence of Contacts on Selector Switch Bodies
Selector Switches

Unit Type

2-position

3-position
45

315°

ZB5AK1463

0°

315°

45°

Up
Operator Plunger Position
Down
Contact Block Location

L
N/O
O
N/C
X
Note: L=Left, C=Center, R=Right, O=Open, X=Closed
Contacts

C
O
X

R
O
X

L
X
O

C
X
O

R
X
O

L
X
O

C
X
O

R
O
X

L
O
X

C
O
X

R
O
X

L
O
X

C
X
O

R
X
O

Legends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . pages 19-58 to 19-60
Caps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-60

19-54

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Electrical Components
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: For the Quick-Connect version, add the numeral 3 to the end of the catalog number.
Example: ZB5AZ1013 (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").
Table 19.155: Contact Blocks (Mounting Collar with Contact Blocks) abc
Type of Contact
Catalog Number
N.O.
N.C.
1
—
ZB5AZ101
—
1
ZB5AZ102
2
—
ZB5AZ103
Screw clamp terminal connections
—
2
ZB5AZ104
1
1
ZB5AZ105
1
2
ZB5AZ141
a
For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZB5AZ1029).
b
Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information.
c
Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more information.
Description

ZB5AZ101

$ Price
22.00
22.00
38.20
38.20
38.20
55.00

Table 19.156: Complete Bodies (Mounting Collar + Single Contact Block + Light Module with Protected LED™)
Type of Contact
e

Supply Voltage d

Light Source

Color
N.O.

24 Vac/Vdc

N.C.

110–120 Vac

$ Price

Catalog Number

Screw clamp terminal connections

ZB5AW0••1

d

1

—

—

1

2

—

1

1

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZB5AW0B11
ZB5AW0B31
ZB5AW0B41
ZB5AW0B51
ZB5AW0B61
ZB5AW0B12
ZB5AW0B32
ZB5AW0B42
ZB5AW0B52
ZB5AW0B62
ZB5AW0B13
ZB5AW0B33
ZB5AW0B43
ZB5AW0B53
ZB5AW0B63
ZB5AW0B15
ZB5AW0B35
ZB5AW0B45
ZB5AW0B55
ZB5AW0B65

ZB5AW0G11
ZB5AW0G31
ZB5AW0G41
ZB5AW0G51
ZB5AW0G61
ZB5AW0G12
ZB5AW0G32
ZB5AW0G42
ZB5AW0G52
ZB5AW0G62
ZB5AW0G13
ZB5AW0G33
ZB5AW0G43
ZB5AW0G53
ZB5AW0G63
ZB5AW0G15
ZB5AW0G35
ZB5AW0G45
ZB5AW0G55
ZB5AW0G65

73.00

73.00

90.00

90.00

For 240V LED, replace the “B” or “G” with “M”. (Example: change “ZB5AW0B11 (24 V) to ZB5AW0M11 (240 V))

Supply

Light Source

Supply Voltage

Type of Contact e
N.O.

N.C.

Color of Light
Source

Catalog Number

$ Price

—
1
—
1
—
1
—
1
—
1

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

ZB5AW061
ZB5AW062
ZB5AW063
ZB5AW065
ZB5AW031
ZB5AW035
ZB5AW041
ZB5AW045
ZB5AW081
ZB5AW085

55.00
55.00
71.00
71.00
114.00
130.00
114.00
130.00
114.00
130.00

ZB5AW065

ZB5AW035

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

1
—
2
1
1
110–120 Vac
50/60 Hz
1
Transformer type
BA9s
1
230–240 Vac
1.2 VA, 6 V
incandescent
50/60 Hz
1
secondary
bulb included
1
440–480 Vac
60 Hz
1
e
Can be fitted with additional contact blocks, see page 19-56.
f
Order bulb separately, see page 19-61.

Direct supply

BA9s
2.4 W max. bulb
Not included f

< 250 Vac/Vdc

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19

Screw clamp terminal connections

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.157: Mounting Collar, Contact Block and Light Module (with screw clamp terminal connections) e

19-55

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Electrical Components
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.158: Body/Mounting Collar
For use with
Electrical block (contact or light module)

Catalog Number
ZB5AZ009

$ Price
5.40

Table 19.159: Add-On Contact Block (with screw clamp terminal connections) de
Type of Contact

Description

ZB5AZ009

N.O.
1
—
2
—
1
1
—
1
—

Standard single contact blocksab
Standard double contact blocksab
Special contact blocks for low-power switching c

Catalog Number

$ Price

ZBE101
ZBE102
ZBE203
ZBE204
ZBE205
ZBE1016
ZBE1026
ZBE1016P
ZBE1026P

Dusty environment c
(IP5X, 50 µm dust)
Early make
1
–
ZBE201
N/O
Late break
—
1
ZBE202
N/C
Staggered contacts
Overlapping
1
1
ZB4BZ106
N/O+N/C
Staggered
—
2
ZB4BZ107
N/O+N/O
a
For Quick-Connect version add “3” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1013) (Quick-Connect size 1 x 0.250" or 2 x 0.110").
b
For Ring Tongue compatible blocks add “9” to the end of the catalog number (Example: ZBE1029).
c
Cannot stack additional contact blocks onto these blocks.
Low-power switching

ZBE101

N.C.
—
1
—
2
1
—
1
—
1

16.40
16.40
33.20
33.20
33.20
32.80
32.80
32.80
32.80
16.40
16.40
32.80
32.80

Table 19.160: Light Modules (with screw clamp terminal connections)de
ZBE203

Description

Supply Voltage

12 Vac/Vdc

24 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac

19
24–120 Vac/Vdc

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZBVB•

230–240 Vac

Color of Light Source
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Catalog Number
ZBVJ1
ZBVJ3
ZBVJ4
ZBVJ5
ZBVJ6
ZBVB1
ZBVB3
ZBVB4
ZBVB5
ZBVB6
ZBVG1
ZBVG3
ZBVG4
ZBVG5
ZBVG6
ZBVBG1
ZBVBG3
ZBVBG4
ZBVBG5
ZBVBG6
ZBVM1
ZBVM3
ZBVM4
ZBVM5
ZBVM6

$ Price

52.00

52.00

52.00

52.00

52.00

Direct supply for BA9s
—
ZBV6
< 250 Vac/Vdc
(2.4 W max. bulb not included—see page 19-61)
d
Electrical components with connection by printed circuit board pins are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.
e
Electrical components with connection by plug-in connector are available. Refer to Catalog 9001CT0001 for more details.

19-56

CS2

Discount
Schedule

33.20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Spring Terminal Products
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.161: Spring Terminal Products for XB5 22 mm Push Buttons
Body/Mounting Collar
For Use With

Catalog Number

Contact block or light module

ZB5AZ009

ZB5AZ009

$ Price
5.40

Contact Blocks a
Spring Terminal Connections, Contacts for Standard Applications

Description

Type of Contact

Catalog Number
N/O

Single

Contact blocks
Single with
body/mounting collar

ZBE1015

$ Price

N/C

1

–

ZBE1015

18.00

–

1

ZBE1025

18.00

1

–

ZB5AZ1015

24.00

–

1

ZB5AZ1025

24.00

2

–

ZB5AZ1035

42.00

–

2

ZB5AZ1045

42.00

1

1

ZB5AZ1055

42.00

Light Modules a
Spring Terminal Connections
Supply Voltage

12 Vac/Vdc

ZB5AZ1015
Integral LED
(to combine with
heads for integral LED)

24 Vac/Vdc

110–120 Vac

230–240 Vac

Catalog Number

$ Price

ZBVJ15

57.00

Green

ZBVJ35

57.00

Red

ZBVJ45

57.00

Orange

ZBVJ55

57.00

Blue

ZBVJ65

57.00

White

ZBVB15

57.00

Green

ZBVB35

57.00

Red

ZBVB45

57.00

Orange

ZBVB55

57.00

Blue

ZBVB65

57.00

White

ZBVG15

57.00

Green

ZBVG35

57.00

Red

ZBVG45

57.00

Orange

ZBVG55

57.00

Blue

ZBVG65

57.00

White

ZBVM15

57.00

Green

ZBVM35

57.00

Red

ZBVM45

57.00

Orange

ZBVM55

57.00

Blue

ZBVM65

57.00

Additional blocks cannot be attached to the back of these contact blocks or light modules.

19

a

Color of Light Source
White

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-57

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Legend Holders
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.162: Standard (30 x 40 mm) Legend Holders for 8 x 27 mm Legends
Description
Without legend insert a
With blank legend insert
(for engraving)
Custom legend plate and insert
(specify engraving)
2 lines of 11 characters
(including spaces)
maximum per line

Legend
Color
—
Black or red background
White or yellow background
Black background
Red background
White background
Yellow background

ZBZ32
With international language marked
legend

Black or red backgroundb

ZBY•101
Black or red backgroundb

ZBY2303

With English language
marked legend

19
ZBZ33

ZBY610•

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

a
b

Text
—
—
—
White
White
Black
Black
O (black background)
O (red background)
I
II
O-I
I-II
I-O-II
AUTO
AUTO-HAND
AUTO-O-HAND
CLOSE
DOWN
EMERGENCY STOP
FAST
FORWARD
FOR-REV
HAND
HAND-OFF-AUTO
INCH
JOG
LEFT
OFF
OFF-ON
ON
OPEN
POWER ON
RESET (red background)
RESET (black background)
REVERSE
RIGHT
RUN
SLOW
START
STOP
STOP-START
UP

Catalog Number

$ Price
2.00

ZBZ32
ZBY2101
ZBY4101
ZBY2002
ZBY2004
ZBY4001
ZBY4005
ZBY2146
ZBY2931
ZBY2147
ZBY2148
ZBY2178
ZBY2179
ZBY2186
ZBY2115
ZBY2364
ZBY2385
ZBY2314
ZBY2308
ZBY2330
ZBY2328
ZBY2305
ZBY2371
ZBY2316
ZBY2387
ZBY2321
ZBY2382
ZBY2310
ZBY2312
ZBY2367
ZBY2311
ZBY2313
ZBY2326
ZBY2323
ZBY2322
ZBY2306
ZBY2309
ZBY2334
ZBY2327
ZBY2303
ZBY2304
ZBY2366
ZBY2307

3.40

14.20

3.40

3.40

For legends, see page 19-59.
Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

Table 19.163: Large (30 x 50 mm) Legend Holders for 18 x 27 mm Legends

ZB Z3 4

ZB Y• H101

Description c
Without legend insert

For use with
Circular and square heads

With blank legend insert

Circular and square heads

Color
—
Black or red background
White or yellow background

Catalog Number
ZBZ33
ZBY6101
ZBY6102

$ Price
2.00
3.40

Table 19.164: 30 x 40 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 8 x 27 mm legends
Description c

Color

Without legend

—
Black or red background
White or yellow background

With blank legend

Catalog Number

$ Price
2.00

ZBZ34
ZBY2H101
ZBY4H101

3.40

Table 19.165: 30 x 50 mm legend holder (flush mounting with bezel) for 18 x 27 mm legends

ZB Z3 5

Description c

Color

Without legend

—

With blank legend

Black or red background

ZBY6H101

White or yellow background

ZBY6H102

ZB Y6H10•
c

19-58

Catalog Number
ZBZ35

$ Price
4.20
5.40

For custom legends, please see page 19-59

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Legends, Inserts Only
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.166: Marked Legends for 8 x 27 mm (for 30 x 40 mm legend holders ZBZ32)
Color

ZBY02178

ZBY02303

Marking

Text
Catalog Number
O (black background)
ZBY02146
O (red background)
ZBY02931
I
ZBY02147
International
II
ZBY02148
O-I
ZBY02178
I-II
ZBY02179
I-O-II
ZBY02186
AUTO
ZBY02115
AUTO-HAND
ZBY02364
AUTO-O-HAND
ZBY02385
CLOSE
ZBY02314
DOWN
ZBY02308
EMERGENCY STOP
ZBY02330
English
FAST
ZBY02328
FORWARD
ZBY02305
FOR-REV
ZBY02371
HAND
ZBY02316
HAND-OFF-AUTO
ZBY02387
Black or red backgrounda
INCH
ZBY02321
JOG
ZBY02382
LEFT
ZBY02310
OFF
ZBY02312
OFF-ON
ZBY02367
ON
ZBY02311
OPEN
ZBY02313
POWER ON
ZBY02326
RESET (red background)
ZBY02323
RESET (black background)
ZBY02322
REVERSE
ZBY02306
RIGHT
ZBY02309
RUN
ZBY02334
SLOW
ZBY02327
START
ZBY02303
STOP
ZBY02304
STOP-START
ZBY02366
UP
ZBY02307
a
Start functions: white letters on black background. Stop functions: white letters on red background (unless otherwise specified above).

$ Price

1.70

1.70

Table 19.167: Legends for Customer Engraving (inserts only)
For use with

8 x 27 mm

30 x 40 mm legend holders

18 x 27 mm

30 x 50 mm legend holders

Color
Black or red background
White or yellow background
Black or red background
White or yellow background

Text Color
White
Black
White
Black

Catalog Number
ZBY0101
ZBY0102
ZBY5101
ZBY5102

$ Price

Color
Black background
Red background
White background

Text Color
White
White
Black

Catalog Number
ZBY01002
ZBY01004
ZBY01001

$ Price

Yellow background

Black

ZBY01005

Black background
Red background
White background

White
White
Black

ZBY05002
ZBY05004
ZBY05001

Yellow background

Black

ZBY05005

1.70

Table 19.168: Legends for Factory Engraving (inserts only)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

For use with

30 x 40 mm legend holders

30 x 50 mm legend holders

12.20

12.20

19

Description
8 x 27 mm
Custom legend/insert only
(specify engraving)
2 lines of 11 characters
(including spaces)
maximum per line
Example: ZBY01002 marked
“Robot”
18 x 27 mm
Custom legend/insert only
(specify engraving)
3 lines of 11 characters
(including spaces)
maximum per line
Example: ZBY05002 marked
“Robot”

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-59

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.169: Sheets of Legends for Push Buttons, Switches, and Pilot Lights
Description

Marking
Blank–Round
Blank–Square legends

Text

O
I
II
III
STOP

International

Sheets of 66 circular
peel-off transparent selfadhesive legends

Catalog Number
ZBY1101
ZBCY1101
ZBY1146
ZBY1147
ZBY1148
ZBY1149
ZBY1304

$ Price
6.20
6.20

10.40

ZBY1912

ZBY1101

SiS Label Software

HAND
OFF
English
ON
START
Legend Design Software: English, French, German, Spanish, Italian

ZBY1316
ZBY1312
ZBY1311
ZBY1303
XBY2U

10.40
104.00

Table 19.170: Push Button Caps—Unmarked
For use with

Type of Push

Color
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
6 colors a
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
6 colors a

Flush

ZBA•
ZB5AA0 push button heads

Extended

Catalog Number
ZBA1
ZBA2
ZBA3
ZBA4
ZBA5
ZBA6
ZBA9
ZBL1
ZBL2
ZBL3
ZBL4
ZBL5
ZBL6
ZBL9

$ Price

2.00

4.20

2.00

4.20

ZBL•

Table 19.171: Push Button Caps—Marked
For use with

Marking

Type of Push

Text

19

Ib
START b
ON

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

UP b
DOWNb

Cap Color

Catalog Number

Green
White
Green
White
Green
White
White
Black

ZBA331
ZBA131
ZBA333
ZBA133
ZBA341
ZBA141
ZBA343
ZBA344

White

Green

ZBA345

White

Black

ZBA245

White

Green

ZBA346

Black

White

ZBA334c

White

Black

ZBA335c

Red
Black
Red
Black
Red
Black
Blue

ZBA432
ZBA232
ZBA434
ZBA234
ZBA435
ZBA235
ZBA639

Color
White
Black
White
Black
White
Black
Black
White

$ Price

b

ZBA•33

ZB5AA0
push button heads

a
b
c

19-60

Flush

Ob

White

STOPb

White

OFF

White

Rb
White
Set of 6 different colored caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue.
Double injection molded marking.
Cap supplied not clipped-in, allowing orientation of arrow in any one of 4 directions:

CS2

Discount
Schedule

4.20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.172: Multiple-head and XB5R Push Button Capsb
For use with

ZBA7235

Type of Push

Marking
Unmarked
“I” black
“V” black
“+” black
Unmarked
“O” white
“+” white
“V” white
“I” white
Unmarked
“I” white
“+” white
“A” white
“II” white
Unmarked
“O” white
Unmarked
Unmarked
Assorted

ZBA7331

ZBA7432
Double push button heads
Tripe push button heads
ZB4RZA0
ZB5RZA0

ZBA79

a
b

Flush

Cap Color

Catalog Number
ZBA71
ZBA7131
ZBA7134
ZBA7138
ZBA72
ZBA7232
ZBA7233
ZBA7235
ZBA7237
ZBA73
ZBA7331
ZBA7333
ZBA7335
ZBA7336
ZBA74
ZBA7432
ZBA75
ZBA76
ZBA79

White

Black

Green

Red
Yellow
Blue
10 colorsc

$ Price
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
4.00
4.00
3.00

Sold in lots of 10.
Set of 10 different caps: white, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background, black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background,
white “O” on black background.

Table 19.173: Accessories

m
imu
min um
mm
xim
Ø 6 m ma
m
Ø8

Padlocking kit
Conforming to EN / ISO 13850 e
(See legends below)

ZBZ3605

Ø6

Metal guards
Padlockable

ZBZ160•

Plastic guardsd

Padlockable flaps

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Yellow

ZBZ3605

108.00

Chromium Plated
Black
Red
Yellow

ZBZ1600
ZBZ1602
ZBZ1604
ZBZ1605

108.00

Blue

ZBZ1606

Yellow

ZB4BZ1905

Yellow

ZB4BZ2005

Yellow

ZB4BZ2105

Black
Red
Black
Black
Black
—
—
—
Color
Yellow
Yellow

ZB4BZ62
ZB4BZ64
ZB5SZ3
ZB5SZ5
ZB5AZ31
ZB5AZ901
ZB5AZ905
ZB5AZ902
Catalog Number
ZBY9101T
ZBY9330T

For push buttons

Plastic blanking plug, roundc
Plastic blanking plug, squarec
Square insert
Mounting nut
Tool
Plate
Description

ZB4BZ6•

ZB4SZ3

Application
For Emergency Stop function only, with the following
Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons:
XB5AT8•
XB5AS8•
XB5AS9•
ZB5AT8•
ZB5AS8•
ZB5AS9•
For Emergency stop function only with the following
Ø40 mm trigger-action push buttons:
XB5AT8•
XB5AS8•
XB5AS9•
ZB5AT8• (except ZB5AT8643M)
ZB5AS8•
ZB5AS9•
Round Guard for ZB5AS5430
EMO Mushroom Operators
Narrow Flange Guard for ZB5AS5430 or ZB5AS84430
EMO Mushroom Operatorsf
Trigger Action Guard for ZB5AS84430
EMO Mushroom Operators

ZB5SZ3

For Ø22 mm units with round heads
For Ø22 mm units with square heads
To give square appearance to ZB5A round heads
Operator
For tightening mounting nut ZB5AZ901
Anti-rotation of head
Marking
Without
Ø60 mm Legend
for padlocking device ZBZ3605
EMERGENCY STOP
c
Mounting nut included with blanking plug.
d
For additional information, refer to publication 9001DB0601R6/06.
e
Standard circular legends are not compatible with this product. Use special legends ZBY• •T listed above.
f
Maximum panel thickness is 2.5 mm.

25.80

32.80
11.00
11.00
2.00
4.40
12.40
2.00
$ Price
3.40

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

Description

DLCE•••

DL1CF•••

Replacement bulbs
(Type BA9s)
Incandescent
Neon bulbs

XBFX13

ZBZ8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Bulb extractor
Lens cap tightening tool
Power driver bits for mounting and wiring
(package of 5)
Mounting Adapter

Characteristics
6 V, 1.2 W
12 V, 2 W
24 V, 2 W
120–130 V, 2.4 W
120–130 V
230–240 V
—
Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Catalog Number
DL1CB006
DL1CE012
DL1CE024
DL1CE130
DL1CF110
DL1CF220
XBFX13
ZBZ8

Cross headed screw (POZIDRIV type 1)

ZB4BZ905

52.00

ZBZ41

10.40

For mounting 22 mm push button in 30 mm knockout

CS2

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

11.00

15.20
11.00
6.20

19-61

19

Table 19.174: BA9s Bulbs and Associated Accessories

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5 Accessories
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.175: Bellows Seals for Harsh Environments (IP 69K) a

ZBZ•8

Description

For use with

Bellows Seals for harsh environments
(Humidity, dust, high-pressure cleaning)

XB5 plastic mushroom head push button a,
Ø40 mm or Ø60 mm

a

Color &
Material
Red
Silicone
Black
EPDM
Yellow
EPDM

Sold in
Lots of

Catalog Number

2

ZBZ48

2

ZBZ28

2

ZBZ58

$ Price

12.40

Only when mounted on control stations. Use special legends ZBY• •T.

Table 19.176: Boot for standard selector switch handle
ZBDD2

Description
Boot for standard handle

For use with
ZB5A••

Catalog Number
ZBDD2

$ Price
12.40

Catalog Number
ZBG455
ZBG421E
ZBG458A
ZBG520E
ZBG3131A
ZBG455P
ZBG421EP
ZBG458AP
ZBG520EP
ZBG3131AP

$ Price

Table 19.177: Replacement Keys
Description

Key Number
455
421E
458A
520E
3131A
455
421E
458A
520E
3131A

Set of 2 keys

ZBG455

ZBG455P

Set of 2 keys,
One of which is supplied booted (rubber boot)

11.00

23.40

Table 19.178: Clear Boots
Description
Single boots
Double boots
Triple boot

ZBP0

For use with
Booted push buttons with circular head
Booted push buttons with circular head used in food industry applications
Double-headed push buttons, two flush
Double-headed push buttons, one flush + one projecting
Triple-headed push buttons, two flush + one projecting

Material

Catalog Number
ZBP0
ZBP0A
ZBA708
ZBA709
ZBA710

$ Price
12.40
12.40
10.80
10.80
10.80

Catalog Number
ZB2 BP012
ZB2 BP013
ZB2 BP014
ZB2 BP015
ZB2 BP016

$ Price

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZBV0113
ZBV0133
ZBV0143
ZBV0153
ZBV0163
ZBW9113
ZBW9133
ZBW9143
ZBW9153
ZBW9163
ZBW9313
ZBW9333
ZBW9343
ZBW9353
ZBW9363

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Clear

ZBV011
ZBV013
ZBV014
ZBV015
ZBV016
ZBV017
ZBW911
ZBW913
ZBW914
ZBW915
ZBW916
ZBW917
ZBW931
ZBW933
ZBW934
ZBW935
ZBW936
ZBW937

White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

ZBCV0113
ZBCV0133
ZBCV0143
ZBCV0153
ZBCV0163
ZBCW9113
ZBCW9133
ZBCW9143
ZBCW9153
ZBCW9163
ZBCW9313
ZBCW9333
ZBCW9343
ZBCW9353
ZBCW9363

Silicone

Table 19.179: Colored boots
Description

Color
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

Single boot
(can be replaced without dismantling the head)

13.00

19

Table 19.180: Lens Caps
For use with
Lens caps for Protected LED™ light modules

ZBA709
Pilot lights

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

ZBV01•3

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

Square lens caps for Protected LED light modules (ZB5C operators only)
Pilot lights

Illuminated push buttons with flush push

Illuminated push buttons with extended push

19-62

5.40

5.40

Circular lens caps for BA9s light modules

Pilot lights

ZBV01•

5.40

CS2

Discount
Schedule

5.40

5.40

5.40

9.40

9.40

9.40

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal
Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.181: Ready-to-use Packsa
Description

Packs include:
- 1 push button/transmitter
- 1 receiver
The push button and receiver
are factory-pairedb
Packs include:
- 1 push button/transmitter in
handy boxe
- 1 receiver
The push button and receiver
are factory-pairedb

Transmitter Type
Ø 22 mm plastic head
+ 1 set of 10 different colored caps
Ø 22 mm metallic head
+ 1 set of 10 different colored caps
Ø 22 mm plastic head
Ø 22 mm metallic head
Ø 22 mm plastic head
+ 1 set of 10 different colored caps
Ø 22 mm metallic head
+ 1 operator head

Voltage
Receiver
V

Receiver Type

a/c
24 to 240

Programmable receiver with:
- 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac

c 24
a/c
24 to 240

Non-programmable receiver with:
- 1 relay output type RT 3Ad
Programmable receiver with:
- 2 relay outputs type RT 3Ac

XB5RMA04

590.00

c 24

Non-programmable receiver with:
- 1 relay output type RT 3Ad

XB5RMB03

290.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

ZBRT1

110.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

XB5RFA02

510.00

XB4RFA02

510.00

XB5RFB01
XB4RFB01

210.00
210.00

Table 19.182: Transmitter Components for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons
Type of Push

Cap Color

–

–

Plastic
Metal

Without caph
Without caph
White
Black
Green
Green with white “I”
Red
Red with white “O”
Yellow
Blue
White
Black
Green
Green with white “I”
Red
Red with white “O”
Yellow
Blue

Plastic

ZBRT1

Wireless, batteryless push buttons
including:
- a transmitter fitted with mounting collar
- a spring return push button head with
clipped-in capi
Metal

ZB4RZA0
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i

ZB5RZA0
ZB4RZA0
ZB5RTA1
ZB5RTA2
ZB5RTA3
ZB5RTA331
ZB5RTA4
ZB5RTA432
ZB5RTA5
ZB5RTA6
ZB4RTA1
ZB4RTA2
ZB4RTA3
ZB4RTA331
ZB4RTA4
ZB4RTA432
ZB4RTA5
ZB4RTA6

18.60

130.00

130.00

Wireless and batteryless push button and receiver, factory-paired.
For additional components, these devices can be field-paired.
Supplied with output function set to momentary. Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop.
Non-programmable momentary output function.
Supplied with a magnet.
Mounting collar ZB5AZ009 (plastic) or ZB4BZ009 (metal) to be ordered separately.
Only heads ZB4RZA0 and ZB5RZA0 are mechanically compatible.
Cap to be ordered separately: see Table 19.184 on page 19-64.
This cap is fitted by Schneider Electric and cannot be removed (risk of damage).

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

XB5RFA02

Description
Transmitter for wireless, batteryless
push buttonsf g
Spring return push button heads for
transmitter ZBRT1

19

ZB5RTA4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-63

22 mm Push Buttons

Harmony™ XB5R Plastic and XB4R Metal
Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.183: Programmable Receivers
Description

Output Type

4 PNP outputs, 200 mA / 24 V
Programmable receivers equipped with:
- 2 buttons (“Scroll-through”, “Ok”)
- 6 indicating LEDs (power ON, outputs,
signal strength)
2 relay outputs type
RT 3Aa

Voltage Receiver V

Catalog Number

$ Price

c 24

ZBRRC

430.00

a/c 24 to 240

ZBRRA

430.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

Table 19.184: Caps for Harmony Push Button Heads ZB5RZA0 and ZB4RZA0
ZBRRA

ZBA7235

Description

ZBA7331

ZBA7432

Sets of 10 different colored caps with
identical markingb

Set of 10 different colored caps with
different markingsb

ZBA79

Background Color

Marking

Sold in
lots of
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10

Without
“I” (black)
White
“A” (black)
“+” (black)
Without
“O” (white)
Black
“+” (white)
“R” (white)
“I” (white)
Without
“I” (white)
Green
“+” (white)
“Z” white
“II” (white)
Without
Red
“O” (white)
Yellow
Without
Blue
Without
White, black, green, red, yellow, blue, white “I” on green background,
black “I” on white background, white “O” on red background, white “O” on 10
black background

ZBA71
ZBA7131
ZBA7134
ZBA7138
ZBA72
ZBA7232
ZBA7233
ZBA7235
ZBA7237
ZBA73
ZBA7331
ZBA7333
ZBA7335
ZBA7336
ZBA74
ZBA7432
ZBA75
ZBA76

4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
4.00
5.30
4.00
4.00

ZBA79

3.00

Table 19.185: Boxes for Wireless, Batteryless Push Buttons
Description

For use with:

Marking

Sold in
lots of

Handy box, plastic, empty c d

Mobile wireless,batteryless push buttons
Mounted or on-board wireless,batteryless push
buttons

1 cut-out
1 cut-out
2 cut-outs

1
1
1

Empty enclosures e

Catalog Number
ZBRM01
XALD01H7
XALD02H7

$ Price
80.00
32.80
38.20

19

Table 19.186: Accessories
Description

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

ZBRM01

For use with:

Marking

a/c 24 to 240 V
- 5m cable
Between transmitter and receiver, used to
External antenna f
power-ON LED
increase the range and/or get around obstacles -- 1
2 LEDs
reception/transmission
Plastic
Mounting collar
–
Metal
Legend plate, 27 x 8 mm,
Self-adhesive, blank,
For adhering to handy box ZBRM01
for engraving
black background
a
Supplied with output function set to momentary Outputs programmable to maintained and Start-Stop.
b
Cap can be clipped-in at 90° steps, through 360°.
c
Cannot be used for wired contacts (no cable gland outlet).
d
Supplied with a magnet.
e
Box equipped with cable gland outlets, compatible with Harmony ZB5 push button heads.
f
Not wired to the receiver.

Sold in
lots of

Catalog Number

$ Price

1

ZBRA1

170.00

10
10

ZB5AZ009
ZB4BZ009

5.40
5.40

10

ZBY0101T

1.70

XALD02H7

ZBRA1

19-64

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5S Biometric Switches
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Biometric Switches
The fingerprint-reading biometric switch is designed for use in industry to restrict access to
systems or machines. No interface is required to program or operate the switch: it is an
independent unit.
Two types of products are available:

•
•

Maintained biometric switches, Type XB5S1B, with two fixed states
Momentary biometric switches, Type XB5S2B, with pulse output

The biometric switch is aimed at two types of users:

•
•

The administrator who manages the registration and deletion of fingerprints
The operator who, once registered, uses the product as a control unit

The product is of monolithic design (a single plastic housing) and is mounted by a nut
(hand-tightened without the need for tools) in a standard 22 mm diameter hole. It operates
on a 24 Vdc supply.
The product connects to the power supply and to the control output (relay or PLC) with a
2 meter cable or with an M12 connector.
It can be installed on a flat, horizontal, or vertical surface.
Two protective covers are available (see table below)

•
•

One to protect the active face of the sensing screen. This cover is attached with a self-adhesive
hinge
One made of 12 gauge stainless steel — designed to cover the entire switch — which protects the
entire switch from the outdoor environment (rain, sleet, snow, sunlight, UV protection). It also gives
some protection from someone trying to break into the switch

Description
The product consists of a dark gray housing, with the following on its front face:

•
•

XB5 S•B••••

•
•
•
•

A sensing screen (1) that allows the registration of fingerprints and subsequent recognition of the
registered fingerprints
A green LED output state indicator (2), which illuminates when the output is activated (N.O. solid
state contact)
An orange LED (3), indicating an administrator’s Registration mode
An orange LED (4), indicating an operator’s Registration mode
A red Reset LED (5), which indicates in Delete mode that the administrator is deleting all or part of
the memory
A red LED (6) which flashes to indicate an unrecognized fingerprint or incorrect operation

Description

Output

Maintained biometric switch, 24 Vdc

PNP

Momentary biometric switch, 24 Vdc
with 0.5 s output pulse

PNP

Connection

Catalog Number

$ Price

XB5S1B2L2

580.00

XB5S1B2M12

595.00

XB5S2B2L2

580.00

XB5S2B2M12

595.00

2 m cable
M12 connector
2 m cable
M12 connector

Table 19.188: Accessories
Description

ZB5 SZ70

Function

Catalog
Number

$ Price

Protective cover, translucent and self-adhesive

Protection of the sensing screen

ZB5SZ70

10.00

Mounting nut, Ø 22 mm

Replacement part

ZB5SZ71

6.00

ZBY0101T

1.70

ZBZ41

10.40

ZB5SZ72

220.00

Legend plate, 28 x 7 mm, self-adhesive, blank, with
black background, for engraving

Stainless-steel protective cover

Protects switch from outside elements
and vandalism

19

Mounting adapter

Allows this product to mount in a 30 mm
mounting hole

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.187: Complete Units

ZB5SZ72

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

19-65

22 mm Push Buttons

XB5S Biometric Switches
Refer to Catalog DIA4ED2060507BEN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.189: Biometric Switch Specifications
Biometric Switch, Types XB5S1B•••• and XB5S2B••••
Product certifications

UL, CSA,

Degree of protection
Ambient air temperature
Vibration resistance
Electric shock resistance
Connection method
Materials

IEC 61000-6-2 / IEC 61000-6-4

Conforming to EN/IEC 60529

IP 65, NEMA 1, 2, 3, 3R, 12

Storage

-25 to +70°C

Operation

-5 to +50°C

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

1 gn, 9 to 500 Hz. Amplitude 3 mm, 5 to 9 Hz

Conforming to IEC60068-2-27

50 gn, duration 11 ms

Cable

Length: 2 m, 3-wire, pre-wired

Connector

M12

Housing

Polyamide PA66

Cable

PvR 3 x 0.34 mm2

Memory capacity

200 records (100 users, operators, or administrators, each registering 2 fingerprints)

Output state indicator

Green LED

Short-circuit protection

By gG fuse, 250 mA

Rated supply voltage

24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity

Voltage limits (including ripple)

20–30 Vdc

Switching capacity

< 200 mA with protection against overloads and short-circuits

Residual voltage, closed state

<1V

No-load current consumption

< 50 mA
First-up

Delays

<2s

Response time

<1s

Recovery time

<1s

NOTE: Momentary switch has 0.5 s output pulse.
Figure 19.1:
Connector
M12
4

1

3

Connections
1 (+)
3 (-)
4 Output

Cable
BU: Blue
BN: Brown
BK: Black

PNP

BN/1
PNP

BK/4

+

2

BU/3

Dimensions

XB5 Biometric Switch

e

39.7
1.56

69.3
2.73

54
2.13

Ø 22

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

38.8
1.53

42.3
1.67

19

Figure 19.2:

mm
Dim. = in.

e = 1 to 6 mm
(0.04 to 0.24 in.)
Stainless-Steel Cover
4.875
123.82

2.730
69.34

0.057
1.45

1.098
27.89

3.124
79.35
1.680
42.67

3.875
98.42

1.098
27.89
0.312
7.92

19-66

4.124
104.75

ac iew
for mounting

1.072
27.23

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K Heavy Duty Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.190: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators
UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.
Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless otherwise noted.

Full Guard

9001KR1B

No Guard

9001KR3B

Extended Guard

9001KR2B

1-3/8 in. (35 mm)
Diameter
Mushroom Button
9001KR4B

1-1/2 in. (40 mm)
Diameter
Mushroom Button
9001KR24BM

2-1/4 in. (57 mm)
Diameter
Mushroom Button
9001KR5B

2-3/8 in. (60 mm)
Diameter
Mushroom Button

Other b

KR1bH13

KR1bH5

KR1bH6

KR1b

Black
Red
Green
Universal a

KR3BH13
KR3RH13
KR3GH13
KR3UH13

KR3BH5
KR3RH5
KR3GH5
KR3UH5

KR3BH6
KR3RH6
KR3GH6
KR3UH6

KR3B
KR3R
KR3G
KR3U

Other b

KR3bH13

KR3bH5

KR3bH6

KR3b

Black
Red
Green
Universal a

KR2BH13
KR2RH13
KR2GH13
KR2UH13

KR2BH5
KR2RH5
KR2GH5
KR2UH5

KR2BH6
KR2RH6
KR2GH6
KR2UH6

KR2B
KR2R
KR2G
KR2U

Otherb

KR2bH13

KR2bH5

KR2bH6

KR2b

$ Price

89.00

Operator with
1 N.C. Contact
(KA3)
KR1BH6
KR1RH6
KR1GH6
KR1UH6

Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button
Black
KR4BH13
KR4BH5
Red
KR4RH13
KR4RH5
Red c
KR4R05H13
138.00
KR4R05H5
Green
KR4GH13
KR4GH5
Other d
KR4dH13
KR4dH5
Black
KR24BH13
KR24BH5
Red
KR24RH13
KR24RH5
138.00
Green
KR24GH13
KR24GH5
Otherd
KR24dH13
KR24dH5
Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security
Black
—
—
Red
—
—
—
Green
—
—
Snap-In Plastic Mushroom Button
Black
KR5BH13
Red
KR5RH13
Red c
KR5R05H13 c
138.00
Green
KR5GH13
Otherd
KR5dH13
Black
KR25BH13
Red
KR25RH13
138.00
Green
KR25GH13
Otherd
KR25dH13

KR5BH5
KR5RH5
KR5R05H5 c
KR5GH5
KR5dH5
KR25BH5
KR25RH5
KR25GH5
KR25dH5

Screw-in Metal Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security
Black
—
—
Red
—
—
—
Green
—
—

KR4BH6
KR4RH6
KR4R05H6
KR4GH6
KR4dH6
KR24BH6
KR24RH6
KR24GH6
KR24dH6
—
—

$ Price

66.00

112.00
112.00
119.00
112.00
112.00
112.00

—

—

KR5BH6
KR5RH6
KR5R05H6 c
KR5GH6
KR5dH6
KR25BH6
KR25RH6
KR25GH6
KR25dH6
—
—

—
9001KR25BM
The universal push button operators contain one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white.
See Table 19.191 for color code.
Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability.
See Table 19.191 for color code.

Operator Only
with No
Contacts
KR1B
KR1R
KR1G
KR1U

KR4B
KR4R
KR4R05
KR4G
KR4d
KR24B
KR24R
KR24G
KR24d
9001KR24BM
9001KR24RM

$ Price

38.60

81.00
81.00
86.00
81.00
81.00
81.00

90.00

9001KR24GM

112.00
119.00
112.00
112.00
112.00
112.00

—

KR5B
KR5R
KR5R05 c
KR5G
KR5d
KR25B
KR25R
KR25G
KR25d
9001KR25BM
9001KR25RM

81.00
81.00
86.00
81.00
81.00
81.00

101.00

9001KR25GM

19

a
b
c
d

Black
Red
Green
Universal a

Color

Operator with
1 N.O. Contact
(KA2)
KR1BH5
KR1RH5
KR1GH5
KR1UH5

Table 19.191: Color Codes
Color
Blue
Yellow
White
Orange
Gray

KR1, 2, 3
Place Color Code
in Type Number b
L
Y
W
S
E

KR4, 5, 24, 25
Place Color Code
in Type Number d
L
Y
—
S
—

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Operator with
1 N.O. and 1 N.C.
Contact (KA1)
KR1BH13
KR1RH13
KR1GH13
KR1UH13

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-67

30 mm Push Buttons............................................................................Type K Heavy Duty Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103
Table 19.192: 30 mm Multifunction Operators

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Description l

Color

With 2 N.C.
Contacts
(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With 1 N.O. &
1 N.C. Contact
(1 KA1)

$ Price

Without
Contacts i

Red
Green
Other e

KR8RH25
KR8GH25
KR8eH25

—
—
—

142.00

KR8R
KR8G
KR8e

86.00

Red k
Green
Other e

—
—
—

KR9RH13
KR9GH13
KR9eH13

188.00

KR9R
KR9G
KR9e

129.00

Red

—

KR9R94H13

194.00

KR9R94

134.00

$ Price

Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators
Position, Plastic Head
1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n
Momentary Pull
Maintained Neutral
Momentary Push m
2 Position, Plastic Head
1-5/8 in. (40 mm), Screw-0n
Maintained Pull
Maintained Push n
2 Position , Plastic Head
1-5/8 in. (40 mm),
Screw-0n Head with Set Screw
Maintained Pull
Maintained Push n

KR9R94H13
Set Screw Style

Black

—

—

9001KR9BM94

Red

—

—

9001KR9RM94

Green

—

—

9001KR9GM94

Black

—

—

9001KR9BM95

Red

—

—

9001KR9RM95

Green

—

—

9001KR9GM95

2 Position,
Metal Head
1-1/2 in. (40 mm) Diameter

—

138.00

9001KR9RM94

2 Position,
Metal Head
2-3/8 in. (60 mm) Diameter

—

149.00

9001KR9RM95
Description

Color

With 1 N.O. & 1 N.C.
Contact (KA1)

Red

KR16H13

2 N.O. & 2 N.C.
$ Price With
Contacts (KA2)

$ Price Without Contacts

$ Price

172.00

218.00

KR16

113.00

Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators

9001KR16H2
Trigger Action

2 Position,
Plastic Head
Turn-to-Release
Trigger Action

KR16H2

Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description l

Voltage

With Red Knob
and 2 N.C.
Contacts
(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

With Other
Color Knob and
2 N.C. Contacts
(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

$ Price

With Other Color
Knob Without
Contacts i

$ Price

3 Position Illuminated
Momentary Pull
Maintained Neutral
Momentary Pushm

110-120 V, 50-60 Hz
Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g
Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h

KR8P1RH25
KR8PfRH25
KR8PfRH25

KR8P1eH25
KR8PfeH25
KR8PfeH25

267.00
267.00
215.00

KR8P1e
KR8Pfe
KR8Pfe

201.00
201.00
171.00

With Redk Knob
and 1 N.O. &
1 N.C. Contact
(KA1)
KR9P1RH13
KR9PfRH13
KR9PfRH13

With Other Color
Knob and 1 N.O.
& 1 N.C. Contact
(KA1)
KR9P1eH13
KR9PfeH13
KR9PfeH13

$ Price

With Other Color
Knob Without
Contacts

$ Price

316.00
316.00
257.00

KR9P1e
KR9Pfe
KR9Pfe

9001KR9P1
Description l
1.625 in. Diameter Knob
For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Diameter Knob l
Includes Type KN379
2 Position Illuminated
Legend Plate Marked
Maintained Pull
Pull To Start Push To Stop
Maintained Push
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
l

m
n

Voltage
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Other—Transformer, LED, Flashing g
Other—Full Voltage, Resistor, Neon h

Choose one color from the Color Codes table here, and insert the color code in Type
number. Example: KR9 with a yellow knob = KR9Y
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: KR8P with a 277
V 50–60 Hz voltage = KR8P8
The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, for example, for a
green LED, use a green knob.
On neon light modules, use clear knobs only.
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block
usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the
operator Type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.
KR11UH1 has 1 KA1 (1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and KR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1 (2 N.O., 2 N.C.).
To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red knob—substitute
“R05” in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price.
For 1-3/8 in. or 2-1/4 in. Dia. Knob:
a) Order Type -20 or -21 knob from page 19-92.
b) Order 9001K54 adapter (no charge)—allows Type -20 or -21 knob to fit on push pull
operators. Voids UL and NEMA 6 rating.
c) Can order assembled operator by adding color code to Type -20 or -21. Example:
9001KR9R would be 9001KR9R20 or 9001KR9R21. No price adder.
See page 19-67 for contact sequences.
See Table 19.193.

243.00
243.00
215.00

Table 19.193: Color Codes

o

Color
KR8, KR9
Black o
B
Red
R
Green
G
Blue
L
Yellow
Y
White
W
Orange o
S
Clear
C
Amber
A
Gray
—
These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators.

Table 19.194: Contact Sequences

KA3
KA2

(KA1)

KA3
KA5
KA2

9001 KR8RH1 or H13
Pull
X
O

Ctr
O
O

Push
O
X

9001 KR8RH25
X
X
O

O
X
O

O
O
X

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and
accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.
19-68

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K Heavy Duty Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.195: Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators
UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.
Legend plate and contact block not included unless otherwise noted.
Voltage
and
Frequency

Description

Full Guard
Illuminated
Push Button
Clear Plastic Top

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

For other voltages
see Table b

9001K1L1
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc
Full Guard
Illuminated
Push Button
Metal Top

For other voltages
see Table b

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer or Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor or Neonc

With Red Color
Cap and 1 N.O.
and 1 N.C.
Contact (KA1)
K1L1RH13
K1L7RH13
K1L35RH13
K1LbRH13
K1LbRH13
K1LbRH13

With Green Color
Cap and 1 N.O.
and 1 N.C.
Contact (KA1)
K1L1GH13
K1L7GH13
K1L35GH13
K1LbGH13
K1LbGH13
K1LbGH13

LED d

K1LbRH13

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer or Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor or Neon c

Style

$ Price g

With Other Color
Cap Without
Contact Block a

$ Price h

231.00
231.00
198.00
231.00
198.00
198.00

K1L1e
K1L7e
K1L35e
K1Lbe
K1Lbe
K1Lbe

184.00
184.00
138.00
184.00
138.00
138.00

K1LbGH13

231.00

K1Lbe

184.00

K3L1RH13
K3L7RH13
K3L35RH13
K3LbRH13
K3LbRH13
K3LbRH13

K3L1GH13
K3L7GH13
K3L35GH13
K3LbGH13
K3LbGH13
K3LbGH13

231.00
231.00
198.00
231.00
198.00
231.00

K3L1e
K3L7e
K3L35e
K3Lbe
K3Lbe
K3Lbe

184.00
184.00
138.00
184.00
138.00
138.00

LED d

K3LbRH13

K3LbGH13

231.00

K3Lbe

184.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer or Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor or Neon c

K2L1RH13
K2L7RH13
K2L35RH13
K2LbRH13
K2LbRH13
K2LbRH13

K2L1GH13
K2L7GH13
K2L35GH13
K2LbGH13
K2LbGH13
K2LbGH13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

K2L1e
K2L7e
K2L35e
K2Lbe
K2Lbe
K2Lbe

153.00
153.00
125.00
153.00
125.00
125.00

LED d

K2LbRH13

K2LbGH13

217.00

K2Lbe

153.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer or Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor or Neon c

K2L1R20H13
K2L7R20H13
K2L35R20H13
K2LbR20H13
K2LbR20H13
K2LbR20H13

K2L1G20H13
K2L7G20H13
K2L35G20H13
K2LbG20H13
K2LbG20H13
K2LbG20H13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

9001K3L1

No Guard
Illuminated
Push Button

For other voltages
see Table b

9001K2L1

1-3/8 in. (35 mm)
Illuminated
Mushroom,
Screw-On
Plastic Head

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

For other voltages
see Table b

9001K2LR20

2-1/4 in. (57 mm)
Illuminated
Mushroom,
Screw-On
Plastic Head

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc
For other voltages
see Table b

9001K2LR21
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h

LED d

K2LbR20H13

K2LbG20H13

217.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer or Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor or Neon c

K2L1R21H13
K2L7R21H13
K2L35R21H13
K2LbR21H13
K2LbR21H13
K2LbR21H13

K2L1G21H13
K2L7G21H13
K2L35G21H13
K2LbG21H13
K2LbG21H13
K2LbG21H13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

LED d

K2LbR21H13

K2LbG21H13

217.00

Order K2L be
Above f

Order K2L be
Above f

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H”
number chosen from page page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86. Example: K2La with 240 Vac/Vdc = K2L25
On neon light modules, use clear color caps only.
The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for red LED, use red color cap.
Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table. Example: K2L25c with a blue 13•8 mushroom button = K2L25L20
The only difference between a no guard (K2Lq) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap.
Price includes operator, light module, contact block, and color cap.
Price includes operator, light module, and color cap.

Table 19.196: Color Caps

Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
White
Clear
Amber

Color Codes
e K1L, K2L, K3L
R
G
L
Y
W
C
A

e 1-3/8 in. Mushroom
R20
G20
L20
Y20
W20
C20
A20

19

Color

e 2-1/4 in. Mushroom
R21
G21
L21
Y21
W21
C21
A21

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-69

30 mm Push Buttons

9001K and SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.197: 2-Position Selector Switches

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
1 — Contact Closed 0 — Contact Open

Contact Block Required
Contact Block
Position

Quantity and Type
KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side
KA1 or KA2 or KA3
Left

KA3
KA1
or
Side 2
Side 1

KA1
#2

KA2

Locating
Notch

KA1
or

Top View

KA1
#1

KA2

Right

Left

Right

KA3
#2

1

0

0

1

KA2
#2

0

1

1

0

KA3
#1

1

0

0

1

KA2
#1

0

1

1

0

or

KA3

Operator

www.schneider-electric.us

or

Cam (see page 19-73)

E

D

Non-Illuminated Operators

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below)
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code1,2,3)

KS11
KS11*
KS11K**

KS12
KS12*
KS12K**

42.80
42.80
138.00

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob
With 1 KA1 on Side #2
With 1 KA1 on Side #1
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2
Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198)
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 2 only)d

KS11BH13
KS11BH1
KS11BH2

—
—
—

106.00
106.00
152.00

KS25
KS25*
KS25K2

—
—
—

71.00
71.00
167.00

Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.198 below)
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 1 only)

—
—
—

KS34
KS34*
KS34K1

71.00
71.00
167.00

Illuminated Operators

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

$ Price

K11J1
K11J1R
K11Jbc

K12J1
K12J1R
K12Jbc

158.00
167.00
167.00

K25J1
K25J1R
K25Jbc

—
—
—

185.00
197.00
197.00

K34J1
K34J1R
K34Jbc

185.00
197.00
197.00

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c

Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
—
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
—
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
—
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208 Vac = K25J3.
c
Add the knob color code from Table 19.198. For LED, knob color must match LED.
d
Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.199.

Table 19.199: d Key Withdrawal Codes

Table 19.198: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Standard Knob
c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

$ Price

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

70

Code

Position

1
2
3

Left Only
Right Only
Left and Right

9.90

2 Position

NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-70

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

9001 K and SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.200: 3-Position Selector Switches

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Contact Block Required

1 - Contact Closed
Center

Contact
Block
Position

Quantity
and
Type

Center

Center

Center

Center

0- Contact Open
Center

Center

Center

Center

Mount
on
Side
Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right Left Right

KA3
or
Side 2
Side 1

Operator

Locating
Notch

KA2

KA3
KA1
or

Top View

KA2

KA3
#2

1 0 0

1 0 0

0 0 1

1 0 0

1 0 0

1 0 0

1 0 0

0 1 0

1 1 0

KA2
#2

0 1 1

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 0

0 0 1

0 1 1

0 1 1

1 0 0

0 0 1

KA3
#1

0 0 1

1 0 0

0 0 1

1 0 0

0 1 0

0 0 1

1 0 1

0 0 1

0 1 1

KA2
#1

1 1 0

0 0 1

0 1 0

0 1 0

0 0 1

1 0 0

0 1 0

0 1 0

1 0 0

KA1
#2 or

KA1
#1 or

Cam (see page 19-73)
Non-Illuminated Operators
Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below)
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4 through 10) e
Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d
With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13)
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1)
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2)

B

C

D

E

F

G

J

L

M

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

$ Price

KS42
KS42c
KS42Ke

KS43
KS43c
KS43Ke

KS44
KS44c
KS44Ke

KS45
KS45c
KS45Ke

KS46
KS46c
KS46Ke

KS47
KS47c
KS47Ke

KS49
KS49c
KS49Ke

KS401
KS401c
KS401Ke

KS402
KS402c
KS402Ke

43.00
53.00
138.00

KS42BH13 KS43BH13 KS44BH13 KS45BH13 KS46BH13 KS47BH13 KS49BH13 KS401BH13 KS402BH13
KS42BH1 KS43BH1 KS44BH1 KS45BH1 KS46BH1 KS47BH1 KS49BH1 KS401BH1 KS402BH1
KS42BH2 KS43BH2 KS44BH2 KS45BH2 KS46BH2 KS47BH2 KS49BH2 KS401BH2 KS402BH2

Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
KS62
KS63
With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below)
KS62c
KS63c
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 5, 6 or 9 only)e
KS62Ke KS63Ke
Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
KS72
KS73
With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below)
KS72c
KS73c
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only)
KS72Ke KS73Ke
Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
KS52
KS53
With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below)
KS52c
KS53c
Key Operated with E10 Key (Code 4, 5 or 7 only)
KS52Ke KS53Ke

106.00
106.00
152.00

KS64
KS64c
KS64Ke

KS65
KS65c
KS65Ke

KS66
KS66c
KS66Ke

KS67
KS67c
KS67Ke

KS69
KS69c
KS69Ke

KS601
KS601c
KS601Ke

KS602
KS602c
KS602Ke

71.00
81.00
167.00

KS74
KS74c
KS74Ke

KS75
KS75c
KS75Ke

KS76
KS76c
KS76Ke

KS77
KS77c
KS77Ke

KS79
KS79c
KS79Ke

KS701
KS701c
KS701Ke

KS702
KS702c
KS702Ke

71.00
81.00
167.00

KS54
KS54c
KS54Ke

KS55
KS55c
KS55Ke

KS56
KS56c
KS56Ke

KS57
KS57c
KS57Ke

KS59
KS59c
KS59Ke

KS501
KS501c
KS501Ke

KS502
KS502c
KS502Ke

71.00
81.00
167.00

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

$ Price

Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c

K42J1
K42J1R
K42Jbc

K43J1
K43J1R
K42Jbc

K44J1
K44J1R
K44Jbc

K45J1
K45J1R
K45Jbc

K46J1
K46J1R
K46Jbc

K47J1
K47J1R
K47Jbc

K49J1
K49J1R
K49Jbc

K401J1
K401J1R
K401Jbc

K402J1
K402J1R
K402Jbc

158.00
167.00
158.00

K64J1
K64J1R
K64Jbc

K65J1
K65J1R
K65Jbc

K66J1
K66J1R
K66Jbc

K67J1
K67J1R
K67Jbc

K69J1
K69J1R
K69Jbc

K601J1
K601J1R
K601Jbc

K602J1
K602J1R
K602Jbc

185.00
197.00
167.00

K74J1
K74J1R
K74Jbc

K75J1
K75J1R
K75Jbc

K76J1
K76J1R
K76Jbc

K77J1
K77J1R
K77Jbc

K79J1
K79J1R
K79Jbc

K701J1
K701J1R
K701Jbc

K702J1
K702J1R
K702Jbc

185.00
197.00
167.00

K59J1
K59J1R
K59Jbc

K501J1
K501J1R
K501Jbc

K502J1
K502J1R
K502Jbc

185.00
197.00
167.00

Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K62J1
K63J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K62J1R
K63J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
K62Jbc K62Jbc
Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K72J1
K73J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K72J1R
K73J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
K72Jbc K72Jbc

Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K52J1
K53J1
K54J1
K55J1
K56J1
K57J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
K52J1R
K53J1R
K54J1R
K55J1R
K56J1R
K57J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
K52Jbc K53Jbc K54Jbc
K55Jbc
K56Jbc
K57Jbc
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks.00 Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3.
c
Add the knob color code from Table 19.201. For LED, knob color must match LED.
d
For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.201.
e
Add the key withdrawal code from table Table 19.202. Example: KS43Ke with key withdrawal in the right position only = KS43K6.

Table 19.202: e Key Withdrawal Codes

Table 19.201: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Standard Knob
c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

19

Illuminated Operators

$ Price

70

70

9.90

3 Position

Code

Position

4
5
6
7
8
9
10

Left Only
Center Only
Right Only
Left and Center
Left and Right
Center and Right
Left, Center, and Right

NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

KA1

19-71

30 mm Push Buttons

9001 K and SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.203: 4-Position Selector Switches

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Contact Block Required

Quantity and Type
KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Contact Block Position

Mount on Side
KA1 or KA2 or KA3

KA3
KA1
or

KA1
#2

KA2

Side 2
Side 1

KA3
#2

Locating
Notch

KA1
or

Top View

KA1
#1

KA2

1

0

0

0

KA2
#2

0

0

1

0

KA3
#1

0

0

0

1

KA2
#1

0

1

0

0

or

KA3

Operator

1—Contact Closed
0—Contact Open

or

Cam (see page 19-73)

H

Non-Illuminated Operators
Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from table 19.168 below)
Key Operated with E10 Key (Codes 11, 12, 13, 14, 15)

Cat. No.

$ Price

KS88
KS88c
KS88Kd

Illuminated Operators

42.80
53.00
138.00
Cat. No.

$ Price

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
KS88J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
KS88J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
KS88Jbc
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3.
c
Add the knob color code from table 19.204. For LED, knob color must match LED.
d
Add the key withdrawal code from Table 19.205.

Table 19.204: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Standard Knob

Color

c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

19

Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

$ Price

158.00
167.00
158.00

Table 19.205: d Key Withdrawal Codes
Code

Position
46
47

9.90

47

4 Position

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

11
12
13
14
15

1 and 4
4 only
1 only
1, 2, 3 and 4
2, 3, and 4

Potentiometers with Dial Plate
Table 19.206: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac
Power

2W

Description
Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer
Operator with Single Potentiometer
Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer
Operator with Tandem Potentiometer

Ratings

NEMA 4, 13

Type
K20
K21
K22
K23

$ Price
201.00
287.00
314.00
399.00

Table 19.207: Potentiometer Suffixes
Single Potentiometer
Suffix e
Resistance
01
50 Ω
02
100 Ω
04
500 Ω
05
1 kΩ
39
2 kΩ
06
2.5 kΩ
Tandem Potentiometer
Suffix e
82
e

Suffix e
07
08
09
13
37
14

Resistance
5 kΩ
10 kΩ
25 kΩ
500 kΩ
750 kΩ
1 MΩ

Resistance

Front
Rear
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.207 to the catalog number
from Table 19.206. Example: 9001K2105.

Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8" long and 1/4" diameter may be used with these operators
NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-72

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, KX, and SK Selector Switch Guide
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Shown below is a simplified method of selecting a selector switch to
meet almost any combination of contact sequences.
Step No. 1

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Table 19.208: 2 Position Selector Switch
If you require
contact sequence—

Determine the contact sequence(s) required. Set up a target table like
the one shown for the example below.

Contact Sequence
0—contact open
1—contact closed
A
B
C

1
0
0

0
1
0

1

0

0

1

If you require
contact sequence—

1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2
1 or 2

Use
Mount on
Contact side no.
Block (See page
Type
19-88)

Use Cam Type
G

M
L

1

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

Next, use the cam type common to all the sequences (if several cam
types are common, choose one) to find the operator type number. Go to
the proper page number as indicated in the table below:

Page Number
19-70, 19-80, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97
19-71, 19-81, 19-88, 19-95, 19-97
19-72, 19-82, 19-93

C
B C
B

E
E F G J
G J
D E
J L
D E
F
L
C
F
B
D
G
L
D
B
M
B

If for the example above a manual return operator with a standard black
knob is required and:
The F cam type is chosen, the operator type number is:

1

1

0

C

F
M

B

Type K—Class 9001 Type KS46B (from page19-71)
Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS46B (from page 19-81)
Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDFB (from page 19-97)

0

1

G J
G

1

L
M

The L cam type is chosen, the operator type number is:

•
•
•

KA3
KA2
KA2
KA3

Table 19.209: 3 Position Selector Switch

Look for a cam type common to all sequences in Table 19.208,
Table 19.209, or Table 19.210. For the example above, Table 19.209
would be used. For the contact sequences A (1 0 0), B (0 1 0) and
C (0 0 1) of the example above, cam types F and L are common to all
three sequences.
Step No. 3

•
•
•

E
D
E
D

0
0
1

Step No. 2

Number of
Push Button Line
Positions
2
Type K, Type SK, Type KX
3
Type K, Type SK, Type KX
4
Type K, Type SK, Type KX

Use
Mount on
Contact
side no.
Block Type (See page 19-88)

Use Cam
Type

1

0

1

D E
D E

Type K—Class 9001 Type KS401B (from page 19-71)
Type SK—Class 9001 Type SKS401B (from page 19-81)
Type KX—Class 9001 Type KXSDLB (from page 19-97)

J
J L

KA2
KA2
KA3
KA3
KA5a
KA2
KA2
KA3
KA3
KA2
KA3
KA3
KA5a
KA2
KA2
KA5a
KA3
KA2
KA5a
KA5a
KA3
KA3
KA5a
KA5a

1
2
1
2
2
1
2
1
2
1 or 2
1
2
1
2
1
1 or 2
2
2
1
2
1
1
1
2

Step No. 4:

Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0).
Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence B (0 1 0).
Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or 2 for sequence C (0 0 1).

If, for the example above, the L cam type is chosen:

•
•
•

Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 2 for sequence A (1 0 0).
Use a 9001KA2 mounted on side no. 1 or a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 2
for sequence B (0 1 0).
Use a 9001KA3 mounted on side no. 1 for sequence C (0 0 1).

One Type KA1 double circuit block can be used in place of one Type
KA2 single circuit block plus one Type KA3 single circuit block mounted
on the same side.

If you require
contact sequence—

Use Cam
Type

Mount on
Use Contact
no.
Block Type (Seeside
page 19-88)

1
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
0
1
1
a

0
0
0
H
(A) KA3
2
1
0
0
H
(B) KA2
1
0
1
0
H
(C) KA2
2
0
0
1
H
(D) KA3
1
0
0
1
H
A & D Wired in Parallel
1
0
0
H
A & B Wired in Parallel
1
1
0
H
B & C Wired in Parallel
0
1
1
H
C & D Wired in Parallel
1
1
0
H
A, B & C Wired in Parallel
1
1
1
H
B, C & D Wired in Parallel
0
1
0
H
A & C Wired in Parallel
1
0
1
H
B & D Wired in Parallel
1
0
1
H
KA5a
2
0
1
1
H
KA5a
1
Type KA5 must be the last block on either side. If more than one KA5 is required on either
side—contact your local Square D sales office.
Note: For Outline Dimensions see Catalog 9001CT1103

KA1

=

KA3

=

+

KA2

+

When ordering, please specify:

•
•
•

Quantity
Class Number
Type or Catalog Number

For “H” Numbers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-88

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-73

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

•
•
•

Table 19.210: 4 Position Selector Switch

19

Determine the contact blocks required by using the same table in Step
No. 2.
If, for the example above, the F cam type is chosen:

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K Heavy Duty Pilot Lights
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.211: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4 & 13
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.
Legend plates not included.
Description

Voltage
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage

Without $ Price
$ Price Color
Cap

KP1b
KP7b
KP35b

153.00
153.00
125.00

KP1
KP7
KP35

143.00
143.00
116.00

KPaR31
KPaR31

KPaG31
KPaG31

KPab
KPab

153.00
125.00

KPa
KPa

143.00
116.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage

KT1R31
KT7R31
KT35R31

KT1G31
KT7G31
KT35G31

KT1b
KT7b
KT35b

197.00
197.00
167.00

KT1
KT7
KT35

185.00
185.00
158.00

For other voltages
see page 19-86.

Transformer, Flashing or LED c
Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d

KTaR31
KTaR31

KTaG31
KTaG31

KTab
KTab

197.00
167.00

KTa
KTa

185.00
158.00

120 Vac Only
24–28 Vac Only
for other voltages

Resistor e
Full Voltage e

KTR38R31
KTR35R31

KTR38G31
KTR35G31

KTR38b
KTR35b

197.00
197.00

KTR38
KTR35

185.00
185.00

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

Push-To-Test Pilot Light
(Glass Color Cap
Shown)

With Other
Color Cap

Transformer, Flashing or LED c
Full Voltage, Neon or Resistor d

For other voltages
see page 19-86.

Standard Pilot Light
(Plastic Fresnel Color
Cap Shown)

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

With Red
With Green
Fresnel Color Fresnel Color
Cap
Cap
KP1R31
KP1G31
KP7R31
KP7G31
KP35R31
KP35G31

Style

www.schneider-electric.us

See page 19-86.e
Full Voltage or Resistor e
KTRaR31
KTRaG31
KTR ab
197.00
KTRa
185.00
Remote Test Pilot Light
(Glass Color Cap
Shown)
a
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on 19-86. EXAMPLE: KTaR31 with 208 Vac red LED = KT37LRR31
b
Add the color code as chosen from Table 19.212. EXAMPLE: KP1b with a blue fresnel cap = KP1L31
c
The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for green LED, use green color cap.
d
On neon light modules, use clear color caps only.
e
On remote test pilot lights use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only.

Table 19.212: Color Caps
Plastic Fresnel

Plastic Domed

Glass

A31
L31
C31
G31
R31
W31
Y31

A9
L9
C9
G9
R9
W9
Y9

A6
L6
C6
G6
R6
W6
Y6

Color

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

Typical Wiring Diagram
L2

L1
START
1

STOP

M
3

2

M

L1

TEST
BUTTON

L2

M

L2

(TEST) C

O.L.
STOP

START

L1
(SIG)

(TEST) C

L2
LSI

C

L2
L1
(SIG)

R
(TEST) C

Test

M3

L1

Push-To-Test Pilot Light

M1

M2

L2
L1
(SIG)

CR

Remote Test Pilot Light

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-74

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.213: Joy Stick Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
for use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87.
Contact blocks and legend plate not included unless noted.

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to
the catalog number.

Operator
Operator
$ Price Without
$ Price
With Contacts
Contacts a
Without Latch
K71H7
K71
Momentary Contact—
Spring Return to Center
With Latch
K70H7
K70
3 Position—
326.00
252.00
Center Off
Without Latch
K73H7
K73
Maintained Contact
With Latch
K72H7
K72
Without Latch
K31H8
K31
Momentary Contact—
Spring Return to Center
With Latch
K30H8
K30
3 Position—
326.00
252.00
Center Off
Without Latch
K33H8
K33
Maintained Contact
With Latch
K32H8
K32
Without Latch
K35H2
K35
Momentary Contact—
Spring Return to Center
With Latch
K34H2
K34
5 Position—
435.00
309.00
Center Off
Without Latch
K37H2
K37
Maintained Contact
With Latch
K36H2
K36
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks—a total of four (4) contact blocks can be used. Add the “H” number chosen from
page 19-88 to the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.
Description

Without Latch

With Latch
a

Table 19.214: Contact Arrangements
Operator
Positions

Contact
Block
Type
KA3

Contact
Block
Location
POS 1 (3)

KA3
KA2

3

Handle position (with reference to Nib)
Contact

1

2

A

—

POS 2 (4)

A

POS 1 (3)

B

KA2

POS 2 (4)

B

KA1

POS 1 (3)

OFF

3

4

1

0

—

0

—

0

0

—

1

1

—

0

0

—

0

—

0

1

—

0
0
0
0

0
0
0
1

0
0
1
0

3

5
KA1

A
0
1
B
1
0
A
0
0
POS 2 (4)
B
0
0
(1) Contact Closed (0) Contact Open

The joy stick operator is ideal for applications
where only one circuit is to be energized at one
time. The three position joy stick closes one
circuit in each Up-Down or Right-Left position
with all circuits open in center position. The five
position operator closes one circuit in each Up,
Down, Left and Right position with all circuits
open in center position.
Momentary contact operators are spring return to
the center position. Maintained operators remain
in position and must be returned manually.
Operators with latch cannot be operated until the
latch button in center of handle is pressed.

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate and contact block not included.
Inserts are field convertible. For colors not listed, order operator without insert, plus separate color insert from
page 19-92. Up to two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks). Selector push buttons
cannot be illuminated.
Table 19.215: Selector Push Button Operators—UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
Two Position Operators

#2
1 KA1
#1
1 KA1
Cam c
Color Insert
Without Insert b Black
b
c

1—Contact Closed

F—Free

D—Depressed

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

Left

Right

FD
0 0

FD
1 0

FD
0 0

FD
1 0

FD
0 0

FD
1 1

FD
1 1

FD
1 0

FD
1 0

FD
0 0

0 1

0 1

0 1

0 0

0 1

0 0

0 0

0 1

0 1

Order Contact Blocks
0 1 From Pages 19-85 and 19-87.

0 0

1 1

0 0

1 0

1 1

0 0

1 0

1 1

1 1

0 0

0 1

0 0

0 1

0 0

0 0

0 1

0 1

0 0

0 0

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Selector Push Button
9001KQ

Quantity and Mount on
Type
Side

0—Contact Open

0 1

P

R

S

T

Y

Type
KQ11
KQ11B

Type
KQ12
KQ12B

Type
KQ13
KQ13B

Type
KQ14
KQ14B

Type
KQ15
KQ15B

$ Price
80.
81.

Order color inserts from page 19-92.
Cams are not interchangeable.

For use in hazardous locations. See page 19-87. Key operated push buttons are used wherever unauthorized use of a
push button is discouraged. Examples are locking a Start push button in the extended position or locking a Stop push
button in the depressed position. The operator can also be locked in the flush position—holding all contacts open. Up to
two Type KA contact blocks can be mounted in tandem (total of four blocks).
Legend Plate and Contact Block Not Included (“X” = locked position) d
Table 19.216: Key Operated Push Button – UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
Lockable Positions
Type
$ Price
Extended
Flush
Depressed
X
—
—
KR131
—
X
—
KR132
Push button operable only with key in lock. Key is removable in locked position only.
—
—
X
KR133
X
X
X
KR137
X
—
—
KR141
125.00
Push button operable with or without key in lock. Push button can be locked with key
—
X
—
KR142
only. Key removable in both locked or unlocked position.
—
—
X
KR143
X
X
X
KR147
To lock the unit, rotate the key with the button in the extended position. Then, push the
—
X
—
KR152
button to lock it in the position indicated at right. Key is removable only in this position.
—
—
X
KR153
d
All key operated push buttons are furnished as standard with Square D no. E10 key change. See catalog 9001CT0001 for other key changes.
Description

Key Operated Push Button
9001KR

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-75

19

Contact Block
Required

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K Heavy Duty Specialty Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

.

Table 19.217: Illuminated and Non-Illuminated Dual Operators
Meets UL Type 13/NEMA 13 and UL Type 6/NEMA 6, which
UL and NEMA consider an equivalent to UL Type 4/NEMA 4.
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87. Legend plate
and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted.

9001KR7U

9001KR11U
a
b
c
d

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Description

Color

Momentary
Dual
Function
Momentary
Interlocked
Dual Function
Maintained
Interlocked
Dual Function

Universal a
Green-Red
Other b
Universala
Green-Red
Other b
Universal a
Green-Red
Other b

Description

Color

Both Buttons
Maintained Interlocked
Assembly

Universal c
Other d

One Button Momentary
One Button Maintained
Interlocked Assembly

Universal c
Otherd

With 2 N.O.
Contacts
(2 KA2)
KR6UH7
KR6GRH7
KR6bH7
KR67UH7
KR67GRH7
KR67bH7
KR7UH7
KR7GRH7
KR7bH7

With 1 N.O. &
1 N.C. Contact
(KA2, KA3)
KR6UH37
KR6GRH37
KR6bH37
KR67UH37
KR67GRH37
KR67bH37
KR7UH37
KR7GRH37
KR7bH37

$ Price

Without
Contacts d

$ Price

Contacts (KA1)

$ Price

KR6U
KR6GR
KR6b
KR67U
KR67GR
KR67b
KR7U
KR7GR
KR7b
Without
Contacts d

—

KR11UH1
KR11dH1

178.00

KR11U
KR11d

120.00

—

KR12UH1H1
KR12dH1H1

273.00

KR12U
KR12d

162.00

138.00
184.00
184.00

81.00
125.00
125.00
$ Price

Universal for KR6, KR67, KR7 includes 2 inserts each of black, red and green.
Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black. Example: 9001KR6 with left red and right black = 9001KR6RB. See Table 19.193.
Universal for KR11, KR12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white.
Choose one color for each button from Table 19.193 and insert color code in type number. Example: 9001KR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001KR11ES

Table 19.218: Emergency Break-Glass Operator—
UL 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13e

Emergency Break-Glass
Operator 9001K15

Type
$ Price
K15
125.00
Operator is held in a depressed position by a glass disc. When the glass disc
is broken with the hammer, button returns to a normal extended position.
Package of 5 discs included with operator.
e
For enclosed versions see page 19-106.

Table 19.219: 9001K15 Replacement Parts
Description
Yellow bumper
Hammer and chain
Lower ring nut
Top ring nut
Package of 5 replacement discs
Clip to hold hammer

Part Number
3105211101
3105206750
6512232801
9001K40
9001K57
2540902240

$ Price
14.30
57.30
16.70
4.40
16.70
2.60

Table 19.220: Rocker Arm Operating Lever

19

Type

$ Price

K50

77.00

Allows two standard push buttons to be operated independently of each other. Price does not include push buttons or legend plates. Order push buttons and legend
plates from pages 19-67, 19-89, and 19-90—specify which marking is to be inverted.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Rocker Arm Operating
Lever 9001K50

Table 19.221: Alternate Action—Push-on, Push-off Module
Type
$ Price
K85
42.80
This module can be added to standard 9001 Type K, KX, SK or T momentary push button operators. Contact blocks mounted behind this module (maximum of 2) are
held in the depressed position when the operator is pressed once, and released to their normal position when the operator is pressed again. For a N.C. circuit, use a
9001KA3 or the N.C. contact of either a 9001KA1 or 9001KA4. For a N.O. circuit, use the N.O. contact of either a 9001KA4 or 9001KA6.

Push-on Push-off Module
9001K85

Table 19.222: Off Delay Push Button—
UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
Type (All Colors)
Description

Full
Guard

Extended
Guard

No
Guard

$ Price

KRD1UH1

KRD2UH1

KRD3UH1

277.00

KRD1UH2

KRD2UH2

KRD3UH2

514.00

Timed Contact
1 N.O. and 1 N.C.

Time Delay Push Button
9001KRD

19-76

Table 19.223: Wobble Stick
For easy operation of any standard
push button.
Type
K8

$ Price
42.80

Timed Contact
2 N.O. and 2 N.C.
Timing period is adjustable from 0.1 second to 60 seconds and begins after button
has been released. Devices include a pack of seven color inserts for color coding
the push button. See 19-92 for Universal color insert. Contacts are quick makequick break.
Note: When mounted in top or bottom hole of a Type K enclosure, device
requires one additional space below or above operator. When mounted
other than in top or bottom hole, device may require two additional
spaces, one above and one below operator. Closing plates must be
installed on unused holes.

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type SK Corrosion Resistant Non-Illuminated Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.224: Non-Illuminated Momentary Push Button Operators
UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous
locations—See page 19-87. Contact blocks and legend plate
NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
not included unless otherwise noted.

9001SKR3B
No Guard

9001SKR2B
Extended Guard

9001SKR4B
1-3/8 in. (35 mm)
Mushroom Button

9001SKR5
2-1/4 in. (57 mm)
Mushroom Button

Operator with
1 N.O. and
1 N.C. Contact
(KA1)

Operator with
$ Price 1 N.O. Contact
(KA2)

Operator with
1 N.C. Contact
(KA3)

Operator Only
$ Price No
Contacts e

$ Price

Black

SKR1BH13

89.00

SKR1BH5

SKR1BH6

66.00

SKR1B

38.60

Red

SKR1RH13

89.00

SKR1RH5

SKR1RH6

66.00

SKR1R

38.60

Green

SKR1GH13

89.00

SKR1GH5

SKR1GH6

66.00

SKR1G

38.60

Universal a

SKR1UH13

89.00

SKR1UH5

SKR1UH6

66.00

SKR1U

38.60

Other b

SKR1bH13

89.00

SKR1bH5

SKR1bH6

66.00

SKR1b

38.60

Black

SKR3BH13

89.00

SKR3BH5

SKR3BH6

66.00

SKR3B

38.60

Red

SKR3RH13

89.00

SKR3RH5

SKR3RH6

66.00

SKR3R

38.60

Green

SKR3GH13

89.00

SKR3GH5

SKR3GH6

66.00

SKR3G

38.60

Universal a

SKR3UH13

89.00

SKR3UH5

SKR3UH6

66.00

SKR3U

38.60

Other b

SKR3bH13

89.00

SKR3bH5

SKR3bH6

66.00

SKR3b

38.60

Black

SKR2BH13

89.00

SKR2BH5

SKR2BH6

66.00

SKR2B

38.60

Red

SKR2RH13

89.00

SKR2RH5

SKR2RH6

66.00

SKR2R

38.60

Green

SKR2GH13

89.00

SKR2GH5

SKR2GH6

66.00

SKR2G

38.60

Universal a

SKR2UH13

89.00

SKR2UH5

SKR2UH6

66.00

SKR2U

38.60

Other b

SKR2b

89.00

SKR2bH5

SKR2bH6

66.00

SKR2b

38.60

112.00
112.00
119.00
112.00
112.00

SKR4B
SKR4R
SKR4R05
SKR4G
SKR4d

81.00
81.00
86.00
81.00
81.00

112.00
112.00
112.00
112.00

SKR24B
SKR24R
SKR24G
SKR24d

81.00
81.00
81.00
81.00

112.00
112.00
119.00
112.00
112.00

SKR5B
SKR5R
SKR5R05
SKR5G
SKR5d

81.00
81.00
86.00
81.00
81.00

112.00
112.00
112.00
112.00

SKR25B
SKR25R
SKR25G
SKR25d

81.00
81.00
81.00
81.00

Snap-In Mushroom Button
Black
SKR4BH13
138.00
SKR4BH5
SKR4BH6
Red
SKR4RH13
138.00
SKR4RH5
SKR4RH6
Red c
SKR4R05H13
142.00 SKR4R05H5
SKR4R05H6
Green
SKR4GH13
138.00
SKR4GH5
SKR4GH6
Other d
SKR4dH13
138.00
SKR4dH5
SKR4dH6
Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security
Black
SKR24BH13
138.00
SKR24BH5
SKR24BH6
Red
SKR24RH13
138.00
SKR24RH5
SKR24RH6
Green
SKR24GH13
138.00
SKR24GH5
SKR24GH6
Other d
SKR24dH13
138.00
SKR24dH5
SKR24dH6
Snap-In Mushroom Button, Plastic Head
Black
SKR5BH13
138.00
SKR5BH5
SKR5BH6
Red
SKR5RH13
138.00
SKR5RH5
SKR5RH6
Red c
SKR5R05H13
142.00 SKR5R05H5
SKR5R05H6
Green
SKR5GH13
138.00
SKR5GH5
SKR5GH6
Other d
SKR5dH13
138.00
SKR5dH5
SKR5dH6
Screw-On Mushroom Button with Set Screw Security, Plastic Head
Black
SKR25BH13
138.00
SKR25BH5
SKR25BH6
Red
SKR25RH13
138.00
SKR25RH5
SKR25RH6
Green
SKR25GH13
138.00
SKR25GH5
SKR25GH6
Other d
SKR25dH13
138.00
SKR25dH5
SKR25dH6

Table 19.225: Color Codes

a
b
c
d
e

Color
b SKR1, 2, 3 Place Color Code in Type Number
d SKR4, 5, 24, 25 Place Color Code in Type Number
Blue
L
L
Yellow
Y
Y
White
W
—
Orange
S
S
Gray
E
—
The universal push button operators include one each of the following color inserts: black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue and white.
See Table 19.225.
Knob has the words “Emergency Stop” in raised letters highlighted in white for readability.
See Table 19.225.
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from
page 19-88 to the end of the operator type number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-77

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

9001SKR1B
Full Guard

Color

19

Description

30 mm Push Buttons

Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.226: 30 mm Multifunction Operators
UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Non-Illuminated Push-Pull Screw-on Mushroom Operators, Plastic Head
Description

With 2 N.C.
With 1 N.O. /1
Contacts
N.C.
(1 KA3, 1 KA5) Contact (1 KA1)

Color

$ Price

Without
Contacts k

$Price

3 Position

Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push j

Red

SKR8RH25

—

SKR8R

Green

SKR8GH25

—

Other g

SKR8gH25

—

SKR8g

Red

—

SKR9RH13

SKR9R

Green

—

SKR9GH13

Other g

—

SKR9gH13

142.00

SKR8G

86.00

2 Positionf

9001SKR9R
Non-Illuminated
1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob
Includes Type KN179WP
Legend Plate Marked
Pull To Start Push To Stop

Maintained PullMaintained Push

188.00

SKR9G

129.00

SKR9g

Non-Illuminated Turn-to-Release Mushroom Operators
Description

Color

With 1 N.O.
Contact
(KA1)

With 2 N.O. /2
$ Price N.C. Contacts
(2 KA1)

$ Price

Without
Contacts

$Price

2 Position,
Plastic Head
Turn-to-Release
Trigger Action

Red

SKR16H13

172.00

218.00

SKR16

113.00

With Other Color
Knob Without
Contacts k

$ Price

SKR16H2

9001SKR16H2
Screw-On Plastic Illuminated Push-Pull Mushroom Operators
Illuminated

Description

With Red Knob and 2
N.C. Contacts
(1 KA3, 1 KA5)

Voltage

With Other Color
Knob and 2 N.C.
Contacts

$ Price

3 Position

19

Momentary PullMaintained NeutralMomentary Push m

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Other—Transformer,
LED, Flashing i
Other—Full Voltage,
Resistor, Neon j

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

SKR8P1RH25

SKR8P1gH25

SKR8PhRH25

SKR8PhgH25

SKR8PhRH25

SKR8PhgH25

SKR8P1g
267.00

201.00

SKR8Phg

215.00

SKR8Phg

171.00

With Red f Knob and With Other Color
With Other Color
1 N.O. & 1 N.C.
Knob and 1 N.O. & 1 $ Price
Knob Without
Contact (KA1)
N.C. Contact (KA1)
Contacts

Voltage

$ Price

2 Position

9001SKR9P1
Illuminated
1-5/8 in. Diameter Knob
Includes Type KN179WP
Legend Plate Marked
Pull to Start Push To Stop
f
g
h
i
j
k

l
m

Maintained PullMaintained Push

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Other—Transformer,
L.E.D., Flashing i

SKR9P1RH13

SKR9P1gH13

SKR9PhRH13

SKR9PhgH13

Other—Full Voltage,
Resistor, Neon j

SKR9PhRH13

SKR9PhgH13

To obtain a red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” printed on the red
knob—substitute R05 in place of “R” and add $2.10 to the price.
Choose one color from Table 19.227 and insert the color code in the
Type number. Example: SKR9g with a yellow knob = SKR9Y
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86.
Example: SKR8Ph with 277 V 50–60 Hz = SKR8P8
The knob must be the same color as the LED light module chosen; e.g.,
for green LED, use green knob.
On neon light modules, use clear knobs only.
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For
maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H”
number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type
number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.
SKR11UH1 has 1 KA1(1 N.O., 1 N.C.) and SKR12UH1H1 has 2 KA1
(2 N.O., 2 N.C.).
For positions, refer to Tables 19.228 and 19.229.

Table 19.228: Positions for 9001SKR8RH1 or H13

SKR9P1g
316.00

243.00

SKR9Phg
SKR9Phg

257.00

215.00

Table 19.227: Color Codes

n

Color
SKR11, SKR12
SKR8, SKR9
Black n
B
B
Red
R
R
Green
G
G
Blue
L
L
Yellow
Y
Y
White
W
W
Orange n
S
S
Clear
—
C
Amber
—
A
Gray
E
—
These colors are not available on illuminated push-pull operators.

Table 19.229: Positions for 9001SKR8H25
9001SKR8H25

9001SKR8RH1 or H13

(KA1)

PULL

CTR

PUSH

PULL

CTR

PUSH

KA3

X

O

O

KA3

X

O

O

KA5

X

X

O

KA2

O

O

X

KA2

O

O

X

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-78

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type SK Corrosion Resistant Illuminated Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.230: Illuminated Push Button Operators
UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.
Legend plate not included unless otherwise noted.
Style

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor, Neon c

SK1L1RH13
SK1L7RH13
SK1L35RH13
SK1LbRH13
SK1LbRH13
SK1LbRH13

SK1L1GH13
SK1L7GH13
SK1L35GH13
SK1LbGH13
SK1LbGH13
SK1LbGH13

231.00
231.00
198.00
231.00
198.00
198.00

SK1L1
SK1L7
SK1L35
SK1L b
SK1L b
SK1L b

158.00
158.00
129.00
158.00
129.00
129.00

For other voltages
See Table b

9001SK1L1
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc
No Guard
Illuminated
Push Button

With Other Color
With Red Color Cap and With Green Color Cap and
Cap Without $ Price h
1 N.O. and 1 N.C. Contact 1 N.O.and 1 N.C. Contact $ Price g Contact
Blocks
(KA1)
(KA1)
a

Voltage and
Frequency

Description

Full Guard
Illuminated
Push Button

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

For other voltages
See Table b

LED e

SK1LbRH13

SK1LbGH13

231.00

SK1L bd

158.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor, Neon c

SK2L1RH13
SK2L7RH13
SK2L35RH13
SK2LbRH13
SK2LbRH13
SK2LbRH13

SK2L1GH13
SK2L7GH13
SK2L35GH13
SK2LbGH13
SK2LbGH13
SK2LbGH13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

SK2L1
SK2L7
SK2L35
SK2L b
SK2L b
SK2L b

143.00
143.00
116.00
143.00
116.00
116.00

LEDe

SK2LbRH13

SK2LbGH13

217.00

SK2L bd

143.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor, Neon c

SK2L1R20H13
SK2L7R20H13
SK2L35R20H13
SK2LbR20H13
SK2LbR20H13
SK2LbR20H13

SK2L1G20H13
SK2L7G20H13
SK2L35G20H13
SK2LbG20H13
SK2LbG20H13
SK2LbG20H13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

LED e

SK2LbR20H13

SK2LbG20H13

217.00

Transformer
Transformer
Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
Full Voltage
Resistor, Neon c

SK2L1R21H13
SK2L7R21H13
SK2L35R21H13
SK2LbR21H13
SK2LbR21H13
SK2LbR21H13

SK2L1G21H13
SK2L7G21H13
SK2L35G21H13
SK2LbG21H13
SK2LbG21H13
SK2LbG21H13

217.00
217.00
184.00
217.00
184.00
184.00

9001SK2L1
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
24–28 Vac/Vdc

1-3/8 in.
(35 mm)
Illuminated
Mushroom,
Screw-On
For other voltages
Plastic Head See Table b

Order SK2Lbdf

9001SK2L1R20

b
c
d
e
f
g
h

LED e
SK2LbR21H13
SK2LbG21H13
217.00
9001SK2L1R21
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. For maximum block usage, see page 19-88. Add the “H” number chosen from page 19-88 to the end of the operator type
number and add the cost of the “H” number to the operator cost.
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. EXAMPLE: SK2Lb with 240 Vac/Vdc = SK2L25.
On neon light modules, use clear color caps only.
The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen e.g., for red LED, use red color cap.
Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below. EXAMPLE: SK2L25e with a blue 1-3/8 in. mushroom button = SK2L25L20.
The only difference between a no guard (SK2L) operator and mushroom button operator is the color cap.
Price includes operator, light module, contact blocks and color cap.
Price includes operator, light module and color cap.

Table 19.231: Color Caps
Color Codes
Color
Red
Green
Blue
Yellow
White
Clear
Amber

SK1L/SK2L
R
G
L
Y
W
C
A

1-3/8 in. (35 mm) Mushroom
R20
G20
L20
Y20
W20
C20
A20

2-1/4 in. (57 mm) Mushroom
R21
G21
L21
Y21
W21
C21
A21

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-79

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

a

Order SK2Lbdf

19

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
2-1/4 in.
24–28 Vac/Vdc
(57 mm)
Illuminated
Mushroom,
Screw-On
For other voltages
Plastic Head See Table b

30 mm Push Buttons

9001SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.232: 2-Position Selector Switches

1—Contact Closed
0—Contact Open

Contact Block Required

Contact Block Position

Quantity and Type
KA1 or KA2 or KA3

Mount on Side
KA1 or KA2 or KA3

KA3
KA1
or

KA1
#2

KA2

KA3
KA1

Locating

or

KA1
#1

KA2

Top View

Left

Right

Left

Right

KA3
#2

1

0

0

1

KA2
#2

0

1

1

0

KA3
#1

1

0

0

1

KA2
#1

0

1

1

or

Side 2
Side 1

Operator

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

or

Cam (see page 19-73)

0

E

Non-Illuminated Operators

D

Type

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below)
Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob
With 1 KA1 on Side #2
With 1 KA1 on Side #1
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2
Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below)
Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.233 below)
Illuminated Operators

Type

SKS11
SKS11c

SKS12
SKS12c

SKS11BH13
SKS11BH1
SKS11BH2

—
—
—

106.00
106.00
152.00

SKS25
SKS25c

—
—

71.00
81.00

—
—

SKS34
SKS34c

71.00
81.00

Type

19

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
Spring Return from Left a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c

$ Price
42.80
53.00

Type

$ Price

SK11J1
SK11J1R
SK11Jbc

SK12J1
SK12J1R
SK12Jbc

158.00
167.00
167.00

SK25J1
SK25J1R
SK25Jbc

—
—
—

185.00
197.00
197.00

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Spring Return from Right a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
—
SK34J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
—
SK34J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
—
SK34Jbc
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3
c
Add the knob color code from Table 19.233. For LED, knob color must match LED.

185.00
197.00
197.00

Table 19.233: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Standard Knob
c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

$ Price

70

9.90

2 Position

NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-80

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

9001SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.234: 3-Position Selector Switches

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Contact Block Required
Contact
Block
Position

Quantity
and
Type

1 — Contact Closed
Center

Mount
on
Side

Center

Center

Center

0 — Contact Open

Center

Center

Center

Center

Center

KA3
KA1
or
Side 2
Side 1

KA2

KA3
#2

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

KA2
#2

0

1

1

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

1

0

1

1

1

0

0

0

0

1

KA3
#1

0

0

1

1

0

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

1

0

1

0

0

1

0

1

1

KA2
#1

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

1

0

0

0

1

1

0

0

0

1

0

0

1

0

1

0

0

KA1 or
#2

KA3

Locating
Notch

KA1
or

Top View

KA2

KA1 or
#1

Cam (see page 19-73)
Non-Illuminated Operators
Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below)

B

C

D

E

F

G

J

L

M

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

SKS42
SKS42c

SKS43
SKS43c

SKS44
SKS44c

SKS45
SKS45c

SKS46
SKS46c

SKS47
SKS47c

SKS49
SKS49c

SKS401
SKS401c

SKS402
SKS402c

Operator with Contact Blocks and Standard black knob d
With 1 KA1 on Side #2 (H13)
SKS42BH13 SKS43BH13 SKS44BH13 SKS45BH13 SKS46BH13 SKS47BH13 SKS49BH13 SKS401BH13 SKS402BH13
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 (H1)
SKS42BH1 SKS43BH1 SKS44BH1 SKS45BH1 SKS46BH1 SKS47BH1 SKS49BH1 SKS401BH1 SKS402BH1
With 1 KA1 on Side #1 and 1 KA1 on side #2 (H2)
SKS42BH2 SKS43BH2 SKS44BH2 SKS45BH2 SSKS46BH2 SKS47BH2 SKS49BH2 SKS401BH2 SKS402BH2
Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
SKS62
SKS63
SKS64
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below)
SKS62c
SKS63c
SKS64c
Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
SKS72
SKS73
SKS74
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below)
SKS72c
SKS73c
SKS74c
Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob
SKS52
SKS53
SKS54
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.235 below)
SKS52c
SKS53c
SKS54c
Illuminated Operators

Type

42.80
53.00
106.00
106.00
152.00

SKS65
SKS65c

SKS66
SKS66c

SKS67
SKS67c

SKS69
SKS69c

SKS601
SKS601c

SKS602
SKS602c

71.00
81.00

SKS75
SKS75c

SKS76
SKS76c

SKS77
SKS77c

SKS79
SKS79c

SKS701
SKS701c

SKS702
SKS702c

71.00
81.00

SKS55
SKS55c

SKS56
SKS56c

SKS57
SKS57c

SKS59
SKS59c

SKS501
SKS501c

SKS502
SKS502c

71.00
81.00

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

$ Price

SK44J1
SK44J1R
SK44Jbc

SK45J1
SK45J1R
SK45Jbc

SK46J1
SK46J1R
SK46Jbc

SK47J1
SK47J1R
SK47Jbc

SK49J1
SK49J1R
SK49Jbc

SK401J1
SK401J1R
SK401Jbc

SK402J1
SK402J1R
SK402Jbc

158.00
167.00
167.00

SK64J1
SK64J1R
SK64Jbc

SK65J1
SK65J1R
SK65Jbc

SK66J1
SK66J1R
SK66Jbc

SK67J1
SK67J1R
SK67Jbc

SK69J1
SK69J1R
SK69Jbc

SK601J1
SK601J1R
SK601Jbc

SK602J1
SK602J1R
SK602Jbc

185.00
197.00
197.00

SK79J1
SK79J1R
SK79Jbc

SK701J1
SK701J1R
SK701Jbc

SK702J1
SK702J1R
SK702Jbc

185.00
197.00
197.00

SK59J1
SK59J1R
SK59Jbc

SK501J1
SK501J1R
SK501Jbc

SK502J1
SK502J1R
SK502Jbc

185.00
197.00
197.00

Type

Manual Return, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK42J1
SK43J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK42J1R
SK43J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
SK42Jbc SK43Jbc
Spring Return from Left to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK62J1
SK63J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK62J1R
SK63J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
SK62Jbc SK63Jbc

$ Price

19

Spring Return from Right to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK72J1
SK73J1
SK74J1
SK75J1
SK76J1
SK77J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK72J1R
SK73J1R
SK74J1R
SK75J1R
SK76J1R
SK77J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
SK72Jbc SK73Jbc SK74Jbc SK75Jbc SK76Jbc SK77Jbc
Spring Return from Both Sides to Center, Operator Only (without contact blocks) a
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK52J1
SK53J1
SK54J1
SK55J1
SK56J1
SK57J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK52J1R
SK53J1R
SK54J1R
SK55J1R
SK56J1R
SK57J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
SK52Jbc SK53Jbc SK54Jbc SK55Jbc SK56Jbc SK57Jbc
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3.
c
Add the knob color code from Table 19.235 below. For LED, knob color must match LED.
d
For other color knobs replace the B with knob color code from Table 19.235 below.

Table 19.235: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Standard Knob
c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

$ Price

70

70

9.90

3 Position

NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Operator

Discount
Schedule

19-81

30 mm Push Buttons

9001SK Selector Switches
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.236: 4-Position Selector Switches

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
1 — Contact Closed
0 — Contact Open

Contact Block Required
Contact Block Position

Quantity and Type

Mount on Side

KA3
KA1
or

KA1
#2

KA2

Side 2
Side 1

Locating
Notch

KA1
or

KA1
#1

KA2

Top View

KA3
#2

1

0

0

0

KA2
#2

0

0

1

0

KA3
#1

0

0

0

1

KA2
#1

0

1

0

0

or

KA3

Operator

www.schneider-electric.us

or

Cam (see page 19-73)

H

Non-Illuminated Operators

Type

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob
With Knob (select style and color from Table 19.237 below)

$ Price

SKS88
SKS88c

Illuminated Operators

42.80
52.65

Type

$ Price

Manual Return a, Operator Only (without contact blocks)
Without Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK88J1
With Standard Red Knob, 110-120V 50-60 Hz Transformer
SK88J1R
With Other Color Knob and other voltage Light Module b c
SK88Jbc
a
These operators can be ordered complete with contact blocks. Add the "H code" from page 19-88 as needed for your application.
b
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from page 19-86. Example: K25Jb with 208Vac = K25J3
c
Add the knob color code from Table 19.237. For LED, knob color must match LED

158.00
167.00
167.00

Table 19.237: Selector Switch Assembly Code and Knob Cat. No.
Standard Knob

Color

c Knob Code
B
R
G
Y
L
W
A
C

19

Black
Red
Green
Yellow
Blue
White
Amber
Clear

Gloved Hand Knob
c Knob Code
FB
FR
FG
FY
FL
FW
FA
FC

Cat. No.
B11
R8
G8
Y8
L8
W8
A8
C8

Cat. No.
B25
R24
G24
Y24
L24
W24
A24
C24

$ Price

46
47

47

9.90

4 Position

Potentiometers with Dial Plate
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.238: Potentiometers with Dial Plate (not UL listed)—Maximum Voltage 300 Vac
Power

2W

Description
Operator Only, for Single Potentiometer
Operator with Single Potentiometer
Operator Only, for Tandem Potentiometer
Operator with Tandem Potentiometer

Ratings

NEMA 4, 13

Type
SK20
SK21
SK22
SK23

$ Price
201.00
287.00
314.00
399.00

Table 19.239: Potentiometer Suffixes
Single Potentiometer
Suffix d
Resistance
01
50 Ω
02
100 Ω
04
500 Ω
05
1 kΩ
39
2 kΩ
06
2.5 kΩ
Tandem Potentiometer
Suffix d
82
d

Suffix d
07
08
09
13
37
14

Resistance
5 kΩ
10 kΩ
25 kΩ
500 kΩ
750 kΩ
1 MΩ
Resistance

Front

Rear
1 kΩ
1 kΩ
For the complete part number, add the suffix from Table 19.239 to the catalog number
from Table 19.238. Example: 9001K2105.

Any potentiometer with a shaft 7/8 in. long and 1/4 in. diameter may be used with these operators.
NOTE: To select and order Contact Blocks, Light Modules, Knobs, and Accessories. See pages 19-85 through 19-92.

19-82

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type SK Corrosion Resistant Pilot Lights
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.240: Pilot Lights—UL Types 4, 4X,
13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13. For use in hazardous locations,
see page 19-87. Legend plate not included.
Description

Voltage
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

Transformer

SKP1R31

SKP1G31

SKP1b

153.00

SKP1

143.00

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
Standard
Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc
(Fresnel color
cap shown) For other voltages
see Table a

Transformer

SKP7R31

SKP7G31

SKP7b

153.00

SKP7

143.00

Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
or LEDc
Full Voltage, Neon or
Resistord

SKP35R31

SKP35G31

SKP35b

125.00

SKP35

116.00

SKPaR31

SKPaG31

SKPab

125.00

SKPa

116.00

SKPaR31

SKPaG31

SKPab

125.00

SKPa

116.00

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz

Transformer

SKT1R31

SKT1G31

SKT1b

197.00

SKT1

185.00

220–240 V, 50–60 Hz

Transformer

SKT7R31

SKT7G31

SKT7b

197.00

SKT7

185.00

SKT35R31

SKT35G31

SKT35b

167.00

SKT35

158.00

SKTaR31

SKTaG31

SKTab

197.00

SKTa

158.00

SKTaR31

SKTaG31

SKTab

197.00

SKTa

158.00

120 Vac Only

Full Voltage
Transformer, Flashing
or LEDc
Full Voltage, Neon or
Resistord
Resistor

SKTR38R31 SKTR38G31 SKTR38b

197.00 SKTR38

185.00

Full Voltage

SKTR35R31 SKTR35G31 SKTR35b

197.00 SKTR35

185.00

Push-To-Test
Pilot Light 24–28 Vac/Vdc
(Fresnel color
cap shown) For other voltages
see Table a

Remote Test 24–28 Vac Only
Pilot Light
(Fresnel color
cap shown) For other voltages
see Tables abe

a
b
c
d
e

With Red
With Green
Other
Without
Fresnel Color Fresnel Color With
Color Cap $ Price Color Cap $ Price
Cap
Cap

Style

9001SKP1

9001SKT1

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Full Voltage or Resistor SKTRaR31 SKTRaG31 SKTRab 197.00 SKTRa 185.00
e
9001SKTR38
Add the voltage assembly code as chosen from Table 19.248 or Table 19.249 on page 19-86.
EXAMPLE: SKTqR31 with 208 Vac red LED voltage = SKT37LRR31.
Add the color code as chosen from the color cap table below.
EXAMPLE: SKP1c with a blue fresnel cap = SKP1L31.
The cap must be the same color as the LED light module chosen, e.g., for a green LED, use a green color cap.
On neon light modules, use clear color caps only.
Use only full voltage or resistor voltage assembly codes on remote test pilot lights. Do not choose LED, neon or transformer codes. For AC use only.

Table 19.241: Color Caps
b Plastic Fresnel

b Plastic Domed

A31
L31
C31
G31
R31
W31
Y31

A9
L9
C9
G9
R9
W9
Y9

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Color

Typical Wiring Diagram
START
1

STOP

M
3

2

M

L1

TEST
BUTTON

L2

M

L2

(TEST) C

O.L.
STOP

START

L1
(SIG)

(TEST) C

L2
LSI

C

L2
L1
(SIG)

R
(TEST) C

Test

M3

L1

Push-To-Test Pilot Light

M1

M2

L2
L1
(SIG)

19

L2

L1

CR

Remote Test Pilot Light

NOTE: To select and order contact blocks, light modules, and accessories, see pages 19-85 through 19-92.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-83

30 mm Push Buttons

Type SK Corrosion Resistant Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.242: Multifunction Operators—UL Types 4, 4X, 13/NEMA 4, 4X, 13
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.
Legend plate and contact blocks not included unless otherwise noted.
Interlocked Assembly

Description
Interlocked Assembly
Both Buttons Maintained
Interlocked Assembly
One Button Momentary

Interlocked Assembly
One Button Maintained

Color
Universal a
Other b

Contacts
SKR11UH1
SKR11bH1

Universal a

SKR12UH1H1

Other b

SKR12bH1H1

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001
to the catalog number.
$ Price
178.00

Without Contacts
SKR11U
SKR11b

$ Price
120.00

SKR12U

273.00

162.00
SKR12b

9001SKR11U
a
b

Universal for SKR11,12 includes 2 each of black, red, green, yellow, orange, blue, white.
Choose one color for each button. R = red, G = green, B = Black.
Example: 9001SKR11 with top button gray and bottom button orange = 9001SKR11ES. See Table 19.227

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

19-84

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

The Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks are Fingersafe® contact blocks
(meeting VDE 0106 Part 100). They have one screw mounting and
captive (backed out) plus/minus terminal screws. These contact blocks
are double-break, direct-acting contacts. Because of the wiping action of
these contacts, they are suitable for use with programmable controllers.
All contact blocks listed below accept up to 2 #12–#24 AWG solid or
stranded wires. Recommended tightening torque for screw terminals is
7 lb-in.

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Contact Blocks with
Binder Head Screws
(not Fingersafe)

Symbol

Table 19.243: Standard Contact Blocks
Description

Symbol

Type

$ Price

Direct-Acting

KA1

42.80

Gold Flashed Contacts
with Standard
Pressure Wire Terminals

Type

Quantityb

$ Price

Type

$ Price

KA21

25–Up

42.80

KA31

71.00

KA22

25–Up

21.50

KA32

35.60

KA23

25–Up

21.50

KA33

35.60

KA24

25–Up

42.80

KA34

71.00

KA25

25–Up

21.50

KA35

35.60

N.O. Early
Closing

(Clear Cover)

KA2

N.C. Contact
Late Opening

21.50

b

Minimum order quantity is 25. The price represents one individual contact block.

Contact blocks listed below are not Fingersafe, but provide:

(Green Cover)

•
KA3

Direct-Acting

21.50

Terminals that accept ring tongue/fork tongue
connectors
Short single circuit contact blocks (0.75" deep vs.
0.97" deep on the Fingersafe)
Same as old style Series G product available prior to
March, 1989.
For assembled operators, use form Y238 (add to
catalog number as suffix, for example:
9001KRU1H13Y238)

•
•

(Red Cover)

•
KA4

42.80

N.O. Contact
Early Closing

Table 19.245: Contact blocks (not Fingersafe)
Symbol
KA5

KA1G

42.80

Symbol

Type

$ Price

KA4G

42.80

KA5G

21.50

KA6G

21.50

N.O. Contact
Early Closing

KA6

KA2G

21.50

KA3G

21.50
N.O. Contact
Early Closing

Table 19.244: Additional Circuit Arrangements
Sequencing a
N.O. Contact of KA4 closes
before N.O. Contact on KA1

Order One
Type KA4 and One
Type KA1

N.C. Contact
Late Opening

21.50

N.O. Contact
Early Closing

(Green Cover)

$ Price

21.50

N.C. Contact
Late Opening

(Red Cover)

Type

85.60

KA4
KA1
Overlapping a
Order One
N.O. Contact of KA4 closes
Type KA4 and One
64.30
before N.C. Contact of KA5
Type KA5
Opens
KA4
KA5
a
For push buttons or two-position selector switches only. For sequencing or overlapping
contacts on other operators, refer to catalog 9001CT0001.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

(Clear Cover)

Table 19.246: Contact blocks with Quick-Connect terminals
(not Fingersafe)
Symbol

Type

$ Price

KA12

35.60

KA13

35.60

19

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Catalog 9001CT0001

Table 19.247: Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—Types KA1–KA6, KA21–KA25, KA31–KA35, KA1G–KA6G
AC

V

120
240
480
600

DC

Inductive (NEMA / UL Type A600)
35% Power Factor
Make

Break

Amperes

VA

Amperes

VA

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

60
30
15
12

7200

6.0
3.0
1.5
1.2

720

10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Resistive 75% Power
Factor Make, Break
and Continuous
Amperes

10

CS1

Discount
Schedule

Inductive and Resistive
(NEMA Q600)

Volts

125
250
600

Make and Break
KA1

KA2
KA3

KA4

KA5
KA6

0.55
0.27
0.10

0.55
0.27
0.10

—
—
—

—
—
—

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

2.5

19-85

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.

•
•

With neon type light modules, use a clear color cap only.
With LED light modules, use either a clear color cap or a cap the same color as the LED.

Table 19.248: Standard Light Modules for
Types K, SK, and KX Control Units b

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Light Module

Voltage
All

19

6 Vac/Vdc
6 Vac/Vdc
6 Vac/Vdc
6 Vac/Vdc
12–14 Vac/Vdc
12–14 Vac/Vdc
12–14 Vac/Vdc
12–14 Vac/Vdc
18 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
24–28 Vac/Vdc
48 Vac/Vdc
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
208–220 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
220–240 V, 50–60 Hz
240 Vac/Vdc
240 Vac/Vdc
277 V, 50–60 Hz
380–480 V, 50–60 Hz
480 Vac/Vdc
550–600 V, 50–60 Hz

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

a
b

Description

Type

Full Voltage
(without Bayonet Base Lamp)
Full Voltage
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
Full Voltage
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
Resistor
Full Voltage
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
LED White
LED Blue
Full Voltage
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
Transformer
Flashing
Full Voltage/Resistor
Neon a
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
LED White
LED Blue
Transformer
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
LED White
LED Blue
Transformer
LED Red
LED Green
LED Yellow
LED White
LED Blue
Resistor
Neon a
Transformer
Transformer
Neon a
Transformer

$ Price

Voltage
Assembly
Code

Replacement Lamp
Rating

Part Number b

KM40

78.00

40

—

None

KM31
KM31LR
KM31LG
KM31LY
KM32
KM32LR
KM32LG
KM32LY
KM33
KM35
KM35LR
KM35LG
KM35LY
KM35LW
KM35LL
KM36
KM1LR
KM1LG
KM1LY
KM1
KMF1
KM38
KM11
KM38LR
KM38LG
KM38LY
KM38LW
KM38LL
KM3
KM3LR
KM3LG
KM3LY
KM3LW
KM3LL
KM7
KM7LR
KM7LG
KM7LY
KM7LW
KM7LL
KM25
KM12
KM8
KM5
KM14
KM6

86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
86.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
116.00
116.00
86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
116.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
116.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
143.00
86.00
86.00
116.00
116.00
86.00
116.00

31
31LR
31LG
31LY
32
32LR
32LG
32LY
33
35
35LR
35LG
35LY
35LW
35LL
36
1LR
1LG
1LY
1
F1
38
11
38LR
38LG
38LY
38LW
38LL
3
3LR
3LG
3LY
3LW
3LL
7
7LR
7LG
7LY
7LW
7LL
25
12
8
5
14
6

.9 VA

2550101020
6508805201
6508805203
6508805202
2550101037
6508805201
6508805203
6508805202
2550101037
2550101002
6508805210
6508805212
6508805211
6508805214
6508805213
2550101025
6508805201
6508805203
6508805202
2550101020
2550101036
2550101027
2550101013
6508805210
6508805212
6508805211
6508805214
6508805213
2550101020
6508805201
6508805203
6508805202
6508805215
6508805216
2550101020
6508805201
6508805203
6508805202
6508805215
6508805216
2550101027
2550101013
2550101020
2550101020
2550101013
2550101020

1.2 VA

1.4 VA
1.2 VA
.28 VA
.28 VA
.28 VA
.28 VA
.28 VA
2.6 VA

2.4 VA
.85 VA
3.0 VA
0.2 VA
1.4 VA
1.4 VA
1.4 VA
1.4 VA
1.4 VA
2.5 VA

2.0 VA

6.0 VA
0.3 VA
2.4 VA
2.8 VA
0.5 VA
2.5 VA

$ Price
—
12.45
42.75
42.75
28.50
12.45
42.75
42.75
28.50
12.45
12.45
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
12.45
42.75
42.75
42.75
12.45
16.50
12.45
32.85
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
12.45
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
12.45
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
42.75
12.45
32.85
12.45
12.45
32.85
12.45

Not for use on KX operators.
For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot.

NOTE: Light modules are available in other voltages. For additional information, refer to Catalog 9001CT0001.
For use in hazardous locations—See page 19-87.

•
•

Reduces the depth of illuminated push buttons with contact blocks by over 33%.
With LED light modules, use a cap that is the same color as the LED.

Table 19.249: Shallow Depth Light Modules For Types K and SK Control Units c
Voltage

Description

Light Module

Type
Full Voltage
KM55
LED Red
KM55LR
24–28 Vac/Vdc
LED Green
KM55LG
LED Yellow
KM55LY
Full Voltage
KM58
LED Red
KM58LR
110–120 Vac/Vdc
LED Green
KM58LG
LED Yellow
KM58LY
c
For use with all operators except KX and remote test pilot.

File
CCN

19-86

E78403
NKCR

File
Class

CS1

LR25490
3211 03

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
86.00
116.00
86.00
116.00

Voltage Assembly
Code

Rating

55
55LR
55LG
55LY
58
58LR
58LG
58LY

1.2 VA
0.5 VA
3.0 VA
0.5 VA

Replacement Lamp
Part Number
2550101002
6508805204
6508805206
6508805205
2550101027
6508805204
6508805206
6508805205

$ Price
12.45
42.75
12.45
42.75

marked

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, SK and KX Electrical Components
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Hazardous locations do not always require the use of
explosion-proof equipment like the Class 9001 Type BR
control stations. Selecting the most appropriate device for
the location can save you money. For more information on
the types of hazardous locations, contact your local
electrical inspector.
Table 19.250: Square D Offering According to
Class, Division, and Group

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog
number. All contact blocks listed below accept
#12–18 solid or stranded wire.

Table 19.252: Hermetically Sealed Logic Reed
Contact Blocks f
Suitable for use on low energy level
circuits
Description

For

Symbol

Intrinsically Safe System
9001 BR station
I
1
B, C, D
Intrinsically Safe System
K, SK, KX control stations
1. 9001
with restrictions a
I
2
A
2. Intrinsically Safe System
1. 9001 BR station
K, SK, KX control stations
I
2
B, C, D
2. 9001
with restrictions a
3. Intrinsically Safe System
1. 9001 BR station
II
1
E, F, G
2. Intrinsically Safe System
1. 9001 BR station
K, SK, KX control stations
II
2
E, F
2. 9001
with restrictions a
3. Intrinsically Safe System
1. 9001 BR station
K, SK, KX control stations
II
2
G
2. 9001
with restrictions b
3. Intrinsically Safe System
1. 9001 BR Station
K, SK, KX control stations
III
1, 2
—
2. 9001
with restrictions b
3. Intrinsically Safe System
a
Any Class 9001 Type K, SK or KX operator can be used in an area
classified as Class I, Division 2 hazardous locations, if:
1. Only logic (KA40 series) or power (KA50 series) reed contact blocks
are used.
2. All Type K and SK illuminated operators are UL approved for use in
Class I Division 2 areas. c
3. Type KX illuminated operators do not use 4 lamp light modules, or 2
lamp light modules other than the transformer type. c
4. The operators are mounted in any NEMA 4 & 13 enclosures.
b
Any Class 9001 Type K, SK, or KX operator mounted in a Class 9001
Type KY, KYSS, KYAF, SKY enclosure may be used, except
potentiometer operators.
c
Add Form Y243 to single lamp Push-To-Test pilot lights.
Note: For a and b: UL Listed: File E10054(N), CCN NOIV.

1.
1.
2.

Resistive
.25 A
8 VA

32/30
120/100

KA41

86.00

KA42

42.80

KA43

42.80

KA44

86.00

KA45

86.00

Inductive
.10 A
3 VA

•
•
•

On 3 position selector switches with cams C, D, E, F, G, L, or
M, mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum
2 in tandem.
On 4 position selector switches, mount reed blocks on one
side only (either side), maximum 2 in tandem.
On joysticks or on Type KR8 or SKR8 push-pull operators,
mount reed blocks on one side only (either side), maximum
2 in tandem.

Table 19.253: Hermetically Sealed Power Reed
Contact Blocks f
Symbol

File
Class

LR26817
3218 02

Type

$ Price

KA51

143.00

KA52

101.00

KA53

101.00

KA54

143.00

KA55

143.00

19

E10054(N)
NOIV

Continuous
.5 A
.5 A

The maximum number of logic and/or power reed contact
blocks per operator is as indicated on individual selection
tables for standard contact blocks, except:

Table 19.251: Hazardous Locations (see page 19-87)
File
CCN

$ Price

Maximum Load

Max. Vac/Vdc

Description

Types
K, SK

Type

Use

AC NEMA C300 d
Make
A

VA

A

VA

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

10.00
5.00

1200

1.000
.500

120

3.0

VA

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

Volts
120
240

Break

DC NEMA Q150 e
Make

Volts
A

Break
VA

A

115
.50
58
.50
58
3.0
Note: The power reed contact blocks can be used with standard industrial
relays and starters through NEMA Size 4. Minimum voltage is 5 V and
the minimum current is 1 mA.
d
Inductive Rating—35% Power Factor.
e
Inductive and Resistive Ratings
f
Not for use in pendant stations.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Class Division Group(s)
I
1
A

19-87

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K, SK and KX Contact Block “H” Numbers
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Example: A Type KR1B push
button with 2 Type KA1 contact
blocks would be Class 9001
Type KR1BH2.

POS 2 POS 4 POS 6
POS 1 POS 3 POS 5

Side 1 Side 2
Locating Nib

The design of the Class 9001 Type KA contact blocks allows them to be mounted
side by side and/or in tandem. This enables you to specify an operator and a
particular arrangement of contact blocks (shipped completely assembled) with a
single Type number.

Table 19.254: “H” Codes
Suffix No.
(Add to Operator
Type)
H1
H2
H3
H4
H5
H6
H7
H8
H9
H10
H11
H12
H13
H14
H15
H16
H17
H18
H19
H21
H23
H24
H25

Mounting Hole for All Types K, SK, and KX Control Units
.19
5

Positions
$ Price
28.50
57.00
86.00
114.00
14.30
14.30
28.50
28.50
57.00
42.80
86.00
57.00
28.50
14.30
42.80
42.80
71.00
71.00
143.00
28.50
171.00
42.80
28.50

1

2

KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA2
KA3
KA2
KA3
KA4
KA4
KA1
KA2
KA2
KA2
KA1
KA3
KA1
KA2
KA1
KA1
KA5

3

KA1
KA1
KA1

4

KA1
KA1

5

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

6

.25 Dia.
6

.09
2

.69
18

.56
14

KA1
A30464-162

KA2
KA3
KA1
KA5
KA1
KA3
KA1
KA3
KA3
KA3
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA3
KA1
KA2
KA3

*1.22 Dia.
31
Preferred
Cover Drilling

*1.22 Dia.

Alternate
Cover Drilling

31

Dual Dimensions:

*Units also mount in 1.20 dia.
30

KA1
KA3

KA2

Hole Punch: Use Greenlee Tool #60242 to punch mounting hole
and notch.

Maximum Contact Block Usage
(Includes Types K, SK and KX)

KA2
KA3
KA2
KA3
KA1

KA1

KA3
KA1

KA1

KA1

KA1

•
KA1

2 blocks mounted side by side only: Any 2, 3 or 4 position
spring return selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or
keyed).
2 blocks mounted in tandem on one side only: Any 2
operator interlocked push button.
2 blocks mounted in tandem (total of four blocks): Any
selector push button, keyed push button, 2, 3, or 4 position
maintained selector switch (non-illuminated, illuminated or
keyed), push-pull operators (non-illuminated or illuminated),
joy stick, dual push button.
3 blocks mounted in tandem (total of six blocks): Single
momentary push buttons (non-illuminated or illuminated).

•

NOTE: For “H” Codes not shown in this table, contact
your local Schneider Electric Customer Care
Center.

•

Table 19.255: Dimensions When Using Contact Blocks

•

Panel Thickness
.25 max.
.06 min.
2
6
Panel Thickness
1/16 min.-1/4 max.

INCHES
Millimeters

2.10
53

C

D

E

D

F

B
1.60
41

Light

KA

KA

KA

KA

Module

Unit

Unit

Unit

Unit

A

0.56
14

19

1.66
42
2.63
67

.97
25

3.66
93

0.56
14

KA

KA

KA

KA

Unit

Unit

Unit

Unit

Light

Light

Module

Module

1.31

Standard Blocks

Enclosure or
Grounded Metal Part

Reed Blocks

1.13

D

D30052-287

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.256: Basic Operators (Without Color Caps,
Mushroom Buttons, Knobs, Selector
Switch Cams, Contact Blocks, Light
Modules, or Legend Plates)
Description

For UL
Types/NEMA
$ Price
1, 3R, 4, 4, 4X, 13
12, 13
KR2
SKR2
38.55
KR3
SKR3
38.55

Non-Illuminated Push Button (Extended Guard)
Non-Illuminated Push Button (No Guard)
Non-Illuminated Push Button (Mushroom
KR20
SKR20
38.55
Button/Screw-On)
Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary)
KR6
—
78.00
Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Momentary
KR67
—
121.50
Interlocked)
Non-Illuminated Dual Push Button (Maintained
KR7
—
121.50
Interlocked)
Momentary Pull—Maintained Neutral—
KR8
ad
SKR8
a
75.00
Momentary Push
Maintained Pull—Maintained Push
KR9 ad SKR9 a 120.00
Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Plastic Top) K1L b SK1L b
42.75
Illuminated Push Button and Push-To-Test
K2L
bc
SK2Lb
c
28.65
(No Guard)
Illuminated Push Button (Full Guard—Metal Top) K3L b
—
42.75
Standard Pilot Light
KP
SKP
28.65
3 Position Maintained Selector Switch
KS4 a SKS4 a
36.30
3 Position Spring Return Both Sides To Center— KS5 a SKS5 a
64.80
Selector Switch
3 Position Spring Return Left To Center—
KS6 a SKS6 a
64.80
Selector Switch
3 Position Spring Return Right To Center—
KS7
a
SKS7
a
64.80
Selector Switch
a
Operator can be converted to an illuminated operator by removing the
liner (6512240601) and adding a light module.
b
Operator can be converted to a non-illuminated operator by adding
liner (6512240601).
c
Operator includes jumper wires for push-to-test conversion.
d
These operators can be supplied with 1-3/8 in or 2-1/4 in dia.
mushroom buttons. For 1-3/8 in.: add ( ) 20 to type number. The ( )
refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92. For 2-1/4 in.: Add ( ) 21
to type number. The ( ) refers to the color chosen—see page 19-92.
Voids UL and NEMA 6 Rating.

19-88

CS1

Discount
Schedule

Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units
Legend
Plate

Operator

Centerline Spacing (in.)
A

Legend Plate Orientation Position #1
Standard Push Button
1.75
KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75
KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
1.75
Standard Push Button
2.00
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.00
KN3
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
2.00
Standard Push Button
1.94
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.94
KN4
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
1.74
Standard Push Button
2.38
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.38
KN6
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.38
Selector Switch Knobs
2.38
Legend Plate Orientation Position #2
Standard Push Button
1.62
KN2 1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62
KN5 2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
1.62
Standard Push Button
1.75
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.75
KN3
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
1.75
Standard Push Button
1.62
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 1.62
KN4
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
1.62
Standard Push Button
2.25
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom 2.25
KN6
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
2.25
Selector Switch Knobs
2.25

B

C

D

E

F

1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62

1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

1.69
1.69
2.25
1.69
1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
1.62
1.62
2.25
1.62
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12

1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31

1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38

1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.25
2.00
1.94
1.94
2.25
1.94
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38

0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.12
1.00
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K and SK Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.257: Legend Plates

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Plastic Legend Plates
for use with Types K and SK Operators

1-3/4" Square

Standard
Markings

Aluminum Legend Plates
for use with Type K Operators

2-1/4" Square

Black
Legend

2-1/2" Square

Black
Legend

Blue
Legend

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

KN200
KN300
KN800
KN200
KN300
KN800
KN200R a KN300R a KN800R a
KN201
KN301
KN801
KN202 a KN302 a KN802 a
KN203
KN303
KN803
KN204 a KN304 a KN804 a
KN205 a KN305 a KN805 a
KN206
KN306
KN806
KN207
KN307
KN807
KN208
KN308
KN808
KN209
KN309
KN809
KN210
KN310
KN810
KN211
KN311
KN811
KN212
KN312
KN812
KN213
KN313
KN813
KN214
KN314
KN814
KN215
KN315
KN815
KN216
KN316
KN816
KN217
KN317
KN817
KN218
KN318
KN818
KN219
KN319
KN819
KN220
KN320
KN820
KN221
KN321
KN821
KN222
KN322
KN822
KN223
KN323
KN823
KN224
KN324
KN824
KN225
KN325
KN825
KN226
KN326
KN826
KN227
KN327
KN827
KN228
KN328
KN828
KN229
KN329
KN829
KN230
KN330
KN830
KN231
KN331
KN831
KN232
KN332
KN832
KN233
KN333
KN833
KN234
KN334
KN834
KN236
KN336
KN836
KN237
KN337
KN837
KN238
KN338
KN838

KN100WP
KN100RP b
KN101WP
KN102RP b
KN103WP
KN104RP b
KN105RP b
KN106WP
KN107WP
KN108WP
KN109WP
KN110WP
KN111WP
KN112WP
KN113WP
KN114WP
KN115WP
KN116WP
KN117WP
KN118WP
KN119WP
KN120WP
KN121WP
KN122WP
KN123WP
KN124WP
KN125WP
KN126WP
KN127WP
KN128WP
KN129WP
KN130WP
KN131WP
KN132WP
KN133WP
KN134WP
KN136WP
KN137WP
KN138WP

KN100BP
KN100RP b
KN101BP
KN102RP b
KN103BP
KN104RP b
KN105RP b
KN106BP
KN107BP
KN108BP
KN109BP
KN110BP
KN111BP
KN112BP
KN113BP
KN114BP
KN115BP
KN116BP
KN117BP
KN118BP
KN119BP
KN120BP
KN121BP
KN122BP
KN123BP
KN124BP
KN125BP
KN126BP
KN127BP
KN128BP
KN129BP
KN130BP
KN131BP
KN132BP
KN133BP
KN134BP
KN136BP
KN137BP
KN138BP

KN700SP
KN700RP b
KN701SP
KN702RP b
KN703SP
KN704RP b
KN705RP b
KN706SP
KN707SP
KN708SP
KN709SP
KN710SP
KN711SP
KN712SP
KN713SP
KN714SP
KN715SP
KN716SP
KN717SP
KN718SP
KN719SP
KN720SP
KN721SP
KN722SP
KN723SP
KN724SP
KN725SP
KN726SP
KN727SP
KN728SP
KN729SP
KN730SP
KN731SP
KN732SP
KN733SP
KN734SP
KN736SP
KN737SP
KN738SP

KN700WP
KN700RP b
KN701WP
KN702RP b
KN703WP
KN704RP b
KN705RP b
KN706WP
KN707WP
KN708WP
KN709WP
KN710WP
KN711WP
KN712WP
KN713WP
KN714WP
KN715WP
KN716WP
KN717WP
KN718WP
KN719WP
KN720WP
KN721WP
KN722WP
KN723WP
KN724WP
KN725WP
KN726WP
KN727WP
KN728WP
KN729WP
KN730WP
KN731WP
KN732WP
KN733WP
KN734WP
KN736WP
KN737WP
KN738WP

KN700BP
KN700RP b
KN701BP
KN702RP b
KN703BP
KN704RP b
KN705RP b
KN706BP
KN707BP
KN708BP
KN709BP
KN710BP
KN711BP
KN712BP
KN713BP
KN714BP
KN715BP
KN716BP
KN717BP
KN718BP
KN719BP
KN720BP
KN721BP
KN722BP
KN723BP
KN724BP
KN725BP
KN726BP
KN727BP
KN728BP
KN729BP
KN730BP
KN731BP
KN732BP
KN733BP
KN734BP
KN736BP
KN737BP
KN738BP

KN179WP

KN179BP

KN779SP

KN779WP

KN779BP

N/A

KN379

N/A

KN139WP
KN140WP
KN141WP
KN142WP
KN143WP
KN144WP
KN145WP
KN146WP
KN147WP
KN148WP
KN150WP
KN151WP
KN153WP
KN154WP
KN155WP
KN156WP
KN176WP
KN158WP
KN159WP
KN160WP
KN162WP
KN163WP
KN164WP
KN165WP
KN167WP
KN170WP
KN177WP
KN178WP

KN139BP
KN140BP
KN141BP
KN142BP
KN143BP
KN144BP
KN145BP
KN146BP
KN147BP
KN148BP
KN150BP
KN151BP
KN153BP
KN154BP
KN155BP
KN156BP
KN176BP
KN158BP
KN159BP
KN160BP
KN162BP
KN163BP
KN164BP
KN165BP
KN167BP
KN170BP
KN177BP
KN178BP

KN739SP
KN740SP
KN741SP
KN742SP
KN743SP
KN744SP
KN745SP
KN746SP
KN747SP
KN748SP
KN750SP
KN751SP
KN753SP
KN754SP
KN755SP
KN756SP
KN776SP
KN758SP
KN759SP
KN760SP
KN762SP
KN763SP
KN764SP
KN765SP
KN767SP
KN770SP
KN777SP
KN778SP

KN739WP
KN740WP
KN741WP
KN742WP
KN743WP
KN744WP
KN745WP
KN746WP
KN747WP
KN748WP
KN750WP
KN751WP
KN753WP
KN754WP
KN755WP
KN756WP
KN776WP
KN758WP
KN759WP
KN760WP
KN762WP
KN763WP
KN764WP
KN765WP
KN767WP
KN770WP
KN777WP
KN778WP

KN739BP
KN740BP
KN741BP
KN742BP
KN743BP
KN744BP
KN745BP
KN746BP
KN747BP
KN748BP
KN750BP
KN751BP
KN753BP
KN754BP
KN755BP
KN756BP
KN776BP
KN758BP
KN759BP
KN760BP
KN762BP
KN763BP
KN764BP
KN765BP
KN767BP
KN770BP
KN777BP
KN778BP

KN239
KN240
KN241
KN242
KN243
KN244
KN245
KN246
KN247
KN248
KN250
KN251
KN253
KN254
KN255
KN256
KN276
KN258
KN259
KN260
KN262
KN263
KN264
KN265
KN267
KN270
KN277
KN278

KN339
KN340
KN341
KN342
KN343
KN344
KN345
KN346
KN347
KN348
KN350
KN351
KN353
KN354
KN355
KN356
KN376
KN358
KN359
KN360
KN362
KN363
KN364
KN365
KN367
KN370
KN377
KN378

KN839
KN840
KN841
KN842
KN843
KN844
KN845
KN846
KN847
KN848
KN850
KN851
KN853
KN854
KN855
KN856
KN876
KN858
KN859
KN860
KN862
KN863
KN864
KN865
KN867
KN870
KN877
KN878

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-89

19

For Push Button or Pilot Light
Blank
KN200SP
KN200WP
KN200BP
KN100SP
Blank (red)
KN200RP b
KN200RP b
KN200RP b
KN100RP b
Start
KN201SP
KN201WP
KN201BP
KN101SP
Stop
KN202RP b
KN202RP b
KN202RP b
KN102RP b
On
KN203SP
KN203WP
KN203BP
KN103SP
Off
KN204RP b
KN204RP b
KN204RP b
KN104RP b
Emerg. Stop
KN205RP b
KN205RP b
KN205RP b
KN105RP b
Forward
KN206SP
KN206WP
KN206BP
KN106SP
Reverse
KN207SP
KN207WP
KN207BP
KN107SP
Close
KN208SP
KN208WP
KN208BP
KN108SP
Open
KN209SP
KN209WP
KN209BP
KN109SP
Down
KN210SP
KN210WP
KN210BP
KN110SP
Up
KN211SP
KN211WP
KN211BP
KN111SP
Fast
KN212SP
KN212WP
KN212BP
KN112SP
Slow
KN213SP
KN213WP
KN213BP
KN113SP
High
KN214SP
KN214WP
KN214BP
KN114SP
Low
KN215SP
KN215WP
KN215BP
KN115SP
Inch
KN216SP
KN216WP
KN216BP
KN116SP
In
KN217SP
KN217WP
KN217BP
KN117SP
Jog
KN218SP
KN218WP
KN218BP
KN118SP
Jog For.
KN219SP
KN219WP
KN219BP
KN119SP
Jog Rev.
KN220SP
KN220WP
KN220BP
KN120SP
Lower
KN221SP
KN221WP
KN221BP
KN121SP
Out
KN222SP
KN222WP
KN222BP
KN122SP
Reset
KN223SP
KN223WP
KN223BP
KN123SP
Run
KN224SP
KN224WP
KN224BP
KN124SP
Start Jog
KN225SP
KN225WP
KN225BP
KN125SP
Test
KN226SP
KN226WP
KN226BP
KN126SP
Raise
KN227SP
KN227WP
KN227BP
KN127SP
Decrease
KN228SP
KN228WP
KN228BP
KN128SP
Increase
KN229SP
KN229WP
KN229BP
KN129SP
Left
KN230SP
KN230WP
KN230BP
KN130SP
Right
KN231SP
KN231WP
KN231BP
KN131SP
Cycle Start
KN232SP
KN232WP
KN232BP
KN132SP
Feed Start
KN233SP
KN233WP
KN233BP
KN133SP
Cycle Stop
KN234SP
KN234WP
KN234BP
KN134SP
Motor Run
KN236SP
KN236WP
KN236BP
KN136SP
Motor Stop
KN237SP
KN237WP
KN237BP
KN137SP
Power On
KN238SP
KN238WP
KN238BP
KN138SP
Pull To Start
N/A
N/A
N/A
KN179SP
Push To Stop
For Selector Switch or Selector Push Button
For.-Rev.
KN239SP
KN239WP
KN239BP
KN139SP
Hand-Auto.
KN240SP
KN240WP
KN240BP
KN140SP
High-Low
KN241SP
KN241WP
KN241BP
KN141SP
Jog-Run
KN242SP
KN242WP
KN242BP
KN142SP
Man.-Auto.
KN243SP
KN243WP
KN243BP
KN143SP
Off-On
KN244SP
KN244WP
KN244BP
KN144SP
On-Off
KN245SP
KN245WP
KN245BP
KN145SP
Open-Close
KN246SP
KN246WP
KN246BP
KN146SP
Raise-Lower
KN247SP
KN247WP
KN247BP
KN147SP
Run-Jog
KN248SP
KN248WP
KN248BP
KN148SP
Slow-Fast
KN250SP
KN250WP
KN250BP
KN150SP
Start-Stop
KN251SP
KN251WP
KN251BP
KN151SP
Up-Down
KN253SP
KN253WP
KN253BP
KN153SP
Low-High
KN254SP
KN254WP
KN254BP
KN154SP
Stop-Start
KN255SP
KN255WP
KN255BP
KN155SP
Left-Right
KN256SP
KN256WP
KN256BP
KN156SP
On-Auto
KN276SP
KN276WP
KN276BP
KN176SP
Auto-Off-Hand
KN258SP
KN258WP
KN258BP
KN158SP
For.-Off-Rev.
KN259SP
KN259WP
KN259BP
KN159SP
Hand-Off-Auto.
KN260SP
KN260WP
KN260BP
KN160SP
Man.-Off-Auto.
KN262SP
KN262WP
KN262BP
KN162SP
Open-Off-Close KN263SP
KN263WP
KN263BP
KN163SP
Up-Off-Down
KN264SP
KN264WP
KN264BP
KN164SP
Low-Off-High
KN265SP
KN265WP
KN265BP
KN165SP
Jog-Stop-Run
KN267SP
KN267WP
KN267BP
KN167SP
High-Low-Off
KN270SP
KN270WP
KN270BP
KN170SP
High-Off-Low
KN277SP
KN277WP
KN277BP
KN177SP
Auto-Man.-Off
KN278SP
KN278WP
KN278BP
KN178SP
a
Legend plate has red background with silver letters.
b
Legend plate has red background with black letters.
For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 19-90

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Silver
White
Black
Silver
White
Black
Silver
White
Black
Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with Legend with
Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters Black Letters Black Letters White Letters

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K and SK Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.258: Legend Plates–Special Marking
Legend
Plate

Description

Type

Standard Markings
KN100( )P
(Plastic) a
2.25 in
Square

Silver Field, Black Letters
Special Marking White Field, Black Letters
b
Red Field, Black Letters
Black Field, White Letters
Standard Markings
Special Marking Black Field
b
Red Field
Standard Markings
Silver Field, Black Letters
Special Marking White Field, Black Letters
b
Red Field, Black Letters
Black Field, White Letters
Standard Markings
Special Marking Black Field
b
Red Field
Blank
Any Marking b

KN200
Aluminum
KN200( )P
(Plastic) a
1.7 in.
Square
KN300
Aluminum
KN400
Aluminum

Standard Markings
KN500
Aluminum

Black Field
Special Marking
Green Red
b
Field
Black Field
Blank
Red Field
KN600
Aluminum
Black Field
Any Marking
b
Red Field
Standard Markings
KN700( )P
Silver Field, Black Letters
(Plastic) a
Special Marking White Field, Black Letters
2.5 in.
b
Red Field, Black Letters
Square
Black Field, White Letters
Standard Markings
KN800
Special Marking Blue Field
Aluminum
b
Red Field
Blank
KN900
Aluminum
Any Marking b
a
Other colors available (see Table 19.259).
b
Specify marking required.

$ Price

See page 19-89
KN199SP
KN199WP
KN199RP
KN199BP
See page 19-89
KN299
KN299R
See page 19-89
KN299SP
KN299WP
KN299RP
KN299BP
See page 19-89
KN399
KN399R
KN400
KN499
Select from
Table 19.263
KN599

4.40
18.50
4.40

Legend Plate
Position #1

18.50

Table 19.262: Min. Centerline Spacing, Type K & SK Control Units

4.40
Legend Plate
18.50
4.40
18.50
8.60
22.80
4.40
18.50

KN519
KN600
KN600R
KN699
KN699R
Select from page 19-89
KN799SP
KN799WP
KN799RP
KN799BP
Select from page 19-89
KN899
KN899R
KN900
KN999

9.90
22.80
4.40

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Blank
Legend
Plates
Special
Engraved
Legend
Plates

Yellow
Green
Blue
Red
Yellow
Green
Blue
Red

Letter
Color
Black
White
Black
White

KN100YP
KN100GP
KN100LP
KN100CP
KN199YP
KN199GP
KN199LP
KN199CP

Legend Plate Orientation Position #1
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN2
KN5
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN3
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN4
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN6
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs

KN700YP
KN700GP
KN700LP
KN700CP
KN799YP
KN799GP
KN799LP
KN799CP

4.40

18.50

Legend Plate Orientation Position #2
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN2
KN5
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN3
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN4
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs
Standard Push Button
1.375 in. Dia. Mushroom
KN6
2.25 in. Dia. Mushroom
Selector Switch Knobs

90 mm

Catalog Number
9001KN9100
9001KN9330
9001KN8100
9001KN8330

$ Price

4.40

a
Legend plate has red background with silver letters.
b
Legend plate has red background with black letters.
For Pricing Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-90

19-90

D

E

F

1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.25
2.00
1.94
1.94
2.25
1.74
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38

1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62

1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

1.69
1.69
2.25
1.69
1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
1.62
1.62
2.25
1.62
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
1.12
1.12
1.12
1.12

1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31
1.31

1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.44
1.62
1.62
1.62
1.62

2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38

1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
2.00
2.00
2.25
2.00
1.94
1.94
2.25
1.94
2.38
2.38
2.38
2.38

0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88
1.00
1.00
1.12
1.00
0.88
0.88
1.12
0.88

CS1

1.62
1.62
2.25
1.62
1.75
1.75
2.25
1.75
1.62
1.62
2.25
1.62
2.25
2.25
2.25
2.25

Table 19.263: Special Legend Plates

Table 19.261: Circular Legends for Emergency Stop Mushroom
Heads (yellow background)
Text
—
EMERGENCY STOP
—
EMERGENCY STOP

C

Legend Plate
Position #2

4.40
18.50

Type
KN100 KN200 KN300 KN400 KN500 KN600 KN700 KN800 KN900
Max. No. of
8
18
Characters
16
14
18
18
22
17
18
per field
per pos.
per Line
Max. No. of
2
1
2
1
3
2
4
2
2
Lines
per field
per pos.
Note: The maximum number of characters and lines is a practical maximum, based on a
minimum size of characters to facilitate easy reading.

60 mm

B

4.40

Table 19.260: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters for
Type KN Legend Plates

Diameter

A

18.50

1.7 in. Square 2.25 in. Square 2.5 in. Square $ Price
KN200YP
KN200GP
KN200LP
KN200CP
KN299YP
KN299GP
KN299LP
KN299CP

Centerline Spacing (in.)

Operator

18.50

Table 19.259: Plastic Legend Plates—Other Colors
Plate Color

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Discount
Schedule

Type KN500
(For Use with Dual Function Operators: KR6, KR7 and KR67)
Standard Markings
Type
KN500
KN501
KN502

Green
Blank
Start
On

Red
Blank
Stop
Off

Type
KN520
KN521
KN522
KN523
KN524
KN525
KN526

Black
Blank
Start
On
Forward
Up
High
Open

Black
Blank
Stop
Off
Reverse
Down
Low
Close

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K and SK Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Table 19.264: Padlock Attachments

Holds button in
depressed position
and can be
padlocked.

Type

K4

K5

$ Price

42.80

71.00

Types K and SK
non-illuminated
Holds button in
push buttons with or depressed position
without protective
when padlocked.
boots.
K97

Types K and SK
non-illuminated
push buttons, cover
type attachment.
KR, SKR

Attachment can be
padlocked. Does not
hold button in
depressed position.

Spring loaded cover
Types K and SK
cannot be
push buttons, cover padlocked. Does not
type attachment.
hold button in
depressed position.

Types K and SK
push-pull operator
and illuminated push
buttons. KR8, KR9

Holds button in
depressed position
and can be
padlocked.

K6

K60

K62

42.80

Holds maintained
button in depressed
position and can be
padlocked.

Type KR9 & SKR9
Push-Pull
Holds button in
operators—
depressed position.
Non-Illuminated
Can be padlocked.
and Illuminated

K96

K162

Description

Type

Types K and SK
selector switches and
potentiometers (will not
work with gloved-hand
knob).

Cover type
attachment that can
be padlocked to keep
unauthorized
personnel from
tampering with the
operator.

K7

42.80

Types K and SK
selector switches and
Same as 9001K7 but
potentiometers (will not with spring loaded
work with gloved-hand lockout cover.
knob).

K107

56.00

Cover type
attachment that can
be padlocked to keep
unauthorized
personnel from
tampering with the
operator.

K108

42.80

Types K and SK
illuminated push buttons Same as 9001K108
(with or without guard) but with spring loaded K109
and key operated push lockout cover.
buttons.

57.00

Types K and SK
maintained push-pull
operators using 1.375 in.
dia. mushroom buttons
(-20 series as shown on
page 19-92).

54.00

Types K and SK
illuminated push buttons
(with or without guard)
and key operated push
buttons.

$ Price

42.80

57.00

71.00

42.80

59.00

Table 19.265: Mushroom Button Guards

Cover type
attachment that holds
mushroom button in
K110
depressed position
and can be
padlocked.

Table 19.267: Protective Boots

KU1
KR11U and KR12U
Interlocked
Assembly

Used On

KU17

KU37

KU27

Note: These Type KU protective boots are recommended for very dirty environments or severe
hose down, but they are not required for UL Type 4 rating on the Type K operators or UL
Type 4 or 4X rating on the Type SK operators. The K1 wrench (see page 19-93) is required
for installation of these boots.
For Non-Illuminated
Clear Color for
Type
$ Price
Push Buttonsd
Color
Type
$ Price Standard knob selector switch
Black
KU1
Gloved-hand cap for use on standard
Red
KU2
knob selector switch
Blue
KU3
28.70
Brown
KU4
Standard pilot light and maintained contact
Green
KU5
push buttons
Yellow
KU6
Clear
KU7
Push-to-test and illuminated push button
Clear
KU8
42.80 without guard
(Provides Full Guard)
Illuminated push button with guard
d
Use KU27 for maintained contact push buttons.

KU17

42.80

KU18
42.80
KU27
42.80
KU37

42.80

KU47

57.00

Table 19.268: Closing Plates

Round (1-1/2 in. Dia.)
Aluminum Mushroom Guard Yellow Plastic Extended Mushroom Aluminum Mushroom Guard
for 1.375 in. Mushroom Button Guard for 1.375 in. and 1.625 in.
for 2.25 in. Mushroom Button
Operator (KR4, KR24)
Mushroom Button Operators
Operator
Type
$ Price
Type
Used On
$ Price Type Used On $ Price
KR4,
K56b
57.00
K68
KR5
57.00
SKR4
K48
57.00
KR8,
KR9,
K56cMa SKR8, SKR9
68.00 K685
KR25
68.00
a
The mushroom guard has finger holes for push-pull operators.
b
B=Black G=Green R=Red Y=Yellow
c
R=Red Y=Yellow

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

e

Description
Type
Gray
K51e
Black
K52e
Meets UL and NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 4X, 6, 12 and 13.

$ Price
14.30

Dimensions see catalog 9001CT0001

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Type K
non-illuminated
push button —
Standard or
mushroom (KR4,
KR5 mushroom
buttons only).

Description

19-91

19

Used On

Table 19.266: Padlock Attachments

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K and SK Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.269: Accessories
Description

Package
Qty.

Color

Type

2-1/4 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for
KR5 and SKR5 d

Black
Blue
Gray
Green
Orange
Red
Universal a
White
Yellow
Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Red
Red b
Yellow
Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Red
Red b
Yellow

T8BK
T8BE
T8GY
T8GN
T8OE
T8RD
T8U
T8WH
T8YW
K16B
K16L
K16G
K16S
K16R
K16R05
K16Y
K17B
K17L
K17G
K17S
K17R
K17R05
K17Y
K92B
K92L
K92G
K92S
K92R
K92Y

1

1-3/8 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for
KR24 and SKR24e

Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Red
Yellow

K93B
K93L
K93G
K93S
K93R
K93Y

1

2-1/4 in. Screw-on Mushroom knob for
KR25 and SKR25 f

Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Red
Yellow
Amber
Black g
Blue
Clear
Green
Orange g
Red
Red j
White
Yellow
Black
Green
Red

A22
B23
L22
C22
G22
S23
R22
R2205
W22
Y22
B19
G19
R19

Universal h

U19

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

A7
L7
C7
G7
R7
W7
Y7

Red
Red
Green
Black
Red
Green
Black
Red
Green
Black
Red
Green
Black

R94
K92RM
K92GM
K92BM
K93RM
K93GM
K93BM
K94RM
K94GM
K94BM
K95RM
K95GM
K95BM

Color inserts for
KR1, KR2, KR3, SKR1, SKR2, SKR3, KR11,
KR12, SKR11, SKR12, KRD, T, TRD

1.375 in. Snap-in Mushroom knob for
KR4 and SKR4 c

Push-Pull Knobs for
KR8, KR9, SKR8, SKR9 Operators

19

Color Inserts for Dual Function
Operators KR6, KR7, KR67
Standard Color

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Caps for Illuminated Push Buttons
K1L, K2L, K3L, SK1L, SK2L
Knob for KR9R94
Metal Knob for KR24
Metal Knob for KR25
Metal Knob for KR9 (40 mm)
Metal Knob for KR9 (60 mm)
a
b
c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j

19-92

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
$ Price
Each

10

.72

7

5.70

10

.70

42.80
1

Description

Color

Type

Package
Qty.

A20
L20
C20
G20
R20
W20
Y2

1

9.90

1-3/8 in. Mushroom Knob for
Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

A21
L21
C21
G21
R21
W21
Y21

1

9.90

2-1/4 in. Mushroom Knob for
Illuminated Push Buttons K2L, SK2L i

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow
Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

A31
L31
C31
G31
R31
W31
Y31

1

9.90

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

A9
L9
C9
G9
R9
W9
Y9

1

9.90

A6
L6
C6
G6
R6
W6
Y6

1

9.90

Glass Pilot Light Lens for
KP, KT

Amber
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
White
Yellow

A8
B11
L8
C8
G8
S11
R8
W8
Y8

1

9.90

Standard Selector Switch Knob for
K and SK Selector Switches

Amber
Black g
Blue
Clear
Green
Orange g
Red
White
Yellow
Amber
Black g
Blue
Clear
Green
Orange g
Red
White
Yellow

A24
B25
L24
C24
G24
S25
R24
W24
Y24

1

9.90

Black
Blue
Green
Orange
Red
White
Yellow

T5BK
T5BE
T5GN
T5OE
T5RD
T5WH
T5YW

10

1.40

Cam
B
C
D
E
F
G
H
J
L
M

K13B
K13C
K13D
K13E
K13F
K13G
K13H
K13J
K13L
K13M

47.60
42.80
42.80
1
42.80
42.80

42.80

Plastic Fresnel Pilot Light Lens for
KP, KT, SKP, SKT

Domed Plastic Pilot Light Lens for
KP, KT, SKP, SKT

42.80

9.90
1
15.80

$ Price
Each

9.90
1.40
10
8.60
Gloved-Hand Selector Switch Knob for
K and SK Selector Switches
1

9.90

1

9.90

1

51.00

1

63.00

1

51.00

Color Inserts for
KQ and TQ Selector Push Buttons

Selector Switch Cams
1

63.00

Includes one each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, Green, Yellow, Orange, Blue,
and White.
“EMERGENCY STOP” is in raised letters and hot stamped white across the front of the
mushroom button.
The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to
form a 9001KR4 or SKR4.
The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR1U or SKR1U to
form a 9001KR5 or SKR5.
The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a
9001KR24 or SKR20 to form a 9001SKR24.
The mushroom button cap listed here may be assembled to a 9001KR20 to form a
9001KR25 or a SKR20 to form a 9001SKR25.
These color caps are opaque and are for use on non-illuminated operators only.
Includes two of each of the following color inserts: Black, Red, and Green.
May be used on KR8 and KR9 operators. Order mushroom button and K54 adapter (no
charge) from page 19-88. Using the K54 adapter voids Type 6 rating.
Red knob with “Push Emergency Stop” marked on top of knob.

CS1

Discount
Schedule

Type

$ Price Each

6.30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type K and SK Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Table 19.270: Ring Nuts

KS c

K44
K45
K45
K45
SK46
K49
K111
6515802701
K41
K41
K42
K42
K41
K55
K42
K49
K49
K49
K40
K41
K41
K47
K47
K47
K58
K41
K45
SK46

KT
a
b
c

Type

K49

Used On

Type

$ Price

SK1L
SK44
—
—
—
—
SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23
SK45
SK20, SK21, SK22, SK23 c
SK46
SK2L
SK49
—
—
—
—
SKP, SKTR
SK41
SKR1
SK41
SKR11
SK42
SKR12 a
SK42
SKR12 b
SK41
—
—
SKR2
SK42
—
—
—
—
SKR25
SK49
SKR3
SK40
SKR4
SK41
SKR5
SK41
—
—
—
—
—
—
SKR8
6509704401
SKR9
SK41
SKS
SK45
SKS c
SK46
SKRU11
SK41
SKRU1,2,3,4,5,10
SK40
SKT
SK49

18.50
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
18.50
12.00
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40
4.40

Description

Part Number

$ Price

E10 Key
2941101100
9.90
Gray cap for KR11, KR12, SKR11, or SKR12
3105217001
13.80
Clear plastic top (only) for 9001K44 & SK44
4487D63XI
7.95
Ring Nut
Gasket for Type K and SK Push-Pull Knob
6509701801
1.95
Gasket for Plastic Illuminated Lens
6509701901
3.90
Gasket for Type K and SK selector switch knob
3105406401
1.95
Black Compensating Gasket (Type K and SK
6509702001
3.90
Operators
Liner for Non-Illuminated Operators
6509704901
N/C
Locking Thrust Washer
6512231201
3.90
Nylon Spacer
6509705001
5.10
Locking Thrust Washer (Std. Type SK Operator)
6512240601
3.90
Push-Pull Mushroom Adaptere
K54
N/C
Rubber Boot for Joystick
6512243201
7.20
Knob on Joysticks without latch
4458D20X3
12.90
Knob for SK Potentiometer
3105404408
10.65
Fingersafe™ Cover for 9001KM
6508804101
3.00
e
Allows Type -20 and -21 mushroom color caps to be used on push-pull operators. Use of
9001K54 voids Type 6 rating.

Table 19.273: KU Replacement Ring Nuts
(Threaded Inside and Out)
Used On

Part Number

$ Price

KU1 through KU8, KU27, KU37, KU47
KU17, KU18

3105204101
3105205901

4.35
10.65

Table 19.274: Interlock
For mechanically interlocking two push buttons so that
only one button can be depressed at a time. A Type K3
attachment is furnished with the 9001 KR11, KR12,
SKR11, SKR12, SKRU1 and SKRU11 operators.
However, these are maintained operators and the K3
interlock serves to release one of the buttons when the
other is depressed. When used with momentary contact
buttons, the K3 interlock does not hold the buttons in
the depressed position. It simply prevents pushing both
buttons at the same time.
The Type K3 interlock is mounted behind the operators.
Operators not included.

4.40
4.40

Maintained button of two button operator.
Momentary button of two button operator.
Secondary ring nut (holds knob on selector switch or potentiometer).

Type

$ Price

K3

Table 19.271: Replacement Lamps For Series A–F (black)
Light Modules

KM1
KM2
KM3
KM4
KM5
KM6
KM7
KM8
KM9
KM11

Lamp Number
(ANSI)
GE44d
GE1490
GE44d
GE1490
GE44d
GE44d
GE44d
GE44d
GE755
CMDK1A5

Table 19.275: Screwdriver

Square D Replacement Lamps
Part Number

$ Price

—
2550101003
—
2550101003
—
—
—
—
2550101020
2550105014

—
12.45
—
12.45
—
—
—
—
12.45
33.00

KM12
CMDK1A5
2550105014
33.00
KM13
CMDK1A5
2550105014
33.00
KM14
CMDK1A5
2550105014
33.00
KM15
CMDK1A5
2550105014
33.00
KM21
SYL12PSB
2550105003
16.50
KM22
SYL12PSB
2550105003
16.50
KM23
SYL28PSB
2550105008
16.50
KM25
SYL120PSB
2550105005
16.50
KM31
SYL6PSB
2550105007
16.50
KM32
SYL12PSB
2550105003
16.50
KM34
SYL24PSB
2550105004
16.50
KM35
SYL28PSB
2550105008
16.50
KM36
SYL48PSB
2550105009
16.50
KM37
SYL60PSB
2550105010
16.50
KM38
SYL120PSB
2550105005
16.50
d
GE44 and GE755 are interchangeable (GE755 gives longer life). If a GE44 lamp is
ordered, a GE755 (2550101020) will be substituted. For a replacement lamp in a current
series light module see the light module listing on page 19-86.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

Used to tighten mounting screws on
contact blocks and light modules.
Type

$ Price

K69

35.50

Table 19.276: Wrenches

19

Light
Module Type

28.65

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Used On
K1L
K30-K37
K70-K73
K20, K21, K22, K23
K20, K21, K22, K23 c
K2L
K3L (complete)
K3L (metal top only)
KP, KTR
KR1
KR11
KR12 a
KR12 b
KR13, 14, 15
KR2
KR20
KR24
KR25
KR3
KR4
KR5
KR6
KR67
KR7
KR8
KR9
KS

Table 19.272: Repair Parts

K95
Where Used
For tightening ring nuts on 22 and 30 mm control units
For tightening threaded protective caps
NOTE:

K1
Type

$ Price

K95
K1

42.75
71.40

For more information, see Instruction Bulletin No. 30072-100-10.

19-93

Push Buttons, 30 mm
Square

KX Square Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103
Table 19.277: Push Buttons—Single, with Contacts
Description

NonIlluminated

Illuminated

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Button Color

Legend Marking

Contacts

Voltage

Type

$ Price

Green
Red
Amber
Green
Blue
Amber
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red

Start
Stop
blank
blank
blank
blank
blank
blank
blank
blank
blank

1 N/O
1 N/C
2 C/O
2 C/O
2 C/O
1 C/O
1 C/O
1 C/O
1 C/O
1 C/O
1 C/O

—
—
—
—
—
24
24
24
110/120
110/120
110/120

KXRA133
KXRA134
KXRAAH2
KXRAGH2
KXRALH2
KXRB34AH1
KXRB34GH1
KXRB34RH1
KXRB1AH1
KXRB1GH1
KXRB1RH1

64.00
64.00
138.00
138.00
138.00
184.00
184.00
184.00
217.00
217.00
217.00

Table 19.278: Push Buttons—Dual, with Contacts

1
2

Description

Top Button (#1)

Lower Button (#2)

Contacts

Momentary
Momentary
Momentary
Momentary
Maintaineda
Maintained a
Maintained a
Maintained a

Start (Green)
Start (Green)
Up (Green)
blank (Blue)
Start (Green)
On (Blue)b
On (Blue)b
On (Blue)b

Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)
Down (Green)
blank (Blue)
Stop (Red)
Off (Blue)b
Off (Blue)b
Off (Blue)b

2 C/O
1 N/O, 1 N/C
2 N/O
2 N/O
1 C/O
3 C/O
3 C/O
2 C/O

Type

$ Price

KXRC111
KXRC136
KXRD140
KXRDLLH7
KXRE115
KXRELLH3
KXRELLH3
KXRELLH2

171.00
129.00
135.00
139.00
171.00
273.00
273.00
277.00

Table 19.279: Push Buttons—Dual with One Pilot Light and Contacts
1
2

Description

Top Button (#1)

Middle Lens (#2)

Lower Button (#3)

Contacts

Voltage

Type

$ Price

3

Momentary
Momentary
Maintained a

Start (Green)
Start (Green)
Start (Green)

On (Red)
On (Red)
On (Red)

Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)

2 C/O
1 N/O, 1 N/C
1 C/O

110/120
110/120
110/120

KXRG117
KXRG137
KXRJ119

314.00
270.00
329.00

Pilot Light at
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Transformer

Table 19.280: Push Buttons—Dual with Two Pilot Lights and Contacts

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

1
2
3
4

Pilot Lights at
110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Transformer

19-94

Description

Top Button (#1)

Left Lens (#2)

Right Lens (#3)

Lower Button (#4)

Contacts

Voltage

Type

$ Price

Momentary
Momentary
Momentary
Momentary

Start (Green)
Start (Green)
Start (Green)
Start (Green)

On (Red)
On (Red)
On (Red)
On (Red)

Off (Green)
Off (Green)
Off (Green)
Off (Green)

Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)
Stop (Red)

2 C/O
1 N/O, 1 N/C
2 C/O
1 N/O, 1 N/C

110/120
110/120
24
24

KXRL121
KXRL138
KXRL34GRGRH2
KXRL34GRGRH37

485.00
441.00
451.00
494.00

a
b

Maintained operators are mechanically interlocked
Text is vertical

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Push Buttons, 30 mm
Square

KX Square Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.281: Selector Switches—with Contacts
Description

Legend

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Knob

2-position, maintained

Off-On

Black

2-position, maintained

Off-On

Black

3-position, maintained

Hand-Off-Auto

Black

Contacts
1
0
1
1
0

0
1
0
0
0

Type

0
1

$ Price

KXSA125

99.00

KXSA139

78.00

KXSD126

99.00

Table 19.282: Pilot Lights
Description

Voltage

Lens 1*

Lens 2*

Single
24
Amber
Single
24
Red
Single
24
Green
Single
24
White
Single
110/120
Amber
Single
110/120
Red
Single
110/120
Green
Single
110/120
White
Dual
24
Amber
Dual
24
Red
Dual
24
Green
Dual
24
White
Dual
24
Red
Dual
110/120
Amber
Dual
110/120
Red
Dual
110/120
Green
Dual
110/120
White
Dual
110/120
Red
Quad
24
White
Quad
110/120
White
Quad
110/120
White
* Lenses are blank (no markings)

110–120 V,
50–60 Hz
Transformer

1
2

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz.
Transformer

Amber
Red
Green
White
Green
Amber
Red
Green
White
Green
Amber
Amber
Blue

Lens 3*

Green
Green
Green

Lens 4*

Red
Red
Red

Type

$ Price

KXPA35A
KXPA35R
KXPA35G
KXPA35W
KXPA1A
KXPA1R
KXPA1G
KXPA1W
KXPB34AA
KXPB34RR
KXPB34GG
KXPB34WW
KXPB34RG
KXPB1AA
KXPB1RR
KXPB1GG
KXPB1WW
KXPB1RG
KXPC34WAGR
KXPC1WAGR
KXPC1WLGR

125.00
125.00
125.00
125.00
153.00
153.00
153.00
153.00
219.00
219.00
219.00
219.00
219.00
278.00
278.00
278.00
278.00
278.00
552.00
552.00
552.00

110–120 V, 50–60 Hz
Transformer
\

Table 19.283: Potentiometers
Power

Resistance

2W

3.2 kΩ

KXBB06

Type

287.00

Price

2W

5 kΩ

KXBB07

287.00

Single

2W

10 kΩ

KXBB08

287.00

Tandem

2W

5 kΩ / 5 kΩ

KXBD83

399.00

19

Single

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description
Single

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-95

Push Buttons, 30 mm
Square

KX Square Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103
Table 19.284: Push Buttons—without Contacts a
Push Button

Action

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Lens Color (1)

Lens Color (2)

Type

Price

Single Push Button

Non-Illuminated

Momentary

Illuminated 24 V

Momentary

Illuminated 110/120 V

Momentary

Amber

—

KXRAA

38.60

Green

—

KXRAG

38.60

Blue

—

KXRAL

38.60

Red

—

KXRAR

38.60

White

—

KXRAW

38.60

Amber

—

KXRB35A

125.00

Green

—

KXRB35G

125.00

Blue

—

KXRB35L

125.00

Red

—

KXRB35R

125.00

White

—

KXRB35W

125.00

Amber

—

KXRB38A

125.00

Green

—

KXRB38G

125.00

Blue

—

KXRB38L

125.00

Red

—

KXRB38R

125.00

White

—

KXRB38W

125.00

Dual Push Button
Momentary +
Interlock

1
2

Non-Illuminated
Maintained +
Interlock

Green

Red

KXRCGR

77.00

White

White

KXRCWW

77.00

Green

Green

KXRCGG

77.00

Green

Red

KXREGR

120.00

White

White

KXREWW

120.00

Green

Green

KXREGG

120.00

Table 19.285: Dual Push Button with Pilot Light—without Contacts a
Action
1

Voltage

Lens Color (1) Lens Color (2)

Lens Color (3)

Lens Color (4)

Type

Price

With One Pilot Light

19

24 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRG35RWG

188.00

3

24 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRG35GWG

188.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRG38RWG

188.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRG38GWG

188.00

24 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRH35RWG

221.00

24 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRH354GWG

221.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRH38RWG

221.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRH38GWG

221.00

24 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRJ35RWG

243.00

24 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRJ35GWG

243.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

White

Green

—

KXRJ38RWG

243.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Green

White

Green

—

KXRJ38GWG

243.00

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

2
Momentary

Momentary +
Interlock

Maintained +
Interlock

With Two Pilot Lights

Momentary
1
2
3
4
Momentary +
Interlock

a

24 Vac/dc

Red

White

White

Green

KXRL35RWWG

324.00

24 Vac/dc

Red

Red

Green

Green

KXRL35GGRR

324.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

White

White

Green

KXRL38RWWG

324.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

Red

Green

Green

KXRL38GGRR

324.00

24 Vac/dc

Red

White

White

Green

KXRM35RWWG

368.00

24 Vac/dc

Red

Red

Green

Green

KXRM35RRGG

368.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

White

White

Green

KXRM38RWWG

368.00

110/120 Vac/dc

Red

Red

Green

Green

KXRM38RRGG

368.00

Order contact blocks separately (See Table 19.287 on Page 19-97)

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-99

19-96

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Selectors, 30 mm
Square

KX Square Multifunction Operators
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.286: Selectors—without Contacts a
Description

2-Position, Maintained

3-Position, Maintained

4-Position, Maintained
a

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Voltage

Knob Color

Non-Illuminated

—

Black

KXSAEB

Type

$ Price
53.00

Illuminated

24 Vac/dc

Red

KXSJE35R

138.00

Illuminated

24 Vac/dc

Green

KXSJE35G

138.00

Illuminated

24 Vac/dc

White

KXSJE35W

138.00

Illuminated

120 Vac/dc

Red

KXSJE38R

138.00

Illuminated

120 Vac/dc

Green

KXSJE38G

138.00

Illuminated

120 Vac/dc

White

KXSJE38W

138.00

Key (Withdraw L)

—

N/A

KXSRE1

140.00

Key (Withdraw R)

—

N/A

KXSRE2

138.00

Key (Withdraw Both)

—

N/A

KXSRE3

138.00

Non-Illuminated

—

Black

KXSDCB

53.00

Key (Withdraw C)

—

N/A

KXSVC5

138.00

Key (Withdraw All)

—

N/A

KXSVC10

138.00

Non-Illuminated

—

Black

KXSHHB

58.00

Order contacts separately (See Table 19.287)

Table 19.287: Contact Blocks—Purchase Separately
Description

Type

$ Price

1 N/O, 1 N/C

KA1

42.80

1 N/O

KA2

21.50

1 N/C

KA3

21.50

1 N/C, 1 N/O (Early Make)

KA4

42.80

1 N/C (Late Break)

KA5

21.50

1 N/O (Early Make)

KA6

21.50

(Clear Cover)

(Green Cover)

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

(Red Cover)

(Clear Cover)

19

(Red Cover)

(Green Cover)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-97

30 mm Push Buttons

Type KX Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

Table 19.288: Legend Plates for Push Buttons or Pilot Lights

Table 19.290: Letter Height For Standard Legends

Used On
1.23
31
Square

1.23
31

1.23
31

0.56
14

Marking

A
A

B

0.26
7

C

0.43
11

$ Price

D

E

F

D

E

F

KXRA,
KXRB
KXRG,
KXRN,
KXRH
KXRC,
KXRG,
KXRP
KXRJ,
KXRL,
KXRD
KXPB
KXRH
KXPA,
KXRK
KXRM
KXRE,
KXTD
c
KXRJ,
KXPC
KXRL,
KXTC
a
KXRF
KXRKa
KXTA,
KXRM
KXTB
KXTC b
KXTE
Blank
KXN100 KXN200
KXN200
KXN300
KXN400
KXN500
Start
KXN101 KXN201 KXN201V KXN301
KXN401
KXN501
Stop
KXN102 KXN202 KXN202V KXN302
KXN402
KXN502
On
KXN103 KXN203 KXN203V KXN303
KXN403
KXN503
Off
KXN104 KXN204 KXN204V KXN304
KXN404
KXN504
Emerg. Stop KXN105 KXN205 KXN205V KXN305
KXN405
KXN505
Forward
KXN106 KXN206 KXN206V KXN306
KXN406
KXN506
Reverse
KXN107 KXN207 KXN207V KXN307
KXN407
KXN507
Close
KXN108 KXN208 KXN208V KXN308
KXN408
KXN508
Open
KXN109 KXN209 KXN209V KXN309
KXN409
KXN509
Down
KXN110 KXN210 KXN210V KXN310
KXN410
KXN510
Up
KXN111 KXN211 KXN211V KXN311
KXN411
KXN511
Jog
KXN118 KXN218 KXN218V KXN318
KXN418
KXN518
Reset
KXN123 KXN223 KXN223V KXN323
KXN423
KXN523
Run
KXN124 KXN224 KXN224V KXN324
KXN424
KXN524
Cycle Start KXN132 KXN232 KXN232V KXN332
KXN432
KXN532
Motor Run
KXN136 KXN236 KXN236V KXN336
KXN436
KXN536
Power On
KXN138 KXN238 KXN238V KXN338
KXN438
KXN538
SpecialKXN199
KXN299
KXN299V
KXN399
KXN499
KXN599
Marking
a
These legend inserts are for the pilot lights in the center of the operator.
b
These legend inserts are for the push button portion of the operator.
c
These legend inserts have vertical printing.

in.
1•4
3•16
3•16
3•16
3•16
1•8
1•8

KXN100
KXN200
KXN300
KXN400
KXN500
KXN600
KXN700

0.56
14

1.23
31

0.48
12

B
C (vertical)

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Table 19.291: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters
For Type KXN Legend Inserts
Letter
Height
in.

1•4

3•16

4.40

mm
6
4.75
4.75
4.75
4.75
3
3

1•8

mm

Number
of …

Characters
per Line
Lines per
Legend
Insert
Characters
per Line
4.75 Lines per
Legend
Insert
Characters
per Line
3 Lines per
Legend
Insert

KXN199

KXN299
Horizontal

KXN299
Vertical

KXN399

KXN499

KXN599

7

7

3

7

7

3

4

2

4

1

1

1

9

9

4

9

9

4

5

2

6

2

1

2

14

14

5

14

14

6

8

4

9

3

2

3

6

Table 19.292: Maximum Number of Lines and Characters
for Type KXN699 and KXN799 Legend Plates
18.50

Letter
Height

Position

B

A

Table 19.289: Legend Plates for Selector Switches

Characters Per
Marking Area

in.

mm

A and C

B

3•16

4.75

6

6

1•8

3

8

9

3•16

4.75

10

5

1•8

3

13

7

C

1.33
34
Square

1.33
34
Square

Marking

0.76
19
KXN-600

Blank
For.-Rev.
Hand-Auto
Man-Auto
Off-On
On-Off
Open-Close
Start-Stop
Auto-Off-Hand
Hand-Off-Auto
Man-Off-Auto
Special Marking

KXSA, KXSB, KXSC, KXSD,
KXSE, KXSF, KXSG, KXSH,
KXSJ, KXSK, KXSL, KXSM,
KXSN, KXSO, KXSP, KXSQ
KXN600
KXN639
KXN640
KXN643
KXN644
KXN645
KXN646
KXN651
KXN658
KXN660
KXN662
KXN699

KXN200
(Pos. 1)

(Pos. 1)

KXRA, KXRB
KXRN, KXRP
KXPA, KXPC
KXTA, KXTB

19-98

KXN200
(Pos. 2)

KXRC, KXRD
KXRE, KXRF

All Type KX push buttons and pilot lights have a blank insert as
standard. These blank inserts can be custom marked using a marking
pen, a mechanical lettering set, press letters, or a tape lettering machine
that marks a tape which can then be transferred to the blank insert.
To have legend inserts installed into the operators, order the operator as
normal and then indicate where to install the legend inserts using the
numbered positions shown on the operator ordered.

KXSR, KXSS, KXST,
KXSV, KXSW, KXSX,
KXSY, KXSZ
KXN700
KXN739
KXN740
KXN743
KXN744
KXN745
KXN746
KXN751
KXN758
KXN760
KXN762
KXN799

KXN400
(Pos. 3)

KXRG, KXRH
KXRJ, KXRK

KXRL, KXRM
KXTC

KXN300
(Pos. 2)

KXN100

$ Price
KXN-700

KXN400
(Pos. 1)
KXNKXN500
500
(Pos. 2) (Pos. 3)
KXN400
(Pos. 4)

KXN400
(Pos. 1)

C

4.40
Example:

9001KXRL1GRGRH2 with a
9001KXN 401 in position 1
9001KXN 503 in position 2
9001KXN 504 in position 3
9001KXN 402 in position 4

18.50

K
X
N
2
0
0

K
X
N
2
0
0

(Pos. 2)

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

0.76
19

B

A

(Pos. 1)

19

Used On

KXPB, KXTD

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Push Buttons

Type KX Accessories
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1103

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

Table 19.293: Closing Plate

Table 19.297: Button Covers
Description

KXAK52

Includes
2-KXN200

14.30

UL Types 4, 13/NEMA 4, 13
Square Closing Plate (Chrome Plated)
Same size as KX bezel

For Use On
All KX**
push buttons and pilot lights

Type
KXAKU7

All KX**
selector switches and potentiometers

Full Shroud

All push buttons and
pilot lights

Short Shroud

Any KX operator

Type

Code

KXPB
KXTD

KXAC28a
KXAC28a
KXAC28a
KXAC28a
KXAC28a

Rb
Gb
Ab
Lb
Wb

9.90

KXTC (Position 1 & 4)

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR4
KXAG4
KXAA4
KXAL4
KXAW4

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXTC (Position 2 & 3) ó

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR5
KXAG5
KXAA5
KXAL5
KXAW5

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXPC

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAC48c
KXAC48c
KXAC48c
KXAC48c
KXAC48c

Rd
Gd
Ad
Ld
Wd

KXAKU17B

9.90

KXRA
KXRB

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR1
KXAG1
KXAA1
KXAL1
KXAW1

R
G
A
L
W

6.60

KXRN
KXRP

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXARM1
KXAGM1
KXAAM1
KXALM1
KXAWM1

R
G
A
L
W

17.10

KXRC
KXRD
KXRE
KXRF

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR2
KXAG2
KXAA2
KXAL2
KXAW2

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXRG (Position 2)
KXRH (Position 2)
KXRJ (Position 2)
KXRK (Position 2)

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR3
KXAG3
KXAA3
KXAL3
KXAW3

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXRG (Position 1 & 3)
KXRH (Position 1 & 3)
KXRJ (Position 1 & 3)
KXRK (Position 1 & 3)
KXRL (Position 1 & 4)
KXRM (Position 1 & 4)

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR4
KXAG4
KXAA4
KXAL4
KXAW4

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXRL (Position 2 & 3)
KXRM (Position 2 & 3)

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR5
KXAG5
KXAA5
KXAL5
KXAW5

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXPA

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR8
KXAG8
KXAA8
KXAL8
KXAW8

R
G
A
L
W

9.90

KXTA
KXTB

Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

KXAR1
KXAG1
KXAA1
KXAL1
KXAW1

R
G
A
L
W

Includes
KXN500

$ Price
28.70
42.80

Includes
1–KXN100

Table 19.295: Shrouds
For Use On

Color
Red
Green
Amber
Blue
White

Includes
KXN400

Table 19.294: Boots

Description

For Use On

Color
Red
Black
Red

Type
KXAK41R
KXAK41B
KXAK40R

$ Price
7.20
7.20
7.20

Includes
KXN100

Black

KXAK40B

7.20

Includes
KXN100

Table 19.296: Lamp and Lens Removal Kit

e
Type

KXALLRT

Includes
KXN200

$ Price

21.50
Includes
KXN300

Used to remove lamp and lens on all
illuminated operators and pilot lights.

Includes
KXN400

Includes
KXN500

Includes
KXN100

a
b
c
d
e

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

9.90
Includes
KXN100
Each KXAC28 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is
required for position #1and #2 of the KXPB operator, order 2 of Type KXAC28.
When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1 and the second in #2.
The price for BOTH color codes is $6.60.
Each KXAC48 includes a clear cover and 1 each of all colors. If the same color is
required for position #1and #2 of the KXPC operator, order 2 of Type KXAC48.
When specifying color codes—the first will be installed in #1, the second in #2, the third
in #3 and the fourth in #4. The price for ALL FOUR color codes is $6.60.
Two required per operator. When ordering an assembled operator—specify two code
numbers.The first code will be assembled into #1 and the second code will be
assembled into #2.

19-99

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

$ Price

19

Type

Control Stations and
Enclosures

XAL 22 mm Control Stations
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.298: Start or Stop Function
Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016
Description

Type of Contact

Type of Push

Marking on Legend Holder
Flush black
Flush red
Marking on Legend Holder
1 mushroom head
push button Ø 40 mm,
Red
momentary
1 momentary
push button

XALD101H29H7

Marking

Catalog Number

$ Price

—
1

Start
Stop

XALD101H29H7
XALD111H29H7

73.00
73.00

1

Stop on red legend

XALD164H29H7

84.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

XALK174H7

117.00

N.O.

N.C.

1
—

—

Table 19.299: Emergency Stop or Emergency Off Function
Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Yellow lid, RAL1012

XALK174H7

Description

Type

1 mushroom head
push button Ø 40 mm, red
Turn-to-release
1 mushroom head
push button Ø 40 mm, red
Key release (Key No. 455)
1 mushroom head
push button Ø 40 mm, red
Push-pull
a
Emergency Off (IEC 60364-5-53)
b
Emergency Stop (EN / IEC 13850)

Type of Contact

Standard a

N.O.
—

N.C.
1

Trigger action b

—

1

XALK178H7

147.00

Standard a

—

1

XALK184H7

147.00

Trigger action b

—

1

XALK188H7

147.00

Standard a

—

1

XALK194H7

99.00

Table 19.300: Start-Stop Function
Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016
Description

2 momentary
push buttons

XALD211H29H7

Type of Contact

Type of Push

N.O.
1
—
1
1

1 flush black
1 flush red
1 flush black
1 flush black

N.C.
—
1
—
—

Text
Start
Stop
Forward
Reverse

Catalog Number

$ Price

XALD211H29H7

73.00

XALD251H29H7

73.00

19

Table 19.301: Three Function
Polycarbonate; Light gray base, RAL7035; Dark gray lid, RAL7016
Description

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

3 momentary
push buttons
(no markings)

Type of Contact

Type of Push

N.O.
1
—
1
1
—
1
1
—
1

1 flush black
1 flush red
1 flush black

N.C.
—
1
—
—
1
—
—
1
—

Text
Open
Stop
Close
Forward
Stop
Reverse
Up
Stop
Down

Catalog Number

$ Price

XALD351H29H7

143.00

XALD311H29H7

143.00

XALD321H29H7

143.00

XALD321H29H7

19-100

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control Stations and
Enclosures

XAL 22 mm Control Stations
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.302: Empty Enclosures a
Polycarbonate
Description

Number of Holes

Catalog Number

$ Price

For normal environments, CSA approved and UL Listed (with stainless steel lid mounting screws)
1
XALD01H7
2
XALD02H7
Light gray base RAL7035
3
XALD03H7
Dark gray lid RAL7016
4
XALD04H7
5
XALD05H7
Light gray base RAL7035
1
XALK01H7
Yellow lid RAL1012

32.80
38.20
49.00
71.00
87.00
35.40

XALD02H7

Table 19.303: Electrical Block and Accessories (for mounting on metal plate at back of enclosure) a
Description

Type

Electrical blocks with screw clamp terminal connections
N.O. contact
Metal-plate-mounting
contact blocks
N.C. contact

24 Vac/Vdc

ZENL1111
Light blocks with

120 Vac

ZALV••
230 Vac

a

52.00

52.00

52.00

Catalog Number
ZB5SZ3
ZB5AZ901
XALZ09
ZB5AZ905

$ Price
11.00
4.40
5.40
12.40

Table 19.305: Undrilled Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester
H x W Dimensions

Without hinges
With hinges

Undrilled Grounding Plate

Sheet steel with ground screw

IN
mm
3.34 x 5.75
85 x 146
3.34 x 8.90
85 x 226
5.95 x 9.49
151 x 241
5.95 x 9.49
151 x 241
For XAPA1100
For XAPA2100
For XAPA3100 and 4100

Catalog Number
XAPA1100
XAPA2100
XAPA3100
XAPA4100
XAPZ100
XAPZ200
XAPZ300

$ Price
110.00
180.00
284.00
378.00
22.00
24.60
32.00

Table 19.306: Drilled Insulated Enclosures, Glass-Reinforced Polyester b
Type

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

16.60
16.40

Number of
Knockouts
22 mm

Vertical

Number of Rows
Horizontal

1
2
4
8
16

1
1
2
2
4

1
2
2
4
4

H x W Dimensions
IN

mm

3.35 X 5.75
85 X 146
NEMA 4, 4X, 13
Usable depth
3.35 X 5.75
85 X 146
3.27 in. (83 mm)
3.35 X 5.75
85 X 146
1.58 in. (40 mm)
3.35 X 8.90
85 X 226
centerline
spacing of holes
5.94 X 9.49
151 X 241
For XAPA1110
For XAPA1120
Drilled Grounding Plate
Sheet steel with ground screw
For XAPA1104
For XAPA2108
For XAPA3116
b
Uses standard XB5 products from pages 19-42 through 19-62. Do not use ZENL style contact blocks.

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Application
Ø 22 mm units
Head mounting
Grounding
For tightening nut

NEMA 4, 4X, 13
Usable depth 3.27 in. (83 mm)

XAPA1104

ZENL1111
ZENL1121
ZALVB1
ZALVB3
ZALVB4
ZALVB5
ZALVB6
ZALVG1
ZALVG3
ZALVG4
ZALVG5
ZALVG6
ZALVM1
ZALVM3
ZALVM4
ZALVM5
ZALVM6

Table 19.304: Accessories for electrical blocks

Type

XAPA1100

—
—
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
White
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue

$ Price

For customer assembly using XB5 operators and standard screw-terminal contact blocks, see Push Buttons—ZB5 22 mm starting on page 19-45.
Either mounting method can be used: contact block ZENL mounting on metal plate, or contact block ZBE mounting on operator with mounting collar.

Description
Blanking plug
Nut
Grounding terminal
Key

ZB5AZ905

Catalog Number

19

ZB5SZ3

Color

Catalog Number
XAPA1110
XAPA1120
XAPA1104
XAPA2108
XAPA3116
XAPZ110
XAPZ120
XAPZ104
XAPZ208
XAPZ316

$ Price
114.00
114.00
114.00
182.00
390.00
22.00
22.00
22.00
24.60
32.00

19-101

Control Stations and
Enclosures

XAP 22 mm Enclosures and Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.307: Undrilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032)
Type

Usable Depth

Material

mm

1.93

49

2.93

74.5

2.93

2.93

Zinc

NEMA 4, 13

XAPG39400

H x W x D Dimensions

IN

Aluminum

IN
3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03
6.89 x 3.15 x 2.03
3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03
6.89 x 3.15 x 3.03
8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03
12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03

mm
80 x 80 x 51.5
130 x 80 x 51.5
175 x 80 x 51.5
80 x 80 x 77
130 x 80 x 77
175 x 80 x 77
220 x 80 x 77
310 x 85 x 77

Catalog Number
XAPG19100
XAPG29100
XAPG39100
XAPG19400
XAPG29400
XAPG39400
XAPG49400
XAPG59400

$ Price
110.00
120.00
142.00
110.00
120.00
142.00
174.00
262.00

Table 19.308: Drilled Die Cast Enclosures (Painted Gray RAL7032) a
Usable Depth
Type

XAPG29703

Material

IN

mm

1.93

49

2.93

74.5

1.93

1.93

2.93

74.5

Aluminum
2.93
Can use either XB4 or XB5 products.

74.5

NEMA 4, 13
1.18 in. (30 mm)
centerline
spacing of holes
for horizontal mount

NEMA 4, 13
1.58 in. (40 mm)
centerline
spacing of holes
for vertical mount

XAPE302

a

Number of
22 mm
holes
2
3
4
2
3
4
1
2
3
1
2
3
4
5

Zinc

Zinc

H x W x D Dimensions
IN

mm

3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03
6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03
3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03
6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03
3.15 x 3.15 x 2.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 2.03
6.90 x 3.15 x 2.03
3.15 x 3.15 x 3.03
5.12 x 3.15 x 3.03
6.90 x 3.15 x 3.03
8.66 x 3.15 x 3.03
12.20 x 3.35 x 3.03

80 x 80 x 51.5
130 x 80 x 51.5
175 x 80 x 51.5
80 x 80 x 77
130 x 80 x 77
175 x 80 x 77
80 x 80 x 51.5
130 x 80 x 51.5
175 x 80 x 51.5
80 x 80 x 77
130 x 80 x 77
175 x 80 x 77
220 x 80 x 77
310 x 85 x 77

Catalog Number
XAPG19702
XAPG29703
XAPG39704
XAPG19802
XAPG29803
XAPG39804
XAPG19201
XAPG29202
XAPG39203
XAPG19501
XAPG29502
XAPG39503
XAPG49504
XAPG59505

$ Price
120.00
142.00
174.00
120.00
142.00
174.00
110.00
120.00
142.00
110.00
120.00
142.00
174.00
268.00

Table 19.309: Drilled Flush Plates b
Type

NEMA 4, 13
1.18 in. (30 mm)
centerline spacing
of holes

19

XAPE303
b

Material

Number of
22 mm holes

Anodized
Aluminum

1
2
3
4
5

H x W x D Dimensions
IN
2.83 x 2.83
4.13 x 2.83
5.43 x 2.83
6.73 x 2.83
8.03 x 2.83

mm
72 x 72
105 x 72
138 x 72
171 x 72
204 x 72

Catalog Number
XAPE301
XAPE302
XAPE303
XAPE304
XAPE305

$ Price
52.00
60.00
68.00
82.00
98.00

Can use either XB4 or XB5 products.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.310: Optional Back Box (for finger protection, if required)

19-102

Type

Material

Protective rear covers

Insulating Fiberglass

CS2

Discount
Schedule

For Use With
Flush plate XAPE301
Flush plate XAPE302
Flush plate XAPE303
Flush plate XAPE304
Flush plate XAPE305

Catalog Number
XAPE901
XAPE902
XAPE903
XAPE904
XAPE905

$ Price

32.80
60.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Control Stations
and Enclosures

9001B Standard Duty Control Stations
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.311: Control Stations

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

1

2

NEMA 1
Flush Mounting
(w/o pullbox)
Type BF201

3

NEMA 4
Type BW243

a
b
c

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

Start

1

BG101

86.00 BF101

116.00

BW146

270.00

BR101

Stop

3

BG102

86.00 BF102

116.00

BW147

270.00

—

Stop (Mushroom Button)

3

BG103

99.00 —

—

BW151

287.00

BR103

378.00

Stop (Lockout)

3

BG104

129.00 —

—

BW148

270.00

BR104

363.00

Universal (w/o legend insert)

16

BG107

83.00 BF107

BW159

269.00

BR107

Off-On (Selector Switch)

19

BG111

86.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Hand-Off-Auto (Selector Switch)

17

BG112

86.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Universal Selector Switch (w/o legend insert)

19 or 17

BG114

83.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Start-Stop

145

BG201

86.00 BF201

Start-Stop (for latching Applications)

146

BG202

107.00 —

Start-Stop (Mushroom on Stop)

145

BG203

Start-Stop (Lockout on Stop)

145

Start-Stop (Mushroom on both)

Type

$ Price

111.00

116.00

$ Price
363.00
—

360.00

BW240

270.00

BR204

363.00

—

BW252

270.00

BR202

363.00

99.00 —

—

BW250

287.00

BR203

378.00

BG204

129.00 —

—

BW241

270.00

BR204

363.00

145

BG205

116.00 —

—

BW246

300.00

BR205

Forward-Reverse

146

BG206

107.00 —

—

BW242

270.00

—

—

—

—

392.00

Open-Close

146

BG207

107.00 —

Up-Down

146

BG208

107.00 BF208

Raise-Lower

146

BG209

107.00 —

On-Off

145

BG210

86.00 BF210

On-Off

146

BG211

107.00 BF211

Universal (w/o legend inserts)

25

BG214

Start-Stop (Maintained Contact)

10

BG215

129.00 BF215

On -Off (Maintained Contact)

10

BG216

129.00 BF216

Universal (Maintained contact w/o legend inserts)

10

BG218

122.00 —

—

—

—

BR218

Fast-Slow-Stop

109

BG301

171.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Forward-Reverse-Stop

109

BG302

171.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Opn-Close-Stop

109

BG303

171.00 BF303

—

—

—

—

Raise-Lower-Stop

109

BG304

171.00 —

—

—

—

—

Up-Down-Stop

109

BG305

171.00 BF305

—

—

—

—

Start-Jog-Stop

109

BG316

171.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Universal (w/o legend inserts)

8

BG307

162.00 —

—

—

—

—

—

Start-Stop, Red Pilot Light: 120Vac/dc

145 & 121 BG308

—

—

—

—

78.00 —

314.00 BF308

BW244

270.00

—

BW243

270.00

BR208

BW253

270.00

—

—

116.00

BW245

270.00

—

—

135.00

BW254

270.00

—

—

BW260

264.00

BR214

356.00

158.00

BW255

314.00

BR215

405.00

158.00

BW256

314.00

BR216

405.00

135.00
—

—

207.00
—
207.00

342.00

363.00

399.00

See Table 19.314 on page 19-104.
Uses standard 2.0 or 2.13 in. deep wall boxes, single gang for Types BF1 and BF2, two gang for Type BF3
Also rated for Class l, Division l and ll, Groups B, C, or D; Class ll, Division l and ll, Groups E, F, or G

Table 19.312: Accessories

NEMA 7 and 9
Type BR103

For Hazardous
Locations
NEMA 7 & 9 c

Surface Mounting Stainless Steel
NEMA1
Flush Plate b

Table 19.313: Interchangeable Push Button Legend Inserts
Marking

For NEMA 1
For NEMA4
For NEMA 4 or 7/9 For NEMA 4
Surface
Mushroom $ Price
Lever Type
Round Button
Mount
Button

14.30

Start

B101

B161

B259

B282

3.60

14.30

Stop

B102

B162

B260

B283

3.60

B321

42.80

Fast

B103

—

—

—

3.60

Red

B331

10.70

Slow

B104

—

—

—

3.60

Forward

B105

—

B255

—

3.60

Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1
Surface Mount

Green

B332

10.70

Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1
Flush Mount

Red

B341

10.70

Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1
Flush Mount

Green

B342

10.70

Replacement Covers for
BW240 e

—

BWD219

17.90

Replacement Covers for
BW241 de

—

BWD220

35.60

Replacement Covers for
BW242-BW260 e

—

BWD219

17.90

Description

Color

Type

$ Price

Mushroom Caps for NEMA 1

Red

B301

Mushroom Caps for NEMA 4

Red

B303

Lockout Kit for NEMA 1

—

Pilot Light Lenses, NEMA 1
Surface Mount

d
e

Includes factory installed lockout on the cover.
Replacement case/covers are not avaiulable for
Type BR devices.

Reverse

B106

—

B256

—

3.60

Open

B107

—

B263

—

3.60
3.60

Close

B108

—

B264

—

Raise

B109

—

B261

—

Lower

B110

—

B262

3.60
3.60

Up

B111

—

B253

B276

3.60

Down

B112

—

B254

B277

3.60

On

B115

B175

B257

—

3.60

Off

B116

B176

B258

—

3.60

Hand

B117

—

B265

—

3.60

Auto

B118

—

B266

—

3.60

Jog

B119

—

—

—

3.60

Blank (Black) B129

B189

B251

B251

3.60

Blank (Red)

B189R

B252

B252

3.60

B129R

Replacement Interiors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104
Electrical Contact Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 19-104

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-103

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

NEMA 1
Surface Mounting
Type BG201

Watertight and
Dusttight
NEMA4

Contact
Symbol
a

19

No.
of
Nameplate Markings and Features
Buttons

30 mm Control Stations
and Enclosures

Type B Standard Duty Control Stations—Replacement Parts
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

Table 19.314: Replacement Interiors For Type B
Standard Duty Push Button Stations

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.

For Control Station
Types

Contact
Symbol

BF101–BF107

16

BOC107

39.20

BFB107

42.80

BF111–BF114

19 or 17

BOC114

39.20

BFB114

42.80

BF121–BF123

121

BOC123

147.00

BFB123

42.80

BF201–BF214

25

BOC214

35.60

BFB214

42.80

BF215–BF218

10

BOC218

78.00

BFB214

42.80

BF221–BF224

7 or 19 & 121

BOC224

234.00

BFB224

64.00

BF225–BF226

17 or 19 & 16

BOC226

57.00

BFB226

64.00

BF301–BF307

8

&

BOC214
BOC107

35.60
39.20

&

BFB214
BFB107

42.80
42.80

Type BGC214

BF308–BF309

25
& 121

&

BOC214
BOC123

35.60
147.00

&

BFB214
BFB123

42.80
42.80

(Type BGC contact block
assemblies include cover.)

BF310–BF313

10 & 121

&

BOC218
BOC123

78.00
147.00

&

BFB214
BFB123

42.80
42.80

BF314–BF315

17 or 19 & 25

&

BOC214
BOC114

35.60
39.20

&

BFB214
BFB114

42.80
42.80

Type BGB214

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

BOC361

Contact Block Assembly q
Type

Wiring Receptacle
$ Price Terminal BlockType

$ Price

BG101–BG107

16

BGC107

39.20

BGB107

42.80

BG111–BG114

17 or 19

BGC114

39.20

BGB114

42.80

BG121–BG123

121

BGC123

147.00

BGB123

42.80

BG201–BG214

25

BGC214

35.60

BGB214

42.80

BG215–BG218

10

BGC218

78.00

BGB214

42.80

BG221–BG224

17 or 19 & 121

BGC224

234.00

BGB224

64.00

BG225–BG226

17 or 19 & 16

BGC226

57.00

BGB226

64.00

BG301–BG307
BG316–BG326

8

BGC307

39.20

BGB307

57.00

BG308–BG309

25 & 121

BGC309

212.00

BGB309

86.00

BG310–BG313

10 & 121

BGC313

242.00

BGB309

86.00

BG314–BG315

17 or 19 & 25

BGC315

75.00

BGB315

86.00

BR101–BR107

16

BOC107

39.20

BFB107

42.80

BR202–BR214

25

BOC214

35.60

BFB214

42.80

BR215–BR219

10

BOC218

78.00

BFB214

42.80

BW101–BW107

16

BOC107

39.20

BFB107

42.80

BW202–BW214

25

BOC214

35.60

BFB214

42.80

BW215–BW218

10

BOC218

78.00

BFB214

42.80

BW146–BW159

16

BOC360

126.00

BW240–BW260

25

BOC361

126.00

BW255–BW258
10
BOC362
126.00
Note: Contact block assemblies for all Type BG stations include cover and contact block. Replacement contact block assemblies and terminal block wiring
receptacles for push buttons have provision for 1 N.O. & 1 N.C. circuit on each button. Unneeded circuits need not be wired.
a
Order separate legend plates, if required, from listing on page 19-103.
C-Shaped Mounting Bracket
for 9001BR Interior
Catalog Number

$ Price

3110112001

8.70

Table 19.315: Electrical Contact Ratings b
AC—NEMA B600

DC—NEMA P600

Inductive
35% Power Factor
Volts

Make
A

Resistive
75% Power Factor

Break
VA

A

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

VA

Make, Break and
Continuous
Carrying Amperes

Inductive and Resistive
Volts
Make and Break
Continuous
Amperes
Carrying Amperes

120
30.5
3600
3.75
360
5
5
120
1.1
5
240
15
3600
1.5
360
5
5
240
0.55
5
480
7.5
3600
.75
360
5
5
600
0.2
5
600
6
3600
.6
360
5
5
b
OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc.

Contact Symbols
120 V

Com
121

100
17

1

3

19-104

8

10

16

CS1

19

Discount
Schedule

25

109

145

146

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

30 mm Enclosures

9001KY/SKY Control Stations
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.316: Empty Enclosures (for Customer Assembly)
UL Types 1, 3 and 13/
NEMA 1, 3, and 13

UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/
NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13

Sheet Steel

No of
Holes

Type

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
UL Types 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13/
NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13

Die Cast Zinc

$ Price

Type

Stainless Steel (304)

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Polymeric (Plastic)
Type

$ Price

1

KYAF1

143.00

KY1

143.00

KYSS1

257.00

SKY1

171.00

2

KYAF2

158.00

KY2 a

158.00

KYSS2

270.00

SKY2

201.00
228.00

3

KYAF3

185.00

KY3 a

185.00

KYSS3

372.00

SKY3

4

KYAF4

228.00

KY4 a

228.00

KYSS4

485.00

SKY4

269.00

6

KYAF6

287.00

KY6

287.00

KYSS6

714.00

SKY6

287.00

a

Only KN200 series legend plates will fit upright on these enclosures with their long axis vertical.

NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations

Table 19.317: Guarded Enclosures
UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/
NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13
Die Cast Zinc
No of Holes

KYG1Y
(mushroom head
not included)

Cover Color

Box Color

Type

1

Gray

Gray

KYG1 b

1

Yellow

Gray

KYG1Y b

b

$ Price
150.00

Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

NOTE: See Table 19.319 on Page 19-106 for Assembled Control Stations

Table 19.318: Stainless Steel (302) NEMA 1 Flush Plates c
No of Holes

Description

Type

$ Price

1

1 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners

K25

28.70

2

2 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners

K26

42.80

3

3 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners

K27

57.00

4

4 Hole flush plate, cover screws, insulating liners

K28

86.00

c

To be used with a standard 2 x 3 in. general purpose switch box. A 2.5 in. deep switch box should be
used if two Type KA contact blocks are mounted side by side. If two Type KA contact blocks are
mounted in tandem, a 3.5 in. deep box should be used.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

19

K26

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-105

30 mm Control Stations

9001KY/SKY Control Stations
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1104

Table 19.319: Assembled Control Stations
No of
Holes

Operator Style and Features

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Type

$ Price

Consists of
Enclosure

Operators

Contact Blocks

Legend Plates

UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosurea

1

2

Type KYK31

3

Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained)
Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained)
Push Button (Momentary)
Push Button (Momentary)
Mushroom Button (Momentary)
Push Button (with Lockout)
Break Glass Operator
Break Glass Operator (Red Enclosure)
2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons (with Sealed Contacts) d
2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)
2 Push Buttons (Maintained/Interlocked)
1 Push Button, 1 Mushroom Button
3 Push Buttons
3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)
3 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts & Lockout on Stop) d
3 Push Buttons
Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons
3 Push Buttons
3 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)

KYK111
KYK110
KYK11
KYK13
KYK14
KYK15
KYK116
KYK117
KYK224
KYK218
KYK26
KYK25
KYK21
KYK223
KYK23
KYK27
KYK22
KYK31
KYK326
KYK322
KYK33
KYK317
KYK32
KYK325

243.
243.
228.
228.
270.
270.
329.
329.
372.
329.
329.
329.
329.
527.
372.
329.
372.
441.
485.
783.
441.
471.
441.
485.

KY1
KY1
KY1
KY1
KY1
KY1
KY1
KY1S1
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY2
KY3
KY3
KY3
KY3
KY3
KY3
KY3

KS43B
KS11B
KR1B
KR1R
KR4R
KR3R, K4
K15
K15
KR1B, KR3R, K4
KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR1B
KR1B, KR1B
KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR3R, K4
KR11GR
KR1B, KR4R
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R
KP1R31, KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR1B, KR3R, K4

KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1
KA51, KA51
KA1, KA1
KA1
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1, KA1
KA51, KA51, KA51
KA1, KA1, KA1
KA2, KA3
KA1, KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1, KA1

Hand-Off-Auto
Off-On
Start
Stop
Stop
Stop
To Stop—Break Glass
To Stop—Break Glass
Jog-Stop
On-Off
Open-Close
Up-Down
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
Forward; Reverse; Stop
Forward; Reverse; Stop
Forward; Reverse; Stop
Open; Close; Stop
Start; Stop
Up; Down; Stop
Up ; Down; Stop

KR1B
KR1B
KS11B
KS43B
KR1B, KR3R
KR1B, KR3R, K5

KA1
KA3
KA1
KA1
KA1, KA3
KA1, KA3

Start
Stop
Off-On
Hand-Off-Auto
Start; Stop
Start; Stop

UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13—Stainless Steel (304) b

1

Type KYSS300

2

19

KYSS101
KYSS103
KYSS110
KYSS111
KYSS201
KYSS203

342.
320.
356.
356.
422.
491.

KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS2
KYSS2

2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock)

KYSS210

441.

KYSS2

KR11U

KA1, KA1

Start; Stop

2 Push Buttons

KYSS205

441.

KYSS2

KR1B, KR1B

KA1, KA1

Up; Down

342.
320.
356.
356.
422.
491.
441.
441.

KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS1
KYSS2
KYSS2
KYSS2
KYSS2

SKR1B
SKR3R
SKS11B
SKS43B
SKR1B, SKR3R
SKR1B, SKR3R, K5
SKR11U
SKR1B, SKR1B

KA1
KA3
KA1
KA1
KA1, KA3
KA1, KA3
KA1, KA1
KA1, KA1

Start
Stop
Off-On
Hand-Off-Auto
Start; Stop
Start; Stop
Start; Stop
Up; Down

UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Stainless Steel (304) c

1

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Push Button (Momentary)
Push Button (Momentary)
Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained)
Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained)
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)

2

Push Button (Momentary)
Push Button (Momentary)
Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained)
Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained)
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)
2 Push Buttons (Maintained with Interlock)
2 Push Buttons

KYSK101
KYSK103
KYSK110
KYSK111
KYSK201
KYSK203
KYSK210
KYSK205

UL Types 1, 3, 4. 4X and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4, 4X and 13—Polymeric (Plastic) c

Type SKY201

1

2

3

Selector Switch (3 Pos Maintained)
Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained)
Selector Switch (2 Pos Maintained with Sealed Contacts) d
Push Button (with Lockout)
2 Push Buttons
2 Push Buttons (Lockout on Stop)
2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d
2 Push Buttons (With Sealed Contacts) d
2 Push Buttons

SKY111
SKY110
SKY122
SKY105
SKY201
SKY203
SKY223
SKY222
SKY205

270.
270.
372.
306.
350.
422.
570.
570.
372.

SKY1
SKY1
SKY1
SKY1
SKY2
SKY2
SKY2
SKY2
SKY2

SKS43B
SKS11B
SKS11B
SKR3R, K5
SKR1B, SKR3R
SKR1B, SKR1R, K5
SKR1B, SKR3R
SKR1B, SKR3R
SKR1B, SKR1B

KA1
KA1
KA51
KA3
KA1, KA3
KA1, KA3
KA51, KA51
KA51, KA51
KA1, KA1

Hand-Off-Auto
Off-On
Off-On
Stop
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
Start-Stop
On-Off
Up-Down

3 Push Buttons
3 Push Buttons

SKY302
SKY303

464.
464.

SKY3
SKY3

KA1, KA1, KA3
KA1, KA1, KA3

Up-Down-Stop
Open-Close-Stop

SKY315A

531.

SKY3

SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R
SKR1B, SKR1B, SKR3R
SKP1R31, SKR1B,
SKR3R

KA1, KA3

Start-Stop

KP38LRR9
KP38LGG9

—
—

Red 120v Pilot Light, 2 Push Buttons

UL Types 1, 3, 4 and 13/NEMA 1, 3, 4 and 13 Die Cast Zinc Enclosures with Integral Guard

1

Type KYG1Y2

Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Red LED Pilot Light
Guarded Enclosure (grey) with 120V Green LED Pilot Light
Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Push-Pull
Mushroom
Guarded Enclosure (Yellow Cover) with Red Turn-To
Release Mushroom
a
b
c
d
e

19-106

KYG11 e
KYG12 e

250.
250.

KYG1
KYG1

KYG1Y1 e

275.

KYG1Y

KR9R

KA3

order separately
order separately
Push to Stop/
Pull to Start

KYG1Y2 e

275.

KYG1Y

KR16

KA3

Emergency Stop

Uses 9001K metal operators and metal legend plates.
Uses 9001K metal operators and plastic legend plates.
Uses 9001SK plastic operators and plastic legend plates.
Control Station consists of components that are UL listed for use in Class 1, Division 2, Groups A, B, C, or D.
Includes 1” NPT threaded conduit opening.

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.320: XVR Pre-Wired Rotating Mirror Beacons
Diameter (mm)

Sound Option

Enclosure Rating

Without buzzer

IP 23
(IP 65 with accessories)

Voltage
12 Vac/Vdc

Ø 84

24 Vac/Vdc

XVR 08 ppp

12 Vac/Vdc
Ø 106

Without buzzer

IP 23
(IP 55 with accessories)
24 Vac/Vdc

XVR 10 ppp

12 Vac/Vdc
Ø 120

Without buzzer

IP 23
24 Vac/Vdc

12 Vac/Vdc
Ø 120

With buzzer

IP 23

XVR 12 ppp

24 Vac/Vdc

Ø 130

Without buzzer

IP 23
Resistant to vibration

12 Vdc
24 Vdc

Color
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Green
Blue
Red
Orange
Red
Orange

Catalog Number
XVR 08J04
XVR 08J05
XVR 08J03
XVR 08J06
XVR 08B04
XVR 08B05
XVR 08B03
XVR 08B06
XVR 10J04
XVR 10J05
XVR 10J03
XVR 10J06
XVR 10B04
XVR 10B05
XVR 10B03
XVR 10B06
XVR 12J04
XVR 12J05
XVR 12J03
XVR 12J06
XVR 12B04
XVR 12B05
XVR 12B03
XVR 12B06
XVR 12J04S
XVR 12J05S
XVR 12J03S
XVR 12J06S
XVR 12B04S
XVR 12B05S
XVR 12B03S
XVR 12B06S
XVR 13J04
XVR 13J05
XVR 13B04
XVR 13B05

$ Price

Height (mm)
—
—
—
—
—
300
—

Catalog Number
XVR ZR1
XVR ZR2
XVR ZR3
XVR Z081
XVR Z082
XVC Z13
XVC Z23

$ Price

180.00

207.00

198.00

216.00

270.00

Table 19.321: XVR Accessories
Diameter (mm)
84
106
120/130
84
106
106, 120 and 130
84, 106 and 120

Reflecting prism

XVR 13ppp

Rubber base
to increase the IP degree of protection
Mount tube and base
L-shape mounting bracket

36.00

270.00
27.00

XVR ZR1

19

XVR Z081

XVC Z13

XVC Z23
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

XV

Discount
Schedule

19-107

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.322: XVC4 Tower Lights — 40 mm diameter (1.5 inches)
Description

Light source (included) Voltage

Signaling colors a
Steady

Flashing

Catalog Number

$ Price

XVC 4B1
XVC 4B2
XVC 4B3
XVC 4B4
XVC 4B5
XVC 4M1
XVC 4M2
XVC 4M3
XVC 4M4
XVC 4M5
XVC 4B15S
XVC 4B25S
XVC 4B35S
XVC 4B45S
XVC 4B55S
XVC 4M15S
XVC 4M25S
XVC 4M35S
XVC 4M45S
XVC 4M55S

157.50
198.00
229.50
283.50
352.50
181.50
228.00
264.00
379.50
379.50
240.00
271.50
309.00
378.00
441.00
276.00
312.00
355.50
435.00
507.00

XVC 4B1K
XVC 4B2K
XVC 4B3K
XVC 4B4K
XVC 4B5K

117.00
154.50
189.00
255.00
331.50

With support tube mounting

XVC 4B5

XVC 4B35S

Without buzzer

LED for steady
light only

With buzzer
+ flashing light

LED for steady or
flashing light b

R
R, O
R, O, G
24 Vdc
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
24 Vdc
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

For base mounting

Without buzzer

LED for steady
light only

24 Vdc

R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

–
–
–
–
–

Table 19.323: Accessories for XVC4
XVC Z11

XVC Z01

Description

Diameter
mm

Minimum height to be added
mm

Die-cast metal mounting base (for use
with XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S with
90
support tube)
Plastic mounting base (for use with
XVC4, XVC4•• and XVC4•• 5S —
84
customer must discard the support
tube)

Catalog Number

$ Price

32

XVC Z11

39.00

24.5

XVC Z01

64.50

19

Table 19.324: XVC Tower Lights — 100 mm diameter (4 inches)
Description

Light source (included)

Voltage
Vdc

Signaling colors a
Steady

Flashing

Catalog Number

$ Price

XVC 1B1K
XVC 1B2K
XVC 1B3K
XVC 1B4K
XVC 1B5K
XVC 1M1K
XVC 1M2K
XVC 1M3K
XVC 1M4K
XVC 1M5K
XVC 1B1SK
XVC 1B2SK
XVC 1B3SK
XVC 1B4SK
XVC 1B5SK
XVC 1M1SK
XVC 1M2SK
XVC 1M3SK
XVC 1M4SK
XVC 1M5SK

631.50
685.50
739.50
793.50
847.50
726.00
787.50
850.50
912.00
975.00
703.50
757.50
811.50
865.50
919.50
808.50
871.50
933.00
996.00
1057.50

For base mounting

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Without buzzer
With flashing light

LED for steady or
flashing light b

With buzzer
+ flashing light

LED for steady or
flashing light b

R
R, O
24
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
24
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

XVC 1B5K
XVC 1B5SK

a
b

R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from
top to bottom.
Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming.

Table 19.325: Accessories for XVC1
XVC Z13

Description
Mount tube and base
L-shape mount bracket

Diameter
mm
140
—

Height
mm
300
—

Catalog Number

$ Price

XVC Z13
XVC Z23

270.00
27.00

XVC Z23

19-108

XV

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVC, 40 mm, 60 mm, and 100 mm Diameter
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.326: XVC6 Tower Lights, 60 mm diameter (2.375 inches)
Description

Light source (included)

Voltage

Signaling colors a
Steady

Flashing

Catalog Number

$ Price

With support tube mounting

XVC 6B5K

Without buzzer

LED for steady
light only

With buzzer
+ flashing light

LED for steady or
flashing light b

XVC 6B55SK

R
R, O
R, O, G
24 Vdc
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
24 Vdc
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

XVC 6B1
XVC 6B2
XVC 6B3
XVC 6B4
XVC 6B5
XVC 6M1
XVC 6M2
XVC 6M3
XVC 6M4
XVC 6M5
XVC 6B15S
XVC 6B25S
XVC 6B35S
XVC 6B45S
XVC 6B55S
XVC 6M15S
XVC 6M25S
XVC 6M35S
XVC 6M45S
XVC 6M55S

169.50
211.50
252.00
303.00
426.00
195.00
243.00
289.50
348.00
489.00
252.00
292.50
315.00
378.00
472.50
289.50
336.00
363.00
435.00
543.00

R
R, O
24 Vdc
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
24 Vdc
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
100-240 Vac R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C
R
R, O
R, O, G
R, O, G, B
R, O, G, B, C

XVC 6B1K
XVC 6B2K
XVC 6B3K
XVC 6B4K
XVC 6B5K
XVC 6M1K
XVC 6M2K
XVC 6M3K
XVC 6M4K
XVC 6M5K
XVC 6B15SK
XVC 6B25SK
XVC 6B35SK
XVC 6B45SK
XVC 6B55SK
XVC 6M15SK
XVC 6M25SK
XVC 6M35SK
XVC 6M45SK
XVC 6M55SK

132.00
163.50
214.50
283.50
378.00
151.50
187.50
246.00
325.50
435.00
205.50
252.00
283.50
346.50
426.00
237.00
289.50
327.00
399.00
490.50

For base mounting

XVC Z02

Without buzzer

LED for steady
light only

With buzzer
+ flashing light

LED for steady or
flashing light b

XVC Z12

Description

Diameter
mm

Minimum height to be added
mm

Catalog Number

$ Price

19

Die-cast metal mounting base
30
XVC Z02
27.00
for XVC6B• and XVC6B•5S with support tube. 100
Stamped metal mounting base for
84
21.6
XVC Z12
45.00
XVC6B• K and XVC6B•5SK
a
Signaling colors: R = Red, G = Green, O = Orange, B = Blue, C = Clear. The colors are listed in the mounting order of the illuminated units from
top to bottom.
b
Flashing light function selected by wiring or programming.

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.327: Accessories for XVC6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XV

Discount
Schedule

19-109

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVB—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.328: XVB Beacons with Steady Light
Description

Light Source and Voltage

Complete unit, includes:
1 lens unit
1 base unit (direct or tube
mounting)

Bulb (10 W max)
not included
250 V max
(must order bulb separately c)

Color
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow

Catalog Number
XVBL33
XVBL34
XVBL35
XVBL36
XVBL37
XVBL38

$ Price

Catalog Number
XVBL4B3
XVBL4B4
XVBL4B5
XVBL4B6
XVBL4B7
XVBL4B8
XVBL4M3
XVBL4M4
XVBL4M5
XVBL4M6
XVBL4M7
XVBL4M8

$ Price

114.00

Table 19.329: XVB Beacons with Flashing Light (one flash per second)
Description

Light Source and Voltage

XVBL3•

Complete unit, includes:
1 lens unit
1 base unit (direct or tube
mounting)

Bulb (10 W max)
not included
24 Vac
24–48 Vdc
(must order bulb separately c)

Bulb (10 W max)
not included
48–230 Vac
(must order bulb separately c)

XVBL4B•

Color
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow

193.50

Table 19.330: XVB Beacons with 10 Joule Strobe (2.75 in./70 mm diameter) a
Color
Catalog Number b
$ Price
Green
XVBL8B3
Red
XVBL8B4
Strobe
Amber
XVBL8B5
24 Vac/Vdc
Blue
XVBL8B6
(includes bulb)
Clear
XVBL8B7
Complete unit, includes:
Yellow
XVBL8B8
1 lens unit
366.00
1 base unit (direct or tube
Green
XVBL8G3
mounting)
Red
XVBL8G4
Strobe
Amber
XVBL8G5
120 Vac
Blue
XVBL8G6
(includes bulb)
Clear
XVBL8G7
Yellow
XVBL8G8
a
Important: Discharge tube elements are not suitable for continuous-operation signaling due to temperature rise caused by the discharge tube.
b
For 5 Joule units, specify XVBL6••, instead of XVBL8•• ($190.00).
c
For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112.
Description

Light Source and Voltage

19

NOTE: There are no replacement lenses for strobes.
XVBL6B•
5 Joule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE
XVBL8B•
10 Joule

19-110

XV

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and Beacons

XVB Components—70 mm diameter (2.75 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.331: XVB Lens Units for Steady Light
Description

XVBC8

Illuminated lens unit

XVBC081

Light Source and
Voltage

Color

Bulb (10 W max)
not included
250 Vac/Vdc max
(must order bulb
separately b)

Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow

Catalog Number
XVBC33
XVBC34
XVBC35
XVBC36
XVBC37
XVBC38

$ Price

60.60

Table 19.332: XVB Lens Unit for Flashing Light
XVBC

Light Source and
Voltage

Description

Bulb (10 W max)
not included
24 Vac
24–48 Vdc
(must order bulb
separately b)

XVBC9

Illuminated lens unit
Bulb (10 W max)
not included
48–230 Vac
(must order bulb
separately b)

XVBCY2

XVBC1

XVBC07
XVBC23

XVBC081 +
XVBC07 =
XVBC21

Color
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow

Catalog Number

$ Price

XVBC4B3
XVBC4B4
XVBC4B5
XVBC4B6
XVBC4B7
XVBC4B8
XVBC4M3
XVBC4M4
XVBC4M5
XVBC4M6
XVBC4M7
XVBC4M8

141.00

Catalog Number a

$ Price

XVBC8B3
XVBC8B4
XVBC8B5
XVBC8B6
XVBC8B7
XVBC8B8
XVBC8G3
XVBC8G4
XVBC8G5
XVBC8G6
XVBC8G7
XVBC8G8

313.50

Note: There are no replacement lenses units for the XVBC8•• strobes.

Table 19.333: XVB Lens Units with 10 Joule Strobe
Light Source and
Voltage

Description

XVBZ0

Strobe
24 Vac/Vdc
(includes bulb)
Lens unti with integral
10 Joule strobe
Strobe
120 Vac
(includes bulb)
XVBC12

a
b

Color
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Yellow

For 5 Joule units, specify XVBC6••, instead of XVBC8•• ($155.00).
For bulbs, see Table 19.336 on page 19-112.

Table 19.334: Audible Sounder Units
Description
Sounder unit
90 dB at 1 m
Adjustable from 75–90 dB
Continuous or intermittent modes

Supply Voltage

Catalog Number

$ Price

12–48 Vac/Vdc

XVBC9B

217.50

120–230 Vac

XVBC9M

342.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

Table 19.335: Base Units + Cover

XVBC21

60.60

19

Description
Base unit + cover
for direct or tube mounting, bottom or side cable entry
(includes gasket)

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

XVBC22

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XV

Discount
Schedule

19-111

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVB Accessories—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.336: XVB Accessories
Characteristics
Catalog Number
in.
mm
4.72
120
XVBZ02
XVBZ02A a
Black tube with integral black plastic mounting base
15.75
400
XVBZ03
XVBZ03A a
(includes gasket)
31.50
800
XVBZ04
XVBZ04A a
3.94
100
XVBC020
Support tube concealment cover
15.75
400
XVBC030
31.50
800
XVBC040
For direct mounting on base unit or with tulip
Wall mount bracket (metal)
XVBC12
XVBC11 + tube XVBC0•
12 Vac/Vdc
DL1BLJ
24 Vac/Vdc
DL1BLB
Incandescent bulbs
48 Vac/Vdc
DL1BLE
bayonet type BA 15d, 10 Watts
120 Vac/Vdc
DL1BLG
230 Vac/Vdc
DL1BLM
12 Vac/Vdc
DL1BEJ
24 Vac/Vdc
DL1BEB
Incandescent bulbs
48 Vac/Vdc
DL1BEE
bayonet type BA 15d, 7 Watts
120 Vac/Vdc
DL1BEG
230 Vac/Vdc
DL1BEM
White
DL1BDB1
Green
DL1BDB3
Red
DL1BDB4
24 Vac/Vdc
Blue
DL1BDB6
Yellow
DL1BDB8
Steady-On LED bulbs
Amber
DL1BDB5
bayonet type BA 15d
White
DL1BDG1
(sold as single) b
Green
DL1BDG3
Red
DL1BDG4
120 Vac
Blue
DL1BDG6
Yellow
DL1BDG8
Amber
DL1BDG5
White
DL1BKB1
Green
DL1BKB3
Red
DL1BKB4
24 Vac/Vdc
Amber
DL1BKB5
Blue
DL1BKB6
Yellow
DL1BKB8
Flashing LED bulbs
White
DL1BKG1
Green
DL1BKG3
Red
DL1BKG4
120 Vac
Amber
DL1BKG5
Blue
DL1BKG6
Yellow
DL1BKG8
Adapter
With CM12 (p. 13.5) cable gland, for cable size
XVBC14
for side entry through base unit
of 0.4 to 0.55 in. (10 to 14 mm) diameter
Conduit adapter
1/2 in. NPT (for customer supplied tubing)
XVBC00
a
Aluminum tube.
b
For 240 Vac, replace the B or G in the catalog number with M—for example, DL1BDM1. For flashing LEDs, refer to catalog 9001CT0001.
Description

XVBZ0•

XVBC020

19

XVBC12

$ Price
18.75
37.50
75.00
11.70
34.50
62.10
48.45

8.10

108.00

139.50

7.80
3.15

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Table 19.337: XVB Accessories
Description
Set of colored markers
Set of 5 legend holders

Characteristics
6 colors
Identification of stacked units on base

Catalog Number
XVBC22
XVBC23

$ Price
3.15
12.45

Wiring Diagrams, Base Units
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2)
1 x 14 AWG (2.5 mm2)

Screw terminals
Torque to 4.4 in-lb (0.5 N•m)

5
4

2

1
C

3

5
3

4

2

1

1

C
1

XVBL

19-112

XVBC

XV

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVE Components—70 mm Diameter (2.75 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.338: XVE Lens Units with Steady Light
Description

Light source

Supply voltage

Color of lens
Green
Red
Lens units only for
5 W max.
24 Vac/Vdc to
BA 15d base
(must order bulb
240 Vac/Vdc
Orange
fitting bulb
separately a)
(Maximum)
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
24 Vac/Vdc
Orange
Blue
Integral LED on
Clear
printed board circuit
Illuminated units
(separate bulb
Green
not required)
Red
120 Vac
Orange
Blue
Clear
a
Order clear incandescent bulb separately. See Table 19.336 on Page 19-112.

Catalog Number
XVEC33
XVEC34
XVEC35
XVEC36
XVEC37
XVEC2B3
XVEC2B4
XVEC2B5
XVEC2B6
XVEC2B7
XVEC2G3
XVEC2G4
XVEC2G5
XVEC2G6
XVEC2G7

$ Price

Catalog Number
XVEC5B3
XVEC5B4
XVEC5B5
XVEC5B6
XVEC5B7
XVEC5G3
XVEC5G4
XVEC5G5
XVEC5G6
XVEC5G7

$ Price

Color of lens
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear

Catalog Number
XVEC6B3
XVEC6B4
XVEC6B5
XVEC6B6
XVEC6B7
XVEC6G3
XVEC6G4
XVEC6G5
XVEC6G6
XVEC6G7

$ Price

Supply Voltage
24 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac
230/240 Vac

Catalog Number
XVEC9B
XVEC9G
XVEC9M

$ Price

Catalog Number
XVEC21

$ Price
24.00

24.00

60.00

Table 19.339: XVE Lens Units with Flashing LED
Description

Light source

Illuminated units

Integral LED on
printed board circuit
(separate bulb
not required)

Supply voltage

24 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac

Color of lens
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear
Green
Red
Orange
Blue
Clear

90.00

Table 19.340: XVE Lens Units with Strobe Light
Light source

Lens units with
integral 1 Joule strobe
light

Discharge tube,
1 Joule
(separate bulb
not required)

Supply voltage

24 Vac/Vdc

120 Vac

105.00

Table 19.341: XVE Audible Sounder Units
Description
Audible Sounder Units

85dB

90.00

Table 19.342: XVE Base Units and Covers
Discription
Base unit + snap on cover for NEMA and UL Type 12, IP42 rating
Base unit + screw mounting cover
for IP54 rating
(includes 5 O-ring seals for lens units and 1 gasket for base unit)

30.00

19

XVEC21P

Table 19.343: XVE Accessories
Description

Height under base unit
in. (mm)

Plastic mounting bases

0.78 (20)
3.93 (100)
3.15 (80)

Mounting bases
comprising:
Ø 25 mm aluminium
support tube +
black plastic
mounting support

15.7 (400)

31.5 (800)

Description
Clear incandescent bulbs with
BA 15d base fitting
for lens units type XVE C3p

Electrical characteristics
4 W, z 24 Vac/Vdc
5 W, z 120 Vac/Vdc
5 W, z 230 Vac/Vdc

Description
Wall mount bracket (metal)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XV

Color
Black
Black
Black
aluminium
Aluminium
Black
aluminium
Aluminium
Black
aluminium
Aluminium

Catalog Number
XVEZ13
XVDC02
XVBZ02

$ Price
12.00
15.00
18.75

XVBZ02A
XVBZ03

37.50

XVBZ03A
XVBZ04
XVBZ04A
Catalog Number
DL1BEBS
DL1EDGS
DL1BEMS
Catalog Number
XVBC12

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

75.00
$ Price
6.15
$ Price
48.45

19-113

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVP Components—50 mm Diameter (2 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.344: Base Units + Covers
Description
Base unit and cover
Base unit and cover
Base unit and cover (with ring-tongue compatible terminal)

Color
Black
Off-white
Off-white

Catalog Number
XVPC21
XVPC21W
XVPC21WR

$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

48.00

Table 19.345: XVP Lens Units
Description

Ring Color

Light Source and Voltage Lens Color

Black

Bulb (7 W max)
not included
250 V
(must order bulb
separately a)

Steady or Flashing

50 mm steady lens unit

(See Table 19.347 on
page 19-115 and
Table 19.348 on page 19-115
for LEDs and incandescent
bulbs)
Off-white

Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow

Bulb (7 W max)
not included
250 V max
(must order bulb
separately a)

XVPC33
XVPC34
XVPC35
XVPC36
XVPC37
XVPC38
XVPC33W
XVPC34W
XVPC35W
XVPC36W
XVPC37W
XVPC38W

43.50

XVPC6B3
XVPC6B4
XVPC6B5
XVPC6B6
XVPC6B7
XVPC6B8
XVPC6G3
XVPC6G4
XVPC6G5
XVPC6G6
XVPC6G7
XVPC6G8
XVPC6B3W
XVPC6B4W
XVPC6B5W
XVPC6B6W
XVPC6B7W
XVPC6B8W
XVPC6G3W
XVPC6G4W
XVPC6G5W
XVPC6G6W
XVPC6G7W
XVPC6G8W

186.00

Strobe
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Strobe 120 Vac
Amber
0.6 Joule
(separate bulb not required) Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Strobe 24 Vdc
Amber
0.3 Joule
(separate bulb not required) Blue
Clear
Yellow
Green
Red
Strobe 120 Vac
Amber
0.6 Joule
(separate bulb not required) Blue
Clear
Yellow
Strobe 24 Vdc
0.3 Joule
(separate bulb not required)
Black

Lens unit with integral strobe

Off-white

aFor bulbs see Table 19.336 on page 19-112.

19

Table 19.346: XVP Audible Sounder Units

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

19-114

Description

Ring Color

50 mm sounder unit
(IP40 NEMA 1)

Black

Ten tone selections,
75–85 dB at 1 m

Off-white

XV

Discount
Schedule

Supply Voltage
24 Vdc
120 Vac
230 Vac
24 Vdc
120 Vac
230 Vac

Catalog Number
XVPC09B
XVPC09G
XVPC09M
XVPC09BW
XVPC09GW
XVPC09MW

$ Price

156.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVP Accessories — 50 mm Diameter (2 inches)
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.347: XVP LED Bulbs
Description

Voltage

Color
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Yellow
White
Green
Red
Amber
Blue
Yellow
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear
Clear

24 Vac/Vdc
Steady-On LED bulb

120 Vac

DL1BEJ

DL1BDB1

24 Vac/Vdc
Flashing LED bulb

120 Vac

Incandescent bulbs
Bayonet type BA 15d, 7 W

XVPC03T

12 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
48 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
230 Vac/Vdc

Catalog Number
DL1BDB1
DL1BDB3
DL1BDB4
DL1BDB5
DL1BDB6
DL1BDB8
DL1BDG1
DL1BDG3
DL1BDG4
DL1BDG5
DL1BDG6
DL1BDG8
DL1BKB1
DL1BKB3
DL1BKB4
DL1BKB5
DL1BKB6
DL1BKB8
DL1BKG1
DL1BKG3
DL1BKG4
DL1BKG5
DL1BKG6
DL1BKG8
DL1BEJ
DL1BEB
DL1BEE
DL1BEG
DL1BEM

$ Price

108.00

139.50

8.10

Table 19.348: XVP Accessories
Description

Color

Mounting tube with bracket

Silver

Characteristics
IN
4
10
16
4
10
16
4
10
16
—
—
—

Black
Mounting tube with tulip base

XVPC02

Off-white
Black
Off-white
—

Wall mounting bracket (plastic)
Bulb mounting and removal tool

mm
100
250
400
100
250
400
100
250
400

Catalog Number
XVPC02T
XVPC03T
XVPC04T
XVPC02
XVPC03
XVPC04
XVPC02W
XVPC03W
XVPC04W
XVPC12
XVPC12W
XVPCX13

$ Price
32.55
40.35
48.00
32.55
48.00
48.00
40.35
40.35
48.00
15.60
7.80

Wiring Diagram
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Cable Connections, Supply line maximum: 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG)
XVPC12

+/4

+/5

+/3
+/2

Ø 12
0.47

+/1
–/C

19

wire 5
wire 4
wire 3
wire 2
wire 1
wire 6
green-yellow

XVPC21

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XV

Discount
Schedule

19-115

Tower Lights and
Beacons

XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1002

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.349: XVS Sirens and Electronic Alarms
Description

Voltage

Color

Catalog Number

$ Price

Multisound siren
105 dB, 43 tones

12/24 Vdc

White

XVS 14BMW

360.00

PNP, Black

XVS 72BMBP

PNP, White

XVS 72BMWP

NPN, Black

XVS 72BMBN

NPN, White

XVS 72BMWN

XVS14BMW
Electronic alarms
90 dB, 16 tones
Panel Mount DIN72

180.00

12/24 Vac/Vdc

Table 19.350: Dimensions (mm)
14 M
223
3xØ9

25

50

=

=

XVS72BM

52
84

19

114

140

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

20°
97
120
2 Mpp
69,3
63,3
10,9

72

51

72

U 67,5

60,7

24

19-116

XV

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pendant Stations

Type BW Pendant Stations
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

This pre-assembled, two-button station now comes complete with internal and external strain relief. Oversized finger
grips on the rear of the enclosure make it easy to grip and operate.

•
•
•
•

Well suited for standard hoist applications
Push button legend inserts
Field-installable mushroom button
Full cover gasket, to exclude harmful contaminants

Table 19.351: BW90 and BW100 Pendant Stations – with cord connector and strain relief
Description

Single Speed

Two Speed

BW90 / BW100
a
b

Enclosure Color

Legend Insert
Markings

Mechanical
Interlock

Yellow

Black

Red

Up-Down

Yes

BW92Y

BW92B

BW92R

Forward-Reverse

Yes

BW93Y

BW93B

BW93R

On-Off a

Yes

BW94Y

BW94B

BW94R

180.00 10

Start-Stop

No

BW95Y

BW95B

BW95R

Start-Stop a

Yes

BW96Y

BW96B

On-Off a

No

BW97Y

BW97B

Up-Down

Yes

BW98Y

without Inserts

Yes

without Inserts
without Inserts a

$ Price

Replacement Interior b

Contact
Symbol

Contact
Symbol

9001 Type

146

BOC368

146

146

BOC368

146

BOC358

147

136.00 145

BOC359

25

BW96R

180.00 10

BOC358

147

BW97R

136.00 146

BOC359

25

BW98B

—

147.00 100

—

BW90YU

BW90BU

BW90RU

No

BW91YU

BW91BU

BW91RU

Yes

BW94YU

BW94BU

BW94RU

172.00 147

without Inserts

Yes

BW100YU

BW100BU

BW100RU

195.00 150

BOC367

150

Up-Down

Yes

BW102Y

BW102B

BW102R

202.00 150

BOC367

150

136.00

130.00

147
25

$ Price

90.00

—

BOC366

25

BOC359

25

BOC358

147

—

90.00

158.00

Maintained Contact
Includes gasket

Table 19.353: Interchangeable Legend Inserts c

Form

External Bracket
(cannot be field installed)

$ Price

Y236

Marking

10.50

Y236

Table 19.354: Replacement Enclosures
Description

Color

Type

Yellow

$ Price

BWRY

Box & Cover Red
with 4 screws
Black

BWRR

54.00

BWRB

Table 19.355: Strain Relief Replacement
Description

Type

Strain Relief Replacement

$ Price

BWSR

10.00

Type

$ Price

Start

B259

Stop

B260

Forward

B255

Reverse

B256

Open

B263

Close

B264

Raise

B261

Lower

B262

Up

B253

Down

B254

On

B257

Off

B258

Blank - black

B251

Blank - red

B252

c

3.60

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Description

Order must specify a quantity of 10 or multiples of 10.

Table 19.356: Electrical Contact Ratings d
AC—NEMA B600

BWSR

DC—NEMA P600

Inductive
35% Power Factor
Volts

Make
A

Break
VA

A

VA

Resistive
75% Power Factor
Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

Make, Break and
Continuous
Carrying Amperes

Inductive and Resistive
Volts
Make and Break
Continuous
Amperes
Carrying Amperes

120
30.5
3600
3.75
360
5
5
120
1.1
5
240
15
3600
1.5
360
5
5
240
0.55
5
480
7.5
3600
.75
360
5
5
600
0.2
5
600
6
3600
.6
360
5
5
d
OSHA Regulation, Section 1910.70, Overhead and Gantry Cranes, limits the voltage of pendant push buttons to 150 Vac or 300 Vdc.

Contact Symbols
120 V

Com

Speed 1

121
Speed 2
100
17

1

Speed 1

Speed 2
3

8

10

16

19

25

109

145

146

147

150

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-117

19

Table 19.352: Hanger Bracket

Pendant Stations

XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

XAC pendant stations are designed for standard- or medium-duty control circuit applications.

•
•
•
•
•

Single- or two-speed versions
Double insulated
Shock and corrosion resistant
2, 4, 6, 8, 12 element versions
Ease of operation

Table 19.357: Pistol Grip Stations
Description

Speeds

1 N.O. contact per operator
2 Mechanically interlocked operators

Function
1 speed/2 speed

Catalog Number

$ Price

1

XACA201a

150.00

2 N.O. (staggered) contacts per operator
2 Mechanically interlocked operators

2

XACA207a

222.00

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
2 Mechanically interlocked operators

1

XACA205a

187.00

1 N.O. contact per direction
1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle

1

XACD21A0101b

167.00

1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered
1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle

2

XACD21A1231b

451.00

1 N.O. & 1 N.C. contact per direction
1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle

1

XACD21A0105b

202.00

1 N.C. + 1 N.O. + 1 N.O. staggered
1 Mechanically interlocked 2 way toggle

2

XACD21A1241b

480.00

XACA201

a

These units are available with factory installed E-stops. Add a “3” to the end of the catalog number for standard E-stop or add a “4” for a trigger
action E-stop.
b
These units are available with a factory installed E-stop. Use XACD22 ••• for a standard E-stop or XACD24••• for a trigger action E-stop.
Note: Legends are required to achieve NEMA4 rating.

Table 19.358: General Purpose Pendantscd

XACA06

19

Enclosures
Catalog Number
2 hole enclosure
XACA02H7
3 hole enclosure
XACA03H7
4 hole enclosure
XACA04H7
6 hole enclosure
XACA06H7
8 hole enclosure
XACA08H7
12 hole enclosure
XACA12H7
c
Standard enclosures include internal mounting plate, cable sleeve for 8 to 26 mm, internal cable clamp, suspension ring and cable tie.
d
For ordering information on custom built XACA pendants, visit our website at www.Schneider-Electric.us.

$ Price
192.00
220.00
250.00
306.00
382.00
478.00

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

To place a custom pendant order, use the worksheet on page 19-121 as a guide. Orders must be
placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly.

XACA03
with
operators

19-118

CS2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pendant Stations

XAC Standard Duty Pistol Grips, Enclosures, Contact Blocks
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.359: Contact Blocks for Operators in Cover

ZB2BE10

XENG37

Description
1 N.O./spring return/1 speed
1 N.C./spring return/1 speed
1 N.O. early close & 1 N.C. & 1 N.O./spring return/2 speed
1 N.C. & 2 N.O./spring return/1 speed
1 N.O. & 1 N.O. latching/1 speed/interlocked
1 N.O. & 1 N.C. latching/1 speed/interlocked
3 N.C.—all
direct acting

Wiring Diagram
—
—
Figure 1
Figure 2
Figure 3
Figure 4
Figure 5

Catalog Number
ZB2BE101
ZB2BE102
XENG1191
XENG1491
XENG3781
XENG3791
XENT1192

$ Price
16.40

49.00

Table 19.360: Contact Blocks for Operators in Base of Enclosure a
1 N.O./1 speed
1 N.C./1 speed
2 N.O./1 speed
2 N.C./1 speed
1 N.O. & 1 N.C./1 speed
a
Cannot be used with XACA03 pendant.

XENG1191

XACS101
XACS102
XACS103
XACS104
XACS105

28.60
38.20

XACS10

33

34

Figure 1

33

11 12

34

Figure 2

Figure 3

N/C + N/C + N/C
with positive
opening operation

Figure 4

31

13 14

13 14 13 14

21

14
22

32

13
21

22

14
22

12

13
21

11

Wiring Diagrams

Figure 5

Table 19.361: Operators b
Description

Color
White
Black
Green
Red
Yellow
Blue
Brown

Catalog Number
XACA9411
XACA9412
XACA9413
XACA9414
XACA9415
XACA9416
XACA9419

$ Price

Mushroom Size
30 mm
30 mm
40 mm
30 mm
40 mm
30 mm
40 mm

Color
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red
Red

Catalog Number
ZA2BC44
ZA2BS44
ZA2BS54
ZA2BS834
ZA2BS844
ZA2BS74
ZA2BS14

$ Price
36.80

40 mm

Red

Booted push button

Booted Push Button

8.20

Table 19.362: Mushroom Operators

Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release
(trigger action)c

Mushroom Head

Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release
Mushroom head, push to maintain/key turn-to-release
(trigger action)c

79.00

112.00

ZA2BS944

Table 19.363: Selector Switches and Wobble Stick

Selector Switch

Description
Selector switch/2 position—maintainedd
Selector switch/3 position—maintainedd
Selector switch/2 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond
Selector switch/3 position—maintained key operated—key removal from LT or RT positiond
Wobble stick (bottom mounting recommended)

Color
Black
Black
NA
NA
Black
Red

Catalog Number
ZA2BD2
ZA2BD3
ZA2BG4
ZA2BG5
ZA2BB2
ZA2BB4

$ Price
30.00
112.00
102.00

Table 19.364: Pilot Light Components
Description
Direct supply base/without lamp (for 6 to 120 V applications) (AC/DC) e

Selector Switch
(key operated)

b
c
d
e

Color
—

Catalog Number
ZB2BV006

$ Price
24.60

Booted push buttons are for cover mounting only. All other operators can be mounted on cover or bottom.
Trigger action mushroom heads are tamper proof in that a change of contact state is not possible by teasing or floating the operator.
Not for use with XEN G contact blocks.
For lamps, see page 19-120.

Wobble Stick

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS2

Discount
Schedule

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Mushroom head, push to maintain/turn-to-release

19-119

19

Description
Mushroom head, momentary

Pendant Stations

XAC Standard Duty Operators—Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.365: Enclosure Accessories

XACA971

XACB961

Description
Blank hole plug
Mechanical interlock (momentary). For use with XAC booted operators only
Screw adapter for self-supporting cable
Low suspension ring for single row station
Protective guard for bottom mounted mushroom head
Protective guard for bottom mounted selector switch or key switch

Catalog Number
ZB2SZ3
XACA009
XACB961
XACA971
XACA982
XACA983

$ Price
13.60
8.20
6.80

Watts
1.2
2.0
2.0
2.4
2.6

Catalog Number
DL1CB006
DL1CE012
DL1CE024
DL1CE048
DL1CE130

$ Price

Voltage
6 Vac/Vdc
6 Vac/Vdc
6 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/Vdc

Catalog Number
DL1CJUS0063
DL1CJUS0064
DL1CJUS0065
DL1CJUS0243
DL1CJUS0244
DL1CJUS0245
DL1CJ0241
DL1CJ0246
DL1CJUS1203
DL1CJUS1204
DL1CJUS1205

$ Price

19.20
27.40

Table 19.366: Lamps
Type

DL1CE0••
(Incandescent)

Voltage
6 Vac/Vdc
12 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
48 Vac/Vdc
130 Vac/Vdc

Replacement bulbs
(Type BA9s)
Incandescent

XACA982

11.00

Table 19.367: LED, BA9s Base
Type

DL1CJUS••••
(LED)

Color
Green
Red
Amber
Green
Red
Amber
White
Blue
Green
Red
Amber

LED, BA9s base for
Direct Supply blocks

25.00

XACA983

Table 19.368: PVC Standard Legend Plates 30 x 40 mm

19
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Texta
Catalog Number
$ Price Texta
Catalog Number
$ Price Texta
Bridge Forward
ZB2BY2343
Left
ZB2BY2310
Stop
Bridge Reverse
ZB2BY2344
Low
ZB2BY2336
Stop Start
Close
ZB2BY2314
Lower
ZB2BY2337
Trolley Right
Down
ZB2BY2308
Man Auto
ZB2BY2372
Trolley Left
Emergency Stop
ZB2BY2330
Off
ZB2BY2312
Up
Fast
ZB2BY2328
On
ZB2BY2311
Up Down
Forward
ZB2BY2305
Off On
ZB2BY2367
Up-O-Down
For Rev
ZB2BY2371
Open
ZB2BY2313
North
For-O-Rev
ZB2BY2384
Open Close
ZB2BY2376
South
Hand Off Auto
ZB2BY2387
4.20 Open-O-Close
ZB2BY2388
4.20 East
High
ZB2BY2338
Out
ZB2BY2339
West
High Low
ZB2BY2369
Power On
ZB2BY2326
Hoist Down
ZB2BY2342
Raise
ZB2BY2335
Hoist Up
ZB2BY2341
Reseta
ZB2BY2323
In
ZB2BY2503
Reverse
ZB2BY2306
Inch
ZB2BY2321
Right
ZB2BY2309
Jog For
ZB2BY2381
Run
ZB2BY2334
Jog Rev
ZB2BY2380
Slow
ZB2BY2327
Jog Run
ZB2BY2365
Start
ZB2BY2303
a
All nameplates are black with white lettering except “Stop”, “Emergency Stop” and “Reset” which are red with white lettering.
For black “Reset” change final digit of catalog number to 2.

Catalog Number
ZB2BY2304
ZB2BY2366
ZB2BY2345
ZB2BY2346
ZB2BY2307
ZB2BY2370
ZB2BY2389
6516002379
6516002380
6516002381
6516002382

$ Price

Type

Catalog Number
ZB2BY2101
ZB2BY4101
ZB2BY2002
ZB2BY4001

$ Price

Description
Blank
Black or red background—30 mm x 40 mm
Blank
Yellow or white background—30 mm x 40 mm
PVC custom
Special engravingb
Black background, white letters—30 mm x 40 mm
engraved
Special engravingb
White background, black letters—30 mm x 40 mm
b
Please specify lettering when ordering. Two lines with 11 characters (including spaces) maximum on each plate.

PVC blank legend

19-120

CS2

Discount
Schedule

4.20

4.20
17.80

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pendant Stations

Type XACA Worksheet
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Type XACA Worksheet
Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. Custom orders for XACA pendant stations must
be placed through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly.

XACA Order Guide Instructions
14

Custom built pendant stations
1. Determine the number of operators needed, then choose an enclosure with a corresponding number of holes.
2. Select the type of operator, contact block, and appropriate nameplate for each function required.
3. Check for special functions that may be required. These items could include mechanical interlocks, adapters for self-supporting
cable, lower support rings, protective guards, etc.
Catalog number
of enclosure

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12

Mechanical interlock
(draw a vertical line
between the 2 units to
be interlocked )

Functions
(optional)

XACA
Legends

Contact blocks and
pilot light bodies

Push button
Pilot light or
Blanking plug

1
2
3
4
5
13

6
15

7
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

8

16

9
10

17

11
12

1
2
3
4

1

1

2

2

3
4

3
4

Mechanical interlock XACA009

Number of XACA009 required

19

Mechanical Interlock
(XACA009)

Unit mounted in base of station (facing downwards)
13

Attachments
Position

Type

Catalog No.

14

Adapters for self-supporting cable type BBAP (available only with cable sleeve Ø8–26 mm)

XACB961

5

5

5

15

Lower support ring

XACA971

6

6

6

16

Protective guard for base mounted selector switch or 40 mm emergency-stop push button

XACA982

Impossible
Combinations

17

Protective guard for key switch

XACA983

Possible
Combinations

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

19-121

Pendant Stations

Application and Ordering Information
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001
www.schneider-electric.us

This line of pendant stations consists of polymeric enclosures (2 through
10 units), push button units (1 through 5 speed) and laminated legend
plates. All enclosures have an extra single unit space near the top which
permits the installation of a toggle switch, a Type SK operator or pilot
light, or a warning label. All enclosures come with a stainless steel
hanger bracket and internal strain relief post. Enclosures are yellow and
have a threaded opening in the top.

LIFETIME
ENCLOSURE
WARRANTY

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix 9001 to the catalog number.
Table 19.369: Enclosure Catalog Numbers
Enclosure
Onlya

Number
of
Buttons

Conduit
Entrance
Size

2
4
6
8
10

3/ "-14 NPT
3/4"-14 NPT
4
1"-111/2 NPT
11/4"-111/2 NPT
1
1 /4"-111/2 NPT

$ Price

Enclosure For
Assembled Stationb

Cat. No.

$ Price

Cat. No.

SKYP2
189.00
SKYP20
SKYP4
239.00
SKYP40
SKYP6
287.00
SKYP60
c
SKYP8
356.00
SKYP80
SKYP10
428.00
SKYP100
Class 9001 SK push-to-test pilot lights and remote test pilot lights will not fit in these
enclosures.
Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators and legend plates. All
custom orders must include the pendant key sheet available as shown on page 19-123.
The price of an assembled pendant SKYP station includes the enclosure and components
plus a 10% assembly charge. (Example: 9001 SKYP2 ($189),
+ SKRU1 ($129), + SKN201 ($8.60) = $326.60 + 10% = $360.

a
b
c

Hanger bracket (Part no. 65091-061-01)
Threaded conduit hole
Space for toggle switch, a type SK operator or pilot light. Use
appropriate legend plates.

Table 19.371: Legend Plate Catalog Numbers
Where Used

Type SKYP enclosure

Marking

Type SKRU1 through SKRU11 operators. Any Type SK pilot
light▲ or operator can be mounted in this enclosure. The
enclosure depth will accommodate 1 Type KA1 thru KA6 (total
of 2) contact blocks.
For SKRU1
through
SKRU11

Type SKN2 legend plate

Table 19.370: Push Button Units
Number of
Buttons
per Unit

Cat.
No.d

$ Price

2

Single Speed –
Momentary Interlocked
Single Speed –
Momentary NonInterlocked
Single Speed –
Maintained Interlock

10

SKRU11

149.00e

2

Two Speed –
Momentary Interlocked

87

SKRU2

270.00f

2

Three Speed –
Momentary Interlocked

88

SKRU3

320.00f

2

Four Speed –
Momentary Interlocked

89

SKRU4

341.00f

2

Five Speed –
Momentary Interlocked

90

SKRU5

356.00f

19

2
2

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

d

Contact
Symbol –
See Below

Description

7

SKRU1

129.00e

5

SKRU10

107.00e

Types SKRU 1, 10 and 11 use Type KA contact blocks. Types SKRU 2 thru 5 are factory
enclosed contact blocks.
Boot part number is 9001KU1.
Boot part number is 9001KU37.

e
f

Figure 19.3:

With
9001SKh
operator or
pilot light
in top space
of enclosure

h
i
j
k

SPEED POSITION
OFF
1 2

Terminals
C

1
2

Terminals

SPEED POSITION
OFF
1 2 3

3 2 1

C

1

1

2

2

2

3

3

Figure 19.4:

Terminals
C

Terminals
C

SPEED POSITION
OFF
1 2 3 4 5

5 4 3 2 1

Terminals
C

1

1

2

2

1

2

2

3

3

3

3

4

4

4

5

2868-D31

89

19-122

12.90

Specify Marking

SKN599 i

27.00

Blank
On
Off
Emerg. Stop
Run
Power On
Off-On

SKN100 j
SKN103
SKN104
SKN105
SKN124
SKN138
SKN144

4.40

Specify Marking

SKN199 j

18.50

$ Price
14.30

Single Speed Contact Symbols

2868-D29

1

4

37.20

SKN500 i
SKN544 i
SKN545 i

Cat. No.

7

Terminals
C

SKN299k

Blank
Off-On
On-Off

Table 19.372: Closing Plate Catalog Number

88

SPEED POSITION
OFF
4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4

Specify Marking

Terminals

1

87

8.60

SK52

C

2868-D30

$ Price

SKN200k
SKN201
SKN202
SKN203
SKN204
SKN205
SKN206
SKN207
SKN208
SKN209
SKN210
SKN211

Can be supplied by Square D as Class 9001 Type SKSTS1- includes boot for NEMA Type
4X.
See 9001SK on pages 19-77 thru 19-84.
Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be used with toggle switch.
Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red background on a black core.
19 characters each side max.

Multispeed Contact Symbols (X = Contact Closed)

2 1
Terminals
C

With toggle
switchg in
top space of
enclosure

g

Cat. No.

Blank-Blank
Hoist: Up-Down
Trolley: East-West
Trolley: Fwd.-Rev.
Trolley: North-South
Bridge: Fwd.-Rev.
Bridge: East-West
Bridge: North-South
Start-Stop
Reset-Stop
Aux Hoist: Up-Down
Power: On-Off

5

10

Worksheet for Custom Assembled Pendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Page 19-123

5
2868-D32

90

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pendant Stations

Application and Ordering Information
Class 9001 / Refer to Catalog 9001CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Type SKYP Worksheet
Use this worksheet to assist in component selection. SKYP Custom Pendant orders must be placed
through the Product Selector in Quote to Cash. There is a 10% charge for assembly.

9001

Type

TYPE NUMBER KEY

1.

Operator or Closing Plate.
Example - SKRU1

2.

Legend Plate Type Number
Example - SKN201

3.

Legend Plate Marking
– Used Only if Special Marking is Required
Example:
Line 2 - SKN299
Line 3 - A.) Hoist
B.) FWD
C.) REV

When operator and legend plate
use 2 adjacent holes - specify
same in both locations. Example:

A

Type

2 Button

3/ "
4

-14 NPT

SKYP20

4 Button

3/ "
4

-14 NPT

SKYP40

6 Button

1" -14 NPT

SKYP60

8 Button

11/4" -11 1/2

SKYP80

10 Button

11/4" -11 1/2

SKYP100

Contact
Symbol

Type

2

Single Speed - Momentary
Interlocked

7

SKRU1

2

Single Speed - Momentary
Non-Interlocked

5

SKRU10

2

Single Speed - Maintained
Interlocked

10

SKRU11

2

Two Speed - Momentary
Interlocked

87

SKRU2

2

Three Speed - Momentary
Interlocked

88

SKRU3

2

Four Speed - Momentary
Interlocked

89

2

Five Speed - Momentary
Interlocked

90

CLOSING PLATE
Type
SK52

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2
3

Where Used

C)
1

The price of the total station
consists of the price of each
individual component plus a
10% charge for assembly.

Type

Blank-Blank
Hoist: Up-Down
Trolley: East-West
Trolley: Fwd.-Rev.
Trolley: North-South
Bridge: Fwd.-Rev.
Bridge: East-West
Bridge: North-South
Start-Stop
Reset-Stop
Specify Marking

SKN200
SKN201
SKN202
SKN203
SKN204
SKN205
SKN206
SKN207
SKN208
SKN209
SKN299

With Toggle
Switch in
Top Space of
Enclosure

Blank
Off-On
On-Off
Specify Marking

SKN500
SKN544
SKN545
SKN599

With Type SK
Operator
or Pilot Light
in Top Space
of Enclosure

Blank
On
Off
Emerg. Stop
Run
Power On
Off-On
Specify Marking
Specify Marking
(Red Background)

SKN100
SKN103
SKN104
SKN105
SKN124
SKN138
SKN144
SKN199
SKN199R

For SKRU1
through
SKRU11

SKRU4
SKRU5

Marking

Available as 9001SKSTS1
Includes legend plate, gasket and ground plate to be
used with toggle switch.
Tri-laminated legend plate having a yellow or red
background on a black core.
19 characters each side.
Class 9001 Type SK Push-To-Test Pilot lights and Remote Test Pilot lights will not fit in these enclosures.

CS1

Discount
Schedule

A)
B)

2
3

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

LEGEND PLATES – NEMA / UL 4X, 13

PUSH BUTTON UNITS – NEMA / UL 4X, 13
Description

1

Type SKRU1 through
SKRU11 operators.
Type SKN2 legend
plate

Assembled pendant stations consist of an enclosure, operators, and
legend plates.

Number of
Buttons per
Unit

3

Hanger bracket
Threaded conduit
hole
Space for toggle
switch , a Type SK
operator or pilot light
or a warning label.
Use SKN5 or SKN1
legend plates.
Type SKYP enclosure

Enclosure
for Assembled
Station

Conduit
Entrance
Size

2

1 SKRU1
2 SKN201
3

C

Space for toggle switch , a
Type SK operator or pilot light,
or a warning label. Use SKN-5
or SKN-1 legend plates.

1

1 SKRU1
2 SKN201
3

B

ENCLOSURES – NEMA 4X, 13

Size

SKYP -________

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

A)
B)
C)

Type SKRU1
through
SKRU11
operators or
Type SK
operators and
Type SKN-2
legend plate.

1
2
3

A)
B)

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Class

C)
1
2
3

19

Control
Products

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

A)
B)
C)

1
2
3

A)
B)
C)

19-123

Foot Switches

9002A Heavy Duty Industrial
Class 9002

www.schneider-electric.us

Heavy Duty Industrial Foot Switches—Oiltight, Watertight, Dusttight and Driptight Enclosure,
NEMA 2, 4 and 13

DANGER
HAZARDOUS APPLICATIONS
Do not use foot switches on machines without point-of-operation protection.
Failure to follow these instructions will result in death, serious injury, or
equipment damage.
AW2
Type AW Foot Switch with
Top Pedal Shield and Side
Shields

AW132
Type AW with Oversized
Pedal Shield and Side
Shields

Foot Switch Selection
Foot switches are used to control many industrial processes, while leaving the operator's hands free to perform other
functions. The type or model of foot switch suitable for each application will vary depending on factors such as the
control function required, degree of protection required, production methods, unusual conditions, government
regulations, etc. In some applications more than one foot switch may be required, as when two or more persons are
operating a machine. In these cases, safe practice and regulations require that the foot switches be wired in series
making it necessary that each operator's foot switch be actuated before the machine will cycle.
Only the user can be aware of all the conditions and factors present during setup, operation and maintenance of the
machine; therefore, only the user can determine which foot switch(es) can be properly used. When selecting a foot
switch for a particular application, the user should refer to the applicable ANSI standards and OSHA regulations. The
National Safety Council's Accident Prevention Manual also provides much useful information.
In some applications, such as power presses, additional operator protection such as point-of-operation guarding must
be provided when a foot switch is used as an actuator. This is necessary since the operator's hands and other parts of
the body are free to enter the pinch point area and serious injury can occur. The shielding provided on foot switches
cannot protect an operator from injury. For this reason the foot switch cannot be substituted for or take the place of
point-of-operation protection.
A Trilingual Danger Sign regarding the need for point-of-operation protection is supplied with each foot switch. The sign
incorporates three languages: English, Spanish and French. Additional copies of the sign are available by contacting
your Square D sales office.
Type AW Fully Shielded Foot Switch with Oversized Pedal Shield, Side Shields and
Safety Door. The Safety Door is interlocked with the pedal to prevent operation due to
shock or vibration. It prevents accidental pedal operation by requiring a simple but
intentional motion to lift the door before inserting the foot.

19

AW124

Operating Temperature: –30 to +60 °C (–22 to +140 °F)
PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

NOTE: When ordering, add prefix “9002” to the catalog number.
Table 19.373: Foot Switch Catalog Numbers
AW117
Type AW with Oversized
Pedal Shield, Side
Shields and Safety Door

AW1
Type AW Foot Switch
without Pedal Shield

Description

Fully Shielded with
Oversized Pedal
Shield,
Side Shields and
Safety Door

Features

With Oversized
Pedal Shield
and
Side Shields

With Pedal
Shield and
Side Shields

UNSHIELDED
(See Warning noted)

Cat. No.
$ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No. $ Price Cat. No.
$ Price
Single Poleb
Spring Return
AW117
750.00 AW132 750.00 AW2 363.00
AW1
396.00
Double Throw
With Mechanical Latch
—
—
—
—
AW7 527.00
—
—
Two Pole b
Spring Return
AW124a
903.00 AW133 903.00 AW14 527.00
AW13
575.00
Double Throw
With Mechanical Latch
—
—
—
—
AW15 692.00
—
—
Two Stage b
Spring Return
AW119
930.00 AW134 930.00 AW6 543.00
AW5
590.00
(One Pole Each
With Mechanical Latch in 1st Stage
—
—
—
—
AW9 705.00
—
—
Stage) Table 1
With Mechanical Latch in 2nd Stage
—
—
—
—
AW10 705.00
—
—
Four Stage b
(One Pole Each
Spring Return
AW123
1295.00
—
—
AW22 912.00
AW21
995.00
Stage) Table 2
Single Pole
Maintained Contact—Push On/Push Off
—
—
—
—
AW12 527.00
AW11
575.00
Single Throw
Replacement
—
AC5
363.00
AC7
363.00
AC8c
140.00
AC1
153.00
Cover Assembly
a
2 N.O. and 2 N.C. isolated, direct acting contacts.
b
A single pole snap switch that contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity.
A double pole snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set that contains
two double break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of same polarity.
c
For replacement cover drilled to accept latch. For Series C foot switches order AC9. Price is $182.00 No replacement cover available for Series A or
B devices drilled to accept latch. AC8 is spring return only.
d
WARNING: These foot switches must not be used to operate machines or equipment where the possibility of operator injury exists. Typical uses
include Emergency Stop functions, “Dead Man” controls, signal functions (lights, bells, etc.).

File
CCN

E42259
NKCR

File
Class

LR25490
184 N 13.1U

For replacement parts for Class 9002 Type AW: See instruction bulletin 65013-010-31.
For contact symbol tables, see page 19-125

19-124

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Foot Switches

9002A Heavy Duty Industrial
Class 9002

www.schneider-electric.us

(3) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes
9

Approximate Dimensions
(5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Holes
9

3.50
89
4.50

6.40

114

163

3.50
89
5.63

2.87
73

5.81
8.56

148

143

216

5.81
147
6.62 Typ.

3/4 14 Pipe Tap

2.94

168

75

1.25
32

11.13
283

.38
10

.94
24

6.26
159
5.73

Types AW1, AW5, AW11, AW13 and AW21

146

(5) .34 Dia. Mtg. Hole
9

2.90

.94

74

24

4.60
117
1.84

5.02
128

47

8.56
217

5.38

3.50

137

3/4 14 Pipe Tap

Types AW117, AW119, AW123, AW124
Types AW132, AW133 and AW134 (without safety door)

89

Table 19.374: Maximum Current Ratings For Control Circuit Contacts
AC Amperes

37

.94

4.84

Type

Volts

Resistive
Inductive
75% Power
35% Power Factor
Factor

24

123

Make

6.87
174

9.00

3/4-14 NPT

229

Types AW2, AW6, AW12, AW14 and AW22

Break

DC Amperes

Make and Break

Make, Break
and
Continuous

120
40
15
15
240
20
10
10
480
10
6
6
600
8
5
5
120
30
3
3
AW13, AW14, AW15,
240
15
1.5
1.5
AW133
480
7.5
0.75
0.75
600
6
0.6
0.6
115
36
6
—
AW11, AW12
230
18
3
—
120
15.0
1.5
10
AW21, AW22,
240
7.5
0.75
10
AW123
480
3.75
0.375
10
600
3.0
0.3
10
120
60
6
10
240
30
3
10
AW124
480
15
1.5
10
600
12
1.2
10
Note: Double throw switches are rated 250 Vdc maximum.
AW1 through AW10,
AW117, AW119,
AW132

Inductive
and Resistive

Volts
Single
Throw

Double
Throw

Continuous

125
250
600

2.0
0.5
0.1

0.5
0.2
0.02

15
15
15

125
250
600
—
125
250
—
—
—
—

1.0
0.3
0.1
—
2.2
1.1
—
—
—
—

0.2
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

120
240
600

1.1
0.55
0.2

—
—
—

10
10
10

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

1.44

Table 19.375: Contact Symbol—Two Stage
Pedal

Circuit
Up
A1
0
1
B1
1
A2
1
2
B2
0
Note: 0 = Open 1 = Closed

Half Down
1
0
1
0

Full Down
1
0
0
1

19

Snap Switch
Unit

Table 19.376: Contact Symbol—Four Stage
Snap Switch
Unit

1

2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pedal Position

Circuit
1A1
1B1
2A1
2B1
1A2
1B2
2A2
2B2

CP1

0
1
0
1
1
0
1
0

Discount
Schedule

Up
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
0

1
0
1
0
1
0
1
0

Down
1
0
1
0
0
1
1
0

1
0
1
0
0
1
0
1

19-125

Rotary Cam Switches

K2 Custom and K30–K150 Power Switching
Class 9003

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 19.377: Rotary Cam Switches
Used in building control panels and consoles, Type K cam switches allow control of processes and utilities in industry and buildings, and direct
control for simple machines.

Applications

Off-On/On-Off switches
Stepping switches
Changeover switches
Measurement switches
Functions
Reversing switches
Reversing star-delta
switches
Pole change switches
Conventional rated thermal current
(Ith)
Rated insulation voltage (Ui)

Electrical operating characteristics

Front plate degree of protection
Product composition

1 to 6-pole
2 to 12-position, 1 to 4-pole
1 to 5-pole
Voltmeter and ammeter
2 and 3-pole

1 to 6-pole
–
1 to 4-pole
–
2 and 3-pole

Star-delta

Star-delta

2 and 3-speed

2-speed

20 A

32 A

50 A

63 A

115 A

150 A

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - 2.2 kW - 8.3 A
AC - 15
230 V - 4 A
IP 40
IP 65 (with seal)
Complete switches and custom

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - 5.5 kW
AC - 15
230 V - 14 A

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - 7.5 kW
AC - 15
230 V - 6 A

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - kW
–

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - 5 kW
–

690 V
AC-3 - 3-phase
230 V - 22 kW
–

IP 40
Complete switches

Adaptable sub-assemblies
Compatibility
Mounting

Ø 22 control and signalling units
Multi-fixing
Single Ø 22 hole
Screw fixing, 4 holes on 36 mm centers
45 x 45
60 x 60 (adaptable sub-assemblies)
Black and red standard and long handles
Key operator
Metallic head
Metallic legend with black marking or
black legend with white marking
UL-CSA
EN/IEC 60947-3
EN/IEC 60947-5-1

Front mounting
Rear mounting

Front plate dimensions (mm)

19
Operating heads

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

Approvals

–
By 4 holes on 48 mm centers

By 4 holes on 68 mm centers

Screw fixing, 4 holes on 48 mm centers

Screw fixing, 4 holes on 68 mm centers

64 x 64

88 x 88

Black standard handle
Metallic legend, black marking

cULus
EN/IEC 60947-3

Type

Type K2

Type K30–K150

Cam switch model a

Class 9003, K2

K30

K50

K63

K115

K150

Instructions for the Key Sheet on page 19-127

Explanation of the Contact Sequence Example Below

1.

1.
2.

2.

From the chart below, choose the switching angle as determined on the key
sheet (see page 19-127). This identifies the angular location and the position
numbers for the various positions of the rotary cam switch. Zero degrees or
straight up is always position 1. Use these position numbers when
completing the target table.
Terminals on the cam switch have the same numbers as the terminal
numbers on the target table. Contact 1-2 is a single contact.

NOTE: When indicating a contact closure, place “X” within the
square as shown in the contact sequence example.

Figure 19.5:

90 °

60 °

45 °

1

1

1
8

4

3

a

12

2

3
4

6

1

Positions

3

10

4
5

1

2

11
3

7

5

Contact Sequence Example

30 °

2

2

5.

NOTE: Position 1 is an off position

Table 19.378: Switching Angle Chart

6

3.
4.

Contact 1-2 is open in all positions except position 2.
Contact 3-4 is closed from the 2nd through the 4th position. The contact
does not open while switching from one position to another.
Contacts 5-6 and 7-8 overlap between positions 2 and 3.
Contact 9-10 is closed in positions 2 and 3. It is open momentarily while
switching between positions 2 and 3.
Contact 11-12 closes mementarily when switching from position 2 to
positiion 3. This contact is not closed in position 2 or position 3.

C
o
n
t
a
c
t
s

4
5

9
8

7

6

—

2

1-2

X

3-4

X

5-6
7-8

X

9-10

X

11-12

—

3

X

X

X

X

—

X

4

—

X

X
X
X

Incomplete part numbers. Contact your local supplier for assistance.

19-126

CS1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Rotary Cam Switches

Application and Ordering Information
Class 9003

www.schneider-electric.us

See Instructions on page 19-126.
Customer
Date

F,O. NO.
P.O. Number

Qty

To order custom cam switches:
1.
2.

3.
4.
5.
6.

Indicate the contact size at right (9003 K2)
Indicate the desired switching angle at right. If the switching angle is not
indicated, the factory will determine the angle from the table to the
right.
From the example shown on page 19-126, fill in the target table on page
19-128.
Indicate the operator/handle type.
If the operator/handle bezel has a legend and legend marking is desired,
indicate the legend marking on the back of this form.
If a separate legend is required, indicate the legend type on the right and
the marking on the back of this form.

xXSwitching AnglexX
90 °
60 °
45 °
30 °
Contact size

Maximum
xNumber of Positionsx
4
6
8
12
Class 9003

Switching angle

See Ordering
xInstructions at LeftxX
2-3
4-5
6-7
8-12
Type

K

2

Type

Operator/Handle type

Class 9003

Type

Separate legend

Class 9003

Type

19

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

NOTE: See page 19-126 for target table explanation

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CS1

Discount
Schedule

19-127

Rotary Cam Switches

Application and Ordering Information
Class 9003

Figure 19.6:

www.schneider-electric.us

Target Table

Target Table
Positions
1

T
E
R
M
I
N
A
L
S

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

19

1-2
3-4
5-6
7-8
9-10
11-12
13-14
15-16
17-18
19-20
21-22
23-24
25-26
27-28
29-30
31-32
33-34
35-36
37-38
39-40

PUSH BUTTONS AND
OPERATOR INTERFACE

19-128

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 20
Electronic Sensors and Machine Cabling
Osisense Photoelectric Sensors
XUB Tubular

20-2

XUM Miniature

20-4

XUK and XUX Compact

20-4

Osisense Inductive Proximity Sensors
Photoelectric Sensors, p. 20-2

XS Plastic Rectangular

20-5

XS General Purpose Tubular

20-6

XS Basic and Basic Plus Series

20-8

Osisense Capacitive Proximity Sensors
XT Proximity

20-9

Accessories

20-10

XUV Label Sensor

20-10

XXV18—Barrel, Ø18 mm

20-10

Virtu™ VM1—Dual Mount,
Ø 18 mm and Flat Format

20-11

Virtu™ VM18—Barrel, Ø18 mm

20-11

Virtu™ 30—Barrel, Ø30 mm

20-12

SM900 (1, 2, and 8 m)

20-12

Ultrasonic Sensors
Proximity Sensors, p. 20-5

20

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Ultrasonic Sensors, p. 20-10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

20-1

Osisense Photoelectric
Sensors
Table 20.1:

XUB Tubular Sensors
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

XUB Tubular Sensors
A single product that adapts
to most environments.

Diffuse

Background suppression

For multi-mode models (XUB0,
XUM0, XUK0, and XUX0) that are
programmable to function as Diffuse,
Diffuse/Background Suppression,
Polarized Retroreflective, or
Thru-Beam Receivers, consult
the factory.

Polarized retroreflective

Thru-beam
XUB•A
18 mm plastic
0.6 m (2.0 ft)
2 m (6.6 ft)
4 m (13.1 ft)
15 m (49 ft)
M 18 x 1
P / M 18 x 46
—
–25 to +55 °C (–13 to +131 °F)
IP65, IP67 (XUK: IP65)

XUB Tubular Sensors

Usable sensing distance

Proximity diffuse (adjustable)
Polarized retroreflective
Retroreflective
Thru-beam

Mounting (mm)
Enclosure: M (metal), P (plastic) / Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
Setup LEDs
Temperature range
Degree of protection (conforming to IEC 60529):

Table 20.2:

XUB•B
18 mm metal
0.6 m (2.0 ft)
2 m (6.6 ft)
4 m (13.1 ft)
15 m (49 ft)
M 18 x 1
P / M 18 x 46
—

Sensors for DC Applications (Solid State Output: Transistor)
Precabled, PvR, 2 m c

Connection

M12 connector

Precabled, PvR, 2 m c

M12 connector

Catalog No.
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
N.O.
XUB5APANL2
XUB5APANM12
XUB5BPANL2
XUB5BPANM12
Proximity diffuse, adjustable
N.C.
XUB5APBNL2
XUB5APBNM12
XUB5BPBNL2
XUB5BPBNM12
N.O.
XUB9APANL2
XUB9APANM12
XUB9BPANL2
XUB9BPANM12
Polarized
retroreflective
Receiver or
N.C.
XUB9APBNL2
XUB9APBNM12
XUB9BPBNL2
XUB9BPBNM12
Transmitter/Receiver,
N.O.
XUB1APANL2
XUB1APANM12
XUB1BPANL2
XUB1BPANM12
3-wire PNP a
Retroreflective
N.C.
XUB1APBNL2
XUB1APBNM12
XUB1BPBNL2
XUB1BPBNM12
N.O.
XUB2APANL2R
XUB2APANM12R
XUB2BPANL2R
XUB2BPANM12R
Thru-beam
N.C.
XUB2APBNL2R
XUB2APBNM12R
XUB2BPBNL2R
XUB2BPBNM12R
Transmitter
XUB2AKSNL2T
XUB2AKSNM12T
XUB2AKSNL2T
XUB2AKSNM12T
Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple
10–36
10–36
10–36
10–36
Switching frequency (Hz)
500
500
500
500
Common characteristics for DC versions
Switching capacity, max (mA): 100 / Overload and short-circuit protection / LED output state
a
For version with NPN output, change “P” to “N”. For example: XUB1APANL2 would become XUB1ANANL2.
b
These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection. A 0.4 A fast-acting fuse must be connected in series with the load.
c
For a 5 m cable, change L2 to L5. For example, XUMB5APANL2 becomes XUMB5APANL5.

Table 20.3:

Metal Body Sensors for Two-Wire AC b or DC Applications (Solid-State Output: Transistor)

Connection

Precabled, PvR, 2 m c
Catalog No.
XU8M18MA230
XU8M18MB230
XU5M18MA230
XU5M18MB230
XU9M18MA230
XU9M18MB230
XU2M18MA230
XU2M18MB230
24–240
25
10–200

1/2"-20UNF Connector
Catalog No.
XU8M18MA230K
XU8M18MB230K
XU5M18MA230K
XU5M18MB230K
XU9M18MA230K
XU9M18MB230K
XU2M18MA230K
XU2M18MB230K
24–240
25
10–200

mm
24 x 21
Ø 80
50 x 50
Material
Die Cast Zinc
Plastic

Catalog No.
XUZC24
XUZC80
XUZC50
Catalog No.
XUZA118
XUZA218

M8 (4-Pin)

90°
Catalog No.
XZCP1041L2

Straight
Catalog No.
XZCP0941L2

M12 (4-pin)

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1141L2

XZCP1965L2

XZCP1865L2

Diffuse with adjustable background suppression
System
XUZC24

Diffuse

XUZC50

Polarized retrofeflective d
Thru-beame

20

XUZC80

Rated supply voltage (Vac/Vdc)
Switching frequency (Hz)
Switching capacity (mA) b
d
A 50 x 50 mm reflector XUZC50 is included with a polarized retroreflective system.
e
Includes a thru-beam transmitter and receiver.

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Table 20.4:

Accessories

Reflectors
XUZA118

XUZA218

Mounting brackets for XUB

Cables, 2 m, without LED f
Suitable plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions
XZCP1241L2

20-2

XZCP1141L2

f

NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
NC
NO
NC

1/2"-20UNF
For 5 or 10 meter lengths, replace 2 in the cable catalog number with 5 or 10.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Photoelectric
Sensors

XUBL and XUBT Sensors
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 20.5:

XUVR / XUVA Optical fork without adjustment
Connector

Sensing Characteristics

Thru-beam

Sensing range, mm (in.)

2–180 (0.08 –7.09)

Sensing frequency

Precabled

Angular Fork

4000 Hz

Minimum size of object detected,
mm (in.)

Passageway 2–120 mm

0.8 (0.03)

1.2 (0.05)

Passageway u 150 mm

1 (0.04)

1.5 (0.06)

XUVR•

XUVA•

Fork type
Power Requirements
Supply voltage

12–24 Vdc

Max. load

100 mA with overload and short-circuit protection

Environmental
Operating temperature range

–10 to +60 °C (+14 to +140 °F)

Environmental protection ratings

IP65 and IP67

Construction
Materials
Case

Painted aluminum and polyamide

Catalog numbers of forks type XUVR•
Connection—Precabled, length 2 m. Depth (B): 40 mm (1.18 in.)
Passageway (A)

Function Output

30 mm (1.18 in.)

NO

PNP

Catalog Number
XUVR0303PANL2

Connection—M8, 3-Pin. Depth (B): 60 mm (2.36 in.)
Passageway (A)

Function Output
NO

3-Wire
NO or NC function
PNP or NPN ouput

50 mm (1.97 in.)
NC

B
NO
80 mm (3.15 in.)

A

NC

Catalog Number

PNP

XUVR0605PANM8

NPN

XUVR0605NANM8

PNP

XUVR0605PBNM8

NPN

XUVR0605NBNM8

PNP

XUVR0608PANM8

NPN

XUVR0608NANM8

PNP

XUVR0608PBNM8

NPN

XUVR0608NBNM8

Connection—M8, 3-Pin. Depth (B): 120 mm (4.72 in.)
Passageway (A)
A = Passageway
B = Depth

Function Output
NO

120 mm (4.72 in.)
NC
NO
180 mm (7.09 in.)
NC

Catalog Number

PNP

XUVR1212PANM8

NPN

XUVR1212NANM8

PNP

XUVR1212PBNM8

NPN

XUVR1212NBNM8

PNP

XUVR1218PANM8

NPN

XUVR1218NANM8

PNP

XUVR1218PBNM8

NPN

XUVR1218NBNM8

Catalog numbers of forks type XUVA•

A

3-wire
NO function
PNP ouput

Function Output

50 mm (1.97 in.)

NO

PNP

Catalog Number
XUVA0505PANM8

80 mm (3.15 in.)

NO

PNP

XUVA0808PANM8

120 mm (4.72 in.) NO

PNP

XUVA1212PANM8

150 mm (5.91 in. ) NO

PNP

XUVA1515PANM8

20

A = Passageway

Passageway (A)

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Connection—M8 connector, 3-Pin

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

20-3

Osisense Photoelectric
Sensors
Table 20.6:

XUM Miniature, XUK and XUX Compact
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

XUM Miniature, XUK and XUX Compact
A single product that
adapts to most
environments.

Diffuse

Background suppression

Polarized retroreflective

For multi-mode models
(XUB0, XUM0, XUK0,
and XUX0) that are
programmable to function as
Diffuse, Diffuse/Background
Suppression, Polarized
Retroreflective, or
Thru-Beam Receivers,
consult the factory.

Thru-beam
XUM
Miniature Design

XUK
Compact Design 50 x 50

XUX
Compact Design

1 m (3.28 ft)
5 m (16.40 ft)c
—
15 m (49.21 ft)
direct: mounting centers 25.5,
M3 screws

1 m (3.2 ft) a
5 m (16.4 ft) a
7 m (23.0 ft) a
30 m (98 ft) a
direct: mounting centers 40 x 40,
M4 screws

2.1 m (6.8 ft)
11 m (36 ft)
14 m (46 ft)
40 m (131.2 ft)
direct: mounting centers 30/36 to
40/50/74, M5 screws

P / 10.8 x 34 x 20

P / 18 x 50 x 50

P / 30 x 92 x 71

Sensors
Usable
sensing
distance

Proximity diffuse (adjustable sensitivity)
Polarized retroreflective
Retroreflective
Thru-beam

Mounting (mm)
Enclosure: M (metal) P (plastic) /
Dimensions (mm) Ø x L or W x H x D
Setup LEDs
Common characteristics
a

LED output state indicator and power on LED (

): yes

Excess gain of 2.

Sensors for DC Applications
(Solid State Output: Transistor)

Catalog No.
Screw terminals,
ISO 16 cable gland
XUX0AKSAT16T
XUX5APANT16
XUX5APBNT16

Connection

Precabled, PVC, 2 m

M8 connector

Precabled, PVC, 2 m

M12 connector

Transmitter

XUM2AKCNL2T
—
—

XUM2AKCNM8T
—
—

XUK2AKSNL2T
XUK5APANL2
XUK5APBNL2

XUK2AKSNM12T
XUK5APANM12
XUK5APBNM12

XUM5APCNL2

XUM5APCNM8

—

—

—

—

—
—

—
—

XUK9APANL2
XUK9APBNL2

XUK9APANM12
XUK9APBNM12

XUX9APANT16
XUX9APBNT16

XUX9APANM12
XUX9APBNM12

XUM9APCNL2

XUM9APCNM8

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—

XUK1APANL2
XUK1APBNL2
XUK2APANL2R
XUK2APBNL2R

XUK1APANM12
XUK1APBNM12
XUK2APANM12R
XUK2APBNM12R

XUX1APANT16
XUX1APBNT16
XUX2APANT16R
XUX2APBNT16R

XUX1APANM12
XUX1APBNM12
XUX2APANM12R
XUX2APBNM12R

XUM2APCNL2R

XUM2APCNM8R

—

—

10–30
1000

10–30
1000

N.O.
N.C.
N.O./N.C.
convertible
N.O.
N.C.
Receiver or
Polarized retroreflective
Transmitter/
N.O./N.C.
Receiver,
convertible
3-wire PNP b
N.O.
Retroreflective
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
Thru-beam
N.O./N.C.
convertible
Supply voltage limits, min/max (V) including ripple
Switching frequency (Hz)
Common characteristics for DC versions
Proximity diffuse,
adjustable

10–30
10–30
250
250
indicator ( ): yes / power on LED ( ): yes

M12 connector
XUX0AKSAM12T
XUX5APANM12
XUX5APBNM12

—

—

10–36
250

10–36
250

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Multi-current/multi-voltage sensors for AC/DC applications, 20–264 Vac/Vdc, including ripple (relay output, 1 C/O, 3 A)

20

Connection

—

—

Precabled, 2 m

—

Transmitter

—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—

XUK2ARCNL2T
XUK5ARCNL2
XUK9ARCNL2
XUK1ARCNL2
XUK2ARCNL2R
20

—
—
—
—
—
—

Screw terminals
ISO 16 cable gland
XUX0ARCTT16T
XUX5ARCNT16
XUX9ARCNT16
XUX1ARCNT16
XUX2ARCNT16R
20

—

—

/

—

/

Diffuse
Receiver or
Polarized retroreflective
Transmitter/
Retroreflective
Receiver
Thru-beam
Switching frequency (Hz)
LED output state indicator(

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

b
c

N.O. + N.C.
N.O. + N.C.
N.O. + N.C.
N.O. + N.C.

) / power on LED (

)

For version with NPN output, change “P” to “N”. For example, XUM5APCNL2 would become XUM5ANCNL2.
With XUZC50 reflector.

Note: M8 is not Snap-C compatible.
See page 20-2 for suitable plug-in cables with female connectors.

20-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Inductive
Proximity Sensors

XS Plastic Rectangular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Sensor

Flush mountable in metal

Non-flush mountable in metal

A single product that automatically adapts to most
environments.
Accurate position detection via teach mode.

non-flush mountable in metal

flush mountable in metal

General Purpose, Plastic Case, Limit Switch Style, 5-Position Turret Head
Table 20.7:

General Specifications

Product certifications
Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529
Operating temperature

UL, CSA, e
IP67
–25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F)

DC Supply
Table 20.8:

Catalog Numbers

Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.)
PNP, NO + NC
4-wire c
(complementary outputs)
NPN, NO + NC
NO
2-wire c
(non-polarized)
NO or NC programmable
Weight, kg (lb)

Table 20.9:

15 (0.59)
Increased range 20 (0.79)
15 (0.59)
20 (0.79)
Increased range 40 (1.57)
20 (0.79)
XS7C40PC440H7
XS7C40PC449H7
—
XS8C40PC440H7
XS8C40PC449H7
—
XS7C40NC440H7
XS7C40NC449H7
—
XS8C40NC440H7
XS8C40NC449H7
—
—
—
XS7C40DA210H7
—
—
XS8C40DA210H7
—
—
XS7C40DP210H7
—
—
XS8C40DP210H7
0.220 (0.49)
0.220 (0.49)
0.220 (0.49)
0.220 (0.49)
0.220 (0.49)
0.220 (0.49)

Supplemental Specifications

Screw terminals, clamping capacity: 2 or 4 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) b
0–12 (0–0.47)
0–16 (0–0.63)
0–12 (0–0.47)
≤3% of effective sensing distance (Sr)
3–20% of effective sensing distance (Sr)
Output
Yellow LED
Yellow LED
Status indication
Supply on
Green LED
—
Rated supply voltage
12–48 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple)
10–58 Vdc
Current consumption, no-load
y 10 mA
—
Switching capacity with overload and short-circuit protection 0–200 mA
1.5–100 mA
Residual current, open state
—
y 0.5 mA
Voltage drop, closed state
y2V
y4V
Maximum switching frequency
1000 Hz
1500 Hz
First-up
y 5 ms
y 5 ms
Delays
Response
y 0.3 ms
y 2 ms
Recovery
y 0.7 ms
y 5 ms
Connection a
Operating zone, mm (in.)
Repeat accuracy
Differential travel

0–16 (0–0.63)

0–32 (0–1.26)

0–16 (0–0.63)

Yellow LED
Green LED

Yellow LED
—

y 10 mA
0–200 mA
—
y2V
1000 Hz
y 5 ms
y 0.3 ms
y 0.7 ms

—
1.5–100 mA
y 0.5 mA
y4V
800 Hz
y 5 ms
y 2 ms
y 7 ms

500 Hz
y 5 ms
< 1 ms
< 1 ms

Plug-in, AC or DC supply
Catalog Numbers
AC
Nominal sensing distance Sn, mm (in.)
2-wire AC
NO or NC programmable
2-wire AC or DC universal
NO or NC programmable
model
Weight, kg (lb)

AC

AC/DC
20 (0.79)

XS7C40FP260H7

—

XS8C40FP260H7

—

—

XS7C40MP230H7

—

XS8C40MP230H7

0.220 (0.49)

0.220 (0.49)

0.220 (0.49)

0.220 (0.49)

Supplemental Specifications

Connection
Operating zone, mm (in.)
Repeat accuracy
Differential travel
Output state indication
Rated supply voltage
with protection against reverse polarity
Voltage limits (including ripple)
Current consumption, no-load
Switching capacity c
Residual current, open state
Voltage drop, closed state
Maximum switching frequency

Screw terminals, clamping capacity 2 x 1.5 mm2 (16 AWG) ab
0–12 (0–0.47)
≤3% of effective sensing distance (Sr)
3–20% of effective sensing distance (Sr)
Yellow LED
24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz or
24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
24–210 Vdc
20–264 Vac
20–264 Vac or Vdc
—
5–500 mA
5–300 mA AC or
(2 A inrush) c
5–200 mA DC c
0.8 mA on 24 V
y 1.5 mA
1.5 mA on 120 V
y 5.5 V
25 Hz
AC: 25 Hz; DC: 50 Hz
y 120 ms
y 30 ms
y 20 ms

0–16 (0–0.63)

24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz
20–264 Vac
5–500 mA
(2 A inrush) c
y 1.5 mA

25 Hz
First-up
Delays
Response
Recovery
a
Delete H7 suffix for PG13 conduit entry.
b
Cable gland not included with sensor. For suitable metric version PG13 cable gland (XSZPE13), see page 2/131 of 9006CT1007.
c
These sensors do not incorporate overload or short-circuit protection. A 0.4 mA fast-acting fuse (XUZE04) must be connected in series with the load.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Table 20.11:

AC/DC
15 (0.59)

24–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz or
24–210 Vdc
20–264 Vac or Vdc
5–300 mA AC or
5–200 mA DC c
0.8 mA on 24 V
1.5 mA on 120 V
AC: 25 Hz; DC: 50 Hz

20

Table 20.10:

20-5

Osisense Inductive
Proximity Sensors

XS General Purpose Tubular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
Table 20.12:

www.schneider-electric.us

General Purpose, Long Case, Increased Range, Flush Mountable,
3-Wire DC, Solid-State Output

ensors, 3-wire 12 4
Sensing Distance Sn,
mm (in.)

c, long case model
Function Output

Weight

Connection

Catalog No.

kg

(lb)

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

0.035
0.015
0.035
0.015
0.035
0.015
0.035
0.015

(0.08)
(0.03)
(0.08)
(0.03)
(0.08)
(0.03)
(0.08)
(0.03)

XS608B1PAL2
XS608B1PAM12
XS608B1NAL2
XS608B1NAM12
XS608B1PBL2
XS608B1PBM12
XS608B1NBL2
XS608B1NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

0.075
0.020
0.075
0.020
0.075
0.020
0.075
0.020

(0.17)
(0.04)
(0.17)
(0.04)
(0.17)
(0.04)
(0.17)
(0.04)

XS612B1PAL2
XS612B1PAM12
XS612B1NAL2
XS612B1NAM12
XS612B1PBL2
XS612B1PBM12
XS612B1NBL2
XS612B1NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Remote screw term. connector
Remote DIN 43650 connector
Remote M18 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Remote screw term. connector
Remote DIN 43650 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Remote screw term. connector
Remote DIN 43650 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Remote screw term. connector
Remote DIN 43650 connector

0.100
0.040
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.040
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.040
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.040
0.100
0.100

(0.22)
(0.09)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.09)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.09)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.09)
(0.22)
(0.22)

XS618B1PAL2
XS618B1PAM12
XS618B1PAL01B b
XS618B1PAL01C
XS618B1PAL01G
XS618B1NAL2
XS618B1NAM12
XS618B1NAL01B b
XS618B1NAL01C
XS618B1PBL2
XS618B1PBM12
XS618B1PBL01B b
XS618B1PBL01C
XS618B1NBL2
XS618B1NBM12
XS618B1NBL01B b
XS618B1NBL01C

Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1
PNP
NO
NPN
2.5 (0.10)
PNP
NC

XS6ppB1ppL2

NPN
Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1
PNP
NO
NPN
4 (0.16)
PNP
NC

XS6ppB1ppM12

NPN
Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1

PNP
NO
NPN

XS6ppB1ppL01B (2)

8 (0.31)
PNP
NC
NPN
Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5

XS6ppB1ppL01C

XS6ppB1ppL01G

Precabled (2 m) a
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PAL2
M12 connector
0.145
(0.32)
XS630B1PAM12
PNP
Remote screw term. connector
0.205
(0.45) XS630B1PAL01B b
Remote DIN 43650 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PAL01C
NO
Remote M18 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PAL01G
Precabled (2 m) a
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1NAL2
M12 connector
0.145
(0.32)
XS630B1NAM12
NPN
Remote screw term. connector
0.205
(0.45) XS630B1NAL01B b
Remote DIN 43650 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1NAL01C
15 (0.59)
Precabled (2 m) a
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PBL2
M12 connector
0.145
(0.32)
XS630B1PBM12
PNP
Remote screw term. connector
0.205
(0.45) XS630B1PBL01B b
Remote DIN 43650 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PBL01C
NC
Remote M18 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1PBL01G
Precabled (2 m) a
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1NBL2
M12 connector
0.145
(0.32)
XS630B1NBM12
NPN
Remote screw term.connector
0.205
(0.45) XS630B1NBL01B b
Remote DIN 43650 connector
0.205
(0.45)
XS630B1NBL01C
a
For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10. For example, XS608B1PAL2 becomes
XS608B1PAL5 with a 5 m cable.
b
Protective cable gland included with remote screw terminal connector.

20

Table 20.13:
XSZBppp

Accessories

Description

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

90° metal mounting brackets

Description

Weight

For use with sensors

kg
0.006
0.006
0.010
0.020

Ø8
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30
Cables
90°

Straight

Catalog No.
XZCP0666L2
XZCP1241L2
XZCP1965L2

Catalog No.
XZCP0566L2
XZCP1141L2
XZCP1865L2

Catalog No.
(lb)
(0.01)
9006PA08
(0.01)
9006PA12
(0.02)
9006PA18
(0.02)
9006PA30
Mounting Bracket

with Indexing Pin for Tubular Sensors

Plug-in female
connectors,
including pre-wired
versions
2 m, without LED

M8
M12
U20

20-6

M12
M18
M30

Catalog No.
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense™ Inductive
Proximity Sensors

Products and Accessories
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 20.14:

Sensors, 3-wire 12–24 Vdc, Short Case Model

Sensing Distance
Function
Sn, mm (in.)

1

Output

Weight
kg

(lb)

Catalog
Number

Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector

0.035
0.025
0.025
0.035
0.025
0.035
0.025
0.035
0.025

(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)

XS506B1PAL2
XS506B1PAM8
XS506B1PAM12
XS506B1NAL2
XS506B1NAM8
XS506B1PBL2
XS506B1PBM8
XS506B1NBL2
XS506B1NBM8

Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector

0.035
0.025
0.025
0.035
0.025
0.025
0.035
0.025
0.025
0.035
0.025
0.025

(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.06)
(0.08)
(0.06)
(0.06)

XS508B1PAL2
XS508B1PAM8
XS508B1PAM12
XS508B1NAL2
XS508B1NAM8
XS508B1NAM12
XS508B1PBL2
XS508B1PBM8
XS508B1PBM12
XS508B1NBL2
XS508B1NBM8
XS508B1NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

0.075
0.035
0.075
0.035
0.075
0.035
0.075
0.035

(0.17)
(0.08)
(0.17)
(0.08)
(0.17)
(0.08)
(0.17)
(0.08)

XS512B1PAL2
XS512B1PAM12
XS512B1NAL2
XS512B1NAM12
XS512B1PBL2
XS512B1PBM12
XS512B1NBL2
XS512B1NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

0.120
0.060
0.120
0.060
0.120
0.060
0.120
0.060

(0.26)
(0.13)
(0.26)
(0.13)
(0.26)
(0.13)
(0.26)
(0.13)

XS518B1PAL2
XS518B1PAM12
XS518B1NAL2
XS518B1NAM12
XS518B1PBL2
XS518B1PBM12
XS518B1NBL2
XS518B1NBM12

0.205
0.145
0.205
0.145
0.205
0.145
0.205
0.145

(0.45)
(0.32)
(0.45)
(0.32)
(0.45)
(0.32)
(0.45)
(0.32)

XS530B1PAL2
XS530B1PAM12
XS530B1NAL2
XS530B1NAM12
XS530B1PBL2
XS530B1PBM12
XS530B1NBL2
XS530B1NBM12

Connection

Ø 6.5, plain
PNP
NO

XS506B1ppL2

NPN

1.5
(0.06)

PNP
NC
NPN
Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1
PNP

3

NO

XS508B1ppL2

NPN
1.5
(0.06)
PNP
NC

4

NPN
Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1
PNP
NO

5

XS512B1ppM12

NPN

2
(0.08)

PNP
NC
NPN

Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1
PNP
NO

6

XS518B1ppM12

NPN

5
(0.20)

PNP
NC
NPN

Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
NPN
M12 connector
10
(0.39)
Precabled (2 m) a
PNP
M12 connector
NC
Precabled (2 m) a
NPN
M12 connector
a
For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10.
Example: XS508B1PAL2 becomes XS508B1PAL5 with a 5 m cable.
PNP

NO

Table 20.15:

XS530B1ppL2

For use with sensors

Mounting brackets

Ø 6.5 (plain)
Ø8
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30

Weight
kg
0.005
0.006
0.006
0.010
0.020

(lb)
(0.01)
(0.01)
(0.01)
(0.02)
(0.02)

Catalog Number
XSZB165
XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

XSZB1pp

20

1

Accessories

Description

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

XS518B1pppL2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

20-7

Osisense Inductive
Proximity Sensors

XS Basic and Basic Plus
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
Table 20.16:

www.schneider-electric.us

Basic Plus, XS•••B3

Basic, Tubular,
Flush-Mountable,
Increased Range,
3-Wire DC,
Solid-State Output
Sensing
Characteristics
Sensing range
Switching frequency
Shock resistance
Vibration resistance
(10–55 Hz)

Ø 6.5 Plain
Flush Mountable
2 mm (0–0.08 in.)
2500 Hz
50 gn, duration 11 ms
25 gn,
amplitude ± 2 mm

Ø M8
Flush Mountable

Ø M12
Flush Mountable

Ø M18
Flush Mountable

Ø M30
Flush Mountable

2 mm (0–0.08 in.)
2500 Hz
50 gn, duration 11 ms
25 gn,
amplitude ± 2 mm

4.0 mm (0–0.15 in.)
2500 Hz
50 gn, duration 11 ms
25 gn,
amplitude ± 2 mm

8.0 mm (0.31 in.)
1000 Hz
50 gn, duration 11 ms
25 gn,
amplitude ± 2 mm

15.0 mm (0.59 in.)
500 Hz
50 gn, duration 11 ms
25 gn,
amplitude ± 2 mm

Power Requirements
Supply voltage
Switching capacity

12–24 (10–36 max) Vdc with protection against reverse polarity, overload, and short circuit
50 mA
50 mA

Specifications
Operating zone
Degree of protection
Operating temperature
Materials
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Rated supply voltage
Switching capacity
Maximum switching
frequency

Ø 6.5 and Ø 8
Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30
Conforming to IEC 60529
Case
Cable (XS1ppB3ppLp only)
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

Ø 6.5, Ø 8, and Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30

Sensing Distance Sn,
Function
mm (in.)

Output

100 mA

XS1ppB3ppM8, XS1ppB3ppM12, XS1ppB3ppL2
0–2.0 mm ( 0–0.07 in.)
0–4.0 mm (0–0.15 in.)
0–8.0 mm ( 0–0.31 in.)
0–15 mm (0–0.59 in.)
IP65 and IP67
–25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 ˚F)
Nickel-plated brass
PvR 3 x 0.34 mm2 (22 AWG), except Ø 6.5 and Ø 8: 3 x 0.11 mm2 (27 AWG)
25 gn, amplitude ± 2 mm (10 to 55 Hz)
50 gn, duration 11 ms
12–24 Vdc with protection against reverse polarity
y 200 mA with overload and short-circuit protection
2500 Hz
1000 Hz
500 Hz
Weight
Sold in
Connection
Catalog Number
lots of
kg
(lb)

Ø 8, threaded M8 x 1
Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable
PNP
NO

XS108B3ppM8

NPN
2 (0.07)
PNP
NC
NPN

Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M8 connector
M12 connector

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0.070
0.030
0.060
0.070
0.030
0.060
0.070
0.030
0.060
0.070
0.030
0.060

(0.15)
(0.06)
(0.13)
(0.15)
(0.06)
(0.13)
(0.15)
(0.06)
(0.13)
(0.15)
(0.06)
(0.13)

XS108B3PAL2
XS108B3PAM8
XS108B3PAM12
XS108B3NAL2
XS108B3NAM8
XS108B3NAM12
XS108B3PBL2
XS108B3PBM8
XS108B3PBM12
XS108B3NBL2
XS108B3NBM8
XS108B3NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0.090
0.030
0.090
0.030
0.090
0.030
0.090
0.030

(0.19)
(0.06)
(0.19)
(0.06)
(0.19)
(0.06)
(0.19)
(0.06)

XS112B3PAL2
XS112B3PAM12
XS112B3NAL2
XS112B3NAM12
XS112B3PBL2
XS112B3PBM12
XS112B3NBL2
XS112B3NBM12

Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
M12 connector

1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1

0.110
0.060
0.110
0.060
0.110
0.060
0.110
0.060

(0.24)
(0.13)
(0.24)
(0.13)
(0.24)
(0.13)
(0.24)
(0.13)

XS118B3PAL2
XS118B3PAM12
XS118B3NAL2
XS118B3NAM12
XS118B3PBL2
XS118B3PBM12
XS118B3NBL2
XS118B3NBM12

Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1
Three-wire 12–24 Vdc, flush mountable
PNP

XS112B3ppL2

NO
NPN
4 (0.15)
PNP
NC
NPN
Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1
Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable
PNP
NO
NPN

20

XS118B3ppM12

8 (0.31)
PNP
NC

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

NPN
Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5
Three-wire 12–24 V c, flush mountable

Precabled (2 m) a
1
0.180
(0.39)
XS130B3PAL2
M12 connector
1
0.130
(0.28)
XS130B3PAM12
Precabled (2 m) a
1
0.180
(0.39)
XS130B3NAL2
NPN
M12 connector
1
0.130
(0.28)
XS130B3NAM12
15 (0.59)
Precabled (2 m) a
1
0.180
(0.39)
XS130B3PBL2
PNP
M12 connector
1
0.130
(0.28)
XS130B3PBM12
NC
Precabled (2 m) a
1
0.180
(0.39)
XS130B3NBL2
NPN
M12 connector
1
0.130
(0.28)
XS130B3NBM12
a
For a 5 m cable replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable replace L2 with L10. Example: XS106B3PAL2 becomes XS106B3PAL5 with a 5 m cable.
PNP

NO

XS130B3ppL2

20-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Proximity
Sensors

Inductive and Capacitive Proximity
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 20.17:

Acessories, Basic Plus, XS•••B3

Mounting Bracket

Mounting Bracket w/ Indexing Pin for Cylindrical Sensors

Cables

Sensor Body
M8
M12
M18

Catalog No.
9006PA08
9006PA12
9006PA18

M30

9006PA30

Diameter
M6
M8
M12
M18
M30

Catalog No.
XSZB165
XSZB108
XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

See M8 and M12 connector cables on page 20-6.

Table 20.18:

General Purpose, Long Case, Tubular, Increased Range, Flush Mountable,
2-Wire AC or DC

Sensors, 2-wire 24–240 V z, long case model
Sensing Distance Sn, mm (in.)

Function Connection

Catalog Number

Weight
kg
(lb)

Ø 12, threaded M12 x 1
NO

XS6ppB1MpL2

4 (0.16)
NC

Precabled (2 m) a
1/2"-20UNF connector
Precabled (2 m) a
1/2"-20UNF connector

XS612B1MAL2
XS612B1MAU20
XS612B1MBL2
XS612B1MBU20

0.075
0.025
0.075
0.025

(0.17)
(0.06)
(0.17)
(0.06)

Precabled (2 m) a
1/2"-20UNF connector
Remote screw terminal connector
Remote DIN 43650A connector
Remote M18 connector
Precabled (2 m) a
1/2"-20UNF connector
Remote screw terminal connector
Remote DIN 43650A connector
Remote M18 connector

XS618B1MAL2
XS618B1MAU20
XS618B1MAL01B c
XS618B1MAL01C
XS618B1MAL01G
XS618B1MBL2
XS618B1MBU20
XS618B1MBL01B c
XS618B1MBL01C
XS618B1MBL01G

0.100
0.060
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.060
0.100
0.100
0.100

(0.22)
(0.13)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.13)
(0.22)
(0.22)
(0.22)

Precabled (2 m) b
1/2"-20UNF connector
Remote screw terminal connector
Remote DIN 43650A connector
Remote M18 connector
Precabled (2 m) b
1/2"-20UNF connector
Remote screw terminal connector
Remote DIN 43650A connector
Remote M18 connector

XS630B1MAL2
XS630B1MAU20
XS630B1MAL01B c
XS630B1MAL01C
XS630B1MAL01G
XS630B1MBL2
XS630B1MBU20
XS6 30B1MBL01B c
XS6 30B1MBL01C
XS6 30B1MBL01G

0.205
0.145
0.205
0.205
0.205
0.205
0.145
0.205
0.205
0.205

(0.45)
(0.32)
(0.45)
(0.45)
(0.45)
(0.45)
(0.32)
(0.45)
(0.45)
(0.45)

For use with sensors

Catalog Number

Ø 18, threaded M18 x 1

NO
8 (0.31)
NC

XS6ppB1ppU20
Ø 30, threaded M30 x 1.5

NO
15 (0.59)
NC

XS6ppB1pL01B (2)
Accessories
Description

Ø 12
Ø 18
Ø 30
For a 5 m cable, replace L2 with L5; for a 10 m cable, replace L2 with L10.
Example: XS612B1MAL2 becomes XS612B1MAL5 with a 5 m cable.
Available in ø8 plastic with double insulation. See page 2/30 of 9006CT1007.
Protective cable gland included with remote screw terminal connector.

Mounting brackets

XS6ppB1ppL01C

Table 20.19:

Osisense Capacitive Proximity Sensors, Cylindrical Stainless Steel, DC

Ø M12 threaded M12 x 1

XS6ppB1ppL01G

Sensing Characteristics
Sensing Range
Switching Frequency
Shock Resistance
Vibration Resistance
Power Requirements
Supply Voltage

XSZB1pp

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Max. Load
Environment
Operating Temperature Range
Product Certification
Environmental Protection Ratings
Connection
Catalog Numbers
Housing Material
Cable (flush mountable)
3-wire / PNP / N.O. function
3-wire / NPN / N.O. function
4-wire / PNP / N.O./N.C. function
Connector (flush mountable)
4-wire / PNP / N.O./N.C. function

Ø M18 threaded M18 x 1

Ø M30 threaded M30 x 1.5

2 mm (0.078 in.)
5 mm (0.197 in.)
10 mm (0.394 in.)
300
200
150
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27: 30 gn, 11 ms
Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6 10 gn, +/- 1 mm (10–55 Hz)
30 mm: 24 Vdc
(12–30 Vdc limits)
200 mA

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

b
c

32 mm: 24–240 Vac
(20–264 Vac limits)

–25 +70 °C (–13 +158 °F)
CE, ETL
IP67, NEMA 4X (Indoor Use Only), IP65 (Ø M12 PCM and Ø18 PCM)
Precabled, PvC (2 m)
Stainless Steel
Catalog No.
XT112S1PAL2
XT112S1NAL2
XT112S1PCL2
XT112S1PCM12

Nickel Plated Brass
Catalog No.
Catalog No.
XT118B1PAL2
XT130B1PAL2
XT118B1NAL2
XT130B1NAL2
XT118B1PCL2
XT130B1PCL2
M12
XT118B1PCM12
XT130B1PCM12

20

a

XSZB112
XSZB118
XSZB130

Weight
kg
(lb)
0.006
(0.01)
0.010
(0.02)
0.020
(0.04)

20-9

Ultrasonic Sensors

XUV and XXV Sensors
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

Table 20.20:

XUV Label Sensor

Table 20.21:

Sensing Characteristics
Nominal Sensing Distance
Switching Frequency
Power Requirements
Supply Voltage
Max. Load
Environmental
Operating Temperature Range
Environmental Protection Ratings
Construction
Flat Profile Dimensions (W x H x D)
Housing Material
Transducer
Connection

XXV 18 mm Ultrasonic Sensor

Sensing Characteristics
Nominal Sensing Distance
Switching Frequency

3 mm (0.12 in.)
500 Hz
12–24 Vdc (10–30 Vdc limits)
100 mA
+5 to +55 °C (+41 to +131 °F)
IP65, NEMA 4X (indoor use only), 5, 12, 12k, 13
92.5 x 47.3 x 16.0 mm (3.64 x 1.86 x 0.63 in.)
Aluminium
Glass Epoxy
Catalog No.

M8 Connector

XUVU06M3KCNM8

Precabled (2 m)

XUVU06M3KCNL2

2 mm to 50.8 mm (0.08 in. to 2.0 in.)
80 Hz

Power Requirements
Supply Voltage
Max. Load
Environmental
Operating Temperature Range
Environmental Protection Ratings
Construction
Barrel Dimensions (Ø x L)
Housing Material
Transducer
Connection

12–24 Vdc
200 mA
0 to 60 °C (32 to 140 °F)
NEMA Type 4 and 13, and IP67
18 x 1 x 43.2 mm (0.71 x 0.04 x 1.70 in.)
Nickel Plated Brass
Glass Epoxy
Catalog No.

Cable

Precabled, PvC (2 m)
XXV18B1PAL2
XXV18B1PBL2
XXV18B1NAL2
XXV18B1NBL2
M12
XXV18B1PAM12
XXV18B1PBM12
XXV18B1NAM12
XXV18B1NBM12

N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.

PNP
NPN
Connection

N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.

PNP
NPN

Table 20.22:

www.schneider-electric.us

Sensor Accessories
Teachable Pushbutton Accessory for Virtu Series

Table 20.23:

Catalog No.
XXZPB100
Python AC/DC Power Convertor

Mounting Brackets
Body Type

Catalog No.

M12

9006PA12

M18

9006PA18

M30

9006PA30

Catalog No.
XXZPM100M12

Table 20.24:

Accessories
mm
24 x 21
Ø 80
50 x 50

Catalog No.
XUZC24
XUZC80
XUZC50

M8 (4-Pin)

Material
Die Cast Zinc
Plastic
90°
Catalog No.
XZCP1041L2

Catalog No.
XUZA118
XUZA218
Straight
Catalog No.
XZCP0941L2

M12 (4-pin)

XZCP1241L2

XZCP1141L2

1/2- 20UNF

XZCP1965L2

XZCP1865L2

Reflectors

XUZC24

XUZC50
Mounting Brackets for XUB

Cables (PUR), 2 m, without LED d
Suitable plug-in female connectors, including pre-wired versions
XUZC80

d

For 5 or 10 meter lengths, replace 2 in the cable catalog number with 5 or 10.

20
ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

XUZA118

XZCP1241L2

20-10

XUZA218

XZCP1141L2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Ultrasonic Sensors
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 20.25:

Specifications and Catalog Numbers

Virtu™ VM1 and VM18
Specifications
Sensing Characteristics
Sensing Range
Max. Switching Frequency

51–508 mm (2–20 in.)
300 Hz

Power Requirements
Supply Voltage
Supply Current

12–24 Vdc
40 mA (excluding load)

Environmental Ratings
Operating
Temperature
Environment

–30 to 70 °C (–22 to 158 °F)
NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67

Construction
VM18 Barrel, ØxL
VM1 Dual Mount
Housing Material
Transducer

18 x 1 x 77.62 mm (0.709 x 3.06 in.)
Ø 18 mm and Flat Format 43.7 x 18 x 59.7 mm (1.72 x 0.70 x 2.35 in.)
PBT Resin
Glass Epoxy

Output Type

Catalog Number
Cable

Output
PNP Sourcing
NPN Sinking
Proximity
PNP Sourcing
NPN Sinking
Off at loss of echo and at powerup
Dual-Level
Pump In
Normally Open

On at loss of echo and at powerup
Hold on loss of echo,
Off at powerup
Off at loss of echo and at powerup

Dual-Level
Pump Out
Normally Open

On at loss of echo and at powerup
Hold on loss of echo,
Off at powerup

N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
N.O.
N.C.
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN
PNP
NPN

Dual Mount
VM1PNO
VM1PNC
VM1NNO
VM1NNC

Barrel
VM18PNO
VM18PNC
VM18NNO
VM18NNC

Quick Disconnect
Dual Mount
Barrel
VM1PNOQ
VM18PNOQ
VM1PNCQ
VM18PNCQ
VM1NNOQ
VM18NNOQ
VM1NNCQ
VM18NNCQ

VM1PTO

VM18PTO

VM1PTOQ

VM18PTOQ

VM1NTO

VM18NTO

VM1NTOQ

VM18NTOQ

VM1PPI0000
VM1NPI0000
VM1PPI1000
VM1NPI1000
VM1PPI2000
VM1NPI2000
VM1PPO0000
VM1NPO0000
VM1PPO1000
VM1NPO1000
VM1PPO2000
VM1NPO2000

VM18PPI0000
VM18NPI0000
VM18PPI1000
VM18NPI1000
VM18PPI2000
VM18NPI2000
VM18PPO0000
VM18NPO0000
VM18PPO1000
VM18NPO1000
VM18PPO2000
VM18NPO2000

VM1PPI0000Q
VM1NPI0000Q
VM1PPI1000Q
VM1NPI1000Q
VM1PPI2000Q
VM1NPI2000Q
VM1PPO0000Q
VM1NPO0000Q
VM1PPO1000Q
VM1NPO1000Q
VM1PPO2000Q
VM1NPO2000Q

VM18PPI0000Q
VM18NPI0000Q
VM18PPI1000Q
VM18NPI1000Q
VM18PPI2000Q
VM18NPI2000Q
VM18PPO0000Q
VM18NPO0000Q
VM18PPO1000Q
VM18NPO1000Q
VM18PPO2000Q
VM18NPO2000Q

VM1VD0000Q
VM1VI0000Q
VM1VD1000Q
VM1VI1000Q
VM1VD2000Q
VM1VI2000Q
VM1VD3000Q
VM1VI3000Q

VM18VD0000Q
VM18VI0000Q
VM18VD1000Q
VM18VI1000Q
VM18VD2000Q
VM18VI2000Q
VM18VD3000Q
VM18VI3000Q

VM1CD0000Q
VM1CI0000Q
VM1CD1000Q
VM1CI1000Q
VM1CD2000Q
VM1CI2000Q
VM1CD3000Q
VM1CI3000Q

VM18CD0000Q
VM18CI0000Q
VM18CD1000Q
VM18CI1000Q
VM18CD2000Q
VM18CI2000Q
VM18CD3000Q
VM18CI3000Q

Voltage 0–10 Vdc with Temperature Compensation
For Direct/Inverse models, change VD or VI to VA.

Analog

Direct, 0 V at loss of echo and at powerup
Inverse, 0 V at loss of echo and at powerup
Direct, 10 V at loss of echo and at powerup
Inverse, 10 V at loss of echo and at powerup
Direct, hold on loss of echo, 0 V at powerup
Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 0 V at powerup
Direct, hold on loss of echo, 10 V at powerup
Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 10 V at powerup

VM1VD0000
VM1VI0000
VM1VD1000
VM1VI1000
VM1VD2000
VM1VI2000
VM1VD3000
VM1VI3000

VM18VD0000
VM18VI0000
VM18VD1000
VM18VI1000
VM18VD2000
VM18VI2000
VM18VD3000
VM18VI3000

VM1CD0000
VM1CI0000
VM1CD1000
VM1CI1000
VM1CD2000
VM1CI2000
VM1CD3000
VM1CI3000

VM18CD0000
VM18CI0000
VM18CD1000
VM18CI1000
VM18CD2000
VM18CI2000
VM18CD3000
VM18CI3000

20

Direct, 4 mA at loss of echo and at powerup
Inverse, 4 mA at loss of echo and at powerup
Direct, 20 mA at loss of echo and at powerup
Inverse, 20 mA at loss of echo and at powerup
Direct, hold on loss of echo, 4 mA at powerup
Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 4 mA at powerup
Direct, hold on loss of echo, 20 mA at powerup
Inverse, hold on loss of echo, 20 mA at powerup

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Current 4–20 mA with Temperature Compensation
For Direct/Inverse models, change CD or CI to CA

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

20-11

Ultrasonic Sensors
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 20.26:

Specifications and Catalog Numbers

M30
30 mm (1 or 2 m)

Virtu™ 30 mm

M30
30 mm (8 m)

Specifications
Sensing Characteristics
Sensing Range
Sensing Frequency

102–1000 mm (4–39 in.)
180 kHz

51 mm to 1 m (2–39 in.); 119 mm to 2 m (4.7–79 in.)
200 kHz

304.8 mm to 8 m (12–315 in.)
75 kHz

12–24 Vdc discrete, 15–24 Vdc analog
40 mA discrete, 90 mA analog (excluding load)

12–24 Vdc discrete; 15–24 Vdc analog
80 mA (excluding load)

12–24 Vdc discrete; 15–24 Vdc analog
80 mA (excluding load)

NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67

0 to 50 °C (32 to 122 °F) discrete
–20 to 60 °C (–4 to 140 °F) analog
NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67

–20 to 60 °C (–4 to 140 °F)
TF option: –40 to 60 °C (–40 to 140 °F)
NEMA 4X (indoor use only), IP67

30 x 1 x 95.26 mm (1.18 x 3.75 in.)
PBT Resin
Glass Epoxy

30 x 1 x 95 mm (1.18 x 3.74 in.)
PEI Resin
Silicon Rubber or Fluorosilicone

30 x 1 x 116 mm (9.18 x 4.58 in.)
PEI Resin
Glass Epoxy

Power Requirements
Supply Voltage
Supply Current

Environmental Ratings
Operating Temperature 0 to 70 °C (32 to 158 °F)
Environment
Construction
Barrel, ØxL
Housing Material
Transducer
Output Type

1m/2m
Description

Proximity Output

Dual-Level
Pump In

Catalog No.

PNP Sourcing N.O.
PNP Sourcing N.C.
NPN Sinking N.O.
NPN Sinking N.C.

XX6V3A1PAM12
XX6V3A1PBM12
XX6V3A1NAM12
XX6V3A1NBM12

Cable 1 m a
Pump-out latch
Pump-out latch w/alarm
Pump-out latch, w/setpoint
Pump-in latch
Pump-in latch w/alarm
Pump-in latch, w/setpoint
Dual setpoint
Dual alarm

XX2V3A1PJM12

Pump-out latch
Pump-out latch w/alarm
Pump-out latch, w/setpoint
Pump-in latch
Pump-in latch w/alarm
Pump-in latch, w/setpoint
Dual setpoint
Dual alarm

Quick Disconnect

Cable 1 m a
Catalog No.
XX9V3A1C4M12
XX9V3A1D4M12
XX9V3A1E4M12

4–20 mA
Direct/Inverse slope
Direct output
Inverse output

Voltage
Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope

SM950A100000
SM900A100000
SM950A400000
SM900A400000
PNP, NO
SM902A100000
SM902A1560000
SM902A1760000
SM902A110000
SM902A1460000
SM902A1660000
SM902A1260000
SM902A1360000
PNP, NO
SM952A100000
SM952A1560000
SM952A1760000
SM952A110000
SM952A1460000
SM952A1660000
SM952A1260000
SM952A1360000

20

0–5 Vdc

Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope

SM906A180000
SM906A110000
SM906A100000

Catalog No.

Cable

SM900A800000

Connector

SM950A800000

Cable 8 m
Pump-out latch
Pump-out latch w/alarm
Pump-out latch, w/setpoint
Pump-in latch
Pump-in latch w/alarm
Pump-in latch, w/setpoint
Dual setpoint
Dual alarm
Connector
Pump-out latch
Pump-out latch w/alarm
Pump-out latch, w/setpoint
Pump-in latch
Pump-in latch w/alarm
Pump-in latch, w/setpoint
Dual setpoint
Dual alarm

PNP, NO
SM902A800000
SM902A8560000
SM902A8760000
SM902A810000
SM902A8460000
SM902A8660000
SM902A8260000
SM902A8360000
PNP, NO
SM952A800000
SM952A8560000
SM952A8760000
SM952A810000
SM952A8460000
SM952A8660000
SM952A8260000
SM952A8360000

Voltage
Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope

Catalog No.
SM906A880000
SM906A810000
SM906A800000

Current
SM906A190000
SM906A130000
SM906A120000

Connector

Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope

SM906A890000
SM906A830000
SM906A820000

Connector

ELECTRONIC SENSORS AND
MACHINE CABLING

Direct/Inverse slope

XX9V3A1F3M12

Voltage

Direct output
Inverse output

XX9V3A1G3M12
XX9V3A1H3M12

Auto slope
Direct slope

SM956A180000
SM956A110000

Inverse slope

SM956A100000

Direct/Inverse slope

XX9V3A1F1M12

Current

Direct output
Inverse output

XX9V3A1G1M12
XX9V3A1H1M12

Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope
For the 2 m version, change model from SMxxxA1xxxxx to SMxxxA4xxxxx.

Description

Cable 8 m
Catalog No.

Current
XX9V3A1C2M12
XX9V3A1D2M12
XX9V3A1E2M12

0–10 Vdc

20-12

Connector

NPN
XX2V3A1NJM12
Off on loss of echo; Off on power up
PNP
XX2V3A1PHM12
NPN
XX2V3A1NHM12

Direct/Inverse slope
Direct output
Inverse output

a

2m

Connector
Cable
Connector
Cable

Normally Open
Hold on loss of echo; Off on power up
PNP
XX2V3A1PGM12
NPN
XX2V3A1NGM12
Off on loss of echo; Off on power up
PNP
XX2V3A1PFM12
NPN
XX2V3A1NFM12
Hold on loss of echo; Off on power up

0–20 mA

Analog

1m

Catalog No.

Connector

PNP

Dual-Level
Pump Out

8m

Description

Voltage
Auto slope
Direct slope

SM956A880000
SM956A810000

Inverse slope

SM956A800000

Current
SM956A190000
SM956A130000
SM956A120000

Auto slope
Direct slope
Inverse slope

SM956A890000
SM956A830000
SM956A820000

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 21
Industrial Snap Switches

9007MS, 21-8

9007A, p. 21-6

Part Numbers
9007A and 9007C

Basic snap switch without enclosures with or without operators

21-6

9007MS and 9007ML

Encapsulated switches with NEMA 6P rating and 10 A contacts

21-8

XCMD

Osisense miniature metal modular

21-14

XCMN

Osisense compact non-modular

21-14

XCKD

Osisense compact metal modular

21-14

XCKP

Osisense compact plastic modular

21-14

XCKT

Osisense compact plastic with 2 side-cable entries and
modular head

21-15

XCDR

Osisense compact metal with manual reset

21-15

XCPR

Osisense compact plastic with manual reset

21-15

ZCE, ZCY

Osisense component heads and lever arms

21-16

ZCD, ZCMC, ZCMD,
ZCP, ZCPE

Osisense component bodies, cable plug assemblies, and
conduit entries

21-17

XCKN, XCNR

Osisense compact, plastic, non-modular

21-18

XCKS

Standard body, plastic, double insulated

21-19

XCKL

Compact general duty, metal, with direct opening contacts

21-22

XCKJ

Precision switches with direct acting contacts to meet most
international standards

21-26

9007C

Heavy duty, oiltight, watertight switches, with compact types
available

21-32

9007T and 9007FT

Severe duty, oiltight mill and foundry switches with 20 A contacts

21-37

L100/L300

Severe duty, oiltight mill and foundry switches with up to
3 circuits

21-39

Modular, Miniature and Compact

XCMD, 21-14

XCKD, 21-14

XCKP, 21-14

XCKT, 21-15

Compact General Duty

XCKL, 21-22

9007C, p. 21-32

Heavy Duty Industrial

9007C, p. 21-26

XCKJ, 21-40
Severe Duty

9007T, 21-37

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

L100, 21-39

21-1

21

Encapsulated Miniature

LIMIT SWITCHES

Limit Switches

Limit Switches

Product Panorama
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

21

Design

Miniature

Catalog number
Page

www.schneider-electric.us

Compact

9007 A/O

9007 MS/ML

XCMN

XCMD

XCKP

XCKD

XCKL

21-6

21-8

21-14

21-14

21-14

21-14

21-22

LIMIT SWITCHES
v

Enclosure

Open, plastic

Features

A variety of operators
are available.

Modularity

Selected operators

Conforming to standards
Body dimensions
(w x h x d), mm (in.)

Metal

Metal
1 conduit entry
Head, body, and lever
—

40.1 x 44.4 x 15.8
(1.58 x 1.75 x 0.62)

30 x 50 x 16
(1.18 x 1.97 x 0.63)

Linear

Linear or rotary

Linear movement, plunger
Rotary movement, lever
Rotary movement, multi-directional a
Same heads for ranges XCMD, XCKD, XCKP and XCKT

2 snap action contacts

—

—

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.

2 snap action contacts

—

—

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.

3 snap action contacts

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

3 snap action contacts

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

4 snap action contacts

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O. +
N.O.

—

—

—

4 snap action contacts

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O. +
N.O.

—

—

—

2 slow break contacts
break before make

—

—

—

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

2 slow break contacts
break before make

—

—

—

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

2 slow break contacts
make before break

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.C.

N.O. + N.C.

N.O. + N.C.

2 slow break contacts
make before break

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.C.

N.O. + N.C.

N.O. + N.C.

2 slow break contacts
simultaneous

—

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.C.

2 slow break contacts
simultaneous

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.O.

N.O. + N.O.

N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

Head

29.0 x 63.5 x 21.0
(1.14 x 2.5 x 0.83)

double
Metal body, metal head Plastic,
Metal
Plastic, double insulated
insulated
Bottom or side cable
entry. Full range of
Mounting by the body or by the head
operating heads.
See page 21-8.
Operator
—
Head, body, lever, and connector
CENELEC:
—
—
EN 50047
31 x 65 x 30
(1.22 x 2.56 x 1.18)

52 x 72 x 30
(2.05 x 2.83 x 1.18)
Linear movement,
plunger
Rotary movement,
lever
Rotary movement,
multi-directional a

Contact blocks

3 slow break contacts
break before make

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

3 slow break contacts
break before make

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

2 snap action contacts

N.C. + N.O.,
N.O. + N.O.

N.C. + N.O.

—

—

—

—

—

4 snap action contacts

N.C. + N.C.,
N.O. + N.O.

—

—

—

—

—

—

Pre-cabled
2 contacts: 400 V/6 A
3 contacts: 400 V/4 A
4 contacts: 400 V/3 A

Screw terminal:
2 contacts: 500 V/10 A
3 contacts: 400 V/6 A
Connector:
Integral M12,
4-pin: 250 V/3 A

Screw terminal:
2 contacts: 500 V/10 A
3 contacts: 400 V/6 A
Connector:
Integral M12,
5-pin: 60 V/4 A

Screw terminal:
2 contacts: 500 V/10 A
3 contacts: 400 V/6 A

Insulation voltage (Ui) /
thermal current (Ithe)

See page 21-6

Enclosure rating
None
IP = IEC enclosure rating
IK = EN shock test standard

Electrical connection
a

21-2

Screw terminal or
Faston® connector

300 Vac/Vdc
10 A (standard)

Screw terminal
2 contacts:
400 V/6 A

NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, NEMA Types 1, 2,
6P, 12, 13
13
IP67
IP 65, IK 04

NEMA Types 1, 2, 4X, 6, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 6, 12, NEMA Types 1, 2, 4,
12
12, 13
13
6, 6P, 12, 13
IP 66, IP 67, IP 68,
IP 66, IP 67, IK 04
IP 66, IP 67, IK 06
IP 66, IK 06
IK 06

Pre-wired cable or
M12 connector

Pre-cabled.
Connector:
Integral or remote M12
or remote 7/8" 16UN

Pre-wired cable

Screw terminal:
M16, M20, Pg 11, PG 13, 1/2" NPT, or PF 1/2
Connector:
Integral M12

Screw terminal:
M20 or 1/2" NPT

Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Limit Switches

Product Panorama
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Design

Standard Duty Industrial

Severe Duty Mill and Foundry

9007C

XCKJ

XCKS

9007T/FT

L100/L300

Page

21-32

21-32

21-19

21-37

21-39

Enclosure

Metal, diecast, zinc alloy

Features

Plug-in body

Modularity

Head, body, and lever

Conforming to standards /
Product certifications

UL 508, C22-2-14-95,
NEMA 250, IEC 60947,
EN 60947-1, EN 60947-5-1
Standard:
39 x 102 x 45 (1.54 x 4.02 x 1.77)
Compact:
39 x 80 x 45 (1.54 x 3.15 x 1.77)
Linear movement, plunger
Rotary movement, lever
Multi-directional movement
(wobble stick, cat whisker) c

2 snap action contacts
2 snap action contacts

Metal
Fixed or plug-in body, -40 °C
(-40 °F) or +120 °C (+248 °F)
versions

Plastic, double insulated

Metal

21

LIMIT SWITCHES

Catalog number

Metal

• Extra heavy duty
—

Extra heavy duty
contact ratings

contact ratings

• High temperature option,
unique in the marketplace

Lever
NEMA A600 UL508
UL Listed, CSA Certified

NEMA A600 UL508
UL Listed, CSA Certified

40 x 77 x 44 (1.57 x 3.03 x 1.73) 40 x 72.5 x 36
42.5 x 84 x 36 (1.67 x 3.31 x
(1.57 x 2.85 x 1.42)
1.42)

58.7 x 114.3 x 64.5
(2.31 x 4.5 x 2.54)

58.7 x 126 x 53.3
(2.31 x 4.95 x 2.10)

Linear movement, plunger
Rotary movement, lever
Rotary movement,
multi-directional c

Linear movement, plunger
Rotary movement, lever
Rotary movement,
multi-directional c

Rotary movement, lever

Rotary movement, lever

—
—

N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C.

—

Various options available for
L100, 2- and 3-pole devices.
—

—

N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C.

N.C. + N.O.; N.C. + N.C.

—

—

3 snap action contacts

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

—

3 snap action contacts

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

—

—

4 snap action contacts

—

—

—

—

—

4 snap action contacts

—

—

—

—

—

Body dimensions (w x h x d),
mm (in.)

Head

CENELEC:
EN 50041

CENELEC:
EN 50041

Contact blocks

2 slow break contacts
break before make
2 slow break contacts
break before make
2 slow break contacts
make before break
2 slow break contacts
make before break
2 slow break contacts
simultaneous
2 slow break contacts
simultaneous
3 slow break contacts
break before make
3 slow break contacts
break before make
1 slow break contact
Form Y1561 a
2 snap action contacts
4 snap action contacts

Insulation voltage (Ui) and
thermal current (Ithe)

Enclosure rating
IP = IEC enclosure rating
IK = EN shock test standard

Electrical connection

a
b
c

—

N.C. + N.O.

—

—

—

—

N.C. + N.O.

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.C.

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.C.

—

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C.

—

—

—

—

N.O. + N.O.

N.O. + N.O.

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

—

—

—

N.C. + N.C. + N.O. ;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.
N.C. + N.C. + N.O. ;
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.

—

—

1 N.C

—

—

—

—

1 N.O. + 1 N.C.

2 C/O

2 C/O

1 N.C. + 1 N.O.b
convertible sequence

1 N.C. + 1 N.O.b
Some conversions possible

—

—

—

—

Screw terminal
2 contacts: 500 V/10 A
3 contacts: 400 V/6 A

600 V
20 A (AC/DC)

600 V
20 A (AC), 5 A (DC)

IP 65, IK 03

NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12, 13
IP65, 66, 67

NEMA Types 1, 4, 13
IP65, 66

2 N.O. + 2 N.C. ;
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. , neutral position;
2 N.O. + 2 N.C. , two stage
Ui = 600 V, except:
9007C62, 9007C66, 9007C68
(Ui = 250 V)
and 9007C84, 9007C86 (Ui = 125 V)

Screw terminal
2 contacts: 500 V/10 A
3 contacts: 400 V/6 A

Ithe = 10 A, except:
9007C84, 9007C86 (Ithe = 2.5 A)

Connector
Integral M12, 5-pin: 60 V / 4 A
Integral 7/8" 16UN: 250 V / 6 A

IP 67 conforming to IEC 60529,
NEMA Types 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13

NEMA Types 1, 2, 4, 12
IP 66, IK 07

Cable entry
1/2"-14 NPT,
M20 x 1.5 ISO cable entry

Screw terminal
M20 x 1.5, PG13, or 1/2" PT

Connector
Integral 5-pin mini-connector

Connector
Integral M12 or 7/8" 16UN

Cable entry
1/2" NPT or 3/4" NPT
Other options available
Screw terminal
M20 x 1.5 or PG13

Cable entry
1/2" NPT or PG13.5

Connector
7/8" 16UN or
Cannon MS3102E20-AP or
equal; other options available

Single pole only. Refer to page 21-29 for details.
For other contact options, see catalog 9006CT1007.
Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-3

Application Data

All Limit Switch Types
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

21

Table 21.1:

Enclosure Ratings
NEMA Style

IEC Style

Type

LIMIT SWITCHES

1

2

6

6P

9007C

a

a

3

a

4

4X

a

a

9007CR

a

a

a

a

a

9007FT

a

a

a

L100/L300

a

9007MS/ML c

a

7

9

a

a

12

13 IP65 IP66 IP67

a

a

a

a

a

a
a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

Table 21.3:
Ambient Temperature Ranges
The low temperatures listed below are based on the absence of
freezing moisture or water. Care should be taken to avoid sub-freezing
temperatures where dripping or splashing water is present and to avoid
bringing a cold switch into a warm humid atmosphere and then back
into sub-freezing temperatures. The water or moisture can freeze
around the switch lever arm or plunger and cause jamming.
Type

a

a

9007 C
Lever Type

a

XCKJ

a

a

XCKL

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

a

XCKN & XCNR
XCKP & XCKT b

a

a

a

-20 °F (-28.9 °C)

+185 °F (+85 °C)

0 °F (-17.8 °C)

+185 °F (+85 °C)

a

a

a

a

+200 °F (+93 °C)

-4 °F (-20 °C)

+221 °F (+105 °C)

-13 °F (-25 °C)

+158 °F (+70 °C)

-13 °F (-25 °C)

+158 °F (+70 °C)

XCKS

-13 °F (-25 °C)

+158 °F (+70 °C)

XCMD

-13 °F (-25 °C)

+158 °F (+70 °C)

a

a

a

d

The Type FT will withstand hot falling sand up to +300°F (+149 °C); however,
ambient temperature for the FT switch is the same as the Type T above (+185 °F,
+85 °C). Do not use in higher temperature ambients.

Some switches are available with higher or lower temperature limits, by
selecting special versions or special options. Refer to the respective
product sections for further information.
(Ex.: 9007MS/ML, see page 21-9.)
Table 21.4:

Material

Electrical Contact Ratings
AC—NEMA A600

Standard shaft seals on lever types

Fluorocarbon rubber (FKM)

Plunger and wobble stick boots

Neoprene;
Fluorocarbon optional

All other seals

Nitrile (Buna N);
Fluorocarbon optional
PVC

Shaft seal

DC

Max. Current—35% Power Factor
Volts

A

VA

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

Volts

VA

120

60

7200

6

720

10

125

240

30

7200

3

720

10

—

—

—

—

Nitrile (Buna N)

480

15

7200

1.5

720

10

250

0.27

67.5

2.5

Cover gasket

Nitrile (Buna N)

600

12

7200

1.2

720

10

600

0.10

60

2.5

Base plate gasket

Cellulose fiber laminate

e

Nitrile (Buna N)

XCMD, XCKD, XCKP, XCKT, XCKN, XCNR

Nitrile (Buna N) and silicon

Make

Break

Maximum Current

A

XCKJ, XCKL, XCKS

Make or Break
A

VA

1.1/0.55 e 138/69 e

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes
5/2.5 e

Type C52 compact unit ratings at 125 Vdc—same ratings as C54, CF53 and CR53 at
other voltages.

Contact Function Diagrams
A

21-22
13-14

P

B

21-22
13-14

21 - 22
13 - 14
21 - 22
13 - 14

tripping
resetting

0C

0 °F (-17.8 °C)

9007 MS/ML
XCMN, XCKN, XCNR

a

R.B.Denison™ L

Table 21.5:

L100/L300
XCKJ, XCKL, XCKP, XCKT

Type

9007T and FT

+350 °F (+177 °C)

a

Sealing

9007C, CR

+185 °F (+85 °C)

0 °F (-17.8 °C)

a

Indicates NEMA or IEC Type Rating available for each product.
For indoor use only—not UV protected.
Enclosure ratings are NEMA 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 6P, 12, and 13 except for option 21 (low force)
which is NEMA 1 only. The 9007 MS/ML05 (omni-directional operation) enclosure ratings
are NEMA 1, 2, 12, and 13

Table 21.2:

-10 °F (-23 °C)

HL100/HL300

a

a

XCMD, XCKD

9007 FTd, T

a

XCKS, XCMN

a
b
c

a

High Temperature
at Full Rated Load

Low Temperature

Plunger & Wobble Stick Type
9007T

www.schneider-electric.us

21-22
13-14

Make-before-break (overlapping) SPDT
The normally open contact closes before the
normally closed contact opens.
Break-before-make (offset) SPDT
The normally closed contact opens before the
normally open contact closes.
Simultaneous make and break—SPDT
The normally closed contact opens at the same
time as the normally open contact closes.

D

A=Maximum travel of the operator in mm or degrees.
B=Tripping travel of the contact.
C=Reset travel.
D=B-C=Differential travel.
P=Point from which positive opening is assured

Table 21.6:

Form A
SPST-NO

21-4

Wiring Diagrams

Form B
SPST-NC

Form C
SPDT

Form AA
DPST-NO

Form BB
DPST-NC

Form CC
DPDT

Form X
SPSTNO-DB

Form Y

Form Zb

SPSTNC-DB

SPDT-DB
Isolated Contacts

Form Z

Form XX

Form YY

Form ZZ

SPDT-DB

DPSTNO-DB

DPSTNC-DB

DPDT-DB

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Current Ratings

All Limit Switch Types
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Contact Configurations—Direct opening contacts meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements.
For contacts used in safety applications (end of travel, emergency stop device, etc.) the assurance of direct opening is required (see IEC 204, EN 60204 or NF C 79-130) after each test.
The opening of the contact must be verified by testing with an impulse voltage (2500 V).

AC—50 or 60 Hz
Switch
Type

L100/L300
XCKD
2 Contacts
XCKD
3 Contacts
XCKJ
Plug-in

Contacts

SPDT with 2 or 3
Contacts
Form Z

Direct Opening
Contacts Meet
IEC 60947-5-1
Requirements

A

VA

20
12.5
6.25
5
6
3
3
1.5
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
3
1.5
6
3
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
6
3

2400
3000
3000
3000
720
720
360
360
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
360
360
720
720
360
360
360
360
360
360
720
720

6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
3
1.5
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
6
3
3
1.5
6
3
3
1.5
3
1.5
3
1.5
6
3

125
250
600
—
125
250
125
250
125
250
600
—
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250
125
250

1.1
0.55
0.2
—
0.55
0.27
0.22
0.11
0.55
0.27
0.1
—
0.55
0.27
0.55
0.27
0.55
0.27
0.55
0.27
0.55
0.27
0.22
0.11
0.55
0.27
0.22
0.11
0.22
0.11
0.22
0.11
0.55
0.27

No

120
240
480
600

40
20
10
8

4800
4800
4800
4800

15
10
6
5

1800
2400
2880
3000

15
10
6
5

125
250
600
—

0.5
0.25
0.05
—

No

120
240
480
600

40
20
10
8

4800
4800
4800
4800

15
10
6
5

1800
2400
2880
3000

15
10
6
5

125
250
600
—

2.0
0.5
0.1
—

0.5
0.2
0.02
—

15

No

120
240
480
600

30
15
7.5
6

3600
3600
3600
3600

3
1.5
0.75
0.6

360
360
360
360

3
1.5
0.75
0.6

125
250
600
—

1.0
0.3
0.1
—

0.2
0.1
—
—

10

120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600
120
240
120
240
120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600

60
30
15
12
60
30
15
12
60
30
15
12
60.0
30.0
60.0
30.0
150
75
37.5
30
60
30
15
12

7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
18000
18000
18000
18000
7200
7200
7200
7200

6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2
6.0
3.0
6.0
3.0
20
12.5
6.25
5
6
3
1.5
1.2

720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
2400
3000
3000
3000
720
720
720
720

6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2

125
250
600
—
125
250
600
—
125
250
600
—

0.55
0.27
0.1
—
0.55
0.27
0.1
—
0.22
0.11
—
—

—

10/2.5

0.22
0.11
—
—
0.22
0.11
—
—

—

—

—

—

No

SPDT Form Zb

Yes
Yes

SPDT
Form Z
2 SPDT
Form ZZ

No
No

SPDT
Form Zb

Yes

XCKN

2 Pole

Yes

XCKP
2 Contacts
XCKP
3 Contacts
XCKT
2 Contacts
XCKT
3 Contacts
XCMD
2-4 Contacts
XCMN
2 Contacts

SPDT Form Zb

Yes

3 Pole Form Zb

Yes

SPDT
Form Zb

Yes

9007C

9007MS
9007ML

9007T and FT

3 Pole Form Zb

Yes

2,3 or 4 Pole
Form Zb
SPDT
Form Zb

Yes

2 Pole

Yes

Yes

SPST
Form Y1561
Slow break

Yes

SPDT
Form Z

No

DPDT
Form ZZ

No

SPDT
Form C
SPDT
Form Z
SPDT
Quick Make
and Break
Form Z
All
Slow Make
and Break
Form Z

No

Electrical Symbols For Contacts

Symbols for Direct Opening

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes

VA

XCKL

9007CO3, CO6,
CB, CC, CP

Make and Break Amperes

18000
18000
18000
18000
7200
7200
3600
3600
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
3600
3600
7200
7200
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
3600
7200
7200

No

9007AO2, AO6,
AB, AP

V

A

Yes

9007AO1, AC

Break

150
75
37.5
30
60
30
30
15
60
30
15
12
60
30
60
30
60
30
60
30
60
30
30
15
60
30
30
15
30
15
30
15
60
30

3 Pole Form Zb

SPST, Form X or Y
(rated 0.5 hp @
110 and 200 Vac)
SPDT, Form Z
SPST, Form X or Y
(rated 0.5 hp @
110 and 200 Vac)
SPDT, Form Z
DPST
Form AA or BB
DPDT
Form ZZ

Make

120
240
480
600
120
240
120
240
120
240
480
600
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240
120
240

SPDT Form Zb

XCNR

V

AC/DC

Inductive and Resistive

Make and
Break Amperes

2 SPDT Form ZZ

XCKJ
Non-plug-in

DC
Resistive 75%
Power Factor

Inductive 35% Power Factor

No

No

No

Form Za: the 2 contacts are the same polarity.

Simplified Version

Single Pole

Double Pole
—

20/5

—

10/2.5

—

5/1.0

—

10

—

—

10
10
10/2.5
10
10/2.5
10

—

10

—

10/2.5

—

10/2.5

—

5/1.0

—

10/2.5

—

5/1.0

—

5/1.0

—

5/1.0

—

10/2.5

0.25
0.1
—
—

15

—

10/2.5

10/1.0

—

—

—

—

10 (AC) /
5 (Res. @ 28 Vdc)
10 (AC) /
5 (Res. @ 28 Vdc)

20
12.5
6.25
5.0
6
3
1.5
1.2

125
250
600
—

5.0
1.0
0.2
—

—

20

—

—

—

20

Form Zb: the 2 contacts are electrically separate.

Complete symbol

Note: Alternate Current Ratings—Several product lines offer special versions or options with alternate contact configurations or contact materials, which may result in current ratings that differ from
those listed above. Refer to the respective product sections for further information.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIMIT SWITCHES

Maximum Current Ratings for Control Circuit Contacts—All Types

21

Table 21.7:

21-5

Industrial Snap Switches

9007AO, 9007CO
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Industrial Snap Switches Without Enclosures
Industrial snap switches have been incorporated in many Square D products such as timers, specialty push buttons,
foot switches, operating mechanisms, door interlocks, motor control centers, limit switches, and many other control
products.

LIMIT SWITCHES

Recommended Actuator: An adjustable actuator is recommended. If nonadjustable actuator is used, a resilient type
or a mechanical stop should be used to prevent “bottoming” of button mechanism.
Adjustable Actuator Overtravel: Minimum recommended overtravel in both trip and reset directions is 0.015 in.
Adjustable Actuator Total Travel: Maximum differential limit plus 0.030 in. (Example: 0.076 in. for Type AO2.)
Nonadjustable Actuator Total Travel: Fully retracted—at least 0.139 in. for Type AO1 and 0.160 in. for Types AO2
and CO3 from mounting surface. Fully engaged—at least 0.061 in. but not closer than 0.045 in. from mounting surface.
Type AO2

Contact Configurations: Single-pole snap switches that contain two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and
1 N.C.) must be used on circuits of the same polarity. Double-pole snap switches contain two electrically separated
sets of contact elements allowing use on circuits of opposite polarity. Each set contains two double-break contact
elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of the same polarity.
Table 21.8:

Quick Make and Break—600 Volts Max. AC and DC

Operator Style

Type AB21

Basic Snap Switch

Contact
Arrangement
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.C.
1 N.O.
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
1 N.C.
1 N.O.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.

Type AP222
with 2358C22G6
mushroom button

Rigid Roller
Lever Style
One Way Roller

Operator Style

AO1
Cabinet Door Style

AO1A
AO1B
AO2
AO6 (Plug-in)
AO2A
AO2B

CP221

CO3

Operator Only

AP201

1 N.O.
1 N.C.

AP321

Two Stage
2 N.O.
2 N.C.

CO7

2 N.O.
2 N.C.

CP321

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
15/32" width roller
2 N.O.
2 N.C.
7/32" width roller
2 N.O.
2 N.C.
15/32" width roller

AB21 (RH)
AB22 (LH)
AB41 (without side mtg. bracket)
AB23 (RH)

Roller Plunger Style
Panel Mounting
Non-Oiltight

Operator Only
1 N.O.
1 N.C.

AB24 (LH)
CB31 (RH)
CB41 (without side mtg. bracket)

Roller Plunger Style
Panel Mounting
Oiltight

2 N.O.
2 N.C.

CB33 (RH)
Operator Only

CB34 (LH)

1 N.O.
1 N.C.

f
g
fg

AP325

f

CP323
CP325

f

AP303

g

AP305

fg

CP222

Operator Only

AP202

Mushroom Button Style
Panel Mounting

AB26 (LH)
CB35 (RH)
CB36 (LH)

2 N.O.
2 N.C.

g

CP324
AP301
AP304
AP323

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.

AB25 (RH)

AP222

g

Roller turned 90° from standard (perpendicular to
mounting holes).
For use with Type AO and CO basic switches.

Maximum Current Ratings For Control Contacts—All Types
AC—50 or 60 Hz
Inductive
35% Power Factor
Contacts h

Voltage

Make
A

Break
VA

A

Acceptable Wire Size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14–22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque . . . . . . . . . 6–9 lb-in (0.7–1.0 N•m)

DC
Resistive
75% Power Factor

VA

SPDT
120
40
4800
15
1800
Form Z
240
20
4800
10
2400
AO1, AC
SPST
480
10
4800
6
2880
Form X or Y
600
8
4800
5
3000
SPDT
120
40
4800
15
1800
AW, AO2, and AO6, Form Z
240
20
4800
10
2400
AB, AP
SPST
480
10
4800
6
2880
Form X or Y
600
8
4800
5
3000
DPDT
120
30
3600
3
360
AW, CO3, and CO6, Form ZZ
240
15
3600
1.5
360
CB, CC, CP
DPST
480
7.5
3600
0.75
360
Form AA or BB
600
6
3600
0.6
360
h
Do not meet IEC 60947-5-1 requirements for direct opening contacts.

21-6

AP221

2 N.O.
2 N.C.

Type
AC1

CO6 (Plug-in)

g

Switch Type

CC1

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
Plunger Style
Panel Mounting

f

Table 21.9:

Contact
Arrangement
1 N.O.
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.

2 N.O.

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
7/32" width roller
Rigid Roller
Lever Style

Type

Inductive and Resistive

Make and
Break
Amperes

Voltage

15
10
6
5
15
10
6
5
3
1.5
0.75
0.6

125
250
600
—
125
250
600
—
125
250
600
—

File E42259
CCN NKCR2

Make and Break
Amperes
Single
Pole
0.5
0.25
0.05
—
2.0
0.5
0.1
—
1.0
0.3
0.1
—

Double
Pole
0.25
0.1
—
—
0.5
0.2
0.02
—
0.2
0.1
—
—

AC or DC

Continuous
Carrying
Amperes
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
15
10
10
10
10

File LR25490
Class 3211-03

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Snap Switches

9007AO, CO, AP, CP Dimensions
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Approximate Dimensions and Operating Data, 9007AO, CO, AP, and CP
9007CO, Two-Pole Snap Switch
1.06
27.0

1.06
27.0

0.19
4.8

.330
.310

2.13
54.1
2.5
63.5

Mounting
Surface

2 Holes for
#6 Mounting Screws

0.19
4.8

4-#6 Binder head
Terminal Screws

.167 Max.

0.31
7.9

1B 1A
Pole 1

Must Be
Same Polarity

B

AO1, 1A, 1B

a

2A 2B
Pole 2

Dual Dimensions inches
mm

2242-D24

Operating Data, in. (mm)

Pre-travel
Differential
Total travel
Operating force
Shipping weight

1.14
29.0

2 Holes for
#6 Mounting Screws

A
B

A

2.13
54.1

2.5
63.5

Mounting
Surface

1.03
26.2

0.19
4.8

0.25
Dia. Operating Button
6.35

0.83
21.1

.167 Max.

0.83
21.1

0.25 Dia.
6.35 Operating Button

Operating Data, in. (mm)
AO2, 2A, 2B

0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8)
0.015–0.025 (0.6–0.6)
0.103–0.125 2.6–3.2)
7–11 oz (0.05–0.08 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

LIMIT SWITCHES

0.25
R
6.35
0.17 R
4.3

21

9007AO, Single-Pole Snap Switch

0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8)
0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.16)
0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2)
10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

Pre-travel 1st stage
Pre-travel 2nd stage
Differential
Total travel
Operating force
Shipping weight

CO3

C07

0.057–0.074 (1.4–1.8)
—
0.025–0.046 (0.6–1.16)
0.103–0.125 (2.6–3.2)
7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

0.035–0.060 (0.9–1.5)
0.060–0.085 (1.5–2.1) a
0.010–0.020 (0.25–0.50)
—
7–12 oz (0.05–0.084 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

Separation between first and second stage trip points is 0.020–0.025 (0.5–0.6).

9007AP201, 221, and CP221

9007AP301, 303, 304, 305, 321, 323, 324, 325, and CP321, 323, 324, 325

9007AP201

9007AP301

*6-32 Mtg. Screw
0.38
9.6

*6-32 Mtg. Screw
0.38
9.6

0.25
6.35

0.47" x 32
thread

0.80
20.3

2.20
55.9
0.39
9.9

0.09
2.3
0.19
4.8

Plunger to mount in
1/2" Dia. Hole in panels
up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick.

2.13
54.1

1.59
40.3

A
2.5
63.5

0.47" x 32
thread

0.86
21.8

2.13
54.1

2.69
68.3

0.39
9.9

0.09
2.3
0.19
4.8

.192

0.25
6.35

0.31
7.9

.414
0.83
21.0

9007AP221

Plunger to mount in
1/2" Dia. Hole in panels
up to 0.38" (9.6mm) thick.

A

2.5
63.5

0.19
4.8

.414
0.83
21.0

9007AP321
.

Type

Dimension A

Type

AP221

0.70 (17.8)

AP321, 323, 324, 325

0.70 (17.8)

CP221

0.80 (20.3)

CP321, 323, 324, 325

0.80 (20.3)

Operating Data, in. (mm)

Pretravel
Differential
Overtravel
Total travel
Operating force
Shipping weight

Operating Data, in. (mm)

AP221

CP221

0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2)
0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6)
0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8)
10–14 oz (0.07–0.1 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

0.070–0.089 (1.8–2.2)
0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.161–0.180 (4.1–4.6)
0.231–0.269 (5.8–6.8)
7–12 oz (0.05–0.08 N)
0.25 lb (0.11 kg)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimension A

Pretravel
Differential
Total travel
Operating force

AP321, 324

AP323, 325

CP321, 324

CP323, 325

0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8)
0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6)
20 oz (0.14 N)

0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8)
0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6)
28 oz (0.2 N)

0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8)
0.025–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6)
26 oz (0.18 N)

0.060–0.150 (1.5–3.8)
0.035–0.046 (0.9–1.2)
0.200–0.340 (5.1–8.6)
28 oz (0.2 N)

21-7

Encapsulated Miniature

9007MS/ML Miniature
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101

21

The heavy-duty, miniature MS limit switch is completely
encapsulated and intended for difficult applications such
as machine tools, earth moving equipment, and general
transportation. 9007MS04S0084
The switch has 40 mm mtg hole centers.

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table 21.10:

9007MS

Table 21.11:

Electrical Ratings/SPDT Form C (MS Type)
MS Circuit—Form C
1 N.O.–1 N.C.

-4 °F to +221 °F (-20 °C to +105 °C)

Gold
Contacts

Silver Contacts
Vac
Make
Break
120
60 A
6A
240
30 A
3A
10.0 Amperes Continuous

Specifications

Temperature range
(The minimum temperatures
listed are based on the
absence of freezing moisture or
water.)
Enclosure rating
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Contact Characteristics
Rated thermal current
Rated insulation voltage
Gold contact switching ratings
Cable

www.schneider-electric.us

100 mA @
125 Vac
30 mA
28 Vdc

DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Res), 28 Vdc

For -40 °F / -40 °C minimum temperature, see
Forms 21 and 80 in Table 21.13 on page 21-9.
NEMA 1, 2, 4, 6, 6P, 12, 13, IP67
10 G (75–1200 Hz)
35 G

ML Circuit—Form Z
1 N.O.–1 N.C.

10 A (standard)
300 Vac and Vdc (standard)
0.1A, 24 Vdc; 0.24 VA
#18 AWG SJTO

Electrical Ratings/SPDT-DB Form Z
(ML Type)
Silver Contacts
Vac
Make
Break
120
60 A
6A
240
30 A
3A
10.0 Amperes, Continuous
DC Contact Rating: 5 A (Res),
28 Vdc

Selection (append prefix 9007 to the catalog number)

Description / Functional
Diagramb

MS

ML

Operating
Force/Torque

Contact
Form

Contact
Type

Catalog
Number a

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS01S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS01G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML01S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS02S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS02G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML02S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS03S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS03G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML03S0100

48 oz-in

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS04S0100

48 oz-in

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS04G0100

48 oz-in

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML04S0100

15 oz-in

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS05S0100

15 oz-in

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS05G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS06S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS06G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML06S0100

Top plunger
.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

Parallel roller plunger
.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

Cross roller plunger
.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

Rotary lever, CW and CCW
40°

35°

Not included
(see Table
21.14 on
page 21-9)

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
5°

20°

70°

70°

Omnidirectional—wire whisker (NEMA 1, 2, 12, 13 only)
15°
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
5°

15°

Bushing mounted—top plunger
.070" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

.080" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

Bushing mounted—parallel roller plunger
.070" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

.080" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS07S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS07G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML07S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS08S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS08G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML08S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS09S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS09G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML09S0100

Bushing mounted—cross roller plunger
.070" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

.080" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

Adjustable top plunger
.070" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

a
b

.004"
max.

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

For available options and part number explanations, see page 21-9. Add options to the end of the catalog number. Up to three options may be added, if applicable.
If the application includes oil, booted switches are recommended. See page 21-9.

File
CCN

21-8

.19"
min.

.080" max.
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

E42259
NKCR

File
Class

LR 25490
3211-03

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Encapsulated Miniature,
Lever Arms and Options

9007MS/ML Miniature
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 21.12:

Selection—Booted Devices (append prefix 9007 to the catalog number)

Description /
Functional Diagram

MS

Operating
Force/Torque

ML

Contact
Form

Contact
Type

Cataloga
Number b

.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS10S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS10G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML10S0100

Booted parallel roller plunger
.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS12S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS12G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML12S0100

LIMIT SWITCHES

Booted top plunger

.070" max.

.080" max.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

a
b

.004"
max.

.19"
min.

Bk-Rd
Bk-W
Bk-Rd
Bk-W
0

.03"
max.

.19"
min.

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Silver

MS13S0100

80 oz

SPDT Form C

Gold

MS13G0100

80 oz

SPDT Form Z

Silver

ML13S0100

See available options below. Add to the end of the catalog number. Up to three options may be added, if applicable.
This catalog number is for devices with a standard cable and no options.See Table 21.13 for other cable length selections and general options.

Table 21.13: Cable Length and General Options Designators: 9007MS01Sxxyy
Replace xx and yy in the catalog number above with the designators in the tables below.
Some combinations of cable lengths and options are unavailable; consult Schneider Electric.
Cable Length (xx)a

Shown with side entrance
cable, option 06

Designator

Designator

00

#16 AWG SJTO cable (MS only)

02

3 ft—standard
6 ft
9 ft
12 ft
18 ft
33 ft
c
Use with options 54, 55, and 82.

01
02
03
04
05
13

Side entrance #18 AWG SJTO cable
Gray #18 AWG SJTO cable
#18 AWG individual conductors
Male 4 pin mini-connector with 3 ft cable (MS only)
Low force (18 oz), low temp (-40 °F / -40 °C ), NEMA 1 only
High Pre-travel—adds 0.030
Male 4 pin micro-connector in housing (DC type) (MS only)
Male 5 pin micro-connector (DC type) (ML only)
Low temperature (-40 °F / -40 °C), 9007MS04 (NEMA 1 only)
Tapped holes in top of plunger housing (MS and ML)
Male 4 pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (MS only)
Black #18 AWG SJTO cable (ML only)
Male 4-pin micro-connector in housing (AC type) (no cable

06
10
11
12
21
30
54
55
80
81
82
83
84

Table 21.14:

Style 7 Levers—0.75 in. (19 mm) diameter, nylon or steel roller
(9007 prefix is not required on lever catalog numbers)
Catalog Number
1/4 in. (6 mm) Wide

Length

Lever

General Options (yy) a

No cable c

Catalog Number
1/2 in. (13 mm) Wide

Catalog Number
3/4 in. (19 mm) Wide

Catalog Number
1 in. (25 mm) Wide

inch
(mm)
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Steel
Nylon
Nylon
0.875
(22.23)
7A2N
7A2
7B2N
7B2
7F2N
7J2N
1.375
(34.93)
7A3N
—
7B3N
—
7F3N
7J3N
1.5
(38.10)
7A1N
7A1
7B1N
—
7F1N
7J1N
1.75
(44.45)
7A7N
—
7B7N
—
7F7N
7J7N
2.00
(50.8)
7A4N
—
7B4N
—
7F4N
7J4N
Note: Lever tightening torque for mounting the lever on the shaft: minimum 17 lb-in.
Other levers available. See catalog 9006CT1007. For inside (reverse) roller option at no charge, replace 7 with 7X. (Ex: 7A2N changes to 7XA2N.)

Table 21.15:

Specialty Arms (9007 prefix is not required on lever catalog numbers)

Description
Style 7D adjustable length 1-3/8" to 3-3/8"—0.75" diameter, 1/4" wide, metal roller
Style 7DN adjustable length 1-3/8" to 3-3/8"—0.75" diameter, 1/4" wide, nylon roller
Style 7S spring nylon, 6" rod, 0.3" diameter
Style 7N nylon rod, 5" long, 0.3" diameter
Note: Lever tightening torque for mounting the lever on the shaft: minimum 17 lb-in.

Catalog Number
7D
7DN
7S
7N

Male plug (face) pin-outs
N.C.
#3

C
#4

N.O.
#5

N.C.
#3

N.O.
#4

#1
C

#4
GND

G
#4

N.C.
#3

G
#3

N.O.
#4

Keys

9007MS04S0084
GND
#1

KEY

N.O.
#2

Option 54 (MS only)—DC

GND
#1

KEY

N.C.
#2

Option 55 (ML only)—DC

N.O.
#2

N.C.
#3

Option 12 (MS only)—AC or DC
(3 Amps)

C
#1

N.O.
#2

Option 82 (MS only)—AC

C
#1

Key

N.C.
#2

Option 84 (MS only)—AC

Note: DC connectors are rated 3 A, 250 Vac/Vdc.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-9

21

Booted cross roller plunger

Osisense Limit Switches
Miniature, Metal

21

Thermoplastic roller
lever plunger,
horizontal
actuation

LIMIT SWITCHES

ZCE 21

XCMD Modular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

Thermoplastic roller
lever plunger,
vertical actuation
ZCE 27

Side metal
plunger,
adjustable
ZCE 62

Thermoplastic roller
lever plunger,
horizontal or vertical
actuation

Retractable
steel roller lever
plunger

ZCE 28

ZCE 24

Side metal
plunger

Side steel
roller plunger,
horizontal

ZCE 63

ZCE 64

M12 with
steel
roller
plunger

M16 with
steel end
plunger
with
elastomer
boot

ZCE F0

ZCE F2

ZCE G1

Steel
roller
plunger

Steel
roller plunger
with elastomer
boot

Spring rod
with
thermoplastic
end

ZCE 02

ZCE 29

ZCE 07

M12 with
metal end
plunger

available with silicon boot ZCE 2A

Metal end
plunger

Metal end plunger
with elastomer boot

Steel ball bearing
plunger

ZCE 10

ZCE 11

ZCE 13

Body with
2-pole
N.C. +
N.O. snap
action
contact

Body with
2-pole
N.C. +
N.C. snap
action
contact

ZCE 65

Side steel
ball bearing
plunger
ZCE 66

Spring rod

Cat’s
whisker

ZCE 08

ZCE 06

Metal end plunger,
adjustable

Side
cat’s
whisker
ZCE 67

ZCE 14

Body with
2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
break before
make, slow
break
contact

Body with
3-pole
N.C. + N.C.
+ N.O. break
before make,
slow break
contact

Body with
3-pole
N.C. + N.C.
+ N.O. snap
action
contact

ZCM D21

ZCM D29

ZCM D25

ZCM D37

ZCM D39

Bodies with precabled contacts

Bodies with precabled contacts

Bodies with precabled contacts

Bodies with precabled contacts

Bodies with precabled contacts

ZCM D21L1
ZCM D21L2
ZCM D21L5

ZCM D29L1
ZCM D29L2
ZCM D29L5

ZCM D25L1
ZCM D25L2
ZCM D25L5

ZCM D37L1
ZCM D37L2
ZCM D37L5

ZCM D39L1
ZCM D39L2
ZCM D39L5

(1)
1.

Side steel
roller plunger,
vertical

www.schneider-electric.us

(1)

(1)

(1)

(1)

Pre-cabled connection components: replace the “•” in the catalog number with the required cable length in meters, either 1, 2, 3, 5, 7 or 10.
Example: ZCMC21L• becomes ZCMC21L7 for a 7 m (23.0 ft) cable.
Note: only cable lengths of 1, 2 and 5 m (3.3, 6.6, and 16.4 ft) are available for pre-cabled connection components ZCMC37L• and ZCMC39L•.

21-10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Limit Switches
Miniature, Metal

XCMD Modular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Square rod
lever, steel,
U 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

Round rod lever,
glass fiber,
Ø 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

Round rod lever,
thermoplastic,
Ø 6 (0.24)
L = 200 (7.87)

ZCY 53

ZCY 54

ZCY 55

ZCY 59

Variable length
steel roller
lever

Variable length
steel roller lever,
with pliable
lever

ZCY 46

ZCY 48

Ceramic
roller lever

Spring lever with
thermoplastic
end

Spring–rod
lever, metal

ZCY 22

ZCY 81

ZCY 91

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever,
with pliable
lever

Spring return
for actuation
from left AND
right
ZCE 01

Stay put
for actuation
from left AND
right

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

21

Round rod lever,
steel, Ø 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

ZCY 44

ZCY 45

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track 20/36
(0.79/1.42)

Steel roller lever,
track 20/36
(0.79/1.42)

ZCY 18

ZCY 19

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever,
track 24/31
(0.94/1.22)

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track 16/39
(0.63/1.54)

Steel roller lever,
track 16/39
(0.63/1.54)

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever,
track 16/39
(0.63/1.54)

ZCY 17

ZCY 25

ZCY 26

ZCY 23

ZCE 09(1)

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever,
track 20/36
(0.79/1.42)
ZCY 12

Forked arm with
rollers, 2 track,
track 21/35
(0.83/1.38)
ZCY 61

Pre-cabled bodies
with 4-pole, N.C. +
N.C. + N.O. + N.O.
snap action
contact
ZCM D41L1
ZCM D41L2
ZCM D41L5

1.

LIMIT SWITCHES

Dimensions: mm (in.)

Bodies with integral connector,
with 2-pole snap action contact:
N.C. + N.O., M12 5-pin connector

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track 24/31
(0.94/1.22)

ZCY 15

Steel roller lever,
track 24/31
(0.94/1.22)

ZCY 16

Forked arm with
rollers, 1 track,
track 28 (1.10)
ZCY 71

Body with 7/8" 16UN 5-pin connector
on 0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with
2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action contact

ZCM D21C12

ZCM D21L08U78

N.C. + N.C., M12 5-pin connector

Body with M12 5-pin connector on
0.8 m (2.6 ft) flying lead, with
2-pole N.C. + N.O. snap action contact

ZCM D29C12

C/O, M12 4-pin connector
ZCM D21M12

ZCM D21L08R12

Can only be used on ZCMD25 bodies.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-11

Osisense Limit Switches
Metal and Plastic

XCK Modular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

21

Thermoplastic roller
lever plunger,
horizontal
actuation

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger,
vertical
actuation

ZCE 21

ZCE 27

LIMIT SWITCHES

Side metal
plunger,
adjustable

ZCE 62

M18 with metal
end plunger

Retractable
steel roller
lever plunger

ZCE 28

ZCE 24

Side steel
roller plunger,
horizontal

Side steel
roller plunger,
vertical

Side steel
ball bearing
plunger

ZCE 63

ZCE 64

ZCE 65

ZCE 66

M18 with steel
roller plunger

ZCE H2

Steel roller
plunger

Steel roller plunger
with elastomer boot

ZCE 02

ZCE 29

Metal end plunger
with elastomer boot

Spring rod with
thermoplastic end

Spring
rod

Steel ball
bearing plunger

1.

ZCP EP20
ISO M20 x 1.5

ZCP EG11
Pg 11

ZCE 67

Plastic bodies with contacts (1)
with 2 cable entries

ISO M16 x 1.5
Pg 11
1/2” NPT
Pg 11 conduit entries convert
to 1/2" NPT using adapter
DE9RA1012 (included)

ZCP 29M12

ZCP EP16
ISO M16 x 1.5

Side cat’s
whisker

ZCE 14

Plastic
bodies with
contacts (1)
for use with
cable entry
(see below)

ZCP 21M12
N.C. + N.C.
snap action contact

ZCE 06

Metal end
plunger,
adjustable

ZCE 13

Plastic bodies with integral
M12 connector, with
N.C. + N.O.
snap action contact

Cat’s
whisker

ZCE 08

ZCE 07

ZCE 11

ZCE 10

Conduit entry, plastic:

www.schneider-electric.us

Side
metal
plunger

ZCE H0

Metal end
plunger

Thermoplastic roller
lever plunger,
horizontal or vertical
actuation

ZCP EG13
Pg 13.5

ZCP EN12
1/2" NPT

ZCP EF12
PF 1/2 (G 1/2)

For further details, see catalog 9006CT1007.

21-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Limit Switches
Metal and Plastic

XCK Modular
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Ceramic
roller
lever

ZCY 22

Spring return,
for actuation
from left AND
right

ZCY 55

ZCY 59

ZCY 81

ZCY 91

Variable length
steel roller lever

ZCY 44

ZCY 45

ZCY 46

ZCY 25

ZCY 15

Steel roller
lever, track:
29/36
(1.14/1.42)

ZCY 16

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever, track: 21/44
(0.83/1.73)

Steel roller
lever, track:
21/44
(0.83/1.73)

ZCY 26

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
Ø 50 (1.97)

ZCY 39

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track:
29/36
(1.14/1.42)

ZCY 12

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track: 21/44
(0.83/1.73)

ZCY 17

Variable length
steel roller lever,
with pliable lever

ZCY 48

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever, track:
24/40
(0.94/1.57)

ZCY 19

ZCY 69

ZCY 49

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever

Steel roller
lever,
track: 24/40
(0.94/1.57)

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever,
Ø 50 (1.97), with
adjustable track

Variable
length
thermoplastic
roller lever,
Ø 50 (1.97)

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever, with
pliable lever

Steel ball-bearing
mounted roller
lever, track: 29/36
(1.14/1.42)

ZCE 09

ZCY 54

Spring–
rod lever,
metal

ZCY 18
Stay put,
for actuation
from left
AND right
(2)

Round rod lever,
thermoplastic, Ø 6 (0.24)
L = 200 (7.87)

Spring lever
with
thermoplastic
end

Thermoplastic
roller lever,
track: 24/40
(0.94/1.57)

ZCE 01

Round rod lever,
glass fiber,
Ø 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

LIMIT SWITCHES

ZCY 53

Square rod lever,
steel, U 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

21

Round rod lever,
steel, Ø 3 (0.12)
L = 125 (4.92)

Dimensions: mm (in.)

ZCY 23
Forked arm with
rollers, 1 track,
track: 32 (1.26)

Forked arm with
rollers, 2 track, track:
25/39 (0.98/1.54)

ZCY 61

ZCY 71

Metal bodies with integral
M12 connector, with:
N.C. + N.O.
snap action contact

Metal bodies with contacts (1)
for use in conjunction with cable
entry (see below)

ZCD 21M12
N.C. + N.C.
snap action contact

ZCD

ZCD 29M12

Conduit entry, metal:

ZCD EP16
ISO M16 x 1.5

1.

ZCD EP20
ISO M20 x 1.5

ZCD EG11
Pg 11

ZCD EG13
Pg 13.5

ZCD EN12
1/2" NPT

ZCD EF12
PF 1/2 (G1/2)

For further details, see catalog 9006CT1007.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-13

Modular,
Miniature and Compact

XCMD, XCMN, XCKD, XCKP Complete Switches
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

21

Miniature, Precabled Limit Switches, Metal
Table 21.16: XCMD Modular and XCMN Non-Modular
OsiSense
Steel Roller
Plastic Roller
Plunger

Lever

Variable Length
Plastic Roller
Lever

M12 Head
Steel Roller
Plunger

Cat Whisker

End Plunger
(non-modular)

BK

BK BK
WH
BU BN

GN-YE

BK
WH
BN

GN-YE

2-pole contact
N.C. + N.O.
snap action

2-pole contact
N.C. + N.O.
slow break

Actuation speed (m/s)
Switches conforming to
IEC 60947-5-1 section 3
Degree of protection conforming to
IEC 60529
Rated operational characteristics
Cable entry
Mounting holes—in. (mm)
Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H

0.5

1.5

1.5

0.1

1

0.5

yes

yes

yes

yes

no

yes

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP65

0.79 (20)
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
(30 x 16 x 59)
Cat. No.

pre-cabled length = 1 m
0.79 (20)
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
(30 x 16 x 59)
Cat. No.

Vac 15; B 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A) / Vdc 13; R 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1 A)
pre-cabled, adjustable direction, length = 1 m (other lengths available on request)
0.79 (20)
0.79 (20)
0.79 (20)
0.79 (20)
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
1.18 x 0.63 x 2.32
(30 x 16 x 59)
(30 x 16 x 59)
(30 x 16 x 59)
(30 x 16 x 59)
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.

Ordering information
2-pole, N.C. + N.O.
XCMD2102L1
snap action
2-pole, N.C. + N.O.
XCMD2502L1
break before make, slow break
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-10

XCMD2115L1

XCMD2145L1

XCMD21F2L1

XCMD2106L1

XCMN2110L1

XCMD2515L1

XCMD2545L1

XCMD25F2L1

XCMD2506L1

—

Compact, Modular Limit Switches, Metal or Plastic
Table 21.17:

XCKD and XCKP Compact, 30 mm Wide, Conforming to Standard EN 50047

OsiSense

21
22

21
22

13

13

14

XCKP

14

LIMIT SWITCHES

BU

XCMD, XCMN

www.schneider-electric.us

Metal End
Plunger

Plastic Roller
Lever
Horizontal Actuation

M18 Head
Metal End
Plunger

Plastic Roller
Lever

Variable Length
Plastic Roller
Lever

Rubber Roller
Lever
Ø 50 mm

Cat Whisker

1.5

1.5

1.5

1

yes

yes

yes

no

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

2-pole
contact
N.C. +
N.O.
snap
action
2-pole
contact
N.C. +
N.O.
slow
break

Actuation speed (m/s)
0.5
1
0.5
Switches
conforming to
yes
yes
yes
IEC 60947-5-1
section 3
Degree of protection
conforming to
IP66 and IP67
IP66 and IP67
IP66 and IP67
IEC 50 529
Rated operational
Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)
characteristics
Cable entry
1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT
Mounting holes (mm)
20
20
M18 x 1
Body dimensions (mm)
30
x
30
x
73
30
x
30
x
73
30
x 30 x 73
WxDxH
Ordering information
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.

20

20

20

20

30 x 30 x 73

30 x 30 x 73

30 x 30 x 73

30 x 30 x 73

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

XCKD Metal, 30 mm Wide
2-pole,
N.C.+ N.O.
snap action
2-pole,
N.C.+ N.O.
break before make,
slow break

XCKD2110N12

XCKD2121N12

XCKD21H0N12

XCKD2118N12

XCKD2145N12

XCKD2139N12

XCKD2106N12

XCKD2510N12

XCKD2521N12

XCKD25H0N12

XCKD2518N12

XCKD2545N12

XCKD2539N12

XCKD2506N12

XCKP21H0N12

XCKP2118N12

XCKP2145N12

XCKP2139N12

XCKP2106N12

XCKP25H0N12

XCKP2518N12

XCKP2545N12

XCKP2539N12

XCKP2506N12

XCKP Plastic, 30 mm Wide, Double Insulated
2-pole,
N.C.+ N.O.
XCKP2110N12
XCKP2121N12
snap action
2-pole,
N.C.+ N.O.
XCKP2510N12
XCKP2521N12
break before make,
slow break
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-12

21-14

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Modular,
Miniature and Compact

XCKT, XCDR, XCPR Complete Switches
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Compact Limit Switches with 2 Cable Entries and Modular Head
Table 21.18:

XCKT Compact, Plastic, 2 Cable Entries, Standard, 40 mm

OsiSense

Metal Roller Plunger

Plastic Roller Lever

Actuation speed (m/s)

0.5

0.5

1.5

Switches conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 section 3

yes

yes

yes

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

21
22

2-pole contact
N.C. + N.O.
snap action

21

13
14

LIMIT SWITCHES

Metal End Plunger

XCKT

Cable entry

Two Pg 11 cable entries. One 1/2" NPT adapter, DE9RA1012, is included.

Mounting holes—in. (mm)

0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40)

0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40)

0.79 or 1.57 (20 or 40)

Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H

2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61)

2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61)

2.36 x 1.18 x 2.4 (60 x 30 x 61)

Ordering information
Complete switch

2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

XCKT2110N12

XCKT2102N12

XCKT2118N12

Modular, Compact Limit Switches with Manual Reset
Table 21.19:

XCDR and XCPR Compact, Metal or Plastic, with Manual Reset, 30 mm

OsiSense

Metal End Plunger

Plastic Roller Lever
Horizontal Actuation

Plastic Roller Lever
Vertical Actuation

Actuation speed (m/s)

0.5

1

1

Switches conforming to IEC 60947-5-1 section 3

yes

yes

yes

Degree of protection conforming to IEC 60529

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

IP66 and IP67

Rated operational characteristics

Vac 15; A 300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 3 A) / Vdc 13; Q 300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.27 A)

Cable entry

1 tapped entry for 1/2" NPT

Mounting holes—in. (mm)

0.79 (20)

Body dimensions—in. (mm), W x D x H

1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95) 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95) 1.18 x 1.18 x 3.74 (30 x 30 x 95)

XCDR and XCPR

Ordering information

0.79 (20)

0.79 (20)

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action

XCDR2110N12

XCDR2121N12

XCDR2127N12

2-pole, N.C. + N.O.
break before make, slow break

XCDR2510N12

XCDR2521N12

XCDR2527N12

2-pole, N.C. + N.O. snap action

XCPR2110N12

XCPR2121N12

XCPR2127N12

2-pole, N.C. + N.O.
break before make, slow break

XCPR2510N12

XCPR2521N12

XCPR2527N12

XCDR Metal
Complete switch

XCPR Plastic, Double Insulated
Complete switch

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-15

Modular,
Miniature and Compact

Common Heads and Levers
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Common Head and Levers for XCMD, XCKD, XCKP, XCKT
Table 21.20:

Metal Plunger and Multi-Directional Heads

LIMIT SWITCHES

Metal End Plunger

Metal End Plunger with
Elastomer Protective Boot

Steel Roller Plunger

Retractable Steel Roller
Lever

Plastic Roller Lever,
Horizontal Actuation

Plastic Roller Lever,
Vertical Actuation

Cat. No.
ZCE10

Cat. No.
ZCE11

Cat. No.
ZCE02

Cat. No.
ZCE24

Cat. No.
ZCE21

Cat. No.
ZCE27

Bushing Mounted

Bushing Mounted

Bushing Mounted

Bushing Mounted

M12 Head Metal
Plungerb

M18 Head Metal
Plungera

M12 Head Steel
Roller Plungera

M18 Head Steel
Roller Plungera

Spring Lever

Spring Lever with Plastic
End

Cat Whisker

Cat. No.
ZCEF0

Cat. No.
ZCEH0

Cat. No.
ZCEF2

Cat. No.
ZCEH2

Cat. No.
ZCE08

Cat. No.
ZCE07

Cat. No.
ZCE06

Table 21.21:

Metal Rotary Heads and Levers

Rotary Head without
Lever, Spring Return,
for Actuation from
RH or LH Side

Rotary Head without
Lever, Stay Put,
for Actuation from
RH or LH Side c

Cat. No.
ZCE01

Cat. No.
ZCE09

Cat. No.
ZCY15

Cat. No.
ZCY16

Cat. No.
ZCY25

Cat. No.
ZCY26

Cat. No.
ZCY18

Steel Roller Lever,
for Track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)a

Ceramic
Roller Lever

Variable Length, Rigid
Plastic Roller Lever

Variable Length, Bendable
Plastic Roller Lever

Variable Length, Rigid
Steel Roller Lever

Variable Length, Bendable
Steel Roller Lever

Metal Spring
Lever

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

ZCY19

ZCY22

ZCY45

ZCY44

ZCY46

ZCY48

ZCY91

Recommended for Use
with ZCE09 Head

Recommended for Use
with ZCE09 Head

Round Plastic Rod Lever,
Ø 6 mm, length = 200 mm

Forked Lever Arm with
2 Tracks: 25/39 mm

Forked Lever Arm with
1 Track: 32 mm

Cat. No.
ZCY59

Cat. No.
ZCY61

Cat. No.
ZCY71

Plastic Roller Lever
Ø 50 mm
Cat. No.
ZCY39

21-16

Adjustable Plastic
Roller Lever
Ø 50 mm

Plastic Roller Lever, Track: Steel Roller Lever, Track: Plastic Roller Lever, Track: Steel Roller Lever, Track:
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
24/31 mm (ZCMD)
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
16/39 mm (ZCMD)
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)b
29/36 mm (ZCD/P/T)b
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)b
21/44 mm (ZCD/P/T)b

Square Steel Rod Lever,

U 3 mm, length = 125 mm

Round, Glass Fiber
Rod Lever, Ø 3 mm
length = 125 mm

Cat. No.
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
ZCY49
ZCY54
ZCY55
a
Recommended for use with body ZCD... / ZCP... / ZCT...
b
Recommended for use with body: ZCMD...
c
Can only be used on ZCMD25 bodies.

Plastic, Roller Lever,
Track:
20/36 mm (ZCMD)
24/40 mm (ZCD/P/T)a

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Modular, Miniature and
Compact Bodies

Body/Contact Assemblies and Connection Components
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

NOTE: Metal components must be used with metal bodies. Plastic components must be used with plastic bodies.

Table 21.23:

Cat. No.
ZCMD29

Cat. No.
ZCMD39

Cat. No.
ZCMD25

BK
WH
BN

GN-YE

Cat. No.
ZCMD21C12

Cat. No.
ZCMD21M12

Connection of Miniature Body/Contact Assemblies

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

ZCMC21L1
ZCMC21L2
ZCMC21L5

ZCMC29L1
ZCMC29L2
ZCMC29L5

ZCMC39L1
ZCMC39L2
ZCMC39L5

ZCMC25L1
ZCMC25L2
ZCMC25L5

ZCMC37L1
ZCMC37L2
ZCMC37L5

4

3

1

2

1 – 2 = N.C.
3 – 4 = N.O.
5 = Ground

4

3

1

2

1 = Common
2 = N.C.
3 = Ground
4 = N.O.

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-10

Compact, Metal or Plastic Body/Contact Assemblies

Cat. No.
ZCD29
ZCP29

Cat. No.
—
ZCP21D44

21

14

22

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Slow break

13

Cat. No.
—
ZCT21P16

21

Cat. No.
—
ZCP21M12

22

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

13

21
22

Cat. No.
ZCD21M12
—

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

14

13

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

14

21
22

21

13
14

22

13
14

Cat. No.
ZCD25
ZCP25

13

21

Cat. No.
ZCD39
ZCP39

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

14

31

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Slow break

22

3-pole
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

Cat. No.
—
ZCT25P16

Connection of Compact Body/Contact Assemblies

Interchangeable
cable entry

Table 21.25:

21

Cat. No.
ZCD21
ZCP21

22

Metal
Plastic

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

13

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

14

Type of
contact

32

Table 21.24:

Metal
Plastic

ISO M16

ISO M20

Pg 11

Pg 13.5

1/2” NPT

PF 1/2 NPSF

Deutsch Connector

Cat. No.
ZCDEP16
ZCPEP16

Cat. No.
ZCDEP20
ZCPEP20

Cat. No.
ZCDEG11
ZCPEG11

Cat. No.
ZCDEG13
ZCPEG13

Cat. No.
ZCDEN12
ZCPEN12

Cat. No.
ZCDEF12
ZCPEF12

Cat. No.
—
ZCPED44

Note: Plastic conduit entries shown. Order plastic conduit entries for plastic bodies (XCKP/ZCP).
Order metal conduit entries (chrome color) for metal bodies (XCKD/ZCD). Metal conduit entries do not fit on plastic bodies.
Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-17

21

BK

BU

1 SPDT contact
Snap action
4-pin connector

GN-YE

BK
WH
BN

Cat. No.
ZCMD37

Specific
pre-cabled
connection
components
Length
(m)
1
2
5

BU

GN-YE

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

BK
WH
BN
Cat. No.
ZCMD41

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action
5-pin connector

BK

BU

BK

BU

BK

BU

BK
WH
RD
WH
BN

BK
WH
BN
Cat. No.
ZCMD21

3-pole
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.
Slow break

GN-YE

GN-YE

GN-YE

Metal body

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Slow break

RD

4-pole
N.C. + N.C. +
N.O. + N.O.
Snap action

3-pole
N.C. + N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

BK

BK

2-pole
N.C. + N.C.
Snap action

BU

2-pole
N.C. + N.O.
Snap action

Type of
contact

LIMIT SWITCHES

Miniature, Metal Body/Contact Assemblies

RD

Table 21.22:

Light Duty Compact,
Plastic, Non-Modular

Refer to Catalog 9007CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

XCKN Compact Plastic, Non-Modular, 30 mm Wide

14

22
21

2 pole
break before make, slow break

Metal end plunger

Thermoplastic roller-lever plunger
Plastic roller plunger Plastic roller plunger
for lateral cam
for cross cam
Horizontal actuation Vertical actuation in
approach
approach
in 1 direction
1 direction

On end

By 30° cam

0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s)
15 N (3.37 lb)
30 N (6.75 lb)
0.065 (0.143)
Cat. No.
XCKN2110P20
XCKN2510P20
XCKN2910P20

0.3 m/s (0.99 ft/s)
12 N (2.70 lb)
20 N (4.50 lb)
0.065 (0.143)
Cat. No.
XCKN2102P20
XCKN2502P20
XCKN2902P20

Rotary, variable
length thermoplastic
roller-lever

Rotary,
Rotary, variable
Multi-directional,
thermoplastic
length, thermoplastic
spring rod
roller-lever, Ø 50 mm roller-lever, Ø 50 mm
By any moving part

22

14

2 pole
snap action

Switch actuation

Type of actuation

Maximum actuation speed
For tripping
For positive opening

Minimum force of torque

0.065 (0.143)
Cat. No.
XCKN2103P20
XCKN2503P20
XCKN2903P20

0.1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)
6 N (1.35 lb)
10 N (2.25 lb)
0.070 (0.154)
Cat. No.
XCKN2121P20
XCKN2521P20
XCKN2921P20

0.070 (0.154)
Cat. No.
XCKN2127P20
XCKN2527P20
XCKN2927P20

21
22
21
22

14
14

13

13

Weight, kg (lb)
Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20)
2 pole N.C. + N.O. snap action
2 pole N.C. + N.O., break before make, slow break
2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action

2 pole
snap action

2 pole
break before make, slow break

Switch actuation

Rotary,
thermoplastic
roller-lever
By 30° cam

Multi-directional,
cat’s whisker

Type of actuation

Maximum actuation speed
For tripping
Minimum force
of torque
For positive opening
Weight, kg (lb)
Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20)
2 pole N.C. + N.O. snap action
2 pole N.C. + N.O., break before make,
slow break
2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action

1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s)
0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in)
0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in)
0.085 (0.187)
Cat. No.
XCKN2118P20

1 m/s (3.28 ft/s), any direction
0.13 N•m (0.11 lb-in)
–
0.085 (0.187)
0.075 (0.165)
Cat. No.
Cat. No.
XCKN2108P20
XCKN2106P20

0.090 (0.198)
Cat. No.
XCKN2145P20

0.110 (0.243)
Cat. No.
XCKN2139P20

0.115 (0.254)
Cat. No.
XCKN2149P20

XCKN2518P20

XCKN2545P20

XCKN2539P20

XCKN2549P20

XCKN2508P20

XCKN2506P20

XCKN2918P20

XCKN2945P20

XCKN2939P20

XCKN2949P20

XCKN2908P20

XCKN2906P20

XCNR Compact Plastic, Non-Modular, with Manual Reset, 30 mm Wide

21

13

Table 21.27:

14

22

11

21

2 pole N.C. + N.O.

22

2 pole N.C. + N.C.

12

LIMIT SWITCHES

13

21

Osisense Limit Switches
13

21

Table 21.26:

XCKN and XCNR Complete Switches

Switch actuation

Metal end plunger

Plastic roller plunger

On end

By 30° cam

0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s)
15 N (3.37 lb)
30 N (6.74 lb)
0.080 (0.18)
Cat. No.
XCNR2110P20
XCNR2510P20
XCNR2910P20

0.3 m/s (0.99 ft/s)
12 N (2.70 lb)
20 N (4.50 lb)
0.080 (0.18)
Cat. No.
XCNR2102P20
XCNR2502P20
XCNR2902P20

Thermoplastic roller-lever plunger
Horizontal actuation in Vertical actuation in
1 direction
1 direction

Rotary head,
thermoplastic
roller-lever plunger

0.1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)
6 N (1.35 lb)
10 N (2.25 lb)
0.085 (0.19)
Cat. No.
XCNR2121P20
XCNR2521P20
XCNR2921P20

1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s)
0.1 N•m (0.89 lb-in)
0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in)
0.100 (0.22)
Cat. No.
XCNR2118P20
XCNR2518P20
XCNR2918P20

Type of actuation

Maximum actuation speed
Minimum force of torque

For tripping
For positive opening

Weight, kg (lb)
Ordering Information (sold in packs of 20)
2 pole N.C. + N.O.snap action
2 pole N.C. + N.O. break before make, slow break
2 pole N.C. + N.C. snap action

Table 21.28:

Cable Entries and Contact Configurations

M20
Pg 11
1/2” NPT
Other cable entries
Other contact configurations
Function diagrams
Cable entry

21-18

0.090 (0.20)
Cat. No.
XCNR2127P20
XCNR2527P20
XCNR2927P20

Order with suffix P20 for 1 entry tapped to M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry. Clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.)
Replace P20 suffix with G11suffix, 18.6 x 1.41
Replace P20 suffix with G11 suffix. Order 1/2" NPT adapter DE91012
For other cable entries, including complete switches with ISO M16 x 1.5 or PF 1/2 (G 1/2) cable entry, please consult your local sales office.
For other 2- and 3-pole configurations, please consult your local sales office.
See catalog 9006CT1007.
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Light Duty Industrial,
Standard Body, Plastic

XCKS, Double Insulated
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

XCKS Standard Body, Plastic, Double Insulated
Environmental Specifications

Conforming to standards

Products
Machine assemblies

IEC 60947-5-1, EN 60947-5-1, UL 508, CSA C22-2 n° 14
IEC 60204-1, EN 60204-1

For operation
For storage

- 25 to +70 °C (-13 to +158 °F)
- 40 to +70 °C (-40 to +158 °F)

Approvals

UL, CSA, CCC

Ambient air temperature
Vibration resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-6

25 gn (10–500 Hz)

Shock resistance

Conforming to IEC 60068-2-27

50 gn (11 ms)

Electric shock protection

Class II conforming to IEC 61140 and NF C 20-030

Degree of protection

IP 65 conforming to IEC 60529; IK 03 conforming to EN 50102

Repeat accuracy

0.05 mm on the tripping points, with 1 million operating cycles for head with end plunger
Tapped entry for PG 13 conduit thread. To convert to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212.
For ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKS101 becomes XCKS101H29.

Depending on model

Materials

Plastic (body and head)

21
22
21
22
21

14
14

13

13

Table 21.30:

11

21

Cable entry

Selection, Plunger and Rotary Heads
Form B a

Form C a

Form A a

Metal end plunger

Steel roller
plunger

Thermoplastic
roller lever c

Form D a

2-pole N.C. + N.O.
snap action

2-pole N.C. + N.O.
break before make,
slow break

22

2-pole N.C. + N.C.

12

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table 21.29:

Ordering Informationb

Elastomer roller
lever, Ø 50 mm
(1.97 in.) c

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever c

Variable length
elastomer roller
lever, Ø 50 mm
(1.97 in.) c

Round
thermoplastic rod
lever, Ø 6 mm
(0.24 in.) d e

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

Cat. No.

2-pole N.C. + N.O.
snap action
(XE2SP2151)

XCKS101

XCKS102

XCKS131

XCKS139

XCKS141

XCKS149

XCKS159

2-pole N.C. + N.O. break before
make, slow break
(XE2NP2151)

XCKS501

XCKS502

XCKS531

XCKS539

XCKS541

XCKS549

XCKS559

2-pole N.C. + N.C.
snap action
(XE2SP2141)

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD01

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD02

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD31

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD39

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD41

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD49

ZCKS9 +
ZCKD59

2-pole N.C. + N.C. simultaneous,
slow break
(XE2NP2141)

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD01

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD02

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD31

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD39

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD41

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD49

ZCKS7 +
ZCKD59

Weight, kg (lb)

0.095 (0.209)

Contact operation

N.C. contact with positive opening operation, when properly
mounted and using a conforming operator.

Table 21.31:

0.105 (0.231)

0.145 (0.320)

0.150 (0.331)

0.155 (0.342)

0.155 (0.342)

0.150 (0.331)

—

Specifications

Switch actuation

On end

By any moving
part

By 30° cam

Type of actuation

Maximum actuation speed
Minimum
force or
torque

0.5 m/s (1.64 ft/s)

1.5 m/s (4.92 ft/s)

For tripping

15 N (3.37 lb)

12 N (2.70 lb)

0.15 N•m (1.33 lb-in)

For positive
opening

45 N (10.12 lb)

36 N (8.09 lb)

0.3 N•m
(2.66 lb-in)

1 m/s (3.28 ft/s)

—

—

1 entry tapped M20 x 1.5 mm for ISO cable entry, clamping capacity 7 to 13 mm (0.28 to 0.51 in.)
Cable entry
To convert PG 13 to 1/2" NPT, use adapter DE9RA1212. For ISO M20 x 1.5, add H29 to the end of the catalog number. Example: XCKS101 becomes XCKS101H29.
a
Form conforming to EN 50041. See page 6/92 of catalog 9006CT1007.
b
Switches with gold contacts or eyelet type connections: please consult your local sales office.
c
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.
d
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.
e
Value taken with actuation by moving part at 100 mm (3.94 in.) from the mounting.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-19

Osisense Limit Switches
XC Standard, Classic

XCKM and XCKL, Metal, Variable Composition
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21
LIMIT SWITCHES

Spring-rod lever with
thermoplastic end (1)

Spring-rod lever,
metal (1)

Variable-length
thermoplastic roller
lever (1)

Round rod lever,
thermoplastic,Ø 6 mm(1)

ZCKD81

ZCKD91

ZCKD41

ZCKD59

Cat’s whisker

Spring rod

ZCKD06

ZCKD08

Thermoplastic roller
lever (1)

Steel roller lever (1)

Steel ball bearing mounted
roller lever (1)

ZCKD15

ZCKD16

ZCKD17

Thermoplastic
roller lever plunger
with protective
boot, 1 direction
of actuation

Steel roller lever
plunger, 1 direction
of actuation

Steel roller lever
plunger with
protective boot, 1
direction of actuation

ZCKD21

ZCKD219

ZCKD23

ZCKD239

Metal end plunger

Metal end plunger
with protective boot

Steel roller plunger

Steel roller plunger
with protective boot

ZCKD10

ZCKD109

ZCKD02

ZCKD029

Thermoplastic
roller lever, 1
direction of
actuation

Body with 2-pole contact and one 1/2" NPT cable
entry using the included adapter, DE9RA1012

ZCKL1 / L5 / L6 / L7
ZCKL8H7

21-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Osisense Limit Switches
XC Standard, Classic

XCKM and XCKL , Metal, Variable Composition

Square-rod lever,
steel, Ø 6 mm
L = 125 mm (2)

Round rod lever,
glass fibre,
Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm (2)

ZCKY55

Round rod lever,
thermoplastic,Ø 6 mm
L = 200 mm (2)

ZCKY59

21

ZCKY54

LIMIT SWITCHES

Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Spring-rod lever,
metal(1)

Spring-rod lever,
with thermoplastic
end (1)

ZCKY91

ZCKY81

Variable length
elastomer roller
lever, Ø 50 mm (1)
Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever (1)

Variable
length steel
roller lever (1)

ZCKY41

ZCKY43

Thermoplastic
roller lever (1)

ZCKY31

Steel roller
lever (1)

ZCKY33

ZCKY49

Elastomer
roller lever,
Ø 50 mm (1)

ZCKY39

Steel ball bearing
mounted roller lever (1)

ZCKY34

For actuation from
left AND right or from
left OR right

ZCKG00

(1)
(2)

ZCKD05

Head assuring positive opening operation when used with a conforming lever.
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-21

Compact General Duty

XCKL Complete Switches
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

XCKL
XCKL is a compact, general-duty limit switch for applications such as machine tools and material handling.
Table 21.32:

Specifications

LIMIT SWITCHES

Rated Power (conforms to IEC 947-5-1, duty categories AC15 and DC13)
-13 to +158 °F (-25 to +70 °C)
Temperature range
The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.
NEMA Type 1, 2, 3, 4, 12
Enclosure rating
IP66
Vibration resistance
25 G (10–500 Hz), conforming to IEC 68-2-6

XCKL110H7

Shock resistance

50 G, conforming to IEC 68-2-27

Repeatability

0.002 in. (0.05 mm)

Cable entry

Standard: Pg 11 with DE9RA1012 adapter for 1/2" NPT conduit entry

Contact Characteristics
Rated thermal current

10 A

Rated insulation voltage

300 Vac and dc (A300 and Q300)

Contact resistance (max.)

25 mΩ

Cable (max.)

2 x #16 AWG (1.5 mm2) per terminal

Short circuit protection (customer supplied)

10 A fuse type SC. Outside U.S. use gl or N.

Complete Switches
Table 21.33:

Lever Operated

Description a
Programmable head CW and/or CCW–snap
action Delrin® roller lever–adjustable in 5°
or 45° in increments (reversible mounting).

Functional Diagram
23°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
11°

0

Adjustable length roller lever–adjustable in
5° or 45° increments (reversible mounting).

XCKL10011H7

58°(P)

90°

23°

58°(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
0

11°

90°

26°

CW and CCW, Delrin roller lever

58°(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
0

11°

70°

.105

0

Table 21.34:

.25(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

One way lever-Delrin roller

.05

Operating Torque/Force

Contact Configuration

Catalog Number

14.2 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL10011H7

14.2 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL50011H7

14.2 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL10041H7

14.2 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL50041H7

21.3 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL115H7

21.3 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL515H7

25.3 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL121H7

25.3 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL521H7

Operating Torque/Force

Contact Configuration

Catalog Number

1.84 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL106H7

1.84 oz-in

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL506H7

Operating Torque/Force

Contact Configuration

Catalog Number

35.6 oz

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL110H7

35.6 oz

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL510H7

35.6 oz

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) snap

XCKL102H7

35.6 oz

SPDT (N.O. + N.C.) slow

XCKL502H7

Omnidirectional

Description a

Functional Diagram

XCKL115H7
30°
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Wobble stick-steel rod

0

Table 21.35:

14°

Plunger Operated

Description a

Functional Diagram
.07
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Rod plunger

XCKL110H7

0

.035

.217

.07

.177(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Roller plunger

0

a

.18(P)

.034

Diagrams shown are for XCKL1 • • •.

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-20
Lever arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-23

XCKL102H7

File
CCN

E39281
NKCR

File
Class

LR44087
3211-03

Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in

21-22

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Compact General Duty

XCKL Components
Refer to Catalog 9006CT0101

Bodies—Electric

Components
Body: Single pole, double break, 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Snap action, positive opening, same polarity
Body: Single pole, double break, 1 N.O. + 1 N.C.
Slow make, slow break isolated

Table 21.37:
ZCKL1H7, ZCKL5H7

Contacts
Silver
Gold Flashed

Catalog Number
ZCKL1H7
ZCKL18H7

Silver

ZCKL5H7

Rotary Heads

Components
Catalog Number
Programmable headb CW and/or CCW
Select lever arm separately
ZCKG00
Offset Delrin roller levera
ZCKD15
Offset steel roller levera
ZCKD16
Offset ball-bearing roller levera
ZCKD17
a
Replacement arms are not available separately. Order complete head as a replacement.
b
See page 21-22.

ZCKG00H7
ZCKD15,16,17H7

ZCKD10H7
ZCKD02H7

ZCKD21,23H7

Table 21.38:

ZCKY43H7

ZCKY81H7

ZCKY71H7

ZCKY91H7

Body
Head
ZCKL5 H7+ ZCKD02 = XCKL502H7
Body
Head
Lever
ZCKL1H7 + ZCKG00 + ZCKY11 = XCKL10011H7
Note: Some combinations are not available as
complete switches.

Catalog Number
ZCKD10
ZCKD109
ZCKD02
ZCKD029
ZCKD21
ZCKD23

Omnidirectional Heads

Replacement Parts

Description
Contact block for ZCKL1
Contact block for ZCKL5
Gold flashed contact block for ZCKL18
Pg 11 to 1/2" NPT conduit entry adapter

Table 21.41:
ZCKY51H7

Examples:
Body
Head
ZCKL1H7 + ZCKD15 = XCKL115H7

Description
Catalog Number
Cat whisker—steel rodc
ZCKD06
Wobble spring—steel springc
ZCKD08
c
Replacement cat whiskers and wobble extensions are not available separately.
Order complete head as a replacement.

Table 21.40:

ZCKY11H7

Complete Switch =
Body (with contact assembly)
+ Head
+ Lever

Plunger Heads

Description
Rod plunger
Booted rod plunger
Roller plunger
Booted roller plunger
One-way lever—Delrin roller
Steel roller

Table 21.39:

Building a Complete Switch

21

Table 21.36:

Catalog Number
XESP2151
XENP2151
XESP2158
DE9RA1012

Levers (for use with ZCKG00 heads only—these arms will not fit ZCKD heads)

Description
Size
Adjustmente Increments Catalog Number
Delrin roller
0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long
5° or 45°
ZCKY11
Steel roller
0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long
5° or 45°
ZCKY13
Ball bearing roller
0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long
5° or 45°
ZCKY14
Adjustable length
0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 4.2 in. long (max.)
5° or 90°
ZCKY41
Delrin rollerd
Steel roller
0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 4.2 in. long (max.)
5° or 90°
ZCKY43
Steel rod, squared
1/8 in. side, 5.4 in. long (max.)
5° or 45°
ZCKY51
Fiberglass rod, roundd
1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.)
5° or 45°
ZCKY52
Steel rod, roundd
1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.)
5° or 45°
ZCKY53
Plastic rod, roundd
1/4 in. diameter, 8.4 in. long (max.)
5° or 45°
ZCKY59
Fork, 2 track Delrin roller
0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCKE092
5° or 45°
ZCKY71
Coil spring lever d
4.41 in. (112 mm)
5° or 45°
ZCKY81
Spring rod leverd
7.05 in. (179 mm)
5° or 45°
ZCKY91
d
Flexible operators do not guarantee positive opening operation.
e
Reverse mounting (for ZCKG00 head)—The higher increment (45° or 90°) is a positive opening contact feature which ensures no loss of mechanical
effort between the actuation point and the moving contact bridge of the N.C. contact even if the lever is loosely mounted on the head shaft.
Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in

ZCKG00 Programming
The ZCKG00 head is field convertible to CW, CCW, or CW/CCW.

Reverse Lever Mounting

File
CCN

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIMIT SWITCHES

www.schneider-electric.us

42259
NKCR

File
Class

LR25490
3211 03

21-23

Osisense Limit Switches
Standard Industrial, Metal

XCKJ Industrial Format EN 50041, Fixed or Plug-in Body
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007
www.schneider-electric.us

21
Thermoplastic roller lever
plunger, 1 direction of
actuation

Steel roller lever
plunger, 1 direction
of actuation

LIMIT SWITCHES

ZCKE21

Side metal plunger

ZCKE63

Spring rod

ZCKE08

End reinforced steel
roller plunger

ZCKE67

End metal plunger

ZCKE61

ZCKE23

Side steel roller
plunger, horizontal (1)

ZCKE64

Side steel roller
plunger, horizontal (1)

ZCKE65

Cat’s whisker

ZCKE06

End steel roller
plunger with
protective boot

End steel roller plunger

ZCKE629

ZCKE62

End steel ball
bearing plunger

End metal plunger
with protective boot

ZCKE66

ZCKE619

Body with 2-pole contact, fixed,
1 step, M12 connector (2)

Body with contact, cable entry for
1/2” NPT fixed, 1 step (2) (3)

ZCKJ1D / J5D / J6D / J7D
ZCKJ8D

ZCKJD3p
ZCKJ1 / J5 / J6 / J7 / J9H7

Body with contact, cable entry for
1/2” NPT plug-in, 1 or 2 step (2) (3)

ZCKJ11 / J21 / J41H7

Body with contact, cable entry for
1/2” NPT fixed, 1 step (2) (3)

ZCKJ2 / J8H7
Body with contact, cable entry for
1/2” NPT fixed, 2 step (2) (3)
ZCKJ4H7
2 CO snap action
(1)
(2)
(3)

Cannot be used with bodies ZCKJ4H7 and ZCKJ41H7.
For further information, see page 21-27.
For a cable entry tapped ISO M20 x 1.5, change H7 to H29. Example: ZCKJ1H7 becomes ZCKJ1H29.
For a cable entry tapped Pg 13.5, delete H7 from the catalog number. Example: JCKJ1H7 becomes ZCKJ1.

21-24

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XCKJ Industrial Format EN 50041, Fixed or Plug-in Body
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Round rod lever,
steel, Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm (5)

ZCKY51

ZCKY53

Spring lever with
thermoplastic end (4)

Spring return,
for actuation
from left AND
right or from
left OR right

ZCKE05

ZCKY52

ZCKY91

Variable length
thermoplastic
roller lever (4)

Variable length steel
roller lever (4)

ZCKY41

ZCKY43

Thermoplastic
roller lever (5)

Round rod lever,
thermoplastic,
Ø 6 mm
L = 200 mm (5)

ZCKY59

Spring-rod lever,
metal (4)

ZCKY81

ZCKY11

Steel roller
lever (5)

ZCKY13

Steel ball bearing
mounted roller lever (5)

ZCKY14

Body with double-pole 2 CO,
neutral position, snap action contact
cable entry for 1/2” NPT, fixed (3)
1 CW, 1 CCW (see page 21-26)

Body with double-pole 2 CO,
neutral position, snap action contact
cable entry for 1/2” NPT, plug-in (3)
1 CW, 1 CCW (see page 21-26)

ZCKJ404H7

ZCKJ4104H7

Stay put, for actuation from left
AND right (6)

ZCKE09

(4)
(5)
(6)

Round rod lever,
glass fibre,
Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm (5)

21

Square-rod lever,
steel, Ø 3 mm
L = 125 mm (5)

LIMIT SWITCHES

Osisense Limit Switches
Standard Industrial, Metal

Forked arm with
thermoplastic rollers,
1 track (5)

ZCKY71

Forked arm with
thermoplastic rollers,
2 track (5)

ZCKY61

Head assuring positive opening operation when used with a conforming lever.
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 90° steps by reversing the notched washer.
Adjustable throughout 360° in 5° steps, or in 45° steps by reversing the lever mounting.
Suitable for bodies with contacts ZCKJ1 / J2 / J31 / J39H7.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-25

Heavy Duty / Industrial
Metal Body

XCKJ Complete Switches
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

XCKJ fixed body type precision switches with an SPDT configuration have direct opening contacts to meet most
international standards.
Table 21.42:

Specifications

Rated Power (conforms to IEC 947-5-1, duty categories AC15 and DC13)
–13 to +158 °F (–25 to +70 °C); optional –40 to +248 °F (–40 to +120 °C).
The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.
NEMA 1,2,3,4,12; IEC Type IP66
25 G (10–500 Hz), conforming to IEC 68-2-6
50 G, conforming to IEC 68-2-27
0.0004 in. (0.01 mm)
1/2" NPT standard

Temperature range

LIMIT SWITCHES

Enclosure rating
Vibration resistance
Shock resistance
Repeatability (max.)
Cable entry

XCKJ10511H7

Contact Characteristics
Rated thermal current
Rated insulation voltage
Contact resistance (max)
Cable (max.)

10 A, conforming to UL 508, CSA C22-2 No.14, IEC 337-1, NFC 63-140, VDE 0660-200
Non-plug-in: 300 Vac (A300) and DC (Q300) Plug-in: 600 Vac (A600) and DC (Q600)
Non-plug-in: 25 m Ω Plug-in: 45 m Ω
2 x 16 AWG (1.5 mm2) per terminal—1 x #16 AWG for 2 SPDT (2 N.O., 2 N.C.)

Short circuit protection

10 A fuse type SC; Form I Class J or equivalent. Outside US use type gl or N.

Table 21.43:

Complete Switches, XCKJ

Description and
Functional Diagram

Operating Torque

Contact Type

Direct Opening

Catalog Number

Non-plug-in Housings
Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 45° increments (reversible mountings)
33.3 oz-in
SPDT
(N.O. + N.C.)
Ya
33.3 oz-in
2 SPDT
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)
N

XCKJ10541H7
Lever operated
23°

58°(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
90°

0
11°

XCKJ161H7

Adjustable length—Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 90° increments
33.3 oz-in
SPDT
(N.O. + N.C.)
N
33.3 oz-in
2 SPDT
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)
N
Adjustable length—1/8 in. diameter steel rod adjustable in 5° or 45° increments
33.3 oz-in
SPDT
(N.O. + N.C.)
N
Adjustable length—1/4 in. plastic rod adjustable in 5° or 45° increments
33.3 oz-in
SPDT
(N.O. + N.C.)
N

XCKJ10511H7
XCKJ20511H7
XCKJ10541H7
XCKJ20541H7
XCKJ10553H7
XCKJ10559H7

Neutral Position
One SPDT contact switch per direction. Past 20° CW, contact 1 (11-12 / 13-14) switches.
Past 20° CCW, contact 2 (21-22 / 23-24) switches. Levers not included.
20°
11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14
11°

0

90°

26.6 oz-in

2 SPDT (2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

N

ZCKJ404H7

20°

23-22
23-24
21-22
23-24

90"

11

0

Plunger Operated
.08°

.185(P)

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

XCKJ110511H7

.24

0

Rod plunger
48 oz

SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)

Ya

XCKJ161H7

Steel roller plunger
48 oz

SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)

Ya

XCKJ167H7

.035

Plug-in Housings
Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 45° increments (reversible mountings)
33.3 oz-in
SPDT
(N.O. + N.C.)
N
Adjustable length Delrin roller lever adjustable in 5° or 90° increments

Lever Operated
23
11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14
90°

11°

33.3 oz-in

SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)

N

XCKJ110511H7

XCKJ110541H7

Neutral Position
One SPDT contact switch per direction. Past 20° CW, contact 1 (11-12 / 13-14) switches. Past 20° CCW, contact 2 (21-22 / 23-24) switches.
Levers not included.

XCKJ1167H7

20°
11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14
0
23-22
23-24
21-22
23-24

90°

11°

26.6 oz-in

2 SPDT

(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

N

ZCKJ4104H7

Rod plunger
48 oz

SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)

N

XCKJ1161H7

Steel roller plunger
48 oz

SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)

N

XCKJ1167H7

20°

90"

11

0

Plunger Operated
.08"

XCKJ167H7

11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14
035"

a

24"

Direct opening contacts meet IEC 947-5-1 requirements for positive opening contacts.

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-24

21-26

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty / Industrial
Metal Body

XCKJ Bodies and Options
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Non-plug-in

Silver Contacts (10 A)

Direct Opening

1 Step
1 Step
1 Step
2 Step

SPDT
SPDT
2 SPDT
2 SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)
(isolated N.O. + N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

Catalog Number

Snap action
Slow break-before-make
Snap action
Snap action

Ya
Ya
N
N

ZCKJ1H7
ZCKJ5H7
ZCKJ2H7
ZCKJ4H7

(N.O. + N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

Snap action
Snap action

Ya
N

ZCKJ18H7
ZCKJ28H7

SPDT
2 SPDT
2 SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)
(N.O. + N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

Snap action
Snap action
Snap action

Ya
N
N

ZCKJ15H7
ZCKJ25H7
ZCKJ4045H7

SPDT
2 SPDT
2 SPDT

(N.O. + N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

Snap action
Snap action
Snap action

N
N
N

ZCKJ11H7
ZCKJ21H7
ZCKJ41H7

(N.O. + N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)
(2 N.O. + 2 N.C.)

Snap action
Snap action
Snap action

N
N
N

ZCKJ115H7
ZCKJ215H7
ZCKJ41045H7

Catalog Number

Pins

Suffix

ZCKJ1/J11/J5H7

5 pins

547

ZCKJ2/J4/J21/J41H7

9 pins

947

Gold Flashed Contacts (low power circuits max. 12 V, 0.1 A)
1 Step
1 Step

High Temperature: +248 °F (+120 °C)
1 Step
1 Step
Neutral Position

Table 21.45:

Plug-in

Silver Contacts (10 A)

Direct Opening

1 Step
1 Step
2 Step

Catalog Number

High Temperature: +248 °F (+120 °C)
1 Step
1 Step
Neutral Position

ZCKJ11H7
Plug-in

Table 21.46:

SPDT
2 SPDT
2 SPDT

Wiring Options

Mini style male receptacle
(For example, to order a ZCKJ1H7 body with a mini-style connector option, the
part number is ZCKJ1547.)

Table 21.47:

Plug and Cable Assemblies

Matching plug and cable assemblies for the mini style receptacle options may be ordered as follows:
Description

XZCP1141L*
Cable

Cable Length
3 ft
6 ft
12 ft
3 ft
6 ft
12 ft
6.56 ft
16.40 ft
32.81 ft

Plug and cable

Pre-wired connector,
female
a

Pins

Matches Receptacle Option

5

547

9

947

4

XCSDMR•L / XCSDMP•L

Catalog Number
BH2053
BH2056
BH20512
BH2093
BH2096
BH20912
XZCP1141L2
XZCP1141L5
XZCP1141L10

Direct opening contacts meet IEC 947-5-1 requirements for positive opening contacts when using

head.

Building a Complete Switch
Complete Switch = Body (with contact assembly) + Head + Lever
Example:
Lever
=

XCKJ10511H7

Rotary Head ZCKE05
with Operating Lever ZCKY11

5

ZCKJ*D

2

62

6.5

Non-Plug-in Body ZCKJ1H7

57
5

21

ZCKY11

13

+

22

Head
ZCKE05

14

Body
ZCKJ1H7 +

1

3

41

41

(1)
33.5

=

44

30

63

60

76.5

4
1 - 2 = NC
3 - 4 = NO
5
=
4A / 24 V max.

=

40

File
CCN

E39281
NKCR

File
Class

LR44087
3211-03

Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–24 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13 lb-in

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-27

21

ZCKJ1H7
Non-plug-in

SPDT
2 SPDT

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table 21.44:

Heavy Duty / Industrial
Metal Body

21

Table 21.48:

XCKJ Operating Heads
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Lever-Operated Heads

Contact Operation with Switch Bodies:

1 Step

2 Step

1 Step

ZCKJ1a / J11 / J2 / J21H7

ZCKJ4 / J41H7

ZCKJ5H7 a

23°

23°

58°(P)

LIMIT SWITCHES

Catalog
Number

33 oz-in, 0.25 N

ZCKE05

40°(P)

21-22
13-14

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Standard operation
1 Step
CW and/or CCW

Operating
Force/Torque

0

33°

90°

90°

0
11°

23°
11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14

2 Step
11-12, 13-14 first step

0

5°

90°

42°
21-22
23-24
21-22
23-24

21-22, 23-24 second step

5°

0

90°

ZCKE05 Programming

CW and CCW

CW

CW and CCW

CCW

65°
21-22
13-14
0

90°

Maintained operation

33 oz-in, 0.25 N

ZCKE09

Operating
Force/Torque

Catalog
Number

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE61

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE66

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE67

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE21

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE23

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE63

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE64

48 oz
18 N

ZCKE65

65°
21-22
13-14
90°

0

Note: Neutral position head ZCKE04 is not available separately. Order the head and body subassemblies from page 21-26.

Table 21.49:

Plunger-Operated Heads

Contact Operation with Switch Bodies:

1 Step

2 Step

1 Step

ZCKJ1a / J11 / J2 / J21 / H7

ZCKJ4 / J41H7

ZCKJ5H7 a

.08°

.08

.08"

.185(P)

0
0

.24

0

.135(P)

21-22
13-14

11-12
13-14
11-12
13-14

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Top rod plunger

.035"

.125

.24"

.24"

.035

.4"

Ball-bearing top plunger

21-22
23-24
21-22
23-24
0

Steel roller plunger
One-way Delrin roller
based on actuation by 30° cam
One way steel roller
based on actuation by 30° cam

.114

.035"

.24"

.114

.261(P)
0

0

.182

.05"

.06"

.6

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Side rod plunger

.193(P)

21-22
13-14

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

.114 (P)

21-22
13-14
0
0

.106

.217

.22"
.035"

Side steel roller-plunger, horizontal
based on actuation by 30° cam
Side steel roller-plunger, vertical
based on actuation by 30° cam
a

Direct opening

21-28

.6
21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14
0

.6

.145(P)

.107(P)

21-22
13-14
0
.035

.105

when used with any head on this page except ZCKE09 (maintained operation).

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty / Industrial
Metal Body

XCKJ Operating Heads, Replacement Parts, and Levers
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Omnidirectional Heads

Contact Operation with
Switch Bodies:
Cat whisker-steela
Wobble coil springsa
a

2 Step

1 Step

ZCKJ4, J41

ZCKJ5

20°
21-22
13-14
0
0

ZCKE06

18.4 oz-in,
0.13 N

ZCKE08

Catalog Number

ZCKY11/13/14
Omnidirectional
b

High temperature b
-13 °F to +248 °F
(-25 °C to +120 °C)

Standard operations

ZCKE056

ZCKE055

Maintained operations

ZCKE096

ZCKE095

Top rod plunger

ZCKE616

ZCKE615

Ball-bearing top plunger

ZCKE666

ZCKE665

Top roller plunger

ZCKE676

ZCKE675

One way Delrin roller

ZCKE216

ZCKE215

One way steel roller

ZCKE236

ZCKE235

Side rod plunger

ZCKE636

ZCKE635

Side steel roller plunger-horizontal

ZCKE646

ZCKE645

Side steel roller plunger-vertical

ZCKE656

ZCKE655

Cat whisker

ZCKE066

ZCKE065

Wobble coil spring

ZCKE086

ZCKE085

21

Low temperatureb
-40 °F to +158 °F
(-40 °C to +70 °C)

Plunger operated

The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.

Table 21.52:

Replacement Parts

Description (see page 21-27 for contact description)

ZCKY61

18.4 oz-in,
0.13 N
45°

10°

Description

XE2SP2151

ZCKY51/52/53/59

Catalog Number

Operating Heads—for extended temperature ranges

Lever operated

ZCKY43/41

20°

21-22
13-14
21-22
13-14

Operating
Force/Torque

Flexible operators do not guarantee direct (positive) opening operation.

Table 21.51:
Non-plug-in Style
Contact Block

1 Step
ZCKJ1, J11,J2,J21

Direct Opening

Catalog Number

Contact block for ZCKJ1H7

Y

XE2SP2151

Contact block for ZCKJ2H7

N

XESP2021

Contact block for ZCKJ4H7

N

XESP2031

Contact block for ZCKJ5H7

Y

XE2NP2151

Contact block for ZCKJ18H7 (gold flashed)

Y

XE2SP2158

Contact block for ZCKJ28H7 (gold flashed)

N

XESP2028

Plug-in module for ZCKJ11H7 (includes contact block)

N

ZCKJ01H7

Plug-in module for ZCKJ21 (includes contact block)

N

ZCKJ02H7

Plug-in module for ZCKJ41 (includes contact block)

N

ZCKJ04H7

Base receptacle for ZCKJ11H7

—

ZCKJ019H7

Base receptacle for ZCKJ21H7

—

ZCKJ029H7

Base receptacle for ZCKJ41H7

—

ZCKJ029H7

Adjustment
Increments

Catalog
Number

Adjustable Delrin roller, 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 3 in. long (max.)

5° or 90°

ZCKY41

Adjustable steel roller, 0.74 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 3 in. long (max.)

5° or 90°

ZCKY43

Adjustable rod-square, steel, 1/8 in. side, 5.4 in. long (max.)

5° or 45°

ZCKY51

Adjustable rod-round, fiberglass, 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.)

5° or 45°

ZCKY52

Adjustable rod-round, steel, 1/8 in. diameter, 5.4 in. long (max.)

5° or 45°

ZCKY53

Adjustable rod-round, plastic, 1/4 in. diameter, 8.4 in. long (max.)

5° or 45°

ZCKY59

Coil spring lever

5° or 90°

ZCKY81

Spring rod lever

5° or 90°

ZCKY91

Delrin roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long

5° or 45° d

ZCKY11

Steel roller 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long

5° or 45° d

ZCKY13

Ball bearing roller 0.9' diameter, 0.2 in. wide, 1.6 in. long

5° or 45° d

ZCKY14

Fork, 2 track, Delrin roller, 0.9 in.diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCK-E09

5° or 45° d

ZCKY61

Fork, 1 track, Delrin roller, 0.9 in. diameter, 0.2 in. wide for ZCK-E09

5° or 45° d

ZCKY71

Table 21.53:

Lever Arms

Description

ZCKY71
Adjustable or Flexible Operators c

ZCKY81

Reverse Mounting

ZCKY91

c
d

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table 21.50:

Adjustable and flexible operators do not guarantee positive opening operation.
Reverse mounting: The higher increment (45°) is a direct (positive) opening contact feature which ensures no loss of mechanical effort between the
actuation point and the moving contact bridge of the direct (positive) contact (N.C.) even if the lever is loosely mounted.

21-29

Heavy Duty Industrial
Metal Plug-in Body

9007C Adaptable Sub-Assemblies
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21
LIMIT SWITCHES

9007 H

9007 R + mushroom button

9007 G

9007 K

9007 L

9007 GD

9007 E

9007 ED

9007 D

9007 F

9007 J

9007 JKC

9007 KC

9007 CT52
9007 CT54

9007 CT62
9007 CO54

9007 CO62

9007 CO52

NOTE: Order the mushroom operator cap from Table 21.56 on page 21-33.

21-30

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Industrial
Metal Plug-in Body

9007C Adaptable Sub-Assemblies
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

21

LIMIT SWITCHES

www.schneider-electric.us

9007 MA11

9007 HA1

9007 FA1

9007 AA1

9007 EA1

9007 LA4

9007 FA6

9007 KB11

9007 LA19

9007 CA11

9007
A, B, C, N, T5, T10

9007 BA3

9007 KA11

9007 HA21

9007 RA11

9007 HA23

NOTE: Head 9007C is for use with levers LA19 and LA4.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-31

Heavy Duty Industrial
Single- and Two-Pole

9007C Limit Switches
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Oiltight, Watertight Switches—Standard and Compact Bodies
Table 21.54:

All Type C Switches Rated NEMA 6P and UL Type 6P
Side Plunger

LIMIT SWITCHES

Rotary Lever Arm
Select
Turret
Head

Standard
Pre-travel
Spring
Return

Low
Differential
Spring
Return

Neutral Position
Standard
Pre-travel
Spring
Return

Low
Differential
Spring
Return

Light
Operating
Torque
Spring
Return

Maintained
Contact

CW &
CCW a

CW &
CCW a

CW &
CCW

CW &
CCW

CW &
CCW a

CW (Trip)
CCW (Reset)

Side RollerPlunger
Spring Return
Vertical Roller
b Type

Side PushRod Plunger
Spring
Return

Side PushRod Plunger
Adjustablec
Spring
Return

Side PushRod Plunger
Maintained
Contact

Select Basic
Switch

Contacts

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

C54B2

C54A2

—

—

C54N2

C54C

C54F

C54G

C54GD

C54H

Standard
Box
Plug-in

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Neutral Position
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Two Stage

C62B2

C62A2

—

—

C62N2

C62C

C62F

C62G

C62GD

C62H

—

—

C68T10

C68T5

—

—

—

—

—

—

C66B2

C66A2

—

—

C66N2

—

C66F

C66G

C66GD

—

1 N.O.
1 N.C.

C52B2

C52A2

—

—

C52N2

C52C

C52F

C52G

C52GD

C52H

CR53B2

CR53A2

—

—

CR53N2

CR53C

CR53F

CR53G

CR53GD

CR53H

CR61B2

CR61A2

—

—

CR61N2

CR61C

CR61F

CR61G

CR61GD

CR61H

Compact
Box
Plug-in
UL Listed for
Hazardous
Location
Division I
Class I
Groups B, C, D
Class II
Groups E, F, G

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Neutral Position
2 N.O. –2 N.C.
Two Stage

Head Only (Example: 9007B)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CR65N2

—

CR65F

CR65G

CR65GD

—

F

G

GD

T10

T5

N

C

5°

10°

5°

10°

45°

0.08 in. (2 mm)

0.14 in.
(3.6 mm)

10°

5°

—

—

10°

—

0.08 in. (2 mm)

—

2-1/2°

1-1/2°

—

—

2-1/2°

—

0.02 in. (0.5 mm)

—

Total Travel

90°

90°

90°

90°

90°

90°

0.25 in. (6.3 mm)

Differential
Reverse Overtravel
Operating
Torque/Force—
1 Pole & 2 Pole
Repeat Accuracy —
Linear travel of cam
(1-1/2 in. lever arm)

4°
90°

2°
90°

4°
90°

2°
90°

4°
90°

—
—

0.03 in. (0.8 mm)
—

0.25 in.
(6.3 mm)
—
—

4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)

4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)

4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)

4 lb-in
(0.45 N•m)

25 oz-in
(0.18 N•m)

3 lb-in
(0.34 N•m)

4 lb (0.45 N•m)

7 lb
(0.80 N•m)

± 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)

± 0.001 in.
(0.03 mm)

± 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)

± 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)

± 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)

± 0.002 in.
(0.05 mm)

0.001 in. (0.3 mm)

—

First
Stage
First to
Second
Stage

Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque:
7 lb-in (0.80 N•m)

Selection Mode Arrow

H

To order the basic switch and head without the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters “CO” for the first “C” in the type number.
Example: Open type replacement for Type C54B2 is Type CO54B2.
a
These devices are factory set to operate the contacts in both the CW and CCW directions. Mode of operation is field convertible to CW only or
CCW only. To order factory converted devices—for CCW only operation, change the “2” at the end of the type number to “1” (Example: C54B2
becomes C54B1); for CW only operation, delete the “2” at the end of the type number (Example: C54B2 becomes C54B).
b
Can be converted to horizontal roller type in the field. To order horizontal roller version add the letter “H” at the end of the equivalent vertical roller
version type number (Example: C54F would become C54FH).
c
To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.

Mode Change—Lever Arm Type
Mode of operation is easily convertible to clockwise, counterclockwise, or both. Simply point the arrow to the letters
representing the desired direction—CW, CCW, or CW/CCW. All parts are captive.

/CCW
CW

CCW

CW

CR67T5

—

A

Plug-in Replacement Units

21-32

CR67T10

B

Pretravel
Two
Stage

CW

—
CR65A2

10°

Pre-travel

Nominal
Operating
Data

—
CR65B2

/C C W

Exploded view . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-30
Lever arms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-34, 21-35
Electrical ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-5
Special features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-35, 21-36

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Industrial
Single- and Two-Pole

9007C Limit Switches
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

All Type C Switches Rated NEMA 6P And UL Type 6P
Top Plunger
Top RollerPlunger
Spring
Return

Wobble Stick

Top Push- Top Push-Rod
Rod Plunger
Plunger
Palm
Spring
Adjustable b Operated a
Return
Spring Return

Plug-In

Wobble Stick Wobble Stick Wobble Stick
Universal d
Delrin c
Wire
Coil Spring
Extension d Extension d Extension d

Cat
Whisker

Plug-in
Plug-in Unit
without Head Receptacle
Only

LIMIT SWITCHES

Select Turret Head

Select Basic
Switch

Contacts

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

C54D

C54E

C54ED

C54Ra

C54JKC

C54J

C54K

C54KC

C54L

CO54

CT54

Standard
Box
Plug-in

1 N.O.
1 N.C.
2 N.O.
2 N.C.
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Neutral Position
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Two Stage

C62D

C62E

C62ED

C62Ra

C62JKC

C62J

C62K

C62KC

C62L

CO62

CT62

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CO68

CT62

C66D

C66E

C66ED

C66Ra

C66JKC

C66J

C66K

C66KC

C66L

CO66

CT62

1 N.O.
1 N.C.

C52D

C52E

C52ED

C52Ra

C52JKC

C52J

C52K

C52KC

C52L

CO52

CT52

1 N.O.
1 N.C.

CR53D

CR53E

CR53ED

CR53Ra

CR53JKC

CR53J

CR53K

CR53KC

CR53L

—

—

2 N.O.
2 N.C.

CR61D

CR61E

CR61ED

CR61Ra

CR61JKC

CR61J

CR61K

CR61KC

CR61L

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

CR65D

CR65E

CR65ED

CR65Ra

CR65JKC

CR65J

CR65K

CR65KC

CR65L

—

—

D

E

ED

Ra

JKC

J

K

KC

L

—

—

Compact
Box
Plug-in
UL Listed for
Hazardous
Location
Division I
Class I
Groups B, C, D
Class II
Groups E, F, G

2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Neutral Position
2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Two Stage

Head Only
Pre-travel

0.08 in. (2 mm)

10° (Any Direction)

20°

—

—

First
Stage
First to
Second
Stage
Total Travel
Differential
Reverse Overtravel
Operating
Torque/ Force—
1 Pole and 2 Pole
Repeat Accuracy —
Linear travel of cam

0.08 in. (2 mm)

10° (Any Direction)

20°

—

—

0.01 in. (0.06 mm)

4°

5°

—

—

0.25 in. (6.3 mm)
0.02 in. (0.5 mm)
—

90°
3°
—

90°
6°
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

3 lbs. (0.34 N•m)

3 lb-in (0.34 N•m)

7 oz-in
(0.05 N•m)

—

—

± 0.001 in. (0.03 mm)

—

—

—

—

Pretravel
Two
Stage

Nominal
Operating
Data

Plug-in Replacement Units
Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque:
7 lb-in (0.80 N•m)

Table 21.56:

To order the basic switch and head without the plug-in receptacle base, substitute the letters CO for the first C in the Type number.
Example: Open type replacement for Type C54D is Type CO54D.
a
Mushroom button must be ordered separately. See Table 21.56.
b
To lock the nut in the desired position, crimp the slot near the bottom of the nut.
c
Delrin® is a registered trademark of DuPont. Not for use outdoors.
d
Wobble stick extensions are available separately for the universal head or as replacements for complete devices. See Table 21.57.

Mushroom Button For Palm Operated Turret Head
1-3/8 in. Dia. Button
Type No.
2358C6G3
2358C6G2
2358C6G6
2358C6G8

Color
Black
Red
Green
Yellow

2-1/4 in. Dia. Button
Type No.
2358C22G2
2358C22G3
2358C22G6
2358C22G8

Type C

File
CCN

E42259
NKCR

File
Class

LR25490
3211-03

Type CR

File
CCN

E10054
NOIV

File
Class

LR26817
3218-02

Table 21.57:

Compact Body

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Wobble Stick Extensions

Description
Delrin extension
Wire extension
Coil spring extension

Catalog Number
9007WJ
9007WK
9007WKC

Hazardous Location

Standard Body

21-33

21

Table 21.55:

Heavy Duty Industrial
Single- and Two-Pole

9007AW and 9007C Lever Arms
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Lever Arms for 9007AW and 9007C Heavy Duty / Industrial Limit Switches
Standard roller is hardened oil-impregnated sintered iron. Bold-face Type numbers indicate the most commonly used lever arms.
Table 21.58: Cast Zinc Lever Arms
Roller

LIMIT SWITCHES

Length
of Arm
(A)

Standard
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Standard
3/4" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)

Standard
5/8" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Standard
5/8" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)

Nylon
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Nylon
5/8" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Nylon
5/8" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)

Nylon a
1" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)

Type
—
BA11
MA11
CA11
DA11
EA11

Type
—
BA12
MA12
CA12
DA12
EA12

Type
AA1
BA1
MA1
CA1
DA1
EA1

Type
AA2
BA2
MA2
CA2
DA2
EA2

Type
—
BA18
MA18
CA18
DA18
EA18

Type
AA8
BA8
MA8
CA8
DA8
EA8

Type
AA17
BA17
MA17
CA17
DA17
EA17

Type
—
BA13
MA13
CA13
DA13
EA13

Nylon
1" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Ball Bearing
11/16" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Standard
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)
Roller on
Opposite Side
to Standard

Standard
5/8" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)
Roller on
Opposite Side
to Standard

Standard
5/8" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)
Roller on
Opposite Side
to Standard

Without
Roller

Standard
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)
(Countersunk
Roller Pin)

Cable
Operated
With Eyebolt
(3/8" I.D.)
Instead of Roller

7/8"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"

Length
of Arm
(A)

Cast
Lever
Arm

Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
Type
7/8"
—
AA9
—
AA5
AA6
AA0
—
1-3/8"
BA4
BA9
BA15
BA5
BA6
BA0
—
1-1/2"
MA4
MA9
MA15
MA5
MA6
MA0
MA31
2"
CA4
CA9
CA15
CA5
CA6
CA0
CA31
2-1/2"
DA4
DA9
DA15
DA5
DA6
DA0
DA31
3"
EA4
EA9
EA15
EA5
EA6
EA0
—
Recommended in place of Types BA7, CA7, DA7, EA7 and MA7 lever arms with steel rollers. If necessary, the latter arms can be furnished at an additional cost.

a

Table 21.59:

Flat Steel Lever Arms
Length of Arm
(A)

Flat Steel
Lever Arm

Table 21.60:

Cast Zinc Lever Arm Dimensions

Standard Roller
5/8" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Standard Roller
5/8" Dia. (B)
5/8" Wide (C)

Nylon Roller
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Nylon Roller
1" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

No Roller

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

AA1S
BA1S
—
CA1S
DA1S
EA1S

AA2S
BA2S
—
CA2S
DA2S
EA2S

—
—
MA18S
—
—
—

—
BA4S
—
CA4S
DA4S
EA4S

AA0S
BA0S
—
CA0S
DA0S
EA0S

7/8"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"

90°
Forked Arm
1-1/2" Length

A

in.
mm

B

C

D

90° Forked Cast Zinc Lever Arms
Standard Rollers Standard) Rollers
3/4" Dia. (B)
5/8" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)
1/4" Wide (C

Roller
Position

Type
—
—
MA22
—
—
—

Nylon Rollers
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Nylon Rollers
3/4" Dia. (B)
1" Wide (C)

Ball Bearing Rollers
11/16" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Rollers on
Same Side

LA4

LA1

LA16

LA10

LA7

R.H. Roller on
Opposite Side

LA5

LA2

LA17

LA11

LA8

L.H. Roller on
Opposite Side

LA6

LA3

LA18

LA12

LA9

0.09
2.29

0.156
3.96

A = Length of Lever Arm
B = Roller Diameter
C = Roller Width
D = C + 5/16"
See the tables on this page
for A, B, and C dimensions.

Approximate shipping weights range from 1/8 to 1/4 lb.
Table 21.61:

Table 21.63:

One-Way Cast Zinc Roller Lever Arm
Length
of Arm

One-Way Roller
Lever Arm

Table 21.62:

Cast Arm

Flat Steel Arm

Type

Type

1-3/8"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"

BA3
MA3
CA3
DA3
EA3

2" Length
7/16" Offset

BA3S
—
CA3S
DA3S
EA3S

One-Way Lever Arms

21-34

Length
of Arm

Standard
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

1-1/2" Length
7/8" Offset

Nylon
3/4" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Ball Bearing
1-1/16" Dia. (B)
1/4" Wide (C)

Rod Type

1-1/2"

Type

Type

Type

Type

RA11

RA18

RA9

—

5"

—

—

—

FA2

Dia. (B)

b

Width (C)

3/4
3/4

Standard Roller
1/4
5/8
1/4
5/8
Ball Bearing
1/4
Nylon
1/4
1

3/4
3/4

Standard Roller
1/4
1/4

5/8
5/8
3/4
3/4
11/16

Roller

One-Way
Lever Arm

Offset-style Cast Zinc Lever Arms

Offset Lever Arm

Roller, 1-1/4" Dia. (B) 1/4" Wide (C)

Type
KA1
KA2
KA11
KA12
KA9
KA18
KA21
KB11
KB15 b

Roller inside.

Table 21.64:

Rod Type Lever Arms

Rod, in. (mm)
Type
10 (254) Stainless Steel Rod
FA1
12 (304) Spring Rod, Steel
FA3
18 (304) Spring Rod, Steel
FA4
12 Spring Rod, Delrin
FA5
Looped Delrin Rod
FA6
90° Forked Rod
LA19
2-1/2" Spring Rods, Steel
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 21-35
For more information on LA19, refer to catalog 9006CT1007.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Heavy Duty Industrial
Single- and Two-Pole

9007AW and 9007C Lever Arms and Special Features
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Lever Arms
Standard roller is hardened oil-impregnated sintered iron.
Bold-face type numbers indicate the most commonly used lever arms.
Adjustable Length Lever Arms
B

Lever Arm, Length Adjustable from 7/8" to 4"
Roller
Ball Brg.
11/16" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Nylon a
1" Dia.
5/8" Wide

Delrin
1-5/8" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Nylon
2" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Rubber Tire
2-1/8" Dia.
1/2" Wide

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Non-bendable

HA0

HA1

HA2

HA4

HA24

HA22

—

—

—

Bendable

HA9

HA5

HA6

HA8

HA25

HA23

HA20

HA26

HA21

Description

a

C
1
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

Nylon
5/8" Dia.
1/4" Wide

2
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

Standard
5/8" Dia.
5/8" Wide

4

Standard
5/8" Dia.
1/4" Wide

3
_
_
_
_
_
_
_
_

Without
Roller

E
D
A

0.35
9

F

Length
of Arm

21

Recommended in place of Types HA3 and HA7 lever arms with steel rollers. If necessary these arms can be furnished
at an additional cost.

Table 21.66:

360° Angular Adjustable Lever Arms
Standard
5/8" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Roller Outside

7/8"
1-3/8"
1-1/2"
2"
2-1/2"
3"

Standard
3/4" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Roller Inside

Nylon
5/8" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Nylon
3/4" Dia.
1/4" Wide

A

Ball Bearing
11/16" Dia.
1/4" Wide

Roller Outside

A = Length of Lever Arm
B = Roller Diameter
C = Roller Width

B

Roller Outside

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

AA1M
BA1M
MA1M
CA1M
DA1M
EA1M

AA5M
BA5M
MA5M
CA5M
DA5M
EA5M

AA11M
BA11M
MA11M
CA11M
DA11M
EA11M

AA8M
BA8M
MA8M
CA8M
DA8M
EA8M

AA18M
BA18M
MA18M
CA18M
DA18M
EA18M

AA9M
BA9M
MA9M
CA9M
DA9M
EA9M

C
1.05
0.84
27
21

0.87
22

Note: Roller can be changed in the field from roller outside to roller inside position or vice versa.
Approximate shipping weights range from 1/8 to 1/4 lb.

0.38
10

0.67
17

Special Features
Table 21.67:

Special Features (do not apply to Type CR unless noted)—Field Installable

Description

Part Number

Conduit Seal Only
Conduit seal fits in conduit entrance and excludes liquids

5 hole seal
9 hole seal

3103248801
3103281501

Adapters
Switch with adapter plate permitting substitution of any Type C switch with standard box for any Type T switch with Style B baseplate
Adapter plate kit only (plate plus mounting screws) for above
Adapter plate to allow direct substitution of Type C plunger switches for Type B plug-in plunger switches—
use only if there is a problem in lining up cam tracks

Standard Box
Compact Box

Adapter plate kit permitting direct substitution of any Type C lever arm switch with standard box for ANY Type AW lever arm switch

b
c

Form Y147
Class 9007
Type BT1
Class 9007
Type CT10 b
Type CT13 c
Class 9007
Type CT11
Class 9007
Type CT12

Metric conduit-connection adapter—male 1/2" NPT on one end, female 20 mm on the other end
Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.94 x 1.54 in.
Dimensions: 0.22 x 2.07 x 1.54 in.

Rotary lever arms
9007C•••• A, B, C, N, T5, T10

Rod type lever arms
9007FA1

0.75
19

1.24
31

2.35
60

0.64
16
1.79
45

in.
mm

10.72
272

Ø
0.13
3.3

0.16
4

4.02
102

0.67
17

(3)

1.17
30
1.55
39

Dual dimensions:

9.97 (max)
253

Ø
0.44
11

(1)
(2)

9007FA9
2.06
52

2.50
64
1.72
44

0.58
15

1.
2.
3.

LIMIT SWITCHES

Table 21.65:

1.00
25

0.41
10

5.5
12.7
1.19
30

0.52
13

0.41
10
0.80
20

0.41
10
1.00
25

0.13
3.3

1.19
30
0.41
10
0.80
20

2 x 0.20/5 x 0.22/6 HLS.
2 x 10-24 Tapped HLS Back Mtg 0.29/7 DP.
1/2 14 NPT.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

21-35

Heavy Duty Industrial
Single- and Two-Pole

21

Table 21.68:

9007C Factory Modifications (Forms)
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Special Features (do not apply to Type CR unless noted)—Not Field Installable, Except Where Noted

Special Features

Form

LIMIT SWITCHES

Add S9
as a suffix
to the
catalog
number

Optional Shaft Equipped With 9007T / 9007FT Hub:
Any lever arm Type C, CF or CR switch can be furnished with an optional shaft and hub combination which will accept the lever arms normally used with
Type T and FT limit (position) switches. To order, add S9 as suffix to the device type number. For example, to order a 9007 C54B2 with this modification,
order as a 9007 C54B2-S9. For details about the switches and lever arms that can be furnished with this modification, see catalog 9007CT1007.
Hub Only:
Can be field installed on any Type C lever type switch.

Cat. No.
9007S9

LED Pilot Light, 24-120 Volts AC or DC on Plug-In Type Switch (Type C52, C54, C62, C64, C66, or C68):
Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on)
Form P10
Form P5 Thru P9
L2
L1
Addition of LED pilot light in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off)
L2
Light Normally On
L1
*Customer
Addition of two LED pilot lights, one in parallel with N.O. contact (light normally on),
Installed
one in parallel with N.C. contact (light normally off)
CR1
Jumper
CR1
Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.O. contacts (lights normally on)
B
CR2
(Types C62, C64, C66 or C68 only)
CR2
A
Addition of two LED pilot lights in parallel with N.C. contacts (lights normally off)
(Types C62, C64, C66, or C68 only)
*Only one of the jumpers may be used
Light Normally Off
Pilot Light is ON when load is energized
Addition of one isolated LED pilot light (light on when load is energized)
(Type C54 only. Not available with Y1901.)
Plug-in limit (position) switch furnished with pre-wired mini 5 pin male receptacle. For use with Brad
Pre-Wired Receptacle
Harrison female portable plug No. 41306, 41307, or 41308 (or equal). (Not available with P10 or for
hazardous locations.)
Single Pole
Same as Y1901 but with different wire color coding
Tamperproof Screws—Complete Switch Only
Same as Y1901 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
Other versions with different wiring diagrams per automotive requirements are available. Contact your local Schneider Electric field office.

P5
P6
P7
P8
P9
P10
Y1901
Y1905
Y1903

Wiring Diagrams Form Y190__
Forms Y1901 and Y1903

Mating plug and cables available.

Orange-

3

4

-Red

White-

1

2

-Black

Form Y1905
White-

3

4 -Black

Orange-

1

2 -Red

Green-

Green-

Potted Limit (Position) Switch Or Plug-In Receptacle Only:
With Individual Wires
• Single pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with five #16 wires 5 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin
• Double pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with nine #16 wires 5 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin
With STOWA Cord
• Single pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with five conductor #16 STOWA cord 8 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin
• Same as Y1851 but with different wire color coding
• Double pole plug-in limit (position) switch or receptacle pre-wired with nine conductor #16 STOWA cord 8 ft long and wire entry completely sealed with epoxy resin
• Same as Y1852 but with different wire color coding
Tamperproof Screws—Complete Switch Only
With Individual Wires
Same as Y1841 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
Same as Y1842 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
With STOWA Cord
• Same as Y1851 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
• Same as Y1852 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
• Same as Y1855 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
• Same as Y1856 but with tamperproof screws on head and body
Other versions with different wiring diagrams for automotive requirements are available.

•
•

Forms Y1851 and Y1853
Red-

3

4

-Orange

White-

1

2

-Black

Green-

Y1853
Y1854
Y1857
Y1858

Orange-

4

8

-Brown

White- 3

4

-Black

Red-

3

7

-Yellow

Orange- 1

2

-Red

Black-

2

6

-Blue

White-

1

5

-Pink

Green-

Forms Y1856 and Y1858

Yellow-

4

8

-Black

Brown-

3

7

-White

Red-

2

6

-Blue

1

5

-Pink

Orange-

Green-

Green-

Low Temperature—Lever Types Only: Limit (Position) switch will operate in an ambient temperature range of -40 to +185 °F (standard limit switch ambient temperature
range is -20 to +185 °F). Minimum temperature is based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.
Fluorocarbon Rubber (FKM) Gaskets And Seals
Substitute fluorocarbon rubber gaskets and seals on:
Lever arm type, standard box (shaft seals on lever arm types are fluorocarbon rubber as standard)
Lever arm type, compact box (shaft seals on lever arm types are fluorocarbon rubber as standard)
Plunger type, standard box
Plunger type, compact box
Substitute fluorocarbon rubber boot only on plunger type switches
Note: Fluorocarbon rubber has been shown to resist sunlight aging problems.
Direct Acting Contacts
Substitution of direct acting contact unit for snap switch of single-pole switch:
One pole, normally closed, slow-make slow-break, direct acting contact mechanism substituted for standard snap switch on Types C52, C54,
CF53, and CR53 devices.
This mechanism was designed for use in emergency overtravel applications. The movable contact of this basic switch unit is acted upon
directly by the actuating mechanism of the limit switch—it does not depend on the force exerted by a snap-switch blade or a spring to open
the circuit. Because these contacts are slow-make slow-break, they are best suited for applications where they are not actuated during normal
operation, but only if abnormal overtravel is encountered.
d

21-36

Y1851
Y1855
Y1852
Y1856

Y1843
Y1844

Forms Y1855 and Y1857

Forms Y1852 and Y1854

Y1841
Y1842

Y128

Y140
Y140
Y140
Y140
Y1401
Y1561

Direct Acting
Contact Mechanism
(shown without cover)

The direct acting contacts described above come standard on the 9007CLS1 hoist overtravel switch.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Severe Duty, Oiltight,
Mill and Foundry

9007T, 9007FT
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 21.69:

Complete with Base Plate, Without Lever Arm (bold type numbers indicate the most commonly used switches)
Universal Type

Initial Position
and CCW

Initial Position
and CCW

A

B

No. 3d
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Maintained Contact

B

B

A

CW
A

Intermediate
Pos. CW

B

A

Select the Basic Switch

Base
Plate
A
B
Surface Mounting
C
D
Pre-travel
Total-travel
Nominal
Operating
Differential
Data
Oper. Torque
Repeat Accuracy b
To convert sequences, remove
the base plate, positioning
plate and latches. Reassemble
the positioning plate and
latches as shown.

B

No. 5
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CCW Only

No. 6
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CCW Only

Initial Position

Initial Position
and CW

Initial Position
and CW

Spring return of arm
to initial position,
contact position
maintained until
operated in reverse
direction
CCW CW

Initial Position
and CCW
A

No. 4
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
Neutral Position

A

A

A

B

A

B

CCW

CW

B

A

Intermediate Final
Position
Position
CCW
CCW

CCW

B

A

B

A

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

TUA2
TUB2
TUC2
TUD2
Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16°
88°
5°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA3
TUB3
TUC3
TUD3
7°
81°
7°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA4
TUB4
TUC4
TUD4
6°
81°
5°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA5
TUB5
TUC5
TUD5
14°
88°
12°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA6
TUB6
TUC6
TUD6
Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16°
88°
5°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA7
TUB7
TUC7
TUD7
10°
85°
12°
2.5 lb-in
±0.004 in.

B

A

No. 10

No. 11

No. 12

No. 1

No. 2

Single-Pole
Maintained
Double-Throw
Neutral Position

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
Slow Make
Slow Break

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
Slow Make
Slow Break

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
Slow Make
Slow Break

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Maintained

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CW & CCW

Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CW & CCW

Initial Position
and CCW

Initial Position

Initial Position
and CW

CCW

Initial Position

Initial Position

A

A

B

B

A

A

B

A

A

B

No. 3
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CW & CCW
Slow Make
Slow Break

Initial Position

B

A

B

B

B

CCW

A
B
C
D
Pre-travel
Total-travel
Nominal
Operating
Differential
Data
Oper. Torque
Repeat Accuracy b
To convert sequences, remove
the base plate, positioning
plate and latches. Reassemble
the positioning plate and
latches as shown.

Standard Type

No. 9

CW

CCW

Surface Mounting

c

B

No. 8d

A

Base
Plate

B

A

Type

A

A

CW

B

A

B

TUA1
TUB1
TUC1
TUD1
14°
88°
12°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

Initial Position
If high speed cam or
snap-back is present
use o. 12

Select Basic Switch

B

If high speed cam or
snap-back is present
use o. 12

Universal Type

Select Operating Sequence

If high speed
cam or snapback is present
use o. 12

B

A

A

Final
Pos. CW
A B

B

No. 7d
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Maintained

CW

B

A

CW
A

B

A

B

CW
CCW
A

B

A

B

A

B

B

CCW & CW
A

B

CW & CCW
Intermediate
Final
Position
Position

CW & CCW

A

B

A

B

A

B

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

Type

TUA8
TUB8
TUC8
TUD8
6°
81°
10°
2.5 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA9
TUB9
TUC9
TUD9
12°
87°
0°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA10
TUB10
TUC10
TUD10
3°
81°
0°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA11
TUB11
TUC11
TUD11
12°
87°
0°
12 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TUA12
TUB12
TUC12
TUD12
45°
90°
0°
8 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TSA1
TSB1
TSC1
TSD1
14°
89°
12°
10 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TSA2
TSB2
TSC2
TSD2
Int. Pos. 9°, Final 16
89°
Int. Pos. 5.5°, Final 7.5°
10 lb-in
±0.004 in.

TSA3
TSB3
TSC3
TSD3
9°
89°
5°
10 lb-in
±0.004 in.

c

A

B

Not Adjustable

A

A

A

Pre-travel listed may vary up to 5° additional for universal switches or up to 2° additional for standard switches due to the free travel of the lever arm at
the initial position.
Linear travel of cam on 1-1/2 in. lever arm.
Remove the spring from the positioning plate.
Sequence 3, 7, and 8 devices are available but are not recommended where high speed cams or lever arm snap-back is present.
The application should be checked and No. 12 sequence substituted where possible.
Note: To obtain a Type FT Foundry Switch, change the “T” at the beginning of the equivalent Type number to “FT” (for example, TUB1 changes to
FTUB1).
a
b
c
d

Lever arms. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 21-38

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

LIMIT SWITCHES

No. 2
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CW Only

21

Select the Operating
Sequence

No. 1
Single-Pole
Double-Throw
Spring-Return
CW Only

21-37

Severe Duty, Oiltight
Mill and Foundry

9007T, 9007FT
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Class 9007 Type T and FT, Oiltight
Table 21.70:

Lever Arms for Types T and FT Limit Switches or Type C with S9 Hub
Description

Type of Arm

LIMIT SWITCHES

1-1/2
1-1/2
2-1/2
2-1/2
Straight

2-7/8
5
Adj.
1-1/2

Offset
1-7/8

9007TUB4

1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
1-1/2
2-1/2
Adj.
Adj.
3-1/2
1-1/2

120° Forked

90° Forked
Cable
Operated
Rod
Weld-On
1-Way Roller
Conveyor
Side Guide

9007FTUB4

Type

Length of Arm Roller Position
(in.)

8-7/16

Table 21.71:

Roller Width

Front or Back
Front or Back
Front or Back
Front or Back

1/4
1/2
1/4
1/2

None

None

Front or Back
Does not include a lever arm clamp or rod.
Lever arm clamp is required—use 9007 R16 or R17,
plus a customer-supplied rod.
Inside Offset
Outside Offset
Outside Offset
Inside Offset
Rollers on Same Side
LH Roller on Opposite Side
RH Roller on Opposite Side
Rollers on Same Side
RH Roller on Opposite Side
LH Roller on Opposite Side
None
With eyebolt (1/4 in. I.D.) instead of roller
Clamp for 3/16 in. Rod (rod not included)
Clamp for 1/4 in. Key Stock (key stock not included)
None
Outside Offset
1-1/2 in. dia. 3-3/4 in. Delrin roller. For use with Type T and FT only.
7/8 in. dia. 3-3/4 in. Delrin roller. For use with Type T, FT, or C with S9.

1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
1/4
None
None
None
None
None
1/4

Roller Dia. (in.)
3/4
B1
B12
B7
B22
Without Roller
B21
B19

1
B2
B13
B8
B23

1-3/8
B3
B14
B9
B24

—

—

—

—

R

R

R2

C1
D1
E4
F4
J1
K1
N1
X1
Y1
Z1

C2
D2
E5
F5
J2
K2
N2
X2
Y2
Z2

C3
D3
E6
F6
—
—
—
—
—
—

Y3
B27
R16
R17
G10
D4
R21
R22

Separate Base Plates

Style
Mounting Holes
Part Number
A
Nonea
2934D32G1
B
End
2934D14G1
C
Side
2934D33G1
D
End
2934D34G1
a
No mounting holes in base plate. Side mounting holes in switch case must be used.
For all Type T and FT:
Acceptable Wire Sizes: 14–18 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 13–16 lb-in

2.06
52

.75
19

.21
5

.62 .90
16 23 .56
2.43
14
68
1/2" NPT

t le
aseplate
hown

File 42259
CCN NKCR

21-38

2.81
71

.53
13
1.12
28

.56
14

2.62
66

2.25
57

4.21
107
4.65
118

Center of
Shaft
3.18
81

.65
16

4.50
Center of
114 3.00 Shaft
76

1.75
44
1.40
35

2.43
62

1.00
25
1.81
46

t le

.21
9
Center of
Shaft

.53
13

4.31
109

5.09
129
.43
11

1.25
32
3.25
82
Mtg. Holes .257 Dia.

2.25
57

t le C

t le

File LR25490
Class 3211 03

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Severe Duty, Oiltight
Mill and Foundry

L100/300
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

R.B.Denison™ Lox-Switch™ L
General Specifications
0 to +200 °F (-17 to +93 °C) standard. For high and low temperature options, see Table 21.79 on page 21-40.
Minimum temperatures are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.

Enclosure rating

NEMA 1, 4, and 13; IP 65, 66

Vibration resistance

30G max. (10–55Hz)

Repeatability

.03°

Cable entry

1/2" NPT standard double circuit, 3/4" NPT triple circuit

LIMIT SWITCHES

Temperature range

Contact Characteristics
Rated thermal current

20 A

Rated insulation voltage

600 Vac and Vdc

Wire (max.)

1 x 12 AWG or 2 x 14 AWG per screw terminal

Table 21.73:

Switching Ratings: A600 (AC), P600 (DC)
Maximum current (A)

Contact Rating
Designation
(M=Make, B=Break)

L300WS2M1

120 V

125 V

240 V

250 V

Maximum
VA

< 600 V

480 V

M

B

M

B

M

B

M

B

M

B

M

B

M

B

A600 (AC)

60

6.00

—

—

30

3.00

—

—

15

1.50

12

1.20

7200

720

P600 (DC)

—

—

1.1

1.1

—

—

0.55

0.55

0.2

0.2

138

138

Table 21.74: Type L Selection
Other selections are available. Refer to catalog 9006CT1007.
Mounting Plates, L100 and
L300 Models

Style 1

Description

Snap-action CW
Spring return

Snap-action CCW
Spring return

Style 2

Maintained contact a
CW and CCW
Snap action

Snap action CW
Spring return

Contact Diagram

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

5

3

5

3

6

4

6

4

Neutral position a
N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW
Spring return
Snap action

1

3

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

2

4

Neutral position a
N.O.-CW, N.O.-CCW
Maintained
in CW only

1

3

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

2

4

2 Step Sequence CW
Spring return,
Snap action,
2 N.O.

5

3

5

3

5

3

6

4

6

4

6

4

2 Step Sequence CCW
Spring return,
Snap action,
2 N.O.

1

5

1

5

1

5

2

6

2

6

2

6

2 Step Sequence CW
Spring return,
Snap action,
2 N.C.

1

5

1

5

1

5

2

6

2

6

2

6

2 Step Sequence CCW
Spring return,
Snap action,
2 N.C

5

3

5

3

5

3

6

4

6

4

6

4

2 Step Sequence CW
Spring return
Snap action
N.O./N.C

1

3

1

3

1

3

2

4

2

4

2

4

Style 3

Style 4

a
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Operating Torque

Cat. No.

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L100WS2M1

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L300WS2M1

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L100WS2M2

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L300WS2M2

45 oz-in
(0.32 N•m)

L100WS2M3

45 oz-in
(0.32 N•m)

L300WS2M3

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L100WDR2M4

190 oz-in
(1.34 N•m)

L300WDR2M4

170 oz-in
(1.2 N•m)

L100WNS2M26

170 oz-in
(1.2 N•m)

L300WNS2M26

170 oz-in
(1.2 N•m)

L100WNSL2M29

170 oz-in
(1.2 N•m)

L300WNSL2M29

150 oz-in
(1.06 N•m)

L525WDR2M56

150 oz-in
(1.06 N•m)

L525WDL2M57

150 oz-in
(1.06 N•m)

L525WDL2M58

150 oz-in
(1.06 N•m)

L525WDR2M59

150 oz-in
(1.06 N•m)

L100WS0S2M60

The lever must not be allowed to snap freely from any overtravel position.

21-39

21

Table 21.72:

Severe Duty, Oiltight
Mill and Foundry

L100/300
Refer to Catalog 9006CT1007

www.schneider-electric.us

21

Interpreting the Catalog Numbers
.25
6.3

.75
19

.25
6.3

Use the table below to interpret the catalog numbers of the L100/L300 switches. Do not generate new catalog numbers
from the table. If the required contact sequence is not listed, contact your local field office.
The only modifications to the existing catalog numbers are:

LIMIT SWITCHES

•
•
•
L

Mounting Plates—Style 1, 2, 3 or 4
Front Covers—Metal, transparent plastic, or transparent plastic with a neon light.
Special Features—Select from catalog 9006CT1007 and add to the type number.
Style

Housing

L

.62
15.

.50
12.
Style A

1

Function

0

0

W

Mounting Plate
S

2

Standard
(mill)

100

1

Extra heavy duty
(foundry)

300

2

1.25

Front Cover
P

Contact Arrangement

F

See catalog
9006CT1007

Two circuit
single operation

WS

3

M

Standard metal

Two circuit
dual operation

WD

4

PF

Transparent plastic

Triple circuit

WT

GF

Transparent plastic
with neon light

Neutral

WN

2.230

5.730
3.00

Rolling Pin

Table 21.75:
.97
2.45

Steel Roller Lever Arms
(0.25 in. wide, 0.75 in. dia.)

Length (L)

.75
19

4.06
103

1.93
23.8

Adjustable Roller

in.
1.50
2.00
2.50
2.75
3.00
4.00
6.00

Table 21.76:

Lever Number

mm
(38.1)
(50.8)
(63.5)
(69.8)
(76.2)
(101.6)
(152.4)

AA
AH
AO
AK
AB
AM
AR

Table 21.79:
Ministyle male receptacle

Description

Suffix

1 in. diameter roller
1-1/4 in. diameter roller
1-1/2 in. diameter roller
Nylon roller
Ball bearing roller (3/4 in. diameter)
Stainless steel roller pin nylon roller
Ex: AB1; ABR

Table 21.77: Rolling Pin
For use with 2 step switches for conveyor or belt applications
Length (L), In. (mm)
2.25 (75.1)
2.25 (75.1)
(Teflon for high temperature applications)
3 (50.8)

Lever Arm Options

Lever Number
AL1650
AL16501
AL1802

Table 21.78: Roller, Adjustable
from 2 to 4 in. (0.25 in. wide, 0.75 in. diameter)
Length (L), In. (mm)

Lever Number

Adjustable
2 to 4 (50.8 to 101.6)

AL2820

Housing options a

Description

Examples

3/4" conduit opening: Available on 2 circuit switches. Standard on 3 circuit switches.
High temperature 0 to +350 °F d Metal front cover only
Low temperature -20 to +200 °F d

L100WS2M1 changes to GL100WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to HL100WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to TL100WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to L526WS2M1
L300WS2M1 changes to L326WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to L522WS2M1
L300WS2M1 changes to L322WS2M1

High shock. Available only on operating sequences 1, 2, 4, 5, 7-11, 13, 14.
Gold contacts

Table 21.80:

1
4
2
N
R
NS

Prefix Adder or Modifier
G
H
T
526/326
522/322

Wiring

Description

Examples

Straight male receptacle 4 pin b
90° Angle male receptacle 4 pin b
Ministyle male receptacle c
Potted and prewired

Factory prewired
Factory prewired—facing right
8 A max., 5 pin (double circuit)
7 A max., 7 pin (triple circuit)
5 wires, 6 ft long
5 wires, 12 ft long
5 wires 18 ft long

Prefix Adder or Modifier

L100WS2M1 changes to PL100WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to APL100WS2M1

P
AP
B
B
P
P12
P18

L100WS2M1 changes to BL100WS2M1
L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P
L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P12
L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2M1P18

Straight male receptacle

Table 21.81:

Accessories

Table 21.82:

Front covers

Description
Catalog Number
Description
Sealed female plug and cable for P and AP receptacles
Standard metal
4 ft
1010004
Transparent plastic cover with metal frame
4 pins, 16 AWG STO cable, 60 °C
6 ft
1010006
10 ft
10100010
Transparent plastic cover with metal frame
Sealed female plug and cable for ministyle receptacle (B)
and Neon indicator light (not connected)
3 ft cable
BH2053
5 pins, 16 AWG STO cable, 105 °C
6 ft cable
BH2056
Example: L100WS2M1 changes to L100WS2PF1
12 ft cable
BH20512
a
Other options available—contact your Schneider Electric representative for details.
b
Receptacle is a 4 pin male APL/PL-SWTS, Cannon part # MS3102E20-4P-F79 or equal.
c
Ministyle male receptacles are: 5-pin, Brad Harrison #41310 (or equal); 7-pin, Brad Harrison #42805 (or equal)
d
The minimum temperatures listed are based on the absence of freezing moisture or water.

Designator
M
PF
GF

90° angle male receptacle

21-40

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 22
Pressure, Vacuum, and Float Switches
Electronic—Industrial
XMLG

22-4

Electronic Pressure Transmitters

XMLK

22-6

Electronic Pressure Sensors

XMLF

22-8

Pressure Switches

XMLA, B, C, D Compact International

22-10

9012G General Industrial

22-13

9012G Machine Tool

22-14

9012G Dual Stage and Differential

22-15

9016GAW, GAR

22-19

Vacuum Switches

9016GVG

22-19

Pressure Switches

9013FHG—Air Compressor

22-20

9013FRG, FSG, FYG—Water Pump

22-21

9013G—Air Compressor

22-22

9036D, G—Open Tank

22-23

9036FG—Open Tank

22-24

9037E—Closed Tank

22-24

9037H—Closed Tank

22-25

9038A—Alternators, Open Tank

22-26

9038C—Alternators, Closed Tank

22-26

9038D—Alternators, Closed Tank

22-27

Class 9998, for Class 9012–9038

22-28

Vacuum Switches

Electromechanical—Commercial
9012G
Industrial Pressure Switch
p. 22-13

9012G Machine Tool
Pressure Switch
p. 22-14

Float Switches

XMLA Electromechanical
Pressure Switch
p. 22-10

9016G
Vacuum Switch
p. 22-19

Accessories and Renewal Parts
9013F
Water Pump Switch
p. 22-21

9013G
Air Compressor Switch
p. 22-22

9036D
Open Tank Float Switch
p. 22-23

9037H
Closed Tank Float Switch
p. 22-25

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories and Renewal Parts Kits

22-1

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Electromechanical—Industrial

22

Electronic Pressure Sensors
XMLG (p. 22-4), XMLK (p. 22-4), XMLF (p. 22-8)

Electronic Pressure Sensors

Pressure, Vacuum, and
Float Switches

Selection Guide
Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701 or 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

22

Application

Electronic

Product Family

XMLG

XMLK

XMLF

XMLA, B, C, D

9012G

9016G

Type of
Installation/
Application

Control circuits

Control circuits
Pumping applications

Control circuits

Control circuits

Control circuits

Control/power circuits

Fluids Controlled

Air, water, hydraulic oils,
corrosive fluids

Air, fresh water, 0 to + 80 °C
(32 to 176 °F)

Air, water, hydraulic oils, corrosive fluids

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Pressure/vacuum switches
and transmitters

Electromechanical Control

Pressure transmitters

Pressure/vacuum switches
and transmitters
Configurable units with
digital display
Analog output 4–20 mA
Regulation between 2 trip
points
(adjustable differential)

Pressure/vacuum switches
Detection of single trip point
(nonadjustable differential)
Regulation between 2 trip
points
(adjustable differential)

Pressure switches
Detection of single trip point
(nonadjustable differential)
Regulation between 2 trip points
(adjustable differential)
2-stage

Vacuum switches

Type of Operation
and Features
Analog output
4–20 mA or 0–10 V

Analog output, 4–20 mA or
0–10 V

Size/Range

–14.5 to 5800 psi

0 to 25 bar or 0 to 300 psi,
depending on the model

–14.5 to 8700 psi

–14.5 to 7250 psi

0.2 to 9000 psi

0 to 29 in. of Hg

Type of Output

Analog, 4–20 mA or 0–10 V
Digital, PNP or NPN normally
closed ( N.C.) output

Analog, 4–20 mA or 0–10 V

Analog, 4–20 mA
Digital, PNP or NPN,
200 mA, relay output 2 A

Snap action contacts
SPDT or DPDT
10 A continuous

Snap action contacts
SPDT or DPDT
10 A continuous

Snap action contacts
SPDT 10 A continuous
DPST horsepower rated

Cable entry for Pg 13
(DIN PG13.5) cable gland,
ISO M20, 1/2" NPT, and
1/2" PF

1/2" -14 NPT
Cable entry 20 mm

9016G: 1/2" -14 NPT
Cable entry 20 mm
9016GVG
NEMA Type 1 and 3R:
3 knockouts for 1/2 in.
conduit
NEMA Type 7 and 9:
2 conduit entries,
3/4"-14 NPT

G 1/4" BSP internal,
1/4" NPT internal
1/4"-18 NPT external

1/4" - 18 NPTF internal
7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal
G 1/4" BSP internal
G 1/4"-19 BSP internal

G 1/4" BSP internal,
1/4" NPT internal
1/4"-18 NPT external

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh
water, sea water, steam,
corrosive fluids, viscous
products, 32 to 320 °F
(0 to 160 °C)
depending on the model

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water,
sea water, corrosive fluids from
–26 to +120 °C (–15 to +250 °F)
depending on the model

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh
water, sea water,
from –26 to +120 °C
(–15 to +250 °F)
depending on the model

NEMA Type
4, 4X, 7, 9, 13

9016G: NEMA Type
4, 4X, 7, 9, 13
9016GVG: NEMA Type 1

M12 connector, Snap-C
compatible
SAE 7/8-16 UN2A

Regulation between
2 trip points
(adjustable differential)

Electrical
Connection

M12 connector or
Integrated quick connection

M12, DIN 43650 A or
Metri-Pack connector a

Fluid Connection

G 1/4" BSP internal,
1/4" NPT internal
SAE 7/16"-20 UNF female

1/4" BSP internal,
G 1/4 A (male) conforming to G
NPT internal
ISO7 or 1/4"-18 NPT male a 1/4"
SAE 7/16"-20 UNF female

Fluid
Characteristics

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, Air, fresh water, 0 to + 80 °C
sea water, corrosive fluids from (32.0 to 176.0 °F)
–15 to +125 °C (5 to +257 °F)

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh
water, sea water, corrosive
fluids from –15 to +80 °C
(5 to +176 °F)

Enclosure Rating

IP66, IP67 conforming to
IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4

IP65 conforming to
IEC/EN60529, NEMA 4

Screw terminal models:
IP67 conforming to IEC/EN IP66 conforming to IEC
60529, NEMA 4/6/12/13
529, NEMA 4

Dimensions of
Case, in. (mm)
width x height x
depth

dia. 0.90 x 2.76
(dia. 22.8 x 70.1 mm)

dia. 1.40 x 3.10
(dia. 36 x 79.5)

1.81 x 4.45 x 2.28 in.
(46 x 113 x 58 mm)

4.45 x 1.38 x 2.95 in.
(113 x 35 x 75 mm)
NEMA 4: 3.50 x 3.60 x 2.63
in. (89 x 91 x 67 mm)

NEMA 1: 2.06 x 5.03 x 2.75 in.
(52 x 128 x 70 mm)
NEMA 4: 3.50 x 3.60 x 2.63 in.
(89 x 91 x 67 mm)

Control circuit:
same as 9012G
Power circuit:
same as 9013G

Conforming to
Standards

CE,
IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2,
EN 61000-6-2

CE,
IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1
EN 50081-1, EN 50082-2,
EN 61000-6-2

CE,
IEC/EN 60947-1,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
EN 50081, EN 50082,
EN 61000-6-2,
EN 61000-4-2/3/4/5/6/8/11

CE,
IEC/EN 60947-5-1,
VDE 0660-200,
UL 508,
CSA C22-2 No. 14

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

Certifications

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL: File E97729, CCN NKPZ
UL Listed,
CSA: File 240515,
CSA Certified
Class 3211-03

UL B300 - R300 Listed.
CSA B300 - R300,
(BV, GL, RINA, LROS
pending)

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

Catalog Number

XMLG

XMLK

XMLA, XMLB, XMLC,
XMLD

9012GA, 9012GC, 9012GG,
9012GH, 9012GK, 9012GM,
9012GR, 9012GS, 9012GT,
9012GN, 9012GP, 9012GQ

9016GA, 9016GV

a

22-2

XMLF

For other connections, consult the Sensor Competency Center.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure, Vacuum, and
Float Switches
www.schneider-electric.us

Selection Guide
Class 9013, 9036, 9037, 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701 or 9034CT9701

Application

Electromechanical
Pressure Switches

Electromechanical
Float Switches

Product Family

9013F

9013G

9036D, 9036F

9036G

9037

9038

Type of Installation/
Application

Power circuits

Power circuits

Power circuits

Power circuits

Power circuits

Power circuits

Fluids Controlled

Fresh water, air

Type of Operation and
Features

Pressure switches
Detection of single trip point
(fixed differential)
Regulation between 2 trip
points (adjustable
differential)

Pressure switches
Regulation between 2 trip
points (adjustable
differential)

Size/Range (psi)

6 to 200 psi

10 to 250 psi

Type of Output

snap action
2-pole, snap action contacts 2-pole, snap action contacts 2-pole,
contacts
HP rated
HP rated
HP rated

Liquid level control
in Open tanks—
either pumping in or
pumping out of tank

Liquid level control
in Closed tanks
for condensate, return
heating water, fuel oil,
etc.

Light duty

Medium duty

—

—

2-pole, snap action
contacts
HP rated

2-pole, snap action
contacts
HP rated

2 sets of 2-pole,
snap action contacts
HP rated

Electrical Connection

2 open side entries,
0.88 in. diameter,
with two flats

NEMA Type 1 and 3R:
3 knockouts for 1/2 in.
conduit
NEMA Type 7 and 9:
2 conduit entries,
3/4"-14 NPT

4 screw terminals
NEMA Type 1:
2 open side entries,
0.88 in. diameter,
with two flats
NEMA Type 4, 7, 9:
2 cable entries,
3/4-14 conduit entry
9036FG: 2 cable
entries, 0.88 in.
(22.4 mm) with 0.84 in.
(21.3 mm) across flat

4 screw terminals
NEMA Type 1:
3 knockouts for
1/2 in. conduit entry
NEMA Type 4, 7, 9:
2 cable entries, 3/4-14
conduit entry

4 screw terminals
NEMA Type 1:
2 open side entries,
0.88 in. diameter,
with two flats
NEMA Type 4, 7, 9:
2 cable entries,
3/4-14 conduit entry

8 screw terminals
NEMA Type 1: 4 knockouts
for 1/2 in. (9038 AG) or
3/4 in. conduit entry
NEMA Type 4, 7, 9: 2 cable
entries, 3/4-14 conduit entry

Fluid Connection

1/4" NPSF internal,
1/4" NPT external,
plus other options

1/4" NPSF internal,
1/4" NPT external

Open tank

Open tank

Closed tank

Open tank (9038A)
Closed tank (9038C, D)

Fluid Characteristics

Fresh water, air

Enclosure Rating

NEMA Type 1
NEMA Type 3R
IP20

NEMA Type 1, 3R, 7, 9
IP20

NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9

NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9

NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9

NEMA Type 1, 4 , 7, 9

Dimensions of Case
width x height x depth
in. (mm)

3.76 x 2.8 x 2.78 in.
(95.5 x 71.12 x 70.6 mm)

3.68 x 3.85 x 3.44 in.
(93.47 x 97.79 x 87.37 mm)

See page 22-23

See page 22-23

See pages 22-24,
22-25

See page 22-26

Conforming to Standards

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

NEMA A600 UL508

Certifications

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

UL Listed,
CSA Certified

Catalog Number

9013FS, 9013FR, 9013FH,
9013FT, 9013FY

9036DW,
9013GS, 9013GH, 9013GM 9036DG,
9036DR, 9036FG

9036GG, 9036GW,
9036GR

9037EG, 9037EW,
9037ER, 9037HG,
9037HW, 9037HR

9038AG, 9038AW, 9038AR,
9038CG, 9038CW, 9038CR,
9038DG, 9038DW, 9038DR

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Fresh water, sea water, hydraulic oils (and corrosive fluids, depending on the model) with a density ≥ 0.8

22-3

22

Liquid level control
in Open or Closed tanks—
two pumps alternate, and
both pumps run in peak
demand
Non-alternating option also
available

Liquid level control
in Open tanks—
either pumping in or
pumping out of tank

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Fresh or sea water, hydraulic oils; suitable for corrosive fluids except for cast iron bushing (shown above)

Pressure Sensors

XMLG Pressure Transmitters and Switches
Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

XMLG pressure transmitters and pressure switches are characterized by their ceramic pressure-measuring cell. The
deformation caused by the pressure is transmitted to the resistors of a Wheatstone bridge silk-screened on the
ceramic. The change in resistance is then processed by the integrated electronics, providing either a digital or analog
output signal.
Table 22.1:

Specifications

Enclosure Rating

IP66, IP67 conforming to IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4

Ambient Temperature (Operation)

-15 to +85 °C (+5 to +185 °F)

Media Temperature

-15 to +125 °C (+5 to +257 °F)

22

Precision (Linearity, Repeat Accuracy, Hysteresis)

Transmitters: <0.3%; pressure/vacuum switches: <1%

Repeat Accuracy (PNP/NPN output)

0.1% of the measuring range

Current Consumption

Transmitters: < 20 mA
Pressure/vacuum switches: < 4 mA

Maximum Load Current

Transmitters: < 20mA
Pressure/vacuum switches: 150 mA switching capacity

Rated Voltage

12/24 V for transmitters and pressure/vacuum switches

Voltage Limits

24 V for transmitters and pressure/vacuum switches

Fluids Controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh/sea water, corrosive fluids from -15 to +125 °C (+5 to +257 °F)

Materials in Contact with Fluid

Ceramic Al2O3, stainless steel type AISI 303, Viton® FPM, PPS
(leakage protection for P> 40 bar)

Output Response Time

< 2 ms

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Table 22.2:

Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLG100D23TQ)

XMLG

100

Units without Display,
22.8 mm diameter

Rated Pressure Range

XMLG•••D
M12 Connector

Code

psi

bar

M01
001
006
010
016
025
100
160
250
400

–14.5 to 0
0 to 14.5
0 to 87.0
0 to 145
0 to 232.1
0 to 362.5
0 to 1450
0 to 2329.6
0 to 3625
0 to 5800

–1 to 0
0 to 1
0 to 6
0 to 10
0 to 16
0 to 25
0 to 100
0 to 160
0 to 250
0 to 400

D

2

3

TQ

Electrical
Connection

Output

Fluid Connection

Bulk
Pack

1: DC Analog, 4–20 mA, shunt calibration
2: Analog, 4–20 mA
3: Solid state, NPN
4: Solid state, PNP
7: Analog, 0–10 V (bulk packs only)
11: DC Analog, 0–10 V shunt calibration

1: G 1/4 A
(BSP male)

D: M12
Q: Integrated
quick connect

3: 1/4" NPT male
7: 7/16-20 UNF male

NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available.
Table 22.3:

Selection
Catalog Number ab

Rated Pressure Range

XMLG•••Q
Quick Connect

Fluid Connection

Electrical Connection

Analog Output,
4–20 mA

Analog Output,
0–10 Vdc

-14.5 to 0 psi

-1 to 0 bar

XMLGM01D23

XMLGM01D73

0 to 14.5 psi

0 to 1 bar

XMLG001D23

XMLG001D73

0 to 87 psi

0 to 6 bar

XMLG006D23

XMLG006D73

0 to 145 psi

0 to 10 bar

XMLG010D23

XMLG010D73

0 to 232 psi

0 to 16 bar

XMLG016D23

XMLG016D73

0 to 362.5 psi

0 to 25 bar

XMLG025D23

XMLG025D73

0 to 1450 psi

0 to 100 bar

XMLG100D23

XMLG100D73

0 to 2320 psi

0 to 160 bar

XMLG160D23

XMLG160D73

0 to 3625 psi

0 to 250 bar

XMLG250D23

XMLG250D73

0 to 5800 psi

0 to 400 bar

XMLG400D23

XMLG400D73

a
b

1/4" NPT Male

M12

For devices with a switch output or 0–10 Vdc analog output, contact the Sensor Competency Center at 1-800-435-2121.
For a bulk package (25 units), add TQ to the end of the catalog number. The minimum order quantity is 50 units (two bulk packs). When ordering, specify
the individual number of units, NOT the number of bulk packs. Minimum order quantity for factory ordered individual items (non-stock) is 50 pieces.

NOTE: For units with a solid-state output, the settings must be specified for each order.
Table 22.4:

Wiring Configurations (M12)

Output

Pin 1

Pin 3

Analog, 4–20 mA

+ Power supply

Output

Pin 4
—

Analog, 0–10 Vdc

+ Power supply

Output

Ground

Solid State, NPN

+ Power supply

Ground

Output

Solid State, PNP

+ Power supply

Ground

Output

UL E164865
CCN NKPZ

LR 44087
Class 3211-03

For wiring diagrams, refer to Table 22.5 on page 22-5.

22-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Sensors

XMLG Pressure Transmitters and Switches
Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

For connectors and cables, see Table 22.15 on page 22-9.
Figure 22.1:
M

Dimensions, in. (mm)
Dimension A

ppp pp, M12 x 1 Connection

12
(0.47)

G 1/4 A (BSAP Male)

XMLG•••D2••3

1/4" NPT Male

XMLG•••D2••7

7/16-20 UNF Male

8
(0.31)
56 (2.20)

2.1 (0.08)

M

XMLG•••D2••1

A

Ø 22.8 (0.90)
Ø 18.8 ± 0,1
(0.74)

SW 21 (0.83)

ppp pp, ntegrated

uic Connection
~ 85 (3.35)

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

A
12
(0.47)

8
(0.31)
64 (2.52)

2.1 (0.08)

Table 22.5:

Connector Wiring
Pressure Transmitters
M12

2-wire (4–20 mA)
Input

+
1

Electronic Pressure Switches

Integrated Quick Connection

–

2-wire (4–20 mA)
Input

+

3-wire (PNP)

–

3

Output

+

Input

Output

1 4

1
3

2

Integrated Quick Connection

3-wire (PNP)

–

+

Input

4
3

M12

2

–

GND

GND

3-wire (0–10 V)

+

–

1
3
Output

Output

Input

22

Ø 18,8 ± 0,1
(0.74)

Ø 22.8 (0.90)

SW 21 (0.83)

3-wire (0–10 V)

+

Input

–

GND

3-wire (NPN)
Input

3-wire (NPN)

+

+

Input

GND

1 4
2

3

1 4

1
3

3

Output

Output
GND

–

2

1
3

–
GND

Output
Output

For wiring configurations, refer to Table 22.4 on page 22-4.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22-5

Pressure Sensors

XMLK Pressure Transmitters
Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Type XMLK pressure transmitters are characterized by their ceramic pressure-measuring cell. The deformation caused
by the pressure is transmitted to the resistors of a Wheatstone bridge silk-screened on the ceramic. The change in
resistance is then processed by the integrated electronics to provide an analog output signal.
Table 22.6:

Environmental Specifications

Enclosure Rating

IP65 conforming to IEC/EN 60529, NEMA 4

Ambient Air Temperature

22

XMLK•••••C
DIN 43650A Connector

For Operation

0 to + 80 °C (32 to 176 °F)

For Storage

–25 to + 85 °C (13 to 185 °F)

Precision (Resolution)

Combined sum of linearity, hysteresis, and repeat accuracy <± 0.5% of the measuring range
Setting tolerance of zero point and measuring range limit < ± 1% of the measuring range

Repeat Accuracy

± 0.3% of the measuring range

Current Consumption

4–20 mA: < 20 mA
0–10 V: < 6 mA

Rated Supply Voltage

24 Vdc

Voltage Limits

4–20 mA: 8–33 V c
0–10 V: 16.2–33 V c

Fluids or Products Controlled

Air, fresh water (0 to + 80 °C / 32 to 176 °F)

Materials in Contact with Fluid

Steel, type AISI 303 (stainless steel)
nitrile (NBR)

Output Response Time

< 2 ms

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Table 22.7:

Interpretation of the Catalog Number

XMLK

100

P

Rated Pressure

Units Without
Display

Code

36 mm (1.42 in.)
diameter

psi

bar

D

2

3

TQ

Unit of
Pressure

O-Ring

Electrical
Connection

Output

Fluid Connection

2: NBR
(Nitrile)

C: DIN 43650A

2: Analog, 4–20 mA

1: G 1/4 A (male)

D: M12

7: Analog, 0-10 V

3: 1/4"-18 NPT (male)

006

0–6

B: bar

010

0–10

P: psi

016

0–16

025

XMLK•••••D
M12 Connector

2

Bulk
Pack

P: Metri-Pack

0–25

100

0–100

150

0–150

200

0–200

300

0–300

NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available.
Table 22.8:

Selection
Catalog Number a

Rated Pressure Range

4–20 mA Analog Output
DIN

M12

0–10 Vdc Analog Output
Metri-Pack

DIN

M12

Metri-Pack

Bar Version, G 1/4 A Male Fluid Connector
0–6 bar (0–87 psi)

XMLK006B2C21

XMLK006B2D21

—

XMLK006B2C71

XMLK006B2D71

—

0–10 bar (0–145 psi)

XMLK010B2C21

XMLK010B2D21

—

XMLK010B2C71

XMLK010B2D71

—

0–16 bar (0–232 psi)

XMLK016B2C21

XMLK016B2D21

—

XMLK016B2C71

XMLK016B2D71

—

0–25 bar (0–362.5 psi)

XMLK025B2C21

XMLK025B2D21

—

XMLK025B2C71

XMLK025B2D71

—

PSI Version, 1/4"-18 NPT Male Fluid Connector
0–100 psi (0–6.9 bar)

XMLK100P2C23

XMLK100P2D23

XMLK100P2P23

XMLK100P2C73

XMLK100P2D73

XMLK100P2P73

0–150 psi (0–10.3 bar)

XMLK150P2C23

XMLK150P2D23

XMLK150P2P23

XMLK150P2C73

XMLK150P2D73

XMLK150P2P73

0–200 psi (0–13.8 bar)

XMLK200P2C23

XMLK200P2D23

XMLK200P2P23

XMLK200P2C73

XMLK200P2D73

XMLK200P2P73

0–300 psi (0–.20.7 bar)

XMLK300P2C23

XMLK300P2D23

XMLK300P2P23

XMLK300P2C73

XMLK300P2D73

XMLK300P2P73

a

XMLK•••••P
Metri-Pack Connector

For a bulk package (25 units), add TQ to the end of the catalog number. The minimum order quantity is 50 units (two bulk packs). When ordering, specify
the individual number of units, not the number of bulk packs. Minimum order quantity for factory ordered individual items (non-stock) is 50 pieces.

Table 22.9:

Wiring Configurations (M12)

Output

Pin 1

Pin 3

Analog, 4–20 mA

+ Power supply

Output

Pin 4
—

Analog, 0–10 Vdc

+ Power supply

Output

Ground

Solid State, NPN

+ Power supply

Ground

Output

Solid State, PNP

+ Power supply

Ground

Output

UL E164865
CCN NKPZ

LR 44087
Class 3211-03

For wiring diagrams, refer to Table 22.5 on page 22-5.

22-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Sensors

XMLK Pressure Transmitters and Switches
Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

For connectors and cables, see Table 22.15 on page 22-9.
Table 22.10:

Dimensions

XMLK, DIN connector
NPT

G 1/4 A (male)

Ø 36
1.417

1/4-18 NPT

86
3.386

Ø 36
1.417

Dimensions = mm / in.

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

8.7
.343

G 1/4

12.7
0.5

Ø 18.8 (± 0,1)
.740

SW19
2.5
.098

56.8
2.236

12 10.7
.472 .421
XMLK, M12 connector
NPT

G 1/4 A (male)

1/4-18 NPT

93
3.661

22

G 1/4

8.7
.343

Ø 36
1.417

12.7
0.5

Ø 18.8 (± 0,1)
.740

Ø 36
1.417

SW19
2.5
.098

56.8
2.236

12 10.7
.472 .421
XMLK, Metri-Pack connector
NPT

G 1/4 A (male)

12.7
0.5

Table 22.11:

8.7
.343

2.5
.098

G 1/4

Ø 36
1.417

Ø 36
1.417

Ø 18.8 (± 0,1)
.740

1/4-18 NPT

91
3.583

56.8
2.236

12 10.7
.472 .421

Connector Wiring
DIN 43650A

M12

+

2

Metri-Pack

–

–

1 4

3

+

A

3
1

+

–

C
B

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

22-7

Electronic Pressure
Switches

XMLF Pressure Switches
Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

XMLF is a user-friendly electronic pressure switch with an easy-to-read four digit display and finger-operated
adjustment buttons for scrolling up and down through the menu functions. Burst pressure is six times the nominal
pressure (up to 1,800 bar or 26,100 psi).
• DC versions are protected against reverse polarity, short circuit, and overvoltage.
• DC versions are double insulated.
• Response time display: 3 levels (slow-normal-fast).
Available in four versions:

•
•
•
•

Universal sensor with 1 analog output (4–20 mA) and 1 digital output
Universal sensor with 1 analog output (1–10 V) and 1 digital output
Dual stage sensor, 2 digital outputs, 24 Vdc (17-33 Vdc)
Electronic pressure switch with relay output, 120 Vac (102–132 Vac)

22

The XMLF electronic pressure switch can be set without any tools once connected to a 24 Vdc power supply. It is
ergonomically designed to be easy to hold and to set. The pressure connection is on the bottom of the switch and the
electrical connector on the top, giving the switch a slim, straight-through profile. It has built-in water hammer resistance.
It is available in AC and DC versions, each of which feature a 4-digit LED display. It is programmable to display either
bar or psi. Digital solid state outputs are programmable as NPN or PNP, and N.O. or N.C.
Window mode (FEN) allows the switch to operate between selected minimum and maximum settings. Outputs change
state when the pressure ranges outside the window settings.
Table 22.12:

Specifications

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Enclosure Rating

IP67
NEMA 4, 6, 12, 13

Ambient Air Temperature for Operation

DC Models: –25 to +80 °C (–13 to + 176 °F)
AC Models: –25 to +80 °C (–13 to + 176 °F)

Media Temperature

–15 to +80 °C (+5 to + 176 °F)
Analog Output

≤0.6% of the measurement range, output offset < 200 mV

Digital Output

≤0.6% of the measurement range

Precision
Repeat Accuracy (PNP/NPN output)

≤0.5% of the measurement range

Maximum Load Current

DC: 200 mA for 17–33 Vdc; AC: 2.5A AC15 C300

Table 22.13:

Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLF100D2026)

XMLF

100

D
Rated pressure

Configurable
Code

psi

bar

2

Electrical
Connection

02

With Viewing
Window

6

Output

Fluid Connection

01: DC Analog 4–20 mA, shunt
calibration

5: 1/4" BSP female

02: DC Analog 4–20 mA,
digital single stage

9: SAE 7/16-20
UNF female

M01

-14.5 to 0

-1 to 0

D: M12 DC only

002

0 to 36.25

0 to 2.5

010

0 to 145

0 to 10

E: 7/8-16 UN2A
AC only

016

0 to 232

0 to 16

025

0 to 362.5

0 to 25

040

0 to 580

0 to 40

070

0 to 1015

0 to 70

100

0 to 1450

0 to 100

12: DC Analog 0–10 V,
digital single stage

160

0 to 2320

0 to 160

03: DC digital dual stage

250

0 to 3625

0 to 250

04: AC Relay 120 V

400

0 to 5800

0 to 400

600

0 to 8700

0 to 600

6: 1/4" NPTF female

11: DC Analog 0–10 V,
shunt calibration

NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available.
Table 22.14:

Selection

Catalog Number

Range

Output

Pressure Connection

Electrical Connection

AC Versions
XMLF010E2046

0 to 145 psi

Relay (2.5 A)

1/4" NPT Female

SAE7/8-16UNF

XMLF070E2046

0 to 1015 psi

Relay (2.5 A)

1/4" NPT Female

SAE7/8-16UNF

1/4" NPT Female

M12

1/4" NPT Female

M12

SAE7/16-20 Female

M12
M12

DC Versions
XMLFM01D2026

-14.5 to 0 psi

XMLF010D2026

0 to 145 psi

XMLF070D2029

0 to 1015 psi

XMLF400D2029

0 to 5800 psi

SAE7/16-20 Female

XMLF010D2039

0 to 145 psi

SAE7/16-20 Female

M12

XMLF070D2039

0 to 1015 psi

SAE7/16-20 Female

M12

XMLF400D2039

0 to 5800 psi

SAE7/16-20 Female

M12

XMLF010D2036

0 to 145 psi

1/4" NPT Female

M12

XMLF070D2036

0 to 1015 psi

1/4" NPT Female

M12

File

E164865

CCN NKPZ

22-8

Analog with
single stage

Dual stage
Relay (2.5 A)

File

LR44087

Class 3211-03

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Electronic Pressure
Switches

XMLF Pressure Switches
Refer to Catalog 9014CT0201

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 22.15:

Connectors and Cables
Cable Length Weight
m (ft)
g (oz)

Description

Catalog Number

Phoenix Contact QUICKON connector a

XZCP1241Lp

XZCP1764Lp

XZCC12FDM40V

XZCR1511041Cp

Table 22.16:

Accessories

Description

Weight
g (oz)

Catalog Number

Straight
Elbowed
DIN 43650A female connector, with screw terminal connections
Sealing gasket
Mounting bracket
Cooler for versions with 1/4" BSP fluid connection

20 (0.71)
20 (0.71)
35 (1.23)
15 (0.48)
37 (1.19)
370 (11.90)

XZCC12FDM40B
XZCC12FCM40B
XZCC43FCP40B
XMLZL010
XMLZL008
XMLZL009

M12 female connector, metal clamping ring,
with screw terminal connections

XZCC12FDM40B

XZCR1512041Cp

Table 22.17:

XZCC43FCP40B

XZCC12FCM40B

Table 22.18:

Wiring Configurations

Version

Pin 1

Pin 2

Pin 3

Pin 4

Pin 5

AC (5-pin E)
DC (4-pin D), analog or single stage

Power supply
+ Power supply

Power supply
4–20 mA

Ground
– Power supply

+ Relay
Single stage

– Relay

DC (4-pin D), dual stage

+ Power supply

Second stage

– Power supply

First stage

Electrical Connections
AC Connector
1

5

Wiring
2

4
3

Rated Supply
Voltage

Display

\

Figure 22.2:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.

DC Connector

L1 Power
L2 Power
Ground
Relay
Relay

2

1

3

4

Analog

Dual Stage

1.
2.
3.
4.

1.
2.
3.
4.

+ Power Supply
4–20 mA
– Power Supply
Solid State, PNP or NPN

+ Power Supply
2nd Stage Solid-State Output
– Power Supply
1st Stage Solid-State Output

24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Analog PNP–NPN, N.O. Outputs, 4 Wire
24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Analog + Shunt Calibration, 4 Wire
24 Vdc (17–33 Vdc), Dual Stage N.O. –N.C., PNP–NPN Outputs, 4 Wire
The display shows the pressure in the circuit up to a value of twice the maximum pressure size of the device (for example, XMXF.6000… displays
values up to 1200 bar). If the pressure is higher than 130% of the pressure range, the display blinks. The display shows two digits after the decimal
point from –1 to 2.5 bar (–14.5 to 36.25); one digit after the decimal from 10 to 70 bar (145 to 1015); and no digits after the decimal from 100 to
600 bar (1450 to 8700). In all cases, the display shows no values below 2% at the beginning of the scale.
120 Vac (102–132 Vac), N.O. – N.C.
Relays, Output 2.5 A, 5 Wire

XMLF•••D2•••

Figure 22.3:

XMLF•••E2•••

M12 x 1

(1) Female fluid entry:
XMLF••• D2••5, XMLF••• E2••5: G 1/4 A (BSP)
XMLF••• D2••6, XMLF••• E2••6: 1/4” NPTF
XMLF••• D2••9, XMLF••• E2••9: SAE 7/16-20UNF
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

88
(3.46)

119
(4.69)

164
(6.46)

113
(4.45)
27
(1.06)

46
(1.81)

dimension with
cover open:
138
(5.43)

(1)

58
(2.28)

15
(0.59)

58
(2.28)

16
(0.63)

10
(0.39)

142
(5.59)
129
(5.08)
88
(3.46)
(1)

15
(0.59)

dimension with
cover open:
138
(5.43)

7/8"
16 UN

27
(1.06)

46
(1.81)

Dimensions: in. (mm)

22-9

22

XZCP1141Lp

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

—
—
XMLGZ001
2 (6.6)
115 (4.06)
XZCP1141L2
Straight
5 (16.4)
270 (9.52)
XZCP1141L5
black PUR
10 (32.8)
520 (18.34)
XZCP1141L10
2 (6.6)
90 (3.17)
XSZCD101Y
Pre-wired M12
Straight
5 (16.4)
190 (6.70)
XSZCD102Y
female connector with cable
yellow PVC
10 (32.8)
370 (13.05)
XSZCD103Y
2 (6.6)
115 (4.06)
XZCP1241L2
90°
5 (16.4)
270 (9.52)
XZCP1241L5
10 (32.8)
520 (18.34)
XZCP1241L10
2 (6.6)
185 (6.53)
XZCP1764L2
Pre-wired 7/8" 16UN,
Straight
5 (16.4)
460 (16.23)
XZCP1764L5
female connector with cable
10 (32.8)
900 (31.75)
XZCP1764L10
1 (3.3)
65 (2.29)
XZCR1511041C1
Straight female
M12–M12 jumper cables
connector
2 (6.6)
95 (3.35)
XZCR1511041C2
with straight male connector,
1 (3.3)
65 (2.29)
XZCR1512041C1
90° female
for splitter box
connector
2 (6.6)
95 (3.35)
XZCR1512041C2
a
Connector incorporating IDCs (insulation displacement connectors) for quick, direct, in-line connection to cable
without a screwdriver or soldering iron.

Pressure Switches

XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD International Pressure Switches
Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

XML international pressure switches meet IEC, Cenelec, UL, and CSA standards. They are CE marked.
• Fixed differential (XMLA), adjustable differential single-pole (XMLB) or double-pole (XMLC), and dual stage (XMLD)
• Range listed is on increasing pressure (psi, bar, kPa)
• External pressure setting window available
• 1 N.O.–1 N.C. snap acting contacts standard
• Temperature range: –13 to +158 °F (–25 to +70 °C)
• Enclosure rating: IP65 with plug-in connector, IP66 with terminal connections
• Operating rate: up to 120 operations per minute for diaphragm and 60 per minute for piston
• Media connection: 1/4" NPT
• Conduit connection: 1/2" NPT
Table 22.19:

Specifications
Screw terminal models: IP66 conforming to IEC/EN 60529
Connector models: IP65 conforming to IEC/EN 60529

Enclosure Rating
Ambient Temperature

22
PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

XMLB

Table 22.21:

–25 to +70 °C (–13 to +158 °F)

Storage

–40 to +70 °C (–40 to 158 °F)

Repeat Accuracy

< 2%

Fluids Controlled

Hydraulic oils, air, fresh water, sea water, 32 to 320 °F (0 to +160 °C), depending on the model
Steam, corrosive fluids, viscous products, 32 to 320 °F (0 to +160 °C), depending on the model

Operating Rate (operating cycles/minute)

Piston version switches: up to 60 cycles/minute for temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C)
Diaphragm version switches: up to 120 cycles/minute for temperatures above 32 °F (0 °C)

Operational Characteristics

a AC-15; B300 (Ue = 240 V, Ie = 1.5 A; Ue = 120 V, Ie = 3 A)
c DC-13; R300 (Ue = 250 V, Ie = 0.1) conforming to IEC 947-5-1 Appendix A, EN 60 947-5-1

Type of Contacts

Silver tipped contacts
XMLA & XMLB: 1 C/O single-pole contact (4 terminal), snap action
XMLC: 2 C/O single-pole contacts (8 terminals), simultaneous snap action
XMLD: 2 C/O single-pole contacts (8 terminals), staggered snap action

Resistance Across Terminals

< 25 mΩ conforming to NF C 93-050 method A or IEC 255-7 category 3

Terminal Referencing

Conforming to CENELEC EN 50013

Short-Circuit Protections

10 A cartridge fuse type gG (gI) recommended

Connection

Screw clamp terminals
Clamping capacity, min: 1 x 0.2 mm2, max: 2 x 2.5 mm2

Table 22.20:

Component Materials in Contact with Fluid

Pressure Switch Catalog Number
XMLAM01V••••• / XML•M02V••••
XMLBM03S••••
XML•M05A••••
XMLBL05S••••
XML•L35R••••
XML•L35S••••
XML•001S••••
XML•002A••••
XML•002B••••
XMLA004A••••
XMLB004A••••
XML•004B••••
XML•010A••••
XML•010B••••
XML•020A•••• / XML•035A••••
XML•020B•••• / XML•035B••••
XML•070D•••• / XML•160D••••
XML•300D••••
XML•500D••••
a
X2GNiMo 17-12-2 (AISI 316L)
b
X8GNiS 18-09 (AISI 303)

XMLD

Operation

Zinc Alloy
X
—
X
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
X
—
—
—
—

Stainless Steel
Xa
Xa
Xa
Xb
Xb
Xb
Xb
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Brass
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
X
X1

Steel
—
—
—
—
X
—
—
—
X
—
—
X
—
—
—
—
X
X
X

Nitrile
X
—
X
—
—
—
—
X
—
X
X
—
X
—
X
—
—
—
—

PTFE
—
X
—
X
—
X
X
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
X
X

FPM, FKM
—
—
—
—
X
—
—
—
X
—
—
X
—
X
—
X
X
X
X

Aluminum
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
X
—
—
—
—

Interpretation of the Catalog Number (example: XMLD070D1S13)

XML D
Contacts
A Fixed differential,
single-pole contact

070

Rated Pressure
Code
psi
L05
0 to 0.725
L35
0 to 5.075
B Adjustable differential, M01 -14.5 to -4.06
single-pole contact
M02 -14.5 to -2.03
M03 -2.9 to -.029
C 2 adjustable differential, M05 -7.25 to 72.5
single-pole contacts,
001
0 to 14.5
simultaneous
002
0 to 36.25
004
0 to 58
D 2 fixed differential,
010
0 to 145
020
0 to 290
single-pole contacts,
staggered
035
0 to 507.5
040
0 to 580
070
0 to 1015
160
0 to 2320
300
0 to 4350
500
0 to 7250

D
bar
0 to 0.05
0 to 0.35
-1 to -0.28
-1 to -0.14
-0.2 to -0.02
-0.5 to 5
0 to 1
0 to 2.5
0 to 4
0 to 10
0 to 20
0 to 35
0 to 40
0 to 70
0 to 160
0 to 300
0 to 500

1

Actuator
Diaphragm

Scale
1 Without

A Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water,
sea water (0 to 70 °C)

2 With

B Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water,
sea water (0 to 160 °C)
C Corrosive fluids
P Viscous fluids
R Hydraulic oil, air (0 to 160 °C)
S Fresh/sea water, corrosive
fluids (0 to 160 °C)

S
Electrical Connection
S Without connector
(not available on
solid-state devices)

1

3

Output
Fluid Connection
1 Contacts
Fluid
Electrical
1 1/4 Gas

Type 13
(PG 13,5)

2 1/4 Gas

ISO M20

C Square / DIN 43650
D M12 Micro connector

Vacuum
V Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water,
sea water (0 to 70 °C)

3 1/4 in. NPTF 1/2 in. NPT
4 PT 1/4
(JIS B0203)

1/2 in. PF
(JIS B0202)

T Hydraulic oil, air, fresh water,
sea water (0 to 160 °C)
Piston
D Hydraulic oil
E Fresh / sea water

NOTE: Use this table only to interpret the catalog number. Some combinations are not available.
22-10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Switches

XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD International Pressure Switches
Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 22.22:

erminal

11

1 C/O
single-pole
contact,
snap action

11

23

21

12

24

22

13

M C

14

Range on Increasing Pressure (psi)

Approximate Differential Across
Range

Maximum Allowable Pressure

Catalog Number

3.5
0.29 low / 0.58 high
1.88
5.07
7.25
5.8 low / 14.5 high
18.12
43.5 low / 108.75 high
79.75 low / 261 high
239.25 low / 507.5 high
290 low / 652.5 high

130.5
32.62
130.5
130.5
326.25
652.5
1160
2320
5220
9787.5
16312.5

XMLAM01V2S13
XMLA001S2S13
XMLA002A2S13
XMLA004A2S13
XMLA010A2S13
XMLA020A2S13
XMLA035A2S13
XMLA070D2S13
XMLA160D2S13
XMLA300D2S13
XMLA500D2S13

Fixed, 1 Single-Pole Contact (XMLA)

, M

12

14

13

M

iagrams

Fixed Differential Catalog Numbers

2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
simultaneous
snap action

-4.06 to -14.5
0.435 to 14.5
2.17 to 36.25
5.8 to 58
8.7 to 145
10.2 to 290
21.75 to 507.5
72.5 to 1015
145 to 2320
290 to 4350
435 to 7250

11

23

21

12

24

22

0.44
1.45
0.44 low / 1.02 high
2.03 low / 2.76 high
2.18 low / 2.76 high
6.53 low / 8.7 high
10.15 low / 18.85 high
21.75 low / 37.7 high

32.62
130.5
32.62
130.5
130.5
326.25
652.5
1160

XMLDL35S1S13
XMLDM02V1S13
XMLD001S1S13
XMLD002B1S13
XMLD004B1S13
XMLD010B1S13
XMLD020B1S13
XMLD035B1S13

136.3 to 1015
239.25 to 2320
522 to 4350
594.5 to 7250

72.5 low / 137.75 high
127.6 low / 290 high
246.5 low / 609 high
304.5 low / 942.5 high

2320
5220
9787.5
16312.5

XMLD070D1S13
XMLD160D1S13
XMLD300D1S13
XMLD500D1S13

Maximum Allowable Pressure

Catalog Number

Table 22.23:

Adjustable Differential Catalog Numbers

Range on Increasing Pressure (psi)

Approximate Differential Across
Range

Adjustable, 1 Single-Pole Contact (XMLB)
0.038 to 0.72
0.65 to 5.07
-2 to -14.5
-0.29 to -2.9
-7.25 to 72.5
0.72 to 14.5
4.35 to 36.25

0.02 low / 0.06 high
0.6 low / 0.72 high
1.9
0.26
7.25
0.58 low / 0.87 high
2.32 low / 3.04 high

1.63
32.62
130.5
29
163.12
32.62
130.5

XMLBL05S2S13
XMLBL35R2S13
XMLBM02V2S13
XMLBM03S2S13
XMLBM05A2S13
XMLB001S2S13
XMLB002A2S13

3.62 to 58
10.15 to 145
18.9 to 290
50.75 to 507.5
101.5 to 1015
145 to 2320
319 to 4350
435 to 7250

2.9 low / 3.62 high
8.26 low / 12.32 high
14.5 low / 23.2 high
24.65 low / 36.97 high
68.15 low / 127.6 high
134.85 low / 301.6 high
281.3 low / 536.5
333.5 low / 762.7 high

130.5
326.25
652.5
1160
2320
5220
9787.5
16312.5

XMLB004A2S13
XMLB010A2S13
XMLB020A2S13
XMLB035A2S13
XMLB070D2S13
XMLB160D2S13
XMLB300D2S13
XMLB500D2S13

Adjustable, 2 Single-Pole Contacts, Simultaneous (XMLC)

XMLZL006

XMLZL002

0.65 to 5.07
-2 to -14.5

0.29 low / 0.51 high
1.89 low / 2.03 high

32.62
130.5

XMLCL35S2S13
XMLCM02V2S13

-7.97 to 72.5
0.725 to 14.5
4.35 to 36.25
4.35 to 58
10.15 to 145
18.85 to 290
50.75 to 507.5
101.5 to 1015

6.52
0.43 low / 0.58 high
1.89 low / 2.47 high
2.18 low / 2.47 high
6.53 low / 10.15 high
10.15 low / 14.5 high
14.5 low / 21.75 high
65.25 low / 129.05 high

163.12
32.62
130.5
130.5
326.25
652.5
1160
2320

XMLCM05S2S13
XMLC001S2S13
XMLC002B2S13
XMLC004B2S13
XMLC010B2S13
XMLC020B2S13
XMLC035B2S13
XMLC070D2S13

174 to 2320
319 to 4350
435 to 7250

130.5 low / 304.5 high
232 low / 507.5 high
275.5 low / 754 high

5220
9787.5
16312.5

XMLC160D2S13
XMLC300D2S13
XMLC500D2S13

Table 22.24:

XMLZL001

XMLZL011

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Accessories for XML Pressure and Vacuum Switches

Description

For Use with Switches

Rear mounting bracket
For vibrations > 2 gn
Additional top support bracket
For vibrations > 4 gn

XML•L35
XML•001
XMLAM01
XML•M05
XMLA004
XML•010 … XML•500
XMLA
XMLB

XMLZL001

All models

XMLZL011

Lead sealable protective cover
To prevent unauthorized access to the adjustment
screws and the switch cover mounting screw
Lead sealable protective cover
To prevent unauthorized access to adjustment screws

Catalog Number
XMLZL006
XMLZL002

22-11

22

13
14

2 C/O single-pole
contacts,
snap action
(1 per stage)

0.84 to 5.07
-1.74 to -14.5
1.74 to 14.5
4.93 to 36.25
5.8 to 58
17.4 to 145
2.14 to 20
63.8 to 507.5

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Fixed, 2 Single-Pole Contacts, Staggered (XMLD)

M

Pressure Switches

XMLA, XMLB, XMLC, XMLD Dimensions
Class 9049 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701
Figure 22.4:

www.schneider-electric.us

Dimensions

XMLAM01, XMLBM05, XMLCM05, XMLA004, X•ML010…500
XMLC / D: 46

XMLA / B: 75

XMLA / B: 35

(2)

5

22

17.5

37

37

113

XMLC / D: 85

23

(1)

=

20-22

=

56

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

120

(1) 1 fluid entry, tapped G 1/4 (BSP female) or 1/4” NPT
(2) 1 electrical connections entry, tapped M20 x 1.5 or Pg 13.5, or 1/2” NPT
Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 5.2 x 6.7
55

XML•M02, XML•002, XMLB004, XMLC004, XMLD004

XMLC / D: 46

XMLC / D: 90

XMLA / B: 35

XMLA / B: 77.5

106

Ø5.2

34

158

(2)

13

Ø

(1)
30

=

37-40

=

122

(1) 1 fluid entry, tapped G 1/4 (BSP female) or 1/4” NPT
(2) 1 electrical connections entry, tapped M20 x 1.5 or Pg 13.5, or 1/2” NPT
Ø: 2 elongated holes Ø 10.2 x 5.2

22-12

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Switches

Industrial, Type G
Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 22.25:

Fixed Differential, Open Type or NEMA 1 Enclosure

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment
Range On
Decreasing Pressure
psig

Approximate Differential
at Mid-Range
psiga

Maximum Allowable Pressure
psig

Open Type

NEMA 1

Type

Type

GRO1
GRO3
GRO4
GRO5
GRO6
GSO1
GSO2

GRG1
GRG3
GRG4
GRG5
GRG6
GSG1
GSG2

GTO1
GTO2
GTO3
GTO4

GTG1
GTG2
GTG3
GTG4

Open Type

NEMA 1

Type

Type

GNO1
GNO3
GNO4
GNO5
GNO6
GPO1
GPO2

GNG1
GNG3
GNG4
GNG5
GNG6
GPG1
GPG2

GQO1
GQO2
GQO3
GQO4

GQG1
GQG2
GQG3
GQG4

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
0.2–10
1–40
1.5–75
3–150
5–250
13–425
20–675

0.4 ±0.1
1.2 ±0.3
2.2 ±0.4
4.2 ±1
7.4 ±2
13 ±3
19 ±5

100
100
240
475
750
850
2000

Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-Ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring
10000
15000
20000
25000

Adjustable Differential, Open Type orNEMA 1 Enclosure

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment
Range On
Decreasing Pressure
psig

Approximate Mid-Range
Differential
Adds to Decreasing
Set Pointa

Maximum Allowable Pressure
psig

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
0.2–10
1–40
1.5–75
3–150
5–250
13–425
20–675

0.4–0.9
1.2–3.6
2.2–6.6
4.2–13.2
7.4–33.6
13–37.2
19–58.8

100
100
240
475
750
850
2000

Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-Ring, Teflon Retaining Ring

Open Type

20–1000
90–2900
170–5600
270–9000
a

49–150
141–455
200–950
350–1400

10000
15000
20000
25000

Determines operating point on rising pressure.

Table 22.27:

Available Modifications

Modification

Applies to

Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless
steel housing

GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1 only
All other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO
Not available on GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1.
Available on all other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO
GNG1, GNO1, GRG1, GRO1 only
All other GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO
GNG, GNO, GRG, GRO

Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel
housing
Viton fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless
steel housing
1/4–18 NPT external thread pressure connection
1/2–14 NPT external thread, 1/4–18 NPTF internal thread
pressure connection. Standard actuator only.
7/16–20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection

Table 22.28:

Form
Q1
Q1
Q3
Q4
Q4
Z

GNG, GNO, GRG, GRO

Z16

GNG, GNO, GPG, GPO, GQG, GQO, GRG, GRO, GSG, GSO, GTG, GTO

Z18

Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9012 Pressure Switches

Description

Applies to

Type

Stainless steel surge reducer for use on oils, coolants, and hydraulic fluids (not recommended for air or water)

9012G

A26S

Acceptable Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lb-in
Electrical Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16
Temperature Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16
Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28

File
CCN

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

E12158
NKPZ

File
Class

LR25490
3211-03

22-13

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Table 22.26:

49 ±10
141 ±15
200 ±40
350 ±45

22

NEMA 1

20–1000
90–2900
170–5600
270–9000

Pressure Switches

Machine Tool, Type G
Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9012 single stage pressure switches are control circuit rated devices used in pneumatic or hydraulic systems
on a wide variety of machine and process applications to protect the equipment and control or monitor the system
pressure.
• Type G machine tool switches are available with NEMA Type 4, 4X, and 13 (IEC IP66) enclosure ratings.
• The NEMA 7 and 9 devices are UL listed for use in the following hazardous locations: Class I, Divisions 1 and 2,
Groups C and D; and Class II, Divisions 1 and 2, Groups E, F, and G.
• Enclosure materials are cast aluminum.
• To ensure repeatability and minimize setting drift, pressure settings should fall within the middle 80 percent of the
pressure range.

9012GAW5
NEMA 4, 4X, 13

Table 22.29:

Fixed Differential a
NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure

Table 22.31:

22

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Range on
Decreasing
Pressure
psig

bApproximate
Differential at
Mid-Range
psig

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psig

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment

Single Pole
Double Throw

Double Pole
Double Throw

Type

Type

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
.2–10
0.6 ±0.1
100
GDW1
GDW21
1–40
1.6 ±0.4
100
GDW2
GDW22
1.5–75
3.0 ±0.5
240
GDW4
GDW24
3–150
6.0 ±0.8
475
GDW5
GDW25
5–250
10.0 ±1.5
750
GDW6
GDW26
13–425
16 ±3.5
850
GEW1
GEW21
20–675
27 ±5
2000
GEW2
GEW22
Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring
20–1000
59 ±9
10000
GFW1
GFW21
90–2900
170 ±15
15000
GFW2
GFW22
170–5600
289 ±55
20000
GFW3
GFW23
270–9000
495 ±70
25000
GFW4
GFW24

Table 22.30:

Fixed Differential
NEMA 7 & 9 Enclosure
Class I & II, Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D, E, F, G

UL Listed As Industrial Control Equipment.
UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is required.
Range on
Decreasing
Pressure
psig

bApproximate
Differential at
Mid-Range
psig

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psig

Single Pole
Double Throw

Double Pole
Double Throw

Type

Type

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
0.2–10
1.0 ±0.1
100
GDR1
GDR21
1–40
2.4 ±0.8
100
GDR2
GDR22
1.5–75
4.5 ±1
240
GDR4
GDR24
3–150
9 ±1.5
475
GDR5
GDR25
5–250
15 ±3
750
GDR6
GDR26
13–425
25 ±7
850
GER1
GER21
20–675
41 ±10
2000
GER2
GER22
Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
®
Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring
20–1000
89 ±18
10000
GFR1
GFR21
90–2900
255 ±30
15000
GFR2
GFR22
170–5600
578 ±110
20000
GFR3
GFR23
270–9000
788 ±140
25000
GFR4
GFR24

Range on
Decreasing
Pressure
psig

Table 22.32:

22-14

CCN NOWT
CCN NKPZ
CCN NTHT

G•R
G•O, G•G, G•W
Marine Use, G•W

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psig

Single Pole
Double Throw

Double Pole
Double Throw

Type

Type

Adjustable Differential
NEMA 7 & 9 Enclosure
Class I & II, Division 1 & 2, Groups C, D, E, F, G

UL Listed As Industrial Control Equipment.
UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is required.
Range on
Decreasing
Pressure
psig

bAdjustable
Differential
Approximate
at Mid-Range

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psig

Single Pole
Double Throw

Double Pole
Double Throw

Type

Type

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
0.2–10
1.0–2
100
GAR1
GAR21
1–40
2.4–8
100
GAR2
GAR22
1.5–75
4.5–15
240
GAR4
GAR24
3–150
9–35
475
GAR5
GAR25
5–250
15–49
750
GAR6
GAR26
13–425
25–90
850
GBR1
GBR21
20–675
41–130
2000
GBR2
GBR22
Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
®
Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring
20–1000
89–200
10000
GCR1
GCR21
90–2900
255–560
15000
GCR2
GCR22
170–5600
578–1260
20000
GCR3
GCR23
270–9000
788–1900
25000
GCR4
GCR24
a

Electrical Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-16
Temperature Rating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-16
Modifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-18
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-18
Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-17

bAdjustable
Differential
Approximate
at Mid-Range

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
.2–10
0.6–2
100
GAW1
GAW21
1–40
1.6–8
100
GAW2
GAW22
1.5–75
3.5–15
240
GAW4
GAW24
3–150
6.0–30
475
GAW5
GAW25
5–250
10.0–49
750
GAW6
GAW26
13–425
16–90
850
GBW1
GBW21
20–675
27–130
2000
GBW2
GBW22
Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing,
®
Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon Retaining Ring
20–1000
59–200
10000
GCW1
GCW21
90–2900
170–560
15000
GCW2
GCW22
170–5600
289–1260
20000
GCW3
GCW23
270–9000
495–1900
25000
GCW4
GCW24

Acceptable Wire Sizes: 12–22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque: 7 lb-in

File E12443 Haz. Loc.
File E12158
File E12158

Adjustable Differential a
NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure

b

For metric threads, add M after the W on all types (offered at an additional cost).
To order a Pg13.5 electrical conduit entry and a 1/4”-19 BSP pressure connection, add
M12 to the end of the catalog number, as well as adding “M” after “W” for metric threads.
For example:
9012GAW1 = 1/2” NPT electrical conduit entry
9012GAWM1 = 20 x 1.5 mm electrical conduit entry
9012GAWM1M12 = Pg13.5 electrical conduit entry and 1/4-19 BSP pressure connection.
The differential adds to the range setting and determines the operating point on rising
pressure.

File LR25490 Class 3211-03 G•W, G•O, G•G
File LR26817 Class 3218-02 G*R

Complies with IEC 60957.5.1,
5C8.3.4 when protected with a
Bussmann CCKTK-R-10 fuse.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Switches

Differential/Dual Stage, Type G
Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Differential-Pressure Operation
Pressure switches for differential-pressure operation monitor the change in the difference between two pressures.
Type G differential-pressure switches are used in applications to signal that a predetermined pressure difference has
been reached as a result of a widening or increasing difference between the two pressures. They can also signal that a
predetermined pressure difference has been reached as a result of a narrowing or decreasing difference between the
two pressures.
Table 22.33:

Differential-Pressure Switches
NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosures

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment a
Adjustable Difference
on Decreasing Pressure
(adds to working pressure)
Y (lower) Actuator

Working Pressure
Range on Decreasing
X (upper) Actuator

Adjustable Differential
Actuates on Increasing
Pressure
(adds to adjustable difference)

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psi

Single Pole
Double Pole
Double Throw Double Throw
Type

Type

GGW1
GGW4
GHW1

GGW21
GGW24
GHW21

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
0–75
0–175
0–500

9012GGW1

0.25–10
0.5–36
3–175

0.8–2
5–15
22–90

100
240
850

Piston Actuated—#440 Stainless Steel Piston. #303 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton® Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring
80–200

7500

GJW1

GJW21

Dual-Stage Operation
Type G dual stage pressure switches are designed for use in applications where two separate pressure operations
must be controlled by a single pressure monitoring device. These controls are most commonly used where dual
functions are required or in sequencing applications such as alarm, followed by shutdown.
Table 22.34:

Dual-Stage Pressure Switch
NEMA 4, 4X, 13 Enclosure

UL Listed and CSA Certified As Industrial Control Equipment a
Range Setting Limits of
Pressure Between Which
Stage 1 Can Be Adjusted to
Operate on Decreasing Pressure

Add Adjustable Spread to
Range Setting to Obtain
Decreasing Operating Point
of Stage 2

Fixed Differential—Add to Low (Decreasing)
Operating Point to Obtain Approximate High
(Rising) Operating Point of Each Stage
Stage 1

Stage 2

Maximum
Allowable
Pressure
psi

SPDT
Each
Stage

100
100
240
475
750
850
2000

GKW1
GKW2
GKW4
GKW5
GKW6
GLW1
GLW2

Type

Diaphragm Actuated—Nitrile (Buna-N) Diaphragm, Zinc Plated Steel Housing
.2–10
1–40
1.5–75
3–150
5–250
13–425
20–675

1–5
4–20
6–30
12–75
22–110
40–180
45–250

1.0 ±0.2
4.0 ±1.0
5.0 ±1.5
8.0 ±2.0
14 ±3
20 ±4
30 ±6

1.5 ±0.4
6.0 ±1.5
8.0 ±2.0
12 ±3
21 ±5
30 ±7.5
45 ±11

Piston Actuated—#400 Stainless Steel Piston. #300 Stainless Steel Housing, Viton Fluorocarbon Diaphragm and O-ring, Teflon® Retaining Ring

9012GKW1

20–1000
90–2900
170–5600
270–9000
a

50–300
140–800
300–1700
500–2500

50 ±10
140 ±30
275 ±60
400 ±80

75 ±19
210 ±52
400 ±100
800 ±150

10000
15000
20000
25000

GMW1
GMW2
GMW3
GMW4

UL Marine Listed for use on vessels greater than 65 feet long where ignition protection is not required.

Ordering Dual-Stage Pressure Switches
1.

Specify Class 9012 Type..., and indicate the high or low operating point for each stage within the limits shown in the above table.
Example:
Class 9012 Type GKW4
Set:
Stage 1 at 30 psi decreasing pressure
Stage 2 at 50 psi decreasing pressure
(20 psi spread)
Differential of each stage will be approximately as shown in the table above.

2.

For available modifications see page 22-18. If one or more of these modifications are desired, add the appropriate Form to the
Class and Type. Arrange form letters in alphabetical order when ordering more than one modification.

Acceptable Wire Sizes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12-22 AWG
Recommended Terminal Clamp Torque. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 lb-in
Electrical Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16
Temperature Rating. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16
Modifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-18
Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-18
Renewal Parts Kits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28
Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-17

File E12158
File E12158

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CCN NKPZ
CCN NTHT - Marine Use

File LR25490

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

15–825

Class 3211-03

22-15

22

0–5000

Pressure Switches and
Vacuum Switches
Table 22.35:

Class 9012 and 9016 Electrical Ratings and Dimensions
Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

Control Duty Circuit Ratings
AC—50 or 60 Hz

Contacts

SPDT

DPDT

DC

Inductive, 35% Power Factor
V

Make
A
60
30
15
12
60
30
15
12

120
240
480
600
120
240
480
600

Table 22.36:

Resistive
75% Power Factor

Break
VA
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200
7200

A
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2

VA
720
720
720
720
720
720
720
720

Make and Break Amperes
6
3
1.5
1.2
6
3
1.5
1.2

Type G Industrial

AC or DC

Inductive and Resistive
V
120
250
600
—
125
250
600
—

Make and Break Amperes
Single Throw
0.55
0.27
0.10
—
0.22
0.11
—
—

Table 22.40:

Contact Arrangement

Contact Symbol

Continuous Carrying Amperes

Double Throw
0.22
0.11
—
—
0.22
0.11
—
—

10
10
10
—
10
10
10
—

Type G Machine Tool and Vacuum (except GVG)
Contact
Arrangement

Single Pole
Double Throw

1 N.O.–1 N.C.

Contact
Symbol

1

(600 Vdc rating does not apply)

Minimum
-23 °C (-10 °F)
-40 °C (-40 °F)
-26 °C (-15 °F)
-26 °C (-15 °F)

Maximum
+85 °C (+185 °F)

Type

Contact
Arrangement

+120 °C (+250 °F)

Double Pole
Double Throw

2 N.O.–2 N.C.
Same
Polarity

Types GAW, GBW, GCW, GDW, GEW, GFW, GKW,
GLW, and GMW Machine Tool Switches
(except 1, 21)
3.50
89
2.63
67

0.48
12

0.40
10

0.38
10

0.48
12

Forms
E1, E2, E3, E4

3.60
91

Forms G17,
G18, G21,
G22, G23

2.72
69
2.30
58

0.27
7
(2) dia.
Mtg. Holes

Contact
Symbol
Same
Polarity

Figure 22.5:

4

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Media

Note: Snap switch contains two double-break contact elements (1 N.O. and 1 N.C.) that must
be used on circuits of same polarity.

Temperature Ratings
Actuator
All
Diaphragm
Piston
All with Forms Q4 and Q14

Ambient

Same
Polarity

2

22

Note: Contacts are single pole, double throw—one circuit normally open and one circuit
normally closed. These circuits are not electrically separate and can not be used on
opposite polarities.

3

Type

1 N.O. – 1 N.C.

Table 22.37:

www.schneider-electric.us

Note: Snap switch contains two electrically separated sets of contact elements allowing use on
circuits of opposite polarity. Each set contains two double break contact elements (1 N.O.
and 1 N.C.) that must be used on circuits of the same polarity.

Figure 22.6:

Types GAW, GDW, GKW 1, 21

Form K
1.13
29

0.88
22

Form K1
0.17
4

2.72
69

0.38
10

A

1/2-14 NPT Conduit
Electrical Connection

1.22
31

Table 22.38:

1/4-18 NPTF
Pipe Thread
Pressure Connection

0.58
15

1.61
41

Dual Dimensions:

X: Conduit connection: G•W = 1/2-14 NPT; G•WM = 20MMBGS4568, Form M12 = Pg13.5;
DIN40430.
Y: Pressure connection: G•W = 1/4-18 NPTF; G•WM = 8; Form M14 = G 1/4 BS 2779;
RP1/4 ISO 711; R 1/4 DIN 2999; GJ 1/4 UN1339.

Dimension A for G•W Switches

Type

Dimension A, in. (mm)

GAW, GDW, GKW 2, 4, 5, 6 22, 24, 25, 26, 52, 54, 55, 56
GBW, GEW, GLW 1, 2, 21, 22, 51, 52
GCW, GFW, GMW 1, 2, 3, 4 21, 22, 23, 24, 51, 52, 53, 54

2.33 (59)
2.23 (57)
3.15 (80)

Table 22.39:

in.
mm

Figure 22.7:

4.95
Cover Removal Clearance
126

Dim. =

in.
mm

Dimension A for G•R, Switches

Type / Tipo / Type
GAR1, 2, 21, 22
GAR4, 5, 6, 24, 25, 26
GBR1, 2, 21, 22; GCR1, 21
GCR2, 3, 4, 22, 23, 24
GDR1, 2, 21, 22
GDR4, 5, 6, 24, 25, 26
GER1, 2, 21, 22; GFR1, 21
GFR2, 3, 4, 22, 23, 24

Dimension A, in. (mm)
2.02 (51.3)
1.42 (36.1)
1.32 (33.5)
2.24 (56.9)
2.02 (51.3)
1.42 (36.1)
1.32 (33.5)
2.24 (56.9)

5.78
147
∅ 0.44

11.2

3/4-14
NPT

0.41
10
2.91
74

22-16

Types GAR, GBR, GCR, GDR, GER, and GFR

2.34
59
4.90
Turn Radius 125

A
3.69
94

5.88
149
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Pressure Switches

Class 9012G Dimensions
Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

9012G Dimensions, in. (mm)
GGW1, 21
2.31
59

Ø 4.38
111

GGW4, 24
3.50
89

1.44
37
X

1.31
33

M
(4) Ø 0.28
7

0.50
13

Y

1.25
32

3.63
92

C
1.25
32 2.86 Turn Radius
73

1.89 A
48

M (2) Ø
Y
1.61
41

B

2.72
69
X

Section A–A
1.67
42

2.63
67 A

1/4 Bolt or Screw

Figure 22.9:

C

3.50
89

Section A–A
1.67
42

Ø

1.22
32

B

2.63
67

9012GNO1, GRO1

Figure 22.11: 9012GNO, GRO

1/4 Bolt or Screw

0.47 Max.
12 Head

2.72
69
M (2) Ø

2.31
59

0.27
M (2) Ø
7
Y
2.63 Turn Radius

1.61
41

0.27
7

2.63
67

A

6.76
172

67
B

Y = Higher pressure source

2.63 Turn Radius
67

1.73 A
44

2.72
69

3.20
81

2.72
69

X

Ø 0.47 Max
12 Head

A

X = Lower pressure source

GHW1, 21

Mounting Detail
7.08
180

C = Flange
Standard = 1/4-18 NPTF
Options = G 1/4

C

GJW1, 21
3.50
89

Bolt or Screw

B = Conduit
Standard = 1/2-14 NPT
Options = Pg 13.5, 20 mm

2.72
69

2.47
63

2.37
60
2.71
69

1/4

Ø 0.47 Max. Head
12

A

7.08
180

3.76
96

(3) Ø 0.28
7

B

2.72
69

X
7.98
203

7.52
195

Section A–A
1.67
42

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

5.05
128

1.61
41

C

1.22
32

0.27
7

Y
2.63 Turn Radius
67

Dim. =

2.63
67

in.
mm

1.22
32

22

Figure 22.8:

Figure 22.10: 9012GNG1, GRG1

Figure 22.12: 9012GNG, GRG
1.62
.82 41
21

Hole for
1/2 Conduit

3.59
91
5.53
140

(2) 0.20 Dia.
5
Mounting Hole

1.38
35
4.13
105

5.03
128
3.22
82

1.60
41
A
1.03
26 2.06
52

Type
GNO, GRO 3, 4, 5, 6
GPO, GSO 1, 2, 3
GQO, GTO 1, 2, 3, 4
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Dimension A, in. (mm)
1.41 (35.8)
1.31 (33.3)
2.24 (56.9)

1/4 - 18 NPTF
Int. Thread

Type
GNG, GRG 3, 4, 5, 6
GPG, GSG 1, 2, 3
GQG, GTG 1, 2, 3, 4

1.11
28

2.75
70

2.21
56

Dimension A, in. (mm)
1.41 (35.8)
1.31 (33.3)
2.24 (56.9)

22-17

Pressure Switches

Machine Tool, Modifications and Accessories
Class 9012 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701
Table 22.41:

www.schneider-electric.us

Factory Modifications for Class 9012 Pressure Switches

Modification

Applies to Pressure Switch Type

Form

Lock on rising pressure, manual reset only

Available on GDW, GDWM, GEW, GEWM, GFW, GFWM only
with clear lens
Available on all GAW–GMW, GAWM–GFWM
with red lens
For pilot light conversion kits:
with clear lens
See 9998 PC-306–308.
with red lens
Complete Class and Type information required

E3
G17
G18
G21

24 Vdc LED pilot light with green lens

Class 9012 GAW–GMW and GAWM–GFWM, or
Class 9016 GAW and Class 9025G

G23

SPDT snap switch rated 1.1 A at 125 Vdc
(minimum differential doubles)
Prewired 5-pin Brad Harrison male receptacle #41310 or interchangeable
Crouse-Hinds receptacle.
For use with Brad Harrison female portable plug #41306, 41307, 41308, or
equivalent.
Micro connector, 4-pin, for 24 Vdc pilot light
External range adjustment (includes knob and range scale window)
External range adjustment slotted for screwdriver
(includes range scale window)
Pg 13.5 conduit thread and 1/4—19 BSP pressure connection

Available on GAR–GFR, GAW–GJW, GAWM–GFWM

H3

Available on GAW–GJW single pole devices only

H10
or
H11

G•W (single pole only), except GAW2 and Form B2.
GAW–GFW, GAWM–GFWM, GKW–GMW

H17
K

120 Vac or Vdc neon pilot light
24 Vdc only LED

22

Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange

Viton® fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange

GAW–GFW, GAWM–GFWM, GKW–GMW

K1

G•WM only
GGW1, GGW 21 only
All other GGW, GHW only
GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GAWM, GDWM, GKW1, 21 only
All other GAR, GBR, GDR, GER, GAW, GBW, GDW, GEW, GAWM,
GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, GLW
Available on all GGW, GHW except GGW1, 21
Available on all GAR, GBR, GDR, GER, GAW, GBW, GDW,
GEW, GAWM, GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, and GLW,
except Types 1 and 21

M12
Q1
Q1
Q1

GGW1, 21 only
All other GGW, GHW
GAR, GAW, GBR, GBW, GDR, GDW, GER, GEW, GAWM, GBWM,
GDWM, GEWM, GKW1, 21 only
All other GAR, GAW, GBR, GBW, GDR, GDW, GER, GEW, GAWM,
GBWM, GDWM, GEWM, GKW, GLW
GAW–GMW, GAWM–GFWM

Q4
Q4

Range scale window (standard with Forms K and K1)
Special setting specified
(If indicating only a fixed differential setting, specify whether this setting is on All 9012G
increasing or decreasing pressure. )
GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GGW, GKW
1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection
Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4.
1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure
GAR, GAW, GDR, GDW, GGW, GKW
connection
Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4.
GAR–GFR; GAW–GMW
7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection
Not available in combination with Forms Q1, Q3, Q4.

Table 22.42:

Applies to Parts Kit Type

SPDT snap switch rated 1.1 A at 125 Vdc
(minimum differential doubles)

PC313

Standard Nitrile (Buna-N) diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange
Ethylene propylene diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange
Viton® fluorocarbon diaphragm in #316 stainless steel flange
1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection
1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure
connection
7/16"-20 UNF-2B internal thread pressure connection

22-18

Q1
Q3
Q3

Q4
Q4
V1
Y1
Z
Z16
Z18

Factory Modifications for Renewal Parts Kits for Class 9012 Pressure Switches
Suffixes for renewal parts kits, see page 22-28.

Modification

Table 22.43:

G22

Form
H3

PC177–179, PC268, 269
PC265–267
PC177–178, PC268, 269
PC266, 267
PC177–178, PC268, 269
PC265–267
PC265–269

Q1
Q3
Q4
Z

PC265–269

Z16

PC177, 178, PC265–273

Z18

Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9012 Pressure Switches

Description

Applies to Class

Type

Stainless steel surge reducer for use on oils, coolants, and hydraulic fluids (not recommended for air or water)

9012G

A26S

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Vacuum Switches

Types GAW and GVG
Class 9016 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Type GAW—Sensitive Control Applications
9016GAW vacuum switches are provided with double throw contacts; normally open and normally closed circuits allow
these controls to be used for standard or reverse action applications.
Standard devices can be mounted from the front with the bracket provided. Two mounting screws are required for a
firm attachment to any smooth, flat surface. Allowance must be made for flange projection. Controls with Form F
modification include two mounting feet with 9/32" mounting holes on 3-3/4" centers. Range and Differential adjustments
are internal and exposed by removal of the front cover.
Maximum allowable positive pressure: 100 psig.
Diaphragms are oil resistant, nitrile butadiene (Buna N) rubber.
Electrical Ratings and Temperature Limitations—See page 22-14 for Type G machine tool.
Dimensions—See page 22-17.
Table 22.44:

Class 9016, Diaphragm Actuated

Range on
Decreasing Vacuum
(In. of Hg)

Adjustable Differential
Adds to Rangea
(In. of Hg)

Contact
Arrangement

Pipe
Tap
(NPTF)

Enclosure
NEMA 4, 4X & 13

NEMA 7 & 9 b

Type

Type

At Minimum Range: 0.8–9
1 N.O., 1 N.C.
1/4"-18
GAW1
GAR1
At Mid-Range: 1.3–7.4
0–25
5–20
1 N.O., 1 N.C.
1/4"-18
GAW2
N/A
At Minimum Range: 1–9
0–28.3
2
N.O.,
2
N.C.
1/4"-18
GAW21
GAR21
At Mid-Range: 1.7–7.4
0–25
5–20
2 N.O., 2 N.C.
1/4"-18
GAW22
N/A
a
Add Differential to Range to obtain the operating point on increasing vacuum (within vacuum limitations). The differential increases linearly over its range.
b
The minimum differential doubles with NEMA 7 & 9 enclosures.

Table 22.45:

Available Modifications

Description

Form

Mounting feet (GAW1 and GAW21 only)
Range scale window
1/4"-18 NPT external thread pressure connection
1/2"-14 NPT external thread, 1/4"-18 NPTF internal thread pressure connection (standard actuator only)

File E12443 Haz Loc CCN NOWT G*R
File E12158
CCN NKPZ G*W
CCN NTHT Marine Use, G*W
File E12158

F
V1
Z
Z16

22

File LR25490 Type GAW only
File LR26817 Type GAR only
(NEMA 7 and 9 Haz Loc)

Type GVG—Power Circuit Applications

™
Vacuum Switch

The 9016GVG1 vacuum switch is a companion to the 9036GG and 9037GG float switches commonly used on vacuum
heating pumps. Electrical ratings of float and vacuum switch types are equal.
Table 22.46:

Class 9016, Contacts Open on Increasing Vacuum
Approximate Adjustable
Differential
(In. of Hg)

Cut-out Range
(In. of Hg)

Cut-in Range
(In. of Hg)

Poles

NEMA 1 Enclosure

Pressure
Connection

Type

5–25
5–10
0–20
2
1/4"-18 NPSF
Note: Maximum allowable positive pressure: 150 psig. In. of Hg = inches of mercury.

Table 22.47:

GVG1

Available Modifications

Description

Form

3-way lever—nameplate marked: Float only—Vacuum and Float—Continuous (factory modification only)
Mounting bracket (for retrofit, order 9049A53 bracket kit)
Reverse action—normally open contacts
1/4" male pipe connection (1/4"-18 NPT, external thread) (for retrofit, use 1/4" pipe nipple)

Table 22.48:
Class 9016 Type GVG1
Forms E, F

Voltage

Electrical Ratings—9016GVG
AC
Single Phase

110 V
2 hp
220 V
3 hp
440–550 V
5 hp
32 V
—
Note: Control Circuit Rating: A600

Polyphase
3 hp
5 hp
5 hp
—

Table 22.49:
DC
1 hp
1 hp
—
1/2 hp

E
F
R
Z

Vacuum Codes

Settings (In. of Hg)

Code

3–8

J09

16.5–25
17–22
18–23
20–25
Specify other setting
(minimum order quantity is 4 pieces)

J10
J11
J12
J13
J99

Ordering Information: Specify Class 9016 Type G. Give vacuum settings within the limits of the listings above.
For Setting Codes, see Table 22.49. If special features are desired, add the appropriate Form letter to the Class and Type. Arrange the Form letters in alphabetical
order when ordering more than one special feature.

File E12158
CCN NKPZ

File LR25490

Dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-16

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

0–28.7

22-19

Commercial Pressure
Switches

Type FHG—Pumptrol™ Compressor Pressure Switch
Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701

™
Pressure Switch

Table 22.50:

Selection Table
Description

Adjustable
Cut-out Range
Increasing
Pressure (psig)

3.76
96

22

0.75
19

Approximate
Differential
Fixed (psig)

NEMA 1 Enclosure

Poles

40-100

20

2

70-150

30

2

100-200

40

2

1.19
30
1.59
40

2.34
59

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Table 22.51:
0.30
8

2.78
71

0.30
8
0.50
13

2.80 2.50
71
64

1/2 - 14 Straight
Pipe Thread
A

15/16 Hex

Shown with Form T

Table 22.52:

FHG2, 12, 22, 32, 42, 52
FRG2, FSG2, FYG2
FHG3, 13, 33
FRG3, FSG3, FYG3
FHG9, 19, 29, 39, 49, 59
FSG9, FYG9

Table 22.53:

Higher hp

Type

Type

FHG2
FHG3
FHG4
FHG9
FHG12
FHG13
FHG14
FHG19
FHG42
FHG44
FHG49

FHG22
—
FHG24
FHG29
FHG32
FHG33
FHG34
FHG39
FHG52
FHG54
FHG59

Pressure
Connection
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" four way
1/4" NPT external
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" four way
1/4" NPT external
1/4" NPSF internal
1/4" four way
1/4" NPT external

Special Features and Modifications for Type FHG
Form

Bulk pack
Addition of a second ground screw
Maintained manual cut-out lever (Auto-Off)
Pulsation plug—factory order only
(available only on 1/4-inch fittings, not to include 4-way)
1/2" conduit bushing—1/2" long thread—on left
Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only)
Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals)
Factory sealed range stud
Two-way pressure release valve
Quick connect two-way pressure release valve
(for use with Polyflow® tubing)
Black cover

a
G4b
M1

a

A
in.

Lower hp

Description

Type F—Net Weight, 1-1/8 lb

Switch Type

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9013 Type FHG pressure switches are designed for the control of small electrically
driven air compressors.
• Contacts open on pressure rise.
• Diaphragm actuated.
• For application data, see page 22-16.
For repair parts kits, see page 22-28.

b
mm

P
T
U
U2
W
X
X1
Z22

For bulk package quantities and Form numbers, see Table 22.61 on page 22-21. If a Form is not specified,
devices will be shipped individually packaged.
Can be field installed. Nameplate should then be marked with the Form letter and maintenance and ordering
records corrected.

2-29/32

23

1-9/32

33

Switch Type

Voltage

Single Phase AC

Polyphase AC e

DC

1-3/32

28

FHG2, 9, 12, 13, 14, 19,
42, 43, 44, 49
FSG, FSW
FHG22, 29, 32, 33, 34, 39,
52, 54, 59
FYG, FYW

115
230
460/575
115
230
460/575
32
115
230
32
115
230
115
230
460/575
115
230
460/575

1-1/2 hp
2 hp
—
2 hp
3 hp
—
—
1 hp
1 hp
—
1 hp
1 hp
1 hp
2 hp
2 hp
2 hp
3 hp
5 hp

2 hp
3 hp
1 hp
3 hp
5 hp
1 hp
—
—
—
—
1 hp
1 hp
—
—
—
3 hp
5 hp
5 hp

1/4 hpc
1/4 hpc
—
1/2 hpd
1/2 hpd
—
—
1/4 hp
1/4 hp
1/4 hp
1/4 hp
1/4 hp
1/2 hp
1/2 hp
—
1 hp
1 hp
—

Table 22.54:

Pressure Code (fixed differential)

Off at...

Code

80 psi

J43

100 psi

J27

110 psi

J37

115 psi

J38

120 psi

J69

125 psi

J52

135 psi

J39

140 psi

J68

155 psi

J40

150 psi

J55

175 psi

J59

Electrical Ratings For All 9013 Switches

FRG One Pole
All Form H

FRG Two Pole

All 9013G Form H

All 9013G, except Form H

Specify other pressure
J99
(minimum order quantity is 4 pieces)
Note: The existence of a code does not imply that the code is
available for any or all devices.

c
d
e

Control Circuit Rating
A600

A600

A300

A300

A600

A600

DC rating does not apply to Form M4.
1/4 hp with Form MI.
See 1993 NEC Article 430-84

Ordering Information
File E12158
CCN NKPZ

File
LR25490

Note: UL Listed control equipment. Type 4 must have Form T;
otherwise these Types are component recognized.
If conduit or pressure line is rigid, UL; if both are flexible, UR.

1.
2.

3.

Specify Class 9013 Type FHG.
Select pressure code from Table 22.53, and add the code designation to end of the Type number.
Ensure that the pressure rating of the code falls within the limits of the device as shown in
Table 22.50.
To order special features, add the appropriate Form designation to the Class and Type.
Arrange Forms in alphabetical order when specifying more than one feature or modification.

Accessories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-22

22-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Commercial Pressure
Switches

Type F—Pumptrol™ Water Pump Pressure Switches
Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•

™
Pressure Switch

Table 22.55:

Pressure Codesa

Standard Action Devices
Code

Settings

Code

5–21 psi
8–20 psi
20–40 psi
20–50 psi
30–50 psi
40–60 psi
50–70 psi
55–85 psi
60–80 psi

J15
J16
J20
J18
J21
J24
J33
J34b
J25

Specify other pressure

J99b

8.5–5.5 psi
10–5 psi
22–12 psi
22–16 psi
35–20 psi
40–20 psi
50–30 psi
80–60 psi
100–80 psi
150–120 psi
Specify other pressure

J17
J36
J22
J19
J70
J23
J35
J32b
J51b
J64b
J99b

Table 22.56:

Maximum Allowable Pressure
for All 9013 Switches

Type
FHG, FSG, FYG, FSW, FYW, FRG
GHB, GHG, GSB, GSG
GMG, GSR, GSW
GHR, GHW

Table 22.57:

•

Pressure
220 psig
300 psig
100 psig
250 psig

Temperature Limitations
for All 9013 Switches

Operation (Media)
Min. -36 °C (-33 °F)
Max. +125 °C (+257 °F)
Ordering Information

•
•

Reverse Action Devices

Settings

Storage
Min. -36 °C (-33 °F)
Max. +125 °C (+257 °F)

Specify Class 9013 Type F.
Select the pressure code from Table 22.55, and add the code
designation to the end of the Type number. Ensure that the
pressure rating of the code falls within the limits of the device as
shown in Tables 22.58 and 22.59.
To order special features, add the appropriate Form letter to the
Class and Type. Arrange the Form letters in alphabetical order
when ordering more than one special feature.

Electrical Ratings: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-20
Dimensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-20
Renewal Parts Kits: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-28

File E12158 CCN NKPZ
File LR25490
Note: Products on this page are UL Listed, however type numbers
ending in 8, 10 or 20 (non rigid pressure lines) must have
Form T or TI—otherwise these are UL component recognized.
a
Existence of a code does not imply that the code is available for
any or all devices.
b
Minimum order quantity is 4 pieces.
c
Must be mounted in vertical position to maintain enclosure
rating.
d
For bulk package quantities and Form numbers, see Table
22.61. If Form C•• is not specified, devices will be shipped
individually packaged.
e
Nylon pulsation plug can be field installed on types having 1/4"
NPSF internal connector.
Part number 1530S6G1 is one bag of 50 plugs.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table 22.58:
Cut-out
Range
(psig)

Standard Action: Contacts Open On Rising Pressure

Approximate
Adjustable
Differential (psig)

Cut-in
Range
(psig)

20–65

15–30

5–45

20–50
20–60
9–30
9–30

10–30
10–30
6–20
6–20

10–30
10–45
3–10
3–10

25–80

20–30

5–60

34–65

15–30

19–45

25–80

20–30

5–60

39–80
20–50
20–60
9–40
9–40

20–30
10–30
10–30
6–30
6–30

19–60
10–30
10–45
3–10
3–10

Table 22.59:
Cut-in
Range
(psig)

NEMA 1

NEMA 3Rc

Type

Type

1/4" NPSF internal
FSG2
FSW2
1/4" NPT external
FSG9
FSW9
1/4" bayonet (barbed)
FSG10
FSW10
90° elbow 1/4" bayonet
FSG20
FSW20
1/4" NPSF internal
FSG22
FSW22
1/4" NPT external
FSG29
FSW29
1/4" NPSF internal
FSG42
FSW42
1/4" NPT external
FSG49
FSW49
1/4" NPSF internal
FSG52
—
1/4" NPT external
FSG59
—
(FSG1 through 20 with Form M4 is only available in this range)
1/4" NPSF internal
FYG2
FYW2
1/4" NPT external
FYG9
FYW9
1/4" bayonet (barbed)
FYG10
FYW10
90° elbow 1/4" bayonet
FYG20
FYW20
(FYG1 through 20 with Form M4 is only available in this range)
1/4" NPSF internal
FYG22
FYW22
1/4" NPT external
FYG29
FYW29
1/4" NPSF internal
FYG42
FYW42
1/4" NPT external
FYG49
FYW49

Reverse Action: Contacts Open On Falling Pressure

Approximate
Adjustable
Differential (psig)

Cut-out
Range
(psig)

23–65

15–30

8–45

10–45

6–20

4–25

6–14

5
Fixed

1–9

40–100

20–30

20–80

65–150

30–45

35–120

Table 22.60:

2 Pole
Pressure Connection

1-Pole

Pressure
Connection
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" NPT external
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" NPT external
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" NPT external
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" NPSF internal
3/8" NPSF internal
1/4" NPT external

2-Pole

Type

Type

FRG12
FRG13
FRG19
FRG32
FRG33
FRG39
FRG52
FRG53
FRG59
FRG72
FRG73
FRG92
FRG93
FRG99

FRG2
FRG3
FRG9
FRG22
FRG23
FRG29
FRG42
FRG43
FRG49
FRG62
FRG63
FRG82
FRG83
FRG89

Special Features and Modifications for Type FSG, FYG & FRG Devices

Description

Applies to Types

Bulk package
One normally open—one normally closed contact
Maintained manual cut-out lever (Auto-Off)
Momentary manual cut-in lever (Auto-Start)
Low pressure cut-off (Auto-Start-Off)
Operates at approximately 10 psig below cut-in and will turn off the pump
Maintained manual cut-in lever (Auto-On)
Pulsation plug (Type 2 & 9 only)

All Type F
FRG 2-Pole only
FSG, FYG
FRG2-59 only

d
H
M1
M3

FSG, FYG

M4

Plastic flange (max. temp. 120 °F) (max. pressure 80 psi)
Available only on Types FSG2, FYG2, FRG2, FSG•2, FYG•2, FRG•2
1/2" conduit bushing, 1/2" long thread—on left
Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only)
Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals)
Black cover

Table 22.61:

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

•

Designed for the control of electrically driven
water pumps. Diaphragm actuated.
Type FSG is the standard water pump switch,
suitable for all types of pumps: jets, submersible,
reciprocating, etc.
Type FYG is designed to meet higher
horsepower and pressure requirements.
Type FRG is reverse acting: contacts open on
falling pressure.

22

•

Form

FRG2-59 only
M5
FRG, FSG, FYG
Pe
FSG•, FYG•, FRG•
Q8
1/4" NPSF internal only
All Type F
T
FSG, FYG
U
FSG, FYG
U2
FSG, FYG
Z22

Bulk Package Form Numbers for 9013F Pressure Switches

Description
9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way)
Product without 9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way)
Forms M1, M3, M4, 9013FRG
M5, T, X1
9013FSG
9013FYG
9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way)
9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way)
Product with
Forms M1, M3,
9013FRG
M4, M5
9013FSG
9013FYG
9013FHG (without 1/4" four-way)
9013FHG4, 14, 24, 34, 44, 54 (with 1/4" four-way)
Product with
9013FRG
Forms T, X1
9013FSG
9013FYG
9013FHG9 Special with Extended Flange

Bulk Package Quantity
16
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C16
C16
C16
C16
C16
C16

20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
C20
—
—
—
—
—
—

40
—
—
—
—
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
C40
—

50
C50
C50
C50
C50
C50
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

400
—
C400
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

500
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
C500

22-21

Commercial Pressure
Switches

Type G—Pumptrol Pressure Switch
Class 9013 / Refer to Catalog 9013CT9701

™

www.schneider-electric.us

Class 9013 Type G Pumptrol pressure switches are designed to control electrically driven
water pumps and air compressors. These devices cover higher electrical ratings for directly
controlling motors in pump and compressor applications.
• Contacts open on pressure rise.
• Diaphragm actuated.
• For electrical ratings, see page 22-20.
For repair parts kits, see page 22-28.

Pressure Switch

File E12158
CCN NKPZ

File E12443
CCN NOWT
Haz Loc

File 25490
File 26817
Haz. Loc.

Shown with Form X

Table 22.62:

22
PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Code
J20
J21
J23
J24
J25
J26
J28
J29
J30
J31
J50
J51
J53
J54
J56
J57
J58
J60
J61
J62
J63
J64
J65
J99

Pressure Codes

Table 22.63:

Pressure Setting (Close-Open), psi
20–40
30–50
40–20 (reverse action)
40–60
60–80
70–90
70–100
75–100
80–100
90–120
135–175
100–80 (reverse action)
100–125
110–125
110–150
120–150
125–150
125–175
130–175
140–175
145–175
150–120 (reverse action)
215–250
Specify the required setting

Selection Tables
Cut-in
Range
(psig)

Enclosure

10–35
20–80

Approximate
Adjustable
Differential
(psig)
4–8
15–30

5.5–30.5
5–60

NEMA 1 (General Purpose)
NEMA 3R a (Rainproof)

2
2

20–80

15–30

5–60

NEMA 1 (General Purpose)

2

20–80

20–40

5–50

Cut-out
Range
(psig)

Poles

NPSF Internal
Pressure
Connection
1/4
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/4
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8
1/8
1/4
3/8

NEMA 7 & 9
(Hazardous Locations)
2
NEMA 4 (Watertight)
65–200

20–40

40–170

NEMA 3R a (Rainproof)

2

65–200

20–40

40–170

NEMA 1 (General Purpose)

2

65–200

30–50

35–150

NEMA 7 & 9
(Hazardous Locations)
2
NEMA 4 (Watertight)

Ordering Information
• Specify Class 9013 Type G.
• Select the pressure code from Table 22.62, and add the code to
the end of the Type number. Ensure that the pressure rating of the
code falls within the limits of the device. See Table 22.63.
• To order special features, add the appropriate Form letter to the
Class and Type. Arrange Form letters in alphabetical order when
ordering more than one special feature.

80–250

25–45

32–215

NEMA 3R a (Rainproof)

2

80–250

24–45

32–215

NEMA 1 (General Purpose)

2

80–250

40–60

30–190

NEMA 7 & 9
(Hazardous Locations)
2
NEMA 4 (Watertight)

Electrical Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .page 22-20
a
3.44
87

2.47
63
2.09
53
3.85
98
0.73
18

5.72
145
0.94
24 2.05
52

0.42
11

3.75
99

0.29
(2) 7 Wide Mtg
Holes

1.22
31
(3) K.O.
Dia. 0.87
22

1
18 NPSF
4
Pipe Thread
Note: The mounting bracket shown is available as kit 9049A52.

1.09
28
1.94
49

9013GHG, GSG - with or without Form X

0.06
2
1.99
51

Special Features and Modifications for Type G Devices

Description
Applies to
Standard pack of 10 switchesb
All Type G
3-way lever (On-Auto-Off) (not compatible with Form X)
GHG, GMG, GSG
1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact
All Type G
Pulsation plug (not field replaceable.)
All Type G
Reverse action
All
Type G
(Select pressure code from reverse action table on page 22-21)
Slip-on connectors (load side terminals only)
All Type G
Slip-on connectors (line and load terminals)
All Type G
GHB, GMG, GSB, GHG, GSG
Two-way pressure release valve
(Not compatible with Form E)
GHR, GHW, GSR, GSW
1/4" male pipe thread on pressure connection
All Type G
1/2"-14 NPT external
All Type G
1/4"-18 NPT internalc
b
Available on GHB, GHG, GSB, and GSG.
If Form C10 is not speciied, devices will be shipped individually packaged
c
UL Listed industrial control equipment.

Table 22.65:
Type
A12
A52
A53
A56

22-22

GMG2
GSB2
GSG1
GSG2
GSG3
GSR1
GSR2
GSR3
GSW1
GSW2
GSW3
GHB2
GHG1
GHG2
GHG3
GHR1
GHR2
GHR3
GHW1
GHW2
GHW3
GHB5
GHG4
GHG5
GHG6
GHR4
GHR5
GHR6
GHW4
GHW5
GHW6

Must be mounted in vertical position to maintain enclosure rating.

Table 22.64:

3.68
99

Type

Form
C10
E
H
P
R
U
U2
X
X
Z
Z16

Class 9049 Accessories for Class 9013 Pressure Switches

Description
Two-way pressure release valve, replacement only.
Cannot be added to switch that originally had no valve.
Mtg. bracket—replacing obsolete 9013A with 9013G
Mtg. bracket—replacing obsolete 9013A with 9013G,
or for current 9016GVG
Two-way pressure release valve. Replacement only.
Cannot be added to switch that originally had no valve.

Applies to Class
9013GHG, GSG, Form X only
9013GHG, GSG
9013GMG, 9016GVG
9013FHG, Form X only

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Float Switches

Open Tank, Types D and G
Class 9036 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Open Tank or Sump Applications
Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F).
For accessories, refer to page 22-28.
Table 22.66:

Class 9036, 2-Pole, Single Lever Operated

Contact Operation

NEMA 1

NEMA 4

NEMA 7, 9

Type

Type

Type

Close on liquid rise
DG2
DW31
DR31
Open on liquid rise
DG2R
DW31R
DR31R
Close on liquid rise
GG2
GW1
GR1
Open on liquid rise
GG2R
GW1R
GR1R
Order the universal mounting bracket and float accessory kits separately from the Class 9049 Accessories section on page 22-28. Types GW and
GR use a center-hole float. Devices with Form C use a center-hole float. All others use a tapped-at-top float.

Type DG2

Table 22.67:

Modifications

Description

Factory Installed

Field Installed

Form

Class 9049 Kit

R
C
C
CR

A58
A19
A20
Not available

C
CR
H
CH
R

9049A13
9049A13
Not available
Not available
Not available

Types DG, DW, DR
Reverse action (Type DG)
Compensating spring (Type DG)
Compensating spring (Type DR, DW)
Compensating spring and reverse action

Table 22.68:

Type GG

File No. E12158
File No. E12443
Haz Loc

Table 22.69:
Type

Class 9049 Float Accessory Specifications (oz)

Item
Type A6
Type A6S
Type A6C
Type A6CS
Type A6A
Type A6CA
Net buoyancyb (in water) 7" float
60a
60a
70a
70a
60a
70a
Weight of 5 ft rod
18.5
16.9
18.5
16.9
6
6
Weight of extra ft of rod (per ft)
3.7
3.4
3.7
3.4
1.2
1.2
Total weight of stops
3 (2 stops)
3 (2 stops)
6 (4 stops)
6 (4 stops)
3 (2 stops)
6 (4 stops)
a
Net buoyancy of float has been calculated with float 80% submerged, thus allowing 20% factor of safety.
b
Buoyancy data is calculated for use in water. Consult factory for buoyancy data in media with a different specific gravity than water.
When ordering float accessories, first specify the desired float accessory package, such as 9049A6 or 9049A6CS, then as a second
item give the number of additional rod kits required. For example, for a 9049A6 with 15 ft of rod, order as follows:
Item A = 9049A6, quantity = 1; Item B = 9049T1, quantity = 4.

File LR25490
File LR26817
Haz Loc

Maximum Forces at Which Switches Are Tested (oz)
Force Up
To Trip

Force Down
To Trip

Weight Supported with
Compensating Spring

9
8
8
8
8

8
8
8
8
8

60
60
66
66
66

DG2
DG2 Form R
DW31
DW31 Form R
DR31

Type (with or
without Form H)

Lever Length
Position

GG2
GG2
GG2 Form R
GG2 Form R
GR1, GW1
GR1, GW1
DR31 Form R
8
8
66
GR1, GW1
c
Compensating spring not effective in combination with Short lever length position.

Figure 22.13: Type DG Dimensions
0.30
8

1.31
33

3.93
100

2.20
56

Reverse
action
0.31
8

4.38
111

3.50
89

0.63
16

Weight Supported with Compensating
Spring at Max. Adjustment (oz)

33
21
30
22
24
22
20

39
27
24
16
31
29
27

c
100
c
150
80
72
64

3.87
98

3.43
87

2.53
64

2
Holes
Dia.
0.28
7

1.13
29
1.76
45
2.38
60

1.44
37

Float lever travel between closing and opening of contacts: short = 1 in. (25 mm),
medium = 1.12 (28 mm), long = 1.25 in. (31.8)

For Type DR/DW dimensions, see catalog 9034CT9701.

Table 22.70:

Force Down
to Trip

Figure 22.14: Type GG Dimensions
2.53
64

2 Holes
0.41 Dia.
10
0.94
24

0.78
20

Short
Long
Short
Long
Short
Medium
Long

Force Up
to Trip

0.87 Dia. Knockout
for 0.50 Conduit
in 3 Sides

3.61
97

4
Holes
Dia.
0.28
7

1.93
49

5.56
141

0.73
19

0.41 Dia. Holes
1.37
35

Pin Position
"A" Contacts
Open in
1.12 1.12
Up Position
29
29
Form R
2.87
(Reverse action)
73
1.50
Lever arm travel between closing and opening of contacts
Standard: short = 0.375 in. (10 mm), long = 0.625 in. (16 mm) 38
Form R: short = 0.5 in. (13 mm), long = 0.75 in. (19 mm)
For Type GR/GW dimensions, see catalog 9034CT9701.

Pin Position
1.09
"B" Contacts
26 1.87
1.87
Closed in
48 2.18
48
Up Position
(Standard action)
55
2.62
67
Short
Long

Electrical Ratings for All Float Switches

Applies to Class and Type
9036DG, DR, DW (2-pole), FG
9036GG, GR, GW (2-pole)
9036G Form H (1 N.O., 1 N.C.)
9037EG, ER, EW; HG, HR, HW (2-pole)
9038 All Devices (2-pole)
d
See 1993 NEC Article 430-84
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control Circuit
A600
A600
A300
A600
A600

Polyphase AC d

Single Phase AC
115 V
2 hp
2 hp
1 hp
2 hp
2 hp

230 V
3 hp
3 hp
2 hp
3 hp
3 hp

460/ 575 V
—
5 hp
2 hp
—
—

115 V
3 hp
3 hp
—
3 hp
3 hp

230 V
5 hp
5 hp
—
5 hp
5 hp

DC
460/ 575 V
1 hp
5 hp
—
1 hp
1 hp

32 V
1/4 hp
1/2 hp
—
1/4 hp
1/4 hp

115 V
1/2 hp
1 hp
1/2 hp
1/2 hp
1/2 hp

230 V
1/2 hp
1 hp
1/2 hp
1/2 hp
1/2 hp

22-23

22

Compensating spring for Type GG2
Combination of compensating spring and reverse action (Type GG2)
1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact configuration
Combination of comp. spring & 1 N.O., 1 N.C. contact for Type GG2
Reverse action (Type GR, GW)

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Types GG, GW, GR

Float Switches

Open Tank, 9036FG, and Closed Tank, 9037E
Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Open Tank or Sump Applications, Float Switch, Class 9036 Type FG
The Class 9036 Type FG30 pedestal style float switch is designed for liquid level control with electric motor operated
pumps either directly or through a magnetic starter. It can also be used to activate alarms in liquid level control
systems. The upward or downward movement of the lever arm of the Class 9036 Type FG30 float switch controls the
On and Off positions corresponding to the water level changes required to turn the pump or alarm on and off.
Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F)
Table 22.71:

Type FG Float Switch and Accessories

Description
2-pole, NEMA 1, contacts close on liquid rise
Plastic center hole float (1 required)
33.75 inch aluminum rod, 2 float stop assemblies and attaching hardware (1 required)

Class
9036
9049
9049

Type
FG30
A60
A61

Closed Tank, Class 9037 Type E

Table 22.72:

Class 9037 Type E
Post Length
L (in.)

Application

For maximum water level change

Table 22.73:

9037EG with
9049ER3 Rod Kit

File No.
E12158 and
E12443 Haz Loc

NEMA 4

NEMA 7 & 9

Type
EG8
EG10
EG9
EG13

Type
EW8
—
EW9
EW13

Type
ER8
—
ER9
—

Class 9049 Floats for Type E Switches

Description

Type

#304 stainless steel

EF1

#316 stainless steel

EF2

Table 22.74:

Class 9049 Float Rod Kits

Type

A (in.)

F (in.)

R (in.)

H (in.)

ER1

1.00

4.75

1.75

8.25

ER2

1.00

4.75

2.5

9.00

ER3

1.00

4.75

3.50

9.50

ER5

1.00

4.75

5.25

11.75

ER7

1.00

5.00

7.25

13.75

ER12

1.00

5.75

12.25

18.75

Figure 22.15: Type EG Dimensions, in. (mm)
For 9037ER/EW dimensions and rod positions, see catalog 9034CT9701
3.69
94 1.11 1.06
28 27

File 25490
except
Types ER8, ER9

2.69
68

0.25
6
3.97
101

Opening for
conduit on
both sides

NEMA 1 Enclosure, 2.63 Post
67
2.5
64

Net Weight 4 lb (1.8 kg)

1.97
50
4.5
114

5.75
146

of Float

R
CL of Flange

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

2-5/8
4-11/16
2-5/8
4-11/16

For minimum water level change

NEMA 1

diameter

2.38
60

*

* Short length

0.97
25

4 Holes 0.41 Dia.
10
13
5. 30
1 ia.
d

22-24

4.4
1
112
dia
.

(Dimension L)

DIA. 3.63
92

0.13 Wide Bead
3

CL of Flange

22

9036FG
9049A60
9049A61

Type E switches are flange mounted and float movement is transmitted through a Quad-Ring® seal.
Build up the switch to meet your exact requirements from the basic switch, float rod, and float groups below. Switch
may be assembled in the field to give contacts that open on liquid rise or close on liquid rise. Consult Schneider
Electric for use in media with a different specific gravity than water.
Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F)

F

H

Shown with Rod Kit and Float Kit installed,
with Pattern for hole in tank.
Recommended hole size = 4.19 diameter.
106

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Float Switches

Closed Tank, Type H
Class 9037 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Type H switches are attached to the tank by means of a 2-1/2 in. screw-in bushing. An external pointer indicates the
float position within the tank when the unit is mounted. Switches come complete with stainless steel float and rod. A
Buna N Quad-Ring® seal is used between the float rod and sealing connector. Normal application is at atmospheric
pressure, but where higher pressures are encountered, the switch will withstand tank pressures up to 50 psi at
temperatures up to +220 °F. Occasional replacement of the Quad-Ring seal may be necessary.
Ambient temperature ratings: Min. -30 °C (-22 °F); Max. +105 °C (+220 °F)
Table 22.75:

Class 9037 Type H Contacts Close On Liquid Rise

Float Position
(viewed from front
of switch, facing
indicator scale)

Approximate
Water Level Change
(Field Adjustable)

Float Rod
Angle

f1
in. (mm)

Minimum
—
6.22 (158)
2.25 (57)
3.00 (76)
4.25 (108)
2.75 (70)
4.25 (108)
5.50 (140)
3.50 (89)
90° offset
5.00 (127)
6.25 (159)
3.75 (95)
7.00 (178)
8.25 (210)
4.75 (121)
a
Clearance from the centerline of the hub to the side of the tank.

f2
in. (mm)

Maximum
4.50 (114)
4.25 (108)
5.50 (140)
6.25 (159)
8.25 (210)

45°

Minimum
2.00 (52)
2.25 (57)
2.75 (70)
3.00 (76)
3.75 (95)

Maximum
4.50 (110)
4.25 (108)
4.00 (102)
4.50 (110)
5.75 (146)

Minimum
4.25 (108)
5.00 (127)
6.25 (159)
6.75 (171)
8.50 (216)

Form
F3
L
R
Z19
Z20
Z21

Figure 22.17: Type HG—90° Offset Dimensions

Bushing
2.0 Across
51 Flats

CL

12.44
316

2.5 Pipe
64 Thread

4.44
113

0.38
10

0.44
12 3.89
99 14.66
372

6.22
158

Bushing
2.0 Across
51 Flats

2.88
73

11.5
292
5.98
152

2.58
65
2.5" NPT
0.38
10

0.44
11

Dual Dimensions:

INCHES
Millimeters

Figure 22.19: Type HR/HW—90° Offset Dimensions
4.75
122

H

6.22
158

6
17 .94
6

CL
12.44
316

R
Bushing 2.0
Across Flats 51

2
64 .5 D

ia

.

1.
27 06

0.66
17

CL
Extreme Float Position –
See Price Sheet

0.66
17

7.13
184

16.06
408

f1

6.22
158

0.66 0.66
17 17

4.81
122

CL

3.86
98

F

CL

Figure 22.18: Type HR/HW—45° Angle Dimensions

1.81
3.63 46
92

R

f2

Extreme Float Position –
See Price Sheet

2
64 .5 D

ia

.

6
17 .94
6

2.56
65
3.86
98

Bushing 2.0 Across
51 Flats

H

1.
27 06

1.22
31

Maximum
9.00 (229)
7.50 (191)
9.50 (241)
10.75 (273)
14.00 (356)

Available Modifications For Class 9037 Type H

Description
Omit 2-1/2" tank connecting bushing
Omit float
Reverse action, contacts open on rise
Viton® packing: 5 oz. float (diesel fuel) for Types shaded in gray in Table 22.75 above.
Viton packing (suitable for applications up to +250 °F)
#316 stainless steel float and Viton packing

Figure 22.16: Type HG—45° Angle Dimensions

2.5 Pipe
64 Thread

4.78
121
1.44
37
Two(2)
0.5 Conduit
13 Openings

0.38
10
5.5
140

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

F
in. (mm)

22

Table 22.77:

File LR26817
Haz Loc

Ha
in. (mm)

R
in. (mm)

0.44
12 3.38
86 15.09
383

16.94
430
f2
2.58
65 F

CL

11.5
292

6.22
158

2.5" NPT

f1
3.63
92

0.38
10

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Type H Float Travel Distances

Float Rod Angle

File LR25490

NEMA 7 & 9

Max. (in.)
Type
Type
Type
5
HG33
HW33
HR33
5
HG35
HW35
HR35
HG37
HW37
HR37
Right
7
90° Offset
2
8-1/4
HG39
HW39
HR39
11-1/2
HG31
HW31
HR31
45°
2
5
HG34
HW34
HR34
5
HG36
HW36
HR36
Left
7
HG38
HW38
HR38
90° Offset
2
HG30
HW30
HR30
8-1/4
11-1/2
HG32
HW32
HR32
Note: For replacement floats, see Class 9049 Type H on page 22-28. Types shaded in gray are available with Form Z19; see Table 22.77.

Table 22.76:

File No.
E12158 and
E12443 Haz Loc

NEMA 4

Min. (in.)
2

45°

Type HG35
Float on Right
90° Offset Rod

NEMA 1

7.13
184

0.44
11

6.22
158

22-25

Float Switches

Mechanical Alternators, Types A and C
Class 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Type A, Open Tank
Alternators are designed to provide motor alternation in the operation of two motors.
Table 22.78:

Class 9038 Type A

Application

NEMA 1

NEMA 4

NEMA 7 and 9

Type

Type

Type

AW1

AR1

Description

Mechanical
alternator
AG1
float operated
Note: For use with Class 9049 float accessories listed on page 22-28.
Type AW and AR alternators must use center hole floats.
For open tank or sump systems
using duplex pumps

Type AG1
Mechanical Alternator, Float Operated

Table 22.79:

Figure 22.20: Type A Dimensions, in. (mm)
1.06
26.92

6.88
174.75

4.69
119.13

22

(4) K.O.’s for
.5 to .75 cond.
12.7 to 19.05

(4) .093 dia.
2.36 mtg holes
5.38
136.5

3.63
92.2

4.50
114.3

1.25
31.7

3.5 to 4.19
88.9 to 106.4

3.0
76.2
1.75
44.45

Front

1.47
37.34
.84
21.34

With Compensating Spring (Form C)
Maximum Weight of Rod and Length of Rod Supported at
Stops Supported
the Maximum Adjustment

Note: AW1 and AR1 have
Aluminum
Brass a Stainless
Steel a
a
compensating spring standard.
AG1 (min. lever ext.)
18 oz
20 oz
47 oz.
10 ft
12 ft
25 ft
AG1 (max. lever ext.)
16
17
41
8
10
21
AG1 Form R (min. lever ext.)
14
16
33
7
8
17
AG1 Form R (max. lever ext.)
11
12
30
6
7
15
AR1, AW1 (standard lever)
—
—
74
16
20
41
AR1, Form R, AW1 Form R (std. lever)
—
—
85
19
23
47
a
Rod length has been determined using the weight of the rod material furnished on Class 9049 accessories
(3/8" O.D. tubing).
Other types of rod should be weighed and compared to the Maximum Weight of Rod column in Table 22.79.
b
Add 2 oz for Form N5 High Water alarm.
Force
Upb

Force
Down

Type C, Closed Tank, with Bushing

Float on left

Flange mounted with bushing for control of liquid level within a closed tank. Build up the
switch to meet your requirements from the basic switch, rod kit, and float kit groups below.
Type C switches are attached to the tank by means of a 2-1/2 in. screw-in bushing. An
external pointer indicates the float position within the tank when the unit is mounted.
Switches come complete with screw-in connector, stainless steel float and rod.
Table 22.80:

Class 9038 Type C

Approx. Water
Float Position Viewed
R
Level Change
from Front of Switch
in. (mm)
Facing Indicator Scale
Min. (in.) Max. (in.)
Right
7 (178) 6.5 (165) 13 (330)
Left
7 (178) 6.5 (165) 13 (330)
Right
4.25 (108) 4 (102) 7.75 (197)
Left
4.25 (108) 4 (102) 7.75 (197)
Right
5 (127) 4.75 (121) 9.25 (235)
Left
5 (127) 4.75 (121) 9.25 (235)

Type CG36

File No. E12158
excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products
(9038AR, CR, and DR)

Table 22.81:
R
in. (mm)

File LR25490
excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products
(9038AR, CR, and DR)

a
b
c

Figure 22.21: Travel Dimensions

A
in. (mm)

B
in. (mm)

Type
CG31
CG32
CG33
CG34
CG35
CG36

Type
CW31
CW32
CW33
—
—
CW36

Type
CR31
CR32
CR33
CR34
—
CR36

D
in. (mm)

F
in. (mm)

C
in. (mm)

Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
5 (152)
7 (178) 10 (254) 14 (495)
4 (102) 5.25 (133) 8 (203) 10.5 (267)
3.5 (89) 4.75 (121) 7 (178) 9.5 (241)

Figure 22.22: Type CG Dimensions
1.97
50

6.5
165
max.

D
A
6.5
165
max.

7.0
178

2.17
55

1.25
32

B
2.63
2.63
67
67
To reverse the float, change the operating
link in the holes of the adjusting plate.

Combination knockouts,
0.5 in. (13 mm) and 0.75 in.
(19 mm), both ends
2.5 Pipe Tap
64

5.94
151

3.42
87

0.88
22
2.59
66

2.5
64

NEMA
Type 7, 9

Min.
Max.
Min.
Max.
5 (127)
7 (178)
2 (51)
4 (102)
4 (102) 5.25 (133) 2.75 (70)
3 (76)
3.5 (89) 4.75 (121) 2.5 (64) 3.75 (95)

1.75
44

C

NEMA
Type 4

CG33, CG34, CW33, CW34, CR33, CR34
CG35, CG36, CW35, CW36, CR35, CR36
CG31, CG32, CW31, CW32, CR31, CR32

2.5
64

F

NEMA
Type 1

Type C Float Travel Adjustments

Min.
Max.
7 (178) c
2.5 (64)
5 (127)
5 (127) b
2.25 (57) 3.75 (95)
4.25 (108) a
2 (51)
3.5 (89)

R

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

0.75
19.05

Without
Compensating
Spring
(No Form C)

Type

1.125
28.58

pos1
pos 2
pos
3

Operating Forces—Types AG, AR and AW

0.38
10
17.81
452

6.84
174

0.44 0.44
11 11
4.0
102

7.0
179

4.69
119

Bushing
2.0 Across
51 Flats

Replacement Float:
9049HF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 22-28

22-26

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Float Switches

Mechanical Alternators, Closed Tank, Type D
Class 9038 / Refer to Catalog 9034CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Type D, Closed Tank, Top Mounted
Designed for applications where mounting is to be made at the top of a closed tank.
Class 9038 Type D Contacts Close On Liquid Rise
Hinge Post Dimension
“V” (in.)

Water Level Change
Min.

2-5/8

Max.
Min.

4-11/16

Max.

Table 22.83:

File No. E12158
excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products
(9038AR, CR, and DR)

File LR25490
excludes NEMA 7 & 9 products
(9038AR, CR, and DR)

Float Kits, For Use with
Type D Switches

Size and Material
Diameter x Length (in.)

NEMA 1

NEMA 4

NEMA 7 and 9

Type

Type

Type

DG7

DW7

—

DG8

DW8

DR8

DG9

—

—

DG10

—

—

Table 22.84:

Class and Type

Float Rod Kit,
Class 9049

Type

R (in.)

H (in.)

G (in.)

ER1

1.75

8.25

3.25

F (in.)
8.75

ER2

2.50

9.00

3.50

10.50

3.625 x 4.50, #304 stainless steel

9049EF1

ER3

3.25

9.50

3.50

11.00

3.625 x 4.50, #316 stainless steel

9049EF2

ER5

5.25

11.75

3.75

12.75

2.50 x 7, #304 stainless steel

9049HF3

ER7

7.25

13.75

4.00

14.50

2.50 x 7, #316 stainless steel

9049HF4

ER12

12.25

18.75

4.75

19.00

Table 22.85: Available Modifications for All Mechanical Alternators
Consult Schneider Electric for use in media with a different specific gravity than water.
Description

Form

Compensating spring (Type AG)

C

Omit 2-1/2 in. connecting bushing (Type CG, CR, CW)

F3

Omit float (Type CG, CR, CW)

L

Two-level non-alternating unit

N4

Addition of a third, high-water alarm circuit (Type AG, AR, AW, CG, DG only)

N5

High-water alarm circuit, 2-pole (Type CG only)

N25

Reverse action (contacts open on Rise)

R

Viton® packing, 5 oz. float (diesel fuel) (Type CG)

Z19

Viton packing (Type CG, CR, CW)

Z20

#316 stainless steel float and Viton packing (Type CG, CR, CW)

Z21

Figure 22.23: Type DG Dimensions, in. (mm)

V

1.47(2) PLS
37
5.59
142

4 knockout holes for
0.5–0.75 (13–19)
conduit on each end

R

4.5
114

4.69
119 2.53
64
CL of
Flange

5.59
142
CL of
Flange

6.84
174

4.44
2.47 113
63

5.75
146

G

1.53
39

0.31
8
F
4.41
112

3.63
92

5.13 Dia.
130
4 Holes 0.41 Dia.
10

H
0.13 Wide Bead
Note: Floats shown are Type EF, 4.5 (114) long.
3
The recommended size of the hole in the tank for the
entry of the float and the mounting of the control is 4.19 (106).
Add 2.5 (64) to "H" if using Type HF Floats, which are 7.0 (178) long.

Table 22.86:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Temperature Ratings for Class 9038

Description

Rating

Ambient Temperature

-22 to 200 °F (-30 to 93 °C)

Media

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Table 22.82:

22

Type DG Shown with
Rod Kit 9049ER5 and
Float Kit 9049HF3
Installed.

Buna-N Seal

Up to 215 °F (102 °C)

Viton® Seal

Up to 250 °F (121 °C

22-27

Accessories and
Renewal Parts

Kits for Class 9012–9038 Devices
Class 9998 / Refer to Catalog 9012CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Accessories for Float Switches
To order, specify the Class and Type number of the kit.
Table 22.87:

Class 9049 Accessories for Float Switches

Description
Compensating Spring
#304 stainless steel
#316 stainless steel
#304 stainless steel
Dia. 2.5 in. (64 mm), length 7 in. (178 mm)
#316 stainless steel
Brass rod
7 in. tapped-at-top #304 stainless steel float, 5 ft rod, 2 stops
Aluminum rod
Brass rod
7 in. center-hole #304 stainless steel float, 5 ft rod, 4 stops
Aluminum rod
7 in. center-hole #316 stainless steel float, 5 ft stainless steel rod, 4 stainless steel stops
7 in. tapped-at-top #316 stainless steel float, 5 ft stainless steel rod, 2 stainless steel stops
Replacement float—7 in. round center-hole #304 stainless steel
Form R
Replacing obsolete 9036A with 9036G
Replacing 9036A (S or F1) with 9036G
Universal
1-3/4 in. long
2-1/2 in. long
3-1/4 in. long
Stainless steel
5-1/4 in. long
7-1/4 in. long
12-1/4 in. long
Brass rod
Additional 2-1/2 ft section with connector
Aluminum rod
Stainless steel rod
Dia. 3.62 in. (92 mm), length 4.5 in. (114 mm)

Float

Float
Kit

22

Lever
Mounting
Bracket

PRESSURE, VACUUM, AND
FLOAT SWITCHES

Rod

Rod Kit

Applies to Class

Type

9036GG
9038AG
9036DR, DW
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9037H, 9038C
9037H, 9038C
All 9036, 9038A
All 9036, 9038A
All 9036, 9038A
All 9036, 9038A
All 9036, 9038A
All 9036, 9038A
9049A6C, A6CA
9036DG
9036GG
9036GG
All 9036, 9038AG, AR, AW
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9037E, 9038D
9049A6, A6C
9049A6A, A6CA
9049A6S, A6CS

A13
A15
A20
EF1
EF2
HF3
HF4
A6
A6A
A6C
A6CA
A6CS
A6S
AF1
A58
A54
A55
UMS1
ER1
ER2
ER3
ER5
ER7
ER12
T1
T1A
T1S

Renewal Parts for Class 9012–9038 Devices
Renewal parts are generally available for Pump Control Products with a numerical date code—for example, 172 (first
quarter, 1972)—or a current date code. Parts are no longer available for devices manufactured before 1965.
To order, specify the Class and Type number of the kit.
Table 22.88:

Class 9998 Renewal Parts Kits for Class 9012–9038 Devices

Description / Equipment To Be Serviced9thl

Actuator Assembly

Contact Kit
(2-Pole Contacts)

Parts Kit Type

9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 5, 25, 55 Series C only
9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 6, 26, 36, 46, 56 Series C only
9012GB, GE, GH1, 21, 31, 41, 51; GL, GP, GS1
9012GB, GE, GH2, 22, 32, 42, 52; GL, GP, GS2
9013FHG22, 29, 32, 39, 52, 59; 9013 FYG; 9036DG, DR, DW; 9037EG, ER, EW, HG, HR, HW30–39;
9038 All Types (2 Kits Required); obsolete 9013HHGY, HSGY; HSWY; 9037HEG, HSG3, 4; 9035DG10, DW10
(This kit also contains a replacement diaphragm for pressure switches. The diaphragm fits pressure switch only.)
9013GHG, GSG, GHR, GSR, GMG; 9036GG, GR, GW; 9037GG Series C All except Forms H & R; 9016GVG, Form R
9013GHG, GSG, GSR, GMG; 9036GG, GR, GW; 9037GG, GR, GW Series C Form H only; 9016GVG, Form H
9013GHG, GSG, GHR, GSR, GMG; 9036GR, GW: Series C Form R only; 9016GVG

PC268a
PC269a
PC177a
PC178a
PC242
PC205
PC206
PC207

Contact
Replacement Kit

9013FHG2 thru 19, 42 thru 49, all FSG
PC241
Complete contact replacement kit—includes new diaphragm
9012GA, GD, GN, GR1, 21 Series C only
PC265a
9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR 2, 3, 22, 52 Series C only
PC266a
9012GA, GD, GG, GK, GN, GR4, 24, 54 Series C only
PC267a
Diaphragm
Assembly
Convoluted diaphragm assembly for 9013GHG, GSG: Series C
PC208
9013GHW, GSW; and GSW, GHR: Series C
PC211
9016 GAW-1, 21
PC233
Gasket Kit
Contains all replaceable gaskets for all 9012 open, NEMA 1, 4, 4X, 13 devices
PC184
Pilot Light, 24 Vdc 9012, 9016G Forms G7, G8, G9, G10, G21, G22
PC305
9012GC, GF, GJ, GQ, GT1, 21, 31, 41, 51 Series C only
PC270a
Piston Assembly
9012GC, GF, GJ, GQ, GT2, 22, 32, 42, 52 Series C only
PC271a
9012GC, GF, GQ, GT4, 24, 34, 44, 54 Series C only
PC273a
Buna N, for Series A devices: 9037HG/HW/HR30–39; 9038CG/CW/CR31–36
PC337
Seal Kit
PC338
Viton®, for Series A devices with Form Z19 or Z20: 9037HG/HW/HR30–39; 9038CG/CW/CR31–36
PC282
Buna N Quad-Ring®, for Series C devices: 9037HG/HW/HR3–12; 9038CG/CW/CR1–6
Seal Tube Kit
Viton Quad-Ring, for Series C devices: 9 037HG/HW/HR3–12; 9038CG/CW/CR1–6
PC333
SPDT, for 9012GA, GB, GC, GD, GE, GF, GG, GH, GJ single pole; except Forms E2, E3, E4, H3: Series C only
PC313a
Snap Switch
DPDT, for 9012GA, GB, GC, GD, GE, GF, GG, GH, GJ double pole; except Forms E2, E3, H6, H7: Series C only
PC314a
Switch Mechanism 9036DR1, DW1 Series B
PC285
a
If one of these Form designations appears on the pressure switch nameplate, complete the 9998 PC number by adding that same Form suffix from
page 22-18, and add the Form price to the kit price.

22-28

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 23
Relays and Timers
s

General Purpose Relays

RXM, p. 23-8

RSL, p. 23-2 /RSB, p. 23-3

Zelio™ Interface Relays
Zelio™ Plug-in Relays, Sockets & Access.
Square D™ Plug-in
Square D™ Alternating Plug-in
Square D™ Miniature Plug-in
Square D™ Sockets
Square D™ Power

RSL, RSB
RXM, RPM, RUM, RPF
Class 8501 Type K
Class 8501 Type KA
Class 8501 Type R
Class 8501 Type N
Class 8501 Type C

23-2
23-4
23-10
23-11
23-12
23-14
23-15

TeSys D
TeSys K
TeSys SK
CA2SKE
Class 8501 Type X™

23-16
23-19
23-21
23-21
23-22

SSRP
SSRD
SSRAH1, SSRAT1

23-25
23-25
23-25

RE11
RE48
REXL
RE7, RE8, and RE9
Class 9050 Type JCK

23-26
23-26
23-26
23-27
23-30

REG24
REG48
REG96
RM17JC andRM35JA
RM17T and RM35T
RM17U and RM35U
RM35L
RM35BA
RM35S
RM35HZ
RM35AT

23-31
23-31
23-31
23-32
23-33
23-34
23-35
23-35
23-36
23-36
23-36

ABL1, ABL7, and ABL8
RM
SR2, SR3
ABS
ABR

23-37
23-38
23-39
23-41
23-42

Industrial Relays
TeSys™ IEC Style Relays

TeSys™ IEC Style - Alternating Relays
Square D™ NEMA Style Relays

Solid State Relays
SSR, p. 23-25

8501X, p. 23-22

Panel Mount
DIN Mount
SSR Accessories

Timers

CAD32, p. 23-16

9050JCK, p. 23-30

Zelio™ IEC Style—17.9 mm
Zelio™ Panel Mounting
Zelio™ Miniature Plug-in
Zelio™ IEC Style—22.5 mm
Square D™ General Purpose Plug-in

ABL8, p. 23-37

Other Products
REG24, REG48, REG96
p. 23-31

CA2SKE, p. 23-21

SR2, SR3, p. 23-39

RM17, RM35 p. 23-32

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Phaseo™ DC Power Supplies
Zelio™ Analog Interface Modules
Zelio™ Logic 2 Smart Relays
Zelio™ Solid-State Interface Modules
Zelio™ Electromechanical Interface

23-1

23

RE7, p. 23-28

Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—24x48
Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—48x48
Zelio™ Temperature Controllers—48x96
Zelio™Current Measurement Relays
Zelio™ Phase Measurement Relays
Zelio™ Voltage Measurement Relays
Zelio™ Level Control Relays
Zelio™ Pump Control Relays
Zelio™ Speed Control Relays
Zelio™ Frequency Control Relays
Zelio™ Temperature Control Relays

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Control and Measurement Relays

General Purpose Relays

RSL
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Interface Relays
Zelio RSL slim interface relays save valuable panel space with a 6 mm width and have a 6 Amp general purpose load
rating. Features include:
• Pre-assembled option: relay and socket are combined into one catalog number.
• Universal AC/DC sockets have built-in protection from transients and reverse polarity voltages (see catalog
DIA3ED2090304EN-US for more detailed information).
• Accessories, which include isolators, ID tags, and bus jumper save valuable installation time.
Table 23.1:

Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Pre-assembled Relay + Socket (sold in lots of 10)
Socket Type

Socket Supply Voltage
(Vac/Vdc)

RSL 1PV••

RSL 1PR••

a

Table 23.3:

Catalog Numbera
RSL1PRJU
RSL1PRBU
RSL1PREU
RSL1PRFU
RSL1PRPU

$ Price ea.
12.00
15.70
16.10
16.10
16.10

Catalog No.
RSL1AB4JD
RSL1AB4BD
RSL1AB4ED
RSL1AB4ND
RSL1AB4ND

Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Relay Only (sold in lots of 10)
Relay Coil Voltage (Vdc)
12
24
48
60

RSL 1AB••

Catalog Number
RSL1AB4JD
RSL1AB4BD
RSL1AB4ED
RSL1AB4ND

$ Price ea.
6.20
7.70
7.90
7.90

Zelio RSL Slim Interface: Socket Only (sold in lots of 10)
Socket Type

Socket
Supply Voltage
(Vac/Vdc)

Screw Connector
Catalog Number

12
24
48
60
110
230

RSL ZVA•

Spring Terminal

Catalog Numbera
$ Price ea.
12
RSL1PVJU
12.00
24
RSL1PVBU
14.60
48
RSL1PVEU
14.90
110
RSL1PVFU
14.90
230
RSL1PVPU
14.90
Relays are mounted on sockets equipped with LED and protection circuit.

Table 23.2:

Replacement Relays

Screw Connector

Spring Terminal
$ Price ea.

Catalog Number

For use with relays:
$ Price ea.

RSLZVA1

7.20

RSLZRA1

8.30

RSLZVA2

7.20

RSLZRA2

8.30

RSLZVA3
RSLZVA4

7.40
7.40

RSLZRA3
RSLZRA4

8.60
8.60

RSL1AB4JD
RSL1AB4BD
RSL1AB4ED
RSL1AB4ND
RSL1AB4ND
RSL1AB4ND

RSL ZRA•

Table 23.4:

Socket Accessories

23

Description
ID tags (2 sheets of 64 tags)
Bus jumper (10 x 20-pole jumpers)
Butterfly isolator (10 isolators)

RSL Z2

Compatibility
With all sockets
With all sockets
With all sockets

Catalog Number
RSLZ5
RSLZ2
RSLZ3

$ Price ea.
4.60
3.80
3.70

Approvals for RSL relays:

RELAYS AND TIMERS

File
CCN

E173076
NRNT2,
NRNT8

File
Class

240278
3211 04

IEC
61810-1

RoHS
Compliant

247510
3211 07

IEC
RoHS
61810-1 Compliant

Approvals for RSLZ sockets:
RSL Z3
File
CCN

23-2

E172326S
SWIV2
SWIV8

File
Class

CP2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

RSB
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Plug-In Interface Relays
Zelio RSB interface relays and sockets provide the optimum combination of robust performance and space saving for
the most demanding applications. Relays are rated at 8 A, 12 A, and 16 A (250 Vac / 28 Vdc). Features include:
• Optional protection modules for protection against electrical spikes
• Optional plastic hold-down ejector clips
• Socket or printed circuit board installation options
Table 23.5:

Relays (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

Coil Voltage

1 C/O -16 A Res.

2 C/O -8 A Res.

Catalog Numbera
$ Price ea.
Catalog Numbera
$ Price ea.
Catalog Numbera
6 Vdc
RSB1A120RD
3.50
RSB1A160RD
4.20
RSB2A080RD
12 Vdc
RSB1A120JD
3.50
RSB1A160JD
4.20
RSB2A080JD
24 Vdc
RSB1A120BD
3.50
RSB1A160BD
4.20
RSB2A080BD
48 Vdc
RSB1A120ED
3.50
RSB1A160ED
4.20
RSB2A080ED
60 Vdc
RSB1A120ND
3.50
RSB1A160ND
4.20
RSB2A080ND
110 Vdc
RSB1A120FD
3.50
RSB1A160FD
4.20
RSB2A080FD
24 Vac
RSB1A120B7
3.50
RSB1A160B7
4.20
RSB2A080B7
48 Vac
RSB1A120E7
3.50
RSB1A160E7
4.20
RSB2A080E7
120 Vac
RSB1A120F7
3.50
RSB1A160F7
4.20
RSB2A080F7
220 Vac
RSB1A120M7
3.50
RSB1A160M7
4.20
RSB2A080M7
230 Vac
RSB1A120P7
3.50
RSB1A160P7
4.20
RSB2A080P7
240 Vac
RSB1A120U7
3.50
RSB1A160U7
4.20
RSB2A080U7
a
To order a relay complete with socket (sold in lots of 20): add suffix S to the catalog numbers selected above.
Example: RSB 2A080RD + RSZ E1S48M becomes RSB 2A080RDS.

Table 23.6:

Sockets – 12 A, 300 Vac
(sold in lots of 10)

Contact terminal arrangement

Relay type
RSB1A120••
Separate
Box lug connector
RSB1A160••b
RSB2A080••
b
When using the relay with socket RSZ E1S48M, terminals must be jumpered.

Table 23.7:
RSB2A080BD Relay
+ RSZE1S48M Socket

Connection

Catalog Number
RSZE1S35M

$ Price ea.
4.80

RSZE1S48M

5.30

Protection modules (sold in lots of 10)
Description

Diode

For use with
All sockets

RC circuit

All sockets

Diode + green LED

All sockets

Varistor + green LED

All sockets

Table 23.8:

$ Price ea.
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20
4.20

Voltage
6–230 Vdc
24–60 Vac
110–240 Vac
6–24 Vdc
24–60 Vdc
110–230 Vdc
6–24 Vac/Vdc
24–60 Vac/Vdc
110–230 Vac/Vdc

Catalog Number
RZM040W
RZM041BN7
RZM041FU7
RZM031RB
RZM031BN
RZM031FPD
RZM021RB
RZM021BN
RZM021FP

$ Price ea.
2.40
4.80
4.80
4.20
4.20
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00

Accessories (sold in lots of 10)

Description
Plastic hold-down ejector clip
ID tags

For use with
All sockets
All sockets

Catalog Number
RSZR215
RSZL300

$ Price ea.
.42
.30

Approvals for RSB relays:
RSB1A160BD Relay
+ RSZE1S48M Socket

File
CCN

E173076
NRNT2,
NRNT8

File
Class

215736
3211 07

IEC
61810-1

RoHS
Compliant

as of date
code 0401

212916
3211 07

RoHS
as of date
IEC 61984 Compliant
code 0501

RELAYS AND TIMERS

RSB1A120JD Relay
+ RZM031FPD Socket
+ RSZE1S35M Module

1 C/O -12 A Res.

File
CCN

SWIV2
E172326

File
Class

23

Approvals for RSB sockets:

RZM modules are RoHS compliant as of date code 0610.
For mounting track, see page 24-16.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-3

General Purpose Relays

RXM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

Zelio™ Plug-In Relays

•

Zelio RXM miniature plug-in relays and sockets provide a
complete system solution in response to the most
demanding applications ranging from 3A to 12A. Some of
the features include:
• Test button with removable lock-down door for testing
the contacts (depending on model)

•
•
•

www.schneider-electric.us

Green LED indication of relay status (depending on
model)
Mechanical indication of relay status (standard)
Optional protection modules to protect against
electrical spikes
Bus jumpers for connecting multiple terminals reduce
installation time

IO

Table 23.9:

Miniature relays without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
2 C/O -12 A Res.

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
220 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
240 Vac

Table 23.10:

Catalog Number
RXM2AB1JD
RXM2AB1BD
RXM2AB1ED
RXM2AB1FD
—
RXM2AB1B7
RXM2AB1E7
RXM2AB1F7
RXM2AB1P7
—

3 C/O - 10 A Res.
$ Price ea.
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
—
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
—

Catalog Number
RXM3AB1JD
RXM3AB1BD
RXM3AB1ED
RXM3AB1FD
—
RXM3AB1B7
RXM3AB1E7
RXM3AB1F7
RXM3AB1P7
—

4 C/O - 8 A Res.
$ Price ea.
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
—
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
—

Catalog Number
RXM4AB1JD
RXM4AB1BD
RXM4AB1ED
RXM4AB1FD
RXM4AB1MD
RXM4AB1B7
RXM4AB1E7
RXM4AB1F7
RXM4AB1P7
RXM4AB1U7

$ Price ea.
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00

Miniature relays with LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
2 C/O -12 A Res.

RXM2AB2F7

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Table 23.11:

Catalog Number
RXM2AB2JD
RXM2AB2BD
RXM2AB2ED
RXM2AB2FD
—
RXM2AB2B7
RXM2AB2E7
RXM2AB2F7
RXM2AB2P7

3 C/O - 10 A Res.
$ Price ea.
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.20
—
6.20
6.20
6.20
6.20

Catalog Number
RXM3AB2JD
RXM3AB2BD
RXM3AB2ED
RXM3AB2FD
—
RXM3AB2B7
RXM3AB2E7
RXM3AB2F7
RXM3AB2P7

4 C/O - 8 A Res.
$ Price ea.
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60
—
6.60
6.60
6.60
6.60

Catalog Number
RXM4AB2JD
RXM4AB2BD
RXM4AB2ED
RXM4AB2FD
RXM4AB2GD
RXM4AB2B7
RXM4AB2E7
RXM4AB2F7
RXM4AB2P7

$ Price ea.
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80

Miniature relays with LED, without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
2 C/O -12 A Res.

23

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Table 23.12:

Catalog Number
RXM2AB3JD
RXM2AB3BD
RXM2AB3ED
RXM2AB3FD
—
RXM2AB3B7
RXM2AB3E7
RXM2AB3F7
RXM2AB3P7

3 C/O - 10 A Res.
$ Price ea.
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70
—
5.70
5.70
5.70
5.70

Catalog Number
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Miniature relays with low level contacts,
without LED, with Test Button and
Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)

Table 23.14:

Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

Table 23.13:
RXM4GB2F7

Catalog Number
RXM4AB3JD
RXM4AB3BD
RXM4AB3ED
RXM4AB3FD
RXM4AB3GD
RXM4AB3B7
RXM4AB3E7
RXM4AB3F7
RXM4AB3P7

$ Price ea.
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30

Miniature relays with low level contacts,
with LED, without Test Button and
Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)

Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

4 C/O -3 A Res.
Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

4 C/O - 8 A Res.
$ Price ea.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

4 C/O -3 A Res.

Catalog Number
RXM4GB1JD
RXM4GB1BD
RXM4GB1ED
RXM4GB1FD
RXM4GB1B7
RXM4GB1E7
RXM4GB1F7
RXM4GB1P7

$ Price ea.
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Catalog Number
RXM4GB3JD
RXM4GB3BD
RXM4GB3ED
RXM4GB3FD
—
RXM4GB3B7
RXM4GB3E7
RXM4GB3F7
RXM4GB3P7

$ Price ea.
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
—
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30

Miniature relays with low level contacts,
with LED, Test Button and Lock-Down
Door (sold in lots of 10)

Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
4 C/O -3 A Res.
Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
240 Vac

Catalog Number
RXM4GB2JD
RXM4GB2BD
RXM4GB2ED
RXM4GB2FD
RXM4GB2B7
RXM4GB2E7
RXM4GB2F7
RXM4GB2P7
RXM4GB2U7

$ Price ea.
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80

For sockets and accessories, see page 23-5.
Approvals for Relays:

File
CCN a

a

23-4

E164862
NLDX, NLDX7

File
CCN

E164862
NLDX2,
NLDX8

File 230765
Class 3211 07

RoHS
IEC 61810-1 Compliant

When used with the appropriate socket.

CP2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

RXM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 23.15:

Miniature relays (sold in lots of 100)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
2 C/O - 12 A Res.
Coil Voltage

RXZE2M114M Socket +
RXM4AB2P7 Relay

Without LED, with Test Button, and Lock-Down Door
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
220 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
With LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door
24 Vdc
24 Vac
230 Vac

Table 23.16:

4 C/O - 8 A Res.

Catalog Number

$ Price
ea.

Catalog Number

$ Price ea.

—
RXM2AB1BDTQ
—
—
—
RXM2AB1B7TQ
—
RXM2AB1F7TQ
RXM2AB1P7TQ

—
5.30
—
—
—
5.30
—
5.30
5.30

RXM4AB1JDTQ
RXM4AB1BDTQ
RXM4AB1EDTQ
RXM4AB1FDTQ
RXM4AB1MDTQ
RXM4AB1B7TQ
RXM4AB1E7TQ
RXM4AB1F7TQ
RXM4AB1P7TQ

6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00

—
RXM2AB2B7TQ
RXM2AB2P7TQ

—
6.20
6.20

RXM4AB2BDTQ
RXM4AB2B7TQ
RXM4AB2P7TQ

6.80
6.80
6.80

Miniature relays with LED without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 100)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
Coil Voltage

2 C/O - 12 A Res.
Catalog Number

24 Vdc
24 Vac
230 Vac

Table 23.17:

4 C/O - 8 A Res.
$ Price ea.

RXM2AB3BDTQ
RXM2AB3B7TQ
RXM2AB3P7TQ

5.70
5.70
5.70

Catalog Number
RXM4AB3BDTQ
RXM4AB3B7TQ
RXM4AB3P7TQ

$ Price
ea.
6.30
6.30
6.30

Sockets (sold in lots of 10)

Contact terminal arrangement

Connection

Relay type

Catalog Number

RXM2•••••a
RXZE2M114b
RXM4•••••a
RXM2
•••••
Box lug connector
RXZE2M114Mb
RXM4•••••
RXZE2S108Mc
RXM2•••••
Separate
Box lug connector
RXM3•••••
RXZE2S111Mb
RXM4•••••
RXZE2S114Mb
When mounting relay RXM2••••• on socket RXZE2M••••, the thermal current must not exceed 10 A.
Thermal current Ith: 10 A
Thermal current lth: 12 A
Screw clamp terminals

$ Price
ea.
5.00

Mixed

Protection modules (sold in lots of 10)

Description

RXZE2S114M Socket +
RXM4AB2F7 Relay

Voltage

Diode

6–250 Vdc
24–60 Vac
110–240 Vac
6–24 Vac/Vdc
24–60 Vac/Vdc
110–240 Vac/Vdc

RC circuit
Varistor

Table 23.19:

RXM040W
RXM041BN7
RXM041FU7
RXM021RB
RXM021BN
RXM021FP

$ Price
ea.
1.90
1.90
1.90
1.90
1.90
1.90

All sockets
All sockets
All sockets with separate contacts
All relays
All relays
All relays (sheet of 108 tags)
All sockets except RXZE2M114

Catalog Number
RXZ400
RXZR335
RXZS2
RXZE2DA
RXZE2FA
RXZL520
RXZL420

$ Price
ea.
.50
.50
.70
.70
.50
.10
.10

Approvals for Sockets:

File
CCN

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

All sockets
All sockets
All sockets
All sockets
All sockets
All sockets

For use with

Metal hold-down clip
Plastic hold-down ejector clip
Bus jumper, 2-pole (Ith: 5 A)
DIN rail mounting adapter
Panel mounting adapter
ID tags

RXZ400

Catalog Number

Accessories (sold in lots of 10)
Description

RXM041BN7

For use with

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.18:

5.00
5.00
5.00

23

a
b
c

5.00

E172326
SWIV2, SWIV8

CP2

File 230765
Class 3211 07

Discount
Schedule

IEC 61984

RoHS
Compliant

23-5

General Purpose Relays

RPM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Plug-In Relays
Zelio RPM plug-in relays and sockets provide a complete system solution in response to the most demanding
applications up to 15 A. Some of the features include:
• Test button with removable lock-down door for testing the contacts (depending on model)
• Green LED indication of relay status (depending on model)
• Mechanical indication of relay status (standard)
• Optional modules to protect against electrical spikes
Table 23.20:

Power relays without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.

RPM22F7

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Catalog Number
RPM11JD
RPM11BD
RPM11ED
RPM11FD
RPM11B7
RPM11E7
RPM11F7
RPM11P7

Table 23.21:

2 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50
4.50

Catalog Number
RPM21JD
RPM21BD
RPM21ED
RPM21FD
RPM21B7
RPM21E7
RPM21F7
RPM21P7

$ Price ea.
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00
6.00

3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM31JD
RPM31BD
RPM31ED
RPM31FD
RPM31B7
RPM31E7
RPM31F7
RPM31P7

4 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10
8.10

Catalog Number
RPM41JD
RPM41BD
RPM41ED
RPM41FD
RPM41B7
RPM41E7
RPM41F7
RPM41P7

$ Price ea.
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00
10.00

Power relays with LED, Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.

RPM42BD

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Catalog Number
RPM12JD
RPM12BD
RPM12ED
RPM12FD
RPM12B7
RPM12E7
RPM12F7
RPM12P7

Table 23.22:

2 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30
5.30

Catalog Number
RPM22JD
RPM22BD
RPM22ED
RPM22FD
RPM22B7
RPM22E7
RPM22F7
RPM22P7

$ Price ea.
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80
6.80

3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM32JD
RPM32BD
RPM32ED
RPM32FD
RPM32B7
RPM32E7
RPM32F7
RPM32P7

4 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00
9.00

Catalog Number
RPM42JD
RPM42BD
RPM42ED
RPM42FD
RPM42B7
RPM42E7
RPM42F7
RPM42P7

$ Price ea.
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90

Power relays with LED, without Test Button and Lock-Down Door (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)
1 C/O - 15 A Res.

23

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Catalog Number
RPM13JD
RPM13BD
RPM13ED
RPM13FD
—
RPM13B7
RPM13E7
RPM13F7
RPM13P7

2 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00
—
5.00
5.00
5.00
5.00

Catalog Number
RPM23JD
RPM23BD
RPM23ED
RPM23FD
—
RPM23B7
RPM23E7
RPM23F7
RPM23P7

$ Price ea.
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30
—
6.30
6.30
6.30
6.30

3 C/O - 15 A Res.
Catalog Number
RPM33JD
RPM33BD
RPM33ED
RPM33FD
—
RPM33B7
RPM33E7
RPM33F7
RPM33P7

4 C/O - 15 A Res.

$ Price ea.
8.30
8.30
8.30
8.30
—
8.30
8.30
8.30
8.30

Catalog Number
RPM43JD
RPM43BD
RPM43ED
RPM43FD
—
RPM43B7
RPM43E7
RPM43F7
RPM43P7

$ Price ea.
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
—
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10

Approvals for relays:

File
E164862
CCN a NLDX, NLDX7

a

RPZF2 Socket +
RPM22F7 Relay

File
CCN

E164862
NLDX2, NLDX8

File 230765
Class 3211 07

RoHS
IEC 61810-1 Compliant

When used with the appropriate socket

Table 23.23:

Sockets (sold in lots of 10)

Contact terminal arrangement

Mixed

Connection

Relay type
RPM1•••
RPM2•••
RPM3•••
RPM4•••

Screw terminals

Catalog Number
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF3
RPZF4

$ Price ea.
4.30
5.50
6.30
7.30

Approvals for Sockets:
File
CCN

23-6

E172326
SWIV2, SWIV8

CP2

File 230765
Class 3211 07

Discount
Schedule

IEC 61984

RoHS
Compliant

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

RPM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Protection modules (sold in lots of 10)

Description
Diode

Voltage
6–250 Vdc

RXM041BN7
24–60 Vac
RC circuit
110–240 Vac

6–24 Vac/Vdc
24–60 Vac/Vdc
Varistor

110–240 Vac/Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
240 Vac/Vdc

Table 23.25:

For use with
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF3
RPZF4
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF3
RPZF4
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF1
RPZF2
RPZF3
RPZF4
RPZF3
RPZF4

1.90

RUW240BD

2.60

RXM041BN7

1.90

RXM041FU7

2.20

RUW241P7

2.20

RXM021RB

1.90

RXM021BN

1.90

RXM021FP

1.90

RUW242B7

2.70

RUW242P7

2.70

Catalog Number

RUW101MW

$ Price

47.10

Accessories (sold in lots of 10)

Description
Metal hold-down clip (for single-pole relays)
DIN rail mounting adapter b

Panel mounting adapter

RPZ1DA

$ Price ea.

RXM040W

Timer modulea (sold in lots of 1)

Description
Voltage
For Use With
On-delay timer, interval timer,
repeat cycle timer/starting on-delay,
RPZF3
repeat cycle timer/starting off-delay,
24–240 Vac/Vdc
RPZF4
off-delay timer, one-shot timer,
timing on de-energization, on-delay timer
a
See timer module description (selection of functions and time delays) in catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US.

Table 23.26:

Catalog Number

ID tags (sheet of 108 tags)
b
Test button and lock-down door become inaccessible

For use with
RPZF1
RPM1•••
RPM2•••
RPM3•••
RPM4•••
RPM1•••
RPM2•••
RPM3•••
RPM4•••
All relays

Catalog Number
RPZR235
RPZ1DA
RXZE2DA
RPZ3DA
RPZ4DA
RPZ1FA
RXZE2FA
RPZ3FA
RPZ4FA
RXZL520

$ Price ea.
0.50
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.70
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.50
0.10

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.24:

23

RPZ3FA

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-7

General Purpose Relays

RUM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Plug-In Relays
Zelio RUM plug-in relays and sockets provide a complete system solution in response to the most demanding
applications up to 16 A. Some of the features include:
• Test button with lock-down door for testing the contacts (depending on model)
• Green LED indication of relay status (depending on model)
• Mechanical indication of relay status (standard)
• Optional protection modules to protect against electrical spikes
• Bus jumpers for connecting multiple terminals reduce installation time

Table 23.27:

Relays for standard applications without LED, with Test Button and Lock-Down Door
(sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

Pins

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
220 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Cylindrical

Flat

Table 23.28:

2 C/O -16 A Res.
Catalog Number
RUMC2AB1JD
RUMC2AB1BD
RUMC2AB1ED
—
RUMC2AB1FD
—
—
RUMC2AB1B7
RUMC2AB1E7
RUMC2AB1F7
RUMC2AB1P7
RUMF2AB1JD
RUMF2AB1BD
RUMF2AB1ED
RUMF2AB1FD
RUMF2AB1B7
RUMF2AB1E7
RUMF2AB1F7
RUMF2AB1P7

3 C/O -16 A Res.
$ Price ea.
10.10
10.10
10.10
—
10.10
—
—
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10
10.10

Catalog Number
RUMC3AB1JD
RUMC3AB1BD
RUMC3AB1ED
RUMC3AB1ND
RUMC3AB1FD
RUMC3AB1GD
RUMC3AB1MD
RUMC3AB1B7
RUMC3AB1E7
RUMC3AB1F7
RUMC3AB1P7
RUMF3AB1JD
RUMF3AB1BD
RUMF3AB1ED
RUMF3AB1FD
RUMF3AB1B7
RUMF3AB1E7
RUMF3AB1F7
RUMF3AB1P7

$ Price ea.
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30

Relays for standard applications, with LED, Test Button, and Lock-Down Door
(sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

Pins

Coil Voltage

23

12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Cylindrical

RUMF3AB2P7
Universal Relay

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Flat

Table 23.29:

2 C/O -16 A Res.
Catalog Number
RUMC2AB2JD
RUMC2AB2BD
RUMC2AB2ED
—
RUMC2AB2FD
—
RUMC2AB2B7
RUMC2AB2E7
RUMC2AB2F7
RUMC2AB2P7
RUMF2AB2JD
RUMF2AB2BD
RUMF2AB2ED
RUMF2AB2FD
RUMF2AB2B7
RUMF2AB2E7
RUMF2AB2F7
RUMF2AB2P7

3 C/O -16 A Res.
$ Price ea.
11.30
11.30
11.30
—
11.30
—
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30
11.30

Catalog Number
RUMC3AB2JD
RUMC3AB2BD
RUMC3AB2ED
RUMC3AB2ND
RUMC3AB2FD
RUMC3AB2GD
RUMC3AB2B7
RUMC3AB2E7
RUMC3AB2F7
RUMC3AB2P7
RUMF3AB2JD
RUMF3AB2BD
RUMF3AB2ED
RUMF3AB2FD
RUMF3AB2B7
RUMF3AB2E7
RUMF3AB2F7
RUMF3AB2P7

$ Price ea.
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50
12.50

Relays for standard applications with LED, without Push Button, and Lock-Down Door
(sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

Pins

Coil Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
60 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac
12 Vdc
24 Vdc
48 Vdc
110 Vdc
125 Vdc
24 Vac
48 Vac
120 Vac
230 Vac

Cylindrical

Flat

2 C/O -16 A Res.
Catalog Number
RUMC2AB3JD
RUMC2AB3BD
RUMC2AB3ED
—
RUMC2AB3FD
—
RUMC2AB3B7
RUMC2AB3E7
RUMC2AB3F7
RUMC2AB3P7
RUMF2AB3JD
RUMF2AB3BD
RUMF2AB3ED
RUMF2AB3FD
—
RUMF2AB3B7
RUMF2AB3E7
RUMF2AB3F7
RUMF2AB3P7

3 C/O -16 A Res.
$ Price ea.
10.40
10.40
10.40
—
10.40
—
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
—
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40

Catalog Number
RUMC3AB3JD
RUMC3AB3BD
RUMC3AB3ED
RUMC3AB3ND
RUMC3AB3FD
RUMC3AB3GD
RUMC3AB3B7
RUMC3AB3E7
RUMC3AB3F7
RUMC3AB3P7
RUMF3AB3JD
RUMF3AB3BD
RUMF3AB3ED
RUMF3AB3FD
RUMF3AB3GD
RUMF3AB3B7
RUMF3AB3E7
RUMF3AB3F7
RUMF3AB3P7

$ Price ea.
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60
11.60

Approvals for Relays:
File
CCN a

a

23-8

E164862
NLDX,
NLDX7

File
CCN

E164862
NLDX2,
NLDX8

File 230765
Class 3211 07

IEC 61810-1

RoHS
Compliant

When used with appropriate socket

For sockets and accessories, see
page 23-9

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

RUM
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 23.30:

Sockets (sold in lots of 10)

Contact terminal arrangement

Connection

Relay type
Catalog Number
RUMC2•••••
RUZC2M
RUMC3•••••
RUZC3M
RUMC2•••••
RUZSC2M
Box lug connector
(screw terminals)
RUMC3•••••
RUZSC3M
Separate b
RUMF2•••••
RUZSF3M
RUMF3•••••
a
The inputs are mixed with the relay coil terminals, with the outputs located on the opposite side of the socket.
b
The inputs and outputs are separated from the relay coil terminals.

$ Price ea.
3.50
4.20
4.50
5.00

Mixed a

RUZ C3M Socket+
RUMC3ppppp Relay

Table 23.31:

Protection modules (sold in lots of 10)

Description

For use with

Diode
RC circuit

All sockets

Varistor

RUW241P7

Table 23.32:

RUW101MW

RUZS2

Voltage
6–250 Vdc
110–240 Vac
24 Vac/Vdc
240 Vac/Vdc

Catalog Number
RUW240BD
RUW241P7
RUW242B7
RUW242P7

$ Price ea.
2.20
2.20
2.70
2.70

Timer modulec (sold in lots of 1)

Description
For use with
Voltage
On-delay timer, interval timer,
repeat cycle timer/starting on-delay,
repeat cycle timer/starting off-delay,
All sockets
24–240 Vac/Vdc
off-delay timer, one-shot timer,
timing on de-energization, on-delay timer.
c
See timer module description (selection of functions and time delays) in catalog 8501CT0601.

Table 23.33:

5.60

Catalog Number

$ Price

RUW101MW

47.10

Accessories (sold in lots of 10)

Description
Metal hold-down clip
Bus jumper, 2-pole (Ith: 5 A)

For use with
All sockets
All sockets with separate contacts
All relays (sheet of 108 tags)
All sockets with separate contacts

ID tags

Catalog Number
RUZC200
RUZS2
RXZL520
RUZ420

$ Price ea.
1.20
0.70
0.10
0.10

Approvals for Sockets:
RUZC200
File
CCN

E172326
SWIV2, SWIV8

File
Class

230765
3211 07

RoHS
Compliant

IEC 61810-1

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Zelio™ RPF Power Relays
RPF Zelio power relays respond to the most demanding applications up to 30 A. Features include:
• UL Listed
• Sealed construction
• Motor load ratings: 1hp @ 120 Vac / 3hp @ 240 Vac (N/O contacts only)
• Dual DIN rail and panel mounting capability
• Short circuit rating of 5,000 A @ 240 Vac (N/O contacts only)
Table 23.34:

Power relays (sold in lots of 10)
Number and type of contacts - Thermal current (Ith)

RPF2BJD

2 C/O - 30 A on N.O. / 3 A on N.C. a Res.

2 N/O - 30 Aa Res.

Catalog Number
12 Vdc
RPF2AJD
24 Vdc
RPF2ABD
110 Vdc
RPF2AFD
24 Vac
RPF2AB7
120 Vac
RPF2AF7
230 Vac
RPF2AP7
a
30 A when mounted with 13 mm gap between two relays.
25 A when mounted side by side without a gap.

$ Price ea.
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40
10.40

Catalog Number
RPF2BJD
RPF2BBD
RPF2BFD
RPF2BB7
RPF2BF7
RPF2BP7

$ Price ea.
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90
10.90

23

Coil Voltage

Approvals for Relays:
File
CCN

E43641
NLDX, NLDX7

File 040787
Class 3211-07

IEC 61810-1

RoHS
Compliant

For mounting track, see page 24-16

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-9

General Purpose Relays

Type K
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D™ Plug-In Relays
8501K relays are designed for multipole switching applications at
240 Vac or lower. These relays have industry standard wiring and pin
terminal arrangements which allow for their use as replacements for
many competitive relays without wiring or hardware modifications.

•
•
•

12 A relays
DPDT or 3PDT
Manual operator/
green pilot light options

Table 23.35:

•
•

Motor load (hp) ratings
DPDT latching models
available
AC or DC operation
RoHS Compliant

•
•

Contact
Arrangement

Options

Type

DPDT

AC
50/60 Hz

24.60

3PDT

KF13d

26.70

DPDT

KFD12d

24.60

KFD13d

26.70

Contact
Arrangement
DPDT

DC

23

KP12
KP12P14
KP13
KP13P14
KU12
KU12M1

AC
50/60
Hz

DC

None Available

AC
50/60 Hz

Voltage
Codes

$ Price

Table 23.39:

Type KL—Latching Relay—Spade Terminals
Input
Voltage

DPDT

Options

Type

None Available

None Available

12

24

120

240

Type

45.00

DC Voltage
6

12

24

48

110

125

V35 V36 V14 V20 V24 Voltage Codes V50 V51 V53 V56 V60 V63
S

S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

S
S
S
S
S

KPD12
KPD12P14
KPD13
KPD13P14
KUD12
KUD12M1

S

S
S
S

S
S
S
S

S
S

S
S

S
S
S

S
S

RELAYS AND TIMERS

KU12P14
S
S
KUD12P14
S
KU12M1P14
S
S
KUD12M1P14
S
KU13
S
S
S
S
KUD13
S
S
S
KU13M1
KUD13M1
KU13P14
S
S
KUD13P14
KU13M1P14
S
S
S
KUD13M1P14
S
S
KF12
S
S
S
KFD12
S
S
KF13
S
S
KFD13
S
KL12
S
S
KLD12
S
S
Note: S = Stocked.
Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12
weeks.

Table 23.40:

Type
KP
KU
KFd
KL
Note:
a
b
c
d

File 211269
Class 3211 04

For 8501 KP, KU, and KL:
File
CCN

E78351
NLDX
NLDX7

•
•
•

39.00
45.00
47.30
53.30
39.00
45.00
47.30
53.30

Type

$ Price
22.70

KU12M1d

26.70

KU12P14d

28.70

KU12M1P14d

30.80

KU13d

24.60

KU13M1d

28.70

KU13P14d

30.80

KU13M1P14d

35.00

KUD12d

22.70

KUD12M1d

26.70

KUD12P14d

28.70

KUD12M1P14d

30.80

KUD13d

24.60

KUD13M1d

28.70

KUD13P14d

30.80

KUD13M1P14d

35.00

Contact Ratings (Contacts are Silver Tin Oxide)

AC
Volts
120
240
120
240
120
240

DC

Resistive 75% PF
Continuous
Amperes
10 c
6.5 b
12
12
10
10

Hp
1/3
1/2
1/3
1/2
1/3
1/2

DC
Volts

Resistive
Amperes

28

12

28

12

28

10

All 8501 K relays have a B300 rating.
Socket is not required with Type KF relays.
3 pole devices have a 20 A max. total (sum of currents in all 3 poles), continuous rating.
3 pole devices have a 30 A max. total (sum of currents in all 3 poles), continuous rating.
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes
listed in Table 23.37 and insert as shown in Table 23.41: How to Order.

Table 23.41:
When used with the appropriate 8501NR socket.

$ Price

KU12d

AC

For 8501 KP, KU, and KF:
File E78351
CCN NLDX2
NLDX8

Type
KP12d
KP12P14d
KP13d
KP13P14d
KPD12d
KPD12P14d
KPD13d
KPD13P14d

Contact
Options
Arrangement
DPDT
None
Manual
DPDT
Operator
DPDT
Pilot Light
Manual
DPDT
Operator and
Pilot Light
AC
50/60 Hz
3PDT
None
Manual
3PDT
Operator
3PDT
Pilot Light
Manual
3PDT
Operator and
Pilot Light
DPDT
None
Manual
DPDT
Operator
DPDT
Pilot Light
Manual
DPDT
Operator and
Pilot Light
DC
3PDT
None
Manual
3PDT
Operator
3PDT
Pilot Light
Manual
3PDT
Operator and
Pilot Light

45.00

KLD12d

Options
None
Pilot Light
None
Pilot Light
None
Pilot Light
None
Pilot Light

Input
Voltage

$ Price

KL12d

Contact
Arrangement
DPDT
DPDT
3PDT
3PDT
DPDT
DPDT
3PDT
3PDT

Type KU—Spade Terminals

Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays
AC Voltage 50/60 Hz

6

Input
Voltage

KF12d

3PDT

Type

Type KP—Tubular Terminals

None Available

DC

Table 23.37:

Table 23.38:

Type KF —Flange Mounted—Spade Terminals
Input
Voltage

Table 23.36:

Pilot Light Option—Available on Types KP and KU. Internal pilot lights
are available in both AC and DC versions for positive indication of power
to the coil. The pilot light is a green LED.
Manual Operator Option—Available on Type KU only. To facilitate
speed circuit testing, a manual operator (test button) can be provided.
Coil VAC—3.0 VA
Coil VDC—1.4 Watts

How to Order

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
(See Stocked Relay Table above)

Catalog Number
Class

Type

Voltage
Code

8501

KP12

V20

For 8501 KL:
File E78351
CCN NLDX2
NLDX8

23-10

For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14.
For track, see page 24-16.
File 211268
Class 3211 04

CP2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

8501KA
Refer to Catalog 8501CT9401

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D™ Alternating Plug-In Relays
8501KA alternating relay is designed to minimize pump and motor wear by equalizing run time between parallel
components in a multi-pump system.
The relay is controlled by an external control switch. The switch may be any type of contact closure; for example the
contacts of a timing relay or the closure of a float switch. The 8501KA relay also has a toggle switch that allows the
operator to lock one side of the duplex system in the “on” position.

•
•
•
•

12 A Resistive Rating
SPDT or DPDT
Toggle switch for load control
LED Load Indicators

Table 23.42:

Horsepower Rated
AC and DC Control
UL Listed w/ Square D Socket
Rohs Compliant

Type KA — Alternating Relay
Options

Type

AC & DC
AC & DC
AC & DC

Contact
Arrangement
SPDT
DPDT
DPDT (N.C.)

LED + Toggle
LED + Toggle + Cross Wired
LED + Toggle

8501KA81•••
8501KA82•••
8501KA112•••

93.00
95.00
94.00

AC & DC

DPDT (N.O.)

LED + Toggle

8501KA112A•••

94.00

Input Voltage

Table 23.43:

$ Price

Relay Availability
AC & DC Voltage

Type
Voltage Code

AC Voltage

12

24

120

240

V36

V14

V20

V24

8501KA81•••
8501KA82•••
8501KA112•••
8501KA112A•••

•
•
•

S
S
S
S

Table 23.44:

Notes:
AC Voltage is 50/60 Hz
S = Stocked. “S” items have a 2 week lead time and
nominimum order requirement.
All other part numbers are considered factory order
(FO) and require a minimum order quantity of 25 and
have a lead-time of 18 weeks

Contact Ratings
AC

Type

AC Volts
120
240

8501KA81•••

Table 23.45:

Resistive
Amperes
12
12

DC
HP

Pilot Duty

DC Volts

Resistive
Amperes

1/3
1/2

—
B300

30

12

Alternating Functions

Diagram

Toggle Switch Position
Detail
S1 = Control Switch 1
S2 = Control Switch 2
LA = Load 1
LB = Load 2
Alternate
Closing S1 alternates the loads between LA and LB.
Lock 1
LA is ON and LB is OFF. S1 is not used in this mode.
Lock 2
LA is OFF and LB is ON. S1 is not used in this mode.
Alternate
Closing S1 alternates the loads between LA an dLB. S2 will only control LA.
Lock 1
S1 will control LA and S2 will control LB
Lock 2
S1 will control LB and S2 will control LA.
The cross wired option allows extra system load capacity through simultaneous operation of both motors when needed (LA and LB energize
simultaneously when both S1 and S2 are closed–relay contacts are not isolated)
Input voltage must applied at all times for proper alternation. Use of a solid state control switch for S1 or S2 may not initiate alternation corredtly.
S1 or S2 voltage must be from the same supply as the unit’s input voltage (see wiring diagrams). Loss of input voltage resets the unit; LA becomes
the lead load for the next operation.

A, C & D

B

ALL

Wiring Diagrams and Dimensions
C.

23

A.

RELAYS AND TIMERS

•
•
•
•

···

8501KA112

8501KA81

B.

D.

···

8501KA112A

8501KA82

Socket = 8501NR51 or NR52

Approvals

File
Class

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

···

Socket = 8501NR61 or NR62

Socket = 8501NR51 or NR52

···

Socket = 8501NR61 or NR62

E78351
NLDX

E78351
NLDX2

CP2

Discount
Schedule

File
Class

242675
3211-07

IEC 61810-1

23-11

General Purpose Relays

Type R
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301

Square D™ Miniature Plug-in Relays
8501R miniature plug-in relays have a 10 A resistive
rating, the same as the Type K plug-in relays, but
are much smaller. The compact size of these relays
makes them ideal for downsizing equipment and
applications where space is at a premium.

•
•
•
•

•

SPDT through 4PDT
AC or DC operated
Horsepower rated
Socket compatible

Table 23.48:

SPDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts
Input
Voltage

Options

Type

None
AC
50/60
Hz

Manual operator/
green LED pilot
light options
Silver tin oxide
contacts

•

www.schneider-electric.us

29.60

Manual Operator

RS41M1b

31.70

Pilot Light

RS41P14b

37.20

RS41M1P14b

39.30

RSD41b

29.60

Manual Operator

RSD41M1b

31.70

Pilot Light

RSD41P14b

37.20

RSD41M1P14b

29.60

Manual Operator and Pilot Light
None
DC

Manual Operator and Pilot Light

Table 23.46:

Contact Ratings
(Contact material is Silver Tin Oxide)
Resistive
Rating

Voltage

General Use
Rating

120 Vac
15
8501RS41 a
240 Vac
12
8501RSD41a
28 Vdc
15
120 Vac
10
8501RS42a
240 Vac
10
8501RSD42a
30 Vdc
10
120 Vac
10
8501RS43a
277 Vac
10
8501RSD43a
28 Vdc
10
120 Vac
10
8501RS44a
277 Vac
10
8501RSD44a
28 Vdc
10
a
Relays have a B300 rating with UL.

120 Vac
240 Vac
28 Vdc
120 Vac
240 Vac
28 Vdc
150 Vac
250 Vac
28 Vdc
150 Vac
250 Vac
28 Vdc

10
10
15
10
10
10
10
6.6
10
7.5
5
10

Type

Table 23.47:
Type

Table 23.49:

Voltage

1/3
1/3
—
1/3
1/2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

6

12

24

120

240

Type

AC
50/60
Hz

@120 Vac
@240 Vac

35.00

RS42M1b

37.10

Pilot Light

RS42P14b

43.10

RS42M1P14b

45.20

RSD42b

35.00

Manual Operator

RSD42M1b

37.10

Pilot Light

RSD42P14b

43.10

RSD42M1P14b

45.20

None

@120 Vac
@240 Vac

DC

Manual Operator and Pilot Light

Table 23.50:

3PDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts
Input
Voltage

Options

Type

None
AC
50/60
Hz

DC Voltage
12

24

39.30

Manual Operator

RS43M1b

41.40

Pilot Light

RS43P14b

47.60

RS43M1P14b

49.90

RSD43b

39.30

Manual Operator

RSD43M1b

41.40

Pilot Light

RSD43P14b

47.60

RSD43M1P14b

49.90

None
110
DC

Manual Operator and Pilot Light

Table 23.51:

$ Price

RS43b

Manual Operator and Pilot Light
6

$ Price

Manual Operator

4PDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts

23

Input
Voltage

Options

Type

None
AC
50/60
Hz

RELAYS AND TIMERS

44.30

Manual Operator

RS44M1b

46.20

Pilot Light

RS44P14b

52.30

RS44M1P14b

54.50

RSD44b

44.30

Manual Operator

RSD44M1b

46.20

Pilot Light

RSD44P14b

52.30

Manual Operator and Pilot Light
None
DC

$ Price

RS44b

RSD44M1P14b
54.50
Manual Operator and Pilot Light
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes
listed in Table 23.47 and insert as shown in Table 23.53: How to Order.

b

Application Data

Class 8501 Type
RS41
RSD41
RS42
RSD42
RS43
Pick-Up Time
20 ms Maximum
25 ms Maximum
Operating Data
Drop-Out Time
20 ms Maximum
Operating Temperature -40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF)
Duty Cycle
Continuous
Voltage Range
AC coils +10%, -15% of nominal DC coils +10%, -20% of nominal
Coil
AC Coils–Inrush
9 VA
—
6.2 VA
—
10.3 VA
AC Coils–Sealed
1.5 VA
—
1.2 VA
—
1.7 VA
DC Coils
—
0.9 watts
—
0.9 watts
—
File E78351
UR
CCN NLDX2, NLDX8
File 211268
CSA
Class 3218 07
CE marked
yes
RoHS Compliant
yes
File E78351c
UL Listed
CCN NLDX, NLDX7
c
When used with the appropriate 8501NR socket.

Table 23.53:

RSD43

—
—
1.4 watts

•
•
•

CP2

Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code (see Table 23.47)

Discount
Schedule

RS44
RSD44
20 ms Maximum

11.9 VA
2.1 VA
—

—
—
1.5 watts

How to Order

To Order Specify:

For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14.
For track, see page 24-16.

23-12

Type
RS42b

Manual Operator and Pilot Light

Voltage Code V35 V36 V14 V20 V24
Voltage Code V50 V51 V53 V60
RS41
S
S
RSD41
S
S
RS41M1
RSD41M1
RS41P14
S
S
RSD41P14
S
RS41M1P14
S
S
RSD41M1P14
S
RS42
S
S
S
S
RSD42
S
S
RS42M1
RSD42M1
RS42P14
S
S
RSD42P14
S
S
RS42M1P14
S
RSD42M1P14
S
RS43
S
S
RSD43
S
RS43M1
RSD43M1
RS43P14
S
RSD43P14
RS43M1P14
S
RSD43M1P14
RS44
S
S
S
RSD44
S
S
RS44M1
RSD44M1
RS44P14
S
RSD44P14
S
RS44M1P14
S
RSD44M1P14
Note: S = Stocked.
Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of 12
weeks.

Table 23.52:

Options
None

Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays
AC Voltage 50/60 Hz

DPDT with Silver Tin Oxide Contacts
Input
Voltage

Horsepower
Rating

$ Price

RS41b

Catalog Number
Class

Type

8501

RS42

Voltage
Code
V20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

Type R
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Pilot Light Option

8501R relays are suited for use as logic elements and
power switching output devices. The short stroke motion of
the armature provides long mechanical life required for
high speed operation of control systems. Different contact
compositions allow these relays to be used in a variety of
applications. Fine silver (gold flashed) and bifurcated
crossbar (gold overlay silver) are suitable for high contact
reliability and low level switching requirements. Silver tin
oxide is best suited for inductive loads. Class I Division II
sealed relays can be used in specified hazardous
locations.

An internal green pilot light is available in both AC and DC
versions for positive indication of power to the coil.

Table 23.54:
5A
For
switching
inductive
loads

Contacts:
Silver Tin
Oxide

8501RS14M1V14

Input
Voltage

DC

Input
Voltage

For low level
switching

AC
50/60
Hz

DC

Options

Table 23.57:

Type

$ Price

RS14a
RS14M1a
RS14P14a

32.70
35.00
40.90

RS14M1P14a

43.10

RSD14a
RSD14M1a
RSD14P14a

27.70
30.80
36.80

RSD14M1P14a

39.00

Type

None
Manual Operator
Pilot Light
Manual Operator
and Pilot Light
None
Manual Operator
Pilot Light
Manual Operator
and Pilot Light

$ Price

RS4a
RS4M1a
RS4P14a

32.70
35.00
40.90

RS4M1P14a

43.10

RSD4a
RSD4M1a
RSD4P14a

28.70
30.80
36.80

RSD4M1P14a

39.00

Type
RS24a

DC

RSD24a

$ Price
53.00
53.00

5 A Version, Class I Division II

AC Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays
AC Voltage 50/60 Hz

Type

6

12

24

48

120

240

V35

V36

V14
S

V17

V24

S

S

V20
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S
S

RS4
RS4M1
RS4P14
RS4M1P14
RS14
RS14M1
RS14P14
RS14M1P14
RS24
RS34

Table 23.60:

S

DC Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays
DC Voltage
6

12

24

48

110

Voltage Code
V50
V51
V53
V56
V60
RSD4
S
S
RSD4M1
RSD4P14
S
RSD4M1P14
S
RSD14
S
S
S
RSD14M1
S
RSD14P14
S
S
S
RSD14M1P14
S
S
RSD24
S
RSD34
S
S
Note: S = Stocked.
Factory Order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have
a lead time of 12 weeks.

Application Data
RS4

RSD4

Pick-Up Time
Drop-Out Time
Operating Temperature
Range
Duty Cycle

RS14

RSD14

RS24

RSD24

RS34

RSD34

20 ms Maximum
20 ms Maximum

13 ms Max.
6 ms Max.

-40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF)

-40oC to +70oC (-40oF to +158oF)

Continuous

Voltage Range

AC coils +10%, -15% of nominal and DC coils +10%, -20% of nominal

Coil

AC Coils—Sealed
1.2 VA
—
AC Coils—Inrush
6.2 VA
—
DC Coils
—
0.9 watt
UR
File: E197072
C UR US
File: E197072
CSA
File: 211268
Approvals
CE marked
Yes
RoHS Compliant
Yes
UL Listed
File E78351
d
When used with the appropriate 8501 NR Socket.
For sockets and accessories, see page 23-14.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table 23.59:

Type

Input Voltage
AC 50/60 Hz

Class 8501 Type
Operating
Data

Horsepower
Rating

120/240 Vac
3
1/10
30 Vdc
3
—
120/240 Vac
5
1/6
RS14c
RSD14c
28 Vdc
5
—
120/240 Vac
1
1/16 (2.8 FLA)
RS24
RSD24
30 Vdc
1
—
120/240 Vac
5
—
RS34
RSD34
30 Vdc
5
—
c
RS4/RSD4, RS14/RSD14 have NEMA C300 pilot duty rating.

1 A Version

5 A, Hermetically Sealed
Input Voltage
Type
$ Price
5 Ampere Resistiveb
AC
50/60
Hz
RS34a
53.00
Silver Tin Oxide Contacts
Suitable for Class I
DC
RSD34a
53.00
Division 2 Locations
a
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard
voltage codes shown in Table 23.59.
b
Do not ground the frame.

Table 23.61:

Continuous
Current Rating

Voltage

Voltage Code

Options

1A
Best for Low Level Switching
Bifurcated Silver Gold-Plated
Contacts

Contact Ratings
(Contact material is Silver Tin Oxide)

Type

3 A Version

3A

Table 23.58:

RS4 c
RSD4c

None
Manual Operator
Pilot Light
Manual Operator
and Pilot Light
None
Manual Operator
Pilot Light
Manual Operator
and Pilot Light

AC
50/60
Hz

Table 23.56:

Horsepower rated
AC or DC operation
Manual operator/pilot
light options

5 A Version

Table 23.55:

Contacts:
Fine Silver
(Gold
Flashed)

8501RSD34V51

•
•
•

1, 3, or 5 A versions
4PDT
Complete socket line

To speed circuit testing, a manual operator (test button)
can be provided. The relay can be manually switched to
simulate normal operation.
NOTE: All Type R relays with a manual operator must
be used on circuits of the same polarity.

CP2

Discount
Schedule

1.2 VA
6.2 VA
—

—
1.2 VA
—
—
6.2 VA
—
0.9 watt
—
0.9 watt
CCN: NRNT2
CCN: NRNT8 (Approved but not marked)
Class: 3218 07

1.2 VA
6.0 VA
—

RELAYS AND TIMERS

•
•
•

Manual Operation Option

23

8501RSD14P14V53

Square D™ Miniature Plug-in Relays

—
—
0.9 watt

N/A
File: E196809 CCN: NQMJ2, NQMJ8
File: 211268 Class: 3218 06

CCN NLDX, NLDX7d
For track, see page 24-16.

23-13

General Purpose Relays

Type N
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT0301

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D™ Sockets

8501NR51

8501NR61

8501NR sockets are designed for use with plug-in Class 8501 Type K, KA, and R relays,
and 9050JCK timers. The 8501NR45 screw terminal sockets have pressure wire clamps
that accept 1 or 2 #16–22 wires. All other sockets have pressure clamps that will accept 1
or 2 #12–22 wires.
The recommended tightening torque for all terminals is 7-8 lb-in.
• All devices stocked in central warehouse
• DIN track mount or direct panel mount
• Tubular sockets available in easy-to-wire single tier or double tier versions
• RoHS compliant
Table 23.62:

Snapmount Sockets

For Use
With Class:

Socket Rating

8501
Type

8501NR62

8501NR52

9050
Type
JCK11–19
JCK31–39
JCK51–59
JCK60
JCK1 F
JCK3 F
JCK5 F
JCK21–29
JCK41–49
JCK70
JCK2F
JCK4F

KP12
KPD12
KA81
KA82

KP13
KPD13
KA112
KL
KU
RS41
RSD41

8501NR45

8501NR82

RS42
RSD42
RS43
RSD43
RS44
RSD44

23
8501NR42

8501NR41

Description

Type
UL

8 Pin Tubular
Single Tier Screw Terminal
8 Pin Tubular
Double Tier Screw Terminal

CSA

600 V, 10 A
300 V, 15 A
600 V, 5 A
300 V, 16 A

300 V, 10 A

300 V, 10 A

11 Pin Tubular
Double Tier Screw Terminal

600 V, 5 A
300 V, 15 A
600 V, 5 A
300 V, 16 A

—

11 Pin Spade
Double Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 15 A

300 V, 15 A

—

5 Pin Spade
Double Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 15 A

300 V, 15 A

—

8 Pin Spade
Double Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 10 A

300 V, 10 A

—

11 Pin Spade
Double Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 10 A

300 V, 10 A

—

14 Pin Spade
Double Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 10 A

300 V, 10 A

11 Pin Tubular
Single Tier Screw Terminal

300 V, 10 A
300 V, 10 A

$ Price Std.
ea.
Qty.a

NR51
NR51B
NR52b

12.30
10.20
12.30

1
10
1

NR52Bb

10.20

10

NR61
NR61B
NR62b
NR62Bb
NR82
NR82B
NR41b
NR41Bb
NR42
NR42B
NR43
NR43B
NR34
NR34B

18.50
16.50
18.50
16.50
20.60
18.50
28.70
26.70
28.70
26.70
26.70
26.70
28.70
26.70

1
10
1
10
1
10
1
10
1
10
1
10
1
10

RS4
RSD4
NR45
28.70
1
RS14
RSD14
14 Pin Spade
—
300
V,
10
A
300
V,
10
A
RS24
Double Tier Screw Terminal
RSD24
NR45B
26.70 10
RS34
RSD34
a
Must be ordered in multiples of the quantity listed. Units provided in standard quantity of one are individually
packaged; devices with B suffix have a standard quantity of 10 per bulk pack.
b
Finger Safe

RELAYS AND TIMERS

For DIN 3 mounting track and end clamps, see page 24-16, or refer to:
• NEMA Style terminal block section of catalog 9080CT9601
• IEC Style terminal block section of catalog 9080CT9901
Table 23.63:
Socket

Socket Accessories
For Use With

8501NH7

8501NR34

1.00
8.30
1.00
8.30
1.00
8.30
1.00
8.30
1.00
—
1.00
1.00
1.00

10
1
10
1
10
1
10
1
10
—
10
10
10

8501NH45

1.00

10

Approvals:

To Order Specify:

Catalog Number

Class Number
Type Number

Class

Type

8501

NR51B

23-14

$ Price ea. Std. Pack c

Type
NH51
NH7
NH52
NH7
NH61
NH7
NH52
NH7
NH82
Supplied with socket as standard
8501NH42
8501NH42
8501NH42

8501NR43

How to Order
•
•

Description

8501KP12, KPD12
Hold Down Clip
9050JCK
Hold Down Spring
8501KP12, KPD12
Hold Down Clip
8501NR52
9050JCK
Hold Down Spring
8501KP13, KPD13
Hold Down Clip
8501NR61
9050JCK
Hold Down Spring
8501KP13, KPD13
Hold Down Clip
8501NR62
9050JCK
Hold Down Spring
8501NR82 8501KU and KL
Hold Down Clip
8501NR41 8501RS41, RSD41
Hold Down Clip
8501NR42 8501RS42, RSD42
Hold Down Clip
8501NR43 8501RS43, RSD43
Hold Down Clip
8501NR34 8501RS44, RSD44
Hold Down Clip
8501RS4, RSD4
8501RS14,
RSD14
8501NR45 8501RS24, RSD24
Hold Down Clip
8501RS34, RSD34
c
Must be ordered in multiples of the quantity listed.
8501NR51

File
CCN

E66924
SW1V2

File
Class

211268
3211 07

RoHS
Compliant

as of date
code 0639

IEC 61984

CP2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

General Purpose Relays

Type C
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT1003

www.schneider-electric.us

Square D™ Power Relays
8501C relays are ideally suited for controlling single-phase motors, electric heaters, pumps, conveyors, material
handling equipment, and other applications.

•
•
•

•
•

40 A contact rating
Motor load (hp) ratings

•
•

UL listed
CSA certified

CE approved
RoHS compliant

Durable open-frame construction

8501CDO6V51

Table 23.64:

Selection Table and Application Data
Selection Table
Number
of Fixed
Contacts

Contact
Arrangement

N.O.

Application Data

AC Operated Coil
Open Type

DC Operated Coil
Open Type

N.C.

Type

Type

$ Price

Maximum
Single Phase
Horsepower

Resistive Ampere
Rating 75% Power Factor

Maximum
Contact
Voltage

$ Price

277 Vac

600 V

120 V

230 V

Maximum
Coil Power
Consumption
600 V

AC Coil

DC Coil

AC Rated Contacts
SPST

1

0

CO6a

32.70

CDO6a

32.70

600

40

10

2

2

2

10 VA

4W

DPST

2

0

CO7a

51.30

CDO7a

51.30

600

40

5

1.5

1.5

1.5

10 VA

4W

SPST

0

1

CO8a

32.70

CDO8a

32.70

600

40

10

2

2

2

10 VA

4W

SPDT

1

1

CO15a

57.30

CDO15a

57.30

600

40

5

1.5

1.5

1.5

10 VA

4W

DPDT

2

2

CO16a

69.60

CDO16a

69.60

600

40

5

1.5

1.5

1.5

10 VA

4W

110 V

220 V
10 VA

4W

10 VA

4W

DC Rated Contacts
1

0

CO21a

71.70

CDO21a

71.70

500

20

8

2

2

CO22a

84.00

CDO22a

84.00

325

10

4

N.A.

Voltage codes must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes listed in Table 23.66 and insert as shown in Table 23.68: How to Order.

Table 23.65:

Operating Data

Table 23.66:

AC coils – 6 through 480 volts, + 10/-15% of nominal at 25 oC
DC coils – 6 through 110 volts, + 10/-20% of nominal at 25 oC

Operating Voltages/
Voltage Range
Coil Duty

Continuous duty rated coils. (Non-replaceable)

Operating Temp. Range

AC: -67 oF to +131 oF (-55 oC to +55 oC)
DC: -67 oF to +131 oF (-55 oC to +55 oC)

Storage Temp. Range

-67 oF to +212 oF (-55 oC to +100 oC)

Voltage Codes and Stocked Relays

Class
8501
Type

6

12

AC Voltage—50/60 Hz
24

120

208

240

277

480

Class
8501
Type

6

12

24

110

Voltage
Code

V35

V36

V14

V20

V08

V24

V04

V29

Voltage
Code

V50

V51

V53

V60

CO6

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

CDO6

S

S

CO7

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

CDO7

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

CDO8

S

S

S

S

S

S

CDO15

S

S

S

S

S

S

CDO16

S

S

S

S

S

CO8

Approvals:

CO15
File E78351
CCN NLDX

CO16

File 218139
Class 3211 04

IEC 60947-4-1

S

CO21

S

DC Voltage

S

CDO21

CO22
S
CDO22
S
S
Note: S = Stocked.
Factory order items require a minimum order quantity of 25 and have a lead time of
12 weeks.

Approximate Dimensions and Wiring Diagrams
8501CO16, 8501CDO16, 8501CO22, 8501CDO22 (DPDT)

8501CO15, 8501CDO15 (SPDT)

14

A1

2.06
(52.4)

A1 21

14

A2 11

2.31
(58.8)

2.5
(63.6)

1.874
(47.60)

0.374
(9.50)

0.81
(20.7)

0.19
(4.8)

2.49
(63.2)

12

A2 11

0.374
(9.50)

2.5
(63.6)

1.874
(47.60)

8501CO6, 8501CDO6, 8501CO8, 8501CDO8, 8501CO21, 8501CDO21 (SPST)

14

12

0.19
(4.8)

3.13
(79.4)

8501CO7, 8501CDO7 (DPST)

A1

1.98
(50.3)

23

0.31
(8.0)

24

22

24

A1 21

14

A2 11

1.95
(49.6)

2.5
(63.6)

Table 23.67:

1.874
(47.60)

13

2.49
(63.2)

A2

2.5
(63.6)

Class 9991 Enclosure

Type

Description

UE1

NEMA 1 sheet steel enclosure

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table 23.68:
$ Price

•
•
•

29.60

CP2

Discount
Schedule

1.874
(47.60)

2.49
(63.2)

How to Order

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code
(See Stocked Relay Table above)

Catalog Number
Class

Type

Voltage
Code

8501

CO6

V20

RELAYS AND TIMERS

a

SPST
DPDT

23-15

Industrial Relays

CAD
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ D IEC Style Relays
These 600 volt relays are approved for use around the world. TeSys D relays are usually mounted on 35 mm DIN 3
track, but can also be mounted directly to a panel. The fixed contacts in these relays have a NEMA A600 and Q600
ratings, in addition to the standard IEC ratings, making them suitable for use in most any control circuit. Low
consumption versions of this relay are available for use with low level DC signals from a computer or a PLC. Adder
decks can be added to a basic five pole relay to make it up to an 11 pole relay. The serrated silver-nickel contacts with
wiping action provide excellent reliability in 12 or 24 volt control circuits. Special auxiliary contacts are available for
switching low power down to 5 volts at 10 mA. Timer and mechanical latch attachments are available.
Table 23.69:

Instantaneous Control Relays
Contact Composition
Normally Open

Terminal Type

$ Price

Normally Closed

Number of Contacts

Catalog Number
DC or Low
Consumption Coil

AC Coil

CAD32
Screw Clamp
Spring Terminal

5

Ring Tongue

5
5

a

5
3
5
3
5
3

5

0
2
0
2
0
2

CAD50a
CAD32a
CAD503a
CAD323a
CAD506a
CAD326a

Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks (for use in normal operation environments)
Maximum Number per Device
Clip-on Mounting

Number of
Contacts

Contact Composition
Termination Type

Front

Normally Open

Normally Closed

23
RELAYS AND TIMERS

b
c

2
0
1
1
0
2
1
—
2
0
2
Spring Terminal
1
1
0
2
2
0
1
—
Not for
Screw Clamp
1
1
DC devices
0
2
4
0
3
1
2
2
Screw Clamp
1
3
0
4
4b
1
—
4
0
3
1
Spring Terminal
2
2
1
3
0
4
Screw Clamp
2c
2c
4b
1
—
Spring Terminal
2c
2c
Auxiliary contact blocks with four contacts cannot be used on relays with low consumption coils.
Includes 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. overlapping contact.

Table 23.71:

Catalog Number

$ Price

Left Side Only
LADN20
LADN11
LADN02
LADN203
LADN113
LADN023
LAD8N20
LAD8N11
LAD8N02
LADN40
LADN31
LADN22
LADN13
LADN04
LADN403
LADN313
LADN223
LADN133
LADN043
LADC22
LADC223

Screw Clamp

CAD323

110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00
110.00

Add the proper voltage code from Table 23.72 to the end of catalog number (for example, CAD50B7).

Table 23.70:

CAD503

62.00
62.00
62.00
62.00
62.00
62.00

20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
20.70
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50
41.50

Instantaneous Auxiliary Contacts with Dust and Damp Protected Contacts
(for use in particularly harsh industrial environments)

Approvals:

Contact Composition

File
CCN

E164353
NKCR

Number
of Contacts

Maximum Number
per Device

Catalog Number

Sealed
d
Normal
2
—
—
—
—
2
1
—
2
—
—
—
2
—
2
—
—
2
—
—
2
—
4e
1
2
—
—
1
1
Grounding terminal points (2 terminals jumpered together; see diagram on page 8 of Catalog 8501CT0101).
Auxiliary contact blocks with four contacts cannot be used on relays with low consumption coils.

$ Price

Front Mounting

File LR43364
Class 3211 03
d
e

Table 23.72:

LA1DX20
LA1DX02
LA1DY20
LA1DZ40
LA1DZ31

65.00
65.00
77.00
82.00
82.00

Coil Voltage Codes f

AC 50/60 Hz Coil (for additional voltage code options see page 7 of Catalog 8501CT0101).
Volts
12
24
48
120
208
240
277
Code
J7
B7
E7
G7
LE7
U7
W7
DC Coil (coils have built in suppression as standard)
Volts
12
24
36
48
60
72
110
Code
JD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
FD
DC Low Consumption Coil (coils have built in suppression as standard)
Volts
5
12
24
48
72
Code
AL
JL
BL
EL
SL
f
Add the proper voltage code to the end of catalog number.

480
T7

600
X7

125
GD

220
MD

250
UD

440
RD

For replacement AC coils, see page 18-16. DC coils are not replaceable.
23-16

I12

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Relays

CAD
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ D IEC Style
Table 23.73:

Time Delay Auxiliary Contact Blocks

Number and Type
of Contacts

Maximum Number
per Device

Time Delay Type

Termination Type

Screw Clamp
On-Delay
1 N.C. and 1 N.O.

1

Spring Terminal

LADT
Screw Clamp
Off-Delay
Spring Terminal

(Lockout Cover,
See page 7 of Catalog 8501CT0101.)
a
b

LADT0
LADT2
LADT4
LADS2
LADT03
LADT23
LADT43
LADS23
LADR0
LADR2
LADR4
LADR03
LADR23
LADR43

Maximum Number per Device

131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00
131.00

Catalog Number

Front mounting

$ Price

LA6DK10 ed
77.00
LAD6K10 e
77.00
Power should not be simultaneously applied or maintained to the mechanical latching block and the CAD relay. The duration of the control signal to the
mechanical latching block and the CAD relay should be Š 100 ms.
Repair part for the preceeding version (non-TeSys) of this product. Not for use on CAD devices.
Complete the catalog number by adding coil voltage code from Table 23.76. (for example, LA6DK10B)
Manual or electrical

d
e

0.1–3 s a
0.1–30 s
10–180 s
1–30 s b
0.1–3 s a
0.1–30 s
10–180 s
1–30 s b
0.1–3 s a
0.1–30 s
10–180 s
0.1–3 s a
0.1–30 s
10–180 s

$ Price

Mechanical Latch Blocks c
Unlatching Control

LA6DK

Catalog Number

With extended scale from 0.1 to 0.6 s.
With switching time of 40 ms ± 15 ms between opening of the N.C. contact and closing of the N.O. contact.

Table 23.74:

c

Range

Front Mounting

Table 23.75:

1

Coil Suppressor Modules

These modules clip onto the right hand side of the control relay and the electrical connection is instantly made. Adding an input
module is still possible.
RC Circuits (Resistor-Capacitor)

•
•
•

Effective protection for circuits highly sensitive to “high frequency” interference.
Voltage limited to 3 Uc maximum and oscillating frequency limited to 400 Hz maximum.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.2 to 2 times the normal time).
For Mounting On:

Operational Voltage

Catalog Number
LAD4RCE
LAD4RCU

24 to 48 Vac
110 to 240 Vac

CAD (Vac)

$ Price
26.20
26.20

LAD4

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage value to 2 Uc maximum.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
Slight increase in drop-out time (1.1 to 1.5 times the normal time).
24 to 48 Vac
50 to 127 Vac
110 to 250 Vac

CAD (Vac)

LAD4VE
LAD4VG
LAD4VU

26.20
26.20
26.20

LAD4TB
LAD4TS

26.20
26.20

Bidirectional Peak Limiting Diode

Protection provided by limiting the transient voltage value to 2 Uc maximum.
Maximum reduction of transient voltage peaks.
24 Vac
72 Vac

CAD (Vac)

Table 23.76:

Coil Voltage Codes

Voltage

24
Vac/Vdc

32/36
Vac/Vdc

42/48
Vac/Vdc

60/72
Vac/Vdc

100
Vac/Vdc

110/127
Vac/Vdc

220/240
Vac/Vdc

256/277
Vac/Vdc

380/415
Vac/Vdc

Voltage Code

B

C

E

EN

K

F

M

U

Q

CAD (Vdc Coil) or (Low Consumption Vdc Coil)

b

b

CAD (Vac Coil)

c

0.49
12.5
(LAD-8)

c1
c2

1.77
45

c

1.77
45

c1
c2
c3

c3

in. (mm)

b

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Without cover or add-on blocks
With cover, without add-on blocks

in. (mm)

32
50

323
503

3.03 (77)
3.31 (84)
3.39 (86)

3.90 (99)
3.31 (84)
3.39 (86)

CAD

c

23

•
•

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Varistors (Peak Limiting)

•
•
•

I12

Discount
Schedule

CAD
b
c

Without cover or add-on blocks
With cover, without add-on blocks

32
50

323
503

3.03 (77)
3.66 (93)
3.74 (95)

3.90 (99)
3.66 (93)
3.74 (95)

23-17

Industrial Relays

CAD
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ D IEC Style Relays
Table 23.77:

Cabling Accessory
Description

Catalog Number

Without coil suppression
Mounting Adapter
For adapting existing wiring
to a new product

Table 23.78:
•

With coil suppression

$ Price

LAD4BB

23.00

24 to 48 Vac

LAD4BBVE

23.00

50 to 127 Vac

LAD4BBVG

23.00

110 to 250 Vac

LAD4BBVU

23.00

Electronic Serial Timer Modules a

Mounted using adaptor LAD4BB, to be ordered separately, see listing above.

On-delay Type
Operational Voltage

24 to 250 Vac
a

Time Delay

Catalog Number

0.1 to 2 s

LA4DT0U

$ Price
82.00

1.5 to 30 s

LA4DT2U

82.00

25 to 500 s

LA4DT4U

82.00

For 24 V operation, the relay must be fitted with a 21 V coil (code Z7).

Table 23.79:

Auto-Man-Stop Control Modules

For local override operation tests with two-position “Auto-Man” switch and “O-I” switch

•

Mounted using adaptor LAD4BB, to be ordered separately, see listing above.
Operational Voltage

Catalog Number

24 to 100 Vac

Table 23.80:

$ Price

LA4DMK

35.00

Accessories (ordered separately)

For Connection
For Mounting On:

Must be Ordered in
Multiples of:

Catalog Number

Sheet of 64 self-adhesive blank labels 8 x 33

CAD, LAD (4 contacts), LA6DK

10

LAD21

5.20

Sheet of 112 self-adhesive blank labels 8 x 12

LAD (2 contacts), LADT

10

LAD22

5.20

LADT, LADR

1

LA9D901

5.50

1

LAD9ET1

5.20

Description

$ Price ea.

For Marking

23

For Protection
Lockout cover

Relay cover preventing access to the moving contact carrier CAD

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.81:

Application Data
Type

CAD (Vac)

CAD (Vdc)
Low Consumption

Conforming to IEC 60947-1-1
Overvoltage category III and degree of pollution 3

690 V

690 V

690 V

Conforming to UL, CSA

600 V

600 V

600 V

Rated Impulse Withstand Voltage
(Uimp)

Conforming to IEC 60947-1-1

6 kV

6 kV

6 kV

Separation of Electrical Circuits

To IEC 536 and VDE 0106

Rated Insulation Voltage (Ui)

Reinforced insulation up to 400 V
IEC 60947-1-1, N-F C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 4794.
EN 60947-5-15

Conforming to Standards

UL: File:
E164353
CCN: NKCR
CSA: File:
Class: 3211 03
LR43364 CE

Approvals

23-18

CAD (Vdc)

Protective Treatment

Conforming to IEC 68

“TH” (Tropical Finish). See page 23 of Catalog 8501CT0101 for details.

Degree of Protection

Conforming to VDE 0106

Front face protected against direct finger
contact IP 2X

I12

Discount
Schedule

Protection against direct
finger contact

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Relays

CA2K and CA3K
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ K IEC Style Relays
Table 23.82:
•
•

Control Relays
•
•

Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting.
Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position.

Control Circuit

Supply

CA2KN22 • •

CA2KN403 • •

a

NEMA A600, Q600
IEC AC15, DC13
Contact Configuration

Type of
Termination

Catalog Number a

Consumption

N.O.

$ Price

N.C.

4
0
CA2KN40 • •
Screw clamp
3
1
CA2KN31 • •
2
2
CA2KN22 • •
4
0
CA2KN403 • •
Spring Termination
3
1
CA2KN313 • •
2
2
CA2KN223 • •
AC
4.5 VA
4
0
CA2KN407 • •
Faston
1 x 6.35
3
1
CA2KN317 • •
or 2 x 2.8
2
2
CA2KN227 • •
4
0
CA2KN405 • •
Solder pins for
printed circuit
3
1
CA2KN315 • •
board
2
2
CA2KN225 • •
4
0
CA3KN40 • •
Screw clamp
3
1
CA3KN31 • •
2
2
CA3KN22 • •
4
0
CA3KN403 • •
Spring Termination
3
1
CA3KN313 • •
2
2
CA3KN223 • •
DC
3W
4
0
CA3KN407 • •
Faston
1 x 6.35
3
1
CA3KN317 • •
or 2 x 2.8
2
2
CA3KN227 • •
4
0
CA3KN405 • •
Solder pins for
printed circuit
3
1
CA3KN315 • •
board
2
2
CA3KN225 • •
Complete catalog number by adding proper voltage code from Table 23.84 or Table 23.85 (for example, CA2KN40G7).

Table 23.83:

35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
35.50
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20
49.20

Low Consumption Control Relays

Compatible with programmable controller outputs.
Mounting on 35 mm DIN 3 track or 4 screw direct mounting.
Screws in open “ready-to-tighten” position.

4
0
CA4KN40 • ••
3
1
CA4KN31 • • •
2
2
CA4KN22 • • •
4
0
CA4KN403 • ••
Spring Termination
3
1
CA4KN313 • ••
2
2
CA4KN223 • ••
DC
1.8 W
4
0
CA4KN407 • ••
Faston
1 x 6.35
3
1
CA4KN317 • ••
or 2 x 2.8
2
2
CA4KN227 • ••
4
0
CA4KN405 • ••
Solder pins for
3
1
CA4KN315 • ••
printed circuit board
2
2
CA4KN225 • ••
Complete catalog number by adding proper voltage code from Table 23.86 (for example, CA4KN40BW3).

64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00
64.00

Screw clamp

CA4KN405 • • •

a

Table 23.84:
Vac
50/60 Hz

12

Coil Voltage Codes for CA2K Control Relays (0.8–1.15 Uc) (0.85–1.1 Uc)
24

36

42

48

110

120

127

208

220/
230

230

230/
240

380/
400

400/
415

400

440

480

500

Voltage
J7
B7 C7 D7
E7
F7
G7 FC7
L7
M7
P7
U7
Q7
V7
N7
R7
T7
S7
Code
Note: Up to and including 240 V, coil with integral suppression device available: add 2 to the code required. Example: J72. (Price Adder 9.50)

CA3KN407 • •

Table 23.85:

660/
690
Y7

Coil Voltage Codes for CA3K Control Relays (0.8–1.15 Uc)

Vdc

12

20

24

36

48

60

72

100

110

Voltage Code
JD ZD
BD
CD
ED
ND
SD
KD
FD
Note: Coil with integral suppression device available: add 3 to the code required. Example: JD3.

Table 23.86:

125

220

230

240

250

GD
LD
MD
(Price Adder 9.50)

200

MPD

MUD

UD

Coil Voltage Codes for CA4K, Low Consumption Control Relays (Wide Range Coil: 0.7–1.3 Uc)

Vdc
Voltage Code

12

24

48

72

JW3

BW3

EW3

SW3

Approvals:

File
CCN

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

RELAYS AND TIMERS

•
•

LED indicator incorporated.
Wide range coil (70 to 130% Uc), suppressor fitted as standard.

164353
NKCR

File LR43364
Class 3211 03

I12

Discount
Schedule

23-19

23

•
•

Industrial Relays

CA2K and CA3K
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ K IEC Style Relays
Table 23.87:

Instantaneous Auxiliary Contact Blocks bc
Clip-on Front Mounting, 1 Block Per Control Relay
Contact Configuration

Type of Connection

Catalog Number
N.O.
2
0
1
4
3
2
1
0
2
1
0
4
3
2
1
0
2
0
1
4
3
2
1
0

LA1KN40

LA1KN20

Screw Clamp

Spring Termination

LA1KN403

LA2KT electronic time delay contact blocks

1.34

1.45

34

38

1.34

2.24

34

57

58

2.28

Faston
1 x 6.35
or 2 x 2.8

27

1.06

LA2KT

a
b
c

On panel
4xØ4

2.24
57

=

1.38
35
1.77
45

=

= = =

250 VA or 150 W

Operating temperature

–10 to + 60oC (+14o F to 140o F)
1.5 s during the time delay period,
0.5 s after the time delay.

1.97
50
58

45

Clips on front of relay

mm
59
66

in.
mm

Conforming to Standards
Approvals

Catalog No.

100

LA9D90

$ Price ea.
0.06

IEC 947, NF C 63-140, VDE 0660, BS 5424, CE
UL, CSA, DEMKO, NEMKO, SEMKO, FI

Protective treatment

Conforming to IEC 68 (DIN 50016) “TC” (Climateproof)

Degree of protection

Conforming to VDE 0106
Storage
Operation

Ambient air temperature
Maximum operating altitude

23-20

Sold in
lots of

Environment

Product
AM1DP200
AM1DE200

32.80

AB1R•g
4 maximum per Strip of 10 identical numbers, 0 to 9
25
0.70
device
Strip of 10 identical capital letters A to Z
AB1G•g
For AC and DC voltages 12 to 24 V (varistor)
LA4KE1Bd
LA4KE1Ed
Clips onto front For AC and DC voltages 32 to 48 V (varistor)
Suppressor
of relay with
For AC and DC voltages 50 to 129 V (varistor)
LA4KE1FCd
modules with locating device. For AC and DC voltages 130 to 250 V (varistor)
5
LA4KE1UG d
9.80
incorporated No tools
LED indicator required for
For DC voltages 12 to 24 V (diode + Zener diode)
LA4KC1Be
connection.
For DC voltages 32 to 48 V (diode + Zener diode)
LA4KC1Ee
For AC voltages 220 to 250 V (RC)
LA4KA1Uf
d
Protection by the limitation of the transient voltage to 2 Uc maximum. Maximum reduction of the transient voltage
peaks. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1 to 1.5 times normal).
e
No overvoltage or oscillation frequency. Polarized component. Slight time delay on drop-out (1.1 to 1.5 times
normal).
f
Protection by limitation of the transient voltage to 3 Uc max. and limitation of the oscillation frequency. Slight time
delay on drop-out (1.2 times to twice normal).
g
See “Clip-in Marker Strips” in Catalog 8501CT0101 for information on completing the catalog number.

Table 23.91:
in.
2.22
2.60

$ Price

Clip-on
markersg

A2

1.77

Catalog No.
LA2KT2E
LA2KT2U

Accessories (supplied separately)
Description

n AM1DP200 or AM1DE200 mounting rail—35 mm DIN rail
(see page 22-16 for additional DIN rail)

C

Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control Relay

Voltage (V)
Type
Timing Range, s
Composition C.O.
AC or DC / 24 to 48
On-delay
1 to 30
1
AC / 110 to 240
Note: For other electronic timers see Type RE7 and 9050 Type JCK, pages 23-28 and 23-30.

A1

2.05
53

2.28
58

1.77
45

2.28

0.85–1.1 Uc

Maximum switching capacity

Marker
holderg

10xØ1.3

C

240 Vac/Vdc, 2 A maximum

Table 23.90:

On printed circuit board
0.34
8.65

Electronic Time Delay Contact Blocks

Control voltage

Table 23.89:

1.97
50
=

2.28
58

RELAYS AND TIMERS

1.22
31

14.20
14.20
14.20
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
14.20
14.20
14.20
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
14.20
14.20
14.20
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30
27.30

Relay output, with common point changeover contact

Reset time

=

23

LA1-K

LA1KN20
LA1KN02
LA1KN11
LA1KN40a
LA1KN31a
LA1KN22a
LA1KN13a
LA1KN04a
LA1KN203
LA1KN113
LA1KN023
LA1KN403a
LA1KN313a
LA1KN223a
LA1KN133a
LA1KN043a
LA1KN207
LA1KN027
LA1KN117
LA1KN407a
LA1KN317a
LA1KN227a
LA1KN137a
LA1KN047a

Not to be used on CA4KN relays.
Clip-on front mounting, 1 block per control relay.
Auxiliary contact module not suitable for safety circuits.

Table 23.88:
Approximate dimensions
for CA2, CA3, CA4K control relays

N.C.
0
2
1
0
1
2
3
4
0
1
2
0
1
2
3
4
0
2
1
0
1
2
3
4

$ Price

I12

Discount
Schedule

Without derating

Protection against direct finger contact
-58 to 176 oF (-50 to 80oC)
-13 to 122 oF (-25 to 50oC)
6562 ft (2000 m)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Industrial Relays

CA2SK and CA3SK
Refer to Catalog 8501CT0101

www.schneider-electric.us

TeSys™ SK IEC Style Relays
Table 23.92:
•
•
•

IEC Style Industrial Control Relays

Miniature size saves space.
Mounts on 35 mm DIN 3 track
Up to 4 poles.
Contact Configuration
Control Circuit Supply

Consumption

AC

Type of Termination

Catalog Number
N.O.

N.C.

1

1

CA2SK11 •• a

2

0

CA2SK20 •• a

1

1

CA3SK11 •• a

2

0

CA3SK20 •• a

4.2 VA
Screw clamp

DC

CA2SK11G7

a

2.2 W

$ Price

43.70
51.00

Use the appropriate voltage code to complete the catalog number (for example: CA2SK11G7)

Table 23.93:

Contact Adder Decks (for CA2SK20 only)
Contact Configuration

Type of Termination

Catalog Number
N.O.

N.C.

2

0

LA1SK20

1

1

LA1SK11

0

2

LA1SK02

Screw clamp

$ Price

16.90

Transient Suppressor Module
Dampens the voltage spike that may occur when the relay coil is de-energized. The spike may adversely affect solid
state equipment near the relay. The transient suppressor module snaps into a cavity located in the side of the relay.
These modules can be used with CA2SK and CA3SK relays.

LA1SK11

Table 23.94:

Transient Suppressor Module
Control Circuit Voltage

Catalog Number

24–48 Vac 50/60 Hz, 24–48 Vdc

LA4SKEIE

110–250 Vac 50/60 Hz, 110–250 Vdc

LA4SKEIU

Table 23.95:

21.80

Coil Voltage Codes for Control Relays

Voltage
50/60 Hz
DC
b

$ Price

12

24

36

48

72

110

120

220

230

240

380

400

480

—

B7 b

—

E7 b

—

F7

G7 b

M7 b

P7

U7 b

Q7

V7

T7 b

—

—

—

—

—

JD
BD
CD
ED
SD
—
—
—
Alternating relays CA2SKE available in these voltages only. No other voltages are available.

These alternating relays are used to alternate the use of 2 motor circuits. When the coil is energized the first time, one
contact closes and will open when the coil is de-energized. When the coil is energized again, the other contact will
close and will open when the coil is de-energized. The contacts from these alternators are to be used in the control
circuit of the starters that are controlling pump or compressor motors.
Approvals: UL File: E164353 CCN: NKCR; CSA File: LR43364 Class: 3211 03.
Table 23.96:

Alternating Relays
Coil Voltage
(Voltage-Hz)

$ Price

a

Table 23.97:

Contact Ratings for CA2SK, CA3SK, AND CA2SKE20 Relays
AC

DC

Inductive 35% PF

Approvals:

Volts

Make

Resistive 75% PF

Break

Continuous
Amperes

NEMA Rating
A
File
CCN

E164353
NKCR

A

VA

Volts

Continuous
Amperes
3

60

6

24

240

30

3

60

2

110

0.8

240

0.2

A600

600

7200

15
12

720

1.5

10

10

1.2

1.06

2.19

.20

27

56

5

.16
(4)

56

2.20

Approximate Dimensions for CA2SKE Relay
#8
or
4mm

1.93
(49)

2.28
(58)

.14
4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Make, Break and
Continuos Amperes

120
480

File LR43364
Class 3211 03

VA

23

CA2SKE20

Type

24–50/60
CA2SKE20••a
120.00
Use the appropriate voltage code to complete the catalog number (for example, CAZSK11G7). Only available with voltages indicated above.

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Alternating Relays, CA2SKE
Refer to Catalog 8501CT9701

Dual Dimensions:

I12

INCHES
Millimeters

Discount
Schedule

1.77
(45)

2.68
(68)

1.36
(34.5)

23-21

Industrial Relays
Square D™ NEMA Style

Type X
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601

Table 23.102: AC Contact Ratings
(for DC ratings, see page 23-23)

AC Control Relays

•
•

Straight-through wiring
Plug-in contact cartridges for easy contact conversion and
replacement
Contact conversion without removing terminal screws or wires
Self-lifting pressure wire connectors
Replaceable coil

•
•
•

Table 23.98:

AC Control Relays

Normally Open Convertible
Instantaneous Contacts

Type XMO40
Control Relay

a

Table 23.99:

Type XMO40
Master Relay
b

V

Make
NEMA
Rating A VA

120
Standard
240
or
Overlapping 480
600
Masterd

—

A600

—

—

Device
AC Relay
AC Latching Relay

Pick-Up
15
15

Drop-Out
16
13

Table 23.104: Voltage Codes

Open Typeb

Typec
2
XMO20
4
XMO40
6
XMO60
Attachments not permitted on this relay.

$ Price
204.00
336.00
457.00

AC Voltages - Hz
12–60
24–60
24–50
48–60
48–50
120–60/110–50
208–60
240–60/220–50
277–60
480–60/440–50
600–60/550–50

Code
V11
V01
V12
V18
V16
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V07

AC Control Relays and AC Master Relays
A

2.23
1.12 57
28

.19
5

23

Easily convertible On Delay or Off Delay
Two adjustable timing ranges
Repeat accuracy well above ±10%
Convertible 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. timed contacts
Large knob for easy adjustment of time delay
Off Delay mode times out even after loss of power.

Dual Dimensions: INCHES
Millimeters

3.50
89
3.12
79

Prov. for
(2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws

B30080-064

Table 23.100: AC Timing Relays
RELAYS AND TIMERS

Type XO40XTE1
Timing Relay

VA

Maximum of six 8501 Type XC4 Master Cartridges may be used on
only 7 and 8 pole AC Devices

AC Timing Relays

•
•
•
•
•
•

A

Make, Break
Continuous
and
Amperes
Continuous
Amperes

60
6
30 7200 3 720
10
10
15
1.5
12
1.2
Same as standard cartridge above except
substitute 20 A for the continuous ampere rating
150 Vac, 150 mA, 8 W Maximum

A600

Logic Reed

Break

Table 23.103: Average Operating Time (ms)

AC Master Relays

Number of N.O. 20 Ampere
Convertible Contacts

Type of
Cartridge

d

20 ampere contact rating due to use of master contact
cartridges. d
Provisions for standard cartridges to be used in contact
cavities not occupied by master cartridges in 2-8 pole AC
relay.

•

Resistive
75% Power
Factor

Inductive
35% Power Factor

Control Relay a

Typec
$ Price
0
XO00
98.00
2
XO20
144.00
3
XO30
169.00
4
XO40
192.00
6
XO60
242.00
8
XO80
288.00
10
XO1000
336.00
12
XO1200
385.00
A maximum of 8 N.C. contacts is allowed on 9–12 pole relays.

AC Master Relays

•

www.schneider-electric.us

Timed
Timing Relay
N.O.
Timing
Convertible Convertible 0.2–60 s
5–180 s
Mode Instantaneous Contacts
Contacts
N.O. N.C.
Typec
Typec
0
1
1
XO00XTE1 XO00XTE2
On
2
1
1
XO20XTE1 XO20XTE2
Delay
4
1
1
XO40XTE1 XO40XTE2
0
1
1
XO00XTD1
XO00XTD2
Off
2
1
1
XO20XTD1 XO20XTD2
Delay
4
1
1
XO40XTD1 XO40XTD2

Table 23.105: Dimensions and Weight
$ Price
432.00
480.00
529.00
432.00
480.00
529.00

No. of Poles
0–4
6–8
10–12

Dim. A
in.
mm
3.95
100
5.16
131
6.36
162

Shipping Weight, lb
2.0
2.3
2.7

AC Latching Relay Dimensions

AC Latching Relays

•

Mechanical latch holds all contacts switched even after
removal of power from replaceable latching coil.
Provides sequence memory in the event of power loss. Ideal
for press control, process control and punch presses.
Replaceable unlatch coil to switch contacts back to original
state.

•
•

A

.19
5

N.O. Convertible Instantaneous
Contacts
2
3
4
6
8
c

3.50
89 Dual Dimensions: INCHES

Latching Relay
Typec
XO20XL
XO30XL
XO40XL
XO60XL
XO80XL

2.23
57

3.12
79

Table 23.101: AC Latching Relays
Type XO40XL
Latching Relay

1.12
28

Millimeters

$ Price
313.00
336.00
360.00
408.00
457.00

Table 23.106: Dimensions and Weight
No. ofPoles
2–4
6–8

Voltage Code must be specified to order these products. Refer to Table
23.104 and insert the code as shown in Table 23.107: How to Order.

Dim. A
in.
mm
6.54
166
7.74
197

Shipping Weight, lb
2.8
3.1

For replacement coils, see page 23-24.

Approvals:

Table 23.107: How to Order
File E78403
CCN NKCR

File
Class

060905
3211 03
IEC 60947-1

23-22

CP2

Discount
Schedule

•
•
•

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code

Catalog Number
Class

Type

8501

XO40

Voltage
Code
V02

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Type X™ Relays

Industrial Relays
Square D™ NEMA Style

Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601

www.schneider-electric.us

DC Latching Relays

•

DC Control Relays

•

Replaceable, highly reliable pure DC power plant: no
economizing resistors, overlapping contacts or dualwound coil.
Utilizes the same Type XB adder decks and
attachments as the AC version.
Offers all the features of the AC relay.
Available in up to 8 poles.
All contact poles are usable since no overlapping
contacts are needed.

•
•
•
•
Type XDO40
Control Relay

•
•
•
Type XDO40XDL
Latching Relay

Mechanical latch holds all contacts switched even
after removal of power from replaceable latching coil.
Provides sequence memory in the event of power
loss.
Ideal for sequencing applications such as press
control, process control and punch presses.
Replaceable unlatch coil to switch contacts back to
original state.

Table 23.112: DC Latching Relays
Latching Relay

Normally Open Convertible
Instantaneous Contacts

Table 23.108: DC Control Relays
Control Relay

Normally Open Convertible
Instantaneous Contacts

Type
XDO00e
XDO20e
XDO40e
XDO60e
XDO80e

0
2
4
6
8

$ Price
216.00
264.00
313.00
360.00
408.00

Type
$ Price
2
XDO20XDL e
485.00
4
XDO40XDL e
534.00
6
XDO60XDL e
582.00
8
XDO80XDL e
629.00
Note: Unlatch coil is rated for intermittent duty and should be connected through a N.O. contact
of the relay if the input signal is maintained. Order one more N.O. contact than the
application requires to use as a coil clearing contact.
A

2.23
57

.25
6

DC Control Relay Utility Auxiliary Relay

1.12
28

No. of
Poles

Table 23.109: Dimensions
A

2.23
1.12 57
28

.25
6

Dim. A

No. of Poles

in.
5.17
6.37
7.60

0–4
6–8
10–12

3.56
90 3.12
79

mm
131
162
193

3.56
90

Shipping Weight
lb.
3.1
3.4
3.8

Shipping
Weight, lb.

mm
197
228

3.9
4.2

DC Utility Relays
Ideal for utility plant applications where reliable
performance and a pure DC power plant is required. In
addition to the Type XDO relay features, the Type
XUDO provides:

•
•

DC Timing Relays

•
•
•
•
•
•

2–4
6–8

3.12
79

Dim. A
in.
7.76
8.98

Prov. for
(2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws

B30080-159

Prov. for
(2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws

B30080-066

Table 23.113: Dimensions

Easily convertible On Delay or Off Delay.
Two adjustable timing ranges.
Repeat accuracy well above ±10%.
Convertible 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. timed contacts.
Large knob for easy adjustment of time delay.
Off Delay mode times out even after loss of power.

Type XUDO40
Utility Relay

•

Up to 12 poles N.O. or N.C.
Nominal 125 Vdc coil, capable of handling 140 Vdc
continuously and picking up at 105 Vdc after having
been operated at 140 Vdc continuously. Other voltages
with comparable operating characteristics are
available.
Enclosed device capable of operating in 145°F
ambient.

Number of Convertible Contacts
N.O.
4
0
8
0
12
0

Table 23.110: DC Timing Relays

0
2
4
0
2
4

On
Delay
Off
Delay
7.77
197

Timed
Convertible
Contacts
N.O.
1
1
1
1
1
1

Timing Relay

N.C.
1
1
1
1
1
1
.25
6

0.2–60 s

5–180 s

Type
XDO00XTE1 e
XDO20XTE1 e
XDO40XTE1 e
XDO00XTD1 e
XDO20XTD1 e
XDO40XTD1 e

Type
XDO00XTE2 e
XDO20XTE2 e
XDO40XTE2 e
XDO00XTD2 e
XDO20XTD2 e
XDO40XTD2 e

$ Price
522.00
601.00
648.00
522.00
601.00
648.00

Device
DC Relay
DC Latching Relay

DC Voltages for
8501 XUDO Relays ONLY
6
12
24
48
125
250

Pick-Up
37
37

Inductive

Resistive

Make and Break Continuous Make and Continuous
Amperes
Break
Amperes
Amperes
138 VA Max.
Amperes
125
1.1
5
4
5
Standard
P600
250
0.55
5
0.8
5
Overlapping
125
P150
1.1
5
4
5
Logic Reed
—
—
30 Vdc, 60 ma
Note: Do not use any 8501 Type XC4 Master Cartridges on any DC-operated device.
NEMA
Rating

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

510.00
629.00

Drop-Out
21
45

DC Voltages for
8501 XDO Relays
6
12
24
32
48
72
90
115/125
230/250

Code
V50
V51
V53
V56
V63
V67

Prov. for
(2) #8/#10 Mtg. Screws

e

Code
V50
V51
V53
V54
V56
V58
V59
V62
V66

Voltage code must be specified to order these products. Refer to Table 23.116 and insert
the appropriate code as shown in Table 23.117: How to Order.

DC Ratings

Volts

390.00

Table 23.116: Voltage Codes—8501 XUDO and XDO Relays

2.23
1.12 57
28

Table 23.111: DC Contact Ratings (for AC ratings, see page 23-22)
Type of
Cartridge

$ Price

Table 23.115: Average Operating Times (in ms)

3.56
903.12
79

B30080-075 A

Type
XUDO40 e
XUDO04 e
XUDO80 e
XUDO08 e
XUDO1200 e
XUDO0012 e

23

Normally
Open Convertible
Instantaneous
Contacts

Timing
Mode

Open Type

N.C.
0
4
0
8
0
12

Table 23.117: How to Order
•
•
•

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code

Catalog Number
Class

Type

Voltage Code

8501

XDO40

V53

For Replacement coils, see page 23-24
For UL and CSA approvals, see page 23-22

Discount
Schedule

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.114: DC Utility Relays
Type XDO40XTE2
Timing Relay

23-23

Industrial Relays
Square D™ NEMA Style

Type X™ Relays
Class 8501 / Refer to Catalog 8501CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 23.118: Type X™ Relays
Description
Mechanical Latch Attachment—Mounts on any 2 through 8-pole relay (except XMO master relay). The Type XL and XDL latch
attachments are identical in size and mounting provisions. The Type XLAC latch attachment has a continuous-duty-rated coil which is
replaceable. The Type XDLDC latch attachment has an intermittent–rated coil (replaceable) and should be connected
through a N.O. contact of the basic relay if the input signal is maintained to the unlatch coil.
AC Latch Attachment
DC Latch Attachment
Pneumatic Timer Attachment—Mounts only on any 0 through 4-pole AC or DC relays (except XMO master relay). It provides 1
N.O. and 1 N.C. convertible timed contacts, which are the same Type XC1 cartridges used on the basic relay. Two timing ranges are
available, and conversion from On Delay to Off Delay or vice versa is easy.
Off Delay
0.2–60 seconds
5–180 seconds
On Delay
0.2–60 seconds
5–180 seconds

Type

Timer Lockout Cover—Fits over the time delay adjustment knob of any Type XT timing attachment. The Lockout Cover is designed
to protect the time setting against accidental adjustment. It mounts directly to the timing attachment with two included screws.

$ Price

XLa
XDLa

169.00
222.00

XTD1
XTD2

336.00
336.00

XTE1
XTE2

336.00
336.00

XJ1

9.00

XB20
XB40

48.00
98.00

XC1

24.20

XC2

24.20

Adder Decks—Adder decks are used to expand the number of poles on a relay. The basic 4-pole relay can be easily converted to an
8-pole or 12-pole relay by installing one or two adder decks. The Class 8501 Type XB20 comes with 2 convertible contact cartridges
and will accept 2 additional convertible contact cartridges. The Class 8501 Type XB40 comes with 4 convertible contact cartridges.
The same Type XB adder deck is used for both the middle and upper decks of the AC or DC relay.
With 2 N.O. contact cartridges
With 4 N.O. contact cartridges

Contact Cartridges—The Type X relay offers 4 Types of contact cartridges. All are color–coded for visual identification of each Type.
Standard Cartridge—The standard cartridge, used for most applications, has a black case.
Overlapping Cartridge—Same NEMA Type A600 AC rating as standard cartridge and a NEMA Type P150 DC rating. When it is
used in the N.O. mode it will close early and when used in the N.C. mode it will open late. If two or more are used together, the N.O.
contacts will close before the N.C. contacts open as the relay picks up. Overlap also occurs during dropout. Overlapping cartridge
has a red case.
May be ordered factory installed:
• Substitute 1 N.O. and 1 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 2 standard cartridges.
• Substitute 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 4 standard cartridges.
• Substitute 3 N.O. and 3 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 6 standard cartridges.
• Substitute 4 N.O. and 4 N.C. overlapping cartridges for 8 standard cartridges.
Master Cartridge—Features the same contact ratings as the Type XC1 standard cartridge except it has a 20 ampere continuous
current rating instead of 10 amperes. It can be used in circuits where a master relay is required. Master cartridge has a blue case.
Maximum of 6 master cartridges may be used on any 7 and 8-pole AC relays. Do not use any master cartridges on 9-12-pole
AC or any DC-operated devices. Note: If master cartridges are added to a standard relay, attachments (latch mechanism,
timers, etc.) cannot be used.
Logic Reed Cartridge—See logic reed adder deck above.

Form
Y1591
Y1592
Y1593
Y1594

Add 24.20
Add 24.20
Add 24.20
Add 24.20

23
RELAYS AND TIMERS

XC4

60.00

Mounting Track—The mounting track has pre-punched mounting holes to simplify mounting the track on the control panel. The relay
mounting screws are factory installed on the track so that the relays can be hung prior to tightening the screws.
9 in. long for 4 relays
18 in. long for 8 relays
27 in. long for 12 relays
36 in. long for 16 relays

XM4
XM8
XM12
XM16

19.70
29.80
36.40
42.90

Manual Test Tool—Provides a means of manually switching the contacts of a basic relay or timing relay and holding all contacts in
their switched state until the tool is removed. This simplifies the checking of control circuits without power on the coil or contacts.

XA1

6.10

Transient Suppressor—Consists of an R-C circuit designed to suppress coil generated transients to approximately 200 percent of
peak voltage. It is particularly useful when switching the Type X relay near solid state equipment. It is designed for use on coils up to
120 Vac.

XS1

48.00

NEMA 1 Enclosure—Formed from sheet steel to provide strength and rigidity. Two conduit knockouts are located in both the top and Class 9991
bottom of the enclosure. The enclosure is furnished with self tapping screws for mounting the relay inside the enclosure.
Type
Accommodates a single 4 or 8-pole AC or DC relay, 12-pole AC relay, 4-pole AC latching relay, and 4-pole AC timing relay.
UE7
Note: The 4-pole DC latching relay, 4-pole DC timing relay, 8-pole AC and DC latching relays and 12-pole utility auxiliary relay will not fit.
a

29.60

See Mechanical Latch Attachment Voltage Codes table below:

Table 23.119: Mechanical Latch Attachment Voltage Codes
AC Voltage
24–60
24–50
120–60/110–50
208–60
240–60/220–50
277–60
480–60/440–50
600–60/550–50

Code
V01
V12
V02
V08
V03
V04
V06
V07

DC Voltage
6
12
18
24
48
72
90
115/125
230/250

Table 23.120: How to Order

Code
V50
V51
V99
V53
V56
V58
V59
V62
V66

•
•
•
•

To Order Specify:
Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code for mechanical latch attachment
Form for factory installed overlapping contacts

Catalog Number
Class

Type

8501

XTE1

Table 23.121: Relay Coil Selection and Pricing
Device
Type

DC

Device
Type

Equipment To Be Serviced
Class
8501

Type
XD
XDL
XUD

Equipment To Be Serviced

Coil Prefix,
or Class
and Type

Hz

9998 XD
9998 XDL
9998 XUD

—
—
—

SUFFIX
(The complete coil number consists of prefix or the Class and Type, followed by suffix.)
6V
19
19
19

12 V
28
28
28

18 V
34
34B
—

24 V
37
37B
37

32 V
40
40B
—

48 V
46
46B
46

64 V
49
49B
—

72 V
52
52B
—

90 V
55
55B
—

Coil
Burden
Watts
110 V 115/125 V 220 V 230/250 V
—
58
—
67
18
—
58B
—
67B
50
—
58d
—
67c
16
Coil Volt-Amperes

Coil Prefix
or Class
and Type

Class
Type
—
24 V 110-115
120 V 208 V 220 V 240 V 277 V 380 V 440 V 480 V 550 V 600 V In-rush
Sealed
V
60
23
—
44
51
52
53
55
—
—
62
—
65
148
23
XO,
AC
8501
9998 X b
XMO
50
24
44
—
52
53
—
—
—
62
—
65
—
143
25
b
To order an unlatch coil add the letter “L” to the type number and the letter “B” to the suffix number. Example: for a 120 V 60 Hz unlatch coil order a Class 9998 Type XL44B.
c
Not dual rated—250 Vdc only
d
125 Vdc only

23-24

CP2

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
168.00
216.00
168.00
$ Price

69.00

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Solid State Relays

Type SSR
Refer to Catalog DIA3ED2090304EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric Solid State Relays
Solid state relays do not have any moving parts to wear out. Combined with vibration resistance, arc-less switching and
the lack of acoustical noise, you have the ideal product for switching applications that demand reliable execution. For
added reliability the Zelio™ SSRP and SSRD solid state relays utilize Direct Copper Bonding (DCB) technology to
decrease internal temperatures and improve the overall quality of the product.
Key features include:
SSRPCDS25A1

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Input voltage range 3 to 32 Vdc, 90 to 280 Vac
Breaking capacities up to 125 A
Zero voltage turn on, low EMI / RFI
No moving parts
Shock and Vibration resistant
No acoustical noise
Fast response
Arc-less switching
Long life (>109 operations)

Table 23.122: Solid State Relays
Voltage Range
Switching

Input

Output

Load Current
Range

V

V

A

3•••32 DC

24•••280 AC

Catalog
Number

$ Price ea.

Panel Mounted

48•••530 AC

SSRDCDS10A1
4•••32 DC

48•••660 AC

SCR Output
Zero voltage switching

24•••280 AC
90•••280 AC

48•••530 AC
48•••660 AC

MOSFET Output
Instant switching

3.5•••32 DC

0•••100 DC

4•••32 DC

24•••280 AC

3•••32 DC

24•••280 AC

90•••280 AC

24•••280 AC

90•••140 AC

24•••280 AC

10
25
50
75
90
125
10
25
50
75
90
125
12
25
40

SSRPCDS10A1
SSRPCDS25A1
SSRPCDS50A1
SSRPCDS75A2
SSRPCDS90A3
SSRPCDS125A3
SSRPP8S10A1
SSRPP8S25A1
SSRPP8S50A1
SSRPP8S75A2
SSRPP8S90A3
SSRPP8S125A3
SSRPCDM12D5
SSRPCDM25D5
SSRPCDM40D5

40.60
41.90
59.00
100.00
114.00
144.00
43.10
45.70
53.00
114.00
117.00
134.00
66.00
82.00
114.00

10
20
30
45
10
20
30
45

SSRDCDS10A1
SSRDCDS20A1
SSRDCDS30A1
SSRDCDS45A1
SSRDP8S10A1
SSRDP8S20A1
SSRDP8S30A1
SSRDF8S45A1

58.00
81.00
85.00
100.00
61.00
70.00
78.00
106.00

SCR Output
Zero voltage switching

SSRDCDS45A1

Table 23.123: Accessories For Panel Mount Solid State Relays
Description
Heat Sink
Pre-Cut Thermal Transfer Pad
(sold in pack sof 10)

For Use With Relays
SSRPP8S••• •
SSRPCDS••• •
SSRPP8S••• •
SSRPCDS••• •

Load Current Range

Catalog Number

up to 50 A

SSRAH1

$ Price ea.
26.00

up to 125 A

SSRAT1

2.30

RELAYS AND TIMERS

DIN Rail Mounted

23

SSRAH1

SSRAT1

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-25

Timers

RE11/RE48/REXL
Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio ™ IEC Style—17.9 mm wide
Table 23.124: RE11 Modular Timers—17.9 mm wide (Multi-range timers offering 7 selectable ranges)
Output 1 C/O contact

RE11RLMU

Functions
Supply Voltages
Rated Current
Catalog Number
$ Price
On delay
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RAMU
42.90
Interval
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RHMU
42.90
Asymmetrical repeat cycle
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RLMU
53.00
Asymmetrical repeat cycle
12 Vac/Vdc
8A
RE11RLJU
75.00
One shot
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RBMU
52.00
Off delay with control start
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RCMU
52.00
Multi-function a
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RMMU
62.00
Multi-function a
12–240 Vac/Vdc
8A
RE11RMMW
75.00
Multi-function a
12–240 Vac/Vdc
8A
RE11RMMWS
75.00
Multi-function a
12 Vac/Vdc
8A
RE11RMJU
75.00
Multi-function b
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RMEMU
75.00
Multi-function a
24 Vdc, 24–240 Vac
8A
RE11RMXMU
75.00
a
Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr
b
Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr
IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) +
Conforming to standards
EMC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3)
cULus
File: E173076 CNN: NRNT
File: E173076 CNN: NRNT7
Approvals
CSA
File: 217698 Class 3211 07
CE
GL except RE11 RMX MU and RE11 RME MU
o
o
F ( C) –22 to +140 (–30 to +60)
Ambient air temperature around the Storage
o
o
device
Operation F ( C) –4 to +140 (–20 to +60)

Table 23.125: RE11 Modular Timers—17.9 mm wide (Multi-function, dual function or single function)
Functions

RE11LHBM

Supply Voltages

Rated Current

Catalog Number

0.7A
0.7A
0.7A
0.7A
0.7A

RE11LAMW
RE11LHBM
RE11LCBM
RE11LLBM
RE11LMBM

Solid state output
On delay
24–240 Vac/Vdc
Interval
24–240 Vac
Off delay with control contact
24–240 Vac
Asymmetrical repeat cycle
24–240 Vac
Multi-function
24–240 Vac
Timing ranges: 0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–10 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr

45.40
42.90
52.00
75.00
62.00

IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EN 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC + 93/68/EEC (CE marking) +
EMC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3)

Conforming to standards

cULus

File: E173076 CNN: NRNT
File: E173076 CNN: NRNT7
File: 217698 Class: 3211 07

23

Approvals

Ambient air temperature around the
device

$ Price

CSA
CE
Storage oF (oC) –22 to 140 (–30 to +60
Operation oF (oC) –4 to 140 (–20 to +60)

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.126: RE48 Panel Mount Timers (For required socket, refer to the catalog section)
Functions

Supply Voltages

Rated Current

Catalog Number

$ Price

Single function: on delay, two relay outputs
Repeat cycle: two relay outputs
Multi-function: on delay, one shot, off delay, repeat cycle
Multi-function: on delay and interval, two relay outputs,
of which one selectable and instantaneous

24–240 Vac/Vdc
24–240 Vac/Vdc
24–240 Vac/Vdc

2x5A
2x5A
2x5A

RE48ATM12MW
RE48ACV12MW
RE48AML12MW

73.00
88.00
86.00

24–240 Vac/Vdc

2 x 5A

RE48AMH13MW

86.00

IEC 61812-1, EN 50081-1/2, EM 50082-1/2, LV directives (73/23/EEC +
93/68/EEC (CE marking) + ENC directive (89/336/EEC + IEC 60669-2-3)

Conforming to standards

File: E173076 CNN: NRNT2
File: E173076 CNN: NRNT8
File: 217698 Class: 3211 070

cURus

RE48A TM12MW
Approvals

CSA
CE, C-Tick, GL
RoHS compliant as of date code 0625
o
o
F ( C) –40 to 158 (–40 to +70)
Storage
o
o
Operation F ( C) –4 to 122 (–20 to +50)

Ambient air temperature around the device

Table 23.127: REXL Miniature Plug-in Timers (For required socket, refer to the catalog section)
4 pole

REXL2TMJD

Approvals:

23-26

2 pole

Rated
Rated
Function
Supply Voltages Current
Catalog Number $ Price Current
12 Vdc
3A
REXL4TMJD
56.00
5A
24 Vdc c
3A
REXL4TMBD
56.00
5A
Single function (On-Delay 24 Vac 50/60 Hz c
3A
REXL4TMB7
56.00
5A
120 Vac 50/60 Hz
3A
REXL4TMF7
56.00
5A
230 Vac 50/60 Hz
3A
REXL4TMP7
56.00
5A
Timing Ranges
0.1–1 s, 1–10 s, 0.1–1 min, 1–10 min, 0.1–1 hr, 1–10 hr, 10–100 hr
For 48 Vac supply, additional resistor 390 ohm 4 W / 24 V
c
For 48 Vac supply, additional resistor 560 ohm 2 W / 24 V

File
CCN

E173076
NRNT2

File
CCN

E173076
NRNT8

CP2

Discount
Schedule

File
Class

Catalog Number
REXL2TMJD
REXL2TMBD
REXL2TMB7
REXL2TMF7
REXL2TMP7

217698
321107

$ Price
53.00
53.00
53.00
53.00
53.00

IEC 61812-1

RoHS
as of date
Compliant code 0625

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Timers

RE7
Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio ™ IEC Style—22.5 mm
These timers offer multi range timing from 0.05 to 300 hours, in 10 timing ranges.
Table 23.128: RE7M 6 Function and 8 Function Timers
Function

Supply Voltages

6 Function Timer
On-Delay Timer
Off-Delay Timer
Interval Timer
• start on energization
• start on opening of remote control contact

RE7ML

Repeat Cycle Timer with start during the OFF period.
Repeat Cycle Timer with start during the ON period
External control possible for:
• start of time delay
• partial stop of time delay
• adjustment of time delay
8 Function Timer

Relay Output

Catalog Number

$ Price

1 C/O, SPDT

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

RE7ML11BU

226.00

RE7MY13BU

252.00

RE7MY13MW

277.00

2 C/O, DPDT
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

Same as 6 Function Timer a plus
Timer for star-delta starting
• with double On-Delay timing
• with changeover contact to star connection

2 C/O, DPDT
24–240 Vdc or Vac

a

Except control of partial stop of time delay for RE7MY13BU.

Table 23.129: RE7T On-Delay Timers
Functions

Supply Voltages

On-Delay Timer

24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

On-Delay Timer
External control possible for:
start of time delay
partial stop of time delay
adjustment of time delay b

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110-240 Vac

On-Delay Timer
Remote control possible for:
adjustment of time delay b

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

•
•
•

Relay Output
1 C/O, SPDT

Catalog Number

$ Price

RE7TL11BU

138.00

RE7TM11BU

177.00

RE7TP13BU

189.00

1 C/O, SPDT

2 C/Oc, DPDT

RE7T

Table 23.130: RE7M Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Timers
Supply Voltages

Relay Output

Catalog Number

$ Price

RE7MA11BU

194.00

RE7MA13BU

208.00

2 C/O c, DPDT
24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer
Start control via external contact only

RE7M

Asymmetrical Timers: On and Off delay times are adjusted separately.
On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer
1 C/O, SPDT
External control possible for:
24 Vdc or Vac
• partial stop of time delay
42–48 Vdc or Vac
RE7MV11BU
214.00
• adjustment of time delay b
110–240 Vac
Start control via external contact only
b
By external potentiometer, to be ordered separately (see page 3 of Catalog 9050CT0001 for specifications). If external potentiometer is used, the internal
potentiometer is automatically disconnected.
c
A switch on the front face of the timer allows the second contact to be used in instantaneous mode.

Table 23.131: Output Circuit Specifications for RE7

Table 23.132: Output Circuit Specifications for RE8
Maximum Switching Voltage

250 Vac/Vdc

Current Limit, Ith

8A

Rated Operational Limits at 70oC

24 V

115 V

250 V

AC-15 N.C. contact
Conforming to
IEC60947-5-1/1991 and AC-15 N.O. contact
VDE 060
DC-13 N.O. contact

3A

3A

3A

Rated Operational Limits at 150oF (70oC)

5A

5A

5A

2A

0.2 A

0.1A

Conforming to IEC 60947-51/1991 and VDE 0660

UL and CSA Current
NEMA / UL B300

Resistive Rating
Inductive Rating

Current Limit Ith

8A
24 V

115 V

AC-15

3A

3A

3A

DC-13

2A

0.2 A

0.1 A

UL and CSA Current Ratings (Resistive)

5A
3600 VA Make, 360 VA Break,
5 A Carry

NEMA / UL B300 Ratings (Inductive)

250 V

5A
3600 VA Make, 360 VA Break.
5 A Carry

RE7, RE8, and RE9 Timers comply to the following:
Conforming to Standards

IEC 61812-1, EN 61812-1
File E164353
NKCR

Product Approvals

CE Marking
Ambient Air Temperature

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

File 089150
Class 3211-07

IEC 61812-1

RE7, RE8, and RE9 Timers conform to European regulations relating to CE Marking
Storage

-40oF to +185oF (-40oC to +85oC)

Operation

-4oF to +140oF (-20oC to +60oC)

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-27

RELAYS AND TIMERS

1 C/O, SPDT

23

Functions

Symmetrical Timers: On and Off delay times are equal.
On-Delay and Off-Delay Timer
External control possible for:
24 Vdc or Vac
• partial stop of time delay
42–48 Vdc or Vac
• adjustment of time delay b
110–240 Vac
Start control via external contact only

Timers

RE7
Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio ™ IEC Style—22.5 mm
Table 23.133: RE7R Timers Off-Delay Timers
Functions

Supply Voltages

Relay Output

Catalog Number

$ Price

On De-energization, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 10 min, in 7 Ranges
1 C/O
Off-Delay Timer
(Times without power)

24–240 Vdc or Vac

RE7RB11MWa

189.00

RE7RB13MWa

214.00

RE7RA11BU

164.00

RE7RM11BU

177.00

RE7RL13BU

189.00

SPDT
2 C/O
Off-Delay Timer
Remote control possible for:
• adjustment of time delayb

24–240 Vdc or Vac
DPDT

On Opening of External Control Contact, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 300 h, in 10 Ranges

RE7R

1 C/O

Off-Delay Timer
External control possible for:
• partial stop of time delay
• adjustment of time delay b

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

SPDT
On opening of Low Level External Control Contact, Adjustable from 0.05 s to 300 h, in 10 Ranges
1 C/O
Off-Delay Timer
24 Vdc or Vac
External control possible for:
42–48 Vdc or Vac
• partial stop of time delay
110–240 Vac
• adjustment of time delay b
SPDT
2 C/Oc, DPDT
24 Vdc or Vac
Off-Delay Timer
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

a
If the device has been stored de-energized for more than a month, it must be energized for about 15 seconds to activate it.
Subsequently, a time of > 1 s is enough to activate the time delay.
Note: If this time is not complied with, the relay will remain energized indefinitely.

Table 23.134: RE7P Interval Timers
Functions

Supply Voltages

Relay Output

Catalog Number

$ Price

Start on Energization
1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

Interval Timer

RE7P

151.00

RE7PP13BU

189.00

RE7PM11BU

151.00

RE7PD13BU

189.00

SPDT
2 C/O c
Interval Timer
External control possible for:
• adjustment of time delay b

23

RE7PE11BU

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac
DPDT

Start on Opening of External Control Contact
1 C/O

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Interval Timer
External control possible for:
• partial stop of time delay
• adjustment of time delay b

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

Interval Timer

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

SPDT
2 C/O c

DPDT

Table 23.135: RE7C Timers Symmetrical and Asymmetrical Relays
Functions

Supply Voltages

Relay Output

Catalog Number

$ Price

Symmetrical Relays with Start during Off Period
1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

Repeat Cycle Timer

RE7CL11BU

164.00

RE7CP13BU

202.00

SPDT
2 C/O c
Repeat Cycle Timer
External control possible for:
• adjustment of time delay b

24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac
DPDT

RE7C

Asymmetrical, with Separate Adjustment of On-Delay and Off-Delay
Repeat Cycle Timer
1 C/O
External control possible for:
24 Vdc or Vac
42–48 Vdc or Vac
RE7CV11BU
214.00
• start period
110–240 Vac
• adjustment of time delays b
SPDT
• partial stop
b
By external potentiometer, to be ordered separately (see page 3 of Catalog 9050CT0001 for specifications). If external potentiometer is used, the internal
potentiometer is automatically disconnected.
c
A switch on the front face of the timer allows the second contact to be used in instantaneous mode.

For conformance to standards, see page 23-32

RoHS Compliant as of date code 0626

23-28

CP2

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Timers

RE8/RE9
Refer to Catalog 9050CT0001

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ IEC Style—22.5 mm
Table 23.136: On-Delay (timing starts on energization), TDE
Relay Output

Timing Range a
0.1–3 s
0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s
20 s–30 min

Supply Voltages

1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac
SPDT

Catalog Number
RE8TA61BUTQ
RE8TA11BUTQ d
RE8TA31BUTQ d
RE8TA21BUTQ d
RE8TA41BUTQ

Standard Pack Quantity b
10
10
10
10
10

$ Price
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00
75.00

Table 23.137: Off-Delay (timing starts on de-energization), TDD
Control Contact
1 C/O

24 Vdc or Vac

SPDT

110–240 Vac

RE8TA
Self-Powered (Times without power)
1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

d

0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s
0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s
20 s–30 min

RE8RA11BTQ d
RE8RA31BTQ
RE8RA21BTQ d
RE8RA11FUTQ d
RE8RA31FUTQ
RE8RA21FUTQ d
RE8RA41FUTQ

10
10
10
10
10
10
10

95.00
95.00
95.00
95.00
95.00
95.00
95.00

0.05–0.5 s
0.1–10 s

RE8RB51BUTQ
RE8RB11BUTQ

10
10

105.00
105.00

10

105.00

0.3–30 s
RE8RB31BUTQ
SPDT
Also available in pack of one; delete TQ from the end of the catalog number. Example: RE8TA11BU.

Table 23.138: Repeat Cycle Timer
Relay Output
1 C/O

Supply Voltages

Timing Range a

Catalog Number

Standard Pack Quantity b

24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

0.1–10 s

RE8CL11BUTQ

10

105.00

0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s

RE8PE11BUTQ
RE8PE31BUTQ

10
10

87.00
87.00

3–300 s

RE8PE21BUTQ

10

87.00

0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s
0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s

RE8PD11BTQ
RE8PD31BTQ
RE8PD21BTQ
RE8PD11FUTQ
RE8PD31FUTQ
RE8PD21FUTQ

10
10
10
10
10
10

101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00
101.00

0.05–1 s

RE8PT01BUTQ

10

107.00

$ Price

SPDT

On Energization
1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac
SPDT
By Control Contact
1 C/O

24 Vdc or Vac

SPDT

110–240 Vac

On De-Energization
1 C/O
24 Vdc or Vac
110–240 Vac

RE8PE

a
b

SPDT
For easier adjustment, it is preferable to set the time delay between the maximum value in the range and one tenth of this value. Example: RE8TA11BUTQ
timing range 0.1–10 s, recommended use 1–10 s.
Orders must specify standard pack quantity or multiples of that quantity.

For technical information, refer to . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . page 23-32.

RELAYS AND TIMERS

Table 23.139: Interval Timer

Table 23.140: On-Delay Timer (Solid State Output)

24–240 Vac or Vdc

Function

On-Delay

Timing Range c
0.1–10 s
0.3–30 s
3–300 s
40 s–60 min

Catalog Number
RE9TA11MW
RE9TA31MW
RE9TA21MW
RE9TA51MW

$ Price

23

Power Supply Circuit

87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00

Table 23.141: Off-Delay Timer (Solid State Output)
0.1–10 s
RE9RA11MW7
126.00
0.3–30 s
RE9RA31MW7
126.00
3–300 s
RE9RA21MW7
126.00
40 s–60 min
RE9RA51MW7
126.00
For easier adjustment, it is preferable to set the time delay between the maximum value in the range and one tenth of this value. Example: RE9TA11MW
timing range 0.1-10 s, recommended use 1-10 s.

24–240 Vac
c

Off-Delay

RoHS Compliant as of date code 0626
RE9TA

For technical information, refer to catalog 9050CT0001.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

23-29

Timers

Type JCK
Class 9050 / Refer to Catalog 9050CT9601
www.schneider-electric.us

Square D™ General Purpose Plug-In
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

9050JCK timing relays are designed to provide low-cost timing
in a plug-in housing. The Types JCK11 thru 59 provide ±1%
repeat accuracy. The Types JCK60 and 70 offer ±0.1% repeat
accuracy. These timers are directly interchangeable with many
other 8 and 11 pin tube base timers.

Up to ±0.1% repeat accuracy
Timing from 0.05 seconds to 999 hours
Available in 5 timing modes
DPDT contacts (2 N.O. and 2 N.C.)
10 A contact rating
Transient protected
Hold down spring available
Variable or fixed time delay
Horsepower rated
RoHS compliant

9050JCK46V20

Table 23.142: Variable Time Delay
Off
Delayb

$ Price

Off Delay
Power Trigger

0.1–10 seconds
JCK11f
78.00 JCK21f
98.00
JCK21PTf
0.3–30 seconds
JCK12f
78.00 JCK22f
98.00
JCK22PTf
0.6–60 seconds
JCK13f
78.00 JCK23f
98.00
JCK23PTf
1.2–120 seconds
JCK14f
78.00 JCK24f
98.00
JCK24PTf
1.8–180 seconds
JCK15f
78.00 JCK25f
98.00
JCK25PTf
0.1–10 minutes
JCK16f
87.00 JCK26f
107.00
JCK26PTf
0.3–30 minutes
JCK17f
87.00 JCK27f
107.00
JCK27PTf
0.6–60 minutes
JCK18f
87.00 JCK28f
107.00
JCK28PTf
1.2–120 minutes
JCK19f
87.00 JCK29f
107.00
JCK29PTf
a
Two dials are provided for independently adjustable repeat cycle timing ranges.
b
Initiating contact can be up to 50 feet from the timer.

$ Price

Interval

$ Price

98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
107.00
107.00
107.00
107.00

JCK31f
JCK32f
JCK33f
JCK34f
JCK35f
JCK36f
JCK37f
JCK38f
JCK39f

78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
78.00
87.00
87.00
87.00
87.00

98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
107.00
107.00
107.00
107.00

$ Price

JCK51f
JCK52f
JCK53f
JCK54f
JCK55f
JCK56f
JCK57f
JCK58f
JCK59f

140.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
140.00
147.00
98.00
98.00
98.00

AC
Volts

120
240

30
15

3
1.5

10
10

10
10

Inductive
hp

DC
Volts

1/3
1/2

28

3

3

10

23

AC15 / B300 (NO/NC)
DC13 / R300 (NO)
Type JCK60

RELAYS AND TIMERS

This On Delay timer uses a 5 position rotary switch to select the timing
range. The three pushbutton thumbwheels are used to select the time
value.
Table 23.146: Selection and Pricing
Timing
Modes

Timing Ranges

.01s
0.1s
S
On Delay 0.1m
M
0.1h
H

Class 8501 Sockets
For sockets, see page 23-14
For DIN rail, see page 24-16

For all 9050JCK timers:

DC Amperes

Inductive 35% P.F.

Res. Make Break
and Continuous

AC Amperes

$ Price

JCK1F(XXXX)cf

Type

0.05–9.99 seconds
00.1–99.9 seconds
001–999 seconds
00.1–99.9 minutes
001–999 minutes
00.1–99.9 hours
001–999 hours

$ Price

JCK60f 152.00

Type JCK70

With appropriate 8501NR Socket:
File
CCN

JCK41PTf
JCK42PTf
JCK43PTf
JCK44PTf
JCK45PTf
JCK46PTf
JCK47PTf
JCK48PTf
JCK49PTf

Table 23.145: Contact Ratings
Timing Range (seconds)

0.1 to 180
78.00
181 to 3600
87.00
0.1 to 180
98.00
Off Delay e
JCK2F(XXXX)cf
181 to 3600
107.00
0.1 to 180
98.00
Off Delay with
JCK2F(XXXX)PTcf
Power Trigger
181 to 3600
107.00
0.1 to 180
78.00
Interval
JCK3F(XXXX)cf
181 to 3600
87.00
0.1 to 180
98.00
One Shote
JCK4F(XXXX)cf
181 to 3600
107.00
0.1 to 180
98.00
One Shot with
JCK4F(XXXX)PTcf
Power Trigger
181 to 3600
107.00
0.1 to 180
140.00
Repeat Cycle
JCK5F(XXXX)cdf
181 to 3600
147.00
c
(XXXX) denotes the timing period in seconds.
Example: Class 9050 Type JCK1F60 is an On Delay timer fixed at 60 seconds.
d
Fixed repeat cycle timers can be supplied with the same or different On-Time and
Off-Time.
e
Initiating contact can be up to 50 feet from the timer.
f
Voltage code must be specified to order this product. Refer to standard voltage codes
listed below and insert as shown in How To Order.
On Delay

98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
98.00
107.00
107.00
107.00
107.00

Repeat
Cyclea

Break

Type

JCK41f
JCK42f
JCK43f
JCK44f
JCK45f
JCK46f
JCK47f
JCK48f
JCK49f

Res. 75% P.F.
Make Break and
Continuous

Timing Mode

One Shot
$ Price Power
Trigger $ Price

Make

Table 23.143: Fixed Time Delay

One Shotb

Continuous

$ Price

Break

On
Delay

Make

Knob Adjustable
Timing Range

E78351
NLDX

File
Class

Two 5 position rotary switches are used to select the timing mode and
timing range. The three pushbutton thumbwheels are used to select the
time value.

214768
3211 07

Table 23.147: Selection and Pricing
Timing
Timing
Type
$ Price
Modes
Range
On Delay
Off Delay
Same as
Interval
JCK70f
173.00
JCK60
One Shot
Repeat Cycleg
g
The repeat cycle mode utilizes the same
on-time and off-time.

Without Socket
File
CCN

RoHS
IEC
9050JCK1-5 = 0627
60947-1 as Compliant
of date code 9050JCK6070=0648

E78351
NLDX2

Table 23.144: Voltage Codes
Voltage
12 Vdc
24 Vac/Vdc
48 Vac/Vdc
120 Vac/110 Vdc
240–50/60 Vac

Code
V36
V14
V17
V20
V24

Table 23.148: Class 8501 Hold Down Spring
For use on Class 9050 Type JCK Timers
Hold down spring holds timer in socket during heavy vibration.
(See 9050JCK with 8501NH7 photo at the top of this page.)

Class

Type

$ Price ea.

8501

NH7

8.30

Table 23.149: How to Order
To Order Specify:

•
•
•

23-30

CP2

Discount
Schedule

Class Number
Type Number
Voltage Code

Catalog Number
Class

Type

9050

JCK11

Voltage
Code
V20
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control and Measurement
Relays

Type REG
Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Temperature Controllers
The new Zelio REG temperature controllers offer seamless interfacing with solid state relays, electromechanical relays,
PLCs, variable speed drives and HMI displays make them a key component to controlling the temperature in your
process.
Offer includes 3 versions:

•
•
•
REG24PTP1RHU

A 24x48 mm (1/32 DIN) cost effective solution for basic temperature control needs.
A 48x48 mm (1/16 DIN) balanced version for optimal price and functionality.
A 96x48 mm (1/8 DIN) full-featured version for complete performance and function.

Key features include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Modbus communication for easy data exchange with other automation products
Simple parameter settings
IP66 certification enables dust resistance
Flash memory (saves configurations)
Compatible with a wide range of sensors
Advanced Functions (standard): PID, fuzzy logic, auto-tuning, soft start
Optimized programming
—
—
—
—

Common software for all products in the temperature relay range (freely downloadable from www.schneider-electric.us).
A single cable enables connection to both a computer and PLCs.
Simple adjustment of parameters.
Saving of configurations.

Table 23.150: Zelio Temperature Controllers
REG48PUN1RHU

Input Type

Number and
Type of Outputs

Alarms

Communication
on Modbus

Catalog Number

1 electromechanical relay
1 electromechanical relay
1 solid state relay
1 solid state relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 electromechanical relay
1 solid state relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 electromechanical relay
1 solid state relay
1 electromechanical relay
1 solid state relay

No
1
No
1
No
No
No
No
No
No
No
No

Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

REG24PTP1RHU
REG24PTP1ARHU
REG24PTP1LHU
REG24PTP1ALHU
REG24PTP1JHU
REG24PTP1RLU
REG24PTP1LLU
REG24PTP1JLU
REG24PUJ1RHU
REG24PUJ1LHU
REG24PUJ1RLU
REG24PUJ1LLU

209.00
186.00
216.00
192.00
219.00
209.00
216.00
219.00
209.00
216.00
219.00
216.00

1 electromechanical relay

2

2 electromechanical relays

2

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

REG48PUN1RHU
REG48PUNL1RHU
REG48PUN2RHU
REG48PUN1LHU
REG48PUNL1LHU
REG48PUN2LRHU
REG48PUN1JHU
REG48PUN2LJHU
REG48PUN1RLU
REG48PUN2RLU
REG48PUN1LLU
REG48PUN2LRLU
REG48PUN1JLU
REG48PUN2LJLU

252.00
226.00
292.00
258.00
234.00
295.00
260.00
298.00
252.00
292.00
258.00
295.00
260.00
298.00

Yes
No
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

REG96PUN1RHU
REG96PUNL1RHU
REG96PUN2RHU
REG96PUN1LHU
REG96PUNL1LHU
REG96PUN2LRHU
REG96PUN1JHU
REG96PUN2LJHU
REG96PUN1RLU
REG96PUN2RLU
REG96PUN1LLU
REG96PUN2LRLU
REG96PUN1JLU
REG96PUN2LJLU

336.00
311.00
381.00
343.00
317.00
383.00
345.00
385.00
336.00
381.00
343.00
384.00
345.00
385.00

Supply Voltage

$ Price

28 x 48 Size — 1/32 DIN Standard

100/240 Vac
Thermocouple
PT100 Probe
24 Vac/Vdc
100/240 Vac
Voltage/current
24 Vac/Vdc

Universal

REG96PUN1RHU
24 Vac/Vdc

1 solid state relay

2

1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 electromechanical relay
2 electromechanical relays
1 solid state relay
1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA)

2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2

1 electromechanical relay

3

2 electromechanical relays

3

98 x 48 Size — 1/8 DIN Standard

100/240 Vac

Universal

24 Vac/Vdc

1 solid state relay

3

1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 electromechanical relay
2 electromechanical relays
1 solid state relay
1 solid state relay + 1 electromechanical relay
1 analog interface (4–20 mA)
1 solid state relay + 1 analog interface (4–20 mA)

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

Table 23.151: Temperature Controller Accessories
Description

For Use With Relays

Sold In Lots Of

Catalog Number

Bracket for mounting on DIN rail

24 x 48 mm (1/32 DIN)
48 x 48 mm (1/16 DIN)
96 x 48 mm (1/8 DIN)

4
2
2

REG24PSOC
REG48PCOV
REG96COV

Terminal block cover

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

$ Price
21.90
30.30
37.10

23-31

23

100/240 Vac

RELAYS AND TIMERS

48 x 48 Size — 1/16 DIN Standard

Control and Measurement
Relays

RM17JC & RM35JA
Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Current Measurement Relays
Zelio Current Measurement Relays are designed to measure under and overcurrent, without external sensors. Current
measurement relays enable continuous monitoring of the operation of electrical and mechanical loads such as motors
and resistors. They are DIN rail mountable and the control status is indicated by an LED.
RM17JC Current Control Relay

RM35JA Current Control Relays

•
•
•

•
•
•

Monitors a.c. currents
Designed to monitor overcurrent
Equipped with an integrated current transfmormer

Selection between overcurrent or undercurrent
Automatic d.c. or a.c. recognition
Selectable memory function

Table 23.152:
RM17JC00MW

Measurement Range

Supply Voltage

a

Rangea

Width

Output
5Amps

Terminals

Inches

mm

Catalog Number

$ Price

2–20 A
N/A
1 C/O
0.69
17.50
RM17JC00MW
2–20 mA
E1-M
RM35JA31MW
10–100 mA
E2-M
24–240 Vac/dc
50–500 mA
E3-M
2 C/O
1.38
35.00
0.15–1.5 A
E1-M
RM35JA32MW
0.5–5 A
E2-M
1.5–15 A
E3-M
Above 15A, a current transformer can be connected (for RM35JA3•MW). See page 57 of the catalog for suggested wiring.

130.00
148.00

177.00

Table 23.153: Output Characteristics and Measurement Circuit Characteristics
Type of Relay

RM17JC00MW

RM35JA31MW

RM35JA31MW

RM35JA32MW

Plus or minus 10% of the full scale value

Setting accuracy
Repeat accuracy (with constant parameters)
Hysteresis
Time delay accuracy (with constant parameters)
Time delay on pick-up
Conforming to standards
Storage
Ambient air temperature around the
device
Operational

15% of the threshold setting, fixed
N/A
500ms

Plus or minus 0.5%
5 to 50% of the threshold setting, adjustable
plus or minus 2%
300ms
NF EN 60255-6
-40 to 158 degrees F (-40 to +70°C)
-4 to 122 degrees F (-20 to +50°C)

Approvals:

23

File
CNN

E173076
NRNT

File
Class

217698
3211 07

CE: 73/23/EEC and
EMC 89/336/EEC

GL, C-Tick, GOST,
RoHS

Approximate Dimensions
RELAYS AND TIMERS

RM35JA32MW

RM35JA3•MW

RM17JC00MW
35/1.38

72/2.83

17.5
0.69

97/3.82

A1 A2 E3 E2 E1 M

1 C/O =

90/3.54

90/3.54

10/0.39

2.8
0.11

2.8
0.11

2 C/O =
12 11 14 22 21 24

76/2.99
72.5/2.85

101/3.98
97.5/3.84

Dual Dimensions:

23-32

CP2

Discount
Schedule

INCHES
Millimeters

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control and Measurement
Relays

RM17T•00
Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Phase Measurement Relays
Zelio Phase Measurement Relays monitor their own power supply. Relay status is indicated by an LED and they are
DIN rail mountable.
RM17TG•0 measurement and control relays are for monitoring of 3-phase supplies for the correct sequencing of
phases L1, L2, and L3, as well as the total loss of one or more phases.
Table 23.154: 3-Phase supply control relays
Supply
Voltage

RM17TG•0

208–480 Vac
208–440 Vac

Detection
Threshold

Output
5 Amps

<100 Vac

1 C/O
2 C/O

Width
inches

Catalog Number

mm

0.69

$ Price

RM17TG00
RM17TG20

17.50

114.00
125.00

Table 23.155: Multifunction 3-phase supply control relays
Width

Supply
Voltage

Voltage
Range

Output
5 Amps

inch

mm

Catalog
Number

208–480 Vac

Selectable voltages:
208, 220, 380, 400,
415, 440, 480

1 C/O

0.69

17.50

$ Price

RM17TT00
RM17TA00
RM17TU00
RM17TE00

136.00
177.00
131.00
217.00

Table 23.156: RM17TT, RM17TA, RM17TU, and RM17TE multifunction control relays monitor the following on
3-phase supplies:

RM17TA00

Function
Sequence of phases L1, L2 and L3
Phase failure with regeneration (0.7 x selected voltage range)
Asymmetry (phase imbalance)
Undervoltage
Overvoltage and undervoltage

RM17TT
Yes
Yes
No
No
No

RM17TA
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

RM17TU
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
No

RM17TE
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes

Table 23.157: 3-phase supply and motor temperature control relays
Supply
Voltage

Measurement
Range

220–480 Vac

Width

Output
5 Amps

208–480 Vac

inch

2 N.O.

Catalog
Number

mm

1.38

35.00

$ Price

RM35TM50MW
RM35TM250MW

221.00
231.00

Table 23.158: RM35TM control relays monitor the following on 3-phase supplies:
RM17TE00

Function
Sequence of phases L1, L2 and L3
Phase failure
Motor temperature via PTC probe
Selection (with or without memory)
Test-reset button

RM35TM50MW
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
No

RM35TM250MW
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes

Table 23.159: Multifunction 3-phase supply control relays
Supply
Voltage

Measurement
Range

Output
5 Amps

220–480 Vac

194–528 Vac

2 C/O

Width
inch
1.38

mm
35.00

Catalog
Number

$ Price

RM35TF30

273.00

Approvals:
RM35TM••MW

File
CNN

E173076
NRNT

File
Class

217698
3211 07

CE: 73/23/EEC and
EMC 89/336/EEC

GL, C-Tick, GOST,
RoHS

RM35•

23

Approximate Dimensions
RM17•

35/1.38

72/2.83

17.5
0.69

72/2.83

90/3.54

90/3.54

RM35TF30

2.8
0.11

2.8
0.11

1 C/O =
2 C/O =
2 N/O =

76/2.99

76/2.99

72.5/2.85

72.5/2.85
Dual Dimensions:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP2

Discount
Schedule

RELAYS AND TIMERS

RM35TF30 measurement and control relay is for monitoring of phase sequence, phase failure, asymmetry,
undervoltage and overvoltage in window mode.

INCHES
Millimeters

23-33

Control and Measurement
Relays

RM17UB, RM35UB, RM17UAS, RM17UBE, RM35UA1•MW
Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Voltage Measurement Relays
Zelio Voltage Measurement Relays are DIN rail mountable and relay status is indicated by an LED.
Single phase and d.c. voltage measurement and control relays RM17UAS•• and RM17UBE•• monitor:

•
•
•
•

Overvoltage
Undervoltage
Overvoltage and undervoltage (window mode)
Nominal voltages

Table 23.160: Single-phase and d.c. voltage control relays
RM17UB310

Supply Voltage

Ranges Controlled

12 Vdc
24–48 Vac/Vdc
110–240 Vac/Vdc
24–48 Vac/Vdc
110–240 Vac/Vdc

9–15 Vdc
20–80 Vac/Vdc
65–260 Vac/Vdc
20–80 Vac/Vdc
65–260 Vac/Vdc

a
b

Width

Output 5 A

in.

1 C/O

Catalog Number

mm

0.69

$ Price

RM17UAS14a
RM17UAS16a
RM17UAS15a
RM17UBE16b
RM17UBE15b

17.50

138.00
138.00
138.00
146.00
146.00

Provides overvoltage or undervoltage protection.
Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection in window mode.

Multifunction voltage control relays RM35UA1•MW monitor both a.c. and d.c. voltages.

•
•
RM35UB3•••

Automatic Vdc or Vac recognition
Selection between overvoltage and undervoltage

Table 23.161: Multifunction voltage control relays
Supply Voltage

24–240 Vac/Vdc

Measurement Range
Ranged
0.05–0.5 V
0.3–3 V
0.5–5
1–10
5–50
10–100
15–150
30–300
60–600

Width

Output
5A

Terminals
E1-M
E2-M
E3-M
E1-M
E2-M
E3-M
E1-M
E2-M
E3-M

in.

Catalog
Number

mm

$ Price

RM35UA11MW
157.00
RM35UA12MW
2 C/O

1.38

35.00

157.00
RM35UA13MW
157.00

3-phase voltage control relays monitor:
RM17UAS••

23

•
•
•
•
•

Failure of one or more phases
Voltage between phases
Absence of neutral
Voltage between phases and neutral
Overvoltage and undervoltage

Table 23.162: Three-phase voltage control relays
RELAYS AND TIMERS

c
d

Rated 3-Phase
Supply Voltage Vac

Measurement Range

Output
5A

220–480 phase-phase
120–277 phase-neutral
120–277 phase-neutral

195–528 Vac
183–528 Vac
114–329 Vac

1 C/O + 1 C/O 1 per threshold
1 C/O
1 C/O + 1 C/O 1 per threshold

Width
in.
1.38
0.69
1.38

mm
35.00
17.50
35.00

Catalog
Number

$ Price

RM35UB330c
RM17UB310c
RM35UB3N30d

229.00
189.00
254.00

Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection between phases.
Provides overvoltage and undervoltage protection between phases and neutral and absence of neutral.

Approvals:
File
CNN

E173076
NRNT

File
Class

217698
3211 07

CE: 73/23/EEC and
EMC 89/336/EEC

GL, C-Tick,
GOST, RoHS

RM35UA1•MW

Approximate Dimensions
RM35•

RM17•

35/1.38

72/2.83

17.5
0.69

72/2.83

1 C/O =

2.8
0.11

2.8
0.11

90/3.54

90/3.54

2 C/O =

76/2.99

76/2.99

72.5/2.85

72.5/2.85
Dual Dimensions:

23-34

CP2

Discount
Schedule

INCHES
Millimeters

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Control and
Measurement Relays

RM35L•••MW, RM35BA10
Refer to Catalog 8430CT0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Zelio™ Level Control Relays and Zelio™ Pump Control Relays
Zelio level control relays control one or two levels with fill or empty function. The settings are protected by a sealable
cover, control status is indicated by an LED, and they are DIN rail mountable. RM35LM is designed to control levels of
conductive liquid, and RM35LV is designed to control levels of other materials.

RM35LM33MW

Application examples for RM35LM:

•

•
•
•
•
•

Application examples for RM35LV:

Detecting pump seal failures
Spring, town, industrial and sea water
Metallic salt, acid or base solutions
Liquid fertilizers
Non-concentrated alcohol (<40%)

•
•
•
•

Liquids in the food-processing industry: milk, beer, coffee, etc.
Chemically pure water
Fuels, liquid gasses (inflammable)
Oil, concentrated alcohol (>40%)
Ethylene, glycol, paraffin, varnish and paints

Table 23.163: Level Control Relays
Time Delay on
Crossing the
Threshold

0.1–5 seconds,
0 + 10%

Function

Output Relay

Detection by resistive
probes

2 C/O, 5A

Detection by discrete
sensors

1 C/O, 5A

Supply Voltage
50/60 Hz

Measurement
Ranges

Catalog Number

250 Ω –5 k Ω
5 k Ω –100 k Ω
50 k Ω –1 M Ω

24–240 Vac/Vdc

$ Price

RM35LM33MW
115.00

—

RM35LV14MW

146.00

Table 23.164: Probes
°F

°C

Maximum
pressure
kg/cm2

Catalog
Number

3

176

80

2

RM79696044

78.00

1

392

25

200

RM79696014

95.00

Application

No. of
probes

Recommended for drink vending machines and where
installation space is limited (stainless steel)a
Suitable for boilers, pressure vessels, and under high
temperature conditions (1) (304 stainless steel)a

RM35LV14MW

a

Operating temperature

$ Price

3/8” BSP mounting thread with hexagonal head. Use a 24mm spanner for tightening.

Table 23.165: Probes
Description
Protected probe for mounting by suspension, protective shell PUC (S7) Electrode: stainless steel
Liquid level control probe, suspended by cable, maximum operating temperature 212°F/100°Cb
b

Catalog
Number
RM79696043
LA9RM201

$ Price

Catalog
Number
RM79696006

$ Price

57.00
83.00

3/8” BSP mounting head.

RM79696043

Table 23.166: Electrode Holders
Description

Material

Electrode for use up to 662°F (350°C)

Stainless steel isolated by ceramic

62.00

Pump control relay RM35BA10 can operate on a single-phase or 3-phase supply. It incorporates three functions in a
signal unit:

•

Over and under current measurement

•

Phase presence control

Single or three phase

It has two operating modes which are designed to control a pump via two external signal inputs (Y1 Y2). These two
signals are controlled by volt-free contacts. Control inputs Y1 and Y2 can be connected to:

•

•

Level sensor

•

Level relay

•

Pressure sensor

Push button

Table 23.167: Pump Control Relay
LA9RM201

Description

Current Range Controlled

Pump Control Relay

Supply Voltage
208–480 Vac, 3 phase
230, single-phase

1–10 A

Output

Catalog Number

1 C/O 5 A

RM35BA10

$ Price
284.00

RELAYS AND TIMERS

•

Approvals:
E173076
NRNT

File
Class

217698
3211 07

CE: 73/23/EEC and
EMC 89/336/EEC

GL, C-Tick, GOST,
RoHS

23

File
CNN

RM79696006

Approximate Dimensions
RM35BA10

35/1.38

35/1.38

72/2.83
E1

L1 L2 L3

90/3.54

>I
=10.2 mm (0.40 in.) wide blocksa
Lateral sides for NSYTRV terminal blocks 1 to 100
Central shaft for NSYTRR / NSYTRP /
L1, L2,
NSYTRH terminal block
L3, N,PE
1 to 10
11 to 20
21 to 30
31 to 40
41 to 50
51 to 60
61 to 70
71 to 80
Flat markers
81 to 90
Black horizontal markings on white
91 to 100
background
1 to 100
For 5.2 mm (0.21 in.) wide blocks
Lateral sides for NSYTRV terminal
blocks
L1, L2,
Central shaft for NSYTRR / NSYTRP /
L3, N,PE
NSYTRH terminal blocks
1 to 10
11 to 20
21 to 30
31 to 40
41 to 50
51 to 60
61 to 70
71 to 80
Flat markers
81 to 90
Black horizontal markings on white
91 to 100
background
1 to 100
For 6.2 mm (0.24 in.) wide blocks
Lateral sides for NSYTRV terminal
blocks
L1, L2,
Central shaft for NSYTRR / NSYTRP /
L3, N,PE
NSYTRH terminal block

NSYTRAB610
NSYTRAB620
NSYTRAB630
NSYTRAB640
NSYTRAB650
NSYTRAB660
NSYTRAB670
NSYTRAB680
NSYTRAB690
NSYTRAB6100
NSYTRAB61100

0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
8.50

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
1

NSYTRAB6L1N

3.00

10

NSYTRAB810
NSYTRAB820
NSYTRAB830
NSYTRAB840
NSYTRAB850
NSYTRAB860
NSYTRAB870
NSYTRAB880
NSYTRAB890
NSYTRAB8100
—

0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
—

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
—

—

—

0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
0.92
—

10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
—

Black horizontal markings on white
background
For 5.2 mm (0.21 in.) wide blocks
Lateral sides for NSYTRV terminal
blocks
Central shaft for NSYTRR / NSYTRP /
NSYTRH terminal blocks

NSYTRAB1010
NSYTRAB1020
NSYTRAB1030
NSYTRAB1040
NSYTRAB1050
NSYTRAB1060
NSYTRAB1070
NSYTRAB1080
NSYTRAB1090
NSYTRAB10100
—
—
NSYTRABF510
NSYTRABF520
NSYTRABF530
NSYTRABF540
NSYTRABF550
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
NSYTRABF610
NSYTRABF620
NSYTRABF630
NSYTRABF640
NSYTRABF650
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
10
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

0.89
0.85
0.85
0.85
0.85
—
—
—
—
—
—

10
10
10
10
10
—
—
—
—
—
—

—

—

Catalog Number

$ Price
ea.

Std.
Pack

72 characters (6 strips)

NSYTRABPV5

5.60

10

60 characters (6 strips)

NSYTRABPV6

4.70

10

42 characters (6 strips)

NSYTRABPV8

3.30

10

60 characters (6 strips)

NSYTRABFPV5

5.60

10

60 characters (6 strips)

NSYTRABFPV6

4.70

10

Blank marking cards for
5.2 mm (0.21 in.) wide blocks

Blank marking cards for
6.2 mm (0.24 in.) wide blocks

Blank marking cards for
8.2 mm (0.32 in.) wide blocksa

Blank flat marking cards for
5.2 mm (0.21 in.) wide blocks

Blank flat marking cards for
6.2 mm (0.24 in.) wide blocks

RoHS
Compliant

For blocks 12.2 mm (0.48 in.) or wider, the strip must be broken and the individual marking
characters used.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP5

Discount
Schedule

24

a

—

Description

TERMINAL BLOCKS

Description

Blank Markers

24-13

IEC Style
Terminal Blocks
Table 24.30:

Mounting Track and End Clamps
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT1301

DIN 3 Track – Various Lengths
Length

Description

Catalog
Number

Angle bracket kit
$ Price
ea.

Class 9080
Type

Std.a
Pack

IN
mm
3
0.08
MH203
3.20
4
0.10
MH204
3.60
5
0.13
MH205
4.10
6
0.15
MH206
4.70
7
0.18
MH207
5.10
8
0.20
MH208
5.60
9
0.23
MH209
6.20
10
0.25
MH210
6.80
Galvanized
11
0.28
MH211
7.20
steel,
12
0.30
MH212
7.80
no mounting
13
0.33
MH213
8.30
holes
14
0.36
MH214
8.70
15
0.38
MH215
9.30
16
0.41
MH216
9.80
17
0.42
MH217
10.20
18
0.46
MH218
10.80
Symmetrical
19.68
500
MH220
11.60
rail 35 x 7.5
39.37
1000
MH239
19.70
mm
(1.38 in. x 0.295
78.74
2000
MH279
29.60
in.) in
10
3
0.08
MH303
3.50
compliance with
4
0.10
MH304
3.90
EN 50022
standard (DIN
5
0.13
MH305
4.70
46277-3).
6
0.15
MH306
5.10
7
0.18
MH307
5.70
8
0.20
MH308
6.20
9
0.23
MH309
6.90
10
0.25
MH310
7.40
11
0.28
MH311
8.10
Galvanized
steel,
12
0.30
MH312
8.60
prepunched
13
0.33
MH313
9.20
14
0.36
MH314
9.60
15
0.38
MH315
10.20
16
0.41
MH316
10.80
17
0.42
MH317
11.60
18
0.46
MH318
12.00
19.68
500
MH320
13.10
39.37
1000
MH339
23.00
78.74
2000
MH379
32.70
High rise track
Aluminum
39.37
1000
MH439
27.90
2
a
Orders must specify the standard package quantity (Std. Pack) or multiples of that
quantity.

For mounting 9080GH or MH track to a panel
at 45o angle. Includes 2 brackets and
hardware for mounting the track to the
brackets.

Table 24.31:

Std.a
Pack

7.20

1

Length

Catalog Number

$ Price
Std.
ea. Pack a

IN

mm

Symmetrical rail 35x15 mm depth
1.5 mm thick galvanized steel
Prepunched

78.74

2000

NSYSDR200D

11.16

20

Symmetrical rail 35x15 mm depth
1.5 mm thick galvanized steel
No mounting holes

78.74

2000

NSYSDR200

11.16

20

Symmetrical rail 35x7.2 mm depth
1 mm thick galvanized steel
Prepunched

78.74

2000

NSYSDR200BD

7.52

20

78.74

2000

NSYSDR200B

7.52

20

78.74

2000

NSYTRADR155

15.00

5

0.21

5.2

NSYTRAAB35

1.50

50

0.37

9.5

NSYTRAABV35

2.40

50

0.21

5.2

NSYTRAAB15

1.50

50

0.31

8

9080MHA10

2.40

50

NSYTRACRM22

0.50

50

0.50

50

DIN 3

Symmetrical rail 35x7.2 mm depth
1 mm thick galvanized steel
No mounting holes
DIN 2
Symmetrical rail 15x5 mm depth
1 mm thick galvanized steel
Prepunched
End Clamps

Plastic clip-on end clamp for
35 mm DIN 3 track

Plastic clip-on end clamp with screw
for 35 mm DIN 3 track

Plastic clip-on end clamp for
15 mm DIN 2 track

.71
18

.98
25

.25
6

.04
1
1.38
35 .98
25

.30
8

1.80
46

Polycarbonate end clamp for
35 mm DIN 3 track
End Plate for Direct Mounting Miniature Blocks

1.17
30

A

9080MHA10

9080MH3**

0.09

Dual Dimensions:

24

35
1.4

9080MH82c

$ Price
ea.

DIN 3 Track—2 meter length

Description

Dimensions

5.5
0.2

www.schneider-electric.us

Inches

Plastic end plateb

Millimeters

15
0.6

End Plate for Direct Mounting Miniature Blocks with Flange

5
0.2
1.5
0.06

35
1.4

7.2
0.3
1
0.04

1
0.04

TERMINAL BLOCKS

NSYSDR200D
and NSYSDR200

2.2

5
.20

1
.04

0.09

8.5
.34

NSYTRACRMF22

Plastic end plate with flangeb

15
.59

a
b

NSYSDR200BD
and NSYSDR200B

2.2

NSYSTRAD155

Orders must specify the standard package quantity (Std. Pack) or multiples of that
quantity.
Can only be used at the end of a group of terminals.

RoHS
Compliant

2000 (78.7)

2000 (78.7)

24-14

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NEMA Style
Terminal Blocks

Type G
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9601

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard Terminal Block Assemblies
The assemblies listed in the table below consist of 6 ft
(two 3 ft lengths packaged together) of terminal blocks.
The terminal blocks are mounted on snap-off mounting
track, which can be easily broken every 5/16 in. Every
tenth terminal block is marked to aid in counting off the
proper number of terminal blocks. After adding the proper
end barrier and a slip-in end clamp to the blocks that were
broken off, the custom assembly is ready for installation.
Table 24.32:

Standard Terminal Block Assemblies

Description
Assembly of 188 Type GA6
Assembly of 204 Type GR6
Assembly of 94 Type GF6
Assembly of 296 Type GM6
Assembly of 188 Type GP6

Type
GA6188BC
GR6204BC
GF694BC
GM6296BC
GP6188BC

$ Price
530.00
674.00
1311.00
830.00
653.00

Custom Terminal Block Assemblies
Order an assembly built as required for the application.
As standard, custom assemblies use 9080GH mounting
track with screw on end clamps. Other options are
available from the table below.
One terminal block type: The number of blocks in the
assembly is added to the end of the catalog number of
the desired block. Example: an assembly of 25 9080GR6
blocks would be 9080GR625.
More than one terminal block type in an assembly: A
detailed drawing or sketch of the desired assembly must
accompany the order.
Table 24.33:

Custom Assembly Pricing

Block Type

$ Price Per
Block/Terminal

GA6
GC6
GCB01–15
GCB20–150
GD6
GE6
GF6

2.80
6.10
68.00
84.00
12.20
31.80
14.00

GG6

14.60

Table 24.34:

Custom Terminal Block Assemblies

Option
Suffix
Example
Substitute slip-in end clamps
C
9080GR625C
Substitute snap-off channel
B
9080GR625BC a
For direct mount assembly of 9080GK6 blocks
D
9080GK67D
Add a blank vinyl marking strip
M
9080GR625M
Add pre-marked (1–25 only) marking strip
MPO
9080GR625MPO
Mount on 35 mm DIN 3 track instead of
T
9080GR625T
9080GH track
a
The 9080GH10 screw-on end clamp is not recommended for use with
snap-off channel. It is recommended that the 9080GH11 slip-in end
clamp be used. Therefore, when the suffix B is used, it should be
followed by the suffix C.

$ Price Per
Block/Terminal
GK6 channel mounted
3.30
GK6 direct mounted
2.70
GM6
2.90
GP6
3.50
GR6
3.30
GR6T
3.80
GS6
3.80
Blank vinyl marking strip
0.05
Pre-numbered (1-25 only)
0.24
Block Type

Price per block from Table 24.33
Number of blocks in the assembly x
Subtotal (multiply # of blocks by price of blocks)
Initial Charge for factory assemblies
All except 9080GK6 direct mount ($7.00)
OR for 9080GK6 direct mount ($3.60)
Vinyl Marking Strips
Adder for Suffix M—$0.05 per block
OR adder for Suffix MPO—$0.24 per block
Deduct for Suffix C—$2.40
Total everything from Subtotal down
Apply the following rounding rules to the total obtained:
$1.00 through $50.00
over $50.00

How to Order

To Order Specify
Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class
9080

Type
GA612

24

•
•

TERMINAL BLOCKS

Table 24.35:

Round to the nearest dime
Round to the nearest dollar

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP5

Discount
Schedule

24-15

NEMA Style
Terminal Blocks

Type G
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9601
Table 24.36:

3/4 in. Mounting Track

Table 24.38:

$ Price Std.
ea. Packa
3
GH103
2.40
5
4
GH104
2.40
5
5
GH105
2.60
5
6
GH106
2.60
5
7
GH107
2.60
5
8
GH108
3.00
5
9
GH109
3.00
5
10
GH110
3.30
5
11
GH111
3.30
5
Standard
12
GH112
3.50
5
Track
13
GH113
3.50
5
14
GH114
3.80
5
Snap-Off Standard
15
GH115
3.90
5
Track
Track
16
GH116
4.20
5
17
GH117
4.40
5
18
GH118
4.80
5
36
GH136
11.70
5
48
GH148
15.20
5
72
GH172
22.70
5
36
GH236
11.70
20
Snap-Off
High Rise
48
GH248
15.20
20
Track
72
GH272
22.70
20
High Rise
36
GH336
29.00
2
Note: For additional track and appropriate end clamps, see page 24-12.
Style

Table 24.37:

Length
(in.)

Type

Type

Marking and Additional Accessories
Description

Type

25 ft blank vinyl marking GH220
strip

Vinyl marking strip
numbered 1-25

Accessories
Description

www.schneider-electric.us

$ Price Std.
ea. Packa

11.90

1

For GK6, GR6

GH21

4.40

5

For GA6, GP6

GH22

4.40

5

For GM6

GH230

4.40

5

Blank pin-feed marking
tabs—6 x 20
(total 120) marking tabs GH200
for GD6, GR6,
and GT6 blocks

1.70

20

Pre-marked 01 to 50
(2 sets) plus 20
Various marking tabs
(total 120 marking tabs) GH210
for GD6, GR6, and
GT6 blocks

13.10

5

Marking pen with
permanent, fine line
black ink

GH40

8.00

12

Marking strip end plug
for GK6, GR6, GM6,
GA6, GP6, GC6, GD6,
GE6, and GT6 blocks

GH60

.39

50

Transition barrier
between GK6 and
all other G or K blocks

GH61

.98

50

Cover for GR6 or GR6T GH62
blocks

.98

50

$ Price Std.
ea. Packa

End Clamps
Screw-on End Clamp
(Not recommended for use
on snap-off mounting track)

GH10

2.40

50

Slip-in End Clamp
(Not for use with 9080
GE6, GK6 blocks)

GH11

.63

50

2-pole jumper for GM6

GH700

.59

20

6-pole jumper for GM6

GH710

1.20

10

2-pole jumper for GK6, GR6 GH72

.62

20

6-pole jumper for GK6, GR6 GH73

1.80

10

2-pole jumper for GC6

GH74

2.30

10

6-pole jumper for GC6

GH75

4.30

10

2-pole jumper for GD6

GH76

3.20

10

6-pole jumper for GD6

GH77

8.70

10

2-pole jumper for GA6, GP6 GH78

1.20

10

6-pole jumper for GA6, GP6 GH79

2.00

10

Snap-together fanning
strip section for GA6 blocks

3.00

10

Jumpers

Fanning Strip

GH51

24
Snap-together fanning strip GH52
section for GK6, GR6 blocks

TERMINAL BLOCKS

a

3.30

GH90

7.40

10

Test plug adapter for
GR6T block
(included as standard
with GR6T)

GH91

1.20

50

Angle bracket kit—for
mounting
9080GH or MH track
to panel at 45° angle.
Includes 2 brackets
and hardware for
mounting the track to
the brackets

MH82

7.20

1

MHA10

2.40

50

Polycarbonate end
clamp for 35 mm
DIN 3 track, 8 mm
(0.31 in.) wide

10

Orders must specify the standard package quantity or multiples of
that quantity.

Banana test plug for
GR6T block

Table 24.39:

How to Order

To Order Specify

•
•

24-16

CP5

Discount
Schedule

Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
Class
9080

Type
GH10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit
Protectors

Type GCB
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 24.40:

9080GCB Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Protectorsb

Internal Resistance
Maximum Voltage
Catalog Numbera
$ Price
¾
0.1
133
GCB01
0.5
6.6
GCB05
0.8
2.55
GCB08
66.00
1.0
1.97
GCB10
1.2
1.22
GCB12
1.5
0.86
GCB15
250 Vac
65 Vdc
2.0
0.49
GCB20
2.5
0.31
GCB25
3.0
0.20
GCB30
4.0
0.10
GCB40
72.00
5.0
0.08
GCB50
7.0
0.03
GCB70
10.0
<0.02
GCB100
125 Vac
65 Vdc
15.0
<0.02
GCB150
o
These maximum current values assume the use of insulated copper conductors with 75 C temperature rating, and are calculated based on NEC Article
310, Table 310-16. In most cases this value is the maximum ampacity of that wire or combination of wires (as listed in the above table) which has the
greatest current carrying capacity. The actual allowable current for a particular application depends on the number, size, insulation class, and other
characteristics of the wires used.
Discount schedule CP5.
Maximum Current (A)

GCB100

a

b

Selection

Table 24.41:

To properly select a Class 9080 Type GCB circuit protector, follow these steps:

1.
2.
3.
4.

Determine the inrush correction factor from Table 24.41.
Determine the temperature correction factor from Table 24.42.
Determine the sealed current of the load that is being protected.
Multiply the sealed current by the two correction factors and choose
the closest circuit protector.

File
CCN

E152841
QVNU2
(UL1077)

File
Class

025490
3211 07

1:7

1:8

Factor

1.6

1.7

1.3

Table 24.42:
Ambient
Temperature

Note: Choosing a circuit protector with a value lower than the calculated value might
cause nuisance tripping, while choosing the larger might provide a protector
that will not properly protect the load.

Factor

Tripping Time: Tripping time of the circuit protector
is determined from Table 24.43. Divide the circuit
protector value by the temperature correction factor
from Table 24.42 to determine actual rated current
referenced in Table 24.43.

1.4

1.5

Table B—Ambient Temperature Correction Table
70oF
o

(21.1 C)
1.0

Table 24.43:
Example: Solenoid with sealed current of 0.75 A, an
inrush ratio of 1:6, and in an ambient temperature of
85oF: 0.75 x 1.5 x 1.05 = 1.18 Choose the 1.2 A
protector

Table A—Inrush Ratio Correction Table

Note: For resistive loads, use inrush correction factor of 1.0.
Inrush Ratio
1:1 to 1:4
1:5
1:6

100oF
o

(37.8 C)
1.1

120oF

140oF

o

(48.9 C)
1.2

o

(60 C)
1.3

160oF
o

(71.1 C)
1.4

200oF

180oF
o

(82.2 C)
1.5

(93.3oC)
1.6

Table C—Tripping Times in Seconds at 70oF (21.1oC)

Percent rated
current

100%

200%

300%

400%

500%

600%

1000%

2000% and
greater

Tripping
Time (s)

no trip

10–40

38

1.5–9

0.8–6

0.003–4

0.003–2

Max. 0.02

Note: When several protectors are channel mounted adjacent to each other, the “no trip” current will be
80% of rated current at 70oF.

CP5

Discount Schedule

Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Protectors
www.schneider-electric.us

Type GB2
www.schneider-electric.us
GB2 Thermal-Magnetic Circuit Protectorsc
Maximum
Voltage

Description
One pole Thermal
Magnetic Circuit
Protector

Thermal
Rating

Catalog
Number

0.5 A

GB2CB05

1A

GB2CB06

2A

$ Price ea.d

Two pole Thermal
Magnetic Circuit
Protector

Thermal
Rating

Catalog
Number

0.5 A

GB2CD05

1A

GB2CD06

GB2CB07

2A

GB2CD07

3A

GB2CB08

3A

GB2CD08

4A

GB2CB09

4A

GB2CD09

5A

GB2CB10

5A

GB2CD10

6A

GB2CB12

6A

GB2CD12

8A

GB2CB14

8A

GB2CD14

10 A

GB2CB16

10 A

GB2CD16

12 A

GB2CB20

12 A

GB2CD20

300 Vac

GB2CB06

Maximum
Voltage

Description

43.60

$ Price ea.d

52.00

300 Vac

TERMINAL BLOCKS

Table 24.44:

c
Discount schedule I.
d
Must order in multiples of 6
Note: For markers, use AB1( )R and AB1( )G markers from page 24-16

File
Class

081630
3215 30

IEC 157-1
VDE 0660

File
CCN

E113720
QVNU2

24

GB2CD

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I

Discount
Schedule

24-17

Power Distribution Blocks

Type LB
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9603
Table 24.45:

Lug Wire Rangea
Main

Aluminumb

Branch

(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–350 kcmil
(1) #4–600 kcmil
(2) #4–350 kcmil
(2) #6–500 kcmil
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #6–400 kcmil
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #14–2/0
(2) #6–500 kcmil
(2) #6–500 kcmil

LBA365212

Table 24.46:

www.schneider-electric.us

Standard Power Distribution Blocks

(1) #14–2/0
(1) #6–350 kcmil
(1) #4–600 kcmil
(2) #4–350 kcmil
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(4) #14–4
(6) #14–4
(4) #14–2
(6) #14–2
(8) #14–2
(6) #14–2/0
(12) #14–2
(6) #14–4
(8) #14–2/0
(12) #14–4

One Pole

Two Pole

Three Pole

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

Type

$ Price

LBA162101
LBA163101
LBA164101
LBA165202
LBA1652021
LBA162104
N/A
LBA163104
LBA163106
LBA164108
LBA165106
LBA165112
LBA163206
LBA165208
LBA165212

10.40
53.00
95.00
98.00
135.00
30.50
—
56.00
59.00
77.00
126.00
134.00
60.00
126.00
135.00

LBA262101
LBA263101
N/A
LBA265202
LBA2652021
LBA262104
N/A
LBA263104
LBA263106
LBA264108
LBA265106
LBA265112
LBA263206
LBA265208
LBA265212

22.10
81.00
—
147.00
206.00
45.80
—
84.00
89.00
116.00
189.00
201.00
90.00
189.00
206.00

LBA362101
LBA363101
LBA364101
LBA365202
LBA3652021
LBA362104
LBA362106
LBA363104
LBA363106
LBA364108
LBA365106
LBA365112
LBA363206
LBA365208
LBA365212

25.70
107.00
183.00
189.00
243.00
68.00
131.00
113.00
122.00
161.00
233.00
261.00
122.00
251.00
261.00

Type

$ Price

Type

N/A
LBA261104

—
30.60

LBA361101
LBA361104

$ Price

Type

—
—
147.00
228.00
201.00
—
—

LBC362101
LBC363101
LBC362104
LBC363106
LBC363206
LBC365208
LBC365212

Miniature Power Distribution Blocks

Lug Wire Rangea
Main

Aluminumb

Branch

(1) #14–2
(1) #14–2

(1) #14–2
(4) #18–10

One Pole
Type

Two Pole
$ Price

LBA161101
LBA161104

13.40
26.40

Three Pole
$ Price
23.40
58.00

LBA161104

Table 24.47:

Copper Power Distribution Blocks

Lug Wire Rangea
Main

Copperc

Branch

One Pole
Type

a
b
c

(1) #18–1/0
LBC162101
99.00
N/A
(1) #6–250 kcmil
LBC163101
125.00
N/A
(4) #14–4
LBC162104
99.00
LBC262104
(6) #14–2
LBC163106
153.00
LBC263106
(6) #14–4
LBC163206
134.00
LBC263206
(8) #14–2/0
LBC165208
297.00
N/A
(12) #14–2
LBC165212
284.00
N/A
Lugs suitable for use with 75oC conductors. (#) indicates number of conductors.
Aluminum blocks will accept either Al or Cu conductors.
Cu blocks will accept copper conductors only.

Certifications

24

Clear Plastic Covers

(0.045 in. thick)

Note: There are no covers for miniature blocks.

TERMINAL BLOCKS

For LBA Type
LBA162…, LBC162
LBA262…, LBC262
LBA362…, LBC362 e
LBA163…, LBC163
LBA263…, LBC263
LBA363.… LBC363
LBA164…
LBA264…
LBA364…
LBA165…, LBC165
LBA265…, LBC265

Type
LB21
LB22
LB23
LB31
LB32
LB33
LB41
LB42
LB43
LB51
LB52

$ Price ea. d
11.30
13.50
15.80
12.50
14.70
17.00
13.50
15.80
18.00
14.70
17.00

LBA365…, LBC365

LB53

19.20

d
e

Type

(1) #18–1/0
(1) #6–250 kcmil
(1) #14–2/0
(1) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #14–2/0
(2) #4–500 kcmil
(2) #6–500 kcmil

LBC165212

Table 24.48:

Two Pole
$ Price

Dim. A
1.062
1.875
2.688
1.782
3.313
4.844
2.125
4.000
5.875
2.719
5.656

Dim. B
2.750
2.750
2.750
3.813
3.813
3.813
4.563
4.563
4.563
5.313
5.313

8.375

5.313

File
Guide

E60616
XCFR2

Three Pole
$ Price
201.00
233.00
248.00
354.00
269.00
593.00
567.00

Refer to catalog for dimensions.

File
70361
Class 6228-01

RoHS Compliant

Marked

Application Data
Voltage Rating—Class B & C—600 V
Blocks are rated based on NEC Table 310-16 using 75oC wire.
Aluminum blocks are tin plated high conductive aluminum.
Copper blocks are tin plated high conductive copper.
Housing material:

•
•

Miniature Blocks are made from high impact thermoplastic rated at 125oC. max. & -40oC. min.
Full Size Blocks are made from general purpose phenolic rated at 150oC. max. & -40oC. min.

All blocks have a flammability rating of UL 94V-0.
Most blocks have a short circuit current rating for UL508A up to 200 kA for branch
circuit applications. For the actual ratings, see catalog 9080CT9603R9/08.

These covers must be ordered in multiples of 5. Each cover comes with two self-tapping screws.
Will not work on a 9080LBA362106 block.

24-18

CP1

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Fuseholders

Type FB
Class 9080 / Refer to Catalog 9080CT9603

www.schneider-electric.us

Rating
(A) f
30a

60a

Table 24.50:
Rating
(A) f
30b

60b
100b

3

30a

Class Rd

Lug
$ Price Wire Range
19.20
#14–10
28.40
Cu
37.20
28.40
#14–2
45.80
Cu or Al
61.00

$ Price
12.90
21.90
31.10

Type
FB1211R
FB2211R
FB3211R
FB1221R
39.20 FB2221R
55.00 FB3221R

600 V—Classes H and R

No. of Class H
Poles Type
1
FB1611
2
FB2611
3
FB3611
1
2
FB2621
3
FB3621

Table 24.51:
Rating
(A) f

250 V—Classes H and R

No. of Class H
Poles Type
1
FB1211
2
FB2211
3
FB3211
1
2
FB2221
3
FB3221

FB3631

FB2221

Lug
$ Price Type
$ Price Wire Range
24.30 FB1611R
30.60
#14–10
42.60 FB2611R
48.50
Cu
54.00 FB3611R
60.00
FB1621Re
37.20
#14–2
51.00
Cu or Al
54.00 FB3621R
78.00
#6–2/0
147.00 FB3631R 158.00
Cu or Al

Table 24.52:
Rating
(A) f

600 V Series—Miniature Fuse
Dimension (13/32 x 1-1/2 in.)

No. of Type M
Poles Type
1
FB1611M
2
FB2611M
3
FB3611M

Class CCd

Lug
$ Price Type
$ Price Wire Range
13.50 FB1611CC
13.50
#14–10
19.80 FB2611CC
22.10
Cu
24.30 FB3611CC
24.80

c

No. of
Poles

30b

1
2
3

100b

3

Rating
(A) f
30b

Table 24.54:

Base is high impact thermoplastic—
maximum operating temperature 125oC
Base is general purpose phenolic—
maximum operating temperature 150oC
Base is high impact polyester—
maximum operating temperature 130oC

2
3
2
3

•
•
•

•
•

Class J

Lug
$ Price Wire Range
45.50
#2–14 AWG
Cu—Al
63.00
54.00
#2–14
Cu—Al
75.00

Type
FB2611J
FB3611J
FB2621Je
FB3621J

Type

35 mm DIN 3 Track
Adapter
For 9080 FB*211,
FBDIN3
FB*211R,
e
FB*611M, and
FB*611CC
Fuseholders

All 30 and 60 A fuse clips are copper alloy tin plated.
All 100 and 200 A fuse clips are one piece aluminum with
copper spring tin plated.
All Class H, R and J fuses are standard with reinforced fuse
clips.

Table 24.55:

$ Price
ea.

Std.
Pack
h

4.10

100

Fuse Sizes—(Diameter x Length)

Class of Fuse

All 30 A blocks have pressure wire connectors.
All 60, 100 and 200 A blocks have box lug connectors.

A

Class H/R—
Class H/R—
Class M/CC—
Class J—
300 V
600 V
600 V
600 V
30
9/16 x 2 in.
13/16 x 5 in.
13/32 x 1-1/2 in. 13/16 x 2-1/4 in.
60
13/16 x 3 in. 1-1/16 x 5-1/2 in.
N/A
1-1/16 x 2-3/8 in.
1 x 7-7/8 in.
N/A
N/A
100
1 x 7-7/8 in.
200 1-1/2 x 7-1/8 in. 1-3/4 x 9-5/8 in.
N/A
N/A
d
Class R and CC fuseholders accept current limiting Class R & CC
fuses only.
e
Not in stock. Order point—Raleigh, NC.
f
Specified wire ranges are based on 75oC wire. Wires with
temperature ratings other than 75oC are approved while observing
NEC Article 310 wire tables for allowable ampacities of insulated
conductors.
Class R, J and CC fuse blocks are tested and approved for 200,000
AIC in accordance with UL 512.
g
Can be mounted directly to a panel or on 35 mm DIN 3 track.
h
Orders must specify the standard package quantity or multiples of that
quantity.

Approvals:

•

FB3631C

Description

Lug termination:

Lug
$ Price Wire Range
24.30
#14–10
42.60
Cu
54.00
#6–2/0
158.00
Cu

Type
FB1611
FB2611
FB3611

Track Adapter

Clip material:

•
•

Class H

600 V—Class J
No. of
Poles

60b

Base material:
b

600 V—Class H Only (Copper Only)

Table 24.53:

Application Information:
a

FB3221R

Class Rd

The Type M fuseholders are UL component recognized
(File E40747 CCN IZLT2).
The Type H, R, J and CC are UL Listed (File E40747 CCN
IZLT).
All fuseholders are CSA certified
(File 70360 Class 6225-01).

Flammability rating of all FB fuse blocks is UL 94V-0.
RoHS Compliant

Table 24.56:
To Order Specify
Class Number
Type Number

Catalog Number
9080
FB1211

24

•
•

How to Order

TERMINAL BLOCKS

Table 24.49:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1

Discount
Schedule

24-19

Cable Ends

DZ5 and AZ5
Refer to Catalog 9080CT9701
www.schneider-electric.us

Conform to NF C 63-023 Standard
Mark and terminate wires simultaneously

Table 24.57:

Without Marking Flag

Wire Size
AWG

mm2

Sleeve
color

26

0.25

Yellow

24

DZ5CE005

0.34

Green

22

0.50

White

20

0.75

Blue

B
18

D

C
A

1.00

16

1.50

Yellow

14

2.50

Gray

4.00

C

D

22

A

6.00

Table 24.58:

B

Orange
Green

0.25

Yellow

24

0.34

Green

22

0.50

White

20

0.75

Blue

18

1.00

Red

16

1.50

Black

14

2.50

Gray

B

D
C

12

4.00

Orange

10

6.00

Green

8

10.00

Brown

6

16.00

White

4

25.00

Black

D
2

35.00

Red

A
0

50.00

Table 24.60:

11

6.2

13

8.2

11

6.2

13

8.2

DZ5CE003

11

6.2

DZ5CE005L6b

13

8.2

16.8

12

11

6.2

13

8.2

11.5

6.2

13.5

8.2

24
TERMINAL BLOCKS

E

B
C

D

a
b
c
d
e

D

1.2

2.2

1.4

3

1.6

3.1

DZ5CE002
DZ5CE003L6

DZ5CE005b
DZ5CE005L12
DZ5CE007b
DZ5CE010L6b

1.8

3.4

12

DZ5CE010L12
DZ5CE015L6b

8.2
17.7

14.5

8.2

14.5

8.2

24

17.7

17.3

9.8

25.5

17.5

20

11.5

26

17.5

2.1

4

DZ5CE015b
DZ5CE0153b

2.35

4.2

2.7

4.6

3.3

5.5

0.16

0.18
0.26

0.18
1000

DZ5CE010b

6.2

22.8

Std. Pack
d

DZ5CE007L6b

11.5
13.5

$ Price ea.

DZ5CE002L6

16.8

13
8.2
13.5
14.5

DZ5CE020
DZ5CE025b

0.28
0.22
0.42
0.24

DZ5CE0253b

0.44

DZ5CE042b

0.42

DZ5CE043b

0.62

DZ5CE062

0.48

DZ5CE063

0.66

3.95

7

1.2

2.2

1.4

3

DZ5CA005b

1.6

3.1

DZ5CA007b

1.8

3.4

DZ5CA010b

2.1

4

DZ5CA015b

2.7

4.6

DZ5CA025b

DZ5CA002
DZ5CA003

100

0.26

1000
0.32

Blue

19.5

11.5

3.3

5.5

DZ5CA042b

0.38

25.5

17.5

3.3

5.5

DZ5CA043b

0.46

20

11.5

3.95

7

DZ5CA062

0.62

26

17.5

3.95

7

DZ5CA063

0.64

21.5

12

4.95

8.4

DZ5CA102

0.72

27

17.5

4.95

8.4

DZ5CA103

0.78

23.5

12

6.35

9.8

DZ5CA162

0.86
0.96

29

17.5

6.35

9.8

DZ5CA163

30

17.5

8.15

12

DZ5CA253

1.10

30

16

9

13.5

DZ5CA352

1.30

39

25

9

13.5

DZ5CA353

1.50

36

20

11

15.7

DZ5CA502

1.50

41

25

11

15.7

DZ5CA503

1.70

1000

100

20

Dual Wire Cable Ends
A

AZ5DE010

C

Catalog Number
ac

B

Marking Flag Optional e

2
4.5

Dimensions (mm)
A

With Marking Flag

26

Table 24.59:

DZ5CA042

Black

2.00

10

DZ5CA007

Red

14

12

Strip the wire, insert it into the cable end and crimp it.
Up to 7 markers can be used.

22

0.50

White

20

0.75

Blue

18

1.00

Red

16

1.50

Black

B

13
8
13.5

C

D

E

1.4

2.5

4.7

AZ5DE005

1.6

2.8

5.0

AZ5DE007

1.8

3.4

5.4

AZ5DE010

2.1

3.6

6.6

AZ5DE015

0.24

500

0.26

14
2.50
Gray
24
10
2.7
4.2
7.8
AZ5DE025
0.32
250
Bold faced catalog numbers are stocked in the United States.
These catalog numbers are UL Component Recognized (File E164872 CCN ZMMT2) provided the AT1PA crimping
tool is used to crimp the cable end.
CE Marked.
Order must specify the standard pack quantities or multiples of that quantity.
Will accept an AR1SC03 cable marker from page 24-22.

A

RoHS
Compliant

24-20

I

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Cable Ends

AR1 and AT1
Refer to Catalog 9080CT9701

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 24.61:

Cable End Markers & Accessories
Catalog
Number

Style

AR1SC01

AR1SC02

AR1SC03

Adjustable collar type marker holder for #14 to #2 wire
Clip-on marker holder for #18 to #16 wire (7 markers max.)
Cable end marker tags for DZ5CA042 to DZ5CA253
Card of 200 yellow markers with black numeral 0 thru 9
Card of 200 yellow markers with black letters A thru Z
Card of 200 black markers with a white 0 marked on them
Card of 200 brown markers with a white 1 marked on them
Card of 200 red markers with a black 2 marked on them
Card of 200 orange markers with a black 3 marked on them
Card of 200 yellow markers with a black 4 marked on them
Card of 200 green markers with a black 5 marked on them
Card of 200 blue markers with a black 6 marked on them
Card of 200 violet markers with a black 7 marked on them
Card of 200 gray markers with a black 8 marked on them
Card of 200 white markers with a black 9 marked on them
Card of 200 blank yellow markers
Card of 200 blank green markers
Card of 200 yellow markers with a black + marked on them
Card of 200 yellow markers with a black—marked on them
Complete set of numeral markers 0 thru 9, plus one card each of the “+” “-”, yellow blanks,
and green blanks/one AT1PA1 positioning tool. Each kit has 200 of each item.
Complete set of letter markers A thru Z, plus one card each of the “+” “-”, yellow blanks,
and green blanks/one AT1PA1 positioning tool. Each kit has 200 of each item.

Table 24.62:

$ Price Std.
ea. Packa

AR1SC01
AR1SC02
AR1SC03
AR1MA01b
AR1MB01b
AR1MC010
AR1MC011
AR1MC012
AR1MC013
AR1MC014
AR1MC015
AR1MC016
AR1MC017
AR1MC018
AR1MC019
AR1MA0196
AR1MA0197
AR1MA0198
AR1MA0199

0.42
0.42
0.12
136.00
300.00
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
13.60
12.20
12.20
12.20
12.20

AR1MA01

136.00

AR1MB01

300.00

100

1

Cable End Tools
Catalog
Number
AT1PA1

Description

Cable end marker positioning tool
Automatic stripping and cutting tool
for 0.8 mm to 4 mm cable,
AT1PA7
adjustable stripping length
2
2
Crimping tool for cable ends 0.5 mm to 16 mm
AT1PA2
AT1PA4
Crimping tool for cable ends 10 mm2 to 35 mm2
Organizing case for cable ends—holds
AT1HB2
stripping tool and cable ends (not supplied)
a
Order must specify the standard pack quantities or multiples of that quantity.
b
Complete the catalog number by adding the number or letter desired.
Examples: AR1 MA015 is a card of 200 yellow markers with a black 5 marked on them.
R1 MB01T is a card of 200 yellow markers with a black T marked on them.

AT1PA1

$ Price
30.20
506.00
246.00
268.00
116.00

AT1PA7

AR1MA019

AT1PA2
AT1HB2

24

TERMINAL BLOCKS

AT1PA4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

I

Discount
Schedule

24-21

Advantys TELEFAST™ 2 Prewired Connection System
Refer to Catalog 8501CT9801
www.schneider-electric.us

The TELEFAST 2 system is a set of products for the rapid
connection of I/O modules (24 Vdc discrete, analog and
counters) to Various control circuit components. These
components act as a substitute for screw terminal blocks,
remotely locating and partly eliminating the single wire
connections. The system connects only to channels with
HE10 and SUB-D connectors, or to standard terminal blocks
with a cabled connector.
Variations within the listing of modules include those with
and without relays (electromechanical and solid state),
analog and counter modules, and special function modules.
Pre-wired cables available allow you to connect directly to:

•

Schneider Electric (Modicon™ family)
— TSX Premium™
— TSX Micro
— TSX Series 7
— Twido
— Quantum™
— Compact
— April S5000/7000
— NUM1020/1060

•

Siemens
— S7 – 200/300/400
— S5 – 95U to 155U

•

Allen-Bradley
— SLC500

Advantys TELEFAST 2 Product Features
Blade Isolation Switch
on the 0 V terminal of
the Power Supply

Fuse Protection for
the Cable and
Power Supply

Test Point for 2.3 mm Plug
LEDs Indicating
I/O State and
Blown Fuse

Power Supply
LED

Fusing per
Channel
Blade Isolation
Switches per
Channel

35 mm
DIN-rail
Mounting

Detachable
Terminal Blocks
(Screw Terminations)

In addition, other accessories include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

I/O simulators
Continuity blocks
Label marking software
Splitter bases (16, 23, and 32 channels)
Mounting kits
Detachable terminal strips
Wiring pass-through connectors
Fuses

Custom Labeling of Channels (cover face)
and Wiring Diagram (under cover)

NOTE: Not all features available on all modules.

24
TERMINAL BLOCKS

24-22

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Machine Safety Products
Safety Relays
XPS safety relays for controlling individual safety functions of the
system.

25-4

Safety Controller
XPSMC safety controllers for use where multiple safety relays and
multiple safety functions are required, or where there is a greater
interaction between the various safety functions required on the
machine.

25-4

25

XPS Safety
Relay (p. 25-4)

Safety PLC
XPSMC Safety
Controller (p. 25-4)

XPSMF Safety PLC for use in safety systems where multiple
functions are required, or where the interaction between the various
components of the safety system is more complicated.

25-5

AS-Interface Safety at Work
XPSMF Safety
PLC (p. 25-5)

AS-Interface for use where multiple safety functions and their
interaction need to be monitored. All safety information is transmitted
using a safety communication bus.

25-5

Light Curtains

AS-Interface Safety
at Work (p. 25-5)

XUSL light curtains for use in point of operation guarding and
perimeter guarding. Available in 14 mm (finger) or 30 mm (hand)
minimum object sensitivity (MOS) as well as perimeter or body
detection, all with a wide range of protected heights.

25-6

Safety Interlock Switches
XCS safety interlock switches for mechanical interlocking of gates
and guards. Locking and non-locking versions are available.

25-7

Non-Contact Safety Interlock Switches

XUSL Light Curtain
(p. 25-6)

XCSDM Non-Contact
Safety Interlock Switches(p. 25-7)

XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches for interlocking of
gates and guards, where no contact is desired between switch and
actuator.

25-7

Safety Limit Switches
XCS safety limit switches for a wide variety of safety related
functions, including end of travel notification, over-travel indication,
safety related positioning of machinery/tooling or component parts,
as well as gates and guards.

25-8

Cable Pull Switches
XY2 cable pull switches for Emergency Stop control around
conveyors, assembly lines, and large machines.

25-8

Palm Operators
9001 Type P palm operators for applications such as power operated
See catalog
presses, and two hand control applications.
MKTED208051EN-US
XY2 Cable Pull Switches
(p. 25-8)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

Section 25

25-1

Preventa™ Machine
Safety Products

Introduction
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US
www.schneider-electric.us

25
MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

Safety-related systems are comprised of many
components, and no single safety component will ensure
the safety of the system. The design of the complete
safety-related system and level of safety desired must be
considered before choosing products. The whole safetyrelated system needs to be integrated as part of the initial
design, not added on after the machine is built. Schneider
Electric can provide a wide range of products for the
protection of personnel for machine guarding applications
and safety-related system architectures.

beverage applications, so we provide several different
types of XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches.

Safety PLCs—XPSMF

Cable Pull Switches—XY2

Safety PLCs are used where the safety-related solution is
complicated, or where there are a greater number of
safety inputs or outputs required. They are also used
where safety inputs and outputs need to be distributed
around the machine or production area.

In most applications, emergency stopping is required to
shut the machine down in case an emergency or problem
arises. Where an individual emergency stop is required,
the XB4/XB5 emergency stop push buttons are available
in various types, sizes, and nameplates. On large
machines or conveyors a high number of emergency stop
operators may need to be installed. As more individual
e-stop buttons are required, using an XY2 cable pull
switch becomes a more economical solution based on
ease of use, installation time, and cost effectiveness.

Safety Controllers—XPSMC
Safety controllers are used in applications where multiple
safety relays would be required to control the safetyrelated system, or where the interaction between the
individual safety relays would require significant interwiring. The simple-to-use software allows the user to
easily develop the safety-related control system, providing
a cost effective solution.

Safety Relays—XPS
To tie the whole safety system together, XPS safety relays
are used to monitor the safety inputs, outputs, and
feedback from the system to determine when the system
is safe to start and when the system should be shut down.

AS-Interface Safety at Work—AS-i
AS-Interface provides the safety solution of multiple safety
relays on a communication bus that can transmit both
standard and safety relevant data. The safety solution is
simply configured with the easy to use configuration
software.

Light Curtains—XUSL
Some machine operations may not allow gates or guards
to be used, and other applications require high visibility of
the process or easy accessibility. For these applications,
XUSL light curtains may be the best choice and are
available in many protected heights, minimum object
sensitivities, and configurations.

Safety Interlock Switches—XCS
To protect operators, maintenance, and other personnel,
safety systems may require the interlocking of mechanical
gates or guards. We provide both locking and non-locking
mechanical XCS safety interlock switches in many body
styles and contact arrangements.

Non-Contact Safety Interlock Switches—XCSDM
Sometimes no contact between the safety interlock switch
and its actuating key is desired, such as in food and

25-2

Safety Limit Switches—XCS
In some applications, the position of components is
important to the safety of the machine, and devices such
as safety interlocks or light curtains are impractical. These
applications are ideal for safety limit switches. They can
also be used on gates and guards to verify a closed
position or a fully open or overtravel position.

Palm Buttons—9001 P
Press applications demand two hand control units for
operator protection that are large and easy to operate
while wearing gloves. Other press applications, such as
stop and inch, also need large buttons for operators
wearing gloves. The 9001 P palm buttons offer a variety
of operators to meet these needs.

Other products for use in safety systems
We offer many other products that are suitable for use in
safety-related circuits, such as:
• XB4/XB5 emergency stop push buttons—
See Section 19
• XV indicating banks—See Section19
• TeSys contactors and relays—See Section 18
• Limit switches with positive/direct opening N.C.
contacts—See Section 21
All of the machine safety products discussed in this
section are designed to work together to allow you to meet
your various safety requirements. When properly applied,
these products will allow you to meet SIL 3 per IEC 61508,
Category 4 per EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1, and
performance level “e” per ISO 13849-1, and help you
meet domestic and international safety requirements,
standards, and codes.
The next few pages give an overview of our wide offering of
machine safety products. Catalog MKTED208051EN-US
gives a detailed description of our offering, including safety
PLCs, safety controllers, safety relays, AS-Interface, safety
interlocks, light curtains, safety interlocks, non contact
safety interlocks, cable pull switches, and palm buttons.
This catalog also provides additional information on
domestic and international safety standards and codes,
and much more information to help you develop safety

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Architectures for Safety
Related Solutions

Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US

Many different architectures for safety related solutions are available in Schneider Electric's product offering, from
safety relays to safety PLCs. The architecture can determine what SIL level or performance level can be achieved with
the safety related solution. Various architectures may have inherent benefits such as simple selection or increased
levels of diagnostics, but their cost effectiveness can depend on the size and complexity of the safety related system
and the features and functions required. Some of the features and benefits of these various architectures are:

XPS Safety Relays

XPS Safety Relays

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Local diagnostics (LEDs)
Remote diagnostics (solid-state outputs)
Plug-in connectors simplify maintenance
Select only the safety functions needed
Simple installation
Simple replacement
Proven electromechanical reliability
No software to learn or use

XPSMC Safety Controllers

•
XPSMC Safety Controller

Simplicity and flexibility
— 16 or 32 inputs and 10 safety outputs
— A wide library of predefined and certified safety functions
— User-friendly software configuration
— Reduced wiring
— Only one product to install and implement
Local and remote diagnostics via serial link to PC or PLC
— Reduced implementation time and downtime
— Reduced troubleshooting time

25

•

XPSMF Safety PLCs

•

•

XPSMF Safety PLC

•

Increased productivity because of:
— Reduced machine down time
— Reduced overall engineering costs incurred during installation and maintenance
— Reduced system complexity by having a single network solution instead of many
XPS-MF will simplify the entire system by:
— Saving space
— Reducing wiring
— Increasing overall system flexibility by use of programming and device placement (network capability)
— Providing complex diagnostics (network capability)
— Saving time and money due to reduced maintenance
SafeEthernet protocol

AS-Interface Safety at Work

•
•
•
•
•
•
AS-Interface

Enables safety related solutions to be integrated into the distributed architecture
Reduces wiring requirements and speeds implementation
Allows quick and flexible connection of safety interfaces via vampire connector
Provides simple software configuration
— Drag and Drop
— On-line diagnostics
Provides diagnostics without additional wiring
Lowers costs from design to operation

All of our machine safety products—such as safety interlocks, light curtains, and cable pull switches—can be used with
any of the safety devices listed above. The final safety related control system could meet the safety levels indicated in
Table 25.1, depending upon how the circuit is designed.
Table 25.1:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

www.schneider-electric.us

Maximum Levels of the Architectures for Safety Related Solutions
Category 4 per EN 954-1 and Performance
Level “e” per ISO 13849-1

SIL 3 Per IEC 61508

XPS Safety Relays

Yes

No

XPSMC Safety Controllers

Yes

Yes

XPSMF Safety PLCs

Yes

Yes

AS-Interface Safety at Work

Yes

Yes

25-3

Preventa™ XPS Safety
Relays and Controllers

For Monitoring Safety Functions
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US
www.schneider-electric.us

25

XPS Safety Relays

XPSMC Safety Controllers

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

XPSMC Safety Controller

XPS Safety Relay

XPS safety relays monitor various safety inputs, start
sequences, and feedback from starters and relays to allow
machinery operation only when all safety controls are in
their appropriate state and are functioning properly. Inputs
can be from emergency stop push buttons, cable pull
switches, limit switches, light curtains, safety interlock
switches, or two hand control stations.
XPS safety relays give users increased functionality
and flexibility when designing equipment to meet safety
requirements and standards in the U.S., for the European
Safety Directive, IEC safety requirements and meet
Category 4 of EN 954-1 and EN/ISO 13849-1. Most
devices can be configured for single or dual channel
inputs, and for either monitored start, non-monitored
start, or automatic start. Removable wiring terminals or
non-removable wiring terminals are available on most
module types.
The XPS product family complements our broad safety
product offering with modules for many specific safety
functions and applications, as well as devices for use in
general types of applications. There are even devices
whose safety functions can be configured at the time of
installation.

The XPSMC safety controllers can be used for monitoring
all of the different safety tasks for your applications in one
safety controller. All of the functions of the various safety
relays are built into the hardware and software. The
XPSMC safety controllers meet SIL 3 per IEC 61508,
Category 4 per EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1, and
performance level “e” per ISO 13849-1. The associated
configuration software makes development of the safety
solution simple, using drag and drop techniques to
configure the safety system. Detailed diagnostics provide
an in depth overview of the status of the inputs and outputs.
Features and Benefits

•
•

•

Preventa XPS Includes the Following Types of Safety
Relay Modules:

•
•
•
•
•

Specific purpose modules such as limit switch
monitoring, zero speed, timing, two-hand control,
press control, and others
Multifunctional configurable devices with multiple sets
of inputs whose functions can be configured from 15
pre-defined functions, allowing greater flexibility and
functionality
Broad range of devices for emergency stop
applications
Expansion modules to increase the number of safety
outputs
Many devices compatible with light curtains

Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•

25-4

LEDs are provided to indicate power, input, output,
and feedback loop status.
Solid state outputs provide compatibility with system
controllers for diagnostics, troubleshooting, and
correct system operation.
Most devices are available with either removable or
non-removable terminals.
Most devices are available with a monitored start
function to detect welded contacts or incorrect status
in the start function and also to detect tampering with
the start circuit.
Dual voltage devices are available for use with either
120 V or 24 V power to reduce your inventory and
increase flexibility.

Safety inputs
— 16 or 32 safety inputs
Safety outputs
— Six safety semiconductor outputs
— Two safety relay outputs, with two relay
contacts each (for a total of four relay outputs)
— One output for muting indicators
Control outputs
— Eight control outputs are used to supply the
safety inputs in order to detect incorrect wiring
or short circuits in the wiring.

Configuration Software

•
•

The wide device library of certified safety related
functions simplifies the development of safety
applications.
Using the simple to use XPSMCWIN software, the
configuration can be developed without special
training.

Diagnostics with PC and Software

•
•

Using the diagnostics mode, the XPSMCWIN
software provides an exhaustive overview about the
status of the safety functions.
The status of the inputs, the safety devices and the
outputs are indicated by various colored indicators.

Diagnostics with LEDs in the Front Cover

•
•
•
•

6 LEDs indicate the status of the controller.
8 LEDs indicate the status of the safety outputs.
16 or 32 LEDs indicate the status of the safety inputs.
Input/output errors are indicated by blinking of the
corresponding LED.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Preventa™ XPS Safety PLCs
and AS-i Safety at Work

For Monitoring Safety Functions
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

The XPSMF Safety PLCs are programmable logic
controllers that can be interfaced with the machine control
system to meet US, EN, and IEC safety requirements. All
XPSMF Safety PLCs meet the requirements of SIL 3 per
IEC 61508, Category 4 per EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1,
and performance level “e” per ISO 13849-1.The XPSMF
can perform all of the various safety functions required in
today’s machinery. These functions can be programmed
by using one or more pre-defined and certified function
blocks (CFB) or by creating your own configuration and
function blocks.
Features and Benefits

•

•

Increased productivity because of:
— Reduced machine down time
— Reduced overall engineering costs incurred
during installation and maintenance
— Reduced system complexity by having a single
network solution instead of many
Saving space, reducing complexity
— Reducing wiring
— Increasing overall system flexibility by use of
programming and device placement (network
capability)
— Providing complex diagnostics (network
capability)
— Saving time and money due to reduced
engineering and maintenance

Hardware

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Certified to SIL 3 per IEC 61508, Category 4 per
EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1, and performance level “e”
per ISO 13849 -1, UL/CSA
Each Safety PLC contains two processors
(redundancy)
SafeEthernet protocol
Standard bus communication using Ethernet
2 or 4 RJ45 connection points (depending on version)
Connect hardware in any orientation
LED diagnostics on PLC housing
Removable terminals
Compact range contain DIN rail attachment simplifying
installation

ASISAFEMON1B Monitor

AS-Interface, the recognized cabling system for sensors
and actuators, has been enhanced. Standard process
information and information relating to safety can now be
transmitted over the same yellow cable. Certified to SIL 3
per IEC 61508, Category 4 per EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1,
and performance level “e” per ISO 13849-1, the ASInterface “Safety at work” system meets the needs of the
most common safety applications, such as:
• Monitoring of emergency stops with instantaneous
break contacts (stop category 0)
• Monitoring of emergency stops with delayed break
contacts (stop category 1)
• Monitoring of safety interlocks and limit switches with
and without interlocking
• Monitoring of light curtains
Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•

•

•

•

Simplicity
— Just add the required safety devices to the
standard AS-Interface network.
Integration
— Standard data and safety relevant data is
transmitted over the same communication
bus—no need for a separate safety network.
Flexibility
— Monitor multiple devices and control multiple
safety sectors.
Diagnose
— From one screen, see the status of the safety
interfaces and the system.
Safety
— Category 4 per EN 954-1 and ISO 13849-1
— Performance level “e” per EN/ISO 13849-1
— SIL 3 per IEC 61508
Multifunctional
— Monitor up to 31 safety interfaces.
— Available with 1 or 2 independent output
groups.
Segmentation of safety sectors
— Multiple safety monitors can be connected to
the same AS-Interface network.
— Monitors can be configured to monitor different
groups of safety interfaces.
45 mm wide housing

ASISWIN2 Configuration Software

•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Drag and drop methodology
Predefined, certified safety functions for user selection
On-line diagnostics of AS-Interface Safety System
Password protection

25-5

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

XPSMF PLC

AS-Interface Safety at Work

25

XPSMF Safety PLCs

Light Curtains

For point of operation or perimeter guarding
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US
www.schneider-electric.us

25

XUSL Type 4 light curtains provide point of operation protection for large areas without the need for gates or guards.
They allow excellent visibility of the machine or process and free access to the machine while providing protection for
personnel. Light curtains are made up of an array of infrared light beams to form a protected area. Whenever one or
more of the light beams is broken, the light curtain sends a stop signal to the machine safety control circuit.
XUSLB and XUSLD light curtains for point of operation safeguarding are available in either single or multiple segment
configurations. Choose the one that best meets your application requirements. These versions are available in either
14 mm or 30 mm minimum object sensitivity (MOS). Fixed and floating blanking is standard on the XUSLD.
XPSLP perimeter guard light curtains detect the presence of a body as it enters a protected area. They are available in
single or multiple beam systems.

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

Features and Benefits of All XUSL Light Curtains

•
•

XUSLB and XUSLD
Light Curtain

Slim and rugged design results in an esthetically pleasing small mounting footprint suitable for aggressive
environments.
Broken Beam Indicators for EVERY beam on ALL devices (patented).
— Makes alignment easier, reducing installation time and cost.
— Identifies which beams are broken.
— Identifies exact channel (fixed blanking) select beams.
— Simplifies troubleshooting and re-adjustment, reducing downtime.

XUSLB and XUSLD 2-Box Light Curtain
Two box light curtains are ideal for installations where it is desirable to mount and wire only two components,
transmitter and receiver. These devices are self-contained and the receiver provides the safety outputs.
Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

14 and 30 mm minimum object sensitivity (MOS)
14 mm MOS protection heights: 280 - 1360 mm (11.0 - 53.5 in.)
14 mm MOS sensing range: 7.0 m (22.9 ft.)
30 mm MOS protection heights: 320 - 2120 mm (12.6 - 83.5 in.)
30 mm MOS sensing range: 8 m or 20 m (26.2 or 65.6 ft.)
38 x 50 mm housing size (1.5 x 1.97 in.)
24 Vdc supply voltage
Broken beam Indicators for EVERY beam on ALL devices
Female connector cables sold separately (5 m, 10 m, 15 m, and 30 m)
Configurable by hand held programming and diagnostic module (PDM)
Cascadable devices available in the XUSLD versions - up to 4 segments

XUSLP Perimeter Guard for Body Detection
Perimeter guarding light curtains are used around work cells and for guarding around the perimeter of machinery. They
are also used in place of gates or doors. These two box systems simplify installation, since no inter-wiring is required
between the emitter and receiver. Installation is further simplified with the passive receiver version, which only needs to
have the emitter wired. No wiring is required for the receiver.
Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

1 to 6 beams
Sensing distance up to 70 m (230 ft.) depending upon configuration
Height: 750 mm (29 in.) to 1800 mm (68 in.)
Minimum object sensitivities: 300, 400, 500, or 600 mm (11.8, 15.75, 19.69, or 23.62 in.) and single beam
Visible, red broken beam Indicators
Short circuit protected
IP67
Display for diagnosis and working mode
No need of shielded wire up to 120 m (394 ft.)
Restart and start interlock
External device monitoring /machine primary control element monitoring (EDM/MPCE)
Machine test signal (MTS)
3 types of coding (A, B, C) by internal switches

XUSLP Light Curtain

XUSLP Light Curtain

25-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Safety Interlock Switches

Safety Interlock Switch Products
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US

www.schneider-electric.us

XCSDM Non-Contact Safety Interlock Switches

For Gate or Guard Interlocking

For Non-Contact Gate or Guard Interlocking

XCS safety interlock switches verify that the doors, gates,
or guards are closed before a process which could be
harmful to personnel can start up. The hazards to
personnel can be mechanical, electrical, hydraulic,
pneumatic, chemical, or thermal. The various sizes and
shapes of safety interlock switches are designed for a wide
variety of applications. These mechanical devices have
two components: a switch and an actuating key. When the
gate or guard is closed, the actuating key attached to the
gate or guard is inserted into the switch, closing the safety
contacts, allowing the machine to be started. When the
gate or guard is opened, the actuating key is removed from
the switch, and the safety interlock switch contacts open.
XCS safety interlock switches are designed to meet
demanding requirements in the US and Europe, as well as
the rest of the world. The flexibility of the XCS line allows
one XCS device to perform the same functions as several
competitor’s devices. This means that fewer XCS devices
may be required to cover your needs.
Specifically designed for the protection of machine
operators, maintenance and other personnel, the XCS
switches can be used in a wide range of applications
where a gate, door or guard is a part of the safety
related system.
Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Simple, rapid installation saves time and labor
Device flexibility reduces stock requirements
Wide variety of body styles, contact arrangement, and
operators meet a variety of application requirements
Bodies available in metal or plastic
Switches are interchangeable between new and older
devices, as well as with competitor’s devices
A variety of actuating keys are suitable for all
applications
Pre-wired devices and many connector options
available to make wiring and installation easier

The Following Types of Safety Interlocks are
Available:

•
•
•
•
•
•

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XCSDMP

XCSMP

Non-locking
Locking with push button or key release
Locking by electrical solenoid
Rotary shaft operation, for use on hinges of doors
Rotary lever for hinged guards
Pre-wired compact body

XCSDM4

XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches are
designed for the same functions as mechanical safety
interlock switches. The difference is that the non-contact
safety interlock switches are magnetically coded devices
and require no contact between the switch and coded
magnet. This is a benefit where door or guard misalignment is an issue, or where the machine designer does
not want to use a mechanical device.
Benefits of Non-contact Devices:

•
•

•
•

Food, beverage and pharmaceutical applications
require that no contaminants be trapped in or around
devices.
Non-contact devices have no inherent operating force
and are well-suited for applications such as lightweight
or plexiglass doors, where cracking or breakage is
prevalent with standard mechanical safety interlock
switches.
Wash down applications where a standard mechanical
safety interlock switch would be more difficult to clean,
especially in the actuating key receptacle.
Where small size is critical or a slim profile is desired

Features and Benefits of XCSDMC, XCSDMP, and
XCSDMR

•
•
•
•
•
•

Tolerates gate or guard alignment problems
Wider temperature range for a plastic bodied device
than any competitor’s products
Multiple coded-magnet approach directions allow for
maximum flexibility of mounting options
Suitable for Category 4 safety circuits when used with
a safety relay or safety controller.
Available with or without LEDs
Connector and cabled versions available

Features and Benefits of XCSDM3 and XCSDM4

•
•
•
•

Meets SIL 2 and 3 per IEC 61508, Category 3 and 4
per EN 954-1 and EN/ISO 13849-1 and performance
level “e” per EN/ISO 13849-1 without the need for a
safety relay or safety controller
Connector and cabled versions available
Multicolor LEDs for diagnostics and status
Multiple coded-magnet approach directions allow for
maximum flexibility of mounting options

25-7

25

XCSA Safety
Interlock Switch

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

XCS Safety Interlock Switches

Safety Switches

Safety Limit and Cable Pull Switches
Class 9007 / Refer to Catalog MKTED208051EN-US
www.schneider-electric.us

25

Safety Limit Switches

Cable Pull Switches
For Emergency Stop Operation

MACHINE SAFETY PRODUCTS

XY2 Cable Pulls

XCS Safety Limit Switch

XCS Safety Limit Switches

XY2 Cable Pull Switches

Preventa XCS safety limit switches are used in machine
safety systems for a wide variety of safety related
functions, including end of travel notification, overtravel
indication, safety related positioning of machinery/tooling
or component parts, as well as interlocking gates and
guards. They are often used in conjunction with safety
interlock switches for mechanical and electrical
redundancy on doors and guards.

XY2 cable pull switches provide emergency stop signaling
at any point along a cable up to 165 feet in length. This is
preferable to installing many individual emergency stop
push button stations along a conveyor or around the
machine, providing a more cost effective solution. Typical
applications include conveyor systems, packaging,
textiles, transfer machines, presses, woodworking
equipment and paint lines.
Operation is based on the taut cable principle. The cable
must be tight and have appropriate tension applied to set
or reset the switch. Once cable tension has been set, the
device will open the N.C. control contacts if either the
cable is pulled or if it becomes slack due to stretching or
breakage of the cable.
Normal stop versions are used where a momentary, nonemergency signal is required at any point along a cable.

Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•

Meet US and European safety standards requiring
that switches used in safety related applications have
positive opening contacts
Tamper resistant covers over mounting screw and
head adjustment to reduce potential for tampering
Red color allows easy visibility and identification of
safety related limit switches
Two body styles available:
— Compact, pre-wired with cable
— Compact, with conduit entry

Features and Benefits

•
•

XCSP/XCSD Safety Limit Switches
The XCSP (plastic body) and XCSD (metal body) safety
limit switches are identical in size and features. The only
difference is the enclosure and conduit entry. XCSP and
XCSD safety limit switches are for use in safety related
applications including end of travel notification, overtravel
indication, safety related positioning of machinery/tooling or
component parts, as well as interlocking gates and guards.

•

Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Positive opening contacts standard in all devices
Snap acting contacts
Slow make/slow break contacts
Several head types available
Metal and Plastic body styles available
Several conduit types available
Tamper resistant cover

XCSM Safety Limit Switches
The XCSM safety limit switches come pre-wired in
multiple lengths of electrical cable for simplified
installation. The XCSM safety limit switches are for use in
safety related applications including end of travel
notification, overtravel indication, safety related
positioning of machinery/tooling or component parts, as
well as interlocking gates and guards.
Features and Benefits

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

25-8

Cable lengths: XY2CE 165 ft. and XY2CH 50 ft.
Emergency stop versions (available in XY2CE and
XY2CH)
— The N.C. contact opens the control circuit and
mechanically latches, and will remain latched
in the open position until an operator manually
resets it
— Emergency stop versions have positive/direct
opening contacts as standard
— Device will not reset if out of adjustment
Normal stop versions (available in XY2CE and
XY2CH)
— Normal stop versions are used where a
momentary, non-emergency signal is required
— Normal stop versions do not latch contacts
open or include positive opening contacts
— Normal stop versions are provided with snap
action contacts for momentary stop

XY2CE

•
•
•

165 ft. maximum cable length
Adjustable tripping force
Available with 2 N.O. and 2 N.C. contacts

XY2CH

•
•
•
•
•

50 ft. maximum cable length
Two viewing windows to aid in adjusting the switch
Manual tripping force adjustment
Adjustment indicator
Traction force indicator

Positive opening contacts standard in all devices
Snap acting contacts
Slow make/slow break contacts
Several head types available
Plastic body
Pre-wired in various cable lengths
Tamper resistant cover

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 26
AC Drives and Soft Starts
AC Drives Overview
Panel Mounted Open AC Drive Solutions

26-2

Soft Start Solutions

26-4

AC Drives
Altivar™ 212

Altivar™ 212
(26-6)

Altivar™ 312
(p. 26-7)

26-6

Altivar™ 312

26-7

Altivar™ 61

26-10

Altivar™ 71

26-12

Altivar™ 61 and 71 Options

26-14

Enclosed Drives
26-16

Soft Starts

Altivar™ 61
(26-10)

Altistart™ 48

26-17

Altistart™ 22

26-18

AC DRIVES

S–Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller

Support, Training, and Documentation

For detailed information on the complete range of
open and enclosed drives and soft starts,
please refer to AC Drives and Soft Starts Price Guide: 8800PL9701R08/11

Altivar™ 71
(p. 26-13)

Altistart™ 22
Soft Starts
(p. 26-18)
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

26-20

Altistart™ 48
Soft Starts
(p. 26-17)

26-1

26

AC Drives

Open AC Drives

Panel Mounted / Open AC Drive Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

Type of Motor Control
Key Application/Market Segment

Simple Machines
•
•
•
•

Conveyors
Mixers
Gate control
Machine movement

•
•
•

Small pumps and fans
Positive displacement pumps
Material handling

Altivar 312

Complex Machines
•
Material working
•
Material handling
•
Packaging
•
Gapping, Palletizing
•
Forming, Embossing
•
Hoisting
Altivar 32

Altivar 12

Distribution voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line
supply

Single-phase 100 V to 120 V
Single-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 200 V to 230 V

Single-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 380 V to 500 V
Three-phase 525 V to 600 V

Single-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 380 V to 500 V

Horsepower ratings for three-phase motors

1/4 hp to 1 hp, 115 V/230 V single-phase input
1/4 hp to 3 hp, 208 V/230 V single-phase input
1/4 hp to 5hp, 208V/230 V

1/4 hp to 3 hp, 208 V/230 V single-phase input
1/4 hp to 20 hp, 208 V/230 V
1/2 hp to 20 hp, 400 V/480 V
1 hp to 20 hp, 525 V/600 V

1/4 hp to 3 hp, 200 V/240 V
1/2 hp to 20 hp, 380 V/500 V

0.5 Hz to 400 Hz

0.5 Hz to 500 Hz

0.1 Hz to 599 Hz

Asynchronous
motor

Sensorless flux vector control
Kn2 quadratic ratio for pump and fan

Sensorless flux vector control, volts per hertz,
Energy saving ratio

Sensorless flux vector without speed
feedback, volts/hertz (2 or 5 point or quadratic)

Synchronous motor

—

—

Permanent magnet motor control without
speed feedback

Transient
overtorque

150% to 170% of nominal motor torque

170% to 200% of the nominal motor torque

150% nominal for 60 seconds,
200% nominal for 2 seconds

40

5

>150 + ATV Logic

Analog inputs

1

3

3

Analog outputs

1

1

1

Logic inputs

4

6

6 + Safe Torque Off input

Logic/Relay
outputs

1 L.O., 1 N.O./1 N.C. relay contacts

2: 1 N.O./1 N.C. + 1 N.O. relay contacts

1 L.O., 1 N.O./1 N.C., 1 N.O.

Integrated

Modbus™

Modbus™ and CANOpen

Modbus™ and CANOpen

Available as an
option

—

26

Drives

AC DRIVES

Drives

Output frequency
Type of Control:

Functions
Number of Functions
Number of I/O

Communication

•
•
•
•

DeviceNet
Profibus DP
CANOpen Daisy Chain
Ethernet TCP/IP

•
•
•
•

CANOpen Daisy Chain
DeviceNet
Profibus DP V1
Ethernet TCP/IP

Other Option Cards

—

—

—

Enclosure Rating

IP20

IP20, Type 1 with optional kit Type 12
available with ATV31C

IP20

Standards and
Certifications

EC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3
(Environments 1 and 2, categories C1 and C3)
CE, UL, CSA, C-Tick,
NOM, GOST

EN 50178, EN 61800-3,
EN 55011 - EN 55002:
class A, class B with option, C-TICK, UL,
N998, CE, CSA

IEC/EN 61800-5-1,
IEC 61800-3 (1 and 2, category C2)
IEC/EN 61508 SIL 1
UL508C, CSA, C-Tick, NOM, GOST, CE

26-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Open AC Drives

Panel Mounted / Open AC Drive Solutions

www.schneider-electric.us

Complex, High-power Machines
Material handling
High performance movement and regulation
Lifts, cranes, hoists
Extruders, shredders
Presses

Centrifugal Pumps and Fans
•
•

Pumps
Fans

Altivar 61

Altivar 212

Single-phase 230 V to 240 V
Three-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 380 V to 480 V
Three-phase 500 V to 690 V

Three-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 380 V to 480 V

Single-phase 230 V to 240 V
Three-phase 200 V to 240 V
Three-phase 380 V to 480 V

1 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 B single-phase input
1/2 hp to 100 hp, 200 V/230 V
1 hp to 1800 hp, 400 V/480 V
2 hp to 2100 hp, 575 V/690 V

1 hp to 40 hp, 208 V/230 V
1 hp to 100 hp, 400 V/480 V

1 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 V single-phase input
1 hp to 125 hp, 208 V/230 V
2 hp to 2500 hp, 575 V/690 V

0.5 Hz to 599 Hz up to 50 hp
0.5 Hz to 500 Hz from 50 hp to 700 hp

0 Hz to 200 Hz

0.5 Hz to 1000 Hz up to 50 hp
0.5 Hz to 500 Hz from 50 hp to 900 hp

Sensorless flux vector control (with or without sensor), volts per
hertz ratio (2 or 5 points), ENA system, synchronous motor vector
control with or without speed feedback

Volts per hertz or sensorless flux vector control

Volts per hertz ratio (2 or 5 points) or sensorless flux vector
control, energy-saving ratio

Vector control with or without speed feedback

—

—

220% of the nominal motor torque for 2 seconds
170% for 60 seconds

Transient overload: 110% of the nominal drive current for 60
seconds

Transient overload: 110% of the nominal drive current for 60
seconds

> 150

50

> 100

2-4

2

2-4

—

1

—

6-20

3

6-20

2-4

2: 1 N.O./1 N.C. and 1 N.O. relay contacts

2-4

Modbus™ and CANopen
•
•
•
•

DeviceNet
Modbus TCP/IP
Profibus DP [V1]
Ethernet IP

Modbus™, Apogee P1, BACnet, Metasys® N2
•
•
•

Modbus/Uni-Telway
Modbus Plus
Interbus S

•

LonWorks

26

Altivar 71

Modbus™ and CANopen
•
•
•
•
•
•

Apogee FLN ( P1)
BACnet
Modbus/Uni-Telway
LonWorks
Modbus TCP/IP
Ethernet IP

•
•
•
•
•

Modbus Plus
Interbus S
DeviceNet
Profibus DP [V1]
Metasys N2

Encoder interface cards, I/O extension cards, Controller Inside
programmable card

—

I/O extension cards, Controller Inside programmable card,
multi-pump cards

IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac

IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac

IP20, Type 1 with optional kit, Type 12 @460 Vac

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3
(environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3),
EN 55011, EN 55022,
IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11,CE,
UL, CSA, DNV, C-TICK, NOM 117, GOST, ABS

EN 50178, IEC/EN 61800-3, EN 55011, 55022: class A, class B
with option, CE, UL, C-TICK, N998, UL 1995
Plenum-rated

IEC/EN 61800-5-1, IEC/EN 61800-3
(environments 1 and 2, C1 to C3),
EN 55011, EN 55022, UL 1995 Plenum-rated,
IEC/EN 61000-4-2/4-3/4-4/4-5/4-6/4-11, CE,
UL, CSA, DNV, C-TICK, NOM 117, GOST, ABS

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC DRIVES

•
•
•
•
•

26-3

Soft Starts

Soft Start Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

Type of Motor Control
Key Application/Market Segment

Simple Machines
•
•
•
•
•
•

Conveyors
Mixers
Gate control
Machine movement
Small pumps and fans
Positive displacement pumps

Light-duty Machines
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Pumps
Fans
Turbines
Compressors
Conveyors
Conveyor belts
Lifting screws
Escalators

Altistart 22

Heavy-duty Machines
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Pumps
Fans
Punch presses
Band saws
Crushers
Centrifuges
Conveyors (high inertia loads)

Altistart 48

Altistart 01

Distribution voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line
supply

Single-phase 110 V to 480 V
Three-phase 110 V to 690 V

Three-phase 208 to 600 Vac

Three-phase 230 V to 415 V
Three-phase 208 V to 690 V

Horsepower ratings for three-phase motors

1/4 hp to 2 hp 115 V/230 V
1/2 hp to 30 hp, 208 V/230 V
1/2 hp to 60 hp, 400 V/480 V
30 hp to 75 hp, 575 V/600 V

3 hp to 500 hp

3 hp to 1200 hp

Drives

Equals input frequency

—

Equals input frequency

Asynchronous
motor

Reduced voltage start

Controlled starting and stopping, via voltage and
torque

Reduced voltage start
Reduced voltage start and torque control stop

Synchronous motor

—

—

—

Typical starts per
hour rating

—

6

10

1

29

36

Analog inputs

—

1 PTC probe

1 PTC probe

Logic inputs

3

3

4

Relay outputs

1

2 (N.O./N.C)

1

26

Soft Starts

AC DRIVES

Output frequency
Type of Control:

Functions
Number of Functions
Number of I/O

Communication

Integrated

—

Embedded Modbus

Available as an
option

Combined with TeSys™ U-Line self-protected
starter

—

Other Option Cards

—

—

Enclosure Rating

IP20

IP00, IP20

IP20

Standards and
Certifications

EC/EN 60947-4/2, C-Tick, CSA, UL, CE, CCC

UL, CSA, CE, GOST, C-TICK, CCC, and
RoHS directive

EC/EN 60947-4/2, EMC class A and B, DNV,
C-Tick, GOST, CCIB, NOM, UL, CE, CCC, CSA

26-4

Modbus
•
•
•
•

DeviceNet
Ethernet TCP/IP
Fipio
Profibus DP V1

—

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed AC Drives

Enclosed Products

www.schneider-electric.us

Type of Motor Control
Key Application/Market Segment

Adjustable Speed Drives Commercial HVAC & Retrofits
•
•

Pumps
Fans

Soft Starts Commercial
•
•
•
•

Pumps
Fans
Conveyors
Centrifuges

Enclosed 22

S-Flex (Altivar 212)

Distribution voltage ranges for 50/60 Hz line supply

208 Vac, 240 Vac, 480 Vac

208 Vac, 230 Vac, 460 Vac, 575 Vac

Horsepower ratings for three-phase motors

Variable torque
1 hp to 40 hp, 200 V/230 V
1 hp to 100 hp, 460 V

Type 1 and Type 12
3 hp to 150 hp, 208 V
5 hp to 200 hp, 230 V
10 to 400 hp, 460 V
15 to 500 hp, 575 V

26

AC DRIVES

Packaged Products

Type 3R or 50 °C Rated:
3 hp to 125 hp, 208 V
5 hp to 150 hp, 230 V
10 to 400 hp, 460 V
15 to 500 hp, 575 V
Configurable options

Configurable product
Drive with isolation/bypass
Non-bypass
Drive input disconnect switch
Line contactor

Basic shunt tip
Full featured shunt trip
non-reversing isolation
Reversion isolation
Integral Full Voltage Bypass

Communication options
Enclosure ratings

Communication

Standards and Certifications

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Type 1 general purpose

•
•
•
•
•

Modbus RJ45 (included as standard)
BACnet (embedded)
LonWorks (option card)
Metasys N2 (embedded)
APOGEE FLN (P1) (embedded)

UL 508C, Seismic qualification ICC ES AC156 acceptance test
protocol

Type 1 general purpose
Type 12 industrial use (Dust-Tight/Drip-Tight)
Type 3R outdoor use
•
Modbus (embedded)

Service Entrance Rating, UL Listed per UL 508 under category
NKJH, Conforms to applicable NEMA ICS, NFPA, and IEC
standards,
Manufactured under ISO9001 standards,
Factory modification E10 provides Canadian cUL certification per
C22.2, No.14, Seismic qualification

26-5

AC Drives

Altivar™ 212
Refer to Brochure 8800BR1102

www.schneider-electric.us

The Altivar 212 drive is for use with three-phase asynchronous motors for variable torque pump and fan applications.
Select the Altivar 212 drive using the motor nameplate voltage, the full load ampere rating = and the table below. The
Altivar 212 drive includes 3 logic inputs, 2 analog inputs, 1 analog output, and 2 relay outputs (with 1 NO and 1 NO/NC
contacts). The Altivar 212 drive includes an integrated 4 digit, 7 segment LED display with a 7 button keypad and
includes an RJ45 Modbus port plus a four-screw terminal block for BACnet, Modbus, Metasys N2 and Apogee P1
communication protocols. LonWorks™ is available in an option card.
Table 26.1:

Altivar™ 212 Selection and Pricing

ATV212HU15N4

Enclosure Rating
AC Input Line
Voltage

ATV212W075N4

200/240 Vac
-15%, +10%
Three-Phase

26
ATV212HU30M3X
AC DRIVES

380/480 Vac
-15%, +10%
Three-Phase

Three-Phase
Motor Powera

Continuous
Output
Current

Type 1 Conduit Kit
Purchase ATV212 and Conduit
Kit for Type 1 Installation

IP 20b
Open Style Product
$ Price

Catalog Number

$ Price

Type 12 / IP54cd

HP

kW

Aa

Catalog Number

Catalog Number

$ Price

1
2
3
4
5

0.75
1.5
2.2
3
4

4.6
7.5
10.6
13.7
18.7

ATV212H075M3X
ATV212HU15M3X
ATV212HU22M3X
ATV212HU30M3X
ATV212HU40M3X

309.
400.
454.
555.
618.

VW3A31814
VW3A31814
VW3A31814
VW3A31815
VW3A31815

45.
45.
45.
45.
45.

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

7.5
10
15
20
25

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5

24.2
32
46.2
61
74.8

ATV212HU55M3X
ATV212HU75M3X
ATV212HD11M3X
ATV212HD15M3X
ATV212HD18M3X

799.
963.
1225.
1532.
1795.

VW3A31816
VW3A31816
VW3A31817
VW3A31817
VW3A31817

45.
45.
45.
45.
45.

—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—

30
40

22
30

88
117

ATV212HD22M3X
ATV212HD30M3X

2188.
2806.

VW3A9206
VW3A9208

65.
135.

—
—

—
—

1
2
3
4
5

0.75
1.5
2.2
3
4

2.2
3.7
5.1
7.2
9.1

ATV212H075N4
ATV212HU15N4
ATV212HU22N4
ATV212HU30N4
ATV212HU40N4

400.
472.
545.
618.
654.

VW3A31814
VW3A31814
VW3A31814
VW3A31815
VW3A31815

45.
45.
45.
45.
45.

ATV212W075N4
ATV212WU15N4
ATV212WU22N4
ATV212WU30N4
ATV212WU40N4

500.
590.
681.
772.
817.

7.5
10
15
20
25

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5

12
16
22.5
30.5
37

ATV212HU55N4
ATV212HU75N4
ATV212HD11N4
ATV212HD15N4
ATV212HD18N4

798.
946.
1145.
1425.
1705.

VW3A31815
VW3A31816
VW3A31816
VW3A31817
VW3A31817

45.
45.
45.
45.
45.

ATV212WU55N4
ATV212WU75N4
ATV212WD11N4
ATV212WD15N4
ATV212WD18N4

998.
1183.
1489.
1853.
2131.

30
30
40
50
60
75
100

22
22
30
37
45
55
75

43.5
43.5
58.5
79
94
116
160

ATV212HD22N4Sd
ATV212HD22N4
ATV212HD30N4
ATV212HD37N4
ATV212HD45N4
ATV212HD55N4
ATV212HD75N4

1780.
1856.
2284.
2686.
3372.
3883.
4433.

VW3A31817
VW3A9206
VW3A9206
VW3A9207
VW3A9207
VW3A9208
VW3A9208

45.
65.
65.
65.
65.
135.
135.

—
ATV212WD22N4
ATV212WD30N4
ATV212WD37N4
ATV212WD45N4
ATV212WD55N4
ATV212WD75N4

—
2412.
2855.
3358.
4215.
4853.
5541.

UL File E116875, CSA 2278406, Plenum rated per UL 508C for UL 1995 installations. NOM, CE
a

ATV212HD37N4
b
c
d

These horsepower, wattage and continuous ampere ratings apply to the default switching frequency and maximum 40 °C ambient. Refer to the
installation manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions.
IP20 Altivar 212 drives can be installed as UL Type 1 with an optional conduit box by following the instructions in the Installation Manual.
For ATV212W... drives with Class B EMC filter, add the letter “C” to the end of the standard catalog number and multiply $ Price by 1.3.
Late 3Q 2011 availability.

Table 26.2:

Altivar 212 Options and Accessories
Description

For Use on Drives

Catalog Number

$ Price

User Interface Options

VW3A1101

Remote LCD
Display Keypad

8 line, 24 characters per line, plain text, 8 keys, rotary wheel, 60 °C IP54 rated

Altivar 212, 312, 32
Altivar 61 & 71

VW3A1101b

115.

IP54 rated kit for remote mounting LCD keypad on enclosure door.
Clear plastic door for use with VW3A1102 for IP65 rating and tamper resistant.
Female / Female right angle RJ45 adaptor, to connect cable and keypad.a

VW3A1191
VW3A1102
VW3A1101

VW3A1102b
VW3A1103b
VW3A1105b

55.
35.
35.

VW3A1101
VW3A1101
VW3A1101
VW3A1101

VW3A1104R10c
VW3A1104R30c
VW3A1104R50c
VW3A1104R100c

35.
35.
35.
35.

Remote LCD
Keypad Mounting Remote LCD Keypad Mounting Cables —Equipped with two RJ45 connectors
1 meter length
Accessories
3 meter length
5 meter length
10 meter length

VW3A1101
VW3A1102
VW3A1103
VW3A1104R10

Multi-loader

Use to copy configurations between like drives, PC Soft, or
SoMove PC Software

Altivar 12, 212, 312
32, 61, 71, & Altistart 22

VW3A8121

350.

Potentiometer

Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, ½ watt potentiometer

Altivar 212

ATVPOT25K

69.

PC software configuring, monitoring and trouble shooting Altivar 212 drives.
Requires one of two cables (noted below) to connect a PC to the RJ45 Modbus
port on the drive

Altivar 212

Software

PCSoft

USB/RS485 cable: equipped with USB connector and RJ45 connector

SoMobile™

Altivar & Altistart

TCSMCNAM3M002Pc

52.

RS 232-RS485 converter with SUB-D & RJ45 port, cable with two RJ45 connectors

Altivar 212

VW3A8106b

75.

Software for compatible moble phones provides wireless interface similar to the
LCD display. Requires Modbus™ to Bluetooth® adaptor to connect phone and
Altivar 212 drive. Modbus

Altivar 212

Bluetooth Adaptor Connects to RJ45 Modbus port on the drive.

VW3A8121

Download at
www.schneider-electric.us/drives

Download at
www.schneider-electric.us/drives

Altivar 12, 212, 312, 61, 71

VW3A8114

85.

Altivar 212

VW3A21212

375.

Altivar 212H075M3X...U22M3X
Altivar 212H075N4...U22N4

VW3A31852

375.

Communication Option
LonWorks
Communication
Card Option

Provides a four-screw terminal block for connecton to LonWorks network. Install
in place of standard control board that comes mounted in the Altivar 212 drive. The
I/O count is reduced to 3LI, 1 AI and 1 NO/NC relay

Mounting Kit
DIN Rail Mounting For installation on 35 mm wide DIN rail
Kit
a
b

Not required if using VW3A1102.

LonWorks Option Card
VW3A21212

26-6

CP4B

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Drives

Altivar™ 312 / 31C
Refer to Brochure 8800BR0904

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 26.3:

Altivar™ 312 Selection and Pricing
Three-Phase Motor Powera

Open Drivesb
Continuous
Output Current

Input Line Voltage
HP

kW

Catalog Number

$ Price

b
c

0.18
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2

1.5
3.3
3.7
4.6
6.9
8
11

ATV312H018M2
ATV312H037M2
ATV312H055M2
ATV312H075M2
ATV312HU11M2
ATV312HU15M2
ATV312HU22M2

268.
287.
306.
335.
363.
402.
468.

208/230 Vac
Three-Phase

0.25
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20

0.18
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
—
5.5
7.5
11
15

1.5
3.3
3.7
4.8
6.9
8
11
13.7
17.5
27.5
33
54
66

ATV312H018M3
ATV312H037M3
ATV312H055M3
ATV312H075M3
ATV312HU11M3
ATV312HU15M3
ATV312HU22M3
ATV312HU30M3
ATV312HU40M3
ATV312HU55M3
ATV312HU75M3
ATV312HD11M3
ATV312HD15M3

258.
287.
306.
325.
363.
421.
478.
554.
650.
841.
1013.
1338.
1721.

400/480 Vac
Three-Phase

0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20

0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
—
5.5
7.5
11
15

1.5
1.9
2.3
3
4.1
5.5
7.1
9.5
14.3
17
27.7
33

ATV312H037N4
ATV312H055N4
ATV312H075N4
ATV312HU11N4
ATV312HU15N4
ATV312HU22N4
ATV312HU30N4
ATV312HU40N4
ATV312HU55N4
ATV312HU75N4
ATV312HD11N4
ATV312HD15N4

363.
392.
421.
449.
497.
574.
650.
688.
860.
1052.
1386.
1721.

575/600 Vac
Three-Phasec

1
2
3
5
7.5
10
15
20

0.75
1.5
2.2
3.7/4.0
5.5
7.5
11
15

1.7
2.7
3.9
6.1
9
11
17
22

ATV312H075S6
ATV312HU15S6
ATV312HU22S6
ATV312HU40S6
ATV312HU55S6
ATV312HU75S6
ATV312HD11S6
ATV312HD15S6

484.
572.
660.
792.
989.
1209.
1594.
1979.

These horsepower, wattage, and continuous ampere ratings apply to 4 kHz switching frequency and maximum 50 °C ambient. Refer to the installation
manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions.
Open type Altivar 312 Drives can be installed as UL Type 1 with optional conduit box when following instructions in the installation manual.
A minimum 3% line reactor is required on all 575 V drive installations.

Table 26.4:

Altivar 31 UL Type 12 / IP54 Selection and Pricing
Three-Phase Motor Powera

Input Line
Voltage

IP54 / UL Type 12 Enclosed
Standard
$ Price

kW

HP

Aa

Catalog Number

208/230 Vac
Single-Phase

0.18
0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2

0.25
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3

1.5
3.3
3.7
4.6
6.9
8
11

ATV31C018M2
ATV31C037M2
ATV31C055M2
ATV31C075M2
ATV31CU11M2
ATV31CU15M2
ATV31CU22M2

362.
387.
413.
452.
490.
543.
632.

400/480 Vac
Three-Phase

0.37
0.55
0.75
1.1
1.5
2.2
3
—
5.5
7.5
11
15

0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20

1.5
1.9
2.3
3
4.1
5.5
7.1
9.5
14.3
17
27.7
33

ATV31C037N4
ATV31C055N4
ATV31C075N4
ATV31CU11N4
ATV31CU15N4
ATV31CU22N4
ATV31CU30N4
ATV31CU40N4
ATV31CU55N4
ATV31CU75N4
ATV31CD11N4
ATV31CD15N4

490.
529.
568.
606.
671.
774.
878.
929.
1162.
1420.
1733.
2151.

ATV31C
IP54 / UL Type 12
a

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Open
Drivesb

These horsepower, wattage, and continuous ampere ratings apply to 4 kHz switching frequency and maximum 50 °C ambient. Refer to the installation
manual for derating curves as a function of switching frequency, ambient temperature, and mounting conditions.

CP4B

Discount
Schedule

26-7

26

a

208/230 Vac
Single-Phase

0.25
0.5
0.75
1
1.5
2
3

AC DRIVES

A

AC Drives

Altivar™ 312
Refer to Brochure 8800BR0904

Table 26.5:

www.schneider-electric.us

Altivar™ 312 Options and Accessories
Description

Catalog
Number

For Use on Drives

$ Price

Software
SoMove™ Lite This software enables the user to configure, set, debug and organize maintenance task for the ATV 312 soft starter. It can also be used to customize
the integrated display terminal menus. It can be used with a direct connection or a Bluetooth® wireless connection. Free download www.schneider-electric.us
Powersuite™ Test and Commissioning
Software on CD-ROM. For use with Microsoft Windows™ 95, 98, NT,
ATV312 all ranges
VW3A8104
150.
Software Kit
and XP operating systems for PCs
User Interface Kits

USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit

For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port

Remote Keypad Display
Remote Keypad Display
Remote Keypad Display and Mounting Kit
Remote Keypad Display
1 meter
3 meters
5 meters
10 meters
Profibus
CANopen Daisy Chain
DeviceNet
Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, ½ watt potentiometer

Remote
Keypad Options and Accessories

Cable for remote mounting LCD graphic
keypad. RJ-45 connector on each end.

26

Communication
Options
Potentiometer
a

Advantys™ OTB,
Altistart™ motor
starters, Altivar series TCSMCNAM3M
002P
incl. HMI, Altivar
controller
ATV12 (IP54)
—
ATV12 (IP65)
—
ATV312
VW3A31101
ATV312, ATV61, ATV71 VW3A1101 a
Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R10
Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R30
Any ATV61, Any ATV71 VW3A1104R50
Any ATV61, Any ATV71VW3A1104R100
ATV312
VW3A31207
ATV312
VW3A31208
ATV312
VW3A31209
Altivar 312
ATVPOT25K

52.

—
—
175.
115.
35.
35.
35.
45.
185.
185.
185.
69.

Refer to page 26-14 for remote mounting kit and IP65 option for this keypad.

NOTE: Refer to Catalog MKTED211041EN-US for communication cables.
Table 26.6:

Configuration Tools

AC DRIVES

Description

Part Number

For Use on Drives

Bluetooth® Dongle: to establish connection between Altivar drives and PC enabled with Bluetooth

VW3A8114

Simple Loader: to transfer configuration between like drives. For use with the Altivar product line.

VW3A8120

Multi-loader: to copy a configuration from a drive or from SoMove via an SD card, and transferring
to another drive or to a PC

VW3A8121

All
ATV12, ATV312, ATV32, ATV61 and
ATV71
ATV12, ATV312, ATV212, ATV32,
ATV61, ATV71 and ATS22

Table 26.7:

Conduit Entrance
Kit

ATV28
Replacement Kit

Dynamic
Braking
Resistor Kit

26-8

85.
175.
350.

Options—Field Installed Kits
Description

DIN Rail
Mount Kit

$ Price

For Use on Drives

ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2,
ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2,
ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3,
ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3
ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2,
DIN Rail Mounting Plate for 35 mm wide DIN rail
ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3,
ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H037N4,
ATV312H055N4, ATV312H075N4,
ATV312HU11N4, ATV312HU15N4,
ATV312H075S6, ATV312HU15S6
ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2,
ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2
ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3,
ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3
ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3
ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2,
ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H037N4,
ATV312H055N4, ATV312H075N4,
ATV312HU11N4, ATV312HU15N4,
Multiple knockout sizes
Installation of conduit entrance kit and retention of vent cover on ATV312H075S6, ATV312HU15S6
top of drive controller provides the ATV31 with UL Type 1 rating. ATV312HU22M2, ATV312HU30M3,
ATV312HU40M3, ATV312HU22N4,
ATV312HU30N4, ATV312HU40N4,
ATV312HU22S6, ATV312HU40S6
ATV312HU55M3, ATV312HU75M3,
ATV312HU55N4, ATV312HU75N4,
ATV312HU55S6, ATV312HU75S6
ATV312HD11M3, ATV312HD15M3,
ATV312HD11N4, ATV312HD15N4,
ATV312HD11S6, ATV312HD15S6
ATV312H018M2, ATV312H037M2,
ATV312H055M2, ATV312H075M2
ATV312H018M3, ATV312H037M3,
This kit contains brackets that adapt the spacing of the ATV312 ATV312H055M3, ATV312H075M3
mounting holes to be equivalent to that of an ATV28 with the
ATV312HU11M2, ATV312HU15M2,
same rating. This will permit the ATV312 to be secured to the
ATV312HU11M3, ATV312HU15M3,
panel holes and mounting hardware already in place for the
ATV312HU22M3, ATV312H075S6,
ATV28.
ATV312HU15S6
ATV312HU55M3, ATV312HU75M3,
ATV312HU55N4, ATV312HU75N4,
ATV312HU55S6, ATV312HU75S6
ATV312H018M2–037M2
ATV312H018M3–037M3
ATV312H037N4–U40N4
ATV312H055M2–U22M2
ATV312H055M3–U22M3
DB resistors are provided in a Type 1 enclosure and are
ATV312HU55N4–U75N4
thermally protected.
ATV312HU30M3–U40M3
ATV312HD11N4–D15N4
ATV312HU55M3–U75M3
ATV312HD11M3–D15M3

CP4B

Discount
Schedule

Catalog Number

$ Price

VW3A9804

72.

VW3A9805

72.

VW3A31812

45.

VW3A31811

45.

VW3A31813

45.

VW3A31814

45.

VW3A31815

45.

VW3A31816

45.

VW3A31817

45.

VW3A31821

25.

VW3A31822

25.

VW3A31823

25.

VW3A66711

422.

VW3A66712

633.

VW3A66713

950.

VW3A66714
VW3A66715

1266.
1846.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Drives

Altivar™ 312

www.schneider-electric.us

Options—Field Installed Kits (Continued)
Description

For Use on Drives

Open Style

Line Reactors

575 V

Enclosed (Type 1)

Single-phase
supply voltage:
200–240 V 50/60 Hz

RFI Input Filter

For compliance with European
(CE) conducted emissions
standard 55022 Class B
(Class A filter built into
230/460 V ATV31 drives)

3 phase supply
voltage: 200–240 V
50/60 Hz

3 phase supply
voltage: 380–500 V
50/60 Hz

Fan Kit

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Catalog Number

$ Price

See Price Guide 8800PL9701.

Installation of the fan kit enables the drive to operate in higher
ambient
temperatures. The fan mounts on the drive. Consult the
product catalog for more information.

CP4B

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

ATV312H075S6

RL00202

158.

ATV312HU15S6
ATV312HU22S6

RL00403

163.

ATV312HU40S6
ATV312HU55S6
ATV312HU75S6
ATV312HD11S6
ATV312HD15S6

RL00803
RL00802
RL01202
RL01802
RL02502

245.
179.
200.
253.
291.

ATV312H075S6

RL00212

289.

ATV312HU15S6
ATV312HU22S6

RL00413

294.

ATV312HU40S6
ATV312HU55S6
ATV312HU75S6
ATV312HD11S6
ATV312HD15S6

RL00813
RL00812
RL01212
RL01812
RL02512

379.
310.
332.
388.
507.

ATV312H037M2 ATV312H055M2
ATV312H075M2

VW3A31401

58.

ATV312HU11M2 ATV312HU15M2

VW3A31403

79.

ATV312HU22M2

VW3A31405

108.

ATV312H018M3 ATV312H037M3
ATV312H055M3 ATV312H075M3

VW3A31402

72.

ATV312HU11M3 ATV312HU15M3
ATV312HU22M3

VW3A31404

90.

ATV312HU30M3 ATV312HU40M3

VW3A31406

133.

ATV312HU55M3 ATV312HU75M3

VW3A31407

189.

ATV312HD11M3 ATV312HD15M3

VW3A31408

297.

ATV312HD11N4 ATV312HD15N4

VW3A31409

243.

ATV312H037N4 ATV312H055N4
ATV312H075N4 ATV312HU11N4
ATV312HU15N4

VW3A31404

90.

ATV312HU22N4 ATV312HU30N4
ATV312HU40N4

VW3A31406

133.

ATV312HU55N4 ATV312HU75N4

VW3A31407

189.

ATV312HD11N4 ATV312HD15N4

VW3A31409

243.

ATV61/71HD18M3X...HD22M3X,
ATV61/71HD22N4

VW3A9404

135.00

ATV61/71HD30N4...HD37N4

VW3A9405

145.00

ATV61/71HD30M3X...HD45M3X

VW3A9406

165.00

ATV61/71HD45N4...HD75N4

VW3A9407

195.00

26-9

AC DRIVES

230/460 V

26

Table 26.7:

AC Drives

Altivar™ 61
Refer to Brochure 8800BR0601

www.schneider-electric.us

Altivar 61 Three-Phase Drives
Table 26.8:

Selection and Pricing
Variable Torque‘

Input
Line
Voltage

Catalog Number
with LCD Keypad
(Stocked)f

$ Price

Catalog Number
to have ATV61 and Type 1
conduit \entry kit shipped
as one line item.
Field installation required
(Packaged as kit at
warehouse).

$ Price

Catalog Number
with LED
Keypad
(Non-stocked)

$ Price

26

kW

A

208/240 Vac
Three
Phase

1
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125

0.75
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18
22
30
37
45
55
75
90

4.8
8
11
13.7
17.5
27.5
33
54
66
75
88
120
144
176
221
285
359

ATV61H075M3ad
ATV61HU15M3ad
ATV61HU22M3ad
ATV61HU30M3ad
ATV61HU40M3ad
ATV61HU55M3ad
ATV61HU75M3ad
ATV61HD11M3Xabd
ATV61HD15M3Xabd
ATV61HD18M3Xabd
ATV61HD22M3Xabd
ATV61HD30M3Xabd
ATV61HD37M3Xabd
ATV61HD45M3Xabd
ATV61HD55M3Xbcd
ATV61HD75M3Xbcd
ATV61HD90M3Xbcd

639.
663.
764.
925.
1035.
1292.
1586.
2011.
2525.
2943.
3586.
4599.
5342.
6326.
7806.
9379.
11954.

ATV61H075M3T1d
ATV61HU15M3T1d
ATV61HU22M3T1d
ATV61HU30M3T1d
ATV61HU40M3T1d
ATV61HU55M3T1d
ATV61HU75M3T1d
ATV61HD11M3XT1bd
ATV61HD15M3XT1bd
ATV61HD18M3XT1bd
ATV61HD22M3XT1bd
ATV61HD30M3XT1bd
ATV61HD37M3XT1bd
ATV61HD45M3XT1bd
ATV61HD55M3XT1bd
ATV61HD75M3XT1bd
ATV61HD90M3XT1bd

684.
708.
809.
970.
1080.
1337.
1631.
2056.
2570.
3008.
3651.
4684.
5427.
6411.
8266.
9839.
12507.

ATV61H075M3Z
ATV61HU15M3Z
ATV61HU22M3Z
ATV61HU30M3Z
ATV61HU40M3Z
ATV61HU55M3Z
ATV61HU75M3Z
ATV61HD11M3XZb
ATV61HD15M3XZb
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

544.
568.
669.
830.
940.
1197.
1491.
1916.
2430.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

400/480 Vac
Three
Phase

1
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
350
400
500
600
700
900

0.75
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
130
160
220
250
315
400
500
630

2.3
4.1
5.8
7.8
10.5
14.3
17.6
27.7
33
41
48
66
79
94
116
160
179
215
259
314
427
481
616
759
941
1188

ATV61H075N4ad
ATV61HU15N4ad
ATV61HU22N4ad
ATV61HU30N4ad
ATV61HU40N4ad
ATV61HU55N4ad
ATV61HU75N4ad
ATV61HD11N4ad
ATV61HD15N4ad
ATV61HD18N4ad
ATV61HD22N4ad
ATV61HD30N4ad
ATV61HD37N4ad
ATV61HD45N4ad
ATV61HD55N4ad
ATV61HD75N4ad
ATV61HD90N4cd
ATV61HC11N4cd
ATV61HC13N4cd
ATV61HC16N4cd
ATV61HC22N4cd
ATV61HC25N4cde
ATV61HC31N4ce
ATV61HC40N4ce
ATV61HC50N4ce
ATV61HC63N4ce

754.
857.
999.
1125.
1158.
1299.
1578.
1868.
2322.
2795.
3042.
3744.
4403.
5528.
6365.
7267.
7988.
9022.
10366.
11711.
13993.
16475.
23734.
31783.
44235.
63935.

ATV61H075N4T1d
ATV61HU15N4T1d
ATV61HU22N4T1d
ATV61HU30N4T1d
ATV61HU40N4T1d
ATV61HU55N4T1d
ATV61HU75N4T1d
ATV61HD11N4T1d
ATV61HD15N4T1d
ATV61HD18N4T1d
ATV61HD22N4T1d
ATV61HD30N4T1d
ATV61HD37N4T1d
ATV61HD45N4T1d
ATV61HD55N4T1d
ATV61HD75N4T1d
ATV61HD90N4T1d
ATV61HC11N4T1d
ATV61HC13N4T1d
ATV61HC16N4T1d
ATV61HC22N4T1d
ATV61HC25N4T1d
—
—
—
—

799.
902.
1044.
1170.
1203.
1344.
1623.
1913.
2367.
2840.
3107.
3809.
4468.
5563.
6500.
7402.
8448.
9575.
10939.
12299.
14581.
17079.
—
—
—
—

ATV61H075N4Z
ATV61HU15N4Z
ATV61HU22N4Z
ATV61HU30N4Z
ATV61HU40N4Z
ATV61HU55N4Z
ATV61HU75N4Z
ATV61HD11N4Z
ATV61HD15N4Z
ATV61HD18N4Z
ATV61HD22N4Z
ATV61HD30N4Z
ATV61HD37N4Z
ATV61HD45N4Z
ATV61HD55N4Z
ATV61HD75N4Z
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

659.
762.
904.
1030.
1063.
1204.
1483.
1773.
2227.
2700.
2947.
3649.
4308.
5433.
6270.
7172.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

AC DRIVES

HP

a

b
c
d
e
f

26-10

Three-Phase Continuous
Output
Motor Power
Current

Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 1 hp to 10 hp at 230 Vac
3 phase and up to 100 hp at 460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 15 hp to 60 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase, add “337” to the end of the
catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated
in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This option is standard on 55 kW/75 hp @ 230 Vac
3 phase and higher and 90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher.
Product does not contain an EMC filter.
Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add “D” to the
end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and multiply the listed price by .96 to obtain new price.
These products can be ordered with LonWorks® or BACnet communication option card shipped as one line item. Field installation required. Add “LW”
to the end of the part number to receive a LonWorks option card. Add $550 to the price. Add “BN” to the end of the part number to receive a BACnet
option card. Add $225 to the price.
These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic braking.
When ordering replacements for Square D™ brand E-Flex™, MCC and M-Flex™ enclosed drive controllers containing the Altivar 61 drive, identify the
replacement catalog number by referring to the applicable instruction manual, the side nameplate on power converter, or using the graphic keypad (menu
1.11 identification).

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Drives

Altivar™ 61

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 26.8:

Altivar 61 Selection and Pricing (continued)
Variable Torque
Three-Phase Motor Power

575/690 Vac
Three Phase

a
b
c

Continuous Output Current

HP

kW

A

3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
—
200
250
350
450
550
700
800

3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
315
400
500
630
800

3.9
5.8
6.1
9
11
17
22
27
32
41
52
62
77
99
125
150
180
220
290
355
420
543
675
840

Catalog Number with LCD Keypad
(Stocked)

$ Price

ATV61HU30Ya
ATV61HU40Ya
ATV61HU55Ya
ATV61HU75Ya
ATV61HD11Ya
ATV61HD15Ya
ATV61HD18Ya
ATV61HD22Ya
ATV61HD30Ya
ATV61HD37Ya
ATV61HD45Ya
ATV61HD55Ya
ATV61HD75Ya
ATV61HD90Ya
ATV61HC11Yab
ATV61HC13Yab
ATV61HC16Yab
ATV61HC20Yab
ATV61HC25Yabc
ATV61HC31Yabc
ATV61HC40Yabc
ATV61HC50Yabc
ATV61HC63Yabc
ATV61HC80Yabc

1889.
1990.
2099.
2380.
2799.
3380.
3979.
4790.
5780.
6999.
8579.
10379.
12199.
14399.
16899.
19179.
20795.
24290.
28950.
35950.
46750.
59590.
78490.
103390.

Conformal coating is standard.
An AC 5% line reactor is mandatory.
These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic braking.

AC DRIVES

Input Line Voltage

In an application where it is necessary to use a 240 V single-phase input for a 3-phase motor, the drive must be
derated; therefore, the power listed on the drive nameplate will be higher than the power rating on the motor
nameplate.
For more information on wire and line reactor sizing, refer to Altivar 61 and 71 Supplementary Ratings (30072-451-38) and
Price Guide 8800PL9701 for line reactor selection and pricing.
Table 26.9:

Altivar 61 Selection and Pricing

With A 3% Line
Reactor
Input
Line
Voltage

Motor
Power

Continuous
Output
Current

HP kW

A

HP

b

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Motor
Power
kW

Continuous
Output
Current

Catalog Number
with LCD Keypad

List
Price $

A

Catalog Number
for ATV61 drive and
Type 1 conduit entry
kit shipped as
one line item. Field
installation required
(packaged as kit at
warehouse).

List
Price $

Catalog Number
with LED
Keypad
(Non-stocked)

List
Price $

—

—

—

0.5

0.37

3

ATV61H075M3ab

639.00

ATV61H075M3T1b

684.00

ATV61H075M3Za

544.00

—

—

—

1

0.75

4.8

ATV61HU15M3ab

663.00

ATV61HU15M3T1b

708.00

ATV61HU15M3Za

568.00

—

—

—

2

1.5

8

ATV61HU22M3ab

764.00

ATV61HU22M3T1b

809.00

ATV61HU22M3Za

669.00

—

—

—

3

2.2

11

ATV61HU30M3ab

925.00

ATV61HU30M3T1b

970.00

ATV61HU30M3Za

830.00

—

3

13.7

—

—

—

ATV61HU40M3ab

1035.00

ATV61HU40M3T1b

1080.00

ATV61HU40M3Za

940.00

17.5

—

—

—

ATV61HU55M3ab

1292.00

ATV61HU55M3T1b

1337.00

ATV61HU55M3Za

1197.00

ATV61HU75M3ab

ATV61HU75M3Za

1491.00

5
4
208/
240 Vac
7.5
5.5
Single
Phase 10 7.5

a

Without A 3% Line
Reactor

27.5

5

4

17.5

1586.00

ATV61HU75M3T1ab

1631.00

33

7.5

5.5

27.5

ATV61HD15M3Xab 2525.00

ATV61HD15M3XT1b

2570.00

ATV61HD15M3XZa 2430.00

—

—

—

10

7.5

33

ATV61HD18M3Xab 2943.00

ATV61HD18M3XT1b

3008.00

—

—

15

11

54

—

—

—

ATV61HD22M3Xab 3586.00

ATV61HD22M3XT1b

3651.00

—

—

20

15

66

15

11

54

ATV61HD30M3Xab 4599.00

ATV61HD30M3XT1b

4684.00

—

—

25

18

75

20

15

66

ATV61HD37M3Xab 5342.00

ATV61HD37M3XT1b

5427.00

—

—

30

22

88

25

18

75

ATV61HD45M3Xab 6326.00

ATV61HD45M3XT1b

6411.00

—

—

Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 5 hp at 230 Vac
single phase, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 7.5 hp to 25 hp at 230 Vac single phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In
both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain the new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas
and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils.
Product does not contain an EMC filter.

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

26-11

26

Altivar™ 61 Single-Phase Drives

AC Drives

Altivar™ 71
www.schneider-electric.us

Altivar 71 Single-Phase
In an application where it is necessary to use a 240 V single-phase input for a 3-phase motor, the drive must be derated; therefore, the
power listed on the drive nameplate will be higher than the power rating on the motor nameplate.
For more information on wire and line reactor sizing, refer to Altivar 61 and 71 Supplementary Ratings (30072-451-38).

Table 26.10:

Altivar 71 Selection and Pricing

With A 3% Line
Reactor
Input
Line
Voltage

26
AC DRIVES
b
c

Catalog Number
with LED
Keypad
(Non-stocked)

Price $

697.

ATV71H075M3Za

557.

729.

ATV71HU15M3Za

589.

ATV71HU22M3T1

841.

ATV71HU22M3Za

701.

984.

ATV71HU30M3T1

1029.

ATV71HU30M3Za

889.

1150.

ATV71HU40M3T1

1195.

ATV71HU40M3Za

1055.

Continuous
Output
Current

HP kW

A

HP

—

—

—

0.5

0.37

3

ATV71H075M3a

652.

ATV71H075M3T1

—

—

—

1

0.75

4.8

ATV71HU15M3a

694.

ATV71HU15M3T1

—

—

—

2

1.5

8

ATV71HU22M3a

796.

—

—

—

3

2.2

11

ATV71HU30M3a

—

3

13.7

—

—

—

ATV71HU40M3a

Motor
Power
kW

Continuous
Catalog Number
Output
with LCD Keypadb
Current

Catalog Number
to have ATV71 and
Type 1 conduit entry
kit shipped as
one line item. Field
installation required
(Packaged as kit at
warehouse).

Motor
Power

5
4
208/
240 Vac
Single 7.5 5.5
Phase 10 7.5

a

Without A 3% Line
Reactor
Price $

A

Price $

17.5

—

—

—

ATV71HU55M3a

1458.

ATV71HU55M3T1

1503.

ATV71HU55M3Za

1363.

27.5

5

4

17.5

ATV71HU75M3a

1790.

ATV71HU75M3T1

1835.

ATV71HU75M3Za

1695.

33

7.5

5.5

27.5

ATV71HD15M3Xac

2850.

ATV71HD15M3XT1c

2895.

ATV71HD15M3XZa

2755.

—

—

—

10

7.5

33

ATV71HD18M3Xac

3422.

ATV71HD18M3XT1c

3487.

—

—

15

11

54

—

—

—

ATV71HD22M3Xac

4170.

ATV71HD22M3XT1c

4253.

—

—

20

15

66

15

11

54

ATV71HD30M3Xac

5348.

ATV71HD30M3XT1c

5433.

—

—

25

18

75

20

15

66

ATV71HD37M3Xac

6212.

ATV71HD37M3XT1c

6297.

—

—

30 22
88
25
18
75
ATV71HD45M3Xac
7356. ATV71HD45M3XT1c
7491.
—
—
Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 5 hp at 230 Vac
single-phase, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 7.5 hp to 25 hp at 230 Vac single-phase, add “337” to the end of the catalog number. In
both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and
plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils.
These products can be ordered with LonWorks® or BACnet communication option card shipped as one line item. Field installation required. Add “LW”
to the end of the part number to receive a LonWorks option card. Add $550 to the price. Add “BN” to the end of the partnumber to receive a BACnet
option card. Add $225 to the price.
Product does not contain an EMC filter.

Altivar 71 Three-Phase
Table 26.11:

Altivar 71 Selection and Pricing
Constant Torque

Input
Line
Voltage

LCD Keypad

208/240 Vac
Three
Phase

LED Keypad

a

b
c
d
e

26-12

Three-Phase
Motor Power

Continuous
Output
Current

d

$ Price

Catalog Number
ATV71 drive and Type 1
conduit entry kit

$ Price

Catalog Number
with LED Keypad
(Non-stocked)

$ Price

HP

kW

A

0.5

0.37

3

ATV71H037M3a

616.

ATV71H037M3T1

661.

ATV71H037M3Z

521.

1

0.75

4.8

ATV71H075M3a

652.

ATV71H075M3T1

697.

ATV71H075M3Z

557.

2

1.5

8

ATV71HU15M3a

684.

ATV71HU15M3T1

729.

ATV71HU15M3Z

589.

3

2.2

11

ATV71HU22M3a

796.

ATV71HU22M3T1

841.

ATV71HU22M3Z

701.

4

3

13.7

ATV71HU30M3a

984.

ATV71HU30M3T1

1029.

ATV71HU30M3Z

889.

5

4

17.5

ATV71HU40M3a

1150.

ATV71HU40M3T1

1195.

ATV71HU40M3Z

1055.

7.5

5.5

27.5

ATV71HU55M3a

1458.

ATV71HU55M3T1

1503.

ATV71HU55M3Z

1363.

10

7.5

33

ATV71HU75M3a

1790.

ATV71HU75M3T1

1835.

ATV71HU75M3Z

1695.

15

11

54

ATV71HD11M3Xab

2270.

ATV71HD11M3XT1b

2315.

ATV71HD11M3XZb

2175.

20

15

66

ATV71HD15M3Xab

2850.

ATV71HD15M3XT1b

2895.

ATV71HD15M3XZb

2755.

25

18

75

ATV71HD18M3Xab

3422.

ATV71HD18M3XT1b

3487.

—

—

30

22

88

ATV71HD22M3Xab

4170.

ATV71HD22M3XT1b

4235.

—

—

40

30

120

ATV71HD30M3Xab

5348.

ATV71HD30M3XT1b

5433.

—

—

50

37

144

ATV71HD37M3Xab

6212.

ATV71HD37M3XT1b

6297.

—

—

60

45

176

ATV71HD45M3Xab

7356.

ATV71HD45M3XT1b

7491.

—

—

75

55

221

ATV71HD55M3Xbce

8870.

ATV71HD55M3XT1b

9330.

—

—

100

75

285

ATV71HD75M3Xbce

10658.

ATV71HD75M3XT1b

11211.

—

—

Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. On 0.5 hp to 10 hp at 230 Vac
3 phase and up to 100 hp at 460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number. On 15 hp to 60 hp at 230 Vac 3 phase, add “337” to the end of the
catalog number. In both cases multiply price by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned, circuit boards are conformal coated
in critical areas and plastics are treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This option is standard on 55 kW/75 hp @ 230 Vac 3
phase and higher & 90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher.
Product does not contain an EMC filter.
Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add “D” to the
end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and multiply the listed price by.96 to obtain new price.
Also possible for use with a synchronous motor. Add “383” to the end of the catalog number and multiply the listed price by 1.2 to obtain new price.
Conformal coating is standard.

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Drives

Altivar™ 71
Refer to Brochure 8000BR0826

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 26.13: Altivar™ 71 Selection and Pricing (continued)

400/480 Vac
Three
Phase

ATV71HC31Y

575/690 Vac
Three
Phase

a

b

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HP

kW

A

1
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
400
450
500
600
700
2
3
4
5
7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
175
200
250
350
450
550
700

0.75
1.5
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
130
160
200
250
280
310
400
500
2.2
3
4
5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
200
250
315
400
500
630

2.3
4.1
5.8
7.8
10.5
14.3
17.6
27.7
33
41
48
66
79
94
116
160
179
215
259
314
387
481
550
616
759
941
2.7
3.9
5.8
6.1
9
11
17
22
27
32
41
52
62
77
99
125
150
180
220
290
355
420
543
675

Catalog Number
with LCD Keypad
(Stocked)

ATV71H075N4ac
ATV71HU15N4ac
ATV71HU22N4ac
ATV71HU30N4ac
ATV71HU40N4ac
ATV71HU55N4ac
ATV71HU75N4ac
ATV71HD11N4ac
ATV71HD15N4ac
ATV71HD18N4ac
ATV71HD22N4ac
ATV71HD30N4ac
ATV71HD37N4ac
ATV71HD45N4ac
ATV71HD55N4ac
ATV71HD75N4ac
ATV71HD90N4bc
ATV71HC11N4bc
ATV71HC13N4bc
ATV71HC16N4bc
ATV71HC20N4bcf
ATV71HC25N4bcf
ATV71HC28N4bcf
ATV71HC31N4bcf
ATV71HC40N4bcf
ATV71HC50N4bcf
ATV71HU22Yd
ATV71HU30Yd
ATV71HU40Yd
ATV71HU55Yd
ATV71HU75Yd
ATV71HD11Yd
ATV71HD15Yd
ATV71HD18Yd
ATV71HD22Yd
ATV71HD30Yd
ATV71HD37Yd
ATV71HD45Yd
ATV71HD55Yd
ATV71HD75Yd
ATV71HD90Yd
ATV71HC11Yde
ATV71HC13Yde
ATV71HC16Yde
ATV71HC20Ydef
ATV71HC25Ydef
ATV71HC31Ydef
ATV71HC40Ydef
ATV71HC50Ydef
ATV71HC63Ydef

$ Price

794.
912.
1110.
1250.
1316.
1584.
1924.
2278.
2832.
3408.
3710.
4566.
5370.
6742.
7762.
8862.
9742.
11002.
12642.
14282.
16462.
19382.
23002.
27922.
37392.
52041.
1889.
1990.
2009.
2380.
2799.
3380.
3979.
4790.
5780.
6999.
8579.
10379.
12199.
14399.
16899.
19179.
23795.
24290.
28950.
35950.
46750.
59590.
78490.
103390.

Option to have product treated for increased protection for dusty and
corrosive environments. This product is not stocked. Up to 100 hp at
460 V, add “S337” to the end of the catalog number and multiply price
by 1.2 to obtain new price. With this option, exposed copper is tinned,
circuit boards are conformal coated in critical areas and plastics are
treated to better withstand the corrosive nature of certain oils. This
option is standard on
90 kW/125 hp @ 460 Vac and higher.
Product ships with a DC choke that must be field mounted. A 5% line
reactor may be purchased and installed in place of the DC choke. Add
“D” to the end of the catalog number to receive just the AC drive and

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

Catalog Number
to have ATV71 drive and
Type 1 conduit entry kit
shipped as one line item.
Field installation required
(Packaged as kit at
warehouse).

ATV71H075N4T1
ATV71HU15N4T1
ATV71HU22N4T1
ATV71HU30N4T1
ATV71HU40N4T1
ATV71HU55N4T1
ATV71HU75N4T1
ATV71HD11N4T1
ATV71HD15N4T1
ATV71HD18N4T1
ATV71HD22N4T1
ATV71HD30N4T1
ATV71HD37N4T1
ATV71HD45N4T1
ATV71HD55N4T1
ATV71HD71N4T1
ATV71HD90N4T1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
c
d
e
f

$ Price

839.
957.
1155.
1295.
1361.
1629.
1969.
2323.
2877.
3453.
3775.
4631.
5435.
6877.
7897.
8997.
10202.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

Catalog Number
with LED Keypad
(Non-stocked)

ATV71H075N4Z
ATV71HU15N4Z
ATV71HU22N4Z
ATV71HU30N4Z
ATV71HU40N4Z
ATV71HU55N4Z
ATV71HU75N4Z
ATV71HD11N4Z
ATV71HD15N4Z
ATV71HD18N4Z
ATV71HD22N4Z
ATV71HD30N4Z
ATV71HD37N4Z
ATV71HD45N4Z
ATV71HD55N4Z
ATV71HD75N4Z
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

$ PriceW

699.
817.
1015.
1155.
1221.
1489.
1829.
2183.
2737.
3313.
3615.
4471.
5275.
6647.
7667.
8767.
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

multiply the listed price by.96 to obtain new price.
Also possible for use with a synchronous motor. Add “383” to the end
of the catalog number and multiply the listed price by 1.2 to obtain new
price.
Conformal coating is standard.
An AC 5% line reactor is mandatory.
These products do not contain a dynamic braking transistor. A
separate transistor must be added for applications requiring dynamic
braking.

26-13

AC DRIVES

ATV71HC28N4

Three-Phase Continuous
Output
Motor Power
Current

26

Constant Torque
Input
Line
Voltage

AC Drives

Altivar 61™ / Altivar 71™
www.schneider-electric.us

2

Table 26.12:

3

Options—Field Installed
Description

1

For Use on Drives

Operator
Interface

LCD Keypad
Mounting Kits

115.

Remote mounting kit: includes bezel and mounting hardware

VW3A1102

55.

Door for use with remote mount kit for IP65 rating

VW3A1103

45.

VW3A1104R10

35.

VW3A1104R30

35.

5 meters

VW3A1104R50

35.

10 meters

VW3A1104R100

45.

VW3A1105

35.

Cable for remote mounting LCD graphic
keypad
RJ-45 connector on each end

3 meters

Operator, mounting collar, 2.5 kilohm, 1•2 watt potentiometer

26
Option Card Assembly

any ATV61
any ATV71

RJ-45 female—female adaptor to connect LCD keypad and cable. Not
required if using VW3A1102.

PowerSuite™
Software Options

PowerSuite software on CD for PC
USB/RS485 cord set (equipped with RJ45 socket)

For Wireless
Connection

Modbus™ to

I/O Adaptor

115 Vac logic input adaptor adapts 7 logic inputs for use with
user supplied 115 Vac signals

I/O Extension
Option Cards

$ Price

VW3A1101

1 meter
4

Catalog No.

LCD graphic keypad: IP54 rating

Bluetooth®

Gateway and RS-485 converter

Basic I/O option card—4 logic inputs, 2 logic outputs, 1 Form C relay
output, an input for PTC motor probes, a 24 Vdc output, and a 10 Vdc
output
Extended I/O option card—contains all the I/O on the Basic I/O option card
plus 2 analog inputs, 2 analog outputs, 1 pulse input

Altivar 61

ATVPOT25K

69.

Altivar AC drives
Altistart™ 48
TeSys™ U-line

VW3A8104

150.

TCSMCNAM3M002P

52.

any ATV61
any ATV71

VW3A8114

85.

any ATV61
any ATV71

VW3A3101

195.

VW3A3201

165.

VW3A3202

195.

any ATV61
any ATV71

AC DRIVES

CANopen
Adapter

This adaptor connects to the RJ-45 port and provides a 9–pin male
SUB–D connector conforming to the CANopen standard
(CIA DRP 303–1)

any ATV61
any ATV71

VW3CANA71

45.

CANopen
Connector

9-pin female SUB–D with line terminator (can be disabled). 180º cable
outlet CAN–H, CAN–L, CAN–GND connection

any ATV61
any ATV71

Incremental
Encoder
Interface
Option Cards

VW3CANKCDF180T

45.

with RS-422 outputs, 5 Vdc

VW3A3401

85.

with RS-422 outputs, 15 Vdc

VW3A3402

85.

with open collector outputs, 12 Vdc

VW3A3403

85.

with open collector outputs, 15 Vdc

VW3A3404

85.

with push–pull outputs, 12 Vdc

VW3A3405

85.

VW3A3406

85.

VW3A3407

85.

any ATV71

with push–pull outputs, 15 Vdc
with push–pull outputs, 24 Vdc

I/O Option Card

Resolver

VW3A3408a

85.

Universal with SinCos, SinCos Hiperface®, SinCos EnDat® or SSI output

VW3A3409a

85.

Incremental with RS422 outputs and encoder emulation

VW3A3411a

85.

VW3A3302

550.

Modbus / Uni-Telway™ card

VW3A3303

225.

Modbus TCP/IP daisy chain

VW3A3310D

275.

VW3A3304

550.

VW3A3307

550.

VW3A3307S371

550.

DeviceNet™ card

VW3A3309

225.

Ethernet/IP™ card

VW3A3316

275.

LonWorks® card

VW3A3312

550.

Metasys® N2 card

VW3A3313

225.

VW3A3314

225.

VW3A3315

225.

VW3A3521S0

755.

Modbus™ Plus card

Interbus® S card

any ATV61
any ATV71

Profibus DP card
Communication
Option Cards

Communication
Option Card

Profibus DPv1 card

any ATV61

Apogee® FLN P1 card
BACnet card
IMC Option Card

ATV IMC drive controller cardc

Controller Inside
Option Card

Programmable option card, conforms with IEC61131–3 programming
standard.

any ATV61
any ATV71

VW3A3501b

550.

Water Solutions
Control Card

This option card contains a variety of pre-programmed functions and
features to manage multi–pump installations.

any ATV61
any ATV71

VW3A3503b

650.

Simple Loader

Using RJ45 port connections, the configurations of a drive can be
downloaded then uploaded to compatible drive.

ATV31, ATV61, and ATV71

VW3A8120

175.

a
b
c

For use with the ATV71H...383 drive ONLY.
The drive cannot support the VW3A3503 water solutions card and the VW3A3501 controller inside option card simultaneously.
SoMachine is required to use this product.

Incremental
Encoder Interface
Option Card

26-14

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Drives

Altivar 61™ / Altivar 71™
Refer to Brochure 8800BR0601 and 8800BR0826

www.schneider-electric.us

Description
3

For Use on Drives

1
3
1

4

2

6

5

Flange Kit

Kit includes:
a metal frame, seals, mounting hardware, and a
bracket to mount the fan kit so the fan can be
accessed from the front of the drive template.
Kit used to mount the heatsink of the drive
outside of an enclosure.

Flange Kit
VW3A9506

Type 1
Conduit Kit

Kit includes:
a metal box with conduit knockouts.
The kit provides conduit landing when wall
mounting the drive.

ATV61/71H037M3...HU15M3
ATV61/71H075N4...HU22N4
ATV61/71HU22M3...HU40M3
ATV61/71HU30N4...HU40N4
ATV61/71HU55M3
ATV61/71HU55N4, HU75N4
ATV61/71HU75M3
ATV61/71HD11N4
ATV61/71HD11M3X..HD15M3X
ATV61/71HD15N4, HD18N4
ATV61/71HD18M3X..HD22M3X
ATV61/71HD22N4, ATV61/71HU30Y...HD30Y
ATV61/71HD30N4, HD37N4
ATV61/71HD30M3X..HD45M3X
ATV61/71HD45N4...HD75N4, ATV61/71HD37Y...HD90Y
ATV61HD55M3X...HD75M3X
ATV61HD90N4...HC11N4
ATV71HD55M3X, ATV71HD90N4
ATV61HD90M3X, ATV61HC13N4
ATV71HD75M3X, ATV71HC11N4
ATV61HC16N4, ATV61HC20Y, ATV61/71HC11Y...HC16Y,
ATV71HC13N4
ATV61HC22N4, ATV71HC16N4
ATV61HC25N4…HC31N4
ATV61HC40Y
ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y
ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4
ATV71HC20Y
ATV61HC25N4…HC31N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor
ATV61HC40Y
ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y
ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor
ATV71HC20Y
ATV61/71H037M3...HU15M3
ATV61/71H075N4...HU22N4
ATV61/71HU22M3...HU40M3
ATV61/71HU30N4...HU40N4
ATV61/71HU55M3
ATV61/71HU55N4, HU75N4
ATV61/71HU75M3
ATV61/71HD11N4
ATV61/71HD11M3X..HD15M3X
ATV61/71HD15N4, HD18N4
ATV61/71HD18M3X..HD22M3X
ATV61/71HD22N4
ATV61/71HU30Y...HD30Y
ATV61/71HD30N4, HD37N4
ATV61/71HD30M3X..HD45M3X
ATV61/71HD45N4..HD75N4
ATV61/71HD37Y...HD90Y
ATV61HD55M3X...HD75M3X
ATV61HD90N4...HC11N4
ATV71HD55M3X, ATV71HD90N4, ATV61HC11N4
ATV61HD90M3X, ATV61HC13N4
ATV71HD75M3X, ATV71HC11N4
ATV61HC16N4, ATV71HC13N4
ATV61/71HC11Y...HC16Y
ATV61HC20Y
ATV61HC22N4, ATV71HC16N4
ATV61HC25N4...ATV61HC31N4
ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4
ATV71HC20Y
ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y
ATV61HC40Y
ATV61HC25N4...HC31N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor
ATV71HC20N4...HC28N4 with VW3A7101 braking transistor
ATV71HC20Y
ATV61/71HC25Y, HC31Y
ATV61HC40Y
230 V Drive controllers
ATV61H••••a

Profibus
Option Card
Cover

a

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

075M3
U15M3
—
U22M3
U30M3
U40M3
U55M3
—
U75M3
D11M3X
D15M3X

Type 1 cover for Profibus Option Card

ATV71H••••
037M3
075M3
U15M3
U22M3
U30M3
U40M3
U55M3
—
U75M3
D11M3X
D15M3X

Catalog No.

$ Price

VW3A9501

255.

VW3A9502

279.

VW3A9503

325.

VW3A9504

358.

VW3A9505

419.

VW3A9506

438.

VW3A9507
VW3A9508
VW3A9509

469.
469.
477.

VW3A9510

500.

VW3A9511

667.

VW3A9512

1053.

VW3A9513

1053.

VW3A9514

1053.

VW3A9515

1062.

VW3A9201

45.

VW3A9202

45.

VW3A9203

45.

VW3A9204

45.

VW3A9205

45.

VW3A9206

65.

VW3A9207
VW3A9217

65.
85.

VW3A9208

135.

VW3A9209

460.

VW3A9210

553.

VW3A9211

573.

VW3A9212

588.

VW3A9213

604.

VW3A9214

604.

VW3A9201PF

101.

VW3A9292PF

102.

VW3A9203PF

104.

VW3A9204PF

107.

VW3A9205PF

112.

480 V Drive controllers
ATV61H••••
075N4
U15N4
U22N4
U30N4
U40N4
—
U55N4
U75N4
D11N4
D15N4
D18N4

ATV71H••••
075N4
U15N4
U22N4
U30N4
U40N4
—
U55N4
U75N4
D11N4
D15N4
D18N4

The symbol “•” indicates the part of the number that varies with controller size or rating.

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

26-15

AC DRIVES

Options—Field Installed (continued)

26

Table 26.14:

Enclosed Drives

S–Flex™ 212 AC Drives
Refer to Brochure 8800BR1104

www.schneider-electric.us

Variable Torque AC Drive—208 V, 230 V, and 460 V Ratings
Table 26.13:

S-Flex™ 212 Enclosed Drive Controller Selection and Pricing
Options
Output Current

Input Line
Voltage

HP

Standard
Product List
$ Price

Catalog
Number

kW
A

208 Vac
Three-phase

26

230 Vac
Three-phase

AC DRIVES

S-Flex 212 Enclosed
Drive Controller Type 1
Rated +14 to +104 °F
(-10 to +40 °C)
460 Vac
Three-phase

a
b

AFC

AFC

Power
Circuit W

M

Power
Circuit Y

Disc Switch

Line
Contactor

MOD W
Price $a

MOD A07
Price $b

MOD B07
Price $b

1
2
3
5

0.75
1.5
2.2
4

4.8
7.8
11
17.5

SFD212CG2Y
SFD212DG2Y
SFD212EG2Y
SFD212FG2Y

1402.
1501.
1593.
1789.

1048.
1123.
1193.
1342.

1584.
1689.
1784.
1992.

1480.
1585.
1682.
1889.

7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30

25.3
32.2
48.3
62.1
78.2
92
120

SFD212GG2Y
SFD212HG2Y
SFD212JG2Y
SFD212KG2Y
SFD212LG2Y
SFD212MG2Y
SFD212NG2Y

1957.
2253.
2758.
3169.
3865.
4705.
5920.

1468.
1700.
2089.
2389.
2910.
3542.
4911.

2177.
2478.
3023.
3476.
4240.
5171.
6370.

2066.
2378.
2886.
3316.
4044.
4950.
6294.

1
2
3
5

0.75
1.5
2.2
4

4.2
6.8
9.6
15.2

SFD212CG3Y
SFD212DG3Y
SFD212EG3Y
SFD212FG3Y

1402.
1501.
1593.
1789.

1048.
1123.
1193.
1342.

1584.
1689.
1784.
1992.

1480.
1585.
1682.
1889.

7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30

22
28
42
54
68
80
104

SFD212GG3Y
SFD212HG3Y
SFD212JG3Y
SFD212KG3Y
SFD212LG3Y
SFD212MG3Y
SFD212NG3Y

1957.
2253.
2758.
3169.
3865.
4705.
5920.

1468.
1700.
2089.
2389.
2910.
3542.
4911.

2177.
2478.
3023.
3476.
4240.
5171.
6370.

2066.
2378.
2886.
3316.
4044.
4950.
6294.

1
2
3
5

0.75
1.5
2.2
4

2.1
3.4
4.8
7.6

SFD212CG4Y
SFD212DG4Y
SFD212EG4Y
SFD212FG4Y

1250.
1317.
1419.
1554.

880.
928.
1000.
1095.

1314.
1384.
1491.
1633.

1289.
1358.
1463.
1602.

7.5
10
15
20
25
30
40

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30

11
14
21
27
34
40
52

SFD212GG4Y
SFD212HG4Y
SFD212JG4Y
SFD212KG4Y
SFD212LG4Y
SFD212MG4Y
SFD212NG4Y

1690.
1892.
2227.
2709.
3229.
3749.
4359.

1190.
1333.
1624.
2060.
2455.
3037.
3641.

1776.
1988.
2361.
2909.
3467.
3956.
4600.

1742.
1950.
2296.
2864.
3409.
3903.
4538.

50
60
75
100

37
45
55
75

65
77
96
124

SFD212PG4Y
SFD212QG4Y
SFD212RG4Y
SFD212SG4Y

5347.
6257.
7102.
8097.

4545.
5444.
6392.
7293.

5643.
6603.
7527.
8581.

5567.
6514.
7379.
8413.

When ordering a unit without bypass, insert a "W" in place of the "Y" in the Catalog Number.
Options A07 Disconnect Switch and B07 Line Contactor are available only when a full voltage bypass standard "Y" product is selected. Options A07 and
B07 are mutually exclusive.

Miscellaneous Optionsd

M

Without
Bypass

Description

Accessories
Option Number

$ Price

Description
Altivar 212
PCSoft Test and Commissioning Software.
For use with Microsoft Windows™ 95, 98, NT,
XP, and Vista operating systems for PCs only.
(Cable not included.)

Catalog Number $ Price

BACnet Factory Set Up

A06

50.

LonWorks® Communication Card

B06

375.

Metasys® N2 Factory Set Up

C06

50.

USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit
TCSMCNAM3M0
For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port
02P

52.

Apogee®

D06

50.

EZ-M Mounting Channel, 72 in. length

42.

LCD Text Keypad

D07

250.

Modbus™ Monitoring (by Default)

N06

Seismic Qualification

S07

d
e

FLN P1 Factory Set Up

PC Cable for Test and Commissioning
Software
Includes 3-meter (9.8 ft.) cable,
RS-485/RS-232C adaptor, and connectors

c

N/C

VW3A2104c

VW3A8106

EZM72MC

N/C

75.

Can be downloaded from the internet at www.Schneider-Electric.com

215.

Miscellaneous Options A06, B06, C06, and D06 are mutually
exclusive. Add Misc. Option number to S-Flex 212 Catalog Number
when ordering communications card factory installed.
For Modbus control, see the Instruction Manual.

NOTE: See the Instruction Bulletin for set up instructions.

All S-Flex 212 Enclosed Drives are supplied with:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

26-16

Altivar™ 212 power converter
Square D™ circuit breaker disconnect (Power Fuses for 460
V version only)
UL 508C coordinated short circuit rating for 100,000 A
Adjustable Frequency Controller-Off-Bypass selector switch
Local/Remote configurable on controller
Power On red LED
Bypass Run green LED
Fire/Freezestat interlock for Adjustable Frequency Drive and
Bypass mode

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Form C Adjustable Frequency Controller fault auxiliary
contact
Modbus RJ-45 communication port
Smoke Purge Function
Bypass Run Auxiliary Contact
Drive Run Auxiliary Contact
Full Voltage Bypass Power Circuit with overload relay
120 Vac fused control power transformer

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AC Soft Starts

Altistart™ Soft Starts
Refer to Brochure 8800SM0101S

www.schneider-electric.us

Altistart™ 48 Soft Starts
The Altistart 48 soft start combines ease of selection with simple installation and high motor control performance. With
its exclusive motor Torque Control System, the Altistart 48 helps eliminate uncontrolled motor acceleration and
deceleration, a problem inherent with standard voltage—ramp soft starts. The Altistart 48 includes features to help with
motor and machine protection and is available for motors ranging from 208 to 575 volts. In addition to a built–in display
and programming terminal, a remote keypad option and programming software is available to ease integration and
commissioning. The Altistart 48 has a built–in Modbus™ port and is offered with serial communication gateways to
such popular networks as Ethernet and DeviceNet™.

Open Style Soft Starts 50–60 Hz, Three-Phase, 690 V Maximum—AC3 Duty
The Altistart 48 soft start must be selected using the table below, based on nameplate full load ampere rating of the
motor. The horsepower ratings shown in table are for reference only.
Altistart 48 Selection and Pricinga

Standard Duty (Low Inertia Loads)b Maximum Horsepower

a
b

Altistart Soft Starts

208 V

230 V

400 kW

460 V

575 V

Rated
A

3
5
7.5
10
—
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
—
200
250
350
400

5
7.5
10
—
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
—
200
250
300
350
450

5.5
7.5
11
15
18.5
22
30
37
45
55
75
90
110
132
160
220
250
315
355
400
500

10
15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
800
1000

15
20
25
30
40
50
60
75
100
125
150
200
250
300
350
400
500
600
800
1000
1200

17
22
32
38
47
62
75
88
110
140
170
210
250
320
410
480
590
660
790
1000
1200

Catalog
Number
ATS48D17Y
ATS48D22Y
ATS48D32Y
ATS48D38Y
ATS48D47Y
ATS48D62Y
ATS48D75Y
ATS48D88Y
ATS48C11Y
ATS48C14Y
ATS48C17Y
ATS48C21Y
ATS48C25Y
ATS48C32Y
ATS48C41Y
ATS48C48Y
ATS48C59Y
ATS48C66Y
ATS48C79Y
ATS48M10Y
ATS48M12Y

$ Price
780.
810.
840.
900.
950.
1200.
1280.
1500.
1700.
2100.
2300.
2600.
2900.
3300.
3900.
4700.
5400.
6200.
7200.
8600.
10600.

AC DRIVES

Table 26.14:

Motor full load amperage (FLA) must not exceed the ampere rating of the soft start.
Low Inertia—Connected motor load inertia equal or less than 10 times motor rotor inertia.
High Inertia—Connected motor load inertia greater than 10 times motor rotor inertia.

Table 26.15:

26

NOTE: For severe duty or high inertia loads, derate by 1 hp size.

Altistart 48 Options
Description

Catalog Number

Remote Keypad Display Mounting Kit, including:
Keypad with 3–character 7–segment display
IP65 cover and seal, mounting screws, and 3 meter cable to connect keypad display to Altistart 48

$ Price

VW3G48101

165.

Cover for power terminals—Set of 6 for ATS48C14Y and ATS48C17Y

LA9F702d

61.

Cover for power terminals—Set of 6 for ATS48C21Y, ATS48C25Y, and ATS48C32Y

LA9F703d

Modbus Ethernet Gateway

82.

TSXETG100e

1027.

DeviceNet Gateway

LUFP9f

495.

Profibus DP Gateway

LUFP7f

495.

FIPIO™ Gateway

LUFP1f

495.

1/3 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45)

VW3A8306R03

20.

1 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45)

VW3A8306R10

25.

3 meter connection cable (RJ–45 to RJ–45)

VW3A8306R30

30.

1/3 meter splitter cable (For RJ—45 daisy chain connection)

VW3A8306TF03

75.

1 meter splitter cable (For RJ–45 daisy chain connection)

VW3A8306TF10

85.

RJ45 terminator (2 per package)

VW3A8306RC

Modbus hub (Eight RJ–45 ports)

LU9GC3f

208.

6.

Powersuite™ commissioning software on CDc

VW3A8104g

150.

PowerSuite upgrade CD from most recent to new versionc

VW3A8105g

98.

PC connection kit. To connect PC to Altistart 48 soft startc

VW3A8106g

75.

TCSMCNAM3M002P

52.

USB to RJ45 Adaptor Kit
For use in connecting to a PC with a USB port
Size M10 Bolt Kit

W808780210111

8.

Size M12 Bolt Kit

W808780220111

10.

c
d
e
f
g

For more information, see Data Bulletin 8806DB0001.
Use discount schedule I12
Use discount schedule PC41
discount schedule I11
discount schedule CP4C

For additional information on Altistart 48, refer to Catalog 8636CT0201.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

CP1G

I12

PC41

I11

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

26-17

Open Soft Starts

AC Softstart Products
Refer to Brochure 8800HO1003

www.schneider-electric.us

Altistart™ 22 Open Style Softstarter
The Altistart 22 unit uses both voltage and torque control to provide a softstart and soft stop for three-phase
asynchronous motors between 17 and 590 amps.
Table 27:
ATS22 Selection and Pricing
Select the Altistart 22 softstart using the nameplate full-load ampere rating of the motor and the table below. The
horsepower ratings are for reference only.
Dimensions (inches)
208 V

400 kW

460 V

575 V

Rated
A

Softstart Reference
b or c
W

H

D

Frame
Size

$ Price

26
AC DRIVES

3

5

5.5

10

15

17

ATS22D17S6,S6U

5.1

9.8

6.6

A

613.00

7.5

10

11

20

25

32

ATS22D32S6,S6U

5.1

9.8

6.6

A

654.00

—a

15

18.5

30

40

47

ATS22D47S6,S6U

5.1

9.8

6.6

A

786.00

15

20

22

40

50

63

ATS22D62S6,S6U

5.7

10.9

8.1

B

945.00

20

25

30

50

60

75

ATS22D75S6,S6U

5.7

10.9

8.1

B

1083.00

25

30

37

60

75

88

ATS22D88S6,S6U

5.7

10.9

8.1

B

1266.00

30

40

45

75

100

110

ATS22C11S6,S6U

5.9

13

9

C

1468.00

40

50

55

100

125

140

ATS22C14S6,S6U

5.9

13

9

C

1792.00

50

60

75

125

150

170

ATS22C17S6,S6U

5.9

13

9

C

2056.00

60

75

90

150

200

210

ATS22C21S6,S6U

8.1

15.6

11.8

D

2383.00

75

100

110

200

250

250

ATS22C25S6,S6U

8.1

15.6

11.8

D

2714.00

100

125

132

250

300

320

ATS22C32S6,S6U

8.1

15.6

11.8

D

3083.00

125

150

160

300

350

410

ATS22C41S6,S6U

8.1

15.6

11.8

D

3573.00

150

—

220

350

400

480

ATS22C48S6,S6U

11.9

16.8

13.4

E

4263.00

200

250

400

500

590

ATS22C59S6,S6U

11.9

16.8

13.4

E

4862.00

—
a
b
c

26-18

230 V

Value not indicated when there is no corresponding standardized motor.
S6 = 208–600 line voltage, 220 V control voltage
S6U = 208–600 line voltage, 110 V control voltage

CP1G

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Enclosed Soft Starts

AC Softstart Products
Enclosed Altistart™ 22 Motor Controllers / Refer to Brochure 8800BR1101

Enclosed AltisStart™ 22 Motor Controllers
Enclosed Altistart 22 (ATS22) solid-state combination
motor controllers are a pre-engineered, integrated
solution for reduced voltage starting and soft stopping of
standard three-phase asynchronous induction (squirrel
cage) motors. The Enclosed 22 controllers consist of a
disconnect means and an ATS22 softstarter in a standalone enclosure. Enclosed 22 controllers integrate the
ATS22 softstart technology into a combination package
for application requirements up to 125 hp at 480 V.
3–50 hp, 208 V
5–60 hp, 230 V
10–125 hp, 460 V

Table 28:

Catalog Number Description

Horsepower

03

5

Enclosure
Type

04

6

Voltage

05

7

06

8–10

07

08

09

a
b

c
d
e
f
g
h
i
j
k
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

4

11–13

14–16

Power Circuit

Control
Optionsde

Pilot Device
Optionsde

Metering
Options

Field
—
8639

1
22U
PowerPact™
Controller
ThermalClass
Magnetic
Circuit Breaker

2
C
7.5
hp

3
G

4
4

5
B

6
A06

7
A07
Light
Type 1
Basic Start-Stop Run
(Red),
General 460
Shunt Pushbutton
Vac
Off
Light
Purpose
Trip
(Green

Control Options (pick one)

Field Digit Characteristic
Description
Controller
8638 = Fused Disconnectc
—
—
Class
8639 = Circuit Breaker Disconnect
22F = Altistart 22 with Class J Fuse Clips and
Molded Case Switchc
Controller
22T = Altistart 22 with PowerPact Motor Circuit
01
1–3
Style
Protector
22U = Altistart 22 with PowerPact Thermal-

02

Catalog Number Example:
863922UCG4BA06A07

A = 3 hp
B = 5 hp
C = 7.5 hp
D = 10 hp
E = 15 hp
F = 20 hp
G = 25 hp
H = 30 hp
J = 40 hp
K = 50 hp
L = 60 hp
M = 75 hp
N = 100 hp
P = 125 hp
Q = 150 hp
G = UL Type 1 General Purpose
A = UL Type 12K Industrial Use, Dust-Tight/DripTight
H = UL Type 3R Outdoor Use
2 = 208 Vac
3 = 230 Vac
4 = 460 Vac
5 = 575 Vac
B = Basic Shunt Trip
S = Full-Featured Shunt Trip
N = Non-Reversing Isolation
R = Reversing Isolation
Y = Integral Full-Voltage Bypass
A06 = Start-Stop Pushbuttons
B06 = Forward-Off-Reverse
C06 = Hand-Off-Auto (HOA) Selector Switch
D06 = Stop-Run Selector Switch
E06 = Hand-Auto Selector Switch/Start-Stop
Pushbuttons
A07 = Run Light (Red), Off Light (Green)
B07 = Push-to-Test Run Light (Red), Push-to-Test
Off Light (Green)
C07 = Run Light (Red), Off Light (Green), Tripped
Light/Reset (Yellow)
D07 = PTT Run Light (Red), PTT Off Light
(Green), Tripped Light/Reset (Yellow)

Mod
A06

Mod
B06

Mod
C06

Mod
D06

Mod
E06

CP4C

Discount
Schedule

$ Price

Provides black start and red stop push buttons
(3-wire control scheme).

132.00

Forward-Off-Reverse selector switch

$ Price

Provides three-position selector switch to select between
forward, off and reverse. Uses 2-wire control.

240.00

Hand-Off-Auto selector switch

$ Price

Provides a three-position selector switch, 2-wire control
scheme.

132.00

Stop-Run selector switch

$ Price

Provides a two-position selector switch.

132.00

Hand-Auto selector switch and Start/Stop push
buttons

$ Price

Provides a two-position selector switch and start/stop push
buttons (3-wire control).

264.00

Pilot Light Cluster Options (pick one)
Pilot light cluster #1
Mod
A07

$ Price

Consists of red “RUN”, green “OFF” and yellow “FAULT” pilot
lights. Provides standard red “RUN (ON)” green “OFF” and 270.00
yellow “FAULT” pilot lights for status annunciation.

Pilot light cluster #4
Mod
D07

$ Price

Consists of red “RUN” (push-to-test) and green “OFF” (pushto-test) pilot lights. Provides push-to-test type red “RUN
360.00
(ON)” and standard green “OFF” pilot lights for status
annunciation.

Pilot light cluster #3
Mod
C07

$ Price

Consists of red “RUN” and green “OFF” pilot lights. Provides
standard red “RUN (ON)” and green “OFF” pilot lights for
180.00
status annunciation.

Pilot light cluster #2
Mod
B07

B08 = Elapsed Run Time Metere

A10 = Floor Mounting Kitf
B10 = Additional 150 VAg
C10 = Power-Up On Delay Relayh
D10 = Emergency Stop Pushbuttong
E10 = cUL Labela
F10 = Auxiliary Run Mode Contacts
G10 = Auxiliary FB Bypass Contactsi
H10 = Auxiliary Auto Mode Contactsj
J10 = Auxiliary Trip Indication Contacts
17–19 Miscellaneous
Options
L10 = ID Engraved Nameplateg
M10 = 10 Spare Terminal Blocksg
P10 = Permanent Wire Markersg
R10 = MOV-Surge Arrestorg
U10 = Omit Door-Mounted Keypad Displayb
X10 = 50 °C Operation
Z10 = Service Entrance Ratingak
910 = American Recovery and Reinvestment Act
(ARRA) Option
Options E10 and Z10 cannot be used together.
If you select option U10, you must separately order the remote keypad
(VW3G22101) and cable (VW3A1104R30) to commission the softstarter.
Refer to the ATS22 User Manual, BBV51330, for serial communication
programming and control capabilities.
This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05.
Select only one option.
To omit, do not include a selection in the catalog number.
This option is available only for enclosure size D.
This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05
This option is not selectable wit hpower circuit option B05. This option is
valid only with the following control options: C06, D06, or E06.
This option is not selectable with power circuit option B05. The contacts
are available only when power circuit option Y05 is selected.
The contacts are not available when power circuit option R05 is selected.
This option is valid only with the following control options: C06, D06, or
E06.
Options E10 and Z10 cannot be ordered together.

Start/Stop push buttons

AC DRIVES

•
•
•

Table 29:

$ Price

Consists of red “RUN (ON)” (push-to-test), green “OFF”
(push-to-test) and yellow “FAULT” (push-to-reset) pilot lights.
Provides push-to-test type red “RUN (ON)” standard green 540.00
“OFF”, and push-to-reset type yellow “FAULT” for status
annunciation.

Meter Display Options (pick one)
Mod
BO8

Elapsed time meter

$ Price

Provides a seven-digit analog, non-resettable elapsed run
time meter. Not available on Type 3R Enclosures

348.00

Miscellaneous Options
(multiple compatible options may be selected)
Mod
A10

Floor mounting kit

$ Price

Only available for size D enclosures.

105.00

Rules:Available for power options S05, N05, R05, Y05.
Mod
B10

150 VA additional control power capacity

$ Price

Provides 150 VA additional control VA capacity for customer 150.00
use.

26-19

26

www.schneider-electric.us

AC Drives

Support, Training, and Documentation
www.schneider-electric.us

Information and Selection
For information and selection, contact your nearest Schneider Electric sales office or visit our website:
www.schneider-electric.ussp

Technical Support
Drive Product Support Group
For support and assistance, contact the Drive Product Support Group. The Drive Product Support Group is staffed from
8:00 am until 6:00 pm Eastern time to assist with product selection, start–up, and diagnosis of product or application
problems.
EMERGENCY Technical phone support is available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Toll Free:
E–mail:
Fax:

888–778–2733
drive.products.support@schneider–electric.com
919–217–6508

26

Services (On–Site)
Square D Services is your single source of service expertise for all major brands of electrical equipment. With our
national network of service locations and qualified experts, Square D Services is capable of providing customer–based
solutions anywhere in the United States. Services responds to your requests, seven day a week, 24 hours a day.
Toll Free:

(888–778–2733)

AC DRIVES

Customer Training
Schneider Electric offers a variety of instructor-led, skill enhancing and technical product training programs for
customers. For a complete list of drives/soft start training with dates, locations, and pricing, please call:
Phone:
Fax:

978-975-9306
978-975-2821

Packaged Product Documentation
Standard Documentation
Each adjustable frequency drive or soft start shipped includes one set of instruction bulletins. Each set of instruction
bulletins includes installation, start–up, troubleshooting and wiring diagram information. Separate Approval and/or
Record Drawings are not included.
Approval and Record Drawings
All factory orders for enclosed drives and soft starts come with factory supplied user drawings and are identified by a
factory order number. The factory supplied drawing set typically includes:
• Enclosure outline drawing
• Power elementary drawing
• Control elementary drawing
• Interconnection drawing
These drawings are also available in DWG, DXF, IGS, Microcad and PDF formats upon customer request.

Product Literature
To view or download product literature, visit the Schneider Electric web site:
www.schneider-electric.us

26-20

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 27
Automation Products
Programmable Logic Controllers

Modicon M340 (p. 27-2)

Modicon™ TSX Micro PLC

27-2

Modicon M340™ PAC

27-2

Modicon Premium™ PLC

27-2

Modicon Quantum™ PLC

27-2

Unity™ Pro Application Software

27-2

Unity Application Generator

27-2

Concept™ and PL7™ Application Software

27-2

ProWORX™ 32 Application Software

27-2

Magelis™ Small Panels Products (STO/STU, XBT N/R, XBT RT)

27-3

Magelis Advanced Panels Products (XBTGT, XBT GK, XBT GH, XBT GTW)

27-3

Magelis Smart+ iPC

27-4

Magelis Smart iPC

27-4

Magelis Compact iPC

27-4

“BOX + Display” Solutions

27-4

Vijeo™ Designer™

27-4

HMI
Modicon Premium (p. 27-2)

SCADA
Modicon Quantum (p. 27-2)

Vijeo™ Citect™

27-4

Vijeo™ Historian™

27-4

27-5

Modicon TM5 Expansion Module

27-5

Modicon STB

27-5

Advantys Telefast™ ABE7 Sub-bases, IP20

27-5

Advantys Telefast ABE9 Passive Splitter Boxes, IP67

27-5

Modicon TM7 I/O Blocks, IP67

27-5

Modicon Momentum™ Distributed I/O and PLC

27-5

Networking Products and Systems
ConneXium™ Ethernet Products

Twido Nano (p. 27-10)

27-6

ConneXview™Industrial Ethernet Diagnostic Software

27-6

Transparent Ready™ Solutions

27-6

CANopen™ Products

27-6

Ethernet TCP/IP Products

27-7

Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-i) Bus Products

27-7

OEM Solutions
Modicon M168 Programmable Logic Controller

27-8

Modicon M238 Logic Controller

27-8

Modicon M258 Logic Controller

27-8

Modicon LMC058 Motion Controller

27-9

Altivar™ IMC Integrated Controller Card

27-9

Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller

27-9

SoMachine™ Software Suite

27-10

Twido™ Nano™

27-10

Modicon Zelio™ Logic Controller
27-10
For more detailed information, please refer to the catalogs referenced with each product,
or you can also visit our website at www.schneider-electric.com.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

27-1

27

Magelis XBTGT (p.27-3)

Advantys™ OTB

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

Distributed I/O

Programmable Logic Controllers
www.schneider-electric.us

Modicon™ PLC Products
Modicon™ TSX Micro™ PLC
Compact and cost-efficient, this midrange PLC boasts the power and flexibility
OEMs find most desirable. Optional
integrated safety relays, half-size I/O and
web-enabled modules provide seamless
connection to supervisory maintenance
systems plus minimize real estate. PCMCIA memory cards preserve your
investment when expanding. Communication options include Ethernet and
ASi for global access using Open standards. More details are available at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Modicon M340™ PAC
Our latest midrange PAC is the most
integrated ever! Highly requested by
industrial OEMs and end users, the allpower-inside concept boasts highperformance processing and small size to
create a system that provides flexibility
beyond any before. With up to 3 built-in CPU
communication ports, large memory options, 64 channel high-density
modules, and embedded web-servers, the Modicon M340 is a powerful
solution for industrial OEMs and end users demanding more productivity in
their PACs. The Modicon M340 PAC supports advanced communications
such as enhanced EtherNet/IP which support both EtherNet/IP, Modbus
TCP/IP and daisy chain loop communications on the same 4-port, rack
mounted switch module. It will also support DNP3.0 in serial or Ethernet in a
rack-mounted RTU module.The Modicon M340 PAC is programmed with
Unity Pro software, which allows users to dramatically reduce setup time
and effort with features like drag 'n drop CANopen bus setup and standard
IEC 61131-3 language selection. Designers gain fast, easy and efficient
startups. More details are found on our website or in the latest Modicon
M340 catalogs and brochures.More details are available at
www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog DIA6ED2081007EN-US.

27

Modicon Premium™ PLC

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

Ideally suited for discrete manufacturing,
complex OEM applications as well as
municipality and infrastructure applications,
this cost-effective PLC line features
integrated functions such as weighing,
interpolated motion control, and process
loops. Using the built-in Ethernet port, usercustomized web page capabilities, and a range of popular Openstandard fieldbus connections the Modicon Premium enables seamless
communication with enterprise systems providing low-cost remote
maintenance diagnostics. More details are available at
www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog MKTED208054EN-US.

Modicon Quantum™ PLC
The Modicon Quantum PLC is our
high-end, full function PLC designed
for high I/O count industrial applications
that require high performance such as
Pharmaceutical, Petrochemical, Food
& Beverage, Automotive, and others.
Quantum also offers true bumpless
hot standby. Quantum processors
can be programmed with Unity Pro. It will also support legacy 984 ladder
logic programs in the LL984 Unity Pro editor by simply importing the
legacy application program. Concept™ application software and
ProWORX™ 32 application software are also supported on the Quantum
platform.The Unity Quantum's onboard memory can exceed 3 Mbytes.
The Unity Quantums can have more than 7 Mbytes of extended memory
on a PCMCIA card for data and application storage combined. They can
have over 8 Mbytes of just data storage. The Quantum PLC also offers
Safety PLC versions certified for use in up to SIL3 applications. This
includes both standard and hot standby capability as well as redundant
I/O. It programs with Unity Pro XLS. The SIL3 offer stresses both high
reliability as well as high availability. More details are available at
www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog MKTED208011EN-US.

27-2

Information about the SIL3 Quantum is available in brochure
8000BR0808R03/10.

Unity™ Pro Application Software
Unity Pro is a new generation software platform for
application development. Unity Pro is compatible with all
Industrial End User midrange and highend controllers
including Modicon M340, Premium and Quantum PLCs.
Unity provides a collaborative automation environment
that enables individuals and teams to work together
more effectively, reducing the cost of developing and
managing automation solutions. Unity Pro XLS software is used to
program the SIL3 Quantum as well as all Unity-based, standard
Quantums, Unity-based Premiums and M340s. Since one software
package can program all the platforms, it greatly simplifies development
and support issues. It integrates commercial IT technologies like
Ethernet, VBA, XML and hyperlinks within the traditional control
framework to enable customers to reduce the cost of automating both
discrete and batch control applications. More details are available at
www.schneider-electric.com, or in brochure 8000BR0935R02/10.

Unity Application Generator
Unity Application Generator is an advanced design and
generation software tool that integrates multiple PLCs
and HMI/SCADA systems to provide an automation
solution rivaling a Distributed Control System (DCS).
UAG supports structured project design by providing a
software tool to bridge from the process engineer to the
control/automation designer (from the P&ID to the
automation system). UAG will capture and re-use the Customer's best
practices within application-specific libraries that reduce the dependency
on experts and enable standardization and increases software
robustness. Single database entry avoids duplicate effort and resulting
errors. Automatic Application Generation including the automatic
configuration of networks in multi device systems increases efficiency,
improves software quality, speeds commissioning while simultaneously
reducing project risk. Integrated change tracking and automatic
documentation generation reduces engineering effort and enables system
validation. UAG integrates Unity PLCs (M340/Premium/Quantum), Vijeo
Citect, Connectors for leading HMI/SCADA systems, Modbus TCP/IP
communication and OFS/OPC. Additional information can be found at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Concept™ and PL7™ Application Software
Concept and PL7 comply with
the IEC 61131 standard for
programming software.
Concept and PL7 can be
programmed in four IEC
languages including two textbased editors (Structured Text
and Instruction List), and two
graphic-based editors
(Sequential Function Chart and
Ladder Diagram). In addition,
Concept can be programmed
using the IEC compliant graphic editor for Derived Function Blocks. The
Concept and PL7 software both promote productivity by using structured
programming, which increases reusability while reducing maintenance
costs. Concept can be used to program the Quantum, and Momentum
PLCs while PL7 can be used to program the Micro and Premium. More
information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

ProWORX™ 32 Application Software
ProWORX 32 is the simple
programming solution to program
your Modicon PLCs using 984 ladder
logic programming. Compatible with
584, 984, Modicon Micro, Momentum, Compact, and Quantum.
Schneider Electric Automation Services maintains the tools necessary
to upgrade your ProWORX 32 application to a Unity Pro application with
ladder logic that is designed to mirror the 984LL application. More
information can be found at www.schneider-electric.com.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HMI Products
www.schneider-electric.us

Magelis™ Small Panels HMI Products

Magelis Advanced Panels HMI Products

The Magelis STO/STU, XBT N, XBT R, and XBT RT Small Panels have
been specifically designed to satisfy the requirement for panels that are
compact and easy to use. These terminals are easy to configure and
work seamlessly with other Schneider Electric equipment to provide a
complete automation solution, dedicated to simple or compact machines.

The Magelis XBT GT, GK, GH and GTW graphic terminals offer numerous
connectivity options from Ethernet to USB. With their exceptional image
quality and choice of touch screen and/or keypad interface, they are flexible
enough for a large range of applications. When combined with Vijeo
Designer configuration software, application designs are unlimited.

Magelis STO/STU

Magelis XBT GT

The new Magelis STO and
STU panels enhance the
Magelis small panels range
by offering more flexibility,
more communication
capability, and a quick and easy revolutionary mounting system.
Powered by Vijeo Designer software, these panels bring a cost-effective
solution to all machine builders. The new Magelis STO & STU terminals
adapt to your needs by integrating the latest technological innovations to
enhance machine productivity. More information is available at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Available in six sizes (3.8, 5.7, 7.4,
10.4, 12.1 and 15 inches) and 4
function levels, the Magelis XBT
GT graphical touch screen
terminals are designed to fit all your
HMI application needs. Some offer:
multimedia capability with a large
processing capacity; openness with
unequalled connectivity via numerous communication ports and multilink
communication for simultaneous equipment control; ease-of-use with
simple installation and simple configuration with Vijeo Designer
software. The entire product range is RoHS compliant. More information
is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

Magelis XBT RT
The Magelis XBT RT semi-graphic
touch screens accommodate up to
ten lines of 33 characters of text.
Rated for NEMA 4X, Class I Div II
and UL508, the sturdy Magelis
XBT RT displays semi-graphic
objects, bar graphs, curves,
buttons, and bitmaps and has ports to handle either point-to-point or
multipoint communications. With the ability to choose between touch
screen and keypad combination or keypad only operation, the XBT RT, is
adaptable. Like the other Magelis small panels, the XBT RT displays
provide low-cost connectivity to all Schneider Electric PLCs using Modbus
and Uni-Telway protocols and several major third party protocols and
supports multiple languages, including Japanese, Cyrillic, Greek and
Chinese. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

Magelis XBT GK
With three models to choose
from and two sizes screen
sizes, 5.7 and 10.4 inches,
the Magelis XBT GK offers a
lot of flexibility. The XBT GK
uses the same technology of
the popular XBT GT but adds
a keypad and industrial
mouse pointer for extra
control and data input that can be configured to operate simultaneously
with or without the touchscreen. In a dusty or dirty environment, the
keypad enables the use of the terminal, even while wearing gloves.
There is an extra added safety feature where two keys can be
simultaneously pressed to ensure command order security and the keys
can be locked during delicate phases of an operation. Vijeo Designer,
the single software package for the entire Magelis Advanced Panel
range, ties the solution together. More information is available at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Magelis XBT GH
Powered by Vijeo Designer
software and based on the same
technology as XBT GT, the XBT
GH hand-held panel combines
intuitive operation, quality,
durability, mobility and safety
with rugged corded mobile design and integrated safety features. More
information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

Magelis XBT GTW
Available in two color touch
screens sizes, 8.4 and 15 inches,
the Magelis XBT GTW terminals
offer a Windows environment open
to the Web (local and remote
diagnostic and maintenance
functions) and multimedia
applications (streaming video on
IP, Webcam management, sound
and an integrated video output). With this open platform, the XBT GTW
allows you to enhance your HMI applications with Vijeo Designer, while
providing total access to Microsoft Office software (Excel, Word,
PowerPoint, etc.) and data editing with Office Viewer or Acrobat Reader,
two pre-installed applications.
The front panel USB port provides connectivity for peripherals. Numerous
communication interfaces such as dual-Ethernet, multiple USB ports and
slots provided for PCMCIA (15’’) and Compact Flash slots are available.
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

27-3

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

The Magelis XBT N and R
matrix screen text display units
accommodate up to four lines
of large font (20 mm high) text
for easy viewing. Rated for IEC
60529, NEMA 4X outdoor use,
Class I Div II and UL508, the
sturdy Magelis XBT N and R displays feature an ergonomically designed
keyboard with up to 20 keys and ports to handle either point-to-point or
multipoint communications. A truly global solution, the XBT N and R
displays provide low-cost connectivity to all Schneider Electric PLCs
using Modbus™ and Uni-Telway™ protocols, support Latin, Cyrillic,
Katakana, Greek and Chinese fonts, and six languages.
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

27

Magelis XBT N/R

HMI Products
SCADA Products
www.schneider-electric.us

Magelis™ HMI Products
Magelis Industrial PCs
The Magelis Industrial PC (iPC) range offers “All-In-One” or “BOX +
Display” industrial PC for autonomous or distributed applications. The
Magelis iPC provides the openness and ergonomics of a Windows
environment in a rugged PC that is ready for tough industrial
environments. With the Magelis iPC range, you will be sure to find the
PC that corresponds exactly to your specifications.

“All-In-One” Solutions:
• Magelis Smart+ iPC
The new Magelis Smart+ iPC is the first industrial
PC with Windows XP Pro operating system that
requires no maintenance and contains no rotating
parts (no hard disk or fan). The Smart+ iPC also
offers all of the openness associated with
Windows XP Pro. The IP65 touch screen shares
the same 15" dimensions as the rest of the
Magelis range. With its Intel® Celeron® M 1 GHz
processor, 1 GB of RAM, and two Ethernet ports, Magelis Smart+ iPC
offers great performance, and features a solid state drive (SSD) with
Windows XP Pro operating system. The industrially rugged Smart+ iPC
has been certified to the most demanding standards, including UL 508
for automation equipment, UL and ATEX for hazardous locations, and
marine.Magelis Smart+ iPC supports Vijeo™ Designer™ HMI
applications (demonstration version can be expanded to unlimited
version) and is the first maintenance-free Magelis iPC to fully support
the Vijeo Citect SCADA supervisor.

• Magelis Smart iPC

27
AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

An extension of dedicated terminals and the
industrial PC, Magelis Smart is open to the Web.
It meets the demands of predefined operator
dialog, display and remote diagnostics and is
available in 8.4, 12, or 15 inches. Practical and
reliable, the Smart has simplified connections,
including: 2 Ethernet ports, one with gigabit
support, 4 or 5 USB ports, 2 serial ports and a
PCMCIA slot. Its also more resistant to noise and vibration with data
storage on static disk (compact Flash) and no fan. The WEB Edition is
ready to use as a web client or connected to the FactoryCast Web
servers for remote diagnostics via the integrated Web browser. The
HMI Edition (with Vijeo Designer runtime) transforms the iPC into an
operator terminal.

• Magelis Compact iPC
Available in 8.4, 12, or 15”, the Magelis Compact
iPC provides data storage adapted to industrial
needs, Industrial HDD disk or 8 or 16 GB Flash
disk (15”) only. This panel PC has several
extension options, including: 1 PCI slot, dualEthernet ports, one with gigabit support, 4 or 5
USB ports, 2 serial ports and a PCMCIA slot.
Vijeo Designer HMI software transforms the iPC
into an operator terminal with the advantages of Windows® openness
(HMI Edition).
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

“BOX + Display” Solutions:
From the simple preconfigured Magelis Smart BOX or the Compact PC
BOX to the Flex PC BOX with its advanced features, these BOX +
Display solutions have in common a high level of design guaranteeing
the best reliability possible.

• Magelis Smart BOX
The Magelis Smart BOX is preconfigured with MS Windows® and offers
the same features as the “All-In-One” version.

• Magelis Compact PC BOX
The Magelis Compact PC BOX offers 1 PCI slot and the same features as
the Compact IPC

• Magelis Flex PC BOX
The Magelis Flex PC BOX features:
—
—
—

2 or 4 PCI slots
Industrial HDD 24/7 and/or 8 or 16 GB disk
Intel® Celeron® M 440 with 1.86 GHz or Pentium Core Duo with 2
GHz 100-240 Vac or 24 Vdc power supply

PC BOX COMPONENTS

+

+

To complete the configuration:

•
•

To convert the Flex PC BOX into an “All-In-One” PC, add a 15” or 19" Front
Panel in touch version or 12 or 15" Front Panel in touch/keyboard version
To connect a remote screen to the PC BOX (Smart, Compact, or Flex), add a
15 or 19" iDisplay in touch version or 15" iDisplay in touch /keyboard version.

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

Vijeo™ Designer
Vijeo Designer configuration software can be used to
create HMI applications designed for controlling
automation systems for the Magelis
HMISTO/STU/GTW/P/XBTGT/XBTGK/XBTGTW/iPC.
It’s the ideal design tool for the simplest control
application right up to the most complex HMI
installations. It offers advanced script functions, recipe
management, data management, remote access via PC web browser,
e-mail and multi-protocol connectivity. More information is available at
www.schneider-electric.com.

SCADA Products
Vijeo Citect
The flexibility of Vijeo Citect supervisory control and
data acquisition (SCADA) software enables users to
achieve the solution that best suits their supervision
requirements for installations. Vijeo Citect offers all the
functions of a modern supervisor. Its distributed clientserver architecture is applicable to a multitude of
applications in the most varied domains:

•
•

Energy and infrastructures: airports, roads and tunnels, water wastewater, oil
and gas, etc.
Industries: food and beverage, mining, metals, minerals, system integrator, etc.

This development tool enables the development of any supervision
application, from small stand-alone systems to large distributed redundant
systems. More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com.

Vijeo Historian
Vijeo Historian, a data logging and reporting software,
collects, compares, and records the entire flow of data
on a common platform. By establishing the
communication between the supervisory systems
(SCADA) and database systems, such as Oracle and
SQL, Vijeo Historian enables collection and
management of the production data and its availability
for a vast range of client processing applications. More information is
available at www.schneider-electric.com.
27-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Distributed I/O Products
www.schneider-electric.us

Modicon™ TM5 Expansion Module
The Modicon TM5 digital I/O module
offer consists of input, mixed I/O and
output electronic modules (sensor
and preactuator 24 V c power
supply).They complement the
embedded I/O in the various M258
controllers and LMC058 motion
controllers. They are used to adapt
to the application requirements as
closely as possible to reduce the
installation and wiring costs, and
they can be used with the CANopen communications head and with
multiple controllers. These modules offer the following advantages: a
removable terminal, spring terminals which can be used for quick, toolfree connection of the sensors and preactuators (and can help eliminate
the need for periodic retightening), and hot swapping. More information
is available at www.schneider-electric.com, or in catalog
MKTED211041EN.

Modicon STB
The Modicon STB is a highly
modular distributed I/O
platform, integrated wiring
solution, and power
management system that
delivers effective and targeted
control. With an open network
adaptable to most major field
buses, a flexible “island” I/O
structure, and simple
configuration via the STBSUP1000 software, Modicon STB is the right
choice. The Modicon STB distributed I/O can also be configured directly
from Unity™ Pro application software. More information is available in
catalog MKTED208053EN-US.

Advantys Telefast™ ABE7 Sub-bases, IP20
The Advantys Telefast
ABE7 pre-wired system
enables connection and
adaptation of control
signals of industrial PLC
cards that are fitted with
HE10 connectors. It
rationalizes cabling by
replacing PLC terminals
and traditional terminal
blocks—thus improving simplicity and economy. More information is
available at www.schneider-electric.com.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Advantys Telefast ABE9
Passive splitter boxes, IP67
Advantys Telefast ABE9 splitter
boxes eliminate long and difficult
cable runs by avoiding the use of
intermediate junction boxes. Due
to their modularity and size, they
are perfect for the requirements of
your varying applications. More
information is available at
www.schneider-electric.com.

Modicon TM7 I/O Blocks, IP67
Compact and flexible, the TM7 IP67 I/O
Blocks allow connection of sensors and
actuators at the heart of processes or
machines in severe environments. The wide
range of modules provides solutions to
match your exact needs. It includes
connectivity to CANopen. More information
is available at www.schneiderelectric.com, or in catalog
MKTED211041EN.

Modicon Momentum™ Distributed I/O and PLC
The small footprint and open
architecture of the Momentum PLC
product line make it extremely
versatile for a variety of automation
applications. The Momentum PLC is
ideal for PC-based control, distributed
control, distributed I/O, and traditional,
standalone PLC control. Momentum
PLC options and accessories include:
I/O bases, processor adapters, option
adapters and communication adapters
that are interchangeable and snap
together to deliver optimal flexibility throughout the control system lifecycle.
Using Ethernet as its communications backbone, the Modicon
Momentum M1E Processor delivers all the performance benefits of realtime control. The open architecture of the M1E processor makes it a
universal controller for distributed I/O, compatible with many of the major
fieldbus and control network environments.
An integral Ethernet port in the M1E allows users to perform a wide
range of functions over Ethernet, including data acquisition, peer-to-peer
communications, and I/O scanning. Five embedded web pages enable
the use of a standard web browser to read status and diagnostic
information from the processor.
The most recent addition to the Momentum product offer is the
Momentum M1E ConneXium switch. This model combines the power
and functionality of the M1E processor with the communication
versatility of four Modbus Ethernet TCP/IP ports.
The award winning M1E not only seamlessly connects I/O and other
control devices via open standards; it delivers the performance of a full
function, real-time controller for stand-alone and distributed system
configurations in one money-saving unit. Additional information can be
found at www.schneider-electric.com or in catalog MKTED205061EN.

27-5

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

The open and modular new
Advantys OTB distributed I/O
system offers an ideal solution
for IP20 distributed input/output
requirements. Users can create
I/O islands managed by a
master controller, via a fieldbus
or communication network. It
includes three communication
bases for the various types of
fieldbus: CANopen™, Ethernet TCP/IP, or Modbus™ RS 485 serial.
Discrete or analog I/O are available. More information is available in
catalog DIA3ED2040801EN-US.

27

Advantys™ OTB

Network Products and Systems
www.schneider-electric.us

ConneXium™ Products

Network Products

ConneXium™ Ethernet Products

CANopen Products

The ConneXium line of
networking products offers a
complete range of Ethernet
switches (managed and
unmanaged), hubs, transceivers,
gateways, cabling, and diagnostic
monitoring software for
demanding industrial
environments. With fiber and
redundant capabilities, along with
advanced filtering and security features, ConneXium products improve
the performance and security of the network. More details can be found
at www.schneider-electric.com.

CANopen is an open network that is
supported by over 400 companies
world wide and promoted by CAN in
Automation. CANopen is standardized
in the EN50325-4 and in ISO15745-2
for its device description.
The main reason for using a network is
the performance and the flexibility to
adapt the network exactly to the
requirements of the application.
CANopen provides a unique feature for
the adaptation of the data transmission.
Based on the producer/consumer
model, CANopen allows for a data
transmission broadcast, peer-to-peer,
change-of-state and cyclic
communication. This means it transmits data only when required or on a
specified time base. Process data objects can be individually configured.
Parameters can be changed at runtime.
CANopen combines ease of installation with inexpensive devices.
CANopen provides an integrated equipotential bounding in the cable.
Therefore, an additional cable or stranded copper ribbon to achieve the
same potential on all network devices is not necessary. Installation costs
are heavily reduced.
More information on CANopen and CANopen Products is available in
catalog MKTED208054EN-US.

ConneXview™ Industrial Ethernet Diagnostic Software
ConneXview Industrial Ethernet diagnostic software combines the
power of IT-based network management programs with Schneider
Electric's Transparent Ready Ethernet expertise to provide a tool
specifically designed for the automation environment. ConneXview
offers automatic device discovery plus Ethernet (SNMP) and controlnetwork device (Modbus/TCP) mapping. In addition, the software has an
easy-to-use graphical interface including convenient task panels for
device status, settings and alarms, and topological visual graphics.
Other benefits include:

•
•
•

Increased overall productivity with easy-to-use diagnostics
Expanded functionality offered with the Device Type Editor, including
adding third-party devices to the library and adding unique device
names for increased recognition
An intuitive and ergonomic design that minimizes end-user training and
decreases maintenance costs

Transparent Ready™ Products

27

Transparent Ready™ Solutions

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

Transparent Ready products cover solutions
in Industrial automation to electrical
Distribution, and are based on universal
Ethernet TCP/IP and Web technologies. They
provide seamless communication between
plant floor devices, like PLCs, drives, and
MCCs, with corporate business systems. Use
of the open Modbus TCP/IP and EtherNet/IP
protocols that are the leading industrial
Ethernet protocols, broadens the scope of
dedicated machine diagnostics to remote
management. Choosing Transparent Ready means opting for flexible,
open automation architectures. More details can be found at
www.schneider-electric.com.

27-6

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Network Products and Systems
www.schneider-electric.us

The recognition of Ethernet TCP/IP, both in organizations and on the
internet, has made it the communication standard of today. Its wide use
is leading to a reduction in connection costs, increased performance and
the addition of new functions, which all combine to ensure its durability.
Ethernet TCP/IP meets the connection requirements of every application:
• Twisted pair copper cables for simplicity and low costs
• Optical fiber for immunity to interference and for long distances
• Communication redundancy, inherent in the IP (internet protocol)
• Remote point-to-point access via the telephone network or the
Internet for the cost of a local call

AS-Interface (AS-i) is a versatile, low-cost, easy to-install cabling
solution dedicated to distributed machines and installations as a
replacement for traditional parallel wiring. AS-i technology is compatible
with virtually any fieldbus or device network. AS-i is used as a quick and
upgradeable industrial network—a single cable with a quick, openended wire system connects all the components in the automation
system. It contributes significantly to improve the reliability and
availability by reducing cabling errors and offering high-level
electromagnetic interference immunity (EMC).
AS-i is an open network standardized in IEC 62026-2 and promoted by
AS-International Association.
AS-International has over 260 members worldwide.
More information on AS-International and AS-i Products is available in
catalog MKTED208054EN-US.

27

Ethernet TCP/IP, a truly open technology, supports all type of
communication:
Web pages
File transfer
Industrial messaging
With its high speed, the network no longer limits the performance of the
application. The architecture can evolve without any difficulty. The
products or devices remain compatible, ensuring the long-term durability
of the system.
More information on Ethernet and Ethernet Products is available in
catalog MKTED208054EN-US.

Actuator Sensor Interface (AS-i) Bus Products

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

Ethernet TCP/IP Products

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

27-7

OEM Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

Modicon™ M168 Programmable Logic Controller

Modicon M238 Logic Controller

Modicon M168 programmable
logic controllers have been
developed for the buildings
market – offering HVAC and
pump solutions for Building
Management System communication networks (BACNet). Four
different Modicon M168 logic
controllers are available, all of
which can be programmed with
SoHVAC software, providing customized applications designed to control:

The Modicon M238 logic
controller is a compact, highperformance and fully
expandable PLC. It forms a part
of Flexible Machine Control
approach, a key component of
MachineStruxure™, which brings
you maximum flexibility and
ensures the most optimized
control solution. Modicon M238
compact logic controllers offer an
“all-in-one” solution in a compact
unit (157 x 118 x 86 mm excluding expansion modules). Four models
are available, with different embedded communications and supply
voltages. The number of I/O can be expanded on all four models by
adding up to 7 expansion modules (1) of the following type on the righthand side of the base unit:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Water chiller
Heat pumps
Compact air/air roof-top unit
Air handling system, twin-flow enclosure
Precision air conditioners
Refrigerated display windows
Compressor racks
Pumping stations
Booster stations
Circulators
Condensate/boiler feed pumps
Cooling tower pumps

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog DIA6ED2110101EN-US.

•
•
•
•

Digital TM2 DDI/DDO/DMM/DRA
Analog TM2 AMI/ALM/ARI/AMO/AVO/AMM
Up to 3 High-speed counter TM200 HSC206DT/DF
Up to 2 AS-Interface master module TWD NOI 10M3.

Modems or communication gateways can be connected to the serial
links in order to expand the connectivity capability to include Ethernet
Modbus/TCP, Profibus DP, and DeviceNet.
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

Modicon M258 Logic Controller

27

The Modicon M258 logic
controller is a compact, highperformance and fully
expandable PLC. It forms a part
of Flexible Machine Control
approach, a key component of
MachineStruxure, which brings
you maximum flexibility and
ensures the most optimized
control solution. This PLC is
designed for machine manufacturers (OEMs) focusing on applications
such as packaging, conveying and storage, textiles and woodworking,
etc. It offers high-performance solutions for speed control, counting, axis
control and communication functions. The Modicon M258 logic controller's
dual-core processor provides extremely high performance. Core 1 is
dedicated exclusively to managing program tasks and offers the maximum
resources for real-time execution of the application code. Core 2 is
dedicated to executing communication tasks, which have no impact on the
application performance.

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

27-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

OEM Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

Modicon™ LMC058 Motion Controller
The Modicon LMC058 motion
controller is the optimum
solution for axis control and
positioning, including
automation functions. It forms a
part of Flexible Machine Control
approach, a key component of
MachineStruxure™, which
brings you maximum flexibility
and ensures the most optimized
control solution The Modicon
LMC058 motion controller meets the needs of a wide range of
applications in all business sectors. This motion controller is designed
for machine manufacturers (OEMs) who require synchronized axes,
focusing on applications such as packaging, conveying and storage
machines, metal and wood working machines, etc. and offers
highperformance solutions for velocity control, counting, axis control and
communication functions. To this end, the LMC058 master motion
controller includes as standard a CANopen™ master and a CANmotion
master dedicated to control of up to 8 synchronized axes, with a
performance of 2 ms for 4 axes. With the Modicon LMC058 motion
controllers, Lexium 32 and Lexium SD3 drives, and BSH and BDH servo
motors, Schneider Electric offers a complete, high performance and
cost-effective solution.
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

Altivar™ IMC Integrated Controller Card for Altivar 61 and
Altivar 71 Variable Speed Drives

Magelis™ XBT GC HMI Controller

The Magelis XBT GC HMI Controller offer forms a part of Flexible
Machine Control approach, a key component of MachineStruxure, which
brings you maximum flexibility and ensures the most optimized control
solution. The Magelis HMI Controller offer brings together HMI and
control functions within in a single product. This reduces the amount of
equipment required and the associated costs throughout the life cycle of
the machine. The XBT GC range is comprised of 6 touch screen
terminals, with the following, depending on the model:

•
•
•

3.8” monochrome screen, 12 integrated inputs/6 integrated outputs
(sink or source)
5.7” monochrome or color screen, 16 integrated inputs/16 integrated
outputs (sink or source)
A wide choice of communication interfaces: USB, serial link, CANopen
and Ethernet

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

The Altivar IMC integrated controller card
forms a part of Flexible Machine Control
approach, a key component of
MachineStruxure, which brings you
maximum flexibility and ensures the most
optimized control solution. The Altivar IMC
integrated controller card VW3 A3521S0 is
a compact optimized solution developed
for Altivar 61 and 71 variable speed drives.
When equipped with the ATV IMC card,
Altivar 61 and 71 drives become
controllers capable of meeting the needs
of machine manufacturers (OEMs) in
applications such as textiles, hoisting,
pumping or woodworking, etc. The Altivar
IMC integrated controller card VW3
A3521S0 is configured and programmed using SoMachine software
(see page 27-10). The expansion capability of the Altivar IMC card is
based on Schneider Electric's “Flexible Machine Control” concept. The
Altivar IMC card boosts the expansion capability of machines and allows
us to meet the OEM market's requirements in terms of performance,
simplicity of use and openness.

27

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

27-9

OEM Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

SoMachine™ Software Suite

Modicon™ Zelio™ Logic Controller

SoMachine is the OEM solution software for
developing, configuring and commissioning the entire
machine in a single software environment, including
logic, motion control, HMI and related network
automation functions. SoMachine allows you to
program and commission all the elements in
Schneider Electric’s Flexible and Scalable Control
platform, the comprehensive solution-oriented offer for OEMs, which
helps you achieve the most optimized control solution for each
machine’s requirements. Flexible and Scalable Control platforms
include:

To meet the demand for applications
that require more flexibility than a
simple relay, timer or counter, but are
too small or simple for the smallest
Nano PLC, the new generation of Zelio
Logic smart relays are now available.
Designed to accept and control outputs
just like a relay, Zelio Logic features
dual language capability, using either
Function Block Diagram (FBD) or
Ladder Logic Programming (LL), and
can easily be programmed by using
either the front panel or by utilizing
ZelioSoft software. This new generation
of Zelio Logic smart relays provides customers with considerable gains
from the design stage to the monitoring of their applications, due to its
simplicity and flexibility.

Controllers:

•
•
•
•
•

HMI controllers: XBT GC, XBT GT/GK CANopen
Logic controllers: Modicon M238, Modicon M258
Motion Controller Modicon LMC 058
Integrated Controller Card Altivar IMC
TM2, TM5 and TM7 offers

HMI:

•

More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog DIA3ED2051002EN-US.

HMI Magelis graphic panels: XBT GT, XBT GK

SoMachine is a professional, efficient, and open software solution
integrating Vijeo™ Designer. It integrates also the configuring and
commissioning tool for motion control devices. It features all six IEC
61131-3 languages, integrated field bus configurators, expert
diagnostics and debugging, as well as outstanding capabilities for
maintenance and visualization.
More information is available at www.schneider-electric.com or in
catalog MKTED211041EN-US.

Twido™ Nano™

27
AUTOMATION PRODUCTS

The Twido Nano PLC is a feature-rich
ultra-compact controller designed
especially for small control systems.
Flexible, affordable, and adaptable, Twido
makes it easy to build just the right control
solution for your customer’s application.
Offering software with graphical
development, the Twido Nano PLC makes it easy to create, configure,
and manage applications. Communication options include CANopen,
Ethernet TCP/IP, Modbus, and ASi. More information is available in
catalog DIA3ED2090202EN.

27-10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 28
Universal Enclosures
Product Summary
Spacial™ Steel Enclosures

28-2

Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures

28-2

ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System

28-3

Our Software Suite

28-3

NEMA and UL Enclosure Ratings

28-3

Spacial Steel Enclosures
Floor-Standing and Wall-Mounting Options

28-4

Thalassa Polyester Enclosures
Floor-Standing and Wall-Mounting Options
Spacial Steel Enclosures
(p. 28-4)

28-7

ClimaSys Thermal Management System
Ventilation Systems with Filters

28-8

Cooling Units

28-8

Thermal Control

28-8

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

Thalassa Polyester Enclosures
(p. 28-7)

28

ClimaSys Thermal Management System
(p. 28-8)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

28-1

Universal Enclosures

Product Summary
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Spacial™
Metal enclosures and boxes
From our small boxes to large modular floor-standing enclosures, with the Spacial range
you can find the optimal fit for your applications. Our extensive range of easy-to-use
accessories helps you save time during your projects.
Select between steel or stainless steel to better suit the installation environment. In our
stainless-steel offer you can find the optimal solution where cleanliness or protection in
highly corrosive environments are required.

Steel: Indoor non-clean industrial environment
The environment in industrial plants can subject electric and electronic components to dust,
splashing oil, and impacts. Such environments require a range of enclosures that are suited
to harsh conditions yet are easy to install.

•
•

Universal range, for industry.
EMC (electromagnetic compatibility) range, against electromagnetic disturbances (treated
with Aluzinc).

304L - 316L stainless steel: Demanding industrial environment
Food and beverage, pharmaceutical, petrochemical, and infrastructure industries have
particularly demanding hygiene and corrosion resistance requirements. Our Spacial range
is available in two grades of stainless steel:

•
•
•

304L stainless steel, for resistance to corrosion and ease of cleaning (often used in food
production environments).
316L stainless steel, also known as "marine stainless steel," for very high resistance to
corrosion (used in saline or chlorinated environments).
Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive atmospheres.

New product family names:
Spacial S44 - S57 - S24: Steel industrial boxes
Spacial SDB: Steel junction boxes IP55
Spacial S3DC: Steel wall-mounting enclosures
Spacial SM: Compact metal enclosures
Spacial SF: Modular metal enclosures
Spacial S3X: Stainless-steel wall-mounting enclosures
Spacial SMX: Stainless-steel monobloc floor-standing enclosures
Spacial SFX: Stainless-steel modular enclosures

Thalassa™
Insulated enclosures and boxes
Without the right protection, harsh environments can expose your installation to chemicals
or other substances.
Developed to help protect your equipment in outdoor applications or harsh conditions, our
Thalassa offer ranges from boxes to floor-standing enclosures made from fiberglass
reinforced polyester.
Our Thalassa industrial boxes in ABS or polycarbonate are strong, easy to install, and
designed to be used in highly demanding environments.

Insulating polyester and plastic materials (ABS, polycarbonate): Outdoor
infrastructures and severe industrial environments

28

Outdoor infrastructures and electrical installations are exposed to direct sunlight, rain,
saline mist, extreme temperatures, oil splashes, chemical and corrosive agents, and are in
contact with the public.

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

•
•

Universal range, for industry.
Range of ATEX enclosures, for potentially explosive atmospheres.

New product family names:
Thalassa TBS: Insulating industrial boxes
Thalassa TBP: Insulating industrial boxes
Thalassa PLS: Insulating modular boxes IP65
Thalassa PLM: Polyester wall-mounting enclosures
Thalassa PLA: Polyester floor-standing enclosures

28-2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Universal Enclosures

Product Summary
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

ClimaSys™
Thermal management
Preserving and keeping the right temperature inside your enclosure is vital for maximizing
the average service life of your installed devices. With our ClimaSys offer you can find the
right solution, be it ventilation, cooling or heating, including control units for temperature,
humidity and much more.

New product family names:
ClimaSys CV: Ventilation systems
ClimaSys CU: Cooling unit
ClimaSys CR: Insulated resistance heaters
ClimaSys CC: Thermal control

Our software suite
Spacial.pro
Spacial.pro allows you to make switchboard proposals based on the standard Spacial™
offer. A full project with several sets of switchboards is quoted in minutes, with automatic
creation of the bill of material and 2D drawings for front and side views.

ProClima
Calculate the right choice for your thermal management requirements, according to the
environment and the electrical/electronic devices installed inside the enclosure.

Spacial.ref and Thalassa.ref
These digital rules assist you in selecting the appropriate components for your application
from our extensive product range. The tool automates product and accessory selection to
help save you time and money.

NEMA and UL Enclosure and Component Ratings
Type of protectionc

Enclosures
Steel wall-mounting enclosures

1

2

3

3R

3S

4

4X

S3DC

k

k

ka

ka

ka

ka

CRN

k

ka

ka

ka

ka

Stainless-steel wall-mounting enclosures

S3X

k

ka

ka

ka

ka

Steel floor-standing enclosures

SM

k

ka

ka

ka

ka

Steel modular enclosures

SF

k

Stainless-steel floor-standing enclosures

SMX

k

Stainless-steel modular enclosures

SFX

k

Thermoplastic boxes

ka

ka

ka

ka

ka

5

6

6P

12K

13

kb

kb

ka

k

ka

k

kb

ka
ka

ka
ka

12
kb

ka

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

ka

TBS - TBP

k

k

k

k

Polyester modular boxes

PLS

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

Polyester wall-mounting enclosures

PLM

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

k

Polyester floor-standing enclosures
a
1 door
b
2 doors

PLA

k

k

ka

ka

ka

ka

k

k

1

2

3

3R

ka

k

Type of protectionc

Components
Ventilation system

k

3S

4

4X

CV

6

6P

12

12K

k

k

k

k

13

28

Thermal regulation system
CC
c
In some ranges the classification depends on the model and version. The detailed protection types are indicated in the UL certifications.

5

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

Table 28.1:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

28-3

Universal Enclosures

Spacial™ Steel Enclosures
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 28.2:

Spacial Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures

NSYSM Welded
Height:
mm (in)

Width:
mm (in)

Depth:
mm (in)

# Doors

NSYSF Modular

Accessories, Floor-Standing Enclosures

Without
mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

2 Side panels

—

NSYSF12640

NSY2SP124

Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in)

Cable-gland plate,
1 entry

Front/back

Sides

NSYMP126

NSYEC641

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS4100

Mounting plate

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF12660

NSY2SP126

NSYMP126

NSYEC661

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS6100

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM12830

—

—

NSYMP128

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS3100

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

—

NSYSF12840

NSY2SP124

NSYMP128

NSYEC841

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS4100

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF12860

NSY2SP126

NSYMP128

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

1200 (47.2)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYSM1210302D

—

—

NSYMP1210

—

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS3100

1200 (47.2)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1212402D

—

—

NSYMP1212

—

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS4100

1400 (55.1)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM14630

—

—

NSYMP146

—

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS3100

1400 (55.1)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM14640

NSYSF14640

NSY2SP144

NSYMP146

NSYEC641

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS4100

1400 (55.1)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM14830

—

—

NSYMP148

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS3100

1400 (55.1)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM14840

NSYSF14840

NSY2SP144

NSYMP148

NSYEC841

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS4100

1400 (55.1)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1410402D

—

—

NSYMP1410

—

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

1400 (55.1)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1412402D

—

—

NSYMP1412

—

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS4100

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM16630

—

—

NSYMP166

—

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS3100

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM16640

—

—

NSYMP166

—

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS4100

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF16660

NSY2SP166

NSYMP166

NSYEC661

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS6100

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF16680

NSY2SP168

NSYMP166

NSYEC681

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS8100

1600 (63.0)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM16830

—

—

NSYMP168

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS3100

1600 (63.0)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM16840

—

—

NSYMP168

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS4100

1600 (63.0)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF16860

NSY2SP166

NSYMP168

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

1600 (63.0)

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF16880

NSY2SP168

NSYMP168

NSYEC881

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS8100

1600 (63.0)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYSM1610302D

—

—

NSYMP1610

—

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS3100

1600 (63.0)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1610402D

—

—

NSYMP1610

—

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

1600 (63.0)

1200 (47.2)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYSM1612302D

—

—

NSYMP1612

—

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS3100

1600 (63.0)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1612402D

—

—

NSYMP1612

—

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

400 (15.7)

400 (15.7)

1

—

NSYSF18440

NSY2SP184

—

NSYEC441

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

400 (15.7)

500 (19.7)

1

—

NSYSF18450

NSY2SP185

—

NSYEC451

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS5100

1800 (70.9)

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF18460

NSY2SP186

—

NSYEC461

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM18630

—

—

NSYMP186

—

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS3100

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM18640

NSYSF18640

NSY2SP184

NSYMP186

NSYEC641

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

1

NSYSM18650

NSYSF18650

NSY2SP185

NSYMP186

NSYEC651

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS5100

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF18660

NSY2SP186

NSYMP186

NSYEC661

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

800 (31.5)

1

—

—

NSY2SP188

NSYMP186

NSYEC681

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS8100

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM18830

—

—

NSYMP188

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS3100

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM18840

NSYSF18840

NSY2SP184

NSYMP188

NSYEC841

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

500 (19.7)

1

NSYSM18850

NSYSF18850

NSY2SP185

NSYMP188

NSYEC851

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS5100

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

NSYSM18860

NSYSF18860

NSY2SP186

NSYMP188

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF188602D

NSY2SP186

NSYMP188

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM181040

NSYSF181040

NSY2SP184

NSYMP1810

NSYEC1041

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSY2SP184

NSYMP1810

NSYEC1041

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

NSYSM1810402D NSYSF1810402D

28

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

1

—

NSYSF181050

NSY2SP185

NSYMP1810

NSYEC1051

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS5100

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSM1810502D

—

—

NSYMP1810

—

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS5100
NSYSPS6100

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF181060

NSY2SP186

NSYMP1810

NSYEC1061

NSYSPF10100

1800 (70.9)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF1810602D

NSY2SP186

NSYMP1810

NSYEC1061

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1812402D NSYSF1812402D

NSY2SP184

NSYMP1812

NSYEC1241

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

1200 (47.2)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSM1812502D NSYSF1812502D

NSY2SP185

NSYMP1812

NSYEC1251

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS5100

1800 (70.9)

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF1812602D

NSY2SP186

NSYMP1812

NSYEC1261

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS6100

1800 (70.9)

1600 (63.0)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM1816402D

—

—

NSYMP1816

—

NSYSPF16100

NSYSPS4100

1800 (70.9)

1600 (63.0)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSM1816502D

—

—

NSYMP1816

—

NSYSPF16100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

300 (11.8)

500 (19.7)

1

—

NSYSF20350

NSY2SP205

—

NSYEC351

NSYSPF3100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

300 (11.8)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF20360

NSY2SP206

—

NSYEC361

NSYSPF3100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

400 (15.7)

400 (15.7)

1

—

NSYSF20440

NSY2SP204

—

NSYEC441

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

400 (15.7)

500 (19.7)

1

—

NSYSF20450

NSY2SP205

—

NSYEC451

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF20460

NSY2SP206

—

NSYEC461

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

400 (15.7)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF20480

NSY2SP208

—

NSYEC481

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS8100

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM20630

—

—

NSYMP206

—

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS3100

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM20640

NSYSF20640

NSY2SP204

NSYMP206

NSYEC641

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS4100

28-4

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Universal Enclosures

Spacial™ Steel Enclosures
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Spacial Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures (continued)
NSYSM Welded

Height:
mm (in)

Width:
mm (in)

Depth:
mm (in)

# Doors

NSYSF Modular

Accessories, Floor-Standing Enclosures

Without
mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

2 Side panels

Mounting plate

Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in)

Cable-gland plate,
1 entry

Front/back

Sides

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

1

NSYSM20650

NSYSF20650

NSY2SP205

NSYMP206

NSYEC651

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF20660

NSY2SP206

NSYMP206

NSYEC661

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF20680

NSY2SP208

NSYMP206

NSYEC681

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS8100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYSM20830

—

—

NSYMP208

—

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS3100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSM20840

NSYSF20840

NSY2SP204

NSYMP208

NSYEC841

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

500 (19.7)

1

NSYSM20850

NSYSF20850

NSY2SP205

NSYMP208

NSYEC851

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

NSYSM20860

NSYSF20860

NSY2SP206

NSYMP208

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF208602D

NSY2SP206

NSYMP208

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100
NSYSPS8100

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF20880

NSY2SP208

NSYMP208

NSYEC881

NSYSPF8100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

1

—

NSYSF201040

NSY2SP204

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1041

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSY2SP204

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1041

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

1

NSY2SP205

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1051

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

2

NSY2SP205

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1051

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF201060

NSY2SP206

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1061

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF2010602D

NSY2SP206

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1061

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF201080

NSY2SP208

NSYMP2010

NSYEC1081

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS8100

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM2012402D NSYSF2012402D

NSY2SP204

NSYMP2012

NSYEC1241

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSM2012502D NSYSF2012502D

NSY2SP205

NSYMP2012

NSYEC1251

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

2

NSYSM2012602D NSYSF2012602D

NSY2SP206

NSYMP2012

NSYEC1261

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS6100

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

2

—

NSYSF2012802D

NSY2SP208

NSYMP2012

NSYEC1281

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS8100

2000 (78.7)

1600 (63.0)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSM2016402D

NSYSF206402D

NSY2SP204

NSYMP2016

NSYEC1641

NSYSPF16100

NSYSPS4100

2000 (78.7)

1600 (63.0)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSM2016502D NSYSF2016502D

NSY2SP205

NSYMP2016

NSYEC1651

NSYSPF16100

NSYSPS5100

2000 (78.7)

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

2

NSYSM2016602D NSYSF2016602D

NSY2SP206

NSYMP2016

NSYEC1661

NSYSPF16100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF22460

NSY2SP226

—

NSYEC461

NSYSPF4100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF22660

NSY2SP226

NSYMP226

NSYEC661

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

600 (23.6)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF22680

NSY2SP228

NSYMP226

NSYEC681

NSYSPF6100

NSYSPS8100

2200 (86.6)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF22860

NSY2SP226

NSYMP228

NSYEC861

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

1

—

NSYSF22880

NSY2SP228

NSYMP228

NSYEC881

NSYSPF8100

NSYSPS8100

2200 (86.6)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSF221060

NSY2SP226

NSYMP2210

NSYEC1061

NSYSPF10100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSF2212602D

NSY2SP226

NSYMP2212

NSYEC1261

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS6100

2200 (86.6)

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

2

—

NSYSF2212802D

NSY2SP228

NSYMP2212

NSYEC1281

NSYSPF12100

NSYSPS8100

Table 28.3:

NSYSM2010402D NSYSF2010402D
—

NSYSF201050

NSYSM2010502D NSYSF2010502D

Spacial Stainless Steel Floor-Standing Enclosures

NSYSMX
Height:
mm (in)
1400 (55.1)

Width:
mm (in)
1000 (39.4)

Depth:
mm (in)
300 (11.8)

# Doors

2

NSYSFX Modular

Accessories, Stainless Steel
Plinth height 100 mm (3.9 in)

Without
mounting plate

Without
mounting plate

2 Side panels

NSYSMX141030

—

—

Mounting plate
Front/back

Sides

NSYMP1410

NSYSPXF10100H

NSYSPXS3100H

1600 (63.0)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSMX16840

—

—

NSYMP168

NSYSPXF8100H

NSYSPXS4100H

1800 (70.9)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSMX18640

NSYSFX18640

NSY2SPX184

NSYMP186

NSYSPXF6100H

NSYSPXS4100H

1800 (70.9)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYSMX18840

NSYSFX18840

NSY2SPX184

NSYMP188

NSYSPXF8100H

NSYSPXS4100H

1800 (70.9)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSMX181240

NSYSFX181240

NSY2SPX184

NSYMP1812

NSYSPXF12100H

NSYSPXS4100H

1800 (70.9)

1600 (63.0)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSMX181640

—

—

NSYMP1813

NSYSPXF16100H

NSYSPXS4100H

2000 (78.7)

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

1

—

NSYSFX20650

NSY2SPX205

NSYMP206

—

—

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

—

NSYSFX20840

NSY2SPX204

NSYMP208

—

—

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

500 (19.7)

1

NSYSMX20850

—

—

NSYMP208

NSYSPXF8100H

NSYSPXS5100H

2000 (78.7)

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

1

—

NSYSFX20860

NSY2SPX206

NSYMP208

—

—

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYSMX201040

—

—

NSYMP2010

NSYSPXF10100H

NSYSPXS4100H

2000 (78.7)

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSFX201060

NSY2SPX206

NSYMP2010

—

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

500 (19.7)

2

NSYSMX201250

—

—

NSYMP2012

NSYSPXF12100H

2000 (78.7)

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

2

—

NSYSFX201260

NSY2SPX206

NSYMP2012

—

—

2000 (78.7)

1600 (63.0)

600 (23.6)

2

NSYSMX201660

—

—

NSYMP2016

NSYSPXF16100H

NSYSPXS6100H

28

NSYSPXS5100H

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

Table 28.2:

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

28-5

Universal Enclosures

Spacial™ Steel Enclosures
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Table 28.4:

Spacial Steel Wall-Mounting Enclosures
Spacial Steel Wall-Mounting Enclosures

Height: mm (in)

CRN/CRNG

S3DC

S3X Stainless Steel

Mounting Plate

Depth: mm (in)

# Doorsa

Mounting Plate
CRN/CRNG

S3DC

S3X Stainless steel

200 (7.9)

200 (7.9)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN22150b

—

—

200 (7.9)

300 (11.8)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN23150b

—

—

NSYMM32

250 (9.8)

200 (7.9)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN252150

—

—

NSYMM2520

300 (11.8)

200 (7.9)

150 (5.9)

1

—

NSYS3DC3215

NSYS3X3215

NSYMM32

300 (11.8)

250 (9.8)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN325150

—

NSYS3X302515

NSYMM3025

300 (11.8)

250 (9.8)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN325200

—

—

NSYMM3025

300 (11.8)

300 (11.8)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN33150

NSYS3DC3315

NSYS3X3315

NSYMM33

300 (11.8)

300 (11.8)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN33200

NSYS3DC3320

—

NSYMM33

300 (11.8)

400 (15.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN34200

—

—

NSYMM43

300 (11.8)

450 (17.7)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN345150b

—

—

NSYMM3045

400 (15.7)

300 (11.8)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN43150

NSYS3DC4315

NSYS3X4315

NSYMM43

400 (15.7)

300 (11.8)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN43200

NSYS3DC4320

NSYS3X4320

NSYMM43

400 (15.7)

400 (15.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN44200

NSYS3DC4420

NSYS3X4420

NSYMM44

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

200 (7.9)

—

—

NSYS3X4620

NSYMM46

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN46250

—

—

NSYMM64

400 (15.7)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN46300

—

—

NSYMM64

500 (19.7)

400 (15.7)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN54150

—

—

NSYMM54

500 (19.7)

400 (15.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN54200

NSYS3DC5420

NSYS3X5420

NSYMM54

500 (19.7)

400 (15.7)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN54250

NSYS3DC5425

—

NSYMM54

500 (19.7)

500 (19.7)

200 (7.9)

1

—

NSYS3DC5520

—

NSYMM55

500 (19.7)

500 (19.7)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN55250

NSYS3DC5525

—

NSYMM55

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN64150

—

—

NSYMM64

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN64200

NSYS3DC6420

NSYS3X6420

NSYMM64

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN64250

NSYS3DC6425

—

NSYMM64

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

150 (5.9)

1

NSYCRN65150

—

—

NSYMM65

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN65200

—

—

NSYMM65

600 (23.6)

500 (19.7)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN65250

—

—

NSYMM65

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN66200

NSYS3DC6620

—

NSYMM66

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN66250

NSYS3DC6625

NSYS3X6625

NSYMM66

NSYMM22

600 (23.6)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN66300

NSYS3DC6630

—

NSYMM66

600 (23.6)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN68300

—

—

NSYMM86

700 (27.6)

500 (19.7)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN75200

—

—

NSYMM75

700 (27.6)

500 (19.7)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN75250

NSYS3DC7525

NSYS3X7525

NSYMM75

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN86200

NSYS3DC8620

—

NSYMM86

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN86250

NSYS3DC8625

NSYS3X8625

NSYMM86

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN86300

NSYS3DC8630

—

NSYMM86

800 (31.5)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYCRNG86400

NSYS3DC8640

—

NSYMM86

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

200 (7.9)

1

NSYCRN88200

—

—

NSYMM88

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

250 (9.8)

1

—

NSYS3DC8825

—

NSYMM88

800 (31.5)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN88300

NSYS3DC8830

NSYS3X8830

NSYMM86

800 (31.5)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG810300D

—

—

NSYMM108

800 (31.5)

1200 (47.2)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG812300D

—

—

NSYMM128

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN106250

NSYS3DC10625

—

NSYMM106

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN106300

—

—

NSYMM106

1000 (39.4)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYCRNG106400

—

—

NSYMM106

1000 (39.4)

800 (31.5)

250 (9.8)

1

NSYCRN108250

NSYS3DC10825

—

NSYMM108

1000 (39.4)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRN108300

NSYS3DC10830

NSYS3X10830

NSYMM108

28
UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

1000 (39.4)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYCRNG108400

NSYS3DC10840

—

NSYMM108

1000 (39.4)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG1010300D

NSYS3DC101030

NSYS3X101030

NSYMM1010

1000 (39.4)

1200 (47.2)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG1012300D

—

—

NSYMM1210

1000 (39.4)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYCRNG1012400D

—

—

NSYMM1210

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRNG126300

—

—

NSYMM126

1200 (47.2)

600 (23.6)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYCRNG126400

—

—

NSYMM126

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

300 (11.8)

1

NSYCRNG128300

NSYS3DC12830

NSYS3X12830

NSYMM128

1200 (47.2)

800 (31.5)

400 (15.7)

1

NSYCRNG128400

NSYS3DC12840

—

NSYMM128

1200 (47.2)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG1210300D

NSYS3DC121030

NSYS3X121030

NSYMM1210

1200 (47.2)

1000 (39.4)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYCRNG1210400D

—

—

NSYMM1210

1200 (47.2)

1200 (47.2)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG1212300D

—

—

NSYMM1212

1200 (47.2)

1200 (47.2)

400 (15.7)

2

NSYCRNG1212400D

—

—

NSYMM1212

1400 (55.1)

1000 (39.4)

300 (11.8)

2

NSYCRNG1410300D

—

—

NSYMM1410

a
b

28-6

Width: mm (in)

IP66 with one door, IP55 with two doors.
Two cable gland plates, one on top and one on bottom.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Universal Enclosures

Thalassa™ Polyester Enclosures
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901

www.schneider-electric.us

Table 28.5:
Height:
mm (in)

Width:
mm (in)

Depth:
mm (in)

310 (12.2)

215 (8.5)

160 (6.3)

308 (12.1)

255 (10 0) 160 (6.3)

ABS/PC Wall-Mounting
Enclosures IP66

Polyester Wall-Mounting Enclosures IP66

Plain door Transparent
door

Plain door

Transparent
door

Plain door
3-point
closure

Transparent
door 3-point
closure

—

—

—

—

—

—

NSYPLM32 NSYPLM32T
—

—

NSYPLM3025 NSYPLM3025T

NSYMM32

330 (13.0) 200 (7.9)

—

—

NSYPLM43

NSYPLM43T

NSYPLM43V NSYPLM43TV

NSYPLMEX43

NSYMM43

430 (16.9) 200 (7.9)

—

—

NSYPLM54

NSYPLM54T

NSYPLM54V NSYPLM54TV

NSYPLMEX54

NSYMM54

647 (25.5)

436 (17.2) 250 (9.8)

—

—

NSYPLM64

NSYPLM64T

NSYPLM64V NSYPLM64TV

NSYPLMEX64

NSYMM64

747 (29.4)

536 (21.1) 300 (11.8)

—

—

NSYPLM75

NSYPLM75T

NSYPLM75V NSYPLM75TV

NSYPLMEX75

NSYMM75

847 (33.3)

636 (25.0) 300 (11.8)

—

—

NSYPLM86

NSYPLM86T

NSYPLM86V NSYPLM86TV

1056 (41.6) 852 (33.5) 350 (13.8)

—

—

NSYPLM108

NSYPLM108T

—

—

NSYPLMEX86

NSYMM86

NSYPLMEX108

NSYMM108

Thalassa Polyester Floor-Standing Enclosures

Height: mm (in)

Width: mm (in)

Depth: mm (in)

# Doors

500 (19.7)

500 (19.7)

320 (12.6)

500 (19.7)

500 (19.7)

420 (16.5)

1

500 (19.7)

750 (29.5)

320 (12.6)

1

500 (19.7)

750 (29.5)

420 (16.5)

1

500 (19.7)

1000 (39.4)

320 (12.6)

500 (19.7)

1000 (39.4)

420 (16.5)

500 (19.7)

1250 (49.2)

500 (19.7)

Enclosures with Open
Bottom, IP54

Plain door

Transparent door

Plain door

NSYPLA553

NSYPLA553T

NSYPLAZ553

NSYPLA554

NSYPLA554T

NSYPLAZ554

NSYPLA573

NSYPLA573T

NSYPLAZ573

NSYPLA574

NSYPLA574T

NSYPLAZ574

2

NSYPLA5103

NSYPLA5103T

NSYPLAZ5103

2

NSYPLA5104

NSYPLA5104T

NSYPLAZ5104

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA5123

NSYPLA5123T

NSYPLAZ5123

1250 (49.2)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA5124

NSYPLA5124T

NSYPLAZ5124

750 (29.5)

500 (19.7)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA753

NSYPLA753T

NSYPLAZ753

750 (29.5)

500 (19.7)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA754

NSYPLA754T

NSYPLAZ754

1

750 (29.5)

750 (29.5)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA773

NSYPLA773T

NSYPLAZ773

750 (29.5)

750 (29.5)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA774

NSYPLA774T

NSYPLAZ774

750 (29.5)

1000 (39.4)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA7103

NSYPLA7103T

NSYPLAZ7103

750 (29.5)

1000 (39.4)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA7104

NSYPLA7104T

NSYPLAZ7104

750 (29.5)

1250 (49.2)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA7123

NSYPLA7123T

NSYPLAZ7123

750 (29.5)

1250 (49.2)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA7124

NSYPLA7124T

NSYPLAZ7124

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1053

NSYPLA1053T

NSYPLAZ1053

1000 (39.4)

500 (19.7)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1054

NSYPLA1054T

NSYPLAZ1054

1000 (39.4)

750 (29.5)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1073

NSYPLA1073T

NSYPLAZ1073

1000 (39.4)

750 (29.5)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1074

NSYPLA1074T

NSYPLAZ1074

1000 (39.4)

1000 (39.4)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA10103

NSYPLA10103T

NSYPLAZ10103

1000 (39.4)

1000 (39.4)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA10104

NSYPLA10104T

NSYPLAZ10104

1000 (39.4)

1250 (49.2)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA10123

NSYPLA10123T

NSYPLAZ10123

1000 (39.4)

1250 (49.2)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA10124

NSYPLA10124T

NSYPLAZ10124

1250 (49.2)

500 (19.7)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1253

NSYPLA1253T

NSYPLAZ1253

1250 (49.2)

500 (19.7)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1254

NSYPLA1254T

NSYPLAZ1254

1250 (49.2)

750 (29.5)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1273

NSYPLA1273T

NSYPLAZ1273

1250 (49.2)

750 (29.5)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1274

NSYPLA1274T

NSYPLAZ1274

1250 (49.2)

1000 (39.4)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA12103

NSYPLA12103T

NSYPLAZ12103

1250 (49.2)

1000 (39.4)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA12104

NSYPLA12104T

NSYPLAZ12104

1250 (49.2)

1250 (49.2)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA12123

NSYPLA12123T

NSYPLAZ12123

1250 (49.2)

1250 (49.2)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA12124

NSYPLA12124T

NSYPLAZ12124

1500 (59.1)

500 (19.7)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1553

NSYPLA1553T

NSYPLAZ1553

1500 (59.1)

500 (19.7)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1554

NSYPLA1554T

NSYPLAZ1554

1500 (59.1)

750 (29.5)

320 (12.6)

1

NSYPLA1573

NSYPLA1573T

NSYPLAZ1573

1500 (59.1)

750 (29.5)

420 (16.5)

1

NSYPLA1574

NSYPLA1574T

NSYPLAZ1574

1500 (59.1)

1000 (39.4)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA15103

NSYPLA15103T

NSYPLAZ15103

1500 (59.1)

1000 (39.4)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA15104

NSYPLA15104T

NSYPLAZ15104

1500 (59.1)

1250 (49.2)

320 (12.6)

2

NSYPLA15123

NSYPLA15123T

NSYPLAZ15123

1500 (59.1)

1250 (49.2)

420 (16.5)

2

NSYPLA15124

NSYPLA15124T

NSYPLAZ15124

28

Enclosure with Open Bottom
IP54—Plain Door

—

NSYPLMEX3025 NSYMM3025

530 (20 9)

Sealed Enclosure, IP65

Sealed Enclosure IP65—
Transparent Door

Mounting
Plate

430 (16.9)

Table 28.6:

Sealed Enclosure IP65—
Plain Door

Polyester WallMounting ATEX
Enclosures

UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

ABS/PC Wall-Mounting
Enclosure IP66—Plain Door

Thalassa Polyester Wall-Mounting Enclosures

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

28-7

Universal Enclosures

ClimaSys™ Thermal Management System
Refer to Catalog 9993CT0901
www.schneider-electric.us

Ventilation systems with filters
Specially recommended for installations in which the ambient temperature is lower than the
desired temperature inside the enclosure, a high protection rating is required: IP54 or IP55,
and the surrounding environment is relatively clean, allowing air to enter the enclosure.

•
•
•

38 to 850 m3/h.
5 input voltages: AC: 400/440 V, 230 V, 115 V (50/60 Hz), DC: 48 V and 24 V.
Broad range of accessories (filters, IP55 and EMC covers, anti-vandalism kit).

Cooling units
Cooling units control the temperature inside the enclosure to help ensure the correct
operation of the components, regardless of the outside temperature, by separating the
internal and external air circuits and reducing the humidity of the enclosure.

•
•
•
•

Cooling power from 1100 W to 2700 W.
According to the input voltage: 230 V (50/60 Hz); 3 X 400/440 V (50/60 Hz); 115 V (50/60 Hz).
RAL 7035 gray and stainless steel.
A minimum height of 1800 mm (70.9 in) and door width of 800 mm (31.5 in) or side panel width of
600 mm (23.6 in) is required to install a SLIM cooling unit in a Spacial enclosure.

Thermal control
Thermostats control the temperature inside the enclosure and send a signal when
maximum or minimum temperature values have been reached.

•
•
•

Temperature control: adjustable thermostats; single or double.
Relative humidity control: adjustable humidistat.
Temperature and relative humidity control: adjustable hygrotherm.

28
UNIVERSAL ENCLOSURES

28-8

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Table of Contents

Section 29
EVlink™ Electric Vehicle
Charging Stations

EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Solutions
EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations—Overview

29-2

Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications)

29-3

Outdoor Charging Stations

29-4

RFID Accessories

29-4

Dimensions

29-5

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Advanced Products

Energy Efficiency Solutions Overview

Indoor
Wall-Mount
(p. 29-2)

Outdoor
Wall-Mount
(p. 29-2)

Outdoor Pedestal
(Dual Unit)
(p. 29-2)

29-6

In-Home Display (IHD)

29-6

Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT)

29-6

Smart Plug

29-7

Load Control Relays

29-7

Large Load Control

29-7

Ethernet Gateway

29-8

Accessories

29-8

Residential Solar Power Solutions
Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters
Specifications

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions

29-9
29-10

Thermostats
(p. 29-6)
Load Control
(p. 29-7)
Ethernet Gateway
(p. 29-8)

Load Control Relays
(p. 29-7)

In-Home Display
(p. 29-6)

Residential Solar
Power Solutions

Conext™ Grid Tie
Inverter (p. 29-9)

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

29-1

29

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions

Electric Vehicle Charging

EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Solutions
Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001
www.schneider-electric.us

29

EVlink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Our Electric Vehicle Supply Equipment (EVSE) provides power to recharge the on-board
vehicle batteries in Electric Vehicles (EV) and Plug-in Hybrid Electric Vehicles (PHEV). The
EVSE units are Level 2 type which can charge the vehicle batteries in as little as 3-6 hours,
depending on the vehicle type and level of battery charge. The EVSE will typically be fed
from a 208 V or 240 V source, two-pole 40 A circuit breaker or disconnect and will be able
to provide 30 A of current to the vehicle's on-board charger. All units meet or exceed SAE
J1772a and UL standards for electric vehicle supply equipment.

Schneider Electric EVSE features include:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA
User friendly interface to indicate power on/off, charging, system detected faults etc.
Heavy duty cord and connector which meet SAE J1772 standards
Automatic reset and restart after ground fault or main power loss
Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) authentication available for outdoor unitsb
Available in indoor/outdoor, wall and pedestal mount, single and dual charger models
Optional advanced metering functionality available to collect and monitor energy and demand
profile datac

EV2430WS

EV230WSR

EV230PSRR

EV230PDRR

EV 2 _ 30 _ P D R _ R _ _ _
Coming in 2012:
• Charging Station with
advanced communications
and networking
• DC fast charging station
which can charge 80% of
EV in less than 30 minutes
Please stay tuned at
www.schneider-electric.us/
go/evlink

Output
Voltage
System:
2 = 208/240
24 = 240 only
4 = 480
6 = 600

b
c

Enclosure
Type:
R = 3R

Output:
D = DC

Advanced
Features
Codes

16, 30, 80,
100, 125,
150 . . .

Mounting Type:
W = Wall
P = Pedestal

Electric Vehicle (EV)
Charging Station

a

29-2

Maximum
Output
Current:

Charging Units:
S = Single
D = Dual

Features:
R = Non-networked RFID
A = Advanced Features

SAE J1772—standard for Electric Vehicles that defines common connectors and interfaces at various power levels
for PHEV and EV established by Society of Automotive Engineers for North America.
RFID—localized RFID in which the programming for the addition or removal of subscribers is done at the EVSE
location.
Energy monitoring and metering options are available and can be added to provide networking and communication
through an optional power meter enclosure. Please consult your local Schneider Electric sales representative for
selection information or call 1-888-778-2733.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Electric Vehicle Charging

EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations
Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

Enclosure:
• Non-metallic
• Indoor wall-mount
(stud, drywall, or masonry wall)

Interface:
• Segmented charge and delay

Cable Holder:
• Supports and helps organize the cable
• Mounted independently from the enclosure

charge progress indicator

• Stop Button and indicator
• Power status and system
detected fault indicator

• Delay button and indicator
Connector and Cord:
• Complies with SAE J1772
• Cable length: 18 ft. (5.5 m)

Protection:
• Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA
• Ground fault function tested before each
charge cycle begins

• Auto restart after ground fault or main
power loss

Table 29.1:

Indoor Charging Station—Wall-mounted

Output Voltage
System

Output Current

Mounting

Enclosure Type

Number of Charging
Units

Catalog Number

$ Price

240 Vac only

30 A

Wall

1

1

EV2430WS

1200.00

120/240 Vac Only
N

L1

L2

120 V

Overcurrent
Protection
Device

120 V
240 V

Electric
Vehicle
Charging
Station

Solid
Neutral
Ground

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Equipment
Ground

DE10

Discount
Schedule

29-3

29

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Indoor Charging Stations (Residential Applications)

Electric Vehicle Charging

EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations
Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001
www.schneider-electric.us

29

Outdoor Charging Stations

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Protection:
• Integral Ground Fault Protection at 5 mA
• Ground fault function tested before each charge cycle begins
• Auto restart after ground fault or main power loss

Authentication:
• Localized RFID solution (optional)
Interface:
• Power status
• Charge indicator
• System detected fault indicator

Enclosure:
• Metallic enclosure
• Wall-mount

Cable and Connector Holders:
• Supports and helps organize the cable
• Connector storage
• Integral with the enclosure
Cables and Connectors:
• Complies with SAE J1772
• Cable length: 18 ft. (5.5 m)

Cable Holder:
• Supports and helps
organize the cable

• Connector storage
• Mounted independently

Enclosure:
• Metallic enclosure
• Pedestal-mount

from the enclosure

Indoor / Outdoor
Wall-mount
Mounting:
• Metallic pedestal
Outdoor Single Unit
Pedestal-mount

Table 29.2:

Outdoor Charging Stations

Output Voltage
System

Application

Output
Current

Mounting

Enclosure Type

Number of Charging
Units

Catalog Number

$ Price

208–240 Vac

Indoor/Outdoor

30 A

Wall

3R

Single

EV230WSR

1800.00

208–240 Vac

Outdoor

30 A

Pedestal

3R

Single

EV230PSR

2400.00

208–240 Vac

Outdoor

30 A

Pedestal

3R

Duala

EV230PDR

4000.00

Mounting

Enclosure Type

Number of Charging
Units

Catalog Number

$ Price

a

Output current per charge unit

Table 29.3:

Outdoor Charging Stations with RFID Access

Output Voltage
System

Application

Output
Current

208–240 Vac

Indoor/Outdoor

30 A

Wall

3R

Single

EV230WSRR

2400.00

208–240 Vac

Outdoor

30 A

Pedestal

3R

Single

EV230PSRR

3000.00

208–240 Vac

Outdoor

30 A

Pedestal

3R

Dualb

EV230PDRR

4600.00

Catalog Number

$ Price

EVRFIDHP

240.00

EVRFIDKF10

110.00

b

Output current per charge unit

Table 29.4:

RFID Accessoriesc

Description
RFID Handheld Programmer
RFID Authentication Cards (Quantity of 10)
c

Required for charging stations with RFID Access

EVRFIDHP

29-4

Outdoor Dual Unit
Pedestal-mount

EVRFIDKF10

DE10

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Electric Vehicle Charging

EVLink™ Electric Vehicle Charging Stations
Class 2800 / Refer to Catalog 2800CT1001

www.schneider-electric.us

13.1
(333)

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Dimensions

in.
Dimensions: (mm)

9.8
(250)

7.1
(181)

12.7
(323)

18.1
(460)

20.5
(521)

Indoor Wall-mount

29

6.7
(170)

4.4
(111)

9.53
(242)

Indoor/Outdoor Wall-mount

in.
Dimensions: (mm)

13.0
(330)

13.0
(330)

6.7
(170)

7.9
(200)

7.9
(200)

2x 1.8
(46)

5.9
(150)

49.6
(1260)

6.6
(166.5)

6.6
(166.5)

2x 4.3
(108)
4.1
(103)

2x 3.9
(98)
2x .70
(17.5)

49.6
(1260)

3.0
(76.2)
(bottom view)

4x R .30
(7.5)

Pedestal Base

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

7.9
(200)

7.9
(200)

Single Unit

Dual Unit

5.2
(133)

Pedestal Mounted Charging Stations

29-5

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency
Solutions

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

29

Energy Efficiency Solutions Overview

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Our Wiser Energy Efficiency products can give you information about your home's energy
consumption and provide ways to conveniently automate energy use. Information displays
can be conveniently located and easily integrated with Smart Grid energy programs. In
addition, these devices provide useful information displays such as time and temperature.
HVAC thermostats, an in-home display, and load controls are designed to integrate into a
seamless energy control system, allowing you to easily Make the Most of Your EnergySM.

Schneider Electric Energy Efficiency Products:

•
•
•
•
•
•
•

Use industry standard radio interfaces. Products are certified to the ZigBee® Smart Energy protocol
Provide easy to use, conveniently located controls
Signal energy with vivid color display screens
Are designed to be integrated into Smart Grid energy efficiency programs
Are certified to UL916, and UL489 (as applicable)
Incorporate convenience features, such as remote thermostat control, time-of-day display, remote
load control, and load scheduling
Load controls are available in outdoor configurations

Color Based Energy Signaling

Wiser In-Home Display (IHD)

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
EER20100

Internal rechargable battery for power outages and convenience
Integrates with remote measurement devices, and graphically displays energy use and signals
based on demand
Schedules Wiser components, such as load controls, load relays, and smart plugs
Controls Wiser thermostats from remote locations
Automatically sets time from the network
Displays time
Displays outdoor temperature (optional components required)

Table 29.5:

Wiser In-Home Display (IHD)

Model
EER20100

Industry Specifications

Power

$ Price

• UL Standard 916
• Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205
• ZigBee® Smart Energy

100–240 Vac
50–60 Hz

550.00

Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT)

•
•
•

EER56000
EER56100

•
•
•
•

Offers four programmable temperature changes per day for up to seven days
Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile
Integrates with remote measurement devices, and graphically displays energy use and signals
based on demand
Schedules Wiser components, such as load controls, load relays, and smart plugs
Automatically sets time from the network
Displays outdoor temperature (optional components required)
No batteries required, operates in four wire installations

Table 29.6:

Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats (PCT)

Model

EER56000

EER56100

29-6

DE10

Industry Specifications

Power

$ Price

•
•
•
•
•
•

100–240 Vac
50–60 Hz

550.00

UL Standard 916
Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983
ZigBee® Smart Energy
Single stage conventional heat/cool
Two stage conventional (two stage heat / two stage cool)
100–240 Vac
Heat pump and geothermal heat pump (two stage heat /
50–60 Hz
single stage cool)
• Two-speed heat pump and two-speed geothermal heat pump
(three stage heat / two stage cool)
• Dual fuel heat pump and geothermal dual fuel heat pump
• Humidifier and dehumidifier control

720.00

UL Standard 916
Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983
ZigBee® Smart Energy
Single stage conventional heat/cool
Heat pump (two stage heat / single stage cool)
Dual fuel heat pump (two stage heat / single stage cool)

•
•
•
•
•
•

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency
Solutions

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions

www.schneider-electric.us

•
•
•
•

Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile
Plugs into 120 V electrical outlets
Measures power used by electrical outlet loads
Provides scheduling and remote control when used with the EER20100 Wiser In-Home Display or
the EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats

Table 29.7:
Model

Wiser Smart Plug
Industry Specifications

EER40200

EER40200

Power

$ Price

• UL Standard 508 and UL 244A
Vac
• Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 14-05 100–240
50–60 Hz
• ZigBee® Smart Energy

340.00

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Wiser Smart Plug

•
•
•
•
•

Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile
Low voltage 120 and 240 V relays
Measures power used by electrical outlet loads
Provides scheduling and remote control when used with the EER20100 Wiser In-Home Display or
the EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats
EER42300 provides isolated contact outputs

Table 29.8:
Model

EER42200
EER42300

Wiser Load Control Relays
Industry Specifications

Power

$ Price

EER42200

•
•
•
•

UL Standard 916
Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983
ZigBee® Smart Energy
Supply voltage: 100–250 Vac, 50/60 Hz

30 A, 240 Vac
30 A, 28 Vdc
2 hp, 240 Vac
1 hp, 120 Vac

405.00

EER42300

•
•
•
•

UL Standard 916
Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983 5 A, 240 Vac
5 A, 28 Vdc
ZigBee® Smart Energy
240 VA, 240 Vac
Supply voltage: 100–250 Vac, 50/60 Hz

375.00

Wiser Large Load Control

•
•
•
•
•
EER260LLCR

Supports demand response through ZigBee® Smart Energy Profile
Used with Square D™ QOPL-ILC circuit breaker devices, ordered separately
Measures branch circuit loading (current transformer required, ordered separately)
Provides remote control when used with the EER20100 In-Home Display or the
EER56000/EER56100 Wiser Programmable Communicating Thermostats
Provides remote disconnect switch functions

Table 29.9:
Model

Industry Specifications

Load Contacts

$ Price

• UL489
• ZigBee® Smart Energy
• 120 / 240 Vac, 1P/2P, 50/60 Hz

QOPL-ILC circuit breaker
(see Table 29.10)

405.00

EER260LLCCT1

• 1P 60 A current transformer

—

50.00

EER260LLCCT2

• 2P 60 A current transformer

—

100.00

EER260LLCR

EER260LLCCT1
EER260LLCCT2

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Wiser Large Load Control

Table 29.10:

QOPL-ILC Circuit Breakers

Catalog Number

Rating (A)

No. of Poles

QO115PLILC

15

1

10

QO120PLILC

20

1

10

QO230PLILC

30

2

10

QO240PLILC

40

2

10

QO250PLILC

50

2

10

QO260PLILC

60

2

10

DE10

Discount
Schedule

AIC Rating (kA)

29-7

29

Wiser Load Control Relays

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency
Solutions

Wiser™ Energy Efficiency Solutions
www.schneider-electric.us

29

Wiser Ethernet Gateway

•
ADVANCED PRODUCTS

•

Allows for software monitoring, programming, and control of Wiser Energy Efficiency products via
the internet
Used with the Wiser Head End Server system

Table 29.11:

Wiser Ethernet Gateway

Model

EER21100
EER21200

Industry Specifications

$ Price

EER21100

•
•
•
•

ZigBee® Router type device
UL power adapter
ZigBee® Smart Energy
Supply voltage: 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

395.00

EER21200

•
•
•
•

ZigBee® Coordinator type device
UL power adapter
ZigBee® Smart Energy
Supply voltage: 100–240 Vac, 50/60 Hz

395.00

Wiser Accessories

•
•
EER57000

•

Trim ring can be used to conceal mounting imperfections, such as holes and paint lines from
previous installations
External temperature sensor provides temperature measurements when used with Wiser
thermostats
Auxiliary power supply permits Wiser thermostats to be used in specialized four wire installations

Table 29.12:
Model

EER57100

Wiser Accessories
Name

Industry Specifications

EER57000

Trim Ring

—

$ Price
50.00

EER57100

Auxiliary Power Supply

• UL Standard 916
• Canadian Standard CAN/CSA C22.2, No. 205-M1983

75.00

EER57200

External Temperature Sensor

—

90.00

EER57200

29-8

DE10

Discount
Schedule

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Solar Inverters

Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters

www.schneider-electric.us

•

An NEC compliant, integrated Square D™ DC/AC disconnect eliminates the need for external DC
(PV) disconnects and in some jurisdictions, AC disconnects
Large heatsink offers excellent heat dispersion without the need for a cooling fan
Liquid Crystal display provides instantaneous information—power level, daily and lifetime energy
production, PV array voltage and current, utility voltage and frequency, time online “selling”, system
troubleshooting messages, and installer-customized screens
User-enabled Fast Sweep™ Maximum Power Point Tracking (MPPT) increases energy harvest in
shaded installations
LCD vibration sensor allows the tap of a finger to turn backlight on and easily cycle through display
screens
FCC Class B compliance

•
•
•
•
•

Installation

Conext™ Series
Grid Tie Inverter

•
•
•
•
•

Flexible Module selection due to wide PV input MPPT tracking voltage range
Lightweight and versatile mounting bracket
Easy access DC (PV) and AC (Utility) terminal blocks simplify wiring
Rugged NEMA 3R inverter enclosure allows reliable indoor and outdoor installations
Simple communications set-up for daisy-chained single phase and three-phase installation

Servicability

•

Sealed inverter enclosure can be quickly separated from the wiring box allowing DC/AC connections
to remain intact during a service event
Ten-year standard warranty

•

Table 29.13:

Conext™ Inverters

Product

Description

Part Number

$ Price

Conext TX 2800 NA

2.8 kW inverter 208/240 V

RNW-878-2801

2040.00

Conext TX 3300 NA

3.3 kW inverter 208/240 V

RNW-878-3301

2410.00

Conext TX 3800 NA

3.8 kW inverter 208/240 V

RNW-878-3801

2575.00

Conext TX 5000 NA

5.0 kW inverter 208/240 V

RNW-878-5001

3250.00

Table 29.14:
System Voltage

Residential Grid-Tie Solar Package
Kilowatts

Amps

DC Disconnect

Inverter

AC Disconnect

Suggested Load
Centera
QO130M200

250 Vdc

2.8

30

HU361RB

878-2801

D221NRB

250 Vdc

3.3

60

HU362RB

878-3301

D222NRB

QO140M225

250 Vdc

3.3

100

HU363RB

878-3301

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

600 Vdc

3.8

30

HU361RB

878-3801

D221NRB

QO130M200

600 Vdc

5.0

60

HU362RB

878-5001

D222NRB

QO140M225

600 Vdc

5.0

100

HU363RB

878-5001

D223NRB

QONQ42MS400

a

Consult Digest Section 1 for other load center options, covers, accessories, and circuit breakers.

NOTE: See Digest Section 3 for additional PV switch offerings including the new
UL98B 1000 Vdc PV disconnect.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

REN1

Discount
Schedule

29-9

29

Features

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters
The Conext™ Grid Tie Solar Inverter (Conext Series) converts photovoltaic (PV) electricity
produced by solar modules into utility grade power that can be used by the home or sold to
a local electrical utility. Offering high performance, clean aesthetics, innovative features,
and easy installation, the Conext Series provides great value in a compact high-frequency
design. The Conext Series may be installed as a single inverter for a single PV array or in a
multiple inverter configuration for large PV systems or three-phase applications.

Solar Inverters

Conext™ Series Grid Tie Inverters
www.schneider-electric.us

29

Table 29.15:

Specifications

Electrical Specifications (Output)
Product Model

ADVANCED PRODUCTS

Nominal output power
AC output voltage (nominal)

Conext TX 2800 NA

Conext TX 3300 NA

Conext TX 3800 NA

Conext TX 5000 NA

2800 W / 2650 W

3300 W / 3100 W

3800 W / 3500 W

5000 W / 4500 W

240/208 Vac

240/208 Vac

240/208 Vac

240/208 Vac

AC output voltage range

Auto detect 240 to 208 Vac

AC frequency (nominal)

60 Hz

AC frequency range
Max. continuous output current
Max. output over-current protection

59.3 to 60.5 Hz
11.8/13.0 A rms

14.0/15.2 A rms

16.0/16.8 A rms

21/22 A rms

15 A rms

20 A rms

25 A rms

30 A rms

Max. utility back-feed current

0A

Total harmonic distortion (THD)

THD < 3%

Power factor

>0.99 (at rated power), >0.95 (full power range)

Utility monitoring, islanding protection

UL 1741-2010. Ed.2 / IEEE1547

Output characteristics

Current Source

Output current waveform

True Sine Wave

Electrical Specifications (Input)
Max. Array open-circuit voltage
MPPT voltage range (CEC & CSA)
Max. input current

600 Vdc
195-550 Vdc

195-550 Vdc

195-550 Vdc

240-550 Vdc

15.5 Adc / 14.9 Adc

18 Adc / 17.5 Adc

20.8 Adc / 19.5 Adc

22 Adc / 20 Adc

Max. array short-circuit current

24 Adc

Reverse-polarity protection

Short-circuit diode

Ground-fault protection

GF detection, IDIF > 1A

Max. Peak efficiency

95.2% / 95.2%

95.6% / 95.3%

96.3% / 96%

96.7% / 96.4%

CEC Efficiency

94.5% / 94.5%

95% / 94.5%

95.5% / 95.5%

96.0% / 95.5%

Night-time power consumption

1W

General Specifications
Mounting

Wall mount (mounting bracket included)

Input and output terminal

AC and DC terminals accept wires sizes #14 to #6 AWG

PV / Utility disconnect

Eliminates need for external PV (DC) disconnect. Complies with NEC requirements.

Cooling

Convection cooled, fan not required

Display

Backlit, two-line, 16-character liquid crystal display provides instantaneous power, daily and lifetime energy production,
PV array voltage and current, utility voltage and frequency, time online “selling”, faults messages, and installer-customizable screens

Communications

Integrated RS232 and Xanbus™ RJ45 communication ports

Wiring box

PV, utility, ground, and communications connections. The inverter can be separated from the wiring box.

Warranty
Part number (negative ground)

Ten-year standard
878-2801

878-3301

878-3801

878-5001

Environmental Specifications
Operating Temperature Range

-13°F to 149°F (-25°C to 65°C)

Enclosure Type
Inverter Weight

NEMA 3R (Outdoor Rated)
31.8 kg (70.1 lbs)

32.2 kg (71 lbs)

36.5 kg (80.5 lbs)

38.9 kg (85.8 lbs)

Inverter dimensions (H x W x D)

89.3 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm
35.2 x 15.9 x 7.3 in.

89.3 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm
35.2 x 15.9 x 7.3 in.

98.8 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm
38.9 x16 x 7.3 in.

98.8 x 40.3 x 18.5 cm
38.9 x 16 x 7.3 in.

Shipping dimensions (H x W x D)

107.0 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm
42.1 x 22.7 x 10.2 in.

107.0 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm
42.1 x 22.7 x 10.2 in.

116.5 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm
45.8 x 22.7 x 10.2 in.

116.5 x 57.7 x 26.0 cm
45.8 x 22.7 x 10.2 in.

Regulatory Approvals
CSA Certified to UL 1741-2010 Ed.2 (Include IEEE 1547)—inverters, converters, controllers and interconnection system equipment for use with distributed energy resources; and CSA C22.2 No 107.1 FCC
Class B general use power supplies.

29-10

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing

Numerics
1000 Vdc photovoltaic heavy duty disconnect switches
3-22
9-8
14-inch-wide NQ panelboards
16 mm push buttons
19-12– 19-22
9-13
20-inch-wide NF panelboards
9-6– 9-7, 9-9
20-inch-wide NQ panelboards
22 mm push buttons
19-8, 19-23– 19-55, 19-57– 19-65
16-20– 16-21
2-Pole single phase full voltage starters
19-9, 19-67– 19-69, 19-73– 19-79,
30 mm push buttons
19-83– 19-93
4-Pole, 2-phase full voltage starters
16-20– 16-21
800 A–5000 A pricing instructions
12-6
I-Line II
5-18
8M, 36M, 60M enclosures
9012G pressure switches
22-15
differential
22-15
dual stage
22-13
industrial
22-14
machine tool
22-21
9013F commercial pressure switches
22-22
9013G commercial pressure switches
9016GAW vacuum switches
22-19
22-19
9016GVG vacuum switches
22-23
9036D float switches
9036FG float switches
22-24
22-23
9036G float switches
22-24
9037E float switches
22-25
9037H closed tank float switches
9038A mechanical alternators
22-26
22-26
9038C mechanical alternators
22-27
9038D mechanical alternators

A
AB1
24-11
markers
24-9
other blocks
24-10
AB1AA insulation displacement blocks
24-7
AB1DD, AB1ET three tier
AB1ET two tier blocks
24-6
24-7
AB1ETN two tier blocks
24-8
AB1FU and AB1SF/SV fuseholders
AB1RR
24-2– 24-3
spring clip blocks
24-4
spring clip terminals
24-6
AB1TP grounding blocks
24-4
AB1VV and AB1TP miniature blocks
AB1VV box lug blocks
24-5
23-42
ABR electromechanical interface modules
23-41
ABS solid state interface modules
AC drives
26-2
Altivar 12
26-3, 26-5– 26-6
Altivar 212
26-7
Altivar 31
26-2, 26-7– 26-9
Altivar 312
26-2
Altivar 32
26-3, 26-10– 26-11, 26-14– 26-15
Altivar 61
26-3, 26-12– 26-15
Altivar 71
26-20
documentation
26-16
S-Flex (Altivar 212)
26-20
support
26-20
training
accessories
7-13
C60 UL489 mounting base
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Words in

18-9
cabling, TeSys D
5-4
C-Bus
16-109
contactors
18-8– 18-11, 18-14
contactors, TeSys D
18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15
contactors, TeSys F
8-16
disconnect switches, flange mounted and cable operated
3-15, 3-18
double throw safety switches
4-15
energy meter
22-28
float switches
high density meter system
4-14
9-23
I-Line merchandised panelboards
24-10
insulation displacement style terminal blocks
8-10
Lk4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible
22-18
machine tool pressure switches
18-34
manual starters and protectors, GV
16-114
mechanical interlocks
2-15
meter centers
2-3
meter sockets
8-6
Mini-Vario and Vario motor disconnect switches
9-14
NF merchandised panelboards
9-9
NQ merchandised panelboards
operating mechanisms, disconnect switches
8-24
and circuit breakers
7-39
PowerPact circuit breakers
20-9
proximity sensors
1-12
QO and Homeline load centers
7-12
QO and QOB miniature circuit breakers
1-12
QO load centers
1-4
QO miniture circuit breaker
7-15
QOU
3-3
safety switches
4-10
series 800
4-11
series 4000
16-113
solid neutral
16-109
starters
18-39
TeSys AK5 panel busbar system
18-38
TeSys contactors
18-8– 18-11, 18-14
TeSys D
18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15
TeSys F
18-36
TeSys GV
18-27
TeSys K
18-28– 18-31
TeSys U
14-10, 14-17
transformers
16-112
transient suppression module
13-6
trench duct
19-89– 19-90
Type K and SK
19-20
XB6
accessories and modification kits,
manual starters and switches
16-9, 16-11
AccuSine AHF
4-34– 4-36
dynamic VAR compensation
27-7
actuator sensor interface (AS-i) bus products
12-7
adapter, I-Line to I-Line II
Advantys OTB
27-5
Advantys TeleFast 2
24-22
prewired connection system
27-5
Advantys Telefast ABE7 sub-bases
Advantys Telefast ABE9 passive splitter boxes
27-5
11-20
ADVC controller
alternating relays
23-21
TeSys SKE IEC style
Altistart 22
26-18
26-19
Altistart 22 (enclosed)
26-17
Altistart 48
Altistart drive
18-32
Altistart U01 soft starters
18-51
dimensions
26-2
Altivar 12
Altivar 32
26-2
26-3, 26-5– 26-6
Altivar 212
26-7
Altivar 31

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -1

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

Altivar 312
26-2, 26-7– 26-9
auxiliary contacts
manual and magnetic contactors and starters
Altivar 61
26-3, 26-10– 26-11, 26-15
TeSys D and F
26-3, 26-12– 26-15
Altivar 71
auxiliary input unit
27-9
Altivar IMC integrated controller card
auxillary gutter, QO load centers
analysis and consulting
4-20
3-9
Appleton Powertite receptacle safety switches
application
24-19
fuseholders
backup power solutions
application data
biometric switches, XB5S
3-20
double throw safety switches
blank doors Model 6 MCC
21-4
limit switches
24-18
power distribution blocks
bodies, limit switches
24-21
AR1 and AT1 cable ends
bolt-on remotely operated circuit breakers
11-16
arc extinguishing system, Arc Terminator
box lug blocks AB1VV
arc flash analysis
4-20
brackets, transformers
4-26
arc flash protection and mitigation system
branch circuit breakers
11-16
Arc Terminator, arc extinguishing system
NQ factory assembled panelboards
Qwik-Gard
architectures for safety related solutions
25-3
branch circuit power meter,
5-18
area lighting panels
branch devices, meter centers
25-3, 25-5
AS-i safety at work
branch feeder units, Model 6 MCC
assemblies, terminal blocks
24-15
branch switches,
28-2
ATEX enclosures
QMB fusible
18-32
ATSU01 Altistart drive
branch units, meter centers
automatic circuit recloser
11-20
buck and boost, transformers
4-21
automation power system
bus couplers, C-Bus
automation products
busbar
27-7
Actuator Sensor interface (AS-i) bus products
configuration code
Advantys
busbar accessories,TeSys contactors
27-5
OTB
busbar configurations
Telefast ABE7 sub-bases
27-5
27-5
Telefast ABE9 passive splitter boxes
busway
27-9
Altivar IMC integrated controller card
busway
27-6
CANopen network products
elbows
27-6
ConneXium ethernet products
hangers
27-7
ethernet TCP/IP products
I-Line
Magelis advanced panels
I-Line II
27-3
XBT GH
Surgelogic SPD units
XBT GK
27-3
tee
terminating
27-3
XBT GT
accessories
27-3
XBT GTW
transition section meter centers
Magelis HMI products
I-Line
27-4
Compact iPC
busway
27-4
Compact PC BOX
"footage and fittings" pricing method
27-4
Flex PC BOX
800 A–5000 A busway
27-4
Smart BOX
800 A–5000 A pricing instructions
Smart iPC
27-4
accessories
27-4
Smart+ iPC
additions
Magelis small panels
busbar configuration code
27-3
STO/STU
busbar configurations
XBT N/R
27-3
bussed transformer connection
27-3
XBT RT
circuit breaker cubicle
27-9
Magelis XBT GC HMI controller
connection to competitive busway
Modicon
construction options
27-9
LMC058 motion controller
electrical data
M168 PLC
27-8
expansion fittings
feeder
27-8
M238 PLC
finger protection to IP2X
27-8
M258 PLC
fused
M340 PAC
27-2
hangers
27-5
Momentum distributed I/O and PLC
high short circuit bracing
27-2
Premium PLC
I-Line
Quantum PLC
27-2
I-Line II
27-5
STB
I-Line II, PowerPact plug-in units
27-5
TM5 expansion module
H-frame
TM7 I/O blocks
27-5
J-frame
27-2
TSX Micro PLC
M-frame
27-10
Zelio Logic controller
P-frame
Transparent Ready solutions
27-6
R-frame
27-10
Twido Nano controller
i -2
Words in Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

16-110
18-8
5-12
1-10

B

1-9
19-65– 19-66
17-6
21-17
5-24
24-5
14-11

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

9-11
9-11
4-16
2-11, 2-13
17-6
9-35
2-8
14-8
5-13
12-3
18-38– 18-39
12-2
12-6
12-6
12-13– 12-14
12-5– 12-6, 12-11
6-5
12-6
12-18
2-15
12-4
12-4
12-5
12-6
12-8
12-8
12-3
12-2
12-7
12-7
12-7
12-17
12-8
12-7
12-6
12-7
12-7
12-17
12-6
12-4
12-5
12-11– 12-12
12-11– 12-12
12-12
12-13
12-14
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
I-Line II, surge protective device plug-in units
indoor drip resistant
indoor tap boxes
non-segregated bus
outdoor construction
plug-in units
Powerbus
Power-Zone
riser
service heads
space heaters
SPD plug-in units
standard components
standard straight lengths
supports
thermostat
transformer taps
unfused reducer

12-10
12-6
12-7
12-15
12-6
12-9– 12-10
12-2
12-15
12-6
12-7
12-17
12-10
12-4
12-6
12-17
12-17
12-7
12-7

C
C60N Multi 9 miniature circuit breakers
7-16– 7-17
cable ends
24-21
AR1 and AT1
24-20
DZ5 and AZ5
cable pull switches
25-8
XY2
cables, Powerlink
5-24
cabling accessories
18-9
TeSys D
calculation of trip current rating
16-119
thermal unit selection
10-4
cam-lock tap box
CANopen network products
27-6
caps
19-21
16 mm push buttons
19-39– 19-41, 19-60– 19-62, 19-64
22 mm push buttons
19-69, 19-74, 19-79, 19-83
30 mm push buttons
19-11
compact pilot lights
5-30
Cassia energy management system
catalog numbering system
17-2
combination starters
C-Bus
5-7
Decorator wall plates
5-25
device power supply
5-25
device router
5-15
dimmers
5-5– 5-6
DLT keypads
5-18
enclosures
5-13
input sensors
5-9, 5-10
multi room audio
5-6
Neo Decorator keypads
5-4
Neo keypads
5-13
relays
5-6
Saturn Decorator keypads
5-5
Saturn keypads
5-12
sensors
5-19
software
5-11
thermostats
5-7
touch screens
5-21
ceiling mount occupancy sensors
changeover relay
5-13
circuit breaker enclosures
7-58
accessories
7-58
dimensions
7-57
enclosed walking beam mechanical interlock
7-58
insulated groundable neutral assembly
7-58
service ground kits
circuit breakers
5-24
bolt-on remotely operated
7-35
DC
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Words in

7-54– 7-55
dimensions and shipping weights
8-19– 8-20
door-mounted operating mechanisms
5-24
emergency lighting
7-57
enclosed
7-56
enclosures
9-24– 9-25
F-frame
8-23
flange mounted and variable depth operating mechanisms
8-21– 8-22
flexible cable mechanisms
9-26
H-frame thermal-magnetic
9-24– 9-25, 9-27– 9-30
I-Line panelboards
9-26
J-frame thermal-magnetic
9-27
K-frame thermal-magnetic
9-28
LA mission critical
9-29
L-frame
11-6
Masterpact
7-40
motor operators
7-31
motor protector
9-16
NF factory assembled panelboards
9-15
NF merchandised panelboards
9-11
NQ factory assembled panelboards
9-24
PowerPact D-frame mission critical
7-23
PowerPact J-frame
7-25
PowerPact L-frame
7-26, 9-29
PowerPact M-frame
9-30
PowerPact P-frame
7-24, 9-25
PowerPact Q-frame
7-28, 9-30
PowerPact R-frame
1-25
QO enclosures
1-2
QO plug-on
9-10
QOB bolt-on
7-11
QO-EPD
7-11
QO-HM, high magnetic trip
7-11
QO-K, key operated
29-7
QOPL-ILC for intelligent load centers
QO-SWN
7-11
7-10
QOT tandem
9-10– 9-11
Qwik-Gard
7-10
replacement tandem
9-38
shunt trip
7-17
telecommunications applications
2-6
Tenant
11-19
Type EOX vacuum substation
11-19
Type FVR vacuum substation
11-19
Type VOX vacuum substation
7-35– 7-36
UL Listed 500 Vdc
9-38
without overload trip
circuit meter
4-16
4-11
circuit monitor, PowerLogic
circuit protectors
24-17
thermal-magnetic
ClimaSys
28-3, 28-8
cooling units
28-3, 28-8
thermostats
28-3, 28-8
ventilation systems
clock/timer
15-5
22-24– 22-25
closed tank float switches
22-26
9038C mechanical alternators with bushing
22-27
9038D mechanical alternators
16-71
coil replacement, definite purpose contactors
coil suppressor, TeSys D
18-9
coil voltage codes
18-2, 18-6
TeSys D
18-3
TeSys F
9-18– 9-19
column width panelboards
combination lighting contactors
16-61
combination service entrance devices
1-22
accessories
1-20, 1-24
all-in-ones, rainproof
circuit breakers
1-22
Homeline
1-23
dimensions
1-22
hubs
1-19
meter mains, rainproof

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -3

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

solar ready CSED
1-24
1-12
surge protection devices
combination starters
17-2
catalog numbering system
17-5
Compac 6 fusible switch disconnects
17-3
Model 6 MCC
16-31
NEMA style
16-41
accessories
16-40
application data
16-41
control transformers
dimensions
16-42
fusible
16-31
disconnect switch type
disconnect switch type with class R fuse clips
16-33
16-41
interlocks
16-35– 16-36
MCP circuit breaker
non-fusible
16-32
disconnect switch type
16-38– 16-39
thermal magnetic circuit breaker
NEMA style oversized enclosure MCP circuit breaker
16-37
22-21– 22-22
commercial pressure switches
18-38
communications, TeSys contactors
Compac 6
17-5
combination starters
17-5
motor circuit protector Disconnects
17-5
Model 6 MCC
21-22
compact general duty limit switches
compact height switches MiniBreak
11-7
19-10– 19-11
compact pilot lights
complete devices
19-23
XB4
19-42
XB5
complete switches, limit switches
21-14
components
13-6
trench duct
27-2
Concept application software
Conext series grid tie solar inverters
29-9– 29-10
21-17
connection components, limit switches
18-38
connection modules, TeSys contactors
ConneXium ethernet products
27-6
27-6
ConneXview industrial ethernet diagnostic software
construction options
12-17
busway
consulting, analysis
4-20
21-17
contact assemblies, limit switches
contact blocks
18-8
TeSys D and F
19-118
XAC pendant station
contact units for melting alloy type overload relays
16-108
replacement parts kits
contactors
16-109
accessories
16-112
control circuit fuse holder
16-109
cover-mounted control units
16-70
definite purpose
16-112
power pole adders
16-107
replacement parts kits
18-2
TeSys D
18-8– 18-11, 18-14
accessories
18-4
non-reversing
18-17– 18-19
repair parts
reversing
18-6
18-3
TeSys F
18-8, 18-11– 18-13, 18-15
accessories
18-5
non-reversing
repair parts
18-18, 18-20
18-7
reversing

i -4

Words in

TeSys K
18-24– 18-27
18-24
non-reversing mini-contactors
reversing mini-contactors
18-25
contactors and starters
NEMA, magnetic AC catalog numbering system
16-13
control and measurement relays
23-32
Zelio RM17JC current measurement relay
23-33
Zelio RM17T phase measurement relay
23-34
Zelio RM17UAS voltage measurement relay
23-34
Zelio RM17UB voltage measurement relay
23-34
Zelio RM17UBE voltage measurement relay
23-36
Zelio RM35AT temperature control relay
23-35
Zelio RM35BA10 pump control relay
23-36
Zelio RM35HZ frequency control relay
23-32
Zelio RM35JA current measurement relay
23-35
Zelio RM35L level control relay
23-36
Zelio RM35S speed control relay
23-34
Zelio RM35UA1 voltage measurement relay
23-34
Zelio RM35UB voltage measurement relay
23-31
Zelio Type REG
control circuit fuse holder
16-112
contactors
16-112
starters
control relays
23-22– 23-24
NEMA style Type X
23-23
NEMA style, utility auxiliary
control stations
19-70– 19-72, 19-80– 19-82, 19-100– 19-104
enclosures
18-28– 18-30
control unit, TeSys U
14-4
copper wound transformers
corrosion resistant
19-78, 19-84
multifunction operators
19-77
non-illuminated operators
19-83
pilot lights
3-12
cover viewing window for safety switches
cover-mounted control units
16-109
contactors
16-109
starters
crosses
13-6
trench duct
3-9
Crouse-Hinds Arktite receptacle safety switches
3-9
Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Hubbellock receptacle
CT, split-core
4-15
current measurement relays
23-32
Zelio RM17JC
23-32
Zelio RM35JA
current ratings
21-5
limit switches
11-11
current-limiting fuses DIN-style
custom terminal blocks assemblies
24-15

D
DALI gateway
DC circuit breakers
DC telecommunication applications circuit breakers
decorator face plates
Decorator, Saturn
keypads
decorator style
cover plates, Neo
definite purpose
contactors
reversing hoist
device power supply
Powerlink
device routers, Powerlink

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

5-15
7-35
7-17
5-6
5-6
5-7
16-70
16-81
5-25
5-25

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
differential pressure switches
22-15
dimensions
18-51
Altistart U01 soft starters
definite purpose
16-72, 16-74
contactors
disconnect switches, flange mounted
8-17– 8-18
and cable operated
8-11– 8-14
disconnect switches, IEC style
3-8, 3-17, 3-19, 3-21
double throw safety switches
16-80
duplex motor controllers
16-96, 16-99
enclosures
29-5
EV charging stations, EVlink
8-23
flange mounted and variable depth operating mechanisms
16-66– 16-69
lighting contactors
2-16
meter centers
2-4
meter sockets
pressure switches
22-17
9012G
22-12
XML international
XMLG electronic
22-5
22-7
XMLK electronic
1-17
QO and Homeline dimensions
3-3, 3-13
safety switches
18-40– 18-41, 18-44– 18-46, 18-48
TeSys D
18-42, 18-47
TeSys F
18-52– 18-56
TeSys GV manual starters and protectors
18-49
TeSys K
18-50– 18-51
TeSys U
Well-Guard
16-77
pump panels
dimensions and shipping weights
7-54
miniature and molded case circuit breakers
7-55
molded case circuit breakers
3-22
dimensions, disconnect switches
5-14
dimmer unit, four channel
disconnect switches
8-16
accessories, flange mounted and cable operated
8-10
accessories, LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible
8-17– 8-18
dimensions, flange mounted and cable operated
8-15
flange mounted and cable operated
8-8– 8-9
LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible
8-2
selection
14-18
disconnects, transformers
27-5
distributed I/O products
5-5– 5-6
DLT keypads
documentation, AC drives
26-20
8-25
door closing mechanisms
8-27
single and multi-door enclosures
8-26, 8-28
types M5, M6, M1, and M8
3-15– 3-16
double throw safety switches
drawout cradle and accessories
7-45
18-32
drive, Altistart ATSU01
14-20
dry type transformers
dual stage pressure switches
22-15
duplex
16-78– 16-79
motor controllers
11-15
DVCAS switchgear
DZ5 and AZ5 cable ends
24-20

E
EBA (external brick assembly) SPDs
replacement modules
EE medium voltage, dry type transformers
EE NL transformers
elbows
trench duct
elbows, Busway
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

6-3
6-4
14-20
14-6
13-6
12-6

Words in

29-2
electric vehicle charging stations
electrical components
19-86
Type K, SK and KX
19-34
XB4
19-55
XB5
19-15
XB6
electrical data
12-8
I-Line II busway
electrical interlock kits
3-3, 3-10
safety switches
electrical ratings
22-16
pressure switches, 9012 and 9016
19-116
electronic alarms, XVS
electronic pressure switches
22-8– 22-9
XMLF
electronic timers
18-10
TeSys D
7-46– 7-47
electronic trip units, Micrologic
6-2
EMA (external modular assembly) SPDs
6-4
replacement modules
emergency lighting circuit breakers
5-24
emergency stop operation
25-8
cable pull switches
emergency stop operators
19-28
XB4
19-48
XB5
enclosed drives
26-5, 26-19
Altistart 22
26-5
Altivar 212
26-16
S-Flex (Altivar 212)
enclosed soft starts
26-19
Altistart 22
18-21– 18-23
enclosed starters, TeSys D
enclosure
5-18
8M, 12M, 24M, 36MS, 36M, 60M
enclosures
28-2
304L stainless steel
28-2
316L stainless steel
28-2
ATEX
7-56
circuit breaker
19-70– 19-72, 19-80– 19-82, 19-100– 19-104
control stations
16-96, 16-99
dimensions
28-4– 28-5, 28-7
floor-standing
16-94
flush mounting selection table
28-2
for explosive atmospheres
28-2
insulated
28-7
IP54
28-7
IP65
28-7
IP66
28-2
metal
16-94
NEMA 1 selection table
16-95
NEMA 12/3R outdoor applications
28-3
NEMA ratings
16-94
NEMA type 1 and flush mounting
16-93
NEMA type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12
16-95
NEMA types 1, 4, and oversize
28-7
open bottom
28-7
polyester
28-2, 28-4– 28-6
Spacial
28-2, 28-5
stainless steel
28-4– 28-6
steel
28-2, 28-7
Thalassa
28-3, 28-8
thermal management systems
14-10, 14-18
transformers
28-3
UL ratings
28-6– 28-7
wall-mounting
19-118
XAC
24-12
end clamps
4-15
Enercept Meter

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -5

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

energy efficient
1201–15,000 Volts
energy efficient transformers
energy meters
energy profiler online service
engineering service, PowerLogic
equipment grounding kits for safety switches
ethernet gateway, Wiser
ethernet TCP/IP products
Ethernet-Modbus/TCP networks
EV charging stations, EVlink
dimensions
indoor charging
outdoor charging
outdoor charging with RFID access
RFID accessories
EVlink electric vehicle charging solutions
export model
transformers
external brick assembly (EBA) SPDs
external modular assembly (EMA) SPDs
external modular L-L enhanced SPDs
external reset mechanisms
externally mounted surge protective devices (SPD)
extra capacity single phase starters
full voltage starters
EZ Meter-Pak
meter center dimensions
meter centers
meter centers and accessories
EZM main devices, meter centers

14-20
14-4
4-15
4-18
4-20– 4-21
3-11
29-8
27-7
4-19
29-5
29-3
29-4
29-4
29-4
29-1– 29-5
14-8
6-3
6-2
6-3
16-92
6-2
16-22
2-16
2-8
2-15
2-14

F
face plates
5-6
decorator
4-22
factory assembled enclosures, PowerLogic
factory assembled panelboards
9-31– 9-34
I-Line
9-38
modifications
9-16– 9-17
NF
9-11– 9-12
NQ
9-12
feed-through lugs
sub-feed lugs
9-12
9-19
NQ/NF single row (column width)
9-36– 9-37
QMB fusible
factory modifications
21-36
limit switches
22-18
machine tool pressure switches
factory modifications (forms)
16-100
full voltage contactors & starters
full voltage contactors & starters
16-102
and solid state overload relays
factory-installed accessories
7-39
PowerPact circuit breakers
7-12
QO and QOB miniature circuit breakers
17-2
features, merchandised units
feed-through lugs
9-12
NQ factory assembled panelboards
9-24– 9-25
F-frame circuit breakers
Fingersafe
19-85
contact blocks
covers
7-15, 14-8, 14-17, 19-93, 24-13
fittings
13-6
trench duct

i -6

Words in

float switches
22-1
22-28
accessories
22-28
renewal parts
floor-standing enclosures
28-4– 28-5, 28-7
19-124– 19-125
foot switches
5-14
four channel dimmer unit
fractional horsepower
16-4
manual starters
frequency control relays
23-36
Zelio RM35HZ
full voltage contactors
NEMA style
16-14
general information
NEMA style
16-14
3-pole polyphase
16-18
solid state overload relay protection, Motor Logic
full voltage contactors & starters and solid state overload relays
16-102
factory modifications (forms)
full voltage contactors and starters
16-100
factory modifications (forms)
NEMA style
16-23
application data for selection
16-24– 16-27
dimensions
full voltage reversing contactors and starters
16-44
NEMA style
16-48– 16-49
dimensions
16-46
solid state overload relay protection, Motor Logic
full voltage reversing vacuum contactors
16-50
NEMA style approximate dimensions
16-18– 16-19
full voltage starters
16-20– 16-21
2-Pole single phase
16-20– 16-21
4-Pole, 2-Phase
16-22
extra capacity single phase starters
16-18– 16-19
NEMA style
16-22
2-pole single phase
Types SB–SD with auxiliary load terminals
16-22
full voltage vacuum contactors
general information
16-28– 16-29
full voltage vacuum starters
16-30
16-115
fuse block, replacement parts kits
3-10
fuse kits safety switches, class R
fuse puller kits, safety switches
3-3
fuse selection tables
11-14
boric acid fuses, HVL
11-14
DIN/E HVL
fused HVL/cc
11-17
load interrupter switch
fuseholders
24-8
AB1FU and AB1SF/SV
24-19
application information
18-36
LS1
24-19
panel mounting
24-19
Type FB
Fuselogic
11-8, 11-11
3-15
fusible and non-fusible safety switches

G
G3 systems, Powerlink
gateway, DALI
Gen 3 products, lighting control systems
general duty
safety switches
general information
full voltage vacuum contactors

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

5-24
5-15
5-23
3-2
16-28– 16-29

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

13-2
14-2
23-2– 23-15
16-116
7-11
7-18
7-32
7-51
7-51
7-53
7-51
7-51
7-52
24-6

H
hangers
busway
Power-Zone busway
HCR-U
heavy duty
limit switches
heavy duty safety switches
H-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
H-frame, PowerPact
circuit breaker accessories
circuit breakers
molded case switches
termination options
switches
HID QO circuit breaker
high ampere QOU circuit breakers
high density meter enclosures
high magnetic withstand MC circuit breakers
HMI products
HMI—human machine interface
holders, legend
Homeline
HOM-AFI circuit breaker
HOM-EPD circuit breaker
HOM-GFI circuit breaker
HOM-HM circuit breaker
HOMT, quad tandem circuit breaker
surge protective devices (SPD)
Homeline load centers
convertable field-installable kits
indoor, main circuit breaker
indoor, main lugs
manufactured housing load centers
plug-on circuit breakers
rainproof main circuit breakers
rainproof, main lugs
horizontal ganged meter sockets
horsepower and voltage thermal unit selection
HP ratings of motors, MCP selection
Hubbellock receptacle safety switches
HVL medium voltage metal-enclosed
HVL metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear
HVL switches, Power-Dry,
Power-Cast transformer connections
HVL switchgear quick ship program

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

12-6, 12-17
12-17
11-18
21-32
3-4
9-26
7-40
7-23
7-34
7-23
7-34
7-11
7-14
4-11
7-37
27-3– 27-4
16-85
19-37, 19-58
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-14
1-14
6-8
1-16
1-15
1-15
1-10
1-14
1-16
1-16
2-3
16-120
7-29
3-9
11-11
11-11
11-12
11-11

Words in

HVL/cc
medium voltage metal-enclosed
metal-enclosed load interrupter switchgear
switchgear
switchgear quick ship program
hybrid VAR compensator (HVC)

11-8, 11-10
11-8
11-9
11-9
4-36

I
IEC
24-10
IEC style
23-30
Square D JCK timing relay
24-2– 24-9, 24-11– 24-12
terminal blocks
23-16– 23-18
TeSys Type D relay
23-19– 23-20
TeSys Type K relay
23-21
TeSys Type SK relay
23-21
TeSys Type SKE alternating relay
23-26
Zelio RE11 timer
23-26
Zelio RE48 timer
23-27– 23-28
Zelio RE7 timer
23-29
Zelio RE8 timer
23-29
Zelio RE9 timer
23-26
Zelio REXL timer
IEC style disconnect switches
8-10
accessories, LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible
8-11– 8-14
dimensions, LK4 Nonfusible and GS2 fusible
8-8– 8-9
LK4 nonfusible and GS2 fusible
24-10
IEC terminal blocks
I-Line
12-4, 12-13– 12-14
busway
12-9
plug-in units
12-13
PowerPact P-frame plug-in unit
12-14
PowerPact R-frame plug-in unit
12-4
standard components
I-Line
11-18
molded case circuit breakers
6-5
Surgelogic SPD units
I-Line distribution
11-17
11-4
I-Line distribution bus
11-5
I-Line distribution section
I-Line II
12-5
800 A–5000 A busway
12-6
800 A–5000 A pricing instructions
12-5, 12-6, 12-11
busway
12-8
electrical data
12-10
surge protective device plug-in units
I-Line panelboards
9-23
accessories
9-24– 9-25, 9-27– 9-30
circuit breakers
9-31– 9-34
factory assembled
9-21– 9-22
merchandised
9-20
pricing procedure
9-3– 9-4
series ratings
9-40
terminal data
12-7
I-Line to I-Line II adapter
illuminated beacons
19-107– 19-115
indicating banks
19-53
illuminated operators
19-16
16 mm push buttons
19-32– 19-33, 19-53– 19-54
22 mm push buttons
19-70– 19-72, 19-79– 19-82
30 mm push buttons
1-17
indoor dimensions
indoor EV charging stations, EVlink
29-3
2-8, 2-10, 2-12
indoor meter centers
1-6
indoor, 1Ø main circuit breaker, QO load centers
indoor, main lug, QO load centers
1-5
1-15
indoor, main lugs, Homeline load centers
14-14– 14-17
industrial control transformers

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -7

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

general purpose (NEMA Type 1)
wireway
general purpose dry type transformers
general purpose relays
general thermal unit selection
GFI, QO circuit breakers
GFP ground fault protectors, Multi 9
GJL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection
ground-fault protection
GC-200 ground-fault relay system
module enclosure selection
sensors
ground-fault relay system
GC-200
Vigirex
grounding blocks AB1TP

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

industrial energy efficiency
4-21
industrial format limit switches
21-24– 21-25
21-32
industrial limit switches
22-13
industrial pressure switches
Industrial Relays
23-16– 23-24
21-6
industrial snap switches
5-13
input units, C-Bus
inserts
19-38, 19-59
legend
18-23
Insta-Kits accessories for enclosed combination starter
7-7
insulated case circuit breakers selection information
insulation displacement blocks, AB1AA
24-10
integral horsepower
16-8– 16-9
manual starters
10-6
integrated equipment sample lineups
integrated power and control solutions
10-2
IPaCS equipment
10-3
Integrated Power Center
10-2– 10-3
IPC
10-3
layout
10-3
lead time
10-3
pricing
10-3
shipping
10-4
Submetering
Integrated Power Center 2
10-2, 10-4– 10-5
IPC2
10-4
layout
10-4
lead time
10-4
pricing
10-4
shipping
interface modules
23-42
ABR electromechanical
23-41
solid state
18-10
TeSys D
23-38
Zelio RM analog
interface relays
23-2
Zelio RSL
23-3
Zelio RSB
3-10
internal barrier kits for safety switches
international pressure switches, XML
22-10– 22-11
4-6
ION EEM enterprise energy management software
4-4
ION enterprise operations software, PowerLogic
ION enterprise software ordering information
4-4
4-7– 4-8
ION power and energy meter, PowerLogic
28-7
IP54 enclosures
28-7
IP65 enclosures
IP66 enclosures
28-7
IPaCS equipment
10-2
integrated power and control solutions
10-2– 10-3
IPC integrated power center
IPC2
10-2, 10-4– 10-5
Integrated Power Center 2
10-2
transformer combo
Iso-Gard
line isolation monitor (LIM)
15-4
isolated alarm contacts
16-113
melting alloy overload relays
isolated power panels medical products
15-2– 15-3

J
J-frame, PowerPact
automatic molded case switches
circuit breaker accessories
circuit breakers
molded case switches
switches
i -8

7-34
7-40
7-23
7-34
7-34
Words in

termination options
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers

7-23
9-26

K
K2 custom and K30–K150
power switching
key interlock systems for safety switches
keypads
C-Bus
Decorator, Saturn
DLT
Neo style
Saturn
K-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breakers

19-126– 19-128
3-12
5-4– 5-8
5-6
5-5– 5-6
5-4
5-5
9-27

L
LA mission critical circuit breakers
9-28
7-32
LAL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection
29-7
large load controls, Wiser
latching relays
23-22– 23-23
NEMA style Type X
legend plates
19-20, 19-22
16 mm push buttons
19-89– 19-90, 19-98
30 mm push buttons
19-11
compact pilot lights
19-120
pendant stations
legends
19-37, 19-58
holders
19-38, 19-59
inserts
level control relays
23-35
Zelio RM35L
lever arms
21-9, 21-34
limit switches
9-29
L-frame circuit breakers
L-frame, PowerPact
7-25
circuit breaker
7-40
circuit breaker accessories
7-34
switches
15-2
life safety, medical products
light curtain, 2-box
25-6
XUSLB
25-6
XUSLD
light curtains
25-6
5-12
light level sensor
16-59– 16-60
lighting contactors
16-61
combination
16-66– 16-69
dimensions
9-38
mechanically held ASCO Type 920
16-63– 16-65
modifications
16-59
multipole lighting
9-38
Square D brand PB
limit switches
21-4
application data
21-17
bodies
21-22
compact general duty
21-14
complete switches
21-17
connection components
21-17
contact assemblies
21-36
factory modifications
21-16
heads for miniature and compact bodies
21-26, 21-32– 21-33
heavy duty
21-32
industrial
21-24– 21-25
industrial format
21-6
industrial snap
21-9, 21-34
lever arms
21-16
levers for miniature and compact bodies
21-37– 21-40
mill and foundry
21-8– 21-11
miniature

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
modular
21-10– 21-13
21-37– 21-38
oiltight
21-8
selection
21-37– 21-40
severe duty
21-8
specifications
21-20– 21-21
standard, classic
21-6
without enclosures
21-12– 21-13
XCK
XCKJ
21-27
bodies and options
operating heads
21-28
21-29
operating heads, replacement parts, and levers
21-26
precision switches with direct acting contacts
XCKL
21-22
complete switches
21-20– 21-21
XCKL, XCKM
21-10– 21-11
XCMD
15-4
line isolation monitor
15-4
Iso-Gard
load break switch/sectionalizer
11-20
1-11
load centers value pack, QO and Homeline load centers
29-7
load control relays, Wiser
load interrupter switch
11-17
fused, HVL/cc
11-11
load interrupter switchgear
7-32
locked-rotor indicating codes
lock-on provisions for safety switches
3-12
4-31
low voltage standard automatic capacitor bank
low voltage switchgear
11-6
Power-Zone
low voltage transient free reactive compensation
4-32
capacitor banks
18-36
LS1 fuseholders
16-85
LTMCU compact display
LTME expansion module
16-85
16-85
LTMR controller
10-4
lug-lug tap box
lugs
3-3, 3-12– 3-13
safety switches
14-11
transformers

M
machine safety products
25-2
22-14, 22-18
machine tool pressure switches
Magelis
27-4
Compact iPC
27-4
Compact PC BOX
16-85
Display
27-4
Flex PC BOX
27-4
Smart BOX
27-4
Smart iPC
27-4
Smart+ iPC
27-3
STO/STU small panels
27-9
XBT GC HMI controller
27-3
XBT GH advanced panels
27-3
XBT GK advanced panels
27-3
XBT GT advanced panels
27-3
XBT GTW advanced panels
27-3
XBT N/R small panels
27-3
XBT RT small panels
Mag-Gard circuit breakers
7-31
16-35
Mag-Gard combo starter
16-105
magnetic coils
main circuit breaker kits, QO load centers
1-5
2-12
main devices, meter centers
7-32
MAL circuit breakers, single motor circuit protection

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Words in

manual and magnetic contactors and starters
auxiliary contacts
16-110
manual starters
16-4
16-9
accessories and modification kits
16-4
fractional horsepower
16-4
melting alloy type thermal overload relay
general purpose enclosure (flush mount)
16-6
dimensions
general purpose enclosure (surface mount)
16-6
dimensions
integral horsepower
16-8– 16-9
16-10
dimensions
open type
16-6
dimensions
16-9
reversing and two speed
watertight die cast zinc enclosure
16-6
dimensions
manual starters and switches
16-11
accessories and modifications
manual switches
general purpose enclosure (flush mount)
16-6
dimensions
general purpose enclosure (surface mount)
16-6
dimensions
16-5
non-reversing
16-6
open type dimensions
16-5
reversing
16-5
two speed
watertight die cast zinc enclosure
16-6
dimensions
1-10
manufactured housing load centers
24-11
markers, AB1 terminal blocks
master relays
23-22
NEMA style Type X
Masterclad
11-16
medium voltage Metalclad switchgear
Metalclad Arc Terminator
11-16
Metalclad Arc Resistant
MasterPact
7-49
NT circuit breaker
MasterPact
circuit breaker, switchboard/switchgear
11-6
7-49– 7-50
NT circuit breaker ratings
7-50
NT/NW circuit breakers
11-6
NW and NT circuit breakers
7-50
NW circuit breaker ratings
7-49– 7-50, 11-3, 11-6
NT circuit breaker
7-47, 7-50, 11-3, 11-6
NW circuit breaker
7-50
universal power circuit breakers
MCP selection
7-32
GJ-, LA-, and MA-frame
7-29
HP ratings of motors
mechanical alternators
22-26– 22-27
16-114
mechanical interlock accessories
15-1
medical products
15-2– 15-3
isolated power panels
15-2
life safety
medium voltage capacitors
4-33
medium voltage metal-enclosed
11-15
DVCAS
11-11
HVL
11-8, 11-10
HVL/cc
medium voltage motor controllers
11-19
Motorpact
medium voltage transformers
14-20
16-108
melting alloy overload relay jumper strap kits
melting alloy overload relays
16-113
isolated alarm contacts
merchandise configurations transformer combo
10-6

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -9

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

merchandised panelboards
9-21– 9-22
I-Line
9-13
NF
9-6– 9-9
NQ
9-18
NQ/NF single row (column width)
merchandised service selection
11-5
17-2
merchandised units Model 6 MCC
11-16
Metalclad switchgear
meter centers
2-15
accessories
2-16
branch device dimensions
2-11, 2-13
branch devices
2-11, 2-13– 2-14
branch devices, NEMA 3R construction
2-8
branch units
2-15
busway transition section
2-16
dimensions
2-8
EZ Meter-Pak
2-14
EZM main Busway tap
2-14
EZM main devices
2-8, 2-10, 2-12
indoor
2-14
indoor Busway mains
2-12
main devices
2-5
MP Meter-Pak
2-8, 2-10
NEMA 3R construction
2-8, 2-10, 2-12
rainproof
2-5
ring and ringless devices
2-9
selection information
2-6
tenant circuit breaker accessories
2-6
tenant circuit breakers
4-9
meter comparison chart
11-5
meter door selection
meter mains, test block bypass, EUSERC
2-3
meter sockets
2-3
accessories
2-4
dimensions
2-3
horizontal ganged
2-2
ring and ringless type, individual meter sockets
2-3
test block bypass sockets
4-7
metering
M-frame, PowerPact
7-26
circuit breaker
Micrologic electronic trip units
7-48– 7-49
accessories
7-48
adjustable rating plugs
7-46– 7-47
electronic trip units
7-47
long-time pickup settings
7-48
neutral current transformers
7-46– 7-47
options
7-48
rating plugs
7-47
special options
11-6
trip units
21-37– 21-40
mill and foundry limit switches
14-12
Mini Power-Zone transformers
miniature blocks
24-4
AB1VV and AB1TP
miniature circuit breakers
7-17
C60N
7-54
dimensions and shipping weights
7-17
Multi 9
7-10
QO
7-12, 7-14
QO and QOU
7-14
QOU
7-14
QOU low ampere
7-14
QOU-HM
7-2
selection information
21-8– 21-9
miniature limit switches
MiniBreak
11-7
compact height switches
MiniBreak compact height
11-7
switch enclosure

i -10

Words in

Model 6 MCC
blank doors
branch feeder units
catalog numbering system
combination starters
fusible switch disconnects
motor circuit protector disconnects
Compac 6
merchandised units
motor control centers
Modicon
LMC058 motion controller
M168 PLC
M238 PLC
M258 PLC
M340 PAC
Momentum distributed I/O and PLC
Premium PLC
Quantum PLC
STB
TM5 expansion module
TM7 I/O blocks
TSX Micro PLC
Zelio Logic controller
modifications
lighting contactors
modifications for factory assembled panelboards
modular panelboard system
MPS
molded case switches
PowerPact H-frame
PowerPact J-frame
PowerPact L-frame
Mono-Flat Front, riser panels
motor control centers
Model 6
structure features
unit features
Model 6 MCC
Surgelogic SPD units
motor controller
Altistart 22 (Enclosed)
motor controllers
duplex
motor disconnect switches
MD motor disconnect switches
Mini-Vario and Vario accessories
Mini-Vario and Vario assembled and
enclosed switches
Mini-Vario and Vario switches
Motor Logic and Motor Logic Plus
solid state overload relay accessories
motor operators, circuit breaker
motor protection selection tables
motor protective devices
motor protector circuit breakers
motor starters
PowerSuite software
TeSys U
TeSys U-Line power bases
Motorpact
medium voltage motor controllers
mounting bases
Multi 9
QO
mounting track
MP Meter-Pak
meter centers
meter centers dimensions
meter centers knockouts

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

17-6
17-6
17-6
17-3
17-4
17-3
17-5
17-2
17-2
27-9
27-8
27-8
27-8
27-2
27-5
27-2
27-2
27-5
27-5
27-5
27-2
27-10
16-63– 16-65
9-38
10-3
10-2– 10-3
9-27
9-27
9-27
1-11
17-1
17-2
17-2
17-2
6-5
26-19
16-78– 16-79
8-7
8-6
8-3– 8-4
8-5
16-111
7-40
7-33
7-29
7-31
18-31
18-28– 18-32
16-12
11-19
7-13
7-13
24-12
2-5
2-7
2-7

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

N
NEMA 3R construction, meter centers
NEMA 7 and 9 safety switches
NEMA enclosure ratings
NEMA Premium
NEMA style
combination starters
full voltage reversing contactors
full voltage starters
full voltage vacuum contactors
Square D Type X relays
terminal blocks
NEMA Type 1 and flush mounting
enclosures
NEMA Type 3R, 4, 4X, and 12
enclosures
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12 safety switches
NEMA Types 1, 4, and oversize
enclosures
Neo Decorator style cover plates
Neo style decorator keypads
network accessories, Powerlink
network bridge, C-Bus
network components, Web-enabled
network products and systems
neutral assemblies for safety switches
NF panelboards
20-inch-wide
factory assembled
circuit breakers
merchandised
accessories
circuit breakers
pricing procedure
series ratings
terminal data
Night-Master combination lighting contactors
NLP series transformers
non-automatic miniature switches
non-automatic miniature switches, QO, plug-on
non-linear loads
non-reversing manual switches
non-segregated bus
busway
NQ panelboards
14-inch-wide
20-inch-wide
accessories
factory assembled
branch circuit breakers

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

2-8, 2-10
3-7
28-3
14-3, 14-7
16-31
16-44
16-18
16-28
23-22– 23-24
24-13, 24-15
16-94
16-93
3-14
16-95
5-7
5-6
5-25
5-15
4-19
27-6– 27-7
3-11
9-13
9-16– 9-17
9-16
9-13
9-14
9-15
9-5
9-3
9-39
16-62
14-6
7-11
1-3
14-6
16-5
12-15
9-8
9-6– 9-7, 9-9
9-9
9-11– 9-12
9-11

Words in

feed-through lugs
merchandised
pricing procedure
QOB bolt-on circuit breakers
series ratings
sub-feed lugs
terminal data
NQ/NF panelboards
factory assembled single row (column width)
merchandised single row (column width)
NQOB application data
NQOD distribution bus
nurses’ station indicator

9-12
9-6– 9-9
9-5
9-10
9-2
9-12
9-39
9-19
9-18
9-18– 9-19
11-4
15-5

O
occupancy sensors
5-20– 5-22
5-21
auxiliary relay
5-21
ceiling mount
5-22
fixture mount
5-21
power pack
5-12
occupancy sensors, C-Bus
OEM solutions
27-8, 27-10
27-9
OEM systems
oiltight
21-37– 21-38
limit switches
oiltight (NEMA Type 12)
13-3
wireway
open drives
26-2
Altivar 12
26-3, 26-6
Altivar 212
26-2, 26-7– 26-8
Altivar 312
26-2
Altivar 32
26-3, 26-10– 26-11
Altivar 61
26-3, 26-12– 26-13
Altivar 71
22-23– 22-24
open tank float switches
22-26
9038A mechanical alternators
operating mechanisms
8-24
accessories, disconnect switches and circuit breakers
8-19– 8-20
door mounted for circuit breakers
8-23
flange mounted and variable depth for circuit breakers
8-21– 8-22
flexible cable for circuit breakers
8-2
selection
operators
19-120
accessories, XAC standard duty
common
19-9
Type K, SK
19-8
XB4 - XB5
19-48
emergency stop
19-75
heavy duty specialty
19-30
XB4 Specialty
19-50
XB5 specialty
options
26-18
Altistart 22
26-17
Altistart 48
26-14
Altivar 61
26-6
Altivar 212
26-11, 26-15
Altivar 61
26-14– 26-15
Altivar 71
26-8
Ativar 312
surge protective devices (SPDs)
6-3
EBA (external brick assembly)
6-2
EMA (external modular assembly)
6-3
external modular L-L enhanced
20-2
Osisense photoelectric sensors
20-5– 20-6
Osisense proximity sensors
Osisense RFID, radio frequency identification
20-7

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -11

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

MPS, modular panelboard system
10-2– 10-3
Multi 9
7-20
C60 accessories
7-19
C60N supplementary protectors
7-18
GFP ground fault protectors
7-17
miniature circuit breakers
7-13
mounting bases
7-13
mounting bases, UL489 C60, 240 Vac max.
7-18
NC100 miniature circuit breakers ground fault protectors
4-14
multi circuit energy meter
16-59
multipole lighting contactor
MV controllers
11-19

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

other blocks, AB1
other products
ABR electromechanical interface modules
ABS solid state interface modules
Phaseo ABL1
Phaseo ABL7
Phaseo ABL8
Zelio SR3 modular smart relays
Zelio Logic 2 smart relays
outdoor
outdoor EV charging stations, EVlink
overload relays
accessories, TeSys D
enclosed combination starters
jumper strap kits, melting alloy
TeSys D
TeSys F

24-9
23-42
23-41
23-37
23-37
23-37
23-40
23-39
1-9, 1-20
29-4
18-16
18-23
16-108
18-4
18-5

P
ALPHABETICAL LISTING

panel mounting fuseholders
24-19
panelboards
9-21– 9-22
I-Line merchandised
9-23
accessories
NF
9-13
20-inch-wide
9-13
merchandised
NQ
9-8
14-inch-wide
20-inch-wide
9-6– 9-7, 9-9
9-11– 9-12
factory assembled
9-12
factory assembled feed-through lugs
factory assembled sub-feed lugs
9-12
9-6– 9-9
merchandised
NQ/NF
9-19
factory assembled single row (column width)
9-18
merchandised single row (column width)
NQOB application data
9-18– 9-19
11-17
panelboards, I-Line distribution
5-16
PC Interface (PCI), C-Bus
pendant stations
19-117– 19-123
perimeter guard
25-6
XUSLP
P-frame, PowerPact
7-27
circuit breaker
7-40
circuit breaker accessories
7-34
automatic molded case switches
7-27
termination options
phase measurement relays
23-33
Zelio RM17T
Phaseo
23-37
ABL1 DC power supply
23-37
ABL7 DC power supply
23-37
ABL8 DC power supply
20-2
photoelectric sensors
20-2
Osisense
20-2
XUB tubular
20-4
XUM miniature, XUK and XUX compact
photovoltaic heavy duty disconnect switch, 1000 Vdc
3-22
29-9
photovoltaic inverters
19-10– 19-11
pilot lights
19-10
compact
19-83
corrosion resistant
19-74
Type K heavy duty
19-31
XB4
19-51
XB5
PL7 application software
27-2
19-63
plastic push buttons, XB5R

i -12

Words in

plug-in relays
Square D 8501KA, alternating
Square D JCK timing
Square D Type K
Square D Type R, minature
Square D Type R, miniature
Zelio RPM
Zelio RUM
Zelio RXM
plug-in units
accessories
busway
factory assembled units
field installed kit
locking devices
non-locking devices
polyester enclosures
power base, TeSys U
power distribution blocks application data
power meters energy meters
power meters, PowerLogic
power pole adders
contactors
starters
power relays
Square D Type C
power supplies
Phaseo ABL1
Phaseo ABL7
Phaseo ABL8
power switching
K2 custom and K30–K150
power system automation
Powerbus
busbar configurations
busway, 100 Ampere—600 Volt maximum
busway, 225 Ampere—240 Volt maximum
configuration code, busbar
plug-in units, accessories
plug-in units, factory assembled units
plug-in units, field installed kit
plug-in units, locking devices
plug-in units, non-locking devices
Powerlink
breakers
cables
control bus
controller
misc. hardware
power supply
remote source controller
Powerlink energy management
PowerLogic
circuit monitor
circuit monitors
E5600 socket meter
Enercept Meter
engineering services
Ethernet Gateways
factory assembled enclosures
high density meter enclosures
industrial energy efficiency
ION Enterprise software
ION power and energy meters
Multi circuit energy meter
power meter
powerview software
Remote Energy Management
scada software
system integration
Tenant metering software
total energy control

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

23-11
23-30
23-10
23-12
23-13
23-6– 23-7
23-8– 23-9
23-4– 23-5
12-3
12-3, 12-9
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
28-7
18-28– 18-29
24-18
4-7– 4-8
4-10
16-112
16-112
23-15
23-37
23-37
23-37
19-126– 19-128
4-21
12-2
12-2
12-2
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
12-3
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-24
5-27
4-2
4-11
11-1
4-13
4-15
4-20– 4-21
4-19
4-22
4-11
4-21
4-4
4-6– 4-7
4-14
4-10
4-5
4-4
4-5
4-21
4-13
4-21
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
PowerPact molded case switches
H-frame
9-27
J-frame
9-27
L-frame
9-27
PowerPact circuit breakers
7-39– 7-40
accessories
7-21
common catalog numbering system
7-43
compression lugs
9-24
D-frame mission critical
7-22– 7-23
H-frame
7-23
circuit breaker frame
7-29
motor circuit protectors
motor circuit protectors (MCP)
7-30
7-22
termination options
7-22
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
installation accessories
7-41
7-41
interlocking locks
7-22– 7-23
J-frame
7-23
circuit breaker frame
7-29
motor circuit protectors
7-30
motor circuit protectors (MCP)
termination options
7-22
7-22
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
7-25
L-frame
7-41
locks
7-42
mechanical lugs
7-26, 9-29
M-frame
11-17
molded case circuit breakers
7-27, 9-30
P-frame
7-44
phase barriers
7-45
plug-in and drawout mountings
7-43
power distribution connectors (PDC)
7-24, 9-25
Q-frame
7-24
Q-frame thermal-magnetic circuit breaker
7-41
rear connections
7-28, 9-30
R-frame
7-44
terminal nuts, terminal pads, terminal shields
7-38, 7-45
termination options
PowerPact H-frame plug-in units
12-12
busway
PowerPact J-frame plug-in units
12-11– 12-12
busway
7-34
PowerPact L-frame
PowerPact M-frame plug-in units
busway
12-12
Powerpact P circuit breakers
11-18
PowerPact P-frame plug-in unit
12-13
busway
12-13
I-Line busway
11-18
Powerpact R circuit breakers
PowerPact R-frame plug-in unit
12-14
busway
12-14
I-Line busway
7-34
PowerPact switches
Power-Style
11-3
commercial multi-metering switchboards
QED-2
11-2
switchboard
QED-6
11-3
commercial multi-metering
11-3
switchboard
11-19
Powersub Type FVR vacuum substation circuit breakers
18-31
PowerSuite software for motor starters
Power-Zone
11-6
low voltage switchgear
Model III
11-18
distribution section
11-17
package unit substations
11-17
unit substations

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Words in

Power-Zone busway
hangers
12-17
12-15
non-segregated bus
12-17
space heaters
12-17
supports
12-18
terminating accessories
12-17
thermostat
Premium 30
14-3
pressure sensors
22-4
XMLG electronic
22-6
XMLK electronic
22-1
pressure switches
22-21– 22-22
commercial
22-15
differential pressure
dimensions
22-17
9012G
XML international
22-12
22-9
XMLF
22-5
XMLG electronic
XMLK electronic
22-7
22-15
dual stage
22-13
industrial
22-14, 22-18
machine tool
22-22
Pumptrol
22-28
renewal parts
22-10– 22-11
XML international
22-8– 22-9
XMLF electronic
22-4
XMLG electronic
22-6
XMLK electronic
22-4
pressure transmitters, XMLG electronic
Preventa machine safety products
25-2
25-4
Preventa safety controllers
25-4
Preventa safety relays
prewired connection system
24-22
Advantys TeleFast 2
pricing
10-3
Integrated Power Center
pricing procedure
9-20
I-Line panelboards
9-5
NF panelboards
9-5
NQ panelboards
9-20
QMB panelboards
ProClima software
28-3
5-15
professional dimmer, C-Bus
27-2
programmable logic controllers
27-2
ProWORX application software
proximity sensors
20-5
20-9
accessories
20-8
XS basic series
20-5
XS plastic rectangular
20-6
XS plastic tubular
pump control relays
23-35
Zelio RM35BA10
pump panels
16-75– 16-76
Well-Guard
Pumptrol
22-20
compressor pressure switches
22-22
pressure switches
22-21
water pump pressure switches
19-12– 19-22
push buttons 16 mm
19-8, 19-23– 19-55, 19-57– 19-64
push buttons 22 mm
push buttons 30 mm
19-9, 19-67– 19-69, 19-73– 19-79,
19-83– 19-99
29-9
PV inverters

Q
QED-2

11-2

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -13

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

QED-6 rear-connected switchboards
11-3
QED-6 switchboards
11-3
QED-S Power-Style
11-2
switchboards
Q-frame
1-25
circuit breaker enclosures
1-17
QO and Homeline dimensions
Q-frame, PowerPact
7-24
circuit breaker
QMB
6-5
Surgelogic SPD units
QMB branch switches
9-40
terminal data
QMB fusible branch switches
9-35
QMB panelboards
9-36– 9-37
factory assembled, fusible
9-20
pricing procedure
QO
1-3
plug-on non-automatic miniature switches
6-8
surge protective devices (SPD)
QO and Homeline load center panelboards-style covers riser
1-11
panels
QO and Homeline load centers
1-12
accessories
indoor load centers
1-17
dimensions
1-17
knockouts
rainproof dimensions
1-18
1-18
rainproof knockouts
1-18
rainproof, bolt-on hubs
load centers value pack
1-11
1-11
riser panels
1-12
surge protection devices
1-12
voltage testers
1-4
QO and QOB miniture circuit breaker accessories
QO load centers
1-12
accessories
1-10
auxillary gutter
1-9
back up power solutions
1-6
convertable main lugs kits
1-6
indoor, 1Ø main circuit breaker
1-5
indoor, main lugs
1-5
main circuit breaker kits
1-8
main lugs, main circuit breaker
1-7
rainproof, main lugs, main circuit breaker
1-7
rainproof, metallic enclosure
1-7
rainproof, non-metallic enclosure
1-10
service upgrade panels
1-10
special applications
1-10
tap kit
QO miniature circuit breakers
miniature circuit breakers
7-10, 7-12, 7-14
7-12
accessories
arc fault
7-11
7-11
arc-fault circuit breaker
7-11
EPD
factory-installed accessories
7-12
7-11
GFI
7-11
HID
HM, high magnetic trip
7-11
7-11
K, key operated
7-13
mounting bases
non-automatic switches
7-11
7-10
plug-on
7-13
solid neutral assemblies
SWN
7-11
7-10
wire sizes
7-13
QO OEM mounting bases, UL Listed and CSA approved

i -14

Words in

QO plug-on
arc-fault circuit breaker
circuit breakers
EPD, overload, short circuit
class B ground fault protection circuit breaker
GFI, Qwik-Gard
class A ground fault protection circuit breaker
HID, high intensity discharge lighting circuit breaker
HM, high magnetic trip circuit breaker
K, key operated circuit breaker
SWN, switch neutral common trip circuit breaker
QOB bolt-on circuit breakers
for NQ panelboards
QOU miniature circuit breakers
accessories
plug-on
miniature circuit breakers
non-automatic switches
solid neutral assemblies
wire sizes
QOU-HM miniature circuit breakers
quick-connect terminals, QOUQ
Qwik-Gard
branch circuit breakers
ground fault circuit interrupter
Qwik-Open
QYU
supplementary protectors
UL1077 recognized
supplementary protectors

1-3
1-2
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
1-3
9-10
9-10
7-12, 7-14
7-15
7-10
7-14
7-14
7-13
7-10
7-14
7-15
9-11
9-10
1-2
7-14
7-14

R
radio frequency identification
20-7
Osisense RFID
2-8, 2-10, 2-12
rainproof meter centers
raintight (NEMA Type 3R)
13-3
wireway
raintight trough (NEMA Type 3R)
13-3
wireway
3-6
ratings, safety switches
ReactiVar
low voltage fixed capacitors
4-28, 4-29
3-9
receptacle, Crouse-Hinds Style 2 Hubbellock
3-9
receptacle switches, safety switches
29-7
receptacle Wiser smart plug
relay panels
5-28
relay sockets
23-14
snapmount
23-14
Square D Type N
relays
5-14
10 Amp
5-14
20 Amp
5-14
8-Channel Low Voltage
5-13
changeover
4-24
Sepam series digital protective
remote alarm indicator
15-4
5-11
remote controls, C-Bus
5-25
remote modem support, Powerlink
remote monitor option, surge protective devices (SPD)
6-2
5-24
remote source controller, Powerlink
renewal parts
22-28
pressure, vacuum, and float switches
replacement modules, surge protective devices (SPD)
6-4
6-4
EBA (external brick assembly) SPDs
6-4
EMA (external modular assembly) SPDs
6-4
L-L enhanced (L-L) SPDs
6-4
L-L enhanced MA (L-N, L-G) SPDs

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
replacement parts
19-40, 19-61
22 mm push buttons
19-103– 19-104
30 mm enclosures
19-76, 19-93
30 mm push buttons
19-10
lamps
19-117, 19-120
pendant stations
replacement parts kits
16-108
contact units for melting alloy type overload relays
16-107
contactors
16-115
fuse block
16-107
relays
16-108
starter accessories
16-107
starters
7-10
replacement tandem circuit breakers
29-1
residential solar power solutions
residential surge protective devices (SPD)
6-8
6-8
for QO, NQ, and Homeline loadcenters
6-8
whole house
reversing and two speed
16-9
manual starters
reversing combination starters
NEMA style
16-55
coil voltage codes
dimensions
16-57– 16-58
16-51
fusible disconnect switch type
16-53– 16-54
Mag-Gard circuit breaker
MCP circuit breaker
16-53
16-52
non-fusible and fusible disconnect switch type
16-55– 16-56
thermal magnetic circuit breaker
16-5
reversing manual switches
R-frame, PowerPact
7-34
automatic molded case switches
7-28
electronic trip circuit breaker
ring and ringless devices meter centers
2-5
2-2
ringless meter sockets
1-11
riser panels, QO load centers
rotary handles
7-40
rotating lights
19-107
XVR

S
safety at work
AS-i
safety controllers
XPSMC
safety interlock switches
XCS
safety interlock switches, non-contact
XCSDM
safety limit switches
XCS
XCSM
XCSP/XCSD
safety PLCs
XPSMF
safety relays
XPS
safety switches
accessories
Appleton Powertite receptacle
class H, R, J, L fuse provisions
class R fuse kits
cover viewing window
Crouse-Hinds Arktite receptacle
dimension
dimensions
double throw

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

25-3, 25-5
25-3– 25-4
25-7
25-7
25-8
25-8
25-8
25-8
25-3, 25-5
25-3– 25-4
25-8
3-3
3-9
3-5
3-10
3-12
3-9
3-3
3-13
3-15– 3-16

Words in

electrical interlock kits
3-3, 3-10
3-11
equipment grounding kits
3-3
fuse puller kits
3-15
fusible and non-fusible
3-2
general duty
3-4
heavy duty
3-7
316 grade stainless steel, NEMA 3, 3R, 4, 4X, 5, 12
applications
3-7
3-7
fiberglass reinforced polyester enclosures, NEMA 4X
3-9
Hubbellock receptacle
3-10
internal barrier kits
3-12
key interlock systems
3-7
Krydon enclosures, NEMA 4X
3-12
lock-on provisions
3-3, 3-13
lug data
3-12
lug kits
3-7
NEMA 7 and 9
3-14
NEMA Type 4, 4X, 5, 7, 9 and 12
3-11
neutral assemblies
3-6
ratings
3-9
receptacle switches
3-6
single throw non-fusible
sample lineups, integrated equipment
10-6
5-5
Saturn keypads
11-4
SB/SF switchboards
SCADA products
27-4
7-29
SCCR short circuit current rating
sealed
14-12
Mini Power-Zone transformers
14-8
transformers
selection
21-8
limit switches
selection information
7-7
insulated case circuit breakers
2-9
meter centers
7-2
miniature circuit breakers
7-4, 7-8
molded-case circuit breakers
selection tables
7-33
motor protection
4-25
Sepam series
selector switches
19-14, 19-17– 19-19
16 mm push buttons
22 mm push buttons 19-24, 19-29, 19-33, 19-43, 19-49, 19-54
19-70– 19-73, 19-80– 19-82, 19-95
30 mm push buttons
pendant stations
19-119
sensor plugs
7-48
sensors
7-51
ground-fault protection
20-2
photoelectric
20-5
proximity
20-11
ultrasonic
7-52
Vigirex ground-fault relays
Sepam series
4-24
digital protective relay
4-25
selection table
separate enclosures
16-93
series ratings
9-3– 9-4
I-Line panelboards
9-3
NF panelboards
9-2
NQ panelboards
Servicepak power outlet
panels
1-26
construction sites
recreational vehicle parks
1-26
severe duty
limit switches
21-37– 21-40
S-Flex Altivar 212
26-5, 26-16
shipping
10-3
Integrated Power Center
10-4
Integrated Power Center 2

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -15

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

short circuit current rating, SCCR
shunt trip circuit breakers
sine wave tracking module (SWT) for SPD
single and multi-door enclosures
door closing mechanisms
single row (column width) panelboards
single throw non-fusible safety switches
sirens, XVS
slow trip, thermal unit selection
smart relays
Zelio Logic 2
SMS ordering information
Socket meter, E5600, PowerLogic
soft starters, TeSys U
soft starts
Altistart 22
Altistart 22 (Enclosed)
Altistart 48
software
Concept
ConneXview
PL7
ProClima
ProWORX
SoMachine
Spacial.pro
Spacial.ref
Thalassa.ref
Unity Application Generator
Unity Pro
Vijeo Citect
Vijeo Designer
Vijeo Historian
C-Bus
solar inverters
solar ready CSED
solid neutral accessories
solid state relays
ZelioType SSR
solutions
Conext residential solar power inverters
electric vehicle charging
energy efficiency
EVlink EV charging
utilities
Wiser energy efficiency
SoMachine software suite
sound levels
space heaters
busway
Power-Zone busway
Spacial enclosures
accessories
Spacial.pro software
Spacial.ref software
SPD
OEM/assembler kits
replacement modules
special applications
QO load center
specifications
Conext grid tie solar inverters
limit switches
speed control relays
Zelio RM35S
Speed-D
SB/SF switchboards

i -16

7-29
9-38
6-2– 6-3
8-27
9-18– 9-19
3-6
19-116
16-116
23-39– 23-40
4-13
18-32
26-4, 26-18
26-19
26-4, 26-17
27-2
27-6
27-2
28-3
27-2
27-10
28-3
28-3
28-3
27-2
27-2
27-4
27-4
27-4
5-19
29-9– 29-10
1-24
16-113
23-25
29-1
29-1
29-6
29-1
4-17
29-1
27-10
14-3
12-17
12-17
28-2, 28-4– 28-6
28-4– 28-6
28-3
28-3
11-17
6-6
6-4
1-10
29-10
21-8
23-36

Speed-D switchboards
11-4– 11-5
splitter boxes, TeSys contactors
18-38
SPQ
10-4
cam-lock tap box
10-4
lug-lug tap box
24-2– 24-3
spring clip blocks, AB1RR
spring clip terminals, AB1RR
24-4
spring-charging motors
7-40
P-frame circuit breakers
Square D
23-11
8501KA alternating plug-in relay
23-30
JCK timing relay
23-15
Type C power relay
23-10
Type K plug-in relay
23-14
Type N sockets
23-12
Type R minature plug-in relay
23-13
Type R miniature plug-in relay
23-22– 23-24
Type X relays
stainless steel enclosures
28-5
28-2
304L
28-2
316L
10-4
standby power connection solutions
starter accessories
16-108
replacement parts kits
starters
16-109
accessories
18-34
accessories, GV
16-112
control circuit fuse holder
16-109
cover-mounted control units
18-33
GV manual starters and protectors
16-112
power pole adders
16-107
replacement parts kits
16-108
universal baseplate
28-4– 28-6
steel enclosures
5-26
sub-feed circuit breaker
5-26
cabinet data
sub-feed lugs
9-12
NQ factory assembled panelboards
4-13
submetering
10-4
submetering integrated power center
substation circuit breakers
11-19
22-23– 22-24
sump application float switches
7-14
supplementary protectors QYU
support, AC drives
26-20
supports
12-17
busway
12-17
Power-Zone busway
surge protection device plug-in units
12-10
busway
1-12, 11-17
surge protection devices
surge protective devices (SPD)
6-3
EBA (external brick assembly)
6-2
EMA (external modular assembly)
6-3
external modular, L-L enhanced
6-2
externally mounted
6-2, 6-7
flush mount kits
6-5
internally mounted, new construction and retrofit
6-2
remote monitor option
6-4
replacement modules
6-8
residential whole house
6-7
SDSA1175 nipple-mounted
6-6
SDSA3650 nipple-mounted
6-2
sine wave tracking module (SWT) for SPD
6-7
Surgelogic HWA SPDs
6-8
XR nipple-mounted
Surgelogic surge protective devices (SPD) 6-6, 9-12, 9-17, 9-34
11-7
switch enclosure, MiniBreak compact height

11-4

Words in

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
switchboards
11-1
11-2
Power-Style
11-2
QED-2
11-2
Power-Style
switches
7-34
19-124– 19-125
foot
21-6
industrial snap
7-34
PowerPact H-frame
7-34
PowerPact J-frame
11-1
switchgear
11-6
low voltage metal-enclosed drawout
medium voltage metal-enclosed
11-15
DVCAS
11-12– 11-14
HVL
HVL/cc
11-9
11-7
MiniBreak
11-15
wind farm applications
6-2
SWT (sine wave tracking) module for external SPDs
4-21
system integration, PowerLogic
system units and enclosures
5-17

T
tables 1–148, thermal unit selection
16-121– 16-138
tap box
10-4
cam-lock
10-4
lug-lug
tap kit, QO load centers
1-10
4-23
technical support
12-6
tee, busway
tees
13-6
trench duct
temperature control relays
23-36
Zelio RM35AT
temperature controllers
23-31
Zelio Type REG
tenant circuit breakers
2-6
meter center accessories
2-6
meter centers
tenant metering software (TMS)
4-13
terminal block kits
14-11
transformers
16-113
terminal block, tie point
terminal blocks
24-15
assemblies
24-2– 24-9, 24-11– 24-12
IEC style
24-13, 24-15
NEMA style
terminal data
9-40
I-Line panelboards
9-39
NF panelboards
9-39
NQ panelboards
9-40
QMB branch switches
termination options
7-23
H- and J-frame
7-27
P-frame
test block bypass sockets, meter sockets
2-3
TeSys relays
23-16– 23-18
Type D relay
23-19– 23-20
Type K relay
23-21
Type SK relay
23-21
Type SKE alternating relay
Tesys
7-29
D-line and F-line
TeSys AK5
18-39
panel busbar system

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Words in

TeSys D
18-8– 18-11, 18-14
accessories
18-8
auxiliary contacts
18-9
cabling accessories
18-9
coil suppressors
18-2, 18-4
contactors, non-reversing
18-2, 18-6, 18-14
contactors, reversing
18-10
control modules
18-40– 18-41, 18-44– 18-46, 18-48
dimensions
18-10
electronic timers
18-10
interface modules
TeSys F
18-8, 18-11– 18-12, 18-15
accessories
18-8
auxiliary contacts
18-3, 18-5
contactors, non-reversing
18-3, 18-7
contactors, reversing
18-42, 18-47
dimensions
18-16
overload relay accessories
TeSys GV manual starters and protectors
18-34– 18-37
accessories
18-52– 18-56
dimensions
TeSys K
18-27
contactors and accessories
18-49
dimensions
18-24
non-reversing mini-contactors
18-25
reversing mini-contactors
TeSys T
16-84
motor management system
16-86
configuration with PowerSuite
16-85
LTMCU compact display
16-85
LTME expansion module
LTMR controller
16-85
16-85
Magelis display
16-86
TeSys T and SMS, PowerLogic
motor management systems
16-85
HMI—human machine interface
TeSys U
dimensions
18-50– 18-51
18-28– 18-31
motor starters
18-32
soft starters
Thalassa enclosures
28-2, 28-7
28-7
accessories
28-3
Thalassa.ref software
thermal overload relays
NEMA style
16-89
bimetallic
16-90– 16-92
dimensions
melting alloy
16-82
16-83
solid state overload relay
16-116
thermal unit selection
16-119
calculation of rip current rating
16-116
general
16-120
horsepower and voltage
16-116
slow trip
16-121– 16-138
tables 1–148
16-120
thermal units, mounting
thermal-magnetic circuit breakers
7-22, 9-26
H-frame
7-22, 9-26
J-frame
9-27
K-frame
thermal-magnetic circuit protectors
24-17
thermostats
12-17
busway
12-17
Power-Zone busway
29-6
Wiser programmable communicating
24-7
three tier AB1DD, AB1ET
tie point terminal block
16-113

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

i -17

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

timers
Zelio JCK
Zelio RE11
Zelio RE48
Zelio RE7
Zelio RE8
Zelio RE9
Zelio REXL
timing relays
NEMA style Type X
touch screens, C-Bus
tower lights and beacons
training, AC drives
transformer combo
IPC2
merchandise configurations
transformer enclosures
transformers
1201–15,000 volts
single-phase indoor
three-phase indoor
accessories
brackets
buck and boost
copper wound
core and coil
disconnects
drive isolation
dry type
EE medium voltage, dry type
EE NL
enclosures
energy efficient, single-phase
export model
general purpose dry type
high harmonic loads
DIT
industrial control
lug
Mini Power-Zone
motor starting auto
NEMA Premium
NLP series
non-ventilated
open core and coil
Power-Cast
sealed
sealed, Mini Power-Zone
stainless steel enclosed
terminal block kits
Uni-Cast
Watchdog
transient suppression module accessories
Transparent Ready
Transparent Ready solutions
trench duct
accessories
components
crosses
elbows
fittings
tees
wire management
trip unit suitable for reverse connections
trip units
Micrologic
Twido Nano controller
two tier blocks
AB1ET
AB1ETN

i -18

23-30
23-26
23-26
23-27– 23-28
23-29
23-29
23-26
23-22– 23-23
5-7– 5-8
19-107– 19-116
26-20
10-2
10-6
14-9
14-1
14-20
14-20
14-10, 14-17
14-11
14-8
14-4
14-3
14-18
14-3
14-20
14-20
14-6
14-10, 14-18
14-5
14-8
14-2
14-3, 14-7
14-3
14-14– 14-17
14-11
14-12
14-3
14-3
14-6
14-9
14-9
11-12
14-8
14-12
14-9
14-11
11-12
14-4– 14-5
16-112
11-1
27-6
13-6
13-6
13-6
13-6
13-6
13-6
13-5
7-22
11-6
27-10
24-6
24-7

Words in

two-speed
manual switches
Type 1 surge protective devices (SPD)
Type EOX vacuum substation circuit breakers
Type FB fuseholders
Type FVR vacuum substation circuit breakers
Type K heavy duty pilot lights
Type K, SK
accessories
common operators, contact blocks
Type K, SK and KX electrical components
Type KX square multifunction operators
19-98– 19-99
Type VOX vacuum substation circuit breakers
Type W non-reversing vacuum starters

16-5
6-2
11-19
24-19
11-19
19-74
19-89– 19-90
19-9
19-86
19-94– 19-96,
11-19
16-30

U
UL enclosure ratings
UL Listed 500 Vdc circuit breakers
ultrasonic sensors
XUV and XXV
Uni-Cast
transformer connections
transformers
unit substation
distribution section
transformer section
Unity application generator software
Unity pro application software
universal baseplate starters
universal power circuit breakers, Masterpact
university, power management
utilities, solutions
utility relays
NEMA style Type X

28-3
7-35– 7-36
20-11
20-10
11-12
11-12
11-18
11-18
27-2
27-2
16-108
7-50
4-23
4-17
23-23

V
vacancy sensors
residential wall switch
vacuum circuit breaker
vacuum substation circuit breakers
Type EOX
Type FVR
Type VOX
vacuum switches
renewal parts
value packs
vamp 221
VAR compensator (HVC) hybrid
Vario assembled and enclosed switches
Vario manual motor control switches
Vigirex ground-fault relay system
Vijeo Citect software
Vijeo Designer configuration software
Vijeo Historian software
voltage measurement relays
Zelio RM17UAS
Zelio RM17UB
Zelio RM17UBE
Zelio RM35UA1
Zelio RM35UB

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

5-20
11-16
11-19
11-19
11-19
11-19
22-1, 22-19
22-28
1-11
4-26
4-36
8-3– 8-4
8-5
7-52
27-4
27-4
27-4
23-34
23-34
23-34
23-34
23-34

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing

W
wall duct
13-4– 13-5
accessories
13-4
Class 5250
13-4
components
13-4– 13-5
wire management
28-6– 28-7
wall-mounting enclosures
web-enabled
11-1
ethernet communication devices
4-19
web-enabled network components
4-19
WebPageGenerator
Well-Guard pump panels
16-75– 16-76
11-15
wind farm applications
wire management
13-5
trench duct
13-4– 13-5
wall duct
13-2
wireway
wireless, batteryless push buttons, XB4R
19-63
wireway
13-2
general purpose (NEMA Type 1)
13-3
oiltight (NEMA Type 12)
13-3
raintight (NEMA Type 3R)
13-3
raintight trough (NEMA Type 3R)
18-38
wiring, TeSys contactors
Wiser energy efficiency solutions
29-1, 29-6– 29-8
Wiser energy efficiency solutions
29-8
accessories
29-8
ethernet gateway
29-6
in-home display IHD
29-7
large load control
29-7
load control relays
29-6
programmable communicating thermostats (PCT)
29-7
smart plug

X
XAL 22 mm control stations
XB4
accessories
common operators, complete with contact blocks
complete devices
electrical components
illuminated operators
pilot lights
selector switches
specialty operators
XB4R
wireless, batteryless push buttons
XB5
accessories
common operators, complete with contact blocks
complete devices
components
electrical components
pilot lights
selector switches
specialty
operators
XB5 20 mm
components
XB5R
plastic push buttons
XB5S
biometric switches

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

19-100
19-39
19-8
19-23
19-34
19-32
19-31
19-29
19-30
19-63
19-60
19-8
19-42
19-63– 19-64
19-55
19-51
19-49

Words in

XB6
19-20
accessories
19-12
characteristics and complete devices
19-15
electrical components
19-16
illuminated operators
19-19
keyed selector switches
non-illuminated
19-17
operators
selector switches
19-18
21-12– 21-13
XCK limit switches
21-24– 21-25
XCKJ industrial format EN 50041
XCKJ precision switches with direct acting contacts
21-26
limit switches
XCKL
21-20– 21-21
exploded view
21-23
XCKL components
XCKM limit switches
21-20– 21-21
21-19
XCKS
21-10– 21-11
XCMD limit switches
XCS safety interlock switches
25-7
25-8
XCS safety limit switches
25-7
XCSDM non-contact safety interlock switches
XCSM safety limit switches
25-8
XCSP/XCSD
25-8
safety limit switches
22-10– 22-12
XML international pressure switches
XMLF electronic pressure switches
22-8– 22-9
22-4
XMLG electronic pressure transmitters and switches
22-6
XMLK electronic pressure transmitters
XPS safety relays
25-3– 25-4
25-3– 25-4
XPSMC safety controllers
25-3, 25-5
XPSMF safety PLCs
XS basic series proximity sensors
20-8
20-5
XS plastic rectangular proximity sensors
20-6
XS plastic tubular proximity sensors
XUB tubular photoelectric sensors
20-2
XUM miniature, XUK and XUX compact
20-4
photoelectric sensors
25-6
XUSLB 2-box light curtain
25-6
XUSLD 2-box light curtain
XUSLP perimeter guard
25-6
20-10
XUV and XXV ultrasonic sensors
19-110– 19-112
XVB 70 mm tower lights
XVC tower lights
19-108– 19-109
19-113
XVE tower light components
XVP 50 mm illuminated indicating banks
19-115
accessories
XVP tower light components
19-114
19-107
XVR rotating lights
XVS
19-116
electronic alarms
19-116
sirens
XY2 cable pull switches
25-8

19-50
19-66
19-63
19-65

Z
ZCKD01
ZCKD02
ZCKD31
ZCKD39
ZCKD41
ZCKD49

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

21-19
21-19
21-19
21-19
21-19
21-19

i -19

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alphabetical Listing
www.schneider-electric.us

ZCKD59
ZCKS
Zelio
Logic 2 smart relays
RE48 timer
RE7 timer
RE8 timer
RE9 timer
REG temperataure controller
REXL timer
RM analog interface module
RM17JC current measurement relay
RM17T phase measurement relay
RM17UAS voltage measurement relay
RM17UB voltage measurement relay

21-19
21-19
23-39– 23-40
23-26
23-27– 23-28
23-29
23-29
23-31
23-26
23-38
23-32
23-33
23-34
23-34

RM17UBE voltage measurement relay
RM35AT temperature control relay
RM35BA10 pump control relay
RM35HZ frequency control relay
RM35JA current measurement relay
RM35L level control relay
RM35S speed control relay
RM35UA1 voltage measurement relay
RM35UB voltage measurement relay
RPM plug-in relay
RSB interface relay
RSE11 timer
RSL slim interface relay
RUM plug-in relay
RXM miniature plug-in relay
SSR solid state relay

23-34
23-36
23-35
23-36
23-32
23-35
23-36
23-34
23-34
23-6– 23-7
23-3
23-26
23-2
23-8– 23-9
23-4– 23-5
23-25

ALPHABETICAL LISTING

i -20

Words in

Green Bold are trademarks of Schneider Electric

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
A100 thru A400L ............................................................... 1-22, 2-3
A5J ............................................................................................. 2-3
AA........................................................................................... 21-40
AAP ................................................................................... 1-22, 2-3
AB........................................................................................... 21-40
AB1AA135U2BL thru AB1AATP235U4 .................................. 24-10
AB1AB10M32 thru AB1AB8P35............................................. 24-12
AB1AC2.................................................................................... 24-4
AB1AC24 thru AB1ACN16BL................................................... 24-5
AB1B510 thru AB1B890 ......................................................... 24-11
AB1BB18535 thru AB1BC9535 ................................................ 24-9
AB1BV5 thru AB1BV8 ............................................................ 24-11
AB1CT1 thru AB1CT2 .............................................................. 24-9
AB1CT215 ................................................................................ 24-4
AB1D11435U ........................................................................... 24-9
AB1DDP235T thru AB1ET3235UTLP ...................................... 24-7
AB1ET435U thru AB1ET435UTP............................................. 24-6
AB1ETN335U thru AB1ETNTP435U ....................................... 24-7
AB1FC335U thru AB1FF235U ................................................. 24-9
AB1FU10135U thru AB1FUSE435U6XM................................. 24-8
AB1FV135U ............................................................................. 24-9
AB1G() ................................................................................... 23-20
AB1GA thru AB1GZ ............................................................... 24-11
AB1PC15................................................................................ 24-12
AB1PS4 ...........................................................................24-8, 24-9
AB1R().................................................................................... 23-20
AB1R0 thru AB1R13 .............................................................. 24-11
AB1RRN1035U2BL thru AB1RRNAC642GR........................... 24-3
AB1RRNSF435UGR thru AB1RRNTPAC642 .......................... 24-4
AB1RT thru AB1SA3 .............................................................. 24-11
AB1SC435U thru AB1SC435U2PT .......................................... 24-9
AB1SF435U ............................................................................. 24-8
AB1SF520 thru AB1SF520M ..........................................24-4, 24-8
AB1SR6.................................................................................. 24-11
AB1SV1 thru AB1SV2 .....................................................24-4, 24-8
AB1TC01 thru AB1TC3 ............................................................ 24-9
AB1TE ...................................................................................... 24-6
AB1TEN3 thru AB1TEN4 ......................................................... 24-7
AB1TF ...................................................................................... 24-8
AB1TP1035U thru AB1TP635U ......................................24-4, 24-6
AB1VV215 thru AB1VVN7035UBL .................................24-4, 24-5
ABL1REM12050 thru ABL1RPM24100.................................. 23-37
ABL7RM24025 thru ABL7RP4803 ......................................... 23-37
ABL8MEM05040 thru ABL8WPS24400 ................................. 23-37
ABR1E101M thru ABR2SB312B ............................................ 23-42
ABS2EA02EF thru ABS2SC02EB.......................................... 23-41
ACF13EC thru ACF88WF ........................................................ 12-5
ACP ................................................................................... 1-22, 2-3
ACP1034CD thru ACP6034BC .................................................. 3-9
ACP2EC thru ACP4WF ............................................................ 12-4
ACPA thru ACPLA...................................................................... 2-3
AF2308G10ST thru AF2540GLFM22....................................... 12-5
AH thru AK ............................................................................. 21-40
AK5JB1410 thru AK5PE27..................................................... 18-39
AL0306F ................................................................................... 8-16
AL100FA .................................................................................. 9-23
AL100FD .................................................................................. 9-15
AL10F....................................................................................... 8-16
AL1200P24K thru AL1200R53K......................................7-42, 9-23
AL150HD .................................................................................. 7-42
AL1650 thru AL16501 ............................................................ 21-40
AL175JD................................................................................... 7-42
AL1802 ................................................................................... 21-40
AL20DTF .................................................................................. 3-12
AL2500RK ................................................................................ 7-42
AL250JD................................................................................... 7-42
AL2820 ................................................................................... 21-40
AL30FD .................................................................................... 9-15
AL400L61K3 thru AL400L61K4................................................ 7-42
AL400LA................................................................................... 9-23
AL600LF52K3 thru AL800P7K4 ............................................... 7-42
AL800SN .................................................................................. 7-58
AL900MA.................................................................................. 9-23
AM .......................................................................................... 21-40
AM1DE200 ..................................................................23-20, 24-12
AM1DL201 ............................................................................. 18-39
AM1DP200 ..................................................................23-20, 24-12
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

AM1ED200............................................................................. 24-12
AO .......................................................................................... 21-40
AP2308G10ST thru AP2540G10ST......................................... 12-5
AP30210 thru AP506LT()......................................................... 12-4
APJ3485 thru APJ10487............................................................ 3-9
APP2D1 thru APP2R4H4....................................................... 18-38
AR .......................................................................................... 21-40
AR1MA01 thru AR1MC019 .................................................... 24-21
AR1SB2 thru AR1SB3 ........................................................... 24-11
AR1SC01 thru AR1SC03 ....................................................... 24-21
ARP00026................................................................ 1-22, 2-3, 2-15
ARP00118 thru ARP00427 ........................................................ 2-3
ASILUFC51 ............................................................................ 18-31
AT1HB2.................................................................................. 24-21
AT1PA1 thru AT1PA7 ............................................................ 24-21
ATS22C11S6S6U thru ATS22D88S6S6U ............................. 26-18
ATS48C11Y thru ATS48M12Y............................................... 26-17
ATSU01N206LT thru ATSU01N232LT .................................. 18-32
ATV212H075M3X thru ATV212WU75N4 ................................ 26-6
ATV312H018M2 thru ATV31CU75N4...................................... 26-7
ATV61H075M3 thru ATV61HU75Y............................. 26-10, 26-11
ATV71H037M3 thru ATV71HU75Y............................. 26-12, 26-13
ATVPOT25K ........................................................ 26-6, 26-8, 26-14
AZ5DE005 thru AZ5DE025.................................................... 24-20
B075 thru B400 ...................................................... 1-18, 3-10, 3-18
BCAP ..................................................................... 1-22, 3-10, 3-18
BCH thru BCHB ....................................................................... 7-15
BCPMA042D thru BCPMSCCT2 ............................................. 4-16
BH20512 thru BH2096 ................................................ 21-27, 21-40
BMK2Q400............................................................................... 1-22
C125RB thru C4L200S ............................................................ 1-19
CA2KN22 thru CA2KN407 ..................................................... 23-19
CA2SK11 thru CA2SKE20 ..................................................... 23-21
CA3KN22 thru CA3KN407 ..................................................... 23-19
CA3SK11 thru CA3SK20 ....................................................... 23-21
CA4KN22 thru CA4KN407 ..................................................... 23-19
CAB4 thru CAB30 .................................................................... 4-11
CAD32 thru CAD506.............................................................. 23-16
CF2308G10ST thru CF2550GLFM21 ...................................... 12-5
CL0306F ................................................................ 3-12, 3-14, 8-16
CL10F thru CL60F ................................................. 3-12, 3-14, 8-16
CM200S ................................................................................... 1-19
CM4000T ................................................................................. 4-11
CM4250.................................................................................... 4-11
CMB363 thru CMB381 ................................................ 14-10, 14-11
CMDLC thru CMDVF ............................................................... 4-11
CMELK4................................................................................... 1-22
CP2308G10ST thru CP2550G10ST ........................................ 12-5
CP30210 thru CP506LT() ........................................................ 12-4
CT1000SC thru CTFCL500058................................................ 4-35
CU100FD ................................................................................. 9-15
CU1200P24K thru CU1200R53K............................................. 7-42
CU12L400CB thru CU12L400FN............................................. 1-21
CU150HD thru CU800M23K4 .................................................. 7-42
CU816D400CB thru CU816D400CN ....................................... 1-21
CUM400CB .............................................................................. 1-21
CVM42 thru CVMT................................................................... 4-11
CYA060HD thru CYA800P7..................................................... 7-43
D211N thru D326NTR......................................................... 3-2, 3-3
DA1TT090 thru DA1TT170 .................................................... 16-86
DASKGS100 thru DASKP600................................................ 14-11
DE9RA1012 ........................................................................... 21-23
DFCC1 thru DFCC3V............................................................... 24-8
DJA32150W thru DJA32600W................................................. 9-24
DJL32150W thru DJL32600W ................................................. 7-38
DL1BDB1 thru DL1BLM .......................................... 19-112, 19-115
DL1CB006 thru DL1CF220 ............................ 19-40, 19-61, 19-120
DL1CJ0241 thru DL1CJ0246 ............................................... 19-120
DL1CJUS0063 thru DL1CJUS1205 ..................................... 19-120
DL1EDGS ............................................................................ 19-113
DR2SC0039 thru DR2SC4700............................................... 18-20
DR5TE4S thru DR5TF4V....................................................... 18-18
DRK30 thru DRK600.................................................................. 3-2
DS200EK2D thru DT600NKD ................................ 3-16, 3-18, 3-20
DTU222 thru DTU663AWK ............................................. 3-16, 3-21
DU221RB thru DU324RB.................................................... 3-2, 3-3
DU321 thru DU326.............................................................. 3-2, 3-3
i-21

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

DX1AP25 thru DX1AP26........................................................ 18-16
DZ2FF1 thru DZ2FX6............................................................. 18-12
DZ5CA002 thru DZ5CE063.................................................... 24-20
DZ5MB201 ............................................................................. 24-12
E5600020SQD thru E5600450SQD......................................... 4-13
ECB14015G3 thru ECB34020G3............................................. 5-24
ECC21...................................................................................... 4-11
ECT075050SC thru ECT300800SC......................................... 4-14
EDB14015 thru EDB34125 ...................................................... 9-15
EDB14015EPD thru EDB14050EPD........................................ 9-15
EDPA thru EDPAF ................................................................... 9-14
EE1000T151HCT thru EE1000T79H ....................................... 14-4
EE100S3534H thru EE750T79H..................................... 14-4, 14-6
EE15S3534H thru EE75T6H........................................... 14-4, 14-6
EER20100 thru EER57200 ............................................. 29-6, 29-8
EGB14015 thru EGB34125 ...................................................... 9-15
EGB14015EPD thru EGB14050EPD ....................................... 9-15
EGB2HT thru EGB3HT ............................................................ 9-15
EIK031 thru EIK032........................................................... 3-3, 3-10
EIK1 thru EIK2................................................................... 3-3, 3-10
EIK40601 thru EIK40602.......................................................... 3-10
EJB14015 thru EJB34125 ........................................................ 9-15
EJB14015EPD thru EJB14050EPD ......................................... 9-15
EK400DTU2 ............................................................................. 3-18
ELM150HD thru ELM250JD..................................................... 7-53
EMB1010 thru EMB3164.......................................................... 4-15
EMBK3 thru EMCB................................................................... 4-15
EMCT010 thru EMCT164......................................................... 4-15
EME1010 thru EME3164.......................................................... 4-15
EMFP1 thru EMFP3 ................................................................. 4-15
EMT1225CB thru EMT3225CB .................................................. 2-3
EP112T3HFISCUNP thru EP75T3HNISCUNP ........................ 14-7
EV230PDR thru EV230WSRR ................................................. 29-4
EV2430WS............................................................................... 29-3
EVRFIDHP thru EVRFIDKF10 ................................................. 29-4
EZM11000CB thru EZM11200TBU.......................................... 2-10
EZM112225 thru EZM115225CU............................................. 2-11
EZM11600GCBC thru EZM11600TB ....................................... 2-10
EZM116125 thru EZM116125CUX .......................................... 2-11
EZM12000CB thru EZM1225TB .............................................. 2-10
EZM125QOA..................................................................... 2-6, 2-15
EZM1400CB thru EZM1600FSU.............................................. 2-10
EZM1600FTLK3 ....................................................................... 2-15
EZM1600TB thru EZM1800TBU .............................................. 2-10
EZM1CORNER thru EZM1TRANR .......................................... 2-15
EZM31000CB thru EZM31200TBU.......................................... 2-12
EZM31000CBNBBTL thru EZM31200JBNFBTR ..................... 2-14
EZM312225 thru EZM315225CU............................................. 2-13
EZM31600GCBC thru EZM31600TB ....................................... 2-12
EZM316125 thru EZM316125CUX .......................................... 2-13
EZM32000CB thru EZM3400CB .............................................. 2-12
EZM3400CBNBBTL thru EZM3800FSNFBTR......................... 2-14
EZM3400CBU thru EZM3800TBU ........................................... 2-12
EZM3BUSLB thru EZM600FTLK3 ........................................... 2-15
EZM72MC ..................................................................... 2-15, 26-16
EZMH112225 thru EZMH116125CUX ..................................... 2-11
EZMH312225 thru EZMH316125CUX ..................................... 2-13
EZMK111400 thru EZMK112400 ............................................. 2-11
EZMK311400 thru EZMK332400 ............................................. 2-14
EZML111225 thru EZML114225D ........................................... 2-11
EZML311400 thru EZML334225D .................................. 2-13, 2-14
EZMPCP .................................................................................. 2-15
EZMR112225 thru EZMR116125CUX ..................................... 2-11
EZMR312225 thru EZMR334225CU........................................ 2-13
EZMSK2 ................................................................................... 2-15
EZMT111225 thru EZMT113225.............................................. 2-11
EZMT311225 thru EZMT333225.............................................. 2-13
FA100A thru FA100S ...................................................... 7-56, 7-58
FA14035() thru FA24100() ....................................................... 9-24
FA26015() thru FA26100() ....................................................... 9-25
FA32015 thru FA34100 ............................................................ 9-24
FA36015 thru FA36100 ............................................................ 9-25
FH16015() thru FH26100()....................................................... 9-25
FH36015 thru FH36100............................................................ 9-25
FI1IMA12C() thru FI1IMA24C() .................................................. 6-5
FI26100().................................................................................. 9-25
FI2IMA12C() thru FI2IMA24C() .................................................. 6-5
i-22

FI36020 thru FI36100 .............................................................. 9-25
FI3IMA12C() thru FI9IMA18C().................................................. 6-5
FJA14015() thru FJA14070() ................................................... 9-24
FK400 ...................................................................................... 1-22
FPK03 thru FPK0610........................................................ 3-3, 3-10
FY14015() thru FY14030()....................................................... 9-24
G1414 thru G19103 ................................................................. 13-6
GB2CB05 thru GB2CD20 ...................................................... 24-17
GC200C thru GC2DSP ............................................................ 7-51
GFI2PA ............................................................................. 1-4, 7-12
GFM150HD thru GFM25CT..................................................... 7-53
GK2AF01 ............................................................................... 18-37
GS1AD10................................................................................... 8-9
GS1AU203 thru GS1AU803 ...................................................... 8-9
GS1AW306 thru GS1AW903................................................... 8-10
GS1DDU3 thru GS1DU3 .................................................. 8-9, 8-10
GS2AE2 thru GS2AE81...................................................... 8-8, 8-9
GS2AH110 thru GS2AH120F .................................................... 8-9
GS2AH130 thru GS2AP73.................................................. 8-8, 8-9
GS2GU3N thru GS2TU3................................................... 8-9, 8-10
GT1218 thru GT930................................................................. 7-51
GTK03 thru GTK0610C .................................................... 3-3, 3-11
GV1F03 thru GV1L3 .............................................................. 18-37
GV2AF01 thru GV2APN04 .................................................... 18-37
GV2E01 ................................................................................. 18-37
GV2G05 ................................................................................. 18-37
GV2G245 thru GV2G554............................................ 18-31, 18-37
GV2GH7 ................................................................................ 18-37
GV2K011 thru GV2K04.......................................................... 18-37
GV2MC01 thru GV2MC02 ..................................................... 18-37
GV2ME01 thru GV2ME32...................................................... 18-33
GV2MP01 thru GV2MP04...................................................... 18-37
GV2P01 thru GV2P32............................................................ 18-33
GV2SN13 thru GV2SN37 ...................................................... 18-37
GV2V01 ................................................................................. 18-37
GV2V03 ................................................................................. 18-34
GV3APN01 thru GV3APN04.................................................. 18-34
GV3G264 thru GV3G66......................................................... 18-34
GV3P13 thru GV3P65............................................................ 18-33
GV7AB11 ............................................................................... 18-35
GV7AC01 thru GV7AC07 ...................................................... 18-35
GV7AD111 thru GV7AD112 .................................................. 18-35
GV7AE11 ............................................................................... 18-35
GV7AP01 thru GV7AP05....................................................... 18-35
GV7AS055 thru GV7AU525................................................... 18-35
GV7RE20 thru GV7RE150 .................................................... 18-33
GV7RS20 thru GV7RS150 .................................................... 18-33
GV7V01 ................................................................................. 18-35
GVA()025 thru GVA()505....................................................... 18-34
GVAD0101 thru GVAD1010 .................................................. 18-34
GVAE1 thru GVAN20............................................................. 18-34
GVAPB54............................................................................... 18-35
GVAPH02 .............................................................................. 18-37
GVAPH03 .............................................................................. 18-34
GVAPK11............................................................................... 18-37
GVAPK12............................................................................... 18-34
GVAPR54 thru GVAPR65...................................................... 18-35
H()A26015 thru H()A36150 ...................................................... 9-26
H()A36060U31X thru H()A36150U54X .................................... 9-26
H()L26015(C) thru H()L36150(C)............................................. 7-22
H()L36030M38X thru H()L36100M38X .................................... 7-32
H()L36060(C)U31X thru H()L36150(C)U54X........................... 7-23
H050 thru H100CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18
H100XFA .......................................................................... 3-7, 3-14
H100XFA1212 ........................................................................... 3-7
H1200SNE4 ............................................................................. 3-11
H125 thru H125CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18
H12LKE2.................................................................................. 3-12
H150 thru H200CP.......................................................... 3-10, 3-18
H2212AWK thru H2212AWK ............................................ 3-4, 3-14
H221A thru H224NRB.............................................. 3-4, 3-13, 3-14
H225 thru H225R ....................................................................... 3-4
H225XJG .......................................................................... 3-7, 3-14
H225XJGAA............................................................................... 3-7
H226 thru H228R ....................................................................... 3-4
H250 ............................................................................... 3-10, 3-18
H265 thru H268................................................................. 3-5, 3-13
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
H265AWK thru H268AWK.......................................................... 3-5
H265DS thru H266DS ................................................................ 3-5
H265R thru H268R ............................................................ 3-5, 3-13
H300................................................................................3-10, 3-18
H321A thru H324NRB ..............................................3-4, 3-13, 3-14
H325 thru H328R ....................................................................... 3-4
H350................................................................................3-10, 3-18
H361 thru H368 .......................................................................... 3-5
H3612 thru H3612RB ................................................................. 3-5
H361A thru H364A ............................................................ 3-5, 3-14
H361AWA thru H363AWC ................................................ 3-9, 3-14
H361AWK thru H368AWK................................................. 3-5, 3-14
H361DF thru H364DF ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14
H361DS thru H366DS ....................................................... 3-5, 3-14
H361DSWA thru H363DSWC ........................................... 3-9, 3-14
H361DX thru H363DX ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14
H361N thru H368N ..................................................................... 3-5
H361NRB thru H364NRB ........................................................... 3-5
H361RB thru H364RB ................................................................ 3-5
H361SS thru H366SS ....................................................... 3-7, 3-14
H361WA thru H363WC .....................................................3-9, 3-13
H364NA...................................................................................... 3-5
H364NAWK thru H368NAWK .................................................... 3-5
H364NDS thru H366NDS ........................................................... 3-5
H365NR thru H368NR................................................................ 3-5
H365R thru H368R ..................................................................... 3-5
H400................................................................................3-10, 3-18
H461 thru H466 ................................................................. 3-5, 3-13
H461AWK thru H664AWK................................................. 3-5, 3-14
H461DS thru H664DS ....................................................... 3-5, 3-14
H600SN thru H600SNC ........................................................... 3-11
H60XFA............................................................................. 3-7, 3-14
H60XFA1212 .............................................................................. 3-7
H800SNE4 ............................................................................... 3-11
H82254 thru H82455 ..............................................3-16, 3-17, 3-21
H8LKE2 .................................................................................... 3-12
HC2609DEXF thru HC2609EXS .............................................. 9-23
HC2652B thru HC2692B .......................................................... 9-21
HC2652WP thru HC2886WP ................................................... 9-21
HC2SN ..................................................................................... 9-23
HC3209EXF thru HC3209EXS................................................. 9-23
HC3248B thru HC3291B .......................................................... 9-21
HC3248WP thru HC3291WP ................................................... 9-21
HC4212DEXF thru HC4412DEXS ........................................... 9-23
HC4250DB thru HC4486DB ..................................................... 9-22
HC4250WP thru HC4486WP ................................................... 9-23
HC4SNHCW4SN thru HC8SNHCW8SN.................................. 9-23
HCM14482N thru HCM36918MP ............................................. 9-21
HCM400VCA thru HCN600VCA .............................................. 9-23
HCM41914M thru HCN92T()D ................................................. 9-21
HCP145012N thru HCP50868 ................................................. 9-22
HCP54868SU ........................................................................... 9-21
HCPSU8SN thru HCPSU8SNCT ............................................. 9-23
HCR12SNCT ............................................................................ 9-23
HCR548612U ........................................................................... 9-22
HCR86T() thru HCW86T()D ............................................9-22, 9-23
HCWM12SN ............................................................................. 9-23
HD100S.................................................................................... 7-56
HDA261501 thru HDA361506 .................................................. 9-27
HDMCT050S1 thru HDMCT400S1 .......................................... 4-14
HDMCVRPLT ........................................................................... 4-14
HDMPMHKIT27........................................................................ 4-14
HEPD80 thru HEPD80RK .......................................................... 6-8
HF13E thru HF88SH ................................................................ 12-5
HFV .......................................................................................... 12-5
HGL36030M38X thru HGL36150M38X.................................... 7-31
HGL36100 .................................................................................. 9-5
HJL36030M71 thru HJL36150M74 .......................................... 7-29
HJLPR ...................................................................................... 7-48
HL1IMA12C() thru HL4IMA24C() ............................................... 6-5
HLA26000S15 thru HLA36000S15 .......................................... 9-27
HLL26000S15 thru HLL36000S15 ........................................... 7-34
HLL36030M38X thru HLL36150M38X ..................................... 7-31
HLL36030M71 thru HLL36150M74 .......................................... 7-29
HLN1BL thru HLN4EBL............................................................ 9-23
HLO1 ..........................................................................1-4, 7-12, 9-8
HLW1BL thru HLW4EBL .......................................................... 9-23
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

HM112T208HNCUEP thru HM75T259HNCUEP ..................... 14-7
HM112T208NCU thru HM75T259NCU.................................... 14-6
HNM1BL thru HNM4BL............................................................ 9-23
HOM115 thru HOM290 ................................................... 1-14, 1-22
HOM115CAFI thru HOM120CAFI............................................ 1-14
HOM115EPD thru HOM250EPD ............................................. 1-14
HOM115GFI thru HOM250GFI ................................................ 1-14
HOM115HM thru HOM120HM ................................................. 1-14
HOM1224L125RB thru HOM24M125RB ................................. 1-16
HOM1224L125TC thru HOM24M125C.................................... 1-15
HOM1HT .................................................................................. 1-14
HOM1PA .................................................................................. 1-14
HOM1RK.................................................................................. 1-13
HOM2100 thru HOM2125 ............................................... 1-14, 1-22
HOM2150BB thru HOM2200BB...................................... 1-14, 1-22
HOM2175SB ..................................................................... 1-12, 6-8
HOM24L125TC thru HOM24M125C........................................ 1-15
HOM24L70RB thru HOM24M125RB ....................................... 1-16
HOM2HBD ............................................................................... 1-14
HOM2PAHA thru HOM2PAVHA .............................................. 1-14
HOM3040L200RB thru HOM48L125GRB ............................... 1-16
HOM3040L200TC thru HOM48L125GC .................................. 1-15
HOM4RK2HA thru HOM4RK2LA............................................. 1-13
HOM5RK.................................................................................. 1-13
HOM612L100RB...................................................................... 1-16
HOM816L125C thru HOM816M100TC.................................... 1-15
HOM816L125RB thru HOM816U200FTRB ............................. 1-16
HOMCGK2 thru HOMCRBGK1................................................ 1-13
HOME250SPA ......................................................................... 1-25
HOMFP ........................................................................... 1-13, 1-22
HOML2125 thru HOML2225 .................................................... 1-14
HOMQPA ................................................................................. 1-14
HOMRBGK2............................................................................. 1-13
HOMT1515 thru HOMT3020.................................................... 1-14
HOMT1515215 thru HOMT2020250........................................ 1-14
HOMVP1 thru HOMVP9........................................................... 1-11
HOMVP12 thru HOMVP16....................................................... 1-11
HOMVPL1 thru HOMVPL2....................................................... 1-11
HOMVPRB1 ............................................................................. 1-11
HP2F thru HP5SH.................................................................... 12-4
HPAFD thru HPAFD........................................................ 5-24, 9-15
HQO206AB thru HQO206BC................................................... 9-24
HQO306 ................................................................................... 9-24
HRA36000S15 ......................................................................... 9-27
HRK1020.................................................................. 3-2, 9-35, 12-9
HRK30...................................................................................... 9-35
HRK4060.................................................................................. 3-10
HRL36000S15.......................................................................... 7-34
HRL36030M38X thru HRL36150M38X.................................... 7-31
HU265 thru HU466............................................................ 3-6, 3-14
HU661AWK thru HU664DS .............................................. 3-6, 3-14
HVDSA3 thru HVDSA15 ........................................................ 11-13
HVL305BG thru HVL317BW .................................................. 11-11
HVL405BGL thru HVL415DEWR2H ...................................... 11-12
HVL505BGL thru HVL515DEWR2H ...................................... 11-12
HVLC thru HVLC2.................................................................. 11-13
HVLCCA14305D thru HVLCCA14315N................................... 11-9
HVLCCA14405DGL thru HVLCCA14515DGR ...................... 11-10
HVLCCA14A ................................................................. 11-9, 11-10
HVLCCA20305D thru HVLCCA20315N................................... 11-9
HVLCCA20405DGL thru HVLCCA20515DGR ...................... 11-10
HVLCCA20A ............................................................................ 11-9
HVLCCB14305D thru HVLCCB14315N................................... 11-9
HVLCCB14405DGL thru HVLCCB14515DGR ...................... 11-10
HVLCCB14A ............................................................................ 11-9
HVLCCB20305D thru HVLCCB20315N................................... 11-9
HVLCCB20405DGL thru HVLCCB20515DGR ...................... 11-10
HVLCCB20A ............................................................................ 11-9
HVLCCDSA10 thru HVLCCDSA18.......................................... 11-9
HVLCCDSA3 thru HVLCCDSA9................................... 11-9, 11-10
HVLCCMBA14A14 thru HVLCCMBB20B20 ............................ 11-9
HVLX3.................................................................................... 11-13
HVMB..................................................................................... 11-13
HVMB305200 thru HVMB305200U.......................................... 11-7
HVMH1 thru HVMX1 ................................................................ 11-7
IE60BASEENG thru IE60DLUNLTDUPG .................................. 4-4
IK250AWK....................................................................... 7-56, 7-58
i-23

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

IK250DS .......................................................................... 7-56, 7-58
IOC44 ....................................................................................... 4-11
IONE60REPCD thru IONESQL2005CPU .................................. 4-4
IOX thru IOX2411..................................................................... 4-11
J()A26150 thru J()A36250 ........................................................ 9-26
J()A36250U31X thru J()A36250U54X ...................................... 9-26
J()L26150(C) thru J()L36250(C)............................................... 7-22
J()L36250(C)U31X thru J()L36250(C)U54X............................. 7-23
J225X thru J250S............................................................ 7-56, 7-58
JD250S..................................................................................... 7-56
JGL36250M38X ....................................................................... 7-31
JGL37100D81 thru JGL37250D82........................................... 7-35
JJL36250M38X ........................................................................ 7-31
JJL36250M75........................................................................... 7-29
JLA26000S17 thru JLA36000S25 ............................................ 9-27
JLL26000S17 thru JLL36000S25............................................. 7-34
JLL36250M38X ........................................................................ 7-31
JLL36250M75........................................................................... 7-29
JRA36000S17 thru JRA36000S25........................................... 9-27
JRL36000S17 thru JRL36000S25............................................ 7-34
JRL36250M38X........................................................................ 7-31
KA250RWB thru KA250SWB .......................................... 7-56, 7-58
KAC1BZ thru KDF3PZ ........................................................ 8-3, 8-5
KFP .......................................................................................... 1-13
KI26200() thru KI26250().......................................................... 9-27
KI36110 thru KI36250 .............................................................. 9-27
KZ13 thru KZ103 ................................................................. 8-3, 8-6
L()A36250U31X thru L()A36600U54X...................................... 9-29
L()L36250(C)U31X thru L()L36400(C)U54X ............................ 7-25
L()L36400M38X thru L()L36600M38X...................................... 7-32
L()L36600U31X thru L()L36600U54X ...................................... 7-25
L()L46250(C)U31X thru L()L46400(C)U54X ............................ 7-25
L()L46600U31X thru L()L46600U54X ...................................... 7-25
L100WDR2M4 thru L100WS2M3........................................... 21-39
L111N thru L221N ............................................................... 3-2, 3-3
L300WDR2M4 thru L525WDR2M59 ...................................... 21-39
LA1DX02 thru LA1DZ40................................................ 18-8, 23-16
LA1KN02 thru LA1KN40 ............................................. 18-27, 23-20
LA1KN023 thru LA1KN407 ......................................... 18-27, 23-20
LA1SK02 thru LA1SK20......................................................... 23-21
LA26125() thru LA26400()........................................................ 9-28
LA2KT2E thru LA2KT2U ........................................................ 18-27
LA34200MC thru LA34400MC ................................................. 9-28
LA36125 thru LA36400 ............................................................ 9-28
LA400AWK thru LA400S................................................. 7-56, 7-58
LA4DA2E thru LA4DE3U ......................................................... 18-9
LA4DFB thru LA4DLE ............................................................ 18-10
LA4DMK thru LA4DT4U .............................................. 18-10, 23-18
LA4DWB................................................................................. 18-10
LA4KA1U thru LA4KE1UG.......................................... 18-27, 23-20
LA4SKEIE thru LA4SKEIU ..................................................... 23-21
LA5D115450 thru LA5D150803 ............................................. 18-11
LA5F115450 thru LA5FH441 ................................................. 18-13
LA6DK10 ................................................................................ 23-17
LA6DK20 .................................................................................. 18-8
LA7D03 thru LA7F902............................................................ 18-16
LA7K0064............................................................................... 18-27
LA8D324 ................................................................................ 18-36
LA9CA06DT thru LA9CA16WT .............................................. 18-23
LA9D09966 thru LA9D09981 ...................................... 18-11, 18-12
LA9D11502 thru LA9D80978 ...................................... 18-11, 18-14
LA9D90 ....................................................................... 18-27, 23-20
LA9D901 ................................................................................ 23-18
LA9D92 thru LA9D93 ............................................................. 18-11
LA9E01 thru LA9E02.............................................................. 18-27
LA9F103................................................................................. 18-12
LA9F15076 thru LA9F15082 ......................................... 18-7, 18-15
LA9F701 thru LA9F709 ............................................... 18-12, 18-16
LA9FF601 thru LA9FF602...................................................... 18-11
LA9FF970 thru LA9FF982............................................. 18-7, 18-15
LA9FG601 thru LA9FG602 .................................................... 18-11
LA9FG970 thru LA9FH4G............................................. 18-7, 18-15
LA9FH601 thru LA9FH602..................................................... 18-11
LA9FH976 thru LA9FK4J .............................................. 18-7, 18-15
LA9FK601 thru LA9FK602 ..................................................... 18-11
LA9FK976 thru LA9FK976 ............................................ 18-7, 18-15
LA9FL601 thru LA9FL602 ...................................................... 18-11
i-24

LA9FL970 thru LA9FL982............................................. 18-7, 18-15
LA9K0969 thru LA9K0970 ..................................................... 18-27
LA9RM201 ............................................................................. 23-35
LA9TFD15 thru LA9TFD80 .................................................... 18-23
LAD21 thru LAD22................................................................. 23-18
LAD31 thru LAD32................................................................. 18-38
LAD311 thru LAD351............................................................. 18-38
LAD3B.................................................................................... 18-38
LAD4BB thru LAD4BBVU ............................................. 18-9, 23-18
LAD4CM ................................................................................ 18-14
LAD4D3U thru LAD4VU................................................ 18-9, 23-17
LAD6K10....................................................................... 18-8, 23-17
LAD703 thru LAD7C2 ............................................................ 18-16
LAD7X3.................................................................................. 18-11
LAD8N02 ............................................................................... 23-16
LAD8N11 thru LAD8N20............................................... 18-8, 23-16
LAD90 .................................................................................... 18-11
LAD92560 thru LAD96560..................................................... 18-11
LAD96570 .............................................................................. 18-34
LAD9ET1 ............................................................................... 23-18
LAD9P3 thru LAD9P33 .......................................................... 18-11
LAD9R3 ................................................................................. 18-14
LADC22 thru LADN403........................................ 18-7, 18-8, 23-16
LADR0 thru LADT43 ..................................................... 18-8, 23-17
LAL34200MC thru LAL34400MC ............................................. 7-37
LAL36000S40X thru LAL36000S60X ...................................... 9-27
LAL3640022M thru LAL3640036M ................................. 7-31, 7-32
LC1D09 thru LC1D80008 ........................................................ 18-4
LC1D50 thru LC1D95 ............................................................ 18-46
LC1DT20 thru LC1DT80A........................................................ 18-4
LC1F115 thru LC1F800 .................................................. 18-5, 18-7
LC1K0601 thru LC1K1210..................................................... 18-24
LC1K09004 thru LC1K12004................................................. 18-24
LC26300() thru LC26600()....................................................... 9-28
LC2D09 thru LC2DT40 ............................................................ 18-6
LC2K0610 thru LC2K1210.......................................... 18-25, 18-26
LC36300 thru LC36600............................................................ 9-28
LCSADVANCED thru LCSB .................................................... 5-24
LDB101 thru LDB8TF .............................................................. 13-2
LDRB410M thru LDRB8WH..................................................... 13-3
LE1D093A62 thru LE2D803A72 ................................. 18-21, 18-22
LGA36000S40X thru LGA36000S60X..................................... 9-27
LGL36000S40X thru LGL36000S60X...................................... 7-34
LGL36400M37X thru LGL36600M38X .................................... 7-31
LGL46000S40X thru LGL46000S60X...................................... 7-34
LH26125() thru LH26400()....................................................... 9-28
LH34200MC thru LH34400MC ................................................ 9-28
LH36125 thru LH36400............................................................ 9-28
LHL34200MC thru LHL34400MC ............................................ 7-37
LHL3625025DC thru LHL3640030DC ..................................... 7-35
LI26300() thru LI26600() .......................................................... 9-28
LI36300 thru LI36600............................................................... 9-28
LJB12606 thru LJB8X ..................................................... 13-2, 13-3
LJL36400M37X thru LJL36600M38X ...................................... 7-31
LK100AN thru LK225AN .......................................................... 1-13
LK4AD10N thru LK4AP83N ....................................................... 8-8
LK4DU3CN thru LK4WU3N .............................................. 8-8, 8-10
LK70AN.................................................................................... 1-13
LKN4AEAH12C.......................................................................... 8-9
LLL36000S40X thru LLL46000S60X ....................................... 7-34
LP1K0601 thru LP5K12004 ........................................ 18-24, 18-26
LP5K1210 .............................................................................. 18-25
LR2D3522 thru LR2D3563 ...................................................... 18-4
LR2K0301 thru LR2K0321..................................................... 18-24
LR3D01 thru LR3D365 ............................................................ 18-4
LR9D5367 thru LR9F7581....................................................... 18-5
LRA36000S40X thru LRA36000S60X ..................................... 9-27
LRD01 thru LRD4369 .............................................................. 18-4
LRL36000S40X thru LRL36000S60X ...................................... 7-34
LRL36400M37X thru LRL36600M38X..................................... 7-34
LRL46000S40X thru LRL46000S60X ...................................... 7-34
LS1D30 thru LS1D323........................................................... 18-36
LSDL ............................................................................... 1-12, 1-13
LT6CT1001 thru LT6CT8001................................................. 16-86
LTM9CE180T......................................................................... 16-87
LTM9KCU .............................................................................. 16-85
LTMCC004............................................................................. 16-87
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
LTMCU ................................................................................... 16-85
LTMEV40BD thru LTMEV40FM ............................................. 16-85
LTMR08CBD thru LTMR27PFM ............................................ 16-85
LU9GC3 ................................................................................. 26-17
LU9R03 thru LU9R10 ............................................................. 16-87
LUA1C11 thru LUA1C20 .............................................16-12, 18-28
LUA4F11 thru LUA4F12 ......................................................... 18-31
LUALF1 .................................................................................. 18-30
LUB12 thru LUB32 ................................................................. 18-32
LUB32NR ............................................................................... 16-12
LUC05BL thru LUC32BL ........................................................ 18-32
LUCA05 thru LUCD1X .....................................16-12, 18-28, 18-30
LUCD32 thru LUCDX6 ........................................................... 16-12
LUCM05BL thru LUCM1XBL.................................................. 18-30
LUFN02 thru LUFN20 .................................................16-12, 18-28
LUFP1 thru LUFP9 ................................................................. 26-17
LUFV2 thru LUFW10 .............................................................. 18-30
LULC07 thru LULC15 ............................................................. 18-31
LV429226 ................................................................................. 7-44
LX1D2B5 thru LX1D2Z7......................................................... 18-17
LX1D6B5 thru LX1D8W7 ....................................................... 18-18
LX1FF thru LX1FX ................................................................. 18-18
LX4D2BD thru LX4D8UD ....................................................... 18-19
LX4F8 thru LX4FX.................................................................. 18-20
LX600AWK............................................................................... 7-56
LX9FF thru LX9FL .................................................................. 18-18
LXD1B7 thru LXD1Z7............................................................. 18-17
LXD3B7 thru LXD3YC7 .......................................................... 18-18
M800AWK thru M800S....................................................7-56, 7-58
M9PAF ..................................................................................... 7-20
MA1200S.................................................................................. 7-56
MA1IBA12 thru MA9IMA18 ........................................................ 6-4
MC3604X ................................................................................... 8-7
MCC2IMA12 thru MCC8IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
MCM8364 ................................................................................. 4-16
MD3304X ................................................................................... 8-7
MDS30P ..................................................................................... 8-7
MDSAN11 thru MDSAN20 ..................................................8-7, 8-8
METSECT802000 .................................................................... 4-14
METSEDM6200 thru METSEPM1200 ..................................... 4-10
METSQEM480516 thru METSQEM488016 ............................. 4-14
MG10285 thru MG10287.......................................................... 7-20
MG17402 thru MG24562.......................................................... 7-19
MG26925 thru MG27150.......................................................... 7-20
MGA26300() thru MGA26800() ................................................ 9-29
MGA36300 thru MGA36800 ..................................................... 9-29
MGL26300 thru MGL36800...................................................... 7-26
MGN26380 thru MGN26381 .................................................... 7-20
MGN61300 thru MGN61431 .................................................... 7-17
MGN61500 thru MGN61537 .................................................... 7-18
MH26 thru MH86WP ..................................................9-6, 9-7, 9-13
MHL36100040DC thru MHL3690039DCH ............................... 7-35
MHT2DH20 .............................................................................. 9-14
MICROTUSEAL ....................................................................... 7-48
MJA26300() thru MJA26800() .................................................. 9-29
MJA36300 thru MJA36800 ....................................................... 9-29
MJL26300 thru MJL36800........................................................ 7-26
MM125MB .................................................................................. 2-6
MM200MB ......................................................................... 2-6, 2-15
MMBLC .................................................................................... 2-15
MMHB ......................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15
MMLK250 thru MMLK600 ................................................. 2-6, 2-15
MMLRK ...........................................................................1-22, 2-15
MMSAMK ................................................................................. 2-15
MMSK2 thru MMSK4.................................................................. 2-6
MP12X11PEDEXT thru MP43X8PED ........................................ 2-6
MP22125 thru MP86200 ............................................................ 2-5
MPH22125 thru MPR86200 ....................................................... 2-5
MPRPAF .................................................................................. 7-41
MPSF12 thru MPSF26 ............................................................... 2-6
MPX81542................................................................................ 9-18
MPZ10S40F thru MPZB7S40FSS...............................14-12, 14-13
MTX836 thru MTX866 .............................................................. 9-18
N100MFI................................................................................... 9-13
N150MH ............................................................................ 9-5, 9-13
N250MJN250MKC ................................................................... 9-13
N400M ...................................................................................... 9-13
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

NC26() thru NC86V()HR ............................................ 9-6, 9-7, 9-13
NC59TS thru NC85TS ............................................................. 9-18
NCTWIRING ............................................................................ 7-48
NF1000G3 thru NF1000G3N2 ................................................. 5-24
NF102OE thru NF102S............................................................ 9-14
NF120PSG3 thru NF120PSG3L .............................................. 5-24
NF125FTL thru NF125SFL ...................................................... 9-14
NF12RDE................................................................................. 9-14
NF12SBLG3 thru NF12SBRG3................................................ 5-24
NF18RDE................................................................................. 9-14
NF18SBLG3 thru NF18SBRG3................................................ 5-24
NF2000G3................................................................................ 5-24
NF204OE thru NF204S............................................................ 9-14
NF21SBLG3 thru NF21SBRG3................................................ 5-24
NF240PSG3 thru NF240PSG3L .............................................. 5-24
NF250FTL thru NF250SFL ...................................................... 9-14
NF277PSG3 thru NF277PSG3L .............................................. 5-24
NF2HG3 ................................................................................... 5-24
NF3000G3 thru NF3000G3C ................................................... 5-24
NF400FTL thru NF400SFL ...................................................... 9-14
NF418L1 thru NF484L6C......................................................... 9-13
NF500G3.................................................................................. 5-24
NF600SFBH thru NF600SFBJ ................................................. 9-14
NF6RDE................................................................................... 9-14
NF8430L1C thru NF8442M2JDC............................................. 9-18
NFADAPTERG3....................................................................... 5-24
NFALV1 thru NFALV6.............................................................. 9-14
NFASBKG3 .............................................................................. 5-24
NFCUM1 thru NFCUM6 ........................................................... 9-14
NFCUV1 thru NFCUV6 ............................................................ 9-14
NFDP1120G3C thru NFDR277G3C ........................................ 5-25
NFFP15.................................................................................... 9-14
NFFPCG3 ................................................................................ 5-24
NFN1CU thru NFN6CU............................................................ 9-14
NFNL1 thru NFNL4 .................................................................. 9-14
NFSELG3................................................................................. 5-24
NFSN06 thru NFSN50 ............................................................. 5-24
NJPAF...................................................................................... 7-41
NQ102OE thru NQ102S............................................................. 9-9
NQ12RDE .................................................................................. 9-9
NQ18L1 thru NQ18L1C....................................................... 9-6, 9-7
NQ18L1C14 ............................................................................... 9-8
NQ18RDE .................................................................................. 9-9
NQ204OE thru NQ204S............................................................. 9-9
NQ24RDE .................................................................................. 9-9
NQ30L1 thru NQ484L6C..................................................... 9-6, 9-7
NQ30L1C14 thru NQ442L2C14 ................................................. 9-8
NQ6RDE .................................................................................... 9-9
NQ72L2 thru NQ84L6C....................................................... 9-6, 9-7
NQB532 thru NQB550 ............................................................... 9-8
NQC20FWG thru NQC30FWG ................................................ 1-11
NQC32 thru NQC44 ................................................................... 9-8
NQC550 ..................................................................................... 9-8
NQFP15 .............................................................................. 9-8, 9-9
NQFTL2H thru NQFTL4L........................................................... 9-9
NQMB2HJ thru NQMB4LA.................................................. 9-7, 9-8
NQN1CU thru NQNL4................................................................ 9-9
NQSFB2Q thru NQSFB4Q......................................................... 9-9
NQSFL1 thru NQSFL4 ............................................................... 9-9
NSY2SP124 thru NSY2SP188................................................. 28-4
NSY2SP204 thru NSY2SP228........................................ 28-4, 28-5
NSYCRN106250 thru NSYCRNG86400.................................. 28-6
NSYEC1041 thru NSYEC1661 ....................................... 28-4, 28-5
NSYEC351 thru NSYEC881 ........................................... 28-4, 28-5
NSYMM1010 thru NSYMM3045 ..................................... 28-6, 28-7
NSYMM106 thru NSYMM128 ......................................... 28-6, 28-7
NSYMM22 thru NSYMM88 ............................................. 28-6, 28-7
NSYMP1210 thru NSYMP2212 ...................................... 28-4, 28-5
NSYMP126 thru NSYMP228 .......................................... 28-4, 28-5
NSYPLA10103 thru NSYPLM86V............................................ 28-7
NSYPLMEX108 thru NSYPLMEX86........................................ 28-7
NSYS3DC101030 thru NSYS3X8830...................................... 28-6
NSYSF12640 thru NSYSF188602D ........................................ 28-4
NSYSF201040 thru NSYSF2016602D .................................... 28-5
NSYSF20350 thru NSYSF20640 ............................................. 28-4
NSYSF206402D thru NSYSF22880 ........................................ 28-5
NSYSM1210302D thru NSYSM18860..................................... 28-4
i-25

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

NSYSM2010402D thru NSYSM2016502D .............................. 28-5
NSYSM20630 thru NSYSM20860................................... 28-4, 28-5
NSYSPF10100 thru NSYSPS8100 ................................. 28-4, 28-5
NT08N1 .................................................................................... 11-6
NTMPRRT................................................................................ 7-50
NTX836 thru NTX866............................................................... 9-18
NW08H1 thru NW60L1............................................................. 11-6
NW08HDC thru NW40NDC...................................................... 7-36
NWMPRRT thru NWNTMPRRT............................................... 7-50
OCK400.................................................................................... 1-22
OHBL thru OHBS ..................................................................... 1-22
OPTICALPROBEUSB .............................................................. 4-13
P()A36025(C)U31A thru P()A36120U74AE1 ........................... 9-30
P()L36025(C)U31A thru P()L36120(C)U74AE1 ....................... 7-27
P1200AWK thru P1200S................................................. 7-56, 7-58
PAF361200DC thru PAF362000DC......................................... 7-35
PAK1004CGFI thru PAK76CGFI.............................................. 1-26
PB100EC thru PB225WF ......................................................... 12-2
PBCF3A100CR thru PBCF5A225TB ....................................... 12-2
PBCP3A100ST048 thru PBCP5A225ST120............................ 12-2
PBFO100FA thru PBP54100QO .............................................. 12-3
PBLA36300G thru PBLXI36600GN........................................ 12-10
PBPFA3A100 thru PBPFA5A100A100 .................................... 12-3
PBPIOCVR............................................................................... 12-2
PBPQO3A100 thru PBPQO5A100........................................... 12-3
PBPQOR3A100 thru PBPQOR5A100M420B .......................... 12-3
PBPTB3A100 thru PBPTB5A100............................................. 12-3
PBQ3640G thru PBQ4660G .................................................... 12-9
PBRFLKIT ................................................................................ 12-3
PBTB306G thru PBTB506G..................................................... 12-4
PCF362500DC ......................................................................... 7-35
PCS039D6CE30 thru PCS039D6N12...................................... 4-35
PCS050D5CE30 thru PCS050D5N12...................................... 4-34
PCS078D6CE30 thru PCS078D6N12...................................... 4-35
PCS100D5CE30 thru PCS100D5N12...................................... 4-34
PCS101 .................................................................................... 5-24
PCS235D6CE30 thru PCS235D6N12...................................... 4-35
PCS300D5CE30 thru PCS300D5N12...................................... 4-34
PDC12DG4L3 thru PDC6P204 ................................................ 7-43
PFA32015G thru PFA36100G.................................................. 12-9
PFCD1002 thru PFCD2100...................................................... 4-29
PFCD4006 thru PFCD6175...................................................... 4-30
PFH360100GN thru PFH36100G............................................. 12-9
PFI34020G thru PFI34100GN................................................ 12-10
PHD36015G thru PHD36060GN............................................ 12-11
PHD36060GNU31X thru PHD36060GU44X.......................... 12-12
PHD36070G thru PHD36100GN............................................ 12-11
PHD36100GNU31X thru PHD36100GU44X.......................... 12-12
PHD36125G thru PHD36150GN............................................ 12-11
PHD36150GNU31X thru PHD36150GU44X.......................... 12-12
PHG36015G thru PHG36060GN ........................................... 12-11
PHG36060GNU31X thru PHG36060GU44X ......................... 12-12
PHG36070G thru PHG36100GN ........................................... 12-11
PHG36100GNU31X thru PHG36100GU44X ......................... 12-12
PHG36125G thru PHG36150GN ........................................... 12-11
PHG36150GNU31X thru PHG36150GU44X ......................... 12-12
PHJ36015G thru PHJ36060GN ............................................. 12-11
PHJ36060GNU31X thru PHJ36060GU44X ........................... 12-12
PHJ36070G thru PHJ36100GN ............................................. 12-11
PHJ36100GNU31X thru PHJ36100GU44X ........................... 12-12
PHJ36125G thru PHJ36150GN ............................................. 12-11
PHJ36150GNU31X thru PHJ36150GU44X ........................... 12-12
PHL36015G thru PHL36060GN ............................................. 12-11
PHL36060GNU31X thru PHL36060GU44X ........................... 12-12
PHL36070G thru PHL36100GN ............................................. 12-11
PHL36100GNU31X thru PHL36100GU44X ........................... 12-12
PHL36125G thru PHL36150GN ............................................. 12-11
PHL36150GNU31X thru PHL36150GU44X ........................... 12-12
PIU2IMA16 thru PIU8IMA24 ........................................... 6-5, 12-10
PJA26000S10() thru PJA36000S80......................................... 9-29
PJD36175G thru PJD36250GN ............................................. 12-11
PJD36250GNU31X thru PJD36250GNU31X......................... 12-12
PJG36175G thru PJG36250GN ............................................. 12-11
PJG36250GNU31X thru PJG36250GU44X ........................... 12-12
PJJ36175G thru PJJ36250GN ............................................... 12-11
PJJ36250GNU31X thru PJJ36250GU44X ............................. 12-12
PJL26000S10 thru PJL36000S80 ............................................ 7-34
i-26

PJL36060M68 thru PJL36120M70 .......................................... 7-31
PJL36175G thru PJL36250GN .............................................. 12-11
PJL36250GNU31X thru PJL36250GU44X ............................ 12-12
PK15GTA6................................................................................. 1-5
PK15GTAL thru PK23GTAL ...................................... 1-7, 1-13, 9-8
PK27GTACU thru PK27GTACU ....................................... 9-8, 9-14
PK2MB..................................................................................... 1-12
PK2SCPV ................................................................................ 1-22
PK3GTA1..................................................................... 1-5, 1-7, 3-3
PK3MB..................................................................................... 1-12
PK49SP ................................................................... 1-22, 3-11, 9-9
PK4DTIM4HA thru PK4DTIM4LAL ................................... 1-9, 1-12
PK4FL ...................................................................................... 1-13
PK4GTA thru PK27GTA ................................................... 1-6, 1-11
PK4MB2HA thru PK4MB2LA ................................................... 1-12
PK5RK ..................................................................................... 1-12
PK6FL thru PK8FL................................................................... 1-13
PKGTAB .................................................................. 1-13, 5-18, 9-8
PKHB ....................................................................................... 1-25
PKI34125G thru PKI34250GN ............................................... 12-10
PKL26000S10 thru PKL36000S80 .......................................... 7-34
PKOGTA2 ................................................................ 3-3, 3-11, 7-58
PKOGTA3 .................................................................................. 3-3
PKOGTA4 ................................................................................ 7-58
PKOGTA7 thru PKOGTC3....................................................... 3-11
PKOGTJ250............................................................................. 7-58
PLL24000S10 thru PLL34000S80 ........................................... 7-34
PLL34080M68 thru PLL34120M70 .......................................... 7-31
PM210...................................................................................... 4-14
PM710 thru PM8RDA .............................................................. 4-10
PQ3203G thru PQ4620G......................................................... 12-9
PS080 ...................................................................................... 4-11
PS24 ........................................................................................ 4-15
PS3220G thru PS4620G.......................................................... 12-9
PSDS .............................................................................. 1-12, 1-13
PTB302G thru PTB516G().............................................. 12-4, 12-5
PTMG36300G() thru PTMG36800GN() ................................. 12-12
PTMJ36300G() thru PTMJ36800GN() ................................... 12-12
PTPG36040G()U31A thru PTPG36120GN()U44A ................ 12-13
PTPJ36040G()U31A thru PTPJ36120GN()U44A .................. 12-13
PTQ36100G() thru PTQ4680G().............................................. 12-9
PTRG36080G()U31A thru PTRG36160GN()U44A ................ 12-14
PTRJ36080G()U31A thru PTRJ36160GN()U44A.................. 12-14
PTRL36080G()U31A thru PTRL36160GN()U44A ................. 12-14
PTT23WG thru PTT44WG ....................................................... 12-4
Q1100AN thru Q1150AN .................................................. 9-9, 9-14
Q22200NRB thru Q23225NS................................. 1-25, 7-56, 7-58
Q2FP........................................................................................ 1-13
QBA22070() thru QBA32225()................................................. 9-25
QBL22000S22 thru QBL32000S22.......................................... 7-34
QBL22070 thru QBL22250 ............................................. 1-25, 7-24
QBL32070 thru QBL32250 ............................................. 1-25, 7-24
QBMIK ..................................................................................... 7-41
QBP22070TM thru QBP32070TM .................................... 2-6, 2-15
QBP32080TM thru QBP32225TM ........................................... 2-15
QBPA thru QBPAF................................................................... 7-41
QC12L200C thru QC12L200S ................................................. 1-19
QC2442M150SH thru QC3040M200SH .................................. 1-20
QC816F100CH thru QC816F150SL ........................................ 1-19
QC816F150SLS thru QC816F150SS ...................................... 1-24
QC816F200CH thru QC816F200SL ........................................ 1-19
QC816F200SLS thru QC816F200SS ...................................... 1-24
QCGK3 .................................................................................... 1-22
QDA22070() thru QDA32225() ................................................ 9-25
QDL22070 thru QDL22250 .................................... 1-22, 1-25, 7-24
QDL32070 thru QDL32250 ...................................... 1-8, 1-25, 7-24
QDP22070TM thru QDP22225TM.................................... 2-6, 2-15
QDP32070TM thru QDP32225TM........................................... 2-15
QGA22070() thru QGA32225() ................................................ 9-25
QGL22070 thru QGL22250............................................. 1-25, 7-24
QGL32070 thru QGL32250...................................... 1-8, 1-25, 7-24
QGP22070TM thru QGP22225TM ................................... 2-6, 2-15
QGP32070TM thru QGP32225TM .......................................... 2-15
QH115 thru QH330 ........................................................... 1-2, 7-10
QHB115 thru QHB330 ............................................................. 9-10
QJA22070() thru QJA32225() .................................................. 9-25
QJL22070 thru QJL22250............................................... 1-25, 7-24
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
QJL32070 thru QJL32250 ........................................1-8, 1-25, 7-24
QJP22070TM thru QJP22225TM ...................................... 2-6, 2-15
QJP32070TM thru QJP32225TM ............................................. 2-15
QMB100R................................................................................. 9-35
QMB1IMA12 thru QMB1IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
QMB200EK1 thru QMB264W................................................... 9-35
QMB2IMA12 thru QMB2IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
QMB300EK1 thru QMB300EK2 ............................................... 9-35
QMB30R................................................................................... 12-9
QMB321HW thru QMB367W ................................................... 9-35
QMB36R..........................................................................9-35, 12-9
QMB3IMA12 thru QMB3IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
QMB4060R......................................................................9-35, 12-9
QMB4IMA12 thru QMB4IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
QMB60R..........................................................................9-35, 12-9
QMB60RQMB36R .................................................................... 9-35
QMB610EK1 thru QMB610EK2 ............................................... 9-35
QMB8IMA12 thru QMB8IMA24 .................................................. 6-5
QMJ361T thru QMJ366 ......................................................... 13028
QO110 thru QO170 ..................................................1-2, 1-22, 7-10
QO110K thru QO130K ...................................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO11220M100C ...................................................................... 1-10
QO11224L125G ......................................................................... 1-5
QO11224L125GC .................................................................... 1-10
QO11224L125GRB .................................................................... 1-7
QO11224L125WG.................................................................... 1-11
QO112L125G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO112L125GC ........................................................................ 1-10
QO112L125GRB ........................................................................ 1-7
QO112L200G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO112L200GRB ........................................................................ 1-7
QO112M100 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO112M100C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO112M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7
QO11428MX150FTRB thru QO11428UX200FTRB ................... 1-9
QO115CAFI thru QO120CAFI........................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO115EPD thru QO130EPD ............................................ 1-3, 7-11
QO115GFI thru QO130GFI ............................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO115HID thru QO150HID............................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO115HM thru QO120HM ................................................ 1-3, 7-11
QO115PLILC ............................................................................ 29-7
QO115VH thru QO130VH ........................................1-2, 1-22, 7-10
QO115VHCAFI thru QO120VHCAFI................................. 1-3, 7-11
QO115VHGFI thru QO130VHGFI ..................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO11624L125G ......................................................................... 1-5
QO11624L125GRB .................................................................... 1-7
QO116L125G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO116M100 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO116M100C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO116M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7
QO12024L125G ......................................................................... 1-5
QO12030L125WG.................................................................... 1-11
QO12030L150G ......................................................................... 1-5
QO12030M150 ........................................................................... 1-6
QO12030M150C ...................................................................... 1-10
QO12030M150RB...................................................................... 1-7
QO12040M200 ........................................................................... 1-6
QO12040M200C ...................................................................... 1-10
QO12040M200RB...................................................................... 1-7
QO120L125G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO120L125GC ........................................................................ 1-10
QO120M100 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO120M100C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO120M100RB .......................................................................... 1-7
QO120PLILC ............................................................................ 29-7
QO12436L200TFT ..................................................................... 1-5
QO12436M200TFT .................................................................... 1-6
QO124L125G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO124L125GRB ........................................................................ 1-7
QO124L150G ............................................................................. 1-5
QO124M100 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO124M125 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO124M125RB .......................................................................... 1-7
QO124M150 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO124M200 ............................................................................... 1-6
QO124M200WG125................................................................. 1-11
QO13040L200G ......................................................................... 1-5
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

QO13040L200GC .................................................................... 1-10
QO13040L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7
QO13040L200WG ................................................................... 1-11
QO13040M200........................................................................... 1-6
QO13040M200C ...................................................................... 1-10
QO13040M200GRB................................................................... 1-7
QO130L150G............................................................................. 1-5
QO130L150GRB........................................................................ 1-7
QO130L150TC......................................................................... 1-10
QO130L200G............................................................................. 1-5
QO130L200GRB........................................................................ 1-7
QO130M150............................................................................... 1-6
QO130M150C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO130M150RB.......................................................................... 1-7
QO130M200............................................................................... 1-6
QO130M200C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO130M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7
QO132L125G............................................................................. 1-5
QO132M100............................................................................... 1-6
QO132M125............................................................................... 1-6
QO132M125C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO132M150............................................................................... 1-6
QO13842MX150 thru QO13842UX225 ..................................... 1-9
QO14060L200G......................................................................... 1-5
QO14060L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7
QO14060M200........................................................................... 1-6
QO14060M200RB...................................................................... 1-7
QO140L200G............................................................................. 1-5
QO140L200GRB........................................................................ 1-7
QO140M200............................................................................... 1-6
QO140M200C .......................................................................... 1-10
QO140M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7
QO140M225............................................................................... 1-6
QO14252L200G......................................................................... 1-5
QO14252L200GRB.................................................................... 1-7
QO14252M200........................................................................... 1-6
QO14252M200RB...................................................................... 1-7
QO142L225G............................................................................. 1-5
QO142L225GRB........................................................................ 1-7
QO142M200............................................................................... 1-6
QO142M200RB.......................................................................... 1-7
QO142M225............................................................................... 1-6
QO142M225RB.......................................................................... 1-7
QO148L125GRB........................................................................ 1-7
QO1515 thru QO1520....................................................... 1-2, 7-10
QO1612M125FTRB ................................................................... 1-7
QO1816M150FTRB thru QO1816M200FTRB ........................... 1-7
QO1DM10020TRBR thru QO1DM10050TRBR ......................... 1-9
QO1HPL............................................................................ 1-4, 7-12
QO1HT thru QO1PL................................................... 1-4, 7-12, 9-8
QO1PAF..................................................................... 1-4, 7-12, 9-9
QO1SE..................................................................................... 1-12
QO200 thru QO290........................................................... 1-2, 7-11
QO2000 thru QO2200.............................................. 1-2, 1-22, 7-10
QO2000NRB thru QO200TRNM....................................... 1-25, 3-2
QO2100BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25
QO2100VH thru QO2200VH.................................... 1-2, 1-22, 7-10
QO210SWN thru QO250SWN .......................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO2125BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25
QO2125SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12
QO215EPD thru QO260EPD ............................................ 1-3, 7-11
QO215GFI thru QO260GFI............................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO215H thru QO290H...................................................... 1-2, 7-10
QO215HID thru QO250HID .............................................. 1-3, 7-11
QO215VH thru QO290VH................................................. 1-2, 7-10
QO2175SB........................................................................ 1-12, 6-8
QO2225SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12
QO230PLILC............................................................................ 29-7
QO240PLILC............................................................................ 29-7
QO24L50TTS........................................................................... 1-10
QO24L60NRNM......................................................................... 1-7
QO24L70RB............................................................................... 1-7
QO24L70TS ............................................................................. 1-10
QO250PLILC............................................................................ 29-7
QO260NATR thru QO260NATS ....................................... 1-25, 3-2
QO260PLILC............................................................................ 29-7
QO2DTI thru QO2DTIM ............................................. 1-4, 1-9, 7-12
i-27

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

QO2L30S ................................................................................... 1-5
QO2L30TTS ............................................................................. 1-10
QO2L40RB................................................................................. 1-7
QO2PAF.....................................................................1-4, 7-12, 9-9
QO2TR ..................................................................................... 1-25
QO300............................................................................... 1-2, 7-11
QO3000 thru QO3100 ....................................................... 1-2, 7-10
QO3100BNRB.......................................................................... 1-25
QO3100VH........................................................................ 1-2, 7-10
QO310SWN thru QO350SWN .......................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO3125SL ........................................................................ 1-4, 7-12
QO312L125G thru QO312L125GRB ......................................... 1-8
QO315EPD thru QO350EPD ...................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10
QO315EPE thru QO350EPE....................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10
QO315GFI thru QO350GFI ......................................1-3, 7-11, 9-10
QO315HID thru QO330HID............................................... 1-3, 7-11
QO315VH thru QO390VH ................................................. 1-2, 7-10
QO318L200G thru QO318L200GRB ......................................... 1-8
QO320L125G thru QO320L125GRB ......................................... 1-8
QO324L125G ............................................................................. 1-8
QO327M100 thru QO327M100RB ............................................. 1-8
QO330L200G thru QO330MQ200RB ........................................ 1-8
QO342L225G thru QO342MQ225RB ........................................ 1-8
QO3HT .......................................................................7-12, 9-8, 9-9
QO403L60NRB .......................................................................... 1-8
QO48M30DSGP thru QO48M60DSGP...................................... 1-9
QO60SL ............................................................................ 1-4, 7-12
QO612L100RB thru QO816L100RBCU..................................... 1-7
QO70AN............................................................................ 9-9, 9-14
QOB110 thru QOB3100 ........................................................... 9-10
QOB110K thru QOB130K ........................................................ 9-10
QOB115CAFI thru QOB120CAFI............................................. 9-10
QOB115EPD thru QOB260EPD .............................................. 9-10
QOB115GFI thru QOB260GFI ................................................. 9-10
QOB115HID thru QOB330HID................................................. 9-10
QOB115HM thru QOB120HM .................................................. 9-10
QOB115VH thru QOB3150VH ................................................. 9-10
QOB115VHCAFI thru QOB120VHCAFI................................... 9-10
QOB115VHGFI thru QOB130VHGFI ....................................... 9-10
QOB210SWN thru QOB350SWN ............................................ 9-10
QOB2125SL ............................................................................... 9-9
QOB215H thru QOB2100H ...................................................... 9-10
QOB3125SL ............................................................................... 9-9
QOC12UF thru QOC12US ......................................................... 1-6
QOC16UF thru QOC16US .................................................. 1-5, 1-8
QOC20U100F thru QOC20U100S ............................................. 1-6
QOC20UFWG thru QOC30UFWG........................................... 1-11
QOC24UF thru QOC32UF ...........................................1-5, 1-6, 1-8
QOC342MQF thru QOC342MQS............................................... 1-8
QOC38MXUF ............................................................................. 1-9
QOC40UF thru QOC42US .................................................. 1-5, 1-6
QOCGK2 thru QOCRBGK1 .............................................. 1-9, 1-12
QOE250GFINM........................................................................ 1-25
QOFP .....................................................................1-13, 1-22, 2-15
QOGFI1PAF thru QOGFI2PAF ..................................1-4, 7-12, 9-9
QOGL20 ................................................................................... 1-10
QOH2100 thru QOH2125...........................................1-2, 2-6, 7-10
QOH240 thru QOH290...............................................1-2, 2-6, 7-10
QOHPL.............................................................................. 1-4, 7-12
QOL125 thru QOL225 ....................................................... 1-6, 1-16
QOL3125 thru QOL3225 ............................................................ 1-8
QOM100VH thru QOM125VH ..................................1-5, 1-16, 1-22
QOM1FP .................................................................................. 1-13
QOM1PA .................................................................................. 1-13
QOM2100MM thru QOM2200MVH ............................................ 2-6
QOM2100VH thru QOM2225VH ..............................1-5, 1-16, 1-22
QOM2FP .................................................................................. 1-13
QOM2PA .................................................................................. 1-13
QOM50VH thru QOM90VH ......................................1-5, 1-16, 1-22
QOMB1 thru QOMB3 ............................................................... 7-13
QON11224L125I thru QON816L100........................................ 7-13
QONQ30LS400 thru QONQ42LS400 ........................................ 1-5
QONQ42MS300 thru QONQ42MS400 ...................................... 1-6
QORBGK2......................................................................... 1-9, 1-12
QOSAMK........................................................................... 1-12, 6-7
QOT1515 thru QOT2020................................................... 1-2, 7-10
QOTHPA thru QOTHT ...................................................... 1-4, 7-12
i-28

QOU110 thru QOU3100 .......................................................... 7-14
QOU115HM thru QOU120HM ................................................. 7-14
QOU115VH thru QOU330VH .................................................. 7-14
QOU14100BAFB thru QOU14100JBAF .................................. 7-15
QOU16150BAFB thru QOU16150JBAF .................................. 7-15
QOU1CMSB thru QOU1PL...................................................... 7-15
QOU200 thru QOU30001 ........................................................ 7-14
QOU215H thru QOU230H ....................................................... 7-14
QOU2DTILA thru QOU2PAFLA............................................... 7-15
QOUCP2 thru QOUCP6B ........................................................ 7-15
QOUEC thru QOUECB ............................................................ 7-15
QOUFR thru QOUFRB ............................................................ 7-15
QOUHFSC1 thru QOUHFSC1B .............................................. 7-15
QOULFSC1 thru QOULFSC1B................................................ 7-15
QOUMF1 thru QOUMFS1B ..................................................... 7-15
QOURT thru QOURTB ............................................................ 7-15
QOVP1 thru QOVP10 .............................................................. 1-11
QU12L400CL thru QU12L400SL ............................................. 1-21
QU816D400CK thru QU816D400SL ....................................... 1-21
QUM400CK thru QUM400CL .................................................. 1-21
QYU110 thru QYU130 ............................................................. 7-14
R()A36100CU31A thru R()A36120CU74AE1 .......................... 9-30
R()F36060(C)U31A thru R()F36300(C)U74AE1 ...................... 7-28
R400L ...................................................................................... 1-22
R417A thru R826A................................................................... 7-51
RC12L200S ............................................................................. 1-19
RC1624M100S thru RC1624M125S........................................ 1-20
RC200S ................................................................................... 1-19
RC2040M125CH thru RC2040M200SH .................................. 1-20
RC2M200S thru RC2M200SL.................................................. 1-19
RC3040M150SL thru RC3040M200SL.................................... 1-20
RC816D200CH thru RC816F150SL ........................................ 1-19
RC816F150SLS thru RC816F150SS ...................................... 1-24
RC816F200C thru RC816F200SH .......................................... 1-19
RC816F200SHS ...................................................................... 1-24
RC816F200SL ......................................................................... 1-19
RC816F200SLS thru RC816F200SS ...................................... 1-24
RC8L125S ............................................................................... 1-19
RCGK2..................................................................................... 1-22
RCM200SL .............................................................................. 1-19
RCP0624 thru RCP3024.......................................................... 13-5
RDB41 thru RDB126................................................................ 13-3
RE11LAMW thru RE11RMXMU ............................................ 23-26
RE48ACV12MW thru RE48ATM12MW ................................. 23-26
RE7CL11BU thru RE7TP13BU................................... 23-27, 23-28
RE8CL11BUTQ thru RE9TA51MW ....................................... 23-29
REC06 thru REC30.................................................................. 13-6
REG24PSOC thru REG96PUNL1RHU.................................. 23-31
REHU393IP thru REHU494IP.................................................. 3-22
REXL2TMB7 thru REXL4TMP7............................................. 23-26
RFK03 thru RFK10 ............................................ 3-18, 8-16, 16-115
RFK03H thru RFK06H ...................................................... 3-2, 3-10
RG50........................................................................................ 13-6
RHV062100009 thru RHV302100033...................................... 13-6
RKF26000S12 thru RKF36000S30.......................................... 7-34
RL00202 thru RL02512............................................................ 26-9
RL3TB thru RL3TB4 ................................................................ 7-44
RLF26000S12 thru RLF36000S30 .......................................... 7-34
RLTB thru RLTB4 .................................................................... 7-44
RM17TA00 thru RM17TU00 .................................................. 23-33
RM17UAS14 thru RM17UBE16............................................. 23-34
RM35ATL0MW thru RM35ATW5MW .................................... 23-36
RM35JA32MW....................................................................... 23-32
RM35LM33MW thru RM35LV14MW ..................................... 23-35
RM35S0MW........................................................................... 23-36
RM35TF30 ............................................................................. 23-33
RM35TM50MW thru RM35TM250MW .................................. 23-33
RM35UA11MW thru RM35UB3N30....................................... 23-34
RM79696006 thru RM79696044............................................ 23-35
RMC1000G3120 thru RMC500G3277 ..................................... 5-25
RMCA61BD thru RMTK90BD ................................................ 23-38
RNW8782801 thru RNW8785001............................................ 29-9
RPF2AB7 thru RPF2BP7......................................................... 23-9
RPM11B7 thru RPM43P7 ........................................................ 23-6
RPZ1DA thru RPZ4FA............................................................. 23-7
RPZF1 thru RPZF4 ......................................................... 23-6, 23-7
RPZR235 ................................................................................. 23-7
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
RRC06 thru RRC30.................................................................. 13-6
RRV182100012LR thru RRV182100012RR ............................ 13-6
RSB06 thru RSB18 .................................................................. 13-6
RSB1A120B7 thru RSB1A160U7............................................. 23-3
RSB24 ...................................................................................... 13-6
RSB2A080B7 thru RSB2A080U7............................................. 23-3
RSB30 ...................................................................................... 13-6
RSC16G3120 thru RSC16G3277 ............................................ 5-24
RSG4........................................................................................ 2-15
RSL1AB4BD thru RSL1AB4ND ............................................... 23-2
RSL1PRBU thru RSL1PRPU ................................................... 23-2
RSL1PVBU thru RSL1PVPU.................................................... 23-2
RSLZ2 thru RSLZ5 ................................................................... 23-2
RSLZRA1 thru RSLZRA4 ......................................................... 23-2
RSLZVA1 thru RSLZVA4 ......................................................... 23-2
RSV062100120 thru RSV302100120 ...................................... 13-5
RSV122ET thru RSV182ST ..................................................... 13-6
RSZE1S35M thru RSZE1S48M ............................................... 23-3
RSZL300 thru RSZR215 .......................................................... 23-3
RTV062100011 thru RTV302100035 ....................................... 13-6
RU3040D400CK thru RU3040D400FL .................................... 1-21
RUC60...................................................................................... 13-6
RUMC2..................................................................................... 23-9
RUMC2AB1B7 thru RUMF3AB3P7.......................................... 23-8
RUW101MW thru RUW242P7 ........................................23-7, 23-9
RUZ420 thru RUZSF3M ........................................................... 23-9
RVE06 thru RVE30 .................................................................. 13-6
RWT06ACP thru RWT18XES .........................................13-4, 13-5
RWTBG100 thru RWTRC ........................................................ 13-5
RXM021BN thru RXM4GB3P7........................................23-4, 23-7
RXV062100012 thru RXV302100036 ...................................... 13-6
RXZ400 thru RXZS2 .......................................................23-5, 23-7
RZ1011 thru RZ535.................................................................. 7-51
RZD60 ...................................................................................... 13-6
RZM021BN thru RZM041FU7 .................................................. 23-3
S131A thru S174A.................................................................... 7-47
S29272 thru S29287 ................................................................ 7-45
S29305 thru S32478 .......................................................7-39, 7-41
S32514 thru S32534 ................................................................ 7-45
S32558 thru S33038 .......................................................7-40, 7-41
S33091 thru S33095 ................................................................ 7-48
S33098 thru S33099 ................................................................ 7-45
S33100 thru S33101 ................................................................ 7-48
S33166 thru S33171 ................................................................ 7-45
S33575 thru S33595 ................................................................ 7-48
S33646 ..................................................................................... 7-44
S33658 thru S33718 .......................................................7-39, 7-41
S33763 thru S33859 ................................................................ 7-45
S33801 ..................................................................................... 7-39
S33857 ..................................................................................... 7-41
S33875 ..................................................................................... 7-40
S33890 ..................................................................................... 7-41
S33928 ..................................................................................... 7-44
S33929 thru S33997 ................................................................ 7-41
S33930 thru S33931 ................................................................ 9-23
S33932 thru S33935 ................................................................ 7-41
S33937 thru S33984 ................................................................ 7-48
S33998 ..................................................................................... 7-44
S34036 ..................................................................................... 7-48
S36965 thru S36967 ................................................................ 7-44
S37420 ..................................................................................... 7-40
S37422 ..................................................................................... 7-41
S37423 thru S37424 ................................................................ 7-42
S37425 thru S37430 ................................................................ 7-44
S37432 thru S37440 ................................................................ 7-41
S37442 thru S37443 ................................................................ 7-45
S37444 thru S37450 ................................................................ 7-44
S41940 thru S432575 ............................................7-40, 7-41, 7-48
S432639 thru S432652 ............................................................ 7-40
S434201 thru S434508 ............................................................ 7-49
S44936 thru S46998 ................................................................ 7-41
S47052 thru S47067 ................................................................ 7-48
S47100 thru S47105 ................................................................ 7-50
S47390 thru S47398 ................................................................ 7-40
S48182 thru S48981 ................................................................ 7-48
S48899 thru S48933 ................................................................ 7-45
S6200A0A0B0A0B0R thru S6200T1A0B0A0B0R ..................... 4-8
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

S64201 thru S64273 ................................................................ 7-49
S7300A0B0B0A0A0A thru S7350A0B0B0E0A0A ..................... 4-8
S7550A0C0B6A0A0A thru S8650C1C0E6A0B0A..................... 4-7
SA7PL thru SA26PSR.............................................................. 11-5
SAIF200 ................................................................................... 4-11
SAM ......................................................................................... 4-11
SASFBH100L thru SASFBJ225R ............................................ 11-5
SB124IR thru SB348WS .......................................................... 11-4
SBA15D13MS thru SBA30D15MS........................................... 11-5
SBAD800 thru SBSAD800R .................................................... 11-5
SC12L200F thru SC12L200S .................................................. 1-19
SC1624M100F thru SC1624M125S ........................................ 1-20
SC200F .................................................................................... 1-22
SC2040M125F thru SC40M200S ............................................ 1-20
SC816D150C thru SC816F200S ............................................. 1-19
SC8L125F thru SC8L125S ...................................................... 1-19
SCBRLLOCK ........................................................................... 1-22
SD12781 .................................................................................... 3-9
SDAG26 ................................................................................... 1-10
SDGT30020 thru SDGT300C300C.......................................... 1-10
SDSA1175 ............................................................. 1-12, 6-7, 16-64
SDSA1175T ............................................................................... 6-7
SDSA2V ..................................................................................... 6-8
SDSA3650 ............................................................. 1-12, 6-6, 16-64
SDSA3650D............................................................................... 6-6
SDSA4P ..................................................................................... 6-8
SDSB1175C thru SDSB1175RB................................................ 6-8
SERP16HS thru SERPWSMB ................................................. 5-29
SF124FR thru SF348WS ......................................................... 11-4
SFCF12.................................................................................... 7-45
SFD212CG2Y thru SFD212SG4Y ......................................... 26-16
SK9795 thru SK9948BW.......................................................... 7-13
SKR16H2 thru SKR16H13 ..................................................... 19-78
SL100 thru SL800 .................................................................... 9-23
SLC12MSG thru SLC36SC...................................................... 5-18
SLC4CSF8 ...................................................................... 5-18, 5-25
SLC5000CT2FSS thru SLC5000CTL2SS.................................. 5-8
SLC5000SDHG104 thru SLC5000SDSPU4 ............................ 5-19
SLC5030URC .......................................................................... 5-11
SLC5031PE thru SLC5031PEWP............................................ 5-12
SLC5031RDTSL ...................................................................... 5-11
SLC5050CT2F thru SLC5050CTL2 ........................................... 5-8
SLC5050IS() thru SLC5054NRP() ...................................... 5-4, 5-7
SLC5055DLBK thru SLC5055DLWE ......................................... 5-6
SLC5058NLCM thru SLC5058NRP()......................................... 5-4
SLC5070THBBK thru SLC5070THPWE .................................. 5-11
SLC5080CTCF thru SLC5080CTL2........................................... 5-8
SLC5080LC8 thru SLC5084NLM() ..................................... 5-5, 5-7
SLC5084TX.............................................................................. 5-11
SLC5085DLBK thru SLC5085DLWE ......................................... 5-6
SLC5086F30 thru SLC5086NLFSS ........................................... 5-5
SLC5088TX.............................................................................. 5-11
SLC5100BCS thru SLC5100TUS ............................................ 5-17
SLC5101TD20 thru SLC5500DMX ................................. 5-13, 5-15
SLC5500HPS thru SLC5500TPS............................................. 5-17
SLC5502DAL thru SLC5512TRVFP ............................... 5-13, 5-15
SLC560011 thru SLC5608842E............................................... 5-10
SLC5750WPL thru SLC5753PEIRL......................................... 5-12
SLC5850BP() thru SLC5880BPPG() ......................................... 5-6
SLC60MFG thru SLC60MSG................................................... 5-18
SLC8M ..................................................................................... 5-18
SLCBB5000CTCL2 thru SLCBS5000CTCL2............................. 5-8
SLCE5504TGI.......................................................................... 5-13
SLCLE5504AUX ...................................................................... 5-13
SLCLE5504HAMP thru SLCLE5504TAMP.............................. 5-15
SLCU5100TB ........................................................................... 5-15
SLCZ00004DT thru SLCZ082000TP ....................................... 5-18
SLSBCB thru SLSBCW............................................................ 5-20
SLSCDS2000 thru SLSCUS800 .............................................. 5-21
SLSDWD1277UB thru SLSDWS1277UW ............................... 5-20
SLSEDC120 thru SLSERC1277 .............................................. 5-22
SLSFPS1347 thru SLSFPS1480 ............................................. 5-22
SLSPCW001 ............................................................................ 5-22
SLSPIP210 thru SLSPIPBRACKET......................................... 5-22
SLSPP1277 thru SLSPSP102 ................................................. 5-21
SLSPWD1277UB thru SLSPWD1277UW................................ 5-20
SLSPWS120VI thru SLSPWS1277UW.................................... 5-20
i-29

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

SLSSP24.................................................................................. 5-21
SLSSP24347............................................................................ 5-21
SLSUWD1277UB thru SLSUWS1277UW................................ 5-20
SLSWDS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21
SLSWP2DBB thru SLSWP2DTW ............................................ 5-20
SLSWPS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21
SLSWUS1500 .......................................................................... 5-21
SM900A100000 thru SM956A890000.................................... 20-12
SMD thru SMDOPN ........................................................ 4-15, 4-16
SN03 thru SN03C..................................................................... 3-11
SN0310 thru SN0310C............................................................. 3-18
SN0610 thru SN0610C............................................................. 3-11
SN1000MA ............................................................................... 7-58
SN100FA.................................................................................. 7-58
SN1200 .................................................................................... 7-58
SN12125 thru SN12200 ........................................................... 7-13
SN20 thru SN42 ....................................................................... 7-13
SN20A thru SN20C .................................................................. 3-11
SN225KA.................................................................................. 7-58
SN400LA .................................................................................. 7-58
SNC400LX thru SNC800LX ..................................................... 7-58
SO1020M100S thru SO2040M200S ........................................ 1-20
SPL28G thru SPL29G .......................................................... 16-109
SR2A101BD thru SR2B202BD .............................................. 23-39
SR2CBL01 thru SR2CBL06 ................................................... 23-40
SR2COM01 ............................................................................ 23-40
SR2D101BD thru SR2D101FU .............................................. 23-39
SR2E121BD thru SR2E201FU............................................... 23-39
SR2MEM01 thru SR2MOD02 ................................................ 23-40
SR2SFT01 thru SR2SFT02.................................................... 23-40
SR2USB01 ............................................................................. 23-40
SR3B101B thru SR3B26BD ................................................... 23-40
SR3MBU01BD ....................................................................... 23-40
SR3XT101B thru SR3XT61JD ............................................... 23-40
SRCTV12 ................................................................................. 7-45
SS03 thru SS20........................................................................ 3-10
SS0306SK....................................................................... 3-10, 8-16
SS10SK........................................................................... 3-10, 8-16
SS212AB thru SS212AC.......................................................... 11-5
SS2PL ...................................................................................... 11-5
SS312....................................................................................... 11-5
SSRAH1 thru SSRAT1........................................................... 23-25
SSRDCDS10A1 thru SSRPP8S90A3 .................................... 23-25
STRM ....................................................................................... 4-11
STRV00121 thru STRV00211 .................................................. 7-49
STRV00910 thru STRV00911 .................................................. 7-48
STS3000 .................................................................................. 4-11
SU2040M200C......................................................................... 1-20
SU2X6TRIM ............................................................................. 1-22
SU3040D300CB thru SU3040D400FN .................................... 1-21
SU3040M200R thru SU3040M225R ........................................ 1-20
SU816D150C thru SU816D200C............................................. 1-19
SVW3A8114............................................................................. 7-48
T2A thru T9A ............................................................................ 7-51
T327N thru T327NR ............................................................ 3-2, 3-3
TCSEAV0100 ........................................................................... 4-19
TCSMCNAM3M002P .........................................16-86, 26-6, 26-14
TIKFD ....................................................................................... 9-15
TMSCE..................................................................................... 4-13
TRV00128 thru TRV00917.............................................. 7-48, 7-49
TSXCANCA50 thru TSXCANCA300 ...................................... 16-87
TSXCANKCDF90T thru TSXCANKCDF180T ........................ 16-87
TSXCUSB485 ........................................................................ 16-86
TSXETG100 ........................................................................... 26-17
TSXPBSCA100 thru TSXPBSCA400..................................... 16-87
TVS120XR50S thru TVS120XR80S .......................................... 6-8
TVS12FMK thru TVS20FMK ............................................... 6-2, 6-3
TVS1EBA12A() thru TVS1EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3
TVS1EMA12A() thru TVS1EMA48S() ........................................ 6-2
TVS1HWA10X thru TVS1HWA80X............................................ 6-7
TVS1IMA12O() thru TVS1IMA24O() .......................................... 6-6
TVS2EBA12A() thru TVS2EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3
TVS2EMA12A() thru TVS2EMA48S() ....................................... 6-2,
TVS2HWA10X thru TVS2HWA80X............................................ 6-7
TVS2IMA12O() thru TVS2IMA24O() .......................................... 6-6
TVS2MEMA12A() thru TVS2MEMA36S() .................................. 6-3
TVS3EBA12A() thru TVS3EBA24S() ......................................... 6-3
i-30

TVS3EMA12A() thru TVS3EMA48A()........................................ 6-2
TVS3HWA10X thru TVS3HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS3IMA12O() thru TVS3IMA24O().......................................... 6-6
TVS4EBA12A() thru TVS4EBA24S()......................................... 6-3
TVS4EMA12A() thru TVS4EMA48S()........................................ 6-2
TVS4HEMA12A() thru TVS4HEMA48S() .................................. 6-2
TVS4HIMA12O() thru TVS4HIMA24O() .................................... 6-6
TVS4HWA10X thru TVS4HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS4IMA12O() thru TVS4IMA24O().......................................... 6-6
TVS4MEMA12A() thru TVS4MEMA36S().................................. 6-3
TVS5EMA12A() thru TVS5EMA48S()........................................ 6-2
TVS5HWA10X thru TVS5HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS5IMA12O() thru TVS5IMA24O().......................................... 6-6
TVS6EMA12A() thru TVS6EMA48S()........................................ 6-2
TVS6HWA10X thru TVS6HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS6IMA12O() thru TVS6IMA24O().......................................... 6-6
TVS8EBA12A() thru TVS8EBA24S()......................................... 6-3
TVS8EMA12A() thru TVS8EMA48S()........................................ 6-2
TVS8HEMA12A() thru TVS8HEMA32S() .................................. 6-2
TVS8HIMA12O() thru TVS8HIMA12O() .................................... 6-6
TVS8HWA10X thru TVS8HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS8IMA12O() thru TVS8IMA24O().......................................... 6-6
TVS9EMA12A() thru TVS9EMA32S()........................................ 6-2
TVS9HWA10X thru TVS9HWA80X ........................................... 6-7
TVS9IMA12O() thru TVS9IMA18O().......................................... 6-6
TVSHWAFMK ............................................................................ 6-7
TVSXRFMK ............................................................................... 6-7
U92197CCCPL .......................................................................... 2-2
UAK7T ....................................................................................... 2-2
UATRS101B thru UATRS213B.................................................. 2-2
UBHMRS212B ........................................................................... 2-2
UFTL .......................................................................................... 9-9
UGHTRS101L thru UGHTRS111C ............................................ 2-2
UHTRS101B thru UHTRS223A ................................................. 2-2
UK7T.......................................................................................... 2-2
URS101BCPL thru URS212ADQ .............................................. 2-2
URTRS101B thru URTRS213B ................................................. 2-2
US11220018 thru US36020018............................................... 7-13
USMBLK thru USMBTC........................................................... 7-13
UT2R1121B thru UT6R2392TU ................................................. 2-3
UTH4203T thru UTH7300T........................................................ 2-2
UTRS101B thru UTRS213B ...................................................... 2-2
UTZRS101A............................................................................... 2-2
V0 thru V6 .................................................................................. 8-5
VBD0 thru VBD2 ........................................................................ 8-4
VBDN12 thru VBDN20............................................................... 8-3
VBF0 thru VBF6......................................................................... 8-4
VCCD0 thru VCCDN20.............................................................. 8-4
VCCDN12 thru VCCDN20 ......................................................... 8-3
VCCF0 thru VCCF6 ................................................................... 8-4
VCD0 thru VCD2........................................................................ 8-4
VCDN12 thru VCDN20 .............................................................. 8-3
VCEL02114S1 thru VCEL07512H1 ....................................... 14-11
VCELSK1 thru VCELSK4 ...................................................... 14-11
VCF0 thru VCF6 ........................................................................ 8-4
VCFN12GE thru VCFN20GE..................................................... 8-3
VM18CD0000 thru VM1VI3000Q........................................... 20-11
VN12 thru VN20......................................................................... 8-3
VVD0 thru VVD4 ........................................................................ 8-4
VVE0 thru VVE4 ........................................................................ 8-4
VW3A1101 thru VW3A1103 ......................................... 26-6, 26-14
VW3A1104R10 thru VW3A1104R100 ................. 7-51, 16-87, 26-6
VW3A1105.................................................................... 26-6, 26-14
VW3A2104............................................................................. 26-16
VW3A21212............................................................................. 26-6
VW3A3101............................................................................. 26-14
VW3A31101 thru VW3A31209 ................................................ 26-8
VW3A31401 thru VW3A31409 ................................................ 26-9
VW3A31811 thru VW3A31852 ....................................... 26-6, 26-8
VW3A3201 thru VW3A3521S0 .............................................. 26-14
VW3A66711 thru VW3A66715 ................................................ 26-8
VW3A8104......................................................... 18-31, 26-8, 26-14
VW3A8105............................................................................. 26-17
VW3A8106......................................................... 16-86, 26-6, 26-16
VW3A8111............................................................................. 18-31
VW3A8114........................................................... 26-6, 26-8, 26-14
VW3A8120.................................................................... 26-8, 26-14
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
VW3A8121 ......................................................................26-6, 26-8
VW3A8306R........................................................................... 16-87
VW3A8306R03 thru VW3A8306R30...........................16-87, 26-17
VW3A8306RC ........................................................................ 26-17
VW3A8306TF03 thru VW3A8306TF10 .......................16-87, 26-17
VW3A9201 thru VW3A9217 ................................................... 26-15
VW3A9201PF thru VW3A9292PF.......................................... 26-15
VW3A9404 thru VW3A9407 ..................................................... 26-9
VW3A9501 thru VW3A9515 ................................................... 26-15
VW3A9804 thru VW3A9805 ..................................................... 26-8
VW3CANA71 thru VW3CANKCDF180T ................................ 26-14
VW3G4104 ............................................................................. 18-32
VW3G48101 ........................................................................... 26-17
VZ0 thru VZ9 .............................................................................. 8-6
VZ01 thru VZ02 .......................................................................... 8-6
VZ10 thru VZ18 .......................................................................... 8-6
VZ20 thru VZ31 .......................................................................... 8-6
VZN05 thru VZN30 ..................................................................... 8-3
W808780210111 thru W808780220111 ................................ 26-17
WHC5918 ................................................................................... 5-8
WMB361362 thru WMB363364...................................14-10, 14-11
WS363 thru WS384.....................................................14-10, 14-11
XACA009.............................................................................. 19-120
XACA02H7 thru XACA12H7 ................................................ 19-118
XACA201 thru XACA207...................................................... 19-118
XACA9411 thru XACA9419.................................................. 19-119
XACA971 thru XACA983...................................................... 19-120
XACB961.............................................................................. 19-120
XACD21A0101 thru XACD21A1241 .................................... 19-118
XACS101 thru XACS105...................................................... 19-119
XALD01H7 thru XALD05H7 ................................................. 19-101
XALD101H29H7 thru XALD341H29H7 ................................ 19-100
XALK01H7............................................................................ 19-101
XALK174H7 thru XALK194H7.............................................. 19-100
XALZ09 ................................................................................ 19-101
XAPA1100 thru XAPA4100 .................................................. 19-101
XAPE302 thru XAPE905 ...................................................... 19-102
XAPG19100 thru XAPG59505 ............................................. 19-102
XAPZ100 thru XAPZ316 ...................................................... 19-101
XB4BA21 thru XB4BA65 ........................................................ 19-23
XB4BA3311 thru XB4BA4322 ................................................ 19-23
XB4BA711237 thru XB4BA731327 ........................................ 19-23
XB4BA821 thru XB4BA962 .................................................... 19-30
XB4BC21................................................................................ 19-23
XB4BD21 thru XB4BD53........................................................ 19-24
XB4BG03 thru XB4BG61 ....................................................... 19-24
XB4BJ21 thru XB4BJ53 ......................................................... 19-24
XB4BL42 thru XB4BP61 ........................................................ 19-23
XB4BL73415 .......................................................................... 19-23
XB4BS142 thru XB4BS542 .................................................... 19-24
XB4BS84441.......................................................................... 19-24
XB4BS8445 thru XB4BS9445 ................................................ 19-24
XB4BT42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-24
XB4BT845 .............................................................................. 19-24
XB4BV31 thru XB4BV65 ........................................................ 19-25
XB4BVB1 thru XB4BVB6 ....................................................... 19-25
XB4BVG1 thru XB4BVG6 ...................................................... 19-25
XB4BW11B5 thru XB4BW36G5 ............................................. 19-25
XB4BW73731B5 thru XB4BW73731M5................................. 19-23
XB5AA21 thru XB5AA65 ........................................................ 19-42
XB5AA3311 thru XB5AA4322 ................................................ 19-42
XB5AA711237 thru XB5AA731327 ........................................ 19-42
XB5AA831 thru XB5AA862 .................................................... 19-50
XB5AA84101 thru XB5AA86202 ............................................ 19-50
XB5AC21................................................................................ 19-42
XB5AD21 thru XB5AD53........................................................ 19-43
XB5AG03 thru XB5AG61 ....................................................... 19-43
XB5AJ21 thru XB5AJ53 ......................................................... 19-43
XB5AL42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-42
XB5AL45 ................................................................................ 19-42
XB5AL73415 .......................................................................... 19-42
XB5AL84101 thru XB5AL84201 ............................................. 19-50
XB5AP21 thru XB5AP61 ........................................................ 19-42
XB5AS142 thru XB5AS542 .................................................... 19-43
XB5AS8444 thru XB5AS9445 ................................................ 19-43
XB5AT42 .......................................................................19-8, 19-43
XB5AT845 .............................................................................. 19-43
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

XB5AV31 thru XB5AV65........................................................ 19-44
XB5AVB1 thru XB5AVB6 ....................................................... 19-44
XB5AVG1 thru XB5AVG6 ...................................................... 19-44
XB5AW11B5 thru XB5AW36G5............................................. 19-44
XB5AW73731B5 thru XB5AW73731M5 ................................ 19-42
XB5DSB thru XB5KSM .......................................................... 19-50
XB6AA11B thru XB6AA65B ................................................... 19-13
XB6AD221B thru XB6AD235B............................................... 19-14
XB6AE1B1B thru XB6AF6G5B .............................................. 19-12
XB6AGB5B thru XB6AGH5B ................................................. 19-14
XB6AS8342B thru XB6AS9345B ........................................... 19-13
XB6AV1BB thru XB6AV6GB.................................................. 19-13
XB6AW1B1B thru XB6AW6G5B............................................ 19-12
XB6CA11B thru XB6CA65B................................................... 19-13
XB6CD221B thru XB6CD235B .............................................. 19-14
XB6CE1B1B thru XB6CF6G5B.............................................. 19-12
XB6CGB5B thru XB6CGH5B................................................. 19-14
XB6CV1BB thru XB6CV6GB ................................................. 19-13
XB6CW1B1B thru XB6CW6G5B ........................................... 19-12
XB6DA11B thru XB6DA65B................................................... 19-13
XB6DD221B thru XB6DD235B .............................................. 19-14
XB6DE1B1B thru XB6DF6G5B.............................................. 19-12
XB6DGB5B thru XB6DGH5B................................................. 19-14
XB6DV1BB thru XB6DV6GB ................................................. 19-13
XB6DW1B1B thru XB6DW6G5B ........................................... 19-12
XBFX13....................................................................... 19-40, 19-61
XBTN410................................................................................ 16-85
XBTZ938 ................................................................................ 16-87
XBY2U ........................................................................ 19-39, 19-60
XCDR2110N12 thru XCDR2527N12 ..................................... 21-15
XCKD2106N12 thru XCKD25H0N12 ..................................... 21-14
XCKJ10511H7 thru XCKJ20541H7 ....................................... 21-26
XCKL10011H7 thru XCKL50041H7 ....................................... 21-22
XCKL102H7 thru XCKL510H7 ............................................... 21-22
XCKN2102P20 thru XCKN2949P20 ...................................... 21-18
XCKP2106N12 thru XCKP25H0N12...................................... 21-14
XCKS101 thru XCKS559 ....................................................... 21-19
XCKT2102N12 thru XCKT2118N12....................................... 21-15
XCMD2102L1 thru XCMD25F2L1.......................................... 21-14
XCMN2110L1......................................................................... 21-14
XCNR2102P20 thru XCNR2927P20...................................... 21-18
XCPR2110N12 thru XCPR2527N12...................................... 21-15
XD4PA12 thru XD4PA24 ....................................................... 19-30
XD5PA12 thru XD5PA24 ....................................................... 19-50
XE2NP2151 thru XE2SP2158................................................ 21-29
XENG1191 thru XENG3791................................................. 19-119
XENP2151 ............................................................................. 21-23
XENT1192............................................................................ 19-119
XESP2021 thru XESP2031.................................................... 21-29
XESP2151 thru XESP2158.................................................... 21-23
XMLA001S2S13 thru XMLDM02V1S13................................. 22-11
XMLF010D2026 thru XMLFM01D2026.................................... 22-8
XMLG001D23 thru XMLGM01D73 .......................................... 22-4
XMLGZ001............................................................................... 22-9
XMLK006B2C21 thru XMLK300P2P73.................................... 22-6
XMLZL001 thru XMLZL011........................................... 22-9, 22-11
XS108B3NAL2 thru XS130B3PBM12...................................... 20-8
XS506B1NAL2 thru XS530B1PBM12...................................... 20-7
XS608B1NAL2 thru XS608B1PBM12...................................... 20-6
XS612B1MAL2 thru XS612B1MBU20 ..................................... 20-9
XS612B1NAL2 thru XS612B1PBM12...................................... 20-6
XS618B1MAL01B thru XS618B1MBL01G............................... 20-9
XS618B1MAL2 thru XS618B1MBL2........................................ 20-9
XS618B1NAL01B thru XS630B1PBM12 ................................. 20-6
XS7C40DA210H7 thru XS8C40PC449H7 ............................... 20-5
XSZB108 thru XSZB165 ................................................. 20-6, 20-9
XSZCD101Y thru XSZCD103Y................................................ 22-9
XT112S1NAL2 thru XT130B1PCM12 ...................................... 20-9
XU2M18MA230 thru XU9M18MB230K.................................... 20-2
XUB1APANL2 thru XUB9BPBNM12........................................ 20-2
XUK1APANL2 thru XUM9APCNM8......................................... 20-4
XUVA0505PANM8 thru XUVA1515PANM8............................. 20-3
XUVR0303PANL2 thru XUVR1218PBNM8 ............................. 20-3
XUVU06M3KCNL2 thru XUVU06M3KCNM8......................... 20-10
XUX0AKSAM12T thru XUX0ARCTT16T ................................. 20-4
XUX1APANM12 thru XUX1ARCNT16 ..................................... 20-4
XUX2APANM12R thru XUX2ARCNT16R................................ 20-4
i-31

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

XUX5APANM12 thru XUX9APBNT16...................................... 20-4
XUX9ARCNT16........................................................................ 20-4
XUZA118 thru XUZA218 ............................................... 20-2, 20-10
XUZC24 thru XUZC80................................................... 20-2, 20-10
XVBC00 thru XVBC040........................................................ 19-112
XVBC12 thru XVBC23............................................. 19-112, 19-113
XVBC33 thru XVBC38.......................................................... 19-111
XVBC4B3 thru XVBC4B8..................................................... 19-111
XVBC4M3 thru XVBC4M8.................................................... 19-111
XVBC8B3 thru XVBC8B8..................................................... 19-111
XVBC8G3 thru XVBC8G8 .................................................... 19-111
XVBC9B thru XVBC9M ........................................................ 19-111
XVBL33 thru XVBL38........................................................... 19-110
XVBL4B3 thru XVBL4B8 ...................................................... 19-110
XVBL4M3 thru XVBL4M8..................................................... 19-110
XVBL8B3 thru XVBL8B8 ...................................................... 19-110
XVBL8G3 thru XVBL8G8 ..................................................... 19-110
XVBZ02 thru XVBZ04A ........................................... 19-112, 19-113
XVC1B1K thru XVC1B5K..................................................... 19-108
XVC1B1SK thru XVC1B5SK ................................................ 19-108
XVC1M1K thru XVC1M5K.................................................... 19-108
XVC1M1SK thru XVC1M5SK............................................... 19-108
XVC4B1 thru XVC4B5.......................................................... 19-108
XVC4B15S thru XVC4B55S................................................. 19-108
XVC4B1K thru XVC4B5K..................................................... 19-108
XVC4M1 thru XVC4M5 ........................................................ 19-108
XVC4M15S thru XVC4M55S................................................ 19-108
XVC6B1 thru XVC6B5.......................................................... 19-109
XVC6B15S thru XVC6B55S................................................. 19-109
XVC6B15SK thru XVC6B55SK ............................................ 19-109
XVC6B1K thru XVC6B5K..................................................... 19-109
XVC6M1 thru XVC6M5 ........................................................ 19-109
XVC6M15S thru XVC6M55S................................................ 19-109
XVC6M15SK thru XVC6M55SK........................................... 19-109
XVC6M1K thru XVC6M5K.................................................... 19-109
XVCZ01................................................................................ 19-108
XVCZ02................................................................................ 19-109
XVCZ11................................................................................ 19-108
XVCZ12................................................................................ 19-109
XVCZ13 thru XVCZ23 ............................................. 19-107, 19-108
XVDC02 ............................................................................... 19-113
XVEC21 thru XVEC37.......................................................... 19-113
XVEC21P ............................................................................. 19-113
XVEC2B3 thru XVEC2G7 .................................................... 19-113
XVEC5B3 thru XVEC6G7 .................................................... 19-113
XVEC9B thru XVEC9M ........................................................ 19-113
XVEZ13 ................................................................................ 19-113
XVLA123 thru XVLA335......................................................... 19-10
XVLX08 thru XVLX12............................................................. 19-10
XVLZ911 thru XVLZ912 ......................................................... 19-10
XVPC02 thru XVPC04W ...................................................... 19-115
XVPC09B thru XVPC09MW................................................. 19-114
XVPC12 thru XVPC12W ...................................................... 19-115
XVPC21 thru XVPC6G8W ................................................... 19-114
XVPCX13 ............................................................................. 19-115
XVR08B03 thru XVR13J05 .................................................. 19-107
XVRZ081 thru XVRZ082 ...................................................... 19-107
XVRZR1 thru XVRZR3......................................................... 19-107
XVS14BMW ......................................................................... 19-116
XVS72BMBN thru XVS72BMWP ......................................... 19-116
XX2V3A1NFM12 thru XX9V3A1H3M12................................. 20-12
XXV18B1NAL2 thru XXV18B1PBM12 ................................... 20-10
XXZPB100.............................................................................. 20-10
XXZPM100M12 ...................................................................... 20-10
XZCC12FCM40B thru XZCC43FCP40B.................................. 22-9
XZCP0566L2 thru XZCP0666L2 .............................................. 20-6
XZCP0941L2 thru XZCP1041L2 ................................... 20-2, 20-10
XZCP1141L10............................................................... 21-27, 22-9
XZCP1141L2........................................................20-2, 21-27, 22-9
XZCP1141L5................................................................. 21-27, 22-9
XZCP1241L10.......................................................................... 22-9
XZCP1241L2 thru XZCP1241L5 ............................20-2, 20-6, 22-9
XZCP1764L2 thru XZCP1764L10 ............................................ 22-9
XZCP1865L2 thru XZCP1965L2 ..........................20-2, 20-6, 20-10
XZCR1511041C1 thru XZCR1512041C2 ................................ 22-9
YA060HD thru YA2500R7........................................................ 7-43
YA400L31K3 thru YA600L52K4............................................... 7-43
i-32

ZA2BB2 thru ZA2BG5.......................................................... 19-119
ZA2BC44 ............................................................................. 19-119
ZA2BS14 thru ZA2BS74 ...................................................... 19-119
ZA2BS834 thru ZA2BS944 .................................................. 19-119
ZALVB1 thru ZALVM6 ......................................................... 19-101
ZB2BE101 thru ZB2BE102 .................................................. 19-119
ZB2BP012 thru ZB2BP016 ......................................... 19-41, 19-62
ZB2BV006............................................................................ 19-119
ZB2BY2002 thru ZB2BY4101 .............................................. 19-120
ZB2SZ3................................................................................ 19-120
ZB4BA0 thru ZB4BA9 ............................................................ 19-26
ZB4BA131 thru ZB4BA435 .................................................... 19-26
ZB4BA16 thru ZB4BA68 ............................................. 19-26, 19-32
ZB4BA71115 thru ZB4BA73135 ............................................ 19-27
ZB4BA7120 thru ZB4BA7341 ................................................ 19-27
ZB4BA79................................................................................ 19-27
ZB4BA791.............................................................................. 19-27
ZB4BC2 thru ZB4BC6............................................................ 19-28
ZB4BC24 thru ZB4BC64........................................................ 19-28
ZB4BD2 thru ZB4BD8............................................................ 19-29
ZB4BD28 thru ZB4BD48........................................................ 19-30
ZB4BD912 thru ZB4BD922.................................................... 19-30
ZB4BG0 ................................................................................. 19-29
ZB4BG01 thru ZB4BG09 ....................................................... 19-29
ZB4BG1 thru ZB4BG9 ........................................................... 19-29
ZB4BH01 thru ZB4BH06........................................................ 19-27
ZB4BH013 thru ZB4BH063.................................................... 19-32
ZB4BH1 thru ZB4BH6............................................................ 19-27
ZB4BH13 thru ZB4BH63........................................................ 19-32
ZB4BJ2 thru ZB4BJ8 ............................................................. 19-29
ZB4BK123 thru ZB4BK183 .................................................... 19-33
ZB4BL1 thru ZB4BL6............................................................. 19-26
ZB4BL232 thru ZB4BL435..................................................... 19-26
ZB4BL7340 thru ZB4BL7341................................................. 19-27
ZB4BP1 thru ZB4BP6 ............................................................ 19-26
ZB4BP18 thru ZB4BP68 ........................................................ 19-26
ZB4BP1S thru ZB4BP6S ....................................................... 19-26
ZB4BR2 thru ZB4BR6............................................................ 19-28
ZB4BS12 thru ZB4BS74 ........................................................ 19-28
ZB4BS5430 thru ZB4BS5550 ................................................ 19-28
ZB4BS834 thru ZB4BS964 .................................................... 19-28
ZB4BV01 thru ZB4BV07 ........................................................ 19-31
ZB4BV013 thru ZB4BV063 .................................................... 19-31
ZB4BV013S thru ZB4BV063S ............................................... 19-31
ZB4BV01S thru ZB4BV07S ................................................... 19-31
ZB4BV18B1 thru ZB4BV18G6............................................... 19-31
ZB4BV3 thru ZB4BV9 ............................................................ 19-31
ZB4BV6120............................................................................ 19-31
ZB4BV624.............................................................................. 19-31
ZB4BVB1 thru ZB4BVB6 ....................................................... 19-31
ZB4BVBG1 thru ZB4BVBG6.................................................. 19-31
ZB4BVG1 thru ZB4BVG6 ...................................................... 19-31
ZB4BVJ1 thru ZB4BVJ6 ........................................................ 19-31
ZB4BW031 thru ZB4BW085 .................................................. 19-34
ZB4BW0B11 thru ZB4BW0B65 ............................................. 19-34
ZB4BW0G11 thru ZB4BW0G65 ............................................ 19-34
ZB4BW11 thru ZB4BW37 ...................................................... 19-32
ZB4BW113 thru ZB4BW663 .................................................. 19-32
ZB4BW73741......................................................................... 19-33
ZB4BW7A1715 thru ZB4BW7A3741 ..................................... 19-33
ZB4BW7A9 ............................................................................ 19-33
ZB4BW7L3740....................................................................... 19-33
ZB4BX2 thru ZB4BX4 ............................................................ 19-28
ZB4BZ009................................................................... 19-35, 19-36
ZB4BZ011.............................................................................. 19-40
ZB4BZ101 thru ZB4BZ105 .................................................... 19-34
ZB4BZ1015 thru ZB4BZ1055 ................................................ 19-36
ZB4BZ106 thru ZB4BZ107 ......................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZB4BZ141.............................................................................. 19-34
ZB4BZ1905 thru ZB4BZ2105 ..................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZB4BZ62 thru ZB4BZ64 ............................................. 19-40, 19-61
ZB4BZ905................................................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZB5AA0 thru ZB5AA9 ............................................................ 19-45
ZB5AA131 thru ZB5AA435 .................................................... 19-46
ZB5AA14 thru ZB5AA68 ............................................. 19-45, 19-53
ZB5AA71115 thru ZB5AA73135 ............................................ 19-47
ZB5AA7120 thru ZB5AA7341 ................................................ 19-47
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
ZB5AA79 ................................................................................ 19-47
ZB5AA791 .............................................................................. 19-47
ZB5AC2 thru ZB5AC64 .......................................................... 19-46
ZB5AD2 thru ZB5AD48 ...............................................19-49, 19-50
ZB5AD912 thru ZB5AD922 .................................................... 19-50
ZB5AG0 thru ZB5AG09.......................................................... 19-49
ZB5AG1 thru ZB5AG9............................................................ 19-49
ZB5AH01 thru ZB5AH06 ........................................................ 19-47
ZB5AH013 thru ZB5AH63 ...................................................... 19-53
ZB5AH1 thru ZB5AH6 ............................................................ 19-47
ZB5AJ2 thru ZB5AJ8.............................................................. 19-49
ZB5AK123 thru ZB5AK183 .................................................... 19-54
ZB5AL1 thru ZB5AL6 ............................................................. 19-45
ZB5AL232 thru ZB5AL435 ..................................................... 19-46
ZB5AL7340 thru ZB5AL7341 ................................................. 19-47
ZB5AP1 thru ZB5AP68 .......................................................... 19-45
ZB5AP1S thru ZB5AP6S........................................................ 19-45
ZB5AR2 thru ZB5AR6 ............................................................ 19-46
ZB5AS12 thru ZB5AS74 ........................................................ 19-48
ZB5AS834 thru ZB5AS964 .................................................... 19-48
ZB5AT8643M ......................................................................... 19-54
ZB5AV01 thru ZB5AV063 ...................................................... 19-51
ZB5AV01S thru ZB5AV063S.................................................. 19-51
ZB5AV18B1 thru ZB5AV18G6 ............................................... 19-52
ZB5AV3 thru ZB5AV9 ............................................................ 19-52
ZB5AV6120 ............................................................................ 19-52
ZB5AV624 .............................................................................. 19-52
ZB5AVB1 thru ZB5AVB6........................................................ 19-52
ZB5AVBG1 thru ZB5AVBG6 .................................................. 19-52
ZB5AVG1 thru ZB5AVG6 ....................................................... 19-52
ZB5AVJ1 thru ZB5AVJ6 ......................................................... 19-52
ZB5AW031 thru ZB5AW085 .................................................. 19-55
ZB5AW0B11 thru ZB5AW0B65.............................................. 19-55
ZB5AW0G11 thru ZB5AW0G65 ............................................. 19-55
ZB5AW11 thru ZB5AW37 ...................................................... 19-53
ZB5AW113 thru ZB5AW563 .................................................. 19-53
ZB5AW713 thru ZB5AW763 .................................................. 19-54
ZB5AW7A1715 thru ZB5AW7A3741...................................... 19-54
ZB5AW7A9 thru ZB5AW7L3740 ............................................ 19-54
ZB5AX2 thru ZB5AX4 ............................................................ 19-48
ZB5AZ009 ...................................................................19-56, 19-57
ZB5AZ101 thru ZB5AZ141 ..................................................... 19-55
ZB5AZ1015 thru ZB5AZ1055 ................................................. 19-57
ZB5AZ31 ................................................................................ 19-61
ZB5AZ901 thru ZB5AZ905 ........................................ 19-61, 19-101
ZB5CA1 thru ZB5CA6 ............................................................ 19-45
ZB5CA16 thru ZB5CA66 ........................................................ 19-45
ZB5CA331 thru ZB5CA432 .................................................... 19-46
ZB5CH01 thru ZB5CH06........................................................ 19-47
ZB5CL1 thru ZB5CL6 ............................................................. 19-45
ZB5CV013 thru ZB5CV063 .................................................... 19-51
ZB5CW113 thru ZB5CW363 .................................................. 19-53
ZB5SZ3 ..........................................................19-40, 19-61, 19-101
ZB5SZ5 .................................................................................. 19-61
ZB6AA1 thru ZB6AA9 ............................................................ 19-17
ZB6AD22 thru ZB6AD28 .............................................19-17, 19-18
ZB6AE1 thru ZB6AE9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6AF1 thru ZB6AF9 ............................................................. 19-16
ZB6AGA thru ZB6AGT ........................................................... 19-19
ZB6AS834 thru ZB6AS934 .................................................... 19-17
ZB6AV1 thru ZB6AV9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6AW1 thru ZB6AW9 .......................................................... 19-16
ZB6CA1 thru ZB6CA9 ............................................................ 19-17
ZB6CD22 thru ZB6CD28.............................................19-17, 19-18
ZB6CE1 thru ZB6CF9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6CGA thru ZB6CGT........................................................... 19-19
ZB6CV1 thru ZB6CV9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6CW1 thru ZB6CW9 .......................................................... 19-16
ZB6DA1 thru ZB6DA9 ............................................................ 19-17
ZB6DD22 thru ZB6DD28.............................................19-17, 19-18
ZB6DE1 thru ZB6DE9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6DF1 thru ZB6DF9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6DGA thru ZB6DGT........................................................... 19-19
ZB6DV1 thru ZB6DV9 ............................................................ 19-16
ZB6DW1 thru ZB6DW9 .......................................................... 19-16
ZB6E1B thru ZB6E2E ............................................................ 19-15
ZB6EB1B thru ZB6EM0B ....................................................... 19-15
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

ZB6Y001 thru ZB6Y019 ......................................................... 19-22
ZB6Y2178 thru ZB6Y2387 .......................................... 19-20, 19-22
ZB6Y7001 thru ZB6Y7330 ............................... 19-13, 19-17, 19-22
ZB6Y905 ................................................................................ 19-22
ZB6YA001 thru ZB6YA006 .................................................... 19-22
ZB6YA100 thru ZB6YA626 .................................................... 19-21
ZB6YB028 thru ZB6YJ012..................................................... 19-22
ZB6YC100 thru ZB6YC626.................................................... 19-21
ZB6YD100 thru ZB6YD626.................................................... 19-21
ZB6YD20 thru ZB6YD22............................................. 19-20, 19-22
ZB6Z1B thru ZB6Z5B............................................................. 19-15
ZB6ZB11B thru ZB6ZH05B.................................................... 19-15
ZBA1 thru ZBA9 .......................................................... 19-39, 19-60
ZBA131 thru ZBA639 .................................................. 19-39, 19-60
ZBA708 thru ZBA710 .................................................. 19-41, 19-62
ZBA71 thru ZBA79 ...................................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZBA7131 thru ZBA7432 .............................................. 19-40, 19-61
ZBCV0113 thru ZBCV0163.................................................... 19-62
ZBCW9113 thru ZBCW9363.................................................. 19-62
ZBCY1101.............................................................................. 19-60
ZBDD2 ........................................................................ 19-41, 19-62
ZBE101 thru ZBE205 .................................................. 19-35, 19-56
ZBE1015 thru ZBE1026P............................................ 19-35, 19-56
ZBG2201 thru ZBG4401 ............................................. 19-30, 19-50
ZBG3131A thru ZBG520EP ........................................ 19-41, 19-62
ZBL1 thru ZBL9........................................................... 19-39, 19-60
ZBP0 thru ZBV017 ...................................................... 19-41, 19-62
ZBV6 ........................................................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZBVB1 thru ZBVB6 ..................................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZBVB15 thru ZBVB65 ................................................. 19-36, 19-57
ZBVBG1 thru ZBVBG6................................................ 19-35, 19-56
ZBVG1 thru ZBVG6 .................................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZBVG15 thru ZBVG65 ................................................ 19-36, 19-57
ZBVJ1 thru ZBVJ6 ...................................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZBVJ15 thru ZBVJ65 .................................................. 19-36, 19-57
ZBVM1 thru ZBVM6 .................................................... 19-35, 19-56
ZBVM15 thru ZBVM65 ................................................ 19-36, 19-57
ZBW911 thru ZBW937 ................................................ 19-41, 19-62
ZBY01001 thru ZBY05005 .......................................... 19-38, 19-59
ZBY1101 thru ZBY1912 .............................................. 19-39, 19-60
ZBY2002 thru ZBY2931 .............................................. 19-37, 19-58
ZBY2H101 thru ZBY6H102......................................... 19-37, 19-58
ZBY4001 thru ZBY4101 .............................................. 19-37, 19-58
ZBY5101 thru ZBY6102 .............................................. 19-38, 19-59
ZBY8101 thru ZBY9101 .............................................. 19-28, 19-48
ZBY9101T thru ZBY9330T.......................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZBY9330 ............................................................ 19-8, 19-28, 19-48
ZBZ1600 thru ZBZ3605 .............................................. 19-40, 19-61
ZBZ28 ......................................................................... 19-41, 19-62
ZBZ32 thru ZBZ35 ...................................................... 19-37, 19-58
ZBZ41 ......................................................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZBZ48 thru ZBZ58 ...................................................... 19-41, 19-62
ZBZ8 ........................................................................... 19-40, 19-61
ZCD21 thru ZCD39 ................................................................ 21-17
ZCDEF12 thru ZCDEP20....................................................... 21-17
ZCE01 thru ZCEH2 ................................................................ 21-16
ZCKD01 thru ZCKD02 ........................................................... 21-19
ZCKD02 thru ZCKD109 ......................................................... 21-23
ZCKD31 thru ZCKD59 ........................................................... 21-19
ZCKE05 thru ZCKE67............................................................ 21-28
ZCKE055 thru ZCKE676........................................................ 21-29
ZCKG00 ................................................................................. 21-23
ZCKJ019H7 thru ZCKJ04H7.................................................. 21-29
ZCKJ11H7 thru ZCKJ28H7.................................................... 21-27
ZCKJ1H7 thru ZCKJ5H7........................................................ 21-27
ZCKJ215H7 thru ZCKJ4104H7.............................................. 21-27
ZCKL1H7 thru ZCKL18H7 ..................................................... 21-23
ZCKS7 thru ZCKS9................................................................ 21-19
ZCKY11 thru ZCKY91............................................................ 21-23
ZCMC21L1 thru ZCMC39L5 .................................................. 21-17
ZCMD21 thru ZCMD41 .......................................................... 21-17
ZCP21 thru ZCP39................................................................. 21-17
ZCPED44 thru ZCPEP20....................................................... 21-17
ZCT21P16 thru ZCT25P16 .................................................... 21-17
ZCY15 thru ZCY91................................................................. 21-16
ZENL1111 thru ZENL1121................................................... 19-101
1.5S1F thru 1.5S8F.................................................................. 14-8
i-33

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

1.5S1FSS ................................................................................. 14-9
1003880A ................................................................................... 2-2
100S3HNV ............................................................................... 14-9
100SNA ............................................................................. 3-7, 7-58
100SV1A thru 100SV82A......................................................... 14-8
1010004 thru 10100010 ......................................................... 21-40
10S1F thru 10S8F .................................................................... 14-8
10S1FSS .................................................................................. 14-9
10S40FSS ................................................................................ 14-9
112T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9
14210 thru 14211 ..................................................................... 7-20
150SV1A thru 150SV82A......................................................... 14-8
150T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9
155DE175 thru 155DE200 .......................................... 11-10, 11-14
15S1FSS thru 15S40FSS ........................................................ 14-9
15SM5010 thru 15SM5400 .................................................... 11-14
15T2F thru 15T75F .................................................................. 14-8
15T2FSS .................................................................................. 14-9
17400 ....................................................................................... 7-20
175DE010 thru 175DE150 .......................................... 11-10, 11-14
1S1F thru 1S8F ........................................................................ 14-8
1S1FSS .................................................................................... 14-9
225SNA ...................................................................................... 3-7
225T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9
2358C22G2 thru 2358C22G8 ................................................ 21-33
2358C6G2 thru 2358C6G8 .................................................... 21-33
250SV1B thru 250SV82B......................................................... 14-8
2510FF1 thru 2510FGJ6P........................................................ 16-4
2510FK1 thru 2510FN6.......................................................... 16-11
2510FO1 thru 2510FW2P ........................................................ 16-4
2510KF1 thru 2510KW6C ........................................................ 16-5
2510MBA1 thru 2510MCW5 .................................................... 16-8
2510PB1................................................................................. 16-11
2510TBG1 thru 2510TCO5 ...................................................... 16-8
2511KF11 thru 2511KO2T ....................................................... 16-5
2511MBG1 thru 2511MCO1..................................................... 16-9
2511TBG1 thru 2511TCO1 ...................................................... 16-9
2512FF11 thru 2512FS202P.................................................... 16-4
2512KF11 thru 2512KO2T ....................................................... 16-5
2512MBG1 thru 2512MCO1..................................................... 16-9
2512TBG1 thru 2512TCO1 ...................................................... 16-9
2540902240 ........................................................................... 19-76
2550101002 ........................................................................... 19-86
2550101003 ........................................................................... 19-93
2550101013 ........................................................................... 19-86
2550101020 .....................................................19-11, 19-86, 19-93
2550101024 ........................................................................... 19-11
2550101025 thru 2550101037 ............................................... 19-86
2550101040 ........................................................................... 19-11
2550105003 thru 2550105005 .................................... 19-10, 19-93
2550105007 thru 2550105014 ............................................... 19-93
25S1FSS thru 25S40FSS ........................................................ 14-9
2600511000 thru 2600511500 ............................................... 16-89
27105 thru 27118 ..................................................................... 7-20
29007 .......................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15
29008W ....................................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15
2920910001 .............................................................1-22, 2-6, 2-15
29287 ....................................................................................... 7-45
2934D14G1 thru 2934D34G1 ................................................ 21-38
29375 ....................................................................................... 2-15
2941101100 ........................................................................... 19-93
2S1F thru 2S8F ........................................................................ 14-8
2S1FSS .................................................................................... 14-9
2W485C ................................................................................... 4-15
3000PLUC100 thru 3000PMUSITE.......................................... 4-23
300T3HNV................................................................................ 14-9
3020B012 thru 3020E244 ........................................................ 4-15
3090PS24................................................................................. 4-19
3090SCCT022 thru 3090SCCT164.......................................... 4-15
30T2F thru 30T75F .................................................................. 14-8
30T2FSS thru 30T3HNV .......................................................... 14-9
3003302753 thru 3003302754 ............................................... 14-17
3010215901 ........................................................................... 16-64
3103248801 thru 3103281501 ............................................... 21-35
3105204101 thru 3105205901 ............................................... 19-93
3105206750 thru 3105211101 ............................................... 19-76
3105217001 thru 3105406401 ............................................... 19-93
i-34

3108538150 ........................................................................... 16-11
3110112001 ......................................................................... 19-104
3110251450 thru 3110251451............................................. 16-108
3110451250 thru 3112350156............................................. 16-107
3116118474 thru 3116155368............................................... 16-75
32510 ....................................................................................... 2-15
32521 ....................................................................................... 7-45
32556 ....................................................................................... 7-41
32570 ....................................................................................... 7-41
32595 ....................................................................................... 7-44
37S3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9
3S1F thru 3S8F........................................................................ 14-8
3S1FSS thru 3S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9
3T2F thru 3T5F ........................................................................ 14-8
3T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9
400SN ...................................................................................... 7-58
405WBAF010 thru 405WBAF400 .......................................... 11-14
415WBAF010 thru 415WBAF400 .......................................... 11-14
4458D20X3 thru 4487D63XI.................................................. 19-93
45T3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9
490NAD01103 thru 490NTW00080U .................................... 16-87
4X1.5S1FSS thru 4X9T2FSS .................................................. 14-9
500SV1B thru 500SV82B ........................................................ 14-8
50437 thru 50486.......................................................... 7-52, 16-86
50S3HNV ................................................................................. 14-9
50SV1A thru 50SV82A ............................................................ 14-8
515608 thru 515614................................................................. 12-9
55DE010 thru 55DE450.............................................. 11-10, 11-14
56053 thru 56463..................................................................... 7-52
56370TD thru 56493TD ........................................................... 7-52
5GS010 thru 5GS200 .............................................................. 11-7
5J ............................................................................. 1-22, 2-6, 2-15
5S1F thru 5S8F........................................................................ 14-8
5S1FSS thru 5S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9
5SM5010 thru 5SM5400 ........................................................ 11-14
60100 thru 60299..................................................................... 7-16
60406 thru 60421..................................................................... 7-17
60488 ....................................................................................... 7-20
60949 thru 60999..................................................................... 7-18
6382G3MODEM thru 6382RS485G3KIT................................. 5-25
6508804101 ........................................................................... 19-93
6508805201 thru 6508805206............................................... 19-86
6508805207 thru 6508805209............................................... 19-11
6508805210 thru 6508805216............................................... 19-86
6509701801 thru 6515802701............................................... 19-93
6512232801 ........................................................................... 19-76
6516002379 thru 6516002382............................................. 19-120
685823 thru 685831................................................................. 7-48
6T2F thru 6T5F ........................................................................ 14-8
6T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9
7400ENT9 thru 7400ENT11 .................................................. 14-11
7400SS3R18D22D thru 7400SS3R31D35F ............................ 14-9
750SV1F thru 750SV82F......................................................... 14-8
75S3HNV thru 75T3HNV ......................................................... 14-9
7A1 thru 7S .............................................................................. 21-9
7S1F thru 7S8F........................................................................ 14-8
7S1FSS thru 7S40FSS ............................................................ 14-9
8011010401 thru 8011010501................................................... 9-9
82254 thru 82455R ......................................................... 3-16, 3-21
8501CDO15 thru 8501CO8 ................................................... 23-15
8501KA112 ............................................................................ 23-14
8501KF12 thru 8501KFD13 ................................................... 23-10
8501KL................................................................................... 23-14
8501KL12 thru 8501KLD12 ................................................... 23-10
8501KP12 ................................................................... 23-10, 23-14
8501KP12P14........................................................................ 23-10
8501KP13 ................................................................... 23-10, 23-14
8501KP13P14........................................................................ 23-10
8501KPD12............................................................................ 23-10
8501KPD12KA81KA82 .......................................................... 23-14
8501KPD12P14 ..................................................................... 23-10
8501KPD13................................................................. 23-10, 23-14
8501KPD13P14 ..................................................................... 23-10
8501KU .................................................................................. 23-14
8501KU12 thru 8501KUD13P14............................................ 23-10
8501NH7 thru 8501NH82 ...................................................... 23-14
8501NR34 thru 8501NR82 .................................................... 23-14
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
8501NR34B thru 8501NR82B ................................................ 23-14
8501RS14 thru 8501RS4P14 ......................................23-12, 23-14
8501RSD14 thru 8501RSD4P14.................................23-12, 23-14
8501XA1 thru 8501XDL ......................................................... 23-24
8501XDO00 thru 8501XDO80XDL......................................... 23-23
8501XJ1 thru 8501XM8.......................................................... 23-24
8501XMO20 thru 8501XMO60 ............................................... 23-22
8501XO00 thru 8501XO80XL ................................................ 23-22
8501XS1 thru 8501XTE2 ....................................................... 23-24
8501XUDO0012 thru 8501XUDO80 ...................................... 23-23
8502S()A1 .............................................................................. 16-17
8502S()A2 .............................................................................. 16-15
8502S()A3 thru 8502S()A5 ..................................................... 16-17
8502S()G1 .............................................................................. 16-16
8502S()G2 .............................................................................. 16-14
8502S()G3 thru 8502S()G5 .................................................... 16-16
8502S()O1 .............................................................................. 16-16
8502S()O2 .............................................................................. 16-14
8502S()O3 thru 8502S()O5 .................................................... 16-16
8502S()R1 .............................................................................. 16-17
8502S()R2 .............................................................................. 16-15
8502S()R3 thru 8502S()R5 .................................................... 16-17
8502S()T1 .............................................................................. 16-17
8502S()T2 .............................................................................. 16-15
8502S()T3 thru 8502S()T5 ..................................................... 16-17
8502S()T41 ............................................................................ 16-17
8502S()T42 ............................................................................ 16-15
8502S()T45 ............................................................................ 16-17
8502S()W11 ........................................................................... 16-16
8502S()W12 ........................................................................... 16-14
8502S()W13 thru 8502S()W15 ............................................... 16-16
8502S()W21 ........................................................................... 16-17
8502S()W22 ........................................................................... 16-15
8502S()W23 ........................................................................... 16-17
8502VFO3 thru 8502VHO3 .................................................... 16-29
8502WFO3 thru 8502WHO3 .................................................. 16-28
8536SAG11 thru 8536SJW2 .......................................16-18, 16-22
8536WFO3 thru 8536WHO3 .................................................. 16-30
8538SBA11 thru 8538SFW35 .....................................16-31, 16-33
8538SBA11S8 thru 8538SBW33S8 ....................................... 16-34
8538SCA11S8 thru 8538SCA44S8........................................ 16-34
8538SCA12S1 thru 8538SCA24S1........................................ 16-34
8538SCG11S8 thru 8538SCG34S8 ....................................... 16-34
8538SCW11S8 thru 8538SCW34S8...................................... 16-34
8538SDA11S8 thru 8538SDA46S8........................................ 16-34
8538SDG11S8 thru 8538SDG36S8 ....................................... 16-34
8538SDW11S8 thru 8538SDW36S8...................................... 16-34
8539SBA1 thru 8539SHA56........................................16-35, 16-39
8539SBA43S8 thru 8539SDW44S8 ....................................... 16-37
8539SBA71V03 thru 8539SDW74V03 ................................... 16-39
8539SCA18 thru 8539SDW18 ............................................... 16-39
8539SCA8 thru 8539SDW8 ................................................... 16-39
8539SEA41 thru 8539SJW41 ................................................ 16-36
8539SEA51 thru 8539SJA51 ................................................. 16-36
8702SAG1 thru 8702SJW1 .........................................16-44, 16-45
8702WFO3 thru 8702WHO3V................................................ 16-50
8736SAG13 thru 8736SJW1 .......................................16-46, 16-47
8738SBA11 thru 8738SGW35 ....................................16-51, 16-52
8739SBA1 thru 8739SHW5.........................................16-55, 16-56
8739SBA11 thru 8739SHA15......................................16-55, 16-56
8739SBA43 thru 8739SHW46.....................................16-53, 16-54
8739SBA53 thru 8739SHA56......................................16-53, 16-54
8903L1L thru 8903LXWW80 .................................................. 16-59
8903SJA1 thru 8903SZW2..................................................... 16-60
8903SMA10 thru 8903SZW19 ............................................... 16-60
8903SMA60 thru 8903SZW91 ....................................16-61, 16-62
8903SMW21 thru 8903SQW22 .............................................. 16-60
8903SMW31 thru 8903SQW32 .............................................. 16-60
8910DP11 thru 8910DP42 ..................................................... 16-70
8910DPA12 thru 8910DPA93 .....................................16-70, 16-71
8911DPB1 .............................................................................. 16-74
8911DPSG12 thru 8911DPSO53 ........................................... 16-74
8911DSS1 .............................................................................. 16-74
8940SSC2007 thru 8940SSG2100 ........................................ 16-75
8940WC1S2V03 thru 8940WF3S2V06 .................................. 16-76
8940XC1S2V03 thru 8940XF4S2V06 .................................... 16-76
8940XSE2030V03 thru 8940XSF4100V06 ............................ 16-75
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

8940XSG2075 thru 8940XSJ4600......................................... 16-75
8941CBA06 thru 8941CFW47 ............................................... 16-78
8941DBA08 thru 8941DEW40 ............................................... 16-79
8941NBA10 thru 8941NFW50 ............................................... 16-78
8941UBA10 thru 8941UEW40 ............................................... 16-79
8965DPR13 thru 8965DPR44................................................ 16-81
8998CP03 thru 8998CP24 ....................................................... 17-6
8998HBA001AFSMA thru 8998HBA010XFTSS ...................... 17-5
8998HBF015 thru 8998HBF250............................................... 17-6
8998HFA001AFSMA thru 8998HFA010XFTSS....................... 17-5
8998HFF030 thru 8998HFF100 ............................................... 17-6
8998SBA001AFSMA thru 8998SBC100XFTSS ...................... 17-3
8998SBA003AFSMA................................................................ 17-3
8998SBF015 thru 8998SBF250 ............................................... 17-6
8998SFA001AFSMA thru 8998SFC100XFTSS....................... 17-4
8998SFF030 thru 8998SFF200 ............................................... 17-6
9001A20 thru 9001A31 .......................................................... 19-92
9001A6 thru 9001A9 .............................................................. 19-92
9001B101 thru 9001B189R.................................................. 19-103
9001B11........................................................... 19-70, 19-80, 19-92
9001B110 thru 9001B189R.................................................. 19-103
9001B19 thru 9001B25 .......................................................... 19-92
9001B251 thru 9001B350 ....................................... 19-103, 19-117
9001BFB107 thru 9001BFB226 ........................................... 19-104
9001BG101 thru 9001BG316............................................... 19-103
9001BGB107 thru 9001BGC315.......................................... 19-104
9001BOC107 thru 9001BOC368 ............................ 19-104, 19-117
9001BR101 thru 9001BR218 ............................................... 19-103
9001BW100BU thru 9001BW102Y ...................................... 19-117
9001BW146 thru 9001BW260 ............................................. 19-103
9001BW90BU thru 9001BW98Y .......................................... 19-117
9001BWD219 thru 9001BWD220 ........................................ 19-103
9001BWRB thru 9001BWSR ............................................... 19-117
9001C20 thru 9001C31.......................................................... 19-92
9001C6 thru 9001C9.............................................................. 19-92
9001FB24 thru 9001FB120.................................................... 19-10
9001G19 thru 9001G31 ......................................................... 19-92
9001G6 thru 9001G9 ............................................................. 19-92
9001JN100 thru 9001JN799 .................................................. 19-11
9001JP1 thru 9001JP38Y29 .................................................. 19-11
9001JT1 thru 9001JT38Y29................................................... 19-11
9001K1................................................................................... 19-93
9001K107 thru 9001K110 ...................................................... 19-91
9001K111............................................................................... 19-93
9001K11J1 thru 9001K12J1R ................................................ 19-70
9001K13B thru 9001K13M..................................................... 19-92
9001K15................................................................................. 19-76
9001K162............................................................................... 19-91
9001K16B thru 9001K17Y ..................................................... 19-92
9001K1L thru 9001K1LRH13 ................................................. 19-69
9001K20 thru 9001K23 .......................................................... 19-72
9001K25 thru 9001K28 ........................................................ 19-105
9001K25J1 thru 9001K25J1R ................................................ 19-70
9001K2L thru 9001K2LRH13 ................................................. 19-69
9001K3................................................................................... 19-93
9001K30 thru 9001K34H2...................................................... 19-75
9001K34J1 thru 9001K34J1R ................................................ 19-70
9001K35 thru 9001K37H2...................................................... 19-75
9001K3L thru 9001K3LRH13 ................................................. 19-69
9001K4................................................................................... 19-91
9001K40...................................................................... 19-76, 19-93
9001K401J thru 9001K702J1R .............................................. 19-71
9001K41 thru 9001K49 ............................................... 19-91, 19-93
9001K42J thru 9001K79J1R .................................................. 19-71
9001K5................................................................................... 19-91
9001K50................................................................................. 19-76
9001K51 thru 9001K58 ............................................... 19-91, 19-93
9001K56M.............................................................................. 19-91
9001K57................................................................................. 19-76
9001K6................................................................................... 19-91
9001K60 thru 9001K68 .......................................................... 19-91
9001K685............................................................................... 19-91
9001K69................................................................................. 19-93
9001K7................................................................................... 19-91
9001K70 thru 9001K73H7...................................................... 19-75
9001K8................................................................................... 19-76
9001K85................................................................................. 19-76
i-35

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

9001K92B thru 9001K95RM .................................................. 19-92
9001K96 thru 9001K97 .......................................................... 19-91
9001KA1 thru 9001KA6............................................... 19-85, 19-97
9001KA12 thru 9001KA35...................................................... 19-85
9001KA1G thru 9001KA6G .................................................... 19-85
9001KA41 thru 9001KA55...................................................... 19-87
9001KM1 thru 9001KM8 ........................................................ 19-86
9001KMF1.............................................................................. 19-86
9001KN100BP thru 9001KN999 ................................. 19-89, 19-90
9001KN244 ............................................................................ 16-65
9001KN260 ............................................................................ 16-65
9001KP thru 9001KPR31 ....................................................... 19-74
9001KQ11 thru 9001KQ15B .................................................. 19-75
9001KR1 ................................................................................ 19-67
9001KR11 thru 9001KR12UH1H1 ......................................... 19-76
9001KR131 thru 9001KR153 ................................................. 19-75
9001KR16 thru 9001KR16H13............................................... 19-68
9001KR1B thru 9001KR1UH6................................................ 19-67
9001KR2 ..................................................................... 19-67, 19-88
9001KR20 .............................................................................. 19-88
9001KR24 .............................................................................. 19-67
9001KR24B thru 9001KR25RM ............................................. 19-67
9001KR2B thru 9001KR2UH6................................................ 19-67
9001KR3 ..................................................................... 19-67, 19-88
9001KR3B thru 9001KR5RH6................................................ 19-67
9001KR6 ..................................................................... 19-76, 19-88
9001KR67 ................................................................... 19-76, 19-88
9001KR67GR thru 9001KR6UH7........................................... 19-76
9001KR7 ..................................................................... 19-76, 19-88
9001KR7GR thru 9001KR7UH7............................................. 19-76
9001KR8 thru 9001KR9RM95................................................ 19-68
9001KRD1UH1 thru 9001KRD3UH2...................................... 19-76
9001KS11 thru 9001KS34K1 ................................................. 19-70
9001KS4 thru 9001KS7.......................................................... 19-88
9001KS401 thru 9001KS702K ............................................... 19-71
9001KS42 thru 9001KS79K ................................................... 19-71
9001KS88 thru 9001KS88J1R ............................................... 19-72
9001KT thru 9001KTRR31..................................................... 19-74
9001KU1 thru 9001KU47 ....................................................... 19-91
9001KXAA1 thru 9001KXAWM1 ............................................ 19-99
9001KXBB06 thru 9001KXBD83............................................ 19-95
9001KXN100 thru 9001KXN799 ............................................ 19-98
9001KXPA1A thru 9001KXPC34WAGR ................................ 19-95
9001KXRA133 thru 9001KXRB34RH1 ....................... 19-94, 19-96
9001KXRB35A thru 9001KXRB38W...................................... 19-96
9001KXRC111 thru 9001KXRG137 ............................ 19-94, 19-96
9001KXRG35GWG thru 9001KXRH38RWG ......................... 19-96
9001KXRJ119 ........................................................................ 19-94
9001KXRJ35GWG thru 9001KXRJ38RWG ........................... 19-96
9001KXRL121 thru 9001KXRL34GRGRH37 ......................... 19-94
9001KXRL35GGRR thru 9001KXRM38RWWG .................... 19-96
9001KXSA125 thru 9001KXSHHB.............................. 19-95, 19-97
9001KXSJE35G thru 9001KXSJE38W .................................. 19-97
9001KXSRE1 thru 9001KXSRE3........................................... 19-97
9001KXSVC5 thru 9001KXSVC10......................................... 19-97
9001KY1 thru 9001KY6........................................................ 19-105
9001KYAF1 thru 9001KYAF6 .............................................. 19-105
9001KYG1 thru 9001KYG12 ................................... 19-105, 19-106
9001KYK11 thru 9001KYK33............................................... 19-106
9001KYK110 thru 9001KYK326........................................... 19-106
9001KYSK101 thru 9001KYSK210 ...................................... 19-106
9001KYSS1 thru 9001KYSS6 .............................................. 19-105
9001KYSS101 thru 9001KYSS111 ...................................... 19-106
9001KYSS201 thru 9001KYSS210 ...................................... 19-106
9001L20 thru 9001L9 .......................................19-70, 19-80, 19-92
9001OA12 thru 9001OY24..................................................... 19-10
9001R19 thru 9001R94 ....................................19-70, 19-80, 19-92
9001S11 thru 9001S25 .......................................................... 19-92
9001SK11J1 thru 9001SK12J1R ........................................... 19-80
9001SK1L.................................................................... 19-79, 19-88
9001SK1L1............................................................................. 19-79
9001SK1L1GH13 thru 9001SK1LRH13 ................................. 19-79
9001SK20 thru 9001SK23...................................................... 19-82
9001SK25J1 thru 9001SK25J1R ........................................... 19-80
9001SK2L.................................................................... 19-79, 19-88
9001SK2L1G20H13 thru 9001SK2LRH13 ............................. 19-79
9001SK34J1 thru 9001SK34J1R ........................................... 19-80
i-36

9001SK40 thru 9001SK49 ..................................................... 19-93
9001SK401J thru 9001SK79J1R ........................................... 19-81
9001SK52 ............................................................................ 19-122
9001SK88J thru 9001SK88J1R ............................................. 19-82
9001SKN100 thru 9001SKN599 .......................................... 19-122
9001SKP..................................................................... 19-83, 19-88
9001SKP1 thru 9001SKPR31................................................ 19-83
9001SKR1.............................................................................. 19-77
9001SKR11 thru 9001SKR12UH1H1 .................................... 19-84
9001SKR16............................................................................ 19-78
9001SKR1B thru 9001SKR5RH6 .......................................... 19-77
9001SKR8 thru 9001SKR9RH13........................................... 19-78
9001SKRU1 thru 9001SKRU11........................................... 19-122
9001SKS11 thru 9001SKS25 ................................................ 19-80
9001SKS4 thru 9001SKS7 .................................................... 19-88
9001SKS401 thru 9001SKS702 ............................................ 19-81
9001SKS42 thru 9001SKS79 ................................................ 19-81
9001SKS88............................................................................ 19-82
9001SKT thru 9001SKTRR31................................................ 19-83
9001SKY1 thru 9001SKY6 .................................................. 19-105
9001SKY105 thru 9001SKY315A ........................................ 19-106
9001SKYP2 thru 9001SKYP100.......................................... 19-122
9001SSKS46BH2 .................................................................. 19-81
9001T5BE thru 9001T8YW.................................................... 19-92
9001U19 ................................................................................ 19-92
9001W20 thru 9001W24 ........................................................ 19-92
9001W29................................................................................ 19-11
9001W31................................................................................ 19-92
9001W6 thru 9001W9 ............................................................ 19-92
9001Y2 thru 9001Y9 .............................................................. 19-92
9001Y21 thru 9001Y24 .......................................................... 19-92
9002AC1 thru 9002AC8....................................................... 19-124
9002AW1 thru 9002AW9 ..................................................... 19-124
9002AW10 thru 9002AW22 ................................................. 19-124
9002AW117 thru 9002AW134 ............................................. 19-124
9006PA08 thru 9006PA30 ................................... 20-6, 20-9, 20-10
9007AA0 thru 9007AA17 ....................................................... 21-34
9007AA1M thru 9007AA18M ................................................. 21-35
9007AB21 thru 9007AB23 ....................................................... 21-6
9007AB24 thru 9007AB41 ....................................................... 21-6
9007AC1 thru 9007AO6........................................................... 21-6
9007AP201 thru 9007AP325 ................................................... 21-6
9007B1 thru 9007B9 .............................................................. 21-38
9007B12 thru 9007B27 .......................................................... 21-38
9007BA0 thru 9007BA18 ....................................................... 21-34
9007BA1M thru 9007BA18M ................................................. 21-35
9007C1 thru 9007C3.............................................................. 21-38
9007C52A2 thru 9007C68T5 ...................................... 21-32, 21-33
9007CA0 thru 9007CA9M........................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007CA11 thru 9007CA18M....................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007CB31 thru 9007CB41....................................................... 21-6
9007CC1.................................................................................. 21-6
9007CO3 thru 9007CO7 .......................................................... 21-6
9007CO52 thru 9007CO68 .................................................... 21-33
9007CP221 thru 9007CP325................................................... 21-6
9007CR53A2 thru 9007CT62 ..................................... 21-32, 21-33
9007D .................................................................................... 21-33
9007D1 thru 9007D4.............................................................. 21-38
9007DA0 thru 9007DA9M........................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007DA11 thru 9007DA18M....................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007E..................................................................................... 21-33
9007E4 thru 9007E6 .............................................................. 21-38
9007EA0 thru 9007EA9M ........................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007EA11 thru 9007EA18M ....................................... 21-34, 21-35
9007ED .................................................................................. 21-33
9007F4 thru 9007F6 .............................................................. 21-38
9007FA1 thru 9007FA6.......................................................... 21-34
9007G10 ................................................................................ 21-38
9007HA0 thru 9007HA9......................................................... 21-35
9007HA20 thru 9007HA26..................................................... 21-35
9007J ..................................................................................... 21-33
9007J1 thru 9007J2 ............................................................... 21-38
9007JKC ................................................................................ 21-33
9007K..................................................................................... 21-33
9007K1 thru 9007K2 .............................................................. 21-38
9007KA1 thru 9007KA9 ......................................................... 21-34
9007KA11 thru 9007KA21 ..................................................... 21-34
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Listing
9007KB11 thru 9007KB15...................................................... 21-34
9007KC .................................................................................. 21-33
9007L ..................................................................................... 21-33
9007LA1 thru 9007LA9 .......................................................... 21-34
9007LA10 thru 9007LA19 ...................................................... 21-34
9007MA0 thru 9007MA9M ..........................................21-34, 21-35
9007MA11 thru 9007MA18M ......................................21-34, 21-35
9007ML01S0100 thru 9007ML13S0100 .................................. 21-8
9007MS01G0100 thru 9007MS09S0100 ................................. 21-8
9007MS10G0100 thru 9007MS13S0100 ................................. 21-9
9007N1 thru 9007N2 .............................................................. 21-38
9007R ..................................................................................... 21-33
9007R16 thru 9007R22 .......................................................... 21-38
9007RA9 thru 9007RA11 ....................................................... 21-34
9007S9 ................................................................................... 21-36
9007TBT1............................................................................... 21-35
9007TCT10 thru 9007TCT13 ................................................. 21-35
9007TSA1 thru 9007TSD3 ..................................................... 21-37
9007TUA1 thru 9007TUD12................................................... 21-37
9007WJ thru 9007WKC.......................................................... 21-33
9007X1 thru 9007Z2............................................................... 21-38
9012GAR1 thru 9012GFW4 ................................................... 22-14
9012GGW1 thru 9012GMW4 ................................................. 22-15
9012GNG1 thru 9012GTO4 ................................................... 22-13
9013FHG12 thru 9013FHG9 .................................................. 22-20
9013FRG12 thru 9013FRG99 ................................................ 22-21
9013FSG10 thru 9013FSW9 .................................................. 22-21
9013FYG10 thru 9013FYW9 .................................................. 22-21
9013GHB2 thru 9013GSW3 ................................................... 22-22
9016GAR1 thru 9016GAW22 ................................................. 22-19
9036DG2 thru 9036DW31R ................................................... 22-23
9036FG30 .............................................................................. 22-24
9036GG2 thru 9036GW1R ..................................................... 22-23
9037EG8 thru 9037EW13 ...................................................... 22-24
9037HG30 thru 9037HG39 .................................................... 22-25
9037HR30 thru 9037HR39 ..................................................... 22-25
9037HW30 thru 9037HW39 ................................................... 22-25
9038AG1 thru 9038AW1 ........................................................ 22-26
9038CG31 thru 9038CG36 .................................................... 22-26
9038CR31 thru 9038CR36 ..................................................... 22-26
9038CW31 thru 9038CW36 ................................................... 22-26
9038DG7 thru 9038DG10 ...................................................... 22-27
9038DW7 thru 9038DW8 ....................................................... 22-27
9049A12 thru 9049A20 ....................................22-22, 22-23, 22-28
9049A26S....................................................................22-13, 22-18
9049A52 thru 9049A58 ...............................................22-22, 22-28
9049A6 ................................................................................... 22-28
9049A60 thru 9049A61 .......................................................... 22-24
9049A6A thru 9049AF1 .......................................................... 22-28
9049EF1 thru 9049ER7....................................22-24, 22-27, 22-28
9049HF3 thru 9049HF4...............................................22-27, 22-28
9049T1 thru 9049T1S ............................................................ 22-28
9049UMS1 ............................................................................. 22-28
9050JCK11 thru 9050JCK70.................................................. 23-30
9050JCK1F() thru 9050JCK5F() ............................................ 23-30
9050JCK21PT thru 9050JCK49PT ........................................ 23-30
9065CO1 thru 9065CO1R ...................................................... 16-82
9065DA2 thru 9065JA2 .......................................................... 16-89
9065FO1L thru 9065FO1R..................................................... 16-82
9065GO11L thru 9065GO11R ............................................... 16-82
9065SDO4 thru 9065SDO17.................................................. 16-82
9065SDO5B1 thru 9065SDO9B2 ........................................... 16-89
9065SEO5 thru 9065SEO15 .................................................. 16-82
9065SEO6B thru 9065SEO9B2 ............................................. 16-89
9065SEO8 .............................................................................. 16-82
9065SF020 thru 9065SFC20 ................................................. 16-83
9065SHA01Y59 thru 9065SJA01Y59 .................................... 16-89
9065SM2 .....................................................................16-82, 16-89
9065SR210 thru 9065SR520 ................................................. 16-83
9065SS010 thru 9065SSC20 ................................................. 16-83
9065ST220 thru 9065ST720 .................................................. 16-83
9065TJF100 thru 9065TJF63 ................................................. 16-89
9065TO1 thru 9065UO1 ......................................................... 16-82
9066RA1 thru 9066W1 ........................................................... 16-92
9070FB1A thru 9070FB3B ..................................................... 14-17
9070FP1 thru 9070LG1 .......................................................... 14-17
9070MN100G0D1 thru 9070MN500G0D1G13 ...................... 14-18
© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

9070SDG4 thru 9070SF41B .................................................. 14-17
9070SK1000A2D1 thru 9070SK750G3D1 ............................. 14-18
9070SK1000A2D1G13 thru 9070SK750G3D1G13 ............... 14-18
9070T1000D1 thru 9070TF75D50 .............................. 14-14, 14-15
9070T50 thru 9070T750......................................................... 16-64
9070UE7 ................................................................................ 14-17
9080FB1211 thru 9080FB3631R ........................................... 24-19
9080FBDIN3 .......................................................................... 24-19
9080GA6 ..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15
9080GA6188BC ..................................................................... 24-15
9080GC6..................................................................... 24-13, 24-15
9080GC6B ............................................................................. 24-13
9080GCB01 thru 9080GCB70 ............................................... 24-17
9080GCB0115 thru 9080GCB20150 ..................................... 24-15
9080GD6 thru 9080GD6B........................................... 24-13, 24-15
9080GE6 ..................................................................... 24-13, 24-15
9080GF6 ..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15
9080GF694BC ....................................................................... 24-15
9080GF6B.............................................................................. 24-14
9080GG6..................................................................... 24-14, 24-15
9080GH10 thru 9080GH91 .................................................... 24-16
9080GH103 thru 9080GH710 ................................................ 24-16
9080GK6 thru 9080GKY6 ...................................................... 24-13
9080GLP3 thru 9080GLP6..................................................... 24-14
9080GM6 thru 9080GMY6B................................................... 24-13
9080GP6 thru 9080GP6B ...................................................... 24-14
9080GR6 thru 9080GRY6...................................................... 24-13
9080GS6 thru 9080GT6B ...................................................... 24-14
9080LB21 thru 9080LB53 ...................................................... 24-18
9080LBA161101 thru 9080LBA365212 ................................. 24-18
9080LBC162101 thru 9080LBC365212 ................................. 24-18
9080MH203 thru 9080MH439................................................ 24-12
9080MH82 thru 9080MHA10 ...................................... 24-12, 24-16
92251 thru 92451 ..................................................................... 3-16
9421LC43 thru 9421LW7 ......................................................... 8-19
9421V1A30 thru 9421V2W30 .................................................... 8-4
9422A1 thru 9422A10 .............................................................. 8-15
9422AM2.................................................................................. 8-24
9422AP1 thru 9422AP2 ........................................................... 8-15
9422ATCF301 thru 9422BTEN10 ............................................ 8-15
9422C1..................................................................................... 8-24
9422CFT10 thru 9422CFT51 ................................................... 8-16
9422CMP10 thru 9422CSF70.................................................. 8-21
9422CSFD1 thru 9422CSFJD50.............................................. 8-22
9422CSJ10 thru 9422CSJ504 ................................................. 8-21
9422CSJD10 thru 9422CSJD51 .............................................. 8-22
9422D2 thru 9422R2................................................................ 8-24
9422RM1 thru 9422RS1 .......................................................... 8-22
9422TC30 thru 9422TC33 ................................................... 16-115
9422TCF30 thru 9422TCN30C ................................................ 8-15
9422TD63 ............................................................................ 16-115
9422TDF60 thru 9422TEN10C ................................................ 8-15
9422TF1 thru 9422TG2............................................................ 8-15
9423M10 thru 9423M9L ........................................................... 8-25
9788EZCIRIGB thru 9788SER3200......................................... 4-11
9991DPG1 thru 9991DPSG2 ...................................... 16-71, 16-94
9991EN1 thru 9991KE3 ......................................................... 16-11
9991LG1 thru 9991LXG1 ....................................................... 16-94
9991MA1 thru 9991MW11 .......................................... 16-93, 16-94
9991SCA11 thru 9991SGG8............................ 16-64, 16-93, 16-95
9991UE1 thru 9991UE7 .............................................. 16-94, 23-15
9998DA1 thru 9998DA3 .............................................. 16-71, 16-81
9998DRC5 thru 9998DRC9 ................................................. 16-107
9998HR2 thru 9998HWA1 ..................................................... 16-11
9998IL1 .................................................................................. 16-11
9998ML1 thru 9998ML2 .............................................. 16-9, 16-107
9998PB2 thru 9998PB15 ..................................................... 16-107
9998PBV02 thru 9998PBV39............................................... 16-106
9998PC177 thru 9998PC338 ................................................. 22-28
9998RA10 thru 9998RA5B................................................... 16-107
9998SG120 thru 9998SG480............................................... 16-105
9998SJ1 ............................................................................... 16-107
9998SL2 thru 9998SL33 ...................................................... 16-107
9998SO1 thru 9998SO32.......................................... 16-74, 16-108
9998UB01 thru 9998UB14 ................................................... 16-108
9998WF thru 9998WH ..................................... 16-28, 16-30, 16-50
9999AC04 ............................................................................ 16-111
i-37

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

www.schneider-electric.us

Product Locator Index
Alpha-Numeric Index
www.schneider-electric.us

9999BLX................................................................................. 16-65
9999D01 thru 9999D20 ............................................. 16-71, 16-110
9999DA01 ............................................................................ 16-111
9999DD01 thru 9999DD20.............................16-71, 16-81, 16-110
9999DMB1 thru 9999DPC1.................................................... 16-71
9999LB0 thru 9999LL0......................................................... 16-111
9999LLX ................................................................................. 16-64
9999LUW5 thru 9999LUW6 ........................................ 16-28, 16-30
9999LXPB thru 9999LXS ....................................................... 16-65
9999MP1 thru 9999MP3 ........................................................ 16-11
9999MRB12 thru 9999MRB34 ............................................... 16-75
9999PL10 thru 9999PL13G.................................................... 16-11
9999R10 thru 9999R13 ........................................................ 16-110
9999R26 thru 9999R27 ......................................8-22, 16-41, 16-64
9999R35 thru 9999R36 ......................................8-16, 16-41, 16-64
9999R39 thru 9999R48 ............................................. 16-41, 16-115
9999R6 thru 9999R9 ................................................. 16-41, 16-115
9999RB34 ............................................................................ 16-111
9999RLX ................................................................................ 16-65
9999RR04 ............................................................................ 16-111
9999S1 thru 9999S5 ............................................................ 16-115
9999SA2 thru 9999SA10........................................... 16-65, 16-109

9999SB10 thru 9999SB25 ........................................ 16-60, 16-112
9999SB6 thru 9999SB9 ............................................ 16-60, 16-112
9999SBT1 ............................................................................ 16-112
9999SC2 thru 9999SC9............................................ 16-65, 16-109
9999SC22 ................................................................. 16-65, 16-109
9999SF3 thru 9999SF4........................................................ 16-112
9999SFR3 thru 9999SFR4 ....................................... 16-64, 16-112
9999SG1 thru 9999SG3 ...................................................... 16-109
9999SJ2 thru 9999SJ4 ........................................................ 16-115
9999SM1 thru 9999SM13 .................................................... 16-114
9999SN1 thru 9999SN4............................................ 16-64, 16-113
9999SO11 thru 9999SO12 .................................................. 16-114
9999SO4 thru 9999SO5 ........................................... 16-74, 16-113
9999SP2R thru 9999SP29R ..................................... 16-65, 16-109
9999SR1 thru 9999SR5.............................................. 8-16, 16-115
9999ST1 thru 9999ST2........................................................ 16-112
9999SX6 thru 9999SX17 .......................................... 16-64, 16-110
9999T7................................................................................. 16-113
9999TC10 thru 9999TC21 ..................................... 3-7, 8-16, 16-41
9999WCX11 thru 9999WX11........................... 16-28, 16-30, 16-50
9T2F thru 9T75F ...................................................................... 14-8
9T2FSS.................................................................................... 14-9

ALPHA-NUMERIC LISTING

i-38

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

Conductor Ampacity Based on the 2011 National Electrical Code®

Correction Factors

Ampacity based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(16) (Formerly Table 310.16) –
Allowable Ampacities of Insulated Conductors Rated Up to and Including
2000 Volts, 60° Through 90°C (140° Through 194°F), Not More Than Three
Current-Carrying Conductors in Raceway, Cable, or Earth (Directly Buried),
Based on Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)*

Based on NEC Table 310.15(B)(2)(a)[Formerly Table 310(16)]
– Ambient Temperature Correction Factors Based on 30°C
(86°F)

For conduit fill see 2011 NEC Annex C.
For Information on Temperature Ratings of Terminations to Equipment
See NEC 110 .14(C).
Size

Temperature Rating of Conductor. [See Table 310.104(A).]
60°C
(140°F)

75°C
(167°F)

AWG or Types TW,
kcmil
UF

90°C
(194°F)

60°C
(140°F)

Types
Types
TBS, SA, SIS,
RHW,
FEP, FEPB, MI,
THHW,
RHH, RHW-2,
THW,
THHN,
THWN, THHW, THW-2,
XHHW, THWN-2, USEUSE, ZW 2, XHH, XHHW,
XHHW-2, ZW-2
Copper

18

—

—

Types
TW, UF

75°C
(167°F)

Size
90°C
(194°F)

Types
Types
TBS, SA, SIS,
RH, RHW, THHN, THHW,
THHW,
THW-2,
THW,
THWN-2, RHH,
THWN, RHW-2, USE-2,
XHHW,
XHH, XHHW,
USE
XHHW-2,
ZW-2

AWG
or kcmil

Aluminum or Copper-Clad Aluminum
14

—

—

—

—

16

—

—

18

—

—

—

—

14**

15

20

25

—

—

—

—

12**

20

25

30

15

20

25

12**

10**

30

35

40

25

30

35

10**

8

40

50

55

35

40

45

8

6

55

65

75

40

50

55

6

4

70

85

95

55

65

75

4

3

85

100

115

65

75

85

3

2

95

115

130

75

90

100

2
1

Ambient
Temperature
(°C)

Temperature Rating of Conductor
60°C

75°C

90°C

Ambient
Temperature
(°F)

10 or less

1.29

1.20

1.15

50 or less

11–15

1.22

1.15

1.12

51–59

16–20

1.15

1.11

1.08

60–68

21–25

1.08

1.05

1.04

69–77

26–30

1.00

1.00

1.00

78–86

31–35

0.91

0.94

0.96

87–95

36–40

0.82

0.88

0.91

96–104

41–45

0.71

0.82

0.87

105–113

46–50

0.58

0.75

0.82

114–122

51–55

0.41

0.67

0.76

123–131

56–60

—

0.58

0.71

132–140

61–65

—

0.47

0.65

141–149

66–70

—

0.33

0.58

150–158

71–75

—

—

0.50

159–167

76–80

—

—

0.41

168–176

81–85

—

—

0.29

177–185

Adjustment Factors – See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(3)(a)
Where the number of current-carrying conductors in a
raceway or cable exceeds three, the allowable ampacities
shall be reduced as shown in the following table:
Number of
Conductors***

Percent of Values in Table 310.15(B)(16) through
Table 310.15(B)(19) as Adjusted
for Ambient Temperature if Necessary

1

110

130

145

85

100

115

1/0

125

150

170

100

120

135

1/0

4 through 6

80

2/0

145

175

195

115

135

150

2/0

7 through 9

70

3/0

165

200

225

130

155

175

3/0

10 through 20

50

4/0

195

230

260

150

180

205

4/0

21 through 30

45

250

215

255

290

170

205

230

250

31 through 40

40

300

240

285

320

195

230

260

300

41 and Above

35

350

260

310

350

210

250

280

350

400

280

335

380

225

270

305

400

500

320

380

430

260

310

350

500

600

350

420

475

285

340

385

600

700

385

460

520

315

375

425

700

750

400

475

535

320

385

435

750

800

410

490

555

330

395

445

800

900

435

520

585

355

425

480

900

1000

455

545

615

375

445

500

1000

1250

495

590

665

405

485

545

1250

NEC 240.4 Protection of Conductors

1500

525

625

705

435

520

585

1500

1750

545

650

735

455

545

615

1750

2000

555

655

750

470

560

630

2000

Conductors, other than flexible cords, flexible cables, and
fixture wires, shall be protected against overcurrent in
accordance with their ampacities specified in 310.15, unless
otherwise permitted or required in 240.4(A) through (G).

* Refer to 310.15(B)(2)(a) for the ampacity correction factors where the ambient temperature is other than
30°C (86°F).
** See Section 240.4 (D) for conductor overcurrent protection limitations.

Ratings for 120/240 volts, 3-Wire, Single-Phase Dwelling
Services— See NEC Table 310.15 (B)(7)
These are permitted ratings for Dwelling Unit service and feeder conductors
which carry the total load of the dwelling.
Rating
(amps)

100

110

125

150

175

200

225

250

Copper

4

3

2

1

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

Aluminum

2

1

1/0

2/0

3/0

4/0

300

350

400

250 kcmil 350 kcmil 400 kcmil

250 kcmil 300 kcmil 350 kcmil 500 kcmil 600 kcmil

NEC 210.19 Conductors — Minimum Ampacity and Size
(A) Branch Circuit Not More Than 600 Volts.
(1) General. Branch-circuit conductors shall have an ampacity not less than the
maximum load to be served. Where a branch circuit supplies continuous loads or
any combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the minimum branchcircuit conductor size, before the application of any adjustment or correction
factors, shall have an allowable ampacity not less than the noncontinuous load
plus 125 percent of the continuous load.

© 2012 Schneider Electric
All Rights Reserved

*** Number of conductors is the total number of conductor in the raceway or cable
adjusted in accordance with 310.15 (B)(5) and (6).

NEC 210.20(A) Continuous and Noncontinuous
Loads
Where a branch-circuit supplies continuous loads or any
combination of continuous and noncontinuous loads, the
rating of the overcurrent device shall not be less than the
noncontinuous load plus 125 percent of the continuous load.

NEC 240.4 (D) Small Conductors
Unless specifically permitted in 240.4(E) or (G), the
overcurrent protection shall not exceed that required by (D)(1)
through (D)(7) after any correction factors for ambient
temperature and number of conductors have been applied.

NEC 430.22(A) Direct-Current Motor-Rectifier
Supplied.
For dc motors operating from a rectified power supply, the
conductor ampacity on the input of the rectifier shall not be
less than 125 percent of the rated input current to the rectifier.
For dc motors operating from a rectified single-phase power
supply, the conductors between the field wiring output
terminals of the rectifier and the motor shall have an ampacity
of not less than the following percentages of the motor fullload current rating:
(1) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, half-wave type
is used, 190 percent.
(2) Where a rectifier bridge of the single-phase, full-wave type
is used, 150 percent.

2012

Digest 176

Have questions? Need technical
support or on-site service?
Now there’s one toll-free number to get all the
information you need.
1-888-778-2733

$12

2012

Digest 176

Global Specialist in Energy Management

Power
Management

Process & Machines
Management

Customer Care Center
The Customer Care Center (CCC) is a single point of contact where
qualified personnel answer your customer service and technical
support questions.

IT/Server Room
Management

Serving all Schneider Electric authorized distributors and customers
anywhere in the United States.

Building
Management

Schneider Electric Services

www.schneider-electric.us

Schneider Electric USA, Inc.
1415 S. Roselle Road
Palatine, IL 60067
Tel: 847-397-2600
Fax: 847-925-7500
www.schneider-electric.us
Document Number 0100PL1201

This document has been
printed on recycled paper

© 2012 Schneider Electric. All Rights Reserved. • 998-5626_US_A

Schneider Electric Services provides you with power, automation and
control, and energy management services to support the lifecycle of your
system, process or installation. Our solutions help you get the most out of
your investment and keep your facility at peak operational performance.
Any brand. Any industry. Any time.

Security
Management



File Type                       : PDF
File Type Extension             : pdf
MIME Type                       : application/pdf
PDF Version                     : 1.6
Linearized                      : Yes
Create Date                     : 2014:10:28 13:17:19-04:00
Modify Date                     : 2014:10:31 10:48:21-05:00
Has XFA                         : No
Tagged PDF                      : No
XMP Toolkit                     : Adobe XMP Core 5.4-c005 78.147326, 2012/08/23-13:03:03
Metadata Date                   : 2014:10:31 10:48:21-05:00
Format                          : application/pdf
Document ID                     : uuid:dbe73b26-adad-406c-a8c7-860b3239025e
Instance ID                     : uuid:01bb9662-0708-4cd3-9fc8-d54f64e519fe
Page Count                      : 982